latin for the new millennium. teacher's manual, ch. 1 [level 1] (bolchazy-carducci publishers)...
TRANSCRIPT
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 154
1
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 254
LATIN FOR THE NEW MILLENNIUM
Series Inormaion
LEVEL ONE
Suden ex (2008)
Suden Workbook (2008)
eacherrsquos Manual (2008)eacherrsquos Manual or Suden Workbook (2008)
ANCILLARIES
From Romulus o Romulus AugusulusRoman Hisory or he New Millennium (2008)
Te Original Dysuncional Family Basic Clas sical Myhology or he New Millennium (2008)
LEVEL TWO
Suden ex (2009)
Suden Workbook (2009)
eacherrsquos Manua l (2009)
eacherrsquos Manual or Suden Workbook (2009)
ANCILLARIES
From Rome o Reormaion Early European Hisory or he New Millennium (2009)
Te Clay-ooed SuperHeroes Myhology ales or he New Millennium (2009)
mdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdash
ELECTRONIC RESOURCES
(See pages 443 and 446 or deailed descripion)
wwwlnm bolchazycom
Quia Quesion Bank
Lain-only Villa in Second Lietrade
Carpe Praedam
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 354
1Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers Inc
Mundelein Illinois USA
Milena Minkova and Terence Tunberg
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 454
Series Edior LeaAnn A Osburn
Volume Ediors Elisa C Denja LeaAnn A Osburn
Conribuing Ediors Laurie Haigh Keenan Karen Lee Singh Donald E Sprague ose Williams Prooreader Gary Varney
Cover Design amp ypography Adam Phillip Velez
Cover Illusraion oman Forum copy BemannCOBIS
Lain for he New Millennium
eacherrsquos Manual Level 1
Milena Minkova and erence unberg
copy2008 Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers Inc All righs reserved
Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers Inc
1570 Baskin oadMundelein Illinois 60060 wwwbolchazycom
Prined in he Unied Saes o Amer ica
2009 by Unied Graphics
ISBN 978-0-86516-562-5
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 554
CONTENTSLIST OF ABBREVIATIONS 983156983149 vi
PREFACE 983156983149 vii
RESOURCE LIST 983156983149 ix
STUDENT TEXTBOOK i
wih Exercise Ans wers Sandards Correlaions Oral Exercises Oral Exercise Correlaions Workbook Exercise Correlaions Ancillary CorrelaionsComprehension Quesions and A nswers eaching ips eacher By he Way Noaions and How o Use Tis Book
bull TM v bull
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 654
LIST OF ABBREVIATIONSCPO
Classroom Presenaion Opions (eg blackgreenwhiesmar board overhead or LCD projecor PowerPoinreg
presenaion ec)
ODFOriginal Dysuncional Family (classical myhology ancillary)
RRA
From Romulus o Romulus Augusulus (oman hisory ancillary)
bull TM vi bull
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 754
PREFACE
bull TM vii bull
Lain or he New M illennium is designed as a comprehensive inroducion no only o he Lain language andhow i works bu also o he oman world he culural milieu in which he language 1047298ourished Te language
and culural elemens are seamlessly woven ogeher in he course o each chaper and hen again examined inhe review ollowing every hree chapers
CHAPTER AND COURSE COMPONENTS
METHODOLOGICAL APPROACHIn wriing Lain or he New Mill ennium we have aimed a combini ng he bes elemens in he var ious mehod-ologies or eaching Lain ha have been commonly available unil now Modern mehods o eaching Lainhave been divided beween wo approaches (1) he analyical or deducive mehod according o which su-dens mus learn rules and paradigms and hen reinorce he knowledge o hese absrac principles by pracice wih exs and e xercises (2) he induc ive or reading mehod ha enables he s uden o read a ex and o become aware o lingu isic eau res (or rules) rom he rea ding and s udy o he ex In Lain or he New Mil-lennium we hope o have combined he advanages o each In oher words we have sriven o provide a pah
o a horough and sysemaic knowledge o he srucure o he language he main advanage o he analyicalmehod ogeher wih a grea deal o reading and aciviies relaed o reading ha lead o a more inuiive graspo he idiomaic qualiies o he language he main advanage o he reading mehod
Te layou o each chaper is he key o his combinaion since he suden begins each chaper wih an ex-ensive reading and hese iniial passages conain in a conex undersandable hrough inducion and annoa-ions insances o every new elemen o be explored urher in he same chaper In he body o each chaperafer he inroducory reading hese new elemens are explained in a more analyic way ye he explanaionsalways reer he learner back o he reading991252in ways ha invie comparison wih he iniial passage
CHAPTER READINGS
Te principal readings in each chaper consis o passages adaped (o he level o knowledge presupposed oreach chaper) rom some o he mos significan works o Lain lieraure Te inroducions o each passagegive considerable inormaion abou he culural conex in which each auhor wroe and abou he develop-men o he Lain lierary radiion Te order o he chaper readings is chronological In Level 1 sudens begin wih r eadings rom Pl auus and erence and proceed hrough he cenu ries o he wr iings o A mmi-anus Augusine and Boehius By compleing he enire course conained in Lain or h e New Millenniu m sudens will gain an u ndersanding o he enire parimony o Lain and is effec on our culure Whi le Level1 o Lain or he New Mil lennium ocuses on he classic exs in Lain writen by such grea oman auhorsas Vergil Caullus Cicero and Ovid Level 2 o he series ceners on he huge and undamenal heriage o works wr iten in Lain dur ing he medieval renaissa nce and early moder n periods991252a li nguis ic heriage hagave us our basic vocabulary in he naional languages or elling ime medicine he naural sciences and heacademic world Te culural inormaion ha is ound in hese readings and heir inroducions are bolseredin boh levels by he eview Exercises and supplemenary maerial peraining o myhology oman hisoryand imporan Lain sayings
ORAL LATIN AND LATIN CONVERSATION
A per son who gains an acive acili y i n a ny l anguage in addiion o a reading abiliy is in our view more
likely o progress quickly o a deep undersanding o he language and he works writen in i Our experienceindicaes ha a suden who learns by using a language will probably no need o be reminded abou orms andgrammaical rules as ofen as a learner who lacks acive pracice Tereore in every chaper o Lain or he New Millennium we have included a se o exercises ha concenrae o n an oral exchange be ween insr ucor a ndsudens Te oral exercises in Lain or he New Millennium can be compleed wihou any exempore speak-ing abiliy on he par o he eacher Tis is possible because he oral exercises are ound only in he eacherrsquosmanual Here no only are all he answers supplied bu every quesion is writen ou in ull or he eacher along wih deai led insr ucions or each sep o he exerc ise Te eac her needs onl y o ol low he i nsruc ions andread each quesion aloud Te response mus come rom he learner
GRAMMAR
Grammar is also a grea help or acquiring a sophisicaed undersanding o any language and especially a lan-guage like Lain which is primarily sudied oday by people whose main goal is o read works o lieraure wri-en in he original Lain language works which were designed rom he sar or a culivaed audience While we believe in he va lue o he reading mehod a nd we know how acive usage o a langua ge can vasl y improveand accelerae a sudenrsquos learning o ha language we also recognize he uiliy o grammar Tereore whileeach chaper is rich in exercises and aciviies we have aken care o provide explanaions o all he grammarrelevan o each chaper Te suden who uses Lain or he Ne w Millennium learns by acively using Lain buis also asked o undersand he srucure o he language and apply ha undersanding in he exercises
OTHER CHAPTER ELEMENTS
bull Memorābile Dictū Each chaper eaures a amous saying labeled Memorābile Dicū a Lain phrase hais so well known ha i has became a proverb in many languages Learning each amous saying will in-crease a sudenrsquos undersanding no jus o Lain bu also o English Tese sayings invie discussion oheir meaning and how hey relae o he modern world and sudensrsquo experiences
bull eading Vocabulary All he new vocabular y in he reading passage a he begi nning o each chaper isexplained by copious noes Sudens need no be required o learn he vocabulary ha aces he reading
passage A unique eaure o he eading Vocabulary is ha no all he verbs show in prin heir pronounsubjec For example i he senence in he reading migh be ldquoCicero ereniam viderdquo vide in he ead-
ing Vocabulary would have as is definiion ldquoseesrdquo raher han ldquohe seesrdquo Tis has been done o avoid hecommon beginnerrsquos misake o ranslaing he senence as ldquoCicero he sees ereniardquo On he oher hand ihe senence were o read ldquoereniam viderdquo vide would be defined ldquohe seesrdquo Tis unique eaure gradua llydisappears as sudens learn more abou verbs and become more accusomed o reading Lain
bull Vocabulary o Learn and Derivaives E xercises Some (bu no all) o hese new words are repeaed inhe Vocabulary o Lea rn or each chaper and sudens should be direced o learn hese Te radiionalorm o wriing vocabulary words is ollowed in he Vocabulary o Le arn principal pars are l ised romhe second chaper on and nouns show he nominaive and geniive singular and gender rom he sar
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 854
TM viii bull Latin for the New Millennium
Te Vocabulary o Lear n is ollowed by Derivaive Exercises Sudens who careully learn all o he Vocabulary o L earn will quickly acquire a vocabulary based on words mos commonly encounered inclassical lierary exs and in he Derivaive Exercises hey will be exposed o English words based onLain and hus bolser heir vocabulary in English
DIALOGUES ON DAILY LIFEIn he later par o each chaper o Level 1 readers will find a dialogue labeled alking in which a group omodern sudens are he paricipans Te same group o sudens is eaured in every chaper and hey en-couner mos o he ypical siuaions ha young people experience in modern daily lie All he necessary vocabular y is expla ined so he users o Lain or he New Mille nnium i hey so wish may c onduc simple Lainconversaions like hose in he model dialogues Tese dialogues have been designed or he benefi o hose
eachers who are especially ineresed in making use o he oral elemen o language learning in heir classesand who wan o inroduce a colloquial elemen o he Lain heir sudens learn Tis colloquial elemen can become a bridge beween he lives o modern sudens and he houghs o he ancien medieval or renaissanceauhors who wroe in Lain991252a bridge consruced o he same basic language Lain
VISUAL LEARNINGTe Lain language and oman culure have no only inspired wriers hroughou he ages and in1047298uencedmodern lie bu have also lef heir legacy in he visual ars Troughou he ex reproducions o painingsdrawings sculpures and oher arworks demonsrae how oman hisorical evens and he ales o he godsand goddesses have inspired ariss hrough he ages Lain or he New Millennium presens an abundance oimages o archaeological sies buildings objes drsquoar and ariacs careully chosen o represen he ehnic andgeographic diversiy ha marked he oman world Tese ull color illusraions represen a visual panorama ohe oman world and suppor he writen word in picorial orm hus simulaing he imaginaion and memoryor a more vibran recollecion o he exrsquos conen eachers are srongly encouraged o mine he illusraionsas hough a documenary o he oman world and is laer in1047298uence
REVIEW COMPONENTS Afer each se o hree chapers here is a ev iew and supplemenary re adings
REVIEW EXERCISESTe eview provides addiional exercises o help he sudens give coninued atenion o he maerial in eachuni Te review also includes a summary l is o all he Vocabulary o Learn ound in he chapers o each uniTis secion eaures even more maerial o help he suden undersand Lain lieraure and is heriage oday
CLASSICAL MYTHOLOGY
A passage on My hology eniled Considering he Classical Gods inroduces he reader o sories abou he
Greek and oman gods and heroes A relaed passage in Lain abou he gods reinorces he Lain lessons o hehree chapers
ASPECTS OF ROMAN LIFE An Eng lish back ground essay ca lled Connecing wih he Ancien World disc usses an impora n aspec ooman daily lie which connecs o relaed maerial presened in he hree chapers preceding he review
EXPLORING ROMAN AND MODERN LIFE
Scholars rom various universiies hroughou he Unied Saes graciously agreed o provide shor essays hare1047298ec upon he role ha Lain and is culure play in our modern lives Te ile o hese essays always sars wih he word Exploring
MĪRĀBILE AUDĪTŪEach review ends wih a secion called Mīrābile Audīū ha presens a series o Lain quoaions motoesphrases or abbreviaions currenly used in English Te hree supplemenary essays and he Mīrābile Audīū secion are designed o elici classroom discussion abou similariies and differences beween he world o heomans and America in he weny-firs cenury
Milena Minkova wroe he Inroducion Chapers 1 2 3 5 7 9 13 14 17 18 20 eviews 1 3 5 6 and 7 heglossaries and he appendices erence unberg wroe he Preace Chapers 4 6 8 10 11 12 15 16 19 21and eviews 2 and 4 Boh auhors have benefied hroughou he composiion o he exbook rom coninu-
ous muual advice and suppor
MM and 2008
Visi wwwl nmbolchaz ycom o see he elecronic resources ha accompany Lain or he New Mil lennium ando share ideas in he online eachersrsquo lounge wih oher eachers using his series
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 954
RESOURCE LIST
bull TM ix bull
EDITORSrsquo NOTE We have atemped o assemble a c omprehensive represenaive resource l is paying s pecial atenion o hose
opics or areas ofen less amiliar o ha end we provide an especially larger lising or he Lae Empire EarlyChrisianiy and Middle Ages secion By no means is his resource lis exhausive eachers are encouraged oshare iles hey have ound useul hrough he wwwlnmbolchazycom websie
LATIN DICTIONARIES Alber S Imaginum vocabula rium Lainum Saarbruumlcken Socieas Laina 1998
Egger C Lexicon nominum loc orum ome Libreria Edirice Vaicana 1977
mdashmdashmdash Lexicon nominum v irorum e mulier um ome Sud ium 1957
mdashmdashmdash ed Lexicon rece nis Lainiais 2 Vols ome Libreria Edirice Vaicana 1992ndash1997
Lewis Charlon and Charles Shor A Lain Dicionar y ev ed New York Oxord Universiy Press 1956
Te New College Lain and English Dicionary 3rd ed Edied by John C raupman New York Banam Books2007
Oxord Lain Dicionary Combined ed Edied by P G W Glare e al New York Oxord Universiy Press1982
Smih William and Teophilus D Hall Smihrsquos English-Lain Dicionary eprined rom he 1871 AmericanBook Company ediion A Copious and Criical English-Lain Dicionary wih a new oreword by DirkSacreacute Wauconda IL Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers 2000
LATIN GRAMMAR Allen J H and J B Greenough Allen and Gre enoughrsquos New Lain Gramma r Edied by Anne Mahoney New-
bury por M A Focus P ublishing Pull ins 2001
Andresian Anna Looking a Lain A Grammar or Pre- College Wauconda IL Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers2006
Bennet Charles E New Lain Grammar 1908 eprin Wauconda IL Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers 2006
Gildersleeve Basil L and Gonzalez Lodge Gildersleeversquos Lain Grammar 3rd
ed 1895 eprin WaucondaIL Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers 2003
Goldman Norma and Ladislas Szymanski English Grammar o r Sudens o La in 3rd ed Ann A rbor MIOlivia and Hill Press 2004
Humphreys James P Graphic Lain Grammar 1961 eprin Wauconda IL Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers2002
Woodcock E C A New Lain Syna x 1957 eprin Wauconda IL Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers 2005
Young Nicholas Insan Answers A Qu ick Guide or Advanced Sudens Elmhurs IL L and L Enerprises2006
LATIN COMPOSITIONBennet Charles E New Lain Composiion 1912 eprin Wauconda IL Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers 1996
Minkova Milena Inroducion o Lain Prose Composiion Wauconda IL Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers2007 Firs published 2001 by Wimbledon Publishing Co
Minkova Milena and erence unberg Readings and Exercises in Lain Prose Composiion From Aniquiy ohe Renaissance Newburypor MA Focus Publishing Pullins 2004
mdashmdashmdash Answer Key o Readings and Exercises in L ain Prose Composiion From Aniqu iy o he Renai ssanceNewburypor MA Focus Publishing Pullins 2004
Mounord James F ed Bradleyrsquos Arnold La in Prose Composiion ev ed Wauconda IL Bolchazy-CarducciPublishers 2006
Norh M A and A E Hillard Lain Prose Composiion eprin Wauconda IL Bolchazy-Carducci Publish-ers 1995
mdashmdashmdash Key o Lain P rose Composiion eprin Wauconda IL Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers 1995
LATIN LITERATURE Albrech M ichael von A Hisory o Roma n Lieraure From Livius A ndronicus o Boehius Leiden Brill Aca-demic Publishers 1997
Te Concise Oxord Companion o Classical Lieraure 2nd ed Edied by C M Howason and Ian ChilversOxord Oxord Universiy Press 1993
Duff J Wigh A Lierary Hisor y o Rome 3rd ed London Ernes Benn 1960
Gran Michael Greek and Lain Auhors 800 B Cndash A D 1000 New York H W Wilson 1980
IJsewijn Joze Companion o Neo-Lain Sudies Par I Hisory and Diffusion o Neo-Lain Lieraure Supple-mena Humanisica Lovaniensia 5 2nd ed Leuven Leuven Universiy Press 1990
IJsewijn Joze and Dirk Sacreacute Companion o Neo-Lain Sudies Par II Lierary Linguisic Philological and Ediorial Ques ions Supplemena Humanisica Lovaniensia 14 2nd ed Leuven Leuven Universiy Press1998
ose H J A Handbook o Lain Lieraure 1954 eprin Wauconda IL Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers 1996
GENERAL LANGUAGE LEARNING AND METHODOLOGIES Arms rong Tomas Muliple Inelligence s in he Classroo m Alexa ndria VA Asso ciaion or Superv ision and
Curriculum Developmen 1994
Cook Vivian Second Language Learning and eaching 3rd ed London Edward Arnold 2001
Gardner Howard Inelligence Refamed Muliple Inelligences or he 21s Cenury New York Basic Books 2000
Kessler Carolyn ed Cooperaive Language Learning A eacherrsquos Resource Book Englewood Cliffs NJ Pren-ice Hall egens 1992
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 1054
TM x bull Latin for the New Millennium
Krashen Sephen Principles a nd Pracice in Secon d Language Acqu isiion New York Pergamon Press 1982
Larsen-Freeman Diane echniques and Principles o Language eaching 2nd ed Oxord Oxord UniversiyPress 2000
Oxord ebecca L Language Le arning Sraeg ies Wha Eve ry eacher Should K now New York NewburyHouse 1990
Pinker S Te Language Insinc New York William Morrow 1994
eid Joy ed Undersanding Learning Syles in he Second Language Classroom Upper Saddle iver NJ Pren-ice Hall 1998
Sparks ichard L Kay Fluhary Leonore Ganschow and Sherwin Litle ldquoAn Exploraory Sudy on heEffecs o Lain on he Naive Language Skills and Foreign Language Apiude o Sudens wih and wih-ou Learning Disabiliiesrdquo Classical Journal 91 (1995)165ndash84
LATIN PEDAGOGY Ancona onnie ed A Concise Guide o eaching Lain Liera ure Norman OK Universiy o Oklahoma
Press 2007
Ball ober Reading Classical Lain A Reasonable Approach Lawrence KS Coronado Press 1987
Breindel uh L De Discendi Naura Lea rning Syle s in he eaching o Lain Oxord OH American Classi-cal League MC 2007
Burns Mary Ann and Joseph OrsquoConnor Te Classics in American Schools Alana GA Scholars Press1987
Davis Sally Lain in he Amer ican Schools Alana GA Scholars Press 1991
Disler Paul each he Lain I Pray You Wauconda IL Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers 2001
Gascoyne ichard e al Sandards or Classical Language Learning Oxord OH American Classical LeagueMC 1997
Gruber-Miller John ed When Dead ongues Speak New York Oxord Universiy Press 2006
Hoyos B Dexer Lain How o Read I Fluenly A Pracical Manual Amhers MA C lassical A ssociaion oNew England 1997
LaFleur ichard A Lain or he 21s Cenury From Concep o Classroom Glenview IL Scot Foresman- Addison Wesley 1998
Salerno Dorsey Price Lain in Moion Oxord OH American Classical League MC 1985
Sandards or Classical Language Learning Oxord OH American Classical League MC 1997
Srasheim Lorraine A oal Physical Response Amhers MA Classical Associaion o New England 1987
Swee Waldo Lain A Srucu ral Approach Ann A rbor Universiy o M ichigan Press 1957
CLASSROOOM AIDS Amery Heaher Firs Tousand Words in Lain Edied by Mairi Mackinnon London UK Usborne Books2008
Couch C C and eddy Irwin Lain Verbs Rock Audio CD Nashville N Sound Invenions 2006
mdashmdashmdash Lyrical Lain Learning Lain hrough Music Audio CD Nashville N Sound Invenions 2004
Curis William D Periculum Lainu m Lain Jeopardy Vol1 Oxord OH America n Classica l LeagueMC nd
mdashmdashmdash Periculum Lainum S ecundum Lain Jeopardy Vol 2 Oxord OH American Classical LeagueMC nd
Demuh Jocelyn Mendax A Lain C ard Game Wauconda IL Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers 2003
DuBose Gaylan Farrago Laina Wih a lis o resources by Judih Lynn Sebesa Wauconda IL Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers 1997
Hanlin Jayne and Beverly Lichensein Learning La in hrough Myholog y Cambridge Cambridge Univer-siy Press 1991
Lain acic Grams Alana G A World o eading nd
LUDI (a he Circus Maximus) Produced by Discere Ld 1989 Oxord OH American Classical L eagueMC
Myhies Oxord OH American Classical League MC 2003
Osburn LeaAnn A Lain Aciviy Book Elmhurs IL L and L Enerprises 2000
mdashmdashmdash Lain Crossword Puzzl e Book Elmhurs IL L and L Enerprises 1999
mdashmdashmdash Lain Verbs Rock Exercise Book Elmhurs IL L and L Enerprises 2007mdashmdashmdash Lyrical Lain A eacher R esource Manual Elmhurs IL L and L Enerprises 2004
mdashmdashmdash22 Lively Lain Aciviies Elmhurs IL L and L Enerprises 2005
Sheikh-Miller Jonahan Lain Words Sicker Book ulsa OK EDC Publishing 2006
Wansbrough M B A Mundus Lainu s Mysery 3 vols Hamilon Onario ralco Educaional Services 2004
ORAL LATIN Abernahy Faye Jill Crooker Margare Cur ran and David Perr y Te Developmen o Oral Skills in Lain wih
Visuals A Supplemenary Guide o he Syllabus Lain or Communicaion Draf Copy Albany New YorkSae Educaion Deparmen 1995
Alber S Cotidie Laine loquamur Saarbruumlcken Socieas Laina 1987
Allen W Sidney Vox Laina A Guide o he Pronunciaion o Classical Lain 2nd ed New York Cambridge
Universiy Press 1989Capellanus G Lain Can Be Fun Souvenir Press 1997
Daiz Sephen G ed Te Living Voice o Lain Perormed by ober P Sonkowsky Madison C JeffreyNoron Publishing 1984
mdashmdashmdash Te Pronunciaion and Reading o Classical Lain A Pracical Guide Audio cassetes Madison C Jeffrey Noron Publ ishing 1984
Egger C Laine discere iuva ome Libreria Edirice Vaicana 1982
Lain Aloud Audio AP Selecions fom Vergil Caullus Ovid Cicero and Horace Perormed by ober PSonkowsky CD-OM Wauconda IL Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers 2007
McCarhy Tomas Nunc Loquamur Guided C onversaions or L ain Newburypor MA FocusPublishing Pullins 2005
Swee Waldo E Words o Wisdom fom he Anciens 1000 Lain Proverbs CD-OM Wauconda IL Bolchazy-
Carducci Publishers 2000raupman John Conversaional Lain or Oral Pro1047297ciency 4h ed Audio Conversaions Perormed by Mark
ober Miner e al Audio CDs Wauconda IL Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers 2006
LATIN THROUGH MUSICBoynon Sandra Grun Pigorian Chan Audio CD New York Workman Publishing 1997
Couch C C and eddy Irwin Carmina Popularia Well-Known Songs in Lain Audio CD Wauconda ILBolchazy-Carducci Publishers 2004
mdashmdashmdash Lain Verbs Rock Audio CD Nashville N Sound Invenions 2006
mdashmdashmdash Lyrical Lain Learning Lain hrough Music Audio CD Nashville N Sound Invenions 2004
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 1154
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 1254
TM xii bull Latin for the New Millennium
ETYMOLOGY AND VOCABULARY Adeleye Gabriel G World Dicionary o Foreign Expressions Wih Kofi Acquah Dadzie Edied by Tomas J
Sienkewicz and James McDonough Wauconda IL Bolchazy-Carducci 1999
Ayres Donald M English Words fom Lain and Greek Elemen s 11h ed ucson Arizona Universiy o Ari-zona Press 1982
Ayo John Dicionary o Word Or igins New York Arcade Publishing 1990
Beard Henry X-reme Lain All h e Lain You Need o Know or Su rvival in he 21s Cenury New York Pen-guin Group 2005
Dicionary o Lain Words and Phrases Edied by James Morwood New York Oxord Universiy Press 1998
Dominik William J ed Words and Ideas Wauconda IL Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers 2002
mdashmdashmdash Words and Ideas Answer Key Wauconda IL Bolchaz y-Carducci Publ ishers 2006Ehrlich Eugene Amo Amas A ma and More New York Har per and ow 1987
Heimbach Elizabeh Lain E very where Ever yday A La in Phra se Workbook Wauconda I L Bolc hazy-Carducci Publishers 2004
mdashmdashmdash Lain Everywhere Everyday A Lain Phrase Workbook eacherrsquos Manual Perormed by James Cho-chola Compac disks Wauconda IL Bolchazy-Carducci Publishing 2005
Janson ore Te Naural Hisory o Lain ranslaed by Merehe D Sorensen and Nigel Vincen Oxord andNew York Oxord Universiy Press 2005
Krill ichard Greek and Lain in English oday Book and wo Cassetes 1990 eprin Wauconda ILBolchazy-Carducci Publishers 2003
Mascianonio udolph Build Your English Word Power wih Lain Numbers Wauconda IL Bolchazy-CarducciPublishers 1997
mdashmdashmdash Build Your E nglish Word Power w ih La in Number s eacherrsquos Ma nual Wauconda I L Bolc hazy-Carducci Publishers 1997
Morwood James and Mark Warman Our Greek and Lain Roos Cambridge Cambridge Universiy Press1990
OrsquoMara Lesley ed Which Way o he Vomiorium Vernacular Lain or All Occasions ranslaed by ose Wil-liams New York Tomas Dunne Books 1999
Oxord Dicionary o English Eymology Edied by C Onions wih G W S Friedrichsen and W Burch-field New York Oxord Universiy Press 1966
Sone Jon Lain or he I llierai New York ouledge 1996
MYTHOLOGYBierlein J F Parallel Myhs New York Ballanine Books 1994
Bolon Lesley Te Everyhing Classical Myhology Book Peabody MA Adams Media Corporaion 2002Childrenrsquos Books on Ancien Greek and Roman Myhology An Annoaed Bibliography Compiled by Anoinete
Brazouski and Mary J Klat Wespor C Greenwood Press 1984
Te Chiron Dicionary o Greek and Roman Myhology ranslaed by Elizabeh Burr 1s English ed New YorkConinuum Inernaional Publishing Group 1994
Colakis Marianhe and Mary Joan Masello Classical Myhology and More A Reader Workbook WaucondaIL Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers 2007
Couch Malcolm Greek and Roman Myhology New York Michael Friedman Publishing Group 1998
DrsquoAulaire Ingri and Edgar Parin DrsquoAulaire DrsquoAulairesrsquo Book o Greek Myhs New York Doubleday 1962
Fleischman Paul Daeline roy Somerville MA Candlewick Press 2006
Gardner Jane Roman Myhs Ausin Universiy o exas Press 1993
Gran Michael and John Hazel Whorsquos Who in Classical Myhology London ouledge Press 2002
Grimal Pierre Te Dicionary o Classical Myhology ranslaed by A Maxwell-Hyslop 1996 eprinMalden MA Blackwell Publishing 2001
Harris Sephen L and Gloria Pazner Classical Myhology Images and Insighs 3rd ed Mounain View CAMayfield Publishing Company 2001
Homeric Hymns ranslaed by Diane aynor Berkeley and Los Angeles Universiy o Caliornia Press2004
Kirkwood G M A Shor Guide o Classical Myh ology 1959 eprin Wauconda IL Bolchazy-Carducci2003
Lowe Cheryl and Leigh Lowe DrsquoAulairesrsquo Greek Myh Suden Guid e Louisville K Y Memoria Press 2004mdashmdashmdash DrsquoAulairesrsquo Greek Myh eacher Guide Louisville K Y Memoria Press 2006
Mayerson Philip Classical Myhology in Lieraure Ar and Music Glenview IL Scot Foresman and Com-pany 1984
Morord Mark P O and ober J Lenardon Classical Myhology 8h ed New York Oxord Universiy Press2006
Ovid Meamorphose s ranslaed by A D Melville New York Oxord Universiy Press 1998
ussell William F Classic Myhs o Read Aloud New York Crown Publicaions 1989
Vergilrsquos Aeneid Hero War Humaniy ranslaed by G B Cobbold Wauconda IL Bolchazy-Carducci Pub-lishers 2005
Will iams o se Gods and Oher Odd Creaures Ausin X CicadaSun Publishing 2008
mdashmdashmdashTe Labors o Aeneas Wha a Pain I Was o Found he Roman Race Wauconda IL Bolchazy-Carducci
2003mdashmdashmdashTe Original Dysuncional Family Basic Classical Myhology or he New Millennium Wauconda ILBolchazy-Carducci 2008
ROMAN HISTORYBagnell Nigel Te Punic Wars New York S Marinrsquos Press 1990
Becket Gilber agrave Te Comic Hisory o Rome 1852 eprin Wauconda IL Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers1996
Boardma n John Jasper Griffi n and Oswyn Mur ray eds Oxord Hisory o he Roman World Oxord and New York Oxord Universiy Pre ss 1991
Boawrigh Mary Daniel J Gargola and ichard J A alber A Brie Hisor y o he Romans New YorkOxord Universiy Press 2006
Connolly Peer Greece and Rome a War London Greenhill Books 2006
Consable Nick Hisorical Alas o Ancien Rome New York Facs on File 2003
Cornell im and John Mahews Alas o he Roman World New York Facs on File 1986
Creighon Mandell A Primer Hisory o Rome 1855 eprin Wauconda IL Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers2001
Goldsworhy Adrian Te Fall o Carhage Te Punic Wars 265ndash146 BC London Cassell 2000
Haaren John H and A B Poland Famous Men o Rome Louisville KY Memoria Press 2006
Holland Tomas Rubicon New York Doubleday 2003
Jenkyn s ichard ed Te Legacy o Rome A New Appraisal Oxord Oxord Universiy Press 1992
Kamm Anhony Julius Caesar A Lie New York ouledge 2006
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 1354
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Resource List bull TM xiii
Lowe Cheryl and Leigh Lowe Famous Men o Rome Suden Guide 2nd ed Louisvil le KY Memoria Press2006
Mayszak Philip Te Sons o Caesar Imperial Romersquos Firs Dynasy London Tames and Hudson 2006
Mellor onald and Marni McGee Te Ancien Roman World New York Oxord Universiy Press 2004
Oxord Classical Dicionary 3rd ed Edied by Simon Hornblower and Anhony Spaworh Oxord and New York Oxord Universiy P ress 1996 Also available a s a CD-OM
Oxord Dicionary o he Classical World Edied by John obers New York Oxord Universiy Press 2005
Scarre Chris Chronicle o he Roman Emperors London Tames and Hudson 1995
mdashmdashmdashTe Penguin Hisorical Alas o Ancien Rome New York Penguin Punam Inc 1995
Ward-Perkins Br yan Te Fall o Rome Oxord and New York Oxord Universiy Press 2005
Will iams ose Cicero he Pario Wauconda IL Bolcha zy-Carducci P ublishers 200 4mdashmdashmdash Cicero he Pario eacherrsquos Manual Wauconda IL Bolchaz y-Carducci Publ ishers 2004
mdashmdashmdash From Romulus o Romulus Augusulus Roman Hisory or he New Millennium Bolchazy-CarducciPublishers 2008
mdashmdashmdashOnce Upon he iber An O ea Hisory o Rome Wauconda IL Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers 2007Firs Published 2002 by Wimbledon Classics
Wool Greg ed Cambridge Illusraed Hisory o he Roman World Cambridge Cambridge Universiy Press2003
ROMAN CULTURE AND DAILY LIFE Adkin s Lesley and oy A dkins Dicionary o R oman Religion New York Oxord Universiy Press 2000
mdashmdashmdashHandbook o Lie in Ancien Rome New York Oxord Universiy P ress 1994
All an ony Lie Myh an d Ar in Ancien R ome Los Angeles J Paul Gety rus Publicaions 2005 Apicius Cookery and Dining in Imperial Rome Edied by Joseph Da mmers Vehling Ne w York Dover 1977
Baker Alan Te Gladiaor Te Secre Hisory o Romersquos Warrior Slaves New York S Marinrsquos Press 2006
Baker Charles and osalie Baker Te Classical Companion Peerborough NH Cobblesone Publishing1988
Bonner S F Educaion in Ancie n Rome fom he Elder Cao o he Younger Pliny London Mehuen 1977
Bradley Keih Slavery and Sociey a Rome Cambridge Cambridge Universiy Press 1994
Brucia Margare A and Gregory Daughery o Be a Roman opics in Roman Culure Wauconda ILBolchazy-Carducci Publishers 2007
Buchanan David Roman Spor and Enerainmen London Longman 1976
Carcopino Jeacuterocircme Daily Lie in Ancien Rome New Haven and London Yale Universiy Press 1968
Casson Lionel ravel in he Ancien World New ed Balimore John Hopkins Universiy Press 1994
mdashmdashmdash Libraries in he A ncien World New Haven C Yale Universiy Press 2001Clackson James and Geoffrey Horrocks Te Blackwell Hisory o he Lain Language Cambridge Blackwell
Publishing 2007
Clarke J Houses o Roman Ialy 100 B Cndash A D 250 Berkeley and Los Angeles Universiy o CaliorniaPress 1991
Croom A Roman Clohing and Fashion UK empus Publishing 2000
DrsquoAmbra Eve Roman Ar Cambridge and New York Cambridge Universiy Press 1998
mdashmdashmdashRoman Women Cambridge and New York Cambridge Universiy Press 2007
Goldsworhy Adrian Te Complee Roman Army London Tames and Hudson 2003
Gran Leigh Rome A Fold-Ou His ory o Ancien Civ ilizaion New York Black Dog and Levanhal Publish-ers 2005
Gran Mark Roman Cookery Ancien Recipes or Modern Kichens London Seri Publishers 1999
Haney L A and J A Haney Te Roman Engineers Cambridge Cambridge Universiy Press 1991
Harris H A Spor in Greece and Rome Ihaca NY Cornell Universiy Press 1972
Herber Kevin Roman Imperial Coins Wauconda IL Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers 1996
Hodge Peer Te Roman Army Whie Plains NY Longman 1984
mdashmdashmdash Roman Family Lie UK Longman 1984
mdashmdashmdash Te Roman House ev ed Whie Plains NY Longman 1976
mdashmdashmdash Roman owns ev ed Whie Plains NY Longman 1977
mdashmdashmdash Roman rade and ravel Whie Plains NY Longman 1978Hopkins Keih and Mary Beard Te Colosseum Cambridge MA Harvard Universiy Press 2005
Humez Alexander and Nicholas Humez A B C E Cee ra Te Lie amp imes o he Roma n Alphabe BosonMA David Gordon Publisher 1985
Hyland Ann Equus Te Horse in he R oman World New Haven C Yale Universiy Press 1990
Jacobelli Lu ciana Gladiaors a Pompeii Los Angeles J Paul Gety rus Publicaions 2004
James Simon Ancien Rome Eyewiness Books New York Alred A Knop 1990
Jones J M A Dicionary o Ancien Coins London Seaby 1990
Mannix Daniel P Te Way o he Gladiaor New York ibooks 2001
Massey Michael Roman Religion Whie Plains New York Longman 1984
mdashmdashmdash Women in Ancien Greece and Rome New York Cambridge Universiy Press 1986
Olivovaacute V Spors and Games in he Ancien World London Orbis Publishing 1984
Paoli Ugo Enrico Rome Is People Lie and Cusoms ranslaed by D Macnaghen New York Longman1963
Piggot S Te Druids London Tames and Hudson 1982
Sims Lesley Roman Soldierrsquos Handbook London Usborne Books 2006
Solway Andrew Rome In Specacular Cross-Secion Oxord Oxord Universiy Press 2004
Savely E S Greek and Roman Voing and Elecions Ihaca NY Cornell Universiy Press 1972
reggiari S Roman Marriage Iusi Coniuges fom he ime o Cicero o he ime o Ulpian Oxord ClarendonPress 1991
Wallace ex E Inroducion o Wall Inscripio ns fom Pompeii and Herculaneu m Wauconda IL Bolchaz y-Carducci Publishers 2005
Webser G Te Roman Imperial Armies o he Firs and Second Cenuries A D 3rd ed London A and C Black1985
Weslake Susan Te Developmen o he Roman Alphabe Oxord OH American Classical League MC nd
Yavez Z Slaves and Slavery in Ancien Rome New Brunswick NJ ransacion Books 1988
ROMAN ARCHEOLOGY ARCHITECTURE AND ART Aicher Peer J Guide o he Aqueducs o Ancien Rome Wauconda IL Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers 1995
mdashmdashmdash Rome Alive A Source Guide o he Ancien Ciy 2 vols Wauconda IL Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers2004
Amery Col in and Bria n Curran Jr Te Los World o Pompeii Los Angeles J Paul Gety rus Publicaions2002
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 1454
TM xiv bull Latin for the New Millennium
Augeni Andrea ed Ar and Archeology o Rome New York iverside Book Company 2000
Boardman John Oxord Hisory o Classical Ar Oxord Oxord Universiy Press 1997
Campbell Ann Roman Ar and Archiecure ev ed Boulder CO Alarion Press 1999
Coarelli Fillipo Rome and Environs An Archeological Guide ranslaed by James J Clauss and Daniel P Har-mon Berkeley and Los Angeles Universiy o Caliornia Press 2008
Connolly Peer Pompeii New York Oxord Universiy Press 1990
Corbishley Mike Illusraed Encyclopedia o Ancie n Rome Los Angeles J Paul Gety rus Publicaions2004
Davis John and Deborah C Wood Monumena Romana Nosra Slide lecures complee se 1995 evised Wauconda IL Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers 1997
mdashmdashmdash Monumen a Roman a Nosra Roman Bahs Slide lecure 1995 evised Wauconda IL Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers 1997
mdashmdashmdash Monumena Romana Nos ra Te Forum in Rome and he Province s Slide lecure 1995 evised Wau-conda IL Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers 1997
mdashmdashmdash Monumena Romana Nos ra Te Roman Basil ica Slide lecure 1995 evised Wauconda ILBolchazy-Carducci Publishers 1997
mdashmdashmdash Monumena Romana Nos ra Te Roman Foru m Slide lecure 1995 evised Wauconda IL Bol-chazy-Carducci Publishers 1997
mdashmdashmdash Monumena Romana Nos ra Te Roman emple Slide lecure 1995 evised Wauconda IL Bol-chazy-Carducci Publishers 1997
Deiss Joseph Jay Herculaneum Ialyrsquos Buried reasure evised and updaed New York Harper Collins 1985
de Franciscus A Pompeii Monumens Pas and P resen Los Angeles J Paul Gety rus Publicaions 2000
DrsquoEspouy Hecor ed Greek and Roman Archiecure in Classic Illusraions Mineola NY Dover Publicaions1999
Dickison Sheila K and Judih P Hallet eds Rome and Her Monumens Wauconda IL Bolchazy-CarducciPublishers 2000
Heinze Helga von Roman Ar New York Universe Books 1971
Lewis Jon E ed Mammoh Book o Eyewines s Ancien Rome New York Carroll and Gra 2003
Ling ober Roman Paining Cambridge Cambridge Universiy Press 1991
Lovell Isabel Sories in Sone fom he Roman Forum ockville MD Wildside Press 2007
Macaulay David Ciy A Sory o Roman Planning and Consrucion Boson M A Houghon Miffl in 1971
MacDonald William L Te Archiecure o he Roman Empire An Urban Appraisal New Haven C Yale Uni- versiy Press 1988
MacKendrick Paul Te Mue Sones Speak Te Sory o Archeology in Ialy 2nd ed New York W W Noron1984
Millard Anne Welcome o Ancien Rome Edied by Jane Chisolm London Usborne Publishing 1987
Saccioli A Ancien Rome Monume ns Pas and Pres en Los Angeles J Paul Gety rus Publicaions2000
mdashmdashmdash Te Roads o he Romans Los Angeles J Paul Gety rus Publicaions 2004
Walker Susan Roman Ar Cambridge Harvard Universiy Press 1991
Wheeler Mori mer Roman Ar and Archiecure 4h ed New York Praeger Publishers 1969
Winkes ol Classical Collecion Roman Painings and Mosaics Providence I Museum o Ar hodeIsland School o Design 1982
LATE EMPIRE EARLY CHRISTIANITY AND MIDDLE AGES Augusi ne Conessions Oxord Worldrsquos Classics ranslaed by Henry Chadwick eprin New York Oxord
Universiy Press 1998
mdashmdashmdash Augusine Te Ciy o God agains he Paga ns ranslaed by W Dyson Cambridge exs in he His-ory o Poliical Tough Cambridge Cambridge Universiy Press 1998
mdashmdashmdash Augusine Poliical Wriings ranslaed by E M Akins and ober J Dodaro Cambridge exs inhe Hisory o Poliical Tough Cambridge Cambridge Universiy Press 2001
Barbero Alessandro Te Day o he Barbarians Te Batle Ta Led o he Fall o he Roman Empire ranslaed by John Cullen New York Walker and Company 2007
Barnes imohy D Ahanasius a nd Consanius Te ology and Poliics in h e Consanian Empire Cambridge
MA Harvard Universiy Press 1993Boehius Te Consolaion o Philosophy ranslaed by Vicor Wats ev ed London Penguin Books 1999
Bowersock G W and Peer Brown Lae Aniquiy A Guid e o he Pos Classica l World Harvard UniversiyPress eerence Library Cambridge MA Belknap Press 1999
Bowman Alan Averil Cameron and Peer Garnsey eds Te Crisis o Empire AD 193ndash337 2nd ed Volume 12Te Cambridge Ancien Hisory Cambridge Cambridge Universiy Press 2005
Brown Peer Augusine o Hippo A Biography ev ed Berkeley and Los Angeles Universiy o CaliorniaPress 2000
mdashmdashmdash Te World o Lae Aniquiy AD 150ndash750 New York W W Noron 1989
Cameron Averil Te Laer Roman Empire A D 284ndash430 Cambridge MA Harvard Universiy Press 1993
Cameron Averil Bryan Ward-Perkins and Michael Whiby eds Lae Aniquiy Empire a nd Successors AD425ndash600 Volume 14 Te Cambridge Ancien Hisory Cambridge Cambridge Universiy Press 2001
Cameron Averil and Peer Garnsey eds Te Lae Empire AD 337ndash425 Volume 13 Te Cambridge AncienHisory Cambridge Cambridge Universiy Press 1997
Chadwick Henry Te Church in Ancien Sociey From Galilee o Gregory he Grea Oxord Oxord UniversiyPress 2001
Corbishley Mike Te Middle Ages Culural Alas or Young People ev ed New York Facs on File 2003
Doran ober Birh o a Worldview Ea rly Chrisia niy in is Jewish and Pagan Conex Lanham MD ow-man and Litlefield 1999
Edwards Mark Consanine and Chrisendom Te Oraion o he Sains Te Greek and Lain Accouns o he Discovery o he Cross Te Edic o Consanine o Pope Silveser Liverpool Liverpool Universiy Press 2003
Ferguson Everet ed Encyclopedia o Ear ly Chrisiani y London Garland Publishing 1990
Godrey A W ed Medieval Mosaic A Book o M edieval Lain R eadings Wauconda IL Bolcha zy-CarducciPublishers 2003
Gran Michael Consanine he Grea Te Man and His imes New York Charles Scribnerrsquos Sons 1994
mdashmdashmdash Te Fall o he Roman Empire New York Charles Scribnerrsquos Sons 1997
mdashmdashmdash Te Collapse and Recovery o he Roman Empire London and New York ou ledge 1999
Harrison F E ed Millennium A Lain R eader A D 374ndash1374 eprin Wauconda IL Bolchazy-CarducciPublishers 2001
Heaher Peer Te Fall o he Roman Empire A New Hisory o Rome and he Barbarians New York OxordUniversiy Press 2007
Holmes George Te Oxord Hisory o Medieval Europe Oxord Oxord Universiy Press 2001
Hopkins Keih A World Full o Gods Pagans Jews and Chris ians in he Roma n Empire London Weideneldand Nicolson 1999
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 1554
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Resource List bull TM xv
Howarh Parick Atila King o he Hun s Man and Myh New York Barnes amp Noble Books 1995
Jones erry Barbarians London BBC Books 2006
Kulikowski Michael Romersquos Gohic Wars From he Tird Cenury o Alaric Cambridge Cambridge Univer-siy Press 2007
Lee A D ed Pagans and Chri sians in Lae A niquiy A Sourcebook London ouledge 2000
MacMullen amsay and Eugene N Lane Paganism and Chri sianiy 100ndash425 C E A Sourcebook Minne-apolis Forress Press 1992
Manello Frank and Arhur G igg Medieval Lain An Inroducion and Bibliographical Guide WashingonDC Te Caholic Universiy o America Press 1996
McEvedy Colin Te New Penguin Alas o Medieval Hisory ev ed New York Penguin Group 1992
Newman Paul B Daily Lie in he Middle A ges Jefferson NC McFarland and Company 2001Smih Jonahan Z Drudgery Divine On he Compari son o Early Chri sianiies and h e Religions o L ae Aniq-
uiy Chicago Universiy o Chicago Press 1990
Sambaugh John E and David Balch Te New esamen in is Social Environmen Philadelphia Wesmin-ser Press 1986
Tompson A E Te Huns Oxord Blackwell Publishing 1999
odd Malcolm Te Early Germans Malden MA Blackwell 2004
Wells Coli n Sailing fom Byzanium How a Los Empire Shaped he World NY Banam Dell 2006
Will iams ose Te Ligher Side o he Dark Ages London and New York Anhem Press 2006
Wolram Her wig Hisory o he Gohs ranslaed by Tomas J Dunlap Berkeley and Los Angeles Univer-siy o Caliornia Press 1988
mdashmdashmdashTe Roman Empire and Is Germanic Peoples ranslaed by Tomas J Dunlap Berkeley and Los Ange-
les Universiy o Caliornia Press 1997 Young Frances Lew is Ayres and A ndrew Louh eds Te Cambridge Hisory o Early Chrisian Lieraure
Cambridge Cambridge Universiy Press 2004
CLASSICAL PERSPECTIVESHighe Gilber Te Classical radiion New York Oxord Universiy Press 1957
Kopff E Chrisian Te Devil Knows Lain Why America Needs he Classical radiion Wilmingon DE ISIBooks 1999
Maybury ichard J Ancien Rome How I Affe cs You oday Placerville CA Bluesocking Press 1995
Murphy Cullen Are We Rome New York Houghon Mi ffl in 2007
Simmons racy Lee Climbing Parnassus A New Apologia or Greek and Lain Wilmingon DE ISI Books2002
MAPS POSTERS AND CHARTS Available from American Cla ssical League M C Miami Universiy Oxford OH
Map o oman Empire Map o oman Ialy ome Cenral Archeological Area oma Archaica
Circus Maximus Colosseum Consiuion Preamble Lain Abbreviaions Lain Phrases in Common UseLegal erms Panheon Pompeii Promoional Posers Lain Is
Derivaive ree Char Loan Word Char omance Language Char Skeleon Char
Available from L and L Enerprises Elmhurs IL
Ancien Civil izaion Wall M ap (small and lar ge size)
Using Lain Phrases Te Fabulous Five Lain Promoional Mini-posers Paer Noser Pledge o Allegianceoman Scenes and Proverbs Seven Hills o ome emembering he Cases
Available from Aims Inernaional Book s Cincinnai OH
Quo Modo Senis Hodie Poser
ADDITIONAL ITEMS Available from Bolchazy-Carducci P ublishers Mundelein IL
Lain Butons
Available from American Cla ssical League MC Miami Universiy Oxford OH
Lain-relaed CDs DVDs apes sofware coins greeing cards games accessories and jewelry mimeo-graphs hisorical novels Lain readers and Junior Classical League iems
Available from L and L Enerprises Elmhu rs IL
Lain knowledge cards Briish Museum book o poscards o Ancien Greece and o ome
Lain-relaed aciviy books butons coloring books key chain ags noe cards origami projecs pencilspuzzle books rulers sampers sickers suffed animals atoos oe bags and -shirs
MISCELLANEOUS Available from American Cla ssical League MC Miami Universiy Oxford OH
2006 Updaed Survey o Audio-Visual Maerials and exbooks in he Classics
2007 Ediion o ACL Soware Direcory or he Classics
WEBSITESFor a regularly updaed lis o websie resources check htpwwwlnmbolchazycom
PROFESSIONAL ORGANIZATIONSMos o hese organizaions offer a journal ha eachers will find beneficial Consul he organizaionrsquos web-
sie o learn more
American C lassical League (ACL)
American C lassical L eague eaching Maerials a nd esource Cener (MC)
ACL Sponsored Aciviie s
Junior Classical League
Naional Commitee or Lain and GreekNaional Greek Exam
Naional Junior Classical League
Naional Lain Exam
Naional Senior Classical League
Naional Myhology Exam
American C ouncil on he eaching o Foreign La nguages (ACFL)
American Ph ilologica l Associa ion (APA)
Archeologica l Insiue o A merica (AI A)
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 1654
TM xvi bull Latin for the New Millennium
Classical Associaion o Canada
Classical Associaion o New England (CANE)
Classical Associaion o he Alanic Saes (CAAS)
Classical Associaion o he Middle Wes and Souh (CAMWS)
Classical Associaion o he Pacific Norhwes (CAPN)
Classical Associaion o he Souhwesern Unied Saes (CASUS)
Compuer Assised Language Insrucion Consorium (CALICO)
Join Associaion o C lassical eachers (JAC)
Vergilian Socie y
In addiion many saes and ciies have classics-relaed organizaions
TEACHER NOTES
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 1754
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull i
1
STUDENT TEXTBOOKWITH EXERCISE ANSWERS
STANDARDS CORRELATIONS
ORAL EXERCISES
ORAL EXERCISE CORRELATIONS
WORKBOOK EXERCISE CORRELATIONS
ANCILLARY CORRELATIONS
COMPREHENSION QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS
TEACHING TIPS
TEACHER BY THE WAY NOTATIONS
AND HOW TO USE THIS BOOK
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 1854
iindashiii bull Latin for the New Millennium
Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers IncMundelein Illinois USA
1Milena Minkova and Terence Tunberg
LATIN FOR THE NEW MILLENNIUM
Series Inormaion
LEVEL ONE
Suden ex (2008)
Suden Workbook (2008)
eacherrsquos M anual (2008)
eacherrsquos Manual or Suden Workbook (2008)
ANCILLARIES
From Romulus o Romulus AugusulusRoman Hisory or he New Millennium (2008)
Te Original Dysuncional Family Basic Classical Myhology or he New Millennium (2008)
LEVEL TWO
Suden ex (2009)
Suden Workbook (2009)
eacherrsquos M anual (2009)
eacherrsquos Manual or Suden Workbook (2009)
ANCILLARIES
From Rome o Reormaion Early European Hisory or he New Millennium (2009)
Te Clay-ooed SuperHeroes Myhology ales or he New Millennium (2009)
mdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdash
ELECTRONIC RESOURCES
(See page 445 or deailed descripion)
wwwlnm bolchazycom
Quia Quesion Bank
Lain-only Vill a in een Second Lietrade
Carpe Praedam
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 1954
FOREWORD xi
PREFACE xiii
AUTHORS xvii
EDITORS CONSULTANTS AND PILOT TEACHERS xix
INTRODUCTION xxiii
AlphabePronunciaion o LainOverview o oman Hisory Beginnings o Lain Lieraure
CHAPTER 1 1
eading ldquoomulus and emusrdquoLanguage Facs Pars o Speech Nouns Number Gender Case
(Nominaive and Accusaive) Firs Declension Nounsalking Saying Hello
CHAPTER 2 15
eading Plauus ldquoTe Menaechmi winsrdquo Language Facs Firs and Second Conjugaion Verbs Principal Pars
Properies o Verbs Number Person ense Sem Infiniive Subjec and
Verb Agreemenalking Geting Acquained
CHAPTER 3 29
eading erence ldquowo BrohersrdquoLanguage Facs Second Declension Masculine -us -er -ir Nouns Geniive
Case Vocaive Case Preposiional Phrasesalking In he Classroom
REVIEW 1 CHAPTERS 19912513 43
Considering he Classical Gods Ma rs Jupier JunoConnecing wih he Ancien World Slavery in A ncien omeExploring oman Comedy oman Producions and Modern endiions by
William S Anderson Proessor o Classics Emerius Universiy o Caliornia Berkeley Berkeley Caliornia
Mīrābile Audī ū Phrases and Quoaions elaing o he Comic radiion
CONTENTS
bull v bull
Series Edior LeaAnn A Osburn
Volume Ediors Elisa C Denja LeaAnn A Osburn
Conribuing Ediors imohy Beck Judih P Halle Laurie Haigh KeenanKaren Lee Singh Donald E Sprague ose Williams Vicki Wine
Hisorical imeline Jayni einhard
Cover Design amp ypography Adam Phillip Velez
Cover Illusraion oman Forum copy BemannCOBISOher Illusraions Phoo Credis appear on pp 431ndash434
CarographyMapping Specialiss
Indexing Michael Hendry
Prooreader Gary Varney
Lain for he New Millennium
Suden ex Level 1
Milena Minkova and erence unberg
copy2008 Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers Inc All righs reserved
Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers Inc
1570 Baskin oadMundelein Illinois 60060 wwwbolchazycom
Prined in Canada2009 byFriesens
ISBN 978-0-86516-560-1mdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashLibrary o Congress Caaloging-in-Publicaion Daa
Minkova Milena Lain or he new millennium suden ex level 1 Milena Minkova anderence unberg p cm Includes bibliographical reerences ISBN 978-0-86516-560-1 (v 1 hardbound alk paper) 1 Lain language--Grammar I unberg erence II ile
PA20875M 562 2008 4782rsquo421--dc22
2008014705
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull ivndashv
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 2054
Contents bull vii
CHAPTER 9 135
eading Sallus ldquoTe Cailinarian ConspiracyrdquoLanguage Facs Fourh Conjugaion Verbs Presen Acive and Passive
ense Presen Acive and Passive Infiniive T ird Declension NeuerNouns Tird Declension I -Sem Nouns
alking Geting Dressed or a Pary
REVIEW 3 CHAPTERS 79912519 149
Considering he Classical Gods ApolloConnecing wih he A ncien World oman AtireExploring oman Governmen Poliics in Greece ome and he Unied
Saes by Josiah Ober Proessor o Classics and Poliical Science SanordUniversiy Sanord Caliornia
Mīrābile Aud īū Phrases and Motoes elaing o Governmen andDemocracy
CHAPTER 10 163
eading Vergil ldquo Te rojan HorserdquoLanguage Facs Tird Conjugaion -iō Verbs Presen Acive and Passive
ense Presen Acive and Passive Infiniive T ird Declension AdjecivesSubsanive Adjecives
alking Te Morning Beore a es
CHAPTER 11 177
eading Vergil ldquoQueen Dido o CarhagerdquoLanguage Facs Imperec Acive a nd Passive ense o All Conjugaions
Imperec ense o Sum and Possum Encliicsalking raveling o School
CHAPTER 12 191eading Livy ldquoMucius ScaevolardquoLanguage Facs Fi rs Second and Tird Person Personal Pronouns Firs
and Second Person Possessive Adjecives Declension o vīsalking Discussing he Weaher
REVIEW 4 CHAPTERS 1099125112 205
Considering he Classical Gods Mercury Connecing wih he Ancien World oman FoodExploring he My h o he rojan Horse Never Look a Gif Horse in
he Mouh by Bonnie A Cato Proessor o Classics Assumpion CollegeWorceser Massachusets
Mīrābile Aud īū Phrases and Quoaions elaing o War and Peace
vi bull L atin for the New Millennium
CHAPTER 4 57
eading Cicero ldquoTe Deserer Wans a ewardrdquoLanguage Facs Second Declension Neuer Nouns Daive Case Firs
and Second Declension -us -a -um Adjecives Agreemen o Nounsand Adjecives
alking Discussing Homework
CHAPTER 5 69
eading Cicero ldquoCicero Wries o ereniardquoLanguage Facs Firs and Second Conjugaion Verbs Presen Passive ense
Presen Passive Infiniive Ablaive o Agen Firs and Second Declension
-er Adjecivesalking Discussing Occupaions
CHAPTER 6 81
eading Caesar ldquoTe DruidsrdquoLanguage Facs Presen ense and Presen Infiniive o Sum and Possum
Complemenary Infi niive ransiive and Inransiive Verbsalking Preparing or a es
REVIEW 2 CHAPTERS 49912516 93
Considering he Classical Gods Nepune Pluo Vesa and CeresConnecing wih he Ancien World oman MarriageExploring oman Famil ies Parens and Children Ten and Now by
Jacqueline Carlon Assisan Proessor o Classics Universiy o Massachusets Boson Massachusets
Mīrābile Audīū Phrases Motoes and Abbreviaions elaing o Lie in heweny-Firs Cenur y
CHAPTER 7 111eading Caullus ldquoMy Girlrsquos SparrowrdquoLanguage Facs Tird Declension Masculine and Feminine Nouns Indirec
Saemen Accusaive and Infiniivealking In he Caeeria
CHAPTER 8 123
eading Nepos ldquoTemisocles Saves he GreeksrdquoLanguage Facs T ird Conjugaion Verbs Presen Acive a nd Passive ense
Presen Acive and Passive Infiniive Ablaives o Manner InsrumenSeparaion Place rom Which Place Where Accusaive o Place o W hich
alking Afer School Aciviies
vindashvii bull Latin for the New Millennium
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 2154
Contents bull ix
CHAPTER 18 301
eading Apuleius ldquoCupid and PsycherdquoLanguage Facs Fuure Perec Aci ve ense o All Conjugaions Fuure
Perec ense o Sum and Possum Fifh Declension Nounsalking Going o he Denis
REVIEW 6 CHAPTERS 1699125118 315
Considering he Classical Gods BacchusConnecing wih he Ancien World Gladiaorial GamesExploring oman Disasers Earh Air Fire and Waer by John E Torburn
Associae Proessor o Classics Baylor Universiy Waco exas
Mīrābile Audīū Quoaions elaing o Atiudes oward and Coping wihMisorunes
CHAPTER 19 331
eading Ammianus ldquoTe HunsrdquoLanguage Facs Perec Passive Pariciple Perec Passive ense o All
Conjugaions eview o Principal Par s o Verbs Demonsraive Pronounand Adjecive Hic
alking Cleaning he House
CHAPTER 20 349
eading Augusine ldquoAn Adolescen TierdquoLanguage Facs Pluperec Passive ense o Al l Conjugaions Perec Acive
and Passive Infini ives Demonsraive Pronoun and Adjecive Illealking Going Shopping
CHAPTER 21 361
eading Boehius ldquoTe Wheel o ForunerdquoLanguage Facs Fuure Perec Passive ense o All Conjugaions Fuure
Acive Pariciple Fuure Acive Infiniivealking A Birhday Pary
REVIEW 7 CHAPTERS 1999125121 375
Considering he Classical Gods VulcanConnecing wih he Ancien World oman EducaionExploring oman Libraries Public Libraries and Teir Books by Keih Dix
Associae Proessor o Classics Universiy o Georgia Ahens GeorgiaMīrābile Audīū Phrases Quoaions and Abbreviaions elaing o
Schools Libraries and Books
viii bull Latin for the New Millennium
CHAPTER 13 219
eading Horace ldquoAn Encouner wih a BoorrdquoLanguage Facs Presen ense Posiive and Negaive Imperaives Firs and
Second Person Personal Pronouns Geniive Case Ti rd Person PossessivePronoun and Adjecive
alking Lae or School
CHAPTER 14 233
eading Ovid ldquoPyramus and TisberdquoLanguage Facs Firs and Second Conjugaion Verbs Fuure Acive and
Passive ense Fuure ense o Sum and Possum elaive Pronouns
elaive Clausesalking Chating on he Inerne
CHAPTER 15 245
eading Seneca ldquoe1047298ecions on Growing OldrdquoLanguage Facs Tird a nd Fourh Conjugaion Verbs Fuure Acive and
Passive ense Inerrogaive Pronouns and Adjecivesalking A rip o he Counry
REVIEW 5 CHAPTERS 1399125115 259
Considering he Classical Gods Minerva Di ana VenusConnecing wih he A ncien World oman Ciies and oadsExploring oman Law Te Jusice Sysem in Ancien ome by James G
Keenan Proessor o Classics Loyola Universiy Chicago Chicago IllinoisMīrābile Audīū Phrases and Quoaions elaing o Legal Maters
CHAPTER 16 273
eading Pliny he Younger ldquoTe Erupion o VesuviusrdquoLanguage Facs Perec ense Verbs Perec Sem Perec Acive ense o
All Conjugaions Perec ense o Sum and Possum Daive o Possessionalking elaxing a he Beach
CHAPTER 17 287
eading acius ldquoTe Fire a omerdquoLanguage Facs Pluperec A cive ense o All Conjugaions Pluperec
ense o Sum and Possum Fourh Declension Masculine Feminine andNeuer Nouns
alking ecovering rom an Acciden
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull viiindashix
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 2254
xndashxi bull Latin for the New Millennium
FOREWORDTe aurea mediocriās o Lain exbooks has arrived No a grammar-ranslaion nor a readingapproach book Lain or he New Millennium is a blend o he bes elemens o boh
Te key o Lain or he New Millennium Level 1 is he emphasis on reading Lain a he begin-ning o each chaper and using conversaional Lain a he end o each chaper or as he auhorsindicae in he Preace lsquoi (Lain) offers you he lingui sic key o he minds ha shaped European
(and hereore American) culu re rom he ime o he omans o he modern scienific revolu-ion In his book you will learn abou he language sep by sep by using irsquo
Te reading passages a he opening o each chaper are ba sed on Lain lieraure and proceedin chronological order rom Plauus o Boehius Each reading is suppored by pre-reading andacing page vocabulary Grammar is inroduced using senences already seen in he reading pas-sage and mīrābile dicū here are pleny o exercises Te Vocabulary o Learn chosen rom headaped reading passage hus conains some Advanced Placemen lieraure-based words and i sreieraed consisenly in he exercises and oher shor reading passages
Somehing no seen in mos Lain exbooks is he conversaional dialogue a he end o eachchaper Tis will pique he sudenrsquos ineres in he Lain version o modern-day aciviies andmee cerain classical language sandards direcly Te auhors Milena Minkova and erenceunberg proessors a he Universiy o Kenucky a Lexingon are he direcors o he hugelypopular Conveniculum Lexinoniense he annual su mmer program ha has been r unning ormore han en years Tey are also on he aculy o he Conveniculum Bosoniense a similarprogram ha draws paricipans o experience conversaional Lain in differen geographical se-ings A he 2007 American Classical Leag ue Insiue a Vanderbil Universiy I paricipaed ina conversaional Lain workshop presened by Minkova and unberg Tough he par icipans
were seasoned Lain eachers mos were experiencing or he firs ime he ried and rue meh-ods hese wo expers were using o inspire us o speak Lain By he end o he workshop wecould converse in amiliar Lain phrases and saw how useul his could be or our own sudensunbergrsquos and Minkovarsquos leadership in hese summer programs made hem uniquely well suiedo design he conversaional dialogues in Lain or he New Millennium and he copious oral ex-ercises ha are conained only in he eacher manual hus al lowing eachers o pick and choose
which exercises bes mee he needs o heir own sudens
Tis book wih is range o offerings wi ll appeal o all ypes o lang uage sudens and will alloweachers o bring he many aces o he oman and pos-oman world ino he classroom How
wonderul i is o see a passage o adaped Plauus in Chaper 2 a prose adapaion o Caullusrsquo passer poem in Chaper 7 o Horacersquos saire on he boor in Chaper 13 and even o aciusrsquo de-scripion o he grea fire in ome in Chaper 17 oman culure is embodied in each o hesepassages hus meeing anoher classical language sandard Accompanying each passage is aquoaion or moto conneced o he passage or chaper
bull xi bullx bull Latin for the New Millennium
APPENDIX A 389
Chronological Lis o he Auhors and Works Sudied
APPENDIX B 391
Addiional Sae Motoes
APPENDIX C 393
Grammaical Forms and Paradigms
APPENDIX D 405
Lain Synax
APPENDIX E 411Hisorical imeline
ENGLISH TO LATIN GLOSSARY 415
LATIN TO ENGLISH GLOSSARY 421
BIBLIOGRAPHY 429
PHOTOGRAPHY CREDITS 431
INDEX 435
LIST OF MAPS
Map o he oman World xxxi iMap o he ravels o Aeneas 187Map o he Ciy o ome 227
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 2354
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull xiindashxiii
PREFACELearning Lain helps you learn English and oher languages beter and perhaps even moreimporanly i offers you he linguisic key o he minds ha shaped European (and hereore
American) culure rom he ime o he omans o he modern scienific revoluion Lain washe language hese people used o express hemselves and o record heir ideas in permanen ormacross so many cenuries In his book you wil l learn abou he language by u sing i sep by sep
CHAPTER COMPONENTS
READING PASSAGES
Each chaper begins wih a eading Passage and noes on he acing page ha will help you un-dersand any linguisic elemens you have no previously seen Tese noes eaure vocabulary
words in an easy o ollow alphabeical l ising providing you he exac meaning needed o un-dersand he reading passage bu no he ull lexical enries a his poin By reading and seeinghese new elemens in heir naural conex ofen you will need no explanaion o undersandhow hey uncion because hey appear w ih words you already know Te eadi ng Passages areadaped rom auhenic works o Lain lieraure and hey are presened in chronological order
As you complee each chaper you will be raci ng he sory o Lain as a lierary language andhe sories o he auhors who used i In addiion you wi ll learn abou oman c ulure over heperiods o ime in which he eaured reading o each chaper was produced
VOCABULARY TO LEARN
Te Vocabulary o Learn repeas some words encounered in he eading Passage or each chap-
er bu in his secion he words are lised by pars o speech i nsead o alphabeically and herehe ull lexical enry is given Tese are words you will need o memorize in order o recognizeand use hem hroughou he remainder o he book In order o aid you in recognizi ng connec-ions beween Lain words and he English words derived rom or relaed o hem a derivaiveexercise ollows each Vocabulary o Learn
LANGUAGE FACTS AND EXERCISES
In he body o each chaper you will fi nd simple explanaions o he Language Facs eaured inhe chaper reading passage along wih many differen exercises ha allow you o use all he in-ormaion you are learning By doing he exercises in each chaper and in he suden workbook
you will no only be reading and wriing Lain yoursquoll be speaking i Some exercises involve oralexchanges wih he eacher and wih oher sudens Because Lain communicaes hough i isa living hing Tereore a person who gains an acive working knowledge in he language along
bull xiii bullxii bull Latin for the New Millennium
All o his said Lain or he New Millennium is suden riendly Sudy ips rhymes and mnemon-ics abound in each chaper and litle secions called ldquoBy he Wayrdquo offer addiional inormaion orhose who always wan o know more
Te uni review secions are ru ly gems Afer hree chapers a Lain review chaper providesno jus he complee lis o Vocabulary o Learn and pleniu l exercises bu ofen anoher pieceo adaped lieraure o read991252snippes o Mari al or Peronius and more
Bu his is no all A secion called ldquoConsidering he Classical Godsrdquo offers high-ineres readingsin boh Engli sh and Lain on he panheon o classical gods A noher secion eniled ldquoConnec-ing wih he Ancien Worldrdquo provides in English addiional i normaion on a paricular aspec ooman lie conained wihin he uni
Capping each review uni is a disincive essay ha e xplores oman and modern opics each writen by a universiy scholar From he Universiy o Massachusets o Sanord Universiyand many places in be ween hese proessors have conribued heir special experise on subjecmater relaed o he chapers I k now o no oher book ha does hi s
Tere are many useu l phoographs and maps appropriaely placed hroughou Te reproduc-ions o fine ar and phoographs o archaeological sies provide a visual learning experience as
well Needless o say here are appendices on g rammar and synax a nd English o Lain andLain o English glossaries wih an added secion on various motoes
Te auhors ediors consulans and pilo eachers have done a superior job o organizing his book or maximum useu lness and effeciveness Tis unique series w ill include he ollowi ngLevel 1 Suden ex Level 1 Suden Workbook Level 1 eacherrsquos Manual and Level 1 Work-
book eacherrsquos Manual Level 2 Suden ex Level 2 Suden Workbook Level 2 eacherrsquosManual and Level 2 Workbook eacherrsquos Manual Many online and elecronic resources willalso accompany his series
Lain for he New Millennium has been houghully designed or and wih he weny-firscenury suden in mind Please join me in heralding he appearance o his unique new series
ha will improve and enhance he sudy o Lain or he weny-firs cenury
P983137983157983148 P983154983151983152983141983154983162983145983151Boson Lain Academy
2008
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 2454
xivndashxv bull Latin for the New Millennium
Preface bull xv
ASPECTS OF ROMAN LIFE
Nex you will find a reading in English on an imporan aspec o oman daily lie Tis sec-ion eniled Connecing wih he Ancien World wil l presen addiional inormaion on a opicencounered in he previous c hapers
EXPLORING ROMAN AND MODERN LIFE
Following he secion on daily lie here will be a shor essay in English ha compares and con-rass some aspec o oman and American lie and illusraes a way in which Lain is a par oour lie oday Each o hese essays has been writen by a universiy scholar wih special experisein his field o sudy
MĪRĀBILE AUDĪTŪEach review chaper concludes wih a l is o Lain quoaions motoes phrases or abbreviaionsused in English Tese sayings relae o one o he uni opics
Te Lain langu age and oman culure have no only inspired wriers hroughou he ages andin1047298uenced modern lie bu have also lef heir presence in ar and archaeology In his volumereproducions o painings drawings sculpure mosaics rescoes and oher ariacs rom an-iquiy hrough he presen abound wih depicions o and reerences o he sories and lives ohe omans Likewise view s o archaeological sies remind us o wha ome and is area o in1047298u-ence was like in ancien imes Te illusraions hroughou he ex suppor he writen word in
visual orm hus offering you a vivid recollecion o he chaper conen
Each auhor o his book has writen differen secions o he exbook bu boh auhors have ben-efied hroughou he composiion o he exbook rom coninuous muual advice and suppor
MM and 2008
Visi wwwl nmbolchazycom o see he elecronic resources ha accompany Lain or he New Millennium
xiv bull Latin for the New Millennium
wih a readi ng abiliy i s more likely o progress quick ly o a deeper undersanding o he lan-guage and he enjoymen o is lieraure I you have an oral aciliy and can wrie in a language
you will no need o be reminded abou orms and grammaical rules so ofen In his book you will acquire ha acive acili y as a basic par o learning he language
CONVERSATIONAL LATIN
oward he end o each chaper here is a Lain dialogue in which a group o modern sudens arehe paricipans Tey discuss in Lain siuaions ofen encounered in our daily li ves In hesedialogues you will find a bridge beween our lives and he houghs o he ancien medieval orrenaissance auhors who wroe in Lain991252a bridge consruced o he same basic language Lain
OTHER FEATURESIn each chaper you will fi nd oher ineresing mater ha will help you learn and enjoy Lain
bull Memorābile Dictū Te firs page o each chaper eaures a amous saying labeled Memorābile Dicū (A Memorable Ting o Say) a Lain phrase so well known ha i has become an ofenrepeaed proverb or quoaion Learning each amous saying wi ll increase your u ndersand-ing no jus o Lain bu o he houghs and ideas ha were i mporan o omans and haveconinued o be an inegral par o modern lie
bull Sudy ips Each chaper conains sayings rhymes mnemonic devices verses or oher in-ormaion ha will help you remember he various hings you are learning
bull By he Way You will see his phrase repeaed hroughou every chaper When you see hislabel you will know ha addiional inormaion is being presened
REVIEW COMPONENTS A he conclusion o every se o hree chapers here is a review conaining various componens
VOCABULARY TO KNOW
Tis is a complee lis o all he Vocabulary o Learn words presened in he hree chapers ar-ranged by pars o speech
EXERCISES
Here you will see many new exercises ha will help you review and reinorce he maerial in hehree preceding chapers In he review exercise secion here is ofen an addiional reading pas-sage o help you undersand more abou Lain lieraure and is heriage oday
CLASSICAL MYTHOLOGY
Tis secion eniled Considering Classical Myhology includes passages on myhology one inEnglish and one in Lain which ell some o he principal sories abou he Greek and omangods Tese sories re1047298ec many o he main hemes seen in lieraure and ar rom classical omodern imes
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 2554
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull xvindashxvii
AUTHORSMILENA MINKOVA
MA and PhD Chrisian and Classical Philology Pon-ifical Salesian Universiy ome Ialy MA and PhDClassics Universiy o Sofia Bulgaria
Associae Proessor o Classics Universiy o KenuckyLexingon Kenucky
Milena Minkova has sudied conduced research andaugh in Bulgaria Swizerland Germany Ialy he
Vaican Ciy and he USA Minkova has auhored hree book monographs Te Personal Names o he Lain In-scripions fom Bulgaria (Peer Lang 2000) Te Proe-an Raio (Peer Lang 2001) and Inroducion o Lain
Prose Composiion (Bolchazy-Carducci 2007 reprin Wimbledon 2001) She has also published numerousaricles on Lain medieval philosophy Lain lieraureLain composiion and Lain pedagogy
TERENCE TUNBERGBA and MA Classics Universiy o Souhern Calior-nia Posgraduae researcher and docoral suden Me-
dieval Sudies Universiy o London England PhDClassical Philology Universiy o orono Canada
Proessor o Classics Universiy o Kenucky Lexing-on Kenucky
erence unberg has augh in Belgium and Canadaas well as in he USA He is a specialis in Lain com-posiion and an exper in he hi sory o he approacheso wriing Lain prose rom aniquiy o early modernimes His works include a n ediion o collecion o Me-dieval Lain speeches commenaries on Lain worksand numerous sudies o he hisory o imiaion in La-in wriing In addiion or more han a decade he hasoffered summer seminars designed o inroduce peopleo he use o spoken Lain
bull xvii bull
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 2654
EDITORS CONSULTANTSAND PILOT TEACHERS
VOLUME EDITORSElisa C DenjaEdior Bolchazy-Carducci PublishersBaker Demonsraion School EmeriaEvanson Illinois
LeaAnn A OsburnEdior Bolchazy-Carducci PublishersBarringon High School EmeriaBarringon Illinois
BOARD OF
CONSULTANTS Virginia A ndersonLain eacherIllinois Virual High SchoolBarringon Middle School EmeriaBarringon Illinois
Jill M CrookerLain eacher
Pitsord-Mendon High School EmeriaPitsord New York
Judih Peller HalletProessor o ClassicsUniversiy o MarylandCollege Park Maryland
Sherwin D Litle1ndash12 Foreign Language Program LeaderIndian Hill High SchoolCincinnai Ohio
Sherrilyn MarinChair Deparmen o Foreign LanguagesKeih Counry Day Schoolockord Illinois
Mary PendergrafProessor o Classical Languages
Wake Fores Universiy Winson-Salem Norh Carolina
John raupman
Proessor o ClassicsS Josephrsquos Universiy EmeriusPhiladelphia Pennsylvania
Cynhia Whie Associae Proessor o ClassicsUniversiy o Arizonaucson Ari zona
ose WilliamsMcMurry College Emeria
Abilene High School Emeria Abilene exas
Donna WrighLain eacherLawrence Norh and Lawrence Cenral High
Schools
Indianapolis Indiana
PILOT TEACHERS Jeremy M WalkerLain eacherCrown Poin High SchoolCrown Poin Indiana
Laneta WarrenburgLain eacherElgin High SchoolElgin Illinois
bull xix bullxviii bull Latin for the New Millennium
JOINT PUBLICATIONS BY THE AUTHORSMinkova and unberg have coauhored he ollowing books Readings and Exercises in Lain
Prose Composiion (Focus 2004) Reading Livyrsquos Rome Selecions fom Livy Books IndashVI (Bol-chazy-Carducci 2 005) Maer Anserina Poems in Lain or Children (Focus 2006) Tey are hedirecors o he Insiue or Lain Sud ies a he Universiy o Kenucky in which sudens sudyhe hisory o Lain rom ancien o modern imes and ake par in seminars in which Lai n is he
working language o all ac iviies Boh Minkova and unberg are eleced ellows o he ome- based Academia Lainiai Fovendae he primary learned sociey devoed o he preservaion andpromoion o he use o Lain
xviiindashxix bull Latin for the New Millennium
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 2754
Editors Consultants and Pilot Teachers bull xxi
SHERWIN LITTLE
BA Universiy o Cincinnai M A Universiy o Colorado
Sherwin Litle has augh Lain rom sixh g rade hrough Lain AP a Indian Hill Exemped Vil-lage School Disric since 1983 Sherwin has received an Ovaio rom CAMWS as well as heCAMWS Good eacher Award and he Hildesheim Vase Award rom he Ohio Classical Coner-ence in 1986 and 2007 Sherwin holds Naional Board Cerificaion in World Languages Oherhan English and has been boh Vice Presiden and Presiden o he American Classical Leag ue
SHERRILYN MARTIN
BA Wilson College MA PhD Universiy o Cincinnai
Sherrilyn Marin was named Illinois Lain eacher o he Year in 1993 was a recipien o heL Governorrsquos Award or Foreign Language eaching in 2001 and was named a Claes Nobeleacher o Disincion in 2 007 She is a pas presiden o he Illinois Classical Conerence and isacive in he ockord Sociey o he A rchaeological Insiue o America Sherri lyn spen a yearin independen sudy a he Universiy o Tessaloniki Greece
MARY PENDERGRAFT
AB PhD Universiy o Norh Carolina Chapel Hill
Afer eaching a UNC-Greensboro and D uke Universiy Mary Pendergraf began eachingclassics ul l-ime a Wake Fores Mary is a ormer Presiden o he Norh Carolina Classical A s-sociaion and paricipaed in he ocus group ha w roe he Norh Carolina Sandard Course oSudy or Lain
JOHN TRAUPMAN
BA Moravian College MA PhD Pr inceon Universiy
John raupman is proessor emerius rom S Josephrsquos Universiy i n Phil adelphia where heaugh or hiry-eigh years A mong his many awards John received he Disinguished eaching
Award rom S Josephrsquos Universiy in 1982 a cerificae o appreciaion rom he PennsylvaniaDeparmen o Educaion in 1990 and he Special Award rom he Classical Associaion o he
Alanic Saes in 1996 John raupman is especially well-known as he auhor oConversaional Lain and Te New College Lain and English Dicionary
CYNTHIA WHITE
BA Chesnu Hill College MA Villanova Universiy PhD Caholic Universiy o America
Cynhia Whie is he Direcor o he Undergraduae Lain Program and supervises eacherraining and Kndash12 Lain eacher Cerificaion a he Universiy o Arizona She regularlyeaches a he Isiuo Inernazionale di Sudi Classici di Orvieo he Classics Deparmenrsquos Sudy
Abroad Program in Orvi eo Ialy and has sudied i n ome wih he Papal Lai nis eg inaldFoser ODC
xx bull Latin for the New Millennium
VOLUME EDITORSELISA C DENJA
BA Marygrove College Deroi Michigan MA Columbia Universiy MA Loyola UniversiyChicago
Elisa Denja augh Lain a Norh Chicago High School and Baker Demonsraion School inEvanson Illinois or many years while concurrenly eaching classical myhology a LoyolaUniversiy o Chicago and in he g ifed-disance learning program a Norhwesern UniversiyElisa was awarded he Illinois Lain eacher o he Year award in 1992 and he Illinois Lieime
Achievemen Award in 2007
LEAANN A OSBURNBA Monmouh College Illinois MA Loyola Universiy Chicago
While eaching Lain or many years a Barringon High School in Barringon Illinois LeaA nnserved as boh vice-presiden and presiden o he Illinois Classical Conerence LeaAn n receivedhe Illinois La in eacher o he Year award in 1989 he Illinois L Governorrsquos Award in 1990and he Classical Associaion o he Middle Wes and Souh Good eacher Award in 1996
BOARD OF CONSULTANTSVIRGINIA ANDERSON
BA Loyola Universiy Chicago MA S Xavier Universiy
Virginia Anderson augh Lain or hi ry years i n privae and public hi gh schools and middleschools in he Chicagoland area In 1999 she was awarded he L Governorrsquos Award or Enhance-men o he eaching Proession and in 2003 was named Il linois Lain eacher o he Year
JILL M CROOKER
BA Universiy o Illi nois MSEd Nazareh College o ocheser New York Jill Crooker augh Lain or many years a Pitsord-Mendon High School in Pitsord New YorkShe has served as he College Board Advisor o he A P Lain es Developmen Commitee andin 1996 received he Moron E Spillenger Award or Disingui shed Leadership o he Classical
Associaion o he Empire Sae In 2003 she received he ACL Meria Award and i n 2006 a nOvaio rom he Classical A ssociaion o he Alanic Saes
JUDITH PELLER HALLETT
BA Wellesley MA PhD Harvard Universiy
In addiion o sudying a he A merican Academy in ome he Insiue o Classical Sudies inLondon and he Universiy o Maasrich in Holland Judih Hallet is a ormer presiden o heClassical Associaion o he Alanic Saes and Vice-Presiden or Oureach o he AmericanPhilological Associaion She was named a Disinguished Scholar-eacher in 1992 by he Uni-
versiy o Maryland
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull xxndashxxi
TEACHER NOTES
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 2854
xxii bull Latin for the New Millennium
xxii bull L atin for the New Millennium
ROSE WILLIAMS
BA Baylor Universiy MA Universiy o Norh Carolina Chapel Hill
In addiion o posgraduae work in Lain and Humaniies a he Universiy o Dallas and heUniversiy o exas a Arlingon on a ockeeller Gran ose Williams did research a he Bodle-ian Library Ox ord Universiy in England and a he Universiy o Pisa She augh Lain or overhiry years a boh high school and uni versiy levels in exas and now is he auhor o more hanen books abou he Classics
DONNA WRIGHT
BA MA Ball Sae Universiy
Afer eaching Lain a Carmel High School Donna Wrigh currenly eaches a boh LawrenceNorh and Lawrence Cenral High Schools in Indianapolis Indiana She has been an acivemember o he Indiana Classical Conerence being named Creaive Lain eacher o he Year in1976 She has also been acive i n he American Classical League sponsoring a JCL chaper andleading Ialy rips or nearly weny years Donna also served as an offi cer speaker and boardmember o Pompeiiana Inc
PILOT TEACHERS JEREMY M WALKER
AB Wabash College MA Indiana Universiy
Jeremy Walker has augh Lain a Crown Poin High School in Crown Poin Indiana since1995 He has served as he Co-Chair o he Indiana Junior Classical League and Membershipand Public elaions Chair o he Naional Junior Classical League In addiion o sudying inIaly a he Inercollegiae Cener or Classical Sudies and in Greece a he American School orClassical Sudies he was presiden o he Indiana Classical Conerence In 2003 Jeremy was rec-ognized as he Lain eacher o he Year in Indiana and in 2004 was recognized by he Indiana
Sae eachers Associaion as a orch o K nowledge ecipien
LANETTA WARRENBURG
BA Indiana Universiy MA Indiana Universiy-Purdue Universiy Indianapolis
Laneta Warrenburg has augh high school English and Lain or hiry-hree years a schoolsin Indiana and Illinois Her las weny-our years o eaching Lain were a Elgin High Schoolin Elgin Illinois While eaching Lain here she served as he Illinois Classical Conerencechairperson or Chicago Classics Day as co-chair or he Illinois Ceramen League since 1993and as sae chair or he Il linois Junior Classical L eague rom 1999ndash2001 Laneta was honoredas he Illi nois Lain eacher o he Year in 2001 and was presiden o he Chicago Classical Clubrom 2005ndash2007
INTRODUCTION
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 2954
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull xxiii
INTRODUCTIONALPHABETTe Lain alphabe was derived rom he Eruscan alphabe some ime beore he sevenh cen-ury 983138983139983141 Te Eruscans were a people in pre-oman Ialy
Teir alphabe owes much o he Greek alphabe In urn he Greek alphabe was derived romhe Phoenician alphabe Phoenician raders had spread heir sysem o wriing h roughou he
Medierranean region Te Phoenician alphabe isel can be raced o he Norh Semiic alpha- be which was used in Syria and Palesine as early as he elevenh cenury 983138983139983141 and is consideredo be he earlies ully developed alphabeic wriing sysem
An Eruscan couple reclining on a funeral sarcophagus
bull xxiii bull
Sandard41
EDITORrsquoS NOTE
Te comprehension quesions and answers as well as some o he eaching ips and eacher by he Way noa-ions in his eacher manual were writen by Elisa C Denja LeaAnn A Osburn Karen Lee Singh and DonaldE Sprague classics ediorseducaors a Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers
HOW TO USE THIS BOOK
Please noe ha he perinen naional Classics sandards are lised in he margin o he lef or righ on he samepage as he reproducion o he suden ex
Eisemann Communicaion assised in preparing he correlaions o Lain o r he New Mil lennium wih he
naional sandards For an overview o he sandards hemselves and he correlaions please consul www bolchazyl nmcom
TEACHING TIP
Te eacher may choose o use he picure o he Eruscan couple on his page and he brie meniono he Eruscan alphabe o open a discussion on wha role he Eruscans played in early omanimes Sudens may be direced o p xxx ii o find Eruria on he map
TEACHING TIPTe eacher may wish o discuss wih he sudens he erm ldquoomance languagesrdquo Many modernlanguages come rom he language used by he ancien omans French Ialian Poruguese Span-ish omanian ec omansch (spoken by he descendans o he aeians and one o he our o-ficial languages o Swizerland) is also derived rom Lain
TEACHER BY THE WAYBased on archeological evidence i appears ha Eruscan women were an imporan par o hesocial srucure Ofen he names o boh moher and aher were placed on unerary inscripionsTe reedom o women wihin sociey is likewise apparen on monumens where hey can be seenreclining wih heir husbands on he same couch atending games and having a place o honor in heomb isel Noice he affecionae pose o he couple in he illusraion on p xxiii Clearly marriedlove was valued in Eruscan sociey and amily lie was imporan
ombs also provide evidence or he syle o Eruscan homes Some o hese eaures were borrowed by heomans especially he cenral hall and hree rooms a he back Tis ype o house was known a Pompeii as well as a ome ac cording o Viru vius auhor o Dē archiecūrā
TEACHING TIP
Te eacher may wish o have sudens read an English ranslaion o Livyrsquos radiional accouno anaquil wie o arquinius Priscus he fifh king o ome Te independence o Eruscan women is ev iden in hi s ale He r behavior is he ani hesis o he ideas o woma nly dec orum hel d by he omans
TEACHING TIPS d ill j i i h E li h ldquo lph b rdquo pl i h E li h l t ih h
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 3054
xxiv bull Latin for the New Millennium
xxiv bull Latin for the New Millennium
Look a he English alphabe in he lef column and a he Lain alphabe in he righ one TeLain alphabe is accompanied by he names o he Lain leters (in parenheses)
English Alphabe Lain Alphabe
Uppercase Lowercase Uppercase Lowercase Leter Name
A a A a (a ldquoăhrdquo)
B b B b (be ldquobayrdquo)
C c C c (ce ldquocayrdquo)
D d D d (de ldquodayrdquo)
E e E e (e ldquoĕhrdquo)
F F (e)
G g G g (ge ldquogayrdquo)H h H h (ha ldquohahrdquo)
I i I i (i ldquoeerdquo)
J j
K k K k (ka ldquokahrdquo)
L l L l (el)
M m M m (em)
N n N n (en)
O o O o (o ldquoŏhrdquo)
P p P p (pe ldquopayrdquo)
Q q Q q (qu ldquokoordquo)
r r (er)
S s S s (es)
(e ldquoayrdquo)
U u U u (u ldquooordquo)
V v V v (u consonan)
W w
X x X x (ix ldquoeexrdquo)
Y y Y y (upsilon)
Z z Z z (zea ldquodzayardquo)
Te English alphabe is derived direcly rom he Lain alphabe Tis accouns or he greasimilariies b eween he wo alphabes Tere are 26 leters in he English alphabe and 24 in heLain Te differences are he ollowing
bull Te leter W w (which is he doubled leter v) is missing in he Lain alphabe
bull Te leter J j is a more recen invenion In ac i appears in Lain exs writen during heMiddle Ages and he enaissance as well as i n many modern ediions o ancien Lain exsI is used o indicae he semi-vowel i someimes called consonanal i Te consonanal i is
Sudens will enjoy singing he English alphabe song replacing he English leter names wih heLain leter names Sudens may be insruced o clap once where here is no Lain leter name (egldquoJrdquo) equivalen o he English one
TEACHING TIPTe eacher may choose o display any Lain words (a lis is provided below or he eacherrsquos conve-nience) and insruc he sudens o spell ou he word using he Lain leter names Te sudensmay become curious o know wha he Lain words mean Definiions are given below
bull pars ndash par
bull nox ndash nigh
bull ruber ndash red
bull ēgī ndash I have done
bull amilia ndash amily
bull carō ndash 1047298esh
bull dēcernō ndash I decide
bull herba ndash plan
bull Kalendae ndash Kalends (firs day o he monh)
bull quoque ndash also
bull imor ndash ear
bull Pȳhia ndash Pyhia (name o Apollorsquos priesess)
bull iēcī ndash I hrew
bull ēlīx - happy bull ignis ndash fire
bull mūō ndash I change
COMPREHENSION QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS FOR PAGES XXIII991251XXVeproducible versions o he quesions alone are available a wwwlnm bolchazycom
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 3154
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull xxv
Introduction bull xxv
he i a he beginning o a word beore a vowel or i beween wo vowels According o hismehod or example Iūlius is writen Jūlius and Āiax is writen Ājax In his book he leter J j will no be used
bull Te disincion beween he vowel U u and he consonan V v also belongs o laer imesIniially here was only one leter V u used boh or he vowel and he consonan eg Vrbs ldquoTe Ciyrdquo (ie ome) or uicor ldquohe winnerrdquo
bull However in accord wih he prevail ing pracice o expressing he vowel wih U u and heconsonan wih V v in his book he wo leters will be disingui shed
PRONUNCIATION OF LATIN
VOWELSTere are six vowels in Lain and heir pronunciaion is as ollows
Long Vowel Sound Shor Vowel Sound
ā is pronounced as in ldquoaherrdquo ōrāor ldquooraorrdquo a is pronounced as in ldquoalikerdquo amō ldquoloverdquo
ē is pronounced like he a in ldquoraverdquo nēmō ldquonobodyrdquo e is pronounced as in ldquoperdquo bene ldquowellrdquo
ī is pronounced like he double e in ldquoseenrdquo līmes ldquoboundaryrdquo
i is pronounced as in ldquopirdquo nihil ldquonohingrdquo
ō is pronounced as in ldquosoverdquo videō ldquo(I) seerdquo o is pronounced as in ldquoofenrdquorosa ldquoroserdquo
ū is pronounced as in ldquomoonrdquo ūnus ldquoonerdquo u is pronounced as in ldquopurdquo um ldquohenrdquo
ӯ comes rom Greek and is pronounced in lenghsomewhere beween he i in ldquohirdquo and he u in ldquomuerdquo Pӯramus ldquoPyramusrdquo
y comes rom Greek Is sound wheher long or shorlies in beween he sounds o i and u much as in heFrench ldquosucircrrdquo bu he sound o shor y is less drawn ouhan ha o long y lyricus ldquolyricalrdquo
Te Lain words senātus rēgēsulla gentēs and prīmus are
engraved on his sone
Sign from Pompeii carved on sone wih Lain leters
p q
1 race he roos o he Lain alphabe rom is beginnings orward
Norh-Semiic alphabe elevenh cenury 983138983139983141 Phoenician alphabe Greek alphabe Erusca n alphabeLain alphabe
2 Which wo leters in he English alphabe are no ound in he Lain alphabe
W and J
3 When does he leter J begin o appear in Lain
During he Middle Ages and he enaissa nce
4 Look a he Lain inscripion on he sign rom Pompeii (on he righ o p xxv) Find a leas hree Lain words Lis an Engl ish word you believe is based on he La in word
colonia 991252 colonial colony honoris 991252 honorspecacula 991252 specacular specacle perpevom 991252 perpeual perpeuiy duovir 991252 virile virili
Sandards12 41
TEACHING TIPSudens may wan o know he English meanings o he Lain words in Exercises 1 and 2 Te defini-
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 3254
xxvi bull Latin for the New Millennium
xxvi bull L atin for the New Millennium
BY THE WAY
Everywhere in his book long vowels are indicaed by macrons ie ā ē ī ō ū ӯ whileabove he shor vowels here are no signs Someimes wo words differ rom each oheronly in he lengh o he vowel For example mālum wih a longa means ldquoapplerdquo whilemalum wih a shor a means ldquobad hingrdquo
EXERCISE 1epea hese words aloud afer your eacher pronounces hem
1 a lō 7 lēnis 13 probō 19 sūor2 alumnus 8 sēdēs 14 noa 20 ūsus3 rāna 9 i er 15 pōnō 21 syllaba4 rādō 10 imeō 16 dōnum 22 Pӯrēnē5 eneō 11 nīor 17 ululō6 peō 12 mīrus 18 lupus
DIPHTHONGSDiphhongs are wo vowels combined in one syllable and pronounced ogeher as one soundTere are six diphhongs in Lain
bull ae much like he y in ldquoskyrdquo laevus ldquo lefrdquo
bull au pronounced as ou in ldquoourrdquo aurum ldquo goldrdquo
bull ei pronounced as ei in ldquoeignrdquo oiei ldquoalasrdquo
bull eu pronounced eoo much as i in he wo words ldquogrey bluerdquo you were o subrac he ldquogr-rdquo andhe ldquobl-rdquo and combine he wo vowel sounds Eurōpa ldquoEuroperdquo
bull oe pronounced as oy in ldquoboyrdquo proelium ldquo batlerdquo
bull ui pronounced nearly like ldquowerdquohui ldquoohrdquo
I is believed ha quie early sill in ancien imes he diphhongs ae and oe began o be pro-nounced as e I you encouner hem writen aē or aeuml and oē or oeuml his means ha hey are nodiphhongs and he leters should be pronounced separaely āēr poēa
Te diphhongs are always long
EXERCISE 2epea hese words afer your eacher pronounces hem
1 aesās 7 s eu 13 aēneus2 a equō 8 m oenia 14 poēma3 raeda 9 neu 15 hei4 l audō 10 poena 16 huic5 a u 11 neuer6 aula 12 Poenus
Sudens may wan o know he English meanings o he Lain words in Exercises 1 and 2 Te definiions are provided or he eacherrsquos convenience
EXERCISE 11 I nourish 12 wonderul
2 suden 13 I approve
3 rog 14 noe
4 I scrape 15 I pu
5 I hold 16 gif6 I seek 17 I howl
7 smooh 18 wol
8 sea 19 shoemaker
9 journey 20 use
10 I ear 21 sylla ble
11 I srive 22 Pȳrene (a name)
EXERCISE 21 summer
2 I make level
3 carriage
4 I praise5 or
6 orecour
7 or i
8 walls
9 and no
10 penaly
11 neiher
12 Carhaginian
13 bronze
14 poem
15 ah
16 o his
TEACHER BY THE WAYHisorical evidence can be cied or reading he firs syllable o ldquomāgnusrdquo as naurally long bu oher
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 3354
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull xxvii
Introduction bull xxvii
CONSONANTSbull c is pronounced as in ldquocomerdquo clārus ldquobrighrdquo censeō ldquo(I) deemrdquo cārus ldquodearrdquo
bull When b is ollowed by s as in urbs ldquociyrdquo he sound o b approaches ha o p a sound wemigh represen as urps
bull g is pronounced as in ldquogerdquo gaudiumldquojoyrdquo gignō ldquo(I) bege (I) bearrdquo grāialdquoavor agreeablenessrdquo
bull Some hink ha he omans o Cicerorsquos ime (firs cenury 983138983139983141) pronounced he wo conso-nans ng as ngn or example he adjecive māgnus ldquogreardquo would have been pronounced in a
way ha we migh represen asmangnus
bull k is a very rare consonan In ac i appears only in wo words Kalendae ldquohe firs day oevery monh in he oman calendarrdquo and in he personal name Kaeso
bull q appears always in combinaion wih u and he combinaion qu is pronounced as in ldquoqueenrdquoquatuor ldquoourrdquo
bull v has a sound similar o w (as in he word ldquowierdquo) videō ldquo I seerdquo
bull Te consonanu in he combinaion su sounds like he English w in he ollowing our wordssuēscō ldquo(I) become accusomedrdquoSuēvī a name o a German ribe suādeō ldquo(I) adviserdquo suāvis ldquosweerdquo
bull Te leter r is rilled slighly Te sound has no exac equivalen in English bu is heard inmany oher European languages Te bes way o make his sound is o pronounce r as inldquoroperdquo bu vibrae he end o he ongue slighly as you say i
bull x is a double consonan (equivalen ocs or gs) ha sounds much like he x in ldquosixrdquo
bull z is a noher double consonan (equivalen o dz) and sounds almos like z in ldquozebrardquo I be-gins wih a sligh d sound firs so in pronouncing his leter you should hear dz
bull ph sounds like p in ldquopenrdquo bu wih he addiion o a sligh breah o air represened by he hth sounds like t as in ldquo omrdquo bu wih he addiion o a sligh ex ra breahing represened byhe h ch sounds nearly like he combinaion kh Tese consonans are borrowed rom Greek
and appear in Greek words zephyrus ldquowesern breezerdquo chorus ldquochorusrdquo heārum ldquoheaerrdquo When p and t are no accompanied by h his sligh aspiraion is absen
bull When consonans are doubled as in he verbaggredior he consonanal sound is lenghenedslighly
EXERCISE 3epea hese words afer your eacher pronounces hem
1 cibus 7 glōria 13 phasēlus2 capiō 8 Zeus 14 chara3 cumulus 9 bibliohēca 15 cēlō4 crēscō 10 phi losophia 16 anīquus5 gemma 11 zōna6 Gallus 12 heōrēma
g y g y gevidence suggess i is naurally shor Tus in some grammar books such as he one by Gildersleeveand Lodge we find his syllable marked as long bu in oher books i is reaed as shor
TEACHING TIPTe sudens may also wish o find ou he meanings o he Lain words in Exercise 3 Te definiionsare provided or he eacherrsquos convenience
EXERCISE 3
1 ood2 I ake
3 a heap
4 I grow
5 bud jewel
6 a Gaul
7 glory
8 Zeus
9 library
10 philosophy
11 a girdle
12 heory
13 kidney bean
14 paper
15 I hide
16 old
TEACHING TIPTe eacher may wish o provide he sudens wih some pracice on syllables and sress accen Here
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 3454
xxviii bull Latin for the New Millennium
xxviii bull Latin for the New Millennium
ACCENT A Lain word is made up no jus o leters bu also o syllables A Lain word has as many syllablesas i has vowels or diphhongs (a diphhong works like a single vowel since i is made up o wo
vowels pronounced ogeher [see diphhongs above])
You will need o know he ollowing erms when learning abou accen
bull ulima he las syllable in a word
bull penul he second-o-las syllable in a word
bull anepenul he hird-o-las syllable in a word
So in he word ze- ph y-r us he vowel u is he ulima y is he penul and e is he anepenul
RULES ABOUT THE STRESS ACCENT IN LATIN1 Te sress accen in Lain alls on eiher he penul or he anepenul
2 Te accen alls on he penul i he penul is long I he penul is shor he accen alls onhe anepenul
3 How o deermine wheher he penul is long or shor
a I he penul conains a long vowel (or any diphhong) he penul isel is long You o-en need o learn wheher he vowel in he penul is long or shor as a basic elemen inlearning a new word A macron above he vowel will ell you ha he vowel is long whi lehe absence o a macron wil l indicae a shor vowel Pronouncing he word can help youremember he vowel lenghs For ex ample vi-de-ō ldquoI seerdquo is pronounced viacutedeō whileau-rō-ra ldquodawnrdquo is pronounced aurōacutera and po-pu-lus ldquopeoplerdquo is pronounced po pulus
b I he vowel in he penul is ollowed by wo or more consonans he penul is long no
mater wheher he vowel in he penul is long or shor and he accen necessarily allson he penul For example do-cu-men-um ldquodocumenrdquo is pronounced documenacuteum
BY THE WAYTe consonan x is double (cs or gs) and couns as wo consonans when deermining
wheher he penul is long
c Tere is one excepion o lsquobrsquo above Someimes even when here are wo consonans be-ween he penul and he ulima hey sill do no deermine ha he penul is long Tishappens when he wo consonans are a mue and a liquid
Te mues are p b d t g c
Te liquids are l r
So in he word pal-pe-bra ldquoeyelidrdquo he anepenul is accened ( palacutepebra) he vowel o he pe-nul is shor since i i s ollowed by a mue and a l iquid O course ru le lsquoarsquo sill applies in he wordhe-ā-trum ldquoheaerrdquo he penul is accened (heāacuterum) since i is naurally long somehing welearn rom he macron
y p p yare some examples wih he answers included or he eacherrsquos convenience
Underline he ulima in each word
1 legō
2 rēgis
3 imperāor
Underline he penul in each word
1 causa
2 pūnīum3 armāus
Underline he anepenul in each word
1 vulnerō
2 eigī
3 sublāum
Underline he penul i i is long
1 pōnō
2 spēlunca
3 pauperis
Underline he syllable ha will receive he sress accen in each word1 ōrāculum
2 peīum
3 cōnsania
4 exsīncum
5 vulneris
6 solius
TEACHING TIPGiven he passage abou he bahhouse on his page and he picure rom Bah England he
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 3554
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull xxix
EXERCISE 4epea each senence aloud afer your eacher reads i Pay atenion o he pronunciaion andsress accen o each word
Wha i is Like o Live Over a Bahhouse
(Adaped rom Seneca Moral Leter 56)
Ecce undique clāmor sona Suprā ipsum balneum habiō Prōpōne nunc ibi omnia genera vōcumodiōsa Foriōrēs exercenur e manūs plumbō gravēs iacan cum au labōran au labōranemimianur Gemiūs audiō quoiēns spīrium remīsērun Sun quoque ūncōrēs e racāōrēs
Audiō crepium manuum umerōs erienium sonus quoque icuum mūāur nunc enim manusperveni plāna nunc concava Audiō clāmōrēs sī ūr es i n balneō dēprehēnsus
Look here is noise sounding all around I live above he bahhouse isel Imagine o yourselnow all he haeul ypes o voices Te sronger ones exercise hemselves and swing heir ha ndsloaded wih lead weighs while hey work ou991252or imiae a person working ou I hear moansevery ime hey le go a ltpen-upgt breah Tere are also anoiners and masseurs I hear he slapo hands hiting shoulders and he sound o he blows changes or someimes he hands come1047298a someimes cupped I hear shouing i a hie is caugh in he bahhouse
A pool from inside he Roman Bahs in Bah England
Introduction bull xxix
eacher may wish o open a discussion abou bahs during oman i mes Te use o he calidārium fīgid ārium epidārium and sūdārium may be explained by he eacher and sudens may be en-couraged o learn andor pronounce hese words
TEACHER BY THE WAYBahs were ofen consruced on locaions having ho or mineral springs such as Bah in Englandand Bāiae a resor own on he Bay o Naples
Modern Bah in oman imes was named afer he Celic goddess o healing Sulis In he firscenury her shrine was aken over by he omans and she was idenified wih he goddess Minerva
Te sie was hen known as Aquae Sulis Mine rva In a emple relie she is represened wih a Medusa-like head and a musache
Te spa conained a grea bah (73 f by 29 f) and hree oher swimming pools he calidārium (ho bah)epidārium (warm bah) and fīgidār ium (cold bah) In he second cenury he spring was enclosed wihin a wooden barrel-vau led build ing ha housed hese hree pools Ho ai r bahs were ueled by coal fires A con-san 1047298ow o waer was direced o he pools hrough lead pipes which sill uncion oday
Archeologica l excavaions have revealed ma ny sacred voive offerings c urse ables and innumerable coinsa he botom o he springs Te curse ables writen in Lain heaped curses on anyone suspeced o wrong-doing Te ancien radiion o hrowing coins accompanied by a wish sill prevails oday in ome a he reviFounain where ourissvisiors do he same
More inormaion on bah complexes in ome can be ound on p 386 o his eacherrsquos manual
Sandards22 31
32 41 42
TEACHING TIPTe eacher may wish o insruc he sudens o find he iber iver which is picured here on he
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 3654
xxx bull Latin for the New Millennium
xxx bull Latin for the New Millennium
OVERVIEW OF ROMAN HISTORY According o legend omulus and his win broher emus were se adrif on he iber iver Ashe-wol nursed he boys unil a shepherd rescued hem Upon reaching manhood in 753 983138983139983141he wins ounded a new ciy near he place w here hey had been ound by he she-wol on he
basis o anaugusō auguriō ldquoa avorable sighing o birdsrdquo Bu omulus killed emus in a dispueover who would rule he new ciy and became is firs king
Six oher kings ruled afer omulus Numa Pompilius ullus Hosilius Ancus Marius ar-quinius Prisc us Servius ullius a nd arquinius Superbus (arquin he Proud) Afer he las ohese seven kings was overhrown in 509 983138983139983141 ome became a republic wih a represenaiveorm o governmen headed by wo consuls eleced an nually By 451 983138983139983141 he fi rs corpus o o-man law known as he welve ables was creaed
In he las cenury 983138983139983141 he oman epublic was shaken apar by a series o civil wars By31 983138983139983141 an auocraic regime headed earlier by Julius Caesar and laer by his grea-nephew Oc-avian brough he epublic o an end Te years rom 27 983138983139983141991252when Ocavian assumed heile o prīnceps ldquochie ciizenrdquo as well as he name Augu sus991252o around 180 983139983141 are known ashe early principae or empire During his era ome exended her boundaries o he BriishIsles in he norh Norh Arica in he souh Spain in he wes and he igris and Euphraesrivers in he eas
A view of he iber River as i 1047298ows hrough he ciy of Rome
map on p xxxii
COMPREHENSION QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS FOR PAGE XXX991251XXXI
eproducible versions o he quesions alone are available a wwwlnm bolchazycom
1 Who were he legendary ounders o ome
omulus and emus
2 According o legend in wha year was ome ounded
753 983138983139983141
3 Over he course o he monarchic period how many kings ruled ome
Seven
4 Wha even occurred in 509 983138983139983141
Te beginni ng o he oman epublic (wih wo consuls in charge)
5 Wha is he erm associaed wih he wo leaders o he epublic
Consul
6 Which wo leaders oversaw omersquos shif rom a republic o a principae
Julius Caesar and OcavianAugusu s
7 Wha major aciviy associaed wih empire-building ook place during he principae
erriorial expansion
8 Name wo developmens ha characerized he lae empire
Severe economic problems inernal poliical unres andor requen invasion by he Germanic ribes
9 Describe Diocleianrsquos response o he roubles o he empire
Diocleian divided he empire ino wo halves he Easern and Wesern empires in order o make ruli nghe empire more manageable
10 Explai n he origin o he erm ldquovandalismrdquo
Te fifh cenury invasion and pillag ing o ome by he ribe known as he Vandals who occupied he o-man province o Norh Arica led o he erm ldquovandalismrdquo meaning wanon desrucion
11 Describe Lainrsquos role in he cenuries afer 476 983139983141
Lain 1047298ourished as he major lierary language in he Wesern oman Empire and was spread o non-omanized places like Ireland Scandinavia and he New World
TEACHING TIP
Te eacher may ask he sudens o find he daes menioned on his page in he imeline on pp411ndash414
Sandards21 31 32
TEACHING TIPTe eacher may insruc he sudens o locae ByzaniumConsaninople discussed here in he
d h h ii
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 3754
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull xxxi
Introduction bull xxxi
From 180 983139983141 onwards in he period k nown as he lae empire he oman sae experiencedsevere economic problems and requen invasions by Germanic ri bes esponding o he pres-sure o he firs wave o migraions as well as inernal poliical u nres and economic diffi culieshe emperor Diocleian (ruled 284ndash305 983139983141) had already divided he oman Empire ino anEasern and Wesern hal each under is own emperor991252an atemp o make he vas omansae more manageable
Tis poliical division o he empire acually mirrored a culural division oo he main lan-guage o he Wes was Lain while he main language o he Eas was Greek Shorly aferwardshe emperor Consanine (ruled 312ndash337 983139983141) esablished a new capial or he Easern empirea Byzanium wh ich he renamed Consaninople (ldquohe ciy o Consaninerdquo oday called Isan-
bul) Bu even afer his reorganizaion he imperial governmen ulimaely proved incapable o
semming he ide o he migraions in par because he oman army was oo widely e xendedand could no be in so many places a once Indeed many o he invaders were given he sauso oederāī or ldquoreay roopsrdquo In effec hey were a llowed o occupy segmens o he empire inreurn or proecing i So when Alar ic King o he Visigohs sacked ome in 410 983139983141 he acual lyhad a ile as a commander in he oman army
ome was sacked again in 455 983139983141 by he Vandals who had already occupied he omanprovince o Norh Arica Te pillaging o he ciy o omulus by he invaders made a pro-ound impression on conemporaries and o his day he erm ldquovandalismrdquo is a word in severallanguages or wanon desrucion While he Easern empire (always more sable and eco-nomically prosperous han he Wes) coninued o exis unil 1453 983139983141 he Wesern empire
was ex inc as a poliica l eniy by 476 983139983141 In is place were Germa nic k ingdoms and ribes Angles and Saxons in Briai n Visigohs in Spain Osrogohs in Ialy Franks and Burgundi ansin Gaul991252o name only he major groups Te combinaion o hese new socieies wih heprevious inhabians who had been omanized o varying degrees would one day provide he
basis or he culures o modern Europe
Bu he end o he ancien oman Empire in he Wes was no he end o Lain On he con-rary during he nex 1200 years Lain no only 1047298ourished as he major lierary language in he
erriories o he ormer Wesern oman Empire he use o Lain was exended o regions heomans had never occupied including Ireland Scandinavi a and even he New World
BEGINNINGS OF LATIN LITERATURE Very ew complee works o Lain lieraure produced beore he mid-second cenury 983138983139983141 (ie beore 150 983138983139983141) have survived One reason or his loss was he remendous populariy o he works produced in he ollowing cenury by such auhors as Cicero Vergil and Ovid Teir wri-ings were so widely read and copied in subsequen cenuries ha he auhors preceding hem
were gradually negleced
Among he major figures o early Lain lieraure was a reed slave rom he Greek ciy o aren-um named Livius Andronicus who li ved rom 284ndash204 983138983139983141 He was known or his adapaionso Greek drama or oman audiences and his ranslaion o Homerrsquos Odyssey ino Lain verse
second paragraph on he map on p xxxii
TEACHING TIPTe eacher may ask he sudens o find he daes menioned on his page in he imeline on pp413ndash414
HOW TO USE THIS BOOK AND ITS ANCILLARIES
wo ancillaries are available or use wih his book Te Original Dysuncional Family (abbreviaed ODF)and From Romulus o Romulus Augusulus (abbreviaed R) R will be paricularly useul in order ohelp sudens keep he ime periods o he auhors and o he evens he auhors wroe abou sraigh in heirminds Chaper ile pages will include when appropriae a noaion on wha chaper o R he eachermay wish o assign
TEACHING TIPTe eacher may wish o assign Chaper 1 o he oman hisory ancillary From Romulus o Romu-lus Augusulus a his poin
COMPREHENSION QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS FOR PAGES XXXI991251XXXIVeproducible versions o he quesions alone are available a wwwlnm bolchazycom
1 Whom did he omans consider he aher o Lain lieraure
Ennius
2 Wha was Enniusrsquo mos amous work Is subjec mater
Annālēs was an epic poem abou omersquos early hisory
3 Wha amous Lain saying means ldquoCarhage mus be desroyedrdquo
Carhāgō dēlenda es
4 Who is he auhor o ha saying
Cao he ElderCao he Censor
5 When was Carha ge said o have been desroyed
146 983138983139983141 a he end o he hird Punic war
NB Aler sudens ha he answers o hese comprehension quesions will be ound on p xxxiv
Sandards21 31
R1
TEACHING TIP Ask sudens he English equivalen o cou nries s uch as Briannia and Germānia and he Englishequivalen o he ciies Neāpolis and Ahēnae
Sandard31
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 3854
xxxii bull Latin for the New Millennium
equivalen o he ciies Neāpolis and Ahēnae
A full size r eproducible version of h is page wihou he answe rs can be downloaded a wwwlnm bolchazycom
HOW TO USE THIS BOOK Answers o rep roducible aciviies w ill be gi ven in a larger size bel ow or he eacherrsquos convenience
ANSWERS TO MAP WORK 991251 PAGES XXXII991251XXXIII
1 Crēa Sicilia Corsica Sardinia Cyprus Ihaca Dēlos Brianni a
2 Vesuvius Mōns Aena Mōns Olympus Mōns Āppennīnus Mōns
3 Syria Macedonia Arica Asia
4 mare or ponus
5 Asia Eurōpa Arica
A full siz e reproducible version of his page wihou he answers can be down loaded a wwwln mbolchazycom
Te eacher may wish o have his map enlarged when reproducing i for ease of suden use in compleing his aciviy
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 3954
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull xxxiii
HOW TO USE THIS BOOK
Te answers o his aciviy can be easily seen on he wo acing pages
Te omans regarded Ennius (ca 239 169 983138983139983141) as he aher o Lain lieraure He wroe
TEACHING TIPSudens may be encouraged o find he ciy o Carhage menioned in he second paragraph on hemap on p xxxii
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 4054
xxxiv bull Latin for the New Millennium
xxxiv bull L atin for the New Millennium
Te omans regarded Ennius (ca 239ndash169 983138983139983141) as he aher o Lain lieraure He wroemany kinds o lierary works including plays His Annālēs an epic poem abou he early hisoryo ome was paricularly renowned and perhaps he primary epic read in oman schools beorehe ime o Vergil Only ragmens o his wriings remain
One o Enniusrsquo conemporaries was heamed Cao he Censor also known as Caohe Elder (234ndash149 983138983139983141) a rigidly conserva-ive oman senaor Mos o his reaise onagriculure called Dē agrī culūrā survivesI is he oldes work o Lain prose amongCaorsquos recommendaions here are ha fieldslaves be reaed similarly o beass o bur-den Cao is also remembered or his sae-men Carhāgō dēlenda es ldquoCarhage mus
be desroyedrdquo evidence or he omanear o he Carhaginians Te omansough hree wars known as he Punic
Wars agai ns he Car haginians Te fi rsended beore Cao was born in he secondagains Hannibal Cao served wih miliarydisincion he hird ended in 146 983138983139983141 asCao had demanded wih he desruciono Carhage On his occasion he vic oriousomans were said o have plowed sal inohe Carhaginian soil
Discussions abou laer auhors and adap-aions rom heir wriings w ill be presenedchronologically in he chapers o his book
Ancien ruins a Carhage in Africa
p p
TEACHER BY THE WAY Alhough he works o Enniu s have been preserved on ly in ragmens (abou a housand lines) hehad a grea in1047298uence on subsequen poes such as Vergil Quoable quoes include
bull a es o riendship Amīcus cer us in rē incer ā cerniur (A riend in need is a riend indeed)
bull an applicaion o wisdom o lie Quī ipse sibi sapiēns prōdesse nequi nēquīquam sapi (A man who
himsel is wise bu unable o be useul o himsel is wise or nohing)bull he amous descripion o Fabius Maximus Ūnus homō nōbīs cūncandō resiui rem (One man by delaying res ored he sae or us)
bull and he line on Manius Curius Quem nēmō errō poui superāre nec aurō (Whom no one was ableo deea eiher by sword or gold)
We also have preser ved or us he exa mple o excessive all ieraion ha has g iven rise o much laugher inLain classrooms over he years Ō ie ūe aī ibi ana yranne ulisī ldquoO ius aius you yran (all voca-ive) you brough o yoursel such grea (roubles)rdquo991252ranslaed in conex which plays off he more lieral ldquo you ookacquired or yoursel such grea hings rdquo
On he oher hand he composed his own epiaph in which his high eseem among omans proved o beprescien
nēmō mē lacrumīs decōre neu unera 1047298ēū
axi Cūr Voliō vivos per ōra v irum (Le no one honor me wih ears or make a uneral pyre by weeping
Why I 1047298y li ving hrough he mouhs o men)
TEACHER BY THE WAY
Pluarchrsquos Lie o Cao is a good source o snappy quoaions atribued o his saesman soldier andauhor For example while discussing he power o women he said ldquoAll oher men rule heir wives we rule al l oher men and our w ives rule us rdquo Atemping o persuade he oman people o orego adisribuion o grain he began his speech by saying ldquoI is a hard mater o argue wih he belly sincei has no earsrdquo And o a ribune who had been accused o using poison and was rying o pass a use-less bill he said ldquoI know no which is worse o drink your mixures or o enac your billsrdquo
1CHAPTER 1
HOW TO USE THIS BOOK
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 4154
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull 1
1CHAPTER
Parts of Speech Nouns Number Gender Case (Nominative and Accusative)
First Declension Nouns
MEMORĀBILE DICTŪ
SPQ Senātus Populusque ōmānusldquoTe Senae and he People o omerdquo
Tese our leters orm wha is known as an acronym one ha symbolized supreme power inancien ome
Oil paining of Romulus and Remus wih he wolf By Peer Paul Rubens (1577ndash1640)
Te grammaical and synacical opics ha will be presened in each chaper o his book are lised a he opo he chaper ile page
HOW TO USE THIS BOOK
Te illusraion on each chaperrsquos ile page presens a visual inroducion o he Lain reading passage ha willollow eachers may choose o discuss he illusraion in order o provide he conex or he reading he su-dens will encouner on he nex page
HOW TO USE THIS BOOK
On each chaper ile page he phrase Memorābile Dictū (ldquoA memorable hing o say rdquo) will be ou nd Below here will be a amous phrase quoa ion abbreviaion or moto in L ain ha w ill connec hese words o he opicsin he chaper
MEMORĀBILE DICTŪ VOCABULARY
populus populī m ndash people
-que ndash and
senāus senāūs m ndash senae
TEACHING TIP
ubens pained his picure o omulus and emus rom 1615ndash1616 during wha is called he Ba-roque period o ar Te man approaching rom he rear is Fausulus Te reclining figure is he god
o he river iber
HOW TO USE THIS BOOK AND ITS ANCILLARIESwo ancillaries are available or use wih his book Te Original Dysunctional Family (abbreviaed ODF)and From Romulus to Romulus Augustulus (abbreviaed R) R will be paricularly useul in order ohelp sudens keep he ime periods o he auhors and o he evens he auhors wroe abou sraigh in heirmind Chaper ile pages wil l include when appropriae a noaion abou wha chaper o R he eachermay wish o assign
Standards11 21
R 2and 3
READING
TRANSLATION OF LATIN PASSAGEomulus and emus
Mars is a god Mars loves hea Silvia And so hea Silvia has wo sons omulus and emus Amulius locks uph Sil i A li l d i h A h l lk h T h l
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 4254
2 bull Latin for the New Millennium
2 bull Latin for the New Millennium
READINGTis sory describes how ome was said o have been ounded in 753 983138983139983141 King Numior o AlbaLonga was overhrown by his cruel and ambiious broher Amulius who no only seized hehrone bu so eared ha one o Numiorrsquos male descendans migh have a legiimae claim oni ha he made Amuliusrsquo daug her hea Silvia a priesess o he goddess Vesa Tese priesesses
were no allowed o marry during heir childbearing years
RŌMULUS ET REMUS
1 Mārs es deus Mārs hēam Silviam ama Iaque hēa Silvia duōs
īliōs habe ōmulum e emum Amūlius hēam Silviam vinculīs
claudi Amūlius ōmulum e emum in aquam pōni Lupa ad aquamambula Lupa ōmulum e emum bene cūra e ama ōmulus e
5 emus crēscun Poseā ōmulus e emus ōmam aedifican
Famous bronze saue of he she-wolf and he wins
hea Silvia Amulius pus omulus and emus ino he waer A she-wol walks o he waer Te she-wol caresor (akes good care o) omulus and emus well and loves (hem) omulus and emus grow up Aferwards(laer) omulus and emus build ome
HOW TO USE THIS BOOK Above each La in reading pa ssage inorm aion is presened in Engl ish Tis pre -reading provides back groundinormaion abou he auhor and esablishes he conex o he passage he sudens will read
TEACHER BY THE WAY
Te eacher may wish o inroduce he class o he radiional abbreviaions o 983137983140 (which sandsor he Lain phrase Annō Dominī ldquoi n he year o our Lordrdquo) and 983138983139 (which sands or he Engl ishphrase ldquoBeore Chrisrdquo) Tese older abbreviaions coninue o be used bu his book employs heabbreviaions 983138983139983141 (Beore he Common Era) and 983139983141 (Common Era)
TEACHING TIPInsruc he sudens o locae Alba Longa on he map on pp xxxiindashxxxiii
TEACHER BY THE WAYTough he wins were added o he sculpure in he enaissance he she-wol has srong links wihEruscan myhology and shows characerisics o Eruscan sculpure
TEACHING TIP
Te eacher may wish o encourage he sudens o design an abbreviaed amily ree o omulusand emus
Standards11 22
Jupier Juno King Num ior o Alba Longa
Mars hea Silvia
omulus emus
READING VOCABULARY
HOW TO USE THIS BOOKTe English pronoun subjec o a verb is no lised in he eading Vocabulary i he pronoun is no needed inhe ranslaion
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 4354
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull 3
Chapter 1 bull 3
READING VOCABULARYad aquam ndash o he waer
aedifican ndash build
ama ndash loves
ambula ndash walks
Amūlius ndash Amul ius
aquam ndash waer
bene ndash well
claudi ndash locks up
crēscun ndash grow up
cūra ndash akes care o cares or
deus ndash god
duōs ndash woes ndash is
e ndash and
īliōs ndash sons
habe ndash has
in aquam ndash ino he waer
iaque ndash and so
lupa ndash she-wol
Mārs ndash Mars he god o war
pōni ndash pus
poseā ndash aferwards laer
emum ndash emus
emus ndash emus
hēa Silvia ndash hea Silvia
hēam Silviam ndash hea Silvia
ōmam ndash ome
ōmulum ndash omulus
ōmulus ndash omulus vinculīs ndash w ih chains
Words marked wih an aserisk will need o bememorized laer in he chaper
COMPREHENSION QUESTIONS1 Whose sons are omulus and emus
2 Wha did Amulius do
3 Who saved he lie o omulus and emus
4 Wha did omulus and emus do
HOW TO USE THIS BOOK
Te sudens should not be expeced o lea rn he words under he ile eading Vocabulary whenever his ileoccurs in he book Insead insruc sudens o learn he vocabulary words lised under he ile Vocabularyto Learn ha will be ound laer in each chaper In more advanced Lain exs usually here are vocabularyand noes o help he sudens when reading a passage Tis eading Vocabulary will help prepare sudens orlaer more advanced classes
ANSWERS TO COMPREHENSION QUESTIONS
1 Tey are he sons o Mars and hea Silvia2 He locked up hea Silvia
3 A she-wol
4 Tey buil he ciy o ome
TEACHING TIP
Whi le English deriva ives rom he sar red words (ie he Vocabulary o L earn) are he opic o Ex-ercise 2 laer in his chaper here are some ineresing derivaives rom he non-sarred words andsome o hese show how words change hrough he years Te eacher may choose o discuss hesederivaives wih he sudens
bull aedi1047297cant (aedi1047297cō) ndash ediy edificaion edifice
Tis Lain word is buil rom wo Lain words aciō (o do make) and aedēs (house emple) Te
English derivaives reain his religious connecion or hey mean ldquoo build up he aih moraliy o in-sruc especially morallyrdquo Te word ldquoedificerdquo is always used or an imposing srucure such as a ldquoemplerdquoor aedēs
bull claudit (claudō) ndash close conclusion enclosure sluice
A ldquocloserdquo is a small shu-in space and some people i locked in one suffer rom ldquoclausrophobiardquo acompound derivaive parly rom Lain (o close confine) and parly rom he Greek (ear) hence ldquoa earo closed spacesrdquo
Te word ldquosluicerdquo does no look like a derivaive o claudō bu i has undergone cha nges as i ca meino English via middle English and old French (sclus) rom he Lain exclūdō which means ldquoo shu ourdquo Asluice has a gae a he op o he channel o shu off he 1047298ow o waer as necessary
bull crēscunt (crēscō) ndash crescen accrue recrui crew
Te word ldquocrewrdquo in middle English mean ldquoreinorcemenrdquo so a body o soldiers grew Te word ldquore-
cruirdquo has he same basic idea ecruis increase he size o he army (rom he Lain recrēscō meaning ldquoogrow againrdquo)
bull deus ndash deiy deiy
bull duōs ndash double dozen due duplicae
Te word ldquodozenrdquo is a compound rom he Lain word or ldquowordquo and he German word or ldquoenrdquo (zehn)
bull habet (habeō) ndash habi abiliy prohibiive
Onersquos abiliy depends on he alens and skil ls one has
bull pōnit ( pōnō) ndash depo imposiion preposiion
A depo origina lly was a place where supplies were pu or sorage
LANGUAGE FACT I
HOW TO USE THIS BOOKTe Language Facs secion o each chaper will conain boh grammaical (morphological) and synacicalinormaion ie inormaion boh abou he orms o he words and he srucure o he senence
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 4454
4 bull Latin for the New Millennium
4 bull Latin for the New Millennium
LANGUAGE FACT I
PARTS OF SPEECHTe parts o speech used in a Lain senence deermine is meaning jus as in English While henoun and he verb are he wo mos imporan oher common pars o speech are lised below
Noun a person place hing idea acion or qual iy Examples ldquoomulusrdquo ldquoriverrdquo ldquocouragerdquo
Pronoun a word ha sands in place o a noun ha has been previously menioned or is clearrom conex Examples ldquoIrdquo ldquosherdquo ldquohimrdquo ldquoirdquo
Adjecive a word ha limis or defines a noun or a pronoun Examples ldquolitlerdquo ldquosrongrdquo
Adverb a word ha lim is or defines verbs adjecives or (oher) adverbs Examples ldquoveryrdquoldquoquielyrdquo
Verb a word ha describes an acion or sae o being Examples ldquogordquo ldquosayrdquo ldquowasrdquo
Preposiion a word ha begins a preposiional phrase such as ldquoinrdquo ldquoordquo ldquoonrdquo ldquoorrdquo ldquobyrdquoldquowihrdquo A preposiional phrase is a preposiion joined o a noun Examples ldquoin he morningrdquoldquowih a sharp pencilrdquo
Conjuncion a word ha connecs words phrases clauses a nd senences Examples ldquoandrdquoldquoburdquo ldquoalhoughrdquo
Inerjecion a word ha expresses emoion Examples ldquowowrdquo
EXERCISE 1eview he meanings and ideniy he pars o speech o he ollowing words Te eading
Vocabulary may be consu led
1 īliōs 6 e2 bene 7 lupa3 aedifican 8 claudi
4 ad 9 ōmam5 ambula 10 ama
EXERCISE 1 ANSWERS
1 noun
2 adverb
3 verb
4 preposiion
5 verb
6 conjuncion
7 noun8 verb
9 noun
10 verb
TEACHING TIP
Te eacher may wish o ask he sudens in Lain wha par o speech a given word is Te eacher would say ldquoQuae pars ōrātiōnis estrdquo Suden responses would be
bull nōmen substantīvumsubstantīvum ndash noun
bull prōnōmen ndash pronoun
bull nōmen adiectīvumadiectīvum ndash adjecive
bull verbum temporāle ndash verb
bull adverbium ndash adverb
bull praepositiō ndash preposiion
bull coniūnctiō ndash conjuncion
bull interiectiō ndash inerjecion
Standards11 41
Standards11 41
WorkbookExercise 1
VOCABULARY TO LEARN
TEACHING TIPSince his is he firs se o Lain words ha your sudens will be required o memorize i is usuallya good idea o sugges and discuss wih hem some differen ways o memorize vocabulary Somesel help opions are lised below
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 4554
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull 5
NOUNSagricola agricolae m ndash armer
aqua aquae ndash waer
āhlēa āhlēae m ndash ahlee
īlia īliae ndash daugher
lupa lupae ndash she-wol
naua nauae m ndash sailor
poēa poēae m ndash poe
puella puellae ndash girl
ōma ōmae ndash ome
erra errae ndash land
VERBSama ndash heshei loves
ambula ndash heshei walks
cūra ndash heshei akes care o cares or
es ndash heshei is
ADVERBS bene ndash well
poseā ndash aferwards
CONJUNCTIONSe ndash and
iaque ndash and so
Aqueducs carr ied waer (aqua) o he ciies in he Roman world Tis aqueduc buil in 19 983138983139983141 which srechedacross he Gard River was named he Pon du Gard and brough waer o he ciy of Nicircmes in France in ancien imes
Chapter 1 bull 5
sel-help opions are lised below
1 Look a he word in he book and say he word aloud
2 Wrie down he word on a piece o paper along wih is meaning and check o be sure here are no spell-ing errors Color-coding he words by pars o speech is also helpul Pronounce he word while wriing idown and hen repea he word including he meaning and spelling
3 Make handwriten 1047298ashcards wih he Lain on one side and English on he oher and be sure here are nospelling errors Color-coding is a good sraegy here also Wriing he word ou helps some sudens ce-men he word in he brain Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers has creaed an elecronic vocabulary resourceor hose sudens or whom echnological learning ools are an aid Tese vocabulary 1047298ashcards are orhe iPod See p 93 or more inormaion on iPod 1047298ashcards
4 Use English derivaives o help remember meanings Bu be careul since some derivaives may havemeanings grealy changed rom he original Lain word
5 Find clipar picures ha illusrae he vocabulary words and use he picures as a way o es yoursel onhe Lain words
TEACHER BY THE WAYTe eacher may wish o open a discussion abou aqueducs and he waer supply or ancien omans while l ooking a he picu re o he Pon du Gard on his page For a hisory o aqueducs and heirconsrucion Froninusrsquo book Dē aquīs urbis Rōmae is an excellen source Te book was writenabou 97 983139983141 when he was Superinenden o Aqueducs Oher aqueducs include he ollowing
bull Te double high aqueduc in Segovia Spainbull Te Aqua Appia buil in 312 983138983139983141
bull Te Aqua rāiāna
bull Te aqueduc buil by Alex ander Severus in 226 983139983141
bull Te Aqua Claudia
bull Te Aqua Marcia wh ich wa s probably named a fer A ncus Marcius who was he fi rs K ing oome by radiional accouns o build an aqueduc o bring waer o ome
NB Te word ldquo Aquardquo when capialized means ldquoaqueducrdquo
Eleven aqueducs urnished 250000 gallons o waer o ome every weny-our hours
BY THE WAY
E h u gi n in h b l r h rm T nd rm i h g nii
HOW TO USE THIS BOOK Ēn is a word ha calls atenion o somehing and means ldquoLook a hisrdquo Te inormaion given here draws a-enion o and urher specifies differen language acs
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 4654
6 bull Latin for the New Millennium
6 bull Latin for the New Millennium
Each noun given in he vocabulary has wo orms Te second orm is he geniivesingular
A derivative is an English word rooed in a Lain word Te English derivaive issimilar in meaning and orm o is Lain source
STUDY TIP
An English derivaive ofen can help you remember wha a Lain word means
EXERCISE 2Find he English derivaives based on he Vocabulary o Learn in he ollowing senences Wriehe corresponding Lain word
1 She shows a considerable filial respec oward her aher
2 Agriculu re is a science o culivaing he land
3 Te ship is equipped wih all he necessary nauical insrumens
4 We saw all kinds o fish in he aquarium
5 Tis is an all-errain vehicle
6 When will he ahleic compeiion sar
7 She has a ruly poeic naure
LANGUAGE FACT II
NOUNS NUMBER GENDER CASE 983080NOMINATIVE AND
ACCUSATIVE983081Nouns in Lain show number gender and case
Number Lain nouns are eiher singular or plural in number Number is shown in differen ways by differen ypes o nouns bu some ending-paterns are or singular orms and oherending-paterns are or plural orms
Gender Every noun likewise is eiher masculine eminine or neuer in gender You muslearn he gender o each noun In he Vocabulary o Learn l iss he gender is indicaed by hecommon abbreviaionsm (masculi ne) f (eminine) or n (neuer)
Case Lain nouns mus have an ending-patern ha displays case Tis is quie differen romEnglish in which case is indicaed by word posiion and no by endings (alhough case markersare preserved in cerain pronouns such as ldquoherdquo and ldquohimrdquo) A nounrsquos case reveals wha uncionhe noun has in he senence Tere are five common cases nominaive geniive daive accu-saive and ablaive wo less requenly used cases are called he vocaive and he locaive
HOW TO USE THIS BOOKStudy Tips give hins rhymes and mnemonics o help sudens learn grammar and vocabulary
EXERCISE 2 ANSWERS1 filial īlia
2 agriculure agricola
3 nauical naua
4 aquarium aqua
5 errain erra
6 ahleic āhlēa
7 poeic poēa
TEACHING TIPExplain o he sudens ha in English he words ldquoardquo ldquoanrdquo or ldquoherdquo are usually placed beore a nounand Lain does no have an equivalen or hese words known as aricles
eachers may need o sress he absence o he aricle many imes beore sudens compleely ine-grae his knowledge ino heir reading habis in Lain class
TEACHING TIPLain like many oher languages does no always observe biological gender Ofen he gender o a
Lain noun is deermined by grammaical acors such as he group o which a noun belongs
TEACHING TIP
Alhough in Exercise 2 he sudens are direced o find only he derivaives based on he Vocabular yo Learn hey may be ineresed o learn ha here are oher derivaives in Exercise 2 Te derivaiono hese words is provided or he eacherrsquos convenience
bull 1 consider - rom sīdus (sar) + cum (wih ogeher) and rom cōnsīderō (o examine consider)respec - rom respectō (look back a have regard or)
bull 2 science - rom scientia (knowledge) and sciō (o know) culivaing - rom colō (ill inhabi worship)
bull 3 necessary - rom necesse (necessary) insrumens - rom īnstruō (o equip build provide)
and rom īnstrumentum (equipmen ool ec)bull 5 vehicle - rom he Lain verb vehō (o carry)
bull 6 compeiion - rom petō (o seek aim a atack ec) + cum (wih oge her)
bull 7 naure - rom nātūra (naure)
Standard41
Standards11 31 41
STUDY TIP
An easy way o remember he names ohe five common cases iso use his mnemonic
TEACHING TIPSudens may no know wha he word ldquomnemonicrdquo means explain ha a mnemonic device is some-hing ha helps a suden o remember somehing Te eacher may also wish o use his opporu-niy o bring up Mnemosyne he goddess o memory and he moher o he Muses
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 4754
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull 7
Chapter 1 bull 7
An easy way o remember he names o he five common cases is o use his mnemonicdevice
Never NominaiveGive GeniiveDogs Daive A ny A ccusaive A buse A blaive
Nominative Te nominaive case idenifies he subjec Te subjec is a noun or a pronounha perorms he acion or exiss in a sae o being In he senence ldquoWilliam is readingrdquohe word ldquoWilliamrdquo is he subjec
Example Mārs amat Mars loves
Te noun subjec o he verb ldquoloverdquo is he god Mars
Find more examples o nominaives and heir verbs rom he reading passage a he begin-ning o he chaper
Te nominaive case also idenifies he predicae nominaive In he senence ldquoWilliam isa sudenrdquo he predicae nominaive is ldquoa sudenrdquo A predicae nominaive complees hemeaning o he verb ldquoo berdquo Look a his exa mple rom he reading
Example Mārs est deus Mars is a god
Mārs is he subjec and deus is a predicae nominaive
Accusative Te ourh case lised is called he accusaive he geniive daive and ablaivecases will be discussed in laer chapers Te accusaive case poins ou he noun (or pro-noun) ha is he direc objec emember direc objecs receive he acion o he verb Inhe senence ldquoI am wriing a leterrdquo he direc objec is ldquoa leterrdquo
Example Mārs Rhēam Silviam amat Mars loves hea Silvia
Te direc objec o ldquoloverdquo is he noun Rhēam Silviam
Find more examples o accusaives and heir verbs rom he reading passage a he beginningo he chaper
niy o bring up Mnemosyne he goddess o memory and he moher o he Muses
Answers to ldquoFind more examples of nominatives a nd their verbs from the reading passage at the begin-ning of the chapterrdquo
hēa Silvia habe
Amūl ius claudi
Amūl ius pōni
Lupa ambula
Lupa cūra e amaōmulus e emus crēscun
ōmulus e emus aedifican
Answers to ldquoFind more examples of accusatives and their verbs from the reading passage at the beg in-ning of the chapterrdquo
duōs īliōs habe ōmulum e emum
hēam Silviam claudi
ōmulum e emum pōni
ōmulum e emum bene cūra e ama
ōmam aedifican
TEACHING TIPSudens may encouner diffi culy when r ying o ransl ae Lain names used in cases o her han henominaive Te eacher a some poin will need o explain (and repea whenever necessary) ha when ransla ing a La in name he suden should al ways use he nominaive o rm o he word Onp 7 sudens are asked o find examples o accusaives and heir verbs in he reading passage Teanswers lised above provide an opporuniy o pracice wih his issue emind sudens o rans-lae duōs īliōs habet Rōmulum et Remum as ldquohe has wo sons omulus and emusrdquo Te oher ouranswers may be used as pracice wih he sudens
EXERCISE 3a Ideniy wheher he nouns in bold in hese senences are subjecs direc objecs or predi
TEACHER BY THE WAYIn conjuncion wih he picure and is capion he eacher may wish o menion ha he amil-ilar acronym o SPQ is sill in use and visible hroughou modern ome991252on liter bins sewercovers ec
Standards11 41
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 4854
8 bull Latin for the New Millennium
8 bull Latin for the New Millennium
a Ideniy wheher he nouns in bold in hese senences are subjecs direc objecs or predi-cae nominaives Te eading Vocabulary may be consuled
b Label each senence as vērum (rue) i i agrees or alsum (alse) i i disagrees wih he Lainreading passage a he beginni ng o he chaper
Example Amūlius es deusPredicae nominaive alsum
1 hēa Silvia ōmulum e emum cūra
2 Amūlius ōmulum e emum bene cūra
3 Amūlius lupam vinculīs claudi
4 Mārs ōmulum e emum in aquam pōni
5 Lupa hēam Silviam cūra
6 Amūlius ad aquam ambula
Te power of he ciy of Rome founded according o legend by Romulus is symbolized by hese four leters ha areprominenly displayed in various places wihin he ciy
EXERCISE 3 ANSWERS
1 subjec vērum
2 direc objecs alsum
3 direc objec alsum
4 subjec alsum
5 direc objec alsum
6 subjec vērum
WorkbookExercise 2 A full si ze reproduc ible version of th is page
without the a nswers ca n be downloade d at wwwlnm bolchazyco m
HOW TO USE THIS BOOK
Noun Declensions Te eacher may choose Lain nouns rom he declension ha is being sudied a he imehis workshee is used Tus no answers are provided here
LANGUAGE FACT III
TEACHING TIP Ask he sudens wha he Lain words seleced rom he reading and lised near he op o p 9 mean
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 4954
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull 9
Chapter 1 bull 9
FIRST DECLENSION NOUNS A declension is a g roup o nouns ha show a cerain patern o word endings Tere are five differ-en declensions in Lain In he reading abou omulus and emus hese are he orms belongingo he firs declension
hēam Silviam hēa Silvia aquam lupa ōmam
Noice ha he ex says Rhēa Silvia when she is he subjec and Rhēam Silviam when she is hedirec objec
Te firs declension is composed o words ha characerisically have he vowel a a or near heend o he word lupa
Below is he patern ha firs declension nouns ollow o show case and number Memorize heLain words in order rom he nominaive singular down o he ablaive singular and hen romhe nominaive plural down o he ablaive plural
emember ha he endings or a whole group o nouns ollow his patern Once you learn hi spatern you can recognize he case a nd number o all he words belonging o hi s declension
In his chaper you have begun o learn abou he nominaive and accusai ve cases Te ohercases will be explained in laer chapers
First DeclensionSingular Plural
Nomina ive l upa he she-wol Nominaive lupae he she-wolves
Geniive lupae o he she-wol Geniive lupārum o he she-wolves
Daive lupae oor he she-wol Daive lupīs oor he she-wolves
Accusaive lupam he she-wol Accusaive lupās he she-wolves
Ablaive lupā bywih he she-wol Ablaive lupīs bywih he she-wolves
Daive and ablaive plural o he words īlia ldquodaugherrdquo and dea ldquogoddessrdquo is fīliābus anddeābusTis is o di singuish hese orms rom he corresponding orms o īlius ldquosonrdquo and deus ldquogodrdquo
STUDY TIP
Noice ha he ablaive singular ending -ā has a long mark (macron) above i his ishe only difference beween he nominaive and ablaive singular endings
TEACHING TIP
Afer he firs declension has been presened o he sudens encourage hem depending on heirlearning syle o say he declension aloud o wrie down he words o inven a rap or a cheer
TEACHER BY THE WAY
Te patern is called a declension because he oher cases lean away ( dēclīnāre) rom he nominaiveie hey do no ollow he same orm as he nominaive
ORAL EXERCISE 1Tis exercise may be used afer the 1047297rst declension has been presented
Whi le looking a he declension o lupa ask he sudens o decli ne nauta
Singular PluralNominaive naua nauaeGeniive nauae nauārumDaive nauae nauīs Accusaive nauam nauās Ablaive nauā nauīs
Standards11 31 41
OralExercise 1
WorkbookExercise 3
STUDY TIP
Noice ha he daive and ablaive plural endings a re idenical
EXERCISE 4 ANSWERS1 geniive daive puellār um puellī s
2 accusaive nauās
3 accusaive errās
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 5054
10 bull Latin for the New Millennium
10 bull Latin for the New Millennium
Here are more words belonging o he fi rs declension
puella ndash girl īlia ndash daugher terra ndash land
Mos firs declension words are eminine i n gender bu a ew (usually ones ha indicae mas-culine occupaions in ancien imes) are masculine Examples are poēta ldquopoerdquoagricola ldquoarmerrdquonauta ldquosailorrdquo āthlēta ldquoahleerdquo
EXERCISE 4Ideniy he case o each singular noun Ten change each orm ino plural For some more han
one answer is possibleExample īlianominaive īliae
1 puellae 5 aquae2 nauam 6 puellā3 erram 7 āhlēā4 a gr ic ol a
Like he Greek wreslers porrayed on his ancien bas-reliefRoman ahlees were also fond of he spor of wresling
4 nominaive agricolae
5 geniive daive aquārum aquīs
6 ablaive puellīs
7 ablaive āhlēīs
TEACHING TIP
Since wreslers are depiced on he illusraion on his page he eacher may wish o open a discus-
sion abou he omansrsquo and Greeksrsquo ondness or wresling which was ofen praciced in a complexcalled he palaestra
oman boys were expeced o serve in he m iliary Tus hey were firs rained by heir ahers in wreslingand boxing Srengh and agiliy were sressed raher han grace o movemen as in Greek spors Te woprincipal syles uilized by he Greek were uprigh wresling in which hree alls o your opponen o heground were necessary o deea him and ground wresling which required he opponen o give up in ordero end he mach In he palaes tra here was an area or he young people o pracice wresling or boxing wih apunching bag (cōrycus) Examples o monumenal oman bahs wih a palaest ra are ound a he Bahs o Ca-racalla in ome he Harbor Bahs a Ephesus in urkey and he Bahs in Varna Bulgaria he larges anciensrucure in ha counry
Wresling was also one o he spor evens a he Olympic games ha he omans ofen atended Greco-oman wresling is also one o he evens eaured in he summer Olympic games in modern imes
TEACHING TIPTe eacher migh wan o have sudens read an English ranslaion o Book 23 o he Iliad in which Ajax a nd Odysseus compee in a wre sling m ach and Book 5 o he Aeneid or a descripion o hespors ha he omans played and compare he atiude o he compeiors in each epic Boh evens were par o he uneral games he ormer in honor o Paroclu s riend and atendan o Achil lesand he later in honor o Anchises aher o Aeneas Tis migh lead o urher discussion on henaure o modern wresling
Standards11 41
EXERCISE 5Ideniy he case o each plural noun Ten change each orm ino he singular For some more
TEACHING TIPSudens may wonder why he geniive singular w ihou is ending mus be used o find he base whenhe nominaive singular wihou is ending works jus as well Explain ha in oher noun declensionshe nominaive will no always provide he same base or have he same spelling as he geniive
Standards11 41
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 5154
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull 11
Chapter 1 bull 11
han one answer is possible
Example puellāsaccusaive puellam
1 īliae 5 aquīs2 errīs 6 poēārum3 nauārum 7 agricolae4 l upa e
BY THE WAY
In all declensions endings are added o he base o a noun I is imporan o know hahe base o a noun is ound by removing he ending rom is geniive si ngular orm Forexample he geniive singular o puella is puellae I you remove he -ae rom puellae
wha remains is he base o he word namely puell- For his reason learning he geni-ive singular is as imporan as knowing he nominaive singular o he noun
STUDY TIP
Always learn he geniive ogeher wih he nominaive because rom he geniive you will know o which declension a word belongs
A wall paining depic ing a Roman farmer (agricola) wih his sheep
EXERCISE 5 ANSWERS
1 nominaive īl ia
2 daive ablaive errae errā
3 geniive nauae
4 nominaive lupa
5 daive ablaive aquae aquā
6 geniive poēae7 nominaive agricola
HOW TO USE THIS BOOKIn his book he word ldquobaserdquo is used o reer o he noun wihou any ending ldquoStemrdquo is used or he par o he verb wihou any ending ldquoootrdquo is used or he Lain par o a derivaive
ORAL EXERCISE 2Tis exercise may be used afer Exercise 5
Use one o he ollowing classroom presenaion opions (hereafer reerred o as CPO) (blackgreenwhiesmar board overhead or LCD projecor PowerPoinreg presenaion ec) o pu his inormaion on view
quis ldquowhordquo (or he subjec) and quem ldquowhomrdquo (or he direc objec)
Ten ask he suden o answer he ollowing quesions abou he chaper reading eiher orally or in wri-
en orm
1 Teacher Quis es Mārs Student Mārs es deus
2 Teacher Quem ama Mārs Student hēam Silviam Mārs ama
3 Teacher Quis ama hēam Silviam Student Mārs ama hēam Silviam
4 Teacher Quem habe hēa Silvia Student hēa Silvia duōs īliōs ōmulum eemum habe
5 Teacher Quis claudi hēam Silviam Student Amūlius claudi hēam Silviam
6 Teacher Quem claudi Amūlius Student hēam Silviam Amūlius claudi
7 Teacher Quis ōmulum e emum in aquampōni
Student Amūlius ōmulum e emum in aquampōni
8 Teacher Quem Amūlius in aquam pōni Student Amūlius ōmulum e emum in aquampōni
9 Teacher Quis ambula ad aquam Student Lupa ambula ad aquam
10 Teacher Quis ōmulum e emum bene cūra Student Lupa ōmulum e emum bene cūra
11 Teacher Quōs lupa bene cūra Student Lupa ōmulum e emum bene cūra
12 Teacher Quis ōmulum e emum a ma Student Lupa ōmulum e emum ama
13 Teacher Quōs lupa ama Student Lupa ōmulum e emum ama
OralExercise 2
WorkbookExercise
4 5
EXERCISE 6ranslae rom Lain ino English and rom English ino Lain Te mos common Lain word
d
TEACHER BY THE WAYTe eacher may menion ha he mos common word order (subjec ndash direc objec ndash verb) can o-en be changed For example i he verb is o be emphasized i will ake firs posiion I he subjecor he direc objec is o be emphasized i will ake he las posiion which is he mos emphaic oneIn general he more unusual he wordrsquos posiion is he more emphasis is placed on his word
Standards11 41
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 5254
12 bull Latin for the New Millennium
12 bull Latin for the New Millennium
order is
subjec ndash direc objec ndash verb
1 Agricola erram ama
2 Te ahlee loves waer
3 Naua īlia m ama
4 Te poe loves ome
5 Agricola erram cūra
6 Te she-wol cares or (is aking care o) he girl
BY THE WAY
Even hough he mos common word order is subjec ndash di rec objec ndash verb rememberha endings991252no word order991252deermine which word is he subjec and which i s hedirec objec
TALKING When we mee one person we gree herhim wih salvē When we mee wo or more people wegree hem wih salvēte When we bid goodbye o one person we sayvalē When we bid goodbyeo wo or more people we say valēte
Here are various ways o ask ldquohow are yourdquo or ldquohow are you doingrdquo
Quōmodo valēs or Quōmodo tē habēs or Quid agis ldquoHow are yourdquo
Here is a range o possible answers
bene ldquowellrdquo pessimē ldquovery badrdquo optimē ldquogreardquo melius ldquobeterrdquo mediocriter ldquoso-sordquo or ldquono oo badrdquo meliusculē ldquoa litle beterrdquo male ldquobadrdquo
In general he more unusual he word s posiion is he more emphasis is placed on his word
EXERCISE 6 ANSWERS
1 Te armer loves he land
2 Āhlēa aquam ama
3 Te sailor loves (his) daugher
4 Poēa ōmam ama
5 Te armer cares or (is aking care o) he land6 Lupa puellam cūra
TEACHING TIP
Te eacher may sar he class in Lain by saying Salvēte discipulī et discipulae and by eaching hesudens o say in reurn Salvē magister (magistra)
ORAL EXERCISE 3Tis exercise may be used anytime afer the students have learned the use o the accusative case or afer Exercise 6
Use one o he CPOrsquos o pu on display he orms amō and cūrō and explai n ha hey a re in he fir s personsingular and how his differs rom he hird person singular learned in his chaper Ask individual sudens omake senences wih hem using he words hey have learned
Ten ell he sudens ha nōn means ldquonordquo and ask hem o make si milar senences wih nōn amō and nōn cūrō
Examples(nōn) amō erram īliam aquam lupam āhlēam(nōn) cūrō erram īliam puellam
WorkbookExercise 6
ContentQuestions
OralExercise 3
Standards12 21 41
42
SAYING HELLOMarīa Helena e Chrisīna sun (are) discipulae (students)
TEACHING TIPHave sudens read he dialogue aloud Tis will help o build heir pronunciaion skills
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 5354
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull 13
Chapter 1 bull 13
Marīa Salvēe Helena e Chrisīna
Christīna Salvē Marīa
Helena Salvē Marīa
Marīa Quōmodo valēs Helena Quōmodo valēs Chrisīna
Helena et Christīna Bene Quōmodo ū ( you) valēs Marīa
Marīa Pessimē
Helena et Christīna Cūr (Why)
Marīa imeō linguam Laīnam ( I ear the Latin language)Helena Ego ( I ) linguam Laīnam amō
Christīna E ego linguam Laīnam amō
ORAL EXERCISE 4
Tis exercise may be used afer he Lain dialogue has been presened
Insruc he sudens o say ldquohellordquo in Lain o he suden nex o hem Divide he class ino wo pars ellone par o gree he oher par using he plural greeing and vice versa Do he same ype o aciviy whensaying ldquogoodbyerdquo You may wish o make greeing he class in Lain a nd saying ldquogoodbyerdquo in Lain a par oa daily rouine
Divide he sudens ino pairs in which one person will ask how hisher parner is in Lain and he oher
wil l answer
ORAL EXERCISE 5
Tis exercise may be used afer he Lain dialogue has been presened
ell he sudens ha he paricle ndashne is added o he firs syllable o a word ha inroduces a quesion Ten askhe ollowing quesions abou he dialogue beween Mary Helen and Chrisy Individual sudens may answerorally or he enire class may wrie he answers as he eacher asks hem orally Te eacher should explain hahe orm valēs in he greeing Quōmodo valēs is in he second person which means ldquoyourdquo Te hird person orm(reerring o ldquoherrdquo ldquohimrdquo or ldquoirdquo) is valet So he phrase ldquoHow is she doingrdquo would be Quōmodo valet Te hirdperson o amō is amat and he hird person o timeō is timet
1 Teacher Quōmodo Chrisīna vale Student(s) Chrisīna bene vale
2 Teacher Quōmodo Marīa vale Student(s) Marīa pessimē vale
3 Teacher Cūr (why) Marīa pessimē vale Student(s) Marīa ime linguam Lainam4 Teacher Amane l inguam L aīnam Helena Student(s) Helena linguam Laīnam ama
5 Teacher Linguamne Laīnam ama Chrisīna Student(s) Chrisīna linguam Laīnam ama
ORAL EXERCISE 6 AND DICTATIONTis combined exercise may be used to conclude the chapter or at any time afer the students have learned the accusa-tive case and chapter vocabulary
Dicae he ollowing senences o he sudens Ten ask hem o make he ollowing changes eiher orally orin writen orm a he discreion o he eacher
1 Teacher Agricol a erram ama (change he direc objec ino plura l)Student Agricola errās ama
2 Teacher Lupa puellam cūra (change he direc objec ino plural)
Student Lupa puellās cūra3 Teacher Āhlēa puel lās ama (change he direc objec ino singu lar)
Student Āhlēa puellam ama
4 Teacher Fīlia errās ama (change he direc objec ino singular)Student Fīlia erram ama
OralExercise
4 5 6 andDictation
TEACHER NOTES
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 5454
14 bull Latin for the New Millennium
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 254
LATIN FOR THE NEW MILLENNIUM
Series Inormaion
LEVEL ONE
Suden ex (2008)
Suden Workbook (2008)
eacherrsquos Manual (2008)eacherrsquos Manual or Suden Workbook (2008)
ANCILLARIES
From Romulus o Romulus AugusulusRoman Hisory or he New Millennium (2008)
Te Original Dysuncional Family Basic Clas sical Myhology or he New Millennium (2008)
LEVEL TWO
Suden ex (2009)
Suden Workbook (2009)
eacherrsquos Manua l (2009)
eacherrsquos Manual or Suden Workbook (2009)
ANCILLARIES
From Rome o Reormaion Early European Hisory or he New Millennium (2009)
Te Clay-ooed SuperHeroes Myhology ales or he New Millennium (2009)
mdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdash
ELECTRONIC RESOURCES
(See pages 443 and 446 or deailed descripion)
wwwlnm bolchazycom
Quia Quesion Bank
Lain-only Villa in Second Lietrade
Carpe Praedam
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 354
1Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers Inc
Mundelein Illinois USA
Milena Minkova and Terence Tunberg
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 454
Series Edior LeaAnn A Osburn
Volume Ediors Elisa C Denja LeaAnn A Osburn
Conribuing Ediors Laurie Haigh Keenan Karen Lee Singh Donald E Sprague ose Williams Prooreader Gary Varney
Cover Design amp ypography Adam Phillip Velez
Cover Illusraion oman Forum copy BemannCOBIS
Lain for he New Millennium
eacherrsquos Manual Level 1
Milena Minkova and erence unberg
copy2008 Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers Inc All righs reserved
Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers Inc
1570 Baskin oadMundelein Illinois 60060 wwwbolchazycom
Prined in he Unied Saes o Amer ica
2009 by Unied Graphics
ISBN 978-0-86516-562-5
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 554
CONTENTSLIST OF ABBREVIATIONS 983156983149 vi
PREFACE 983156983149 vii
RESOURCE LIST 983156983149 ix
STUDENT TEXTBOOK i
wih Exercise Ans wers Sandards Correlaions Oral Exercises Oral Exercise Correlaions Workbook Exercise Correlaions Ancillary CorrelaionsComprehension Quesions and A nswers eaching ips eacher By he Way Noaions and How o Use Tis Book
bull TM v bull
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 654
LIST OF ABBREVIATIONSCPO
Classroom Presenaion Opions (eg blackgreenwhiesmar board overhead or LCD projecor PowerPoinreg
presenaion ec)
ODFOriginal Dysuncional Family (classical myhology ancillary)
RRA
From Romulus o Romulus Augusulus (oman hisory ancillary)
bull TM vi bull
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 754
PREFACE
bull TM vii bull
Lain or he New M illennium is designed as a comprehensive inroducion no only o he Lain language andhow i works bu also o he oman world he culural milieu in which he language 1047298ourished Te language
and culural elemens are seamlessly woven ogeher in he course o each chaper and hen again examined inhe review ollowing every hree chapers
CHAPTER AND COURSE COMPONENTS
METHODOLOGICAL APPROACHIn wriing Lain or he New Mill ennium we have aimed a combini ng he bes elemens in he var ious mehod-ologies or eaching Lain ha have been commonly available unil now Modern mehods o eaching Lainhave been divided beween wo approaches (1) he analyical or deducive mehod according o which su-dens mus learn rules and paradigms and hen reinorce he knowledge o hese absrac principles by pracice wih exs and e xercises (2) he induc ive or reading mehod ha enables he s uden o read a ex and o become aware o lingu isic eau res (or rules) rom he rea ding and s udy o he ex In Lain or he New Mil-lennium we hope o have combined he advanages o each In oher words we have sriven o provide a pah
o a horough and sysemaic knowledge o he srucure o he language he main advanage o he analyicalmehod ogeher wih a grea deal o reading and aciviies relaed o reading ha lead o a more inuiive graspo he idiomaic qualiies o he language he main advanage o he reading mehod
Te layou o each chaper is he key o his combinaion since he suden begins each chaper wih an ex-ensive reading and hese iniial passages conain in a conex undersandable hrough inducion and annoa-ions insances o every new elemen o be explored urher in he same chaper In he body o each chaperafer he inroducory reading hese new elemens are explained in a more analyic way ye he explanaionsalways reer he learner back o he reading991252in ways ha invie comparison wih he iniial passage
CHAPTER READINGS
Te principal readings in each chaper consis o passages adaped (o he level o knowledge presupposed oreach chaper) rom some o he mos significan works o Lain lieraure Te inroducions o each passagegive considerable inormaion abou he culural conex in which each auhor wroe and abou he develop-men o he Lain lierary radiion Te order o he chaper readings is chronological In Level 1 sudens begin wih r eadings rom Pl auus and erence and proceed hrough he cenu ries o he wr iings o A mmi-anus Augusine and Boehius By compleing he enire course conained in Lain or h e New Millenniu m sudens will gain an u ndersanding o he enire parimony o Lain and is effec on our culure Whi le Level1 o Lain or he New Mil lennium ocuses on he classic exs in Lain writen by such grea oman auhorsas Vergil Caullus Cicero and Ovid Level 2 o he series ceners on he huge and undamenal heriage o works wr iten in Lain dur ing he medieval renaissa nce and early moder n periods991252a li nguis ic heriage hagave us our basic vocabulary in he naional languages or elling ime medicine he naural sciences and heacademic world Te culural inormaion ha is ound in hese readings and heir inroducions are bolseredin boh levels by he eview Exercises and supplemenary maerial peraining o myhology oman hisoryand imporan Lain sayings
ORAL LATIN AND LATIN CONVERSATION
A per son who gains an acive acili y i n a ny l anguage in addiion o a reading abiliy is in our view more
likely o progress quickly o a deep undersanding o he language and he works writen in i Our experienceindicaes ha a suden who learns by using a language will probably no need o be reminded abou orms andgrammaical rules as ofen as a learner who lacks acive pracice Tereore in every chaper o Lain or he New Millennium we have included a se o exercises ha concenrae o n an oral exchange be ween insr ucor a ndsudens Te oral exercises in Lain or he New Millennium can be compleed wihou any exempore speak-ing abiliy on he par o he eacher Tis is possible because he oral exercises are ound only in he eacherrsquosmanual Here no only are all he answers supplied bu every quesion is writen ou in ull or he eacher along wih deai led insr ucions or each sep o he exerc ise Te eac her needs onl y o ol low he i nsruc ions andread each quesion aloud Te response mus come rom he learner
GRAMMAR
Grammar is also a grea help or acquiring a sophisicaed undersanding o any language and especially a lan-guage like Lain which is primarily sudied oday by people whose main goal is o read works o lieraure wri-en in he original Lain language works which were designed rom he sar or a culivaed audience While we believe in he va lue o he reading mehod a nd we know how acive usage o a langua ge can vasl y improveand accelerae a sudenrsquos learning o ha language we also recognize he uiliy o grammar Tereore whileeach chaper is rich in exercises and aciviies we have aken care o provide explanaions o all he grammarrelevan o each chaper Te suden who uses Lain or he Ne w Millennium learns by acively using Lain buis also asked o undersand he srucure o he language and apply ha undersanding in he exercises
OTHER CHAPTER ELEMENTS
bull Memorābile Dictū Each chaper eaures a amous saying labeled Memorābile Dicū a Lain phrase hais so well known ha i has became a proverb in many languages Learning each amous saying will in-crease a sudenrsquos undersanding no jus o Lain bu also o English Tese sayings invie discussion oheir meaning and how hey relae o he modern world and sudensrsquo experiences
bull eading Vocabulary All he new vocabular y in he reading passage a he begi nning o each chaper isexplained by copious noes Sudens need no be required o learn he vocabulary ha aces he reading
passage A unique eaure o he eading Vocabulary is ha no all he verbs show in prin heir pronounsubjec For example i he senence in he reading migh be ldquoCicero ereniam viderdquo vide in he ead-
ing Vocabulary would have as is definiion ldquoseesrdquo raher han ldquohe seesrdquo Tis has been done o avoid hecommon beginnerrsquos misake o ranslaing he senence as ldquoCicero he sees ereniardquo On he oher hand ihe senence were o read ldquoereniam viderdquo vide would be defined ldquohe seesrdquo Tis unique eaure gradua llydisappears as sudens learn more abou verbs and become more accusomed o reading Lain
bull Vocabulary o Learn and Derivaives E xercises Some (bu no all) o hese new words are repeaed inhe Vocabulary o Lea rn or each chaper and sudens should be direced o learn hese Te radiionalorm o wriing vocabulary words is ollowed in he Vocabulary o Le arn principal pars are l ised romhe second chaper on and nouns show he nominaive and geniive singular and gender rom he sar
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 854
TM viii bull Latin for the New Millennium
Te Vocabulary o Lear n is ollowed by Derivaive Exercises Sudens who careully learn all o he Vocabulary o L earn will quickly acquire a vocabulary based on words mos commonly encounered inclassical lierary exs and in he Derivaive Exercises hey will be exposed o English words based onLain and hus bolser heir vocabulary in English
DIALOGUES ON DAILY LIFEIn he later par o each chaper o Level 1 readers will find a dialogue labeled alking in which a group omodern sudens are he paricipans Te same group o sudens is eaured in every chaper and hey en-couner mos o he ypical siuaions ha young people experience in modern daily lie All he necessary vocabular y is expla ined so he users o Lain or he New Mille nnium i hey so wish may c onduc simple Lainconversaions like hose in he model dialogues Tese dialogues have been designed or he benefi o hose
eachers who are especially ineresed in making use o he oral elemen o language learning in heir classesand who wan o inroduce a colloquial elemen o he Lain heir sudens learn Tis colloquial elemen can become a bridge beween he lives o modern sudens and he houghs o he ancien medieval or renaissanceauhors who wroe in Lain991252a bridge consruced o he same basic language Lain
VISUAL LEARNINGTe Lain language and oman culure have no only inspired wriers hroughou he ages and in1047298uencedmodern lie bu have also lef heir legacy in he visual ars Troughou he ex reproducions o painingsdrawings sculpures and oher arworks demonsrae how oman hisorical evens and he ales o he godsand goddesses have inspired ariss hrough he ages Lain or he New Millennium presens an abundance oimages o archaeological sies buildings objes drsquoar and ariacs careully chosen o represen he ehnic andgeographic diversiy ha marked he oman world Tese ull color illusraions represen a visual panorama ohe oman world and suppor he writen word in picorial orm hus simulaing he imaginaion and memoryor a more vibran recollecion o he exrsquos conen eachers are srongly encouraged o mine he illusraionsas hough a documenary o he oman world and is laer in1047298uence
REVIEW COMPONENTS Afer each se o hree chapers here is a ev iew and supplemenary re adings
REVIEW EXERCISESTe eview provides addiional exercises o help he sudens give coninued atenion o he maerial in eachuni Te review also includes a summary l is o all he Vocabulary o Learn ound in he chapers o each uniTis secion eaures even more maerial o help he suden undersand Lain lieraure and is heriage oday
CLASSICAL MYTHOLOGY
A passage on My hology eniled Considering he Classical Gods inroduces he reader o sories abou he
Greek and oman gods and heroes A relaed passage in Lain abou he gods reinorces he Lain lessons o hehree chapers
ASPECTS OF ROMAN LIFE An Eng lish back ground essay ca lled Connecing wih he Ancien World disc usses an impora n aspec ooman daily lie which connecs o relaed maerial presened in he hree chapers preceding he review
EXPLORING ROMAN AND MODERN LIFE
Scholars rom various universiies hroughou he Unied Saes graciously agreed o provide shor essays hare1047298ec upon he role ha Lain and is culure play in our modern lives Te ile o hese essays always sars wih he word Exploring
MĪRĀBILE AUDĪTŪEach review ends wih a secion called Mīrābile Audīū ha presens a series o Lain quoaions motoesphrases or abbreviaions currenly used in English Te hree supplemenary essays and he Mīrābile Audīū secion are designed o elici classroom discussion abou similariies and differences beween he world o heomans and America in he weny-firs cenury
Milena Minkova wroe he Inroducion Chapers 1 2 3 5 7 9 13 14 17 18 20 eviews 1 3 5 6 and 7 heglossaries and he appendices erence unberg wroe he Preace Chapers 4 6 8 10 11 12 15 16 19 21and eviews 2 and 4 Boh auhors have benefied hroughou he composiion o he exbook rom coninu-
ous muual advice and suppor
MM and 2008
Visi wwwl nmbolchaz ycom o see he elecronic resources ha accompany Lain or he New Mil lennium ando share ideas in he online eachersrsquo lounge wih oher eachers using his series
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 954
RESOURCE LIST
bull TM ix bull
EDITORSrsquo NOTE We have atemped o assemble a c omprehensive represenaive resource l is paying s pecial atenion o hose
opics or areas ofen less amiliar o ha end we provide an especially larger lising or he Lae Empire EarlyChrisianiy and Middle Ages secion By no means is his resource lis exhausive eachers are encouraged oshare iles hey have ound useul hrough he wwwlnmbolchazycom websie
LATIN DICTIONARIES Alber S Imaginum vocabula rium Lainum Saarbruumlcken Socieas Laina 1998
Egger C Lexicon nominum loc orum ome Libreria Edirice Vaicana 1977
mdashmdashmdash Lexicon nominum v irorum e mulier um ome Sud ium 1957
mdashmdashmdash ed Lexicon rece nis Lainiais 2 Vols ome Libreria Edirice Vaicana 1992ndash1997
Lewis Charlon and Charles Shor A Lain Dicionar y ev ed New York Oxord Universiy Press 1956
Te New College Lain and English Dicionary 3rd ed Edied by John C raupman New York Banam Books2007
Oxord Lain Dicionary Combined ed Edied by P G W Glare e al New York Oxord Universiy Press1982
Smih William and Teophilus D Hall Smihrsquos English-Lain Dicionary eprined rom he 1871 AmericanBook Company ediion A Copious and Criical English-Lain Dicionary wih a new oreword by DirkSacreacute Wauconda IL Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers 2000
LATIN GRAMMAR Allen J H and J B Greenough Allen and Gre enoughrsquos New Lain Gramma r Edied by Anne Mahoney New-
bury por M A Focus P ublishing Pull ins 2001
Andresian Anna Looking a Lain A Grammar or Pre- College Wauconda IL Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers2006
Bennet Charles E New Lain Grammar 1908 eprin Wauconda IL Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers 2006
Gildersleeve Basil L and Gonzalez Lodge Gildersleeversquos Lain Grammar 3rd
ed 1895 eprin WaucondaIL Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers 2003
Goldman Norma and Ladislas Szymanski English Grammar o r Sudens o La in 3rd ed Ann A rbor MIOlivia and Hill Press 2004
Humphreys James P Graphic Lain Grammar 1961 eprin Wauconda IL Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers2002
Woodcock E C A New Lain Syna x 1957 eprin Wauconda IL Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers 2005
Young Nicholas Insan Answers A Qu ick Guide or Advanced Sudens Elmhurs IL L and L Enerprises2006
LATIN COMPOSITIONBennet Charles E New Lain Composiion 1912 eprin Wauconda IL Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers 1996
Minkova Milena Inroducion o Lain Prose Composiion Wauconda IL Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers2007 Firs published 2001 by Wimbledon Publishing Co
Minkova Milena and erence unberg Readings and Exercises in Lain Prose Composiion From Aniquiy ohe Renaissance Newburypor MA Focus Publishing Pullins 2004
mdashmdashmdash Answer Key o Readings and Exercises in L ain Prose Composiion From Aniqu iy o he Renai ssanceNewburypor MA Focus Publishing Pullins 2004
Mounord James F ed Bradleyrsquos Arnold La in Prose Composiion ev ed Wauconda IL Bolchazy-CarducciPublishers 2006
Norh M A and A E Hillard Lain Prose Composiion eprin Wauconda IL Bolchazy-Carducci Publish-ers 1995
mdashmdashmdash Key o Lain P rose Composiion eprin Wauconda IL Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers 1995
LATIN LITERATURE Albrech M ichael von A Hisory o Roma n Lieraure From Livius A ndronicus o Boehius Leiden Brill Aca-demic Publishers 1997
Te Concise Oxord Companion o Classical Lieraure 2nd ed Edied by C M Howason and Ian ChilversOxord Oxord Universiy Press 1993
Duff J Wigh A Lierary Hisor y o Rome 3rd ed London Ernes Benn 1960
Gran Michael Greek and Lain Auhors 800 B Cndash A D 1000 New York H W Wilson 1980
IJsewijn Joze Companion o Neo-Lain Sudies Par I Hisory and Diffusion o Neo-Lain Lieraure Supple-mena Humanisica Lovaniensia 5 2nd ed Leuven Leuven Universiy Press 1990
IJsewijn Joze and Dirk Sacreacute Companion o Neo-Lain Sudies Par II Lierary Linguisic Philological and Ediorial Ques ions Supplemena Humanisica Lovaniensia 14 2nd ed Leuven Leuven Universiy Press1998
ose H J A Handbook o Lain Lieraure 1954 eprin Wauconda IL Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers 1996
GENERAL LANGUAGE LEARNING AND METHODOLOGIES Arms rong Tomas Muliple Inelligence s in he Classroo m Alexa ndria VA Asso ciaion or Superv ision and
Curriculum Developmen 1994
Cook Vivian Second Language Learning and eaching 3rd ed London Edward Arnold 2001
Gardner Howard Inelligence Refamed Muliple Inelligences or he 21s Cenury New York Basic Books 2000
Kessler Carolyn ed Cooperaive Language Learning A eacherrsquos Resource Book Englewood Cliffs NJ Pren-ice Hall egens 1992
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 1054
TM x bull Latin for the New Millennium
Krashen Sephen Principles a nd Pracice in Secon d Language Acqu isiion New York Pergamon Press 1982
Larsen-Freeman Diane echniques and Principles o Language eaching 2nd ed Oxord Oxord UniversiyPress 2000
Oxord ebecca L Language Le arning Sraeg ies Wha Eve ry eacher Should K now New York NewburyHouse 1990
Pinker S Te Language Insinc New York William Morrow 1994
eid Joy ed Undersanding Learning Syles in he Second Language Classroom Upper Saddle iver NJ Pren-ice Hall 1998
Sparks ichard L Kay Fluhary Leonore Ganschow and Sherwin Litle ldquoAn Exploraory Sudy on heEffecs o Lain on he Naive Language Skills and Foreign Language Apiude o Sudens wih and wih-ou Learning Disabiliiesrdquo Classical Journal 91 (1995)165ndash84
LATIN PEDAGOGY Ancona onnie ed A Concise Guide o eaching Lain Liera ure Norman OK Universiy o Oklahoma
Press 2007
Ball ober Reading Classical Lain A Reasonable Approach Lawrence KS Coronado Press 1987
Breindel uh L De Discendi Naura Lea rning Syle s in he eaching o Lain Oxord OH American Classi-cal League MC 2007
Burns Mary Ann and Joseph OrsquoConnor Te Classics in American Schools Alana GA Scholars Press1987
Davis Sally Lain in he Amer ican Schools Alana GA Scholars Press 1991
Disler Paul each he Lain I Pray You Wauconda IL Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers 2001
Gascoyne ichard e al Sandards or Classical Language Learning Oxord OH American Classical LeagueMC 1997
Gruber-Miller John ed When Dead ongues Speak New York Oxord Universiy Press 2006
Hoyos B Dexer Lain How o Read I Fluenly A Pracical Manual Amhers MA C lassical A ssociaion oNew England 1997
LaFleur ichard A Lain or he 21s Cenury From Concep o Classroom Glenview IL Scot Foresman- Addison Wesley 1998
Salerno Dorsey Price Lain in Moion Oxord OH American Classical League MC 1985
Sandards or Classical Language Learning Oxord OH American Classical League MC 1997
Srasheim Lorraine A oal Physical Response Amhers MA Classical Associaion o New England 1987
Swee Waldo Lain A Srucu ral Approach Ann A rbor Universiy o M ichigan Press 1957
CLASSROOOM AIDS Amery Heaher Firs Tousand Words in Lain Edied by Mairi Mackinnon London UK Usborne Books2008
Couch C C and eddy Irwin Lain Verbs Rock Audio CD Nashville N Sound Invenions 2006
mdashmdashmdash Lyrical Lain Learning Lain hrough Music Audio CD Nashville N Sound Invenions 2004
Curis William D Periculum Lainu m Lain Jeopardy Vol1 Oxord OH America n Classica l LeagueMC nd
mdashmdashmdash Periculum Lainum S ecundum Lain Jeopardy Vol 2 Oxord OH American Classical LeagueMC nd
Demuh Jocelyn Mendax A Lain C ard Game Wauconda IL Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers 2003
DuBose Gaylan Farrago Laina Wih a lis o resources by Judih Lynn Sebesa Wauconda IL Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers 1997
Hanlin Jayne and Beverly Lichensein Learning La in hrough Myholog y Cambridge Cambridge Univer-siy Press 1991
Lain acic Grams Alana G A World o eading nd
LUDI (a he Circus Maximus) Produced by Discere Ld 1989 Oxord OH American Classical L eagueMC
Myhies Oxord OH American Classical League MC 2003
Osburn LeaAnn A Lain Aciviy Book Elmhurs IL L and L Enerprises 2000
mdashmdashmdash Lain Crossword Puzzl e Book Elmhurs IL L and L Enerprises 1999
mdashmdashmdash Lain Verbs Rock Exercise Book Elmhurs IL L and L Enerprises 2007mdashmdashmdash Lyrical Lain A eacher R esource Manual Elmhurs IL L and L Enerprises 2004
mdashmdashmdash22 Lively Lain Aciviies Elmhurs IL L and L Enerprises 2005
Sheikh-Miller Jonahan Lain Words Sicker Book ulsa OK EDC Publishing 2006
Wansbrough M B A Mundus Lainu s Mysery 3 vols Hamilon Onario ralco Educaional Services 2004
ORAL LATIN Abernahy Faye Jill Crooker Margare Cur ran and David Perr y Te Developmen o Oral Skills in Lain wih
Visuals A Supplemenary Guide o he Syllabus Lain or Communicaion Draf Copy Albany New YorkSae Educaion Deparmen 1995
Alber S Cotidie Laine loquamur Saarbruumlcken Socieas Laina 1987
Allen W Sidney Vox Laina A Guide o he Pronunciaion o Classical Lain 2nd ed New York Cambridge
Universiy Press 1989Capellanus G Lain Can Be Fun Souvenir Press 1997
Daiz Sephen G ed Te Living Voice o Lain Perormed by ober P Sonkowsky Madison C JeffreyNoron Publishing 1984
mdashmdashmdash Te Pronunciaion and Reading o Classical Lain A Pracical Guide Audio cassetes Madison C Jeffrey Noron Publ ishing 1984
Egger C Laine discere iuva ome Libreria Edirice Vaicana 1982
Lain Aloud Audio AP Selecions fom Vergil Caullus Ovid Cicero and Horace Perormed by ober PSonkowsky CD-OM Wauconda IL Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers 2007
McCarhy Tomas Nunc Loquamur Guided C onversaions or L ain Newburypor MA FocusPublishing Pullins 2005
Swee Waldo E Words o Wisdom fom he Anciens 1000 Lain Proverbs CD-OM Wauconda IL Bolchazy-
Carducci Publishers 2000raupman John Conversaional Lain or Oral Pro1047297ciency 4h ed Audio Conversaions Perormed by Mark
ober Miner e al Audio CDs Wauconda IL Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers 2006
LATIN THROUGH MUSICBoynon Sandra Grun Pigorian Chan Audio CD New York Workman Publishing 1997
Couch C C and eddy Irwin Carmina Popularia Well-Known Songs in Lain Audio CD Wauconda ILBolchazy-Carducci Publishers 2004
mdashmdashmdash Lain Verbs Rock Audio CD Nashville N Sound Invenions 2006
mdashmdashmdash Lyrical Lain Learning Lain hrough Music Audio CD Nashville N Sound Invenions 2004
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 1154
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 1254
TM xii bull Latin for the New Millennium
ETYMOLOGY AND VOCABULARY Adeleye Gabriel G World Dicionary o Foreign Expressions Wih Kofi Acquah Dadzie Edied by Tomas J
Sienkewicz and James McDonough Wauconda IL Bolchazy-Carducci 1999
Ayres Donald M English Words fom Lain and Greek Elemen s 11h ed ucson Arizona Universiy o Ari-zona Press 1982
Ayo John Dicionary o Word Or igins New York Arcade Publishing 1990
Beard Henry X-reme Lain All h e Lain You Need o Know or Su rvival in he 21s Cenury New York Pen-guin Group 2005
Dicionary o Lain Words and Phrases Edied by James Morwood New York Oxord Universiy Press 1998
Dominik William J ed Words and Ideas Wauconda IL Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers 2002
mdashmdashmdash Words and Ideas Answer Key Wauconda IL Bolchaz y-Carducci Publ ishers 2006Ehrlich Eugene Amo Amas A ma and More New York Har per and ow 1987
Heimbach Elizabeh Lain E very where Ever yday A La in Phra se Workbook Wauconda I L Bolc hazy-Carducci Publishers 2004
mdashmdashmdash Lain Everywhere Everyday A Lain Phrase Workbook eacherrsquos Manual Perormed by James Cho-chola Compac disks Wauconda IL Bolchazy-Carducci Publishing 2005
Janson ore Te Naural Hisory o Lain ranslaed by Merehe D Sorensen and Nigel Vincen Oxord andNew York Oxord Universiy Press 2005
Krill ichard Greek and Lain in English oday Book and wo Cassetes 1990 eprin Wauconda ILBolchazy-Carducci Publishers 2003
Mascianonio udolph Build Your English Word Power wih Lain Numbers Wauconda IL Bolchazy-CarducciPublishers 1997
mdashmdashmdash Build Your E nglish Word Power w ih La in Number s eacherrsquos Ma nual Wauconda I L Bolc hazy-Carducci Publishers 1997
Morwood James and Mark Warman Our Greek and Lain Roos Cambridge Cambridge Universiy Press1990
OrsquoMara Lesley ed Which Way o he Vomiorium Vernacular Lain or All Occasions ranslaed by ose Wil-liams New York Tomas Dunne Books 1999
Oxord Dicionary o English Eymology Edied by C Onions wih G W S Friedrichsen and W Burch-field New York Oxord Universiy Press 1966
Sone Jon Lain or he I llierai New York ouledge 1996
MYTHOLOGYBierlein J F Parallel Myhs New York Ballanine Books 1994
Bolon Lesley Te Everyhing Classical Myhology Book Peabody MA Adams Media Corporaion 2002Childrenrsquos Books on Ancien Greek and Roman Myhology An Annoaed Bibliography Compiled by Anoinete
Brazouski and Mary J Klat Wespor C Greenwood Press 1984
Te Chiron Dicionary o Greek and Roman Myhology ranslaed by Elizabeh Burr 1s English ed New YorkConinuum Inernaional Publishing Group 1994
Colakis Marianhe and Mary Joan Masello Classical Myhology and More A Reader Workbook WaucondaIL Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers 2007
Couch Malcolm Greek and Roman Myhology New York Michael Friedman Publishing Group 1998
DrsquoAulaire Ingri and Edgar Parin DrsquoAulaire DrsquoAulairesrsquo Book o Greek Myhs New York Doubleday 1962
Fleischman Paul Daeline roy Somerville MA Candlewick Press 2006
Gardner Jane Roman Myhs Ausin Universiy o exas Press 1993
Gran Michael and John Hazel Whorsquos Who in Classical Myhology London ouledge Press 2002
Grimal Pierre Te Dicionary o Classical Myhology ranslaed by A Maxwell-Hyslop 1996 eprinMalden MA Blackwell Publishing 2001
Harris Sephen L and Gloria Pazner Classical Myhology Images and Insighs 3rd ed Mounain View CAMayfield Publishing Company 2001
Homeric Hymns ranslaed by Diane aynor Berkeley and Los Angeles Universiy o Caliornia Press2004
Kirkwood G M A Shor Guide o Classical Myh ology 1959 eprin Wauconda IL Bolchazy-Carducci2003
Lowe Cheryl and Leigh Lowe DrsquoAulairesrsquo Greek Myh Suden Guid e Louisville K Y Memoria Press 2004mdashmdashmdash DrsquoAulairesrsquo Greek Myh eacher Guide Louisville K Y Memoria Press 2006
Mayerson Philip Classical Myhology in Lieraure Ar and Music Glenview IL Scot Foresman and Com-pany 1984
Morord Mark P O and ober J Lenardon Classical Myhology 8h ed New York Oxord Universiy Press2006
Ovid Meamorphose s ranslaed by A D Melville New York Oxord Universiy Press 1998
ussell William F Classic Myhs o Read Aloud New York Crown Publicaions 1989
Vergilrsquos Aeneid Hero War Humaniy ranslaed by G B Cobbold Wauconda IL Bolchazy-Carducci Pub-lishers 2005
Will iams o se Gods and Oher Odd Creaures Ausin X CicadaSun Publishing 2008
mdashmdashmdashTe Labors o Aeneas Wha a Pain I Was o Found he Roman Race Wauconda IL Bolchazy-Carducci
2003mdashmdashmdashTe Original Dysuncional Family Basic Classical Myhology or he New Millennium Wauconda ILBolchazy-Carducci 2008
ROMAN HISTORYBagnell Nigel Te Punic Wars New York S Marinrsquos Press 1990
Becket Gilber agrave Te Comic Hisory o Rome 1852 eprin Wauconda IL Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers1996
Boardma n John Jasper Griffi n and Oswyn Mur ray eds Oxord Hisory o he Roman World Oxord and New York Oxord Universiy Pre ss 1991
Boawrigh Mary Daniel J Gargola and ichard J A alber A Brie Hisor y o he Romans New YorkOxord Universiy Press 2006
Connolly Peer Greece and Rome a War London Greenhill Books 2006
Consable Nick Hisorical Alas o Ancien Rome New York Facs on File 2003
Cornell im and John Mahews Alas o he Roman World New York Facs on File 1986
Creighon Mandell A Primer Hisory o Rome 1855 eprin Wauconda IL Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers2001
Goldsworhy Adrian Te Fall o Carhage Te Punic Wars 265ndash146 BC London Cassell 2000
Haaren John H and A B Poland Famous Men o Rome Louisville KY Memoria Press 2006
Holland Tomas Rubicon New York Doubleday 2003
Jenkyn s ichard ed Te Legacy o Rome A New Appraisal Oxord Oxord Universiy Press 1992
Kamm Anhony Julius Caesar A Lie New York ouledge 2006
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 1354
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Resource List bull TM xiii
Lowe Cheryl and Leigh Lowe Famous Men o Rome Suden Guide 2nd ed Louisvil le KY Memoria Press2006
Mayszak Philip Te Sons o Caesar Imperial Romersquos Firs Dynasy London Tames and Hudson 2006
Mellor onald and Marni McGee Te Ancien Roman World New York Oxord Universiy Press 2004
Oxord Classical Dicionary 3rd ed Edied by Simon Hornblower and Anhony Spaworh Oxord and New York Oxord Universiy P ress 1996 Also available a s a CD-OM
Oxord Dicionary o he Classical World Edied by John obers New York Oxord Universiy Press 2005
Scarre Chris Chronicle o he Roman Emperors London Tames and Hudson 1995
mdashmdashmdashTe Penguin Hisorical Alas o Ancien Rome New York Penguin Punam Inc 1995
Ward-Perkins Br yan Te Fall o Rome Oxord and New York Oxord Universiy Press 2005
Will iams ose Cicero he Pario Wauconda IL Bolcha zy-Carducci P ublishers 200 4mdashmdashmdash Cicero he Pario eacherrsquos Manual Wauconda IL Bolchaz y-Carducci Publ ishers 2004
mdashmdashmdash From Romulus o Romulus Augusulus Roman Hisory or he New Millennium Bolchazy-CarducciPublishers 2008
mdashmdashmdashOnce Upon he iber An O ea Hisory o Rome Wauconda IL Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers 2007Firs Published 2002 by Wimbledon Classics
Wool Greg ed Cambridge Illusraed Hisory o he Roman World Cambridge Cambridge Universiy Press2003
ROMAN CULTURE AND DAILY LIFE Adkin s Lesley and oy A dkins Dicionary o R oman Religion New York Oxord Universiy Press 2000
mdashmdashmdashHandbook o Lie in Ancien Rome New York Oxord Universiy P ress 1994
All an ony Lie Myh an d Ar in Ancien R ome Los Angeles J Paul Gety rus Publicaions 2005 Apicius Cookery and Dining in Imperial Rome Edied by Joseph Da mmers Vehling Ne w York Dover 1977
Baker Alan Te Gladiaor Te Secre Hisory o Romersquos Warrior Slaves New York S Marinrsquos Press 2006
Baker Charles and osalie Baker Te Classical Companion Peerborough NH Cobblesone Publishing1988
Bonner S F Educaion in Ancie n Rome fom he Elder Cao o he Younger Pliny London Mehuen 1977
Bradley Keih Slavery and Sociey a Rome Cambridge Cambridge Universiy Press 1994
Brucia Margare A and Gregory Daughery o Be a Roman opics in Roman Culure Wauconda ILBolchazy-Carducci Publishers 2007
Buchanan David Roman Spor and Enerainmen London Longman 1976
Carcopino Jeacuterocircme Daily Lie in Ancien Rome New Haven and London Yale Universiy Press 1968
Casson Lionel ravel in he Ancien World New ed Balimore John Hopkins Universiy Press 1994
mdashmdashmdash Libraries in he A ncien World New Haven C Yale Universiy Press 2001Clackson James and Geoffrey Horrocks Te Blackwell Hisory o he Lain Language Cambridge Blackwell
Publishing 2007
Clarke J Houses o Roman Ialy 100 B Cndash A D 250 Berkeley and Los Angeles Universiy o CaliorniaPress 1991
Croom A Roman Clohing and Fashion UK empus Publishing 2000
DrsquoAmbra Eve Roman Ar Cambridge and New York Cambridge Universiy Press 1998
mdashmdashmdashRoman Women Cambridge and New York Cambridge Universiy Press 2007
Goldsworhy Adrian Te Complee Roman Army London Tames and Hudson 2003
Gran Leigh Rome A Fold-Ou His ory o Ancien Civ ilizaion New York Black Dog and Levanhal Publish-ers 2005
Gran Mark Roman Cookery Ancien Recipes or Modern Kichens London Seri Publishers 1999
Haney L A and J A Haney Te Roman Engineers Cambridge Cambridge Universiy Press 1991
Harris H A Spor in Greece and Rome Ihaca NY Cornell Universiy Press 1972
Herber Kevin Roman Imperial Coins Wauconda IL Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers 1996
Hodge Peer Te Roman Army Whie Plains NY Longman 1984
mdashmdashmdash Roman Family Lie UK Longman 1984
mdashmdashmdash Te Roman House ev ed Whie Plains NY Longman 1976
mdashmdashmdash Roman owns ev ed Whie Plains NY Longman 1977
mdashmdashmdash Roman rade and ravel Whie Plains NY Longman 1978Hopkins Keih and Mary Beard Te Colosseum Cambridge MA Harvard Universiy Press 2005
Humez Alexander and Nicholas Humez A B C E Cee ra Te Lie amp imes o he Roma n Alphabe BosonMA David Gordon Publisher 1985
Hyland Ann Equus Te Horse in he R oman World New Haven C Yale Universiy Press 1990
Jacobelli Lu ciana Gladiaors a Pompeii Los Angeles J Paul Gety rus Publicaions 2004
James Simon Ancien Rome Eyewiness Books New York Alred A Knop 1990
Jones J M A Dicionary o Ancien Coins London Seaby 1990
Mannix Daniel P Te Way o he Gladiaor New York ibooks 2001
Massey Michael Roman Religion Whie Plains New York Longman 1984
mdashmdashmdash Women in Ancien Greece and Rome New York Cambridge Universiy Press 1986
Olivovaacute V Spors and Games in he Ancien World London Orbis Publishing 1984
Paoli Ugo Enrico Rome Is People Lie and Cusoms ranslaed by D Macnaghen New York Longman1963
Piggot S Te Druids London Tames and Hudson 1982
Sims Lesley Roman Soldierrsquos Handbook London Usborne Books 2006
Solway Andrew Rome In Specacular Cross-Secion Oxord Oxord Universiy Press 2004
Savely E S Greek and Roman Voing and Elecions Ihaca NY Cornell Universiy Press 1972
reggiari S Roman Marriage Iusi Coniuges fom he ime o Cicero o he ime o Ulpian Oxord ClarendonPress 1991
Wallace ex E Inroducion o Wall Inscripio ns fom Pompeii and Herculaneu m Wauconda IL Bolchaz y-Carducci Publishers 2005
Webser G Te Roman Imperial Armies o he Firs and Second Cenuries A D 3rd ed London A and C Black1985
Weslake Susan Te Developmen o he Roman Alphabe Oxord OH American Classical League MC nd
Yavez Z Slaves and Slavery in Ancien Rome New Brunswick NJ ransacion Books 1988
ROMAN ARCHEOLOGY ARCHITECTURE AND ART Aicher Peer J Guide o he Aqueducs o Ancien Rome Wauconda IL Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers 1995
mdashmdashmdash Rome Alive A Source Guide o he Ancien Ciy 2 vols Wauconda IL Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers2004
Amery Col in and Bria n Curran Jr Te Los World o Pompeii Los Angeles J Paul Gety rus Publicaions2002
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 1454
TM xiv bull Latin for the New Millennium
Augeni Andrea ed Ar and Archeology o Rome New York iverside Book Company 2000
Boardman John Oxord Hisory o Classical Ar Oxord Oxord Universiy Press 1997
Campbell Ann Roman Ar and Archiecure ev ed Boulder CO Alarion Press 1999
Coarelli Fillipo Rome and Environs An Archeological Guide ranslaed by James J Clauss and Daniel P Har-mon Berkeley and Los Angeles Universiy o Caliornia Press 2008
Connolly Peer Pompeii New York Oxord Universiy Press 1990
Corbishley Mike Illusraed Encyclopedia o Ancie n Rome Los Angeles J Paul Gety rus Publicaions2004
Davis John and Deborah C Wood Monumena Romana Nosra Slide lecures complee se 1995 evised Wauconda IL Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers 1997
mdashmdashmdash Monumen a Roman a Nosra Roman Bahs Slide lecure 1995 evised Wauconda IL Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers 1997
mdashmdashmdash Monumena Romana Nos ra Te Forum in Rome and he Province s Slide lecure 1995 evised Wau-conda IL Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers 1997
mdashmdashmdash Monumena Romana Nos ra Te Roman Basil ica Slide lecure 1995 evised Wauconda ILBolchazy-Carducci Publishers 1997
mdashmdashmdash Monumena Romana Nos ra Te Roman Foru m Slide lecure 1995 evised Wauconda IL Bol-chazy-Carducci Publishers 1997
mdashmdashmdash Monumena Romana Nos ra Te Roman emple Slide lecure 1995 evised Wauconda IL Bol-chazy-Carducci Publishers 1997
Deiss Joseph Jay Herculaneum Ialyrsquos Buried reasure evised and updaed New York Harper Collins 1985
de Franciscus A Pompeii Monumens Pas and P resen Los Angeles J Paul Gety rus Publicaions 2000
DrsquoEspouy Hecor ed Greek and Roman Archiecure in Classic Illusraions Mineola NY Dover Publicaions1999
Dickison Sheila K and Judih P Hallet eds Rome and Her Monumens Wauconda IL Bolchazy-CarducciPublishers 2000
Heinze Helga von Roman Ar New York Universe Books 1971
Lewis Jon E ed Mammoh Book o Eyewines s Ancien Rome New York Carroll and Gra 2003
Ling ober Roman Paining Cambridge Cambridge Universiy Press 1991
Lovell Isabel Sories in Sone fom he Roman Forum ockville MD Wildside Press 2007
Macaulay David Ciy A Sory o Roman Planning and Consrucion Boson M A Houghon Miffl in 1971
MacDonald William L Te Archiecure o he Roman Empire An Urban Appraisal New Haven C Yale Uni- versiy Press 1988
MacKendrick Paul Te Mue Sones Speak Te Sory o Archeology in Ialy 2nd ed New York W W Noron1984
Millard Anne Welcome o Ancien Rome Edied by Jane Chisolm London Usborne Publishing 1987
Saccioli A Ancien Rome Monume ns Pas and Pres en Los Angeles J Paul Gety rus Publicaions2000
mdashmdashmdash Te Roads o he Romans Los Angeles J Paul Gety rus Publicaions 2004
Walker Susan Roman Ar Cambridge Harvard Universiy Press 1991
Wheeler Mori mer Roman Ar and Archiecure 4h ed New York Praeger Publishers 1969
Winkes ol Classical Collecion Roman Painings and Mosaics Providence I Museum o Ar hodeIsland School o Design 1982
LATE EMPIRE EARLY CHRISTIANITY AND MIDDLE AGES Augusi ne Conessions Oxord Worldrsquos Classics ranslaed by Henry Chadwick eprin New York Oxord
Universiy Press 1998
mdashmdashmdash Augusine Te Ciy o God agains he Paga ns ranslaed by W Dyson Cambridge exs in he His-ory o Poliical Tough Cambridge Cambridge Universiy Press 1998
mdashmdashmdash Augusine Poliical Wriings ranslaed by E M Akins and ober J Dodaro Cambridge exs inhe Hisory o Poliical Tough Cambridge Cambridge Universiy Press 2001
Barbero Alessandro Te Day o he Barbarians Te Batle Ta Led o he Fall o he Roman Empire ranslaed by John Cullen New York Walker and Company 2007
Barnes imohy D Ahanasius a nd Consanius Te ology and Poliics in h e Consanian Empire Cambridge
MA Harvard Universiy Press 1993Boehius Te Consolaion o Philosophy ranslaed by Vicor Wats ev ed London Penguin Books 1999
Bowersock G W and Peer Brown Lae Aniquiy A Guid e o he Pos Classica l World Harvard UniversiyPress eerence Library Cambridge MA Belknap Press 1999
Bowman Alan Averil Cameron and Peer Garnsey eds Te Crisis o Empire AD 193ndash337 2nd ed Volume 12Te Cambridge Ancien Hisory Cambridge Cambridge Universiy Press 2005
Brown Peer Augusine o Hippo A Biography ev ed Berkeley and Los Angeles Universiy o CaliorniaPress 2000
mdashmdashmdash Te World o Lae Aniquiy AD 150ndash750 New York W W Noron 1989
Cameron Averil Te Laer Roman Empire A D 284ndash430 Cambridge MA Harvard Universiy Press 1993
Cameron Averil Bryan Ward-Perkins and Michael Whiby eds Lae Aniquiy Empire a nd Successors AD425ndash600 Volume 14 Te Cambridge Ancien Hisory Cambridge Cambridge Universiy Press 2001
Cameron Averil and Peer Garnsey eds Te Lae Empire AD 337ndash425 Volume 13 Te Cambridge AncienHisory Cambridge Cambridge Universiy Press 1997
Chadwick Henry Te Church in Ancien Sociey From Galilee o Gregory he Grea Oxord Oxord UniversiyPress 2001
Corbishley Mike Te Middle Ages Culural Alas or Young People ev ed New York Facs on File 2003
Doran ober Birh o a Worldview Ea rly Chrisia niy in is Jewish and Pagan Conex Lanham MD ow-man and Litlefield 1999
Edwards Mark Consanine and Chrisendom Te Oraion o he Sains Te Greek and Lain Accouns o he Discovery o he Cross Te Edic o Consanine o Pope Silveser Liverpool Liverpool Universiy Press 2003
Ferguson Everet ed Encyclopedia o Ear ly Chrisiani y London Garland Publishing 1990
Godrey A W ed Medieval Mosaic A Book o M edieval Lain R eadings Wauconda IL Bolcha zy-CarducciPublishers 2003
Gran Michael Consanine he Grea Te Man and His imes New York Charles Scribnerrsquos Sons 1994
mdashmdashmdash Te Fall o he Roman Empire New York Charles Scribnerrsquos Sons 1997
mdashmdashmdash Te Collapse and Recovery o he Roman Empire London and New York ou ledge 1999
Harrison F E ed Millennium A Lain R eader A D 374ndash1374 eprin Wauconda IL Bolchazy-CarducciPublishers 2001
Heaher Peer Te Fall o he Roman Empire A New Hisory o Rome and he Barbarians New York OxordUniversiy Press 2007
Holmes George Te Oxord Hisory o Medieval Europe Oxord Oxord Universiy Press 2001
Hopkins Keih A World Full o Gods Pagans Jews and Chris ians in he Roma n Empire London Weideneldand Nicolson 1999
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 1554
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Resource List bull TM xv
Howarh Parick Atila King o he Hun s Man and Myh New York Barnes amp Noble Books 1995
Jones erry Barbarians London BBC Books 2006
Kulikowski Michael Romersquos Gohic Wars From he Tird Cenury o Alaric Cambridge Cambridge Univer-siy Press 2007
Lee A D ed Pagans and Chri sians in Lae A niquiy A Sourcebook London ouledge 2000
MacMullen amsay and Eugene N Lane Paganism and Chri sianiy 100ndash425 C E A Sourcebook Minne-apolis Forress Press 1992
Manello Frank and Arhur G igg Medieval Lain An Inroducion and Bibliographical Guide WashingonDC Te Caholic Universiy o America Press 1996
McEvedy Colin Te New Penguin Alas o Medieval Hisory ev ed New York Penguin Group 1992
Newman Paul B Daily Lie in he Middle A ges Jefferson NC McFarland and Company 2001Smih Jonahan Z Drudgery Divine On he Compari son o Early Chri sianiies and h e Religions o L ae Aniq-
uiy Chicago Universiy o Chicago Press 1990
Sambaugh John E and David Balch Te New esamen in is Social Environmen Philadelphia Wesmin-ser Press 1986
Tompson A E Te Huns Oxord Blackwell Publishing 1999
odd Malcolm Te Early Germans Malden MA Blackwell 2004
Wells Coli n Sailing fom Byzanium How a Los Empire Shaped he World NY Banam Dell 2006
Will iams ose Te Ligher Side o he Dark Ages London and New York Anhem Press 2006
Wolram Her wig Hisory o he Gohs ranslaed by Tomas J Dunlap Berkeley and Los Angeles Univer-siy o Caliornia Press 1988
mdashmdashmdashTe Roman Empire and Is Germanic Peoples ranslaed by Tomas J Dunlap Berkeley and Los Ange-
les Universiy o Caliornia Press 1997 Young Frances Lew is Ayres and A ndrew Louh eds Te Cambridge Hisory o Early Chrisian Lieraure
Cambridge Cambridge Universiy Press 2004
CLASSICAL PERSPECTIVESHighe Gilber Te Classical radiion New York Oxord Universiy Press 1957
Kopff E Chrisian Te Devil Knows Lain Why America Needs he Classical radiion Wilmingon DE ISIBooks 1999
Maybury ichard J Ancien Rome How I Affe cs You oday Placerville CA Bluesocking Press 1995
Murphy Cullen Are We Rome New York Houghon Mi ffl in 2007
Simmons racy Lee Climbing Parnassus A New Apologia or Greek and Lain Wilmingon DE ISI Books2002
MAPS POSTERS AND CHARTS Available from American Cla ssical League M C Miami Universiy Oxford OH
Map o oman Empire Map o oman Ialy ome Cenral Archeological Area oma Archaica
Circus Maximus Colosseum Consiuion Preamble Lain Abbreviaions Lain Phrases in Common UseLegal erms Panheon Pompeii Promoional Posers Lain Is
Derivaive ree Char Loan Word Char omance Language Char Skeleon Char
Available from L and L Enerprises Elmhurs IL
Ancien Civil izaion Wall M ap (small and lar ge size)
Using Lain Phrases Te Fabulous Five Lain Promoional Mini-posers Paer Noser Pledge o Allegianceoman Scenes and Proverbs Seven Hills o ome emembering he Cases
Available from Aims Inernaional Book s Cincinnai OH
Quo Modo Senis Hodie Poser
ADDITIONAL ITEMS Available from Bolchazy-Carducci P ublishers Mundelein IL
Lain Butons
Available from American Cla ssical League MC Miami Universiy Oxford OH
Lain-relaed CDs DVDs apes sofware coins greeing cards games accessories and jewelry mimeo-graphs hisorical novels Lain readers and Junior Classical League iems
Available from L and L Enerprises Elmhu rs IL
Lain knowledge cards Briish Museum book o poscards o Ancien Greece and o ome
Lain-relaed aciviy books butons coloring books key chain ags noe cards origami projecs pencilspuzzle books rulers sampers sickers suffed animals atoos oe bags and -shirs
MISCELLANEOUS Available from American Cla ssical League MC Miami Universiy Oxford OH
2006 Updaed Survey o Audio-Visual Maerials and exbooks in he Classics
2007 Ediion o ACL Soware Direcory or he Classics
WEBSITESFor a regularly updaed lis o websie resources check htpwwwlnmbolchazycom
PROFESSIONAL ORGANIZATIONSMos o hese organizaions offer a journal ha eachers will find beneficial Consul he organizaionrsquos web-
sie o learn more
American C lassical League (ACL)
American C lassical L eague eaching Maerials a nd esource Cener (MC)
ACL Sponsored Aciviie s
Junior Classical League
Naional Commitee or Lain and GreekNaional Greek Exam
Naional Junior Classical League
Naional Lain Exam
Naional Senior Classical League
Naional Myhology Exam
American C ouncil on he eaching o Foreign La nguages (ACFL)
American Ph ilologica l Associa ion (APA)
Archeologica l Insiue o A merica (AI A)
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 1654
TM xvi bull Latin for the New Millennium
Classical Associaion o Canada
Classical Associaion o New England (CANE)
Classical Associaion o he Alanic Saes (CAAS)
Classical Associaion o he Middle Wes and Souh (CAMWS)
Classical Associaion o he Pacific Norhwes (CAPN)
Classical Associaion o he Souhwesern Unied Saes (CASUS)
Compuer Assised Language Insrucion Consorium (CALICO)
Join Associaion o C lassical eachers (JAC)
Vergilian Socie y
In addiion many saes and ciies have classics-relaed organizaions
TEACHER NOTES
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 1754
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull i
1
STUDENT TEXTBOOKWITH EXERCISE ANSWERS
STANDARDS CORRELATIONS
ORAL EXERCISES
ORAL EXERCISE CORRELATIONS
WORKBOOK EXERCISE CORRELATIONS
ANCILLARY CORRELATIONS
COMPREHENSION QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS
TEACHING TIPS
TEACHER BY THE WAY NOTATIONS
AND HOW TO USE THIS BOOK
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 1854
iindashiii bull Latin for the New Millennium
Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers IncMundelein Illinois USA
1Milena Minkova and Terence Tunberg
LATIN FOR THE NEW MILLENNIUM
Series Inormaion
LEVEL ONE
Suden ex (2008)
Suden Workbook (2008)
eacherrsquos M anual (2008)
eacherrsquos Manual or Suden Workbook (2008)
ANCILLARIES
From Romulus o Romulus AugusulusRoman Hisory or he New Millennium (2008)
Te Original Dysuncional Family Basic Classical Myhology or he New Millennium (2008)
LEVEL TWO
Suden ex (2009)
Suden Workbook (2009)
eacherrsquos M anual (2009)
eacherrsquos Manual or Suden Workbook (2009)
ANCILLARIES
From Rome o Reormaion Early European Hisory or he New Millennium (2009)
Te Clay-ooed SuperHeroes Myhology ales or he New Millennium (2009)
mdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdash
ELECTRONIC RESOURCES
(See page 445 or deailed descripion)
wwwlnm bolchazycom
Quia Quesion Bank
Lain-only Vill a in een Second Lietrade
Carpe Praedam
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 1954
FOREWORD xi
PREFACE xiii
AUTHORS xvii
EDITORS CONSULTANTS AND PILOT TEACHERS xix
INTRODUCTION xxiii
AlphabePronunciaion o LainOverview o oman Hisory Beginnings o Lain Lieraure
CHAPTER 1 1
eading ldquoomulus and emusrdquoLanguage Facs Pars o Speech Nouns Number Gender Case
(Nominaive and Accusaive) Firs Declension Nounsalking Saying Hello
CHAPTER 2 15
eading Plauus ldquoTe Menaechmi winsrdquo Language Facs Firs and Second Conjugaion Verbs Principal Pars
Properies o Verbs Number Person ense Sem Infiniive Subjec and
Verb Agreemenalking Geting Acquained
CHAPTER 3 29
eading erence ldquowo BrohersrdquoLanguage Facs Second Declension Masculine -us -er -ir Nouns Geniive
Case Vocaive Case Preposiional Phrasesalking In he Classroom
REVIEW 1 CHAPTERS 19912513 43
Considering he Classical Gods Ma rs Jupier JunoConnecing wih he Ancien World Slavery in A ncien omeExploring oman Comedy oman Producions and Modern endiions by
William S Anderson Proessor o Classics Emerius Universiy o Caliornia Berkeley Berkeley Caliornia
Mīrābile Audī ū Phrases and Quoaions elaing o he Comic radiion
CONTENTS
bull v bull
Series Edior LeaAnn A Osburn
Volume Ediors Elisa C Denja LeaAnn A Osburn
Conribuing Ediors imohy Beck Judih P Halle Laurie Haigh KeenanKaren Lee Singh Donald E Sprague ose Williams Vicki Wine
Hisorical imeline Jayni einhard
Cover Design amp ypography Adam Phillip Velez
Cover Illusraion oman Forum copy BemannCOBISOher Illusraions Phoo Credis appear on pp 431ndash434
CarographyMapping Specialiss
Indexing Michael Hendry
Prooreader Gary Varney
Lain for he New Millennium
Suden ex Level 1
Milena Minkova and erence unberg
copy2008 Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers Inc All righs reserved
Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers Inc
1570 Baskin oadMundelein Illinois 60060 wwwbolchazycom
Prined in Canada2009 byFriesens
ISBN 978-0-86516-560-1mdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashLibrary o Congress Caaloging-in-Publicaion Daa
Minkova Milena Lain or he new millennium suden ex level 1 Milena Minkova anderence unberg p cm Includes bibliographical reerences ISBN 978-0-86516-560-1 (v 1 hardbound alk paper) 1 Lain language--Grammar I unberg erence II ile
PA20875M 562 2008 4782rsquo421--dc22
2008014705
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull ivndashv
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 2054
Contents bull vii
CHAPTER 9 135
eading Sallus ldquoTe Cailinarian ConspiracyrdquoLanguage Facs Fourh Conjugaion Verbs Presen Acive and Passive
ense Presen Acive and Passive Infiniive T ird Declension NeuerNouns Tird Declension I -Sem Nouns
alking Geting Dressed or a Pary
REVIEW 3 CHAPTERS 79912519 149
Considering he Classical Gods ApolloConnecing wih he A ncien World oman AtireExploring oman Governmen Poliics in Greece ome and he Unied
Saes by Josiah Ober Proessor o Classics and Poliical Science SanordUniversiy Sanord Caliornia
Mīrābile Aud īū Phrases and Motoes elaing o Governmen andDemocracy
CHAPTER 10 163
eading Vergil ldquo Te rojan HorserdquoLanguage Facs Tird Conjugaion -iō Verbs Presen Acive and Passive
ense Presen Acive and Passive Infiniive T ird Declension AdjecivesSubsanive Adjecives
alking Te Morning Beore a es
CHAPTER 11 177
eading Vergil ldquoQueen Dido o CarhagerdquoLanguage Facs Imperec Acive a nd Passive ense o All Conjugaions
Imperec ense o Sum and Possum Encliicsalking raveling o School
CHAPTER 12 191eading Livy ldquoMucius ScaevolardquoLanguage Facs Fi rs Second and Tird Person Personal Pronouns Firs
and Second Person Possessive Adjecives Declension o vīsalking Discussing he Weaher
REVIEW 4 CHAPTERS 1099125112 205
Considering he Classical Gods Mercury Connecing wih he Ancien World oman FoodExploring he My h o he rojan Horse Never Look a Gif Horse in
he Mouh by Bonnie A Cato Proessor o Classics Assumpion CollegeWorceser Massachusets
Mīrābile Aud īū Phrases and Quoaions elaing o War and Peace
vi bull L atin for the New Millennium
CHAPTER 4 57
eading Cicero ldquoTe Deserer Wans a ewardrdquoLanguage Facs Second Declension Neuer Nouns Daive Case Firs
and Second Declension -us -a -um Adjecives Agreemen o Nounsand Adjecives
alking Discussing Homework
CHAPTER 5 69
eading Cicero ldquoCicero Wries o ereniardquoLanguage Facs Firs and Second Conjugaion Verbs Presen Passive ense
Presen Passive Infiniive Ablaive o Agen Firs and Second Declension
-er Adjecivesalking Discussing Occupaions
CHAPTER 6 81
eading Caesar ldquoTe DruidsrdquoLanguage Facs Presen ense and Presen Infiniive o Sum and Possum
Complemenary Infi niive ransiive and Inransiive Verbsalking Preparing or a es
REVIEW 2 CHAPTERS 49912516 93
Considering he Classical Gods Nepune Pluo Vesa and CeresConnecing wih he Ancien World oman MarriageExploring oman Famil ies Parens and Children Ten and Now by
Jacqueline Carlon Assisan Proessor o Classics Universiy o Massachusets Boson Massachusets
Mīrābile Audīū Phrases Motoes and Abbreviaions elaing o Lie in heweny-Firs Cenur y
CHAPTER 7 111eading Caullus ldquoMy Girlrsquos SparrowrdquoLanguage Facs Tird Declension Masculine and Feminine Nouns Indirec
Saemen Accusaive and Infiniivealking In he Caeeria
CHAPTER 8 123
eading Nepos ldquoTemisocles Saves he GreeksrdquoLanguage Facs T ird Conjugaion Verbs Presen Acive a nd Passive ense
Presen Acive and Passive Infiniive Ablaives o Manner InsrumenSeparaion Place rom Which Place Where Accusaive o Place o W hich
alking Afer School Aciviies
vindashvii bull Latin for the New Millennium
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 2154
Contents bull ix
CHAPTER 18 301
eading Apuleius ldquoCupid and PsycherdquoLanguage Facs Fuure Perec Aci ve ense o All Conjugaions Fuure
Perec ense o Sum and Possum Fifh Declension Nounsalking Going o he Denis
REVIEW 6 CHAPTERS 1699125118 315
Considering he Classical Gods BacchusConnecing wih he Ancien World Gladiaorial GamesExploring oman Disasers Earh Air Fire and Waer by John E Torburn
Associae Proessor o Classics Baylor Universiy Waco exas
Mīrābile Audīū Quoaions elaing o Atiudes oward and Coping wihMisorunes
CHAPTER 19 331
eading Ammianus ldquoTe HunsrdquoLanguage Facs Perec Passive Pariciple Perec Passive ense o All
Conjugaions eview o Principal Par s o Verbs Demonsraive Pronounand Adjecive Hic
alking Cleaning he House
CHAPTER 20 349
eading Augusine ldquoAn Adolescen TierdquoLanguage Facs Pluperec Passive ense o Al l Conjugaions Perec Acive
and Passive Infini ives Demonsraive Pronoun and Adjecive Illealking Going Shopping
CHAPTER 21 361
eading Boehius ldquoTe Wheel o ForunerdquoLanguage Facs Fuure Perec Passive ense o All Conjugaions Fuure
Acive Pariciple Fuure Acive Infiniivealking A Birhday Pary
REVIEW 7 CHAPTERS 1999125121 375
Considering he Classical Gods VulcanConnecing wih he Ancien World oman EducaionExploring oman Libraries Public Libraries and Teir Books by Keih Dix
Associae Proessor o Classics Universiy o Georgia Ahens GeorgiaMīrābile Audīū Phrases Quoaions and Abbreviaions elaing o
Schools Libraries and Books
viii bull Latin for the New Millennium
CHAPTER 13 219
eading Horace ldquoAn Encouner wih a BoorrdquoLanguage Facs Presen ense Posiive and Negaive Imperaives Firs and
Second Person Personal Pronouns Geniive Case Ti rd Person PossessivePronoun and Adjecive
alking Lae or School
CHAPTER 14 233
eading Ovid ldquoPyramus and TisberdquoLanguage Facs Firs and Second Conjugaion Verbs Fuure Acive and
Passive ense Fuure ense o Sum and Possum elaive Pronouns
elaive Clausesalking Chating on he Inerne
CHAPTER 15 245
eading Seneca ldquoe1047298ecions on Growing OldrdquoLanguage Facs Tird a nd Fourh Conjugaion Verbs Fuure Acive and
Passive ense Inerrogaive Pronouns and Adjecivesalking A rip o he Counry
REVIEW 5 CHAPTERS 1399125115 259
Considering he Classical Gods Minerva Di ana VenusConnecing wih he A ncien World oman Ciies and oadsExploring oman Law Te Jusice Sysem in Ancien ome by James G
Keenan Proessor o Classics Loyola Universiy Chicago Chicago IllinoisMīrābile Audīū Phrases and Quoaions elaing o Legal Maters
CHAPTER 16 273
eading Pliny he Younger ldquoTe Erupion o VesuviusrdquoLanguage Facs Perec ense Verbs Perec Sem Perec Acive ense o
All Conjugaions Perec ense o Sum and Possum Daive o Possessionalking elaxing a he Beach
CHAPTER 17 287
eading acius ldquoTe Fire a omerdquoLanguage Facs Pluperec A cive ense o All Conjugaions Pluperec
ense o Sum and Possum Fourh Declension Masculine Feminine andNeuer Nouns
alking ecovering rom an Acciden
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull viiindashix
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 2254
xndashxi bull Latin for the New Millennium
FOREWORDTe aurea mediocriās o Lain exbooks has arrived No a grammar-ranslaion nor a readingapproach book Lain or he New Millennium is a blend o he bes elemens o boh
Te key o Lain or he New Millennium Level 1 is he emphasis on reading Lain a he begin-ning o each chaper and using conversaional Lain a he end o each chaper or as he auhorsindicae in he Preace lsquoi (Lain) offers you he lingui sic key o he minds ha shaped European
(and hereore American) culu re rom he ime o he omans o he modern scienific revolu-ion In his book you will learn abou he language sep by sep by using irsquo
Te reading passages a he opening o each chaper are ba sed on Lain lieraure and proceedin chronological order rom Plauus o Boehius Each reading is suppored by pre-reading andacing page vocabulary Grammar is inroduced using senences already seen in he reading pas-sage and mīrābile dicū here are pleny o exercises Te Vocabulary o Learn chosen rom headaped reading passage hus conains some Advanced Placemen lieraure-based words and i sreieraed consisenly in he exercises and oher shor reading passages
Somehing no seen in mos Lain exbooks is he conversaional dialogue a he end o eachchaper Tis will pique he sudenrsquos ineres in he Lain version o modern-day aciviies andmee cerain classical language sandards direcly Te auhors Milena Minkova and erenceunberg proessors a he Universiy o Kenucky a Lexingon are he direcors o he hugelypopular Conveniculum Lexinoniense he annual su mmer program ha has been r unning ormore han en years Tey are also on he aculy o he Conveniculum Bosoniense a similarprogram ha draws paricipans o experience conversaional Lain in differen geographical se-ings A he 2007 American Classical Leag ue Insiue a Vanderbil Universiy I paricipaed ina conversaional Lain workshop presened by Minkova and unberg Tough he par icipans
were seasoned Lain eachers mos were experiencing or he firs ime he ried and rue meh-ods hese wo expers were using o inspire us o speak Lain By he end o he workshop wecould converse in amiliar Lain phrases and saw how useul his could be or our own sudensunbergrsquos and Minkovarsquos leadership in hese summer programs made hem uniquely well suiedo design he conversaional dialogues in Lain or he New Millennium and he copious oral ex-ercises ha are conained only in he eacher manual hus al lowing eachers o pick and choose
which exercises bes mee he needs o heir own sudens
Tis book wih is range o offerings wi ll appeal o all ypes o lang uage sudens and will alloweachers o bring he many aces o he oman and pos-oman world ino he classroom How
wonderul i is o see a passage o adaped Plauus in Chaper 2 a prose adapaion o Caullusrsquo passer poem in Chaper 7 o Horacersquos saire on he boor in Chaper 13 and even o aciusrsquo de-scripion o he grea fire in ome in Chaper 17 oman culure is embodied in each o hesepassages hus meeing anoher classical language sandard Accompanying each passage is aquoaion or moto conneced o he passage or chaper
bull xi bullx bull Latin for the New Millennium
APPENDIX A 389
Chronological Lis o he Auhors and Works Sudied
APPENDIX B 391
Addiional Sae Motoes
APPENDIX C 393
Grammaical Forms and Paradigms
APPENDIX D 405
Lain Synax
APPENDIX E 411Hisorical imeline
ENGLISH TO LATIN GLOSSARY 415
LATIN TO ENGLISH GLOSSARY 421
BIBLIOGRAPHY 429
PHOTOGRAPHY CREDITS 431
INDEX 435
LIST OF MAPS
Map o he oman World xxxi iMap o he ravels o Aeneas 187Map o he Ciy o ome 227
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 2354
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull xiindashxiii
PREFACELearning Lain helps you learn English and oher languages beter and perhaps even moreimporanly i offers you he linguisic key o he minds ha shaped European (and hereore
American) culure rom he ime o he omans o he modern scienific revoluion Lain washe language hese people used o express hemselves and o record heir ideas in permanen ormacross so many cenuries In his book you wil l learn abou he language by u sing i sep by sep
CHAPTER COMPONENTS
READING PASSAGES
Each chaper begins wih a eading Passage and noes on he acing page ha will help you un-dersand any linguisic elemens you have no previously seen Tese noes eaure vocabulary
words in an easy o ollow alphabeical l ising providing you he exac meaning needed o un-dersand he reading passage bu no he ull lexical enries a his poin By reading and seeinghese new elemens in heir naural conex ofen you will need no explanaion o undersandhow hey uncion because hey appear w ih words you already know Te eadi ng Passages areadaped rom auhenic works o Lain lieraure and hey are presened in chronological order
As you complee each chaper you will be raci ng he sory o Lain as a lierary language andhe sories o he auhors who used i In addiion you wi ll learn abou oman c ulure over heperiods o ime in which he eaured reading o each chaper was produced
VOCABULARY TO LEARN
Te Vocabulary o Learn repeas some words encounered in he eading Passage or each chap-
er bu in his secion he words are lised by pars o speech i nsead o alphabeically and herehe ull lexical enry is given Tese are words you will need o memorize in order o recognizeand use hem hroughou he remainder o he book In order o aid you in recognizi ng connec-ions beween Lain words and he English words derived rom or relaed o hem a derivaiveexercise ollows each Vocabulary o Learn
LANGUAGE FACTS AND EXERCISES
In he body o each chaper you will fi nd simple explanaions o he Language Facs eaured inhe chaper reading passage along wih many differen exercises ha allow you o use all he in-ormaion you are learning By doing he exercises in each chaper and in he suden workbook
you will no only be reading and wriing Lain yoursquoll be speaking i Some exercises involve oralexchanges wih he eacher and wih oher sudens Because Lain communicaes hough i isa living hing Tereore a person who gains an acive working knowledge in he language along
bull xiii bullxii bull Latin for the New Millennium
All o his said Lain or he New Millennium is suden riendly Sudy ips rhymes and mnemon-ics abound in each chaper and litle secions called ldquoBy he Wayrdquo offer addiional inormaion orhose who always wan o know more
Te uni review secions are ru ly gems Afer hree chapers a Lain review chaper providesno jus he complee lis o Vocabulary o Learn and pleniu l exercises bu ofen anoher pieceo adaped lieraure o read991252snippes o Mari al or Peronius and more
Bu his is no all A secion called ldquoConsidering he Classical Godsrdquo offers high-ineres readingsin boh Engli sh and Lain on he panheon o classical gods A noher secion eniled ldquoConnec-ing wih he Ancien Worldrdquo provides in English addiional i normaion on a paricular aspec ooman lie conained wihin he uni
Capping each review uni is a disincive essay ha e xplores oman and modern opics each writen by a universiy scholar From he Universiy o Massachusets o Sanord Universiyand many places in be ween hese proessors have conribued heir special experise on subjecmater relaed o he chapers I k now o no oher book ha does hi s
Tere are many useu l phoographs and maps appropriaely placed hroughou Te reproduc-ions o fine ar and phoographs o archaeological sies provide a visual learning experience as
well Needless o say here are appendices on g rammar and synax a nd English o Lain andLain o English glossaries wih an added secion on various motoes
Te auhors ediors consulans and pilo eachers have done a superior job o organizing his book or maximum useu lness and effeciveness Tis unique series w ill include he ollowi ngLevel 1 Suden ex Level 1 Suden Workbook Level 1 eacherrsquos Manual and Level 1 Work-
book eacherrsquos Manual Level 2 Suden ex Level 2 Suden Workbook Level 2 eacherrsquosManual and Level 2 Workbook eacherrsquos Manual Many online and elecronic resources willalso accompany his series
Lain for he New Millennium has been houghully designed or and wih he weny-firscenury suden in mind Please join me in heralding he appearance o his unique new series
ha will improve and enhance he sudy o Lain or he weny-firs cenury
P983137983157983148 P983154983151983152983141983154983162983145983151Boson Lain Academy
2008
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 2454
xivndashxv bull Latin for the New Millennium
Preface bull xv
ASPECTS OF ROMAN LIFE
Nex you will find a reading in English on an imporan aspec o oman daily lie Tis sec-ion eniled Connecing wih he Ancien World wil l presen addiional inormaion on a opicencounered in he previous c hapers
EXPLORING ROMAN AND MODERN LIFE
Following he secion on daily lie here will be a shor essay in English ha compares and con-rass some aspec o oman and American lie and illusraes a way in which Lain is a par oour lie oday Each o hese essays has been writen by a universiy scholar wih special experisein his field o sudy
MĪRĀBILE AUDĪTŪEach review chaper concludes wih a l is o Lain quoaions motoes phrases or abbreviaionsused in English Tese sayings relae o one o he uni opics
Te Lain langu age and oman culure have no only inspired wriers hroughou he ages andin1047298uenced modern lie bu have also lef heir presence in ar and archaeology In his volumereproducions o painings drawings sculpure mosaics rescoes and oher ariacs rom an-iquiy hrough he presen abound wih depicions o and reerences o he sories and lives ohe omans Likewise view s o archaeological sies remind us o wha ome and is area o in1047298u-ence was like in ancien imes Te illusraions hroughou he ex suppor he writen word in
visual orm hus offering you a vivid recollecion o he chaper conen
Each auhor o his book has writen differen secions o he exbook bu boh auhors have ben-efied hroughou he composiion o he exbook rom coninuous muual advice and suppor
MM and 2008
Visi wwwl nmbolchazycom o see he elecronic resources ha accompany Lain or he New Millennium
xiv bull Latin for the New Millennium
wih a readi ng abiliy i s more likely o progress quick ly o a deeper undersanding o he lan-guage and he enjoymen o is lieraure I you have an oral aciliy and can wrie in a language
you will no need o be reminded abou orms and grammaical rules so ofen In his book you will acquire ha acive acili y as a basic par o learning he language
CONVERSATIONAL LATIN
oward he end o each chaper here is a Lain dialogue in which a group o modern sudens arehe paricipans Tey discuss in Lain siuaions ofen encounered in our daily li ves In hesedialogues you will find a bridge beween our lives and he houghs o he ancien medieval orrenaissance auhors who wroe in Lain991252a bridge consruced o he same basic language Lain
OTHER FEATURESIn each chaper you will fi nd oher ineresing mater ha will help you learn and enjoy Lain
bull Memorābile Dictū Te firs page o each chaper eaures a amous saying labeled Memorābile Dicū (A Memorable Ting o Say) a Lain phrase so well known ha i has become an ofenrepeaed proverb or quoaion Learning each amous saying wi ll increase your u ndersand-ing no jus o Lain bu o he houghs and ideas ha were i mporan o omans and haveconinued o be an inegral par o modern lie
bull Sudy ips Each chaper conains sayings rhymes mnemonic devices verses or oher in-ormaion ha will help you remember he various hings you are learning
bull By he Way You will see his phrase repeaed hroughou every chaper When you see hislabel you will know ha addiional inormaion is being presened
REVIEW COMPONENTS A he conclusion o every se o hree chapers here is a review conaining various componens
VOCABULARY TO KNOW
Tis is a complee lis o all he Vocabulary o Learn words presened in he hree chapers ar-ranged by pars o speech
EXERCISES
Here you will see many new exercises ha will help you review and reinorce he maerial in hehree preceding chapers In he review exercise secion here is ofen an addiional reading pas-sage o help you undersand more abou Lain lieraure and is heriage oday
CLASSICAL MYTHOLOGY
Tis secion eniled Considering Classical Myhology includes passages on myhology one inEnglish and one in Lain which ell some o he principal sories abou he Greek and omangods Tese sories re1047298ec many o he main hemes seen in lieraure and ar rom classical omodern imes
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 2554
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull xvindashxvii
AUTHORSMILENA MINKOVA
MA and PhD Chrisian and Classical Philology Pon-ifical Salesian Universiy ome Ialy MA and PhDClassics Universiy o Sofia Bulgaria
Associae Proessor o Classics Universiy o KenuckyLexingon Kenucky
Milena Minkova has sudied conduced research andaugh in Bulgaria Swizerland Germany Ialy he
Vaican Ciy and he USA Minkova has auhored hree book monographs Te Personal Names o he Lain In-scripions fom Bulgaria (Peer Lang 2000) Te Proe-an Raio (Peer Lang 2001) and Inroducion o Lain
Prose Composiion (Bolchazy-Carducci 2007 reprin Wimbledon 2001) She has also published numerousaricles on Lain medieval philosophy Lain lieraureLain composiion and Lain pedagogy
TERENCE TUNBERGBA and MA Classics Universiy o Souhern Calior-nia Posgraduae researcher and docoral suden Me-
dieval Sudies Universiy o London England PhDClassical Philology Universiy o orono Canada
Proessor o Classics Universiy o Kenucky Lexing-on Kenucky
erence unberg has augh in Belgium and Canadaas well as in he USA He is a specialis in Lain com-posiion and an exper in he hi sory o he approacheso wriing Lain prose rom aniquiy o early modernimes His works include a n ediion o collecion o Me-dieval Lain speeches commenaries on Lain worksand numerous sudies o he hisory o imiaion in La-in wriing In addiion or more han a decade he hasoffered summer seminars designed o inroduce peopleo he use o spoken Lain
bull xvii bull
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 2654
EDITORS CONSULTANTSAND PILOT TEACHERS
VOLUME EDITORSElisa C DenjaEdior Bolchazy-Carducci PublishersBaker Demonsraion School EmeriaEvanson Illinois
LeaAnn A OsburnEdior Bolchazy-Carducci PublishersBarringon High School EmeriaBarringon Illinois
BOARD OF
CONSULTANTS Virginia A ndersonLain eacherIllinois Virual High SchoolBarringon Middle School EmeriaBarringon Illinois
Jill M CrookerLain eacher
Pitsord-Mendon High School EmeriaPitsord New York
Judih Peller HalletProessor o ClassicsUniversiy o MarylandCollege Park Maryland
Sherwin D Litle1ndash12 Foreign Language Program LeaderIndian Hill High SchoolCincinnai Ohio
Sherrilyn MarinChair Deparmen o Foreign LanguagesKeih Counry Day Schoolockord Illinois
Mary PendergrafProessor o Classical Languages
Wake Fores Universiy Winson-Salem Norh Carolina
John raupman
Proessor o ClassicsS Josephrsquos Universiy EmeriusPhiladelphia Pennsylvania
Cynhia Whie Associae Proessor o ClassicsUniversiy o Arizonaucson Ari zona
ose WilliamsMcMurry College Emeria
Abilene High School Emeria Abilene exas
Donna WrighLain eacherLawrence Norh and Lawrence Cenral High
Schools
Indianapolis Indiana
PILOT TEACHERS Jeremy M WalkerLain eacherCrown Poin High SchoolCrown Poin Indiana
Laneta WarrenburgLain eacherElgin High SchoolElgin Illinois
bull xix bullxviii bull Latin for the New Millennium
JOINT PUBLICATIONS BY THE AUTHORSMinkova and unberg have coauhored he ollowing books Readings and Exercises in Lain
Prose Composiion (Focus 2004) Reading Livyrsquos Rome Selecions fom Livy Books IndashVI (Bol-chazy-Carducci 2 005) Maer Anserina Poems in Lain or Children (Focus 2006) Tey are hedirecors o he Insiue or Lain Sud ies a he Universiy o Kenucky in which sudens sudyhe hisory o Lain rom ancien o modern imes and ake par in seminars in which Lai n is he
working language o all ac iviies Boh Minkova and unberg are eleced ellows o he ome- based Academia Lainiai Fovendae he primary learned sociey devoed o he preservaion andpromoion o he use o Lain
xviiindashxix bull Latin for the New Millennium
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 2754
Editors Consultants and Pilot Teachers bull xxi
SHERWIN LITTLE
BA Universiy o Cincinnai M A Universiy o Colorado
Sherwin Litle has augh Lain rom sixh g rade hrough Lain AP a Indian Hill Exemped Vil-lage School Disric since 1983 Sherwin has received an Ovaio rom CAMWS as well as heCAMWS Good eacher Award and he Hildesheim Vase Award rom he Ohio Classical Coner-ence in 1986 and 2007 Sherwin holds Naional Board Cerificaion in World Languages Oherhan English and has been boh Vice Presiden and Presiden o he American Classical Leag ue
SHERRILYN MARTIN
BA Wilson College MA PhD Universiy o Cincinnai
Sherrilyn Marin was named Illinois Lain eacher o he Year in 1993 was a recipien o heL Governorrsquos Award or Foreign Language eaching in 2001 and was named a Claes Nobeleacher o Disincion in 2 007 She is a pas presiden o he Illinois Classical Conerence and isacive in he ockord Sociey o he A rchaeological Insiue o America Sherri lyn spen a yearin independen sudy a he Universiy o Tessaloniki Greece
MARY PENDERGRAFT
AB PhD Universiy o Norh Carolina Chapel Hill
Afer eaching a UNC-Greensboro and D uke Universiy Mary Pendergraf began eachingclassics ul l-ime a Wake Fores Mary is a ormer Presiden o he Norh Carolina Classical A s-sociaion and paricipaed in he ocus group ha w roe he Norh Carolina Sandard Course oSudy or Lain
JOHN TRAUPMAN
BA Moravian College MA PhD Pr inceon Universiy
John raupman is proessor emerius rom S Josephrsquos Universiy i n Phil adelphia where heaugh or hiry-eigh years A mong his many awards John received he Disinguished eaching
Award rom S Josephrsquos Universiy in 1982 a cerificae o appreciaion rom he PennsylvaniaDeparmen o Educaion in 1990 and he Special Award rom he Classical Associaion o he
Alanic Saes in 1996 John raupman is especially well-known as he auhor oConversaional Lain and Te New College Lain and English Dicionary
CYNTHIA WHITE
BA Chesnu Hill College MA Villanova Universiy PhD Caholic Universiy o America
Cynhia Whie is he Direcor o he Undergraduae Lain Program and supervises eacherraining and Kndash12 Lain eacher Cerificaion a he Universiy o Arizona She regularlyeaches a he Isiuo Inernazionale di Sudi Classici di Orvieo he Classics Deparmenrsquos Sudy
Abroad Program in Orvi eo Ialy and has sudied i n ome wih he Papal Lai nis eg inaldFoser ODC
xx bull Latin for the New Millennium
VOLUME EDITORSELISA C DENJA
BA Marygrove College Deroi Michigan MA Columbia Universiy MA Loyola UniversiyChicago
Elisa Denja augh Lain a Norh Chicago High School and Baker Demonsraion School inEvanson Illinois or many years while concurrenly eaching classical myhology a LoyolaUniversiy o Chicago and in he g ifed-disance learning program a Norhwesern UniversiyElisa was awarded he Illinois Lain eacher o he Year award in 1992 and he Illinois Lieime
Achievemen Award in 2007
LEAANN A OSBURNBA Monmouh College Illinois MA Loyola Universiy Chicago
While eaching Lain or many years a Barringon High School in Barringon Illinois LeaA nnserved as boh vice-presiden and presiden o he Illinois Classical Conerence LeaAn n receivedhe Illinois La in eacher o he Year award in 1989 he Illinois L Governorrsquos Award in 1990and he Classical Associaion o he Middle Wes and Souh Good eacher Award in 1996
BOARD OF CONSULTANTSVIRGINIA ANDERSON
BA Loyola Universiy Chicago MA S Xavier Universiy
Virginia Anderson augh Lain or hi ry years i n privae and public hi gh schools and middleschools in he Chicagoland area In 1999 she was awarded he L Governorrsquos Award or Enhance-men o he eaching Proession and in 2003 was named Il linois Lain eacher o he Year
JILL M CROOKER
BA Universiy o Illi nois MSEd Nazareh College o ocheser New York Jill Crooker augh Lain or many years a Pitsord-Mendon High School in Pitsord New YorkShe has served as he College Board Advisor o he A P Lain es Developmen Commitee andin 1996 received he Moron E Spillenger Award or Disingui shed Leadership o he Classical
Associaion o he Empire Sae In 2003 she received he ACL Meria Award and i n 2006 a nOvaio rom he Classical A ssociaion o he Alanic Saes
JUDITH PELLER HALLETT
BA Wellesley MA PhD Harvard Universiy
In addiion o sudying a he A merican Academy in ome he Insiue o Classical Sudies inLondon and he Universiy o Maasrich in Holland Judih Hallet is a ormer presiden o heClassical Associaion o he Alanic Saes and Vice-Presiden or Oureach o he AmericanPhilological Associaion She was named a Disinguished Scholar-eacher in 1992 by he Uni-
versiy o Maryland
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull xxndashxxi
TEACHER NOTES
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 2854
xxii bull Latin for the New Millennium
xxii bull L atin for the New Millennium
ROSE WILLIAMS
BA Baylor Universiy MA Universiy o Norh Carolina Chapel Hill
In addiion o posgraduae work in Lain and Humaniies a he Universiy o Dallas and heUniversiy o exas a Arlingon on a ockeeller Gran ose Williams did research a he Bodle-ian Library Ox ord Universiy in England and a he Universiy o Pisa She augh Lain or overhiry years a boh high school and uni versiy levels in exas and now is he auhor o more hanen books abou he Classics
DONNA WRIGHT
BA MA Ball Sae Universiy
Afer eaching Lain a Carmel High School Donna Wrigh currenly eaches a boh LawrenceNorh and Lawrence Cenral High Schools in Indianapolis Indiana She has been an acivemember o he Indiana Classical Conerence being named Creaive Lain eacher o he Year in1976 She has also been acive i n he American Classical League sponsoring a JCL chaper andleading Ialy rips or nearly weny years Donna also served as an offi cer speaker and boardmember o Pompeiiana Inc
PILOT TEACHERS JEREMY M WALKER
AB Wabash College MA Indiana Universiy
Jeremy Walker has augh Lain a Crown Poin High School in Crown Poin Indiana since1995 He has served as he Co-Chair o he Indiana Junior Classical League and Membershipand Public elaions Chair o he Naional Junior Classical League In addiion o sudying inIaly a he Inercollegiae Cener or Classical Sudies and in Greece a he American School orClassical Sudies he was presiden o he Indiana Classical Conerence In 2003 Jeremy was rec-ognized as he Lain eacher o he Year in Indiana and in 2004 was recognized by he Indiana
Sae eachers Associaion as a orch o K nowledge ecipien
LANETTA WARRENBURG
BA Indiana Universiy MA Indiana Universiy-Purdue Universiy Indianapolis
Laneta Warrenburg has augh high school English and Lain or hiry-hree years a schoolsin Indiana and Illinois Her las weny-our years o eaching Lain were a Elgin High Schoolin Elgin Illinois While eaching Lain here she served as he Illinois Classical Conerencechairperson or Chicago Classics Day as co-chair or he Illinois Ceramen League since 1993and as sae chair or he Il linois Junior Classical L eague rom 1999ndash2001 Laneta was honoredas he Illi nois Lain eacher o he Year in 2001 and was presiden o he Chicago Classical Clubrom 2005ndash2007
INTRODUCTION
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 2954
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull xxiii
INTRODUCTIONALPHABETTe Lain alphabe was derived rom he Eruscan alphabe some ime beore he sevenh cen-ury 983138983139983141 Te Eruscans were a people in pre-oman Ialy
Teir alphabe owes much o he Greek alphabe In urn he Greek alphabe was derived romhe Phoenician alphabe Phoenician raders had spread heir sysem o wriing h roughou he
Medierranean region Te Phoenician alphabe isel can be raced o he Norh Semiic alpha- be which was used in Syria and Palesine as early as he elevenh cenury 983138983139983141 and is consideredo be he earlies ully developed alphabeic wriing sysem
An Eruscan couple reclining on a funeral sarcophagus
bull xxiii bull
Sandard41
EDITORrsquoS NOTE
Te comprehension quesions and answers as well as some o he eaching ips and eacher by he Way noa-ions in his eacher manual were writen by Elisa C Denja LeaAnn A Osburn Karen Lee Singh and DonaldE Sprague classics ediorseducaors a Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers
HOW TO USE THIS BOOK
Please noe ha he perinen naional Classics sandards are lised in he margin o he lef or righ on he samepage as he reproducion o he suden ex
Eisemann Communicaion assised in preparing he correlaions o Lain o r he New Mil lennium wih he
naional sandards For an overview o he sandards hemselves and he correlaions please consul www bolchazyl nmcom
TEACHING TIP
Te eacher may choose o use he picure o he Eruscan couple on his page and he brie meniono he Eruscan alphabe o open a discussion on wha role he Eruscans played in early omanimes Sudens may be direced o p xxx ii o find Eruria on he map
TEACHING TIPTe eacher may wish o discuss wih he sudens he erm ldquoomance languagesrdquo Many modernlanguages come rom he language used by he ancien omans French Ialian Poruguese Span-ish omanian ec omansch (spoken by he descendans o he aeians and one o he our o-ficial languages o Swizerland) is also derived rom Lain
TEACHER BY THE WAYBased on archeological evidence i appears ha Eruscan women were an imporan par o hesocial srucure Ofen he names o boh moher and aher were placed on unerary inscripionsTe reedom o women wihin sociey is likewise apparen on monumens where hey can be seenreclining wih heir husbands on he same couch atending games and having a place o honor in heomb isel Noice he affecionae pose o he couple in he illusraion on p xxiii Clearly marriedlove was valued in Eruscan sociey and amily lie was imporan
ombs also provide evidence or he syle o Eruscan homes Some o hese eaures were borrowed by heomans especially he cenral hall and hree rooms a he back Tis ype o house was known a Pompeii as well as a ome ac cording o Viru vius auhor o Dē archiecūrā
TEACHING TIP
Te eacher may wish o have sudens read an English ranslaion o Livyrsquos radiional accouno anaquil wie o arquinius Priscus he fifh king o ome Te independence o Eruscan women is ev iden in hi s ale He r behavior is he ani hesis o he ideas o woma nly dec orum hel d by he omans
TEACHING TIPS d ill j i i h E li h ldquo lph b rdquo pl i h E li h l t ih h
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 3054
xxiv bull Latin for the New Millennium
xxiv bull Latin for the New Millennium
Look a he English alphabe in he lef column and a he Lain alphabe in he righ one TeLain alphabe is accompanied by he names o he Lain leters (in parenheses)
English Alphabe Lain Alphabe
Uppercase Lowercase Uppercase Lowercase Leter Name
A a A a (a ldquoăhrdquo)
B b B b (be ldquobayrdquo)
C c C c (ce ldquocayrdquo)
D d D d (de ldquodayrdquo)
E e E e (e ldquoĕhrdquo)
F F (e)
G g G g (ge ldquogayrdquo)H h H h (ha ldquohahrdquo)
I i I i (i ldquoeerdquo)
J j
K k K k (ka ldquokahrdquo)
L l L l (el)
M m M m (em)
N n N n (en)
O o O o (o ldquoŏhrdquo)
P p P p (pe ldquopayrdquo)
Q q Q q (qu ldquokoordquo)
r r (er)
S s S s (es)
(e ldquoayrdquo)
U u U u (u ldquooordquo)
V v V v (u consonan)
W w
X x X x (ix ldquoeexrdquo)
Y y Y y (upsilon)
Z z Z z (zea ldquodzayardquo)
Te English alphabe is derived direcly rom he Lain alphabe Tis accouns or he greasimilariies b eween he wo alphabes Tere are 26 leters in he English alphabe and 24 in heLain Te differences are he ollowing
bull Te leter W w (which is he doubled leter v) is missing in he Lain alphabe
bull Te leter J j is a more recen invenion In ac i appears in Lain exs writen during heMiddle Ages and he enaissance as well as i n many modern ediions o ancien Lain exsI is used o indicae he semi-vowel i someimes called consonanal i Te consonanal i is
Sudens will enjoy singing he English alphabe song replacing he English leter names wih heLain leter names Sudens may be insruced o clap once where here is no Lain leter name (egldquoJrdquo) equivalen o he English one
TEACHING TIPTe eacher may choose o display any Lain words (a lis is provided below or he eacherrsquos conve-nience) and insruc he sudens o spell ou he word using he Lain leter names Te sudensmay become curious o know wha he Lain words mean Definiions are given below
bull pars ndash par
bull nox ndash nigh
bull ruber ndash red
bull ēgī ndash I have done
bull amilia ndash amily
bull carō ndash 1047298esh
bull dēcernō ndash I decide
bull herba ndash plan
bull Kalendae ndash Kalends (firs day o he monh)
bull quoque ndash also
bull imor ndash ear
bull Pȳhia ndash Pyhia (name o Apollorsquos priesess)
bull iēcī ndash I hrew
bull ēlīx - happy bull ignis ndash fire
bull mūō ndash I change
COMPREHENSION QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS FOR PAGES XXIII991251XXVeproducible versions o he quesions alone are available a wwwlnm bolchazycom
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 3154
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull xxv
Introduction bull xxv
he i a he beginning o a word beore a vowel or i beween wo vowels According o hismehod or example Iūlius is writen Jūlius and Āiax is writen Ājax In his book he leter J j will no be used
bull Te disincion beween he vowel U u and he consonan V v also belongs o laer imesIniially here was only one leter V u used boh or he vowel and he consonan eg Vrbs ldquoTe Ciyrdquo (ie ome) or uicor ldquohe winnerrdquo
bull However in accord wih he prevail ing pracice o expressing he vowel wih U u and heconsonan wih V v in his book he wo leters will be disingui shed
PRONUNCIATION OF LATIN
VOWELSTere are six vowels in Lain and heir pronunciaion is as ollows
Long Vowel Sound Shor Vowel Sound
ā is pronounced as in ldquoaherrdquo ōrāor ldquooraorrdquo a is pronounced as in ldquoalikerdquo amō ldquoloverdquo
ē is pronounced like he a in ldquoraverdquo nēmō ldquonobodyrdquo e is pronounced as in ldquoperdquo bene ldquowellrdquo
ī is pronounced like he double e in ldquoseenrdquo līmes ldquoboundaryrdquo
i is pronounced as in ldquopirdquo nihil ldquonohingrdquo
ō is pronounced as in ldquosoverdquo videō ldquo(I) seerdquo o is pronounced as in ldquoofenrdquorosa ldquoroserdquo
ū is pronounced as in ldquomoonrdquo ūnus ldquoonerdquo u is pronounced as in ldquopurdquo um ldquohenrdquo
ӯ comes rom Greek and is pronounced in lenghsomewhere beween he i in ldquohirdquo and he u in ldquomuerdquo Pӯramus ldquoPyramusrdquo
y comes rom Greek Is sound wheher long or shorlies in beween he sounds o i and u much as in heFrench ldquosucircrrdquo bu he sound o shor y is less drawn ouhan ha o long y lyricus ldquolyricalrdquo
Te Lain words senātus rēgēsulla gentēs and prīmus are
engraved on his sone
Sign from Pompeii carved on sone wih Lain leters
p q
1 race he roos o he Lain alphabe rom is beginnings orward
Norh-Semiic alphabe elevenh cenury 983138983139983141 Phoenician alphabe Greek alphabe Erusca n alphabeLain alphabe
2 Which wo leters in he English alphabe are no ound in he Lain alphabe
W and J
3 When does he leter J begin o appear in Lain
During he Middle Ages and he enaissa nce
4 Look a he Lain inscripion on he sign rom Pompeii (on he righ o p xxv) Find a leas hree Lain words Lis an Engl ish word you believe is based on he La in word
colonia 991252 colonial colony honoris 991252 honorspecacula 991252 specacular specacle perpevom 991252 perpeual perpeuiy duovir 991252 virile virili
Sandards12 41
TEACHING TIPSudens may wan o know he English meanings o he Lain words in Exercises 1 and 2 Te defini-
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 3254
xxvi bull Latin for the New Millennium
xxvi bull L atin for the New Millennium
BY THE WAY
Everywhere in his book long vowels are indicaed by macrons ie ā ē ī ō ū ӯ whileabove he shor vowels here are no signs Someimes wo words differ rom each oheronly in he lengh o he vowel For example mālum wih a longa means ldquoapplerdquo whilemalum wih a shor a means ldquobad hingrdquo
EXERCISE 1epea hese words aloud afer your eacher pronounces hem
1 a lō 7 lēnis 13 probō 19 sūor2 alumnus 8 sēdēs 14 noa 20 ūsus3 rāna 9 i er 15 pōnō 21 syllaba4 rādō 10 imeō 16 dōnum 22 Pӯrēnē5 eneō 11 nīor 17 ululō6 peō 12 mīrus 18 lupus
DIPHTHONGSDiphhongs are wo vowels combined in one syllable and pronounced ogeher as one soundTere are six diphhongs in Lain
bull ae much like he y in ldquoskyrdquo laevus ldquo lefrdquo
bull au pronounced as ou in ldquoourrdquo aurum ldquo goldrdquo
bull ei pronounced as ei in ldquoeignrdquo oiei ldquoalasrdquo
bull eu pronounced eoo much as i in he wo words ldquogrey bluerdquo you were o subrac he ldquogr-rdquo andhe ldquobl-rdquo and combine he wo vowel sounds Eurōpa ldquoEuroperdquo
bull oe pronounced as oy in ldquoboyrdquo proelium ldquo batlerdquo
bull ui pronounced nearly like ldquowerdquohui ldquoohrdquo
I is believed ha quie early sill in ancien imes he diphhongs ae and oe began o be pro-nounced as e I you encouner hem writen aē or aeuml and oē or oeuml his means ha hey are nodiphhongs and he leters should be pronounced separaely āēr poēa
Te diphhongs are always long
EXERCISE 2epea hese words afer your eacher pronounces hem
1 aesās 7 s eu 13 aēneus2 a equō 8 m oenia 14 poēma3 raeda 9 neu 15 hei4 l audō 10 poena 16 huic5 a u 11 neuer6 aula 12 Poenus
Sudens may wan o know he English meanings o he Lain words in Exercises 1 and 2 Te definiions are provided or he eacherrsquos convenience
EXERCISE 11 I nourish 12 wonderul
2 suden 13 I approve
3 rog 14 noe
4 I scrape 15 I pu
5 I hold 16 gif6 I seek 17 I howl
7 smooh 18 wol
8 sea 19 shoemaker
9 journey 20 use
10 I ear 21 sylla ble
11 I srive 22 Pȳrene (a name)
EXERCISE 21 summer
2 I make level
3 carriage
4 I praise5 or
6 orecour
7 or i
8 walls
9 and no
10 penaly
11 neiher
12 Carhaginian
13 bronze
14 poem
15 ah
16 o his
TEACHER BY THE WAYHisorical evidence can be cied or reading he firs syllable o ldquomāgnusrdquo as naurally long bu oher
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 3354
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull xxvii
Introduction bull xxvii
CONSONANTSbull c is pronounced as in ldquocomerdquo clārus ldquobrighrdquo censeō ldquo(I) deemrdquo cārus ldquodearrdquo
bull When b is ollowed by s as in urbs ldquociyrdquo he sound o b approaches ha o p a sound wemigh represen as urps
bull g is pronounced as in ldquogerdquo gaudiumldquojoyrdquo gignō ldquo(I) bege (I) bearrdquo grāialdquoavor agreeablenessrdquo
bull Some hink ha he omans o Cicerorsquos ime (firs cenury 983138983139983141) pronounced he wo conso-nans ng as ngn or example he adjecive māgnus ldquogreardquo would have been pronounced in a
way ha we migh represen asmangnus
bull k is a very rare consonan In ac i appears only in wo words Kalendae ldquohe firs day oevery monh in he oman calendarrdquo and in he personal name Kaeso
bull q appears always in combinaion wih u and he combinaion qu is pronounced as in ldquoqueenrdquoquatuor ldquoourrdquo
bull v has a sound similar o w (as in he word ldquowierdquo) videō ldquo I seerdquo
bull Te consonanu in he combinaion su sounds like he English w in he ollowing our wordssuēscō ldquo(I) become accusomedrdquoSuēvī a name o a German ribe suādeō ldquo(I) adviserdquo suāvis ldquosweerdquo
bull Te leter r is rilled slighly Te sound has no exac equivalen in English bu is heard inmany oher European languages Te bes way o make his sound is o pronounce r as inldquoroperdquo bu vibrae he end o he ongue slighly as you say i
bull x is a double consonan (equivalen ocs or gs) ha sounds much like he x in ldquosixrdquo
bull z is a noher double consonan (equivalen o dz) and sounds almos like z in ldquozebrardquo I be-gins wih a sligh d sound firs so in pronouncing his leter you should hear dz
bull ph sounds like p in ldquopenrdquo bu wih he addiion o a sligh breah o air represened by he hth sounds like t as in ldquo omrdquo bu wih he addiion o a sligh ex ra breahing represened byhe h ch sounds nearly like he combinaion kh Tese consonans are borrowed rom Greek
and appear in Greek words zephyrus ldquowesern breezerdquo chorus ldquochorusrdquo heārum ldquoheaerrdquo When p and t are no accompanied by h his sligh aspiraion is absen
bull When consonans are doubled as in he verbaggredior he consonanal sound is lenghenedslighly
EXERCISE 3epea hese words afer your eacher pronounces hem
1 cibus 7 glōria 13 phasēlus2 capiō 8 Zeus 14 chara3 cumulus 9 bibliohēca 15 cēlō4 crēscō 10 phi losophia 16 anīquus5 gemma 11 zōna6 Gallus 12 heōrēma
g y g y gevidence suggess i is naurally shor Tus in some grammar books such as he one by Gildersleeveand Lodge we find his syllable marked as long bu in oher books i is reaed as shor
TEACHING TIPTe sudens may also wish o find ou he meanings o he Lain words in Exercise 3 Te definiionsare provided or he eacherrsquos convenience
EXERCISE 3
1 ood2 I ake
3 a heap
4 I grow
5 bud jewel
6 a Gaul
7 glory
8 Zeus
9 library
10 philosophy
11 a girdle
12 heory
13 kidney bean
14 paper
15 I hide
16 old
TEACHING TIPTe eacher may wish o provide he sudens wih some pracice on syllables and sress accen Here
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 3454
xxviii bull Latin for the New Millennium
xxviii bull Latin for the New Millennium
ACCENT A Lain word is made up no jus o leters bu also o syllables A Lain word has as many syllablesas i has vowels or diphhongs (a diphhong works like a single vowel since i is made up o wo
vowels pronounced ogeher [see diphhongs above])
You will need o know he ollowing erms when learning abou accen
bull ulima he las syllable in a word
bull penul he second-o-las syllable in a word
bull anepenul he hird-o-las syllable in a word
So in he word ze- ph y-r us he vowel u is he ulima y is he penul and e is he anepenul
RULES ABOUT THE STRESS ACCENT IN LATIN1 Te sress accen in Lain alls on eiher he penul or he anepenul
2 Te accen alls on he penul i he penul is long I he penul is shor he accen alls onhe anepenul
3 How o deermine wheher he penul is long or shor
a I he penul conains a long vowel (or any diphhong) he penul isel is long You o-en need o learn wheher he vowel in he penul is long or shor as a basic elemen inlearning a new word A macron above he vowel will ell you ha he vowel is long whi lehe absence o a macron wil l indicae a shor vowel Pronouncing he word can help youremember he vowel lenghs For ex ample vi-de-ō ldquoI seerdquo is pronounced viacutedeō whileau-rō-ra ldquodawnrdquo is pronounced aurōacutera and po-pu-lus ldquopeoplerdquo is pronounced po pulus
b I he vowel in he penul is ollowed by wo or more consonans he penul is long no
mater wheher he vowel in he penul is long or shor and he accen necessarily allson he penul For example do-cu-men-um ldquodocumenrdquo is pronounced documenacuteum
BY THE WAYTe consonan x is double (cs or gs) and couns as wo consonans when deermining
wheher he penul is long
c Tere is one excepion o lsquobrsquo above Someimes even when here are wo consonans be-ween he penul and he ulima hey sill do no deermine ha he penul is long Tishappens when he wo consonans are a mue and a liquid
Te mues are p b d t g c
Te liquids are l r
So in he word pal-pe-bra ldquoeyelidrdquo he anepenul is accened ( palacutepebra) he vowel o he pe-nul is shor since i i s ollowed by a mue and a l iquid O course ru le lsquoarsquo sill applies in he wordhe-ā-trum ldquoheaerrdquo he penul is accened (heāacuterum) since i is naurally long somehing welearn rom he macron
y p p yare some examples wih he answers included or he eacherrsquos convenience
Underline he ulima in each word
1 legō
2 rēgis
3 imperāor
Underline he penul in each word
1 causa
2 pūnīum3 armāus
Underline he anepenul in each word
1 vulnerō
2 eigī
3 sublāum
Underline he penul i i is long
1 pōnō
2 spēlunca
3 pauperis
Underline he syllable ha will receive he sress accen in each word1 ōrāculum
2 peīum
3 cōnsania
4 exsīncum
5 vulneris
6 solius
TEACHING TIPGiven he passage abou he bahhouse on his page and he picure rom Bah England he
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 3554
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull xxix
EXERCISE 4epea each senence aloud afer your eacher reads i Pay atenion o he pronunciaion andsress accen o each word
Wha i is Like o Live Over a Bahhouse
(Adaped rom Seneca Moral Leter 56)
Ecce undique clāmor sona Suprā ipsum balneum habiō Prōpōne nunc ibi omnia genera vōcumodiōsa Foriōrēs exercenur e manūs plumbō gravēs iacan cum au labōran au labōranemimianur Gemiūs audiō quoiēns spīrium remīsērun Sun quoque ūncōrēs e racāōrēs
Audiō crepium manuum umerōs erienium sonus quoque icuum mūāur nunc enim manusperveni plāna nunc concava Audiō clāmōrēs sī ūr es i n balneō dēprehēnsus
Look here is noise sounding all around I live above he bahhouse isel Imagine o yourselnow all he haeul ypes o voices Te sronger ones exercise hemselves and swing heir ha ndsloaded wih lead weighs while hey work ou991252or imiae a person working ou I hear moansevery ime hey le go a ltpen-upgt breah Tere are also anoiners and masseurs I hear he slapo hands hiting shoulders and he sound o he blows changes or someimes he hands come1047298a someimes cupped I hear shouing i a hie is caugh in he bahhouse
A pool from inside he Roman Bahs in Bah England
Introduction bull xxix
eacher may wish o open a discussion abou bahs during oman i mes Te use o he calidārium fīgid ārium epidārium and sūdārium may be explained by he eacher and sudens may be en-couraged o learn andor pronounce hese words
TEACHER BY THE WAYBahs were ofen consruced on locaions having ho or mineral springs such as Bah in Englandand Bāiae a resor own on he Bay o Naples
Modern Bah in oman imes was named afer he Celic goddess o healing Sulis In he firscenury her shrine was aken over by he omans and she was idenified wih he goddess Minerva
Te sie was hen known as Aquae Sulis Mine rva In a emple relie she is represened wih a Medusa-like head and a musache
Te spa conained a grea bah (73 f by 29 f) and hree oher swimming pools he calidārium (ho bah)epidārium (warm bah) and fīgidār ium (cold bah) In he second cenury he spring was enclosed wihin a wooden barrel-vau led build ing ha housed hese hree pools Ho ai r bahs were ueled by coal fires A con-san 1047298ow o waer was direced o he pools hrough lead pipes which sill uncion oday
Archeologica l excavaions have revealed ma ny sacred voive offerings c urse ables and innumerable coinsa he botom o he springs Te curse ables writen in Lain heaped curses on anyone suspeced o wrong-doing Te ancien radiion o hrowing coins accompanied by a wish sill prevails oday in ome a he reviFounain where ourissvisiors do he same
More inormaion on bah complexes in ome can be ound on p 386 o his eacherrsquos manual
Sandards22 31
32 41 42
TEACHING TIPTe eacher may wish o insruc he sudens o find he iber iver which is picured here on he
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 3654
xxx bull Latin for the New Millennium
xxx bull Latin for the New Millennium
OVERVIEW OF ROMAN HISTORY According o legend omulus and his win broher emus were se adrif on he iber iver Ashe-wol nursed he boys unil a shepherd rescued hem Upon reaching manhood in 753 983138983139983141he wins ounded a new ciy near he place w here hey had been ound by he she-wol on he
basis o anaugusō auguriō ldquoa avorable sighing o birdsrdquo Bu omulus killed emus in a dispueover who would rule he new ciy and became is firs king
Six oher kings ruled afer omulus Numa Pompilius ullus Hosilius Ancus Marius ar-quinius Prisc us Servius ullius a nd arquinius Superbus (arquin he Proud) Afer he las ohese seven kings was overhrown in 509 983138983139983141 ome became a republic wih a represenaiveorm o governmen headed by wo consuls eleced an nually By 451 983138983139983141 he fi rs corpus o o-man law known as he welve ables was creaed
In he las cenury 983138983139983141 he oman epublic was shaken apar by a series o civil wars By31 983138983139983141 an auocraic regime headed earlier by Julius Caesar and laer by his grea-nephew Oc-avian brough he epublic o an end Te years rom 27 983138983139983141991252when Ocavian assumed heile o prīnceps ldquochie ciizenrdquo as well as he name Augu sus991252o around 180 983139983141 are known ashe early principae or empire During his era ome exended her boundaries o he BriishIsles in he norh Norh Arica in he souh Spain in he wes and he igris and Euphraesrivers in he eas
A view of he iber River as i 1047298ows hrough he ciy of Rome
map on p xxxii
COMPREHENSION QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS FOR PAGE XXX991251XXXI
eproducible versions o he quesions alone are available a wwwlnm bolchazycom
1 Who were he legendary ounders o ome
omulus and emus
2 According o legend in wha year was ome ounded
753 983138983139983141
3 Over he course o he monarchic period how many kings ruled ome
Seven
4 Wha even occurred in 509 983138983139983141
Te beginni ng o he oman epublic (wih wo consuls in charge)
5 Wha is he erm associaed wih he wo leaders o he epublic
Consul
6 Which wo leaders oversaw omersquos shif rom a republic o a principae
Julius Caesar and OcavianAugusu s
7 Wha major aciviy associaed wih empire-building ook place during he principae
erriorial expansion
8 Name wo developmens ha characerized he lae empire
Severe economic problems inernal poliical unres andor requen invasion by he Germanic ribes
9 Describe Diocleianrsquos response o he roubles o he empire
Diocleian divided he empire ino wo halves he Easern and Wesern empires in order o make ruli nghe empire more manageable
10 Explai n he origin o he erm ldquovandalismrdquo
Te fifh cenury invasion and pillag ing o ome by he ribe known as he Vandals who occupied he o-man province o Norh Arica led o he erm ldquovandalismrdquo meaning wanon desrucion
11 Describe Lainrsquos role in he cenuries afer 476 983139983141
Lain 1047298ourished as he major lierary language in he Wesern oman Empire and was spread o non-omanized places like Ireland Scandinavia and he New World
TEACHING TIP
Te eacher may ask he sudens o find he daes menioned on his page in he imeline on pp411ndash414
Sandards21 31 32
TEACHING TIPTe eacher may insruc he sudens o locae ByzaniumConsaninople discussed here in he
d h h ii
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 3754
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull xxxi
Introduction bull xxxi
From 180 983139983141 onwards in he period k nown as he lae empire he oman sae experiencedsevere economic problems and requen invasions by Germanic ri bes esponding o he pres-sure o he firs wave o migraions as well as inernal poliical u nres and economic diffi culieshe emperor Diocleian (ruled 284ndash305 983139983141) had already divided he oman Empire ino anEasern and Wesern hal each under is own emperor991252an atemp o make he vas omansae more manageable
Tis poliical division o he empire acually mirrored a culural division oo he main lan-guage o he Wes was Lain while he main language o he Eas was Greek Shorly aferwardshe emperor Consanine (ruled 312ndash337 983139983141) esablished a new capial or he Easern empirea Byzanium wh ich he renamed Consaninople (ldquohe ciy o Consaninerdquo oday called Isan-
bul) Bu even afer his reorganizaion he imperial governmen ulimaely proved incapable o
semming he ide o he migraions in par because he oman army was oo widely e xendedand could no be in so many places a once Indeed many o he invaders were given he sauso oederāī or ldquoreay roopsrdquo In effec hey were a llowed o occupy segmens o he empire inreurn or proecing i So when Alar ic King o he Visigohs sacked ome in 410 983139983141 he acual lyhad a ile as a commander in he oman army
ome was sacked again in 455 983139983141 by he Vandals who had already occupied he omanprovince o Norh Arica Te pillaging o he ciy o omulus by he invaders made a pro-ound impression on conemporaries and o his day he erm ldquovandalismrdquo is a word in severallanguages or wanon desrucion While he Easern empire (always more sable and eco-nomically prosperous han he Wes) coninued o exis unil 1453 983139983141 he Wesern empire
was ex inc as a poliica l eniy by 476 983139983141 In is place were Germa nic k ingdoms and ribes Angles and Saxons in Briai n Visigohs in Spain Osrogohs in Ialy Franks and Burgundi ansin Gaul991252o name only he major groups Te combinaion o hese new socieies wih heprevious inhabians who had been omanized o varying degrees would one day provide he
basis or he culures o modern Europe
Bu he end o he ancien oman Empire in he Wes was no he end o Lain On he con-rary during he nex 1200 years Lain no only 1047298ourished as he major lierary language in he
erriories o he ormer Wesern oman Empire he use o Lain was exended o regions heomans had never occupied including Ireland Scandinavi a and even he New World
BEGINNINGS OF LATIN LITERATURE Very ew complee works o Lain lieraure produced beore he mid-second cenury 983138983139983141 (ie beore 150 983138983139983141) have survived One reason or his loss was he remendous populariy o he works produced in he ollowing cenury by such auhors as Cicero Vergil and Ovid Teir wri-ings were so widely read and copied in subsequen cenuries ha he auhors preceding hem
were gradually negleced
Among he major figures o early Lain lieraure was a reed slave rom he Greek ciy o aren-um named Livius Andronicus who li ved rom 284ndash204 983138983139983141 He was known or his adapaionso Greek drama or oman audiences and his ranslaion o Homerrsquos Odyssey ino Lain verse
second paragraph on he map on p xxxii
TEACHING TIPTe eacher may ask he sudens o find he daes menioned on his page in he imeline on pp413ndash414
HOW TO USE THIS BOOK AND ITS ANCILLARIES
wo ancillaries are available or use wih his book Te Original Dysuncional Family (abbreviaed ODF)and From Romulus o Romulus Augusulus (abbreviaed R) R will be paricularly useul in order ohelp sudens keep he ime periods o he auhors and o he evens he auhors wroe abou sraigh in heirminds Chaper ile pages will include when appropriae a noaion on wha chaper o R he eachermay wish o assign
TEACHING TIPTe eacher may wish o assign Chaper 1 o he oman hisory ancillary From Romulus o Romu-lus Augusulus a his poin
COMPREHENSION QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS FOR PAGES XXXI991251XXXIVeproducible versions o he quesions alone are available a wwwlnm bolchazycom
1 Whom did he omans consider he aher o Lain lieraure
Ennius
2 Wha was Enniusrsquo mos amous work Is subjec mater
Annālēs was an epic poem abou omersquos early hisory
3 Wha amous Lain saying means ldquoCarhage mus be desroyedrdquo
Carhāgō dēlenda es
4 Who is he auhor o ha saying
Cao he ElderCao he Censor
5 When was Carha ge said o have been desroyed
146 983138983139983141 a he end o he hird Punic war
NB Aler sudens ha he answers o hese comprehension quesions will be ound on p xxxiv
Sandards21 31
R1
TEACHING TIP Ask sudens he English equivalen o cou nries s uch as Briannia and Germānia and he Englishequivalen o he ciies Neāpolis and Ahēnae
Sandard31
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 3854
xxxii bull Latin for the New Millennium
equivalen o he ciies Neāpolis and Ahēnae
A full size r eproducible version of h is page wihou he answe rs can be downloaded a wwwlnm bolchazycom
HOW TO USE THIS BOOK Answers o rep roducible aciviies w ill be gi ven in a larger size bel ow or he eacherrsquos convenience
ANSWERS TO MAP WORK 991251 PAGES XXXII991251XXXIII
1 Crēa Sicilia Corsica Sardinia Cyprus Ihaca Dēlos Brianni a
2 Vesuvius Mōns Aena Mōns Olympus Mōns Āppennīnus Mōns
3 Syria Macedonia Arica Asia
4 mare or ponus
5 Asia Eurōpa Arica
A full siz e reproducible version of his page wihou he answers can be down loaded a wwwln mbolchazycom
Te eacher may wish o have his map enlarged when reproducing i for ease of suden use in compleing his aciviy
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 3954
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull xxxiii
HOW TO USE THIS BOOK
Te answers o his aciviy can be easily seen on he wo acing pages
Te omans regarded Ennius (ca 239 169 983138983139983141) as he aher o Lain lieraure He wroe
TEACHING TIPSudens may be encouraged o find he ciy o Carhage menioned in he second paragraph on hemap on p xxxii
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 4054
xxxiv bull Latin for the New Millennium
xxxiv bull L atin for the New Millennium
Te omans regarded Ennius (ca 239ndash169 983138983139983141) as he aher o Lain lieraure He wroemany kinds o lierary works including plays His Annālēs an epic poem abou he early hisoryo ome was paricularly renowned and perhaps he primary epic read in oman schools beorehe ime o Vergil Only ragmens o his wriings remain
One o Enniusrsquo conemporaries was heamed Cao he Censor also known as Caohe Elder (234ndash149 983138983139983141) a rigidly conserva-ive oman senaor Mos o his reaise onagriculure called Dē agrī culūrā survivesI is he oldes work o Lain prose amongCaorsquos recommendaions here are ha fieldslaves be reaed similarly o beass o bur-den Cao is also remembered or his sae-men Carhāgō dēlenda es ldquoCarhage mus
be desroyedrdquo evidence or he omanear o he Carhaginians Te omansough hree wars known as he Punic
Wars agai ns he Car haginians Te fi rsended beore Cao was born in he secondagains Hannibal Cao served wih miliarydisincion he hird ended in 146 983138983139983141 asCao had demanded wih he desruciono Carhage On his occasion he vic oriousomans were said o have plowed sal inohe Carhaginian soil
Discussions abou laer auhors and adap-aions rom heir wriings w ill be presenedchronologically in he chapers o his book
Ancien ruins a Carhage in Africa
p p
TEACHER BY THE WAY Alhough he works o Enniu s have been preserved on ly in ragmens (abou a housand lines) hehad a grea in1047298uence on subsequen poes such as Vergil Quoable quoes include
bull a es o riendship Amīcus cer us in rē incer ā cerniur (A riend in need is a riend indeed)
bull an applicaion o wisdom o lie Quī ipse sibi sapiēns prōdesse nequi nēquīquam sapi (A man who
himsel is wise bu unable o be useul o himsel is wise or nohing)bull he amous descripion o Fabius Maximus Ūnus homō nōbīs cūncandō resiui rem (One man by delaying res ored he sae or us)
bull and he line on Manius Curius Quem nēmō errō poui superāre nec aurō (Whom no one was ableo deea eiher by sword or gold)
We also have preser ved or us he exa mple o excessive all ieraion ha has g iven rise o much laugher inLain classrooms over he years Ō ie ūe aī ibi ana yranne ulisī ldquoO ius aius you yran (all voca-ive) you brough o yoursel such grea (roubles)rdquo991252ranslaed in conex which plays off he more lieral ldquo you ookacquired or yoursel such grea hings rdquo
On he oher hand he composed his own epiaph in which his high eseem among omans proved o beprescien
nēmō mē lacrumīs decōre neu unera 1047298ēū
axi Cūr Voliō vivos per ōra v irum (Le no one honor me wih ears or make a uneral pyre by weeping
Why I 1047298y li ving hrough he mouhs o men)
TEACHER BY THE WAY
Pluarchrsquos Lie o Cao is a good source o snappy quoaions atribued o his saesman soldier andauhor For example while discussing he power o women he said ldquoAll oher men rule heir wives we rule al l oher men and our w ives rule us rdquo Atemping o persuade he oman people o orego adisribuion o grain he began his speech by saying ldquoI is a hard mater o argue wih he belly sincei has no earsrdquo And o a ribune who had been accused o using poison and was rying o pass a use-less bill he said ldquoI know no which is worse o drink your mixures or o enac your billsrdquo
1CHAPTER 1
HOW TO USE THIS BOOK
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 4154
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull 1
1CHAPTER
Parts of Speech Nouns Number Gender Case (Nominative and Accusative)
First Declension Nouns
MEMORĀBILE DICTŪ
SPQ Senātus Populusque ōmānusldquoTe Senae and he People o omerdquo
Tese our leters orm wha is known as an acronym one ha symbolized supreme power inancien ome
Oil paining of Romulus and Remus wih he wolf By Peer Paul Rubens (1577ndash1640)
Te grammaical and synacical opics ha will be presened in each chaper o his book are lised a he opo he chaper ile page
HOW TO USE THIS BOOK
Te illusraion on each chaperrsquos ile page presens a visual inroducion o he Lain reading passage ha willollow eachers may choose o discuss he illusraion in order o provide he conex or he reading he su-dens will encouner on he nex page
HOW TO USE THIS BOOK
On each chaper ile page he phrase Memorābile Dictū (ldquoA memorable hing o say rdquo) will be ou nd Below here will be a amous phrase quoa ion abbreviaion or moto in L ain ha w ill connec hese words o he opicsin he chaper
MEMORĀBILE DICTŪ VOCABULARY
populus populī m ndash people
-que ndash and
senāus senāūs m ndash senae
TEACHING TIP
ubens pained his picure o omulus and emus rom 1615ndash1616 during wha is called he Ba-roque period o ar Te man approaching rom he rear is Fausulus Te reclining figure is he god
o he river iber
HOW TO USE THIS BOOK AND ITS ANCILLARIESwo ancillaries are available or use wih his book Te Original Dysunctional Family (abbreviaed ODF)and From Romulus to Romulus Augustulus (abbreviaed R) R will be paricularly useul in order ohelp sudens keep he ime periods o he auhors and o he evens he auhors wroe abou sraigh in heirmind Chaper ile pages wil l include when appropriae a noaion abou wha chaper o R he eachermay wish o assign
Standards11 21
R 2and 3
READING
TRANSLATION OF LATIN PASSAGEomulus and emus
Mars is a god Mars loves hea Silvia And so hea Silvia has wo sons omulus and emus Amulius locks uph Sil i A li l d i h A h l lk h T h l
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 4254
2 bull Latin for the New Millennium
2 bull Latin for the New Millennium
READINGTis sory describes how ome was said o have been ounded in 753 983138983139983141 King Numior o AlbaLonga was overhrown by his cruel and ambiious broher Amulius who no only seized hehrone bu so eared ha one o Numiorrsquos male descendans migh have a legiimae claim oni ha he made Amuliusrsquo daug her hea Silvia a priesess o he goddess Vesa Tese priesesses
were no allowed o marry during heir childbearing years
RŌMULUS ET REMUS
1 Mārs es deus Mārs hēam Silviam ama Iaque hēa Silvia duōs
īliōs habe ōmulum e emum Amūlius hēam Silviam vinculīs
claudi Amūlius ōmulum e emum in aquam pōni Lupa ad aquamambula Lupa ōmulum e emum bene cūra e ama ōmulus e
5 emus crēscun Poseā ōmulus e emus ōmam aedifican
Famous bronze saue of he she-wolf and he wins
hea Silvia Amulius pus omulus and emus ino he waer A she-wol walks o he waer Te she-wol caresor (akes good care o) omulus and emus well and loves (hem) omulus and emus grow up Aferwards(laer) omulus and emus build ome
HOW TO USE THIS BOOK Above each La in reading pa ssage inorm aion is presened in Engl ish Tis pre -reading provides back groundinormaion abou he auhor and esablishes he conex o he passage he sudens will read
TEACHER BY THE WAY
Te eacher may wish o inroduce he class o he radiional abbreviaions o 983137983140 (which sandsor he Lain phrase Annō Dominī ldquoi n he year o our Lordrdquo) and 983138983139 (which sands or he Engl ishphrase ldquoBeore Chrisrdquo) Tese older abbreviaions coninue o be used bu his book employs heabbreviaions 983138983139983141 (Beore he Common Era) and 983139983141 (Common Era)
TEACHING TIPInsruc he sudens o locae Alba Longa on he map on pp xxxiindashxxxiii
TEACHER BY THE WAYTough he wins were added o he sculpure in he enaissance he she-wol has srong links wihEruscan myhology and shows characerisics o Eruscan sculpure
TEACHING TIP
Te eacher may wish o encourage he sudens o design an abbreviaed amily ree o omulusand emus
Standards11 22
Jupier Juno King Num ior o Alba Longa
Mars hea Silvia
omulus emus
READING VOCABULARY
HOW TO USE THIS BOOKTe English pronoun subjec o a verb is no lised in he eading Vocabulary i he pronoun is no needed inhe ranslaion
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 4354
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull 3
Chapter 1 bull 3
READING VOCABULARYad aquam ndash o he waer
aedifican ndash build
ama ndash loves
ambula ndash walks
Amūlius ndash Amul ius
aquam ndash waer
bene ndash well
claudi ndash locks up
crēscun ndash grow up
cūra ndash akes care o cares or
deus ndash god
duōs ndash woes ndash is
e ndash and
īliōs ndash sons
habe ndash has
in aquam ndash ino he waer
iaque ndash and so
lupa ndash she-wol
Mārs ndash Mars he god o war
pōni ndash pus
poseā ndash aferwards laer
emum ndash emus
emus ndash emus
hēa Silvia ndash hea Silvia
hēam Silviam ndash hea Silvia
ōmam ndash ome
ōmulum ndash omulus
ōmulus ndash omulus vinculīs ndash w ih chains
Words marked wih an aserisk will need o bememorized laer in he chaper
COMPREHENSION QUESTIONS1 Whose sons are omulus and emus
2 Wha did Amulius do
3 Who saved he lie o omulus and emus
4 Wha did omulus and emus do
HOW TO USE THIS BOOK
Te sudens should not be expeced o lea rn he words under he ile eading Vocabulary whenever his ileoccurs in he book Insead insruc sudens o learn he vocabulary words lised under he ile Vocabularyto Learn ha will be ound laer in each chaper In more advanced Lain exs usually here are vocabularyand noes o help he sudens when reading a passage Tis eading Vocabulary will help prepare sudens orlaer more advanced classes
ANSWERS TO COMPREHENSION QUESTIONS
1 Tey are he sons o Mars and hea Silvia2 He locked up hea Silvia
3 A she-wol
4 Tey buil he ciy o ome
TEACHING TIP
Whi le English deriva ives rom he sar red words (ie he Vocabulary o L earn) are he opic o Ex-ercise 2 laer in his chaper here are some ineresing derivaives rom he non-sarred words andsome o hese show how words change hrough he years Te eacher may choose o discuss hesederivaives wih he sudens
bull aedi1047297cant (aedi1047297cō) ndash ediy edificaion edifice
Tis Lain word is buil rom wo Lain words aciō (o do make) and aedēs (house emple) Te
English derivaives reain his religious connecion or hey mean ldquoo build up he aih moraliy o in-sruc especially morallyrdquo Te word ldquoedificerdquo is always used or an imposing srucure such as a ldquoemplerdquoor aedēs
bull claudit (claudō) ndash close conclusion enclosure sluice
A ldquocloserdquo is a small shu-in space and some people i locked in one suffer rom ldquoclausrophobiardquo acompound derivaive parly rom Lain (o close confine) and parly rom he Greek (ear) hence ldquoa earo closed spacesrdquo
Te word ldquosluicerdquo does no look like a derivaive o claudō bu i has undergone cha nges as i ca meino English via middle English and old French (sclus) rom he Lain exclūdō which means ldquoo shu ourdquo Asluice has a gae a he op o he channel o shu off he 1047298ow o waer as necessary
bull crēscunt (crēscō) ndash crescen accrue recrui crew
Te word ldquocrewrdquo in middle English mean ldquoreinorcemenrdquo so a body o soldiers grew Te word ldquore-
cruirdquo has he same basic idea ecruis increase he size o he army (rom he Lain recrēscō meaning ldquoogrow againrdquo)
bull deus ndash deiy deiy
bull duōs ndash double dozen due duplicae
Te word ldquodozenrdquo is a compound rom he Lain word or ldquowordquo and he German word or ldquoenrdquo (zehn)
bull habet (habeō) ndash habi abiliy prohibiive
Onersquos abiliy depends on he alens and skil ls one has
bull pōnit ( pōnō) ndash depo imposiion preposiion
A depo origina lly was a place where supplies were pu or sorage
LANGUAGE FACT I
HOW TO USE THIS BOOKTe Language Facs secion o each chaper will conain boh grammaical (morphological) and synacicalinormaion ie inormaion boh abou he orms o he words and he srucure o he senence
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 4454
4 bull Latin for the New Millennium
4 bull Latin for the New Millennium
LANGUAGE FACT I
PARTS OF SPEECHTe parts o speech used in a Lain senence deermine is meaning jus as in English While henoun and he verb are he wo mos imporan oher common pars o speech are lised below
Noun a person place hing idea acion or qual iy Examples ldquoomulusrdquo ldquoriverrdquo ldquocouragerdquo
Pronoun a word ha sands in place o a noun ha has been previously menioned or is clearrom conex Examples ldquoIrdquo ldquosherdquo ldquohimrdquo ldquoirdquo
Adjecive a word ha limis or defines a noun or a pronoun Examples ldquolitlerdquo ldquosrongrdquo
Adverb a word ha lim is or defines verbs adjecives or (oher) adverbs Examples ldquoveryrdquoldquoquielyrdquo
Verb a word ha describes an acion or sae o being Examples ldquogordquo ldquosayrdquo ldquowasrdquo
Preposiion a word ha begins a preposiional phrase such as ldquoinrdquo ldquoordquo ldquoonrdquo ldquoorrdquo ldquobyrdquoldquowihrdquo A preposiional phrase is a preposiion joined o a noun Examples ldquoin he morningrdquoldquowih a sharp pencilrdquo
Conjuncion a word ha connecs words phrases clauses a nd senences Examples ldquoandrdquoldquoburdquo ldquoalhoughrdquo
Inerjecion a word ha expresses emoion Examples ldquowowrdquo
EXERCISE 1eview he meanings and ideniy he pars o speech o he ollowing words Te eading
Vocabulary may be consu led
1 īliōs 6 e2 bene 7 lupa3 aedifican 8 claudi
4 ad 9 ōmam5 ambula 10 ama
EXERCISE 1 ANSWERS
1 noun
2 adverb
3 verb
4 preposiion
5 verb
6 conjuncion
7 noun8 verb
9 noun
10 verb
TEACHING TIP
Te eacher may wish o ask he sudens in Lain wha par o speech a given word is Te eacher would say ldquoQuae pars ōrātiōnis estrdquo Suden responses would be
bull nōmen substantīvumsubstantīvum ndash noun
bull prōnōmen ndash pronoun
bull nōmen adiectīvumadiectīvum ndash adjecive
bull verbum temporāle ndash verb
bull adverbium ndash adverb
bull praepositiō ndash preposiion
bull coniūnctiō ndash conjuncion
bull interiectiō ndash inerjecion
Standards11 41
Standards11 41
WorkbookExercise 1
VOCABULARY TO LEARN
TEACHING TIPSince his is he firs se o Lain words ha your sudens will be required o memorize i is usuallya good idea o sugges and discuss wih hem some differen ways o memorize vocabulary Somesel help opions are lised below
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 4554
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull 5
NOUNSagricola agricolae m ndash armer
aqua aquae ndash waer
āhlēa āhlēae m ndash ahlee
īlia īliae ndash daugher
lupa lupae ndash she-wol
naua nauae m ndash sailor
poēa poēae m ndash poe
puella puellae ndash girl
ōma ōmae ndash ome
erra errae ndash land
VERBSama ndash heshei loves
ambula ndash heshei walks
cūra ndash heshei akes care o cares or
es ndash heshei is
ADVERBS bene ndash well
poseā ndash aferwards
CONJUNCTIONSe ndash and
iaque ndash and so
Aqueducs carr ied waer (aqua) o he ciies in he Roman world Tis aqueduc buil in 19 983138983139983141 which srechedacross he Gard River was named he Pon du Gard and brough waer o he ciy of Nicircmes in France in ancien imes
Chapter 1 bull 5
sel-help opions are lised below
1 Look a he word in he book and say he word aloud
2 Wrie down he word on a piece o paper along wih is meaning and check o be sure here are no spell-ing errors Color-coding he words by pars o speech is also helpul Pronounce he word while wriing idown and hen repea he word including he meaning and spelling
3 Make handwriten 1047298ashcards wih he Lain on one side and English on he oher and be sure here are nospelling errors Color-coding is a good sraegy here also Wriing he word ou helps some sudens ce-men he word in he brain Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers has creaed an elecronic vocabulary resourceor hose sudens or whom echnological learning ools are an aid Tese vocabulary 1047298ashcards are orhe iPod See p 93 or more inormaion on iPod 1047298ashcards
4 Use English derivaives o help remember meanings Bu be careul since some derivaives may havemeanings grealy changed rom he original Lain word
5 Find clipar picures ha illusrae he vocabulary words and use he picures as a way o es yoursel onhe Lain words
TEACHER BY THE WAYTe eacher may wish o open a discussion abou aqueducs and he waer supply or ancien omans while l ooking a he picu re o he Pon du Gard on his page For a hisory o aqueducs and heirconsrucion Froninusrsquo book Dē aquīs urbis Rōmae is an excellen source Te book was writenabou 97 983139983141 when he was Superinenden o Aqueducs Oher aqueducs include he ollowing
bull Te double high aqueduc in Segovia Spainbull Te Aqua Appia buil in 312 983138983139983141
bull Te Aqua rāiāna
bull Te aqueduc buil by Alex ander Severus in 226 983139983141
bull Te Aqua Claudia
bull Te Aqua Marcia wh ich wa s probably named a fer A ncus Marcius who was he fi rs K ing oome by radiional accouns o build an aqueduc o bring waer o ome
NB Te word ldquo Aquardquo when capialized means ldquoaqueducrdquo
Eleven aqueducs urnished 250000 gallons o waer o ome every weny-our hours
BY THE WAY
E h u gi n in h b l r h rm T nd rm i h g nii
HOW TO USE THIS BOOK Ēn is a word ha calls atenion o somehing and means ldquoLook a hisrdquo Te inormaion given here draws a-enion o and urher specifies differen language acs
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 4654
6 bull Latin for the New Millennium
6 bull Latin for the New Millennium
Each noun given in he vocabulary has wo orms Te second orm is he geniivesingular
A derivative is an English word rooed in a Lain word Te English derivaive issimilar in meaning and orm o is Lain source
STUDY TIP
An English derivaive ofen can help you remember wha a Lain word means
EXERCISE 2Find he English derivaives based on he Vocabulary o Learn in he ollowing senences Wriehe corresponding Lain word
1 She shows a considerable filial respec oward her aher
2 Agriculu re is a science o culivaing he land
3 Te ship is equipped wih all he necessary nauical insrumens
4 We saw all kinds o fish in he aquarium
5 Tis is an all-errain vehicle
6 When will he ahleic compeiion sar
7 She has a ruly poeic naure
LANGUAGE FACT II
NOUNS NUMBER GENDER CASE 983080NOMINATIVE AND
ACCUSATIVE983081Nouns in Lain show number gender and case
Number Lain nouns are eiher singular or plural in number Number is shown in differen ways by differen ypes o nouns bu some ending-paterns are or singular orms and oherending-paterns are or plural orms
Gender Every noun likewise is eiher masculine eminine or neuer in gender You muslearn he gender o each noun In he Vocabulary o Learn l iss he gender is indicaed by hecommon abbreviaionsm (masculi ne) f (eminine) or n (neuer)
Case Lain nouns mus have an ending-patern ha displays case Tis is quie differen romEnglish in which case is indicaed by word posiion and no by endings (alhough case markersare preserved in cerain pronouns such as ldquoherdquo and ldquohimrdquo) A nounrsquos case reveals wha uncionhe noun has in he senence Tere are five common cases nominaive geniive daive accu-saive and ablaive wo less requenly used cases are called he vocaive and he locaive
HOW TO USE THIS BOOKStudy Tips give hins rhymes and mnemonics o help sudens learn grammar and vocabulary
EXERCISE 2 ANSWERS1 filial īlia
2 agriculure agricola
3 nauical naua
4 aquarium aqua
5 errain erra
6 ahleic āhlēa
7 poeic poēa
TEACHING TIPExplain o he sudens ha in English he words ldquoardquo ldquoanrdquo or ldquoherdquo are usually placed beore a nounand Lain does no have an equivalen or hese words known as aricles
eachers may need o sress he absence o he aricle many imes beore sudens compleely ine-grae his knowledge ino heir reading habis in Lain class
TEACHING TIPLain like many oher languages does no always observe biological gender Ofen he gender o a
Lain noun is deermined by grammaical acors such as he group o which a noun belongs
TEACHING TIP
Alhough in Exercise 2 he sudens are direced o find only he derivaives based on he Vocabular yo Learn hey may be ineresed o learn ha here are oher derivaives in Exercise 2 Te derivaiono hese words is provided or he eacherrsquos convenience
bull 1 consider - rom sīdus (sar) + cum (wih ogeher) and rom cōnsīderō (o examine consider)respec - rom respectō (look back a have regard or)
bull 2 science - rom scientia (knowledge) and sciō (o know) culivaing - rom colō (ill inhabi worship)
bull 3 necessary - rom necesse (necessary) insrumens - rom īnstruō (o equip build provide)
and rom īnstrumentum (equipmen ool ec)bull 5 vehicle - rom he Lain verb vehō (o carry)
bull 6 compeiion - rom petō (o seek aim a atack ec) + cum (wih oge her)
bull 7 naure - rom nātūra (naure)
Standard41
Standards11 31 41
STUDY TIP
An easy way o remember he names ohe five common cases iso use his mnemonic
TEACHING TIPSudens may no know wha he word ldquomnemonicrdquo means explain ha a mnemonic device is some-hing ha helps a suden o remember somehing Te eacher may also wish o use his opporu-niy o bring up Mnemosyne he goddess o memory and he moher o he Muses
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 4754
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull 7
Chapter 1 bull 7
An easy way o remember he names o he five common cases is o use his mnemonicdevice
Never NominaiveGive GeniiveDogs Daive A ny A ccusaive A buse A blaive
Nominative Te nominaive case idenifies he subjec Te subjec is a noun or a pronounha perorms he acion or exiss in a sae o being In he senence ldquoWilliam is readingrdquohe word ldquoWilliamrdquo is he subjec
Example Mārs amat Mars loves
Te noun subjec o he verb ldquoloverdquo is he god Mars
Find more examples o nominaives and heir verbs rom he reading passage a he begin-ning o he chaper
Te nominaive case also idenifies he predicae nominaive In he senence ldquoWilliam isa sudenrdquo he predicae nominaive is ldquoa sudenrdquo A predicae nominaive complees hemeaning o he verb ldquoo berdquo Look a his exa mple rom he reading
Example Mārs est deus Mars is a god
Mārs is he subjec and deus is a predicae nominaive
Accusative Te ourh case lised is called he accusaive he geniive daive and ablaivecases will be discussed in laer chapers Te accusaive case poins ou he noun (or pro-noun) ha is he direc objec emember direc objecs receive he acion o he verb Inhe senence ldquoI am wriing a leterrdquo he direc objec is ldquoa leterrdquo
Example Mārs Rhēam Silviam amat Mars loves hea Silvia
Te direc objec o ldquoloverdquo is he noun Rhēam Silviam
Find more examples o accusaives and heir verbs rom he reading passage a he beginningo he chaper
niy o bring up Mnemosyne he goddess o memory and he moher o he Muses
Answers to ldquoFind more examples of nominatives a nd their verbs from the reading passage at the begin-ning of the chapterrdquo
hēa Silvia habe
Amūl ius claudi
Amūl ius pōni
Lupa ambula
Lupa cūra e amaōmulus e emus crēscun
ōmulus e emus aedifican
Answers to ldquoFind more examples of accusatives and their verbs from the reading passage at the beg in-ning of the chapterrdquo
duōs īliōs habe ōmulum e emum
hēam Silviam claudi
ōmulum e emum pōni
ōmulum e emum bene cūra e ama
ōmam aedifican
TEACHING TIPSudens may encouner diffi culy when r ying o ransl ae Lain names used in cases o her han henominaive Te eacher a some poin will need o explain (and repea whenever necessary) ha when ransla ing a La in name he suden should al ways use he nominaive o rm o he word Onp 7 sudens are asked o find examples o accusaives and heir verbs in he reading passage Teanswers lised above provide an opporuniy o pracice wih his issue emind sudens o rans-lae duōs īliōs habet Rōmulum et Remum as ldquohe has wo sons omulus and emusrdquo Te oher ouranswers may be used as pracice wih he sudens
EXERCISE 3a Ideniy wheher he nouns in bold in hese senences are subjecs direc objecs or predi
TEACHER BY THE WAYIn conjuncion wih he picure and is capion he eacher may wish o menion ha he amil-ilar acronym o SPQ is sill in use and visible hroughou modern ome991252on liter bins sewercovers ec
Standards11 41
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 4854
8 bull Latin for the New Millennium
8 bull Latin for the New Millennium
a Ideniy wheher he nouns in bold in hese senences are subjecs direc objecs or predi-cae nominaives Te eading Vocabulary may be consuled
b Label each senence as vērum (rue) i i agrees or alsum (alse) i i disagrees wih he Lainreading passage a he beginni ng o he chaper
Example Amūlius es deusPredicae nominaive alsum
1 hēa Silvia ōmulum e emum cūra
2 Amūlius ōmulum e emum bene cūra
3 Amūlius lupam vinculīs claudi
4 Mārs ōmulum e emum in aquam pōni
5 Lupa hēam Silviam cūra
6 Amūlius ad aquam ambula
Te power of he ciy of Rome founded according o legend by Romulus is symbolized by hese four leters ha areprominenly displayed in various places wihin he ciy
EXERCISE 3 ANSWERS
1 subjec vērum
2 direc objecs alsum
3 direc objec alsum
4 subjec alsum
5 direc objec alsum
6 subjec vērum
WorkbookExercise 2 A full si ze reproduc ible version of th is page
without the a nswers ca n be downloade d at wwwlnm bolchazyco m
HOW TO USE THIS BOOK
Noun Declensions Te eacher may choose Lain nouns rom he declension ha is being sudied a he imehis workshee is used Tus no answers are provided here
LANGUAGE FACT III
TEACHING TIP Ask he sudens wha he Lain words seleced rom he reading and lised near he op o p 9 mean
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 4954
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull 9
Chapter 1 bull 9
FIRST DECLENSION NOUNS A declension is a g roup o nouns ha show a cerain patern o word endings Tere are five differ-en declensions in Lain In he reading abou omulus and emus hese are he orms belongingo he firs declension
hēam Silviam hēa Silvia aquam lupa ōmam
Noice ha he ex says Rhēa Silvia when she is he subjec and Rhēam Silviam when she is hedirec objec
Te firs declension is composed o words ha characerisically have he vowel a a or near heend o he word lupa
Below is he patern ha firs declension nouns ollow o show case and number Memorize heLain words in order rom he nominaive singular down o he ablaive singular and hen romhe nominaive plural down o he ablaive plural
emember ha he endings or a whole group o nouns ollow his patern Once you learn hi spatern you can recognize he case a nd number o all he words belonging o hi s declension
In his chaper you have begun o learn abou he nominaive and accusai ve cases Te ohercases will be explained in laer chapers
First DeclensionSingular Plural
Nomina ive l upa he she-wol Nominaive lupae he she-wolves
Geniive lupae o he she-wol Geniive lupārum o he she-wolves
Daive lupae oor he she-wol Daive lupīs oor he she-wolves
Accusaive lupam he she-wol Accusaive lupās he she-wolves
Ablaive lupā bywih he she-wol Ablaive lupīs bywih he she-wolves
Daive and ablaive plural o he words īlia ldquodaugherrdquo and dea ldquogoddessrdquo is fīliābus anddeābusTis is o di singuish hese orms rom he corresponding orms o īlius ldquosonrdquo and deus ldquogodrdquo
STUDY TIP
Noice ha he ablaive singular ending -ā has a long mark (macron) above i his ishe only difference beween he nominaive and ablaive singular endings
TEACHING TIP
Afer he firs declension has been presened o he sudens encourage hem depending on heirlearning syle o say he declension aloud o wrie down he words o inven a rap or a cheer
TEACHER BY THE WAY
Te patern is called a declension because he oher cases lean away ( dēclīnāre) rom he nominaiveie hey do no ollow he same orm as he nominaive
ORAL EXERCISE 1Tis exercise may be used afer the 1047297rst declension has been presented
Whi le looking a he declension o lupa ask he sudens o decli ne nauta
Singular PluralNominaive naua nauaeGeniive nauae nauārumDaive nauae nauīs Accusaive nauam nauās Ablaive nauā nauīs
Standards11 31 41
OralExercise 1
WorkbookExercise 3
STUDY TIP
Noice ha he daive and ablaive plural endings a re idenical
EXERCISE 4 ANSWERS1 geniive daive puellār um puellī s
2 accusaive nauās
3 accusaive errās
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 5054
10 bull Latin for the New Millennium
10 bull Latin for the New Millennium
Here are more words belonging o he fi rs declension
puella ndash girl īlia ndash daugher terra ndash land
Mos firs declension words are eminine i n gender bu a ew (usually ones ha indicae mas-culine occupaions in ancien imes) are masculine Examples are poēta ldquopoerdquoagricola ldquoarmerrdquonauta ldquosailorrdquo āthlēta ldquoahleerdquo
EXERCISE 4Ideniy he case o each singular noun Ten change each orm ino plural For some more han
one answer is possibleExample īlianominaive īliae
1 puellae 5 aquae2 nauam 6 puellā3 erram 7 āhlēā4 a gr ic ol a
Like he Greek wreslers porrayed on his ancien bas-reliefRoman ahlees were also fond of he spor of wresling
4 nominaive agricolae
5 geniive daive aquārum aquīs
6 ablaive puellīs
7 ablaive āhlēīs
TEACHING TIP
Since wreslers are depiced on he illusraion on his page he eacher may wish o open a discus-
sion abou he omansrsquo and Greeksrsquo ondness or wresling which was ofen praciced in a complexcalled he palaestra
oman boys were expeced o serve in he m iliary Tus hey were firs rained by heir ahers in wreslingand boxing Srengh and agiliy were sressed raher han grace o movemen as in Greek spors Te woprincipal syles uilized by he Greek were uprigh wresling in which hree alls o your opponen o heground were necessary o deea him and ground wresling which required he opponen o give up in ordero end he mach In he palaes tra here was an area or he young people o pracice wresling or boxing wih apunching bag (cōrycus) Examples o monumenal oman bahs wih a palaest ra are ound a he Bahs o Ca-racalla in ome he Harbor Bahs a Ephesus in urkey and he Bahs in Varna Bulgaria he larges anciensrucure in ha counry
Wresling was also one o he spor evens a he Olympic games ha he omans ofen atended Greco-oman wresling is also one o he evens eaured in he summer Olympic games in modern imes
TEACHING TIPTe eacher migh wan o have sudens read an English ranslaion o Book 23 o he Iliad in which Ajax a nd Odysseus compee in a wre sling m ach and Book 5 o he Aeneid or a descripion o hespors ha he omans played and compare he atiude o he compeiors in each epic Boh evens were par o he uneral games he ormer in honor o Paroclu s riend and atendan o Achil lesand he later in honor o Anchises aher o Aeneas Tis migh lead o urher discussion on henaure o modern wresling
Standards11 41
EXERCISE 5Ideniy he case o each plural noun Ten change each orm ino he singular For some more
TEACHING TIPSudens may wonder why he geniive singular w ihou is ending mus be used o find he base whenhe nominaive singular wihou is ending works jus as well Explain ha in oher noun declensionshe nominaive will no always provide he same base or have he same spelling as he geniive
Standards11 41
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 5154
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull 11
Chapter 1 bull 11
han one answer is possible
Example puellāsaccusaive puellam
1 īliae 5 aquīs2 errīs 6 poēārum3 nauārum 7 agricolae4 l upa e
BY THE WAY
In all declensions endings are added o he base o a noun I is imporan o know hahe base o a noun is ound by removing he ending rom is geniive si ngular orm Forexample he geniive singular o puella is puellae I you remove he -ae rom puellae
wha remains is he base o he word namely puell- For his reason learning he geni-ive singular is as imporan as knowing he nominaive singular o he noun
STUDY TIP
Always learn he geniive ogeher wih he nominaive because rom he geniive you will know o which declension a word belongs
A wall paining depic ing a Roman farmer (agricola) wih his sheep
EXERCISE 5 ANSWERS
1 nominaive īl ia
2 daive ablaive errae errā
3 geniive nauae
4 nominaive lupa
5 daive ablaive aquae aquā
6 geniive poēae7 nominaive agricola
HOW TO USE THIS BOOKIn his book he word ldquobaserdquo is used o reer o he noun wihou any ending ldquoStemrdquo is used or he par o he verb wihou any ending ldquoootrdquo is used or he Lain par o a derivaive
ORAL EXERCISE 2Tis exercise may be used afer Exercise 5
Use one o he ollowing classroom presenaion opions (hereafer reerred o as CPO) (blackgreenwhiesmar board overhead or LCD projecor PowerPoinreg presenaion ec) o pu his inormaion on view
quis ldquowhordquo (or he subjec) and quem ldquowhomrdquo (or he direc objec)
Ten ask he suden o answer he ollowing quesions abou he chaper reading eiher orally or in wri-
en orm
1 Teacher Quis es Mārs Student Mārs es deus
2 Teacher Quem ama Mārs Student hēam Silviam Mārs ama
3 Teacher Quis ama hēam Silviam Student Mārs ama hēam Silviam
4 Teacher Quem habe hēa Silvia Student hēa Silvia duōs īliōs ōmulum eemum habe
5 Teacher Quis claudi hēam Silviam Student Amūlius claudi hēam Silviam
6 Teacher Quem claudi Amūlius Student hēam Silviam Amūlius claudi
7 Teacher Quis ōmulum e emum in aquampōni
Student Amūlius ōmulum e emum in aquampōni
8 Teacher Quem Amūlius in aquam pōni Student Amūlius ōmulum e emum in aquampōni
9 Teacher Quis ambula ad aquam Student Lupa ambula ad aquam
10 Teacher Quis ōmulum e emum bene cūra Student Lupa ōmulum e emum bene cūra
11 Teacher Quōs lupa bene cūra Student Lupa ōmulum e emum bene cūra
12 Teacher Quis ōmulum e emum a ma Student Lupa ōmulum e emum ama
13 Teacher Quōs lupa ama Student Lupa ōmulum e emum ama
OralExercise 2
WorkbookExercise
4 5
EXERCISE 6ranslae rom Lain ino English and rom English ino Lain Te mos common Lain word
d
TEACHER BY THE WAYTe eacher may menion ha he mos common word order (subjec ndash direc objec ndash verb) can o-en be changed For example i he verb is o be emphasized i will ake firs posiion I he subjecor he direc objec is o be emphasized i will ake he las posiion which is he mos emphaic oneIn general he more unusual he wordrsquos posiion is he more emphasis is placed on his word
Standards11 41
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 5254
12 bull Latin for the New Millennium
12 bull Latin for the New Millennium
order is
subjec ndash direc objec ndash verb
1 Agricola erram ama
2 Te ahlee loves waer
3 Naua īlia m ama
4 Te poe loves ome
5 Agricola erram cūra
6 Te she-wol cares or (is aking care o) he girl
BY THE WAY
Even hough he mos common word order is subjec ndash di rec objec ndash verb rememberha endings991252no word order991252deermine which word is he subjec and which i s hedirec objec
TALKING When we mee one person we gree herhim wih salvē When we mee wo or more people wegree hem wih salvēte When we bid goodbye o one person we sayvalē When we bid goodbyeo wo or more people we say valēte
Here are various ways o ask ldquohow are yourdquo or ldquohow are you doingrdquo
Quōmodo valēs or Quōmodo tē habēs or Quid agis ldquoHow are yourdquo
Here is a range o possible answers
bene ldquowellrdquo pessimē ldquovery badrdquo optimē ldquogreardquo melius ldquobeterrdquo mediocriter ldquoso-sordquo or ldquono oo badrdquo meliusculē ldquoa litle beterrdquo male ldquobadrdquo
In general he more unusual he word s posiion is he more emphasis is placed on his word
EXERCISE 6 ANSWERS
1 Te armer loves he land
2 Āhlēa aquam ama
3 Te sailor loves (his) daugher
4 Poēa ōmam ama
5 Te armer cares or (is aking care o) he land6 Lupa puellam cūra
TEACHING TIP
Te eacher may sar he class in Lain by saying Salvēte discipulī et discipulae and by eaching hesudens o say in reurn Salvē magister (magistra)
ORAL EXERCISE 3Tis exercise may be used anytime afer the students have learned the use o the accusative case or afer Exercise 6
Use one o he CPOrsquos o pu on display he orms amō and cūrō and explai n ha hey a re in he fir s personsingular and how his differs rom he hird person singular learned in his chaper Ask individual sudens omake senences wih hem using he words hey have learned
Ten ell he sudens ha nōn means ldquonordquo and ask hem o make si milar senences wih nōn amō and nōn cūrō
Examples(nōn) amō erram īliam aquam lupam āhlēam(nōn) cūrō erram īliam puellam
WorkbookExercise 6
ContentQuestions
OralExercise 3
Standards12 21 41
42
SAYING HELLOMarīa Helena e Chrisīna sun (are) discipulae (students)
TEACHING TIPHave sudens read he dialogue aloud Tis will help o build heir pronunciaion skills
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 5354
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull 13
Chapter 1 bull 13
Marīa Salvēe Helena e Chrisīna
Christīna Salvē Marīa
Helena Salvē Marīa
Marīa Quōmodo valēs Helena Quōmodo valēs Chrisīna
Helena et Christīna Bene Quōmodo ū ( you) valēs Marīa
Marīa Pessimē
Helena et Christīna Cūr (Why)
Marīa imeō linguam Laīnam ( I ear the Latin language)Helena Ego ( I ) linguam Laīnam amō
Christīna E ego linguam Laīnam amō
ORAL EXERCISE 4
Tis exercise may be used afer he Lain dialogue has been presened
Insruc he sudens o say ldquohellordquo in Lain o he suden nex o hem Divide he class ino wo pars ellone par o gree he oher par using he plural greeing and vice versa Do he same ype o aciviy whensaying ldquogoodbyerdquo You may wish o make greeing he class in Lain a nd saying ldquogoodbyerdquo in Lain a par oa daily rouine
Divide he sudens ino pairs in which one person will ask how hisher parner is in Lain and he oher
wil l answer
ORAL EXERCISE 5
Tis exercise may be used afer he Lain dialogue has been presened
ell he sudens ha he paricle ndashne is added o he firs syllable o a word ha inroduces a quesion Ten askhe ollowing quesions abou he dialogue beween Mary Helen and Chrisy Individual sudens may answerorally or he enire class may wrie he answers as he eacher asks hem orally Te eacher should explain hahe orm valēs in he greeing Quōmodo valēs is in he second person which means ldquoyourdquo Te hird person orm(reerring o ldquoherrdquo ldquohimrdquo or ldquoirdquo) is valet So he phrase ldquoHow is she doingrdquo would be Quōmodo valet Te hirdperson o amō is amat and he hird person o timeō is timet
1 Teacher Quōmodo Chrisīna vale Student(s) Chrisīna bene vale
2 Teacher Quōmodo Marīa vale Student(s) Marīa pessimē vale
3 Teacher Cūr (why) Marīa pessimē vale Student(s) Marīa ime linguam Lainam4 Teacher Amane l inguam L aīnam Helena Student(s) Helena linguam Laīnam ama
5 Teacher Linguamne Laīnam ama Chrisīna Student(s) Chrisīna linguam Laīnam ama
ORAL EXERCISE 6 AND DICTATIONTis combined exercise may be used to conclude the chapter or at any time afer the students have learned the accusa-tive case and chapter vocabulary
Dicae he ollowing senences o he sudens Ten ask hem o make he ollowing changes eiher orally orin writen orm a he discreion o he eacher
1 Teacher Agricol a erram ama (change he direc objec ino plura l)Student Agricola errās ama
2 Teacher Lupa puellam cūra (change he direc objec ino plural)
Student Lupa puellās cūra3 Teacher Āhlēa puel lās ama (change he direc objec ino singu lar)
Student Āhlēa puellam ama
4 Teacher Fīlia errās ama (change he direc objec ino singular)Student Fīlia erram ama
OralExercise
4 5 6 andDictation
TEACHER NOTES
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 5454
14 bull Latin for the New Millennium
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 354
1Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers Inc
Mundelein Illinois USA
Milena Minkova and Terence Tunberg
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 454
Series Edior LeaAnn A Osburn
Volume Ediors Elisa C Denja LeaAnn A Osburn
Conribuing Ediors Laurie Haigh Keenan Karen Lee Singh Donald E Sprague ose Williams Prooreader Gary Varney
Cover Design amp ypography Adam Phillip Velez
Cover Illusraion oman Forum copy BemannCOBIS
Lain for he New Millennium
eacherrsquos Manual Level 1
Milena Minkova and erence unberg
copy2008 Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers Inc All righs reserved
Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers Inc
1570 Baskin oadMundelein Illinois 60060 wwwbolchazycom
Prined in he Unied Saes o Amer ica
2009 by Unied Graphics
ISBN 978-0-86516-562-5
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 554
CONTENTSLIST OF ABBREVIATIONS 983156983149 vi
PREFACE 983156983149 vii
RESOURCE LIST 983156983149 ix
STUDENT TEXTBOOK i
wih Exercise Ans wers Sandards Correlaions Oral Exercises Oral Exercise Correlaions Workbook Exercise Correlaions Ancillary CorrelaionsComprehension Quesions and A nswers eaching ips eacher By he Way Noaions and How o Use Tis Book
bull TM v bull
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 654
LIST OF ABBREVIATIONSCPO
Classroom Presenaion Opions (eg blackgreenwhiesmar board overhead or LCD projecor PowerPoinreg
presenaion ec)
ODFOriginal Dysuncional Family (classical myhology ancillary)
RRA
From Romulus o Romulus Augusulus (oman hisory ancillary)
bull TM vi bull
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 754
PREFACE
bull TM vii bull
Lain or he New M illennium is designed as a comprehensive inroducion no only o he Lain language andhow i works bu also o he oman world he culural milieu in which he language 1047298ourished Te language
and culural elemens are seamlessly woven ogeher in he course o each chaper and hen again examined inhe review ollowing every hree chapers
CHAPTER AND COURSE COMPONENTS
METHODOLOGICAL APPROACHIn wriing Lain or he New Mill ennium we have aimed a combini ng he bes elemens in he var ious mehod-ologies or eaching Lain ha have been commonly available unil now Modern mehods o eaching Lainhave been divided beween wo approaches (1) he analyical or deducive mehod according o which su-dens mus learn rules and paradigms and hen reinorce he knowledge o hese absrac principles by pracice wih exs and e xercises (2) he induc ive or reading mehod ha enables he s uden o read a ex and o become aware o lingu isic eau res (or rules) rom he rea ding and s udy o he ex In Lain or he New Mil-lennium we hope o have combined he advanages o each In oher words we have sriven o provide a pah
o a horough and sysemaic knowledge o he srucure o he language he main advanage o he analyicalmehod ogeher wih a grea deal o reading and aciviies relaed o reading ha lead o a more inuiive graspo he idiomaic qualiies o he language he main advanage o he reading mehod
Te layou o each chaper is he key o his combinaion since he suden begins each chaper wih an ex-ensive reading and hese iniial passages conain in a conex undersandable hrough inducion and annoa-ions insances o every new elemen o be explored urher in he same chaper In he body o each chaperafer he inroducory reading hese new elemens are explained in a more analyic way ye he explanaionsalways reer he learner back o he reading991252in ways ha invie comparison wih he iniial passage
CHAPTER READINGS
Te principal readings in each chaper consis o passages adaped (o he level o knowledge presupposed oreach chaper) rom some o he mos significan works o Lain lieraure Te inroducions o each passagegive considerable inormaion abou he culural conex in which each auhor wroe and abou he develop-men o he Lain lierary radiion Te order o he chaper readings is chronological In Level 1 sudens begin wih r eadings rom Pl auus and erence and proceed hrough he cenu ries o he wr iings o A mmi-anus Augusine and Boehius By compleing he enire course conained in Lain or h e New Millenniu m sudens will gain an u ndersanding o he enire parimony o Lain and is effec on our culure Whi le Level1 o Lain or he New Mil lennium ocuses on he classic exs in Lain writen by such grea oman auhorsas Vergil Caullus Cicero and Ovid Level 2 o he series ceners on he huge and undamenal heriage o works wr iten in Lain dur ing he medieval renaissa nce and early moder n periods991252a li nguis ic heriage hagave us our basic vocabulary in he naional languages or elling ime medicine he naural sciences and heacademic world Te culural inormaion ha is ound in hese readings and heir inroducions are bolseredin boh levels by he eview Exercises and supplemenary maerial peraining o myhology oman hisoryand imporan Lain sayings
ORAL LATIN AND LATIN CONVERSATION
A per son who gains an acive acili y i n a ny l anguage in addiion o a reading abiliy is in our view more
likely o progress quickly o a deep undersanding o he language and he works writen in i Our experienceindicaes ha a suden who learns by using a language will probably no need o be reminded abou orms andgrammaical rules as ofen as a learner who lacks acive pracice Tereore in every chaper o Lain or he New Millennium we have included a se o exercises ha concenrae o n an oral exchange be ween insr ucor a ndsudens Te oral exercises in Lain or he New Millennium can be compleed wihou any exempore speak-ing abiliy on he par o he eacher Tis is possible because he oral exercises are ound only in he eacherrsquosmanual Here no only are all he answers supplied bu every quesion is writen ou in ull or he eacher along wih deai led insr ucions or each sep o he exerc ise Te eac her needs onl y o ol low he i nsruc ions andread each quesion aloud Te response mus come rom he learner
GRAMMAR
Grammar is also a grea help or acquiring a sophisicaed undersanding o any language and especially a lan-guage like Lain which is primarily sudied oday by people whose main goal is o read works o lieraure wri-en in he original Lain language works which were designed rom he sar or a culivaed audience While we believe in he va lue o he reading mehod a nd we know how acive usage o a langua ge can vasl y improveand accelerae a sudenrsquos learning o ha language we also recognize he uiliy o grammar Tereore whileeach chaper is rich in exercises and aciviies we have aken care o provide explanaions o all he grammarrelevan o each chaper Te suden who uses Lain or he Ne w Millennium learns by acively using Lain buis also asked o undersand he srucure o he language and apply ha undersanding in he exercises
OTHER CHAPTER ELEMENTS
bull Memorābile Dictū Each chaper eaures a amous saying labeled Memorābile Dicū a Lain phrase hais so well known ha i has became a proverb in many languages Learning each amous saying will in-crease a sudenrsquos undersanding no jus o Lain bu also o English Tese sayings invie discussion oheir meaning and how hey relae o he modern world and sudensrsquo experiences
bull eading Vocabulary All he new vocabular y in he reading passage a he begi nning o each chaper isexplained by copious noes Sudens need no be required o learn he vocabulary ha aces he reading
passage A unique eaure o he eading Vocabulary is ha no all he verbs show in prin heir pronounsubjec For example i he senence in he reading migh be ldquoCicero ereniam viderdquo vide in he ead-
ing Vocabulary would have as is definiion ldquoseesrdquo raher han ldquohe seesrdquo Tis has been done o avoid hecommon beginnerrsquos misake o ranslaing he senence as ldquoCicero he sees ereniardquo On he oher hand ihe senence were o read ldquoereniam viderdquo vide would be defined ldquohe seesrdquo Tis unique eaure gradua llydisappears as sudens learn more abou verbs and become more accusomed o reading Lain
bull Vocabulary o Learn and Derivaives E xercises Some (bu no all) o hese new words are repeaed inhe Vocabulary o Lea rn or each chaper and sudens should be direced o learn hese Te radiionalorm o wriing vocabulary words is ollowed in he Vocabulary o Le arn principal pars are l ised romhe second chaper on and nouns show he nominaive and geniive singular and gender rom he sar
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 854
TM viii bull Latin for the New Millennium
Te Vocabulary o Lear n is ollowed by Derivaive Exercises Sudens who careully learn all o he Vocabulary o L earn will quickly acquire a vocabulary based on words mos commonly encounered inclassical lierary exs and in he Derivaive Exercises hey will be exposed o English words based onLain and hus bolser heir vocabulary in English
DIALOGUES ON DAILY LIFEIn he later par o each chaper o Level 1 readers will find a dialogue labeled alking in which a group omodern sudens are he paricipans Te same group o sudens is eaured in every chaper and hey en-couner mos o he ypical siuaions ha young people experience in modern daily lie All he necessary vocabular y is expla ined so he users o Lain or he New Mille nnium i hey so wish may c onduc simple Lainconversaions like hose in he model dialogues Tese dialogues have been designed or he benefi o hose
eachers who are especially ineresed in making use o he oral elemen o language learning in heir classesand who wan o inroduce a colloquial elemen o he Lain heir sudens learn Tis colloquial elemen can become a bridge beween he lives o modern sudens and he houghs o he ancien medieval or renaissanceauhors who wroe in Lain991252a bridge consruced o he same basic language Lain
VISUAL LEARNINGTe Lain language and oman culure have no only inspired wriers hroughou he ages and in1047298uencedmodern lie bu have also lef heir legacy in he visual ars Troughou he ex reproducions o painingsdrawings sculpures and oher arworks demonsrae how oman hisorical evens and he ales o he godsand goddesses have inspired ariss hrough he ages Lain or he New Millennium presens an abundance oimages o archaeological sies buildings objes drsquoar and ariacs careully chosen o represen he ehnic andgeographic diversiy ha marked he oman world Tese ull color illusraions represen a visual panorama ohe oman world and suppor he writen word in picorial orm hus simulaing he imaginaion and memoryor a more vibran recollecion o he exrsquos conen eachers are srongly encouraged o mine he illusraionsas hough a documenary o he oman world and is laer in1047298uence
REVIEW COMPONENTS Afer each se o hree chapers here is a ev iew and supplemenary re adings
REVIEW EXERCISESTe eview provides addiional exercises o help he sudens give coninued atenion o he maerial in eachuni Te review also includes a summary l is o all he Vocabulary o Learn ound in he chapers o each uniTis secion eaures even more maerial o help he suden undersand Lain lieraure and is heriage oday
CLASSICAL MYTHOLOGY
A passage on My hology eniled Considering he Classical Gods inroduces he reader o sories abou he
Greek and oman gods and heroes A relaed passage in Lain abou he gods reinorces he Lain lessons o hehree chapers
ASPECTS OF ROMAN LIFE An Eng lish back ground essay ca lled Connecing wih he Ancien World disc usses an impora n aspec ooman daily lie which connecs o relaed maerial presened in he hree chapers preceding he review
EXPLORING ROMAN AND MODERN LIFE
Scholars rom various universiies hroughou he Unied Saes graciously agreed o provide shor essays hare1047298ec upon he role ha Lain and is culure play in our modern lives Te ile o hese essays always sars wih he word Exploring
MĪRĀBILE AUDĪTŪEach review ends wih a secion called Mīrābile Audīū ha presens a series o Lain quoaions motoesphrases or abbreviaions currenly used in English Te hree supplemenary essays and he Mīrābile Audīū secion are designed o elici classroom discussion abou similariies and differences beween he world o heomans and America in he weny-firs cenury
Milena Minkova wroe he Inroducion Chapers 1 2 3 5 7 9 13 14 17 18 20 eviews 1 3 5 6 and 7 heglossaries and he appendices erence unberg wroe he Preace Chapers 4 6 8 10 11 12 15 16 19 21and eviews 2 and 4 Boh auhors have benefied hroughou he composiion o he exbook rom coninu-
ous muual advice and suppor
MM and 2008
Visi wwwl nmbolchaz ycom o see he elecronic resources ha accompany Lain or he New Mil lennium ando share ideas in he online eachersrsquo lounge wih oher eachers using his series
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 954
RESOURCE LIST
bull TM ix bull
EDITORSrsquo NOTE We have atemped o assemble a c omprehensive represenaive resource l is paying s pecial atenion o hose
opics or areas ofen less amiliar o ha end we provide an especially larger lising or he Lae Empire EarlyChrisianiy and Middle Ages secion By no means is his resource lis exhausive eachers are encouraged oshare iles hey have ound useul hrough he wwwlnmbolchazycom websie
LATIN DICTIONARIES Alber S Imaginum vocabula rium Lainum Saarbruumlcken Socieas Laina 1998
Egger C Lexicon nominum loc orum ome Libreria Edirice Vaicana 1977
mdashmdashmdash Lexicon nominum v irorum e mulier um ome Sud ium 1957
mdashmdashmdash ed Lexicon rece nis Lainiais 2 Vols ome Libreria Edirice Vaicana 1992ndash1997
Lewis Charlon and Charles Shor A Lain Dicionar y ev ed New York Oxord Universiy Press 1956
Te New College Lain and English Dicionary 3rd ed Edied by John C raupman New York Banam Books2007
Oxord Lain Dicionary Combined ed Edied by P G W Glare e al New York Oxord Universiy Press1982
Smih William and Teophilus D Hall Smihrsquos English-Lain Dicionary eprined rom he 1871 AmericanBook Company ediion A Copious and Criical English-Lain Dicionary wih a new oreword by DirkSacreacute Wauconda IL Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers 2000
LATIN GRAMMAR Allen J H and J B Greenough Allen and Gre enoughrsquos New Lain Gramma r Edied by Anne Mahoney New-
bury por M A Focus P ublishing Pull ins 2001
Andresian Anna Looking a Lain A Grammar or Pre- College Wauconda IL Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers2006
Bennet Charles E New Lain Grammar 1908 eprin Wauconda IL Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers 2006
Gildersleeve Basil L and Gonzalez Lodge Gildersleeversquos Lain Grammar 3rd
ed 1895 eprin WaucondaIL Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers 2003
Goldman Norma and Ladislas Szymanski English Grammar o r Sudens o La in 3rd ed Ann A rbor MIOlivia and Hill Press 2004
Humphreys James P Graphic Lain Grammar 1961 eprin Wauconda IL Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers2002
Woodcock E C A New Lain Syna x 1957 eprin Wauconda IL Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers 2005
Young Nicholas Insan Answers A Qu ick Guide or Advanced Sudens Elmhurs IL L and L Enerprises2006
LATIN COMPOSITIONBennet Charles E New Lain Composiion 1912 eprin Wauconda IL Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers 1996
Minkova Milena Inroducion o Lain Prose Composiion Wauconda IL Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers2007 Firs published 2001 by Wimbledon Publishing Co
Minkova Milena and erence unberg Readings and Exercises in Lain Prose Composiion From Aniquiy ohe Renaissance Newburypor MA Focus Publishing Pullins 2004
mdashmdashmdash Answer Key o Readings and Exercises in L ain Prose Composiion From Aniqu iy o he Renai ssanceNewburypor MA Focus Publishing Pullins 2004
Mounord James F ed Bradleyrsquos Arnold La in Prose Composiion ev ed Wauconda IL Bolchazy-CarducciPublishers 2006
Norh M A and A E Hillard Lain Prose Composiion eprin Wauconda IL Bolchazy-Carducci Publish-ers 1995
mdashmdashmdash Key o Lain P rose Composiion eprin Wauconda IL Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers 1995
LATIN LITERATURE Albrech M ichael von A Hisory o Roma n Lieraure From Livius A ndronicus o Boehius Leiden Brill Aca-demic Publishers 1997
Te Concise Oxord Companion o Classical Lieraure 2nd ed Edied by C M Howason and Ian ChilversOxord Oxord Universiy Press 1993
Duff J Wigh A Lierary Hisor y o Rome 3rd ed London Ernes Benn 1960
Gran Michael Greek and Lain Auhors 800 B Cndash A D 1000 New York H W Wilson 1980
IJsewijn Joze Companion o Neo-Lain Sudies Par I Hisory and Diffusion o Neo-Lain Lieraure Supple-mena Humanisica Lovaniensia 5 2nd ed Leuven Leuven Universiy Press 1990
IJsewijn Joze and Dirk Sacreacute Companion o Neo-Lain Sudies Par II Lierary Linguisic Philological and Ediorial Ques ions Supplemena Humanisica Lovaniensia 14 2nd ed Leuven Leuven Universiy Press1998
ose H J A Handbook o Lain Lieraure 1954 eprin Wauconda IL Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers 1996
GENERAL LANGUAGE LEARNING AND METHODOLOGIES Arms rong Tomas Muliple Inelligence s in he Classroo m Alexa ndria VA Asso ciaion or Superv ision and
Curriculum Developmen 1994
Cook Vivian Second Language Learning and eaching 3rd ed London Edward Arnold 2001
Gardner Howard Inelligence Refamed Muliple Inelligences or he 21s Cenury New York Basic Books 2000
Kessler Carolyn ed Cooperaive Language Learning A eacherrsquos Resource Book Englewood Cliffs NJ Pren-ice Hall egens 1992
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 1054
TM x bull Latin for the New Millennium
Krashen Sephen Principles a nd Pracice in Secon d Language Acqu isiion New York Pergamon Press 1982
Larsen-Freeman Diane echniques and Principles o Language eaching 2nd ed Oxord Oxord UniversiyPress 2000
Oxord ebecca L Language Le arning Sraeg ies Wha Eve ry eacher Should K now New York NewburyHouse 1990
Pinker S Te Language Insinc New York William Morrow 1994
eid Joy ed Undersanding Learning Syles in he Second Language Classroom Upper Saddle iver NJ Pren-ice Hall 1998
Sparks ichard L Kay Fluhary Leonore Ganschow and Sherwin Litle ldquoAn Exploraory Sudy on heEffecs o Lain on he Naive Language Skills and Foreign Language Apiude o Sudens wih and wih-ou Learning Disabiliiesrdquo Classical Journal 91 (1995)165ndash84
LATIN PEDAGOGY Ancona onnie ed A Concise Guide o eaching Lain Liera ure Norman OK Universiy o Oklahoma
Press 2007
Ball ober Reading Classical Lain A Reasonable Approach Lawrence KS Coronado Press 1987
Breindel uh L De Discendi Naura Lea rning Syle s in he eaching o Lain Oxord OH American Classi-cal League MC 2007
Burns Mary Ann and Joseph OrsquoConnor Te Classics in American Schools Alana GA Scholars Press1987
Davis Sally Lain in he Amer ican Schools Alana GA Scholars Press 1991
Disler Paul each he Lain I Pray You Wauconda IL Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers 2001
Gascoyne ichard e al Sandards or Classical Language Learning Oxord OH American Classical LeagueMC 1997
Gruber-Miller John ed When Dead ongues Speak New York Oxord Universiy Press 2006
Hoyos B Dexer Lain How o Read I Fluenly A Pracical Manual Amhers MA C lassical A ssociaion oNew England 1997
LaFleur ichard A Lain or he 21s Cenury From Concep o Classroom Glenview IL Scot Foresman- Addison Wesley 1998
Salerno Dorsey Price Lain in Moion Oxord OH American Classical League MC 1985
Sandards or Classical Language Learning Oxord OH American Classical League MC 1997
Srasheim Lorraine A oal Physical Response Amhers MA Classical Associaion o New England 1987
Swee Waldo Lain A Srucu ral Approach Ann A rbor Universiy o M ichigan Press 1957
CLASSROOOM AIDS Amery Heaher Firs Tousand Words in Lain Edied by Mairi Mackinnon London UK Usborne Books2008
Couch C C and eddy Irwin Lain Verbs Rock Audio CD Nashville N Sound Invenions 2006
mdashmdashmdash Lyrical Lain Learning Lain hrough Music Audio CD Nashville N Sound Invenions 2004
Curis William D Periculum Lainu m Lain Jeopardy Vol1 Oxord OH America n Classica l LeagueMC nd
mdashmdashmdash Periculum Lainum S ecundum Lain Jeopardy Vol 2 Oxord OH American Classical LeagueMC nd
Demuh Jocelyn Mendax A Lain C ard Game Wauconda IL Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers 2003
DuBose Gaylan Farrago Laina Wih a lis o resources by Judih Lynn Sebesa Wauconda IL Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers 1997
Hanlin Jayne and Beverly Lichensein Learning La in hrough Myholog y Cambridge Cambridge Univer-siy Press 1991
Lain acic Grams Alana G A World o eading nd
LUDI (a he Circus Maximus) Produced by Discere Ld 1989 Oxord OH American Classical L eagueMC
Myhies Oxord OH American Classical League MC 2003
Osburn LeaAnn A Lain Aciviy Book Elmhurs IL L and L Enerprises 2000
mdashmdashmdash Lain Crossword Puzzl e Book Elmhurs IL L and L Enerprises 1999
mdashmdashmdash Lain Verbs Rock Exercise Book Elmhurs IL L and L Enerprises 2007mdashmdashmdash Lyrical Lain A eacher R esource Manual Elmhurs IL L and L Enerprises 2004
mdashmdashmdash22 Lively Lain Aciviies Elmhurs IL L and L Enerprises 2005
Sheikh-Miller Jonahan Lain Words Sicker Book ulsa OK EDC Publishing 2006
Wansbrough M B A Mundus Lainu s Mysery 3 vols Hamilon Onario ralco Educaional Services 2004
ORAL LATIN Abernahy Faye Jill Crooker Margare Cur ran and David Perr y Te Developmen o Oral Skills in Lain wih
Visuals A Supplemenary Guide o he Syllabus Lain or Communicaion Draf Copy Albany New YorkSae Educaion Deparmen 1995
Alber S Cotidie Laine loquamur Saarbruumlcken Socieas Laina 1987
Allen W Sidney Vox Laina A Guide o he Pronunciaion o Classical Lain 2nd ed New York Cambridge
Universiy Press 1989Capellanus G Lain Can Be Fun Souvenir Press 1997
Daiz Sephen G ed Te Living Voice o Lain Perormed by ober P Sonkowsky Madison C JeffreyNoron Publishing 1984
mdashmdashmdash Te Pronunciaion and Reading o Classical Lain A Pracical Guide Audio cassetes Madison C Jeffrey Noron Publ ishing 1984
Egger C Laine discere iuva ome Libreria Edirice Vaicana 1982
Lain Aloud Audio AP Selecions fom Vergil Caullus Ovid Cicero and Horace Perormed by ober PSonkowsky CD-OM Wauconda IL Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers 2007
McCarhy Tomas Nunc Loquamur Guided C onversaions or L ain Newburypor MA FocusPublishing Pullins 2005
Swee Waldo E Words o Wisdom fom he Anciens 1000 Lain Proverbs CD-OM Wauconda IL Bolchazy-
Carducci Publishers 2000raupman John Conversaional Lain or Oral Pro1047297ciency 4h ed Audio Conversaions Perormed by Mark
ober Miner e al Audio CDs Wauconda IL Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers 2006
LATIN THROUGH MUSICBoynon Sandra Grun Pigorian Chan Audio CD New York Workman Publishing 1997
Couch C C and eddy Irwin Carmina Popularia Well-Known Songs in Lain Audio CD Wauconda ILBolchazy-Carducci Publishers 2004
mdashmdashmdash Lain Verbs Rock Audio CD Nashville N Sound Invenions 2006
mdashmdashmdash Lyrical Lain Learning Lain hrough Music Audio CD Nashville N Sound Invenions 2004
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 1154
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 1254
TM xii bull Latin for the New Millennium
ETYMOLOGY AND VOCABULARY Adeleye Gabriel G World Dicionary o Foreign Expressions Wih Kofi Acquah Dadzie Edied by Tomas J
Sienkewicz and James McDonough Wauconda IL Bolchazy-Carducci 1999
Ayres Donald M English Words fom Lain and Greek Elemen s 11h ed ucson Arizona Universiy o Ari-zona Press 1982
Ayo John Dicionary o Word Or igins New York Arcade Publishing 1990
Beard Henry X-reme Lain All h e Lain You Need o Know or Su rvival in he 21s Cenury New York Pen-guin Group 2005
Dicionary o Lain Words and Phrases Edied by James Morwood New York Oxord Universiy Press 1998
Dominik William J ed Words and Ideas Wauconda IL Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers 2002
mdashmdashmdash Words and Ideas Answer Key Wauconda IL Bolchaz y-Carducci Publ ishers 2006Ehrlich Eugene Amo Amas A ma and More New York Har per and ow 1987
Heimbach Elizabeh Lain E very where Ever yday A La in Phra se Workbook Wauconda I L Bolc hazy-Carducci Publishers 2004
mdashmdashmdash Lain Everywhere Everyday A Lain Phrase Workbook eacherrsquos Manual Perormed by James Cho-chola Compac disks Wauconda IL Bolchazy-Carducci Publishing 2005
Janson ore Te Naural Hisory o Lain ranslaed by Merehe D Sorensen and Nigel Vincen Oxord andNew York Oxord Universiy Press 2005
Krill ichard Greek and Lain in English oday Book and wo Cassetes 1990 eprin Wauconda ILBolchazy-Carducci Publishers 2003
Mascianonio udolph Build Your English Word Power wih Lain Numbers Wauconda IL Bolchazy-CarducciPublishers 1997
mdashmdashmdash Build Your E nglish Word Power w ih La in Number s eacherrsquos Ma nual Wauconda I L Bolc hazy-Carducci Publishers 1997
Morwood James and Mark Warman Our Greek and Lain Roos Cambridge Cambridge Universiy Press1990
OrsquoMara Lesley ed Which Way o he Vomiorium Vernacular Lain or All Occasions ranslaed by ose Wil-liams New York Tomas Dunne Books 1999
Oxord Dicionary o English Eymology Edied by C Onions wih G W S Friedrichsen and W Burch-field New York Oxord Universiy Press 1966
Sone Jon Lain or he I llierai New York ouledge 1996
MYTHOLOGYBierlein J F Parallel Myhs New York Ballanine Books 1994
Bolon Lesley Te Everyhing Classical Myhology Book Peabody MA Adams Media Corporaion 2002Childrenrsquos Books on Ancien Greek and Roman Myhology An Annoaed Bibliography Compiled by Anoinete
Brazouski and Mary J Klat Wespor C Greenwood Press 1984
Te Chiron Dicionary o Greek and Roman Myhology ranslaed by Elizabeh Burr 1s English ed New YorkConinuum Inernaional Publishing Group 1994
Colakis Marianhe and Mary Joan Masello Classical Myhology and More A Reader Workbook WaucondaIL Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers 2007
Couch Malcolm Greek and Roman Myhology New York Michael Friedman Publishing Group 1998
DrsquoAulaire Ingri and Edgar Parin DrsquoAulaire DrsquoAulairesrsquo Book o Greek Myhs New York Doubleday 1962
Fleischman Paul Daeline roy Somerville MA Candlewick Press 2006
Gardner Jane Roman Myhs Ausin Universiy o exas Press 1993
Gran Michael and John Hazel Whorsquos Who in Classical Myhology London ouledge Press 2002
Grimal Pierre Te Dicionary o Classical Myhology ranslaed by A Maxwell-Hyslop 1996 eprinMalden MA Blackwell Publishing 2001
Harris Sephen L and Gloria Pazner Classical Myhology Images and Insighs 3rd ed Mounain View CAMayfield Publishing Company 2001
Homeric Hymns ranslaed by Diane aynor Berkeley and Los Angeles Universiy o Caliornia Press2004
Kirkwood G M A Shor Guide o Classical Myh ology 1959 eprin Wauconda IL Bolchazy-Carducci2003
Lowe Cheryl and Leigh Lowe DrsquoAulairesrsquo Greek Myh Suden Guid e Louisville K Y Memoria Press 2004mdashmdashmdash DrsquoAulairesrsquo Greek Myh eacher Guide Louisville K Y Memoria Press 2006
Mayerson Philip Classical Myhology in Lieraure Ar and Music Glenview IL Scot Foresman and Com-pany 1984
Morord Mark P O and ober J Lenardon Classical Myhology 8h ed New York Oxord Universiy Press2006
Ovid Meamorphose s ranslaed by A D Melville New York Oxord Universiy Press 1998
ussell William F Classic Myhs o Read Aloud New York Crown Publicaions 1989
Vergilrsquos Aeneid Hero War Humaniy ranslaed by G B Cobbold Wauconda IL Bolchazy-Carducci Pub-lishers 2005
Will iams o se Gods and Oher Odd Creaures Ausin X CicadaSun Publishing 2008
mdashmdashmdashTe Labors o Aeneas Wha a Pain I Was o Found he Roman Race Wauconda IL Bolchazy-Carducci
2003mdashmdashmdashTe Original Dysuncional Family Basic Classical Myhology or he New Millennium Wauconda ILBolchazy-Carducci 2008
ROMAN HISTORYBagnell Nigel Te Punic Wars New York S Marinrsquos Press 1990
Becket Gilber agrave Te Comic Hisory o Rome 1852 eprin Wauconda IL Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers1996
Boardma n John Jasper Griffi n and Oswyn Mur ray eds Oxord Hisory o he Roman World Oxord and New York Oxord Universiy Pre ss 1991
Boawrigh Mary Daniel J Gargola and ichard J A alber A Brie Hisor y o he Romans New YorkOxord Universiy Press 2006
Connolly Peer Greece and Rome a War London Greenhill Books 2006
Consable Nick Hisorical Alas o Ancien Rome New York Facs on File 2003
Cornell im and John Mahews Alas o he Roman World New York Facs on File 1986
Creighon Mandell A Primer Hisory o Rome 1855 eprin Wauconda IL Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers2001
Goldsworhy Adrian Te Fall o Carhage Te Punic Wars 265ndash146 BC London Cassell 2000
Haaren John H and A B Poland Famous Men o Rome Louisville KY Memoria Press 2006
Holland Tomas Rubicon New York Doubleday 2003
Jenkyn s ichard ed Te Legacy o Rome A New Appraisal Oxord Oxord Universiy Press 1992
Kamm Anhony Julius Caesar A Lie New York ouledge 2006
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 1354
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Resource List bull TM xiii
Lowe Cheryl and Leigh Lowe Famous Men o Rome Suden Guide 2nd ed Louisvil le KY Memoria Press2006
Mayszak Philip Te Sons o Caesar Imperial Romersquos Firs Dynasy London Tames and Hudson 2006
Mellor onald and Marni McGee Te Ancien Roman World New York Oxord Universiy Press 2004
Oxord Classical Dicionary 3rd ed Edied by Simon Hornblower and Anhony Spaworh Oxord and New York Oxord Universiy P ress 1996 Also available a s a CD-OM
Oxord Dicionary o he Classical World Edied by John obers New York Oxord Universiy Press 2005
Scarre Chris Chronicle o he Roman Emperors London Tames and Hudson 1995
mdashmdashmdashTe Penguin Hisorical Alas o Ancien Rome New York Penguin Punam Inc 1995
Ward-Perkins Br yan Te Fall o Rome Oxord and New York Oxord Universiy Press 2005
Will iams ose Cicero he Pario Wauconda IL Bolcha zy-Carducci P ublishers 200 4mdashmdashmdash Cicero he Pario eacherrsquos Manual Wauconda IL Bolchaz y-Carducci Publ ishers 2004
mdashmdashmdash From Romulus o Romulus Augusulus Roman Hisory or he New Millennium Bolchazy-CarducciPublishers 2008
mdashmdashmdashOnce Upon he iber An O ea Hisory o Rome Wauconda IL Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers 2007Firs Published 2002 by Wimbledon Classics
Wool Greg ed Cambridge Illusraed Hisory o he Roman World Cambridge Cambridge Universiy Press2003
ROMAN CULTURE AND DAILY LIFE Adkin s Lesley and oy A dkins Dicionary o R oman Religion New York Oxord Universiy Press 2000
mdashmdashmdashHandbook o Lie in Ancien Rome New York Oxord Universiy P ress 1994
All an ony Lie Myh an d Ar in Ancien R ome Los Angeles J Paul Gety rus Publicaions 2005 Apicius Cookery and Dining in Imperial Rome Edied by Joseph Da mmers Vehling Ne w York Dover 1977
Baker Alan Te Gladiaor Te Secre Hisory o Romersquos Warrior Slaves New York S Marinrsquos Press 2006
Baker Charles and osalie Baker Te Classical Companion Peerborough NH Cobblesone Publishing1988
Bonner S F Educaion in Ancie n Rome fom he Elder Cao o he Younger Pliny London Mehuen 1977
Bradley Keih Slavery and Sociey a Rome Cambridge Cambridge Universiy Press 1994
Brucia Margare A and Gregory Daughery o Be a Roman opics in Roman Culure Wauconda ILBolchazy-Carducci Publishers 2007
Buchanan David Roman Spor and Enerainmen London Longman 1976
Carcopino Jeacuterocircme Daily Lie in Ancien Rome New Haven and London Yale Universiy Press 1968
Casson Lionel ravel in he Ancien World New ed Balimore John Hopkins Universiy Press 1994
mdashmdashmdash Libraries in he A ncien World New Haven C Yale Universiy Press 2001Clackson James and Geoffrey Horrocks Te Blackwell Hisory o he Lain Language Cambridge Blackwell
Publishing 2007
Clarke J Houses o Roman Ialy 100 B Cndash A D 250 Berkeley and Los Angeles Universiy o CaliorniaPress 1991
Croom A Roman Clohing and Fashion UK empus Publishing 2000
DrsquoAmbra Eve Roman Ar Cambridge and New York Cambridge Universiy Press 1998
mdashmdashmdashRoman Women Cambridge and New York Cambridge Universiy Press 2007
Goldsworhy Adrian Te Complee Roman Army London Tames and Hudson 2003
Gran Leigh Rome A Fold-Ou His ory o Ancien Civ ilizaion New York Black Dog and Levanhal Publish-ers 2005
Gran Mark Roman Cookery Ancien Recipes or Modern Kichens London Seri Publishers 1999
Haney L A and J A Haney Te Roman Engineers Cambridge Cambridge Universiy Press 1991
Harris H A Spor in Greece and Rome Ihaca NY Cornell Universiy Press 1972
Herber Kevin Roman Imperial Coins Wauconda IL Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers 1996
Hodge Peer Te Roman Army Whie Plains NY Longman 1984
mdashmdashmdash Roman Family Lie UK Longman 1984
mdashmdashmdash Te Roman House ev ed Whie Plains NY Longman 1976
mdashmdashmdash Roman owns ev ed Whie Plains NY Longman 1977
mdashmdashmdash Roman rade and ravel Whie Plains NY Longman 1978Hopkins Keih and Mary Beard Te Colosseum Cambridge MA Harvard Universiy Press 2005
Humez Alexander and Nicholas Humez A B C E Cee ra Te Lie amp imes o he Roma n Alphabe BosonMA David Gordon Publisher 1985
Hyland Ann Equus Te Horse in he R oman World New Haven C Yale Universiy Press 1990
Jacobelli Lu ciana Gladiaors a Pompeii Los Angeles J Paul Gety rus Publicaions 2004
James Simon Ancien Rome Eyewiness Books New York Alred A Knop 1990
Jones J M A Dicionary o Ancien Coins London Seaby 1990
Mannix Daniel P Te Way o he Gladiaor New York ibooks 2001
Massey Michael Roman Religion Whie Plains New York Longman 1984
mdashmdashmdash Women in Ancien Greece and Rome New York Cambridge Universiy Press 1986
Olivovaacute V Spors and Games in he Ancien World London Orbis Publishing 1984
Paoli Ugo Enrico Rome Is People Lie and Cusoms ranslaed by D Macnaghen New York Longman1963
Piggot S Te Druids London Tames and Hudson 1982
Sims Lesley Roman Soldierrsquos Handbook London Usborne Books 2006
Solway Andrew Rome In Specacular Cross-Secion Oxord Oxord Universiy Press 2004
Savely E S Greek and Roman Voing and Elecions Ihaca NY Cornell Universiy Press 1972
reggiari S Roman Marriage Iusi Coniuges fom he ime o Cicero o he ime o Ulpian Oxord ClarendonPress 1991
Wallace ex E Inroducion o Wall Inscripio ns fom Pompeii and Herculaneu m Wauconda IL Bolchaz y-Carducci Publishers 2005
Webser G Te Roman Imperial Armies o he Firs and Second Cenuries A D 3rd ed London A and C Black1985
Weslake Susan Te Developmen o he Roman Alphabe Oxord OH American Classical League MC nd
Yavez Z Slaves and Slavery in Ancien Rome New Brunswick NJ ransacion Books 1988
ROMAN ARCHEOLOGY ARCHITECTURE AND ART Aicher Peer J Guide o he Aqueducs o Ancien Rome Wauconda IL Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers 1995
mdashmdashmdash Rome Alive A Source Guide o he Ancien Ciy 2 vols Wauconda IL Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers2004
Amery Col in and Bria n Curran Jr Te Los World o Pompeii Los Angeles J Paul Gety rus Publicaions2002
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 1454
TM xiv bull Latin for the New Millennium
Augeni Andrea ed Ar and Archeology o Rome New York iverside Book Company 2000
Boardman John Oxord Hisory o Classical Ar Oxord Oxord Universiy Press 1997
Campbell Ann Roman Ar and Archiecure ev ed Boulder CO Alarion Press 1999
Coarelli Fillipo Rome and Environs An Archeological Guide ranslaed by James J Clauss and Daniel P Har-mon Berkeley and Los Angeles Universiy o Caliornia Press 2008
Connolly Peer Pompeii New York Oxord Universiy Press 1990
Corbishley Mike Illusraed Encyclopedia o Ancie n Rome Los Angeles J Paul Gety rus Publicaions2004
Davis John and Deborah C Wood Monumena Romana Nosra Slide lecures complee se 1995 evised Wauconda IL Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers 1997
mdashmdashmdash Monumen a Roman a Nosra Roman Bahs Slide lecure 1995 evised Wauconda IL Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers 1997
mdashmdashmdash Monumena Romana Nos ra Te Forum in Rome and he Province s Slide lecure 1995 evised Wau-conda IL Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers 1997
mdashmdashmdash Monumena Romana Nos ra Te Roman Basil ica Slide lecure 1995 evised Wauconda ILBolchazy-Carducci Publishers 1997
mdashmdashmdash Monumena Romana Nos ra Te Roman Foru m Slide lecure 1995 evised Wauconda IL Bol-chazy-Carducci Publishers 1997
mdashmdashmdash Monumena Romana Nos ra Te Roman emple Slide lecure 1995 evised Wauconda IL Bol-chazy-Carducci Publishers 1997
Deiss Joseph Jay Herculaneum Ialyrsquos Buried reasure evised and updaed New York Harper Collins 1985
de Franciscus A Pompeii Monumens Pas and P resen Los Angeles J Paul Gety rus Publicaions 2000
DrsquoEspouy Hecor ed Greek and Roman Archiecure in Classic Illusraions Mineola NY Dover Publicaions1999
Dickison Sheila K and Judih P Hallet eds Rome and Her Monumens Wauconda IL Bolchazy-CarducciPublishers 2000
Heinze Helga von Roman Ar New York Universe Books 1971
Lewis Jon E ed Mammoh Book o Eyewines s Ancien Rome New York Carroll and Gra 2003
Ling ober Roman Paining Cambridge Cambridge Universiy Press 1991
Lovell Isabel Sories in Sone fom he Roman Forum ockville MD Wildside Press 2007
Macaulay David Ciy A Sory o Roman Planning and Consrucion Boson M A Houghon Miffl in 1971
MacDonald William L Te Archiecure o he Roman Empire An Urban Appraisal New Haven C Yale Uni- versiy Press 1988
MacKendrick Paul Te Mue Sones Speak Te Sory o Archeology in Ialy 2nd ed New York W W Noron1984
Millard Anne Welcome o Ancien Rome Edied by Jane Chisolm London Usborne Publishing 1987
Saccioli A Ancien Rome Monume ns Pas and Pres en Los Angeles J Paul Gety rus Publicaions2000
mdashmdashmdash Te Roads o he Romans Los Angeles J Paul Gety rus Publicaions 2004
Walker Susan Roman Ar Cambridge Harvard Universiy Press 1991
Wheeler Mori mer Roman Ar and Archiecure 4h ed New York Praeger Publishers 1969
Winkes ol Classical Collecion Roman Painings and Mosaics Providence I Museum o Ar hodeIsland School o Design 1982
LATE EMPIRE EARLY CHRISTIANITY AND MIDDLE AGES Augusi ne Conessions Oxord Worldrsquos Classics ranslaed by Henry Chadwick eprin New York Oxord
Universiy Press 1998
mdashmdashmdash Augusine Te Ciy o God agains he Paga ns ranslaed by W Dyson Cambridge exs in he His-ory o Poliical Tough Cambridge Cambridge Universiy Press 1998
mdashmdashmdash Augusine Poliical Wriings ranslaed by E M Akins and ober J Dodaro Cambridge exs inhe Hisory o Poliical Tough Cambridge Cambridge Universiy Press 2001
Barbero Alessandro Te Day o he Barbarians Te Batle Ta Led o he Fall o he Roman Empire ranslaed by John Cullen New York Walker and Company 2007
Barnes imohy D Ahanasius a nd Consanius Te ology and Poliics in h e Consanian Empire Cambridge
MA Harvard Universiy Press 1993Boehius Te Consolaion o Philosophy ranslaed by Vicor Wats ev ed London Penguin Books 1999
Bowersock G W and Peer Brown Lae Aniquiy A Guid e o he Pos Classica l World Harvard UniversiyPress eerence Library Cambridge MA Belknap Press 1999
Bowman Alan Averil Cameron and Peer Garnsey eds Te Crisis o Empire AD 193ndash337 2nd ed Volume 12Te Cambridge Ancien Hisory Cambridge Cambridge Universiy Press 2005
Brown Peer Augusine o Hippo A Biography ev ed Berkeley and Los Angeles Universiy o CaliorniaPress 2000
mdashmdashmdash Te World o Lae Aniquiy AD 150ndash750 New York W W Noron 1989
Cameron Averil Te Laer Roman Empire A D 284ndash430 Cambridge MA Harvard Universiy Press 1993
Cameron Averil Bryan Ward-Perkins and Michael Whiby eds Lae Aniquiy Empire a nd Successors AD425ndash600 Volume 14 Te Cambridge Ancien Hisory Cambridge Cambridge Universiy Press 2001
Cameron Averil and Peer Garnsey eds Te Lae Empire AD 337ndash425 Volume 13 Te Cambridge AncienHisory Cambridge Cambridge Universiy Press 1997
Chadwick Henry Te Church in Ancien Sociey From Galilee o Gregory he Grea Oxord Oxord UniversiyPress 2001
Corbishley Mike Te Middle Ages Culural Alas or Young People ev ed New York Facs on File 2003
Doran ober Birh o a Worldview Ea rly Chrisia niy in is Jewish and Pagan Conex Lanham MD ow-man and Litlefield 1999
Edwards Mark Consanine and Chrisendom Te Oraion o he Sains Te Greek and Lain Accouns o he Discovery o he Cross Te Edic o Consanine o Pope Silveser Liverpool Liverpool Universiy Press 2003
Ferguson Everet ed Encyclopedia o Ear ly Chrisiani y London Garland Publishing 1990
Godrey A W ed Medieval Mosaic A Book o M edieval Lain R eadings Wauconda IL Bolcha zy-CarducciPublishers 2003
Gran Michael Consanine he Grea Te Man and His imes New York Charles Scribnerrsquos Sons 1994
mdashmdashmdash Te Fall o he Roman Empire New York Charles Scribnerrsquos Sons 1997
mdashmdashmdash Te Collapse and Recovery o he Roman Empire London and New York ou ledge 1999
Harrison F E ed Millennium A Lain R eader A D 374ndash1374 eprin Wauconda IL Bolchazy-CarducciPublishers 2001
Heaher Peer Te Fall o he Roman Empire A New Hisory o Rome and he Barbarians New York OxordUniversiy Press 2007
Holmes George Te Oxord Hisory o Medieval Europe Oxord Oxord Universiy Press 2001
Hopkins Keih A World Full o Gods Pagans Jews and Chris ians in he Roma n Empire London Weideneldand Nicolson 1999
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 1554
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Resource List bull TM xv
Howarh Parick Atila King o he Hun s Man and Myh New York Barnes amp Noble Books 1995
Jones erry Barbarians London BBC Books 2006
Kulikowski Michael Romersquos Gohic Wars From he Tird Cenury o Alaric Cambridge Cambridge Univer-siy Press 2007
Lee A D ed Pagans and Chri sians in Lae A niquiy A Sourcebook London ouledge 2000
MacMullen amsay and Eugene N Lane Paganism and Chri sianiy 100ndash425 C E A Sourcebook Minne-apolis Forress Press 1992
Manello Frank and Arhur G igg Medieval Lain An Inroducion and Bibliographical Guide WashingonDC Te Caholic Universiy o America Press 1996
McEvedy Colin Te New Penguin Alas o Medieval Hisory ev ed New York Penguin Group 1992
Newman Paul B Daily Lie in he Middle A ges Jefferson NC McFarland and Company 2001Smih Jonahan Z Drudgery Divine On he Compari son o Early Chri sianiies and h e Religions o L ae Aniq-
uiy Chicago Universiy o Chicago Press 1990
Sambaugh John E and David Balch Te New esamen in is Social Environmen Philadelphia Wesmin-ser Press 1986
Tompson A E Te Huns Oxord Blackwell Publishing 1999
odd Malcolm Te Early Germans Malden MA Blackwell 2004
Wells Coli n Sailing fom Byzanium How a Los Empire Shaped he World NY Banam Dell 2006
Will iams ose Te Ligher Side o he Dark Ages London and New York Anhem Press 2006
Wolram Her wig Hisory o he Gohs ranslaed by Tomas J Dunlap Berkeley and Los Angeles Univer-siy o Caliornia Press 1988
mdashmdashmdashTe Roman Empire and Is Germanic Peoples ranslaed by Tomas J Dunlap Berkeley and Los Ange-
les Universiy o Caliornia Press 1997 Young Frances Lew is Ayres and A ndrew Louh eds Te Cambridge Hisory o Early Chrisian Lieraure
Cambridge Cambridge Universiy Press 2004
CLASSICAL PERSPECTIVESHighe Gilber Te Classical radiion New York Oxord Universiy Press 1957
Kopff E Chrisian Te Devil Knows Lain Why America Needs he Classical radiion Wilmingon DE ISIBooks 1999
Maybury ichard J Ancien Rome How I Affe cs You oday Placerville CA Bluesocking Press 1995
Murphy Cullen Are We Rome New York Houghon Mi ffl in 2007
Simmons racy Lee Climbing Parnassus A New Apologia or Greek and Lain Wilmingon DE ISI Books2002
MAPS POSTERS AND CHARTS Available from American Cla ssical League M C Miami Universiy Oxford OH
Map o oman Empire Map o oman Ialy ome Cenral Archeological Area oma Archaica
Circus Maximus Colosseum Consiuion Preamble Lain Abbreviaions Lain Phrases in Common UseLegal erms Panheon Pompeii Promoional Posers Lain Is
Derivaive ree Char Loan Word Char omance Language Char Skeleon Char
Available from L and L Enerprises Elmhurs IL
Ancien Civil izaion Wall M ap (small and lar ge size)
Using Lain Phrases Te Fabulous Five Lain Promoional Mini-posers Paer Noser Pledge o Allegianceoman Scenes and Proverbs Seven Hills o ome emembering he Cases
Available from Aims Inernaional Book s Cincinnai OH
Quo Modo Senis Hodie Poser
ADDITIONAL ITEMS Available from Bolchazy-Carducci P ublishers Mundelein IL
Lain Butons
Available from American Cla ssical League MC Miami Universiy Oxford OH
Lain-relaed CDs DVDs apes sofware coins greeing cards games accessories and jewelry mimeo-graphs hisorical novels Lain readers and Junior Classical League iems
Available from L and L Enerprises Elmhu rs IL
Lain knowledge cards Briish Museum book o poscards o Ancien Greece and o ome
Lain-relaed aciviy books butons coloring books key chain ags noe cards origami projecs pencilspuzzle books rulers sampers sickers suffed animals atoos oe bags and -shirs
MISCELLANEOUS Available from American Cla ssical League MC Miami Universiy Oxford OH
2006 Updaed Survey o Audio-Visual Maerials and exbooks in he Classics
2007 Ediion o ACL Soware Direcory or he Classics
WEBSITESFor a regularly updaed lis o websie resources check htpwwwlnmbolchazycom
PROFESSIONAL ORGANIZATIONSMos o hese organizaions offer a journal ha eachers will find beneficial Consul he organizaionrsquos web-
sie o learn more
American C lassical League (ACL)
American C lassical L eague eaching Maerials a nd esource Cener (MC)
ACL Sponsored Aciviie s
Junior Classical League
Naional Commitee or Lain and GreekNaional Greek Exam
Naional Junior Classical League
Naional Lain Exam
Naional Senior Classical League
Naional Myhology Exam
American C ouncil on he eaching o Foreign La nguages (ACFL)
American Ph ilologica l Associa ion (APA)
Archeologica l Insiue o A merica (AI A)
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 1654
TM xvi bull Latin for the New Millennium
Classical Associaion o Canada
Classical Associaion o New England (CANE)
Classical Associaion o he Alanic Saes (CAAS)
Classical Associaion o he Middle Wes and Souh (CAMWS)
Classical Associaion o he Pacific Norhwes (CAPN)
Classical Associaion o he Souhwesern Unied Saes (CASUS)
Compuer Assised Language Insrucion Consorium (CALICO)
Join Associaion o C lassical eachers (JAC)
Vergilian Socie y
In addiion many saes and ciies have classics-relaed organizaions
TEACHER NOTES
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 1754
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull i
1
STUDENT TEXTBOOKWITH EXERCISE ANSWERS
STANDARDS CORRELATIONS
ORAL EXERCISES
ORAL EXERCISE CORRELATIONS
WORKBOOK EXERCISE CORRELATIONS
ANCILLARY CORRELATIONS
COMPREHENSION QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS
TEACHING TIPS
TEACHER BY THE WAY NOTATIONS
AND HOW TO USE THIS BOOK
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 1854
iindashiii bull Latin for the New Millennium
Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers IncMundelein Illinois USA
1Milena Minkova and Terence Tunberg
LATIN FOR THE NEW MILLENNIUM
Series Inormaion
LEVEL ONE
Suden ex (2008)
Suden Workbook (2008)
eacherrsquos M anual (2008)
eacherrsquos Manual or Suden Workbook (2008)
ANCILLARIES
From Romulus o Romulus AugusulusRoman Hisory or he New Millennium (2008)
Te Original Dysuncional Family Basic Classical Myhology or he New Millennium (2008)
LEVEL TWO
Suden ex (2009)
Suden Workbook (2009)
eacherrsquos M anual (2009)
eacherrsquos Manual or Suden Workbook (2009)
ANCILLARIES
From Rome o Reormaion Early European Hisory or he New Millennium (2009)
Te Clay-ooed SuperHeroes Myhology ales or he New Millennium (2009)
mdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdash
ELECTRONIC RESOURCES
(See page 445 or deailed descripion)
wwwlnm bolchazycom
Quia Quesion Bank
Lain-only Vill a in een Second Lietrade
Carpe Praedam
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 1954
FOREWORD xi
PREFACE xiii
AUTHORS xvii
EDITORS CONSULTANTS AND PILOT TEACHERS xix
INTRODUCTION xxiii
AlphabePronunciaion o LainOverview o oman Hisory Beginnings o Lain Lieraure
CHAPTER 1 1
eading ldquoomulus and emusrdquoLanguage Facs Pars o Speech Nouns Number Gender Case
(Nominaive and Accusaive) Firs Declension Nounsalking Saying Hello
CHAPTER 2 15
eading Plauus ldquoTe Menaechmi winsrdquo Language Facs Firs and Second Conjugaion Verbs Principal Pars
Properies o Verbs Number Person ense Sem Infiniive Subjec and
Verb Agreemenalking Geting Acquained
CHAPTER 3 29
eading erence ldquowo BrohersrdquoLanguage Facs Second Declension Masculine -us -er -ir Nouns Geniive
Case Vocaive Case Preposiional Phrasesalking In he Classroom
REVIEW 1 CHAPTERS 19912513 43
Considering he Classical Gods Ma rs Jupier JunoConnecing wih he Ancien World Slavery in A ncien omeExploring oman Comedy oman Producions and Modern endiions by
William S Anderson Proessor o Classics Emerius Universiy o Caliornia Berkeley Berkeley Caliornia
Mīrābile Audī ū Phrases and Quoaions elaing o he Comic radiion
CONTENTS
bull v bull
Series Edior LeaAnn A Osburn
Volume Ediors Elisa C Denja LeaAnn A Osburn
Conribuing Ediors imohy Beck Judih P Halle Laurie Haigh KeenanKaren Lee Singh Donald E Sprague ose Williams Vicki Wine
Hisorical imeline Jayni einhard
Cover Design amp ypography Adam Phillip Velez
Cover Illusraion oman Forum copy BemannCOBISOher Illusraions Phoo Credis appear on pp 431ndash434
CarographyMapping Specialiss
Indexing Michael Hendry
Prooreader Gary Varney
Lain for he New Millennium
Suden ex Level 1
Milena Minkova and erence unberg
copy2008 Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers Inc All righs reserved
Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers Inc
1570 Baskin oadMundelein Illinois 60060 wwwbolchazycom
Prined in Canada2009 byFriesens
ISBN 978-0-86516-560-1mdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashLibrary o Congress Caaloging-in-Publicaion Daa
Minkova Milena Lain or he new millennium suden ex level 1 Milena Minkova anderence unberg p cm Includes bibliographical reerences ISBN 978-0-86516-560-1 (v 1 hardbound alk paper) 1 Lain language--Grammar I unberg erence II ile
PA20875M 562 2008 4782rsquo421--dc22
2008014705
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull ivndashv
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 2054
Contents bull vii
CHAPTER 9 135
eading Sallus ldquoTe Cailinarian ConspiracyrdquoLanguage Facs Fourh Conjugaion Verbs Presen Acive and Passive
ense Presen Acive and Passive Infiniive T ird Declension NeuerNouns Tird Declension I -Sem Nouns
alking Geting Dressed or a Pary
REVIEW 3 CHAPTERS 79912519 149
Considering he Classical Gods ApolloConnecing wih he A ncien World oman AtireExploring oman Governmen Poliics in Greece ome and he Unied
Saes by Josiah Ober Proessor o Classics and Poliical Science SanordUniversiy Sanord Caliornia
Mīrābile Aud īū Phrases and Motoes elaing o Governmen andDemocracy
CHAPTER 10 163
eading Vergil ldquo Te rojan HorserdquoLanguage Facs Tird Conjugaion -iō Verbs Presen Acive and Passive
ense Presen Acive and Passive Infiniive T ird Declension AdjecivesSubsanive Adjecives
alking Te Morning Beore a es
CHAPTER 11 177
eading Vergil ldquoQueen Dido o CarhagerdquoLanguage Facs Imperec Acive a nd Passive ense o All Conjugaions
Imperec ense o Sum and Possum Encliicsalking raveling o School
CHAPTER 12 191eading Livy ldquoMucius ScaevolardquoLanguage Facs Fi rs Second and Tird Person Personal Pronouns Firs
and Second Person Possessive Adjecives Declension o vīsalking Discussing he Weaher
REVIEW 4 CHAPTERS 1099125112 205
Considering he Classical Gods Mercury Connecing wih he Ancien World oman FoodExploring he My h o he rojan Horse Never Look a Gif Horse in
he Mouh by Bonnie A Cato Proessor o Classics Assumpion CollegeWorceser Massachusets
Mīrābile Aud īū Phrases and Quoaions elaing o War and Peace
vi bull L atin for the New Millennium
CHAPTER 4 57
eading Cicero ldquoTe Deserer Wans a ewardrdquoLanguage Facs Second Declension Neuer Nouns Daive Case Firs
and Second Declension -us -a -um Adjecives Agreemen o Nounsand Adjecives
alking Discussing Homework
CHAPTER 5 69
eading Cicero ldquoCicero Wries o ereniardquoLanguage Facs Firs and Second Conjugaion Verbs Presen Passive ense
Presen Passive Infiniive Ablaive o Agen Firs and Second Declension
-er Adjecivesalking Discussing Occupaions
CHAPTER 6 81
eading Caesar ldquoTe DruidsrdquoLanguage Facs Presen ense and Presen Infiniive o Sum and Possum
Complemenary Infi niive ransiive and Inransiive Verbsalking Preparing or a es
REVIEW 2 CHAPTERS 49912516 93
Considering he Classical Gods Nepune Pluo Vesa and CeresConnecing wih he Ancien World oman MarriageExploring oman Famil ies Parens and Children Ten and Now by
Jacqueline Carlon Assisan Proessor o Classics Universiy o Massachusets Boson Massachusets
Mīrābile Audīū Phrases Motoes and Abbreviaions elaing o Lie in heweny-Firs Cenur y
CHAPTER 7 111eading Caullus ldquoMy Girlrsquos SparrowrdquoLanguage Facs Tird Declension Masculine and Feminine Nouns Indirec
Saemen Accusaive and Infiniivealking In he Caeeria
CHAPTER 8 123
eading Nepos ldquoTemisocles Saves he GreeksrdquoLanguage Facs T ird Conjugaion Verbs Presen Acive a nd Passive ense
Presen Acive and Passive Infiniive Ablaives o Manner InsrumenSeparaion Place rom Which Place Where Accusaive o Place o W hich
alking Afer School Aciviies
vindashvii bull Latin for the New Millennium
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 2154
Contents bull ix
CHAPTER 18 301
eading Apuleius ldquoCupid and PsycherdquoLanguage Facs Fuure Perec Aci ve ense o All Conjugaions Fuure
Perec ense o Sum and Possum Fifh Declension Nounsalking Going o he Denis
REVIEW 6 CHAPTERS 1699125118 315
Considering he Classical Gods BacchusConnecing wih he Ancien World Gladiaorial GamesExploring oman Disasers Earh Air Fire and Waer by John E Torburn
Associae Proessor o Classics Baylor Universiy Waco exas
Mīrābile Audīū Quoaions elaing o Atiudes oward and Coping wihMisorunes
CHAPTER 19 331
eading Ammianus ldquoTe HunsrdquoLanguage Facs Perec Passive Pariciple Perec Passive ense o All
Conjugaions eview o Principal Par s o Verbs Demonsraive Pronounand Adjecive Hic
alking Cleaning he House
CHAPTER 20 349
eading Augusine ldquoAn Adolescen TierdquoLanguage Facs Pluperec Passive ense o Al l Conjugaions Perec Acive
and Passive Infini ives Demonsraive Pronoun and Adjecive Illealking Going Shopping
CHAPTER 21 361
eading Boehius ldquoTe Wheel o ForunerdquoLanguage Facs Fuure Perec Passive ense o All Conjugaions Fuure
Acive Pariciple Fuure Acive Infiniivealking A Birhday Pary
REVIEW 7 CHAPTERS 1999125121 375
Considering he Classical Gods VulcanConnecing wih he Ancien World oman EducaionExploring oman Libraries Public Libraries and Teir Books by Keih Dix
Associae Proessor o Classics Universiy o Georgia Ahens GeorgiaMīrābile Audīū Phrases Quoaions and Abbreviaions elaing o
Schools Libraries and Books
viii bull Latin for the New Millennium
CHAPTER 13 219
eading Horace ldquoAn Encouner wih a BoorrdquoLanguage Facs Presen ense Posiive and Negaive Imperaives Firs and
Second Person Personal Pronouns Geniive Case Ti rd Person PossessivePronoun and Adjecive
alking Lae or School
CHAPTER 14 233
eading Ovid ldquoPyramus and TisberdquoLanguage Facs Firs and Second Conjugaion Verbs Fuure Acive and
Passive ense Fuure ense o Sum and Possum elaive Pronouns
elaive Clausesalking Chating on he Inerne
CHAPTER 15 245
eading Seneca ldquoe1047298ecions on Growing OldrdquoLanguage Facs Tird a nd Fourh Conjugaion Verbs Fuure Acive and
Passive ense Inerrogaive Pronouns and Adjecivesalking A rip o he Counry
REVIEW 5 CHAPTERS 1399125115 259
Considering he Classical Gods Minerva Di ana VenusConnecing wih he A ncien World oman Ciies and oadsExploring oman Law Te Jusice Sysem in Ancien ome by James G
Keenan Proessor o Classics Loyola Universiy Chicago Chicago IllinoisMīrābile Audīū Phrases and Quoaions elaing o Legal Maters
CHAPTER 16 273
eading Pliny he Younger ldquoTe Erupion o VesuviusrdquoLanguage Facs Perec ense Verbs Perec Sem Perec Acive ense o
All Conjugaions Perec ense o Sum and Possum Daive o Possessionalking elaxing a he Beach
CHAPTER 17 287
eading acius ldquoTe Fire a omerdquoLanguage Facs Pluperec A cive ense o All Conjugaions Pluperec
ense o Sum and Possum Fourh Declension Masculine Feminine andNeuer Nouns
alking ecovering rom an Acciden
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull viiindashix
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 2254
xndashxi bull Latin for the New Millennium
FOREWORDTe aurea mediocriās o Lain exbooks has arrived No a grammar-ranslaion nor a readingapproach book Lain or he New Millennium is a blend o he bes elemens o boh
Te key o Lain or he New Millennium Level 1 is he emphasis on reading Lain a he begin-ning o each chaper and using conversaional Lain a he end o each chaper or as he auhorsindicae in he Preace lsquoi (Lain) offers you he lingui sic key o he minds ha shaped European
(and hereore American) culu re rom he ime o he omans o he modern scienific revolu-ion In his book you will learn abou he language sep by sep by using irsquo
Te reading passages a he opening o each chaper are ba sed on Lain lieraure and proceedin chronological order rom Plauus o Boehius Each reading is suppored by pre-reading andacing page vocabulary Grammar is inroduced using senences already seen in he reading pas-sage and mīrābile dicū here are pleny o exercises Te Vocabulary o Learn chosen rom headaped reading passage hus conains some Advanced Placemen lieraure-based words and i sreieraed consisenly in he exercises and oher shor reading passages
Somehing no seen in mos Lain exbooks is he conversaional dialogue a he end o eachchaper Tis will pique he sudenrsquos ineres in he Lain version o modern-day aciviies andmee cerain classical language sandards direcly Te auhors Milena Minkova and erenceunberg proessors a he Universiy o Kenucky a Lexingon are he direcors o he hugelypopular Conveniculum Lexinoniense he annual su mmer program ha has been r unning ormore han en years Tey are also on he aculy o he Conveniculum Bosoniense a similarprogram ha draws paricipans o experience conversaional Lain in differen geographical se-ings A he 2007 American Classical Leag ue Insiue a Vanderbil Universiy I paricipaed ina conversaional Lain workshop presened by Minkova and unberg Tough he par icipans
were seasoned Lain eachers mos were experiencing or he firs ime he ried and rue meh-ods hese wo expers were using o inspire us o speak Lain By he end o he workshop wecould converse in amiliar Lain phrases and saw how useul his could be or our own sudensunbergrsquos and Minkovarsquos leadership in hese summer programs made hem uniquely well suiedo design he conversaional dialogues in Lain or he New Millennium and he copious oral ex-ercises ha are conained only in he eacher manual hus al lowing eachers o pick and choose
which exercises bes mee he needs o heir own sudens
Tis book wih is range o offerings wi ll appeal o all ypes o lang uage sudens and will alloweachers o bring he many aces o he oman and pos-oman world ino he classroom How
wonderul i is o see a passage o adaped Plauus in Chaper 2 a prose adapaion o Caullusrsquo passer poem in Chaper 7 o Horacersquos saire on he boor in Chaper 13 and even o aciusrsquo de-scripion o he grea fire in ome in Chaper 17 oman culure is embodied in each o hesepassages hus meeing anoher classical language sandard Accompanying each passage is aquoaion or moto conneced o he passage or chaper
bull xi bullx bull Latin for the New Millennium
APPENDIX A 389
Chronological Lis o he Auhors and Works Sudied
APPENDIX B 391
Addiional Sae Motoes
APPENDIX C 393
Grammaical Forms and Paradigms
APPENDIX D 405
Lain Synax
APPENDIX E 411Hisorical imeline
ENGLISH TO LATIN GLOSSARY 415
LATIN TO ENGLISH GLOSSARY 421
BIBLIOGRAPHY 429
PHOTOGRAPHY CREDITS 431
INDEX 435
LIST OF MAPS
Map o he oman World xxxi iMap o he ravels o Aeneas 187Map o he Ciy o ome 227
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 2354
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull xiindashxiii
PREFACELearning Lain helps you learn English and oher languages beter and perhaps even moreimporanly i offers you he linguisic key o he minds ha shaped European (and hereore
American) culure rom he ime o he omans o he modern scienific revoluion Lain washe language hese people used o express hemselves and o record heir ideas in permanen ormacross so many cenuries In his book you wil l learn abou he language by u sing i sep by sep
CHAPTER COMPONENTS
READING PASSAGES
Each chaper begins wih a eading Passage and noes on he acing page ha will help you un-dersand any linguisic elemens you have no previously seen Tese noes eaure vocabulary
words in an easy o ollow alphabeical l ising providing you he exac meaning needed o un-dersand he reading passage bu no he ull lexical enries a his poin By reading and seeinghese new elemens in heir naural conex ofen you will need no explanaion o undersandhow hey uncion because hey appear w ih words you already know Te eadi ng Passages areadaped rom auhenic works o Lain lieraure and hey are presened in chronological order
As you complee each chaper you will be raci ng he sory o Lain as a lierary language andhe sories o he auhors who used i In addiion you wi ll learn abou oman c ulure over heperiods o ime in which he eaured reading o each chaper was produced
VOCABULARY TO LEARN
Te Vocabulary o Learn repeas some words encounered in he eading Passage or each chap-
er bu in his secion he words are lised by pars o speech i nsead o alphabeically and herehe ull lexical enry is given Tese are words you will need o memorize in order o recognizeand use hem hroughou he remainder o he book In order o aid you in recognizi ng connec-ions beween Lain words and he English words derived rom or relaed o hem a derivaiveexercise ollows each Vocabulary o Learn
LANGUAGE FACTS AND EXERCISES
In he body o each chaper you will fi nd simple explanaions o he Language Facs eaured inhe chaper reading passage along wih many differen exercises ha allow you o use all he in-ormaion you are learning By doing he exercises in each chaper and in he suden workbook
you will no only be reading and wriing Lain yoursquoll be speaking i Some exercises involve oralexchanges wih he eacher and wih oher sudens Because Lain communicaes hough i isa living hing Tereore a person who gains an acive working knowledge in he language along
bull xiii bullxii bull Latin for the New Millennium
All o his said Lain or he New Millennium is suden riendly Sudy ips rhymes and mnemon-ics abound in each chaper and litle secions called ldquoBy he Wayrdquo offer addiional inormaion orhose who always wan o know more
Te uni review secions are ru ly gems Afer hree chapers a Lain review chaper providesno jus he complee lis o Vocabulary o Learn and pleniu l exercises bu ofen anoher pieceo adaped lieraure o read991252snippes o Mari al or Peronius and more
Bu his is no all A secion called ldquoConsidering he Classical Godsrdquo offers high-ineres readingsin boh Engli sh and Lain on he panheon o classical gods A noher secion eniled ldquoConnec-ing wih he Ancien Worldrdquo provides in English addiional i normaion on a paricular aspec ooman lie conained wihin he uni
Capping each review uni is a disincive essay ha e xplores oman and modern opics each writen by a universiy scholar From he Universiy o Massachusets o Sanord Universiyand many places in be ween hese proessors have conribued heir special experise on subjecmater relaed o he chapers I k now o no oher book ha does hi s
Tere are many useu l phoographs and maps appropriaely placed hroughou Te reproduc-ions o fine ar and phoographs o archaeological sies provide a visual learning experience as
well Needless o say here are appendices on g rammar and synax a nd English o Lain andLain o English glossaries wih an added secion on various motoes
Te auhors ediors consulans and pilo eachers have done a superior job o organizing his book or maximum useu lness and effeciveness Tis unique series w ill include he ollowi ngLevel 1 Suden ex Level 1 Suden Workbook Level 1 eacherrsquos Manual and Level 1 Work-
book eacherrsquos Manual Level 2 Suden ex Level 2 Suden Workbook Level 2 eacherrsquosManual and Level 2 Workbook eacherrsquos Manual Many online and elecronic resources willalso accompany his series
Lain for he New Millennium has been houghully designed or and wih he weny-firscenury suden in mind Please join me in heralding he appearance o his unique new series
ha will improve and enhance he sudy o Lain or he weny-firs cenury
P983137983157983148 P983154983151983152983141983154983162983145983151Boson Lain Academy
2008
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 2454
xivndashxv bull Latin for the New Millennium
Preface bull xv
ASPECTS OF ROMAN LIFE
Nex you will find a reading in English on an imporan aspec o oman daily lie Tis sec-ion eniled Connecing wih he Ancien World wil l presen addiional inormaion on a opicencounered in he previous c hapers
EXPLORING ROMAN AND MODERN LIFE
Following he secion on daily lie here will be a shor essay in English ha compares and con-rass some aspec o oman and American lie and illusraes a way in which Lain is a par oour lie oday Each o hese essays has been writen by a universiy scholar wih special experisein his field o sudy
MĪRĀBILE AUDĪTŪEach review chaper concludes wih a l is o Lain quoaions motoes phrases or abbreviaionsused in English Tese sayings relae o one o he uni opics
Te Lain langu age and oman culure have no only inspired wriers hroughou he ages andin1047298uenced modern lie bu have also lef heir presence in ar and archaeology In his volumereproducions o painings drawings sculpure mosaics rescoes and oher ariacs rom an-iquiy hrough he presen abound wih depicions o and reerences o he sories and lives ohe omans Likewise view s o archaeological sies remind us o wha ome and is area o in1047298u-ence was like in ancien imes Te illusraions hroughou he ex suppor he writen word in
visual orm hus offering you a vivid recollecion o he chaper conen
Each auhor o his book has writen differen secions o he exbook bu boh auhors have ben-efied hroughou he composiion o he exbook rom coninuous muual advice and suppor
MM and 2008
Visi wwwl nmbolchazycom o see he elecronic resources ha accompany Lain or he New Millennium
xiv bull Latin for the New Millennium
wih a readi ng abiliy i s more likely o progress quick ly o a deeper undersanding o he lan-guage and he enjoymen o is lieraure I you have an oral aciliy and can wrie in a language
you will no need o be reminded abou orms and grammaical rules so ofen In his book you will acquire ha acive acili y as a basic par o learning he language
CONVERSATIONAL LATIN
oward he end o each chaper here is a Lain dialogue in which a group o modern sudens arehe paricipans Tey discuss in Lain siuaions ofen encounered in our daily li ves In hesedialogues you will find a bridge beween our lives and he houghs o he ancien medieval orrenaissance auhors who wroe in Lain991252a bridge consruced o he same basic language Lain
OTHER FEATURESIn each chaper you will fi nd oher ineresing mater ha will help you learn and enjoy Lain
bull Memorābile Dictū Te firs page o each chaper eaures a amous saying labeled Memorābile Dicū (A Memorable Ting o Say) a Lain phrase so well known ha i has become an ofenrepeaed proverb or quoaion Learning each amous saying wi ll increase your u ndersand-ing no jus o Lain bu o he houghs and ideas ha were i mporan o omans and haveconinued o be an inegral par o modern lie
bull Sudy ips Each chaper conains sayings rhymes mnemonic devices verses or oher in-ormaion ha will help you remember he various hings you are learning
bull By he Way You will see his phrase repeaed hroughou every chaper When you see hislabel you will know ha addiional inormaion is being presened
REVIEW COMPONENTS A he conclusion o every se o hree chapers here is a review conaining various componens
VOCABULARY TO KNOW
Tis is a complee lis o all he Vocabulary o Learn words presened in he hree chapers ar-ranged by pars o speech
EXERCISES
Here you will see many new exercises ha will help you review and reinorce he maerial in hehree preceding chapers In he review exercise secion here is ofen an addiional reading pas-sage o help you undersand more abou Lain lieraure and is heriage oday
CLASSICAL MYTHOLOGY
Tis secion eniled Considering Classical Myhology includes passages on myhology one inEnglish and one in Lain which ell some o he principal sories abou he Greek and omangods Tese sories re1047298ec many o he main hemes seen in lieraure and ar rom classical omodern imes
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 2554
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull xvindashxvii
AUTHORSMILENA MINKOVA
MA and PhD Chrisian and Classical Philology Pon-ifical Salesian Universiy ome Ialy MA and PhDClassics Universiy o Sofia Bulgaria
Associae Proessor o Classics Universiy o KenuckyLexingon Kenucky
Milena Minkova has sudied conduced research andaugh in Bulgaria Swizerland Germany Ialy he
Vaican Ciy and he USA Minkova has auhored hree book monographs Te Personal Names o he Lain In-scripions fom Bulgaria (Peer Lang 2000) Te Proe-an Raio (Peer Lang 2001) and Inroducion o Lain
Prose Composiion (Bolchazy-Carducci 2007 reprin Wimbledon 2001) She has also published numerousaricles on Lain medieval philosophy Lain lieraureLain composiion and Lain pedagogy
TERENCE TUNBERGBA and MA Classics Universiy o Souhern Calior-nia Posgraduae researcher and docoral suden Me-
dieval Sudies Universiy o London England PhDClassical Philology Universiy o orono Canada
Proessor o Classics Universiy o Kenucky Lexing-on Kenucky
erence unberg has augh in Belgium and Canadaas well as in he USA He is a specialis in Lain com-posiion and an exper in he hi sory o he approacheso wriing Lain prose rom aniquiy o early modernimes His works include a n ediion o collecion o Me-dieval Lain speeches commenaries on Lain worksand numerous sudies o he hisory o imiaion in La-in wriing In addiion or more han a decade he hasoffered summer seminars designed o inroduce peopleo he use o spoken Lain
bull xvii bull
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 2654
EDITORS CONSULTANTSAND PILOT TEACHERS
VOLUME EDITORSElisa C DenjaEdior Bolchazy-Carducci PublishersBaker Demonsraion School EmeriaEvanson Illinois
LeaAnn A OsburnEdior Bolchazy-Carducci PublishersBarringon High School EmeriaBarringon Illinois
BOARD OF
CONSULTANTS Virginia A ndersonLain eacherIllinois Virual High SchoolBarringon Middle School EmeriaBarringon Illinois
Jill M CrookerLain eacher
Pitsord-Mendon High School EmeriaPitsord New York
Judih Peller HalletProessor o ClassicsUniversiy o MarylandCollege Park Maryland
Sherwin D Litle1ndash12 Foreign Language Program LeaderIndian Hill High SchoolCincinnai Ohio
Sherrilyn MarinChair Deparmen o Foreign LanguagesKeih Counry Day Schoolockord Illinois
Mary PendergrafProessor o Classical Languages
Wake Fores Universiy Winson-Salem Norh Carolina
John raupman
Proessor o ClassicsS Josephrsquos Universiy EmeriusPhiladelphia Pennsylvania
Cynhia Whie Associae Proessor o ClassicsUniversiy o Arizonaucson Ari zona
ose WilliamsMcMurry College Emeria
Abilene High School Emeria Abilene exas
Donna WrighLain eacherLawrence Norh and Lawrence Cenral High
Schools
Indianapolis Indiana
PILOT TEACHERS Jeremy M WalkerLain eacherCrown Poin High SchoolCrown Poin Indiana
Laneta WarrenburgLain eacherElgin High SchoolElgin Illinois
bull xix bullxviii bull Latin for the New Millennium
JOINT PUBLICATIONS BY THE AUTHORSMinkova and unberg have coauhored he ollowing books Readings and Exercises in Lain
Prose Composiion (Focus 2004) Reading Livyrsquos Rome Selecions fom Livy Books IndashVI (Bol-chazy-Carducci 2 005) Maer Anserina Poems in Lain or Children (Focus 2006) Tey are hedirecors o he Insiue or Lain Sud ies a he Universiy o Kenucky in which sudens sudyhe hisory o Lain rom ancien o modern imes and ake par in seminars in which Lai n is he
working language o all ac iviies Boh Minkova and unberg are eleced ellows o he ome- based Academia Lainiai Fovendae he primary learned sociey devoed o he preservaion andpromoion o he use o Lain
xviiindashxix bull Latin for the New Millennium
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 2754
Editors Consultants and Pilot Teachers bull xxi
SHERWIN LITTLE
BA Universiy o Cincinnai M A Universiy o Colorado
Sherwin Litle has augh Lain rom sixh g rade hrough Lain AP a Indian Hill Exemped Vil-lage School Disric since 1983 Sherwin has received an Ovaio rom CAMWS as well as heCAMWS Good eacher Award and he Hildesheim Vase Award rom he Ohio Classical Coner-ence in 1986 and 2007 Sherwin holds Naional Board Cerificaion in World Languages Oherhan English and has been boh Vice Presiden and Presiden o he American Classical Leag ue
SHERRILYN MARTIN
BA Wilson College MA PhD Universiy o Cincinnai
Sherrilyn Marin was named Illinois Lain eacher o he Year in 1993 was a recipien o heL Governorrsquos Award or Foreign Language eaching in 2001 and was named a Claes Nobeleacher o Disincion in 2 007 She is a pas presiden o he Illinois Classical Conerence and isacive in he ockord Sociey o he A rchaeological Insiue o America Sherri lyn spen a yearin independen sudy a he Universiy o Tessaloniki Greece
MARY PENDERGRAFT
AB PhD Universiy o Norh Carolina Chapel Hill
Afer eaching a UNC-Greensboro and D uke Universiy Mary Pendergraf began eachingclassics ul l-ime a Wake Fores Mary is a ormer Presiden o he Norh Carolina Classical A s-sociaion and paricipaed in he ocus group ha w roe he Norh Carolina Sandard Course oSudy or Lain
JOHN TRAUPMAN
BA Moravian College MA PhD Pr inceon Universiy
John raupman is proessor emerius rom S Josephrsquos Universiy i n Phil adelphia where heaugh or hiry-eigh years A mong his many awards John received he Disinguished eaching
Award rom S Josephrsquos Universiy in 1982 a cerificae o appreciaion rom he PennsylvaniaDeparmen o Educaion in 1990 and he Special Award rom he Classical Associaion o he
Alanic Saes in 1996 John raupman is especially well-known as he auhor oConversaional Lain and Te New College Lain and English Dicionary
CYNTHIA WHITE
BA Chesnu Hill College MA Villanova Universiy PhD Caholic Universiy o America
Cynhia Whie is he Direcor o he Undergraduae Lain Program and supervises eacherraining and Kndash12 Lain eacher Cerificaion a he Universiy o Arizona She regularlyeaches a he Isiuo Inernazionale di Sudi Classici di Orvieo he Classics Deparmenrsquos Sudy
Abroad Program in Orvi eo Ialy and has sudied i n ome wih he Papal Lai nis eg inaldFoser ODC
xx bull Latin for the New Millennium
VOLUME EDITORSELISA C DENJA
BA Marygrove College Deroi Michigan MA Columbia Universiy MA Loyola UniversiyChicago
Elisa Denja augh Lain a Norh Chicago High School and Baker Demonsraion School inEvanson Illinois or many years while concurrenly eaching classical myhology a LoyolaUniversiy o Chicago and in he g ifed-disance learning program a Norhwesern UniversiyElisa was awarded he Illinois Lain eacher o he Year award in 1992 and he Illinois Lieime
Achievemen Award in 2007
LEAANN A OSBURNBA Monmouh College Illinois MA Loyola Universiy Chicago
While eaching Lain or many years a Barringon High School in Barringon Illinois LeaA nnserved as boh vice-presiden and presiden o he Illinois Classical Conerence LeaAn n receivedhe Illinois La in eacher o he Year award in 1989 he Illinois L Governorrsquos Award in 1990and he Classical Associaion o he Middle Wes and Souh Good eacher Award in 1996
BOARD OF CONSULTANTSVIRGINIA ANDERSON
BA Loyola Universiy Chicago MA S Xavier Universiy
Virginia Anderson augh Lain or hi ry years i n privae and public hi gh schools and middleschools in he Chicagoland area In 1999 she was awarded he L Governorrsquos Award or Enhance-men o he eaching Proession and in 2003 was named Il linois Lain eacher o he Year
JILL M CROOKER
BA Universiy o Illi nois MSEd Nazareh College o ocheser New York Jill Crooker augh Lain or many years a Pitsord-Mendon High School in Pitsord New YorkShe has served as he College Board Advisor o he A P Lain es Developmen Commitee andin 1996 received he Moron E Spillenger Award or Disingui shed Leadership o he Classical
Associaion o he Empire Sae In 2003 she received he ACL Meria Award and i n 2006 a nOvaio rom he Classical A ssociaion o he Alanic Saes
JUDITH PELLER HALLETT
BA Wellesley MA PhD Harvard Universiy
In addiion o sudying a he A merican Academy in ome he Insiue o Classical Sudies inLondon and he Universiy o Maasrich in Holland Judih Hallet is a ormer presiden o heClassical Associaion o he Alanic Saes and Vice-Presiden or Oureach o he AmericanPhilological Associaion She was named a Disinguished Scholar-eacher in 1992 by he Uni-
versiy o Maryland
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull xxndashxxi
TEACHER NOTES
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 2854
xxii bull Latin for the New Millennium
xxii bull L atin for the New Millennium
ROSE WILLIAMS
BA Baylor Universiy MA Universiy o Norh Carolina Chapel Hill
In addiion o posgraduae work in Lain and Humaniies a he Universiy o Dallas and heUniversiy o exas a Arlingon on a ockeeller Gran ose Williams did research a he Bodle-ian Library Ox ord Universiy in England and a he Universiy o Pisa She augh Lain or overhiry years a boh high school and uni versiy levels in exas and now is he auhor o more hanen books abou he Classics
DONNA WRIGHT
BA MA Ball Sae Universiy
Afer eaching Lain a Carmel High School Donna Wrigh currenly eaches a boh LawrenceNorh and Lawrence Cenral High Schools in Indianapolis Indiana She has been an acivemember o he Indiana Classical Conerence being named Creaive Lain eacher o he Year in1976 She has also been acive i n he American Classical League sponsoring a JCL chaper andleading Ialy rips or nearly weny years Donna also served as an offi cer speaker and boardmember o Pompeiiana Inc
PILOT TEACHERS JEREMY M WALKER
AB Wabash College MA Indiana Universiy
Jeremy Walker has augh Lain a Crown Poin High School in Crown Poin Indiana since1995 He has served as he Co-Chair o he Indiana Junior Classical League and Membershipand Public elaions Chair o he Naional Junior Classical League In addiion o sudying inIaly a he Inercollegiae Cener or Classical Sudies and in Greece a he American School orClassical Sudies he was presiden o he Indiana Classical Conerence In 2003 Jeremy was rec-ognized as he Lain eacher o he Year in Indiana and in 2004 was recognized by he Indiana
Sae eachers Associaion as a orch o K nowledge ecipien
LANETTA WARRENBURG
BA Indiana Universiy MA Indiana Universiy-Purdue Universiy Indianapolis
Laneta Warrenburg has augh high school English and Lain or hiry-hree years a schoolsin Indiana and Illinois Her las weny-our years o eaching Lain were a Elgin High Schoolin Elgin Illinois While eaching Lain here she served as he Illinois Classical Conerencechairperson or Chicago Classics Day as co-chair or he Illinois Ceramen League since 1993and as sae chair or he Il linois Junior Classical L eague rom 1999ndash2001 Laneta was honoredas he Illi nois Lain eacher o he Year in 2001 and was presiden o he Chicago Classical Clubrom 2005ndash2007
INTRODUCTION
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 2954
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull xxiii
INTRODUCTIONALPHABETTe Lain alphabe was derived rom he Eruscan alphabe some ime beore he sevenh cen-ury 983138983139983141 Te Eruscans were a people in pre-oman Ialy
Teir alphabe owes much o he Greek alphabe In urn he Greek alphabe was derived romhe Phoenician alphabe Phoenician raders had spread heir sysem o wriing h roughou he
Medierranean region Te Phoenician alphabe isel can be raced o he Norh Semiic alpha- be which was used in Syria and Palesine as early as he elevenh cenury 983138983139983141 and is consideredo be he earlies ully developed alphabeic wriing sysem
An Eruscan couple reclining on a funeral sarcophagus
bull xxiii bull
Sandard41
EDITORrsquoS NOTE
Te comprehension quesions and answers as well as some o he eaching ips and eacher by he Way noa-ions in his eacher manual were writen by Elisa C Denja LeaAnn A Osburn Karen Lee Singh and DonaldE Sprague classics ediorseducaors a Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers
HOW TO USE THIS BOOK
Please noe ha he perinen naional Classics sandards are lised in he margin o he lef or righ on he samepage as he reproducion o he suden ex
Eisemann Communicaion assised in preparing he correlaions o Lain o r he New Mil lennium wih he
naional sandards For an overview o he sandards hemselves and he correlaions please consul www bolchazyl nmcom
TEACHING TIP
Te eacher may choose o use he picure o he Eruscan couple on his page and he brie meniono he Eruscan alphabe o open a discussion on wha role he Eruscans played in early omanimes Sudens may be direced o p xxx ii o find Eruria on he map
TEACHING TIPTe eacher may wish o discuss wih he sudens he erm ldquoomance languagesrdquo Many modernlanguages come rom he language used by he ancien omans French Ialian Poruguese Span-ish omanian ec omansch (spoken by he descendans o he aeians and one o he our o-ficial languages o Swizerland) is also derived rom Lain
TEACHER BY THE WAYBased on archeological evidence i appears ha Eruscan women were an imporan par o hesocial srucure Ofen he names o boh moher and aher were placed on unerary inscripionsTe reedom o women wihin sociey is likewise apparen on monumens where hey can be seenreclining wih heir husbands on he same couch atending games and having a place o honor in heomb isel Noice he affecionae pose o he couple in he illusraion on p xxiii Clearly marriedlove was valued in Eruscan sociey and amily lie was imporan
ombs also provide evidence or he syle o Eruscan homes Some o hese eaures were borrowed by heomans especially he cenral hall and hree rooms a he back Tis ype o house was known a Pompeii as well as a ome ac cording o Viru vius auhor o Dē archiecūrā
TEACHING TIP
Te eacher may wish o have sudens read an English ranslaion o Livyrsquos radiional accouno anaquil wie o arquinius Priscus he fifh king o ome Te independence o Eruscan women is ev iden in hi s ale He r behavior is he ani hesis o he ideas o woma nly dec orum hel d by he omans
TEACHING TIPS d ill j i i h E li h ldquo lph b rdquo pl i h E li h l t ih h
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 3054
xxiv bull Latin for the New Millennium
xxiv bull Latin for the New Millennium
Look a he English alphabe in he lef column and a he Lain alphabe in he righ one TeLain alphabe is accompanied by he names o he Lain leters (in parenheses)
English Alphabe Lain Alphabe
Uppercase Lowercase Uppercase Lowercase Leter Name
A a A a (a ldquoăhrdquo)
B b B b (be ldquobayrdquo)
C c C c (ce ldquocayrdquo)
D d D d (de ldquodayrdquo)
E e E e (e ldquoĕhrdquo)
F F (e)
G g G g (ge ldquogayrdquo)H h H h (ha ldquohahrdquo)
I i I i (i ldquoeerdquo)
J j
K k K k (ka ldquokahrdquo)
L l L l (el)
M m M m (em)
N n N n (en)
O o O o (o ldquoŏhrdquo)
P p P p (pe ldquopayrdquo)
Q q Q q (qu ldquokoordquo)
r r (er)
S s S s (es)
(e ldquoayrdquo)
U u U u (u ldquooordquo)
V v V v (u consonan)
W w
X x X x (ix ldquoeexrdquo)
Y y Y y (upsilon)
Z z Z z (zea ldquodzayardquo)
Te English alphabe is derived direcly rom he Lain alphabe Tis accouns or he greasimilariies b eween he wo alphabes Tere are 26 leters in he English alphabe and 24 in heLain Te differences are he ollowing
bull Te leter W w (which is he doubled leter v) is missing in he Lain alphabe
bull Te leter J j is a more recen invenion In ac i appears in Lain exs writen during heMiddle Ages and he enaissance as well as i n many modern ediions o ancien Lain exsI is used o indicae he semi-vowel i someimes called consonanal i Te consonanal i is
Sudens will enjoy singing he English alphabe song replacing he English leter names wih heLain leter names Sudens may be insruced o clap once where here is no Lain leter name (egldquoJrdquo) equivalen o he English one
TEACHING TIPTe eacher may choose o display any Lain words (a lis is provided below or he eacherrsquos conve-nience) and insruc he sudens o spell ou he word using he Lain leter names Te sudensmay become curious o know wha he Lain words mean Definiions are given below
bull pars ndash par
bull nox ndash nigh
bull ruber ndash red
bull ēgī ndash I have done
bull amilia ndash amily
bull carō ndash 1047298esh
bull dēcernō ndash I decide
bull herba ndash plan
bull Kalendae ndash Kalends (firs day o he monh)
bull quoque ndash also
bull imor ndash ear
bull Pȳhia ndash Pyhia (name o Apollorsquos priesess)
bull iēcī ndash I hrew
bull ēlīx - happy bull ignis ndash fire
bull mūō ndash I change
COMPREHENSION QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS FOR PAGES XXIII991251XXVeproducible versions o he quesions alone are available a wwwlnm bolchazycom
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 3154
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull xxv
Introduction bull xxv
he i a he beginning o a word beore a vowel or i beween wo vowels According o hismehod or example Iūlius is writen Jūlius and Āiax is writen Ājax In his book he leter J j will no be used
bull Te disincion beween he vowel U u and he consonan V v also belongs o laer imesIniially here was only one leter V u used boh or he vowel and he consonan eg Vrbs ldquoTe Ciyrdquo (ie ome) or uicor ldquohe winnerrdquo
bull However in accord wih he prevail ing pracice o expressing he vowel wih U u and heconsonan wih V v in his book he wo leters will be disingui shed
PRONUNCIATION OF LATIN
VOWELSTere are six vowels in Lain and heir pronunciaion is as ollows
Long Vowel Sound Shor Vowel Sound
ā is pronounced as in ldquoaherrdquo ōrāor ldquooraorrdquo a is pronounced as in ldquoalikerdquo amō ldquoloverdquo
ē is pronounced like he a in ldquoraverdquo nēmō ldquonobodyrdquo e is pronounced as in ldquoperdquo bene ldquowellrdquo
ī is pronounced like he double e in ldquoseenrdquo līmes ldquoboundaryrdquo
i is pronounced as in ldquopirdquo nihil ldquonohingrdquo
ō is pronounced as in ldquosoverdquo videō ldquo(I) seerdquo o is pronounced as in ldquoofenrdquorosa ldquoroserdquo
ū is pronounced as in ldquomoonrdquo ūnus ldquoonerdquo u is pronounced as in ldquopurdquo um ldquohenrdquo
ӯ comes rom Greek and is pronounced in lenghsomewhere beween he i in ldquohirdquo and he u in ldquomuerdquo Pӯramus ldquoPyramusrdquo
y comes rom Greek Is sound wheher long or shorlies in beween he sounds o i and u much as in heFrench ldquosucircrrdquo bu he sound o shor y is less drawn ouhan ha o long y lyricus ldquolyricalrdquo
Te Lain words senātus rēgēsulla gentēs and prīmus are
engraved on his sone
Sign from Pompeii carved on sone wih Lain leters
p q
1 race he roos o he Lain alphabe rom is beginnings orward
Norh-Semiic alphabe elevenh cenury 983138983139983141 Phoenician alphabe Greek alphabe Erusca n alphabeLain alphabe
2 Which wo leters in he English alphabe are no ound in he Lain alphabe
W and J
3 When does he leter J begin o appear in Lain
During he Middle Ages and he enaissa nce
4 Look a he Lain inscripion on he sign rom Pompeii (on he righ o p xxv) Find a leas hree Lain words Lis an Engl ish word you believe is based on he La in word
colonia 991252 colonial colony honoris 991252 honorspecacula 991252 specacular specacle perpevom 991252 perpeual perpeuiy duovir 991252 virile virili
Sandards12 41
TEACHING TIPSudens may wan o know he English meanings o he Lain words in Exercises 1 and 2 Te defini-
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 3254
xxvi bull Latin for the New Millennium
xxvi bull L atin for the New Millennium
BY THE WAY
Everywhere in his book long vowels are indicaed by macrons ie ā ē ī ō ū ӯ whileabove he shor vowels here are no signs Someimes wo words differ rom each oheronly in he lengh o he vowel For example mālum wih a longa means ldquoapplerdquo whilemalum wih a shor a means ldquobad hingrdquo
EXERCISE 1epea hese words aloud afer your eacher pronounces hem
1 a lō 7 lēnis 13 probō 19 sūor2 alumnus 8 sēdēs 14 noa 20 ūsus3 rāna 9 i er 15 pōnō 21 syllaba4 rādō 10 imeō 16 dōnum 22 Pӯrēnē5 eneō 11 nīor 17 ululō6 peō 12 mīrus 18 lupus
DIPHTHONGSDiphhongs are wo vowels combined in one syllable and pronounced ogeher as one soundTere are six diphhongs in Lain
bull ae much like he y in ldquoskyrdquo laevus ldquo lefrdquo
bull au pronounced as ou in ldquoourrdquo aurum ldquo goldrdquo
bull ei pronounced as ei in ldquoeignrdquo oiei ldquoalasrdquo
bull eu pronounced eoo much as i in he wo words ldquogrey bluerdquo you were o subrac he ldquogr-rdquo andhe ldquobl-rdquo and combine he wo vowel sounds Eurōpa ldquoEuroperdquo
bull oe pronounced as oy in ldquoboyrdquo proelium ldquo batlerdquo
bull ui pronounced nearly like ldquowerdquohui ldquoohrdquo
I is believed ha quie early sill in ancien imes he diphhongs ae and oe began o be pro-nounced as e I you encouner hem writen aē or aeuml and oē or oeuml his means ha hey are nodiphhongs and he leters should be pronounced separaely āēr poēa
Te diphhongs are always long
EXERCISE 2epea hese words afer your eacher pronounces hem
1 aesās 7 s eu 13 aēneus2 a equō 8 m oenia 14 poēma3 raeda 9 neu 15 hei4 l audō 10 poena 16 huic5 a u 11 neuer6 aula 12 Poenus
Sudens may wan o know he English meanings o he Lain words in Exercises 1 and 2 Te definiions are provided or he eacherrsquos convenience
EXERCISE 11 I nourish 12 wonderul
2 suden 13 I approve
3 rog 14 noe
4 I scrape 15 I pu
5 I hold 16 gif6 I seek 17 I howl
7 smooh 18 wol
8 sea 19 shoemaker
9 journey 20 use
10 I ear 21 sylla ble
11 I srive 22 Pȳrene (a name)
EXERCISE 21 summer
2 I make level
3 carriage
4 I praise5 or
6 orecour
7 or i
8 walls
9 and no
10 penaly
11 neiher
12 Carhaginian
13 bronze
14 poem
15 ah
16 o his
TEACHER BY THE WAYHisorical evidence can be cied or reading he firs syllable o ldquomāgnusrdquo as naurally long bu oher
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 3354
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull xxvii
Introduction bull xxvii
CONSONANTSbull c is pronounced as in ldquocomerdquo clārus ldquobrighrdquo censeō ldquo(I) deemrdquo cārus ldquodearrdquo
bull When b is ollowed by s as in urbs ldquociyrdquo he sound o b approaches ha o p a sound wemigh represen as urps
bull g is pronounced as in ldquogerdquo gaudiumldquojoyrdquo gignō ldquo(I) bege (I) bearrdquo grāialdquoavor agreeablenessrdquo
bull Some hink ha he omans o Cicerorsquos ime (firs cenury 983138983139983141) pronounced he wo conso-nans ng as ngn or example he adjecive māgnus ldquogreardquo would have been pronounced in a
way ha we migh represen asmangnus
bull k is a very rare consonan In ac i appears only in wo words Kalendae ldquohe firs day oevery monh in he oman calendarrdquo and in he personal name Kaeso
bull q appears always in combinaion wih u and he combinaion qu is pronounced as in ldquoqueenrdquoquatuor ldquoourrdquo
bull v has a sound similar o w (as in he word ldquowierdquo) videō ldquo I seerdquo
bull Te consonanu in he combinaion su sounds like he English w in he ollowing our wordssuēscō ldquo(I) become accusomedrdquoSuēvī a name o a German ribe suādeō ldquo(I) adviserdquo suāvis ldquosweerdquo
bull Te leter r is rilled slighly Te sound has no exac equivalen in English bu is heard inmany oher European languages Te bes way o make his sound is o pronounce r as inldquoroperdquo bu vibrae he end o he ongue slighly as you say i
bull x is a double consonan (equivalen ocs or gs) ha sounds much like he x in ldquosixrdquo
bull z is a noher double consonan (equivalen o dz) and sounds almos like z in ldquozebrardquo I be-gins wih a sligh d sound firs so in pronouncing his leter you should hear dz
bull ph sounds like p in ldquopenrdquo bu wih he addiion o a sligh breah o air represened by he hth sounds like t as in ldquo omrdquo bu wih he addiion o a sligh ex ra breahing represened byhe h ch sounds nearly like he combinaion kh Tese consonans are borrowed rom Greek
and appear in Greek words zephyrus ldquowesern breezerdquo chorus ldquochorusrdquo heārum ldquoheaerrdquo When p and t are no accompanied by h his sligh aspiraion is absen
bull When consonans are doubled as in he verbaggredior he consonanal sound is lenghenedslighly
EXERCISE 3epea hese words afer your eacher pronounces hem
1 cibus 7 glōria 13 phasēlus2 capiō 8 Zeus 14 chara3 cumulus 9 bibliohēca 15 cēlō4 crēscō 10 phi losophia 16 anīquus5 gemma 11 zōna6 Gallus 12 heōrēma
g y g y gevidence suggess i is naurally shor Tus in some grammar books such as he one by Gildersleeveand Lodge we find his syllable marked as long bu in oher books i is reaed as shor
TEACHING TIPTe sudens may also wish o find ou he meanings o he Lain words in Exercise 3 Te definiionsare provided or he eacherrsquos convenience
EXERCISE 3
1 ood2 I ake
3 a heap
4 I grow
5 bud jewel
6 a Gaul
7 glory
8 Zeus
9 library
10 philosophy
11 a girdle
12 heory
13 kidney bean
14 paper
15 I hide
16 old
TEACHING TIPTe eacher may wish o provide he sudens wih some pracice on syllables and sress accen Here
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 3454
xxviii bull Latin for the New Millennium
xxviii bull Latin for the New Millennium
ACCENT A Lain word is made up no jus o leters bu also o syllables A Lain word has as many syllablesas i has vowels or diphhongs (a diphhong works like a single vowel since i is made up o wo
vowels pronounced ogeher [see diphhongs above])
You will need o know he ollowing erms when learning abou accen
bull ulima he las syllable in a word
bull penul he second-o-las syllable in a word
bull anepenul he hird-o-las syllable in a word
So in he word ze- ph y-r us he vowel u is he ulima y is he penul and e is he anepenul
RULES ABOUT THE STRESS ACCENT IN LATIN1 Te sress accen in Lain alls on eiher he penul or he anepenul
2 Te accen alls on he penul i he penul is long I he penul is shor he accen alls onhe anepenul
3 How o deermine wheher he penul is long or shor
a I he penul conains a long vowel (or any diphhong) he penul isel is long You o-en need o learn wheher he vowel in he penul is long or shor as a basic elemen inlearning a new word A macron above he vowel will ell you ha he vowel is long whi lehe absence o a macron wil l indicae a shor vowel Pronouncing he word can help youremember he vowel lenghs For ex ample vi-de-ō ldquoI seerdquo is pronounced viacutedeō whileau-rō-ra ldquodawnrdquo is pronounced aurōacutera and po-pu-lus ldquopeoplerdquo is pronounced po pulus
b I he vowel in he penul is ollowed by wo or more consonans he penul is long no
mater wheher he vowel in he penul is long or shor and he accen necessarily allson he penul For example do-cu-men-um ldquodocumenrdquo is pronounced documenacuteum
BY THE WAYTe consonan x is double (cs or gs) and couns as wo consonans when deermining
wheher he penul is long
c Tere is one excepion o lsquobrsquo above Someimes even when here are wo consonans be-ween he penul and he ulima hey sill do no deermine ha he penul is long Tishappens when he wo consonans are a mue and a liquid
Te mues are p b d t g c
Te liquids are l r
So in he word pal-pe-bra ldquoeyelidrdquo he anepenul is accened ( palacutepebra) he vowel o he pe-nul is shor since i i s ollowed by a mue and a l iquid O course ru le lsquoarsquo sill applies in he wordhe-ā-trum ldquoheaerrdquo he penul is accened (heāacuterum) since i is naurally long somehing welearn rom he macron
y p p yare some examples wih he answers included or he eacherrsquos convenience
Underline he ulima in each word
1 legō
2 rēgis
3 imperāor
Underline he penul in each word
1 causa
2 pūnīum3 armāus
Underline he anepenul in each word
1 vulnerō
2 eigī
3 sublāum
Underline he penul i i is long
1 pōnō
2 spēlunca
3 pauperis
Underline he syllable ha will receive he sress accen in each word1 ōrāculum
2 peīum
3 cōnsania
4 exsīncum
5 vulneris
6 solius
TEACHING TIPGiven he passage abou he bahhouse on his page and he picure rom Bah England he
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 3554
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull xxix
EXERCISE 4epea each senence aloud afer your eacher reads i Pay atenion o he pronunciaion andsress accen o each word
Wha i is Like o Live Over a Bahhouse
(Adaped rom Seneca Moral Leter 56)
Ecce undique clāmor sona Suprā ipsum balneum habiō Prōpōne nunc ibi omnia genera vōcumodiōsa Foriōrēs exercenur e manūs plumbō gravēs iacan cum au labōran au labōranemimianur Gemiūs audiō quoiēns spīrium remīsērun Sun quoque ūncōrēs e racāōrēs
Audiō crepium manuum umerōs erienium sonus quoque icuum mūāur nunc enim manusperveni plāna nunc concava Audiō clāmōrēs sī ūr es i n balneō dēprehēnsus
Look here is noise sounding all around I live above he bahhouse isel Imagine o yourselnow all he haeul ypes o voices Te sronger ones exercise hemselves and swing heir ha ndsloaded wih lead weighs while hey work ou991252or imiae a person working ou I hear moansevery ime hey le go a ltpen-upgt breah Tere are also anoiners and masseurs I hear he slapo hands hiting shoulders and he sound o he blows changes or someimes he hands come1047298a someimes cupped I hear shouing i a hie is caugh in he bahhouse
A pool from inside he Roman Bahs in Bah England
Introduction bull xxix
eacher may wish o open a discussion abou bahs during oman i mes Te use o he calidārium fīgid ārium epidārium and sūdārium may be explained by he eacher and sudens may be en-couraged o learn andor pronounce hese words
TEACHER BY THE WAYBahs were ofen consruced on locaions having ho or mineral springs such as Bah in Englandand Bāiae a resor own on he Bay o Naples
Modern Bah in oman imes was named afer he Celic goddess o healing Sulis In he firscenury her shrine was aken over by he omans and she was idenified wih he goddess Minerva
Te sie was hen known as Aquae Sulis Mine rva In a emple relie she is represened wih a Medusa-like head and a musache
Te spa conained a grea bah (73 f by 29 f) and hree oher swimming pools he calidārium (ho bah)epidārium (warm bah) and fīgidār ium (cold bah) In he second cenury he spring was enclosed wihin a wooden barrel-vau led build ing ha housed hese hree pools Ho ai r bahs were ueled by coal fires A con-san 1047298ow o waer was direced o he pools hrough lead pipes which sill uncion oday
Archeologica l excavaions have revealed ma ny sacred voive offerings c urse ables and innumerable coinsa he botom o he springs Te curse ables writen in Lain heaped curses on anyone suspeced o wrong-doing Te ancien radiion o hrowing coins accompanied by a wish sill prevails oday in ome a he reviFounain where ourissvisiors do he same
More inormaion on bah complexes in ome can be ound on p 386 o his eacherrsquos manual
Sandards22 31
32 41 42
TEACHING TIPTe eacher may wish o insruc he sudens o find he iber iver which is picured here on he
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 3654
xxx bull Latin for the New Millennium
xxx bull Latin for the New Millennium
OVERVIEW OF ROMAN HISTORY According o legend omulus and his win broher emus were se adrif on he iber iver Ashe-wol nursed he boys unil a shepherd rescued hem Upon reaching manhood in 753 983138983139983141he wins ounded a new ciy near he place w here hey had been ound by he she-wol on he
basis o anaugusō auguriō ldquoa avorable sighing o birdsrdquo Bu omulus killed emus in a dispueover who would rule he new ciy and became is firs king
Six oher kings ruled afer omulus Numa Pompilius ullus Hosilius Ancus Marius ar-quinius Prisc us Servius ullius a nd arquinius Superbus (arquin he Proud) Afer he las ohese seven kings was overhrown in 509 983138983139983141 ome became a republic wih a represenaiveorm o governmen headed by wo consuls eleced an nually By 451 983138983139983141 he fi rs corpus o o-man law known as he welve ables was creaed
In he las cenury 983138983139983141 he oman epublic was shaken apar by a series o civil wars By31 983138983139983141 an auocraic regime headed earlier by Julius Caesar and laer by his grea-nephew Oc-avian brough he epublic o an end Te years rom 27 983138983139983141991252when Ocavian assumed heile o prīnceps ldquochie ciizenrdquo as well as he name Augu sus991252o around 180 983139983141 are known ashe early principae or empire During his era ome exended her boundaries o he BriishIsles in he norh Norh Arica in he souh Spain in he wes and he igris and Euphraesrivers in he eas
A view of he iber River as i 1047298ows hrough he ciy of Rome
map on p xxxii
COMPREHENSION QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS FOR PAGE XXX991251XXXI
eproducible versions o he quesions alone are available a wwwlnm bolchazycom
1 Who were he legendary ounders o ome
omulus and emus
2 According o legend in wha year was ome ounded
753 983138983139983141
3 Over he course o he monarchic period how many kings ruled ome
Seven
4 Wha even occurred in 509 983138983139983141
Te beginni ng o he oman epublic (wih wo consuls in charge)
5 Wha is he erm associaed wih he wo leaders o he epublic
Consul
6 Which wo leaders oversaw omersquos shif rom a republic o a principae
Julius Caesar and OcavianAugusu s
7 Wha major aciviy associaed wih empire-building ook place during he principae
erriorial expansion
8 Name wo developmens ha characerized he lae empire
Severe economic problems inernal poliical unres andor requen invasion by he Germanic ribes
9 Describe Diocleianrsquos response o he roubles o he empire
Diocleian divided he empire ino wo halves he Easern and Wesern empires in order o make ruli nghe empire more manageable
10 Explai n he origin o he erm ldquovandalismrdquo
Te fifh cenury invasion and pillag ing o ome by he ribe known as he Vandals who occupied he o-man province o Norh Arica led o he erm ldquovandalismrdquo meaning wanon desrucion
11 Describe Lainrsquos role in he cenuries afer 476 983139983141
Lain 1047298ourished as he major lierary language in he Wesern oman Empire and was spread o non-omanized places like Ireland Scandinavia and he New World
TEACHING TIP
Te eacher may ask he sudens o find he daes menioned on his page in he imeline on pp411ndash414
Sandards21 31 32
TEACHING TIPTe eacher may insruc he sudens o locae ByzaniumConsaninople discussed here in he
d h h ii
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 3754
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull xxxi
Introduction bull xxxi
From 180 983139983141 onwards in he period k nown as he lae empire he oman sae experiencedsevere economic problems and requen invasions by Germanic ri bes esponding o he pres-sure o he firs wave o migraions as well as inernal poliical u nres and economic diffi culieshe emperor Diocleian (ruled 284ndash305 983139983141) had already divided he oman Empire ino anEasern and Wesern hal each under is own emperor991252an atemp o make he vas omansae more manageable
Tis poliical division o he empire acually mirrored a culural division oo he main lan-guage o he Wes was Lain while he main language o he Eas was Greek Shorly aferwardshe emperor Consanine (ruled 312ndash337 983139983141) esablished a new capial or he Easern empirea Byzanium wh ich he renamed Consaninople (ldquohe ciy o Consaninerdquo oday called Isan-
bul) Bu even afer his reorganizaion he imperial governmen ulimaely proved incapable o
semming he ide o he migraions in par because he oman army was oo widely e xendedand could no be in so many places a once Indeed many o he invaders were given he sauso oederāī or ldquoreay roopsrdquo In effec hey were a llowed o occupy segmens o he empire inreurn or proecing i So when Alar ic King o he Visigohs sacked ome in 410 983139983141 he acual lyhad a ile as a commander in he oman army
ome was sacked again in 455 983139983141 by he Vandals who had already occupied he omanprovince o Norh Arica Te pillaging o he ciy o omulus by he invaders made a pro-ound impression on conemporaries and o his day he erm ldquovandalismrdquo is a word in severallanguages or wanon desrucion While he Easern empire (always more sable and eco-nomically prosperous han he Wes) coninued o exis unil 1453 983139983141 he Wesern empire
was ex inc as a poliica l eniy by 476 983139983141 In is place were Germa nic k ingdoms and ribes Angles and Saxons in Briai n Visigohs in Spain Osrogohs in Ialy Franks and Burgundi ansin Gaul991252o name only he major groups Te combinaion o hese new socieies wih heprevious inhabians who had been omanized o varying degrees would one day provide he
basis or he culures o modern Europe
Bu he end o he ancien oman Empire in he Wes was no he end o Lain On he con-rary during he nex 1200 years Lain no only 1047298ourished as he major lierary language in he
erriories o he ormer Wesern oman Empire he use o Lain was exended o regions heomans had never occupied including Ireland Scandinavi a and even he New World
BEGINNINGS OF LATIN LITERATURE Very ew complee works o Lain lieraure produced beore he mid-second cenury 983138983139983141 (ie beore 150 983138983139983141) have survived One reason or his loss was he remendous populariy o he works produced in he ollowing cenury by such auhors as Cicero Vergil and Ovid Teir wri-ings were so widely read and copied in subsequen cenuries ha he auhors preceding hem
were gradually negleced
Among he major figures o early Lain lieraure was a reed slave rom he Greek ciy o aren-um named Livius Andronicus who li ved rom 284ndash204 983138983139983141 He was known or his adapaionso Greek drama or oman audiences and his ranslaion o Homerrsquos Odyssey ino Lain verse
second paragraph on he map on p xxxii
TEACHING TIPTe eacher may ask he sudens o find he daes menioned on his page in he imeline on pp413ndash414
HOW TO USE THIS BOOK AND ITS ANCILLARIES
wo ancillaries are available or use wih his book Te Original Dysuncional Family (abbreviaed ODF)and From Romulus o Romulus Augusulus (abbreviaed R) R will be paricularly useul in order ohelp sudens keep he ime periods o he auhors and o he evens he auhors wroe abou sraigh in heirminds Chaper ile pages will include when appropriae a noaion on wha chaper o R he eachermay wish o assign
TEACHING TIPTe eacher may wish o assign Chaper 1 o he oman hisory ancillary From Romulus o Romu-lus Augusulus a his poin
COMPREHENSION QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS FOR PAGES XXXI991251XXXIVeproducible versions o he quesions alone are available a wwwlnm bolchazycom
1 Whom did he omans consider he aher o Lain lieraure
Ennius
2 Wha was Enniusrsquo mos amous work Is subjec mater
Annālēs was an epic poem abou omersquos early hisory
3 Wha amous Lain saying means ldquoCarhage mus be desroyedrdquo
Carhāgō dēlenda es
4 Who is he auhor o ha saying
Cao he ElderCao he Censor
5 When was Carha ge said o have been desroyed
146 983138983139983141 a he end o he hird Punic war
NB Aler sudens ha he answers o hese comprehension quesions will be ound on p xxxiv
Sandards21 31
R1
TEACHING TIP Ask sudens he English equivalen o cou nries s uch as Briannia and Germānia and he Englishequivalen o he ciies Neāpolis and Ahēnae
Sandard31
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 3854
xxxii bull Latin for the New Millennium
equivalen o he ciies Neāpolis and Ahēnae
A full size r eproducible version of h is page wihou he answe rs can be downloaded a wwwlnm bolchazycom
HOW TO USE THIS BOOK Answers o rep roducible aciviies w ill be gi ven in a larger size bel ow or he eacherrsquos convenience
ANSWERS TO MAP WORK 991251 PAGES XXXII991251XXXIII
1 Crēa Sicilia Corsica Sardinia Cyprus Ihaca Dēlos Brianni a
2 Vesuvius Mōns Aena Mōns Olympus Mōns Āppennīnus Mōns
3 Syria Macedonia Arica Asia
4 mare or ponus
5 Asia Eurōpa Arica
A full siz e reproducible version of his page wihou he answers can be down loaded a wwwln mbolchazycom
Te eacher may wish o have his map enlarged when reproducing i for ease of suden use in compleing his aciviy
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 3954
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull xxxiii
HOW TO USE THIS BOOK
Te answers o his aciviy can be easily seen on he wo acing pages
Te omans regarded Ennius (ca 239 169 983138983139983141) as he aher o Lain lieraure He wroe
TEACHING TIPSudens may be encouraged o find he ciy o Carhage menioned in he second paragraph on hemap on p xxxii
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 4054
xxxiv bull Latin for the New Millennium
xxxiv bull L atin for the New Millennium
Te omans regarded Ennius (ca 239ndash169 983138983139983141) as he aher o Lain lieraure He wroemany kinds o lierary works including plays His Annālēs an epic poem abou he early hisoryo ome was paricularly renowned and perhaps he primary epic read in oman schools beorehe ime o Vergil Only ragmens o his wriings remain
One o Enniusrsquo conemporaries was heamed Cao he Censor also known as Caohe Elder (234ndash149 983138983139983141) a rigidly conserva-ive oman senaor Mos o his reaise onagriculure called Dē agrī culūrā survivesI is he oldes work o Lain prose amongCaorsquos recommendaions here are ha fieldslaves be reaed similarly o beass o bur-den Cao is also remembered or his sae-men Carhāgō dēlenda es ldquoCarhage mus
be desroyedrdquo evidence or he omanear o he Carhaginians Te omansough hree wars known as he Punic
Wars agai ns he Car haginians Te fi rsended beore Cao was born in he secondagains Hannibal Cao served wih miliarydisincion he hird ended in 146 983138983139983141 asCao had demanded wih he desruciono Carhage On his occasion he vic oriousomans were said o have plowed sal inohe Carhaginian soil
Discussions abou laer auhors and adap-aions rom heir wriings w ill be presenedchronologically in he chapers o his book
Ancien ruins a Carhage in Africa
p p
TEACHER BY THE WAY Alhough he works o Enniu s have been preserved on ly in ragmens (abou a housand lines) hehad a grea in1047298uence on subsequen poes such as Vergil Quoable quoes include
bull a es o riendship Amīcus cer us in rē incer ā cerniur (A riend in need is a riend indeed)
bull an applicaion o wisdom o lie Quī ipse sibi sapiēns prōdesse nequi nēquīquam sapi (A man who
himsel is wise bu unable o be useul o himsel is wise or nohing)bull he amous descripion o Fabius Maximus Ūnus homō nōbīs cūncandō resiui rem (One man by delaying res ored he sae or us)
bull and he line on Manius Curius Quem nēmō errō poui superāre nec aurō (Whom no one was ableo deea eiher by sword or gold)
We also have preser ved or us he exa mple o excessive all ieraion ha has g iven rise o much laugher inLain classrooms over he years Ō ie ūe aī ibi ana yranne ulisī ldquoO ius aius you yran (all voca-ive) you brough o yoursel such grea (roubles)rdquo991252ranslaed in conex which plays off he more lieral ldquo you ookacquired or yoursel such grea hings rdquo
On he oher hand he composed his own epiaph in which his high eseem among omans proved o beprescien
nēmō mē lacrumīs decōre neu unera 1047298ēū
axi Cūr Voliō vivos per ōra v irum (Le no one honor me wih ears or make a uneral pyre by weeping
Why I 1047298y li ving hrough he mouhs o men)
TEACHER BY THE WAY
Pluarchrsquos Lie o Cao is a good source o snappy quoaions atribued o his saesman soldier andauhor For example while discussing he power o women he said ldquoAll oher men rule heir wives we rule al l oher men and our w ives rule us rdquo Atemping o persuade he oman people o orego adisribuion o grain he began his speech by saying ldquoI is a hard mater o argue wih he belly sincei has no earsrdquo And o a ribune who had been accused o using poison and was rying o pass a use-less bill he said ldquoI know no which is worse o drink your mixures or o enac your billsrdquo
1CHAPTER 1
HOW TO USE THIS BOOK
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 4154
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull 1
1CHAPTER
Parts of Speech Nouns Number Gender Case (Nominative and Accusative)
First Declension Nouns
MEMORĀBILE DICTŪ
SPQ Senātus Populusque ōmānusldquoTe Senae and he People o omerdquo
Tese our leters orm wha is known as an acronym one ha symbolized supreme power inancien ome
Oil paining of Romulus and Remus wih he wolf By Peer Paul Rubens (1577ndash1640)
Te grammaical and synacical opics ha will be presened in each chaper o his book are lised a he opo he chaper ile page
HOW TO USE THIS BOOK
Te illusraion on each chaperrsquos ile page presens a visual inroducion o he Lain reading passage ha willollow eachers may choose o discuss he illusraion in order o provide he conex or he reading he su-dens will encouner on he nex page
HOW TO USE THIS BOOK
On each chaper ile page he phrase Memorābile Dictū (ldquoA memorable hing o say rdquo) will be ou nd Below here will be a amous phrase quoa ion abbreviaion or moto in L ain ha w ill connec hese words o he opicsin he chaper
MEMORĀBILE DICTŪ VOCABULARY
populus populī m ndash people
-que ndash and
senāus senāūs m ndash senae
TEACHING TIP
ubens pained his picure o omulus and emus rom 1615ndash1616 during wha is called he Ba-roque period o ar Te man approaching rom he rear is Fausulus Te reclining figure is he god
o he river iber
HOW TO USE THIS BOOK AND ITS ANCILLARIESwo ancillaries are available or use wih his book Te Original Dysunctional Family (abbreviaed ODF)and From Romulus to Romulus Augustulus (abbreviaed R) R will be paricularly useul in order ohelp sudens keep he ime periods o he auhors and o he evens he auhors wroe abou sraigh in heirmind Chaper ile pages wil l include when appropriae a noaion abou wha chaper o R he eachermay wish o assign
Standards11 21
R 2and 3
READING
TRANSLATION OF LATIN PASSAGEomulus and emus
Mars is a god Mars loves hea Silvia And so hea Silvia has wo sons omulus and emus Amulius locks uph Sil i A li l d i h A h l lk h T h l
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 4254
2 bull Latin for the New Millennium
2 bull Latin for the New Millennium
READINGTis sory describes how ome was said o have been ounded in 753 983138983139983141 King Numior o AlbaLonga was overhrown by his cruel and ambiious broher Amulius who no only seized hehrone bu so eared ha one o Numiorrsquos male descendans migh have a legiimae claim oni ha he made Amuliusrsquo daug her hea Silvia a priesess o he goddess Vesa Tese priesesses
were no allowed o marry during heir childbearing years
RŌMULUS ET REMUS
1 Mārs es deus Mārs hēam Silviam ama Iaque hēa Silvia duōs
īliōs habe ōmulum e emum Amūlius hēam Silviam vinculīs
claudi Amūlius ōmulum e emum in aquam pōni Lupa ad aquamambula Lupa ōmulum e emum bene cūra e ama ōmulus e
5 emus crēscun Poseā ōmulus e emus ōmam aedifican
Famous bronze saue of he she-wolf and he wins
hea Silvia Amulius pus omulus and emus ino he waer A she-wol walks o he waer Te she-wol caresor (akes good care o) omulus and emus well and loves (hem) omulus and emus grow up Aferwards(laer) omulus and emus build ome
HOW TO USE THIS BOOK Above each La in reading pa ssage inorm aion is presened in Engl ish Tis pre -reading provides back groundinormaion abou he auhor and esablishes he conex o he passage he sudens will read
TEACHER BY THE WAY
Te eacher may wish o inroduce he class o he radiional abbreviaions o 983137983140 (which sandsor he Lain phrase Annō Dominī ldquoi n he year o our Lordrdquo) and 983138983139 (which sands or he Engl ishphrase ldquoBeore Chrisrdquo) Tese older abbreviaions coninue o be used bu his book employs heabbreviaions 983138983139983141 (Beore he Common Era) and 983139983141 (Common Era)
TEACHING TIPInsruc he sudens o locae Alba Longa on he map on pp xxxiindashxxxiii
TEACHER BY THE WAYTough he wins were added o he sculpure in he enaissance he she-wol has srong links wihEruscan myhology and shows characerisics o Eruscan sculpure
TEACHING TIP
Te eacher may wish o encourage he sudens o design an abbreviaed amily ree o omulusand emus
Standards11 22
Jupier Juno King Num ior o Alba Longa
Mars hea Silvia
omulus emus
READING VOCABULARY
HOW TO USE THIS BOOKTe English pronoun subjec o a verb is no lised in he eading Vocabulary i he pronoun is no needed inhe ranslaion
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 4354
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull 3
Chapter 1 bull 3
READING VOCABULARYad aquam ndash o he waer
aedifican ndash build
ama ndash loves
ambula ndash walks
Amūlius ndash Amul ius
aquam ndash waer
bene ndash well
claudi ndash locks up
crēscun ndash grow up
cūra ndash akes care o cares or
deus ndash god
duōs ndash woes ndash is
e ndash and
īliōs ndash sons
habe ndash has
in aquam ndash ino he waer
iaque ndash and so
lupa ndash she-wol
Mārs ndash Mars he god o war
pōni ndash pus
poseā ndash aferwards laer
emum ndash emus
emus ndash emus
hēa Silvia ndash hea Silvia
hēam Silviam ndash hea Silvia
ōmam ndash ome
ōmulum ndash omulus
ōmulus ndash omulus vinculīs ndash w ih chains
Words marked wih an aserisk will need o bememorized laer in he chaper
COMPREHENSION QUESTIONS1 Whose sons are omulus and emus
2 Wha did Amulius do
3 Who saved he lie o omulus and emus
4 Wha did omulus and emus do
HOW TO USE THIS BOOK
Te sudens should not be expeced o lea rn he words under he ile eading Vocabulary whenever his ileoccurs in he book Insead insruc sudens o learn he vocabulary words lised under he ile Vocabularyto Learn ha will be ound laer in each chaper In more advanced Lain exs usually here are vocabularyand noes o help he sudens when reading a passage Tis eading Vocabulary will help prepare sudens orlaer more advanced classes
ANSWERS TO COMPREHENSION QUESTIONS
1 Tey are he sons o Mars and hea Silvia2 He locked up hea Silvia
3 A she-wol
4 Tey buil he ciy o ome
TEACHING TIP
Whi le English deriva ives rom he sar red words (ie he Vocabulary o L earn) are he opic o Ex-ercise 2 laer in his chaper here are some ineresing derivaives rom he non-sarred words andsome o hese show how words change hrough he years Te eacher may choose o discuss hesederivaives wih he sudens
bull aedi1047297cant (aedi1047297cō) ndash ediy edificaion edifice
Tis Lain word is buil rom wo Lain words aciō (o do make) and aedēs (house emple) Te
English derivaives reain his religious connecion or hey mean ldquoo build up he aih moraliy o in-sruc especially morallyrdquo Te word ldquoedificerdquo is always used or an imposing srucure such as a ldquoemplerdquoor aedēs
bull claudit (claudō) ndash close conclusion enclosure sluice
A ldquocloserdquo is a small shu-in space and some people i locked in one suffer rom ldquoclausrophobiardquo acompound derivaive parly rom Lain (o close confine) and parly rom he Greek (ear) hence ldquoa earo closed spacesrdquo
Te word ldquosluicerdquo does no look like a derivaive o claudō bu i has undergone cha nges as i ca meino English via middle English and old French (sclus) rom he Lain exclūdō which means ldquoo shu ourdquo Asluice has a gae a he op o he channel o shu off he 1047298ow o waer as necessary
bull crēscunt (crēscō) ndash crescen accrue recrui crew
Te word ldquocrewrdquo in middle English mean ldquoreinorcemenrdquo so a body o soldiers grew Te word ldquore-
cruirdquo has he same basic idea ecruis increase he size o he army (rom he Lain recrēscō meaning ldquoogrow againrdquo)
bull deus ndash deiy deiy
bull duōs ndash double dozen due duplicae
Te word ldquodozenrdquo is a compound rom he Lain word or ldquowordquo and he German word or ldquoenrdquo (zehn)
bull habet (habeō) ndash habi abiliy prohibiive
Onersquos abiliy depends on he alens and skil ls one has
bull pōnit ( pōnō) ndash depo imposiion preposiion
A depo origina lly was a place where supplies were pu or sorage
LANGUAGE FACT I
HOW TO USE THIS BOOKTe Language Facs secion o each chaper will conain boh grammaical (morphological) and synacicalinormaion ie inormaion boh abou he orms o he words and he srucure o he senence
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 4454
4 bull Latin for the New Millennium
4 bull Latin for the New Millennium
LANGUAGE FACT I
PARTS OF SPEECHTe parts o speech used in a Lain senence deermine is meaning jus as in English While henoun and he verb are he wo mos imporan oher common pars o speech are lised below
Noun a person place hing idea acion or qual iy Examples ldquoomulusrdquo ldquoriverrdquo ldquocouragerdquo
Pronoun a word ha sands in place o a noun ha has been previously menioned or is clearrom conex Examples ldquoIrdquo ldquosherdquo ldquohimrdquo ldquoirdquo
Adjecive a word ha limis or defines a noun or a pronoun Examples ldquolitlerdquo ldquosrongrdquo
Adverb a word ha lim is or defines verbs adjecives or (oher) adverbs Examples ldquoveryrdquoldquoquielyrdquo
Verb a word ha describes an acion or sae o being Examples ldquogordquo ldquosayrdquo ldquowasrdquo
Preposiion a word ha begins a preposiional phrase such as ldquoinrdquo ldquoordquo ldquoonrdquo ldquoorrdquo ldquobyrdquoldquowihrdquo A preposiional phrase is a preposiion joined o a noun Examples ldquoin he morningrdquoldquowih a sharp pencilrdquo
Conjuncion a word ha connecs words phrases clauses a nd senences Examples ldquoandrdquoldquoburdquo ldquoalhoughrdquo
Inerjecion a word ha expresses emoion Examples ldquowowrdquo
EXERCISE 1eview he meanings and ideniy he pars o speech o he ollowing words Te eading
Vocabulary may be consu led
1 īliōs 6 e2 bene 7 lupa3 aedifican 8 claudi
4 ad 9 ōmam5 ambula 10 ama
EXERCISE 1 ANSWERS
1 noun
2 adverb
3 verb
4 preposiion
5 verb
6 conjuncion
7 noun8 verb
9 noun
10 verb
TEACHING TIP
Te eacher may wish o ask he sudens in Lain wha par o speech a given word is Te eacher would say ldquoQuae pars ōrātiōnis estrdquo Suden responses would be
bull nōmen substantīvumsubstantīvum ndash noun
bull prōnōmen ndash pronoun
bull nōmen adiectīvumadiectīvum ndash adjecive
bull verbum temporāle ndash verb
bull adverbium ndash adverb
bull praepositiō ndash preposiion
bull coniūnctiō ndash conjuncion
bull interiectiō ndash inerjecion
Standards11 41
Standards11 41
WorkbookExercise 1
VOCABULARY TO LEARN
TEACHING TIPSince his is he firs se o Lain words ha your sudens will be required o memorize i is usuallya good idea o sugges and discuss wih hem some differen ways o memorize vocabulary Somesel help opions are lised below
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 4554
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull 5
NOUNSagricola agricolae m ndash armer
aqua aquae ndash waer
āhlēa āhlēae m ndash ahlee
īlia īliae ndash daugher
lupa lupae ndash she-wol
naua nauae m ndash sailor
poēa poēae m ndash poe
puella puellae ndash girl
ōma ōmae ndash ome
erra errae ndash land
VERBSama ndash heshei loves
ambula ndash heshei walks
cūra ndash heshei akes care o cares or
es ndash heshei is
ADVERBS bene ndash well
poseā ndash aferwards
CONJUNCTIONSe ndash and
iaque ndash and so
Aqueducs carr ied waer (aqua) o he ciies in he Roman world Tis aqueduc buil in 19 983138983139983141 which srechedacross he Gard River was named he Pon du Gard and brough waer o he ciy of Nicircmes in France in ancien imes
Chapter 1 bull 5
sel-help opions are lised below
1 Look a he word in he book and say he word aloud
2 Wrie down he word on a piece o paper along wih is meaning and check o be sure here are no spell-ing errors Color-coding he words by pars o speech is also helpul Pronounce he word while wriing idown and hen repea he word including he meaning and spelling
3 Make handwriten 1047298ashcards wih he Lain on one side and English on he oher and be sure here are nospelling errors Color-coding is a good sraegy here also Wriing he word ou helps some sudens ce-men he word in he brain Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers has creaed an elecronic vocabulary resourceor hose sudens or whom echnological learning ools are an aid Tese vocabulary 1047298ashcards are orhe iPod See p 93 or more inormaion on iPod 1047298ashcards
4 Use English derivaives o help remember meanings Bu be careul since some derivaives may havemeanings grealy changed rom he original Lain word
5 Find clipar picures ha illusrae he vocabulary words and use he picures as a way o es yoursel onhe Lain words
TEACHER BY THE WAYTe eacher may wish o open a discussion abou aqueducs and he waer supply or ancien omans while l ooking a he picu re o he Pon du Gard on his page For a hisory o aqueducs and heirconsrucion Froninusrsquo book Dē aquīs urbis Rōmae is an excellen source Te book was writenabou 97 983139983141 when he was Superinenden o Aqueducs Oher aqueducs include he ollowing
bull Te double high aqueduc in Segovia Spainbull Te Aqua Appia buil in 312 983138983139983141
bull Te Aqua rāiāna
bull Te aqueduc buil by Alex ander Severus in 226 983139983141
bull Te Aqua Claudia
bull Te Aqua Marcia wh ich wa s probably named a fer A ncus Marcius who was he fi rs K ing oome by radiional accouns o build an aqueduc o bring waer o ome
NB Te word ldquo Aquardquo when capialized means ldquoaqueducrdquo
Eleven aqueducs urnished 250000 gallons o waer o ome every weny-our hours
BY THE WAY
E h u gi n in h b l r h rm T nd rm i h g nii
HOW TO USE THIS BOOK Ēn is a word ha calls atenion o somehing and means ldquoLook a hisrdquo Te inormaion given here draws a-enion o and urher specifies differen language acs
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 4654
6 bull Latin for the New Millennium
6 bull Latin for the New Millennium
Each noun given in he vocabulary has wo orms Te second orm is he geniivesingular
A derivative is an English word rooed in a Lain word Te English derivaive issimilar in meaning and orm o is Lain source
STUDY TIP
An English derivaive ofen can help you remember wha a Lain word means
EXERCISE 2Find he English derivaives based on he Vocabulary o Learn in he ollowing senences Wriehe corresponding Lain word
1 She shows a considerable filial respec oward her aher
2 Agriculu re is a science o culivaing he land
3 Te ship is equipped wih all he necessary nauical insrumens
4 We saw all kinds o fish in he aquarium
5 Tis is an all-errain vehicle
6 When will he ahleic compeiion sar
7 She has a ruly poeic naure
LANGUAGE FACT II
NOUNS NUMBER GENDER CASE 983080NOMINATIVE AND
ACCUSATIVE983081Nouns in Lain show number gender and case
Number Lain nouns are eiher singular or plural in number Number is shown in differen ways by differen ypes o nouns bu some ending-paterns are or singular orms and oherending-paterns are or plural orms
Gender Every noun likewise is eiher masculine eminine or neuer in gender You muslearn he gender o each noun In he Vocabulary o Learn l iss he gender is indicaed by hecommon abbreviaionsm (masculi ne) f (eminine) or n (neuer)
Case Lain nouns mus have an ending-patern ha displays case Tis is quie differen romEnglish in which case is indicaed by word posiion and no by endings (alhough case markersare preserved in cerain pronouns such as ldquoherdquo and ldquohimrdquo) A nounrsquos case reveals wha uncionhe noun has in he senence Tere are five common cases nominaive geniive daive accu-saive and ablaive wo less requenly used cases are called he vocaive and he locaive
HOW TO USE THIS BOOKStudy Tips give hins rhymes and mnemonics o help sudens learn grammar and vocabulary
EXERCISE 2 ANSWERS1 filial īlia
2 agriculure agricola
3 nauical naua
4 aquarium aqua
5 errain erra
6 ahleic āhlēa
7 poeic poēa
TEACHING TIPExplain o he sudens ha in English he words ldquoardquo ldquoanrdquo or ldquoherdquo are usually placed beore a nounand Lain does no have an equivalen or hese words known as aricles
eachers may need o sress he absence o he aricle many imes beore sudens compleely ine-grae his knowledge ino heir reading habis in Lain class
TEACHING TIPLain like many oher languages does no always observe biological gender Ofen he gender o a
Lain noun is deermined by grammaical acors such as he group o which a noun belongs
TEACHING TIP
Alhough in Exercise 2 he sudens are direced o find only he derivaives based on he Vocabular yo Learn hey may be ineresed o learn ha here are oher derivaives in Exercise 2 Te derivaiono hese words is provided or he eacherrsquos convenience
bull 1 consider - rom sīdus (sar) + cum (wih ogeher) and rom cōnsīderō (o examine consider)respec - rom respectō (look back a have regard or)
bull 2 science - rom scientia (knowledge) and sciō (o know) culivaing - rom colō (ill inhabi worship)
bull 3 necessary - rom necesse (necessary) insrumens - rom īnstruō (o equip build provide)
and rom īnstrumentum (equipmen ool ec)bull 5 vehicle - rom he Lain verb vehō (o carry)
bull 6 compeiion - rom petō (o seek aim a atack ec) + cum (wih oge her)
bull 7 naure - rom nātūra (naure)
Standard41
Standards11 31 41
STUDY TIP
An easy way o remember he names ohe five common cases iso use his mnemonic
TEACHING TIPSudens may no know wha he word ldquomnemonicrdquo means explain ha a mnemonic device is some-hing ha helps a suden o remember somehing Te eacher may also wish o use his opporu-niy o bring up Mnemosyne he goddess o memory and he moher o he Muses
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 4754
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull 7
Chapter 1 bull 7
An easy way o remember he names o he five common cases is o use his mnemonicdevice
Never NominaiveGive GeniiveDogs Daive A ny A ccusaive A buse A blaive
Nominative Te nominaive case idenifies he subjec Te subjec is a noun or a pronounha perorms he acion or exiss in a sae o being In he senence ldquoWilliam is readingrdquohe word ldquoWilliamrdquo is he subjec
Example Mārs amat Mars loves
Te noun subjec o he verb ldquoloverdquo is he god Mars
Find more examples o nominaives and heir verbs rom he reading passage a he begin-ning o he chaper
Te nominaive case also idenifies he predicae nominaive In he senence ldquoWilliam isa sudenrdquo he predicae nominaive is ldquoa sudenrdquo A predicae nominaive complees hemeaning o he verb ldquoo berdquo Look a his exa mple rom he reading
Example Mārs est deus Mars is a god
Mārs is he subjec and deus is a predicae nominaive
Accusative Te ourh case lised is called he accusaive he geniive daive and ablaivecases will be discussed in laer chapers Te accusaive case poins ou he noun (or pro-noun) ha is he direc objec emember direc objecs receive he acion o he verb Inhe senence ldquoI am wriing a leterrdquo he direc objec is ldquoa leterrdquo
Example Mārs Rhēam Silviam amat Mars loves hea Silvia
Te direc objec o ldquoloverdquo is he noun Rhēam Silviam
Find more examples o accusaives and heir verbs rom he reading passage a he beginningo he chaper
niy o bring up Mnemosyne he goddess o memory and he moher o he Muses
Answers to ldquoFind more examples of nominatives a nd their verbs from the reading passage at the begin-ning of the chapterrdquo
hēa Silvia habe
Amūl ius claudi
Amūl ius pōni
Lupa ambula
Lupa cūra e amaōmulus e emus crēscun
ōmulus e emus aedifican
Answers to ldquoFind more examples of accusatives and their verbs from the reading passage at the beg in-ning of the chapterrdquo
duōs īliōs habe ōmulum e emum
hēam Silviam claudi
ōmulum e emum pōni
ōmulum e emum bene cūra e ama
ōmam aedifican
TEACHING TIPSudens may encouner diffi culy when r ying o ransl ae Lain names used in cases o her han henominaive Te eacher a some poin will need o explain (and repea whenever necessary) ha when ransla ing a La in name he suden should al ways use he nominaive o rm o he word Onp 7 sudens are asked o find examples o accusaives and heir verbs in he reading passage Teanswers lised above provide an opporuniy o pracice wih his issue emind sudens o rans-lae duōs īliōs habet Rōmulum et Remum as ldquohe has wo sons omulus and emusrdquo Te oher ouranswers may be used as pracice wih he sudens
EXERCISE 3a Ideniy wheher he nouns in bold in hese senences are subjecs direc objecs or predi
TEACHER BY THE WAYIn conjuncion wih he picure and is capion he eacher may wish o menion ha he amil-ilar acronym o SPQ is sill in use and visible hroughou modern ome991252on liter bins sewercovers ec
Standards11 41
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 4854
8 bull Latin for the New Millennium
8 bull Latin for the New Millennium
a Ideniy wheher he nouns in bold in hese senences are subjecs direc objecs or predi-cae nominaives Te eading Vocabulary may be consuled
b Label each senence as vērum (rue) i i agrees or alsum (alse) i i disagrees wih he Lainreading passage a he beginni ng o he chaper
Example Amūlius es deusPredicae nominaive alsum
1 hēa Silvia ōmulum e emum cūra
2 Amūlius ōmulum e emum bene cūra
3 Amūlius lupam vinculīs claudi
4 Mārs ōmulum e emum in aquam pōni
5 Lupa hēam Silviam cūra
6 Amūlius ad aquam ambula
Te power of he ciy of Rome founded according o legend by Romulus is symbolized by hese four leters ha areprominenly displayed in various places wihin he ciy
EXERCISE 3 ANSWERS
1 subjec vērum
2 direc objecs alsum
3 direc objec alsum
4 subjec alsum
5 direc objec alsum
6 subjec vērum
WorkbookExercise 2 A full si ze reproduc ible version of th is page
without the a nswers ca n be downloade d at wwwlnm bolchazyco m
HOW TO USE THIS BOOK
Noun Declensions Te eacher may choose Lain nouns rom he declension ha is being sudied a he imehis workshee is used Tus no answers are provided here
LANGUAGE FACT III
TEACHING TIP Ask he sudens wha he Lain words seleced rom he reading and lised near he op o p 9 mean
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 4954
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull 9
Chapter 1 bull 9
FIRST DECLENSION NOUNS A declension is a g roup o nouns ha show a cerain patern o word endings Tere are five differ-en declensions in Lain In he reading abou omulus and emus hese are he orms belongingo he firs declension
hēam Silviam hēa Silvia aquam lupa ōmam
Noice ha he ex says Rhēa Silvia when she is he subjec and Rhēam Silviam when she is hedirec objec
Te firs declension is composed o words ha characerisically have he vowel a a or near heend o he word lupa
Below is he patern ha firs declension nouns ollow o show case and number Memorize heLain words in order rom he nominaive singular down o he ablaive singular and hen romhe nominaive plural down o he ablaive plural
emember ha he endings or a whole group o nouns ollow his patern Once you learn hi spatern you can recognize he case a nd number o all he words belonging o hi s declension
In his chaper you have begun o learn abou he nominaive and accusai ve cases Te ohercases will be explained in laer chapers
First DeclensionSingular Plural
Nomina ive l upa he she-wol Nominaive lupae he she-wolves
Geniive lupae o he she-wol Geniive lupārum o he she-wolves
Daive lupae oor he she-wol Daive lupīs oor he she-wolves
Accusaive lupam he she-wol Accusaive lupās he she-wolves
Ablaive lupā bywih he she-wol Ablaive lupīs bywih he she-wolves
Daive and ablaive plural o he words īlia ldquodaugherrdquo and dea ldquogoddessrdquo is fīliābus anddeābusTis is o di singuish hese orms rom he corresponding orms o īlius ldquosonrdquo and deus ldquogodrdquo
STUDY TIP
Noice ha he ablaive singular ending -ā has a long mark (macron) above i his ishe only difference beween he nominaive and ablaive singular endings
TEACHING TIP
Afer he firs declension has been presened o he sudens encourage hem depending on heirlearning syle o say he declension aloud o wrie down he words o inven a rap or a cheer
TEACHER BY THE WAY
Te patern is called a declension because he oher cases lean away ( dēclīnāre) rom he nominaiveie hey do no ollow he same orm as he nominaive
ORAL EXERCISE 1Tis exercise may be used afer the 1047297rst declension has been presented
Whi le looking a he declension o lupa ask he sudens o decli ne nauta
Singular PluralNominaive naua nauaeGeniive nauae nauārumDaive nauae nauīs Accusaive nauam nauās Ablaive nauā nauīs
Standards11 31 41
OralExercise 1
WorkbookExercise 3
STUDY TIP
Noice ha he daive and ablaive plural endings a re idenical
EXERCISE 4 ANSWERS1 geniive daive puellār um puellī s
2 accusaive nauās
3 accusaive errās
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 5054
10 bull Latin for the New Millennium
10 bull Latin for the New Millennium
Here are more words belonging o he fi rs declension
puella ndash girl īlia ndash daugher terra ndash land
Mos firs declension words are eminine i n gender bu a ew (usually ones ha indicae mas-culine occupaions in ancien imes) are masculine Examples are poēta ldquopoerdquoagricola ldquoarmerrdquonauta ldquosailorrdquo āthlēta ldquoahleerdquo
EXERCISE 4Ideniy he case o each singular noun Ten change each orm ino plural For some more han
one answer is possibleExample īlianominaive īliae
1 puellae 5 aquae2 nauam 6 puellā3 erram 7 āhlēā4 a gr ic ol a
Like he Greek wreslers porrayed on his ancien bas-reliefRoman ahlees were also fond of he spor of wresling
4 nominaive agricolae
5 geniive daive aquārum aquīs
6 ablaive puellīs
7 ablaive āhlēīs
TEACHING TIP
Since wreslers are depiced on he illusraion on his page he eacher may wish o open a discus-
sion abou he omansrsquo and Greeksrsquo ondness or wresling which was ofen praciced in a complexcalled he palaestra
oman boys were expeced o serve in he m iliary Tus hey were firs rained by heir ahers in wreslingand boxing Srengh and agiliy were sressed raher han grace o movemen as in Greek spors Te woprincipal syles uilized by he Greek were uprigh wresling in which hree alls o your opponen o heground were necessary o deea him and ground wresling which required he opponen o give up in ordero end he mach In he palaes tra here was an area or he young people o pracice wresling or boxing wih apunching bag (cōrycus) Examples o monumenal oman bahs wih a palaest ra are ound a he Bahs o Ca-racalla in ome he Harbor Bahs a Ephesus in urkey and he Bahs in Varna Bulgaria he larges anciensrucure in ha counry
Wresling was also one o he spor evens a he Olympic games ha he omans ofen atended Greco-oman wresling is also one o he evens eaured in he summer Olympic games in modern imes
TEACHING TIPTe eacher migh wan o have sudens read an English ranslaion o Book 23 o he Iliad in which Ajax a nd Odysseus compee in a wre sling m ach and Book 5 o he Aeneid or a descripion o hespors ha he omans played and compare he atiude o he compeiors in each epic Boh evens were par o he uneral games he ormer in honor o Paroclu s riend and atendan o Achil lesand he later in honor o Anchises aher o Aeneas Tis migh lead o urher discussion on henaure o modern wresling
Standards11 41
EXERCISE 5Ideniy he case o each plural noun Ten change each orm ino he singular For some more
TEACHING TIPSudens may wonder why he geniive singular w ihou is ending mus be used o find he base whenhe nominaive singular wihou is ending works jus as well Explain ha in oher noun declensionshe nominaive will no always provide he same base or have he same spelling as he geniive
Standards11 41
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 5154
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull 11
Chapter 1 bull 11
han one answer is possible
Example puellāsaccusaive puellam
1 īliae 5 aquīs2 errīs 6 poēārum3 nauārum 7 agricolae4 l upa e
BY THE WAY
In all declensions endings are added o he base o a noun I is imporan o know hahe base o a noun is ound by removing he ending rom is geniive si ngular orm Forexample he geniive singular o puella is puellae I you remove he -ae rom puellae
wha remains is he base o he word namely puell- For his reason learning he geni-ive singular is as imporan as knowing he nominaive singular o he noun
STUDY TIP
Always learn he geniive ogeher wih he nominaive because rom he geniive you will know o which declension a word belongs
A wall paining depic ing a Roman farmer (agricola) wih his sheep
EXERCISE 5 ANSWERS
1 nominaive īl ia
2 daive ablaive errae errā
3 geniive nauae
4 nominaive lupa
5 daive ablaive aquae aquā
6 geniive poēae7 nominaive agricola
HOW TO USE THIS BOOKIn his book he word ldquobaserdquo is used o reer o he noun wihou any ending ldquoStemrdquo is used or he par o he verb wihou any ending ldquoootrdquo is used or he Lain par o a derivaive
ORAL EXERCISE 2Tis exercise may be used afer Exercise 5
Use one o he ollowing classroom presenaion opions (hereafer reerred o as CPO) (blackgreenwhiesmar board overhead or LCD projecor PowerPoinreg presenaion ec) o pu his inormaion on view
quis ldquowhordquo (or he subjec) and quem ldquowhomrdquo (or he direc objec)
Ten ask he suden o answer he ollowing quesions abou he chaper reading eiher orally or in wri-
en orm
1 Teacher Quis es Mārs Student Mārs es deus
2 Teacher Quem ama Mārs Student hēam Silviam Mārs ama
3 Teacher Quis ama hēam Silviam Student Mārs ama hēam Silviam
4 Teacher Quem habe hēa Silvia Student hēa Silvia duōs īliōs ōmulum eemum habe
5 Teacher Quis claudi hēam Silviam Student Amūlius claudi hēam Silviam
6 Teacher Quem claudi Amūlius Student hēam Silviam Amūlius claudi
7 Teacher Quis ōmulum e emum in aquampōni
Student Amūlius ōmulum e emum in aquampōni
8 Teacher Quem Amūlius in aquam pōni Student Amūlius ōmulum e emum in aquampōni
9 Teacher Quis ambula ad aquam Student Lupa ambula ad aquam
10 Teacher Quis ōmulum e emum bene cūra Student Lupa ōmulum e emum bene cūra
11 Teacher Quōs lupa bene cūra Student Lupa ōmulum e emum bene cūra
12 Teacher Quis ōmulum e emum a ma Student Lupa ōmulum e emum ama
13 Teacher Quōs lupa ama Student Lupa ōmulum e emum ama
OralExercise 2
WorkbookExercise
4 5
EXERCISE 6ranslae rom Lain ino English and rom English ino Lain Te mos common Lain word
d
TEACHER BY THE WAYTe eacher may menion ha he mos common word order (subjec ndash direc objec ndash verb) can o-en be changed For example i he verb is o be emphasized i will ake firs posiion I he subjecor he direc objec is o be emphasized i will ake he las posiion which is he mos emphaic oneIn general he more unusual he wordrsquos posiion is he more emphasis is placed on his word
Standards11 41
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 5254
12 bull Latin for the New Millennium
12 bull Latin for the New Millennium
order is
subjec ndash direc objec ndash verb
1 Agricola erram ama
2 Te ahlee loves waer
3 Naua īlia m ama
4 Te poe loves ome
5 Agricola erram cūra
6 Te she-wol cares or (is aking care o) he girl
BY THE WAY
Even hough he mos common word order is subjec ndash di rec objec ndash verb rememberha endings991252no word order991252deermine which word is he subjec and which i s hedirec objec
TALKING When we mee one person we gree herhim wih salvē When we mee wo or more people wegree hem wih salvēte When we bid goodbye o one person we sayvalē When we bid goodbyeo wo or more people we say valēte
Here are various ways o ask ldquohow are yourdquo or ldquohow are you doingrdquo
Quōmodo valēs or Quōmodo tē habēs or Quid agis ldquoHow are yourdquo
Here is a range o possible answers
bene ldquowellrdquo pessimē ldquovery badrdquo optimē ldquogreardquo melius ldquobeterrdquo mediocriter ldquoso-sordquo or ldquono oo badrdquo meliusculē ldquoa litle beterrdquo male ldquobadrdquo
In general he more unusual he word s posiion is he more emphasis is placed on his word
EXERCISE 6 ANSWERS
1 Te armer loves he land
2 Āhlēa aquam ama
3 Te sailor loves (his) daugher
4 Poēa ōmam ama
5 Te armer cares or (is aking care o) he land6 Lupa puellam cūra
TEACHING TIP
Te eacher may sar he class in Lain by saying Salvēte discipulī et discipulae and by eaching hesudens o say in reurn Salvē magister (magistra)
ORAL EXERCISE 3Tis exercise may be used anytime afer the students have learned the use o the accusative case or afer Exercise 6
Use one o he CPOrsquos o pu on display he orms amō and cūrō and explai n ha hey a re in he fir s personsingular and how his differs rom he hird person singular learned in his chaper Ask individual sudens omake senences wih hem using he words hey have learned
Ten ell he sudens ha nōn means ldquonordquo and ask hem o make si milar senences wih nōn amō and nōn cūrō
Examples(nōn) amō erram īliam aquam lupam āhlēam(nōn) cūrō erram īliam puellam
WorkbookExercise 6
ContentQuestions
OralExercise 3
Standards12 21 41
42
SAYING HELLOMarīa Helena e Chrisīna sun (are) discipulae (students)
TEACHING TIPHave sudens read he dialogue aloud Tis will help o build heir pronunciaion skills
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 5354
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull 13
Chapter 1 bull 13
Marīa Salvēe Helena e Chrisīna
Christīna Salvē Marīa
Helena Salvē Marīa
Marīa Quōmodo valēs Helena Quōmodo valēs Chrisīna
Helena et Christīna Bene Quōmodo ū ( you) valēs Marīa
Marīa Pessimē
Helena et Christīna Cūr (Why)
Marīa imeō linguam Laīnam ( I ear the Latin language)Helena Ego ( I ) linguam Laīnam amō
Christīna E ego linguam Laīnam amō
ORAL EXERCISE 4
Tis exercise may be used afer he Lain dialogue has been presened
Insruc he sudens o say ldquohellordquo in Lain o he suden nex o hem Divide he class ino wo pars ellone par o gree he oher par using he plural greeing and vice versa Do he same ype o aciviy whensaying ldquogoodbyerdquo You may wish o make greeing he class in Lain a nd saying ldquogoodbyerdquo in Lain a par oa daily rouine
Divide he sudens ino pairs in which one person will ask how hisher parner is in Lain and he oher
wil l answer
ORAL EXERCISE 5
Tis exercise may be used afer he Lain dialogue has been presened
ell he sudens ha he paricle ndashne is added o he firs syllable o a word ha inroduces a quesion Ten askhe ollowing quesions abou he dialogue beween Mary Helen and Chrisy Individual sudens may answerorally or he enire class may wrie he answers as he eacher asks hem orally Te eacher should explain hahe orm valēs in he greeing Quōmodo valēs is in he second person which means ldquoyourdquo Te hird person orm(reerring o ldquoherrdquo ldquohimrdquo or ldquoirdquo) is valet So he phrase ldquoHow is she doingrdquo would be Quōmodo valet Te hirdperson o amō is amat and he hird person o timeō is timet
1 Teacher Quōmodo Chrisīna vale Student(s) Chrisīna bene vale
2 Teacher Quōmodo Marīa vale Student(s) Marīa pessimē vale
3 Teacher Cūr (why) Marīa pessimē vale Student(s) Marīa ime linguam Lainam4 Teacher Amane l inguam L aīnam Helena Student(s) Helena linguam Laīnam ama
5 Teacher Linguamne Laīnam ama Chrisīna Student(s) Chrisīna linguam Laīnam ama
ORAL EXERCISE 6 AND DICTATIONTis combined exercise may be used to conclude the chapter or at any time afer the students have learned the accusa-tive case and chapter vocabulary
Dicae he ollowing senences o he sudens Ten ask hem o make he ollowing changes eiher orally orin writen orm a he discreion o he eacher
1 Teacher Agricol a erram ama (change he direc objec ino plura l)Student Agricola errās ama
2 Teacher Lupa puellam cūra (change he direc objec ino plural)
Student Lupa puellās cūra3 Teacher Āhlēa puel lās ama (change he direc objec ino singu lar)
Student Āhlēa puellam ama
4 Teacher Fīlia errās ama (change he direc objec ino singular)Student Fīlia erram ama
OralExercise
4 5 6 andDictation
TEACHER NOTES
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 5454
14 bull Latin for the New Millennium
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 454
Series Edior LeaAnn A Osburn
Volume Ediors Elisa C Denja LeaAnn A Osburn
Conribuing Ediors Laurie Haigh Keenan Karen Lee Singh Donald E Sprague ose Williams Prooreader Gary Varney
Cover Design amp ypography Adam Phillip Velez
Cover Illusraion oman Forum copy BemannCOBIS
Lain for he New Millennium
eacherrsquos Manual Level 1
Milena Minkova and erence unberg
copy2008 Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers Inc All righs reserved
Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers Inc
1570 Baskin oadMundelein Illinois 60060 wwwbolchazycom
Prined in he Unied Saes o Amer ica
2009 by Unied Graphics
ISBN 978-0-86516-562-5
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 554
CONTENTSLIST OF ABBREVIATIONS 983156983149 vi
PREFACE 983156983149 vii
RESOURCE LIST 983156983149 ix
STUDENT TEXTBOOK i
wih Exercise Ans wers Sandards Correlaions Oral Exercises Oral Exercise Correlaions Workbook Exercise Correlaions Ancillary CorrelaionsComprehension Quesions and A nswers eaching ips eacher By he Way Noaions and How o Use Tis Book
bull TM v bull
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 654
LIST OF ABBREVIATIONSCPO
Classroom Presenaion Opions (eg blackgreenwhiesmar board overhead or LCD projecor PowerPoinreg
presenaion ec)
ODFOriginal Dysuncional Family (classical myhology ancillary)
RRA
From Romulus o Romulus Augusulus (oman hisory ancillary)
bull TM vi bull
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 754
PREFACE
bull TM vii bull
Lain or he New M illennium is designed as a comprehensive inroducion no only o he Lain language andhow i works bu also o he oman world he culural milieu in which he language 1047298ourished Te language
and culural elemens are seamlessly woven ogeher in he course o each chaper and hen again examined inhe review ollowing every hree chapers
CHAPTER AND COURSE COMPONENTS
METHODOLOGICAL APPROACHIn wriing Lain or he New Mill ennium we have aimed a combini ng he bes elemens in he var ious mehod-ologies or eaching Lain ha have been commonly available unil now Modern mehods o eaching Lainhave been divided beween wo approaches (1) he analyical or deducive mehod according o which su-dens mus learn rules and paradigms and hen reinorce he knowledge o hese absrac principles by pracice wih exs and e xercises (2) he induc ive or reading mehod ha enables he s uden o read a ex and o become aware o lingu isic eau res (or rules) rom he rea ding and s udy o he ex In Lain or he New Mil-lennium we hope o have combined he advanages o each In oher words we have sriven o provide a pah
o a horough and sysemaic knowledge o he srucure o he language he main advanage o he analyicalmehod ogeher wih a grea deal o reading and aciviies relaed o reading ha lead o a more inuiive graspo he idiomaic qualiies o he language he main advanage o he reading mehod
Te layou o each chaper is he key o his combinaion since he suden begins each chaper wih an ex-ensive reading and hese iniial passages conain in a conex undersandable hrough inducion and annoa-ions insances o every new elemen o be explored urher in he same chaper In he body o each chaperafer he inroducory reading hese new elemens are explained in a more analyic way ye he explanaionsalways reer he learner back o he reading991252in ways ha invie comparison wih he iniial passage
CHAPTER READINGS
Te principal readings in each chaper consis o passages adaped (o he level o knowledge presupposed oreach chaper) rom some o he mos significan works o Lain lieraure Te inroducions o each passagegive considerable inormaion abou he culural conex in which each auhor wroe and abou he develop-men o he Lain lierary radiion Te order o he chaper readings is chronological In Level 1 sudens begin wih r eadings rom Pl auus and erence and proceed hrough he cenu ries o he wr iings o A mmi-anus Augusine and Boehius By compleing he enire course conained in Lain or h e New Millenniu m sudens will gain an u ndersanding o he enire parimony o Lain and is effec on our culure Whi le Level1 o Lain or he New Mil lennium ocuses on he classic exs in Lain writen by such grea oman auhorsas Vergil Caullus Cicero and Ovid Level 2 o he series ceners on he huge and undamenal heriage o works wr iten in Lain dur ing he medieval renaissa nce and early moder n periods991252a li nguis ic heriage hagave us our basic vocabulary in he naional languages or elling ime medicine he naural sciences and heacademic world Te culural inormaion ha is ound in hese readings and heir inroducions are bolseredin boh levels by he eview Exercises and supplemenary maerial peraining o myhology oman hisoryand imporan Lain sayings
ORAL LATIN AND LATIN CONVERSATION
A per son who gains an acive acili y i n a ny l anguage in addiion o a reading abiliy is in our view more
likely o progress quickly o a deep undersanding o he language and he works writen in i Our experienceindicaes ha a suden who learns by using a language will probably no need o be reminded abou orms andgrammaical rules as ofen as a learner who lacks acive pracice Tereore in every chaper o Lain or he New Millennium we have included a se o exercises ha concenrae o n an oral exchange be ween insr ucor a ndsudens Te oral exercises in Lain or he New Millennium can be compleed wihou any exempore speak-ing abiliy on he par o he eacher Tis is possible because he oral exercises are ound only in he eacherrsquosmanual Here no only are all he answers supplied bu every quesion is writen ou in ull or he eacher along wih deai led insr ucions or each sep o he exerc ise Te eac her needs onl y o ol low he i nsruc ions andread each quesion aloud Te response mus come rom he learner
GRAMMAR
Grammar is also a grea help or acquiring a sophisicaed undersanding o any language and especially a lan-guage like Lain which is primarily sudied oday by people whose main goal is o read works o lieraure wri-en in he original Lain language works which were designed rom he sar or a culivaed audience While we believe in he va lue o he reading mehod a nd we know how acive usage o a langua ge can vasl y improveand accelerae a sudenrsquos learning o ha language we also recognize he uiliy o grammar Tereore whileeach chaper is rich in exercises and aciviies we have aken care o provide explanaions o all he grammarrelevan o each chaper Te suden who uses Lain or he Ne w Millennium learns by acively using Lain buis also asked o undersand he srucure o he language and apply ha undersanding in he exercises
OTHER CHAPTER ELEMENTS
bull Memorābile Dictū Each chaper eaures a amous saying labeled Memorābile Dicū a Lain phrase hais so well known ha i has became a proverb in many languages Learning each amous saying will in-crease a sudenrsquos undersanding no jus o Lain bu also o English Tese sayings invie discussion oheir meaning and how hey relae o he modern world and sudensrsquo experiences
bull eading Vocabulary All he new vocabular y in he reading passage a he begi nning o each chaper isexplained by copious noes Sudens need no be required o learn he vocabulary ha aces he reading
passage A unique eaure o he eading Vocabulary is ha no all he verbs show in prin heir pronounsubjec For example i he senence in he reading migh be ldquoCicero ereniam viderdquo vide in he ead-
ing Vocabulary would have as is definiion ldquoseesrdquo raher han ldquohe seesrdquo Tis has been done o avoid hecommon beginnerrsquos misake o ranslaing he senence as ldquoCicero he sees ereniardquo On he oher hand ihe senence were o read ldquoereniam viderdquo vide would be defined ldquohe seesrdquo Tis unique eaure gradua llydisappears as sudens learn more abou verbs and become more accusomed o reading Lain
bull Vocabulary o Learn and Derivaives E xercises Some (bu no all) o hese new words are repeaed inhe Vocabulary o Lea rn or each chaper and sudens should be direced o learn hese Te radiionalorm o wriing vocabulary words is ollowed in he Vocabulary o Le arn principal pars are l ised romhe second chaper on and nouns show he nominaive and geniive singular and gender rom he sar
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 854
TM viii bull Latin for the New Millennium
Te Vocabulary o Lear n is ollowed by Derivaive Exercises Sudens who careully learn all o he Vocabulary o L earn will quickly acquire a vocabulary based on words mos commonly encounered inclassical lierary exs and in he Derivaive Exercises hey will be exposed o English words based onLain and hus bolser heir vocabulary in English
DIALOGUES ON DAILY LIFEIn he later par o each chaper o Level 1 readers will find a dialogue labeled alking in which a group omodern sudens are he paricipans Te same group o sudens is eaured in every chaper and hey en-couner mos o he ypical siuaions ha young people experience in modern daily lie All he necessary vocabular y is expla ined so he users o Lain or he New Mille nnium i hey so wish may c onduc simple Lainconversaions like hose in he model dialogues Tese dialogues have been designed or he benefi o hose
eachers who are especially ineresed in making use o he oral elemen o language learning in heir classesand who wan o inroduce a colloquial elemen o he Lain heir sudens learn Tis colloquial elemen can become a bridge beween he lives o modern sudens and he houghs o he ancien medieval or renaissanceauhors who wroe in Lain991252a bridge consruced o he same basic language Lain
VISUAL LEARNINGTe Lain language and oman culure have no only inspired wriers hroughou he ages and in1047298uencedmodern lie bu have also lef heir legacy in he visual ars Troughou he ex reproducions o painingsdrawings sculpures and oher arworks demonsrae how oman hisorical evens and he ales o he godsand goddesses have inspired ariss hrough he ages Lain or he New Millennium presens an abundance oimages o archaeological sies buildings objes drsquoar and ariacs careully chosen o represen he ehnic andgeographic diversiy ha marked he oman world Tese ull color illusraions represen a visual panorama ohe oman world and suppor he writen word in picorial orm hus simulaing he imaginaion and memoryor a more vibran recollecion o he exrsquos conen eachers are srongly encouraged o mine he illusraionsas hough a documenary o he oman world and is laer in1047298uence
REVIEW COMPONENTS Afer each se o hree chapers here is a ev iew and supplemenary re adings
REVIEW EXERCISESTe eview provides addiional exercises o help he sudens give coninued atenion o he maerial in eachuni Te review also includes a summary l is o all he Vocabulary o Learn ound in he chapers o each uniTis secion eaures even more maerial o help he suden undersand Lain lieraure and is heriage oday
CLASSICAL MYTHOLOGY
A passage on My hology eniled Considering he Classical Gods inroduces he reader o sories abou he
Greek and oman gods and heroes A relaed passage in Lain abou he gods reinorces he Lain lessons o hehree chapers
ASPECTS OF ROMAN LIFE An Eng lish back ground essay ca lled Connecing wih he Ancien World disc usses an impora n aspec ooman daily lie which connecs o relaed maerial presened in he hree chapers preceding he review
EXPLORING ROMAN AND MODERN LIFE
Scholars rom various universiies hroughou he Unied Saes graciously agreed o provide shor essays hare1047298ec upon he role ha Lain and is culure play in our modern lives Te ile o hese essays always sars wih he word Exploring
MĪRĀBILE AUDĪTŪEach review ends wih a secion called Mīrābile Audīū ha presens a series o Lain quoaions motoesphrases or abbreviaions currenly used in English Te hree supplemenary essays and he Mīrābile Audīū secion are designed o elici classroom discussion abou similariies and differences beween he world o heomans and America in he weny-firs cenury
Milena Minkova wroe he Inroducion Chapers 1 2 3 5 7 9 13 14 17 18 20 eviews 1 3 5 6 and 7 heglossaries and he appendices erence unberg wroe he Preace Chapers 4 6 8 10 11 12 15 16 19 21and eviews 2 and 4 Boh auhors have benefied hroughou he composiion o he exbook rom coninu-
ous muual advice and suppor
MM and 2008
Visi wwwl nmbolchaz ycom o see he elecronic resources ha accompany Lain or he New Mil lennium ando share ideas in he online eachersrsquo lounge wih oher eachers using his series
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 954
RESOURCE LIST
bull TM ix bull
EDITORSrsquo NOTE We have atemped o assemble a c omprehensive represenaive resource l is paying s pecial atenion o hose
opics or areas ofen less amiliar o ha end we provide an especially larger lising or he Lae Empire EarlyChrisianiy and Middle Ages secion By no means is his resource lis exhausive eachers are encouraged oshare iles hey have ound useul hrough he wwwlnmbolchazycom websie
LATIN DICTIONARIES Alber S Imaginum vocabula rium Lainum Saarbruumlcken Socieas Laina 1998
Egger C Lexicon nominum loc orum ome Libreria Edirice Vaicana 1977
mdashmdashmdash Lexicon nominum v irorum e mulier um ome Sud ium 1957
mdashmdashmdash ed Lexicon rece nis Lainiais 2 Vols ome Libreria Edirice Vaicana 1992ndash1997
Lewis Charlon and Charles Shor A Lain Dicionar y ev ed New York Oxord Universiy Press 1956
Te New College Lain and English Dicionary 3rd ed Edied by John C raupman New York Banam Books2007
Oxord Lain Dicionary Combined ed Edied by P G W Glare e al New York Oxord Universiy Press1982
Smih William and Teophilus D Hall Smihrsquos English-Lain Dicionary eprined rom he 1871 AmericanBook Company ediion A Copious and Criical English-Lain Dicionary wih a new oreword by DirkSacreacute Wauconda IL Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers 2000
LATIN GRAMMAR Allen J H and J B Greenough Allen and Gre enoughrsquos New Lain Gramma r Edied by Anne Mahoney New-
bury por M A Focus P ublishing Pull ins 2001
Andresian Anna Looking a Lain A Grammar or Pre- College Wauconda IL Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers2006
Bennet Charles E New Lain Grammar 1908 eprin Wauconda IL Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers 2006
Gildersleeve Basil L and Gonzalez Lodge Gildersleeversquos Lain Grammar 3rd
ed 1895 eprin WaucondaIL Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers 2003
Goldman Norma and Ladislas Szymanski English Grammar o r Sudens o La in 3rd ed Ann A rbor MIOlivia and Hill Press 2004
Humphreys James P Graphic Lain Grammar 1961 eprin Wauconda IL Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers2002
Woodcock E C A New Lain Syna x 1957 eprin Wauconda IL Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers 2005
Young Nicholas Insan Answers A Qu ick Guide or Advanced Sudens Elmhurs IL L and L Enerprises2006
LATIN COMPOSITIONBennet Charles E New Lain Composiion 1912 eprin Wauconda IL Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers 1996
Minkova Milena Inroducion o Lain Prose Composiion Wauconda IL Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers2007 Firs published 2001 by Wimbledon Publishing Co
Minkova Milena and erence unberg Readings and Exercises in Lain Prose Composiion From Aniquiy ohe Renaissance Newburypor MA Focus Publishing Pullins 2004
mdashmdashmdash Answer Key o Readings and Exercises in L ain Prose Composiion From Aniqu iy o he Renai ssanceNewburypor MA Focus Publishing Pullins 2004
Mounord James F ed Bradleyrsquos Arnold La in Prose Composiion ev ed Wauconda IL Bolchazy-CarducciPublishers 2006
Norh M A and A E Hillard Lain Prose Composiion eprin Wauconda IL Bolchazy-Carducci Publish-ers 1995
mdashmdashmdash Key o Lain P rose Composiion eprin Wauconda IL Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers 1995
LATIN LITERATURE Albrech M ichael von A Hisory o Roma n Lieraure From Livius A ndronicus o Boehius Leiden Brill Aca-demic Publishers 1997
Te Concise Oxord Companion o Classical Lieraure 2nd ed Edied by C M Howason and Ian ChilversOxord Oxord Universiy Press 1993
Duff J Wigh A Lierary Hisor y o Rome 3rd ed London Ernes Benn 1960
Gran Michael Greek and Lain Auhors 800 B Cndash A D 1000 New York H W Wilson 1980
IJsewijn Joze Companion o Neo-Lain Sudies Par I Hisory and Diffusion o Neo-Lain Lieraure Supple-mena Humanisica Lovaniensia 5 2nd ed Leuven Leuven Universiy Press 1990
IJsewijn Joze and Dirk Sacreacute Companion o Neo-Lain Sudies Par II Lierary Linguisic Philological and Ediorial Ques ions Supplemena Humanisica Lovaniensia 14 2nd ed Leuven Leuven Universiy Press1998
ose H J A Handbook o Lain Lieraure 1954 eprin Wauconda IL Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers 1996
GENERAL LANGUAGE LEARNING AND METHODOLOGIES Arms rong Tomas Muliple Inelligence s in he Classroo m Alexa ndria VA Asso ciaion or Superv ision and
Curriculum Developmen 1994
Cook Vivian Second Language Learning and eaching 3rd ed London Edward Arnold 2001
Gardner Howard Inelligence Refamed Muliple Inelligences or he 21s Cenury New York Basic Books 2000
Kessler Carolyn ed Cooperaive Language Learning A eacherrsquos Resource Book Englewood Cliffs NJ Pren-ice Hall egens 1992
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 1054
TM x bull Latin for the New Millennium
Krashen Sephen Principles a nd Pracice in Secon d Language Acqu isiion New York Pergamon Press 1982
Larsen-Freeman Diane echniques and Principles o Language eaching 2nd ed Oxord Oxord UniversiyPress 2000
Oxord ebecca L Language Le arning Sraeg ies Wha Eve ry eacher Should K now New York NewburyHouse 1990
Pinker S Te Language Insinc New York William Morrow 1994
eid Joy ed Undersanding Learning Syles in he Second Language Classroom Upper Saddle iver NJ Pren-ice Hall 1998
Sparks ichard L Kay Fluhary Leonore Ganschow and Sherwin Litle ldquoAn Exploraory Sudy on heEffecs o Lain on he Naive Language Skills and Foreign Language Apiude o Sudens wih and wih-ou Learning Disabiliiesrdquo Classical Journal 91 (1995)165ndash84
LATIN PEDAGOGY Ancona onnie ed A Concise Guide o eaching Lain Liera ure Norman OK Universiy o Oklahoma
Press 2007
Ball ober Reading Classical Lain A Reasonable Approach Lawrence KS Coronado Press 1987
Breindel uh L De Discendi Naura Lea rning Syle s in he eaching o Lain Oxord OH American Classi-cal League MC 2007
Burns Mary Ann and Joseph OrsquoConnor Te Classics in American Schools Alana GA Scholars Press1987
Davis Sally Lain in he Amer ican Schools Alana GA Scholars Press 1991
Disler Paul each he Lain I Pray You Wauconda IL Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers 2001
Gascoyne ichard e al Sandards or Classical Language Learning Oxord OH American Classical LeagueMC 1997
Gruber-Miller John ed When Dead ongues Speak New York Oxord Universiy Press 2006
Hoyos B Dexer Lain How o Read I Fluenly A Pracical Manual Amhers MA C lassical A ssociaion oNew England 1997
LaFleur ichard A Lain or he 21s Cenury From Concep o Classroom Glenview IL Scot Foresman- Addison Wesley 1998
Salerno Dorsey Price Lain in Moion Oxord OH American Classical League MC 1985
Sandards or Classical Language Learning Oxord OH American Classical League MC 1997
Srasheim Lorraine A oal Physical Response Amhers MA Classical Associaion o New England 1987
Swee Waldo Lain A Srucu ral Approach Ann A rbor Universiy o M ichigan Press 1957
CLASSROOOM AIDS Amery Heaher Firs Tousand Words in Lain Edied by Mairi Mackinnon London UK Usborne Books2008
Couch C C and eddy Irwin Lain Verbs Rock Audio CD Nashville N Sound Invenions 2006
mdashmdashmdash Lyrical Lain Learning Lain hrough Music Audio CD Nashville N Sound Invenions 2004
Curis William D Periculum Lainu m Lain Jeopardy Vol1 Oxord OH America n Classica l LeagueMC nd
mdashmdashmdash Periculum Lainum S ecundum Lain Jeopardy Vol 2 Oxord OH American Classical LeagueMC nd
Demuh Jocelyn Mendax A Lain C ard Game Wauconda IL Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers 2003
DuBose Gaylan Farrago Laina Wih a lis o resources by Judih Lynn Sebesa Wauconda IL Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers 1997
Hanlin Jayne and Beverly Lichensein Learning La in hrough Myholog y Cambridge Cambridge Univer-siy Press 1991
Lain acic Grams Alana G A World o eading nd
LUDI (a he Circus Maximus) Produced by Discere Ld 1989 Oxord OH American Classical L eagueMC
Myhies Oxord OH American Classical League MC 2003
Osburn LeaAnn A Lain Aciviy Book Elmhurs IL L and L Enerprises 2000
mdashmdashmdash Lain Crossword Puzzl e Book Elmhurs IL L and L Enerprises 1999
mdashmdashmdash Lain Verbs Rock Exercise Book Elmhurs IL L and L Enerprises 2007mdashmdashmdash Lyrical Lain A eacher R esource Manual Elmhurs IL L and L Enerprises 2004
mdashmdashmdash22 Lively Lain Aciviies Elmhurs IL L and L Enerprises 2005
Sheikh-Miller Jonahan Lain Words Sicker Book ulsa OK EDC Publishing 2006
Wansbrough M B A Mundus Lainu s Mysery 3 vols Hamilon Onario ralco Educaional Services 2004
ORAL LATIN Abernahy Faye Jill Crooker Margare Cur ran and David Perr y Te Developmen o Oral Skills in Lain wih
Visuals A Supplemenary Guide o he Syllabus Lain or Communicaion Draf Copy Albany New YorkSae Educaion Deparmen 1995
Alber S Cotidie Laine loquamur Saarbruumlcken Socieas Laina 1987
Allen W Sidney Vox Laina A Guide o he Pronunciaion o Classical Lain 2nd ed New York Cambridge
Universiy Press 1989Capellanus G Lain Can Be Fun Souvenir Press 1997
Daiz Sephen G ed Te Living Voice o Lain Perormed by ober P Sonkowsky Madison C JeffreyNoron Publishing 1984
mdashmdashmdash Te Pronunciaion and Reading o Classical Lain A Pracical Guide Audio cassetes Madison C Jeffrey Noron Publ ishing 1984
Egger C Laine discere iuva ome Libreria Edirice Vaicana 1982
Lain Aloud Audio AP Selecions fom Vergil Caullus Ovid Cicero and Horace Perormed by ober PSonkowsky CD-OM Wauconda IL Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers 2007
McCarhy Tomas Nunc Loquamur Guided C onversaions or L ain Newburypor MA FocusPublishing Pullins 2005
Swee Waldo E Words o Wisdom fom he Anciens 1000 Lain Proverbs CD-OM Wauconda IL Bolchazy-
Carducci Publishers 2000raupman John Conversaional Lain or Oral Pro1047297ciency 4h ed Audio Conversaions Perormed by Mark
ober Miner e al Audio CDs Wauconda IL Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers 2006
LATIN THROUGH MUSICBoynon Sandra Grun Pigorian Chan Audio CD New York Workman Publishing 1997
Couch C C and eddy Irwin Carmina Popularia Well-Known Songs in Lain Audio CD Wauconda ILBolchazy-Carducci Publishers 2004
mdashmdashmdash Lain Verbs Rock Audio CD Nashville N Sound Invenions 2006
mdashmdashmdash Lyrical Lain Learning Lain hrough Music Audio CD Nashville N Sound Invenions 2004
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 1154
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 1254
TM xii bull Latin for the New Millennium
ETYMOLOGY AND VOCABULARY Adeleye Gabriel G World Dicionary o Foreign Expressions Wih Kofi Acquah Dadzie Edied by Tomas J
Sienkewicz and James McDonough Wauconda IL Bolchazy-Carducci 1999
Ayres Donald M English Words fom Lain and Greek Elemen s 11h ed ucson Arizona Universiy o Ari-zona Press 1982
Ayo John Dicionary o Word Or igins New York Arcade Publishing 1990
Beard Henry X-reme Lain All h e Lain You Need o Know or Su rvival in he 21s Cenury New York Pen-guin Group 2005
Dicionary o Lain Words and Phrases Edied by James Morwood New York Oxord Universiy Press 1998
Dominik William J ed Words and Ideas Wauconda IL Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers 2002
mdashmdashmdash Words and Ideas Answer Key Wauconda IL Bolchaz y-Carducci Publ ishers 2006Ehrlich Eugene Amo Amas A ma and More New York Har per and ow 1987
Heimbach Elizabeh Lain E very where Ever yday A La in Phra se Workbook Wauconda I L Bolc hazy-Carducci Publishers 2004
mdashmdashmdash Lain Everywhere Everyday A Lain Phrase Workbook eacherrsquos Manual Perormed by James Cho-chola Compac disks Wauconda IL Bolchazy-Carducci Publishing 2005
Janson ore Te Naural Hisory o Lain ranslaed by Merehe D Sorensen and Nigel Vincen Oxord andNew York Oxord Universiy Press 2005
Krill ichard Greek and Lain in English oday Book and wo Cassetes 1990 eprin Wauconda ILBolchazy-Carducci Publishers 2003
Mascianonio udolph Build Your English Word Power wih Lain Numbers Wauconda IL Bolchazy-CarducciPublishers 1997
mdashmdashmdash Build Your E nglish Word Power w ih La in Number s eacherrsquos Ma nual Wauconda I L Bolc hazy-Carducci Publishers 1997
Morwood James and Mark Warman Our Greek and Lain Roos Cambridge Cambridge Universiy Press1990
OrsquoMara Lesley ed Which Way o he Vomiorium Vernacular Lain or All Occasions ranslaed by ose Wil-liams New York Tomas Dunne Books 1999
Oxord Dicionary o English Eymology Edied by C Onions wih G W S Friedrichsen and W Burch-field New York Oxord Universiy Press 1966
Sone Jon Lain or he I llierai New York ouledge 1996
MYTHOLOGYBierlein J F Parallel Myhs New York Ballanine Books 1994
Bolon Lesley Te Everyhing Classical Myhology Book Peabody MA Adams Media Corporaion 2002Childrenrsquos Books on Ancien Greek and Roman Myhology An Annoaed Bibliography Compiled by Anoinete
Brazouski and Mary J Klat Wespor C Greenwood Press 1984
Te Chiron Dicionary o Greek and Roman Myhology ranslaed by Elizabeh Burr 1s English ed New YorkConinuum Inernaional Publishing Group 1994
Colakis Marianhe and Mary Joan Masello Classical Myhology and More A Reader Workbook WaucondaIL Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers 2007
Couch Malcolm Greek and Roman Myhology New York Michael Friedman Publishing Group 1998
DrsquoAulaire Ingri and Edgar Parin DrsquoAulaire DrsquoAulairesrsquo Book o Greek Myhs New York Doubleday 1962
Fleischman Paul Daeline roy Somerville MA Candlewick Press 2006
Gardner Jane Roman Myhs Ausin Universiy o exas Press 1993
Gran Michael and John Hazel Whorsquos Who in Classical Myhology London ouledge Press 2002
Grimal Pierre Te Dicionary o Classical Myhology ranslaed by A Maxwell-Hyslop 1996 eprinMalden MA Blackwell Publishing 2001
Harris Sephen L and Gloria Pazner Classical Myhology Images and Insighs 3rd ed Mounain View CAMayfield Publishing Company 2001
Homeric Hymns ranslaed by Diane aynor Berkeley and Los Angeles Universiy o Caliornia Press2004
Kirkwood G M A Shor Guide o Classical Myh ology 1959 eprin Wauconda IL Bolchazy-Carducci2003
Lowe Cheryl and Leigh Lowe DrsquoAulairesrsquo Greek Myh Suden Guid e Louisville K Y Memoria Press 2004mdashmdashmdash DrsquoAulairesrsquo Greek Myh eacher Guide Louisville K Y Memoria Press 2006
Mayerson Philip Classical Myhology in Lieraure Ar and Music Glenview IL Scot Foresman and Com-pany 1984
Morord Mark P O and ober J Lenardon Classical Myhology 8h ed New York Oxord Universiy Press2006
Ovid Meamorphose s ranslaed by A D Melville New York Oxord Universiy Press 1998
ussell William F Classic Myhs o Read Aloud New York Crown Publicaions 1989
Vergilrsquos Aeneid Hero War Humaniy ranslaed by G B Cobbold Wauconda IL Bolchazy-Carducci Pub-lishers 2005
Will iams o se Gods and Oher Odd Creaures Ausin X CicadaSun Publishing 2008
mdashmdashmdashTe Labors o Aeneas Wha a Pain I Was o Found he Roman Race Wauconda IL Bolchazy-Carducci
2003mdashmdashmdashTe Original Dysuncional Family Basic Classical Myhology or he New Millennium Wauconda ILBolchazy-Carducci 2008
ROMAN HISTORYBagnell Nigel Te Punic Wars New York S Marinrsquos Press 1990
Becket Gilber agrave Te Comic Hisory o Rome 1852 eprin Wauconda IL Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers1996
Boardma n John Jasper Griffi n and Oswyn Mur ray eds Oxord Hisory o he Roman World Oxord and New York Oxord Universiy Pre ss 1991
Boawrigh Mary Daniel J Gargola and ichard J A alber A Brie Hisor y o he Romans New YorkOxord Universiy Press 2006
Connolly Peer Greece and Rome a War London Greenhill Books 2006
Consable Nick Hisorical Alas o Ancien Rome New York Facs on File 2003
Cornell im and John Mahews Alas o he Roman World New York Facs on File 1986
Creighon Mandell A Primer Hisory o Rome 1855 eprin Wauconda IL Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers2001
Goldsworhy Adrian Te Fall o Carhage Te Punic Wars 265ndash146 BC London Cassell 2000
Haaren John H and A B Poland Famous Men o Rome Louisville KY Memoria Press 2006
Holland Tomas Rubicon New York Doubleday 2003
Jenkyn s ichard ed Te Legacy o Rome A New Appraisal Oxord Oxord Universiy Press 1992
Kamm Anhony Julius Caesar A Lie New York ouledge 2006
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 1354
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Resource List bull TM xiii
Lowe Cheryl and Leigh Lowe Famous Men o Rome Suden Guide 2nd ed Louisvil le KY Memoria Press2006
Mayszak Philip Te Sons o Caesar Imperial Romersquos Firs Dynasy London Tames and Hudson 2006
Mellor onald and Marni McGee Te Ancien Roman World New York Oxord Universiy Press 2004
Oxord Classical Dicionary 3rd ed Edied by Simon Hornblower and Anhony Spaworh Oxord and New York Oxord Universiy P ress 1996 Also available a s a CD-OM
Oxord Dicionary o he Classical World Edied by John obers New York Oxord Universiy Press 2005
Scarre Chris Chronicle o he Roman Emperors London Tames and Hudson 1995
mdashmdashmdashTe Penguin Hisorical Alas o Ancien Rome New York Penguin Punam Inc 1995
Ward-Perkins Br yan Te Fall o Rome Oxord and New York Oxord Universiy Press 2005
Will iams ose Cicero he Pario Wauconda IL Bolcha zy-Carducci P ublishers 200 4mdashmdashmdash Cicero he Pario eacherrsquos Manual Wauconda IL Bolchaz y-Carducci Publ ishers 2004
mdashmdashmdash From Romulus o Romulus Augusulus Roman Hisory or he New Millennium Bolchazy-CarducciPublishers 2008
mdashmdashmdashOnce Upon he iber An O ea Hisory o Rome Wauconda IL Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers 2007Firs Published 2002 by Wimbledon Classics
Wool Greg ed Cambridge Illusraed Hisory o he Roman World Cambridge Cambridge Universiy Press2003
ROMAN CULTURE AND DAILY LIFE Adkin s Lesley and oy A dkins Dicionary o R oman Religion New York Oxord Universiy Press 2000
mdashmdashmdashHandbook o Lie in Ancien Rome New York Oxord Universiy P ress 1994
All an ony Lie Myh an d Ar in Ancien R ome Los Angeles J Paul Gety rus Publicaions 2005 Apicius Cookery and Dining in Imperial Rome Edied by Joseph Da mmers Vehling Ne w York Dover 1977
Baker Alan Te Gladiaor Te Secre Hisory o Romersquos Warrior Slaves New York S Marinrsquos Press 2006
Baker Charles and osalie Baker Te Classical Companion Peerborough NH Cobblesone Publishing1988
Bonner S F Educaion in Ancie n Rome fom he Elder Cao o he Younger Pliny London Mehuen 1977
Bradley Keih Slavery and Sociey a Rome Cambridge Cambridge Universiy Press 1994
Brucia Margare A and Gregory Daughery o Be a Roman opics in Roman Culure Wauconda ILBolchazy-Carducci Publishers 2007
Buchanan David Roman Spor and Enerainmen London Longman 1976
Carcopino Jeacuterocircme Daily Lie in Ancien Rome New Haven and London Yale Universiy Press 1968
Casson Lionel ravel in he Ancien World New ed Balimore John Hopkins Universiy Press 1994
mdashmdashmdash Libraries in he A ncien World New Haven C Yale Universiy Press 2001Clackson James and Geoffrey Horrocks Te Blackwell Hisory o he Lain Language Cambridge Blackwell
Publishing 2007
Clarke J Houses o Roman Ialy 100 B Cndash A D 250 Berkeley and Los Angeles Universiy o CaliorniaPress 1991
Croom A Roman Clohing and Fashion UK empus Publishing 2000
DrsquoAmbra Eve Roman Ar Cambridge and New York Cambridge Universiy Press 1998
mdashmdashmdashRoman Women Cambridge and New York Cambridge Universiy Press 2007
Goldsworhy Adrian Te Complee Roman Army London Tames and Hudson 2003
Gran Leigh Rome A Fold-Ou His ory o Ancien Civ ilizaion New York Black Dog and Levanhal Publish-ers 2005
Gran Mark Roman Cookery Ancien Recipes or Modern Kichens London Seri Publishers 1999
Haney L A and J A Haney Te Roman Engineers Cambridge Cambridge Universiy Press 1991
Harris H A Spor in Greece and Rome Ihaca NY Cornell Universiy Press 1972
Herber Kevin Roman Imperial Coins Wauconda IL Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers 1996
Hodge Peer Te Roman Army Whie Plains NY Longman 1984
mdashmdashmdash Roman Family Lie UK Longman 1984
mdashmdashmdash Te Roman House ev ed Whie Plains NY Longman 1976
mdashmdashmdash Roman owns ev ed Whie Plains NY Longman 1977
mdashmdashmdash Roman rade and ravel Whie Plains NY Longman 1978Hopkins Keih and Mary Beard Te Colosseum Cambridge MA Harvard Universiy Press 2005
Humez Alexander and Nicholas Humez A B C E Cee ra Te Lie amp imes o he Roma n Alphabe BosonMA David Gordon Publisher 1985
Hyland Ann Equus Te Horse in he R oman World New Haven C Yale Universiy Press 1990
Jacobelli Lu ciana Gladiaors a Pompeii Los Angeles J Paul Gety rus Publicaions 2004
James Simon Ancien Rome Eyewiness Books New York Alred A Knop 1990
Jones J M A Dicionary o Ancien Coins London Seaby 1990
Mannix Daniel P Te Way o he Gladiaor New York ibooks 2001
Massey Michael Roman Religion Whie Plains New York Longman 1984
mdashmdashmdash Women in Ancien Greece and Rome New York Cambridge Universiy Press 1986
Olivovaacute V Spors and Games in he Ancien World London Orbis Publishing 1984
Paoli Ugo Enrico Rome Is People Lie and Cusoms ranslaed by D Macnaghen New York Longman1963
Piggot S Te Druids London Tames and Hudson 1982
Sims Lesley Roman Soldierrsquos Handbook London Usborne Books 2006
Solway Andrew Rome In Specacular Cross-Secion Oxord Oxord Universiy Press 2004
Savely E S Greek and Roman Voing and Elecions Ihaca NY Cornell Universiy Press 1972
reggiari S Roman Marriage Iusi Coniuges fom he ime o Cicero o he ime o Ulpian Oxord ClarendonPress 1991
Wallace ex E Inroducion o Wall Inscripio ns fom Pompeii and Herculaneu m Wauconda IL Bolchaz y-Carducci Publishers 2005
Webser G Te Roman Imperial Armies o he Firs and Second Cenuries A D 3rd ed London A and C Black1985
Weslake Susan Te Developmen o he Roman Alphabe Oxord OH American Classical League MC nd
Yavez Z Slaves and Slavery in Ancien Rome New Brunswick NJ ransacion Books 1988
ROMAN ARCHEOLOGY ARCHITECTURE AND ART Aicher Peer J Guide o he Aqueducs o Ancien Rome Wauconda IL Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers 1995
mdashmdashmdash Rome Alive A Source Guide o he Ancien Ciy 2 vols Wauconda IL Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers2004
Amery Col in and Bria n Curran Jr Te Los World o Pompeii Los Angeles J Paul Gety rus Publicaions2002
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 1454
TM xiv bull Latin for the New Millennium
Augeni Andrea ed Ar and Archeology o Rome New York iverside Book Company 2000
Boardman John Oxord Hisory o Classical Ar Oxord Oxord Universiy Press 1997
Campbell Ann Roman Ar and Archiecure ev ed Boulder CO Alarion Press 1999
Coarelli Fillipo Rome and Environs An Archeological Guide ranslaed by James J Clauss and Daniel P Har-mon Berkeley and Los Angeles Universiy o Caliornia Press 2008
Connolly Peer Pompeii New York Oxord Universiy Press 1990
Corbishley Mike Illusraed Encyclopedia o Ancie n Rome Los Angeles J Paul Gety rus Publicaions2004
Davis John and Deborah C Wood Monumena Romana Nosra Slide lecures complee se 1995 evised Wauconda IL Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers 1997
mdashmdashmdash Monumen a Roman a Nosra Roman Bahs Slide lecure 1995 evised Wauconda IL Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers 1997
mdashmdashmdash Monumena Romana Nos ra Te Forum in Rome and he Province s Slide lecure 1995 evised Wau-conda IL Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers 1997
mdashmdashmdash Monumena Romana Nos ra Te Roman Basil ica Slide lecure 1995 evised Wauconda ILBolchazy-Carducci Publishers 1997
mdashmdashmdash Monumena Romana Nos ra Te Roman Foru m Slide lecure 1995 evised Wauconda IL Bol-chazy-Carducci Publishers 1997
mdashmdashmdash Monumena Romana Nos ra Te Roman emple Slide lecure 1995 evised Wauconda IL Bol-chazy-Carducci Publishers 1997
Deiss Joseph Jay Herculaneum Ialyrsquos Buried reasure evised and updaed New York Harper Collins 1985
de Franciscus A Pompeii Monumens Pas and P resen Los Angeles J Paul Gety rus Publicaions 2000
DrsquoEspouy Hecor ed Greek and Roman Archiecure in Classic Illusraions Mineola NY Dover Publicaions1999
Dickison Sheila K and Judih P Hallet eds Rome and Her Monumens Wauconda IL Bolchazy-CarducciPublishers 2000
Heinze Helga von Roman Ar New York Universe Books 1971
Lewis Jon E ed Mammoh Book o Eyewines s Ancien Rome New York Carroll and Gra 2003
Ling ober Roman Paining Cambridge Cambridge Universiy Press 1991
Lovell Isabel Sories in Sone fom he Roman Forum ockville MD Wildside Press 2007
Macaulay David Ciy A Sory o Roman Planning and Consrucion Boson M A Houghon Miffl in 1971
MacDonald William L Te Archiecure o he Roman Empire An Urban Appraisal New Haven C Yale Uni- versiy Press 1988
MacKendrick Paul Te Mue Sones Speak Te Sory o Archeology in Ialy 2nd ed New York W W Noron1984
Millard Anne Welcome o Ancien Rome Edied by Jane Chisolm London Usborne Publishing 1987
Saccioli A Ancien Rome Monume ns Pas and Pres en Los Angeles J Paul Gety rus Publicaions2000
mdashmdashmdash Te Roads o he Romans Los Angeles J Paul Gety rus Publicaions 2004
Walker Susan Roman Ar Cambridge Harvard Universiy Press 1991
Wheeler Mori mer Roman Ar and Archiecure 4h ed New York Praeger Publishers 1969
Winkes ol Classical Collecion Roman Painings and Mosaics Providence I Museum o Ar hodeIsland School o Design 1982
LATE EMPIRE EARLY CHRISTIANITY AND MIDDLE AGES Augusi ne Conessions Oxord Worldrsquos Classics ranslaed by Henry Chadwick eprin New York Oxord
Universiy Press 1998
mdashmdashmdash Augusine Te Ciy o God agains he Paga ns ranslaed by W Dyson Cambridge exs in he His-ory o Poliical Tough Cambridge Cambridge Universiy Press 1998
mdashmdashmdash Augusine Poliical Wriings ranslaed by E M Akins and ober J Dodaro Cambridge exs inhe Hisory o Poliical Tough Cambridge Cambridge Universiy Press 2001
Barbero Alessandro Te Day o he Barbarians Te Batle Ta Led o he Fall o he Roman Empire ranslaed by John Cullen New York Walker and Company 2007
Barnes imohy D Ahanasius a nd Consanius Te ology and Poliics in h e Consanian Empire Cambridge
MA Harvard Universiy Press 1993Boehius Te Consolaion o Philosophy ranslaed by Vicor Wats ev ed London Penguin Books 1999
Bowersock G W and Peer Brown Lae Aniquiy A Guid e o he Pos Classica l World Harvard UniversiyPress eerence Library Cambridge MA Belknap Press 1999
Bowman Alan Averil Cameron and Peer Garnsey eds Te Crisis o Empire AD 193ndash337 2nd ed Volume 12Te Cambridge Ancien Hisory Cambridge Cambridge Universiy Press 2005
Brown Peer Augusine o Hippo A Biography ev ed Berkeley and Los Angeles Universiy o CaliorniaPress 2000
mdashmdashmdash Te World o Lae Aniquiy AD 150ndash750 New York W W Noron 1989
Cameron Averil Te Laer Roman Empire A D 284ndash430 Cambridge MA Harvard Universiy Press 1993
Cameron Averil Bryan Ward-Perkins and Michael Whiby eds Lae Aniquiy Empire a nd Successors AD425ndash600 Volume 14 Te Cambridge Ancien Hisory Cambridge Cambridge Universiy Press 2001
Cameron Averil and Peer Garnsey eds Te Lae Empire AD 337ndash425 Volume 13 Te Cambridge AncienHisory Cambridge Cambridge Universiy Press 1997
Chadwick Henry Te Church in Ancien Sociey From Galilee o Gregory he Grea Oxord Oxord UniversiyPress 2001
Corbishley Mike Te Middle Ages Culural Alas or Young People ev ed New York Facs on File 2003
Doran ober Birh o a Worldview Ea rly Chrisia niy in is Jewish and Pagan Conex Lanham MD ow-man and Litlefield 1999
Edwards Mark Consanine and Chrisendom Te Oraion o he Sains Te Greek and Lain Accouns o he Discovery o he Cross Te Edic o Consanine o Pope Silveser Liverpool Liverpool Universiy Press 2003
Ferguson Everet ed Encyclopedia o Ear ly Chrisiani y London Garland Publishing 1990
Godrey A W ed Medieval Mosaic A Book o M edieval Lain R eadings Wauconda IL Bolcha zy-CarducciPublishers 2003
Gran Michael Consanine he Grea Te Man and His imes New York Charles Scribnerrsquos Sons 1994
mdashmdashmdash Te Fall o he Roman Empire New York Charles Scribnerrsquos Sons 1997
mdashmdashmdash Te Collapse and Recovery o he Roman Empire London and New York ou ledge 1999
Harrison F E ed Millennium A Lain R eader A D 374ndash1374 eprin Wauconda IL Bolchazy-CarducciPublishers 2001
Heaher Peer Te Fall o he Roman Empire A New Hisory o Rome and he Barbarians New York OxordUniversiy Press 2007
Holmes George Te Oxord Hisory o Medieval Europe Oxord Oxord Universiy Press 2001
Hopkins Keih A World Full o Gods Pagans Jews and Chris ians in he Roma n Empire London Weideneldand Nicolson 1999
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 1554
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Resource List bull TM xv
Howarh Parick Atila King o he Hun s Man and Myh New York Barnes amp Noble Books 1995
Jones erry Barbarians London BBC Books 2006
Kulikowski Michael Romersquos Gohic Wars From he Tird Cenury o Alaric Cambridge Cambridge Univer-siy Press 2007
Lee A D ed Pagans and Chri sians in Lae A niquiy A Sourcebook London ouledge 2000
MacMullen amsay and Eugene N Lane Paganism and Chri sianiy 100ndash425 C E A Sourcebook Minne-apolis Forress Press 1992
Manello Frank and Arhur G igg Medieval Lain An Inroducion and Bibliographical Guide WashingonDC Te Caholic Universiy o America Press 1996
McEvedy Colin Te New Penguin Alas o Medieval Hisory ev ed New York Penguin Group 1992
Newman Paul B Daily Lie in he Middle A ges Jefferson NC McFarland and Company 2001Smih Jonahan Z Drudgery Divine On he Compari son o Early Chri sianiies and h e Religions o L ae Aniq-
uiy Chicago Universiy o Chicago Press 1990
Sambaugh John E and David Balch Te New esamen in is Social Environmen Philadelphia Wesmin-ser Press 1986
Tompson A E Te Huns Oxord Blackwell Publishing 1999
odd Malcolm Te Early Germans Malden MA Blackwell 2004
Wells Coli n Sailing fom Byzanium How a Los Empire Shaped he World NY Banam Dell 2006
Will iams ose Te Ligher Side o he Dark Ages London and New York Anhem Press 2006
Wolram Her wig Hisory o he Gohs ranslaed by Tomas J Dunlap Berkeley and Los Angeles Univer-siy o Caliornia Press 1988
mdashmdashmdashTe Roman Empire and Is Germanic Peoples ranslaed by Tomas J Dunlap Berkeley and Los Ange-
les Universiy o Caliornia Press 1997 Young Frances Lew is Ayres and A ndrew Louh eds Te Cambridge Hisory o Early Chrisian Lieraure
Cambridge Cambridge Universiy Press 2004
CLASSICAL PERSPECTIVESHighe Gilber Te Classical radiion New York Oxord Universiy Press 1957
Kopff E Chrisian Te Devil Knows Lain Why America Needs he Classical radiion Wilmingon DE ISIBooks 1999
Maybury ichard J Ancien Rome How I Affe cs You oday Placerville CA Bluesocking Press 1995
Murphy Cullen Are We Rome New York Houghon Mi ffl in 2007
Simmons racy Lee Climbing Parnassus A New Apologia or Greek and Lain Wilmingon DE ISI Books2002
MAPS POSTERS AND CHARTS Available from American Cla ssical League M C Miami Universiy Oxford OH
Map o oman Empire Map o oman Ialy ome Cenral Archeological Area oma Archaica
Circus Maximus Colosseum Consiuion Preamble Lain Abbreviaions Lain Phrases in Common UseLegal erms Panheon Pompeii Promoional Posers Lain Is
Derivaive ree Char Loan Word Char omance Language Char Skeleon Char
Available from L and L Enerprises Elmhurs IL
Ancien Civil izaion Wall M ap (small and lar ge size)
Using Lain Phrases Te Fabulous Five Lain Promoional Mini-posers Paer Noser Pledge o Allegianceoman Scenes and Proverbs Seven Hills o ome emembering he Cases
Available from Aims Inernaional Book s Cincinnai OH
Quo Modo Senis Hodie Poser
ADDITIONAL ITEMS Available from Bolchazy-Carducci P ublishers Mundelein IL
Lain Butons
Available from American Cla ssical League MC Miami Universiy Oxford OH
Lain-relaed CDs DVDs apes sofware coins greeing cards games accessories and jewelry mimeo-graphs hisorical novels Lain readers and Junior Classical League iems
Available from L and L Enerprises Elmhu rs IL
Lain knowledge cards Briish Museum book o poscards o Ancien Greece and o ome
Lain-relaed aciviy books butons coloring books key chain ags noe cards origami projecs pencilspuzzle books rulers sampers sickers suffed animals atoos oe bags and -shirs
MISCELLANEOUS Available from American Cla ssical League MC Miami Universiy Oxford OH
2006 Updaed Survey o Audio-Visual Maerials and exbooks in he Classics
2007 Ediion o ACL Soware Direcory or he Classics
WEBSITESFor a regularly updaed lis o websie resources check htpwwwlnmbolchazycom
PROFESSIONAL ORGANIZATIONSMos o hese organizaions offer a journal ha eachers will find beneficial Consul he organizaionrsquos web-
sie o learn more
American C lassical League (ACL)
American C lassical L eague eaching Maerials a nd esource Cener (MC)
ACL Sponsored Aciviie s
Junior Classical League
Naional Commitee or Lain and GreekNaional Greek Exam
Naional Junior Classical League
Naional Lain Exam
Naional Senior Classical League
Naional Myhology Exam
American C ouncil on he eaching o Foreign La nguages (ACFL)
American Ph ilologica l Associa ion (APA)
Archeologica l Insiue o A merica (AI A)
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 1654
TM xvi bull Latin for the New Millennium
Classical Associaion o Canada
Classical Associaion o New England (CANE)
Classical Associaion o he Alanic Saes (CAAS)
Classical Associaion o he Middle Wes and Souh (CAMWS)
Classical Associaion o he Pacific Norhwes (CAPN)
Classical Associaion o he Souhwesern Unied Saes (CASUS)
Compuer Assised Language Insrucion Consorium (CALICO)
Join Associaion o C lassical eachers (JAC)
Vergilian Socie y
In addiion many saes and ciies have classics-relaed organizaions
TEACHER NOTES
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 1754
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull i
1
STUDENT TEXTBOOKWITH EXERCISE ANSWERS
STANDARDS CORRELATIONS
ORAL EXERCISES
ORAL EXERCISE CORRELATIONS
WORKBOOK EXERCISE CORRELATIONS
ANCILLARY CORRELATIONS
COMPREHENSION QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS
TEACHING TIPS
TEACHER BY THE WAY NOTATIONS
AND HOW TO USE THIS BOOK
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 1854
iindashiii bull Latin for the New Millennium
Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers IncMundelein Illinois USA
1Milena Minkova and Terence Tunberg
LATIN FOR THE NEW MILLENNIUM
Series Inormaion
LEVEL ONE
Suden ex (2008)
Suden Workbook (2008)
eacherrsquos M anual (2008)
eacherrsquos Manual or Suden Workbook (2008)
ANCILLARIES
From Romulus o Romulus AugusulusRoman Hisory or he New Millennium (2008)
Te Original Dysuncional Family Basic Classical Myhology or he New Millennium (2008)
LEVEL TWO
Suden ex (2009)
Suden Workbook (2009)
eacherrsquos M anual (2009)
eacherrsquos Manual or Suden Workbook (2009)
ANCILLARIES
From Rome o Reormaion Early European Hisory or he New Millennium (2009)
Te Clay-ooed SuperHeroes Myhology ales or he New Millennium (2009)
mdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdash
ELECTRONIC RESOURCES
(See page 445 or deailed descripion)
wwwlnm bolchazycom
Quia Quesion Bank
Lain-only Vill a in een Second Lietrade
Carpe Praedam
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 1954
FOREWORD xi
PREFACE xiii
AUTHORS xvii
EDITORS CONSULTANTS AND PILOT TEACHERS xix
INTRODUCTION xxiii
AlphabePronunciaion o LainOverview o oman Hisory Beginnings o Lain Lieraure
CHAPTER 1 1
eading ldquoomulus and emusrdquoLanguage Facs Pars o Speech Nouns Number Gender Case
(Nominaive and Accusaive) Firs Declension Nounsalking Saying Hello
CHAPTER 2 15
eading Plauus ldquoTe Menaechmi winsrdquo Language Facs Firs and Second Conjugaion Verbs Principal Pars
Properies o Verbs Number Person ense Sem Infiniive Subjec and
Verb Agreemenalking Geting Acquained
CHAPTER 3 29
eading erence ldquowo BrohersrdquoLanguage Facs Second Declension Masculine -us -er -ir Nouns Geniive
Case Vocaive Case Preposiional Phrasesalking In he Classroom
REVIEW 1 CHAPTERS 19912513 43
Considering he Classical Gods Ma rs Jupier JunoConnecing wih he Ancien World Slavery in A ncien omeExploring oman Comedy oman Producions and Modern endiions by
William S Anderson Proessor o Classics Emerius Universiy o Caliornia Berkeley Berkeley Caliornia
Mīrābile Audī ū Phrases and Quoaions elaing o he Comic radiion
CONTENTS
bull v bull
Series Edior LeaAnn A Osburn
Volume Ediors Elisa C Denja LeaAnn A Osburn
Conribuing Ediors imohy Beck Judih P Halle Laurie Haigh KeenanKaren Lee Singh Donald E Sprague ose Williams Vicki Wine
Hisorical imeline Jayni einhard
Cover Design amp ypography Adam Phillip Velez
Cover Illusraion oman Forum copy BemannCOBISOher Illusraions Phoo Credis appear on pp 431ndash434
CarographyMapping Specialiss
Indexing Michael Hendry
Prooreader Gary Varney
Lain for he New Millennium
Suden ex Level 1
Milena Minkova and erence unberg
copy2008 Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers Inc All righs reserved
Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers Inc
1570 Baskin oadMundelein Illinois 60060 wwwbolchazycom
Prined in Canada2009 byFriesens
ISBN 978-0-86516-560-1mdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashLibrary o Congress Caaloging-in-Publicaion Daa
Minkova Milena Lain or he new millennium suden ex level 1 Milena Minkova anderence unberg p cm Includes bibliographical reerences ISBN 978-0-86516-560-1 (v 1 hardbound alk paper) 1 Lain language--Grammar I unberg erence II ile
PA20875M 562 2008 4782rsquo421--dc22
2008014705
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull ivndashv
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 2054
Contents bull vii
CHAPTER 9 135
eading Sallus ldquoTe Cailinarian ConspiracyrdquoLanguage Facs Fourh Conjugaion Verbs Presen Acive and Passive
ense Presen Acive and Passive Infiniive T ird Declension NeuerNouns Tird Declension I -Sem Nouns
alking Geting Dressed or a Pary
REVIEW 3 CHAPTERS 79912519 149
Considering he Classical Gods ApolloConnecing wih he A ncien World oman AtireExploring oman Governmen Poliics in Greece ome and he Unied
Saes by Josiah Ober Proessor o Classics and Poliical Science SanordUniversiy Sanord Caliornia
Mīrābile Aud īū Phrases and Motoes elaing o Governmen andDemocracy
CHAPTER 10 163
eading Vergil ldquo Te rojan HorserdquoLanguage Facs Tird Conjugaion -iō Verbs Presen Acive and Passive
ense Presen Acive and Passive Infiniive T ird Declension AdjecivesSubsanive Adjecives
alking Te Morning Beore a es
CHAPTER 11 177
eading Vergil ldquoQueen Dido o CarhagerdquoLanguage Facs Imperec Acive a nd Passive ense o All Conjugaions
Imperec ense o Sum and Possum Encliicsalking raveling o School
CHAPTER 12 191eading Livy ldquoMucius ScaevolardquoLanguage Facs Fi rs Second and Tird Person Personal Pronouns Firs
and Second Person Possessive Adjecives Declension o vīsalking Discussing he Weaher
REVIEW 4 CHAPTERS 1099125112 205
Considering he Classical Gods Mercury Connecing wih he Ancien World oman FoodExploring he My h o he rojan Horse Never Look a Gif Horse in
he Mouh by Bonnie A Cato Proessor o Classics Assumpion CollegeWorceser Massachusets
Mīrābile Aud īū Phrases and Quoaions elaing o War and Peace
vi bull L atin for the New Millennium
CHAPTER 4 57
eading Cicero ldquoTe Deserer Wans a ewardrdquoLanguage Facs Second Declension Neuer Nouns Daive Case Firs
and Second Declension -us -a -um Adjecives Agreemen o Nounsand Adjecives
alking Discussing Homework
CHAPTER 5 69
eading Cicero ldquoCicero Wries o ereniardquoLanguage Facs Firs and Second Conjugaion Verbs Presen Passive ense
Presen Passive Infiniive Ablaive o Agen Firs and Second Declension
-er Adjecivesalking Discussing Occupaions
CHAPTER 6 81
eading Caesar ldquoTe DruidsrdquoLanguage Facs Presen ense and Presen Infiniive o Sum and Possum
Complemenary Infi niive ransiive and Inransiive Verbsalking Preparing or a es
REVIEW 2 CHAPTERS 49912516 93
Considering he Classical Gods Nepune Pluo Vesa and CeresConnecing wih he Ancien World oman MarriageExploring oman Famil ies Parens and Children Ten and Now by
Jacqueline Carlon Assisan Proessor o Classics Universiy o Massachusets Boson Massachusets
Mīrābile Audīū Phrases Motoes and Abbreviaions elaing o Lie in heweny-Firs Cenur y
CHAPTER 7 111eading Caullus ldquoMy Girlrsquos SparrowrdquoLanguage Facs Tird Declension Masculine and Feminine Nouns Indirec
Saemen Accusaive and Infiniivealking In he Caeeria
CHAPTER 8 123
eading Nepos ldquoTemisocles Saves he GreeksrdquoLanguage Facs T ird Conjugaion Verbs Presen Acive a nd Passive ense
Presen Acive and Passive Infiniive Ablaives o Manner InsrumenSeparaion Place rom Which Place Where Accusaive o Place o W hich
alking Afer School Aciviies
vindashvii bull Latin for the New Millennium
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 2154
Contents bull ix
CHAPTER 18 301
eading Apuleius ldquoCupid and PsycherdquoLanguage Facs Fuure Perec Aci ve ense o All Conjugaions Fuure
Perec ense o Sum and Possum Fifh Declension Nounsalking Going o he Denis
REVIEW 6 CHAPTERS 1699125118 315
Considering he Classical Gods BacchusConnecing wih he Ancien World Gladiaorial GamesExploring oman Disasers Earh Air Fire and Waer by John E Torburn
Associae Proessor o Classics Baylor Universiy Waco exas
Mīrābile Audīū Quoaions elaing o Atiudes oward and Coping wihMisorunes
CHAPTER 19 331
eading Ammianus ldquoTe HunsrdquoLanguage Facs Perec Passive Pariciple Perec Passive ense o All
Conjugaions eview o Principal Par s o Verbs Demonsraive Pronounand Adjecive Hic
alking Cleaning he House
CHAPTER 20 349
eading Augusine ldquoAn Adolescen TierdquoLanguage Facs Pluperec Passive ense o Al l Conjugaions Perec Acive
and Passive Infini ives Demonsraive Pronoun and Adjecive Illealking Going Shopping
CHAPTER 21 361
eading Boehius ldquoTe Wheel o ForunerdquoLanguage Facs Fuure Perec Passive ense o All Conjugaions Fuure
Acive Pariciple Fuure Acive Infiniivealking A Birhday Pary
REVIEW 7 CHAPTERS 1999125121 375
Considering he Classical Gods VulcanConnecing wih he Ancien World oman EducaionExploring oman Libraries Public Libraries and Teir Books by Keih Dix
Associae Proessor o Classics Universiy o Georgia Ahens GeorgiaMīrābile Audīū Phrases Quoaions and Abbreviaions elaing o
Schools Libraries and Books
viii bull Latin for the New Millennium
CHAPTER 13 219
eading Horace ldquoAn Encouner wih a BoorrdquoLanguage Facs Presen ense Posiive and Negaive Imperaives Firs and
Second Person Personal Pronouns Geniive Case Ti rd Person PossessivePronoun and Adjecive
alking Lae or School
CHAPTER 14 233
eading Ovid ldquoPyramus and TisberdquoLanguage Facs Firs and Second Conjugaion Verbs Fuure Acive and
Passive ense Fuure ense o Sum and Possum elaive Pronouns
elaive Clausesalking Chating on he Inerne
CHAPTER 15 245
eading Seneca ldquoe1047298ecions on Growing OldrdquoLanguage Facs Tird a nd Fourh Conjugaion Verbs Fuure Acive and
Passive ense Inerrogaive Pronouns and Adjecivesalking A rip o he Counry
REVIEW 5 CHAPTERS 1399125115 259
Considering he Classical Gods Minerva Di ana VenusConnecing wih he A ncien World oman Ciies and oadsExploring oman Law Te Jusice Sysem in Ancien ome by James G
Keenan Proessor o Classics Loyola Universiy Chicago Chicago IllinoisMīrābile Audīū Phrases and Quoaions elaing o Legal Maters
CHAPTER 16 273
eading Pliny he Younger ldquoTe Erupion o VesuviusrdquoLanguage Facs Perec ense Verbs Perec Sem Perec Acive ense o
All Conjugaions Perec ense o Sum and Possum Daive o Possessionalking elaxing a he Beach
CHAPTER 17 287
eading acius ldquoTe Fire a omerdquoLanguage Facs Pluperec A cive ense o All Conjugaions Pluperec
ense o Sum and Possum Fourh Declension Masculine Feminine andNeuer Nouns
alking ecovering rom an Acciden
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull viiindashix
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 2254
xndashxi bull Latin for the New Millennium
FOREWORDTe aurea mediocriās o Lain exbooks has arrived No a grammar-ranslaion nor a readingapproach book Lain or he New Millennium is a blend o he bes elemens o boh
Te key o Lain or he New Millennium Level 1 is he emphasis on reading Lain a he begin-ning o each chaper and using conversaional Lain a he end o each chaper or as he auhorsindicae in he Preace lsquoi (Lain) offers you he lingui sic key o he minds ha shaped European
(and hereore American) culu re rom he ime o he omans o he modern scienific revolu-ion In his book you will learn abou he language sep by sep by using irsquo
Te reading passages a he opening o each chaper are ba sed on Lain lieraure and proceedin chronological order rom Plauus o Boehius Each reading is suppored by pre-reading andacing page vocabulary Grammar is inroduced using senences already seen in he reading pas-sage and mīrābile dicū here are pleny o exercises Te Vocabulary o Learn chosen rom headaped reading passage hus conains some Advanced Placemen lieraure-based words and i sreieraed consisenly in he exercises and oher shor reading passages
Somehing no seen in mos Lain exbooks is he conversaional dialogue a he end o eachchaper Tis will pique he sudenrsquos ineres in he Lain version o modern-day aciviies andmee cerain classical language sandards direcly Te auhors Milena Minkova and erenceunberg proessors a he Universiy o Kenucky a Lexingon are he direcors o he hugelypopular Conveniculum Lexinoniense he annual su mmer program ha has been r unning ormore han en years Tey are also on he aculy o he Conveniculum Bosoniense a similarprogram ha draws paricipans o experience conversaional Lain in differen geographical se-ings A he 2007 American Classical Leag ue Insiue a Vanderbil Universiy I paricipaed ina conversaional Lain workshop presened by Minkova and unberg Tough he par icipans
were seasoned Lain eachers mos were experiencing or he firs ime he ried and rue meh-ods hese wo expers were using o inspire us o speak Lain By he end o he workshop wecould converse in amiliar Lain phrases and saw how useul his could be or our own sudensunbergrsquos and Minkovarsquos leadership in hese summer programs made hem uniquely well suiedo design he conversaional dialogues in Lain or he New Millennium and he copious oral ex-ercises ha are conained only in he eacher manual hus al lowing eachers o pick and choose
which exercises bes mee he needs o heir own sudens
Tis book wih is range o offerings wi ll appeal o all ypes o lang uage sudens and will alloweachers o bring he many aces o he oman and pos-oman world ino he classroom How
wonderul i is o see a passage o adaped Plauus in Chaper 2 a prose adapaion o Caullusrsquo passer poem in Chaper 7 o Horacersquos saire on he boor in Chaper 13 and even o aciusrsquo de-scripion o he grea fire in ome in Chaper 17 oman culure is embodied in each o hesepassages hus meeing anoher classical language sandard Accompanying each passage is aquoaion or moto conneced o he passage or chaper
bull xi bullx bull Latin for the New Millennium
APPENDIX A 389
Chronological Lis o he Auhors and Works Sudied
APPENDIX B 391
Addiional Sae Motoes
APPENDIX C 393
Grammaical Forms and Paradigms
APPENDIX D 405
Lain Synax
APPENDIX E 411Hisorical imeline
ENGLISH TO LATIN GLOSSARY 415
LATIN TO ENGLISH GLOSSARY 421
BIBLIOGRAPHY 429
PHOTOGRAPHY CREDITS 431
INDEX 435
LIST OF MAPS
Map o he oman World xxxi iMap o he ravels o Aeneas 187Map o he Ciy o ome 227
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 2354
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull xiindashxiii
PREFACELearning Lain helps you learn English and oher languages beter and perhaps even moreimporanly i offers you he linguisic key o he minds ha shaped European (and hereore
American) culure rom he ime o he omans o he modern scienific revoluion Lain washe language hese people used o express hemselves and o record heir ideas in permanen ormacross so many cenuries In his book you wil l learn abou he language by u sing i sep by sep
CHAPTER COMPONENTS
READING PASSAGES
Each chaper begins wih a eading Passage and noes on he acing page ha will help you un-dersand any linguisic elemens you have no previously seen Tese noes eaure vocabulary
words in an easy o ollow alphabeical l ising providing you he exac meaning needed o un-dersand he reading passage bu no he ull lexical enries a his poin By reading and seeinghese new elemens in heir naural conex ofen you will need no explanaion o undersandhow hey uncion because hey appear w ih words you already know Te eadi ng Passages areadaped rom auhenic works o Lain lieraure and hey are presened in chronological order
As you complee each chaper you will be raci ng he sory o Lain as a lierary language andhe sories o he auhors who used i In addiion you wi ll learn abou oman c ulure over heperiods o ime in which he eaured reading o each chaper was produced
VOCABULARY TO LEARN
Te Vocabulary o Learn repeas some words encounered in he eading Passage or each chap-
er bu in his secion he words are lised by pars o speech i nsead o alphabeically and herehe ull lexical enry is given Tese are words you will need o memorize in order o recognizeand use hem hroughou he remainder o he book In order o aid you in recognizi ng connec-ions beween Lain words and he English words derived rom or relaed o hem a derivaiveexercise ollows each Vocabulary o Learn
LANGUAGE FACTS AND EXERCISES
In he body o each chaper you will fi nd simple explanaions o he Language Facs eaured inhe chaper reading passage along wih many differen exercises ha allow you o use all he in-ormaion you are learning By doing he exercises in each chaper and in he suden workbook
you will no only be reading and wriing Lain yoursquoll be speaking i Some exercises involve oralexchanges wih he eacher and wih oher sudens Because Lain communicaes hough i isa living hing Tereore a person who gains an acive working knowledge in he language along
bull xiii bullxii bull Latin for the New Millennium
All o his said Lain or he New Millennium is suden riendly Sudy ips rhymes and mnemon-ics abound in each chaper and litle secions called ldquoBy he Wayrdquo offer addiional inormaion orhose who always wan o know more
Te uni review secions are ru ly gems Afer hree chapers a Lain review chaper providesno jus he complee lis o Vocabulary o Learn and pleniu l exercises bu ofen anoher pieceo adaped lieraure o read991252snippes o Mari al or Peronius and more
Bu his is no all A secion called ldquoConsidering he Classical Godsrdquo offers high-ineres readingsin boh Engli sh and Lain on he panheon o classical gods A noher secion eniled ldquoConnec-ing wih he Ancien Worldrdquo provides in English addiional i normaion on a paricular aspec ooman lie conained wihin he uni
Capping each review uni is a disincive essay ha e xplores oman and modern opics each writen by a universiy scholar From he Universiy o Massachusets o Sanord Universiyand many places in be ween hese proessors have conribued heir special experise on subjecmater relaed o he chapers I k now o no oher book ha does hi s
Tere are many useu l phoographs and maps appropriaely placed hroughou Te reproduc-ions o fine ar and phoographs o archaeological sies provide a visual learning experience as
well Needless o say here are appendices on g rammar and synax a nd English o Lain andLain o English glossaries wih an added secion on various motoes
Te auhors ediors consulans and pilo eachers have done a superior job o organizing his book or maximum useu lness and effeciveness Tis unique series w ill include he ollowi ngLevel 1 Suden ex Level 1 Suden Workbook Level 1 eacherrsquos Manual and Level 1 Work-
book eacherrsquos Manual Level 2 Suden ex Level 2 Suden Workbook Level 2 eacherrsquosManual and Level 2 Workbook eacherrsquos Manual Many online and elecronic resources willalso accompany his series
Lain for he New Millennium has been houghully designed or and wih he weny-firscenury suden in mind Please join me in heralding he appearance o his unique new series
ha will improve and enhance he sudy o Lain or he weny-firs cenury
P983137983157983148 P983154983151983152983141983154983162983145983151Boson Lain Academy
2008
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 2454
xivndashxv bull Latin for the New Millennium
Preface bull xv
ASPECTS OF ROMAN LIFE
Nex you will find a reading in English on an imporan aspec o oman daily lie Tis sec-ion eniled Connecing wih he Ancien World wil l presen addiional inormaion on a opicencounered in he previous c hapers
EXPLORING ROMAN AND MODERN LIFE
Following he secion on daily lie here will be a shor essay in English ha compares and con-rass some aspec o oman and American lie and illusraes a way in which Lain is a par oour lie oday Each o hese essays has been writen by a universiy scholar wih special experisein his field o sudy
MĪRĀBILE AUDĪTŪEach review chaper concludes wih a l is o Lain quoaions motoes phrases or abbreviaionsused in English Tese sayings relae o one o he uni opics
Te Lain langu age and oman culure have no only inspired wriers hroughou he ages andin1047298uenced modern lie bu have also lef heir presence in ar and archaeology In his volumereproducions o painings drawings sculpure mosaics rescoes and oher ariacs rom an-iquiy hrough he presen abound wih depicions o and reerences o he sories and lives ohe omans Likewise view s o archaeological sies remind us o wha ome and is area o in1047298u-ence was like in ancien imes Te illusraions hroughou he ex suppor he writen word in
visual orm hus offering you a vivid recollecion o he chaper conen
Each auhor o his book has writen differen secions o he exbook bu boh auhors have ben-efied hroughou he composiion o he exbook rom coninuous muual advice and suppor
MM and 2008
Visi wwwl nmbolchazycom o see he elecronic resources ha accompany Lain or he New Millennium
xiv bull Latin for the New Millennium
wih a readi ng abiliy i s more likely o progress quick ly o a deeper undersanding o he lan-guage and he enjoymen o is lieraure I you have an oral aciliy and can wrie in a language
you will no need o be reminded abou orms and grammaical rules so ofen In his book you will acquire ha acive acili y as a basic par o learning he language
CONVERSATIONAL LATIN
oward he end o each chaper here is a Lain dialogue in which a group o modern sudens arehe paricipans Tey discuss in Lain siuaions ofen encounered in our daily li ves In hesedialogues you will find a bridge beween our lives and he houghs o he ancien medieval orrenaissance auhors who wroe in Lain991252a bridge consruced o he same basic language Lain
OTHER FEATURESIn each chaper you will fi nd oher ineresing mater ha will help you learn and enjoy Lain
bull Memorābile Dictū Te firs page o each chaper eaures a amous saying labeled Memorābile Dicū (A Memorable Ting o Say) a Lain phrase so well known ha i has become an ofenrepeaed proverb or quoaion Learning each amous saying wi ll increase your u ndersand-ing no jus o Lain bu o he houghs and ideas ha were i mporan o omans and haveconinued o be an inegral par o modern lie
bull Sudy ips Each chaper conains sayings rhymes mnemonic devices verses or oher in-ormaion ha will help you remember he various hings you are learning
bull By he Way You will see his phrase repeaed hroughou every chaper When you see hislabel you will know ha addiional inormaion is being presened
REVIEW COMPONENTS A he conclusion o every se o hree chapers here is a review conaining various componens
VOCABULARY TO KNOW
Tis is a complee lis o all he Vocabulary o Learn words presened in he hree chapers ar-ranged by pars o speech
EXERCISES
Here you will see many new exercises ha will help you review and reinorce he maerial in hehree preceding chapers In he review exercise secion here is ofen an addiional reading pas-sage o help you undersand more abou Lain lieraure and is heriage oday
CLASSICAL MYTHOLOGY
Tis secion eniled Considering Classical Myhology includes passages on myhology one inEnglish and one in Lain which ell some o he principal sories abou he Greek and omangods Tese sories re1047298ec many o he main hemes seen in lieraure and ar rom classical omodern imes
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 2554
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull xvindashxvii
AUTHORSMILENA MINKOVA
MA and PhD Chrisian and Classical Philology Pon-ifical Salesian Universiy ome Ialy MA and PhDClassics Universiy o Sofia Bulgaria
Associae Proessor o Classics Universiy o KenuckyLexingon Kenucky
Milena Minkova has sudied conduced research andaugh in Bulgaria Swizerland Germany Ialy he
Vaican Ciy and he USA Minkova has auhored hree book monographs Te Personal Names o he Lain In-scripions fom Bulgaria (Peer Lang 2000) Te Proe-an Raio (Peer Lang 2001) and Inroducion o Lain
Prose Composiion (Bolchazy-Carducci 2007 reprin Wimbledon 2001) She has also published numerousaricles on Lain medieval philosophy Lain lieraureLain composiion and Lain pedagogy
TERENCE TUNBERGBA and MA Classics Universiy o Souhern Calior-nia Posgraduae researcher and docoral suden Me-
dieval Sudies Universiy o London England PhDClassical Philology Universiy o orono Canada
Proessor o Classics Universiy o Kenucky Lexing-on Kenucky
erence unberg has augh in Belgium and Canadaas well as in he USA He is a specialis in Lain com-posiion and an exper in he hi sory o he approacheso wriing Lain prose rom aniquiy o early modernimes His works include a n ediion o collecion o Me-dieval Lain speeches commenaries on Lain worksand numerous sudies o he hisory o imiaion in La-in wriing In addiion or more han a decade he hasoffered summer seminars designed o inroduce peopleo he use o spoken Lain
bull xvii bull
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 2654
EDITORS CONSULTANTSAND PILOT TEACHERS
VOLUME EDITORSElisa C DenjaEdior Bolchazy-Carducci PublishersBaker Demonsraion School EmeriaEvanson Illinois
LeaAnn A OsburnEdior Bolchazy-Carducci PublishersBarringon High School EmeriaBarringon Illinois
BOARD OF
CONSULTANTS Virginia A ndersonLain eacherIllinois Virual High SchoolBarringon Middle School EmeriaBarringon Illinois
Jill M CrookerLain eacher
Pitsord-Mendon High School EmeriaPitsord New York
Judih Peller HalletProessor o ClassicsUniversiy o MarylandCollege Park Maryland
Sherwin D Litle1ndash12 Foreign Language Program LeaderIndian Hill High SchoolCincinnai Ohio
Sherrilyn MarinChair Deparmen o Foreign LanguagesKeih Counry Day Schoolockord Illinois
Mary PendergrafProessor o Classical Languages
Wake Fores Universiy Winson-Salem Norh Carolina
John raupman
Proessor o ClassicsS Josephrsquos Universiy EmeriusPhiladelphia Pennsylvania
Cynhia Whie Associae Proessor o ClassicsUniversiy o Arizonaucson Ari zona
ose WilliamsMcMurry College Emeria
Abilene High School Emeria Abilene exas
Donna WrighLain eacherLawrence Norh and Lawrence Cenral High
Schools
Indianapolis Indiana
PILOT TEACHERS Jeremy M WalkerLain eacherCrown Poin High SchoolCrown Poin Indiana
Laneta WarrenburgLain eacherElgin High SchoolElgin Illinois
bull xix bullxviii bull Latin for the New Millennium
JOINT PUBLICATIONS BY THE AUTHORSMinkova and unberg have coauhored he ollowing books Readings and Exercises in Lain
Prose Composiion (Focus 2004) Reading Livyrsquos Rome Selecions fom Livy Books IndashVI (Bol-chazy-Carducci 2 005) Maer Anserina Poems in Lain or Children (Focus 2006) Tey are hedirecors o he Insiue or Lain Sud ies a he Universiy o Kenucky in which sudens sudyhe hisory o Lain rom ancien o modern imes and ake par in seminars in which Lai n is he
working language o all ac iviies Boh Minkova and unberg are eleced ellows o he ome- based Academia Lainiai Fovendae he primary learned sociey devoed o he preservaion andpromoion o he use o Lain
xviiindashxix bull Latin for the New Millennium
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 2754
Editors Consultants and Pilot Teachers bull xxi
SHERWIN LITTLE
BA Universiy o Cincinnai M A Universiy o Colorado
Sherwin Litle has augh Lain rom sixh g rade hrough Lain AP a Indian Hill Exemped Vil-lage School Disric since 1983 Sherwin has received an Ovaio rom CAMWS as well as heCAMWS Good eacher Award and he Hildesheim Vase Award rom he Ohio Classical Coner-ence in 1986 and 2007 Sherwin holds Naional Board Cerificaion in World Languages Oherhan English and has been boh Vice Presiden and Presiden o he American Classical Leag ue
SHERRILYN MARTIN
BA Wilson College MA PhD Universiy o Cincinnai
Sherrilyn Marin was named Illinois Lain eacher o he Year in 1993 was a recipien o heL Governorrsquos Award or Foreign Language eaching in 2001 and was named a Claes Nobeleacher o Disincion in 2 007 She is a pas presiden o he Illinois Classical Conerence and isacive in he ockord Sociey o he A rchaeological Insiue o America Sherri lyn spen a yearin independen sudy a he Universiy o Tessaloniki Greece
MARY PENDERGRAFT
AB PhD Universiy o Norh Carolina Chapel Hill
Afer eaching a UNC-Greensboro and D uke Universiy Mary Pendergraf began eachingclassics ul l-ime a Wake Fores Mary is a ormer Presiden o he Norh Carolina Classical A s-sociaion and paricipaed in he ocus group ha w roe he Norh Carolina Sandard Course oSudy or Lain
JOHN TRAUPMAN
BA Moravian College MA PhD Pr inceon Universiy
John raupman is proessor emerius rom S Josephrsquos Universiy i n Phil adelphia where heaugh or hiry-eigh years A mong his many awards John received he Disinguished eaching
Award rom S Josephrsquos Universiy in 1982 a cerificae o appreciaion rom he PennsylvaniaDeparmen o Educaion in 1990 and he Special Award rom he Classical Associaion o he
Alanic Saes in 1996 John raupman is especially well-known as he auhor oConversaional Lain and Te New College Lain and English Dicionary
CYNTHIA WHITE
BA Chesnu Hill College MA Villanova Universiy PhD Caholic Universiy o America
Cynhia Whie is he Direcor o he Undergraduae Lain Program and supervises eacherraining and Kndash12 Lain eacher Cerificaion a he Universiy o Arizona She regularlyeaches a he Isiuo Inernazionale di Sudi Classici di Orvieo he Classics Deparmenrsquos Sudy
Abroad Program in Orvi eo Ialy and has sudied i n ome wih he Papal Lai nis eg inaldFoser ODC
xx bull Latin for the New Millennium
VOLUME EDITORSELISA C DENJA
BA Marygrove College Deroi Michigan MA Columbia Universiy MA Loyola UniversiyChicago
Elisa Denja augh Lain a Norh Chicago High School and Baker Demonsraion School inEvanson Illinois or many years while concurrenly eaching classical myhology a LoyolaUniversiy o Chicago and in he g ifed-disance learning program a Norhwesern UniversiyElisa was awarded he Illinois Lain eacher o he Year award in 1992 and he Illinois Lieime
Achievemen Award in 2007
LEAANN A OSBURNBA Monmouh College Illinois MA Loyola Universiy Chicago
While eaching Lain or many years a Barringon High School in Barringon Illinois LeaA nnserved as boh vice-presiden and presiden o he Illinois Classical Conerence LeaAn n receivedhe Illinois La in eacher o he Year award in 1989 he Illinois L Governorrsquos Award in 1990and he Classical Associaion o he Middle Wes and Souh Good eacher Award in 1996
BOARD OF CONSULTANTSVIRGINIA ANDERSON
BA Loyola Universiy Chicago MA S Xavier Universiy
Virginia Anderson augh Lain or hi ry years i n privae and public hi gh schools and middleschools in he Chicagoland area In 1999 she was awarded he L Governorrsquos Award or Enhance-men o he eaching Proession and in 2003 was named Il linois Lain eacher o he Year
JILL M CROOKER
BA Universiy o Illi nois MSEd Nazareh College o ocheser New York Jill Crooker augh Lain or many years a Pitsord-Mendon High School in Pitsord New YorkShe has served as he College Board Advisor o he A P Lain es Developmen Commitee andin 1996 received he Moron E Spillenger Award or Disingui shed Leadership o he Classical
Associaion o he Empire Sae In 2003 she received he ACL Meria Award and i n 2006 a nOvaio rom he Classical A ssociaion o he Alanic Saes
JUDITH PELLER HALLETT
BA Wellesley MA PhD Harvard Universiy
In addiion o sudying a he A merican Academy in ome he Insiue o Classical Sudies inLondon and he Universiy o Maasrich in Holland Judih Hallet is a ormer presiden o heClassical Associaion o he Alanic Saes and Vice-Presiden or Oureach o he AmericanPhilological Associaion She was named a Disinguished Scholar-eacher in 1992 by he Uni-
versiy o Maryland
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull xxndashxxi
TEACHER NOTES
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 2854
xxii bull Latin for the New Millennium
xxii bull L atin for the New Millennium
ROSE WILLIAMS
BA Baylor Universiy MA Universiy o Norh Carolina Chapel Hill
In addiion o posgraduae work in Lain and Humaniies a he Universiy o Dallas and heUniversiy o exas a Arlingon on a ockeeller Gran ose Williams did research a he Bodle-ian Library Ox ord Universiy in England and a he Universiy o Pisa She augh Lain or overhiry years a boh high school and uni versiy levels in exas and now is he auhor o more hanen books abou he Classics
DONNA WRIGHT
BA MA Ball Sae Universiy
Afer eaching Lain a Carmel High School Donna Wrigh currenly eaches a boh LawrenceNorh and Lawrence Cenral High Schools in Indianapolis Indiana She has been an acivemember o he Indiana Classical Conerence being named Creaive Lain eacher o he Year in1976 She has also been acive i n he American Classical League sponsoring a JCL chaper andleading Ialy rips or nearly weny years Donna also served as an offi cer speaker and boardmember o Pompeiiana Inc
PILOT TEACHERS JEREMY M WALKER
AB Wabash College MA Indiana Universiy
Jeremy Walker has augh Lain a Crown Poin High School in Crown Poin Indiana since1995 He has served as he Co-Chair o he Indiana Junior Classical League and Membershipand Public elaions Chair o he Naional Junior Classical League In addiion o sudying inIaly a he Inercollegiae Cener or Classical Sudies and in Greece a he American School orClassical Sudies he was presiden o he Indiana Classical Conerence In 2003 Jeremy was rec-ognized as he Lain eacher o he Year in Indiana and in 2004 was recognized by he Indiana
Sae eachers Associaion as a orch o K nowledge ecipien
LANETTA WARRENBURG
BA Indiana Universiy MA Indiana Universiy-Purdue Universiy Indianapolis
Laneta Warrenburg has augh high school English and Lain or hiry-hree years a schoolsin Indiana and Illinois Her las weny-our years o eaching Lain were a Elgin High Schoolin Elgin Illinois While eaching Lain here she served as he Illinois Classical Conerencechairperson or Chicago Classics Day as co-chair or he Illinois Ceramen League since 1993and as sae chair or he Il linois Junior Classical L eague rom 1999ndash2001 Laneta was honoredas he Illi nois Lain eacher o he Year in 2001 and was presiden o he Chicago Classical Clubrom 2005ndash2007
INTRODUCTION
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 2954
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull xxiii
INTRODUCTIONALPHABETTe Lain alphabe was derived rom he Eruscan alphabe some ime beore he sevenh cen-ury 983138983139983141 Te Eruscans were a people in pre-oman Ialy
Teir alphabe owes much o he Greek alphabe In urn he Greek alphabe was derived romhe Phoenician alphabe Phoenician raders had spread heir sysem o wriing h roughou he
Medierranean region Te Phoenician alphabe isel can be raced o he Norh Semiic alpha- be which was used in Syria and Palesine as early as he elevenh cenury 983138983139983141 and is consideredo be he earlies ully developed alphabeic wriing sysem
An Eruscan couple reclining on a funeral sarcophagus
bull xxiii bull
Sandard41
EDITORrsquoS NOTE
Te comprehension quesions and answers as well as some o he eaching ips and eacher by he Way noa-ions in his eacher manual were writen by Elisa C Denja LeaAnn A Osburn Karen Lee Singh and DonaldE Sprague classics ediorseducaors a Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers
HOW TO USE THIS BOOK
Please noe ha he perinen naional Classics sandards are lised in he margin o he lef or righ on he samepage as he reproducion o he suden ex
Eisemann Communicaion assised in preparing he correlaions o Lain o r he New Mil lennium wih he
naional sandards For an overview o he sandards hemselves and he correlaions please consul www bolchazyl nmcom
TEACHING TIP
Te eacher may choose o use he picure o he Eruscan couple on his page and he brie meniono he Eruscan alphabe o open a discussion on wha role he Eruscans played in early omanimes Sudens may be direced o p xxx ii o find Eruria on he map
TEACHING TIPTe eacher may wish o discuss wih he sudens he erm ldquoomance languagesrdquo Many modernlanguages come rom he language used by he ancien omans French Ialian Poruguese Span-ish omanian ec omansch (spoken by he descendans o he aeians and one o he our o-ficial languages o Swizerland) is also derived rom Lain
TEACHER BY THE WAYBased on archeological evidence i appears ha Eruscan women were an imporan par o hesocial srucure Ofen he names o boh moher and aher were placed on unerary inscripionsTe reedom o women wihin sociey is likewise apparen on monumens where hey can be seenreclining wih heir husbands on he same couch atending games and having a place o honor in heomb isel Noice he affecionae pose o he couple in he illusraion on p xxiii Clearly marriedlove was valued in Eruscan sociey and amily lie was imporan
ombs also provide evidence or he syle o Eruscan homes Some o hese eaures were borrowed by heomans especially he cenral hall and hree rooms a he back Tis ype o house was known a Pompeii as well as a ome ac cording o Viru vius auhor o Dē archiecūrā
TEACHING TIP
Te eacher may wish o have sudens read an English ranslaion o Livyrsquos radiional accouno anaquil wie o arquinius Priscus he fifh king o ome Te independence o Eruscan women is ev iden in hi s ale He r behavior is he ani hesis o he ideas o woma nly dec orum hel d by he omans
TEACHING TIPS d ill j i i h E li h ldquo lph b rdquo pl i h E li h l t ih h
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 3054
xxiv bull Latin for the New Millennium
xxiv bull Latin for the New Millennium
Look a he English alphabe in he lef column and a he Lain alphabe in he righ one TeLain alphabe is accompanied by he names o he Lain leters (in parenheses)
English Alphabe Lain Alphabe
Uppercase Lowercase Uppercase Lowercase Leter Name
A a A a (a ldquoăhrdquo)
B b B b (be ldquobayrdquo)
C c C c (ce ldquocayrdquo)
D d D d (de ldquodayrdquo)
E e E e (e ldquoĕhrdquo)
F F (e)
G g G g (ge ldquogayrdquo)H h H h (ha ldquohahrdquo)
I i I i (i ldquoeerdquo)
J j
K k K k (ka ldquokahrdquo)
L l L l (el)
M m M m (em)
N n N n (en)
O o O o (o ldquoŏhrdquo)
P p P p (pe ldquopayrdquo)
Q q Q q (qu ldquokoordquo)
r r (er)
S s S s (es)
(e ldquoayrdquo)
U u U u (u ldquooordquo)
V v V v (u consonan)
W w
X x X x (ix ldquoeexrdquo)
Y y Y y (upsilon)
Z z Z z (zea ldquodzayardquo)
Te English alphabe is derived direcly rom he Lain alphabe Tis accouns or he greasimilariies b eween he wo alphabes Tere are 26 leters in he English alphabe and 24 in heLain Te differences are he ollowing
bull Te leter W w (which is he doubled leter v) is missing in he Lain alphabe
bull Te leter J j is a more recen invenion In ac i appears in Lain exs writen during heMiddle Ages and he enaissance as well as i n many modern ediions o ancien Lain exsI is used o indicae he semi-vowel i someimes called consonanal i Te consonanal i is
Sudens will enjoy singing he English alphabe song replacing he English leter names wih heLain leter names Sudens may be insruced o clap once where here is no Lain leter name (egldquoJrdquo) equivalen o he English one
TEACHING TIPTe eacher may choose o display any Lain words (a lis is provided below or he eacherrsquos conve-nience) and insruc he sudens o spell ou he word using he Lain leter names Te sudensmay become curious o know wha he Lain words mean Definiions are given below
bull pars ndash par
bull nox ndash nigh
bull ruber ndash red
bull ēgī ndash I have done
bull amilia ndash amily
bull carō ndash 1047298esh
bull dēcernō ndash I decide
bull herba ndash plan
bull Kalendae ndash Kalends (firs day o he monh)
bull quoque ndash also
bull imor ndash ear
bull Pȳhia ndash Pyhia (name o Apollorsquos priesess)
bull iēcī ndash I hrew
bull ēlīx - happy bull ignis ndash fire
bull mūō ndash I change
COMPREHENSION QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS FOR PAGES XXIII991251XXVeproducible versions o he quesions alone are available a wwwlnm bolchazycom
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 3154
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull xxv
Introduction bull xxv
he i a he beginning o a word beore a vowel or i beween wo vowels According o hismehod or example Iūlius is writen Jūlius and Āiax is writen Ājax In his book he leter J j will no be used
bull Te disincion beween he vowel U u and he consonan V v also belongs o laer imesIniially here was only one leter V u used boh or he vowel and he consonan eg Vrbs ldquoTe Ciyrdquo (ie ome) or uicor ldquohe winnerrdquo
bull However in accord wih he prevail ing pracice o expressing he vowel wih U u and heconsonan wih V v in his book he wo leters will be disingui shed
PRONUNCIATION OF LATIN
VOWELSTere are six vowels in Lain and heir pronunciaion is as ollows
Long Vowel Sound Shor Vowel Sound
ā is pronounced as in ldquoaherrdquo ōrāor ldquooraorrdquo a is pronounced as in ldquoalikerdquo amō ldquoloverdquo
ē is pronounced like he a in ldquoraverdquo nēmō ldquonobodyrdquo e is pronounced as in ldquoperdquo bene ldquowellrdquo
ī is pronounced like he double e in ldquoseenrdquo līmes ldquoboundaryrdquo
i is pronounced as in ldquopirdquo nihil ldquonohingrdquo
ō is pronounced as in ldquosoverdquo videō ldquo(I) seerdquo o is pronounced as in ldquoofenrdquorosa ldquoroserdquo
ū is pronounced as in ldquomoonrdquo ūnus ldquoonerdquo u is pronounced as in ldquopurdquo um ldquohenrdquo
ӯ comes rom Greek and is pronounced in lenghsomewhere beween he i in ldquohirdquo and he u in ldquomuerdquo Pӯramus ldquoPyramusrdquo
y comes rom Greek Is sound wheher long or shorlies in beween he sounds o i and u much as in heFrench ldquosucircrrdquo bu he sound o shor y is less drawn ouhan ha o long y lyricus ldquolyricalrdquo
Te Lain words senātus rēgēsulla gentēs and prīmus are
engraved on his sone
Sign from Pompeii carved on sone wih Lain leters
p q
1 race he roos o he Lain alphabe rom is beginnings orward
Norh-Semiic alphabe elevenh cenury 983138983139983141 Phoenician alphabe Greek alphabe Erusca n alphabeLain alphabe
2 Which wo leters in he English alphabe are no ound in he Lain alphabe
W and J
3 When does he leter J begin o appear in Lain
During he Middle Ages and he enaissa nce
4 Look a he Lain inscripion on he sign rom Pompeii (on he righ o p xxv) Find a leas hree Lain words Lis an Engl ish word you believe is based on he La in word
colonia 991252 colonial colony honoris 991252 honorspecacula 991252 specacular specacle perpevom 991252 perpeual perpeuiy duovir 991252 virile virili
Sandards12 41
TEACHING TIPSudens may wan o know he English meanings o he Lain words in Exercises 1 and 2 Te defini-
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 3254
xxvi bull Latin for the New Millennium
xxvi bull L atin for the New Millennium
BY THE WAY
Everywhere in his book long vowels are indicaed by macrons ie ā ē ī ō ū ӯ whileabove he shor vowels here are no signs Someimes wo words differ rom each oheronly in he lengh o he vowel For example mālum wih a longa means ldquoapplerdquo whilemalum wih a shor a means ldquobad hingrdquo
EXERCISE 1epea hese words aloud afer your eacher pronounces hem
1 a lō 7 lēnis 13 probō 19 sūor2 alumnus 8 sēdēs 14 noa 20 ūsus3 rāna 9 i er 15 pōnō 21 syllaba4 rādō 10 imeō 16 dōnum 22 Pӯrēnē5 eneō 11 nīor 17 ululō6 peō 12 mīrus 18 lupus
DIPHTHONGSDiphhongs are wo vowels combined in one syllable and pronounced ogeher as one soundTere are six diphhongs in Lain
bull ae much like he y in ldquoskyrdquo laevus ldquo lefrdquo
bull au pronounced as ou in ldquoourrdquo aurum ldquo goldrdquo
bull ei pronounced as ei in ldquoeignrdquo oiei ldquoalasrdquo
bull eu pronounced eoo much as i in he wo words ldquogrey bluerdquo you were o subrac he ldquogr-rdquo andhe ldquobl-rdquo and combine he wo vowel sounds Eurōpa ldquoEuroperdquo
bull oe pronounced as oy in ldquoboyrdquo proelium ldquo batlerdquo
bull ui pronounced nearly like ldquowerdquohui ldquoohrdquo
I is believed ha quie early sill in ancien imes he diphhongs ae and oe began o be pro-nounced as e I you encouner hem writen aē or aeuml and oē or oeuml his means ha hey are nodiphhongs and he leters should be pronounced separaely āēr poēa
Te diphhongs are always long
EXERCISE 2epea hese words afer your eacher pronounces hem
1 aesās 7 s eu 13 aēneus2 a equō 8 m oenia 14 poēma3 raeda 9 neu 15 hei4 l audō 10 poena 16 huic5 a u 11 neuer6 aula 12 Poenus
Sudens may wan o know he English meanings o he Lain words in Exercises 1 and 2 Te definiions are provided or he eacherrsquos convenience
EXERCISE 11 I nourish 12 wonderul
2 suden 13 I approve
3 rog 14 noe
4 I scrape 15 I pu
5 I hold 16 gif6 I seek 17 I howl
7 smooh 18 wol
8 sea 19 shoemaker
9 journey 20 use
10 I ear 21 sylla ble
11 I srive 22 Pȳrene (a name)
EXERCISE 21 summer
2 I make level
3 carriage
4 I praise5 or
6 orecour
7 or i
8 walls
9 and no
10 penaly
11 neiher
12 Carhaginian
13 bronze
14 poem
15 ah
16 o his
TEACHER BY THE WAYHisorical evidence can be cied or reading he firs syllable o ldquomāgnusrdquo as naurally long bu oher
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 3354
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull xxvii
Introduction bull xxvii
CONSONANTSbull c is pronounced as in ldquocomerdquo clārus ldquobrighrdquo censeō ldquo(I) deemrdquo cārus ldquodearrdquo
bull When b is ollowed by s as in urbs ldquociyrdquo he sound o b approaches ha o p a sound wemigh represen as urps
bull g is pronounced as in ldquogerdquo gaudiumldquojoyrdquo gignō ldquo(I) bege (I) bearrdquo grāialdquoavor agreeablenessrdquo
bull Some hink ha he omans o Cicerorsquos ime (firs cenury 983138983139983141) pronounced he wo conso-nans ng as ngn or example he adjecive māgnus ldquogreardquo would have been pronounced in a
way ha we migh represen asmangnus
bull k is a very rare consonan In ac i appears only in wo words Kalendae ldquohe firs day oevery monh in he oman calendarrdquo and in he personal name Kaeso
bull q appears always in combinaion wih u and he combinaion qu is pronounced as in ldquoqueenrdquoquatuor ldquoourrdquo
bull v has a sound similar o w (as in he word ldquowierdquo) videō ldquo I seerdquo
bull Te consonanu in he combinaion su sounds like he English w in he ollowing our wordssuēscō ldquo(I) become accusomedrdquoSuēvī a name o a German ribe suādeō ldquo(I) adviserdquo suāvis ldquosweerdquo
bull Te leter r is rilled slighly Te sound has no exac equivalen in English bu is heard inmany oher European languages Te bes way o make his sound is o pronounce r as inldquoroperdquo bu vibrae he end o he ongue slighly as you say i
bull x is a double consonan (equivalen ocs or gs) ha sounds much like he x in ldquosixrdquo
bull z is a noher double consonan (equivalen o dz) and sounds almos like z in ldquozebrardquo I be-gins wih a sligh d sound firs so in pronouncing his leter you should hear dz
bull ph sounds like p in ldquopenrdquo bu wih he addiion o a sligh breah o air represened by he hth sounds like t as in ldquo omrdquo bu wih he addiion o a sligh ex ra breahing represened byhe h ch sounds nearly like he combinaion kh Tese consonans are borrowed rom Greek
and appear in Greek words zephyrus ldquowesern breezerdquo chorus ldquochorusrdquo heārum ldquoheaerrdquo When p and t are no accompanied by h his sligh aspiraion is absen
bull When consonans are doubled as in he verbaggredior he consonanal sound is lenghenedslighly
EXERCISE 3epea hese words afer your eacher pronounces hem
1 cibus 7 glōria 13 phasēlus2 capiō 8 Zeus 14 chara3 cumulus 9 bibliohēca 15 cēlō4 crēscō 10 phi losophia 16 anīquus5 gemma 11 zōna6 Gallus 12 heōrēma
g y g y gevidence suggess i is naurally shor Tus in some grammar books such as he one by Gildersleeveand Lodge we find his syllable marked as long bu in oher books i is reaed as shor
TEACHING TIPTe sudens may also wish o find ou he meanings o he Lain words in Exercise 3 Te definiionsare provided or he eacherrsquos convenience
EXERCISE 3
1 ood2 I ake
3 a heap
4 I grow
5 bud jewel
6 a Gaul
7 glory
8 Zeus
9 library
10 philosophy
11 a girdle
12 heory
13 kidney bean
14 paper
15 I hide
16 old
TEACHING TIPTe eacher may wish o provide he sudens wih some pracice on syllables and sress accen Here
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 3454
xxviii bull Latin for the New Millennium
xxviii bull Latin for the New Millennium
ACCENT A Lain word is made up no jus o leters bu also o syllables A Lain word has as many syllablesas i has vowels or diphhongs (a diphhong works like a single vowel since i is made up o wo
vowels pronounced ogeher [see diphhongs above])
You will need o know he ollowing erms when learning abou accen
bull ulima he las syllable in a word
bull penul he second-o-las syllable in a word
bull anepenul he hird-o-las syllable in a word
So in he word ze- ph y-r us he vowel u is he ulima y is he penul and e is he anepenul
RULES ABOUT THE STRESS ACCENT IN LATIN1 Te sress accen in Lain alls on eiher he penul or he anepenul
2 Te accen alls on he penul i he penul is long I he penul is shor he accen alls onhe anepenul
3 How o deermine wheher he penul is long or shor
a I he penul conains a long vowel (or any diphhong) he penul isel is long You o-en need o learn wheher he vowel in he penul is long or shor as a basic elemen inlearning a new word A macron above he vowel will ell you ha he vowel is long whi lehe absence o a macron wil l indicae a shor vowel Pronouncing he word can help youremember he vowel lenghs For ex ample vi-de-ō ldquoI seerdquo is pronounced viacutedeō whileau-rō-ra ldquodawnrdquo is pronounced aurōacutera and po-pu-lus ldquopeoplerdquo is pronounced po pulus
b I he vowel in he penul is ollowed by wo or more consonans he penul is long no
mater wheher he vowel in he penul is long or shor and he accen necessarily allson he penul For example do-cu-men-um ldquodocumenrdquo is pronounced documenacuteum
BY THE WAYTe consonan x is double (cs or gs) and couns as wo consonans when deermining
wheher he penul is long
c Tere is one excepion o lsquobrsquo above Someimes even when here are wo consonans be-ween he penul and he ulima hey sill do no deermine ha he penul is long Tishappens when he wo consonans are a mue and a liquid
Te mues are p b d t g c
Te liquids are l r
So in he word pal-pe-bra ldquoeyelidrdquo he anepenul is accened ( palacutepebra) he vowel o he pe-nul is shor since i i s ollowed by a mue and a l iquid O course ru le lsquoarsquo sill applies in he wordhe-ā-trum ldquoheaerrdquo he penul is accened (heāacuterum) since i is naurally long somehing welearn rom he macron
y p p yare some examples wih he answers included or he eacherrsquos convenience
Underline he ulima in each word
1 legō
2 rēgis
3 imperāor
Underline he penul in each word
1 causa
2 pūnīum3 armāus
Underline he anepenul in each word
1 vulnerō
2 eigī
3 sublāum
Underline he penul i i is long
1 pōnō
2 spēlunca
3 pauperis
Underline he syllable ha will receive he sress accen in each word1 ōrāculum
2 peīum
3 cōnsania
4 exsīncum
5 vulneris
6 solius
TEACHING TIPGiven he passage abou he bahhouse on his page and he picure rom Bah England he
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 3554
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull xxix
EXERCISE 4epea each senence aloud afer your eacher reads i Pay atenion o he pronunciaion andsress accen o each word
Wha i is Like o Live Over a Bahhouse
(Adaped rom Seneca Moral Leter 56)
Ecce undique clāmor sona Suprā ipsum balneum habiō Prōpōne nunc ibi omnia genera vōcumodiōsa Foriōrēs exercenur e manūs plumbō gravēs iacan cum au labōran au labōranemimianur Gemiūs audiō quoiēns spīrium remīsērun Sun quoque ūncōrēs e racāōrēs
Audiō crepium manuum umerōs erienium sonus quoque icuum mūāur nunc enim manusperveni plāna nunc concava Audiō clāmōrēs sī ūr es i n balneō dēprehēnsus
Look here is noise sounding all around I live above he bahhouse isel Imagine o yourselnow all he haeul ypes o voices Te sronger ones exercise hemselves and swing heir ha ndsloaded wih lead weighs while hey work ou991252or imiae a person working ou I hear moansevery ime hey le go a ltpen-upgt breah Tere are also anoiners and masseurs I hear he slapo hands hiting shoulders and he sound o he blows changes or someimes he hands come1047298a someimes cupped I hear shouing i a hie is caugh in he bahhouse
A pool from inside he Roman Bahs in Bah England
Introduction bull xxix
eacher may wish o open a discussion abou bahs during oman i mes Te use o he calidārium fīgid ārium epidārium and sūdārium may be explained by he eacher and sudens may be en-couraged o learn andor pronounce hese words
TEACHER BY THE WAYBahs were ofen consruced on locaions having ho or mineral springs such as Bah in Englandand Bāiae a resor own on he Bay o Naples
Modern Bah in oman imes was named afer he Celic goddess o healing Sulis In he firscenury her shrine was aken over by he omans and she was idenified wih he goddess Minerva
Te sie was hen known as Aquae Sulis Mine rva In a emple relie she is represened wih a Medusa-like head and a musache
Te spa conained a grea bah (73 f by 29 f) and hree oher swimming pools he calidārium (ho bah)epidārium (warm bah) and fīgidār ium (cold bah) In he second cenury he spring was enclosed wihin a wooden barrel-vau led build ing ha housed hese hree pools Ho ai r bahs were ueled by coal fires A con-san 1047298ow o waer was direced o he pools hrough lead pipes which sill uncion oday
Archeologica l excavaions have revealed ma ny sacred voive offerings c urse ables and innumerable coinsa he botom o he springs Te curse ables writen in Lain heaped curses on anyone suspeced o wrong-doing Te ancien radiion o hrowing coins accompanied by a wish sill prevails oday in ome a he reviFounain where ourissvisiors do he same
More inormaion on bah complexes in ome can be ound on p 386 o his eacherrsquos manual
Sandards22 31
32 41 42
TEACHING TIPTe eacher may wish o insruc he sudens o find he iber iver which is picured here on he
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 3654
xxx bull Latin for the New Millennium
xxx bull Latin for the New Millennium
OVERVIEW OF ROMAN HISTORY According o legend omulus and his win broher emus were se adrif on he iber iver Ashe-wol nursed he boys unil a shepherd rescued hem Upon reaching manhood in 753 983138983139983141he wins ounded a new ciy near he place w here hey had been ound by he she-wol on he
basis o anaugusō auguriō ldquoa avorable sighing o birdsrdquo Bu omulus killed emus in a dispueover who would rule he new ciy and became is firs king
Six oher kings ruled afer omulus Numa Pompilius ullus Hosilius Ancus Marius ar-quinius Prisc us Servius ullius a nd arquinius Superbus (arquin he Proud) Afer he las ohese seven kings was overhrown in 509 983138983139983141 ome became a republic wih a represenaiveorm o governmen headed by wo consuls eleced an nually By 451 983138983139983141 he fi rs corpus o o-man law known as he welve ables was creaed
In he las cenury 983138983139983141 he oman epublic was shaken apar by a series o civil wars By31 983138983139983141 an auocraic regime headed earlier by Julius Caesar and laer by his grea-nephew Oc-avian brough he epublic o an end Te years rom 27 983138983139983141991252when Ocavian assumed heile o prīnceps ldquochie ciizenrdquo as well as he name Augu sus991252o around 180 983139983141 are known ashe early principae or empire During his era ome exended her boundaries o he BriishIsles in he norh Norh Arica in he souh Spain in he wes and he igris and Euphraesrivers in he eas
A view of he iber River as i 1047298ows hrough he ciy of Rome
map on p xxxii
COMPREHENSION QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS FOR PAGE XXX991251XXXI
eproducible versions o he quesions alone are available a wwwlnm bolchazycom
1 Who were he legendary ounders o ome
omulus and emus
2 According o legend in wha year was ome ounded
753 983138983139983141
3 Over he course o he monarchic period how many kings ruled ome
Seven
4 Wha even occurred in 509 983138983139983141
Te beginni ng o he oman epublic (wih wo consuls in charge)
5 Wha is he erm associaed wih he wo leaders o he epublic
Consul
6 Which wo leaders oversaw omersquos shif rom a republic o a principae
Julius Caesar and OcavianAugusu s
7 Wha major aciviy associaed wih empire-building ook place during he principae
erriorial expansion
8 Name wo developmens ha characerized he lae empire
Severe economic problems inernal poliical unres andor requen invasion by he Germanic ribes
9 Describe Diocleianrsquos response o he roubles o he empire
Diocleian divided he empire ino wo halves he Easern and Wesern empires in order o make ruli nghe empire more manageable
10 Explai n he origin o he erm ldquovandalismrdquo
Te fifh cenury invasion and pillag ing o ome by he ribe known as he Vandals who occupied he o-man province o Norh Arica led o he erm ldquovandalismrdquo meaning wanon desrucion
11 Describe Lainrsquos role in he cenuries afer 476 983139983141
Lain 1047298ourished as he major lierary language in he Wesern oman Empire and was spread o non-omanized places like Ireland Scandinavia and he New World
TEACHING TIP
Te eacher may ask he sudens o find he daes menioned on his page in he imeline on pp411ndash414
Sandards21 31 32
TEACHING TIPTe eacher may insruc he sudens o locae ByzaniumConsaninople discussed here in he
d h h ii
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 3754
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull xxxi
Introduction bull xxxi
From 180 983139983141 onwards in he period k nown as he lae empire he oman sae experiencedsevere economic problems and requen invasions by Germanic ri bes esponding o he pres-sure o he firs wave o migraions as well as inernal poliical u nres and economic diffi culieshe emperor Diocleian (ruled 284ndash305 983139983141) had already divided he oman Empire ino anEasern and Wesern hal each under is own emperor991252an atemp o make he vas omansae more manageable
Tis poliical division o he empire acually mirrored a culural division oo he main lan-guage o he Wes was Lain while he main language o he Eas was Greek Shorly aferwardshe emperor Consanine (ruled 312ndash337 983139983141) esablished a new capial or he Easern empirea Byzanium wh ich he renamed Consaninople (ldquohe ciy o Consaninerdquo oday called Isan-
bul) Bu even afer his reorganizaion he imperial governmen ulimaely proved incapable o
semming he ide o he migraions in par because he oman army was oo widely e xendedand could no be in so many places a once Indeed many o he invaders were given he sauso oederāī or ldquoreay roopsrdquo In effec hey were a llowed o occupy segmens o he empire inreurn or proecing i So when Alar ic King o he Visigohs sacked ome in 410 983139983141 he acual lyhad a ile as a commander in he oman army
ome was sacked again in 455 983139983141 by he Vandals who had already occupied he omanprovince o Norh Arica Te pillaging o he ciy o omulus by he invaders made a pro-ound impression on conemporaries and o his day he erm ldquovandalismrdquo is a word in severallanguages or wanon desrucion While he Easern empire (always more sable and eco-nomically prosperous han he Wes) coninued o exis unil 1453 983139983141 he Wesern empire
was ex inc as a poliica l eniy by 476 983139983141 In is place were Germa nic k ingdoms and ribes Angles and Saxons in Briai n Visigohs in Spain Osrogohs in Ialy Franks and Burgundi ansin Gaul991252o name only he major groups Te combinaion o hese new socieies wih heprevious inhabians who had been omanized o varying degrees would one day provide he
basis or he culures o modern Europe
Bu he end o he ancien oman Empire in he Wes was no he end o Lain On he con-rary during he nex 1200 years Lain no only 1047298ourished as he major lierary language in he
erriories o he ormer Wesern oman Empire he use o Lain was exended o regions heomans had never occupied including Ireland Scandinavi a and even he New World
BEGINNINGS OF LATIN LITERATURE Very ew complee works o Lain lieraure produced beore he mid-second cenury 983138983139983141 (ie beore 150 983138983139983141) have survived One reason or his loss was he remendous populariy o he works produced in he ollowing cenury by such auhors as Cicero Vergil and Ovid Teir wri-ings were so widely read and copied in subsequen cenuries ha he auhors preceding hem
were gradually negleced
Among he major figures o early Lain lieraure was a reed slave rom he Greek ciy o aren-um named Livius Andronicus who li ved rom 284ndash204 983138983139983141 He was known or his adapaionso Greek drama or oman audiences and his ranslaion o Homerrsquos Odyssey ino Lain verse
second paragraph on he map on p xxxii
TEACHING TIPTe eacher may ask he sudens o find he daes menioned on his page in he imeline on pp413ndash414
HOW TO USE THIS BOOK AND ITS ANCILLARIES
wo ancillaries are available or use wih his book Te Original Dysuncional Family (abbreviaed ODF)and From Romulus o Romulus Augusulus (abbreviaed R) R will be paricularly useul in order ohelp sudens keep he ime periods o he auhors and o he evens he auhors wroe abou sraigh in heirminds Chaper ile pages will include when appropriae a noaion on wha chaper o R he eachermay wish o assign
TEACHING TIPTe eacher may wish o assign Chaper 1 o he oman hisory ancillary From Romulus o Romu-lus Augusulus a his poin
COMPREHENSION QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS FOR PAGES XXXI991251XXXIVeproducible versions o he quesions alone are available a wwwlnm bolchazycom
1 Whom did he omans consider he aher o Lain lieraure
Ennius
2 Wha was Enniusrsquo mos amous work Is subjec mater
Annālēs was an epic poem abou omersquos early hisory
3 Wha amous Lain saying means ldquoCarhage mus be desroyedrdquo
Carhāgō dēlenda es
4 Who is he auhor o ha saying
Cao he ElderCao he Censor
5 When was Carha ge said o have been desroyed
146 983138983139983141 a he end o he hird Punic war
NB Aler sudens ha he answers o hese comprehension quesions will be ound on p xxxiv
Sandards21 31
R1
TEACHING TIP Ask sudens he English equivalen o cou nries s uch as Briannia and Germānia and he Englishequivalen o he ciies Neāpolis and Ahēnae
Sandard31
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 3854
xxxii bull Latin for the New Millennium
equivalen o he ciies Neāpolis and Ahēnae
A full size r eproducible version of h is page wihou he answe rs can be downloaded a wwwlnm bolchazycom
HOW TO USE THIS BOOK Answers o rep roducible aciviies w ill be gi ven in a larger size bel ow or he eacherrsquos convenience
ANSWERS TO MAP WORK 991251 PAGES XXXII991251XXXIII
1 Crēa Sicilia Corsica Sardinia Cyprus Ihaca Dēlos Brianni a
2 Vesuvius Mōns Aena Mōns Olympus Mōns Āppennīnus Mōns
3 Syria Macedonia Arica Asia
4 mare or ponus
5 Asia Eurōpa Arica
A full siz e reproducible version of his page wihou he answers can be down loaded a wwwln mbolchazycom
Te eacher may wish o have his map enlarged when reproducing i for ease of suden use in compleing his aciviy
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 3954
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull xxxiii
HOW TO USE THIS BOOK
Te answers o his aciviy can be easily seen on he wo acing pages
Te omans regarded Ennius (ca 239 169 983138983139983141) as he aher o Lain lieraure He wroe
TEACHING TIPSudens may be encouraged o find he ciy o Carhage menioned in he second paragraph on hemap on p xxxii
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 4054
xxxiv bull Latin for the New Millennium
xxxiv bull L atin for the New Millennium
Te omans regarded Ennius (ca 239ndash169 983138983139983141) as he aher o Lain lieraure He wroemany kinds o lierary works including plays His Annālēs an epic poem abou he early hisoryo ome was paricularly renowned and perhaps he primary epic read in oman schools beorehe ime o Vergil Only ragmens o his wriings remain
One o Enniusrsquo conemporaries was heamed Cao he Censor also known as Caohe Elder (234ndash149 983138983139983141) a rigidly conserva-ive oman senaor Mos o his reaise onagriculure called Dē agrī culūrā survivesI is he oldes work o Lain prose amongCaorsquos recommendaions here are ha fieldslaves be reaed similarly o beass o bur-den Cao is also remembered or his sae-men Carhāgō dēlenda es ldquoCarhage mus
be desroyedrdquo evidence or he omanear o he Carhaginians Te omansough hree wars known as he Punic
Wars agai ns he Car haginians Te fi rsended beore Cao was born in he secondagains Hannibal Cao served wih miliarydisincion he hird ended in 146 983138983139983141 asCao had demanded wih he desruciono Carhage On his occasion he vic oriousomans were said o have plowed sal inohe Carhaginian soil
Discussions abou laer auhors and adap-aions rom heir wriings w ill be presenedchronologically in he chapers o his book
Ancien ruins a Carhage in Africa
p p
TEACHER BY THE WAY Alhough he works o Enniu s have been preserved on ly in ragmens (abou a housand lines) hehad a grea in1047298uence on subsequen poes such as Vergil Quoable quoes include
bull a es o riendship Amīcus cer us in rē incer ā cerniur (A riend in need is a riend indeed)
bull an applicaion o wisdom o lie Quī ipse sibi sapiēns prōdesse nequi nēquīquam sapi (A man who
himsel is wise bu unable o be useul o himsel is wise or nohing)bull he amous descripion o Fabius Maximus Ūnus homō nōbīs cūncandō resiui rem (One man by delaying res ored he sae or us)
bull and he line on Manius Curius Quem nēmō errō poui superāre nec aurō (Whom no one was ableo deea eiher by sword or gold)
We also have preser ved or us he exa mple o excessive all ieraion ha has g iven rise o much laugher inLain classrooms over he years Ō ie ūe aī ibi ana yranne ulisī ldquoO ius aius you yran (all voca-ive) you brough o yoursel such grea (roubles)rdquo991252ranslaed in conex which plays off he more lieral ldquo you ookacquired or yoursel such grea hings rdquo
On he oher hand he composed his own epiaph in which his high eseem among omans proved o beprescien
nēmō mē lacrumīs decōre neu unera 1047298ēū
axi Cūr Voliō vivos per ōra v irum (Le no one honor me wih ears or make a uneral pyre by weeping
Why I 1047298y li ving hrough he mouhs o men)
TEACHER BY THE WAY
Pluarchrsquos Lie o Cao is a good source o snappy quoaions atribued o his saesman soldier andauhor For example while discussing he power o women he said ldquoAll oher men rule heir wives we rule al l oher men and our w ives rule us rdquo Atemping o persuade he oman people o orego adisribuion o grain he began his speech by saying ldquoI is a hard mater o argue wih he belly sincei has no earsrdquo And o a ribune who had been accused o using poison and was rying o pass a use-less bill he said ldquoI know no which is worse o drink your mixures or o enac your billsrdquo
1CHAPTER 1
HOW TO USE THIS BOOK
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 4154
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull 1
1CHAPTER
Parts of Speech Nouns Number Gender Case (Nominative and Accusative)
First Declension Nouns
MEMORĀBILE DICTŪ
SPQ Senātus Populusque ōmānusldquoTe Senae and he People o omerdquo
Tese our leters orm wha is known as an acronym one ha symbolized supreme power inancien ome
Oil paining of Romulus and Remus wih he wolf By Peer Paul Rubens (1577ndash1640)
Te grammaical and synacical opics ha will be presened in each chaper o his book are lised a he opo he chaper ile page
HOW TO USE THIS BOOK
Te illusraion on each chaperrsquos ile page presens a visual inroducion o he Lain reading passage ha willollow eachers may choose o discuss he illusraion in order o provide he conex or he reading he su-dens will encouner on he nex page
HOW TO USE THIS BOOK
On each chaper ile page he phrase Memorābile Dictū (ldquoA memorable hing o say rdquo) will be ou nd Below here will be a amous phrase quoa ion abbreviaion or moto in L ain ha w ill connec hese words o he opicsin he chaper
MEMORĀBILE DICTŪ VOCABULARY
populus populī m ndash people
-que ndash and
senāus senāūs m ndash senae
TEACHING TIP
ubens pained his picure o omulus and emus rom 1615ndash1616 during wha is called he Ba-roque period o ar Te man approaching rom he rear is Fausulus Te reclining figure is he god
o he river iber
HOW TO USE THIS BOOK AND ITS ANCILLARIESwo ancillaries are available or use wih his book Te Original Dysunctional Family (abbreviaed ODF)and From Romulus to Romulus Augustulus (abbreviaed R) R will be paricularly useul in order ohelp sudens keep he ime periods o he auhors and o he evens he auhors wroe abou sraigh in heirmind Chaper ile pages wil l include when appropriae a noaion abou wha chaper o R he eachermay wish o assign
Standards11 21
R 2and 3
READING
TRANSLATION OF LATIN PASSAGEomulus and emus
Mars is a god Mars loves hea Silvia And so hea Silvia has wo sons omulus and emus Amulius locks uph Sil i A li l d i h A h l lk h T h l
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 4254
2 bull Latin for the New Millennium
2 bull Latin for the New Millennium
READINGTis sory describes how ome was said o have been ounded in 753 983138983139983141 King Numior o AlbaLonga was overhrown by his cruel and ambiious broher Amulius who no only seized hehrone bu so eared ha one o Numiorrsquos male descendans migh have a legiimae claim oni ha he made Amuliusrsquo daug her hea Silvia a priesess o he goddess Vesa Tese priesesses
were no allowed o marry during heir childbearing years
RŌMULUS ET REMUS
1 Mārs es deus Mārs hēam Silviam ama Iaque hēa Silvia duōs
īliōs habe ōmulum e emum Amūlius hēam Silviam vinculīs
claudi Amūlius ōmulum e emum in aquam pōni Lupa ad aquamambula Lupa ōmulum e emum bene cūra e ama ōmulus e
5 emus crēscun Poseā ōmulus e emus ōmam aedifican
Famous bronze saue of he she-wolf and he wins
hea Silvia Amulius pus omulus and emus ino he waer A she-wol walks o he waer Te she-wol caresor (akes good care o) omulus and emus well and loves (hem) omulus and emus grow up Aferwards(laer) omulus and emus build ome
HOW TO USE THIS BOOK Above each La in reading pa ssage inorm aion is presened in Engl ish Tis pre -reading provides back groundinormaion abou he auhor and esablishes he conex o he passage he sudens will read
TEACHER BY THE WAY
Te eacher may wish o inroduce he class o he radiional abbreviaions o 983137983140 (which sandsor he Lain phrase Annō Dominī ldquoi n he year o our Lordrdquo) and 983138983139 (which sands or he Engl ishphrase ldquoBeore Chrisrdquo) Tese older abbreviaions coninue o be used bu his book employs heabbreviaions 983138983139983141 (Beore he Common Era) and 983139983141 (Common Era)
TEACHING TIPInsruc he sudens o locae Alba Longa on he map on pp xxxiindashxxxiii
TEACHER BY THE WAYTough he wins were added o he sculpure in he enaissance he she-wol has srong links wihEruscan myhology and shows characerisics o Eruscan sculpure
TEACHING TIP
Te eacher may wish o encourage he sudens o design an abbreviaed amily ree o omulusand emus
Standards11 22
Jupier Juno King Num ior o Alba Longa
Mars hea Silvia
omulus emus
READING VOCABULARY
HOW TO USE THIS BOOKTe English pronoun subjec o a verb is no lised in he eading Vocabulary i he pronoun is no needed inhe ranslaion
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 4354
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull 3
Chapter 1 bull 3
READING VOCABULARYad aquam ndash o he waer
aedifican ndash build
ama ndash loves
ambula ndash walks
Amūlius ndash Amul ius
aquam ndash waer
bene ndash well
claudi ndash locks up
crēscun ndash grow up
cūra ndash akes care o cares or
deus ndash god
duōs ndash woes ndash is
e ndash and
īliōs ndash sons
habe ndash has
in aquam ndash ino he waer
iaque ndash and so
lupa ndash she-wol
Mārs ndash Mars he god o war
pōni ndash pus
poseā ndash aferwards laer
emum ndash emus
emus ndash emus
hēa Silvia ndash hea Silvia
hēam Silviam ndash hea Silvia
ōmam ndash ome
ōmulum ndash omulus
ōmulus ndash omulus vinculīs ndash w ih chains
Words marked wih an aserisk will need o bememorized laer in he chaper
COMPREHENSION QUESTIONS1 Whose sons are omulus and emus
2 Wha did Amulius do
3 Who saved he lie o omulus and emus
4 Wha did omulus and emus do
HOW TO USE THIS BOOK
Te sudens should not be expeced o lea rn he words under he ile eading Vocabulary whenever his ileoccurs in he book Insead insruc sudens o learn he vocabulary words lised under he ile Vocabularyto Learn ha will be ound laer in each chaper In more advanced Lain exs usually here are vocabularyand noes o help he sudens when reading a passage Tis eading Vocabulary will help prepare sudens orlaer more advanced classes
ANSWERS TO COMPREHENSION QUESTIONS
1 Tey are he sons o Mars and hea Silvia2 He locked up hea Silvia
3 A she-wol
4 Tey buil he ciy o ome
TEACHING TIP
Whi le English deriva ives rom he sar red words (ie he Vocabulary o L earn) are he opic o Ex-ercise 2 laer in his chaper here are some ineresing derivaives rom he non-sarred words andsome o hese show how words change hrough he years Te eacher may choose o discuss hesederivaives wih he sudens
bull aedi1047297cant (aedi1047297cō) ndash ediy edificaion edifice
Tis Lain word is buil rom wo Lain words aciō (o do make) and aedēs (house emple) Te
English derivaives reain his religious connecion or hey mean ldquoo build up he aih moraliy o in-sruc especially morallyrdquo Te word ldquoedificerdquo is always used or an imposing srucure such as a ldquoemplerdquoor aedēs
bull claudit (claudō) ndash close conclusion enclosure sluice
A ldquocloserdquo is a small shu-in space and some people i locked in one suffer rom ldquoclausrophobiardquo acompound derivaive parly rom Lain (o close confine) and parly rom he Greek (ear) hence ldquoa earo closed spacesrdquo
Te word ldquosluicerdquo does no look like a derivaive o claudō bu i has undergone cha nges as i ca meino English via middle English and old French (sclus) rom he Lain exclūdō which means ldquoo shu ourdquo Asluice has a gae a he op o he channel o shu off he 1047298ow o waer as necessary
bull crēscunt (crēscō) ndash crescen accrue recrui crew
Te word ldquocrewrdquo in middle English mean ldquoreinorcemenrdquo so a body o soldiers grew Te word ldquore-
cruirdquo has he same basic idea ecruis increase he size o he army (rom he Lain recrēscō meaning ldquoogrow againrdquo)
bull deus ndash deiy deiy
bull duōs ndash double dozen due duplicae
Te word ldquodozenrdquo is a compound rom he Lain word or ldquowordquo and he German word or ldquoenrdquo (zehn)
bull habet (habeō) ndash habi abiliy prohibiive
Onersquos abiliy depends on he alens and skil ls one has
bull pōnit ( pōnō) ndash depo imposiion preposiion
A depo origina lly was a place where supplies were pu or sorage
LANGUAGE FACT I
HOW TO USE THIS BOOKTe Language Facs secion o each chaper will conain boh grammaical (morphological) and synacicalinormaion ie inormaion boh abou he orms o he words and he srucure o he senence
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 4454
4 bull Latin for the New Millennium
4 bull Latin for the New Millennium
LANGUAGE FACT I
PARTS OF SPEECHTe parts o speech used in a Lain senence deermine is meaning jus as in English While henoun and he verb are he wo mos imporan oher common pars o speech are lised below
Noun a person place hing idea acion or qual iy Examples ldquoomulusrdquo ldquoriverrdquo ldquocouragerdquo
Pronoun a word ha sands in place o a noun ha has been previously menioned or is clearrom conex Examples ldquoIrdquo ldquosherdquo ldquohimrdquo ldquoirdquo
Adjecive a word ha limis or defines a noun or a pronoun Examples ldquolitlerdquo ldquosrongrdquo
Adverb a word ha lim is or defines verbs adjecives or (oher) adverbs Examples ldquoveryrdquoldquoquielyrdquo
Verb a word ha describes an acion or sae o being Examples ldquogordquo ldquosayrdquo ldquowasrdquo
Preposiion a word ha begins a preposiional phrase such as ldquoinrdquo ldquoordquo ldquoonrdquo ldquoorrdquo ldquobyrdquoldquowihrdquo A preposiional phrase is a preposiion joined o a noun Examples ldquoin he morningrdquoldquowih a sharp pencilrdquo
Conjuncion a word ha connecs words phrases clauses a nd senences Examples ldquoandrdquoldquoburdquo ldquoalhoughrdquo
Inerjecion a word ha expresses emoion Examples ldquowowrdquo
EXERCISE 1eview he meanings and ideniy he pars o speech o he ollowing words Te eading
Vocabulary may be consu led
1 īliōs 6 e2 bene 7 lupa3 aedifican 8 claudi
4 ad 9 ōmam5 ambula 10 ama
EXERCISE 1 ANSWERS
1 noun
2 adverb
3 verb
4 preposiion
5 verb
6 conjuncion
7 noun8 verb
9 noun
10 verb
TEACHING TIP
Te eacher may wish o ask he sudens in Lain wha par o speech a given word is Te eacher would say ldquoQuae pars ōrātiōnis estrdquo Suden responses would be
bull nōmen substantīvumsubstantīvum ndash noun
bull prōnōmen ndash pronoun
bull nōmen adiectīvumadiectīvum ndash adjecive
bull verbum temporāle ndash verb
bull adverbium ndash adverb
bull praepositiō ndash preposiion
bull coniūnctiō ndash conjuncion
bull interiectiō ndash inerjecion
Standards11 41
Standards11 41
WorkbookExercise 1
VOCABULARY TO LEARN
TEACHING TIPSince his is he firs se o Lain words ha your sudens will be required o memorize i is usuallya good idea o sugges and discuss wih hem some differen ways o memorize vocabulary Somesel help opions are lised below
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 4554
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull 5
NOUNSagricola agricolae m ndash armer
aqua aquae ndash waer
āhlēa āhlēae m ndash ahlee
īlia īliae ndash daugher
lupa lupae ndash she-wol
naua nauae m ndash sailor
poēa poēae m ndash poe
puella puellae ndash girl
ōma ōmae ndash ome
erra errae ndash land
VERBSama ndash heshei loves
ambula ndash heshei walks
cūra ndash heshei akes care o cares or
es ndash heshei is
ADVERBS bene ndash well
poseā ndash aferwards
CONJUNCTIONSe ndash and
iaque ndash and so
Aqueducs carr ied waer (aqua) o he ciies in he Roman world Tis aqueduc buil in 19 983138983139983141 which srechedacross he Gard River was named he Pon du Gard and brough waer o he ciy of Nicircmes in France in ancien imes
Chapter 1 bull 5
sel-help opions are lised below
1 Look a he word in he book and say he word aloud
2 Wrie down he word on a piece o paper along wih is meaning and check o be sure here are no spell-ing errors Color-coding he words by pars o speech is also helpul Pronounce he word while wriing idown and hen repea he word including he meaning and spelling
3 Make handwriten 1047298ashcards wih he Lain on one side and English on he oher and be sure here are nospelling errors Color-coding is a good sraegy here also Wriing he word ou helps some sudens ce-men he word in he brain Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers has creaed an elecronic vocabulary resourceor hose sudens or whom echnological learning ools are an aid Tese vocabulary 1047298ashcards are orhe iPod See p 93 or more inormaion on iPod 1047298ashcards
4 Use English derivaives o help remember meanings Bu be careul since some derivaives may havemeanings grealy changed rom he original Lain word
5 Find clipar picures ha illusrae he vocabulary words and use he picures as a way o es yoursel onhe Lain words
TEACHER BY THE WAYTe eacher may wish o open a discussion abou aqueducs and he waer supply or ancien omans while l ooking a he picu re o he Pon du Gard on his page For a hisory o aqueducs and heirconsrucion Froninusrsquo book Dē aquīs urbis Rōmae is an excellen source Te book was writenabou 97 983139983141 when he was Superinenden o Aqueducs Oher aqueducs include he ollowing
bull Te double high aqueduc in Segovia Spainbull Te Aqua Appia buil in 312 983138983139983141
bull Te Aqua rāiāna
bull Te aqueduc buil by Alex ander Severus in 226 983139983141
bull Te Aqua Claudia
bull Te Aqua Marcia wh ich wa s probably named a fer A ncus Marcius who was he fi rs K ing oome by radiional accouns o build an aqueduc o bring waer o ome
NB Te word ldquo Aquardquo when capialized means ldquoaqueducrdquo
Eleven aqueducs urnished 250000 gallons o waer o ome every weny-our hours
BY THE WAY
E h u gi n in h b l r h rm T nd rm i h g nii
HOW TO USE THIS BOOK Ēn is a word ha calls atenion o somehing and means ldquoLook a hisrdquo Te inormaion given here draws a-enion o and urher specifies differen language acs
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 4654
6 bull Latin for the New Millennium
6 bull Latin for the New Millennium
Each noun given in he vocabulary has wo orms Te second orm is he geniivesingular
A derivative is an English word rooed in a Lain word Te English derivaive issimilar in meaning and orm o is Lain source
STUDY TIP
An English derivaive ofen can help you remember wha a Lain word means
EXERCISE 2Find he English derivaives based on he Vocabulary o Learn in he ollowing senences Wriehe corresponding Lain word
1 She shows a considerable filial respec oward her aher
2 Agriculu re is a science o culivaing he land
3 Te ship is equipped wih all he necessary nauical insrumens
4 We saw all kinds o fish in he aquarium
5 Tis is an all-errain vehicle
6 When will he ahleic compeiion sar
7 She has a ruly poeic naure
LANGUAGE FACT II
NOUNS NUMBER GENDER CASE 983080NOMINATIVE AND
ACCUSATIVE983081Nouns in Lain show number gender and case
Number Lain nouns are eiher singular or plural in number Number is shown in differen ways by differen ypes o nouns bu some ending-paterns are or singular orms and oherending-paterns are or plural orms
Gender Every noun likewise is eiher masculine eminine or neuer in gender You muslearn he gender o each noun In he Vocabulary o Learn l iss he gender is indicaed by hecommon abbreviaionsm (masculi ne) f (eminine) or n (neuer)
Case Lain nouns mus have an ending-patern ha displays case Tis is quie differen romEnglish in which case is indicaed by word posiion and no by endings (alhough case markersare preserved in cerain pronouns such as ldquoherdquo and ldquohimrdquo) A nounrsquos case reveals wha uncionhe noun has in he senence Tere are five common cases nominaive geniive daive accu-saive and ablaive wo less requenly used cases are called he vocaive and he locaive
HOW TO USE THIS BOOKStudy Tips give hins rhymes and mnemonics o help sudens learn grammar and vocabulary
EXERCISE 2 ANSWERS1 filial īlia
2 agriculure agricola
3 nauical naua
4 aquarium aqua
5 errain erra
6 ahleic āhlēa
7 poeic poēa
TEACHING TIPExplain o he sudens ha in English he words ldquoardquo ldquoanrdquo or ldquoherdquo are usually placed beore a nounand Lain does no have an equivalen or hese words known as aricles
eachers may need o sress he absence o he aricle many imes beore sudens compleely ine-grae his knowledge ino heir reading habis in Lain class
TEACHING TIPLain like many oher languages does no always observe biological gender Ofen he gender o a
Lain noun is deermined by grammaical acors such as he group o which a noun belongs
TEACHING TIP
Alhough in Exercise 2 he sudens are direced o find only he derivaives based on he Vocabular yo Learn hey may be ineresed o learn ha here are oher derivaives in Exercise 2 Te derivaiono hese words is provided or he eacherrsquos convenience
bull 1 consider - rom sīdus (sar) + cum (wih ogeher) and rom cōnsīderō (o examine consider)respec - rom respectō (look back a have regard or)
bull 2 science - rom scientia (knowledge) and sciō (o know) culivaing - rom colō (ill inhabi worship)
bull 3 necessary - rom necesse (necessary) insrumens - rom īnstruō (o equip build provide)
and rom īnstrumentum (equipmen ool ec)bull 5 vehicle - rom he Lain verb vehō (o carry)
bull 6 compeiion - rom petō (o seek aim a atack ec) + cum (wih oge her)
bull 7 naure - rom nātūra (naure)
Standard41
Standards11 31 41
STUDY TIP
An easy way o remember he names ohe five common cases iso use his mnemonic
TEACHING TIPSudens may no know wha he word ldquomnemonicrdquo means explain ha a mnemonic device is some-hing ha helps a suden o remember somehing Te eacher may also wish o use his opporu-niy o bring up Mnemosyne he goddess o memory and he moher o he Muses
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 4754
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull 7
Chapter 1 bull 7
An easy way o remember he names o he five common cases is o use his mnemonicdevice
Never NominaiveGive GeniiveDogs Daive A ny A ccusaive A buse A blaive
Nominative Te nominaive case idenifies he subjec Te subjec is a noun or a pronounha perorms he acion or exiss in a sae o being In he senence ldquoWilliam is readingrdquohe word ldquoWilliamrdquo is he subjec
Example Mārs amat Mars loves
Te noun subjec o he verb ldquoloverdquo is he god Mars
Find more examples o nominaives and heir verbs rom he reading passage a he begin-ning o he chaper
Te nominaive case also idenifies he predicae nominaive In he senence ldquoWilliam isa sudenrdquo he predicae nominaive is ldquoa sudenrdquo A predicae nominaive complees hemeaning o he verb ldquoo berdquo Look a his exa mple rom he reading
Example Mārs est deus Mars is a god
Mārs is he subjec and deus is a predicae nominaive
Accusative Te ourh case lised is called he accusaive he geniive daive and ablaivecases will be discussed in laer chapers Te accusaive case poins ou he noun (or pro-noun) ha is he direc objec emember direc objecs receive he acion o he verb Inhe senence ldquoI am wriing a leterrdquo he direc objec is ldquoa leterrdquo
Example Mārs Rhēam Silviam amat Mars loves hea Silvia
Te direc objec o ldquoloverdquo is he noun Rhēam Silviam
Find more examples o accusaives and heir verbs rom he reading passage a he beginningo he chaper
niy o bring up Mnemosyne he goddess o memory and he moher o he Muses
Answers to ldquoFind more examples of nominatives a nd their verbs from the reading passage at the begin-ning of the chapterrdquo
hēa Silvia habe
Amūl ius claudi
Amūl ius pōni
Lupa ambula
Lupa cūra e amaōmulus e emus crēscun
ōmulus e emus aedifican
Answers to ldquoFind more examples of accusatives and their verbs from the reading passage at the beg in-ning of the chapterrdquo
duōs īliōs habe ōmulum e emum
hēam Silviam claudi
ōmulum e emum pōni
ōmulum e emum bene cūra e ama
ōmam aedifican
TEACHING TIPSudens may encouner diffi culy when r ying o ransl ae Lain names used in cases o her han henominaive Te eacher a some poin will need o explain (and repea whenever necessary) ha when ransla ing a La in name he suden should al ways use he nominaive o rm o he word Onp 7 sudens are asked o find examples o accusaives and heir verbs in he reading passage Teanswers lised above provide an opporuniy o pracice wih his issue emind sudens o rans-lae duōs īliōs habet Rōmulum et Remum as ldquohe has wo sons omulus and emusrdquo Te oher ouranswers may be used as pracice wih he sudens
EXERCISE 3a Ideniy wheher he nouns in bold in hese senences are subjecs direc objecs or predi
TEACHER BY THE WAYIn conjuncion wih he picure and is capion he eacher may wish o menion ha he amil-ilar acronym o SPQ is sill in use and visible hroughou modern ome991252on liter bins sewercovers ec
Standards11 41
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 4854
8 bull Latin for the New Millennium
8 bull Latin for the New Millennium
a Ideniy wheher he nouns in bold in hese senences are subjecs direc objecs or predi-cae nominaives Te eading Vocabulary may be consuled
b Label each senence as vērum (rue) i i agrees or alsum (alse) i i disagrees wih he Lainreading passage a he beginni ng o he chaper
Example Amūlius es deusPredicae nominaive alsum
1 hēa Silvia ōmulum e emum cūra
2 Amūlius ōmulum e emum bene cūra
3 Amūlius lupam vinculīs claudi
4 Mārs ōmulum e emum in aquam pōni
5 Lupa hēam Silviam cūra
6 Amūlius ad aquam ambula
Te power of he ciy of Rome founded according o legend by Romulus is symbolized by hese four leters ha areprominenly displayed in various places wihin he ciy
EXERCISE 3 ANSWERS
1 subjec vērum
2 direc objecs alsum
3 direc objec alsum
4 subjec alsum
5 direc objec alsum
6 subjec vērum
WorkbookExercise 2 A full si ze reproduc ible version of th is page
without the a nswers ca n be downloade d at wwwlnm bolchazyco m
HOW TO USE THIS BOOK
Noun Declensions Te eacher may choose Lain nouns rom he declension ha is being sudied a he imehis workshee is used Tus no answers are provided here
LANGUAGE FACT III
TEACHING TIP Ask he sudens wha he Lain words seleced rom he reading and lised near he op o p 9 mean
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 4954
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull 9
Chapter 1 bull 9
FIRST DECLENSION NOUNS A declension is a g roup o nouns ha show a cerain patern o word endings Tere are five differ-en declensions in Lain In he reading abou omulus and emus hese are he orms belongingo he firs declension
hēam Silviam hēa Silvia aquam lupa ōmam
Noice ha he ex says Rhēa Silvia when she is he subjec and Rhēam Silviam when she is hedirec objec
Te firs declension is composed o words ha characerisically have he vowel a a or near heend o he word lupa
Below is he patern ha firs declension nouns ollow o show case and number Memorize heLain words in order rom he nominaive singular down o he ablaive singular and hen romhe nominaive plural down o he ablaive plural
emember ha he endings or a whole group o nouns ollow his patern Once you learn hi spatern you can recognize he case a nd number o all he words belonging o hi s declension
In his chaper you have begun o learn abou he nominaive and accusai ve cases Te ohercases will be explained in laer chapers
First DeclensionSingular Plural
Nomina ive l upa he she-wol Nominaive lupae he she-wolves
Geniive lupae o he she-wol Geniive lupārum o he she-wolves
Daive lupae oor he she-wol Daive lupīs oor he she-wolves
Accusaive lupam he she-wol Accusaive lupās he she-wolves
Ablaive lupā bywih he she-wol Ablaive lupīs bywih he she-wolves
Daive and ablaive plural o he words īlia ldquodaugherrdquo and dea ldquogoddessrdquo is fīliābus anddeābusTis is o di singuish hese orms rom he corresponding orms o īlius ldquosonrdquo and deus ldquogodrdquo
STUDY TIP
Noice ha he ablaive singular ending -ā has a long mark (macron) above i his ishe only difference beween he nominaive and ablaive singular endings
TEACHING TIP
Afer he firs declension has been presened o he sudens encourage hem depending on heirlearning syle o say he declension aloud o wrie down he words o inven a rap or a cheer
TEACHER BY THE WAY
Te patern is called a declension because he oher cases lean away ( dēclīnāre) rom he nominaiveie hey do no ollow he same orm as he nominaive
ORAL EXERCISE 1Tis exercise may be used afer the 1047297rst declension has been presented
Whi le looking a he declension o lupa ask he sudens o decli ne nauta
Singular PluralNominaive naua nauaeGeniive nauae nauārumDaive nauae nauīs Accusaive nauam nauās Ablaive nauā nauīs
Standards11 31 41
OralExercise 1
WorkbookExercise 3
STUDY TIP
Noice ha he daive and ablaive plural endings a re idenical
EXERCISE 4 ANSWERS1 geniive daive puellār um puellī s
2 accusaive nauās
3 accusaive errās
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 5054
10 bull Latin for the New Millennium
10 bull Latin for the New Millennium
Here are more words belonging o he fi rs declension
puella ndash girl īlia ndash daugher terra ndash land
Mos firs declension words are eminine i n gender bu a ew (usually ones ha indicae mas-culine occupaions in ancien imes) are masculine Examples are poēta ldquopoerdquoagricola ldquoarmerrdquonauta ldquosailorrdquo āthlēta ldquoahleerdquo
EXERCISE 4Ideniy he case o each singular noun Ten change each orm ino plural For some more han
one answer is possibleExample īlianominaive īliae
1 puellae 5 aquae2 nauam 6 puellā3 erram 7 āhlēā4 a gr ic ol a
Like he Greek wreslers porrayed on his ancien bas-reliefRoman ahlees were also fond of he spor of wresling
4 nominaive agricolae
5 geniive daive aquārum aquīs
6 ablaive puellīs
7 ablaive āhlēīs
TEACHING TIP
Since wreslers are depiced on he illusraion on his page he eacher may wish o open a discus-
sion abou he omansrsquo and Greeksrsquo ondness or wresling which was ofen praciced in a complexcalled he palaestra
oman boys were expeced o serve in he m iliary Tus hey were firs rained by heir ahers in wreslingand boxing Srengh and agiliy were sressed raher han grace o movemen as in Greek spors Te woprincipal syles uilized by he Greek were uprigh wresling in which hree alls o your opponen o heground were necessary o deea him and ground wresling which required he opponen o give up in ordero end he mach In he palaes tra here was an area or he young people o pracice wresling or boxing wih apunching bag (cōrycus) Examples o monumenal oman bahs wih a palaest ra are ound a he Bahs o Ca-racalla in ome he Harbor Bahs a Ephesus in urkey and he Bahs in Varna Bulgaria he larges anciensrucure in ha counry
Wresling was also one o he spor evens a he Olympic games ha he omans ofen atended Greco-oman wresling is also one o he evens eaured in he summer Olympic games in modern imes
TEACHING TIPTe eacher migh wan o have sudens read an English ranslaion o Book 23 o he Iliad in which Ajax a nd Odysseus compee in a wre sling m ach and Book 5 o he Aeneid or a descripion o hespors ha he omans played and compare he atiude o he compeiors in each epic Boh evens were par o he uneral games he ormer in honor o Paroclu s riend and atendan o Achil lesand he later in honor o Anchises aher o Aeneas Tis migh lead o urher discussion on henaure o modern wresling
Standards11 41
EXERCISE 5Ideniy he case o each plural noun Ten change each orm ino he singular For some more
TEACHING TIPSudens may wonder why he geniive singular w ihou is ending mus be used o find he base whenhe nominaive singular wihou is ending works jus as well Explain ha in oher noun declensionshe nominaive will no always provide he same base or have he same spelling as he geniive
Standards11 41
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 5154
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull 11
Chapter 1 bull 11
han one answer is possible
Example puellāsaccusaive puellam
1 īliae 5 aquīs2 errīs 6 poēārum3 nauārum 7 agricolae4 l upa e
BY THE WAY
In all declensions endings are added o he base o a noun I is imporan o know hahe base o a noun is ound by removing he ending rom is geniive si ngular orm Forexample he geniive singular o puella is puellae I you remove he -ae rom puellae
wha remains is he base o he word namely puell- For his reason learning he geni-ive singular is as imporan as knowing he nominaive singular o he noun
STUDY TIP
Always learn he geniive ogeher wih he nominaive because rom he geniive you will know o which declension a word belongs
A wall paining depic ing a Roman farmer (agricola) wih his sheep
EXERCISE 5 ANSWERS
1 nominaive īl ia
2 daive ablaive errae errā
3 geniive nauae
4 nominaive lupa
5 daive ablaive aquae aquā
6 geniive poēae7 nominaive agricola
HOW TO USE THIS BOOKIn his book he word ldquobaserdquo is used o reer o he noun wihou any ending ldquoStemrdquo is used or he par o he verb wihou any ending ldquoootrdquo is used or he Lain par o a derivaive
ORAL EXERCISE 2Tis exercise may be used afer Exercise 5
Use one o he ollowing classroom presenaion opions (hereafer reerred o as CPO) (blackgreenwhiesmar board overhead or LCD projecor PowerPoinreg presenaion ec) o pu his inormaion on view
quis ldquowhordquo (or he subjec) and quem ldquowhomrdquo (or he direc objec)
Ten ask he suden o answer he ollowing quesions abou he chaper reading eiher orally or in wri-
en orm
1 Teacher Quis es Mārs Student Mārs es deus
2 Teacher Quem ama Mārs Student hēam Silviam Mārs ama
3 Teacher Quis ama hēam Silviam Student Mārs ama hēam Silviam
4 Teacher Quem habe hēa Silvia Student hēa Silvia duōs īliōs ōmulum eemum habe
5 Teacher Quis claudi hēam Silviam Student Amūlius claudi hēam Silviam
6 Teacher Quem claudi Amūlius Student hēam Silviam Amūlius claudi
7 Teacher Quis ōmulum e emum in aquampōni
Student Amūlius ōmulum e emum in aquampōni
8 Teacher Quem Amūlius in aquam pōni Student Amūlius ōmulum e emum in aquampōni
9 Teacher Quis ambula ad aquam Student Lupa ambula ad aquam
10 Teacher Quis ōmulum e emum bene cūra Student Lupa ōmulum e emum bene cūra
11 Teacher Quōs lupa bene cūra Student Lupa ōmulum e emum bene cūra
12 Teacher Quis ōmulum e emum a ma Student Lupa ōmulum e emum ama
13 Teacher Quōs lupa ama Student Lupa ōmulum e emum ama
OralExercise 2
WorkbookExercise
4 5
EXERCISE 6ranslae rom Lain ino English and rom English ino Lain Te mos common Lain word
d
TEACHER BY THE WAYTe eacher may menion ha he mos common word order (subjec ndash direc objec ndash verb) can o-en be changed For example i he verb is o be emphasized i will ake firs posiion I he subjecor he direc objec is o be emphasized i will ake he las posiion which is he mos emphaic oneIn general he more unusual he wordrsquos posiion is he more emphasis is placed on his word
Standards11 41
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 5254
12 bull Latin for the New Millennium
12 bull Latin for the New Millennium
order is
subjec ndash direc objec ndash verb
1 Agricola erram ama
2 Te ahlee loves waer
3 Naua īlia m ama
4 Te poe loves ome
5 Agricola erram cūra
6 Te she-wol cares or (is aking care o) he girl
BY THE WAY
Even hough he mos common word order is subjec ndash di rec objec ndash verb rememberha endings991252no word order991252deermine which word is he subjec and which i s hedirec objec
TALKING When we mee one person we gree herhim wih salvē When we mee wo or more people wegree hem wih salvēte When we bid goodbye o one person we sayvalē When we bid goodbyeo wo or more people we say valēte
Here are various ways o ask ldquohow are yourdquo or ldquohow are you doingrdquo
Quōmodo valēs or Quōmodo tē habēs or Quid agis ldquoHow are yourdquo
Here is a range o possible answers
bene ldquowellrdquo pessimē ldquovery badrdquo optimē ldquogreardquo melius ldquobeterrdquo mediocriter ldquoso-sordquo or ldquono oo badrdquo meliusculē ldquoa litle beterrdquo male ldquobadrdquo
In general he more unusual he word s posiion is he more emphasis is placed on his word
EXERCISE 6 ANSWERS
1 Te armer loves he land
2 Āhlēa aquam ama
3 Te sailor loves (his) daugher
4 Poēa ōmam ama
5 Te armer cares or (is aking care o) he land6 Lupa puellam cūra
TEACHING TIP
Te eacher may sar he class in Lain by saying Salvēte discipulī et discipulae and by eaching hesudens o say in reurn Salvē magister (magistra)
ORAL EXERCISE 3Tis exercise may be used anytime afer the students have learned the use o the accusative case or afer Exercise 6
Use one o he CPOrsquos o pu on display he orms amō and cūrō and explai n ha hey a re in he fir s personsingular and how his differs rom he hird person singular learned in his chaper Ask individual sudens omake senences wih hem using he words hey have learned
Ten ell he sudens ha nōn means ldquonordquo and ask hem o make si milar senences wih nōn amō and nōn cūrō
Examples(nōn) amō erram īliam aquam lupam āhlēam(nōn) cūrō erram īliam puellam
WorkbookExercise 6
ContentQuestions
OralExercise 3
Standards12 21 41
42
SAYING HELLOMarīa Helena e Chrisīna sun (are) discipulae (students)
TEACHING TIPHave sudens read he dialogue aloud Tis will help o build heir pronunciaion skills
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 5354
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull 13
Chapter 1 bull 13
Marīa Salvēe Helena e Chrisīna
Christīna Salvē Marīa
Helena Salvē Marīa
Marīa Quōmodo valēs Helena Quōmodo valēs Chrisīna
Helena et Christīna Bene Quōmodo ū ( you) valēs Marīa
Marīa Pessimē
Helena et Christīna Cūr (Why)
Marīa imeō linguam Laīnam ( I ear the Latin language)Helena Ego ( I ) linguam Laīnam amō
Christīna E ego linguam Laīnam amō
ORAL EXERCISE 4
Tis exercise may be used afer he Lain dialogue has been presened
Insruc he sudens o say ldquohellordquo in Lain o he suden nex o hem Divide he class ino wo pars ellone par o gree he oher par using he plural greeing and vice versa Do he same ype o aciviy whensaying ldquogoodbyerdquo You may wish o make greeing he class in Lain a nd saying ldquogoodbyerdquo in Lain a par oa daily rouine
Divide he sudens ino pairs in which one person will ask how hisher parner is in Lain and he oher
wil l answer
ORAL EXERCISE 5
Tis exercise may be used afer he Lain dialogue has been presened
ell he sudens ha he paricle ndashne is added o he firs syllable o a word ha inroduces a quesion Ten askhe ollowing quesions abou he dialogue beween Mary Helen and Chrisy Individual sudens may answerorally or he enire class may wrie he answers as he eacher asks hem orally Te eacher should explain hahe orm valēs in he greeing Quōmodo valēs is in he second person which means ldquoyourdquo Te hird person orm(reerring o ldquoherrdquo ldquohimrdquo or ldquoirdquo) is valet So he phrase ldquoHow is she doingrdquo would be Quōmodo valet Te hirdperson o amō is amat and he hird person o timeō is timet
1 Teacher Quōmodo Chrisīna vale Student(s) Chrisīna bene vale
2 Teacher Quōmodo Marīa vale Student(s) Marīa pessimē vale
3 Teacher Cūr (why) Marīa pessimē vale Student(s) Marīa ime linguam Lainam4 Teacher Amane l inguam L aīnam Helena Student(s) Helena linguam Laīnam ama
5 Teacher Linguamne Laīnam ama Chrisīna Student(s) Chrisīna linguam Laīnam ama
ORAL EXERCISE 6 AND DICTATIONTis combined exercise may be used to conclude the chapter or at any time afer the students have learned the accusa-tive case and chapter vocabulary
Dicae he ollowing senences o he sudens Ten ask hem o make he ollowing changes eiher orally orin writen orm a he discreion o he eacher
1 Teacher Agricol a erram ama (change he direc objec ino plura l)Student Agricola errās ama
2 Teacher Lupa puellam cūra (change he direc objec ino plural)
Student Lupa puellās cūra3 Teacher Āhlēa puel lās ama (change he direc objec ino singu lar)
Student Āhlēa puellam ama
4 Teacher Fīlia errās ama (change he direc objec ino singular)Student Fīlia erram ama
OralExercise
4 5 6 andDictation
TEACHER NOTES
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 5454
14 bull Latin for the New Millennium
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 554
CONTENTSLIST OF ABBREVIATIONS 983156983149 vi
PREFACE 983156983149 vii
RESOURCE LIST 983156983149 ix
STUDENT TEXTBOOK i
wih Exercise Ans wers Sandards Correlaions Oral Exercises Oral Exercise Correlaions Workbook Exercise Correlaions Ancillary CorrelaionsComprehension Quesions and A nswers eaching ips eacher By he Way Noaions and How o Use Tis Book
bull TM v bull
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 654
LIST OF ABBREVIATIONSCPO
Classroom Presenaion Opions (eg blackgreenwhiesmar board overhead or LCD projecor PowerPoinreg
presenaion ec)
ODFOriginal Dysuncional Family (classical myhology ancillary)
RRA
From Romulus o Romulus Augusulus (oman hisory ancillary)
bull TM vi bull
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 754
PREFACE
bull TM vii bull
Lain or he New M illennium is designed as a comprehensive inroducion no only o he Lain language andhow i works bu also o he oman world he culural milieu in which he language 1047298ourished Te language
and culural elemens are seamlessly woven ogeher in he course o each chaper and hen again examined inhe review ollowing every hree chapers
CHAPTER AND COURSE COMPONENTS
METHODOLOGICAL APPROACHIn wriing Lain or he New Mill ennium we have aimed a combini ng he bes elemens in he var ious mehod-ologies or eaching Lain ha have been commonly available unil now Modern mehods o eaching Lainhave been divided beween wo approaches (1) he analyical or deducive mehod according o which su-dens mus learn rules and paradigms and hen reinorce he knowledge o hese absrac principles by pracice wih exs and e xercises (2) he induc ive or reading mehod ha enables he s uden o read a ex and o become aware o lingu isic eau res (or rules) rom he rea ding and s udy o he ex In Lain or he New Mil-lennium we hope o have combined he advanages o each In oher words we have sriven o provide a pah
o a horough and sysemaic knowledge o he srucure o he language he main advanage o he analyicalmehod ogeher wih a grea deal o reading and aciviies relaed o reading ha lead o a more inuiive graspo he idiomaic qualiies o he language he main advanage o he reading mehod
Te layou o each chaper is he key o his combinaion since he suden begins each chaper wih an ex-ensive reading and hese iniial passages conain in a conex undersandable hrough inducion and annoa-ions insances o every new elemen o be explored urher in he same chaper In he body o each chaperafer he inroducory reading hese new elemens are explained in a more analyic way ye he explanaionsalways reer he learner back o he reading991252in ways ha invie comparison wih he iniial passage
CHAPTER READINGS
Te principal readings in each chaper consis o passages adaped (o he level o knowledge presupposed oreach chaper) rom some o he mos significan works o Lain lieraure Te inroducions o each passagegive considerable inormaion abou he culural conex in which each auhor wroe and abou he develop-men o he Lain lierary radiion Te order o he chaper readings is chronological In Level 1 sudens begin wih r eadings rom Pl auus and erence and proceed hrough he cenu ries o he wr iings o A mmi-anus Augusine and Boehius By compleing he enire course conained in Lain or h e New Millenniu m sudens will gain an u ndersanding o he enire parimony o Lain and is effec on our culure Whi le Level1 o Lain or he New Mil lennium ocuses on he classic exs in Lain writen by such grea oman auhorsas Vergil Caullus Cicero and Ovid Level 2 o he series ceners on he huge and undamenal heriage o works wr iten in Lain dur ing he medieval renaissa nce and early moder n periods991252a li nguis ic heriage hagave us our basic vocabulary in he naional languages or elling ime medicine he naural sciences and heacademic world Te culural inormaion ha is ound in hese readings and heir inroducions are bolseredin boh levels by he eview Exercises and supplemenary maerial peraining o myhology oman hisoryand imporan Lain sayings
ORAL LATIN AND LATIN CONVERSATION
A per son who gains an acive acili y i n a ny l anguage in addiion o a reading abiliy is in our view more
likely o progress quickly o a deep undersanding o he language and he works writen in i Our experienceindicaes ha a suden who learns by using a language will probably no need o be reminded abou orms andgrammaical rules as ofen as a learner who lacks acive pracice Tereore in every chaper o Lain or he New Millennium we have included a se o exercises ha concenrae o n an oral exchange be ween insr ucor a ndsudens Te oral exercises in Lain or he New Millennium can be compleed wihou any exempore speak-ing abiliy on he par o he eacher Tis is possible because he oral exercises are ound only in he eacherrsquosmanual Here no only are all he answers supplied bu every quesion is writen ou in ull or he eacher along wih deai led insr ucions or each sep o he exerc ise Te eac her needs onl y o ol low he i nsruc ions andread each quesion aloud Te response mus come rom he learner
GRAMMAR
Grammar is also a grea help or acquiring a sophisicaed undersanding o any language and especially a lan-guage like Lain which is primarily sudied oday by people whose main goal is o read works o lieraure wri-en in he original Lain language works which were designed rom he sar or a culivaed audience While we believe in he va lue o he reading mehod a nd we know how acive usage o a langua ge can vasl y improveand accelerae a sudenrsquos learning o ha language we also recognize he uiliy o grammar Tereore whileeach chaper is rich in exercises and aciviies we have aken care o provide explanaions o all he grammarrelevan o each chaper Te suden who uses Lain or he Ne w Millennium learns by acively using Lain buis also asked o undersand he srucure o he language and apply ha undersanding in he exercises
OTHER CHAPTER ELEMENTS
bull Memorābile Dictū Each chaper eaures a amous saying labeled Memorābile Dicū a Lain phrase hais so well known ha i has became a proverb in many languages Learning each amous saying will in-crease a sudenrsquos undersanding no jus o Lain bu also o English Tese sayings invie discussion oheir meaning and how hey relae o he modern world and sudensrsquo experiences
bull eading Vocabulary All he new vocabular y in he reading passage a he begi nning o each chaper isexplained by copious noes Sudens need no be required o learn he vocabulary ha aces he reading
passage A unique eaure o he eading Vocabulary is ha no all he verbs show in prin heir pronounsubjec For example i he senence in he reading migh be ldquoCicero ereniam viderdquo vide in he ead-
ing Vocabulary would have as is definiion ldquoseesrdquo raher han ldquohe seesrdquo Tis has been done o avoid hecommon beginnerrsquos misake o ranslaing he senence as ldquoCicero he sees ereniardquo On he oher hand ihe senence were o read ldquoereniam viderdquo vide would be defined ldquohe seesrdquo Tis unique eaure gradua llydisappears as sudens learn more abou verbs and become more accusomed o reading Lain
bull Vocabulary o Learn and Derivaives E xercises Some (bu no all) o hese new words are repeaed inhe Vocabulary o Lea rn or each chaper and sudens should be direced o learn hese Te radiionalorm o wriing vocabulary words is ollowed in he Vocabulary o Le arn principal pars are l ised romhe second chaper on and nouns show he nominaive and geniive singular and gender rom he sar
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 854
TM viii bull Latin for the New Millennium
Te Vocabulary o Lear n is ollowed by Derivaive Exercises Sudens who careully learn all o he Vocabulary o L earn will quickly acquire a vocabulary based on words mos commonly encounered inclassical lierary exs and in he Derivaive Exercises hey will be exposed o English words based onLain and hus bolser heir vocabulary in English
DIALOGUES ON DAILY LIFEIn he later par o each chaper o Level 1 readers will find a dialogue labeled alking in which a group omodern sudens are he paricipans Te same group o sudens is eaured in every chaper and hey en-couner mos o he ypical siuaions ha young people experience in modern daily lie All he necessary vocabular y is expla ined so he users o Lain or he New Mille nnium i hey so wish may c onduc simple Lainconversaions like hose in he model dialogues Tese dialogues have been designed or he benefi o hose
eachers who are especially ineresed in making use o he oral elemen o language learning in heir classesand who wan o inroduce a colloquial elemen o he Lain heir sudens learn Tis colloquial elemen can become a bridge beween he lives o modern sudens and he houghs o he ancien medieval or renaissanceauhors who wroe in Lain991252a bridge consruced o he same basic language Lain
VISUAL LEARNINGTe Lain language and oman culure have no only inspired wriers hroughou he ages and in1047298uencedmodern lie bu have also lef heir legacy in he visual ars Troughou he ex reproducions o painingsdrawings sculpures and oher arworks demonsrae how oman hisorical evens and he ales o he godsand goddesses have inspired ariss hrough he ages Lain or he New Millennium presens an abundance oimages o archaeological sies buildings objes drsquoar and ariacs careully chosen o represen he ehnic andgeographic diversiy ha marked he oman world Tese ull color illusraions represen a visual panorama ohe oman world and suppor he writen word in picorial orm hus simulaing he imaginaion and memoryor a more vibran recollecion o he exrsquos conen eachers are srongly encouraged o mine he illusraionsas hough a documenary o he oman world and is laer in1047298uence
REVIEW COMPONENTS Afer each se o hree chapers here is a ev iew and supplemenary re adings
REVIEW EXERCISESTe eview provides addiional exercises o help he sudens give coninued atenion o he maerial in eachuni Te review also includes a summary l is o all he Vocabulary o Learn ound in he chapers o each uniTis secion eaures even more maerial o help he suden undersand Lain lieraure and is heriage oday
CLASSICAL MYTHOLOGY
A passage on My hology eniled Considering he Classical Gods inroduces he reader o sories abou he
Greek and oman gods and heroes A relaed passage in Lain abou he gods reinorces he Lain lessons o hehree chapers
ASPECTS OF ROMAN LIFE An Eng lish back ground essay ca lled Connecing wih he Ancien World disc usses an impora n aspec ooman daily lie which connecs o relaed maerial presened in he hree chapers preceding he review
EXPLORING ROMAN AND MODERN LIFE
Scholars rom various universiies hroughou he Unied Saes graciously agreed o provide shor essays hare1047298ec upon he role ha Lain and is culure play in our modern lives Te ile o hese essays always sars wih he word Exploring
MĪRĀBILE AUDĪTŪEach review ends wih a secion called Mīrābile Audīū ha presens a series o Lain quoaions motoesphrases or abbreviaions currenly used in English Te hree supplemenary essays and he Mīrābile Audīū secion are designed o elici classroom discussion abou similariies and differences beween he world o heomans and America in he weny-firs cenury
Milena Minkova wroe he Inroducion Chapers 1 2 3 5 7 9 13 14 17 18 20 eviews 1 3 5 6 and 7 heglossaries and he appendices erence unberg wroe he Preace Chapers 4 6 8 10 11 12 15 16 19 21and eviews 2 and 4 Boh auhors have benefied hroughou he composiion o he exbook rom coninu-
ous muual advice and suppor
MM and 2008
Visi wwwl nmbolchaz ycom o see he elecronic resources ha accompany Lain or he New Mil lennium ando share ideas in he online eachersrsquo lounge wih oher eachers using his series
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 954
RESOURCE LIST
bull TM ix bull
EDITORSrsquo NOTE We have atemped o assemble a c omprehensive represenaive resource l is paying s pecial atenion o hose
opics or areas ofen less amiliar o ha end we provide an especially larger lising or he Lae Empire EarlyChrisianiy and Middle Ages secion By no means is his resource lis exhausive eachers are encouraged oshare iles hey have ound useul hrough he wwwlnmbolchazycom websie
LATIN DICTIONARIES Alber S Imaginum vocabula rium Lainum Saarbruumlcken Socieas Laina 1998
Egger C Lexicon nominum loc orum ome Libreria Edirice Vaicana 1977
mdashmdashmdash Lexicon nominum v irorum e mulier um ome Sud ium 1957
mdashmdashmdash ed Lexicon rece nis Lainiais 2 Vols ome Libreria Edirice Vaicana 1992ndash1997
Lewis Charlon and Charles Shor A Lain Dicionar y ev ed New York Oxord Universiy Press 1956
Te New College Lain and English Dicionary 3rd ed Edied by John C raupman New York Banam Books2007
Oxord Lain Dicionary Combined ed Edied by P G W Glare e al New York Oxord Universiy Press1982
Smih William and Teophilus D Hall Smihrsquos English-Lain Dicionary eprined rom he 1871 AmericanBook Company ediion A Copious and Criical English-Lain Dicionary wih a new oreword by DirkSacreacute Wauconda IL Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers 2000
LATIN GRAMMAR Allen J H and J B Greenough Allen and Gre enoughrsquos New Lain Gramma r Edied by Anne Mahoney New-
bury por M A Focus P ublishing Pull ins 2001
Andresian Anna Looking a Lain A Grammar or Pre- College Wauconda IL Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers2006
Bennet Charles E New Lain Grammar 1908 eprin Wauconda IL Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers 2006
Gildersleeve Basil L and Gonzalez Lodge Gildersleeversquos Lain Grammar 3rd
ed 1895 eprin WaucondaIL Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers 2003
Goldman Norma and Ladislas Szymanski English Grammar o r Sudens o La in 3rd ed Ann A rbor MIOlivia and Hill Press 2004
Humphreys James P Graphic Lain Grammar 1961 eprin Wauconda IL Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers2002
Woodcock E C A New Lain Syna x 1957 eprin Wauconda IL Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers 2005
Young Nicholas Insan Answers A Qu ick Guide or Advanced Sudens Elmhurs IL L and L Enerprises2006
LATIN COMPOSITIONBennet Charles E New Lain Composiion 1912 eprin Wauconda IL Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers 1996
Minkova Milena Inroducion o Lain Prose Composiion Wauconda IL Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers2007 Firs published 2001 by Wimbledon Publishing Co
Minkova Milena and erence unberg Readings and Exercises in Lain Prose Composiion From Aniquiy ohe Renaissance Newburypor MA Focus Publishing Pullins 2004
mdashmdashmdash Answer Key o Readings and Exercises in L ain Prose Composiion From Aniqu iy o he Renai ssanceNewburypor MA Focus Publishing Pullins 2004
Mounord James F ed Bradleyrsquos Arnold La in Prose Composiion ev ed Wauconda IL Bolchazy-CarducciPublishers 2006
Norh M A and A E Hillard Lain Prose Composiion eprin Wauconda IL Bolchazy-Carducci Publish-ers 1995
mdashmdashmdash Key o Lain P rose Composiion eprin Wauconda IL Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers 1995
LATIN LITERATURE Albrech M ichael von A Hisory o Roma n Lieraure From Livius A ndronicus o Boehius Leiden Brill Aca-demic Publishers 1997
Te Concise Oxord Companion o Classical Lieraure 2nd ed Edied by C M Howason and Ian ChilversOxord Oxord Universiy Press 1993
Duff J Wigh A Lierary Hisor y o Rome 3rd ed London Ernes Benn 1960
Gran Michael Greek and Lain Auhors 800 B Cndash A D 1000 New York H W Wilson 1980
IJsewijn Joze Companion o Neo-Lain Sudies Par I Hisory and Diffusion o Neo-Lain Lieraure Supple-mena Humanisica Lovaniensia 5 2nd ed Leuven Leuven Universiy Press 1990
IJsewijn Joze and Dirk Sacreacute Companion o Neo-Lain Sudies Par II Lierary Linguisic Philological and Ediorial Ques ions Supplemena Humanisica Lovaniensia 14 2nd ed Leuven Leuven Universiy Press1998
ose H J A Handbook o Lain Lieraure 1954 eprin Wauconda IL Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers 1996
GENERAL LANGUAGE LEARNING AND METHODOLOGIES Arms rong Tomas Muliple Inelligence s in he Classroo m Alexa ndria VA Asso ciaion or Superv ision and
Curriculum Developmen 1994
Cook Vivian Second Language Learning and eaching 3rd ed London Edward Arnold 2001
Gardner Howard Inelligence Refamed Muliple Inelligences or he 21s Cenury New York Basic Books 2000
Kessler Carolyn ed Cooperaive Language Learning A eacherrsquos Resource Book Englewood Cliffs NJ Pren-ice Hall egens 1992
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 1054
TM x bull Latin for the New Millennium
Krashen Sephen Principles a nd Pracice in Secon d Language Acqu isiion New York Pergamon Press 1982
Larsen-Freeman Diane echniques and Principles o Language eaching 2nd ed Oxord Oxord UniversiyPress 2000
Oxord ebecca L Language Le arning Sraeg ies Wha Eve ry eacher Should K now New York NewburyHouse 1990
Pinker S Te Language Insinc New York William Morrow 1994
eid Joy ed Undersanding Learning Syles in he Second Language Classroom Upper Saddle iver NJ Pren-ice Hall 1998
Sparks ichard L Kay Fluhary Leonore Ganschow and Sherwin Litle ldquoAn Exploraory Sudy on heEffecs o Lain on he Naive Language Skills and Foreign Language Apiude o Sudens wih and wih-ou Learning Disabiliiesrdquo Classical Journal 91 (1995)165ndash84
LATIN PEDAGOGY Ancona onnie ed A Concise Guide o eaching Lain Liera ure Norman OK Universiy o Oklahoma
Press 2007
Ball ober Reading Classical Lain A Reasonable Approach Lawrence KS Coronado Press 1987
Breindel uh L De Discendi Naura Lea rning Syle s in he eaching o Lain Oxord OH American Classi-cal League MC 2007
Burns Mary Ann and Joseph OrsquoConnor Te Classics in American Schools Alana GA Scholars Press1987
Davis Sally Lain in he Amer ican Schools Alana GA Scholars Press 1991
Disler Paul each he Lain I Pray You Wauconda IL Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers 2001
Gascoyne ichard e al Sandards or Classical Language Learning Oxord OH American Classical LeagueMC 1997
Gruber-Miller John ed When Dead ongues Speak New York Oxord Universiy Press 2006
Hoyos B Dexer Lain How o Read I Fluenly A Pracical Manual Amhers MA C lassical A ssociaion oNew England 1997
LaFleur ichard A Lain or he 21s Cenury From Concep o Classroom Glenview IL Scot Foresman- Addison Wesley 1998
Salerno Dorsey Price Lain in Moion Oxord OH American Classical League MC 1985
Sandards or Classical Language Learning Oxord OH American Classical League MC 1997
Srasheim Lorraine A oal Physical Response Amhers MA Classical Associaion o New England 1987
Swee Waldo Lain A Srucu ral Approach Ann A rbor Universiy o M ichigan Press 1957
CLASSROOOM AIDS Amery Heaher Firs Tousand Words in Lain Edied by Mairi Mackinnon London UK Usborne Books2008
Couch C C and eddy Irwin Lain Verbs Rock Audio CD Nashville N Sound Invenions 2006
mdashmdashmdash Lyrical Lain Learning Lain hrough Music Audio CD Nashville N Sound Invenions 2004
Curis William D Periculum Lainu m Lain Jeopardy Vol1 Oxord OH America n Classica l LeagueMC nd
mdashmdashmdash Periculum Lainum S ecundum Lain Jeopardy Vol 2 Oxord OH American Classical LeagueMC nd
Demuh Jocelyn Mendax A Lain C ard Game Wauconda IL Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers 2003
DuBose Gaylan Farrago Laina Wih a lis o resources by Judih Lynn Sebesa Wauconda IL Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers 1997
Hanlin Jayne and Beverly Lichensein Learning La in hrough Myholog y Cambridge Cambridge Univer-siy Press 1991
Lain acic Grams Alana G A World o eading nd
LUDI (a he Circus Maximus) Produced by Discere Ld 1989 Oxord OH American Classical L eagueMC
Myhies Oxord OH American Classical League MC 2003
Osburn LeaAnn A Lain Aciviy Book Elmhurs IL L and L Enerprises 2000
mdashmdashmdash Lain Crossword Puzzl e Book Elmhurs IL L and L Enerprises 1999
mdashmdashmdash Lain Verbs Rock Exercise Book Elmhurs IL L and L Enerprises 2007mdashmdashmdash Lyrical Lain A eacher R esource Manual Elmhurs IL L and L Enerprises 2004
mdashmdashmdash22 Lively Lain Aciviies Elmhurs IL L and L Enerprises 2005
Sheikh-Miller Jonahan Lain Words Sicker Book ulsa OK EDC Publishing 2006
Wansbrough M B A Mundus Lainu s Mysery 3 vols Hamilon Onario ralco Educaional Services 2004
ORAL LATIN Abernahy Faye Jill Crooker Margare Cur ran and David Perr y Te Developmen o Oral Skills in Lain wih
Visuals A Supplemenary Guide o he Syllabus Lain or Communicaion Draf Copy Albany New YorkSae Educaion Deparmen 1995
Alber S Cotidie Laine loquamur Saarbruumlcken Socieas Laina 1987
Allen W Sidney Vox Laina A Guide o he Pronunciaion o Classical Lain 2nd ed New York Cambridge
Universiy Press 1989Capellanus G Lain Can Be Fun Souvenir Press 1997
Daiz Sephen G ed Te Living Voice o Lain Perormed by ober P Sonkowsky Madison C JeffreyNoron Publishing 1984
mdashmdashmdash Te Pronunciaion and Reading o Classical Lain A Pracical Guide Audio cassetes Madison C Jeffrey Noron Publ ishing 1984
Egger C Laine discere iuva ome Libreria Edirice Vaicana 1982
Lain Aloud Audio AP Selecions fom Vergil Caullus Ovid Cicero and Horace Perormed by ober PSonkowsky CD-OM Wauconda IL Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers 2007
McCarhy Tomas Nunc Loquamur Guided C onversaions or L ain Newburypor MA FocusPublishing Pullins 2005
Swee Waldo E Words o Wisdom fom he Anciens 1000 Lain Proverbs CD-OM Wauconda IL Bolchazy-
Carducci Publishers 2000raupman John Conversaional Lain or Oral Pro1047297ciency 4h ed Audio Conversaions Perormed by Mark
ober Miner e al Audio CDs Wauconda IL Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers 2006
LATIN THROUGH MUSICBoynon Sandra Grun Pigorian Chan Audio CD New York Workman Publishing 1997
Couch C C and eddy Irwin Carmina Popularia Well-Known Songs in Lain Audio CD Wauconda ILBolchazy-Carducci Publishers 2004
mdashmdashmdash Lain Verbs Rock Audio CD Nashville N Sound Invenions 2006
mdashmdashmdash Lyrical Lain Learning Lain hrough Music Audio CD Nashville N Sound Invenions 2004
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 1154
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 1254
TM xii bull Latin for the New Millennium
ETYMOLOGY AND VOCABULARY Adeleye Gabriel G World Dicionary o Foreign Expressions Wih Kofi Acquah Dadzie Edied by Tomas J
Sienkewicz and James McDonough Wauconda IL Bolchazy-Carducci 1999
Ayres Donald M English Words fom Lain and Greek Elemen s 11h ed ucson Arizona Universiy o Ari-zona Press 1982
Ayo John Dicionary o Word Or igins New York Arcade Publishing 1990
Beard Henry X-reme Lain All h e Lain You Need o Know or Su rvival in he 21s Cenury New York Pen-guin Group 2005
Dicionary o Lain Words and Phrases Edied by James Morwood New York Oxord Universiy Press 1998
Dominik William J ed Words and Ideas Wauconda IL Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers 2002
mdashmdashmdash Words and Ideas Answer Key Wauconda IL Bolchaz y-Carducci Publ ishers 2006Ehrlich Eugene Amo Amas A ma and More New York Har per and ow 1987
Heimbach Elizabeh Lain E very where Ever yday A La in Phra se Workbook Wauconda I L Bolc hazy-Carducci Publishers 2004
mdashmdashmdash Lain Everywhere Everyday A Lain Phrase Workbook eacherrsquos Manual Perormed by James Cho-chola Compac disks Wauconda IL Bolchazy-Carducci Publishing 2005
Janson ore Te Naural Hisory o Lain ranslaed by Merehe D Sorensen and Nigel Vincen Oxord andNew York Oxord Universiy Press 2005
Krill ichard Greek and Lain in English oday Book and wo Cassetes 1990 eprin Wauconda ILBolchazy-Carducci Publishers 2003
Mascianonio udolph Build Your English Word Power wih Lain Numbers Wauconda IL Bolchazy-CarducciPublishers 1997
mdashmdashmdash Build Your E nglish Word Power w ih La in Number s eacherrsquos Ma nual Wauconda I L Bolc hazy-Carducci Publishers 1997
Morwood James and Mark Warman Our Greek and Lain Roos Cambridge Cambridge Universiy Press1990
OrsquoMara Lesley ed Which Way o he Vomiorium Vernacular Lain or All Occasions ranslaed by ose Wil-liams New York Tomas Dunne Books 1999
Oxord Dicionary o English Eymology Edied by C Onions wih G W S Friedrichsen and W Burch-field New York Oxord Universiy Press 1966
Sone Jon Lain or he I llierai New York ouledge 1996
MYTHOLOGYBierlein J F Parallel Myhs New York Ballanine Books 1994
Bolon Lesley Te Everyhing Classical Myhology Book Peabody MA Adams Media Corporaion 2002Childrenrsquos Books on Ancien Greek and Roman Myhology An Annoaed Bibliography Compiled by Anoinete
Brazouski and Mary J Klat Wespor C Greenwood Press 1984
Te Chiron Dicionary o Greek and Roman Myhology ranslaed by Elizabeh Burr 1s English ed New YorkConinuum Inernaional Publishing Group 1994
Colakis Marianhe and Mary Joan Masello Classical Myhology and More A Reader Workbook WaucondaIL Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers 2007
Couch Malcolm Greek and Roman Myhology New York Michael Friedman Publishing Group 1998
DrsquoAulaire Ingri and Edgar Parin DrsquoAulaire DrsquoAulairesrsquo Book o Greek Myhs New York Doubleday 1962
Fleischman Paul Daeline roy Somerville MA Candlewick Press 2006
Gardner Jane Roman Myhs Ausin Universiy o exas Press 1993
Gran Michael and John Hazel Whorsquos Who in Classical Myhology London ouledge Press 2002
Grimal Pierre Te Dicionary o Classical Myhology ranslaed by A Maxwell-Hyslop 1996 eprinMalden MA Blackwell Publishing 2001
Harris Sephen L and Gloria Pazner Classical Myhology Images and Insighs 3rd ed Mounain View CAMayfield Publishing Company 2001
Homeric Hymns ranslaed by Diane aynor Berkeley and Los Angeles Universiy o Caliornia Press2004
Kirkwood G M A Shor Guide o Classical Myh ology 1959 eprin Wauconda IL Bolchazy-Carducci2003
Lowe Cheryl and Leigh Lowe DrsquoAulairesrsquo Greek Myh Suden Guid e Louisville K Y Memoria Press 2004mdashmdashmdash DrsquoAulairesrsquo Greek Myh eacher Guide Louisville K Y Memoria Press 2006
Mayerson Philip Classical Myhology in Lieraure Ar and Music Glenview IL Scot Foresman and Com-pany 1984
Morord Mark P O and ober J Lenardon Classical Myhology 8h ed New York Oxord Universiy Press2006
Ovid Meamorphose s ranslaed by A D Melville New York Oxord Universiy Press 1998
ussell William F Classic Myhs o Read Aloud New York Crown Publicaions 1989
Vergilrsquos Aeneid Hero War Humaniy ranslaed by G B Cobbold Wauconda IL Bolchazy-Carducci Pub-lishers 2005
Will iams o se Gods and Oher Odd Creaures Ausin X CicadaSun Publishing 2008
mdashmdashmdashTe Labors o Aeneas Wha a Pain I Was o Found he Roman Race Wauconda IL Bolchazy-Carducci
2003mdashmdashmdashTe Original Dysuncional Family Basic Classical Myhology or he New Millennium Wauconda ILBolchazy-Carducci 2008
ROMAN HISTORYBagnell Nigel Te Punic Wars New York S Marinrsquos Press 1990
Becket Gilber agrave Te Comic Hisory o Rome 1852 eprin Wauconda IL Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers1996
Boardma n John Jasper Griffi n and Oswyn Mur ray eds Oxord Hisory o he Roman World Oxord and New York Oxord Universiy Pre ss 1991
Boawrigh Mary Daniel J Gargola and ichard J A alber A Brie Hisor y o he Romans New YorkOxord Universiy Press 2006
Connolly Peer Greece and Rome a War London Greenhill Books 2006
Consable Nick Hisorical Alas o Ancien Rome New York Facs on File 2003
Cornell im and John Mahews Alas o he Roman World New York Facs on File 1986
Creighon Mandell A Primer Hisory o Rome 1855 eprin Wauconda IL Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers2001
Goldsworhy Adrian Te Fall o Carhage Te Punic Wars 265ndash146 BC London Cassell 2000
Haaren John H and A B Poland Famous Men o Rome Louisville KY Memoria Press 2006
Holland Tomas Rubicon New York Doubleday 2003
Jenkyn s ichard ed Te Legacy o Rome A New Appraisal Oxord Oxord Universiy Press 1992
Kamm Anhony Julius Caesar A Lie New York ouledge 2006
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 1354
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Resource List bull TM xiii
Lowe Cheryl and Leigh Lowe Famous Men o Rome Suden Guide 2nd ed Louisvil le KY Memoria Press2006
Mayszak Philip Te Sons o Caesar Imperial Romersquos Firs Dynasy London Tames and Hudson 2006
Mellor onald and Marni McGee Te Ancien Roman World New York Oxord Universiy Press 2004
Oxord Classical Dicionary 3rd ed Edied by Simon Hornblower and Anhony Spaworh Oxord and New York Oxord Universiy P ress 1996 Also available a s a CD-OM
Oxord Dicionary o he Classical World Edied by John obers New York Oxord Universiy Press 2005
Scarre Chris Chronicle o he Roman Emperors London Tames and Hudson 1995
mdashmdashmdashTe Penguin Hisorical Alas o Ancien Rome New York Penguin Punam Inc 1995
Ward-Perkins Br yan Te Fall o Rome Oxord and New York Oxord Universiy Press 2005
Will iams ose Cicero he Pario Wauconda IL Bolcha zy-Carducci P ublishers 200 4mdashmdashmdash Cicero he Pario eacherrsquos Manual Wauconda IL Bolchaz y-Carducci Publ ishers 2004
mdashmdashmdash From Romulus o Romulus Augusulus Roman Hisory or he New Millennium Bolchazy-CarducciPublishers 2008
mdashmdashmdashOnce Upon he iber An O ea Hisory o Rome Wauconda IL Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers 2007Firs Published 2002 by Wimbledon Classics
Wool Greg ed Cambridge Illusraed Hisory o he Roman World Cambridge Cambridge Universiy Press2003
ROMAN CULTURE AND DAILY LIFE Adkin s Lesley and oy A dkins Dicionary o R oman Religion New York Oxord Universiy Press 2000
mdashmdashmdashHandbook o Lie in Ancien Rome New York Oxord Universiy P ress 1994
All an ony Lie Myh an d Ar in Ancien R ome Los Angeles J Paul Gety rus Publicaions 2005 Apicius Cookery and Dining in Imperial Rome Edied by Joseph Da mmers Vehling Ne w York Dover 1977
Baker Alan Te Gladiaor Te Secre Hisory o Romersquos Warrior Slaves New York S Marinrsquos Press 2006
Baker Charles and osalie Baker Te Classical Companion Peerborough NH Cobblesone Publishing1988
Bonner S F Educaion in Ancie n Rome fom he Elder Cao o he Younger Pliny London Mehuen 1977
Bradley Keih Slavery and Sociey a Rome Cambridge Cambridge Universiy Press 1994
Brucia Margare A and Gregory Daughery o Be a Roman opics in Roman Culure Wauconda ILBolchazy-Carducci Publishers 2007
Buchanan David Roman Spor and Enerainmen London Longman 1976
Carcopino Jeacuterocircme Daily Lie in Ancien Rome New Haven and London Yale Universiy Press 1968
Casson Lionel ravel in he Ancien World New ed Balimore John Hopkins Universiy Press 1994
mdashmdashmdash Libraries in he A ncien World New Haven C Yale Universiy Press 2001Clackson James and Geoffrey Horrocks Te Blackwell Hisory o he Lain Language Cambridge Blackwell
Publishing 2007
Clarke J Houses o Roman Ialy 100 B Cndash A D 250 Berkeley and Los Angeles Universiy o CaliorniaPress 1991
Croom A Roman Clohing and Fashion UK empus Publishing 2000
DrsquoAmbra Eve Roman Ar Cambridge and New York Cambridge Universiy Press 1998
mdashmdashmdashRoman Women Cambridge and New York Cambridge Universiy Press 2007
Goldsworhy Adrian Te Complee Roman Army London Tames and Hudson 2003
Gran Leigh Rome A Fold-Ou His ory o Ancien Civ ilizaion New York Black Dog and Levanhal Publish-ers 2005
Gran Mark Roman Cookery Ancien Recipes or Modern Kichens London Seri Publishers 1999
Haney L A and J A Haney Te Roman Engineers Cambridge Cambridge Universiy Press 1991
Harris H A Spor in Greece and Rome Ihaca NY Cornell Universiy Press 1972
Herber Kevin Roman Imperial Coins Wauconda IL Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers 1996
Hodge Peer Te Roman Army Whie Plains NY Longman 1984
mdashmdashmdash Roman Family Lie UK Longman 1984
mdashmdashmdash Te Roman House ev ed Whie Plains NY Longman 1976
mdashmdashmdash Roman owns ev ed Whie Plains NY Longman 1977
mdashmdashmdash Roman rade and ravel Whie Plains NY Longman 1978Hopkins Keih and Mary Beard Te Colosseum Cambridge MA Harvard Universiy Press 2005
Humez Alexander and Nicholas Humez A B C E Cee ra Te Lie amp imes o he Roma n Alphabe BosonMA David Gordon Publisher 1985
Hyland Ann Equus Te Horse in he R oman World New Haven C Yale Universiy Press 1990
Jacobelli Lu ciana Gladiaors a Pompeii Los Angeles J Paul Gety rus Publicaions 2004
James Simon Ancien Rome Eyewiness Books New York Alred A Knop 1990
Jones J M A Dicionary o Ancien Coins London Seaby 1990
Mannix Daniel P Te Way o he Gladiaor New York ibooks 2001
Massey Michael Roman Religion Whie Plains New York Longman 1984
mdashmdashmdash Women in Ancien Greece and Rome New York Cambridge Universiy Press 1986
Olivovaacute V Spors and Games in he Ancien World London Orbis Publishing 1984
Paoli Ugo Enrico Rome Is People Lie and Cusoms ranslaed by D Macnaghen New York Longman1963
Piggot S Te Druids London Tames and Hudson 1982
Sims Lesley Roman Soldierrsquos Handbook London Usborne Books 2006
Solway Andrew Rome In Specacular Cross-Secion Oxord Oxord Universiy Press 2004
Savely E S Greek and Roman Voing and Elecions Ihaca NY Cornell Universiy Press 1972
reggiari S Roman Marriage Iusi Coniuges fom he ime o Cicero o he ime o Ulpian Oxord ClarendonPress 1991
Wallace ex E Inroducion o Wall Inscripio ns fom Pompeii and Herculaneu m Wauconda IL Bolchaz y-Carducci Publishers 2005
Webser G Te Roman Imperial Armies o he Firs and Second Cenuries A D 3rd ed London A and C Black1985
Weslake Susan Te Developmen o he Roman Alphabe Oxord OH American Classical League MC nd
Yavez Z Slaves and Slavery in Ancien Rome New Brunswick NJ ransacion Books 1988
ROMAN ARCHEOLOGY ARCHITECTURE AND ART Aicher Peer J Guide o he Aqueducs o Ancien Rome Wauconda IL Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers 1995
mdashmdashmdash Rome Alive A Source Guide o he Ancien Ciy 2 vols Wauconda IL Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers2004
Amery Col in and Bria n Curran Jr Te Los World o Pompeii Los Angeles J Paul Gety rus Publicaions2002
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 1454
TM xiv bull Latin for the New Millennium
Augeni Andrea ed Ar and Archeology o Rome New York iverside Book Company 2000
Boardman John Oxord Hisory o Classical Ar Oxord Oxord Universiy Press 1997
Campbell Ann Roman Ar and Archiecure ev ed Boulder CO Alarion Press 1999
Coarelli Fillipo Rome and Environs An Archeological Guide ranslaed by James J Clauss and Daniel P Har-mon Berkeley and Los Angeles Universiy o Caliornia Press 2008
Connolly Peer Pompeii New York Oxord Universiy Press 1990
Corbishley Mike Illusraed Encyclopedia o Ancie n Rome Los Angeles J Paul Gety rus Publicaions2004
Davis John and Deborah C Wood Monumena Romana Nosra Slide lecures complee se 1995 evised Wauconda IL Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers 1997
mdashmdashmdash Monumen a Roman a Nosra Roman Bahs Slide lecure 1995 evised Wauconda IL Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers 1997
mdashmdashmdash Monumena Romana Nos ra Te Forum in Rome and he Province s Slide lecure 1995 evised Wau-conda IL Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers 1997
mdashmdashmdash Monumena Romana Nos ra Te Roman Basil ica Slide lecure 1995 evised Wauconda ILBolchazy-Carducci Publishers 1997
mdashmdashmdash Monumena Romana Nos ra Te Roman Foru m Slide lecure 1995 evised Wauconda IL Bol-chazy-Carducci Publishers 1997
mdashmdashmdash Monumena Romana Nos ra Te Roman emple Slide lecure 1995 evised Wauconda IL Bol-chazy-Carducci Publishers 1997
Deiss Joseph Jay Herculaneum Ialyrsquos Buried reasure evised and updaed New York Harper Collins 1985
de Franciscus A Pompeii Monumens Pas and P resen Los Angeles J Paul Gety rus Publicaions 2000
DrsquoEspouy Hecor ed Greek and Roman Archiecure in Classic Illusraions Mineola NY Dover Publicaions1999
Dickison Sheila K and Judih P Hallet eds Rome and Her Monumens Wauconda IL Bolchazy-CarducciPublishers 2000
Heinze Helga von Roman Ar New York Universe Books 1971
Lewis Jon E ed Mammoh Book o Eyewines s Ancien Rome New York Carroll and Gra 2003
Ling ober Roman Paining Cambridge Cambridge Universiy Press 1991
Lovell Isabel Sories in Sone fom he Roman Forum ockville MD Wildside Press 2007
Macaulay David Ciy A Sory o Roman Planning and Consrucion Boson M A Houghon Miffl in 1971
MacDonald William L Te Archiecure o he Roman Empire An Urban Appraisal New Haven C Yale Uni- versiy Press 1988
MacKendrick Paul Te Mue Sones Speak Te Sory o Archeology in Ialy 2nd ed New York W W Noron1984
Millard Anne Welcome o Ancien Rome Edied by Jane Chisolm London Usborne Publishing 1987
Saccioli A Ancien Rome Monume ns Pas and Pres en Los Angeles J Paul Gety rus Publicaions2000
mdashmdashmdash Te Roads o he Romans Los Angeles J Paul Gety rus Publicaions 2004
Walker Susan Roman Ar Cambridge Harvard Universiy Press 1991
Wheeler Mori mer Roman Ar and Archiecure 4h ed New York Praeger Publishers 1969
Winkes ol Classical Collecion Roman Painings and Mosaics Providence I Museum o Ar hodeIsland School o Design 1982
LATE EMPIRE EARLY CHRISTIANITY AND MIDDLE AGES Augusi ne Conessions Oxord Worldrsquos Classics ranslaed by Henry Chadwick eprin New York Oxord
Universiy Press 1998
mdashmdashmdash Augusine Te Ciy o God agains he Paga ns ranslaed by W Dyson Cambridge exs in he His-ory o Poliical Tough Cambridge Cambridge Universiy Press 1998
mdashmdashmdash Augusine Poliical Wriings ranslaed by E M Akins and ober J Dodaro Cambridge exs inhe Hisory o Poliical Tough Cambridge Cambridge Universiy Press 2001
Barbero Alessandro Te Day o he Barbarians Te Batle Ta Led o he Fall o he Roman Empire ranslaed by John Cullen New York Walker and Company 2007
Barnes imohy D Ahanasius a nd Consanius Te ology and Poliics in h e Consanian Empire Cambridge
MA Harvard Universiy Press 1993Boehius Te Consolaion o Philosophy ranslaed by Vicor Wats ev ed London Penguin Books 1999
Bowersock G W and Peer Brown Lae Aniquiy A Guid e o he Pos Classica l World Harvard UniversiyPress eerence Library Cambridge MA Belknap Press 1999
Bowman Alan Averil Cameron and Peer Garnsey eds Te Crisis o Empire AD 193ndash337 2nd ed Volume 12Te Cambridge Ancien Hisory Cambridge Cambridge Universiy Press 2005
Brown Peer Augusine o Hippo A Biography ev ed Berkeley and Los Angeles Universiy o CaliorniaPress 2000
mdashmdashmdash Te World o Lae Aniquiy AD 150ndash750 New York W W Noron 1989
Cameron Averil Te Laer Roman Empire A D 284ndash430 Cambridge MA Harvard Universiy Press 1993
Cameron Averil Bryan Ward-Perkins and Michael Whiby eds Lae Aniquiy Empire a nd Successors AD425ndash600 Volume 14 Te Cambridge Ancien Hisory Cambridge Cambridge Universiy Press 2001
Cameron Averil and Peer Garnsey eds Te Lae Empire AD 337ndash425 Volume 13 Te Cambridge AncienHisory Cambridge Cambridge Universiy Press 1997
Chadwick Henry Te Church in Ancien Sociey From Galilee o Gregory he Grea Oxord Oxord UniversiyPress 2001
Corbishley Mike Te Middle Ages Culural Alas or Young People ev ed New York Facs on File 2003
Doran ober Birh o a Worldview Ea rly Chrisia niy in is Jewish and Pagan Conex Lanham MD ow-man and Litlefield 1999
Edwards Mark Consanine and Chrisendom Te Oraion o he Sains Te Greek and Lain Accouns o he Discovery o he Cross Te Edic o Consanine o Pope Silveser Liverpool Liverpool Universiy Press 2003
Ferguson Everet ed Encyclopedia o Ear ly Chrisiani y London Garland Publishing 1990
Godrey A W ed Medieval Mosaic A Book o M edieval Lain R eadings Wauconda IL Bolcha zy-CarducciPublishers 2003
Gran Michael Consanine he Grea Te Man and His imes New York Charles Scribnerrsquos Sons 1994
mdashmdashmdash Te Fall o he Roman Empire New York Charles Scribnerrsquos Sons 1997
mdashmdashmdash Te Collapse and Recovery o he Roman Empire London and New York ou ledge 1999
Harrison F E ed Millennium A Lain R eader A D 374ndash1374 eprin Wauconda IL Bolchazy-CarducciPublishers 2001
Heaher Peer Te Fall o he Roman Empire A New Hisory o Rome and he Barbarians New York OxordUniversiy Press 2007
Holmes George Te Oxord Hisory o Medieval Europe Oxord Oxord Universiy Press 2001
Hopkins Keih A World Full o Gods Pagans Jews and Chris ians in he Roma n Empire London Weideneldand Nicolson 1999
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 1554
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Resource List bull TM xv
Howarh Parick Atila King o he Hun s Man and Myh New York Barnes amp Noble Books 1995
Jones erry Barbarians London BBC Books 2006
Kulikowski Michael Romersquos Gohic Wars From he Tird Cenury o Alaric Cambridge Cambridge Univer-siy Press 2007
Lee A D ed Pagans and Chri sians in Lae A niquiy A Sourcebook London ouledge 2000
MacMullen amsay and Eugene N Lane Paganism and Chri sianiy 100ndash425 C E A Sourcebook Minne-apolis Forress Press 1992
Manello Frank and Arhur G igg Medieval Lain An Inroducion and Bibliographical Guide WashingonDC Te Caholic Universiy o America Press 1996
McEvedy Colin Te New Penguin Alas o Medieval Hisory ev ed New York Penguin Group 1992
Newman Paul B Daily Lie in he Middle A ges Jefferson NC McFarland and Company 2001Smih Jonahan Z Drudgery Divine On he Compari son o Early Chri sianiies and h e Religions o L ae Aniq-
uiy Chicago Universiy o Chicago Press 1990
Sambaugh John E and David Balch Te New esamen in is Social Environmen Philadelphia Wesmin-ser Press 1986
Tompson A E Te Huns Oxord Blackwell Publishing 1999
odd Malcolm Te Early Germans Malden MA Blackwell 2004
Wells Coli n Sailing fom Byzanium How a Los Empire Shaped he World NY Banam Dell 2006
Will iams ose Te Ligher Side o he Dark Ages London and New York Anhem Press 2006
Wolram Her wig Hisory o he Gohs ranslaed by Tomas J Dunlap Berkeley and Los Angeles Univer-siy o Caliornia Press 1988
mdashmdashmdashTe Roman Empire and Is Germanic Peoples ranslaed by Tomas J Dunlap Berkeley and Los Ange-
les Universiy o Caliornia Press 1997 Young Frances Lew is Ayres and A ndrew Louh eds Te Cambridge Hisory o Early Chrisian Lieraure
Cambridge Cambridge Universiy Press 2004
CLASSICAL PERSPECTIVESHighe Gilber Te Classical radiion New York Oxord Universiy Press 1957
Kopff E Chrisian Te Devil Knows Lain Why America Needs he Classical radiion Wilmingon DE ISIBooks 1999
Maybury ichard J Ancien Rome How I Affe cs You oday Placerville CA Bluesocking Press 1995
Murphy Cullen Are We Rome New York Houghon Mi ffl in 2007
Simmons racy Lee Climbing Parnassus A New Apologia or Greek and Lain Wilmingon DE ISI Books2002
MAPS POSTERS AND CHARTS Available from American Cla ssical League M C Miami Universiy Oxford OH
Map o oman Empire Map o oman Ialy ome Cenral Archeological Area oma Archaica
Circus Maximus Colosseum Consiuion Preamble Lain Abbreviaions Lain Phrases in Common UseLegal erms Panheon Pompeii Promoional Posers Lain Is
Derivaive ree Char Loan Word Char omance Language Char Skeleon Char
Available from L and L Enerprises Elmhurs IL
Ancien Civil izaion Wall M ap (small and lar ge size)
Using Lain Phrases Te Fabulous Five Lain Promoional Mini-posers Paer Noser Pledge o Allegianceoman Scenes and Proverbs Seven Hills o ome emembering he Cases
Available from Aims Inernaional Book s Cincinnai OH
Quo Modo Senis Hodie Poser
ADDITIONAL ITEMS Available from Bolchazy-Carducci P ublishers Mundelein IL
Lain Butons
Available from American Cla ssical League MC Miami Universiy Oxford OH
Lain-relaed CDs DVDs apes sofware coins greeing cards games accessories and jewelry mimeo-graphs hisorical novels Lain readers and Junior Classical League iems
Available from L and L Enerprises Elmhu rs IL
Lain knowledge cards Briish Museum book o poscards o Ancien Greece and o ome
Lain-relaed aciviy books butons coloring books key chain ags noe cards origami projecs pencilspuzzle books rulers sampers sickers suffed animals atoos oe bags and -shirs
MISCELLANEOUS Available from American Cla ssical League MC Miami Universiy Oxford OH
2006 Updaed Survey o Audio-Visual Maerials and exbooks in he Classics
2007 Ediion o ACL Soware Direcory or he Classics
WEBSITESFor a regularly updaed lis o websie resources check htpwwwlnmbolchazycom
PROFESSIONAL ORGANIZATIONSMos o hese organizaions offer a journal ha eachers will find beneficial Consul he organizaionrsquos web-
sie o learn more
American C lassical League (ACL)
American C lassical L eague eaching Maerials a nd esource Cener (MC)
ACL Sponsored Aciviie s
Junior Classical League
Naional Commitee or Lain and GreekNaional Greek Exam
Naional Junior Classical League
Naional Lain Exam
Naional Senior Classical League
Naional Myhology Exam
American C ouncil on he eaching o Foreign La nguages (ACFL)
American Ph ilologica l Associa ion (APA)
Archeologica l Insiue o A merica (AI A)
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 1654
TM xvi bull Latin for the New Millennium
Classical Associaion o Canada
Classical Associaion o New England (CANE)
Classical Associaion o he Alanic Saes (CAAS)
Classical Associaion o he Middle Wes and Souh (CAMWS)
Classical Associaion o he Pacific Norhwes (CAPN)
Classical Associaion o he Souhwesern Unied Saes (CASUS)
Compuer Assised Language Insrucion Consorium (CALICO)
Join Associaion o C lassical eachers (JAC)
Vergilian Socie y
In addiion many saes and ciies have classics-relaed organizaions
TEACHER NOTES
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 1754
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull i
1
STUDENT TEXTBOOKWITH EXERCISE ANSWERS
STANDARDS CORRELATIONS
ORAL EXERCISES
ORAL EXERCISE CORRELATIONS
WORKBOOK EXERCISE CORRELATIONS
ANCILLARY CORRELATIONS
COMPREHENSION QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS
TEACHING TIPS
TEACHER BY THE WAY NOTATIONS
AND HOW TO USE THIS BOOK
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 1854
iindashiii bull Latin for the New Millennium
Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers IncMundelein Illinois USA
1Milena Minkova and Terence Tunberg
LATIN FOR THE NEW MILLENNIUM
Series Inormaion
LEVEL ONE
Suden ex (2008)
Suden Workbook (2008)
eacherrsquos M anual (2008)
eacherrsquos Manual or Suden Workbook (2008)
ANCILLARIES
From Romulus o Romulus AugusulusRoman Hisory or he New Millennium (2008)
Te Original Dysuncional Family Basic Classical Myhology or he New Millennium (2008)
LEVEL TWO
Suden ex (2009)
Suden Workbook (2009)
eacherrsquos M anual (2009)
eacherrsquos Manual or Suden Workbook (2009)
ANCILLARIES
From Rome o Reormaion Early European Hisory or he New Millennium (2009)
Te Clay-ooed SuperHeroes Myhology ales or he New Millennium (2009)
mdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdash
ELECTRONIC RESOURCES
(See page 445 or deailed descripion)
wwwlnm bolchazycom
Quia Quesion Bank
Lain-only Vill a in een Second Lietrade
Carpe Praedam
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 1954
FOREWORD xi
PREFACE xiii
AUTHORS xvii
EDITORS CONSULTANTS AND PILOT TEACHERS xix
INTRODUCTION xxiii
AlphabePronunciaion o LainOverview o oman Hisory Beginnings o Lain Lieraure
CHAPTER 1 1
eading ldquoomulus and emusrdquoLanguage Facs Pars o Speech Nouns Number Gender Case
(Nominaive and Accusaive) Firs Declension Nounsalking Saying Hello
CHAPTER 2 15
eading Plauus ldquoTe Menaechmi winsrdquo Language Facs Firs and Second Conjugaion Verbs Principal Pars
Properies o Verbs Number Person ense Sem Infiniive Subjec and
Verb Agreemenalking Geting Acquained
CHAPTER 3 29
eading erence ldquowo BrohersrdquoLanguage Facs Second Declension Masculine -us -er -ir Nouns Geniive
Case Vocaive Case Preposiional Phrasesalking In he Classroom
REVIEW 1 CHAPTERS 19912513 43
Considering he Classical Gods Ma rs Jupier JunoConnecing wih he Ancien World Slavery in A ncien omeExploring oman Comedy oman Producions and Modern endiions by
William S Anderson Proessor o Classics Emerius Universiy o Caliornia Berkeley Berkeley Caliornia
Mīrābile Audī ū Phrases and Quoaions elaing o he Comic radiion
CONTENTS
bull v bull
Series Edior LeaAnn A Osburn
Volume Ediors Elisa C Denja LeaAnn A Osburn
Conribuing Ediors imohy Beck Judih P Halle Laurie Haigh KeenanKaren Lee Singh Donald E Sprague ose Williams Vicki Wine
Hisorical imeline Jayni einhard
Cover Design amp ypography Adam Phillip Velez
Cover Illusraion oman Forum copy BemannCOBISOher Illusraions Phoo Credis appear on pp 431ndash434
CarographyMapping Specialiss
Indexing Michael Hendry
Prooreader Gary Varney
Lain for he New Millennium
Suden ex Level 1
Milena Minkova and erence unberg
copy2008 Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers Inc All righs reserved
Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers Inc
1570 Baskin oadMundelein Illinois 60060 wwwbolchazycom
Prined in Canada2009 byFriesens
ISBN 978-0-86516-560-1mdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashLibrary o Congress Caaloging-in-Publicaion Daa
Minkova Milena Lain or he new millennium suden ex level 1 Milena Minkova anderence unberg p cm Includes bibliographical reerences ISBN 978-0-86516-560-1 (v 1 hardbound alk paper) 1 Lain language--Grammar I unberg erence II ile
PA20875M 562 2008 4782rsquo421--dc22
2008014705
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull ivndashv
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 2054
Contents bull vii
CHAPTER 9 135
eading Sallus ldquoTe Cailinarian ConspiracyrdquoLanguage Facs Fourh Conjugaion Verbs Presen Acive and Passive
ense Presen Acive and Passive Infiniive T ird Declension NeuerNouns Tird Declension I -Sem Nouns
alking Geting Dressed or a Pary
REVIEW 3 CHAPTERS 79912519 149
Considering he Classical Gods ApolloConnecing wih he A ncien World oman AtireExploring oman Governmen Poliics in Greece ome and he Unied
Saes by Josiah Ober Proessor o Classics and Poliical Science SanordUniversiy Sanord Caliornia
Mīrābile Aud īū Phrases and Motoes elaing o Governmen andDemocracy
CHAPTER 10 163
eading Vergil ldquo Te rojan HorserdquoLanguage Facs Tird Conjugaion -iō Verbs Presen Acive and Passive
ense Presen Acive and Passive Infiniive T ird Declension AdjecivesSubsanive Adjecives
alking Te Morning Beore a es
CHAPTER 11 177
eading Vergil ldquoQueen Dido o CarhagerdquoLanguage Facs Imperec Acive a nd Passive ense o All Conjugaions
Imperec ense o Sum and Possum Encliicsalking raveling o School
CHAPTER 12 191eading Livy ldquoMucius ScaevolardquoLanguage Facs Fi rs Second and Tird Person Personal Pronouns Firs
and Second Person Possessive Adjecives Declension o vīsalking Discussing he Weaher
REVIEW 4 CHAPTERS 1099125112 205
Considering he Classical Gods Mercury Connecing wih he Ancien World oman FoodExploring he My h o he rojan Horse Never Look a Gif Horse in
he Mouh by Bonnie A Cato Proessor o Classics Assumpion CollegeWorceser Massachusets
Mīrābile Aud īū Phrases and Quoaions elaing o War and Peace
vi bull L atin for the New Millennium
CHAPTER 4 57
eading Cicero ldquoTe Deserer Wans a ewardrdquoLanguage Facs Second Declension Neuer Nouns Daive Case Firs
and Second Declension -us -a -um Adjecives Agreemen o Nounsand Adjecives
alking Discussing Homework
CHAPTER 5 69
eading Cicero ldquoCicero Wries o ereniardquoLanguage Facs Firs and Second Conjugaion Verbs Presen Passive ense
Presen Passive Infiniive Ablaive o Agen Firs and Second Declension
-er Adjecivesalking Discussing Occupaions
CHAPTER 6 81
eading Caesar ldquoTe DruidsrdquoLanguage Facs Presen ense and Presen Infiniive o Sum and Possum
Complemenary Infi niive ransiive and Inransiive Verbsalking Preparing or a es
REVIEW 2 CHAPTERS 49912516 93
Considering he Classical Gods Nepune Pluo Vesa and CeresConnecing wih he Ancien World oman MarriageExploring oman Famil ies Parens and Children Ten and Now by
Jacqueline Carlon Assisan Proessor o Classics Universiy o Massachusets Boson Massachusets
Mīrābile Audīū Phrases Motoes and Abbreviaions elaing o Lie in heweny-Firs Cenur y
CHAPTER 7 111eading Caullus ldquoMy Girlrsquos SparrowrdquoLanguage Facs Tird Declension Masculine and Feminine Nouns Indirec
Saemen Accusaive and Infiniivealking In he Caeeria
CHAPTER 8 123
eading Nepos ldquoTemisocles Saves he GreeksrdquoLanguage Facs T ird Conjugaion Verbs Presen Acive a nd Passive ense
Presen Acive and Passive Infiniive Ablaives o Manner InsrumenSeparaion Place rom Which Place Where Accusaive o Place o W hich
alking Afer School Aciviies
vindashvii bull Latin for the New Millennium
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 2154
Contents bull ix
CHAPTER 18 301
eading Apuleius ldquoCupid and PsycherdquoLanguage Facs Fuure Perec Aci ve ense o All Conjugaions Fuure
Perec ense o Sum and Possum Fifh Declension Nounsalking Going o he Denis
REVIEW 6 CHAPTERS 1699125118 315
Considering he Classical Gods BacchusConnecing wih he Ancien World Gladiaorial GamesExploring oman Disasers Earh Air Fire and Waer by John E Torburn
Associae Proessor o Classics Baylor Universiy Waco exas
Mīrābile Audīū Quoaions elaing o Atiudes oward and Coping wihMisorunes
CHAPTER 19 331
eading Ammianus ldquoTe HunsrdquoLanguage Facs Perec Passive Pariciple Perec Passive ense o All
Conjugaions eview o Principal Par s o Verbs Demonsraive Pronounand Adjecive Hic
alking Cleaning he House
CHAPTER 20 349
eading Augusine ldquoAn Adolescen TierdquoLanguage Facs Pluperec Passive ense o Al l Conjugaions Perec Acive
and Passive Infini ives Demonsraive Pronoun and Adjecive Illealking Going Shopping
CHAPTER 21 361
eading Boehius ldquoTe Wheel o ForunerdquoLanguage Facs Fuure Perec Passive ense o All Conjugaions Fuure
Acive Pariciple Fuure Acive Infiniivealking A Birhday Pary
REVIEW 7 CHAPTERS 1999125121 375
Considering he Classical Gods VulcanConnecing wih he Ancien World oman EducaionExploring oman Libraries Public Libraries and Teir Books by Keih Dix
Associae Proessor o Classics Universiy o Georgia Ahens GeorgiaMīrābile Audīū Phrases Quoaions and Abbreviaions elaing o
Schools Libraries and Books
viii bull Latin for the New Millennium
CHAPTER 13 219
eading Horace ldquoAn Encouner wih a BoorrdquoLanguage Facs Presen ense Posiive and Negaive Imperaives Firs and
Second Person Personal Pronouns Geniive Case Ti rd Person PossessivePronoun and Adjecive
alking Lae or School
CHAPTER 14 233
eading Ovid ldquoPyramus and TisberdquoLanguage Facs Firs and Second Conjugaion Verbs Fuure Acive and
Passive ense Fuure ense o Sum and Possum elaive Pronouns
elaive Clausesalking Chating on he Inerne
CHAPTER 15 245
eading Seneca ldquoe1047298ecions on Growing OldrdquoLanguage Facs Tird a nd Fourh Conjugaion Verbs Fuure Acive and
Passive ense Inerrogaive Pronouns and Adjecivesalking A rip o he Counry
REVIEW 5 CHAPTERS 1399125115 259
Considering he Classical Gods Minerva Di ana VenusConnecing wih he A ncien World oman Ciies and oadsExploring oman Law Te Jusice Sysem in Ancien ome by James G
Keenan Proessor o Classics Loyola Universiy Chicago Chicago IllinoisMīrābile Audīū Phrases and Quoaions elaing o Legal Maters
CHAPTER 16 273
eading Pliny he Younger ldquoTe Erupion o VesuviusrdquoLanguage Facs Perec ense Verbs Perec Sem Perec Acive ense o
All Conjugaions Perec ense o Sum and Possum Daive o Possessionalking elaxing a he Beach
CHAPTER 17 287
eading acius ldquoTe Fire a omerdquoLanguage Facs Pluperec A cive ense o All Conjugaions Pluperec
ense o Sum and Possum Fourh Declension Masculine Feminine andNeuer Nouns
alking ecovering rom an Acciden
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull viiindashix
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 2254
xndashxi bull Latin for the New Millennium
FOREWORDTe aurea mediocriās o Lain exbooks has arrived No a grammar-ranslaion nor a readingapproach book Lain or he New Millennium is a blend o he bes elemens o boh
Te key o Lain or he New Millennium Level 1 is he emphasis on reading Lain a he begin-ning o each chaper and using conversaional Lain a he end o each chaper or as he auhorsindicae in he Preace lsquoi (Lain) offers you he lingui sic key o he minds ha shaped European
(and hereore American) culu re rom he ime o he omans o he modern scienific revolu-ion In his book you will learn abou he language sep by sep by using irsquo
Te reading passages a he opening o each chaper are ba sed on Lain lieraure and proceedin chronological order rom Plauus o Boehius Each reading is suppored by pre-reading andacing page vocabulary Grammar is inroduced using senences already seen in he reading pas-sage and mīrābile dicū here are pleny o exercises Te Vocabulary o Learn chosen rom headaped reading passage hus conains some Advanced Placemen lieraure-based words and i sreieraed consisenly in he exercises and oher shor reading passages
Somehing no seen in mos Lain exbooks is he conversaional dialogue a he end o eachchaper Tis will pique he sudenrsquos ineres in he Lain version o modern-day aciviies andmee cerain classical language sandards direcly Te auhors Milena Minkova and erenceunberg proessors a he Universiy o Kenucky a Lexingon are he direcors o he hugelypopular Conveniculum Lexinoniense he annual su mmer program ha has been r unning ormore han en years Tey are also on he aculy o he Conveniculum Bosoniense a similarprogram ha draws paricipans o experience conversaional Lain in differen geographical se-ings A he 2007 American Classical Leag ue Insiue a Vanderbil Universiy I paricipaed ina conversaional Lain workshop presened by Minkova and unberg Tough he par icipans
were seasoned Lain eachers mos were experiencing or he firs ime he ried and rue meh-ods hese wo expers were using o inspire us o speak Lain By he end o he workshop wecould converse in amiliar Lain phrases and saw how useul his could be or our own sudensunbergrsquos and Minkovarsquos leadership in hese summer programs made hem uniquely well suiedo design he conversaional dialogues in Lain or he New Millennium and he copious oral ex-ercises ha are conained only in he eacher manual hus al lowing eachers o pick and choose
which exercises bes mee he needs o heir own sudens
Tis book wih is range o offerings wi ll appeal o all ypes o lang uage sudens and will alloweachers o bring he many aces o he oman and pos-oman world ino he classroom How
wonderul i is o see a passage o adaped Plauus in Chaper 2 a prose adapaion o Caullusrsquo passer poem in Chaper 7 o Horacersquos saire on he boor in Chaper 13 and even o aciusrsquo de-scripion o he grea fire in ome in Chaper 17 oman culure is embodied in each o hesepassages hus meeing anoher classical language sandard Accompanying each passage is aquoaion or moto conneced o he passage or chaper
bull xi bullx bull Latin for the New Millennium
APPENDIX A 389
Chronological Lis o he Auhors and Works Sudied
APPENDIX B 391
Addiional Sae Motoes
APPENDIX C 393
Grammaical Forms and Paradigms
APPENDIX D 405
Lain Synax
APPENDIX E 411Hisorical imeline
ENGLISH TO LATIN GLOSSARY 415
LATIN TO ENGLISH GLOSSARY 421
BIBLIOGRAPHY 429
PHOTOGRAPHY CREDITS 431
INDEX 435
LIST OF MAPS
Map o he oman World xxxi iMap o he ravels o Aeneas 187Map o he Ciy o ome 227
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 2354
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull xiindashxiii
PREFACELearning Lain helps you learn English and oher languages beter and perhaps even moreimporanly i offers you he linguisic key o he minds ha shaped European (and hereore
American) culure rom he ime o he omans o he modern scienific revoluion Lain washe language hese people used o express hemselves and o record heir ideas in permanen ormacross so many cenuries In his book you wil l learn abou he language by u sing i sep by sep
CHAPTER COMPONENTS
READING PASSAGES
Each chaper begins wih a eading Passage and noes on he acing page ha will help you un-dersand any linguisic elemens you have no previously seen Tese noes eaure vocabulary
words in an easy o ollow alphabeical l ising providing you he exac meaning needed o un-dersand he reading passage bu no he ull lexical enries a his poin By reading and seeinghese new elemens in heir naural conex ofen you will need no explanaion o undersandhow hey uncion because hey appear w ih words you already know Te eadi ng Passages areadaped rom auhenic works o Lain lieraure and hey are presened in chronological order
As you complee each chaper you will be raci ng he sory o Lain as a lierary language andhe sories o he auhors who used i In addiion you wi ll learn abou oman c ulure over heperiods o ime in which he eaured reading o each chaper was produced
VOCABULARY TO LEARN
Te Vocabulary o Learn repeas some words encounered in he eading Passage or each chap-
er bu in his secion he words are lised by pars o speech i nsead o alphabeically and herehe ull lexical enry is given Tese are words you will need o memorize in order o recognizeand use hem hroughou he remainder o he book In order o aid you in recognizi ng connec-ions beween Lain words and he English words derived rom or relaed o hem a derivaiveexercise ollows each Vocabulary o Learn
LANGUAGE FACTS AND EXERCISES
In he body o each chaper you will fi nd simple explanaions o he Language Facs eaured inhe chaper reading passage along wih many differen exercises ha allow you o use all he in-ormaion you are learning By doing he exercises in each chaper and in he suden workbook
you will no only be reading and wriing Lain yoursquoll be speaking i Some exercises involve oralexchanges wih he eacher and wih oher sudens Because Lain communicaes hough i isa living hing Tereore a person who gains an acive working knowledge in he language along
bull xiii bullxii bull Latin for the New Millennium
All o his said Lain or he New Millennium is suden riendly Sudy ips rhymes and mnemon-ics abound in each chaper and litle secions called ldquoBy he Wayrdquo offer addiional inormaion orhose who always wan o know more
Te uni review secions are ru ly gems Afer hree chapers a Lain review chaper providesno jus he complee lis o Vocabulary o Learn and pleniu l exercises bu ofen anoher pieceo adaped lieraure o read991252snippes o Mari al or Peronius and more
Bu his is no all A secion called ldquoConsidering he Classical Godsrdquo offers high-ineres readingsin boh Engli sh and Lain on he panheon o classical gods A noher secion eniled ldquoConnec-ing wih he Ancien Worldrdquo provides in English addiional i normaion on a paricular aspec ooman lie conained wihin he uni
Capping each review uni is a disincive essay ha e xplores oman and modern opics each writen by a universiy scholar From he Universiy o Massachusets o Sanord Universiyand many places in be ween hese proessors have conribued heir special experise on subjecmater relaed o he chapers I k now o no oher book ha does hi s
Tere are many useu l phoographs and maps appropriaely placed hroughou Te reproduc-ions o fine ar and phoographs o archaeological sies provide a visual learning experience as
well Needless o say here are appendices on g rammar and synax a nd English o Lain andLain o English glossaries wih an added secion on various motoes
Te auhors ediors consulans and pilo eachers have done a superior job o organizing his book or maximum useu lness and effeciveness Tis unique series w ill include he ollowi ngLevel 1 Suden ex Level 1 Suden Workbook Level 1 eacherrsquos Manual and Level 1 Work-
book eacherrsquos Manual Level 2 Suden ex Level 2 Suden Workbook Level 2 eacherrsquosManual and Level 2 Workbook eacherrsquos Manual Many online and elecronic resources willalso accompany his series
Lain for he New Millennium has been houghully designed or and wih he weny-firscenury suden in mind Please join me in heralding he appearance o his unique new series
ha will improve and enhance he sudy o Lain or he weny-firs cenury
P983137983157983148 P983154983151983152983141983154983162983145983151Boson Lain Academy
2008
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 2454
xivndashxv bull Latin for the New Millennium
Preface bull xv
ASPECTS OF ROMAN LIFE
Nex you will find a reading in English on an imporan aspec o oman daily lie Tis sec-ion eniled Connecing wih he Ancien World wil l presen addiional inormaion on a opicencounered in he previous c hapers
EXPLORING ROMAN AND MODERN LIFE
Following he secion on daily lie here will be a shor essay in English ha compares and con-rass some aspec o oman and American lie and illusraes a way in which Lain is a par oour lie oday Each o hese essays has been writen by a universiy scholar wih special experisein his field o sudy
MĪRĀBILE AUDĪTŪEach review chaper concludes wih a l is o Lain quoaions motoes phrases or abbreviaionsused in English Tese sayings relae o one o he uni opics
Te Lain langu age and oman culure have no only inspired wriers hroughou he ages andin1047298uenced modern lie bu have also lef heir presence in ar and archaeology In his volumereproducions o painings drawings sculpure mosaics rescoes and oher ariacs rom an-iquiy hrough he presen abound wih depicions o and reerences o he sories and lives ohe omans Likewise view s o archaeological sies remind us o wha ome and is area o in1047298u-ence was like in ancien imes Te illusraions hroughou he ex suppor he writen word in
visual orm hus offering you a vivid recollecion o he chaper conen
Each auhor o his book has writen differen secions o he exbook bu boh auhors have ben-efied hroughou he composiion o he exbook rom coninuous muual advice and suppor
MM and 2008
Visi wwwl nmbolchazycom o see he elecronic resources ha accompany Lain or he New Millennium
xiv bull Latin for the New Millennium
wih a readi ng abiliy i s more likely o progress quick ly o a deeper undersanding o he lan-guage and he enjoymen o is lieraure I you have an oral aciliy and can wrie in a language
you will no need o be reminded abou orms and grammaical rules so ofen In his book you will acquire ha acive acili y as a basic par o learning he language
CONVERSATIONAL LATIN
oward he end o each chaper here is a Lain dialogue in which a group o modern sudens arehe paricipans Tey discuss in Lain siuaions ofen encounered in our daily li ves In hesedialogues you will find a bridge beween our lives and he houghs o he ancien medieval orrenaissance auhors who wroe in Lain991252a bridge consruced o he same basic language Lain
OTHER FEATURESIn each chaper you will fi nd oher ineresing mater ha will help you learn and enjoy Lain
bull Memorābile Dictū Te firs page o each chaper eaures a amous saying labeled Memorābile Dicū (A Memorable Ting o Say) a Lain phrase so well known ha i has become an ofenrepeaed proverb or quoaion Learning each amous saying wi ll increase your u ndersand-ing no jus o Lain bu o he houghs and ideas ha were i mporan o omans and haveconinued o be an inegral par o modern lie
bull Sudy ips Each chaper conains sayings rhymes mnemonic devices verses or oher in-ormaion ha will help you remember he various hings you are learning
bull By he Way You will see his phrase repeaed hroughou every chaper When you see hislabel you will know ha addiional inormaion is being presened
REVIEW COMPONENTS A he conclusion o every se o hree chapers here is a review conaining various componens
VOCABULARY TO KNOW
Tis is a complee lis o all he Vocabulary o Learn words presened in he hree chapers ar-ranged by pars o speech
EXERCISES
Here you will see many new exercises ha will help you review and reinorce he maerial in hehree preceding chapers In he review exercise secion here is ofen an addiional reading pas-sage o help you undersand more abou Lain lieraure and is heriage oday
CLASSICAL MYTHOLOGY
Tis secion eniled Considering Classical Myhology includes passages on myhology one inEnglish and one in Lain which ell some o he principal sories abou he Greek and omangods Tese sories re1047298ec many o he main hemes seen in lieraure and ar rom classical omodern imes
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 2554
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull xvindashxvii
AUTHORSMILENA MINKOVA
MA and PhD Chrisian and Classical Philology Pon-ifical Salesian Universiy ome Ialy MA and PhDClassics Universiy o Sofia Bulgaria
Associae Proessor o Classics Universiy o KenuckyLexingon Kenucky
Milena Minkova has sudied conduced research andaugh in Bulgaria Swizerland Germany Ialy he
Vaican Ciy and he USA Minkova has auhored hree book monographs Te Personal Names o he Lain In-scripions fom Bulgaria (Peer Lang 2000) Te Proe-an Raio (Peer Lang 2001) and Inroducion o Lain
Prose Composiion (Bolchazy-Carducci 2007 reprin Wimbledon 2001) She has also published numerousaricles on Lain medieval philosophy Lain lieraureLain composiion and Lain pedagogy
TERENCE TUNBERGBA and MA Classics Universiy o Souhern Calior-nia Posgraduae researcher and docoral suden Me-
dieval Sudies Universiy o London England PhDClassical Philology Universiy o orono Canada
Proessor o Classics Universiy o Kenucky Lexing-on Kenucky
erence unberg has augh in Belgium and Canadaas well as in he USA He is a specialis in Lain com-posiion and an exper in he hi sory o he approacheso wriing Lain prose rom aniquiy o early modernimes His works include a n ediion o collecion o Me-dieval Lain speeches commenaries on Lain worksand numerous sudies o he hisory o imiaion in La-in wriing In addiion or more han a decade he hasoffered summer seminars designed o inroduce peopleo he use o spoken Lain
bull xvii bull
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 2654
EDITORS CONSULTANTSAND PILOT TEACHERS
VOLUME EDITORSElisa C DenjaEdior Bolchazy-Carducci PublishersBaker Demonsraion School EmeriaEvanson Illinois
LeaAnn A OsburnEdior Bolchazy-Carducci PublishersBarringon High School EmeriaBarringon Illinois
BOARD OF
CONSULTANTS Virginia A ndersonLain eacherIllinois Virual High SchoolBarringon Middle School EmeriaBarringon Illinois
Jill M CrookerLain eacher
Pitsord-Mendon High School EmeriaPitsord New York
Judih Peller HalletProessor o ClassicsUniversiy o MarylandCollege Park Maryland
Sherwin D Litle1ndash12 Foreign Language Program LeaderIndian Hill High SchoolCincinnai Ohio
Sherrilyn MarinChair Deparmen o Foreign LanguagesKeih Counry Day Schoolockord Illinois
Mary PendergrafProessor o Classical Languages
Wake Fores Universiy Winson-Salem Norh Carolina
John raupman
Proessor o ClassicsS Josephrsquos Universiy EmeriusPhiladelphia Pennsylvania
Cynhia Whie Associae Proessor o ClassicsUniversiy o Arizonaucson Ari zona
ose WilliamsMcMurry College Emeria
Abilene High School Emeria Abilene exas
Donna WrighLain eacherLawrence Norh and Lawrence Cenral High
Schools
Indianapolis Indiana
PILOT TEACHERS Jeremy M WalkerLain eacherCrown Poin High SchoolCrown Poin Indiana
Laneta WarrenburgLain eacherElgin High SchoolElgin Illinois
bull xix bullxviii bull Latin for the New Millennium
JOINT PUBLICATIONS BY THE AUTHORSMinkova and unberg have coauhored he ollowing books Readings and Exercises in Lain
Prose Composiion (Focus 2004) Reading Livyrsquos Rome Selecions fom Livy Books IndashVI (Bol-chazy-Carducci 2 005) Maer Anserina Poems in Lain or Children (Focus 2006) Tey are hedirecors o he Insiue or Lain Sud ies a he Universiy o Kenucky in which sudens sudyhe hisory o Lain rom ancien o modern imes and ake par in seminars in which Lai n is he
working language o all ac iviies Boh Minkova and unberg are eleced ellows o he ome- based Academia Lainiai Fovendae he primary learned sociey devoed o he preservaion andpromoion o he use o Lain
xviiindashxix bull Latin for the New Millennium
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 2754
Editors Consultants and Pilot Teachers bull xxi
SHERWIN LITTLE
BA Universiy o Cincinnai M A Universiy o Colorado
Sherwin Litle has augh Lain rom sixh g rade hrough Lain AP a Indian Hill Exemped Vil-lage School Disric since 1983 Sherwin has received an Ovaio rom CAMWS as well as heCAMWS Good eacher Award and he Hildesheim Vase Award rom he Ohio Classical Coner-ence in 1986 and 2007 Sherwin holds Naional Board Cerificaion in World Languages Oherhan English and has been boh Vice Presiden and Presiden o he American Classical Leag ue
SHERRILYN MARTIN
BA Wilson College MA PhD Universiy o Cincinnai
Sherrilyn Marin was named Illinois Lain eacher o he Year in 1993 was a recipien o heL Governorrsquos Award or Foreign Language eaching in 2001 and was named a Claes Nobeleacher o Disincion in 2 007 She is a pas presiden o he Illinois Classical Conerence and isacive in he ockord Sociey o he A rchaeological Insiue o America Sherri lyn spen a yearin independen sudy a he Universiy o Tessaloniki Greece
MARY PENDERGRAFT
AB PhD Universiy o Norh Carolina Chapel Hill
Afer eaching a UNC-Greensboro and D uke Universiy Mary Pendergraf began eachingclassics ul l-ime a Wake Fores Mary is a ormer Presiden o he Norh Carolina Classical A s-sociaion and paricipaed in he ocus group ha w roe he Norh Carolina Sandard Course oSudy or Lain
JOHN TRAUPMAN
BA Moravian College MA PhD Pr inceon Universiy
John raupman is proessor emerius rom S Josephrsquos Universiy i n Phil adelphia where heaugh or hiry-eigh years A mong his many awards John received he Disinguished eaching
Award rom S Josephrsquos Universiy in 1982 a cerificae o appreciaion rom he PennsylvaniaDeparmen o Educaion in 1990 and he Special Award rom he Classical Associaion o he
Alanic Saes in 1996 John raupman is especially well-known as he auhor oConversaional Lain and Te New College Lain and English Dicionary
CYNTHIA WHITE
BA Chesnu Hill College MA Villanova Universiy PhD Caholic Universiy o America
Cynhia Whie is he Direcor o he Undergraduae Lain Program and supervises eacherraining and Kndash12 Lain eacher Cerificaion a he Universiy o Arizona She regularlyeaches a he Isiuo Inernazionale di Sudi Classici di Orvieo he Classics Deparmenrsquos Sudy
Abroad Program in Orvi eo Ialy and has sudied i n ome wih he Papal Lai nis eg inaldFoser ODC
xx bull Latin for the New Millennium
VOLUME EDITORSELISA C DENJA
BA Marygrove College Deroi Michigan MA Columbia Universiy MA Loyola UniversiyChicago
Elisa Denja augh Lain a Norh Chicago High School and Baker Demonsraion School inEvanson Illinois or many years while concurrenly eaching classical myhology a LoyolaUniversiy o Chicago and in he g ifed-disance learning program a Norhwesern UniversiyElisa was awarded he Illinois Lain eacher o he Year award in 1992 and he Illinois Lieime
Achievemen Award in 2007
LEAANN A OSBURNBA Monmouh College Illinois MA Loyola Universiy Chicago
While eaching Lain or many years a Barringon High School in Barringon Illinois LeaA nnserved as boh vice-presiden and presiden o he Illinois Classical Conerence LeaAn n receivedhe Illinois La in eacher o he Year award in 1989 he Illinois L Governorrsquos Award in 1990and he Classical Associaion o he Middle Wes and Souh Good eacher Award in 1996
BOARD OF CONSULTANTSVIRGINIA ANDERSON
BA Loyola Universiy Chicago MA S Xavier Universiy
Virginia Anderson augh Lain or hi ry years i n privae and public hi gh schools and middleschools in he Chicagoland area In 1999 she was awarded he L Governorrsquos Award or Enhance-men o he eaching Proession and in 2003 was named Il linois Lain eacher o he Year
JILL M CROOKER
BA Universiy o Illi nois MSEd Nazareh College o ocheser New York Jill Crooker augh Lain or many years a Pitsord-Mendon High School in Pitsord New YorkShe has served as he College Board Advisor o he A P Lain es Developmen Commitee andin 1996 received he Moron E Spillenger Award or Disingui shed Leadership o he Classical
Associaion o he Empire Sae In 2003 she received he ACL Meria Award and i n 2006 a nOvaio rom he Classical A ssociaion o he Alanic Saes
JUDITH PELLER HALLETT
BA Wellesley MA PhD Harvard Universiy
In addiion o sudying a he A merican Academy in ome he Insiue o Classical Sudies inLondon and he Universiy o Maasrich in Holland Judih Hallet is a ormer presiden o heClassical Associaion o he Alanic Saes and Vice-Presiden or Oureach o he AmericanPhilological Associaion She was named a Disinguished Scholar-eacher in 1992 by he Uni-
versiy o Maryland
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull xxndashxxi
TEACHER NOTES
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 2854
xxii bull Latin for the New Millennium
xxii bull L atin for the New Millennium
ROSE WILLIAMS
BA Baylor Universiy MA Universiy o Norh Carolina Chapel Hill
In addiion o posgraduae work in Lain and Humaniies a he Universiy o Dallas and heUniversiy o exas a Arlingon on a ockeeller Gran ose Williams did research a he Bodle-ian Library Ox ord Universiy in England and a he Universiy o Pisa She augh Lain or overhiry years a boh high school and uni versiy levels in exas and now is he auhor o more hanen books abou he Classics
DONNA WRIGHT
BA MA Ball Sae Universiy
Afer eaching Lain a Carmel High School Donna Wrigh currenly eaches a boh LawrenceNorh and Lawrence Cenral High Schools in Indianapolis Indiana She has been an acivemember o he Indiana Classical Conerence being named Creaive Lain eacher o he Year in1976 She has also been acive i n he American Classical League sponsoring a JCL chaper andleading Ialy rips or nearly weny years Donna also served as an offi cer speaker and boardmember o Pompeiiana Inc
PILOT TEACHERS JEREMY M WALKER
AB Wabash College MA Indiana Universiy
Jeremy Walker has augh Lain a Crown Poin High School in Crown Poin Indiana since1995 He has served as he Co-Chair o he Indiana Junior Classical League and Membershipand Public elaions Chair o he Naional Junior Classical League In addiion o sudying inIaly a he Inercollegiae Cener or Classical Sudies and in Greece a he American School orClassical Sudies he was presiden o he Indiana Classical Conerence In 2003 Jeremy was rec-ognized as he Lain eacher o he Year in Indiana and in 2004 was recognized by he Indiana
Sae eachers Associaion as a orch o K nowledge ecipien
LANETTA WARRENBURG
BA Indiana Universiy MA Indiana Universiy-Purdue Universiy Indianapolis
Laneta Warrenburg has augh high school English and Lain or hiry-hree years a schoolsin Indiana and Illinois Her las weny-our years o eaching Lain were a Elgin High Schoolin Elgin Illinois While eaching Lain here she served as he Illinois Classical Conerencechairperson or Chicago Classics Day as co-chair or he Illinois Ceramen League since 1993and as sae chair or he Il linois Junior Classical L eague rom 1999ndash2001 Laneta was honoredas he Illi nois Lain eacher o he Year in 2001 and was presiden o he Chicago Classical Clubrom 2005ndash2007
INTRODUCTION
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 2954
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull xxiii
INTRODUCTIONALPHABETTe Lain alphabe was derived rom he Eruscan alphabe some ime beore he sevenh cen-ury 983138983139983141 Te Eruscans were a people in pre-oman Ialy
Teir alphabe owes much o he Greek alphabe In urn he Greek alphabe was derived romhe Phoenician alphabe Phoenician raders had spread heir sysem o wriing h roughou he
Medierranean region Te Phoenician alphabe isel can be raced o he Norh Semiic alpha- be which was used in Syria and Palesine as early as he elevenh cenury 983138983139983141 and is consideredo be he earlies ully developed alphabeic wriing sysem
An Eruscan couple reclining on a funeral sarcophagus
bull xxiii bull
Sandard41
EDITORrsquoS NOTE
Te comprehension quesions and answers as well as some o he eaching ips and eacher by he Way noa-ions in his eacher manual were writen by Elisa C Denja LeaAnn A Osburn Karen Lee Singh and DonaldE Sprague classics ediorseducaors a Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers
HOW TO USE THIS BOOK
Please noe ha he perinen naional Classics sandards are lised in he margin o he lef or righ on he samepage as he reproducion o he suden ex
Eisemann Communicaion assised in preparing he correlaions o Lain o r he New Mil lennium wih he
naional sandards For an overview o he sandards hemselves and he correlaions please consul www bolchazyl nmcom
TEACHING TIP
Te eacher may choose o use he picure o he Eruscan couple on his page and he brie meniono he Eruscan alphabe o open a discussion on wha role he Eruscans played in early omanimes Sudens may be direced o p xxx ii o find Eruria on he map
TEACHING TIPTe eacher may wish o discuss wih he sudens he erm ldquoomance languagesrdquo Many modernlanguages come rom he language used by he ancien omans French Ialian Poruguese Span-ish omanian ec omansch (spoken by he descendans o he aeians and one o he our o-ficial languages o Swizerland) is also derived rom Lain
TEACHER BY THE WAYBased on archeological evidence i appears ha Eruscan women were an imporan par o hesocial srucure Ofen he names o boh moher and aher were placed on unerary inscripionsTe reedom o women wihin sociey is likewise apparen on monumens where hey can be seenreclining wih heir husbands on he same couch atending games and having a place o honor in heomb isel Noice he affecionae pose o he couple in he illusraion on p xxiii Clearly marriedlove was valued in Eruscan sociey and amily lie was imporan
ombs also provide evidence or he syle o Eruscan homes Some o hese eaures were borrowed by heomans especially he cenral hall and hree rooms a he back Tis ype o house was known a Pompeii as well as a ome ac cording o Viru vius auhor o Dē archiecūrā
TEACHING TIP
Te eacher may wish o have sudens read an English ranslaion o Livyrsquos radiional accouno anaquil wie o arquinius Priscus he fifh king o ome Te independence o Eruscan women is ev iden in hi s ale He r behavior is he ani hesis o he ideas o woma nly dec orum hel d by he omans
TEACHING TIPS d ill j i i h E li h ldquo lph b rdquo pl i h E li h l t ih h
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 3054
xxiv bull Latin for the New Millennium
xxiv bull Latin for the New Millennium
Look a he English alphabe in he lef column and a he Lain alphabe in he righ one TeLain alphabe is accompanied by he names o he Lain leters (in parenheses)
English Alphabe Lain Alphabe
Uppercase Lowercase Uppercase Lowercase Leter Name
A a A a (a ldquoăhrdquo)
B b B b (be ldquobayrdquo)
C c C c (ce ldquocayrdquo)
D d D d (de ldquodayrdquo)
E e E e (e ldquoĕhrdquo)
F F (e)
G g G g (ge ldquogayrdquo)H h H h (ha ldquohahrdquo)
I i I i (i ldquoeerdquo)
J j
K k K k (ka ldquokahrdquo)
L l L l (el)
M m M m (em)
N n N n (en)
O o O o (o ldquoŏhrdquo)
P p P p (pe ldquopayrdquo)
Q q Q q (qu ldquokoordquo)
r r (er)
S s S s (es)
(e ldquoayrdquo)
U u U u (u ldquooordquo)
V v V v (u consonan)
W w
X x X x (ix ldquoeexrdquo)
Y y Y y (upsilon)
Z z Z z (zea ldquodzayardquo)
Te English alphabe is derived direcly rom he Lain alphabe Tis accouns or he greasimilariies b eween he wo alphabes Tere are 26 leters in he English alphabe and 24 in heLain Te differences are he ollowing
bull Te leter W w (which is he doubled leter v) is missing in he Lain alphabe
bull Te leter J j is a more recen invenion In ac i appears in Lain exs writen during heMiddle Ages and he enaissance as well as i n many modern ediions o ancien Lain exsI is used o indicae he semi-vowel i someimes called consonanal i Te consonanal i is
Sudens will enjoy singing he English alphabe song replacing he English leter names wih heLain leter names Sudens may be insruced o clap once where here is no Lain leter name (egldquoJrdquo) equivalen o he English one
TEACHING TIPTe eacher may choose o display any Lain words (a lis is provided below or he eacherrsquos conve-nience) and insruc he sudens o spell ou he word using he Lain leter names Te sudensmay become curious o know wha he Lain words mean Definiions are given below
bull pars ndash par
bull nox ndash nigh
bull ruber ndash red
bull ēgī ndash I have done
bull amilia ndash amily
bull carō ndash 1047298esh
bull dēcernō ndash I decide
bull herba ndash plan
bull Kalendae ndash Kalends (firs day o he monh)
bull quoque ndash also
bull imor ndash ear
bull Pȳhia ndash Pyhia (name o Apollorsquos priesess)
bull iēcī ndash I hrew
bull ēlīx - happy bull ignis ndash fire
bull mūō ndash I change
COMPREHENSION QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS FOR PAGES XXIII991251XXVeproducible versions o he quesions alone are available a wwwlnm bolchazycom
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 3154
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull xxv
Introduction bull xxv
he i a he beginning o a word beore a vowel or i beween wo vowels According o hismehod or example Iūlius is writen Jūlius and Āiax is writen Ājax In his book he leter J j will no be used
bull Te disincion beween he vowel U u and he consonan V v also belongs o laer imesIniially here was only one leter V u used boh or he vowel and he consonan eg Vrbs ldquoTe Ciyrdquo (ie ome) or uicor ldquohe winnerrdquo
bull However in accord wih he prevail ing pracice o expressing he vowel wih U u and heconsonan wih V v in his book he wo leters will be disingui shed
PRONUNCIATION OF LATIN
VOWELSTere are six vowels in Lain and heir pronunciaion is as ollows
Long Vowel Sound Shor Vowel Sound
ā is pronounced as in ldquoaherrdquo ōrāor ldquooraorrdquo a is pronounced as in ldquoalikerdquo amō ldquoloverdquo
ē is pronounced like he a in ldquoraverdquo nēmō ldquonobodyrdquo e is pronounced as in ldquoperdquo bene ldquowellrdquo
ī is pronounced like he double e in ldquoseenrdquo līmes ldquoboundaryrdquo
i is pronounced as in ldquopirdquo nihil ldquonohingrdquo
ō is pronounced as in ldquosoverdquo videō ldquo(I) seerdquo o is pronounced as in ldquoofenrdquorosa ldquoroserdquo
ū is pronounced as in ldquomoonrdquo ūnus ldquoonerdquo u is pronounced as in ldquopurdquo um ldquohenrdquo
ӯ comes rom Greek and is pronounced in lenghsomewhere beween he i in ldquohirdquo and he u in ldquomuerdquo Pӯramus ldquoPyramusrdquo
y comes rom Greek Is sound wheher long or shorlies in beween he sounds o i and u much as in heFrench ldquosucircrrdquo bu he sound o shor y is less drawn ouhan ha o long y lyricus ldquolyricalrdquo
Te Lain words senātus rēgēsulla gentēs and prīmus are
engraved on his sone
Sign from Pompeii carved on sone wih Lain leters
p q
1 race he roos o he Lain alphabe rom is beginnings orward
Norh-Semiic alphabe elevenh cenury 983138983139983141 Phoenician alphabe Greek alphabe Erusca n alphabeLain alphabe
2 Which wo leters in he English alphabe are no ound in he Lain alphabe
W and J
3 When does he leter J begin o appear in Lain
During he Middle Ages and he enaissa nce
4 Look a he Lain inscripion on he sign rom Pompeii (on he righ o p xxv) Find a leas hree Lain words Lis an Engl ish word you believe is based on he La in word
colonia 991252 colonial colony honoris 991252 honorspecacula 991252 specacular specacle perpevom 991252 perpeual perpeuiy duovir 991252 virile virili
Sandards12 41
TEACHING TIPSudens may wan o know he English meanings o he Lain words in Exercises 1 and 2 Te defini-
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 3254
xxvi bull Latin for the New Millennium
xxvi bull L atin for the New Millennium
BY THE WAY
Everywhere in his book long vowels are indicaed by macrons ie ā ē ī ō ū ӯ whileabove he shor vowels here are no signs Someimes wo words differ rom each oheronly in he lengh o he vowel For example mālum wih a longa means ldquoapplerdquo whilemalum wih a shor a means ldquobad hingrdquo
EXERCISE 1epea hese words aloud afer your eacher pronounces hem
1 a lō 7 lēnis 13 probō 19 sūor2 alumnus 8 sēdēs 14 noa 20 ūsus3 rāna 9 i er 15 pōnō 21 syllaba4 rādō 10 imeō 16 dōnum 22 Pӯrēnē5 eneō 11 nīor 17 ululō6 peō 12 mīrus 18 lupus
DIPHTHONGSDiphhongs are wo vowels combined in one syllable and pronounced ogeher as one soundTere are six diphhongs in Lain
bull ae much like he y in ldquoskyrdquo laevus ldquo lefrdquo
bull au pronounced as ou in ldquoourrdquo aurum ldquo goldrdquo
bull ei pronounced as ei in ldquoeignrdquo oiei ldquoalasrdquo
bull eu pronounced eoo much as i in he wo words ldquogrey bluerdquo you were o subrac he ldquogr-rdquo andhe ldquobl-rdquo and combine he wo vowel sounds Eurōpa ldquoEuroperdquo
bull oe pronounced as oy in ldquoboyrdquo proelium ldquo batlerdquo
bull ui pronounced nearly like ldquowerdquohui ldquoohrdquo
I is believed ha quie early sill in ancien imes he diphhongs ae and oe began o be pro-nounced as e I you encouner hem writen aē or aeuml and oē or oeuml his means ha hey are nodiphhongs and he leters should be pronounced separaely āēr poēa
Te diphhongs are always long
EXERCISE 2epea hese words afer your eacher pronounces hem
1 aesās 7 s eu 13 aēneus2 a equō 8 m oenia 14 poēma3 raeda 9 neu 15 hei4 l audō 10 poena 16 huic5 a u 11 neuer6 aula 12 Poenus
Sudens may wan o know he English meanings o he Lain words in Exercises 1 and 2 Te definiions are provided or he eacherrsquos convenience
EXERCISE 11 I nourish 12 wonderul
2 suden 13 I approve
3 rog 14 noe
4 I scrape 15 I pu
5 I hold 16 gif6 I seek 17 I howl
7 smooh 18 wol
8 sea 19 shoemaker
9 journey 20 use
10 I ear 21 sylla ble
11 I srive 22 Pȳrene (a name)
EXERCISE 21 summer
2 I make level
3 carriage
4 I praise5 or
6 orecour
7 or i
8 walls
9 and no
10 penaly
11 neiher
12 Carhaginian
13 bronze
14 poem
15 ah
16 o his
TEACHER BY THE WAYHisorical evidence can be cied or reading he firs syllable o ldquomāgnusrdquo as naurally long bu oher
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 3354
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull xxvii
Introduction bull xxvii
CONSONANTSbull c is pronounced as in ldquocomerdquo clārus ldquobrighrdquo censeō ldquo(I) deemrdquo cārus ldquodearrdquo
bull When b is ollowed by s as in urbs ldquociyrdquo he sound o b approaches ha o p a sound wemigh represen as urps
bull g is pronounced as in ldquogerdquo gaudiumldquojoyrdquo gignō ldquo(I) bege (I) bearrdquo grāialdquoavor agreeablenessrdquo
bull Some hink ha he omans o Cicerorsquos ime (firs cenury 983138983139983141) pronounced he wo conso-nans ng as ngn or example he adjecive māgnus ldquogreardquo would have been pronounced in a
way ha we migh represen asmangnus
bull k is a very rare consonan In ac i appears only in wo words Kalendae ldquohe firs day oevery monh in he oman calendarrdquo and in he personal name Kaeso
bull q appears always in combinaion wih u and he combinaion qu is pronounced as in ldquoqueenrdquoquatuor ldquoourrdquo
bull v has a sound similar o w (as in he word ldquowierdquo) videō ldquo I seerdquo
bull Te consonanu in he combinaion su sounds like he English w in he ollowing our wordssuēscō ldquo(I) become accusomedrdquoSuēvī a name o a German ribe suādeō ldquo(I) adviserdquo suāvis ldquosweerdquo
bull Te leter r is rilled slighly Te sound has no exac equivalen in English bu is heard inmany oher European languages Te bes way o make his sound is o pronounce r as inldquoroperdquo bu vibrae he end o he ongue slighly as you say i
bull x is a double consonan (equivalen ocs or gs) ha sounds much like he x in ldquosixrdquo
bull z is a noher double consonan (equivalen o dz) and sounds almos like z in ldquozebrardquo I be-gins wih a sligh d sound firs so in pronouncing his leter you should hear dz
bull ph sounds like p in ldquopenrdquo bu wih he addiion o a sligh breah o air represened by he hth sounds like t as in ldquo omrdquo bu wih he addiion o a sligh ex ra breahing represened byhe h ch sounds nearly like he combinaion kh Tese consonans are borrowed rom Greek
and appear in Greek words zephyrus ldquowesern breezerdquo chorus ldquochorusrdquo heārum ldquoheaerrdquo When p and t are no accompanied by h his sligh aspiraion is absen
bull When consonans are doubled as in he verbaggredior he consonanal sound is lenghenedslighly
EXERCISE 3epea hese words afer your eacher pronounces hem
1 cibus 7 glōria 13 phasēlus2 capiō 8 Zeus 14 chara3 cumulus 9 bibliohēca 15 cēlō4 crēscō 10 phi losophia 16 anīquus5 gemma 11 zōna6 Gallus 12 heōrēma
g y g y gevidence suggess i is naurally shor Tus in some grammar books such as he one by Gildersleeveand Lodge we find his syllable marked as long bu in oher books i is reaed as shor
TEACHING TIPTe sudens may also wish o find ou he meanings o he Lain words in Exercise 3 Te definiionsare provided or he eacherrsquos convenience
EXERCISE 3
1 ood2 I ake
3 a heap
4 I grow
5 bud jewel
6 a Gaul
7 glory
8 Zeus
9 library
10 philosophy
11 a girdle
12 heory
13 kidney bean
14 paper
15 I hide
16 old
TEACHING TIPTe eacher may wish o provide he sudens wih some pracice on syllables and sress accen Here
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 3454
xxviii bull Latin for the New Millennium
xxviii bull Latin for the New Millennium
ACCENT A Lain word is made up no jus o leters bu also o syllables A Lain word has as many syllablesas i has vowels or diphhongs (a diphhong works like a single vowel since i is made up o wo
vowels pronounced ogeher [see diphhongs above])
You will need o know he ollowing erms when learning abou accen
bull ulima he las syllable in a word
bull penul he second-o-las syllable in a word
bull anepenul he hird-o-las syllable in a word
So in he word ze- ph y-r us he vowel u is he ulima y is he penul and e is he anepenul
RULES ABOUT THE STRESS ACCENT IN LATIN1 Te sress accen in Lain alls on eiher he penul or he anepenul
2 Te accen alls on he penul i he penul is long I he penul is shor he accen alls onhe anepenul
3 How o deermine wheher he penul is long or shor
a I he penul conains a long vowel (or any diphhong) he penul isel is long You o-en need o learn wheher he vowel in he penul is long or shor as a basic elemen inlearning a new word A macron above he vowel will ell you ha he vowel is long whi lehe absence o a macron wil l indicae a shor vowel Pronouncing he word can help youremember he vowel lenghs For ex ample vi-de-ō ldquoI seerdquo is pronounced viacutedeō whileau-rō-ra ldquodawnrdquo is pronounced aurōacutera and po-pu-lus ldquopeoplerdquo is pronounced po pulus
b I he vowel in he penul is ollowed by wo or more consonans he penul is long no
mater wheher he vowel in he penul is long or shor and he accen necessarily allson he penul For example do-cu-men-um ldquodocumenrdquo is pronounced documenacuteum
BY THE WAYTe consonan x is double (cs or gs) and couns as wo consonans when deermining
wheher he penul is long
c Tere is one excepion o lsquobrsquo above Someimes even when here are wo consonans be-ween he penul and he ulima hey sill do no deermine ha he penul is long Tishappens when he wo consonans are a mue and a liquid
Te mues are p b d t g c
Te liquids are l r
So in he word pal-pe-bra ldquoeyelidrdquo he anepenul is accened ( palacutepebra) he vowel o he pe-nul is shor since i i s ollowed by a mue and a l iquid O course ru le lsquoarsquo sill applies in he wordhe-ā-trum ldquoheaerrdquo he penul is accened (heāacuterum) since i is naurally long somehing welearn rom he macron
y p p yare some examples wih he answers included or he eacherrsquos convenience
Underline he ulima in each word
1 legō
2 rēgis
3 imperāor
Underline he penul in each word
1 causa
2 pūnīum3 armāus
Underline he anepenul in each word
1 vulnerō
2 eigī
3 sublāum
Underline he penul i i is long
1 pōnō
2 spēlunca
3 pauperis
Underline he syllable ha will receive he sress accen in each word1 ōrāculum
2 peīum
3 cōnsania
4 exsīncum
5 vulneris
6 solius
TEACHING TIPGiven he passage abou he bahhouse on his page and he picure rom Bah England he
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 3554
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull xxix
EXERCISE 4epea each senence aloud afer your eacher reads i Pay atenion o he pronunciaion andsress accen o each word
Wha i is Like o Live Over a Bahhouse
(Adaped rom Seneca Moral Leter 56)
Ecce undique clāmor sona Suprā ipsum balneum habiō Prōpōne nunc ibi omnia genera vōcumodiōsa Foriōrēs exercenur e manūs plumbō gravēs iacan cum au labōran au labōranemimianur Gemiūs audiō quoiēns spīrium remīsērun Sun quoque ūncōrēs e racāōrēs
Audiō crepium manuum umerōs erienium sonus quoque icuum mūāur nunc enim manusperveni plāna nunc concava Audiō clāmōrēs sī ūr es i n balneō dēprehēnsus
Look here is noise sounding all around I live above he bahhouse isel Imagine o yourselnow all he haeul ypes o voices Te sronger ones exercise hemselves and swing heir ha ndsloaded wih lead weighs while hey work ou991252or imiae a person working ou I hear moansevery ime hey le go a ltpen-upgt breah Tere are also anoiners and masseurs I hear he slapo hands hiting shoulders and he sound o he blows changes or someimes he hands come1047298a someimes cupped I hear shouing i a hie is caugh in he bahhouse
A pool from inside he Roman Bahs in Bah England
Introduction bull xxix
eacher may wish o open a discussion abou bahs during oman i mes Te use o he calidārium fīgid ārium epidārium and sūdārium may be explained by he eacher and sudens may be en-couraged o learn andor pronounce hese words
TEACHER BY THE WAYBahs were ofen consruced on locaions having ho or mineral springs such as Bah in Englandand Bāiae a resor own on he Bay o Naples
Modern Bah in oman imes was named afer he Celic goddess o healing Sulis In he firscenury her shrine was aken over by he omans and she was idenified wih he goddess Minerva
Te sie was hen known as Aquae Sulis Mine rva In a emple relie she is represened wih a Medusa-like head and a musache
Te spa conained a grea bah (73 f by 29 f) and hree oher swimming pools he calidārium (ho bah)epidārium (warm bah) and fīgidār ium (cold bah) In he second cenury he spring was enclosed wihin a wooden barrel-vau led build ing ha housed hese hree pools Ho ai r bahs were ueled by coal fires A con-san 1047298ow o waer was direced o he pools hrough lead pipes which sill uncion oday
Archeologica l excavaions have revealed ma ny sacred voive offerings c urse ables and innumerable coinsa he botom o he springs Te curse ables writen in Lain heaped curses on anyone suspeced o wrong-doing Te ancien radiion o hrowing coins accompanied by a wish sill prevails oday in ome a he reviFounain where ourissvisiors do he same
More inormaion on bah complexes in ome can be ound on p 386 o his eacherrsquos manual
Sandards22 31
32 41 42
TEACHING TIPTe eacher may wish o insruc he sudens o find he iber iver which is picured here on he
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 3654
xxx bull Latin for the New Millennium
xxx bull Latin for the New Millennium
OVERVIEW OF ROMAN HISTORY According o legend omulus and his win broher emus were se adrif on he iber iver Ashe-wol nursed he boys unil a shepherd rescued hem Upon reaching manhood in 753 983138983139983141he wins ounded a new ciy near he place w here hey had been ound by he she-wol on he
basis o anaugusō auguriō ldquoa avorable sighing o birdsrdquo Bu omulus killed emus in a dispueover who would rule he new ciy and became is firs king
Six oher kings ruled afer omulus Numa Pompilius ullus Hosilius Ancus Marius ar-quinius Prisc us Servius ullius a nd arquinius Superbus (arquin he Proud) Afer he las ohese seven kings was overhrown in 509 983138983139983141 ome became a republic wih a represenaiveorm o governmen headed by wo consuls eleced an nually By 451 983138983139983141 he fi rs corpus o o-man law known as he welve ables was creaed
In he las cenury 983138983139983141 he oman epublic was shaken apar by a series o civil wars By31 983138983139983141 an auocraic regime headed earlier by Julius Caesar and laer by his grea-nephew Oc-avian brough he epublic o an end Te years rom 27 983138983139983141991252when Ocavian assumed heile o prīnceps ldquochie ciizenrdquo as well as he name Augu sus991252o around 180 983139983141 are known ashe early principae or empire During his era ome exended her boundaries o he BriishIsles in he norh Norh Arica in he souh Spain in he wes and he igris and Euphraesrivers in he eas
A view of he iber River as i 1047298ows hrough he ciy of Rome
map on p xxxii
COMPREHENSION QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS FOR PAGE XXX991251XXXI
eproducible versions o he quesions alone are available a wwwlnm bolchazycom
1 Who were he legendary ounders o ome
omulus and emus
2 According o legend in wha year was ome ounded
753 983138983139983141
3 Over he course o he monarchic period how many kings ruled ome
Seven
4 Wha even occurred in 509 983138983139983141
Te beginni ng o he oman epublic (wih wo consuls in charge)
5 Wha is he erm associaed wih he wo leaders o he epublic
Consul
6 Which wo leaders oversaw omersquos shif rom a republic o a principae
Julius Caesar and OcavianAugusu s
7 Wha major aciviy associaed wih empire-building ook place during he principae
erriorial expansion
8 Name wo developmens ha characerized he lae empire
Severe economic problems inernal poliical unres andor requen invasion by he Germanic ribes
9 Describe Diocleianrsquos response o he roubles o he empire
Diocleian divided he empire ino wo halves he Easern and Wesern empires in order o make ruli nghe empire more manageable
10 Explai n he origin o he erm ldquovandalismrdquo
Te fifh cenury invasion and pillag ing o ome by he ribe known as he Vandals who occupied he o-man province o Norh Arica led o he erm ldquovandalismrdquo meaning wanon desrucion
11 Describe Lainrsquos role in he cenuries afer 476 983139983141
Lain 1047298ourished as he major lierary language in he Wesern oman Empire and was spread o non-omanized places like Ireland Scandinavia and he New World
TEACHING TIP
Te eacher may ask he sudens o find he daes menioned on his page in he imeline on pp411ndash414
Sandards21 31 32
TEACHING TIPTe eacher may insruc he sudens o locae ByzaniumConsaninople discussed here in he
d h h ii
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 3754
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull xxxi
Introduction bull xxxi
From 180 983139983141 onwards in he period k nown as he lae empire he oman sae experiencedsevere economic problems and requen invasions by Germanic ri bes esponding o he pres-sure o he firs wave o migraions as well as inernal poliical u nres and economic diffi culieshe emperor Diocleian (ruled 284ndash305 983139983141) had already divided he oman Empire ino anEasern and Wesern hal each under is own emperor991252an atemp o make he vas omansae more manageable
Tis poliical division o he empire acually mirrored a culural division oo he main lan-guage o he Wes was Lain while he main language o he Eas was Greek Shorly aferwardshe emperor Consanine (ruled 312ndash337 983139983141) esablished a new capial or he Easern empirea Byzanium wh ich he renamed Consaninople (ldquohe ciy o Consaninerdquo oday called Isan-
bul) Bu even afer his reorganizaion he imperial governmen ulimaely proved incapable o
semming he ide o he migraions in par because he oman army was oo widely e xendedand could no be in so many places a once Indeed many o he invaders were given he sauso oederāī or ldquoreay roopsrdquo In effec hey were a llowed o occupy segmens o he empire inreurn or proecing i So when Alar ic King o he Visigohs sacked ome in 410 983139983141 he acual lyhad a ile as a commander in he oman army
ome was sacked again in 455 983139983141 by he Vandals who had already occupied he omanprovince o Norh Arica Te pillaging o he ciy o omulus by he invaders made a pro-ound impression on conemporaries and o his day he erm ldquovandalismrdquo is a word in severallanguages or wanon desrucion While he Easern empire (always more sable and eco-nomically prosperous han he Wes) coninued o exis unil 1453 983139983141 he Wesern empire
was ex inc as a poliica l eniy by 476 983139983141 In is place were Germa nic k ingdoms and ribes Angles and Saxons in Briai n Visigohs in Spain Osrogohs in Ialy Franks and Burgundi ansin Gaul991252o name only he major groups Te combinaion o hese new socieies wih heprevious inhabians who had been omanized o varying degrees would one day provide he
basis or he culures o modern Europe
Bu he end o he ancien oman Empire in he Wes was no he end o Lain On he con-rary during he nex 1200 years Lain no only 1047298ourished as he major lierary language in he
erriories o he ormer Wesern oman Empire he use o Lain was exended o regions heomans had never occupied including Ireland Scandinavi a and even he New World
BEGINNINGS OF LATIN LITERATURE Very ew complee works o Lain lieraure produced beore he mid-second cenury 983138983139983141 (ie beore 150 983138983139983141) have survived One reason or his loss was he remendous populariy o he works produced in he ollowing cenury by such auhors as Cicero Vergil and Ovid Teir wri-ings were so widely read and copied in subsequen cenuries ha he auhors preceding hem
were gradually negleced
Among he major figures o early Lain lieraure was a reed slave rom he Greek ciy o aren-um named Livius Andronicus who li ved rom 284ndash204 983138983139983141 He was known or his adapaionso Greek drama or oman audiences and his ranslaion o Homerrsquos Odyssey ino Lain verse
second paragraph on he map on p xxxii
TEACHING TIPTe eacher may ask he sudens o find he daes menioned on his page in he imeline on pp413ndash414
HOW TO USE THIS BOOK AND ITS ANCILLARIES
wo ancillaries are available or use wih his book Te Original Dysuncional Family (abbreviaed ODF)and From Romulus o Romulus Augusulus (abbreviaed R) R will be paricularly useul in order ohelp sudens keep he ime periods o he auhors and o he evens he auhors wroe abou sraigh in heirminds Chaper ile pages will include when appropriae a noaion on wha chaper o R he eachermay wish o assign
TEACHING TIPTe eacher may wish o assign Chaper 1 o he oman hisory ancillary From Romulus o Romu-lus Augusulus a his poin
COMPREHENSION QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS FOR PAGES XXXI991251XXXIVeproducible versions o he quesions alone are available a wwwlnm bolchazycom
1 Whom did he omans consider he aher o Lain lieraure
Ennius
2 Wha was Enniusrsquo mos amous work Is subjec mater
Annālēs was an epic poem abou omersquos early hisory
3 Wha amous Lain saying means ldquoCarhage mus be desroyedrdquo
Carhāgō dēlenda es
4 Who is he auhor o ha saying
Cao he ElderCao he Censor
5 When was Carha ge said o have been desroyed
146 983138983139983141 a he end o he hird Punic war
NB Aler sudens ha he answers o hese comprehension quesions will be ound on p xxxiv
Sandards21 31
R1
TEACHING TIP Ask sudens he English equivalen o cou nries s uch as Briannia and Germānia and he Englishequivalen o he ciies Neāpolis and Ahēnae
Sandard31
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 3854
xxxii bull Latin for the New Millennium
equivalen o he ciies Neāpolis and Ahēnae
A full size r eproducible version of h is page wihou he answe rs can be downloaded a wwwlnm bolchazycom
HOW TO USE THIS BOOK Answers o rep roducible aciviies w ill be gi ven in a larger size bel ow or he eacherrsquos convenience
ANSWERS TO MAP WORK 991251 PAGES XXXII991251XXXIII
1 Crēa Sicilia Corsica Sardinia Cyprus Ihaca Dēlos Brianni a
2 Vesuvius Mōns Aena Mōns Olympus Mōns Āppennīnus Mōns
3 Syria Macedonia Arica Asia
4 mare or ponus
5 Asia Eurōpa Arica
A full siz e reproducible version of his page wihou he answers can be down loaded a wwwln mbolchazycom
Te eacher may wish o have his map enlarged when reproducing i for ease of suden use in compleing his aciviy
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 3954
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull xxxiii
HOW TO USE THIS BOOK
Te answers o his aciviy can be easily seen on he wo acing pages
Te omans regarded Ennius (ca 239 169 983138983139983141) as he aher o Lain lieraure He wroe
TEACHING TIPSudens may be encouraged o find he ciy o Carhage menioned in he second paragraph on hemap on p xxxii
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 4054
xxxiv bull Latin for the New Millennium
xxxiv bull L atin for the New Millennium
Te omans regarded Ennius (ca 239ndash169 983138983139983141) as he aher o Lain lieraure He wroemany kinds o lierary works including plays His Annālēs an epic poem abou he early hisoryo ome was paricularly renowned and perhaps he primary epic read in oman schools beorehe ime o Vergil Only ragmens o his wriings remain
One o Enniusrsquo conemporaries was heamed Cao he Censor also known as Caohe Elder (234ndash149 983138983139983141) a rigidly conserva-ive oman senaor Mos o his reaise onagriculure called Dē agrī culūrā survivesI is he oldes work o Lain prose amongCaorsquos recommendaions here are ha fieldslaves be reaed similarly o beass o bur-den Cao is also remembered or his sae-men Carhāgō dēlenda es ldquoCarhage mus
be desroyedrdquo evidence or he omanear o he Carhaginians Te omansough hree wars known as he Punic
Wars agai ns he Car haginians Te fi rsended beore Cao was born in he secondagains Hannibal Cao served wih miliarydisincion he hird ended in 146 983138983139983141 asCao had demanded wih he desruciono Carhage On his occasion he vic oriousomans were said o have plowed sal inohe Carhaginian soil
Discussions abou laer auhors and adap-aions rom heir wriings w ill be presenedchronologically in he chapers o his book
Ancien ruins a Carhage in Africa
p p
TEACHER BY THE WAY Alhough he works o Enniu s have been preserved on ly in ragmens (abou a housand lines) hehad a grea in1047298uence on subsequen poes such as Vergil Quoable quoes include
bull a es o riendship Amīcus cer us in rē incer ā cerniur (A riend in need is a riend indeed)
bull an applicaion o wisdom o lie Quī ipse sibi sapiēns prōdesse nequi nēquīquam sapi (A man who
himsel is wise bu unable o be useul o himsel is wise or nohing)bull he amous descripion o Fabius Maximus Ūnus homō nōbīs cūncandō resiui rem (One man by delaying res ored he sae or us)
bull and he line on Manius Curius Quem nēmō errō poui superāre nec aurō (Whom no one was ableo deea eiher by sword or gold)
We also have preser ved or us he exa mple o excessive all ieraion ha has g iven rise o much laugher inLain classrooms over he years Ō ie ūe aī ibi ana yranne ulisī ldquoO ius aius you yran (all voca-ive) you brough o yoursel such grea (roubles)rdquo991252ranslaed in conex which plays off he more lieral ldquo you ookacquired or yoursel such grea hings rdquo
On he oher hand he composed his own epiaph in which his high eseem among omans proved o beprescien
nēmō mē lacrumīs decōre neu unera 1047298ēū
axi Cūr Voliō vivos per ōra v irum (Le no one honor me wih ears or make a uneral pyre by weeping
Why I 1047298y li ving hrough he mouhs o men)
TEACHER BY THE WAY
Pluarchrsquos Lie o Cao is a good source o snappy quoaions atribued o his saesman soldier andauhor For example while discussing he power o women he said ldquoAll oher men rule heir wives we rule al l oher men and our w ives rule us rdquo Atemping o persuade he oman people o orego adisribuion o grain he began his speech by saying ldquoI is a hard mater o argue wih he belly sincei has no earsrdquo And o a ribune who had been accused o using poison and was rying o pass a use-less bill he said ldquoI know no which is worse o drink your mixures or o enac your billsrdquo
1CHAPTER 1
HOW TO USE THIS BOOK
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 4154
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull 1
1CHAPTER
Parts of Speech Nouns Number Gender Case (Nominative and Accusative)
First Declension Nouns
MEMORĀBILE DICTŪ
SPQ Senātus Populusque ōmānusldquoTe Senae and he People o omerdquo
Tese our leters orm wha is known as an acronym one ha symbolized supreme power inancien ome
Oil paining of Romulus and Remus wih he wolf By Peer Paul Rubens (1577ndash1640)
Te grammaical and synacical opics ha will be presened in each chaper o his book are lised a he opo he chaper ile page
HOW TO USE THIS BOOK
Te illusraion on each chaperrsquos ile page presens a visual inroducion o he Lain reading passage ha willollow eachers may choose o discuss he illusraion in order o provide he conex or he reading he su-dens will encouner on he nex page
HOW TO USE THIS BOOK
On each chaper ile page he phrase Memorābile Dictū (ldquoA memorable hing o say rdquo) will be ou nd Below here will be a amous phrase quoa ion abbreviaion or moto in L ain ha w ill connec hese words o he opicsin he chaper
MEMORĀBILE DICTŪ VOCABULARY
populus populī m ndash people
-que ndash and
senāus senāūs m ndash senae
TEACHING TIP
ubens pained his picure o omulus and emus rom 1615ndash1616 during wha is called he Ba-roque period o ar Te man approaching rom he rear is Fausulus Te reclining figure is he god
o he river iber
HOW TO USE THIS BOOK AND ITS ANCILLARIESwo ancillaries are available or use wih his book Te Original Dysunctional Family (abbreviaed ODF)and From Romulus to Romulus Augustulus (abbreviaed R) R will be paricularly useul in order ohelp sudens keep he ime periods o he auhors and o he evens he auhors wroe abou sraigh in heirmind Chaper ile pages wil l include when appropriae a noaion abou wha chaper o R he eachermay wish o assign
Standards11 21
R 2and 3
READING
TRANSLATION OF LATIN PASSAGEomulus and emus
Mars is a god Mars loves hea Silvia And so hea Silvia has wo sons omulus and emus Amulius locks uph Sil i A li l d i h A h l lk h T h l
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 4254
2 bull Latin for the New Millennium
2 bull Latin for the New Millennium
READINGTis sory describes how ome was said o have been ounded in 753 983138983139983141 King Numior o AlbaLonga was overhrown by his cruel and ambiious broher Amulius who no only seized hehrone bu so eared ha one o Numiorrsquos male descendans migh have a legiimae claim oni ha he made Amuliusrsquo daug her hea Silvia a priesess o he goddess Vesa Tese priesesses
were no allowed o marry during heir childbearing years
RŌMULUS ET REMUS
1 Mārs es deus Mārs hēam Silviam ama Iaque hēa Silvia duōs
īliōs habe ōmulum e emum Amūlius hēam Silviam vinculīs
claudi Amūlius ōmulum e emum in aquam pōni Lupa ad aquamambula Lupa ōmulum e emum bene cūra e ama ōmulus e
5 emus crēscun Poseā ōmulus e emus ōmam aedifican
Famous bronze saue of he she-wolf and he wins
hea Silvia Amulius pus omulus and emus ino he waer A she-wol walks o he waer Te she-wol caresor (akes good care o) omulus and emus well and loves (hem) omulus and emus grow up Aferwards(laer) omulus and emus build ome
HOW TO USE THIS BOOK Above each La in reading pa ssage inorm aion is presened in Engl ish Tis pre -reading provides back groundinormaion abou he auhor and esablishes he conex o he passage he sudens will read
TEACHER BY THE WAY
Te eacher may wish o inroduce he class o he radiional abbreviaions o 983137983140 (which sandsor he Lain phrase Annō Dominī ldquoi n he year o our Lordrdquo) and 983138983139 (which sands or he Engl ishphrase ldquoBeore Chrisrdquo) Tese older abbreviaions coninue o be used bu his book employs heabbreviaions 983138983139983141 (Beore he Common Era) and 983139983141 (Common Era)
TEACHING TIPInsruc he sudens o locae Alba Longa on he map on pp xxxiindashxxxiii
TEACHER BY THE WAYTough he wins were added o he sculpure in he enaissance he she-wol has srong links wihEruscan myhology and shows characerisics o Eruscan sculpure
TEACHING TIP
Te eacher may wish o encourage he sudens o design an abbreviaed amily ree o omulusand emus
Standards11 22
Jupier Juno King Num ior o Alba Longa
Mars hea Silvia
omulus emus
READING VOCABULARY
HOW TO USE THIS BOOKTe English pronoun subjec o a verb is no lised in he eading Vocabulary i he pronoun is no needed inhe ranslaion
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 4354
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull 3
Chapter 1 bull 3
READING VOCABULARYad aquam ndash o he waer
aedifican ndash build
ama ndash loves
ambula ndash walks
Amūlius ndash Amul ius
aquam ndash waer
bene ndash well
claudi ndash locks up
crēscun ndash grow up
cūra ndash akes care o cares or
deus ndash god
duōs ndash woes ndash is
e ndash and
īliōs ndash sons
habe ndash has
in aquam ndash ino he waer
iaque ndash and so
lupa ndash she-wol
Mārs ndash Mars he god o war
pōni ndash pus
poseā ndash aferwards laer
emum ndash emus
emus ndash emus
hēa Silvia ndash hea Silvia
hēam Silviam ndash hea Silvia
ōmam ndash ome
ōmulum ndash omulus
ōmulus ndash omulus vinculīs ndash w ih chains
Words marked wih an aserisk will need o bememorized laer in he chaper
COMPREHENSION QUESTIONS1 Whose sons are omulus and emus
2 Wha did Amulius do
3 Who saved he lie o omulus and emus
4 Wha did omulus and emus do
HOW TO USE THIS BOOK
Te sudens should not be expeced o lea rn he words under he ile eading Vocabulary whenever his ileoccurs in he book Insead insruc sudens o learn he vocabulary words lised under he ile Vocabularyto Learn ha will be ound laer in each chaper In more advanced Lain exs usually here are vocabularyand noes o help he sudens when reading a passage Tis eading Vocabulary will help prepare sudens orlaer more advanced classes
ANSWERS TO COMPREHENSION QUESTIONS
1 Tey are he sons o Mars and hea Silvia2 He locked up hea Silvia
3 A she-wol
4 Tey buil he ciy o ome
TEACHING TIP
Whi le English deriva ives rom he sar red words (ie he Vocabulary o L earn) are he opic o Ex-ercise 2 laer in his chaper here are some ineresing derivaives rom he non-sarred words andsome o hese show how words change hrough he years Te eacher may choose o discuss hesederivaives wih he sudens
bull aedi1047297cant (aedi1047297cō) ndash ediy edificaion edifice
Tis Lain word is buil rom wo Lain words aciō (o do make) and aedēs (house emple) Te
English derivaives reain his religious connecion or hey mean ldquoo build up he aih moraliy o in-sruc especially morallyrdquo Te word ldquoedificerdquo is always used or an imposing srucure such as a ldquoemplerdquoor aedēs
bull claudit (claudō) ndash close conclusion enclosure sluice
A ldquocloserdquo is a small shu-in space and some people i locked in one suffer rom ldquoclausrophobiardquo acompound derivaive parly rom Lain (o close confine) and parly rom he Greek (ear) hence ldquoa earo closed spacesrdquo
Te word ldquosluicerdquo does no look like a derivaive o claudō bu i has undergone cha nges as i ca meino English via middle English and old French (sclus) rom he Lain exclūdō which means ldquoo shu ourdquo Asluice has a gae a he op o he channel o shu off he 1047298ow o waer as necessary
bull crēscunt (crēscō) ndash crescen accrue recrui crew
Te word ldquocrewrdquo in middle English mean ldquoreinorcemenrdquo so a body o soldiers grew Te word ldquore-
cruirdquo has he same basic idea ecruis increase he size o he army (rom he Lain recrēscō meaning ldquoogrow againrdquo)
bull deus ndash deiy deiy
bull duōs ndash double dozen due duplicae
Te word ldquodozenrdquo is a compound rom he Lain word or ldquowordquo and he German word or ldquoenrdquo (zehn)
bull habet (habeō) ndash habi abiliy prohibiive
Onersquos abiliy depends on he alens and skil ls one has
bull pōnit ( pōnō) ndash depo imposiion preposiion
A depo origina lly was a place where supplies were pu or sorage
LANGUAGE FACT I
HOW TO USE THIS BOOKTe Language Facs secion o each chaper will conain boh grammaical (morphological) and synacicalinormaion ie inormaion boh abou he orms o he words and he srucure o he senence
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 4454
4 bull Latin for the New Millennium
4 bull Latin for the New Millennium
LANGUAGE FACT I
PARTS OF SPEECHTe parts o speech used in a Lain senence deermine is meaning jus as in English While henoun and he verb are he wo mos imporan oher common pars o speech are lised below
Noun a person place hing idea acion or qual iy Examples ldquoomulusrdquo ldquoriverrdquo ldquocouragerdquo
Pronoun a word ha sands in place o a noun ha has been previously menioned or is clearrom conex Examples ldquoIrdquo ldquosherdquo ldquohimrdquo ldquoirdquo
Adjecive a word ha limis or defines a noun or a pronoun Examples ldquolitlerdquo ldquosrongrdquo
Adverb a word ha lim is or defines verbs adjecives or (oher) adverbs Examples ldquoveryrdquoldquoquielyrdquo
Verb a word ha describes an acion or sae o being Examples ldquogordquo ldquosayrdquo ldquowasrdquo
Preposiion a word ha begins a preposiional phrase such as ldquoinrdquo ldquoordquo ldquoonrdquo ldquoorrdquo ldquobyrdquoldquowihrdquo A preposiional phrase is a preposiion joined o a noun Examples ldquoin he morningrdquoldquowih a sharp pencilrdquo
Conjuncion a word ha connecs words phrases clauses a nd senences Examples ldquoandrdquoldquoburdquo ldquoalhoughrdquo
Inerjecion a word ha expresses emoion Examples ldquowowrdquo
EXERCISE 1eview he meanings and ideniy he pars o speech o he ollowing words Te eading
Vocabulary may be consu led
1 īliōs 6 e2 bene 7 lupa3 aedifican 8 claudi
4 ad 9 ōmam5 ambula 10 ama
EXERCISE 1 ANSWERS
1 noun
2 adverb
3 verb
4 preposiion
5 verb
6 conjuncion
7 noun8 verb
9 noun
10 verb
TEACHING TIP
Te eacher may wish o ask he sudens in Lain wha par o speech a given word is Te eacher would say ldquoQuae pars ōrātiōnis estrdquo Suden responses would be
bull nōmen substantīvumsubstantīvum ndash noun
bull prōnōmen ndash pronoun
bull nōmen adiectīvumadiectīvum ndash adjecive
bull verbum temporāle ndash verb
bull adverbium ndash adverb
bull praepositiō ndash preposiion
bull coniūnctiō ndash conjuncion
bull interiectiō ndash inerjecion
Standards11 41
Standards11 41
WorkbookExercise 1
VOCABULARY TO LEARN
TEACHING TIPSince his is he firs se o Lain words ha your sudens will be required o memorize i is usuallya good idea o sugges and discuss wih hem some differen ways o memorize vocabulary Somesel help opions are lised below
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 4554
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull 5
NOUNSagricola agricolae m ndash armer
aqua aquae ndash waer
āhlēa āhlēae m ndash ahlee
īlia īliae ndash daugher
lupa lupae ndash she-wol
naua nauae m ndash sailor
poēa poēae m ndash poe
puella puellae ndash girl
ōma ōmae ndash ome
erra errae ndash land
VERBSama ndash heshei loves
ambula ndash heshei walks
cūra ndash heshei akes care o cares or
es ndash heshei is
ADVERBS bene ndash well
poseā ndash aferwards
CONJUNCTIONSe ndash and
iaque ndash and so
Aqueducs carr ied waer (aqua) o he ciies in he Roman world Tis aqueduc buil in 19 983138983139983141 which srechedacross he Gard River was named he Pon du Gard and brough waer o he ciy of Nicircmes in France in ancien imes
Chapter 1 bull 5
sel-help opions are lised below
1 Look a he word in he book and say he word aloud
2 Wrie down he word on a piece o paper along wih is meaning and check o be sure here are no spell-ing errors Color-coding he words by pars o speech is also helpul Pronounce he word while wriing idown and hen repea he word including he meaning and spelling
3 Make handwriten 1047298ashcards wih he Lain on one side and English on he oher and be sure here are nospelling errors Color-coding is a good sraegy here also Wriing he word ou helps some sudens ce-men he word in he brain Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers has creaed an elecronic vocabulary resourceor hose sudens or whom echnological learning ools are an aid Tese vocabulary 1047298ashcards are orhe iPod See p 93 or more inormaion on iPod 1047298ashcards
4 Use English derivaives o help remember meanings Bu be careul since some derivaives may havemeanings grealy changed rom he original Lain word
5 Find clipar picures ha illusrae he vocabulary words and use he picures as a way o es yoursel onhe Lain words
TEACHER BY THE WAYTe eacher may wish o open a discussion abou aqueducs and he waer supply or ancien omans while l ooking a he picu re o he Pon du Gard on his page For a hisory o aqueducs and heirconsrucion Froninusrsquo book Dē aquīs urbis Rōmae is an excellen source Te book was writenabou 97 983139983141 when he was Superinenden o Aqueducs Oher aqueducs include he ollowing
bull Te double high aqueduc in Segovia Spainbull Te Aqua Appia buil in 312 983138983139983141
bull Te Aqua rāiāna
bull Te aqueduc buil by Alex ander Severus in 226 983139983141
bull Te Aqua Claudia
bull Te Aqua Marcia wh ich wa s probably named a fer A ncus Marcius who was he fi rs K ing oome by radiional accouns o build an aqueduc o bring waer o ome
NB Te word ldquo Aquardquo when capialized means ldquoaqueducrdquo
Eleven aqueducs urnished 250000 gallons o waer o ome every weny-our hours
BY THE WAY
E h u gi n in h b l r h rm T nd rm i h g nii
HOW TO USE THIS BOOK Ēn is a word ha calls atenion o somehing and means ldquoLook a hisrdquo Te inormaion given here draws a-enion o and urher specifies differen language acs
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 4654
6 bull Latin for the New Millennium
6 bull Latin for the New Millennium
Each noun given in he vocabulary has wo orms Te second orm is he geniivesingular
A derivative is an English word rooed in a Lain word Te English derivaive issimilar in meaning and orm o is Lain source
STUDY TIP
An English derivaive ofen can help you remember wha a Lain word means
EXERCISE 2Find he English derivaives based on he Vocabulary o Learn in he ollowing senences Wriehe corresponding Lain word
1 She shows a considerable filial respec oward her aher
2 Agriculu re is a science o culivaing he land
3 Te ship is equipped wih all he necessary nauical insrumens
4 We saw all kinds o fish in he aquarium
5 Tis is an all-errain vehicle
6 When will he ahleic compeiion sar
7 She has a ruly poeic naure
LANGUAGE FACT II
NOUNS NUMBER GENDER CASE 983080NOMINATIVE AND
ACCUSATIVE983081Nouns in Lain show number gender and case
Number Lain nouns are eiher singular or plural in number Number is shown in differen ways by differen ypes o nouns bu some ending-paterns are or singular orms and oherending-paterns are or plural orms
Gender Every noun likewise is eiher masculine eminine or neuer in gender You muslearn he gender o each noun In he Vocabulary o Learn l iss he gender is indicaed by hecommon abbreviaionsm (masculi ne) f (eminine) or n (neuer)
Case Lain nouns mus have an ending-patern ha displays case Tis is quie differen romEnglish in which case is indicaed by word posiion and no by endings (alhough case markersare preserved in cerain pronouns such as ldquoherdquo and ldquohimrdquo) A nounrsquos case reveals wha uncionhe noun has in he senence Tere are five common cases nominaive geniive daive accu-saive and ablaive wo less requenly used cases are called he vocaive and he locaive
HOW TO USE THIS BOOKStudy Tips give hins rhymes and mnemonics o help sudens learn grammar and vocabulary
EXERCISE 2 ANSWERS1 filial īlia
2 agriculure agricola
3 nauical naua
4 aquarium aqua
5 errain erra
6 ahleic āhlēa
7 poeic poēa
TEACHING TIPExplain o he sudens ha in English he words ldquoardquo ldquoanrdquo or ldquoherdquo are usually placed beore a nounand Lain does no have an equivalen or hese words known as aricles
eachers may need o sress he absence o he aricle many imes beore sudens compleely ine-grae his knowledge ino heir reading habis in Lain class
TEACHING TIPLain like many oher languages does no always observe biological gender Ofen he gender o a
Lain noun is deermined by grammaical acors such as he group o which a noun belongs
TEACHING TIP
Alhough in Exercise 2 he sudens are direced o find only he derivaives based on he Vocabular yo Learn hey may be ineresed o learn ha here are oher derivaives in Exercise 2 Te derivaiono hese words is provided or he eacherrsquos convenience
bull 1 consider - rom sīdus (sar) + cum (wih ogeher) and rom cōnsīderō (o examine consider)respec - rom respectō (look back a have regard or)
bull 2 science - rom scientia (knowledge) and sciō (o know) culivaing - rom colō (ill inhabi worship)
bull 3 necessary - rom necesse (necessary) insrumens - rom īnstruō (o equip build provide)
and rom īnstrumentum (equipmen ool ec)bull 5 vehicle - rom he Lain verb vehō (o carry)
bull 6 compeiion - rom petō (o seek aim a atack ec) + cum (wih oge her)
bull 7 naure - rom nātūra (naure)
Standard41
Standards11 31 41
STUDY TIP
An easy way o remember he names ohe five common cases iso use his mnemonic
TEACHING TIPSudens may no know wha he word ldquomnemonicrdquo means explain ha a mnemonic device is some-hing ha helps a suden o remember somehing Te eacher may also wish o use his opporu-niy o bring up Mnemosyne he goddess o memory and he moher o he Muses
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 4754
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull 7
Chapter 1 bull 7
An easy way o remember he names o he five common cases is o use his mnemonicdevice
Never NominaiveGive GeniiveDogs Daive A ny A ccusaive A buse A blaive
Nominative Te nominaive case idenifies he subjec Te subjec is a noun or a pronounha perorms he acion or exiss in a sae o being In he senence ldquoWilliam is readingrdquohe word ldquoWilliamrdquo is he subjec
Example Mārs amat Mars loves
Te noun subjec o he verb ldquoloverdquo is he god Mars
Find more examples o nominaives and heir verbs rom he reading passage a he begin-ning o he chaper
Te nominaive case also idenifies he predicae nominaive In he senence ldquoWilliam isa sudenrdquo he predicae nominaive is ldquoa sudenrdquo A predicae nominaive complees hemeaning o he verb ldquoo berdquo Look a his exa mple rom he reading
Example Mārs est deus Mars is a god
Mārs is he subjec and deus is a predicae nominaive
Accusative Te ourh case lised is called he accusaive he geniive daive and ablaivecases will be discussed in laer chapers Te accusaive case poins ou he noun (or pro-noun) ha is he direc objec emember direc objecs receive he acion o he verb Inhe senence ldquoI am wriing a leterrdquo he direc objec is ldquoa leterrdquo
Example Mārs Rhēam Silviam amat Mars loves hea Silvia
Te direc objec o ldquoloverdquo is he noun Rhēam Silviam
Find more examples o accusaives and heir verbs rom he reading passage a he beginningo he chaper
niy o bring up Mnemosyne he goddess o memory and he moher o he Muses
Answers to ldquoFind more examples of nominatives a nd their verbs from the reading passage at the begin-ning of the chapterrdquo
hēa Silvia habe
Amūl ius claudi
Amūl ius pōni
Lupa ambula
Lupa cūra e amaōmulus e emus crēscun
ōmulus e emus aedifican
Answers to ldquoFind more examples of accusatives and their verbs from the reading passage at the beg in-ning of the chapterrdquo
duōs īliōs habe ōmulum e emum
hēam Silviam claudi
ōmulum e emum pōni
ōmulum e emum bene cūra e ama
ōmam aedifican
TEACHING TIPSudens may encouner diffi culy when r ying o ransl ae Lain names used in cases o her han henominaive Te eacher a some poin will need o explain (and repea whenever necessary) ha when ransla ing a La in name he suden should al ways use he nominaive o rm o he word Onp 7 sudens are asked o find examples o accusaives and heir verbs in he reading passage Teanswers lised above provide an opporuniy o pracice wih his issue emind sudens o rans-lae duōs īliōs habet Rōmulum et Remum as ldquohe has wo sons omulus and emusrdquo Te oher ouranswers may be used as pracice wih he sudens
EXERCISE 3a Ideniy wheher he nouns in bold in hese senences are subjecs direc objecs or predi
TEACHER BY THE WAYIn conjuncion wih he picure and is capion he eacher may wish o menion ha he amil-ilar acronym o SPQ is sill in use and visible hroughou modern ome991252on liter bins sewercovers ec
Standards11 41
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 4854
8 bull Latin for the New Millennium
8 bull Latin for the New Millennium
a Ideniy wheher he nouns in bold in hese senences are subjecs direc objecs or predi-cae nominaives Te eading Vocabulary may be consuled
b Label each senence as vērum (rue) i i agrees or alsum (alse) i i disagrees wih he Lainreading passage a he beginni ng o he chaper
Example Amūlius es deusPredicae nominaive alsum
1 hēa Silvia ōmulum e emum cūra
2 Amūlius ōmulum e emum bene cūra
3 Amūlius lupam vinculīs claudi
4 Mārs ōmulum e emum in aquam pōni
5 Lupa hēam Silviam cūra
6 Amūlius ad aquam ambula
Te power of he ciy of Rome founded according o legend by Romulus is symbolized by hese four leters ha areprominenly displayed in various places wihin he ciy
EXERCISE 3 ANSWERS
1 subjec vērum
2 direc objecs alsum
3 direc objec alsum
4 subjec alsum
5 direc objec alsum
6 subjec vērum
WorkbookExercise 2 A full si ze reproduc ible version of th is page
without the a nswers ca n be downloade d at wwwlnm bolchazyco m
HOW TO USE THIS BOOK
Noun Declensions Te eacher may choose Lain nouns rom he declension ha is being sudied a he imehis workshee is used Tus no answers are provided here
LANGUAGE FACT III
TEACHING TIP Ask he sudens wha he Lain words seleced rom he reading and lised near he op o p 9 mean
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 4954
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull 9
Chapter 1 bull 9
FIRST DECLENSION NOUNS A declension is a g roup o nouns ha show a cerain patern o word endings Tere are five differ-en declensions in Lain In he reading abou omulus and emus hese are he orms belongingo he firs declension
hēam Silviam hēa Silvia aquam lupa ōmam
Noice ha he ex says Rhēa Silvia when she is he subjec and Rhēam Silviam when she is hedirec objec
Te firs declension is composed o words ha characerisically have he vowel a a or near heend o he word lupa
Below is he patern ha firs declension nouns ollow o show case and number Memorize heLain words in order rom he nominaive singular down o he ablaive singular and hen romhe nominaive plural down o he ablaive plural
emember ha he endings or a whole group o nouns ollow his patern Once you learn hi spatern you can recognize he case a nd number o all he words belonging o hi s declension
In his chaper you have begun o learn abou he nominaive and accusai ve cases Te ohercases will be explained in laer chapers
First DeclensionSingular Plural
Nomina ive l upa he she-wol Nominaive lupae he she-wolves
Geniive lupae o he she-wol Geniive lupārum o he she-wolves
Daive lupae oor he she-wol Daive lupīs oor he she-wolves
Accusaive lupam he she-wol Accusaive lupās he she-wolves
Ablaive lupā bywih he she-wol Ablaive lupīs bywih he she-wolves
Daive and ablaive plural o he words īlia ldquodaugherrdquo and dea ldquogoddessrdquo is fīliābus anddeābusTis is o di singuish hese orms rom he corresponding orms o īlius ldquosonrdquo and deus ldquogodrdquo
STUDY TIP
Noice ha he ablaive singular ending -ā has a long mark (macron) above i his ishe only difference beween he nominaive and ablaive singular endings
TEACHING TIP
Afer he firs declension has been presened o he sudens encourage hem depending on heirlearning syle o say he declension aloud o wrie down he words o inven a rap or a cheer
TEACHER BY THE WAY
Te patern is called a declension because he oher cases lean away ( dēclīnāre) rom he nominaiveie hey do no ollow he same orm as he nominaive
ORAL EXERCISE 1Tis exercise may be used afer the 1047297rst declension has been presented
Whi le looking a he declension o lupa ask he sudens o decli ne nauta
Singular PluralNominaive naua nauaeGeniive nauae nauārumDaive nauae nauīs Accusaive nauam nauās Ablaive nauā nauīs
Standards11 31 41
OralExercise 1
WorkbookExercise 3
STUDY TIP
Noice ha he daive and ablaive plural endings a re idenical
EXERCISE 4 ANSWERS1 geniive daive puellār um puellī s
2 accusaive nauās
3 accusaive errās
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 5054
10 bull Latin for the New Millennium
10 bull Latin for the New Millennium
Here are more words belonging o he fi rs declension
puella ndash girl īlia ndash daugher terra ndash land
Mos firs declension words are eminine i n gender bu a ew (usually ones ha indicae mas-culine occupaions in ancien imes) are masculine Examples are poēta ldquopoerdquoagricola ldquoarmerrdquonauta ldquosailorrdquo āthlēta ldquoahleerdquo
EXERCISE 4Ideniy he case o each singular noun Ten change each orm ino plural For some more han
one answer is possibleExample īlianominaive īliae
1 puellae 5 aquae2 nauam 6 puellā3 erram 7 āhlēā4 a gr ic ol a
Like he Greek wreslers porrayed on his ancien bas-reliefRoman ahlees were also fond of he spor of wresling
4 nominaive agricolae
5 geniive daive aquārum aquīs
6 ablaive puellīs
7 ablaive āhlēīs
TEACHING TIP
Since wreslers are depiced on he illusraion on his page he eacher may wish o open a discus-
sion abou he omansrsquo and Greeksrsquo ondness or wresling which was ofen praciced in a complexcalled he palaestra
oman boys were expeced o serve in he m iliary Tus hey were firs rained by heir ahers in wreslingand boxing Srengh and agiliy were sressed raher han grace o movemen as in Greek spors Te woprincipal syles uilized by he Greek were uprigh wresling in which hree alls o your opponen o heground were necessary o deea him and ground wresling which required he opponen o give up in ordero end he mach In he palaes tra here was an area or he young people o pracice wresling or boxing wih apunching bag (cōrycus) Examples o monumenal oman bahs wih a palaest ra are ound a he Bahs o Ca-racalla in ome he Harbor Bahs a Ephesus in urkey and he Bahs in Varna Bulgaria he larges anciensrucure in ha counry
Wresling was also one o he spor evens a he Olympic games ha he omans ofen atended Greco-oman wresling is also one o he evens eaured in he summer Olympic games in modern imes
TEACHING TIPTe eacher migh wan o have sudens read an English ranslaion o Book 23 o he Iliad in which Ajax a nd Odysseus compee in a wre sling m ach and Book 5 o he Aeneid or a descripion o hespors ha he omans played and compare he atiude o he compeiors in each epic Boh evens were par o he uneral games he ormer in honor o Paroclu s riend and atendan o Achil lesand he later in honor o Anchises aher o Aeneas Tis migh lead o urher discussion on henaure o modern wresling
Standards11 41
EXERCISE 5Ideniy he case o each plural noun Ten change each orm ino he singular For some more
TEACHING TIPSudens may wonder why he geniive singular w ihou is ending mus be used o find he base whenhe nominaive singular wihou is ending works jus as well Explain ha in oher noun declensionshe nominaive will no always provide he same base or have he same spelling as he geniive
Standards11 41
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 5154
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull 11
Chapter 1 bull 11
han one answer is possible
Example puellāsaccusaive puellam
1 īliae 5 aquīs2 errīs 6 poēārum3 nauārum 7 agricolae4 l upa e
BY THE WAY
In all declensions endings are added o he base o a noun I is imporan o know hahe base o a noun is ound by removing he ending rom is geniive si ngular orm Forexample he geniive singular o puella is puellae I you remove he -ae rom puellae
wha remains is he base o he word namely puell- For his reason learning he geni-ive singular is as imporan as knowing he nominaive singular o he noun
STUDY TIP
Always learn he geniive ogeher wih he nominaive because rom he geniive you will know o which declension a word belongs
A wall paining depic ing a Roman farmer (agricola) wih his sheep
EXERCISE 5 ANSWERS
1 nominaive īl ia
2 daive ablaive errae errā
3 geniive nauae
4 nominaive lupa
5 daive ablaive aquae aquā
6 geniive poēae7 nominaive agricola
HOW TO USE THIS BOOKIn his book he word ldquobaserdquo is used o reer o he noun wihou any ending ldquoStemrdquo is used or he par o he verb wihou any ending ldquoootrdquo is used or he Lain par o a derivaive
ORAL EXERCISE 2Tis exercise may be used afer Exercise 5
Use one o he ollowing classroom presenaion opions (hereafer reerred o as CPO) (blackgreenwhiesmar board overhead or LCD projecor PowerPoinreg presenaion ec) o pu his inormaion on view
quis ldquowhordquo (or he subjec) and quem ldquowhomrdquo (or he direc objec)
Ten ask he suden o answer he ollowing quesions abou he chaper reading eiher orally or in wri-
en orm
1 Teacher Quis es Mārs Student Mārs es deus
2 Teacher Quem ama Mārs Student hēam Silviam Mārs ama
3 Teacher Quis ama hēam Silviam Student Mārs ama hēam Silviam
4 Teacher Quem habe hēa Silvia Student hēa Silvia duōs īliōs ōmulum eemum habe
5 Teacher Quis claudi hēam Silviam Student Amūlius claudi hēam Silviam
6 Teacher Quem claudi Amūlius Student hēam Silviam Amūlius claudi
7 Teacher Quis ōmulum e emum in aquampōni
Student Amūlius ōmulum e emum in aquampōni
8 Teacher Quem Amūlius in aquam pōni Student Amūlius ōmulum e emum in aquampōni
9 Teacher Quis ambula ad aquam Student Lupa ambula ad aquam
10 Teacher Quis ōmulum e emum bene cūra Student Lupa ōmulum e emum bene cūra
11 Teacher Quōs lupa bene cūra Student Lupa ōmulum e emum bene cūra
12 Teacher Quis ōmulum e emum a ma Student Lupa ōmulum e emum ama
13 Teacher Quōs lupa ama Student Lupa ōmulum e emum ama
OralExercise 2
WorkbookExercise
4 5
EXERCISE 6ranslae rom Lain ino English and rom English ino Lain Te mos common Lain word
d
TEACHER BY THE WAYTe eacher may menion ha he mos common word order (subjec ndash direc objec ndash verb) can o-en be changed For example i he verb is o be emphasized i will ake firs posiion I he subjecor he direc objec is o be emphasized i will ake he las posiion which is he mos emphaic oneIn general he more unusual he wordrsquos posiion is he more emphasis is placed on his word
Standards11 41
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 5254
12 bull Latin for the New Millennium
12 bull Latin for the New Millennium
order is
subjec ndash direc objec ndash verb
1 Agricola erram ama
2 Te ahlee loves waer
3 Naua īlia m ama
4 Te poe loves ome
5 Agricola erram cūra
6 Te she-wol cares or (is aking care o) he girl
BY THE WAY
Even hough he mos common word order is subjec ndash di rec objec ndash verb rememberha endings991252no word order991252deermine which word is he subjec and which i s hedirec objec
TALKING When we mee one person we gree herhim wih salvē When we mee wo or more people wegree hem wih salvēte When we bid goodbye o one person we sayvalē When we bid goodbyeo wo or more people we say valēte
Here are various ways o ask ldquohow are yourdquo or ldquohow are you doingrdquo
Quōmodo valēs or Quōmodo tē habēs or Quid agis ldquoHow are yourdquo
Here is a range o possible answers
bene ldquowellrdquo pessimē ldquovery badrdquo optimē ldquogreardquo melius ldquobeterrdquo mediocriter ldquoso-sordquo or ldquono oo badrdquo meliusculē ldquoa litle beterrdquo male ldquobadrdquo
In general he more unusual he word s posiion is he more emphasis is placed on his word
EXERCISE 6 ANSWERS
1 Te armer loves he land
2 Āhlēa aquam ama
3 Te sailor loves (his) daugher
4 Poēa ōmam ama
5 Te armer cares or (is aking care o) he land6 Lupa puellam cūra
TEACHING TIP
Te eacher may sar he class in Lain by saying Salvēte discipulī et discipulae and by eaching hesudens o say in reurn Salvē magister (magistra)
ORAL EXERCISE 3Tis exercise may be used anytime afer the students have learned the use o the accusative case or afer Exercise 6
Use one o he CPOrsquos o pu on display he orms amō and cūrō and explai n ha hey a re in he fir s personsingular and how his differs rom he hird person singular learned in his chaper Ask individual sudens omake senences wih hem using he words hey have learned
Ten ell he sudens ha nōn means ldquonordquo and ask hem o make si milar senences wih nōn amō and nōn cūrō
Examples(nōn) amō erram īliam aquam lupam āhlēam(nōn) cūrō erram īliam puellam
WorkbookExercise 6
ContentQuestions
OralExercise 3
Standards12 21 41
42
SAYING HELLOMarīa Helena e Chrisīna sun (are) discipulae (students)
TEACHING TIPHave sudens read he dialogue aloud Tis will help o build heir pronunciaion skills
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 5354
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull 13
Chapter 1 bull 13
Marīa Salvēe Helena e Chrisīna
Christīna Salvē Marīa
Helena Salvē Marīa
Marīa Quōmodo valēs Helena Quōmodo valēs Chrisīna
Helena et Christīna Bene Quōmodo ū ( you) valēs Marīa
Marīa Pessimē
Helena et Christīna Cūr (Why)
Marīa imeō linguam Laīnam ( I ear the Latin language)Helena Ego ( I ) linguam Laīnam amō
Christīna E ego linguam Laīnam amō
ORAL EXERCISE 4
Tis exercise may be used afer he Lain dialogue has been presened
Insruc he sudens o say ldquohellordquo in Lain o he suden nex o hem Divide he class ino wo pars ellone par o gree he oher par using he plural greeing and vice versa Do he same ype o aciviy whensaying ldquogoodbyerdquo You may wish o make greeing he class in Lain a nd saying ldquogoodbyerdquo in Lain a par oa daily rouine
Divide he sudens ino pairs in which one person will ask how hisher parner is in Lain and he oher
wil l answer
ORAL EXERCISE 5
Tis exercise may be used afer he Lain dialogue has been presened
ell he sudens ha he paricle ndashne is added o he firs syllable o a word ha inroduces a quesion Ten askhe ollowing quesions abou he dialogue beween Mary Helen and Chrisy Individual sudens may answerorally or he enire class may wrie he answers as he eacher asks hem orally Te eacher should explain hahe orm valēs in he greeing Quōmodo valēs is in he second person which means ldquoyourdquo Te hird person orm(reerring o ldquoherrdquo ldquohimrdquo or ldquoirdquo) is valet So he phrase ldquoHow is she doingrdquo would be Quōmodo valet Te hirdperson o amō is amat and he hird person o timeō is timet
1 Teacher Quōmodo Chrisīna vale Student(s) Chrisīna bene vale
2 Teacher Quōmodo Marīa vale Student(s) Marīa pessimē vale
3 Teacher Cūr (why) Marīa pessimē vale Student(s) Marīa ime linguam Lainam4 Teacher Amane l inguam L aīnam Helena Student(s) Helena linguam Laīnam ama
5 Teacher Linguamne Laīnam ama Chrisīna Student(s) Chrisīna linguam Laīnam ama
ORAL EXERCISE 6 AND DICTATIONTis combined exercise may be used to conclude the chapter or at any time afer the students have learned the accusa-tive case and chapter vocabulary
Dicae he ollowing senences o he sudens Ten ask hem o make he ollowing changes eiher orally orin writen orm a he discreion o he eacher
1 Teacher Agricol a erram ama (change he direc objec ino plura l)Student Agricola errās ama
2 Teacher Lupa puellam cūra (change he direc objec ino plural)
Student Lupa puellās cūra3 Teacher Āhlēa puel lās ama (change he direc objec ino singu lar)
Student Āhlēa puellam ama
4 Teacher Fīlia errās ama (change he direc objec ino singular)Student Fīlia erram ama
OralExercise
4 5 6 andDictation
TEACHER NOTES
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 5454
14 bull Latin for the New Millennium
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 654
LIST OF ABBREVIATIONSCPO
Classroom Presenaion Opions (eg blackgreenwhiesmar board overhead or LCD projecor PowerPoinreg
presenaion ec)
ODFOriginal Dysuncional Family (classical myhology ancillary)
RRA
From Romulus o Romulus Augusulus (oman hisory ancillary)
bull TM vi bull
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 754
PREFACE
bull TM vii bull
Lain or he New M illennium is designed as a comprehensive inroducion no only o he Lain language andhow i works bu also o he oman world he culural milieu in which he language 1047298ourished Te language
and culural elemens are seamlessly woven ogeher in he course o each chaper and hen again examined inhe review ollowing every hree chapers
CHAPTER AND COURSE COMPONENTS
METHODOLOGICAL APPROACHIn wriing Lain or he New Mill ennium we have aimed a combini ng he bes elemens in he var ious mehod-ologies or eaching Lain ha have been commonly available unil now Modern mehods o eaching Lainhave been divided beween wo approaches (1) he analyical or deducive mehod according o which su-dens mus learn rules and paradigms and hen reinorce he knowledge o hese absrac principles by pracice wih exs and e xercises (2) he induc ive or reading mehod ha enables he s uden o read a ex and o become aware o lingu isic eau res (or rules) rom he rea ding and s udy o he ex In Lain or he New Mil-lennium we hope o have combined he advanages o each In oher words we have sriven o provide a pah
o a horough and sysemaic knowledge o he srucure o he language he main advanage o he analyicalmehod ogeher wih a grea deal o reading and aciviies relaed o reading ha lead o a more inuiive graspo he idiomaic qualiies o he language he main advanage o he reading mehod
Te layou o each chaper is he key o his combinaion since he suden begins each chaper wih an ex-ensive reading and hese iniial passages conain in a conex undersandable hrough inducion and annoa-ions insances o every new elemen o be explored urher in he same chaper In he body o each chaperafer he inroducory reading hese new elemens are explained in a more analyic way ye he explanaionsalways reer he learner back o he reading991252in ways ha invie comparison wih he iniial passage
CHAPTER READINGS
Te principal readings in each chaper consis o passages adaped (o he level o knowledge presupposed oreach chaper) rom some o he mos significan works o Lain lieraure Te inroducions o each passagegive considerable inormaion abou he culural conex in which each auhor wroe and abou he develop-men o he Lain lierary radiion Te order o he chaper readings is chronological In Level 1 sudens begin wih r eadings rom Pl auus and erence and proceed hrough he cenu ries o he wr iings o A mmi-anus Augusine and Boehius By compleing he enire course conained in Lain or h e New Millenniu m sudens will gain an u ndersanding o he enire parimony o Lain and is effec on our culure Whi le Level1 o Lain or he New Mil lennium ocuses on he classic exs in Lain writen by such grea oman auhorsas Vergil Caullus Cicero and Ovid Level 2 o he series ceners on he huge and undamenal heriage o works wr iten in Lain dur ing he medieval renaissa nce and early moder n periods991252a li nguis ic heriage hagave us our basic vocabulary in he naional languages or elling ime medicine he naural sciences and heacademic world Te culural inormaion ha is ound in hese readings and heir inroducions are bolseredin boh levels by he eview Exercises and supplemenary maerial peraining o myhology oman hisoryand imporan Lain sayings
ORAL LATIN AND LATIN CONVERSATION
A per son who gains an acive acili y i n a ny l anguage in addiion o a reading abiliy is in our view more
likely o progress quickly o a deep undersanding o he language and he works writen in i Our experienceindicaes ha a suden who learns by using a language will probably no need o be reminded abou orms andgrammaical rules as ofen as a learner who lacks acive pracice Tereore in every chaper o Lain or he New Millennium we have included a se o exercises ha concenrae o n an oral exchange be ween insr ucor a ndsudens Te oral exercises in Lain or he New Millennium can be compleed wihou any exempore speak-ing abiliy on he par o he eacher Tis is possible because he oral exercises are ound only in he eacherrsquosmanual Here no only are all he answers supplied bu every quesion is writen ou in ull or he eacher along wih deai led insr ucions or each sep o he exerc ise Te eac her needs onl y o ol low he i nsruc ions andread each quesion aloud Te response mus come rom he learner
GRAMMAR
Grammar is also a grea help or acquiring a sophisicaed undersanding o any language and especially a lan-guage like Lain which is primarily sudied oday by people whose main goal is o read works o lieraure wri-en in he original Lain language works which were designed rom he sar or a culivaed audience While we believe in he va lue o he reading mehod a nd we know how acive usage o a langua ge can vasl y improveand accelerae a sudenrsquos learning o ha language we also recognize he uiliy o grammar Tereore whileeach chaper is rich in exercises and aciviies we have aken care o provide explanaions o all he grammarrelevan o each chaper Te suden who uses Lain or he Ne w Millennium learns by acively using Lain buis also asked o undersand he srucure o he language and apply ha undersanding in he exercises
OTHER CHAPTER ELEMENTS
bull Memorābile Dictū Each chaper eaures a amous saying labeled Memorābile Dicū a Lain phrase hais so well known ha i has became a proverb in many languages Learning each amous saying will in-crease a sudenrsquos undersanding no jus o Lain bu also o English Tese sayings invie discussion oheir meaning and how hey relae o he modern world and sudensrsquo experiences
bull eading Vocabulary All he new vocabular y in he reading passage a he begi nning o each chaper isexplained by copious noes Sudens need no be required o learn he vocabulary ha aces he reading
passage A unique eaure o he eading Vocabulary is ha no all he verbs show in prin heir pronounsubjec For example i he senence in he reading migh be ldquoCicero ereniam viderdquo vide in he ead-
ing Vocabulary would have as is definiion ldquoseesrdquo raher han ldquohe seesrdquo Tis has been done o avoid hecommon beginnerrsquos misake o ranslaing he senence as ldquoCicero he sees ereniardquo On he oher hand ihe senence were o read ldquoereniam viderdquo vide would be defined ldquohe seesrdquo Tis unique eaure gradua llydisappears as sudens learn more abou verbs and become more accusomed o reading Lain
bull Vocabulary o Learn and Derivaives E xercises Some (bu no all) o hese new words are repeaed inhe Vocabulary o Lea rn or each chaper and sudens should be direced o learn hese Te radiionalorm o wriing vocabulary words is ollowed in he Vocabulary o Le arn principal pars are l ised romhe second chaper on and nouns show he nominaive and geniive singular and gender rom he sar
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 854
TM viii bull Latin for the New Millennium
Te Vocabulary o Lear n is ollowed by Derivaive Exercises Sudens who careully learn all o he Vocabulary o L earn will quickly acquire a vocabulary based on words mos commonly encounered inclassical lierary exs and in he Derivaive Exercises hey will be exposed o English words based onLain and hus bolser heir vocabulary in English
DIALOGUES ON DAILY LIFEIn he later par o each chaper o Level 1 readers will find a dialogue labeled alking in which a group omodern sudens are he paricipans Te same group o sudens is eaured in every chaper and hey en-couner mos o he ypical siuaions ha young people experience in modern daily lie All he necessary vocabular y is expla ined so he users o Lain or he New Mille nnium i hey so wish may c onduc simple Lainconversaions like hose in he model dialogues Tese dialogues have been designed or he benefi o hose
eachers who are especially ineresed in making use o he oral elemen o language learning in heir classesand who wan o inroduce a colloquial elemen o he Lain heir sudens learn Tis colloquial elemen can become a bridge beween he lives o modern sudens and he houghs o he ancien medieval or renaissanceauhors who wroe in Lain991252a bridge consruced o he same basic language Lain
VISUAL LEARNINGTe Lain language and oman culure have no only inspired wriers hroughou he ages and in1047298uencedmodern lie bu have also lef heir legacy in he visual ars Troughou he ex reproducions o painingsdrawings sculpures and oher arworks demonsrae how oman hisorical evens and he ales o he godsand goddesses have inspired ariss hrough he ages Lain or he New Millennium presens an abundance oimages o archaeological sies buildings objes drsquoar and ariacs careully chosen o represen he ehnic andgeographic diversiy ha marked he oman world Tese ull color illusraions represen a visual panorama ohe oman world and suppor he writen word in picorial orm hus simulaing he imaginaion and memoryor a more vibran recollecion o he exrsquos conen eachers are srongly encouraged o mine he illusraionsas hough a documenary o he oman world and is laer in1047298uence
REVIEW COMPONENTS Afer each se o hree chapers here is a ev iew and supplemenary re adings
REVIEW EXERCISESTe eview provides addiional exercises o help he sudens give coninued atenion o he maerial in eachuni Te review also includes a summary l is o all he Vocabulary o Learn ound in he chapers o each uniTis secion eaures even more maerial o help he suden undersand Lain lieraure and is heriage oday
CLASSICAL MYTHOLOGY
A passage on My hology eniled Considering he Classical Gods inroduces he reader o sories abou he
Greek and oman gods and heroes A relaed passage in Lain abou he gods reinorces he Lain lessons o hehree chapers
ASPECTS OF ROMAN LIFE An Eng lish back ground essay ca lled Connecing wih he Ancien World disc usses an impora n aspec ooman daily lie which connecs o relaed maerial presened in he hree chapers preceding he review
EXPLORING ROMAN AND MODERN LIFE
Scholars rom various universiies hroughou he Unied Saes graciously agreed o provide shor essays hare1047298ec upon he role ha Lain and is culure play in our modern lives Te ile o hese essays always sars wih he word Exploring
MĪRĀBILE AUDĪTŪEach review ends wih a secion called Mīrābile Audīū ha presens a series o Lain quoaions motoesphrases or abbreviaions currenly used in English Te hree supplemenary essays and he Mīrābile Audīū secion are designed o elici classroom discussion abou similariies and differences beween he world o heomans and America in he weny-firs cenury
Milena Minkova wroe he Inroducion Chapers 1 2 3 5 7 9 13 14 17 18 20 eviews 1 3 5 6 and 7 heglossaries and he appendices erence unberg wroe he Preace Chapers 4 6 8 10 11 12 15 16 19 21and eviews 2 and 4 Boh auhors have benefied hroughou he composiion o he exbook rom coninu-
ous muual advice and suppor
MM and 2008
Visi wwwl nmbolchaz ycom o see he elecronic resources ha accompany Lain or he New Mil lennium ando share ideas in he online eachersrsquo lounge wih oher eachers using his series
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 954
RESOURCE LIST
bull TM ix bull
EDITORSrsquo NOTE We have atemped o assemble a c omprehensive represenaive resource l is paying s pecial atenion o hose
opics or areas ofen less amiliar o ha end we provide an especially larger lising or he Lae Empire EarlyChrisianiy and Middle Ages secion By no means is his resource lis exhausive eachers are encouraged oshare iles hey have ound useul hrough he wwwlnmbolchazycom websie
LATIN DICTIONARIES Alber S Imaginum vocabula rium Lainum Saarbruumlcken Socieas Laina 1998
Egger C Lexicon nominum loc orum ome Libreria Edirice Vaicana 1977
mdashmdashmdash Lexicon nominum v irorum e mulier um ome Sud ium 1957
mdashmdashmdash ed Lexicon rece nis Lainiais 2 Vols ome Libreria Edirice Vaicana 1992ndash1997
Lewis Charlon and Charles Shor A Lain Dicionar y ev ed New York Oxord Universiy Press 1956
Te New College Lain and English Dicionary 3rd ed Edied by John C raupman New York Banam Books2007
Oxord Lain Dicionary Combined ed Edied by P G W Glare e al New York Oxord Universiy Press1982
Smih William and Teophilus D Hall Smihrsquos English-Lain Dicionary eprined rom he 1871 AmericanBook Company ediion A Copious and Criical English-Lain Dicionary wih a new oreword by DirkSacreacute Wauconda IL Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers 2000
LATIN GRAMMAR Allen J H and J B Greenough Allen and Gre enoughrsquos New Lain Gramma r Edied by Anne Mahoney New-
bury por M A Focus P ublishing Pull ins 2001
Andresian Anna Looking a Lain A Grammar or Pre- College Wauconda IL Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers2006
Bennet Charles E New Lain Grammar 1908 eprin Wauconda IL Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers 2006
Gildersleeve Basil L and Gonzalez Lodge Gildersleeversquos Lain Grammar 3rd
ed 1895 eprin WaucondaIL Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers 2003
Goldman Norma and Ladislas Szymanski English Grammar o r Sudens o La in 3rd ed Ann A rbor MIOlivia and Hill Press 2004
Humphreys James P Graphic Lain Grammar 1961 eprin Wauconda IL Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers2002
Woodcock E C A New Lain Syna x 1957 eprin Wauconda IL Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers 2005
Young Nicholas Insan Answers A Qu ick Guide or Advanced Sudens Elmhurs IL L and L Enerprises2006
LATIN COMPOSITIONBennet Charles E New Lain Composiion 1912 eprin Wauconda IL Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers 1996
Minkova Milena Inroducion o Lain Prose Composiion Wauconda IL Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers2007 Firs published 2001 by Wimbledon Publishing Co
Minkova Milena and erence unberg Readings and Exercises in Lain Prose Composiion From Aniquiy ohe Renaissance Newburypor MA Focus Publishing Pullins 2004
mdashmdashmdash Answer Key o Readings and Exercises in L ain Prose Composiion From Aniqu iy o he Renai ssanceNewburypor MA Focus Publishing Pullins 2004
Mounord James F ed Bradleyrsquos Arnold La in Prose Composiion ev ed Wauconda IL Bolchazy-CarducciPublishers 2006
Norh M A and A E Hillard Lain Prose Composiion eprin Wauconda IL Bolchazy-Carducci Publish-ers 1995
mdashmdashmdash Key o Lain P rose Composiion eprin Wauconda IL Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers 1995
LATIN LITERATURE Albrech M ichael von A Hisory o Roma n Lieraure From Livius A ndronicus o Boehius Leiden Brill Aca-demic Publishers 1997
Te Concise Oxord Companion o Classical Lieraure 2nd ed Edied by C M Howason and Ian ChilversOxord Oxord Universiy Press 1993
Duff J Wigh A Lierary Hisor y o Rome 3rd ed London Ernes Benn 1960
Gran Michael Greek and Lain Auhors 800 B Cndash A D 1000 New York H W Wilson 1980
IJsewijn Joze Companion o Neo-Lain Sudies Par I Hisory and Diffusion o Neo-Lain Lieraure Supple-mena Humanisica Lovaniensia 5 2nd ed Leuven Leuven Universiy Press 1990
IJsewijn Joze and Dirk Sacreacute Companion o Neo-Lain Sudies Par II Lierary Linguisic Philological and Ediorial Ques ions Supplemena Humanisica Lovaniensia 14 2nd ed Leuven Leuven Universiy Press1998
ose H J A Handbook o Lain Lieraure 1954 eprin Wauconda IL Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers 1996
GENERAL LANGUAGE LEARNING AND METHODOLOGIES Arms rong Tomas Muliple Inelligence s in he Classroo m Alexa ndria VA Asso ciaion or Superv ision and
Curriculum Developmen 1994
Cook Vivian Second Language Learning and eaching 3rd ed London Edward Arnold 2001
Gardner Howard Inelligence Refamed Muliple Inelligences or he 21s Cenury New York Basic Books 2000
Kessler Carolyn ed Cooperaive Language Learning A eacherrsquos Resource Book Englewood Cliffs NJ Pren-ice Hall egens 1992
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 1054
TM x bull Latin for the New Millennium
Krashen Sephen Principles a nd Pracice in Secon d Language Acqu isiion New York Pergamon Press 1982
Larsen-Freeman Diane echniques and Principles o Language eaching 2nd ed Oxord Oxord UniversiyPress 2000
Oxord ebecca L Language Le arning Sraeg ies Wha Eve ry eacher Should K now New York NewburyHouse 1990
Pinker S Te Language Insinc New York William Morrow 1994
eid Joy ed Undersanding Learning Syles in he Second Language Classroom Upper Saddle iver NJ Pren-ice Hall 1998
Sparks ichard L Kay Fluhary Leonore Ganschow and Sherwin Litle ldquoAn Exploraory Sudy on heEffecs o Lain on he Naive Language Skills and Foreign Language Apiude o Sudens wih and wih-ou Learning Disabiliiesrdquo Classical Journal 91 (1995)165ndash84
LATIN PEDAGOGY Ancona onnie ed A Concise Guide o eaching Lain Liera ure Norman OK Universiy o Oklahoma
Press 2007
Ball ober Reading Classical Lain A Reasonable Approach Lawrence KS Coronado Press 1987
Breindel uh L De Discendi Naura Lea rning Syle s in he eaching o Lain Oxord OH American Classi-cal League MC 2007
Burns Mary Ann and Joseph OrsquoConnor Te Classics in American Schools Alana GA Scholars Press1987
Davis Sally Lain in he Amer ican Schools Alana GA Scholars Press 1991
Disler Paul each he Lain I Pray You Wauconda IL Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers 2001
Gascoyne ichard e al Sandards or Classical Language Learning Oxord OH American Classical LeagueMC 1997
Gruber-Miller John ed When Dead ongues Speak New York Oxord Universiy Press 2006
Hoyos B Dexer Lain How o Read I Fluenly A Pracical Manual Amhers MA C lassical A ssociaion oNew England 1997
LaFleur ichard A Lain or he 21s Cenury From Concep o Classroom Glenview IL Scot Foresman- Addison Wesley 1998
Salerno Dorsey Price Lain in Moion Oxord OH American Classical League MC 1985
Sandards or Classical Language Learning Oxord OH American Classical League MC 1997
Srasheim Lorraine A oal Physical Response Amhers MA Classical Associaion o New England 1987
Swee Waldo Lain A Srucu ral Approach Ann A rbor Universiy o M ichigan Press 1957
CLASSROOOM AIDS Amery Heaher Firs Tousand Words in Lain Edied by Mairi Mackinnon London UK Usborne Books2008
Couch C C and eddy Irwin Lain Verbs Rock Audio CD Nashville N Sound Invenions 2006
mdashmdashmdash Lyrical Lain Learning Lain hrough Music Audio CD Nashville N Sound Invenions 2004
Curis William D Periculum Lainu m Lain Jeopardy Vol1 Oxord OH America n Classica l LeagueMC nd
mdashmdashmdash Periculum Lainum S ecundum Lain Jeopardy Vol 2 Oxord OH American Classical LeagueMC nd
Demuh Jocelyn Mendax A Lain C ard Game Wauconda IL Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers 2003
DuBose Gaylan Farrago Laina Wih a lis o resources by Judih Lynn Sebesa Wauconda IL Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers 1997
Hanlin Jayne and Beverly Lichensein Learning La in hrough Myholog y Cambridge Cambridge Univer-siy Press 1991
Lain acic Grams Alana G A World o eading nd
LUDI (a he Circus Maximus) Produced by Discere Ld 1989 Oxord OH American Classical L eagueMC
Myhies Oxord OH American Classical League MC 2003
Osburn LeaAnn A Lain Aciviy Book Elmhurs IL L and L Enerprises 2000
mdashmdashmdash Lain Crossword Puzzl e Book Elmhurs IL L and L Enerprises 1999
mdashmdashmdash Lain Verbs Rock Exercise Book Elmhurs IL L and L Enerprises 2007mdashmdashmdash Lyrical Lain A eacher R esource Manual Elmhurs IL L and L Enerprises 2004
mdashmdashmdash22 Lively Lain Aciviies Elmhurs IL L and L Enerprises 2005
Sheikh-Miller Jonahan Lain Words Sicker Book ulsa OK EDC Publishing 2006
Wansbrough M B A Mundus Lainu s Mysery 3 vols Hamilon Onario ralco Educaional Services 2004
ORAL LATIN Abernahy Faye Jill Crooker Margare Cur ran and David Perr y Te Developmen o Oral Skills in Lain wih
Visuals A Supplemenary Guide o he Syllabus Lain or Communicaion Draf Copy Albany New YorkSae Educaion Deparmen 1995
Alber S Cotidie Laine loquamur Saarbruumlcken Socieas Laina 1987
Allen W Sidney Vox Laina A Guide o he Pronunciaion o Classical Lain 2nd ed New York Cambridge
Universiy Press 1989Capellanus G Lain Can Be Fun Souvenir Press 1997
Daiz Sephen G ed Te Living Voice o Lain Perormed by ober P Sonkowsky Madison C JeffreyNoron Publishing 1984
mdashmdashmdash Te Pronunciaion and Reading o Classical Lain A Pracical Guide Audio cassetes Madison C Jeffrey Noron Publ ishing 1984
Egger C Laine discere iuva ome Libreria Edirice Vaicana 1982
Lain Aloud Audio AP Selecions fom Vergil Caullus Ovid Cicero and Horace Perormed by ober PSonkowsky CD-OM Wauconda IL Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers 2007
McCarhy Tomas Nunc Loquamur Guided C onversaions or L ain Newburypor MA FocusPublishing Pullins 2005
Swee Waldo E Words o Wisdom fom he Anciens 1000 Lain Proverbs CD-OM Wauconda IL Bolchazy-
Carducci Publishers 2000raupman John Conversaional Lain or Oral Pro1047297ciency 4h ed Audio Conversaions Perormed by Mark
ober Miner e al Audio CDs Wauconda IL Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers 2006
LATIN THROUGH MUSICBoynon Sandra Grun Pigorian Chan Audio CD New York Workman Publishing 1997
Couch C C and eddy Irwin Carmina Popularia Well-Known Songs in Lain Audio CD Wauconda ILBolchazy-Carducci Publishers 2004
mdashmdashmdash Lain Verbs Rock Audio CD Nashville N Sound Invenions 2006
mdashmdashmdash Lyrical Lain Learning Lain hrough Music Audio CD Nashville N Sound Invenions 2004
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 1154
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 1254
TM xii bull Latin for the New Millennium
ETYMOLOGY AND VOCABULARY Adeleye Gabriel G World Dicionary o Foreign Expressions Wih Kofi Acquah Dadzie Edied by Tomas J
Sienkewicz and James McDonough Wauconda IL Bolchazy-Carducci 1999
Ayres Donald M English Words fom Lain and Greek Elemen s 11h ed ucson Arizona Universiy o Ari-zona Press 1982
Ayo John Dicionary o Word Or igins New York Arcade Publishing 1990
Beard Henry X-reme Lain All h e Lain You Need o Know or Su rvival in he 21s Cenury New York Pen-guin Group 2005
Dicionary o Lain Words and Phrases Edied by James Morwood New York Oxord Universiy Press 1998
Dominik William J ed Words and Ideas Wauconda IL Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers 2002
mdashmdashmdash Words and Ideas Answer Key Wauconda IL Bolchaz y-Carducci Publ ishers 2006Ehrlich Eugene Amo Amas A ma and More New York Har per and ow 1987
Heimbach Elizabeh Lain E very where Ever yday A La in Phra se Workbook Wauconda I L Bolc hazy-Carducci Publishers 2004
mdashmdashmdash Lain Everywhere Everyday A Lain Phrase Workbook eacherrsquos Manual Perormed by James Cho-chola Compac disks Wauconda IL Bolchazy-Carducci Publishing 2005
Janson ore Te Naural Hisory o Lain ranslaed by Merehe D Sorensen and Nigel Vincen Oxord andNew York Oxord Universiy Press 2005
Krill ichard Greek and Lain in English oday Book and wo Cassetes 1990 eprin Wauconda ILBolchazy-Carducci Publishers 2003
Mascianonio udolph Build Your English Word Power wih Lain Numbers Wauconda IL Bolchazy-CarducciPublishers 1997
mdashmdashmdash Build Your E nglish Word Power w ih La in Number s eacherrsquos Ma nual Wauconda I L Bolc hazy-Carducci Publishers 1997
Morwood James and Mark Warman Our Greek and Lain Roos Cambridge Cambridge Universiy Press1990
OrsquoMara Lesley ed Which Way o he Vomiorium Vernacular Lain or All Occasions ranslaed by ose Wil-liams New York Tomas Dunne Books 1999
Oxord Dicionary o English Eymology Edied by C Onions wih G W S Friedrichsen and W Burch-field New York Oxord Universiy Press 1966
Sone Jon Lain or he I llierai New York ouledge 1996
MYTHOLOGYBierlein J F Parallel Myhs New York Ballanine Books 1994
Bolon Lesley Te Everyhing Classical Myhology Book Peabody MA Adams Media Corporaion 2002Childrenrsquos Books on Ancien Greek and Roman Myhology An Annoaed Bibliography Compiled by Anoinete
Brazouski and Mary J Klat Wespor C Greenwood Press 1984
Te Chiron Dicionary o Greek and Roman Myhology ranslaed by Elizabeh Burr 1s English ed New YorkConinuum Inernaional Publishing Group 1994
Colakis Marianhe and Mary Joan Masello Classical Myhology and More A Reader Workbook WaucondaIL Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers 2007
Couch Malcolm Greek and Roman Myhology New York Michael Friedman Publishing Group 1998
DrsquoAulaire Ingri and Edgar Parin DrsquoAulaire DrsquoAulairesrsquo Book o Greek Myhs New York Doubleday 1962
Fleischman Paul Daeline roy Somerville MA Candlewick Press 2006
Gardner Jane Roman Myhs Ausin Universiy o exas Press 1993
Gran Michael and John Hazel Whorsquos Who in Classical Myhology London ouledge Press 2002
Grimal Pierre Te Dicionary o Classical Myhology ranslaed by A Maxwell-Hyslop 1996 eprinMalden MA Blackwell Publishing 2001
Harris Sephen L and Gloria Pazner Classical Myhology Images and Insighs 3rd ed Mounain View CAMayfield Publishing Company 2001
Homeric Hymns ranslaed by Diane aynor Berkeley and Los Angeles Universiy o Caliornia Press2004
Kirkwood G M A Shor Guide o Classical Myh ology 1959 eprin Wauconda IL Bolchazy-Carducci2003
Lowe Cheryl and Leigh Lowe DrsquoAulairesrsquo Greek Myh Suden Guid e Louisville K Y Memoria Press 2004mdashmdashmdash DrsquoAulairesrsquo Greek Myh eacher Guide Louisville K Y Memoria Press 2006
Mayerson Philip Classical Myhology in Lieraure Ar and Music Glenview IL Scot Foresman and Com-pany 1984
Morord Mark P O and ober J Lenardon Classical Myhology 8h ed New York Oxord Universiy Press2006
Ovid Meamorphose s ranslaed by A D Melville New York Oxord Universiy Press 1998
ussell William F Classic Myhs o Read Aloud New York Crown Publicaions 1989
Vergilrsquos Aeneid Hero War Humaniy ranslaed by G B Cobbold Wauconda IL Bolchazy-Carducci Pub-lishers 2005
Will iams o se Gods and Oher Odd Creaures Ausin X CicadaSun Publishing 2008
mdashmdashmdashTe Labors o Aeneas Wha a Pain I Was o Found he Roman Race Wauconda IL Bolchazy-Carducci
2003mdashmdashmdashTe Original Dysuncional Family Basic Classical Myhology or he New Millennium Wauconda ILBolchazy-Carducci 2008
ROMAN HISTORYBagnell Nigel Te Punic Wars New York S Marinrsquos Press 1990
Becket Gilber agrave Te Comic Hisory o Rome 1852 eprin Wauconda IL Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers1996
Boardma n John Jasper Griffi n and Oswyn Mur ray eds Oxord Hisory o he Roman World Oxord and New York Oxord Universiy Pre ss 1991
Boawrigh Mary Daniel J Gargola and ichard J A alber A Brie Hisor y o he Romans New YorkOxord Universiy Press 2006
Connolly Peer Greece and Rome a War London Greenhill Books 2006
Consable Nick Hisorical Alas o Ancien Rome New York Facs on File 2003
Cornell im and John Mahews Alas o he Roman World New York Facs on File 1986
Creighon Mandell A Primer Hisory o Rome 1855 eprin Wauconda IL Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers2001
Goldsworhy Adrian Te Fall o Carhage Te Punic Wars 265ndash146 BC London Cassell 2000
Haaren John H and A B Poland Famous Men o Rome Louisville KY Memoria Press 2006
Holland Tomas Rubicon New York Doubleday 2003
Jenkyn s ichard ed Te Legacy o Rome A New Appraisal Oxord Oxord Universiy Press 1992
Kamm Anhony Julius Caesar A Lie New York ouledge 2006
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 1354
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Resource List bull TM xiii
Lowe Cheryl and Leigh Lowe Famous Men o Rome Suden Guide 2nd ed Louisvil le KY Memoria Press2006
Mayszak Philip Te Sons o Caesar Imperial Romersquos Firs Dynasy London Tames and Hudson 2006
Mellor onald and Marni McGee Te Ancien Roman World New York Oxord Universiy Press 2004
Oxord Classical Dicionary 3rd ed Edied by Simon Hornblower and Anhony Spaworh Oxord and New York Oxord Universiy P ress 1996 Also available a s a CD-OM
Oxord Dicionary o he Classical World Edied by John obers New York Oxord Universiy Press 2005
Scarre Chris Chronicle o he Roman Emperors London Tames and Hudson 1995
mdashmdashmdashTe Penguin Hisorical Alas o Ancien Rome New York Penguin Punam Inc 1995
Ward-Perkins Br yan Te Fall o Rome Oxord and New York Oxord Universiy Press 2005
Will iams ose Cicero he Pario Wauconda IL Bolcha zy-Carducci P ublishers 200 4mdashmdashmdash Cicero he Pario eacherrsquos Manual Wauconda IL Bolchaz y-Carducci Publ ishers 2004
mdashmdashmdash From Romulus o Romulus Augusulus Roman Hisory or he New Millennium Bolchazy-CarducciPublishers 2008
mdashmdashmdashOnce Upon he iber An O ea Hisory o Rome Wauconda IL Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers 2007Firs Published 2002 by Wimbledon Classics
Wool Greg ed Cambridge Illusraed Hisory o he Roman World Cambridge Cambridge Universiy Press2003
ROMAN CULTURE AND DAILY LIFE Adkin s Lesley and oy A dkins Dicionary o R oman Religion New York Oxord Universiy Press 2000
mdashmdashmdashHandbook o Lie in Ancien Rome New York Oxord Universiy P ress 1994
All an ony Lie Myh an d Ar in Ancien R ome Los Angeles J Paul Gety rus Publicaions 2005 Apicius Cookery and Dining in Imperial Rome Edied by Joseph Da mmers Vehling Ne w York Dover 1977
Baker Alan Te Gladiaor Te Secre Hisory o Romersquos Warrior Slaves New York S Marinrsquos Press 2006
Baker Charles and osalie Baker Te Classical Companion Peerborough NH Cobblesone Publishing1988
Bonner S F Educaion in Ancie n Rome fom he Elder Cao o he Younger Pliny London Mehuen 1977
Bradley Keih Slavery and Sociey a Rome Cambridge Cambridge Universiy Press 1994
Brucia Margare A and Gregory Daughery o Be a Roman opics in Roman Culure Wauconda ILBolchazy-Carducci Publishers 2007
Buchanan David Roman Spor and Enerainmen London Longman 1976
Carcopino Jeacuterocircme Daily Lie in Ancien Rome New Haven and London Yale Universiy Press 1968
Casson Lionel ravel in he Ancien World New ed Balimore John Hopkins Universiy Press 1994
mdashmdashmdash Libraries in he A ncien World New Haven C Yale Universiy Press 2001Clackson James and Geoffrey Horrocks Te Blackwell Hisory o he Lain Language Cambridge Blackwell
Publishing 2007
Clarke J Houses o Roman Ialy 100 B Cndash A D 250 Berkeley and Los Angeles Universiy o CaliorniaPress 1991
Croom A Roman Clohing and Fashion UK empus Publishing 2000
DrsquoAmbra Eve Roman Ar Cambridge and New York Cambridge Universiy Press 1998
mdashmdashmdashRoman Women Cambridge and New York Cambridge Universiy Press 2007
Goldsworhy Adrian Te Complee Roman Army London Tames and Hudson 2003
Gran Leigh Rome A Fold-Ou His ory o Ancien Civ ilizaion New York Black Dog and Levanhal Publish-ers 2005
Gran Mark Roman Cookery Ancien Recipes or Modern Kichens London Seri Publishers 1999
Haney L A and J A Haney Te Roman Engineers Cambridge Cambridge Universiy Press 1991
Harris H A Spor in Greece and Rome Ihaca NY Cornell Universiy Press 1972
Herber Kevin Roman Imperial Coins Wauconda IL Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers 1996
Hodge Peer Te Roman Army Whie Plains NY Longman 1984
mdashmdashmdash Roman Family Lie UK Longman 1984
mdashmdashmdash Te Roman House ev ed Whie Plains NY Longman 1976
mdashmdashmdash Roman owns ev ed Whie Plains NY Longman 1977
mdashmdashmdash Roman rade and ravel Whie Plains NY Longman 1978Hopkins Keih and Mary Beard Te Colosseum Cambridge MA Harvard Universiy Press 2005
Humez Alexander and Nicholas Humez A B C E Cee ra Te Lie amp imes o he Roma n Alphabe BosonMA David Gordon Publisher 1985
Hyland Ann Equus Te Horse in he R oman World New Haven C Yale Universiy Press 1990
Jacobelli Lu ciana Gladiaors a Pompeii Los Angeles J Paul Gety rus Publicaions 2004
James Simon Ancien Rome Eyewiness Books New York Alred A Knop 1990
Jones J M A Dicionary o Ancien Coins London Seaby 1990
Mannix Daniel P Te Way o he Gladiaor New York ibooks 2001
Massey Michael Roman Religion Whie Plains New York Longman 1984
mdashmdashmdash Women in Ancien Greece and Rome New York Cambridge Universiy Press 1986
Olivovaacute V Spors and Games in he Ancien World London Orbis Publishing 1984
Paoli Ugo Enrico Rome Is People Lie and Cusoms ranslaed by D Macnaghen New York Longman1963
Piggot S Te Druids London Tames and Hudson 1982
Sims Lesley Roman Soldierrsquos Handbook London Usborne Books 2006
Solway Andrew Rome In Specacular Cross-Secion Oxord Oxord Universiy Press 2004
Savely E S Greek and Roman Voing and Elecions Ihaca NY Cornell Universiy Press 1972
reggiari S Roman Marriage Iusi Coniuges fom he ime o Cicero o he ime o Ulpian Oxord ClarendonPress 1991
Wallace ex E Inroducion o Wall Inscripio ns fom Pompeii and Herculaneu m Wauconda IL Bolchaz y-Carducci Publishers 2005
Webser G Te Roman Imperial Armies o he Firs and Second Cenuries A D 3rd ed London A and C Black1985
Weslake Susan Te Developmen o he Roman Alphabe Oxord OH American Classical League MC nd
Yavez Z Slaves and Slavery in Ancien Rome New Brunswick NJ ransacion Books 1988
ROMAN ARCHEOLOGY ARCHITECTURE AND ART Aicher Peer J Guide o he Aqueducs o Ancien Rome Wauconda IL Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers 1995
mdashmdashmdash Rome Alive A Source Guide o he Ancien Ciy 2 vols Wauconda IL Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers2004
Amery Col in and Bria n Curran Jr Te Los World o Pompeii Los Angeles J Paul Gety rus Publicaions2002
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 1454
TM xiv bull Latin for the New Millennium
Augeni Andrea ed Ar and Archeology o Rome New York iverside Book Company 2000
Boardman John Oxord Hisory o Classical Ar Oxord Oxord Universiy Press 1997
Campbell Ann Roman Ar and Archiecure ev ed Boulder CO Alarion Press 1999
Coarelli Fillipo Rome and Environs An Archeological Guide ranslaed by James J Clauss and Daniel P Har-mon Berkeley and Los Angeles Universiy o Caliornia Press 2008
Connolly Peer Pompeii New York Oxord Universiy Press 1990
Corbishley Mike Illusraed Encyclopedia o Ancie n Rome Los Angeles J Paul Gety rus Publicaions2004
Davis John and Deborah C Wood Monumena Romana Nosra Slide lecures complee se 1995 evised Wauconda IL Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers 1997
mdashmdashmdash Monumen a Roman a Nosra Roman Bahs Slide lecure 1995 evised Wauconda IL Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers 1997
mdashmdashmdash Monumena Romana Nos ra Te Forum in Rome and he Province s Slide lecure 1995 evised Wau-conda IL Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers 1997
mdashmdashmdash Monumena Romana Nos ra Te Roman Basil ica Slide lecure 1995 evised Wauconda ILBolchazy-Carducci Publishers 1997
mdashmdashmdash Monumena Romana Nos ra Te Roman Foru m Slide lecure 1995 evised Wauconda IL Bol-chazy-Carducci Publishers 1997
mdashmdashmdash Monumena Romana Nos ra Te Roman emple Slide lecure 1995 evised Wauconda IL Bol-chazy-Carducci Publishers 1997
Deiss Joseph Jay Herculaneum Ialyrsquos Buried reasure evised and updaed New York Harper Collins 1985
de Franciscus A Pompeii Monumens Pas and P resen Los Angeles J Paul Gety rus Publicaions 2000
DrsquoEspouy Hecor ed Greek and Roman Archiecure in Classic Illusraions Mineola NY Dover Publicaions1999
Dickison Sheila K and Judih P Hallet eds Rome and Her Monumens Wauconda IL Bolchazy-CarducciPublishers 2000
Heinze Helga von Roman Ar New York Universe Books 1971
Lewis Jon E ed Mammoh Book o Eyewines s Ancien Rome New York Carroll and Gra 2003
Ling ober Roman Paining Cambridge Cambridge Universiy Press 1991
Lovell Isabel Sories in Sone fom he Roman Forum ockville MD Wildside Press 2007
Macaulay David Ciy A Sory o Roman Planning and Consrucion Boson M A Houghon Miffl in 1971
MacDonald William L Te Archiecure o he Roman Empire An Urban Appraisal New Haven C Yale Uni- versiy Press 1988
MacKendrick Paul Te Mue Sones Speak Te Sory o Archeology in Ialy 2nd ed New York W W Noron1984
Millard Anne Welcome o Ancien Rome Edied by Jane Chisolm London Usborne Publishing 1987
Saccioli A Ancien Rome Monume ns Pas and Pres en Los Angeles J Paul Gety rus Publicaions2000
mdashmdashmdash Te Roads o he Romans Los Angeles J Paul Gety rus Publicaions 2004
Walker Susan Roman Ar Cambridge Harvard Universiy Press 1991
Wheeler Mori mer Roman Ar and Archiecure 4h ed New York Praeger Publishers 1969
Winkes ol Classical Collecion Roman Painings and Mosaics Providence I Museum o Ar hodeIsland School o Design 1982
LATE EMPIRE EARLY CHRISTIANITY AND MIDDLE AGES Augusi ne Conessions Oxord Worldrsquos Classics ranslaed by Henry Chadwick eprin New York Oxord
Universiy Press 1998
mdashmdashmdash Augusine Te Ciy o God agains he Paga ns ranslaed by W Dyson Cambridge exs in he His-ory o Poliical Tough Cambridge Cambridge Universiy Press 1998
mdashmdashmdash Augusine Poliical Wriings ranslaed by E M Akins and ober J Dodaro Cambridge exs inhe Hisory o Poliical Tough Cambridge Cambridge Universiy Press 2001
Barbero Alessandro Te Day o he Barbarians Te Batle Ta Led o he Fall o he Roman Empire ranslaed by John Cullen New York Walker and Company 2007
Barnes imohy D Ahanasius a nd Consanius Te ology and Poliics in h e Consanian Empire Cambridge
MA Harvard Universiy Press 1993Boehius Te Consolaion o Philosophy ranslaed by Vicor Wats ev ed London Penguin Books 1999
Bowersock G W and Peer Brown Lae Aniquiy A Guid e o he Pos Classica l World Harvard UniversiyPress eerence Library Cambridge MA Belknap Press 1999
Bowman Alan Averil Cameron and Peer Garnsey eds Te Crisis o Empire AD 193ndash337 2nd ed Volume 12Te Cambridge Ancien Hisory Cambridge Cambridge Universiy Press 2005
Brown Peer Augusine o Hippo A Biography ev ed Berkeley and Los Angeles Universiy o CaliorniaPress 2000
mdashmdashmdash Te World o Lae Aniquiy AD 150ndash750 New York W W Noron 1989
Cameron Averil Te Laer Roman Empire A D 284ndash430 Cambridge MA Harvard Universiy Press 1993
Cameron Averil Bryan Ward-Perkins and Michael Whiby eds Lae Aniquiy Empire a nd Successors AD425ndash600 Volume 14 Te Cambridge Ancien Hisory Cambridge Cambridge Universiy Press 2001
Cameron Averil and Peer Garnsey eds Te Lae Empire AD 337ndash425 Volume 13 Te Cambridge AncienHisory Cambridge Cambridge Universiy Press 1997
Chadwick Henry Te Church in Ancien Sociey From Galilee o Gregory he Grea Oxord Oxord UniversiyPress 2001
Corbishley Mike Te Middle Ages Culural Alas or Young People ev ed New York Facs on File 2003
Doran ober Birh o a Worldview Ea rly Chrisia niy in is Jewish and Pagan Conex Lanham MD ow-man and Litlefield 1999
Edwards Mark Consanine and Chrisendom Te Oraion o he Sains Te Greek and Lain Accouns o he Discovery o he Cross Te Edic o Consanine o Pope Silveser Liverpool Liverpool Universiy Press 2003
Ferguson Everet ed Encyclopedia o Ear ly Chrisiani y London Garland Publishing 1990
Godrey A W ed Medieval Mosaic A Book o M edieval Lain R eadings Wauconda IL Bolcha zy-CarducciPublishers 2003
Gran Michael Consanine he Grea Te Man and His imes New York Charles Scribnerrsquos Sons 1994
mdashmdashmdash Te Fall o he Roman Empire New York Charles Scribnerrsquos Sons 1997
mdashmdashmdash Te Collapse and Recovery o he Roman Empire London and New York ou ledge 1999
Harrison F E ed Millennium A Lain R eader A D 374ndash1374 eprin Wauconda IL Bolchazy-CarducciPublishers 2001
Heaher Peer Te Fall o he Roman Empire A New Hisory o Rome and he Barbarians New York OxordUniversiy Press 2007
Holmes George Te Oxord Hisory o Medieval Europe Oxord Oxord Universiy Press 2001
Hopkins Keih A World Full o Gods Pagans Jews and Chris ians in he Roma n Empire London Weideneldand Nicolson 1999
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 1554
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Resource List bull TM xv
Howarh Parick Atila King o he Hun s Man and Myh New York Barnes amp Noble Books 1995
Jones erry Barbarians London BBC Books 2006
Kulikowski Michael Romersquos Gohic Wars From he Tird Cenury o Alaric Cambridge Cambridge Univer-siy Press 2007
Lee A D ed Pagans and Chri sians in Lae A niquiy A Sourcebook London ouledge 2000
MacMullen amsay and Eugene N Lane Paganism and Chri sianiy 100ndash425 C E A Sourcebook Minne-apolis Forress Press 1992
Manello Frank and Arhur G igg Medieval Lain An Inroducion and Bibliographical Guide WashingonDC Te Caholic Universiy o America Press 1996
McEvedy Colin Te New Penguin Alas o Medieval Hisory ev ed New York Penguin Group 1992
Newman Paul B Daily Lie in he Middle A ges Jefferson NC McFarland and Company 2001Smih Jonahan Z Drudgery Divine On he Compari son o Early Chri sianiies and h e Religions o L ae Aniq-
uiy Chicago Universiy o Chicago Press 1990
Sambaugh John E and David Balch Te New esamen in is Social Environmen Philadelphia Wesmin-ser Press 1986
Tompson A E Te Huns Oxord Blackwell Publishing 1999
odd Malcolm Te Early Germans Malden MA Blackwell 2004
Wells Coli n Sailing fom Byzanium How a Los Empire Shaped he World NY Banam Dell 2006
Will iams ose Te Ligher Side o he Dark Ages London and New York Anhem Press 2006
Wolram Her wig Hisory o he Gohs ranslaed by Tomas J Dunlap Berkeley and Los Angeles Univer-siy o Caliornia Press 1988
mdashmdashmdashTe Roman Empire and Is Germanic Peoples ranslaed by Tomas J Dunlap Berkeley and Los Ange-
les Universiy o Caliornia Press 1997 Young Frances Lew is Ayres and A ndrew Louh eds Te Cambridge Hisory o Early Chrisian Lieraure
Cambridge Cambridge Universiy Press 2004
CLASSICAL PERSPECTIVESHighe Gilber Te Classical radiion New York Oxord Universiy Press 1957
Kopff E Chrisian Te Devil Knows Lain Why America Needs he Classical radiion Wilmingon DE ISIBooks 1999
Maybury ichard J Ancien Rome How I Affe cs You oday Placerville CA Bluesocking Press 1995
Murphy Cullen Are We Rome New York Houghon Mi ffl in 2007
Simmons racy Lee Climbing Parnassus A New Apologia or Greek and Lain Wilmingon DE ISI Books2002
MAPS POSTERS AND CHARTS Available from American Cla ssical League M C Miami Universiy Oxford OH
Map o oman Empire Map o oman Ialy ome Cenral Archeological Area oma Archaica
Circus Maximus Colosseum Consiuion Preamble Lain Abbreviaions Lain Phrases in Common UseLegal erms Panheon Pompeii Promoional Posers Lain Is
Derivaive ree Char Loan Word Char omance Language Char Skeleon Char
Available from L and L Enerprises Elmhurs IL
Ancien Civil izaion Wall M ap (small and lar ge size)
Using Lain Phrases Te Fabulous Five Lain Promoional Mini-posers Paer Noser Pledge o Allegianceoman Scenes and Proverbs Seven Hills o ome emembering he Cases
Available from Aims Inernaional Book s Cincinnai OH
Quo Modo Senis Hodie Poser
ADDITIONAL ITEMS Available from Bolchazy-Carducci P ublishers Mundelein IL
Lain Butons
Available from American Cla ssical League MC Miami Universiy Oxford OH
Lain-relaed CDs DVDs apes sofware coins greeing cards games accessories and jewelry mimeo-graphs hisorical novels Lain readers and Junior Classical League iems
Available from L and L Enerprises Elmhu rs IL
Lain knowledge cards Briish Museum book o poscards o Ancien Greece and o ome
Lain-relaed aciviy books butons coloring books key chain ags noe cards origami projecs pencilspuzzle books rulers sampers sickers suffed animals atoos oe bags and -shirs
MISCELLANEOUS Available from American Cla ssical League MC Miami Universiy Oxford OH
2006 Updaed Survey o Audio-Visual Maerials and exbooks in he Classics
2007 Ediion o ACL Soware Direcory or he Classics
WEBSITESFor a regularly updaed lis o websie resources check htpwwwlnmbolchazycom
PROFESSIONAL ORGANIZATIONSMos o hese organizaions offer a journal ha eachers will find beneficial Consul he organizaionrsquos web-
sie o learn more
American C lassical League (ACL)
American C lassical L eague eaching Maerials a nd esource Cener (MC)
ACL Sponsored Aciviie s
Junior Classical League
Naional Commitee or Lain and GreekNaional Greek Exam
Naional Junior Classical League
Naional Lain Exam
Naional Senior Classical League
Naional Myhology Exam
American C ouncil on he eaching o Foreign La nguages (ACFL)
American Ph ilologica l Associa ion (APA)
Archeologica l Insiue o A merica (AI A)
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 1654
TM xvi bull Latin for the New Millennium
Classical Associaion o Canada
Classical Associaion o New England (CANE)
Classical Associaion o he Alanic Saes (CAAS)
Classical Associaion o he Middle Wes and Souh (CAMWS)
Classical Associaion o he Pacific Norhwes (CAPN)
Classical Associaion o he Souhwesern Unied Saes (CASUS)
Compuer Assised Language Insrucion Consorium (CALICO)
Join Associaion o C lassical eachers (JAC)
Vergilian Socie y
In addiion many saes and ciies have classics-relaed organizaions
TEACHER NOTES
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 1754
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull i
1
STUDENT TEXTBOOKWITH EXERCISE ANSWERS
STANDARDS CORRELATIONS
ORAL EXERCISES
ORAL EXERCISE CORRELATIONS
WORKBOOK EXERCISE CORRELATIONS
ANCILLARY CORRELATIONS
COMPREHENSION QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS
TEACHING TIPS
TEACHER BY THE WAY NOTATIONS
AND HOW TO USE THIS BOOK
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 1854
iindashiii bull Latin for the New Millennium
Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers IncMundelein Illinois USA
1Milena Minkova and Terence Tunberg
LATIN FOR THE NEW MILLENNIUM
Series Inormaion
LEVEL ONE
Suden ex (2008)
Suden Workbook (2008)
eacherrsquos M anual (2008)
eacherrsquos Manual or Suden Workbook (2008)
ANCILLARIES
From Romulus o Romulus AugusulusRoman Hisory or he New Millennium (2008)
Te Original Dysuncional Family Basic Classical Myhology or he New Millennium (2008)
LEVEL TWO
Suden ex (2009)
Suden Workbook (2009)
eacherrsquos M anual (2009)
eacherrsquos Manual or Suden Workbook (2009)
ANCILLARIES
From Rome o Reormaion Early European Hisory or he New Millennium (2009)
Te Clay-ooed SuperHeroes Myhology ales or he New Millennium (2009)
mdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdash
ELECTRONIC RESOURCES
(See page 445 or deailed descripion)
wwwlnm bolchazycom
Quia Quesion Bank
Lain-only Vill a in een Second Lietrade
Carpe Praedam
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 1954
FOREWORD xi
PREFACE xiii
AUTHORS xvii
EDITORS CONSULTANTS AND PILOT TEACHERS xix
INTRODUCTION xxiii
AlphabePronunciaion o LainOverview o oman Hisory Beginnings o Lain Lieraure
CHAPTER 1 1
eading ldquoomulus and emusrdquoLanguage Facs Pars o Speech Nouns Number Gender Case
(Nominaive and Accusaive) Firs Declension Nounsalking Saying Hello
CHAPTER 2 15
eading Plauus ldquoTe Menaechmi winsrdquo Language Facs Firs and Second Conjugaion Verbs Principal Pars
Properies o Verbs Number Person ense Sem Infiniive Subjec and
Verb Agreemenalking Geting Acquained
CHAPTER 3 29
eading erence ldquowo BrohersrdquoLanguage Facs Second Declension Masculine -us -er -ir Nouns Geniive
Case Vocaive Case Preposiional Phrasesalking In he Classroom
REVIEW 1 CHAPTERS 19912513 43
Considering he Classical Gods Ma rs Jupier JunoConnecing wih he Ancien World Slavery in A ncien omeExploring oman Comedy oman Producions and Modern endiions by
William S Anderson Proessor o Classics Emerius Universiy o Caliornia Berkeley Berkeley Caliornia
Mīrābile Audī ū Phrases and Quoaions elaing o he Comic radiion
CONTENTS
bull v bull
Series Edior LeaAnn A Osburn
Volume Ediors Elisa C Denja LeaAnn A Osburn
Conribuing Ediors imohy Beck Judih P Halle Laurie Haigh KeenanKaren Lee Singh Donald E Sprague ose Williams Vicki Wine
Hisorical imeline Jayni einhard
Cover Design amp ypography Adam Phillip Velez
Cover Illusraion oman Forum copy BemannCOBISOher Illusraions Phoo Credis appear on pp 431ndash434
CarographyMapping Specialiss
Indexing Michael Hendry
Prooreader Gary Varney
Lain for he New Millennium
Suden ex Level 1
Milena Minkova and erence unberg
copy2008 Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers Inc All righs reserved
Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers Inc
1570 Baskin oadMundelein Illinois 60060 wwwbolchazycom
Prined in Canada2009 byFriesens
ISBN 978-0-86516-560-1mdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashLibrary o Congress Caaloging-in-Publicaion Daa
Minkova Milena Lain or he new millennium suden ex level 1 Milena Minkova anderence unberg p cm Includes bibliographical reerences ISBN 978-0-86516-560-1 (v 1 hardbound alk paper) 1 Lain language--Grammar I unberg erence II ile
PA20875M 562 2008 4782rsquo421--dc22
2008014705
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull ivndashv
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 2054
Contents bull vii
CHAPTER 9 135
eading Sallus ldquoTe Cailinarian ConspiracyrdquoLanguage Facs Fourh Conjugaion Verbs Presen Acive and Passive
ense Presen Acive and Passive Infiniive T ird Declension NeuerNouns Tird Declension I -Sem Nouns
alking Geting Dressed or a Pary
REVIEW 3 CHAPTERS 79912519 149
Considering he Classical Gods ApolloConnecing wih he A ncien World oman AtireExploring oman Governmen Poliics in Greece ome and he Unied
Saes by Josiah Ober Proessor o Classics and Poliical Science SanordUniversiy Sanord Caliornia
Mīrābile Aud īū Phrases and Motoes elaing o Governmen andDemocracy
CHAPTER 10 163
eading Vergil ldquo Te rojan HorserdquoLanguage Facs Tird Conjugaion -iō Verbs Presen Acive and Passive
ense Presen Acive and Passive Infiniive T ird Declension AdjecivesSubsanive Adjecives
alking Te Morning Beore a es
CHAPTER 11 177
eading Vergil ldquoQueen Dido o CarhagerdquoLanguage Facs Imperec Acive a nd Passive ense o All Conjugaions
Imperec ense o Sum and Possum Encliicsalking raveling o School
CHAPTER 12 191eading Livy ldquoMucius ScaevolardquoLanguage Facs Fi rs Second and Tird Person Personal Pronouns Firs
and Second Person Possessive Adjecives Declension o vīsalking Discussing he Weaher
REVIEW 4 CHAPTERS 1099125112 205
Considering he Classical Gods Mercury Connecing wih he Ancien World oman FoodExploring he My h o he rojan Horse Never Look a Gif Horse in
he Mouh by Bonnie A Cato Proessor o Classics Assumpion CollegeWorceser Massachusets
Mīrābile Aud īū Phrases and Quoaions elaing o War and Peace
vi bull L atin for the New Millennium
CHAPTER 4 57
eading Cicero ldquoTe Deserer Wans a ewardrdquoLanguage Facs Second Declension Neuer Nouns Daive Case Firs
and Second Declension -us -a -um Adjecives Agreemen o Nounsand Adjecives
alking Discussing Homework
CHAPTER 5 69
eading Cicero ldquoCicero Wries o ereniardquoLanguage Facs Firs and Second Conjugaion Verbs Presen Passive ense
Presen Passive Infiniive Ablaive o Agen Firs and Second Declension
-er Adjecivesalking Discussing Occupaions
CHAPTER 6 81
eading Caesar ldquoTe DruidsrdquoLanguage Facs Presen ense and Presen Infiniive o Sum and Possum
Complemenary Infi niive ransiive and Inransiive Verbsalking Preparing or a es
REVIEW 2 CHAPTERS 49912516 93
Considering he Classical Gods Nepune Pluo Vesa and CeresConnecing wih he Ancien World oman MarriageExploring oman Famil ies Parens and Children Ten and Now by
Jacqueline Carlon Assisan Proessor o Classics Universiy o Massachusets Boson Massachusets
Mīrābile Audīū Phrases Motoes and Abbreviaions elaing o Lie in heweny-Firs Cenur y
CHAPTER 7 111eading Caullus ldquoMy Girlrsquos SparrowrdquoLanguage Facs Tird Declension Masculine and Feminine Nouns Indirec
Saemen Accusaive and Infiniivealking In he Caeeria
CHAPTER 8 123
eading Nepos ldquoTemisocles Saves he GreeksrdquoLanguage Facs T ird Conjugaion Verbs Presen Acive a nd Passive ense
Presen Acive and Passive Infiniive Ablaives o Manner InsrumenSeparaion Place rom Which Place Where Accusaive o Place o W hich
alking Afer School Aciviies
vindashvii bull Latin for the New Millennium
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 2154
Contents bull ix
CHAPTER 18 301
eading Apuleius ldquoCupid and PsycherdquoLanguage Facs Fuure Perec Aci ve ense o All Conjugaions Fuure
Perec ense o Sum and Possum Fifh Declension Nounsalking Going o he Denis
REVIEW 6 CHAPTERS 1699125118 315
Considering he Classical Gods BacchusConnecing wih he Ancien World Gladiaorial GamesExploring oman Disasers Earh Air Fire and Waer by John E Torburn
Associae Proessor o Classics Baylor Universiy Waco exas
Mīrābile Audīū Quoaions elaing o Atiudes oward and Coping wihMisorunes
CHAPTER 19 331
eading Ammianus ldquoTe HunsrdquoLanguage Facs Perec Passive Pariciple Perec Passive ense o All
Conjugaions eview o Principal Par s o Verbs Demonsraive Pronounand Adjecive Hic
alking Cleaning he House
CHAPTER 20 349
eading Augusine ldquoAn Adolescen TierdquoLanguage Facs Pluperec Passive ense o Al l Conjugaions Perec Acive
and Passive Infini ives Demonsraive Pronoun and Adjecive Illealking Going Shopping
CHAPTER 21 361
eading Boehius ldquoTe Wheel o ForunerdquoLanguage Facs Fuure Perec Passive ense o All Conjugaions Fuure
Acive Pariciple Fuure Acive Infiniivealking A Birhday Pary
REVIEW 7 CHAPTERS 1999125121 375
Considering he Classical Gods VulcanConnecing wih he Ancien World oman EducaionExploring oman Libraries Public Libraries and Teir Books by Keih Dix
Associae Proessor o Classics Universiy o Georgia Ahens GeorgiaMīrābile Audīū Phrases Quoaions and Abbreviaions elaing o
Schools Libraries and Books
viii bull Latin for the New Millennium
CHAPTER 13 219
eading Horace ldquoAn Encouner wih a BoorrdquoLanguage Facs Presen ense Posiive and Negaive Imperaives Firs and
Second Person Personal Pronouns Geniive Case Ti rd Person PossessivePronoun and Adjecive
alking Lae or School
CHAPTER 14 233
eading Ovid ldquoPyramus and TisberdquoLanguage Facs Firs and Second Conjugaion Verbs Fuure Acive and
Passive ense Fuure ense o Sum and Possum elaive Pronouns
elaive Clausesalking Chating on he Inerne
CHAPTER 15 245
eading Seneca ldquoe1047298ecions on Growing OldrdquoLanguage Facs Tird a nd Fourh Conjugaion Verbs Fuure Acive and
Passive ense Inerrogaive Pronouns and Adjecivesalking A rip o he Counry
REVIEW 5 CHAPTERS 1399125115 259
Considering he Classical Gods Minerva Di ana VenusConnecing wih he A ncien World oman Ciies and oadsExploring oman Law Te Jusice Sysem in Ancien ome by James G
Keenan Proessor o Classics Loyola Universiy Chicago Chicago IllinoisMīrābile Audīū Phrases and Quoaions elaing o Legal Maters
CHAPTER 16 273
eading Pliny he Younger ldquoTe Erupion o VesuviusrdquoLanguage Facs Perec ense Verbs Perec Sem Perec Acive ense o
All Conjugaions Perec ense o Sum and Possum Daive o Possessionalking elaxing a he Beach
CHAPTER 17 287
eading acius ldquoTe Fire a omerdquoLanguage Facs Pluperec A cive ense o All Conjugaions Pluperec
ense o Sum and Possum Fourh Declension Masculine Feminine andNeuer Nouns
alking ecovering rom an Acciden
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull viiindashix
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 2254
xndashxi bull Latin for the New Millennium
FOREWORDTe aurea mediocriās o Lain exbooks has arrived No a grammar-ranslaion nor a readingapproach book Lain or he New Millennium is a blend o he bes elemens o boh
Te key o Lain or he New Millennium Level 1 is he emphasis on reading Lain a he begin-ning o each chaper and using conversaional Lain a he end o each chaper or as he auhorsindicae in he Preace lsquoi (Lain) offers you he lingui sic key o he minds ha shaped European
(and hereore American) culu re rom he ime o he omans o he modern scienific revolu-ion In his book you will learn abou he language sep by sep by using irsquo
Te reading passages a he opening o each chaper are ba sed on Lain lieraure and proceedin chronological order rom Plauus o Boehius Each reading is suppored by pre-reading andacing page vocabulary Grammar is inroduced using senences already seen in he reading pas-sage and mīrābile dicū here are pleny o exercises Te Vocabulary o Learn chosen rom headaped reading passage hus conains some Advanced Placemen lieraure-based words and i sreieraed consisenly in he exercises and oher shor reading passages
Somehing no seen in mos Lain exbooks is he conversaional dialogue a he end o eachchaper Tis will pique he sudenrsquos ineres in he Lain version o modern-day aciviies andmee cerain classical language sandards direcly Te auhors Milena Minkova and erenceunberg proessors a he Universiy o Kenucky a Lexingon are he direcors o he hugelypopular Conveniculum Lexinoniense he annual su mmer program ha has been r unning ormore han en years Tey are also on he aculy o he Conveniculum Bosoniense a similarprogram ha draws paricipans o experience conversaional Lain in differen geographical se-ings A he 2007 American Classical Leag ue Insiue a Vanderbil Universiy I paricipaed ina conversaional Lain workshop presened by Minkova and unberg Tough he par icipans
were seasoned Lain eachers mos were experiencing or he firs ime he ried and rue meh-ods hese wo expers were using o inspire us o speak Lain By he end o he workshop wecould converse in amiliar Lain phrases and saw how useul his could be or our own sudensunbergrsquos and Minkovarsquos leadership in hese summer programs made hem uniquely well suiedo design he conversaional dialogues in Lain or he New Millennium and he copious oral ex-ercises ha are conained only in he eacher manual hus al lowing eachers o pick and choose
which exercises bes mee he needs o heir own sudens
Tis book wih is range o offerings wi ll appeal o all ypes o lang uage sudens and will alloweachers o bring he many aces o he oman and pos-oman world ino he classroom How
wonderul i is o see a passage o adaped Plauus in Chaper 2 a prose adapaion o Caullusrsquo passer poem in Chaper 7 o Horacersquos saire on he boor in Chaper 13 and even o aciusrsquo de-scripion o he grea fire in ome in Chaper 17 oman culure is embodied in each o hesepassages hus meeing anoher classical language sandard Accompanying each passage is aquoaion or moto conneced o he passage or chaper
bull xi bullx bull Latin for the New Millennium
APPENDIX A 389
Chronological Lis o he Auhors and Works Sudied
APPENDIX B 391
Addiional Sae Motoes
APPENDIX C 393
Grammaical Forms and Paradigms
APPENDIX D 405
Lain Synax
APPENDIX E 411Hisorical imeline
ENGLISH TO LATIN GLOSSARY 415
LATIN TO ENGLISH GLOSSARY 421
BIBLIOGRAPHY 429
PHOTOGRAPHY CREDITS 431
INDEX 435
LIST OF MAPS
Map o he oman World xxxi iMap o he ravels o Aeneas 187Map o he Ciy o ome 227
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 2354
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull xiindashxiii
PREFACELearning Lain helps you learn English and oher languages beter and perhaps even moreimporanly i offers you he linguisic key o he minds ha shaped European (and hereore
American) culure rom he ime o he omans o he modern scienific revoluion Lain washe language hese people used o express hemselves and o record heir ideas in permanen ormacross so many cenuries In his book you wil l learn abou he language by u sing i sep by sep
CHAPTER COMPONENTS
READING PASSAGES
Each chaper begins wih a eading Passage and noes on he acing page ha will help you un-dersand any linguisic elemens you have no previously seen Tese noes eaure vocabulary
words in an easy o ollow alphabeical l ising providing you he exac meaning needed o un-dersand he reading passage bu no he ull lexical enries a his poin By reading and seeinghese new elemens in heir naural conex ofen you will need no explanaion o undersandhow hey uncion because hey appear w ih words you already know Te eadi ng Passages areadaped rom auhenic works o Lain lieraure and hey are presened in chronological order
As you complee each chaper you will be raci ng he sory o Lain as a lierary language andhe sories o he auhors who used i In addiion you wi ll learn abou oman c ulure over heperiods o ime in which he eaured reading o each chaper was produced
VOCABULARY TO LEARN
Te Vocabulary o Learn repeas some words encounered in he eading Passage or each chap-
er bu in his secion he words are lised by pars o speech i nsead o alphabeically and herehe ull lexical enry is given Tese are words you will need o memorize in order o recognizeand use hem hroughou he remainder o he book In order o aid you in recognizi ng connec-ions beween Lain words and he English words derived rom or relaed o hem a derivaiveexercise ollows each Vocabulary o Learn
LANGUAGE FACTS AND EXERCISES
In he body o each chaper you will fi nd simple explanaions o he Language Facs eaured inhe chaper reading passage along wih many differen exercises ha allow you o use all he in-ormaion you are learning By doing he exercises in each chaper and in he suden workbook
you will no only be reading and wriing Lain yoursquoll be speaking i Some exercises involve oralexchanges wih he eacher and wih oher sudens Because Lain communicaes hough i isa living hing Tereore a person who gains an acive working knowledge in he language along
bull xiii bullxii bull Latin for the New Millennium
All o his said Lain or he New Millennium is suden riendly Sudy ips rhymes and mnemon-ics abound in each chaper and litle secions called ldquoBy he Wayrdquo offer addiional inormaion orhose who always wan o know more
Te uni review secions are ru ly gems Afer hree chapers a Lain review chaper providesno jus he complee lis o Vocabulary o Learn and pleniu l exercises bu ofen anoher pieceo adaped lieraure o read991252snippes o Mari al or Peronius and more
Bu his is no all A secion called ldquoConsidering he Classical Godsrdquo offers high-ineres readingsin boh Engli sh and Lain on he panheon o classical gods A noher secion eniled ldquoConnec-ing wih he Ancien Worldrdquo provides in English addiional i normaion on a paricular aspec ooman lie conained wihin he uni
Capping each review uni is a disincive essay ha e xplores oman and modern opics each writen by a universiy scholar From he Universiy o Massachusets o Sanord Universiyand many places in be ween hese proessors have conribued heir special experise on subjecmater relaed o he chapers I k now o no oher book ha does hi s
Tere are many useu l phoographs and maps appropriaely placed hroughou Te reproduc-ions o fine ar and phoographs o archaeological sies provide a visual learning experience as
well Needless o say here are appendices on g rammar and synax a nd English o Lain andLain o English glossaries wih an added secion on various motoes
Te auhors ediors consulans and pilo eachers have done a superior job o organizing his book or maximum useu lness and effeciveness Tis unique series w ill include he ollowi ngLevel 1 Suden ex Level 1 Suden Workbook Level 1 eacherrsquos Manual and Level 1 Work-
book eacherrsquos Manual Level 2 Suden ex Level 2 Suden Workbook Level 2 eacherrsquosManual and Level 2 Workbook eacherrsquos Manual Many online and elecronic resources willalso accompany his series
Lain for he New Millennium has been houghully designed or and wih he weny-firscenury suden in mind Please join me in heralding he appearance o his unique new series
ha will improve and enhance he sudy o Lain or he weny-firs cenury
P983137983157983148 P983154983151983152983141983154983162983145983151Boson Lain Academy
2008
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 2454
xivndashxv bull Latin for the New Millennium
Preface bull xv
ASPECTS OF ROMAN LIFE
Nex you will find a reading in English on an imporan aspec o oman daily lie Tis sec-ion eniled Connecing wih he Ancien World wil l presen addiional inormaion on a opicencounered in he previous c hapers
EXPLORING ROMAN AND MODERN LIFE
Following he secion on daily lie here will be a shor essay in English ha compares and con-rass some aspec o oman and American lie and illusraes a way in which Lain is a par oour lie oday Each o hese essays has been writen by a universiy scholar wih special experisein his field o sudy
MĪRĀBILE AUDĪTŪEach review chaper concludes wih a l is o Lain quoaions motoes phrases or abbreviaionsused in English Tese sayings relae o one o he uni opics
Te Lain langu age and oman culure have no only inspired wriers hroughou he ages andin1047298uenced modern lie bu have also lef heir presence in ar and archaeology In his volumereproducions o painings drawings sculpure mosaics rescoes and oher ariacs rom an-iquiy hrough he presen abound wih depicions o and reerences o he sories and lives ohe omans Likewise view s o archaeological sies remind us o wha ome and is area o in1047298u-ence was like in ancien imes Te illusraions hroughou he ex suppor he writen word in
visual orm hus offering you a vivid recollecion o he chaper conen
Each auhor o his book has writen differen secions o he exbook bu boh auhors have ben-efied hroughou he composiion o he exbook rom coninuous muual advice and suppor
MM and 2008
Visi wwwl nmbolchazycom o see he elecronic resources ha accompany Lain or he New Millennium
xiv bull Latin for the New Millennium
wih a readi ng abiliy i s more likely o progress quick ly o a deeper undersanding o he lan-guage and he enjoymen o is lieraure I you have an oral aciliy and can wrie in a language
you will no need o be reminded abou orms and grammaical rules so ofen In his book you will acquire ha acive acili y as a basic par o learning he language
CONVERSATIONAL LATIN
oward he end o each chaper here is a Lain dialogue in which a group o modern sudens arehe paricipans Tey discuss in Lain siuaions ofen encounered in our daily li ves In hesedialogues you will find a bridge beween our lives and he houghs o he ancien medieval orrenaissance auhors who wroe in Lain991252a bridge consruced o he same basic language Lain
OTHER FEATURESIn each chaper you will fi nd oher ineresing mater ha will help you learn and enjoy Lain
bull Memorābile Dictū Te firs page o each chaper eaures a amous saying labeled Memorābile Dicū (A Memorable Ting o Say) a Lain phrase so well known ha i has become an ofenrepeaed proverb or quoaion Learning each amous saying wi ll increase your u ndersand-ing no jus o Lain bu o he houghs and ideas ha were i mporan o omans and haveconinued o be an inegral par o modern lie
bull Sudy ips Each chaper conains sayings rhymes mnemonic devices verses or oher in-ormaion ha will help you remember he various hings you are learning
bull By he Way You will see his phrase repeaed hroughou every chaper When you see hislabel you will know ha addiional inormaion is being presened
REVIEW COMPONENTS A he conclusion o every se o hree chapers here is a review conaining various componens
VOCABULARY TO KNOW
Tis is a complee lis o all he Vocabulary o Learn words presened in he hree chapers ar-ranged by pars o speech
EXERCISES
Here you will see many new exercises ha will help you review and reinorce he maerial in hehree preceding chapers In he review exercise secion here is ofen an addiional reading pas-sage o help you undersand more abou Lain lieraure and is heriage oday
CLASSICAL MYTHOLOGY
Tis secion eniled Considering Classical Myhology includes passages on myhology one inEnglish and one in Lain which ell some o he principal sories abou he Greek and omangods Tese sories re1047298ec many o he main hemes seen in lieraure and ar rom classical omodern imes
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 2554
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull xvindashxvii
AUTHORSMILENA MINKOVA
MA and PhD Chrisian and Classical Philology Pon-ifical Salesian Universiy ome Ialy MA and PhDClassics Universiy o Sofia Bulgaria
Associae Proessor o Classics Universiy o KenuckyLexingon Kenucky
Milena Minkova has sudied conduced research andaugh in Bulgaria Swizerland Germany Ialy he
Vaican Ciy and he USA Minkova has auhored hree book monographs Te Personal Names o he Lain In-scripions fom Bulgaria (Peer Lang 2000) Te Proe-an Raio (Peer Lang 2001) and Inroducion o Lain
Prose Composiion (Bolchazy-Carducci 2007 reprin Wimbledon 2001) She has also published numerousaricles on Lain medieval philosophy Lain lieraureLain composiion and Lain pedagogy
TERENCE TUNBERGBA and MA Classics Universiy o Souhern Calior-nia Posgraduae researcher and docoral suden Me-
dieval Sudies Universiy o London England PhDClassical Philology Universiy o orono Canada
Proessor o Classics Universiy o Kenucky Lexing-on Kenucky
erence unberg has augh in Belgium and Canadaas well as in he USA He is a specialis in Lain com-posiion and an exper in he hi sory o he approacheso wriing Lain prose rom aniquiy o early modernimes His works include a n ediion o collecion o Me-dieval Lain speeches commenaries on Lain worksand numerous sudies o he hisory o imiaion in La-in wriing In addiion or more han a decade he hasoffered summer seminars designed o inroduce peopleo he use o spoken Lain
bull xvii bull
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 2654
EDITORS CONSULTANTSAND PILOT TEACHERS
VOLUME EDITORSElisa C DenjaEdior Bolchazy-Carducci PublishersBaker Demonsraion School EmeriaEvanson Illinois
LeaAnn A OsburnEdior Bolchazy-Carducci PublishersBarringon High School EmeriaBarringon Illinois
BOARD OF
CONSULTANTS Virginia A ndersonLain eacherIllinois Virual High SchoolBarringon Middle School EmeriaBarringon Illinois
Jill M CrookerLain eacher
Pitsord-Mendon High School EmeriaPitsord New York
Judih Peller HalletProessor o ClassicsUniversiy o MarylandCollege Park Maryland
Sherwin D Litle1ndash12 Foreign Language Program LeaderIndian Hill High SchoolCincinnai Ohio
Sherrilyn MarinChair Deparmen o Foreign LanguagesKeih Counry Day Schoolockord Illinois
Mary PendergrafProessor o Classical Languages
Wake Fores Universiy Winson-Salem Norh Carolina
John raupman
Proessor o ClassicsS Josephrsquos Universiy EmeriusPhiladelphia Pennsylvania
Cynhia Whie Associae Proessor o ClassicsUniversiy o Arizonaucson Ari zona
ose WilliamsMcMurry College Emeria
Abilene High School Emeria Abilene exas
Donna WrighLain eacherLawrence Norh and Lawrence Cenral High
Schools
Indianapolis Indiana
PILOT TEACHERS Jeremy M WalkerLain eacherCrown Poin High SchoolCrown Poin Indiana
Laneta WarrenburgLain eacherElgin High SchoolElgin Illinois
bull xix bullxviii bull Latin for the New Millennium
JOINT PUBLICATIONS BY THE AUTHORSMinkova and unberg have coauhored he ollowing books Readings and Exercises in Lain
Prose Composiion (Focus 2004) Reading Livyrsquos Rome Selecions fom Livy Books IndashVI (Bol-chazy-Carducci 2 005) Maer Anserina Poems in Lain or Children (Focus 2006) Tey are hedirecors o he Insiue or Lain Sud ies a he Universiy o Kenucky in which sudens sudyhe hisory o Lain rom ancien o modern imes and ake par in seminars in which Lai n is he
working language o all ac iviies Boh Minkova and unberg are eleced ellows o he ome- based Academia Lainiai Fovendae he primary learned sociey devoed o he preservaion andpromoion o he use o Lain
xviiindashxix bull Latin for the New Millennium
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 2754
Editors Consultants and Pilot Teachers bull xxi
SHERWIN LITTLE
BA Universiy o Cincinnai M A Universiy o Colorado
Sherwin Litle has augh Lain rom sixh g rade hrough Lain AP a Indian Hill Exemped Vil-lage School Disric since 1983 Sherwin has received an Ovaio rom CAMWS as well as heCAMWS Good eacher Award and he Hildesheim Vase Award rom he Ohio Classical Coner-ence in 1986 and 2007 Sherwin holds Naional Board Cerificaion in World Languages Oherhan English and has been boh Vice Presiden and Presiden o he American Classical Leag ue
SHERRILYN MARTIN
BA Wilson College MA PhD Universiy o Cincinnai
Sherrilyn Marin was named Illinois Lain eacher o he Year in 1993 was a recipien o heL Governorrsquos Award or Foreign Language eaching in 2001 and was named a Claes Nobeleacher o Disincion in 2 007 She is a pas presiden o he Illinois Classical Conerence and isacive in he ockord Sociey o he A rchaeological Insiue o America Sherri lyn spen a yearin independen sudy a he Universiy o Tessaloniki Greece
MARY PENDERGRAFT
AB PhD Universiy o Norh Carolina Chapel Hill
Afer eaching a UNC-Greensboro and D uke Universiy Mary Pendergraf began eachingclassics ul l-ime a Wake Fores Mary is a ormer Presiden o he Norh Carolina Classical A s-sociaion and paricipaed in he ocus group ha w roe he Norh Carolina Sandard Course oSudy or Lain
JOHN TRAUPMAN
BA Moravian College MA PhD Pr inceon Universiy
John raupman is proessor emerius rom S Josephrsquos Universiy i n Phil adelphia where heaugh or hiry-eigh years A mong his many awards John received he Disinguished eaching
Award rom S Josephrsquos Universiy in 1982 a cerificae o appreciaion rom he PennsylvaniaDeparmen o Educaion in 1990 and he Special Award rom he Classical Associaion o he
Alanic Saes in 1996 John raupman is especially well-known as he auhor oConversaional Lain and Te New College Lain and English Dicionary
CYNTHIA WHITE
BA Chesnu Hill College MA Villanova Universiy PhD Caholic Universiy o America
Cynhia Whie is he Direcor o he Undergraduae Lain Program and supervises eacherraining and Kndash12 Lain eacher Cerificaion a he Universiy o Arizona She regularlyeaches a he Isiuo Inernazionale di Sudi Classici di Orvieo he Classics Deparmenrsquos Sudy
Abroad Program in Orvi eo Ialy and has sudied i n ome wih he Papal Lai nis eg inaldFoser ODC
xx bull Latin for the New Millennium
VOLUME EDITORSELISA C DENJA
BA Marygrove College Deroi Michigan MA Columbia Universiy MA Loyola UniversiyChicago
Elisa Denja augh Lain a Norh Chicago High School and Baker Demonsraion School inEvanson Illinois or many years while concurrenly eaching classical myhology a LoyolaUniversiy o Chicago and in he g ifed-disance learning program a Norhwesern UniversiyElisa was awarded he Illinois Lain eacher o he Year award in 1992 and he Illinois Lieime
Achievemen Award in 2007
LEAANN A OSBURNBA Monmouh College Illinois MA Loyola Universiy Chicago
While eaching Lain or many years a Barringon High School in Barringon Illinois LeaA nnserved as boh vice-presiden and presiden o he Illinois Classical Conerence LeaAn n receivedhe Illinois La in eacher o he Year award in 1989 he Illinois L Governorrsquos Award in 1990and he Classical Associaion o he Middle Wes and Souh Good eacher Award in 1996
BOARD OF CONSULTANTSVIRGINIA ANDERSON
BA Loyola Universiy Chicago MA S Xavier Universiy
Virginia Anderson augh Lain or hi ry years i n privae and public hi gh schools and middleschools in he Chicagoland area In 1999 she was awarded he L Governorrsquos Award or Enhance-men o he eaching Proession and in 2003 was named Il linois Lain eacher o he Year
JILL M CROOKER
BA Universiy o Illi nois MSEd Nazareh College o ocheser New York Jill Crooker augh Lain or many years a Pitsord-Mendon High School in Pitsord New YorkShe has served as he College Board Advisor o he A P Lain es Developmen Commitee andin 1996 received he Moron E Spillenger Award or Disingui shed Leadership o he Classical
Associaion o he Empire Sae In 2003 she received he ACL Meria Award and i n 2006 a nOvaio rom he Classical A ssociaion o he Alanic Saes
JUDITH PELLER HALLETT
BA Wellesley MA PhD Harvard Universiy
In addiion o sudying a he A merican Academy in ome he Insiue o Classical Sudies inLondon and he Universiy o Maasrich in Holland Judih Hallet is a ormer presiden o heClassical Associaion o he Alanic Saes and Vice-Presiden or Oureach o he AmericanPhilological Associaion She was named a Disinguished Scholar-eacher in 1992 by he Uni-
versiy o Maryland
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull xxndashxxi
TEACHER NOTES
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 2854
xxii bull Latin for the New Millennium
xxii bull L atin for the New Millennium
ROSE WILLIAMS
BA Baylor Universiy MA Universiy o Norh Carolina Chapel Hill
In addiion o posgraduae work in Lain and Humaniies a he Universiy o Dallas and heUniversiy o exas a Arlingon on a ockeeller Gran ose Williams did research a he Bodle-ian Library Ox ord Universiy in England and a he Universiy o Pisa She augh Lain or overhiry years a boh high school and uni versiy levels in exas and now is he auhor o more hanen books abou he Classics
DONNA WRIGHT
BA MA Ball Sae Universiy
Afer eaching Lain a Carmel High School Donna Wrigh currenly eaches a boh LawrenceNorh and Lawrence Cenral High Schools in Indianapolis Indiana She has been an acivemember o he Indiana Classical Conerence being named Creaive Lain eacher o he Year in1976 She has also been acive i n he American Classical League sponsoring a JCL chaper andleading Ialy rips or nearly weny years Donna also served as an offi cer speaker and boardmember o Pompeiiana Inc
PILOT TEACHERS JEREMY M WALKER
AB Wabash College MA Indiana Universiy
Jeremy Walker has augh Lain a Crown Poin High School in Crown Poin Indiana since1995 He has served as he Co-Chair o he Indiana Junior Classical League and Membershipand Public elaions Chair o he Naional Junior Classical League In addiion o sudying inIaly a he Inercollegiae Cener or Classical Sudies and in Greece a he American School orClassical Sudies he was presiden o he Indiana Classical Conerence In 2003 Jeremy was rec-ognized as he Lain eacher o he Year in Indiana and in 2004 was recognized by he Indiana
Sae eachers Associaion as a orch o K nowledge ecipien
LANETTA WARRENBURG
BA Indiana Universiy MA Indiana Universiy-Purdue Universiy Indianapolis
Laneta Warrenburg has augh high school English and Lain or hiry-hree years a schoolsin Indiana and Illinois Her las weny-our years o eaching Lain were a Elgin High Schoolin Elgin Illinois While eaching Lain here she served as he Illinois Classical Conerencechairperson or Chicago Classics Day as co-chair or he Illinois Ceramen League since 1993and as sae chair or he Il linois Junior Classical L eague rom 1999ndash2001 Laneta was honoredas he Illi nois Lain eacher o he Year in 2001 and was presiden o he Chicago Classical Clubrom 2005ndash2007
INTRODUCTION
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 2954
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull xxiii
INTRODUCTIONALPHABETTe Lain alphabe was derived rom he Eruscan alphabe some ime beore he sevenh cen-ury 983138983139983141 Te Eruscans were a people in pre-oman Ialy
Teir alphabe owes much o he Greek alphabe In urn he Greek alphabe was derived romhe Phoenician alphabe Phoenician raders had spread heir sysem o wriing h roughou he
Medierranean region Te Phoenician alphabe isel can be raced o he Norh Semiic alpha- be which was used in Syria and Palesine as early as he elevenh cenury 983138983139983141 and is consideredo be he earlies ully developed alphabeic wriing sysem
An Eruscan couple reclining on a funeral sarcophagus
bull xxiii bull
Sandard41
EDITORrsquoS NOTE
Te comprehension quesions and answers as well as some o he eaching ips and eacher by he Way noa-ions in his eacher manual were writen by Elisa C Denja LeaAnn A Osburn Karen Lee Singh and DonaldE Sprague classics ediorseducaors a Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers
HOW TO USE THIS BOOK
Please noe ha he perinen naional Classics sandards are lised in he margin o he lef or righ on he samepage as he reproducion o he suden ex
Eisemann Communicaion assised in preparing he correlaions o Lain o r he New Mil lennium wih he
naional sandards For an overview o he sandards hemselves and he correlaions please consul www bolchazyl nmcom
TEACHING TIP
Te eacher may choose o use he picure o he Eruscan couple on his page and he brie meniono he Eruscan alphabe o open a discussion on wha role he Eruscans played in early omanimes Sudens may be direced o p xxx ii o find Eruria on he map
TEACHING TIPTe eacher may wish o discuss wih he sudens he erm ldquoomance languagesrdquo Many modernlanguages come rom he language used by he ancien omans French Ialian Poruguese Span-ish omanian ec omansch (spoken by he descendans o he aeians and one o he our o-ficial languages o Swizerland) is also derived rom Lain
TEACHER BY THE WAYBased on archeological evidence i appears ha Eruscan women were an imporan par o hesocial srucure Ofen he names o boh moher and aher were placed on unerary inscripionsTe reedom o women wihin sociey is likewise apparen on monumens where hey can be seenreclining wih heir husbands on he same couch atending games and having a place o honor in heomb isel Noice he affecionae pose o he couple in he illusraion on p xxiii Clearly marriedlove was valued in Eruscan sociey and amily lie was imporan
ombs also provide evidence or he syle o Eruscan homes Some o hese eaures were borrowed by heomans especially he cenral hall and hree rooms a he back Tis ype o house was known a Pompeii as well as a ome ac cording o Viru vius auhor o Dē archiecūrā
TEACHING TIP
Te eacher may wish o have sudens read an English ranslaion o Livyrsquos radiional accouno anaquil wie o arquinius Priscus he fifh king o ome Te independence o Eruscan women is ev iden in hi s ale He r behavior is he ani hesis o he ideas o woma nly dec orum hel d by he omans
TEACHING TIPS d ill j i i h E li h ldquo lph b rdquo pl i h E li h l t ih h
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 3054
xxiv bull Latin for the New Millennium
xxiv bull Latin for the New Millennium
Look a he English alphabe in he lef column and a he Lain alphabe in he righ one TeLain alphabe is accompanied by he names o he Lain leters (in parenheses)
English Alphabe Lain Alphabe
Uppercase Lowercase Uppercase Lowercase Leter Name
A a A a (a ldquoăhrdquo)
B b B b (be ldquobayrdquo)
C c C c (ce ldquocayrdquo)
D d D d (de ldquodayrdquo)
E e E e (e ldquoĕhrdquo)
F F (e)
G g G g (ge ldquogayrdquo)H h H h (ha ldquohahrdquo)
I i I i (i ldquoeerdquo)
J j
K k K k (ka ldquokahrdquo)
L l L l (el)
M m M m (em)
N n N n (en)
O o O o (o ldquoŏhrdquo)
P p P p (pe ldquopayrdquo)
Q q Q q (qu ldquokoordquo)
r r (er)
S s S s (es)
(e ldquoayrdquo)
U u U u (u ldquooordquo)
V v V v (u consonan)
W w
X x X x (ix ldquoeexrdquo)
Y y Y y (upsilon)
Z z Z z (zea ldquodzayardquo)
Te English alphabe is derived direcly rom he Lain alphabe Tis accouns or he greasimilariies b eween he wo alphabes Tere are 26 leters in he English alphabe and 24 in heLain Te differences are he ollowing
bull Te leter W w (which is he doubled leter v) is missing in he Lain alphabe
bull Te leter J j is a more recen invenion In ac i appears in Lain exs writen during heMiddle Ages and he enaissance as well as i n many modern ediions o ancien Lain exsI is used o indicae he semi-vowel i someimes called consonanal i Te consonanal i is
Sudens will enjoy singing he English alphabe song replacing he English leter names wih heLain leter names Sudens may be insruced o clap once where here is no Lain leter name (egldquoJrdquo) equivalen o he English one
TEACHING TIPTe eacher may choose o display any Lain words (a lis is provided below or he eacherrsquos conve-nience) and insruc he sudens o spell ou he word using he Lain leter names Te sudensmay become curious o know wha he Lain words mean Definiions are given below
bull pars ndash par
bull nox ndash nigh
bull ruber ndash red
bull ēgī ndash I have done
bull amilia ndash amily
bull carō ndash 1047298esh
bull dēcernō ndash I decide
bull herba ndash plan
bull Kalendae ndash Kalends (firs day o he monh)
bull quoque ndash also
bull imor ndash ear
bull Pȳhia ndash Pyhia (name o Apollorsquos priesess)
bull iēcī ndash I hrew
bull ēlīx - happy bull ignis ndash fire
bull mūō ndash I change
COMPREHENSION QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS FOR PAGES XXIII991251XXVeproducible versions o he quesions alone are available a wwwlnm bolchazycom
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 3154
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull xxv
Introduction bull xxv
he i a he beginning o a word beore a vowel or i beween wo vowels According o hismehod or example Iūlius is writen Jūlius and Āiax is writen Ājax In his book he leter J j will no be used
bull Te disincion beween he vowel U u and he consonan V v also belongs o laer imesIniially here was only one leter V u used boh or he vowel and he consonan eg Vrbs ldquoTe Ciyrdquo (ie ome) or uicor ldquohe winnerrdquo
bull However in accord wih he prevail ing pracice o expressing he vowel wih U u and heconsonan wih V v in his book he wo leters will be disingui shed
PRONUNCIATION OF LATIN
VOWELSTere are six vowels in Lain and heir pronunciaion is as ollows
Long Vowel Sound Shor Vowel Sound
ā is pronounced as in ldquoaherrdquo ōrāor ldquooraorrdquo a is pronounced as in ldquoalikerdquo amō ldquoloverdquo
ē is pronounced like he a in ldquoraverdquo nēmō ldquonobodyrdquo e is pronounced as in ldquoperdquo bene ldquowellrdquo
ī is pronounced like he double e in ldquoseenrdquo līmes ldquoboundaryrdquo
i is pronounced as in ldquopirdquo nihil ldquonohingrdquo
ō is pronounced as in ldquosoverdquo videō ldquo(I) seerdquo o is pronounced as in ldquoofenrdquorosa ldquoroserdquo
ū is pronounced as in ldquomoonrdquo ūnus ldquoonerdquo u is pronounced as in ldquopurdquo um ldquohenrdquo
ӯ comes rom Greek and is pronounced in lenghsomewhere beween he i in ldquohirdquo and he u in ldquomuerdquo Pӯramus ldquoPyramusrdquo
y comes rom Greek Is sound wheher long or shorlies in beween he sounds o i and u much as in heFrench ldquosucircrrdquo bu he sound o shor y is less drawn ouhan ha o long y lyricus ldquolyricalrdquo
Te Lain words senātus rēgēsulla gentēs and prīmus are
engraved on his sone
Sign from Pompeii carved on sone wih Lain leters
p q
1 race he roos o he Lain alphabe rom is beginnings orward
Norh-Semiic alphabe elevenh cenury 983138983139983141 Phoenician alphabe Greek alphabe Erusca n alphabeLain alphabe
2 Which wo leters in he English alphabe are no ound in he Lain alphabe
W and J
3 When does he leter J begin o appear in Lain
During he Middle Ages and he enaissa nce
4 Look a he Lain inscripion on he sign rom Pompeii (on he righ o p xxv) Find a leas hree Lain words Lis an Engl ish word you believe is based on he La in word
colonia 991252 colonial colony honoris 991252 honorspecacula 991252 specacular specacle perpevom 991252 perpeual perpeuiy duovir 991252 virile virili
Sandards12 41
TEACHING TIPSudens may wan o know he English meanings o he Lain words in Exercises 1 and 2 Te defini-
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 3254
xxvi bull Latin for the New Millennium
xxvi bull L atin for the New Millennium
BY THE WAY
Everywhere in his book long vowels are indicaed by macrons ie ā ē ī ō ū ӯ whileabove he shor vowels here are no signs Someimes wo words differ rom each oheronly in he lengh o he vowel For example mālum wih a longa means ldquoapplerdquo whilemalum wih a shor a means ldquobad hingrdquo
EXERCISE 1epea hese words aloud afer your eacher pronounces hem
1 a lō 7 lēnis 13 probō 19 sūor2 alumnus 8 sēdēs 14 noa 20 ūsus3 rāna 9 i er 15 pōnō 21 syllaba4 rādō 10 imeō 16 dōnum 22 Pӯrēnē5 eneō 11 nīor 17 ululō6 peō 12 mīrus 18 lupus
DIPHTHONGSDiphhongs are wo vowels combined in one syllable and pronounced ogeher as one soundTere are six diphhongs in Lain
bull ae much like he y in ldquoskyrdquo laevus ldquo lefrdquo
bull au pronounced as ou in ldquoourrdquo aurum ldquo goldrdquo
bull ei pronounced as ei in ldquoeignrdquo oiei ldquoalasrdquo
bull eu pronounced eoo much as i in he wo words ldquogrey bluerdquo you were o subrac he ldquogr-rdquo andhe ldquobl-rdquo and combine he wo vowel sounds Eurōpa ldquoEuroperdquo
bull oe pronounced as oy in ldquoboyrdquo proelium ldquo batlerdquo
bull ui pronounced nearly like ldquowerdquohui ldquoohrdquo
I is believed ha quie early sill in ancien imes he diphhongs ae and oe began o be pro-nounced as e I you encouner hem writen aē or aeuml and oē or oeuml his means ha hey are nodiphhongs and he leters should be pronounced separaely āēr poēa
Te diphhongs are always long
EXERCISE 2epea hese words afer your eacher pronounces hem
1 aesās 7 s eu 13 aēneus2 a equō 8 m oenia 14 poēma3 raeda 9 neu 15 hei4 l audō 10 poena 16 huic5 a u 11 neuer6 aula 12 Poenus
Sudens may wan o know he English meanings o he Lain words in Exercises 1 and 2 Te definiions are provided or he eacherrsquos convenience
EXERCISE 11 I nourish 12 wonderul
2 suden 13 I approve
3 rog 14 noe
4 I scrape 15 I pu
5 I hold 16 gif6 I seek 17 I howl
7 smooh 18 wol
8 sea 19 shoemaker
9 journey 20 use
10 I ear 21 sylla ble
11 I srive 22 Pȳrene (a name)
EXERCISE 21 summer
2 I make level
3 carriage
4 I praise5 or
6 orecour
7 or i
8 walls
9 and no
10 penaly
11 neiher
12 Carhaginian
13 bronze
14 poem
15 ah
16 o his
TEACHER BY THE WAYHisorical evidence can be cied or reading he firs syllable o ldquomāgnusrdquo as naurally long bu oher
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 3354
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull xxvii
Introduction bull xxvii
CONSONANTSbull c is pronounced as in ldquocomerdquo clārus ldquobrighrdquo censeō ldquo(I) deemrdquo cārus ldquodearrdquo
bull When b is ollowed by s as in urbs ldquociyrdquo he sound o b approaches ha o p a sound wemigh represen as urps
bull g is pronounced as in ldquogerdquo gaudiumldquojoyrdquo gignō ldquo(I) bege (I) bearrdquo grāialdquoavor agreeablenessrdquo
bull Some hink ha he omans o Cicerorsquos ime (firs cenury 983138983139983141) pronounced he wo conso-nans ng as ngn or example he adjecive māgnus ldquogreardquo would have been pronounced in a
way ha we migh represen asmangnus
bull k is a very rare consonan In ac i appears only in wo words Kalendae ldquohe firs day oevery monh in he oman calendarrdquo and in he personal name Kaeso
bull q appears always in combinaion wih u and he combinaion qu is pronounced as in ldquoqueenrdquoquatuor ldquoourrdquo
bull v has a sound similar o w (as in he word ldquowierdquo) videō ldquo I seerdquo
bull Te consonanu in he combinaion su sounds like he English w in he ollowing our wordssuēscō ldquo(I) become accusomedrdquoSuēvī a name o a German ribe suādeō ldquo(I) adviserdquo suāvis ldquosweerdquo
bull Te leter r is rilled slighly Te sound has no exac equivalen in English bu is heard inmany oher European languages Te bes way o make his sound is o pronounce r as inldquoroperdquo bu vibrae he end o he ongue slighly as you say i
bull x is a double consonan (equivalen ocs or gs) ha sounds much like he x in ldquosixrdquo
bull z is a noher double consonan (equivalen o dz) and sounds almos like z in ldquozebrardquo I be-gins wih a sligh d sound firs so in pronouncing his leter you should hear dz
bull ph sounds like p in ldquopenrdquo bu wih he addiion o a sligh breah o air represened by he hth sounds like t as in ldquo omrdquo bu wih he addiion o a sligh ex ra breahing represened byhe h ch sounds nearly like he combinaion kh Tese consonans are borrowed rom Greek
and appear in Greek words zephyrus ldquowesern breezerdquo chorus ldquochorusrdquo heārum ldquoheaerrdquo When p and t are no accompanied by h his sligh aspiraion is absen
bull When consonans are doubled as in he verbaggredior he consonanal sound is lenghenedslighly
EXERCISE 3epea hese words afer your eacher pronounces hem
1 cibus 7 glōria 13 phasēlus2 capiō 8 Zeus 14 chara3 cumulus 9 bibliohēca 15 cēlō4 crēscō 10 phi losophia 16 anīquus5 gemma 11 zōna6 Gallus 12 heōrēma
g y g y gevidence suggess i is naurally shor Tus in some grammar books such as he one by Gildersleeveand Lodge we find his syllable marked as long bu in oher books i is reaed as shor
TEACHING TIPTe sudens may also wish o find ou he meanings o he Lain words in Exercise 3 Te definiionsare provided or he eacherrsquos convenience
EXERCISE 3
1 ood2 I ake
3 a heap
4 I grow
5 bud jewel
6 a Gaul
7 glory
8 Zeus
9 library
10 philosophy
11 a girdle
12 heory
13 kidney bean
14 paper
15 I hide
16 old
TEACHING TIPTe eacher may wish o provide he sudens wih some pracice on syllables and sress accen Here
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 3454
xxviii bull Latin for the New Millennium
xxviii bull Latin for the New Millennium
ACCENT A Lain word is made up no jus o leters bu also o syllables A Lain word has as many syllablesas i has vowels or diphhongs (a diphhong works like a single vowel since i is made up o wo
vowels pronounced ogeher [see diphhongs above])
You will need o know he ollowing erms when learning abou accen
bull ulima he las syllable in a word
bull penul he second-o-las syllable in a word
bull anepenul he hird-o-las syllable in a word
So in he word ze- ph y-r us he vowel u is he ulima y is he penul and e is he anepenul
RULES ABOUT THE STRESS ACCENT IN LATIN1 Te sress accen in Lain alls on eiher he penul or he anepenul
2 Te accen alls on he penul i he penul is long I he penul is shor he accen alls onhe anepenul
3 How o deermine wheher he penul is long or shor
a I he penul conains a long vowel (or any diphhong) he penul isel is long You o-en need o learn wheher he vowel in he penul is long or shor as a basic elemen inlearning a new word A macron above he vowel will ell you ha he vowel is long whi lehe absence o a macron wil l indicae a shor vowel Pronouncing he word can help youremember he vowel lenghs For ex ample vi-de-ō ldquoI seerdquo is pronounced viacutedeō whileau-rō-ra ldquodawnrdquo is pronounced aurōacutera and po-pu-lus ldquopeoplerdquo is pronounced po pulus
b I he vowel in he penul is ollowed by wo or more consonans he penul is long no
mater wheher he vowel in he penul is long or shor and he accen necessarily allson he penul For example do-cu-men-um ldquodocumenrdquo is pronounced documenacuteum
BY THE WAYTe consonan x is double (cs or gs) and couns as wo consonans when deermining
wheher he penul is long
c Tere is one excepion o lsquobrsquo above Someimes even when here are wo consonans be-ween he penul and he ulima hey sill do no deermine ha he penul is long Tishappens when he wo consonans are a mue and a liquid
Te mues are p b d t g c
Te liquids are l r
So in he word pal-pe-bra ldquoeyelidrdquo he anepenul is accened ( palacutepebra) he vowel o he pe-nul is shor since i i s ollowed by a mue and a l iquid O course ru le lsquoarsquo sill applies in he wordhe-ā-trum ldquoheaerrdquo he penul is accened (heāacuterum) since i is naurally long somehing welearn rom he macron
y p p yare some examples wih he answers included or he eacherrsquos convenience
Underline he ulima in each word
1 legō
2 rēgis
3 imperāor
Underline he penul in each word
1 causa
2 pūnīum3 armāus
Underline he anepenul in each word
1 vulnerō
2 eigī
3 sublāum
Underline he penul i i is long
1 pōnō
2 spēlunca
3 pauperis
Underline he syllable ha will receive he sress accen in each word1 ōrāculum
2 peīum
3 cōnsania
4 exsīncum
5 vulneris
6 solius
TEACHING TIPGiven he passage abou he bahhouse on his page and he picure rom Bah England he
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 3554
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull xxix
EXERCISE 4epea each senence aloud afer your eacher reads i Pay atenion o he pronunciaion andsress accen o each word
Wha i is Like o Live Over a Bahhouse
(Adaped rom Seneca Moral Leter 56)
Ecce undique clāmor sona Suprā ipsum balneum habiō Prōpōne nunc ibi omnia genera vōcumodiōsa Foriōrēs exercenur e manūs plumbō gravēs iacan cum au labōran au labōranemimianur Gemiūs audiō quoiēns spīrium remīsērun Sun quoque ūncōrēs e racāōrēs
Audiō crepium manuum umerōs erienium sonus quoque icuum mūāur nunc enim manusperveni plāna nunc concava Audiō clāmōrēs sī ūr es i n balneō dēprehēnsus
Look here is noise sounding all around I live above he bahhouse isel Imagine o yourselnow all he haeul ypes o voices Te sronger ones exercise hemselves and swing heir ha ndsloaded wih lead weighs while hey work ou991252or imiae a person working ou I hear moansevery ime hey le go a ltpen-upgt breah Tere are also anoiners and masseurs I hear he slapo hands hiting shoulders and he sound o he blows changes or someimes he hands come1047298a someimes cupped I hear shouing i a hie is caugh in he bahhouse
A pool from inside he Roman Bahs in Bah England
Introduction bull xxix
eacher may wish o open a discussion abou bahs during oman i mes Te use o he calidārium fīgid ārium epidārium and sūdārium may be explained by he eacher and sudens may be en-couraged o learn andor pronounce hese words
TEACHER BY THE WAYBahs were ofen consruced on locaions having ho or mineral springs such as Bah in Englandand Bāiae a resor own on he Bay o Naples
Modern Bah in oman imes was named afer he Celic goddess o healing Sulis In he firscenury her shrine was aken over by he omans and she was idenified wih he goddess Minerva
Te sie was hen known as Aquae Sulis Mine rva In a emple relie she is represened wih a Medusa-like head and a musache
Te spa conained a grea bah (73 f by 29 f) and hree oher swimming pools he calidārium (ho bah)epidārium (warm bah) and fīgidār ium (cold bah) In he second cenury he spring was enclosed wihin a wooden barrel-vau led build ing ha housed hese hree pools Ho ai r bahs were ueled by coal fires A con-san 1047298ow o waer was direced o he pools hrough lead pipes which sill uncion oday
Archeologica l excavaions have revealed ma ny sacred voive offerings c urse ables and innumerable coinsa he botom o he springs Te curse ables writen in Lain heaped curses on anyone suspeced o wrong-doing Te ancien radiion o hrowing coins accompanied by a wish sill prevails oday in ome a he reviFounain where ourissvisiors do he same
More inormaion on bah complexes in ome can be ound on p 386 o his eacherrsquos manual
Sandards22 31
32 41 42
TEACHING TIPTe eacher may wish o insruc he sudens o find he iber iver which is picured here on he
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 3654
xxx bull Latin for the New Millennium
xxx bull Latin for the New Millennium
OVERVIEW OF ROMAN HISTORY According o legend omulus and his win broher emus were se adrif on he iber iver Ashe-wol nursed he boys unil a shepherd rescued hem Upon reaching manhood in 753 983138983139983141he wins ounded a new ciy near he place w here hey had been ound by he she-wol on he
basis o anaugusō auguriō ldquoa avorable sighing o birdsrdquo Bu omulus killed emus in a dispueover who would rule he new ciy and became is firs king
Six oher kings ruled afer omulus Numa Pompilius ullus Hosilius Ancus Marius ar-quinius Prisc us Servius ullius a nd arquinius Superbus (arquin he Proud) Afer he las ohese seven kings was overhrown in 509 983138983139983141 ome became a republic wih a represenaiveorm o governmen headed by wo consuls eleced an nually By 451 983138983139983141 he fi rs corpus o o-man law known as he welve ables was creaed
In he las cenury 983138983139983141 he oman epublic was shaken apar by a series o civil wars By31 983138983139983141 an auocraic regime headed earlier by Julius Caesar and laer by his grea-nephew Oc-avian brough he epublic o an end Te years rom 27 983138983139983141991252when Ocavian assumed heile o prīnceps ldquochie ciizenrdquo as well as he name Augu sus991252o around 180 983139983141 are known ashe early principae or empire During his era ome exended her boundaries o he BriishIsles in he norh Norh Arica in he souh Spain in he wes and he igris and Euphraesrivers in he eas
A view of he iber River as i 1047298ows hrough he ciy of Rome
map on p xxxii
COMPREHENSION QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS FOR PAGE XXX991251XXXI
eproducible versions o he quesions alone are available a wwwlnm bolchazycom
1 Who were he legendary ounders o ome
omulus and emus
2 According o legend in wha year was ome ounded
753 983138983139983141
3 Over he course o he monarchic period how many kings ruled ome
Seven
4 Wha even occurred in 509 983138983139983141
Te beginni ng o he oman epublic (wih wo consuls in charge)
5 Wha is he erm associaed wih he wo leaders o he epublic
Consul
6 Which wo leaders oversaw omersquos shif rom a republic o a principae
Julius Caesar and OcavianAugusu s
7 Wha major aciviy associaed wih empire-building ook place during he principae
erriorial expansion
8 Name wo developmens ha characerized he lae empire
Severe economic problems inernal poliical unres andor requen invasion by he Germanic ribes
9 Describe Diocleianrsquos response o he roubles o he empire
Diocleian divided he empire ino wo halves he Easern and Wesern empires in order o make ruli nghe empire more manageable
10 Explai n he origin o he erm ldquovandalismrdquo
Te fifh cenury invasion and pillag ing o ome by he ribe known as he Vandals who occupied he o-man province o Norh Arica led o he erm ldquovandalismrdquo meaning wanon desrucion
11 Describe Lainrsquos role in he cenuries afer 476 983139983141
Lain 1047298ourished as he major lierary language in he Wesern oman Empire and was spread o non-omanized places like Ireland Scandinavia and he New World
TEACHING TIP
Te eacher may ask he sudens o find he daes menioned on his page in he imeline on pp411ndash414
Sandards21 31 32
TEACHING TIPTe eacher may insruc he sudens o locae ByzaniumConsaninople discussed here in he
d h h ii
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 3754
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull xxxi
Introduction bull xxxi
From 180 983139983141 onwards in he period k nown as he lae empire he oman sae experiencedsevere economic problems and requen invasions by Germanic ri bes esponding o he pres-sure o he firs wave o migraions as well as inernal poliical u nres and economic diffi culieshe emperor Diocleian (ruled 284ndash305 983139983141) had already divided he oman Empire ino anEasern and Wesern hal each under is own emperor991252an atemp o make he vas omansae more manageable
Tis poliical division o he empire acually mirrored a culural division oo he main lan-guage o he Wes was Lain while he main language o he Eas was Greek Shorly aferwardshe emperor Consanine (ruled 312ndash337 983139983141) esablished a new capial or he Easern empirea Byzanium wh ich he renamed Consaninople (ldquohe ciy o Consaninerdquo oday called Isan-
bul) Bu even afer his reorganizaion he imperial governmen ulimaely proved incapable o
semming he ide o he migraions in par because he oman army was oo widely e xendedand could no be in so many places a once Indeed many o he invaders were given he sauso oederāī or ldquoreay roopsrdquo In effec hey were a llowed o occupy segmens o he empire inreurn or proecing i So when Alar ic King o he Visigohs sacked ome in 410 983139983141 he acual lyhad a ile as a commander in he oman army
ome was sacked again in 455 983139983141 by he Vandals who had already occupied he omanprovince o Norh Arica Te pillaging o he ciy o omulus by he invaders made a pro-ound impression on conemporaries and o his day he erm ldquovandalismrdquo is a word in severallanguages or wanon desrucion While he Easern empire (always more sable and eco-nomically prosperous han he Wes) coninued o exis unil 1453 983139983141 he Wesern empire
was ex inc as a poliica l eniy by 476 983139983141 In is place were Germa nic k ingdoms and ribes Angles and Saxons in Briai n Visigohs in Spain Osrogohs in Ialy Franks and Burgundi ansin Gaul991252o name only he major groups Te combinaion o hese new socieies wih heprevious inhabians who had been omanized o varying degrees would one day provide he
basis or he culures o modern Europe
Bu he end o he ancien oman Empire in he Wes was no he end o Lain On he con-rary during he nex 1200 years Lain no only 1047298ourished as he major lierary language in he
erriories o he ormer Wesern oman Empire he use o Lain was exended o regions heomans had never occupied including Ireland Scandinavi a and even he New World
BEGINNINGS OF LATIN LITERATURE Very ew complee works o Lain lieraure produced beore he mid-second cenury 983138983139983141 (ie beore 150 983138983139983141) have survived One reason or his loss was he remendous populariy o he works produced in he ollowing cenury by such auhors as Cicero Vergil and Ovid Teir wri-ings were so widely read and copied in subsequen cenuries ha he auhors preceding hem
were gradually negleced
Among he major figures o early Lain lieraure was a reed slave rom he Greek ciy o aren-um named Livius Andronicus who li ved rom 284ndash204 983138983139983141 He was known or his adapaionso Greek drama or oman audiences and his ranslaion o Homerrsquos Odyssey ino Lain verse
second paragraph on he map on p xxxii
TEACHING TIPTe eacher may ask he sudens o find he daes menioned on his page in he imeline on pp413ndash414
HOW TO USE THIS BOOK AND ITS ANCILLARIES
wo ancillaries are available or use wih his book Te Original Dysuncional Family (abbreviaed ODF)and From Romulus o Romulus Augusulus (abbreviaed R) R will be paricularly useul in order ohelp sudens keep he ime periods o he auhors and o he evens he auhors wroe abou sraigh in heirminds Chaper ile pages will include when appropriae a noaion on wha chaper o R he eachermay wish o assign
TEACHING TIPTe eacher may wish o assign Chaper 1 o he oman hisory ancillary From Romulus o Romu-lus Augusulus a his poin
COMPREHENSION QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS FOR PAGES XXXI991251XXXIVeproducible versions o he quesions alone are available a wwwlnm bolchazycom
1 Whom did he omans consider he aher o Lain lieraure
Ennius
2 Wha was Enniusrsquo mos amous work Is subjec mater
Annālēs was an epic poem abou omersquos early hisory
3 Wha amous Lain saying means ldquoCarhage mus be desroyedrdquo
Carhāgō dēlenda es
4 Who is he auhor o ha saying
Cao he ElderCao he Censor
5 When was Carha ge said o have been desroyed
146 983138983139983141 a he end o he hird Punic war
NB Aler sudens ha he answers o hese comprehension quesions will be ound on p xxxiv
Sandards21 31
R1
TEACHING TIP Ask sudens he English equivalen o cou nries s uch as Briannia and Germānia and he Englishequivalen o he ciies Neāpolis and Ahēnae
Sandard31
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 3854
xxxii bull Latin for the New Millennium
equivalen o he ciies Neāpolis and Ahēnae
A full size r eproducible version of h is page wihou he answe rs can be downloaded a wwwlnm bolchazycom
HOW TO USE THIS BOOK Answers o rep roducible aciviies w ill be gi ven in a larger size bel ow or he eacherrsquos convenience
ANSWERS TO MAP WORK 991251 PAGES XXXII991251XXXIII
1 Crēa Sicilia Corsica Sardinia Cyprus Ihaca Dēlos Brianni a
2 Vesuvius Mōns Aena Mōns Olympus Mōns Āppennīnus Mōns
3 Syria Macedonia Arica Asia
4 mare or ponus
5 Asia Eurōpa Arica
A full siz e reproducible version of his page wihou he answers can be down loaded a wwwln mbolchazycom
Te eacher may wish o have his map enlarged when reproducing i for ease of suden use in compleing his aciviy
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 3954
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull xxxiii
HOW TO USE THIS BOOK
Te answers o his aciviy can be easily seen on he wo acing pages
Te omans regarded Ennius (ca 239 169 983138983139983141) as he aher o Lain lieraure He wroe
TEACHING TIPSudens may be encouraged o find he ciy o Carhage menioned in he second paragraph on hemap on p xxxii
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 4054
xxxiv bull Latin for the New Millennium
xxxiv bull L atin for the New Millennium
Te omans regarded Ennius (ca 239ndash169 983138983139983141) as he aher o Lain lieraure He wroemany kinds o lierary works including plays His Annālēs an epic poem abou he early hisoryo ome was paricularly renowned and perhaps he primary epic read in oman schools beorehe ime o Vergil Only ragmens o his wriings remain
One o Enniusrsquo conemporaries was heamed Cao he Censor also known as Caohe Elder (234ndash149 983138983139983141) a rigidly conserva-ive oman senaor Mos o his reaise onagriculure called Dē agrī culūrā survivesI is he oldes work o Lain prose amongCaorsquos recommendaions here are ha fieldslaves be reaed similarly o beass o bur-den Cao is also remembered or his sae-men Carhāgō dēlenda es ldquoCarhage mus
be desroyedrdquo evidence or he omanear o he Carhaginians Te omansough hree wars known as he Punic
Wars agai ns he Car haginians Te fi rsended beore Cao was born in he secondagains Hannibal Cao served wih miliarydisincion he hird ended in 146 983138983139983141 asCao had demanded wih he desruciono Carhage On his occasion he vic oriousomans were said o have plowed sal inohe Carhaginian soil
Discussions abou laer auhors and adap-aions rom heir wriings w ill be presenedchronologically in he chapers o his book
Ancien ruins a Carhage in Africa
p p
TEACHER BY THE WAY Alhough he works o Enniu s have been preserved on ly in ragmens (abou a housand lines) hehad a grea in1047298uence on subsequen poes such as Vergil Quoable quoes include
bull a es o riendship Amīcus cer us in rē incer ā cerniur (A riend in need is a riend indeed)
bull an applicaion o wisdom o lie Quī ipse sibi sapiēns prōdesse nequi nēquīquam sapi (A man who
himsel is wise bu unable o be useul o himsel is wise or nohing)bull he amous descripion o Fabius Maximus Ūnus homō nōbīs cūncandō resiui rem (One man by delaying res ored he sae or us)
bull and he line on Manius Curius Quem nēmō errō poui superāre nec aurō (Whom no one was ableo deea eiher by sword or gold)
We also have preser ved or us he exa mple o excessive all ieraion ha has g iven rise o much laugher inLain classrooms over he years Ō ie ūe aī ibi ana yranne ulisī ldquoO ius aius you yran (all voca-ive) you brough o yoursel such grea (roubles)rdquo991252ranslaed in conex which plays off he more lieral ldquo you ookacquired or yoursel such grea hings rdquo
On he oher hand he composed his own epiaph in which his high eseem among omans proved o beprescien
nēmō mē lacrumīs decōre neu unera 1047298ēū
axi Cūr Voliō vivos per ōra v irum (Le no one honor me wih ears or make a uneral pyre by weeping
Why I 1047298y li ving hrough he mouhs o men)
TEACHER BY THE WAY
Pluarchrsquos Lie o Cao is a good source o snappy quoaions atribued o his saesman soldier andauhor For example while discussing he power o women he said ldquoAll oher men rule heir wives we rule al l oher men and our w ives rule us rdquo Atemping o persuade he oman people o orego adisribuion o grain he began his speech by saying ldquoI is a hard mater o argue wih he belly sincei has no earsrdquo And o a ribune who had been accused o using poison and was rying o pass a use-less bill he said ldquoI know no which is worse o drink your mixures or o enac your billsrdquo
1CHAPTER 1
HOW TO USE THIS BOOK
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 4154
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull 1
1CHAPTER
Parts of Speech Nouns Number Gender Case (Nominative and Accusative)
First Declension Nouns
MEMORĀBILE DICTŪ
SPQ Senātus Populusque ōmānusldquoTe Senae and he People o omerdquo
Tese our leters orm wha is known as an acronym one ha symbolized supreme power inancien ome
Oil paining of Romulus and Remus wih he wolf By Peer Paul Rubens (1577ndash1640)
Te grammaical and synacical opics ha will be presened in each chaper o his book are lised a he opo he chaper ile page
HOW TO USE THIS BOOK
Te illusraion on each chaperrsquos ile page presens a visual inroducion o he Lain reading passage ha willollow eachers may choose o discuss he illusraion in order o provide he conex or he reading he su-dens will encouner on he nex page
HOW TO USE THIS BOOK
On each chaper ile page he phrase Memorābile Dictū (ldquoA memorable hing o say rdquo) will be ou nd Below here will be a amous phrase quoa ion abbreviaion or moto in L ain ha w ill connec hese words o he opicsin he chaper
MEMORĀBILE DICTŪ VOCABULARY
populus populī m ndash people
-que ndash and
senāus senāūs m ndash senae
TEACHING TIP
ubens pained his picure o omulus and emus rom 1615ndash1616 during wha is called he Ba-roque period o ar Te man approaching rom he rear is Fausulus Te reclining figure is he god
o he river iber
HOW TO USE THIS BOOK AND ITS ANCILLARIESwo ancillaries are available or use wih his book Te Original Dysunctional Family (abbreviaed ODF)and From Romulus to Romulus Augustulus (abbreviaed R) R will be paricularly useul in order ohelp sudens keep he ime periods o he auhors and o he evens he auhors wroe abou sraigh in heirmind Chaper ile pages wil l include when appropriae a noaion abou wha chaper o R he eachermay wish o assign
Standards11 21
R 2and 3
READING
TRANSLATION OF LATIN PASSAGEomulus and emus
Mars is a god Mars loves hea Silvia And so hea Silvia has wo sons omulus and emus Amulius locks uph Sil i A li l d i h A h l lk h T h l
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 4254
2 bull Latin for the New Millennium
2 bull Latin for the New Millennium
READINGTis sory describes how ome was said o have been ounded in 753 983138983139983141 King Numior o AlbaLonga was overhrown by his cruel and ambiious broher Amulius who no only seized hehrone bu so eared ha one o Numiorrsquos male descendans migh have a legiimae claim oni ha he made Amuliusrsquo daug her hea Silvia a priesess o he goddess Vesa Tese priesesses
were no allowed o marry during heir childbearing years
RŌMULUS ET REMUS
1 Mārs es deus Mārs hēam Silviam ama Iaque hēa Silvia duōs
īliōs habe ōmulum e emum Amūlius hēam Silviam vinculīs
claudi Amūlius ōmulum e emum in aquam pōni Lupa ad aquamambula Lupa ōmulum e emum bene cūra e ama ōmulus e
5 emus crēscun Poseā ōmulus e emus ōmam aedifican
Famous bronze saue of he she-wolf and he wins
hea Silvia Amulius pus omulus and emus ino he waer A she-wol walks o he waer Te she-wol caresor (akes good care o) omulus and emus well and loves (hem) omulus and emus grow up Aferwards(laer) omulus and emus build ome
HOW TO USE THIS BOOK Above each La in reading pa ssage inorm aion is presened in Engl ish Tis pre -reading provides back groundinormaion abou he auhor and esablishes he conex o he passage he sudens will read
TEACHER BY THE WAY
Te eacher may wish o inroduce he class o he radiional abbreviaions o 983137983140 (which sandsor he Lain phrase Annō Dominī ldquoi n he year o our Lordrdquo) and 983138983139 (which sands or he Engl ishphrase ldquoBeore Chrisrdquo) Tese older abbreviaions coninue o be used bu his book employs heabbreviaions 983138983139983141 (Beore he Common Era) and 983139983141 (Common Era)
TEACHING TIPInsruc he sudens o locae Alba Longa on he map on pp xxxiindashxxxiii
TEACHER BY THE WAYTough he wins were added o he sculpure in he enaissance he she-wol has srong links wihEruscan myhology and shows characerisics o Eruscan sculpure
TEACHING TIP
Te eacher may wish o encourage he sudens o design an abbreviaed amily ree o omulusand emus
Standards11 22
Jupier Juno King Num ior o Alba Longa
Mars hea Silvia
omulus emus
READING VOCABULARY
HOW TO USE THIS BOOKTe English pronoun subjec o a verb is no lised in he eading Vocabulary i he pronoun is no needed inhe ranslaion
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 4354
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull 3
Chapter 1 bull 3
READING VOCABULARYad aquam ndash o he waer
aedifican ndash build
ama ndash loves
ambula ndash walks
Amūlius ndash Amul ius
aquam ndash waer
bene ndash well
claudi ndash locks up
crēscun ndash grow up
cūra ndash akes care o cares or
deus ndash god
duōs ndash woes ndash is
e ndash and
īliōs ndash sons
habe ndash has
in aquam ndash ino he waer
iaque ndash and so
lupa ndash she-wol
Mārs ndash Mars he god o war
pōni ndash pus
poseā ndash aferwards laer
emum ndash emus
emus ndash emus
hēa Silvia ndash hea Silvia
hēam Silviam ndash hea Silvia
ōmam ndash ome
ōmulum ndash omulus
ōmulus ndash omulus vinculīs ndash w ih chains
Words marked wih an aserisk will need o bememorized laer in he chaper
COMPREHENSION QUESTIONS1 Whose sons are omulus and emus
2 Wha did Amulius do
3 Who saved he lie o omulus and emus
4 Wha did omulus and emus do
HOW TO USE THIS BOOK
Te sudens should not be expeced o lea rn he words under he ile eading Vocabulary whenever his ileoccurs in he book Insead insruc sudens o learn he vocabulary words lised under he ile Vocabularyto Learn ha will be ound laer in each chaper In more advanced Lain exs usually here are vocabularyand noes o help he sudens when reading a passage Tis eading Vocabulary will help prepare sudens orlaer more advanced classes
ANSWERS TO COMPREHENSION QUESTIONS
1 Tey are he sons o Mars and hea Silvia2 He locked up hea Silvia
3 A she-wol
4 Tey buil he ciy o ome
TEACHING TIP
Whi le English deriva ives rom he sar red words (ie he Vocabulary o L earn) are he opic o Ex-ercise 2 laer in his chaper here are some ineresing derivaives rom he non-sarred words andsome o hese show how words change hrough he years Te eacher may choose o discuss hesederivaives wih he sudens
bull aedi1047297cant (aedi1047297cō) ndash ediy edificaion edifice
Tis Lain word is buil rom wo Lain words aciō (o do make) and aedēs (house emple) Te
English derivaives reain his religious connecion or hey mean ldquoo build up he aih moraliy o in-sruc especially morallyrdquo Te word ldquoedificerdquo is always used or an imposing srucure such as a ldquoemplerdquoor aedēs
bull claudit (claudō) ndash close conclusion enclosure sluice
A ldquocloserdquo is a small shu-in space and some people i locked in one suffer rom ldquoclausrophobiardquo acompound derivaive parly rom Lain (o close confine) and parly rom he Greek (ear) hence ldquoa earo closed spacesrdquo
Te word ldquosluicerdquo does no look like a derivaive o claudō bu i has undergone cha nges as i ca meino English via middle English and old French (sclus) rom he Lain exclūdō which means ldquoo shu ourdquo Asluice has a gae a he op o he channel o shu off he 1047298ow o waer as necessary
bull crēscunt (crēscō) ndash crescen accrue recrui crew
Te word ldquocrewrdquo in middle English mean ldquoreinorcemenrdquo so a body o soldiers grew Te word ldquore-
cruirdquo has he same basic idea ecruis increase he size o he army (rom he Lain recrēscō meaning ldquoogrow againrdquo)
bull deus ndash deiy deiy
bull duōs ndash double dozen due duplicae
Te word ldquodozenrdquo is a compound rom he Lain word or ldquowordquo and he German word or ldquoenrdquo (zehn)
bull habet (habeō) ndash habi abiliy prohibiive
Onersquos abiliy depends on he alens and skil ls one has
bull pōnit ( pōnō) ndash depo imposiion preposiion
A depo origina lly was a place where supplies were pu or sorage
LANGUAGE FACT I
HOW TO USE THIS BOOKTe Language Facs secion o each chaper will conain boh grammaical (morphological) and synacicalinormaion ie inormaion boh abou he orms o he words and he srucure o he senence
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 4454
4 bull Latin for the New Millennium
4 bull Latin for the New Millennium
LANGUAGE FACT I
PARTS OF SPEECHTe parts o speech used in a Lain senence deermine is meaning jus as in English While henoun and he verb are he wo mos imporan oher common pars o speech are lised below
Noun a person place hing idea acion or qual iy Examples ldquoomulusrdquo ldquoriverrdquo ldquocouragerdquo
Pronoun a word ha sands in place o a noun ha has been previously menioned or is clearrom conex Examples ldquoIrdquo ldquosherdquo ldquohimrdquo ldquoirdquo
Adjecive a word ha limis or defines a noun or a pronoun Examples ldquolitlerdquo ldquosrongrdquo
Adverb a word ha lim is or defines verbs adjecives or (oher) adverbs Examples ldquoveryrdquoldquoquielyrdquo
Verb a word ha describes an acion or sae o being Examples ldquogordquo ldquosayrdquo ldquowasrdquo
Preposiion a word ha begins a preposiional phrase such as ldquoinrdquo ldquoordquo ldquoonrdquo ldquoorrdquo ldquobyrdquoldquowihrdquo A preposiional phrase is a preposiion joined o a noun Examples ldquoin he morningrdquoldquowih a sharp pencilrdquo
Conjuncion a word ha connecs words phrases clauses a nd senences Examples ldquoandrdquoldquoburdquo ldquoalhoughrdquo
Inerjecion a word ha expresses emoion Examples ldquowowrdquo
EXERCISE 1eview he meanings and ideniy he pars o speech o he ollowing words Te eading
Vocabulary may be consu led
1 īliōs 6 e2 bene 7 lupa3 aedifican 8 claudi
4 ad 9 ōmam5 ambula 10 ama
EXERCISE 1 ANSWERS
1 noun
2 adverb
3 verb
4 preposiion
5 verb
6 conjuncion
7 noun8 verb
9 noun
10 verb
TEACHING TIP
Te eacher may wish o ask he sudens in Lain wha par o speech a given word is Te eacher would say ldquoQuae pars ōrātiōnis estrdquo Suden responses would be
bull nōmen substantīvumsubstantīvum ndash noun
bull prōnōmen ndash pronoun
bull nōmen adiectīvumadiectīvum ndash adjecive
bull verbum temporāle ndash verb
bull adverbium ndash adverb
bull praepositiō ndash preposiion
bull coniūnctiō ndash conjuncion
bull interiectiō ndash inerjecion
Standards11 41
Standards11 41
WorkbookExercise 1
VOCABULARY TO LEARN
TEACHING TIPSince his is he firs se o Lain words ha your sudens will be required o memorize i is usuallya good idea o sugges and discuss wih hem some differen ways o memorize vocabulary Somesel help opions are lised below
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 4554
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull 5
NOUNSagricola agricolae m ndash armer
aqua aquae ndash waer
āhlēa āhlēae m ndash ahlee
īlia īliae ndash daugher
lupa lupae ndash she-wol
naua nauae m ndash sailor
poēa poēae m ndash poe
puella puellae ndash girl
ōma ōmae ndash ome
erra errae ndash land
VERBSama ndash heshei loves
ambula ndash heshei walks
cūra ndash heshei akes care o cares or
es ndash heshei is
ADVERBS bene ndash well
poseā ndash aferwards
CONJUNCTIONSe ndash and
iaque ndash and so
Aqueducs carr ied waer (aqua) o he ciies in he Roman world Tis aqueduc buil in 19 983138983139983141 which srechedacross he Gard River was named he Pon du Gard and brough waer o he ciy of Nicircmes in France in ancien imes
Chapter 1 bull 5
sel-help opions are lised below
1 Look a he word in he book and say he word aloud
2 Wrie down he word on a piece o paper along wih is meaning and check o be sure here are no spell-ing errors Color-coding he words by pars o speech is also helpul Pronounce he word while wriing idown and hen repea he word including he meaning and spelling
3 Make handwriten 1047298ashcards wih he Lain on one side and English on he oher and be sure here are nospelling errors Color-coding is a good sraegy here also Wriing he word ou helps some sudens ce-men he word in he brain Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers has creaed an elecronic vocabulary resourceor hose sudens or whom echnological learning ools are an aid Tese vocabulary 1047298ashcards are orhe iPod See p 93 or more inormaion on iPod 1047298ashcards
4 Use English derivaives o help remember meanings Bu be careul since some derivaives may havemeanings grealy changed rom he original Lain word
5 Find clipar picures ha illusrae he vocabulary words and use he picures as a way o es yoursel onhe Lain words
TEACHER BY THE WAYTe eacher may wish o open a discussion abou aqueducs and he waer supply or ancien omans while l ooking a he picu re o he Pon du Gard on his page For a hisory o aqueducs and heirconsrucion Froninusrsquo book Dē aquīs urbis Rōmae is an excellen source Te book was writenabou 97 983139983141 when he was Superinenden o Aqueducs Oher aqueducs include he ollowing
bull Te double high aqueduc in Segovia Spainbull Te Aqua Appia buil in 312 983138983139983141
bull Te Aqua rāiāna
bull Te aqueduc buil by Alex ander Severus in 226 983139983141
bull Te Aqua Claudia
bull Te Aqua Marcia wh ich wa s probably named a fer A ncus Marcius who was he fi rs K ing oome by radiional accouns o build an aqueduc o bring waer o ome
NB Te word ldquo Aquardquo when capialized means ldquoaqueducrdquo
Eleven aqueducs urnished 250000 gallons o waer o ome every weny-our hours
BY THE WAY
E h u gi n in h b l r h rm T nd rm i h g nii
HOW TO USE THIS BOOK Ēn is a word ha calls atenion o somehing and means ldquoLook a hisrdquo Te inormaion given here draws a-enion o and urher specifies differen language acs
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 4654
6 bull Latin for the New Millennium
6 bull Latin for the New Millennium
Each noun given in he vocabulary has wo orms Te second orm is he geniivesingular
A derivative is an English word rooed in a Lain word Te English derivaive issimilar in meaning and orm o is Lain source
STUDY TIP
An English derivaive ofen can help you remember wha a Lain word means
EXERCISE 2Find he English derivaives based on he Vocabulary o Learn in he ollowing senences Wriehe corresponding Lain word
1 She shows a considerable filial respec oward her aher
2 Agriculu re is a science o culivaing he land
3 Te ship is equipped wih all he necessary nauical insrumens
4 We saw all kinds o fish in he aquarium
5 Tis is an all-errain vehicle
6 When will he ahleic compeiion sar
7 She has a ruly poeic naure
LANGUAGE FACT II
NOUNS NUMBER GENDER CASE 983080NOMINATIVE AND
ACCUSATIVE983081Nouns in Lain show number gender and case
Number Lain nouns are eiher singular or plural in number Number is shown in differen ways by differen ypes o nouns bu some ending-paterns are or singular orms and oherending-paterns are or plural orms
Gender Every noun likewise is eiher masculine eminine or neuer in gender You muslearn he gender o each noun In he Vocabulary o Learn l iss he gender is indicaed by hecommon abbreviaionsm (masculi ne) f (eminine) or n (neuer)
Case Lain nouns mus have an ending-patern ha displays case Tis is quie differen romEnglish in which case is indicaed by word posiion and no by endings (alhough case markersare preserved in cerain pronouns such as ldquoherdquo and ldquohimrdquo) A nounrsquos case reveals wha uncionhe noun has in he senence Tere are five common cases nominaive geniive daive accu-saive and ablaive wo less requenly used cases are called he vocaive and he locaive
HOW TO USE THIS BOOKStudy Tips give hins rhymes and mnemonics o help sudens learn grammar and vocabulary
EXERCISE 2 ANSWERS1 filial īlia
2 agriculure agricola
3 nauical naua
4 aquarium aqua
5 errain erra
6 ahleic āhlēa
7 poeic poēa
TEACHING TIPExplain o he sudens ha in English he words ldquoardquo ldquoanrdquo or ldquoherdquo are usually placed beore a nounand Lain does no have an equivalen or hese words known as aricles
eachers may need o sress he absence o he aricle many imes beore sudens compleely ine-grae his knowledge ino heir reading habis in Lain class
TEACHING TIPLain like many oher languages does no always observe biological gender Ofen he gender o a
Lain noun is deermined by grammaical acors such as he group o which a noun belongs
TEACHING TIP
Alhough in Exercise 2 he sudens are direced o find only he derivaives based on he Vocabular yo Learn hey may be ineresed o learn ha here are oher derivaives in Exercise 2 Te derivaiono hese words is provided or he eacherrsquos convenience
bull 1 consider - rom sīdus (sar) + cum (wih ogeher) and rom cōnsīderō (o examine consider)respec - rom respectō (look back a have regard or)
bull 2 science - rom scientia (knowledge) and sciō (o know) culivaing - rom colō (ill inhabi worship)
bull 3 necessary - rom necesse (necessary) insrumens - rom īnstruō (o equip build provide)
and rom īnstrumentum (equipmen ool ec)bull 5 vehicle - rom he Lain verb vehō (o carry)
bull 6 compeiion - rom petō (o seek aim a atack ec) + cum (wih oge her)
bull 7 naure - rom nātūra (naure)
Standard41
Standards11 31 41
STUDY TIP
An easy way o remember he names ohe five common cases iso use his mnemonic
TEACHING TIPSudens may no know wha he word ldquomnemonicrdquo means explain ha a mnemonic device is some-hing ha helps a suden o remember somehing Te eacher may also wish o use his opporu-niy o bring up Mnemosyne he goddess o memory and he moher o he Muses
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 4754
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull 7
Chapter 1 bull 7
An easy way o remember he names o he five common cases is o use his mnemonicdevice
Never NominaiveGive GeniiveDogs Daive A ny A ccusaive A buse A blaive
Nominative Te nominaive case idenifies he subjec Te subjec is a noun or a pronounha perorms he acion or exiss in a sae o being In he senence ldquoWilliam is readingrdquohe word ldquoWilliamrdquo is he subjec
Example Mārs amat Mars loves
Te noun subjec o he verb ldquoloverdquo is he god Mars
Find more examples o nominaives and heir verbs rom he reading passage a he begin-ning o he chaper
Te nominaive case also idenifies he predicae nominaive In he senence ldquoWilliam isa sudenrdquo he predicae nominaive is ldquoa sudenrdquo A predicae nominaive complees hemeaning o he verb ldquoo berdquo Look a his exa mple rom he reading
Example Mārs est deus Mars is a god
Mārs is he subjec and deus is a predicae nominaive
Accusative Te ourh case lised is called he accusaive he geniive daive and ablaivecases will be discussed in laer chapers Te accusaive case poins ou he noun (or pro-noun) ha is he direc objec emember direc objecs receive he acion o he verb Inhe senence ldquoI am wriing a leterrdquo he direc objec is ldquoa leterrdquo
Example Mārs Rhēam Silviam amat Mars loves hea Silvia
Te direc objec o ldquoloverdquo is he noun Rhēam Silviam
Find more examples o accusaives and heir verbs rom he reading passage a he beginningo he chaper
niy o bring up Mnemosyne he goddess o memory and he moher o he Muses
Answers to ldquoFind more examples of nominatives a nd their verbs from the reading passage at the begin-ning of the chapterrdquo
hēa Silvia habe
Amūl ius claudi
Amūl ius pōni
Lupa ambula
Lupa cūra e amaōmulus e emus crēscun
ōmulus e emus aedifican
Answers to ldquoFind more examples of accusatives and their verbs from the reading passage at the beg in-ning of the chapterrdquo
duōs īliōs habe ōmulum e emum
hēam Silviam claudi
ōmulum e emum pōni
ōmulum e emum bene cūra e ama
ōmam aedifican
TEACHING TIPSudens may encouner diffi culy when r ying o ransl ae Lain names used in cases o her han henominaive Te eacher a some poin will need o explain (and repea whenever necessary) ha when ransla ing a La in name he suden should al ways use he nominaive o rm o he word Onp 7 sudens are asked o find examples o accusaives and heir verbs in he reading passage Teanswers lised above provide an opporuniy o pracice wih his issue emind sudens o rans-lae duōs īliōs habet Rōmulum et Remum as ldquohe has wo sons omulus and emusrdquo Te oher ouranswers may be used as pracice wih he sudens
EXERCISE 3a Ideniy wheher he nouns in bold in hese senences are subjecs direc objecs or predi
TEACHER BY THE WAYIn conjuncion wih he picure and is capion he eacher may wish o menion ha he amil-ilar acronym o SPQ is sill in use and visible hroughou modern ome991252on liter bins sewercovers ec
Standards11 41
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 4854
8 bull Latin for the New Millennium
8 bull Latin for the New Millennium
a Ideniy wheher he nouns in bold in hese senences are subjecs direc objecs or predi-cae nominaives Te eading Vocabulary may be consuled
b Label each senence as vērum (rue) i i agrees or alsum (alse) i i disagrees wih he Lainreading passage a he beginni ng o he chaper
Example Amūlius es deusPredicae nominaive alsum
1 hēa Silvia ōmulum e emum cūra
2 Amūlius ōmulum e emum bene cūra
3 Amūlius lupam vinculīs claudi
4 Mārs ōmulum e emum in aquam pōni
5 Lupa hēam Silviam cūra
6 Amūlius ad aquam ambula
Te power of he ciy of Rome founded according o legend by Romulus is symbolized by hese four leters ha areprominenly displayed in various places wihin he ciy
EXERCISE 3 ANSWERS
1 subjec vērum
2 direc objecs alsum
3 direc objec alsum
4 subjec alsum
5 direc objec alsum
6 subjec vērum
WorkbookExercise 2 A full si ze reproduc ible version of th is page
without the a nswers ca n be downloade d at wwwlnm bolchazyco m
HOW TO USE THIS BOOK
Noun Declensions Te eacher may choose Lain nouns rom he declension ha is being sudied a he imehis workshee is used Tus no answers are provided here
LANGUAGE FACT III
TEACHING TIP Ask he sudens wha he Lain words seleced rom he reading and lised near he op o p 9 mean
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 4954
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull 9
Chapter 1 bull 9
FIRST DECLENSION NOUNS A declension is a g roup o nouns ha show a cerain patern o word endings Tere are five differ-en declensions in Lain In he reading abou omulus and emus hese are he orms belongingo he firs declension
hēam Silviam hēa Silvia aquam lupa ōmam
Noice ha he ex says Rhēa Silvia when she is he subjec and Rhēam Silviam when she is hedirec objec
Te firs declension is composed o words ha characerisically have he vowel a a or near heend o he word lupa
Below is he patern ha firs declension nouns ollow o show case and number Memorize heLain words in order rom he nominaive singular down o he ablaive singular and hen romhe nominaive plural down o he ablaive plural
emember ha he endings or a whole group o nouns ollow his patern Once you learn hi spatern you can recognize he case a nd number o all he words belonging o hi s declension
In his chaper you have begun o learn abou he nominaive and accusai ve cases Te ohercases will be explained in laer chapers
First DeclensionSingular Plural
Nomina ive l upa he she-wol Nominaive lupae he she-wolves
Geniive lupae o he she-wol Geniive lupārum o he she-wolves
Daive lupae oor he she-wol Daive lupīs oor he she-wolves
Accusaive lupam he she-wol Accusaive lupās he she-wolves
Ablaive lupā bywih he she-wol Ablaive lupīs bywih he she-wolves
Daive and ablaive plural o he words īlia ldquodaugherrdquo and dea ldquogoddessrdquo is fīliābus anddeābusTis is o di singuish hese orms rom he corresponding orms o īlius ldquosonrdquo and deus ldquogodrdquo
STUDY TIP
Noice ha he ablaive singular ending -ā has a long mark (macron) above i his ishe only difference beween he nominaive and ablaive singular endings
TEACHING TIP
Afer he firs declension has been presened o he sudens encourage hem depending on heirlearning syle o say he declension aloud o wrie down he words o inven a rap or a cheer
TEACHER BY THE WAY
Te patern is called a declension because he oher cases lean away ( dēclīnāre) rom he nominaiveie hey do no ollow he same orm as he nominaive
ORAL EXERCISE 1Tis exercise may be used afer the 1047297rst declension has been presented
Whi le looking a he declension o lupa ask he sudens o decli ne nauta
Singular PluralNominaive naua nauaeGeniive nauae nauārumDaive nauae nauīs Accusaive nauam nauās Ablaive nauā nauīs
Standards11 31 41
OralExercise 1
WorkbookExercise 3
STUDY TIP
Noice ha he daive and ablaive plural endings a re idenical
EXERCISE 4 ANSWERS1 geniive daive puellār um puellī s
2 accusaive nauās
3 accusaive errās
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 5054
10 bull Latin for the New Millennium
10 bull Latin for the New Millennium
Here are more words belonging o he fi rs declension
puella ndash girl īlia ndash daugher terra ndash land
Mos firs declension words are eminine i n gender bu a ew (usually ones ha indicae mas-culine occupaions in ancien imes) are masculine Examples are poēta ldquopoerdquoagricola ldquoarmerrdquonauta ldquosailorrdquo āthlēta ldquoahleerdquo
EXERCISE 4Ideniy he case o each singular noun Ten change each orm ino plural For some more han
one answer is possibleExample īlianominaive īliae
1 puellae 5 aquae2 nauam 6 puellā3 erram 7 āhlēā4 a gr ic ol a
Like he Greek wreslers porrayed on his ancien bas-reliefRoman ahlees were also fond of he spor of wresling
4 nominaive agricolae
5 geniive daive aquārum aquīs
6 ablaive puellīs
7 ablaive āhlēīs
TEACHING TIP
Since wreslers are depiced on he illusraion on his page he eacher may wish o open a discus-
sion abou he omansrsquo and Greeksrsquo ondness or wresling which was ofen praciced in a complexcalled he palaestra
oman boys were expeced o serve in he m iliary Tus hey were firs rained by heir ahers in wreslingand boxing Srengh and agiliy were sressed raher han grace o movemen as in Greek spors Te woprincipal syles uilized by he Greek were uprigh wresling in which hree alls o your opponen o heground were necessary o deea him and ground wresling which required he opponen o give up in ordero end he mach In he palaes tra here was an area or he young people o pracice wresling or boxing wih apunching bag (cōrycus) Examples o monumenal oman bahs wih a palaest ra are ound a he Bahs o Ca-racalla in ome he Harbor Bahs a Ephesus in urkey and he Bahs in Varna Bulgaria he larges anciensrucure in ha counry
Wresling was also one o he spor evens a he Olympic games ha he omans ofen atended Greco-oman wresling is also one o he evens eaured in he summer Olympic games in modern imes
TEACHING TIPTe eacher migh wan o have sudens read an English ranslaion o Book 23 o he Iliad in which Ajax a nd Odysseus compee in a wre sling m ach and Book 5 o he Aeneid or a descripion o hespors ha he omans played and compare he atiude o he compeiors in each epic Boh evens were par o he uneral games he ormer in honor o Paroclu s riend and atendan o Achil lesand he later in honor o Anchises aher o Aeneas Tis migh lead o urher discussion on henaure o modern wresling
Standards11 41
EXERCISE 5Ideniy he case o each plural noun Ten change each orm ino he singular For some more
TEACHING TIPSudens may wonder why he geniive singular w ihou is ending mus be used o find he base whenhe nominaive singular wihou is ending works jus as well Explain ha in oher noun declensionshe nominaive will no always provide he same base or have he same spelling as he geniive
Standards11 41
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 5154
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull 11
Chapter 1 bull 11
han one answer is possible
Example puellāsaccusaive puellam
1 īliae 5 aquīs2 errīs 6 poēārum3 nauārum 7 agricolae4 l upa e
BY THE WAY
In all declensions endings are added o he base o a noun I is imporan o know hahe base o a noun is ound by removing he ending rom is geniive si ngular orm Forexample he geniive singular o puella is puellae I you remove he -ae rom puellae
wha remains is he base o he word namely puell- For his reason learning he geni-ive singular is as imporan as knowing he nominaive singular o he noun
STUDY TIP
Always learn he geniive ogeher wih he nominaive because rom he geniive you will know o which declension a word belongs
A wall paining depic ing a Roman farmer (agricola) wih his sheep
EXERCISE 5 ANSWERS
1 nominaive īl ia
2 daive ablaive errae errā
3 geniive nauae
4 nominaive lupa
5 daive ablaive aquae aquā
6 geniive poēae7 nominaive agricola
HOW TO USE THIS BOOKIn his book he word ldquobaserdquo is used o reer o he noun wihou any ending ldquoStemrdquo is used or he par o he verb wihou any ending ldquoootrdquo is used or he Lain par o a derivaive
ORAL EXERCISE 2Tis exercise may be used afer Exercise 5
Use one o he ollowing classroom presenaion opions (hereafer reerred o as CPO) (blackgreenwhiesmar board overhead or LCD projecor PowerPoinreg presenaion ec) o pu his inormaion on view
quis ldquowhordquo (or he subjec) and quem ldquowhomrdquo (or he direc objec)
Ten ask he suden o answer he ollowing quesions abou he chaper reading eiher orally or in wri-
en orm
1 Teacher Quis es Mārs Student Mārs es deus
2 Teacher Quem ama Mārs Student hēam Silviam Mārs ama
3 Teacher Quis ama hēam Silviam Student Mārs ama hēam Silviam
4 Teacher Quem habe hēa Silvia Student hēa Silvia duōs īliōs ōmulum eemum habe
5 Teacher Quis claudi hēam Silviam Student Amūlius claudi hēam Silviam
6 Teacher Quem claudi Amūlius Student hēam Silviam Amūlius claudi
7 Teacher Quis ōmulum e emum in aquampōni
Student Amūlius ōmulum e emum in aquampōni
8 Teacher Quem Amūlius in aquam pōni Student Amūlius ōmulum e emum in aquampōni
9 Teacher Quis ambula ad aquam Student Lupa ambula ad aquam
10 Teacher Quis ōmulum e emum bene cūra Student Lupa ōmulum e emum bene cūra
11 Teacher Quōs lupa bene cūra Student Lupa ōmulum e emum bene cūra
12 Teacher Quis ōmulum e emum a ma Student Lupa ōmulum e emum ama
13 Teacher Quōs lupa ama Student Lupa ōmulum e emum ama
OralExercise 2
WorkbookExercise
4 5
EXERCISE 6ranslae rom Lain ino English and rom English ino Lain Te mos common Lain word
d
TEACHER BY THE WAYTe eacher may menion ha he mos common word order (subjec ndash direc objec ndash verb) can o-en be changed For example i he verb is o be emphasized i will ake firs posiion I he subjecor he direc objec is o be emphasized i will ake he las posiion which is he mos emphaic oneIn general he more unusual he wordrsquos posiion is he more emphasis is placed on his word
Standards11 41
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 5254
12 bull Latin for the New Millennium
12 bull Latin for the New Millennium
order is
subjec ndash direc objec ndash verb
1 Agricola erram ama
2 Te ahlee loves waer
3 Naua īlia m ama
4 Te poe loves ome
5 Agricola erram cūra
6 Te she-wol cares or (is aking care o) he girl
BY THE WAY
Even hough he mos common word order is subjec ndash di rec objec ndash verb rememberha endings991252no word order991252deermine which word is he subjec and which i s hedirec objec
TALKING When we mee one person we gree herhim wih salvē When we mee wo or more people wegree hem wih salvēte When we bid goodbye o one person we sayvalē When we bid goodbyeo wo or more people we say valēte
Here are various ways o ask ldquohow are yourdquo or ldquohow are you doingrdquo
Quōmodo valēs or Quōmodo tē habēs or Quid agis ldquoHow are yourdquo
Here is a range o possible answers
bene ldquowellrdquo pessimē ldquovery badrdquo optimē ldquogreardquo melius ldquobeterrdquo mediocriter ldquoso-sordquo or ldquono oo badrdquo meliusculē ldquoa litle beterrdquo male ldquobadrdquo
In general he more unusual he word s posiion is he more emphasis is placed on his word
EXERCISE 6 ANSWERS
1 Te armer loves he land
2 Āhlēa aquam ama
3 Te sailor loves (his) daugher
4 Poēa ōmam ama
5 Te armer cares or (is aking care o) he land6 Lupa puellam cūra
TEACHING TIP
Te eacher may sar he class in Lain by saying Salvēte discipulī et discipulae and by eaching hesudens o say in reurn Salvē magister (magistra)
ORAL EXERCISE 3Tis exercise may be used anytime afer the students have learned the use o the accusative case or afer Exercise 6
Use one o he CPOrsquos o pu on display he orms amō and cūrō and explai n ha hey a re in he fir s personsingular and how his differs rom he hird person singular learned in his chaper Ask individual sudens omake senences wih hem using he words hey have learned
Ten ell he sudens ha nōn means ldquonordquo and ask hem o make si milar senences wih nōn amō and nōn cūrō
Examples(nōn) amō erram īliam aquam lupam āhlēam(nōn) cūrō erram īliam puellam
WorkbookExercise 6
ContentQuestions
OralExercise 3
Standards12 21 41
42
SAYING HELLOMarīa Helena e Chrisīna sun (are) discipulae (students)
TEACHING TIPHave sudens read he dialogue aloud Tis will help o build heir pronunciaion skills
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 5354
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull 13
Chapter 1 bull 13
Marīa Salvēe Helena e Chrisīna
Christīna Salvē Marīa
Helena Salvē Marīa
Marīa Quōmodo valēs Helena Quōmodo valēs Chrisīna
Helena et Christīna Bene Quōmodo ū ( you) valēs Marīa
Marīa Pessimē
Helena et Christīna Cūr (Why)
Marīa imeō linguam Laīnam ( I ear the Latin language)Helena Ego ( I ) linguam Laīnam amō
Christīna E ego linguam Laīnam amō
ORAL EXERCISE 4
Tis exercise may be used afer he Lain dialogue has been presened
Insruc he sudens o say ldquohellordquo in Lain o he suden nex o hem Divide he class ino wo pars ellone par o gree he oher par using he plural greeing and vice versa Do he same ype o aciviy whensaying ldquogoodbyerdquo You may wish o make greeing he class in Lain a nd saying ldquogoodbyerdquo in Lain a par oa daily rouine
Divide he sudens ino pairs in which one person will ask how hisher parner is in Lain and he oher
wil l answer
ORAL EXERCISE 5
Tis exercise may be used afer he Lain dialogue has been presened
ell he sudens ha he paricle ndashne is added o he firs syllable o a word ha inroduces a quesion Ten askhe ollowing quesions abou he dialogue beween Mary Helen and Chrisy Individual sudens may answerorally or he enire class may wrie he answers as he eacher asks hem orally Te eacher should explain hahe orm valēs in he greeing Quōmodo valēs is in he second person which means ldquoyourdquo Te hird person orm(reerring o ldquoherrdquo ldquohimrdquo or ldquoirdquo) is valet So he phrase ldquoHow is she doingrdquo would be Quōmodo valet Te hirdperson o amō is amat and he hird person o timeō is timet
1 Teacher Quōmodo Chrisīna vale Student(s) Chrisīna bene vale
2 Teacher Quōmodo Marīa vale Student(s) Marīa pessimē vale
3 Teacher Cūr (why) Marīa pessimē vale Student(s) Marīa ime linguam Lainam4 Teacher Amane l inguam L aīnam Helena Student(s) Helena linguam Laīnam ama
5 Teacher Linguamne Laīnam ama Chrisīna Student(s) Chrisīna linguam Laīnam ama
ORAL EXERCISE 6 AND DICTATIONTis combined exercise may be used to conclude the chapter or at any time afer the students have learned the accusa-tive case and chapter vocabulary
Dicae he ollowing senences o he sudens Ten ask hem o make he ollowing changes eiher orally orin writen orm a he discreion o he eacher
1 Teacher Agricol a erram ama (change he direc objec ino plura l)Student Agricola errās ama
2 Teacher Lupa puellam cūra (change he direc objec ino plural)
Student Lupa puellās cūra3 Teacher Āhlēa puel lās ama (change he direc objec ino singu lar)
Student Āhlēa puellam ama
4 Teacher Fīlia errās ama (change he direc objec ino singular)Student Fīlia erram ama
OralExercise
4 5 6 andDictation
TEACHER NOTES
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 5454
14 bull Latin for the New Millennium
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 754
PREFACE
bull TM vii bull
Lain or he New M illennium is designed as a comprehensive inroducion no only o he Lain language andhow i works bu also o he oman world he culural milieu in which he language 1047298ourished Te language
and culural elemens are seamlessly woven ogeher in he course o each chaper and hen again examined inhe review ollowing every hree chapers
CHAPTER AND COURSE COMPONENTS
METHODOLOGICAL APPROACHIn wriing Lain or he New Mill ennium we have aimed a combini ng he bes elemens in he var ious mehod-ologies or eaching Lain ha have been commonly available unil now Modern mehods o eaching Lainhave been divided beween wo approaches (1) he analyical or deducive mehod according o which su-dens mus learn rules and paradigms and hen reinorce he knowledge o hese absrac principles by pracice wih exs and e xercises (2) he induc ive or reading mehod ha enables he s uden o read a ex and o become aware o lingu isic eau res (or rules) rom he rea ding and s udy o he ex In Lain or he New Mil-lennium we hope o have combined he advanages o each In oher words we have sriven o provide a pah
o a horough and sysemaic knowledge o he srucure o he language he main advanage o he analyicalmehod ogeher wih a grea deal o reading and aciviies relaed o reading ha lead o a more inuiive graspo he idiomaic qualiies o he language he main advanage o he reading mehod
Te layou o each chaper is he key o his combinaion since he suden begins each chaper wih an ex-ensive reading and hese iniial passages conain in a conex undersandable hrough inducion and annoa-ions insances o every new elemen o be explored urher in he same chaper In he body o each chaperafer he inroducory reading hese new elemens are explained in a more analyic way ye he explanaionsalways reer he learner back o he reading991252in ways ha invie comparison wih he iniial passage
CHAPTER READINGS
Te principal readings in each chaper consis o passages adaped (o he level o knowledge presupposed oreach chaper) rom some o he mos significan works o Lain lieraure Te inroducions o each passagegive considerable inormaion abou he culural conex in which each auhor wroe and abou he develop-men o he Lain lierary radiion Te order o he chaper readings is chronological In Level 1 sudens begin wih r eadings rom Pl auus and erence and proceed hrough he cenu ries o he wr iings o A mmi-anus Augusine and Boehius By compleing he enire course conained in Lain or h e New Millenniu m sudens will gain an u ndersanding o he enire parimony o Lain and is effec on our culure Whi le Level1 o Lain or he New Mil lennium ocuses on he classic exs in Lain writen by such grea oman auhorsas Vergil Caullus Cicero and Ovid Level 2 o he series ceners on he huge and undamenal heriage o works wr iten in Lain dur ing he medieval renaissa nce and early moder n periods991252a li nguis ic heriage hagave us our basic vocabulary in he naional languages or elling ime medicine he naural sciences and heacademic world Te culural inormaion ha is ound in hese readings and heir inroducions are bolseredin boh levels by he eview Exercises and supplemenary maerial peraining o myhology oman hisoryand imporan Lain sayings
ORAL LATIN AND LATIN CONVERSATION
A per son who gains an acive acili y i n a ny l anguage in addiion o a reading abiliy is in our view more
likely o progress quickly o a deep undersanding o he language and he works writen in i Our experienceindicaes ha a suden who learns by using a language will probably no need o be reminded abou orms andgrammaical rules as ofen as a learner who lacks acive pracice Tereore in every chaper o Lain or he New Millennium we have included a se o exercises ha concenrae o n an oral exchange be ween insr ucor a ndsudens Te oral exercises in Lain or he New Millennium can be compleed wihou any exempore speak-ing abiliy on he par o he eacher Tis is possible because he oral exercises are ound only in he eacherrsquosmanual Here no only are all he answers supplied bu every quesion is writen ou in ull or he eacher along wih deai led insr ucions or each sep o he exerc ise Te eac her needs onl y o ol low he i nsruc ions andread each quesion aloud Te response mus come rom he learner
GRAMMAR
Grammar is also a grea help or acquiring a sophisicaed undersanding o any language and especially a lan-guage like Lain which is primarily sudied oday by people whose main goal is o read works o lieraure wri-en in he original Lain language works which were designed rom he sar or a culivaed audience While we believe in he va lue o he reading mehod a nd we know how acive usage o a langua ge can vasl y improveand accelerae a sudenrsquos learning o ha language we also recognize he uiliy o grammar Tereore whileeach chaper is rich in exercises and aciviies we have aken care o provide explanaions o all he grammarrelevan o each chaper Te suden who uses Lain or he Ne w Millennium learns by acively using Lain buis also asked o undersand he srucure o he language and apply ha undersanding in he exercises
OTHER CHAPTER ELEMENTS
bull Memorābile Dictū Each chaper eaures a amous saying labeled Memorābile Dicū a Lain phrase hais so well known ha i has became a proverb in many languages Learning each amous saying will in-crease a sudenrsquos undersanding no jus o Lain bu also o English Tese sayings invie discussion oheir meaning and how hey relae o he modern world and sudensrsquo experiences
bull eading Vocabulary All he new vocabular y in he reading passage a he begi nning o each chaper isexplained by copious noes Sudens need no be required o learn he vocabulary ha aces he reading
passage A unique eaure o he eading Vocabulary is ha no all he verbs show in prin heir pronounsubjec For example i he senence in he reading migh be ldquoCicero ereniam viderdquo vide in he ead-
ing Vocabulary would have as is definiion ldquoseesrdquo raher han ldquohe seesrdquo Tis has been done o avoid hecommon beginnerrsquos misake o ranslaing he senence as ldquoCicero he sees ereniardquo On he oher hand ihe senence were o read ldquoereniam viderdquo vide would be defined ldquohe seesrdquo Tis unique eaure gradua llydisappears as sudens learn more abou verbs and become more accusomed o reading Lain
bull Vocabulary o Learn and Derivaives E xercises Some (bu no all) o hese new words are repeaed inhe Vocabulary o Lea rn or each chaper and sudens should be direced o learn hese Te radiionalorm o wriing vocabulary words is ollowed in he Vocabulary o Le arn principal pars are l ised romhe second chaper on and nouns show he nominaive and geniive singular and gender rom he sar
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 854
TM viii bull Latin for the New Millennium
Te Vocabulary o Lear n is ollowed by Derivaive Exercises Sudens who careully learn all o he Vocabulary o L earn will quickly acquire a vocabulary based on words mos commonly encounered inclassical lierary exs and in he Derivaive Exercises hey will be exposed o English words based onLain and hus bolser heir vocabulary in English
DIALOGUES ON DAILY LIFEIn he later par o each chaper o Level 1 readers will find a dialogue labeled alking in which a group omodern sudens are he paricipans Te same group o sudens is eaured in every chaper and hey en-couner mos o he ypical siuaions ha young people experience in modern daily lie All he necessary vocabular y is expla ined so he users o Lain or he New Mille nnium i hey so wish may c onduc simple Lainconversaions like hose in he model dialogues Tese dialogues have been designed or he benefi o hose
eachers who are especially ineresed in making use o he oral elemen o language learning in heir classesand who wan o inroduce a colloquial elemen o he Lain heir sudens learn Tis colloquial elemen can become a bridge beween he lives o modern sudens and he houghs o he ancien medieval or renaissanceauhors who wroe in Lain991252a bridge consruced o he same basic language Lain
VISUAL LEARNINGTe Lain language and oman culure have no only inspired wriers hroughou he ages and in1047298uencedmodern lie bu have also lef heir legacy in he visual ars Troughou he ex reproducions o painingsdrawings sculpures and oher arworks demonsrae how oman hisorical evens and he ales o he godsand goddesses have inspired ariss hrough he ages Lain or he New Millennium presens an abundance oimages o archaeological sies buildings objes drsquoar and ariacs careully chosen o represen he ehnic andgeographic diversiy ha marked he oman world Tese ull color illusraions represen a visual panorama ohe oman world and suppor he writen word in picorial orm hus simulaing he imaginaion and memoryor a more vibran recollecion o he exrsquos conen eachers are srongly encouraged o mine he illusraionsas hough a documenary o he oman world and is laer in1047298uence
REVIEW COMPONENTS Afer each se o hree chapers here is a ev iew and supplemenary re adings
REVIEW EXERCISESTe eview provides addiional exercises o help he sudens give coninued atenion o he maerial in eachuni Te review also includes a summary l is o all he Vocabulary o Learn ound in he chapers o each uniTis secion eaures even more maerial o help he suden undersand Lain lieraure and is heriage oday
CLASSICAL MYTHOLOGY
A passage on My hology eniled Considering he Classical Gods inroduces he reader o sories abou he
Greek and oman gods and heroes A relaed passage in Lain abou he gods reinorces he Lain lessons o hehree chapers
ASPECTS OF ROMAN LIFE An Eng lish back ground essay ca lled Connecing wih he Ancien World disc usses an impora n aspec ooman daily lie which connecs o relaed maerial presened in he hree chapers preceding he review
EXPLORING ROMAN AND MODERN LIFE
Scholars rom various universiies hroughou he Unied Saes graciously agreed o provide shor essays hare1047298ec upon he role ha Lain and is culure play in our modern lives Te ile o hese essays always sars wih he word Exploring
MĪRĀBILE AUDĪTŪEach review ends wih a secion called Mīrābile Audīū ha presens a series o Lain quoaions motoesphrases or abbreviaions currenly used in English Te hree supplemenary essays and he Mīrābile Audīū secion are designed o elici classroom discussion abou similariies and differences beween he world o heomans and America in he weny-firs cenury
Milena Minkova wroe he Inroducion Chapers 1 2 3 5 7 9 13 14 17 18 20 eviews 1 3 5 6 and 7 heglossaries and he appendices erence unberg wroe he Preace Chapers 4 6 8 10 11 12 15 16 19 21and eviews 2 and 4 Boh auhors have benefied hroughou he composiion o he exbook rom coninu-
ous muual advice and suppor
MM and 2008
Visi wwwl nmbolchaz ycom o see he elecronic resources ha accompany Lain or he New Mil lennium ando share ideas in he online eachersrsquo lounge wih oher eachers using his series
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 954
RESOURCE LIST
bull TM ix bull
EDITORSrsquo NOTE We have atemped o assemble a c omprehensive represenaive resource l is paying s pecial atenion o hose
opics or areas ofen less amiliar o ha end we provide an especially larger lising or he Lae Empire EarlyChrisianiy and Middle Ages secion By no means is his resource lis exhausive eachers are encouraged oshare iles hey have ound useul hrough he wwwlnmbolchazycom websie
LATIN DICTIONARIES Alber S Imaginum vocabula rium Lainum Saarbruumlcken Socieas Laina 1998
Egger C Lexicon nominum loc orum ome Libreria Edirice Vaicana 1977
mdashmdashmdash Lexicon nominum v irorum e mulier um ome Sud ium 1957
mdashmdashmdash ed Lexicon rece nis Lainiais 2 Vols ome Libreria Edirice Vaicana 1992ndash1997
Lewis Charlon and Charles Shor A Lain Dicionar y ev ed New York Oxord Universiy Press 1956
Te New College Lain and English Dicionary 3rd ed Edied by John C raupman New York Banam Books2007
Oxord Lain Dicionary Combined ed Edied by P G W Glare e al New York Oxord Universiy Press1982
Smih William and Teophilus D Hall Smihrsquos English-Lain Dicionary eprined rom he 1871 AmericanBook Company ediion A Copious and Criical English-Lain Dicionary wih a new oreword by DirkSacreacute Wauconda IL Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers 2000
LATIN GRAMMAR Allen J H and J B Greenough Allen and Gre enoughrsquos New Lain Gramma r Edied by Anne Mahoney New-
bury por M A Focus P ublishing Pull ins 2001
Andresian Anna Looking a Lain A Grammar or Pre- College Wauconda IL Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers2006
Bennet Charles E New Lain Grammar 1908 eprin Wauconda IL Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers 2006
Gildersleeve Basil L and Gonzalez Lodge Gildersleeversquos Lain Grammar 3rd
ed 1895 eprin WaucondaIL Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers 2003
Goldman Norma and Ladislas Szymanski English Grammar o r Sudens o La in 3rd ed Ann A rbor MIOlivia and Hill Press 2004
Humphreys James P Graphic Lain Grammar 1961 eprin Wauconda IL Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers2002
Woodcock E C A New Lain Syna x 1957 eprin Wauconda IL Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers 2005
Young Nicholas Insan Answers A Qu ick Guide or Advanced Sudens Elmhurs IL L and L Enerprises2006
LATIN COMPOSITIONBennet Charles E New Lain Composiion 1912 eprin Wauconda IL Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers 1996
Minkova Milena Inroducion o Lain Prose Composiion Wauconda IL Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers2007 Firs published 2001 by Wimbledon Publishing Co
Minkova Milena and erence unberg Readings and Exercises in Lain Prose Composiion From Aniquiy ohe Renaissance Newburypor MA Focus Publishing Pullins 2004
mdashmdashmdash Answer Key o Readings and Exercises in L ain Prose Composiion From Aniqu iy o he Renai ssanceNewburypor MA Focus Publishing Pullins 2004
Mounord James F ed Bradleyrsquos Arnold La in Prose Composiion ev ed Wauconda IL Bolchazy-CarducciPublishers 2006
Norh M A and A E Hillard Lain Prose Composiion eprin Wauconda IL Bolchazy-Carducci Publish-ers 1995
mdashmdashmdash Key o Lain P rose Composiion eprin Wauconda IL Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers 1995
LATIN LITERATURE Albrech M ichael von A Hisory o Roma n Lieraure From Livius A ndronicus o Boehius Leiden Brill Aca-demic Publishers 1997
Te Concise Oxord Companion o Classical Lieraure 2nd ed Edied by C M Howason and Ian ChilversOxord Oxord Universiy Press 1993
Duff J Wigh A Lierary Hisor y o Rome 3rd ed London Ernes Benn 1960
Gran Michael Greek and Lain Auhors 800 B Cndash A D 1000 New York H W Wilson 1980
IJsewijn Joze Companion o Neo-Lain Sudies Par I Hisory and Diffusion o Neo-Lain Lieraure Supple-mena Humanisica Lovaniensia 5 2nd ed Leuven Leuven Universiy Press 1990
IJsewijn Joze and Dirk Sacreacute Companion o Neo-Lain Sudies Par II Lierary Linguisic Philological and Ediorial Ques ions Supplemena Humanisica Lovaniensia 14 2nd ed Leuven Leuven Universiy Press1998
ose H J A Handbook o Lain Lieraure 1954 eprin Wauconda IL Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers 1996
GENERAL LANGUAGE LEARNING AND METHODOLOGIES Arms rong Tomas Muliple Inelligence s in he Classroo m Alexa ndria VA Asso ciaion or Superv ision and
Curriculum Developmen 1994
Cook Vivian Second Language Learning and eaching 3rd ed London Edward Arnold 2001
Gardner Howard Inelligence Refamed Muliple Inelligences or he 21s Cenury New York Basic Books 2000
Kessler Carolyn ed Cooperaive Language Learning A eacherrsquos Resource Book Englewood Cliffs NJ Pren-ice Hall egens 1992
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 1054
TM x bull Latin for the New Millennium
Krashen Sephen Principles a nd Pracice in Secon d Language Acqu isiion New York Pergamon Press 1982
Larsen-Freeman Diane echniques and Principles o Language eaching 2nd ed Oxord Oxord UniversiyPress 2000
Oxord ebecca L Language Le arning Sraeg ies Wha Eve ry eacher Should K now New York NewburyHouse 1990
Pinker S Te Language Insinc New York William Morrow 1994
eid Joy ed Undersanding Learning Syles in he Second Language Classroom Upper Saddle iver NJ Pren-ice Hall 1998
Sparks ichard L Kay Fluhary Leonore Ganschow and Sherwin Litle ldquoAn Exploraory Sudy on heEffecs o Lain on he Naive Language Skills and Foreign Language Apiude o Sudens wih and wih-ou Learning Disabiliiesrdquo Classical Journal 91 (1995)165ndash84
LATIN PEDAGOGY Ancona onnie ed A Concise Guide o eaching Lain Liera ure Norman OK Universiy o Oklahoma
Press 2007
Ball ober Reading Classical Lain A Reasonable Approach Lawrence KS Coronado Press 1987
Breindel uh L De Discendi Naura Lea rning Syle s in he eaching o Lain Oxord OH American Classi-cal League MC 2007
Burns Mary Ann and Joseph OrsquoConnor Te Classics in American Schools Alana GA Scholars Press1987
Davis Sally Lain in he Amer ican Schools Alana GA Scholars Press 1991
Disler Paul each he Lain I Pray You Wauconda IL Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers 2001
Gascoyne ichard e al Sandards or Classical Language Learning Oxord OH American Classical LeagueMC 1997
Gruber-Miller John ed When Dead ongues Speak New York Oxord Universiy Press 2006
Hoyos B Dexer Lain How o Read I Fluenly A Pracical Manual Amhers MA C lassical A ssociaion oNew England 1997
LaFleur ichard A Lain or he 21s Cenury From Concep o Classroom Glenview IL Scot Foresman- Addison Wesley 1998
Salerno Dorsey Price Lain in Moion Oxord OH American Classical League MC 1985
Sandards or Classical Language Learning Oxord OH American Classical League MC 1997
Srasheim Lorraine A oal Physical Response Amhers MA Classical Associaion o New England 1987
Swee Waldo Lain A Srucu ral Approach Ann A rbor Universiy o M ichigan Press 1957
CLASSROOOM AIDS Amery Heaher Firs Tousand Words in Lain Edied by Mairi Mackinnon London UK Usborne Books2008
Couch C C and eddy Irwin Lain Verbs Rock Audio CD Nashville N Sound Invenions 2006
mdashmdashmdash Lyrical Lain Learning Lain hrough Music Audio CD Nashville N Sound Invenions 2004
Curis William D Periculum Lainu m Lain Jeopardy Vol1 Oxord OH America n Classica l LeagueMC nd
mdashmdashmdash Periculum Lainum S ecundum Lain Jeopardy Vol 2 Oxord OH American Classical LeagueMC nd
Demuh Jocelyn Mendax A Lain C ard Game Wauconda IL Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers 2003
DuBose Gaylan Farrago Laina Wih a lis o resources by Judih Lynn Sebesa Wauconda IL Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers 1997
Hanlin Jayne and Beverly Lichensein Learning La in hrough Myholog y Cambridge Cambridge Univer-siy Press 1991
Lain acic Grams Alana G A World o eading nd
LUDI (a he Circus Maximus) Produced by Discere Ld 1989 Oxord OH American Classical L eagueMC
Myhies Oxord OH American Classical League MC 2003
Osburn LeaAnn A Lain Aciviy Book Elmhurs IL L and L Enerprises 2000
mdashmdashmdash Lain Crossword Puzzl e Book Elmhurs IL L and L Enerprises 1999
mdashmdashmdash Lain Verbs Rock Exercise Book Elmhurs IL L and L Enerprises 2007mdashmdashmdash Lyrical Lain A eacher R esource Manual Elmhurs IL L and L Enerprises 2004
mdashmdashmdash22 Lively Lain Aciviies Elmhurs IL L and L Enerprises 2005
Sheikh-Miller Jonahan Lain Words Sicker Book ulsa OK EDC Publishing 2006
Wansbrough M B A Mundus Lainu s Mysery 3 vols Hamilon Onario ralco Educaional Services 2004
ORAL LATIN Abernahy Faye Jill Crooker Margare Cur ran and David Perr y Te Developmen o Oral Skills in Lain wih
Visuals A Supplemenary Guide o he Syllabus Lain or Communicaion Draf Copy Albany New YorkSae Educaion Deparmen 1995
Alber S Cotidie Laine loquamur Saarbruumlcken Socieas Laina 1987
Allen W Sidney Vox Laina A Guide o he Pronunciaion o Classical Lain 2nd ed New York Cambridge
Universiy Press 1989Capellanus G Lain Can Be Fun Souvenir Press 1997
Daiz Sephen G ed Te Living Voice o Lain Perormed by ober P Sonkowsky Madison C JeffreyNoron Publishing 1984
mdashmdashmdash Te Pronunciaion and Reading o Classical Lain A Pracical Guide Audio cassetes Madison C Jeffrey Noron Publ ishing 1984
Egger C Laine discere iuva ome Libreria Edirice Vaicana 1982
Lain Aloud Audio AP Selecions fom Vergil Caullus Ovid Cicero and Horace Perormed by ober PSonkowsky CD-OM Wauconda IL Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers 2007
McCarhy Tomas Nunc Loquamur Guided C onversaions or L ain Newburypor MA FocusPublishing Pullins 2005
Swee Waldo E Words o Wisdom fom he Anciens 1000 Lain Proverbs CD-OM Wauconda IL Bolchazy-
Carducci Publishers 2000raupman John Conversaional Lain or Oral Pro1047297ciency 4h ed Audio Conversaions Perormed by Mark
ober Miner e al Audio CDs Wauconda IL Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers 2006
LATIN THROUGH MUSICBoynon Sandra Grun Pigorian Chan Audio CD New York Workman Publishing 1997
Couch C C and eddy Irwin Carmina Popularia Well-Known Songs in Lain Audio CD Wauconda ILBolchazy-Carducci Publishers 2004
mdashmdashmdash Lain Verbs Rock Audio CD Nashville N Sound Invenions 2006
mdashmdashmdash Lyrical Lain Learning Lain hrough Music Audio CD Nashville N Sound Invenions 2004
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 1154
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 1254
TM xii bull Latin for the New Millennium
ETYMOLOGY AND VOCABULARY Adeleye Gabriel G World Dicionary o Foreign Expressions Wih Kofi Acquah Dadzie Edied by Tomas J
Sienkewicz and James McDonough Wauconda IL Bolchazy-Carducci 1999
Ayres Donald M English Words fom Lain and Greek Elemen s 11h ed ucson Arizona Universiy o Ari-zona Press 1982
Ayo John Dicionary o Word Or igins New York Arcade Publishing 1990
Beard Henry X-reme Lain All h e Lain You Need o Know or Su rvival in he 21s Cenury New York Pen-guin Group 2005
Dicionary o Lain Words and Phrases Edied by James Morwood New York Oxord Universiy Press 1998
Dominik William J ed Words and Ideas Wauconda IL Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers 2002
mdashmdashmdash Words and Ideas Answer Key Wauconda IL Bolchaz y-Carducci Publ ishers 2006Ehrlich Eugene Amo Amas A ma and More New York Har per and ow 1987
Heimbach Elizabeh Lain E very where Ever yday A La in Phra se Workbook Wauconda I L Bolc hazy-Carducci Publishers 2004
mdashmdashmdash Lain Everywhere Everyday A Lain Phrase Workbook eacherrsquos Manual Perormed by James Cho-chola Compac disks Wauconda IL Bolchazy-Carducci Publishing 2005
Janson ore Te Naural Hisory o Lain ranslaed by Merehe D Sorensen and Nigel Vincen Oxord andNew York Oxord Universiy Press 2005
Krill ichard Greek and Lain in English oday Book and wo Cassetes 1990 eprin Wauconda ILBolchazy-Carducci Publishers 2003
Mascianonio udolph Build Your English Word Power wih Lain Numbers Wauconda IL Bolchazy-CarducciPublishers 1997
mdashmdashmdash Build Your E nglish Word Power w ih La in Number s eacherrsquos Ma nual Wauconda I L Bolc hazy-Carducci Publishers 1997
Morwood James and Mark Warman Our Greek and Lain Roos Cambridge Cambridge Universiy Press1990
OrsquoMara Lesley ed Which Way o he Vomiorium Vernacular Lain or All Occasions ranslaed by ose Wil-liams New York Tomas Dunne Books 1999
Oxord Dicionary o English Eymology Edied by C Onions wih G W S Friedrichsen and W Burch-field New York Oxord Universiy Press 1966
Sone Jon Lain or he I llierai New York ouledge 1996
MYTHOLOGYBierlein J F Parallel Myhs New York Ballanine Books 1994
Bolon Lesley Te Everyhing Classical Myhology Book Peabody MA Adams Media Corporaion 2002Childrenrsquos Books on Ancien Greek and Roman Myhology An Annoaed Bibliography Compiled by Anoinete
Brazouski and Mary J Klat Wespor C Greenwood Press 1984
Te Chiron Dicionary o Greek and Roman Myhology ranslaed by Elizabeh Burr 1s English ed New YorkConinuum Inernaional Publishing Group 1994
Colakis Marianhe and Mary Joan Masello Classical Myhology and More A Reader Workbook WaucondaIL Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers 2007
Couch Malcolm Greek and Roman Myhology New York Michael Friedman Publishing Group 1998
DrsquoAulaire Ingri and Edgar Parin DrsquoAulaire DrsquoAulairesrsquo Book o Greek Myhs New York Doubleday 1962
Fleischman Paul Daeline roy Somerville MA Candlewick Press 2006
Gardner Jane Roman Myhs Ausin Universiy o exas Press 1993
Gran Michael and John Hazel Whorsquos Who in Classical Myhology London ouledge Press 2002
Grimal Pierre Te Dicionary o Classical Myhology ranslaed by A Maxwell-Hyslop 1996 eprinMalden MA Blackwell Publishing 2001
Harris Sephen L and Gloria Pazner Classical Myhology Images and Insighs 3rd ed Mounain View CAMayfield Publishing Company 2001
Homeric Hymns ranslaed by Diane aynor Berkeley and Los Angeles Universiy o Caliornia Press2004
Kirkwood G M A Shor Guide o Classical Myh ology 1959 eprin Wauconda IL Bolchazy-Carducci2003
Lowe Cheryl and Leigh Lowe DrsquoAulairesrsquo Greek Myh Suden Guid e Louisville K Y Memoria Press 2004mdashmdashmdash DrsquoAulairesrsquo Greek Myh eacher Guide Louisville K Y Memoria Press 2006
Mayerson Philip Classical Myhology in Lieraure Ar and Music Glenview IL Scot Foresman and Com-pany 1984
Morord Mark P O and ober J Lenardon Classical Myhology 8h ed New York Oxord Universiy Press2006
Ovid Meamorphose s ranslaed by A D Melville New York Oxord Universiy Press 1998
ussell William F Classic Myhs o Read Aloud New York Crown Publicaions 1989
Vergilrsquos Aeneid Hero War Humaniy ranslaed by G B Cobbold Wauconda IL Bolchazy-Carducci Pub-lishers 2005
Will iams o se Gods and Oher Odd Creaures Ausin X CicadaSun Publishing 2008
mdashmdashmdashTe Labors o Aeneas Wha a Pain I Was o Found he Roman Race Wauconda IL Bolchazy-Carducci
2003mdashmdashmdashTe Original Dysuncional Family Basic Classical Myhology or he New Millennium Wauconda ILBolchazy-Carducci 2008
ROMAN HISTORYBagnell Nigel Te Punic Wars New York S Marinrsquos Press 1990
Becket Gilber agrave Te Comic Hisory o Rome 1852 eprin Wauconda IL Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers1996
Boardma n John Jasper Griffi n and Oswyn Mur ray eds Oxord Hisory o he Roman World Oxord and New York Oxord Universiy Pre ss 1991
Boawrigh Mary Daniel J Gargola and ichard J A alber A Brie Hisor y o he Romans New YorkOxord Universiy Press 2006
Connolly Peer Greece and Rome a War London Greenhill Books 2006
Consable Nick Hisorical Alas o Ancien Rome New York Facs on File 2003
Cornell im and John Mahews Alas o he Roman World New York Facs on File 1986
Creighon Mandell A Primer Hisory o Rome 1855 eprin Wauconda IL Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers2001
Goldsworhy Adrian Te Fall o Carhage Te Punic Wars 265ndash146 BC London Cassell 2000
Haaren John H and A B Poland Famous Men o Rome Louisville KY Memoria Press 2006
Holland Tomas Rubicon New York Doubleday 2003
Jenkyn s ichard ed Te Legacy o Rome A New Appraisal Oxord Oxord Universiy Press 1992
Kamm Anhony Julius Caesar A Lie New York ouledge 2006
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 1354
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Resource List bull TM xiii
Lowe Cheryl and Leigh Lowe Famous Men o Rome Suden Guide 2nd ed Louisvil le KY Memoria Press2006
Mayszak Philip Te Sons o Caesar Imperial Romersquos Firs Dynasy London Tames and Hudson 2006
Mellor onald and Marni McGee Te Ancien Roman World New York Oxord Universiy Press 2004
Oxord Classical Dicionary 3rd ed Edied by Simon Hornblower and Anhony Spaworh Oxord and New York Oxord Universiy P ress 1996 Also available a s a CD-OM
Oxord Dicionary o he Classical World Edied by John obers New York Oxord Universiy Press 2005
Scarre Chris Chronicle o he Roman Emperors London Tames and Hudson 1995
mdashmdashmdashTe Penguin Hisorical Alas o Ancien Rome New York Penguin Punam Inc 1995
Ward-Perkins Br yan Te Fall o Rome Oxord and New York Oxord Universiy Press 2005
Will iams ose Cicero he Pario Wauconda IL Bolcha zy-Carducci P ublishers 200 4mdashmdashmdash Cicero he Pario eacherrsquos Manual Wauconda IL Bolchaz y-Carducci Publ ishers 2004
mdashmdashmdash From Romulus o Romulus Augusulus Roman Hisory or he New Millennium Bolchazy-CarducciPublishers 2008
mdashmdashmdashOnce Upon he iber An O ea Hisory o Rome Wauconda IL Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers 2007Firs Published 2002 by Wimbledon Classics
Wool Greg ed Cambridge Illusraed Hisory o he Roman World Cambridge Cambridge Universiy Press2003
ROMAN CULTURE AND DAILY LIFE Adkin s Lesley and oy A dkins Dicionary o R oman Religion New York Oxord Universiy Press 2000
mdashmdashmdashHandbook o Lie in Ancien Rome New York Oxord Universiy P ress 1994
All an ony Lie Myh an d Ar in Ancien R ome Los Angeles J Paul Gety rus Publicaions 2005 Apicius Cookery and Dining in Imperial Rome Edied by Joseph Da mmers Vehling Ne w York Dover 1977
Baker Alan Te Gladiaor Te Secre Hisory o Romersquos Warrior Slaves New York S Marinrsquos Press 2006
Baker Charles and osalie Baker Te Classical Companion Peerborough NH Cobblesone Publishing1988
Bonner S F Educaion in Ancie n Rome fom he Elder Cao o he Younger Pliny London Mehuen 1977
Bradley Keih Slavery and Sociey a Rome Cambridge Cambridge Universiy Press 1994
Brucia Margare A and Gregory Daughery o Be a Roman opics in Roman Culure Wauconda ILBolchazy-Carducci Publishers 2007
Buchanan David Roman Spor and Enerainmen London Longman 1976
Carcopino Jeacuterocircme Daily Lie in Ancien Rome New Haven and London Yale Universiy Press 1968
Casson Lionel ravel in he Ancien World New ed Balimore John Hopkins Universiy Press 1994
mdashmdashmdash Libraries in he A ncien World New Haven C Yale Universiy Press 2001Clackson James and Geoffrey Horrocks Te Blackwell Hisory o he Lain Language Cambridge Blackwell
Publishing 2007
Clarke J Houses o Roman Ialy 100 B Cndash A D 250 Berkeley and Los Angeles Universiy o CaliorniaPress 1991
Croom A Roman Clohing and Fashion UK empus Publishing 2000
DrsquoAmbra Eve Roman Ar Cambridge and New York Cambridge Universiy Press 1998
mdashmdashmdashRoman Women Cambridge and New York Cambridge Universiy Press 2007
Goldsworhy Adrian Te Complee Roman Army London Tames and Hudson 2003
Gran Leigh Rome A Fold-Ou His ory o Ancien Civ ilizaion New York Black Dog and Levanhal Publish-ers 2005
Gran Mark Roman Cookery Ancien Recipes or Modern Kichens London Seri Publishers 1999
Haney L A and J A Haney Te Roman Engineers Cambridge Cambridge Universiy Press 1991
Harris H A Spor in Greece and Rome Ihaca NY Cornell Universiy Press 1972
Herber Kevin Roman Imperial Coins Wauconda IL Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers 1996
Hodge Peer Te Roman Army Whie Plains NY Longman 1984
mdashmdashmdash Roman Family Lie UK Longman 1984
mdashmdashmdash Te Roman House ev ed Whie Plains NY Longman 1976
mdashmdashmdash Roman owns ev ed Whie Plains NY Longman 1977
mdashmdashmdash Roman rade and ravel Whie Plains NY Longman 1978Hopkins Keih and Mary Beard Te Colosseum Cambridge MA Harvard Universiy Press 2005
Humez Alexander and Nicholas Humez A B C E Cee ra Te Lie amp imes o he Roma n Alphabe BosonMA David Gordon Publisher 1985
Hyland Ann Equus Te Horse in he R oman World New Haven C Yale Universiy Press 1990
Jacobelli Lu ciana Gladiaors a Pompeii Los Angeles J Paul Gety rus Publicaions 2004
James Simon Ancien Rome Eyewiness Books New York Alred A Knop 1990
Jones J M A Dicionary o Ancien Coins London Seaby 1990
Mannix Daniel P Te Way o he Gladiaor New York ibooks 2001
Massey Michael Roman Religion Whie Plains New York Longman 1984
mdashmdashmdash Women in Ancien Greece and Rome New York Cambridge Universiy Press 1986
Olivovaacute V Spors and Games in he Ancien World London Orbis Publishing 1984
Paoli Ugo Enrico Rome Is People Lie and Cusoms ranslaed by D Macnaghen New York Longman1963
Piggot S Te Druids London Tames and Hudson 1982
Sims Lesley Roman Soldierrsquos Handbook London Usborne Books 2006
Solway Andrew Rome In Specacular Cross-Secion Oxord Oxord Universiy Press 2004
Savely E S Greek and Roman Voing and Elecions Ihaca NY Cornell Universiy Press 1972
reggiari S Roman Marriage Iusi Coniuges fom he ime o Cicero o he ime o Ulpian Oxord ClarendonPress 1991
Wallace ex E Inroducion o Wall Inscripio ns fom Pompeii and Herculaneu m Wauconda IL Bolchaz y-Carducci Publishers 2005
Webser G Te Roman Imperial Armies o he Firs and Second Cenuries A D 3rd ed London A and C Black1985
Weslake Susan Te Developmen o he Roman Alphabe Oxord OH American Classical League MC nd
Yavez Z Slaves and Slavery in Ancien Rome New Brunswick NJ ransacion Books 1988
ROMAN ARCHEOLOGY ARCHITECTURE AND ART Aicher Peer J Guide o he Aqueducs o Ancien Rome Wauconda IL Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers 1995
mdashmdashmdash Rome Alive A Source Guide o he Ancien Ciy 2 vols Wauconda IL Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers2004
Amery Col in and Bria n Curran Jr Te Los World o Pompeii Los Angeles J Paul Gety rus Publicaions2002
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 1454
TM xiv bull Latin for the New Millennium
Augeni Andrea ed Ar and Archeology o Rome New York iverside Book Company 2000
Boardman John Oxord Hisory o Classical Ar Oxord Oxord Universiy Press 1997
Campbell Ann Roman Ar and Archiecure ev ed Boulder CO Alarion Press 1999
Coarelli Fillipo Rome and Environs An Archeological Guide ranslaed by James J Clauss and Daniel P Har-mon Berkeley and Los Angeles Universiy o Caliornia Press 2008
Connolly Peer Pompeii New York Oxord Universiy Press 1990
Corbishley Mike Illusraed Encyclopedia o Ancie n Rome Los Angeles J Paul Gety rus Publicaions2004
Davis John and Deborah C Wood Monumena Romana Nosra Slide lecures complee se 1995 evised Wauconda IL Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers 1997
mdashmdashmdash Monumen a Roman a Nosra Roman Bahs Slide lecure 1995 evised Wauconda IL Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers 1997
mdashmdashmdash Monumena Romana Nos ra Te Forum in Rome and he Province s Slide lecure 1995 evised Wau-conda IL Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers 1997
mdashmdashmdash Monumena Romana Nos ra Te Roman Basil ica Slide lecure 1995 evised Wauconda ILBolchazy-Carducci Publishers 1997
mdashmdashmdash Monumena Romana Nos ra Te Roman Foru m Slide lecure 1995 evised Wauconda IL Bol-chazy-Carducci Publishers 1997
mdashmdashmdash Monumena Romana Nos ra Te Roman emple Slide lecure 1995 evised Wauconda IL Bol-chazy-Carducci Publishers 1997
Deiss Joseph Jay Herculaneum Ialyrsquos Buried reasure evised and updaed New York Harper Collins 1985
de Franciscus A Pompeii Monumens Pas and P resen Los Angeles J Paul Gety rus Publicaions 2000
DrsquoEspouy Hecor ed Greek and Roman Archiecure in Classic Illusraions Mineola NY Dover Publicaions1999
Dickison Sheila K and Judih P Hallet eds Rome and Her Monumens Wauconda IL Bolchazy-CarducciPublishers 2000
Heinze Helga von Roman Ar New York Universe Books 1971
Lewis Jon E ed Mammoh Book o Eyewines s Ancien Rome New York Carroll and Gra 2003
Ling ober Roman Paining Cambridge Cambridge Universiy Press 1991
Lovell Isabel Sories in Sone fom he Roman Forum ockville MD Wildside Press 2007
Macaulay David Ciy A Sory o Roman Planning and Consrucion Boson M A Houghon Miffl in 1971
MacDonald William L Te Archiecure o he Roman Empire An Urban Appraisal New Haven C Yale Uni- versiy Press 1988
MacKendrick Paul Te Mue Sones Speak Te Sory o Archeology in Ialy 2nd ed New York W W Noron1984
Millard Anne Welcome o Ancien Rome Edied by Jane Chisolm London Usborne Publishing 1987
Saccioli A Ancien Rome Monume ns Pas and Pres en Los Angeles J Paul Gety rus Publicaions2000
mdashmdashmdash Te Roads o he Romans Los Angeles J Paul Gety rus Publicaions 2004
Walker Susan Roman Ar Cambridge Harvard Universiy Press 1991
Wheeler Mori mer Roman Ar and Archiecure 4h ed New York Praeger Publishers 1969
Winkes ol Classical Collecion Roman Painings and Mosaics Providence I Museum o Ar hodeIsland School o Design 1982
LATE EMPIRE EARLY CHRISTIANITY AND MIDDLE AGES Augusi ne Conessions Oxord Worldrsquos Classics ranslaed by Henry Chadwick eprin New York Oxord
Universiy Press 1998
mdashmdashmdash Augusine Te Ciy o God agains he Paga ns ranslaed by W Dyson Cambridge exs in he His-ory o Poliical Tough Cambridge Cambridge Universiy Press 1998
mdashmdashmdash Augusine Poliical Wriings ranslaed by E M Akins and ober J Dodaro Cambridge exs inhe Hisory o Poliical Tough Cambridge Cambridge Universiy Press 2001
Barbero Alessandro Te Day o he Barbarians Te Batle Ta Led o he Fall o he Roman Empire ranslaed by John Cullen New York Walker and Company 2007
Barnes imohy D Ahanasius a nd Consanius Te ology and Poliics in h e Consanian Empire Cambridge
MA Harvard Universiy Press 1993Boehius Te Consolaion o Philosophy ranslaed by Vicor Wats ev ed London Penguin Books 1999
Bowersock G W and Peer Brown Lae Aniquiy A Guid e o he Pos Classica l World Harvard UniversiyPress eerence Library Cambridge MA Belknap Press 1999
Bowman Alan Averil Cameron and Peer Garnsey eds Te Crisis o Empire AD 193ndash337 2nd ed Volume 12Te Cambridge Ancien Hisory Cambridge Cambridge Universiy Press 2005
Brown Peer Augusine o Hippo A Biography ev ed Berkeley and Los Angeles Universiy o CaliorniaPress 2000
mdashmdashmdash Te World o Lae Aniquiy AD 150ndash750 New York W W Noron 1989
Cameron Averil Te Laer Roman Empire A D 284ndash430 Cambridge MA Harvard Universiy Press 1993
Cameron Averil Bryan Ward-Perkins and Michael Whiby eds Lae Aniquiy Empire a nd Successors AD425ndash600 Volume 14 Te Cambridge Ancien Hisory Cambridge Cambridge Universiy Press 2001
Cameron Averil and Peer Garnsey eds Te Lae Empire AD 337ndash425 Volume 13 Te Cambridge AncienHisory Cambridge Cambridge Universiy Press 1997
Chadwick Henry Te Church in Ancien Sociey From Galilee o Gregory he Grea Oxord Oxord UniversiyPress 2001
Corbishley Mike Te Middle Ages Culural Alas or Young People ev ed New York Facs on File 2003
Doran ober Birh o a Worldview Ea rly Chrisia niy in is Jewish and Pagan Conex Lanham MD ow-man and Litlefield 1999
Edwards Mark Consanine and Chrisendom Te Oraion o he Sains Te Greek and Lain Accouns o he Discovery o he Cross Te Edic o Consanine o Pope Silveser Liverpool Liverpool Universiy Press 2003
Ferguson Everet ed Encyclopedia o Ear ly Chrisiani y London Garland Publishing 1990
Godrey A W ed Medieval Mosaic A Book o M edieval Lain R eadings Wauconda IL Bolcha zy-CarducciPublishers 2003
Gran Michael Consanine he Grea Te Man and His imes New York Charles Scribnerrsquos Sons 1994
mdashmdashmdash Te Fall o he Roman Empire New York Charles Scribnerrsquos Sons 1997
mdashmdashmdash Te Collapse and Recovery o he Roman Empire London and New York ou ledge 1999
Harrison F E ed Millennium A Lain R eader A D 374ndash1374 eprin Wauconda IL Bolchazy-CarducciPublishers 2001
Heaher Peer Te Fall o he Roman Empire A New Hisory o Rome and he Barbarians New York OxordUniversiy Press 2007
Holmes George Te Oxord Hisory o Medieval Europe Oxord Oxord Universiy Press 2001
Hopkins Keih A World Full o Gods Pagans Jews and Chris ians in he Roma n Empire London Weideneldand Nicolson 1999
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 1554
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Resource List bull TM xv
Howarh Parick Atila King o he Hun s Man and Myh New York Barnes amp Noble Books 1995
Jones erry Barbarians London BBC Books 2006
Kulikowski Michael Romersquos Gohic Wars From he Tird Cenury o Alaric Cambridge Cambridge Univer-siy Press 2007
Lee A D ed Pagans and Chri sians in Lae A niquiy A Sourcebook London ouledge 2000
MacMullen amsay and Eugene N Lane Paganism and Chri sianiy 100ndash425 C E A Sourcebook Minne-apolis Forress Press 1992
Manello Frank and Arhur G igg Medieval Lain An Inroducion and Bibliographical Guide WashingonDC Te Caholic Universiy o America Press 1996
McEvedy Colin Te New Penguin Alas o Medieval Hisory ev ed New York Penguin Group 1992
Newman Paul B Daily Lie in he Middle A ges Jefferson NC McFarland and Company 2001Smih Jonahan Z Drudgery Divine On he Compari son o Early Chri sianiies and h e Religions o L ae Aniq-
uiy Chicago Universiy o Chicago Press 1990
Sambaugh John E and David Balch Te New esamen in is Social Environmen Philadelphia Wesmin-ser Press 1986
Tompson A E Te Huns Oxord Blackwell Publishing 1999
odd Malcolm Te Early Germans Malden MA Blackwell 2004
Wells Coli n Sailing fom Byzanium How a Los Empire Shaped he World NY Banam Dell 2006
Will iams ose Te Ligher Side o he Dark Ages London and New York Anhem Press 2006
Wolram Her wig Hisory o he Gohs ranslaed by Tomas J Dunlap Berkeley and Los Angeles Univer-siy o Caliornia Press 1988
mdashmdashmdashTe Roman Empire and Is Germanic Peoples ranslaed by Tomas J Dunlap Berkeley and Los Ange-
les Universiy o Caliornia Press 1997 Young Frances Lew is Ayres and A ndrew Louh eds Te Cambridge Hisory o Early Chrisian Lieraure
Cambridge Cambridge Universiy Press 2004
CLASSICAL PERSPECTIVESHighe Gilber Te Classical radiion New York Oxord Universiy Press 1957
Kopff E Chrisian Te Devil Knows Lain Why America Needs he Classical radiion Wilmingon DE ISIBooks 1999
Maybury ichard J Ancien Rome How I Affe cs You oday Placerville CA Bluesocking Press 1995
Murphy Cullen Are We Rome New York Houghon Mi ffl in 2007
Simmons racy Lee Climbing Parnassus A New Apologia or Greek and Lain Wilmingon DE ISI Books2002
MAPS POSTERS AND CHARTS Available from American Cla ssical League M C Miami Universiy Oxford OH
Map o oman Empire Map o oman Ialy ome Cenral Archeological Area oma Archaica
Circus Maximus Colosseum Consiuion Preamble Lain Abbreviaions Lain Phrases in Common UseLegal erms Panheon Pompeii Promoional Posers Lain Is
Derivaive ree Char Loan Word Char omance Language Char Skeleon Char
Available from L and L Enerprises Elmhurs IL
Ancien Civil izaion Wall M ap (small and lar ge size)
Using Lain Phrases Te Fabulous Five Lain Promoional Mini-posers Paer Noser Pledge o Allegianceoman Scenes and Proverbs Seven Hills o ome emembering he Cases
Available from Aims Inernaional Book s Cincinnai OH
Quo Modo Senis Hodie Poser
ADDITIONAL ITEMS Available from Bolchazy-Carducci P ublishers Mundelein IL
Lain Butons
Available from American Cla ssical League MC Miami Universiy Oxford OH
Lain-relaed CDs DVDs apes sofware coins greeing cards games accessories and jewelry mimeo-graphs hisorical novels Lain readers and Junior Classical League iems
Available from L and L Enerprises Elmhu rs IL
Lain knowledge cards Briish Museum book o poscards o Ancien Greece and o ome
Lain-relaed aciviy books butons coloring books key chain ags noe cards origami projecs pencilspuzzle books rulers sampers sickers suffed animals atoos oe bags and -shirs
MISCELLANEOUS Available from American Cla ssical League MC Miami Universiy Oxford OH
2006 Updaed Survey o Audio-Visual Maerials and exbooks in he Classics
2007 Ediion o ACL Soware Direcory or he Classics
WEBSITESFor a regularly updaed lis o websie resources check htpwwwlnmbolchazycom
PROFESSIONAL ORGANIZATIONSMos o hese organizaions offer a journal ha eachers will find beneficial Consul he organizaionrsquos web-
sie o learn more
American C lassical League (ACL)
American C lassical L eague eaching Maerials a nd esource Cener (MC)
ACL Sponsored Aciviie s
Junior Classical League
Naional Commitee or Lain and GreekNaional Greek Exam
Naional Junior Classical League
Naional Lain Exam
Naional Senior Classical League
Naional Myhology Exam
American C ouncil on he eaching o Foreign La nguages (ACFL)
American Ph ilologica l Associa ion (APA)
Archeologica l Insiue o A merica (AI A)
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 1654
TM xvi bull Latin for the New Millennium
Classical Associaion o Canada
Classical Associaion o New England (CANE)
Classical Associaion o he Alanic Saes (CAAS)
Classical Associaion o he Middle Wes and Souh (CAMWS)
Classical Associaion o he Pacific Norhwes (CAPN)
Classical Associaion o he Souhwesern Unied Saes (CASUS)
Compuer Assised Language Insrucion Consorium (CALICO)
Join Associaion o C lassical eachers (JAC)
Vergilian Socie y
In addiion many saes and ciies have classics-relaed organizaions
TEACHER NOTES
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 1754
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull i
1
STUDENT TEXTBOOKWITH EXERCISE ANSWERS
STANDARDS CORRELATIONS
ORAL EXERCISES
ORAL EXERCISE CORRELATIONS
WORKBOOK EXERCISE CORRELATIONS
ANCILLARY CORRELATIONS
COMPREHENSION QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS
TEACHING TIPS
TEACHER BY THE WAY NOTATIONS
AND HOW TO USE THIS BOOK
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 1854
iindashiii bull Latin for the New Millennium
Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers IncMundelein Illinois USA
1Milena Minkova and Terence Tunberg
LATIN FOR THE NEW MILLENNIUM
Series Inormaion
LEVEL ONE
Suden ex (2008)
Suden Workbook (2008)
eacherrsquos M anual (2008)
eacherrsquos Manual or Suden Workbook (2008)
ANCILLARIES
From Romulus o Romulus AugusulusRoman Hisory or he New Millennium (2008)
Te Original Dysuncional Family Basic Classical Myhology or he New Millennium (2008)
LEVEL TWO
Suden ex (2009)
Suden Workbook (2009)
eacherrsquos M anual (2009)
eacherrsquos Manual or Suden Workbook (2009)
ANCILLARIES
From Rome o Reormaion Early European Hisory or he New Millennium (2009)
Te Clay-ooed SuperHeroes Myhology ales or he New Millennium (2009)
mdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdash
ELECTRONIC RESOURCES
(See page 445 or deailed descripion)
wwwlnm bolchazycom
Quia Quesion Bank
Lain-only Vill a in een Second Lietrade
Carpe Praedam
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 1954
FOREWORD xi
PREFACE xiii
AUTHORS xvii
EDITORS CONSULTANTS AND PILOT TEACHERS xix
INTRODUCTION xxiii
AlphabePronunciaion o LainOverview o oman Hisory Beginnings o Lain Lieraure
CHAPTER 1 1
eading ldquoomulus and emusrdquoLanguage Facs Pars o Speech Nouns Number Gender Case
(Nominaive and Accusaive) Firs Declension Nounsalking Saying Hello
CHAPTER 2 15
eading Plauus ldquoTe Menaechmi winsrdquo Language Facs Firs and Second Conjugaion Verbs Principal Pars
Properies o Verbs Number Person ense Sem Infiniive Subjec and
Verb Agreemenalking Geting Acquained
CHAPTER 3 29
eading erence ldquowo BrohersrdquoLanguage Facs Second Declension Masculine -us -er -ir Nouns Geniive
Case Vocaive Case Preposiional Phrasesalking In he Classroom
REVIEW 1 CHAPTERS 19912513 43
Considering he Classical Gods Ma rs Jupier JunoConnecing wih he Ancien World Slavery in A ncien omeExploring oman Comedy oman Producions and Modern endiions by
William S Anderson Proessor o Classics Emerius Universiy o Caliornia Berkeley Berkeley Caliornia
Mīrābile Audī ū Phrases and Quoaions elaing o he Comic radiion
CONTENTS
bull v bull
Series Edior LeaAnn A Osburn
Volume Ediors Elisa C Denja LeaAnn A Osburn
Conribuing Ediors imohy Beck Judih P Halle Laurie Haigh KeenanKaren Lee Singh Donald E Sprague ose Williams Vicki Wine
Hisorical imeline Jayni einhard
Cover Design amp ypography Adam Phillip Velez
Cover Illusraion oman Forum copy BemannCOBISOher Illusraions Phoo Credis appear on pp 431ndash434
CarographyMapping Specialiss
Indexing Michael Hendry
Prooreader Gary Varney
Lain for he New Millennium
Suden ex Level 1
Milena Minkova and erence unberg
copy2008 Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers Inc All righs reserved
Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers Inc
1570 Baskin oadMundelein Illinois 60060 wwwbolchazycom
Prined in Canada2009 byFriesens
ISBN 978-0-86516-560-1mdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashLibrary o Congress Caaloging-in-Publicaion Daa
Minkova Milena Lain or he new millennium suden ex level 1 Milena Minkova anderence unberg p cm Includes bibliographical reerences ISBN 978-0-86516-560-1 (v 1 hardbound alk paper) 1 Lain language--Grammar I unberg erence II ile
PA20875M 562 2008 4782rsquo421--dc22
2008014705
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull ivndashv
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 2054
Contents bull vii
CHAPTER 9 135
eading Sallus ldquoTe Cailinarian ConspiracyrdquoLanguage Facs Fourh Conjugaion Verbs Presen Acive and Passive
ense Presen Acive and Passive Infiniive T ird Declension NeuerNouns Tird Declension I -Sem Nouns
alking Geting Dressed or a Pary
REVIEW 3 CHAPTERS 79912519 149
Considering he Classical Gods ApolloConnecing wih he A ncien World oman AtireExploring oman Governmen Poliics in Greece ome and he Unied
Saes by Josiah Ober Proessor o Classics and Poliical Science SanordUniversiy Sanord Caliornia
Mīrābile Aud īū Phrases and Motoes elaing o Governmen andDemocracy
CHAPTER 10 163
eading Vergil ldquo Te rojan HorserdquoLanguage Facs Tird Conjugaion -iō Verbs Presen Acive and Passive
ense Presen Acive and Passive Infiniive T ird Declension AdjecivesSubsanive Adjecives
alking Te Morning Beore a es
CHAPTER 11 177
eading Vergil ldquoQueen Dido o CarhagerdquoLanguage Facs Imperec Acive a nd Passive ense o All Conjugaions
Imperec ense o Sum and Possum Encliicsalking raveling o School
CHAPTER 12 191eading Livy ldquoMucius ScaevolardquoLanguage Facs Fi rs Second and Tird Person Personal Pronouns Firs
and Second Person Possessive Adjecives Declension o vīsalking Discussing he Weaher
REVIEW 4 CHAPTERS 1099125112 205
Considering he Classical Gods Mercury Connecing wih he Ancien World oman FoodExploring he My h o he rojan Horse Never Look a Gif Horse in
he Mouh by Bonnie A Cato Proessor o Classics Assumpion CollegeWorceser Massachusets
Mīrābile Aud īū Phrases and Quoaions elaing o War and Peace
vi bull L atin for the New Millennium
CHAPTER 4 57
eading Cicero ldquoTe Deserer Wans a ewardrdquoLanguage Facs Second Declension Neuer Nouns Daive Case Firs
and Second Declension -us -a -um Adjecives Agreemen o Nounsand Adjecives
alking Discussing Homework
CHAPTER 5 69
eading Cicero ldquoCicero Wries o ereniardquoLanguage Facs Firs and Second Conjugaion Verbs Presen Passive ense
Presen Passive Infiniive Ablaive o Agen Firs and Second Declension
-er Adjecivesalking Discussing Occupaions
CHAPTER 6 81
eading Caesar ldquoTe DruidsrdquoLanguage Facs Presen ense and Presen Infiniive o Sum and Possum
Complemenary Infi niive ransiive and Inransiive Verbsalking Preparing or a es
REVIEW 2 CHAPTERS 49912516 93
Considering he Classical Gods Nepune Pluo Vesa and CeresConnecing wih he Ancien World oman MarriageExploring oman Famil ies Parens and Children Ten and Now by
Jacqueline Carlon Assisan Proessor o Classics Universiy o Massachusets Boson Massachusets
Mīrābile Audīū Phrases Motoes and Abbreviaions elaing o Lie in heweny-Firs Cenur y
CHAPTER 7 111eading Caullus ldquoMy Girlrsquos SparrowrdquoLanguage Facs Tird Declension Masculine and Feminine Nouns Indirec
Saemen Accusaive and Infiniivealking In he Caeeria
CHAPTER 8 123
eading Nepos ldquoTemisocles Saves he GreeksrdquoLanguage Facs T ird Conjugaion Verbs Presen Acive a nd Passive ense
Presen Acive and Passive Infiniive Ablaives o Manner InsrumenSeparaion Place rom Which Place Where Accusaive o Place o W hich
alking Afer School Aciviies
vindashvii bull Latin for the New Millennium
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 2154
Contents bull ix
CHAPTER 18 301
eading Apuleius ldquoCupid and PsycherdquoLanguage Facs Fuure Perec Aci ve ense o All Conjugaions Fuure
Perec ense o Sum and Possum Fifh Declension Nounsalking Going o he Denis
REVIEW 6 CHAPTERS 1699125118 315
Considering he Classical Gods BacchusConnecing wih he Ancien World Gladiaorial GamesExploring oman Disasers Earh Air Fire and Waer by John E Torburn
Associae Proessor o Classics Baylor Universiy Waco exas
Mīrābile Audīū Quoaions elaing o Atiudes oward and Coping wihMisorunes
CHAPTER 19 331
eading Ammianus ldquoTe HunsrdquoLanguage Facs Perec Passive Pariciple Perec Passive ense o All
Conjugaions eview o Principal Par s o Verbs Demonsraive Pronounand Adjecive Hic
alking Cleaning he House
CHAPTER 20 349
eading Augusine ldquoAn Adolescen TierdquoLanguage Facs Pluperec Passive ense o Al l Conjugaions Perec Acive
and Passive Infini ives Demonsraive Pronoun and Adjecive Illealking Going Shopping
CHAPTER 21 361
eading Boehius ldquoTe Wheel o ForunerdquoLanguage Facs Fuure Perec Passive ense o All Conjugaions Fuure
Acive Pariciple Fuure Acive Infiniivealking A Birhday Pary
REVIEW 7 CHAPTERS 1999125121 375
Considering he Classical Gods VulcanConnecing wih he Ancien World oman EducaionExploring oman Libraries Public Libraries and Teir Books by Keih Dix
Associae Proessor o Classics Universiy o Georgia Ahens GeorgiaMīrābile Audīū Phrases Quoaions and Abbreviaions elaing o
Schools Libraries and Books
viii bull Latin for the New Millennium
CHAPTER 13 219
eading Horace ldquoAn Encouner wih a BoorrdquoLanguage Facs Presen ense Posiive and Negaive Imperaives Firs and
Second Person Personal Pronouns Geniive Case Ti rd Person PossessivePronoun and Adjecive
alking Lae or School
CHAPTER 14 233
eading Ovid ldquoPyramus and TisberdquoLanguage Facs Firs and Second Conjugaion Verbs Fuure Acive and
Passive ense Fuure ense o Sum and Possum elaive Pronouns
elaive Clausesalking Chating on he Inerne
CHAPTER 15 245
eading Seneca ldquoe1047298ecions on Growing OldrdquoLanguage Facs Tird a nd Fourh Conjugaion Verbs Fuure Acive and
Passive ense Inerrogaive Pronouns and Adjecivesalking A rip o he Counry
REVIEW 5 CHAPTERS 1399125115 259
Considering he Classical Gods Minerva Di ana VenusConnecing wih he A ncien World oman Ciies and oadsExploring oman Law Te Jusice Sysem in Ancien ome by James G
Keenan Proessor o Classics Loyola Universiy Chicago Chicago IllinoisMīrābile Audīū Phrases and Quoaions elaing o Legal Maters
CHAPTER 16 273
eading Pliny he Younger ldquoTe Erupion o VesuviusrdquoLanguage Facs Perec ense Verbs Perec Sem Perec Acive ense o
All Conjugaions Perec ense o Sum and Possum Daive o Possessionalking elaxing a he Beach
CHAPTER 17 287
eading acius ldquoTe Fire a omerdquoLanguage Facs Pluperec A cive ense o All Conjugaions Pluperec
ense o Sum and Possum Fourh Declension Masculine Feminine andNeuer Nouns
alking ecovering rom an Acciden
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull viiindashix
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 2254
xndashxi bull Latin for the New Millennium
FOREWORDTe aurea mediocriās o Lain exbooks has arrived No a grammar-ranslaion nor a readingapproach book Lain or he New Millennium is a blend o he bes elemens o boh
Te key o Lain or he New Millennium Level 1 is he emphasis on reading Lain a he begin-ning o each chaper and using conversaional Lain a he end o each chaper or as he auhorsindicae in he Preace lsquoi (Lain) offers you he lingui sic key o he minds ha shaped European
(and hereore American) culu re rom he ime o he omans o he modern scienific revolu-ion In his book you will learn abou he language sep by sep by using irsquo
Te reading passages a he opening o each chaper are ba sed on Lain lieraure and proceedin chronological order rom Plauus o Boehius Each reading is suppored by pre-reading andacing page vocabulary Grammar is inroduced using senences already seen in he reading pas-sage and mīrābile dicū here are pleny o exercises Te Vocabulary o Learn chosen rom headaped reading passage hus conains some Advanced Placemen lieraure-based words and i sreieraed consisenly in he exercises and oher shor reading passages
Somehing no seen in mos Lain exbooks is he conversaional dialogue a he end o eachchaper Tis will pique he sudenrsquos ineres in he Lain version o modern-day aciviies andmee cerain classical language sandards direcly Te auhors Milena Minkova and erenceunberg proessors a he Universiy o Kenucky a Lexingon are he direcors o he hugelypopular Conveniculum Lexinoniense he annual su mmer program ha has been r unning ormore han en years Tey are also on he aculy o he Conveniculum Bosoniense a similarprogram ha draws paricipans o experience conversaional Lain in differen geographical se-ings A he 2007 American Classical Leag ue Insiue a Vanderbil Universiy I paricipaed ina conversaional Lain workshop presened by Minkova and unberg Tough he par icipans
were seasoned Lain eachers mos were experiencing or he firs ime he ried and rue meh-ods hese wo expers were using o inspire us o speak Lain By he end o he workshop wecould converse in amiliar Lain phrases and saw how useul his could be or our own sudensunbergrsquos and Minkovarsquos leadership in hese summer programs made hem uniquely well suiedo design he conversaional dialogues in Lain or he New Millennium and he copious oral ex-ercises ha are conained only in he eacher manual hus al lowing eachers o pick and choose
which exercises bes mee he needs o heir own sudens
Tis book wih is range o offerings wi ll appeal o all ypes o lang uage sudens and will alloweachers o bring he many aces o he oman and pos-oman world ino he classroom How
wonderul i is o see a passage o adaped Plauus in Chaper 2 a prose adapaion o Caullusrsquo passer poem in Chaper 7 o Horacersquos saire on he boor in Chaper 13 and even o aciusrsquo de-scripion o he grea fire in ome in Chaper 17 oman culure is embodied in each o hesepassages hus meeing anoher classical language sandard Accompanying each passage is aquoaion or moto conneced o he passage or chaper
bull xi bullx bull Latin for the New Millennium
APPENDIX A 389
Chronological Lis o he Auhors and Works Sudied
APPENDIX B 391
Addiional Sae Motoes
APPENDIX C 393
Grammaical Forms and Paradigms
APPENDIX D 405
Lain Synax
APPENDIX E 411Hisorical imeline
ENGLISH TO LATIN GLOSSARY 415
LATIN TO ENGLISH GLOSSARY 421
BIBLIOGRAPHY 429
PHOTOGRAPHY CREDITS 431
INDEX 435
LIST OF MAPS
Map o he oman World xxxi iMap o he ravels o Aeneas 187Map o he Ciy o ome 227
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 2354
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull xiindashxiii
PREFACELearning Lain helps you learn English and oher languages beter and perhaps even moreimporanly i offers you he linguisic key o he minds ha shaped European (and hereore
American) culure rom he ime o he omans o he modern scienific revoluion Lain washe language hese people used o express hemselves and o record heir ideas in permanen ormacross so many cenuries In his book you wil l learn abou he language by u sing i sep by sep
CHAPTER COMPONENTS
READING PASSAGES
Each chaper begins wih a eading Passage and noes on he acing page ha will help you un-dersand any linguisic elemens you have no previously seen Tese noes eaure vocabulary
words in an easy o ollow alphabeical l ising providing you he exac meaning needed o un-dersand he reading passage bu no he ull lexical enries a his poin By reading and seeinghese new elemens in heir naural conex ofen you will need no explanaion o undersandhow hey uncion because hey appear w ih words you already know Te eadi ng Passages areadaped rom auhenic works o Lain lieraure and hey are presened in chronological order
As you complee each chaper you will be raci ng he sory o Lain as a lierary language andhe sories o he auhors who used i In addiion you wi ll learn abou oman c ulure over heperiods o ime in which he eaured reading o each chaper was produced
VOCABULARY TO LEARN
Te Vocabulary o Learn repeas some words encounered in he eading Passage or each chap-
er bu in his secion he words are lised by pars o speech i nsead o alphabeically and herehe ull lexical enry is given Tese are words you will need o memorize in order o recognizeand use hem hroughou he remainder o he book In order o aid you in recognizi ng connec-ions beween Lain words and he English words derived rom or relaed o hem a derivaiveexercise ollows each Vocabulary o Learn
LANGUAGE FACTS AND EXERCISES
In he body o each chaper you will fi nd simple explanaions o he Language Facs eaured inhe chaper reading passage along wih many differen exercises ha allow you o use all he in-ormaion you are learning By doing he exercises in each chaper and in he suden workbook
you will no only be reading and wriing Lain yoursquoll be speaking i Some exercises involve oralexchanges wih he eacher and wih oher sudens Because Lain communicaes hough i isa living hing Tereore a person who gains an acive working knowledge in he language along
bull xiii bullxii bull Latin for the New Millennium
All o his said Lain or he New Millennium is suden riendly Sudy ips rhymes and mnemon-ics abound in each chaper and litle secions called ldquoBy he Wayrdquo offer addiional inormaion orhose who always wan o know more
Te uni review secions are ru ly gems Afer hree chapers a Lain review chaper providesno jus he complee lis o Vocabulary o Learn and pleniu l exercises bu ofen anoher pieceo adaped lieraure o read991252snippes o Mari al or Peronius and more
Bu his is no all A secion called ldquoConsidering he Classical Godsrdquo offers high-ineres readingsin boh Engli sh and Lain on he panheon o classical gods A noher secion eniled ldquoConnec-ing wih he Ancien Worldrdquo provides in English addiional i normaion on a paricular aspec ooman lie conained wihin he uni
Capping each review uni is a disincive essay ha e xplores oman and modern opics each writen by a universiy scholar From he Universiy o Massachusets o Sanord Universiyand many places in be ween hese proessors have conribued heir special experise on subjecmater relaed o he chapers I k now o no oher book ha does hi s
Tere are many useu l phoographs and maps appropriaely placed hroughou Te reproduc-ions o fine ar and phoographs o archaeological sies provide a visual learning experience as
well Needless o say here are appendices on g rammar and synax a nd English o Lain andLain o English glossaries wih an added secion on various motoes
Te auhors ediors consulans and pilo eachers have done a superior job o organizing his book or maximum useu lness and effeciveness Tis unique series w ill include he ollowi ngLevel 1 Suden ex Level 1 Suden Workbook Level 1 eacherrsquos Manual and Level 1 Work-
book eacherrsquos Manual Level 2 Suden ex Level 2 Suden Workbook Level 2 eacherrsquosManual and Level 2 Workbook eacherrsquos Manual Many online and elecronic resources willalso accompany his series
Lain for he New Millennium has been houghully designed or and wih he weny-firscenury suden in mind Please join me in heralding he appearance o his unique new series
ha will improve and enhance he sudy o Lain or he weny-firs cenury
P983137983157983148 P983154983151983152983141983154983162983145983151Boson Lain Academy
2008
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 2454
xivndashxv bull Latin for the New Millennium
Preface bull xv
ASPECTS OF ROMAN LIFE
Nex you will find a reading in English on an imporan aspec o oman daily lie Tis sec-ion eniled Connecing wih he Ancien World wil l presen addiional inormaion on a opicencounered in he previous c hapers
EXPLORING ROMAN AND MODERN LIFE
Following he secion on daily lie here will be a shor essay in English ha compares and con-rass some aspec o oman and American lie and illusraes a way in which Lain is a par oour lie oday Each o hese essays has been writen by a universiy scholar wih special experisein his field o sudy
MĪRĀBILE AUDĪTŪEach review chaper concludes wih a l is o Lain quoaions motoes phrases or abbreviaionsused in English Tese sayings relae o one o he uni opics
Te Lain langu age and oman culure have no only inspired wriers hroughou he ages andin1047298uenced modern lie bu have also lef heir presence in ar and archaeology In his volumereproducions o painings drawings sculpure mosaics rescoes and oher ariacs rom an-iquiy hrough he presen abound wih depicions o and reerences o he sories and lives ohe omans Likewise view s o archaeological sies remind us o wha ome and is area o in1047298u-ence was like in ancien imes Te illusraions hroughou he ex suppor he writen word in
visual orm hus offering you a vivid recollecion o he chaper conen
Each auhor o his book has writen differen secions o he exbook bu boh auhors have ben-efied hroughou he composiion o he exbook rom coninuous muual advice and suppor
MM and 2008
Visi wwwl nmbolchazycom o see he elecronic resources ha accompany Lain or he New Millennium
xiv bull Latin for the New Millennium
wih a readi ng abiliy i s more likely o progress quick ly o a deeper undersanding o he lan-guage and he enjoymen o is lieraure I you have an oral aciliy and can wrie in a language
you will no need o be reminded abou orms and grammaical rules so ofen In his book you will acquire ha acive acili y as a basic par o learning he language
CONVERSATIONAL LATIN
oward he end o each chaper here is a Lain dialogue in which a group o modern sudens arehe paricipans Tey discuss in Lain siuaions ofen encounered in our daily li ves In hesedialogues you will find a bridge beween our lives and he houghs o he ancien medieval orrenaissance auhors who wroe in Lain991252a bridge consruced o he same basic language Lain
OTHER FEATURESIn each chaper you will fi nd oher ineresing mater ha will help you learn and enjoy Lain
bull Memorābile Dictū Te firs page o each chaper eaures a amous saying labeled Memorābile Dicū (A Memorable Ting o Say) a Lain phrase so well known ha i has become an ofenrepeaed proverb or quoaion Learning each amous saying wi ll increase your u ndersand-ing no jus o Lain bu o he houghs and ideas ha were i mporan o omans and haveconinued o be an inegral par o modern lie
bull Sudy ips Each chaper conains sayings rhymes mnemonic devices verses or oher in-ormaion ha will help you remember he various hings you are learning
bull By he Way You will see his phrase repeaed hroughou every chaper When you see hislabel you will know ha addiional inormaion is being presened
REVIEW COMPONENTS A he conclusion o every se o hree chapers here is a review conaining various componens
VOCABULARY TO KNOW
Tis is a complee lis o all he Vocabulary o Learn words presened in he hree chapers ar-ranged by pars o speech
EXERCISES
Here you will see many new exercises ha will help you review and reinorce he maerial in hehree preceding chapers In he review exercise secion here is ofen an addiional reading pas-sage o help you undersand more abou Lain lieraure and is heriage oday
CLASSICAL MYTHOLOGY
Tis secion eniled Considering Classical Myhology includes passages on myhology one inEnglish and one in Lain which ell some o he principal sories abou he Greek and omangods Tese sories re1047298ec many o he main hemes seen in lieraure and ar rom classical omodern imes
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 2554
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull xvindashxvii
AUTHORSMILENA MINKOVA
MA and PhD Chrisian and Classical Philology Pon-ifical Salesian Universiy ome Ialy MA and PhDClassics Universiy o Sofia Bulgaria
Associae Proessor o Classics Universiy o KenuckyLexingon Kenucky
Milena Minkova has sudied conduced research andaugh in Bulgaria Swizerland Germany Ialy he
Vaican Ciy and he USA Minkova has auhored hree book monographs Te Personal Names o he Lain In-scripions fom Bulgaria (Peer Lang 2000) Te Proe-an Raio (Peer Lang 2001) and Inroducion o Lain
Prose Composiion (Bolchazy-Carducci 2007 reprin Wimbledon 2001) She has also published numerousaricles on Lain medieval philosophy Lain lieraureLain composiion and Lain pedagogy
TERENCE TUNBERGBA and MA Classics Universiy o Souhern Calior-nia Posgraduae researcher and docoral suden Me-
dieval Sudies Universiy o London England PhDClassical Philology Universiy o orono Canada
Proessor o Classics Universiy o Kenucky Lexing-on Kenucky
erence unberg has augh in Belgium and Canadaas well as in he USA He is a specialis in Lain com-posiion and an exper in he hi sory o he approacheso wriing Lain prose rom aniquiy o early modernimes His works include a n ediion o collecion o Me-dieval Lain speeches commenaries on Lain worksand numerous sudies o he hisory o imiaion in La-in wriing In addiion or more han a decade he hasoffered summer seminars designed o inroduce peopleo he use o spoken Lain
bull xvii bull
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 2654
EDITORS CONSULTANTSAND PILOT TEACHERS
VOLUME EDITORSElisa C DenjaEdior Bolchazy-Carducci PublishersBaker Demonsraion School EmeriaEvanson Illinois
LeaAnn A OsburnEdior Bolchazy-Carducci PublishersBarringon High School EmeriaBarringon Illinois
BOARD OF
CONSULTANTS Virginia A ndersonLain eacherIllinois Virual High SchoolBarringon Middle School EmeriaBarringon Illinois
Jill M CrookerLain eacher
Pitsord-Mendon High School EmeriaPitsord New York
Judih Peller HalletProessor o ClassicsUniversiy o MarylandCollege Park Maryland
Sherwin D Litle1ndash12 Foreign Language Program LeaderIndian Hill High SchoolCincinnai Ohio
Sherrilyn MarinChair Deparmen o Foreign LanguagesKeih Counry Day Schoolockord Illinois
Mary PendergrafProessor o Classical Languages
Wake Fores Universiy Winson-Salem Norh Carolina
John raupman
Proessor o ClassicsS Josephrsquos Universiy EmeriusPhiladelphia Pennsylvania
Cynhia Whie Associae Proessor o ClassicsUniversiy o Arizonaucson Ari zona
ose WilliamsMcMurry College Emeria
Abilene High School Emeria Abilene exas
Donna WrighLain eacherLawrence Norh and Lawrence Cenral High
Schools
Indianapolis Indiana
PILOT TEACHERS Jeremy M WalkerLain eacherCrown Poin High SchoolCrown Poin Indiana
Laneta WarrenburgLain eacherElgin High SchoolElgin Illinois
bull xix bullxviii bull Latin for the New Millennium
JOINT PUBLICATIONS BY THE AUTHORSMinkova and unberg have coauhored he ollowing books Readings and Exercises in Lain
Prose Composiion (Focus 2004) Reading Livyrsquos Rome Selecions fom Livy Books IndashVI (Bol-chazy-Carducci 2 005) Maer Anserina Poems in Lain or Children (Focus 2006) Tey are hedirecors o he Insiue or Lain Sud ies a he Universiy o Kenucky in which sudens sudyhe hisory o Lain rom ancien o modern imes and ake par in seminars in which Lai n is he
working language o all ac iviies Boh Minkova and unberg are eleced ellows o he ome- based Academia Lainiai Fovendae he primary learned sociey devoed o he preservaion andpromoion o he use o Lain
xviiindashxix bull Latin for the New Millennium
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 2754
Editors Consultants and Pilot Teachers bull xxi
SHERWIN LITTLE
BA Universiy o Cincinnai M A Universiy o Colorado
Sherwin Litle has augh Lain rom sixh g rade hrough Lain AP a Indian Hill Exemped Vil-lage School Disric since 1983 Sherwin has received an Ovaio rom CAMWS as well as heCAMWS Good eacher Award and he Hildesheim Vase Award rom he Ohio Classical Coner-ence in 1986 and 2007 Sherwin holds Naional Board Cerificaion in World Languages Oherhan English and has been boh Vice Presiden and Presiden o he American Classical Leag ue
SHERRILYN MARTIN
BA Wilson College MA PhD Universiy o Cincinnai
Sherrilyn Marin was named Illinois Lain eacher o he Year in 1993 was a recipien o heL Governorrsquos Award or Foreign Language eaching in 2001 and was named a Claes Nobeleacher o Disincion in 2 007 She is a pas presiden o he Illinois Classical Conerence and isacive in he ockord Sociey o he A rchaeological Insiue o America Sherri lyn spen a yearin independen sudy a he Universiy o Tessaloniki Greece
MARY PENDERGRAFT
AB PhD Universiy o Norh Carolina Chapel Hill
Afer eaching a UNC-Greensboro and D uke Universiy Mary Pendergraf began eachingclassics ul l-ime a Wake Fores Mary is a ormer Presiden o he Norh Carolina Classical A s-sociaion and paricipaed in he ocus group ha w roe he Norh Carolina Sandard Course oSudy or Lain
JOHN TRAUPMAN
BA Moravian College MA PhD Pr inceon Universiy
John raupman is proessor emerius rom S Josephrsquos Universiy i n Phil adelphia where heaugh or hiry-eigh years A mong his many awards John received he Disinguished eaching
Award rom S Josephrsquos Universiy in 1982 a cerificae o appreciaion rom he PennsylvaniaDeparmen o Educaion in 1990 and he Special Award rom he Classical Associaion o he
Alanic Saes in 1996 John raupman is especially well-known as he auhor oConversaional Lain and Te New College Lain and English Dicionary
CYNTHIA WHITE
BA Chesnu Hill College MA Villanova Universiy PhD Caholic Universiy o America
Cynhia Whie is he Direcor o he Undergraduae Lain Program and supervises eacherraining and Kndash12 Lain eacher Cerificaion a he Universiy o Arizona She regularlyeaches a he Isiuo Inernazionale di Sudi Classici di Orvieo he Classics Deparmenrsquos Sudy
Abroad Program in Orvi eo Ialy and has sudied i n ome wih he Papal Lai nis eg inaldFoser ODC
xx bull Latin for the New Millennium
VOLUME EDITORSELISA C DENJA
BA Marygrove College Deroi Michigan MA Columbia Universiy MA Loyola UniversiyChicago
Elisa Denja augh Lain a Norh Chicago High School and Baker Demonsraion School inEvanson Illinois or many years while concurrenly eaching classical myhology a LoyolaUniversiy o Chicago and in he g ifed-disance learning program a Norhwesern UniversiyElisa was awarded he Illinois Lain eacher o he Year award in 1992 and he Illinois Lieime
Achievemen Award in 2007
LEAANN A OSBURNBA Monmouh College Illinois MA Loyola Universiy Chicago
While eaching Lain or many years a Barringon High School in Barringon Illinois LeaA nnserved as boh vice-presiden and presiden o he Illinois Classical Conerence LeaAn n receivedhe Illinois La in eacher o he Year award in 1989 he Illinois L Governorrsquos Award in 1990and he Classical Associaion o he Middle Wes and Souh Good eacher Award in 1996
BOARD OF CONSULTANTSVIRGINIA ANDERSON
BA Loyola Universiy Chicago MA S Xavier Universiy
Virginia Anderson augh Lain or hi ry years i n privae and public hi gh schools and middleschools in he Chicagoland area In 1999 she was awarded he L Governorrsquos Award or Enhance-men o he eaching Proession and in 2003 was named Il linois Lain eacher o he Year
JILL M CROOKER
BA Universiy o Illi nois MSEd Nazareh College o ocheser New York Jill Crooker augh Lain or many years a Pitsord-Mendon High School in Pitsord New YorkShe has served as he College Board Advisor o he A P Lain es Developmen Commitee andin 1996 received he Moron E Spillenger Award or Disingui shed Leadership o he Classical
Associaion o he Empire Sae In 2003 she received he ACL Meria Award and i n 2006 a nOvaio rom he Classical A ssociaion o he Alanic Saes
JUDITH PELLER HALLETT
BA Wellesley MA PhD Harvard Universiy
In addiion o sudying a he A merican Academy in ome he Insiue o Classical Sudies inLondon and he Universiy o Maasrich in Holland Judih Hallet is a ormer presiden o heClassical Associaion o he Alanic Saes and Vice-Presiden or Oureach o he AmericanPhilological Associaion She was named a Disinguished Scholar-eacher in 1992 by he Uni-
versiy o Maryland
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull xxndashxxi
TEACHER NOTES
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 2854
xxii bull Latin for the New Millennium
xxii bull L atin for the New Millennium
ROSE WILLIAMS
BA Baylor Universiy MA Universiy o Norh Carolina Chapel Hill
In addiion o posgraduae work in Lain and Humaniies a he Universiy o Dallas and heUniversiy o exas a Arlingon on a ockeeller Gran ose Williams did research a he Bodle-ian Library Ox ord Universiy in England and a he Universiy o Pisa She augh Lain or overhiry years a boh high school and uni versiy levels in exas and now is he auhor o more hanen books abou he Classics
DONNA WRIGHT
BA MA Ball Sae Universiy
Afer eaching Lain a Carmel High School Donna Wrigh currenly eaches a boh LawrenceNorh and Lawrence Cenral High Schools in Indianapolis Indiana She has been an acivemember o he Indiana Classical Conerence being named Creaive Lain eacher o he Year in1976 She has also been acive i n he American Classical League sponsoring a JCL chaper andleading Ialy rips or nearly weny years Donna also served as an offi cer speaker and boardmember o Pompeiiana Inc
PILOT TEACHERS JEREMY M WALKER
AB Wabash College MA Indiana Universiy
Jeremy Walker has augh Lain a Crown Poin High School in Crown Poin Indiana since1995 He has served as he Co-Chair o he Indiana Junior Classical League and Membershipand Public elaions Chair o he Naional Junior Classical League In addiion o sudying inIaly a he Inercollegiae Cener or Classical Sudies and in Greece a he American School orClassical Sudies he was presiden o he Indiana Classical Conerence In 2003 Jeremy was rec-ognized as he Lain eacher o he Year in Indiana and in 2004 was recognized by he Indiana
Sae eachers Associaion as a orch o K nowledge ecipien
LANETTA WARRENBURG
BA Indiana Universiy MA Indiana Universiy-Purdue Universiy Indianapolis
Laneta Warrenburg has augh high school English and Lain or hiry-hree years a schoolsin Indiana and Illinois Her las weny-our years o eaching Lain were a Elgin High Schoolin Elgin Illinois While eaching Lain here she served as he Illinois Classical Conerencechairperson or Chicago Classics Day as co-chair or he Illinois Ceramen League since 1993and as sae chair or he Il linois Junior Classical L eague rom 1999ndash2001 Laneta was honoredas he Illi nois Lain eacher o he Year in 2001 and was presiden o he Chicago Classical Clubrom 2005ndash2007
INTRODUCTION
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 2954
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull xxiii
INTRODUCTIONALPHABETTe Lain alphabe was derived rom he Eruscan alphabe some ime beore he sevenh cen-ury 983138983139983141 Te Eruscans were a people in pre-oman Ialy
Teir alphabe owes much o he Greek alphabe In urn he Greek alphabe was derived romhe Phoenician alphabe Phoenician raders had spread heir sysem o wriing h roughou he
Medierranean region Te Phoenician alphabe isel can be raced o he Norh Semiic alpha- be which was used in Syria and Palesine as early as he elevenh cenury 983138983139983141 and is consideredo be he earlies ully developed alphabeic wriing sysem
An Eruscan couple reclining on a funeral sarcophagus
bull xxiii bull
Sandard41
EDITORrsquoS NOTE
Te comprehension quesions and answers as well as some o he eaching ips and eacher by he Way noa-ions in his eacher manual were writen by Elisa C Denja LeaAnn A Osburn Karen Lee Singh and DonaldE Sprague classics ediorseducaors a Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers
HOW TO USE THIS BOOK
Please noe ha he perinen naional Classics sandards are lised in he margin o he lef or righ on he samepage as he reproducion o he suden ex
Eisemann Communicaion assised in preparing he correlaions o Lain o r he New Mil lennium wih he
naional sandards For an overview o he sandards hemselves and he correlaions please consul www bolchazyl nmcom
TEACHING TIP
Te eacher may choose o use he picure o he Eruscan couple on his page and he brie meniono he Eruscan alphabe o open a discussion on wha role he Eruscans played in early omanimes Sudens may be direced o p xxx ii o find Eruria on he map
TEACHING TIPTe eacher may wish o discuss wih he sudens he erm ldquoomance languagesrdquo Many modernlanguages come rom he language used by he ancien omans French Ialian Poruguese Span-ish omanian ec omansch (spoken by he descendans o he aeians and one o he our o-ficial languages o Swizerland) is also derived rom Lain
TEACHER BY THE WAYBased on archeological evidence i appears ha Eruscan women were an imporan par o hesocial srucure Ofen he names o boh moher and aher were placed on unerary inscripionsTe reedom o women wihin sociey is likewise apparen on monumens where hey can be seenreclining wih heir husbands on he same couch atending games and having a place o honor in heomb isel Noice he affecionae pose o he couple in he illusraion on p xxiii Clearly marriedlove was valued in Eruscan sociey and amily lie was imporan
ombs also provide evidence or he syle o Eruscan homes Some o hese eaures were borrowed by heomans especially he cenral hall and hree rooms a he back Tis ype o house was known a Pompeii as well as a ome ac cording o Viru vius auhor o Dē archiecūrā
TEACHING TIP
Te eacher may wish o have sudens read an English ranslaion o Livyrsquos radiional accouno anaquil wie o arquinius Priscus he fifh king o ome Te independence o Eruscan women is ev iden in hi s ale He r behavior is he ani hesis o he ideas o woma nly dec orum hel d by he omans
TEACHING TIPS d ill j i i h E li h ldquo lph b rdquo pl i h E li h l t ih h
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 3054
xxiv bull Latin for the New Millennium
xxiv bull Latin for the New Millennium
Look a he English alphabe in he lef column and a he Lain alphabe in he righ one TeLain alphabe is accompanied by he names o he Lain leters (in parenheses)
English Alphabe Lain Alphabe
Uppercase Lowercase Uppercase Lowercase Leter Name
A a A a (a ldquoăhrdquo)
B b B b (be ldquobayrdquo)
C c C c (ce ldquocayrdquo)
D d D d (de ldquodayrdquo)
E e E e (e ldquoĕhrdquo)
F F (e)
G g G g (ge ldquogayrdquo)H h H h (ha ldquohahrdquo)
I i I i (i ldquoeerdquo)
J j
K k K k (ka ldquokahrdquo)
L l L l (el)
M m M m (em)
N n N n (en)
O o O o (o ldquoŏhrdquo)
P p P p (pe ldquopayrdquo)
Q q Q q (qu ldquokoordquo)
r r (er)
S s S s (es)
(e ldquoayrdquo)
U u U u (u ldquooordquo)
V v V v (u consonan)
W w
X x X x (ix ldquoeexrdquo)
Y y Y y (upsilon)
Z z Z z (zea ldquodzayardquo)
Te English alphabe is derived direcly rom he Lain alphabe Tis accouns or he greasimilariies b eween he wo alphabes Tere are 26 leters in he English alphabe and 24 in heLain Te differences are he ollowing
bull Te leter W w (which is he doubled leter v) is missing in he Lain alphabe
bull Te leter J j is a more recen invenion In ac i appears in Lain exs writen during heMiddle Ages and he enaissance as well as i n many modern ediions o ancien Lain exsI is used o indicae he semi-vowel i someimes called consonanal i Te consonanal i is
Sudens will enjoy singing he English alphabe song replacing he English leter names wih heLain leter names Sudens may be insruced o clap once where here is no Lain leter name (egldquoJrdquo) equivalen o he English one
TEACHING TIPTe eacher may choose o display any Lain words (a lis is provided below or he eacherrsquos conve-nience) and insruc he sudens o spell ou he word using he Lain leter names Te sudensmay become curious o know wha he Lain words mean Definiions are given below
bull pars ndash par
bull nox ndash nigh
bull ruber ndash red
bull ēgī ndash I have done
bull amilia ndash amily
bull carō ndash 1047298esh
bull dēcernō ndash I decide
bull herba ndash plan
bull Kalendae ndash Kalends (firs day o he monh)
bull quoque ndash also
bull imor ndash ear
bull Pȳhia ndash Pyhia (name o Apollorsquos priesess)
bull iēcī ndash I hrew
bull ēlīx - happy bull ignis ndash fire
bull mūō ndash I change
COMPREHENSION QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS FOR PAGES XXIII991251XXVeproducible versions o he quesions alone are available a wwwlnm bolchazycom
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 3154
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull xxv
Introduction bull xxv
he i a he beginning o a word beore a vowel or i beween wo vowels According o hismehod or example Iūlius is writen Jūlius and Āiax is writen Ājax In his book he leter J j will no be used
bull Te disincion beween he vowel U u and he consonan V v also belongs o laer imesIniially here was only one leter V u used boh or he vowel and he consonan eg Vrbs ldquoTe Ciyrdquo (ie ome) or uicor ldquohe winnerrdquo
bull However in accord wih he prevail ing pracice o expressing he vowel wih U u and heconsonan wih V v in his book he wo leters will be disingui shed
PRONUNCIATION OF LATIN
VOWELSTere are six vowels in Lain and heir pronunciaion is as ollows
Long Vowel Sound Shor Vowel Sound
ā is pronounced as in ldquoaherrdquo ōrāor ldquooraorrdquo a is pronounced as in ldquoalikerdquo amō ldquoloverdquo
ē is pronounced like he a in ldquoraverdquo nēmō ldquonobodyrdquo e is pronounced as in ldquoperdquo bene ldquowellrdquo
ī is pronounced like he double e in ldquoseenrdquo līmes ldquoboundaryrdquo
i is pronounced as in ldquopirdquo nihil ldquonohingrdquo
ō is pronounced as in ldquosoverdquo videō ldquo(I) seerdquo o is pronounced as in ldquoofenrdquorosa ldquoroserdquo
ū is pronounced as in ldquomoonrdquo ūnus ldquoonerdquo u is pronounced as in ldquopurdquo um ldquohenrdquo
ӯ comes rom Greek and is pronounced in lenghsomewhere beween he i in ldquohirdquo and he u in ldquomuerdquo Pӯramus ldquoPyramusrdquo
y comes rom Greek Is sound wheher long or shorlies in beween he sounds o i and u much as in heFrench ldquosucircrrdquo bu he sound o shor y is less drawn ouhan ha o long y lyricus ldquolyricalrdquo
Te Lain words senātus rēgēsulla gentēs and prīmus are
engraved on his sone
Sign from Pompeii carved on sone wih Lain leters
p q
1 race he roos o he Lain alphabe rom is beginnings orward
Norh-Semiic alphabe elevenh cenury 983138983139983141 Phoenician alphabe Greek alphabe Erusca n alphabeLain alphabe
2 Which wo leters in he English alphabe are no ound in he Lain alphabe
W and J
3 When does he leter J begin o appear in Lain
During he Middle Ages and he enaissa nce
4 Look a he Lain inscripion on he sign rom Pompeii (on he righ o p xxv) Find a leas hree Lain words Lis an Engl ish word you believe is based on he La in word
colonia 991252 colonial colony honoris 991252 honorspecacula 991252 specacular specacle perpevom 991252 perpeual perpeuiy duovir 991252 virile virili
Sandards12 41
TEACHING TIPSudens may wan o know he English meanings o he Lain words in Exercises 1 and 2 Te defini-
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 3254
xxvi bull Latin for the New Millennium
xxvi bull L atin for the New Millennium
BY THE WAY
Everywhere in his book long vowels are indicaed by macrons ie ā ē ī ō ū ӯ whileabove he shor vowels here are no signs Someimes wo words differ rom each oheronly in he lengh o he vowel For example mālum wih a longa means ldquoapplerdquo whilemalum wih a shor a means ldquobad hingrdquo
EXERCISE 1epea hese words aloud afer your eacher pronounces hem
1 a lō 7 lēnis 13 probō 19 sūor2 alumnus 8 sēdēs 14 noa 20 ūsus3 rāna 9 i er 15 pōnō 21 syllaba4 rādō 10 imeō 16 dōnum 22 Pӯrēnē5 eneō 11 nīor 17 ululō6 peō 12 mīrus 18 lupus
DIPHTHONGSDiphhongs are wo vowels combined in one syllable and pronounced ogeher as one soundTere are six diphhongs in Lain
bull ae much like he y in ldquoskyrdquo laevus ldquo lefrdquo
bull au pronounced as ou in ldquoourrdquo aurum ldquo goldrdquo
bull ei pronounced as ei in ldquoeignrdquo oiei ldquoalasrdquo
bull eu pronounced eoo much as i in he wo words ldquogrey bluerdquo you were o subrac he ldquogr-rdquo andhe ldquobl-rdquo and combine he wo vowel sounds Eurōpa ldquoEuroperdquo
bull oe pronounced as oy in ldquoboyrdquo proelium ldquo batlerdquo
bull ui pronounced nearly like ldquowerdquohui ldquoohrdquo
I is believed ha quie early sill in ancien imes he diphhongs ae and oe began o be pro-nounced as e I you encouner hem writen aē or aeuml and oē or oeuml his means ha hey are nodiphhongs and he leters should be pronounced separaely āēr poēa
Te diphhongs are always long
EXERCISE 2epea hese words afer your eacher pronounces hem
1 aesās 7 s eu 13 aēneus2 a equō 8 m oenia 14 poēma3 raeda 9 neu 15 hei4 l audō 10 poena 16 huic5 a u 11 neuer6 aula 12 Poenus
Sudens may wan o know he English meanings o he Lain words in Exercises 1 and 2 Te definiions are provided or he eacherrsquos convenience
EXERCISE 11 I nourish 12 wonderul
2 suden 13 I approve
3 rog 14 noe
4 I scrape 15 I pu
5 I hold 16 gif6 I seek 17 I howl
7 smooh 18 wol
8 sea 19 shoemaker
9 journey 20 use
10 I ear 21 sylla ble
11 I srive 22 Pȳrene (a name)
EXERCISE 21 summer
2 I make level
3 carriage
4 I praise5 or
6 orecour
7 or i
8 walls
9 and no
10 penaly
11 neiher
12 Carhaginian
13 bronze
14 poem
15 ah
16 o his
TEACHER BY THE WAYHisorical evidence can be cied or reading he firs syllable o ldquomāgnusrdquo as naurally long bu oher
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 3354
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull xxvii
Introduction bull xxvii
CONSONANTSbull c is pronounced as in ldquocomerdquo clārus ldquobrighrdquo censeō ldquo(I) deemrdquo cārus ldquodearrdquo
bull When b is ollowed by s as in urbs ldquociyrdquo he sound o b approaches ha o p a sound wemigh represen as urps
bull g is pronounced as in ldquogerdquo gaudiumldquojoyrdquo gignō ldquo(I) bege (I) bearrdquo grāialdquoavor agreeablenessrdquo
bull Some hink ha he omans o Cicerorsquos ime (firs cenury 983138983139983141) pronounced he wo conso-nans ng as ngn or example he adjecive māgnus ldquogreardquo would have been pronounced in a
way ha we migh represen asmangnus
bull k is a very rare consonan In ac i appears only in wo words Kalendae ldquohe firs day oevery monh in he oman calendarrdquo and in he personal name Kaeso
bull q appears always in combinaion wih u and he combinaion qu is pronounced as in ldquoqueenrdquoquatuor ldquoourrdquo
bull v has a sound similar o w (as in he word ldquowierdquo) videō ldquo I seerdquo
bull Te consonanu in he combinaion su sounds like he English w in he ollowing our wordssuēscō ldquo(I) become accusomedrdquoSuēvī a name o a German ribe suādeō ldquo(I) adviserdquo suāvis ldquosweerdquo
bull Te leter r is rilled slighly Te sound has no exac equivalen in English bu is heard inmany oher European languages Te bes way o make his sound is o pronounce r as inldquoroperdquo bu vibrae he end o he ongue slighly as you say i
bull x is a double consonan (equivalen ocs or gs) ha sounds much like he x in ldquosixrdquo
bull z is a noher double consonan (equivalen o dz) and sounds almos like z in ldquozebrardquo I be-gins wih a sligh d sound firs so in pronouncing his leter you should hear dz
bull ph sounds like p in ldquopenrdquo bu wih he addiion o a sligh breah o air represened by he hth sounds like t as in ldquo omrdquo bu wih he addiion o a sligh ex ra breahing represened byhe h ch sounds nearly like he combinaion kh Tese consonans are borrowed rom Greek
and appear in Greek words zephyrus ldquowesern breezerdquo chorus ldquochorusrdquo heārum ldquoheaerrdquo When p and t are no accompanied by h his sligh aspiraion is absen
bull When consonans are doubled as in he verbaggredior he consonanal sound is lenghenedslighly
EXERCISE 3epea hese words afer your eacher pronounces hem
1 cibus 7 glōria 13 phasēlus2 capiō 8 Zeus 14 chara3 cumulus 9 bibliohēca 15 cēlō4 crēscō 10 phi losophia 16 anīquus5 gemma 11 zōna6 Gallus 12 heōrēma
g y g y gevidence suggess i is naurally shor Tus in some grammar books such as he one by Gildersleeveand Lodge we find his syllable marked as long bu in oher books i is reaed as shor
TEACHING TIPTe sudens may also wish o find ou he meanings o he Lain words in Exercise 3 Te definiionsare provided or he eacherrsquos convenience
EXERCISE 3
1 ood2 I ake
3 a heap
4 I grow
5 bud jewel
6 a Gaul
7 glory
8 Zeus
9 library
10 philosophy
11 a girdle
12 heory
13 kidney bean
14 paper
15 I hide
16 old
TEACHING TIPTe eacher may wish o provide he sudens wih some pracice on syllables and sress accen Here
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 3454
xxviii bull Latin for the New Millennium
xxviii bull Latin for the New Millennium
ACCENT A Lain word is made up no jus o leters bu also o syllables A Lain word has as many syllablesas i has vowels or diphhongs (a diphhong works like a single vowel since i is made up o wo
vowels pronounced ogeher [see diphhongs above])
You will need o know he ollowing erms when learning abou accen
bull ulima he las syllable in a word
bull penul he second-o-las syllable in a word
bull anepenul he hird-o-las syllable in a word
So in he word ze- ph y-r us he vowel u is he ulima y is he penul and e is he anepenul
RULES ABOUT THE STRESS ACCENT IN LATIN1 Te sress accen in Lain alls on eiher he penul or he anepenul
2 Te accen alls on he penul i he penul is long I he penul is shor he accen alls onhe anepenul
3 How o deermine wheher he penul is long or shor
a I he penul conains a long vowel (or any diphhong) he penul isel is long You o-en need o learn wheher he vowel in he penul is long or shor as a basic elemen inlearning a new word A macron above he vowel will ell you ha he vowel is long whi lehe absence o a macron wil l indicae a shor vowel Pronouncing he word can help youremember he vowel lenghs For ex ample vi-de-ō ldquoI seerdquo is pronounced viacutedeō whileau-rō-ra ldquodawnrdquo is pronounced aurōacutera and po-pu-lus ldquopeoplerdquo is pronounced po pulus
b I he vowel in he penul is ollowed by wo or more consonans he penul is long no
mater wheher he vowel in he penul is long or shor and he accen necessarily allson he penul For example do-cu-men-um ldquodocumenrdquo is pronounced documenacuteum
BY THE WAYTe consonan x is double (cs or gs) and couns as wo consonans when deermining
wheher he penul is long
c Tere is one excepion o lsquobrsquo above Someimes even when here are wo consonans be-ween he penul and he ulima hey sill do no deermine ha he penul is long Tishappens when he wo consonans are a mue and a liquid
Te mues are p b d t g c
Te liquids are l r
So in he word pal-pe-bra ldquoeyelidrdquo he anepenul is accened ( palacutepebra) he vowel o he pe-nul is shor since i i s ollowed by a mue and a l iquid O course ru le lsquoarsquo sill applies in he wordhe-ā-trum ldquoheaerrdquo he penul is accened (heāacuterum) since i is naurally long somehing welearn rom he macron
y p p yare some examples wih he answers included or he eacherrsquos convenience
Underline he ulima in each word
1 legō
2 rēgis
3 imperāor
Underline he penul in each word
1 causa
2 pūnīum3 armāus
Underline he anepenul in each word
1 vulnerō
2 eigī
3 sublāum
Underline he penul i i is long
1 pōnō
2 spēlunca
3 pauperis
Underline he syllable ha will receive he sress accen in each word1 ōrāculum
2 peīum
3 cōnsania
4 exsīncum
5 vulneris
6 solius
TEACHING TIPGiven he passage abou he bahhouse on his page and he picure rom Bah England he
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 3554
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull xxix
EXERCISE 4epea each senence aloud afer your eacher reads i Pay atenion o he pronunciaion andsress accen o each word
Wha i is Like o Live Over a Bahhouse
(Adaped rom Seneca Moral Leter 56)
Ecce undique clāmor sona Suprā ipsum balneum habiō Prōpōne nunc ibi omnia genera vōcumodiōsa Foriōrēs exercenur e manūs plumbō gravēs iacan cum au labōran au labōranemimianur Gemiūs audiō quoiēns spīrium remīsērun Sun quoque ūncōrēs e racāōrēs
Audiō crepium manuum umerōs erienium sonus quoque icuum mūāur nunc enim manusperveni plāna nunc concava Audiō clāmōrēs sī ūr es i n balneō dēprehēnsus
Look here is noise sounding all around I live above he bahhouse isel Imagine o yourselnow all he haeul ypes o voices Te sronger ones exercise hemselves and swing heir ha ndsloaded wih lead weighs while hey work ou991252or imiae a person working ou I hear moansevery ime hey le go a ltpen-upgt breah Tere are also anoiners and masseurs I hear he slapo hands hiting shoulders and he sound o he blows changes or someimes he hands come1047298a someimes cupped I hear shouing i a hie is caugh in he bahhouse
A pool from inside he Roman Bahs in Bah England
Introduction bull xxix
eacher may wish o open a discussion abou bahs during oman i mes Te use o he calidārium fīgid ārium epidārium and sūdārium may be explained by he eacher and sudens may be en-couraged o learn andor pronounce hese words
TEACHER BY THE WAYBahs were ofen consruced on locaions having ho or mineral springs such as Bah in Englandand Bāiae a resor own on he Bay o Naples
Modern Bah in oman imes was named afer he Celic goddess o healing Sulis In he firscenury her shrine was aken over by he omans and she was idenified wih he goddess Minerva
Te sie was hen known as Aquae Sulis Mine rva In a emple relie she is represened wih a Medusa-like head and a musache
Te spa conained a grea bah (73 f by 29 f) and hree oher swimming pools he calidārium (ho bah)epidārium (warm bah) and fīgidār ium (cold bah) In he second cenury he spring was enclosed wihin a wooden barrel-vau led build ing ha housed hese hree pools Ho ai r bahs were ueled by coal fires A con-san 1047298ow o waer was direced o he pools hrough lead pipes which sill uncion oday
Archeologica l excavaions have revealed ma ny sacred voive offerings c urse ables and innumerable coinsa he botom o he springs Te curse ables writen in Lain heaped curses on anyone suspeced o wrong-doing Te ancien radiion o hrowing coins accompanied by a wish sill prevails oday in ome a he reviFounain where ourissvisiors do he same
More inormaion on bah complexes in ome can be ound on p 386 o his eacherrsquos manual
Sandards22 31
32 41 42
TEACHING TIPTe eacher may wish o insruc he sudens o find he iber iver which is picured here on he
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 3654
xxx bull Latin for the New Millennium
xxx bull Latin for the New Millennium
OVERVIEW OF ROMAN HISTORY According o legend omulus and his win broher emus were se adrif on he iber iver Ashe-wol nursed he boys unil a shepherd rescued hem Upon reaching manhood in 753 983138983139983141he wins ounded a new ciy near he place w here hey had been ound by he she-wol on he
basis o anaugusō auguriō ldquoa avorable sighing o birdsrdquo Bu omulus killed emus in a dispueover who would rule he new ciy and became is firs king
Six oher kings ruled afer omulus Numa Pompilius ullus Hosilius Ancus Marius ar-quinius Prisc us Servius ullius a nd arquinius Superbus (arquin he Proud) Afer he las ohese seven kings was overhrown in 509 983138983139983141 ome became a republic wih a represenaiveorm o governmen headed by wo consuls eleced an nually By 451 983138983139983141 he fi rs corpus o o-man law known as he welve ables was creaed
In he las cenury 983138983139983141 he oman epublic was shaken apar by a series o civil wars By31 983138983139983141 an auocraic regime headed earlier by Julius Caesar and laer by his grea-nephew Oc-avian brough he epublic o an end Te years rom 27 983138983139983141991252when Ocavian assumed heile o prīnceps ldquochie ciizenrdquo as well as he name Augu sus991252o around 180 983139983141 are known ashe early principae or empire During his era ome exended her boundaries o he BriishIsles in he norh Norh Arica in he souh Spain in he wes and he igris and Euphraesrivers in he eas
A view of he iber River as i 1047298ows hrough he ciy of Rome
map on p xxxii
COMPREHENSION QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS FOR PAGE XXX991251XXXI
eproducible versions o he quesions alone are available a wwwlnm bolchazycom
1 Who were he legendary ounders o ome
omulus and emus
2 According o legend in wha year was ome ounded
753 983138983139983141
3 Over he course o he monarchic period how many kings ruled ome
Seven
4 Wha even occurred in 509 983138983139983141
Te beginni ng o he oman epublic (wih wo consuls in charge)
5 Wha is he erm associaed wih he wo leaders o he epublic
Consul
6 Which wo leaders oversaw omersquos shif rom a republic o a principae
Julius Caesar and OcavianAugusu s
7 Wha major aciviy associaed wih empire-building ook place during he principae
erriorial expansion
8 Name wo developmens ha characerized he lae empire
Severe economic problems inernal poliical unres andor requen invasion by he Germanic ribes
9 Describe Diocleianrsquos response o he roubles o he empire
Diocleian divided he empire ino wo halves he Easern and Wesern empires in order o make ruli nghe empire more manageable
10 Explai n he origin o he erm ldquovandalismrdquo
Te fifh cenury invasion and pillag ing o ome by he ribe known as he Vandals who occupied he o-man province o Norh Arica led o he erm ldquovandalismrdquo meaning wanon desrucion
11 Describe Lainrsquos role in he cenuries afer 476 983139983141
Lain 1047298ourished as he major lierary language in he Wesern oman Empire and was spread o non-omanized places like Ireland Scandinavia and he New World
TEACHING TIP
Te eacher may ask he sudens o find he daes menioned on his page in he imeline on pp411ndash414
Sandards21 31 32
TEACHING TIPTe eacher may insruc he sudens o locae ByzaniumConsaninople discussed here in he
d h h ii
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 3754
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull xxxi
Introduction bull xxxi
From 180 983139983141 onwards in he period k nown as he lae empire he oman sae experiencedsevere economic problems and requen invasions by Germanic ri bes esponding o he pres-sure o he firs wave o migraions as well as inernal poliical u nres and economic diffi culieshe emperor Diocleian (ruled 284ndash305 983139983141) had already divided he oman Empire ino anEasern and Wesern hal each under is own emperor991252an atemp o make he vas omansae more manageable
Tis poliical division o he empire acually mirrored a culural division oo he main lan-guage o he Wes was Lain while he main language o he Eas was Greek Shorly aferwardshe emperor Consanine (ruled 312ndash337 983139983141) esablished a new capial or he Easern empirea Byzanium wh ich he renamed Consaninople (ldquohe ciy o Consaninerdquo oday called Isan-
bul) Bu even afer his reorganizaion he imperial governmen ulimaely proved incapable o
semming he ide o he migraions in par because he oman army was oo widely e xendedand could no be in so many places a once Indeed many o he invaders were given he sauso oederāī or ldquoreay roopsrdquo In effec hey were a llowed o occupy segmens o he empire inreurn or proecing i So when Alar ic King o he Visigohs sacked ome in 410 983139983141 he acual lyhad a ile as a commander in he oman army
ome was sacked again in 455 983139983141 by he Vandals who had already occupied he omanprovince o Norh Arica Te pillaging o he ciy o omulus by he invaders made a pro-ound impression on conemporaries and o his day he erm ldquovandalismrdquo is a word in severallanguages or wanon desrucion While he Easern empire (always more sable and eco-nomically prosperous han he Wes) coninued o exis unil 1453 983139983141 he Wesern empire
was ex inc as a poliica l eniy by 476 983139983141 In is place were Germa nic k ingdoms and ribes Angles and Saxons in Briai n Visigohs in Spain Osrogohs in Ialy Franks and Burgundi ansin Gaul991252o name only he major groups Te combinaion o hese new socieies wih heprevious inhabians who had been omanized o varying degrees would one day provide he
basis or he culures o modern Europe
Bu he end o he ancien oman Empire in he Wes was no he end o Lain On he con-rary during he nex 1200 years Lain no only 1047298ourished as he major lierary language in he
erriories o he ormer Wesern oman Empire he use o Lain was exended o regions heomans had never occupied including Ireland Scandinavi a and even he New World
BEGINNINGS OF LATIN LITERATURE Very ew complee works o Lain lieraure produced beore he mid-second cenury 983138983139983141 (ie beore 150 983138983139983141) have survived One reason or his loss was he remendous populariy o he works produced in he ollowing cenury by such auhors as Cicero Vergil and Ovid Teir wri-ings were so widely read and copied in subsequen cenuries ha he auhors preceding hem
were gradually negleced
Among he major figures o early Lain lieraure was a reed slave rom he Greek ciy o aren-um named Livius Andronicus who li ved rom 284ndash204 983138983139983141 He was known or his adapaionso Greek drama or oman audiences and his ranslaion o Homerrsquos Odyssey ino Lain verse
second paragraph on he map on p xxxii
TEACHING TIPTe eacher may ask he sudens o find he daes menioned on his page in he imeline on pp413ndash414
HOW TO USE THIS BOOK AND ITS ANCILLARIES
wo ancillaries are available or use wih his book Te Original Dysuncional Family (abbreviaed ODF)and From Romulus o Romulus Augusulus (abbreviaed R) R will be paricularly useul in order ohelp sudens keep he ime periods o he auhors and o he evens he auhors wroe abou sraigh in heirminds Chaper ile pages will include when appropriae a noaion on wha chaper o R he eachermay wish o assign
TEACHING TIPTe eacher may wish o assign Chaper 1 o he oman hisory ancillary From Romulus o Romu-lus Augusulus a his poin
COMPREHENSION QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS FOR PAGES XXXI991251XXXIVeproducible versions o he quesions alone are available a wwwlnm bolchazycom
1 Whom did he omans consider he aher o Lain lieraure
Ennius
2 Wha was Enniusrsquo mos amous work Is subjec mater
Annālēs was an epic poem abou omersquos early hisory
3 Wha amous Lain saying means ldquoCarhage mus be desroyedrdquo
Carhāgō dēlenda es
4 Who is he auhor o ha saying
Cao he ElderCao he Censor
5 When was Carha ge said o have been desroyed
146 983138983139983141 a he end o he hird Punic war
NB Aler sudens ha he answers o hese comprehension quesions will be ound on p xxxiv
Sandards21 31
R1
TEACHING TIP Ask sudens he English equivalen o cou nries s uch as Briannia and Germānia and he Englishequivalen o he ciies Neāpolis and Ahēnae
Sandard31
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 3854
xxxii bull Latin for the New Millennium
equivalen o he ciies Neāpolis and Ahēnae
A full size r eproducible version of h is page wihou he answe rs can be downloaded a wwwlnm bolchazycom
HOW TO USE THIS BOOK Answers o rep roducible aciviies w ill be gi ven in a larger size bel ow or he eacherrsquos convenience
ANSWERS TO MAP WORK 991251 PAGES XXXII991251XXXIII
1 Crēa Sicilia Corsica Sardinia Cyprus Ihaca Dēlos Brianni a
2 Vesuvius Mōns Aena Mōns Olympus Mōns Āppennīnus Mōns
3 Syria Macedonia Arica Asia
4 mare or ponus
5 Asia Eurōpa Arica
A full siz e reproducible version of his page wihou he answers can be down loaded a wwwln mbolchazycom
Te eacher may wish o have his map enlarged when reproducing i for ease of suden use in compleing his aciviy
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 3954
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull xxxiii
HOW TO USE THIS BOOK
Te answers o his aciviy can be easily seen on he wo acing pages
Te omans regarded Ennius (ca 239 169 983138983139983141) as he aher o Lain lieraure He wroe
TEACHING TIPSudens may be encouraged o find he ciy o Carhage menioned in he second paragraph on hemap on p xxxii
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 4054
xxxiv bull Latin for the New Millennium
xxxiv bull L atin for the New Millennium
Te omans regarded Ennius (ca 239ndash169 983138983139983141) as he aher o Lain lieraure He wroemany kinds o lierary works including plays His Annālēs an epic poem abou he early hisoryo ome was paricularly renowned and perhaps he primary epic read in oman schools beorehe ime o Vergil Only ragmens o his wriings remain
One o Enniusrsquo conemporaries was heamed Cao he Censor also known as Caohe Elder (234ndash149 983138983139983141) a rigidly conserva-ive oman senaor Mos o his reaise onagriculure called Dē agrī culūrā survivesI is he oldes work o Lain prose amongCaorsquos recommendaions here are ha fieldslaves be reaed similarly o beass o bur-den Cao is also remembered or his sae-men Carhāgō dēlenda es ldquoCarhage mus
be desroyedrdquo evidence or he omanear o he Carhaginians Te omansough hree wars known as he Punic
Wars agai ns he Car haginians Te fi rsended beore Cao was born in he secondagains Hannibal Cao served wih miliarydisincion he hird ended in 146 983138983139983141 asCao had demanded wih he desruciono Carhage On his occasion he vic oriousomans were said o have plowed sal inohe Carhaginian soil
Discussions abou laer auhors and adap-aions rom heir wriings w ill be presenedchronologically in he chapers o his book
Ancien ruins a Carhage in Africa
p p
TEACHER BY THE WAY Alhough he works o Enniu s have been preserved on ly in ragmens (abou a housand lines) hehad a grea in1047298uence on subsequen poes such as Vergil Quoable quoes include
bull a es o riendship Amīcus cer us in rē incer ā cerniur (A riend in need is a riend indeed)
bull an applicaion o wisdom o lie Quī ipse sibi sapiēns prōdesse nequi nēquīquam sapi (A man who
himsel is wise bu unable o be useul o himsel is wise or nohing)bull he amous descripion o Fabius Maximus Ūnus homō nōbīs cūncandō resiui rem (One man by delaying res ored he sae or us)
bull and he line on Manius Curius Quem nēmō errō poui superāre nec aurō (Whom no one was ableo deea eiher by sword or gold)
We also have preser ved or us he exa mple o excessive all ieraion ha has g iven rise o much laugher inLain classrooms over he years Ō ie ūe aī ibi ana yranne ulisī ldquoO ius aius you yran (all voca-ive) you brough o yoursel such grea (roubles)rdquo991252ranslaed in conex which plays off he more lieral ldquo you ookacquired or yoursel such grea hings rdquo
On he oher hand he composed his own epiaph in which his high eseem among omans proved o beprescien
nēmō mē lacrumīs decōre neu unera 1047298ēū
axi Cūr Voliō vivos per ōra v irum (Le no one honor me wih ears or make a uneral pyre by weeping
Why I 1047298y li ving hrough he mouhs o men)
TEACHER BY THE WAY
Pluarchrsquos Lie o Cao is a good source o snappy quoaions atribued o his saesman soldier andauhor For example while discussing he power o women he said ldquoAll oher men rule heir wives we rule al l oher men and our w ives rule us rdquo Atemping o persuade he oman people o orego adisribuion o grain he began his speech by saying ldquoI is a hard mater o argue wih he belly sincei has no earsrdquo And o a ribune who had been accused o using poison and was rying o pass a use-less bill he said ldquoI know no which is worse o drink your mixures or o enac your billsrdquo
1CHAPTER 1
HOW TO USE THIS BOOK
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 4154
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull 1
1CHAPTER
Parts of Speech Nouns Number Gender Case (Nominative and Accusative)
First Declension Nouns
MEMORĀBILE DICTŪ
SPQ Senātus Populusque ōmānusldquoTe Senae and he People o omerdquo
Tese our leters orm wha is known as an acronym one ha symbolized supreme power inancien ome
Oil paining of Romulus and Remus wih he wolf By Peer Paul Rubens (1577ndash1640)
Te grammaical and synacical opics ha will be presened in each chaper o his book are lised a he opo he chaper ile page
HOW TO USE THIS BOOK
Te illusraion on each chaperrsquos ile page presens a visual inroducion o he Lain reading passage ha willollow eachers may choose o discuss he illusraion in order o provide he conex or he reading he su-dens will encouner on he nex page
HOW TO USE THIS BOOK
On each chaper ile page he phrase Memorābile Dictū (ldquoA memorable hing o say rdquo) will be ou nd Below here will be a amous phrase quoa ion abbreviaion or moto in L ain ha w ill connec hese words o he opicsin he chaper
MEMORĀBILE DICTŪ VOCABULARY
populus populī m ndash people
-que ndash and
senāus senāūs m ndash senae
TEACHING TIP
ubens pained his picure o omulus and emus rom 1615ndash1616 during wha is called he Ba-roque period o ar Te man approaching rom he rear is Fausulus Te reclining figure is he god
o he river iber
HOW TO USE THIS BOOK AND ITS ANCILLARIESwo ancillaries are available or use wih his book Te Original Dysunctional Family (abbreviaed ODF)and From Romulus to Romulus Augustulus (abbreviaed R) R will be paricularly useul in order ohelp sudens keep he ime periods o he auhors and o he evens he auhors wroe abou sraigh in heirmind Chaper ile pages wil l include when appropriae a noaion abou wha chaper o R he eachermay wish o assign
Standards11 21
R 2and 3
READING
TRANSLATION OF LATIN PASSAGEomulus and emus
Mars is a god Mars loves hea Silvia And so hea Silvia has wo sons omulus and emus Amulius locks uph Sil i A li l d i h A h l lk h T h l
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 4254
2 bull Latin for the New Millennium
2 bull Latin for the New Millennium
READINGTis sory describes how ome was said o have been ounded in 753 983138983139983141 King Numior o AlbaLonga was overhrown by his cruel and ambiious broher Amulius who no only seized hehrone bu so eared ha one o Numiorrsquos male descendans migh have a legiimae claim oni ha he made Amuliusrsquo daug her hea Silvia a priesess o he goddess Vesa Tese priesesses
were no allowed o marry during heir childbearing years
RŌMULUS ET REMUS
1 Mārs es deus Mārs hēam Silviam ama Iaque hēa Silvia duōs
īliōs habe ōmulum e emum Amūlius hēam Silviam vinculīs
claudi Amūlius ōmulum e emum in aquam pōni Lupa ad aquamambula Lupa ōmulum e emum bene cūra e ama ōmulus e
5 emus crēscun Poseā ōmulus e emus ōmam aedifican
Famous bronze saue of he she-wolf and he wins
hea Silvia Amulius pus omulus and emus ino he waer A she-wol walks o he waer Te she-wol caresor (akes good care o) omulus and emus well and loves (hem) omulus and emus grow up Aferwards(laer) omulus and emus build ome
HOW TO USE THIS BOOK Above each La in reading pa ssage inorm aion is presened in Engl ish Tis pre -reading provides back groundinormaion abou he auhor and esablishes he conex o he passage he sudens will read
TEACHER BY THE WAY
Te eacher may wish o inroduce he class o he radiional abbreviaions o 983137983140 (which sandsor he Lain phrase Annō Dominī ldquoi n he year o our Lordrdquo) and 983138983139 (which sands or he Engl ishphrase ldquoBeore Chrisrdquo) Tese older abbreviaions coninue o be used bu his book employs heabbreviaions 983138983139983141 (Beore he Common Era) and 983139983141 (Common Era)
TEACHING TIPInsruc he sudens o locae Alba Longa on he map on pp xxxiindashxxxiii
TEACHER BY THE WAYTough he wins were added o he sculpure in he enaissance he she-wol has srong links wihEruscan myhology and shows characerisics o Eruscan sculpure
TEACHING TIP
Te eacher may wish o encourage he sudens o design an abbreviaed amily ree o omulusand emus
Standards11 22
Jupier Juno King Num ior o Alba Longa
Mars hea Silvia
omulus emus
READING VOCABULARY
HOW TO USE THIS BOOKTe English pronoun subjec o a verb is no lised in he eading Vocabulary i he pronoun is no needed inhe ranslaion
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 4354
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull 3
Chapter 1 bull 3
READING VOCABULARYad aquam ndash o he waer
aedifican ndash build
ama ndash loves
ambula ndash walks
Amūlius ndash Amul ius
aquam ndash waer
bene ndash well
claudi ndash locks up
crēscun ndash grow up
cūra ndash akes care o cares or
deus ndash god
duōs ndash woes ndash is
e ndash and
īliōs ndash sons
habe ndash has
in aquam ndash ino he waer
iaque ndash and so
lupa ndash she-wol
Mārs ndash Mars he god o war
pōni ndash pus
poseā ndash aferwards laer
emum ndash emus
emus ndash emus
hēa Silvia ndash hea Silvia
hēam Silviam ndash hea Silvia
ōmam ndash ome
ōmulum ndash omulus
ōmulus ndash omulus vinculīs ndash w ih chains
Words marked wih an aserisk will need o bememorized laer in he chaper
COMPREHENSION QUESTIONS1 Whose sons are omulus and emus
2 Wha did Amulius do
3 Who saved he lie o omulus and emus
4 Wha did omulus and emus do
HOW TO USE THIS BOOK
Te sudens should not be expeced o lea rn he words under he ile eading Vocabulary whenever his ileoccurs in he book Insead insruc sudens o learn he vocabulary words lised under he ile Vocabularyto Learn ha will be ound laer in each chaper In more advanced Lain exs usually here are vocabularyand noes o help he sudens when reading a passage Tis eading Vocabulary will help prepare sudens orlaer more advanced classes
ANSWERS TO COMPREHENSION QUESTIONS
1 Tey are he sons o Mars and hea Silvia2 He locked up hea Silvia
3 A she-wol
4 Tey buil he ciy o ome
TEACHING TIP
Whi le English deriva ives rom he sar red words (ie he Vocabulary o L earn) are he opic o Ex-ercise 2 laer in his chaper here are some ineresing derivaives rom he non-sarred words andsome o hese show how words change hrough he years Te eacher may choose o discuss hesederivaives wih he sudens
bull aedi1047297cant (aedi1047297cō) ndash ediy edificaion edifice
Tis Lain word is buil rom wo Lain words aciō (o do make) and aedēs (house emple) Te
English derivaives reain his religious connecion or hey mean ldquoo build up he aih moraliy o in-sruc especially morallyrdquo Te word ldquoedificerdquo is always used or an imposing srucure such as a ldquoemplerdquoor aedēs
bull claudit (claudō) ndash close conclusion enclosure sluice
A ldquocloserdquo is a small shu-in space and some people i locked in one suffer rom ldquoclausrophobiardquo acompound derivaive parly rom Lain (o close confine) and parly rom he Greek (ear) hence ldquoa earo closed spacesrdquo
Te word ldquosluicerdquo does no look like a derivaive o claudō bu i has undergone cha nges as i ca meino English via middle English and old French (sclus) rom he Lain exclūdō which means ldquoo shu ourdquo Asluice has a gae a he op o he channel o shu off he 1047298ow o waer as necessary
bull crēscunt (crēscō) ndash crescen accrue recrui crew
Te word ldquocrewrdquo in middle English mean ldquoreinorcemenrdquo so a body o soldiers grew Te word ldquore-
cruirdquo has he same basic idea ecruis increase he size o he army (rom he Lain recrēscō meaning ldquoogrow againrdquo)
bull deus ndash deiy deiy
bull duōs ndash double dozen due duplicae
Te word ldquodozenrdquo is a compound rom he Lain word or ldquowordquo and he German word or ldquoenrdquo (zehn)
bull habet (habeō) ndash habi abiliy prohibiive
Onersquos abiliy depends on he alens and skil ls one has
bull pōnit ( pōnō) ndash depo imposiion preposiion
A depo origina lly was a place where supplies were pu or sorage
LANGUAGE FACT I
HOW TO USE THIS BOOKTe Language Facs secion o each chaper will conain boh grammaical (morphological) and synacicalinormaion ie inormaion boh abou he orms o he words and he srucure o he senence
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 4454
4 bull Latin for the New Millennium
4 bull Latin for the New Millennium
LANGUAGE FACT I
PARTS OF SPEECHTe parts o speech used in a Lain senence deermine is meaning jus as in English While henoun and he verb are he wo mos imporan oher common pars o speech are lised below
Noun a person place hing idea acion or qual iy Examples ldquoomulusrdquo ldquoriverrdquo ldquocouragerdquo
Pronoun a word ha sands in place o a noun ha has been previously menioned or is clearrom conex Examples ldquoIrdquo ldquosherdquo ldquohimrdquo ldquoirdquo
Adjecive a word ha limis or defines a noun or a pronoun Examples ldquolitlerdquo ldquosrongrdquo
Adverb a word ha lim is or defines verbs adjecives or (oher) adverbs Examples ldquoveryrdquoldquoquielyrdquo
Verb a word ha describes an acion or sae o being Examples ldquogordquo ldquosayrdquo ldquowasrdquo
Preposiion a word ha begins a preposiional phrase such as ldquoinrdquo ldquoordquo ldquoonrdquo ldquoorrdquo ldquobyrdquoldquowihrdquo A preposiional phrase is a preposiion joined o a noun Examples ldquoin he morningrdquoldquowih a sharp pencilrdquo
Conjuncion a word ha connecs words phrases clauses a nd senences Examples ldquoandrdquoldquoburdquo ldquoalhoughrdquo
Inerjecion a word ha expresses emoion Examples ldquowowrdquo
EXERCISE 1eview he meanings and ideniy he pars o speech o he ollowing words Te eading
Vocabulary may be consu led
1 īliōs 6 e2 bene 7 lupa3 aedifican 8 claudi
4 ad 9 ōmam5 ambula 10 ama
EXERCISE 1 ANSWERS
1 noun
2 adverb
3 verb
4 preposiion
5 verb
6 conjuncion
7 noun8 verb
9 noun
10 verb
TEACHING TIP
Te eacher may wish o ask he sudens in Lain wha par o speech a given word is Te eacher would say ldquoQuae pars ōrātiōnis estrdquo Suden responses would be
bull nōmen substantīvumsubstantīvum ndash noun
bull prōnōmen ndash pronoun
bull nōmen adiectīvumadiectīvum ndash adjecive
bull verbum temporāle ndash verb
bull adverbium ndash adverb
bull praepositiō ndash preposiion
bull coniūnctiō ndash conjuncion
bull interiectiō ndash inerjecion
Standards11 41
Standards11 41
WorkbookExercise 1
VOCABULARY TO LEARN
TEACHING TIPSince his is he firs se o Lain words ha your sudens will be required o memorize i is usuallya good idea o sugges and discuss wih hem some differen ways o memorize vocabulary Somesel help opions are lised below
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 4554
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull 5
NOUNSagricola agricolae m ndash armer
aqua aquae ndash waer
āhlēa āhlēae m ndash ahlee
īlia īliae ndash daugher
lupa lupae ndash she-wol
naua nauae m ndash sailor
poēa poēae m ndash poe
puella puellae ndash girl
ōma ōmae ndash ome
erra errae ndash land
VERBSama ndash heshei loves
ambula ndash heshei walks
cūra ndash heshei akes care o cares or
es ndash heshei is
ADVERBS bene ndash well
poseā ndash aferwards
CONJUNCTIONSe ndash and
iaque ndash and so
Aqueducs carr ied waer (aqua) o he ciies in he Roman world Tis aqueduc buil in 19 983138983139983141 which srechedacross he Gard River was named he Pon du Gard and brough waer o he ciy of Nicircmes in France in ancien imes
Chapter 1 bull 5
sel-help opions are lised below
1 Look a he word in he book and say he word aloud
2 Wrie down he word on a piece o paper along wih is meaning and check o be sure here are no spell-ing errors Color-coding he words by pars o speech is also helpul Pronounce he word while wriing idown and hen repea he word including he meaning and spelling
3 Make handwriten 1047298ashcards wih he Lain on one side and English on he oher and be sure here are nospelling errors Color-coding is a good sraegy here also Wriing he word ou helps some sudens ce-men he word in he brain Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers has creaed an elecronic vocabulary resourceor hose sudens or whom echnological learning ools are an aid Tese vocabulary 1047298ashcards are orhe iPod See p 93 or more inormaion on iPod 1047298ashcards
4 Use English derivaives o help remember meanings Bu be careul since some derivaives may havemeanings grealy changed rom he original Lain word
5 Find clipar picures ha illusrae he vocabulary words and use he picures as a way o es yoursel onhe Lain words
TEACHER BY THE WAYTe eacher may wish o open a discussion abou aqueducs and he waer supply or ancien omans while l ooking a he picu re o he Pon du Gard on his page For a hisory o aqueducs and heirconsrucion Froninusrsquo book Dē aquīs urbis Rōmae is an excellen source Te book was writenabou 97 983139983141 when he was Superinenden o Aqueducs Oher aqueducs include he ollowing
bull Te double high aqueduc in Segovia Spainbull Te Aqua Appia buil in 312 983138983139983141
bull Te Aqua rāiāna
bull Te aqueduc buil by Alex ander Severus in 226 983139983141
bull Te Aqua Claudia
bull Te Aqua Marcia wh ich wa s probably named a fer A ncus Marcius who was he fi rs K ing oome by radiional accouns o build an aqueduc o bring waer o ome
NB Te word ldquo Aquardquo when capialized means ldquoaqueducrdquo
Eleven aqueducs urnished 250000 gallons o waer o ome every weny-our hours
BY THE WAY
E h u gi n in h b l r h rm T nd rm i h g nii
HOW TO USE THIS BOOK Ēn is a word ha calls atenion o somehing and means ldquoLook a hisrdquo Te inormaion given here draws a-enion o and urher specifies differen language acs
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 4654
6 bull Latin for the New Millennium
6 bull Latin for the New Millennium
Each noun given in he vocabulary has wo orms Te second orm is he geniivesingular
A derivative is an English word rooed in a Lain word Te English derivaive issimilar in meaning and orm o is Lain source
STUDY TIP
An English derivaive ofen can help you remember wha a Lain word means
EXERCISE 2Find he English derivaives based on he Vocabulary o Learn in he ollowing senences Wriehe corresponding Lain word
1 She shows a considerable filial respec oward her aher
2 Agriculu re is a science o culivaing he land
3 Te ship is equipped wih all he necessary nauical insrumens
4 We saw all kinds o fish in he aquarium
5 Tis is an all-errain vehicle
6 When will he ahleic compeiion sar
7 She has a ruly poeic naure
LANGUAGE FACT II
NOUNS NUMBER GENDER CASE 983080NOMINATIVE AND
ACCUSATIVE983081Nouns in Lain show number gender and case
Number Lain nouns are eiher singular or plural in number Number is shown in differen ways by differen ypes o nouns bu some ending-paterns are or singular orms and oherending-paterns are or plural orms
Gender Every noun likewise is eiher masculine eminine or neuer in gender You muslearn he gender o each noun In he Vocabulary o Learn l iss he gender is indicaed by hecommon abbreviaionsm (masculi ne) f (eminine) or n (neuer)
Case Lain nouns mus have an ending-patern ha displays case Tis is quie differen romEnglish in which case is indicaed by word posiion and no by endings (alhough case markersare preserved in cerain pronouns such as ldquoherdquo and ldquohimrdquo) A nounrsquos case reveals wha uncionhe noun has in he senence Tere are five common cases nominaive geniive daive accu-saive and ablaive wo less requenly used cases are called he vocaive and he locaive
HOW TO USE THIS BOOKStudy Tips give hins rhymes and mnemonics o help sudens learn grammar and vocabulary
EXERCISE 2 ANSWERS1 filial īlia
2 agriculure agricola
3 nauical naua
4 aquarium aqua
5 errain erra
6 ahleic āhlēa
7 poeic poēa
TEACHING TIPExplain o he sudens ha in English he words ldquoardquo ldquoanrdquo or ldquoherdquo are usually placed beore a nounand Lain does no have an equivalen or hese words known as aricles
eachers may need o sress he absence o he aricle many imes beore sudens compleely ine-grae his knowledge ino heir reading habis in Lain class
TEACHING TIPLain like many oher languages does no always observe biological gender Ofen he gender o a
Lain noun is deermined by grammaical acors such as he group o which a noun belongs
TEACHING TIP
Alhough in Exercise 2 he sudens are direced o find only he derivaives based on he Vocabular yo Learn hey may be ineresed o learn ha here are oher derivaives in Exercise 2 Te derivaiono hese words is provided or he eacherrsquos convenience
bull 1 consider - rom sīdus (sar) + cum (wih ogeher) and rom cōnsīderō (o examine consider)respec - rom respectō (look back a have regard or)
bull 2 science - rom scientia (knowledge) and sciō (o know) culivaing - rom colō (ill inhabi worship)
bull 3 necessary - rom necesse (necessary) insrumens - rom īnstruō (o equip build provide)
and rom īnstrumentum (equipmen ool ec)bull 5 vehicle - rom he Lain verb vehō (o carry)
bull 6 compeiion - rom petō (o seek aim a atack ec) + cum (wih oge her)
bull 7 naure - rom nātūra (naure)
Standard41
Standards11 31 41
STUDY TIP
An easy way o remember he names ohe five common cases iso use his mnemonic
TEACHING TIPSudens may no know wha he word ldquomnemonicrdquo means explain ha a mnemonic device is some-hing ha helps a suden o remember somehing Te eacher may also wish o use his opporu-niy o bring up Mnemosyne he goddess o memory and he moher o he Muses
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 4754
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull 7
Chapter 1 bull 7
An easy way o remember he names o he five common cases is o use his mnemonicdevice
Never NominaiveGive GeniiveDogs Daive A ny A ccusaive A buse A blaive
Nominative Te nominaive case idenifies he subjec Te subjec is a noun or a pronounha perorms he acion or exiss in a sae o being In he senence ldquoWilliam is readingrdquohe word ldquoWilliamrdquo is he subjec
Example Mārs amat Mars loves
Te noun subjec o he verb ldquoloverdquo is he god Mars
Find more examples o nominaives and heir verbs rom he reading passage a he begin-ning o he chaper
Te nominaive case also idenifies he predicae nominaive In he senence ldquoWilliam isa sudenrdquo he predicae nominaive is ldquoa sudenrdquo A predicae nominaive complees hemeaning o he verb ldquoo berdquo Look a his exa mple rom he reading
Example Mārs est deus Mars is a god
Mārs is he subjec and deus is a predicae nominaive
Accusative Te ourh case lised is called he accusaive he geniive daive and ablaivecases will be discussed in laer chapers Te accusaive case poins ou he noun (or pro-noun) ha is he direc objec emember direc objecs receive he acion o he verb Inhe senence ldquoI am wriing a leterrdquo he direc objec is ldquoa leterrdquo
Example Mārs Rhēam Silviam amat Mars loves hea Silvia
Te direc objec o ldquoloverdquo is he noun Rhēam Silviam
Find more examples o accusaives and heir verbs rom he reading passage a he beginningo he chaper
niy o bring up Mnemosyne he goddess o memory and he moher o he Muses
Answers to ldquoFind more examples of nominatives a nd their verbs from the reading passage at the begin-ning of the chapterrdquo
hēa Silvia habe
Amūl ius claudi
Amūl ius pōni
Lupa ambula
Lupa cūra e amaōmulus e emus crēscun
ōmulus e emus aedifican
Answers to ldquoFind more examples of accusatives and their verbs from the reading passage at the beg in-ning of the chapterrdquo
duōs īliōs habe ōmulum e emum
hēam Silviam claudi
ōmulum e emum pōni
ōmulum e emum bene cūra e ama
ōmam aedifican
TEACHING TIPSudens may encouner diffi culy when r ying o ransl ae Lain names used in cases o her han henominaive Te eacher a some poin will need o explain (and repea whenever necessary) ha when ransla ing a La in name he suden should al ways use he nominaive o rm o he word Onp 7 sudens are asked o find examples o accusaives and heir verbs in he reading passage Teanswers lised above provide an opporuniy o pracice wih his issue emind sudens o rans-lae duōs īliōs habet Rōmulum et Remum as ldquohe has wo sons omulus and emusrdquo Te oher ouranswers may be used as pracice wih he sudens
EXERCISE 3a Ideniy wheher he nouns in bold in hese senences are subjecs direc objecs or predi
TEACHER BY THE WAYIn conjuncion wih he picure and is capion he eacher may wish o menion ha he amil-ilar acronym o SPQ is sill in use and visible hroughou modern ome991252on liter bins sewercovers ec
Standards11 41
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 4854
8 bull Latin for the New Millennium
8 bull Latin for the New Millennium
a Ideniy wheher he nouns in bold in hese senences are subjecs direc objecs or predi-cae nominaives Te eading Vocabulary may be consuled
b Label each senence as vērum (rue) i i agrees or alsum (alse) i i disagrees wih he Lainreading passage a he beginni ng o he chaper
Example Amūlius es deusPredicae nominaive alsum
1 hēa Silvia ōmulum e emum cūra
2 Amūlius ōmulum e emum bene cūra
3 Amūlius lupam vinculīs claudi
4 Mārs ōmulum e emum in aquam pōni
5 Lupa hēam Silviam cūra
6 Amūlius ad aquam ambula
Te power of he ciy of Rome founded according o legend by Romulus is symbolized by hese four leters ha areprominenly displayed in various places wihin he ciy
EXERCISE 3 ANSWERS
1 subjec vērum
2 direc objecs alsum
3 direc objec alsum
4 subjec alsum
5 direc objec alsum
6 subjec vērum
WorkbookExercise 2 A full si ze reproduc ible version of th is page
without the a nswers ca n be downloade d at wwwlnm bolchazyco m
HOW TO USE THIS BOOK
Noun Declensions Te eacher may choose Lain nouns rom he declension ha is being sudied a he imehis workshee is used Tus no answers are provided here
LANGUAGE FACT III
TEACHING TIP Ask he sudens wha he Lain words seleced rom he reading and lised near he op o p 9 mean
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 4954
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull 9
Chapter 1 bull 9
FIRST DECLENSION NOUNS A declension is a g roup o nouns ha show a cerain patern o word endings Tere are five differ-en declensions in Lain In he reading abou omulus and emus hese are he orms belongingo he firs declension
hēam Silviam hēa Silvia aquam lupa ōmam
Noice ha he ex says Rhēa Silvia when she is he subjec and Rhēam Silviam when she is hedirec objec
Te firs declension is composed o words ha characerisically have he vowel a a or near heend o he word lupa
Below is he patern ha firs declension nouns ollow o show case and number Memorize heLain words in order rom he nominaive singular down o he ablaive singular and hen romhe nominaive plural down o he ablaive plural
emember ha he endings or a whole group o nouns ollow his patern Once you learn hi spatern you can recognize he case a nd number o all he words belonging o hi s declension
In his chaper you have begun o learn abou he nominaive and accusai ve cases Te ohercases will be explained in laer chapers
First DeclensionSingular Plural
Nomina ive l upa he she-wol Nominaive lupae he she-wolves
Geniive lupae o he she-wol Geniive lupārum o he she-wolves
Daive lupae oor he she-wol Daive lupīs oor he she-wolves
Accusaive lupam he she-wol Accusaive lupās he she-wolves
Ablaive lupā bywih he she-wol Ablaive lupīs bywih he she-wolves
Daive and ablaive plural o he words īlia ldquodaugherrdquo and dea ldquogoddessrdquo is fīliābus anddeābusTis is o di singuish hese orms rom he corresponding orms o īlius ldquosonrdquo and deus ldquogodrdquo
STUDY TIP
Noice ha he ablaive singular ending -ā has a long mark (macron) above i his ishe only difference beween he nominaive and ablaive singular endings
TEACHING TIP
Afer he firs declension has been presened o he sudens encourage hem depending on heirlearning syle o say he declension aloud o wrie down he words o inven a rap or a cheer
TEACHER BY THE WAY
Te patern is called a declension because he oher cases lean away ( dēclīnāre) rom he nominaiveie hey do no ollow he same orm as he nominaive
ORAL EXERCISE 1Tis exercise may be used afer the 1047297rst declension has been presented
Whi le looking a he declension o lupa ask he sudens o decli ne nauta
Singular PluralNominaive naua nauaeGeniive nauae nauārumDaive nauae nauīs Accusaive nauam nauās Ablaive nauā nauīs
Standards11 31 41
OralExercise 1
WorkbookExercise 3
STUDY TIP
Noice ha he daive and ablaive plural endings a re idenical
EXERCISE 4 ANSWERS1 geniive daive puellār um puellī s
2 accusaive nauās
3 accusaive errās
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 5054
10 bull Latin for the New Millennium
10 bull Latin for the New Millennium
Here are more words belonging o he fi rs declension
puella ndash girl īlia ndash daugher terra ndash land
Mos firs declension words are eminine i n gender bu a ew (usually ones ha indicae mas-culine occupaions in ancien imes) are masculine Examples are poēta ldquopoerdquoagricola ldquoarmerrdquonauta ldquosailorrdquo āthlēta ldquoahleerdquo
EXERCISE 4Ideniy he case o each singular noun Ten change each orm ino plural For some more han
one answer is possibleExample īlianominaive īliae
1 puellae 5 aquae2 nauam 6 puellā3 erram 7 āhlēā4 a gr ic ol a
Like he Greek wreslers porrayed on his ancien bas-reliefRoman ahlees were also fond of he spor of wresling
4 nominaive agricolae
5 geniive daive aquārum aquīs
6 ablaive puellīs
7 ablaive āhlēīs
TEACHING TIP
Since wreslers are depiced on he illusraion on his page he eacher may wish o open a discus-
sion abou he omansrsquo and Greeksrsquo ondness or wresling which was ofen praciced in a complexcalled he palaestra
oman boys were expeced o serve in he m iliary Tus hey were firs rained by heir ahers in wreslingand boxing Srengh and agiliy were sressed raher han grace o movemen as in Greek spors Te woprincipal syles uilized by he Greek were uprigh wresling in which hree alls o your opponen o heground were necessary o deea him and ground wresling which required he opponen o give up in ordero end he mach In he palaes tra here was an area or he young people o pracice wresling or boxing wih apunching bag (cōrycus) Examples o monumenal oman bahs wih a palaest ra are ound a he Bahs o Ca-racalla in ome he Harbor Bahs a Ephesus in urkey and he Bahs in Varna Bulgaria he larges anciensrucure in ha counry
Wresling was also one o he spor evens a he Olympic games ha he omans ofen atended Greco-oman wresling is also one o he evens eaured in he summer Olympic games in modern imes
TEACHING TIPTe eacher migh wan o have sudens read an English ranslaion o Book 23 o he Iliad in which Ajax a nd Odysseus compee in a wre sling m ach and Book 5 o he Aeneid or a descripion o hespors ha he omans played and compare he atiude o he compeiors in each epic Boh evens were par o he uneral games he ormer in honor o Paroclu s riend and atendan o Achil lesand he later in honor o Anchises aher o Aeneas Tis migh lead o urher discussion on henaure o modern wresling
Standards11 41
EXERCISE 5Ideniy he case o each plural noun Ten change each orm ino he singular For some more
TEACHING TIPSudens may wonder why he geniive singular w ihou is ending mus be used o find he base whenhe nominaive singular wihou is ending works jus as well Explain ha in oher noun declensionshe nominaive will no always provide he same base or have he same spelling as he geniive
Standards11 41
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 5154
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull 11
Chapter 1 bull 11
han one answer is possible
Example puellāsaccusaive puellam
1 īliae 5 aquīs2 errīs 6 poēārum3 nauārum 7 agricolae4 l upa e
BY THE WAY
In all declensions endings are added o he base o a noun I is imporan o know hahe base o a noun is ound by removing he ending rom is geniive si ngular orm Forexample he geniive singular o puella is puellae I you remove he -ae rom puellae
wha remains is he base o he word namely puell- For his reason learning he geni-ive singular is as imporan as knowing he nominaive singular o he noun
STUDY TIP
Always learn he geniive ogeher wih he nominaive because rom he geniive you will know o which declension a word belongs
A wall paining depic ing a Roman farmer (agricola) wih his sheep
EXERCISE 5 ANSWERS
1 nominaive īl ia
2 daive ablaive errae errā
3 geniive nauae
4 nominaive lupa
5 daive ablaive aquae aquā
6 geniive poēae7 nominaive agricola
HOW TO USE THIS BOOKIn his book he word ldquobaserdquo is used o reer o he noun wihou any ending ldquoStemrdquo is used or he par o he verb wihou any ending ldquoootrdquo is used or he Lain par o a derivaive
ORAL EXERCISE 2Tis exercise may be used afer Exercise 5
Use one o he ollowing classroom presenaion opions (hereafer reerred o as CPO) (blackgreenwhiesmar board overhead or LCD projecor PowerPoinreg presenaion ec) o pu his inormaion on view
quis ldquowhordquo (or he subjec) and quem ldquowhomrdquo (or he direc objec)
Ten ask he suden o answer he ollowing quesions abou he chaper reading eiher orally or in wri-
en orm
1 Teacher Quis es Mārs Student Mārs es deus
2 Teacher Quem ama Mārs Student hēam Silviam Mārs ama
3 Teacher Quis ama hēam Silviam Student Mārs ama hēam Silviam
4 Teacher Quem habe hēa Silvia Student hēa Silvia duōs īliōs ōmulum eemum habe
5 Teacher Quis claudi hēam Silviam Student Amūlius claudi hēam Silviam
6 Teacher Quem claudi Amūlius Student hēam Silviam Amūlius claudi
7 Teacher Quis ōmulum e emum in aquampōni
Student Amūlius ōmulum e emum in aquampōni
8 Teacher Quem Amūlius in aquam pōni Student Amūlius ōmulum e emum in aquampōni
9 Teacher Quis ambula ad aquam Student Lupa ambula ad aquam
10 Teacher Quis ōmulum e emum bene cūra Student Lupa ōmulum e emum bene cūra
11 Teacher Quōs lupa bene cūra Student Lupa ōmulum e emum bene cūra
12 Teacher Quis ōmulum e emum a ma Student Lupa ōmulum e emum ama
13 Teacher Quōs lupa ama Student Lupa ōmulum e emum ama
OralExercise 2
WorkbookExercise
4 5
EXERCISE 6ranslae rom Lain ino English and rom English ino Lain Te mos common Lain word
d
TEACHER BY THE WAYTe eacher may menion ha he mos common word order (subjec ndash direc objec ndash verb) can o-en be changed For example i he verb is o be emphasized i will ake firs posiion I he subjecor he direc objec is o be emphasized i will ake he las posiion which is he mos emphaic oneIn general he more unusual he wordrsquos posiion is he more emphasis is placed on his word
Standards11 41
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 5254
12 bull Latin for the New Millennium
12 bull Latin for the New Millennium
order is
subjec ndash direc objec ndash verb
1 Agricola erram ama
2 Te ahlee loves waer
3 Naua īlia m ama
4 Te poe loves ome
5 Agricola erram cūra
6 Te she-wol cares or (is aking care o) he girl
BY THE WAY
Even hough he mos common word order is subjec ndash di rec objec ndash verb rememberha endings991252no word order991252deermine which word is he subjec and which i s hedirec objec
TALKING When we mee one person we gree herhim wih salvē When we mee wo or more people wegree hem wih salvēte When we bid goodbye o one person we sayvalē When we bid goodbyeo wo or more people we say valēte
Here are various ways o ask ldquohow are yourdquo or ldquohow are you doingrdquo
Quōmodo valēs or Quōmodo tē habēs or Quid agis ldquoHow are yourdquo
Here is a range o possible answers
bene ldquowellrdquo pessimē ldquovery badrdquo optimē ldquogreardquo melius ldquobeterrdquo mediocriter ldquoso-sordquo or ldquono oo badrdquo meliusculē ldquoa litle beterrdquo male ldquobadrdquo
In general he more unusual he word s posiion is he more emphasis is placed on his word
EXERCISE 6 ANSWERS
1 Te armer loves he land
2 Āhlēa aquam ama
3 Te sailor loves (his) daugher
4 Poēa ōmam ama
5 Te armer cares or (is aking care o) he land6 Lupa puellam cūra
TEACHING TIP
Te eacher may sar he class in Lain by saying Salvēte discipulī et discipulae and by eaching hesudens o say in reurn Salvē magister (magistra)
ORAL EXERCISE 3Tis exercise may be used anytime afer the students have learned the use o the accusative case or afer Exercise 6
Use one o he CPOrsquos o pu on display he orms amō and cūrō and explai n ha hey a re in he fir s personsingular and how his differs rom he hird person singular learned in his chaper Ask individual sudens omake senences wih hem using he words hey have learned
Ten ell he sudens ha nōn means ldquonordquo and ask hem o make si milar senences wih nōn amō and nōn cūrō
Examples(nōn) amō erram īliam aquam lupam āhlēam(nōn) cūrō erram īliam puellam
WorkbookExercise 6
ContentQuestions
OralExercise 3
Standards12 21 41
42
SAYING HELLOMarīa Helena e Chrisīna sun (are) discipulae (students)
TEACHING TIPHave sudens read he dialogue aloud Tis will help o build heir pronunciaion skills
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 5354
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull 13
Chapter 1 bull 13
Marīa Salvēe Helena e Chrisīna
Christīna Salvē Marīa
Helena Salvē Marīa
Marīa Quōmodo valēs Helena Quōmodo valēs Chrisīna
Helena et Christīna Bene Quōmodo ū ( you) valēs Marīa
Marīa Pessimē
Helena et Christīna Cūr (Why)
Marīa imeō linguam Laīnam ( I ear the Latin language)Helena Ego ( I ) linguam Laīnam amō
Christīna E ego linguam Laīnam amō
ORAL EXERCISE 4
Tis exercise may be used afer he Lain dialogue has been presened
Insruc he sudens o say ldquohellordquo in Lain o he suden nex o hem Divide he class ino wo pars ellone par o gree he oher par using he plural greeing and vice versa Do he same ype o aciviy whensaying ldquogoodbyerdquo You may wish o make greeing he class in Lain a nd saying ldquogoodbyerdquo in Lain a par oa daily rouine
Divide he sudens ino pairs in which one person will ask how hisher parner is in Lain and he oher
wil l answer
ORAL EXERCISE 5
Tis exercise may be used afer he Lain dialogue has been presened
ell he sudens ha he paricle ndashne is added o he firs syllable o a word ha inroduces a quesion Ten askhe ollowing quesions abou he dialogue beween Mary Helen and Chrisy Individual sudens may answerorally or he enire class may wrie he answers as he eacher asks hem orally Te eacher should explain hahe orm valēs in he greeing Quōmodo valēs is in he second person which means ldquoyourdquo Te hird person orm(reerring o ldquoherrdquo ldquohimrdquo or ldquoirdquo) is valet So he phrase ldquoHow is she doingrdquo would be Quōmodo valet Te hirdperson o amō is amat and he hird person o timeō is timet
1 Teacher Quōmodo Chrisīna vale Student(s) Chrisīna bene vale
2 Teacher Quōmodo Marīa vale Student(s) Marīa pessimē vale
3 Teacher Cūr (why) Marīa pessimē vale Student(s) Marīa ime linguam Lainam4 Teacher Amane l inguam L aīnam Helena Student(s) Helena linguam Laīnam ama
5 Teacher Linguamne Laīnam ama Chrisīna Student(s) Chrisīna linguam Laīnam ama
ORAL EXERCISE 6 AND DICTATIONTis combined exercise may be used to conclude the chapter or at any time afer the students have learned the accusa-tive case and chapter vocabulary
Dicae he ollowing senences o he sudens Ten ask hem o make he ollowing changes eiher orally orin writen orm a he discreion o he eacher
1 Teacher Agricol a erram ama (change he direc objec ino plura l)Student Agricola errās ama
2 Teacher Lupa puellam cūra (change he direc objec ino plural)
Student Lupa puellās cūra3 Teacher Āhlēa puel lās ama (change he direc objec ino singu lar)
Student Āhlēa puellam ama
4 Teacher Fīlia errās ama (change he direc objec ino singular)Student Fīlia erram ama
OralExercise
4 5 6 andDictation
TEACHER NOTES
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 5454
14 bull Latin for the New Millennium
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 854
TM viii bull Latin for the New Millennium
Te Vocabulary o Lear n is ollowed by Derivaive Exercises Sudens who careully learn all o he Vocabulary o L earn will quickly acquire a vocabulary based on words mos commonly encounered inclassical lierary exs and in he Derivaive Exercises hey will be exposed o English words based onLain and hus bolser heir vocabulary in English
DIALOGUES ON DAILY LIFEIn he later par o each chaper o Level 1 readers will find a dialogue labeled alking in which a group omodern sudens are he paricipans Te same group o sudens is eaured in every chaper and hey en-couner mos o he ypical siuaions ha young people experience in modern daily lie All he necessary vocabular y is expla ined so he users o Lain or he New Mille nnium i hey so wish may c onduc simple Lainconversaions like hose in he model dialogues Tese dialogues have been designed or he benefi o hose
eachers who are especially ineresed in making use o he oral elemen o language learning in heir classesand who wan o inroduce a colloquial elemen o he Lain heir sudens learn Tis colloquial elemen can become a bridge beween he lives o modern sudens and he houghs o he ancien medieval or renaissanceauhors who wroe in Lain991252a bridge consruced o he same basic language Lain
VISUAL LEARNINGTe Lain language and oman culure have no only inspired wriers hroughou he ages and in1047298uencedmodern lie bu have also lef heir legacy in he visual ars Troughou he ex reproducions o painingsdrawings sculpures and oher arworks demonsrae how oman hisorical evens and he ales o he godsand goddesses have inspired ariss hrough he ages Lain or he New Millennium presens an abundance oimages o archaeological sies buildings objes drsquoar and ariacs careully chosen o represen he ehnic andgeographic diversiy ha marked he oman world Tese ull color illusraions represen a visual panorama ohe oman world and suppor he writen word in picorial orm hus simulaing he imaginaion and memoryor a more vibran recollecion o he exrsquos conen eachers are srongly encouraged o mine he illusraionsas hough a documenary o he oman world and is laer in1047298uence
REVIEW COMPONENTS Afer each se o hree chapers here is a ev iew and supplemenary re adings
REVIEW EXERCISESTe eview provides addiional exercises o help he sudens give coninued atenion o he maerial in eachuni Te review also includes a summary l is o all he Vocabulary o Learn ound in he chapers o each uniTis secion eaures even more maerial o help he suden undersand Lain lieraure and is heriage oday
CLASSICAL MYTHOLOGY
A passage on My hology eniled Considering he Classical Gods inroduces he reader o sories abou he
Greek and oman gods and heroes A relaed passage in Lain abou he gods reinorces he Lain lessons o hehree chapers
ASPECTS OF ROMAN LIFE An Eng lish back ground essay ca lled Connecing wih he Ancien World disc usses an impora n aspec ooman daily lie which connecs o relaed maerial presened in he hree chapers preceding he review
EXPLORING ROMAN AND MODERN LIFE
Scholars rom various universiies hroughou he Unied Saes graciously agreed o provide shor essays hare1047298ec upon he role ha Lain and is culure play in our modern lives Te ile o hese essays always sars wih he word Exploring
MĪRĀBILE AUDĪTŪEach review ends wih a secion called Mīrābile Audīū ha presens a series o Lain quoaions motoesphrases or abbreviaions currenly used in English Te hree supplemenary essays and he Mīrābile Audīū secion are designed o elici classroom discussion abou similariies and differences beween he world o heomans and America in he weny-firs cenury
Milena Minkova wroe he Inroducion Chapers 1 2 3 5 7 9 13 14 17 18 20 eviews 1 3 5 6 and 7 heglossaries and he appendices erence unberg wroe he Preace Chapers 4 6 8 10 11 12 15 16 19 21and eviews 2 and 4 Boh auhors have benefied hroughou he composiion o he exbook rom coninu-
ous muual advice and suppor
MM and 2008
Visi wwwl nmbolchaz ycom o see he elecronic resources ha accompany Lain or he New Mil lennium ando share ideas in he online eachersrsquo lounge wih oher eachers using his series
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 954
RESOURCE LIST
bull TM ix bull
EDITORSrsquo NOTE We have atemped o assemble a c omprehensive represenaive resource l is paying s pecial atenion o hose
opics or areas ofen less amiliar o ha end we provide an especially larger lising or he Lae Empire EarlyChrisianiy and Middle Ages secion By no means is his resource lis exhausive eachers are encouraged oshare iles hey have ound useul hrough he wwwlnmbolchazycom websie
LATIN DICTIONARIES Alber S Imaginum vocabula rium Lainum Saarbruumlcken Socieas Laina 1998
Egger C Lexicon nominum loc orum ome Libreria Edirice Vaicana 1977
mdashmdashmdash Lexicon nominum v irorum e mulier um ome Sud ium 1957
mdashmdashmdash ed Lexicon rece nis Lainiais 2 Vols ome Libreria Edirice Vaicana 1992ndash1997
Lewis Charlon and Charles Shor A Lain Dicionar y ev ed New York Oxord Universiy Press 1956
Te New College Lain and English Dicionary 3rd ed Edied by John C raupman New York Banam Books2007
Oxord Lain Dicionary Combined ed Edied by P G W Glare e al New York Oxord Universiy Press1982
Smih William and Teophilus D Hall Smihrsquos English-Lain Dicionary eprined rom he 1871 AmericanBook Company ediion A Copious and Criical English-Lain Dicionary wih a new oreword by DirkSacreacute Wauconda IL Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers 2000
LATIN GRAMMAR Allen J H and J B Greenough Allen and Gre enoughrsquos New Lain Gramma r Edied by Anne Mahoney New-
bury por M A Focus P ublishing Pull ins 2001
Andresian Anna Looking a Lain A Grammar or Pre- College Wauconda IL Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers2006
Bennet Charles E New Lain Grammar 1908 eprin Wauconda IL Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers 2006
Gildersleeve Basil L and Gonzalez Lodge Gildersleeversquos Lain Grammar 3rd
ed 1895 eprin WaucondaIL Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers 2003
Goldman Norma and Ladislas Szymanski English Grammar o r Sudens o La in 3rd ed Ann A rbor MIOlivia and Hill Press 2004
Humphreys James P Graphic Lain Grammar 1961 eprin Wauconda IL Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers2002
Woodcock E C A New Lain Syna x 1957 eprin Wauconda IL Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers 2005
Young Nicholas Insan Answers A Qu ick Guide or Advanced Sudens Elmhurs IL L and L Enerprises2006
LATIN COMPOSITIONBennet Charles E New Lain Composiion 1912 eprin Wauconda IL Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers 1996
Minkova Milena Inroducion o Lain Prose Composiion Wauconda IL Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers2007 Firs published 2001 by Wimbledon Publishing Co
Minkova Milena and erence unberg Readings and Exercises in Lain Prose Composiion From Aniquiy ohe Renaissance Newburypor MA Focus Publishing Pullins 2004
mdashmdashmdash Answer Key o Readings and Exercises in L ain Prose Composiion From Aniqu iy o he Renai ssanceNewburypor MA Focus Publishing Pullins 2004
Mounord James F ed Bradleyrsquos Arnold La in Prose Composiion ev ed Wauconda IL Bolchazy-CarducciPublishers 2006
Norh M A and A E Hillard Lain Prose Composiion eprin Wauconda IL Bolchazy-Carducci Publish-ers 1995
mdashmdashmdash Key o Lain P rose Composiion eprin Wauconda IL Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers 1995
LATIN LITERATURE Albrech M ichael von A Hisory o Roma n Lieraure From Livius A ndronicus o Boehius Leiden Brill Aca-demic Publishers 1997
Te Concise Oxord Companion o Classical Lieraure 2nd ed Edied by C M Howason and Ian ChilversOxord Oxord Universiy Press 1993
Duff J Wigh A Lierary Hisor y o Rome 3rd ed London Ernes Benn 1960
Gran Michael Greek and Lain Auhors 800 B Cndash A D 1000 New York H W Wilson 1980
IJsewijn Joze Companion o Neo-Lain Sudies Par I Hisory and Diffusion o Neo-Lain Lieraure Supple-mena Humanisica Lovaniensia 5 2nd ed Leuven Leuven Universiy Press 1990
IJsewijn Joze and Dirk Sacreacute Companion o Neo-Lain Sudies Par II Lierary Linguisic Philological and Ediorial Ques ions Supplemena Humanisica Lovaniensia 14 2nd ed Leuven Leuven Universiy Press1998
ose H J A Handbook o Lain Lieraure 1954 eprin Wauconda IL Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers 1996
GENERAL LANGUAGE LEARNING AND METHODOLOGIES Arms rong Tomas Muliple Inelligence s in he Classroo m Alexa ndria VA Asso ciaion or Superv ision and
Curriculum Developmen 1994
Cook Vivian Second Language Learning and eaching 3rd ed London Edward Arnold 2001
Gardner Howard Inelligence Refamed Muliple Inelligences or he 21s Cenury New York Basic Books 2000
Kessler Carolyn ed Cooperaive Language Learning A eacherrsquos Resource Book Englewood Cliffs NJ Pren-ice Hall egens 1992
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 1054
TM x bull Latin for the New Millennium
Krashen Sephen Principles a nd Pracice in Secon d Language Acqu isiion New York Pergamon Press 1982
Larsen-Freeman Diane echniques and Principles o Language eaching 2nd ed Oxord Oxord UniversiyPress 2000
Oxord ebecca L Language Le arning Sraeg ies Wha Eve ry eacher Should K now New York NewburyHouse 1990
Pinker S Te Language Insinc New York William Morrow 1994
eid Joy ed Undersanding Learning Syles in he Second Language Classroom Upper Saddle iver NJ Pren-ice Hall 1998
Sparks ichard L Kay Fluhary Leonore Ganschow and Sherwin Litle ldquoAn Exploraory Sudy on heEffecs o Lain on he Naive Language Skills and Foreign Language Apiude o Sudens wih and wih-ou Learning Disabiliiesrdquo Classical Journal 91 (1995)165ndash84
LATIN PEDAGOGY Ancona onnie ed A Concise Guide o eaching Lain Liera ure Norman OK Universiy o Oklahoma
Press 2007
Ball ober Reading Classical Lain A Reasonable Approach Lawrence KS Coronado Press 1987
Breindel uh L De Discendi Naura Lea rning Syle s in he eaching o Lain Oxord OH American Classi-cal League MC 2007
Burns Mary Ann and Joseph OrsquoConnor Te Classics in American Schools Alana GA Scholars Press1987
Davis Sally Lain in he Amer ican Schools Alana GA Scholars Press 1991
Disler Paul each he Lain I Pray You Wauconda IL Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers 2001
Gascoyne ichard e al Sandards or Classical Language Learning Oxord OH American Classical LeagueMC 1997
Gruber-Miller John ed When Dead ongues Speak New York Oxord Universiy Press 2006
Hoyos B Dexer Lain How o Read I Fluenly A Pracical Manual Amhers MA C lassical A ssociaion oNew England 1997
LaFleur ichard A Lain or he 21s Cenury From Concep o Classroom Glenview IL Scot Foresman- Addison Wesley 1998
Salerno Dorsey Price Lain in Moion Oxord OH American Classical League MC 1985
Sandards or Classical Language Learning Oxord OH American Classical League MC 1997
Srasheim Lorraine A oal Physical Response Amhers MA Classical Associaion o New England 1987
Swee Waldo Lain A Srucu ral Approach Ann A rbor Universiy o M ichigan Press 1957
CLASSROOOM AIDS Amery Heaher Firs Tousand Words in Lain Edied by Mairi Mackinnon London UK Usborne Books2008
Couch C C and eddy Irwin Lain Verbs Rock Audio CD Nashville N Sound Invenions 2006
mdashmdashmdash Lyrical Lain Learning Lain hrough Music Audio CD Nashville N Sound Invenions 2004
Curis William D Periculum Lainu m Lain Jeopardy Vol1 Oxord OH America n Classica l LeagueMC nd
mdashmdashmdash Periculum Lainum S ecundum Lain Jeopardy Vol 2 Oxord OH American Classical LeagueMC nd
Demuh Jocelyn Mendax A Lain C ard Game Wauconda IL Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers 2003
DuBose Gaylan Farrago Laina Wih a lis o resources by Judih Lynn Sebesa Wauconda IL Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers 1997
Hanlin Jayne and Beverly Lichensein Learning La in hrough Myholog y Cambridge Cambridge Univer-siy Press 1991
Lain acic Grams Alana G A World o eading nd
LUDI (a he Circus Maximus) Produced by Discere Ld 1989 Oxord OH American Classical L eagueMC
Myhies Oxord OH American Classical League MC 2003
Osburn LeaAnn A Lain Aciviy Book Elmhurs IL L and L Enerprises 2000
mdashmdashmdash Lain Crossword Puzzl e Book Elmhurs IL L and L Enerprises 1999
mdashmdashmdash Lain Verbs Rock Exercise Book Elmhurs IL L and L Enerprises 2007mdashmdashmdash Lyrical Lain A eacher R esource Manual Elmhurs IL L and L Enerprises 2004
mdashmdashmdash22 Lively Lain Aciviies Elmhurs IL L and L Enerprises 2005
Sheikh-Miller Jonahan Lain Words Sicker Book ulsa OK EDC Publishing 2006
Wansbrough M B A Mundus Lainu s Mysery 3 vols Hamilon Onario ralco Educaional Services 2004
ORAL LATIN Abernahy Faye Jill Crooker Margare Cur ran and David Perr y Te Developmen o Oral Skills in Lain wih
Visuals A Supplemenary Guide o he Syllabus Lain or Communicaion Draf Copy Albany New YorkSae Educaion Deparmen 1995
Alber S Cotidie Laine loquamur Saarbruumlcken Socieas Laina 1987
Allen W Sidney Vox Laina A Guide o he Pronunciaion o Classical Lain 2nd ed New York Cambridge
Universiy Press 1989Capellanus G Lain Can Be Fun Souvenir Press 1997
Daiz Sephen G ed Te Living Voice o Lain Perormed by ober P Sonkowsky Madison C JeffreyNoron Publishing 1984
mdashmdashmdash Te Pronunciaion and Reading o Classical Lain A Pracical Guide Audio cassetes Madison C Jeffrey Noron Publ ishing 1984
Egger C Laine discere iuva ome Libreria Edirice Vaicana 1982
Lain Aloud Audio AP Selecions fom Vergil Caullus Ovid Cicero and Horace Perormed by ober PSonkowsky CD-OM Wauconda IL Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers 2007
McCarhy Tomas Nunc Loquamur Guided C onversaions or L ain Newburypor MA FocusPublishing Pullins 2005
Swee Waldo E Words o Wisdom fom he Anciens 1000 Lain Proverbs CD-OM Wauconda IL Bolchazy-
Carducci Publishers 2000raupman John Conversaional Lain or Oral Pro1047297ciency 4h ed Audio Conversaions Perormed by Mark
ober Miner e al Audio CDs Wauconda IL Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers 2006
LATIN THROUGH MUSICBoynon Sandra Grun Pigorian Chan Audio CD New York Workman Publishing 1997
Couch C C and eddy Irwin Carmina Popularia Well-Known Songs in Lain Audio CD Wauconda ILBolchazy-Carducci Publishers 2004
mdashmdashmdash Lain Verbs Rock Audio CD Nashville N Sound Invenions 2006
mdashmdashmdash Lyrical Lain Learning Lain hrough Music Audio CD Nashville N Sound Invenions 2004
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 1154
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 1254
TM xii bull Latin for the New Millennium
ETYMOLOGY AND VOCABULARY Adeleye Gabriel G World Dicionary o Foreign Expressions Wih Kofi Acquah Dadzie Edied by Tomas J
Sienkewicz and James McDonough Wauconda IL Bolchazy-Carducci 1999
Ayres Donald M English Words fom Lain and Greek Elemen s 11h ed ucson Arizona Universiy o Ari-zona Press 1982
Ayo John Dicionary o Word Or igins New York Arcade Publishing 1990
Beard Henry X-reme Lain All h e Lain You Need o Know or Su rvival in he 21s Cenury New York Pen-guin Group 2005
Dicionary o Lain Words and Phrases Edied by James Morwood New York Oxord Universiy Press 1998
Dominik William J ed Words and Ideas Wauconda IL Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers 2002
mdashmdashmdash Words and Ideas Answer Key Wauconda IL Bolchaz y-Carducci Publ ishers 2006Ehrlich Eugene Amo Amas A ma and More New York Har per and ow 1987
Heimbach Elizabeh Lain E very where Ever yday A La in Phra se Workbook Wauconda I L Bolc hazy-Carducci Publishers 2004
mdashmdashmdash Lain Everywhere Everyday A Lain Phrase Workbook eacherrsquos Manual Perormed by James Cho-chola Compac disks Wauconda IL Bolchazy-Carducci Publishing 2005
Janson ore Te Naural Hisory o Lain ranslaed by Merehe D Sorensen and Nigel Vincen Oxord andNew York Oxord Universiy Press 2005
Krill ichard Greek and Lain in English oday Book and wo Cassetes 1990 eprin Wauconda ILBolchazy-Carducci Publishers 2003
Mascianonio udolph Build Your English Word Power wih Lain Numbers Wauconda IL Bolchazy-CarducciPublishers 1997
mdashmdashmdash Build Your E nglish Word Power w ih La in Number s eacherrsquos Ma nual Wauconda I L Bolc hazy-Carducci Publishers 1997
Morwood James and Mark Warman Our Greek and Lain Roos Cambridge Cambridge Universiy Press1990
OrsquoMara Lesley ed Which Way o he Vomiorium Vernacular Lain or All Occasions ranslaed by ose Wil-liams New York Tomas Dunne Books 1999
Oxord Dicionary o English Eymology Edied by C Onions wih G W S Friedrichsen and W Burch-field New York Oxord Universiy Press 1966
Sone Jon Lain or he I llierai New York ouledge 1996
MYTHOLOGYBierlein J F Parallel Myhs New York Ballanine Books 1994
Bolon Lesley Te Everyhing Classical Myhology Book Peabody MA Adams Media Corporaion 2002Childrenrsquos Books on Ancien Greek and Roman Myhology An Annoaed Bibliography Compiled by Anoinete
Brazouski and Mary J Klat Wespor C Greenwood Press 1984
Te Chiron Dicionary o Greek and Roman Myhology ranslaed by Elizabeh Burr 1s English ed New YorkConinuum Inernaional Publishing Group 1994
Colakis Marianhe and Mary Joan Masello Classical Myhology and More A Reader Workbook WaucondaIL Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers 2007
Couch Malcolm Greek and Roman Myhology New York Michael Friedman Publishing Group 1998
DrsquoAulaire Ingri and Edgar Parin DrsquoAulaire DrsquoAulairesrsquo Book o Greek Myhs New York Doubleday 1962
Fleischman Paul Daeline roy Somerville MA Candlewick Press 2006
Gardner Jane Roman Myhs Ausin Universiy o exas Press 1993
Gran Michael and John Hazel Whorsquos Who in Classical Myhology London ouledge Press 2002
Grimal Pierre Te Dicionary o Classical Myhology ranslaed by A Maxwell-Hyslop 1996 eprinMalden MA Blackwell Publishing 2001
Harris Sephen L and Gloria Pazner Classical Myhology Images and Insighs 3rd ed Mounain View CAMayfield Publishing Company 2001
Homeric Hymns ranslaed by Diane aynor Berkeley and Los Angeles Universiy o Caliornia Press2004
Kirkwood G M A Shor Guide o Classical Myh ology 1959 eprin Wauconda IL Bolchazy-Carducci2003
Lowe Cheryl and Leigh Lowe DrsquoAulairesrsquo Greek Myh Suden Guid e Louisville K Y Memoria Press 2004mdashmdashmdash DrsquoAulairesrsquo Greek Myh eacher Guide Louisville K Y Memoria Press 2006
Mayerson Philip Classical Myhology in Lieraure Ar and Music Glenview IL Scot Foresman and Com-pany 1984
Morord Mark P O and ober J Lenardon Classical Myhology 8h ed New York Oxord Universiy Press2006
Ovid Meamorphose s ranslaed by A D Melville New York Oxord Universiy Press 1998
ussell William F Classic Myhs o Read Aloud New York Crown Publicaions 1989
Vergilrsquos Aeneid Hero War Humaniy ranslaed by G B Cobbold Wauconda IL Bolchazy-Carducci Pub-lishers 2005
Will iams o se Gods and Oher Odd Creaures Ausin X CicadaSun Publishing 2008
mdashmdashmdashTe Labors o Aeneas Wha a Pain I Was o Found he Roman Race Wauconda IL Bolchazy-Carducci
2003mdashmdashmdashTe Original Dysuncional Family Basic Classical Myhology or he New Millennium Wauconda ILBolchazy-Carducci 2008
ROMAN HISTORYBagnell Nigel Te Punic Wars New York S Marinrsquos Press 1990
Becket Gilber agrave Te Comic Hisory o Rome 1852 eprin Wauconda IL Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers1996
Boardma n John Jasper Griffi n and Oswyn Mur ray eds Oxord Hisory o he Roman World Oxord and New York Oxord Universiy Pre ss 1991
Boawrigh Mary Daniel J Gargola and ichard J A alber A Brie Hisor y o he Romans New YorkOxord Universiy Press 2006
Connolly Peer Greece and Rome a War London Greenhill Books 2006
Consable Nick Hisorical Alas o Ancien Rome New York Facs on File 2003
Cornell im and John Mahews Alas o he Roman World New York Facs on File 1986
Creighon Mandell A Primer Hisory o Rome 1855 eprin Wauconda IL Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers2001
Goldsworhy Adrian Te Fall o Carhage Te Punic Wars 265ndash146 BC London Cassell 2000
Haaren John H and A B Poland Famous Men o Rome Louisville KY Memoria Press 2006
Holland Tomas Rubicon New York Doubleday 2003
Jenkyn s ichard ed Te Legacy o Rome A New Appraisal Oxord Oxord Universiy Press 1992
Kamm Anhony Julius Caesar A Lie New York ouledge 2006
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 1354
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Resource List bull TM xiii
Lowe Cheryl and Leigh Lowe Famous Men o Rome Suden Guide 2nd ed Louisvil le KY Memoria Press2006
Mayszak Philip Te Sons o Caesar Imperial Romersquos Firs Dynasy London Tames and Hudson 2006
Mellor onald and Marni McGee Te Ancien Roman World New York Oxord Universiy Press 2004
Oxord Classical Dicionary 3rd ed Edied by Simon Hornblower and Anhony Spaworh Oxord and New York Oxord Universiy P ress 1996 Also available a s a CD-OM
Oxord Dicionary o he Classical World Edied by John obers New York Oxord Universiy Press 2005
Scarre Chris Chronicle o he Roman Emperors London Tames and Hudson 1995
mdashmdashmdashTe Penguin Hisorical Alas o Ancien Rome New York Penguin Punam Inc 1995
Ward-Perkins Br yan Te Fall o Rome Oxord and New York Oxord Universiy Press 2005
Will iams ose Cicero he Pario Wauconda IL Bolcha zy-Carducci P ublishers 200 4mdashmdashmdash Cicero he Pario eacherrsquos Manual Wauconda IL Bolchaz y-Carducci Publ ishers 2004
mdashmdashmdash From Romulus o Romulus Augusulus Roman Hisory or he New Millennium Bolchazy-CarducciPublishers 2008
mdashmdashmdashOnce Upon he iber An O ea Hisory o Rome Wauconda IL Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers 2007Firs Published 2002 by Wimbledon Classics
Wool Greg ed Cambridge Illusraed Hisory o he Roman World Cambridge Cambridge Universiy Press2003
ROMAN CULTURE AND DAILY LIFE Adkin s Lesley and oy A dkins Dicionary o R oman Religion New York Oxord Universiy Press 2000
mdashmdashmdashHandbook o Lie in Ancien Rome New York Oxord Universiy P ress 1994
All an ony Lie Myh an d Ar in Ancien R ome Los Angeles J Paul Gety rus Publicaions 2005 Apicius Cookery and Dining in Imperial Rome Edied by Joseph Da mmers Vehling Ne w York Dover 1977
Baker Alan Te Gladiaor Te Secre Hisory o Romersquos Warrior Slaves New York S Marinrsquos Press 2006
Baker Charles and osalie Baker Te Classical Companion Peerborough NH Cobblesone Publishing1988
Bonner S F Educaion in Ancie n Rome fom he Elder Cao o he Younger Pliny London Mehuen 1977
Bradley Keih Slavery and Sociey a Rome Cambridge Cambridge Universiy Press 1994
Brucia Margare A and Gregory Daughery o Be a Roman opics in Roman Culure Wauconda ILBolchazy-Carducci Publishers 2007
Buchanan David Roman Spor and Enerainmen London Longman 1976
Carcopino Jeacuterocircme Daily Lie in Ancien Rome New Haven and London Yale Universiy Press 1968
Casson Lionel ravel in he Ancien World New ed Balimore John Hopkins Universiy Press 1994
mdashmdashmdash Libraries in he A ncien World New Haven C Yale Universiy Press 2001Clackson James and Geoffrey Horrocks Te Blackwell Hisory o he Lain Language Cambridge Blackwell
Publishing 2007
Clarke J Houses o Roman Ialy 100 B Cndash A D 250 Berkeley and Los Angeles Universiy o CaliorniaPress 1991
Croom A Roman Clohing and Fashion UK empus Publishing 2000
DrsquoAmbra Eve Roman Ar Cambridge and New York Cambridge Universiy Press 1998
mdashmdashmdashRoman Women Cambridge and New York Cambridge Universiy Press 2007
Goldsworhy Adrian Te Complee Roman Army London Tames and Hudson 2003
Gran Leigh Rome A Fold-Ou His ory o Ancien Civ ilizaion New York Black Dog and Levanhal Publish-ers 2005
Gran Mark Roman Cookery Ancien Recipes or Modern Kichens London Seri Publishers 1999
Haney L A and J A Haney Te Roman Engineers Cambridge Cambridge Universiy Press 1991
Harris H A Spor in Greece and Rome Ihaca NY Cornell Universiy Press 1972
Herber Kevin Roman Imperial Coins Wauconda IL Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers 1996
Hodge Peer Te Roman Army Whie Plains NY Longman 1984
mdashmdashmdash Roman Family Lie UK Longman 1984
mdashmdashmdash Te Roman House ev ed Whie Plains NY Longman 1976
mdashmdashmdash Roman owns ev ed Whie Plains NY Longman 1977
mdashmdashmdash Roman rade and ravel Whie Plains NY Longman 1978Hopkins Keih and Mary Beard Te Colosseum Cambridge MA Harvard Universiy Press 2005
Humez Alexander and Nicholas Humez A B C E Cee ra Te Lie amp imes o he Roma n Alphabe BosonMA David Gordon Publisher 1985
Hyland Ann Equus Te Horse in he R oman World New Haven C Yale Universiy Press 1990
Jacobelli Lu ciana Gladiaors a Pompeii Los Angeles J Paul Gety rus Publicaions 2004
James Simon Ancien Rome Eyewiness Books New York Alred A Knop 1990
Jones J M A Dicionary o Ancien Coins London Seaby 1990
Mannix Daniel P Te Way o he Gladiaor New York ibooks 2001
Massey Michael Roman Religion Whie Plains New York Longman 1984
mdashmdashmdash Women in Ancien Greece and Rome New York Cambridge Universiy Press 1986
Olivovaacute V Spors and Games in he Ancien World London Orbis Publishing 1984
Paoli Ugo Enrico Rome Is People Lie and Cusoms ranslaed by D Macnaghen New York Longman1963
Piggot S Te Druids London Tames and Hudson 1982
Sims Lesley Roman Soldierrsquos Handbook London Usborne Books 2006
Solway Andrew Rome In Specacular Cross-Secion Oxord Oxord Universiy Press 2004
Savely E S Greek and Roman Voing and Elecions Ihaca NY Cornell Universiy Press 1972
reggiari S Roman Marriage Iusi Coniuges fom he ime o Cicero o he ime o Ulpian Oxord ClarendonPress 1991
Wallace ex E Inroducion o Wall Inscripio ns fom Pompeii and Herculaneu m Wauconda IL Bolchaz y-Carducci Publishers 2005
Webser G Te Roman Imperial Armies o he Firs and Second Cenuries A D 3rd ed London A and C Black1985
Weslake Susan Te Developmen o he Roman Alphabe Oxord OH American Classical League MC nd
Yavez Z Slaves and Slavery in Ancien Rome New Brunswick NJ ransacion Books 1988
ROMAN ARCHEOLOGY ARCHITECTURE AND ART Aicher Peer J Guide o he Aqueducs o Ancien Rome Wauconda IL Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers 1995
mdashmdashmdash Rome Alive A Source Guide o he Ancien Ciy 2 vols Wauconda IL Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers2004
Amery Col in and Bria n Curran Jr Te Los World o Pompeii Los Angeles J Paul Gety rus Publicaions2002
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 1454
TM xiv bull Latin for the New Millennium
Augeni Andrea ed Ar and Archeology o Rome New York iverside Book Company 2000
Boardman John Oxord Hisory o Classical Ar Oxord Oxord Universiy Press 1997
Campbell Ann Roman Ar and Archiecure ev ed Boulder CO Alarion Press 1999
Coarelli Fillipo Rome and Environs An Archeological Guide ranslaed by James J Clauss and Daniel P Har-mon Berkeley and Los Angeles Universiy o Caliornia Press 2008
Connolly Peer Pompeii New York Oxord Universiy Press 1990
Corbishley Mike Illusraed Encyclopedia o Ancie n Rome Los Angeles J Paul Gety rus Publicaions2004
Davis John and Deborah C Wood Monumena Romana Nosra Slide lecures complee se 1995 evised Wauconda IL Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers 1997
mdashmdashmdash Monumen a Roman a Nosra Roman Bahs Slide lecure 1995 evised Wauconda IL Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers 1997
mdashmdashmdash Monumena Romana Nos ra Te Forum in Rome and he Province s Slide lecure 1995 evised Wau-conda IL Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers 1997
mdashmdashmdash Monumena Romana Nos ra Te Roman Basil ica Slide lecure 1995 evised Wauconda ILBolchazy-Carducci Publishers 1997
mdashmdashmdash Monumena Romana Nos ra Te Roman Foru m Slide lecure 1995 evised Wauconda IL Bol-chazy-Carducci Publishers 1997
mdashmdashmdash Monumena Romana Nos ra Te Roman emple Slide lecure 1995 evised Wauconda IL Bol-chazy-Carducci Publishers 1997
Deiss Joseph Jay Herculaneum Ialyrsquos Buried reasure evised and updaed New York Harper Collins 1985
de Franciscus A Pompeii Monumens Pas and P resen Los Angeles J Paul Gety rus Publicaions 2000
DrsquoEspouy Hecor ed Greek and Roman Archiecure in Classic Illusraions Mineola NY Dover Publicaions1999
Dickison Sheila K and Judih P Hallet eds Rome and Her Monumens Wauconda IL Bolchazy-CarducciPublishers 2000
Heinze Helga von Roman Ar New York Universe Books 1971
Lewis Jon E ed Mammoh Book o Eyewines s Ancien Rome New York Carroll and Gra 2003
Ling ober Roman Paining Cambridge Cambridge Universiy Press 1991
Lovell Isabel Sories in Sone fom he Roman Forum ockville MD Wildside Press 2007
Macaulay David Ciy A Sory o Roman Planning and Consrucion Boson M A Houghon Miffl in 1971
MacDonald William L Te Archiecure o he Roman Empire An Urban Appraisal New Haven C Yale Uni- versiy Press 1988
MacKendrick Paul Te Mue Sones Speak Te Sory o Archeology in Ialy 2nd ed New York W W Noron1984
Millard Anne Welcome o Ancien Rome Edied by Jane Chisolm London Usborne Publishing 1987
Saccioli A Ancien Rome Monume ns Pas and Pres en Los Angeles J Paul Gety rus Publicaions2000
mdashmdashmdash Te Roads o he Romans Los Angeles J Paul Gety rus Publicaions 2004
Walker Susan Roman Ar Cambridge Harvard Universiy Press 1991
Wheeler Mori mer Roman Ar and Archiecure 4h ed New York Praeger Publishers 1969
Winkes ol Classical Collecion Roman Painings and Mosaics Providence I Museum o Ar hodeIsland School o Design 1982
LATE EMPIRE EARLY CHRISTIANITY AND MIDDLE AGES Augusi ne Conessions Oxord Worldrsquos Classics ranslaed by Henry Chadwick eprin New York Oxord
Universiy Press 1998
mdashmdashmdash Augusine Te Ciy o God agains he Paga ns ranslaed by W Dyson Cambridge exs in he His-ory o Poliical Tough Cambridge Cambridge Universiy Press 1998
mdashmdashmdash Augusine Poliical Wriings ranslaed by E M Akins and ober J Dodaro Cambridge exs inhe Hisory o Poliical Tough Cambridge Cambridge Universiy Press 2001
Barbero Alessandro Te Day o he Barbarians Te Batle Ta Led o he Fall o he Roman Empire ranslaed by John Cullen New York Walker and Company 2007
Barnes imohy D Ahanasius a nd Consanius Te ology and Poliics in h e Consanian Empire Cambridge
MA Harvard Universiy Press 1993Boehius Te Consolaion o Philosophy ranslaed by Vicor Wats ev ed London Penguin Books 1999
Bowersock G W and Peer Brown Lae Aniquiy A Guid e o he Pos Classica l World Harvard UniversiyPress eerence Library Cambridge MA Belknap Press 1999
Bowman Alan Averil Cameron and Peer Garnsey eds Te Crisis o Empire AD 193ndash337 2nd ed Volume 12Te Cambridge Ancien Hisory Cambridge Cambridge Universiy Press 2005
Brown Peer Augusine o Hippo A Biography ev ed Berkeley and Los Angeles Universiy o CaliorniaPress 2000
mdashmdashmdash Te World o Lae Aniquiy AD 150ndash750 New York W W Noron 1989
Cameron Averil Te Laer Roman Empire A D 284ndash430 Cambridge MA Harvard Universiy Press 1993
Cameron Averil Bryan Ward-Perkins and Michael Whiby eds Lae Aniquiy Empire a nd Successors AD425ndash600 Volume 14 Te Cambridge Ancien Hisory Cambridge Cambridge Universiy Press 2001
Cameron Averil and Peer Garnsey eds Te Lae Empire AD 337ndash425 Volume 13 Te Cambridge AncienHisory Cambridge Cambridge Universiy Press 1997
Chadwick Henry Te Church in Ancien Sociey From Galilee o Gregory he Grea Oxord Oxord UniversiyPress 2001
Corbishley Mike Te Middle Ages Culural Alas or Young People ev ed New York Facs on File 2003
Doran ober Birh o a Worldview Ea rly Chrisia niy in is Jewish and Pagan Conex Lanham MD ow-man and Litlefield 1999
Edwards Mark Consanine and Chrisendom Te Oraion o he Sains Te Greek and Lain Accouns o he Discovery o he Cross Te Edic o Consanine o Pope Silveser Liverpool Liverpool Universiy Press 2003
Ferguson Everet ed Encyclopedia o Ear ly Chrisiani y London Garland Publishing 1990
Godrey A W ed Medieval Mosaic A Book o M edieval Lain R eadings Wauconda IL Bolcha zy-CarducciPublishers 2003
Gran Michael Consanine he Grea Te Man and His imes New York Charles Scribnerrsquos Sons 1994
mdashmdashmdash Te Fall o he Roman Empire New York Charles Scribnerrsquos Sons 1997
mdashmdashmdash Te Collapse and Recovery o he Roman Empire London and New York ou ledge 1999
Harrison F E ed Millennium A Lain R eader A D 374ndash1374 eprin Wauconda IL Bolchazy-CarducciPublishers 2001
Heaher Peer Te Fall o he Roman Empire A New Hisory o Rome and he Barbarians New York OxordUniversiy Press 2007
Holmes George Te Oxord Hisory o Medieval Europe Oxord Oxord Universiy Press 2001
Hopkins Keih A World Full o Gods Pagans Jews and Chris ians in he Roma n Empire London Weideneldand Nicolson 1999
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 1554
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Resource List bull TM xv
Howarh Parick Atila King o he Hun s Man and Myh New York Barnes amp Noble Books 1995
Jones erry Barbarians London BBC Books 2006
Kulikowski Michael Romersquos Gohic Wars From he Tird Cenury o Alaric Cambridge Cambridge Univer-siy Press 2007
Lee A D ed Pagans and Chri sians in Lae A niquiy A Sourcebook London ouledge 2000
MacMullen amsay and Eugene N Lane Paganism and Chri sianiy 100ndash425 C E A Sourcebook Minne-apolis Forress Press 1992
Manello Frank and Arhur G igg Medieval Lain An Inroducion and Bibliographical Guide WashingonDC Te Caholic Universiy o America Press 1996
McEvedy Colin Te New Penguin Alas o Medieval Hisory ev ed New York Penguin Group 1992
Newman Paul B Daily Lie in he Middle A ges Jefferson NC McFarland and Company 2001Smih Jonahan Z Drudgery Divine On he Compari son o Early Chri sianiies and h e Religions o L ae Aniq-
uiy Chicago Universiy o Chicago Press 1990
Sambaugh John E and David Balch Te New esamen in is Social Environmen Philadelphia Wesmin-ser Press 1986
Tompson A E Te Huns Oxord Blackwell Publishing 1999
odd Malcolm Te Early Germans Malden MA Blackwell 2004
Wells Coli n Sailing fom Byzanium How a Los Empire Shaped he World NY Banam Dell 2006
Will iams ose Te Ligher Side o he Dark Ages London and New York Anhem Press 2006
Wolram Her wig Hisory o he Gohs ranslaed by Tomas J Dunlap Berkeley and Los Angeles Univer-siy o Caliornia Press 1988
mdashmdashmdashTe Roman Empire and Is Germanic Peoples ranslaed by Tomas J Dunlap Berkeley and Los Ange-
les Universiy o Caliornia Press 1997 Young Frances Lew is Ayres and A ndrew Louh eds Te Cambridge Hisory o Early Chrisian Lieraure
Cambridge Cambridge Universiy Press 2004
CLASSICAL PERSPECTIVESHighe Gilber Te Classical radiion New York Oxord Universiy Press 1957
Kopff E Chrisian Te Devil Knows Lain Why America Needs he Classical radiion Wilmingon DE ISIBooks 1999
Maybury ichard J Ancien Rome How I Affe cs You oday Placerville CA Bluesocking Press 1995
Murphy Cullen Are We Rome New York Houghon Mi ffl in 2007
Simmons racy Lee Climbing Parnassus A New Apologia or Greek and Lain Wilmingon DE ISI Books2002
MAPS POSTERS AND CHARTS Available from American Cla ssical League M C Miami Universiy Oxford OH
Map o oman Empire Map o oman Ialy ome Cenral Archeological Area oma Archaica
Circus Maximus Colosseum Consiuion Preamble Lain Abbreviaions Lain Phrases in Common UseLegal erms Panheon Pompeii Promoional Posers Lain Is
Derivaive ree Char Loan Word Char omance Language Char Skeleon Char
Available from L and L Enerprises Elmhurs IL
Ancien Civil izaion Wall M ap (small and lar ge size)
Using Lain Phrases Te Fabulous Five Lain Promoional Mini-posers Paer Noser Pledge o Allegianceoman Scenes and Proverbs Seven Hills o ome emembering he Cases
Available from Aims Inernaional Book s Cincinnai OH
Quo Modo Senis Hodie Poser
ADDITIONAL ITEMS Available from Bolchazy-Carducci P ublishers Mundelein IL
Lain Butons
Available from American Cla ssical League MC Miami Universiy Oxford OH
Lain-relaed CDs DVDs apes sofware coins greeing cards games accessories and jewelry mimeo-graphs hisorical novels Lain readers and Junior Classical League iems
Available from L and L Enerprises Elmhu rs IL
Lain knowledge cards Briish Museum book o poscards o Ancien Greece and o ome
Lain-relaed aciviy books butons coloring books key chain ags noe cards origami projecs pencilspuzzle books rulers sampers sickers suffed animals atoos oe bags and -shirs
MISCELLANEOUS Available from American Cla ssical League MC Miami Universiy Oxford OH
2006 Updaed Survey o Audio-Visual Maerials and exbooks in he Classics
2007 Ediion o ACL Soware Direcory or he Classics
WEBSITESFor a regularly updaed lis o websie resources check htpwwwlnmbolchazycom
PROFESSIONAL ORGANIZATIONSMos o hese organizaions offer a journal ha eachers will find beneficial Consul he organizaionrsquos web-
sie o learn more
American C lassical League (ACL)
American C lassical L eague eaching Maerials a nd esource Cener (MC)
ACL Sponsored Aciviie s
Junior Classical League
Naional Commitee or Lain and GreekNaional Greek Exam
Naional Junior Classical League
Naional Lain Exam
Naional Senior Classical League
Naional Myhology Exam
American C ouncil on he eaching o Foreign La nguages (ACFL)
American Ph ilologica l Associa ion (APA)
Archeologica l Insiue o A merica (AI A)
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 1654
TM xvi bull Latin for the New Millennium
Classical Associaion o Canada
Classical Associaion o New England (CANE)
Classical Associaion o he Alanic Saes (CAAS)
Classical Associaion o he Middle Wes and Souh (CAMWS)
Classical Associaion o he Pacific Norhwes (CAPN)
Classical Associaion o he Souhwesern Unied Saes (CASUS)
Compuer Assised Language Insrucion Consorium (CALICO)
Join Associaion o C lassical eachers (JAC)
Vergilian Socie y
In addiion many saes and ciies have classics-relaed organizaions
TEACHER NOTES
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 1754
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull i
1
STUDENT TEXTBOOKWITH EXERCISE ANSWERS
STANDARDS CORRELATIONS
ORAL EXERCISES
ORAL EXERCISE CORRELATIONS
WORKBOOK EXERCISE CORRELATIONS
ANCILLARY CORRELATIONS
COMPREHENSION QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS
TEACHING TIPS
TEACHER BY THE WAY NOTATIONS
AND HOW TO USE THIS BOOK
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 1854
iindashiii bull Latin for the New Millennium
Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers IncMundelein Illinois USA
1Milena Minkova and Terence Tunberg
LATIN FOR THE NEW MILLENNIUM
Series Inormaion
LEVEL ONE
Suden ex (2008)
Suden Workbook (2008)
eacherrsquos M anual (2008)
eacherrsquos Manual or Suden Workbook (2008)
ANCILLARIES
From Romulus o Romulus AugusulusRoman Hisory or he New Millennium (2008)
Te Original Dysuncional Family Basic Classical Myhology or he New Millennium (2008)
LEVEL TWO
Suden ex (2009)
Suden Workbook (2009)
eacherrsquos M anual (2009)
eacherrsquos Manual or Suden Workbook (2009)
ANCILLARIES
From Rome o Reormaion Early European Hisory or he New Millennium (2009)
Te Clay-ooed SuperHeroes Myhology ales or he New Millennium (2009)
mdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdash
ELECTRONIC RESOURCES
(See page 445 or deailed descripion)
wwwlnm bolchazycom
Quia Quesion Bank
Lain-only Vill a in een Second Lietrade
Carpe Praedam
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 1954
FOREWORD xi
PREFACE xiii
AUTHORS xvii
EDITORS CONSULTANTS AND PILOT TEACHERS xix
INTRODUCTION xxiii
AlphabePronunciaion o LainOverview o oman Hisory Beginnings o Lain Lieraure
CHAPTER 1 1
eading ldquoomulus and emusrdquoLanguage Facs Pars o Speech Nouns Number Gender Case
(Nominaive and Accusaive) Firs Declension Nounsalking Saying Hello
CHAPTER 2 15
eading Plauus ldquoTe Menaechmi winsrdquo Language Facs Firs and Second Conjugaion Verbs Principal Pars
Properies o Verbs Number Person ense Sem Infiniive Subjec and
Verb Agreemenalking Geting Acquained
CHAPTER 3 29
eading erence ldquowo BrohersrdquoLanguage Facs Second Declension Masculine -us -er -ir Nouns Geniive
Case Vocaive Case Preposiional Phrasesalking In he Classroom
REVIEW 1 CHAPTERS 19912513 43
Considering he Classical Gods Ma rs Jupier JunoConnecing wih he Ancien World Slavery in A ncien omeExploring oman Comedy oman Producions and Modern endiions by
William S Anderson Proessor o Classics Emerius Universiy o Caliornia Berkeley Berkeley Caliornia
Mīrābile Audī ū Phrases and Quoaions elaing o he Comic radiion
CONTENTS
bull v bull
Series Edior LeaAnn A Osburn
Volume Ediors Elisa C Denja LeaAnn A Osburn
Conribuing Ediors imohy Beck Judih P Halle Laurie Haigh KeenanKaren Lee Singh Donald E Sprague ose Williams Vicki Wine
Hisorical imeline Jayni einhard
Cover Design amp ypography Adam Phillip Velez
Cover Illusraion oman Forum copy BemannCOBISOher Illusraions Phoo Credis appear on pp 431ndash434
CarographyMapping Specialiss
Indexing Michael Hendry
Prooreader Gary Varney
Lain for he New Millennium
Suden ex Level 1
Milena Minkova and erence unberg
copy2008 Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers Inc All righs reserved
Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers Inc
1570 Baskin oadMundelein Illinois 60060 wwwbolchazycom
Prined in Canada2009 byFriesens
ISBN 978-0-86516-560-1mdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashLibrary o Congress Caaloging-in-Publicaion Daa
Minkova Milena Lain or he new millennium suden ex level 1 Milena Minkova anderence unberg p cm Includes bibliographical reerences ISBN 978-0-86516-560-1 (v 1 hardbound alk paper) 1 Lain language--Grammar I unberg erence II ile
PA20875M 562 2008 4782rsquo421--dc22
2008014705
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull ivndashv
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 2054
Contents bull vii
CHAPTER 9 135
eading Sallus ldquoTe Cailinarian ConspiracyrdquoLanguage Facs Fourh Conjugaion Verbs Presen Acive and Passive
ense Presen Acive and Passive Infiniive T ird Declension NeuerNouns Tird Declension I -Sem Nouns
alking Geting Dressed or a Pary
REVIEW 3 CHAPTERS 79912519 149
Considering he Classical Gods ApolloConnecing wih he A ncien World oman AtireExploring oman Governmen Poliics in Greece ome and he Unied
Saes by Josiah Ober Proessor o Classics and Poliical Science SanordUniversiy Sanord Caliornia
Mīrābile Aud īū Phrases and Motoes elaing o Governmen andDemocracy
CHAPTER 10 163
eading Vergil ldquo Te rojan HorserdquoLanguage Facs Tird Conjugaion -iō Verbs Presen Acive and Passive
ense Presen Acive and Passive Infiniive T ird Declension AdjecivesSubsanive Adjecives
alking Te Morning Beore a es
CHAPTER 11 177
eading Vergil ldquoQueen Dido o CarhagerdquoLanguage Facs Imperec Acive a nd Passive ense o All Conjugaions
Imperec ense o Sum and Possum Encliicsalking raveling o School
CHAPTER 12 191eading Livy ldquoMucius ScaevolardquoLanguage Facs Fi rs Second and Tird Person Personal Pronouns Firs
and Second Person Possessive Adjecives Declension o vīsalking Discussing he Weaher
REVIEW 4 CHAPTERS 1099125112 205
Considering he Classical Gods Mercury Connecing wih he Ancien World oman FoodExploring he My h o he rojan Horse Never Look a Gif Horse in
he Mouh by Bonnie A Cato Proessor o Classics Assumpion CollegeWorceser Massachusets
Mīrābile Aud īū Phrases and Quoaions elaing o War and Peace
vi bull L atin for the New Millennium
CHAPTER 4 57
eading Cicero ldquoTe Deserer Wans a ewardrdquoLanguage Facs Second Declension Neuer Nouns Daive Case Firs
and Second Declension -us -a -um Adjecives Agreemen o Nounsand Adjecives
alking Discussing Homework
CHAPTER 5 69
eading Cicero ldquoCicero Wries o ereniardquoLanguage Facs Firs and Second Conjugaion Verbs Presen Passive ense
Presen Passive Infiniive Ablaive o Agen Firs and Second Declension
-er Adjecivesalking Discussing Occupaions
CHAPTER 6 81
eading Caesar ldquoTe DruidsrdquoLanguage Facs Presen ense and Presen Infiniive o Sum and Possum
Complemenary Infi niive ransiive and Inransiive Verbsalking Preparing or a es
REVIEW 2 CHAPTERS 49912516 93
Considering he Classical Gods Nepune Pluo Vesa and CeresConnecing wih he Ancien World oman MarriageExploring oman Famil ies Parens and Children Ten and Now by
Jacqueline Carlon Assisan Proessor o Classics Universiy o Massachusets Boson Massachusets
Mīrābile Audīū Phrases Motoes and Abbreviaions elaing o Lie in heweny-Firs Cenur y
CHAPTER 7 111eading Caullus ldquoMy Girlrsquos SparrowrdquoLanguage Facs Tird Declension Masculine and Feminine Nouns Indirec
Saemen Accusaive and Infiniivealking In he Caeeria
CHAPTER 8 123
eading Nepos ldquoTemisocles Saves he GreeksrdquoLanguage Facs T ird Conjugaion Verbs Presen Acive a nd Passive ense
Presen Acive and Passive Infiniive Ablaives o Manner InsrumenSeparaion Place rom Which Place Where Accusaive o Place o W hich
alking Afer School Aciviies
vindashvii bull Latin for the New Millennium
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 2154
Contents bull ix
CHAPTER 18 301
eading Apuleius ldquoCupid and PsycherdquoLanguage Facs Fuure Perec Aci ve ense o All Conjugaions Fuure
Perec ense o Sum and Possum Fifh Declension Nounsalking Going o he Denis
REVIEW 6 CHAPTERS 1699125118 315
Considering he Classical Gods BacchusConnecing wih he Ancien World Gladiaorial GamesExploring oman Disasers Earh Air Fire and Waer by John E Torburn
Associae Proessor o Classics Baylor Universiy Waco exas
Mīrābile Audīū Quoaions elaing o Atiudes oward and Coping wihMisorunes
CHAPTER 19 331
eading Ammianus ldquoTe HunsrdquoLanguage Facs Perec Passive Pariciple Perec Passive ense o All
Conjugaions eview o Principal Par s o Verbs Demonsraive Pronounand Adjecive Hic
alking Cleaning he House
CHAPTER 20 349
eading Augusine ldquoAn Adolescen TierdquoLanguage Facs Pluperec Passive ense o Al l Conjugaions Perec Acive
and Passive Infini ives Demonsraive Pronoun and Adjecive Illealking Going Shopping
CHAPTER 21 361
eading Boehius ldquoTe Wheel o ForunerdquoLanguage Facs Fuure Perec Passive ense o All Conjugaions Fuure
Acive Pariciple Fuure Acive Infiniivealking A Birhday Pary
REVIEW 7 CHAPTERS 1999125121 375
Considering he Classical Gods VulcanConnecing wih he Ancien World oman EducaionExploring oman Libraries Public Libraries and Teir Books by Keih Dix
Associae Proessor o Classics Universiy o Georgia Ahens GeorgiaMīrābile Audīū Phrases Quoaions and Abbreviaions elaing o
Schools Libraries and Books
viii bull Latin for the New Millennium
CHAPTER 13 219
eading Horace ldquoAn Encouner wih a BoorrdquoLanguage Facs Presen ense Posiive and Negaive Imperaives Firs and
Second Person Personal Pronouns Geniive Case Ti rd Person PossessivePronoun and Adjecive
alking Lae or School
CHAPTER 14 233
eading Ovid ldquoPyramus and TisberdquoLanguage Facs Firs and Second Conjugaion Verbs Fuure Acive and
Passive ense Fuure ense o Sum and Possum elaive Pronouns
elaive Clausesalking Chating on he Inerne
CHAPTER 15 245
eading Seneca ldquoe1047298ecions on Growing OldrdquoLanguage Facs Tird a nd Fourh Conjugaion Verbs Fuure Acive and
Passive ense Inerrogaive Pronouns and Adjecivesalking A rip o he Counry
REVIEW 5 CHAPTERS 1399125115 259
Considering he Classical Gods Minerva Di ana VenusConnecing wih he A ncien World oman Ciies and oadsExploring oman Law Te Jusice Sysem in Ancien ome by James G
Keenan Proessor o Classics Loyola Universiy Chicago Chicago IllinoisMīrābile Audīū Phrases and Quoaions elaing o Legal Maters
CHAPTER 16 273
eading Pliny he Younger ldquoTe Erupion o VesuviusrdquoLanguage Facs Perec ense Verbs Perec Sem Perec Acive ense o
All Conjugaions Perec ense o Sum and Possum Daive o Possessionalking elaxing a he Beach
CHAPTER 17 287
eading acius ldquoTe Fire a omerdquoLanguage Facs Pluperec A cive ense o All Conjugaions Pluperec
ense o Sum and Possum Fourh Declension Masculine Feminine andNeuer Nouns
alking ecovering rom an Acciden
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull viiindashix
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 2254
xndashxi bull Latin for the New Millennium
FOREWORDTe aurea mediocriās o Lain exbooks has arrived No a grammar-ranslaion nor a readingapproach book Lain or he New Millennium is a blend o he bes elemens o boh
Te key o Lain or he New Millennium Level 1 is he emphasis on reading Lain a he begin-ning o each chaper and using conversaional Lain a he end o each chaper or as he auhorsindicae in he Preace lsquoi (Lain) offers you he lingui sic key o he minds ha shaped European
(and hereore American) culu re rom he ime o he omans o he modern scienific revolu-ion In his book you will learn abou he language sep by sep by using irsquo
Te reading passages a he opening o each chaper are ba sed on Lain lieraure and proceedin chronological order rom Plauus o Boehius Each reading is suppored by pre-reading andacing page vocabulary Grammar is inroduced using senences already seen in he reading pas-sage and mīrābile dicū here are pleny o exercises Te Vocabulary o Learn chosen rom headaped reading passage hus conains some Advanced Placemen lieraure-based words and i sreieraed consisenly in he exercises and oher shor reading passages
Somehing no seen in mos Lain exbooks is he conversaional dialogue a he end o eachchaper Tis will pique he sudenrsquos ineres in he Lain version o modern-day aciviies andmee cerain classical language sandards direcly Te auhors Milena Minkova and erenceunberg proessors a he Universiy o Kenucky a Lexingon are he direcors o he hugelypopular Conveniculum Lexinoniense he annual su mmer program ha has been r unning ormore han en years Tey are also on he aculy o he Conveniculum Bosoniense a similarprogram ha draws paricipans o experience conversaional Lain in differen geographical se-ings A he 2007 American Classical Leag ue Insiue a Vanderbil Universiy I paricipaed ina conversaional Lain workshop presened by Minkova and unberg Tough he par icipans
were seasoned Lain eachers mos were experiencing or he firs ime he ried and rue meh-ods hese wo expers were using o inspire us o speak Lain By he end o he workshop wecould converse in amiliar Lain phrases and saw how useul his could be or our own sudensunbergrsquos and Minkovarsquos leadership in hese summer programs made hem uniquely well suiedo design he conversaional dialogues in Lain or he New Millennium and he copious oral ex-ercises ha are conained only in he eacher manual hus al lowing eachers o pick and choose
which exercises bes mee he needs o heir own sudens
Tis book wih is range o offerings wi ll appeal o all ypes o lang uage sudens and will alloweachers o bring he many aces o he oman and pos-oman world ino he classroom How
wonderul i is o see a passage o adaped Plauus in Chaper 2 a prose adapaion o Caullusrsquo passer poem in Chaper 7 o Horacersquos saire on he boor in Chaper 13 and even o aciusrsquo de-scripion o he grea fire in ome in Chaper 17 oman culure is embodied in each o hesepassages hus meeing anoher classical language sandard Accompanying each passage is aquoaion or moto conneced o he passage or chaper
bull xi bullx bull Latin for the New Millennium
APPENDIX A 389
Chronological Lis o he Auhors and Works Sudied
APPENDIX B 391
Addiional Sae Motoes
APPENDIX C 393
Grammaical Forms and Paradigms
APPENDIX D 405
Lain Synax
APPENDIX E 411Hisorical imeline
ENGLISH TO LATIN GLOSSARY 415
LATIN TO ENGLISH GLOSSARY 421
BIBLIOGRAPHY 429
PHOTOGRAPHY CREDITS 431
INDEX 435
LIST OF MAPS
Map o he oman World xxxi iMap o he ravels o Aeneas 187Map o he Ciy o ome 227
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 2354
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull xiindashxiii
PREFACELearning Lain helps you learn English and oher languages beter and perhaps even moreimporanly i offers you he linguisic key o he minds ha shaped European (and hereore
American) culure rom he ime o he omans o he modern scienific revoluion Lain washe language hese people used o express hemselves and o record heir ideas in permanen ormacross so many cenuries In his book you wil l learn abou he language by u sing i sep by sep
CHAPTER COMPONENTS
READING PASSAGES
Each chaper begins wih a eading Passage and noes on he acing page ha will help you un-dersand any linguisic elemens you have no previously seen Tese noes eaure vocabulary
words in an easy o ollow alphabeical l ising providing you he exac meaning needed o un-dersand he reading passage bu no he ull lexical enries a his poin By reading and seeinghese new elemens in heir naural conex ofen you will need no explanaion o undersandhow hey uncion because hey appear w ih words you already know Te eadi ng Passages areadaped rom auhenic works o Lain lieraure and hey are presened in chronological order
As you complee each chaper you will be raci ng he sory o Lain as a lierary language andhe sories o he auhors who used i In addiion you wi ll learn abou oman c ulure over heperiods o ime in which he eaured reading o each chaper was produced
VOCABULARY TO LEARN
Te Vocabulary o Learn repeas some words encounered in he eading Passage or each chap-
er bu in his secion he words are lised by pars o speech i nsead o alphabeically and herehe ull lexical enry is given Tese are words you will need o memorize in order o recognizeand use hem hroughou he remainder o he book In order o aid you in recognizi ng connec-ions beween Lain words and he English words derived rom or relaed o hem a derivaiveexercise ollows each Vocabulary o Learn
LANGUAGE FACTS AND EXERCISES
In he body o each chaper you will fi nd simple explanaions o he Language Facs eaured inhe chaper reading passage along wih many differen exercises ha allow you o use all he in-ormaion you are learning By doing he exercises in each chaper and in he suden workbook
you will no only be reading and wriing Lain yoursquoll be speaking i Some exercises involve oralexchanges wih he eacher and wih oher sudens Because Lain communicaes hough i isa living hing Tereore a person who gains an acive working knowledge in he language along
bull xiii bullxii bull Latin for the New Millennium
All o his said Lain or he New Millennium is suden riendly Sudy ips rhymes and mnemon-ics abound in each chaper and litle secions called ldquoBy he Wayrdquo offer addiional inormaion orhose who always wan o know more
Te uni review secions are ru ly gems Afer hree chapers a Lain review chaper providesno jus he complee lis o Vocabulary o Learn and pleniu l exercises bu ofen anoher pieceo adaped lieraure o read991252snippes o Mari al or Peronius and more
Bu his is no all A secion called ldquoConsidering he Classical Godsrdquo offers high-ineres readingsin boh Engli sh and Lain on he panheon o classical gods A noher secion eniled ldquoConnec-ing wih he Ancien Worldrdquo provides in English addiional i normaion on a paricular aspec ooman lie conained wihin he uni
Capping each review uni is a disincive essay ha e xplores oman and modern opics each writen by a universiy scholar From he Universiy o Massachusets o Sanord Universiyand many places in be ween hese proessors have conribued heir special experise on subjecmater relaed o he chapers I k now o no oher book ha does hi s
Tere are many useu l phoographs and maps appropriaely placed hroughou Te reproduc-ions o fine ar and phoographs o archaeological sies provide a visual learning experience as
well Needless o say here are appendices on g rammar and synax a nd English o Lain andLain o English glossaries wih an added secion on various motoes
Te auhors ediors consulans and pilo eachers have done a superior job o organizing his book or maximum useu lness and effeciveness Tis unique series w ill include he ollowi ngLevel 1 Suden ex Level 1 Suden Workbook Level 1 eacherrsquos Manual and Level 1 Work-
book eacherrsquos Manual Level 2 Suden ex Level 2 Suden Workbook Level 2 eacherrsquosManual and Level 2 Workbook eacherrsquos Manual Many online and elecronic resources willalso accompany his series
Lain for he New Millennium has been houghully designed or and wih he weny-firscenury suden in mind Please join me in heralding he appearance o his unique new series
ha will improve and enhance he sudy o Lain or he weny-firs cenury
P983137983157983148 P983154983151983152983141983154983162983145983151Boson Lain Academy
2008
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 2454
xivndashxv bull Latin for the New Millennium
Preface bull xv
ASPECTS OF ROMAN LIFE
Nex you will find a reading in English on an imporan aspec o oman daily lie Tis sec-ion eniled Connecing wih he Ancien World wil l presen addiional inormaion on a opicencounered in he previous c hapers
EXPLORING ROMAN AND MODERN LIFE
Following he secion on daily lie here will be a shor essay in English ha compares and con-rass some aspec o oman and American lie and illusraes a way in which Lain is a par oour lie oday Each o hese essays has been writen by a universiy scholar wih special experisein his field o sudy
MĪRĀBILE AUDĪTŪEach review chaper concludes wih a l is o Lain quoaions motoes phrases or abbreviaionsused in English Tese sayings relae o one o he uni opics
Te Lain langu age and oman culure have no only inspired wriers hroughou he ages andin1047298uenced modern lie bu have also lef heir presence in ar and archaeology In his volumereproducions o painings drawings sculpure mosaics rescoes and oher ariacs rom an-iquiy hrough he presen abound wih depicions o and reerences o he sories and lives ohe omans Likewise view s o archaeological sies remind us o wha ome and is area o in1047298u-ence was like in ancien imes Te illusraions hroughou he ex suppor he writen word in
visual orm hus offering you a vivid recollecion o he chaper conen
Each auhor o his book has writen differen secions o he exbook bu boh auhors have ben-efied hroughou he composiion o he exbook rom coninuous muual advice and suppor
MM and 2008
Visi wwwl nmbolchazycom o see he elecronic resources ha accompany Lain or he New Millennium
xiv bull Latin for the New Millennium
wih a readi ng abiliy i s more likely o progress quick ly o a deeper undersanding o he lan-guage and he enjoymen o is lieraure I you have an oral aciliy and can wrie in a language
you will no need o be reminded abou orms and grammaical rules so ofen In his book you will acquire ha acive acili y as a basic par o learning he language
CONVERSATIONAL LATIN
oward he end o each chaper here is a Lain dialogue in which a group o modern sudens arehe paricipans Tey discuss in Lain siuaions ofen encounered in our daily li ves In hesedialogues you will find a bridge beween our lives and he houghs o he ancien medieval orrenaissance auhors who wroe in Lain991252a bridge consruced o he same basic language Lain
OTHER FEATURESIn each chaper you will fi nd oher ineresing mater ha will help you learn and enjoy Lain
bull Memorābile Dictū Te firs page o each chaper eaures a amous saying labeled Memorābile Dicū (A Memorable Ting o Say) a Lain phrase so well known ha i has become an ofenrepeaed proverb or quoaion Learning each amous saying wi ll increase your u ndersand-ing no jus o Lain bu o he houghs and ideas ha were i mporan o omans and haveconinued o be an inegral par o modern lie
bull Sudy ips Each chaper conains sayings rhymes mnemonic devices verses or oher in-ormaion ha will help you remember he various hings you are learning
bull By he Way You will see his phrase repeaed hroughou every chaper When you see hislabel you will know ha addiional inormaion is being presened
REVIEW COMPONENTS A he conclusion o every se o hree chapers here is a review conaining various componens
VOCABULARY TO KNOW
Tis is a complee lis o all he Vocabulary o Learn words presened in he hree chapers ar-ranged by pars o speech
EXERCISES
Here you will see many new exercises ha will help you review and reinorce he maerial in hehree preceding chapers In he review exercise secion here is ofen an addiional reading pas-sage o help you undersand more abou Lain lieraure and is heriage oday
CLASSICAL MYTHOLOGY
Tis secion eniled Considering Classical Myhology includes passages on myhology one inEnglish and one in Lain which ell some o he principal sories abou he Greek and omangods Tese sories re1047298ec many o he main hemes seen in lieraure and ar rom classical omodern imes
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 2554
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull xvindashxvii
AUTHORSMILENA MINKOVA
MA and PhD Chrisian and Classical Philology Pon-ifical Salesian Universiy ome Ialy MA and PhDClassics Universiy o Sofia Bulgaria
Associae Proessor o Classics Universiy o KenuckyLexingon Kenucky
Milena Minkova has sudied conduced research andaugh in Bulgaria Swizerland Germany Ialy he
Vaican Ciy and he USA Minkova has auhored hree book monographs Te Personal Names o he Lain In-scripions fom Bulgaria (Peer Lang 2000) Te Proe-an Raio (Peer Lang 2001) and Inroducion o Lain
Prose Composiion (Bolchazy-Carducci 2007 reprin Wimbledon 2001) She has also published numerousaricles on Lain medieval philosophy Lain lieraureLain composiion and Lain pedagogy
TERENCE TUNBERGBA and MA Classics Universiy o Souhern Calior-nia Posgraduae researcher and docoral suden Me-
dieval Sudies Universiy o London England PhDClassical Philology Universiy o orono Canada
Proessor o Classics Universiy o Kenucky Lexing-on Kenucky
erence unberg has augh in Belgium and Canadaas well as in he USA He is a specialis in Lain com-posiion and an exper in he hi sory o he approacheso wriing Lain prose rom aniquiy o early modernimes His works include a n ediion o collecion o Me-dieval Lain speeches commenaries on Lain worksand numerous sudies o he hisory o imiaion in La-in wriing In addiion or more han a decade he hasoffered summer seminars designed o inroduce peopleo he use o spoken Lain
bull xvii bull
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 2654
EDITORS CONSULTANTSAND PILOT TEACHERS
VOLUME EDITORSElisa C DenjaEdior Bolchazy-Carducci PublishersBaker Demonsraion School EmeriaEvanson Illinois
LeaAnn A OsburnEdior Bolchazy-Carducci PublishersBarringon High School EmeriaBarringon Illinois
BOARD OF
CONSULTANTS Virginia A ndersonLain eacherIllinois Virual High SchoolBarringon Middle School EmeriaBarringon Illinois
Jill M CrookerLain eacher
Pitsord-Mendon High School EmeriaPitsord New York
Judih Peller HalletProessor o ClassicsUniversiy o MarylandCollege Park Maryland
Sherwin D Litle1ndash12 Foreign Language Program LeaderIndian Hill High SchoolCincinnai Ohio
Sherrilyn MarinChair Deparmen o Foreign LanguagesKeih Counry Day Schoolockord Illinois
Mary PendergrafProessor o Classical Languages
Wake Fores Universiy Winson-Salem Norh Carolina
John raupman
Proessor o ClassicsS Josephrsquos Universiy EmeriusPhiladelphia Pennsylvania
Cynhia Whie Associae Proessor o ClassicsUniversiy o Arizonaucson Ari zona
ose WilliamsMcMurry College Emeria
Abilene High School Emeria Abilene exas
Donna WrighLain eacherLawrence Norh and Lawrence Cenral High
Schools
Indianapolis Indiana
PILOT TEACHERS Jeremy M WalkerLain eacherCrown Poin High SchoolCrown Poin Indiana
Laneta WarrenburgLain eacherElgin High SchoolElgin Illinois
bull xix bullxviii bull Latin for the New Millennium
JOINT PUBLICATIONS BY THE AUTHORSMinkova and unberg have coauhored he ollowing books Readings and Exercises in Lain
Prose Composiion (Focus 2004) Reading Livyrsquos Rome Selecions fom Livy Books IndashVI (Bol-chazy-Carducci 2 005) Maer Anserina Poems in Lain or Children (Focus 2006) Tey are hedirecors o he Insiue or Lain Sud ies a he Universiy o Kenucky in which sudens sudyhe hisory o Lain rom ancien o modern imes and ake par in seminars in which Lai n is he
working language o all ac iviies Boh Minkova and unberg are eleced ellows o he ome- based Academia Lainiai Fovendae he primary learned sociey devoed o he preservaion andpromoion o he use o Lain
xviiindashxix bull Latin for the New Millennium
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 2754
Editors Consultants and Pilot Teachers bull xxi
SHERWIN LITTLE
BA Universiy o Cincinnai M A Universiy o Colorado
Sherwin Litle has augh Lain rom sixh g rade hrough Lain AP a Indian Hill Exemped Vil-lage School Disric since 1983 Sherwin has received an Ovaio rom CAMWS as well as heCAMWS Good eacher Award and he Hildesheim Vase Award rom he Ohio Classical Coner-ence in 1986 and 2007 Sherwin holds Naional Board Cerificaion in World Languages Oherhan English and has been boh Vice Presiden and Presiden o he American Classical Leag ue
SHERRILYN MARTIN
BA Wilson College MA PhD Universiy o Cincinnai
Sherrilyn Marin was named Illinois Lain eacher o he Year in 1993 was a recipien o heL Governorrsquos Award or Foreign Language eaching in 2001 and was named a Claes Nobeleacher o Disincion in 2 007 She is a pas presiden o he Illinois Classical Conerence and isacive in he ockord Sociey o he A rchaeological Insiue o America Sherri lyn spen a yearin independen sudy a he Universiy o Tessaloniki Greece
MARY PENDERGRAFT
AB PhD Universiy o Norh Carolina Chapel Hill
Afer eaching a UNC-Greensboro and D uke Universiy Mary Pendergraf began eachingclassics ul l-ime a Wake Fores Mary is a ormer Presiden o he Norh Carolina Classical A s-sociaion and paricipaed in he ocus group ha w roe he Norh Carolina Sandard Course oSudy or Lain
JOHN TRAUPMAN
BA Moravian College MA PhD Pr inceon Universiy
John raupman is proessor emerius rom S Josephrsquos Universiy i n Phil adelphia where heaugh or hiry-eigh years A mong his many awards John received he Disinguished eaching
Award rom S Josephrsquos Universiy in 1982 a cerificae o appreciaion rom he PennsylvaniaDeparmen o Educaion in 1990 and he Special Award rom he Classical Associaion o he
Alanic Saes in 1996 John raupman is especially well-known as he auhor oConversaional Lain and Te New College Lain and English Dicionary
CYNTHIA WHITE
BA Chesnu Hill College MA Villanova Universiy PhD Caholic Universiy o America
Cynhia Whie is he Direcor o he Undergraduae Lain Program and supervises eacherraining and Kndash12 Lain eacher Cerificaion a he Universiy o Arizona She regularlyeaches a he Isiuo Inernazionale di Sudi Classici di Orvieo he Classics Deparmenrsquos Sudy
Abroad Program in Orvi eo Ialy and has sudied i n ome wih he Papal Lai nis eg inaldFoser ODC
xx bull Latin for the New Millennium
VOLUME EDITORSELISA C DENJA
BA Marygrove College Deroi Michigan MA Columbia Universiy MA Loyola UniversiyChicago
Elisa Denja augh Lain a Norh Chicago High School and Baker Demonsraion School inEvanson Illinois or many years while concurrenly eaching classical myhology a LoyolaUniversiy o Chicago and in he g ifed-disance learning program a Norhwesern UniversiyElisa was awarded he Illinois Lain eacher o he Year award in 1992 and he Illinois Lieime
Achievemen Award in 2007
LEAANN A OSBURNBA Monmouh College Illinois MA Loyola Universiy Chicago
While eaching Lain or many years a Barringon High School in Barringon Illinois LeaA nnserved as boh vice-presiden and presiden o he Illinois Classical Conerence LeaAn n receivedhe Illinois La in eacher o he Year award in 1989 he Illinois L Governorrsquos Award in 1990and he Classical Associaion o he Middle Wes and Souh Good eacher Award in 1996
BOARD OF CONSULTANTSVIRGINIA ANDERSON
BA Loyola Universiy Chicago MA S Xavier Universiy
Virginia Anderson augh Lain or hi ry years i n privae and public hi gh schools and middleschools in he Chicagoland area In 1999 she was awarded he L Governorrsquos Award or Enhance-men o he eaching Proession and in 2003 was named Il linois Lain eacher o he Year
JILL M CROOKER
BA Universiy o Illi nois MSEd Nazareh College o ocheser New York Jill Crooker augh Lain or many years a Pitsord-Mendon High School in Pitsord New YorkShe has served as he College Board Advisor o he A P Lain es Developmen Commitee andin 1996 received he Moron E Spillenger Award or Disingui shed Leadership o he Classical
Associaion o he Empire Sae In 2003 she received he ACL Meria Award and i n 2006 a nOvaio rom he Classical A ssociaion o he Alanic Saes
JUDITH PELLER HALLETT
BA Wellesley MA PhD Harvard Universiy
In addiion o sudying a he A merican Academy in ome he Insiue o Classical Sudies inLondon and he Universiy o Maasrich in Holland Judih Hallet is a ormer presiden o heClassical Associaion o he Alanic Saes and Vice-Presiden or Oureach o he AmericanPhilological Associaion She was named a Disinguished Scholar-eacher in 1992 by he Uni-
versiy o Maryland
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull xxndashxxi
TEACHER NOTES
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 2854
xxii bull Latin for the New Millennium
xxii bull L atin for the New Millennium
ROSE WILLIAMS
BA Baylor Universiy MA Universiy o Norh Carolina Chapel Hill
In addiion o posgraduae work in Lain and Humaniies a he Universiy o Dallas and heUniversiy o exas a Arlingon on a ockeeller Gran ose Williams did research a he Bodle-ian Library Ox ord Universiy in England and a he Universiy o Pisa She augh Lain or overhiry years a boh high school and uni versiy levels in exas and now is he auhor o more hanen books abou he Classics
DONNA WRIGHT
BA MA Ball Sae Universiy
Afer eaching Lain a Carmel High School Donna Wrigh currenly eaches a boh LawrenceNorh and Lawrence Cenral High Schools in Indianapolis Indiana She has been an acivemember o he Indiana Classical Conerence being named Creaive Lain eacher o he Year in1976 She has also been acive i n he American Classical League sponsoring a JCL chaper andleading Ialy rips or nearly weny years Donna also served as an offi cer speaker and boardmember o Pompeiiana Inc
PILOT TEACHERS JEREMY M WALKER
AB Wabash College MA Indiana Universiy
Jeremy Walker has augh Lain a Crown Poin High School in Crown Poin Indiana since1995 He has served as he Co-Chair o he Indiana Junior Classical League and Membershipand Public elaions Chair o he Naional Junior Classical League In addiion o sudying inIaly a he Inercollegiae Cener or Classical Sudies and in Greece a he American School orClassical Sudies he was presiden o he Indiana Classical Conerence In 2003 Jeremy was rec-ognized as he Lain eacher o he Year in Indiana and in 2004 was recognized by he Indiana
Sae eachers Associaion as a orch o K nowledge ecipien
LANETTA WARRENBURG
BA Indiana Universiy MA Indiana Universiy-Purdue Universiy Indianapolis
Laneta Warrenburg has augh high school English and Lain or hiry-hree years a schoolsin Indiana and Illinois Her las weny-our years o eaching Lain were a Elgin High Schoolin Elgin Illinois While eaching Lain here she served as he Illinois Classical Conerencechairperson or Chicago Classics Day as co-chair or he Illinois Ceramen League since 1993and as sae chair or he Il linois Junior Classical L eague rom 1999ndash2001 Laneta was honoredas he Illi nois Lain eacher o he Year in 2001 and was presiden o he Chicago Classical Clubrom 2005ndash2007
INTRODUCTION
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 2954
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull xxiii
INTRODUCTIONALPHABETTe Lain alphabe was derived rom he Eruscan alphabe some ime beore he sevenh cen-ury 983138983139983141 Te Eruscans were a people in pre-oman Ialy
Teir alphabe owes much o he Greek alphabe In urn he Greek alphabe was derived romhe Phoenician alphabe Phoenician raders had spread heir sysem o wriing h roughou he
Medierranean region Te Phoenician alphabe isel can be raced o he Norh Semiic alpha- be which was used in Syria and Palesine as early as he elevenh cenury 983138983139983141 and is consideredo be he earlies ully developed alphabeic wriing sysem
An Eruscan couple reclining on a funeral sarcophagus
bull xxiii bull
Sandard41
EDITORrsquoS NOTE
Te comprehension quesions and answers as well as some o he eaching ips and eacher by he Way noa-ions in his eacher manual were writen by Elisa C Denja LeaAnn A Osburn Karen Lee Singh and DonaldE Sprague classics ediorseducaors a Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers
HOW TO USE THIS BOOK
Please noe ha he perinen naional Classics sandards are lised in he margin o he lef or righ on he samepage as he reproducion o he suden ex
Eisemann Communicaion assised in preparing he correlaions o Lain o r he New Mil lennium wih he
naional sandards For an overview o he sandards hemselves and he correlaions please consul www bolchazyl nmcom
TEACHING TIP
Te eacher may choose o use he picure o he Eruscan couple on his page and he brie meniono he Eruscan alphabe o open a discussion on wha role he Eruscans played in early omanimes Sudens may be direced o p xxx ii o find Eruria on he map
TEACHING TIPTe eacher may wish o discuss wih he sudens he erm ldquoomance languagesrdquo Many modernlanguages come rom he language used by he ancien omans French Ialian Poruguese Span-ish omanian ec omansch (spoken by he descendans o he aeians and one o he our o-ficial languages o Swizerland) is also derived rom Lain
TEACHER BY THE WAYBased on archeological evidence i appears ha Eruscan women were an imporan par o hesocial srucure Ofen he names o boh moher and aher were placed on unerary inscripionsTe reedom o women wihin sociey is likewise apparen on monumens where hey can be seenreclining wih heir husbands on he same couch atending games and having a place o honor in heomb isel Noice he affecionae pose o he couple in he illusraion on p xxiii Clearly marriedlove was valued in Eruscan sociey and amily lie was imporan
ombs also provide evidence or he syle o Eruscan homes Some o hese eaures were borrowed by heomans especially he cenral hall and hree rooms a he back Tis ype o house was known a Pompeii as well as a ome ac cording o Viru vius auhor o Dē archiecūrā
TEACHING TIP
Te eacher may wish o have sudens read an English ranslaion o Livyrsquos radiional accouno anaquil wie o arquinius Priscus he fifh king o ome Te independence o Eruscan women is ev iden in hi s ale He r behavior is he ani hesis o he ideas o woma nly dec orum hel d by he omans
TEACHING TIPS d ill j i i h E li h ldquo lph b rdquo pl i h E li h l t ih h
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 3054
xxiv bull Latin for the New Millennium
xxiv bull Latin for the New Millennium
Look a he English alphabe in he lef column and a he Lain alphabe in he righ one TeLain alphabe is accompanied by he names o he Lain leters (in parenheses)
English Alphabe Lain Alphabe
Uppercase Lowercase Uppercase Lowercase Leter Name
A a A a (a ldquoăhrdquo)
B b B b (be ldquobayrdquo)
C c C c (ce ldquocayrdquo)
D d D d (de ldquodayrdquo)
E e E e (e ldquoĕhrdquo)
F F (e)
G g G g (ge ldquogayrdquo)H h H h (ha ldquohahrdquo)
I i I i (i ldquoeerdquo)
J j
K k K k (ka ldquokahrdquo)
L l L l (el)
M m M m (em)
N n N n (en)
O o O o (o ldquoŏhrdquo)
P p P p (pe ldquopayrdquo)
Q q Q q (qu ldquokoordquo)
r r (er)
S s S s (es)
(e ldquoayrdquo)
U u U u (u ldquooordquo)
V v V v (u consonan)
W w
X x X x (ix ldquoeexrdquo)
Y y Y y (upsilon)
Z z Z z (zea ldquodzayardquo)
Te English alphabe is derived direcly rom he Lain alphabe Tis accouns or he greasimilariies b eween he wo alphabes Tere are 26 leters in he English alphabe and 24 in heLain Te differences are he ollowing
bull Te leter W w (which is he doubled leter v) is missing in he Lain alphabe
bull Te leter J j is a more recen invenion In ac i appears in Lain exs writen during heMiddle Ages and he enaissance as well as i n many modern ediions o ancien Lain exsI is used o indicae he semi-vowel i someimes called consonanal i Te consonanal i is
Sudens will enjoy singing he English alphabe song replacing he English leter names wih heLain leter names Sudens may be insruced o clap once where here is no Lain leter name (egldquoJrdquo) equivalen o he English one
TEACHING TIPTe eacher may choose o display any Lain words (a lis is provided below or he eacherrsquos conve-nience) and insruc he sudens o spell ou he word using he Lain leter names Te sudensmay become curious o know wha he Lain words mean Definiions are given below
bull pars ndash par
bull nox ndash nigh
bull ruber ndash red
bull ēgī ndash I have done
bull amilia ndash amily
bull carō ndash 1047298esh
bull dēcernō ndash I decide
bull herba ndash plan
bull Kalendae ndash Kalends (firs day o he monh)
bull quoque ndash also
bull imor ndash ear
bull Pȳhia ndash Pyhia (name o Apollorsquos priesess)
bull iēcī ndash I hrew
bull ēlīx - happy bull ignis ndash fire
bull mūō ndash I change
COMPREHENSION QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS FOR PAGES XXIII991251XXVeproducible versions o he quesions alone are available a wwwlnm bolchazycom
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 3154
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull xxv
Introduction bull xxv
he i a he beginning o a word beore a vowel or i beween wo vowels According o hismehod or example Iūlius is writen Jūlius and Āiax is writen Ājax In his book he leter J j will no be used
bull Te disincion beween he vowel U u and he consonan V v also belongs o laer imesIniially here was only one leter V u used boh or he vowel and he consonan eg Vrbs ldquoTe Ciyrdquo (ie ome) or uicor ldquohe winnerrdquo
bull However in accord wih he prevail ing pracice o expressing he vowel wih U u and heconsonan wih V v in his book he wo leters will be disingui shed
PRONUNCIATION OF LATIN
VOWELSTere are six vowels in Lain and heir pronunciaion is as ollows
Long Vowel Sound Shor Vowel Sound
ā is pronounced as in ldquoaherrdquo ōrāor ldquooraorrdquo a is pronounced as in ldquoalikerdquo amō ldquoloverdquo
ē is pronounced like he a in ldquoraverdquo nēmō ldquonobodyrdquo e is pronounced as in ldquoperdquo bene ldquowellrdquo
ī is pronounced like he double e in ldquoseenrdquo līmes ldquoboundaryrdquo
i is pronounced as in ldquopirdquo nihil ldquonohingrdquo
ō is pronounced as in ldquosoverdquo videō ldquo(I) seerdquo o is pronounced as in ldquoofenrdquorosa ldquoroserdquo
ū is pronounced as in ldquomoonrdquo ūnus ldquoonerdquo u is pronounced as in ldquopurdquo um ldquohenrdquo
ӯ comes rom Greek and is pronounced in lenghsomewhere beween he i in ldquohirdquo and he u in ldquomuerdquo Pӯramus ldquoPyramusrdquo
y comes rom Greek Is sound wheher long or shorlies in beween he sounds o i and u much as in heFrench ldquosucircrrdquo bu he sound o shor y is less drawn ouhan ha o long y lyricus ldquolyricalrdquo
Te Lain words senātus rēgēsulla gentēs and prīmus are
engraved on his sone
Sign from Pompeii carved on sone wih Lain leters
p q
1 race he roos o he Lain alphabe rom is beginnings orward
Norh-Semiic alphabe elevenh cenury 983138983139983141 Phoenician alphabe Greek alphabe Erusca n alphabeLain alphabe
2 Which wo leters in he English alphabe are no ound in he Lain alphabe
W and J
3 When does he leter J begin o appear in Lain
During he Middle Ages and he enaissa nce
4 Look a he Lain inscripion on he sign rom Pompeii (on he righ o p xxv) Find a leas hree Lain words Lis an Engl ish word you believe is based on he La in word
colonia 991252 colonial colony honoris 991252 honorspecacula 991252 specacular specacle perpevom 991252 perpeual perpeuiy duovir 991252 virile virili
Sandards12 41
TEACHING TIPSudens may wan o know he English meanings o he Lain words in Exercises 1 and 2 Te defini-
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 3254
xxvi bull Latin for the New Millennium
xxvi bull L atin for the New Millennium
BY THE WAY
Everywhere in his book long vowels are indicaed by macrons ie ā ē ī ō ū ӯ whileabove he shor vowels here are no signs Someimes wo words differ rom each oheronly in he lengh o he vowel For example mālum wih a longa means ldquoapplerdquo whilemalum wih a shor a means ldquobad hingrdquo
EXERCISE 1epea hese words aloud afer your eacher pronounces hem
1 a lō 7 lēnis 13 probō 19 sūor2 alumnus 8 sēdēs 14 noa 20 ūsus3 rāna 9 i er 15 pōnō 21 syllaba4 rādō 10 imeō 16 dōnum 22 Pӯrēnē5 eneō 11 nīor 17 ululō6 peō 12 mīrus 18 lupus
DIPHTHONGSDiphhongs are wo vowels combined in one syllable and pronounced ogeher as one soundTere are six diphhongs in Lain
bull ae much like he y in ldquoskyrdquo laevus ldquo lefrdquo
bull au pronounced as ou in ldquoourrdquo aurum ldquo goldrdquo
bull ei pronounced as ei in ldquoeignrdquo oiei ldquoalasrdquo
bull eu pronounced eoo much as i in he wo words ldquogrey bluerdquo you were o subrac he ldquogr-rdquo andhe ldquobl-rdquo and combine he wo vowel sounds Eurōpa ldquoEuroperdquo
bull oe pronounced as oy in ldquoboyrdquo proelium ldquo batlerdquo
bull ui pronounced nearly like ldquowerdquohui ldquoohrdquo
I is believed ha quie early sill in ancien imes he diphhongs ae and oe began o be pro-nounced as e I you encouner hem writen aē or aeuml and oē or oeuml his means ha hey are nodiphhongs and he leters should be pronounced separaely āēr poēa
Te diphhongs are always long
EXERCISE 2epea hese words afer your eacher pronounces hem
1 aesās 7 s eu 13 aēneus2 a equō 8 m oenia 14 poēma3 raeda 9 neu 15 hei4 l audō 10 poena 16 huic5 a u 11 neuer6 aula 12 Poenus
Sudens may wan o know he English meanings o he Lain words in Exercises 1 and 2 Te definiions are provided or he eacherrsquos convenience
EXERCISE 11 I nourish 12 wonderul
2 suden 13 I approve
3 rog 14 noe
4 I scrape 15 I pu
5 I hold 16 gif6 I seek 17 I howl
7 smooh 18 wol
8 sea 19 shoemaker
9 journey 20 use
10 I ear 21 sylla ble
11 I srive 22 Pȳrene (a name)
EXERCISE 21 summer
2 I make level
3 carriage
4 I praise5 or
6 orecour
7 or i
8 walls
9 and no
10 penaly
11 neiher
12 Carhaginian
13 bronze
14 poem
15 ah
16 o his
TEACHER BY THE WAYHisorical evidence can be cied or reading he firs syllable o ldquomāgnusrdquo as naurally long bu oher
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 3354
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull xxvii
Introduction bull xxvii
CONSONANTSbull c is pronounced as in ldquocomerdquo clārus ldquobrighrdquo censeō ldquo(I) deemrdquo cārus ldquodearrdquo
bull When b is ollowed by s as in urbs ldquociyrdquo he sound o b approaches ha o p a sound wemigh represen as urps
bull g is pronounced as in ldquogerdquo gaudiumldquojoyrdquo gignō ldquo(I) bege (I) bearrdquo grāialdquoavor agreeablenessrdquo
bull Some hink ha he omans o Cicerorsquos ime (firs cenury 983138983139983141) pronounced he wo conso-nans ng as ngn or example he adjecive māgnus ldquogreardquo would have been pronounced in a
way ha we migh represen asmangnus
bull k is a very rare consonan In ac i appears only in wo words Kalendae ldquohe firs day oevery monh in he oman calendarrdquo and in he personal name Kaeso
bull q appears always in combinaion wih u and he combinaion qu is pronounced as in ldquoqueenrdquoquatuor ldquoourrdquo
bull v has a sound similar o w (as in he word ldquowierdquo) videō ldquo I seerdquo
bull Te consonanu in he combinaion su sounds like he English w in he ollowing our wordssuēscō ldquo(I) become accusomedrdquoSuēvī a name o a German ribe suādeō ldquo(I) adviserdquo suāvis ldquosweerdquo
bull Te leter r is rilled slighly Te sound has no exac equivalen in English bu is heard inmany oher European languages Te bes way o make his sound is o pronounce r as inldquoroperdquo bu vibrae he end o he ongue slighly as you say i
bull x is a double consonan (equivalen ocs or gs) ha sounds much like he x in ldquosixrdquo
bull z is a noher double consonan (equivalen o dz) and sounds almos like z in ldquozebrardquo I be-gins wih a sligh d sound firs so in pronouncing his leter you should hear dz
bull ph sounds like p in ldquopenrdquo bu wih he addiion o a sligh breah o air represened by he hth sounds like t as in ldquo omrdquo bu wih he addiion o a sligh ex ra breahing represened byhe h ch sounds nearly like he combinaion kh Tese consonans are borrowed rom Greek
and appear in Greek words zephyrus ldquowesern breezerdquo chorus ldquochorusrdquo heārum ldquoheaerrdquo When p and t are no accompanied by h his sligh aspiraion is absen
bull When consonans are doubled as in he verbaggredior he consonanal sound is lenghenedslighly
EXERCISE 3epea hese words afer your eacher pronounces hem
1 cibus 7 glōria 13 phasēlus2 capiō 8 Zeus 14 chara3 cumulus 9 bibliohēca 15 cēlō4 crēscō 10 phi losophia 16 anīquus5 gemma 11 zōna6 Gallus 12 heōrēma
g y g y gevidence suggess i is naurally shor Tus in some grammar books such as he one by Gildersleeveand Lodge we find his syllable marked as long bu in oher books i is reaed as shor
TEACHING TIPTe sudens may also wish o find ou he meanings o he Lain words in Exercise 3 Te definiionsare provided or he eacherrsquos convenience
EXERCISE 3
1 ood2 I ake
3 a heap
4 I grow
5 bud jewel
6 a Gaul
7 glory
8 Zeus
9 library
10 philosophy
11 a girdle
12 heory
13 kidney bean
14 paper
15 I hide
16 old
TEACHING TIPTe eacher may wish o provide he sudens wih some pracice on syllables and sress accen Here
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 3454
xxviii bull Latin for the New Millennium
xxviii bull Latin for the New Millennium
ACCENT A Lain word is made up no jus o leters bu also o syllables A Lain word has as many syllablesas i has vowels or diphhongs (a diphhong works like a single vowel since i is made up o wo
vowels pronounced ogeher [see diphhongs above])
You will need o know he ollowing erms when learning abou accen
bull ulima he las syllable in a word
bull penul he second-o-las syllable in a word
bull anepenul he hird-o-las syllable in a word
So in he word ze- ph y-r us he vowel u is he ulima y is he penul and e is he anepenul
RULES ABOUT THE STRESS ACCENT IN LATIN1 Te sress accen in Lain alls on eiher he penul or he anepenul
2 Te accen alls on he penul i he penul is long I he penul is shor he accen alls onhe anepenul
3 How o deermine wheher he penul is long or shor
a I he penul conains a long vowel (or any diphhong) he penul isel is long You o-en need o learn wheher he vowel in he penul is long or shor as a basic elemen inlearning a new word A macron above he vowel will ell you ha he vowel is long whi lehe absence o a macron wil l indicae a shor vowel Pronouncing he word can help youremember he vowel lenghs For ex ample vi-de-ō ldquoI seerdquo is pronounced viacutedeō whileau-rō-ra ldquodawnrdquo is pronounced aurōacutera and po-pu-lus ldquopeoplerdquo is pronounced po pulus
b I he vowel in he penul is ollowed by wo or more consonans he penul is long no
mater wheher he vowel in he penul is long or shor and he accen necessarily allson he penul For example do-cu-men-um ldquodocumenrdquo is pronounced documenacuteum
BY THE WAYTe consonan x is double (cs or gs) and couns as wo consonans when deermining
wheher he penul is long
c Tere is one excepion o lsquobrsquo above Someimes even when here are wo consonans be-ween he penul and he ulima hey sill do no deermine ha he penul is long Tishappens when he wo consonans are a mue and a liquid
Te mues are p b d t g c
Te liquids are l r
So in he word pal-pe-bra ldquoeyelidrdquo he anepenul is accened ( palacutepebra) he vowel o he pe-nul is shor since i i s ollowed by a mue and a l iquid O course ru le lsquoarsquo sill applies in he wordhe-ā-trum ldquoheaerrdquo he penul is accened (heāacuterum) since i is naurally long somehing welearn rom he macron
y p p yare some examples wih he answers included or he eacherrsquos convenience
Underline he ulima in each word
1 legō
2 rēgis
3 imperāor
Underline he penul in each word
1 causa
2 pūnīum3 armāus
Underline he anepenul in each word
1 vulnerō
2 eigī
3 sublāum
Underline he penul i i is long
1 pōnō
2 spēlunca
3 pauperis
Underline he syllable ha will receive he sress accen in each word1 ōrāculum
2 peīum
3 cōnsania
4 exsīncum
5 vulneris
6 solius
TEACHING TIPGiven he passage abou he bahhouse on his page and he picure rom Bah England he
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 3554
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull xxix
EXERCISE 4epea each senence aloud afer your eacher reads i Pay atenion o he pronunciaion andsress accen o each word
Wha i is Like o Live Over a Bahhouse
(Adaped rom Seneca Moral Leter 56)
Ecce undique clāmor sona Suprā ipsum balneum habiō Prōpōne nunc ibi omnia genera vōcumodiōsa Foriōrēs exercenur e manūs plumbō gravēs iacan cum au labōran au labōranemimianur Gemiūs audiō quoiēns spīrium remīsērun Sun quoque ūncōrēs e racāōrēs
Audiō crepium manuum umerōs erienium sonus quoque icuum mūāur nunc enim manusperveni plāna nunc concava Audiō clāmōrēs sī ūr es i n balneō dēprehēnsus
Look here is noise sounding all around I live above he bahhouse isel Imagine o yourselnow all he haeul ypes o voices Te sronger ones exercise hemselves and swing heir ha ndsloaded wih lead weighs while hey work ou991252or imiae a person working ou I hear moansevery ime hey le go a ltpen-upgt breah Tere are also anoiners and masseurs I hear he slapo hands hiting shoulders and he sound o he blows changes or someimes he hands come1047298a someimes cupped I hear shouing i a hie is caugh in he bahhouse
A pool from inside he Roman Bahs in Bah England
Introduction bull xxix
eacher may wish o open a discussion abou bahs during oman i mes Te use o he calidārium fīgid ārium epidārium and sūdārium may be explained by he eacher and sudens may be en-couraged o learn andor pronounce hese words
TEACHER BY THE WAYBahs were ofen consruced on locaions having ho or mineral springs such as Bah in Englandand Bāiae a resor own on he Bay o Naples
Modern Bah in oman imes was named afer he Celic goddess o healing Sulis In he firscenury her shrine was aken over by he omans and she was idenified wih he goddess Minerva
Te sie was hen known as Aquae Sulis Mine rva In a emple relie she is represened wih a Medusa-like head and a musache
Te spa conained a grea bah (73 f by 29 f) and hree oher swimming pools he calidārium (ho bah)epidārium (warm bah) and fīgidār ium (cold bah) In he second cenury he spring was enclosed wihin a wooden barrel-vau led build ing ha housed hese hree pools Ho ai r bahs were ueled by coal fires A con-san 1047298ow o waer was direced o he pools hrough lead pipes which sill uncion oday
Archeologica l excavaions have revealed ma ny sacred voive offerings c urse ables and innumerable coinsa he botom o he springs Te curse ables writen in Lain heaped curses on anyone suspeced o wrong-doing Te ancien radiion o hrowing coins accompanied by a wish sill prevails oday in ome a he reviFounain where ourissvisiors do he same
More inormaion on bah complexes in ome can be ound on p 386 o his eacherrsquos manual
Sandards22 31
32 41 42
TEACHING TIPTe eacher may wish o insruc he sudens o find he iber iver which is picured here on he
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 3654
xxx bull Latin for the New Millennium
xxx bull Latin for the New Millennium
OVERVIEW OF ROMAN HISTORY According o legend omulus and his win broher emus were se adrif on he iber iver Ashe-wol nursed he boys unil a shepherd rescued hem Upon reaching manhood in 753 983138983139983141he wins ounded a new ciy near he place w here hey had been ound by he she-wol on he
basis o anaugusō auguriō ldquoa avorable sighing o birdsrdquo Bu omulus killed emus in a dispueover who would rule he new ciy and became is firs king
Six oher kings ruled afer omulus Numa Pompilius ullus Hosilius Ancus Marius ar-quinius Prisc us Servius ullius a nd arquinius Superbus (arquin he Proud) Afer he las ohese seven kings was overhrown in 509 983138983139983141 ome became a republic wih a represenaiveorm o governmen headed by wo consuls eleced an nually By 451 983138983139983141 he fi rs corpus o o-man law known as he welve ables was creaed
In he las cenury 983138983139983141 he oman epublic was shaken apar by a series o civil wars By31 983138983139983141 an auocraic regime headed earlier by Julius Caesar and laer by his grea-nephew Oc-avian brough he epublic o an end Te years rom 27 983138983139983141991252when Ocavian assumed heile o prīnceps ldquochie ciizenrdquo as well as he name Augu sus991252o around 180 983139983141 are known ashe early principae or empire During his era ome exended her boundaries o he BriishIsles in he norh Norh Arica in he souh Spain in he wes and he igris and Euphraesrivers in he eas
A view of he iber River as i 1047298ows hrough he ciy of Rome
map on p xxxii
COMPREHENSION QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS FOR PAGE XXX991251XXXI
eproducible versions o he quesions alone are available a wwwlnm bolchazycom
1 Who were he legendary ounders o ome
omulus and emus
2 According o legend in wha year was ome ounded
753 983138983139983141
3 Over he course o he monarchic period how many kings ruled ome
Seven
4 Wha even occurred in 509 983138983139983141
Te beginni ng o he oman epublic (wih wo consuls in charge)
5 Wha is he erm associaed wih he wo leaders o he epublic
Consul
6 Which wo leaders oversaw omersquos shif rom a republic o a principae
Julius Caesar and OcavianAugusu s
7 Wha major aciviy associaed wih empire-building ook place during he principae
erriorial expansion
8 Name wo developmens ha characerized he lae empire
Severe economic problems inernal poliical unres andor requen invasion by he Germanic ribes
9 Describe Diocleianrsquos response o he roubles o he empire
Diocleian divided he empire ino wo halves he Easern and Wesern empires in order o make ruli nghe empire more manageable
10 Explai n he origin o he erm ldquovandalismrdquo
Te fifh cenury invasion and pillag ing o ome by he ribe known as he Vandals who occupied he o-man province o Norh Arica led o he erm ldquovandalismrdquo meaning wanon desrucion
11 Describe Lainrsquos role in he cenuries afer 476 983139983141
Lain 1047298ourished as he major lierary language in he Wesern oman Empire and was spread o non-omanized places like Ireland Scandinavia and he New World
TEACHING TIP
Te eacher may ask he sudens o find he daes menioned on his page in he imeline on pp411ndash414
Sandards21 31 32
TEACHING TIPTe eacher may insruc he sudens o locae ByzaniumConsaninople discussed here in he
d h h ii
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 3754
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull xxxi
Introduction bull xxxi
From 180 983139983141 onwards in he period k nown as he lae empire he oman sae experiencedsevere economic problems and requen invasions by Germanic ri bes esponding o he pres-sure o he firs wave o migraions as well as inernal poliical u nres and economic diffi culieshe emperor Diocleian (ruled 284ndash305 983139983141) had already divided he oman Empire ino anEasern and Wesern hal each under is own emperor991252an atemp o make he vas omansae more manageable
Tis poliical division o he empire acually mirrored a culural division oo he main lan-guage o he Wes was Lain while he main language o he Eas was Greek Shorly aferwardshe emperor Consanine (ruled 312ndash337 983139983141) esablished a new capial or he Easern empirea Byzanium wh ich he renamed Consaninople (ldquohe ciy o Consaninerdquo oday called Isan-
bul) Bu even afer his reorganizaion he imperial governmen ulimaely proved incapable o
semming he ide o he migraions in par because he oman army was oo widely e xendedand could no be in so many places a once Indeed many o he invaders were given he sauso oederāī or ldquoreay roopsrdquo In effec hey were a llowed o occupy segmens o he empire inreurn or proecing i So when Alar ic King o he Visigohs sacked ome in 410 983139983141 he acual lyhad a ile as a commander in he oman army
ome was sacked again in 455 983139983141 by he Vandals who had already occupied he omanprovince o Norh Arica Te pillaging o he ciy o omulus by he invaders made a pro-ound impression on conemporaries and o his day he erm ldquovandalismrdquo is a word in severallanguages or wanon desrucion While he Easern empire (always more sable and eco-nomically prosperous han he Wes) coninued o exis unil 1453 983139983141 he Wesern empire
was ex inc as a poliica l eniy by 476 983139983141 In is place were Germa nic k ingdoms and ribes Angles and Saxons in Briai n Visigohs in Spain Osrogohs in Ialy Franks and Burgundi ansin Gaul991252o name only he major groups Te combinaion o hese new socieies wih heprevious inhabians who had been omanized o varying degrees would one day provide he
basis or he culures o modern Europe
Bu he end o he ancien oman Empire in he Wes was no he end o Lain On he con-rary during he nex 1200 years Lain no only 1047298ourished as he major lierary language in he
erriories o he ormer Wesern oman Empire he use o Lain was exended o regions heomans had never occupied including Ireland Scandinavi a and even he New World
BEGINNINGS OF LATIN LITERATURE Very ew complee works o Lain lieraure produced beore he mid-second cenury 983138983139983141 (ie beore 150 983138983139983141) have survived One reason or his loss was he remendous populariy o he works produced in he ollowing cenury by such auhors as Cicero Vergil and Ovid Teir wri-ings were so widely read and copied in subsequen cenuries ha he auhors preceding hem
were gradually negleced
Among he major figures o early Lain lieraure was a reed slave rom he Greek ciy o aren-um named Livius Andronicus who li ved rom 284ndash204 983138983139983141 He was known or his adapaionso Greek drama or oman audiences and his ranslaion o Homerrsquos Odyssey ino Lain verse
second paragraph on he map on p xxxii
TEACHING TIPTe eacher may ask he sudens o find he daes menioned on his page in he imeline on pp413ndash414
HOW TO USE THIS BOOK AND ITS ANCILLARIES
wo ancillaries are available or use wih his book Te Original Dysuncional Family (abbreviaed ODF)and From Romulus o Romulus Augusulus (abbreviaed R) R will be paricularly useul in order ohelp sudens keep he ime periods o he auhors and o he evens he auhors wroe abou sraigh in heirminds Chaper ile pages will include when appropriae a noaion on wha chaper o R he eachermay wish o assign
TEACHING TIPTe eacher may wish o assign Chaper 1 o he oman hisory ancillary From Romulus o Romu-lus Augusulus a his poin
COMPREHENSION QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS FOR PAGES XXXI991251XXXIVeproducible versions o he quesions alone are available a wwwlnm bolchazycom
1 Whom did he omans consider he aher o Lain lieraure
Ennius
2 Wha was Enniusrsquo mos amous work Is subjec mater
Annālēs was an epic poem abou omersquos early hisory
3 Wha amous Lain saying means ldquoCarhage mus be desroyedrdquo
Carhāgō dēlenda es
4 Who is he auhor o ha saying
Cao he ElderCao he Censor
5 When was Carha ge said o have been desroyed
146 983138983139983141 a he end o he hird Punic war
NB Aler sudens ha he answers o hese comprehension quesions will be ound on p xxxiv
Sandards21 31
R1
TEACHING TIP Ask sudens he English equivalen o cou nries s uch as Briannia and Germānia and he Englishequivalen o he ciies Neāpolis and Ahēnae
Sandard31
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 3854
xxxii bull Latin for the New Millennium
equivalen o he ciies Neāpolis and Ahēnae
A full size r eproducible version of h is page wihou he answe rs can be downloaded a wwwlnm bolchazycom
HOW TO USE THIS BOOK Answers o rep roducible aciviies w ill be gi ven in a larger size bel ow or he eacherrsquos convenience
ANSWERS TO MAP WORK 991251 PAGES XXXII991251XXXIII
1 Crēa Sicilia Corsica Sardinia Cyprus Ihaca Dēlos Brianni a
2 Vesuvius Mōns Aena Mōns Olympus Mōns Āppennīnus Mōns
3 Syria Macedonia Arica Asia
4 mare or ponus
5 Asia Eurōpa Arica
A full siz e reproducible version of his page wihou he answers can be down loaded a wwwln mbolchazycom
Te eacher may wish o have his map enlarged when reproducing i for ease of suden use in compleing his aciviy
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 3954
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull xxxiii
HOW TO USE THIS BOOK
Te answers o his aciviy can be easily seen on he wo acing pages
Te omans regarded Ennius (ca 239 169 983138983139983141) as he aher o Lain lieraure He wroe
TEACHING TIPSudens may be encouraged o find he ciy o Carhage menioned in he second paragraph on hemap on p xxxii
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 4054
xxxiv bull Latin for the New Millennium
xxxiv bull L atin for the New Millennium
Te omans regarded Ennius (ca 239ndash169 983138983139983141) as he aher o Lain lieraure He wroemany kinds o lierary works including plays His Annālēs an epic poem abou he early hisoryo ome was paricularly renowned and perhaps he primary epic read in oman schools beorehe ime o Vergil Only ragmens o his wriings remain
One o Enniusrsquo conemporaries was heamed Cao he Censor also known as Caohe Elder (234ndash149 983138983139983141) a rigidly conserva-ive oman senaor Mos o his reaise onagriculure called Dē agrī culūrā survivesI is he oldes work o Lain prose amongCaorsquos recommendaions here are ha fieldslaves be reaed similarly o beass o bur-den Cao is also remembered or his sae-men Carhāgō dēlenda es ldquoCarhage mus
be desroyedrdquo evidence or he omanear o he Carhaginians Te omansough hree wars known as he Punic
Wars agai ns he Car haginians Te fi rsended beore Cao was born in he secondagains Hannibal Cao served wih miliarydisincion he hird ended in 146 983138983139983141 asCao had demanded wih he desruciono Carhage On his occasion he vic oriousomans were said o have plowed sal inohe Carhaginian soil
Discussions abou laer auhors and adap-aions rom heir wriings w ill be presenedchronologically in he chapers o his book
Ancien ruins a Carhage in Africa
p p
TEACHER BY THE WAY Alhough he works o Enniu s have been preserved on ly in ragmens (abou a housand lines) hehad a grea in1047298uence on subsequen poes such as Vergil Quoable quoes include
bull a es o riendship Amīcus cer us in rē incer ā cerniur (A riend in need is a riend indeed)
bull an applicaion o wisdom o lie Quī ipse sibi sapiēns prōdesse nequi nēquīquam sapi (A man who
himsel is wise bu unable o be useul o himsel is wise or nohing)bull he amous descripion o Fabius Maximus Ūnus homō nōbīs cūncandō resiui rem (One man by delaying res ored he sae or us)
bull and he line on Manius Curius Quem nēmō errō poui superāre nec aurō (Whom no one was ableo deea eiher by sword or gold)
We also have preser ved or us he exa mple o excessive all ieraion ha has g iven rise o much laugher inLain classrooms over he years Ō ie ūe aī ibi ana yranne ulisī ldquoO ius aius you yran (all voca-ive) you brough o yoursel such grea (roubles)rdquo991252ranslaed in conex which plays off he more lieral ldquo you ookacquired or yoursel such grea hings rdquo
On he oher hand he composed his own epiaph in which his high eseem among omans proved o beprescien
nēmō mē lacrumīs decōre neu unera 1047298ēū
axi Cūr Voliō vivos per ōra v irum (Le no one honor me wih ears or make a uneral pyre by weeping
Why I 1047298y li ving hrough he mouhs o men)
TEACHER BY THE WAY
Pluarchrsquos Lie o Cao is a good source o snappy quoaions atribued o his saesman soldier andauhor For example while discussing he power o women he said ldquoAll oher men rule heir wives we rule al l oher men and our w ives rule us rdquo Atemping o persuade he oman people o orego adisribuion o grain he began his speech by saying ldquoI is a hard mater o argue wih he belly sincei has no earsrdquo And o a ribune who had been accused o using poison and was rying o pass a use-less bill he said ldquoI know no which is worse o drink your mixures or o enac your billsrdquo
1CHAPTER 1
HOW TO USE THIS BOOK
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 4154
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull 1
1CHAPTER
Parts of Speech Nouns Number Gender Case (Nominative and Accusative)
First Declension Nouns
MEMORĀBILE DICTŪ
SPQ Senātus Populusque ōmānusldquoTe Senae and he People o omerdquo
Tese our leters orm wha is known as an acronym one ha symbolized supreme power inancien ome
Oil paining of Romulus and Remus wih he wolf By Peer Paul Rubens (1577ndash1640)
Te grammaical and synacical opics ha will be presened in each chaper o his book are lised a he opo he chaper ile page
HOW TO USE THIS BOOK
Te illusraion on each chaperrsquos ile page presens a visual inroducion o he Lain reading passage ha willollow eachers may choose o discuss he illusraion in order o provide he conex or he reading he su-dens will encouner on he nex page
HOW TO USE THIS BOOK
On each chaper ile page he phrase Memorābile Dictū (ldquoA memorable hing o say rdquo) will be ou nd Below here will be a amous phrase quoa ion abbreviaion or moto in L ain ha w ill connec hese words o he opicsin he chaper
MEMORĀBILE DICTŪ VOCABULARY
populus populī m ndash people
-que ndash and
senāus senāūs m ndash senae
TEACHING TIP
ubens pained his picure o omulus and emus rom 1615ndash1616 during wha is called he Ba-roque period o ar Te man approaching rom he rear is Fausulus Te reclining figure is he god
o he river iber
HOW TO USE THIS BOOK AND ITS ANCILLARIESwo ancillaries are available or use wih his book Te Original Dysunctional Family (abbreviaed ODF)and From Romulus to Romulus Augustulus (abbreviaed R) R will be paricularly useul in order ohelp sudens keep he ime periods o he auhors and o he evens he auhors wroe abou sraigh in heirmind Chaper ile pages wil l include when appropriae a noaion abou wha chaper o R he eachermay wish o assign
Standards11 21
R 2and 3
READING
TRANSLATION OF LATIN PASSAGEomulus and emus
Mars is a god Mars loves hea Silvia And so hea Silvia has wo sons omulus and emus Amulius locks uph Sil i A li l d i h A h l lk h T h l
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 4254
2 bull Latin for the New Millennium
2 bull Latin for the New Millennium
READINGTis sory describes how ome was said o have been ounded in 753 983138983139983141 King Numior o AlbaLonga was overhrown by his cruel and ambiious broher Amulius who no only seized hehrone bu so eared ha one o Numiorrsquos male descendans migh have a legiimae claim oni ha he made Amuliusrsquo daug her hea Silvia a priesess o he goddess Vesa Tese priesesses
were no allowed o marry during heir childbearing years
RŌMULUS ET REMUS
1 Mārs es deus Mārs hēam Silviam ama Iaque hēa Silvia duōs
īliōs habe ōmulum e emum Amūlius hēam Silviam vinculīs
claudi Amūlius ōmulum e emum in aquam pōni Lupa ad aquamambula Lupa ōmulum e emum bene cūra e ama ōmulus e
5 emus crēscun Poseā ōmulus e emus ōmam aedifican
Famous bronze saue of he she-wolf and he wins
hea Silvia Amulius pus omulus and emus ino he waer A she-wol walks o he waer Te she-wol caresor (akes good care o) omulus and emus well and loves (hem) omulus and emus grow up Aferwards(laer) omulus and emus build ome
HOW TO USE THIS BOOK Above each La in reading pa ssage inorm aion is presened in Engl ish Tis pre -reading provides back groundinormaion abou he auhor and esablishes he conex o he passage he sudens will read
TEACHER BY THE WAY
Te eacher may wish o inroduce he class o he radiional abbreviaions o 983137983140 (which sandsor he Lain phrase Annō Dominī ldquoi n he year o our Lordrdquo) and 983138983139 (which sands or he Engl ishphrase ldquoBeore Chrisrdquo) Tese older abbreviaions coninue o be used bu his book employs heabbreviaions 983138983139983141 (Beore he Common Era) and 983139983141 (Common Era)
TEACHING TIPInsruc he sudens o locae Alba Longa on he map on pp xxxiindashxxxiii
TEACHER BY THE WAYTough he wins were added o he sculpure in he enaissance he she-wol has srong links wihEruscan myhology and shows characerisics o Eruscan sculpure
TEACHING TIP
Te eacher may wish o encourage he sudens o design an abbreviaed amily ree o omulusand emus
Standards11 22
Jupier Juno King Num ior o Alba Longa
Mars hea Silvia
omulus emus
READING VOCABULARY
HOW TO USE THIS BOOKTe English pronoun subjec o a verb is no lised in he eading Vocabulary i he pronoun is no needed inhe ranslaion
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 4354
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull 3
Chapter 1 bull 3
READING VOCABULARYad aquam ndash o he waer
aedifican ndash build
ama ndash loves
ambula ndash walks
Amūlius ndash Amul ius
aquam ndash waer
bene ndash well
claudi ndash locks up
crēscun ndash grow up
cūra ndash akes care o cares or
deus ndash god
duōs ndash woes ndash is
e ndash and
īliōs ndash sons
habe ndash has
in aquam ndash ino he waer
iaque ndash and so
lupa ndash she-wol
Mārs ndash Mars he god o war
pōni ndash pus
poseā ndash aferwards laer
emum ndash emus
emus ndash emus
hēa Silvia ndash hea Silvia
hēam Silviam ndash hea Silvia
ōmam ndash ome
ōmulum ndash omulus
ōmulus ndash omulus vinculīs ndash w ih chains
Words marked wih an aserisk will need o bememorized laer in he chaper
COMPREHENSION QUESTIONS1 Whose sons are omulus and emus
2 Wha did Amulius do
3 Who saved he lie o omulus and emus
4 Wha did omulus and emus do
HOW TO USE THIS BOOK
Te sudens should not be expeced o lea rn he words under he ile eading Vocabulary whenever his ileoccurs in he book Insead insruc sudens o learn he vocabulary words lised under he ile Vocabularyto Learn ha will be ound laer in each chaper In more advanced Lain exs usually here are vocabularyand noes o help he sudens when reading a passage Tis eading Vocabulary will help prepare sudens orlaer more advanced classes
ANSWERS TO COMPREHENSION QUESTIONS
1 Tey are he sons o Mars and hea Silvia2 He locked up hea Silvia
3 A she-wol
4 Tey buil he ciy o ome
TEACHING TIP
Whi le English deriva ives rom he sar red words (ie he Vocabulary o L earn) are he opic o Ex-ercise 2 laer in his chaper here are some ineresing derivaives rom he non-sarred words andsome o hese show how words change hrough he years Te eacher may choose o discuss hesederivaives wih he sudens
bull aedi1047297cant (aedi1047297cō) ndash ediy edificaion edifice
Tis Lain word is buil rom wo Lain words aciō (o do make) and aedēs (house emple) Te
English derivaives reain his religious connecion or hey mean ldquoo build up he aih moraliy o in-sruc especially morallyrdquo Te word ldquoedificerdquo is always used or an imposing srucure such as a ldquoemplerdquoor aedēs
bull claudit (claudō) ndash close conclusion enclosure sluice
A ldquocloserdquo is a small shu-in space and some people i locked in one suffer rom ldquoclausrophobiardquo acompound derivaive parly rom Lain (o close confine) and parly rom he Greek (ear) hence ldquoa earo closed spacesrdquo
Te word ldquosluicerdquo does no look like a derivaive o claudō bu i has undergone cha nges as i ca meino English via middle English and old French (sclus) rom he Lain exclūdō which means ldquoo shu ourdquo Asluice has a gae a he op o he channel o shu off he 1047298ow o waer as necessary
bull crēscunt (crēscō) ndash crescen accrue recrui crew
Te word ldquocrewrdquo in middle English mean ldquoreinorcemenrdquo so a body o soldiers grew Te word ldquore-
cruirdquo has he same basic idea ecruis increase he size o he army (rom he Lain recrēscō meaning ldquoogrow againrdquo)
bull deus ndash deiy deiy
bull duōs ndash double dozen due duplicae
Te word ldquodozenrdquo is a compound rom he Lain word or ldquowordquo and he German word or ldquoenrdquo (zehn)
bull habet (habeō) ndash habi abiliy prohibiive
Onersquos abiliy depends on he alens and skil ls one has
bull pōnit ( pōnō) ndash depo imposiion preposiion
A depo origina lly was a place where supplies were pu or sorage
LANGUAGE FACT I
HOW TO USE THIS BOOKTe Language Facs secion o each chaper will conain boh grammaical (morphological) and synacicalinormaion ie inormaion boh abou he orms o he words and he srucure o he senence
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 4454
4 bull Latin for the New Millennium
4 bull Latin for the New Millennium
LANGUAGE FACT I
PARTS OF SPEECHTe parts o speech used in a Lain senence deermine is meaning jus as in English While henoun and he verb are he wo mos imporan oher common pars o speech are lised below
Noun a person place hing idea acion or qual iy Examples ldquoomulusrdquo ldquoriverrdquo ldquocouragerdquo
Pronoun a word ha sands in place o a noun ha has been previously menioned or is clearrom conex Examples ldquoIrdquo ldquosherdquo ldquohimrdquo ldquoirdquo
Adjecive a word ha limis or defines a noun or a pronoun Examples ldquolitlerdquo ldquosrongrdquo
Adverb a word ha lim is or defines verbs adjecives or (oher) adverbs Examples ldquoveryrdquoldquoquielyrdquo
Verb a word ha describes an acion or sae o being Examples ldquogordquo ldquosayrdquo ldquowasrdquo
Preposiion a word ha begins a preposiional phrase such as ldquoinrdquo ldquoordquo ldquoonrdquo ldquoorrdquo ldquobyrdquoldquowihrdquo A preposiional phrase is a preposiion joined o a noun Examples ldquoin he morningrdquoldquowih a sharp pencilrdquo
Conjuncion a word ha connecs words phrases clauses a nd senences Examples ldquoandrdquoldquoburdquo ldquoalhoughrdquo
Inerjecion a word ha expresses emoion Examples ldquowowrdquo
EXERCISE 1eview he meanings and ideniy he pars o speech o he ollowing words Te eading
Vocabulary may be consu led
1 īliōs 6 e2 bene 7 lupa3 aedifican 8 claudi
4 ad 9 ōmam5 ambula 10 ama
EXERCISE 1 ANSWERS
1 noun
2 adverb
3 verb
4 preposiion
5 verb
6 conjuncion
7 noun8 verb
9 noun
10 verb
TEACHING TIP
Te eacher may wish o ask he sudens in Lain wha par o speech a given word is Te eacher would say ldquoQuae pars ōrātiōnis estrdquo Suden responses would be
bull nōmen substantīvumsubstantīvum ndash noun
bull prōnōmen ndash pronoun
bull nōmen adiectīvumadiectīvum ndash adjecive
bull verbum temporāle ndash verb
bull adverbium ndash adverb
bull praepositiō ndash preposiion
bull coniūnctiō ndash conjuncion
bull interiectiō ndash inerjecion
Standards11 41
Standards11 41
WorkbookExercise 1
VOCABULARY TO LEARN
TEACHING TIPSince his is he firs se o Lain words ha your sudens will be required o memorize i is usuallya good idea o sugges and discuss wih hem some differen ways o memorize vocabulary Somesel help opions are lised below
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 4554
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull 5
NOUNSagricola agricolae m ndash armer
aqua aquae ndash waer
āhlēa āhlēae m ndash ahlee
īlia īliae ndash daugher
lupa lupae ndash she-wol
naua nauae m ndash sailor
poēa poēae m ndash poe
puella puellae ndash girl
ōma ōmae ndash ome
erra errae ndash land
VERBSama ndash heshei loves
ambula ndash heshei walks
cūra ndash heshei akes care o cares or
es ndash heshei is
ADVERBS bene ndash well
poseā ndash aferwards
CONJUNCTIONSe ndash and
iaque ndash and so
Aqueducs carr ied waer (aqua) o he ciies in he Roman world Tis aqueduc buil in 19 983138983139983141 which srechedacross he Gard River was named he Pon du Gard and brough waer o he ciy of Nicircmes in France in ancien imes
Chapter 1 bull 5
sel-help opions are lised below
1 Look a he word in he book and say he word aloud
2 Wrie down he word on a piece o paper along wih is meaning and check o be sure here are no spell-ing errors Color-coding he words by pars o speech is also helpul Pronounce he word while wriing idown and hen repea he word including he meaning and spelling
3 Make handwriten 1047298ashcards wih he Lain on one side and English on he oher and be sure here are nospelling errors Color-coding is a good sraegy here also Wriing he word ou helps some sudens ce-men he word in he brain Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers has creaed an elecronic vocabulary resourceor hose sudens or whom echnological learning ools are an aid Tese vocabulary 1047298ashcards are orhe iPod See p 93 or more inormaion on iPod 1047298ashcards
4 Use English derivaives o help remember meanings Bu be careul since some derivaives may havemeanings grealy changed rom he original Lain word
5 Find clipar picures ha illusrae he vocabulary words and use he picures as a way o es yoursel onhe Lain words
TEACHER BY THE WAYTe eacher may wish o open a discussion abou aqueducs and he waer supply or ancien omans while l ooking a he picu re o he Pon du Gard on his page For a hisory o aqueducs and heirconsrucion Froninusrsquo book Dē aquīs urbis Rōmae is an excellen source Te book was writenabou 97 983139983141 when he was Superinenden o Aqueducs Oher aqueducs include he ollowing
bull Te double high aqueduc in Segovia Spainbull Te Aqua Appia buil in 312 983138983139983141
bull Te Aqua rāiāna
bull Te aqueduc buil by Alex ander Severus in 226 983139983141
bull Te Aqua Claudia
bull Te Aqua Marcia wh ich wa s probably named a fer A ncus Marcius who was he fi rs K ing oome by radiional accouns o build an aqueduc o bring waer o ome
NB Te word ldquo Aquardquo when capialized means ldquoaqueducrdquo
Eleven aqueducs urnished 250000 gallons o waer o ome every weny-our hours
BY THE WAY
E h u gi n in h b l r h rm T nd rm i h g nii
HOW TO USE THIS BOOK Ēn is a word ha calls atenion o somehing and means ldquoLook a hisrdquo Te inormaion given here draws a-enion o and urher specifies differen language acs
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 4654
6 bull Latin for the New Millennium
6 bull Latin for the New Millennium
Each noun given in he vocabulary has wo orms Te second orm is he geniivesingular
A derivative is an English word rooed in a Lain word Te English derivaive issimilar in meaning and orm o is Lain source
STUDY TIP
An English derivaive ofen can help you remember wha a Lain word means
EXERCISE 2Find he English derivaives based on he Vocabulary o Learn in he ollowing senences Wriehe corresponding Lain word
1 She shows a considerable filial respec oward her aher
2 Agriculu re is a science o culivaing he land
3 Te ship is equipped wih all he necessary nauical insrumens
4 We saw all kinds o fish in he aquarium
5 Tis is an all-errain vehicle
6 When will he ahleic compeiion sar
7 She has a ruly poeic naure
LANGUAGE FACT II
NOUNS NUMBER GENDER CASE 983080NOMINATIVE AND
ACCUSATIVE983081Nouns in Lain show number gender and case
Number Lain nouns are eiher singular or plural in number Number is shown in differen ways by differen ypes o nouns bu some ending-paterns are or singular orms and oherending-paterns are or plural orms
Gender Every noun likewise is eiher masculine eminine or neuer in gender You muslearn he gender o each noun In he Vocabulary o Learn l iss he gender is indicaed by hecommon abbreviaionsm (masculi ne) f (eminine) or n (neuer)
Case Lain nouns mus have an ending-patern ha displays case Tis is quie differen romEnglish in which case is indicaed by word posiion and no by endings (alhough case markersare preserved in cerain pronouns such as ldquoherdquo and ldquohimrdquo) A nounrsquos case reveals wha uncionhe noun has in he senence Tere are five common cases nominaive geniive daive accu-saive and ablaive wo less requenly used cases are called he vocaive and he locaive
HOW TO USE THIS BOOKStudy Tips give hins rhymes and mnemonics o help sudens learn grammar and vocabulary
EXERCISE 2 ANSWERS1 filial īlia
2 agriculure agricola
3 nauical naua
4 aquarium aqua
5 errain erra
6 ahleic āhlēa
7 poeic poēa
TEACHING TIPExplain o he sudens ha in English he words ldquoardquo ldquoanrdquo or ldquoherdquo are usually placed beore a nounand Lain does no have an equivalen or hese words known as aricles
eachers may need o sress he absence o he aricle many imes beore sudens compleely ine-grae his knowledge ino heir reading habis in Lain class
TEACHING TIPLain like many oher languages does no always observe biological gender Ofen he gender o a
Lain noun is deermined by grammaical acors such as he group o which a noun belongs
TEACHING TIP
Alhough in Exercise 2 he sudens are direced o find only he derivaives based on he Vocabular yo Learn hey may be ineresed o learn ha here are oher derivaives in Exercise 2 Te derivaiono hese words is provided or he eacherrsquos convenience
bull 1 consider - rom sīdus (sar) + cum (wih ogeher) and rom cōnsīderō (o examine consider)respec - rom respectō (look back a have regard or)
bull 2 science - rom scientia (knowledge) and sciō (o know) culivaing - rom colō (ill inhabi worship)
bull 3 necessary - rom necesse (necessary) insrumens - rom īnstruō (o equip build provide)
and rom īnstrumentum (equipmen ool ec)bull 5 vehicle - rom he Lain verb vehō (o carry)
bull 6 compeiion - rom petō (o seek aim a atack ec) + cum (wih oge her)
bull 7 naure - rom nātūra (naure)
Standard41
Standards11 31 41
STUDY TIP
An easy way o remember he names ohe five common cases iso use his mnemonic
TEACHING TIPSudens may no know wha he word ldquomnemonicrdquo means explain ha a mnemonic device is some-hing ha helps a suden o remember somehing Te eacher may also wish o use his opporu-niy o bring up Mnemosyne he goddess o memory and he moher o he Muses
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 4754
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull 7
Chapter 1 bull 7
An easy way o remember he names o he five common cases is o use his mnemonicdevice
Never NominaiveGive GeniiveDogs Daive A ny A ccusaive A buse A blaive
Nominative Te nominaive case idenifies he subjec Te subjec is a noun or a pronounha perorms he acion or exiss in a sae o being In he senence ldquoWilliam is readingrdquohe word ldquoWilliamrdquo is he subjec
Example Mārs amat Mars loves
Te noun subjec o he verb ldquoloverdquo is he god Mars
Find more examples o nominaives and heir verbs rom he reading passage a he begin-ning o he chaper
Te nominaive case also idenifies he predicae nominaive In he senence ldquoWilliam isa sudenrdquo he predicae nominaive is ldquoa sudenrdquo A predicae nominaive complees hemeaning o he verb ldquoo berdquo Look a his exa mple rom he reading
Example Mārs est deus Mars is a god
Mārs is he subjec and deus is a predicae nominaive
Accusative Te ourh case lised is called he accusaive he geniive daive and ablaivecases will be discussed in laer chapers Te accusaive case poins ou he noun (or pro-noun) ha is he direc objec emember direc objecs receive he acion o he verb Inhe senence ldquoI am wriing a leterrdquo he direc objec is ldquoa leterrdquo
Example Mārs Rhēam Silviam amat Mars loves hea Silvia
Te direc objec o ldquoloverdquo is he noun Rhēam Silviam
Find more examples o accusaives and heir verbs rom he reading passage a he beginningo he chaper
niy o bring up Mnemosyne he goddess o memory and he moher o he Muses
Answers to ldquoFind more examples of nominatives a nd their verbs from the reading passage at the begin-ning of the chapterrdquo
hēa Silvia habe
Amūl ius claudi
Amūl ius pōni
Lupa ambula
Lupa cūra e amaōmulus e emus crēscun
ōmulus e emus aedifican
Answers to ldquoFind more examples of accusatives and their verbs from the reading passage at the beg in-ning of the chapterrdquo
duōs īliōs habe ōmulum e emum
hēam Silviam claudi
ōmulum e emum pōni
ōmulum e emum bene cūra e ama
ōmam aedifican
TEACHING TIPSudens may encouner diffi culy when r ying o ransl ae Lain names used in cases o her han henominaive Te eacher a some poin will need o explain (and repea whenever necessary) ha when ransla ing a La in name he suden should al ways use he nominaive o rm o he word Onp 7 sudens are asked o find examples o accusaives and heir verbs in he reading passage Teanswers lised above provide an opporuniy o pracice wih his issue emind sudens o rans-lae duōs īliōs habet Rōmulum et Remum as ldquohe has wo sons omulus and emusrdquo Te oher ouranswers may be used as pracice wih he sudens
EXERCISE 3a Ideniy wheher he nouns in bold in hese senences are subjecs direc objecs or predi
TEACHER BY THE WAYIn conjuncion wih he picure and is capion he eacher may wish o menion ha he amil-ilar acronym o SPQ is sill in use and visible hroughou modern ome991252on liter bins sewercovers ec
Standards11 41
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 4854
8 bull Latin for the New Millennium
8 bull Latin for the New Millennium
a Ideniy wheher he nouns in bold in hese senences are subjecs direc objecs or predi-cae nominaives Te eading Vocabulary may be consuled
b Label each senence as vērum (rue) i i agrees or alsum (alse) i i disagrees wih he Lainreading passage a he beginni ng o he chaper
Example Amūlius es deusPredicae nominaive alsum
1 hēa Silvia ōmulum e emum cūra
2 Amūlius ōmulum e emum bene cūra
3 Amūlius lupam vinculīs claudi
4 Mārs ōmulum e emum in aquam pōni
5 Lupa hēam Silviam cūra
6 Amūlius ad aquam ambula
Te power of he ciy of Rome founded according o legend by Romulus is symbolized by hese four leters ha areprominenly displayed in various places wihin he ciy
EXERCISE 3 ANSWERS
1 subjec vērum
2 direc objecs alsum
3 direc objec alsum
4 subjec alsum
5 direc objec alsum
6 subjec vērum
WorkbookExercise 2 A full si ze reproduc ible version of th is page
without the a nswers ca n be downloade d at wwwlnm bolchazyco m
HOW TO USE THIS BOOK
Noun Declensions Te eacher may choose Lain nouns rom he declension ha is being sudied a he imehis workshee is used Tus no answers are provided here
LANGUAGE FACT III
TEACHING TIP Ask he sudens wha he Lain words seleced rom he reading and lised near he op o p 9 mean
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 4954
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull 9
Chapter 1 bull 9
FIRST DECLENSION NOUNS A declension is a g roup o nouns ha show a cerain patern o word endings Tere are five differ-en declensions in Lain In he reading abou omulus and emus hese are he orms belongingo he firs declension
hēam Silviam hēa Silvia aquam lupa ōmam
Noice ha he ex says Rhēa Silvia when she is he subjec and Rhēam Silviam when she is hedirec objec
Te firs declension is composed o words ha characerisically have he vowel a a or near heend o he word lupa
Below is he patern ha firs declension nouns ollow o show case and number Memorize heLain words in order rom he nominaive singular down o he ablaive singular and hen romhe nominaive plural down o he ablaive plural
emember ha he endings or a whole group o nouns ollow his patern Once you learn hi spatern you can recognize he case a nd number o all he words belonging o hi s declension
In his chaper you have begun o learn abou he nominaive and accusai ve cases Te ohercases will be explained in laer chapers
First DeclensionSingular Plural
Nomina ive l upa he she-wol Nominaive lupae he she-wolves
Geniive lupae o he she-wol Geniive lupārum o he she-wolves
Daive lupae oor he she-wol Daive lupīs oor he she-wolves
Accusaive lupam he she-wol Accusaive lupās he she-wolves
Ablaive lupā bywih he she-wol Ablaive lupīs bywih he she-wolves
Daive and ablaive plural o he words īlia ldquodaugherrdquo and dea ldquogoddessrdquo is fīliābus anddeābusTis is o di singuish hese orms rom he corresponding orms o īlius ldquosonrdquo and deus ldquogodrdquo
STUDY TIP
Noice ha he ablaive singular ending -ā has a long mark (macron) above i his ishe only difference beween he nominaive and ablaive singular endings
TEACHING TIP
Afer he firs declension has been presened o he sudens encourage hem depending on heirlearning syle o say he declension aloud o wrie down he words o inven a rap or a cheer
TEACHER BY THE WAY
Te patern is called a declension because he oher cases lean away ( dēclīnāre) rom he nominaiveie hey do no ollow he same orm as he nominaive
ORAL EXERCISE 1Tis exercise may be used afer the 1047297rst declension has been presented
Whi le looking a he declension o lupa ask he sudens o decli ne nauta
Singular PluralNominaive naua nauaeGeniive nauae nauārumDaive nauae nauīs Accusaive nauam nauās Ablaive nauā nauīs
Standards11 31 41
OralExercise 1
WorkbookExercise 3
STUDY TIP
Noice ha he daive and ablaive plural endings a re idenical
EXERCISE 4 ANSWERS1 geniive daive puellār um puellī s
2 accusaive nauās
3 accusaive errās
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 5054
10 bull Latin for the New Millennium
10 bull Latin for the New Millennium
Here are more words belonging o he fi rs declension
puella ndash girl īlia ndash daugher terra ndash land
Mos firs declension words are eminine i n gender bu a ew (usually ones ha indicae mas-culine occupaions in ancien imes) are masculine Examples are poēta ldquopoerdquoagricola ldquoarmerrdquonauta ldquosailorrdquo āthlēta ldquoahleerdquo
EXERCISE 4Ideniy he case o each singular noun Ten change each orm ino plural For some more han
one answer is possibleExample īlianominaive īliae
1 puellae 5 aquae2 nauam 6 puellā3 erram 7 āhlēā4 a gr ic ol a
Like he Greek wreslers porrayed on his ancien bas-reliefRoman ahlees were also fond of he spor of wresling
4 nominaive agricolae
5 geniive daive aquārum aquīs
6 ablaive puellīs
7 ablaive āhlēīs
TEACHING TIP
Since wreslers are depiced on he illusraion on his page he eacher may wish o open a discus-
sion abou he omansrsquo and Greeksrsquo ondness or wresling which was ofen praciced in a complexcalled he palaestra
oman boys were expeced o serve in he m iliary Tus hey were firs rained by heir ahers in wreslingand boxing Srengh and agiliy were sressed raher han grace o movemen as in Greek spors Te woprincipal syles uilized by he Greek were uprigh wresling in which hree alls o your opponen o heground were necessary o deea him and ground wresling which required he opponen o give up in ordero end he mach In he palaes tra here was an area or he young people o pracice wresling or boxing wih apunching bag (cōrycus) Examples o monumenal oman bahs wih a palaest ra are ound a he Bahs o Ca-racalla in ome he Harbor Bahs a Ephesus in urkey and he Bahs in Varna Bulgaria he larges anciensrucure in ha counry
Wresling was also one o he spor evens a he Olympic games ha he omans ofen atended Greco-oman wresling is also one o he evens eaured in he summer Olympic games in modern imes
TEACHING TIPTe eacher migh wan o have sudens read an English ranslaion o Book 23 o he Iliad in which Ajax a nd Odysseus compee in a wre sling m ach and Book 5 o he Aeneid or a descripion o hespors ha he omans played and compare he atiude o he compeiors in each epic Boh evens were par o he uneral games he ormer in honor o Paroclu s riend and atendan o Achil lesand he later in honor o Anchises aher o Aeneas Tis migh lead o urher discussion on henaure o modern wresling
Standards11 41
EXERCISE 5Ideniy he case o each plural noun Ten change each orm ino he singular For some more
TEACHING TIPSudens may wonder why he geniive singular w ihou is ending mus be used o find he base whenhe nominaive singular wihou is ending works jus as well Explain ha in oher noun declensionshe nominaive will no always provide he same base or have he same spelling as he geniive
Standards11 41
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 5154
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull 11
Chapter 1 bull 11
han one answer is possible
Example puellāsaccusaive puellam
1 īliae 5 aquīs2 errīs 6 poēārum3 nauārum 7 agricolae4 l upa e
BY THE WAY
In all declensions endings are added o he base o a noun I is imporan o know hahe base o a noun is ound by removing he ending rom is geniive si ngular orm Forexample he geniive singular o puella is puellae I you remove he -ae rom puellae
wha remains is he base o he word namely puell- For his reason learning he geni-ive singular is as imporan as knowing he nominaive singular o he noun
STUDY TIP
Always learn he geniive ogeher wih he nominaive because rom he geniive you will know o which declension a word belongs
A wall paining depic ing a Roman farmer (agricola) wih his sheep
EXERCISE 5 ANSWERS
1 nominaive īl ia
2 daive ablaive errae errā
3 geniive nauae
4 nominaive lupa
5 daive ablaive aquae aquā
6 geniive poēae7 nominaive agricola
HOW TO USE THIS BOOKIn his book he word ldquobaserdquo is used o reer o he noun wihou any ending ldquoStemrdquo is used or he par o he verb wihou any ending ldquoootrdquo is used or he Lain par o a derivaive
ORAL EXERCISE 2Tis exercise may be used afer Exercise 5
Use one o he ollowing classroom presenaion opions (hereafer reerred o as CPO) (blackgreenwhiesmar board overhead or LCD projecor PowerPoinreg presenaion ec) o pu his inormaion on view
quis ldquowhordquo (or he subjec) and quem ldquowhomrdquo (or he direc objec)
Ten ask he suden o answer he ollowing quesions abou he chaper reading eiher orally or in wri-
en orm
1 Teacher Quis es Mārs Student Mārs es deus
2 Teacher Quem ama Mārs Student hēam Silviam Mārs ama
3 Teacher Quis ama hēam Silviam Student Mārs ama hēam Silviam
4 Teacher Quem habe hēa Silvia Student hēa Silvia duōs īliōs ōmulum eemum habe
5 Teacher Quis claudi hēam Silviam Student Amūlius claudi hēam Silviam
6 Teacher Quem claudi Amūlius Student hēam Silviam Amūlius claudi
7 Teacher Quis ōmulum e emum in aquampōni
Student Amūlius ōmulum e emum in aquampōni
8 Teacher Quem Amūlius in aquam pōni Student Amūlius ōmulum e emum in aquampōni
9 Teacher Quis ambula ad aquam Student Lupa ambula ad aquam
10 Teacher Quis ōmulum e emum bene cūra Student Lupa ōmulum e emum bene cūra
11 Teacher Quōs lupa bene cūra Student Lupa ōmulum e emum bene cūra
12 Teacher Quis ōmulum e emum a ma Student Lupa ōmulum e emum ama
13 Teacher Quōs lupa ama Student Lupa ōmulum e emum ama
OralExercise 2
WorkbookExercise
4 5
EXERCISE 6ranslae rom Lain ino English and rom English ino Lain Te mos common Lain word
d
TEACHER BY THE WAYTe eacher may menion ha he mos common word order (subjec ndash direc objec ndash verb) can o-en be changed For example i he verb is o be emphasized i will ake firs posiion I he subjecor he direc objec is o be emphasized i will ake he las posiion which is he mos emphaic oneIn general he more unusual he wordrsquos posiion is he more emphasis is placed on his word
Standards11 41
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 5254
12 bull Latin for the New Millennium
12 bull Latin for the New Millennium
order is
subjec ndash direc objec ndash verb
1 Agricola erram ama
2 Te ahlee loves waer
3 Naua īlia m ama
4 Te poe loves ome
5 Agricola erram cūra
6 Te she-wol cares or (is aking care o) he girl
BY THE WAY
Even hough he mos common word order is subjec ndash di rec objec ndash verb rememberha endings991252no word order991252deermine which word is he subjec and which i s hedirec objec
TALKING When we mee one person we gree herhim wih salvē When we mee wo or more people wegree hem wih salvēte When we bid goodbye o one person we sayvalē When we bid goodbyeo wo or more people we say valēte
Here are various ways o ask ldquohow are yourdquo or ldquohow are you doingrdquo
Quōmodo valēs or Quōmodo tē habēs or Quid agis ldquoHow are yourdquo
Here is a range o possible answers
bene ldquowellrdquo pessimē ldquovery badrdquo optimē ldquogreardquo melius ldquobeterrdquo mediocriter ldquoso-sordquo or ldquono oo badrdquo meliusculē ldquoa litle beterrdquo male ldquobadrdquo
In general he more unusual he word s posiion is he more emphasis is placed on his word
EXERCISE 6 ANSWERS
1 Te armer loves he land
2 Āhlēa aquam ama
3 Te sailor loves (his) daugher
4 Poēa ōmam ama
5 Te armer cares or (is aking care o) he land6 Lupa puellam cūra
TEACHING TIP
Te eacher may sar he class in Lain by saying Salvēte discipulī et discipulae and by eaching hesudens o say in reurn Salvē magister (magistra)
ORAL EXERCISE 3Tis exercise may be used anytime afer the students have learned the use o the accusative case or afer Exercise 6
Use one o he CPOrsquos o pu on display he orms amō and cūrō and explai n ha hey a re in he fir s personsingular and how his differs rom he hird person singular learned in his chaper Ask individual sudens omake senences wih hem using he words hey have learned
Ten ell he sudens ha nōn means ldquonordquo and ask hem o make si milar senences wih nōn amō and nōn cūrō
Examples(nōn) amō erram īliam aquam lupam āhlēam(nōn) cūrō erram īliam puellam
WorkbookExercise 6
ContentQuestions
OralExercise 3
Standards12 21 41
42
SAYING HELLOMarīa Helena e Chrisīna sun (are) discipulae (students)
TEACHING TIPHave sudens read he dialogue aloud Tis will help o build heir pronunciaion skills
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 5354
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull 13
Chapter 1 bull 13
Marīa Salvēe Helena e Chrisīna
Christīna Salvē Marīa
Helena Salvē Marīa
Marīa Quōmodo valēs Helena Quōmodo valēs Chrisīna
Helena et Christīna Bene Quōmodo ū ( you) valēs Marīa
Marīa Pessimē
Helena et Christīna Cūr (Why)
Marīa imeō linguam Laīnam ( I ear the Latin language)Helena Ego ( I ) linguam Laīnam amō
Christīna E ego linguam Laīnam amō
ORAL EXERCISE 4
Tis exercise may be used afer he Lain dialogue has been presened
Insruc he sudens o say ldquohellordquo in Lain o he suden nex o hem Divide he class ino wo pars ellone par o gree he oher par using he plural greeing and vice versa Do he same ype o aciviy whensaying ldquogoodbyerdquo You may wish o make greeing he class in Lain a nd saying ldquogoodbyerdquo in Lain a par oa daily rouine
Divide he sudens ino pairs in which one person will ask how hisher parner is in Lain and he oher
wil l answer
ORAL EXERCISE 5
Tis exercise may be used afer he Lain dialogue has been presened
ell he sudens ha he paricle ndashne is added o he firs syllable o a word ha inroduces a quesion Ten askhe ollowing quesions abou he dialogue beween Mary Helen and Chrisy Individual sudens may answerorally or he enire class may wrie he answers as he eacher asks hem orally Te eacher should explain hahe orm valēs in he greeing Quōmodo valēs is in he second person which means ldquoyourdquo Te hird person orm(reerring o ldquoherrdquo ldquohimrdquo or ldquoirdquo) is valet So he phrase ldquoHow is she doingrdquo would be Quōmodo valet Te hirdperson o amō is amat and he hird person o timeō is timet
1 Teacher Quōmodo Chrisīna vale Student(s) Chrisīna bene vale
2 Teacher Quōmodo Marīa vale Student(s) Marīa pessimē vale
3 Teacher Cūr (why) Marīa pessimē vale Student(s) Marīa ime linguam Lainam4 Teacher Amane l inguam L aīnam Helena Student(s) Helena linguam Laīnam ama
5 Teacher Linguamne Laīnam ama Chrisīna Student(s) Chrisīna linguam Laīnam ama
ORAL EXERCISE 6 AND DICTATIONTis combined exercise may be used to conclude the chapter or at any time afer the students have learned the accusa-tive case and chapter vocabulary
Dicae he ollowing senences o he sudens Ten ask hem o make he ollowing changes eiher orally orin writen orm a he discreion o he eacher
1 Teacher Agricol a erram ama (change he direc objec ino plura l)Student Agricola errās ama
2 Teacher Lupa puellam cūra (change he direc objec ino plural)
Student Lupa puellās cūra3 Teacher Āhlēa puel lās ama (change he direc objec ino singu lar)
Student Āhlēa puellam ama
4 Teacher Fīlia errās ama (change he direc objec ino singular)Student Fīlia erram ama
OralExercise
4 5 6 andDictation
TEACHER NOTES
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 5454
14 bull Latin for the New Millennium
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 954
RESOURCE LIST
bull TM ix bull
EDITORSrsquo NOTE We have atemped o assemble a c omprehensive represenaive resource l is paying s pecial atenion o hose
opics or areas ofen less amiliar o ha end we provide an especially larger lising or he Lae Empire EarlyChrisianiy and Middle Ages secion By no means is his resource lis exhausive eachers are encouraged oshare iles hey have ound useul hrough he wwwlnmbolchazycom websie
LATIN DICTIONARIES Alber S Imaginum vocabula rium Lainum Saarbruumlcken Socieas Laina 1998
Egger C Lexicon nominum loc orum ome Libreria Edirice Vaicana 1977
mdashmdashmdash Lexicon nominum v irorum e mulier um ome Sud ium 1957
mdashmdashmdash ed Lexicon rece nis Lainiais 2 Vols ome Libreria Edirice Vaicana 1992ndash1997
Lewis Charlon and Charles Shor A Lain Dicionar y ev ed New York Oxord Universiy Press 1956
Te New College Lain and English Dicionary 3rd ed Edied by John C raupman New York Banam Books2007
Oxord Lain Dicionary Combined ed Edied by P G W Glare e al New York Oxord Universiy Press1982
Smih William and Teophilus D Hall Smihrsquos English-Lain Dicionary eprined rom he 1871 AmericanBook Company ediion A Copious and Criical English-Lain Dicionary wih a new oreword by DirkSacreacute Wauconda IL Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers 2000
LATIN GRAMMAR Allen J H and J B Greenough Allen and Gre enoughrsquos New Lain Gramma r Edied by Anne Mahoney New-
bury por M A Focus P ublishing Pull ins 2001
Andresian Anna Looking a Lain A Grammar or Pre- College Wauconda IL Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers2006
Bennet Charles E New Lain Grammar 1908 eprin Wauconda IL Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers 2006
Gildersleeve Basil L and Gonzalez Lodge Gildersleeversquos Lain Grammar 3rd
ed 1895 eprin WaucondaIL Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers 2003
Goldman Norma and Ladislas Szymanski English Grammar o r Sudens o La in 3rd ed Ann A rbor MIOlivia and Hill Press 2004
Humphreys James P Graphic Lain Grammar 1961 eprin Wauconda IL Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers2002
Woodcock E C A New Lain Syna x 1957 eprin Wauconda IL Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers 2005
Young Nicholas Insan Answers A Qu ick Guide or Advanced Sudens Elmhurs IL L and L Enerprises2006
LATIN COMPOSITIONBennet Charles E New Lain Composiion 1912 eprin Wauconda IL Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers 1996
Minkova Milena Inroducion o Lain Prose Composiion Wauconda IL Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers2007 Firs published 2001 by Wimbledon Publishing Co
Minkova Milena and erence unberg Readings and Exercises in Lain Prose Composiion From Aniquiy ohe Renaissance Newburypor MA Focus Publishing Pullins 2004
mdashmdashmdash Answer Key o Readings and Exercises in L ain Prose Composiion From Aniqu iy o he Renai ssanceNewburypor MA Focus Publishing Pullins 2004
Mounord James F ed Bradleyrsquos Arnold La in Prose Composiion ev ed Wauconda IL Bolchazy-CarducciPublishers 2006
Norh M A and A E Hillard Lain Prose Composiion eprin Wauconda IL Bolchazy-Carducci Publish-ers 1995
mdashmdashmdash Key o Lain P rose Composiion eprin Wauconda IL Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers 1995
LATIN LITERATURE Albrech M ichael von A Hisory o Roma n Lieraure From Livius A ndronicus o Boehius Leiden Brill Aca-demic Publishers 1997
Te Concise Oxord Companion o Classical Lieraure 2nd ed Edied by C M Howason and Ian ChilversOxord Oxord Universiy Press 1993
Duff J Wigh A Lierary Hisor y o Rome 3rd ed London Ernes Benn 1960
Gran Michael Greek and Lain Auhors 800 B Cndash A D 1000 New York H W Wilson 1980
IJsewijn Joze Companion o Neo-Lain Sudies Par I Hisory and Diffusion o Neo-Lain Lieraure Supple-mena Humanisica Lovaniensia 5 2nd ed Leuven Leuven Universiy Press 1990
IJsewijn Joze and Dirk Sacreacute Companion o Neo-Lain Sudies Par II Lierary Linguisic Philological and Ediorial Ques ions Supplemena Humanisica Lovaniensia 14 2nd ed Leuven Leuven Universiy Press1998
ose H J A Handbook o Lain Lieraure 1954 eprin Wauconda IL Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers 1996
GENERAL LANGUAGE LEARNING AND METHODOLOGIES Arms rong Tomas Muliple Inelligence s in he Classroo m Alexa ndria VA Asso ciaion or Superv ision and
Curriculum Developmen 1994
Cook Vivian Second Language Learning and eaching 3rd ed London Edward Arnold 2001
Gardner Howard Inelligence Refamed Muliple Inelligences or he 21s Cenury New York Basic Books 2000
Kessler Carolyn ed Cooperaive Language Learning A eacherrsquos Resource Book Englewood Cliffs NJ Pren-ice Hall egens 1992
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 1054
TM x bull Latin for the New Millennium
Krashen Sephen Principles a nd Pracice in Secon d Language Acqu isiion New York Pergamon Press 1982
Larsen-Freeman Diane echniques and Principles o Language eaching 2nd ed Oxord Oxord UniversiyPress 2000
Oxord ebecca L Language Le arning Sraeg ies Wha Eve ry eacher Should K now New York NewburyHouse 1990
Pinker S Te Language Insinc New York William Morrow 1994
eid Joy ed Undersanding Learning Syles in he Second Language Classroom Upper Saddle iver NJ Pren-ice Hall 1998
Sparks ichard L Kay Fluhary Leonore Ganschow and Sherwin Litle ldquoAn Exploraory Sudy on heEffecs o Lain on he Naive Language Skills and Foreign Language Apiude o Sudens wih and wih-ou Learning Disabiliiesrdquo Classical Journal 91 (1995)165ndash84
LATIN PEDAGOGY Ancona onnie ed A Concise Guide o eaching Lain Liera ure Norman OK Universiy o Oklahoma
Press 2007
Ball ober Reading Classical Lain A Reasonable Approach Lawrence KS Coronado Press 1987
Breindel uh L De Discendi Naura Lea rning Syle s in he eaching o Lain Oxord OH American Classi-cal League MC 2007
Burns Mary Ann and Joseph OrsquoConnor Te Classics in American Schools Alana GA Scholars Press1987
Davis Sally Lain in he Amer ican Schools Alana GA Scholars Press 1991
Disler Paul each he Lain I Pray You Wauconda IL Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers 2001
Gascoyne ichard e al Sandards or Classical Language Learning Oxord OH American Classical LeagueMC 1997
Gruber-Miller John ed When Dead ongues Speak New York Oxord Universiy Press 2006
Hoyos B Dexer Lain How o Read I Fluenly A Pracical Manual Amhers MA C lassical A ssociaion oNew England 1997
LaFleur ichard A Lain or he 21s Cenury From Concep o Classroom Glenview IL Scot Foresman- Addison Wesley 1998
Salerno Dorsey Price Lain in Moion Oxord OH American Classical League MC 1985
Sandards or Classical Language Learning Oxord OH American Classical League MC 1997
Srasheim Lorraine A oal Physical Response Amhers MA Classical Associaion o New England 1987
Swee Waldo Lain A Srucu ral Approach Ann A rbor Universiy o M ichigan Press 1957
CLASSROOOM AIDS Amery Heaher Firs Tousand Words in Lain Edied by Mairi Mackinnon London UK Usborne Books2008
Couch C C and eddy Irwin Lain Verbs Rock Audio CD Nashville N Sound Invenions 2006
mdashmdashmdash Lyrical Lain Learning Lain hrough Music Audio CD Nashville N Sound Invenions 2004
Curis William D Periculum Lainu m Lain Jeopardy Vol1 Oxord OH America n Classica l LeagueMC nd
mdashmdashmdash Periculum Lainum S ecundum Lain Jeopardy Vol 2 Oxord OH American Classical LeagueMC nd
Demuh Jocelyn Mendax A Lain C ard Game Wauconda IL Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers 2003
DuBose Gaylan Farrago Laina Wih a lis o resources by Judih Lynn Sebesa Wauconda IL Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers 1997
Hanlin Jayne and Beverly Lichensein Learning La in hrough Myholog y Cambridge Cambridge Univer-siy Press 1991
Lain acic Grams Alana G A World o eading nd
LUDI (a he Circus Maximus) Produced by Discere Ld 1989 Oxord OH American Classical L eagueMC
Myhies Oxord OH American Classical League MC 2003
Osburn LeaAnn A Lain Aciviy Book Elmhurs IL L and L Enerprises 2000
mdashmdashmdash Lain Crossword Puzzl e Book Elmhurs IL L and L Enerprises 1999
mdashmdashmdash Lain Verbs Rock Exercise Book Elmhurs IL L and L Enerprises 2007mdashmdashmdash Lyrical Lain A eacher R esource Manual Elmhurs IL L and L Enerprises 2004
mdashmdashmdash22 Lively Lain Aciviies Elmhurs IL L and L Enerprises 2005
Sheikh-Miller Jonahan Lain Words Sicker Book ulsa OK EDC Publishing 2006
Wansbrough M B A Mundus Lainu s Mysery 3 vols Hamilon Onario ralco Educaional Services 2004
ORAL LATIN Abernahy Faye Jill Crooker Margare Cur ran and David Perr y Te Developmen o Oral Skills in Lain wih
Visuals A Supplemenary Guide o he Syllabus Lain or Communicaion Draf Copy Albany New YorkSae Educaion Deparmen 1995
Alber S Cotidie Laine loquamur Saarbruumlcken Socieas Laina 1987
Allen W Sidney Vox Laina A Guide o he Pronunciaion o Classical Lain 2nd ed New York Cambridge
Universiy Press 1989Capellanus G Lain Can Be Fun Souvenir Press 1997
Daiz Sephen G ed Te Living Voice o Lain Perormed by ober P Sonkowsky Madison C JeffreyNoron Publishing 1984
mdashmdashmdash Te Pronunciaion and Reading o Classical Lain A Pracical Guide Audio cassetes Madison C Jeffrey Noron Publ ishing 1984
Egger C Laine discere iuva ome Libreria Edirice Vaicana 1982
Lain Aloud Audio AP Selecions fom Vergil Caullus Ovid Cicero and Horace Perormed by ober PSonkowsky CD-OM Wauconda IL Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers 2007
McCarhy Tomas Nunc Loquamur Guided C onversaions or L ain Newburypor MA FocusPublishing Pullins 2005
Swee Waldo E Words o Wisdom fom he Anciens 1000 Lain Proverbs CD-OM Wauconda IL Bolchazy-
Carducci Publishers 2000raupman John Conversaional Lain or Oral Pro1047297ciency 4h ed Audio Conversaions Perormed by Mark
ober Miner e al Audio CDs Wauconda IL Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers 2006
LATIN THROUGH MUSICBoynon Sandra Grun Pigorian Chan Audio CD New York Workman Publishing 1997
Couch C C and eddy Irwin Carmina Popularia Well-Known Songs in Lain Audio CD Wauconda ILBolchazy-Carducci Publishers 2004
mdashmdashmdash Lain Verbs Rock Audio CD Nashville N Sound Invenions 2006
mdashmdashmdash Lyrical Lain Learning Lain hrough Music Audio CD Nashville N Sound Invenions 2004
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 1154
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 1254
TM xii bull Latin for the New Millennium
ETYMOLOGY AND VOCABULARY Adeleye Gabriel G World Dicionary o Foreign Expressions Wih Kofi Acquah Dadzie Edied by Tomas J
Sienkewicz and James McDonough Wauconda IL Bolchazy-Carducci 1999
Ayres Donald M English Words fom Lain and Greek Elemen s 11h ed ucson Arizona Universiy o Ari-zona Press 1982
Ayo John Dicionary o Word Or igins New York Arcade Publishing 1990
Beard Henry X-reme Lain All h e Lain You Need o Know or Su rvival in he 21s Cenury New York Pen-guin Group 2005
Dicionary o Lain Words and Phrases Edied by James Morwood New York Oxord Universiy Press 1998
Dominik William J ed Words and Ideas Wauconda IL Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers 2002
mdashmdashmdash Words and Ideas Answer Key Wauconda IL Bolchaz y-Carducci Publ ishers 2006Ehrlich Eugene Amo Amas A ma and More New York Har per and ow 1987
Heimbach Elizabeh Lain E very where Ever yday A La in Phra se Workbook Wauconda I L Bolc hazy-Carducci Publishers 2004
mdashmdashmdash Lain Everywhere Everyday A Lain Phrase Workbook eacherrsquos Manual Perormed by James Cho-chola Compac disks Wauconda IL Bolchazy-Carducci Publishing 2005
Janson ore Te Naural Hisory o Lain ranslaed by Merehe D Sorensen and Nigel Vincen Oxord andNew York Oxord Universiy Press 2005
Krill ichard Greek and Lain in English oday Book and wo Cassetes 1990 eprin Wauconda ILBolchazy-Carducci Publishers 2003
Mascianonio udolph Build Your English Word Power wih Lain Numbers Wauconda IL Bolchazy-CarducciPublishers 1997
mdashmdashmdash Build Your E nglish Word Power w ih La in Number s eacherrsquos Ma nual Wauconda I L Bolc hazy-Carducci Publishers 1997
Morwood James and Mark Warman Our Greek and Lain Roos Cambridge Cambridge Universiy Press1990
OrsquoMara Lesley ed Which Way o he Vomiorium Vernacular Lain or All Occasions ranslaed by ose Wil-liams New York Tomas Dunne Books 1999
Oxord Dicionary o English Eymology Edied by C Onions wih G W S Friedrichsen and W Burch-field New York Oxord Universiy Press 1966
Sone Jon Lain or he I llierai New York ouledge 1996
MYTHOLOGYBierlein J F Parallel Myhs New York Ballanine Books 1994
Bolon Lesley Te Everyhing Classical Myhology Book Peabody MA Adams Media Corporaion 2002Childrenrsquos Books on Ancien Greek and Roman Myhology An Annoaed Bibliography Compiled by Anoinete
Brazouski and Mary J Klat Wespor C Greenwood Press 1984
Te Chiron Dicionary o Greek and Roman Myhology ranslaed by Elizabeh Burr 1s English ed New YorkConinuum Inernaional Publishing Group 1994
Colakis Marianhe and Mary Joan Masello Classical Myhology and More A Reader Workbook WaucondaIL Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers 2007
Couch Malcolm Greek and Roman Myhology New York Michael Friedman Publishing Group 1998
DrsquoAulaire Ingri and Edgar Parin DrsquoAulaire DrsquoAulairesrsquo Book o Greek Myhs New York Doubleday 1962
Fleischman Paul Daeline roy Somerville MA Candlewick Press 2006
Gardner Jane Roman Myhs Ausin Universiy o exas Press 1993
Gran Michael and John Hazel Whorsquos Who in Classical Myhology London ouledge Press 2002
Grimal Pierre Te Dicionary o Classical Myhology ranslaed by A Maxwell-Hyslop 1996 eprinMalden MA Blackwell Publishing 2001
Harris Sephen L and Gloria Pazner Classical Myhology Images and Insighs 3rd ed Mounain View CAMayfield Publishing Company 2001
Homeric Hymns ranslaed by Diane aynor Berkeley and Los Angeles Universiy o Caliornia Press2004
Kirkwood G M A Shor Guide o Classical Myh ology 1959 eprin Wauconda IL Bolchazy-Carducci2003
Lowe Cheryl and Leigh Lowe DrsquoAulairesrsquo Greek Myh Suden Guid e Louisville K Y Memoria Press 2004mdashmdashmdash DrsquoAulairesrsquo Greek Myh eacher Guide Louisville K Y Memoria Press 2006
Mayerson Philip Classical Myhology in Lieraure Ar and Music Glenview IL Scot Foresman and Com-pany 1984
Morord Mark P O and ober J Lenardon Classical Myhology 8h ed New York Oxord Universiy Press2006
Ovid Meamorphose s ranslaed by A D Melville New York Oxord Universiy Press 1998
ussell William F Classic Myhs o Read Aloud New York Crown Publicaions 1989
Vergilrsquos Aeneid Hero War Humaniy ranslaed by G B Cobbold Wauconda IL Bolchazy-Carducci Pub-lishers 2005
Will iams o se Gods and Oher Odd Creaures Ausin X CicadaSun Publishing 2008
mdashmdashmdashTe Labors o Aeneas Wha a Pain I Was o Found he Roman Race Wauconda IL Bolchazy-Carducci
2003mdashmdashmdashTe Original Dysuncional Family Basic Classical Myhology or he New Millennium Wauconda ILBolchazy-Carducci 2008
ROMAN HISTORYBagnell Nigel Te Punic Wars New York S Marinrsquos Press 1990
Becket Gilber agrave Te Comic Hisory o Rome 1852 eprin Wauconda IL Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers1996
Boardma n John Jasper Griffi n and Oswyn Mur ray eds Oxord Hisory o he Roman World Oxord and New York Oxord Universiy Pre ss 1991
Boawrigh Mary Daniel J Gargola and ichard J A alber A Brie Hisor y o he Romans New YorkOxord Universiy Press 2006
Connolly Peer Greece and Rome a War London Greenhill Books 2006
Consable Nick Hisorical Alas o Ancien Rome New York Facs on File 2003
Cornell im and John Mahews Alas o he Roman World New York Facs on File 1986
Creighon Mandell A Primer Hisory o Rome 1855 eprin Wauconda IL Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers2001
Goldsworhy Adrian Te Fall o Carhage Te Punic Wars 265ndash146 BC London Cassell 2000
Haaren John H and A B Poland Famous Men o Rome Louisville KY Memoria Press 2006
Holland Tomas Rubicon New York Doubleday 2003
Jenkyn s ichard ed Te Legacy o Rome A New Appraisal Oxord Oxord Universiy Press 1992
Kamm Anhony Julius Caesar A Lie New York ouledge 2006
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 1354
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Resource List bull TM xiii
Lowe Cheryl and Leigh Lowe Famous Men o Rome Suden Guide 2nd ed Louisvil le KY Memoria Press2006
Mayszak Philip Te Sons o Caesar Imperial Romersquos Firs Dynasy London Tames and Hudson 2006
Mellor onald and Marni McGee Te Ancien Roman World New York Oxord Universiy Press 2004
Oxord Classical Dicionary 3rd ed Edied by Simon Hornblower and Anhony Spaworh Oxord and New York Oxord Universiy P ress 1996 Also available a s a CD-OM
Oxord Dicionary o he Classical World Edied by John obers New York Oxord Universiy Press 2005
Scarre Chris Chronicle o he Roman Emperors London Tames and Hudson 1995
mdashmdashmdashTe Penguin Hisorical Alas o Ancien Rome New York Penguin Punam Inc 1995
Ward-Perkins Br yan Te Fall o Rome Oxord and New York Oxord Universiy Press 2005
Will iams ose Cicero he Pario Wauconda IL Bolcha zy-Carducci P ublishers 200 4mdashmdashmdash Cicero he Pario eacherrsquos Manual Wauconda IL Bolchaz y-Carducci Publ ishers 2004
mdashmdashmdash From Romulus o Romulus Augusulus Roman Hisory or he New Millennium Bolchazy-CarducciPublishers 2008
mdashmdashmdashOnce Upon he iber An O ea Hisory o Rome Wauconda IL Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers 2007Firs Published 2002 by Wimbledon Classics
Wool Greg ed Cambridge Illusraed Hisory o he Roman World Cambridge Cambridge Universiy Press2003
ROMAN CULTURE AND DAILY LIFE Adkin s Lesley and oy A dkins Dicionary o R oman Religion New York Oxord Universiy Press 2000
mdashmdashmdashHandbook o Lie in Ancien Rome New York Oxord Universiy P ress 1994
All an ony Lie Myh an d Ar in Ancien R ome Los Angeles J Paul Gety rus Publicaions 2005 Apicius Cookery and Dining in Imperial Rome Edied by Joseph Da mmers Vehling Ne w York Dover 1977
Baker Alan Te Gladiaor Te Secre Hisory o Romersquos Warrior Slaves New York S Marinrsquos Press 2006
Baker Charles and osalie Baker Te Classical Companion Peerborough NH Cobblesone Publishing1988
Bonner S F Educaion in Ancie n Rome fom he Elder Cao o he Younger Pliny London Mehuen 1977
Bradley Keih Slavery and Sociey a Rome Cambridge Cambridge Universiy Press 1994
Brucia Margare A and Gregory Daughery o Be a Roman opics in Roman Culure Wauconda ILBolchazy-Carducci Publishers 2007
Buchanan David Roman Spor and Enerainmen London Longman 1976
Carcopino Jeacuterocircme Daily Lie in Ancien Rome New Haven and London Yale Universiy Press 1968
Casson Lionel ravel in he Ancien World New ed Balimore John Hopkins Universiy Press 1994
mdashmdashmdash Libraries in he A ncien World New Haven C Yale Universiy Press 2001Clackson James and Geoffrey Horrocks Te Blackwell Hisory o he Lain Language Cambridge Blackwell
Publishing 2007
Clarke J Houses o Roman Ialy 100 B Cndash A D 250 Berkeley and Los Angeles Universiy o CaliorniaPress 1991
Croom A Roman Clohing and Fashion UK empus Publishing 2000
DrsquoAmbra Eve Roman Ar Cambridge and New York Cambridge Universiy Press 1998
mdashmdashmdashRoman Women Cambridge and New York Cambridge Universiy Press 2007
Goldsworhy Adrian Te Complee Roman Army London Tames and Hudson 2003
Gran Leigh Rome A Fold-Ou His ory o Ancien Civ ilizaion New York Black Dog and Levanhal Publish-ers 2005
Gran Mark Roman Cookery Ancien Recipes or Modern Kichens London Seri Publishers 1999
Haney L A and J A Haney Te Roman Engineers Cambridge Cambridge Universiy Press 1991
Harris H A Spor in Greece and Rome Ihaca NY Cornell Universiy Press 1972
Herber Kevin Roman Imperial Coins Wauconda IL Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers 1996
Hodge Peer Te Roman Army Whie Plains NY Longman 1984
mdashmdashmdash Roman Family Lie UK Longman 1984
mdashmdashmdash Te Roman House ev ed Whie Plains NY Longman 1976
mdashmdashmdash Roman owns ev ed Whie Plains NY Longman 1977
mdashmdashmdash Roman rade and ravel Whie Plains NY Longman 1978Hopkins Keih and Mary Beard Te Colosseum Cambridge MA Harvard Universiy Press 2005
Humez Alexander and Nicholas Humez A B C E Cee ra Te Lie amp imes o he Roma n Alphabe BosonMA David Gordon Publisher 1985
Hyland Ann Equus Te Horse in he R oman World New Haven C Yale Universiy Press 1990
Jacobelli Lu ciana Gladiaors a Pompeii Los Angeles J Paul Gety rus Publicaions 2004
James Simon Ancien Rome Eyewiness Books New York Alred A Knop 1990
Jones J M A Dicionary o Ancien Coins London Seaby 1990
Mannix Daniel P Te Way o he Gladiaor New York ibooks 2001
Massey Michael Roman Religion Whie Plains New York Longman 1984
mdashmdashmdash Women in Ancien Greece and Rome New York Cambridge Universiy Press 1986
Olivovaacute V Spors and Games in he Ancien World London Orbis Publishing 1984
Paoli Ugo Enrico Rome Is People Lie and Cusoms ranslaed by D Macnaghen New York Longman1963
Piggot S Te Druids London Tames and Hudson 1982
Sims Lesley Roman Soldierrsquos Handbook London Usborne Books 2006
Solway Andrew Rome In Specacular Cross-Secion Oxord Oxord Universiy Press 2004
Savely E S Greek and Roman Voing and Elecions Ihaca NY Cornell Universiy Press 1972
reggiari S Roman Marriage Iusi Coniuges fom he ime o Cicero o he ime o Ulpian Oxord ClarendonPress 1991
Wallace ex E Inroducion o Wall Inscripio ns fom Pompeii and Herculaneu m Wauconda IL Bolchaz y-Carducci Publishers 2005
Webser G Te Roman Imperial Armies o he Firs and Second Cenuries A D 3rd ed London A and C Black1985
Weslake Susan Te Developmen o he Roman Alphabe Oxord OH American Classical League MC nd
Yavez Z Slaves and Slavery in Ancien Rome New Brunswick NJ ransacion Books 1988
ROMAN ARCHEOLOGY ARCHITECTURE AND ART Aicher Peer J Guide o he Aqueducs o Ancien Rome Wauconda IL Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers 1995
mdashmdashmdash Rome Alive A Source Guide o he Ancien Ciy 2 vols Wauconda IL Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers2004
Amery Col in and Bria n Curran Jr Te Los World o Pompeii Los Angeles J Paul Gety rus Publicaions2002
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 1454
TM xiv bull Latin for the New Millennium
Augeni Andrea ed Ar and Archeology o Rome New York iverside Book Company 2000
Boardman John Oxord Hisory o Classical Ar Oxord Oxord Universiy Press 1997
Campbell Ann Roman Ar and Archiecure ev ed Boulder CO Alarion Press 1999
Coarelli Fillipo Rome and Environs An Archeological Guide ranslaed by James J Clauss and Daniel P Har-mon Berkeley and Los Angeles Universiy o Caliornia Press 2008
Connolly Peer Pompeii New York Oxord Universiy Press 1990
Corbishley Mike Illusraed Encyclopedia o Ancie n Rome Los Angeles J Paul Gety rus Publicaions2004
Davis John and Deborah C Wood Monumena Romana Nosra Slide lecures complee se 1995 evised Wauconda IL Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers 1997
mdashmdashmdash Monumen a Roman a Nosra Roman Bahs Slide lecure 1995 evised Wauconda IL Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers 1997
mdashmdashmdash Monumena Romana Nos ra Te Forum in Rome and he Province s Slide lecure 1995 evised Wau-conda IL Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers 1997
mdashmdashmdash Monumena Romana Nos ra Te Roman Basil ica Slide lecure 1995 evised Wauconda ILBolchazy-Carducci Publishers 1997
mdashmdashmdash Monumena Romana Nos ra Te Roman Foru m Slide lecure 1995 evised Wauconda IL Bol-chazy-Carducci Publishers 1997
mdashmdashmdash Monumena Romana Nos ra Te Roman emple Slide lecure 1995 evised Wauconda IL Bol-chazy-Carducci Publishers 1997
Deiss Joseph Jay Herculaneum Ialyrsquos Buried reasure evised and updaed New York Harper Collins 1985
de Franciscus A Pompeii Monumens Pas and P resen Los Angeles J Paul Gety rus Publicaions 2000
DrsquoEspouy Hecor ed Greek and Roman Archiecure in Classic Illusraions Mineola NY Dover Publicaions1999
Dickison Sheila K and Judih P Hallet eds Rome and Her Monumens Wauconda IL Bolchazy-CarducciPublishers 2000
Heinze Helga von Roman Ar New York Universe Books 1971
Lewis Jon E ed Mammoh Book o Eyewines s Ancien Rome New York Carroll and Gra 2003
Ling ober Roman Paining Cambridge Cambridge Universiy Press 1991
Lovell Isabel Sories in Sone fom he Roman Forum ockville MD Wildside Press 2007
Macaulay David Ciy A Sory o Roman Planning and Consrucion Boson M A Houghon Miffl in 1971
MacDonald William L Te Archiecure o he Roman Empire An Urban Appraisal New Haven C Yale Uni- versiy Press 1988
MacKendrick Paul Te Mue Sones Speak Te Sory o Archeology in Ialy 2nd ed New York W W Noron1984
Millard Anne Welcome o Ancien Rome Edied by Jane Chisolm London Usborne Publishing 1987
Saccioli A Ancien Rome Monume ns Pas and Pres en Los Angeles J Paul Gety rus Publicaions2000
mdashmdashmdash Te Roads o he Romans Los Angeles J Paul Gety rus Publicaions 2004
Walker Susan Roman Ar Cambridge Harvard Universiy Press 1991
Wheeler Mori mer Roman Ar and Archiecure 4h ed New York Praeger Publishers 1969
Winkes ol Classical Collecion Roman Painings and Mosaics Providence I Museum o Ar hodeIsland School o Design 1982
LATE EMPIRE EARLY CHRISTIANITY AND MIDDLE AGES Augusi ne Conessions Oxord Worldrsquos Classics ranslaed by Henry Chadwick eprin New York Oxord
Universiy Press 1998
mdashmdashmdash Augusine Te Ciy o God agains he Paga ns ranslaed by W Dyson Cambridge exs in he His-ory o Poliical Tough Cambridge Cambridge Universiy Press 1998
mdashmdashmdash Augusine Poliical Wriings ranslaed by E M Akins and ober J Dodaro Cambridge exs inhe Hisory o Poliical Tough Cambridge Cambridge Universiy Press 2001
Barbero Alessandro Te Day o he Barbarians Te Batle Ta Led o he Fall o he Roman Empire ranslaed by John Cullen New York Walker and Company 2007
Barnes imohy D Ahanasius a nd Consanius Te ology and Poliics in h e Consanian Empire Cambridge
MA Harvard Universiy Press 1993Boehius Te Consolaion o Philosophy ranslaed by Vicor Wats ev ed London Penguin Books 1999
Bowersock G W and Peer Brown Lae Aniquiy A Guid e o he Pos Classica l World Harvard UniversiyPress eerence Library Cambridge MA Belknap Press 1999
Bowman Alan Averil Cameron and Peer Garnsey eds Te Crisis o Empire AD 193ndash337 2nd ed Volume 12Te Cambridge Ancien Hisory Cambridge Cambridge Universiy Press 2005
Brown Peer Augusine o Hippo A Biography ev ed Berkeley and Los Angeles Universiy o CaliorniaPress 2000
mdashmdashmdash Te World o Lae Aniquiy AD 150ndash750 New York W W Noron 1989
Cameron Averil Te Laer Roman Empire A D 284ndash430 Cambridge MA Harvard Universiy Press 1993
Cameron Averil Bryan Ward-Perkins and Michael Whiby eds Lae Aniquiy Empire a nd Successors AD425ndash600 Volume 14 Te Cambridge Ancien Hisory Cambridge Cambridge Universiy Press 2001
Cameron Averil and Peer Garnsey eds Te Lae Empire AD 337ndash425 Volume 13 Te Cambridge AncienHisory Cambridge Cambridge Universiy Press 1997
Chadwick Henry Te Church in Ancien Sociey From Galilee o Gregory he Grea Oxord Oxord UniversiyPress 2001
Corbishley Mike Te Middle Ages Culural Alas or Young People ev ed New York Facs on File 2003
Doran ober Birh o a Worldview Ea rly Chrisia niy in is Jewish and Pagan Conex Lanham MD ow-man and Litlefield 1999
Edwards Mark Consanine and Chrisendom Te Oraion o he Sains Te Greek and Lain Accouns o he Discovery o he Cross Te Edic o Consanine o Pope Silveser Liverpool Liverpool Universiy Press 2003
Ferguson Everet ed Encyclopedia o Ear ly Chrisiani y London Garland Publishing 1990
Godrey A W ed Medieval Mosaic A Book o M edieval Lain R eadings Wauconda IL Bolcha zy-CarducciPublishers 2003
Gran Michael Consanine he Grea Te Man and His imes New York Charles Scribnerrsquos Sons 1994
mdashmdashmdash Te Fall o he Roman Empire New York Charles Scribnerrsquos Sons 1997
mdashmdashmdash Te Collapse and Recovery o he Roman Empire London and New York ou ledge 1999
Harrison F E ed Millennium A Lain R eader A D 374ndash1374 eprin Wauconda IL Bolchazy-CarducciPublishers 2001
Heaher Peer Te Fall o he Roman Empire A New Hisory o Rome and he Barbarians New York OxordUniversiy Press 2007
Holmes George Te Oxord Hisory o Medieval Europe Oxord Oxord Universiy Press 2001
Hopkins Keih A World Full o Gods Pagans Jews and Chris ians in he Roma n Empire London Weideneldand Nicolson 1999
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 1554
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Resource List bull TM xv
Howarh Parick Atila King o he Hun s Man and Myh New York Barnes amp Noble Books 1995
Jones erry Barbarians London BBC Books 2006
Kulikowski Michael Romersquos Gohic Wars From he Tird Cenury o Alaric Cambridge Cambridge Univer-siy Press 2007
Lee A D ed Pagans and Chri sians in Lae A niquiy A Sourcebook London ouledge 2000
MacMullen amsay and Eugene N Lane Paganism and Chri sianiy 100ndash425 C E A Sourcebook Minne-apolis Forress Press 1992
Manello Frank and Arhur G igg Medieval Lain An Inroducion and Bibliographical Guide WashingonDC Te Caholic Universiy o America Press 1996
McEvedy Colin Te New Penguin Alas o Medieval Hisory ev ed New York Penguin Group 1992
Newman Paul B Daily Lie in he Middle A ges Jefferson NC McFarland and Company 2001Smih Jonahan Z Drudgery Divine On he Compari son o Early Chri sianiies and h e Religions o L ae Aniq-
uiy Chicago Universiy o Chicago Press 1990
Sambaugh John E and David Balch Te New esamen in is Social Environmen Philadelphia Wesmin-ser Press 1986
Tompson A E Te Huns Oxord Blackwell Publishing 1999
odd Malcolm Te Early Germans Malden MA Blackwell 2004
Wells Coli n Sailing fom Byzanium How a Los Empire Shaped he World NY Banam Dell 2006
Will iams ose Te Ligher Side o he Dark Ages London and New York Anhem Press 2006
Wolram Her wig Hisory o he Gohs ranslaed by Tomas J Dunlap Berkeley and Los Angeles Univer-siy o Caliornia Press 1988
mdashmdashmdashTe Roman Empire and Is Germanic Peoples ranslaed by Tomas J Dunlap Berkeley and Los Ange-
les Universiy o Caliornia Press 1997 Young Frances Lew is Ayres and A ndrew Louh eds Te Cambridge Hisory o Early Chrisian Lieraure
Cambridge Cambridge Universiy Press 2004
CLASSICAL PERSPECTIVESHighe Gilber Te Classical radiion New York Oxord Universiy Press 1957
Kopff E Chrisian Te Devil Knows Lain Why America Needs he Classical radiion Wilmingon DE ISIBooks 1999
Maybury ichard J Ancien Rome How I Affe cs You oday Placerville CA Bluesocking Press 1995
Murphy Cullen Are We Rome New York Houghon Mi ffl in 2007
Simmons racy Lee Climbing Parnassus A New Apologia or Greek and Lain Wilmingon DE ISI Books2002
MAPS POSTERS AND CHARTS Available from American Cla ssical League M C Miami Universiy Oxford OH
Map o oman Empire Map o oman Ialy ome Cenral Archeological Area oma Archaica
Circus Maximus Colosseum Consiuion Preamble Lain Abbreviaions Lain Phrases in Common UseLegal erms Panheon Pompeii Promoional Posers Lain Is
Derivaive ree Char Loan Word Char omance Language Char Skeleon Char
Available from L and L Enerprises Elmhurs IL
Ancien Civil izaion Wall M ap (small and lar ge size)
Using Lain Phrases Te Fabulous Five Lain Promoional Mini-posers Paer Noser Pledge o Allegianceoman Scenes and Proverbs Seven Hills o ome emembering he Cases
Available from Aims Inernaional Book s Cincinnai OH
Quo Modo Senis Hodie Poser
ADDITIONAL ITEMS Available from Bolchazy-Carducci P ublishers Mundelein IL
Lain Butons
Available from American Cla ssical League MC Miami Universiy Oxford OH
Lain-relaed CDs DVDs apes sofware coins greeing cards games accessories and jewelry mimeo-graphs hisorical novels Lain readers and Junior Classical League iems
Available from L and L Enerprises Elmhu rs IL
Lain knowledge cards Briish Museum book o poscards o Ancien Greece and o ome
Lain-relaed aciviy books butons coloring books key chain ags noe cards origami projecs pencilspuzzle books rulers sampers sickers suffed animals atoos oe bags and -shirs
MISCELLANEOUS Available from American Cla ssical League MC Miami Universiy Oxford OH
2006 Updaed Survey o Audio-Visual Maerials and exbooks in he Classics
2007 Ediion o ACL Soware Direcory or he Classics
WEBSITESFor a regularly updaed lis o websie resources check htpwwwlnmbolchazycom
PROFESSIONAL ORGANIZATIONSMos o hese organizaions offer a journal ha eachers will find beneficial Consul he organizaionrsquos web-
sie o learn more
American C lassical League (ACL)
American C lassical L eague eaching Maerials a nd esource Cener (MC)
ACL Sponsored Aciviie s
Junior Classical League
Naional Commitee or Lain and GreekNaional Greek Exam
Naional Junior Classical League
Naional Lain Exam
Naional Senior Classical League
Naional Myhology Exam
American C ouncil on he eaching o Foreign La nguages (ACFL)
American Ph ilologica l Associa ion (APA)
Archeologica l Insiue o A merica (AI A)
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 1654
TM xvi bull Latin for the New Millennium
Classical Associaion o Canada
Classical Associaion o New England (CANE)
Classical Associaion o he Alanic Saes (CAAS)
Classical Associaion o he Middle Wes and Souh (CAMWS)
Classical Associaion o he Pacific Norhwes (CAPN)
Classical Associaion o he Souhwesern Unied Saes (CASUS)
Compuer Assised Language Insrucion Consorium (CALICO)
Join Associaion o C lassical eachers (JAC)
Vergilian Socie y
In addiion many saes and ciies have classics-relaed organizaions
TEACHER NOTES
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 1754
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull i
1
STUDENT TEXTBOOKWITH EXERCISE ANSWERS
STANDARDS CORRELATIONS
ORAL EXERCISES
ORAL EXERCISE CORRELATIONS
WORKBOOK EXERCISE CORRELATIONS
ANCILLARY CORRELATIONS
COMPREHENSION QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS
TEACHING TIPS
TEACHER BY THE WAY NOTATIONS
AND HOW TO USE THIS BOOK
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 1854
iindashiii bull Latin for the New Millennium
Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers IncMundelein Illinois USA
1Milena Minkova and Terence Tunberg
LATIN FOR THE NEW MILLENNIUM
Series Inormaion
LEVEL ONE
Suden ex (2008)
Suden Workbook (2008)
eacherrsquos M anual (2008)
eacherrsquos Manual or Suden Workbook (2008)
ANCILLARIES
From Romulus o Romulus AugusulusRoman Hisory or he New Millennium (2008)
Te Original Dysuncional Family Basic Classical Myhology or he New Millennium (2008)
LEVEL TWO
Suden ex (2009)
Suden Workbook (2009)
eacherrsquos M anual (2009)
eacherrsquos Manual or Suden Workbook (2009)
ANCILLARIES
From Rome o Reormaion Early European Hisory or he New Millennium (2009)
Te Clay-ooed SuperHeroes Myhology ales or he New Millennium (2009)
mdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdash
ELECTRONIC RESOURCES
(See page 445 or deailed descripion)
wwwlnm bolchazycom
Quia Quesion Bank
Lain-only Vill a in een Second Lietrade
Carpe Praedam
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 1954
FOREWORD xi
PREFACE xiii
AUTHORS xvii
EDITORS CONSULTANTS AND PILOT TEACHERS xix
INTRODUCTION xxiii
AlphabePronunciaion o LainOverview o oman Hisory Beginnings o Lain Lieraure
CHAPTER 1 1
eading ldquoomulus and emusrdquoLanguage Facs Pars o Speech Nouns Number Gender Case
(Nominaive and Accusaive) Firs Declension Nounsalking Saying Hello
CHAPTER 2 15
eading Plauus ldquoTe Menaechmi winsrdquo Language Facs Firs and Second Conjugaion Verbs Principal Pars
Properies o Verbs Number Person ense Sem Infiniive Subjec and
Verb Agreemenalking Geting Acquained
CHAPTER 3 29
eading erence ldquowo BrohersrdquoLanguage Facs Second Declension Masculine -us -er -ir Nouns Geniive
Case Vocaive Case Preposiional Phrasesalking In he Classroom
REVIEW 1 CHAPTERS 19912513 43
Considering he Classical Gods Ma rs Jupier JunoConnecing wih he Ancien World Slavery in A ncien omeExploring oman Comedy oman Producions and Modern endiions by
William S Anderson Proessor o Classics Emerius Universiy o Caliornia Berkeley Berkeley Caliornia
Mīrābile Audī ū Phrases and Quoaions elaing o he Comic radiion
CONTENTS
bull v bull
Series Edior LeaAnn A Osburn
Volume Ediors Elisa C Denja LeaAnn A Osburn
Conribuing Ediors imohy Beck Judih P Halle Laurie Haigh KeenanKaren Lee Singh Donald E Sprague ose Williams Vicki Wine
Hisorical imeline Jayni einhard
Cover Design amp ypography Adam Phillip Velez
Cover Illusraion oman Forum copy BemannCOBISOher Illusraions Phoo Credis appear on pp 431ndash434
CarographyMapping Specialiss
Indexing Michael Hendry
Prooreader Gary Varney
Lain for he New Millennium
Suden ex Level 1
Milena Minkova and erence unberg
copy2008 Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers Inc All righs reserved
Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers Inc
1570 Baskin oadMundelein Illinois 60060 wwwbolchazycom
Prined in Canada2009 byFriesens
ISBN 978-0-86516-560-1mdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashLibrary o Congress Caaloging-in-Publicaion Daa
Minkova Milena Lain or he new millennium suden ex level 1 Milena Minkova anderence unberg p cm Includes bibliographical reerences ISBN 978-0-86516-560-1 (v 1 hardbound alk paper) 1 Lain language--Grammar I unberg erence II ile
PA20875M 562 2008 4782rsquo421--dc22
2008014705
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull ivndashv
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 2054
Contents bull vii
CHAPTER 9 135
eading Sallus ldquoTe Cailinarian ConspiracyrdquoLanguage Facs Fourh Conjugaion Verbs Presen Acive and Passive
ense Presen Acive and Passive Infiniive T ird Declension NeuerNouns Tird Declension I -Sem Nouns
alking Geting Dressed or a Pary
REVIEW 3 CHAPTERS 79912519 149
Considering he Classical Gods ApolloConnecing wih he A ncien World oman AtireExploring oman Governmen Poliics in Greece ome and he Unied
Saes by Josiah Ober Proessor o Classics and Poliical Science SanordUniversiy Sanord Caliornia
Mīrābile Aud īū Phrases and Motoes elaing o Governmen andDemocracy
CHAPTER 10 163
eading Vergil ldquo Te rojan HorserdquoLanguage Facs Tird Conjugaion -iō Verbs Presen Acive and Passive
ense Presen Acive and Passive Infiniive T ird Declension AdjecivesSubsanive Adjecives
alking Te Morning Beore a es
CHAPTER 11 177
eading Vergil ldquoQueen Dido o CarhagerdquoLanguage Facs Imperec Acive a nd Passive ense o All Conjugaions
Imperec ense o Sum and Possum Encliicsalking raveling o School
CHAPTER 12 191eading Livy ldquoMucius ScaevolardquoLanguage Facs Fi rs Second and Tird Person Personal Pronouns Firs
and Second Person Possessive Adjecives Declension o vīsalking Discussing he Weaher
REVIEW 4 CHAPTERS 1099125112 205
Considering he Classical Gods Mercury Connecing wih he Ancien World oman FoodExploring he My h o he rojan Horse Never Look a Gif Horse in
he Mouh by Bonnie A Cato Proessor o Classics Assumpion CollegeWorceser Massachusets
Mīrābile Aud īū Phrases and Quoaions elaing o War and Peace
vi bull L atin for the New Millennium
CHAPTER 4 57
eading Cicero ldquoTe Deserer Wans a ewardrdquoLanguage Facs Second Declension Neuer Nouns Daive Case Firs
and Second Declension -us -a -um Adjecives Agreemen o Nounsand Adjecives
alking Discussing Homework
CHAPTER 5 69
eading Cicero ldquoCicero Wries o ereniardquoLanguage Facs Firs and Second Conjugaion Verbs Presen Passive ense
Presen Passive Infiniive Ablaive o Agen Firs and Second Declension
-er Adjecivesalking Discussing Occupaions
CHAPTER 6 81
eading Caesar ldquoTe DruidsrdquoLanguage Facs Presen ense and Presen Infiniive o Sum and Possum
Complemenary Infi niive ransiive and Inransiive Verbsalking Preparing or a es
REVIEW 2 CHAPTERS 49912516 93
Considering he Classical Gods Nepune Pluo Vesa and CeresConnecing wih he Ancien World oman MarriageExploring oman Famil ies Parens and Children Ten and Now by
Jacqueline Carlon Assisan Proessor o Classics Universiy o Massachusets Boson Massachusets
Mīrābile Audīū Phrases Motoes and Abbreviaions elaing o Lie in heweny-Firs Cenur y
CHAPTER 7 111eading Caullus ldquoMy Girlrsquos SparrowrdquoLanguage Facs Tird Declension Masculine and Feminine Nouns Indirec
Saemen Accusaive and Infiniivealking In he Caeeria
CHAPTER 8 123
eading Nepos ldquoTemisocles Saves he GreeksrdquoLanguage Facs T ird Conjugaion Verbs Presen Acive a nd Passive ense
Presen Acive and Passive Infiniive Ablaives o Manner InsrumenSeparaion Place rom Which Place Where Accusaive o Place o W hich
alking Afer School Aciviies
vindashvii bull Latin for the New Millennium
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 2154
Contents bull ix
CHAPTER 18 301
eading Apuleius ldquoCupid and PsycherdquoLanguage Facs Fuure Perec Aci ve ense o All Conjugaions Fuure
Perec ense o Sum and Possum Fifh Declension Nounsalking Going o he Denis
REVIEW 6 CHAPTERS 1699125118 315
Considering he Classical Gods BacchusConnecing wih he Ancien World Gladiaorial GamesExploring oman Disasers Earh Air Fire and Waer by John E Torburn
Associae Proessor o Classics Baylor Universiy Waco exas
Mīrābile Audīū Quoaions elaing o Atiudes oward and Coping wihMisorunes
CHAPTER 19 331
eading Ammianus ldquoTe HunsrdquoLanguage Facs Perec Passive Pariciple Perec Passive ense o All
Conjugaions eview o Principal Par s o Verbs Demonsraive Pronounand Adjecive Hic
alking Cleaning he House
CHAPTER 20 349
eading Augusine ldquoAn Adolescen TierdquoLanguage Facs Pluperec Passive ense o Al l Conjugaions Perec Acive
and Passive Infini ives Demonsraive Pronoun and Adjecive Illealking Going Shopping
CHAPTER 21 361
eading Boehius ldquoTe Wheel o ForunerdquoLanguage Facs Fuure Perec Passive ense o All Conjugaions Fuure
Acive Pariciple Fuure Acive Infiniivealking A Birhday Pary
REVIEW 7 CHAPTERS 1999125121 375
Considering he Classical Gods VulcanConnecing wih he Ancien World oman EducaionExploring oman Libraries Public Libraries and Teir Books by Keih Dix
Associae Proessor o Classics Universiy o Georgia Ahens GeorgiaMīrābile Audīū Phrases Quoaions and Abbreviaions elaing o
Schools Libraries and Books
viii bull Latin for the New Millennium
CHAPTER 13 219
eading Horace ldquoAn Encouner wih a BoorrdquoLanguage Facs Presen ense Posiive and Negaive Imperaives Firs and
Second Person Personal Pronouns Geniive Case Ti rd Person PossessivePronoun and Adjecive
alking Lae or School
CHAPTER 14 233
eading Ovid ldquoPyramus and TisberdquoLanguage Facs Firs and Second Conjugaion Verbs Fuure Acive and
Passive ense Fuure ense o Sum and Possum elaive Pronouns
elaive Clausesalking Chating on he Inerne
CHAPTER 15 245
eading Seneca ldquoe1047298ecions on Growing OldrdquoLanguage Facs Tird a nd Fourh Conjugaion Verbs Fuure Acive and
Passive ense Inerrogaive Pronouns and Adjecivesalking A rip o he Counry
REVIEW 5 CHAPTERS 1399125115 259
Considering he Classical Gods Minerva Di ana VenusConnecing wih he A ncien World oman Ciies and oadsExploring oman Law Te Jusice Sysem in Ancien ome by James G
Keenan Proessor o Classics Loyola Universiy Chicago Chicago IllinoisMīrābile Audīū Phrases and Quoaions elaing o Legal Maters
CHAPTER 16 273
eading Pliny he Younger ldquoTe Erupion o VesuviusrdquoLanguage Facs Perec ense Verbs Perec Sem Perec Acive ense o
All Conjugaions Perec ense o Sum and Possum Daive o Possessionalking elaxing a he Beach
CHAPTER 17 287
eading acius ldquoTe Fire a omerdquoLanguage Facs Pluperec A cive ense o All Conjugaions Pluperec
ense o Sum and Possum Fourh Declension Masculine Feminine andNeuer Nouns
alking ecovering rom an Acciden
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull viiindashix
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 2254
xndashxi bull Latin for the New Millennium
FOREWORDTe aurea mediocriās o Lain exbooks has arrived No a grammar-ranslaion nor a readingapproach book Lain or he New Millennium is a blend o he bes elemens o boh
Te key o Lain or he New Millennium Level 1 is he emphasis on reading Lain a he begin-ning o each chaper and using conversaional Lain a he end o each chaper or as he auhorsindicae in he Preace lsquoi (Lain) offers you he lingui sic key o he minds ha shaped European
(and hereore American) culu re rom he ime o he omans o he modern scienific revolu-ion In his book you will learn abou he language sep by sep by using irsquo
Te reading passages a he opening o each chaper are ba sed on Lain lieraure and proceedin chronological order rom Plauus o Boehius Each reading is suppored by pre-reading andacing page vocabulary Grammar is inroduced using senences already seen in he reading pas-sage and mīrābile dicū here are pleny o exercises Te Vocabulary o Learn chosen rom headaped reading passage hus conains some Advanced Placemen lieraure-based words and i sreieraed consisenly in he exercises and oher shor reading passages
Somehing no seen in mos Lain exbooks is he conversaional dialogue a he end o eachchaper Tis will pique he sudenrsquos ineres in he Lain version o modern-day aciviies andmee cerain classical language sandards direcly Te auhors Milena Minkova and erenceunberg proessors a he Universiy o Kenucky a Lexingon are he direcors o he hugelypopular Conveniculum Lexinoniense he annual su mmer program ha has been r unning ormore han en years Tey are also on he aculy o he Conveniculum Bosoniense a similarprogram ha draws paricipans o experience conversaional Lain in differen geographical se-ings A he 2007 American Classical Leag ue Insiue a Vanderbil Universiy I paricipaed ina conversaional Lain workshop presened by Minkova and unberg Tough he par icipans
were seasoned Lain eachers mos were experiencing or he firs ime he ried and rue meh-ods hese wo expers were using o inspire us o speak Lain By he end o he workshop wecould converse in amiliar Lain phrases and saw how useul his could be or our own sudensunbergrsquos and Minkovarsquos leadership in hese summer programs made hem uniquely well suiedo design he conversaional dialogues in Lain or he New Millennium and he copious oral ex-ercises ha are conained only in he eacher manual hus al lowing eachers o pick and choose
which exercises bes mee he needs o heir own sudens
Tis book wih is range o offerings wi ll appeal o all ypes o lang uage sudens and will alloweachers o bring he many aces o he oman and pos-oman world ino he classroom How
wonderul i is o see a passage o adaped Plauus in Chaper 2 a prose adapaion o Caullusrsquo passer poem in Chaper 7 o Horacersquos saire on he boor in Chaper 13 and even o aciusrsquo de-scripion o he grea fire in ome in Chaper 17 oman culure is embodied in each o hesepassages hus meeing anoher classical language sandard Accompanying each passage is aquoaion or moto conneced o he passage or chaper
bull xi bullx bull Latin for the New Millennium
APPENDIX A 389
Chronological Lis o he Auhors and Works Sudied
APPENDIX B 391
Addiional Sae Motoes
APPENDIX C 393
Grammaical Forms and Paradigms
APPENDIX D 405
Lain Synax
APPENDIX E 411Hisorical imeline
ENGLISH TO LATIN GLOSSARY 415
LATIN TO ENGLISH GLOSSARY 421
BIBLIOGRAPHY 429
PHOTOGRAPHY CREDITS 431
INDEX 435
LIST OF MAPS
Map o he oman World xxxi iMap o he ravels o Aeneas 187Map o he Ciy o ome 227
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 2354
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull xiindashxiii
PREFACELearning Lain helps you learn English and oher languages beter and perhaps even moreimporanly i offers you he linguisic key o he minds ha shaped European (and hereore
American) culure rom he ime o he omans o he modern scienific revoluion Lain washe language hese people used o express hemselves and o record heir ideas in permanen ormacross so many cenuries In his book you wil l learn abou he language by u sing i sep by sep
CHAPTER COMPONENTS
READING PASSAGES
Each chaper begins wih a eading Passage and noes on he acing page ha will help you un-dersand any linguisic elemens you have no previously seen Tese noes eaure vocabulary
words in an easy o ollow alphabeical l ising providing you he exac meaning needed o un-dersand he reading passage bu no he ull lexical enries a his poin By reading and seeinghese new elemens in heir naural conex ofen you will need no explanaion o undersandhow hey uncion because hey appear w ih words you already know Te eadi ng Passages areadaped rom auhenic works o Lain lieraure and hey are presened in chronological order
As you complee each chaper you will be raci ng he sory o Lain as a lierary language andhe sories o he auhors who used i In addiion you wi ll learn abou oman c ulure over heperiods o ime in which he eaured reading o each chaper was produced
VOCABULARY TO LEARN
Te Vocabulary o Learn repeas some words encounered in he eading Passage or each chap-
er bu in his secion he words are lised by pars o speech i nsead o alphabeically and herehe ull lexical enry is given Tese are words you will need o memorize in order o recognizeand use hem hroughou he remainder o he book In order o aid you in recognizi ng connec-ions beween Lain words and he English words derived rom or relaed o hem a derivaiveexercise ollows each Vocabulary o Learn
LANGUAGE FACTS AND EXERCISES
In he body o each chaper you will fi nd simple explanaions o he Language Facs eaured inhe chaper reading passage along wih many differen exercises ha allow you o use all he in-ormaion you are learning By doing he exercises in each chaper and in he suden workbook
you will no only be reading and wriing Lain yoursquoll be speaking i Some exercises involve oralexchanges wih he eacher and wih oher sudens Because Lain communicaes hough i isa living hing Tereore a person who gains an acive working knowledge in he language along
bull xiii bullxii bull Latin for the New Millennium
All o his said Lain or he New Millennium is suden riendly Sudy ips rhymes and mnemon-ics abound in each chaper and litle secions called ldquoBy he Wayrdquo offer addiional inormaion orhose who always wan o know more
Te uni review secions are ru ly gems Afer hree chapers a Lain review chaper providesno jus he complee lis o Vocabulary o Learn and pleniu l exercises bu ofen anoher pieceo adaped lieraure o read991252snippes o Mari al or Peronius and more
Bu his is no all A secion called ldquoConsidering he Classical Godsrdquo offers high-ineres readingsin boh Engli sh and Lain on he panheon o classical gods A noher secion eniled ldquoConnec-ing wih he Ancien Worldrdquo provides in English addiional i normaion on a paricular aspec ooman lie conained wihin he uni
Capping each review uni is a disincive essay ha e xplores oman and modern opics each writen by a universiy scholar From he Universiy o Massachusets o Sanord Universiyand many places in be ween hese proessors have conribued heir special experise on subjecmater relaed o he chapers I k now o no oher book ha does hi s
Tere are many useu l phoographs and maps appropriaely placed hroughou Te reproduc-ions o fine ar and phoographs o archaeological sies provide a visual learning experience as
well Needless o say here are appendices on g rammar and synax a nd English o Lain andLain o English glossaries wih an added secion on various motoes
Te auhors ediors consulans and pilo eachers have done a superior job o organizing his book or maximum useu lness and effeciveness Tis unique series w ill include he ollowi ngLevel 1 Suden ex Level 1 Suden Workbook Level 1 eacherrsquos Manual and Level 1 Work-
book eacherrsquos Manual Level 2 Suden ex Level 2 Suden Workbook Level 2 eacherrsquosManual and Level 2 Workbook eacherrsquos Manual Many online and elecronic resources willalso accompany his series
Lain for he New Millennium has been houghully designed or and wih he weny-firscenury suden in mind Please join me in heralding he appearance o his unique new series
ha will improve and enhance he sudy o Lain or he weny-firs cenury
P983137983157983148 P983154983151983152983141983154983162983145983151Boson Lain Academy
2008
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 2454
xivndashxv bull Latin for the New Millennium
Preface bull xv
ASPECTS OF ROMAN LIFE
Nex you will find a reading in English on an imporan aspec o oman daily lie Tis sec-ion eniled Connecing wih he Ancien World wil l presen addiional inormaion on a opicencounered in he previous c hapers
EXPLORING ROMAN AND MODERN LIFE
Following he secion on daily lie here will be a shor essay in English ha compares and con-rass some aspec o oman and American lie and illusraes a way in which Lain is a par oour lie oday Each o hese essays has been writen by a universiy scholar wih special experisein his field o sudy
MĪRĀBILE AUDĪTŪEach review chaper concludes wih a l is o Lain quoaions motoes phrases or abbreviaionsused in English Tese sayings relae o one o he uni opics
Te Lain langu age and oman culure have no only inspired wriers hroughou he ages andin1047298uenced modern lie bu have also lef heir presence in ar and archaeology In his volumereproducions o painings drawings sculpure mosaics rescoes and oher ariacs rom an-iquiy hrough he presen abound wih depicions o and reerences o he sories and lives ohe omans Likewise view s o archaeological sies remind us o wha ome and is area o in1047298u-ence was like in ancien imes Te illusraions hroughou he ex suppor he writen word in
visual orm hus offering you a vivid recollecion o he chaper conen
Each auhor o his book has writen differen secions o he exbook bu boh auhors have ben-efied hroughou he composiion o he exbook rom coninuous muual advice and suppor
MM and 2008
Visi wwwl nmbolchazycom o see he elecronic resources ha accompany Lain or he New Millennium
xiv bull Latin for the New Millennium
wih a readi ng abiliy i s more likely o progress quick ly o a deeper undersanding o he lan-guage and he enjoymen o is lieraure I you have an oral aciliy and can wrie in a language
you will no need o be reminded abou orms and grammaical rules so ofen In his book you will acquire ha acive acili y as a basic par o learning he language
CONVERSATIONAL LATIN
oward he end o each chaper here is a Lain dialogue in which a group o modern sudens arehe paricipans Tey discuss in Lain siuaions ofen encounered in our daily li ves In hesedialogues you will find a bridge beween our lives and he houghs o he ancien medieval orrenaissance auhors who wroe in Lain991252a bridge consruced o he same basic language Lain
OTHER FEATURESIn each chaper you will fi nd oher ineresing mater ha will help you learn and enjoy Lain
bull Memorābile Dictū Te firs page o each chaper eaures a amous saying labeled Memorābile Dicū (A Memorable Ting o Say) a Lain phrase so well known ha i has become an ofenrepeaed proverb or quoaion Learning each amous saying wi ll increase your u ndersand-ing no jus o Lain bu o he houghs and ideas ha were i mporan o omans and haveconinued o be an inegral par o modern lie
bull Sudy ips Each chaper conains sayings rhymes mnemonic devices verses or oher in-ormaion ha will help you remember he various hings you are learning
bull By he Way You will see his phrase repeaed hroughou every chaper When you see hislabel you will know ha addiional inormaion is being presened
REVIEW COMPONENTS A he conclusion o every se o hree chapers here is a review conaining various componens
VOCABULARY TO KNOW
Tis is a complee lis o all he Vocabulary o Learn words presened in he hree chapers ar-ranged by pars o speech
EXERCISES
Here you will see many new exercises ha will help you review and reinorce he maerial in hehree preceding chapers In he review exercise secion here is ofen an addiional reading pas-sage o help you undersand more abou Lain lieraure and is heriage oday
CLASSICAL MYTHOLOGY
Tis secion eniled Considering Classical Myhology includes passages on myhology one inEnglish and one in Lain which ell some o he principal sories abou he Greek and omangods Tese sories re1047298ec many o he main hemes seen in lieraure and ar rom classical omodern imes
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 2554
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull xvindashxvii
AUTHORSMILENA MINKOVA
MA and PhD Chrisian and Classical Philology Pon-ifical Salesian Universiy ome Ialy MA and PhDClassics Universiy o Sofia Bulgaria
Associae Proessor o Classics Universiy o KenuckyLexingon Kenucky
Milena Minkova has sudied conduced research andaugh in Bulgaria Swizerland Germany Ialy he
Vaican Ciy and he USA Minkova has auhored hree book monographs Te Personal Names o he Lain In-scripions fom Bulgaria (Peer Lang 2000) Te Proe-an Raio (Peer Lang 2001) and Inroducion o Lain
Prose Composiion (Bolchazy-Carducci 2007 reprin Wimbledon 2001) She has also published numerousaricles on Lain medieval philosophy Lain lieraureLain composiion and Lain pedagogy
TERENCE TUNBERGBA and MA Classics Universiy o Souhern Calior-nia Posgraduae researcher and docoral suden Me-
dieval Sudies Universiy o London England PhDClassical Philology Universiy o orono Canada
Proessor o Classics Universiy o Kenucky Lexing-on Kenucky
erence unberg has augh in Belgium and Canadaas well as in he USA He is a specialis in Lain com-posiion and an exper in he hi sory o he approacheso wriing Lain prose rom aniquiy o early modernimes His works include a n ediion o collecion o Me-dieval Lain speeches commenaries on Lain worksand numerous sudies o he hisory o imiaion in La-in wriing In addiion or more han a decade he hasoffered summer seminars designed o inroduce peopleo he use o spoken Lain
bull xvii bull
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 2654
EDITORS CONSULTANTSAND PILOT TEACHERS
VOLUME EDITORSElisa C DenjaEdior Bolchazy-Carducci PublishersBaker Demonsraion School EmeriaEvanson Illinois
LeaAnn A OsburnEdior Bolchazy-Carducci PublishersBarringon High School EmeriaBarringon Illinois
BOARD OF
CONSULTANTS Virginia A ndersonLain eacherIllinois Virual High SchoolBarringon Middle School EmeriaBarringon Illinois
Jill M CrookerLain eacher
Pitsord-Mendon High School EmeriaPitsord New York
Judih Peller HalletProessor o ClassicsUniversiy o MarylandCollege Park Maryland
Sherwin D Litle1ndash12 Foreign Language Program LeaderIndian Hill High SchoolCincinnai Ohio
Sherrilyn MarinChair Deparmen o Foreign LanguagesKeih Counry Day Schoolockord Illinois
Mary PendergrafProessor o Classical Languages
Wake Fores Universiy Winson-Salem Norh Carolina
John raupman
Proessor o ClassicsS Josephrsquos Universiy EmeriusPhiladelphia Pennsylvania
Cynhia Whie Associae Proessor o ClassicsUniversiy o Arizonaucson Ari zona
ose WilliamsMcMurry College Emeria
Abilene High School Emeria Abilene exas
Donna WrighLain eacherLawrence Norh and Lawrence Cenral High
Schools
Indianapolis Indiana
PILOT TEACHERS Jeremy M WalkerLain eacherCrown Poin High SchoolCrown Poin Indiana
Laneta WarrenburgLain eacherElgin High SchoolElgin Illinois
bull xix bullxviii bull Latin for the New Millennium
JOINT PUBLICATIONS BY THE AUTHORSMinkova and unberg have coauhored he ollowing books Readings and Exercises in Lain
Prose Composiion (Focus 2004) Reading Livyrsquos Rome Selecions fom Livy Books IndashVI (Bol-chazy-Carducci 2 005) Maer Anserina Poems in Lain or Children (Focus 2006) Tey are hedirecors o he Insiue or Lain Sud ies a he Universiy o Kenucky in which sudens sudyhe hisory o Lain rom ancien o modern imes and ake par in seminars in which Lai n is he
working language o all ac iviies Boh Minkova and unberg are eleced ellows o he ome- based Academia Lainiai Fovendae he primary learned sociey devoed o he preservaion andpromoion o he use o Lain
xviiindashxix bull Latin for the New Millennium
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 2754
Editors Consultants and Pilot Teachers bull xxi
SHERWIN LITTLE
BA Universiy o Cincinnai M A Universiy o Colorado
Sherwin Litle has augh Lain rom sixh g rade hrough Lain AP a Indian Hill Exemped Vil-lage School Disric since 1983 Sherwin has received an Ovaio rom CAMWS as well as heCAMWS Good eacher Award and he Hildesheim Vase Award rom he Ohio Classical Coner-ence in 1986 and 2007 Sherwin holds Naional Board Cerificaion in World Languages Oherhan English and has been boh Vice Presiden and Presiden o he American Classical Leag ue
SHERRILYN MARTIN
BA Wilson College MA PhD Universiy o Cincinnai
Sherrilyn Marin was named Illinois Lain eacher o he Year in 1993 was a recipien o heL Governorrsquos Award or Foreign Language eaching in 2001 and was named a Claes Nobeleacher o Disincion in 2 007 She is a pas presiden o he Illinois Classical Conerence and isacive in he ockord Sociey o he A rchaeological Insiue o America Sherri lyn spen a yearin independen sudy a he Universiy o Tessaloniki Greece
MARY PENDERGRAFT
AB PhD Universiy o Norh Carolina Chapel Hill
Afer eaching a UNC-Greensboro and D uke Universiy Mary Pendergraf began eachingclassics ul l-ime a Wake Fores Mary is a ormer Presiden o he Norh Carolina Classical A s-sociaion and paricipaed in he ocus group ha w roe he Norh Carolina Sandard Course oSudy or Lain
JOHN TRAUPMAN
BA Moravian College MA PhD Pr inceon Universiy
John raupman is proessor emerius rom S Josephrsquos Universiy i n Phil adelphia where heaugh or hiry-eigh years A mong his many awards John received he Disinguished eaching
Award rom S Josephrsquos Universiy in 1982 a cerificae o appreciaion rom he PennsylvaniaDeparmen o Educaion in 1990 and he Special Award rom he Classical Associaion o he
Alanic Saes in 1996 John raupman is especially well-known as he auhor oConversaional Lain and Te New College Lain and English Dicionary
CYNTHIA WHITE
BA Chesnu Hill College MA Villanova Universiy PhD Caholic Universiy o America
Cynhia Whie is he Direcor o he Undergraduae Lain Program and supervises eacherraining and Kndash12 Lain eacher Cerificaion a he Universiy o Arizona She regularlyeaches a he Isiuo Inernazionale di Sudi Classici di Orvieo he Classics Deparmenrsquos Sudy
Abroad Program in Orvi eo Ialy and has sudied i n ome wih he Papal Lai nis eg inaldFoser ODC
xx bull Latin for the New Millennium
VOLUME EDITORSELISA C DENJA
BA Marygrove College Deroi Michigan MA Columbia Universiy MA Loyola UniversiyChicago
Elisa Denja augh Lain a Norh Chicago High School and Baker Demonsraion School inEvanson Illinois or many years while concurrenly eaching classical myhology a LoyolaUniversiy o Chicago and in he g ifed-disance learning program a Norhwesern UniversiyElisa was awarded he Illinois Lain eacher o he Year award in 1992 and he Illinois Lieime
Achievemen Award in 2007
LEAANN A OSBURNBA Monmouh College Illinois MA Loyola Universiy Chicago
While eaching Lain or many years a Barringon High School in Barringon Illinois LeaA nnserved as boh vice-presiden and presiden o he Illinois Classical Conerence LeaAn n receivedhe Illinois La in eacher o he Year award in 1989 he Illinois L Governorrsquos Award in 1990and he Classical Associaion o he Middle Wes and Souh Good eacher Award in 1996
BOARD OF CONSULTANTSVIRGINIA ANDERSON
BA Loyola Universiy Chicago MA S Xavier Universiy
Virginia Anderson augh Lain or hi ry years i n privae and public hi gh schools and middleschools in he Chicagoland area In 1999 she was awarded he L Governorrsquos Award or Enhance-men o he eaching Proession and in 2003 was named Il linois Lain eacher o he Year
JILL M CROOKER
BA Universiy o Illi nois MSEd Nazareh College o ocheser New York Jill Crooker augh Lain or many years a Pitsord-Mendon High School in Pitsord New YorkShe has served as he College Board Advisor o he A P Lain es Developmen Commitee andin 1996 received he Moron E Spillenger Award or Disingui shed Leadership o he Classical
Associaion o he Empire Sae In 2003 she received he ACL Meria Award and i n 2006 a nOvaio rom he Classical A ssociaion o he Alanic Saes
JUDITH PELLER HALLETT
BA Wellesley MA PhD Harvard Universiy
In addiion o sudying a he A merican Academy in ome he Insiue o Classical Sudies inLondon and he Universiy o Maasrich in Holland Judih Hallet is a ormer presiden o heClassical Associaion o he Alanic Saes and Vice-Presiden or Oureach o he AmericanPhilological Associaion She was named a Disinguished Scholar-eacher in 1992 by he Uni-
versiy o Maryland
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull xxndashxxi
TEACHER NOTES
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 2854
xxii bull Latin for the New Millennium
xxii bull L atin for the New Millennium
ROSE WILLIAMS
BA Baylor Universiy MA Universiy o Norh Carolina Chapel Hill
In addiion o posgraduae work in Lain and Humaniies a he Universiy o Dallas and heUniversiy o exas a Arlingon on a ockeeller Gran ose Williams did research a he Bodle-ian Library Ox ord Universiy in England and a he Universiy o Pisa She augh Lain or overhiry years a boh high school and uni versiy levels in exas and now is he auhor o more hanen books abou he Classics
DONNA WRIGHT
BA MA Ball Sae Universiy
Afer eaching Lain a Carmel High School Donna Wrigh currenly eaches a boh LawrenceNorh and Lawrence Cenral High Schools in Indianapolis Indiana She has been an acivemember o he Indiana Classical Conerence being named Creaive Lain eacher o he Year in1976 She has also been acive i n he American Classical League sponsoring a JCL chaper andleading Ialy rips or nearly weny years Donna also served as an offi cer speaker and boardmember o Pompeiiana Inc
PILOT TEACHERS JEREMY M WALKER
AB Wabash College MA Indiana Universiy
Jeremy Walker has augh Lain a Crown Poin High School in Crown Poin Indiana since1995 He has served as he Co-Chair o he Indiana Junior Classical League and Membershipand Public elaions Chair o he Naional Junior Classical League In addiion o sudying inIaly a he Inercollegiae Cener or Classical Sudies and in Greece a he American School orClassical Sudies he was presiden o he Indiana Classical Conerence In 2003 Jeremy was rec-ognized as he Lain eacher o he Year in Indiana and in 2004 was recognized by he Indiana
Sae eachers Associaion as a orch o K nowledge ecipien
LANETTA WARRENBURG
BA Indiana Universiy MA Indiana Universiy-Purdue Universiy Indianapolis
Laneta Warrenburg has augh high school English and Lain or hiry-hree years a schoolsin Indiana and Illinois Her las weny-our years o eaching Lain were a Elgin High Schoolin Elgin Illinois While eaching Lain here she served as he Illinois Classical Conerencechairperson or Chicago Classics Day as co-chair or he Illinois Ceramen League since 1993and as sae chair or he Il linois Junior Classical L eague rom 1999ndash2001 Laneta was honoredas he Illi nois Lain eacher o he Year in 2001 and was presiden o he Chicago Classical Clubrom 2005ndash2007
INTRODUCTION
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 2954
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull xxiii
INTRODUCTIONALPHABETTe Lain alphabe was derived rom he Eruscan alphabe some ime beore he sevenh cen-ury 983138983139983141 Te Eruscans were a people in pre-oman Ialy
Teir alphabe owes much o he Greek alphabe In urn he Greek alphabe was derived romhe Phoenician alphabe Phoenician raders had spread heir sysem o wriing h roughou he
Medierranean region Te Phoenician alphabe isel can be raced o he Norh Semiic alpha- be which was used in Syria and Palesine as early as he elevenh cenury 983138983139983141 and is consideredo be he earlies ully developed alphabeic wriing sysem
An Eruscan couple reclining on a funeral sarcophagus
bull xxiii bull
Sandard41
EDITORrsquoS NOTE
Te comprehension quesions and answers as well as some o he eaching ips and eacher by he Way noa-ions in his eacher manual were writen by Elisa C Denja LeaAnn A Osburn Karen Lee Singh and DonaldE Sprague classics ediorseducaors a Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers
HOW TO USE THIS BOOK
Please noe ha he perinen naional Classics sandards are lised in he margin o he lef or righ on he samepage as he reproducion o he suden ex
Eisemann Communicaion assised in preparing he correlaions o Lain o r he New Mil lennium wih he
naional sandards For an overview o he sandards hemselves and he correlaions please consul www bolchazyl nmcom
TEACHING TIP
Te eacher may choose o use he picure o he Eruscan couple on his page and he brie meniono he Eruscan alphabe o open a discussion on wha role he Eruscans played in early omanimes Sudens may be direced o p xxx ii o find Eruria on he map
TEACHING TIPTe eacher may wish o discuss wih he sudens he erm ldquoomance languagesrdquo Many modernlanguages come rom he language used by he ancien omans French Ialian Poruguese Span-ish omanian ec omansch (spoken by he descendans o he aeians and one o he our o-ficial languages o Swizerland) is also derived rom Lain
TEACHER BY THE WAYBased on archeological evidence i appears ha Eruscan women were an imporan par o hesocial srucure Ofen he names o boh moher and aher were placed on unerary inscripionsTe reedom o women wihin sociey is likewise apparen on monumens where hey can be seenreclining wih heir husbands on he same couch atending games and having a place o honor in heomb isel Noice he affecionae pose o he couple in he illusraion on p xxiii Clearly marriedlove was valued in Eruscan sociey and amily lie was imporan
ombs also provide evidence or he syle o Eruscan homes Some o hese eaures were borrowed by heomans especially he cenral hall and hree rooms a he back Tis ype o house was known a Pompeii as well as a ome ac cording o Viru vius auhor o Dē archiecūrā
TEACHING TIP
Te eacher may wish o have sudens read an English ranslaion o Livyrsquos radiional accouno anaquil wie o arquinius Priscus he fifh king o ome Te independence o Eruscan women is ev iden in hi s ale He r behavior is he ani hesis o he ideas o woma nly dec orum hel d by he omans
TEACHING TIPS d ill j i i h E li h ldquo lph b rdquo pl i h E li h l t ih h
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 3054
xxiv bull Latin for the New Millennium
xxiv bull Latin for the New Millennium
Look a he English alphabe in he lef column and a he Lain alphabe in he righ one TeLain alphabe is accompanied by he names o he Lain leters (in parenheses)
English Alphabe Lain Alphabe
Uppercase Lowercase Uppercase Lowercase Leter Name
A a A a (a ldquoăhrdquo)
B b B b (be ldquobayrdquo)
C c C c (ce ldquocayrdquo)
D d D d (de ldquodayrdquo)
E e E e (e ldquoĕhrdquo)
F F (e)
G g G g (ge ldquogayrdquo)H h H h (ha ldquohahrdquo)
I i I i (i ldquoeerdquo)
J j
K k K k (ka ldquokahrdquo)
L l L l (el)
M m M m (em)
N n N n (en)
O o O o (o ldquoŏhrdquo)
P p P p (pe ldquopayrdquo)
Q q Q q (qu ldquokoordquo)
r r (er)
S s S s (es)
(e ldquoayrdquo)
U u U u (u ldquooordquo)
V v V v (u consonan)
W w
X x X x (ix ldquoeexrdquo)
Y y Y y (upsilon)
Z z Z z (zea ldquodzayardquo)
Te English alphabe is derived direcly rom he Lain alphabe Tis accouns or he greasimilariies b eween he wo alphabes Tere are 26 leters in he English alphabe and 24 in heLain Te differences are he ollowing
bull Te leter W w (which is he doubled leter v) is missing in he Lain alphabe
bull Te leter J j is a more recen invenion In ac i appears in Lain exs writen during heMiddle Ages and he enaissance as well as i n many modern ediions o ancien Lain exsI is used o indicae he semi-vowel i someimes called consonanal i Te consonanal i is
Sudens will enjoy singing he English alphabe song replacing he English leter names wih heLain leter names Sudens may be insruced o clap once where here is no Lain leter name (egldquoJrdquo) equivalen o he English one
TEACHING TIPTe eacher may choose o display any Lain words (a lis is provided below or he eacherrsquos conve-nience) and insruc he sudens o spell ou he word using he Lain leter names Te sudensmay become curious o know wha he Lain words mean Definiions are given below
bull pars ndash par
bull nox ndash nigh
bull ruber ndash red
bull ēgī ndash I have done
bull amilia ndash amily
bull carō ndash 1047298esh
bull dēcernō ndash I decide
bull herba ndash plan
bull Kalendae ndash Kalends (firs day o he monh)
bull quoque ndash also
bull imor ndash ear
bull Pȳhia ndash Pyhia (name o Apollorsquos priesess)
bull iēcī ndash I hrew
bull ēlīx - happy bull ignis ndash fire
bull mūō ndash I change
COMPREHENSION QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS FOR PAGES XXIII991251XXVeproducible versions o he quesions alone are available a wwwlnm bolchazycom
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 3154
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull xxv
Introduction bull xxv
he i a he beginning o a word beore a vowel or i beween wo vowels According o hismehod or example Iūlius is writen Jūlius and Āiax is writen Ājax In his book he leter J j will no be used
bull Te disincion beween he vowel U u and he consonan V v also belongs o laer imesIniially here was only one leter V u used boh or he vowel and he consonan eg Vrbs ldquoTe Ciyrdquo (ie ome) or uicor ldquohe winnerrdquo
bull However in accord wih he prevail ing pracice o expressing he vowel wih U u and heconsonan wih V v in his book he wo leters will be disingui shed
PRONUNCIATION OF LATIN
VOWELSTere are six vowels in Lain and heir pronunciaion is as ollows
Long Vowel Sound Shor Vowel Sound
ā is pronounced as in ldquoaherrdquo ōrāor ldquooraorrdquo a is pronounced as in ldquoalikerdquo amō ldquoloverdquo
ē is pronounced like he a in ldquoraverdquo nēmō ldquonobodyrdquo e is pronounced as in ldquoperdquo bene ldquowellrdquo
ī is pronounced like he double e in ldquoseenrdquo līmes ldquoboundaryrdquo
i is pronounced as in ldquopirdquo nihil ldquonohingrdquo
ō is pronounced as in ldquosoverdquo videō ldquo(I) seerdquo o is pronounced as in ldquoofenrdquorosa ldquoroserdquo
ū is pronounced as in ldquomoonrdquo ūnus ldquoonerdquo u is pronounced as in ldquopurdquo um ldquohenrdquo
ӯ comes rom Greek and is pronounced in lenghsomewhere beween he i in ldquohirdquo and he u in ldquomuerdquo Pӯramus ldquoPyramusrdquo
y comes rom Greek Is sound wheher long or shorlies in beween he sounds o i and u much as in heFrench ldquosucircrrdquo bu he sound o shor y is less drawn ouhan ha o long y lyricus ldquolyricalrdquo
Te Lain words senātus rēgēsulla gentēs and prīmus are
engraved on his sone
Sign from Pompeii carved on sone wih Lain leters
p q
1 race he roos o he Lain alphabe rom is beginnings orward
Norh-Semiic alphabe elevenh cenury 983138983139983141 Phoenician alphabe Greek alphabe Erusca n alphabeLain alphabe
2 Which wo leters in he English alphabe are no ound in he Lain alphabe
W and J
3 When does he leter J begin o appear in Lain
During he Middle Ages and he enaissa nce
4 Look a he Lain inscripion on he sign rom Pompeii (on he righ o p xxv) Find a leas hree Lain words Lis an Engl ish word you believe is based on he La in word
colonia 991252 colonial colony honoris 991252 honorspecacula 991252 specacular specacle perpevom 991252 perpeual perpeuiy duovir 991252 virile virili
Sandards12 41
TEACHING TIPSudens may wan o know he English meanings o he Lain words in Exercises 1 and 2 Te defini-
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 3254
xxvi bull Latin for the New Millennium
xxvi bull L atin for the New Millennium
BY THE WAY
Everywhere in his book long vowels are indicaed by macrons ie ā ē ī ō ū ӯ whileabove he shor vowels here are no signs Someimes wo words differ rom each oheronly in he lengh o he vowel For example mālum wih a longa means ldquoapplerdquo whilemalum wih a shor a means ldquobad hingrdquo
EXERCISE 1epea hese words aloud afer your eacher pronounces hem
1 a lō 7 lēnis 13 probō 19 sūor2 alumnus 8 sēdēs 14 noa 20 ūsus3 rāna 9 i er 15 pōnō 21 syllaba4 rādō 10 imeō 16 dōnum 22 Pӯrēnē5 eneō 11 nīor 17 ululō6 peō 12 mīrus 18 lupus
DIPHTHONGSDiphhongs are wo vowels combined in one syllable and pronounced ogeher as one soundTere are six diphhongs in Lain
bull ae much like he y in ldquoskyrdquo laevus ldquo lefrdquo
bull au pronounced as ou in ldquoourrdquo aurum ldquo goldrdquo
bull ei pronounced as ei in ldquoeignrdquo oiei ldquoalasrdquo
bull eu pronounced eoo much as i in he wo words ldquogrey bluerdquo you were o subrac he ldquogr-rdquo andhe ldquobl-rdquo and combine he wo vowel sounds Eurōpa ldquoEuroperdquo
bull oe pronounced as oy in ldquoboyrdquo proelium ldquo batlerdquo
bull ui pronounced nearly like ldquowerdquohui ldquoohrdquo
I is believed ha quie early sill in ancien imes he diphhongs ae and oe began o be pro-nounced as e I you encouner hem writen aē or aeuml and oē or oeuml his means ha hey are nodiphhongs and he leters should be pronounced separaely āēr poēa
Te diphhongs are always long
EXERCISE 2epea hese words afer your eacher pronounces hem
1 aesās 7 s eu 13 aēneus2 a equō 8 m oenia 14 poēma3 raeda 9 neu 15 hei4 l audō 10 poena 16 huic5 a u 11 neuer6 aula 12 Poenus
Sudens may wan o know he English meanings o he Lain words in Exercises 1 and 2 Te definiions are provided or he eacherrsquos convenience
EXERCISE 11 I nourish 12 wonderul
2 suden 13 I approve
3 rog 14 noe
4 I scrape 15 I pu
5 I hold 16 gif6 I seek 17 I howl
7 smooh 18 wol
8 sea 19 shoemaker
9 journey 20 use
10 I ear 21 sylla ble
11 I srive 22 Pȳrene (a name)
EXERCISE 21 summer
2 I make level
3 carriage
4 I praise5 or
6 orecour
7 or i
8 walls
9 and no
10 penaly
11 neiher
12 Carhaginian
13 bronze
14 poem
15 ah
16 o his
TEACHER BY THE WAYHisorical evidence can be cied or reading he firs syllable o ldquomāgnusrdquo as naurally long bu oher
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 3354
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull xxvii
Introduction bull xxvii
CONSONANTSbull c is pronounced as in ldquocomerdquo clārus ldquobrighrdquo censeō ldquo(I) deemrdquo cārus ldquodearrdquo
bull When b is ollowed by s as in urbs ldquociyrdquo he sound o b approaches ha o p a sound wemigh represen as urps
bull g is pronounced as in ldquogerdquo gaudiumldquojoyrdquo gignō ldquo(I) bege (I) bearrdquo grāialdquoavor agreeablenessrdquo
bull Some hink ha he omans o Cicerorsquos ime (firs cenury 983138983139983141) pronounced he wo conso-nans ng as ngn or example he adjecive māgnus ldquogreardquo would have been pronounced in a
way ha we migh represen asmangnus
bull k is a very rare consonan In ac i appears only in wo words Kalendae ldquohe firs day oevery monh in he oman calendarrdquo and in he personal name Kaeso
bull q appears always in combinaion wih u and he combinaion qu is pronounced as in ldquoqueenrdquoquatuor ldquoourrdquo
bull v has a sound similar o w (as in he word ldquowierdquo) videō ldquo I seerdquo
bull Te consonanu in he combinaion su sounds like he English w in he ollowing our wordssuēscō ldquo(I) become accusomedrdquoSuēvī a name o a German ribe suādeō ldquo(I) adviserdquo suāvis ldquosweerdquo
bull Te leter r is rilled slighly Te sound has no exac equivalen in English bu is heard inmany oher European languages Te bes way o make his sound is o pronounce r as inldquoroperdquo bu vibrae he end o he ongue slighly as you say i
bull x is a double consonan (equivalen ocs or gs) ha sounds much like he x in ldquosixrdquo
bull z is a noher double consonan (equivalen o dz) and sounds almos like z in ldquozebrardquo I be-gins wih a sligh d sound firs so in pronouncing his leter you should hear dz
bull ph sounds like p in ldquopenrdquo bu wih he addiion o a sligh breah o air represened by he hth sounds like t as in ldquo omrdquo bu wih he addiion o a sligh ex ra breahing represened byhe h ch sounds nearly like he combinaion kh Tese consonans are borrowed rom Greek
and appear in Greek words zephyrus ldquowesern breezerdquo chorus ldquochorusrdquo heārum ldquoheaerrdquo When p and t are no accompanied by h his sligh aspiraion is absen
bull When consonans are doubled as in he verbaggredior he consonanal sound is lenghenedslighly
EXERCISE 3epea hese words afer your eacher pronounces hem
1 cibus 7 glōria 13 phasēlus2 capiō 8 Zeus 14 chara3 cumulus 9 bibliohēca 15 cēlō4 crēscō 10 phi losophia 16 anīquus5 gemma 11 zōna6 Gallus 12 heōrēma
g y g y gevidence suggess i is naurally shor Tus in some grammar books such as he one by Gildersleeveand Lodge we find his syllable marked as long bu in oher books i is reaed as shor
TEACHING TIPTe sudens may also wish o find ou he meanings o he Lain words in Exercise 3 Te definiionsare provided or he eacherrsquos convenience
EXERCISE 3
1 ood2 I ake
3 a heap
4 I grow
5 bud jewel
6 a Gaul
7 glory
8 Zeus
9 library
10 philosophy
11 a girdle
12 heory
13 kidney bean
14 paper
15 I hide
16 old
TEACHING TIPTe eacher may wish o provide he sudens wih some pracice on syllables and sress accen Here
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 3454
xxviii bull Latin for the New Millennium
xxviii bull Latin for the New Millennium
ACCENT A Lain word is made up no jus o leters bu also o syllables A Lain word has as many syllablesas i has vowels or diphhongs (a diphhong works like a single vowel since i is made up o wo
vowels pronounced ogeher [see diphhongs above])
You will need o know he ollowing erms when learning abou accen
bull ulima he las syllable in a word
bull penul he second-o-las syllable in a word
bull anepenul he hird-o-las syllable in a word
So in he word ze- ph y-r us he vowel u is he ulima y is he penul and e is he anepenul
RULES ABOUT THE STRESS ACCENT IN LATIN1 Te sress accen in Lain alls on eiher he penul or he anepenul
2 Te accen alls on he penul i he penul is long I he penul is shor he accen alls onhe anepenul
3 How o deermine wheher he penul is long or shor
a I he penul conains a long vowel (or any diphhong) he penul isel is long You o-en need o learn wheher he vowel in he penul is long or shor as a basic elemen inlearning a new word A macron above he vowel will ell you ha he vowel is long whi lehe absence o a macron wil l indicae a shor vowel Pronouncing he word can help youremember he vowel lenghs For ex ample vi-de-ō ldquoI seerdquo is pronounced viacutedeō whileau-rō-ra ldquodawnrdquo is pronounced aurōacutera and po-pu-lus ldquopeoplerdquo is pronounced po pulus
b I he vowel in he penul is ollowed by wo or more consonans he penul is long no
mater wheher he vowel in he penul is long or shor and he accen necessarily allson he penul For example do-cu-men-um ldquodocumenrdquo is pronounced documenacuteum
BY THE WAYTe consonan x is double (cs or gs) and couns as wo consonans when deermining
wheher he penul is long
c Tere is one excepion o lsquobrsquo above Someimes even when here are wo consonans be-ween he penul and he ulima hey sill do no deermine ha he penul is long Tishappens when he wo consonans are a mue and a liquid
Te mues are p b d t g c
Te liquids are l r
So in he word pal-pe-bra ldquoeyelidrdquo he anepenul is accened ( palacutepebra) he vowel o he pe-nul is shor since i i s ollowed by a mue and a l iquid O course ru le lsquoarsquo sill applies in he wordhe-ā-trum ldquoheaerrdquo he penul is accened (heāacuterum) since i is naurally long somehing welearn rom he macron
y p p yare some examples wih he answers included or he eacherrsquos convenience
Underline he ulima in each word
1 legō
2 rēgis
3 imperāor
Underline he penul in each word
1 causa
2 pūnīum3 armāus
Underline he anepenul in each word
1 vulnerō
2 eigī
3 sublāum
Underline he penul i i is long
1 pōnō
2 spēlunca
3 pauperis
Underline he syllable ha will receive he sress accen in each word1 ōrāculum
2 peīum
3 cōnsania
4 exsīncum
5 vulneris
6 solius
TEACHING TIPGiven he passage abou he bahhouse on his page and he picure rom Bah England he
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 3554
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull xxix
EXERCISE 4epea each senence aloud afer your eacher reads i Pay atenion o he pronunciaion andsress accen o each word
Wha i is Like o Live Over a Bahhouse
(Adaped rom Seneca Moral Leter 56)
Ecce undique clāmor sona Suprā ipsum balneum habiō Prōpōne nunc ibi omnia genera vōcumodiōsa Foriōrēs exercenur e manūs plumbō gravēs iacan cum au labōran au labōranemimianur Gemiūs audiō quoiēns spīrium remīsērun Sun quoque ūncōrēs e racāōrēs
Audiō crepium manuum umerōs erienium sonus quoque icuum mūāur nunc enim manusperveni plāna nunc concava Audiō clāmōrēs sī ūr es i n balneō dēprehēnsus
Look here is noise sounding all around I live above he bahhouse isel Imagine o yourselnow all he haeul ypes o voices Te sronger ones exercise hemselves and swing heir ha ndsloaded wih lead weighs while hey work ou991252or imiae a person working ou I hear moansevery ime hey le go a ltpen-upgt breah Tere are also anoiners and masseurs I hear he slapo hands hiting shoulders and he sound o he blows changes or someimes he hands come1047298a someimes cupped I hear shouing i a hie is caugh in he bahhouse
A pool from inside he Roman Bahs in Bah England
Introduction bull xxix
eacher may wish o open a discussion abou bahs during oman i mes Te use o he calidārium fīgid ārium epidārium and sūdārium may be explained by he eacher and sudens may be en-couraged o learn andor pronounce hese words
TEACHER BY THE WAYBahs were ofen consruced on locaions having ho or mineral springs such as Bah in Englandand Bāiae a resor own on he Bay o Naples
Modern Bah in oman imes was named afer he Celic goddess o healing Sulis In he firscenury her shrine was aken over by he omans and she was idenified wih he goddess Minerva
Te sie was hen known as Aquae Sulis Mine rva In a emple relie she is represened wih a Medusa-like head and a musache
Te spa conained a grea bah (73 f by 29 f) and hree oher swimming pools he calidārium (ho bah)epidārium (warm bah) and fīgidār ium (cold bah) In he second cenury he spring was enclosed wihin a wooden barrel-vau led build ing ha housed hese hree pools Ho ai r bahs were ueled by coal fires A con-san 1047298ow o waer was direced o he pools hrough lead pipes which sill uncion oday
Archeologica l excavaions have revealed ma ny sacred voive offerings c urse ables and innumerable coinsa he botom o he springs Te curse ables writen in Lain heaped curses on anyone suspeced o wrong-doing Te ancien radiion o hrowing coins accompanied by a wish sill prevails oday in ome a he reviFounain where ourissvisiors do he same
More inormaion on bah complexes in ome can be ound on p 386 o his eacherrsquos manual
Sandards22 31
32 41 42
TEACHING TIPTe eacher may wish o insruc he sudens o find he iber iver which is picured here on he
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 3654
xxx bull Latin for the New Millennium
xxx bull Latin for the New Millennium
OVERVIEW OF ROMAN HISTORY According o legend omulus and his win broher emus were se adrif on he iber iver Ashe-wol nursed he boys unil a shepherd rescued hem Upon reaching manhood in 753 983138983139983141he wins ounded a new ciy near he place w here hey had been ound by he she-wol on he
basis o anaugusō auguriō ldquoa avorable sighing o birdsrdquo Bu omulus killed emus in a dispueover who would rule he new ciy and became is firs king
Six oher kings ruled afer omulus Numa Pompilius ullus Hosilius Ancus Marius ar-quinius Prisc us Servius ullius a nd arquinius Superbus (arquin he Proud) Afer he las ohese seven kings was overhrown in 509 983138983139983141 ome became a republic wih a represenaiveorm o governmen headed by wo consuls eleced an nually By 451 983138983139983141 he fi rs corpus o o-man law known as he welve ables was creaed
In he las cenury 983138983139983141 he oman epublic was shaken apar by a series o civil wars By31 983138983139983141 an auocraic regime headed earlier by Julius Caesar and laer by his grea-nephew Oc-avian brough he epublic o an end Te years rom 27 983138983139983141991252when Ocavian assumed heile o prīnceps ldquochie ciizenrdquo as well as he name Augu sus991252o around 180 983139983141 are known ashe early principae or empire During his era ome exended her boundaries o he BriishIsles in he norh Norh Arica in he souh Spain in he wes and he igris and Euphraesrivers in he eas
A view of he iber River as i 1047298ows hrough he ciy of Rome
map on p xxxii
COMPREHENSION QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS FOR PAGE XXX991251XXXI
eproducible versions o he quesions alone are available a wwwlnm bolchazycom
1 Who were he legendary ounders o ome
omulus and emus
2 According o legend in wha year was ome ounded
753 983138983139983141
3 Over he course o he monarchic period how many kings ruled ome
Seven
4 Wha even occurred in 509 983138983139983141
Te beginni ng o he oman epublic (wih wo consuls in charge)
5 Wha is he erm associaed wih he wo leaders o he epublic
Consul
6 Which wo leaders oversaw omersquos shif rom a republic o a principae
Julius Caesar and OcavianAugusu s
7 Wha major aciviy associaed wih empire-building ook place during he principae
erriorial expansion
8 Name wo developmens ha characerized he lae empire
Severe economic problems inernal poliical unres andor requen invasion by he Germanic ribes
9 Describe Diocleianrsquos response o he roubles o he empire
Diocleian divided he empire ino wo halves he Easern and Wesern empires in order o make ruli nghe empire more manageable
10 Explai n he origin o he erm ldquovandalismrdquo
Te fifh cenury invasion and pillag ing o ome by he ribe known as he Vandals who occupied he o-man province o Norh Arica led o he erm ldquovandalismrdquo meaning wanon desrucion
11 Describe Lainrsquos role in he cenuries afer 476 983139983141
Lain 1047298ourished as he major lierary language in he Wesern oman Empire and was spread o non-omanized places like Ireland Scandinavia and he New World
TEACHING TIP
Te eacher may ask he sudens o find he daes menioned on his page in he imeline on pp411ndash414
Sandards21 31 32
TEACHING TIPTe eacher may insruc he sudens o locae ByzaniumConsaninople discussed here in he
d h h ii
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 3754
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull xxxi
Introduction bull xxxi
From 180 983139983141 onwards in he period k nown as he lae empire he oman sae experiencedsevere economic problems and requen invasions by Germanic ri bes esponding o he pres-sure o he firs wave o migraions as well as inernal poliical u nres and economic diffi culieshe emperor Diocleian (ruled 284ndash305 983139983141) had already divided he oman Empire ino anEasern and Wesern hal each under is own emperor991252an atemp o make he vas omansae more manageable
Tis poliical division o he empire acually mirrored a culural division oo he main lan-guage o he Wes was Lain while he main language o he Eas was Greek Shorly aferwardshe emperor Consanine (ruled 312ndash337 983139983141) esablished a new capial or he Easern empirea Byzanium wh ich he renamed Consaninople (ldquohe ciy o Consaninerdquo oday called Isan-
bul) Bu even afer his reorganizaion he imperial governmen ulimaely proved incapable o
semming he ide o he migraions in par because he oman army was oo widely e xendedand could no be in so many places a once Indeed many o he invaders were given he sauso oederāī or ldquoreay roopsrdquo In effec hey were a llowed o occupy segmens o he empire inreurn or proecing i So when Alar ic King o he Visigohs sacked ome in 410 983139983141 he acual lyhad a ile as a commander in he oman army
ome was sacked again in 455 983139983141 by he Vandals who had already occupied he omanprovince o Norh Arica Te pillaging o he ciy o omulus by he invaders made a pro-ound impression on conemporaries and o his day he erm ldquovandalismrdquo is a word in severallanguages or wanon desrucion While he Easern empire (always more sable and eco-nomically prosperous han he Wes) coninued o exis unil 1453 983139983141 he Wesern empire
was ex inc as a poliica l eniy by 476 983139983141 In is place were Germa nic k ingdoms and ribes Angles and Saxons in Briai n Visigohs in Spain Osrogohs in Ialy Franks and Burgundi ansin Gaul991252o name only he major groups Te combinaion o hese new socieies wih heprevious inhabians who had been omanized o varying degrees would one day provide he
basis or he culures o modern Europe
Bu he end o he ancien oman Empire in he Wes was no he end o Lain On he con-rary during he nex 1200 years Lain no only 1047298ourished as he major lierary language in he
erriories o he ormer Wesern oman Empire he use o Lain was exended o regions heomans had never occupied including Ireland Scandinavi a and even he New World
BEGINNINGS OF LATIN LITERATURE Very ew complee works o Lain lieraure produced beore he mid-second cenury 983138983139983141 (ie beore 150 983138983139983141) have survived One reason or his loss was he remendous populariy o he works produced in he ollowing cenury by such auhors as Cicero Vergil and Ovid Teir wri-ings were so widely read and copied in subsequen cenuries ha he auhors preceding hem
were gradually negleced
Among he major figures o early Lain lieraure was a reed slave rom he Greek ciy o aren-um named Livius Andronicus who li ved rom 284ndash204 983138983139983141 He was known or his adapaionso Greek drama or oman audiences and his ranslaion o Homerrsquos Odyssey ino Lain verse
second paragraph on he map on p xxxii
TEACHING TIPTe eacher may ask he sudens o find he daes menioned on his page in he imeline on pp413ndash414
HOW TO USE THIS BOOK AND ITS ANCILLARIES
wo ancillaries are available or use wih his book Te Original Dysuncional Family (abbreviaed ODF)and From Romulus o Romulus Augusulus (abbreviaed R) R will be paricularly useul in order ohelp sudens keep he ime periods o he auhors and o he evens he auhors wroe abou sraigh in heirminds Chaper ile pages will include when appropriae a noaion on wha chaper o R he eachermay wish o assign
TEACHING TIPTe eacher may wish o assign Chaper 1 o he oman hisory ancillary From Romulus o Romu-lus Augusulus a his poin
COMPREHENSION QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS FOR PAGES XXXI991251XXXIVeproducible versions o he quesions alone are available a wwwlnm bolchazycom
1 Whom did he omans consider he aher o Lain lieraure
Ennius
2 Wha was Enniusrsquo mos amous work Is subjec mater
Annālēs was an epic poem abou omersquos early hisory
3 Wha amous Lain saying means ldquoCarhage mus be desroyedrdquo
Carhāgō dēlenda es
4 Who is he auhor o ha saying
Cao he ElderCao he Censor
5 When was Carha ge said o have been desroyed
146 983138983139983141 a he end o he hird Punic war
NB Aler sudens ha he answers o hese comprehension quesions will be ound on p xxxiv
Sandards21 31
R1
TEACHING TIP Ask sudens he English equivalen o cou nries s uch as Briannia and Germānia and he Englishequivalen o he ciies Neāpolis and Ahēnae
Sandard31
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 3854
xxxii bull Latin for the New Millennium
equivalen o he ciies Neāpolis and Ahēnae
A full size r eproducible version of h is page wihou he answe rs can be downloaded a wwwlnm bolchazycom
HOW TO USE THIS BOOK Answers o rep roducible aciviies w ill be gi ven in a larger size bel ow or he eacherrsquos convenience
ANSWERS TO MAP WORK 991251 PAGES XXXII991251XXXIII
1 Crēa Sicilia Corsica Sardinia Cyprus Ihaca Dēlos Brianni a
2 Vesuvius Mōns Aena Mōns Olympus Mōns Āppennīnus Mōns
3 Syria Macedonia Arica Asia
4 mare or ponus
5 Asia Eurōpa Arica
A full siz e reproducible version of his page wihou he answers can be down loaded a wwwln mbolchazycom
Te eacher may wish o have his map enlarged when reproducing i for ease of suden use in compleing his aciviy
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 3954
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull xxxiii
HOW TO USE THIS BOOK
Te answers o his aciviy can be easily seen on he wo acing pages
Te omans regarded Ennius (ca 239 169 983138983139983141) as he aher o Lain lieraure He wroe
TEACHING TIPSudens may be encouraged o find he ciy o Carhage menioned in he second paragraph on hemap on p xxxii
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 4054
xxxiv bull Latin for the New Millennium
xxxiv bull L atin for the New Millennium
Te omans regarded Ennius (ca 239ndash169 983138983139983141) as he aher o Lain lieraure He wroemany kinds o lierary works including plays His Annālēs an epic poem abou he early hisoryo ome was paricularly renowned and perhaps he primary epic read in oman schools beorehe ime o Vergil Only ragmens o his wriings remain
One o Enniusrsquo conemporaries was heamed Cao he Censor also known as Caohe Elder (234ndash149 983138983139983141) a rigidly conserva-ive oman senaor Mos o his reaise onagriculure called Dē agrī culūrā survivesI is he oldes work o Lain prose amongCaorsquos recommendaions here are ha fieldslaves be reaed similarly o beass o bur-den Cao is also remembered or his sae-men Carhāgō dēlenda es ldquoCarhage mus
be desroyedrdquo evidence or he omanear o he Carhaginians Te omansough hree wars known as he Punic
Wars agai ns he Car haginians Te fi rsended beore Cao was born in he secondagains Hannibal Cao served wih miliarydisincion he hird ended in 146 983138983139983141 asCao had demanded wih he desruciono Carhage On his occasion he vic oriousomans were said o have plowed sal inohe Carhaginian soil
Discussions abou laer auhors and adap-aions rom heir wriings w ill be presenedchronologically in he chapers o his book
Ancien ruins a Carhage in Africa
p p
TEACHER BY THE WAY Alhough he works o Enniu s have been preserved on ly in ragmens (abou a housand lines) hehad a grea in1047298uence on subsequen poes such as Vergil Quoable quoes include
bull a es o riendship Amīcus cer us in rē incer ā cerniur (A riend in need is a riend indeed)
bull an applicaion o wisdom o lie Quī ipse sibi sapiēns prōdesse nequi nēquīquam sapi (A man who
himsel is wise bu unable o be useul o himsel is wise or nohing)bull he amous descripion o Fabius Maximus Ūnus homō nōbīs cūncandō resiui rem (One man by delaying res ored he sae or us)
bull and he line on Manius Curius Quem nēmō errō poui superāre nec aurō (Whom no one was ableo deea eiher by sword or gold)
We also have preser ved or us he exa mple o excessive all ieraion ha has g iven rise o much laugher inLain classrooms over he years Ō ie ūe aī ibi ana yranne ulisī ldquoO ius aius you yran (all voca-ive) you brough o yoursel such grea (roubles)rdquo991252ranslaed in conex which plays off he more lieral ldquo you ookacquired or yoursel such grea hings rdquo
On he oher hand he composed his own epiaph in which his high eseem among omans proved o beprescien
nēmō mē lacrumīs decōre neu unera 1047298ēū
axi Cūr Voliō vivos per ōra v irum (Le no one honor me wih ears or make a uneral pyre by weeping
Why I 1047298y li ving hrough he mouhs o men)
TEACHER BY THE WAY
Pluarchrsquos Lie o Cao is a good source o snappy quoaions atribued o his saesman soldier andauhor For example while discussing he power o women he said ldquoAll oher men rule heir wives we rule al l oher men and our w ives rule us rdquo Atemping o persuade he oman people o orego adisribuion o grain he began his speech by saying ldquoI is a hard mater o argue wih he belly sincei has no earsrdquo And o a ribune who had been accused o using poison and was rying o pass a use-less bill he said ldquoI know no which is worse o drink your mixures or o enac your billsrdquo
1CHAPTER 1
HOW TO USE THIS BOOK
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 4154
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull 1
1CHAPTER
Parts of Speech Nouns Number Gender Case (Nominative and Accusative)
First Declension Nouns
MEMORĀBILE DICTŪ
SPQ Senātus Populusque ōmānusldquoTe Senae and he People o omerdquo
Tese our leters orm wha is known as an acronym one ha symbolized supreme power inancien ome
Oil paining of Romulus and Remus wih he wolf By Peer Paul Rubens (1577ndash1640)
Te grammaical and synacical opics ha will be presened in each chaper o his book are lised a he opo he chaper ile page
HOW TO USE THIS BOOK
Te illusraion on each chaperrsquos ile page presens a visual inroducion o he Lain reading passage ha willollow eachers may choose o discuss he illusraion in order o provide he conex or he reading he su-dens will encouner on he nex page
HOW TO USE THIS BOOK
On each chaper ile page he phrase Memorābile Dictū (ldquoA memorable hing o say rdquo) will be ou nd Below here will be a amous phrase quoa ion abbreviaion or moto in L ain ha w ill connec hese words o he opicsin he chaper
MEMORĀBILE DICTŪ VOCABULARY
populus populī m ndash people
-que ndash and
senāus senāūs m ndash senae
TEACHING TIP
ubens pained his picure o omulus and emus rom 1615ndash1616 during wha is called he Ba-roque period o ar Te man approaching rom he rear is Fausulus Te reclining figure is he god
o he river iber
HOW TO USE THIS BOOK AND ITS ANCILLARIESwo ancillaries are available or use wih his book Te Original Dysunctional Family (abbreviaed ODF)and From Romulus to Romulus Augustulus (abbreviaed R) R will be paricularly useul in order ohelp sudens keep he ime periods o he auhors and o he evens he auhors wroe abou sraigh in heirmind Chaper ile pages wil l include when appropriae a noaion abou wha chaper o R he eachermay wish o assign
Standards11 21
R 2and 3
READING
TRANSLATION OF LATIN PASSAGEomulus and emus
Mars is a god Mars loves hea Silvia And so hea Silvia has wo sons omulus and emus Amulius locks uph Sil i A li l d i h A h l lk h T h l
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 4254
2 bull Latin for the New Millennium
2 bull Latin for the New Millennium
READINGTis sory describes how ome was said o have been ounded in 753 983138983139983141 King Numior o AlbaLonga was overhrown by his cruel and ambiious broher Amulius who no only seized hehrone bu so eared ha one o Numiorrsquos male descendans migh have a legiimae claim oni ha he made Amuliusrsquo daug her hea Silvia a priesess o he goddess Vesa Tese priesesses
were no allowed o marry during heir childbearing years
RŌMULUS ET REMUS
1 Mārs es deus Mārs hēam Silviam ama Iaque hēa Silvia duōs
īliōs habe ōmulum e emum Amūlius hēam Silviam vinculīs
claudi Amūlius ōmulum e emum in aquam pōni Lupa ad aquamambula Lupa ōmulum e emum bene cūra e ama ōmulus e
5 emus crēscun Poseā ōmulus e emus ōmam aedifican
Famous bronze saue of he she-wolf and he wins
hea Silvia Amulius pus omulus and emus ino he waer A she-wol walks o he waer Te she-wol caresor (akes good care o) omulus and emus well and loves (hem) omulus and emus grow up Aferwards(laer) omulus and emus build ome
HOW TO USE THIS BOOK Above each La in reading pa ssage inorm aion is presened in Engl ish Tis pre -reading provides back groundinormaion abou he auhor and esablishes he conex o he passage he sudens will read
TEACHER BY THE WAY
Te eacher may wish o inroduce he class o he radiional abbreviaions o 983137983140 (which sandsor he Lain phrase Annō Dominī ldquoi n he year o our Lordrdquo) and 983138983139 (which sands or he Engl ishphrase ldquoBeore Chrisrdquo) Tese older abbreviaions coninue o be used bu his book employs heabbreviaions 983138983139983141 (Beore he Common Era) and 983139983141 (Common Era)
TEACHING TIPInsruc he sudens o locae Alba Longa on he map on pp xxxiindashxxxiii
TEACHER BY THE WAYTough he wins were added o he sculpure in he enaissance he she-wol has srong links wihEruscan myhology and shows characerisics o Eruscan sculpure
TEACHING TIP
Te eacher may wish o encourage he sudens o design an abbreviaed amily ree o omulusand emus
Standards11 22
Jupier Juno King Num ior o Alba Longa
Mars hea Silvia
omulus emus
READING VOCABULARY
HOW TO USE THIS BOOKTe English pronoun subjec o a verb is no lised in he eading Vocabulary i he pronoun is no needed inhe ranslaion
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 4354
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull 3
Chapter 1 bull 3
READING VOCABULARYad aquam ndash o he waer
aedifican ndash build
ama ndash loves
ambula ndash walks
Amūlius ndash Amul ius
aquam ndash waer
bene ndash well
claudi ndash locks up
crēscun ndash grow up
cūra ndash akes care o cares or
deus ndash god
duōs ndash woes ndash is
e ndash and
īliōs ndash sons
habe ndash has
in aquam ndash ino he waer
iaque ndash and so
lupa ndash she-wol
Mārs ndash Mars he god o war
pōni ndash pus
poseā ndash aferwards laer
emum ndash emus
emus ndash emus
hēa Silvia ndash hea Silvia
hēam Silviam ndash hea Silvia
ōmam ndash ome
ōmulum ndash omulus
ōmulus ndash omulus vinculīs ndash w ih chains
Words marked wih an aserisk will need o bememorized laer in he chaper
COMPREHENSION QUESTIONS1 Whose sons are omulus and emus
2 Wha did Amulius do
3 Who saved he lie o omulus and emus
4 Wha did omulus and emus do
HOW TO USE THIS BOOK
Te sudens should not be expeced o lea rn he words under he ile eading Vocabulary whenever his ileoccurs in he book Insead insruc sudens o learn he vocabulary words lised under he ile Vocabularyto Learn ha will be ound laer in each chaper In more advanced Lain exs usually here are vocabularyand noes o help he sudens when reading a passage Tis eading Vocabulary will help prepare sudens orlaer more advanced classes
ANSWERS TO COMPREHENSION QUESTIONS
1 Tey are he sons o Mars and hea Silvia2 He locked up hea Silvia
3 A she-wol
4 Tey buil he ciy o ome
TEACHING TIP
Whi le English deriva ives rom he sar red words (ie he Vocabulary o L earn) are he opic o Ex-ercise 2 laer in his chaper here are some ineresing derivaives rom he non-sarred words andsome o hese show how words change hrough he years Te eacher may choose o discuss hesederivaives wih he sudens
bull aedi1047297cant (aedi1047297cō) ndash ediy edificaion edifice
Tis Lain word is buil rom wo Lain words aciō (o do make) and aedēs (house emple) Te
English derivaives reain his religious connecion or hey mean ldquoo build up he aih moraliy o in-sruc especially morallyrdquo Te word ldquoedificerdquo is always used or an imposing srucure such as a ldquoemplerdquoor aedēs
bull claudit (claudō) ndash close conclusion enclosure sluice
A ldquocloserdquo is a small shu-in space and some people i locked in one suffer rom ldquoclausrophobiardquo acompound derivaive parly rom Lain (o close confine) and parly rom he Greek (ear) hence ldquoa earo closed spacesrdquo
Te word ldquosluicerdquo does no look like a derivaive o claudō bu i has undergone cha nges as i ca meino English via middle English and old French (sclus) rom he Lain exclūdō which means ldquoo shu ourdquo Asluice has a gae a he op o he channel o shu off he 1047298ow o waer as necessary
bull crēscunt (crēscō) ndash crescen accrue recrui crew
Te word ldquocrewrdquo in middle English mean ldquoreinorcemenrdquo so a body o soldiers grew Te word ldquore-
cruirdquo has he same basic idea ecruis increase he size o he army (rom he Lain recrēscō meaning ldquoogrow againrdquo)
bull deus ndash deiy deiy
bull duōs ndash double dozen due duplicae
Te word ldquodozenrdquo is a compound rom he Lain word or ldquowordquo and he German word or ldquoenrdquo (zehn)
bull habet (habeō) ndash habi abiliy prohibiive
Onersquos abiliy depends on he alens and skil ls one has
bull pōnit ( pōnō) ndash depo imposiion preposiion
A depo origina lly was a place where supplies were pu or sorage
LANGUAGE FACT I
HOW TO USE THIS BOOKTe Language Facs secion o each chaper will conain boh grammaical (morphological) and synacicalinormaion ie inormaion boh abou he orms o he words and he srucure o he senence
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 4454
4 bull Latin for the New Millennium
4 bull Latin for the New Millennium
LANGUAGE FACT I
PARTS OF SPEECHTe parts o speech used in a Lain senence deermine is meaning jus as in English While henoun and he verb are he wo mos imporan oher common pars o speech are lised below
Noun a person place hing idea acion or qual iy Examples ldquoomulusrdquo ldquoriverrdquo ldquocouragerdquo
Pronoun a word ha sands in place o a noun ha has been previously menioned or is clearrom conex Examples ldquoIrdquo ldquosherdquo ldquohimrdquo ldquoirdquo
Adjecive a word ha limis or defines a noun or a pronoun Examples ldquolitlerdquo ldquosrongrdquo
Adverb a word ha lim is or defines verbs adjecives or (oher) adverbs Examples ldquoveryrdquoldquoquielyrdquo
Verb a word ha describes an acion or sae o being Examples ldquogordquo ldquosayrdquo ldquowasrdquo
Preposiion a word ha begins a preposiional phrase such as ldquoinrdquo ldquoordquo ldquoonrdquo ldquoorrdquo ldquobyrdquoldquowihrdquo A preposiional phrase is a preposiion joined o a noun Examples ldquoin he morningrdquoldquowih a sharp pencilrdquo
Conjuncion a word ha connecs words phrases clauses a nd senences Examples ldquoandrdquoldquoburdquo ldquoalhoughrdquo
Inerjecion a word ha expresses emoion Examples ldquowowrdquo
EXERCISE 1eview he meanings and ideniy he pars o speech o he ollowing words Te eading
Vocabulary may be consu led
1 īliōs 6 e2 bene 7 lupa3 aedifican 8 claudi
4 ad 9 ōmam5 ambula 10 ama
EXERCISE 1 ANSWERS
1 noun
2 adverb
3 verb
4 preposiion
5 verb
6 conjuncion
7 noun8 verb
9 noun
10 verb
TEACHING TIP
Te eacher may wish o ask he sudens in Lain wha par o speech a given word is Te eacher would say ldquoQuae pars ōrātiōnis estrdquo Suden responses would be
bull nōmen substantīvumsubstantīvum ndash noun
bull prōnōmen ndash pronoun
bull nōmen adiectīvumadiectīvum ndash adjecive
bull verbum temporāle ndash verb
bull adverbium ndash adverb
bull praepositiō ndash preposiion
bull coniūnctiō ndash conjuncion
bull interiectiō ndash inerjecion
Standards11 41
Standards11 41
WorkbookExercise 1
VOCABULARY TO LEARN
TEACHING TIPSince his is he firs se o Lain words ha your sudens will be required o memorize i is usuallya good idea o sugges and discuss wih hem some differen ways o memorize vocabulary Somesel help opions are lised below
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 4554
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull 5
NOUNSagricola agricolae m ndash armer
aqua aquae ndash waer
āhlēa āhlēae m ndash ahlee
īlia īliae ndash daugher
lupa lupae ndash she-wol
naua nauae m ndash sailor
poēa poēae m ndash poe
puella puellae ndash girl
ōma ōmae ndash ome
erra errae ndash land
VERBSama ndash heshei loves
ambula ndash heshei walks
cūra ndash heshei akes care o cares or
es ndash heshei is
ADVERBS bene ndash well
poseā ndash aferwards
CONJUNCTIONSe ndash and
iaque ndash and so
Aqueducs carr ied waer (aqua) o he ciies in he Roman world Tis aqueduc buil in 19 983138983139983141 which srechedacross he Gard River was named he Pon du Gard and brough waer o he ciy of Nicircmes in France in ancien imes
Chapter 1 bull 5
sel-help opions are lised below
1 Look a he word in he book and say he word aloud
2 Wrie down he word on a piece o paper along wih is meaning and check o be sure here are no spell-ing errors Color-coding he words by pars o speech is also helpul Pronounce he word while wriing idown and hen repea he word including he meaning and spelling
3 Make handwriten 1047298ashcards wih he Lain on one side and English on he oher and be sure here are nospelling errors Color-coding is a good sraegy here also Wriing he word ou helps some sudens ce-men he word in he brain Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers has creaed an elecronic vocabulary resourceor hose sudens or whom echnological learning ools are an aid Tese vocabulary 1047298ashcards are orhe iPod See p 93 or more inormaion on iPod 1047298ashcards
4 Use English derivaives o help remember meanings Bu be careul since some derivaives may havemeanings grealy changed rom he original Lain word
5 Find clipar picures ha illusrae he vocabulary words and use he picures as a way o es yoursel onhe Lain words
TEACHER BY THE WAYTe eacher may wish o open a discussion abou aqueducs and he waer supply or ancien omans while l ooking a he picu re o he Pon du Gard on his page For a hisory o aqueducs and heirconsrucion Froninusrsquo book Dē aquīs urbis Rōmae is an excellen source Te book was writenabou 97 983139983141 when he was Superinenden o Aqueducs Oher aqueducs include he ollowing
bull Te double high aqueduc in Segovia Spainbull Te Aqua Appia buil in 312 983138983139983141
bull Te Aqua rāiāna
bull Te aqueduc buil by Alex ander Severus in 226 983139983141
bull Te Aqua Claudia
bull Te Aqua Marcia wh ich wa s probably named a fer A ncus Marcius who was he fi rs K ing oome by radiional accouns o build an aqueduc o bring waer o ome
NB Te word ldquo Aquardquo when capialized means ldquoaqueducrdquo
Eleven aqueducs urnished 250000 gallons o waer o ome every weny-our hours
BY THE WAY
E h u gi n in h b l r h rm T nd rm i h g nii
HOW TO USE THIS BOOK Ēn is a word ha calls atenion o somehing and means ldquoLook a hisrdquo Te inormaion given here draws a-enion o and urher specifies differen language acs
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 4654
6 bull Latin for the New Millennium
6 bull Latin for the New Millennium
Each noun given in he vocabulary has wo orms Te second orm is he geniivesingular
A derivative is an English word rooed in a Lain word Te English derivaive issimilar in meaning and orm o is Lain source
STUDY TIP
An English derivaive ofen can help you remember wha a Lain word means
EXERCISE 2Find he English derivaives based on he Vocabulary o Learn in he ollowing senences Wriehe corresponding Lain word
1 She shows a considerable filial respec oward her aher
2 Agriculu re is a science o culivaing he land
3 Te ship is equipped wih all he necessary nauical insrumens
4 We saw all kinds o fish in he aquarium
5 Tis is an all-errain vehicle
6 When will he ahleic compeiion sar
7 She has a ruly poeic naure
LANGUAGE FACT II
NOUNS NUMBER GENDER CASE 983080NOMINATIVE AND
ACCUSATIVE983081Nouns in Lain show number gender and case
Number Lain nouns are eiher singular or plural in number Number is shown in differen ways by differen ypes o nouns bu some ending-paterns are or singular orms and oherending-paterns are or plural orms
Gender Every noun likewise is eiher masculine eminine or neuer in gender You muslearn he gender o each noun In he Vocabulary o Learn l iss he gender is indicaed by hecommon abbreviaionsm (masculi ne) f (eminine) or n (neuer)
Case Lain nouns mus have an ending-patern ha displays case Tis is quie differen romEnglish in which case is indicaed by word posiion and no by endings (alhough case markersare preserved in cerain pronouns such as ldquoherdquo and ldquohimrdquo) A nounrsquos case reveals wha uncionhe noun has in he senence Tere are five common cases nominaive geniive daive accu-saive and ablaive wo less requenly used cases are called he vocaive and he locaive
HOW TO USE THIS BOOKStudy Tips give hins rhymes and mnemonics o help sudens learn grammar and vocabulary
EXERCISE 2 ANSWERS1 filial īlia
2 agriculure agricola
3 nauical naua
4 aquarium aqua
5 errain erra
6 ahleic āhlēa
7 poeic poēa
TEACHING TIPExplain o he sudens ha in English he words ldquoardquo ldquoanrdquo or ldquoherdquo are usually placed beore a nounand Lain does no have an equivalen or hese words known as aricles
eachers may need o sress he absence o he aricle many imes beore sudens compleely ine-grae his knowledge ino heir reading habis in Lain class
TEACHING TIPLain like many oher languages does no always observe biological gender Ofen he gender o a
Lain noun is deermined by grammaical acors such as he group o which a noun belongs
TEACHING TIP
Alhough in Exercise 2 he sudens are direced o find only he derivaives based on he Vocabular yo Learn hey may be ineresed o learn ha here are oher derivaives in Exercise 2 Te derivaiono hese words is provided or he eacherrsquos convenience
bull 1 consider - rom sīdus (sar) + cum (wih ogeher) and rom cōnsīderō (o examine consider)respec - rom respectō (look back a have regard or)
bull 2 science - rom scientia (knowledge) and sciō (o know) culivaing - rom colō (ill inhabi worship)
bull 3 necessary - rom necesse (necessary) insrumens - rom īnstruō (o equip build provide)
and rom īnstrumentum (equipmen ool ec)bull 5 vehicle - rom he Lain verb vehō (o carry)
bull 6 compeiion - rom petō (o seek aim a atack ec) + cum (wih oge her)
bull 7 naure - rom nātūra (naure)
Standard41
Standards11 31 41
STUDY TIP
An easy way o remember he names ohe five common cases iso use his mnemonic
TEACHING TIPSudens may no know wha he word ldquomnemonicrdquo means explain ha a mnemonic device is some-hing ha helps a suden o remember somehing Te eacher may also wish o use his opporu-niy o bring up Mnemosyne he goddess o memory and he moher o he Muses
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 4754
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull 7
Chapter 1 bull 7
An easy way o remember he names o he five common cases is o use his mnemonicdevice
Never NominaiveGive GeniiveDogs Daive A ny A ccusaive A buse A blaive
Nominative Te nominaive case idenifies he subjec Te subjec is a noun or a pronounha perorms he acion or exiss in a sae o being In he senence ldquoWilliam is readingrdquohe word ldquoWilliamrdquo is he subjec
Example Mārs amat Mars loves
Te noun subjec o he verb ldquoloverdquo is he god Mars
Find more examples o nominaives and heir verbs rom he reading passage a he begin-ning o he chaper
Te nominaive case also idenifies he predicae nominaive In he senence ldquoWilliam isa sudenrdquo he predicae nominaive is ldquoa sudenrdquo A predicae nominaive complees hemeaning o he verb ldquoo berdquo Look a his exa mple rom he reading
Example Mārs est deus Mars is a god
Mārs is he subjec and deus is a predicae nominaive
Accusative Te ourh case lised is called he accusaive he geniive daive and ablaivecases will be discussed in laer chapers Te accusaive case poins ou he noun (or pro-noun) ha is he direc objec emember direc objecs receive he acion o he verb Inhe senence ldquoI am wriing a leterrdquo he direc objec is ldquoa leterrdquo
Example Mārs Rhēam Silviam amat Mars loves hea Silvia
Te direc objec o ldquoloverdquo is he noun Rhēam Silviam
Find more examples o accusaives and heir verbs rom he reading passage a he beginningo he chaper
niy o bring up Mnemosyne he goddess o memory and he moher o he Muses
Answers to ldquoFind more examples of nominatives a nd their verbs from the reading passage at the begin-ning of the chapterrdquo
hēa Silvia habe
Amūl ius claudi
Amūl ius pōni
Lupa ambula
Lupa cūra e amaōmulus e emus crēscun
ōmulus e emus aedifican
Answers to ldquoFind more examples of accusatives and their verbs from the reading passage at the beg in-ning of the chapterrdquo
duōs īliōs habe ōmulum e emum
hēam Silviam claudi
ōmulum e emum pōni
ōmulum e emum bene cūra e ama
ōmam aedifican
TEACHING TIPSudens may encouner diffi culy when r ying o ransl ae Lain names used in cases o her han henominaive Te eacher a some poin will need o explain (and repea whenever necessary) ha when ransla ing a La in name he suden should al ways use he nominaive o rm o he word Onp 7 sudens are asked o find examples o accusaives and heir verbs in he reading passage Teanswers lised above provide an opporuniy o pracice wih his issue emind sudens o rans-lae duōs īliōs habet Rōmulum et Remum as ldquohe has wo sons omulus and emusrdquo Te oher ouranswers may be used as pracice wih he sudens
EXERCISE 3a Ideniy wheher he nouns in bold in hese senences are subjecs direc objecs or predi
TEACHER BY THE WAYIn conjuncion wih he picure and is capion he eacher may wish o menion ha he amil-ilar acronym o SPQ is sill in use and visible hroughou modern ome991252on liter bins sewercovers ec
Standards11 41
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 4854
8 bull Latin for the New Millennium
8 bull Latin for the New Millennium
a Ideniy wheher he nouns in bold in hese senences are subjecs direc objecs or predi-cae nominaives Te eading Vocabulary may be consuled
b Label each senence as vērum (rue) i i agrees or alsum (alse) i i disagrees wih he Lainreading passage a he beginni ng o he chaper
Example Amūlius es deusPredicae nominaive alsum
1 hēa Silvia ōmulum e emum cūra
2 Amūlius ōmulum e emum bene cūra
3 Amūlius lupam vinculīs claudi
4 Mārs ōmulum e emum in aquam pōni
5 Lupa hēam Silviam cūra
6 Amūlius ad aquam ambula
Te power of he ciy of Rome founded according o legend by Romulus is symbolized by hese four leters ha areprominenly displayed in various places wihin he ciy
EXERCISE 3 ANSWERS
1 subjec vērum
2 direc objecs alsum
3 direc objec alsum
4 subjec alsum
5 direc objec alsum
6 subjec vērum
WorkbookExercise 2 A full si ze reproduc ible version of th is page
without the a nswers ca n be downloade d at wwwlnm bolchazyco m
HOW TO USE THIS BOOK
Noun Declensions Te eacher may choose Lain nouns rom he declension ha is being sudied a he imehis workshee is used Tus no answers are provided here
LANGUAGE FACT III
TEACHING TIP Ask he sudens wha he Lain words seleced rom he reading and lised near he op o p 9 mean
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 4954
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull 9
Chapter 1 bull 9
FIRST DECLENSION NOUNS A declension is a g roup o nouns ha show a cerain patern o word endings Tere are five differ-en declensions in Lain In he reading abou omulus and emus hese are he orms belongingo he firs declension
hēam Silviam hēa Silvia aquam lupa ōmam
Noice ha he ex says Rhēa Silvia when she is he subjec and Rhēam Silviam when she is hedirec objec
Te firs declension is composed o words ha characerisically have he vowel a a or near heend o he word lupa
Below is he patern ha firs declension nouns ollow o show case and number Memorize heLain words in order rom he nominaive singular down o he ablaive singular and hen romhe nominaive plural down o he ablaive plural
emember ha he endings or a whole group o nouns ollow his patern Once you learn hi spatern you can recognize he case a nd number o all he words belonging o hi s declension
In his chaper you have begun o learn abou he nominaive and accusai ve cases Te ohercases will be explained in laer chapers
First DeclensionSingular Plural
Nomina ive l upa he she-wol Nominaive lupae he she-wolves
Geniive lupae o he she-wol Geniive lupārum o he she-wolves
Daive lupae oor he she-wol Daive lupīs oor he she-wolves
Accusaive lupam he she-wol Accusaive lupās he she-wolves
Ablaive lupā bywih he she-wol Ablaive lupīs bywih he she-wolves
Daive and ablaive plural o he words īlia ldquodaugherrdquo and dea ldquogoddessrdquo is fīliābus anddeābusTis is o di singuish hese orms rom he corresponding orms o īlius ldquosonrdquo and deus ldquogodrdquo
STUDY TIP
Noice ha he ablaive singular ending -ā has a long mark (macron) above i his ishe only difference beween he nominaive and ablaive singular endings
TEACHING TIP
Afer he firs declension has been presened o he sudens encourage hem depending on heirlearning syle o say he declension aloud o wrie down he words o inven a rap or a cheer
TEACHER BY THE WAY
Te patern is called a declension because he oher cases lean away ( dēclīnāre) rom he nominaiveie hey do no ollow he same orm as he nominaive
ORAL EXERCISE 1Tis exercise may be used afer the 1047297rst declension has been presented
Whi le looking a he declension o lupa ask he sudens o decli ne nauta
Singular PluralNominaive naua nauaeGeniive nauae nauārumDaive nauae nauīs Accusaive nauam nauās Ablaive nauā nauīs
Standards11 31 41
OralExercise 1
WorkbookExercise 3
STUDY TIP
Noice ha he daive and ablaive plural endings a re idenical
EXERCISE 4 ANSWERS1 geniive daive puellār um puellī s
2 accusaive nauās
3 accusaive errās
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 5054
10 bull Latin for the New Millennium
10 bull Latin for the New Millennium
Here are more words belonging o he fi rs declension
puella ndash girl īlia ndash daugher terra ndash land
Mos firs declension words are eminine i n gender bu a ew (usually ones ha indicae mas-culine occupaions in ancien imes) are masculine Examples are poēta ldquopoerdquoagricola ldquoarmerrdquonauta ldquosailorrdquo āthlēta ldquoahleerdquo
EXERCISE 4Ideniy he case o each singular noun Ten change each orm ino plural For some more han
one answer is possibleExample īlianominaive īliae
1 puellae 5 aquae2 nauam 6 puellā3 erram 7 āhlēā4 a gr ic ol a
Like he Greek wreslers porrayed on his ancien bas-reliefRoman ahlees were also fond of he spor of wresling
4 nominaive agricolae
5 geniive daive aquārum aquīs
6 ablaive puellīs
7 ablaive āhlēīs
TEACHING TIP
Since wreslers are depiced on he illusraion on his page he eacher may wish o open a discus-
sion abou he omansrsquo and Greeksrsquo ondness or wresling which was ofen praciced in a complexcalled he palaestra
oman boys were expeced o serve in he m iliary Tus hey were firs rained by heir ahers in wreslingand boxing Srengh and agiliy were sressed raher han grace o movemen as in Greek spors Te woprincipal syles uilized by he Greek were uprigh wresling in which hree alls o your opponen o heground were necessary o deea him and ground wresling which required he opponen o give up in ordero end he mach In he palaes tra here was an area or he young people o pracice wresling or boxing wih apunching bag (cōrycus) Examples o monumenal oman bahs wih a palaest ra are ound a he Bahs o Ca-racalla in ome he Harbor Bahs a Ephesus in urkey and he Bahs in Varna Bulgaria he larges anciensrucure in ha counry
Wresling was also one o he spor evens a he Olympic games ha he omans ofen atended Greco-oman wresling is also one o he evens eaured in he summer Olympic games in modern imes
TEACHING TIPTe eacher migh wan o have sudens read an English ranslaion o Book 23 o he Iliad in which Ajax a nd Odysseus compee in a wre sling m ach and Book 5 o he Aeneid or a descripion o hespors ha he omans played and compare he atiude o he compeiors in each epic Boh evens were par o he uneral games he ormer in honor o Paroclu s riend and atendan o Achil lesand he later in honor o Anchises aher o Aeneas Tis migh lead o urher discussion on henaure o modern wresling
Standards11 41
EXERCISE 5Ideniy he case o each plural noun Ten change each orm ino he singular For some more
TEACHING TIPSudens may wonder why he geniive singular w ihou is ending mus be used o find he base whenhe nominaive singular wihou is ending works jus as well Explain ha in oher noun declensionshe nominaive will no always provide he same base or have he same spelling as he geniive
Standards11 41
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 5154
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull 11
Chapter 1 bull 11
han one answer is possible
Example puellāsaccusaive puellam
1 īliae 5 aquīs2 errīs 6 poēārum3 nauārum 7 agricolae4 l upa e
BY THE WAY
In all declensions endings are added o he base o a noun I is imporan o know hahe base o a noun is ound by removing he ending rom is geniive si ngular orm Forexample he geniive singular o puella is puellae I you remove he -ae rom puellae
wha remains is he base o he word namely puell- For his reason learning he geni-ive singular is as imporan as knowing he nominaive singular o he noun
STUDY TIP
Always learn he geniive ogeher wih he nominaive because rom he geniive you will know o which declension a word belongs
A wall paining depic ing a Roman farmer (agricola) wih his sheep
EXERCISE 5 ANSWERS
1 nominaive īl ia
2 daive ablaive errae errā
3 geniive nauae
4 nominaive lupa
5 daive ablaive aquae aquā
6 geniive poēae7 nominaive agricola
HOW TO USE THIS BOOKIn his book he word ldquobaserdquo is used o reer o he noun wihou any ending ldquoStemrdquo is used or he par o he verb wihou any ending ldquoootrdquo is used or he Lain par o a derivaive
ORAL EXERCISE 2Tis exercise may be used afer Exercise 5
Use one o he ollowing classroom presenaion opions (hereafer reerred o as CPO) (blackgreenwhiesmar board overhead or LCD projecor PowerPoinreg presenaion ec) o pu his inormaion on view
quis ldquowhordquo (or he subjec) and quem ldquowhomrdquo (or he direc objec)
Ten ask he suden o answer he ollowing quesions abou he chaper reading eiher orally or in wri-
en orm
1 Teacher Quis es Mārs Student Mārs es deus
2 Teacher Quem ama Mārs Student hēam Silviam Mārs ama
3 Teacher Quis ama hēam Silviam Student Mārs ama hēam Silviam
4 Teacher Quem habe hēa Silvia Student hēa Silvia duōs īliōs ōmulum eemum habe
5 Teacher Quis claudi hēam Silviam Student Amūlius claudi hēam Silviam
6 Teacher Quem claudi Amūlius Student hēam Silviam Amūlius claudi
7 Teacher Quis ōmulum e emum in aquampōni
Student Amūlius ōmulum e emum in aquampōni
8 Teacher Quem Amūlius in aquam pōni Student Amūlius ōmulum e emum in aquampōni
9 Teacher Quis ambula ad aquam Student Lupa ambula ad aquam
10 Teacher Quis ōmulum e emum bene cūra Student Lupa ōmulum e emum bene cūra
11 Teacher Quōs lupa bene cūra Student Lupa ōmulum e emum bene cūra
12 Teacher Quis ōmulum e emum a ma Student Lupa ōmulum e emum ama
13 Teacher Quōs lupa ama Student Lupa ōmulum e emum ama
OralExercise 2
WorkbookExercise
4 5
EXERCISE 6ranslae rom Lain ino English and rom English ino Lain Te mos common Lain word
d
TEACHER BY THE WAYTe eacher may menion ha he mos common word order (subjec ndash direc objec ndash verb) can o-en be changed For example i he verb is o be emphasized i will ake firs posiion I he subjecor he direc objec is o be emphasized i will ake he las posiion which is he mos emphaic oneIn general he more unusual he wordrsquos posiion is he more emphasis is placed on his word
Standards11 41
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 5254
12 bull Latin for the New Millennium
12 bull Latin for the New Millennium
order is
subjec ndash direc objec ndash verb
1 Agricola erram ama
2 Te ahlee loves waer
3 Naua īlia m ama
4 Te poe loves ome
5 Agricola erram cūra
6 Te she-wol cares or (is aking care o) he girl
BY THE WAY
Even hough he mos common word order is subjec ndash di rec objec ndash verb rememberha endings991252no word order991252deermine which word is he subjec and which i s hedirec objec
TALKING When we mee one person we gree herhim wih salvē When we mee wo or more people wegree hem wih salvēte When we bid goodbye o one person we sayvalē When we bid goodbyeo wo or more people we say valēte
Here are various ways o ask ldquohow are yourdquo or ldquohow are you doingrdquo
Quōmodo valēs or Quōmodo tē habēs or Quid agis ldquoHow are yourdquo
Here is a range o possible answers
bene ldquowellrdquo pessimē ldquovery badrdquo optimē ldquogreardquo melius ldquobeterrdquo mediocriter ldquoso-sordquo or ldquono oo badrdquo meliusculē ldquoa litle beterrdquo male ldquobadrdquo
In general he more unusual he word s posiion is he more emphasis is placed on his word
EXERCISE 6 ANSWERS
1 Te armer loves he land
2 Āhlēa aquam ama
3 Te sailor loves (his) daugher
4 Poēa ōmam ama
5 Te armer cares or (is aking care o) he land6 Lupa puellam cūra
TEACHING TIP
Te eacher may sar he class in Lain by saying Salvēte discipulī et discipulae and by eaching hesudens o say in reurn Salvē magister (magistra)
ORAL EXERCISE 3Tis exercise may be used anytime afer the students have learned the use o the accusative case or afer Exercise 6
Use one o he CPOrsquos o pu on display he orms amō and cūrō and explai n ha hey a re in he fir s personsingular and how his differs rom he hird person singular learned in his chaper Ask individual sudens omake senences wih hem using he words hey have learned
Ten ell he sudens ha nōn means ldquonordquo and ask hem o make si milar senences wih nōn amō and nōn cūrō
Examples(nōn) amō erram īliam aquam lupam āhlēam(nōn) cūrō erram īliam puellam
WorkbookExercise 6
ContentQuestions
OralExercise 3
Standards12 21 41
42
SAYING HELLOMarīa Helena e Chrisīna sun (are) discipulae (students)
TEACHING TIPHave sudens read he dialogue aloud Tis will help o build heir pronunciaion skills
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 5354
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull 13
Chapter 1 bull 13
Marīa Salvēe Helena e Chrisīna
Christīna Salvē Marīa
Helena Salvē Marīa
Marīa Quōmodo valēs Helena Quōmodo valēs Chrisīna
Helena et Christīna Bene Quōmodo ū ( you) valēs Marīa
Marīa Pessimē
Helena et Christīna Cūr (Why)
Marīa imeō linguam Laīnam ( I ear the Latin language)Helena Ego ( I ) linguam Laīnam amō
Christīna E ego linguam Laīnam amō
ORAL EXERCISE 4
Tis exercise may be used afer he Lain dialogue has been presened
Insruc he sudens o say ldquohellordquo in Lain o he suden nex o hem Divide he class ino wo pars ellone par o gree he oher par using he plural greeing and vice versa Do he same ype o aciviy whensaying ldquogoodbyerdquo You may wish o make greeing he class in Lain a nd saying ldquogoodbyerdquo in Lain a par oa daily rouine
Divide he sudens ino pairs in which one person will ask how hisher parner is in Lain and he oher
wil l answer
ORAL EXERCISE 5
Tis exercise may be used afer he Lain dialogue has been presened
ell he sudens ha he paricle ndashne is added o he firs syllable o a word ha inroduces a quesion Ten askhe ollowing quesions abou he dialogue beween Mary Helen and Chrisy Individual sudens may answerorally or he enire class may wrie he answers as he eacher asks hem orally Te eacher should explain hahe orm valēs in he greeing Quōmodo valēs is in he second person which means ldquoyourdquo Te hird person orm(reerring o ldquoherrdquo ldquohimrdquo or ldquoirdquo) is valet So he phrase ldquoHow is she doingrdquo would be Quōmodo valet Te hirdperson o amō is amat and he hird person o timeō is timet
1 Teacher Quōmodo Chrisīna vale Student(s) Chrisīna bene vale
2 Teacher Quōmodo Marīa vale Student(s) Marīa pessimē vale
3 Teacher Cūr (why) Marīa pessimē vale Student(s) Marīa ime linguam Lainam4 Teacher Amane l inguam L aīnam Helena Student(s) Helena linguam Laīnam ama
5 Teacher Linguamne Laīnam ama Chrisīna Student(s) Chrisīna linguam Laīnam ama
ORAL EXERCISE 6 AND DICTATIONTis combined exercise may be used to conclude the chapter or at any time afer the students have learned the accusa-tive case and chapter vocabulary
Dicae he ollowing senences o he sudens Ten ask hem o make he ollowing changes eiher orally orin writen orm a he discreion o he eacher
1 Teacher Agricol a erram ama (change he direc objec ino plura l)Student Agricola errās ama
2 Teacher Lupa puellam cūra (change he direc objec ino plural)
Student Lupa puellās cūra3 Teacher Āhlēa puel lās ama (change he direc objec ino singu lar)
Student Āhlēa puellam ama
4 Teacher Fīlia errās ama (change he direc objec ino singular)Student Fīlia erram ama
OralExercise
4 5 6 andDictation
TEACHER NOTES
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 5454
14 bull Latin for the New Millennium
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 1054
TM x bull Latin for the New Millennium
Krashen Sephen Principles a nd Pracice in Secon d Language Acqu isiion New York Pergamon Press 1982
Larsen-Freeman Diane echniques and Principles o Language eaching 2nd ed Oxord Oxord UniversiyPress 2000
Oxord ebecca L Language Le arning Sraeg ies Wha Eve ry eacher Should K now New York NewburyHouse 1990
Pinker S Te Language Insinc New York William Morrow 1994
eid Joy ed Undersanding Learning Syles in he Second Language Classroom Upper Saddle iver NJ Pren-ice Hall 1998
Sparks ichard L Kay Fluhary Leonore Ganschow and Sherwin Litle ldquoAn Exploraory Sudy on heEffecs o Lain on he Naive Language Skills and Foreign Language Apiude o Sudens wih and wih-ou Learning Disabiliiesrdquo Classical Journal 91 (1995)165ndash84
LATIN PEDAGOGY Ancona onnie ed A Concise Guide o eaching Lain Liera ure Norman OK Universiy o Oklahoma
Press 2007
Ball ober Reading Classical Lain A Reasonable Approach Lawrence KS Coronado Press 1987
Breindel uh L De Discendi Naura Lea rning Syle s in he eaching o Lain Oxord OH American Classi-cal League MC 2007
Burns Mary Ann and Joseph OrsquoConnor Te Classics in American Schools Alana GA Scholars Press1987
Davis Sally Lain in he Amer ican Schools Alana GA Scholars Press 1991
Disler Paul each he Lain I Pray You Wauconda IL Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers 2001
Gascoyne ichard e al Sandards or Classical Language Learning Oxord OH American Classical LeagueMC 1997
Gruber-Miller John ed When Dead ongues Speak New York Oxord Universiy Press 2006
Hoyos B Dexer Lain How o Read I Fluenly A Pracical Manual Amhers MA C lassical A ssociaion oNew England 1997
LaFleur ichard A Lain or he 21s Cenury From Concep o Classroom Glenview IL Scot Foresman- Addison Wesley 1998
Salerno Dorsey Price Lain in Moion Oxord OH American Classical League MC 1985
Sandards or Classical Language Learning Oxord OH American Classical League MC 1997
Srasheim Lorraine A oal Physical Response Amhers MA Classical Associaion o New England 1987
Swee Waldo Lain A Srucu ral Approach Ann A rbor Universiy o M ichigan Press 1957
CLASSROOOM AIDS Amery Heaher Firs Tousand Words in Lain Edied by Mairi Mackinnon London UK Usborne Books2008
Couch C C and eddy Irwin Lain Verbs Rock Audio CD Nashville N Sound Invenions 2006
mdashmdashmdash Lyrical Lain Learning Lain hrough Music Audio CD Nashville N Sound Invenions 2004
Curis William D Periculum Lainu m Lain Jeopardy Vol1 Oxord OH America n Classica l LeagueMC nd
mdashmdashmdash Periculum Lainum S ecundum Lain Jeopardy Vol 2 Oxord OH American Classical LeagueMC nd
Demuh Jocelyn Mendax A Lain C ard Game Wauconda IL Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers 2003
DuBose Gaylan Farrago Laina Wih a lis o resources by Judih Lynn Sebesa Wauconda IL Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers 1997
Hanlin Jayne and Beverly Lichensein Learning La in hrough Myholog y Cambridge Cambridge Univer-siy Press 1991
Lain acic Grams Alana G A World o eading nd
LUDI (a he Circus Maximus) Produced by Discere Ld 1989 Oxord OH American Classical L eagueMC
Myhies Oxord OH American Classical League MC 2003
Osburn LeaAnn A Lain Aciviy Book Elmhurs IL L and L Enerprises 2000
mdashmdashmdash Lain Crossword Puzzl e Book Elmhurs IL L and L Enerprises 1999
mdashmdashmdash Lain Verbs Rock Exercise Book Elmhurs IL L and L Enerprises 2007mdashmdashmdash Lyrical Lain A eacher R esource Manual Elmhurs IL L and L Enerprises 2004
mdashmdashmdash22 Lively Lain Aciviies Elmhurs IL L and L Enerprises 2005
Sheikh-Miller Jonahan Lain Words Sicker Book ulsa OK EDC Publishing 2006
Wansbrough M B A Mundus Lainu s Mysery 3 vols Hamilon Onario ralco Educaional Services 2004
ORAL LATIN Abernahy Faye Jill Crooker Margare Cur ran and David Perr y Te Developmen o Oral Skills in Lain wih
Visuals A Supplemenary Guide o he Syllabus Lain or Communicaion Draf Copy Albany New YorkSae Educaion Deparmen 1995
Alber S Cotidie Laine loquamur Saarbruumlcken Socieas Laina 1987
Allen W Sidney Vox Laina A Guide o he Pronunciaion o Classical Lain 2nd ed New York Cambridge
Universiy Press 1989Capellanus G Lain Can Be Fun Souvenir Press 1997
Daiz Sephen G ed Te Living Voice o Lain Perormed by ober P Sonkowsky Madison C JeffreyNoron Publishing 1984
mdashmdashmdash Te Pronunciaion and Reading o Classical Lain A Pracical Guide Audio cassetes Madison C Jeffrey Noron Publ ishing 1984
Egger C Laine discere iuva ome Libreria Edirice Vaicana 1982
Lain Aloud Audio AP Selecions fom Vergil Caullus Ovid Cicero and Horace Perormed by ober PSonkowsky CD-OM Wauconda IL Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers 2007
McCarhy Tomas Nunc Loquamur Guided C onversaions or L ain Newburypor MA FocusPublishing Pullins 2005
Swee Waldo E Words o Wisdom fom he Anciens 1000 Lain Proverbs CD-OM Wauconda IL Bolchazy-
Carducci Publishers 2000raupman John Conversaional Lain or Oral Pro1047297ciency 4h ed Audio Conversaions Perormed by Mark
ober Miner e al Audio CDs Wauconda IL Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers 2006
LATIN THROUGH MUSICBoynon Sandra Grun Pigorian Chan Audio CD New York Workman Publishing 1997
Couch C C and eddy Irwin Carmina Popularia Well-Known Songs in Lain Audio CD Wauconda ILBolchazy-Carducci Publishers 2004
mdashmdashmdash Lain Verbs Rock Audio CD Nashville N Sound Invenions 2006
mdashmdashmdash Lyrical Lain Learning Lain hrough Music Audio CD Nashville N Sound Invenions 2004
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 1154
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 1254
TM xii bull Latin for the New Millennium
ETYMOLOGY AND VOCABULARY Adeleye Gabriel G World Dicionary o Foreign Expressions Wih Kofi Acquah Dadzie Edied by Tomas J
Sienkewicz and James McDonough Wauconda IL Bolchazy-Carducci 1999
Ayres Donald M English Words fom Lain and Greek Elemen s 11h ed ucson Arizona Universiy o Ari-zona Press 1982
Ayo John Dicionary o Word Or igins New York Arcade Publishing 1990
Beard Henry X-reme Lain All h e Lain You Need o Know or Su rvival in he 21s Cenury New York Pen-guin Group 2005
Dicionary o Lain Words and Phrases Edied by James Morwood New York Oxord Universiy Press 1998
Dominik William J ed Words and Ideas Wauconda IL Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers 2002
mdashmdashmdash Words and Ideas Answer Key Wauconda IL Bolchaz y-Carducci Publ ishers 2006Ehrlich Eugene Amo Amas A ma and More New York Har per and ow 1987
Heimbach Elizabeh Lain E very where Ever yday A La in Phra se Workbook Wauconda I L Bolc hazy-Carducci Publishers 2004
mdashmdashmdash Lain Everywhere Everyday A Lain Phrase Workbook eacherrsquos Manual Perormed by James Cho-chola Compac disks Wauconda IL Bolchazy-Carducci Publishing 2005
Janson ore Te Naural Hisory o Lain ranslaed by Merehe D Sorensen and Nigel Vincen Oxord andNew York Oxord Universiy Press 2005
Krill ichard Greek and Lain in English oday Book and wo Cassetes 1990 eprin Wauconda ILBolchazy-Carducci Publishers 2003
Mascianonio udolph Build Your English Word Power wih Lain Numbers Wauconda IL Bolchazy-CarducciPublishers 1997
mdashmdashmdash Build Your E nglish Word Power w ih La in Number s eacherrsquos Ma nual Wauconda I L Bolc hazy-Carducci Publishers 1997
Morwood James and Mark Warman Our Greek and Lain Roos Cambridge Cambridge Universiy Press1990
OrsquoMara Lesley ed Which Way o he Vomiorium Vernacular Lain or All Occasions ranslaed by ose Wil-liams New York Tomas Dunne Books 1999
Oxord Dicionary o English Eymology Edied by C Onions wih G W S Friedrichsen and W Burch-field New York Oxord Universiy Press 1966
Sone Jon Lain or he I llierai New York ouledge 1996
MYTHOLOGYBierlein J F Parallel Myhs New York Ballanine Books 1994
Bolon Lesley Te Everyhing Classical Myhology Book Peabody MA Adams Media Corporaion 2002Childrenrsquos Books on Ancien Greek and Roman Myhology An Annoaed Bibliography Compiled by Anoinete
Brazouski and Mary J Klat Wespor C Greenwood Press 1984
Te Chiron Dicionary o Greek and Roman Myhology ranslaed by Elizabeh Burr 1s English ed New YorkConinuum Inernaional Publishing Group 1994
Colakis Marianhe and Mary Joan Masello Classical Myhology and More A Reader Workbook WaucondaIL Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers 2007
Couch Malcolm Greek and Roman Myhology New York Michael Friedman Publishing Group 1998
DrsquoAulaire Ingri and Edgar Parin DrsquoAulaire DrsquoAulairesrsquo Book o Greek Myhs New York Doubleday 1962
Fleischman Paul Daeline roy Somerville MA Candlewick Press 2006
Gardner Jane Roman Myhs Ausin Universiy o exas Press 1993
Gran Michael and John Hazel Whorsquos Who in Classical Myhology London ouledge Press 2002
Grimal Pierre Te Dicionary o Classical Myhology ranslaed by A Maxwell-Hyslop 1996 eprinMalden MA Blackwell Publishing 2001
Harris Sephen L and Gloria Pazner Classical Myhology Images and Insighs 3rd ed Mounain View CAMayfield Publishing Company 2001
Homeric Hymns ranslaed by Diane aynor Berkeley and Los Angeles Universiy o Caliornia Press2004
Kirkwood G M A Shor Guide o Classical Myh ology 1959 eprin Wauconda IL Bolchazy-Carducci2003
Lowe Cheryl and Leigh Lowe DrsquoAulairesrsquo Greek Myh Suden Guid e Louisville K Y Memoria Press 2004mdashmdashmdash DrsquoAulairesrsquo Greek Myh eacher Guide Louisville K Y Memoria Press 2006
Mayerson Philip Classical Myhology in Lieraure Ar and Music Glenview IL Scot Foresman and Com-pany 1984
Morord Mark P O and ober J Lenardon Classical Myhology 8h ed New York Oxord Universiy Press2006
Ovid Meamorphose s ranslaed by A D Melville New York Oxord Universiy Press 1998
ussell William F Classic Myhs o Read Aloud New York Crown Publicaions 1989
Vergilrsquos Aeneid Hero War Humaniy ranslaed by G B Cobbold Wauconda IL Bolchazy-Carducci Pub-lishers 2005
Will iams o se Gods and Oher Odd Creaures Ausin X CicadaSun Publishing 2008
mdashmdashmdashTe Labors o Aeneas Wha a Pain I Was o Found he Roman Race Wauconda IL Bolchazy-Carducci
2003mdashmdashmdashTe Original Dysuncional Family Basic Classical Myhology or he New Millennium Wauconda ILBolchazy-Carducci 2008
ROMAN HISTORYBagnell Nigel Te Punic Wars New York S Marinrsquos Press 1990
Becket Gilber agrave Te Comic Hisory o Rome 1852 eprin Wauconda IL Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers1996
Boardma n John Jasper Griffi n and Oswyn Mur ray eds Oxord Hisory o he Roman World Oxord and New York Oxord Universiy Pre ss 1991
Boawrigh Mary Daniel J Gargola and ichard J A alber A Brie Hisor y o he Romans New YorkOxord Universiy Press 2006
Connolly Peer Greece and Rome a War London Greenhill Books 2006
Consable Nick Hisorical Alas o Ancien Rome New York Facs on File 2003
Cornell im and John Mahews Alas o he Roman World New York Facs on File 1986
Creighon Mandell A Primer Hisory o Rome 1855 eprin Wauconda IL Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers2001
Goldsworhy Adrian Te Fall o Carhage Te Punic Wars 265ndash146 BC London Cassell 2000
Haaren John H and A B Poland Famous Men o Rome Louisville KY Memoria Press 2006
Holland Tomas Rubicon New York Doubleday 2003
Jenkyn s ichard ed Te Legacy o Rome A New Appraisal Oxord Oxord Universiy Press 1992
Kamm Anhony Julius Caesar A Lie New York ouledge 2006
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 1354
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Resource List bull TM xiii
Lowe Cheryl and Leigh Lowe Famous Men o Rome Suden Guide 2nd ed Louisvil le KY Memoria Press2006
Mayszak Philip Te Sons o Caesar Imperial Romersquos Firs Dynasy London Tames and Hudson 2006
Mellor onald and Marni McGee Te Ancien Roman World New York Oxord Universiy Press 2004
Oxord Classical Dicionary 3rd ed Edied by Simon Hornblower and Anhony Spaworh Oxord and New York Oxord Universiy P ress 1996 Also available a s a CD-OM
Oxord Dicionary o he Classical World Edied by John obers New York Oxord Universiy Press 2005
Scarre Chris Chronicle o he Roman Emperors London Tames and Hudson 1995
mdashmdashmdashTe Penguin Hisorical Alas o Ancien Rome New York Penguin Punam Inc 1995
Ward-Perkins Br yan Te Fall o Rome Oxord and New York Oxord Universiy Press 2005
Will iams ose Cicero he Pario Wauconda IL Bolcha zy-Carducci P ublishers 200 4mdashmdashmdash Cicero he Pario eacherrsquos Manual Wauconda IL Bolchaz y-Carducci Publ ishers 2004
mdashmdashmdash From Romulus o Romulus Augusulus Roman Hisory or he New Millennium Bolchazy-CarducciPublishers 2008
mdashmdashmdashOnce Upon he iber An O ea Hisory o Rome Wauconda IL Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers 2007Firs Published 2002 by Wimbledon Classics
Wool Greg ed Cambridge Illusraed Hisory o he Roman World Cambridge Cambridge Universiy Press2003
ROMAN CULTURE AND DAILY LIFE Adkin s Lesley and oy A dkins Dicionary o R oman Religion New York Oxord Universiy Press 2000
mdashmdashmdashHandbook o Lie in Ancien Rome New York Oxord Universiy P ress 1994
All an ony Lie Myh an d Ar in Ancien R ome Los Angeles J Paul Gety rus Publicaions 2005 Apicius Cookery and Dining in Imperial Rome Edied by Joseph Da mmers Vehling Ne w York Dover 1977
Baker Alan Te Gladiaor Te Secre Hisory o Romersquos Warrior Slaves New York S Marinrsquos Press 2006
Baker Charles and osalie Baker Te Classical Companion Peerborough NH Cobblesone Publishing1988
Bonner S F Educaion in Ancie n Rome fom he Elder Cao o he Younger Pliny London Mehuen 1977
Bradley Keih Slavery and Sociey a Rome Cambridge Cambridge Universiy Press 1994
Brucia Margare A and Gregory Daughery o Be a Roman opics in Roman Culure Wauconda ILBolchazy-Carducci Publishers 2007
Buchanan David Roman Spor and Enerainmen London Longman 1976
Carcopino Jeacuterocircme Daily Lie in Ancien Rome New Haven and London Yale Universiy Press 1968
Casson Lionel ravel in he Ancien World New ed Balimore John Hopkins Universiy Press 1994
mdashmdashmdash Libraries in he A ncien World New Haven C Yale Universiy Press 2001Clackson James and Geoffrey Horrocks Te Blackwell Hisory o he Lain Language Cambridge Blackwell
Publishing 2007
Clarke J Houses o Roman Ialy 100 B Cndash A D 250 Berkeley and Los Angeles Universiy o CaliorniaPress 1991
Croom A Roman Clohing and Fashion UK empus Publishing 2000
DrsquoAmbra Eve Roman Ar Cambridge and New York Cambridge Universiy Press 1998
mdashmdashmdashRoman Women Cambridge and New York Cambridge Universiy Press 2007
Goldsworhy Adrian Te Complee Roman Army London Tames and Hudson 2003
Gran Leigh Rome A Fold-Ou His ory o Ancien Civ ilizaion New York Black Dog and Levanhal Publish-ers 2005
Gran Mark Roman Cookery Ancien Recipes or Modern Kichens London Seri Publishers 1999
Haney L A and J A Haney Te Roman Engineers Cambridge Cambridge Universiy Press 1991
Harris H A Spor in Greece and Rome Ihaca NY Cornell Universiy Press 1972
Herber Kevin Roman Imperial Coins Wauconda IL Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers 1996
Hodge Peer Te Roman Army Whie Plains NY Longman 1984
mdashmdashmdash Roman Family Lie UK Longman 1984
mdashmdashmdash Te Roman House ev ed Whie Plains NY Longman 1976
mdashmdashmdash Roman owns ev ed Whie Plains NY Longman 1977
mdashmdashmdash Roman rade and ravel Whie Plains NY Longman 1978Hopkins Keih and Mary Beard Te Colosseum Cambridge MA Harvard Universiy Press 2005
Humez Alexander and Nicholas Humez A B C E Cee ra Te Lie amp imes o he Roma n Alphabe BosonMA David Gordon Publisher 1985
Hyland Ann Equus Te Horse in he R oman World New Haven C Yale Universiy Press 1990
Jacobelli Lu ciana Gladiaors a Pompeii Los Angeles J Paul Gety rus Publicaions 2004
James Simon Ancien Rome Eyewiness Books New York Alred A Knop 1990
Jones J M A Dicionary o Ancien Coins London Seaby 1990
Mannix Daniel P Te Way o he Gladiaor New York ibooks 2001
Massey Michael Roman Religion Whie Plains New York Longman 1984
mdashmdashmdash Women in Ancien Greece and Rome New York Cambridge Universiy Press 1986
Olivovaacute V Spors and Games in he Ancien World London Orbis Publishing 1984
Paoli Ugo Enrico Rome Is People Lie and Cusoms ranslaed by D Macnaghen New York Longman1963
Piggot S Te Druids London Tames and Hudson 1982
Sims Lesley Roman Soldierrsquos Handbook London Usborne Books 2006
Solway Andrew Rome In Specacular Cross-Secion Oxord Oxord Universiy Press 2004
Savely E S Greek and Roman Voing and Elecions Ihaca NY Cornell Universiy Press 1972
reggiari S Roman Marriage Iusi Coniuges fom he ime o Cicero o he ime o Ulpian Oxord ClarendonPress 1991
Wallace ex E Inroducion o Wall Inscripio ns fom Pompeii and Herculaneu m Wauconda IL Bolchaz y-Carducci Publishers 2005
Webser G Te Roman Imperial Armies o he Firs and Second Cenuries A D 3rd ed London A and C Black1985
Weslake Susan Te Developmen o he Roman Alphabe Oxord OH American Classical League MC nd
Yavez Z Slaves and Slavery in Ancien Rome New Brunswick NJ ransacion Books 1988
ROMAN ARCHEOLOGY ARCHITECTURE AND ART Aicher Peer J Guide o he Aqueducs o Ancien Rome Wauconda IL Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers 1995
mdashmdashmdash Rome Alive A Source Guide o he Ancien Ciy 2 vols Wauconda IL Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers2004
Amery Col in and Bria n Curran Jr Te Los World o Pompeii Los Angeles J Paul Gety rus Publicaions2002
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 1454
TM xiv bull Latin for the New Millennium
Augeni Andrea ed Ar and Archeology o Rome New York iverside Book Company 2000
Boardman John Oxord Hisory o Classical Ar Oxord Oxord Universiy Press 1997
Campbell Ann Roman Ar and Archiecure ev ed Boulder CO Alarion Press 1999
Coarelli Fillipo Rome and Environs An Archeological Guide ranslaed by James J Clauss and Daniel P Har-mon Berkeley and Los Angeles Universiy o Caliornia Press 2008
Connolly Peer Pompeii New York Oxord Universiy Press 1990
Corbishley Mike Illusraed Encyclopedia o Ancie n Rome Los Angeles J Paul Gety rus Publicaions2004
Davis John and Deborah C Wood Monumena Romana Nosra Slide lecures complee se 1995 evised Wauconda IL Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers 1997
mdashmdashmdash Monumen a Roman a Nosra Roman Bahs Slide lecure 1995 evised Wauconda IL Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers 1997
mdashmdashmdash Monumena Romana Nos ra Te Forum in Rome and he Province s Slide lecure 1995 evised Wau-conda IL Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers 1997
mdashmdashmdash Monumena Romana Nos ra Te Roman Basil ica Slide lecure 1995 evised Wauconda ILBolchazy-Carducci Publishers 1997
mdashmdashmdash Monumena Romana Nos ra Te Roman Foru m Slide lecure 1995 evised Wauconda IL Bol-chazy-Carducci Publishers 1997
mdashmdashmdash Monumena Romana Nos ra Te Roman emple Slide lecure 1995 evised Wauconda IL Bol-chazy-Carducci Publishers 1997
Deiss Joseph Jay Herculaneum Ialyrsquos Buried reasure evised and updaed New York Harper Collins 1985
de Franciscus A Pompeii Monumens Pas and P resen Los Angeles J Paul Gety rus Publicaions 2000
DrsquoEspouy Hecor ed Greek and Roman Archiecure in Classic Illusraions Mineola NY Dover Publicaions1999
Dickison Sheila K and Judih P Hallet eds Rome and Her Monumens Wauconda IL Bolchazy-CarducciPublishers 2000
Heinze Helga von Roman Ar New York Universe Books 1971
Lewis Jon E ed Mammoh Book o Eyewines s Ancien Rome New York Carroll and Gra 2003
Ling ober Roman Paining Cambridge Cambridge Universiy Press 1991
Lovell Isabel Sories in Sone fom he Roman Forum ockville MD Wildside Press 2007
Macaulay David Ciy A Sory o Roman Planning and Consrucion Boson M A Houghon Miffl in 1971
MacDonald William L Te Archiecure o he Roman Empire An Urban Appraisal New Haven C Yale Uni- versiy Press 1988
MacKendrick Paul Te Mue Sones Speak Te Sory o Archeology in Ialy 2nd ed New York W W Noron1984
Millard Anne Welcome o Ancien Rome Edied by Jane Chisolm London Usborne Publishing 1987
Saccioli A Ancien Rome Monume ns Pas and Pres en Los Angeles J Paul Gety rus Publicaions2000
mdashmdashmdash Te Roads o he Romans Los Angeles J Paul Gety rus Publicaions 2004
Walker Susan Roman Ar Cambridge Harvard Universiy Press 1991
Wheeler Mori mer Roman Ar and Archiecure 4h ed New York Praeger Publishers 1969
Winkes ol Classical Collecion Roman Painings and Mosaics Providence I Museum o Ar hodeIsland School o Design 1982
LATE EMPIRE EARLY CHRISTIANITY AND MIDDLE AGES Augusi ne Conessions Oxord Worldrsquos Classics ranslaed by Henry Chadwick eprin New York Oxord
Universiy Press 1998
mdashmdashmdash Augusine Te Ciy o God agains he Paga ns ranslaed by W Dyson Cambridge exs in he His-ory o Poliical Tough Cambridge Cambridge Universiy Press 1998
mdashmdashmdash Augusine Poliical Wriings ranslaed by E M Akins and ober J Dodaro Cambridge exs inhe Hisory o Poliical Tough Cambridge Cambridge Universiy Press 2001
Barbero Alessandro Te Day o he Barbarians Te Batle Ta Led o he Fall o he Roman Empire ranslaed by John Cullen New York Walker and Company 2007
Barnes imohy D Ahanasius a nd Consanius Te ology and Poliics in h e Consanian Empire Cambridge
MA Harvard Universiy Press 1993Boehius Te Consolaion o Philosophy ranslaed by Vicor Wats ev ed London Penguin Books 1999
Bowersock G W and Peer Brown Lae Aniquiy A Guid e o he Pos Classica l World Harvard UniversiyPress eerence Library Cambridge MA Belknap Press 1999
Bowman Alan Averil Cameron and Peer Garnsey eds Te Crisis o Empire AD 193ndash337 2nd ed Volume 12Te Cambridge Ancien Hisory Cambridge Cambridge Universiy Press 2005
Brown Peer Augusine o Hippo A Biography ev ed Berkeley and Los Angeles Universiy o CaliorniaPress 2000
mdashmdashmdash Te World o Lae Aniquiy AD 150ndash750 New York W W Noron 1989
Cameron Averil Te Laer Roman Empire A D 284ndash430 Cambridge MA Harvard Universiy Press 1993
Cameron Averil Bryan Ward-Perkins and Michael Whiby eds Lae Aniquiy Empire a nd Successors AD425ndash600 Volume 14 Te Cambridge Ancien Hisory Cambridge Cambridge Universiy Press 2001
Cameron Averil and Peer Garnsey eds Te Lae Empire AD 337ndash425 Volume 13 Te Cambridge AncienHisory Cambridge Cambridge Universiy Press 1997
Chadwick Henry Te Church in Ancien Sociey From Galilee o Gregory he Grea Oxord Oxord UniversiyPress 2001
Corbishley Mike Te Middle Ages Culural Alas or Young People ev ed New York Facs on File 2003
Doran ober Birh o a Worldview Ea rly Chrisia niy in is Jewish and Pagan Conex Lanham MD ow-man and Litlefield 1999
Edwards Mark Consanine and Chrisendom Te Oraion o he Sains Te Greek and Lain Accouns o he Discovery o he Cross Te Edic o Consanine o Pope Silveser Liverpool Liverpool Universiy Press 2003
Ferguson Everet ed Encyclopedia o Ear ly Chrisiani y London Garland Publishing 1990
Godrey A W ed Medieval Mosaic A Book o M edieval Lain R eadings Wauconda IL Bolcha zy-CarducciPublishers 2003
Gran Michael Consanine he Grea Te Man and His imes New York Charles Scribnerrsquos Sons 1994
mdashmdashmdash Te Fall o he Roman Empire New York Charles Scribnerrsquos Sons 1997
mdashmdashmdash Te Collapse and Recovery o he Roman Empire London and New York ou ledge 1999
Harrison F E ed Millennium A Lain R eader A D 374ndash1374 eprin Wauconda IL Bolchazy-CarducciPublishers 2001
Heaher Peer Te Fall o he Roman Empire A New Hisory o Rome and he Barbarians New York OxordUniversiy Press 2007
Holmes George Te Oxord Hisory o Medieval Europe Oxord Oxord Universiy Press 2001
Hopkins Keih A World Full o Gods Pagans Jews and Chris ians in he Roma n Empire London Weideneldand Nicolson 1999
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 1554
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Resource List bull TM xv
Howarh Parick Atila King o he Hun s Man and Myh New York Barnes amp Noble Books 1995
Jones erry Barbarians London BBC Books 2006
Kulikowski Michael Romersquos Gohic Wars From he Tird Cenury o Alaric Cambridge Cambridge Univer-siy Press 2007
Lee A D ed Pagans and Chri sians in Lae A niquiy A Sourcebook London ouledge 2000
MacMullen amsay and Eugene N Lane Paganism and Chri sianiy 100ndash425 C E A Sourcebook Minne-apolis Forress Press 1992
Manello Frank and Arhur G igg Medieval Lain An Inroducion and Bibliographical Guide WashingonDC Te Caholic Universiy o America Press 1996
McEvedy Colin Te New Penguin Alas o Medieval Hisory ev ed New York Penguin Group 1992
Newman Paul B Daily Lie in he Middle A ges Jefferson NC McFarland and Company 2001Smih Jonahan Z Drudgery Divine On he Compari son o Early Chri sianiies and h e Religions o L ae Aniq-
uiy Chicago Universiy o Chicago Press 1990
Sambaugh John E and David Balch Te New esamen in is Social Environmen Philadelphia Wesmin-ser Press 1986
Tompson A E Te Huns Oxord Blackwell Publishing 1999
odd Malcolm Te Early Germans Malden MA Blackwell 2004
Wells Coli n Sailing fom Byzanium How a Los Empire Shaped he World NY Banam Dell 2006
Will iams ose Te Ligher Side o he Dark Ages London and New York Anhem Press 2006
Wolram Her wig Hisory o he Gohs ranslaed by Tomas J Dunlap Berkeley and Los Angeles Univer-siy o Caliornia Press 1988
mdashmdashmdashTe Roman Empire and Is Germanic Peoples ranslaed by Tomas J Dunlap Berkeley and Los Ange-
les Universiy o Caliornia Press 1997 Young Frances Lew is Ayres and A ndrew Louh eds Te Cambridge Hisory o Early Chrisian Lieraure
Cambridge Cambridge Universiy Press 2004
CLASSICAL PERSPECTIVESHighe Gilber Te Classical radiion New York Oxord Universiy Press 1957
Kopff E Chrisian Te Devil Knows Lain Why America Needs he Classical radiion Wilmingon DE ISIBooks 1999
Maybury ichard J Ancien Rome How I Affe cs You oday Placerville CA Bluesocking Press 1995
Murphy Cullen Are We Rome New York Houghon Mi ffl in 2007
Simmons racy Lee Climbing Parnassus A New Apologia or Greek and Lain Wilmingon DE ISI Books2002
MAPS POSTERS AND CHARTS Available from American Cla ssical League M C Miami Universiy Oxford OH
Map o oman Empire Map o oman Ialy ome Cenral Archeological Area oma Archaica
Circus Maximus Colosseum Consiuion Preamble Lain Abbreviaions Lain Phrases in Common UseLegal erms Panheon Pompeii Promoional Posers Lain Is
Derivaive ree Char Loan Word Char omance Language Char Skeleon Char
Available from L and L Enerprises Elmhurs IL
Ancien Civil izaion Wall M ap (small and lar ge size)
Using Lain Phrases Te Fabulous Five Lain Promoional Mini-posers Paer Noser Pledge o Allegianceoman Scenes and Proverbs Seven Hills o ome emembering he Cases
Available from Aims Inernaional Book s Cincinnai OH
Quo Modo Senis Hodie Poser
ADDITIONAL ITEMS Available from Bolchazy-Carducci P ublishers Mundelein IL
Lain Butons
Available from American Cla ssical League MC Miami Universiy Oxford OH
Lain-relaed CDs DVDs apes sofware coins greeing cards games accessories and jewelry mimeo-graphs hisorical novels Lain readers and Junior Classical League iems
Available from L and L Enerprises Elmhu rs IL
Lain knowledge cards Briish Museum book o poscards o Ancien Greece and o ome
Lain-relaed aciviy books butons coloring books key chain ags noe cards origami projecs pencilspuzzle books rulers sampers sickers suffed animals atoos oe bags and -shirs
MISCELLANEOUS Available from American Cla ssical League MC Miami Universiy Oxford OH
2006 Updaed Survey o Audio-Visual Maerials and exbooks in he Classics
2007 Ediion o ACL Soware Direcory or he Classics
WEBSITESFor a regularly updaed lis o websie resources check htpwwwlnmbolchazycom
PROFESSIONAL ORGANIZATIONSMos o hese organizaions offer a journal ha eachers will find beneficial Consul he organizaionrsquos web-
sie o learn more
American C lassical League (ACL)
American C lassical L eague eaching Maerials a nd esource Cener (MC)
ACL Sponsored Aciviie s
Junior Classical League
Naional Commitee or Lain and GreekNaional Greek Exam
Naional Junior Classical League
Naional Lain Exam
Naional Senior Classical League
Naional Myhology Exam
American C ouncil on he eaching o Foreign La nguages (ACFL)
American Ph ilologica l Associa ion (APA)
Archeologica l Insiue o A merica (AI A)
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 1654
TM xvi bull Latin for the New Millennium
Classical Associaion o Canada
Classical Associaion o New England (CANE)
Classical Associaion o he Alanic Saes (CAAS)
Classical Associaion o he Middle Wes and Souh (CAMWS)
Classical Associaion o he Pacific Norhwes (CAPN)
Classical Associaion o he Souhwesern Unied Saes (CASUS)
Compuer Assised Language Insrucion Consorium (CALICO)
Join Associaion o C lassical eachers (JAC)
Vergilian Socie y
In addiion many saes and ciies have classics-relaed organizaions
TEACHER NOTES
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 1754
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull i
1
STUDENT TEXTBOOKWITH EXERCISE ANSWERS
STANDARDS CORRELATIONS
ORAL EXERCISES
ORAL EXERCISE CORRELATIONS
WORKBOOK EXERCISE CORRELATIONS
ANCILLARY CORRELATIONS
COMPREHENSION QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS
TEACHING TIPS
TEACHER BY THE WAY NOTATIONS
AND HOW TO USE THIS BOOK
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 1854
iindashiii bull Latin for the New Millennium
Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers IncMundelein Illinois USA
1Milena Minkova and Terence Tunberg
LATIN FOR THE NEW MILLENNIUM
Series Inormaion
LEVEL ONE
Suden ex (2008)
Suden Workbook (2008)
eacherrsquos M anual (2008)
eacherrsquos Manual or Suden Workbook (2008)
ANCILLARIES
From Romulus o Romulus AugusulusRoman Hisory or he New Millennium (2008)
Te Original Dysuncional Family Basic Classical Myhology or he New Millennium (2008)
LEVEL TWO
Suden ex (2009)
Suden Workbook (2009)
eacherrsquos M anual (2009)
eacherrsquos Manual or Suden Workbook (2009)
ANCILLARIES
From Rome o Reormaion Early European Hisory or he New Millennium (2009)
Te Clay-ooed SuperHeroes Myhology ales or he New Millennium (2009)
mdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdash
ELECTRONIC RESOURCES
(See page 445 or deailed descripion)
wwwlnm bolchazycom
Quia Quesion Bank
Lain-only Vill a in een Second Lietrade
Carpe Praedam
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 1954
FOREWORD xi
PREFACE xiii
AUTHORS xvii
EDITORS CONSULTANTS AND PILOT TEACHERS xix
INTRODUCTION xxiii
AlphabePronunciaion o LainOverview o oman Hisory Beginnings o Lain Lieraure
CHAPTER 1 1
eading ldquoomulus and emusrdquoLanguage Facs Pars o Speech Nouns Number Gender Case
(Nominaive and Accusaive) Firs Declension Nounsalking Saying Hello
CHAPTER 2 15
eading Plauus ldquoTe Menaechmi winsrdquo Language Facs Firs and Second Conjugaion Verbs Principal Pars
Properies o Verbs Number Person ense Sem Infiniive Subjec and
Verb Agreemenalking Geting Acquained
CHAPTER 3 29
eading erence ldquowo BrohersrdquoLanguage Facs Second Declension Masculine -us -er -ir Nouns Geniive
Case Vocaive Case Preposiional Phrasesalking In he Classroom
REVIEW 1 CHAPTERS 19912513 43
Considering he Classical Gods Ma rs Jupier JunoConnecing wih he Ancien World Slavery in A ncien omeExploring oman Comedy oman Producions and Modern endiions by
William S Anderson Proessor o Classics Emerius Universiy o Caliornia Berkeley Berkeley Caliornia
Mīrābile Audī ū Phrases and Quoaions elaing o he Comic radiion
CONTENTS
bull v bull
Series Edior LeaAnn A Osburn
Volume Ediors Elisa C Denja LeaAnn A Osburn
Conribuing Ediors imohy Beck Judih P Halle Laurie Haigh KeenanKaren Lee Singh Donald E Sprague ose Williams Vicki Wine
Hisorical imeline Jayni einhard
Cover Design amp ypography Adam Phillip Velez
Cover Illusraion oman Forum copy BemannCOBISOher Illusraions Phoo Credis appear on pp 431ndash434
CarographyMapping Specialiss
Indexing Michael Hendry
Prooreader Gary Varney
Lain for he New Millennium
Suden ex Level 1
Milena Minkova and erence unberg
copy2008 Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers Inc All righs reserved
Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers Inc
1570 Baskin oadMundelein Illinois 60060 wwwbolchazycom
Prined in Canada2009 byFriesens
ISBN 978-0-86516-560-1mdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashLibrary o Congress Caaloging-in-Publicaion Daa
Minkova Milena Lain or he new millennium suden ex level 1 Milena Minkova anderence unberg p cm Includes bibliographical reerences ISBN 978-0-86516-560-1 (v 1 hardbound alk paper) 1 Lain language--Grammar I unberg erence II ile
PA20875M 562 2008 4782rsquo421--dc22
2008014705
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull ivndashv
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 2054
Contents bull vii
CHAPTER 9 135
eading Sallus ldquoTe Cailinarian ConspiracyrdquoLanguage Facs Fourh Conjugaion Verbs Presen Acive and Passive
ense Presen Acive and Passive Infiniive T ird Declension NeuerNouns Tird Declension I -Sem Nouns
alking Geting Dressed or a Pary
REVIEW 3 CHAPTERS 79912519 149
Considering he Classical Gods ApolloConnecing wih he A ncien World oman AtireExploring oman Governmen Poliics in Greece ome and he Unied
Saes by Josiah Ober Proessor o Classics and Poliical Science SanordUniversiy Sanord Caliornia
Mīrābile Aud īū Phrases and Motoes elaing o Governmen andDemocracy
CHAPTER 10 163
eading Vergil ldquo Te rojan HorserdquoLanguage Facs Tird Conjugaion -iō Verbs Presen Acive and Passive
ense Presen Acive and Passive Infiniive T ird Declension AdjecivesSubsanive Adjecives
alking Te Morning Beore a es
CHAPTER 11 177
eading Vergil ldquoQueen Dido o CarhagerdquoLanguage Facs Imperec Acive a nd Passive ense o All Conjugaions
Imperec ense o Sum and Possum Encliicsalking raveling o School
CHAPTER 12 191eading Livy ldquoMucius ScaevolardquoLanguage Facs Fi rs Second and Tird Person Personal Pronouns Firs
and Second Person Possessive Adjecives Declension o vīsalking Discussing he Weaher
REVIEW 4 CHAPTERS 1099125112 205
Considering he Classical Gods Mercury Connecing wih he Ancien World oman FoodExploring he My h o he rojan Horse Never Look a Gif Horse in
he Mouh by Bonnie A Cato Proessor o Classics Assumpion CollegeWorceser Massachusets
Mīrābile Aud īū Phrases and Quoaions elaing o War and Peace
vi bull L atin for the New Millennium
CHAPTER 4 57
eading Cicero ldquoTe Deserer Wans a ewardrdquoLanguage Facs Second Declension Neuer Nouns Daive Case Firs
and Second Declension -us -a -um Adjecives Agreemen o Nounsand Adjecives
alking Discussing Homework
CHAPTER 5 69
eading Cicero ldquoCicero Wries o ereniardquoLanguage Facs Firs and Second Conjugaion Verbs Presen Passive ense
Presen Passive Infiniive Ablaive o Agen Firs and Second Declension
-er Adjecivesalking Discussing Occupaions
CHAPTER 6 81
eading Caesar ldquoTe DruidsrdquoLanguage Facs Presen ense and Presen Infiniive o Sum and Possum
Complemenary Infi niive ransiive and Inransiive Verbsalking Preparing or a es
REVIEW 2 CHAPTERS 49912516 93
Considering he Classical Gods Nepune Pluo Vesa and CeresConnecing wih he Ancien World oman MarriageExploring oman Famil ies Parens and Children Ten and Now by
Jacqueline Carlon Assisan Proessor o Classics Universiy o Massachusets Boson Massachusets
Mīrābile Audīū Phrases Motoes and Abbreviaions elaing o Lie in heweny-Firs Cenur y
CHAPTER 7 111eading Caullus ldquoMy Girlrsquos SparrowrdquoLanguage Facs Tird Declension Masculine and Feminine Nouns Indirec
Saemen Accusaive and Infiniivealking In he Caeeria
CHAPTER 8 123
eading Nepos ldquoTemisocles Saves he GreeksrdquoLanguage Facs T ird Conjugaion Verbs Presen Acive a nd Passive ense
Presen Acive and Passive Infiniive Ablaives o Manner InsrumenSeparaion Place rom Which Place Where Accusaive o Place o W hich
alking Afer School Aciviies
vindashvii bull Latin for the New Millennium
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 2154
Contents bull ix
CHAPTER 18 301
eading Apuleius ldquoCupid and PsycherdquoLanguage Facs Fuure Perec Aci ve ense o All Conjugaions Fuure
Perec ense o Sum and Possum Fifh Declension Nounsalking Going o he Denis
REVIEW 6 CHAPTERS 1699125118 315
Considering he Classical Gods BacchusConnecing wih he Ancien World Gladiaorial GamesExploring oman Disasers Earh Air Fire and Waer by John E Torburn
Associae Proessor o Classics Baylor Universiy Waco exas
Mīrābile Audīū Quoaions elaing o Atiudes oward and Coping wihMisorunes
CHAPTER 19 331
eading Ammianus ldquoTe HunsrdquoLanguage Facs Perec Passive Pariciple Perec Passive ense o All
Conjugaions eview o Principal Par s o Verbs Demonsraive Pronounand Adjecive Hic
alking Cleaning he House
CHAPTER 20 349
eading Augusine ldquoAn Adolescen TierdquoLanguage Facs Pluperec Passive ense o Al l Conjugaions Perec Acive
and Passive Infini ives Demonsraive Pronoun and Adjecive Illealking Going Shopping
CHAPTER 21 361
eading Boehius ldquoTe Wheel o ForunerdquoLanguage Facs Fuure Perec Passive ense o All Conjugaions Fuure
Acive Pariciple Fuure Acive Infiniivealking A Birhday Pary
REVIEW 7 CHAPTERS 1999125121 375
Considering he Classical Gods VulcanConnecing wih he Ancien World oman EducaionExploring oman Libraries Public Libraries and Teir Books by Keih Dix
Associae Proessor o Classics Universiy o Georgia Ahens GeorgiaMīrābile Audīū Phrases Quoaions and Abbreviaions elaing o
Schools Libraries and Books
viii bull Latin for the New Millennium
CHAPTER 13 219
eading Horace ldquoAn Encouner wih a BoorrdquoLanguage Facs Presen ense Posiive and Negaive Imperaives Firs and
Second Person Personal Pronouns Geniive Case Ti rd Person PossessivePronoun and Adjecive
alking Lae or School
CHAPTER 14 233
eading Ovid ldquoPyramus and TisberdquoLanguage Facs Firs and Second Conjugaion Verbs Fuure Acive and
Passive ense Fuure ense o Sum and Possum elaive Pronouns
elaive Clausesalking Chating on he Inerne
CHAPTER 15 245
eading Seneca ldquoe1047298ecions on Growing OldrdquoLanguage Facs Tird a nd Fourh Conjugaion Verbs Fuure Acive and
Passive ense Inerrogaive Pronouns and Adjecivesalking A rip o he Counry
REVIEW 5 CHAPTERS 1399125115 259
Considering he Classical Gods Minerva Di ana VenusConnecing wih he A ncien World oman Ciies and oadsExploring oman Law Te Jusice Sysem in Ancien ome by James G
Keenan Proessor o Classics Loyola Universiy Chicago Chicago IllinoisMīrābile Audīū Phrases and Quoaions elaing o Legal Maters
CHAPTER 16 273
eading Pliny he Younger ldquoTe Erupion o VesuviusrdquoLanguage Facs Perec ense Verbs Perec Sem Perec Acive ense o
All Conjugaions Perec ense o Sum and Possum Daive o Possessionalking elaxing a he Beach
CHAPTER 17 287
eading acius ldquoTe Fire a omerdquoLanguage Facs Pluperec A cive ense o All Conjugaions Pluperec
ense o Sum and Possum Fourh Declension Masculine Feminine andNeuer Nouns
alking ecovering rom an Acciden
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull viiindashix
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 2254
xndashxi bull Latin for the New Millennium
FOREWORDTe aurea mediocriās o Lain exbooks has arrived No a grammar-ranslaion nor a readingapproach book Lain or he New Millennium is a blend o he bes elemens o boh
Te key o Lain or he New Millennium Level 1 is he emphasis on reading Lain a he begin-ning o each chaper and using conversaional Lain a he end o each chaper or as he auhorsindicae in he Preace lsquoi (Lain) offers you he lingui sic key o he minds ha shaped European
(and hereore American) culu re rom he ime o he omans o he modern scienific revolu-ion In his book you will learn abou he language sep by sep by using irsquo
Te reading passages a he opening o each chaper are ba sed on Lain lieraure and proceedin chronological order rom Plauus o Boehius Each reading is suppored by pre-reading andacing page vocabulary Grammar is inroduced using senences already seen in he reading pas-sage and mīrābile dicū here are pleny o exercises Te Vocabulary o Learn chosen rom headaped reading passage hus conains some Advanced Placemen lieraure-based words and i sreieraed consisenly in he exercises and oher shor reading passages
Somehing no seen in mos Lain exbooks is he conversaional dialogue a he end o eachchaper Tis will pique he sudenrsquos ineres in he Lain version o modern-day aciviies andmee cerain classical language sandards direcly Te auhors Milena Minkova and erenceunberg proessors a he Universiy o Kenucky a Lexingon are he direcors o he hugelypopular Conveniculum Lexinoniense he annual su mmer program ha has been r unning ormore han en years Tey are also on he aculy o he Conveniculum Bosoniense a similarprogram ha draws paricipans o experience conversaional Lain in differen geographical se-ings A he 2007 American Classical Leag ue Insiue a Vanderbil Universiy I paricipaed ina conversaional Lain workshop presened by Minkova and unberg Tough he par icipans
were seasoned Lain eachers mos were experiencing or he firs ime he ried and rue meh-ods hese wo expers were using o inspire us o speak Lain By he end o he workshop wecould converse in amiliar Lain phrases and saw how useul his could be or our own sudensunbergrsquos and Minkovarsquos leadership in hese summer programs made hem uniquely well suiedo design he conversaional dialogues in Lain or he New Millennium and he copious oral ex-ercises ha are conained only in he eacher manual hus al lowing eachers o pick and choose
which exercises bes mee he needs o heir own sudens
Tis book wih is range o offerings wi ll appeal o all ypes o lang uage sudens and will alloweachers o bring he many aces o he oman and pos-oman world ino he classroom How
wonderul i is o see a passage o adaped Plauus in Chaper 2 a prose adapaion o Caullusrsquo passer poem in Chaper 7 o Horacersquos saire on he boor in Chaper 13 and even o aciusrsquo de-scripion o he grea fire in ome in Chaper 17 oman culure is embodied in each o hesepassages hus meeing anoher classical language sandard Accompanying each passage is aquoaion or moto conneced o he passage or chaper
bull xi bullx bull Latin for the New Millennium
APPENDIX A 389
Chronological Lis o he Auhors and Works Sudied
APPENDIX B 391
Addiional Sae Motoes
APPENDIX C 393
Grammaical Forms and Paradigms
APPENDIX D 405
Lain Synax
APPENDIX E 411Hisorical imeline
ENGLISH TO LATIN GLOSSARY 415
LATIN TO ENGLISH GLOSSARY 421
BIBLIOGRAPHY 429
PHOTOGRAPHY CREDITS 431
INDEX 435
LIST OF MAPS
Map o he oman World xxxi iMap o he ravels o Aeneas 187Map o he Ciy o ome 227
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 2354
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull xiindashxiii
PREFACELearning Lain helps you learn English and oher languages beter and perhaps even moreimporanly i offers you he linguisic key o he minds ha shaped European (and hereore
American) culure rom he ime o he omans o he modern scienific revoluion Lain washe language hese people used o express hemselves and o record heir ideas in permanen ormacross so many cenuries In his book you wil l learn abou he language by u sing i sep by sep
CHAPTER COMPONENTS
READING PASSAGES
Each chaper begins wih a eading Passage and noes on he acing page ha will help you un-dersand any linguisic elemens you have no previously seen Tese noes eaure vocabulary
words in an easy o ollow alphabeical l ising providing you he exac meaning needed o un-dersand he reading passage bu no he ull lexical enries a his poin By reading and seeinghese new elemens in heir naural conex ofen you will need no explanaion o undersandhow hey uncion because hey appear w ih words you already know Te eadi ng Passages areadaped rom auhenic works o Lain lieraure and hey are presened in chronological order
As you complee each chaper you will be raci ng he sory o Lain as a lierary language andhe sories o he auhors who used i In addiion you wi ll learn abou oman c ulure over heperiods o ime in which he eaured reading o each chaper was produced
VOCABULARY TO LEARN
Te Vocabulary o Learn repeas some words encounered in he eading Passage or each chap-
er bu in his secion he words are lised by pars o speech i nsead o alphabeically and herehe ull lexical enry is given Tese are words you will need o memorize in order o recognizeand use hem hroughou he remainder o he book In order o aid you in recognizi ng connec-ions beween Lain words and he English words derived rom or relaed o hem a derivaiveexercise ollows each Vocabulary o Learn
LANGUAGE FACTS AND EXERCISES
In he body o each chaper you will fi nd simple explanaions o he Language Facs eaured inhe chaper reading passage along wih many differen exercises ha allow you o use all he in-ormaion you are learning By doing he exercises in each chaper and in he suden workbook
you will no only be reading and wriing Lain yoursquoll be speaking i Some exercises involve oralexchanges wih he eacher and wih oher sudens Because Lain communicaes hough i isa living hing Tereore a person who gains an acive working knowledge in he language along
bull xiii bullxii bull Latin for the New Millennium
All o his said Lain or he New Millennium is suden riendly Sudy ips rhymes and mnemon-ics abound in each chaper and litle secions called ldquoBy he Wayrdquo offer addiional inormaion orhose who always wan o know more
Te uni review secions are ru ly gems Afer hree chapers a Lain review chaper providesno jus he complee lis o Vocabulary o Learn and pleniu l exercises bu ofen anoher pieceo adaped lieraure o read991252snippes o Mari al or Peronius and more
Bu his is no all A secion called ldquoConsidering he Classical Godsrdquo offers high-ineres readingsin boh Engli sh and Lain on he panheon o classical gods A noher secion eniled ldquoConnec-ing wih he Ancien Worldrdquo provides in English addiional i normaion on a paricular aspec ooman lie conained wihin he uni
Capping each review uni is a disincive essay ha e xplores oman and modern opics each writen by a universiy scholar From he Universiy o Massachusets o Sanord Universiyand many places in be ween hese proessors have conribued heir special experise on subjecmater relaed o he chapers I k now o no oher book ha does hi s
Tere are many useu l phoographs and maps appropriaely placed hroughou Te reproduc-ions o fine ar and phoographs o archaeological sies provide a visual learning experience as
well Needless o say here are appendices on g rammar and synax a nd English o Lain andLain o English glossaries wih an added secion on various motoes
Te auhors ediors consulans and pilo eachers have done a superior job o organizing his book or maximum useu lness and effeciveness Tis unique series w ill include he ollowi ngLevel 1 Suden ex Level 1 Suden Workbook Level 1 eacherrsquos Manual and Level 1 Work-
book eacherrsquos Manual Level 2 Suden ex Level 2 Suden Workbook Level 2 eacherrsquosManual and Level 2 Workbook eacherrsquos Manual Many online and elecronic resources willalso accompany his series
Lain for he New Millennium has been houghully designed or and wih he weny-firscenury suden in mind Please join me in heralding he appearance o his unique new series
ha will improve and enhance he sudy o Lain or he weny-firs cenury
P983137983157983148 P983154983151983152983141983154983162983145983151Boson Lain Academy
2008
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 2454
xivndashxv bull Latin for the New Millennium
Preface bull xv
ASPECTS OF ROMAN LIFE
Nex you will find a reading in English on an imporan aspec o oman daily lie Tis sec-ion eniled Connecing wih he Ancien World wil l presen addiional inormaion on a opicencounered in he previous c hapers
EXPLORING ROMAN AND MODERN LIFE
Following he secion on daily lie here will be a shor essay in English ha compares and con-rass some aspec o oman and American lie and illusraes a way in which Lain is a par oour lie oday Each o hese essays has been writen by a universiy scholar wih special experisein his field o sudy
MĪRĀBILE AUDĪTŪEach review chaper concludes wih a l is o Lain quoaions motoes phrases or abbreviaionsused in English Tese sayings relae o one o he uni opics
Te Lain langu age and oman culure have no only inspired wriers hroughou he ages andin1047298uenced modern lie bu have also lef heir presence in ar and archaeology In his volumereproducions o painings drawings sculpure mosaics rescoes and oher ariacs rom an-iquiy hrough he presen abound wih depicions o and reerences o he sories and lives ohe omans Likewise view s o archaeological sies remind us o wha ome and is area o in1047298u-ence was like in ancien imes Te illusraions hroughou he ex suppor he writen word in
visual orm hus offering you a vivid recollecion o he chaper conen
Each auhor o his book has writen differen secions o he exbook bu boh auhors have ben-efied hroughou he composiion o he exbook rom coninuous muual advice and suppor
MM and 2008
Visi wwwl nmbolchazycom o see he elecronic resources ha accompany Lain or he New Millennium
xiv bull Latin for the New Millennium
wih a readi ng abiliy i s more likely o progress quick ly o a deeper undersanding o he lan-guage and he enjoymen o is lieraure I you have an oral aciliy and can wrie in a language
you will no need o be reminded abou orms and grammaical rules so ofen In his book you will acquire ha acive acili y as a basic par o learning he language
CONVERSATIONAL LATIN
oward he end o each chaper here is a Lain dialogue in which a group o modern sudens arehe paricipans Tey discuss in Lain siuaions ofen encounered in our daily li ves In hesedialogues you will find a bridge beween our lives and he houghs o he ancien medieval orrenaissance auhors who wroe in Lain991252a bridge consruced o he same basic language Lain
OTHER FEATURESIn each chaper you will fi nd oher ineresing mater ha will help you learn and enjoy Lain
bull Memorābile Dictū Te firs page o each chaper eaures a amous saying labeled Memorābile Dicū (A Memorable Ting o Say) a Lain phrase so well known ha i has become an ofenrepeaed proverb or quoaion Learning each amous saying wi ll increase your u ndersand-ing no jus o Lain bu o he houghs and ideas ha were i mporan o omans and haveconinued o be an inegral par o modern lie
bull Sudy ips Each chaper conains sayings rhymes mnemonic devices verses or oher in-ormaion ha will help you remember he various hings you are learning
bull By he Way You will see his phrase repeaed hroughou every chaper When you see hislabel you will know ha addiional inormaion is being presened
REVIEW COMPONENTS A he conclusion o every se o hree chapers here is a review conaining various componens
VOCABULARY TO KNOW
Tis is a complee lis o all he Vocabulary o Learn words presened in he hree chapers ar-ranged by pars o speech
EXERCISES
Here you will see many new exercises ha will help you review and reinorce he maerial in hehree preceding chapers In he review exercise secion here is ofen an addiional reading pas-sage o help you undersand more abou Lain lieraure and is heriage oday
CLASSICAL MYTHOLOGY
Tis secion eniled Considering Classical Myhology includes passages on myhology one inEnglish and one in Lain which ell some o he principal sories abou he Greek and omangods Tese sories re1047298ec many o he main hemes seen in lieraure and ar rom classical omodern imes
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 2554
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull xvindashxvii
AUTHORSMILENA MINKOVA
MA and PhD Chrisian and Classical Philology Pon-ifical Salesian Universiy ome Ialy MA and PhDClassics Universiy o Sofia Bulgaria
Associae Proessor o Classics Universiy o KenuckyLexingon Kenucky
Milena Minkova has sudied conduced research andaugh in Bulgaria Swizerland Germany Ialy he
Vaican Ciy and he USA Minkova has auhored hree book monographs Te Personal Names o he Lain In-scripions fom Bulgaria (Peer Lang 2000) Te Proe-an Raio (Peer Lang 2001) and Inroducion o Lain
Prose Composiion (Bolchazy-Carducci 2007 reprin Wimbledon 2001) She has also published numerousaricles on Lain medieval philosophy Lain lieraureLain composiion and Lain pedagogy
TERENCE TUNBERGBA and MA Classics Universiy o Souhern Calior-nia Posgraduae researcher and docoral suden Me-
dieval Sudies Universiy o London England PhDClassical Philology Universiy o orono Canada
Proessor o Classics Universiy o Kenucky Lexing-on Kenucky
erence unberg has augh in Belgium and Canadaas well as in he USA He is a specialis in Lain com-posiion and an exper in he hi sory o he approacheso wriing Lain prose rom aniquiy o early modernimes His works include a n ediion o collecion o Me-dieval Lain speeches commenaries on Lain worksand numerous sudies o he hisory o imiaion in La-in wriing In addiion or more han a decade he hasoffered summer seminars designed o inroduce peopleo he use o spoken Lain
bull xvii bull
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 2654
EDITORS CONSULTANTSAND PILOT TEACHERS
VOLUME EDITORSElisa C DenjaEdior Bolchazy-Carducci PublishersBaker Demonsraion School EmeriaEvanson Illinois
LeaAnn A OsburnEdior Bolchazy-Carducci PublishersBarringon High School EmeriaBarringon Illinois
BOARD OF
CONSULTANTS Virginia A ndersonLain eacherIllinois Virual High SchoolBarringon Middle School EmeriaBarringon Illinois
Jill M CrookerLain eacher
Pitsord-Mendon High School EmeriaPitsord New York
Judih Peller HalletProessor o ClassicsUniversiy o MarylandCollege Park Maryland
Sherwin D Litle1ndash12 Foreign Language Program LeaderIndian Hill High SchoolCincinnai Ohio
Sherrilyn MarinChair Deparmen o Foreign LanguagesKeih Counry Day Schoolockord Illinois
Mary PendergrafProessor o Classical Languages
Wake Fores Universiy Winson-Salem Norh Carolina
John raupman
Proessor o ClassicsS Josephrsquos Universiy EmeriusPhiladelphia Pennsylvania
Cynhia Whie Associae Proessor o ClassicsUniversiy o Arizonaucson Ari zona
ose WilliamsMcMurry College Emeria
Abilene High School Emeria Abilene exas
Donna WrighLain eacherLawrence Norh and Lawrence Cenral High
Schools
Indianapolis Indiana
PILOT TEACHERS Jeremy M WalkerLain eacherCrown Poin High SchoolCrown Poin Indiana
Laneta WarrenburgLain eacherElgin High SchoolElgin Illinois
bull xix bullxviii bull Latin for the New Millennium
JOINT PUBLICATIONS BY THE AUTHORSMinkova and unberg have coauhored he ollowing books Readings and Exercises in Lain
Prose Composiion (Focus 2004) Reading Livyrsquos Rome Selecions fom Livy Books IndashVI (Bol-chazy-Carducci 2 005) Maer Anserina Poems in Lain or Children (Focus 2006) Tey are hedirecors o he Insiue or Lain Sud ies a he Universiy o Kenucky in which sudens sudyhe hisory o Lain rom ancien o modern imes and ake par in seminars in which Lai n is he
working language o all ac iviies Boh Minkova and unberg are eleced ellows o he ome- based Academia Lainiai Fovendae he primary learned sociey devoed o he preservaion andpromoion o he use o Lain
xviiindashxix bull Latin for the New Millennium
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 2754
Editors Consultants and Pilot Teachers bull xxi
SHERWIN LITTLE
BA Universiy o Cincinnai M A Universiy o Colorado
Sherwin Litle has augh Lain rom sixh g rade hrough Lain AP a Indian Hill Exemped Vil-lage School Disric since 1983 Sherwin has received an Ovaio rom CAMWS as well as heCAMWS Good eacher Award and he Hildesheim Vase Award rom he Ohio Classical Coner-ence in 1986 and 2007 Sherwin holds Naional Board Cerificaion in World Languages Oherhan English and has been boh Vice Presiden and Presiden o he American Classical Leag ue
SHERRILYN MARTIN
BA Wilson College MA PhD Universiy o Cincinnai
Sherrilyn Marin was named Illinois Lain eacher o he Year in 1993 was a recipien o heL Governorrsquos Award or Foreign Language eaching in 2001 and was named a Claes Nobeleacher o Disincion in 2 007 She is a pas presiden o he Illinois Classical Conerence and isacive in he ockord Sociey o he A rchaeological Insiue o America Sherri lyn spen a yearin independen sudy a he Universiy o Tessaloniki Greece
MARY PENDERGRAFT
AB PhD Universiy o Norh Carolina Chapel Hill
Afer eaching a UNC-Greensboro and D uke Universiy Mary Pendergraf began eachingclassics ul l-ime a Wake Fores Mary is a ormer Presiden o he Norh Carolina Classical A s-sociaion and paricipaed in he ocus group ha w roe he Norh Carolina Sandard Course oSudy or Lain
JOHN TRAUPMAN
BA Moravian College MA PhD Pr inceon Universiy
John raupman is proessor emerius rom S Josephrsquos Universiy i n Phil adelphia where heaugh or hiry-eigh years A mong his many awards John received he Disinguished eaching
Award rom S Josephrsquos Universiy in 1982 a cerificae o appreciaion rom he PennsylvaniaDeparmen o Educaion in 1990 and he Special Award rom he Classical Associaion o he
Alanic Saes in 1996 John raupman is especially well-known as he auhor oConversaional Lain and Te New College Lain and English Dicionary
CYNTHIA WHITE
BA Chesnu Hill College MA Villanova Universiy PhD Caholic Universiy o America
Cynhia Whie is he Direcor o he Undergraduae Lain Program and supervises eacherraining and Kndash12 Lain eacher Cerificaion a he Universiy o Arizona She regularlyeaches a he Isiuo Inernazionale di Sudi Classici di Orvieo he Classics Deparmenrsquos Sudy
Abroad Program in Orvi eo Ialy and has sudied i n ome wih he Papal Lai nis eg inaldFoser ODC
xx bull Latin for the New Millennium
VOLUME EDITORSELISA C DENJA
BA Marygrove College Deroi Michigan MA Columbia Universiy MA Loyola UniversiyChicago
Elisa Denja augh Lain a Norh Chicago High School and Baker Demonsraion School inEvanson Illinois or many years while concurrenly eaching classical myhology a LoyolaUniversiy o Chicago and in he g ifed-disance learning program a Norhwesern UniversiyElisa was awarded he Illinois Lain eacher o he Year award in 1992 and he Illinois Lieime
Achievemen Award in 2007
LEAANN A OSBURNBA Monmouh College Illinois MA Loyola Universiy Chicago
While eaching Lain or many years a Barringon High School in Barringon Illinois LeaA nnserved as boh vice-presiden and presiden o he Illinois Classical Conerence LeaAn n receivedhe Illinois La in eacher o he Year award in 1989 he Illinois L Governorrsquos Award in 1990and he Classical Associaion o he Middle Wes and Souh Good eacher Award in 1996
BOARD OF CONSULTANTSVIRGINIA ANDERSON
BA Loyola Universiy Chicago MA S Xavier Universiy
Virginia Anderson augh Lain or hi ry years i n privae and public hi gh schools and middleschools in he Chicagoland area In 1999 she was awarded he L Governorrsquos Award or Enhance-men o he eaching Proession and in 2003 was named Il linois Lain eacher o he Year
JILL M CROOKER
BA Universiy o Illi nois MSEd Nazareh College o ocheser New York Jill Crooker augh Lain or many years a Pitsord-Mendon High School in Pitsord New YorkShe has served as he College Board Advisor o he A P Lain es Developmen Commitee andin 1996 received he Moron E Spillenger Award or Disingui shed Leadership o he Classical
Associaion o he Empire Sae In 2003 she received he ACL Meria Award and i n 2006 a nOvaio rom he Classical A ssociaion o he Alanic Saes
JUDITH PELLER HALLETT
BA Wellesley MA PhD Harvard Universiy
In addiion o sudying a he A merican Academy in ome he Insiue o Classical Sudies inLondon and he Universiy o Maasrich in Holland Judih Hallet is a ormer presiden o heClassical Associaion o he Alanic Saes and Vice-Presiden or Oureach o he AmericanPhilological Associaion She was named a Disinguished Scholar-eacher in 1992 by he Uni-
versiy o Maryland
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull xxndashxxi
TEACHER NOTES
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 2854
xxii bull Latin for the New Millennium
xxii bull L atin for the New Millennium
ROSE WILLIAMS
BA Baylor Universiy MA Universiy o Norh Carolina Chapel Hill
In addiion o posgraduae work in Lain and Humaniies a he Universiy o Dallas and heUniversiy o exas a Arlingon on a ockeeller Gran ose Williams did research a he Bodle-ian Library Ox ord Universiy in England and a he Universiy o Pisa She augh Lain or overhiry years a boh high school and uni versiy levels in exas and now is he auhor o more hanen books abou he Classics
DONNA WRIGHT
BA MA Ball Sae Universiy
Afer eaching Lain a Carmel High School Donna Wrigh currenly eaches a boh LawrenceNorh and Lawrence Cenral High Schools in Indianapolis Indiana She has been an acivemember o he Indiana Classical Conerence being named Creaive Lain eacher o he Year in1976 She has also been acive i n he American Classical League sponsoring a JCL chaper andleading Ialy rips or nearly weny years Donna also served as an offi cer speaker and boardmember o Pompeiiana Inc
PILOT TEACHERS JEREMY M WALKER
AB Wabash College MA Indiana Universiy
Jeremy Walker has augh Lain a Crown Poin High School in Crown Poin Indiana since1995 He has served as he Co-Chair o he Indiana Junior Classical League and Membershipand Public elaions Chair o he Naional Junior Classical League In addiion o sudying inIaly a he Inercollegiae Cener or Classical Sudies and in Greece a he American School orClassical Sudies he was presiden o he Indiana Classical Conerence In 2003 Jeremy was rec-ognized as he Lain eacher o he Year in Indiana and in 2004 was recognized by he Indiana
Sae eachers Associaion as a orch o K nowledge ecipien
LANETTA WARRENBURG
BA Indiana Universiy MA Indiana Universiy-Purdue Universiy Indianapolis
Laneta Warrenburg has augh high school English and Lain or hiry-hree years a schoolsin Indiana and Illinois Her las weny-our years o eaching Lain were a Elgin High Schoolin Elgin Illinois While eaching Lain here she served as he Illinois Classical Conerencechairperson or Chicago Classics Day as co-chair or he Illinois Ceramen League since 1993and as sae chair or he Il linois Junior Classical L eague rom 1999ndash2001 Laneta was honoredas he Illi nois Lain eacher o he Year in 2001 and was presiden o he Chicago Classical Clubrom 2005ndash2007
INTRODUCTION
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 2954
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull xxiii
INTRODUCTIONALPHABETTe Lain alphabe was derived rom he Eruscan alphabe some ime beore he sevenh cen-ury 983138983139983141 Te Eruscans were a people in pre-oman Ialy
Teir alphabe owes much o he Greek alphabe In urn he Greek alphabe was derived romhe Phoenician alphabe Phoenician raders had spread heir sysem o wriing h roughou he
Medierranean region Te Phoenician alphabe isel can be raced o he Norh Semiic alpha- be which was used in Syria and Palesine as early as he elevenh cenury 983138983139983141 and is consideredo be he earlies ully developed alphabeic wriing sysem
An Eruscan couple reclining on a funeral sarcophagus
bull xxiii bull
Sandard41
EDITORrsquoS NOTE
Te comprehension quesions and answers as well as some o he eaching ips and eacher by he Way noa-ions in his eacher manual were writen by Elisa C Denja LeaAnn A Osburn Karen Lee Singh and DonaldE Sprague classics ediorseducaors a Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers
HOW TO USE THIS BOOK
Please noe ha he perinen naional Classics sandards are lised in he margin o he lef or righ on he samepage as he reproducion o he suden ex
Eisemann Communicaion assised in preparing he correlaions o Lain o r he New Mil lennium wih he
naional sandards For an overview o he sandards hemselves and he correlaions please consul www bolchazyl nmcom
TEACHING TIP
Te eacher may choose o use he picure o he Eruscan couple on his page and he brie meniono he Eruscan alphabe o open a discussion on wha role he Eruscans played in early omanimes Sudens may be direced o p xxx ii o find Eruria on he map
TEACHING TIPTe eacher may wish o discuss wih he sudens he erm ldquoomance languagesrdquo Many modernlanguages come rom he language used by he ancien omans French Ialian Poruguese Span-ish omanian ec omansch (spoken by he descendans o he aeians and one o he our o-ficial languages o Swizerland) is also derived rom Lain
TEACHER BY THE WAYBased on archeological evidence i appears ha Eruscan women were an imporan par o hesocial srucure Ofen he names o boh moher and aher were placed on unerary inscripionsTe reedom o women wihin sociey is likewise apparen on monumens where hey can be seenreclining wih heir husbands on he same couch atending games and having a place o honor in heomb isel Noice he affecionae pose o he couple in he illusraion on p xxiii Clearly marriedlove was valued in Eruscan sociey and amily lie was imporan
ombs also provide evidence or he syle o Eruscan homes Some o hese eaures were borrowed by heomans especially he cenral hall and hree rooms a he back Tis ype o house was known a Pompeii as well as a ome ac cording o Viru vius auhor o Dē archiecūrā
TEACHING TIP
Te eacher may wish o have sudens read an English ranslaion o Livyrsquos radiional accouno anaquil wie o arquinius Priscus he fifh king o ome Te independence o Eruscan women is ev iden in hi s ale He r behavior is he ani hesis o he ideas o woma nly dec orum hel d by he omans
TEACHING TIPS d ill j i i h E li h ldquo lph b rdquo pl i h E li h l t ih h
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 3054
xxiv bull Latin for the New Millennium
xxiv bull Latin for the New Millennium
Look a he English alphabe in he lef column and a he Lain alphabe in he righ one TeLain alphabe is accompanied by he names o he Lain leters (in parenheses)
English Alphabe Lain Alphabe
Uppercase Lowercase Uppercase Lowercase Leter Name
A a A a (a ldquoăhrdquo)
B b B b (be ldquobayrdquo)
C c C c (ce ldquocayrdquo)
D d D d (de ldquodayrdquo)
E e E e (e ldquoĕhrdquo)
F F (e)
G g G g (ge ldquogayrdquo)H h H h (ha ldquohahrdquo)
I i I i (i ldquoeerdquo)
J j
K k K k (ka ldquokahrdquo)
L l L l (el)
M m M m (em)
N n N n (en)
O o O o (o ldquoŏhrdquo)
P p P p (pe ldquopayrdquo)
Q q Q q (qu ldquokoordquo)
r r (er)
S s S s (es)
(e ldquoayrdquo)
U u U u (u ldquooordquo)
V v V v (u consonan)
W w
X x X x (ix ldquoeexrdquo)
Y y Y y (upsilon)
Z z Z z (zea ldquodzayardquo)
Te English alphabe is derived direcly rom he Lain alphabe Tis accouns or he greasimilariies b eween he wo alphabes Tere are 26 leters in he English alphabe and 24 in heLain Te differences are he ollowing
bull Te leter W w (which is he doubled leter v) is missing in he Lain alphabe
bull Te leter J j is a more recen invenion In ac i appears in Lain exs writen during heMiddle Ages and he enaissance as well as i n many modern ediions o ancien Lain exsI is used o indicae he semi-vowel i someimes called consonanal i Te consonanal i is
Sudens will enjoy singing he English alphabe song replacing he English leter names wih heLain leter names Sudens may be insruced o clap once where here is no Lain leter name (egldquoJrdquo) equivalen o he English one
TEACHING TIPTe eacher may choose o display any Lain words (a lis is provided below or he eacherrsquos conve-nience) and insruc he sudens o spell ou he word using he Lain leter names Te sudensmay become curious o know wha he Lain words mean Definiions are given below
bull pars ndash par
bull nox ndash nigh
bull ruber ndash red
bull ēgī ndash I have done
bull amilia ndash amily
bull carō ndash 1047298esh
bull dēcernō ndash I decide
bull herba ndash plan
bull Kalendae ndash Kalends (firs day o he monh)
bull quoque ndash also
bull imor ndash ear
bull Pȳhia ndash Pyhia (name o Apollorsquos priesess)
bull iēcī ndash I hrew
bull ēlīx - happy bull ignis ndash fire
bull mūō ndash I change
COMPREHENSION QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS FOR PAGES XXIII991251XXVeproducible versions o he quesions alone are available a wwwlnm bolchazycom
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 3154
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull xxv
Introduction bull xxv
he i a he beginning o a word beore a vowel or i beween wo vowels According o hismehod or example Iūlius is writen Jūlius and Āiax is writen Ājax In his book he leter J j will no be used
bull Te disincion beween he vowel U u and he consonan V v also belongs o laer imesIniially here was only one leter V u used boh or he vowel and he consonan eg Vrbs ldquoTe Ciyrdquo (ie ome) or uicor ldquohe winnerrdquo
bull However in accord wih he prevail ing pracice o expressing he vowel wih U u and heconsonan wih V v in his book he wo leters will be disingui shed
PRONUNCIATION OF LATIN
VOWELSTere are six vowels in Lain and heir pronunciaion is as ollows
Long Vowel Sound Shor Vowel Sound
ā is pronounced as in ldquoaherrdquo ōrāor ldquooraorrdquo a is pronounced as in ldquoalikerdquo amō ldquoloverdquo
ē is pronounced like he a in ldquoraverdquo nēmō ldquonobodyrdquo e is pronounced as in ldquoperdquo bene ldquowellrdquo
ī is pronounced like he double e in ldquoseenrdquo līmes ldquoboundaryrdquo
i is pronounced as in ldquopirdquo nihil ldquonohingrdquo
ō is pronounced as in ldquosoverdquo videō ldquo(I) seerdquo o is pronounced as in ldquoofenrdquorosa ldquoroserdquo
ū is pronounced as in ldquomoonrdquo ūnus ldquoonerdquo u is pronounced as in ldquopurdquo um ldquohenrdquo
ӯ comes rom Greek and is pronounced in lenghsomewhere beween he i in ldquohirdquo and he u in ldquomuerdquo Pӯramus ldquoPyramusrdquo
y comes rom Greek Is sound wheher long or shorlies in beween he sounds o i and u much as in heFrench ldquosucircrrdquo bu he sound o shor y is less drawn ouhan ha o long y lyricus ldquolyricalrdquo
Te Lain words senātus rēgēsulla gentēs and prīmus are
engraved on his sone
Sign from Pompeii carved on sone wih Lain leters
p q
1 race he roos o he Lain alphabe rom is beginnings orward
Norh-Semiic alphabe elevenh cenury 983138983139983141 Phoenician alphabe Greek alphabe Erusca n alphabeLain alphabe
2 Which wo leters in he English alphabe are no ound in he Lain alphabe
W and J
3 When does he leter J begin o appear in Lain
During he Middle Ages and he enaissa nce
4 Look a he Lain inscripion on he sign rom Pompeii (on he righ o p xxv) Find a leas hree Lain words Lis an Engl ish word you believe is based on he La in word
colonia 991252 colonial colony honoris 991252 honorspecacula 991252 specacular specacle perpevom 991252 perpeual perpeuiy duovir 991252 virile virili
Sandards12 41
TEACHING TIPSudens may wan o know he English meanings o he Lain words in Exercises 1 and 2 Te defini-
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 3254
xxvi bull Latin for the New Millennium
xxvi bull L atin for the New Millennium
BY THE WAY
Everywhere in his book long vowels are indicaed by macrons ie ā ē ī ō ū ӯ whileabove he shor vowels here are no signs Someimes wo words differ rom each oheronly in he lengh o he vowel For example mālum wih a longa means ldquoapplerdquo whilemalum wih a shor a means ldquobad hingrdquo
EXERCISE 1epea hese words aloud afer your eacher pronounces hem
1 a lō 7 lēnis 13 probō 19 sūor2 alumnus 8 sēdēs 14 noa 20 ūsus3 rāna 9 i er 15 pōnō 21 syllaba4 rādō 10 imeō 16 dōnum 22 Pӯrēnē5 eneō 11 nīor 17 ululō6 peō 12 mīrus 18 lupus
DIPHTHONGSDiphhongs are wo vowels combined in one syllable and pronounced ogeher as one soundTere are six diphhongs in Lain
bull ae much like he y in ldquoskyrdquo laevus ldquo lefrdquo
bull au pronounced as ou in ldquoourrdquo aurum ldquo goldrdquo
bull ei pronounced as ei in ldquoeignrdquo oiei ldquoalasrdquo
bull eu pronounced eoo much as i in he wo words ldquogrey bluerdquo you were o subrac he ldquogr-rdquo andhe ldquobl-rdquo and combine he wo vowel sounds Eurōpa ldquoEuroperdquo
bull oe pronounced as oy in ldquoboyrdquo proelium ldquo batlerdquo
bull ui pronounced nearly like ldquowerdquohui ldquoohrdquo
I is believed ha quie early sill in ancien imes he diphhongs ae and oe began o be pro-nounced as e I you encouner hem writen aē or aeuml and oē or oeuml his means ha hey are nodiphhongs and he leters should be pronounced separaely āēr poēa
Te diphhongs are always long
EXERCISE 2epea hese words afer your eacher pronounces hem
1 aesās 7 s eu 13 aēneus2 a equō 8 m oenia 14 poēma3 raeda 9 neu 15 hei4 l audō 10 poena 16 huic5 a u 11 neuer6 aula 12 Poenus
Sudens may wan o know he English meanings o he Lain words in Exercises 1 and 2 Te definiions are provided or he eacherrsquos convenience
EXERCISE 11 I nourish 12 wonderul
2 suden 13 I approve
3 rog 14 noe
4 I scrape 15 I pu
5 I hold 16 gif6 I seek 17 I howl
7 smooh 18 wol
8 sea 19 shoemaker
9 journey 20 use
10 I ear 21 sylla ble
11 I srive 22 Pȳrene (a name)
EXERCISE 21 summer
2 I make level
3 carriage
4 I praise5 or
6 orecour
7 or i
8 walls
9 and no
10 penaly
11 neiher
12 Carhaginian
13 bronze
14 poem
15 ah
16 o his
TEACHER BY THE WAYHisorical evidence can be cied or reading he firs syllable o ldquomāgnusrdquo as naurally long bu oher
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 3354
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull xxvii
Introduction bull xxvii
CONSONANTSbull c is pronounced as in ldquocomerdquo clārus ldquobrighrdquo censeō ldquo(I) deemrdquo cārus ldquodearrdquo
bull When b is ollowed by s as in urbs ldquociyrdquo he sound o b approaches ha o p a sound wemigh represen as urps
bull g is pronounced as in ldquogerdquo gaudiumldquojoyrdquo gignō ldquo(I) bege (I) bearrdquo grāialdquoavor agreeablenessrdquo
bull Some hink ha he omans o Cicerorsquos ime (firs cenury 983138983139983141) pronounced he wo conso-nans ng as ngn or example he adjecive māgnus ldquogreardquo would have been pronounced in a
way ha we migh represen asmangnus
bull k is a very rare consonan In ac i appears only in wo words Kalendae ldquohe firs day oevery monh in he oman calendarrdquo and in he personal name Kaeso
bull q appears always in combinaion wih u and he combinaion qu is pronounced as in ldquoqueenrdquoquatuor ldquoourrdquo
bull v has a sound similar o w (as in he word ldquowierdquo) videō ldquo I seerdquo
bull Te consonanu in he combinaion su sounds like he English w in he ollowing our wordssuēscō ldquo(I) become accusomedrdquoSuēvī a name o a German ribe suādeō ldquo(I) adviserdquo suāvis ldquosweerdquo
bull Te leter r is rilled slighly Te sound has no exac equivalen in English bu is heard inmany oher European languages Te bes way o make his sound is o pronounce r as inldquoroperdquo bu vibrae he end o he ongue slighly as you say i
bull x is a double consonan (equivalen ocs or gs) ha sounds much like he x in ldquosixrdquo
bull z is a noher double consonan (equivalen o dz) and sounds almos like z in ldquozebrardquo I be-gins wih a sligh d sound firs so in pronouncing his leter you should hear dz
bull ph sounds like p in ldquopenrdquo bu wih he addiion o a sligh breah o air represened by he hth sounds like t as in ldquo omrdquo bu wih he addiion o a sligh ex ra breahing represened byhe h ch sounds nearly like he combinaion kh Tese consonans are borrowed rom Greek
and appear in Greek words zephyrus ldquowesern breezerdquo chorus ldquochorusrdquo heārum ldquoheaerrdquo When p and t are no accompanied by h his sligh aspiraion is absen
bull When consonans are doubled as in he verbaggredior he consonanal sound is lenghenedslighly
EXERCISE 3epea hese words afer your eacher pronounces hem
1 cibus 7 glōria 13 phasēlus2 capiō 8 Zeus 14 chara3 cumulus 9 bibliohēca 15 cēlō4 crēscō 10 phi losophia 16 anīquus5 gemma 11 zōna6 Gallus 12 heōrēma
g y g y gevidence suggess i is naurally shor Tus in some grammar books such as he one by Gildersleeveand Lodge we find his syllable marked as long bu in oher books i is reaed as shor
TEACHING TIPTe sudens may also wish o find ou he meanings o he Lain words in Exercise 3 Te definiionsare provided or he eacherrsquos convenience
EXERCISE 3
1 ood2 I ake
3 a heap
4 I grow
5 bud jewel
6 a Gaul
7 glory
8 Zeus
9 library
10 philosophy
11 a girdle
12 heory
13 kidney bean
14 paper
15 I hide
16 old
TEACHING TIPTe eacher may wish o provide he sudens wih some pracice on syllables and sress accen Here
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 3454
xxviii bull Latin for the New Millennium
xxviii bull Latin for the New Millennium
ACCENT A Lain word is made up no jus o leters bu also o syllables A Lain word has as many syllablesas i has vowels or diphhongs (a diphhong works like a single vowel since i is made up o wo
vowels pronounced ogeher [see diphhongs above])
You will need o know he ollowing erms when learning abou accen
bull ulima he las syllable in a word
bull penul he second-o-las syllable in a word
bull anepenul he hird-o-las syllable in a word
So in he word ze- ph y-r us he vowel u is he ulima y is he penul and e is he anepenul
RULES ABOUT THE STRESS ACCENT IN LATIN1 Te sress accen in Lain alls on eiher he penul or he anepenul
2 Te accen alls on he penul i he penul is long I he penul is shor he accen alls onhe anepenul
3 How o deermine wheher he penul is long or shor
a I he penul conains a long vowel (or any diphhong) he penul isel is long You o-en need o learn wheher he vowel in he penul is long or shor as a basic elemen inlearning a new word A macron above he vowel will ell you ha he vowel is long whi lehe absence o a macron wil l indicae a shor vowel Pronouncing he word can help youremember he vowel lenghs For ex ample vi-de-ō ldquoI seerdquo is pronounced viacutedeō whileau-rō-ra ldquodawnrdquo is pronounced aurōacutera and po-pu-lus ldquopeoplerdquo is pronounced po pulus
b I he vowel in he penul is ollowed by wo or more consonans he penul is long no
mater wheher he vowel in he penul is long or shor and he accen necessarily allson he penul For example do-cu-men-um ldquodocumenrdquo is pronounced documenacuteum
BY THE WAYTe consonan x is double (cs or gs) and couns as wo consonans when deermining
wheher he penul is long
c Tere is one excepion o lsquobrsquo above Someimes even when here are wo consonans be-ween he penul and he ulima hey sill do no deermine ha he penul is long Tishappens when he wo consonans are a mue and a liquid
Te mues are p b d t g c
Te liquids are l r
So in he word pal-pe-bra ldquoeyelidrdquo he anepenul is accened ( palacutepebra) he vowel o he pe-nul is shor since i i s ollowed by a mue and a l iquid O course ru le lsquoarsquo sill applies in he wordhe-ā-trum ldquoheaerrdquo he penul is accened (heāacuterum) since i is naurally long somehing welearn rom he macron
y p p yare some examples wih he answers included or he eacherrsquos convenience
Underline he ulima in each word
1 legō
2 rēgis
3 imperāor
Underline he penul in each word
1 causa
2 pūnīum3 armāus
Underline he anepenul in each word
1 vulnerō
2 eigī
3 sublāum
Underline he penul i i is long
1 pōnō
2 spēlunca
3 pauperis
Underline he syllable ha will receive he sress accen in each word1 ōrāculum
2 peīum
3 cōnsania
4 exsīncum
5 vulneris
6 solius
TEACHING TIPGiven he passage abou he bahhouse on his page and he picure rom Bah England he
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 3554
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull xxix
EXERCISE 4epea each senence aloud afer your eacher reads i Pay atenion o he pronunciaion andsress accen o each word
Wha i is Like o Live Over a Bahhouse
(Adaped rom Seneca Moral Leter 56)
Ecce undique clāmor sona Suprā ipsum balneum habiō Prōpōne nunc ibi omnia genera vōcumodiōsa Foriōrēs exercenur e manūs plumbō gravēs iacan cum au labōran au labōranemimianur Gemiūs audiō quoiēns spīrium remīsērun Sun quoque ūncōrēs e racāōrēs
Audiō crepium manuum umerōs erienium sonus quoque icuum mūāur nunc enim manusperveni plāna nunc concava Audiō clāmōrēs sī ūr es i n balneō dēprehēnsus
Look here is noise sounding all around I live above he bahhouse isel Imagine o yourselnow all he haeul ypes o voices Te sronger ones exercise hemselves and swing heir ha ndsloaded wih lead weighs while hey work ou991252or imiae a person working ou I hear moansevery ime hey le go a ltpen-upgt breah Tere are also anoiners and masseurs I hear he slapo hands hiting shoulders and he sound o he blows changes or someimes he hands come1047298a someimes cupped I hear shouing i a hie is caugh in he bahhouse
A pool from inside he Roman Bahs in Bah England
Introduction bull xxix
eacher may wish o open a discussion abou bahs during oman i mes Te use o he calidārium fīgid ārium epidārium and sūdārium may be explained by he eacher and sudens may be en-couraged o learn andor pronounce hese words
TEACHER BY THE WAYBahs were ofen consruced on locaions having ho or mineral springs such as Bah in Englandand Bāiae a resor own on he Bay o Naples
Modern Bah in oman imes was named afer he Celic goddess o healing Sulis In he firscenury her shrine was aken over by he omans and she was idenified wih he goddess Minerva
Te sie was hen known as Aquae Sulis Mine rva In a emple relie she is represened wih a Medusa-like head and a musache
Te spa conained a grea bah (73 f by 29 f) and hree oher swimming pools he calidārium (ho bah)epidārium (warm bah) and fīgidār ium (cold bah) In he second cenury he spring was enclosed wihin a wooden barrel-vau led build ing ha housed hese hree pools Ho ai r bahs were ueled by coal fires A con-san 1047298ow o waer was direced o he pools hrough lead pipes which sill uncion oday
Archeologica l excavaions have revealed ma ny sacred voive offerings c urse ables and innumerable coinsa he botom o he springs Te curse ables writen in Lain heaped curses on anyone suspeced o wrong-doing Te ancien radiion o hrowing coins accompanied by a wish sill prevails oday in ome a he reviFounain where ourissvisiors do he same
More inormaion on bah complexes in ome can be ound on p 386 o his eacherrsquos manual
Sandards22 31
32 41 42
TEACHING TIPTe eacher may wish o insruc he sudens o find he iber iver which is picured here on he
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 3654
xxx bull Latin for the New Millennium
xxx bull Latin for the New Millennium
OVERVIEW OF ROMAN HISTORY According o legend omulus and his win broher emus were se adrif on he iber iver Ashe-wol nursed he boys unil a shepherd rescued hem Upon reaching manhood in 753 983138983139983141he wins ounded a new ciy near he place w here hey had been ound by he she-wol on he
basis o anaugusō auguriō ldquoa avorable sighing o birdsrdquo Bu omulus killed emus in a dispueover who would rule he new ciy and became is firs king
Six oher kings ruled afer omulus Numa Pompilius ullus Hosilius Ancus Marius ar-quinius Prisc us Servius ullius a nd arquinius Superbus (arquin he Proud) Afer he las ohese seven kings was overhrown in 509 983138983139983141 ome became a republic wih a represenaiveorm o governmen headed by wo consuls eleced an nually By 451 983138983139983141 he fi rs corpus o o-man law known as he welve ables was creaed
In he las cenury 983138983139983141 he oman epublic was shaken apar by a series o civil wars By31 983138983139983141 an auocraic regime headed earlier by Julius Caesar and laer by his grea-nephew Oc-avian brough he epublic o an end Te years rom 27 983138983139983141991252when Ocavian assumed heile o prīnceps ldquochie ciizenrdquo as well as he name Augu sus991252o around 180 983139983141 are known ashe early principae or empire During his era ome exended her boundaries o he BriishIsles in he norh Norh Arica in he souh Spain in he wes and he igris and Euphraesrivers in he eas
A view of he iber River as i 1047298ows hrough he ciy of Rome
map on p xxxii
COMPREHENSION QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS FOR PAGE XXX991251XXXI
eproducible versions o he quesions alone are available a wwwlnm bolchazycom
1 Who were he legendary ounders o ome
omulus and emus
2 According o legend in wha year was ome ounded
753 983138983139983141
3 Over he course o he monarchic period how many kings ruled ome
Seven
4 Wha even occurred in 509 983138983139983141
Te beginni ng o he oman epublic (wih wo consuls in charge)
5 Wha is he erm associaed wih he wo leaders o he epublic
Consul
6 Which wo leaders oversaw omersquos shif rom a republic o a principae
Julius Caesar and OcavianAugusu s
7 Wha major aciviy associaed wih empire-building ook place during he principae
erriorial expansion
8 Name wo developmens ha characerized he lae empire
Severe economic problems inernal poliical unres andor requen invasion by he Germanic ribes
9 Describe Diocleianrsquos response o he roubles o he empire
Diocleian divided he empire ino wo halves he Easern and Wesern empires in order o make ruli nghe empire more manageable
10 Explai n he origin o he erm ldquovandalismrdquo
Te fifh cenury invasion and pillag ing o ome by he ribe known as he Vandals who occupied he o-man province o Norh Arica led o he erm ldquovandalismrdquo meaning wanon desrucion
11 Describe Lainrsquos role in he cenuries afer 476 983139983141
Lain 1047298ourished as he major lierary language in he Wesern oman Empire and was spread o non-omanized places like Ireland Scandinavia and he New World
TEACHING TIP
Te eacher may ask he sudens o find he daes menioned on his page in he imeline on pp411ndash414
Sandards21 31 32
TEACHING TIPTe eacher may insruc he sudens o locae ByzaniumConsaninople discussed here in he
d h h ii
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 3754
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull xxxi
Introduction bull xxxi
From 180 983139983141 onwards in he period k nown as he lae empire he oman sae experiencedsevere economic problems and requen invasions by Germanic ri bes esponding o he pres-sure o he firs wave o migraions as well as inernal poliical u nres and economic diffi culieshe emperor Diocleian (ruled 284ndash305 983139983141) had already divided he oman Empire ino anEasern and Wesern hal each under is own emperor991252an atemp o make he vas omansae more manageable
Tis poliical division o he empire acually mirrored a culural division oo he main lan-guage o he Wes was Lain while he main language o he Eas was Greek Shorly aferwardshe emperor Consanine (ruled 312ndash337 983139983141) esablished a new capial or he Easern empirea Byzanium wh ich he renamed Consaninople (ldquohe ciy o Consaninerdquo oday called Isan-
bul) Bu even afer his reorganizaion he imperial governmen ulimaely proved incapable o
semming he ide o he migraions in par because he oman army was oo widely e xendedand could no be in so many places a once Indeed many o he invaders were given he sauso oederāī or ldquoreay roopsrdquo In effec hey were a llowed o occupy segmens o he empire inreurn or proecing i So when Alar ic King o he Visigohs sacked ome in 410 983139983141 he acual lyhad a ile as a commander in he oman army
ome was sacked again in 455 983139983141 by he Vandals who had already occupied he omanprovince o Norh Arica Te pillaging o he ciy o omulus by he invaders made a pro-ound impression on conemporaries and o his day he erm ldquovandalismrdquo is a word in severallanguages or wanon desrucion While he Easern empire (always more sable and eco-nomically prosperous han he Wes) coninued o exis unil 1453 983139983141 he Wesern empire
was ex inc as a poliica l eniy by 476 983139983141 In is place were Germa nic k ingdoms and ribes Angles and Saxons in Briai n Visigohs in Spain Osrogohs in Ialy Franks and Burgundi ansin Gaul991252o name only he major groups Te combinaion o hese new socieies wih heprevious inhabians who had been omanized o varying degrees would one day provide he
basis or he culures o modern Europe
Bu he end o he ancien oman Empire in he Wes was no he end o Lain On he con-rary during he nex 1200 years Lain no only 1047298ourished as he major lierary language in he
erriories o he ormer Wesern oman Empire he use o Lain was exended o regions heomans had never occupied including Ireland Scandinavi a and even he New World
BEGINNINGS OF LATIN LITERATURE Very ew complee works o Lain lieraure produced beore he mid-second cenury 983138983139983141 (ie beore 150 983138983139983141) have survived One reason or his loss was he remendous populariy o he works produced in he ollowing cenury by such auhors as Cicero Vergil and Ovid Teir wri-ings were so widely read and copied in subsequen cenuries ha he auhors preceding hem
were gradually negleced
Among he major figures o early Lain lieraure was a reed slave rom he Greek ciy o aren-um named Livius Andronicus who li ved rom 284ndash204 983138983139983141 He was known or his adapaionso Greek drama or oman audiences and his ranslaion o Homerrsquos Odyssey ino Lain verse
second paragraph on he map on p xxxii
TEACHING TIPTe eacher may ask he sudens o find he daes menioned on his page in he imeline on pp413ndash414
HOW TO USE THIS BOOK AND ITS ANCILLARIES
wo ancillaries are available or use wih his book Te Original Dysuncional Family (abbreviaed ODF)and From Romulus o Romulus Augusulus (abbreviaed R) R will be paricularly useul in order ohelp sudens keep he ime periods o he auhors and o he evens he auhors wroe abou sraigh in heirminds Chaper ile pages will include when appropriae a noaion on wha chaper o R he eachermay wish o assign
TEACHING TIPTe eacher may wish o assign Chaper 1 o he oman hisory ancillary From Romulus o Romu-lus Augusulus a his poin
COMPREHENSION QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS FOR PAGES XXXI991251XXXIVeproducible versions o he quesions alone are available a wwwlnm bolchazycom
1 Whom did he omans consider he aher o Lain lieraure
Ennius
2 Wha was Enniusrsquo mos amous work Is subjec mater
Annālēs was an epic poem abou omersquos early hisory
3 Wha amous Lain saying means ldquoCarhage mus be desroyedrdquo
Carhāgō dēlenda es
4 Who is he auhor o ha saying
Cao he ElderCao he Censor
5 When was Carha ge said o have been desroyed
146 983138983139983141 a he end o he hird Punic war
NB Aler sudens ha he answers o hese comprehension quesions will be ound on p xxxiv
Sandards21 31
R1
TEACHING TIP Ask sudens he English equivalen o cou nries s uch as Briannia and Germānia and he Englishequivalen o he ciies Neāpolis and Ahēnae
Sandard31
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 3854
xxxii bull Latin for the New Millennium
equivalen o he ciies Neāpolis and Ahēnae
A full size r eproducible version of h is page wihou he answe rs can be downloaded a wwwlnm bolchazycom
HOW TO USE THIS BOOK Answers o rep roducible aciviies w ill be gi ven in a larger size bel ow or he eacherrsquos convenience
ANSWERS TO MAP WORK 991251 PAGES XXXII991251XXXIII
1 Crēa Sicilia Corsica Sardinia Cyprus Ihaca Dēlos Brianni a
2 Vesuvius Mōns Aena Mōns Olympus Mōns Āppennīnus Mōns
3 Syria Macedonia Arica Asia
4 mare or ponus
5 Asia Eurōpa Arica
A full siz e reproducible version of his page wihou he answers can be down loaded a wwwln mbolchazycom
Te eacher may wish o have his map enlarged when reproducing i for ease of suden use in compleing his aciviy
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 3954
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull xxxiii
HOW TO USE THIS BOOK
Te answers o his aciviy can be easily seen on he wo acing pages
Te omans regarded Ennius (ca 239 169 983138983139983141) as he aher o Lain lieraure He wroe
TEACHING TIPSudens may be encouraged o find he ciy o Carhage menioned in he second paragraph on hemap on p xxxii
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 4054
xxxiv bull Latin for the New Millennium
xxxiv bull L atin for the New Millennium
Te omans regarded Ennius (ca 239ndash169 983138983139983141) as he aher o Lain lieraure He wroemany kinds o lierary works including plays His Annālēs an epic poem abou he early hisoryo ome was paricularly renowned and perhaps he primary epic read in oman schools beorehe ime o Vergil Only ragmens o his wriings remain
One o Enniusrsquo conemporaries was heamed Cao he Censor also known as Caohe Elder (234ndash149 983138983139983141) a rigidly conserva-ive oman senaor Mos o his reaise onagriculure called Dē agrī culūrā survivesI is he oldes work o Lain prose amongCaorsquos recommendaions here are ha fieldslaves be reaed similarly o beass o bur-den Cao is also remembered or his sae-men Carhāgō dēlenda es ldquoCarhage mus
be desroyedrdquo evidence or he omanear o he Carhaginians Te omansough hree wars known as he Punic
Wars agai ns he Car haginians Te fi rsended beore Cao was born in he secondagains Hannibal Cao served wih miliarydisincion he hird ended in 146 983138983139983141 asCao had demanded wih he desruciono Carhage On his occasion he vic oriousomans were said o have plowed sal inohe Carhaginian soil
Discussions abou laer auhors and adap-aions rom heir wriings w ill be presenedchronologically in he chapers o his book
Ancien ruins a Carhage in Africa
p p
TEACHER BY THE WAY Alhough he works o Enniu s have been preserved on ly in ragmens (abou a housand lines) hehad a grea in1047298uence on subsequen poes such as Vergil Quoable quoes include
bull a es o riendship Amīcus cer us in rē incer ā cerniur (A riend in need is a riend indeed)
bull an applicaion o wisdom o lie Quī ipse sibi sapiēns prōdesse nequi nēquīquam sapi (A man who
himsel is wise bu unable o be useul o himsel is wise or nohing)bull he amous descripion o Fabius Maximus Ūnus homō nōbīs cūncandō resiui rem (One man by delaying res ored he sae or us)
bull and he line on Manius Curius Quem nēmō errō poui superāre nec aurō (Whom no one was ableo deea eiher by sword or gold)
We also have preser ved or us he exa mple o excessive all ieraion ha has g iven rise o much laugher inLain classrooms over he years Ō ie ūe aī ibi ana yranne ulisī ldquoO ius aius you yran (all voca-ive) you brough o yoursel such grea (roubles)rdquo991252ranslaed in conex which plays off he more lieral ldquo you ookacquired or yoursel such grea hings rdquo
On he oher hand he composed his own epiaph in which his high eseem among omans proved o beprescien
nēmō mē lacrumīs decōre neu unera 1047298ēū
axi Cūr Voliō vivos per ōra v irum (Le no one honor me wih ears or make a uneral pyre by weeping
Why I 1047298y li ving hrough he mouhs o men)
TEACHER BY THE WAY
Pluarchrsquos Lie o Cao is a good source o snappy quoaions atribued o his saesman soldier andauhor For example while discussing he power o women he said ldquoAll oher men rule heir wives we rule al l oher men and our w ives rule us rdquo Atemping o persuade he oman people o orego adisribuion o grain he began his speech by saying ldquoI is a hard mater o argue wih he belly sincei has no earsrdquo And o a ribune who had been accused o using poison and was rying o pass a use-less bill he said ldquoI know no which is worse o drink your mixures or o enac your billsrdquo
1CHAPTER 1
HOW TO USE THIS BOOK
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 4154
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull 1
1CHAPTER
Parts of Speech Nouns Number Gender Case (Nominative and Accusative)
First Declension Nouns
MEMORĀBILE DICTŪ
SPQ Senātus Populusque ōmānusldquoTe Senae and he People o omerdquo
Tese our leters orm wha is known as an acronym one ha symbolized supreme power inancien ome
Oil paining of Romulus and Remus wih he wolf By Peer Paul Rubens (1577ndash1640)
Te grammaical and synacical opics ha will be presened in each chaper o his book are lised a he opo he chaper ile page
HOW TO USE THIS BOOK
Te illusraion on each chaperrsquos ile page presens a visual inroducion o he Lain reading passage ha willollow eachers may choose o discuss he illusraion in order o provide he conex or he reading he su-dens will encouner on he nex page
HOW TO USE THIS BOOK
On each chaper ile page he phrase Memorābile Dictū (ldquoA memorable hing o say rdquo) will be ou nd Below here will be a amous phrase quoa ion abbreviaion or moto in L ain ha w ill connec hese words o he opicsin he chaper
MEMORĀBILE DICTŪ VOCABULARY
populus populī m ndash people
-que ndash and
senāus senāūs m ndash senae
TEACHING TIP
ubens pained his picure o omulus and emus rom 1615ndash1616 during wha is called he Ba-roque period o ar Te man approaching rom he rear is Fausulus Te reclining figure is he god
o he river iber
HOW TO USE THIS BOOK AND ITS ANCILLARIESwo ancillaries are available or use wih his book Te Original Dysunctional Family (abbreviaed ODF)and From Romulus to Romulus Augustulus (abbreviaed R) R will be paricularly useul in order ohelp sudens keep he ime periods o he auhors and o he evens he auhors wroe abou sraigh in heirmind Chaper ile pages wil l include when appropriae a noaion abou wha chaper o R he eachermay wish o assign
Standards11 21
R 2and 3
READING
TRANSLATION OF LATIN PASSAGEomulus and emus
Mars is a god Mars loves hea Silvia And so hea Silvia has wo sons omulus and emus Amulius locks uph Sil i A li l d i h A h l lk h T h l
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 4254
2 bull Latin for the New Millennium
2 bull Latin for the New Millennium
READINGTis sory describes how ome was said o have been ounded in 753 983138983139983141 King Numior o AlbaLonga was overhrown by his cruel and ambiious broher Amulius who no only seized hehrone bu so eared ha one o Numiorrsquos male descendans migh have a legiimae claim oni ha he made Amuliusrsquo daug her hea Silvia a priesess o he goddess Vesa Tese priesesses
were no allowed o marry during heir childbearing years
RŌMULUS ET REMUS
1 Mārs es deus Mārs hēam Silviam ama Iaque hēa Silvia duōs
īliōs habe ōmulum e emum Amūlius hēam Silviam vinculīs
claudi Amūlius ōmulum e emum in aquam pōni Lupa ad aquamambula Lupa ōmulum e emum bene cūra e ama ōmulus e
5 emus crēscun Poseā ōmulus e emus ōmam aedifican
Famous bronze saue of he she-wolf and he wins
hea Silvia Amulius pus omulus and emus ino he waer A she-wol walks o he waer Te she-wol caresor (akes good care o) omulus and emus well and loves (hem) omulus and emus grow up Aferwards(laer) omulus and emus build ome
HOW TO USE THIS BOOK Above each La in reading pa ssage inorm aion is presened in Engl ish Tis pre -reading provides back groundinormaion abou he auhor and esablishes he conex o he passage he sudens will read
TEACHER BY THE WAY
Te eacher may wish o inroduce he class o he radiional abbreviaions o 983137983140 (which sandsor he Lain phrase Annō Dominī ldquoi n he year o our Lordrdquo) and 983138983139 (which sands or he Engl ishphrase ldquoBeore Chrisrdquo) Tese older abbreviaions coninue o be used bu his book employs heabbreviaions 983138983139983141 (Beore he Common Era) and 983139983141 (Common Era)
TEACHING TIPInsruc he sudens o locae Alba Longa on he map on pp xxxiindashxxxiii
TEACHER BY THE WAYTough he wins were added o he sculpure in he enaissance he she-wol has srong links wihEruscan myhology and shows characerisics o Eruscan sculpure
TEACHING TIP
Te eacher may wish o encourage he sudens o design an abbreviaed amily ree o omulusand emus
Standards11 22
Jupier Juno King Num ior o Alba Longa
Mars hea Silvia
omulus emus
READING VOCABULARY
HOW TO USE THIS BOOKTe English pronoun subjec o a verb is no lised in he eading Vocabulary i he pronoun is no needed inhe ranslaion
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 4354
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull 3
Chapter 1 bull 3
READING VOCABULARYad aquam ndash o he waer
aedifican ndash build
ama ndash loves
ambula ndash walks
Amūlius ndash Amul ius
aquam ndash waer
bene ndash well
claudi ndash locks up
crēscun ndash grow up
cūra ndash akes care o cares or
deus ndash god
duōs ndash woes ndash is
e ndash and
īliōs ndash sons
habe ndash has
in aquam ndash ino he waer
iaque ndash and so
lupa ndash she-wol
Mārs ndash Mars he god o war
pōni ndash pus
poseā ndash aferwards laer
emum ndash emus
emus ndash emus
hēa Silvia ndash hea Silvia
hēam Silviam ndash hea Silvia
ōmam ndash ome
ōmulum ndash omulus
ōmulus ndash omulus vinculīs ndash w ih chains
Words marked wih an aserisk will need o bememorized laer in he chaper
COMPREHENSION QUESTIONS1 Whose sons are omulus and emus
2 Wha did Amulius do
3 Who saved he lie o omulus and emus
4 Wha did omulus and emus do
HOW TO USE THIS BOOK
Te sudens should not be expeced o lea rn he words under he ile eading Vocabulary whenever his ileoccurs in he book Insead insruc sudens o learn he vocabulary words lised under he ile Vocabularyto Learn ha will be ound laer in each chaper In more advanced Lain exs usually here are vocabularyand noes o help he sudens when reading a passage Tis eading Vocabulary will help prepare sudens orlaer more advanced classes
ANSWERS TO COMPREHENSION QUESTIONS
1 Tey are he sons o Mars and hea Silvia2 He locked up hea Silvia
3 A she-wol
4 Tey buil he ciy o ome
TEACHING TIP
Whi le English deriva ives rom he sar red words (ie he Vocabulary o L earn) are he opic o Ex-ercise 2 laer in his chaper here are some ineresing derivaives rom he non-sarred words andsome o hese show how words change hrough he years Te eacher may choose o discuss hesederivaives wih he sudens
bull aedi1047297cant (aedi1047297cō) ndash ediy edificaion edifice
Tis Lain word is buil rom wo Lain words aciō (o do make) and aedēs (house emple) Te
English derivaives reain his religious connecion or hey mean ldquoo build up he aih moraliy o in-sruc especially morallyrdquo Te word ldquoedificerdquo is always used or an imposing srucure such as a ldquoemplerdquoor aedēs
bull claudit (claudō) ndash close conclusion enclosure sluice
A ldquocloserdquo is a small shu-in space and some people i locked in one suffer rom ldquoclausrophobiardquo acompound derivaive parly rom Lain (o close confine) and parly rom he Greek (ear) hence ldquoa earo closed spacesrdquo
Te word ldquosluicerdquo does no look like a derivaive o claudō bu i has undergone cha nges as i ca meino English via middle English and old French (sclus) rom he Lain exclūdō which means ldquoo shu ourdquo Asluice has a gae a he op o he channel o shu off he 1047298ow o waer as necessary
bull crēscunt (crēscō) ndash crescen accrue recrui crew
Te word ldquocrewrdquo in middle English mean ldquoreinorcemenrdquo so a body o soldiers grew Te word ldquore-
cruirdquo has he same basic idea ecruis increase he size o he army (rom he Lain recrēscō meaning ldquoogrow againrdquo)
bull deus ndash deiy deiy
bull duōs ndash double dozen due duplicae
Te word ldquodozenrdquo is a compound rom he Lain word or ldquowordquo and he German word or ldquoenrdquo (zehn)
bull habet (habeō) ndash habi abiliy prohibiive
Onersquos abiliy depends on he alens and skil ls one has
bull pōnit ( pōnō) ndash depo imposiion preposiion
A depo origina lly was a place where supplies were pu or sorage
LANGUAGE FACT I
HOW TO USE THIS BOOKTe Language Facs secion o each chaper will conain boh grammaical (morphological) and synacicalinormaion ie inormaion boh abou he orms o he words and he srucure o he senence
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 4454
4 bull Latin for the New Millennium
4 bull Latin for the New Millennium
LANGUAGE FACT I
PARTS OF SPEECHTe parts o speech used in a Lain senence deermine is meaning jus as in English While henoun and he verb are he wo mos imporan oher common pars o speech are lised below
Noun a person place hing idea acion or qual iy Examples ldquoomulusrdquo ldquoriverrdquo ldquocouragerdquo
Pronoun a word ha sands in place o a noun ha has been previously menioned or is clearrom conex Examples ldquoIrdquo ldquosherdquo ldquohimrdquo ldquoirdquo
Adjecive a word ha limis or defines a noun or a pronoun Examples ldquolitlerdquo ldquosrongrdquo
Adverb a word ha lim is or defines verbs adjecives or (oher) adverbs Examples ldquoveryrdquoldquoquielyrdquo
Verb a word ha describes an acion or sae o being Examples ldquogordquo ldquosayrdquo ldquowasrdquo
Preposiion a word ha begins a preposiional phrase such as ldquoinrdquo ldquoordquo ldquoonrdquo ldquoorrdquo ldquobyrdquoldquowihrdquo A preposiional phrase is a preposiion joined o a noun Examples ldquoin he morningrdquoldquowih a sharp pencilrdquo
Conjuncion a word ha connecs words phrases clauses a nd senences Examples ldquoandrdquoldquoburdquo ldquoalhoughrdquo
Inerjecion a word ha expresses emoion Examples ldquowowrdquo
EXERCISE 1eview he meanings and ideniy he pars o speech o he ollowing words Te eading
Vocabulary may be consu led
1 īliōs 6 e2 bene 7 lupa3 aedifican 8 claudi
4 ad 9 ōmam5 ambula 10 ama
EXERCISE 1 ANSWERS
1 noun
2 adverb
3 verb
4 preposiion
5 verb
6 conjuncion
7 noun8 verb
9 noun
10 verb
TEACHING TIP
Te eacher may wish o ask he sudens in Lain wha par o speech a given word is Te eacher would say ldquoQuae pars ōrātiōnis estrdquo Suden responses would be
bull nōmen substantīvumsubstantīvum ndash noun
bull prōnōmen ndash pronoun
bull nōmen adiectīvumadiectīvum ndash adjecive
bull verbum temporāle ndash verb
bull adverbium ndash adverb
bull praepositiō ndash preposiion
bull coniūnctiō ndash conjuncion
bull interiectiō ndash inerjecion
Standards11 41
Standards11 41
WorkbookExercise 1
VOCABULARY TO LEARN
TEACHING TIPSince his is he firs se o Lain words ha your sudens will be required o memorize i is usuallya good idea o sugges and discuss wih hem some differen ways o memorize vocabulary Somesel help opions are lised below
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 4554
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull 5
NOUNSagricola agricolae m ndash armer
aqua aquae ndash waer
āhlēa āhlēae m ndash ahlee
īlia īliae ndash daugher
lupa lupae ndash she-wol
naua nauae m ndash sailor
poēa poēae m ndash poe
puella puellae ndash girl
ōma ōmae ndash ome
erra errae ndash land
VERBSama ndash heshei loves
ambula ndash heshei walks
cūra ndash heshei akes care o cares or
es ndash heshei is
ADVERBS bene ndash well
poseā ndash aferwards
CONJUNCTIONSe ndash and
iaque ndash and so
Aqueducs carr ied waer (aqua) o he ciies in he Roman world Tis aqueduc buil in 19 983138983139983141 which srechedacross he Gard River was named he Pon du Gard and brough waer o he ciy of Nicircmes in France in ancien imes
Chapter 1 bull 5
sel-help opions are lised below
1 Look a he word in he book and say he word aloud
2 Wrie down he word on a piece o paper along wih is meaning and check o be sure here are no spell-ing errors Color-coding he words by pars o speech is also helpul Pronounce he word while wriing idown and hen repea he word including he meaning and spelling
3 Make handwriten 1047298ashcards wih he Lain on one side and English on he oher and be sure here are nospelling errors Color-coding is a good sraegy here also Wriing he word ou helps some sudens ce-men he word in he brain Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers has creaed an elecronic vocabulary resourceor hose sudens or whom echnological learning ools are an aid Tese vocabulary 1047298ashcards are orhe iPod See p 93 or more inormaion on iPod 1047298ashcards
4 Use English derivaives o help remember meanings Bu be careul since some derivaives may havemeanings grealy changed rom he original Lain word
5 Find clipar picures ha illusrae he vocabulary words and use he picures as a way o es yoursel onhe Lain words
TEACHER BY THE WAYTe eacher may wish o open a discussion abou aqueducs and he waer supply or ancien omans while l ooking a he picu re o he Pon du Gard on his page For a hisory o aqueducs and heirconsrucion Froninusrsquo book Dē aquīs urbis Rōmae is an excellen source Te book was writenabou 97 983139983141 when he was Superinenden o Aqueducs Oher aqueducs include he ollowing
bull Te double high aqueduc in Segovia Spainbull Te Aqua Appia buil in 312 983138983139983141
bull Te Aqua rāiāna
bull Te aqueduc buil by Alex ander Severus in 226 983139983141
bull Te Aqua Claudia
bull Te Aqua Marcia wh ich wa s probably named a fer A ncus Marcius who was he fi rs K ing oome by radiional accouns o build an aqueduc o bring waer o ome
NB Te word ldquo Aquardquo when capialized means ldquoaqueducrdquo
Eleven aqueducs urnished 250000 gallons o waer o ome every weny-our hours
BY THE WAY
E h u gi n in h b l r h rm T nd rm i h g nii
HOW TO USE THIS BOOK Ēn is a word ha calls atenion o somehing and means ldquoLook a hisrdquo Te inormaion given here draws a-enion o and urher specifies differen language acs
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 4654
6 bull Latin for the New Millennium
6 bull Latin for the New Millennium
Each noun given in he vocabulary has wo orms Te second orm is he geniivesingular
A derivative is an English word rooed in a Lain word Te English derivaive issimilar in meaning and orm o is Lain source
STUDY TIP
An English derivaive ofen can help you remember wha a Lain word means
EXERCISE 2Find he English derivaives based on he Vocabulary o Learn in he ollowing senences Wriehe corresponding Lain word
1 She shows a considerable filial respec oward her aher
2 Agriculu re is a science o culivaing he land
3 Te ship is equipped wih all he necessary nauical insrumens
4 We saw all kinds o fish in he aquarium
5 Tis is an all-errain vehicle
6 When will he ahleic compeiion sar
7 She has a ruly poeic naure
LANGUAGE FACT II
NOUNS NUMBER GENDER CASE 983080NOMINATIVE AND
ACCUSATIVE983081Nouns in Lain show number gender and case
Number Lain nouns are eiher singular or plural in number Number is shown in differen ways by differen ypes o nouns bu some ending-paterns are or singular orms and oherending-paterns are or plural orms
Gender Every noun likewise is eiher masculine eminine or neuer in gender You muslearn he gender o each noun In he Vocabulary o Learn l iss he gender is indicaed by hecommon abbreviaionsm (masculi ne) f (eminine) or n (neuer)
Case Lain nouns mus have an ending-patern ha displays case Tis is quie differen romEnglish in which case is indicaed by word posiion and no by endings (alhough case markersare preserved in cerain pronouns such as ldquoherdquo and ldquohimrdquo) A nounrsquos case reveals wha uncionhe noun has in he senence Tere are five common cases nominaive geniive daive accu-saive and ablaive wo less requenly used cases are called he vocaive and he locaive
HOW TO USE THIS BOOKStudy Tips give hins rhymes and mnemonics o help sudens learn grammar and vocabulary
EXERCISE 2 ANSWERS1 filial īlia
2 agriculure agricola
3 nauical naua
4 aquarium aqua
5 errain erra
6 ahleic āhlēa
7 poeic poēa
TEACHING TIPExplain o he sudens ha in English he words ldquoardquo ldquoanrdquo or ldquoherdquo are usually placed beore a nounand Lain does no have an equivalen or hese words known as aricles
eachers may need o sress he absence o he aricle many imes beore sudens compleely ine-grae his knowledge ino heir reading habis in Lain class
TEACHING TIPLain like many oher languages does no always observe biological gender Ofen he gender o a
Lain noun is deermined by grammaical acors such as he group o which a noun belongs
TEACHING TIP
Alhough in Exercise 2 he sudens are direced o find only he derivaives based on he Vocabular yo Learn hey may be ineresed o learn ha here are oher derivaives in Exercise 2 Te derivaiono hese words is provided or he eacherrsquos convenience
bull 1 consider - rom sīdus (sar) + cum (wih ogeher) and rom cōnsīderō (o examine consider)respec - rom respectō (look back a have regard or)
bull 2 science - rom scientia (knowledge) and sciō (o know) culivaing - rom colō (ill inhabi worship)
bull 3 necessary - rom necesse (necessary) insrumens - rom īnstruō (o equip build provide)
and rom īnstrumentum (equipmen ool ec)bull 5 vehicle - rom he Lain verb vehō (o carry)
bull 6 compeiion - rom petō (o seek aim a atack ec) + cum (wih oge her)
bull 7 naure - rom nātūra (naure)
Standard41
Standards11 31 41
STUDY TIP
An easy way o remember he names ohe five common cases iso use his mnemonic
TEACHING TIPSudens may no know wha he word ldquomnemonicrdquo means explain ha a mnemonic device is some-hing ha helps a suden o remember somehing Te eacher may also wish o use his opporu-niy o bring up Mnemosyne he goddess o memory and he moher o he Muses
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 4754
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull 7
Chapter 1 bull 7
An easy way o remember he names o he five common cases is o use his mnemonicdevice
Never NominaiveGive GeniiveDogs Daive A ny A ccusaive A buse A blaive
Nominative Te nominaive case idenifies he subjec Te subjec is a noun or a pronounha perorms he acion or exiss in a sae o being In he senence ldquoWilliam is readingrdquohe word ldquoWilliamrdquo is he subjec
Example Mārs amat Mars loves
Te noun subjec o he verb ldquoloverdquo is he god Mars
Find more examples o nominaives and heir verbs rom he reading passage a he begin-ning o he chaper
Te nominaive case also idenifies he predicae nominaive In he senence ldquoWilliam isa sudenrdquo he predicae nominaive is ldquoa sudenrdquo A predicae nominaive complees hemeaning o he verb ldquoo berdquo Look a his exa mple rom he reading
Example Mārs est deus Mars is a god
Mārs is he subjec and deus is a predicae nominaive
Accusative Te ourh case lised is called he accusaive he geniive daive and ablaivecases will be discussed in laer chapers Te accusaive case poins ou he noun (or pro-noun) ha is he direc objec emember direc objecs receive he acion o he verb Inhe senence ldquoI am wriing a leterrdquo he direc objec is ldquoa leterrdquo
Example Mārs Rhēam Silviam amat Mars loves hea Silvia
Te direc objec o ldquoloverdquo is he noun Rhēam Silviam
Find more examples o accusaives and heir verbs rom he reading passage a he beginningo he chaper
niy o bring up Mnemosyne he goddess o memory and he moher o he Muses
Answers to ldquoFind more examples of nominatives a nd their verbs from the reading passage at the begin-ning of the chapterrdquo
hēa Silvia habe
Amūl ius claudi
Amūl ius pōni
Lupa ambula
Lupa cūra e amaōmulus e emus crēscun
ōmulus e emus aedifican
Answers to ldquoFind more examples of accusatives and their verbs from the reading passage at the beg in-ning of the chapterrdquo
duōs īliōs habe ōmulum e emum
hēam Silviam claudi
ōmulum e emum pōni
ōmulum e emum bene cūra e ama
ōmam aedifican
TEACHING TIPSudens may encouner diffi culy when r ying o ransl ae Lain names used in cases o her han henominaive Te eacher a some poin will need o explain (and repea whenever necessary) ha when ransla ing a La in name he suden should al ways use he nominaive o rm o he word Onp 7 sudens are asked o find examples o accusaives and heir verbs in he reading passage Teanswers lised above provide an opporuniy o pracice wih his issue emind sudens o rans-lae duōs īliōs habet Rōmulum et Remum as ldquohe has wo sons omulus and emusrdquo Te oher ouranswers may be used as pracice wih he sudens
EXERCISE 3a Ideniy wheher he nouns in bold in hese senences are subjecs direc objecs or predi
TEACHER BY THE WAYIn conjuncion wih he picure and is capion he eacher may wish o menion ha he amil-ilar acronym o SPQ is sill in use and visible hroughou modern ome991252on liter bins sewercovers ec
Standards11 41
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 4854
8 bull Latin for the New Millennium
8 bull Latin for the New Millennium
a Ideniy wheher he nouns in bold in hese senences are subjecs direc objecs or predi-cae nominaives Te eading Vocabulary may be consuled
b Label each senence as vērum (rue) i i agrees or alsum (alse) i i disagrees wih he Lainreading passage a he beginni ng o he chaper
Example Amūlius es deusPredicae nominaive alsum
1 hēa Silvia ōmulum e emum cūra
2 Amūlius ōmulum e emum bene cūra
3 Amūlius lupam vinculīs claudi
4 Mārs ōmulum e emum in aquam pōni
5 Lupa hēam Silviam cūra
6 Amūlius ad aquam ambula
Te power of he ciy of Rome founded according o legend by Romulus is symbolized by hese four leters ha areprominenly displayed in various places wihin he ciy
EXERCISE 3 ANSWERS
1 subjec vērum
2 direc objecs alsum
3 direc objec alsum
4 subjec alsum
5 direc objec alsum
6 subjec vērum
WorkbookExercise 2 A full si ze reproduc ible version of th is page
without the a nswers ca n be downloade d at wwwlnm bolchazyco m
HOW TO USE THIS BOOK
Noun Declensions Te eacher may choose Lain nouns rom he declension ha is being sudied a he imehis workshee is used Tus no answers are provided here
LANGUAGE FACT III
TEACHING TIP Ask he sudens wha he Lain words seleced rom he reading and lised near he op o p 9 mean
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 4954
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull 9
Chapter 1 bull 9
FIRST DECLENSION NOUNS A declension is a g roup o nouns ha show a cerain patern o word endings Tere are five differ-en declensions in Lain In he reading abou omulus and emus hese are he orms belongingo he firs declension
hēam Silviam hēa Silvia aquam lupa ōmam
Noice ha he ex says Rhēa Silvia when she is he subjec and Rhēam Silviam when she is hedirec objec
Te firs declension is composed o words ha characerisically have he vowel a a or near heend o he word lupa
Below is he patern ha firs declension nouns ollow o show case and number Memorize heLain words in order rom he nominaive singular down o he ablaive singular and hen romhe nominaive plural down o he ablaive plural
emember ha he endings or a whole group o nouns ollow his patern Once you learn hi spatern you can recognize he case a nd number o all he words belonging o hi s declension
In his chaper you have begun o learn abou he nominaive and accusai ve cases Te ohercases will be explained in laer chapers
First DeclensionSingular Plural
Nomina ive l upa he she-wol Nominaive lupae he she-wolves
Geniive lupae o he she-wol Geniive lupārum o he she-wolves
Daive lupae oor he she-wol Daive lupīs oor he she-wolves
Accusaive lupam he she-wol Accusaive lupās he she-wolves
Ablaive lupā bywih he she-wol Ablaive lupīs bywih he she-wolves
Daive and ablaive plural o he words īlia ldquodaugherrdquo and dea ldquogoddessrdquo is fīliābus anddeābusTis is o di singuish hese orms rom he corresponding orms o īlius ldquosonrdquo and deus ldquogodrdquo
STUDY TIP
Noice ha he ablaive singular ending -ā has a long mark (macron) above i his ishe only difference beween he nominaive and ablaive singular endings
TEACHING TIP
Afer he firs declension has been presened o he sudens encourage hem depending on heirlearning syle o say he declension aloud o wrie down he words o inven a rap or a cheer
TEACHER BY THE WAY
Te patern is called a declension because he oher cases lean away ( dēclīnāre) rom he nominaiveie hey do no ollow he same orm as he nominaive
ORAL EXERCISE 1Tis exercise may be used afer the 1047297rst declension has been presented
Whi le looking a he declension o lupa ask he sudens o decli ne nauta
Singular PluralNominaive naua nauaeGeniive nauae nauārumDaive nauae nauīs Accusaive nauam nauās Ablaive nauā nauīs
Standards11 31 41
OralExercise 1
WorkbookExercise 3
STUDY TIP
Noice ha he daive and ablaive plural endings a re idenical
EXERCISE 4 ANSWERS1 geniive daive puellār um puellī s
2 accusaive nauās
3 accusaive errās
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 5054
10 bull Latin for the New Millennium
10 bull Latin for the New Millennium
Here are more words belonging o he fi rs declension
puella ndash girl īlia ndash daugher terra ndash land
Mos firs declension words are eminine i n gender bu a ew (usually ones ha indicae mas-culine occupaions in ancien imes) are masculine Examples are poēta ldquopoerdquoagricola ldquoarmerrdquonauta ldquosailorrdquo āthlēta ldquoahleerdquo
EXERCISE 4Ideniy he case o each singular noun Ten change each orm ino plural For some more han
one answer is possibleExample īlianominaive īliae
1 puellae 5 aquae2 nauam 6 puellā3 erram 7 āhlēā4 a gr ic ol a
Like he Greek wreslers porrayed on his ancien bas-reliefRoman ahlees were also fond of he spor of wresling
4 nominaive agricolae
5 geniive daive aquārum aquīs
6 ablaive puellīs
7 ablaive āhlēīs
TEACHING TIP
Since wreslers are depiced on he illusraion on his page he eacher may wish o open a discus-
sion abou he omansrsquo and Greeksrsquo ondness or wresling which was ofen praciced in a complexcalled he palaestra
oman boys were expeced o serve in he m iliary Tus hey were firs rained by heir ahers in wreslingand boxing Srengh and agiliy were sressed raher han grace o movemen as in Greek spors Te woprincipal syles uilized by he Greek were uprigh wresling in which hree alls o your opponen o heground were necessary o deea him and ground wresling which required he opponen o give up in ordero end he mach In he palaes tra here was an area or he young people o pracice wresling or boxing wih apunching bag (cōrycus) Examples o monumenal oman bahs wih a palaest ra are ound a he Bahs o Ca-racalla in ome he Harbor Bahs a Ephesus in urkey and he Bahs in Varna Bulgaria he larges anciensrucure in ha counry
Wresling was also one o he spor evens a he Olympic games ha he omans ofen atended Greco-oman wresling is also one o he evens eaured in he summer Olympic games in modern imes
TEACHING TIPTe eacher migh wan o have sudens read an English ranslaion o Book 23 o he Iliad in which Ajax a nd Odysseus compee in a wre sling m ach and Book 5 o he Aeneid or a descripion o hespors ha he omans played and compare he atiude o he compeiors in each epic Boh evens were par o he uneral games he ormer in honor o Paroclu s riend and atendan o Achil lesand he later in honor o Anchises aher o Aeneas Tis migh lead o urher discussion on henaure o modern wresling
Standards11 41
EXERCISE 5Ideniy he case o each plural noun Ten change each orm ino he singular For some more
TEACHING TIPSudens may wonder why he geniive singular w ihou is ending mus be used o find he base whenhe nominaive singular wihou is ending works jus as well Explain ha in oher noun declensionshe nominaive will no always provide he same base or have he same spelling as he geniive
Standards11 41
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 5154
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull 11
Chapter 1 bull 11
han one answer is possible
Example puellāsaccusaive puellam
1 īliae 5 aquīs2 errīs 6 poēārum3 nauārum 7 agricolae4 l upa e
BY THE WAY
In all declensions endings are added o he base o a noun I is imporan o know hahe base o a noun is ound by removing he ending rom is geniive si ngular orm Forexample he geniive singular o puella is puellae I you remove he -ae rom puellae
wha remains is he base o he word namely puell- For his reason learning he geni-ive singular is as imporan as knowing he nominaive singular o he noun
STUDY TIP
Always learn he geniive ogeher wih he nominaive because rom he geniive you will know o which declension a word belongs
A wall paining depic ing a Roman farmer (agricola) wih his sheep
EXERCISE 5 ANSWERS
1 nominaive īl ia
2 daive ablaive errae errā
3 geniive nauae
4 nominaive lupa
5 daive ablaive aquae aquā
6 geniive poēae7 nominaive agricola
HOW TO USE THIS BOOKIn his book he word ldquobaserdquo is used o reer o he noun wihou any ending ldquoStemrdquo is used or he par o he verb wihou any ending ldquoootrdquo is used or he Lain par o a derivaive
ORAL EXERCISE 2Tis exercise may be used afer Exercise 5
Use one o he ollowing classroom presenaion opions (hereafer reerred o as CPO) (blackgreenwhiesmar board overhead or LCD projecor PowerPoinreg presenaion ec) o pu his inormaion on view
quis ldquowhordquo (or he subjec) and quem ldquowhomrdquo (or he direc objec)
Ten ask he suden o answer he ollowing quesions abou he chaper reading eiher orally or in wri-
en orm
1 Teacher Quis es Mārs Student Mārs es deus
2 Teacher Quem ama Mārs Student hēam Silviam Mārs ama
3 Teacher Quis ama hēam Silviam Student Mārs ama hēam Silviam
4 Teacher Quem habe hēa Silvia Student hēa Silvia duōs īliōs ōmulum eemum habe
5 Teacher Quis claudi hēam Silviam Student Amūlius claudi hēam Silviam
6 Teacher Quem claudi Amūlius Student hēam Silviam Amūlius claudi
7 Teacher Quis ōmulum e emum in aquampōni
Student Amūlius ōmulum e emum in aquampōni
8 Teacher Quem Amūlius in aquam pōni Student Amūlius ōmulum e emum in aquampōni
9 Teacher Quis ambula ad aquam Student Lupa ambula ad aquam
10 Teacher Quis ōmulum e emum bene cūra Student Lupa ōmulum e emum bene cūra
11 Teacher Quōs lupa bene cūra Student Lupa ōmulum e emum bene cūra
12 Teacher Quis ōmulum e emum a ma Student Lupa ōmulum e emum ama
13 Teacher Quōs lupa ama Student Lupa ōmulum e emum ama
OralExercise 2
WorkbookExercise
4 5
EXERCISE 6ranslae rom Lain ino English and rom English ino Lain Te mos common Lain word
d
TEACHER BY THE WAYTe eacher may menion ha he mos common word order (subjec ndash direc objec ndash verb) can o-en be changed For example i he verb is o be emphasized i will ake firs posiion I he subjecor he direc objec is o be emphasized i will ake he las posiion which is he mos emphaic oneIn general he more unusual he wordrsquos posiion is he more emphasis is placed on his word
Standards11 41
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 5254
12 bull Latin for the New Millennium
12 bull Latin for the New Millennium
order is
subjec ndash direc objec ndash verb
1 Agricola erram ama
2 Te ahlee loves waer
3 Naua īlia m ama
4 Te poe loves ome
5 Agricola erram cūra
6 Te she-wol cares or (is aking care o) he girl
BY THE WAY
Even hough he mos common word order is subjec ndash di rec objec ndash verb rememberha endings991252no word order991252deermine which word is he subjec and which i s hedirec objec
TALKING When we mee one person we gree herhim wih salvē When we mee wo or more people wegree hem wih salvēte When we bid goodbye o one person we sayvalē When we bid goodbyeo wo or more people we say valēte
Here are various ways o ask ldquohow are yourdquo or ldquohow are you doingrdquo
Quōmodo valēs or Quōmodo tē habēs or Quid agis ldquoHow are yourdquo
Here is a range o possible answers
bene ldquowellrdquo pessimē ldquovery badrdquo optimē ldquogreardquo melius ldquobeterrdquo mediocriter ldquoso-sordquo or ldquono oo badrdquo meliusculē ldquoa litle beterrdquo male ldquobadrdquo
In general he more unusual he word s posiion is he more emphasis is placed on his word
EXERCISE 6 ANSWERS
1 Te armer loves he land
2 Āhlēa aquam ama
3 Te sailor loves (his) daugher
4 Poēa ōmam ama
5 Te armer cares or (is aking care o) he land6 Lupa puellam cūra
TEACHING TIP
Te eacher may sar he class in Lain by saying Salvēte discipulī et discipulae and by eaching hesudens o say in reurn Salvē magister (magistra)
ORAL EXERCISE 3Tis exercise may be used anytime afer the students have learned the use o the accusative case or afer Exercise 6
Use one o he CPOrsquos o pu on display he orms amō and cūrō and explai n ha hey a re in he fir s personsingular and how his differs rom he hird person singular learned in his chaper Ask individual sudens omake senences wih hem using he words hey have learned
Ten ell he sudens ha nōn means ldquonordquo and ask hem o make si milar senences wih nōn amō and nōn cūrō
Examples(nōn) amō erram īliam aquam lupam āhlēam(nōn) cūrō erram īliam puellam
WorkbookExercise 6
ContentQuestions
OralExercise 3
Standards12 21 41
42
SAYING HELLOMarīa Helena e Chrisīna sun (are) discipulae (students)
TEACHING TIPHave sudens read he dialogue aloud Tis will help o build heir pronunciaion skills
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 5354
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull 13
Chapter 1 bull 13
Marīa Salvēe Helena e Chrisīna
Christīna Salvē Marīa
Helena Salvē Marīa
Marīa Quōmodo valēs Helena Quōmodo valēs Chrisīna
Helena et Christīna Bene Quōmodo ū ( you) valēs Marīa
Marīa Pessimē
Helena et Christīna Cūr (Why)
Marīa imeō linguam Laīnam ( I ear the Latin language)Helena Ego ( I ) linguam Laīnam amō
Christīna E ego linguam Laīnam amō
ORAL EXERCISE 4
Tis exercise may be used afer he Lain dialogue has been presened
Insruc he sudens o say ldquohellordquo in Lain o he suden nex o hem Divide he class ino wo pars ellone par o gree he oher par using he plural greeing and vice versa Do he same ype o aciviy whensaying ldquogoodbyerdquo You may wish o make greeing he class in Lain a nd saying ldquogoodbyerdquo in Lain a par oa daily rouine
Divide he sudens ino pairs in which one person will ask how hisher parner is in Lain and he oher
wil l answer
ORAL EXERCISE 5
Tis exercise may be used afer he Lain dialogue has been presened
ell he sudens ha he paricle ndashne is added o he firs syllable o a word ha inroduces a quesion Ten askhe ollowing quesions abou he dialogue beween Mary Helen and Chrisy Individual sudens may answerorally or he enire class may wrie he answers as he eacher asks hem orally Te eacher should explain hahe orm valēs in he greeing Quōmodo valēs is in he second person which means ldquoyourdquo Te hird person orm(reerring o ldquoherrdquo ldquohimrdquo or ldquoirdquo) is valet So he phrase ldquoHow is she doingrdquo would be Quōmodo valet Te hirdperson o amō is amat and he hird person o timeō is timet
1 Teacher Quōmodo Chrisīna vale Student(s) Chrisīna bene vale
2 Teacher Quōmodo Marīa vale Student(s) Marīa pessimē vale
3 Teacher Cūr (why) Marīa pessimē vale Student(s) Marīa ime linguam Lainam4 Teacher Amane l inguam L aīnam Helena Student(s) Helena linguam Laīnam ama
5 Teacher Linguamne Laīnam ama Chrisīna Student(s) Chrisīna linguam Laīnam ama
ORAL EXERCISE 6 AND DICTATIONTis combined exercise may be used to conclude the chapter or at any time afer the students have learned the accusa-tive case and chapter vocabulary
Dicae he ollowing senences o he sudens Ten ask hem o make he ollowing changes eiher orally orin writen orm a he discreion o he eacher
1 Teacher Agricol a erram ama (change he direc objec ino plura l)Student Agricola errās ama
2 Teacher Lupa puellam cūra (change he direc objec ino plural)
Student Lupa puellās cūra3 Teacher Āhlēa puel lās ama (change he direc objec ino singu lar)
Student Āhlēa puellam ama
4 Teacher Fīlia errās ama (change he direc objec ino singular)Student Fīlia erram ama
OralExercise
4 5 6 andDictation
TEACHER NOTES
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 5454
14 bull Latin for the New Millennium
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 1154
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 1254
TM xii bull Latin for the New Millennium
ETYMOLOGY AND VOCABULARY Adeleye Gabriel G World Dicionary o Foreign Expressions Wih Kofi Acquah Dadzie Edied by Tomas J
Sienkewicz and James McDonough Wauconda IL Bolchazy-Carducci 1999
Ayres Donald M English Words fom Lain and Greek Elemen s 11h ed ucson Arizona Universiy o Ari-zona Press 1982
Ayo John Dicionary o Word Or igins New York Arcade Publishing 1990
Beard Henry X-reme Lain All h e Lain You Need o Know or Su rvival in he 21s Cenury New York Pen-guin Group 2005
Dicionary o Lain Words and Phrases Edied by James Morwood New York Oxord Universiy Press 1998
Dominik William J ed Words and Ideas Wauconda IL Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers 2002
mdashmdashmdash Words and Ideas Answer Key Wauconda IL Bolchaz y-Carducci Publ ishers 2006Ehrlich Eugene Amo Amas A ma and More New York Har per and ow 1987
Heimbach Elizabeh Lain E very where Ever yday A La in Phra se Workbook Wauconda I L Bolc hazy-Carducci Publishers 2004
mdashmdashmdash Lain Everywhere Everyday A Lain Phrase Workbook eacherrsquos Manual Perormed by James Cho-chola Compac disks Wauconda IL Bolchazy-Carducci Publishing 2005
Janson ore Te Naural Hisory o Lain ranslaed by Merehe D Sorensen and Nigel Vincen Oxord andNew York Oxord Universiy Press 2005
Krill ichard Greek and Lain in English oday Book and wo Cassetes 1990 eprin Wauconda ILBolchazy-Carducci Publishers 2003
Mascianonio udolph Build Your English Word Power wih Lain Numbers Wauconda IL Bolchazy-CarducciPublishers 1997
mdashmdashmdash Build Your E nglish Word Power w ih La in Number s eacherrsquos Ma nual Wauconda I L Bolc hazy-Carducci Publishers 1997
Morwood James and Mark Warman Our Greek and Lain Roos Cambridge Cambridge Universiy Press1990
OrsquoMara Lesley ed Which Way o he Vomiorium Vernacular Lain or All Occasions ranslaed by ose Wil-liams New York Tomas Dunne Books 1999
Oxord Dicionary o English Eymology Edied by C Onions wih G W S Friedrichsen and W Burch-field New York Oxord Universiy Press 1966
Sone Jon Lain or he I llierai New York ouledge 1996
MYTHOLOGYBierlein J F Parallel Myhs New York Ballanine Books 1994
Bolon Lesley Te Everyhing Classical Myhology Book Peabody MA Adams Media Corporaion 2002Childrenrsquos Books on Ancien Greek and Roman Myhology An Annoaed Bibliography Compiled by Anoinete
Brazouski and Mary J Klat Wespor C Greenwood Press 1984
Te Chiron Dicionary o Greek and Roman Myhology ranslaed by Elizabeh Burr 1s English ed New YorkConinuum Inernaional Publishing Group 1994
Colakis Marianhe and Mary Joan Masello Classical Myhology and More A Reader Workbook WaucondaIL Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers 2007
Couch Malcolm Greek and Roman Myhology New York Michael Friedman Publishing Group 1998
DrsquoAulaire Ingri and Edgar Parin DrsquoAulaire DrsquoAulairesrsquo Book o Greek Myhs New York Doubleday 1962
Fleischman Paul Daeline roy Somerville MA Candlewick Press 2006
Gardner Jane Roman Myhs Ausin Universiy o exas Press 1993
Gran Michael and John Hazel Whorsquos Who in Classical Myhology London ouledge Press 2002
Grimal Pierre Te Dicionary o Classical Myhology ranslaed by A Maxwell-Hyslop 1996 eprinMalden MA Blackwell Publishing 2001
Harris Sephen L and Gloria Pazner Classical Myhology Images and Insighs 3rd ed Mounain View CAMayfield Publishing Company 2001
Homeric Hymns ranslaed by Diane aynor Berkeley and Los Angeles Universiy o Caliornia Press2004
Kirkwood G M A Shor Guide o Classical Myh ology 1959 eprin Wauconda IL Bolchazy-Carducci2003
Lowe Cheryl and Leigh Lowe DrsquoAulairesrsquo Greek Myh Suden Guid e Louisville K Y Memoria Press 2004mdashmdashmdash DrsquoAulairesrsquo Greek Myh eacher Guide Louisville K Y Memoria Press 2006
Mayerson Philip Classical Myhology in Lieraure Ar and Music Glenview IL Scot Foresman and Com-pany 1984
Morord Mark P O and ober J Lenardon Classical Myhology 8h ed New York Oxord Universiy Press2006
Ovid Meamorphose s ranslaed by A D Melville New York Oxord Universiy Press 1998
ussell William F Classic Myhs o Read Aloud New York Crown Publicaions 1989
Vergilrsquos Aeneid Hero War Humaniy ranslaed by G B Cobbold Wauconda IL Bolchazy-Carducci Pub-lishers 2005
Will iams o se Gods and Oher Odd Creaures Ausin X CicadaSun Publishing 2008
mdashmdashmdashTe Labors o Aeneas Wha a Pain I Was o Found he Roman Race Wauconda IL Bolchazy-Carducci
2003mdashmdashmdashTe Original Dysuncional Family Basic Classical Myhology or he New Millennium Wauconda ILBolchazy-Carducci 2008
ROMAN HISTORYBagnell Nigel Te Punic Wars New York S Marinrsquos Press 1990
Becket Gilber agrave Te Comic Hisory o Rome 1852 eprin Wauconda IL Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers1996
Boardma n John Jasper Griffi n and Oswyn Mur ray eds Oxord Hisory o he Roman World Oxord and New York Oxord Universiy Pre ss 1991
Boawrigh Mary Daniel J Gargola and ichard J A alber A Brie Hisor y o he Romans New YorkOxord Universiy Press 2006
Connolly Peer Greece and Rome a War London Greenhill Books 2006
Consable Nick Hisorical Alas o Ancien Rome New York Facs on File 2003
Cornell im and John Mahews Alas o he Roman World New York Facs on File 1986
Creighon Mandell A Primer Hisory o Rome 1855 eprin Wauconda IL Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers2001
Goldsworhy Adrian Te Fall o Carhage Te Punic Wars 265ndash146 BC London Cassell 2000
Haaren John H and A B Poland Famous Men o Rome Louisville KY Memoria Press 2006
Holland Tomas Rubicon New York Doubleday 2003
Jenkyn s ichard ed Te Legacy o Rome A New Appraisal Oxord Oxord Universiy Press 1992
Kamm Anhony Julius Caesar A Lie New York ouledge 2006
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 1354
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Resource List bull TM xiii
Lowe Cheryl and Leigh Lowe Famous Men o Rome Suden Guide 2nd ed Louisvil le KY Memoria Press2006
Mayszak Philip Te Sons o Caesar Imperial Romersquos Firs Dynasy London Tames and Hudson 2006
Mellor onald and Marni McGee Te Ancien Roman World New York Oxord Universiy Press 2004
Oxord Classical Dicionary 3rd ed Edied by Simon Hornblower and Anhony Spaworh Oxord and New York Oxord Universiy P ress 1996 Also available a s a CD-OM
Oxord Dicionary o he Classical World Edied by John obers New York Oxord Universiy Press 2005
Scarre Chris Chronicle o he Roman Emperors London Tames and Hudson 1995
mdashmdashmdashTe Penguin Hisorical Alas o Ancien Rome New York Penguin Punam Inc 1995
Ward-Perkins Br yan Te Fall o Rome Oxord and New York Oxord Universiy Press 2005
Will iams ose Cicero he Pario Wauconda IL Bolcha zy-Carducci P ublishers 200 4mdashmdashmdash Cicero he Pario eacherrsquos Manual Wauconda IL Bolchaz y-Carducci Publ ishers 2004
mdashmdashmdash From Romulus o Romulus Augusulus Roman Hisory or he New Millennium Bolchazy-CarducciPublishers 2008
mdashmdashmdashOnce Upon he iber An O ea Hisory o Rome Wauconda IL Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers 2007Firs Published 2002 by Wimbledon Classics
Wool Greg ed Cambridge Illusraed Hisory o he Roman World Cambridge Cambridge Universiy Press2003
ROMAN CULTURE AND DAILY LIFE Adkin s Lesley and oy A dkins Dicionary o R oman Religion New York Oxord Universiy Press 2000
mdashmdashmdashHandbook o Lie in Ancien Rome New York Oxord Universiy P ress 1994
All an ony Lie Myh an d Ar in Ancien R ome Los Angeles J Paul Gety rus Publicaions 2005 Apicius Cookery and Dining in Imperial Rome Edied by Joseph Da mmers Vehling Ne w York Dover 1977
Baker Alan Te Gladiaor Te Secre Hisory o Romersquos Warrior Slaves New York S Marinrsquos Press 2006
Baker Charles and osalie Baker Te Classical Companion Peerborough NH Cobblesone Publishing1988
Bonner S F Educaion in Ancie n Rome fom he Elder Cao o he Younger Pliny London Mehuen 1977
Bradley Keih Slavery and Sociey a Rome Cambridge Cambridge Universiy Press 1994
Brucia Margare A and Gregory Daughery o Be a Roman opics in Roman Culure Wauconda ILBolchazy-Carducci Publishers 2007
Buchanan David Roman Spor and Enerainmen London Longman 1976
Carcopino Jeacuterocircme Daily Lie in Ancien Rome New Haven and London Yale Universiy Press 1968
Casson Lionel ravel in he Ancien World New ed Balimore John Hopkins Universiy Press 1994
mdashmdashmdash Libraries in he A ncien World New Haven C Yale Universiy Press 2001Clackson James and Geoffrey Horrocks Te Blackwell Hisory o he Lain Language Cambridge Blackwell
Publishing 2007
Clarke J Houses o Roman Ialy 100 B Cndash A D 250 Berkeley and Los Angeles Universiy o CaliorniaPress 1991
Croom A Roman Clohing and Fashion UK empus Publishing 2000
DrsquoAmbra Eve Roman Ar Cambridge and New York Cambridge Universiy Press 1998
mdashmdashmdashRoman Women Cambridge and New York Cambridge Universiy Press 2007
Goldsworhy Adrian Te Complee Roman Army London Tames and Hudson 2003
Gran Leigh Rome A Fold-Ou His ory o Ancien Civ ilizaion New York Black Dog and Levanhal Publish-ers 2005
Gran Mark Roman Cookery Ancien Recipes or Modern Kichens London Seri Publishers 1999
Haney L A and J A Haney Te Roman Engineers Cambridge Cambridge Universiy Press 1991
Harris H A Spor in Greece and Rome Ihaca NY Cornell Universiy Press 1972
Herber Kevin Roman Imperial Coins Wauconda IL Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers 1996
Hodge Peer Te Roman Army Whie Plains NY Longman 1984
mdashmdashmdash Roman Family Lie UK Longman 1984
mdashmdashmdash Te Roman House ev ed Whie Plains NY Longman 1976
mdashmdashmdash Roman owns ev ed Whie Plains NY Longman 1977
mdashmdashmdash Roman rade and ravel Whie Plains NY Longman 1978Hopkins Keih and Mary Beard Te Colosseum Cambridge MA Harvard Universiy Press 2005
Humez Alexander and Nicholas Humez A B C E Cee ra Te Lie amp imes o he Roma n Alphabe BosonMA David Gordon Publisher 1985
Hyland Ann Equus Te Horse in he R oman World New Haven C Yale Universiy Press 1990
Jacobelli Lu ciana Gladiaors a Pompeii Los Angeles J Paul Gety rus Publicaions 2004
James Simon Ancien Rome Eyewiness Books New York Alred A Knop 1990
Jones J M A Dicionary o Ancien Coins London Seaby 1990
Mannix Daniel P Te Way o he Gladiaor New York ibooks 2001
Massey Michael Roman Religion Whie Plains New York Longman 1984
mdashmdashmdash Women in Ancien Greece and Rome New York Cambridge Universiy Press 1986
Olivovaacute V Spors and Games in he Ancien World London Orbis Publishing 1984
Paoli Ugo Enrico Rome Is People Lie and Cusoms ranslaed by D Macnaghen New York Longman1963
Piggot S Te Druids London Tames and Hudson 1982
Sims Lesley Roman Soldierrsquos Handbook London Usborne Books 2006
Solway Andrew Rome In Specacular Cross-Secion Oxord Oxord Universiy Press 2004
Savely E S Greek and Roman Voing and Elecions Ihaca NY Cornell Universiy Press 1972
reggiari S Roman Marriage Iusi Coniuges fom he ime o Cicero o he ime o Ulpian Oxord ClarendonPress 1991
Wallace ex E Inroducion o Wall Inscripio ns fom Pompeii and Herculaneu m Wauconda IL Bolchaz y-Carducci Publishers 2005
Webser G Te Roman Imperial Armies o he Firs and Second Cenuries A D 3rd ed London A and C Black1985
Weslake Susan Te Developmen o he Roman Alphabe Oxord OH American Classical League MC nd
Yavez Z Slaves and Slavery in Ancien Rome New Brunswick NJ ransacion Books 1988
ROMAN ARCHEOLOGY ARCHITECTURE AND ART Aicher Peer J Guide o he Aqueducs o Ancien Rome Wauconda IL Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers 1995
mdashmdashmdash Rome Alive A Source Guide o he Ancien Ciy 2 vols Wauconda IL Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers2004
Amery Col in and Bria n Curran Jr Te Los World o Pompeii Los Angeles J Paul Gety rus Publicaions2002
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 1454
TM xiv bull Latin for the New Millennium
Augeni Andrea ed Ar and Archeology o Rome New York iverside Book Company 2000
Boardman John Oxord Hisory o Classical Ar Oxord Oxord Universiy Press 1997
Campbell Ann Roman Ar and Archiecure ev ed Boulder CO Alarion Press 1999
Coarelli Fillipo Rome and Environs An Archeological Guide ranslaed by James J Clauss and Daniel P Har-mon Berkeley and Los Angeles Universiy o Caliornia Press 2008
Connolly Peer Pompeii New York Oxord Universiy Press 1990
Corbishley Mike Illusraed Encyclopedia o Ancie n Rome Los Angeles J Paul Gety rus Publicaions2004
Davis John and Deborah C Wood Monumena Romana Nosra Slide lecures complee se 1995 evised Wauconda IL Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers 1997
mdashmdashmdash Monumen a Roman a Nosra Roman Bahs Slide lecure 1995 evised Wauconda IL Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers 1997
mdashmdashmdash Monumena Romana Nos ra Te Forum in Rome and he Province s Slide lecure 1995 evised Wau-conda IL Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers 1997
mdashmdashmdash Monumena Romana Nos ra Te Roman Basil ica Slide lecure 1995 evised Wauconda ILBolchazy-Carducci Publishers 1997
mdashmdashmdash Monumena Romana Nos ra Te Roman Foru m Slide lecure 1995 evised Wauconda IL Bol-chazy-Carducci Publishers 1997
mdashmdashmdash Monumena Romana Nos ra Te Roman emple Slide lecure 1995 evised Wauconda IL Bol-chazy-Carducci Publishers 1997
Deiss Joseph Jay Herculaneum Ialyrsquos Buried reasure evised and updaed New York Harper Collins 1985
de Franciscus A Pompeii Monumens Pas and P resen Los Angeles J Paul Gety rus Publicaions 2000
DrsquoEspouy Hecor ed Greek and Roman Archiecure in Classic Illusraions Mineola NY Dover Publicaions1999
Dickison Sheila K and Judih P Hallet eds Rome and Her Monumens Wauconda IL Bolchazy-CarducciPublishers 2000
Heinze Helga von Roman Ar New York Universe Books 1971
Lewis Jon E ed Mammoh Book o Eyewines s Ancien Rome New York Carroll and Gra 2003
Ling ober Roman Paining Cambridge Cambridge Universiy Press 1991
Lovell Isabel Sories in Sone fom he Roman Forum ockville MD Wildside Press 2007
Macaulay David Ciy A Sory o Roman Planning and Consrucion Boson M A Houghon Miffl in 1971
MacDonald William L Te Archiecure o he Roman Empire An Urban Appraisal New Haven C Yale Uni- versiy Press 1988
MacKendrick Paul Te Mue Sones Speak Te Sory o Archeology in Ialy 2nd ed New York W W Noron1984
Millard Anne Welcome o Ancien Rome Edied by Jane Chisolm London Usborne Publishing 1987
Saccioli A Ancien Rome Monume ns Pas and Pres en Los Angeles J Paul Gety rus Publicaions2000
mdashmdashmdash Te Roads o he Romans Los Angeles J Paul Gety rus Publicaions 2004
Walker Susan Roman Ar Cambridge Harvard Universiy Press 1991
Wheeler Mori mer Roman Ar and Archiecure 4h ed New York Praeger Publishers 1969
Winkes ol Classical Collecion Roman Painings and Mosaics Providence I Museum o Ar hodeIsland School o Design 1982
LATE EMPIRE EARLY CHRISTIANITY AND MIDDLE AGES Augusi ne Conessions Oxord Worldrsquos Classics ranslaed by Henry Chadwick eprin New York Oxord
Universiy Press 1998
mdashmdashmdash Augusine Te Ciy o God agains he Paga ns ranslaed by W Dyson Cambridge exs in he His-ory o Poliical Tough Cambridge Cambridge Universiy Press 1998
mdashmdashmdash Augusine Poliical Wriings ranslaed by E M Akins and ober J Dodaro Cambridge exs inhe Hisory o Poliical Tough Cambridge Cambridge Universiy Press 2001
Barbero Alessandro Te Day o he Barbarians Te Batle Ta Led o he Fall o he Roman Empire ranslaed by John Cullen New York Walker and Company 2007
Barnes imohy D Ahanasius a nd Consanius Te ology and Poliics in h e Consanian Empire Cambridge
MA Harvard Universiy Press 1993Boehius Te Consolaion o Philosophy ranslaed by Vicor Wats ev ed London Penguin Books 1999
Bowersock G W and Peer Brown Lae Aniquiy A Guid e o he Pos Classica l World Harvard UniversiyPress eerence Library Cambridge MA Belknap Press 1999
Bowman Alan Averil Cameron and Peer Garnsey eds Te Crisis o Empire AD 193ndash337 2nd ed Volume 12Te Cambridge Ancien Hisory Cambridge Cambridge Universiy Press 2005
Brown Peer Augusine o Hippo A Biography ev ed Berkeley and Los Angeles Universiy o CaliorniaPress 2000
mdashmdashmdash Te World o Lae Aniquiy AD 150ndash750 New York W W Noron 1989
Cameron Averil Te Laer Roman Empire A D 284ndash430 Cambridge MA Harvard Universiy Press 1993
Cameron Averil Bryan Ward-Perkins and Michael Whiby eds Lae Aniquiy Empire a nd Successors AD425ndash600 Volume 14 Te Cambridge Ancien Hisory Cambridge Cambridge Universiy Press 2001
Cameron Averil and Peer Garnsey eds Te Lae Empire AD 337ndash425 Volume 13 Te Cambridge AncienHisory Cambridge Cambridge Universiy Press 1997
Chadwick Henry Te Church in Ancien Sociey From Galilee o Gregory he Grea Oxord Oxord UniversiyPress 2001
Corbishley Mike Te Middle Ages Culural Alas or Young People ev ed New York Facs on File 2003
Doran ober Birh o a Worldview Ea rly Chrisia niy in is Jewish and Pagan Conex Lanham MD ow-man and Litlefield 1999
Edwards Mark Consanine and Chrisendom Te Oraion o he Sains Te Greek and Lain Accouns o he Discovery o he Cross Te Edic o Consanine o Pope Silveser Liverpool Liverpool Universiy Press 2003
Ferguson Everet ed Encyclopedia o Ear ly Chrisiani y London Garland Publishing 1990
Godrey A W ed Medieval Mosaic A Book o M edieval Lain R eadings Wauconda IL Bolcha zy-CarducciPublishers 2003
Gran Michael Consanine he Grea Te Man and His imes New York Charles Scribnerrsquos Sons 1994
mdashmdashmdash Te Fall o he Roman Empire New York Charles Scribnerrsquos Sons 1997
mdashmdashmdash Te Collapse and Recovery o he Roman Empire London and New York ou ledge 1999
Harrison F E ed Millennium A Lain R eader A D 374ndash1374 eprin Wauconda IL Bolchazy-CarducciPublishers 2001
Heaher Peer Te Fall o he Roman Empire A New Hisory o Rome and he Barbarians New York OxordUniversiy Press 2007
Holmes George Te Oxord Hisory o Medieval Europe Oxord Oxord Universiy Press 2001
Hopkins Keih A World Full o Gods Pagans Jews and Chris ians in he Roma n Empire London Weideneldand Nicolson 1999
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 1554
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Resource List bull TM xv
Howarh Parick Atila King o he Hun s Man and Myh New York Barnes amp Noble Books 1995
Jones erry Barbarians London BBC Books 2006
Kulikowski Michael Romersquos Gohic Wars From he Tird Cenury o Alaric Cambridge Cambridge Univer-siy Press 2007
Lee A D ed Pagans and Chri sians in Lae A niquiy A Sourcebook London ouledge 2000
MacMullen amsay and Eugene N Lane Paganism and Chri sianiy 100ndash425 C E A Sourcebook Minne-apolis Forress Press 1992
Manello Frank and Arhur G igg Medieval Lain An Inroducion and Bibliographical Guide WashingonDC Te Caholic Universiy o America Press 1996
McEvedy Colin Te New Penguin Alas o Medieval Hisory ev ed New York Penguin Group 1992
Newman Paul B Daily Lie in he Middle A ges Jefferson NC McFarland and Company 2001Smih Jonahan Z Drudgery Divine On he Compari son o Early Chri sianiies and h e Religions o L ae Aniq-
uiy Chicago Universiy o Chicago Press 1990
Sambaugh John E and David Balch Te New esamen in is Social Environmen Philadelphia Wesmin-ser Press 1986
Tompson A E Te Huns Oxord Blackwell Publishing 1999
odd Malcolm Te Early Germans Malden MA Blackwell 2004
Wells Coli n Sailing fom Byzanium How a Los Empire Shaped he World NY Banam Dell 2006
Will iams ose Te Ligher Side o he Dark Ages London and New York Anhem Press 2006
Wolram Her wig Hisory o he Gohs ranslaed by Tomas J Dunlap Berkeley and Los Angeles Univer-siy o Caliornia Press 1988
mdashmdashmdashTe Roman Empire and Is Germanic Peoples ranslaed by Tomas J Dunlap Berkeley and Los Ange-
les Universiy o Caliornia Press 1997 Young Frances Lew is Ayres and A ndrew Louh eds Te Cambridge Hisory o Early Chrisian Lieraure
Cambridge Cambridge Universiy Press 2004
CLASSICAL PERSPECTIVESHighe Gilber Te Classical radiion New York Oxord Universiy Press 1957
Kopff E Chrisian Te Devil Knows Lain Why America Needs he Classical radiion Wilmingon DE ISIBooks 1999
Maybury ichard J Ancien Rome How I Affe cs You oday Placerville CA Bluesocking Press 1995
Murphy Cullen Are We Rome New York Houghon Mi ffl in 2007
Simmons racy Lee Climbing Parnassus A New Apologia or Greek and Lain Wilmingon DE ISI Books2002
MAPS POSTERS AND CHARTS Available from American Cla ssical League M C Miami Universiy Oxford OH
Map o oman Empire Map o oman Ialy ome Cenral Archeological Area oma Archaica
Circus Maximus Colosseum Consiuion Preamble Lain Abbreviaions Lain Phrases in Common UseLegal erms Panheon Pompeii Promoional Posers Lain Is
Derivaive ree Char Loan Word Char omance Language Char Skeleon Char
Available from L and L Enerprises Elmhurs IL
Ancien Civil izaion Wall M ap (small and lar ge size)
Using Lain Phrases Te Fabulous Five Lain Promoional Mini-posers Paer Noser Pledge o Allegianceoman Scenes and Proverbs Seven Hills o ome emembering he Cases
Available from Aims Inernaional Book s Cincinnai OH
Quo Modo Senis Hodie Poser
ADDITIONAL ITEMS Available from Bolchazy-Carducci P ublishers Mundelein IL
Lain Butons
Available from American Cla ssical League MC Miami Universiy Oxford OH
Lain-relaed CDs DVDs apes sofware coins greeing cards games accessories and jewelry mimeo-graphs hisorical novels Lain readers and Junior Classical League iems
Available from L and L Enerprises Elmhu rs IL
Lain knowledge cards Briish Museum book o poscards o Ancien Greece and o ome
Lain-relaed aciviy books butons coloring books key chain ags noe cards origami projecs pencilspuzzle books rulers sampers sickers suffed animals atoos oe bags and -shirs
MISCELLANEOUS Available from American Cla ssical League MC Miami Universiy Oxford OH
2006 Updaed Survey o Audio-Visual Maerials and exbooks in he Classics
2007 Ediion o ACL Soware Direcory or he Classics
WEBSITESFor a regularly updaed lis o websie resources check htpwwwlnmbolchazycom
PROFESSIONAL ORGANIZATIONSMos o hese organizaions offer a journal ha eachers will find beneficial Consul he organizaionrsquos web-
sie o learn more
American C lassical League (ACL)
American C lassical L eague eaching Maerials a nd esource Cener (MC)
ACL Sponsored Aciviie s
Junior Classical League
Naional Commitee or Lain and GreekNaional Greek Exam
Naional Junior Classical League
Naional Lain Exam
Naional Senior Classical League
Naional Myhology Exam
American C ouncil on he eaching o Foreign La nguages (ACFL)
American Ph ilologica l Associa ion (APA)
Archeologica l Insiue o A merica (AI A)
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 1654
TM xvi bull Latin for the New Millennium
Classical Associaion o Canada
Classical Associaion o New England (CANE)
Classical Associaion o he Alanic Saes (CAAS)
Classical Associaion o he Middle Wes and Souh (CAMWS)
Classical Associaion o he Pacific Norhwes (CAPN)
Classical Associaion o he Souhwesern Unied Saes (CASUS)
Compuer Assised Language Insrucion Consorium (CALICO)
Join Associaion o C lassical eachers (JAC)
Vergilian Socie y
In addiion many saes and ciies have classics-relaed organizaions
TEACHER NOTES
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 1754
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull i
1
STUDENT TEXTBOOKWITH EXERCISE ANSWERS
STANDARDS CORRELATIONS
ORAL EXERCISES
ORAL EXERCISE CORRELATIONS
WORKBOOK EXERCISE CORRELATIONS
ANCILLARY CORRELATIONS
COMPREHENSION QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS
TEACHING TIPS
TEACHER BY THE WAY NOTATIONS
AND HOW TO USE THIS BOOK
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 1854
iindashiii bull Latin for the New Millennium
Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers IncMundelein Illinois USA
1Milena Minkova and Terence Tunberg
LATIN FOR THE NEW MILLENNIUM
Series Inormaion
LEVEL ONE
Suden ex (2008)
Suden Workbook (2008)
eacherrsquos M anual (2008)
eacherrsquos Manual or Suden Workbook (2008)
ANCILLARIES
From Romulus o Romulus AugusulusRoman Hisory or he New Millennium (2008)
Te Original Dysuncional Family Basic Classical Myhology or he New Millennium (2008)
LEVEL TWO
Suden ex (2009)
Suden Workbook (2009)
eacherrsquos M anual (2009)
eacherrsquos Manual or Suden Workbook (2009)
ANCILLARIES
From Rome o Reormaion Early European Hisory or he New Millennium (2009)
Te Clay-ooed SuperHeroes Myhology ales or he New Millennium (2009)
mdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdash
ELECTRONIC RESOURCES
(See page 445 or deailed descripion)
wwwlnm bolchazycom
Quia Quesion Bank
Lain-only Vill a in een Second Lietrade
Carpe Praedam
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 1954
FOREWORD xi
PREFACE xiii
AUTHORS xvii
EDITORS CONSULTANTS AND PILOT TEACHERS xix
INTRODUCTION xxiii
AlphabePronunciaion o LainOverview o oman Hisory Beginnings o Lain Lieraure
CHAPTER 1 1
eading ldquoomulus and emusrdquoLanguage Facs Pars o Speech Nouns Number Gender Case
(Nominaive and Accusaive) Firs Declension Nounsalking Saying Hello
CHAPTER 2 15
eading Plauus ldquoTe Menaechmi winsrdquo Language Facs Firs and Second Conjugaion Verbs Principal Pars
Properies o Verbs Number Person ense Sem Infiniive Subjec and
Verb Agreemenalking Geting Acquained
CHAPTER 3 29
eading erence ldquowo BrohersrdquoLanguage Facs Second Declension Masculine -us -er -ir Nouns Geniive
Case Vocaive Case Preposiional Phrasesalking In he Classroom
REVIEW 1 CHAPTERS 19912513 43
Considering he Classical Gods Ma rs Jupier JunoConnecing wih he Ancien World Slavery in A ncien omeExploring oman Comedy oman Producions and Modern endiions by
William S Anderson Proessor o Classics Emerius Universiy o Caliornia Berkeley Berkeley Caliornia
Mīrābile Audī ū Phrases and Quoaions elaing o he Comic radiion
CONTENTS
bull v bull
Series Edior LeaAnn A Osburn
Volume Ediors Elisa C Denja LeaAnn A Osburn
Conribuing Ediors imohy Beck Judih P Halle Laurie Haigh KeenanKaren Lee Singh Donald E Sprague ose Williams Vicki Wine
Hisorical imeline Jayni einhard
Cover Design amp ypography Adam Phillip Velez
Cover Illusraion oman Forum copy BemannCOBISOher Illusraions Phoo Credis appear on pp 431ndash434
CarographyMapping Specialiss
Indexing Michael Hendry
Prooreader Gary Varney
Lain for he New Millennium
Suden ex Level 1
Milena Minkova and erence unberg
copy2008 Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers Inc All righs reserved
Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers Inc
1570 Baskin oadMundelein Illinois 60060 wwwbolchazycom
Prined in Canada2009 byFriesens
ISBN 978-0-86516-560-1mdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashLibrary o Congress Caaloging-in-Publicaion Daa
Minkova Milena Lain or he new millennium suden ex level 1 Milena Minkova anderence unberg p cm Includes bibliographical reerences ISBN 978-0-86516-560-1 (v 1 hardbound alk paper) 1 Lain language--Grammar I unberg erence II ile
PA20875M 562 2008 4782rsquo421--dc22
2008014705
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull ivndashv
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 2054
Contents bull vii
CHAPTER 9 135
eading Sallus ldquoTe Cailinarian ConspiracyrdquoLanguage Facs Fourh Conjugaion Verbs Presen Acive and Passive
ense Presen Acive and Passive Infiniive T ird Declension NeuerNouns Tird Declension I -Sem Nouns
alking Geting Dressed or a Pary
REVIEW 3 CHAPTERS 79912519 149
Considering he Classical Gods ApolloConnecing wih he A ncien World oman AtireExploring oman Governmen Poliics in Greece ome and he Unied
Saes by Josiah Ober Proessor o Classics and Poliical Science SanordUniversiy Sanord Caliornia
Mīrābile Aud īū Phrases and Motoes elaing o Governmen andDemocracy
CHAPTER 10 163
eading Vergil ldquo Te rojan HorserdquoLanguage Facs Tird Conjugaion -iō Verbs Presen Acive and Passive
ense Presen Acive and Passive Infiniive T ird Declension AdjecivesSubsanive Adjecives
alking Te Morning Beore a es
CHAPTER 11 177
eading Vergil ldquoQueen Dido o CarhagerdquoLanguage Facs Imperec Acive a nd Passive ense o All Conjugaions
Imperec ense o Sum and Possum Encliicsalking raveling o School
CHAPTER 12 191eading Livy ldquoMucius ScaevolardquoLanguage Facs Fi rs Second and Tird Person Personal Pronouns Firs
and Second Person Possessive Adjecives Declension o vīsalking Discussing he Weaher
REVIEW 4 CHAPTERS 1099125112 205
Considering he Classical Gods Mercury Connecing wih he Ancien World oman FoodExploring he My h o he rojan Horse Never Look a Gif Horse in
he Mouh by Bonnie A Cato Proessor o Classics Assumpion CollegeWorceser Massachusets
Mīrābile Aud īū Phrases and Quoaions elaing o War and Peace
vi bull L atin for the New Millennium
CHAPTER 4 57
eading Cicero ldquoTe Deserer Wans a ewardrdquoLanguage Facs Second Declension Neuer Nouns Daive Case Firs
and Second Declension -us -a -um Adjecives Agreemen o Nounsand Adjecives
alking Discussing Homework
CHAPTER 5 69
eading Cicero ldquoCicero Wries o ereniardquoLanguage Facs Firs and Second Conjugaion Verbs Presen Passive ense
Presen Passive Infiniive Ablaive o Agen Firs and Second Declension
-er Adjecivesalking Discussing Occupaions
CHAPTER 6 81
eading Caesar ldquoTe DruidsrdquoLanguage Facs Presen ense and Presen Infiniive o Sum and Possum
Complemenary Infi niive ransiive and Inransiive Verbsalking Preparing or a es
REVIEW 2 CHAPTERS 49912516 93
Considering he Classical Gods Nepune Pluo Vesa and CeresConnecing wih he Ancien World oman MarriageExploring oman Famil ies Parens and Children Ten and Now by
Jacqueline Carlon Assisan Proessor o Classics Universiy o Massachusets Boson Massachusets
Mīrābile Audīū Phrases Motoes and Abbreviaions elaing o Lie in heweny-Firs Cenur y
CHAPTER 7 111eading Caullus ldquoMy Girlrsquos SparrowrdquoLanguage Facs Tird Declension Masculine and Feminine Nouns Indirec
Saemen Accusaive and Infiniivealking In he Caeeria
CHAPTER 8 123
eading Nepos ldquoTemisocles Saves he GreeksrdquoLanguage Facs T ird Conjugaion Verbs Presen Acive a nd Passive ense
Presen Acive and Passive Infiniive Ablaives o Manner InsrumenSeparaion Place rom Which Place Where Accusaive o Place o W hich
alking Afer School Aciviies
vindashvii bull Latin for the New Millennium
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 2154
Contents bull ix
CHAPTER 18 301
eading Apuleius ldquoCupid and PsycherdquoLanguage Facs Fuure Perec Aci ve ense o All Conjugaions Fuure
Perec ense o Sum and Possum Fifh Declension Nounsalking Going o he Denis
REVIEW 6 CHAPTERS 1699125118 315
Considering he Classical Gods BacchusConnecing wih he Ancien World Gladiaorial GamesExploring oman Disasers Earh Air Fire and Waer by John E Torburn
Associae Proessor o Classics Baylor Universiy Waco exas
Mīrābile Audīū Quoaions elaing o Atiudes oward and Coping wihMisorunes
CHAPTER 19 331
eading Ammianus ldquoTe HunsrdquoLanguage Facs Perec Passive Pariciple Perec Passive ense o All
Conjugaions eview o Principal Par s o Verbs Demonsraive Pronounand Adjecive Hic
alking Cleaning he House
CHAPTER 20 349
eading Augusine ldquoAn Adolescen TierdquoLanguage Facs Pluperec Passive ense o Al l Conjugaions Perec Acive
and Passive Infini ives Demonsraive Pronoun and Adjecive Illealking Going Shopping
CHAPTER 21 361
eading Boehius ldquoTe Wheel o ForunerdquoLanguage Facs Fuure Perec Passive ense o All Conjugaions Fuure
Acive Pariciple Fuure Acive Infiniivealking A Birhday Pary
REVIEW 7 CHAPTERS 1999125121 375
Considering he Classical Gods VulcanConnecing wih he Ancien World oman EducaionExploring oman Libraries Public Libraries and Teir Books by Keih Dix
Associae Proessor o Classics Universiy o Georgia Ahens GeorgiaMīrābile Audīū Phrases Quoaions and Abbreviaions elaing o
Schools Libraries and Books
viii bull Latin for the New Millennium
CHAPTER 13 219
eading Horace ldquoAn Encouner wih a BoorrdquoLanguage Facs Presen ense Posiive and Negaive Imperaives Firs and
Second Person Personal Pronouns Geniive Case Ti rd Person PossessivePronoun and Adjecive
alking Lae or School
CHAPTER 14 233
eading Ovid ldquoPyramus and TisberdquoLanguage Facs Firs and Second Conjugaion Verbs Fuure Acive and
Passive ense Fuure ense o Sum and Possum elaive Pronouns
elaive Clausesalking Chating on he Inerne
CHAPTER 15 245
eading Seneca ldquoe1047298ecions on Growing OldrdquoLanguage Facs Tird a nd Fourh Conjugaion Verbs Fuure Acive and
Passive ense Inerrogaive Pronouns and Adjecivesalking A rip o he Counry
REVIEW 5 CHAPTERS 1399125115 259
Considering he Classical Gods Minerva Di ana VenusConnecing wih he A ncien World oman Ciies and oadsExploring oman Law Te Jusice Sysem in Ancien ome by James G
Keenan Proessor o Classics Loyola Universiy Chicago Chicago IllinoisMīrābile Audīū Phrases and Quoaions elaing o Legal Maters
CHAPTER 16 273
eading Pliny he Younger ldquoTe Erupion o VesuviusrdquoLanguage Facs Perec ense Verbs Perec Sem Perec Acive ense o
All Conjugaions Perec ense o Sum and Possum Daive o Possessionalking elaxing a he Beach
CHAPTER 17 287
eading acius ldquoTe Fire a omerdquoLanguage Facs Pluperec A cive ense o All Conjugaions Pluperec
ense o Sum and Possum Fourh Declension Masculine Feminine andNeuer Nouns
alking ecovering rom an Acciden
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull viiindashix
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 2254
xndashxi bull Latin for the New Millennium
FOREWORDTe aurea mediocriās o Lain exbooks has arrived No a grammar-ranslaion nor a readingapproach book Lain or he New Millennium is a blend o he bes elemens o boh
Te key o Lain or he New Millennium Level 1 is he emphasis on reading Lain a he begin-ning o each chaper and using conversaional Lain a he end o each chaper or as he auhorsindicae in he Preace lsquoi (Lain) offers you he lingui sic key o he minds ha shaped European
(and hereore American) culu re rom he ime o he omans o he modern scienific revolu-ion In his book you will learn abou he language sep by sep by using irsquo
Te reading passages a he opening o each chaper are ba sed on Lain lieraure and proceedin chronological order rom Plauus o Boehius Each reading is suppored by pre-reading andacing page vocabulary Grammar is inroduced using senences already seen in he reading pas-sage and mīrābile dicū here are pleny o exercises Te Vocabulary o Learn chosen rom headaped reading passage hus conains some Advanced Placemen lieraure-based words and i sreieraed consisenly in he exercises and oher shor reading passages
Somehing no seen in mos Lain exbooks is he conversaional dialogue a he end o eachchaper Tis will pique he sudenrsquos ineres in he Lain version o modern-day aciviies andmee cerain classical language sandards direcly Te auhors Milena Minkova and erenceunberg proessors a he Universiy o Kenucky a Lexingon are he direcors o he hugelypopular Conveniculum Lexinoniense he annual su mmer program ha has been r unning ormore han en years Tey are also on he aculy o he Conveniculum Bosoniense a similarprogram ha draws paricipans o experience conversaional Lain in differen geographical se-ings A he 2007 American Classical Leag ue Insiue a Vanderbil Universiy I paricipaed ina conversaional Lain workshop presened by Minkova and unberg Tough he par icipans
were seasoned Lain eachers mos were experiencing or he firs ime he ried and rue meh-ods hese wo expers were using o inspire us o speak Lain By he end o he workshop wecould converse in amiliar Lain phrases and saw how useul his could be or our own sudensunbergrsquos and Minkovarsquos leadership in hese summer programs made hem uniquely well suiedo design he conversaional dialogues in Lain or he New Millennium and he copious oral ex-ercises ha are conained only in he eacher manual hus al lowing eachers o pick and choose
which exercises bes mee he needs o heir own sudens
Tis book wih is range o offerings wi ll appeal o all ypes o lang uage sudens and will alloweachers o bring he many aces o he oman and pos-oman world ino he classroom How
wonderul i is o see a passage o adaped Plauus in Chaper 2 a prose adapaion o Caullusrsquo passer poem in Chaper 7 o Horacersquos saire on he boor in Chaper 13 and even o aciusrsquo de-scripion o he grea fire in ome in Chaper 17 oman culure is embodied in each o hesepassages hus meeing anoher classical language sandard Accompanying each passage is aquoaion or moto conneced o he passage or chaper
bull xi bullx bull Latin for the New Millennium
APPENDIX A 389
Chronological Lis o he Auhors and Works Sudied
APPENDIX B 391
Addiional Sae Motoes
APPENDIX C 393
Grammaical Forms and Paradigms
APPENDIX D 405
Lain Synax
APPENDIX E 411Hisorical imeline
ENGLISH TO LATIN GLOSSARY 415
LATIN TO ENGLISH GLOSSARY 421
BIBLIOGRAPHY 429
PHOTOGRAPHY CREDITS 431
INDEX 435
LIST OF MAPS
Map o he oman World xxxi iMap o he ravels o Aeneas 187Map o he Ciy o ome 227
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 2354
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull xiindashxiii
PREFACELearning Lain helps you learn English and oher languages beter and perhaps even moreimporanly i offers you he linguisic key o he minds ha shaped European (and hereore
American) culure rom he ime o he omans o he modern scienific revoluion Lain washe language hese people used o express hemselves and o record heir ideas in permanen ormacross so many cenuries In his book you wil l learn abou he language by u sing i sep by sep
CHAPTER COMPONENTS
READING PASSAGES
Each chaper begins wih a eading Passage and noes on he acing page ha will help you un-dersand any linguisic elemens you have no previously seen Tese noes eaure vocabulary
words in an easy o ollow alphabeical l ising providing you he exac meaning needed o un-dersand he reading passage bu no he ull lexical enries a his poin By reading and seeinghese new elemens in heir naural conex ofen you will need no explanaion o undersandhow hey uncion because hey appear w ih words you already know Te eadi ng Passages areadaped rom auhenic works o Lain lieraure and hey are presened in chronological order
As you complee each chaper you will be raci ng he sory o Lain as a lierary language andhe sories o he auhors who used i In addiion you wi ll learn abou oman c ulure over heperiods o ime in which he eaured reading o each chaper was produced
VOCABULARY TO LEARN
Te Vocabulary o Learn repeas some words encounered in he eading Passage or each chap-
er bu in his secion he words are lised by pars o speech i nsead o alphabeically and herehe ull lexical enry is given Tese are words you will need o memorize in order o recognizeand use hem hroughou he remainder o he book In order o aid you in recognizi ng connec-ions beween Lain words and he English words derived rom or relaed o hem a derivaiveexercise ollows each Vocabulary o Learn
LANGUAGE FACTS AND EXERCISES
In he body o each chaper you will fi nd simple explanaions o he Language Facs eaured inhe chaper reading passage along wih many differen exercises ha allow you o use all he in-ormaion you are learning By doing he exercises in each chaper and in he suden workbook
you will no only be reading and wriing Lain yoursquoll be speaking i Some exercises involve oralexchanges wih he eacher and wih oher sudens Because Lain communicaes hough i isa living hing Tereore a person who gains an acive working knowledge in he language along
bull xiii bullxii bull Latin for the New Millennium
All o his said Lain or he New Millennium is suden riendly Sudy ips rhymes and mnemon-ics abound in each chaper and litle secions called ldquoBy he Wayrdquo offer addiional inormaion orhose who always wan o know more
Te uni review secions are ru ly gems Afer hree chapers a Lain review chaper providesno jus he complee lis o Vocabulary o Learn and pleniu l exercises bu ofen anoher pieceo adaped lieraure o read991252snippes o Mari al or Peronius and more
Bu his is no all A secion called ldquoConsidering he Classical Godsrdquo offers high-ineres readingsin boh Engli sh and Lain on he panheon o classical gods A noher secion eniled ldquoConnec-ing wih he Ancien Worldrdquo provides in English addiional i normaion on a paricular aspec ooman lie conained wihin he uni
Capping each review uni is a disincive essay ha e xplores oman and modern opics each writen by a universiy scholar From he Universiy o Massachusets o Sanord Universiyand many places in be ween hese proessors have conribued heir special experise on subjecmater relaed o he chapers I k now o no oher book ha does hi s
Tere are many useu l phoographs and maps appropriaely placed hroughou Te reproduc-ions o fine ar and phoographs o archaeological sies provide a visual learning experience as
well Needless o say here are appendices on g rammar and synax a nd English o Lain andLain o English glossaries wih an added secion on various motoes
Te auhors ediors consulans and pilo eachers have done a superior job o organizing his book or maximum useu lness and effeciveness Tis unique series w ill include he ollowi ngLevel 1 Suden ex Level 1 Suden Workbook Level 1 eacherrsquos Manual and Level 1 Work-
book eacherrsquos Manual Level 2 Suden ex Level 2 Suden Workbook Level 2 eacherrsquosManual and Level 2 Workbook eacherrsquos Manual Many online and elecronic resources willalso accompany his series
Lain for he New Millennium has been houghully designed or and wih he weny-firscenury suden in mind Please join me in heralding he appearance o his unique new series
ha will improve and enhance he sudy o Lain or he weny-firs cenury
P983137983157983148 P983154983151983152983141983154983162983145983151Boson Lain Academy
2008
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 2454
xivndashxv bull Latin for the New Millennium
Preface bull xv
ASPECTS OF ROMAN LIFE
Nex you will find a reading in English on an imporan aspec o oman daily lie Tis sec-ion eniled Connecing wih he Ancien World wil l presen addiional inormaion on a opicencounered in he previous c hapers
EXPLORING ROMAN AND MODERN LIFE
Following he secion on daily lie here will be a shor essay in English ha compares and con-rass some aspec o oman and American lie and illusraes a way in which Lain is a par oour lie oday Each o hese essays has been writen by a universiy scholar wih special experisein his field o sudy
MĪRĀBILE AUDĪTŪEach review chaper concludes wih a l is o Lain quoaions motoes phrases or abbreviaionsused in English Tese sayings relae o one o he uni opics
Te Lain langu age and oman culure have no only inspired wriers hroughou he ages andin1047298uenced modern lie bu have also lef heir presence in ar and archaeology In his volumereproducions o painings drawings sculpure mosaics rescoes and oher ariacs rom an-iquiy hrough he presen abound wih depicions o and reerences o he sories and lives ohe omans Likewise view s o archaeological sies remind us o wha ome and is area o in1047298u-ence was like in ancien imes Te illusraions hroughou he ex suppor he writen word in
visual orm hus offering you a vivid recollecion o he chaper conen
Each auhor o his book has writen differen secions o he exbook bu boh auhors have ben-efied hroughou he composiion o he exbook rom coninuous muual advice and suppor
MM and 2008
Visi wwwl nmbolchazycom o see he elecronic resources ha accompany Lain or he New Millennium
xiv bull Latin for the New Millennium
wih a readi ng abiliy i s more likely o progress quick ly o a deeper undersanding o he lan-guage and he enjoymen o is lieraure I you have an oral aciliy and can wrie in a language
you will no need o be reminded abou orms and grammaical rules so ofen In his book you will acquire ha acive acili y as a basic par o learning he language
CONVERSATIONAL LATIN
oward he end o each chaper here is a Lain dialogue in which a group o modern sudens arehe paricipans Tey discuss in Lain siuaions ofen encounered in our daily li ves In hesedialogues you will find a bridge beween our lives and he houghs o he ancien medieval orrenaissance auhors who wroe in Lain991252a bridge consruced o he same basic language Lain
OTHER FEATURESIn each chaper you will fi nd oher ineresing mater ha will help you learn and enjoy Lain
bull Memorābile Dictū Te firs page o each chaper eaures a amous saying labeled Memorābile Dicū (A Memorable Ting o Say) a Lain phrase so well known ha i has become an ofenrepeaed proverb or quoaion Learning each amous saying wi ll increase your u ndersand-ing no jus o Lain bu o he houghs and ideas ha were i mporan o omans and haveconinued o be an inegral par o modern lie
bull Sudy ips Each chaper conains sayings rhymes mnemonic devices verses or oher in-ormaion ha will help you remember he various hings you are learning
bull By he Way You will see his phrase repeaed hroughou every chaper When you see hislabel you will know ha addiional inormaion is being presened
REVIEW COMPONENTS A he conclusion o every se o hree chapers here is a review conaining various componens
VOCABULARY TO KNOW
Tis is a complee lis o all he Vocabulary o Learn words presened in he hree chapers ar-ranged by pars o speech
EXERCISES
Here you will see many new exercises ha will help you review and reinorce he maerial in hehree preceding chapers In he review exercise secion here is ofen an addiional reading pas-sage o help you undersand more abou Lain lieraure and is heriage oday
CLASSICAL MYTHOLOGY
Tis secion eniled Considering Classical Myhology includes passages on myhology one inEnglish and one in Lain which ell some o he principal sories abou he Greek and omangods Tese sories re1047298ec many o he main hemes seen in lieraure and ar rom classical omodern imes
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 2554
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull xvindashxvii
AUTHORSMILENA MINKOVA
MA and PhD Chrisian and Classical Philology Pon-ifical Salesian Universiy ome Ialy MA and PhDClassics Universiy o Sofia Bulgaria
Associae Proessor o Classics Universiy o KenuckyLexingon Kenucky
Milena Minkova has sudied conduced research andaugh in Bulgaria Swizerland Germany Ialy he
Vaican Ciy and he USA Minkova has auhored hree book monographs Te Personal Names o he Lain In-scripions fom Bulgaria (Peer Lang 2000) Te Proe-an Raio (Peer Lang 2001) and Inroducion o Lain
Prose Composiion (Bolchazy-Carducci 2007 reprin Wimbledon 2001) She has also published numerousaricles on Lain medieval philosophy Lain lieraureLain composiion and Lain pedagogy
TERENCE TUNBERGBA and MA Classics Universiy o Souhern Calior-nia Posgraduae researcher and docoral suden Me-
dieval Sudies Universiy o London England PhDClassical Philology Universiy o orono Canada
Proessor o Classics Universiy o Kenucky Lexing-on Kenucky
erence unberg has augh in Belgium and Canadaas well as in he USA He is a specialis in Lain com-posiion and an exper in he hi sory o he approacheso wriing Lain prose rom aniquiy o early modernimes His works include a n ediion o collecion o Me-dieval Lain speeches commenaries on Lain worksand numerous sudies o he hisory o imiaion in La-in wriing In addiion or more han a decade he hasoffered summer seminars designed o inroduce peopleo he use o spoken Lain
bull xvii bull
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 2654
EDITORS CONSULTANTSAND PILOT TEACHERS
VOLUME EDITORSElisa C DenjaEdior Bolchazy-Carducci PublishersBaker Demonsraion School EmeriaEvanson Illinois
LeaAnn A OsburnEdior Bolchazy-Carducci PublishersBarringon High School EmeriaBarringon Illinois
BOARD OF
CONSULTANTS Virginia A ndersonLain eacherIllinois Virual High SchoolBarringon Middle School EmeriaBarringon Illinois
Jill M CrookerLain eacher
Pitsord-Mendon High School EmeriaPitsord New York
Judih Peller HalletProessor o ClassicsUniversiy o MarylandCollege Park Maryland
Sherwin D Litle1ndash12 Foreign Language Program LeaderIndian Hill High SchoolCincinnai Ohio
Sherrilyn MarinChair Deparmen o Foreign LanguagesKeih Counry Day Schoolockord Illinois
Mary PendergrafProessor o Classical Languages
Wake Fores Universiy Winson-Salem Norh Carolina
John raupman
Proessor o ClassicsS Josephrsquos Universiy EmeriusPhiladelphia Pennsylvania
Cynhia Whie Associae Proessor o ClassicsUniversiy o Arizonaucson Ari zona
ose WilliamsMcMurry College Emeria
Abilene High School Emeria Abilene exas
Donna WrighLain eacherLawrence Norh and Lawrence Cenral High
Schools
Indianapolis Indiana
PILOT TEACHERS Jeremy M WalkerLain eacherCrown Poin High SchoolCrown Poin Indiana
Laneta WarrenburgLain eacherElgin High SchoolElgin Illinois
bull xix bullxviii bull Latin for the New Millennium
JOINT PUBLICATIONS BY THE AUTHORSMinkova and unberg have coauhored he ollowing books Readings and Exercises in Lain
Prose Composiion (Focus 2004) Reading Livyrsquos Rome Selecions fom Livy Books IndashVI (Bol-chazy-Carducci 2 005) Maer Anserina Poems in Lain or Children (Focus 2006) Tey are hedirecors o he Insiue or Lain Sud ies a he Universiy o Kenucky in which sudens sudyhe hisory o Lain rom ancien o modern imes and ake par in seminars in which Lai n is he
working language o all ac iviies Boh Minkova and unberg are eleced ellows o he ome- based Academia Lainiai Fovendae he primary learned sociey devoed o he preservaion andpromoion o he use o Lain
xviiindashxix bull Latin for the New Millennium
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 2754
Editors Consultants and Pilot Teachers bull xxi
SHERWIN LITTLE
BA Universiy o Cincinnai M A Universiy o Colorado
Sherwin Litle has augh Lain rom sixh g rade hrough Lain AP a Indian Hill Exemped Vil-lage School Disric since 1983 Sherwin has received an Ovaio rom CAMWS as well as heCAMWS Good eacher Award and he Hildesheim Vase Award rom he Ohio Classical Coner-ence in 1986 and 2007 Sherwin holds Naional Board Cerificaion in World Languages Oherhan English and has been boh Vice Presiden and Presiden o he American Classical Leag ue
SHERRILYN MARTIN
BA Wilson College MA PhD Universiy o Cincinnai
Sherrilyn Marin was named Illinois Lain eacher o he Year in 1993 was a recipien o heL Governorrsquos Award or Foreign Language eaching in 2001 and was named a Claes Nobeleacher o Disincion in 2 007 She is a pas presiden o he Illinois Classical Conerence and isacive in he ockord Sociey o he A rchaeological Insiue o America Sherri lyn spen a yearin independen sudy a he Universiy o Tessaloniki Greece
MARY PENDERGRAFT
AB PhD Universiy o Norh Carolina Chapel Hill
Afer eaching a UNC-Greensboro and D uke Universiy Mary Pendergraf began eachingclassics ul l-ime a Wake Fores Mary is a ormer Presiden o he Norh Carolina Classical A s-sociaion and paricipaed in he ocus group ha w roe he Norh Carolina Sandard Course oSudy or Lain
JOHN TRAUPMAN
BA Moravian College MA PhD Pr inceon Universiy
John raupman is proessor emerius rom S Josephrsquos Universiy i n Phil adelphia where heaugh or hiry-eigh years A mong his many awards John received he Disinguished eaching
Award rom S Josephrsquos Universiy in 1982 a cerificae o appreciaion rom he PennsylvaniaDeparmen o Educaion in 1990 and he Special Award rom he Classical Associaion o he
Alanic Saes in 1996 John raupman is especially well-known as he auhor oConversaional Lain and Te New College Lain and English Dicionary
CYNTHIA WHITE
BA Chesnu Hill College MA Villanova Universiy PhD Caholic Universiy o America
Cynhia Whie is he Direcor o he Undergraduae Lain Program and supervises eacherraining and Kndash12 Lain eacher Cerificaion a he Universiy o Arizona She regularlyeaches a he Isiuo Inernazionale di Sudi Classici di Orvieo he Classics Deparmenrsquos Sudy
Abroad Program in Orvi eo Ialy and has sudied i n ome wih he Papal Lai nis eg inaldFoser ODC
xx bull Latin for the New Millennium
VOLUME EDITORSELISA C DENJA
BA Marygrove College Deroi Michigan MA Columbia Universiy MA Loyola UniversiyChicago
Elisa Denja augh Lain a Norh Chicago High School and Baker Demonsraion School inEvanson Illinois or many years while concurrenly eaching classical myhology a LoyolaUniversiy o Chicago and in he g ifed-disance learning program a Norhwesern UniversiyElisa was awarded he Illinois Lain eacher o he Year award in 1992 and he Illinois Lieime
Achievemen Award in 2007
LEAANN A OSBURNBA Monmouh College Illinois MA Loyola Universiy Chicago
While eaching Lain or many years a Barringon High School in Barringon Illinois LeaA nnserved as boh vice-presiden and presiden o he Illinois Classical Conerence LeaAn n receivedhe Illinois La in eacher o he Year award in 1989 he Illinois L Governorrsquos Award in 1990and he Classical Associaion o he Middle Wes and Souh Good eacher Award in 1996
BOARD OF CONSULTANTSVIRGINIA ANDERSON
BA Loyola Universiy Chicago MA S Xavier Universiy
Virginia Anderson augh Lain or hi ry years i n privae and public hi gh schools and middleschools in he Chicagoland area In 1999 she was awarded he L Governorrsquos Award or Enhance-men o he eaching Proession and in 2003 was named Il linois Lain eacher o he Year
JILL M CROOKER
BA Universiy o Illi nois MSEd Nazareh College o ocheser New York Jill Crooker augh Lain or many years a Pitsord-Mendon High School in Pitsord New YorkShe has served as he College Board Advisor o he A P Lain es Developmen Commitee andin 1996 received he Moron E Spillenger Award or Disingui shed Leadership o he Classical
Associaion o he Empire Sae In 2003 she received he ACL Meria Award and i n 2006 a nOvaio rom he Classical A ssociaion o he Alanic Saes
JUDITH PELLER HALLETT
BA Wellesley MA PhD Harvard Universiy
In addiion o sudying a he A merican Academy in ome he Insiue o Classical Sudies inLondon and he Universiy o Maasrich in Holland Judih Hallet is a ormer presiden o heClassical Associaion o he Alanic Saes and Vice-Presiden or Oureach o he AmericanPhilological Associaion She was named a Disinguished Scholar-eacher in 1992 by he Uni-
versiy o Maryland
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull xxndashxxi
TEACHER NOTES
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 2854
xxii bull Latin for the New Millennium
xxii bull L atin for the New Millennium
ROSE WILLIAMS
BA Baylor Universiy MA Universiy o Norh Carolina Chapel Hill
In addiion o posgraduae work in Lain and Humaniies a he Universiy o Dallas and heUniversiy o exas a Arlingon on a ockeeller Gran ose Williams did research a he Bodle-ian Library Ox ord Universiy in England and a he Universiy o Pisa She augh Lain or overhiry years a boh high school and uni versiy levels in exas and now is he auhor o more hanen books abou he Classics
DONNA WRIGHT
BA MA Ball Sae Universiy
Afer eaching Lain a Carmel High School Donna Wrigh currenly eaches a boh LawrenceNorh and Lawrence Cenral High Schools in Indianapolis Indiana She has been an acivemember o he Indiana Classical Conerence being named Creaive Lain eacher o he Year in1976 She has also been acive i n he American Classical League sponsoring a JCL chaper andleading Ialy rips or nearly weny years Donna also served as an offi cer speaker and boardmember o Pompeiiana Inc
PILOT TEACHERS JEREMY M WALKER
AB Wabash College MA Indiana Universiy
Jeremy Walker has augh Lain a Crown Poin High School in Crown Poin Indiana since1995 He has served as he Co-Chair o he Indiana Junior Classical League and Membershipand Public elaions Chair o he Naional Junior Classical League In addiion o sudying inIaly a he Inercollegiae Cener or Classical Sudies and in Greece a he American School orClassical Sudies he was presiden o he Indiana Classical Conerence In 2003 Jeremy was rec-ognized as he Lain eacher o he Year in Indiana and in 2004 was recognized by he Indiana
Sae eachers Associaion as a orch o K nowledge ecipien
LANETTA WARRENBURG
BA Indiana Universiy MA Indiana Universiy-Purdue Universiy Indianapolis
Laneta Warrenburg has augh high school English and Lain or hiry-hree years a schoolsin Indiana and Illinois Her las weny-our years o eaching Lain were a Elgin High Schoolin Elgin Illinois While eaching Lain here she served as he Illinois Classical Conerencechairperson or Chicago Classics Day as co-chair or he Illinois Ceramen League since 1993and as sae chair or he Il linois Junior Classical L eague rom 1999ndash2001 Laneta was honoredas he Illi nois Lain eacher o he Year in 2001 and was presiden o he Chicago Classical Clubrom 2005ndash2007
INTRODUCTION
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 2954
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull xxiii
INTRODUCTIONALPHABETTe Lain alphabe was derived rom he Eruscan alphabe some ime beore he sevenh cen-ury 983138983139983141 Te Eruscans were a people in pre-oman Ialy
Teir alphabe owes much o he Greek alphabe In urn he Greek alphabe was derived romhe Phoenician alphabe Phoenician raders had spread heir sysem o wriing h roughou he
Medierranean region Te Phoenician alphabe isel can be raced o he Norh Semiic alpha- be which was used in Syria and Palesine as early as he elevenh cenury 983138983139983141 and is consideredo be he earlies ully developed alphabeic wriing sysem
An Eruscan couple reclining on a funeral sarcophagus
bull xxiii bull
Sandard41
EDITORrsquoS NOTE
Te comprehension quesions and answers as well as some o he eaching ips and eacher by he Way noa-ions in his eacher manual were writen by Elisa C Denja LeaAnn A Osburn Karen Lee Singh and DonaldE Sprague classics ediorseducaors a Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers
HOW TO USE THIS BOOK
Please noe ha he perinen naional Classics sandards are lised in he margin o he lef or righ on he samepage as he reproducion o he suden ex
Eisemann Communicaion assised in preparing he correlaions o Lain o r he New Mil lennium wih he
naional sandards For an overview o he sandards hemselves and he correlaions please consul www bolchazyl nmcom
TEACHING TIP
Te eacher may choose o use he picure o he Eruscan couple on his page and he brie meniono he Eruscan alphabe o open a discussion on wha role he Eruscans played in early omanimes Sudens may be direced o p xxx ii o find Eruria on he map
TEACHING TIPTe eacher may wish o discuss wih he sudens he erm ldquoomance languagesrdquo Many modernlanguages come rom he language used by he ancien omans French Ialian Poruguese Span-ish omanian ec omansch (spoken by he descendans o he aeians and one o he our o-ficial languages o Swizerland) is also derived rom Lain
TEACHER BY THE WAYBased on archeological evidence i appears ha Eruscan women were an imporan par o hesocial srucure Ofen he names o boh moher and aher were placed on unerary inscripionsTe reedom o women wihin sociey is likewise apparen on monumens where hey can be seenreclining wih heir husbands on he same couch atending games and having a place o honor in heomb isel Noice he affecionae pose o he couple in he illusraion on p xxiii Clearly marriedlove was valued in Eruscan sociey and amily lie was imporan
ombs also provide evidence or he syle o Eruscan homes Some o hese eaures were borrowed by heomans especially he cenral hall and hree rooms a he back Tis ype o house was known a Pompeii as well as a ome ac cording o Viru vius auhor o Dē archiecūrā
TEACHING TIP
Te eacher may wish o have sudens read an English ranslaion o Livyrsquos radiional accouno anaquil wie o arquinius Priscus he fifh king o ome Te independence o Eruscan women is ev iden in hi s ale He r behavior is he ani hesis o he ideas o woma nly dec orum hel d by he omans
TEACHING TIPS d ill j i i h E li h ldquo lph b rdquo pl i h E li h l t ih h
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 3054
xxiv bull Latin for the New Millennium
xxiv bull Latin for the New Millennium
Look a he English alphabe in he lef column and a he Lain alphabe in he righ one TeLain alphabe is accompanied by he names o he Lain leters (in parenheses)
English Alphabe Lain Alphabe
Uppercase Lowercase Uppercase Lowercase Leter Name
A a A a (a ldquoăhrdquo)
B b B b (be ldquobayrdquo)
C c C c (ce ldquocayrdquo)
D d D d (de ldquodayrdquo)
E e E e (e ldquoĕhrdquo)
F F (e)
G g G g (ge ldquogayrdquo)H h H h (ha ldquohahrdquo)
I i I i (i ldquoeerdquo)
J j
K k K k (ka ldquokahrdquo)
L l L l (el)
M m M m (em)
N n N n (en)
O o O o (o ldquoŏhrdquo)
P p P p (pe ldquopayrdquo)
Q q Q q (qu ldquokoordquo)
r r (er)
S s S s (es)
(e ldquoayrdquo)
U u U u (u ldquooordquo)
V v V v (u consonan)
W w
X x X x (ix ldquoeexrdquo)
Y y Y y (upsilon)
Z z Z z (zea ldquodzayardquo)
Te English alphabe is derived direcly rom he Lain alphabe Tis accouns or he greasimilariies b eween he wo alphabes Tere are 26 leters in he English alphabe and 24 in heLain Te differences are he ollowing
bull Te leter W w (which is he doubled leter v) is missing in he Lain alphabe
bull Te leter J j is a more recen invenion In ac i appears in Lain exs writen during heMiddle Ages and he enaissance as well as i n many modern ediions o ancien Lain exsI is used o indicae he semi-vowel i someimes called consonanal i Te consonanal i is
Sudens will enjoy singing he English alphabe song replacing he English leter names wih heLain leter names Sudens may be insruced o clap once where here is no Lain leter name (egldquoJrdquo) equivalen o he English one
TEACHING TIPTe eacher may choose o display any Lain words (a lis is provided below or he eacherrsquos conve-nience) and insruc he sudens o spell ou he word using he Lain leter names Te sudensmay become curious o know wha he Lain words mean Definiions are given below
bull pars ndash par
bull nox ndash nigh
bull ruber ndash red
bull ēgī ndash I have done
bull amilia ndash amily
bull carō ndash 1047298esh
bull dēcernō ndash I decide
bull herba ndash plan
bull Kalendae ndash Kalends (firs day o he monh)
bull quoque ndash also
bull imor ndash ear
bull Pȳhia ndash Pyhia (name o Apollorsquos priesess)
bull iēcī ndash I hrew
bull ēlīx - happy bull ignis ndash fire
bull mūō ndash I change
COMPREHENSION QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS FOR PAGES XXIII991251XXVeproducible versions o he quesions alone are available a wwwlnm bolchazycom
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 3154
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull xxv
Introduction bull xxv
he i a he beginning o a word beore a vowel or i beween wo vowels According o hismehod or example Iūlius is writen Jūlius and Āiax is writen Ājax In his book he leter J j will no be used
bull Te disincion beween he vowel U u and he consonan V v also belongs o laer imesIniially here was only one leter V u used boh or he vowel and he consonan eg Vrbs ldquoTe Ciyrdquo (ie ome) or uicor ldquohe winnerrdquo
bull However in accord wih he prevail ing pracice o expressing he vowel wih U u and heconsonan wih V v in his book he wo leters will be disingui shed
PRONUNCIATION OF LATIN
VOWELSTere are six vowels in Lain and heir pronunciaion is as ollows
Long Vowel Sound Shor Vowel Sound
ā is pronounced as in ldquoaherrdquo ōrāor ldquooraorrdquo a is pronounced as in ldquoalikerdquo amō ldquoloverdquo
ē is pronounced like he a in ldquoraverdquo nēmō ldquonobodyrdquo e is pronounced as in ldquoperdquo bene ldquowellrdquo
ī is pronounced like he double e in ldquoseenrdquo līmes ldquoboundaryrdquo
i is pronounced as in ldquopirdquo nihil ldquonohingrdquo
ō is pronounced as in ldquosoverdquo videō ldquo(I) seerdquo o is pronounced as in ldquoofenrdquorosa ldquoroserdquo
ū is pronounced as in ldquomoonrdquo ūnus ldquoonerdquo u is pronounced as in ldquopurdquo um ldquohenrdquo
ӯ comes rom Greek and is pronounced in lenghsomewhere beween he i in ldquohirdquo and he u in ldquomuerdquo Pӯramus ldquoPyramusrdquo
y comes rom Greek Is sound wheher long or shorlies in beween he sounds o i and u much as in heFrench ldquosucircrrdquo bu he sound o shor y is less drawn ouhan ha o long y lyricus ldquolyricalrdquo
Te Lain words senātus rēgēsulla gentēs and prīmus are
engraved on his sone
Sign from Pompeii carved on sone wih Lain leters
p q
1 race he roos o he Lain alphabe rom is beginnings orward
Norh-Semiic alphabe elevenh cenury 983138983139983141 Phoenician alphabe Greek alphabe Erusca n alphabeLain alphabe
2 Which wo leters in he English alphabe are no ound in he Lain alphabe
W and J
3 When does he leter J begin o appear in Lain
During he Middle Ages and he enaissa nce
4 Look a he Lain inscripion on he sign rom Pompeii (on he righ o p xxv) Find a leas hree Lain words Lis an Engl ish word you believe is based on he La in word
colonia 991252 colonial colony honoris 991252 honorspecacula 991252 specacular specacle perpevom 991252 perpeual perpeuiy duovir 991252 virile virili
Sandards12 41
TEACHING TIPSudens may wan o know he English meanings o he Lain words in Exercises 1 and 2 Te defini-
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 3254
xxvi bull Latin for the New Millennium
xxvi bull L atin for the New Millennium
BY THE WAY
Everywhere in his book long vowels are indicaed by macrons ie ā ē ī ō ū ӯ whileabove he shor vowels here are no signs Someimes wo words differ rom each oheronly in he lengh o he vowel For example mālum wih a longa means ldquoapplerdquo whilemalum wih a shor a means ldquobad hingrdquo
EXERCISE 1epea hese words aloud afer your eacher pronounces hem
1 a lō 7 lēnis 13 probō 19 sūor2 alumnus 8 sēdēs 14 noa 20 ūsus3 rāna 9 i er 15 pōnō 21 syllaba4 rādō 10 imeō 16 dōnum 22 Pӯrēnē5 eneō 11 nīor 17 ululō6 peō 12 mīrus 18 lupus
DIPHTHONGSDiphhongs are wo vowels combined in one syllable and pronounced ogeher as one soundTere are six diphhongs in Lain
bull ae much like he y in ldquoskyrdquo laevus ldquo lefrdquo
bull au pronounced as ou in ldquoourrdquo aurum ldquo goldrdquo
bull ei pronounced as ei in ldquoeignrdquo oiei ldquoalasrdquo
bull eu pronounced eoo much as i in he wo words ldquogrey bluerdquo you were o subrac he ldquogr-rdquo andhe ldquobl-rdquo and combine he wo vowel sounds Eurōpa ldquoEuroperdquo
bull oe pronounced as oy in ldquoboyrdquo proelium ldquo batlerdquo
bull ui pronounced nearly like ldquowerdquohui ldquoohrdquo
I is believed ha quie early sill in ancien imes he diphhongs ae and oe began o be pro-nounced as e I you encouner hem writen aē or aeuml and oē or oeuml his means ha hey are nodiphhongs and he leters should be pronounced separaely āēr poēa
Te diphhongs are always long
EXERCISE 2epea hese words afer your eacher pronounces hem
1 aesās 7 s eu 13 aēneus2 a equō 8 m oenia 14 poēma3 raeda 9 neu 15 hei4 l audō 10 poena 16 huic5 a u 11 neuer6 aula 12 Poenus
Sudens may wan o know he English meanings o he Lain words in Exercises 1 and 2 Te definiions are provided or he eacherrsquos convenience
EXERCISE 11 I nourish 12 wonderul
2 suden 13 I approve
3 rog 14 noe
4 I scrape 15 I pu
5 I hold 16 gif6 I seek 17 I howl
7 smooh 18 wol
8 sea 19 shoemaker
9 journey 20 use
10 I ear 21 sylla ble
11 I srive 22 Pȳrene (a name)
EXERCISE 21 summer
2 I make level
3 carriage
4 I praise5 or
6 orecour
7 or i
8 walls
9 and no
10 penaly
11 neiher
12 Carhaginian
13 bronze
14 poem
15 ah
16 o his
TEACHER BY THE WAYHisorical evidence can be cied or reading he firs syllable o ldquomāgnusrdquo as naurally long bu oher
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 3354
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull xxvii
Introduction bull xxvii
CONSONANTSbull c is pronounced as in ldquocomerdquo clārus ldquobrighrdquo censeō ldquo(I) deemrdquo cārus ldquodearrdquo
bull When b is ollowed by s as in urbs ldquociyrdquo he sound o b approaches ha o p a sound wemigh represen as urps
bull g is pronounced as in ldquogerdquo gaudiumldquojoyrdquo gignō ldquo(I) bege (I) bearrdquo grāialdquoavor agreeablenessrdquo
bull Some hink ha he omans o Cicerorsquos ime (firs cenury 983138983139983141) pronounced he wo conso-nans ng as ngn or example he adjecive māgnus ldquogreardquo would have been pronounced in a
way ha we migh represen asmangnus
bull k is a very rare consonan In ac i appears only in wo words Kalendae ldquohe firs day oevery monh in he oman calendarrdquo and in he personal name Kaeso
bull q appears always in combinaion wih u and he combinaion qu is pronounced as in ldquoqueenrdquoquatuor ldquoourrdquo
bull v has a sound similar o w (as in he word ldquowierdquo) videō ldquo I seerdquo
bull Te consonanu in he combinaion su sounds like he English w in he ollowing our wordssuēscō ldquo(I) become accusomedrdquoSuēvī a name o a German ribe suādeō ldquo(I) adviserdquo suāvis ldquosweerdquo
bull Te leter r is rilled slighly Te sound has no exac equivalen in English bu is heard inmany oher European languages Te bes way o make his sound is o pronounce r as inldquoroperdquo bu vibrae he end o he ongue slighly as you say i
bull x is a double consonan (equivalen ocs or gs) ha sounds much like he x in ldquosixrdquo
bull z is a noher double consonan (equivalen o dz) and sounds almos like z in ldquozebrardquo I be-gins wih a sligh d sound firs so in pronouncing his leter you should hear dz
bull ph sounds like p in ldquopenrdquo bu wih he addiion o a sligh breah o air represened by he hth sounds like t as in ldquo omrdquo bu wih he addiion o a sligh ex ra breahing represened byhe h ch sounds nearly like he combinaion kh Tese consonans are borrowed rom Greek
and appear in Greek words zephyrus ldquowesern breezerdquo chorus ldquochorusrdquo heārum ldquoheaerrdquo When p and t are no accompanied by h his sligh aspiraion is absen
bull When consonans are doubled as in he verbaggredior he consonanal sound is lenghenedslighly
EXERCISE 3epea hese words afer your eacher pronounces hem
1 cibus 7 glōria 13 phasēlus2 capiō 8 Zeus 14 chara3 cumulus 9 bibliohēca 15 cēlō4 crēscō 10 phi losophia 16 anīquus5 gemma 11 zōna6 Gallus 12 heōrēma
g y g y gevidence suggess i is naurally shor Tus in some grammar books such as he one by Gildersleeveand Lodge we find his syllable marked as long bu in oher books i is reaed as shor
TEACHING TIPTe sudens may also wish o find ou he meanings o he Lain words in Exercise 3 Te definiionsare provided or he eacherrsquos convenience
EXERCISE 3
1 ood2 I ake
3 a heap
4 I grow
5 bud jewel
6 a Gaul
7 glory
8 Zeus
9 library
10 philosophy
11 a girdle
12 heory
13 kidney bean
14 paper
15 I hide
16 old
TEACHING TIPTe eacher may wish o provide he sudens wih some pracice on syllables and sress accen Here
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 3454
xxviii bull Latin for the New Millennium
xxviii bull Latin for the New Millennium
ACCENT A Lain word is made up no jus o leters bu also o syllables A Lain word has as many syllablesas i has vowels or diphhongs (a diphhong works like a single vowel since i is made up o wo
vowels pronounced ogeher [see diphhongs above])
You will need o know he ollowing erms when learning abou accen
bull ulima he las syllable in a word
bull penul he second-o-las syllable in a word
bull anepenul he hird-o-las syllable in a word
So in he word ze- ph y-r us he vowel u is he ulima y is he penul and e is he anepenul
RULES ABOUT THE STRESS ACCENT IN LATIN1 Te sress accen in Lain alls on eiher he penul or he anepenul
2 Te accen alls on he penul i he penul is long I he penul is shor he accen alls onhe anepenul
3 How o deermine wheher he penul is long or shor
a I he penul conains a long vowel (or any diphhong) he penul isel is long You o-en need o learn wheher he vowel in he penul is long or shor as a basic elemen inlearning a new word A macron above he vowel will ell you ha he vowel is long whi lehe absence o a macron wil l indicae a shor vowel Pronouncing he word can help youremember he vowel lenghs For ex ample vi-de-ō ldquoI seerdquo is pronounced viacutedeō whileau-rō-ra ldquodawnrdquo is pronounced aurōacutera and po-pu-lus ldquopeoplerdquo is pronounced po pulus
b I he vowel in he penul is ollowed by wo or more consonans he penul is long no
mater wheher he vowel in he penul is long or shor and he accen necessarily allson he penul For example do-cu-men-um ldquodocumenrdquo is pronounced documenacuteum
BY THE WAYTe consonan x is double (cs or gs) and couns as wo consonans when deermining
wheher he penul is long
c Tere is one excepion o lsquobrsquo above Someimes even when here are wo consonans be-ween he penul and he ulima hey sill do no deermine ha he penul is long Tishappens when he wo consonans are a mue and a liquid
Te mues are p b d t g c
Te liquids are l r
So in he word pal-pe-bra ldquoeyelidrdquo he anepenul is accened ( palacutepebra) he vowel o he pe-nul is shor since i i s ollowed by a mue and a l iquid O course ru le lsquoarsquo sill applies in he wordhe-ā-trum ldquoheaerrdquo he penul is accened (heāacuterum) since i is naurally long somehing welearn rom he macron
y p p yare some examples wih he answers included or he eacherrsquos convenience
Underline he ulima in each word
1 legō
2 rēgis
3 imperāor
Underline he penul in each word
1 causa
2 pūnīum3 armāus
Underline he anepenul in each word
1 vulnerō
2 eigī
3 sublāum
Underline he penul i i is long
1 pōnō
2 spēlunca
3 pauperis
Underline he syllable ha will receive he sress accen in each word1 ōrāculum
2 peīum
3 cōnsania
4 exsīncum
5 vulneris
6 solius
TEACHING TIPGiven he passage abou he bahhouse on his page and he picure rom Bah England he
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 3554
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull xxix
EXERCISE 4epea each senence aloud afer your eacher reads i Pay atenion o he pronunciaion andsress accen o each word
Wha i is Like o Live Over a Bahhouse
(Adaped rom Seneca Moral Leter 56)
Ecce undique clāmor sona Suprā ipsum balneum habiō Prōpōne nunc ibi omnia genera vōcumodiōsa Foriōrēs exercenur e manūs plumbō gravēs iacan cum au labōran au labōranemimianur Gemiūs audiō quoiēns spīrium remīsērun Sun quoque ūncōrēs e racāōrēs
Audiō crepium manuum umerōs erienium sonus quoque icuum mūāur nunc enim manusperveni plāna nunc concava Audiō clāmōrēs sī ūr es i n balneō dēprehēnsus
Look here is noise sounding all around I live above he bahhouse isel Imagine o yourselnow all he haeul ypes o voices Te sronger ones exercise hemselves and swing heir ha ndsloaded wih lead weighs while hey work ou991252or imiae a person working ou I hear moansevery ime hey le go a ltpen-upgt breah Tere are also anoiners and masseurs I hear he slapo hands hiting shoulders and he sound o he blows changes or someimes he hands come1047298a someimes cupped I hear shouing i a hie is caugh in he bahhouse
A pool from inside he Roman Bahs in Bah England
Introduction bull xxix
eacher may wish o open a discussion abou bahs during oman i mes Te use o he calidārium fīgid ārium epidārium and sūdārium may be explained by he eacher and sudens may be en-couraged o learn andor pronounce hese words
TEACHER BY THE WAYBahs were ofen consruced on locaions having ho or mineral springs such as Bah in Englandand Bāiae a resor own on he Bay o Naples
Modern Bah in oman imes was named afer he Celic goddess o healing Sulis In he firscenury her shrine was aken over by he omans and she was idenified wih he goddess Minerva
Te sie was hen known as Aquae Sulis Mine rva In a emple relie she is represened wih a Medusa-like head and a musache
Te spa conained a grea bah (73 f by 29 f) and hree oher swimming pools he calidārium (ho bah)epidārium (warm bah) and fīgidār ium (cold bah) In he second cenury he spring was enclosed wihin a wooden barrel-vau led build ing ha housed hese hree pools Ho ai r bahs were ueled by coal fires A con-san 1047298ow o waer was direced o he pools hrough lead pipes which sill uncion oday
Archeologica l excavaions have revealed ma ny sacred voive offerings c urse ables and innumerable coinsa he botom o he springs Te curse ables writen in Lain heaped curses on anyone suspeced o wrong-doing Te ancien radiion o hrowing coins accompanied by a wish sill prevails oday in ome a he reviFounain where ourissvisiors do he same
More inormaion on bah complexes in ome can be ound on p 386 o his eacherrsquos manual
Sandards22 31
32 41 42
TEACHING TIPTe eacher may wish o insruc he sudens o find he iber iver which is picured here on he
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 3654
xxx bull Latin for the New Millennium
xxx bull Latin for the New Millennium
OVERVIEW OF ROMAN HISTORY According o legend omulus and his win broher emus were se adrif on he iber iver Ashe-wol nursed he boys unil a shepherd rescued hem Upon reaching manhood in 753 983138983139983141he wins ounded a new ciy near he place w here hey had been ound by he she-wol on he
basis o anaugusō auguriō ldquoa avorable sighing o birdsrdquo Bu omulus killed emus in a dispueover who would rule he new ciy and became is firs king
Six oher kings ruled afer omulus Numa Pompilius ullus Hosilius Ancus Marius ar-quinius Prisc us Servius ullius a nd arquinius Superbus (arquin he Proud) Afer he las ohese seven kings was overhrown in 509 983138983139983141 ome became a republic wih a represenaiveorm o governmen headed by wo consuls eleced an nually By 451 983138983139983141 he fi rs corpus o o-man law known as he welve ables was creaed
In he las cenury 983138983139983141 he oman epublic was shaken apar by a series o civil wars By31 983138983139983141 an auocraic regime headed earlier by Julius Caesar and laer by his grea-nephew Oc-avian brough he epublic o an end Te years rom 27 983138983139983141991252when Ocavian assumed heile o prīnceps ldquochie ciizenrdquo as well as he name Augu sus991252o around 180 983139983141 are known ashe early principae or empire During his era ome exended her boundaries o he BriishIsles in he norh Norh Arica in he souh Spain in he wes and he igris and Euphraesrivers in he eas
A view of he iber River as i 1047298ows hrough he ciy of Rome
map on p xxxii
COMPREHENSION QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS FOR PAGE XXX991251XXXI
eproducible versions o he quesions alone are available a wwwlnm bolchazycom
1 Who were he legendary ounders o ome
omulus and emus
2 According o legend in wha year was ome ounded
753 983138983139983141
3 Over he course o he monarchic period how many kings ruled ome
Seven
4 Wha even occurred in 509 983138983139983141
Te beginni ng o he oman epublic (wih wo consuls in charge)
5 Wha is he erm associaed wih he wo leaders o he epublic
Consul
6 Which wo leaders oversaw omersquos shif rom a republic o a principae
Julius Caesar and OcavianAugusu s
7 Wha major aciviy associaed wih empire-building ook place during he principae
erriorial expansion
8 Name wo developmens ha characerized he lae empire
Severe economic problems inernal poliical unres andor requen invasion by he Germanic ribes
9 Describe Diocleianrsquos response o he roubles o he empire
Diocleian divided he empire ino wo halves he Easern and Wesern empires in order o make ruli nghe empire more manageable
10 Explai n he origin o he erm ldquovandalismrdquo
Te fifh cenury invasion and pillag ing o ome by he ribe known as he Vandals who occupied he o-man province o Norh Arica led o he erm ldquovandalismrdquo meaning wanon desrucion
11 Describe Lainrsquos role in he cenuries afer 476 983139983141
Lain 1047298ourished as he major lierary language in he Wesern oman Empire and was spread o non-omanized places like Ireland Scandinavia and he New World
TEACHING TIP
Te eacher may ask he sudens o find he daes menioned on his page in he imeline on pp411ndash414
Sandards21 31 32
TEACHING TIPTe eacher may insruc he sudens o locae ByzaniumConsaninople discussed here in he
d h h ii
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 3754
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull xxxi
Introduction bull xxxi
From 180 983139983141 onwards in he period k nown as he lae empire he oman sae experiencedsevere economic problems and requen invasions by Germanic ri bes esponding o he pres-sure o he firs wave o migraions as well as inernal poliical u nres and economic diffi culieshe emperor Diocleian (ruled 284ndash305 983139983141) had already divided he oman Empire ino anEasern and Wesern hal each under is own emperor991252an atemp o make he vas omansae more manageable
Tis poliical division o he empire acually mirrored a culural division oo he main lan-guage o he Wes was Lain while he main language o he Eas was Greek Shorly aferwardshe emperor Consanine (ruled 312ndash337 983139983141) esablished a new capial or he Easern empirea Byzanium wh ich he renamed Consaninople (ldquohe ciy o Consaninerdquo oday called Isan-
bul) Bu even afer his reorganizaion he imperial governmen ulimaely proved incapable o
semming he ide o he migraions in par because he oman army was oo widely e xendedand could no be in so many places a once Indeed many o he invaders were given he sauso oederāī or ldquoreay roopsrdquo In effec hey were a llowed o occupy segmens o he empire inreurn or proecing i So when Alar ic King o he Visigohs sacked ome in 410 983139983141 he acual lyhad a ile as a commander in he oman army
ome was sacked again in 455 983139983141 by he Vandals who had already occupied he omanprovince o Norh Arica Te pillaging o he ciy o omulus by he invaders made a pro-ound impression on conemporaries and o his day he erm ldquovandalismrdquo is a word in severallanguages or wanon desrucion While he Easern empire (always more sable and eco-nomically prosperous han he Wes) coninued o exis unil 1453 983139983141 he Wesern empire
was ex inc as a poliica l eniy by 476 983139983141 In is place were Germa nic k ingdoms and ribes Angles and Saxons in Briai n Visigohs in Spain Osrogohs in Ialy Franks and Burgundi ansin Gaul991252o name only he major groups Te combinaion o hese new socieies wih heprevious inhabians who had been omanized o varying degrees would one day provide he
basis or he culures o modern Europe
Bu he end o he ancien oman Empire in he Wes was no he end o Lain On he con-rary during he nex 1200 years Lain no only 1047298ourished as he major lierary language in he
erriories o he ormer Wesern oman Empire he use o Lain was exended o regions heomans had never occupied including Ireland Scandinavi a and even he New World
BEGINNINGS OF LATIN LITERATURE Very ew complee works o Lain lieraure produced beore he mid-second cenury 983138983139983141 (ie beore 150 983138983139983141) have survived One reason or his loss was he remendous populariy o he works produced in he ollowing cenury by such auhors as Cicero Vergil and Ovid Teir wri-ings were so widely read and copied in subsequen cenuries ha he auhors preceding hem
were gradually negleced
Among he major figures o early Lain lieraure was a reed slave rom he Greek ciy o aren-um named Livius Andronicus who li ved rom 284ndash204 983138983139983141 He was known or his adapaionso Greek drama or oman audiences and his ranslaion o Homerrsquos Odyssey ino Lain verse
second paragraph on he map on p xxxii
TEACHING TIPTe eacher may ask he sudens o find he daes menioned on his page in he imeline on pp413ndash414
HOW TO USE THIS BOOK AND ITS ANCILLARIES
wo ancillaries are available or use wih his book Te Original Dysuncional Family (abbreviaed ODF)and From Romulus o Romulus Augusulus (abbreviaed R) R will be paricularly useul in order ohelp sudens keep he ime periods o he auhors and o he evens he auhors wroe abou sraigh in heirminds Chaper ile pages will include when appropriae a noaion on wha chaper o R he eachermay wish o assign
TEACHING TIPTe eacher may wish o assign Chaper 1 o he oman hisory ancillary From Romulus o Romu-lus Augusulus a his poin
COMPREHENSION QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS FOR PAGES XXXI991251XXXIVeproducible versions o he quesions alone are available a wwwlnm bolchazycom
1 Whom did he omans consider he aher o Lain lieraure
Ennius
2 Wha was Enniusrsquo mos amous work Is subjec mater
Annālēs was an epic poem abou omersquos early hisory
3 Wha amous Lain saying means ldquoCarhage mus be desroyedrdquo
Carhāgō dēlenda es
4 Who is he auhor o ha saying
Cao he ElderCao he Censor
5 When was Carha ge said o have been desroyed
146 983138983139983141 a he end o he hird Punic war
NB Aler sudens ha he answers o hese comprehension quesions will be ound on p xxxiv
Sandards21 31
R1
TEACHING TIP Ask sudens he English equivalen o cou nries s uch as Briannia and Germānia and he Englishequivalen o he ciies Neāpolis and Ahēnae
Sandard31
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 3854
xxxii bull Latin for the New Millennium
equivalen o he ciies Neāpolis and Ahēnae
A full size r eproducible version of h is page wihou he answe rs can be downloaded a wwwlnm bolchazycom
HOW TO USE THIS BOOK Answers o rep roducible aciviies w ill be gi ven in a larger size bel ow or he eacherrsquos convenience
ANSWERS TO MAP WORK 991251 PAGES XXXII991251XXXIII
1 Crēa Sicilia Corsica Sardinia Cyprus Ihaca Dēlos Brianni a
2 Vesuvius Mōns Aena Mōns Olympus Mōns Āppennīnus Mōns
3 Syria Macedonia Arica Asia
4 mare or ponus
5 Asia Eurōpa Arica
A full siz e reproducible version of his page wihou he answers can be down loaded a wwwln mbolchazycom
Te eacher may wish o have his map enlarged when reproducing i for ease of suden use in compleing his aciviy
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 3954
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull xxxiii
HOW TO USE THIS BOOK
Te answers o his aciviy can be easily seen on he wo acing pages
Te omans regarded Ennius (ca 239 169 983138983139983141) as he aher o Lain lieraure He wroe
TEACHING TIPSudens may be encouraged o find he ciy o Carhage menioned in he second paragraph on hemap on p xxxii
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 4054
xxxiv bull Latin for the New Millennium
xxxiv bull L atin for the New Millennium
Te omans regarded Ennius (ca 239ndash169 983138983139983141) as he aher o Lain lieraure He wroemany kinds o lierary works including plays His Annālēs an epic poem abou he early hisoryo ome was paricularly renowned and perhaps he primary epic read in oman schools beorehe ime o Vergil Only ragmens o his wriings remain
One o Enniusrsquo conemporaries was heamed Cao he Censor also known as Caohe Elder (234ndash149 983138983139983141) a rigidly conserva-ive oman senaor Mos o his reaise onagriculure called Dē agrī culūrā survivesI is he oldes work o Lain prose amongCaorsquos recommendaions here are ha fieldslaves be reaed similarly o beass o bur-den Cao is also remembered or his sae-men Carhāgō dēlenda es ldquoCarhage mus
be desroyedrdquo evidence or he omanear o he Carhaginians Te omansough hree wars known as he Punic
Wars agai ns he Car haginians Te fi rsended beore Cao was born in he secondagains Hannibal Cao served wih miliarydisincion he hird ended in 146 983138983139983141 asCao had demanded wih he desruciono Carhage On his occasion he vic oriousomans were said o have plowed sal inohe Carhaginian soil
Discussions abou laer auhors and adap-aions rom heir wriings w ill be presenedchronologically in he chapers o his book
Ancien ruins a Carhage in Africa
p p
TEACHER BY THE WAY Alhough he works o Enniu s have been preserved on ly in ragmens (abou a housand lines) hehad a grea in1047298uence on subsequen poes such as Vergil Quoable quoes include
bull a es o riendship Amīcus cer us in rē incer ā cerniur (A riend in need is a riend indeed)
bull an applicaion o wisdom o lie Quī ipse sibi sapiēns prōdesse nequi nēquīquam sapi (A man who
himsel is wise bu unable o be useul o himsel is wise or nohing)bull he amous descripion o Fabius Maximus Ūnus homō nōbīs cūncandō resiui rem (One man by delaying res ored he sae or us)
bull and he line on Manius Curius Quem nēmō errō poui superāre nec aurō (Whom no one was ableo deea eiher by sword or gold)
We also have preser ved or us he exa mple o excessive all ieraion ha has g iven rise o much laugher inLain classrooms over he years Ō ie ūe aī ibi ana yranne ulisī ldquoO ius aius you yran (all voca-ive) you brough o yoursel such grea (roubles)rdquo991252ranslaed in conex which plays off he more lieral ldquo you ookacquired or yoursel such grea hings rdquo
On he oher hand he composed his own epiaph in which his high eseem among omans proved o beprescien
nēmō mē lacrumīs decōre neu unera 1047298ēū
axi Cūr Voliō vivos per ōra v irum (Le no one honor me wih ears or make a uneral pyre by weeping
Why I 1047298y li ving hrough he mouhs o men)
TEACHER BY THE WAY
Pluarchrsquos Lie o Cao is a good source o snappy quoaions atribued o his saesman soldier andauhor For example while discussing he power o women he said ldquoAll oher men rule heir wives we rule al l oher men and our w ives rule us rdquo Atemping o persuade he oman people o orego adisribuion o grain he began his speech by saying ldquoI is a hard mater o argue wih he belly sincei has no earsrdquo And o a ribune who had been accused o using poison and was rying o pass a use-less bill he said ldquoI know no which is worse o drink your mixures or o enac your billsrdquo
1CHAPTER 1
HOW TO USE THIS BOOK
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 4154
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull 1
1CHAPTER
Parts of Speech Nouns Number Gender Case (Nominative and Accusative)
First Declension Nouns
MEMORĀBILE DICTŪ
SPQ Senātus Populusque ōmānusldquoTe Senae and he People o omerdquo
Tese our leters orm wha is known as an acronym one ha symbolized supreme power inancien ome
Oil paining of Romulus and Remus wih he wolf By Peer Paul Rubens (1577ndash1640)
Te grammaical and synacical opics ha will be presened in each chaper o his book are lised a he opo he chaper ile page
HOW TO USE THIS BOOK
Te illusraion on each chaperrsquos ile page presens a visual inroducion o he Lain reading passage ha willollow eachers may choose o discuss he illusraion in order o provide he conex or he reading he su-dens will encouner on he nex page
HOW TO USE THIS BOOK
On each chaper ile page he phrase Memorābile Dictū (ldquoA memorable hing o say rdquo) will be ou nd Below here will be a amous phrase quoa ion abbreviaion or moto in L ain ha w ill connec hese words o he opicsin he chaper
MEMORĀBILE DICTŪ VOCABULARY
populus populī m ndash people
-que ndash and
senāus senāūs m ndash senae
TEACHING TIP
ubens pained his picure o omulus and emus rom 1615ndash1616 during wha is called he Ba-roque period o ar Te man approaching rom he rear is Fausulus Te reclining figure is he god
o he river iber
HOW TO USE THIS BOOK AND ITS ANCILLARIESwo ancillaries are available or use wih his book Te Original Dysunctional Family (abbreviaed ODF)and From Romulus to Romulus Augustulus (abbreviaed R) R will be paricularly useul in order ohelp sudens keep he ime periods o he auhors and o he evens he auhors wroe abou sraigh in heirmind Chaper ile pages wil l include when appropriae a noaion abou wha chaper o R he eachermay wish o assign
Standards11 21
R 2and 3
READING
TRANSLATION OF LATIN PASSAGEomulus and emus
Mars is a god Mars loves hea Silvia And so hea Silvia has wo sons omulus and emus Amulius locks uph Sil i A li l d i h A h l lk h T h l
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 4254
2 bull Latin for the New Millennium
2 bull Latin for the New Millennium
READINGTis sory describes how ome was said o have been ounded in 753 983138983139983141 King Numior o AlbaLonga was overhrown by his cruel and ambiious broher Amulius who no only seized hehrone bu so eared ha one o Numiorrsquos male descendans migh have a legiimae claim oni ha he made Amuliusrsquo daug her hea Silvia a priesess o he goddess Vesa Tese priesesses
were no allowed o marry during heir childbearing years
RŌMULUS ET REMUS
1 Mārs es deus Mārs hēam Silviam ama Iaque hēa Silvia duōs
īliōs habe ōmulum e emum Amūlius hēam Silviam vinculīs
claudi Amūlius ōmulum e emum in aquam pōni Lupa ad aquamambula Lupa ōmulum e emum bene cūra e ama ōmulus e
5 emus crēscun Poseā ōmulus e emus ōmam aedifican
Famous bronze saue of he she-wolf and he wins
hea Silvia Amulius pus omulus and emus ino he waer A she-wol walks o he waer Te she-wol caresor (akes good care o) omulus and emus well and loves (hem) omulus and emus grow up Aferwards(laer) omulus and emus build ome
HOW TO USE THIS BOOK Above each La in reading pa ssage inorm aion is presened in Engl ish Tis pre -reading provides back groundinormaion abou he auhor and esablishes he conex o he passage he sudens will read
TEACHER BY THE WAY
Te eacher may wish o inroduce he class o he radiional abbreviaions o 983137983140 (which sandsor he Lain phrase Annō Dominī ldquoi n he year o our Lordrdquo) and 983138983139 (which sands or he Engl ishphrase ldquoBeore Chrisrdquo) Tese older abbreviaions coninue o be used bu his book employs heabbreviaions 983138983139983141 (Beore he Common Era) and 983139983141 (Common Era)
TEACHING TIPInsruc he sudens o locae Alba Longa on he map on pp xxxiindashxxxiii
TEACHER BY THE WAYTough he wins were added o he sculpure in he enaissance he she-wol has srong links wihEruscan myhology and shows characerisics o Eruscan sculpure
TEACHING TIP
Te eacher may wish o encourage he sudens o design an abbreviaed amily ree o omulusand emus
Standards11 22
Jupier Juno King Num ior o Alba Longa
Mars hea Silvia
omulus emus
READING VOCABULARY
HOW TO USE THIS BOOKTe English pronoun subjec o a verb is no lised in he eading Vocabulary i he pronoun is no needed inhe ranslaion
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 4354
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull 3
Chapter 1 bull 3
READING VOCABULARYad aquam ndash o he waer
aedifican ndash build
ama ndash loves
ambula ndash walks
Amūlius ndash Amul ius
aquam ndash waer
bene ndash well
claudi ndash locks up
crēscun ndash grow up
cūra ndash akes care o cares or
deus ndash god
duōs ndash woes ndash is
e ndash and
īliōs ndash sons
habe ndash has
in aquam ndash ino he waer
iaque ndash and so
lupa ndash she-wol
Mārs ndash Mars he god o war
pōni ndash pus
poseā ndash aferwards laer
emum ndash emus
emus ndash emus
hēa Silvia ndash hea Silvia
hēam Silviam ndash hea Silvia
ōmam ndash ome
ōmulum ndash omulus
ōmulus ndash omulus vinculīs ndash w ih chains
Words marked wih an aserisk will need o bememorized laer in he chaper
COMPREHENSION QUESTIONS1 Whose sons are omulus and emus
2 Wha did Amulius do
3 Who saved he lie o omulus and emus
4 Wha did omulus and emus do
HOW TO USE THIS BOOK
Te sudens should not be expeced o lea rn he words under he ile eading Vocabulary whenever his ileoccurs in he book Insead insruc sudens o learn he vocabulary words lised under he ile Vocabularyto Learn ha will be ound laer in each chaper In more advanced Lain exs usually here are vocabularyand noes o help he sudens when reading a passage Tis eading Vocabulary will help prepare sudens orlaer more advanced classes
ANSWERS TO COMPREHENSION QUESTIONS
1 Tey are he sons o Mars and hea Silvia2 He locked up hea Silvia
3 A she-wol
4 Tey buil he ciy o ome
TEACHING TIP
Whi le English deriva ives rom he sar red words (ie he Vocabulary o L earn) are he opic o Ex-ercise 2 laer in his chaper here are some ineresing derivaives rom he non-sarred words andsome o hese show how words change hrough he years Te eacher may choose o discuss hesederivaives wih he sudens
bull aedi1047297cant (aedi1047297cō) ndash ediy edificaion edifice
Tis Lain word is buil rom wo Lain words aciō (o do make) and aedēs (house emple) Te
English derivaives reain his religious connecion or hey mean ldquoo build up he aih moraliy o in-sruc especially morallyrdquo Te word ldquoedificerdquo is always used or an imposing srucure such as a ldquoemplerdquoor aedēs
bull claudit (claudō) ndash close conclusion enclosure sluice
A ldquocloserdquo is a small shu-in space and some people i locked in one suffer rom ldquoclausrophobiardquo acompound derivaive parly rom Lain (o close confine) and parly rom he Greek (ear) hence ldquoa earo closed spacesrdquo
Te word ldquosluicerdquo does no look like a derivaive o claudō bu i has undergone cha nges as i ca meino English via middle English and old French (sclus) rom he Lain exclūdō which means ldquoo shu ourdquo Asluice has a gae a he op o he channel o shu off he 1047298ow o waer as necessary
bull crēscunt (crēscō) ndash crescen accrue recrui crew
Te word ldquocrewrdquo in middle English mean ldquoreinorcemenrdquo so a body o soldiers grew Te word ldquore-
cruirdquo has he same basic idea ecruis increase he size o he army (rom he Lain recrēscō meaning ldquoogrow againrdquo)
bull deus ndash deiy deiy
bull duōs ndash double dozen due duplicae
Te word ldquodozenrdquo is a compound rom he Lain word or ldquowordquo and he German word or ldquoenrdquo (zehn)
bull habet (habeō) ndash habi abiliy prohibiive
Onersquos abiliy depends on he alens and skil ls one has
bull pōnit ( pōnō) ndash depo imposiion preposiion
A depo origina lly was a place where supplies were pu or sorage
LANGUAGE FACT I
HOW TO USE THIS BOOKTe Language Facs secion o each chaper will conain boh grammaical (morphological) and synacicalinormaion ie inormaion boh abou he orms o he words and he srucure o he senence
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 4454
4 bull Latin for the New Millennium
4 bull Latin for the New Millennium
LANGUAGE FACT I
PARTS OF SPEECHTe parts o speech used in a Lain senence deermine is meaning jus as in English While henoun and he verb are he wo mos imporan oher common pars o speech are lised below
Noun a person place hing idea acion or qual iy Examples ldquoomulusrdquo ldquoriverrdquo ldquocouragerdquo
Pronoun a word ha sands in place o a noun ha has been previously menioned or is clearrom conex Examples ldquoIrdquo ldquosherdquo ldquohimrdquo ldquoirdquo
Adjecive a word ha limis or defines a noun or a pronoun Examples ldquolitlerdquo ldquosrongrdquo
Adverb a word ha lim is or defines verbs adjecives or (oher) adverbs Examples ldquoveryrdquoldquoquielyrdquo
Verb a word ha describes an acion or sae o being Examples ldquogordquo ldquosayrdquo ldquowasrdquo
Preposiion a word ha begins a preposiional phrase such as ldquoinrdquo ldquoordquo ldquoonrdquo ldquoorrdquo ldquobyrdquoldquowihrdquo A preposiional phrase is a preposiion joined o a noun Examples ldquoin he morningrdquoldquowih a sharp pencilrdquo
Conjuncion a word ha connecs words phrases clauses a nd senences Examples ldquoandrdquoldquoburdquo ldquoalhoughrdquo
Inerjecion a word ha expresses emoion Examples ldquowowrdquo
EXERCISE 1eview he meanings and ideniy he pars o speech o he ollowing words Te eading
Vocabulary may be consu led
1 īliōs 6 e2 bene 7 lupa3 aedifican 8 claudi
4 ad 9 ōmam5 ambula 10 ama
EXERCISE 1 ANSWERS
1 noun
2 adverb
3 verb
4 preposiion
5 verb
6 conjuncion
7 noun8 verb
9 noun
10 verb
TEACHING TIP
Te eacher may wish o ask he sudens in Lain wha par o speech a given word is Te eacher would say ldquoQuae pars ōrātiōnis estrdquo Suden responses would be
bull nōmen substantīvumsubstantīvum ndash noun
bull prōnōmen ndash pronoun
bull nōmen adiectīvumadiectīvum ndash adjecive
bull verbum temporāle ndash verb
bull adverbium ndash adverb
bull praepositiō ndash preposiion
bull coniūnctiō ndash conjuncion
bull interiectiō ndash inerjecion
Standards11 41
Standards11 41
WorkbookExercise 1
VOCABULARY TO LEARN
TEACHING TIPSince his is he firs se o Lain words ha your sudens will be required o memorize i is usuallya good idea o sugges and discuss wih hem some differen ways o memorize vocabulary Somesel help opions are lised below
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 4554
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull 5
NOUNSagricola agricolae m ndash armer
aqua aquae ndash waer
āhlēa āhlēae m ndash ahlee
īlia īliae ndash daugher
lupa lupae ndash she-wol
naua nauae m ndash sailor
poēa poēae m ndash poe
puella puellae ndash girl
ōma ōmae ndash ome
erra errae ndash land
VERBSama ndash heshei loves
ambula ndash heshei walks
cūra ndash heshei akes care o cares or
es ndash heshei is
ADVERBS bene ndash well
poseā ndash aferwards
CONJUNCTIONSe ndash and
iaque ndash and so
Aqueducs carr ied waer (aqua) o he ciies in he Roman world Tis aqueduc buil in 19 983138983139983141 which srechedacross he Gard River was named he Pon du Gard and brough waer o he ciy of Nicircmes in France in ancien imes
Chapter 1 bull 5
sel-help opions are lised below
1 Look a he word in he book and say he word aloud
2 Wrie down he word on a piece o paper along wih is meaning and check o be sure here are no spell-ing errors Color-coding he words by pars o speech is also helpul Pronounce he word while wriing idown and hen repea he word including he meaning and spelling
3 Make handwriten 1047298ashcards wih he Lain on one side and English on he oher and be sure here are nospelling errors Color-coding is a good sraegy here also Wriing he word ou helps some sudens ce-men he word in he brain Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers has creaed an elecronic vocabulary resourceor hose sudens or whom echnological learning ools are an aid Tese vocabulary 1047298ashcards are orhe iPod See p 93 or more inormaion on iPod 1047298ashcards
4 Use English derivaives o help remember meanings Bu be careul since some derivaives may havemeanings grealy changed rom he original Lain word
5 Find clipar picures ha illusrae he vocabulary words and use he picures as a way o es yoursel onhe Lain words
TEACHER BY THE WAYTe eacher may wish o open a discussion abou aqueducs and he waer supply or ancien omans while l ooking a he picu re o he Pon du Gard on his page For a hisory o aqueducs and heirconsrucion Froninusrsquo book Dē aquīs urbis Rōmae is an excellen source Te book was writenabou 97 983139983141 when he was Superinenden o Aqueducs Oher aqueducs include he ollowing
bull Te double high aqueduc in Segovia Spainbull Te Aqua Appia buil in 312 983138983139983141
bull Te Aqua rāiāna
bull Te aqueduc buil by Alex ander Severus in 226 983139983141
bull Te Aqua Claudia
bull Te Aqua Marcia wh ich wa s probably named a fer A ncus Marcius who was he fi rs K ing oome by radiional accouns o build an aqueduc o bring waer o ome
NB Te word ldquo Aquardquo when capialized means ldquoaqueducrdquo
Eleven aqueducs urnished 250000 gallons o waer o ome every weny-our hours
BY THE WAY
E h u gi n in h b l r h rm T nd rm i h g nii
HOW TO USE THIS BOOK Ēn is a word ha calls atenion o somehing and means ldquoLook a hisrdquo Te inormaion given here draws a-enion o and urher specifies differen language acs
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 4654
6 bull Latin for the New Millennium
6 bull Latin for the New Millennium
Each noun given in he vocabulary has wo orms Te second orm is he geniivesingular
A derivative is an English word rooed in a Lain word Te English derivaive issimilar in meaning and orm o is Lain source
STUDY TIP
An English derivaive ofen can help you remember wha a Lain word means
EXERCISE 2Find he English derivaives based on he Vocabulary o Learn in he ollowing senences Wriehe corresponding Lain word
1 She shows a considerable filial respec oward her aher
2 Agriculu re is a science o culivaing he land
3 Te ship is equipped wih all he necessary nauical insrumens
4 We saw all kinds o fish in he aquarium
5 Tis is an all-errain vehicle
6 When will he ahleic compeiion sar
7 She has a ruly poeic naure
LANGUAGE FACT II
NOUNS NUMBER GENDER CASE 983080NOMINATIVE AND
ACCUSATIVE983081Nouns in Lain show number gender and case
Number Lain nouns are eiher singular or plural in number Number is shown in differen ways by differen ypes o nouns bu some ending-paterns are or singular orms and oherending-paterns are or plural orms
Gender Every noun likewise is eiher masculine eminine or neuer in gender You muslearn he gender o each noun In he Vocabulary o Learn l iss he gender is indicaed by hecommon abbreviaionsm (masculi ne) f (eminine) or n (neuer)
Case Lain nouns mus have an ending-patern ha displays case Tis is quie differen romEnglish in which case is indicaed by word posiion and no by endings (alhough case markersare preserved in cerain pronouns such as ldquoherdquo and ldquohimrdquo) A nounrsquos case reveals wha uncionhe noun has in he senence Tere are five common cases nominaive geniive daive accu-saive and ablaive wo less requenly used cases are called he vocaive and he locaive
HOW TO USE THIS BOOKStudy Tips give hins rhymes and mnemonics o help sudens learn grammar and vocabulary
EXERCISE 2 ANSWERS1 filial īlia
2 agriculure agricola
3 nauical naua
4 aquarium aqua
5 errain erra
6 ahleic āhlēa
7 poeic poēa
TEACHING TIPExplain o he sudens ha in English he words ldquoardquo ldquoanrdquo or ldquoherdquo are usually placed beore a nounand Lain does no have an equivalen or hese words known as aricles
eachers may need o sress he absence o he aricle many imes beore sudens compleely ine-grae his knowledge ino heir reading habis in Lain class
TEACHING TIPLain like many oher languages does no always observe biological gender Ofen he gender o a
Lain noun is deermined by grammaical acors such as he group o which a noun belongs
TEACHING TIP
Alhough in Exercise 2 he sudens are direced o find only he derivaives based on he Vocabular yo Learn hey may be ineresed o learn ha here are oher derivaives in Exercise 2 Te derivaiono hese words is provided or he eacherrsquos convenience
bull 1 consider - rom sīdus (sar) + cum (wih ogeher) and rom cōnsīderō (o examine consider)respec - rom respectō (look back a have regard or)
bull 2 science - rom scientia (knowledge) and sciō (o know) culivaing - rom colō (ill inhabi worship)
bull 3 necessary - rom necesse (necessary) insrumens - rom īnstruō (o equip build provide)
and rom īnstrumentum (equipmen ool ec)bull 5 vehicle - rom he Lain verb vehō (o carry)
bull 6 compeiion - rom petō (o seek aim a atack ec) + cum (wih oge her)
bull 7 naure - rom nātūra (naure)
Standard41
Standards11 31 41
STUDY TIP
An easy way o remember he names ohe five common cases iso use his mnemonic
TEACHING TIPSudens may no know wha he word ldquomnemonicrdquo means explain ha a mnemonic device is some-hing ha helps a suden o remember somehing Te eacher may also wish o use his opporu-niy o bring up Mnemosyne he goddess o memory and he moher o he Muses
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 4754
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull 7
Chapter 1 bull 7
An easy way o remember he names o he five common cases is o use his mnemonicdevice
Never NominaiveGive GeniiveDogs Daive A ny A ccusaive A buse A blaive
Nominative Te nominaive case idenifies he subjec Te subjec is a noun or a pronounha perorms he acion or exiss in a sae o being In he senence ldquoWilliam is readingrdquohe word ldquoWilliamrdquo is he subjec
Example Mārs amat Mars loves
Te noun subjec o he verb ldquoloverdquo is he god Mars
Find more examples o nominaives and heir verbs rom he reading passage a he begin-ning o he chaper
Te nominaive case also idenifies he predicae nominaive In he senence ldquoWilliam isa sudenrdquo he predicae nominaive is ldquoa sudenrdquo A predicae nominaive complees hemeaning o he verb ldquoo berdquo Look a his exa mple rom he reading
Example Mārs est deus Mars is a god
Mārs is he subjec and deus is a predicae nominaive
Accusative Te ourh case lised is called he accusaive he geniive daive and ablaivecases will be discussed in laer chapers Te accusaive case poins ou he noun (or pro-noun) ha is he direc objec emember direc objecs receive he acion o he verb Inhe senence ldquoI am wriing a leterrdquo he direc objec is ldquoa leterrdquo
Example Mārs Rhēam Silviam amat Mars loves hea Silvia
Te direc objec o ldquoloverdquo is he noun Rhēam Silviam
Find more examples o accusaives and heir verbs rom he reading passage a he beginningo he chaper
niy o bring up Mnemosyne he goddess o memory and he moher o he Muses
Answers to ldquoFind more examples of nominatives a nd their verbs from the reading passage at the begin-ning of the chapterrdquo
hēa Silvia habe
Amūl ius claudi
Amūl ius pōni
Lupa ambula
Lupa cūra e amaōmulus e emus crēscun
ōmulus e emus aedifican
Answers to ldquoFind more examples of accusatives and their verbs from the reading passage at the beg in-ning of the chapterrdquo
duōs īliōs habe ōmulum e emum
hēam Silviam claudi
ōmulum e emum pōni
ōmulum e emum bene cūra e ama
ōmam aedifican
TEACHING TIPSudens may encouner diffi culy when r ying o ransl ae Lain names used in cases o her han henominaive Te eacher a some poin will need o explain (and repea whenever necessary) ha when ransla ing a La in name he suden should al ways use he nominaive o rm o he word Onp 7 sudens are asked o find examples o accusaives and heir verbs in he reading passage Teanswers lised above provide an opporuniy o pracice wih his issue emind sudens o rans-lae duōs īliōs habet Rōmulum et Remum as ldquohe has wo sons omulus and emusrdquo Te oher ouranswers may be used as pracice wih he sudens
EXERCISE 3a Ideniy wheher he nouns in bold in hese senences are subjecs direc objecs or predi
TEACHER BY THE WAYIn conjuncion wih he picure and is capion he eacher may wish o menion ha he amil-ilar acronym o SPQ is sill in use and visible hroughou modern ome991252on liter bins sewercovers ec
Standards11 41
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 4854
8 bull Latin for the New Millennium
8 bull Latin for the New Millennium
a Ideniy wheher he nouns in bold in hese senences are subjecs direc objecs or predi-cae nominaives Te eading Vocabulary may be consuled
b Label each senence as vērum (rue) i i agrees or alsum (alse) i i disagrees wih he Lainreading passage a he beginni ng o he chaper
Example Amūlius es deusPredicae nominaive alsum
1 hēa Silvia ōmulum e emum cūra
2 Amūlius ōmulum e emum bene cūra
3 Amūlius lupam vinculīs claudi
4 Mārs ōmulum e emum in aquam pōni
5 Lupa hēam Silviam cūra
6 Amūlius ad aquam ambula
Te power of he ciy of Rome founded according o legend by Romulus is symbolized by hese four leters ha areprominenly displayed in various places wihin he ciy
EXERCISE 3 ANSWERS
1 subjec vērum
2 direc objecs alsum
3 direc objec alsum
4 subjec alsum
5 direc objec alsum
6 subjec vērum
WorkbookExercise 2 A full si ze reproduc ible version of th is page
without the a nswers ca n be downloade d at wwwlnm bolchazyco m
HOW TO USE THIS BOOK
Noun Declensions Te eacher may choose Lain nouns rom he declension ha is being sudied a he imehis workshee is used Tus no answers are provided here
LANGUAGE FACT III
TEACHING TIP Ask he sudens wha he Lain words seleced rom he reading and lised near he op o p 9 mean
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 4954
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull 9
Chapter 1 bull 9
FIRST DECLENSION NOUNS A declension is a g roup o nouns ha show a cerain patern o word endings Tere are five differ-en declensions in Lain In he reading abou omulus and emus hese are he orms belongingo he firs declension
hēam Silviam hēa Silvia aquam lupa ōmam
Noice ha he ex says Rhēa Silvia when she is he subjec and Rhēam Silviam when she is hedirec objec
Te firs declension is composed o words ha characerisically have he vowel a a or near heend o he word lupa
Below is he patern ha firs declension nouns ollow o show case and number Memorize heLain words in order rom he nominaive singular down o he ablaive singular and hen romhe nominaive plural down o he ablaive plural
emember ha he endings or a whole group o nouns ollow his patern Once you learn hi spatern you can recognize he case a nd number o all he words belonging o hi s declension
In his chaper you have begun o learn abou he nominaive and accusai ve cases Te ohercases will be explained in laer chapers
First DeclensionSingular Plural
Nomina ive l upa he she-wol Nominaive lupae he she-wolves
Geniive lupae o he she-wol Geniive lupārum o he she-wolves
Daive lupae oor he she-wol Daive lupīs oor he she-wolves
Accusaive lupam he she-wol Accusaive lupās he she-wolves
Ablaive lupā bywih he she-wol Ablaive lupīs bywih he she-wolves
Daive and ablaive plural o he words īlia ldquodaugherrdquo and dea ldquogoddessrdquo is fīliābus anddeābusTis is o di singuish hese orms rom he corresponding orms o īlius ldquosonrdquo and deus ldquogodrdquo
STUDY TIP
Noice ha he ablaive singular ending -ā has a long mark (macron) above i his ishe only difference beween he nominaive and ablaive singular endings
TEACHING TIP
Afer he firs declension has been presened o he sudens encourage hem depending on heirlearning syle o say he declension aloud o wrie down he words o inven a rap or a cheer
TEACHER BY THE WAY
Te patern is called a declension because he oher cases lean away ( dēclīnāre) rom he nominaiveie hey do no ollow he same orm as he nominaive
ORAL EXERCISE 1Tis exercise may be used afer the 1047297rst declension has been presented
Whi le looking a he declension o lupa ask he sudens o decli ne nauta
Singular PluralNominaive naua nauaeGeniive nauae nauārumDaive nauae nauīs Accusaive nauam nauās Ablaive nauā nauīs
Standards11 31 41
OralExercise 1
WorkbookExercise 3
STUDY TIP
Noice ha he daive and ablaive plural endings a re idenical
EXERCISE 4 ANSWERS1 geniive daive puellār um puellī s
2 accusaive nauās
3 accusaive errās
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 5054
10 bull Latin for the New Millennium
10 bull Latin for the New Millennium
Here are more words belonging o he fi rs declension
puella ndash girl īlia ndash daugher terra ndash land
Mos firs declension words are eminine i n gender bu a ew (usually ones ha indicae mas-culine occupaions in ancien imes) are masculine Examples are poēta ldquopoerdquoagricola ldquoarmerrdquonauta ldquosailorrdquo āthlēta ldquoahleerdquo
EXERCISE 4Ideniy he case o each singular noun Ten change each orm ino plural For some more han
one answer is possibleExample īlianominaive īliae
1 puellae 5 aquae2 nauam 6 puellā3 erram 7 āhlēā4 a gr ic ol a
Like he Greek wreslers porrayed on his ancien bas-reliefRoman ahlees were also fond of he spor of wresling
4 nominaive agricolae
5 geniive daive aquārum aquīs
6 ablaive puellīs
7 ablaive āhlēīs
TEACHING TIP
Since wreslers are depiced on he illusraion on his page he eacher may wish o open a discus-
sion abou he omansrsquo and Greeksrsquo ondness or wresling which was ofen praciced in a complexcalled he palaestra
oman boys were expeced o serve in he m iliary Tus hey were firs rained by heir ahers in wreslingand boxing Srengh and agiliy were sressed raher han grace o movemen as in Greek spors Te woprincipal syles uilized by he Greek were uprigh wresling in which hree alls o your opponen o heground were necessary o deea him and ground wresling which required he opponen o give up in ordero end he mach In he palaes tra here was an area or he young people o pracice wresling or boxing wih apunching bag (cōrycus) Examples o monumenal oman bahs wih a palaest ra are ound a he Bahs o Ca-racalla in ome he Harbor Bahs a Ephesus in urkey and he Bahs in Varna Bulgaria he larges anciensrucure in ha counry
Wresling was also one o he spor evens a he Olympic games ha he omans ofen atended Greco-oman wresling is also one o he evens eaured in he summer Olympic games in modern imes
TEACHING TIPTe eacher migh wan o have sudens read an English ranslaion o Book 23 o he Iliad in which Ajax a nd Odysseus compee in a wre sling m ach and Book 5 o he Aeneid or a descripion o hespors ha he omans played and compare he atiude o he compeiors in each epic Boh evens were par o he uneral games he ormer in honor o Paroclu s riend and atendan o Achil lesand he later in honor o Anchises aher o Aeneas Tis migh lead o urher discussion on henaure o modern wresling
Standards11 41
EXERCISE 5Ideniy he case o each plural noun Ten change each orm ino he singular For some more
TEACHING TIPSudens may wonder why he geniive singular w ihou is ending mus be used o find he base whenhe nominaive singular wihou is ending works jus as well Explain ha in oher noun declensionshe nominaive will no always provide he same base or have he same spelling as he geniive
Standards11 41
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 5154
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull 11
Chapter 1 bull 11
han one answer is possible
Example puellāsaccusaive puellam
1 īliae 5 aquīs2 errīs 6 poēārum3 nauārum 7 agricolae4 l upa e
BY THE WAY
In all declensions endings are added o he base o a noun I is imporan o know hahe base o a noun is ound by removing he ending rom is geniive si ngular orm Forexample he geniive singular o puella is puellae I you remove he -ae rom puellae
wha remains is he base o he word namely puell- For his reason learning he geni-ive singular is as imporan as knowing he nominaive singular o he noun
STUDY TIP
Always learn he geniive ogeher wih he nominaive because rom he geniive you will know o which declension a word belongs
A wall paining depic ing a Roman farmer (agricola) wih his sheep
EXERCISE 5 ANSWERS
1 nominaive īl ia
2 daive ablaive errae errā
3 geniive nauae
4 nominaive lupa
5 daive ablaive aquae aquā
6 geniive poēae7 nominaive agricola
HOW TO USE THIS BOOKIn his book he word ldquobaserdquo is used o reer o he noun wihou any ending ldquoStemrdquo is used or he par o he verb wihou any ending ldquoootrdquo is used or he Lain par o a derivaive
ORAL EXERCISE 2Tis exercise may be used afer Exercise 5
Use one o he ollowing classroom presenaion opions (hereafer reerred o as CPO) (blackgreenwhiesmar board overhead or LCD projecor PowerPoinreg presenaion ec) o pu his inormaion on view
quis ldquowhordquo (or he subjec) and quem ldquowhomrdquo (or he direc objec)
Ten ask he suden o answer he ollowing quesions abou he chaper reading eiher orally or in wri-
en orm
1 Teacher Quis es Mārs Student Mārs es deus
2 Teacher Quem ama Mārs Student hēam Silviam Mārs ama
3 Teacher Quis ama hēam Silviam Student Mārs ama hēam Silviam
4 Teacher Quem habe hēa Silvia Student hēa Silvia duōs īliōs ōmulum eemum habe
5 Teacher Quis claudi hēam Silviam Student Amūlius claudi hēam Silviam
6 Teacher Quem claudi Amūlius Student hēam Silviam Amūlius claudi
7 Teacher Quis ōmulum e emum in aquampōni
Student Amūlius ōmulum e emum in aquampōni
8 Teacher Quem Amūlius in aquam pōni Student Amūlius ōmulum e emum in aquampōni
9 Teacher Quis ambula ad aquam Student Lupa ambula ad aquam
10 Teacher Quis ōmulum e emum bene cūra Student Lupa ōmulum e emum bene cūra
11 Teacher Quōs lupa bene cūra Student Lupa ōmulum e emum bene cūra
12 Teacher Quis ōmulum e emum a ma Student Lupa ōmulum e emum ama
13 Teacher Quōs lupa ama Student Lupa ōmulum e emum ama
OralExercise 2
WorkbookExercise
4 5
EXERCISE 6ranslae rom Lain ino English and rom English ino Lain Te mos common Lain word
d
TEACHER BY THE WAYTe eacher may menion ha he mos common word order (subjec ndash direc objec ndash verb) can o-en be changed For example i he verb is o be emphasized i will ake firs posiion I he subjecor he direc objec is o be emphasized i will ake he las posiion which is he mos emphaic oneIn general he more unusual he wordrsquos posiion is he more emphasis is placed on his word
Standards11 41
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 5254
12 bull Latin for the New Millennium
12 bull Latin for the New Millennium
order is
subjec ndash direc objec ndash verb
1 Agricola erram ama
2 Te ahlee loves waer
3 Naua īlia m ama
4 Te poe loves ome
5 Agricola erram cūra
6 Te she-wol cares or (is aking care o) he girl
BY THE WAY
Even hough he mos common word order is subjec ndash di rec objec ndash verb rememberha endings991252no word order991252deermine which word is he subjec and which i s hedirec objec
TALKING When we mee one person we gree herhim wih salvē When we mee wo or more people wegree hem wih salvēte When we bid goodbye o one person we sayvalē When we bid goodbyeo wo or more people we say valēte
Here are various ways o ask ldquohow are yourdquo or ldquohow are you doingrdquo
Quōmodo valēs or Quōmodo tē habēs or Quid agis ldquoHow are yourdquo
Here is a range o possible answers
bene ldquowellrdquo pessimē ldquovery badrdquo optimē ldquogreardquo melius ldquobeterrdquo mediocriter ldquoso-sordquo or ldquono oo badrdquo meliusculē ldquoa litle beterrdquo male ldquobadrdquo
In general he more unusual he word s posiion is he more emphasis is placed on his word
EXERCISE 6 ANSWERS
1 Te armer loves he land
2 Āhlēa aquam ama
3 Te sailor loves (his) daugher
4 Poēa ōmam ama
5 Te armer cares or (is aking care o) he land6 Lupa puellam cūra
TEACHING TIP
Te eacher may sar he class in Lain by saying Salvēte discipulī et discipulae and by eaching hesudens o say in reurn Salvē magister (magistra)
ORAL EXERCISE 3Tis exercise may be used anytime afer the students have learned the use o the accusative case or afer Exercise 6
Use one o he CPOrsquos o pu on display he orms amō and cūrō and explai n ha hey a re in he fir s personsingular and how his differs rom he hird person singular learned in his chaper Ask individual sudens omake senences wih hem using he words hey have learned
Ten ell he sudens ha nōn means ldquonordquo and ask hem o make si milar senences wih nōn amō and nōn cūrō
Examples(nōn) amō erram īliam aquam lupam āhlēam(nōn) cūrō erram īliam puellam
WorkbookExercise 6
ContentQuestions
OralExercise 3
Standards12 21 41
42
SAYING HELLOMarīa Helena e Chrisīna sun (are) discipulae (students)
TEACHING TIPHave sudens read he dialogue aloud Tis will help o build heir pronunciaion skills
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 5354
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull 13
Chapter 1 bull 13
Marīa Salvēe Helena e Chrisīna
Christīna Salvē Marīa
Helena Salvē Marīa
Marīa Quōmodo valēs Helena Quōmodo valēs Chrisīna
Helena et Christīna Bene Quōmodo ū ( you) valēs Marīa
Marīa Pessimē
Helena et Christīna Cūr (Why)
Marīa imeō linguam Laīnam ( I ear the Latin language)Helena Ego ( I ) linguam Laīnam amō
Christīna E ego linguam Laīnam amō
ORAL EXERCISE 4
Tis exercise may be used afer he Lain dialogue has been presened
Insruc he sudens o say ldquohellordquo in Lain o he suden nex o hem Divide he class ino wo pars ellone par o gree he oher par using he plural greeing and vice versa Do he same ype o aciviy whensaying ldquogoodbyerdquo You may wish o make greeing he class in Lain a nd saying ldquogoodbyerdquo in Lain a par oa daily rouine
Divide he sudens ino pairs in which one person will ask how hisher parner is in Lain and he oher
wil l answer
ORAL EXERCISE 5
Tis exercise may be used afer he Lain dialogue has been presened
ell he sudens ha he paricle ndashne is added o he firs syllable o a word ha inroduces a quesion Ten askhe ollowing quesions abou he dialogue beween Mary Helen and Chrisy Individual sudens may answerorally or he enire class may wrie he answers as he eacher asks hem orally Te eacher should explain hahe orm valēs in he greeing Quōmodo valēs is in he second person which means ldquoyourdquo Te hird person orm(reerring o ldquoherrdquo ldquohimrdquo or ldquoirdquo) is valet So he phrase ldquoHow is she doingrdquo would be Quōmodo valet Te hirdperson o amō is amat and he hird person o timeō is timet
1 Teacher Quōmodo Chrisīna vale Student(s) Chrisīna bene vale
2 Teacher Quōmodo Marīa vale Student(s) Marīa pessimē vale
3 Teacher Cūr (why) Marīa pessimē vale Student(s) Marīa ime linguam Lainam4 Teacher Amane l inguam L aīnam Helena Student(s) Helena linguam Laīnam ama
5 Teacher Linguamne Laīnam ama Chrisīna Student(s) Chrisīna linguam Laīnam ama
ORAL EXERCISE 6 AND DICTATIONTis combined exercise may be used to conclude the chapter or at any time afer the students have learned the accusa-tive case and chapter vocabulary
Dicae he ollowing senences o he sudens Ten ask hem o make he ollowing changes eiher orally orin writen orm a he discreion o he eacher
1 Teacher Agricol a erram ama (change he direc objec ino plura l)Student Agricola errās ama
2 Teacher Lupa puellam cūra (change he direc objec ino plural)
Student Lupa puellās cūra3 Teacher Āhlēa puel lās ama (change he direc objec ino singu lar)
Student Āhlēa puellam ama
4 Teacher Fīlia errās ama (change he direc objec ino singular)Student Fīlia erram ama
OralExercise
4 5 6 andDictation
TEACHER NOTES
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 5454
14 bull Latin for the New Millennium
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 1254
TM xii bull Latin for the New Millennium
ETYMOLOGY AND VOCABULARY Adeleye Gabriel G World Dicionary o Foreign Expressions Wih Kofi Acquah Dadzie Edied by Tomas J
Sienkewicz and James McDonough Wauconda IL Bolchazy-Carducci 1999
Ayres Donald M English Words fom Lain and Greek Elemen s 11h ed ucson Arizona Universiy o Ari-zona Press 1982
Ayo John Dicionary o Word Or igins New York Arcade Publishing 1990
Beard Henry X-reme Lain All h e Lain You Need o Know or Su rvival in he 21s Cenury New York Pen-guin Group 2005
Dicionary o Lain Words and Phrases Edied by James Morwood New York Oxord Universiy Press 1998
Dominik William J ed Words and Ideas Wauconda IL Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers 2002
mdashmdashmdash Words and Ideas Answer Key Wauconda IL Bolchaz y-Carducci Publ ishers 2006Ehrlich Eugene Amo Amas A ma and More New York Har per and ow 1987
Heimbach Elizabeh Lain E very where Ever yday A La in Phra se Workbook Wauconda I L Bolc hazy-Carducci Publishers 2004
mdashmdashmdash Lain Everywhere Everyday A Lain Phrase Workbook eacherrsquos Manual Perormed by James Cho-chola Compac disks Wauconda IL Bolchazy-Carducci Publishing 2005
Janson ore Te Naural Hisory o Lain ranslaed by Merehe D Sorensen and Nigel Vincen Oxord andNew York Oxord Universiy Press 2005
Krill ichard Greek and Lain in English oday Book and wo Cassetes 1990 eprin Wauconda ILBolchazy-Carducci Publishers 2003
Mascianonio udolph Build Your English Word Power wih Lain Numbers Wauconda IL Bolchazy-CarducciPublishers 1997
mdashmdashmdash Build Your E nglish Word Power w ih La in Number s eacherrsquos Ma nual Wauconda I L Bolc hazy-Carducci Publishers 1997
Morwood James and Mark Warman Our Greek and Lain Roos Cambridge Cambridge Universiy Press1990
OrsquoMara Lesley ed Which Way o he Vomiorium Vernacular Lain or All Occasions ranslaed by ose Wil-liams New York Tomas Dunne Books 1999
Oxord Dicionary o English Eymology Edied by C Onions wih G W S Friedrichsen and W Burch-field New York Oxord Universiy Press 1966
Sone Jon Lain or he I llierai New York ouledge 1996
MYTHOLOGYBierlein J F Parallel Myhs New York Ballanine Books 1994
Bolon Lesley Te Everyhing Classical Myhology Book Peabody MA Adams Media Corporaion 2002Childrenrsquos Books on Ancien Greek and Roman Myhology An Annoaed Bibliography Compiled by Anoinete
Brazouski and Mary J Klat Wespor C Greenwood Press 1984
Te Chiron Dicionary o Greek and Roman Myhology ranslaed by Elizabeh Burr 1s English ed New YorkConinuum Inernaional Publishing Group 1994
Colakis Marianhe and Mary Joan Masello Classical Myhology and More A Reader Workbook WaucondaIL Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers 2007
Couch Malcolm Greek and Roman Myhology New York Michael Friedman Publishing Group 1998
DrsquoAulaire Ingri and Edgar Parin DrsquoAulaire DrsquoAulairesrsquo Book o Greek Myhs New York Doubleday 1962
Fleischman Paul Daeline roy Somerville MA Candlewick Press 2006
Gardner Jane Roman Myhs Ausin Universiy o exas Press 1993
Gran Michael and John Hazel Whorsquos Who in Classical Myhology London ouledge Press 2002
Grimal Pierre Te Dicionary o Classical Myhology ranslaed by A Maxwell-Hyslop 1996 eprinMalden MA Blackwell Publishing 2001
Harris Sephen L and Gloria Pazner Classical Myhology Images and Insighs 3rd ed Mounain View CAMayfield Publishing Company 2001
Homeric Hymns ranslaed by Diane aynor Berkeley and Los Angeles Universiy o Caliornia Press2004
Kirkwood G M A Shor Guide o Classical Myh ology 1959 eprin Wauconda IL Bolchazy-Carducci2003
Lowe Cheryl and Leigh Lowe DrsquoAulairesrsquo Greek Myh Suden Guid e Louisville K Y Memoria Press 2004mdashmdashmdash DrsquoAulairesrsquo Greek Myh eacher Guide Louisville K Y Memoria Press 2006
Mayerson Philip Classical Myhology in Lieraure Ar and Music Glenview IL Scot Foresman and Com-pany 1984
Morord Mark P O and ober J Lenardon Classical Myhology 8h ed New York Oxord Universiy Press2006
Ovid Meamorphose s ranslaed by A D Melville New York Oxord Universiy Press 1998
ussell William F Classic Myhs o Read Aloud New York Crown Publicaions 1989
Vergilrsquos Aeneid Hero War Humaniy ranslaed by G B Cobbold Wauconda IL Bolchazy-Carducci Pub-lishers 2005
Will iams o se Gods and Oher Odd Creaures Ausin X CicadaSun Publishing 2008
mdashmdashmdashTe Labors o Aeneas Wha a Pain I Was o Found he Roman Race Wauconda IL Bolchazy-Carducci
2003mdashmdashmdashTe Original Dysuncional Family Basic Classical Myhology or he New Millennium Wauconda ILBolchazy-Carducci 2008
ROMAN HISTORYBagnell Nigel Te Punic Wars New York S Marinrsquos Press 1990
Becket Gilber agrave Te Comic Hisory o Rome 1852 eprin Wauconda IL Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers1996
Boardma n John Jasper Griffi n and Oswyn Mur ray eds Oxord Hisory o he Roman World Oxord and New York Oxord Universiy Pre ss 1991
Boawrigh Mary Daniel J Gargola and ichard J A alber A Brie Hisor y o he Romans New YorkOxord Universiy Press 2006
Connolly Peer Greece and Rome a War London Greenhill Books 2006
Consable Nick Hisorical Alas o Ancien Rome New York Facs on File 2003
Cornell im and John Mahews Alas o he Roman World New York Facs on File 1986
Creighon Mandell A Primer Hisory o Rome 1855 eprin Wauconda IL Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers2001
Goldsworhy Adrian Te Fall o Carhage Te Punic Wars 265ndash146 BC London Cassell 2000
Haaren John H and A B Poland Famous Men o Rome Louisville KY Memoria Press 2006
Holland Tomas Rubicon New York Doubleday 2003
Jenkyn s ichard ed Te Legacy o Rome A New Appraisal Oxord Oxord Universiy Press 1992
Kamm Anhony Julius Caesar A Lie New York ouledge 2006
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 1354
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Resource List bull TM xiii
Lowe Cheryl and Leigh Lowe Famous Men o Rome Suden Guide 2nd ed Louisvil le KY Memoria Press2006
Mayszak Philip Te Sons o Caesar Imperial Romersquos Firs Dynasy London Tames and Hudson 2006
Mellor onald and Marni McGee Te Ancien Roman World New York Oxord Universiy Press 2004
Oxord Classical Dicionary 3rd ed Edied by Simon Hornblower and Anhony Spaworh Oxord and New York Oxord Universiy P ress 1996 Also available a s a CD-OM
Oxord Dicionary o he Classical World Edied by John obers New York Oxord Universiy Press 2005
Scarre Chris Chronicle o he Roman Emperors London Tames and Hudson 1995
mdashmdashmdashTe Penguin Hisorical Alas o Ancien Rome New York Penguin Punam Inc 1995
Ward-Perkins Br yan Te Fall o Rome Oxord and New York Oxord Universiy Press 2005
Will iams ose Cicero he Pario Wauconda IL Bolcha zy-Carducci P ublishers 200 4mdashmdashmdash Cicero he Pario eacherrsquos Manual Wauconda IL Bolchaz y-Carducci Publ ishers 2004
mdashmdashmdash From Romulus o Romulus Augusulus Roman Hisory or he New Millennium Bolchazy-CarducciPublishers 2008
mdashmdashmdashOnce Upon he iber An O ea Hisory o Rome Wauconda IL Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers 2007Firs Published 2002 by Wimbledon Classics
Wool Greg ed Cambridge Illusraed Hisory o he Roman World Cambridge Cambridge Universiy Press2003
ROMAN CULTURE AND DAILY LIFE Adkin s Lesley and oy A dkins Dicionary o R oman Religion New York Oxord Universiy Press 2000
mdashmdashmdashHandbook o Lie in Ancien Rome New York Oxord Universiy P ress 1994
All an ony Lie Myh an d Ar in Ancien R ome Los Angeles J Paul Gety rus Publicaions 2005 Apicius Cookery and Dining in Imperial Rome Edied by Joseph Da mmers Vehling Ne w York Dover 1977
Baker Alan Te Gladiaor Te Secre Hisory o Romersquos Warrior Slaves New York S Marinrsquos Press 2006
Baker Charles and osalie Baker Te Classical Companion Peerborough NH Cobblesone Publishing1988
Bonner S F Educaion in Ancie n Rome fom he Elder Cao o he Younger Pliny London Mehuen 1977
Bradley Keih Slavery and Sociey a Rome Cambridge Cambridge Universiy Press 1994
Brucia Margare A and Gregory Daughery o Be a Roman opics in Roman Culure Wauconda ILBolchazy-Carducci Publishers 2007
Buchanan David Roman Spor and Enerainmen London Longman 1976
Carcopino Jeacuterocircme Daily Lie in Ancien Rome New Haven and London Yale Universiy Press 1968
Casson Lionel ravel in he Ancien World New ed Balimore John Hopkins Universiy Press 1994
mdashmdashmdash Libraries in he A ncien World New Haven C Yale Universiy Press 2001Clackson James and Geoffrey Horrocks Te Blackwell Hisory o he Lain Language Cambridge Blackwell
Publishing 2007
Clarke J Houses o Roman Ialy 100 B Cndash A D 250 Berkeley and Los Angeles Universiy o CaliorniaPress 1991
Croom A Roman Clohing and Fashion UK empus Publishing 2000
DrsquoAmbra Eve Roman Ar Cambridge and New York Cambridge Universiy Press 1998
mdashmdashmdashRoman Women Cambridge and New York Cambridge Universiy Press 2007
Goldsworhy Adrian Te Complee Roman Army London Tames and Hudson 2003
Gran Leigh Rome A Fold-Ou His ory o Ancien Civ ilizaion New York Black Dog and Levanhal Publish-ers 2005
Gran Mark Roman Cookery Ancien Recipes or Modern Kichens London Seri Publishers 1999
Haney L A and J A Haney Te Roman Engineers Cambridge Cambridge Universiy Press 1991
Harris H A Spor in Greece and Rome Ihaca NY Cornell Universiy Press 1972
Herber Kevin Roman Imperial Coins Wauconda IL Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers 1996
Hodge Peer Te Roman Army Whie Plains NY Longman 1984
mdashmdashmdash Roman Family Lie UK Longman 1984
mdashmdashmdash Te Roman House ev ed Whie Plains NY Longman 1976
mdashmdashmdash Roman owns ev ed Whie Plains NY Longman 1977
mdashmdashmdash Roman rade and ravel Whie Plains NY Longman 1978Hopkins Keih and Mary Beard Te Colosseum Cambridge MA Harvard Universiy Press 2005
Humez Alexander and Nicholas Humez A B C E Cee ra Te Lie amp imes o he Roma n Alphabe BosonMA David Gordon Publisher 1985
Hyland Ann Equus Te Horse in he R oman World New Haven C Yale Universiy Press 1990
Jacobelli Lu ciana Gladiaors a Pompeii Los Angeles J Paul Gety rus Publicaions 2004
James Simon Ancien Rome Eyewiness Books New York Alred A Knop 1990
Jones J M A Dicionary o Ancien Coins London Seaby 1990
Mannix Daniel P Te Way o he Gladiaor New York ibooks 2001
Massey Michael Roman Religion Whie Plains New York Longman 1984
mdashmdashmdash Women in Ancien Greece and Rome New York Cambridge Universiy Press 1986
Olivovaacute V Spors and Games in he Ancien World London Orbis Publishing 1984
Paoli Ugo Enrico Rome Is People Lie and Cusoms ranslaed by D Macnaghen New York Longman1963
Piggot S Te Druids London Tames and Hudson 1982
Sims Lesley Roman Soldierrsquos Handbook London Usborne Books 2006
Solway Andrew Rome In Specacular Cross-Secion Oxord Oxord Universiy Press 2004
Savely E S Greek and Roman Voing and Elecions Ihaca NY Cornell Universiy Press 1972
reggiari S Roman Marriage Iusi Coniuges fom he ime o Cicero o he ime o Ulpian Oxord ClarendonPress 1991
Wallace ex E Inroducion o Wall Inscripio ns fom Pompeii and Herculaneu m Wauconda IL Bolchaz y-Carducci Publishers 2005
Webser G Te Roman Imperial Armies o he Firs and Second Cenuries A D 3rd ed London A and C Black1985
Weslake Susan Te Developmen o he Roman Alphabe Oxord OH American Classical League MC nd
Yavez Z Slaves and Slavery in Ancien Rome New Brunswick NJ ransacion Books 1988
ROMAN ARCHEOLOGY ARCHITECTURE AND ART Aicher Peer J Guide o he Aqueducs o Ancien Rome Wauconda IL Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers 1995
mdashmdashmdash Rome Alive A Source Guide o he Ancien Ciy 2 vols Wauconda IL Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers2004
Amery Col in and Bria n Curran Jr Te Los World o Pompeii Los Angeles J Paul Gety rus Publicaions2002
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 1454
TM xiv bull Latin for the New Millennium
Augeni Andrea ed Ar and Archeology o Rome New York iverside Book Company 2000
Boardman John Oxord Hisory o Classical Ar Oxord Oxord Universiy Press 1997
Campbell Ann Roman Ar and Archiecure ev ed Boulder CO Alarion Press 1999
Coarelli Fillipo Rome and Environs An Archeological Guide ranslaed by James J Clauss and Daniel P Har-mon Berkeley and Los Angeles Universiy o Caliornia Press 2008
Connolly Peer Pompeii New York Oxord Universiy Press 1990
Corbishley Mike Illusraed Encyclopedia o Ancie n Rome Los Angeles J Paul Gety rus Publicaions2004
Davis John and Deborah C Wood Monumena Romana Nosra Slide lecures complee se 1995 evised Wauconda IL Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers 1997
mdashmdashmdash Monumen a Roman a Nosra Roman Bahs Slide lecure 1995 evised Wauconda IL Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers 1997
mdashmdashmdash Monumena Romana Nos ra Te Forum in Rome and he Province s Slide lecure 1995 evised Wau-conda IL Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers 1997
mdashmdashmdash Monumena Romana Nos ra Te Roman Basil ica Slide lecure 1995 evised Wauconda ILBolchazy-Carducci Publishers 1997
mdashmdashmdash Monumena Romana Nos ra Te Roman Foru m Slide lecure 1995 evised Wauconda IL Bol-chazy-Carducci Publishers 1997
mdashmdashmdash Monumena Romana Nos ra Te Roman emple Slide lecure 1995 evised Wauconda IL Bol-chazy-Carducci Publishers 1997
Deiss Joseph Jay Herculaneum Ialyrsquos Buried reasure evised and updaed New York Harper Collins 1985
de Franciscus A Pompeii Monumens Pas and P resen Los Angeles J Paul Gety rus Publicaions 2000
DrsquoEspouy Hecor ed Greek and Roman Archiecure in Classic Illusraions Mineola NY Dover Publicaions1999
Dickison Sheila K and Judih P Hallet eds Rome and Her Monumens Wauconda IL Bolchazy-CarducciPublishers 2000
Heinze Helga von Roman Ar New York Universe Books 1971
Lewis Jon E ed Mammoh Book o Eyewines s Ancien Rome New York Carroll and Gra 2003
Ling ober Roman Paining Cambridge Cambridge Universiy Press 1991
Lovell Isabel Sories in Sone fom he Roman Forum ockville MD Wildside Press 2007
Macaulay David Ciy A Sory o Roman Planning and Consrucion Boson M A Houghon Miffl in 1971
MacDonald William L Te Archiecure o he Roman Empire An Urban Appraisal New Haven C Yale Uni- versiy Press 1988
MacKendrick Paul Te Mue Sones Speak Te Sory o Archeology in Ialy 2nd ed New York W W Noron1984
Millard Anne Welcome o Ancien Rome Edied by Jane Chisolm London Usborne Publishing 1987
Saccioli A Ancien Rome Monume ns Pas and Pres en Los Angeles J Paul Gety rus Publicaions2000
mdashmdashmdash Te Roads o he Romans Los Angeles J Paul Gety rus Publicaions 2004
Walker Susan Roman Ar Cambridge Harvard Universiy Press 1991
Wheeler Mori mer Roman Ar and Archiecure 4h ed New York Praeger Publishers 1969
Winkes ol Classical Collecion Roman Painings and Mosaics Providence I Museum o Ar hodeIsland School o Design 1982
LATE EMPIRE EARLY CHRISTIANITY AND MIDDLE AGES Augusi ne Conessions Oxord Worldrsquos Classics ranslaed by Henry Chadwick eprin New York Oxord
Universiy Press 1998
mdashmdashmdash Augusine Te Ciy o God agains he Paga ns ranslaed by W Dyson Cambridge exs in he His-ory o Poliical Tough Cambridge Cambridge Universiy Press 1998
mdashmdashmdash Augusine Poliical Wriings ranslaed by E M Akins and ober J Dodaro Cambridge exs inhe Hisory o Poliical Tough Cambridge Cambridge Universiy Press 2001
Barbero Alessandro Te Day o he Barbarians Te Batle Ta Led o he Fall o he Roman Empire ranslaed by John Cullen New York Walker and Company 2007
Barnes imohy D Ahanasius a nd Consanius Te ology and Poliics in h e Consanian Empire Cambridge
MA Harvard Universiy Press 1993Boehius Te Consolaion o Philosophy ranslaed by Vicor Wats ev ed London Penguin Books 1999
Bowersock G W and Peer Brown Lae Aniquiy A Guid e o he Pos Classica l World Harvard UniversiyPress eerence Library Cambridge MA Belknap Press 1999
Bowman Alan Averil Cameron and Peer Garnsey eds Te Crisis o Empire AD 193ndash337 2nd ed Volume 12Te Cambridge Ancien Hisory Cambridge Cambridge Universiy Press 2005
Brown Peer Augusine o Hippo A Biography ev ed Berkeley and Los Angeles Universiy o CaliorniaPress 2000
mdashmdashmdash Te World o Lae Aniquiy AD 150ndash750 New York W W Noron 1989
Cameron Averil Te Laer Roman Empire A D 284ndash430 Cambridge MA Harvard Universiy Press 1993
Cameron Averil Bryan Ward-Perkins and Michael Whiby eds Lae Aniquiy Empire a nd Successors AD425ndash600 Volume 14 Te Cambridge Ancien Hisory Cambridge Cambridge Universiy Press 2001
Cameron Averil and Peer Garnsey eds Te Lae Empire AD 337ndash425 Volume 13 Te Cambridge AncienHisory Cambridge Cambridge Universiy Press 1997
Chadwick Henry Te Church in Ancien Sociey From Galilee o Gregory he Grea Oxord Oxord UniversiyPress 2001
Corbishley Mike Te Middle Ages Culural Alas or Young People ev ed New York Facs on File 2003
Doran ober Birh o a Worldview Ea rly Chrisia niy in is Jewish and Pagan Conex Lanham MD ow-man and Litlefield 1999
Edwards Mark Consanine and Chrisendom Te Oraion o he Sains Te Greek and Lain Accouns o he Discovery o he Cross Te Edic o Consanine o Pope Silveser Liverpool Liverpool Universiy Press 2003
Ferguson Everet ed Encyclopedia o Ear ly Chrisiani y London Garland Publishing 1990
Godrey A W ed Medieval Mosaic A Book o M edieval Lain R eadings Wauconda IL Bolcha zy-CarducciPublishers 2003
Gran Michael Consanine he Grea Te Man and His imes New York Charles Scribnerrsquos Sons 1994
mdashmdashmdash Te Fall o he Roman Empire New York Charles Scribnerrsquos Sons 1997
mdashmdashmdash Te Collapse and Recovery o he Roman Empire London and New York ou ledge 1999
Harrison F E ed Millennium A Lain R eader A D 374ndash1374 eprin Wauconda IL Bolchazy-CarducciPublishers 2001
Heaher Peer Te Fall o he Roman Empire A New Hisory o Rome and he Barbarians New York OxordUniversiy Press 2007
Holmes George Te Oxord Hisory o Medieval Europe Oxord Oxord Universiy Press 2001
Hopkins Keih A World Full o Gods Pagans Jews and Chris ians in he Roma n Empire London Weideneldand Nicolson 1999
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 1554
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Resource List bull TM xv
Howarh Parick Atila King o he Hun s Man and Myh New York Barnes amp Noble Books 1995
Jones erry Barbarians London BBC Books 2006
Kulikowski Michael Romersquos Gohic Wars From he Tird Cenury o Alaric Cambridge Cambridge Univer-siy Press 2007
Lee A D ed Pagans and Chri sians in Lae A niquiy A Sourcebook London ouledge 2000
MacMullen amsay and Eugene N Lane Paganism and Chri sianiy 100ndash425 C E A Sourcebook Minne-apolis Forress Press 1992
Manello Frank and Arhur G igg Medieval Lain An Inroducion and Bibliographical Guide WashingonDC Te Caholic Universiy o America Press 1996
McEvedy Colin Te New Penguin Alas o Medieval Hisory ev ed New York Penguin Group 1992
Newman Paul B Daily Lie in he Middle A ges Jefferson NC McFarland and Company 2001Smih Jonahan Z Drudgery Divine On he Compari son o Early Chri sianiies and h e Religions o L ae Aniq-
uiy Chicago Universiy o Chicago Press 1990
Sambaugh John E and David Balch Te New esamen in is Social Environmen Philadelphia Wesmin-ser Press 1986
Tompson A E Te Huns Oxord Blackwell Publishing 1999
odd Malcolm Te Early Germans Malden MA Blackwell 2004
Wells Coli n Sailing fom Byzanium How a Los Empire Shaped he World NY Banam Dell 2006
Will iams ose Te Ligher Side o he Dark Ages London and New York Anhem Press 2006
Wolram Her wig Hisory o he Gohs ranslaed by Tomas J Dunlap Berkeley and Los Angeles Univer-siy o Caliornia Press 1988
mdashmdashmdashTe Roman Empire and Is Germanic Peoples ranslaed by Tomas J Dunlap Berkeley and Los Ange-
les Universiy o Caliornia Press 1997 Young Frances Lew is Ayres and A ndrew Louh eds Te Cambridge Hisory o Early Chrisian Lieraure
Cambridge Cambridge Universiy Press 2004
CLASSICAL PERSPECTIVESHighe Gilber Te Classical radiion New York Oxord Universiy Press 1957
Kopff E Chrisian Te Devil Knows Lain Why America Needs he Classical radiion Wilmingon DE ISIBooks 1999
Maybury ichard J Ancien Rome How I Affe cs You oday Placerville CA Bluesocking Press 1995
Murphy Cullen Are We Rome New York Houghon Mi ffl in 2007
Simmons racy Lee Climbing Parnassus A New Apologia or Greek and Lain Wilmingon DE ISI Books2002
MAPS POSTERS AND CHARTS Available from American Cla ssical League M C Miami Universiy Oxford OH
Map o oman Empire Map o oman Ialy ome Cenral Archeological Area oma Archaica
Circus Maximus Colosseum Consiuion Preamble Lain Abbreviaions Lain Phrases in Common UseLegal erms Panheon Pompeii Promoional Posers Lain Is
Derivaive ree Char Loan Word Char omance Language Char Skeleon Char
Available from L and L Enerprises Elmhurs IL
Ancien Civil izaion Wall M ap (small and lar ge size)
Using Lain Phrases Te Fabulous Five Lain Promoional Mini-posers Paer Noser Pledge o Allegianceoman Scenes and Proverbs Seven Hills o ome emembering he Cases
Available from Aims Inernaional Book s Cincinnai OH
Quo Modo Senis Hodie Poser
ADDITIONAL ITEMS Available from Bolchazy-Carducci P ublishers Mundelein IL
Lain Butons
Available from American Cla ssical League MC Miami Universiy Oxford OH
Lain-relaed CDs DVDs apes sofware coins greeing cards games accessories and jewelry mimeo-graphs hisorical novels Lain readers and Junior Classical League iems
Available from L and L Enerprises Elmhu rs IL
Lain knowledge cards Briish Museum book o poscards o Ancien Greece and o ome
Lain-relaed aciviy books butons coloring books key chain ags noe cards origami projecs pencilspuzzle books rulers sampers sickers suffed animals atoos oe bags and -shirs
MISCELLANEOUS Available from American Cla ssical League MC Miami Universiy Oxford OH
2006 Updaed Survey o Audio-Visual Maerials and exbooks in he Classics
2007 Ediion o ACL Soware Direcory or he Classics
WEBSITESFor a regularly updaed lis o websie resources check htpwwwlnmbolchazycom
PROFESSIONAL ORGANIZATIONSMos o hese organizaions offer a journal ha eachers will find beneficial Consul he organizaionrsquos web-
sie o learn more
American C lassical League (ACL)
American C lassical L eague eaching Maerials a nd esource Cener (MC)
ACL Sponsored Aciviie s
Junior Classical League
Naional Commitee or Lain and GreekNaional Greek Exam
Naional Junior Classical League
Naional Lain Exam
Naional Senior Classical League
Naional Myhology Exam
American C ouncil on he eaching o Foreign La nguages (ACFL)
American Ph ilologica l Associa ion (APA)
Archeologica l Insiue o A merica (AI A)
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 1654
TM xvi bull Latin for the New Millennium
Classical Associaion o Canada
Classical Associaion o New England (CANE)
Classical Associaion o he Alanic Saes (CAAS)
Classical Associaion o he Middle Wes and Souh (CAMWS)
Classical Associaion o he Pacific Norhwes (CAPN)
Classical Associaion o he Souhwesern Unied Saes (CASUS)
Compuer Assised Language Insrucion Consorium (CALICO)
Join Associaion o C lassical eachers (JAC)
Vergilian Socie y
In addiion many saes and ciies have classics-relaed organizaions
TEACHER NOTES
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 1754
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull i
1
STUDENT TEXTBOOKWITH EXERCISE ANSWERS
STANDARDS CORRELATIONS
ORAL EXERCISES
ORAL EXERCISE CORRELATIONS
WORKBOOK EXERCISE CORRELATIONS
ANCILLARY CORRELATIONS
COMPREHENSION QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS
TEACHING TIPS
TEACHER BY THE WAY NOTATIONS
AND HOW TO USE THIS BOOK
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 1854
iindashiii bull Latin for the New Millennium
Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers IncMundelein Illinois USA
1Milena Minkova and Terence Tunberg
LATIN FOR THE NEW MILLENNIUM
Series Inormaion
LEVEL ONE
Suden ex (2008)
Suden Workbook (2008)
eacherrsquos M anual (2008)
eacherrsquos Manual or Suden Workbook (2008)
ANCILLARIES
From Romulus o Romulus AugusulusRoman Hisory or he New Millennium (2008)
Te Original Dysuncional Family Basic Classical Myhology or he New Millennium (2008)
LEVEL TWO
Suden ex (2009)
Suden Workbook (2009)
eacherrsquos M anual (2009)
eacherrsquos Manual or Suden Workbook (2009)
ANCILLARIES
From Rome o Reormaion Early European Hisory or he New Millennium (2009)
Te Clay-ooed SuperHeroes Myhology ales or he New Millennium (2009)
mdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdash
ELECTRONIC RESOURCES
(See page 445 or deailed descripion)
wwwlnm bolchazycom
Quia Quesion Bank
Lain-only Vill a in een Second Lietrade
Carpe Praedam
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 1954
FOREWORD xi
PREFACE xiii
AUTHORS xvii
EDITORS CONSULTANTS AND PILOT TEACHERS xix
INTRODUCTION xxiii
AlphabePronunciaion o LainOverview o oman Hisory Beginnings o Lain Lieraure
CHAPTER 1 1
eading ldquoomulus and emusrdquoLanguage Facs Pars o Speech Nouns Number Gender Case
(Nominaive and Accusaive) Firs Declension Nounsalking Saying Hello
CHAPTER 2 15
eading Plauus ldquoTe Menaechmi winsrdquo Language Facs Firs and Second Conjugaion Verbs Principal Pars
Properies o Verbs Number Person ense Sem Infiniive Subjec and
Verb Agreemenalking Geting Acquained
CHAPTER 3 29
eading erence ldquowo BrohersrdquoLanguage Facs Second Declension Masculine -us -er -ir Nouns Geniive
Case Vocaive Case Preposiional Phrasesalking In he Classroom
REVIEW 1 CHAPTERS 19912513 43
Considering he Classical Gods Ma rs Jupier JunoConnecing wih he Ancien World Slavery in A ncien omeExploring oman Comedy oman Producions and Modern endiions by
William S Anderson Proessor o Classics Emerius Universiy o Caliornia Berkeley Berkeley Caliornia
Mīrābile Audī ū Phrases and Quoaions elaing o he Comic radiion
CONTENTS
bull v bull
Series Edior LeaAnn A Osburn
Volume Ediors Elisa C Denja LeaAnn A Osburn
Conribuing Ediors imohy Beck Judih P Halle Laurie Haigh KeenanKaren Lee Singh Donald E Sprague ose Williams Vicki Wine
Hisorical imeline Jayni einhard
Cover Design amp ypography Adam Phillip Velez
Cover Illusraion oman Forum copy BemannCOBISOher Illusraions Phoo Credis appear on pp 431ndash434
CarographyMapping Specialiss
Indexing Michael Hendry
Prooreader Gary Varney
Lain for he New Millennium
Suden ex Level 1
Milena Minkova and erence unberg
copy2008 Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers Inc All righs reserved
Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers Inc
1570 Baskin oadMundelein Illinois 60060 wwwbolchazycom
Prined in Canada2009 byFriesens
ISBN 978-0-86516-560-1mdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashLibrary o Congress Caaloging-in-Publicaion Daa
Minkova Milena Lain or he new millennium suden ex level 1 Milena Minkova anderence unberg p cm Includes bibliographical reerences ISBN 978-0-86516-560-1 (v 1 hardbound alk paper) 1 Lain language--Grammar I unberg erence II ile
PA20875M 562 2008 4782rsquo421--dc22
2008014705
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull ivndashv
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 2054
Contents bull vii
CHAPTER 9 135
eading Sallus ldquoTe Cailinarian ConspiracyrdquoLanguage Facs Fourh Conjugaion Verbs Presen Acive and Passive
ense Presen Acive and Passive Infiniive T ird Declension NeuerNouns Tird Declension I -Sem Nouns
alking Geting Dressed or a Pary
REVIEW 3 CHAPTERS 79912519 149
Considering he Classical Gods ApolloConnecing wih he A ncien World oman AtireExploring oman Governmen Poliics in Greece ome and he Unied
Saes by Josiah Ober Proessor o Classics and Poliical Science SanordUniversiy Sanord Caliornia
Mīrābile Aud īū Phrases and Motoes elaing o Governmen andDemocracy
CHAPTER 10 163
eading Vergil ldquo Te rojan HorserdquoLanguage Facs Tird Conjugaion -iō Verbs Presen Acive and Passive
ense Presen Acive and Passive Infiniive T ird Declension AdjecivesSubsanive Adjecives
alking Te Morning Beore a es
CHAPTER 11 177
eading Vergil ldquoQueen Dido o CarhagerdquoLanguage Facs Imperec Acive a nd Passive ense o All Conjugaions
Imperec ense o Sum and Possum Encliicsalking raveling o School
CHAPTER 12 191eading Livy ldquoMucius ScaevolardquoLanguage Facs Fi rs Second and Tird Person Personal Pronouns Firs
and Second Person Possessive Adjecives Declension o vīsalking Discussing he Weaher
REVIEW 4 CHAPTERS 1099125112 205
Considering he Classical Gods Mercury Connecing wih he Ancien World oman FoodExploring he My h o he rojan Horse Never Look a Gif Horse in
he Mouh by Bonnie A Cato Proessor o Classics Assumpion CollegeWorceser Massachusets
Mīrābile Aud īū Phrases and Quoaions elaing o War and Peace
vi bull L atin for the New Millennium
CHAPTER 4 57
eading Cicero ldquoTe Deserer Wans a ewardrdquoLanguage Facs Second Declension Neuer Nouns Daive Case Firs
and Second Declension -us -a -um Adjecives Agreemen o Nounsand Adjecives
alking Discussing Homework
CHAPTER 5 69
eading Cicero ldquoCicero Wries o ereniardquoLanguage Facs Firs and Second Conjugaion Verbs Presen Passive ense
Presen Passive Infiniive Ablaive o Agen Firs and Second Declension
-er Adjecivesalking Discussing Occupaions
CHAPTER 6 81
eading Caesar ldquoTe DruidsrdquoLanguage Facs Presen ense and Presen Infiniive o Sum and Possum
Complemenary Infi niive ransiive and Inransiive Verbsalking Preparing or a es
REVIEW 2 CHAPTERS 49912516 93
Considering he Classical Gods Nepune Pluo Vesa and CeresConnecing wih he Ancien World oman MarriageExploring oman Famil ies Parens and Children Ten and Now by
Jacqueline Carlon Assisan Proessor o Classics Universiy o Massachusets Boson Massachusets
Mīrābile Audīū Phrases Motoes and Abbreviaions elaing o Lie in heweny-Firs Cenur y
CHAPTER 7 111eading Caullus ldquoMy Girlrsquos SparrowrdquoLanguage Facs Tird Declension Masculine and Feminine Nouns Indirec
Saemen Accusaive and Infiniivealking In he Caeeria
CHAPTER 8 123
eading Nepos ldquoTemisocles Saves he GreeksrdquoLanguage Facs T ird Conjugaion Verbs Presen Acive a nd Passive ense
Presen Acive and Passive Infiniive Ablaives o Manner InsrumenSeparaion Place rom Which Place Where Accusaive o Place o W hich
alking Afer School Aciviies
vindashvii bull Latin for the New Millennium
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 2154
Contents bull ix
CHAPTER 18 301
eading Apuleius ldquoCupid and PsycherdquoLanguage Facs Fuure Perec Aci ve ense o All Conjugaions Fuure
Perec ense o Sum and Possum Fifh Declension Nounsalking Going o he Denis
REVIEW 6 CHAPTERS 1699125118 315
Considering he Classical Gods BacchusConnecing wih he Ancien World Gladiaorial GamesExploring oman Disasers Earh Air Fire and Waer by John E Torburn
Associae Proessor o Classics Baylor Universiy Waco exas
Mīrābile Audīū Quoaions elaing o Atiudes oward and Coping wihMisorunes
CHAPTER 19 331
eading Ammianus ldquoTe HunsrdquoLanguage Facs Perec Passive Pariciple Perec Passive ense o All
Conjugaions eview o Principal Par s o Verbs Demonsraive Pronounand Adjecive Hic
alking Cleaning he House
CHAPTER 20 349
eading Augusine ldquoAn Adolescen TierdquoLanguage Facs Pluperec Passive ense o Al l Conjugaions Perec Acive
and Passive Infini ives Demonsraive Pronoun and Adjecive Illealking Going Shopping
CHAPTER 21 361
eading Boehius ldquoTe Wheel o ForunerdquoLanguage Facs Fuure Perec Passive ense o All Conjugaions Fuure
Acive Pariciple Fuure Acive Infiniivealking A Birhday Pary
REVIEW 7 CHAPTERS 1999125121 375
Considering he Classical Gods VulcanConnecing wih he Ancien World oman EducaionExploring oman Libraries Public Libraries and Teir Books by Keih Dix
Associae Proessor o Classics Universiy o Georgia Ahens GeorgiaMīrābile Audīū Phrases Quoaions and Abbreviaions elaing o
Schools Libraries and Books
viii bull Latin for the New Millennium
CHAPTER 13 219
eading Horace ldquoAn Encouner wih a BoorrdquoLanguage Facs Presen ense Posiive and Negaive Imperaives Firs and
Second Person Personal Pronouns Geniive Case Ti rd Person PossessivePronoun and Adjecive
alking Lae or School
CHAPTER 14 233
eading Ovid ldquoPyramus and TisberdquoLanguage Facs Firs and Second Conjugaion Verbs Fuure Acive and
Passive ense Fuure ense o Sum and Possum elaive Pronouns
elaive Clausesalking Chating on he Inerne
CHAPTER 15 245
eading Seneca ldquoe1047298ecions on Growing OldrdquoLanguage Facs Tird a nd Fourh Conjugaion Verbs Fuure Acive and
Passive ense Inerrogaive Pronouns and Adjecivesalking A rip o he Counry
REVIEW 5 CHAPTERS 1399125115 259
Considering he Classical Gods Minerva Di ana VenusConnecing wih he A ncien World oman Ciies and oadsExploring oman Law Te Jusice Sysem in Ancien ome by James G
Keenan Proessor o Classics Loyola Universiy Chicago Chicago IllinoisMīrābile Audīū Phrases and Quoaions elaing o Legal Maters
CHAPTER 16 273
eading Pliny he Younger ldquoTe Erupion o VesuviusrdquoLanguage Facs Perec ense Verbs Perec Sem Perec Acive ense o
All Conjugaions Perec ense o Sum and Possum Daive o Possessionalking elaxing a he Beach
CHAPTER 17 287
eading acius ldquoTe Fire a omerdquoLanguage Facs Pluperec A cive ense o All Conjugaions Pluperec
ense o Sum and Possum Fourh Declension Masculine Feminine andNeuer Nouns
alking ecovering rom an Acciden
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull viiindashix
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 2254
xndashxi bull Latin for the New Millennium
FOREWORDTe aurea mediocriās o Lain exbooks has arrived No a grammar-ranslaion nor a readingapproach book Lain or he New Millennium is a blend o he bes elemens o boh
Te key o Lain or he New Millennium Level 1 is he emphasis on reading Lain a he begin-ning o each chaper and using conversaional Lain a he end o each chaper or as he auhorsindicae in he Preace lsquoi (Lain) offers you he lingui sic key o he minds ha shaped European
(and hereore American) culu re rom he ime o he omans o he modern scienific revolu-ion In his book you will learn abou he language sep by sep by using irsquo
Te reading passages a he opening o each chaper are ba sed on Lain lieraure and proceedin chronological order rom Plauus o Boehius Each reading is suppored by pre-reading andacing page vocabulary Grammar is inroduced using senences already seen in he reading pas-sage and mīrābile dicū here are pleny o exercises Te Vocabulary o Learn chosen rom headaped reading passage hus conains some Advanced Placemen lieraure-based words and i sreieraed consisenly in he exercises and oher shor reading passages
Somehing no seen in mos Lain exbooks is he conversaional dialogue a he end o eachchaper Tis will pique he sudenrsquos ineres in he Lain version o modern-day aciviies andmee cerain classical language sandards direcly Te auhors Milena Minkova and erenceunberg proessors a he Universiy o Kenucky a Lexingon are he direcors o he hugelypopular Conveniculum Lexinoniense he annual su mmer program ha has been r unning ormore han en years Tey are also on he aculy o he Conveniculum Bosoniense a similarprogram ha draws paricipans o experience conversaional Lain in differen geographical se-ings A he 2007 American Classical Leag ue Insiue a Vanderbil Universiy I paricipaed ina conversaional Lain workshop presened by Minkova and unberg Tough he par icipans
were seasoned Lain eachers mos were experiencing or he firs ime he ried and rue meh-ods hese wo expers were using o inspire us o speak Lain By he end o he workshop wecould converse in amiliar Lain phrases and saw how useul his could be or our own sudensunbergrsquos and Minkovarsquos leadership in hese summer programs made hem uniquely well suiedo design he conversaional dialogues in Lain or he New Millennium and he copious oral ex-ercises ha are conained only in he eacher manual hus al lowing eachers o pick and choose
which exercises bes mee he needs o heir own sudens
Tis book wih is range o offerings wi ll appeal o all ypes o lang uage sudens and will alloweachers o bring he many aces o he oman and pos-oman world ino he classroom How
wonderul i is o see a passage o adaped Plauus in Chaper 2 a prose adapaion o Caullusrsquo passer poem in Chaper 7 o Horacersquos saire on he boor in Chaper 13 and even o aciusrsquo de-scripion o he grea fire in ome in Chaper 17 oman culure is embodied in each o hesepassages hus meeing anoher classical language sandard Accompanying each passage is aquoaion or moto conneced o he passage or chaper
bull xi bullx bull Latin for the New Millennium
APPENDIX A 389
Chronological Lis o he Auhors and Works Sudied
APPENDIX B 391
Addiional Sae Motoes
APPENDIX C 393
Grammaical Forms and Paradigms
APPENDIX D 405
Lain Synax
APPENDIX E 411Hisorical imeline
ENGLISH TO LATIN GLOSSARY 415
LATIN TO ENGLISH GLOSSARY 421
BIBLIOGRAPHY 429
PHOTOGRAPHY CREDITS 431
INDEX 435
LIST OF MAPS
Map o he oman World xxxi iMap o he ravels o Aeneas 187Map o he Ciy o ome 227
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 2354
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull xiindashxiii
PREFACELearning Lain helps you learn English and oher languages beter and perhaps even moreimporanly i offers you he linguisic key o he minds ha shaped European (and hereore
American) culure rom he ime o he omans o he modern scienific revoluion Lain washe language hese people used o express hemselves and o record heir ideas in permanen ormacross so many cenuries In his book you wil l learn abou he language by u sing i sep by sep
CHAPTER COMPONENTS
READING PASSAGES
Each chaper begins wih a eading Passage and noes on he acing page ha will help you un-dersand any linguisic elemens you have no previously seen Tese noes eaure vocabulary
words in an easy o ollow alphabeical l ising providing you he exac meaning needed o un-dersand he reading passage bu no he ull lexical enries a his poin By reading and seeinghese new elemens in heir naural conex ofen you will need no explanaion o undersandhow hey uncion because hey appear w ih words you already know Te eadi ng Passages areadaped rom auhenic works o Lain lieraure and hey are presened in chronological order
As you complee each chaper you will be raci ng he sory o Lain as a lierary language andhe sories o he auhors who used i In addiion you wi ll learn abou oman c ulure over heperiods o ime in which he eaured reading o each chaper was produced
VOCABULARY TO LEARN
Te Vocabulary o Learn repeas some words encounered in he eading Passage or each chap-
er bu in his secion he words are lised by pars o speech i nsead o alphabeically and herehe ull lexical enry is given Tese are words you will need o memorize in order o recognizeand use hem hroughou he remainder o he book In order o aid you in recognizi ng connec-ions beween Lain words and he English words derived rom or relaed o hem a derivaiveexercise ollows each Vocabulary o Learn
LANGUAGE FACTS AND EXERCISES
In he body o each chaper you will fi nd simple explanaions o he Language Facs eaured inhe chaper reading passage along wih many differen exercises ha allow you o use all he in-ormaion you are learning By doing he exercises in each chaper and in he suden workbook
you will no only be reading and wriing Lain yoursquoll be speaking i Some exercises involve oralexchanges wih he eacher and wih oher sudens Because Lain communicaes hough i isa living hing Tereore a person who gains an acive working knowledge in he language along
bull xiii bullxii bull Latin for the New Millennium
All o his said Lain or he New Millennium is suden riendly Sudy ips rhymes and mnemon-ics abound in each chaper and litle secions called ldquoBy he Wayrdquo offer addiional inormaion orhose who always wan o know more
Te uni review secions are ru ly gems Afer hree chapers a Lain review chaper providesno jus he complee lis o Vocabulary o Learn and pleniu l exercises bu ofen anoher pieceo adaped lieraure o read991252snippes o Mari al or Peronius and more
Bu his is no all A secion called ldquoConsidering he Classical Godsrdquo offers high-ineres readingsin boh Engli sh and Lain on he panheon o classical gods A noher secion eniled ldquoConnec-ing wih he Ancien Worldrdquo provides in English addiional i normaion on a paricular aspec ooman lie conained wihin he uni
Capping each review uni is a disincive essay ha e xplores oman and modern opics each writen by a universiy scholar From he Universiy o Massachusets o Sanord Universiyand many places in be ween hese proessors have conribued heir special experise on subjecmater relaed o he chapers I k now o no oher book ha does hi s
Tere are many useu l phoographs and maps appropriaely placed hroughou Te reproduc-ions o fine ar and phoographs o archaeological sies provide a visual learning experience as
well Needless o say here are appendices on g rammar and synax a nd English o Lain andLain o English glossaries wih an added secion on various motoes
Te auhors ediors consulans and pilo eachers have done a superior job o organizing his book or maximum useu lness and effeciveness Tis unique series w ill include he ollowi ngLevel 1 Suden ex Level 1 Suden Workbook Level 1 eacherrsquos Manual and Level 1 Work-
book eacherrsquos Manual Level 2 Suden ex Level 2 Suden Workbook Level 2 eacherrsquosManual and Level 2 Workbook eacherrsquos Manual Many online and elecronic resources willalso accompany his series
Lain for he New Millennium has been houghully designed or and wih he weny-firscenury suden in mind Please join me in heralding he appearance o his unique new series
ha will improve and enhance he sudy o Lain or he weny-firs cenury
P983137983157983148 P983154983151983152983141983154983162983145983151Boson Lain Academy
2008
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 2454
xivndashxv bull Latin for the New Millennium
Preface bull xv
ASPECTS OF ROMAN LIFE
Nex you will find a reading in English on an imporan aspec o oman daily lie Tis sec-ion eniled Connecing wih he Ancien World wil l presen addiional inormaion on a opicencounered in he previous c hapers
EXPLORING ROMAN AND MODERN LIFE
Following he secion on daily lie here will be a shor essay in English ha compares and con-rass some aspec o oman and American lie and illusraes a way in which Lain is a par oour lie oday Each o hese essays has been writen by a universiy scholar wih special experisein his field o sudy
MĪRĀBILE AUDĪTŪEach review chaper concludes wih a l is o Lain quoaions motoes phrases or abbreviaionsused in English Tese sayings relae o one o he uni opics
Te Lain langu age and oman culure have no only inspired wriers hroughou he ages andin1047298uenced modern lie bu have also lef heir presence in ar and archaeology In his volumereproducions o painings drawings sculpure mosaics rescoes and oher ariacs rom an-iquiy hrough he presen abound wih depicions o and reerences o he sories and lives ohe omans Likewise view s o archaeological sies remind us o wha ome and is area o in1047298u-ence was like in ancien imes Te illusraions hroughou he ex suppor he writen word in
visual orm hus offering you a vivid recollecion o he chaper conen
Each auhor o his book has writen differen secions o he exbook bu boh auhors have ben-efied hroughou he composiion o he exbook rom coninuous muual advice and suppor
MM and 2008
Visi wwwl nmbolchazycom o see he elecronic resources ha accompany Lain or he New Millennium
xiv bull Latin for the New Millennium
wih a readi ng abiliy i s more likely o progress quick ly o a deeper undersanding o he lan-guage and he enjoymen o is lieraure I you have an oral aciliy and can wrie in a language
you will no need o be reminded abou orms and grammaical rules so ofen In his book you will acquire ha acive acili y as a basic par o learning he language
CONVERSATIONAL LATIN
oward he end o each chaper here is a Lain dialogue in which a group o modern sudens arehe paricipans Tey discuss in Lain siuaions ofen encounered in our daily li ves In hesedialogues you will find a bridge beween our lives and he houghs o he ancien medieval orrenaissance auhors who wroe in Lain991252a bridge consruced o he same basic language Lain
OTHER FEATURESIn each chaper you will fi nd oher ineresing mater ha will help you learn and enjoy Lain
bull Memorābile Dictū Te firs page o each chaper eaures a amous saying labeled Memorābile Dicū (A Memorable Ting o Say) a Lain phrase so well known ha i has become an ofenrepeaed proverb or quoaion Learning each amous saying wi ll increase your u ndersand-ing no jus o Lain bu o he houghs and ideas ha were i mporan o omans and haveconinued o be an inegral par o modern lie
bull Sudy ips Each chaper conains sayings rhymes mnemonic devices verses or oher in-ormaion ha will help you remember he various hings you are learning
bull By he Way You will see his phrase repeaed hroughou every chaper When you see hislabel you will know ha addiional inormaion is being presened
REVIEW COMPONENTS A he conclusion o every se o hree chapers here is a review conaining various componens
VOCABULARY TO KNOW
Tis is a complee lis o all he Vocabulary o Learn words presened in he hree chapers ar-ranged by pars o speech
EXERCISES
Here you will see many new exercises ha will help you review and reinorce he maerial in hehree preceding chapers In he review exercise secion here is ofen an addiional reading pas-sage o help you undersand more abou Lain lieraure and is heriage oday
CLASSICAL MYTHOLOGY
Tis secion eniled Considering Classical Myhology includes passages on myhology one inEnglish and one in Lain which ell some o he principal sories abou he Greek and omangods Tese sories re1047298ec many o he main hemes seen in lieraure and ar rom classical omodern imes
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 2554
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull xvindashxvii
AUTHORSMILENA MINKOVA
MA and PhD Chrisian and Classical Philology Pon-ifical Salesian Universiy ome Ialy MA and PhDClassics Universiy o Sofia Bulgaria
Associae Proessor o Classics Universiy o KenuckyLexingon Kenucky
Milena Minkova has sudied conduced research andaugh in Bulgaria Swizerland Germany Ialy he
Vaican Ciy and he USA Minkova has auhored hree book monographs Te Personal Names o he Lain In-scripions fom Bulgaria (Peer Lang 2000) Te Proe-an Raio (Peer Lang 2001) and Inroducion o Lain
Prose Composiion (Bolchazy-Carducci 2007 reprin Wimbledon 2001) She has also published numerousaricles on Lain medieval philosophy Lain lieraureLain composiion and Lain pedagogy
TERENCE TUNBERGBA and MA Classics Universiy o Souhern Calior-nia Posgraduae researcher and docoral suden Me-
dieval Sudies Universiy o London England PhDClassical Philology Universiy o orono Canada
Proessor o Classics Universiy o Kenucky Lexing-on Kenucky
erence unberg has augh in Belgium and Canadaas well as in he USA He is a specialis in Lain com-posiion and an exper in he hi sory o he approacheso wriing Lain prose rom aniquiy o early modernimes His works include a n ediion o collecion o Me-dieval Lain speeches commenaries on Lain worksand numerous sudies o he hisory o imiaion in La-in wriing In addiion or more han a decade he hasoffered summer seminars designed o inroduce peopleo he use o spoken Lain
bull xvii bull
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 2654
EDITORS CONSULTANTSAND PILOT TEACHERS
VOLUME EDITORSElisa C DenjaEdior Bolchazy-Carducci PublishersBaker Demonsraion School EmeriaEvanson Illinois
LeaAnn A OsburnEdior Bolchazy-Carducci PublishersBarringon High School EmeriaBarringon Illinois
BOARD OF
CONSULTANTS Virginia A ndersonLain eacherIllinois Virual High SchoolBarringon Middle School EmeriaBarringon Illinois
Jill M CrookerLain eacher
Pitsord-Mendon High School EmeriaPitsord New York
Judih Peller HalletProessor o ClassicsUniversiy o MarylandCollege Park Maryland
Sherwin D Litle1ndash12 Foreign Language Program LeaderIndian Hill High SchoolCincinnai Ohio
Sherrilyn MarinChair Deparmen o Foreign LanguagesKeih Counry Day Schoolockord Illinois
Mary PendergrafProessor o Classical Languages
Wake Fores Universiy Winson-Salem Norh Carolina
John raupman
Proessor o ClassicsS Josephrsquos Universiy EmeriusPhiladelphia Pennsylvania
Cynhia Whie Associae Proessor o ClassicsUniversiy o Arizonaucson Ari zona
ose WilliamsMcMurry College Emeria
Abilene High School Emeria Abilene exas
Donna WrighLain eacherLawrence Norh and Lawrence Cenral High
Schools
Indianapolis Indiana
PILOT TEACHERS Jeremy M WalkerLain eacherCrown Poin High SchoolCrown Poin Indiana
Laneta WarrenburgLain eacherElgin High SchoolElgin Illinois
bull xix bullxviii bull Latin for the New Millennium
JOINT PUBLICATIONS BY THE AUTHORSMinkova and unberg have coauhored he ollowing books Readings and Exercises in Lain
Prose Composiion (Focus 2004) Reading Livyrsquos Rome Selecions fom Livy Books IndashVI (Bol-chazy-Carducci 2 005) Maer Anserina Poems in Lain or Children (Focus 2006) Tey are hedirecors o he Insiue or Lain Sud ies a he Universiy o Kenucky in which sudens sudyhe hisory o Lain rom ancien o modern imes and ake par in seminars in which Lai n is he
working language o all ac iviies Boh Minkova and unberg are eleced ellows o he ome- based Academia Lainiai Fovendae he primary learned sociey devoed o he preservaion andpromoion o he use o Lain
xviiindashxix bull Latin for the New Millennium
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 2754
Editors Consultants and Pilot Teachers bull xxi
SHERWIN LITTLE
BA Universiy o Cincinnai M A Universiy o Colorado
Sherwin Litle has augh Lain rom sixh g rade hrough Lain AP a Indian Hill Exemped Vil-lage School Disric since 1983 Sherwin has received an Ovaio rom CAMWS as well as heCAMWS Good eacher Award and he Hildesheim Vase Award rom he Ohio Classical Coner-ence in 1986 and 2007 Sherwin holds Naional Board Cerificaion in World Languages Oherhan English and has been boh Vice Presiden and Presiden o he American Classical Leag ue
SHERRILYN MARTIN
BA Wilson College MA PhD Universiy o Cincinnai
Sherrilyn Marin was named Illinois Lain eacher o he Year in 1993 was a recipien o heL Governorrsquos Award or Foreign Language eaching in 2001 and was named a Claes Nobeleacher o Disincion in 2 007 She is a pas presiden o he Illinois Classical Conerence and isacive in he ockord Sociey o he A rchaeological Insiue o America Sherri lyn spen a yearin independen sudy a he Universiy o Tessaloniki Greece
MARY PENDERGRAFT
AB PhD Universiy o Norh Carolina Chapel Hill
Afer eaching a UNC-Greensboro and D uke Universiy Mary Pendergraf began eachingclassics ul l-ime a Wake Fores Mary is a ormer Presiden o he Norh Carolina Classical A s-sociaion and paricipaed in he ocus group ha w roe he Norh Carolina Sandard Course oSudy or Lain
JOHN TRAUPMAN
BA Moravian College MA PhD Pr inceon Universiy
John raupman is proessor emerius rom S Josephrsquos Universiy i n Phil adelphia where heaugh or hiry-eigh years A mong his many awards John received he Disinguished eaching
Award rom S Josephrsquos Universiy in 1982 a cerificae o appreciaion rom he PennsylvaniaDeparmen o Educaion in 1990 and he Special Award rom he Classical Associaion o he
Alanic Saes in 1996 John raupman is especially well-known as he auhor oConversaional Lain and Te New College Lain and English Dicionary
CYNTHIA WHITE
BA Chesnu Hill College MA Villanova Universiy PhD Caholic Universiy o America
Cynhia Whie is he Direcor o he Undergraduae Lain Program and supervises eacherraining and Kndash12 Lain eacher Cerificaion a he Universiy o Arizona She regularlyeaches a he Isiuo Inernazionale di Sudi Classici di Orvieo he Classics Deparmenrsquos Sudy
Abroad Program in Orvi eo Ialy and has sudied i n ome wih he Papal Lai nis eg inaldFoser ODC
xx bull Latin for the New Millennium
VOLUME EDITORSELISA C DENJA
BA Marygrove College Deroi Michigan MA Columbia Universiy MA Loyola UniversiyChicago
Elisa Denja augh Lain a Norh Chicago High School and Baker Demonsraion School inEvanson Illinois or many years while concurrenly eaching classical myhology a LoyolaUniversiy o Chicago and in he g ifed-disance learning program a Norhwesern UniversiyElisa was awarded he Illinois Lain eacher o he Year award in 1992 and he Illinois Lieime
Achievemen Award in 2007
LEAANN A OSBURNBA Monmouh College Illinois MA Loyola Universiy Chicago
While eaching Lain or many years a Barringon High School in Barringon Illinois LeaA nnserved as boh vice-presiden and presiden o he Illinois Classical Conerence LeaAn n receivedhe Illinois La in eacher o he Year award in 1989 he Illinois L Governorrsquos Award in 1990and he Classical Associaion o he Middle Wes and Souh Good eacher Award in 1996
BOARD OF CONSULTANTSVIRGINIA ANDERSON
BA Loyola Universiy Chicago MA S Xavier Universiy
Virginia Anderson augh Lain or hi ry years i n privae and public hi gh schools and middleschools in he Chicagoland area In 1999 she was awarded he L Governorrsquos Award or Enhance-men o he eaching Proession and in 2003 was named Il linois Lain eacher o he Year
JILL M CROOKER
BA Universiy o Illi nois MSEd Nazareh College o ocheser New York Jill Crooker augh Lain or many years a Pitsord-Mendon High School in Pitsord New YorkShe has served as he College Board Advisor o he A P Lain es Developmen Commitee andin 1996 received he Moron E Spillenger Award or Disingui shed Leadership o he Classical
Associaion o he Empire Sae In 2003 she received he ACL Meria Award and i n 2006 a nOvaio rom he Classical A ssociaion o he Alanic Saes
JUDITH PELLER HALLETT
BA Wellesley MA PhD Harvard Universiy
In addiion o sudying a he A merican Academy in ome he Insiue o Classical Sudies inLondon and he Universiy o Maasrich in Holland Judih Hallet is a ormer presiden o heClassical Associaion o he Alanic Saes and Vice-Presiden or Oureach o he AmericanPhilological Associaion She was named a Disinguished Scholar-eacher in 1992 by he Uni-
versiy o Maryland
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull xxndashxxi
TEACHER NOTES
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 2854
xxii bull Latin for the New Millennium
xxii bull L atin for the New Millennium
ROSE WILLIAMS
BA Baylor Universiy MA Universiy o Norh Carolina Chapel Hill
In addiion o posgraduae work in Lain and Humaniies a he Universiy o Dallas and heUniversiy o exas a Arlingon on a ockeeller Gran ose Williams did research a he Bodle-ian Library Ox ord Universiy in England and a he Universiy o Pisa She augh Lain or overhiry years a boh high school and uni versiy levels in exas and now is he auhor o more hanen books abou he Classics
DONNA WRIGHT
BA MA Ball Sae Universiy
Afer eaching Lain a Carmel High School Donna Wrigh currenly eaches a boh LawrenceNorh and Lawrence Cenral High Schools in Indianapolis Indiana She has been an acivemember o he Indiana Classical Conerence being named Creaive Lain eacher o he Year in1976 She has also been acive i n he American Classical League sponsoring a JCL chaper andleading Ialy rips or nearly weny years Donna also served as an offi cer speaker and boardmember o Pompeiiana Inc
PILOT TEACHERS JEREMY M WALKER
AB Wabash College MA Indiana Universiy
Jeremy Walker has augh Lain a Crown Poin High School in Crown Poin Indiana since1995 He has served as he Co-Chair o he Indiana Junior Classical League and Membershipand Public elaions Chair o he Naional Junior Classical League In addiion o sudying inIaly a he Inercollegiae Cener or Classical Sudies and in Greece a he American School orClassical Sudies he was presiden o he Indiana Classical Conerence In 2003 Jeremy was rec-ognized as he Lain eacher o he Year in Indiana and in 2004 was recognized by he Indiana
Sae eachers Associaion as a orch o K nowledge ecipien
LANETTA WARRENBURG
BA Indiana Universiy MA Indiana Universiy-Purdue Universiy Indianapolis
Laneta Warrenburg has augh high school English and Lain or hiry-hree years a schoolsin Indiana and Illinois Her las weny-our years o eaching Lain were a Elgin High Schoolin Elgin Illinois While eaching Lain here she served as he Illinois Classical Conerencechairperson or Chicago Classics Day as co-chair or he Illinois Ceramen League since 1993and as sae chair or he Il linois Junior Classical L eague rom 1999ndash2001 Laneta was honoredas he Illi nois Lain eacher o he Year in 2001 and was presiden o he Chicago Classical Clubrom 2005ndash2007
INTRODUCTION
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 2954
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull xxiii
INTRODUCTIONALPHABETTe Lain alphabe was derived rom he Eruscan alphabe some ime beore he sevenh cen-ury 983138983139983141 Te Eruscans were a people in pre-oman Ialy
Teir alphabe owes much o he Greek alphabe In urn he Greek alphabe was derived romhe Phoenician alphabe Phoenician raders had spread heir sysem o wriing h roughou he
Medierranean region Te Phoenician alphabe isel can be raced o he Norh Semiic alpha- be which was used in Syria and Palesine as early as he elevenh cenury 983138983139983141 and is consideredo be he earlies ully developed alphabeic wriing sysem
An Eruscan couple reclining on a funeral sarcophagus
bull xxiii bull
Sandard41
EDITORrsquoS NOTE
Te comprehension quesions and answers as well as some o he eaching ips and eacher by he Way noa-ions in his eacher manual were writen by Elisa C Denja LeaAnn A Osburn Karen Lee Singh and DonaldE Sprague classics ediorseducaors a Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers
HOW TO USE THIS BOOK
Please noe ha he perinen naional Classics sandards are lised in he margin o he lef or righ on he samepage as he reproducion o he suden ex
Eisemann Communicaion assised in preparing he correlaions o Lain o r he New Mil lennium wih he
naional sandards For an overview o he sandards hemselves and he correlaions please consul www bolchazyl nmcom
TEACHING TIP
Te eacher may choose o use he picure o he Eruscan couple on his page and he brie meniono he Eruscan alphabe o open a discussion on wha role he Eruscans played in early omanimes Sudens may be direced o p xxx ii o find Eruria on he map
TEACHING TIPTe eacher may wish o discuss wih he sudens he erm ldquoomance languagesrdquo Many modernlanguages come rom he language used by he ancien omans French Ialian Poruguese Span-ish omanian ec omansch (spoken by he descendans o he aeians and one o he our o-ficial languages o Swizerland) is also derived rom Lain
TEACHER BY THE WAYBased on archeological evidence i appears ha Eruscan women were an imporan par o hesocial srucure Ofen he names o boh moher and aher were placed on unerary inscripionsTe reedom o women wihin sociey is likewise apparen on monumens where hey can be seenreclining wih heir husbands on he same couch atending games and having a place o honor in heomb isel Noice he affecionae pose o he couple in he illusraion on p xxiii Clearly marriedlove was valued in Eruscan sociey and amily lie was imporan
ombs also provide evidence or he syle o Eruscan homes Some o hese eaures were borrowed by heomans especially he cenral hall and hree rooms a he back Tis ype o house was known a Pompeii as well as a ome ac cording o Viru vius auhor o Dē archiecūrā
TEACHING TIP
Te eacher may wish o have sudens read an English ranslaion o Livyrsquos radiional accouno anaquil wie o arquinius Priscus he fifh king o ome Te independence o Eruscan women is ev iden in hi s ale He r behavior is he ani hesis o he ideas o woma nly dec orum hel d by he omans
TEACHING TIPS d ill j i i h E li h ldquo lph b rdquo pl i h E li h l t ih h
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 3054
xxiv bull Latin for the New Millennium
xxiv bull Latin for the New Millennium
Look a he English alphabe in he lef column and a he Lain alphabe in he righ one TeLain alphabe is accompanied by he names o he Lain leters (in parenheses)
English Alphabe Lain Alphabe
Uppercase Lowercase Uppercase Lowercase Leter Name
A a A a (a ldquoăhrdquo)
B b B b (be ldquobayrdquo)
C c C c (ce ldquocayrdquo)
D d D d (de ldquodayrdquo)
E e E e (e ldquoĕhrdquo)
F F (e)
G g G g (ge ldquogayrdquo)H h H h (ha ldquohahrdquo)
I i I i (i ldquoeerdquo)
J j
K k K k (ka ldquokahrdquo)
L l L l (el)
M m M m (em)
N n N n (en)
O o O o (o ldquoŏhrdquo)
P p P p (pe ldquopayrdquo)
Q q Q q (qu ldquokoordquo)
r r (er)
S s S s (es)
(e ldquoayrdquo)
U u U u (u ldquooordquo)
V v V v (u consonan)
W w
X x X x (ix ldquoeexrdquo)
Y y Y y (upsilon)
Z z Z z (zea ldquodzayardquo)
Te English alphabe is derived direcly rom he Lain alphabe Tis accouns or he greasimilariies b eween he wo alphabes Tere are 26 leters in he English alphabe and 24 in heLain Te differences are he ollowing
bull Te leter W w (which is he doubled leter v) is missing in he Lain alphabe
bull Te leter J j is a more recen invenion In ac i appears in Lain exs writen during heMiddle Ages and he enaissance as well as i n many modern ediions o ancien Lain exsI is used o indicae he semi-vowel i someimes called consonanal i Te consonanal i is
Sudens will enjoy singing he English alphabe song replacing he English leter names wih heLain leter names Sudens may be insruced o clap once where here is no Lain leter name (egldquoJrdquo) equivalen o he English one
TEACHING TIPTe eacher may choose o display any Lain words (a lis is provided below or he eacherrsquos conve-nience) and insruc he sudens o spell ou he word using he Lain leter names Te sudensmay become curious o know wha he Lain words mean Definiions are given below
bull pars ndash par
bull nox ndash nigh
bull ruber ndash red
bull ēgī ndash I have done
bull amilia ndash amily
bull carō ndash 1047298esh
bull dēcernō ndash I decide
bull herba ndash plan
bull Kalendae ndash Kalends (firs day o he monh)
bull quoque ndash also
bull imor ndash ear
bull Pȳhia ndash Pyhia (name o Apollorsquos priesess)
bull iēcī ndash I hrew
bull ēlīx - happy bull ignis ndash fire
bull mūō ndash I change
COMPREHENSION QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS FOR PAGES XXIII991251XXVeproducible versions o he quesions alone are available a wwwlnm bolchazycom
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 3154
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull xxv
Introduction bull xxv
he i a he beginning o a word beore a vowel or i beween wo vowels According o hismehod or example Iūlius is writen Jūlius and Āiax is writen Ājax In his book he leter J j will no be used
bull Te disincion beween he vowel U u and he consonan V v also belongs o laer imesIniially here was only one leter V u used boh or he vowel and he consonan eg Vrbs ldquoTe Ciyrdquo (ie ome) or uicor ldquohe winnerrdquo
bull However in accord wih he prevail ing pracice o expressing he vowel wih U u and heconsonan wih V v in his book he wo leters will be disingui shed
PRONUNCIATION OF LATIN
VOWELSTere are six vowels in Lain and heir pronunciaion is as ollows
Long Vowel Sound Shor Vowel Sound
ā is pronounced as in ldquoaherrdquo ōrāor ldquooraorrdquo a is pronounced as in ldquoalikerdquo amō ldquoloverdquo
ē is pronounced like he a in ldquoraverdquo nēmō ldquonobodyrdquo e is pronounced as in ldquoperdquo bene ldquowellrdquo
ī is pronounced like he double e in ldquoseenrdquo līmes ldquoboundaryrdquo
i is pronounced as in ldquopirdquo nihil ldquonohingrdquo
ō is pronounced as in ldquosoverdquo videō ldquo(I) seerdquo o is pronounced as in ldquoofenrdquorosa ldquoroserdquo
ū is pronounced as in ldquomoonrdquo ūnus ldquoonerdquo u is pronounced as in ldquopurdquo um ldquohenrdquo
ӯ comes rom Greek and is pronounced in lenghsomewhere beween he i in ldquohirdquo and he u in ldquomuerdquo Pӯramus ldquoPyramusrdquo
y comes rom Greek Is sound wheher long or shorlies in beween he sounds o i and u much as in heFrench ldquosucircrrdquo bu he sound o shor y is less drawn ouhan ha o long y lyricus ldquolyricalrdquo
Te Lain words senātus rēgēsulla gentēs and prīmus are
engraved on his sone
Sign from Pompeii carved on sone wih Lain leters
p q
1 race he roos o he Lain alphabe rom is beginnings orward
Norh-Semiic alphabe elevenh cenury 983138983139983141 Phoenician alphabe Greek alphabe Erusca n alphabeLain alphabe
2 Which wo leters in he English alphabe are no ound in he Lain alphabe
W and J
3 When does he leter J begin o appear in Lain
During he Middle Ages and he enaissa nce
4 Look a he Lain inscripion on he sign rom Pompeii (on he righ o p xxv) Find a leas hree Lain words Lis an Engl ish word you believe is based on he La in word
colonia 991252 colonial colony honoris 991252 honorspecacula 991252 specacular specacle perpevom 991252 perpeual perpeuiy duovir 991252 virile virili
Sandards12 41
TEACHING TIPSudens may wan o know he English meanings o he Lain words in Exercises 1 and 2 Te defini-
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 3254
xxvi bull Latin for the New Millennium
xxvi bull L atin for the New Millennium
BY THE WAY
Everywhere in his book long vowels are indicaed by macrons ie ā ē ī ō ū ӯ whileabove he shor vowels here are no signs Someimes wo words differ rom each oheronly in he lengh o he vowel For example mālum wih a longa means ldquoapplerdquo whilemalum wih a shor a means ldquobad hingrdquo
EXERCISE 1epea hese words aloud afer your eacher pronounces hem
1 a lō 7 lēnis 13 probō 19 sūor2 alumnus 8 sēdēs 14 noa 20 ūsus3 rāna 9 i er 15 pōnō 21 syllaba4 rādō 10 imeō 16 dōnum 22 Pӯrēnē5 eneō 11 nīor 17 ululō6 peō 12 mīrus 18 lupus
DIPHTHONGSDiphhongs are wo vowels combined in one syllable and pronounced ogeher as one soundTere are six diphhongs in Lain
bull ae much like he y in ldquoskyrdquo laevus ldquo lefrdquo
bull au pronounced as ou in ldquoourrdquo aurum ldquo goldrdquo
bull ei pronounced as ei in ldquoeignrdquo oiei ldquoalasrdquo
bull eu pronounced eoo much as i in he wo words ldquogrey bluerdquo you were o subrac he ldquogr-rdquo andhe ldquobl-rdquo and combine he wo vowel sounds Eurōpa ldquoEuroperdquo
bull oe pronounced as oy in ldquoboyrdquo proelium ldquo batlerdquo
bull ui pronounced nearly like ldquowerdquohui ldquoohrdquo
I is believed ha quie early sill in ancien imes he diphhongs ae and oe began o be pro-nounced as e I you encouner hem writen aē or aeuml and oē or oeuml his means ha hey are nodiphhongs and he leters should be pronounced separaely āēr poēa
Te diphhongs are always long
EXERCISE 2epea hese words afer your eacher pronounces hem
1 aesās 7 s eu 13 aēneus2 a equō 8 m oenia 14 poēma3 raeda 9 neu 15 hei4 l audō 10 poena 16 huic5 a u 11 neuer6 aula 12 Poenus
Sudens may wan o know he English meanings o he Lain words in Exercises 1 and 2 Te definiions are provided or he eacherrsquos convenience
EXERCISE 11 I nourish 12 wonderul
2 suden 13 I approve
3 rog 14 noe
4 I scrape 15 I pu
5 I hold 16 gif6 I seek 17 I howl
7 smooh 18 wol
8 sea 19 shoemaker
9 journey 20 use
10 I ear 21 sylla ble
11 I srive 22 Pȳrene (a name)
EXERCISE 21 summer
2 I make level
3 carriage
4 I praise5 or
6 orecour
7 or i
8 walls
9 and no
10 penaly
11 neiher
12 Carhaginian
13 bronze
14 poem
15 ah
16 o his
TEACHER BY THE WAYHisorical evidence can be cied or reading he firs syllable o ldquomāgnusrdquo as naurally long bu oher
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 3354
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull xxvii
Introduction bull xxvii
CONSONANTSbull c is pronounced as in ldquocomerdquo clārus ldquobrighrdquo censeō ldquo(I) deemrdquo cārus ldquodearrdquo
bull When b is ollowed by s as in urbs ldquociyrdquo he sound o b approaches ha o p a sound wemigh represen as urps
bull g is pronounced as in ldquogerdquo gaudiumldquojoyrdquo gignō ldquo(I) bege (I) bearrdquo grāialdquoavor agreeablenessrdquo
bull Some hink ha he omans o Cicerorsquos ime (firs cenury 983138983139983141) pronounced he wo conso-nans ng as ngn or example he adjecive māgnus ldquogreardquo would have been pronounced in a
way ha we migh represen asmangnus
bull k is a very rare consonan In ac i appears only in wo words Kalendae ldquohe firs day oevery monh in he oman calendarrdquo and in he personal name Kaeso
bull q appears always in combinaion wih u and he combinaion qu is pronounced as in ldquoqueenrdquoquatuor ldquoourrdquo
bull v has a sound similar o w (as in he word ldquowierdquo) videō ldquo I seerdquo
bull Te consonanu in he combinaion su sounds like he English w in he ollowing our wordssuēscō ldquo(I) become accusomedrdquoSuēvī a name o a German ribe suādeō ldquo(I) adviserdquo suāvis ldquosweerdquo
bull Te leter r is rilled slighly Te sound has no exac equivalen in English bu is heard inmany oher European languages Te bes way o make his sound is o pronounce r as inldquoroperdquo bu vibrae he end o he ongue slighly as you say i
bull x is a double consonan (equivalen ocs or gs) ha sounds much like he x in ldquosixrdquo
bull z is a noher double consonan (equivalen o dz) and sounds almos like z in ldquozebrardquo I be-gins wih a sligh d sound firs so in pronouncing his leter you should hear dz
bull ph sounds like p in ldquopenrdquo bu wih he addiion o a sligh breah o air represened by he hth sounds like t as in ldquo omrdquo bu wih he addiion o a sligh ex ra breahing represened byhe h ch sounds nearly like he combinaion kh Tese consonans are borrowed rom Greek
and appear in Greek words zephyrus ldquowesern breezerdquo chorus ldquochorusrdquo heārum ldquoheaerrdquo When p and t are no accompanied by h his sligh aspiraion is absen
bull When consonans are doubled as in he verbaggredior he consonanal sound is lenghenedslighly
EXERCISE 3epea hese words afer your eacher pronounces hem
1 cibus 7 glōria 13 phasēlus2 capiō 8 Zeus 14 chara3 cumulus 9 bibliohēca 15 cēlō4 crēscō 10 phi losophia 16 anīquus5 gemma 11 zōna6 Gallus 12 heōrēma
g y g y gevidence suggess i is naurally shor Tus in some grammar books such as he one by Gildersleeveand Lodge we find his syllable marked as long bu in oher books i is reaed as shor
TEACHING TIPTe sudens may also wish o find ou he meanings o he Lain words in Exercise 3 Te definiionsare provided or he eacherrsquos convenience
EXERCISE 3
1 ood2 I ake
3 a heap
4 I grow
5 bud jewel
6 a Gaul
7 glory
8 Zeus
9 library
10 philosophy
11 a girdle
12 heory
13 kidney bean
14 paper
15 I hide
16 old
TEACHING TIPTe eacher may wish o provide he sudens wih some pracice on syllables and sress accen Here
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 3454
xxviii bull Latin for the New Millennium
xxviii bull Latin for the New Millennium
ACCENT A Lain word is made up no jus o leters bu also o syllables A Lain word has as many syllablesas i has vowels or diphhongs (a diphhong works like a single vowel since i is made up o wo
vowels pronounced ogeher [see diphhongs above])
You will need o know he ollowing erms when learning abou accen
bull ulima he las syllable in a word
bull penul he second-o-las syllable in a word
bull anepenul he hird-o-las syllable in a word
So in he word ze- ph y-r us he vowel u is he ulima y is he penul and e is he anepenul
RULES ABOUT THE STRESS ACCENT IN LATIN1 Te sress accen in Lain alls on eiher he penul or he anepenul
2 Te accen alls on he penul i he penul is long I he penul is shor he accen alls onhe anepenul
3 How o deermine wheher he penul is long or shor
a I he penul conains a long vowel (or any diphhong) he penul isel is long You o-en need o learn wheher he vowel in he penul is long or shor as a basic elemen inlearning a new word A macron above he vowel will ell you ha he vowel is long whi lehe absence o a macron wil l indicae a shor vowel Pronouncing he word can help youremember he vowel lenghs For ex ample vi-de-ō ldquoI seerdquo is pronounced viacutedeō whileau-rō-ra ldquodawnrdquo is pronounced aurōacutera and po-pu-lus ldquopeoplerdquo is pronounced po pulus
b I he vowel in he penul is ollowed by wo or more consonans he penul is long no
mater wheher he vowel in he penul is long or shor and he accen necessarily allson he penul For example do-cu-men-um ldquodocumenrdquo is pronounced documenacuteum
BY THE WAYTe consonan x is double (cs or gs) and couns as wo consonans when deermining
wheher he penul is long
c Tere is one excepion o lsquobrsquo above Someimes even when here are wo consonans be-ween he penul and he ulima hey sill do no deermine ha he penul is long Tishappens when he wo consonans are a mue and a liquid
Te mues are p b d t g c
Te liquids are l r
So in he word pal-pe-bra ldquoeyelidrdquo he anepenul is accened ( palacutepebra) he vowel o he pe-nul is shor since i i s ollowed by a mue and a l iquid O course ru le lsquoarsquo sill applies in he wordhe-ā-trum ldquoheaerrdquo he penul is accened (heāacuterum) since i is naurally long somehing welearn rom he macron
y p p yare some examples wih he answers included or he eacherrsquos convenience
Underline he ulima in each word
1 legō
2 rēgis
3 imperāor
Underline he penul in each word
1 causa
2 pūnīum3 armāus
Underline he anepenul in each word
1 vulnerō
2 eigī
3 sublāum
Underline he penul i i is long
1 pōnō
2 spēlunca
3 pauperis
Underline he syllable ha will receive he sress accen in each word1 ōrāculum
2 peīum
3 cōnsania
4 exsīncum
5 vulneris
6 solius
TEACHING TIPGiven he passage abou he bahhouse on his page and he picure rom Bah England he
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 3554
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull xxix
EXERCISE 4epea each senence aloud afer your eacher reads i Pay atenion o he pronunciaion andsress accen o each word
Wha i is Like o Live Over a Bahhouse
(Adaped rom Seneca Moral Leter 56)
Ecce undique clāmor sona Suprā ipsum balneum habiō Prōpōne nunc ibi omnia genera vōcumodiōsa Foriōrēs exercenur e manūs plumbō gravēs iacan cum au labōran au labōranemimianur Gemiūs audiō quoiēns spīrium remīsērun Sun quoque ūncōrēs e racāōrēs
Audiō crepium manuum umerōs erienium sonus quoque icuum mūāur nunc enim manusperveni plāna nunc concava Audiō clāmōrēs sī ūr es i n balneō dēprehēnsus
Look here is noise sounding all around I live above he bahhouse isel Imagine o yourselnow all he haeul ypes o voices Te sronger ones exercise hemselves and swing heir ha ndsloaded wih lead weighs while hey work ou991252or imiae a person working ou I hear moansevery ime hey le go a ltpen-upgt breah Tere are also anoiners and masseurs I hear he slapo hands hiting shoulders and he sound o he blows changes or someimes he hands come1047298a someimes cupped I hear shouing i a hie is caugh in he bahhouse
A pool from inside he Roman Bahs in Bah England
Introduction bull xxix
eacher may wish o open a discussion abou bahs during oman i mes Te use o he calidārium fīgid ārium epidārium and sūdārium may be explained by he eacher and sudens may be en-couraged o learn andor pronounce hese words
TEACHER BY THE WAYBahs were ofen consruced on locaions having ho or mineral springs such as Bah in Englandand Bāiae a resor own on he Bay o Naples
Modern Bah in oman imes was named afer he Celic goddess o healing Sulis In he firscenury her shrine was aken over by he omans and she was idenified wih he goddess Minerva
Te sie was hen known as Aquae Sulis Mine rva In a emple relie she is represened wih a Medusa-like head and a musache
Te spa conained a grea bah (73 f by 29 f) and hree oher swimming pools he calidārium (ho bah)epidārium (warm bah) and fīgidār ium (cold bah) In he second cenury he spring was enclosed wihin a wooden barrel-vau led build ing ha housed hese hree pools Ho ai r bahs were ueled by coal fires A con-san 1047298ow o waer was direced o he pools hrough lead pipes which sill uncion oday
Archeologica l excavaions have revealed ma ny sacred voive offerings c urse ables and innumerable coinsa he botom o he springs Te curse ables writen in Lain heaped curses on anyone suspeced o wrong-doing Te ancien radiion o hrowing coins accompanied by a wish sill prevails oday in ome a he reviFounain where ourissvisiors do he same
More inormaion on bah complexes in ome can be ound on p 386 o his eacherrsquos manual
Sandards22 31
32 41 42
TEACHING TIPTe eacher may wish o insruc he sudens o find he iber iver which is picured here on he
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 3654
xxx bull Latin for the New Millennium
xxx bull Latin for the New Millennium
OVERVIEW OF ROMAN HISTORY According o legend omulus and his win broher emus were se adrif on he iber iver Ashe-wol nursed he boys unil a shepherd rescued hem Upon reaching manhood in 753 983138983139983141he wins ounded a new ciy near he place w here hey had been ound by he she-wol on he
basis o anaugusō auguriō ldquoa avorable sighing o birdsrdquo Bu omulus killed emus in a dispueover who would rule he new ciy and became is firs king
Six oher kings ruled afer omulus Numa Pompilius ullus Hosilius Ancus Marius ar-quinius Prisc us Servius ullius a nd arquinius Superbus (arquin he Proud) Afer he las ohese seven kings was overhrown in 509 983138983139983141 ome became a republic wih a represenaiveorm o governmen headed by wo consuls eleced an nually By 451 983138983139983141 he fi rs corpus o o-man law known as he welve ables was creaed
In he las cenury 983138983139983141 he oman epublic was shaken apar by a series o civil wars By31 983138983139983141 an auocraic regime headed earlier by Julius Caesar and laer by his grea-nephew Oc-avian brough he epublic o an end Te years rom 27 983138983139983141991252when Ocavian assumed heile o prīnceps ldquochie ciizenrdquo as well as he name Augu sus991252o around 180 983139983141 are known ashe early principae or empire During his era ome exended her boundaries o he BriishIsles in he norh Norh Arica in he souh Spain in he wes and he igris and Euphraesrivers in he eas
A view of he iber River as i 1047298ows hrough he ciy of Rome
map on p xxxii
COMPREHENSION QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS FOR PAGE XXX991251XXXI
eproducible versions o he quesions alone are available a wwwlnm bolchazycom
1 Who were he legendary ounders o ome
omulus and emus
2 According o legend in wha year was ome ounded
753 983138983139983141
3 Over he course o he monarchic period how many kings ruled ome
Seven
4 Wha even occurred in 509 983138983139983141
Te beginni ng o he oman epublic (wih wo consuls in charge)
5 Wha is he erm associaed wih he wo leaders o he epublic
Consul
6 Which wo leaders oversaw omersquos shif rom a republic o a principae
Julius Caesar and OcavianAugusu s
7 Wha major aciviy associaed wih empire-building ook place during he principae
erriorial expansion
8 Name wo developmens ha characerized he lae empire
Severe economic problems inernal poliical unres andor requen invasion by he Germanic ribes
9 Describe Diocleianrsquos response o he roubles o he empire
Diocleian divided he empire ino wo halves he Easern and Wesern empires in order o make ruli nghe empire more manageable
10 Explai n he origin o he erm ldquovandalismrdquo
Te fifh cenury invasion and pillag ing o ome by he ribe known as he Vandals who occupied he o-man province o Norh Arica led o he erm ldquovandalismrdquo meaning wanon desrucion
11 Describe Lainrsquos role in he cenuries afer 476 983139983141
Lain 1047298ourished as he major lierary language in he Wesern oman Empire and was spread o non-omanized places like Ireland Scandinavia and he New World
TEACHING TIP
Te eacher may ask he sudens o find he daes menioned on his page in he imeline on pp411ndash414
Sandards21 31 32
TEACHING TIPTe eacher may insruc he sudens o locae ByzaniumConsaninople discussed here in he
d h h ii
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 3754
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull xxxi
Introduction bull xxxi
From 180 983139983141 onwards in he period k nown as he lae empire he oman sae experiencedsevere economic problems and requen invasions by Germanic ri bes esponding o he pres-sure o he firs wave o migraions as well as inernal poliical u nres and economic diffi culieshe emperor Diocleian (ruled 284ndash305 983139983141) had already divided he oman Empire ino anEasern and Wesern hal each under is own emperor991252an atemp o make he vas omansae more manageable
Tis poliical division o he empire acually mirrored a culural division oo he main lan-guage o he Wes was Lain while he main language o he Eas was Greek Shorly aferwardshe emperor Consanine (ruled 312ndash337 983139983141) esablished a new capial or he Easern empirea Byzanium wh ich he renamed Consaninople (ldquohe ciy o Consaninerdquo oday called Isan-
bul) Bu even afer his reorganizaion he imperial governmen ulimaely proved incapable o
semming he ide o he migraions in par because he oman army was oo widely e xendedand could no be in so many places a once Indeed many o he invaders were given he sauso oederāī or ldquoreay roopsrdquo In effec hey were a llowed o occupy segmens o he empire inreurn or proecing i So when Alar ic King o he Visigohs sacked ome in 410 983139983141 he acual lyhad a ile as a commander in he oman army
ome was sacked again in 455 983139983141 by he Vandals who had already occupied he omanprovince o Norh Arica Te pillaging o he ciy o omulus by he invaders made a pro-ound impression on conemporaries and o his day he erm ldquovandalismrdquo is a word in severallanguages or wanon desrucion While he Easern empire (always more sable and eco-nomically prosperous han he Wes) coninued o exis unil 1453 983139983141 he Wesern empire
was ex inc as a poliica l eniy by 476 983139983141 In is place were Germa nic k ingdoms and ribes Angles and Saxons in Briai n Visigohs in Spain Osrogohs in Ialy Franks and Burgundi ansin Gaul991252o name only he major groups Te combinaion o hese new socieies wih heprevious inhabians who had been omanized o varying degrees would one day provide he
basis or he culures o modern Europe
Bu he end o he ancien oman Empire in he Wes was no he end o Lain On he con-rary during he nex 1200 years Lain no only 1047298ourished as he major lierary language in he
erriories o he ormer Wesern oman Empire he use o Lain was exended o regions heomans had never occupied including Ireland Scandinavi a and even he New World
BEGINNINGS OF LATIN LITERATURE Very ew complee works o Lain lieraure produced beore he mid-second cenury 983138983139983141 (ie beore 150 983138983139983141) have survived One reason or his loss was he remendous populariy o he works produced in he ollowing cenury by such auhors as Cicero Vergil and Ovid Teir wri-ings were so widely read and copied in subsequen cenuries ha he auhors preceding hem
were gradually negleced
Among he major figures o early Lain lieraure was a reed slave rom he Greek ciy o aren-um named Livius Andronicus who li ved rom 284ndash204 983138983139983141 He was known or his adapaionso Greek drama or oman audiences and his ranslaion o Homerrsquos Odyssey ino Lain verse
second paragraph on he map on p xxxii
TEACHING TIPTe eacher may ask he sudens o find he daes menioned on his page in he imeline on pp413ndash414
HOW TO USE THIS BOOK AND ITS ANCILLARIES
wo ancillaries are available or use wih his book Te Original Dysuncional Family (abbreviaed ODF)and From Romulus o Romulus Augusulus (abbreviaed R) R will be paricularly useul in order ohelp sudens keep he ime periods o he auhors and o he evens he auhors wroe abou sraigh in heirminds Chaper ile pages will include when appropriae a noaion on wha chaper o R he eachermay wish o assign
TEACHING TIPTe eacher may wish o assign Chaper 1 o he oman hisory ancillary From Romulus o Romu-lus Augusulus a his poin
COMPREHENSION QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS FOR PAGES XXXI991251XXXIVeproducible versions o he quesions alone are available a wwwlnm bolchazycom
1 Whom did he omans consider he aher o Lain lieraure
Ennius
2 Wha was Enniusrsquo mos amous work Is subjec mater
Annālēs was an epic poem abou omersquos early hisory
3 Wha amous Lain saying means ldquoCarhage mus be desroyedrdquo
Carhāgō dēlenda es
4 Who is he auhor o ha saying
Cao he ElderCao he Censor
5 When was Carha ge said o have been desroyed
146 983138983139983141 a he end o he hird Punic war
NB Aler sudens ha he answers o hese comprehension quesions will be ound on p xxxiv
Sandards21 31
R1
TEACHING TIP Ask sudens he English equivalen o cou nries s uch as Briannia and Germānia and he Englishequivalen o he ciies Neāpolis and Ahēnae
Sandard31
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 3854
xxxii bull Latin for the New Millennium
equivalen o he ciies Neāpolis and Ahēnae
A full size r eproducible version of h is page wihou he answe rs can be downloaded a wwwlnm bolchazycom
HOW TO USE THIS BOOK Answers o rep roducible aciviies w ill be gi ven in a larger size bel ow or he eacherrsquos convenience
ANSWERS TO MAP WORK 991251 PAGES XXXII991251XXXIII
1 Crēa Sicilia Corsica Sardinia Cyprus Ihaca Dēlos Brianni a
2 Vesuvius Mōns Aena Mōns Olympus Mōns Āppennīnus Mōns
3 Syria Macedonia Arica Asia
4 mare or ponus
5 Asia Eurōpa Arica
A full siz e reproducible version of his page wihou he answers can be down loaded a wwwln mbolchazycom
Te eacher may wish o have his map enlarged when reproducing i for ease of suden use in compleing his aciviy
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 3954
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull xxxiii
HOW TO USE THIS BOOK
Te answers o his aciviy can be easily seen on he wo acing pages
Te omans regarded Ennius (ca 239 169 983138983139983141) as he aher o Lain lieraure He wroe
TEACHING TIPSudens may be encouraged o find he ciy o Carhage menioned in he second paragraph on hemap on p xxxii
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 4054
xxxiv bull Latin for the New Millennium
xxxiv bull L atin for the New Millennium
Te omans regarded Ennius (ca 239ndash169 983138983139983141) as he aher o Lain lieraure He wroemany kinds o lierary works including plays His Annālēs an epic poem abou he early hisoryo ome was paricularly renowned and perhaps he primary epic read in oman schools beorehe ime o Vergil Only ragmens o his wriings remain
One o Enniusrsquo conemporaries was heamed Cao he Censor also known as Caohe Elder (234ndash149 983138983139983141) a rigidly conserva-ive oman senaor Mos o his reaise onagriculure called Dē agrī culūrā survivesI is he oldes work o Lain prose amongCaorsquos recommendaions here are ha fieldslaves be reaed similarly o beass o bur-den Cao is also remembered or his sae-men Carhāgō dēlenda es ldquoCarhage mus
be desroyedrdquo evidence or he omanear o he Carhaginians Te omansough hree wars known as he Punic
Wars agai ns he Car haginians Te fi rsended beore Cao was born in he secondagains Hannibal Cao served wih miliarydisincion he hird ended in 146 983138983139983141 asCao had demanded wih he desruciono Carhage On his occasion he vic oriousomans were said o have plowed sal inohe Carhaginian soil
Discussions abou laer auhors and adap-aions rom heir wriings w ill be presenedchronologically in he chapers o his book
Ancien ruins a Carhage in Africa
p p
TEACHER BY THE WAY Alhough he works o Enniu s have been preserved on ly in ragmens (abou a housand lines) hehad a grea in1047298uence on subsequen poes such as Vergil Quoable quoes include
bull a es o riendship Amīcus cer us in rē incer ā cerniur (A riend in need is a riend indeed)
bull an applicaion o wisdom o lie Quī ipse sibi sapiēns prōdesse nequi nēquīquam sapi (A man who
himsel is wise bu unable o be useul o himsel is wise or nohing)bull he amous descripion o Fabius Maximus Ūnus homō nōbīs cūncandō resiui rem (One man by delaying res ored he sae or us)
bull and he line on Manius Curius Quem nēmō errō poui superāre nec aurō (Whom no one was ableo deea eiher by sword or gold)
We also have preser ved or us he exa mple o excessive all ieraion ha has g iven rise o much laugher inLain classrooms over he years Ō ie ūe aī ibi ana yranne ulisī ldquoO ius aius you yran (all voca-ive) you brough o yoursel such grea (roubles)rdquo991252ranslaed in conex which plays off he more lieral ldquo you ookacquired or yoursel such grea hings rdquo
On he oher hand he composed his own epiaph in which his high eseem among omans proved o beprescien
nēmō mē lacrumīs decōre neu unera 1047298ēū
axi Cūr Voliō vivos per ōra v irum (Le no one honor me wih ears or make a uneral pyre by weeping
Why I 1047298y li ving hrough he mouhs o men)
TEACHER BY THE WAY
Pluarchrsquos Lie o Cao is a good source o snappy quoaions atribued o his saesman soldier andauhor For example while discussing he power o women he said ldquoAll oher men rule heir wives we rule al l oher men and our w ives rule us rdquo Atemping o persuade he oman people o orego adisribuion o grain he began his speech by saying ldquoI is a hard mater o argue wih he belly sincei has no earsrdquo And o a ribune who had been accused o using poison and was rying o pass a use-less bill he said ldquoI know no which is worse o drink your mixures or o enac your billsrdquo
1CHAPTER 1
HOW TO USE THIS BOOK
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 4154
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull 1
1CHAPTER
Parts of Speech Nouns Number Gender Case (Nominative and Accusative)
First Declension Nouns
MEMORĀBILE DICTŪ
SPQ Senātus Populusque ōmānusldquoTe Senae and he People o omerdquo
Tese our leters orm wha is known as an acronym one ha symbolized supreme power inancien ome
Oil paining of Romulus and Remus wih he wolf By Peer Paul Rubens (1577ndash1640)
Te grammaical and synacical opics ha will be presened in each chaper o his book are lised a he opo he chaper ile page
HOW TO USE THIS BOOK
Te illusraion on each chaperrsquos ile page presens a visual inroducion o he Lain reading passage ha willollow eachers may choose o discuss he illusraion in order o provide he conex or he reading he su-dens will encouner on he nex page
HOW TO USE THIS BOOK
On each chaper ile page he phrase Memorābile Dictū (ldquoA memorable hing o say rdquo) will be ou nd Below here will be a amous phrase quoa ion abbreviaion or moto in L ain ha w ill connec hese words o he opicsin he chaper
MEMORĀBILE DICTŪ VOCABULARY
populus populī m ndash people
-que ndash and
senāus senāūs m ndash senae
TEACHING TIP
ubens pained his picure o omulus and emus rom 1615ndash1616 during wha is called he Ba-roque period o ar Te man approaching rom he rear is Fausulus Te reclining figure is he god
o he river iber
HOW TO USE THIS BOOK AND ITS ANCILLARIESwo ancillaries are available or use wih his book Te Original Dysunctional Family (abbreviaed ODF)and From Romulus to Romulus Augustulus (abbreviaed R) R will be paricularly useul in order ohelp sudens keep he ime periods o he auhors and o he evens he auhors wroe abou sraigh in heirmind Chaper ile pages wil l include when appropriae a noaion abou wha chaper o R he eachermay wish o assign
Standards11 21
R 2and 3
READING
TRANSLATION OF LATIN PASSAGEomulus and emus
Mars is a god Mars loves hea Silvia And so hea Silvia has wo sons omulus and emus Amulius locks uph Sil i A li l d i h A h l lk h T h l
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 4254
2 bull Latin for the New Millennium
2 bull Latin for the New Millennium
READINGTis sory describes how ome was said o have been ounded in 753 983138983139983141 King Numior o AlbaLonga was overhrown by his cruel and ambiious broher Amulius who no only seized hehrone bu so eared ha one o Numiorrsquos male descendans migh have a legiimae claim oni ha he made Amuliusrsquo daug her hea Silvia a priesess o he goddess Vesa Tese priesesses
were no allowed o marry during heir childbearing years
RŌMULUS ET REMUS
1 Mārs es deus Mārs hēam Silviam ama Iaque hēa Silvia duōs
īliōs habe ōmulum e emum Amūlius hēam Silviam vinculīs
claudi Amūlius ōmulum e emum in aquam pōni Lupa ad aquamambula Lupa ōmulum e emum bene cūra e ama ōmulus e
5 emus crēscun Poseā ōmulus e emus ōmam aedifican
Famous bronze saue of he she-wolf and he wins
hea Silvia Amulius pus omulus and emus ino he waer A she-wol walks o he waer Te she-wol caresor (akes good care o) omulus and emus well and loves (hem) omulus and emus grow up Aferwards(laer) omulus and emus build ome
HOW TO USE THIS BOOK Above each La in reading pa ssage inorm aion is presened in Engl ish Tis pre -reading provides back groundinormaion abou he auhor and esablishes he conex o he passage he sudens will read
TEACHER BY THE WAY
Te eacher may wish o inroduce he class o he radiional abbreviaions o 983137983140 (which sandsor he Lain phrase Annō Dominī ldquoi n he year o our Lordrdquo) and 983138983139 (which sands or he Engl ishphrase ldquoBeore Chrisrdquo) Tese older abbreviaions coninue o be used bu his book employs heabbreviaions 983138983139983141 (Beore he Common Era) and 983139983141 (Common Era)
TEACHING TIPInsruc he sudens o locae Alba Longa on he map on pp xxxiindashxxxiii
TEACHER BY THE WAYTough he wins were added o he sculpure in he enaissance he she-wol has srong links wihEruscan myhology and shows characerisics o Eruscan sculpure
TEACHING TIP
Te eacher may wish o encourage he sudens o design an abbreviaed amily ree o omulusand emus
Standards11 22
Jupier Juno King Num ior o Alba Longa
Mars hea Silvia
omulus emus
READING VOCABULARY
HOW TO USE THIS BOOKTe English pronoun subjec o a verb is no lised in he eading Vocabulary i he pronoun is no needed inhe ranslaion
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 4354
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull 3
Chapter 1 bull 3
READING VOCABULARYad aquam ndash o he waer
aedifican ndash build
ama ndash loves
ambula ndash walks
Amūlius ndash Amul ius
aquam ndash waer
bene ndash well
claudi ndash locks up
crēscun ndash grow up
cūra ndash akes care o cares or
deus ndash god
duōs ndash woes ndash is
e ndash and
īliōs ndash sons
habe ndash has
in aquam ndash ino he waer
iaque ndash and so
lupa ndash she-wol
Mārs ndash Mars he god o war
pōni ndash pus
poseā ndash aferwards laer
emum ndash emus
emus ndash emus
hēa Silvia ndash hea Silvia
hēam Silviam ndash hea Silvia
ōmam ndash ome
ōmulum ndash omulus
ōmulus ndash omulus vinculīs ndash w ih chains
Words marked wih an aserisk will need o bememorized laer in he chaper
COMPREHENSION QUESTIONS1 Whose sons are omulus and emus
2 Wha did Amulius do
3 Who saved he lie o omulus and emus
4 Wha did omulus and emus do
HOW TO USE THIS BOOK
Te sudens should not be expeced o lea rn he words under he ile eading Vocabulary whenever his ileoccurs in he book Insead insruc sudens o learn he vocabulary words lised under he ile Vocabularyto Learn ha will be ound laer in each chaper In more advanced Lain exs usually here are vocabularyand noes o help he sudens when reading a passage Tis eading Vocabulary will help prepare sudens orlaer more advanced classes
ANSWERS TO COMPREHENSION QUESTIONS
1 Tey are he sons o Mars and hea Silvia2 He locked up hea Silvia
3 A she-wol
4 Tey buil he ciy o ome
TEACHING TIP
Whi le English deriva ives rom he sar red words (ie he Vocabulary o L earn) are he opic o Ex-ercise 2 laer in his chaper here are some ineresing derivaives rom he non-sarred words andsome o hese show how words change hrough he years Te eacher may choose o discuss hesederivaives wih he sudens
bull aedi1047297cant (aedi1047297cō) ndash ediy edificaion edifice
Tis Lain word is buil rom wo Lain words aciō (o do make) and aedēs (house emple) Te
English derivaives reain his religious connecion or hey mean ldquoo build up he aih moraliy o in-sruc especially morallyrdquo Te word ldquoedificerdquo is always used or an imposing srucure such as a ldquoemplerdquoor aedēs
bull claudit (claudō) ndash close conclusion enclosure sluice
A ldquocloserdquo is a small shu-in space and some people i locked in one suffer rom ldquoclausrophobiardquo acompound derivaive parly rom Lain (o close confine) and parly rom he Greek (ear) hence ldquoa earo closed spacesrdquo
Te word ldquosluicerdquo does no look like a derivaive o claudō bu i has undergone cha nges as i ca meino English via middle English and old French (sclus) rom he Lain exclūdō which means ldquoo shu ourdquo Asluice has a gae a he op o he channel o shu off he 1047298ow o waer as necessary
bull crēscunt (crēscō) ndash crescen accrue recrui crew
Te word ldquocrewrdquo in middle English mean ldquoreinorcemenrdquo so a body o soldiers grew Te word ldquore-
cruirdquo has he same basic idea ecruis increase he size o he army (rom he Lain recrēscō meaning ldquoogrow againrdquo)
bull deus ndash deiy deiy
bull duōs ndash double dozen due duplicae
Te word ldquodozenrdquo is a compound rom he Lain word or ldquowordquo and he German word or ldquoenrdquo (zehn)
bull habet (habeō) ndash habi abiliy prohibiive
Onersquos abiliy depends on he alens and skil ls one has
bull pōnit ( pōnō) ndash depo imposiion preposiion
A depo origina lly was a place where supplies were pu or sorage
LANGUAGE FACT I
HOW TO USE THIS BOOKTe Language Facs secion o each chaper will conain boh grammaical (morphological) and synacicalinormaion ie inormaion boh abou he orms o he words and he srucure o he senence
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 4454
4 bull Latin for the New Millennium
4 bull Latin for the New Millennium
LANGUAGE FACT I
PARTS OF SPEECHTe parts o speech used in a Lain senence deermine is meaning jus as in English While henoun and he verb are he wo mos imporan oher common pars o speech are lised below
Noun a person place hing idea acion or qual iy Examples ldquoomulusrdquo ldquoriverrdquo ldquocouragerdquo
Pronoun a word ha sands in place o a noun ha has been previously menioned or is clearrom conex Examples ldquoIrdquo ldquosherdquo ldquohimrdquo ldquoirdquo
Adjecive a word ha limis or defines a noun or a pronoun Examples ldquolitlerdquo ldquosrongrdquo
Adverb a word ha lim is or defines verbs adjecives or (oher) adverbs Examples ldquoveryrdquoldquoquielyrdquo
Verb a word ha describes an acion or sae o being Examples ldquogordquo ldquosayrdquo ldquowasrdquo
Preposiion a word ha begins a preposiional phrase such as ldquoinrdquo ldquoordquo ldquoonrdquo ldquoorrdquo ldquobyrdquoldquowihrdquo A preposiional phrase is a preposiion joined o a noun Examples ldquoin he morningrdquoldquowih a sharp pencilrdquo
Conjuncion a word ha connecs words phrases clauses a nd senences Examples ldquoandrdquoldquoburdquo ldquoalhoughrdquo
Inerjecion a word ha expresses emoion Examples ldquowowrdquo
EXERCISE 1eview he meanings and ideniy he pars o speech o he ollowing words Te eading
Vocabulary may be consu led
1 īliōs 6 e2 bene 7 lupa3 aedifican 8 claudi
4 ad 9 ōmam5 ambula 10 ama
EXERCISE 1 ANSWERS
1 noun
2 adverb
3 verb
4 preposiion
5 verb
6 conjuncion
7 noun8 verb
9 noun
10 verb
TEACHING TIP
Te eacher may wish o ask he sudens in Lain wha par o speech a given word is Te eacher would say ldquoQuae pars ōrātiōnis estrdquo Suden responses would be
bull nōmen substantīvumsubstantīvum ndash noun
bull prōnōmen ndash pronoun
bull nōmen adiectīvumadiectīvum ndash adjecive
bull verbum temporāle ndash verb
bull adverbium ndash adverb
bull praepositiō ndash preposiion
bull coniūnctiō ndash conjuncion
bull interiectiō ndash inerjecion
Standards11 41
Standards11 41
WorkbookExercise 1
VOCABULARY TO LEARN
TEACHING TIPSince his is he firs se o Lain words ha your sudens will be required o memorize i is usuallya good idea o sugges and discuss wih hem some differen ways o memorize vocabulary Somesel help opions are lised below
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 4554
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull 5
NOUNSagricola agricolae m ndash armer
aqua aquae ndash waer
āhlēa āhlēae m ndash ahlee
īlia īliae ndash daugher
lupa lupae ndash she-wol
naua nauae m ndash sailor
poēa poēae m ndash poe
puella puellae ndash girl
ōma ōmae ndash ome
erra errae ndash land
VERBSama ndash heshei loves
ambula ndash heshei walks
cūra ndash heshei akes care o cares or
es ndash heshei is
ADVERBS bene ndash well
poseā ndash aferwards
CONJUNCTIONSe ndash and
iaque ndash and so
Aqueducs carr ied waer (aqua) o he ciies in he Roman world Tis aqueduc buil in 19 983138983139983141 which srechedacross he Gard River was named he Pon du Gard and brough waer o he ciy of Nicircmes in France in ancien imes
Chapter 1 bull 5
sel-help opions are lised below
1 Look a he word in he book and say he word aloud
2 Wrie down he word on a piece o paper along wih is meaning and check o be sure here are no spell-ing errors Color-coding he words by pars o speech is also helpul Pronounce he word while wriing idown and hen repea he word including he meaning and spelling
3 Make handwriten 1047298ashcards wih he Lain on one side and English on he oher and be sure here are nospelling errors Color-coding is a good sraegy here also Wriing he word ou helps some sudens ce-men he word in he brain Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers has creaed an elecronic vocabulary resourceor hose sudens or whom echnological learning ools are an aid Tese vocabulary 1047298ashcards are orhe iPod See p 93 or more inormaion on iPod 1047298ashcards
4 Use English derivaives o help remember meanings Bu be careul since some derivaives may havemeanings grealy changed rom he original Lain word
5 Find clipar picures ha illusrae he vocabulary words and use he picures as a way o es yoursel onhe Lain words
TEACHER BY THE WAYTe eacher may wish o open a discussion abou aqueducs and he waer supply or ancien omans while l ooking a he picu re o he Pon du Gard on his page For a hisory o aqueducs and heirconsrucion Froninusrsquo book Dē aquīs urbis Rōmae is an excellen source Te book was writenabou 97 983139983141 when he was Superinenden o Aqueducs Oher aqueducs include he ollowing
bull Te double high aqueduc in Segovia Spainbull Te Aqua Appia buil in 312 983138983139983141
bull Te Aqua rāiāna
bull Te aqueduc buil by Alex ander Severus in 226 983139983141
bull Te Aqua Claudia
bull Te Aqua Marcia wh ich wa s probably named a fer A ncus Marcius who was he fi rs K ing oome by radiional accouns o build an aqueduc o bring waer o ome
NB Te word ldquo Aquardquo when capialized means ldquoaqueducrdquo
Eleven aqueducs urnished 250000 gallons o waer o ome every weny-our hours
BY THE WAY
E h u gi n in h b l r h rm T nd rm i h g nii
HOW TO USE THIS BOOK Ēn is a word ha calls atenion o somehing and means ldquoLook a hisrdquo Te inormaion given here draws a-enion o and urher specifies differen language acs
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 4654
6 bull Latin for the New Millennium
6 bull Latin for the New Millennium
Each noun given in he vocabulary has wo orms Te second orm is he geniivesingular
A derivative is an English word rooed in a Lain word Te English derivaive issimilar in meaning and orm o is Lain source
STUDY TIP
An English derivaive ofen can help you remember wha a Lain word means
EXERCISE 2Find he English derivaives based on he Vocabulary o Learn in he ollowing senences Wriehe corresponding Lain word
1 She shows a considerable filial respec oward her aher
2 Agriculu re is a science o culivaing he land
3 Te ship is equipped wih all he necessary nauical insrumens
4 We saw all kinds o fish in he aquarium
5 Tis is an all-errain vehicle
6 When will he ahleic compeiion sar
7 She has a ruly poeic naure
LANGUAGE FACT II
NOUNS NUMBER GENDER CASE 983080NOMINATIVE AND
ACCUSATIVE983081Nouns in Lain show number gender and case
Number Lain nouns are eiher singular or plural in number Number is shown in differen ways by differen ypes o nouns bu some ending-paterns are or singular orms and oherending-paterns are or plural orms
Gender Every noun likewise is eiher masculine eminine or neuer in gender You muslearn he gender o each noun In he Vocabulary o Learn l iss he gender is indicaed by hecommon abbreviaionsm (masculi ne) f (eminine) or n (neuer)
Case Lain nouns mus have an ending-patern ha displays case Tis is quie differen romEnglish in which case is indicaed by word posiion and no by endings (alhough case markersare preserved in cerain pronouns such as ldquoherdquo and ldquohimrdquo) A nounrsquos case reveals wha uncionhe noun has in he senence Tere are five common cases nominaive geniive daive accu-saive and ablaive wo less requenly used cases are called he vocaive and he locaive
HOW TO USE THIS BOOKStudy Tips give hins rhymes and mnemonics o help sudens learn grammar and vocabulary
EXERCISE 2 ANSWERS1 filial īlia
2 agriculure agricola
3 nauical naua
4 aquarium aqua
5 errain erra
6 ahleic āhlēa
7 poeic poēa
TEACHING TIPExplain o he sudens ha in English he words ldquoardquo ldquoanrdquo or ldquoherdquo are usually placed beore a nounand Lain does no have an equivalen or hese words known as aricles
eachers may need o sress he absence o he aricle many imes beore sudens compleely ine-grae his knowledge ino heir reading habis in Lain class
TEACHING TIPLain like many oher languages does no always observe biological gender Ofen he gender o a
Lain noun is deermined by grammaical acors such as he group o which a noun belongs
TEACHING TIP
Alhough in Exercise 2 he sudens are direced o find only he derivaives based on he Vocabular yo Learn hey may be ineresed o learn ha here are oher derivaives in Exercise 2 Te derivaiono hese words is provided or he eacherrsquos convenience
bull 1 consider - rom sīdus (sar) + cum (wih ogeher) and rom cōnsīderō (o examine consider)respec - rom respectō (look back a have regard or)
bull 2 science - rom scientia (knowledge) and sciō (o know) culivaing - rom colō (ill inhabi worship)
bull 3 necessary - rom necesse (necessary) insrumens - rom īnstruō (o equip build provide)
and rom īnstrumentum (equipmen ool ec)bull 5 vehicle - rom he Lain verb vehō (o carry)
bull 6 compeiion - rom petō (o seek aim a atack ec) + cum (wih oge her)
bull 7 naure - rom nātūra (naure)
Standard41
Standards11 31 41
STUDY TIP
An easy way o remember he names ohe five common cases iso use his mnemonic
TEACHING TIPSudens may no know wha he word ldquomnemonicrdquo means explain ha a mnemonic device is some-hing ha helps a suden o remember somehing Te eacher may also wish o use his opporu-niy o bring up Mnemosyne he goddess o memory and he moher o he Muses
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 4754
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull 7
Chapter 1 bull 7
An easy way o remember he names o he five common cases is o use his mnemonicdevice
Never NominaiveGive GeniiveDogs Daive A ny A ccusaive A buse A blaive
Nominative Te nominaive case idenifies he subjec Te subjec is a noun or a pronounha perorms he acion or exiss in a sae o being In he senence ldquoWilliam is readingrdquohe word ldquoWilliamrdquo is he subjec
Example Mārs amat Mars loves
Te noun subjec o he verb ldquoloverdquo is he god Mars
Find more examples o nominaives and heir verbs rom he reading passage a he begin-ning o he chaper
Te nominaive case also idenifies he predicae nominaive In he senence ldquoWilliam isa sudenrdquo he predicae nominaive is ldquoa sudenrdquo A predicae nominaive complees hemeaning o he verb ldquoo berdquo Look a his exa mple rom he reading
Example Mārs est deus Mars is a god
Mārs is he subjec and deus is a predicae nominaive
Accusative Te ourh case lised is called he accusaive he geniive daive and ablaivecases will be discussed in laer chapers Te accusaive case poins ou he noun (or pro-noun) ha is he direc objec emember direc objecs receive he acion o he verb Inhe senence ldquoI am wriing a leterrdquo he direc objec is ldquoa leterrdquo
Example Mārs Rhēam Silviam amat Mars loves hea Silvia
Te direc objec o ldquoloverdquo is he noun Rhēam Silviam
Find more examples o accusaives and heir verbs rom he reading passage a he beginningo he chaper
niy o bring up Mnemosyne he goddess o memory and he moher o he Muses
Answers to ldquoFind more examples of nominatives a nd their verbs from the reading passage at the begin-ning of the chapterrdquo
hēa Silvia habe
Amūl ius claudi
Amūl ius pōni
Lupa ambula
Lupa cūra e amaōmulus e emus crēscun
ōmulus e emus aedifican
Answers to ldquoFind more examples of accusatives and their verbs from the reading passage at the beg in-ning of the chapterrdquo
duōs īliōs habe ōmulum e emum
hēam Silviam claudi
ōmulum e emum pōni
ōmulum e emum bene cūra e ama
ōmam aedifican
TEACHING TIPSudens may encouner diffi culy when r ying o ransl ae Lain names used in cases o her han henominaive Te eacher a some poin will need o explain (and repea whenever necessary) ha when ransla ing a La in name he suden should al ways use he nominaive o rm o he word Onp 7 sudens are asked o find examples o accusaives and heir verbs in he reading passage Teanswers lised above provide an opporuniy o pracice wih his issue emind sudens o rans-lae duōs īliōs habet Rōmulum et Remum as ldquohe has wo sons omulus and emusrdquo Te oher ouranswers may be used as pracice wih he sudens
EXERCISE 3a Ideniy wheher he nouns in bold in hese senences are subjecs direc objecs or predi
TEACHER BY THE WAYIn conjuncion wih he picure and is capion he eacher may wish o menion ha he amil-ilar acronym o SPQ is sill in use and visible hroughou modern ome991252on liter bins sewercovers ec
Standards11 41
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 4854
8 bull Latin for the New Millennium
8 bull Latin for the New Millennium
a Ideniy wheher he nouns in bold in hese senences are subjecs direc objecs or predi-cae nominaives Te eading Vocabulary may be consuled
b Label each senence as vērum (rue) i i agrees or alsum (alse) i i disagrees wih he Lainreading passage a he beginni ng o he chaper
Example Amūlius es deusPredicae nominaive alsum
1 hēa Silvia ōmulum e emum cūra
2 Amūlius ōmulum e emum bene cūra
3 Amūlius lupam vinculīs claudi
4 Mārs ōmulum e emum in aquam pōni
5 Lupa hēam Silviam cūra
6 Amūlius ad aquam ambula
Te power of he ciy of Rome founded according o legend by Romulus is symbolized by hese four leters ha areprominenly displayed in various places wihin he ciy
EXERCISE 3 ANSWERS
1 subjec vērum
2 direc objecs alsum
3 direc objec alsum
4 subjec alsum
5 direc objec alsum
6 subjec vērum
WorkbookExercise 2 A full si ze reproduc ible version of th is page
without the a nswers ca n be downloade d at wwwlnm bolchazyco m
HOW TO USE THIS BOOK
Noun Declensions Te eacher may choose Lain nouns rom he declension ha is being sudied a he imehis workshee is used Tus no answers are provided here
LANGUAGE FACT III
TEACHING TIP Ask he sudens wha he Lain words seleced rom he reading and lised near he op o p 9 mean
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 4954
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull 9
Chapter 1 bull 9
FIRST DECLENSION NOUNS A declension is a g roup o nouns ha show a cerain patern o word endings Tere are five differ-en declensions in Lain In he reading abou omulus and emus hese are he orms belongingo he firs declension
hēam Silviam hēa Silvia aquam lupa ōmam
Noice ha he ex says Rhēa Silvia when she is he subjec and Rhēam Silviam when she is hedirec objec
Te firs declension is composed o words ha characerisically have he vowel a a or near heend o he word lupa
Below is he patern ha firs declension nouns ollow o show case and number Memorize heLain words in order rom he nominaive singular down o he ablaive singular and hen romhe nominaive plural down o he ablaive plural
emember ha he endings or a whole group o nouns ollow his patern Once you learn hi spatern you can recognize he case a nd number o all he words belonging o hi s declension
In his chaper you have begun o learn abou he nominaive and accusai ve cases Te ohercases will be explained in laer chapers
First DeclensionSingular Plural
Nomina ive l upa he she-wol Nominaive lupae he she-wolves
Geniive lupae o he she-wol Geniive lupārum o he she-wolves
Daive lupae oor he she-wol Daive lupīs oor he she-wolves
Accusaive lupam he she-wol Accusaive lupās he she-wolves
Ablaive lupā bywih he she-wol Ablaive lupīs bywih he she-wolves
Daive and ablaive plural o he words īlia ldquodaugherrdquo and dea ldquogoddessrdquo is fīliābus anddeābusTis is o di singuish hese orms rom he corresponding orms o īlius ldquosonrdquo and deus ldquogodrdquo
STUDY TIP
Noice ha he ablaive singular ending -ā has a long mark (macron) above i his ishe only difference beween he nominaive and ablaive singular endings
TEACHING TIP
Afer he firs declension has been presened o he sudens encourage hem depending on heirlearning syle o say he declension aloud o wrie down he words o inven a rap or a cheer
TEACHER BY THE WAY
Te patern is called a declension because he oher cases lean away ( dēclīnāre) rom he nominaiveie hey do no ollow he same orm as he nominaive
ORAL EXERCISE 1Tis exercise may be used afer the 1047297rst declension has been presented
Whi le looking a he declension o lupa ask he sudens o decli ne nauta
Singular PluralNominaive naua nauaeGeniive nauae nauārumDaive nauae nauīs Accusaive nauam nauās Ablaive nauā nauīs
Standards11 31 41
OralExercise 1
WorkbookExercise 3
STUDY TIP
Noice ha he daive and ablaive plural endings a re idenical
EXERCISE 4 ANSWERS1 geniive daive puellār um puellī s
2 accusaive nauās
3 accusaive errās
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 5054
10 bull Latin for the New Millennium
10 bull Latin for the New Millennium
Here are more words belonging o he fi rs declension
puella ndash girl īlia ndash daugher terra ndash land
Mos firs declension words are eminine i n gender bu a ew (usually ones ha indicae mas-culine occupaions in ancien imes) are masculine Examples are poēta ldquopoerdquoagricola ldquoarmerrdquonauta ldquosailorrdquo āthlēta ldquoahleerdquo
EXERCISE 4Ideniy he case o each singular noun Ten change each orm ino plural For some more han
one answer is possibleExample īlianominaive īliae
1 puellae 5 aquae2 nauam 6 puellā3 erram 7 āhlēā4 a gr ic ol a
Like he Greek wreslers porrayed on his ancien bas-reliefRoman ahlees were also fond of he spor of wresling
4 nominaive agricolae
5 geniive daive aquārum aquīs
6 ablaive puellīs
7 ablaive āhlēīs
TEACHING TIP
Since wreslers are depiced on he illusraion on his page he eacher may wish o open a discus-
sion abou he omansrsquo and Greeksrsquo ondness or wresling which was ofen praciced in a complexcalled he palaestra
oman boys were expeced o serve in he m iliary Tus hey were firs rained by heir ahers in wreslingand boxing Srengh and agiliy were sressed raher han grace o movemen as in Greek spors Te woprincipal syles uilized by he Greek were uprigh wresling in which hree alls o your opponen o heground were necessary o deea him and ground wresling which required he opponen o give up in ordero end he mach In he palaes tra here was an area or he young people o pracice wresling or boxing wih apunching bag (cōrycus) Examples o monumenal oman bahs wih a palaest ra are ound a he Bahs o Ca-racalla in ome he Harbor Bahs a Ephesus in urkey and he Bahs in Varna Bulgaria he larges anciensrucure in ha counry
Wresling was also one o he spor evens a he Olympic games ha he omans ofen atended Greco-oman wresling is also one o he evens eaured in he summer Olympic games in modern imes
TEACHING TIPTe eacher migh wan o have sudens read an English ranslaion o Book 23 o he Iliad in which Ajax a nd Odysseus compee in a wre sling m ach and Book 5 o he Aeneid or a descripion o hespors ha he omans played and compare he atiude o he compeiors in each epic Boh evens were par o he uneral games he ormer in honor o Paroclu s riend and atendan o Achil lesand he later in honor o Anchises aher o Aeneas Tis migh lead o urher discussion on henaure o modern wresling
Standards11 41
EXERCISE 5Ideniy he case o each plural noun Ten change each orm ino he singular For some more
TEACHING TIPSudens may wonder why he geniive singular w ihou is ending mus be used o find he base whenhe nominaive singular wihou is ending works jus as well Explain ha in oher noun declensionshe nominaive will no always provide he same base or have he same spelling as he geniive
Standards11 41
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 5154
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull 11
Chapter 1 bull 11
han one answer is possible
Example puellāsaccusaive puellam
1 īliae 5 aquīs2 errīs 6 poēārum3 nauārum 7 agricolae4 l upa e
BY THE WAY
In all declensions endings are added o he base o a noun I is imporan o know hahe base o a noun is ound by removing he ending rom is geniive si ngular orm Forexample he geniive singular o puella is puellae I you remove he -ae rom puellae
wha remains is he base o he word namely puell- For his reason learning he geni-ive singular is as imporan as knowing he nominaive singular o he noun
STUDY TIP
Always learn he geniive ogeher wih he nominaive because rom he geniive you will know o which declension a word belongs
A wall paining depic ing a Roman farmer (agricola) wih his sheep
EXERCISE 5 ANSWERS
1 nominaive īl ia
2 daive ablaive errae errā
3 geniive nauae
4 nominaive lupa
5 daive ablaive aquae aquā
6 geniive poēae7 nominaive agricola
HOW TO USE THIS BOOKIn his book he word ldquobaserdquo is used o reer o he noun wihou any ending ldquoStemrdquo is used or he par o he verb wihou any ending ldquoootrdquo is used or he Lain par o a derivaive
ORAL EXERCISE 2Tis exercise may be used afer Exercise 5
Use one o he ollowing classroom presenaion opions (hereafer reerred o as CPO) (blackgreenwhiesmar board overhead or LCD projecor PowerPoinreg presenaion ec) o pu his inormaion on view
quis ldquowhordquo (or he subjec) and quem ldquowhomrdquo (or he direc objec)
Ten ask he suden o answer he ollowing quesions abou he chaper reading eiher orally or in wri-
en orm
1 Teacher Quis es Mārs Student Mārs es deus
2 Teacher Quem ama Mārs Student hēam Silviam Mārs ama
3 Teacher Quis ama hēam Silviam Student Mārs ama hēam Silviam
4 Teacher Quem habe hēa Silvia Student hēa Silvia duōs īliōs ōmulum eemum habe
5 Teacher Quis claudi hēam Silviam Student Amūlius claudi hēam Silviam
6 Teacher Quem claudi Amūlius Student hēam Silviam Amūlius claudi
7 Teacher Quis ōmulum e emum in aquampōni
Student Amūlius ōmulum e emum in aquampōni
8 Teacher Quem Amūlius in aquam pōni Student Amūlius ōmulum e emum in aquampōni
9 Teacher Quis ambula ad aquam Student Lupa ambula ad aquam
10 Teacher Quis ōmulum e emum bene cūra Student Lupa ōmulum e emum bene cūra
11 Teacher Quōs lupa bene cūra Student Lupa ōmulum e emum bene cūra
12 Teacher Quis ōmulum e emum a ma Student Lupa ōmulum e emum ama
13 Teacher Quōs lupa ama Student Lupa ōmulum e emum ama
OralExercise 2
WorkbookExercise
4 5
EXERCISE 6ranslae rom Lain ino English and rom English ino Lain Te mos common Lain word
d
TEACHER BY THE WAYTe eacher may menion ha he mos common word order (subjec ndash direc objec ndash verb) can o-en be changed For example i he verb is o be emphasized i will ake firs posiion I he subjecor he direc objec is o be emphasized i will ake he las posiion which is he mos emphaic oneIn general he more unusual he wordrsquos posiion is he more emphasis is placed on his word
Standards11 41
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 5254
12 bull Latin for the New Millennium
12 bull Latin for the New Millennium
order is
subjec ndash direc objec ndash verb
1 Agricola erram ama
2 Te ahlee loves waer
3 Naua īlia m ama
4 Te poe loves ome
5 Agricola erram cūra
6 Te she-wol cares or (is aking care o) he girl
BY THE WAY
Even hough he mos common word order is subjec ndash di rec objec ndash verb rememberha endings991252no word order991252deermine which word is he subjec and which i s hedirec objec
TALKING When we mee one person we gree herhim wih salvē When we mee wo or more people wegree hem wih salvēte When we bid goodbye o one person we sayvalē When we bid goodbyeo wo or more people we say valēte
Here are various ways o ask ldquohow are yourdquo or ldquohow are you doingrdquo
Quōmodo valēs or Quōmodo tē habēs or Quid agis ldquoHow are yourdquo
Here is a range o possible answers
bene ldquowellrdquo pessimē ldquovery badrdquo optimē ldquogreardquo melius ldquobeterrdquo mediocriter ldquoso-sordquo or ldquono oo badrdquo meliusculē ldquoa litle beterrdquo male ldquobadrdquo
In general he more unusual he word s posiion is he more emphasis is placed on his word
EXERCISE 6 ANSWERS
1 Te armer loves he land
2 Āhlēa aquam ama
3 Te sailor loves (his) daugher
4 Poēa ōmam ama
5 Te armer cares or (is aking care o) he land6 Lupa puellam cūra
TEACHING TIP
Te eacher may sar he class in Lain by saying Salvēte discipulī et discipulae and by eaching hesudens o say in reurn Salvē magister (magistra)
ORAL EXERCISE 3Tis exercise may be used anytime afer the students have learned the use o the accusative case or afer Exercise 6
Use one o he CPOrsquos o pu on display he orms amō and cūrō and explai n ha hey a re in he fir s personsingular and how his differs rom he hird person singular learned in his chaper Ask individual sudens omake senences wih hem using he words hey have learned
Ten ell he sudens ha nōn means ldquonordquo and ask hem o make si milar senences wih nōn amō and nōn cūrō
Examples(nōn) amō erram īliam aquam lupam āhlēam(nōn) cūrō erram īliam puellam
WorkbookExercise 6
ContentQuestions
OralExercise 3
Standards12 21 41
42
SAYING HELLOMarīa Helena e Chrisīna sun (are) discipulae (students)
TEACHING TIPHave sudens read he dialogue aloud Tis will help o build heir pronunciaion skills
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 5354
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull 13
Chapter 1 bull 13
Marīa Salvēe Helena e Chrisīna
Christīna Salvē Marīa
Helena Salvē Marīa
Marīa Quōmodo valēs Helena Quōmodo valēs Chrisīna
Helena et Christīna Bene Quōmodo ū ( you) valēs Marīa
Marīa Pessimē
Helena et Christīna Cūr (Why)
Marīa imeō linguam Laīnam ( I ear the Latin language)Helena Ego ( I ) linguam Laīnam amō
Christīna E ego linguam Laīnam amō
ORAL EXERCISE 4
Tis exercise may be used afer he Lain dialogue has been presened
Insruc he sudens o say ldquohellordquo in Lain o he suden nex o hem Divide he class ino wo pars ellone par o gree he oher par using he plural greeing and vice versa Do he same ype o aciviy whensaying ldquogoodbyerdquo You may wish o make greeing he class in Lain a nd saying ldquogoodbyerdquo in Lain a par oa daily rouine
Divide he sudens ino pairs in which one person will ask how hisher parner is in Lain and he oher
wil l answer
ORAL EXERCISE 5
Tis exercise may be used afer he Lain dialogue has been presened
ell he sudens ha he paricle ndashne is added o he firs syllable o a word ha inroduces a quesion Ten askhe ollowing quesions abou he dialogue beween Mary Helen and Chrisy Individual sudens may answerorally or he enire class may wrie he answers as he eacher asks hem orally Te eacher should explain hahe orm valēs in he greeing Quōmodo valēs is in he second person which means ldquoyourdquo Te hird person orm(reerring o ldquoherrdquo ldquohimrdquo or ldquoirdquo) is valet So he phrase ldquoHow is she doingrdquo would be Quōmodo valet Te hirdperson o amō is amat and he hird person o timeō is timet
1 Teacher Quōmodo Chrisīna vale Student(s) Chrisīna bene vale
2 Teacher Quōmodo Marīa vale Student(s) Marīa pessimē vale
3 Teacher Cūr (why) Marīa pessimē vale Student(s) Marīa ime linguam Lainam4 Teacher Amane l inguam L aīnam Helena Student(s) Helena linguam Laīnam ama
5 Teacher Linguamne Laīnam ama Chrisīna Student(s) Chrisīna linguam Laīnam ama
ORAL EXERCISE 6 AND DICTATIONTis combined exercise may be used to conclude the chapter or at any time afer the students have learned the accusa-tive case and chapter vocabulary
Dicae he ollowing senences o he sudens Ten ask hem o make he ollowing changes eiher orally orin writen orm a he discreion o he eacher
1 Teacher Agricol a erram ama (change he direc objec ino plura l)Student Agricola errās ama
2 Teacher Lupa puellam cūra (change he direc objec ino plural)
Student Lupa puellās cūra3 Teacher Āhlēa puel lās ama (change he direc objec ino singu lar)
Student Āhlēa puellam ama
4 Teacher Fīlia errās ama (change he direc objec ino singular)Student Fīlia erram ama
OralExercise
4 5 6 andDictation
TEACHER NOTES
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 5454
14 bull Latin for the New Millennium
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 1354
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Resource List bull TM xiii
Lowe Cheryl and Leigh Lowe Famous Men o Rome Suden Guide 2nd ed Louisvil le KY Memoria Press2006
Mayszak Philip Te Sons o Caesar Imperial Romersquos Firs Dynasy London Tames and Hudson 2006
Mellor onald and Marni McGee Te Ancien Roman World New York Oxord Universiy Press 2004
Oxord Classical Dicionary 3rd ed Edied by Simon Hornblower and Anhony Spaworh Oxord and New York Oxord Universiy P ress 1996 Also available a s a CD-OM
Oxord Dicionary o he Classical World Edied by John obers New York Oxord Universiy Press 2005
Scarre Chris Chronicle o he Roman Emperors London Tames and Hudson 1995
mdashmdashmdashTe Penguin Hisorical Alas o Ancien Rome New York Penguin Punam Inc 1995
Ward-Perkins Br yan Te Fall o Rome Oxord and New York Oxord Universiy Press 2005
Will iams ose Cicero he Pario Wauconda IL Bolcha zy-Carducci P ublishers 200 4mdashmdashmdash Cicero he Pario eacherrsquos Manual Wauconda IL Bolchaz y-Carducci Publ ishers 2004
mdashmdashmdash From Romulus o Romulus Augusulus Roman Hisory or he New Millennium Bolchazy-CarducciPublishers 2008
mdashmdashmdashOnce Upon he iber An O ea Hisory o Rome Wauconda IL Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers 2007Firs Published 2002 by Wimbledon Classics
Wool Greg ed Cambridge Illusraed Hisory o he Roman World Cambridge Cambridge Universiy Press2003
ROMAN CULTURE AND DAILY LIFE Adkin s Lesley and oy A dkins Dicionary o R oman Religion New York Oxord Universiy Press 2000
mdashmdashmdashHandbook o Lie in Ancien Rome New York Oxord Universiy P ress 1994
All an ony Lie Myh an d Ar in Ancien R ome Los Angeles J Paul Gety rus Publicaions 2005 Apicius Cookery and Dining in Imperial Rome Edied by Joseph Da mmers Vehling Ne w York Dover 1977
Baker Alan Te Gladiaor Te Secre Hisory o Romersquos Warrior Slaves New York S Marinrsquos Press 2006
Baker Charles and osalie Baker Te Classical Companion Peerborough NH Cobblesone Publishing1988
Bonner S F Educaion in Ancie n Rome fom he Elder Cao o he Younger Pliny London Mehuen 1977
Bradley Keih Slavery and Sociey a Rome Cambridge Cambridge Universiy Press 1994
Brucia Margare A and Gregory Daughery o Be a Roman opics in Roman Culure Wauconda ILBolchazy-Carducci Publishers 2007
Buchanan David Roman Spor and Enerainmen London Longman 1976
Carcopino Jeacuterocircme Daily Lie in Ancien Rome New Haven and London Yale Universiy Press 1968
Casson Lionel ravel in he Ancien World New ed Balimore John Hopkins Universiy Press 1994
mdashmdashmdash Libraries in he A ncien World New Haven C Yale Universiy Press 2001Clackson James and Geoffrey Horrocks Te Blackwell Hisory o he Lain Language Cambridge Blackwell
Publishing 2007
Clarke J Houses o Roman Ialy 100 B Cndash A D 250 Berkeley and Los Angeles Universiy o CaliorniaPress 1991
Croom A Roman Clohing and Fashion UK empus Publishing 2000
DrsquoAmbra Eve Roman Ar Cambridge and New York Cambridge Universiy Press 1998
mdashmdashmdashRoman Women Cambridge and New York Cambridge Universiy Press 2007
Goldsworhy Adrian Te Complee Roman Army London Tames and Hudson 2003
Gran Leigh Rome A Fold-Ou His ory o Ancien Civ ilizaion New York Black Dog and Levanhal Publish-ers 2005
Gran Mark Roman Cookery Ancien Recipes or Modern Kichens London Seri Publishers 1999
Haney L A and J A Haney Te Roman Engineers Cambridge Cambridge Universiy Press 1991
Harris H A Spor in Greece and Rome Ihaca NY Cornell Universiy Press 1972
Herber Kevin Roman Imperial Coins Wauconda IL Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers 1996
Hodge Peer Te Roman Army Whie Plains NY Longman 1984
mdashmdashmdash Roman Family Lie UK Longman 1984
mdashmdashmdash Te Roman House ev ed Whie Plains NY Longman 1976
mdashmdashmdash Roman owns ev ed Whie Plains NY Longman 1977
mdashmdashmdash Roman rade and ravel Whie Plains NY Longman 1978Hopkins Keih and Mary Beard Te Colosseum Cambridge MA Harvard Universiy Press 2005
Humez Alexander and Nicholas Humez A B C E Cee ra Te Lie amp imes o he Roma n Alphabe BosonMA David Gordon Publisher 1985
Hyland Ann Equus Te Horse in he R oman World New Haven C Yale Universiy Press 1990
Jacobelli Lu ciana Gladiaors a Pompeii Los Angeles J Paul Gety rus Publicaions 2004
James Simon Ancien Rome Eyewiness Books New York Alred A Knop 1990
Jones J M A Dicionary o Ancien Coins London Seaby 1990
Mannix Daniel P Te Way o he Gladiaor New York ibooks 2001
Massey Michael Roman Religion Whie Plains New York Longman 1984
mdashmdashmdash Women in Ancien Greece and Rome New York Cambridge Universiy Press 1986
Olivovaacute V Spors and Games in he Ancien World London Orbis Publishing 1984
Paoli Ugo Enrico Rome Is People Lie and Cusoms ranslaed by D Macnaghen New York Longman1963
Piggot S Te Druids London Tames and Hudson 1982
Sims Lesley Roman Soldierrsquos Handbook London Usborne Books 2006
Solway Andrew Rome In Specacular Cross-Secion Oxord Oxord Universiy Press 2004
Savely E S Greek and Roman Voing and Elecions Ihaca NY Cornell Universiy Press 1972
reggiari S Roman Marriage Iusi Coniuges fom he ime o Cicero o he ime o Ulpian Oxord ClarendonPress 1991
Wallace ex E Inroducion o Wall Inscripio ns fom Pompeii and Herculaneu m Wauconda IL Bolchaz y-Carducci Publishers 2005
Webser G Te Roman Imperial Armies o he Firs and Second Cenuries A D 3rd ed London A and C Black1985
Weslake Susan Te Developmen o he Roman Alphabe Oxord OH American Classical League MC nd
Yavez Z Slaves and Slavery in Ancien Rome New Brunswick NJ ransacion Books 1988
ROMAN ARCHEOLOGY ARCHITECTURE AND ART Aicher Peer J Guide o he Aqueducs o Ancien Rome Wauconda IL Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers 1995
mdashmdashmdash Rome Alive A Source Guide o he Ancien Ciy 2 vols Wauconda IL Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers2004
Amery Col in and Bria n Curran Jr Te Los World o Pompeii Los Angeles J Paul Gety rus Publicaions2002
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 1454
TM xiv bull Latin for the New Millennium
Augeni Andrea ed Ar and Archeology o Rome New York iverside Book Company 2000
Boardman John Oxord Hisory o Classical Ar Oxord Oxord Universiy Press 1997
Campbell Ann Roman Ar and Archiecure ev ed Boulder CO Alarion Press 1999
Coarelli Fillipo Rome and Environs An Archeological Guide ranslaed by James J Clauss and Daniel P Har-mon Berkeley and Los Angeles Universiy o Caliornia Press 2008
Connolly Peer Pompeii New York Oxord Universiy Press 1990
Corbishley Mike Illusraed Encyclopedia o Ancie n Rome Los Angeles J Paul Gety rus Publicaions2004
Davis John and Deborah C Wood Monumena Romana Nosra Slide lecures complee se 1995 evised Wauconda IL Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers 1997
mdashmdashmdash Monumen a Roman a Nosra Roman Bahs Slide lecure 1995 evised Wauconda IL Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers 1997
mdashmdashmdash Monumena Romana Nos ra Te Forum in Rome and he Province s Slide lecure 1995 evised Wau-conda IL Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers 1997
mdashmdashmdash Monumena Romana Nos ra Te Roman Basil ica Slide lecure 1995 evised Wauconda ILBolchazy-Carducci Publishers 1997
mdashmdashmdash Monumena Romana Nos ra Te Roman Foru m Slide lecure 1995 evised Wauconda IL Bol-chazy-Carducci Publishers 1997
mdashmdashmdash Monumena Romana Nos ra Te Roman emple Slide lecure 1995 evised Wauconda IL Bol-chazy-Carducci Publishers 1997
Deiss Joseph Jay Herculaneum Ialyrsquos Buried reasure evised and updaed New York Harper Collins 1985
de Franciscus A Pompeii Monumens Pas and P resen Los Angeles J Paul Gety rus Publicaions 2000
DrsquoEspouy Hecor ed Greek and Roman Archiecure in Classic Illusraions Mineola NY Dover Publicaions1999
Dickison Sheila K and Judih P Hallet eds Rome and Her Monumens Wauconda IL Bolchazy-CarducciPublishers 2000
Heinze Helga von Roman Ar New York Universe Books 1971
Lewis Jon E ed Mammoh Book o Eyewines s Ancien Rome New York Carroll and Gra 2003
Ling ober Roman Paining Cambridge Cambridge Universiy Press 1991
Lovell Isabel Sories in Sone fom he Roman Forum ockville MD Wildside Press 2007
Macaulay David Ciy A Sory o Roman Planning and Consrucion Boson M A Houghon Miffl in 1971
MacDonald William L Te Archiecure o he Roman Empire An Urban Appraisal New Haven C Yale Uni- versiy Press 1988
MacKendrick Paul Te Mue Sones Speak Te Sory o Archeology in Ialy 2nd ed New York W W Noron1984
Millard Anne Welcome o Ancien Rome Edied by Jane Chisolm London Usborne Publishing 1987
Saccioli A Ancien Rome Monume ns Pas and Pres en Los Angeles J Paul Gety rus Publicaions2000
mdashmdashmdash Te Roads o he Romans Los Angeles J Paul Gety rus Publicaions 2004
Walker Susan Roman Ar Cambridge Harvard Universiy Press 1991
Wheeler Mori mer Roman Ar and Archiecure 4h ed New York Praeger Publishers 1969
Winkes ol Classical Collecion Roman Painings and Mosaics Providence I Museum o Ar hodeIsland School o Design 1982
LATE EMPIRE EARLY CHRISTIANITY AND MIDDLE AGES Augusi ne Conessions Oxord Worldrsquos Classics ranslaed by Henry Chadwick eprin New York Oxord
Universiy Press 1998
mdashmdashmdash Augusine Te Ciy o God agains he Paga ns ranslaed by W Dyson Cambridge exs in he His-ory o Poliical Tough Cambridge Cambridge Universiy Press 1998
mdashmdashmdash Augusine Poliical Wriings ranslaed by E M Akins and ober J Dodaro Cambridge exs inhe Hisory o Poliical Tough Cambridge Cambridge Universiy Press 2001
Barbero Alessandro Te Day o he Barbarians Te Batle Ta Led o he Fall o he Roman Empire ranslaed by John Cullen New York Walker and Company 2007
Barnes imohy D Ahanasius a nd Consanius Te ology and Poliics in h e Consanian Empire Cambridge
MA Harvard Universiy Press 1993Boehius Te Consolaion o Philosophy ranslaed by Vicor Wats ev ed London Penguin Books 1999
Bowersock G W and Peer Brown Lae Aniquiy A Guid e o he Pos Classica l World Harvard UniversiyPress eerence Library Cambridge MA Belknap Press 1999
Bowman Alan Averil Cameron and Peer Garnsey eds Te Crisis o Empire AD 193ndash337 2nd ed Volume 12Te Cambridge Ancien Hisory Cambridge Cambridge Universiy Press 2005
Brown Peer Augusine o Hippo A Biography ev ed Berkeley and Los Angeles Universiy o CaliorniaPress 2000
mdashmdashmdash Te World o Lae Aniquiy AD 150ndash750 New York W W Noron 1989
Cameron Averil Te Laer Roman Empire A D 284ndash430 Cambridge MA Harvard Universiy Press 1993
Cameron Averil Bryan Ward-Perkins and Michael Whiby eds Lae Aniquiy Empire a nd Successors AD425ndash600 Volume 14 Te Cambridge Ancien Hisory Cambridge Cambridge Universiy Press 2001
Cameron Averil and Peer Garnsey eds Te Lae Empire AD 337ndash425 Volume 13 Te Cambridge AncienHisory Cambridge Cambridge Universiy Press 1997
Chadwick Henry Te Church in Ancien Sociey From Galilee o Gregory he Grea Oxord Oxord UniversiyPress 2001
Corbishley Mike Te Middle Ages Culural Alas or Young People ev ed New York Facs on File 2003
Doran ober Birh o a Worldview Ea rly Chrisia niy in is Jewish and Pagan Conex Lanham MD ow-man and Litlefield 1999
Edwards Mark Consanine and Chrisendom Te Oraion o he Sains Te Greek and Lain Accouns o he Discovery o he Cross Te Edic o Consanine o Pope Silveser Liverpool Liverpool Universiy Press 2003
Ferguson Everet ed Encyclopedia o Ear ly Chrisiani y London Garland Publishing 1990
Godrey A W ed Medieval Mosaic A Book o M edieval Lain R eadings Wauconda IL Bolcha zy-CarducciPublishers 2003
Gran Michael Consanine he Grea Te Man and His imes New York Charles Scribnerrsquos Sons 1994
mdashmdashmdash Te Fall o he Roman Empire New York Charles Scribnerrsquos Sons 1997
mdashmdashmdash Te Collapse and Recovery o he Roman Empire London and New York ou ledge 1999
Harrison F E ed Millennium A Lain R eader A D 374ndash1374 eprin Wauconda IL Bolchazy-CarducciPublishers 2001
Heaher Peer Te Fall o he Roman Empire A New Hisory o Rome and he Barbarians New York OxordUniversiy Press 2007
Holmes George Te Oxord Hisory o Medieval Europe Oxord Oxord Universiy Press 2001
Hopkins Keih A World Full o Gods Pagans Jews and Chris ians in he Roma n Empire London Weideneldand Nicolson 1999
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 1554
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Resource List bull TM xv
Howarh Parick Atila King o he Hun s Man and Myh New York Barnes amp Noble Books 1995
Jones erry Barbarians London BBC Books 2006
Kulikowski Michael Romersquos Gohic Wars From he Tird Cenury o Alaric Cambridge Cambridge Univer-siy Press 2007
Lee A D ed Pagans and Chri sians in Lae A niquiy A Sourcebook London ouledge 2000
MacMullen amsay and Eugene N Lane Paganism and Chri sianiy 100ndash425 C E A Sourcebook Minne-apolis Forress Press 1992
Manello Frank and Arhur G igg Medieval Lain An Inroducion and Bibliographical Guide WashingonDC Te Caholic Universiy o America Press 1996
McEvedy Colin Te New Penguin Alas o Medieval Hisory ev ed New York Penguin Group 1992
Newman Paul B Daily Lie in he Middle A ges Jefferson NC McFarland and Company 2001Smih Jonahan Z Drudgery Divine On he Compari son o Early Chri sianiies and h e Religions o L ae Aniq-
uiy Chicago Universiy o Chicago Press 1990
Sambaugh John E and David Balch Te New esamen in is Social Environmen Philadelphia Wesmin-ser Press 1986
Tompson A E Te Huns Oxord Blackwell Publishing 1999
odd Malcolm Te Early Germans Malden MA Blackwell 2004
Wells Coli n Sailing fom Byzanium How a Los Empire Shaped he World NY Banam Dell 2006
Will iams ose Te Ligher Side o he Dark Ages London and New York Anhem Press 2006
Wolram Her wig Hisory o he Gohs ranslaed by Tomas J Dunlap Berkeley and Los Angeles Univer-siy o Caliornia Press 1988
mdashmdashmdashTe Roman Empire and Is Germanic Peoples ranslaed by Tomas J Dunlap Berkeley and Los Ange-
les Universiy o Caliornia Press 1997 Young Frances Lew is Ayres and A ndrew Louh eds Te Cambridge Hisory o Early Chrisian Lieraure
Cambridge Cambridge Universiy Press 2004
CLASSICAL PERSPECTIVESHighe Gilber Te Classical radiion New York Oxord Universiy Press 1957
Kopff E Chrisian Te Devil Knows Lain Why America Needs he Classical radiion Wilmingon DE ISIBooks 1999
Maybury ichard J Ancien Rome How I Affe cs You oday Placerville CA Bluesocking Press 1995
Murphy Cullen Are We Rome New York Houghon Mi ffl in 2007
Simmons racy Lee Climbing Parnassus A New Apologia or Greek and Lain Wilmingon DE ISI Books2002
MAPS POSTERS AND CHARTS Available from American Cla ssical League M C Miami Universiy Oxford OH
Map o oman Empire Map o oman Ialy ome Cenral Archeological Area oma Archaica
Circus Maximus Colosseum Consiuion Preamble Lain Abbreviaions Lain Phrases in Common UseLegal erms Panheon Pompeii Promoional Posers Lain Is
Derivaive ree Char Loan Word Char omance Language Char Skeleon Char
Available from L and L Enerprises Elmhurs IL
Ancien Civil izaion Wall M ap (small and lar ge size)
Using Lain Phrases Te Fabulous Five Lain Promoional Mini-posers Paer Noser Pledge o Allegianceoman Scenes and Proverbs Seven Hills o ome emembering he Cases
Available from Aims Inernaional Book s Cincinnai OH
Quo Modo Senis Hodie Poser
ADDITIONAL ITEMS Available from Bolchazy-Carducci P ublishers Mundelein IL
Lain Butons
Available from American Cla ssical League MC Miami Universiy Oxford OH
Lain-relaed CDs DVDs apes sofware coins greeing cards games accessories and jewelry mimeo-graphs hisorical novels Lain readers and Junior Classical League iems
Available from L and L Enerprises Elmhu rs IL
Lain knowledge cards Briish Museum book o poscards o Ancien Greece and o ome
Lain-relaed aciviy books butons coloring books key chain ags noe cards origami projecs pencilspuzzle books rulers sampers sickers suffed animals atoos oe bags and -shirs
MISCELLANEOUS Available from American Cla ssical League MC Miami Universiy Oxford OH
2006 Updaed Survey o Audio-Visual Maerials and exbooks in he Classics
2007 Ediion o ACL Soware Direcory or he Classics
WEBSITESFor a regularly updaed lis o websie resources check htpwwwlnmbolchazycom
PROFESSIONAL ORGANIZATIONSMos o hese organizaions offer a journal ha eachers will find beneficial Consul he organizaionrsquos web-
sie o learn more
American C lassical League (ACL)
American C lassical L eague eaching Maerials a nd esource Cener (MC)
ACL Sponsored Aciviie s
Junior Classical League
Naional Commitee or Lain and GreekNaional Greek Exam
Naional Junior Classical League
Naional Lain Exam
Naional Senior Classical League
Naional Myhology Exam
American C ouncil on he eaching o Foreign La nguages (ACFL)
American Ph ilologica l Associa ion (APA)
Archeologica l Insiue o A merica (AI A)
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 1654
TM xvi bull Latin for the New Millennium
Classical Associaion o Canada
Classical Associaion o New England (CANE)
Classical Associaion o he Alanic Saes (CAAS)
Classical Associaion o he Middle Wes and Souh (CAMWS)
Classical Associaion o he Pacific Norhwes (CAPN)
Classical Associaion o he Souhwesern Unied Saes (CASUS)
Compuer Assised Language Insrucion Consorium (CALICO)
Join Associaion o C lassical eachers (JAC)
Vergilian Socie y
In addiion many saes and ciies have classics-relaed organizaions
TEACHER NOTES
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 1754
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull i
1
STUDENT TEXTBOOKWITH EXERCISE ANSWERS
STANDARDS CORRELATIONS
ORAL EXERCISES
ORAL EXERCISE CORRELATIONS
WORKBOOK EXERCISE CORRELATIONS
ANCILLARY CORRELATIONS
COMPREHENSION QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS
TEACHING TIPS
TEACHER BY THE WAY NOTATIONS
AND HOW TO USE THIS BOOK
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 1854
iindashiii bull Latin for the New Millennium
Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers IncMundelein Illinois USA
1Milena Minkova and Terence Tunberg
LATIN FOR THE NEW MILLENNIUM
Series Inormaion
LEVEL ONE
Suden ex (2008)
Suden Workbook (2008)
eacherrsquos M anual (2008)
eacherrsquos Manual or Suden Workbook (2008)
ANCILLARIES
From Romulus o Romulus AugusulusRoman Hisory or he New Millennium (2008)
Te Original Dysuncional Family Basic Classical Myhology or he New Millennium (2008)
LEVEL TWO
Suden ex (2009)
Suden Workbook (2009)
eacherrsquos M anual (2009)
eacherrsquos Manual or Suden Workbook (2009)
ANCILLARIES
From Rome o Reormaion Early European Hisory or he New Millennium (2009)
Te Clay-ooed SuperHeroes Myhology ales or he New Millennium (2009)
mdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdash
ELECTRONIC RESOURCES
(See page 445 or deailed descripion)
wwwlnm bolchazycom
Quia Quesion Bank
Lain-only Vill a in een Second Lietrade
Carpe Praedam
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 1954
FOREWORD xi
PREFACE xiii
AUTHORS xvii
EDITORS CONSULTANTS AND PILOT TEACHERS xix
INTRODUCTION xxiii
AlphabePronunciaion o LainOverview o oman Hisory Beginnings o Lain Lieraure
CHAPTER 1 1
eading ldquoomulus and emusrdquoLanguage Facs Pars o Speech Nouns Number Gender Case
(Nominaive and Accusaive) Firs Declension Nounsalking Saying Hello
CHAPTER 2 15
eading Plauus ldquoTe Menaechmi winsrdquo Language Facs Firs and Second Conjugaion Verbs Principal Pars
Properies o Verbs Number Person ense Sem Infiniive Subjec and
Verb Agreemenalking Geting Acquained
CHAPTER 3 29
eading erence ldquowo BrohersrdquoLanguage Facs Second Declension Masculine -us -er -ir Nouns Geniive
Case Vocaive Case Preposiional Phrasesalking In he Classroom
REVIEW 1 CHAPTERS 19912513 43
Considering he Classical Gods Ma rs Jupier JunoConnecing wih he Ancien World Slavery in A ncien omeExploring oman Comedy oman Producions and Modern endiions by
William S Anderson Proessor o Classics Emerius Universiy o Caliornia Berkeley Berkeley Caliornia
Mīrābile Audī ū Phrases and Quoaions elaing o he Comic radiion
CONTENTS
bull v bull
Series Edior LeaAnn A Osburn
Volume Ediors Elisa C Denja LeaAnn A Osburn
Conribuing Ediors imohy Beck Judih P Halle Laurie Haigh KeenanKaren Lee Singh Donald E Sprague ose Williams Vicki Wine
Hisorical imeline Jayni einhard
Cover Design amp ypography Adam Phillip Velez
Cover Illusraion oman Forum copy BemannCOBISOher Illusraions Phoo Credis appear on pp 431ndash434
CarographyMapping Specialiss
Indexing Michael Hendry
Prooreader Gary Varney
Lain for he New Millennium
Suden ex Level 1
Milena Minkova and erence unberg
copy2008 Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers Inc All righs reserved
Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers Inc
1570 Baskin oadMundelein Illinois 60060 wwwbolchazycom
Prined in Canada2009 byFriesens
ISBN 978-0-86516-560-1mdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashLibrary o Congress Caaloging-in-Publicaion Daa
Minkova Milena Lain or he new millennium suden ex level 1 Milena Minkova anderence unberg p cm Includes bibliographical reerences ISBN 978-0-86516-560-1 (v 1 hardbound alk paper) 1 Lain language--Grammar I unberg erence II ile
PA20875M 562 2008 4782rsquo421--dc22
2008014705
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull ivndashv
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 2054
Contents bull vii
CHAPTER 9 135
eading Sallus ldquoTe Cailinarian ConspiracyrdquoLanguage Facs Fourh Conjugaion Verbs Presen Acive and Passive
ense Presen Acive and Passive Infiniive T ird Declension NeuerNouns Tird Declension I -Sem Nouns
alking Geting Dressed or a Pary
REVIEW 3 CHAPTERS 79912519 149
Considering he Classical Gods ApolloConnecing wih he A ncien World oman AtireExploring oman Governmen Poliics in Greece ome and he Unied
Saes by Josiah Ober Proessor o Classics and Poliical Science SanordUniversiy Sanord Caliornia
Mīrābile Aud īū Phrases and Motoes elaing o Governmen andDemocracy
CHAPTER 10 163
eading Vergil ldquo Te rojan HorserdquoLanguage Facs Tird Conjugaion -iō Verbs Presen Acive and Passive
ense Presen Acive and Passive Infiniive T ird Declension AdjecivesSubsanive Adjecives
alking Te Morning Beore a es
CHAPTER 11 177
eading Vergil ldquoQueen Dido o CarhagerdquoLanguage Facs Imperec Acive a nd Passive ense o All Conjugaions
Imperec ense o Sum and Possum Encliicsalking raveling o School
CHAPTER 12 191eading Livy ldquoMucius ScaevolardquoLanguage Facs Fi rs Second and Tird Person Personal Pronouns Firs
and Second Person Possessive Adjecives Declension o vīsalking Discussing he Weaher
REVIEW 4 CHAPTERS 1099125112 205
Considering he Classical Gods Mercury Connecing wih he Ancien World oman FoodExploring he My h o he rojan Horse Never Look a Gif Horse in
he Mouh by Bonnie A Cato Proessor o Classics Assumpion CollegeWorceser Massachusets
Mīrābile Aud īū Phrases and Quoaions elaing o War and Peace
vi bull L atin for the New Millennium
CHAPTER 4 57
eading Cicero ldquoTe Deserer Wans a ewardrdquoLanguage Facs Second Declension Neuer Nouns Daive Case Firs
and Second Declension -us -a -um Adjecives Agreemen o Nounsand Adjecives
alking Discussing Homework
CHAPTER 5 69
eading Cicero ldquoCicero Wries o ereniardquoLanguage Facs Firs and Second Conjugaion Verbs Presen Passive ense
Presen Passive Infiniive Ablaive o Agen Firs and Second Declension
-er Adjecivesalking Discussing Occupaions
CHAPTER 6 81
eading Caesar ldquoTe DruidsrdquoLanguage Facs Presen ense and Presen Infiniive o Sum and Possum
Complemenary Infi niive ransiive and Inransiive Verbsalking Preparing or a es
REVIEW 2 CHAPTERS 49912516 93
Considering he Classical Gods Nepune Pluo Vesa and CeresConnecing wih he Ancien World oman MarriageExploring oman Famil ies Parens and Children Ten and Now by
Jacqueline Carlon Assisan Proessor o Classics Universiy o Massachusets Boson Massachusets
Mīrābile Audīū Phrases Motoes and Abbreviaions elaing o Lie in heweny-Firs Cenur y
CHAPTER 7 111eading Caullus ldquoMy Girlrsquos SparrowrdquoLanguage Facs Tird Declension Masculine and Feminine Nouns Indirec
Saemen Accusaive and Infiniivealking In he Caeeria
CHAPTER 8 123
eading Nepos ldquoTemisocles Saves he GreeksrdquoLanguage Facs T ird Conjugaion Verbs Presen Acive a nd Passive ense
Presen Acive and Passive Infiniive Ablaives o Manner InsrumenSeparaion Place rom Which Place Where Accusaive o Place o W hich
alking Afer School Aciviies
vindashvii bull Latin for the New Millennium
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 2154
Contents bull ix
CHAPTER 18 301
eading Apuleius ldquoCupid and PsycherdquoLanguage Facs Fuure Perec Aci ve ense o All Conjugaions Fuure
Perec ense o Sum and Possum Fifh Declension Nounsalking Going o he Denis
REVIEW 6 CHAPTERS 1699125118 315
Considering he Classical Gods BacchusConnecing wih he Ancien World Gladiaorial GamesExploring oman Disasers Earh Air Fire and Waer by John E Torburn
Associae Proessor o Classics Baylor Universiy Waco exas
Mīrābile Audīū Quoaions elaing o Atiudes oward and Coping wihMisorunes
CHAPTER 19 331
eading Ammianus ldquoTe HunsrdquoLanguage Facs Perec Passive Pariciple Perec Passive ense o All
Conjugaions eview o Principal Par s o Verbs Demonsraive Pronounand Adjecive Hic
alking Cleaning he House
CHAPTER 20 349
eading Augusine ldquoAn Adolescen TierdquoLanguage Facs Pluperec Passive ense o Al l Conjugaions Perec Acive
and Passive Infini ives Demonsraive Pronoun and Adjecive Illealking Going Shopping
CHAPTER 21 361
eading Boehius ldquoTe Wheel o ForunerdquoLanguage Facs Fuure Perec Passive ense o All Conjugaions Fuure
Acive Pariciple Fuure Acive Infiniivealking A Birhday Pary
REVIEW 7 CHAPTERS 1999125121 375
Considering he Classical Gods VulcanConnecing wih he Ancien World oman EducaionExploring oman Libraries Public Libraries and Teir Books by Keih Dix
Associae Proessor o Classics Universiy o Georgia Ahens GeorgiaMīrābile Audīū Phrases Quoaions and Abbreviaions elaing o
Schools Libraries and Books
viii bull Latin for the New Millennium
CHAPTER 13 219
eading Horace ldquoAn Encouner wih a BoorrdquoLanguage Facs Presen ense Posiive and Negaive Imperaives Firs and
Second Person Personal Pronouns Geniive Case Ti rd Person PossessivePronoun and Adjecive
alking Lae or School
CHAPTER 14 233
eading Ovid ldquoPyramus and TisberdquoLanguage Facs Firs and Second Conjugaion Verbs Fuure Acive and
Passive ense Fuure ense o Sum and Possum elaive Pronouns
elaive Clausesalking Chating on he Inerne
CHAPTER 15 245
eading Seneca ldquoe1047298ecions on Growing OldrdquoLanguage Facs Tird a nd Fourh Conjugaion Verbs Fuure Acive and
Passive ense Inerrogaive Pronouns and Adjecivesalking A rip o he Counry
REVIEW 5 CHAPTERS 1399125115 259
Considering he Classical Gods Minerva Di ana VenusConnecing wih he A ncien World oman Ciies and oadsExploring oman Law Te Jusice Sysem in Ancien ome by James G
Keenan Proessor o Classics Loyola Universiy Chicago Chicago IllinoisMīrābile Audīū Phrases and Quoaions elaing o Legal Maters
CHAPTER 16 273
eading Pliny he Younger ldquoTe Erupion o VesuviusrdquoLanguage Facs Perec ense Verbs Perec Sem Perec Acive ense o
All Conjugaions Perec ense o Sum and Possum Daive o Possessionalking elaxing a he Beach
CHAPTER 17 287
eading acius ldquoTe Fire a omerdquoLanguage Facs Pluperec A cive ense o All Conjugaions Pluperec
ense o Sum and Possum Fourh Declension Masculine Feminine andNeuer Nouns
alking ecovering rom an Acciden
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull viiindashix
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 2254
xndashxi bull Latin for the New Millennium
FOREWORDTe aurea mediocriās o Lain exbooks has arrived No a grammar-ranslaion nor a readingapproach book Lain or he New Millennium is a blend o he bes elemens o boh
Te key o Lain or he New Millennium Level 1 is he emphasis on reading Lain a he begin-ning o each chaper and using conversaional Lain a he end o each chaper or as he auhorsindicae in he Preace lsquoi (Lain) offers you he lingui sic key o he minds ha shaped European
(and hereore American) culu re rom he ime o he omans o he modern scienific revolu-ion In his book you will learn abou he language sep by sep by using irsquo
Te reading passages a he opening o each chaper are ba sed on Lain lieraure and proceedin chronological order rom Plauus o Boehius Each reading is suppored by pre-reading andacing page vocabulary Grammar is inroduced using senences already seen in he reading pas-sage and mīrābile dicū here are pleny o exercises Te Vocabulary o Learn chosen rom headaped reading passage hus conains some Advanced Placemen lieraure-based words and i sreieraed consisenly in he exercises and oher shor reading passages
Somehing no seen in mos Lain exbooks is he conversaional dialogue a he end o eachchaper Tis will pique he sudenrsquos ineres in he Lain version o modern-day aciviies andmee cerain classical language sandards direcly Te auhors Milena Minkova and erenceunberg proessors a he Universiy o Kenucky a Lexingon are he direcors o he hugelypopular Conveniculum Lexinoniense he annual su mmer program ha has been r unning ormore han en years Tey are also on he aculy o he Conveniculum Bosoniense a similarprogram ha draws paricipans o experience conversaional Lain in differen geographical se-ings A he 2007 American Classical Leag ue Insiue a Vanderbil Universiy I paricipaed ina conversaional Lain workshop presened by Minkova and unberg Tough he par icipans
were seasoned Lain eachers mos were experiencing or he firs ime he ried and rue meh-ods hese wo expers were using o inspire us o speak Lain By he end o he workshop wecould converse in amiliar Lain phrases and saw how useul his could be or our own sudensunbergrsquos and Minkovarsquos leadership in hese summer programs made hem uniquely well suiedo design he conversaional dialogues in Lain or he New Millennium and he copious oral ex-ercises ha are conained only in he eacher manual hus al lowing eachers o pick and choose
which exercises bes mee he needs o heir own sudens
Tis book wih is range o offerings wi ll appeal o all ypes o lang uage sudens and will alloweachers o bring he many aces o he oman and pos-oman world ino he classroom How
wonderul i is o see a passage o adaped Plauus in Chaper 2 a prose adapaion o Caullusrsquo passer poem in Chaper 7 o Horacersquos saire on he boor in Chaper 13 and even o aciusrsquo de-scripion o he grea fire in ome in Chaper 17 oman culure is embodied in each o hesepassages hus meeing anoher classical language sandard Accompanying each passage is aquoaion or moto conneced o he passage or chaper
bull xi bullx bull Latin for the New Millennium
APPENDIX A 389
Chronological Lis o he Auhors and Works Sudied
APPENDIX B 391
Addiional Sae Motoes
APPENDIX C 393
Grammaical Forms and Paradigms
APPENDIX D 405
Lain Synax
APPENDIX E 411Hisorical imeline
ENGLISH TO LATIN GLOSSARY 415
LATIN TO ENGLISH GLOSSARY 421
BIBLIOGRAPHY 429
PHOTOGRAPHY CREDITS 431
INDEX 435
LIST OF MAPS
Map o he oman World xxxi iMap o he ravels o Aeneas 187Map o he Ciy o ome 227
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 2354
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull xiindashxiii
PREFACELearning Lain helps you learn English and oher languages beter and perhaps even moreimporanly i offers you he linguisic key o he minds ha shaped European (and hereore
American) culure rom he ime o he omans o he modern scienific revoluion Lain washe language hese people used o express hemselves and o record heir ideas in permanen ormacross so many cenuries In his book you wil l learn abou he language by u sing i sep by sep
CHAPTER COMPONENTS
READING PASSAGES
Each chaper begins wih a eading Passage and noes on he acing page ha will help you un-dersand any linguisic elemens you have no previously seen Tese noes eaure vocabulary
words in an easy o ollow alphabeical l ising providing you he exac meaning needed o un-dersand he reading passage bu no he ull lexical enries a his poin By reading and seeinghese new elemens in heir naural conex ofen you will need no explanaion o undersandhow hey uncion because hey appear w ih words you already know Te eadi ng Passages areadaped rom auhenic works o Lain lieraure and hey are presened in chronological order
As you complee each chaper you will be raci ng he sory o Lain as a lierary language andhe sories o he auhors who used i In addiion you wi ll learn abou oman c ulure over heperiods o ime in which he eaured reading o each chaper was produced
VOCABULARY TO LEARN
Te Vocabulary o Learn repeas some words encounered in he eading Passage or each chap-
er bu in his secion he words are lised by pars o speech i nsead o alphabeically and herehe ull lexical enry is given Tese are words you will need o memorize in order o recognizeand use hem hroughou he remainder o he book In order o aid you in recognizi ng connec-ions beween Lain words and he English words derived rom or relaed o hem a derivaiveexercise ollows each Vocabulary o Learn
LANGUAGE FACTS AND EXERCISES
In he body o each chaper you will fi nd simple explanaions o he Language Facs eaured inhe chaper reading passage along wih many differen exercises ha allow you o use all he in-ormaion you are learning By doing he exercises in each chaper and in he suden workbook
you will no only be reading and wriing Lain yoursquoll be speaking i Some exercises involve oralexchanges wih he eacher and wih oher sudens Because Lain communicaes hough i isa living hing Tereore a person who gains an acive working knowledge in he language along
bull xiii bullxii bull Latin for the New Millennium
All o his said Lain or he New Millennium is suden riendly Sudy ips rhymes and mnemon-ics abound in each chaper and litle secions called ldquoBy he Wayrdquo offer addiional inormaion orhose who always wan o know more
Te uni review secions are ru ly gems Afer hree chapers a Lain review chaper providesno jus he complee lis o Vocabulary o Learn and pleniu l exercises bu ofen anoher pieceo adaped lieraure o read991252snippes o Mari al or Peronius and more
Bu his is no all A secion called ldquoConsidering he Classical Godsrdquo offers high-ineres readingsin boh Engli sh and Lain on he panheon o classical gods A noher secion eniled ldquoConnec-ing wih he Ancien Worldrdquo provides in English addiional i normaion on a paricular aspec ooman lie conained wihin he uni
Capping each review uni is a disincive essay ha e xplores oman and modern opics each writen by a universiy scholar From he Universiy o Massachusets o Sanord Universiyand many places in be ween hese proessors have conribued heir special experise on subjecmater relaed o he chapers I k now o no oher book ha does hi s
Tere are many useu l phoographs and maps appropriaely placed hroughou Te reproduc-ions o fine ar and phoographs o archaeological sies provide a visual learning experience as
well Needless o say here are appendices on g rammar and synax a nd English o Lain andLain o English glossaries wih an added secion on various motoes
Te auhors ediors consulans and pilo eachers have done a superior job o organizing his book or maximum useu lness and effeciveness Tis unique series w ill include he ollowi ngLevel 1 Suden ex Level 1 Suden Workbook Level 1 eacherrsquos Manual and Level 1 Work-
book eacherrsquos Manual Level 2 Suden ex Level 2 Suden Workbook Level 2 eacherrsquosManual and Level 2 Workbook eacherrsquos Manual Many online and elecronic resources willalso accompany his series
Lain for he New Millennium has been houghully designed or and wih he weny-firscenury suden in mind Please join me in heralding he appearance o his unique new series
ha will improve and enhance he sudy o Lain or he weny-firs cenury
P983137983157983148 P983154983151983152983141983154983162983145983151Boson Lain Academy
2008
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 2454
xivndashxv bull Latin for the New Millennium
Preface bull xv
ASPECTS OF ROMAN LIFE
Nex you will find a reading in English on an imporan aspec o oman daily lie Tis sec-ion eniled Connecing wih he Ancien World wil l presen addiional inormaion on a opicencounered in he previous c hapers
EXPLORING ROMAN AND MODERN LIFE
Following he secion on daily lie here will be a shor essay in English ha compares and con-rass some aspec o oman and American lie and illusraes a way in which Lain is a par oour lie oday Each o hese essays has been writen by a universiy scholar wih special experisein his field o sudy
MĪRĀBILE AUDĪTŪEach review chaper concludes wih a l is o Lain quoaions motoes phrases or abbreviaionsused in English Tese sayings relae o one o he uni opics
Te Lain langu age and oman culure have no only inspired wriers hroughou he ages andin1047298uenced modern lie bu have also lef heir presence in ar and archaeology In his volumereproducions o painings drawings sculpure mosaics rescoes and oher ariacs rom an-iquiy hrough he presen abound wih depicions o and reerences o he sories and lives ohe omans Likewise view s o archaeological sies remind us o wha ome and is area o in1047298u-ence was like in ancien imes Te illusraions hroughou he ex suppor he writen word in
visual orm hus offering you a vivid recollecion o he chaper conen
Each auhor o his book has writen differen secions o he exbook bu boh auhors have ben-efied hroughou he composiion o he exbook rom coninuous muual advice and suppor
MM and 2008
Visi wwwl nmbolchazycom o see he elecronic resources ha accompany Lain or he New Millennium
xiv bull Latin for the New Millennium
wih a readi ng abiliy i s more likely o progress quick ly o a deeper undersanding o he lan-guage and he enjoymen o is lieraure I you have an oral aciliy and can wrie in a language
you will no need o be reminded abou orms and grammaical rules so ofen In his book you will acquire ha acive acili y as a basic par o learning he language
CONVERSATIONAL LATIN
oward he end o each chaper here is a Lain dialogue in which a group o modern sudens arehe paricipans Tey discuss in Lain siuaions ofen encounered in our daily li ves In hesedialogues you will find a bridge beween our lives and he houghs o he ancien medieval orrenaissance auhors who wroe in Lain991252a bridge consruced o he same basic language Lain
OTHER FEATURESIn each chaper you will fi nd oher ineresing mater ha will help you learn and enjoy Lain
bull Memorābile Dictū Te firs page o each chaper eaures a amous saying labeled Memorābile Dicū (A Memorable Ting o Say) a Lain phrase so well known ha i has become an ofenrepeaed proverb or quoaion Learning each amous saying wi ll increase your u ndersand-ing no jus o Lain bu o he houghs and ideas ha were i mporan o omans and haveconinued o be an inegral par o modern lie
bull Sudy ips Each chaper conains sayings rhymes mnemonic devices verses or oher in-ormaion ha will help you remember he various hings you are learning
bull By he Way You will see his phrase repeaed hroughou every chaper When you see hislabel you will know ha addiional inormaion is being presened
REVIEW COMPONENTS A he conclusion o every se o hree chapers here is a review conaining various componens
VOCABULARY TO KNOW
Tis is a complee lis o all he Vocabulary o Learn words presened in he hree chapers ar-ranged by pars o speech
EXERCISES
Here you will see many new exercises ha will help you review and reinorce he maerial in hehree preceding chapers In he review exercise secion here is ofen an addiional reading pas-sage o help you undersand more abou Lain lieraure and is heriage oday
CLASSICAL MYTHOLOGY
Tis secion eniled Considering Classical Myhology includes passages on myhology one inEnglish and one in Lain which ell some o he principal sories abou he Greek and omangods Tese sories re1047298ec many o he main hemes seen in lieraure and ar rom classical omodern imes
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 2554
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull xvindashxvii
AUTHORSMILENA MINKOVA
MA and PhD Chrisian and Classical Philology Pon-ifical Salesian Universiy ome Ialy MA and PhDClassics Universiy o Sofia Bulgaria
Associae Proessor o Classics Universiy o KenuckyLexingon Kenucky
Milena Minkova has sudied conduced research andaugh in Bulgaria Swizerland Germany Ialy he
Vaican Ciy and he USA Minkova has auhored hree book monographs Te Personal Names o he Lain In-scripions fom Bulgaria (Peer Lang 2000) Te Proe-an Raio (Peer Lang 2001) and Inroducion o Lain
Prose Composiion (Bolchazy-Carducci 2007 reprin Wimbledon 2001) She has also published numerousaricles on Lain medieval philosophy Lain lieraureLain composiion and Lain pedagogy
TERENCE TUNBERGBA and MA Classics Universiy o Souhern Calior-nia Posgraduae researcher and docoral suden Me-
dieval Sudies Universiy o London England PhDClassical Philology Universiy o orono Canada
Proessor o Classics Universiy o Kenucky Lexing-on Kenucky
erence unberg has augh in Belgium and Canadaas well as in he USA He is a specialis in Lain com-posiion and an exper in he hi sory o he approacheso wriing Lain prose rom aniquiy o early modernimes His works include a n ediion o collecion o Me-dieval Lain speeches commenaries on Lain worksand numerous sudies o he hisory o imiaion in La-in wriing In addiion or more han a decade he hasoffered summer seminars designed o inroduce peopleo he use o spoken Lain
bull xvii bull
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 2654
EDITORS CONSULTANTSAND PILOT TEACHERS
VOLUME EDITORSElisa C DenjaEdior Bolchazy-Carducci PublishersBaker Demonsraion School EmeriaEvanson Illinois
LeaAnn A OsburnEdior Bolchazy-Carducci PublishersBarringon High School EmeriaBarringon Illinois
BOARD OF
CONSULTANTS Virginia A ndersonLain eacherIllinois Virual High SchoolBarringon Middle School EmeriaBarringon Illinois
Jill M CrookerLain eacher
Pitsord-Mendon High School EmeriaPitsord New York
Judih Peller HalletProessor o ClassicsUniversiy o MarylandCollege Park Maryland
Sherwin D Litle1ndash12 Foreign Language Program LeaderIndian Hill High SchoolCincinnai Ohio
Sherrilyn MarinChair Deparmen o Foreign LanguagesKeih Counry Day Schoolockord Illinois
Mary PendergrafProessor o Classical Languages
Wake Fores Universiy Winson-Salem Norh Carolina
John raupman
Proessor o ClassicsS Josephrsquos Universiy EmeriusPhiladelphia Pennsylvania
Cynhia Whie Associae Proessor o ClassicsUniversiy o Arizonaucson Ari zona
ose WilliamsMcMurry College Emeria
Abilene High School Emeria Abilene exas
Donna WrighLain eacherLawrence Norh and Lawrence Cenral High
Schools
Indianapolis Indiana
PILOT TEACHERS Jeremy M WalkerLain eacherCrown Poin High SchoolCrown Poin Indiana
Laneta WarrenburgLain eacherElgin High SchoolElgin Illinois
bull xix bullxviii bull Latin for the New Millennium
JOINT PUBLICATIONS BY THE AUTHORSMinkova and unberg have coauhored he ollowing books Readings and Exercises in Lain
Prose Composiion (Focus 2004) Reading Livyrsquos Rome Selecions fom Livy Books IndashVI (Bol-chazy-Carducci 2 005) Maer Anserina Poems in Lain or Children (Focus 2006) Tey are hedirecors o he Insiue or Lain Sud ies a he Universiy o Kenucky in which sudens sudyhe hisory o Lain rom ancien o modern imes and ake par in seminars in which Lai n is he
working language o all ac iviies Boh Minkova and unberg are eleced ellows o he ome- based Academia Lainiai Fovendae he primary learned sociey devoed o he preservaion andpromoion o he use o Lain
xviiindashxix bull Latin for the New Millennium
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 2754
Editors Consultants and Pilot Teachers bull xxi
SHERWIN LITTLE
BA Universiy o Cincinnai M A Universiy o Colorado
Sherwin Litle has augh Lain rom sixh g rade hrough Lain AP a Indian Hill Exemped Vil-lage School Disric since 1983 Sherwin has received an Ovaio rom CAMWS as well as heCAMWS Good eacher Award and he Hildesheim Vase Award rom he Ohio Classical Coner-ence in 1986 and 2007 Sherwin holds Naional Board Cerificaion in World Languages Oherhan English and has been boh Vice Presiden and Presiden o he American Classical Leag ue
SHERRILYN MARTIN
BA Wilson College MA PhD Universiy o Cincinnai
Sherrilyn Marin was named Illinois Lain eacher o he Year in 1993 was a recipien o heL Governorrsquos Award or Foreign Language eaching in 2001 and was named a Claes Nobeleacher o Disincion in 2 007 She is a pas presiden o he Illinois Classical Conerence and isacive in he ockord Sociey o he A rchaeological Insiue o America Sherri lyn spen a yearin independen sudy a he Universiy o Tessaloniki Greece
MARY PENDERGRAFT
AB PhD Universiy o Norh Carolina Chapel Hill
Afer eaching a UNC-Greensboro and D uke Universiy Mary Pendergraf began eachingclassics ul l-ime a Wake Fores Mary is a ormer Presiden o he Norh Carolina Classical A s-sociaion and paricipaed in he ocus group ha w roe he Norh Carolina Sandard Course oSudy or Lain
JOHN TRAUPMAN
BA Moravian College MA PhD Pr inceon Universiy
John raupman is proessor emerius rom S Josephrsquos Universiy i n Phil adelphia where heaugh or hiry-eigh years A mong his many awards John received he Disinguished eaching
Award rom S Josephrsquos Universiy in 1982 a cerificae o appreciaion rom he PennsylvaniaDeparmen o Educaion in 1990 and he Special Award rom he Classical Associaion o he
Alanic Saes in 1996 John raupman is especially well-known as he auhor oConversaional Lain and Te New College Lain and English Dicionary
CYNTHIA WHITE
BA Chesnu Hill College MA Villanova Universiy PhD Caholic Universiy o America
Cynhia Whie is he Direcor o he Undergraduae Lain Program and supervises eacherraining and Kndash12 Lain eacher Cerificaion a he Universiy o Arizona She regularlyeaches a he Isiuo Inernazionale di Sudi Classici di Orvieo he Classics Deparmenrsquos Sudy
Abroad Program in Orvi eo Ialy and has sudied i n ome wih he Papal Lai nis eg inaldFoser ODC
xx bull Latin for the New Millennium
VOLUME EDITORSELISA C DENJA
BA Marygrove College Deroi Michigan MA Columbia Universiy MA Loyola UniversiyChicago
Elisa Denja augh Lain a Norh Chicago High School and Baker Demonsraion School inEvanson Illinois or many years while concurrenly eaching classical myhology a LoyolaUniversiy o Chicago and in he g ifed-disance learning program a Norhwesern UniversiyElisa was awarded he Illinois Lain eacher o he Year award in 1992 and he Illinois Lieime
Achievemen Award in 2007
LEAANN A OSBURNBA Monmouh College Illinois MA Loyola Universiy Chicago
While eaching Lain or many years a Barringon High School in Barringon Illinois LeaA nnserved as boh vice-presiden and presiden o he Illinois Classical Conerence LeaAn n receivedhe Illinois La in eacher o he Year award in 1989 he Illinois L Governorrsquos Award in 1990and he Classical Associaion o he Middle Wes and Souh Good eacher Award in 1996
BOARD OF CONSULTANTSVIRGINIA ANDERSON
BA Loyola Universiy Chicago MA S Xavier Universiy
Virginia Anderson augh Lain or hi ry years i n privae and public hi gh schools and middleschools in he Chicagoland area In 1999 she was awarded he L Governorrsquos Award or Enhance-men o he eaching Proession and in 2003 was named Il linois Lain eacher o he Year
JILL M CROOKER
BA Universiy o Illi nois MSEd Nazareh College o ocheser New York Jill Crooker augh Lain or many years a Pitsord-Mendon High School in Pitsord New YorkShe has served as he College Board Advisor o he A P Lain es Developmen Commitee andin 1996 received he Moron E Spillenger Award or Disingui shed Leadership o he Classical
Associaion o he Empire Sae In 2003 she received he ACL Meria Award and i n 2006 a nOvaio rom he Classical A ssociaion o he Alanic Saes
JUDITH PELLER HALLETT
BA Wellesley MA PhD Harvard Universiy
In addiion o sudying a he A merican Academy in ome he Insiue o Classical Sudies inLondon and he Universiy o Maasrich in Holland Judih Hallet is a ormer presiden o heClassical Associaion o he Alanic Saes and Vice-Presiden or Oureach o he AmericanPhilological Associaion She was named a Disinguished Scholar-eacher in 1992 by he Uni-
versiy o Maryland
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull xxndashxxi
TEACHER NOTES
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 2854
xxii bull Latin for the New Millennium
xxii bull L atin for the New Millennium
ROSE WILLIAMS
BA Baylor Universiy MA Universiy o Norh Carolina Chapel Hill
In addiion o posgraduae work in Lain and Humaniies a he Universiy o Dallas and heUniversiy o exas a Arlingon on a ockeeller Gran ose Williams did research a he Bodle-ian Library Ox ord Universiy in England and a he Universiy o Pisa She augh Lain or overhiry years a boh high school and uni versiy levels in exas and now is he auhor o more hanen books abou he Classics
DONNA WRIGHT
BA MA Ball Sae Universiy
Afer eaching Lain a Carmel High School Donna Wrigh currenly eaches a boh LawrenceNorh and Lawrence Cenral High Schools in Indianapolis Indiana She has been an acivemember o he Indiana Classical Conerence being named Creaive Lain eacher o he Year in1976 She has also been acive i n he American Classical League sponsoring a JCL chaper andleading Ialy rips or nearly weny years Donna also served as an offi cer speaker and boardmember o Pompeiiana Inc
PILOT TEACHERS JEREMY M WALKER
AB Wabash College MA Indiana Universiy
Jeremy Walker has augh Lain a Crown Poin High School in Crown Poin Indiana since1995 He has served as he Co-Chair o he Indiana Junior Classical League and Membershipand Public elaions Chair o he Naional Junior Classical League In addiion o sudying inIaly a he Inercollegiae Cener or Classical Sudies and in Greece a he American School orClassical Sudies he was presiden o he Indiana Classical Conerence In 2003 Jeremy was rec-ognized as he Lain eacher o he Year in Indiana and in 2004 was recognized by he Indiana
Sae eachers Associaion as a orch o K nowledge ecipien
LANETTA WARRENBURG
BA Indiana Universiy MA Indiana Universiy-Purdue Universiy Indianapolis
Laneta Warrenburg has augh high school English and Lain or hiry-hree years a schoolsin Indiana and Illinois Her las weny-our years o eaching Lain were a Elgin High Schoolin Elgin Illinois While eaching Lain here she served as he Illinois Classical Conerencechairperson or Chicago Classics Day as co-chair or he Illinois Ceramen League since 1993and as sae chair or he Il linois Junior Classical L eague rom 1999ndash2001 Laneta was honoredas he Illi nois Lain eacher o he Year in 2001 and was presiden o he Chicago Classical Clubrom 2005ndash2007
INTRODUCTION
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 2954
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull xxiii
INTRODUCTIONALPHABETTe Lain alphabe was derived rom he Eruscan alphabe some ime beore he sevenh cen-ury 983138983139983141 Te Eruscans were a people in pre-oman Ialy
Teir alphabe owes much o he Greek alphabe In urn he Greek alphabe was derived romhe Phoenician alphabe Phoenician raders had spread heir sysem o wriing h roughou he
Medierranean region Te Phoenician alphabe isel can be raced o he Norh Semiic alpha- be which was used in Syria and Palesine as early as he elevenh cenury 983138983139983141 and is consideredo be he earlies ully developed alphabeic wriing sysem
An Eruscan couple reclining on a funeral sarcophagus
bull xxiii bull
Sandard41
EDITORrsquoS NOTE
Te comprehension quesions and answers as well as some o he eaching ips and eacher by he Way noa-ions in his eacher manual were writen by Elisa C Denja LeaAnn A Osburn Karen Lee Singh and DonaldE Sprague classics ediorseducaors a Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers
HOW TO USE THIS BOOK
Please noe ha he perinen naional Classics sandards are lised in he margin o he lef or righ on he samepage as he reproducion o he suden ex
Eisemann Communicaion assised in preparing he correlaions o Lain o r he New Mil lennium wih he
naional sandards For an overview o he sandards hemselves and he correlaions please consul www bolchazyl nmcom
TEACHING TIP
Te eacher may choose o use he picure o he Eruscan couple on his page and he brie meniono he Eruscan alphabe o open a discussion on wha role he Eruscans played in early omanimes Sudens may be direced o p xxx ii o find Eruria on he map
TEACHING TIPTe eacher may wish o discuss wih he sudens he erm ldquoomance languagesrdquo Many modernlanguages come rom he language used by he ancien omans French Ialian Poruguese Span-ish omanian ec omansch (spoken by he descendans o he aeians and one o he our o-ficial languages o Swizerland) is also derived rom Lain
TEACHER BY THE WAYBased on archeological evidence i appears ha Eruscan women were an imporan par o hesocial srucure Ofen he names o boh moher and aher were placed on unerary inscripionsTe reedom o women wihin sociey is likewise apparen on monumens where hey can be seenreclining wih heir husbands on he same couch atending games and having a place o honor in heomb isel Noice he affecionae pose o he couple in he illusraion on p xxiii Clearly marriedlove was valued in Eruscan sociey and amily lie was imporan
ombs also provide evidence or he syle o Eruscan homes Some o hese eaures were borrowed by heomans especially he cenral hall and hree rooms a he back Tis ype o house was known a Pompeii as well as a ome ac cording o Viru vius auhor o Dē archiecūrā
TEACHING TIP
Te eacher may wish o have sudens read an English ranslaion o Livyrsquos radiional accouno anaquil wie o arquinius Priscus he fifh king o ome Te independence o Eruscan women is ev iden in hi s ale He r behavior is he ani hesis o he ideas o woma nly dec orum hel d by he omans
TEACHING TIPS d ill j i i h E li h ldquo lph b rdquo pl i h E li h l t ih h
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 3054
xxiv bull Latin for the New Millennium
xxiv bull Latin for the New Millennium
Look a he English alphabe in he lef column and a he Lain alphabe in he righ one TeLain alphabe is accompanied by he names o he Lain leters (in parenheses)
English Alphabe Lain Alphabe
Uppercase Lowercase Uppercase Lowercase Leter Name
A a A a (a ldquoăhrdquo)
B b B b (be ldquobayrdquo)
C c C c (ce ldquocayrdquo)
D d D d (de ldquodayrdquo)
E e E e (e ldquoĕhrdquo)
F F (e)
G g G g (ge ldquogayrdquo)H h H h (ha ldquohahrdquo)
I i I i (i ldquoeerdquo)
J j
K k K k (ka ldquokahrdquo)
L l L l (el)
M m M m (em)
N n N n (en)
O o O o (o ldquoŏhrdquo)
P p P p (pe ldquopayrdquo)
Q q Q q (qu ldquokoordquo)
r r (er)
S s S s (es)
(e ldquoayrdquo)
U u U u (u ldquooordquo)
V v V v (u consonan)
W w
X x X x (ix ldquoeexrdquo)
Y y Y y (upsilon)
Z z Z z (zea ldquodzayardquo)
Te English alphabe is derived direcly rom he Lain alphabe Tis accouns or he greasimilariies b eween he wo alphabes Tere are 26 leters in he English alphabe and 24 in heLain Te differences are he ollowing
bull Te leter W w (which is he doubled leter v) is missing in he Lain alphabe
bull Te leter J j is a more recen invenion In ac i appears in Lain exs writen during heMiddle Ages and he enaissance as well as i n many modern ediions o ancien Lain exsI is used o indicae he semi-vowel i someimes called consonanal i Te consonanal i is
Sudens will enjoy singing he English alphabe song replacing he English leter names wih heLain leter names Sudens may be insruced o clap once where here is no Lain leter name (egldquoJrdquo) equivalen o he English one
TEACHING TIPTe eacher may choose o display any Lain words (a lis is provided below or he eacherrsquos conve-nience) and insruc he sudens o spell ou he word using he Lain leter names Te sudensmay become curious o know wha he Lain words mean Definiions are given below
bull pars ndash par
bull nox ndash nigh
bull ruber ndash red
bull ēgī ndash I have done
bull amilia ndash amily
bull carō ndash 1047298esh
bull dēcernō ndash I decide
bull herba ndash plan
bull Kalendae ndash Kalends (firs day o he monh)
bull quoque ndash also
bull imor ndash ear
bull Pȳhia ndash Pyhia (name o Apollorsquos priesess)
bull iēcī ndash I hrew
bull ēlīx - happy bull ignis ndash fire
bull mūō ndash I change
COMPREHENSION QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS FOR PAGES XXIII991251XXVeproducible versions o he quesions alone are available a wwwlnm bolchazycom
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 3154
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull xxv
Introduction bull xxv
he i a he beginning o a word beore a vowel or i beween wo vowels According o hismehod or example Iūlius is writen Jūlius and Āiax is writen Ājax In his book he leter J j will no be used
bull Te disincion beween he vowel U u and he consonan V v also belongs o laer imesIniially here was only one leter V u used boh or he vowel and he consonan eg Vrbs ldquoTe Ciyrdquo (ie ome) or uicor ldquohe winnerrdquo
bull However in accord wih he prevail ing pracice o expressing he vowel wih U u and heconsonan wih V v in his book he wo leters will be disingui shed
PRONUNCIATION OF LATIN
VOWELSTere are six vowels in Lain and heir pronunciaion is as ollows
Long Vowel Sound Shor Vowel Sound
ā is pronounced as in ldquoaherrdquo ōrāor ldquooraorrdquo a is pronounced as in ldquoalikerdquo amō ldquoloverdquo
ē is pronounced like he a in ldquoraverdquo nēmō ldquonobodyrdquo e is pronounced as in ldquoperdquo bene ldquowellrdquo
ī is pronounced like he double e in ldquoseenrdquo līmes ldquoboundaryrdquo
i is pronounced as in ldquopirdquo nihil ldquonohingrdquo
ō is pronounced as in ldquosoverdquo videō ldquo(I) seerdquo o is pronounced as in ldquoofenrdquorosa ldquoroserdquo
ū is pronounced as in ldquomoonrdquo ūnus ldquoonerdquo u is pronounced as in ldquopurdquo um ldquohenrdquo
ӯ comes rom Greek and is pronounced in lenghsomewhere beween he i in ldquohirdquo and he u in ldquomuerdquo Pӯramus ldquoPyramusrdquo
y comes rom Greek Is sound wheher long or shorlies in beween he sounds o i and u much as in heFrench ldquosucircrrdquo bu he sound o shor y is less drawn ouhan ha o long y lyricus ldquolyricalrdquo
Te Lain words senātus rēgēsulla gentēs and prīmus are
engraved on his sone
Sign from Pompeii carved on sone wih Lain leters
p q
1 race he roos o he Lain alphabe rom is beginnings orward
Norh-Semiic alphabe elevenh cenury 983138983139983141 Phoenician alphabe Greek alphabe Erusca n alphabeLain alphabe
2 Which wo leters in he English alphabe are no ound in he Lain alphabe
W and J
3 When does he leter J begin o appear in Lain
During he Middle Ages and he enaissa nce
4 Look a he Lain inscripion on he sign rom Pompeii (on he righ o p xxv) Find a leas hree Lain words Lis an Engl ish word you believe is based on he La in word
colonia 991252 colonial colony honoris 991252 honorspecacula 991252 specacular specacle perpevom 991252 perpeual perpeuiy duovir 991252 virile virili
Sandards12 41
TEACHING TIPSudens may wan o know he English meanings o he Lain words in Exercises 1 and 2 Te defini-
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 3254
xxvi bull Latin for the New Millennium
xxvi bull L atin for the New Millennium
BY THE WAY
Everywhere in his book long vowels are indicaed by macrons ie ā ē ī ō ū ӯ whileabove he shor vowels here are no signs Someimes wo words differ rom each oheronly in he lengh o he vowel For example mālum wih a longa means ldquoapplerdquo whilemalum wih a shor a means ldquobad hingrdquo
EXERCISE 1epea hese words aloud afer your eacher pronounces hem
1 a lō 7 lēnis 13 probō 19 sūor2 alumnus 8 sēdēs 14 noa 20 ūsus3 rāna 9 i er 15 pōnō 21 syllaba4 rādō 10 imeō 16 dōnum 22 Pӯrēnē5 eneō 11 nīor 17 ululō6 peō 12 mīrus 18 lupus
DIPHTHONGSDiphhongs are wo vowels combined in one syllable and pronounced ogeher as one soundTere are six diphhongs in Lain
bull ae much like he y in ldquoskyrdquo laevus ldquo lefrdquo
bull au pronounced as ou in ldquoourrdquo aurum ldquo goldrdquo
bull ei pronounced as ei in ldquoeignrdquo oiei ldquoalasrdquo
bull eu pronounced eoo much as i in he wo words ldquogrey bluerdquo you were o subrac he ldquogr-rdquo andhe ldquobl-rdquo and combine he wo vowel sounds Eurōpa ldquoEuroperdquo
bull oe pronounced as oy in ldquoboyrdquo proelium ldquo batlerdquo
bull ui pronounced nearly like ldquowerdquohui ldquoohrdquo
I is believed ha quie early sill in ancien imes he diphhongs ae and oe began o be pro-nounced as e I you encouner hem writen aē or aeuml and oē or oeuml his means ha hey are nodiphhongs and he leters should be pronounced separaely āēr poēa
Te diphhongs are always long
EXERCISE 2epea hese words afer your eacher pronounces hem
1 aesās 7 s eu 13 aēneus2 a equō 8 m oenia 14 poēma3 raeda 9 neu 15 hei4 l audō 10 poena 16 huic5 a u 11 neuer6 aula 12 Poenus
Sudens may wan o know he English meanings o he Lain words in Exercises 1 and 2 Te definiions are provided or he eacherrsquos convenience
EXERCISE 11 I nourish 12 wonderul
2 suden 13 I approve
3 rog 14 noe
4 I scrape 15 I pu
5 I hold 16 gif6 I seek 17 I howl
7 smooh 18 wol
8 sea 19 shoemaker
9 journey 20 use
10 I ear 21 sylla ble
11 I srive 22 Pȳrene (a name)
EXERCISE 21 summer
2 I make level
3 carriage
4 I praise5 or
6 orecour
7 or i
8 walls
9 and no
10 penaly
11 neiher
12 Carhaginian
13 bronze
14 poem
15 ah
16 o his
TEACHER BY THE WAYHisorical evidence can be cied or reading he firs syllable o ldquomāgnusrdquo as naurally long bu oher
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 3354
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull xxvii
Introduction bull xxvii
CONSONANTSbull c is pronounced as in ldquocomerdquo clārus ldquobrighrdquo censeō ldquo(I) deemrdquo cārus ldquodearrdquo
bull When b is ollowed by s as in urbs ldquociyrdquo he sound o b approaches ha o p a sound wemigh represen as urps
bull g is pronounced as in ldquogerdquo gaudiumldquojoyrdquo gignō ldquo(I) bege (I) bearrdquo grāialdquoavor agreeablenessrdquo
bull Some hink ha he omans o Cicerorsquos ime (firs cenury 983138983139983141) pronounced he wo conso-nans ng as ngn or example he adjecive māgnus ldquogreardquo would have been pronounced in a
way ha we migh represen asmangnus
bull k is a very rare consonan In ac i appears only in wo words Kalendae ldquohe firs day oevery monh in he oman calendarrdquo and in he personal name Kaeso
bull q appears always in combinaion wih u and he combinaion qu is pronounced as in ldquoqueenrdquoquatuor ldquoourrdquo
bull v has a sound similar o w (as in he word ldquowierdquo) videō ldquo I seerdquo
bull Te consonanu in he combinaion su sounds like he English w in he ollowing our wordssuēscō ldquo(I) become accusomedrdquoSuēvī a name o a German ribe suādeō ldquo(I) adviserdquo suāvis ldquosweerdquo
bull Te leter r is rilled slighly Te sound has no exac equivalen in English bu is heard inmany oher European languages Te bes way o make his sound is o pronounce r as inldquoroperdquo bu vibrae he end o he ongue slighly as you say i
bull x is a double consonan (equivalen ocs or gs) ha sounds much like he x in ldquosixrdquo
bull z is a noher double consonan (equivalen o dz) and sounds almos like z in ldquozebrardquo I be-gins wih a sligh d sound firs so in pronouncing his leter you should hear dz
bull ph sounds like p in ldquopenrdquo bu wih he addiion o a sligh breah o air represened by he hth sounds like t as in ldquo omrdquo bu wih he addiion o a sligh ex ra breahing represened byhe h ch sounds nearly like he combinaion kh Tese consonans are borrowed rom Greek
and appear in Greek words zephyrus ldquowesern breezerdquo chorus ldquochorusrdquo heārum ldquoheaerrdquo When p and t are no accompanied by h his sligh aspiraion is absen
bull When consonans are doubled as in he verbaggredior he consonanal sound is lenghenedslighly
EXERCISE 3epea hese words afer your eacher pronounces hem
1 cibus 7 glōria 13 phasēlus2 capiō 8 Zeus 14 chara3 cumulus 9 bibliohēca 15 cēlō4 crēscō 10 phi losophia 16 anīquus5 gemma 11 zōna6 Gallus 12 heōrēma
g y g y gevidence suggess i is naurally shor Tus in some grammar books such as he one by Gildersleeveand Lodge we find his syllable marked as long bu in oher books i is reaed as shor
TEACHING TIPTe sudens may also wish o find ou he meanings o he Lain words in Exercise 3 Te definiionsare provided or he eacherrsquos convenience
EXERCISE 3
1 ood2 I ake
3 a heap
4 I grow
5 bud jewel
6 a Gaul
7 glory
8 Zeus
9 library
10 philosophy
11 a girdle
12 heory
13 kidney bean
14 paper
15 I hide
16 old
TEACHING TIPTe eacher may wish o provide he sudens wih some pracice on syllables and sress accen Here
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 3454
xxviii bull Latin for the New Millennium
xxviii bull Latin for the New Millennium
ACCENT A Lain word is made up no jus o leters bu also o syllables A Lain word has as many syllablesas i has vowels or diphhongs (a diphhong works like a single vowel since i is made up o wo
vowels pronounced ogeher [see diphhongs above])
You will need o know he ollowing erms when learning abou accen
bull ulima he las syllable in a word
bull penul he second-o-las syllable in a word
bull anepenul he hird-o-las syllable in a word
So in he word ze- ph y-r us he vowel u is he ulima y is he penul and e is he anepenul
RULES ABOUT THE STRESS ACCENT IN LATIN1 Te sress accen in Lain alls on eiher he penul or he anepenul
2 Te accen alls on he penul i he penul is long I he penul is shor he accen alls onhe anepenul
3 How o deermine wheher he penul is long or shor
a I he penul conains a long vowel (or any diphhong) he penul isel is long You o-en need o learn wheher he vowel in he penul is long or shor as a basic elemen inlearning a new word A macron above he vowel will ell you ha he vowel is long whi lehe absence o a macron wil l indicae a shor vowel Pronouncing he word can help youremember he vowel lenghs For ex ample vi-de-ō ldquoI seerdquo is pronounced viacutedeō whileau-rō-ra ldquodawnrdquo is pronounced aurōacutera and po-pu-lus ldquopeoplerdquo is pronounced po pulus
b I he vowel in he penul is ollowed by wo or more consonans he penul is long no
mater wheher he vowel in he penul is long or shor and he accen necessarily allson he penul For example do-cu-men-um ldquodocumenrdquo is pronounced documenacuteum
BY THE WAYTe consonan x is double (cs or gs) and couns as wo consonans when deermining
wheher he penul is long
c Tere is one excepion o lsquobrsquo above Someimes even when here are wo consonans be-ween he penul and he ulima hey sill do no deermine ha he penul is long Tishappens when he wo consonans are a mue and a liquid
Te mues are p b d t g c
Te liquids are l r
So in he word pal-pe-bra ldquoeyelidrdquo he anepenul is accened ( palacutepebra) he vowel o he pe-nul is shor since i i s ollowed by a mue and a l iquid O course ru le lsquoarsquo sill applies in he wordhe-ā-trum ldquoheaerrdquo he penul is accened (heāacuterum) since i is naurally long somehing welearn rom he macron
y p p yare some examples wih he answers included or he eacherrsquos convenience
Underline he ulima in each word
1 legō
2 rēgis
3 imperāor
Underline he penul in each word
1 causa
2 pūnīum3 armāus
Underline he anepenul in each word
1 vulnerō
2 eigī
3 sublāum
Underline he penul i i is long
1 pōnō
2 spēlunca
3 pauperis
Underline he syllable ha will receive he sress accen in each word1 ōrāculum
2 peīum
3 cōnsania
4 exsīncum
5 vulneris
6 solius
TEACHING TIPGiven he passage abou he bahhouse on his page and he picure rom Bah England he
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 3554
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull xxix
EXERCISE 4epea each senence aloud afer your eacher reads i Pay atenion o he pronunciaion andsress accen o each word
Wha i is Like o Live Over a Bahhouse
(Adaped rom Seneca Moral Leter 56)
Ecce undique clāmor sona Suprā ipsum balneum habiō Prōpōne nunc ibi omnia genera vōcumodiōsa Foriōrēs exercenur e manūs plumbō gravēs iacan cum au labōran au labōranemimianur Gemiūs audiō quoiēns spīrium remīsērun Sun quoque ūncōrēs e racāōrēs
Audiō crepium manuum umerōs erienium sonus quoque icuum mūāur nunc enim manusperveni plāna nunc concava Audiō clāmōrēs sī ūr es i n balneō dēprehēnsus
Look here is noise sounding all around I live above he bahhouse isel Imagine o yourselnow all he haeul ypes o voices Te sronger ones exercise hemselves and swing heir ha ndsloaded wih lead weighs while hey work ou991252or imiae a person working ou I hear moansevery ime hey le go a ltpen-upgt breah Tere are also anoiners and masseurs I hear he slapo hands hiting shoulders and he sound o he blows changes or someimes he hands come1047298a someimes cupped I hear shouing i a hie is caugh in he bahhouse
A pool from inside he Roman Bahs in Bah England
Introduction bull xxix
eacher may wish o open a discussion abou bahs during oman i mes Te use o he calidārium fīgid ārium epidārium and sūdārium may be explained by he eacher and sudens may be en-couraged o learn andor pronounce hese words
TEACHER BY THE WAYBahs were ofen consruced on locaions having ho or mineral springs such as Bah in Englandand Bāiae a resor own on he Bay o Naples
Modern Bah in oman imes was named afer he Celic goddess o healing Sulis In he firscenury her shrine was aken over by he omans and she was idenified wih he goddess Minerva
Te sie was hen known as Aquae Sulis Mine rva In a emple relie she is represened wih a Medusa-like head and a musache
Te spa conained a grea bah (73 f by 29 f) and hree oher swimming pools he calidārium (ho bah)epidārium (warm bah) and fīgidār ium (cold bah) In he second cenury he spring was enclosed wihin a wooden barrel-vau led build ing ha housed hese hree pools Ho ai r bahs were ueled by coal fires A con-san 1047298ow o waer was direced o he pools hrough lead pipes which sill uncion oday
Archeologica l excavaions have revealed ma ny sacred voive offerings c urse ables and innumerable coinsa he botom o he springs Te curse ables writen in Lain heaped curses on anyone suspeced o wrong-doing Te ancien radiion o hrowing coins accompanied by a wish sill prevails oday in ome a he reviFounain where ourissvisiors do he same
More inormaion on bah complexes in ome can be ound on p 386 o his eacherrsquos manual
Sandards22 31
32 41 42
TEACHING TIPTe eacher may wish o insruc he sudens o find he iber iver which is picured here on he
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 3654
xxx bull Latin for the New Millennium
xxx bull Latin for the New Millennium
OVERVIEW OF ROMAN HISTORY According o legend omulus and his win broher emus were se adrif on he iber iver Ashe-wol nursed he boys unil a shepherd rescued hem Upon reaching manhood in 753 983138983139983141he wins ounded a new ciy near he place w here hey had been ound by he she-wol on he
basis o anaugusō auguriō ldquoa avorable sighing o birdsrdquo Bu omulus killed emus in a dispueover who would rule he new ciy and became is firs king
Six oher kings ruled afer omulus Numa Pompilius ullus Hosilius Ancus Marius ar-quinius Prisc us Servius ullius a nd arquinius Superbus (arquin he Proud) Afer he las ohese seven kings was overhrown in 509 983138983139983141 ome became a republic wih a represenaiveorm o governmen headed by wo consuls eleced an nually By 451 983138983139983141 he fi rs corpus o o-man law known as he welve ables was creaed
In he las cenury 983138983139983141 he oman epublic was shaken apar by a series o civil wars By31 983138983139983141 an auocraic regime headed earlier by Julius Caesar and laer by his grea-nephew Oc-avian brough he epublic o an end Te years rom 27 983138983139983141991252when Ocavian assumed heile o prīnceps ldquochie ciizenrdquo as well as he name Augu sus991252o around 180 983139983141 are known ashe early principae or empire During his era ome exended her boundaries o he BriishIsles in he norh Norh Arica in he souh Spain in he wes and he igris and Euphraesrivers in he eas
A view of he iber River as i 1047298ows hrough he ciy of Rome
map on p xxxii
COMPREHENSION QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS FOR PAGE XXX991251XXXI
eproducible versions o he quesions alone are available a wwwlnm bolchazycom
1 Who were he legendary ounders o ome
omulus and emus
2 According o legend in wha year was ome ounded
753 983138983139983141
3 Over he course o he monarchic period how many kings ruled ome
Seven
4 Wha even occurred in 509 983138983139983141
Te beginni ng o he oman epublic (wih wo consuls in charge)
5 Wha is he erm associaed wih he wo leaders o he epublic
Consul
6 Which wo leaders oversaw omersquos shif rom a republic o a principae
Julius Caesar and OcavianAugusu s
7 Wha major aciviy associaed wih empire-building ook place during he principae
erriorial expansion
8 Name wo developmens ha characerized he lae empire
Severe economic problems inernal poliical unres andor requen invasion by he Germanic ribes
9 Describe Diocleianrsquos response o he roubles o he empire
Diocleian divided he empire ino wo halves he Easern and Wesern empires in order o make ruli nghe empire more manageable
10 Explai n he origin o he erm ldquovandalismrdquo
Te fifh cenury invasion and pillag ing o ome by he ribe known as he Vandals who occupied he o-man province o Norh Arica led o he erm ldquovandalismrdquo meaning wanon desrucion
11 Describe Lainrsquos role in he cenuries afer 476 983139983141
Lain 1047298ourished as he major lierary language in he Wesern oman Empire and was spread o non-omanized places like Ireland Scandinavia and he New World
TEACHING TIP
Te eacher may ask he sudens o find he daes menioned on his page in he imeline on pp411ndash414
Sandards21 31 32
TEACHING TIPTe eacher may insruc he sudens o locae ByzaniumConsaninople discussed here in he
d h h ii
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 3754
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull xxxi
Introduction bull xxxi
From 180 983139983141 onwards in he period k nown as he lae empire he oman sae experiencedsevere economic problems and requen invasions by Germanic ri bes esponding o he pres-sure o he firs wave o migraions as well as inernal poliical u nres and economic diffi culieshe emperor Diocleian (ruled 284ndash305 983139983141) had already divided he oman Empire ino anEasern and Wesern hal each under is own emperor991252an atemp o make he vas omansae more manageable
Tis poliical division o he empire acually mirrored a culural division oo he main lan-guage o he Wes was Lain while he main language o he Eas was Greek Shorly aferwardshe emperor Consanine (ruled 312ndash337 983139983141) esablished a new capial or he Easern empirea Byzanium wh ich he renamed Consaninople (ldquohe ciy o Consaninerdquo oday called Isan-
bul) Bu even afer his reorganizaion he imperial governmen ulimaely proved incapable o
semming he ide o he migraions in par because he oman army was oo widely e xendedand could no be in so many places a once Indeed many o he invaders were given he sauso oederāī or ldquoreay roopsrdquo In effec hey were a llowed o occupy segmens o he empire inreurn or proecing i So when Alar ic King o he Visigohs sacked ome in 410 983139983141 he acual lyhad a ile as a commander in he oman army
ome was sacked again in 455 983139983141 by he Vandals who had already occupied he omanprovince o Norh Arica Te pillaging o he ciy o omulus by he invaders made a pro-ound impression on conemporaries and o his day he erm ldquovandalismrdquo is a word in severallanguages or wanon desrucion While he Easern empire (always more sable and eco-nomically prosperous han he Wes) coninued o exis unil 1453 983139983141 he Wesern empire
was ex inc as a poliica l eniy by 476 983139983141 In is place were Germa nic k ingdoms and ribes Angles and Saxons in Briai n Visigohs in Spain Osrogohs in Ialy Franks and Burgundi ansin Gaul991252o name only he major groups Te combinaion o hese new socieies wih heprevious inhabians who had been omanized o varying degrees would one day provide he
basis or he culures o modern Europe
Bu he end o he ancien oman Empire in he Wes was no he end o Lain On he con-rary during he nex 1200 years Lain no only 1047298ourished as he major lierary language in he
erriories o he ormer Wesern oman Empire he use o Lain was exended o regions heomans had never occupied including Ireland Scandinavi a and even he New World
BEGINNINGS OF LATIN LITERATURE Very ew complee works o Lain lieraure produced beore he mid-second cenury 983138983139983141 (ie beore 150 983138983139983141) have survived One reason or his loss was he remendous populariy o he works produced in he ollowing cenury by such auhors as Cicero Vergil and Ovid Teir wri-ings were so widely read and copied in subsequen cenuries ha he auhors preceding hem
were gradually negleced
Among he major figures o early Lain lieraure was a reed slave rom he Greek ciy o aren-um named Livius Andronicus who li ved rom 284ndash204 983138983139983141 He was known or his adapaionso Greek drama or oman audiences and his ranslaion o Homerrsquos Odyssey ino Lain verse
second paragraph on he map on p xxxii
TEACHING TIPTe eacher may ask he sudens o find he daes menioned on his page in he imeline on pp413ndash414
HOW TO USE THIS BOOK AND ITS ANCILLARIES
wo ancillaries are available or use wih his book Te Original Dysuncional Family (abbreviaed ODF)and From Romulus o Romulus Augusulus (abbreviaed R) R will be paricularly useul in order ohelp sudens keep he ime periods o he auhors and o he evens he auhors wroe abou sraigh in heirminds Chaper ile pages will include when appropriae a noaion on wha chaper o R he eachermay wish o assign
TEACHING TIPTe eacher may wish o assign Chaper 1 o he oman hisory ancillary From Romulus o Romu-lus Augusulus a his poin
COMPREHENSION QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS FOR PAGES XXXI991251XXXIVeproducible versions o he quesions alone are available a wwwlnm bolchazycom
1 Whom did he omans consider he aher o Lain lieraure
Ennius
2 Wha was Enniusrsquo mos amous work Is subjec mater
Annālēs was an epic poem abou omersquos early hisory
3 Wha amous Lain saying means ldquoCarhage mus be desroyedrdquo
Carhāgō dēlenda es
4 Who is he auhor o ha saying
Cao he ElderCao he Censor
5 When was Carha ge said o have been desroyed
146 983138983139983141 a he end o he hird Punic war
NB Aler sudens ha he answers o hese comprehension quesions will be ound on p xxxiv
Sandards21 31
R1
TEACHING TIP Ask sudens he English equivalen o cou nries s uch as Briannia and Germānia and he Englishequivalen o he ciies Neāpolis and Ahēnae
Sandard31
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 3854
xxxii bull Latin for the New Millennium
equivalen o he ciies Neāpolis and Ahēnae
A full size r eproducible version of h is page wihou he answe rs can be downloaded a wwwlnm bolchazycom
HOW TO USE THIS BOOK Answers o rep roducible aciviies w ill be gi ven in a larger size bel ow or he eacherrsquos convenience
ANSWERS TO MAP WORK 991251 PAGES XXXII991251XXXIII
1 Crēa Sicilia Corsica Sardinia Cyprus Ihaca Dēlos Brianni a
2 Vesuvius Mōns Aena Mōns Olympus Mōns Āppennīnus Mōns
3 Syria Macedonia Arica Asia
4 mare or ponus
5 Asia Eurōpa Arica
A full siz e reproducible version of his page wihou he answers can be down loaded a wwwln mbolchazycom
Te eacher may wish o have his map enlarged when reproducing i for ease of suden use in compleing his aciviy
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 3954
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull xxxiii
HOW TO USE THIS BOOK
Te answers o his aciviy can be easily seen on he wo acing pages
Te omans regarded Ennius (ca 239 169 983138983139983141) as he aher o Lain lieraure He wroe
TEACHING TIPSudens may be encouraged o find he ciy o Carhage menioned in he second paragraph on hemap on p xxxii
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 4054
xxxiv bull Latin for the New Millennium
xxxiv bull L atin for the New Millennium
Te omans regarded Ennius (ca 239ndash169 983138983139983141) as he aher o Lain lieraure He wroemany kinds o lierary works including plays His Annālēs an epic poem abou he early hisoryo ome was paricularly renowned and perhaps he primary epic read in oman schools beorehe ime o Vergil Only ragmens o his wriings remain
One o Enniusrsquo conemporaries was heamed Cao he Censor also known as Caohe Elder (234ndash149 983138983139983141) a rigidly conserva-ive oman senaor Mos o his reaise onagriculure called Dē agrī culūrā survivesI is he oldes work o Lain prose amongCaorsquos recommendaions here are ha fieldslaves be reaed similarly o beass o bur-den Cao is also remembered or his sae-men Carhāgō dēlenda es ldquoCarhage mus
be desroyedrdquo evidence or he omanear o he Carhaginians Te omansough hree wars known as he Punic
Wars agai ns he Car haginians Te fi rsended beore Cao was born in he secondagains Hannibal Cao served wih miliarydisincion he hird ended in 146 983138983139983141 asCao had demanded wih he desruciono Carhage On his occasion he vic oriousomans were said o have plowed sal inohe Carhaginian soil
Discussions abou laer auhors and adap-aions rom heir wriings w ill be presenedchronologically in he chapers o his book
Ancien ruins a Carhage in Africa
p p
TEACHER BY THE WAY Alhough he works o Enniu s have been preserved on ly in ragmens (abou a housand lines) hehad a grea in1047298uence on subsequen poes such as Vergil Quoable quoes include
bull a es o riendship Amīcus cer us in rē incer ā cerniur (A riend in need is a riend indeed)
bull an applicaion o wisdom o lie Quī ipse sibi sapiēns prōdesse nequi nēquīquam sapi (A man who
himsel is wise bu unable o be useul o himsel is wise or nohing)bull he amous descripion o Fabius Maximus Ūnus homō nōbīs cūncandō resiui rem (One man by delaying res ored he sae or us)
bull and he line on Manius Curius Quem nēmō errō poui superāre nec aurō (Whom no one was ableo deea eiher by sword or gold)
We also have preser ved or us he exa mple o excessive all ieraion ha has g iven rise o much laugher inLain classrooms over he years Ō ie ūe aī ibi ana yranne ulisī ldquoO ius aius you yran (all voca-ive) you brough o yoursel such grea (roubles)rdquo991252ranslaed in conex which plays off he more lieral ldquo you ookacquired or yoursel such grea hings rdquo
On he oher hand he composed his own epiaph in which his high eseem among omans proved o beprescien
nēmō mē lacrumīs decōre neu unera 1047298ēū
axi Cūr Voliō vivos per ōra v irum (Le no one honor me wih ears or make a uneral pyre by weeping
Why I 1047298y li ving hrough he mouhs o men)
TEACHER BY THE WAY
Pluarchrsquos Lie o Cao is a good source o snappy quoaions atribued o his saesman soldier andauhor For example while discussing he power o women he said ldquoAll oher men rule heir wives we rule al l oher men and our w ives rule us rdquo Atemping o persuade he oman people o orego adisribuion o grain he began his speech by saying ldquoI is a hard mater o argue wih he belly sincei has no earsrdquo And o a ribune who had been accused o using poison and was rying o pass a use-less bill he said ldquoI know no which is worse o drink your mixures or o enac your billsrdquo
1CHAPTER 1
HOW TO USE THIS BOOK
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 4154
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull 1
1CHAPTER
Parts of Speech Nouns Number Gender Case (Nominative and Accusative)
First Declension Nouns
MEMORĀBILE DICTŪ
SPQ Senātus Populusque ōmānusldquoTe Senae and he People o omerdquo
Tese our leters orm wha is known as an acronym one ha symbolized supreme power inancien ome
Oil paining of Romulus and Remus wih he wolf By Peer Paul Rubens (1577ndash1640)
Te grammaical and synacical opics ha will be presened in each chaper o his book are lised a he opo he chaper ile page
HOW TO USE THIS BOOK
Te illusraion on each chaperrsquos ile page presens a visual inroducion o he Lain reading passage ha willollow eachers may choose o discuss he illusraion in order o provide he conex or he reading he su-dens will encouner on he nex page
HOW TO USE THIS BOOK
On each chaper ile page he phrase Memorābile Dictū (ldquoA memorable hing o say rdquo) will be ou nd Below here will be a amous phrase quoa ion abbreviaion or moto in L ain ha w ill connec hese words o he opicsin he chaper
MEMORĀBILE DICTŪ VOCABULARY
populus populī m ndash people
-que ndash and
senāus senāūs m ndash senae
TEACHING TIP
ubens pained his picure o omulus and emus rom 1615ndash1616 during wha is called he Ba-roque period o ar Te man approaching rom he rear is Fausulus Te reclining figure is he god
o he river iber
HOW TO USE THIS BOOK AND ITS ANCILLARIESwo ancillaries are available or use wih his book Te Original Dysunctional Family (abbreviaed ODF)and From Romulus to Romulus Augustulus (abbreviaed R) R will be paricularly useul in order ohelp sudens keep he ime periods o he auhors and o he evens he auhors wroe abou sraigh in heirmind Chaper ile pages wil l include when appropriae a noaion abou wha chaper o R he eachermay wish o assign
Standards11 21
R 2and 3
READING
TRANSLATION OF LATIN PASSAGEomulus and emus
Mars is a god Mars loves hea Silvia And so hea Silvia has wo sons omulus and emus Amulius locks uph Sil i A li l d i h A h l lk h T h l
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 4254
2 bull Latin for the New Millennium
2 bull Latin for the New Millennium
READINGTis sory describes how ome was said o have been ounded in 753 983138983139983141 King Numior o AlbaLonga was overhrown by his cruel and ambiious broher Amulius who no only seized hehrone bu so eared ha one o Numiorrsquos male descendans migh have a legiimae claim oni ha he made Amuliusrsquo daug her hea Silvia a priesess o he goddess Vesa Tese priesesses
were no allowed o marry during heir childbearing years
RŌMULUS ET REMUS
1 Mārs es deus Mārs hēam Silviam ama Iaque hēa Silvia duōs
īliōs habe ōmulum e emum Amūlius hēam Silviam vinculīs
claudi Amūlius ōmulum e emum in aquam pōni Lupa ad aquamambula Lupa ōmulum e emum bene cūra e ama ōmulus e
5 emus crēscun Poseā ōmulus e emus ōmam aedifican
Famous bronze saue of he she-wolf and he wins
hea Silvia Amulius pus omulus and emus ino he waer A she-wol walks o he waer Te she-wol caresor (akes good care o) omulus and emus well and loves (hem) omulus and emus grow up Aferwards(laer) omulus and emus build ome
HOW TO USE THIS BOOK Above each La in reading pa ssage inorm aion is presened in Engl ish Tis pre -reading provides back groundinormaion abou he auhor and esablishes he conex o he passage he sudens will read
TEACHER BY THE WAY
Te eacher may wish o inroduce he class o he radiional abbreviaions o 983137983140 (which sandsor he Lain phrase Annō Dominī ldquoi n he year o our Lordrdquo) and 983138983139 (which sands or he Engl ishphrase ldquoBeore Chrisrdquo) Tese older abbreviaions coninue o be used bu his book employs heabbreviaions 983138983139983141 (Beore he Common Era) and 983139983141 (Common Era)
TEACHING TIPInsruc he sudens o locae Alba Longa on he map on pp xxxiindashxxxiii
TEACHER BY THE WAYTough he wins were added o he sculpure in he enaissance he she-wol has srong links wihEruscan myhology and shows characerisics o Eruscan sculpure
TEACHING TIP
Te eacher may wish o encourage he sudens o design an abbreviaed amily ree o omulusand emus
Standards11 22
Jupier Juno King Num ior o Alba Longa
Mars hea Silvia
omulus emus
READING VOCABULARY
HOW TO USE THIS BOOKTe English pronoun subjec o a verb is no lised in he eading Vocabulary i he pronoun is no needed inhe ranslaion
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 4354
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull 3
Chapter 1 bull 3
READING VOCABULARYad aquam ndash o he waer
aedifican ndash build
ama ndash loves
ambula ndash walks
Amūlius ndash Amul ius
aquam ndash waer
bene ndash well
claudi ndash locks up
crēscun ndash grow up
cūra ndash akes care o cares or
deus ndash god
duōs ndash woes ndash is
e ndash and
īliōs ndash sons
habe ndash has
in aquam ndash ino he waer
iaque ndash and so
lupa ndash she-wol
Mārs ndash Mars he god o war
pōni ndash pus
poseā ndash aferwards laer
emum ndash emus
emus ndash emus
hēa Silvia ndash hea Silvia
hēam Silviam ndash hea Silvia
ōmam ndash ome
ōmulum ndash omulus
ōmulus ndash omulus vinculīs ndash w ih chains
Words marked wih an aserisk will need o bememorized laer in he chaper
COMPREHENSION QUESTIONS1 Whose sons are omulus and emus
2 Wha did Amulius do
3 Who saved he lie o omulus and emus
4 Wha did omulus and emus do
HOW TO USE THIS BOOK
Te sudens should not be expeced o lea rn he words under he ile eading Vocabulary whenever his ileoccurs in he book Insead insruc sudens o learn he vocabulary words lised under he ile Vocabularyto Learn ha will be ound laer in each chaper In more advanced Lain exs usually here are vocabularyand noes o help he sudens when reading a passage Tis eading Vocabulary will help prepare sudens orlaer more advanced classes
ANSWERS TO COMPREHENSION QUESTIONS
1 Tey are he sons o Mars and hea Silvia2 He locked up hea Silvia
3 A she-wol
4 Tey buil he ciy o ome
TEACHING TIP
Whi le English deriva ives rom he sar red words (ie he Vocabulary o L earn) are he opic o Ex-ercise 2 laer in his chaper here are some ineresing derivaives rom he non-sarred words andsome o hese show how words change hrough he years Te eacher may choose o discuss hesederivaives wih he sudens
bull aedi1047297cant (aedi1047297cō) ndash ediy edificaion edifice
Tis Lain word is buil rom wo Lain words aciō (o do make) and aedēs (house emple) Te
English derivaives reain his religious connecion or hey mean ldquoo build up he aih moraliy o in-sruc especially morallyrdquo Te word ldquoedificerdquo is always used or an imposing srucure such as a ldquoemplerdquoor aedēs
bull claudit (claudō) ndash close conclusion enclosure sluice
A ldquocloserdquo is a small shu-in space and some people i locked in one suffer rom ldquoclausrophobiardquo acompound derivaive parly rom Lain (o close confine) and parly rom he Greek (ear) hence ldquoa earo closed spacesrdquo
Te word ldquosluicerdquo does no look like a derivaive o claudō bu i has undergone cha nges as i ca meino English via middle English and old French (sclus) rom he Lain exclūdō which means ldquoo shu ourdquo Asluice has a gae a he op o he channel o shu off he 1047298ow o waer as necessary
bull crēscunt (crēscō) ndash crescen accrue recrui crew
Te word ldquocrewrdquo in middle English mean ldquoreinorcemenrdquo so a body o soldiers grew Te word ldquore-
cruirdquo has he same basic idea ecruis increase he size o he army (rom he Lain recrēscō meaning ldquoogrow againrdquo)
bull deus ndash deiy deiy
bull duōs ndash double dozen due duplicae
Te word ldquodozenrdquo is a compound rom he Lain word or ldquowordquo and he German word or ldquoenrdquo (zehn)
bull habet (habeō) ndash habi abiliy prohibiive
Onersquos abiliy depends on he alens and skil ls one has
bull pōnit ( pōnō) ndash depo imposiion preposiion
A depo origina lly was a place where supplies were pu or sorage
LANGUAGE FACT I
HOW TO USE THIS BOOKTe Language Facs secion o each chaper will conain boh grammaical (morphological) and synacicalinormaion ie inormaion boh abou he orms o he words and he srucure o he senence
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 4454
4 bull Latin for the New Millennium
4 bull Latin for the New Millennium
LANGUAGE FACT I
PARTS OF SPEECHTe parts o speech used in a Lain senence deermine is meaning jus as in English While henoun and he verb are he wo mos imporan oher common pars o speech are lised below
Noun a person place hing idea acion or qual iy Examples ldquoomulusrdquo ldquoriverrdquo ldquocouragerdquo
Pronoun a word ha sands in place o a noun ha has been previously menioned or is clearrom conex Examples ldquoIrdquo ldquosherdquo ldquohimrdquo ldquoirdquo
Adjecive a word ha limis or defines a noun or a pronoun Examples ldquolitlerdquo ldquosrongrdquo
Adverb a word ha lim is or defines verbs adjecives or (oher) adverbs Examples ldquoveryrdquoldquoquielyrdquo
Verb a word ha describes an acion or sae o being Examples ldquogordquo ldquosayrdquo ldquowasrdquo
Preposiion a word ha begins a preposiional phrase such as ldquoinrdquo ldquoordquo ldquoonrdquo ldquoorrdquo ldquobyrdquoldquowihrdquo A preposiional phrase is a preposiion joined o a noun Examples ldquoin he morningrdquoldquowih a sharp pencilrdquo
Conjuncion a word ha connecs words phrases clauses a nd senences Examples ldquoandrdquoldquoburdquo ldquoalhoughrdquo
Inerjecion a word ha expresses emoion Examples ldquowowrdquo
EXERCISE 1eview he meanings and ideniy he pars o speech o he ollowing words Te eading
Vocabulary may be consu led
1 īliōs 6 e2 bene 7 lupa3 aedifican 8 claudi
4 ad 9 ōmam5 ambula 10 ama
EXERCISE 1 ANSWERS
1 noun
2 adverb
3 verb
4 preposiion
5 verb
6 conjuncion
7 noun8 verb
9 noun
10 verb
TEACHING TIP
Te eacher may wish o ask he sudens in Lain wha par o speech a given word is Te eacher would say ldquoQuae pars ōrātiōnis estrdquo Suden responses would be
bull nōmen substantīvumsubstantīvum ndash noun
bull prōnōmen ndash pronoun
bull nōmen adiectīvumadiectīvum ndash adjecive
bull verbum temporāle ndash verb
bull adverbium ndash adverb
bull praepositiō ndash preposiion
bull coniūnctiō ndash conjuncion
bull interiectiō ndash inerjecion
Standards11 41
Standards11 41
WorkbookExercise 1
VOCABULARY TO LEARN
TEACHING TIPSince his is he firs se o Lain words ha your sudens will be required o memorize i is usuallya good idea o sugges and discuss wih hem some differen ways o memorize vocabulary Somesel help opions are lised below
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 4554
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull 5
NOUNSagricola agricolae m ndash armer
aqua aquae ndash waer
āhlēa āhlēae m ndash ahlee
īlia īliae ndash daugher
lupa lupae ndash she-wol
naua nauae m ndash sailor
poēa poēae m ndash poe
puella puellae ndash girl
ōma ōmae ndash ome
erra errae ndash land
VERBSama ndash heshei loves
ambula ndash heshei walks
cūra ndash heshei akes care o cares or
es ndash heshei is
ADVERBS bene ndash well
poseā ndash aferwards
CONJUNCTIONSe ndash and
iaque ndash and so
Aqueducs carr ied waer (aqua) o he ciies in he Roman world Tis aqueduc buil in 19 983138983139983141 which srechedacross he Gard River was named he Pon du Gard and brough waer o he ciy of Nicircmes in France in ancien imes
Chapter 1 bull 5
sel-help opions are lised below
1 Look a he word in he book and say he word aloud
2 Wrie down he word on a piece o paper along wih is meaning and check o be sure here are no spell-ing errors Color-coding he words by pars o speech is also helpul Pronounce he word while wriing idown and hen repea he word including he meaning and spelling
3 Make handwriten 1047298ashcards wih he Lain on one side and English on he oher and be sure here are nospelling errors Color-coding is a good sraegy here also Wriing he word ou helps some sudens ce-men he word in he brain Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers has creaed an elecronic vocabulary resourceor hose sudens or whom echnological learning ools are an aid Tese vocabulary 1047298ashcards are orhe iPod See p 93 or more inormaion on iPod 1047298ashcards
4 Use English derivaives o help remember meanings Bu be careul since some derivaives may havemeanings grealy changed rom he original Lain word
5 Find clipar picures ha illusrae he vocabulary words and use he picures as a way o es yoursel onhe Lain words
TEACHER BY THE WAYTe eacher may wish o open a discussion abou aqueducs and he waer supply or ancien omans while l ooking a he picu re o he Pon du Gard on his page For a hisory o aqueducs and heirconsrucion Froninusrsquo book Dē aquīs urbis Rōmae is an excellen source Te book was writenabou 97 983139983141 when he was Superinenden o Aqueducs Oher aqueducs include he ollowing
bull Te double high aqueduc in Segovia Spainbull Te Aqua Appia buil in 312 983138983139983141
bull Te Aqua rāiāna
bull Te aqueduc buil by Alex ander Severus in 226 983139983141
bull Te Aqua Claudia
bull Te Aqua Marcia wh ich wa s probably named a fer A ncus Marcius who was he fi rs K ing oome by radiional accouns o build an aqueduc o bring waer o ome
NB Te word ldquo Aquardquo when capialized means ldquoaqueducrdquo
Eleven aqueducs urnished 250000 gallons o waer o ome every weny-our hours
BY THE WAY
E h u gi n in h b l r h rm T nd rm i h g nii
HOW TO USE THIS BOOK Ēn is a word ha calls atenion o somehing and means ldquoLook a hisrdquo Te inormaion given here draws a-enion o and urher specifies differen language acs
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 4654
6 bull Latin for the New Millennium
6 bull Latin for the New Millennium
Each noun given in he vocabulary has wo orms Te second orm is he geniivesingular
A derivative is an English word rooed in a Lain word Te English derivaive issimilar in meaning and orm o is Lain source
STUDY TIP
An English derivaive ofen can help you remember wha a Lain word means
EXERCISE 2Find he English derivaives based on he Vocabulary o Learn in he ollowing senences Wriehe corresponding Lain word
1 She shows a considerable filial respec oward her aher
2 Agriculu re is a science o culivaing he land
3 Te ship is equipped wih all he necessary nauical insrumens
4 We saw all kinds o fish in he aquarium
5 Tis is an all-errain vehicle
6 When will he ahleic compeiion sar
7 She has a ruly poeic naure
LANGUAGE FACT II
NOUNS NUMBER GENDER CASE 983080NOMINATIVE AND
ACCUSATIVE983081Nouns in Lain show number gender and case
Number Lain nouns are eiher singular or plural in number Number is shown in differen ways by differen ypes o nouns bu some ending-paterns are or singular orms and oherending-paterns are or plural orms
Gender Every noun likewise is eiher masculine eminine or neuer in gender You muslearn he gender o each noun In he Vocabulary o Learn l iss he gender is indicaed by hecommon abbreviaionsm (masculi ne) f (eminine) or n (neuer)
Case Lain nouns mus have an ending-patern ha displays case Tis is quie differen romEnglish in which case is indicaed by word posiion and no by endings (alhough case markersare preserved in cerain pronouns such as ldquoherdquo and ldquohimrdquo) A nounrsquos case reveals wha uncionhe noun has in he senence Tere are five common cases nominaive geniive daive accu-saive and ablaive wo less requenly used cases are called he vocaive and he locaive
HOW TO USE THIS BOOKStudy Tips give hins rhymes and mnemonics o help sudens learn grammar and vocabulary
EXERCISE 2 ANSWERS1 filial īlia
2 agriculure agricola
3 nauical naua
4 aquarium aqua
5 errain erra
6 ahleic āhlēa
7 poeic poēa
TEACHING TIPExplain o he sudens ha in English he words ldquoardquo ldquoanrdquo or ldquoherdquo are usually placed beore a nounand Lain does no have an equivalen or hese words known as aricles
eachers may need o sress he absence o he aricle many imes beore sudens compleely ine-grae his knowledge ino heir reading habis in Lain class
TEACHING TIPLain like many oher languages does no always observe biological gender Ofen he gender o a
Lain noun is deermined by grammaical acors such as he group o which a noun belongs
TEACHING TIP
Alhough in Exercise 2 he sudens are direced o find only he derivaives based on he Vocabular yo Learn hey may be ineresed o learn ha here are oher derivaives in Exercise 2 Te derivaiono hese words is provided or he eacherrsquos convenience
bull 1 consider - rom sīdus (sar) + cum (wih ogeher) and rom cōnsīderō (o examine consider)respec - rom respectō (look back a have regard or)
bull 2 science - rom scientia (knowledge) and sciō (o know) culivaing - rom colō (ill inhabi worship)
bull 3 necessary - rom necesse (necessary) insrumens - rom īnstruō (o equip build provide)
and rom īnstrumentum (equipmen ool ec)bull 5 vehicle - rom he Lain verb vehō (o carry)
bull 6 compeiion - rom petō (o seek aim a atack ec) + cum (wih oge her)
bull 7 naure - rom nātūra (naure)
Standard41
Standards11 31 41
STUDY TIP
An easy way o remember he names ohe five common cases iso use his mnemonic
TEACHING TIPSudens may no know wha he word ldquomnemonicrdquo means explain ha a mnemonic device is some-hing ha helps a suden o remember somehing Te eacher may also wish o use his opporu-niy o bring up Mnemosyne he goddess o memory and he moher o he Muses
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 4754
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull 7
Chapter 1 bull 7
An easy way o remember he names o he five common cases is o use his mnemonicdevice
Never NominaiveGive GeniiveDogs Daive A ny A ccusaive A buse A blaive
Nominative Te nominaive case idenifies he subjec Te subjec is a noun or a pronounha perorms he acion or exiss in a sae o being In he senence ldquoWilliam is readingrdquohe word ldquoWilliamrdquo is he subjec
Example Mārs amat Mars loves
Te noun subjec o he verb ldquoloverdquo is he god Mars
Find more examples o nominaives and heir verbs rom he reading passage a he begin-ning o he chaper
Te nominaive case also idenifies he predicae nominaive In he senence ldquoWilliam isa sudenrdquo he predicae nominaive is ldquoa sudenrdquo A predicae nominaive complees hemeaning o he verb ldquoo berdquo Look a his exa mple rom he reading
Example Mārs est deus Mars is a god
Mārs is he subjec and deus is a predicae nominaive
Accusative Te ourh case lised is called he accusaive he geniive daive and ablaivecases will be discussed in laer chapers Te accusaive case poins ou he noun (or pro-noun) ha is he direc objec emember direc objecs receive he acion o he verb Inhe senence ldquoI am wriing a leterrdquo he direc objec is ldquoa leterrdquo
Example Mārs Rhēam Silviam amat Mars loves hea Silvia
Te direc objec o ldquoloverdquo is he noun Rhēam Silviam
Find more examples o accusaives and heir verbs rom he reading passage a he beginningo he chaper
niy o bring up Mnemosyne he goddess o memory and he moher o he Muses
Answers to ldquoFind more examples of nominatives a nd their verbs from the reading passage at the begin-ning of the chapterrdquo
hēa Silvia habe
Amūl ius claudi
Amūl ius pōni
Lupa ambula
Lupa cūra e amaōmulus e emus crēscun
ōmulus e emus aedifican
Answers to ldquoFind more examples of accusatives and their verbs from the reading passage at the beg in-ning of the chapterrdquo
duōs īliōs habe ōmulum e emum
hēam Silviam claudi
ōmulum e emum pōni
ōmulum e emum bene cūra e ama
ōmam aedifican
TEACHING TIPSudens may encouner diffi culy when r ying o ransl ae Lain names used in cases o her han henominaive Te eacher a some poin will need o explain (and repea whenever necessary) ha when ransla ing a La in name he suden should al ways use he nominaive o rm o he word Onp 7 sudens are asked o find examples o accusaives and heir verbs in he reading passage Teanswers lised above provide an opporuniy o pracice wih his issue emind sudens o rans-lae duōs īliōs habet Rōmulum et Remum as ldquohe has wo sons omulus and emusrdquo Te oher ouranswers may be used as pracice wih he sudens
EXERCISE 3a Ideniy wheher he nouns in bold in hese senences are subjecs direc objecs or predi
TEACHER BY THE WAYIn conjuncion wih he picure and is capion he eacher may wish o menion ha he amil-ilar acronym o SPQ is sill in use and visible hroughou modern ome991252on liter bins sewercovers ec
Standards11 41
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 4854
8 bull Latin for the New Millennium
8 bull Latin for the New Millennium
a Ideniy wheher he nouns in bold in hese senences are subjecs direc objecs or predi-cae nominaives Te eading Vocabulary may be consuled
b Label each senence as vērum (rue) i i agrees or alsum (alse) i i disagrees wih he Lainreading passage a he beginni ng o he chaper
Example Amūlius es deusPredicae nominaive alsum
1 hēa Silvia ōmulum e emum cūra
2 Amūlius ōmulum e emum bene cūra
3 Amūlius lupam vinculīs claudi
4 Mārs ōmulum e emum in aquam pōni
5 Lupa hēam Silviam cūra
6 Amūlius ad aquam ambula
Te power of he ciy of Rome founded according o legend by Romulus is symbolized by hese four leters ha areprominenly displayed in various places wihin he ciy
EXERCISE 3 ANSWERS
1 subjec vērum
2 direc objecs alsum
3 direc objec alsum
4 subjec alsum
5 direc objec alsum
6 subjec vērum
WorkbookExercise 2 A full si ze reproduc ible version of th is page
without the a nswers ca n be downloade d at wwwlnm bolchazyco m
HOW TO USE THIS BOOK
Noun Declensions Te eacher may choose Lain nouns rom he declension ha is being sudied a he imehis workshee is used Tus no answers are provided here
LANGUAGE FACT III
TEACHING TIP Ask he sudens wha he Lain words seleced rom he reading and lised near he op o p 9 mean
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 4954
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull 9
Chapter 1 bull 9
FIRST DECLENSION NOUNS A declension is a g roup o nouns ha show a cerain patern o word endings Tere are five differ-en declensions in Lain In he reading abou omulus and emus hese are he orms belongingo he firs declension
hēam Silviam hēa Silvia aquam lupa ōmam
Noice ha he ex says Rhēa Silvia when she is he subjec and Rhēam Silviam when she is hedirec objec
Te firs declension is composed o words ha characerisically have he vowel a a or near heend o he word lupa
Below is he patern ha firs declension nouns ollow o show case and number Memorize heLain words in order rom he nominaive singular down o he ablaive singular and hen romhe nominaive plural down o he ablaive plural
emember ha he endings or a whole group o nouns ollow his patern Once you learn hi spatern you can recognize he case a nd number o all he words belonging o hi s declension
In his chaper you have begun o learn abou he nominaive and accusai ve cases Te ohercases will be explained in laer chapers
First DeclensionSingular Plural
Nomina ive l upa he she-wol Nominaive lupae he she-wolves
Geniive lupae o he she-wol Geniive lupārum o he she-wolves
Daive lupae oor he she-wol Daive lupīs oor he she-wolves
Accusaive lupam he she-wol Accusaive lupās he she-wolves
Ablaive lupā bywih he she-wol Ablaive lupīs bywih he she-wolves
Daive and ablaive plural o he words īlia ldquodaugherrdquo and dea ldquogoddessrdquo is fīliābus anddeābusTis is o di singuish hese orms rom he corresponding orms o īlius ldquosonrdquo and deus ldquogodrdquo
STUDY TIP
Noice ha he ablaive singular ending -ā has a long mark (macron) above i his ishe only difference beween he nominaive and ablaive singular endings
TEACHING TIP
Afer he firs declension has been presened o he sudens encourage hem depending on heirlearning syle o say he declension aloud o wrie down he words o inven a rap or a cheer
TEACHER BY THE WAY
Te patern is called a declension because he oher cases lean away ( dēclīnāre) rom he nominaiveie hey do no ollow he same orm as he nominaive
ORAL EXERCISE 1Tis exercise may be used afer the 1047297rst declension has been presented
Whi le looking a he declension o lupa ask he sudens o decli ne nauta
Singular PluralNominaive naua nauaeGeniive nauae nauārumDaive nauae nauīs Accusaive nauam nauās Ablaive nauā nauīs
Standards11 31 41
OralExercise 1
WorkbookExercise 3
STUDY TIP
Noice ha he daive and ablaive plural endings a re idenical
EXERCISE 4 ANSWERS1 geniive daive puellār um puellī s
2 accusaive nauās
3 accusaive errās
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 5054
10 bull Latin for the New Millennium
10 bull Latin for the New Millennium
Here are more words belonging o he fi rs declension
puella ndash girl īlia ndash daugher terra ndash land
Mos firs declension words are eminine i n gender bu a ew (usually ones ha indicae mas-culine occupaions in ancien imes) are masculine Examples are poēta ldquopoerdquoagricola ldquoarmerrdquonauta ldquosailorrdquo āthlēta ldquoahleerdquo
EXERCISE 4Ideniy he case o each singular noun Ten change each orm ino plural For some more han
one answer is possibleExample īlianominaive īliae
1 puellae 5 aquae2 nauam 6 puellā3 erram 7 āhlēā4 a gr ic ol a
Like he Greek wreslers porrayed on his ancien bas-reliefRoman ahlees were also fond of he spor of wresling
4 nominaive agricolae
5 geniive daive aquārum aquīs
6 ablaive puellīs
7 ablaive āhlēīs
TEACHING TIP
Since wreslers are depiced on he illusraion on his page he eacher may wish o open a discus-
sion abou he omansrsquo and Greeksrsquo ondness or wresling which was ofen praciced in a complexcalled he palaestra
oman boys were expeced o serve in he m iliary Tus hey were firs rained by heir ahers in wreslingand boxing Srengh and agiliy were sressed raher han grace o movemen as in Greek spors Te woprincipal syles uilized by he Greek were uprigh wresling in which hree alls o your opponen o heground were necessary o deea him and ground wresling which required he opponen o give up in ordero end he mach In he palaes tra here was an area or he young people o pracice wresling or boxing wih apunching bag (cōrycus) Examples o monumenal oman bahs wih a palaest ra are ound a he Bahs o Ca-racalla in ome he Harbor Bahs a Ephesus in urkey and he Bahs in Varna Bulgaria he larges anciensrucure in ha counry
Wresling was also one o he spor evens a he Olympic games ha he omans ofen atended Greco-oman wresling is also one o he evens eaured in he summer Olympic games in modern imes
TEACHING TIPTe eacher migh wan o have sudens read an English ranslaion o Book 23 o he Iliad in which Ajax a nd Odysseus compee in a wre sling m ach and Book 5 o he Aeneid or a descripion o hespors ha he omans played and compare he atiude o he compeiors in each epic Boh evens were par o he uneral games he ormer in honor o Paroclu s riend and atendan o Achil lesand he later in honor o Anchises aher o Aeneas Tis migh lead o urher discussion on henaure o modern wresling
Standards11 41
EXERCISE 5Ideniy he case o each plural noun Ten change each orm ino he singular For some more
TEACHING TIPSudens may wonder why he geniive singular w ihou is ending mus be used o find he base whenhe nominaive singular wihou is ending works jus as well Explain ha in oher noun declensionshe nominaive will no always provide he same base or have he same spelling as he geniive
Standards11 41
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 5154
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull 11
Chapter 1 bull 11
han one answer is possible
Example puellāsaccusaive puellam
1 īliae 5 aquīs2 errīs 6 poēārum3 nauārum 7 agricolae4 l upa e
BY THE WAY
In all declensions endings are added o he base o a noun I is imporan o know hahe base o a noun is ound by removing he ending rom is geniive si ngular orm Forexample he geniive singular o puella is puellae I you remove he -ae rom puellae
wha remains is he base o he word namely puell- For his reason learning he geni-ive singular is as imporan as knowing he nominaive singular o he noun
STUDY TIP
Always learn he geniive ogeher wih he nominaive because rom he geniive you will know o which declension a word belongs
A wall paining depic ing a Roman farmer (agricola) wih his sheep
EXERCISE 5 ANSWERS
1 nominaive īl ia
2 daive ablaive errae errā
3 geniive nauae
4 nominaive lupa
5 daive ablaive aquae aquā
6 geniive poēae7 nominaive agricola
HOW TO USE THIS BOOKIn his book he word ldquobaserdquo is used o reer o he noun wihou any ending ldquoStemrdquo is used or he par o he verb wihou any ending ldquoootrdquo is used or he Lain par o a derivaive
ORAL EXERCISE 2Tis exercise may be used afer Exercise 5
Use one o he ollowing classroom presenaion opions (hereafer reerred o as CPO) (blackgreenwhiesmar board overhead or LCD projecor PowerPoinreg presenaion ec) o pu his inormaion on view
quis ldquowhordquo (or he subjec) and quem ldquowhomrdquo (or he direc objec)
Ten ask he suden o answer he ollowing quesions abou he chaper reading eiher orally or in wri-
en orm
1 Teacher Quis es Mārs Student Mārs es deus
2 Teacher Quem ama Mārs Student hēam Silviam Mārs ama
3 Teacher Quis ama hēam Silviam Student Mārs ama hēam Silviam
4 Teacher Quem habe hēa Silvia Student hēa Silvia duōs īliōs ōmulum eemum habe
5 Teacher Quis claudi hēam Silviam Student Amūlius claudi hēam Silviam
6 Teacher Quem claudi Amūlius Student hēam Silviam Amūlius claudi
7 Teacher Quis ōmulum e emum in aquampōni
Student Amūlius ōmulum e emum in aquampōni
8 Teacher Quem Amūlius in aquam pōni Student Amūlius ōmulum e emum in aquampōni
9 Teacher Quis ambula ad aquam Student Lupa ambula ad aquam
10 Teacher Quis ōmulum e emum bene cūra Student Lupa ōmulum e emum bene cūra
11 Teacher Quōs lupa bene cūra Student Lupa ōmulum e emum bene cūra
12 Teacher Quis ōmulum e emum a ma Student Lupa ōmulum e emum ama
13 Teacher Quōs lupa ama Student Lupa ōmulum e emum ama
OralExercise 2
WorkbookExercise
4 5
EXERCISE 6ranslae rom Lain ino English and rom English ino Lain Te mos common Lain word
d
TEACHER BY THE WAYTe eacher may menion ha he mos common word order (subjec ndash direc objec ndash verb) can o-en be changed For example i he verb is o be emphasized i will ake firs posiion I he subjecor he direc objec is o be emphasized i will ake he las posiion which is he mos emphaic oneIn general he more unusual he wordrsquos posiion is he more emphasis is placed on his word
Standards11 41
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 5254
12 bull Latin for the New Millennium
12 bull Latin for the New Millennium
order is
subjec ndash direc objec ndash verb
1 Agricola erram ama
2 Te ahlee loves waer
3 Naua īlia m ama
4 Te poe loves ome
5 Agricola erram cūra
6 Te she-wol cares or (is aking care o) he girl
BY THE WAY
Even hough he mos common word order is subjec ndash di rec objec ndash verb rememberha endings991252no word order991252deermine which word is he subjec and which i s hedirec objec
TALKING When we mee one person we gree herhim wih salvē When we mee wo or more people wegree hem wih salvēte When we bid goodbye o one person we sayvalē When we bid goodbyeo wo or more people we say valēte
Here are various ways o ask ldquohow are yourdquo or ldquohow are you doingrdquo
Quōmodo valēs or Quōmodo tē habēs or Quid agis ldquoHow are yourdquo
Here is a range o possible answers
bene ldquowellrdquo pessimē ldquovery badrdquo optimē ldquogreardquo melius ldquobeterrdquo mediocriter ldquoso-sordquo or ldquono oo badrdquo meliusculē ldquoa litle beterrdquo male ldquobadrdquo
In general he more unusual he word s posiion is he more emphasis is placed on his word
EXERCISE 6 ANSWERS
1 Te armer loves he land
2 Āhlēa aquam ama
3 Te sailor loves (his) daugher
4 Poēa ōmam ama
5 Te armer cares or (is aking care o) he land6 Lupa puellam cūra
TEACHING TIP
Te eacher may sar he class in Lain by saying Salvēte discipulī et discipulae and by eaching hesudens o say in reurn Salvē magister (magistra)
ORAL EXERCISE 3Tis exercise may be used anytime afer the students have learned the use o the accusative case or afer Exercise 6
Use one o he CPOrsquos o pu on display he orms amō and cūrō and explai n ha hey a re in he fir s personsingular and how his differs rom he hird person singular learned in his chaper Ask individual sudens omake senences wih hem using he words hey have learned
Ten ell he sudens ha nōn means ldquonordquo and ask hem o make si milar senences wih nōn amō and nōn cūrō
Examples(nōn) amō erram īliam aquam lupam āhlēam(nōn) cūrō erram īliam puellam
WorkbookExercise 6
ContentQuestions
OralExercise 3
Standards12 21 41
42
SAYING HELLOMarīa Helena e Chrisīna sun (are) discipulae (students)
TEACHING TIPHave sudens read he dialogue aloud Tis will help o build heir pronunciaion skills
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 5354
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull 13
Chapter 1 bull 13
Marīa Salvēe Helena e Chrisīna
Christīna Salvē Marīa
Helena Salvē Marīa
Marīa Quōmodo valēs Helena Quōmodo valēs Chrisīna
Helena et Christīna Bene Quōmodo ū ( you) valēs Marīa
Marīa Pessimē
Helena et Christīna Cūr (Why)
Marīa imeō linguam Laīnam ( I ear the Latin language)Helena Ego ( I ) linguam Laīnam amō
Christīna E ego linguam Laīnam amō
ORAL EXERCISE 4
Tis exercise may be used afer he Lain dialogue has been presened
Insruc he sudens o say ldquohellordquo in Lain o he suden nex o hem Divide he class ino wo pars ellone par o gree he oher par using he plural greeing and vice versa Do he same ype o aciviy whensaying ldquogoodbyerdquo You may wish o make greeing he class in Lain a nd saying ldquogoodbyerdquo in Lain a par oa daily rouine
Divide he sudens ino pairs in which one person will ask how hisher parner is in Lain and he oher
wil l answer
ORAL EXERCISE 5
Tis exercise may be used afer he Lain dialogue has been presened
ell he sudens ha he paricle ndashne is added o he firs syllable o a word ha inroduces a quesion Ten askhe ollowing quesions abou he dialogue beween Mary Helen and Chrisy Individual sudens may answerorally or he enire class may wrie he answers as he eacher asks hem orally Te eacher should explain hahe orm valēs in he greeing Quōmodo valēs is in he second person which means ldquoyourdquo Te hird person orm(reerring o ldquoherrdquo ldquohimrdquo or ldquoirdquo) is valet So he phrase ldquoHow is she doingrdquo would be Quōmodo valet Te hirdperson o amō is amat and he hird person o timeō is timet
1 Teacher Quōmodo Chrisīna vale Student(s) Chrisīna bene vale
2 Teacher Quōmodo Marīa vale Student(s) Marīa pessimē vale
3 Teacher Cūr (why) Marīa pessimē vale Student(s) Marīa ime linguam Lainam4 Teacher Amane l inguam L aīnam Helena Student(s) Helena linguam Laīnam ama
5 Teacher Linguamne Laīnam ama Chrisīna Student(s) Chrisīna linguam Laīnam ama
ORAL EXERCISE 6 AND DICTATIONTis combined exercise may be used to conclude the chapter or at any time afer the students have learned the accusa-tive case and chapter vocabulary
Dicae he ollowing senences o he sudens Ten ask hem o make he ollowing changes eiher orally orin writen orm a he discreion o he eacher
1 Teacher Agricol a erram ama (change he direc objec ino plura l)Student Agricola errās ama
2 Teacher Lupa puellam cūra (change he direc objec ino plural)
Student Lupa puellās cūra3 Teacher Āhlēa puel lās ama (change he direc objec ino singu lar)
Student Āhlēa puellam ama
4 Teacher Fīlia errās ama (change he direc objec ino singular)Student Fīlia erram ama
OralExercise
4 5 6 andDictation
TEACHER NOTES
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 5454
14 bull Latin for the New Millennium
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 1454
TM xiv bull Latin for the New Millennium
Augeni Andrea ed Ar and Archeology o Rome New York iverside Book Company 2000
Boardman John Oxord Hisory o Classical Ar Oxord Oxord Universiy Press 1997
Campbell Ann Roman Ar and Archiecure ev ed Boulder CO Alarion Press 1999
Coarelli Fillipo Rome and Environs An Archeological Guide ranslaed by James J Clauss and Daniel P Har-mon Berkeley and Los Angeles Universiy o Caliornia Press 2008
Connolly Peer Pompeii New York Oxord Universiy Press 1990
Corbishley Mike Illusraed Encyclopedia o Ancie n Rome Los Angeles J Paul Gety rus Publicaions2004
Davis John and Deborah C Wood Monumena Romana Nosra Slide lecures complee se 1995 evised Wauconda IL Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers 1997
mdashmdashmdash Monumen a Roman a Nosra Roman Bahs Slide lecure 1995 evised Wauconda IL Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers 1997
mdashmdashmdash Monumena Romana Nos ra Te Forum in Rome and he Province s Slide lecure 1995 evised Wau-conda IL Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers 1997
mdashmdashmdash Monumena Romana Nos ra Te Roman Basil ica Slide lecure 1995 evised Wauconda ILBolchazy-Carducci Publishers 1997
mdashmdashmdash Monumena Romana Nos ra Te Roman Foru m Slide lecure 1995 evised Wauconda IL Bol-chazy-Carducci Publishers 1997
mdashmdashmdash Monumena Romana Nos ra Te Roman emple Slide lecure 1995 evised Wauconda IL Bol-chazy-Carducci Publishers 1997
Deiss Joseph Jay Herculaneum Ialyrsquos Buried reasure evised and updaed New York Harper Collins 1985
de Franciscus A Pompeii Monumens Pas and P resen Los Angeles J Paul Gety rus Publicaions 2000
DrsquoEspouy Hecor ed Greek and Roman Archiecure in Classic Illusraions Mineola NY Dover Publicaions1999
Dickison Sheila K and Judih P Hallet eds Rome and Her Monumens Wauconda IL Bolchazy-CarducciPublishers 2000
Heinze Helga von Roman Ar New York Universe Books 1971
Lewis Jon E ed Mammoh Book o Eyewines s Ancien Rome New York Carroll and Gra 2003
Ling ober Roman Paining Cambridge Cambridge Universiy Press 1991
Lovell Isabel Sories in Sone fom he Roman Forum ockville MD Wildside Press 2007
Macaulay David Ciy A Sory o Roman Planning and Consrucion Boson M A Houghon Miffl in 1971
MacDonald William L Te Archiecure o he Roman Empire An Urban Appraisal New Haven C Yale Uni- versiy Press 1988
MacKendrick Paul Te Mue Sones Speak Te Sory o Archeology in Ialy 2nd ed New York W W Noron1984
Millard Anne Welcome o Ancien Rome Edied by Jane Chisolm London Usborne Publishing 1987
Saccioli A Ancien Rome Monume ns Pas and Pres en Los Angeles J Paul Gety rus Publicaions2000
mdashmdashmdash Te Roads o he Romans Los Angeles J Paul Gety rus Publicaions 2004
Walker Susan Roman Ar Cambridge Harvard Universiy Press 1991
Wheeler Mori mer Roman Ar and Archiecure 4h ed New York Praeger Publishers 1969
Winkes ol Classical Collecion Roman Painings and Mosaics Providence I Museum o Ar hodeIsland School o Design 1982
LATE EMPIRE EARLY CHRISTIANITY AND MIDDLE AGES Augusi ne Conessions Oxord Worldrsquos Classics ranslaed by Henry Chadwick eprin New York Oxord
Universiy Press 1998
mdashmdashmdash Augusine Te Ciy o God agains he Paga ns ranslaed by W Dyson Cambridge exs in he His-ory o Poliical Tough Cambridge Cambridge Universiy Press 1998
mdashmdashmdash Augusine Poliical Wriings ranslaed by E M Akins and ober J Dodaro Cambridge exs inhe Hisory o Poliical Tough Cambridge Cambridge Universiy Press 2001
Barbero Alessandro Te Day o he Barbarians Te Batle Ta Led o he Fall o he Roman Empire ranslaed by John Cullen New York Walker and Company 2007
Barnes imohy D Ahanasius a nd Consanius Te ology and Poliics in h e Consanian Empire Cambridge
MA Harvard Universiy Press 1993Boehius Te Consolaion o Philosophy ranslaed by Vicor Wats ev ed London Penguin Books 1999
Bowersock G W and Peer Brown Lae Aniquiy A Guid e o he Pos Classica l World Harvard UniversiyPress eerence Library Cambridge MA Belknap Press 1999
Bowman Alan Averil Cameron and Peer Garnsey eds Te Crisis o Empire AD 193ndash337 2nd ed Volume 12Te Cambridge Ancien Hisory Cambridge Cambridge Universiy Press 2005
Brown Peer Augusine o Hippo A Biography ev ed Berkeley and Los Angeles Universiy o CaliorniaPress 2000
mdashmdashmdash Te World o Lae Aniquiy AD 150ndash750 New York W W Noron 1989
Cameron Averil Te Laer Roman Empire A D 284ndash430 Cambridge MA Harvard Universiy Press 1993
Cameron Averil Bryan Ward-Perkins and Michael Whiby eds Lae Aniquiy Empire a nd Successors AD425ndash600 Volume 14 Te Cambridge Ancien Hisory Cambridge Cambridge Universiy Press 2001
Cameron Averil and Peer Garnsey eds Te Lae Empire AD 337ndash425 Volume 13 Te Cambridge AncienHisory Cambridge Cambridge Universiy Press 1997
Chadwick Henry Te Church in Ancien Sociey From Galilee o Gregory he Grea Oxord Oxord UniversiyPress 2001
Corbishley Mike Te Middle Ages Culural Alas or Young People ev ed New York Facs on File 2003
Doran ober Birh o a Worldview Ea rly Chrisia niy in is Jewish and Pagan Conex Lanham MD ow-man and Litlefield 1999
Edwards Mark Consanine and Chrisendom Te Oraion o he Sains Te Greek and Lain Accouns o he Discovery o he Cross Te Edic o Consanine o Pope Silveser Liverpool Liverpool Universiy Press 2003
Ferguson Everet ed Encyclopedia o Ear ly Chrisiani y London Garland Publishing 1990
Godrey A W ed Medieval Mosaic A Book o M edieval Lain R eadings Wauconda IL Bolcha zy-CarducciPublishers 2003
Gran Michael Consanine he Grea Te Man and His imes New York Charles Scribnerrsquos Sons 1994
mdashmdashmdash Te Fall o he Roman Empire New York Charles Scribnerrsquos Sons 1997
mdashmdashmdash Te Collapse and Recovery o he Roman Empire London and New York ou ledge 1999
Harrison F E ed Millennium A Lain R eader A D 374ndash1374 eprin Wauconda IL Bolchazy-CarducciPublishers 2001
Heaher Peer Te Fall o he Roman Empire A New Hisory o Rome and he Barbarians New York OxordUniversiy Press 2007
Holmes George Te Oxord Hisory o Medieval Europe Oxord Oxord Universiy Press 2001
Hopkins Keih A World Full o Gods Pagans Jews and Chris ians in he Roma n Empire London Weideneldand Nicolson 1999
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 1554
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Resource List bull TM xv
Howarh Parick Atila King o he Hun s Man and Myh New York Barnes amp Noble Books 1995
Jones erry Barbarians London BBC Books 2006
Kulikowski Michael Romersquos Gohic Wars From he Tird Cenury o Alaric Cambridge Cambridge Univer-siy Press 2007
Lee A D ed Pagans and Chri sians in Lae A niquiy A Sourcebook London ouledge 2000
MacMullen amsay and Eugene N Lane Paganism and Chri sianiy 100ndash425 C E A Sourcebook Minne-apolis Forress Press 1992
Manello Frank and Arhur G igg Medieval Lain An Inroducion and Bibliographical Guide WashingonDC Te Caholic Universiy o America Press 1996
McEvedy Colin Te New Penguin Alas o Medieval Hisory ev ed New York Penguin Group 1992
Newman Paul B Daily Lie in he Middle A ges Jefferson NC McFarland and Company 2001Smih Jonahan Z Drudgery Divine On he Compari son o Early Chri sianiies and h e Religions o L ae Aniq-
uiy Chicago Universiy o Chicago Press 1990
Sambaugh John E and David Balch Te New esamen in is Social Environmen Philadelphia Wesmin-ser Press 1986
Tompson A E Te Huns Oxord Blackwell Publishing 1999
odd Malcolm Te Early Germans Malden MA Blackwell 2004
Wells Coli n Sailing fom Byzanium How a Los Empire Shaped he World NY Banam Dell 2006
Will iams ose Te Ligher Side o he Dark Ages London and New York Anhem Press 2006
Wolram Her wig Hisory o he Gohs ranslaed by Tomas J Dunlap Berkeley and Los Angeles Univer-siy o Caliornia Press 1988
mdashmdashmdashTe Roman Empire and Is Germanic Peoples ranslaed by Tomas J Dunlap Berkeley and Los Ange-
les Universiy o Caliornia Press 1997 Young Frances Lew is Ayres and A ndrew Louh eds Te Cambridge Hisory o Early Chrisian Lieraure
Cambridge Cambridge Universiy Press 2004
CLASSICAL PERSPECTIVESHighe Gilber Te Classical radiion New York Oxord Universiy Press 1957
Kopff E Chrisian Te Devil Knows Lain Why America Needs he Classical radiion Wilmingon DE ISIBooks 1999
Maybury ichard J Ancien Rome How I Affe cs You oday Placerville CA Bluesocking Press 1995
Murphy Cullen Are We Rome New York Houghon Mi ffl in 2007
Simmons racy Lee Climbing Parnassus A New Apologia or Greek and Lain Wilmingon DE ISI Books2002
MAPS POSTERS AND CHARTS Available from American Cla ssical League M C Miami Universiy Oxford OH
Map o oman Empire Map o oman Ialy ome Cenral Archeological Area oma Archaica
Circus Maximus Colosseum Consiuion Preamble Lain Abbreviaions Lain Phrases in Common UseLegal erms Panheon Pompeii Promoional Posers Lain Is
Derivaive ree Char Loan Word Char omance Language Char Skeleon Char
Available from L and L Enerprises Elmhurs IL
Ancien Civil izaion Wall M ap (small and lar ge size)
Using Lain Phrases Te Fabulous Five Lain Promoional Mini-posers Paer Noser Pledge o Allegianceoman Scenes and Proverbs Seven Hills o ome emembering he Cases
Available from Aims Inernaional Book s Cincinnai OH
Quo Modo Senis Hodie Poser
ADDITIONAL ITEMS Available from Bolchazy-Carducci P ublishers Mundelein IL
Lain Butons
Available from American Cla ssical League MC Miami Universiy Oxford OH
Lain-relaed CDs DVDs apes sofware coins greeing cards games accessories and jewelry mimeo-graphs hisorical novels Lain readers and Junior Classical League iems
Available from L and L Enerprises Elmhu rs IL
Lain knowledge cards Briish Museum book o poscards o Ancien Greece and o ome
Lain-relaed aciviy books butons coloring books key chain ags noe cards origami projecs pencilspuzzle books rulers sampers sickers suffed animals atoos oe bags and -shirs
MISCELLANEOUS Available from American Cla ssical League MC Miami Universiy Oxford OH
2006 Updaed Survey o Audio-Visual Maerials and exbooks in he Classics
2007 Ediion o ACL Soware Direcory or he Classics
WEBSITESFor a regularly updaed lis o websie resources check htpwwwlnmbolchazycom
PROFESSIONAL ORGANIZATIONSMos o hese organizaions offer a journal ha eachers will find beneficial Consul he organizaionrsquos web-
sie o learn more
American C lassical League (ACL)
American C lassical L eague eaching Maerials a nd esource Cener (MC)
ACL Sponsored Aciviie s
Junior Classical League
Naional Commitee or Lain and GreekNaional Greek Exam
Naional Junior Classical League
Naional Lain Exam
Naional Senior Classical League
Naional Myhology Exam
American C ouncil on he eaching o Foreign La nguages (ACFL)
American Ph ilologica l Associa ion (APA)
Archeologica l Insiue o A merica (AI A)
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 1654
TM xvi bull Latin for the New Millennium
Classical Associaion o Canada
Classical Associaion o New England (CANE)
Classical Associaion o he Alanic Saes (CAAS)
Classical Associaion o he Middle Wes and Souh (CAMWS)
Classical Associaion o he Pacific Norhwes (CAPN)
Classical Associaion o he Souhwesern Unied Saes (CASUS)
Compuer Assised Language Insrucion Consorium (CALICO)
Join Associaion o C lassical eachers (JAC)
Vergilian Socie y
In addiion many saes and ciies have classics-relaed organizaions
TEACHER NOTES
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 1754
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull i
1
STUDENT TEXTBOOKWITH EXERCISE ANSWERS
STANDARDS CORRELATIONS
ORAL EXERCISES
ORAL EXERCISE CORRELATIONS
WORKBOOK EXERCISE CORRELATIONS
ANCILLARY CORRELATIONS
COMPREHENSION QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS
TEACHING TIPS
TEACHER BY THE WAY NOTATIONS
AND HOW TO USE THIS BOOK
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 1854
iindashiii bull Latin for the New Millennium
Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers IncMundelein Illinois USA
1Milena Minkova and Terence Tunberg
LATIN FOR THE NEW MILLENNIUM
Series Inormaion
LEVEL ONE
Suden ex (2008)
Suden Workbook (2008)
eacherrsquos M anual (2008)
eacherrsquos Manual or Suden Workbook (2008)
ANCILLARIES
From Romulus o Romulus AugusulusRoman Hisory or he New Millennium (2008)
Te Original Dysuncional Family Basic Classical Myhology or he New Millennium (2008)
LEVEL TWO
Suden ex (2009)
Suden Workbook (2009)
eacherrsquos M anual (2009)
eacherrsquos Manual or Suden Workbook (2009)
ANCILLARIES
From Rome o Reormaion Early European Hisory or he New Millennium (2009)
Te Clay-ooed SuperHeroes Myhology ales or he New Millennium (2009)
mdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdash
ELECTRONIC RESOURCES
(See page 445 or deailed descripion)
wwwlnm bolchazycom
Quia Quesion Bank
Lain-only Vill a in een Second Lietrade
Carpe Praedam
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 1954
FOREWORD xi
PREFACE xiii
AUTHORS xvii
EDITORS CONSULTANTS AND PILOT TEACHERS xix
INTRODUCTION xxiii
AlphabePronunciaion o LainOverview o oman Hisory Beginnings o Lain Lieraure
CHAPTER 1 1
eading ldquoomulus and emusrdquoLanguage Facs Pars o Speech Nouns Number Gender Case
(Nominaive and Accusaive) Firs Declension Nounsalking Saying Hello
CHAPTER 2 15
eading Plauus ldquoTe Menaechmi winsrdquo Language Facs Firs and Second Conjugaion Verbs Principal Pars
Properies o Verbs Number Person ense Sem Infiniive Subjec and
Verb Agreemenalking Geting Acquained
CHAPTER 3 29
eading erence ldquowo BrohersrdquoLanguage Facs Second Declension Masculine -us -er -ir Nouns Geniive
Case Vocaive Case Preposiional Phrasesalking In he Classroom
REVIEW 1 CHAPTERS 19912513 43
Considering he Classical Gods Ma rs Jupier JunoConnecing wih he Ancien World Slavery in A ncien omeExploring oman Comedy oman Producions and Modern endiions by
William S Anderson Proessor o Classics Emerius Universiy o Caliornia Berkeley Berkeley Caliornia
Mīrābile Audī ū Phrases and Quoaions elaing o he Comic radiion
CONTENTS
bull v bull
Series Edior LeaAnn A Osburn
Volume Ediors Elisa C Denja LeaAnn A Osburn
Conribuing Ediors imohy Beck Judih P Halle Laurie Haigh KeenanKaren Lee Singh Donald E Sprague ose Williams Vicki Wine
Hisorical imeline Jayni einhard
Cover Design amp ypography Adam Phillip Velez
Cover Illusraion oman Forum copy BemannCOBISOher Illusraions Phoo Credis appear on pp 431ndash434
CarographyMapping Specialiss
Indexing Michael Hendry
Prooreader Gary Varney
Lain for he New Millennium
Suden ex Level 1
Milena Minkova and erence unberg
copy2008 Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers Inc All righs reserved
Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers Inc
1570 Baskin oadMundelein Illinois 60060 wwwbolchazycom
Prined in Canada2009 byFriesens
ISBN 978-0-86516-560-1mdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashLibrary o Congress Caaloging-in-Publicaion Daa
Minkova Milena Lain or he new millennium suden ex level 1 Milena Minkova anderence unberg p cm Includes bibliographical reerences ISBN 978-0-86516-560-1 (v 1 hardbound alk paper) 1 Lain language--Grammar I unberg erence II ile
PA20875M 562 2008 4782rsquo421--dc22
2008014705
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull ivndashv
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 2054
Contents bull vii
CHAPTER 9 135
eading Sallus ldquoTe Cailinarian ConspiracyrdquoLanguage Facs Fourh Conjugaion Verbs Presen Acive and Passive
ense Presen Acive and Passive Infiniive T ird Declension NeuerNouns Tird Declension I -Sem Nouns
alking Geting Dressed or a Pary
REVIEW 3 CHAPTERS 79912519 149
Considering he Classical Gods ApolloConnecing wih he A ncien World oman AtireExploring oman Governmen Poliics in Greece ome and he Unied
Saes by Josiah Ober Proessor o Classics and Poliical Science SanordUniversiy Sanord Caliornia
Mīrābile Aud īū Phrases and Motoes elaing o Governmen andDemocracy
CHAPTER 10 163
eading Vergil ldquo Te rojan HorserdquoLanguage Facs Tird Conjugaion -iō Verbs Presen Acive and Passive
ense Presen Acive and Passive Infiniive T ird Declension AdjecivesSubsanive Adjecives
alking Te Morning Beore a es
CHAPTER 11 177
eading Vergil ldquoQueen Dido o CarhagerdquoLanguage Facs Imperec Acive a nd Passive ense o All Conjugaions
Imperec ense o Sum and Possum Encliicsalking raveling o School
CHAPTER 12 191eading Livy ldquoMucius ScaevolardquoLanguage Facs Fi rs Second and Tird Person Personal Pronouns Firs
and Second Person Possessive Adjecives Declension o vīsalking Discussing he Weaher
REVIEW 4 CHAPTERS 1099125112 205
Considering he Classical Gods Mercury Connecing wih he Ancien World oman FoodExploring he My h o he rojan Horse Never Look a Gif Horse in
he Mouh by Bonnie A Cato Proessor o Classics Assumpion CollegeWorceser Massachusets
Mīrābile Aud īū Phrases and Quoaions elaing o War and Peace
vi bull L atin for the New Millennium
CHAPTER 4 57
eading Cicero ldquoTe Deserer Wans a ewardrdquoLanguage Facs Second Declension Neuer Nouns Daive Case Firs
and Second Declension -us -a -um Adjecives Agreemen o Nounsand Adjecives
alking Discussing Homework
CHAPTER 5 69
eading Cicero ldquoCicero Wries o ereniardquoLanguage Facs Firs and Second Conjugaion Verbs Presen Passive ense
Presen Passive Infiniive Ablaive o Agen Firs and Second Declension
-er Adjecivesalking Discussing Occupaions
CHAPTER 6 81
eading Caesar ldquoTe DruidsrdquoLanguage Facs Presen ense and Presen Infiniive o Sum and Possum
Complemenary Infi niive ransiive and Inransiive Verbsalking Preparing or a es
REVIEW 2 CHAPTERS 49912516 93
Considering he Classical Gods Nepune Pluo Vesa and CeresConnecing wih he Ancien World oman MarriageExploring oman Famil ies Parens and Children Ten and Now by
Jacqueline Carlon Assisan Proessor o Classics Universiy o Massachusets Boson Massachusets
Mīrābile Audīū Phrases Motoes and Abbreviaions elaing o Lie in heweny-Firs Cenur y
CHAPTER 7 111eading Caullus ldquoMy Girlrsquos SparrowrdquoLanguage Facs Tird Declension Masculine and Feminine Nouns Indirec
Saemen Accusaive and Infiniivealking In he Caeeria
CHAPTER 8 123
eading Nepos ldquoTemisocles Saves he GreeksrdquoLanguage Facs T ird Conjugaion Verbs Presen Acive a nd Passive ense
Presen Acive and Passive Infiniive Ablaives o Manner InsrumenSeparaion Place rom Which Place Where Accusaive o Place o W hich
alking Afer School Aciviies
vindashvii bull Latin for the New Millennium
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 2154
Contents bull ix
CHAPTER 18 301
eading Apuleius ldquoCupid and PsycherdquoLanguage Facs Fuure Perec Aci ve ense o All Conjugaions Fuure
Perec ense o Sum and Possum Fifh Declension Nounsalking Going o he Denis
REVIEW 6 CHAPTERS 1699125118 315
Considering he Classical Gods BacchusConnecing wih he Ancien World Gladiaorial GamesExploring oman Disasers Earh Air Fire and Waer by John E Torburn
Associae Proessor o Classics Baylor Universiy Waco exas
Mīrābile Audīū Quoaions elaing o Atiudes oward and Coping wihMisorunes
CHAPTER 19 331
eading Ammianus ldquoTe HunsrdquoLanguage Facs Perec Passive Pariciple Perec Passive ense o All
Conjugaions eview o Principal Par s o Verbs Demonsraive Pronounand Adjecive Hic
alking Cleaning he House
CHAPTER 20 349
eading Augusine ldquoAn Adolescen TierdquoLanguage Facs Pluperec Passive ense o Al l Conjugaions Perec Acive
and Passive Infini ives Demonsraive Pronoun and Adjecive Illealking Going Shopping
CHAPTER 21 361
eading Boehius ldquoTe Wheel o ForunerdquoLanguage Facs Fuure Perec Passive ense o All Conjugaions Fuure
Acive Pariciple Fuure Acive Infiniivealking A Birhday Pary
REVIEW 7 CHAPTERS 1999125121 375
Considering he Classical Gods VulcanConnecing wih he Ancien World oman EducaionExploring oman Libraries Public Libraries and Teir Books by Keih Dix
Associae Proessor o Classics Universiy o Georgia Ahens GeorgiaMīrābile Audīū Phrases Quoaions and Abbreviaions elaing o
Schools Libraries and Books
viii bull Latin for the New Millennium
CHAPTER 13 219
eading Horace ldquoAn Encouner wih a BoorrdquoLanguage Facs Presen ense Posiive and Negaive Imperaives Firs and
Second Person Personal Pronouns Geniive Case Ti rd Person PossessivePronoun and Adjecive
alking Lae or School
CHAPTER 14 233
eading Ovid ldquoPyramus and TisberdquoLanguage Facs Firs and Second Conjugaion Verbs Fuure Acive and
Passive ense Fuure ense o Sum and Possum elaive Pronouns
elaive Clausesalking Chating on he Inerne
CHAPTER 15 245
eading Seneca ldquoe1047298ecions on Growing OldrdquoLanguage Facs Tird a nd Fourh Conjugaion Verbs Fuure Acive and
Passive ense Inerrogaive Pronouns and Adjecivesalking A rip o he Counry
REVIEW 5 CHAPTERS 1399125115 259
Considering he Classical Gods Minerva Di ana VenusConnecing wih he A ncien World oman Ciies and oadsExploring oman Law Te Jusice Sysem in Ancien ome by James G
Keenan Proessor o Classics Loyola Universiy Chicago Chicago IllinoisMīrābile Audīū Phrases and Quoaions elaing o Legal Maters
CHAPTER 16 273
eading Pliny he Younger ldquoTe Erupion o VesuviusrdquoLanguage Facs Perec ense Verbs Perec Sem Perec Acive ense o
All Conjugaions Perec ense o Sum and Possum Daive o Possessionalking elaxing a he Beach
CHAPTER 17 287
eading acius ldquoTe Fire a omerdquoLanguage Facs Pluperec A cive ense o All Conjugaions Pluperec
ense o Sum and Possum Fourh Declension Masculine Feminine andNeuer Nouns
alking ecovering rom an Acciden
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull viiindashix
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 2254
xndashxi bull Latin for the New Millennium
FOREWORDTe aurea mediocriās o Lain exbooks has arrived No a grammar-ranslaion nor a readingapproach book Lain or he New Millennium is a blend o he bes elemens o boh
Te key o Lain or he New Millennium Level 1 is he emphasis on reading Lain a he begin-ning o each chaper and using conversaional Lain a he end o each chaper or as he auhorsindicae in he Preace lsquoi (Lain) offers you he lingui sic key o he minds ha shaped European
(and hereore American) culu re rom he ime o he omans o he modern scienific revolu-ion In his book you will learn abou he language sep by sep by using irsquo
Te reading passages a he opening o each chaper are ba sed on Lain lieraure and proceedin chronological order rom Plauus o Boehius Each reading is suppored by pre-reading andacing page vocabulary Grammar is inroduced using senences already seen in he reading pas-sage and mīrābile dicū here are pleny o exercises Te Vocabulary o Learn chosen rom headaped reading passage hus conains some Advanced Placemen lieraure-based words and i sreieraed consisenly in he exercises and oher shor reading passages
Somehing no seen in mos Lain exbooks is he conversaional dialogue a he end o eachchaper Tis will pique he sudenrsquos ineres in he Lain version o modern-day aciviies andmee cerain classical language sandards direcly Te auhors Milena Minkova and erenceunberg proessors a he Universiy o Kenucky a Lexingon are he direcors o he hugelypopular Conveniculum Lexinoniense he annual su mmer program ha has been r unning ormore han en years Tey are also on he aculy o he Conveniculum Bosoniense a similarprogram ha draws paricipans o experience conversaional Lain in differen geographical se-ings A he 2007 American Classical Leag ue Insiue a Vanderbil Universiy I paricipaed ina conversaional Lain workshop presened by Minkova and unberg Tough he par icipans
were seasoned Lain eachers mos were experiencing or he firs ime he ried and rue meh-ods hese wo expers were using o inspire us o speak Lain By he end o he workshop wecould converse in amiliar Lain phrases and saw how useul his could be or our own sudensunbergrsquos and Minkovarsquos leadership in hese summer programs made hem uniquely well suiedo design he conversaional dialogues in Lain or he New Millennium and he copious oral ex-ercises ha are conained only in he eacher manual hus al lowing eachers o pick and choose
which exercises bes mee he needs o heir own sudens
Tis book wih is range o offerings wi ll appeal o all ypes o lang uage sudens and will alloweachers o bring he many aces o he oman and pos-oman world ino he classroom How
wonderul i is o see a passage o adaped Plauus in Chaper 2 a prose adapaion o Caullusrsquo passer poem in Chaper 7 o Horacersquos saire on he boor in Chaper 13 and even o aciusrsquo de-scripion o he grea fire in ome in Chaper 17 oman culure is embodied in each o hesepassages hus meeing anoher classical language sandard Accompanying each passage is aquoaion or moto conneced o he passage or chaper
bull xi bullx bull Latin for the New Millennium
APPENDIX A 389
Chronological Lis o he Auhors and Works Sudied
APPENDIX B 391
Addiional Sae Motoes
APPENDIX C 393
Grammaical Forms and Paradigms
APPENDIX D 405
Lain Synax
APPENDIX E 411Hisorical imeline
ENGLISH TO LATIN GLOSSARY 415
LATIN TO ENGLISH GLOSSARY 421
BIBLIOGRAPHY 429
PHOTOGRAPHY CREDITS 431
INDEX 435
LIST OF MAPS
Map o he oman World xxxi iMap o he ravels o Aeneas 187Map o he Ciy o ome 227
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 2354
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull xiindashxiii
PREFACELearning Lain helps you learn English and oher languages beter and perhaps even moreimporanly i offers you he linguisic key o he minds ha shaped European (and hereore
American) culure rom he ime o he omans o he modern scienific revoluion Lain washe language hese people used o express hemselves and o record heir ideas in permanen ormacross so many cenuries In his book you wil l learn abou he language by u sing i sep by sep
CHAPTER COMPONENTS
READING PASSAGES
Each chaper begins wih a eading Passage and noes on he acing page ha will help you un-dersand any linguisic elemens you have no previously seen Tese noes eaure vocabulary
words in an easy o ollow alphabeical l ising providing you he exac meaning needed o un-dersand he reading passage bu no he ull lexical enries a his poin By reading and seeinghese new elemens in heir naural conex ofen you will need no explanaion o undersandhow hey uncion because hey appear w ih words you already know Te eadi ng Passages areadaped rom auhenic works o Lain lieraure and hey are presened in chronological order
As you complee each chaper you will be raci ng he sory o Lain as a lierary language andhe sories o he auhors who used i In addiion you wi ll learn abou oman c ulure over heperiods o ime in which he eaured reading o each chaper was produced
VOCABULARY TO LEARN
Te Vocabulary o Learn repeas some words encounered in he eading Passage or each chap-
er bu in his secion he words are lised by pars o speech i nsead o alphabeically and herehe ull lexical enry is given Tese are words you will need o memorize in order o recognizeand use hem hroughou he remainder o he book In order o aid you in recognizi ng connec-ions beween Lain words and he English words derived rom or relaed o hem a derivaiveexercise ollows each Vocabulary o Learn
LANGUAGE FACTS AND EXERCISES
In he body o each chaper you will fi nd simple explanaions o he Language Facs eaured inhe chaper reading passage along wih many differen exercises ha allow you o use all he in-ormaion you are learning By doing he exercises in each chaper and in he suden workbook
you will no only be reading and wriing Lain yoursquoll be speaking i Some exercises involve oralexchanges wih he eacher and wih oher sudens Because Lain communicaes hough i isa living hing Tereore a person who gains an acive working knowledge in he language along
bull xiii bullxii bull Latin for the New Millennium
All o his said Lain or he New Millennium is suden riendly Sudy ips rhymes and mnemon-ics abound in each chaper and litle secions called ldquoBy he Wayrdquo offer addiional inormaion orhose who always wan o know more
Te uni review secions are ru ly gems Afer hree chapers a Lain review chaper providesno jus he complee lis o Vocabulary o Learn and pleniu l exercises bu ofen anoher pieceo adaped lieraure o read991252snippes o Mari al or Peronius and more
Bu his is no all A secion called ldquoConsidering he Classical Godsrdquo offers high-ineres readingsin boh Engli sh and Lain on he panheon o classical gods A noher secion eniled ldquoConnec-ing wih he Ancien Worldrdquo provides in English addiional i normaion on a paricular aspec ooman lie conained wihin he uni
Capping each review uni is a disincive essay ha e xplores oman and modern opics each writen by a universiy scholar From he Universiy o Massachusets o Sanord Universiyand many places in be ween hese proessors have conribued heir special experise on subjecmater relaed o he chapers I k now o no oher book ha does hi s
Tere are many useu l phoographs and maps appropriaely placed hroughou Te reproduc-ions o fine ar and phoographs o archaeological sies provide a visual learning experience as
well Needless o say here are appendices on g rammar and synax a nd English o Lain andLain o English glossaries wih an added secion on various motoes
Te auhors ediors consulans and pilo eachers have done a superior job o organizing his book or maximum useu lness and effeciveness Tis unique series w ill include he ollowi ngLevel 1 Suden ex Level 1 Suden Workbook Level 1 eacherrsquos Manual and Level 1 Work-
book eacherrsquos Manual Level 2 Suden ex Level 2 Suden Workbook Level 2 eacherrsquosManual and Level 2 Workbook eacherrsquos Manual Many online and elecronic resources willalso accompany his series
Lain for he New Millennium has been houghully designed or and wih he weny-firscenury suden in mind Please join me in heralding he appearance o his unique new series
ha will improve and enhance he sudy o Lain or he weny-firs cenury
P983137983157983148 P983154983151983152983141983154983162983145983151Boson Lain Academy
2008
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 2454
xivndashxv bull Latin for the New Millennium
Preface bull xv
ASPECTS OF ROMAN LIFE
Nex you will find a reading in English on an imporan aspec o oman daily lie Tis sec-ion eniled Connecing wih he Ancien World wil l presen addiional inormaion on a opicencounered in he previous c hapers
EXPLORING ROMAN AND MODERN LIFE
Following he secion on daily lie here will be a shor essay in English ha compares and con-rass some aspec o oman and American lie and illusraes a way in which Lain is a par oour lie oday Each o hese essays has been writen by a universiy scholar wih special experisein his field o sudy
MĪRĀBILE AUDĪTŪEach review chaper concludes wih a l is o Lain quoaions motoes phrases or abbreviaionsused in English Tese sayings relae o one o he uni opics
Te Lain langu age and oman culure have no only inspired wriers hroughou he ages andin1047298uenced modern lie bu have also lef heir presence in ar and archaeology In his volumereproducions o painings drawings sculpure mosaics rescoes and oher ariacs rom an-iquiy hrough he presen abound wih depicions o and reerences o he sories and lives ohe omans Likewise view s o archaeological sies remind us o wha ome and is area o in1047298u-ence was like in ancien imes Te illusraions hroughou he ex suppor he writen word in
visual orm hus offering you a vivid recollecion o he chaper conen
Each auhor o his book has writen differen secions o he exbook bu boh auhors have ben-efied hroughou he composiion o he exbook rom coninuous muual advice and suppor
MM and 2008
Visi wwwl nmbolchazycom o see he elecronic resources ha accompany Lain or he New Millennium
xiv bull Latin for the New Millennium
wih a readi ng abiliy i s more likely o progress quick ly o a deeper undersanding o he lan-guage and he enjoymen o is lieraure I you have an oral aciliy and can wrie in a language
you will no need o be reminded abou orms and grammaical rules so ofen In his book you will acquire ha acive acili y as a basic par o learning he language
CONVERSATIONAL LATIN
oward he end o each chaper here is a Lain dialogue in which a group o modern sudens arehe paricipans Tey discuss in Lain siuaions ofen encounered in our daily li ves In hesedialogues you will find a bridge beween our lives and he houghs o he ancien medieval orrenaissance auhors who wroe in Lain991252a bridge consruced o he same basic language Lain
OTHER FEATURESIn each chaper you will fi nd oher ineresing mater ha will help you learn and enjoy Lain
bull Memorābile Dictū Te firs page o each chaper eaures a amous saying labeled Memorābile Dicū (A Memorable Ting o Say) a Lain phrase so well known ha i has become an ofenrepeaed proverb or quoaion Learning each amous saying wi ll increase your u ndersand-ing no jus o Lain bu o he houghs and ideas ha were i mporan o omans and haveconinued o be an inegral par o modern lie
bull Sudy ips Each chaper conains sayings rhymes mnemonic devices verses or oher in-ormaion ha will help you remember he various hings you are learning
bull By he Way You will see his phrase repeaed hroughou every chaper When you see hislabel you will know ha addiional inormaion is being presened
REVIEW COMPONENTS A he conclusion o every se o hree chapers here is a review conaining various componens
VOCABULARY TO KNOW
Tis is a complee lis o all he Vocabulary o Learn words presened in he hree chapers ar-ranged by pars o speech
EXERCISES
Here you will see many new exercises ha will help you review and reinorce he maerial in hehree preceding chapers In he review exercise secion here is ofen an addiional reading pas-sage o help you undersand more abou Lain lieraure and is heriage oday
CLASSICAL MYTHOLOGY
Tis secion eniled Considering Classical Myhology includes passages on myhology one inEnglish and one in Lain which ell some o he principal sories abou he Greek and omangods Tese sories re1047298ec many o he main hemes seen in lieraure and ar rom classical omodern imes
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 2554
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull xvindashxvii
AUTHORSMILENA MINKOVA
MA and PhD Chrisian and Classical Philology Pon-ifical Salesian Universiy ome Ialy MA and PhDClassics Universiy o Sofia Bulgaria
Associae Proessor o Classics Universiy o KenuckyLexingon Kenucky
Milena Minkova has sudied conduced research andaugh in Bulgaria Swizerland Germany Ialy he
Vaican Ciy and he USA Minkova has auhored hree book monographs Te Personal Names o he Lain In-scripions fom Bulgaria (Peer Lang 2000) Te Proe-an Raio (Peer Lang 2001) and Inroducion o Lain
Prose Composiion (Bolchazy-Carducci 2007 reprin Wimbledon 2001) She has also published numerousaricles on Lain medieval philosophy Lain lieraureLain composiion and Lain pedagogy
TERENCE TUNBERGBA and MA Classics Universiy o Souhern Calior-nia Posgraduae researcher and docoral suden Me-
dieval Sudies Universiy o London England PhDClassical Philology Universiy o orono Canada
Proessor o Classics Universiy o Kenucky Lexing-on Kenucky
erence unberg has augh in Belgium and Canadaas well as in he USA He is a specialis in Lain com-posiion and an exper in he hi sory o he approacheso wriing Lain prose rom aniquiy o early modernimes His works include a n ediion o collecion o Me-dieval Lain speeches commenaries on Lain worksand numerous sudies o he hisory o imiaion in La-in wriing In addiion or more han a decade he hasoffered summer seminars designed o inroduce peopleo he use o spoken Lain
bull xvii bull
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 2654
EDITORS CONSULTANTSAND PILOT TEACHERS
VOLUME EDITORSElisa C DenjaEdior Bolchazy-Carducci PublishersBaker Demonsraion School EmeriaEvanson Illinois
LeaAnn A OsburnEdior Bolchazy-Carducci PublishersBarringon High School EmeriaBarringon Illinois
BOARD OF
CONSULTANTS Virginia A ndersonLain eacherIllinois Virual High SchoolBarringon Middle School EmeriaBarringon Illinois
Jill M CrookerLain eacher
Pitsord-Mendon High School EmeriaPitsord New York
Judih Peller HalletProessor o ClassicsUniversiy o MarylandCollege Park Maryland
Sherwin D Litle1ndash12 Foreign Language Program LeaderIndian Hill High SchoolCincinnai Ohio
Sherrilyn MarinChair Deparmen o Foreign LanguagesKeih Counry Day Schoolockord Illinois
Mary PendergrafProessor o Classical Languages
Wake Fores Universiy Winson-Salem Norh Carolina
John raupman
Proessor o ClassicsS Josephrsquos Universiy EmeriusPhiladelphia Pennsylvania
Cynhia Whie Associae Proessor o ClassicsUniversiy o Arizonaucson Ari zona
ose WilliamsMcMurry College Emeria
Abilene High School Emeria Abilene exas
Donna WrighLain eacherLawrence Norh and Lawrence Cenral High
Schools
Indianapolis Indiana
PILOT TEACHERS Jeremy M WalkerLain eacherCrown Poin High SchoolCrown Poin Indiana
Laneta WarrenburgLain eacherElgin High SchoolElgin Illinois
bull xix bullxviii bull Latin for the New Millennium
JOINT PUBLICATIONS BY THE AUTHORSMinkova and unberg have coauhored he ollowing books Readings and Exercises in Lain
Prose Composiion (Focus 2004) Reading Livyrsquos Rome Selecions fom Livy Books IndashVI (Bol-chazy-Carducci 2 005) Maer Anserina Poems in Lain or Children (Focus 2006) Tey are hedirecors o he Insiue or Lain Sud ies a he Universiy o Kenucky in which sudens sudyhe hisory o Lain rom ancien o modern imes and ake par in seminars in which Lai n is he
working language o all ac iviies Boh Minkova and unberg are eleced ellows o he ome- based Academia Lainiai Fovendae he primary learned sociey devoed o he preservaion andpromoion o he use o Lain
xviiindashxix bull Latin for the New Millennium
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 2754
Editors Consultants and Pilot Teachers bull xxi
SHERWIN LITTLE
BA Universiy o Cincinnai M A Universiy o Colorado
Sherwin Litle has augh Lain rom sixh g rade hrough Lain AP a Indian Hill Exemped Vil-lage School Disric since 1983 Sherwin has received an Ovaio rom CAMWS as well as heCAMWS Good eacher Award and he Hildesheim Vase Award rom he Ohio Classical Coner-ence in 1986 and 2007 Sherwin holds Naional Board Cerificaion in World Languages Oherhan English and has been boh Vice Presiden and Presiden o he American Classical Leag ue
SHERRILYN MARTIN
BA Wilson College MA PhD Universiy o Cincinnai
Sherrilyn Marin was named Illinois Lain eacher o he Year in 1993 was a recipien o heL Governorrsquos Award or Foreign Language eaching in 2001 and was named a Claes Nobeleacher o Disincion in 2 007 She is a pas presiden o he Illinois Classical Conerence and isacive in he ockord Sociey o he A rchaeological Insiue o America Sherri lyn spen a yearin independen sudy a he Universiy o Tessaloniki Greece
MARY PENDERGRAFT
AB PhD Universiy o Norh Carolina Chapel Hill
Afer eaching a UNC-Greensboro and D uke Universiy Mary Pendergraf began eachingclassics ul l-ime a Wake Fores Mary is a ormer Presiden o he Norh Carolina Classical A s-sociaion and paricipaed in he ocus group ha w roe he Norh Carolina Sandard Course oSudy or Lain
JOHN TRAUPMAN
BA Moravian College MA PhD Pr inceon Universiy
John raupman is proessor emerius rom S Josephrsquos Universiy i n Phil adelphia where heaugh or hiry-eigh years A mong his many awards John received he Disinguished eaching
Award rom S Josephrsquos Universiy in 1982 a cerificae o appreciaion rom he PennsylvaniaDeparmen o Educaion in 1990 and he Special Award rom he Classical Associaion o he
Alanic Saes in 1996 John raupman is especially well-known as he auhor oConversaional Lain and Te New College Lain and English Dicionary
CYNTHIA WHITE
BA Chesnu Hill College MA Villanova Universiy PhD Caholic Universiy o America
Cynhia Whie is he Direcor o he Undergraduae Lain Program and supervises eacherraining and Kndash12 Lain eacher Cerificaion a he Universiy o Arizona She regularlyeaches a he Isiuo Inernazionale di Sudi Classici di Orvieo he Classics Deparmenrsquos Sudy
Abroad Program in Orvi eo Ialy and has sudied i n ome wih he Papal Lai nis eg inaldFoser ODC
xx bull Latin for the New Millennium
VOLUME EDITORSELISA C DENJA
BA Marygrove College Deroi Michigan MA Columbia Universiy MA Loyola UniversiyChicago
Elisa Denja augh Lain a Norh Chicago High School and Baker Demonsraion School inEvanson Illinois or many years while concurrenly eaching classical myhology a LoyolaUniversiy o Chicago and in he g ifed-disance learning program a Norhwesern UniversiyElisa was awarded he Illinois Lain eacher o he Year award in 1992 and he Illinois Lieime
Achievemen Award in 2007
LEAANN A OSBURNBA Monmouh College Illinois MA Loyola Universiy Chicago
While eaching Lain or many years a Barringon High School in Barringon Illinois LeaA nnserved as boh vice-presiden and presiden o he Illinois Classical Conerence LeaAn n receivedhe Illinois La in eacher o he Year award in 1989 he Illinois L Governorrsquos Award in 1990and he Classical Associaion o he Middle Wes and Souh Good eacher Award in 1996
BOARD OF CONSULTANTSVIRGINIA ANDERSON
BA Loyola Universiy Chicago MA S Xavier Universiy
Virginia Anderson augh Lain or hi ry years i n privae and public hi gh schools and middleschools in he Chicagoland area In 1999 she was awarded he L Governorrsquos Award or Enhance-men o he eaching Proession and in 2003 was named Il linois Lain eacher o he Year
JILL M CROOKER
BA Universiy o Illi nois MSEd Nazareh College o ocheser New York Jill Crooker augh Lain or many years a Pitsord-Mendon High School in Pitsord New YorkShe has served as he College Board Advisor o he A P Lain es Developmen Commitee andin 1996 received he Moron E Spillenger Award or Disingui shed Leadership o he Classical
Associaion o he Empire Sae In 2003 she received he ACL Meria Award and i n 2006 a nOvaio rom he Classical A ssociaion o he Alanic Saes
JUDITH PELLER HALLETT
BA Wellesley MA PhD Harvard Universiy
In addiion o sudying a he A merican Academy in ome he Insiue o Classical Sudies inLondon and he Universiy o Maasrich in Holland Judih Hallet is a ormer presiden o heClassical Associaion o he Alanic Saes and Vice-Presiden or Oureach o he AmericanPhilological Associaion She was named a Disinguished Scholar-eacher in 1992 by he Uni-
versiy o Maryland
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull xxndashxxi
TEACHER NOTES
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 2854
xxii bull Latin for the New Millennium
xxii bull L atin for the New Millennium
ROSE WILLIAMS
BA Baylor Universiy MA Universiy o Norh Carolina Chapel Hill
In addiion o posgraduae work in Lain and Humaniies a he Universiy o Dallas and heUniversiy o exas a Arlingon on a ockeeller Gran ose Williams did research a he Bodle-ian Library Ox ord Universiy in England and a he Universiy o Pisa She augh Lain or overhiry years a boh high school and uni versiy levels in exas and now is he auhor o more hanen books abou he Classics
DONNA WRIGHT
BA MA Ball Sae Universiy
Afer eaching Lain a Carmel High School Donna Wrigh currenly eaches a boh LawrenceNorh and Lawrence Cenral High Schools in Indianapolis Indiana She has been an acivemember o he Indiana Classical Conerence being named Creaive Lain eacher o he Year in1976 She has also been acive i n he American Classical League sponsoring a JCL chaper andleading Ialy rips or nearly weny years Donna also served as an offi cer speaker and boardmember o Pompeiiana Inc
PILOT TEACHERS JEREMY M WALKER
AB Wabash College MA Indiana Universiy
Jeremy Walker has augh Lain a Crown Poin High School in Crown Poin Indiana since1995 He has served as he Co-Chair o he Indiana Junior Classical League and Membershipand Public elaions Chair o he Naional Junior Classical League In addiion o sudying inIaly a he Inercollegiae Cener or Classical Sudies and in Greece a he American School orClassical Sudies he was presiden o he Indiana Classical Conerence In 2003 Jeremy was rec-ognized as he Lain eacher o he Year in Indiana and in 2004 was recognized by he Indiana
Sae eachers Associaion as a orch o K nowledge ecipien
LANETTA WARRENBURG
BA Indiana Universiy MA Indiana Universiy-Purdue Universiy Indianapolis
Laneta Warrenburg has augh high school English and Lain or hiry-hree years a schoolsin Indiana and Illinois Her las weny-our years o eaching Lain were a Elgin High Schoolin Elgin Illinois While eaching Lain here she served as he Illinois Classical Conerencechairperson or Chicago Classics Day as co-chair or he Illinois Ceramen League since 1993and as sae chair or he Il linois Junior Classical L eague rom 1999ndash2001 Laneta was honoredas he Illi nois Lain eacher o he Year in 2001 and was presiden o he Chicago Classical Clubrom 2005ndash2007
INTRODUCTION
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 2954
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull xxiii
INTRODUCTIONALPHABETTe Lain alphabe was derived rom he Eruscan alphabe some ime beore he sevenh cen-ury 983138983139983141 Te Eruscans were a people in pre-oman Ialy
Teir alphabe owes much o he Greek alphabe In urn he Greek alphabe was derived romhe Phoenician alphabe Phoenician raders had spread heir sysem o wriing h roughou he
Medierranean region Te Phoenician alphabe isel can be raced o he Norh Semiic alpha- be which was used in Syria and Palesine as early as he elevenh cenury 983138983139983141 and is consideredo be he earlies ully developed alphabeic wriing sysem
An Eruscan couple reclining on a funeral sarcophagus
bull xxiii bull
Sandard41
EDITORrsquoS NOTE
Te comprehension quesions and answers as well as some o he eaching ips and eacher by he Way noa-ions in his eacher manual were writen by Elisa C Denja LeaAnn A Osburn Karen Lee Singh and DonaldE Sprague classics ediorseducaors a Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers
HOW TO USE THIS BOOK
Please noe ha he perinen naional Classics sandards are lised in he margin o he lef or righ on he samepage as he reproducion o he suden ex
Eisemann Communicaion assised in preparing he correlaions o Lain o r he New Mil lennium wih he
naional sandards For an overview o he sandards hemselves and he correlaions please consul www bolchazyl nmcom
TEACHING TIP
Te eacher may choose o use he picure o he Eruscan couple on his page and he brie meniono he Eruscan alphabe o open a discussion on wha role he Eruscans played in early omanimes Sudens may be direced o p xxx ii o find Eruria on he map
TEACHING TIPTe eacher may wish o discuss wih he sudens he erm ldquoomance languagesrdquo Many modernlanguages come rom he language used by he ancien omans French Ialian Poruguese Span-ish omanian ec omansch (spoken by he descendans o he aeians and one o he our o-ficial languages o Swizerland) is also derived rom Lain
TEACHER BY THE WAYBased on archeological evidence i appears ha Eruscan women were an imporan par o hesocial srucure Ofen he names o boh moher and aher were placed on unerary inscripionsTe reedom o women wihin sociey is likewise apparen on monumens where hey can be seenreclining wih heir husbands on he same couch atending games and having a place o honor in heomb isel Noice he affecionae pose o he couple in he illusraion on p xxiii Clearly marriedlove was valued in Eruscan sociey and amily lie was imporan
ombs also provide evidence or he syle o Eruscan homes Some o hese eaures were borrowed by heomans especially he cenral hall and hree rooms a he back Tis ype o house was known a Pompeii as well as a ome ac cording o Viru vius auhor o Dē archiecūrā
TEACHING TIP
Te eacher may wish o have sudens read an English ranslaion o Livyrsquos radiional accouno anaquil wie o arquinius Priscus he fifh king o ome Te independence o Eruscan women is ev iden in hi s ale He r behavior is he ani hesis o he ideas o woma nly dec orum hel d by he omans
TEACHING TIPS d ill j i i h E li h ldquo lph b rdquo pl i h E li h l t ih h
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 3054
xxiv bull Latin for the New Millennium
xxiv bull Latin for the New Millennium
Look a he English alphabe in he lef column and a he Lain alphabe in he righ one TeLain alphabe is accompanied by he names o he Lain leters (in parenheses)
English Alphabe Lain Alphabe
Uppercase Lowercase Uppercase Lowercase Leter Name
A a A a (a ldquoăhrdquo)
B b B b (be ldquobayrdquo)
C c C c (ce ldquocayrdquo)
D d D d (de ldquodayrdquo)
E e E e (e ldquoĕhrdquo)
F F (e)
G g G g (ge ldquogayrdquo)H h H h (ha ldquohahrdquo)
I i I i (i ldquoeerdquo)
J j
K k K k (ka ldquokahrdquo)
L l L l (el)
M m M m (em)
N n N n (en)
O o O o (o ldquoŏhrdquo)
P p P p (pe ldquopayrdquo)
Q q Q q (qu ldquokoordquo)
r r (er)
S s S s (es)
(e ldquoayrdquo)
U u U u (u ldquooordquo)
V v V v (u consonan)
W w
X x X x (ix ldquoeexrdquo)
Y y Y y (upsilon)
Z z Z z (zea ldquodzayardquo)
Te English alphabe is derived direcly rom he Lain alphabe Tis accouns or he greasimilariies b eween he wo alphabes Tere are 26 leters in he English alphabe and 24 in heLain Te differences are he ollowing
bull Te leter W w (which is he doubled leter v) is missing in he Lain alphabe
bull Te leter J j is a more recen invenion In ac i appears in Lain exs writen during heMiddle Ages and he enaissance as well as i n many modern ediions o ancien Lain exsI is used o indicae he semi-vowel i someimes called consonanal i Te consonanal i is
Sudens will enjoy singing he English alphabe song replacing he English leter names wih heLain leter names Sudens may be insruced o clap once where here is no Lain leter name (egldquoJrdquo) equivalen o he English one
TEACHING TIPTe eacher may choose o display any Lain words (a lis is provided below or he eacherrsquos conve-nience) and insruc he sudens o spell ou he word using he Lain leter names Te sudensmay become curious o know wha he Lain words mean Definiions are given below
bull pars ndash par
bull nox ndash nigh
bull ruber ndash red
bull ēgī ndash I have done
bull amilia ndash amily
bull carō ndash 1047298esh
bull dēcernō ndash I decide
bull herba ndash plan
bull Kalendae ndash Kalends (firs day o he monh)
bull quoque ndash also
bull imor ndash ear
bull Pȳhia ndash Pyhia (name o Apollorsquos priesess)
bull iēcī ndash I hrew
bull ēlīx - happy bull ignis ndash fire
bull mūō ndash I change
COMPREHENSION QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS FOR PAGES XXIII991251XXVeproducible versions o he quesions alone are available a wwwlnm bolchazycom
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 3154
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull xxv
Introduction bull xxv
he i a he beginning o a word beore a vowel or i beween wo vowels According o hismehod or example Iūlius is writen Jūlius and Āiax is writen Ājax In his book he leter J j will no be used
bull Te disincion beween he vowel U u and he consonan V v also belongs o laer imesIniially here was only one leter V u used boh or he vowel and he consonan eg Vrbs ldquoTe Ciyrdquo (ie ome) or uicor ldquohe winnerrdquo
bull However in accord wih he prevail ing pracice o expressing he vowel wih U u and heconsonan wih V v in his book he wo leters will be disingui shed
PRONUNCIATION OF LATIN
VOWELSTere are six vowels in Lain and heir pronunciaion is as ollows
Long Vowel Sound Shor Vowel Sound
ā is pronounced as in ldquoaherrdquo ōrāor ldquooraorrdquo a is pronounced as in ldquoalikerdquo amō ldquoloverdquo
ē is pronounced like he a in ldquoraverdquo nēmō ldquonobodyrdquo e is pronounced as in ldquoperdquo bene ldquowellrdquo
ī is pronounced like he double e in ldquoseenrdquo līmes ldquoboundaryrdquo
i is pronounced as in ldquopirdquo nihil ldquonohingrdquo
ō is pronounced as in ldquosoverdquo videō ldquo(I) seerdquo o is pronounced as in ldquoofenrdquorosa ldquoroserdquo
ū is pronounced as in ldquomoonrdquo ūnus ldquoonerdquo u is pronounced as in ldquopurdquo um ldquohenrdquo
ӯ comes rom Greek and is pronounced in lenghsomewhere beween he i in ldquohirdquo and he u in ldquomuerdquo Pӯramus ldquoPyramusrdquo
y comes rom Greek Is sound wheher long or shorlies in beween he sounds o i and u much as in heFrench ldquosucircrrdquo bu he sound o shor y is less drawn ouhan ha o long y lyricus ldquolyricalrdquo
Te Lain words senātus rēgēsulla gentēs and prīmus are
engraved on his sone
Sign from Pompeii carved on sone wih Lain leters
p q
1 race he roos o he Lain alphabe rom is beginnings orward
Norh-Semiic alphabe elevenh cenury 983138983139983141 Phoenician alphabe Greek alphabe Erusca n alphabeLain alphabe
2 Which wo leters in he English alphabe are no ound in he Lain alphabe
W and J
3 When does he leter J begin o appear in Lain
During he Middle Ages and he enaissa nce
4 Look a he Lain inscripion on he sign rom Pompeii (on he righ o p xxv) Find a leas hree Lain words Lis an Engl ish word you believe is based on he La in word
colonia 991252 colonial colony honoris 991252 honorspecacula 991252 specacular specacle perpevom 991252 perpeual perpeuiy duovir 991252 virile virili
Sandards12 41
TEACHING TIPSudens may wan o know he English meanings o he Lain words in Exercises 1 and 2 Te defini-
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 3254
xxvi bull Latin for the New Millennium
xxvi bull L atin for the New Millennium
BY THE WAY
Everywhere in his book long vowels are indicaed by macrons ie ā ē ī ō ū ӯ whileabove he shor vowels here are no signs Someimes wo words differ rom each oheronly in he lengh o he vowel For example mālum wih a longa means ldquoapplerdquo whilemalum wih a shor a means ldquobad hingrdquo
EXERCISE 1epea hese words aloud afer your eacher pronounces hem
1 a lō 7 lēnis 13 probō 19 sūor2 alumnus 8 sēdēs 14 noa 20 ūsus3 rāna 9 i er 15 pōnō 21 syllaba4 rādō 10 imeō 16 dōnum 22 Pӯrēnē5 eneō 11 nīor 17 ululō6 peō 12 mīrus 18 lupus
DIPHTHONGSDiphhongs are wo vowels combined in one syllable and pronounced ogeher as one soundTere are six diphhongs in Lain
bull ae much like he y in ldquoskyrdquo laevus ldquo lefrdquo
bull au pronounced as ou in ldquoourrdquo aurum ldquo goldrdquo
bull ei pronounced as ei in ldquoeignrdquo oiei ldquoalasrdquo
bull eu pronounced eoo much as i in he wo words ldquogrey bluerdquo you were o subrac he ldquogr-rdquo andhe ldquobl-rdquo and combine he wo vowel sounds Eurōpa ldquoEuroperdquo
bull oe pronounced as oy in ldquoboyrdquo proelium ldquo batlerdquo
bull ui pronounced nearly like ldquowerdquohui ldquoohrdquo
I is believed ha quie early sill in ancien imes he diphhongs ae and oe began o be pro-nounced as e I you encouner hem writen aē or aeuml and oē or oeuml his means ha hey are nodiphhongs and he leters should be pronounced separaely āēr poēa
Te diphhongs are always long
EXERCISE 2epea hese words afer your eacher pronounces hem
1 aesās 7 s eu 13 aēneus2 a equō 8 m oenia 14 poēma3 raeda 9 neu 15 hei4 l audō 10 poena 16 huic5 a u 11 neuer6 aula 12 Poenus
Sudens may wan o know he English meanings o he Lain words in Exercises 1 and 2 Te definiions are provided or he eacherrsquos convenience
EXERCISE 11 I nourish 12 wonderul
2 suden 13 I approve
3 rog 14 noe
4 I scrape 15 I pu
5 I hold 16 gif6 I seek 17 I howl
7 smooh 18 wol
8 sea 19 shoemaker
9 journey 20 use
10 I ear 21 sylla ble
11 I srive 22 Pȳrene (a name)
EXERCISE 21 summer
2 I make level
3 carriage
4 I praise5 or
6 orecour
7 or i
8 walls
9 and no
10 penaly
11 neiher
12 Carhaginian
13 bronze
14 poem
15 ah
16 o his
TEACHER BY THE WAYHisorical evidence can be cied or reading he firs syllable o ldquomāgnusrdquo as naurally long bu oher
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 3354
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull xxvii
Introduction bull xxvii
CONSONANTSbull c is pronounced as in ldquocomerdquo clārus ldquobrighrdquo censeō ldquo(I) deemrdquo cārus ldquodearrdquo
bull When b is ollowed by s as in urbs ldquociyrdquo he sound o b approaches ha o p a sound wemigh represen as urps
bull g is pronounced as in ldquogerdquo gaudiumldquojoyrdquo gignō ldquo(I) bege (I) bearrdquo grāialdquoavor agreeablenessrdquo
bull Some hink ha he omans o Cicerorsquos ime (firs cenury 983138983139983141) pronounced he wo conso-nans ng as ngn or example he adjecive māgnus ldquogreardquo would have been pronounced in a
way ha we migh represen asmangnus
bull k is a very rare consonan In ac i appears only in wo words Kalendae ldquohe firs day oevery monh in he oman calendarrdquo and in he personal name Kaeso
bull q appears always in combinaion wih u and he combinaion qu is pronounced as in ldquoqueenrdquoquatuor ldquoourrdquo
bull v has a sound similar o w (as in he word ldquowierdquo) videō ldquo I seerdquo
bull Te consonanu in he combinaion su sounds like he English w in he ollowing our wordssuēscō ldquo(I) become accusomedrdquoSuēvī a name o a German ribe suādeō ldquo(I) adviserdquo suāvis ldquosweerdquo
bull Te leter r is rilled slighly Te sound has no exac equivalen in English bu is heard inmany oher European languages Te bes way o make his sound is o pronounce r as inldquoroperdquo bu vibrae he end o he ongue slighly as you say i
bull x is a double consonan (equivalen ocs or gs) ha sounds much like he x in ldquosixrdquo
bull z is a noher double consonan (equivalen o dz) and sounds almos like z in ldquozebrardquo I be-gins wih a sligh d sound firs so in pronouncing his leter you should hear dz
bull ph sounds like p in ldquopenrdquo bu wih he addiion o a sligh breah o air represened by he hth sounds like t as in ldquo omrdquo bu wih he addiion o a sligh ex ra breahing represened byhe h ch sounds nearly like he combinaion kh Tese consonans are borrowed rom Greek
and appear in Greek words zephyrus ldquowesern breezerdquo chorus ldquochorusrdquo heārum ldquoheaerrdquo When p and t are no accompanied by h his sligh aspiraion is absen
bull When consonans are doubled as in he verbaggredior he consonanal sound is lenghenedslighly
EXERCISE 3epea hese words afer your eacher pronounces hem
1 cibus 7 glōria 13 phasēlus2 capiō 8 Zeus 14 chara3 cumulus 9 bibliohēca 15 cēlō4 crēscō 10 phi losophia 16 anīquus5 gemma 11 zōna6 Gallus 12 heōrēma
g y g y gevidence suggess i is naurally shor Tus in some grammar books such as he one by Gildersleeveand Lodge we find his syllable marked as long bu in oher books i is reaed as shor
TEACHING TIPTe sudens may also wish o find ou he meanings o he Lain words in Exercise 3 Te definiionsare provided or he eacherrsquos convenience
EXERCISE 3
1 ood2 I ake
3 a heap
4 I grow
5 bud jewel
6 a Gaul
7 glory
8 Zeus
9 library
10 philosophy
11 a girdle
12 heory
13 kidney bean
14 paper
15 I hide
16 old
TEACHING TIPTe eacher may wish o provide he sudens wih some pracice on syllables and sress accen Here
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 3454
xxviii bull Latin for the New Millennium
xxviii bull Latin for the New Millennium
ACCENT A Lain word is made up no jus o leters bu also o syllables A Lain word has as many syllablesas i has vowels or diphhongs (a diphhong works like a single vowel since i is made up o wo
vowels pronounced ogeher [see diphhongs above])
You will need o know he ollowing erms when learning abou accen
bull ulima he las syllable in a word
bull penul he second-o-las syllable in a word
bull anepenul he hird-o-las syllable in a word
So in he word ze- ph y-r us he vowel u is he ulima y is he penul and e is he anepenul
RULES ABOUT THE STRESS ACCENT IN LATIN1 Te sress accen in Lain alls on eiher he penul or he anepenul
2 Te accen alls on he penul i he penul is long I he penul is shor he accen alls onhe anepenul
3 How o deermine wheher he penul is long or shor
a I he penul conains a long vowel (or any diphhong) he penul isel is long You o-en need o learn wheher he vowel in he penul is long or shor as a basic elemen inlearning a new word A macron above he vowel will ell you ha he vowel is long whi lehe absence o a macron wil l indicae a shor vowel Pronouncing he word can help youremember he vowel lenghs For ex ample vi-de-ō ldquoI seerdquo is pronounced viacutedeō whileau-rō-ra ldquodawnrdquo is pronounced aurōacutera and po-pu-lus ldquopeoplerdquo is pronounced po pulus
b I he vowel in he penul is ollowed by wo or more consonans he penul is long no
mater wheher he vowel in he penul is long or shor and he accen necessarily allson he penul For example do-cu-men-um ldquodocumenrdquo is pronounced documenacuteum
BY THE WAYTe consonan x is double (cs or gs) and couns as wo consonans when deermining
wheher he penul is long
c Tere is one excepion o lsquobrsquo above Someimes even when here are wo consonans be-ween he penul and he ulima hey sill do no deermine ha he penul is long Tishappens when he wo consonans are a mue and a liquid
Te mues are p b d t g c
Te liquids are l r
So in he word pal-pe-bra ldquoeyelidrdquo he anepenul is accened ( palacutepebra) he vowel o he pe-nul is shor since i i s ollowed by a mue and a l iquid O course ru le lsquoarsquo sill applies in he wordhe-ā-trum ldquoheaerrdquo he penul is accened (heāacuterum) since i is naurally long somehing welearn rom he macron
y p p yare some examples wih he answers included or he eacherrsquos convenience
Underline he ulima in each word
1 legō
2 rēgis
3 imperāor
Underline he penul in each word
1 causa
2 pūnīum3 armāus
Underline he anepenul in each word
1 vulnerō
2 eigī
3 sublāum
Underline he penul i i is long
1 pōnō
2 spēlunca
3 pauperis
Underline he syllable ha will receive he sress accen in each word1 ōrāculum
2 peīum
3 cōnsania
4 exsīncum
5 vulneris
6 solius
TEACHING TIPGiven he passage abou he bahhouse on his page and he picure rom Bah England he
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 3554
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull xxix
EXERCISE 4epea each senence aloud afer your eacher reads i Pay atenion o he pronunciaion andsress accen o each word
Wha i is Like o Live Over a Bahhouse
(Adaped rom Seneca Moral Leter 56)
Ecce undique clāmor sona Suprā ipsum balneum habiō Prōpōne nunc ibi omnia genera vōcumodiōsa Foriōrēs exercenur e manūs plumbō gravēs iacan cum au labōran au labōranemimianur Gemiūs audiō quoiēns spīrium remīsērun Sun quoque ūncōrēs e racāōrēs
Audiō crepium manuum umerōs erienium sonus quoque icuum mūāur nunc enim manusperveni plāna nunc concava Audiō clāmōrēs sī ūr es i n balneō dēprehēnsus
Look here is noise sounding all around I live above he bahhouse isel Imagine o yourselnow all he haeul ypes o voices Te sronger ones exercise hemselves and swing heir ha ndsloaded wih lead weighs while hey work ou991252or imiae a person working ou I hear moansevery ime hey le go a ltpen-upgt breah Tere are also anoiners and masseurs I hear he slapo hands hiting shoulders and he sound o he blows changes or someimes he hands come1047298a someimes cupped I hear shouing i a hie is caugh in he bahhouse
A pool from inside he Roman Bahs in Bah England
Introduction bull xxix
eacher may wish o open a discussion abou bahs during oman i mes Te use o he calidārium fīgid ārium epidārium and sūdārium may be explained by he eacher and sudens may be en-couraged o learn andor pronounce hese words
TEACHER BY THE WAYBahs were ofen consruced on locaions having ho or mineral springs such as Bah in Englandand Bāiae a resor own on he Bay o Naples
Modern Bah in oman imes was named afer he Celic goddess o healing Sulis In he firscenury her shrine was aken over by he omans and she was idenified wih he goddess Minerva
Te sie was hen known as Aquae Sulis Mine rva In a emple relie she is represened wih a Medusa-like head and a musache
Te spa conained a grea bah (73 f by 29 f) and hree oher swimming pools he calidārium (ho bah)epidārium (warm bah) and fīgidār ium (cold bah) In he second cenury he spring was enclosed wihin a wooden barrel-vau led build ing ha housed hese hree pools Ho ai r bahs were ueled by coal fires A con-san 1047298ow o waer was direced o he pools hrough lead pipes which sill uncion oday
Archeologica l excavaions have revealed ma ny sacred voive offerings c urse ables and innumerable coinsa he botom o he springs Te curse ables writen in Lain heaped curses on anyone suspeced o wrong-doing Te ancien radiion o hrowing coins accompanied by a wish sill prevails oday in ome a he reviFounain where ourissvisiors do he same
More inormaion on bah complexes in ome can be ound on p 386 o his eacherrsquos manual
Sandards22 31
32 41 42
TEACHING TIPTe eacher may wish o insruc he sudens o find he iber iver which is picured here on he
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 3654
xxx bull Latin for the New Millennium
xxx bull Latin for the New Millennium
OVERVIEW OF ROMAN HISTORY According o legend omulus and his win broher emus were se adrif on he iber iver Ashe-wol nursed he boys unil a shepherd rescued hem Upon reaching manhood in 753 983138983139983141he wins ounded a new ciy near he place w here hey had been ound by he she-wol on he
basis o anaugusō auguriō ldquoa avorable sighing o birdsrdquo Bu omulus killed emus in a dispueover who would rule he new ciy and became is firs king
Six oher kings ruled afer omulus Numa Pompilius ullus Hosilius Ancus Marius ar-quinius Prisc us Servius ullius a nd arquinius Superbus (arquin he Proud) Afer he las ohese seven kings was overhrown in 509 983138983139983141 ome became a republic wih a represenaiveorm o governmen headed by wo consuls eleced an nually By 451 983138983139983141 he fi rs corpus o o-man law known as he welve ables was creaed
In he las cenury 983138983139983141 he oman epublic was shaken apar by a series o civil wars By31 983138983139983141 an auocraic regime headed earlier by Julius Caesar and laer by his grea-nephew Oc-avian brough he epublic o an end Te years rom 27 983138983139983141991252when Ocavian assumed heile o prīnceps ldquochie ciizenrdquo as well as he name Augu sus991252o around 180 983139983141 are known ashe early principae or empire During his era ome exended her boundaries o he BriishIsles in he norh Norh Arica in he souh Spain in he wes and he igris and Euphraesrivers in he eas
A view of he iber River as i 1047298ows hrough he ciy of Rome
map on p xxxii
COMPREHENSION QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS FOR PAGE XXX991251XXXI
eproducible versions o he quesions alone are available a wwwlnm bolchazycom
1 Who were he legendary ounders o ome
omulus and emus
2 According o legend in wha year was ome ounded
753 983138983139983141
3 Over he course o he monarchic period how many kings ruled ome
Seven
4 Wha even occurred in 509 983138983139983141
Te beginni ng o he oman epublic (wih wo consuls in charge)
5 Wha is he erm associaed wih he wo leaders o he epublic
Consul
6 Which wo leaders oversaw omersquos shif rom a republic o a principae
Julius Caesar and OcavianAugusu s
7 Wha major aciviy associaed wih empire-building ook place during he principae
erriorial expansion
8 Name wo developmens ha characerized he lae empire
Severe economic problems inernal poliical unres andor requen invasion by he Germanic ribes
9 Describe Diocleianrsquos response o he roubles o he empire
Diocleian divided he empire ino wo halves he Easern and Wesern empires in order o make ruli nghe empire more manageable
10 Explai n he origin o he erm ldquovandalismrdquo
Te fifh cenury invasion and pillag ing o ome by he ribe known as he Vandals who occupied he o-man province o Norh Arica led o he erm ldquovandalismrdquo meaning wanon desrucion
11 Describe Lainrsquos role in he cenuries afer 476 983139983141
Lain 1047298ourished as he major lierary language in he Wesern oman Empire and was spread o non-omanized places like Ireland Scandinavia and he New World
TEACHING TIP
Te eacher may ask he sudens o find he daes menioned on his page in he imeline on pp411ndash414
Sandards21 31 32
TEACHING TIPTe eacher may insruc he sudens o locae ByzaniumConsaninople discussed here in he
d h h ii
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 3754
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull xxxi
Introduction bull xxxi
From 180 983139983141 onwards in he period k nown as he lae empire he oman sae experiencedsevere economic problems and requen invasions by Germanic ri bes esponding o he pres-sure o he firs wave o migraions as well as inernal poliical u nres and economic diffi culieshe emperor Diocleian (ruled 284ndash305 983139983141) had already divided he oman Empire ino anEasern and Wesern hal each under is own emperor991252an atemp o make he vas omansae more manageable
Tis poliical division o he empire acually mirrored a culural division oo he main lan-guage o he Wes was Lain while he main language o he Eas was Greek Shorly aferwardshe emperor Consanine (ruled 312ndash337 983139983141) esablished a new capial or he Easern empirea Byzanium wh ich he renamed Consaninople (ldquohe ciy o Consaninerdquo oday called Isan-
bul) Bu even afer his reorganizaion he imperial governmen ulimaely proved incapable o
semming he ide o he migraions in par because he oman army was oo widely e xendedand could no be in so many places a once Indeed many o he invaders were given he sauso oederāī or ldquoreay roopsrdquo In effec hey were a llowed o occupy segmens o he empire inreurn or proecing i So when Alar ic King o he Visigohs sacked ome in 410 983139983141 he acual lyhad a ile as a commander in he oman army
ome was sacked again in 455 983139983141 by he Vandals who had already occupied he omanprovince o Norh Arica Te pillaging o he ciy o omulus by he invaders made a pro-ound impression on conemporaries and o his day he erm ldquovandalismrdquo is a word in severallanguages or wanon desrucion While he Easern empire (always more sable and eco-nomically prosperous han he Wes) coninued o exis unil 1453 983139983141 he Wesern empire
was ex inc as a poliica l eniy by 476 983139983141 In is place were Germa nic k ingdoms and ribes Angles and Saxons in Briai n Visigohs in Spain Osrogohs in Ialy Franks and Burgundi ansin Gaul991252o name only he major groups Te combinaion o hese new socieies wih heprevious inhabians who had been omanized o varying degrees would one day provide he
basis or he culures o modern Europe
Bu he end o he ancien oman Empire in he Wes was no he end o Lain On he con-rary during he nex 1200 years Lain no only 1047298ourished as he major lierary language in he
erriories o he ormer Wesern oman Empire he use o Lain was exended o regions heomans had never occupied including Ireland Scandinavi a and even he New World
BEGINNINGS OF LATIN LITERATURE Very ew complee works o Lain lieraure produced beore he mid-second cenury 983138983139983141 (ie beore 150 983138983139983141) have survived One reason or his loss was he remendous populariy o he works produced in he ollowing cenury by such auhors as Cicero Vergil and Ovid Teir wri-ings were so widely read and copied in subsequen cenuries ha he auhors preceding hem
were gradually negleced
Among he major figures o early Lain lieraure was a reed slave rom he Greek ciy o aren-um named Livius Andronicus who li ved rom 284ndash204 983138983139983141 He was known or his adapaionso Greek drama or oman audiences and his ranslaion o Homerrsquos Odyssey ino Lain verse
second paragraph on he map on p xxxii
TEACHING TIPTe eacher may ask he sudens o find he daes menioned on his page in he imeline on pp413ndash414
HOW TO USE THIS BOOK AND ITS ANCILLARIES
wo ancillaries are available or use wih his book Te Original Dysuncional Family (abbreviaed ODF)and From Romulus o Romulus Augusulus (abbreviaed R) R will be paricularly useul in order ohelp sudens keep he ime periods o he auhors and o he evens he auhors wroe abou sraigh in heirminds Chaper ile pages will include when appropriae a noaion on wha chaper o R he eachermay wish o assign
TEACHING TIPTe eacher may wish o assign Chaper 1 o he oman hisory ancillary From Romulus o Romu-lus Augusulus a his poin
COMPREHENSION QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS FOR PAGES XXXI991251XXXIVeproducible versions o he quesions alone are available a wwwlnm bolchazycom
1 Whom did he omans consider he aher o Lain lieraure
Ennius
2 Wha was Enniusrsquo mos amous work Is subjec mater
Annālēs was an epic poem abou omersquos early hisory
3 Wha amous Lain saying means ldquoCarhage mus be desroyedrdquo
Carhāgō dēlenda es
4 Who is he auhor o ha saying
Cao he ElderCao he Censor
5 When was Carha ge said o have been desroyed
146 983138983139983141 a he end o he hird Punic war
NB Aler sudens ha he answers o hese comprehension quesions will be ound on p xxxiv
Sandards21 31
R1
TEACHING TIP Ask sudens he English equivalen o cou nries s uch as Briannia and Germānia and he Englishequivalen o he ciies Neāpolis and Ahēnae
Sandard31
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 3854
xxxii bull Latin for the New Millennium
equivalen o he ciies Neāpolis and Ahēnae
A full size r eproducible version of h is page wihou he answe rs can be downloaded a wwwlnm bolchazycom
HOW TO USE THIS BOOK Answers o rep roducible aciviies w ill be gi ven in a larger size bel ow or he eacherrsquos convenience
ANSWERS TO MAP WORK 991251 PAGES XXXII991251XXXIII
1 Crēa Sicilia Corsica Sardinia Cyprus Ihaca Dēlos Brianni a
2 Vesuvius Mōns Aena Mōns Olympus Mōns Āppennīnus Mōns
3 Syria Macedonia Arica Asia
4 mare or ponus
5 Asia Eurōpa Arica
A full siz e reproducible version of his page wihou he answers can be down loaded a wwwln mbolchazycom
Te eacher may wish o have his map enlarged when reproducing i for ease of suden use in compleing his aciviy
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 3954
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull xxxiii
HOW TO USE THIS BOOK
Te answers o his aciviy can be easily seen on he wo acing pages
Te omans regarded Ennius (ca 239 169 983138983139983141) as he aher o Lain lieraure He wroe
TEACHING TIPSudens may be encouraged o find he ciy o Carhage menioned in he second paragraph on hemap on p xxxii
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 4054
xxxiv bull Latin for the New Millennium
xxxiv bull L atin for the New Millennium
Te omans regarded Ennius (ca 239ndash169 983138983139983141) as he aher o Lain lieraure He wroemany kinds o lierary works including plays His Annālēs an epic poem abou he early hisoryo ome was paricularly renowned and perhaps he primary epic read in oman schools beorehe ime o Vergil Only ragmens o his wriings remain
One o Enniusrsquo conemporaries was heamed Cao he Censor also known as Caohe Elder (234ndash149 983138983139983141) a rigidly conserva-ive oman senaor Mos o his reaise onagriculure called Dē agrī culūrā survivesI is he oldes work o Lain prose amongCaorsquos recommendaions here are ha fieldslaves be reaed similarly o beass o bur-den Cao is also remembered or his sae-men Carhāgō dēlenda es ldquoCarhage mus
be desroyedrdquo evidence or he omanear o he Carhaginians Te omansough hree wars known as he Punic
Wars agai ns he Car haginians Te fi rsended beore Cao was born in he secondagains Hannibal Cao served wih miliarydisincion he hird ended in 146 983138983139983141 asCao had demanded wih he desruciono Carhage On his occasion he vic oriousomans were said o have plowed sal inohe Carhaginian soil
Discussions abou laer auhors and adap-aions rom heir wriings w ill be presenedchronologically in he chapers o his book
Ancien ruins a Carhage in Africa
p p
TEACHER BY THE WAY Alhough he works o Enniu s have been preserved on ly in ragmens (abou a housand lines) hehad a grea in1047298uence on subsequen poes such as Vergil Quoable quoes include
bull a es o riendship Amīcus cer us in rē incer ā cerniur (A riend in need is a riend indeed)
bull an applicaion o wisdom o lie Quī ipse sibi sapiēns prōdesse nequi nēquīquam sapi (A man who
himsel is wise bu unable o be useul o himsel is wise or nohing)bull he amous descripion o Fabius Maximus Ūnus homō nōbīs cūncandō resiui rem (One man by delaying res ored he sae or us)
bull and he line on Manius Curius Quem nēmō errō poui superāre nec aurō (Whom no one was ableo deea eiher by sword or gold)
We also have preser ved or us he exa mple o excessive all ieraion ha has g iven rise o much laugher inLain classrooms over he years Ō ie ūe aī ibi ana yranne ulisī ldquoO ius aius you yran (all voca-ive) you brough o yoursel such grea (roubles)rdquo991252ranslaed in conex which plays off he more lieral ldquo you ookacquired or yoursel such grea hings rdquo
On he oher hand he composed his own epiaph in which his high eseem among omans proved o beprescien
nēmō mē lacrumīs decōre neu unera 1047298ēū
axi Cūr Voliō vivos per ōra v irum (Le no one honor me wih ears or make a uneral pyre by weeping
Why I 1047298y li ving hrough he mouhs o men)
TEACHER BY THE WAY
Pluarchrsquos Lie o Cao is a good source o snappy quoaions atribued o his saesman soldier andauhor For example while discussing he power o women he said ldquoAll oher men rule heir wives we rule al l oher men and our w ives rule us rdquo Atemping o persuade he oman people o orego adisribuion o grain he began his speech by saying ldquoI is a hard mater o argue wih he belly sincei has no earsrdquo And o a ribune who had been accused o using poison and was rying o pass a use-less bill he said ldquoI know no which is worse o drink your mixures or o enac your billsrdquo
1CHAPTER 1
HOW TO USE THIS BOOK
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 4154
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull 1
1CHAPTER
Parts of Speech Nouns Number Gender Case (Nominative and Accusative)
First Declension Nouns
MEMORĀBILE DICTŪ
SPQ Senātus Populusque ōmānusldquoTe Senae and he People o omerdquo
Tese our leters orm wha is known as an acronym one ha symbolized supreme power inancien ome
Oil paining of Romulus and Remus wih he wolf By Peer Paul Rubens (1577ndash1640)
Te grammaical and synacical opics ha will be presened in each chaper o his book are lised a he opo he chaper ile page
HOW TO USE THIS BOOK
Te illusraion on each chaperrsquos ile page presens a visual inroducion o he Lain reading passage ha willollow eachers may choose o discuss he illusraion in order o provide he conex or he reading he su-dens will encouner on he nex page
HOW TO USE THIS BOOK
On each chaper ile page he phrase Memorābile Dictū (ldquoA memorable hing o say rdquo) will be ou nd Below here will be a amous phrase quoa ion abbreviaion or moto in L ain ha w ill connec hese words o he opicsin he chaper
MEMORĀBILE DICTŪ VOCABULARY
populus populī m ndash people
-que ndash and
senāus senāūs m ndash senae
TEACHING TIP
ubens pained his picure o omulus and emus rom 1615ndash1616 during wha is called he Ba-roque period o ar Te man approaching rom he rear is Fausulus Te reclining figure is he god
o he river iber
HOW TO USE THIS BOOK AND ITS ANCILLARIESwo ancillaries are available or use wih his book Te Original Dysunctional Family (abbreviaed ODF)and From Romulus to Romulus Augustulus (abbreviaed R) R will be paricularly useul in order ohelp sudens keep he ime periods o he auhors and o he evens he auhors wroe abou sraigh in heirmind Chaper ile pages wil l include when appropriae a noaion abou wha chaper o R he eachermay wish o assign
Standards11 21
R 2and 3
READING
TRANSLATION OF LATIN PASSAGEomulus and emus
Mars is a god Mars loves hea Silvia And so hea Silvia has wo sons omulus and emus Amulius locks uph Sil i A li l d i h A h l lk h T h l
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 4254
2 bull Latin for the New Millennium
2 bull Latin for the New Millennium
READINGTis sory describes how ome was said o have been ounded in 753 983138983139983141 King Numior o AlbaLonga was overhrown by his cruel and ambiious broher Amulius who no only seized hehrone bu so eared ha one o Numiorrsquos male descendans migh have a legiimae claim oni ha he made Amuliusrsquo daug her hea Silvia a priesess o he goddess Vesa Tese priesesses
were no allowed o marry during heir childbearing years
RŌMULUS ET REMUS
1 Mārs es deus Mārs hēam Silviam ama Iaque hēa Silvia duōs
īliōs habe ōmulum e emum Amūlius hēam Silviam vinculīs
claudi Amūlius ōmulum e emum in aquam pōni Lupa ad aquamambula Lupa ōmulum e emum bene cūra e ama ōmulus e
5 emus crēscun Poseā ōmulus e emus ōmam aedifican
Famous bronze saue of he she-wolf and he wins
hea Silvia Amulius pus omulus and emus ino he waer A she-wol walks o he waer Te she-wol caresor (akes good care o) omulus and emus well and loves (hem) omulus and emus grow up Aferwards(laer) omulus and emus build ome
HOW TO USE THIS BOOK Above each La in reading pa ssage inorm aion is presened in Engl ish Tis pre -reading provides back groundinormaion abou he auhor and esablishes he conex o he passage he sudens will read
TEACHER BY THE WAY
Te eacher may wish o inroduce he class o he radiional abbreviaions o 983137983140 (which sandsor he Lain phrase Annō Dominī ldquoi n he year o our Lordrdquo) and 983138983139 (which sands or he Engl ishphrase ldquoBeore Chrisrdquo) Tese older abbreviaions coninue o be used bu his book employs heabbreviaions 983138983139983141 (Beore he Common Era) and 983139983141 (Common Era)
TEACHING TIPInsruc he sudens o locae Alba Longa on he map on pp xxxiindashxxxiii
TEACHER BY THE WAYTough he wins were added o he sculpure in he enaissance he she-wol has srong links wihEruscan myhology and shows characerisics o Eruscan sculpure
TEACHING TIP
Te eacher may wish o encourage he sudens o design an abbreviaed amily ree o omulusand emus
Standards11 22
Jupier Juno King Num ior o Alba Longa
Mars hea Silvia
omulus emus
READING VOCABULARY
HOW TO USE THIS BOOKTe English pronoun subjec o a verb is no lised in he eading Vocabulary i he pronoun is no needed inhe ranslaion
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 4354
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull 3
Chapter 1 bull 3
READING VOCABULARYad aquam ndash o he waer
aedifican ndash build
ama ndash loves
ambula ndash walks
Amūlius ndash Amul ius
aquam ndash waer
bene ndash well
claudi ndash locks up
crēscun ndash grow up
cūra ndash akes care o cares or
deus ndash god
duōs ndash woes ndash is
e ndash and
īliōs ndash sons
habe ndash has
in aquam ndash ino he waer
iaque ndash and so
lupa ndash she-wol
Mārs ndash Mars he god o war
pōni ndash pus
poseā ndash aferwards laer
emum ndash emus
emus ndash emus
hēa Silvia ndash hea Silvia
hēam Silviam ndash hea Silvia
ōmam ndash ome
ōmulum ndash omulus
ōmulus ndash omulus vinculīs ndash w ih chains
Words marked wih an aserisk will need o bememorized laer in he chaper
COMPREHENSION QUESTIONS1 Whose sons are omulus and emus
2 Wha did Amulius do
3 Who saved he lie o omulus and emus
4 Wha did omulus and emus do
HOW TO USE THIS BOOK
Te sudens should not be expeced o lea rn he words under he ile eading Vocabulary whenever his ileoccurs in he book Insead insruc sudens o learn he vocabulary words lised under he ile Vocabularyto Learn ha will be ound laer in each chaper In more advanced Lain exs usually here are vocabularyand noes o help he sudens when reading a passage Tis eading Vocabulary will help prepare sudens orlaer more advanced classes
ANSWERS TO COMPREHENSION QUESTIONS
1 Tey are he sons o Mars and hea Silvia2 He locked up hea Silvia
3 A she-wol
4 Tey buil he ciy o ome
TEACHING TIP
Whi le English deriva ives rom he sar red words (ie he Vocabulary o L earn) are he opic o Ex-ercise 2 laer in his chaper here are some ineresing derivaives rom he non-sarred words andsome o hese show how words change hrough he years Te eacher may choose o discuss hesederivaives wih he sudens
bull aedi1047297cant (aedi1047297cō) ndash ediy edificaion edifice
Tis Lain word is buil rom wo Lain words aciō (o do make) and aedēs (house emple) Te
English derivaives reain his religious connecion or hey mean ldquoo build up he aih moraliy o in-sruc especially morallyrdquo Te word ldquoedificerdquo is always used or an imposing srucure such as a ldquoemplerdquoor aedēs
bull claudit (claudō) ndash close conclusion enclosure sluice
A ldquocloserdquo is a small shu-in space and some people i locked in one suffer rom ldquoclausrophobiardquo acompound derivaive parly rom Lain (o close confine) and parly rom he Greek (ear) hence ldquoa earo closed spacesrdquo
Te word ldquosluicerdquo does no look like a derivaive o claudō bu i has undergone cha nges as i ca meino English via middle English and old French (sclus) rom he Lain exclūdō which means ldquoo shu ourdquo Asluice has a gae a he op o he channel o shu off he 1047298ow o waer as necessary
bull crēscunt (crēscō) ndash crescen accrue recrui crew
Te word ldquocrewrdquo in middle English mean ldquoreinorcemenrdquo so a body o soldiers grew Te word ldquore-
cruirdquo has he same basic idea ecruis increase he size o he army (rom he Lain recrēscō meaning ldquoogrow againrdquo)
bull deus ndash deiy deiy
bull duōs ndash double dozen due duplicae
Te word ldquodozenrdquo is a compound rom he Lain word or ldquowordquo and he German word or ldquoenrdquo (zehn)
bull habet (habeō) ndash habi abiliy prohibiive
Onersquos abiliy depends on he alens and skil ls one has
bull pōnit ( pōnō) ndash depo imposiion preposiion
A depo origina lly was a place where supplies were pu or sorage
LANGUAGE FACT I
HOW TO USE THIS BOOKTe Language Facs secion o each chaper will conain boh grammaical (morphological) and synacicalinormaion ie inormaion boh abou he orms o he words and he srucure o he senence
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 4454
4 bull Latin for the New Millennium
4 bull Latin for the New Millennium
LANGUAGE FACT I
PARTS OF SPEECHTe parts o speech used in a Lain senence deermine is meaning jus as in English While henoun and he verb are he wo mos imporan oher common pars o speech are lised below
Noun a person place hing idea acion or qual iy Examples ldquoomulusrdquo ldquoriverrdquo ldquocouragerdquo
Pronoun a word ha sands in place o a noun ha has been previously menioned or is clearrom conex Examples ldquoIrdquo ldquosherdquo ldquohimrdquo ldquoirdquo
Adjecive a word ha limis or defines a noun or a pronoun Examples ldquolitlerdquo ldquosrongrdquo
Adverb a word ha lim is or defines verbs adjecives or (oher) adverbs Examples ldquoveryrdquoldquoquielyrdquo
Verb a word ha describes an acion or sae o being Examples ldquogordquo ldquosayrdquo ldquowasrdquo
Preposiion a word ha begins a preposiional phrase such as ldquoinrdquo ldquoordquo ldquoonrdquo ldquoorrdquo ldquobyrdquoldquowihrdquo A preposiional phrase is a preposiion joined o a noun Examples ldquoin he morningrdquoldquowih a sharp pencilrdquo
Conjuncion a word ha connecs words phrases clauses a nd senences Examples ldquoandrdquoldquoburdquo ldquoalhoughrdquo
Inerjecion a word ha expresses emoion Examples ldquowowrdquo
EXERCISE 1eview he meanings and ideniy he pars o speech o he ollowing words Te eading
Vocabulary may be consu led
1 īliōs 6 e2 bene 7 lupa3 aedifican 8 claudi
4 ad 9 ōmam5 ambula 10 ama
EXERCISE 1 ANSWERS
1 noun
2 adverb
3 verb
4 preposiion
5 verb
6 conjuncion
7 noun8 verb
9 noun
10 verb
TEACHING TIP
Te eacher may wish o ask he sudens in Lain wha par o speech a given word is Te eacher would say ldquoQuae pars ōrātiōnis estrdquo Suden responses would be
bull nōmen substantīvumsubstantīvum ndash noun
bull prōnōmen ndash pronoun
bull nōmen adiectīvumadiectīvum ndash adjecive
bull verbum temporāle ndash verb
bull adverbium ndash adverb
bull praepositiō ndash preposiion
bull coniūnctiō ndash conjuncion
bull interiectiō ndash inerjecion
Standards11 41
Standards11 41
WorkbookExercise 1
VOCABULARY TO LEARN
TEACHING TIPSince his is he firs se o Lain words ha your sudens will be required o memorize i is usuallya good idea o sugges and discuss wih hem some differen ways o memorize vocabulary Somesel help opions are lised below
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 4554
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull 5
NOUNSagricola agricolae m ndash armer
aqua aquae ndash waer
āhlēa āhlēae m ndash ahlee
īlia īliae ndash daugher
lupa lupae ndash she-wol
naua nauae m ndash sailor
poēa poēae m ndash poe
puella puellae ndash girl
ōma ōmae ndash ome
erra errae ndash land
VERBSama ndash heshei loves
ambula ndash heshei walks
cūra ndash heshei akes care o cares or
es ndash heshei is
ADVERBS bene ndash well
poseā ndash aferwards
CONJUNCTIONSe ndash and
iaque ndash and so
Aqueducs carr ied waer (aqua) o he ciies in he Roman world Tis aqueduc buil in 19 983138983139983141 which srechedacross he Gard River was named he Pon du Gard and brough waer o he ciy of Nicircmes in France in ancien imes
Chapter 1 bull 5
sel-help opions are lised below
1 Look a he word in he book and say he word aloud
2 Wrie down he word on a piece o paper along wih is meaning and check o be sure here are no spell-ing errors Color-coding he words by pars o speech is also helpul Pronounce he word while wriing idown and hen repea he word including he meaning and spelling
3 Make handwriten 1047298ashcards wih he Lain on one side and English on he oher and be sure here are nospelling errors Color-coding is a good sraegy here also Wriing he word ou helps some sudens ce-men he word in he brain Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers has creaed an elecronic vocabulary resourceor hose sudens or whom echnological learning ools are an aid Tese vocabulary 1047298ashcards are orhe iPod See p 93 or more inormaion on iPod 1047298ashcards
4 Use English derivaives o help remember meanings Bu be careul since some derivaives may havemeanings grealy changed rom he original Lain word
5 Find clipar picures ha illusrae he vocabulary words and use he picures as a way o es yoursel onhe Lain words
TEACHER BY THE WAYTe eacher may wish o open a discussion abou aqueducs and he waer supply or ancien omans while l ooking a he picu re o he Pon du Gard on his page For a hisory o aqueducs and heirconsrucion Froninusrsquo book Dē aquīs urbis Rōmae is an excellen source Te book was writenabou 97 983139983141 when he was Superinenden o Aqueducs Oher aqueducs include he ollowing
bull Te double high aqueduc in Segovia Spainbull Te Aqua Appia buil in 312 983138983139983141
bull Te Aqua rāiāna
bull Te aqueduc buil by Alex ander Severus in 226 983139983141
bull Te Aqua Claudia
bull Te Aqua Marcia wh ich wa s probably named a fer A ncus Marcius who was he fi rs K ing oome by radiional accouns o build an aqueduc o bring waer o ome
NB Te word ldquo Aquardquo when capialized means ldquoaqueducrdquo
Eleven aqueducs urnished 250000 gallons o waer o ome every weny-our hours
BY THE WAY
E h u gi n in h b l r h rm T nd rm i h g nii
HOW TO USE THIS BOOK Ēn is a word ha calls atenion o somehing and means ldquoLook a hisrdquo Te inormaion given here draws a-enion o and urher specifies differen language acs
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 4654
6 bull Latin for the New Millennium
6 bull Latin for the New Millennium
Each noun given in he vocabulary has wo orms Te second orm is he geniivesingular
A derivative is an English word rooed in a Lain word Te English derivaive issimilar in meaning and orm o is Lain source
STUDY TIP
An English derivaive ofen can help you remember wha a Lain word means
EXERCISE 2Find he English derivaives based on he Vocabulary o Learn in he ollowing senences Wriehe corresponding Lain word
1 She shows a considerable filial respec oward her aher
2 Agriculu re is a science o culivaing he land
3 Te ship is equipped wih all he necessary nauical insrumens
4 We saw all kinds o fish in he aquarium
5 Tis is an all-errain vehicle
6 When will he ahleic compeiion sar
7 She has a ruly poeic naure
LANGUAGE FACT II
NOUNS NUMBER GENDER CASE 983080NOMINATIVE AND
ACCUSATIVE983081Nouns in Lain show number gender and case
Number Lain nouns are eiher singular or plural in number Number is shown in differen ways by differen ypes o nouns bu some ending-paterns are or singular orms and oherending-paterns are or plural orms
Gender Every noun likewise is eiher masculine eminine or neuer in gender You muslearn he gender o each noun In he Vocabulary o Learn l iss he gender is indicaed by hecommon abbreviaionsm (masculi ne) f (eminine) or n (neuer)
Case Lain nouns mus have an ending-patern ha displays case Tis is quie differen romEnglish in which case is indicaed by word posiion and no by endings (alhough case markersare preserved in cerain pronouns such as ldquoherdquo and ldquohimrdquo) A nounrsquos case reveals wha uncionhe noun has in he senence Tere are five common cases nominaive geniive daive accu-saive and ablaive wo less requenly used cases are called he vocaive and he locaive
HOW TO USE THIS BOOKStudy Tips give hins rhymes and mnemonics o help sudens learn grammar and vocabulary
EXERCISE 2 ANSWERS1 filial īlia
2 agriculure agricola
3 nauical naua
4 aquarium aqua
5 errain erra
6 ahleic āhlēa
7 poeic poēa
TEACHING TIPExplain o he sudens ha in English he words ldquoardquo ldquoanrdquo or ldquoherdquo are usually placed beore a nounand Lain does no have an equivalen or hese words known as aricles
eachers may need o sress he absence o he aricle many imes beore sudens compleely ine-grae his knowledge ino heir reading habis in Lain class
TEACHING TIPLain like many oher languages does no always observe biological gender Ofen he gender o a
Lain noun is deermined by grammaical acors such as he group o which a noun belongs
TEACHING TIP
Alhough in Exercise 2 he sudens are direced o find only he derivaives based on he Vocabular yo Learn hey may be ineresed o learn ha here are oher derivaives in Exercise 2 Te derivaiono hese words is provided or he eacherrsquos convenience
bull 1 consider - rom sīdus (sar) + cum (wih ogeher) and rom cōnsīderō (o examine consider)respec - rom respectō (look back a have regard or)
bull 2 science - rom scientia (knowledge) and sciō (o know) culivaing - rom colō (ill inhabi worship)
bull 3 necessary - rom necesse (necessary) insrumens - rom īnstruō (o equip build provide)
and rom īnstrumentum (equipmen ool ec)bull 5 vehicle - rom he Lain verb vehō (o carry)
bull 6 compeiion - rom petō (o seek aim a atack ec) + cum (wih oge her)
bull 7 naure - rom nātūra (naure)
Standard41
Standards11 31 41
STUDY TIP
An easy way o remember he names ohe five common cases iso use his mnemonic
TEACHING TIPSudens may no know wha he word ldquomnemonicrdquo means explain ha a mnemonic device is some-hing ha helps a suden o remember somehing Te eacher may also wish o use his opporu-niy o bring up Mnemosyne he goddess o memory and he moher o he Muses
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 4754
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull 7
Chapter 1 bull 7
An easy way o remember he names o he five common cases is o use his mnemonicdevice
Never NominaiveGive GeniiveDogs Daive A ny A ccusaive A buse A blaive
Nominative Te nominaive case idenifies he subjec Te subjec is a noun or a pronounha perorms he acion or exiss in a sae o being In he senence ldquoWilliam is readingrdquohe word ldquoWilliamrdquo is he subjec
Example Mārs amat Mars loves
Te noun subjec o he verb ldquoloverdquo is he god Mars
Find more examples o nominaives and heir verbs rom he reading passage a he begin-ning o he chaper
Te nominaive case also idenifies he predicae nominaive In he senence ldquoWilliam isa sudenrdquo he predicae nominaive is ldquoa sudenrdquo A predicae nominaive complees hemeaning o he verb ldquoo berdquo Look a his exa mple rom he reading
Example Mārs est deus Mars is a god
Mārs is he subjec and deus is a predicae nominaive
Accusative Te ourh case lised is called he accusaive he geniive daive and ablaivecases will be discussed in laer chapers Te accusaive case poins ou he noun (or pro-noun) ha is he direc objec emember direc objecs receive he acion o he verb Inhe senence ldquoI am wriing a leterrdquo he direc objec is ldquoa leterrdquo
Example Mārs Rhēam Silviam amat Mars loves hea Silvia
Te direc objec o ldquoloverdquo is he noun Rhēam Silviam
Find more examples o accusaives and heir verbs rom he reading passage a he beginningo he chaper
niy o bring up Mnemosyne he goddess o memory and he moher o he Muses
Answers to ldquoFind more examples of nominatives a nd their verbs from the reading passage at the begin-ning of the chapterrdquo
hēa Silvia habe
Amūl ius claudi
Amūl ius pōni
Lupa ambula
Lupa cūra e amaōmulus e emus crēscun
ōmulus e emus aedifican
Answers to ldquoFind more examples of accusatives and their verbs from the reading passage at the beg in-ning of the chapterrdquo
duōs īliōs habe ōmulum e emum
hēam Silviam claudi
ōmulum e emum pōni
ōmulum e emum bene cūra e ama
ōmam aedifican
TEACHING TIPSudens may encouner diffi culy when r ying o ransl ae Lain names used in cases o her han henominaive Te eacher a some poin will need o explain (and repea whenever necessary) ha when ransla ing a La in name he suden should al ways use he nominaive o rm o he word Onp 7 sudens are asked o find examples o accusaives and heir verbs in he reading passage Teanswers lised above provide an opporuniy o pracice wih his issue emind sudens o rans-lae duōs īliōs habet Rōmulum et Remum as ldquohe has wo sons omulus and emusrdquo Te oher ouranswers may be used as pracice wih he sudens
EXERCISE 3a Ideniy wheher he nouns in bold in hese senences are subjecs direc objecs or predi
TEACHER BY THE WAYIn conjuncion wih he picure and is capion he eacher may wish o menion ha he amil-ilar acronym o SPQ is sill in use and visible hroughou modern ome991252on liter bins sewercovers ec
Standards11 41
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 4854
8 bull Latin for the New Millennium
8 bull Latin for the New Millennium
a Ideniy wheher he nouns in bold in hese senences are subjecs direc objecs or predi-cae nominaives Te eading Vocabulary may be consuled
b Label each senence as vērum (rue) i i agrees or alsum (alse) i i disagrees wih he Lainreading passage a he beginni ng o he chaper
Example Amūlius es deusPredicae nominaive alsum
1 hēa Silvia ōmulum e emum cūra
2 Amūlius ōmulum e emum bene cūra
3 Amūlius lupam vinculīs claudi
4 Mārs ōmulum e emum in aquam pōni
5 Lupa hēam Silviam cūra
6 Amūlius ad aquam ambula
Te power of he ciy of Rome founded according o legend by Romulus is symbolized by hese four leters ha areprominenly displayed in various places wihin he ciy
EXERCISE 3 ANSWERS
1 subjec vērum
2 direc objecs alsum
3 direc objec alsum
4 subjec alsum
5 direc objec alsum
6 subjec vērum
WorkbookExercise 2 A full si ze reproduc ible version of th is page
without the a nswers ca n be downloade d at wwwlnm bolchazyco m
HOW TO USE THIS BOOK
Noun Declensions Te eacher may choose Lain nouns rom he declension ha is being sudied a he imehis workshee is used Tus no answers are provided here
LANGUAGE FACT III
TEACHING TIP Ask he sudens wha he Lain words seleced rom he reading and lised near he op o p 9 mean
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 4954
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull 9
Chapter 1 bull 9
FIRST DECLENSION NOUNS A declension is a g roup o nouns ha show a cerain patern o word endings Tere are five differ-en declensions in Lain In he reading abou omulus and emus hese are he orms belongingo he firs declension
hēam Silviam hēa Silvia aquam lupa ōmam
Noice ha he ex says Rhēa Silvia when she is he subjec and Rhēam Silviam when she is hedirec objec
Te firs declension is composed o words ha characerisically have he vowel a a or near heend o he word lupa
Below is he patern ha firs declension nouns ollow o show case and number Memorize heLain words in order rom he nominaive singular down o he ablaive singular and hen romhe nominaive plural down o he ablaive plural
emember ha he endings or a whole group o nouns ollow his patern Once you learn hi spatern you can recognize he case a nd number o all he words belonging o hi s declension
In his chaper you have begun o learn abou he nominaive and accusai ve cases Te ohercases will be explained in laer chapers
First DeclensionSingular Plural
Nomina ive l upa he she-wol Nominaive lupae he she-wolves
Geniive lupae o he she-wol Geniive lupārum o he she-wolves
Daive lupae oor he she-wol Daive lupīs oor he she-wolves
Accusaive lupam he she-wol Accusaive lupās he she-wolves
Ablaive lupā bywih he she-wol Ablaive lupīs bywih he she-wolves
Daive and ablaive plural o he words īlia ldquodaugherrdquo and dea ldquogoddessrdquo is fīliābus anddeābusTis is o di singuish hese orms rom he corresponding orms o īlius ldquosonrdquo and deus ldquogodrdquo
STUDY TIP
Noice ha he ablaive singular ending -ā has a long mark (macron) above i his ishe only difference beween he nominaive and ablaive singular endings
TEACHING TIP
Afer he firs declension has been presened o he sudens encourage hem depending on heirlearning syle o say he declension aloud o wrie down he words o inven a rap or a cheer
TEACHER BY THE WAY
Te patern is called a declension because he oher cases lean away ( dēclīnāre) rom he nominaiveie hey do no ollow he same orm as he nominaive
ORAL EXERCISE 1Tis exercise may be used afer the 1047297rst declension has been presented
Whi le looking a he declension o lupa ask he sudens o decli ne nauta
Singular PluralNominaive naua nauaeGeniive nauae nauārumDaive nauae nauīs Accusaive nauam nauās Ablaive nauā nauīs
Standards11 31 41
OralExercise 1
WorkbookExercise 3
STUDY TIP
Noice ha he daive and ablaive plural endings a re idenical
EXERCISE 4 ANSWERS1 geniive daive puellār um puellī s
2 accusaive nauās
3 accusaive errās
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 5054
10 bull Latin for the New Millennium
10 bull Latin for the New Millennium
Here are more words belonging o he fi rs declension
puella ndash girl īlia ndash daugher terra ndash land
Mos firs declension words are eminine i n gender bu a ew (usually ones ha indicae mas-culine occupaions in ancien imes) are masculine Examples are poēta ldquopoerdquoagricola ldquoarmerrdquonauta ldquosailorrdquo āthlēta ldquoahleerdquo
EXERCISE 4Ideniy he case o each singular noun Ten change each orm ino plural For some more han
one answer is possibleExample īlianominaive īliae
1 puellae 5 aquae2 nauam 6 puellā3 erram 7 āhlēā4 a gr ic ol a
Like he Greek wreslers porrayed on his ancien bas-reliefRoman ahlees were also fond of he spor of wresling
4 nominaive agricolae
5 geniive daive aquārum aquīs
6 ablaive puellīs
7 ablaive āhlēīs
TEACHING TIP
Since wreslers are depiced on he illusraion on his page he eacher may wish o open a discus-
sion abou he omansrsquo and Greeksrsquo ondness or wresling which was ofen praciced in a complexcalled he palaestra
oman boys were expeced o serve in he m iliary Tus hey were firs rained by heir ahers in wreslingand boxing Srengh and agiliy were sressed raher han grace o movemen as in Greek spors Te woprincipal syles uilized by he Greek were uprigh wresling in which hree alls o your opponen o heground were necessary o deea him and ground wresling which required he opponen o give up in ordero end he mach In he palaes tra here was an area or he young people o pracice wresling or boxing wih apunching bag (cōrycus) Examples o monumenal oman bahs wih a palaest ra are ound a he Bahs o Ca-racalla in ome he Harbor Bahs a Ephesus in urkey and he Bahs in Varna Bulgaria he larges anciensrucure in ha counry
Wresling was also one o he spor evens a he Olympic games ha he omans ofen atended Greco-oman wresling is also one o he evens eaured in he summer Olympic games in modern imes
TEACHING TIPTe eacher migh wan o have sudens read an English ranslaion o Book 23 o he Iliad in which Ajax a nd Odysseus compee in a wre sling m ach and Book 5 o he Aeneid or a descripion o hespors ha he omans played and compare he atiude o he compeiors in each epic Boh evens were par o he uneral games he ormer in honor o Paroclu s riend and atendan o Achil lesand he later in honor o Anchises aher o Aeneas Tis migh lead o urher discussion on henaure o modern wresling
Standards11 41
EXERCISE 5Ideniy he case o each plural noun Ten change each orm ino he singular For some more
TEACHING TIPSudens may wonder why he geniive singular w ihou is ending mus be used o find he base whenhe nominaive singular wihou is ending works jus as well Explain ha in oher noun declensionshe nominaive will no always provide he same base or have he same spelling as he geniive
Standards11 41
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 5154
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull 11
Chapter 1 bull 11
han one answer is possible
Example puellāsaccusaive puellam
1 īliae 5 aquīs2 errīs 6 poēārum3 nauārum 7 agricolae4 l upa e
BY THE WAY
In all declensions endings are added o he base o a noun I is imporan o know hahe base o a noun is ound by removing he ending rom is geniive si ngular orm Forexample he geniive singular o puella is puellae I you remove he -ae rom puellae
wha remains is he base o he word namely puell- For his reason learning he geni-ive singular is as imporan as knowing he nominaive singular o he noun
STUDY TIP
Always learn he geniive ogeher wih he nominaive because rom he geniive you will know o which declension a word belongs
A wall paining depic ing a Roman farmer (agricola) wih his sheep
EXERCISE 5 ANSWERS
1 nominaive īl ia
2 daive ablaive errae errā
3 geniive nauae
4 nominaive lupa
5 daive ablaive aquae aquā
6 geniive poēae7 nominaive agricola
HOW TO USE THIS BOOKIn his book he word ldquobaserdquo is used o reer o he noun wihou any ending ldquoStemrdquo is used or he par o he verb wihou any ending ldquoootrdquo is used or he Lain par o a derivaive
ORAL EXERCISE 2Tis exercise may be used afer Exercise 5
Use one o he ollowing classroom presenaion opions (hereafer reerred o as CPO) (blackgreenwhiesmar board overhead or LCD projecor PowerPoinreg presenaion ec) o pu his inormaion on view
quis ldquowhordquo (or he subjec) and quem ldquowhomrdquo (or he direc objec)
Ten ask he suden o answer he ollowing quesions abou he chaper reading eiher orally or in wri-
en orm
1 Teacher Quis es Mārs Student Mārs es deus
2 Teacher Quem ama Mārs Student hēam Silviam Mārs ama
3 Teacher Quis ama hēam Silviam Student Mārs ama hēam Silviam
4 Teacher Quem habe hēa Silvia Student hēa Silvia duōs īliōs ōmulum eemum habe
5 Teacher Quis claudi hēam Silviam Student Amūlius claudi hēam Silviam
6 Teacher Quem claudi Amūlius Student hēam Silviam Amūlius claudi
7 Teacher Quis ōmulum e emum in aquampōni
Student Amūlius ōmulum e emum in aquampōni
8 Teacher Quem Amūlius in aquam pōni Student Amūlius ōmulum e emum in aquampōni
9 Teacher Quis ambula ad aquam Student Lupa ambula ad aquam
10 Teacher Quis ōmulum e emum bene cūra Student Lupa ōmulum e emum bene cūra
11 Teacher Quōs lupa bene cūra Student Lupa ōmulum e emum bene cūra
12 Teacher Quis ōmulum e emum a ma Student Lupa ōmulum e emum ama
13 Teacher Quōs lupa ama Student Lupa ōmulum e emum ama
OralExercise 2
WorkbookExercise
4 5
EXERCISE 6ranslae rom Lain ino English and rom English ino Lain Te mos common Lain word
d
TEACHER BY THE WAYTe eacher may menion ha he mos common word order (subjec ndash direc objec ndash verb) can o-en be changed For example i he verb is o be emphasized i will ake firs posiion I he subjecor he direc objec is o be emphasized i will ake he las posiion which is he mos emphaic oneIn general he more unusual he wordrsquos posiion is he more emphasis is placed on his word
Standards11 41
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 5254
12 bull Latin for the New Millennium
12 bull Latin for the New Millennium
order is
subjec ndash direc objec ndash verb
1 Agricola erram ama
2 Te ahlee loves waer
3 Naua īlia m ama
4 Te poe loves ome
5 Agricola erram cūra
6 Te she-wol cares or (is aking care o) he girl
BY THE WAY
Even hough he mos common word order is subjec ndash di rec objec ndash verb rememberha endings991252no word order991252deermine which word is he subjec and which i s hedirec objec
TALKING When we mee one person we gree herhim wih salvē When we mee wo or more people wegree hem wih salvēte When we bid goodbye o one person we sayvalē When we bid goodbyeo wo or more people we say valēte
Here are various ways o ask ldquohow are yourdquo or ldquohow are you doingrdquo
Quōmodo valēs or Quōmodo tē habēs or Quid agis ldquoHow are yourdquo
Here is a range o possible answers
bene ldquowellrdquo pessimē ldquovery badrdquo optimē ldquogreardquo melius ldquobeterrdquo mediocriter ldquoso-sordquo or ldquono oo badrdquo meliusculē ldquoa litle beterrdquo male ldquobadrdquo
In general he more unusual he word s posiion is he more emphasis is placed on his word
EXERCISE 6 ANSWERS
1 Te armer loves he land
2 Āhlēa aquam ama
3 Te sailor loves (his) daugher
4 Poēa ōmam ama
5 Te armer cares or (is aking care o) he land6 Lupa puellam cūra
TEACHING TIP
Te eacher may sar he class in Lain by saying Salvēte discipulī et discipulae and by eaching hesudens o say in reurn Salvē magister (magistra)
ORAL EXERCISE 3Tis exercise may be used anytime afer the students have learned the use o the accusative case or afer Exercise 6
Use one o he CPOrsquos o pu on display he orms amō and cūrō and explai n ha hey a re in he fir s personsingular and how his differs rom he hird person singular learned in his chaper Ask individual sudens omake senences wih hem using he words hey have learned
Ten ell he sudens ha nōn means ldquonordquo and ask hem o make si milar senences wih nōn amō and nōn cūrō
Examples(nōn) amō erram īliam aquam lupam āhlēam(nōn) cūrō erram īliam puellam
WorkbookExercise 6
ContentQuestions
OralExercise 3
Standards12 21 41
42
SAYING HELLOMarīa Helena e Chrisīna sun (are) discipulae (students)
TEACHING TIPHave sudens read he dialogue aloud Tis will help o build heir pronunciaion skills
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 5354
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull 13
Chapter 1 bull 13
Marīa Salvēe Helena e Chrisīna
Christīna Salvē Marīa
Helena Salvē Marīa
Marīa Quōmodo valēs Helena Quōmodo valēs Chrisīna
Helena et Christīna Bene Quōmodo ū ( you) valēs Marīa
Marīa Pessimē
Helena et Christīna Cūr (Why)
Marīa imeō linguam Laīnam ( I ear the Latin language)Helena Ego ( I ) linguam Laīnam amō
Christīna E ego linguam Laīnam amō
ORAL EXERCISE 4
Tis exercise may be used afer he Lain dialogue has been presened
Insruc he sudens o say ldquohellordquo in Lain o he suden nex o hem Divide he class ino wo pars ellone par o gree he oher par using he plural greeing and vice versa Do he same ype o aciviy whensaying ldquogoodbyerdquo You may wish o make greeing he class in Lain a nd saying ldquogoodbyerdquo in Lain a par oa daily rouine
Divide he sudens ino pairs in which one person will ask how hisher parner is in Lain and he oher
wil l answer
ORAL EXERCISE 5
Tis exercise may be used afer he Lain dialogue has been presened
ell he sudens ha he paricle ndashne is added o he firs syllable o a word ha inroduces a quesion Ten askhe ollowing quesions abou he dialogue beween Mary Helen and Chrisy Individual sudens may answerorally or he enire class may wrie he answers as he eacher asks hem orally Te eacher should explain hahe orm valēs in he greeing Quōmodo valēs is in he second person which means ldquoyourdquo Te hird person orm(reerring o ldquoherrdquo ldquohimrdquo or ldquoirdquo) is valet So he phrase ldquoHow is she doingrdquo would be Quōmodo valet Te hirdperson o amō is amat and he hird person o timeō is timet
1 Teacher Quōmodo Chrisīna vale Student(s) Chrisīna bene vale
2 Teacher Quōmodo Marīa vale Student(s) Marīa pessimē vale
3 Teacher Cūr (why) Marīa pessimē vale Student(s) Marīa ime linguam Lainam4 Teacher Amane l inguam L aīnam Helena Student(s) Helena linguam Laīnam ama
5 Teacher Linguamne Laīnam ama Chrisīna Student(s) Chrisīna linguam Laīnam ama
ORAL EXERCISE 6 AND DICTATIONTis combined exercise may be used to conclude the chapter or at any time afer the students have learned the accusa-tive case and chapter vocabulary
Dicae he ollowing senences o he sudens Ten ask hem o make he ollowing changes eiher orally orin writen orm a he discreion o he eacher
1 Teacher Agricol a erram ama (change he direc objec ino plura l)Student Agricola errās ama
2 Teacher Lupa puellam cūra (change he direc objec ino plural)
Student Lupa puellās cūra3 Teacher Āhlēa puel lās ama (change he direc objec ino singu lar)
Student Āhlēa puellam ama
4 Teacher Fīlia errās ama (change he direc objec ino singular)Student Fīlia erram ama
OralExercise
4 5 6 andDictation
TEACHER NOTES
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 5454
14 bull Latin for the New Millennium
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 1554
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Resource List bull TM xv
Howarh Parick Atila King o he Hun s Man and Myh New York Barnes amp Noble Books 1995
Jones erry Barbarians London BBC Books 2006
Kulikowski Michael Romersquos Gohic Wars From he Tird Cenury o Alaric Cambridge Cambridge Univer-siy Press 2007
Lee A D ed Pagans and Chri sians in Lae A niquiy A Sourcebook London ouledge 2000
MacMullen amsay and Eugene N Lane Paganism and Chri sianiy 100ndash425 C E A Sourcebook Minne-apolis Forress Press 1992
Manello Frank and Arhur G igg Medieval Lain An Inroducion and Bibliographical Guide WashingonDC Te Caholic Universiy o America Press 1996
McEvedy Colin Te New Penguin Alas o Medieval Hisory ev ed New York Penguin Group 1992
Newman Paul B Daily Lie in he Middle A ges Jefferson NC McFarland and Company 2001Smih Jonahan Z Drudgery Divine On he Compari son o Early Chri sianiies and h e Religions o L ae Aniq-
uiy Chicago Universiy o Chicago Press 1990
Sambaugh John E and David Balch Te New esamen in is Social Environmen Philadelphia Wesmin-ser Press 1986
Tompson A E Te Huns Oxord Blackwell Publishing 1999
odd Malcolm Te Early Germans Malden MA Blackwell 2004
Wells Coli n Sailing fom Byzanium How a Los Empire Shaped he World NY Banam Dell 2006
Will iams ose Te Ligher Side o he Dark Ages London and New York Anhem Press 2006
Wolram Her wig Hisory o he Gohs ranslaed by Tomas J Dunlap Berkeley and Los Angeles Univer-siy o Caliornia Press 1988
mdashmdashmdashTe Roman Empire and Is Germanic Peoples ranslaed by Tomas J Dunlap Berkeley and Los Ange-
les Universiy o Caliornia Press 1997 Young Frances Lew is Ayres and A ndrew Louh eds Te Cambridge Hisory o Early Chrisian Lieraure
Cambridge Cambridge Universiy Press 2004
CLASSICAL PERSPECTIVESHighe Gilber Te Classical radiion New York Oxord Universiy Press 1957
Kopff E Chrisian Te Devil Knows Lain Why America Needs he Classical radiion Wilmingon DE ISIBooks 1999
Maybury ichard J Ancien Rome How I Affe cs You oday Placerville CA Bluesocking Press 1995
Murphy Cullen Are We Rome New York Houghon Mi ffl in 2007
Simmons racy Lee Climbing Parnassus A New Apologia or Greek and Lain Wilmingon DE ISI Books2002
MAPS POSTERS AND CHARTS Available from American Cla ssical League M C Miami Universiy Oxford OH
Map o oman Empire Map o oman Ialy ome Cenral Archeological Area oma Archaica
Circus Maximus Colosseum Consiuion Preamble Lain Abbreviaions Lain Phrases in Common UseLegal erms Panheon Pompeii Promoional Posers Lain Is
Derivaive ree Char Loan Word Char omance Language Char Skeleon Char
Available from L and L Enerprises Elmhurs IL
Ancien Civil izaion Wall M ap (small and lar ge size)
Using Lain Phrases Te Fabulous Five Lain Promoional Mini-posers Paer Noser Pledge o Allegianceoman Scenes and Proverbs Seven Hills o ome emembering he Cases
Available from Aims Inernaional Book s Cincinnai OH
Quo Modo Senis Hodie Poser
ADDITIONAL ITEMS Available from Bolchazy-Carducci P ublishers Mundelein IL
Lain Butons
Available from American Cla ssical League MC Miami Universiy Oxford OH
Lain-relaed CDs DVDs apes sofware coins greeing cards games accessories and jewelry mimeo-graphs hisorical novels Lain readers and Junior Classical League iems
Available from L and L Enerprises Elmhu rs IL
Lain knowledge cards Briish Museum book o poscards o Ancien Greece and o ome
Lain-relaed aciviy books butons coloring books key chain ags noe cards origami projecs pencilspuzzle books rulers sampers sickers suffed animals atoos oe bags and -shirs
MISCELLANEOUS Available from American Cla ssical League MC Miami Universiy Oxford OH
2006 Updaed Survey o Audio-Visual Maerials and exbooks in he Classics
2007 Ediion o ACL Soware Direcory or he Classics
WEBSITESFor a regularly updaed lis o websie resources check htpwwwlnmbolchazycom
PROFESSIONAL ORGANIZATIONSMos o hese organizaions offer a journal ha eachers will find beneficial Consul he organizaionrsquos web-
sie o learn more
American C lassical League (ACL)
American C lassical L eague eaching Maerials a nd esource Cener (MC)
ACL Sponsored Aciviie s
Junior Classical League
Naional Commitee or Lain and GreekNaional Greek Exam
Naional Junior Classical League
Naional Lain Exam
Naional Senior Classical League
Naional Myhology Exam
American C ouncil on he eaching o Foreign La nguages (ACFL)
American Ph ilologica l Associa ion (APA)
Archeologica l Insiue o A merica (AI A)
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 1654
TM xvi bull Latin for the New Millennium
Classical Associaion o Canada
Classical Associaion o New England (CANE)
Classical Associaion o he Alanic Saes (CAAS)
Classical Associaion o he Middle Wes and Souh (CAMWS)
Classical Associaion o he Pacific Norhwes (CAPN)
Classical Associaion o he Souhwesern Unied Saes (CASUS)
Compuer Assised Language Insrucion Consorium (CALICO)
Join Associaion o C lassical eachers (JAC)
Vergilian Socie y
In addiion many saes and ciies have classics-relaed organizaions
TEACHER NOTES
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 1754
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull i
1
STUDENT TEXTBOOKWITH EXERCISE ANSWERS
STANDARDS CORRELATIONS
ORAL EXERCISES
ORAL EXERCISE CORRELATIONS
WORKBOOK EXERCISE CORRELATIONS
ANCILLARY CORRELATIONS
COMPREHENSION QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS
TEACHING TIPS
TEACHER BY THE WAY NOTATIONS
AND HOW TO USE THIS BOOK
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 1854
iindashiii bull Latin for the New Millennium
Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers IncMundelein Illinois USA
1Milena Minkova and Terence Tunberg
LATIN FOR THE NEW MILLENNIUM
Series Inormaion
LEVEL ONE
Suden ex (2008)
Suden Workbook (2008)
eacherrsquos M anual (2008)
eacherrsquos Manual or Suden Workbook (2008)
ANCILLARIES
From Romulus o Romulus AugusulusRoman Hisory or he New Millennium (2008)
Te Original Dysuncional Family Basic Classical Myhology or he New Millennium (2008)
LEVEL TWO
Suden ex (2009)
Suden Workbook (2009)
eacherrsquos M anual (2009)
eacherrsquos Manual or Suden Workbook (2009)
ANCILLARIES
From Rome o Reormaion Early European Hisory or he New Millennium (2009)
Te Clay-ooed SuperHeroes Myhology ales or he New Millennium (2009)
mdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdash
ELECTRONIC RESOURCES
(See page 445 or deailed descripion)
wwwlnm bolchazycom
Quia Quesion Bank
Lain-only Vill a in een Second Lietrade
Carpe Praedam
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 1954
FOREWORD xi
PREFACE xiii
AUTHORS xvii
EDITORS CONSULTANTS AND PILOT TEACHERS xix
INTRODUCTION xxiii
AlphabePronunciaion o LainOverview o oman Hisory Beginnings o Lain Lieraure
CHAPTER 1 1
eading ldquoomulus and emusrdquoLanguage Facs Pars o Speech Nouns Number Gender Case
(Nominaive and Accusaive) Firs Declension Nounsalking Saying Hello
CHAPTER 2 15
eading Plauus ldquoTe Menaechmi winsrdquo Language Facs Firs and Second Conjugaion Verbs Principal Pars
Properies o Verbs Number Person ense Sem Infiniive Subjec and
Verb Agreemenalking Geting Acquained
CHAPTER 3 29
eading erence ldquowo BrohersrdquoLanguage Facs Second Declension Masculine -us -er -ir Nouns Geniive
Case Vocaive Case Preposiional Phrasesalking In he Classroom
REVIEW 1 CHAPTERS 19912513 43
Considering he Classical Gods Ma rs Jupier JunoConnecing wih he Ancien World Slavery in A ncien omeExploring oman Comedy oman Producions and Modern endiions by
William S Anderson Proessor o Classics Emerius Universiy o Caliornia Berkeley Berkeley Caliornia
Mīrābile Audī ū Phrases and Quoaions elaing o he Comic radiion
CONTENTS
bull v bull
Series Edior LeaAnn A Osburn
Volume Ediors Elisa C Denja LeaAnn A Osburn
Conribuing Ediors imohy Beck Judih P Halle Laurie Haigh KeenanKaren Lee Singh Donald E Sprague ose Williams Vicki Wine
Hisorical imeline Jayni einhard
Cover Design amp ypography Adam Phillip Velez
Cover Illusraion oman Forum copy BemannCOBISOher Illusraions Phoo Credis appear on pp 431ndash434
CarographyMapping Specialiss
Indexing Michael Hendry
Prooreader Gary Varney
Lain for he New Millennium
Suden ex Level 1
Milena Minkova and erence unberg
copy2008 Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers Inc All righs reserved
Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers Inc
1570 Baskin oadMundelein Illinois 60060 wwwbolchazycom
Prined in Canada2009 byFriesens
ISBN 978-0-86516-560-1mdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashLibrary o Congress Caaloging-in-Publicaion Daa
Minkova Milena Lain or he new millennium suden ex level 1 Milena Minkova anderence unberg p cm Includes bibliographical reerences ISBN 978-0-86516-560-1 (v 1 hardbound alk paper) 1 Lain language--Grammar I unberg erence II ile
PA20875M 562 2008 4782rsquo421--dc22
2008014705
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull ivndashv
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 2054
Contents bull vii
CHAPTER 9 135
eading Sallus ldquoTe Cailinarian ConspiracyrdquoLanguage Facs Fourh Conjugaion Verbs Presen Acive and Passive
ense Presen Acive and Passive Infiniive T ird Declension NeuerNouns Tird Declension I -Sem Nouns
alking Geting Dressed or a Pary
REVIEW 3 CHAPTERS 79912519 149
Considering he Classical Gods ApolloConnecing wih he A ncien World oman AtireExploring oman Governmen Poliics in Greece ome and he Unied
Saes by Josiah Ober Proessor o Classics and Poliical Science SanordUniversiy Sanord Caliornia
Mīrābile Aud īū Phrases and Motoes elaing o Governmen andDemocracy
CHAPTER 10 163
eading Vergil ldquo Te rojan HorserdquoLanguage Facs Tird Conjugaion -iō Verbs Presen Acive and Passive
ense Presen Acive and Passive Infiniive T ird Declension AdjecivesSubsanive Adjecives
alking Te Morning Beore a es
CHAPTER 11 177
eading Vergil ldquoQueen Dido o CarhagerdquoLanguage Facs Imperec Acive a nd Passive ense o All Conjugaions
Imperec ense o Sum and Possum Encliicsalking raveling o School
CHAPTER 12 191eading Livy ldquoMucius ScaevolardquoLanguage Facs Fi rs Second and Tird Person Personal Pronouns Firs
and Second Person Possessive Adjecives Declension o vīsalking Discussing he Weaher
REVIEW 4 CHAPTERS 1099125112 205
Considering he Classical Gods Mercury Connecing wih he Ancien World oman FoodExploring he My h o he rojan Horse Never Look a Gif Horse in
he Mouh by Bonnie A Cato Proessor o Classics Assumpion CollegeWorceser Massachusets
Mīrābile Aud īū Phrases and Quoaions elaing o War and Peace
vi bull L atin for the New Millennium
CHAPTER 4 57
eading Cicero ldquoTe Deserer Wans a ewardrdquoLanguage Facs Second Declension Neuer Nouns Daive Case Firs
and Second Declension -us -a -um Adjecives Agreemen o Nounsand Adjecives
alking Discussing Homework
CHAPTER 5 69
eading Cicero ldquoCicero Wries o ereniardquoLanguage Facs Firs and Second Conjugaion Verbs Presen Passive ense
Presen Passive Infiniive Ablaive o Agen Firs and Second Declension
-er Adjecivesalking Discussing Occupaions
CHAPTER 6 81
eading Caesar ldquoTe DruidsrdquoLanguage Facs Presen ense and Presen Infiniive o Sum and Possum
Complemenary Infi niive ransiive and Inransiive Verbsalking Preparing or a es
REVIEW 2 CHAPTERS 49912516 93
Considering he Classical Gods Nepune Pluo Vesa and CeresConnecing wih he Ancien World oman MarriageExploring oman Famil ies Parens and Children Ten and Now by
Jacqueline Carlon Assisan Proessor o Classics Universiy o Massachusets Boson Massachusets
Mīrābile Audīū Phrases Motoes and Abbreviaions elaing o Lie in heweny-Firs Cenur y
CHAPTER 7 111eading Caullus ldquoMy Girlrsquos SparrowrdquoLanguage Facs Tird Declension Masculine and Feminine Nouns Indirec
Saemen Accusaive and Infiniivealking In he Caeeria
CHAPTER 8 123
eading Nepos ldquoTemisocles Saves he GreeksrdquoLanguage Facs T ird Conjugaion Verbs Presen Acive a nd Passive ense
Presen Acive and Passive Infiniive Ablaives o Manner InsrumenSeparaion Place rom Which Place Where Accusaive o Place o W hich
alking Afer School Aciviies
vindashvii bull Latin for the New Millennium
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 2154
Contents bull ix
CHAPTER 18 301
eading Apuleius ldquoCupid and PsycherdquoLanguage Facs Fuure Perec Aci ve ense o All Conjugaions Fuure
Perec ense o Sum and Possum Fifh Declension Nounsalking Going o he Denis
REVIEW 6 CHAPTERS 1699125118 315
Considering he Classical Gods BacchusConnecing wih he Ancien World Gladiaorial GamesExploring oman Disasers Earh Air Fire and Waer by John E Torburn
Associae Proessor o Classics Baylor Universiy Waco exas
Mīrābile Audīū Quoaions elaing o Atiudes oward and Coping wihMisorunes
CHAPTER 19 331
eading Ammianus ldquoTe HunsrdquoLanguage Facs Perec Passive Pariciple Perec Passive ense o All
Conjugaions eview o Principal Par s o Verbs Demonsraive Pronounand Adjecive Hic
alking Cleaning he House
CHAPTER 20 349
eading Augusine ldquoAn Adolescen TierdquoLanguage Facs Pluperec Passive ense o Al l Conjugaions Perec Acive
and Passive Infini ives Demonsraive Pronoun and Adjecive Illealking Going Shopping
CHAPTER 21 361
eading Boehius ldquoTe Wheel o ForunerdquoLanguage Facs Fuure Perec Passive ense o All Conjugaions Fuure
Acive Pariciple Fuure Acive Infiniivealking A Birhday Pary
REVIEW 7 CHAPTERS 1999125121 375
Considering he Classical Gods VulcanConnecing wih he Ancien World oman EducaionExploring oman Libraries Public Libraries and Teir Books by Keih Dix
Associae Proessor o Classics Universiy o Georgia Ahens GeorgiaMīrābile Audīū Phrases Quoaions and Abbreviaions elaing o
Schools Libraries and Books
viii bull Latin for the New Millennium
CHAPTER 13 219
eading Horace ldquoAn Encouner wih a BoorrdquoLanguage Facs Presen ense Posiive and Negaive Imperaives Firs and
Second Person Personal Pronouns Geniive Case Ti rd Person PossessivePronoun and Adjecive
alking Lae or School
CHAPTER 14 233
eading Ovid ldquoPyramus and TisberdquoLanguage Facs Firs and Second Conjugaion Verbs Fuure Acive and
Passive ense Fuure ense o Sum and Possum elaive Pronouns
elaive Clausesalking Chating on he Inerne
CHAPTER 15 245
eading Seneca ldquoe1047298ecions on Growing OldrdquoLanguage Facs Tird a nd Fourh Conjugaion Verbs Fuure Acive and
Passive ense Inerrogaive Pronouns and Adjecivesalking A rip o he Counry
REVIEW 5 CHAPTERS 1399125115 259
Considering he Classical Gods Minerva Di ana VenusConnecing wih he A ncien World oman Ciies and oadsExploring oman Law Te Jusice Sysem in Ancien ome by James G
Keenan Proessor o Classics Loyola Universiy Chicago Chicago IllinoisMīrābile Audīū Phrases and Quoaions elaing o Legal Maters
CHAPTER 16 273
eading Pliny he Younger ldquoTe Erupion o VesuviusrdquoLanguage Facs Perec ense Verbs Perec Sem Perec Acive ense o
All Conjugaions Perec ense o Sum and Possum Daive o Possessionalking elaxing a he Beach
CHAPTER 17 287
eading acius ldquoTe Fire a omerdquoLanguage Facs Pluperec A cive ense o All Conjugaions Pluperec
ense o Sum and Possum Fourh Declension Masculine Feminine andNeuer Nouns
alking ecovering rom an Acciden
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull viiindashix
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 2254
xndashxi bull Latin for the New Millennium
FOREWORDTe aurea mediocriās o Lain exbooks has arrived No a grammar-ranslaion nor a readingapproach book Lain or he New Millennium is a blend o he bes elemens o boh
Te key o Lain or he New Millennium Level 1 is he emphasis on reading Lain a he begin-ning o each chaper and using conversaional Lain a he end o each chaper or as he auhorsindicae in he Preace lsquoi (Lain) offers you he lingui sic key o he minds ha shaped European
(and hereore American) culu re rom he ime o he omans o he modern scienific revolu-ion In his book you will learn abou he language sep by sep by using irsquo
Te reading passages a he opening o each chaper are ba sed on Lain lieraure and proceedin chronological order rom Plauus o Boehius Each reading is suppored by pre-reading andacing page vocabulary Grammar is inroduced using senences already seen in he reading pas-sage and mīrābile dicū here are pleny o exercises Te Vocabulary o Learn chosen rom headaped reading passage hus conains some Advanced Placemen lieraure-based words and i sreieraed consisenly in he exercises and oher shor reading passages
Somehing no seen in mos Lain exbooks is he conversaional dialogue a he end o eachchaper Tis will pique he sudenrsquos ineres in he Lain version o modern-day aciviies andmee cerain classical language sandards direcly Te auhors Milena Minkova and erenceunberg proessors a he Universiy o Kenucky a Lexingon are he direcors o he hugelypopular Conveniculum Lexinoniense he annual su mmer program ha has been r unning ormore han en years Tey are also on he aculy o he Conveniculum Bosoniense a similarprogram ha draws paricipans o experience conversaional Lain in differen geographical se-ings A he 2007 American Classical Leag ue Insiue a Vanderbil Universiy I paricipaed ina conversaional Lain workshop presened by Minkova and unberg Tough he par icipans
were seasoned Lain eachers mos were experiencing or he firs ime he ried and rue meh-ods hese wo expers were using o inspire us o speak Lain By he end o he workshop wecould converse in amiliar Lain phrases and saw how useul his could be or our own sudensunbergrsquos and Minkovarsquos leadership in hese summer programs made hem uniquely well suiedo design he conversaional dialogues in Lain or he New Millennium and he copious oral ex-ercises ha are conained only in he eacher manual hus al lowing eachers o pick and choose
which exercises bes mee he needs o heir own sudens
Tis book wih is range o offerings wi ll appeal o all ypes o lang uage sudens and will alloweachers o bring he many aces o he oman and pos-oman world ino he classroom How
wonderul i is o see a passage o adaped Plauus in Chaper 2 a prose adapaion o Caullusrsquo passer poem in Chaper 7 o Horacersquos saire on he boor in Chaper 13 and even o aciusrsquo de-scripion o he grea fire in ome in Chaper 17 oman culure is embodied in each o hesepassages hus meeing anoher classical language sandard Accompanying each passage is aquoaion or moto conneced o he passage or chaper
bull xi bullx bull Latin for the New Millennium
APPENDIX A 389
Chronological Lis o he Auhors and Works Sudied
APPENDIX B 391
Addiional Sae Motoes
APPENDIX C 393
Grammaical Forms and Paradigms
APPENDIX D 405
Lain Synax
APPENDIX E 411Hisorical imeline
ENGLISH TO LATIN GLOSSARY 415
LATIN TO ENGLISH GLOSSARY 421
BIBLIOGRAPHY 429
PHOTOGRAPHY CREDITS 431
INDEX 435
LIST OF MAPS
Map o he oman World xxxi iMap o he ravels o Aeneas 187Map o he Ciy o ome 227
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 2354
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull xiindashxiii
PREFACELearning Lain helps you learn English and oher languages beter and perhaps even moreimporanly i offers you he linguisic key o he minds ha shaped European (and hereore
American) culure rom he ime o he omans o he modern scienific revoluion Lain washe language hese people used o express hemselves and o record heir ideas in permanen ormacross so many cenuries In his book you wil l learn abou he language by u sing i sep by sep
CHAPTER COMPONENTS
READING PASSAGES
Each chaper begins wih a eading Passage and noes on he acing page ha will help you un-dersand any linguisic elemens you have no previously seen Tese noes eaure vocabulary
words in an easy o ollow alphabeical l ising providing you he exac meaning needed o un-dersand he reading passage bu no he ull lexical enries a his poin By reading and seeinghese new elemens in heir naural conex ofen you will need no explanaion o undersandhow hey uncion because hey appear w ih words you already know Te eadi ng Passages areadaped rom auhenic works o Lain lieraure and hey are presened in chronological order
As you complee each chaper you will be raci ng he sory o Lain as a lierary language andhe sories o he auhors who used i In addiion you wi ll learn abou oman c ulure over heperiods o ime in which he eaured reading o each chaper was produced
VOCABULARY TO LEARN
Te Vocabulary o Learn repeas some words encounered in he eading Passage or each chap-
er bu in his secion he words are lised by pars o speech i nsead o alphabeically and herehe ull lexical enry is given Tese are words you will need o memorize in order o recognizeand use hem hroughou he remainder o he book In order o aid you in recognizi ng connec-ions beween Lain words and he English words derived rom or relaed o hem a derivaiveexercise ollows each Vocabulary o Learn
LANGUAGE FACTS AND EXERCISES
In he body o each chaper you will fi nd simple explanaions o he Language Facs eaured inhe chaper reading passage along wih many differen exercises ha allow you o use all he in-ormaion you are learning By doing he exercises in each chaper and in he suden workbook
you will no only be reading and wriing Lain yoursquoll be speaking i Some exercises involve oralexchanges wih he eacher and wih oher sudens Because Lain communicaes hough i isa living hing Tereore a person who gains an acive working knowledge in he language along
bull xiii bullxii bull Latin for the New Millennium
All o his said Lain or he New Millennium is suden riendly Sudy ips rhymes and mnemon-ics abound in each chaper and litle secions called ldquoBy he Wayrdquo offer addiional inormaion orhose who always wan o know more
Te uni review secions are ru ly gems Afer hree chapers a Lain review chaper providesno jus he complee lis o Vocabulary o Learn and pleniu l exercises bu ofen anoher pieceo adaped lieraure o read991252snippes o Mari al or Peronius and more
Bu his is no all A secion called ldquoConsidering he Classical Godsrdquo offers high-ineres readingsin boh Engli sh and Lain on he panheon o classical gods A noher secion eniled ldquoConnec-ing wih he Ancien Worldrdquo provides in English addiional i normaion on a paricular aspec ooman lie conained wihin he uni
Capping each review uni is a disincive essay ha e xplores oman and modern opics each writen by a universiy scholar From he Universiy o Massachusets o Sanord Universiyand many places in be ween hese proessors have conribued heir special experise on subjecmater relaed o he chapers I k now o no oher book ha does hi s
Tere are many useu l phoographs and maps appropriaely placed hroughou Te reproduc-ions o fine ar and phoographs o archaeological sies provide a visual learning experience as
well Needless o say here are appendices on g rammar and synax a nd English o Lain andLain o English glossaries wih an added secion on various motoes
Te auhors ediors consulans and pilo eachers have done a superior job o organizing his book or maximum useu lness and effeciveness Tis unique series w ill include he ollowi ngLevel 1 Suden ex Level 1 Suden Workbook Level 1 eacherrsquos Manual and Level 1 Work-
book eacherrsquos Manual Level 2 Suden ex Level 2 Suden Workbook Level 2 eacherrsquosManual and Level 2 Workbook eacherrsquos Manual Many online and elecronic resources willalso accompany his series
Lain for he New Millennium has been houghully designed or and wih he weny-firscenury suden in mind Please join me in heralding he appearance o his unique new series
ha will improve and enhance he sudy o Lain or he weny-firs cenury
P983137983157983148 P983154983151983152983141983154983162983145983151Boson Lain Academy
2008
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 2454
xivndashxv bull Latin for the New Millennium
Preface bull xv
ASPECTS OF ROMAN LIFE
Nex you will find a reading in English on an imporan aspec o oman daily lie Tis sec-ion eniled Connecing wih he Ancien World wil l presen addiional inormaion on a opicencounered in he previous c hapers
EXPLORING ROMAN AND MODERN LIFE
Following he secion on daily lie here will be a shor essay in English ha compares and con-rass some aspec o oman and American lie and illusraes a way in which Lain is a par oour lie oday Each o hese essays has been writen by a universiy scholar wih special experisein his field o sudy
MĪRĀBILE AUDĪTŪEach review chaper concludes wih a l is o Lain quoaions motoes phrases or abbreviaionsused in English Tese sayings relae o one o he uni opics
Te Lain langu age and oman culure have no only inspired wriers hroughou he ages andin1047298uenced modern lie bu have also lef heir presence in ar and archaeology In his volumereproducions o painings drawings sculpure mosaics rescoes and oher ariacs rom an-iquiy hrough he presen abound wih depicions o and reerences o he sories and lives ohe omans Likewise view s o archaeological sies remind us o wha ome and is area o in1047298u-ence was like in ancien imes Te illusraions hroughou he ex suppor he writen word in
visual orm hus offering you a vivid recollecion o he chaper conen
Each auhor o his book has writen differen secions o he exbook bu boh auhors have ben-efied hroughou he composiion o he exbook rom coninuous muual advice and suppor
MM and 2008
Visi wwwl nmbolchazycom o see he elecronic resources ha accompany Lain or he New Millennium
xiv bull Latin for the New Millennium
wih a readi ng abiliy i s more likely o progress quick ly o a deeper undersanding o he lan-guage and he enjoymen o is lieraure I you have an oral aciliy and can wrie in a language
you will no need o be reminded abou orms and grammaical rules so ofen In his book you will acquire ha acive acili y as a basic par o learning he language
CONVERSATIONAL LATIN
oward he end o each chaper here is a Lain dialogue in which a group o modern sudens arehe paricipans Tey discuss in Lain siuaions ofen encounered in our daily li ves In hesedialogues you will find a bridge beween our lives and he houghs o he ancien medieval orrenaissance auhors who wroe in Lain991252a bridge consruced o he same basic language Lain
OTHER FEATURESIn each chaper you will fi nd oher ineresing mater ha will help you learn and enjoy Lain
bull Memorābile Dictū Te firs page o each chaper eaures a amous saying labeled Memorābile Dicū (A Memorable Ting o Say) a Lain phrase so well known ha i has become an ofenrepeaed proverb or quoaion Learning each amous saying wi ll increase your u ndersand-ing no jus o Lain bu o he houghs and ideas ha were i mporan o omans and haveconinued o be an inegral par o modern lie
bull Sudy ips Each chaper conains sayings rhymes mnemonic devices verses or oher in-ormaion ha will help you remember he various hings you are learning
bull By he Way You will see his phrase repeaed hroughou every chaper When you see hislabel you will know ha addiional inormaion is being presened
REVIEW COMPONENTS A he conclusion o every se o hree chapers here is a review conaining various componens
VOCABULARY TO KNOW
Tis is a complee lis o all he Vocabulary o Learn words presened in he hree chapers ar-ranged by pars o speech
EXERCISES
Here you will see many new exercises ha will help you review and reinorce he maerial in hehree preceding chapers In he review exercise secion here is ofen an addiional reading pas-sage o help you undersand more abou Lain lieraure and is heriage oday
CLASSICAL MYTHOLOGY
Tis secion eniled Considering Classical Myhology includes passages on myhology one inEnglish and one in Lain which ell some o he principal sories abou he Greek and omangods Tese sories re1047298ec many o he main hemes seen in lieraure and ar rom classical omodern imes
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 2554
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull xvindashxvii
AUTHORSMILENA MINKOVA
MA and PhD Chrisian and Classical Philology Pon-ifical Salesian Universiy ome Ialy MA and PhDClassics Universiy o Sofia Bulgaria
Associae Proessor o Classics Universiy o KenuckyLexingon Kenucky
Milena Minkova has sudied conduced research andaugh in Bulgaria Swizerland Germany Ialy he
Vaican Ciy and he USA Minkova has auhored hree book monographs Te Personal Names o he Lain In-scripions fom Bulgaria (Peer Lang 2000) Te Proe-an Raio (Peer Lang 2001) and Inroducion o Lain
Prose Composiion (Bolchazy-Carducci 2007 reprin Wimbledon 2001) She has also published numerousaricles on Lain medieval philosophy Lain lieraureLain composiion and Lain pedagogy
TERENCE TUNBERGBA and MA Classics Universiy o Souhern Calior-nia Posgraduae researcher and docoral suden Me-
dieval Sudies Universiy o London England PhDClassical Philology Universiy o orono Canada
Proessor o Classics Universiy o Kenucky Lexing-on Kenucky
erence unberg has augh in Belgium and Canadaas well as in he USA He is a specialis in Lain com-posiion and an exper in he hi sory o he approacheso wriing Lain prose rom aniquiy o early modernimes His works include a n ediion o collecion o Me-dieval Lain speeches commenaries on Lain worksand numerous sudies o he hisory o imiaion in La-in wriing In addiion or more han a decade he hasoffered summer seminars designed o inroduce peopleo he use o spoken Lain
bull xvii bull
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 2654
EDITORS CONSULTANTSAND PILOT TEACHERS
VOLUME EDITORSElisa C DenjaEdior Bolchazy-Carducci PublishersBaker Demonsraion School EmeriaEvanson Illinois
LeaAnn A OsburnEdior Bolchazy-Carducci PublishersBarringon High School EmeriaBarringon Illinois
BOARD OF
CONSULTANTS Virginia A ndersonLain eacherIllinois Virual High SchoolBarringon Middle School EmeriaBarringon Illinois
Jill M CrookerLain eacher
Pitsord-Mendon High School EmeriaPitsord New York
Judih Peller HalletProessor o ClassicsUniversiy o MarylandCollege Park Maryland
Sherwin D Litle1ndash12 Foreign Language Program LeaderIndian Hill High SchoolCincinnai Ohio
Sherrilyn MarinChair Deparmen o Foreign LanguagesKeih Counry Day Schoolockord Illinois
Mary PendergrafProessor o Classical Languages
Wake Fores Universiy Winson-Salem Norh Carolina
John raupman
Proessor o ClassicsS Josephrsquos Universiy EmeriusPhiladelphia Pennsylvania
Cynhia Whie Associae Proessor o ClassicsUniversiy o Arizonaucson Ari zona
ose WilliamsMcMurry College Emeria
Abilene High School Emeria Abilene exas
Donna WrighLain eacherLawrence Norh and Lawrence Cenral High
Schools
Indianapolis Indiana
PILOT TEACHERS Jeremy M WalkerLain eacherCrown Poin High SchoolCrown Poin Indiana
Laneta WarrenburgLain eacherElgin High SchoolElgin Illinois
bull xix bullxviii bull Latin for the New Millennium
JOINT PUBLICATIONS BY THE AUTHORSMinkova and unberg have coauhored he ollowing books Readings and Exercises in Lain
Prose Composiion (Focus 2004) Reading Livyrsquos Rome Selecions fom Livy Books IndashVI (Bol-chazy-Carducci 2 005) Maer Anserina Poems in Lain or Children (Focus 2006) Tey are hedirecors o he Insiue or Lain Sud ies a he Universiy o Kenucky in which sudens sudyhe hisory o Lain rom ancien o modern imes and ake par in seminars in which Lai n is he
working language o all ac iviies Boh Minkova and unberg are eleced ellows o he ome- based Academia Lainiai Fovendae he primary learned sociey devoed o he preservaion andpromoion o he use o Lain
xviiindashxix bull Latin for the New Millennium
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 2754
Editors Consultants and Pilot Teachers bull xxi
SHERWIN LITTLE
BA Universiy o Cincinnai M A Universiy o Colorado
Sherwin Litle has augh Lain rom sixh g rade hrough Lain AP a Indian Hill Exemped Vil-lage School Disric since 1983 Sherwin has received an Ovaio rom CAMWS as well as heCAMWS Good eacher Award and he Hildesheim Vase Award rom he Ohio Classical Coner-ence in 1986 and 2007 Sherwin holds Naional Board Cerificaion in World Languages Oherhan English and has been boh Vice Presiden and Presiden o he American Classical Leag ue
SHERRILYN MARTIN
BA Wilson College MA PhD Universiy o Cincinnai
Sherrilyn Marin was named Illinois Lain eacher o he Year in 1993 was a recipien o heL Governorrsquos Award or Foreign Language eaching in 2001 and was named a Claes Nobeleacher o Disincion in 2 007 She is a pas presiden o he Illinois Classical Conerence and isacive in he ockord Sociey o he A rchaeological Insiue o America Sherri lyn spen a yearin independen sudy a he Universiy o Tessaloniki Greece
MARY PENDERGRAFT
AB PhD Universiy o Norh Carolina Chapel Hill
Afer eaching a UNC-Greensboro and D uke Universiy Mary Pendergraf began eachingclassics ul l-ime a Wake Fores Mary is a ormer Presiden o he Norh Carolina Classical A s-sociaion and paricipaed in he ocus group ha w roe he Norh Carolina Sandard Course oSudy or Lain
JOHN TRAUPMAN
BA Moravian College MA PhD Pr inceon Universiy
John raupman is proessor emerius rom S Josephrsquos Universiy i n Phil adelphia where heaugh or hiry-eigh years A mong his many awards John received he Disinguished eaching
Award rom S Josephrsquos Universiy in 1982 a cerificae o appreciaion rom he PennsylvaniaDeparmen o Educaion in 1990 and he Special Award rom he Classical Associaion o he
Alanic Saes in 1996 John raupman is especially well-known as he auhor oConversaional Lain and Te New College Lain and English Dicionary
CYNTHIA WHITE
BA Chesnu Hill College MA Villanova Universiy PhD Caholic Universiy o America
Cynhia Whie is he Direcor o he Undergraduae Lain Program and supervises eacherraining and Kndash12 Lain eacher Cerificaion a he Universiy o Arizona She regularlyeaches a he Isiuo Inernazionale di Sudi Classici di Orvieo he Classics Deparmenrsquos Sudy
Abroad Program in Orvi eo Ialy and has sudied i n ome wih he Papal Lai nis eg inaldFoser ODC
xx bull Latin for the New Millennium
VOLUME EDITORSELISA C DENJA
BA Marygrove College Deroi Michigan MA Columbia Universiy MA Loyola UniversiyChicago
Elisa Denja augh Lain a Norh Chicago High School and Baker Demonsraion School inEvanson Illinois or many years while concurrenly eaching classical myhology a LoyolaUniversiy o Chicago and in he g ifed-disance learning program a Norhwesern UniversiyElisa was awarded he Illinois Lain eacher o he Year award in 1992 and he Illinois Lieime
Achievemen Award in 2007
LEAANN A OSBURNBA Monmouh College Illinois MA Loyola Universiy Chicago
While eaching Lain or many years a Barringon High School in Barringon Illinois LeaA nnserved as boh vice-presiden and presiden o he Illinois Classical Conerence LeaAn n receivedhe Illinois La in eacher o he Year award in 1989 he Illinois L Governorrsquos Award in 1990and he Classical Associaion o he Middle Wes and Souh Good eacher Award in 1996
BOARD OF CONSULTANTSVIRGINIA ANDERSON
BA Loyola Universiy Chicago MA S Xavier Universiy
Virginia Anderson augh Lain or hi ry years i n privae and public hi gh schools and middleschools in he Chicagoland area In 1999 she was awarded he L Governorrsquos Award or Enhance-men o he eaching Proession and in 2003 was named Il linois Lain eacher o he Year
JILL M CROOKER
BA Universiy o Illi nois MSEd Nazareh College o ocheser New York Jill Crooker augh Lain or many years a Pitsord-Mendon High School in Pitsord New YorkShe has served as he College Board Advisor o he A P Lain es Developmen Commitee andin 1996 received he Moron E Spillenger Award or Disingui shed Leadership o he Classical
Associaion o he Empire Sae In 2003 she received he ACL Meria Award and i n 2006 a nOvaio rom he Classical A ssociaion o he Alanic Saes
JUDITH PELLER HALLETT
BA Wellesley MA PhD Harvard Universiy
In addiion o sudying a he A merican Academy in ome he Insiue o Classical Sudies inLondon and he Universiy o Maasrich in Holland Judih Hallet is a ormer presiden o heClassical Associaion o he Alanic Saes and Vice-Presiden or Oureach o he AmericanPhilological Associaion She was named a Disinguished Scholar-eacher in 1992 by he Uni-
versiy o Maryland
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull xxndashxxi
TEACHER NOTES
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 2854
xxii bull Latin for the New Millennium
xxii bull L atin for the New Millennium
ROSE WILLIAMS
BA Baylor Universiy MA Universiy o Norh Carolina Chapel Hill
In addiion o posgraduae work in Lain and Humaniies a he Universiy o Dallas and heUniversiy o exas a Arlingon on a ockeeller Gran ose Williams did research a he Bodle-ian Library Ox ord Universiy in England and a he Universiy o Pisa She augh Lain or overhiry years a boh high school and uni versiy levels in exas and now is he auhor o more hanen books abou he Classics
DONNA WRIGHT
BA MA Ball Sae Universiy
Afer eaching Lain a Carmel High School Donna Wrigh currenly eaches a boh LawrenceNorh and Lawrence Cenral High Schools in Indianapolis Indiana She has been an acivemember o he Indiana Classical Conerence being named Creaive Lain eacher o he Year in1976 She has also been acive i n he American Classical League sponsoring a JCL chaper andleading Ialy rips or nearly weny years Donna also served as an offi cer speaker and boardmember o Pompeiiana Inc
PILOT TEACHERS JEREMY M WALKER
AB Wabash College MA Indiana Universiy
Jeremy Walker has augh Lain a Crown Poin High School in Crown Poin Indiana since1995 He has served as he Co-Chair o he Indiana Junior Classical League and Membershipand Public elaions Chair o he Naional Junior Classical League In addiion o sudying inIaly a he Inercollegiae Cener or Classical Sudies and in Greece a he American School orClassical Sudies he was presiden o he Indiana Classical Conerence In 2003 Jeremy was rec-ognized as he Lain eacher o he Year in Indiana and in 2004 was recognized by he Indiana
Sae eachers Associaion as a orch o K nowledge ecipien
LANETTA WARRENBURG
BA Indiana Universiy MA Indiana Universiy-Purdue Universiy Indianapolis
Laneta Warrenburg has augh high school English and Lain or hiry-hree years a schoolsin Indiana and Illinois Her las weny-our years o eaching Lain were a Elgin High Schoolin Elgin Illinois While eaching Lain here she served as he Illinois Classical Conerencechairperson or Chicago Classics Day as co-chair or he Illinois Ceramen League since 1993and as sae chair or he Il linois Junior Classical L eague rom 1999ndash2001 Laneta was honoredas he Illi nois Lain eacher o he Year in 2001 and was presiden o he Chicago Classical Clubrom 2005ndash2007
INTRODUCTION
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 2954
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull xxiii
INTRODUCTIONALPHABETTe Lain alphabe was derived rom he Eruscan alphabe some ime beore he sevenh cen-ury 983138983139983141 Te Eruscans were a people in pre-oman Ialy
Teir alphabe owes much o he Greek alphabe In urn he Greek alphabe was derived romhe Phoenician alphabe Phoenician raders had spread heir sysem o wriing h roughou he
Medierranean region Te Phoenician alphabe isel can be raced o he Norh Semiic alpha- be which was used in Syria and Palesine as early as he elevenh cenury 983138983139983141 and is consideredo be he earlies ully developed alphabeic wriing sysem
An Eruscan couple reclining on a funeral sarcophagus
bull xxiii bull
Sandard41
EDITORrsquoS NOTE
Te comprehension quesions and answers as well as some o he eaching ips and eacher by he Way noa-ions in his eacher manual were writen by Elisa C Denja LeaAnn A Osburn Karen Lee Singh and DonaldE Sprague classics ediorseducaors a Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers
HOW TO USE THIS BOOK
Please noe ha he perinen naional Classics sandards are lised in he margin o he lef or righ on he samepage as he reproducion o he suden ex
Eisemann Communicaion assised in preparing he correlaions o Lain o r he New Mil lennium wih he
naional sandards For an overview o he sandards hemselves and he correlaions please consul www bolchazyl nmcom
TEACHING TIP
Te eacher may choose o use he picure o he Eruscan couple on his page and he brie meniono he Eruscan alphabe o open a discussion on wha role he Eruscans played in early omanimes Sudens may be direced o p xxx ii o find Eruria on he map
TEACHING TIPTe eacher may wish o discuss wih he sudens he erm ldquoomance languagesrdquo Many modernlanguages come rom he language used by he ancien omans French Ialian Poruguese Span-ish omanian ec omansch (spoken by he descendans o he aeians and one o he our o-ficial languages o Swizerland) is also derived rom Lain
TEACHER BY THE WAYBased on archeological evidence i appears ha Eruscan women were an imporan par o hesocial srucure Ofen he names o boh moher and aher were placed on unerary inscripionsTe reedom o women wihin sociey is likewise apparen on monumens where hey can be seenreclining wih heir husbands on he same couch atending games and having a place o honor in heomb isel Noice he affecionae pose o he couple in he illusraion on p xxiii Clearly marriedlove was valued in Eruscan sociey and amily lie was imporan
ombs also provide evidence or he syle o Eruscan homes Some o hese eaures were borrowed by heomans especially he cenral hall and hree rooms a he back Tis ype o house was known a Pompeii as well as a ome ac cording o Viru vius auhor o Dē archiecūrā
TEACHING TIP
Te eacher may wish o have sudens read an English ranslaion o Livyrsquos radiional accouno anaquil wie o arquinius Priscus he fifh king o ome Te independence o Eruscan women is ev iden in hi s ale He r behavior is he ani hesis o he ideas o woma nly dec orum hel d by he omans
TEACHING TIPS d ill j i i h E li h ldquo lph b rdquo pl i h E li h l t ih h
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 3054
xxiv bull Latin for the New Millennium
xxiv bull Latin for the New Millennium
Look a he English alphabe in he lef column and a he Lain alphabe in he righ one TeLain alphabe is accompanied by he names o he Lain leters (in parenheses)
English Alphabe Lain Alphabe
Uppercase Lowercase Uppercase Lowercase Leter Name
A a A a (a ldquoăhrdquo)
B b B b (be ldquobayrdquo)
C c C c (ce ldquocayrdquo)
D d D d (de ldquodayrdquo)
E e E e (e ldquoĕhrdquo)
F F (e)
G g G g (ge ldquogayrdquo)H h H h (ha ldquohahrdquo)
I i I i (i ldquoeerdquo)
J j
K k K k (ka ldquokahrdquo)
L l L l (el)
M m M m (em)
N n N n (en)
O o O o (o ldquoŏhrdquo)
P p P p (pe ldquopayrdquo)
Q q Q q (qu ldquokoordquo)
r r (er)
S s S s (es)
(e ldquoayrdquo)
U u U u (u ldquooordquo)
V v V v (u consonan)
W w
X x X x (ix ldquoeexrdquo)
Y y Y y (upsilon)
Z z Z z (zea ldquodzayardquo)
Te English alphabe is derived direcly rom he Lain alphabe Tis accouns or he greasimilariies b eween he wo alphabes Tere are 26 leters in he English alphabe and 24 in heLain Te differences are he ollowing
bull Te leter W w (which is he doubled leter v) is missing in he Lain alphabe
bull Te leter J j is a more recen invenion In ac i appears in Lain exs writen during heMiddle Ages and he enaissance as well as i n many modern ediions o ancien Lain exsI is used o indicae he semi-vowel i someimes called consonanal i Te consonanal i is
Sudens will enjoy singing he English alphabe song replacing he English leter names wih heLain leter names Sudens may be insruced o clap once where here is no Lain leter name (egldquoJrdquo) equivalen o he English one
TEACHING TIPTe eacher may choose o display any Lain words (a lis is provided below or he eacherrsquos conve-nience) and insruc he sudens o spell ou he word using he Lain leter names Te sudensmay become curious o know wha he Lain words mean Definiions are given below
bull pars ndash par
bull nox ndash nigh
bull ruber ndash red
bull ēgī ndash I have done
bull amilia ndash amily
bull carō ndash 1047298esh
bull dēcernō ndash I decide
bull herba ndash plan
bull Kalendae ndash Kalends (firs day o he monh)
bull quoque ndash also
bull imor ndash ear
bull Pȳhia ndash Pyhia (name o Apollorsquos priesess)
bull iēcī ndash I hrew
bull ēlīx - happy bull ignis ndash fire
bull mūō ndash I change
COMPREHENSION QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS FOR PAGES XXIII991251XXVeproducible versions o he quesions alone are available a wwwlnm bolchazycom
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 3154
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull xxv
Introduction bull xxv
he i a he beginning o a word beore a vowel or i beween wo vowels According o hismehod or example Iūlius is writen Jūlius and Āiax is writen Ājax In his book he leter J j will no be used
bull Te disincion beween he vowel U u and he consonan V v also belongs o laer imesIniially here was only one leter V u used boh or he vowel and he consonan eg Vrbs ldquoTe Ciyrdquo (ie ome) or uicor ldquohe winnerrdquo
bull However in accord wih he prevail ing pracice o expressing he vowel wih U u and heconsonan wih V v in his book he wo leters will be disingui shed
PRONUNCIATION OF LATIN
VOWELSTere are six vowels in Lain and heir pronunciaion is as ollows
Long Vowel Sound Shor Vowel Sound
ā is pronounced as in ldquoaherrdquo ōrāor ldquooraorrdquo a is pronounced as in ldquoalikerdquo amō ldquoloverdquo
ē is pronounced like he a in ldquoraverdquo nēmō ldquonobodyrdquo e is pronounced as in ldquoperdquo bene ldquowellrdquo
ī is pronounced like he double e in ldquoseenrdquo līmes ldquoboundaryrdquo
i is pronounced as in ldquopirdquo nihil ldquonohingrdquo
ō is pronounced as in ldquosoverdquo videō ldquo(I) seerdquo o is pronounced as in ldquoofenrdquorosa ldquoroserdquo
ū is pronounced as in ldquomoonrdquo ūnus ldquoonerdquo u is pronounced as in ldquopurdquo um ldquohenrdquo
ӯ comes rom Greek and is pronounced in lenghsomewhere beween he i in ldquohirdquo and he u in ldquomuerdquo Pӯramus ldquoPyramusrdquo
y comes rom Greek Is sound wheher long or shorlies in beween he sounds o i and u much as in heFrench ldquosucircrrdquo bu he sound o shor y is less drawn ouhan ha o long y lyricus ldquolyricalrdquo
Te Lain words senātus rēgēsulla gentēs and prīmus are
engraved on his sone
Sign from Pompeii carved on sone wih Lain leters
p q
1 race he roos o he Lain alphabe rom is beginnings orward
Norh-Semiic alphabe elevenh cenury 983138983139983141 Phoenician alphabe Greek alphabe Erusca n alphabeLain alphabe
2 Which wo leters in he English alphabe are no ound in he Lain alphabe
W and J
3 When does he leter J begin o appear in Lain
During he Middle Ages and he enaissa nce
4 Look a he Lain inscripion on he sign rom Pompeii (on he righ o p xxv) Find a leas hree Lain words Lis an Engl ish word you believe is based on he La in word
colonia 991252 colonial colony honoris 991252 honorspecacula 991252 specacular specacle perpevom 991252 perpeual perpeuiy duovir 991252 virile virili
Sandards12 41
TEACHING TIPSudens may wan o know he English meanings o he Lain words in Exercises 1 and 2 Te defini-
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 3254
xxvi bull Latin for the New Millennium
xxvi bull L atin for the New Millennium
BY THE WAY
Everywhere in his book long vowels are indicaed by macrons ie ā ē ī ō ū ӯ whileabove he shor vowels here are no signs Someimes wo words differ rom each oheronly in he lengh o he vowel For example mālum wih a longa means ldquoapplerdquo whilemalum wih a shor a means ldquobad hingrdquo
EXERCISE 1epea hese words aloud afer your eacher pronounces hem
1 a lō 7 lēnis 13 probō 19 sūor2 alumnus 8 sēdēs 14 noa 20 ūsus3 rāna 9 i er 15 pōnō 21 syllaba4 rādō 10 imeō 16 dōnum 22 Pӯrēnē5 eneō 11 nīor 17 ululō6 peō 12 mīrus 18 lupus
DIPHTHONGSDiphhongs are wo vowels combined in one syllable and pronounced ogeher as one soundTere are six diphhongs in Lain
bull ae much like he y in ldquoskyrdquo laevus ldquo lefrdquo
bull au pronounced as ou in ldquoourrdquo aurum ldquo goldrdquo
bull ei pronounced as ei in ldquoeignrdquo oiei ldquoalasrdquo
bull eu pronounced eoo much as i in he wo words ldquogrey bluerdquo you were o subrac he ldquogr-rdquo andhe ldquobl-rdquo and combine he wo vowel sounds Eurōpa ldquoEuroperdquo
bull oe pronounced as oy in ldquoboyrdquo proelium ldquo batlerdquo
bull ui pronounced nearly like ldquowerdquohui ldquoohrdquo
I is believed ha quie early sill in ancien imes he diphhongs ae and oe began o be pro-nounced as e I you encouner hem writen aē or aeuml and oē or oeuml his means ha hey are nodiphhongs and he leters should be pronounced separaely āēr poēa
Te diphhongs are always long
EXERCISE 2epea hese words afer your eacher pronounces hem
1 aesās 7 s eu 13 aēneus2 a equō 8 m oenia 14 poēma3 raeda 9 neu 15 hei4 l audō 10 poena 16 huic5 a u 11 neuer6 aula 12 Poenus
Sudens may wan o know he English meanings o he Lain words in Exercises 1 and 2 Te definiions are provided or he eacherrsquos convenience
EXERCISE 11 I nourish 12 wonderul
2 suden 13 I approve
3 rog 14 noe
4 I scrape 15 I pu
5 I hold 16 gif6 I seek 17 I howl
7 smooh 18 wol
8 sea 19 shoemaker
9 journey 20 use
10 I ear 21 sylla ble
11 I srive 22 Pȳrene (a name)
EXERCISE 21 summer
2 I make level
3 carriage
4 I praise5 or
6 orecour
7 or i
8 walls
9 and no
10 penaly
11 neiher
12 Carhaginian
13 bronze
14 poem
15 ah
16 o his
TEACHER BY THE WAYHisorical evidence can be cied or reading he firs syllable o ldquomāgnusrdquo as naurally long bu oher
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 3354
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull xxvii
Introduction bull xxvii
CONSONANTSbull c is pronounced as in ldquocomerdquo clārus ldquobrighrdquo censeō ldquo(I) deemrdquo cārus ldquodearrdquo
bull When b is ollowed by s as in urbs ldquociyrdquo he sound o b approaches ha o p a sound wemigh represen as urps
bull g is pronounced as in ldquogerdquo gaudiumldquojoyrdquo gignō ldquo(I) bege (I) bearrdquo grāialdquoavor agreeablenessrdquo
bull Some hink ha he omans o Cicerorsquos ime (firs cenury 983138983139983141) pronounced he wo conso-nans ng as ngn or example he adjecive māgnus ldquogreardquo would have been pronounced in a
way ha we migh represen asmangnus
bull k is a very rare consonan In ac i appears only in wo words Kalendae ldquohe firs day oevery monh in he oman calendarrdquo and in he personal name Kaeso
bull q appears always in combinaion wih u and he combinaion qu is pronounced as in ldquoqueenrdquoquatuor ldquoourrdquo
bull v has a sound similar o w (as in he word ldquowierdquo) videō ldquo I seerdquo
bull Te consonanu in he combinaion su sounds like he English w in he ollowing our wordssuēscō ldquo(I) become accusomedrdquoSuēvī a name o a German ribe suādeō ldquo(I) adviserdquo suāvis ldquosweerdquo
bull Te leter r is rilled slighly Te sound has no exac equivalen in English bu is heard inmany oher European languages Te bes way o make his sound is o pronounce r as inldquoroperdquo bu vibrae he end o he ongue slighly as you say i
bull x is a double consonan (equivalen ocs or gs) ha sounds much like he x in ldquosixrdquo
bull z is a noher double consonan (equivalen o dz) and sounds almos like z in ldquozebrardquo I be-gins wih a sligh d sound firs so in pronouncing his leter you should hear dz
bull ph sounds like p in ldquopenrdquo bu wih he addiion o a sligh breah o air represened by he hth sounds like t as in ldquo omrdquo bu wih he addiion o a sligh ex ra breahing represened byhe h ch sounds nearly like he combinaion kh Tese consonans are borrowed rom Greek
and appear in Greek words zephyrus ldquowesern breezerdquo chorus ldquochorusrdquo heārum ldquoheaerrdquo When p and t are no accompanied by h his sligh aspiraion is absen
bull When consonans are doubled as in he verbaggredior he consonanal sound is lenghenedslighly
EXERCISE 3epea hese words afer your eacher pronounces hem
1 cibus 7 glōria 13 phasēlus2 capiō 8 Zeus 14 chara3 cumulus 9 bibliohēca 15 cēlō4 crēscō 10 phi losophia 16 anīquus5 gemma 11 zōna6 Gallus 12 heōrēma
g y g y gevidence suggess i is naurally shor Tus in some grammar books such as he one by Gildersleeveand Lodge we find his syllable marked as long bu in oher books i is reaed as shor
TEACHING TIPTe sudens may also wish o find ou he meanings o he Lain words in Exercise 3 Te definiionsare provided or he eacherrsquos convenience
EXERCISE 3
1 ood2 I ake
3 a heap
4 I grow
5 bud jewel
6 a Gaul
7 glory
8 Zeus
9 library
10 philosophy
11 a girdle
12 heory
13 kidney bean
14 paper
15 I hide
16 old
TEACHING TIPTe eacher may wish o provide he sudens wih some pracice on syllables and sress accen Here
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 3454
xxviii bull Latin for the New Millennium
xxviii bull Latin for the New Millennium
ACCENT A Lain word is made up no jus o leters bu also o syllables A Lain word has as many syllablesas i has vowels or diphhongs (a diphhong works like a single vowel since i is made up o wo
vowels pronounced ogeher [see diphhongs above])
You will need o know he ollowing erms when learning abou accen
bull ulima he las syllable in a word
bull penul he second-o-las syllable in a word
bull anepenul he hird-o-las syllable in a word
So in he word ze- ph y-r us he vowel u is he ulima y is he penul and e is he anepenul
RULES ABOUT THE STRESS ACCENT IN LATIN1 Te sress accen in Lain alls on eiher he penul or he anepenul
2 Te accen alls on he penul i he penul is long I he penul is shor he accen alls onhe anepenul
3 How o deermine wheher he penul is long or shor
a I he penul conains a long vowel (or any diphhong) he penul isel is long You o-en need o learn wheher he vowel in he penul is long or shor as a basic elemen inlearning a new word A macron above he vowel will ell you ha he vowel is long whi lehe absence o a macron wil l indicae a shor vowel Pronouncing he word can help youremember he vowel lenghs For ex ample vi-de-ō ldquoI seerdquo is pronounced viacutedeō whileau-rō-ra ldquodawnrdquo is pronounced aurōacutera and po-pu-lus ldquopeoplerdquo is pronounced po pulus
b I he vowel in he penul is ollowed by wo or more consonans he penul is long no
mater wheher he vowel in he penul is long or shor and he accen necessarily allson he penul For example do-cu-men-um ldquodocumenrdquo is pronounced documenacuteum
BY THE WAYTe consonan x is double (cs or gs) and couns as wo consonans when deermining
wheher he penul is long
c Tere is one excepion o lsquobrsquo above Someimes even when here are wo consonans be-ween he penul and he ulima hey sill do no deermine ha he penul is long Tishappens when he wo consonans are a mue and a liquid
Te mues are p b d t g c
Te liquids are l r
So in he word pal-pe-bra ldquoeyelidrdquo he anepenul is accened ( palacutepebra) he vowel o he pe-nul is shor since i i s ollowed by a mue and a l iquid O course ru le lsquoarsquo sill applies in he wordhe-ā-trum ldquoheaerrdquo he penul is accened (heāacuterum) since i is naurally long somehing welearn rom he macron
y p p yare some examples wih he answers included or he eacherrsquos convenience
Underline he ulima in each word
1 legō
2 rēgis
3 imperāor
Underline he penul in each word
1 causa
2 pūnīum3 armāus
Underline he anepenul in each word
1 vulnerō
2 eigī
3 sublāum
Underline he penul i i is long
1 pōnō
2 spēlunca
3 pauperis
Underline he syllable ha will receive he sress accen in each word1 ōrāculum
2 peīum
3 cōnsania
4 exsīncum
5 vulneris
6 solius
TEACHING TIPGiven he passage abou he bahhouse on his page and he picure rom Bah England he
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 3554
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull xxix
EXERCISE 4epea each senence aloud afer your eacher reads i Pay atenion o he pronunciaion andsress accen o each word
Wha i is Like o Live Over a Bahhouse
(Adaped rom Seneca Moral Leter 56)
Ecce undique clāmor sona Suprā ipsum balneum habiō Prōpōne nunc ibi omnia genera vōcumodiōsa Foriōrēs exercenur e manūs plumbō gravēs iacan cum au labōran au labōranemimianur Gemiūs audiō quoiēns spīrium remīsērun Sun quoque ūncōrēs e racāōrēs
Audiō crepium manuum umerōs erienium sonus quoque icuum mūāur nunc enim manusperveni plāna nunc concava Audiō clāmōrēs sī ūr es i n balneō dēprehēnsus
Look here is noise sounding all around I live above he bahhouse isel Imagine o yourselnow all he haeul ypes o voices Te sronger ones exercise hemselves and swing heir ha ndsloaded wih lead weighs while hey work ou991252or imiae a person working ou I hear moansevery ime hey le go a ltpen-upgt breah Tere are also anoiners and masseurs I hear he slapo hands hiting shoulders and he sound o he blows changes or someimes he hands come1047298a someimes cupped I hear shouing i a hie is caugh in he bahhouse
A pool from inside he Roman Bahs in Bah England
Introduction bull xxix
eacher may wish o open a discussion abou bahs during oman i mes Te use o he calidārium fīgid ārium epidārium and sūdārium may be explained by he eacher and sudens may be en-couraged o learn andor pronounce hese words
TEACHER BY THE WAYBahs were ofen consruced on locaions having ho or mineral springs such as Bah in Englandand Bāiae a resor own on he Bay o Naples
Modern Bah in oman imes was named afer he Celic goddess o healing Sulis In he firscenury her shrine was aken over by he omans and she was idenified wih he goddess Minerva
Te sie was hen known as Aquae Sulis Mine rva In a emple relie she is represened wih a Medusa-like head and a musache
Te spa conained a grea bah (73 f by 29 f) and hree oher swimming pools he calidārium (ho bah)epidārium (warm bah) and fīgidār ium (cold bah) In he second cenury he spring was enclosed wihin a wooden barrel-vau led build ing ha housed hese hree pools Ho ai r bahs were ueled by coal fires A con-san 1047298ow o waer was direced o he pools hrough lead pipes which sill uncion oday
Archeologica l excavaions have revealed ma ny sacred voive offerings c urse ables and innumerable coinsa he botom o he springs Te curse ables writen in Lain heaped curses on anyone suspeced o wrong-doing Te ancien radiion o hrowing coins accompanied by a wish sill prevails oday in ome a he reviFounain where ourissvisiors do he same
More inormaion on bah complexes in ome can be ound on p 386 o his eacherrsquos manual
Sandards22 31
32 41 42
TEACHING TIPTe eacher may wish o insruc he sudens o find he iber iver which is picured here on he
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 3654
xxx bull Latin for the New Millennium
xxx bull Latin for the New Millennium
OVERVIEW OF ROMAN HISTORY According o legend omulus and his win broher emus were se adrif on he iber iver Ashe-wol nursed he boys unil a shepherd rescued hem Upon reaching manhood in 753 983138983139983141he wins ounded a new ciy near he place w here hey had been ound by he she-wol on he
basis o anaugusō auguriō ldquoa avorable sighing o birdsrdquo Bu omulus killed emus in a dispueover who would rule he new ciy and became is firs king
Six oher kings ruled afer omulus Numa Pompilius ullus Hosilius Ancus Marius ar-quinius Prisc us Servius ullius a nd arquinius Superbus (arquin he Proud) Afer he las ohese seven kings was overhrown in 509 983138983139983141 ome became a republic wih a represenaiveorm o governmen headed by wo consuls eleced an nually By 451 983138983139983141 he fi rs corpus o o-man law known as he welve ables was creaed
In he las cenury 983138983139983141 he oman epublic was shaken apar by a series o civil wars By31 983138983139983141 an auocraic regime headed earlier by Julius Caesar and laer by his grea-nephew Oc-avian brough he epublic o an end Te years rom 27 983138983139983141991252when Ocavian assumed heile o prīnceps ldquochie ciizenrdquo as well as he name Augu sus991252o around 180 983139983141 are known ashe early principae or empire During his era ome exended her boundaries o he BriishIsles in he norh Norh Arica in he souh Spain in he wes and he igris and Euphraesrivers in he eas
A view of he iber River as i 1047298ows hrough he ciy of Rome
map on p xxxii
COMPREHENSION QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS FOR PAGE XXX991251XXXI
eproducible versions o he quesions alone are available a wwwlnm bolchazycom
1 Who were he legendary ounders o ome
omulus and emus
2 According o legend in wha year was ome ounded
753 983138983139983141
3 Over he course o he monarchic period how many kings ruled ome
Seven
4 Wha even occurred in 509 983138983139983141
Te beginni ng o he oman epublic (wih wo consuls in charge)
5 Wha is he erm associaed wih he wo leaders o he epublic
Consul
6 Which wo leaders oversaw omersquos shif rom a republic o a principae
Julius Caesar and OcavianAugusu s
7 Wha major aciviy associaed wih empire-building ook place during he principae
erriorial expansion
8 Name wo developmens ha characerized he lae empire
Severe economic problems inernal poliical unres andor requen invasion by he Germanic ribes
9 Describe Diocleianrsquos response o he roubles o he empire
Diocleian divided he empire ino wo halves he Easern and Wesern empires in order o make ruli nghe empire more manageable
10 Explai n he origin o he erm ldquovandalismrdquo
Te fifh cenury invasion and pillag ing o ome by he ribe known as he Vandals who occupied he o-man province o Norh Arica led o he erm ldquovandalismrdquo meaning wanon desrucion
11 Describe Lainrsquos role in he cenuries afer 476 983139983141
Lain 1047298ourished as he major lierary language in he Wesern oman Empire and was spread o non-omanized places like Ireland Scandinavia and he New World
TEACHING TIP
Te eacher may ask he sudens o find he daes menioned on his page in he imeline on pp411ndash414
Sandards21 31 32
TEACHING TIPTe eacher may insruc he sudens o locae ByzaniumConsaninople discussed here in he
d h h ii
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 3754
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull xxxi
Introduction bull xxxi
From 180 983139983141 onwards in he period k nown as he lae empire he oman sae experiencedsevere economic problems and requen invasions by Germanic ri bes esponding o he pres-sure o he firs wave o migraions as well as inernal poliical u nres and economic diffi culieshe emperor Diocleian (ruled 284ndash305 983139983141) had already divided he oman Empire ino anEasern and Wesern hal each under is own emperor991252an atemp o make he vas omansae more manageable
Tis poliical division o he empire acually mirrored a culural division oo he main lan-guage o he Wes was Lain while he main language o he Eas was Greek Shorly aferwardshe emperor Consanine (ruled 312ndash337 983139983141) esablished a new capial or he Easern empirea Byzanium wh ich he renamed Consaninople (ldquohe ciy o Consaninerdquo oday called Isan-
bul) Bu even afer his reorganizaion he imperial governmen ulimaely proved incapable o
semming he ide o he migraions in par because he oman army was oo widely e xendedand could no be in so many places a once Indeed many o he invaders were given he sauso oederāī or ldquoreay roopsrdquo In effec hey were a llowed o occupy segmens o he empire inreurn or proecing i So when Alar ic King o he Visigohs sacked ome in 410 983139983141 he acual lyhad a ile as a commander in he oman army
ome was sacked again in 455 983139983141 by he Vandals who had already occupied he omanprovince o Norh Arica Te pillaging o he ciy o omulus by he invaders made a pro-ound impression on conemporaries and o his day he erm ldquovandalismrdquo is a word in severallanguages or wanon desrucion While he Easern empire (always more sable and eco-nomically prosperous han he Wes) coninued o exis unil 1453 983139983141 he Wesern empire
was ex inc as a poliica l eniy by 476 983139983141 In is place were Germa nic k ingdoms and ribes Angles and Saxons in Briai n Visigohs in Spain Osrogohs in Ialy Franks and Burgundi ansin Gaul991252o name only he major groups Te combinaion o hese new socieies wih heprevious inhabians who had been omanized o varying degrees would one day provide he
basis or he culures o modern Europe
Bu he end o he ancien oman Empire in he Wes was no he end o Lain On he con-rary during he nex 1200 years Lain no only 1047298ourished as he major lierary language in he
erriories o he ormer Wesern oman Empire he use o Lain was exended o regions heomans had never occupied including Ireland Scandinavi a and even he New World
BEGINNINGS OF LATIN LITERATURE Very ew complee works o Lain lieraure produced beore he mid-second cenury 983138983139983141 (ie beore 150 983138983139983141) have survived One reason or his loss was he remendous populariy o he works produced in he ollowing cenury by such auhors as Cicero Vergil and Ovid Teir wri-ings were so widely read and copied in subsequen cenuries ha he auhors preceding hem
were gradually negleced
Among he major figures o early Lain lieraure was a reed slave rom he Greek ciy o aren-um named Livius Andronicus who li ved rom 284ndash204 983138983139983141 He was known or his adapaionso Greek drama or oman audiences and his ranslaion o Homerrsquos Odyssey ino Lain verse
second paragraph on he map on p xxxii
TEACHING TIPTe eacher may ask he sudens o find he daes menioned on his page in he imeline on pp413ndash414
HOW TO USE THIS BOOK AND ITS ANCILLARIES
wo ancillaries are available or use wih his book Te Original Dysuncional Family (abbreviaed ODF)and From Romulus o Romulus Augusulus (abbreviaed R) R will be paricularly useul in order ohelp sudens keep he ime periods o he auhors and o he evens he auhors wroe abou sraigh in heirminds Chaper ile pages will include when appropriae a noaion on wha chaper o R he eachermay wish o assign
TEACHING TIPTe eacher may wish o assign Chaper 1 o he oman hisory ancillary From Romulus o Romu-lus Augusulus a his poin
COMPREHENSION QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS FOR PAGES XXXI991251XXXIVeproducible versions o he quesions alone are available a wwwlnm bolchazycom
1 Whom did he omans consider he aher o Lain lieraure
Ennius
2 Wha was Enniusrsquo mos amous work Is subjec mater
Annālēs was an epic poem abou omersquos early hisory
3 Wha amous Lain saying means ldquoCarhage mus be desroyedrdquo
Carhāgō dēlenda es
4 Who is he auhor o ha saying
Cao he ElderCao he Censor
5 When was Carha ge said o have been desroyed
146 983138983139983141 a he end o he hird Punic war
NB Aler sudens ha he answers o hese comprehension quesions will be ound on p xxxiv
Sandards21 31
R1
TEACHING TIP Ask sudens he English equivalen o cou nries s uch as Briannia and Germānia and he Englishequivalen o he ciies Neāpolis and Ahēnae
Sandard31
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 3854
xxxii bull Latin for the New Millennium
equivalen o he ciies Neāpolis and Ahēnae
A full size r eproducible version of h is page wihou he answe rs can be downloaded a wwwlnm bolchazycom
HOW TO USE THIS BOOK Answers o rep roducible aciviies w ill be gi ven in a larger size bel ow or he eacherrsquos convenience
ANSWERS TO MAP WORK 991251 PAGES XXXII991251XXXIII
1 Crēa Sicilia Corsica Sardinia Cyprus Ihaca Dēlos Brianni a
2 Vesuvius Mōns Aena Mōns Olympus Mōns Āppennīnus Mōns
3 Syria Macedonia Arica Asia
4 mare or ponus
5 Asia Eurōpa Arica
A full siz e reproducible version of his page wihou he answers can be down loaded a wwwln mbolchazycom
Te eacher may wish o have his map enlarged when reproducing i for ease of suden use in compleing his aciviy
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 3954
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull xxxiii
HOW TO USE THIS BOOK
Te answers o his aciviy can be easily seen on he wo acing pages
Te omans regarded Ennius (ca 239 169 983138983139983141) as he aher o Lain lieraure He wroe
TEACHING TIPSudens may be encouraged o find he ciy o Carhage menioned in he second paragraph on hemap on p xxxii
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 4054
xxxiv bull Latin for the New Millennium
xxxiv bull L atin for the New Millennium
Te omans regarded Ennius (ca 239ndash169 983138983139983141) as he aher o Lain lieraure He wroemany kinds o lierary works including plays His Annālēs an epic poem abou he early hisoryo ome was paricularly renowned and perhaps he primary epic read in oman schools beorehe ime o Vergil Only ragmens o his wriings remain
One o Enniusrsquo conemporaries was heamed Cao he Censor also known as Caohe Elder (234ndash149 983138983139983141) a rigidly conserva-ive oman senaor Mos o his reaise onagriculure called Dē agrī culūrā survivesI is he oldes work o Lain prose amongCaorsquos recommendaions here are ha fieldslaves be reaed similarly o beass o bur-den Cao is also remembered or his sae-men Carhāgō dēlenda es ldquoCarhage mus
be desroyedrdquo evidence or he omanear o he Carhaginians Te omansough hree wars known as he Punic
Wars agai ns he Car haginians Te fi rsended beore Cao was born in he secondagains Hannibal Cao served wih miliarydisincion he hird ended in 146 983138983139983141 asCao had demanded wih he desruciono Carhage On his occasion he vic oriousomans were said o have plowed sal inohe Carhaginian soil
Discussions abou laer auhors and adap-aions rom heir wriings w ill be presenedchronologically in he chapers o his book
Ancien ruins a Carhage in Africa
p p
TEACHER BY THE WAY Alhough he works o Enniu s have been preserved on ly in ragmens (abou a housand lines) hehad a grea in1047298uence on subsequen poes such as Vergil Quoable quoes include
bull a es o riendship Amīcus cer us in rē incer ā cerniur (A riend in need is a riend indeed)
bull an applicaion o wisdom o lie Quī ipse sibi sapiēns prōdesse nequi nēquīquam sapi (A man who
himsel is wise bu unable o be useul o himsel is wise or nohing)bull he amous descripion o Fabius Maximus Ūnus homō nōbīs cūncandō resiui rem (One man by delaying res ored he sae or us)
bull and he line on Manius Curius Quem nēmō errō poui superāre nec aurō (Whom no one was ableo deea eiher by sword or gold)
We also have preser ved or us he exa mple o excessive all ieraion ha has g iven rise o much laugher inLain classrooms over he years Ō ie ūe aī ibi ana yranne ulisī ldquoO ius aius you yran (all voca-ive) you brough o yoursel such grea (roubles)rdquo991252ranslaed in conex which plays off he more lieral ldquo you ookacquired or yoursel such grea hings rdquo
On he oher hand he composed his own epiaph in which his high eseem among omans proved o beprescien
nēmō mē lacrumīs decōre neu unera 1047298ēū
axi Cūr Voliō vivos per ōra v irum (Le no one honor me wih ears or make a uneral pyre by weeping
Why I 1047298y li ving hrough he mouhs o men)
TEACHER BY THE WAY
Pluarchrsquos Lie o Cao is a good source o snappy quoaions atribued o his saesman soldier andauhor For example while discussing he power o women he said ldquoAll oher men rule heir wives we rule al l oher men and our w ives rule us rdquo Atemping o persuade he oman people o orego adisribuion o grain he began his speech by saying ldquoI is a hard mater o argue wih he belly sincei has no earsrdquo And o a ribune who had been accused o using poison and was rying o pass a use-less bill he said ldquoI know no which is worse o drink your mixures or o enac your billsrdquo
1CHAPTER 1
HOW TO USE THIS BOOK
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 4154
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull 1
1CHAPTER
Parts of Speech Nouns Number Gender Case (Nominative and Accusative)
First Declension Nouns
MEMORĀBILE DICTŪ
SPQ Senātus Populusque ōmānusldquoTe Senae and he People o omerdquo
Tese our leters orm wha is known as an acronym one ha symbolized supreme power inancien ome
Oil paining of Romulus and Remus wih he wolf By Peer Paul Rubens (1577ndash1640)
Te grammaical and synacical opics ha will be presened in each chaper o his book are lised a he opo he chaper ile page
HOW TO USE THIS BOOK
Te illusraion on each chaperrsquos ile page presens a visual inroducion o he Lain reading passage ha willollow eachers may choose o discuss he illusraion in order o provide he conex or he reading he su-dens will encouner on he nex page
HOW TO USE THIS BOOK
On each chaper ile page he phrase Memorābile Dictū (ldquoA memorable hing o say rdquo) will be ou nd Below here will be a amous phrase quoa ion abbreviaion or moto in L ain ha w ill connec hese words o he opicsin he chaper
MEMORĀBILE DICTŪ VOCABULARY
populus populī m ndash people
-que ndash and
senāus senāūs m ndash senae
TEACHING TIP
ubens pained his picure o omulus and emus rom 1615ndash1616 during wha is called he Ba-roque period o ar Te man approaching rom he rear is Fausulus Te reclining figure is he god
o he river iber
HOW TO USE THIS BOOK AND ITS ANCILLARIESwo ancillaries are available or use wih his book Te Original Dysunctional Family (abbreviaed ODF)and From Romulus to Romulus Augustulus (abbreviaed R) R will be paricularly useul in order ohelp sudens keep he ime periods o he auhors and o he evens he auhors wroe abou sraigh in heirmind Chaper ile pages wil l include when appropriae a noaion abou wha chaper o R he eachermay wish o assign
Standards11 21
R 2and 3
READING
TRANSLATION OF LATIN PASSAGEomulus and emus
Mars is a god Mars loves hea Silvia And so hea Silvia has wo sons omulus and emus Amulius locks uph Sil i A li l d i h A h l lk h T h l
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 4254
2 bull Latin for the New Millennium
2 bull Latin for the New Millennium
READINGTis sory describes how ome was said o have been ounded in 753 983138983139983141 King Numior o AlbaLonga was overhrown by his cruel and ambiious broher Amulius who no only seized hehrone bu so eared ha one o Numiorrsquos male descendans migh have a legiimae claim oni ha he made Amuliusrsquo daug her hea Silvia a priesess o he goddess Vesa Tese priesesses
were no allowed o marry during heir childbearing years
RŌMULUS ET REMUS
1 Mārs es deus Mārs hēam Silviam ama Iaque hēa Silvia duōs
īliōs habe ōmulum e emum Amūlius hēam Silviam vinculīs
claudi Amūlius ōmulum e emum in aquam pōni Lupa ad aquamambula Lupa ōmulum e emum bene cūra e ama ōmulus e
5 emus crēscun Poseā ōmulus e emus ōmam aedifican
Famous bronze saue of he she-wolf and he wins
hea Silvia Amulius pus omulus and emus ino he waer A she-wol walks o he waer Te she-wol caresor (akes good care o) omulus and emus well and loves (hem) omulus and emus grow up Aferwards(laer) omulus and emus build ome
HOW TO USE THIS BOOK Above each La in reading pa ssage inorm aion is presened in Engl ish Tis pre -reading provides back groundinormaion abou he auhor and esablishes he conex o he passage he sudens will read
TEACHER BY THE WAY
Te eacher may wish o inroduce he class o he radiional abbreviaions o 983137983140 (which sandsor he Lain phrase Annō Dominī ldquoi n he year o our Lordrdquo) and 983138983139 (which sands or he Engl ishphrase ldquoBeore Chrisrdquo) Tese older abbreviaions coninue o be used bu his book employs heabbreviaions 983138983139983141 (Beore he Common Era) and 983139983141 (Common Era)
TEACHING TIPInsruc he sudens o locae Alba Longa on he map on pp xxxiindashxxxiii
TEACHER BY THE WAYTough he wins were added o he sculpure in he enaissance he she-wol has srong links wihEruscan myhology and shows characerisics o Eruscan sculpure
TEACHING TIP
Te eacher may wish o encourage he sudens o design an abbreviaed amily ree o omulusand emus
Standards11 22
Jupier Juno King Num ior o Alba Longa
Mars hea Silvia
omulus emus
READING VOCABULARY
HOW TO USE THIS BOOKTe English pronoun subjec o a verb is no lised in he eading Vocabulary i he pronoun is no needed inhe ranslaion
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 4354
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull 3
Chapter 1 bull 3
READING VOCABULARYad aquam ndash o he waer
aedifican ndash build
ama ndash loves
ambula ndash walks
Amūlius ndash Amul ius
aquam ndash waer
bene ndash well
claudi ndash locks up
crēscun ndash grow up
cūra ndash akes care o cares or
deus ndash god
duōs ndash woes ndash is
e ndash and
īliōs ndash sons
habe ndash has
in aquam ndash ino he waer
iaque ndash and so
lupa ndash she-wol
Mārs ndash Mars he god o war
pōni ndash pus
poseā ndash aferwards laer
emum ndash emus
emus ndash emus
hēa Silvia ndash hea Silvia
hēam Silviam ndash hea Silvia
ōmam ndash ome
ōmulum ndash omulus
ōmulus ndash omulus vinculīs ndash w ih chains
Words marked wih an aserisk will need o bememorized laer in he chaper
COMPREHENSION QUESTIONS1 Whose sons are omulus and emus
2 Wha did Amulius do
3 Who saved he lie o omulus and emus
4 Wha did omulus and emus do
HOW TO USE THIS BOOK
Te sudens should not be expeced o lea rn he words under he ile eading Vocabulary whenever his ileoccurs in he book Insead insruc sudens o learn he vocabulary words lised under he ile Vocabularyto Learn ha will be ound laer in each chaper In more advanced Lain exs usually here are vocabularyand noes o help he sudens when reading a passage Tis eading Vocabulary will help prepare sudens orlaer more advanced classes
ANSWERS TO COMPREHENSION QUESTIONS
1 Tey are he sons o Mars and hea Silvia2 He locked up hea Silvia
3 A she-wol
4 Tey buil he ciy o ome
TEACHING TIP
Whi le English deriva ives rom he sar red words (ie he Vocabulary o L earn) are he opic o Ex-ercise 2 laer in his chaper here are some ineresing derivaives rom he non-sarred words andsome o hese show how words change hrough he years Te eacher may choose o discuss hesederivaives wih he sudens
bull aedi1047297cant (aedi1047297cō) ndash ediy edificaion edifice
Tis Lain word is buil rom wo Lain words aciō (o do make) and aedēs (house emple) Te
English derivaives reain his religious connecion or hey mean ldquoo build up he aih moraliy o in-sruc especially morallyrdquo Te word ldquoedificerdquo is always used or an imposing srucure such as a ldquoemplerdquoor aedēs
bull claudit (claudō) ndash close conclusion enclosure sluice
A ldquocloserdquo is a small shu-in space and some people i locked in one suffer rom ldquoclausrophobiardquo acompound derivaive parly rom Lain (o close confine) and parly rom he Greek (ear) hence ldquoa earo closed spacesrdquo
Te word ldquosluicerdquo does no look like a derivaive o claudō bu i has undergone cha nges as i ca meino English via middle English and old French (sclus) rom he Lain exclūdō which means ldquoo shu ourdquo Asluice has a gae a he op o he channel o shu off he 1047298ow o waer as necessary
bull crēscunt (crēscō) ndash crescen accrue recrui crew
Te word ldquocrewrdquo in middle English mean ldquoreinorcemenrdquo so a body o soldiers grew Te word ldquore-
cruirdquo has he same basic idea ecruis increase he size o he army (rom he Lain recrēscō meaning ldquoogrow againrdquo)
bull deus ndash deiy deiy
bull duōs ndash double dozen due duplicae
Te word ldquodozenrdquo is a compound rom he Lain word or ldquowordquo and he German word or ldquoenrdquo (zehn)
bull habet (habeō) ndash habi abiliy prohibiive
Onersquos abiliy depends on he alens and skil ls one has
bull pōnit ( pōnō) ndash depo imposiion preposiion
A depo origina lly was a place where supplies were pu or sorage
LANGUAGE FACT I
HOW TO USE THIS BOOKTe Language Facs secion o each chaper will conain boh grammaical (morphological) and synacicalinormaion ie inormaion boh abou he orms o he words and he srucure o he senence
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 4454
4 bull Latin for the New Millennium
4 bull Latin for the New Millennium
LANGUAGE FACT I
PARTS OF SPEECHTe parts o speech used in a Lain senence deermine is meaning jus as in English While henoun and he verb are he wo mos imporan oher common pars o speech are lised below
Noun a person place hing idea acion or qual iy Examples ldquoomulusrdquo ldquoriverrdquo ldquocouragerdquo
Pronoun a word ha sands in place o a noun ha has been previously menioned or is clearrom conex Examples ldquoIrdquo ldquosherdquo ldquohimrdquo ldquoirdquo
Adjecive a word ha limis or defines a noun or a pronoun Examples ldquolitlerdquo ldquosrongrdquo
Adverb a word ha lim is or defines verbs adjecives or (oher) adverbs Examples ldquoveryrdquoldquoquielyrdquo
Verb a word ha describes an acion or sae o being Examples ldquogordquo ldquosayrdquo ldquowasrdquo
Preposiion a word ha begins a preposiional phrase such as ldquoinrdquo ldquoordquo ldquoonrdquo ldquoorrdquo ldquobyrdquoldquowihrdquo A preposiional phrase is a preposiion joined o a noun Examples ldquoin he morningrdquoldquowih a sharp pencilrdquo
Conjuncion a word ha connecs words phrases clauses a nd senences Examples ldquoandrdquoldquoburdquo ldquoalhoughrdquo
Inerjecion a word ha expresses emoion Examples ldquowowrdquo
EXERCISE 1eview he meanings and ideniy he pars o speech o he ollowing words Te eading
Vocabulary may be consu led
1 īliōs 6 e2 bene 7 lupa3 aedifican 8 claudi
4 ad 9 ōmam5 ambula 10 ama
EXERCISE 1 ANSWERS
1 noun
2 adverb
3 verb
4 preposiion
5 verb
6 conjuncion
7 noun8 verb
9 noun
10 verb
TEACHING TIP
Te eacher may wish o ask he sudens in Lain wha par o speech a given word is Te eacher would say ldquoQuae pars ōrātiōnis estrdquo Suden responses would be
bull nōmen substantīvumsubstantīvum ndash noun
bull prōnōmen ndash pronoun
bull nōmen adiectīvumadiectīvum ndash adjecive
bull verbum temporāle ndash verb
bull adverbium ndash adverb
bull praepositiō ndash preposiion
bull coniūnctiō ndash conjuncion
bull interiectiō ndash inerjecion
Standards11 41
Standards11 41
WorkbookExercise 1
VOCABULARY TO LEARN
TEACHING TIPSince his is he firs se o Lain words ha your sudens will be required o memorize i is usuallya good idea o sugges and discuss wih hem some differen ways o memorize vocabulary Somesel help opions are lised below
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 4554
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull 5
NOUNSagricola agricolae m ndash armer
aqua aquae ndash waer
āhlēa āhlēae m ndash ahlee
īlia īliae ndash daugher
lupa lupae ndash she-wol
naua nauae m ndash sailor
poēa poēae m ndash poe
puella puellae ndash girl
ōma ōmae ndash ome
erra errae ndash land
VERBSama ndash heshei loves
ambula ndash heshei walks
cūra ndash heshei akes care o cares or
es ndash heshei is
ADVERBS bene ndash well
poseā ndash aferwards
CONJUNCTIONSe ndash and
iaque ndash and so
Aqueducs carr ied waer (aqua) o he ciies in he Roman world Tis aqueduc buil in 19 983138983139983141 which srechedacross he Gard River was named he Pon du Gard and brough waer o he ciy of Nicircmes in France in ancien imes
Chapter 1 bull 5
sel-help opions are lised below
1 Look a he word in he book and say he word aloud
2 Wrie down he word on a piece o paper along wih is meaning and check o be sure here are no spell-ing errors Color-coding he words by pars o speech is also helpul Pronounce he word while wriing idown and hen repea he word including he meaning and spelling
3 Make handwriten 1047298ashcards wih he Lain on one side and English on he oher and be sure here are nospelling errors Color-coding is a good sraegy here also Wriing he word ou helps some sudens ce-men he word in he brain Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers has creaed an elecronic vocabulary resourceor hose sudens or whom echnological learning ools are an aid Tese vocabulary 1047298ashcards are orhe iPod See p 93 or more inormaion on iPod 1047298ashcards
4 Use English derivaives o help remember meanings Bu be careul since some derivaives may havemeanings grealy changed rom he original Lain word
5 Find clipar picures ha illusrae he vocabulary words and use he picures as a way o es yoursel onhe Lain words
TEACHER BY THE WAYTe eacher may wish o open a discussion abou aqueducs and he waer supply or ancien omans while l ooking a he picu re o he Pon du Gard on his page For a hisory o aqueducs and heirconsrucion Froninusrsquo book Dē aquīs urbis Rōmae is an excellen source Te book was writenabou 97 983139983141 when he was Superinenden o Aqueducs Oher aqueducs include he ollowing
bull Te double high aqueduc in Segovia Spainbull Te Aqua Appia buil in 312 983138983139983141
bull Te Aqua rāiāna
bull Te aqueduc buil by Alex ander Severus in 226 983139983141
bull Te Aqua Claudia
bull Te Aqua Marcia wh ich wa s probably named a fer A ncus Marcius who was he fi rs K ing oome by radiional accouns o build an aqueduc o bring waer o ome
NB Te word ldquo Aquardquo when capialized means ldquoaqueducrdquo
Eleven aqueducs urnished 250000 gallons o waer o ome every weny-our hours
BY THE WAY
E h u gi n in h b l r h rm T nd rm i h g nii
HOW TO USE THIS BOOK Ēn is a word ha calls atenion o somehing and means ldquoLook a hisrdquo Te inormaion given here draws a-enion o and urher specifies differen language acs
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 4654
6 bull Latin for the New Millennium
6 bull Latin for the New Millennium
Each noun given in he vocabulary has wo orms Te second orm is he geniivesingular
A derivative is an English word rooed in a Lain word Te English derivaive issimilar in meaning and orm o is Lain source
STUDY TIP
An English derivaive ofen can help you remember wha a Lain word means
EXERCISE 2Find he English derivaives based on he Vocabulary o Learn in he ollowing senences Wriehe corresponding Lain word
1 She shows a considerable filial respec oward her aher
2 Agriculu re is a science o culivaing he land
3 Te ship is equipped wih all he necessary nauical insrumens
4 We saw all kinds o fish in he aquarium
5 Tis is an all-errain vehicle
6 When will he ahleic compeiion sar
7 She has a ruly poeic naure
LANGUAGE FACT II
NOUNS NUMBER GENDER CASE 983080NOMINATIVE AND
ACCUSATIVE983081Nouns in Lain show number gender and case
Number Lain nouns are eiher singular or plural in number Number is shown in differen ways by differen ypes o nouns bu some ending-paterns are or singular orms and oherending-paterns are or plural orms
Gender Every noun likewise is eiher masculine eminine or neuer in gender You muslearn he gender o each noun In he Vocabulary o Learn l iss he gender is indicaed by hecommon abbreviaionsm (masculi ne) f (eminine) or n (neuer)
Case Lain nouns mus have an ending-patern ha displays case Tis is quie differen romEnglish in which case is indicaed by word posiion and no by endings (alhough case markersare preserved in cerain pronouns such as ldquoherdquo and ldquohimrdquo) A nounrsquos case reveals wha uncionhe noun has in he senence Tere are five common cases nominaive geniive daive accu-saive and ablaive wo less requenly used cases are called he vocaive and he locaive
HOW TO USE THIS BOOKStudy Tips give hins rhymes and mnemonics o help sudens learn grammar and vocabulary
EXERCISE 2 ANSWERS1 filial īlia
2 agriculure agricola
3 nauical naua
4 aquarium aqua
5 errain erra
6 ahleic āhlēa
7 poeic poēa
TEACHING TIPExplain o he sudens ha in English he words ldquoardquo ldquoanrdquo or ldquoherdquo are usually placed beore a nounand Lain does no have an equivalen or hese words known as aricles
eachers may need o sress he absence o he aricle many imes beore sudens compleely ine-grae his knowledge ino heir reading habis in Lain class
TEACHING TIPLain like many oher languages does no always observe biological gender Ofen he gender o a
Lain noun is deermined by grammaical acors such as he group o which a noun belongs
TEACHING TIP
Alhough in Exercise 2 he sudens are direced o find only he derivaives based on he Vocabular yo Learn hey may be ineresed o learn ha here are oher derivaives in Exercise 2 Te derivaiono hese words is provided or he eacherrsquos convenience
bull 1 consider - rom sīdus (sar) + cum (wih ogeher) and rom cōnsīderō (o examine consider)respec - rom respectō (look back a have regard or)
bull 2 science - rom scientia (knowledge) and sciō (o know) culivaing - rom colō (ill inhabi worship)
bull 3 necessary - rom necesse (necessary) insrumens - rom īnstruō (o equip build provide)
and rom īnstrumentum (equipmen ool ec)bull 5 vehicle - rom he Lain verb vehō (o carry)
bull 6 compeiion - rom petō (o seek aim a atack ec) + cum (wih oge her)
bull 7 naure - rom nātūra (naure)
Standard41
Standards11 31 41
STUDY TIP
An easy way o remember he names ohe five common cases iso use his mnemonic
TEACHING TIPSudens may no know wha he word ldquomnemonicrdquo means explain ha a mnemonic device is some-hing ha helps a suden o remember somehing Te eacher may also wish o use his opporu-niy o bring up Mnemosyne he goddess o memory and he moher o he Muses
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 4754
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull 7
Chapter 1 bull 7
An easy way o remember he names o he five common cases is o use his mnemonicdevice
Never NominaiveGive GeniiveDogs Daive A ny A ccusaive A buse A blaive
Nominative Te nominaive case idenifies he subjec Te subjec is a noun or a pronounha perorms he acion or exiss in a sae o being In he senence ldquoWilliam is readingrdquohe word ldquoWilliamrdquo is he subjec
Example Mārs amat Mars loves
Te noun subjec o he verb ldquoloverdquo is he god Mars
Find more examples o nominaives and heir verbs rom he reading passage a he begin-ning o he chaper
Te nominaive case also idenifies he predicae nominaive In he senence ldquoWilliam isa sudenrdquo he predicae nominaive is ldquoa sudenrdquo A predicae nominaive complees hemeaning o he verb ldquoo berdquo Look a his exa mple rom he reading
Example Mārs est deus Mars is a god
Mārs is he subjec and deus is a predicae nominaive
Accusative Te ourh case lised is called he accusaive he geniive daive and ablaivecases will be discussed in laer chapers Te accusaive case poins ou he noun (or pro-noun) ha is he direc objec emember direc objecs receive he acion o he verb Inhe senence ldquoI am wriing a leterrdquo he direc objec is ldquoa leterrdquo
Example Mārs Rhēam Silviam amat Mars loves hea Silvia
Te direc objec o ldquoloverdquo is he noun Rhēam Silviam
Find more examples o accusaives and heir verbs rom he reading passage a he beginningo he chaper
niy o bring up Mnemosyne he goddess o memory and he moher o he Muses
Answers to ldquoFind more examples of nominatives a nd their verbs from the reading passage at the begin-ning of the chapterrdquo
hēa Silvia habe
Amūl ius claudi
Amūl ius pōni
Lupa ambula
Lupa cūra e amaōmulus e emus crēscun
ōmulus e emus aedifican
Answers to ldquoFind more examples of accusatives and their verbs from the reading passage at the beg in-ning of the chapterrdquo
duōs īliōs habe ōmulum e emum
hēam Silviam claudi
ōmulum e emum pōni
ōmulum e emum bene cūra e ama
ōmam aedifican
TEACHING TIPSudens may encouner diffi culy when r ying o ransl ae Lain names used in cases o her han henominaive Te eacher a some poin will need o explain (and repea whenever necessary) ha when ransla ing a La in name he suden should al ways use he nominaive o rm o he word Onp 7 sudens are asked o find examples o accusaives and heir verbs in he reading passage Teanswers lised above provide an opporuniy o pracice wih his issue emind sudens o rans-lae duōs īliōs habet Rōmulum et Remum as ldquohe has wo sons omulus and emusrdquo Te oher ouranswers may be used as pracice wih he sudens
EXERCISE 3a Ideniy wheher he nouns in bold in hese senences are subjecs direc objecs or predi
TEACHER BY THE WAYIn conjuncion wih he picure and is capion he eacher may wish o menion ha he amil-ilar acronym o SPQ is sill in use and visible hroughou modern ome991252on liter bins sewercovers ec
Standards11 41
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 4854
8 bull Latin for the New Millennium
8 bull Latin for the New Millennium
a Ideniy wheher he nouns in bold in hese senences are subjecs direc objecs or predi-cae nominaives Te eading Vocabulary may be consuled
b Label each senence as vērum (rue) i i agrees or alsum (alse) i i disagrees wih he Lainreading passage a he beginni ng o he chaper
Example Amūlius es deusPredicae nominaive alsum
1 hēa Silvia ōmulum e emum cūra
2 Amūlius ōmulum e emum bene cūra
3 Amūlius lupam vinculīs claudi
4 Mārs ōmulum e emum in aquam pōni
5 Lupa hēam Silviam cūra
6 Amūlius ad aquam ambula
Te power of he ciy of Rome founded according o legend by Romulus is symbolized by hese four leters ha areprominenly displayed in various places wihin he ciy
EXERCISE 3 ANSWERS
1 subjec vērum
2 direc objecs alsum
3 direc objec alsum
4 subjec alsum
5 direc objec alsum
6 subjec vērum
WorkbookExercise 2 A full si ze reproduc ible version of th is page
without the a nswers ca n be downloade d at wwwlnm bolchazyco m
HOW TO USE THIS BOOK
Noun Declensions Te eacher may choose Lain nouns rom he declension ha is being sudied a he imehis workshee is used Tus no answers are provided here
LANGUAGE FACT III
TEACHING TIP Ask he sudens wha he Lain words seleced rom he reading and lised near he op o p 9 mean
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 4954
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull 9
Chapter 1 bull 9
FIRST DECLENSION NOUNS A declension is a g roup o nouns ha show a cerain patern o word endings Tere are five differ-en declensions in Lain In he reading abou omulus and emus hese are he orms belongingo he firs declension
hēam Silviam hēa Silvia aquam lupa ōmam
Noice ha he ex says Rhēa Silvia when she is he subjec and Rhēam Silviam when she is hedirec objec
Te firs declension is composed o words ha characerisically have he vowel a a or near heend o he word lupa
Below is he patern ha firs declension nouns ollow o show case and number Memorize heLain words in order rom he nominaive singular down o he ablaive singular and hen romhe nominaive plural down o he ablaive plural
emember ha he endings or a whole group o nouns ollow his patern Once you learn hi spatern you can recognize he case a nd number o all he words belonging o hi s declension
In his chaper you have begun o learn abou he nominaive and accusai ve cases Te ohercases will be explained in laer chapers
First DeclensionSingular Plural
Nomina ive l upa he she-wol Nominaive lupae he she-wolves
Geniive lupae o he she-wol Geniive lupārum o he she-wolves
Daive lupae oor he she-wol Daive lupīs oor he she-wolves
Accusaive lupam he she-wol Accusaive lupās he she-wolves
Ablaive lupā bywih he she-wol Ablaive lupīs bywih he she-wolves
Daive and ablaive plural o he words īlia ldquodaugherrdquo and dea ldquogoddessrdquo is fīliābus anddeābusTis is o di singuish hese orms rom he corresponding orms o īlius ldquosonrdquo and deus ldquogodrdquo
STUDY TIP
Noice ha he ablaive singular ending -ā has a long mark (macron) above i his ishe only difference beween he nominaive and ablaive singular endings
TEACHING TIP
Afer he firs declension has been presened o he sudens encourage hem depending on heirlearning syle o say he declension aloud o wrie down he words o inven a rap or a cheer
TEACHER BY THE WAY
Te patern is called a declension because he oher cases lean away ( dēclīnāre) rom he nominaiveie hey do no ollow he same orm as he nominaive
ORAL EXERCISE 1Tis exercise may be used afer the 1047297rst declension has been presented
Whi le looking a he declension o lupa ask he sudens o decli ne nauta
Singular PluralNominaive naua nauaeGeniive nauae nauārumDaive nauae nauīs Accusaive nauam nauās Ablaive nauā nauīs
Standards11 31 41
OralExercise 1
WorkbookExercise 3
STUDY TIP
Noice ha he daive and ablaive plural endings a re idenical
EXERCISE 4 ANSWERS1 geniive daive puellār um puellī s
2 accusaive nauās
3 accusaive errās
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 5054
10 bull Latin for the New Millennium
10 bull Latin for the New Millennium
Here are more words belonging o he fi rs declension
puella ndash girl īlia ndash daugher terra ndash land
Mos firs declension words are eminine i n gender bu a ew (usually ones ha indicae mas-culine occupaions in ancien imes) are masculine Examples are poēta ldquopoerdquoagricola ldquoarmerrdquonauta ldquosailorrdquo āthlēta ldquoahleerdquo
EXERCISE 4Ideniy he case o each singular noun Ten change each orm ino plural For some more han
one answer is possibleExample īlianominaive īliae
1 puellae 5 aquae2 nauam 6 puellā3 erram 7 āhlēā4 a gr ic ol a
Like he Greek wreslers porrayed on his ancien bas-reliefRoman ahlees were also fond of he spor of wresling
4 nominaive agricolae
5 geniive daive aquārum aquīs
6 ablaive puellīs
7 ablaive āhlēīs
TEACHING TIP
Since wreslers are depiced on he illusraion on his page he eacher may wish o open a discus-
sion abou he omansrsquo and Greeksrsquo ondness or wresling which was ofen praciced in a complexcalled he palaestra
oman boys were expeced o serve in he m iliary Tus hey were firs rained by heir ahers in wreslingand boxing Srengh and agiliy were sressed raher han grace o movemen as in Greek spors Te woprincipal syles uilized by he Greek were uprigh wresling in which hree alls o your opponen o heground were necessary o deea him and ground wresling which required he opponen o give up in ordero end he mach In he palaes tra here was an area or he young people o pracice wresling or boxing wih apunching bag (cōrycus) Examples o monumenal oman bahs wih a palaest ra are ound a he Bahs o Ca-racalla in ome he Harbor Bahs a Ephesus in urkey and he Bahs in Varna Bulgaria he larges anciensrucure in ha counry
Wresling was also one o he spor evens a he Olympic games ha he omans ofen atended Greco-oman wresling is also one o he evens eaured in he summer Olympic games in modern imes
TEACHING TIPTe eacher migh wan o have sudens read an English ranslaion o Book 23 o he Iliad in which Ajax a nd Odysseus compee in a wre sling m ach and Book 5 o he Aeneid or a descripion o hespors ha he omans played and compare he atiude o he compeiors in each epic Boh evens were par o he uneral games he ormer in honor o Paroclu s riend and atendan o Achil lesand he later in honor o Anchises aher o Aeneas Tis migh lead o urher discussion on henaure o modern wresling
Standards11 41
EXERCISE 5Ideniy he case o each plural noun Ten change each orm ino he singular For some more
TEACHING TIPSudens may wonder why he geniive singular w ihou is ending mus be used o find he base whenhe nominaive singular wihou is ending works jus as well Explain ha in oher noun declensionshe nominaive will no always provide he same base or have he same spelling as he geniive
Standards11 41
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 5154
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull 11
Chapter 1 bull 11
han one answer is possible
Example puellāsaccusaive puellam
1 īliae 5 aquīs2 errīs 6 poēārum3 nauārum 7 agricolae4 l upa e
BY THE WAY
In all declensions endings are added o he base o a noun I is imporan o know hahe base o a noun is ound by removing he ending rom is geniive si ngular orm Forexample he geniive singular o puella is puellae I you remove he -ae rom puellae
wha remains is he base o he word namely puell- For his reason learning he geni-ive singular is as imporan as knowing he nominaive singular o he noun
STUDY TIP
Always learn he geniive ogeher wih he nominaive because rom he geniive you will know o which declension a word belongs
A wall paining depic ing a Roman farmer (agricola) wih his sheep
EXERCISE 5 ANSWERS
1 nominaive īl ia
2 daive ablaive errae errā
3 geniive nauae
4 nominaive lupa
5 daive ablaive aquae aquā
6 geniive poēae7 nominaive agricola
HOW TO USE THIS BOOKIn his book he word ldquobaserdquo is used o reer o he noun wihou any ending ldquoStemrdquo is used or he par o he verb wihou any ending ldquoootrdquo is used or he Lain par o a derivaive
ORAL EXERCISE 2Tis exercise may be used afer Exercise 5
Use one o he ollowing classroom presenaion opions (hereafer reerred o as CPO) (blackgreenwhiesmar board overhead or LCD projecor PowerPoinreg presenaion ec) o pu his inormaion on view
quis ldquowhordquo (or he subjec) and quem ldquowhomrdquo (or he direc objec)
Ten ask he suden o answer he ollowing quesions abou he chaper reading eiher orally or in wri-
en orm
1 Teacher Quis es Mārs Student Mārs es deus
2 Teacher Quem ama Mārs Student hēam Silviam Mārs ama
3 Teacher Quis ama hēam Silviam Student Mārs ama hēam Silviam
4 Teacher Quem habe hēa Silvia Student hēa Silvia duōs īliōs ōmulum eemum habe
5 Teacher Quis claudi hēam Silviam Student Amūlius claudi hēam Silviam
6 Teacher Quem claudi Amūlius Student hēam Silviam Amūlius claudi
7 Teacher Quis ōmulum e emum in aquampōni
Student Amūlius ōmulum e emum in aquampōni
8 Teacher Quem Amūlius in aquam pōni Student Amūlius ōmulum e emum in aquampōni
9 Teacher Quis ambula ad aquam Student Lupa ambula ad aquam
10 Teacher Quis ōmulum e emum bene cūra Student Lupa ōmulum e emum bene cūra
11 Teacher Quōs lupa bene cūra Student Lupa ōmulum e emum bene cūra
12 Teacher Quis ōmulum e emum a ma Student Lupa ōmulum e emum ama
13 Teacher Quōs lupa ama Student Lupa ōmulum e emum ama
OralExercise 2
WorkbookExercise
4 5
EXERCISE 6ranslae rom Lain ino English and rom English ino Lain Te mos common Lain word
d
TEACHER BY THE WAYTe eacher may menion ha he mos common word order (subjec ndash direc objec ndash verb) can o-en be changed For example i he verb is o be emphasized i will ake firs posiion I he subjecor he direc objec is o be emphasized i will ake he las posiion which is he mos emphaic oneIn general he more unusual he wordrsquos posiion is he more emphasis is placed on his word
Standards11 41
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 5254
12 bull Latin for the New Millennium
12 bull Latin for the New Millennium
order is
subjec ndash direc objec ndash verb
1 Agricola erram ama
2 Te ahlee loves waer
3 Naua īlia m ama
4 Te poe loves ome
5 Agricola erram cūra
6 Te she-wol cares or (is aking care o) he girl
BY THE WAY
Even hough he mos common word order is subjec ndash di rec objec ndash verb rememberha endings991252no word order991252deermine which word is he subjec and which i s hedirec objec
TALKING When we mee one person we gree herhim wih salvē When we mee wo or more people wegree hem wih salvēte When we bid goodbye o one person we sayvalē When we bid goodbyeo wo or more people we say valēte
Here are various ways o ask ldquohow are yourdquo or ldquohow are you doingrdquo
Quōmodo valēs or Quōmodo tē habēs or Quid agis ldquoHow are yourdquo
Here is a range o possible answers
bene ldquowellrdquo pessimē ldquovery badrdquo optimē ldquogreardquo melius ldquobeterrdquo mediocriter ldquoso-sordquo or ldquono oo badrdquo meliusculē ldquoa litle beterrdquo male ldquobadrdquo
In general he more unusual he word s posiion is he more emphasis is placed on his word
EXERCISE 6 ANSWERS
1 Te armer loves he land
2 Āhlēa aquam ama
3 Te sailor loves (his) daugher
4 Poēa ōmam ama
5 Te armer cares or (is aking care o) he land6 Lupa puellam cūra
TEACHING TIP
Te eacher may sar he class in Lain by saying Salvēte discipulī et discipulae and by eaching hesudens o say in reurn Salvē magister (magistra)
ORAL EXERCISE 3Tis exercise may be used anytime afer the students have learned the use o the accusative case or afer Exercise 6
Use one o he CPOrsquos o pu on display he orms amō and cūrō and explai n ha hey a re in he fir s personsingular and how his differs rom he hird person singular learned in his chaper Ask individual sudens omake senences wih hem using he words hey have learned
Ten ell he sudens ha nōn means ldquonordquo and ask hem o make si milar senences wih nōn amō and nōn cūrō
Examples(nōn) amō erram īliam aquam lupam āhlēam(nōn) cūrō erram īliam puellam
WorkbookExercise 6
ContentQuestions
OralExercise 3
Standards12 21 41
42
SAYING HELLOMarīa Helena e Chrisīna sun (are) discipulae (students)
TEACHING TIPHave sudens read he dialogue aloud Tis will help o build heir pronunciaion skills
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 5354
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull 13
Chapter 1 bull 13
Marīa Salvēe Helena e Chrisīna
Christīna Salvē Marīa
Helena Salvē Marīa
Marīa Quōmodo valēs Helena Quōmodo valēs Chrisīna
Helena et Christīna Bene Quōmodo ū ( you) valēs Marīa
Marīa Pessimē
Helena et Christīna Cūr (Why)
Marīa imeō linguam Laīnam ( I ear the Latin language)Helena Ego ( I ) linguam Laīnam amō
Christīna E ego linguam Laīnam amō
ORAL EXERCISE 4
Tis exercise may be used afer he Lain dialogue has been presened
Insruc he sudens o say ldquohellordquo in Lain o he suden nex o hem Divide he class ino wo pars ellone par o gree he oher par using he plural greeing and vice versa Do he same ype o aciviy whensaying ldquogoodbyerdquo You may wish o make greeing he class in Lain a nd saying ldquogoodbyerdquo in Lain a par oa daily rouine
Divide he sudens ino pairs in which one person will ask how hisher parner is in Lain and he oher
wil l answer
ORAL EXERCISE 5
Tis exercise may be used afer he Lain dialogue has been presened
ell he sudens ha he paricle ndashne is added o he firs syllable o a word ha inroduces a quesion Ten askhe ollowing quesions abou he dialogue beween Mary Helen and Chrisy Individual sudens may answerorally or he enire class may wrie he answers as he eacher asks hem orally Te eacher should explain hahe orm valēs in he greeing Quōmodo valēs is in he second person which means ldquoyourdquo Te hird person orm(reerring o ldquoherrdquo ldquohimrdquo or ldquoirdquo) is valet So he phrase ldquoHow is she doingrdquo would be Quōmodo valet Te hirdperson o amō is amat and he hird person o timeō is timet
1 Teacher Quōmodo Chrisīna vale Student(s) Chrisīna bene vale
2 Teacher Quōmodo Marīa vale Student(s) Marīa pessimē vale
3 Teacher Cūr (why) Marīa pessimē vale Student(s) Marīa ime linguam Lainam4 Teacher Amane l inguam L aīnam Helena Student(s) Helena linguam Laīnam ama
5 Teacher Linguamne Laīnam ama Chrisīna Student(s) Chrisīna linguam Laīnam ama
ORAL EXERCISE 6 AND DICTATIONTis combined exercise may be used to conclude the chapter or at any time afer the students have learned the accusa-tive case and chapter vocabulary
Dicae he ollowing senences o he sudens Ten ask hem o make he ollowing changes eiher orally orin writen orm a he discreion o he eacher
1 Teacher Agricol a erram ama (change he direc objec ino plura l)Student Agricola errās ama
2 Teacher Lupa puellam cūra (change he direc objec ino plural)
Student Lupa puellās cūra3 Teacher Āhlēa puel lās ama (change he direc objec ino singu lar)
Student Āhlēa puellam ama
4 Teacher Fīlia errās ama (change he direc objec ino singular)Student Fīlia erram ama
OralExercise
4 5 6 andDictation
TEACHER NOTES
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 5454
14 bull Latin for the New Millennium
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 1654
TM xvi bull Latin for the New Millennium
Classical Associaion o Canada
Classical Associaion o New England (CANE)
Classical Associaion o he Alanic Saes (CAAS)
Classical Associaion o he Middle Wes and Souh (CAMWS)
Classical Associaion o he Pacific Norhwes (CAPN)
Classical Associaion o he Souhwesern Unied Saes (CASUS)
Compuer Assised Language Insrucion Consorium (CALICO)
Join Associaion o C lassical eachers (JAC)
Vergilian Socie y
In addiion many saes and ciies have classics-relaed organizaions
TEACHER NOTES
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 1754
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull i
1
STUDENT TEXTBOOKWITH EXERCISE ANSWERS
STANDARDS CORRELATIONS
ORAL EXERCISES
ORAL EXERCISE CORRELATIONS
WORKBOOK EXERCISE CORRELATIONS
ANCILLARY CORRELATIONS
COMPREHENSION QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS
TEACHING TIPS
TEACHER BY THE WAY NOTATIONS
AND HOW TO USE THIS BOOK
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 1854
iindashiii bull Latin for the New Millennium
Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers IncMundelein Illinois USA
1Milena Minkova and Terence Tunberg
LATIN FOR THE NEW MILLENNIUM
Series Inormaion
LEVEL ONE
Suden ex (2008)
Suden Workbook (2008)
eacherrsquos M anual (2008)
eacherrsquos Manual or Suden Workbook (2008)
ANCILLARIES
From Romulus o Romulus AugusulusRoman Hisory or he New Millennium (2008)
Te Original Dysuncional Family Basic Classical Myhology or he New Millennium (2008)
LEVEL TWO
Suden ex (2009)
Suden Workbook (2009)
eacherrsquos M anual (2009)
eacherrsquos Manual or Suden Workbook (2009)
ANCILLARIES
From Rome o Reormaion Early European Hisory or he New Millennium (2009)
Te Clay-ooed SuperHeroes Myhology ales or he New Millennium (2009)
mdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdash
ELECTRONIC RESOURCES
(See page 445 or deailed descripion)
wwwlnm bolchazycom
Quia Quesion Bank
Lain-only Vill a in een Second Lietrade
Carpe Praedam
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 1954
FOREWORD xi
PREFACE xiii
AUTHORS xvii
EDITORS CONSULTANTS AND PILOT TEACHERS xix
INTRODUCTION xxiii
AlphabePronunciaion o LainOverview o oman Hisory Beginnings o Lain Lieraure
CHAPTER 1 1
eading ldquoomulus and emusrdquoLanguage Facs Pars o Speech Nouns Number Gender Case
(Nominaive and Accusaive) Firs Declension Nounsalking Saying Hello
CHAPTER 2 15
eading Plauus ldquoTe Menaechmi winsrdquo Language Facs Firs and Second Conjugaion Verbs Principal Pars
Properies o Verbs Number Person ense Sem Infiniive Subjec and
Verb Agreemenalking Geting Acquained
CHAPTER 3 29
eading erence ldquowo BrohersrdquoLanguage Facs Second Declension Masculine -us -er -ir Nouns Geniive
Case Vocaive Case Preposiional Phrasesalking In he Classroom
REVIEW 1 CHAPTERS 19912513 43
Considering he Classical Gods Ma rs Jupier JunoConnecing wih he Ancien World Slavery in A ncien omeExploring oman Comedy oman Producions and Modern endiions by
William S Anderson Proessor o Classics Emerius Universiy o Caliornia Berkeley Berkeley Caliornia
Mīrābile Audī ū Phrases and Quoaions elaing o he Comic radiion
CONTENTS
bull v bull
Series Edior LeaAnn A Osburn
Volume Ediors Elisa C Denja LeaAnn A Osburn
Conribuing Ediors imohy Beck Judih P Halle Laurie Haigh KeenanKaren Lee Singh Donald E Sprague ose Williams Vicki Wine
Hisorical imeline Jayni einhard
Cover Design amp ypography Adam Phillip Velez
Cover Illusraion oman Forum copy BemannCOBISOher Illusraions Phoo Credis appear on pp 431ndash434
CarographyMapping Specialiss
Indexing Michael Hendry
Prooreader Gary Varney
Lain for he New Millennium
Suden ex Level 1
Milena Minkova and erence unberg
copy2008 Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers Inc All righs reserved
Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers Inc
1570 Baskin oadMundelein Illinois 60060 wwwbolchazycom
Prined in Canada2009 byFriesens
ISBN 978-0-86516-560-1mdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashLibrary o Congress Caaloging-in-Publicaion Daa
Minkova Milena Lain or he new millennium suden ex level 1 Milena Minkova anderence unberg p cm Includes bibliographical reerences ISBN 978-0-86516-560-1 (v 1 hardbound alk paper) 1 Lain language--Grammar I unberg erence II ile
PA20875M 562 2008 4782rsquo421--dc22
2008014705
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull ivndashv
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 2054
Contents bull vii
CHAPTER 9 135
eading Sallus ldquoTe Cailinarian ConspiracyrdquoLanguage Facs Fourh Conjugaion Verbs Presen Acive and Passive
ense Presen Acive and Passive Infiniive T ird Declension NeuerNouns Tird Declension I -Sem Nouns
alking Geting Dressed or a Pary
REVIEW 3 CHAPTERS 79912519 149
Considering he Classical Gods ApolloConnecing wih he A ncien World oman AtireExploring oman Governmen Poliics in Greece ome and he Unied
Saes by Josiah Ober Proessor o Classics and Poliical Science SanordUniversiy Sanord Caliornia
Mīrābile Aud īū Phrases and Motoes elaing o Governmen andDemocracy
CHAPTER 10 163
eading Vergil ldquo Te rojan HorserdquoLanguage Facs Tird Conjugaion -iō Verbs Presen Acive and Passive
ense Presen Acive and Passive Infiniive T ird Declension AdjecivesSubsanive Adjecives
alking Te Morning Beore a es
CHAPTER 11 177
eading Vergil ldquoQueen Dido o CarhagerdquoLanguage Facs Imperec Acive a nd Passive ense o All Conjugaions
Imperec ense o Sum and Possum Encliicsalking raveling o School
CHAPTER 12 191eading Livy ldquoMucius ScaevolardquoLanguage Facs Fi rs Second and Tird Person Personal Pronouns Firs
and Second Person Possessive Adjecives Declension o vīsalking Discussing he Weaher
REVIEW 4 CHAPTERS 1099125112 205
Considering he Classical Gods Mercury Connecing wih he Ancien World oman FoodExploring he My h o he rojan Horse Never Look a Gif Horse in
he Mouh by Bonnie A Cato Proessor o Classics Assumpion CollegeWorceser Massachusets
Mīrābile Aud īū Phrases and Quoaions elaing o War and Peace
vi bull L atin for the New Millennium
CHAPTER 4 57
eading Cicero ldquoTe Deserer Wans a ewardrdquoLanguage Facs Second Declension Neuer Nouns Daive Case Firs
and Second Declension -us -a -um Adjecives Agreemen o Nounsand Adjecives
alking Discussing Homework
CHAPTER 5 69
eading Cicero ldquoCicero Wries o ereniardquoLanguage Facs Firs and Second Conjugaion Verbs Presen Passive ense
Presen Passive Infiniive Ablaive o Agen Firs and Second Declension
-er Adjecivesalking Discussing Occupaions
CHAPTER 6 81
eading Caesar ldquoTe DruidsrdquoLanguage Facs Presen ense and Presen Infiniive o Sum and Possum
Complemenary Infi niive ransiive and Inransiive Verbsalking Preparing or a es
REVIEW 2 CHAPTERS 49912516 93
Considering he Classical Gods Nepune Pluo Vesa and CeresConnecing wih he Ancien World oman MarriageExploring oman Famil ies Parens and Children Ten and Now by
Jacqueline Carlon Assisan Proessor o Classics Universiy o Massachusets Boson Massachusets
Mīrābile Audīū Phrases Motoes and Abbreviaions elaing o Lie in heweny-Firs Cenur y
CHAPTER 7 111eading Caullus ldquoMy Girlrsquos SparrowrdquoLanguage Facs Tird Declension Masculine and Feminine Nouns Indirec
Saemen Accusaive and Infiniivealking In he Caeeria
CHAPTER 8 123
eading Nepos ldquoTemisocles Saves he GreeksrdquoLanguage Facs T ird Conjugaion Verbs Presen Acive a nd Passive ense
Presen Acive and Passive Infiniive Ablaives o Manner InsrumenSeparaion Place rom Which Place Where Accusaive o Place o W hich
alking Afer School Aciviies
vindashvii bull Latin for the New Millennium
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 2154
Contents bull ix
CHAPTER 18 301
eading Apuleius ldquoCupid and PsycherdquoLanguage Facs Fuure Perec Aci ve ense o All Conjugaions Fuure
Perec ense o Sum and Possum Fifh Declension Nounsalking Going o he Denis
REVIEW 6 CHAPTERS 1699125118 315
Considering he Classical Gods BacchusConnecing wih he Ancien World Gladiaorial GamesExploring oman Disasers Earh Air Fire and Waer by John E Torburn
Associae Proessor o Classics Baylor Universiy Waco exas
Mīrābile Audīū Quoaions elaing o Atiudes oward and Coping wihMisorunes
CHAPTER 19 331
eading Ammianus ldquoTe HunsrdquoLanguage Facs Perec Passive Pariciple Perec Passive ense o All
Conjugaions eview o Principal Par s o Verbs Demonsraive Pronounand Adjecive Hic
alking Cleaning he House
CHAPTER 20 349
eading Augusine ldquoAn Adolescen TierdquoLanguage Facs Pluperec Passive ense o Al l Conjugaions Perec Acive
and Passive Infini ives Demonsraive Pronoun and Adjecive Illealking Going Shopping
CHAPTER 21 361
eading Boehius ldquoTe Wheel o ForunerdquoLanguage Facs Fuure Perec Passive ense o All Conjugaions Fuure
Acive Pariciple Fuure Acive Infiniivealking A Birhday Pary
REVIEW 7 CHAPTERS 1999125121 375
Considering he Classical Gods VulcanConnecing wih he Ancien World oman EducaionExploring oman Libraries Public Libraries and Teir Books by Keih Dix
Associae Proessor o Classics Universiy o Georgia Ahens GeorgiaMīrābile Audīū Phrases Quoaions and Abbreviaions elaing o
Schools Libraries and Books
viii bull Latin for the New Millennium
CHAPTER 13 219
eading Horace ldquoAn Encouner wih a BoorrdquoLanguage Facs Presen ense Posiive and Negaive Imperaives Firs and
Second Person Personal Pronouns Geniive Case Ti rd Person PossessivePronoun and Adjecive
alking Lae or School
CHAPTER 14 233
eading Ovid ldquoPyramus and TisberdquoLanguage Facs Firs and Second Conjugaion Verbs Fuure Acive and
Passive ense Fuure ense o Sum and Possum elaive Pronouns
elaive Clausesalking Chating on he Inerne
CHAPTER 15 245
eading Seneca ldquoe1047298ecions on Growing OldrdquoLanguage Facs Tird a nd Fourh Conjugaion Verbs Fuure Acive and
Passive ense Inerrogaive Pronouns and Adjecivesalking A rip o he Counry
REVIEW 5 CHAPTERS 1399125115 259
Considering he Classical Gods Minerva Di ana VenusConnecing wih he A ncien World oman Ciies and oadsExploring oman Law Te Jusice Sysem in Ancien ome by James G
Keenan Proessor o Classics Loyola Universiy Chicago Chicago IllinoisMīrābile Audīū Phrases and Quoaions elaing o Legal Maters
CHAPTER 16 273
eading Pliny he Younger ldquoTe Erupion o VesuviusrdquoLanguage Facs Perec ense Verbs Perec Sem Perec Acive ense o
All Conjugaions Perec ense o Sum and Possum Daive o Possessionalking elaxing a he Beach
CHAPTER 17 287
eading acius ldquoTe Fire a omerdquoLanguage Facs Pluperec A cive ense o All Conjugaions Pluperec
ense o Sum and Possum Fourh Declension Masculine Feminine andNeuer Nouns
alking ecovering rom an Acciden
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull viiindashix
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 2254
xndashxi bull Latin for the New Millennium
FOREWORDTe aurea mediocriās o Lain exbooks has arrived No a grammar-ranslaion nor a readingapproach book Lain or he New Millennium is a blend o he bes elemens o boh
Te key o Lain or he New Millennium Level 1 is he emphasis on reading Lain a he begin-ning o each chaper and using conversaional Lain a he end o each chaper or as he auhorsindicae in he Preace lsquoi (Lain) offers you he lingui sic key o he minds ha shaped European
(and hereore American) culu re rom he ime o he omans o he modern scienific revolu-ion In his book you will learn abou he language sep by sep by using irsquo
Te reading passages a he opening o each chaper are ba sed on Lain lieraure and proceedin chronological order rom Plauus o Boehius Each reading is suppored by pre-reading andacing page vocabulary Grammar is inroduced using senences already seen in he reading pas-sage and mīrābile dicū here are pleny o exercises Te Vocabulary o Learn chosen rom headaped reading passage hus conains some Advanced Placemen lieraure-based words and i sreieraed consisenly in he exercises and oher shor reading passages
Somehing no seen in mos Lain exbooks is he conversaional dialogue a he end o eachchaper Tis will pique he sudenrsquos ineres in he Lain version o modern-day aciviies andmee cerain classical language sandards direcly Te auhors Milena Minkova and erenceunberg proessors a he Universiy o Kenucky a Lexingon are he direcors o he hugelypopular Conveniculum Lexinoniense he annual su mmer program ha has been r unning ormore han en years Tey are also on he aculy o he Conveniculum Bosoniense a similarprogram ha draws paricipans o experience conversaional Lain in differen geographical se-ings A he 2007 American Classical Leag ue Insiue a Vanderbil Universiy I paricipaed ina conversaional Lain workshop presened by Minkova and unberg Tough he par icipans
were seasoned Lain eachers mos were experiencing or he firs ime he ried and rue meh-ods hese wo expers were using o inspire us o speak Lain By he end o he workshop wecould converse in amiliar Lain phrases and saw how useul his could be or our own sudensunbergrsquos and Minkovarsquos leadership in hese summer programs made hem uniquely well suiedo design he conversaional dialogues in Lain or he New Millennium and he copious oral ex-ercises ha are conained only in he eacher manual hus al lowing eachers o pick and choose
which exercises bes mee he needs o heir own sudens
Tis book wih is range o offerings wi ll appeal o all ypes o lang uage sudens and will alloweachers o bring he many aces o he oman and pos-oman world ino he classroom How
wonderul i is o see a passage o adaped Plauus in Chaper 2 a prose adapaion o Caullusrsquo passer poem in Chaper 7 o Horacersquos saire on he boor in Chaper 13 and even o aciusrsquo de-scripion o he grea fire in ome in Chaper 17 oman culure is embodied in each o hesepassages hus meeing anoher classical language sandard Accompanying each passage is aquoaion or moto conneced o he passage or chaper
bull xi bullx bull Latin for the New Millennium
APPENDIX A 389
Chronological Lis o he Auhors and Works Sudied
APPENDIX B 391
Addiional Sae Motoes
APPENDIX C 393
Grammaical Forms and Paradigms
APPENDIX D 405
Lain Synax
APPENDIX E 411Hisorical imeline
ENGLISH TO LATIN GLOSSARY 415
LATIN TO ENGLISH GLOSSARY 421
BIBLIOGRAPHY 429
PHOTOGRAPHY CREDITS 431
INDEX 435
LIST OF MAPS
Map o he oman World xxxi iMap o he ravels o Aeneas 187Map o he Ciy o ome 227
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 2354
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull xiindashxiii
PREFACELearning Lain helps you learn English and oher languages beter and perhaps even moreimporanly i offers you he linguisic key o he minds ha shaped European (and hereore
American) culure rom he ime o he omans o he modern scienific revoluion Lain washe language hese people used o express hemselves and o record heir ideas in permanen ormacross so many cenuries In his book you wil l learn abou he language by u sing i sep by sep
CHAPTER COMPONENTS
READING PASSAGES
Each chaper begins wih a eading Passage and noes on he acing page ha will help you un-dersand any linguisic elemens you have no previously seen Tese noes eaure vocabulary
words in an easy o ollow alphabeical l ising providing you he exac meaning needed o un-dersand he reading passage bu no he ull lexical enries a his poin By reading and seeinghese new elemens in heir naural conex ofen you will need no explanaion o undersandhow hey uncion because hey appear w ih words you already know Te eadi ng Passages areadaped rom auhenic works o Lain lieraure and hey are presened in chronological order
As you complee each chaper you will be raci ng he sory o Lain as a lierary language andhe sories o he auhors who used i In addiion you wi ll learn abou oman c ulure over heperiods o ime in which he eaured reading o each chaper was produced
VOCABULARY TO LEARN
Te Vocabulary o Learn repeas some words encounered in he eading Passage or each chap-
er bu in his secion he words are lised by pars o speech i nsead o alphabeically and herehe ull lexical enry is given Tese are words you will need o memorize in order o recognizeand use hem hroughou he remainder o he book In order o aid you in recognizi ng connec-ions beween Lain words and he English words derived rom or relaed o hem a derivaiveexercise ollows each Vocabulary o Learn
LANGUAGE FACTS AND EXERCISES
In he body o each chaper you will fi nd simple explanaions o he Language Facs eaured inhe chaper reading passage along wih many differen exercises ha allow you o use all he in-ormaion you are learning By doing he exercises in each chaper and in he suden workbook
you will no only be reading and wriing Lain yoursquoll be speaking i Some exercises involve oralexchanges wih he eacher and wih oher sudens Because Lain communicaes hough i isa living hing Tereore a person who gains an acive working knowledge in he language along
bull xiii bullxii bull Latin for the New Millennium
All o his said Lain or he New Millennium is suden riendly Sudy ips rhymes and mnemon-ics abound in each chaper and litle secions called ldquoBy he Wayrdquo offer addiional inormaion orhose who always wan o know more
Te uni review secions are ru ly gems Afer hree chapers a Lain review chaper providesno jus he complee lis o Vocabulary o Learn and pleniu l exercises bu ofen anoher pieceo adaped lieraure o read991252snippes o Mari al or Peronius and more
Bu his is no all A secion called ldquoConsidering he Classical Godsrdquo offers high-ineres readingsin boh Engli sh and Lain on he panheon o classical gods A noher secion eniled ldquoConnec-ing wih he Ancien Worldrdquo provides in English addiional i normaion on a paricular aspec ooman lie conained wihin he uni
Capping each review uni is a disincive essay ha e xplores oman and modern opics each writen by a universiy scholar From he Universiy o Massachusets o Sanord Universiyand many places in be ween hese proessors have conribued heir special experise on subjecmater relaed o he chapers I k now o no oher book ha does hi s
Tere are many useu l phoographs and maps appropriaely placed hroughou Te reproduc-ions o fine ar and phoographs o archaeological sies provide a visual learning experience as
well Needless o say here are appendices on g rammar and synax a nd English o Lain andLain o English glossaries wih an added secion on various motoes
Te auhors ediors consulans and pilo eachers have done a superior job o organizing his book or maximum useu lness and effeciveness Tis unique series w ill include he ollowi ngLevel 1 Suden ex Level 1 Suden Workbook Level 1 eacherrsquos Manual and Level 1 Work-
book eacherrsquos Manual Level 2 Suden ex Level 2 Suden Workbook Level 2 eacherrsquosManual and Level 2 Workbook eacherrsquos Manual Many online and elecronic resources willalso accompany his series
Lain for he New Millennium has been houghully designed or and wih he weny-firscenury suden in mind Please join me in heralding he appearance o his unique new series
ha will improve and enhance he sudy o Lain or he weny-firs cenury
P983137983157983148 P983154983151983152983141983154983162983145983151Boson Lain Academy
2008
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 2454
xivndashxv bull Latin for the New Millennium
Preface bull xv
ASPECTS OF ROMAN LIFE
Nex you will find a reading in English on an imporan aspec o oman daily lie Tis sec-ion eniled Connecing wih he Ancien World wil l presen addiional inormaion on a opicencounered in he previous c hapers
EXPLORING ROMAN AND MODERN LIFE
Following he secion on daily lie here will be a shor essay in English ha compares and con-rass some aspec o oman and American lie and illusraes a way in which Lain is a par oour lie oday Each o hese essays has been writen by a universiy scholar wih special experisein his field o sudy
MĪRĀBILE AUDĪTŪEach review chaper concludes wih a l is o Lain quoaions motoes phrases or abbreviaionsused in English Tese sayings relae o one o he uni opics
Te Lain langu age and oman culure have no only inspired wriers hroughou he ages andin1047298uenced modern lie bu have also lef heir presence in ar and archaeology In his volumereproducions o painings drawings sculpure mosaics rescoes and oher ariacs rom an-iquiy hrough he presen abound wih depicions o and reerences o he sories and lives ohe omans Likewise view s o archaeological sies remind us o wha ome and is area o in1047298u-ence was like in ancien imes Te illusraions hroughou he ex suppor he writen word in
visual orm hus offering you a vivid recollecion o he chaper conen
Each auhor o his book has writen differen secions o he exbook bu boh auhors have ben-efied hroughou he composiion o he exbook rom coninuous muual advice and suppor
MM and 2008
Visi wwwl nmbolchazycom o see he elecronic resources ha accompany Lain or he New Millennium
xiv bull Latin for the New Millennium
wih a readi ng abiliy i s more likely o progress quick ly o a deeper undersanding o he lan-guage and he enjoymen o is lieraure I you have an oral aciliy and can wrie in a language
you will no need o be reminded abou orms and grammaical rules so ofen In his book you will acquire ha acive acili y as a basic par o learning he language
CONVERSATIONAL LATIN
oward he end o each chaper here is a Lain dialogue in which a group o modern sudens arehe paricipans Tey discuss in Lain siuaions ofen encounered in our daily li ves In hesedialogues you will find a bridge beween our lives and he houghs o he ancien medieval orrenaissance auhors who wroe in Lain991252a bridge consruced o he same basic language Lain
OTHER FEATURESIn each chaper you will fi nd oher ineresing mater ha will help you learn and enjoy Lain
bull Memorābile Dictū Te firs page o each chaper eaures a amous saying labeled Memorābile Dicū (A Memorable Ting o Say) a Lain phrase so well known ha i has become an ofenrepeaed proverb or quoaion Learning each amous saying wi ll increase your u ndersand-ing no jus o Lain bu o he houghs and ideas ha were i mporan o omans and haveconinued o be an inegral par o modern lie
bull Sudy ips Each chaper conains sayings rhymes mnemonic devices verses or oher in-ormaion ha will help you remember he various hings you are learning
bull By he Way You will see his phrase repeaed hroughou every chaper When you see hislabel you will know ha addiional inormaion is being presened
REVIEW COMPONENTS A he conclusion o every se o hree chapers here is a review conaining various componens
VOCABULARY TO KNOW
Tis is a complee lis o all he Vocabulary o Learn words presened in he hree chapers ar-ranged by pars o speech
EXERCISES
Here you will see many new exercises ha will help you review and reinorce he maerial in hehree preceding chapers In he review exercise secion here is ofen an addiional reading pas-sage o help you undersand more abou Lain lieraure and is heriage oday
CLASSICAL MYTHOLOGY
Tis secion eniled Considering Classical Myhology includes passages on myhology one inEnglish and one in Lain which ell some o he principal sories abou he Greek and omangods Tese sories re1047298ec many o he main hemes seen in lieraure and ar rom classical omodern imes
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 2554
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull xvindashxvii
AUTHORSMILENA MINKOVA
MA and PhD Chrisian and Classical Philology Pon-ifical Salesian Universiy ome Ialy MA and PhDClassics Universiy o Sofia Bulgaria
Associae Proessor o Classics Universiy o KenuckyLexingon Kenucky
Milena Minkova has sudied conduced research andaugh in Bulgaria Swizerland Germany Ialy he
Vaican Ciy and he USA Minkova has auhored hree book monographs Te Personal Names o he Lain In-scripions fom Bulgaria (Peer Lang 2000) Te Proe-an Raio (Peer Lang 2001) and Inroducion o Lain
Prose Composiion (Bolchazy-Carducci 2007 reprin Wimbledon 2001) She has also published numerousaricles on Lain medieval philosophy Lain lieraureLain composiion and Lain pedagogy
TERENCE TUNBERGBA and MA Classics Universiy o Souhern Calior-nia Posgraduae researcher and docoral suden Me-
dieval Sudies Universiy o London England PhDClassical Philology Universiy o orono Canada
Proessor o Classics Universiy o Kenucky Lexing-on Kenucky
erence unberg has augh in Belgium and Canadaas well as in he USA He is a specialis in Lain com-posiion and an exper in he hi sory o he approacheso wriing Lain prose rom aniquiy o early modernimes His works include a n ediion o collecion o Me-dieval Lain speeches commenaries on Lain worksand numerous sudies o he hisory o imiaion in La-in wriing In addiion or more han a decade he hasoffered summer seminars designed o inroduce peopleo he use o spoken Lain
bull xvii bull
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 2654
EDITORS CONSULTANTSAND PILOT TEACHERS
VOLUME EDITORSElisa C DenjaEdior Bolchazy-Carducci PublishersBaker Demonsraion School EmeriaEvanson Illinois
LeaAnn A OsburnEdior Bolchazy-Carducci PublishersBarringon High School EmeriaBarringon Illinois
BOARD OF
CONSULTANTS Virginia A ndersonLain eacherIllinois Virual High SchoolBarringon Middle School EmeriaBarringon Illinois
Jill M CrookerLain eacher
Pitsord-Mendon High School EmeriaPitsord New York
Judih Peller HalletProessor o ClassicsUniversiy o MarylandCollege Park Maryland
Sherwin D Litle1ndash12 Foreign Language Program LeaderIndian Hill High SchoolCincinnai Ohio
Sherrilyn MarinChair Deparmen o Foreign LanguagesKeih Counry Day Schoolockord Illinois
Mary PendergrafProessor o Classical Languages
Wake Fores Universiy Winson-Salem Norh Carolina
John raupman
Proessor o ClassicsS Josephrsquos Universiy EmeriusPhiladelphia Pennsylvania
Cynhia Whie Associae Proessor o ClassicsUniversiy o Arizonaucson Ari zona
ose WilliamsMcMurry College Emeria
Abilene High School Emeria Abilene exas
Donna WrighLain eacherLawrence Norh and Lawrence Cenral High
Schools
Indianapolis Indiana
PILOT TEACHERS Jeremy M WalkerLain eacherCrown Poin High SchoolCrown Poin Indiana
Laneta WarrenburgLain eacherElgin High SchoolElgin Illinois
bull xix bullxviii bull Latin for the New Millennium
JOINT PUBLICATIONS BY THE AUTHORSMinkova and unberg have coauhored he ollowing books Readings and Exercises in Lain
Prose Composiion (Focus 2004) Reading Livyrsquos Rome Selecions fom Livy Books IndashVI (Bol-chazy-Carducci 2 005) Maer Anserina Poems in Lain or Children (Focus 2006) Tey are hedirecors o he Insiue or Lain Sud ies a he Universiy o Kenucky in which sudens sudyhe hisory o Lain rom ancien o modern imes and ake par in seminars in which Lai n is he
working language o all ac iviies Boh Minkova and unberg are eleced ellows o he ome- based Academia Lainiai Fovendae he primary learned sociey devoed o he preservaion andpromoion o he use o Lain
xviiindashxix bull Latin for the New Millennium
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 2754
Editors Consultants and Pilot Teachers bull xxi
SHERWIN LITTLE
BA Universiy o Cincinnai M A Universiy o Colorado
Sherwin Litle has augh Lain rom sixh g rade hrough Lain AP a Indian Hill Exemped Vil-lage School Disric since 1983 Sherwin has received an Ovaio rom CAMWS as well as heCAMWS Good eacher Award and he Hildesheim Vase Award rom he Ohio Classical Coner-ence in 1986 and 2007 Sherwin holds Naional Board Cerificaion in World Languages Oherhan English and has been boh Vice Presiden and Presiden o he American Classical Leag ue
SHERRILYN MARTIN
BA Wilson College MA PhD Universiy o Cincinnai
Sherrilyn Marin was named Illinois Lain eacher o he Year in 1993 was a recipien o heL Governorrsquos Award or Foreign Language eaching in 2001 and was named a Claes Nobeleacher o Disincion in 2 007 She is a pas presiden o he Illinois Classical Conerence and isacive in he ockord Sociey o he A rchaeological Insiue o America Sherri lyn spen a yearin independen sudy a he Universiy o Tessaloniki Greece
MARY PENDERGRAFT
AB PhD Universiy o Norh Carolina Chapel Hill
Afer eaching a UNC-Greensboro and D uke Universiy Mary Pendergraf began eachingclassics ul l-ime a Wake Fores Mary is a ormer Presiden o he Norh Carolina Classical A s-sociaion and paricipaed in he ocus group ha w roe he Norh Carolina Sandard Course oSudy or Lain
JOHN TRAUPMAN
BA Moravian College MA PhD Pr inceon Universiy
John raupman is proessor emerius rom S Josephrsquos Universiy i n Phil adelphia where heaugh or hiry-eigh years A mong his many awards John received he Disinguished eaching
Award rom S Josephrsquos Universiy in 1982 a cerificae o appreciaion rom he PennsylvaniaDeparmen o Educaion in 1990 and he Special Award rom he Classical Associaion o he
Alanic Saes in 1996 John raupman is especially well-known as he auhor oConversaional Lain and Te New College Lain and English Dicionary
CYNTHIA WHITE
BA Chesnu Hill College MA Villanova Universiy PhD Caholic Universiy o America
Cynhia Whie is he Direcor o he Undergraduae Lain Program and supervises eacherraining and Kndash12 Lain eacher Cerificaion a he Universiy o Arizona She regularlyeaches a he Isiuo Inernazionale di Sudi Classici di Orvieo he Classics Deparmenrsquos Sudy
Abroad Program in Orvi eo Ialy and has sudied i n ome wih he Papal Lai nis eg inaldFoser ODC
xx bull Latin for the New Millennium
VOLUME EDITORSELISA C DENJA
BA Marygrove College Deroi Michigan MA Columbia Universiy MA Loyola UniversiyChicago
Elisa Denja augh Lain a Norh Chicago High School and Baker Demonsraion School inEvanson Illinois or many years while concurrenly eaching classical myhology a LoyolaUniversiy o Chicago and in he g ifed-disance learning program a Norhwesern UniversiyElisa was awarded he Illinois Lain eacher o he Year award in 1992 and he Illinois Lieime
Achievemen Award in 2007
LEAANN A OSBURNBA Monmouh College Illinois MA Loyola Universiy Chicago
While eaching Lain or many years a Barringon High School in Barringon Illinois LeaA nnserved as boh vice-presiden and presiden o he Illinois Classical Conerence LeaAn n receivedhe Illinois La in eacher o he Year award in 1989 he Illinois L Governorrsquos Award in 1990and he Classical Associaion o he Middle Wes and Souh Good eacher Award in 1996
BOARD OF CONSULTANTSVIRGINIA ANDERSON
BA Loyola Universiy Chicago MA S Xavier Universiy
Virginia Anderson augh Lain or hi ry years i n privae and public hi gh schools and middleschools in he Chicagoland area In 1999 she was awarded he L Governorrsquos Award or Enhance-men o he eaching Proession and in 2003 was named Il linois Lain eacher o he Year
JILL M CROOKER
BA Universiy o Illi nois MSEd Nazareh College o ocheser New York Jill Crooker augh Lain or many years a Pitsord-Mendon High School in Pitsord New YorkShe has served as he College Board Advisor o he A P Lain es Developmen Commitee andin 1996 received he Moron E Spillenger Award or Disingui shed Leadership o he Classical
Associaion o he Empire Sae In 2003 she received he ACL Meria Award and i n 2006 a nOvaio rom he Classical A ssociaion o he Alanic Saes
JUDITH PELLER HALLETT
BA Wellesley MA PhD Harvard Universiy
In addiion o sudying a he A merican Academy in ome he Insiue o Classical Sudies inLondon and he Universiy o Maasrich in Holland Judih Hallet is a ormer presiden o heClassical Associaion o he Alanic Saes and Vice-Presiden or Oureach o he AmericanPhilological Associaion She was named a Disinguished Scholar-eacher in 1992 by he Uni-
versiy o Maryland
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull xxndashxxi
TEACHER NOTES
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 2854
xxii bull Latin for the New Millennium
xxii bull L atin for the New Millennium
ROSE WILLIAMS
BA Baylor Universiy MA Universiy o Norh Carolina Chapel Hill
In addiion o posgraduae work in Lain and Humaniies a he Universiy o Dallas and heUniversiy o exas a Arlingon on a ockeeller Gran ose Williams did research a he Bodle-ian Library Ox ord Universiy in England and a he Universiy o Pisa She augh Lain or overhiry years a boh high school and uni versiy levels in exas and now is he auhor o more hanen books abou he Classics
DONNA WRIGHT
BA MA Ball Sae Universiy
Afer eaching Lain a Carmel High School Donna Wrigh currenly eaches a boh LawrenceNorh and Lawrence Cenral High Schools in Indianapolis Indiana She has been an acivemember o he Indiana Classical Conerence being named Creaive Lain eacher o he Year in1976 She has also been acive i n he American Classical League sponsoring a JCL chaper andleading Ialy rips or nearly weny years Donna also served as an offi cer speaker and boardmember o Pompeiiana Inc
PILOT TEACHERS JEREMY M WALKER
AB Wabash College MA Indiana Universiy
Jeremy Walker has augh Lain a Crown Poin High School in Crown Poin Indiana since1995 He has served as he Co-Chair o he Indiana Junior Classical League and Membershipand Public elaions Chair o he Naional Junior Classical League In addiion o sudying inIaly a he Inercollegiae Cener or Classical Sudies and in Greece a he American School orClassical Sudies he was presiden o he Indiana Classical Conerence In 2003 Jeremy was rec-ognized as he Lain eacher o he Year in Indiana and in 2004 was recognized by he Indiana
Sae eachers Associaion as a orch o K nowledge ecipien
LANETTA WARRENBURG
BA Indiana Universiy MA Indiana Universiy-Purdue Universiy Indianapolis
Laneta Warrenburg has augh high school English and Lain or hiry-hree years a schoolsin Indiana and Illinois Her las weny-our years o eaching Lain were a Elgin High Schoolin Elgin Illinois While eaching Lain here she served as he Illinois Classical Conerencechairperson or Chicago Classics Day as co-chair or he Illinois Ceramen League since 1993and as sae chair or he Il linois Junior Classical L eague rom 1999ndash2001 Laneta was honoredas he Illi nois Lain eacher o he Year in 2001 and was presiden o he Chicago Classical Clubrom 2005ndash2007
INTRODUCTION
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 2954
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull xxiii
INTRODUCTIONALPHABETTe Lain alphabe was derived rom he Eruscan alphabe some ime beore he sevenh cen-ury 983138983139983141 Te Eruscans were a people in pre-oman Ialy
Teir alphabe owes much o he Greek alphabe In urn he Greek alphabe was derived romhe Phoenician alphabe Phoenician raders had spread heir sysem o wriing h roughou he
Medierranean region Te Phoenician alphabe isel can be raced o he Norh Semiic alpha- be which was used in Syria and Palesine as early as he elevenh cenury 983138983139983141 and is consideredo be he earlies ully developed alphabeic wriing sysem
An Eruscan couple reclining on a funeral sarcophagus
bull xxiii bull
Sandard41
EDITORrsquoS NOTE
Te comprehension quesions and answers as well as some o he eaching ips and eacher by he Way noa-ions in his eacher manual were writen by Elisa C Denja LeaAnn A Osburn Karen Lee Singh and DonaldE Sprague classics ediorseducaors a Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers
HOW TO USE THIS BOOK
Please noe ha he perinen naional Classics sandards are lised in he margin o he lef or righ on he samepage as he reproducion o he suden ex
Eisemann Communicaion assised in preparing he correlaions o Lain o r he New Mil lennium wih he
naional sandards For an overview o he sandards hemselves and he correlaions please consul www bolchazyl nmcom
TEACHING TIP
Te eacher may choose o use he picure o he Eruscan couple on his page and he brie meniono he Eruscan alphabe o open a discussion on wha role he Eruscans played in early omanimes Sudens may be direced o p xxx ii o find Eruria on he map
TEACHING TIPTe eacher may wish o discuss wih he sudens he erm ldquoomance languagesrdquo Many modernlanguages come rom he language used by he ancien omans French Ialian Poruguese Span-ish omanian ec omansch (spoken by he descendans o he aeians and one o he our o-ficial languages o Swizerland) is also derived rom Lain
TEACHER BY THE WAYBased on archeological evidence i appears ha Eruscan women were an imporan par o hesocial srucure Ofen he names o boh moher and aher were placed on unerary inscripionsTe reedom o women wihin sociey is likewise apparen on monumens where hey can be seenreclining wih heir husbands on he same couch atending games and having a place o honor in heomb isel Noice he affecionae pose o he couple in he illusraion on p xxiii Clearly marriedlove was valued in Eruscan sociey and amily lie was imporan
ombs also provide evidence or he syle o Eruscan homes Some o hese eaures were borrowed by heomans especially he cenral hall and hree rooms a he back Tis ype o house was known a Pompeii as well as a ome ac cording o Viru vius auhor o Dē archiecūrā
TEACHING TIP
Te eacher may wish o have sudens read an English ranslaion o Livyrsquos radiional accouno anaquil wie o arquinius Priscus he fifh king o ome Te independence o Eruscan women is ev iden in hi s ale He r behavior is he ani hesis o he ideas o woma nly dec orum hel d by he omans
TEACHING TIPS d ill j i i h E li h ldquo lph b rdquo pl i h E li h l t ih h
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 3054
xxiv bull Latin for the New Millennium
xxiv bull Latin for the New Millennium
Look a he English alphabe in he lef column and a he Lain alphabe in he righ one TeLain alphabe is accompanied by he names o he Lain leters (in parenheses)
English Alphabe Lain Alphabe
Uppercase Lowercase Uppercase Lowercase Leter Name
A a A a (a ldquoăhrdquo)
B b B b (be ldquobayrdquo)
C c C c (ce ldquocayrdquo)
D d D d (de ldquodayrdquo)
E e E e (e ldquoĕhrdquo)
F F (e)
G g G g (ge ldquogayrdquo)H h H h (ha ldquohahrdquo)
I i I i (i ldquoeerdquo)
J j
K k K k (ka ldquokahrdquo)
L l L l (el)
M m M m (em)
N n N n (en)
O o O o (o ldquoŏhrdquo)
P p P p (pe ldquopayrdquo)
Q q Q q (qu ldquokoordquo)
r r (er)
S s S s (es)
(e ldquoayrdquo)
U u U u (u ldquooordquo)
V v V v (u consonan)
W w
X x X x (ix ldquoeexrdquo)
Y y Y y (upsilon)
Z z Z z (zea ldquodzayardquo)
Te English alphabe is derived direcly rom he Lain alphabe Tis accouns or he greasimilariies b eween he wo alphabes Tere are 26 leters in he English alphabe and 24 in heLain Te differences are he ollowing
bull Te leter W w (which is he doubled leter v) is missing in he Lain alphabe
bull Te leter J j is a more recen invenion In ac i appears in Lain exs writen during heMiddle Ages and he enaissance as well as i n many modern ediions o ancien Lain exsI is used o indicae he semi-vowel i someimes called consonanal i Te consonanal i is
Sudens will enjoy singing he English alphabe song replacing he English leter names wih heLain leter names Sudens may be insruced o clap once where here is no Lain leter name (egldquoJrdquo) equivalen o he English one
TEACHING TIPTe eacher may choose o display any Lain words (a lis is provided below or he eacherrsquos conve-nience) and insruc he sudens o spell ou he word using he Lain leter names Te sudensmay become curious o know wha he Lain words mean Definiions are given below
bull pars ndash par
bull nox ndash nigh
bull ruber ndash red
bull ēgī ndash I have done
bull amilia ndash amily
bull carō ndash 1047298esh
bull dēcernō ndash I decide
bull herba ndash plan
bull Kalendae ndash Kalends (firs day o he monh)
bull quoque ndash also
bull imor ndash ear
bull Pȳhia ndash Pyhia (name o Apollorsquos priesess)
bull iēcī ndash I hrew
bull ēlīx - happy bull ignis ndash fire
bull mūō ndash I change
COMPREHENSION QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS FOR PAGES XXIII991251XXVeproducible versions o he quesions alone are available a wwwlnm bolchazycom
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 3154
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull xxv
Introduction bull xxv
he i a he beginning o a word beore a vowel or i beween wo vowels According o hismehod or example Iūlius is writen Jūlius and Āiax is writen Ājax In his book he leter J j will no be used
bull Te disincion beween he vowel U u and he consonan V v also belongs o laer imesIniially here was only one leter V u used boh or he vowel and he consonan eg Vrbs ldquoTe Ciyrdquo (ie ome) or uicor ldquohe winnerrdquo
bull However in accord wih he prevail ing pracice o expressing he vowel wih U u and heconsonan wih V v in his book he wo leters will be disingui shed
PRONUNCIATION OF LATIN
VOWELSTere are six vowels in Lain and heir pronunciaion is as ollows
Long Vowel Sound Shor Vowel Sound
ā is pronounced as in ldquoaherrdquo ōrāor ldquooraorrdquo a is pronounced as in ldquoalikerdquo amō ldquoloverdquo
ē is pronounced like he a in ldquoraverdquo nēmō ldquonobodyrdquo e is pronounced as in ldquoperdquo bene ldquowellrdquo
ī is pronounced like he double e in ldquoseenrdquo līmes ldquoboundaryrdquo
i is pronounced as in ldquopirdquo nihil ldquonohingrdquo
ō is pronounced as in ldquosoverdquo videō ldquo(I) seerdquo o is pronounced as in ldquoofenrdquorosa ldquoroserdquo
ū is pronounced as in ldquomoonrdquo ūnus ldquoonerdquo u is pronounced as in ldquopurdquo um ldquohenrdquo
ӯ comes rom Greek and is pronounced in lenghsomewhere beween he i in ldquohirdquo and he u in ldquomuerdquo Pӯramus ldquoPyramusrdquo
y comes rom Greek Is sound wheher long or shorlies in beween he sounds o i and u much as in heFrench ldquosucircrrdquo bu he sound o shor y is less drawn ouhan ha o long y lyricus ldquolyricalrdquo
Te Lain words senātus rēgēsulla gentēs and prīmus are
engraved on his sone
Sign from Pompeii carved on sone wih Lain leters
p q
1 race he roos o he Lain alphabe rom is beginnings orward
Norh-Semiic alphabe elevenh cenury 983138983139983141 Phoenician alphabe Greek alphabe Erusca n alphabeLain alphabe
2 Which wo leters in he English alphabe are no ound in he Lain alphabe
W and J
3 When does he leter J begin o appear in Lain
During he Middle Ages and he enaissa nce
4 Look a he Lain inscripion on he sign rom Pompeii (on he righ o p xxv) Find a leas hree Lain words Lis an Engl ish word you believe is based on he La in word
colonia 991252 colonial colony honoris 991252 honorspecacula 991252 specacular specacle perpevom 991252 perpeual perpeuiy duovir 991252 virile virili
Sandards12 41
TEACHING TIPSudens may wan o know he English meanings o he Lain words in Exercises 1 and 2 Te defini-
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 3254
xxvi bull Latin for the New Millennium
xxvi bull L atin for the New Millennium
BY THE WAY
Everywhere in his book long vowels are indicaed by macrons ie ā ē ī ō ū ӯ whileabove he shor vowels here are no signs Someimes wo words differ rom each oheronly in he lengh o he vowel For example mālum wih a longa means ldquoapplerdquo whilemalum wih a shor a means ldquobad hingrdquo
EXERCISE 1epea hese words aloud afer your eacher pronounces hem
1 a lō 7 lēnis 13 probō 19 sūor2 alumnus 8 sēdēs 14 noa 20 ūsus3 rāna 9 i er 15 pōnō 21 syllaba4 rādō 10 imeō 16 dōnum 22 Pӯrēnē5 eneō 11 nīor 17 ululō6 peō 12 mīrus 18 lupus
DIPHTHONGSDiphhongs are wo vowels combined in one syllable and pronounced ogeher as one soundTere are six diphhongs in Lain
bull ae much like he y in ldquoskyrdquo laevus ldquo lefrdquo
bull au pronounced as ou in ldquoourrdquo aurum ldquo goldrdquo
bull ei pronounced as ei in ldquoeignrdquo oiei ldquoalasrdquo
bull eu pronounced eoo much as i in he wo words ldquogrey bluerdquo you were o subrac he ldquogr-rdquo andhe ldquobl-rdquo and combine he wo vowel sounds Eurōpa ldquoEuroperdquo
bull oe pronounced as oy in ldquoboyrdquo proelium ldquo batlerdquo
bull ui pronounced nearly like ldquowerdquohui ldquoohrdquo
I is believed ha quie early sill in ancien imes he diphhongs ae and oe began o be pro-nounced as e I you encouner hem writen aē or aeuml and oē or oeuml his means ha hey are nodiphhongs and he leters should be pronounced separaely āēr poēa
Te diphhongs are always long
EXERCISE 2epea hese words afer your eacher pronounces hem
1 aesās 7 s eu 13 aēneus2 a equō 8 m oenia 14 poēma3 raeda 9 neu 15 hei4 l audō 10 poena 16 huic5 a u 11 neuer6 aula 12 Poenus
Sudens may wan o know he English meanings o he Lain words in Exercises 1 and 2 Te definiions are provided or he eacherrsquos convenience
EXERCISE 11 I nourish 12 wonderul
2 suden 13 I approve
3 rog 14 noe
4 I scrape 15 I pu
5 I hold 16 gif6 I seek 17 I howl
7 smooh 18 wol
8 sea 19 shoemaker
9 journey 20 use
10 I ear 21 sylla ble
11 I srive 22 Pȳrene (a name)
EXERCISE 21 summer
2 I make level
3 carriage
4 I praise5 or
6 orecour
7 or i
8 walls
9 and no
10 penaly
11 neiher
12 Carhaginian
13 bronze
14 poem
15 ah
16 o his
TEACHER BY THE WAYHisorical evidence can be cied or reading he firs syllable o ldquomāgnusrdquo as naurally long bu oher
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 3354
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull xxvii
Introduction bull xxvii
CONSONANTSbull c is pronounced as in ldquocomerdquo clārus ldquobrighrdquo censeō ldquo(I) deemrdquo cārus ldquodearrdquo
bull When b is ollowed by s as in urbs ldquociyrdquo he sound o b approaches ha o p a sound wemigh represen as urps
bull g is pronounced as in ldquogerdquo gaudiumldquojoyrdquo gignō ldquo(I) bege (I) bearrdquo grāialdquoavor agreeablenessrdquo
bull Some hink ha he omans o Cicerorsquos ime (firs cenury 983138983139983141) pronounced he wo conso-nans ng as ngn or example he adjecive māgnus ldquogreardquo would have been pronounced in a
way ha we migh represen asmangnus
bull k is a very rare consonan In ac i appears only in wo words Kalendae ldquohe firs day oevery monh in he oman calendarrdquo and in he personal name Kaeso
bull q appears always in combinaion wih u and he combinaion qu is pronounced as in ldquoqueenrdquoquatuor ldquoourrdquo
bull v has a sound similar o w (as in he word ldquowierdquo) videō ldquo I seerdquo
bull Te consonanu in he combinaion su sounds like he English w in he ollowing our wordssuēscō ldquo(I) become accusomedrdquoSuēvī a name o a German ribe suādeō ldquo(I) adviserdquo suāvis ldquosweerdquo
bull Te leter r is rilled slighly Te sound has no exac equivalen in English bu is heard inmany oher European languages Te bes way o make his sound is o pronounce r as inldquoroperdquo bu vibrae he end o he ongue slighly as you say i
bull x is a double consonan (equivalen ocs or gs) ha sounds much like he x in ldquosixrdquo
bull z is a noher double consonan (equivalen o dz) and sounds almos like z in ldquozebrardquo I be-gins wih a sligh d sound firs so in pronouncing his leter you should hear dz
bull ph sounds like p in ldquopenrdquo bu wih he addiion o a sligh breah o air represened by he hth sounds like t as in ldquo omrdquo bu wih he addiion o a sligh ex ra breahing represened byhe h ch sounds nearly like he combinaion kh Tese consonans are borrowed rom Greek
and appear in Greek words zephyrus ldquowesern breezerdquo chorus ldquochorusrdquo heārum ldquoheaerrdquo When p and t are no accompanied by h his sligh aspiraion is absen
bull When consonans are doubled as in he verbaggredior he consonanal sound is lenghenedslighly
EXERCISE 3epea hese words afer your eacher pronounces hem
1 cibus 7 glōria 13 phasēlus2 capiō 8 Zeus 14 chara3 cumulus 9 bibliohēca 15 cēlō4 crēscō 10 phi losophia 16 anīquus5 gemma 11 zōna6 Gallus 12 heōrēma
g y g y gevidence suggess i is naurally shor Tus in some grammar books such as he one by Gildersleeveand Lodge we find his syllable marked as long bu in oher books i is reaed as shor
TEACHING TIPTe sudens may also wish o find ou he meanings o he Lain words in Exercise 3 Te definiionsare provided or he eacherrsquos convenience
EXERCISE 3
1 ood2 I ake
3 a heap
4 I grow
5 bud jewel
6 a Gaul
7 glory
8 Zeus
9 library
10 philosophy
11 a girdle
12 heory
13 kidney bean
14 paper
15 I hide
16 old
TEACHING TIPTe eacher may wish o provide he sudens wih some pracice on syllables and sress accen Here
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 3454
xxviii bull Latin for the New Millennium
xxviii bull Latin for the New Millennium
ACCENT A Lain word is made up no jus o leters bu also o syllables A Lain word has as many syllablesas i has vowels or diphhongs (a diphhong works like a single vowel since i is made up o wo
vowels pronounced ogeher [see diphhongs above])
You will need o know he ollowing erms when learning abou accen
bull ulima he las syllable in a word
bull penul he second-o-las syllable in a word
bull anepenul he hird-o-las syllable in a word
So in he word ze- ph y-r us he vowel u is he ulima y is he penul and e is he anepenul
RULES ABOUT THE STRESS ACCENT IN LATIN1 Te sress accen in Lain alls on eiher he penul or he anepenul
2 Te accen alls on he penul i he penul is long I he penul is shor he accen alls onhe anepenul
3 How o deermine wheher he penul is long or shor
a I he penul conains a long vowel (or any diphhong) he penul isel is long You o-en need o learn wheher he vowel in he penul is long or shor as a basic elemen inlearning a new word A macron above he vowel will ell you ha he vowel is long whi lehe absence o a macron wil l indicae a shor vowel Pronouncing he word can help youremember he vowel lenghs For ex ample vi-de-ō ldquoI seerdquo is pronounced viacutedeō whileau-rō-ra ldquodawnrdquo is pronounced aurōacutera and po-pu-lus ldquopeoplerdquo is pronounced po pulus
b I he vowel in he penul is ollowed by wo or more consonans he penul is long no
mater wheher he vowel in he penul is long or shor and he accen necessarily allson he penul For example do-cu-men-um ldquodocumenrdquo is pronounced documenacuteum
BY THE WAYTe consonan x is double (cs or gs) and couns as wo consonans when deermining
wheher he penul is long
c Tere is one excepion o lsquobrsquo above Someimes even when here are wo consonans be-ween he penul and he ulima hey sill do no deermine ha he penul is long Tishappens when he wo consonans are a mue and a liquid
Te mues are p b d t g c
Te liquids are l r
So in he word pal-pe-bra ldquoeyelidrdquo he anepenul is accened ( palacutepebra) he vowel o he pe-nul is shor since i i s ollowed by a mue and a l iquid O course ru le lsquoarsquo sill applies in he wordhe-ā-trum ldquoheaerrdquo he penul is accened (heāacuterum) since i is naurally long somehing welearn rom he macron
y p p yare some examples wih he answers included or he eacherrsquos convenience
Underline he ulima in each word
1 legō
2 rēgis
3 imperāor
Underline he penul in each word
1 causa
2 pūnīum3 armāus
Underline he anepenul in each word
1 vulnerō
2 eigī
3 sublāum
Underline he penul i i is long
1 pōnō
2 spēlunca
3 pauperis
Underline he syllable ha will receive he sress accen in each word1 ōrāculum
2 peīum
3 cōnsania
4 exsīncum
5 vulneris
6 solius
TEACHING TIPGiven he passage abou he bahhouse on his page and he picure rom Bah England he
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 3554
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull xxix
EXERCISE 4epea each senence aloud afer your eacher reads i Pay atenion o he pronunciaion andsress accen o each word
Wha i is Like o Live Over a Bahhouse
(Adaped rom Seneca Moral Leter 56)
Ecce undique clāmor sona Suprā ipsum balneum habiō Prōpōne nunc ibi omnia genera vōcumodiōsa Foriōrēs exercenur e manūs plumbō gravēs iacan cum au labōran au labōranemimianur Gemiūs audiō quoiēns spīrium remīsērun Sun quoque ūncōrēs e racāōrēs
Audiō crepium manuum umerōs erienium sonus quoque icuum mūāur nunc enim manusperveni plāna nunc concava Audiō clāmōrēs sī ūr es i n balneō dēprehēnsus
Look here is noise sounding all around I live above he bahhouse isel Imagine o yourselnow all he haeul ypes o voices Te sronger ones exercise hemselves and swing heir ha ndsloaded wih lead weighs while hey work ou991252or imiae a person working ou I hear moansevery ime hey le go a ltpen-upgt breah Tere are also anoiners and masseurs I hear he slapo hands hiting shoulders and he sound o he blows changes or someimes he hands come1047298a someimes cupped I hear shouing i a hie is caugh in he bahhouse
A pool from inside he Roman Bahs in Bah England
Introduction bull xxix
eacher may wish o open a discussion abou bahs during oman i mes Te use o he calidārium fīgid ārium epidārium and sūdārium may be explained by he eacher and sudens may be en-couraged o learn andor pronounce hese words
TEACHER BY THE WAYBahs were ofen consruced on locaions having ho or mineral springs such as Bah in Englandand Bāiae a resor own on he Bay o Naples
Modern Bah in oman imes was named afer he Celic goddess o healing Sulis In he firscenury her shrine was aken over by he omans and she was idenified wih he goddess Minerva
Te sie was hen known as Aquae Sulis Mine rva In a emple relie she is represened wih a Medusa-like head and a musache
Te spa conained a grea bah (73 f by 29 f) and hree oher swimming pools he calidārium (ho bah)epidārium (warm bah) and fīgidār ium (cold bah) In he second cenury he spring was enclosed wihin a wooden barrel-vau led build ing ha housed hese hree pools Ho ai r bahs were ueled by coal fires A con-san 1047298ow o waer was direced o he pools hrough lead pipes which sill uncion oday
Archeologica l excavaions have revealed ma ny sacred voive offerings c urse ables and innumerable coinsa he botom o he springs Te curse ables writen in Lain heaped curses on anyone suspeced o wrong-doing Te ancien radiion o hrowing coins accompanied by a wish sill prevails oday in ome a he reviFounain where ourissvisiors do he same
More inormaion on bah complexes in ome can be ound on p 386 o his eacherrsquos manual
Sandards22 31
32 41 42
TEACHING TIPTe eacher may wish o insruc he sudens o find he iber iver which is picured here on he
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 3654
xxx bull Latin for the New Millennium
xxx bull Latin for the New Millennium
OVERVIEW OF ROMAN HISTORY According o legend omulus and his win broher emus were se adrif on he iber iver Ashe-wol nursed he boys unil a shepherd rescued hem Upon reaching manhood in 753 983138983139983141he wins ounded a new ciy near he place w here hey had been ound by he she-wol on he
basis o anaugusō auguriō ldquoa avorable sighing o birdsrdquo Bu omulus killed emus in a dispueover who would rule he new ciy and became is firs king
Six oher kings ruled afer omulus Numa Pompilius ullus Hosilius Ancus Marius ar-quinius Prisc us Servius ullius a nd arquinius Superbus (arquin he Proud) Afer he las ohese seven kings was overhrown in 509 983138983139983141 ome became a republic wih a represenaiveorm o governmen headed by wo consuls eleced an nually By 451 983138983139983141 he fi rs corpus o o-man law known as he welve ables was creaed
In he las cenury 983138983139983141 he oman epublic was shaken apar by a series o civil wars By31 983138983139983141 an auocraic regime headed earlier by Julius Caesar and laer by his grea-nephew Oc-avian brough he epublic o an end Te years rom 27 983138983139983141991252when Ocavian assumed heile o prīnceps ldquochie ciizenrdquo as well as he name Augu sus991252o around 180 983139983141 are known ashe early principae or empire During his era ome exended her boundaries o he BriishIsles in he norh Norh Arica in he souh Spain in he wes and he igris and Euphraesrivers in he eas
A view of he iber River as i 1047298ows hrough he ciy of Rome
map on p xxxii
COMPREHENSION QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS FOR PAGE XXX991251XXXI
eproducible versions o he quesions alone are available a wwwlnm bolchazycom
1 Who were he legendary ounders o ome
omulus and emus
2 According o legend in wha year was ome ounded
753 983138983139983141
3 Over he course o he monarchic period how many kings ruled ome
Seven
4 Wha even occurred in 509 983138983139983141
Te beginni ng o he oman epublic (wih wo consuls in charge)
5 Wha is he erm associaed wih he wo leaders o he epublic
Consul
6 Which wo leaders oversaw omersquos shif rom a republic o a principae
Julius Caesar and OcavianAugusu s
7 Wha major aciviy associaed wih empire-building ook place during he principae
erriorial expansion
8 Name wo developmens ha characerized he lae empire
Severe economic problems inernal poliical unres andor requen invasion by he Germanic ribes
9 Describe Diocleianrsquos response o he roubles o he empire
Diocleian divided he empire ino wo halves he Easern and Wesern empires in order o make ruli nghe empire more manageable
10 Explai n he origin o he erm ldquovandalismrdquo
Te fifh cenury invasion and pillag ing o ome by he ribe known as he Vandals who occupied he o-man province o Norh Arica led o he erm ldquovandalismrdquo meaning wanon desrucion
11 Describe Lainrsquos role in he cenuries afer 476 983139983141
Lain 1047298ourished as he major lierary language in he Wesern oman Empire and was spread o non-omanized places like Ireland Scandinavia and he New World
TEACHING TIP
Te eacher may ask he sudens o find he daes menioned on his page in he imeline on pp411ndash414
Sandards21 31 32
TEACHING TIPTe eacher may insruc he sudens o locae ByzaniumConsaninople discussed here in he
d h h ii
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 3754
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull xxxi
Introduction bull xxxi
From 180 983139983141 onwards in he period k nown as he lae empire he oman sae experiencedsevere economic problems and requen invasions by Germanic ri bes esponding o he pres-sure o he firs wave o migraions as well as inernal poliical u nres and economic diffi culieshe emperor Diocleian (ruled 284ndash305 983139983141) had already divided he oman Empire ino anEasern and Wesern hal each under is own emperor991252an atemp o make he vas omansae more manageable
Tis poliical division o he empire acually mirrored a culural division oo he main lan-guage o he Wes was Lain while he main language o he Eas was Greek Shorly aferwardshe emperor Consanine (ruled 312ndash337 983139983141) esablished a new capial or he Easern empirea Byzanium wh ich he renamed Consaninople (ldquohe ciy o Consaninerdquo oday called Isan-
bul) Bu even afer his reorganizaion he imperial governmen ulimaely proved incapable o
semming he ide o he migraions in par because he oman army was oo widely e xendedand could no be in so many places a once Indeed many o he invaders were given he sauso oederāī or ldquoreay roopsrdquo In effec hey were a llowed o occupy segmens o he empire inreurn or proecing i So when Alar ic King o he Visigohs sacked ome in 410 983139983141 he acual lyhad a ile as a commander in he oman army
ome was sacked again in 455 983139983141 by he Vandals who had already occupied he omanprovince o Norh Arica Te pillaging o he ciy o omulus by he invaders made a pro-ound impression on conemporaries and o his day he erm ldquovandalismrdquo is a word in severallanguages or wanon desrucion While he Easern empire (always more sable and eco-nomically prosperous han he Wes) coninued o exis unil 1453 983139983141 he Wesern empire
was ex inc as a poliica l eniy by 476 983139983141 In is place were Germa nic k ingdoms and ribes Angles and Saxons in Briai n Visigohs in Spain Osrogohs in Ialy Franks and Burgundi ansin Gaul991252o name only he major groups Te combinaion o hese new socieies wih heprevious inhabians who had been omanized o varying degrees would one day provide he
basis or he culures o modern Europe
Bu he end o he ancien oman Empire in he Wes was no he end o Lain On he con-rary during he nex 1200 years Lain no only 1047298ourished as he major lierary language in he
erriories o he ormer Wesern oman Empire he use o Lain was exended o regions heomans had never occupied including Ireland Scandinavi a and even he New World
BEGINNINGS OF LATIN LITERATURE Very ew complee works o Lain lieraure produced beore he mid-second cenury 983138983139983141 (ie beore 150 983138983139983141) have survived One reason or his loss was he remendous populariy o he works produced in he ollowing cenury by such auhors as Cicero Vergil and Ovid Teir wri-ings were so widely read and copied in subsequen cenuries ha he auhors preceding hem
were gradually negleced
Among he major figures o early Lain lieraure was a reed slave rom he Greek ciy o aren-um named Livius Andronicus who li ved rom 284ndash204 983138983139983141 He was known or his adapaionso Greek drama or oman audiences and his ranslaion o Homerrsquos Odyssey ino Lain verse
second paragraph on he map on p xxxii
TEACHING TIPTe eacher may ask he sudens o find he daes menioned on his page in he imeline on pp413ndash414
HOW TO USE THIS BOOK AND ITS ANCILLARIES
wo ancillaries are available or use wih his book Te Original Dysuncional Family (abbreviaed ODF)and From Romulus o Romulus Augusulus (abbreviaed R) R will be paricularly useul in order ohelp sudens keep he ime periods o he auhors and o he evens he auhors wroe abou sraigh in heirminds Chaper ile pages will include when appropriae a noaion on wha chaper o R he eachermay wish o assign
TEACHING TIPTe eacher may wish o assign Chaper 1 o he oman hisory ancillary From Romulus o Romu-lus Augusulus a his poin
COMPREHENSION QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS FOR PAGES XXXI991251XXXIVeproducible versions o he quesions alone are available a wwwlnm bolchazycom
1 Whom did he omans consider he aher o Lain lieraure
Ennius
2 Wha was Enniusrsquo mos amous work Is subjec mater
Annālēs was an epic poem abou omersquos early hisory
3 Wha amous Lain saying means ldquoCarhage mus be desroyedrdquo
Carhāgō dēlenda es
4 Who is he auhor o ha saying
Cao he ElderCao he Censor
5 When was Carha ge said o have been desroyed
146 983138983139983141 a he end o he hird Punic war
NB Aler sudens ha he answers o hese comprehension quesions will be ound on p xxxiv
Sandards21 31
R1
TEACHING TIP Ask sudens he English equivalen o cou nries s uch as Briannia and Germānia and he Englishequivalen o he ciies Neāpolis and Ahēnae
Sandard31
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 3854
xxxii bull Latin for the New Millennium
equivalen o he ciies Neāpolis and Ahēnae
A full size r eproducible version of h is page wihou he answe rs can be downloaded a wwwlnm bolchazycom
HOW TO USE THIS BOOK Answers o rep roducible aciviies w ill be gi ven in a larger size bel ow or he eacherrsquos convenience
ANSWERS TO MAP WORK 991251 PAGES XXXII991251XXXIII
1 Crēa Sicilia Corsica Sardinia Cyprus Ihaca Dēlos Brianni a
2 Vesuvius Mōns Aena Mōns Olympus Mōns Āppennīnus Mōns
3 Syria Macedonia Arica Asia
4 mare or ponus
5 Asia Eurōpa Arica
A full siz e reproducible version of his page wihou he answers can be down loaded a wwwln mbolchazycom
Te eacher may wish o have his map enlarged when reproducing i for ease of suden use in compleing his aciviy
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 3954
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull xxxiii
HOW TO USE THIS BOOK
Te answers o his aciviy can be easily seen on he wo acing pages
Te omans regarded Ennius (ca 239 169 983138983139983141) as he aher o Lain lieraure He wroe
TEACHING TIPSudens may be encouraged o find he ciy o Carhage menioned in he second paragraph on hemap on p xxxii
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 4054
xxxiv bull Latin for the New Millennium
xxxiv bull L atin for the New Millennium
Te omans regarded Ennius (ca 239ndash169 983138983139983141) as he aher o Lain lieraure He wroemany kinds o lierary works including plays His Annālēs an epic poem abou he early hisoryo ome was paricularly renowned and perhaps he primary epic read in oman schools beorehe ime o Vergil Only ragmens o his wriings remain
One o Enniusrsquo conemporaries was heamed Cao he Censor also known as Caohe Elder (234ndash149 983138983139983141) a rigidly conserva-ive oman senaor Mos o his reaise onagriculure called Dē agrī culūrā survivesI is he oldes work o Lain prose amongCaorsquos recommendaions here are ha fieldslaves be reaed similarly o beass o bur-den Cao is also remembered or his sae-men Carhāgō dēlenda es ldquoCarhage mus
be desroyedrdquo evidence or he omanear o he Carhaginians Te omansough hree wars known as he Punic
Wars agai ns he Car haginians Te fi rsended beore Cao was born in he secondagains Hannibal Cao served wih miliarydisincion he hird ended in 146 983138983139983141 asCao had demanded wih he desruciono Carhage On his occasion he vic oriousomans were said o have plowed sal inohe Carhaginian soil
Discussions abou laer auhors and adap-aions rom heir wriings w ill be presenedchronologically in he chapers o his book
Ancien ruins a Carhage in Africa
p p
TEACHER BY THE WAY Alhough he works o Enniu s have been preserved on ly in ragmens (abou a housand lines) hehad a grea in1047298uence on subsequen poes such as Vergil Quoable quoes include
bull a es o riendship Amīcus cer us in rē incer ā cerniur (A riend in need is a riend indeed)
bull an applicaion o wisdom o lie Quī ipse sibi sapiēns prōdesse nequi nēquīquam sapi (A man who
himsel is wise bu unable o be useul o himsel is wise or nohing)bull he amous descripion o Fabius Maximus Ūnus homō nōbīs cūncandō resiui rem (One man by delaying res ored he sae or us)
bull and he line on Manius Curius Quem nēmō errō poui superāre nec aurō (Whom no one was ableo deea eiher by sword or gold)
We also have preser ved or us he exa mple o excessive all ieraion ha has g iven rise o much laugher inLain classrooms over he years Ō ie ūe aī ibi ana yranne ulisī ldquoO ius aius you yran (all voca-ive) you brough o yoursel such grea (roubles)rdquo991252ranslaed in conex which plays off he more lieral ldquo you ookacquired or yoursel such grea hings rdquo
On he oher hand he composed his own epiaph in which his high eseem among omans proved o beprescien
nēmō mē lacrumīs decōre neu unera 1047298ēū
axi Cūr Voliō vivos per ōra v irum (Le no one honor me wih ears or make a uneral pyre by weeping
Why I 1047298y li ving hrough he mouhs o men)
TEACHER BY THE WAY
Pluarchrsquos Lie o Cao is a good source o snappy quoaions atribued o his saesman soldier andauhor For example while discussing he power o women he said ldquoAll oher men rule heir wives we rule al l oher men and our w ives rule us rdquo Atemping o persuade he oman people o orego adisribuion o grain he began his speech by saying ldquoI is a hard mater o argue wih he belly sincei has no earsrdquo And o a ribune who had been accused o using poison and was rying o pass a use-less bill he said ldquoI know no which is worse o drink your mixures or o enac your billsrdquo
1CHAPTER 1
HOW TO USE THIS BOOK
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 4154
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull 1
1CHAPTER
Parts of Speech Nouns Number Gender Case (Nominative and Accusative)
First Declension Nouns
MEMORĀBILE DICTŪ
SPQ Senātus Populusque ōmānusldquoTe Senae and he People o omerdquo
Tese our leters orm wha is known as an acronym one ha symbolized supreme power inancien ome
Oil paining of Romulus and Remus wih he wolf By Peer Paul Rubens (1577ndash1640)
Te grammaical and synacical opics ha will be presened in each chaper o his book are lised a he opo he chaper ile page
HOW TO USE THIS BOOK
Te illusraion on each chaperrsquos ile page presens a visual inroducion o he Lain reading passage ha willollow eachers may choose o discuss he illusraion in order o provide he conex or he reading he su-dens will encouner on he nex page
HOW TO USE THIS BOOK
On each chaper ile page he phrase Memorābile Dictū (ldquoA memorable hing o say rdquo) will be ou nd Below here will be a amous phrase quoa ion abbreviaion or moto in L ain ha w ill connec hese words o he opicsin he chaper
MEMORĀBILE DICTŪ VOCABULARY
populus populī m ndash people
-que ndash and
senāus senāūs m ndash senae
TEACHING TIP
ubens pained his picure o omulus and emus rom 1615ndash1616 during wha is called he Ba-roque period o ar Te man approaching rom he rear is Fausulus Te reclining figure is he god
o he river iber
HOW TO USE THIS BOOK AND ITS ANCILLARIESwo ancillaries are available or use wih his book Te Original Dysunctional Family (abbreviaed ODF)and From Romulus to Romulus Augustulus (abbreviaed R) R will be paricularly useul in order ohelp sudens keep he ime periods o he auhors and o he evens he auhors wroe abou sraigh in heirmind Chaper ile pages wil l include when appropriae a noaion abou wha chaper o R he eachermay wish o assign
Standards11 21
R 2and 3
READING
TRANSLATION OF LATIN PASSAGEomulus and emus
Mars is a god Mars loves hea Silvia And so hea Silvia has wo sons omulus and emus Amulius locks uph Sil i A li l d i h A h l lk h T h l
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 4254
2 bull Latin for the New Millennium
2 bull Latin for the New Millennium
READINGTis sory describes how ome was said o have been ounded in 753 983138983139983141 King Numior o AlbaLonga was overhrown by his cruel and ambiious broher Amulius who no only seized hehrone bu so eared ha one o Numiorrsquos male descendans migh have a legiimae claim oni ha he made Amuliusrsquo daug her hea Silvia a priesess o he goddess Vesa Tese priesesses
were no allowed o marry during heir childbearing years
RŌMULUS ET REMUS
1 Mārs es deus Mārs hēam Silviam ama Iaque hēa Silvia duōs
īliōs habe ōmulum e emum Amūlius hēam Silviam vinculīs
claudi Amūlius ōmulum e emum in aquam pōni Lupa ad aquamambula Lupa ōmulum e emum bene cūra e ama ōmulus e
5 emus crēscun Poseā ōmulus e emus ōmam aedifican
Famous bronze saue of he she-wolf and he wins
hea Silvia Amulius pus omulus and emus ino he waer A she-wol walks o he waer Te she-wol caresor (akes good care o) omulus and emus well and loves (hem) omulus and emus grow up Aferwards(laer) omulus and emus build ome
HOW TO USE THIS BOOK Above each La in reading pa ssage inorm aion is presened in Engl ish Tis pre -reading provides back groundinormaion abou he auhor and esablishes he conex o he passage he sudens will read
TEACHER BY THE WAY
Te eacher may wish o inroduce he class o he radiional abbreviaions o 983137983140 (which sandsor he Lain phrase Annō Dominī ldquoi n he year o our Lordrdquo) and 983138983139 (which sands or he Engl ishphrase ldquoBeore Chrisrdquo) Tese older abbreviaions coninue o be used bu his book employs heabbreviaions 983138983139983141 (Beore he Common Era) and 983139983141 (Common Era)
TEACHING TIPInsruc he sudens o locae Alba Longa on he map on pp xxxiindashxxxiii
TEACHER BY THE WAYTough he wins were added o he sculpure in he enaissance he she-wol has srong links wihEruscan myhology and shows characerisics o Eruscan sculpure
TEACHING TIP
Te eacher may wish o encourage he sudens o design an abbreviaed amily ree o omulusand emus
Standards11 22
Jupier Juno King Num ior o Alba Longa
Mars hea Silvia
omulus emus
READING VOCABULARY
HOW TO USE THIS BOOKTe English pronoun subjec o a verb is no lised in he eading Vocabulary i he pronoun is no needed inhe ranslaion
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 4354
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull 3
Chapter 1 bull 3
READING VOCABULARYad aquam ndash o he waer
aedifican ndash build
ama ndash loves
ambula ndash walks
Amūlius ndash Amul ius
aquam ndash waer
bene ndash well
claudi ndash locks up
crēscun ndash grow up
cūra ndash akes care o cares or
deus ndash god
duōs ndash woes ndash is
e ndash and
īliōs ndash sons
habe ndash has
in aquam ndash ino he waer
iaque ndash and so
lupa ndash she-wol
Mārs ndash Mars he god o war
pōni ndash pus
poseā ndash aferwards laer
emum ndash emus
emus ndash emus
hēa Silvia ndash hea Silvia
hēam Silviam ndash hea Silvia
ōmam ndash ome
ōmulum ndash omulus
ōmulus ndash omulus vinculīs ndash w ih chains
Words marked wih an aserisk will need o bememorized laer in he chaper
COMPREHENSION QUESTIONS1 Whose sons are omulus and emus
2 Wha did Amulius do
3 Who saved he lie o omulus and emus
4 Wha did omulus and emus do
HOW TO USE THIS BOOK
Te sudens should not be expeced o lea rn he words under he ile eading Vocabulary whenever his ileoccurs in he book Insead insruc sudens o learn he vocabulary words lised under he ile Vocabularyto Learn ha will be ound laer in each chaper In more advanced Lain exs usually here are vocabularyand noes o help he sudens when reading a passage Tis eading Vocabulary will help prepare sudens orlaer more advanced classes
ANSWERS TO COMPREHENSION QUESTIONS
1 Tey are he sons o Mars and hea Silvia2 He locked up hea Silvia
3 A she-wol
4 Tey buil he ciy o ome
TEACHING TIP
Whi le English deriva ives rom he sar red words (ie he Vocabulary o L earn) are he opic o Ex-ercise 2 laer in his chaper here are some ineresing derivaives rom he non-sarred words andsome o hese show how words change hrough he years Te eacher may choose o discuss hesederivaives wih he sudens
bull aedi1047297cant (aedi1047297cō) ndash ediy edificaion edifice
Tis Lain word is buil rom wo Lain words aciō (o do make) and aedēs (house emple) Te
English derivaives reain his religious connecion or hey mean ldquoo build up he aih moraliy o in-sruc especially morallyrdquo Te word ldquoedificerdquo is always used or an imposing srucure such as a ldquoemplerdquoor aedēs
bull claudit (claudō) ndash close conclusion enclosure sluice
A ldquocloserdquo is a small shu-in space and some people i locked in one suffer rom ldquoclausrophobiardquo acompound derivaive parly rom Lain (o close confine) and parly rom he Greek (ear) hence ldquoa earo closed spacesrdquo
Te word ldquosluicerdquo does no look like a derivaive o claudō bu i has undergone cha nges as i ca meino English via middle English and old French (sclus) rom he Lain exclūdō which means ldquoo shu ourdquo Asluice has a gae a he op o he channel o shu off he 1047298ow o waer as necessary
bull crēscunt (crēscō) ndash crescen accrue recrui crew
Te word ldquocrewrdquo in middle English mean ldquoreinorcemenrdquo so a body o soldiers grew Te word ldquore-
cruirdquo has he same basic idea ecruis increase he size o he army (rom he Lain recrēscō meaning ldquoogrow againrdquo)
bull deus ndash deiy deiy
bull duōs ndash double dozen due duplicae
Te word ldquodozenrdquo is a compound rom he Lain word or ldquowordquo and he German word or ldquoenrdquo (zehn)
bull habet (habeō) ndash habi abiliy prohibiive
Onersquos abiliy depends on he alens and skil ls one has
bull pōnit ( pōnō) ndash depo imposiion preposiion
A depo origina lly was a place where supplies were pu or sorage
LANGUAGE FACT I
HOW TO USE THIS BOOKTe Language Facs secion o each chaper will conain boh grammaical (morphological) and synacicalinormaion ie inormaion boh abou he orms o he words and he srucure o he senence
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 4454
4 bull Latin for the New Millennium
4 bull Latin for the New Millennium
LANGUAGE FACT I
PARTS OF SPEECHTe parts o speech used in a Lain senence deermine is meaning jus as in English While henoun and he verb are he wo mos imporan oher common pars o speech are lised below
Noun a person place hing idea acion or qual iy Examples ldquoomulusrdquo ldquoriverrdquo ldquocouragerdquo
Pronoun a word ha sands in place o a noun ha has been previously menioned or is clearrom conex Examples ldquoIrdquo ldquosherdquo ldquohimrdquo ldquoirdquo
Adjecive a word ha limis or defines a noun or a pronoun Examples ldquolitlerdquo ldquosrongrdquo
Adverb a word ha lim is or defines verbs adjecives or (oher) adverbs Examples ldquoveryrdquoldquoquielyrdquo
Verb a word ha describes an acion or sae o being Examples ldquogordquo ldquosayrdquo ldquowasrdquo
Preposiion a word ha begins a preposiional phrase such as ldquoinrdquo ldquoordquo ldquoonrdquo ldquoorrdquo ldquobyrdquoldquowihrdquo A preposiional phrase is a preposiion joined o a noun Examples ldquoin he morningrdquoldquowih a sharp pencilrdquo
Conjuncion a word ha connecs words phrases clauses a nd senences Examples ldquoandrdquoldquoburdquo ldquoalhoughrdquo
Inerjecion a word ha expresses emoion Examples ldquowowrdquo
EXERCISE 1eview he meanings and ideniy he pars o speech o he ollowing words Te eading
Vocabulary may be consu led
1 īliōs 6 e2 bene 7 lupa3 aedifican 8 claudi
4 ad 9 ōmam5 ambula 10 ama
EXERCISE 1 ANSWERS
1 noun
2 adverb
3 verb
4 preposiion
5 verb
6 conjuncion
7 noun8 verb
9 noun
10 verb
TEACHING TIP
Te eacher may wish o ask he sudens in Lain wha par o speech a given word is Te eacher would say ldquoQuae pars ōrātiōnis estrdquo Suden responses would be
bull nōmen substantīvumsubstantīvum ndash noun
bull prōnōmen ndash pronoun
bull nōmen adiectīvumadiectīvum ndash adjecive
bull verbum temporāle ndash verb
bull adverbium ndash adverb
bull praepositiō ndash preposiion
bull coniūnctiō ndash conjuncion
bull interiectiō ndash inerjecion
Standards11 41
Standards11 41
WorkbookExercise 1
VOCABULARY TO LEARN
TEACHING TIPSince his is he firs se o Lain words ha your sudens will be required o memorize i is usuallya good idea o sugges and discuss wih hem some differen ways o memorize vocabulary Somesel help opions are lised below
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 4554
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull 5
NOUNSagricola agricolae m ndash armer
aqua aquae ndash waer
āhlēa āhlēae m ndash ahlee
īlia īliae ndash daugher
lupa lupae ndash she-wol
naua nauae m ndash sailor
poēa poēae m ndash poe
puella puellae ndash girl
ōma ōmae ndash ome
erra errae ndash land
VERBSama ndash heshei loves
ambula ndash heshei walks
cūra ndash heshei akes care o cares or
es ndash heshei is
ADVERBS bene ndash well
poseā ndash aferwards
CONJUNCTIONSe ndash and
iaque ndash and so
Aqueducs carr ied waer (aqua) o he ciies in he Roman world Tis aqueduc buil in 19 983138983139983141 which srechedacross he Gard River was named he Pon du Gard and brough waer o he ciy of Nicircmes in France in ancien imes
Chapter 1 bull 5
sel-help opions are lised below
1 Look a he word in he book and say he word aloud
2 Wrie down he word on a piece o paper along wih is meaning and check o be sure here are no spell-ing errors Color-coding he words by pars o speech is also helpul Pronounce he word while wriing idown and hen repea he word including he meaning and spelling
3 Make handwriten 1047298ashcards wih he Lain on one side and English on he oher and be sure here are nospelling errors Color-coding is a good sraegy here also Wriing he word ou helps some sudens ce-men he word in he brain Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers has creaed an elecronic vocabulary resourceor hose sudens or whom echnological learning ools are an aid Tese vocabulary 1047298ashcards are orhe iPod See p 93 or more inormaion on iPod 1047298ashcards
4 Use English derivaives o help remember meanings Bu be careul since some derivaives may havemeanings grealy changed rom he original Lain word
5 Find clipar picures ha illusrae he vocabulary words and use he picures as a way o es yoursel onhe Lain words
TEACHER BY THE WAYTe eacher may wish o open a discussion abou aqueducs and he waer supply or ancien omans while l ooking a he picu re o he Pon du Gard on his page For a hisory o aqueducs and heirconsrucion Froninusrsquo book Dē aquīs urbis Rōmae is an excellen source Te book was writenabou 97 983139983141 when he was Superinenden o Aqueducs Oher aqueducs include he ollowing
bull Te double high aqueduc in Segovia Spainbull Te Aqua Appia buil in 312 983138983139983141
bull Te Aqua rāiāna
bull Te aqueduc buil by Alex ander Severus in 226 983139983141
bull Te Aqua Claudia
bull Te Aqua Marcia wh ich wa s probably named a fer A ncus Marcius who was he fi rs K ing oome by radiional accouns o build an aqueduc o bring waer o ome
NB Te word ldquo Aquardquo when capialized means ldquoaqueducrdquo
Eleven aqueducs urnished 250000 gallons o waer o ome every weny-our hours
BY THE WAY
E h u gi n in h b l r h rm T nd rm i h g nii
HOW TO USE THIS BOOK Ēn is a word ha calls atenion o somehing and means ldquoLook a hisrdquo Te inormaion given here draws a-enion o and urher specifies differen language acs
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 4654
6 bull Latin for the New Millennium
6 bull Latin for the New Millennium
Each noun given in he vocabulary has wo orms Te second orm is he geniivesingular
A derivative is an English word rooed in a Lain word Te English derivaive issimilar in meaning and orm o is Lain source
STUDY TIP
An English derivaive ofen can help you remember wha a Lain word means
EXERCISE 2Find he English derivaives based on he Vocabulary o Learn in he ollowing senences Wriehe corresponding Lain word
1 She shows a considerable filial respec oward her aher
2 Agriculu re is a science o culivaing he land
3 Te ship is equipped wih all he necessary nauical insrumens
4 We saw all kinds o fish in he aquarium
5 Tis is an all-errain vehicle
6 When will he ahleic compeiion sar
7 She has a ruly poeic naure
LANGUAGE FACT II
NOUNS NUMBER GENDER CASE 983080NOMINATIVE AND
ACCUSATIVE983081Nouns in Lain show number gender and case
Number Lain nouns are eiher singular or plural in number Number is shown in differen ways by differen ypes o nouns bu some ending-paterns are or singular orms and oherending-paterns are or plural orms
Gender Every noun likewise is eiher masculine eminine or neuer in gender You muslearn he gender o each noun In he Vocabulary o Learn l iss he gender is indicaed by hecommon abbreviaionsm (masculi ne) f (eminine) or n (neuer)
Case Lain nouns mus have an ending-patern ha displays case Tis is quie differen romEnglish in which case is indicaed by word posiion and no by endings (alhough case markersare preserved in cerain pronouns such as ldquoherdquo and ldquohimrdquo) A nounrsquos case reveals wha uncionhe noun has in he senence Tere are five common cases nominaive geniive daive accu-saive and ablaive wo less requenly used cases are called he vocaive and he locaive
HOW TO USE THIS BOOKStudy Tips give hins rhymes and mnemonics o help sudens learn grammar and vocabulary
EXERCISE 2 ANSWERS1 filial īlia
2 agriculure agricola
3 nauical naua
4 aquarium aqua
5 errain erra
6 ahleic āhlēa
7 poeic poēa
TEACHING TIPExplain o he sudens ha in English he words ldquoardquo ldquoanrdquo or ldquoherdquo are usually placed beore a nounand Lain does no have an equivalen or hese words known as aricles
eachers may need o sress he absence o he aricle many imes beore sudens compleely ine-grae his knowledge ino heir reading habis in Lain class
TEACHING TIPLain like many oher languages does no always observe biological gender Ofen he gender o a
Lain noun is deermined by grammaical acors such as he group o which a noun belongs
TEACHING TIP
Alhough in Exercise 2 he sudens are direced o find only he derivaives based on he Vocabular yo Learn hey may be ineresed o learn ha here are oher derivaives in Exercise 2 Te derivaiono hese words is provided or he eacherrsquos convenience
bull 1 consider - rom sīdus (sar) + cum (wih ogeher) and rom cōnsīderō (o examine consider)respec - rom respectō (look back a have regard or)
bull 2 science - rom scientia (knowledge) and sciō (o know) culivaing - rom colō (ill inhabi worship)
bull 3 necessary - rom necesse (necessary) insrumens - rom īnstruō (o equip build provide)
and rom īnstrumentum (equipmen ool ec)bull 5 vehicle - rom he Lain verb vehō (o carry)
bull 6 compeiion - rom petō (o seek aim a atack ec) + cum (wih oge her)
bull 7 naure - rom nātūra (naure)
Standard41
Standards11 31 41
STUDY TIP
An easy way o remember he names ohe five common cases iso use his mnemonic
TEACHING TIPSudens may no know wha he word ldquomnemonicrdquo means explain ha a mnemonic device is some-hing ha helps a suden o remember somehing Te eacher may also wish o use his opporu-niy o bring up Mnemosyne he goddess o memory and he moher o he Muses
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 4754
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull 7
Chapter 1 bull 7
An easy way o remember he names o he five common cases is o use his mnemonicdevice
Never NominaiveGive GeniiveDogs Daive A ny A ccusaive A buse A blaive
Nominative Te nominaive case idenifies he subjec Te subjec is a noun or a pronounha perorms he acion or exiss in a sae o being In he senence ldquoWilliam is readingrdquohe word ldquoWilliamrdquo is he subjec
Example Mārs amat Mars loves
Te noun subjec o he verb ldquoloverdquo is he god Mars
Find more examples o nominaives and heir verbs rom he reading passage a he begin-ning o he chaper
Te nominaive case also idenifies he predicae nominaive In he senence ldquoWilliam isa sudenrdquo he predicae nominaive is ldquoa sudenrdquo A predicae nominaive complees hemeaning o he verb ldquoo berdquo Look a his exa mple rom he reading
Example Mārs est deus Mars is a god
Mārs is he subjec and deus is a predicae nominaive
Accusative Te ourh case lised is called he accusaive he geniive daive and ablaivecases will be discussed in laer chapers Te accusaive case poins ou he noun (or pro-noun) ha is he direc objec emember direc objecs receive he acion o he verb Inhe senence ldquoI am wriing a leterrdquo he direc objec is ldquoa leterrdquo
Example Mārs Rhēam Silviam amat Mars loves hea Silvia
Te direc objec o ldquoloverdquo is he noun Rhēam Silviam
Find more examples o accusaives and heir verbs rom he reading passage a he beginningo he chaper
niy o bring up Mnemosyne he goddess o memory and he moher o he Muses
Answers to ldquoFind more examples of nominatives a nd their verbs from the reading passage at the begin-ning of the chapterrdquo
hēa Silvia habe
Amūl ius claudi
Amūl ius pōni
Lupa ambula
Lupa cūra e amaōmulus e emus crēscun
ōmulus e emus aedifican
Answers to ldquoFind more examples of accusatives and their verbs from the reading passage at the beg in-ning of the chapterrdquo
duōs īliōs habe ōmulum e emum
hēam Silviam claudi
ōmulum e emum pōni
ōmulum e emum bene cūra e ama
ōmam aedifican
TEACHING TIPSudens may encouner diffi culy when r ying o ransl ae Lain names used in cases o her han henominaive Te eacher a some poin will need o explain (and repea whenever necessary) ha when ransla ing a La in name he suden should al ways use he nominaive o rm o he word Onp 7 sudens are asked o find examples o accusaives and heir verbs in he reading passage Teanswers lised above provide an opporuniy o pracice wih his issue emind sudens o rans-lae duōs īliōs habet Rōmulum et Remum as ldquohe has wo sons omulus and emusrdquo Te oher ouranswers may be used as pracice wih he sudens
EXERCISE 3a Ideniy wheher he nouns in bold in hese senences are subjecs direc objecs or predi
TEACHER BY THE WAYIn conjuncion wih he picure and is capion he eacher may wish o menion ha he amil-ilar acronym o SPQ is sill in use and visible hroughou modern ome991252on liter bins sewercovers ec
Standards11 41
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 4854
8 bull Latin for the New Millennium
8 bull Latin for the New Millennium
a Ideniy wheher he nouns in bold in hese senences are subjecs direc objecs or predi-cae nominaives Te eading Vocabulary may be consuled
b Label each senence as vērum (rue) i i agrees or alsum (alse) i i disagrees wih he Lainreading passage a he beginni ng o he chaper
Example Amūlius es deusPredicae nominaive alsum
1 hēa Silvia ōmulum e emum cūra
2 Amūlius ōmulum e emum bene cūra
3 Amūlius lupam vinculīs claudi
4 Mārs ōmulum e emum in aquam pōni
5 Lupa hēam Silviam cūra
6 Amūlius ad aquam ambula
Te power of he ciy of Rome founded according o legend by Romulus is symbolized by hese four leters ha areprominenly displayed in various places wihin he ciy
EXERCISE 3 ANSWERS
1 subjec vērum
2 direc objecs alsum
3 direc objec alsum
4 subjec alsum
5 direc objec alsum
6 subjec vērum
WorkbookExercise 2 A full si ze reproduc ible version of th is page
without the a nswers ca n be downloade d at wwwlnm bolchazyco m
HOW TO USE THIS BOOK
Noun Declensions Te eacher may choose Lain nouns rom he declension ha is being sudied a he imehis workshee is used Tus no answers are provided here
LANGUAGE FACT III
TEACHING TIP Ask he sudens wha he Lain words seleced rom he reading and lised near he op o p 9 mean
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 4954
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull 9
Chapter 1 bull 9
FIRST DECLENSION NOUNS A declension is a g roup o nouns ha show a cerain patern o word endings Tere are five differ-en declensions in Lain In he reading abou omulus and emus hese are he orms belongingo he firs declension
hēam Silviam hēa Silvia aquam lupa ōmam
Noice ha he ex says Rhēa Silvia when she is he subjec and Rhēam Silviam when she is hedirec objec
Te firs declension is composed o words ha characerisically have he vowel a a or near heend o he word lupa
Below is he patern ha firs declension nouns ollow o show case and number Memorize heLain words in order rom he nominaive singular down o he ablaive singular and hen romhe nominaive plural down o he ablaive plural
emember ha he endings or a whole group o nouns ollow his patern Once you learn hi spatern you can recognize he case a nd number o all he words belonging o hi s declension
In his chaper you have begun o learn abou he nominaive and accusai ve cases Te ohercases will be explained in laer chapers
First DeclensionSingular Plural
Nomina ive l upa he she-wol Nominaive lupae he she-wolves
Geniive lupae o he she-wol Geniive lupārum o he she-wolves
Daive lupae oor he she-wol Daive lupīs oor he she-wolves
Accusaive lupam he she-wol Accusaive lupās he she-wolves
Ablaive lupā bywih he she-wol Ablaive lupīs bywih he she-wolves
Daive and ablaive plural o he words īlia ldquodaugherrdquo and dea ldquogoddessrdquo is fīliābus anddeābusTis is o di singuish hese orms rom he corresponding orms o īlius ldquosonrdquo and deus ldquogodrdquo
STUDY TIP
Noice ha he ablaive singular ending -ā has a long mark (macron) above i his ishe only difference beween he nominaive and ablaive singular endings
TEACHING TIP
Afer he firs declension has been presened o he sudens encourage hem depending on heirlearning syle o say he declension aloud o wrie down he words o inven a rap or a cheer
TEACHER BY THE WAY
Te patern is called a declension because he oher cases lean away ( dēclīnāre) rom he nominaiveie hey do no ollow he same orm as he nominaive
ORAL EXERCISE 1Tis exercise may be used afer the 1047297rst declension has been presented
Whi le looking a he declension o lupa ask he sudens o decli ne nauta
Singular PluralNominaive naua nauaeGeniive nauae nauārumDaive nauae nauīs Accusaive nauam nauās Ablaive nauā nauīs
Standards11 31 41
OralExercise 1
WorkbookExercise 3
STUDY TIP
Noice ha he daive and ablaive plural endings a re idenical
EXERCISE 4 ANSWERS1 geniive daive puellār um puellī s
2 accusaive nauās
3 accusaive errās
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 5054
10 bull Latin for the New Millennium
10 bull Latin for the New Millennium
Here are more words belonging o he fi rs declension
puella ndash girl īlia ndash daugher terra ndash land
Mos firs declension words are eminine i n gender bu a ew (usually ones ha indicae mas-culine occupaions in ancien imes) are masculine Examples are poēta ldquopoerdquoagricola ldquoarmerrdquonauta ldquosailorrdquo āthlēta ldquoahleerdquo
EXERCISE 4Ideniy he case o each singular noun Ten change each orm ino plural For some more han
one answer is possibleExample īlianominaive īliae
1 puellae 5 aquae2 nauam 6 puellā3 erram 7 āhlēā4 a gr ic ol a
Like he Greek wreslers porrayed on his ancien bas-reliefRoman ahlees were also fond of he spor of wresling
4 nominaive agricolae
5 geniive daive aquārum aquīs
6 ablaive puellīs
7 ablaive āhlēīs
TEACHING TIP
Since wreslers are depiced on he illusraion on his page he eacher may wish o open a discus-
sion abou he omansrsquo and Greeksrsquo ondness or wresling which was ofen praciced in a complexcalled he palaestra
oman boys were expeced o serve in he m iliary Tus hey were firs rained by heir ahers in wreslingand boxing Srengh and agiliy were sressed raher han grace o movemen as in Greek spors Te woprincipal syles uilized by he Greek were uprigh wresling in which hree alls o your opponen o heground were necessary o deea him and ground wresling which required he opponen o give up in ordero end he mach In he palaes tra here was an area or he young people o pracice wresling or boxing wih apunching bag (cōrycus) Examples o monumenal oman bahs wih a palaest ra are ound a he Bahs o Ca-racalla in ome he Harbor Bahs a Ephesus in urkey and he Bahs in Varna Bulgaria he larges anciensrucure in ha counry
Wresling was also one o he spor evens a he Olympic games ha he omans ofen atended Greco-oman wresling is also one o he evens eaured in he summer Olympic games in modern imes
TEACHING TIPTe eacher migh wan o have sudens read an English ranslaion o Book 23 o he Iliad in which Ajax a nd Odysseus compee in a wre sling m ach and Book 5 o he Aeneid or a descripion o hespors ha he omans played and compare he atiude o he compeiors in each epic Boh evens were par o he uneral games he ormer in honor o Paroclu s riend and atendan o Achil lesand he later in honor o Anchises aher o Aeneas Tis migh lead o urher discussion on henaure o modern wresling
Standards11 41
EXERCISE 5Ideniy he case o each plural noun Ten change each orm ino he singular For some more
TEACHING TIPSudens may wonder why he geniive singular w ihou is ending mus be used o find he base whenhe nominaive singular wihou is ending works jus as well Explain ha in oher noun declensionshe nominaive will no always provide he same base or have he same spelling as he geniive
Standards11 41
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 5154
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull 11
Chapter 1 bull 11
han one answer is possible
Example puellāsaccusaive puellam
1 īliae 5 aquīs2 errīs 6 poēārum3 nauārum 7 agricolae4 l upa e
BY THE WAY
In all declensions endings are added o he base o a noun I is imporan o know hahe base o a noun is ound by removing he ending rom is geniive si ngular orm Forexample he geniive singular o puella is puellae I you remove he -ae rom puellae
wha remains is he base o he word namely puell- For his reason learning he geni-ive singular is as imporan as knowing he nominaive singular o he noun
STUDY TIP
Always learn he geniive ogeher wih he nominaive because rom he geniive you will know o which declension a word belongs
A wall paining depic ing a Roman farmer (agricola) wih his sheep
EXERCISE 5 ANSWERS
1 nominaive īl ia
2 daive ablaive errae errā
3 geniive nauae
4 nominaive lupa
5 daive ablaive aquae aquā
6 geniive poēae7 nominaive agricola
HOW TO USE THIS BOOKIn his book he word ldquobaserdquo is used o reer o he noun wihou any ending ldquoStemrdquo is used or he par o he verb wihou any ending ldquoootrdquo is used or he Lain par o a derivaive
ORAL EXERCISE 2Tis exercise may be used afer Exercise 5
Use one o he ollowing classroom presenaion opions (hereafer reerred o as CPO) (blackgreenwhiesmar board overhead or LCD projecor PowerPoinreg presenaion ec) o pu his inormaion on view
quis ldquowhordquo (or he subjec) and quem ldquowhomrdquo (or he direc objec)
Ten ask he suden o answer he ollowing quesions abou he chaper reading eiher orally or in wri-
en orm
1 Teacher Quis es Mārs Student Mārs es deus
2 Teacher Quem ama Mārs Student hēam Silviam Mārs ama
3 Teacher Quis ama hēam Silviam Student Mārs ama hēam Silviam
4 Teacher Quem habe hēa Silvia Student hēa Silvia duōs īliōs ōmulum eemum habe
5 Teacher Quis claudi hēam Silviam Student Amūlius claudi hēam Silviam
6 Teacher Quem claudi Amūlius Student hēam Silviam Amūlius claudi
7 Teacher Quis ōmulum e emum in aquampōni
Student Amūlius ōmulum e emum in aquampōni
8 Teacher Quem Amūlius in aquam pōni Student Amūlius ōmulum e emum in aquampōni
9 Teacher Quis ambula ad aquam Student Lupa ambula ad aquam
10 Teacher Quis ōmulum e emum bene cūra Student Lupa ōmulum e emum bene cūra
11 Teacher Quōs lupa bene cūra Student Lupa ōmulum e emum bene cūra
12 Teacher Quis ōmulum e emum a ma Student Lupa ōmulum e emum ama
13 Teacher Quōs lupa ama Student Lupa ōmulum e emum ama
OralExercise 2
WorkbookExercise
4 5
EXERCISE 6ranslae rom Lain ino English and rom English ino Lain Te mos common Lain word
d
TEACHER BY THE WAYTe eacher may menion ha he mos common word order (subjec ndash direc objec ndash verb) can o-en be changed For example i he verb is o be emphasized i will ake firs posiion I he subjecor he direc objec is o be emphasized i will ake he las posiion which is he mos emphaic oneIn general he more unusual he wordrsquos posiion is he more emphasis is placed on his word
Standards11 41
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 5254
12 bull Latin for the New Millennium
12 bull Latin for the New Millennium
order is
subjec ndash direc objec ndash verb
1 Agricola erram ama
2 Te ahlee loves waer
3 Naua īlia m ama
4 Te poe loves ome
5 Agricola erram cūra
6 Te she-wol cares or (is aking care o) he girl
BY THE WAY
Even hough he mos common word order is subjec ndash di rec objec ndash verb rememberha endings991252no word order991252deermine which word is he subjec and which i s hedirec objec
TALKING When we mee one person we gree herhim wih salvē When we mee wo or more people wegree hem wih salvēte When we bid goodbye o one person we sayvalē When we bid goodbyeo wo or more people we say valēte
Here are various ways o ask ldquohow are yourdquo or ldquohow are you doingrdquo
Quōmodo valēs or Quōmodo tē habēs or Quid agis ldquoHow are yourdquo
Here is a range o possible answers
bene ldquowellrdquo pessimē ldquovery badrdquo optimē ldquogreardquo melius ldquobeterrdquo mediocriter ldquoso-sordquo or ldquono oo badrdquo meliusculē ldquoa litle beterrdquo male ldquobadrdquo
In general he more unusual he word s posiion is he more emphasis is placed on his word
EXERCISE 6 ANSWERS
1 Te armer loves he land
2 Āhlēa aquam ama
3 Te sailor loves (his) daugher
4 Poēa ōmam ama
5 Te armer cares or (is aking care o) he land6 Lupa puellam cūra
TEACHING TIP
Te eacher may sar he class in Lain by saying Salvēte discipulī et discipulae and by eaching hesudens o say in reurn Salvē magister (magistra)
ORAL EXERCISE 3Tis exercise may be used anytime afer the students have learned the use o the accusative case or afer Exercise 6
Use one o he CPOrsquos o pu on display he orms amō and cūrō and explai n ha hey a re in he fir s personsingular and how his differs rom he hird person singular learned in his chaper Ask individual sudens omake senences wih hem using he words hey have learned
Ten ell he sudens ha nōn means ldquonordquo and ask hem o make si milar senences wih nōn amō and nōn cūrō
Examples(nōn) amō erram īliam aquam lupam āhlēam(nōn) cūrō erram īliam puellam
WorkbookExercise 6
ContentQuestions
OralExercise 3
Standards12 21 41
42
SAYING HELLOMarīa Helena e Chrisīna sun (are) discipulae (students)
TEACHING TIPHave sudens read he dialogue aloud Tis will help o build heir pronunciaion skills
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 5354
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull 13
Chapter 1 bull 13
Marīa Salvēe Helena e Chrisīna
Christīna Salvē Marīa
Helena Salvē Marīa
Marīa Quōmodo valēs Helena Quōmodo valēs Chrisīna
Helena et Christīna Bene Quōmodo ū ( you) valēs Marīa
Marīa Pessimē
Helena et Christīna Cūr (Why)
Marīa imeō linguam Laīnam ( I ear the Latin language)Helena Ego ( I ) linguam Laīnam amō
Christīna E ego linguam Laīnam amō
ORAL EXERCISE 4
Tis exercise may be used afer he Lain dialogue has been presened
Insruc he sudens o say ldquohellordquo in Lain o he suden nex o hem Divide he class ino wo pars ellone par o gree he oher par using he plural greeing and vice versa Do he same ype o aciviy whensaying ldquogoodbyerdquo You may wish o make greeing he class in Lain a nd saying ldquogoodbyerdquo in Lain a par oa daily rouine
Divide he sudens ino pairs in which one person will ask how hisher parner is in Lain and he oher
wil l answer
ORAL EXERCISE 5
Tis exercise may be used afer he Lain dialogue has been presened
ell he sudens ha he paricle ndashne is added o he firs syllable o a word ha inroduces a quesion Ten askhe ollowing quesions abou he dialogue beween Mary Helen and Chrisy Individual sudens may answerorally or he enire class may wrie he answers as he eacher asks hem orally Te eacher should explain hahe orm valēs in he greeing Quōmodo valēs is in he second person which means ldquoyourdquo Te hird person orm(reerring o ldquoherrdquo ldquohimrdquo or ldquoirdquo) is valet So he phrase ldquoHow is she doingrdquo would be Quōmodo valet Te hirdperson o amō is amat and he hird person o timeō is timet
1 Teacher Quōmodo Chrisīna vale Student(s) Chrisīna bene vale
2 Teacher Quōmodo Marīa vale Student(s) Marīa pessimē vale
3 Teacher Cūr (why) Marīa pessimē vale Student(s) Marīa ime linguam Lainam4 Teacher Amane l inguam L aīnam Helena Student(s) Helena linguam Laīnam ama
5 Teacher Linguamne Laīnam ama Chrisīna Student(s) Chrisīna linguam Laīnam ama
ORAL EXERCISE 6 AND DICTATIONTis combined exercise may be used to conclude the chapter or at any time afer the students have learned the accusa-tive case and chapter vocabulary
Dicae he ollowing senences o he sudens Ten ask hem o make he ollowing changes eiher orally orin writen orm a he discreion o he eacher
1 Teacher Agricol a erram ama (change he direc objec ino plura l)Student Agricola errās ama
2 Teacher Lupa puellam cūra (change he direc objec ino plural)
Student Lupa puellās cūra3 Teacher Āhlēa puel lās ama (change he direc objec ino singu lar)
Student Āhlēa puellam ama
4 Teacher Fīlia errās ama (change he direc objec ino singular)Student Fīlia erram ama
OralExercise
4 5 6 andDictation
TEACHER NOTES
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 5454
14 bull Latin for the New Millennium
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 1754
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull i
1
STUDENT TEXTBOOKWITH EXERCISE ANSWERS
STANDARDS CORRELATIONS
ORAL EXERCISES
ORAL EXERCISE CORRELATIONS
WORKBOOK EXERCISE CORRELATIONS
ANCILLARY CORRELATIONS
COMPREHENSION QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS
TEACHING TIPS
TEACHER BY THE WAY NOTATIONS
AND HOW TO USE THIS BOOK
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 1854
iindashiii bull Latin for the New Millennium
Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers IncMundelein Illinois USA
1Milena Minkova and Terence Tunberg
LATIN FOR THE NEW MILLENNIUM
Series Inormaion
LEVEL ONE
Suden ex (2008)
Suden Workbook (2008)
eacherrsquos M anual (2008)
eacherrsquos Manual or Suden Workbook (2008)
ANCILLARIES
From Romulus o Romulus AugusulusRoman Hisory or he New Millennium (2008)
Te Original Dysuncional Family Basic Classical Myhology or he New Millennium (2008)
LEVEL TWO
Suden ex (2009)
Suden Workbook (2009)
eacherrsquos M anual (2009)
eacherrsquos Manual or Suden Workbook (2009)
ANCILLARIES
From Rome o Reormaion Early European Hisory or he New Millennium (2009)
Te Clay-ooed SuperHeroes Myhology ales or he New Millennium (2009)
mdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdash
ELECTRONIC RESOURCES
(See page 445 or deailed descripion)
wwwlnm bolchazycom
Quia Quesion Bank
Lain-only Vill a in een Second Lietrade
Carpe Praedam
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 1954
FOREWORD xi
PREFACE xiii
AUTHORS xvii
EDITORS CONSULTANTS AND PILOT TEACHERS xix
INTRODUCTION xxiii
AlphabePronunciaion o LainOverview o oman Hisory Beginnings o Lain Lieraure
CHAPTER 1 1
eading ldquoomulus and emusrdquoLanguage Facs Pars o Speech Nouns Number Gender Case
(Nominaive and Accusaive) Firs Declension Nounsalking Saying Hello
CHAPTER 2 15
eading Plauus ldquoTe Menaechmi winsrdquo Language Facs Firs and Second Conjugaion Verbs Principal Pars
Properies o Verbs Number Person ense Sem Infiniive Subjec and
Verb Agreemenalking Geting Acquained
CHAPTER 3 29
eading erence ldquowo BrohersrdquoLanguage Facs Second Declension Masculine -us -er -ir Nouns Geniive
Case Vocaive Case Preposiional Phrasesalking In he Classroom
REVIEW 1 CHAPTERS 19912513 43
Considering he Classical Gods Ma rs Jupier JunoConnecing wih he Ancien World Slavery in A ncien omeExploring oman Comedy oman Producions and Modern endiions by
William S Anderson Proessor o Classics Emerius Universiy o Caliornia Berkeley Berkeley Caliornia
Mīrābile Audī ū Phrases and Quoaions elaing o he Comic radiion
CONTENTS
bull v bull
Series Edior LeaAnn A Osburn
Volume Ediors Elisa C Denja LeaAnn A Osburn
Conribuing Ediors imohy Beck Judih P Halle Laurie Haigh KeenanKaren Lee Singh Donald E Sprague ose Williams Vicki Wine
Hisorical imeline Jayni einhard
Cover Design amp ypography Adam Phillip Velez
Cover Illusraion oman Forum copy BemannCOBISOher Illusraions Phoo Credis appear on pp 431ndash434
CarographyMapping Specialiss
Indexing Michael Hendry
Prooreader Gary Varney
Lain for he New Millennium
Suden ex Level 1
Milena Minkova and erence unberg
copy2008 Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers Inc All righs reserved
Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers Inc
1570 Baskin oadMundelein Illinois 60060 wwwbolchazycom
Prined in Canada2009 byFriesens
ISBN 978-0-86516-560-1mdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashLibrary o Congress Caaloging-in-Publicaion Daa
Minkova Milena Lain or he new millennium suden ex level 1 Milena Minkova anderence unberg p cm Includes bibliographical reerences ISBN 978-0-86516-560-1 (v 1 hardbound alk paper) 1 Lain language--Grammar I unberg erence II ile
PA20875M 562 2008 4782rsquo421--dc22
2008014705
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull ivndashv
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 2054
Contents bull vii
CHAPTER 9 135
eading Sallus ldquoTe Cailinarian ConspiracyrdquoLanguage Facs Fourh Conjugaion Verbs Presen Acive and Passive
ense Presen Acive and Passive Infiniive T ird Declension NeuerNouns Tird Declension I -Sem Nouns
alking Geting Dressed or a Pary
REVIEW 3 CHAPTERS 79912519 149
Considering he Classical Gods ApolloConnecing wih he A ncien World oman AtireExploring oman Governmen Poliics in Greece ome and he Unied
Saes by Josiah Ober Proessor o Classics and Poliical Science SanordUniversiy Sanord Caliornia
Mīrābile Aud īū Phrases and Motoes elaing o Governmen andDemocracy
CHAPTER 10 163
eading Vergil ldquo Te rojan HorserdquoLanguage Facs Tird Conjugaion -iō Verbs Presen Acive and Passive
ense Presen Acive and Passive Infiniive T ird Declension AdjecivesSubsanive Adjecives
alking Te Morning Beore a es
CHAPTER 11 177
eading Vergil ldquoQueen Dido o CarhagerdquoLanguage Facs Imperec Acive a nd Passive ense o All Conjugaions
Imperec ense o Sum and Possum Encliicsalking raveling o School
CHAPTER 12 191eading Livy ldquoMucius ScaevolardquoLanguage Facs Fi rs Second and Tird Person Personal Pronouns Firs
and Second Person Possessive Adjecives Declension o vīsalking Discussing he Weaher
REVIEW 4 CHAPTERS 1099125112 205
Considering he Classical Gods Mercury Connecing wih he Ancien World oman FoodExploring he My h o he rojan Horse Never Look a Gif Horse in
he Mouh by Bonnie A Cato Proessor o Classics Assumpion CollegeWorceser Massachusets
Mīrābile Aud īū Phrases and Quoaions elaing o War and Peace
vi bull L atin for the New Millennium
CHAPTER 4 57
eading Cicero ldquoTe Deserer Wans a ewardrdquoLanguage Facs Second Declension Neuer Nouns Daive Case Firs
and Second Declension -us -a -um Adjecives Agreemen o Nounsand Adjecives
alking Discussing Homework
CHAPTER 5 69
eading Cicero ldquoCicero Wries o ereniardquoLanguage Facs Firs and Second Conjugaion Verbs Presen Passive ense
Presen Passive Infiniive Ablaive o Agen Firs and Second Declension
-er Adjecivesalking Discussing Occupaions
CHAPTER 6 81
eading Caesar ldquoTe DruidsrdquoLanguage Facs Presen ense and Presen Infiniive o Sum and Possum
Complemenary Infi niive ransiive and Inransiive Verbsalking Preparing or a es
REVIEW 2 CHAPTERS 49912516 93
Considering he Classical Gods Nepune Pluo Vesa and CeresConnecing wih he Ancien World oman MarriageExploring oman Famil ies Parens and Children Ten and Now by
Jacqueline Carlon Assisan Proessor o Classics Universiy o Massachusets Boson Massachusets
Mīrābile Audīū Phrases Motoes and Abbreviaions elaing o Lie in heweny-Firs Cenur y
CHAPTER 7 111eading Caullus ldquoMy Girlrsquos SparrowrdquoLanguage Facs Tird Declension Masculine and Feminine Nouns Indirec
Saemen Accusaive and Infiniivealking In he Caeeria
CHAPTER 8 123
eading Nepos ldquoTemisocles Saves he GreeksrdquoLanguage Facs T ird Conjugaion Verbs Presen Acive a nd Passive ense
Presen Acive and Passive Infiniive Ablaives o Manner InsrumenSeparaion Place rom Which Place Where Accusaive o Place o W hich
alking Afer School Aciviies
vindashvii bull Latin for the New Millennium
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 2154
Contents bull ix
CHAPTER 18 301
eading Apuleius ldquoCupid and PsycherdquoLanguage Facs Fuure Perec Aci ve ense o All Conjugaions Fuure
Perec ense o Sum and Possum Fifh Declension Nounsalking Going o he Denis
REVIEW 6 CHAPTERS 1699125118 315
Considering he Classical Gods BacchusConnecing wih he Ancien World Gladiaorial GamesExploring oman Disasers Earh Air Fire and Waer by John E Torburn
Associae Proessor o Classics Baylor Universiy Waco exas
Mīrābile Audīū Quoaions elaing o Atiudes oward and Coping wihMisorunes
CHAPTER 19 331
eading Ammianus ldquoTe HunsrdquoLanguage Facs Perec Passive Pariciple Perec Passive ense o All
Conjugaions eview o Principal Par s o Verbs Demonsraive Pronounand Adjecive Hic
alking Cleaning he House
CHAPTER 20 349
eading Augusine ldquoAn Adolescen TierdquoLanguage Facs Pluperec Passive ense o Al l Conjugaions Perec Acive
and Passive Infini ives Demonsraive Pronoun and Adjecive Illealking Going Shopping
CHAPTER 21 361
eading Boehius ldquoTe Wheel o ForunerdquoLanguage Facs Fuure Perec Passive ense o All Conjugaions Fuure
Acive Pariciple Fuure Acive Infiniivealking A Birhday Pary
REVIEW 7 CHAPTERS 1999125121 375
Considering he Classical Gods VulcanConnecing wih he Ancien World oman EducaionExploring oman Libraries Public Libraries and Teir Books by Keih Dix
Associae Proessor o Classics Universiy o Georgia Ahens GeorgiaMīrābile Audīū Phrases Quoaions and Abbreviaions elaing o
Schools Libraries and Books
viii bull Latin for the New Millennium
CHAPTER 13 219
eading Horace ldquoAn Encouner wih a BoorrdquoLanguage Facs Presen ense Posiive and Negaive Imperaives Firs and
Second Person Personal Pronouns Geniive Case Ti rd Person PossessivePronoun and Adjecive
alking Lae or School
CHAPTER 14 233
eading Ovid ldquoPyramus and TisberdquoLanguage Facs Firs and Second Conjugaion Verbs Fuure Acive and
Passive ense Fuure ense o Sum and Possum elaive Pronouns
elaive Clausesalking Chating on he Inerne
CHAPTER 15 245
eading Seneca ldquoe1047298ecions on Growing OldrdquoLanguage Facs Tird a nd Fourh Conjugaion Verbs Fuure Acive and
Passive ense Inerrogaive Pronouns and Adjecivesalking A rip o he Counry
REVIEW 5 CHAPTERS 1399125115 259
Considering he Classical Gods Minerva Di ana VenusConnecing wih he A ncien World oman Ciies and oadsExploring oman Law Te Jusice Sysem in Ancien ome by James G
Keenan Proessor o Classics Loyola Universiy Chicago Chicago IllinoisMīrābile Audīū Phrases and Quoaions elaing o Legal Maters
CHAPTER 16 273
eading Pliny he Younger ldquoTe Erupion o VesuviusrdquoLanguage Facs Perec ense Verbs Perec Sem Perec Acive ense o
All Conjugaions Perec ense o Sum and Possum Daive o Possessionalking elaxing a he Beach
CHAPTER 17 287
eading acius ldquoTe Fire a omerdquoLanguage Facs Pluperec A cive ense o All Conjugaions Pluperec
ense o Sum and Possum Fourh Declension Masculine Feminine andNeuer Nouns
alking ecovering rom an Acciden
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull viiindashix
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 2254
xndashxi bull Latin for the New Millennium
FOREWORDTe aurea mediocriās o Lain exbooks has arrived No a grammar-ranslaion nor a readingapproach book Lain or he New Millennium is a blend o he bes elemens o boh
Te key o Lain or he New Millennium Level 1 is he emphasis on reading Lain a he begin-ning o each chaper and using conversaional Lain a he end o each chaper or as he auhorsindicae in he Preace lsquoi (Lain) offers you he lingui sic key o he minds ha shaped European
(and hereore American) culu re rom he ime o he omans o he modern scienific revolu-ion In his book you will learn abou he language sep by sep by using irsquo
Te reading passages a he opening o each chaper are ba sed on Lain lieraure and proceedin chronological order rom Plauus o Boehius Each reading is suppored by pre-reading andacing page vocabulary Grammar is inroduced using senences already seen in he reading pas-sage and mīrābile dicū here are pleny o exercises Te Vocabulary o Learn chosen rom headaped reading passage hus conains some Advanced Placemen lieraure-based words and i sreieraed consisenly in he exercises and oher shor reading passages
Somehing no seen in mos Lain exbooks is he conversaional dialogue a he end o eachchaper Tis will pique he sudenrsquos ineres in he Lain version o modern-day aciviies andmee cerain classical language sandards direcly Te auhors Milena Minkova and erenceunberg proessors a he Universiy o Kenucky a Lexingon are he direcors o he hugelypopular Conveniculum Lexinoniense he annual su mmer program ha has been r unning ormore han en years Tey are also on he aculy o he Conveniculum Bosoniense a similarprogram ha draws paricipans o experience conversaional Lain in differen geographical se-ings A he 2007 American Classical Leag ue Insiue a Vanderbil Universiy I paricipaed ina conversaional Lain workshop presened by Minkova and unberg Tough he par icipans
were seasoned Lain eachers mos were experiencing or he firs ime he ried and rue meh-ods hese wo expers were using o inspire us o speak Lain By he end o he workshop wecould converse in amiliar Lain phrases and saw how useul his could be or our own sudensunbergrsquos and Minkovarsquos leadership in hese summer programs made hem uniquely well suiedo design he conversaional dialogues in Lain or he New Millennium and he copious oral ex-ercises ha are conained only in he eacher manual hus al lowing eachers o pick and choose
which exercises bes mee he needs o heir own sudens
Tis book wih is range o offerings wi ll appeal o all ypes o lang uage sudens and will alloweachers o bring he many aces o he oman and pos-oman world ino he classroom How
wonderul i is o see a passage o adaped Plauus in Chaper 2 a prose adapaion o Caullusrsquo passer poem in Chaper 7 o Horacersquos saire on he boor in Chaper 13 and even o aciusrsquo de-scripion o he grea fire in ome in Chaper 17 oman culure is embodied in each o hesepassages hus meeing anoher classical language sandard Accompanying each passage is aquoaion or moto conneced o he passage or chaper
bull xi bullx bull Latin for the New Millennium
APPENDIX A 389
Chronological Lis o he Auhors and Works Sudied
APPENDIX B 391
Addiional Sae Motoes
APPENDIX C 393
Grammaical Forms and Paradigms
APPENDIX D 405
Lain Synax
APPENDIX E 411Hisorical imeline
ENGLISH TO LATIN GLOSSARY 415
LATIN TO ENGLISH GLOSSARY 421
BIBLIOGRAPHY 429
PHOTOGRAPHY CREDITS 431
INDEX 435
LIST OF MAPS
Map o he oman World xxxi iMap o he ravels o Aeneas 187Map o he Ciy o ome 227
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 2354
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull xiindashxiii
PREFACELearning Lain helps you learn English and oher languages beter and perhaps even moreimporanly i offers you he linguisic key o he minds ha shaped European (and hereore
American) culure rom he ime o he omans o he modern scienific revoluion Lain washe language hese people used o express hemselves and o record heir ideas in permanen ormacross so many cenuries In his book you wil l learn abou he language by u sing i sep by sep
CHAPTER COMPONENTS
READING PASSAGES
Each chaper begins wih a eading Passage and noes on he acing page ha will help you un-dersand any linguisic elemens you have no previously seen Tese noes eaure vocabulary
words in an easy o ollow alphabeical l ising providing you he exac meaning needed o un-dersand he reading passage bu no he ull lexical enries a his poin By reading and seeinghese new elemens in heir naural conex ofen you will need no explanaion o undersandhow hey uncion because hey appear w ih words you already know Te eadi ng Passages areadaped rom auhenic works o Lain lieraure and hey are presened in chronological order
As you complee each chaper you will be raci ng he sory o Lain as a lierary language andhe sories o he auhors who used i In addiion you wi ll learn abou oman c ulure over heperiods o ime in which he eaured reading o each chaper was produced
VOCABULARY TO LEARN
Te Vocabulary o Learn repeas some words encounered in he eading Passage or each chap-
er bu in his secion he words are lised by pars o speech i nsead o alphabeically and herehe ull lexical enry is given Tese are words you will need o memorize in order o recognizeand use hem hroughou he remainder o he book In order o aid you in recognizi ng connec-ions beween Lain words and he English words derived rom or relaed o hem a derivaiveexercise ollows each Vocabulary o Learn
LANGUAGE FACTS AND EXERCISES
In he body o each chaper you will fi nd simple explanaions o he Language Facs eaured inhe chaper reading passage along wih many differen exercises ha allow you o use all he in-ormaion you are learning By doing he exercises in each chaper and in he suden workbook
you will no only be reading and wriing Lain yoursquoll be speaking i Some exercises involve oralexchanges wih he eacher and wih oher sudens Because Lain communicaes hough i isa living hing Tereore a person who gains an acive working knowledge in he language along
bull xiii bullxii bull Latin for the New Millennium
All o his said Lain or he New Millennium is suden riendly Sudy ips rhymes and mnemon-ics abound in each chaper and litle secions called ldquoBy he Wayrdquo offer addiional inormaion orhose who always wan o know more
Te uni review secions are ru ly gems Afer hree chapers a Lain review chaper providesno jus he complee lis o Vocabulary o Learn and pleniu l exercises bu ofen anoher pieceo adaped lieraure o read991252snippes o Mari al or Peronius and more
Bu his is no all A secion called ldquoConsidering he Classical Godsrdquo offers high-ineres readingsin boh Engli sh and Lain on he panheon o classical gods A noher secion eniled ldquoConnec-ing wih he Ancien Worldrdquo provides in English addiional i normaion on a paricular aspec ooman lie conained wihin he uni
Capping each review uni is a disincive essay ha e xplores oman and modern opics each writen by a universiy scholar From he Universiy o Massachusets o Sanord Universiyand many places in be ween hese proessors have conribued heir special experise on subjecmater relaed o he chapers I k now o no oher book ha does hi s
Tere are many useu l phoographs and maps appropriaely placed hroughou Te reproduc-ions o fine ar and phoographs o archaeological sies provide a visual learning experience as
well Needless o say here are appendices on g rammar and synax a nd English o Lain andLain o English glossaries wih an added secion on various motoes
Te auhors ediors consulans and pilo eachers have done a superior job o organizing his book or maximum useu lness and effeciveness Tis unique series w ill include he ollowi ngLevel 1 Suden ex Level 1 Suden Workbook Level 1 eacherrsquos Manual and Level 1 Work-
book eacherrsquos Manual Level 2 Suden ex Level 2 Suden Workbook Level 2 eacherrsquosManual and Level 2 Workbook eacherrsquos Manual Many online and elecronic resources willalso accompany his series
Lain for he New Millennium has been houghully designed or and wih he weny-firscenury suden in mind Please join me in heralding he appearance o his unique new series
ha will improve and enhance he sudy o Lain or he weny-firs cenury
P983137983157983148 P983154983151983152983141983154983162983145983151Boson Lain Academy
2008
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 2454
xivndashxv bull Latin for the New Millennium
Preface bull xv
ASPECTS OF ROMAN LIFE
Nex you will find a reading in English on an imporan aspec o oman daily lie Tis sec-ion eniled Connecing wih he Ancien World wil l presen addiional inormaion on a opicencounered in he previous c hapers
EXPLORING ROMAN AND MODERN LIFE
Following he secion on daily lie here will be a shor essay in English ha compares and con-rass some aspec o oman and American lie and illusraes a way in which Lain is a par oour lie oday Each o hese essays has been writen by a universiy scholar wih special experisein his field o sudy
MĪRĀBILE AUDĪTŪEach review chaper concludes wih a l is o Lain quoaions motoes phrases or abbreviaionsused in English Tese sayings relae o one o he uni opics
Te Lain langu age and oman culure have no only inspired wriers hroughou he ages andin1047298uenced modern lie bu have also lef heir presence in ar and archaeology In his volumereproducions o painings drawings sculpure mosaics rescoes and oher ariacs rom an-iquiy hrough he presen abound wih depicions o and reerences o he sories and lives ohe omans Likewise view s o archaeological sies remind us o wha ome and is area o in1047298u-ence was like in ancien imes Te illusraions hroughou he ex suppor he writen word in
visual orm hus offering you a vivid recollecion o he chaper conen
Each auhor o his book has writen differen secions o he exbook bu boh auhors have ben-efied hroughou he composiion o he exbook rom coninuous muual advice and suppor
MM and 2008
Visi wwwl nmbolchazycom o see he elecronic resources ha accompany Lain or he New Millennium
xiv bull Latin for the New Millennium
wih a readi ng abiliy i s more likely o progress quick ly o a deeper undersanding o he lan-guage and he enjoymen o is lieraure I you have an oral aciliy and can wrie in a language
you will no need o be reminded abou orms and grammaical rules so ofen In his book you will acquire ha acive acili y as a basic par o learning he language
CONVERSATIONAL LATIN
oward he end o each chaper here is a Lain dialogue in which a group o modern sudens arehe paricipans Tey discuss in Lain siuaions ofen encounered in our daily li ves In hesedialogues you will find a bridge beween our lives and he houghs o he ancien medieval orrenaissance auhors who wroe in Lain991252a bridge consruced o he same basic language Lain
OTHER FEATURESIn each chaper you will fi nd oher ineresing mater ha will help you learn and enjoy Lain
bull Memorābile Dictū Te firs page o each chaper eaures a amous saying labeled Memorābile Dicū (A Memorable Ting o Say) a Lain phrase so well known ha i has become an ofenrepeaed proverb or quoaion Learning each amous saying wi ll increase your u ndersand-ing no jus o Lain bu o he houghs and ideas ha were i mporan o omans and haveconinued o be an inegral par o modern lie
bull Sudy ips Each chaper conains sayings rhymes mnemonic devices verses or oher in-ormaion ha will help you remember he various hings you are learning
bull By he Way You will see his phrase repeaed hroughou every chaper When you see hislabel you will know ha addiional inormaion is being presened
REVIEW COMPONENTS A he conclusion o every se o hree chapers here is a review conaining various componens
VOCABULARY TO KNOW
Tis is a complee lis o all he Vocabulary o Learn words presened in he hree chapers ar-ranged by pars o speech
EXERCISES
Here you will see many new exercises ha will help you review and reinorce he maerial in hehree preceding chapers In he review exercise secion here is ofen an addiional reading pas-sage o help you undersand more abou Lain lieraure and is heriage oday
CLASSICAL MYTHOLOGY
Tis secion eniled Considering Classical Myhology includes passages on myhology one inEnglish and one in Lain which ell some o he principal sories abou he Greek and omangods Tese sories re1047298ec many o he main hemes seen in lieraure and ar rom classical omodern imes
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 2554
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull xvindashxvii
AUTHORSMILENA MINKOVA
MA and PhD Chrisian and Classical Philology Pon-ifical Salesian Universiy ome Ialy MA and PhDClassics Universiy o Sofia Bulgaria
Associae Proessor o Classics Universiy o KenuckyLexingon Kenucky
Milena Minkova has sudied conduced research andaugh in Bulgaria Swizerland Germany Ialy he
Vaican Ciy and he USA Minkova has auhored hree book monographs Te Personal Names o he Lain In-scripions fom Bulgaria (Peer Lang 2000) Te Proe-an Raio (Peer Lang 2001) and Inroducion o Lain
Prose Composiion (Bolchazy-Carducci 2007 reprin Wimbledon 2001) She has also published numerousaricles on Lain medieval philosophy Lain lieraureLain composiion and Lain pedagogy
TERENCE TUNBERGBA and MA Classics Universiy o Souhern Calior-nia Posgraduae researcher and docoral suden Me-
dieval Sudies Universiy o London England PhDClassical Philology Universiy o orono Canada
Proessor o Classics Universiy o Kenucky Lexing-on Kenucky
erence unberg has augh in Belgium and Canadaas well as in he USA He is a specialis in Lain com-posiion and an exper in he hi sory o he approacheso wriing Lain prose rom aniquiy o early modernimes His works include a n ediion o collecion o Me-dieval Lain speeches commenaries on Lain worksand numerous sudies o he hisory o imiaion in La-in wriing In addiion or more han a decade he hasoffered summer seminars designed o inroduce peopleo he use o spoken Lain
bull xvii bull
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 2654
EDITORS CONSULTANTSAND PILOT TEACHERS
VOLUME EDITORSElisa C DenjaEdior Bolchazy-Carducci PublishersBaker Demonsraion School EmeriaEvanson Illinois
LeaAnn A OsburnEdior Bolchazy-Carducci PublishersBarringon High School EmeriaBarringon Illinois
BOARD OF
CONSULTANTS Virginia A ndersonLain eacherIllinois Virual High SchoolBarringon Middle School EmeriaBarringon Illinois
Jill M CrookerLain eacher
Pitsord-Mendon High School EmeriaPitsord New York
Judih Peller HalletProessor o ClassicsUniversiy o MarylandCollege Park Maryland
Sherwin D Litle1ndash12 Foreign Language Program LeaderIndian Hill High SchoolCincinnai Ohio
Sherrilyn MarinChair Deparmen o Foreign LanguagesKeih Counry Day Schoolockord Illinois
Mary PendergrafProessor o Classical Languages
Wake Fores Universiy Winson-Salem Norh Carolina
John raupman
Proessor o ClassicsS Josephrsquos Universiy EmeriusPhiladelphia Pennsylvania
Cynhia Whie Associae Proessor o ClassicsUniversiy o Arizonaucson Ari zona
ose WilliamsMcMurry College Emeria
Abilene High School Emeria Abilene exas
Donna WrighLain eacherLawrence Norh and Lawrence Cenral High
Schools
Indianapolis Indiana
PILOT TEACHERS Jeremy M WalkerLain eacherCrown Poin High SchoolCrown Poin Indiana
Laneta WarrenburgLain eacherElgin High SchoolElgin Illinois
bull xix bullxviii bull Latin for the New Millennium
JOINT PUBLICATIONS BY THE AUTHORSMinkova and unberg have coauhored he ollowing books Readings and Exercises in Lain
Prose Composiion (Focus 2004) Reading Livyrsquos Rome Selecions fom Livy Books IndashVI (Bol-chazy-Carducci 2 005) Maer Anserina Poems in Lain or Children (Focus 2006) Tey are hedirecors o he Insiue or Lain Sud ies a he Universiy o Kenucky in which sudens sudyhe hisory o Lain rom ancien o modern imes and ake par in seminars in which Lai n is he
working language o all ac iviies Boh Minkova and unberg are eleced ellows o he ome- based Academia Lainiai Fovendae he primary learned sociey devoed o he preservaion andpromoion o he use o Lain
xviiindashxix bull Latin for the New Millennium
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 2754
Editors Consultants and Pilot Teachers bull xxi
SHERWIN LITTLE
BA Universiy o Cincinnai M A Universiy o Colorado
Sherwin Litle has augh Lain rom sixh g rade hrough Lain AP a Indian Hill Exemped Vil-lage School Disric since 1983 Sherwin has received an Ovaio rom CAMWS as well as heCAMWS Good eacher Award and he Hildesheim Vase Award rom he Ohio Classical Coner-ence in 1986 and 2007 Sherwin holds Naional Board Cerificaion in World Languages Oherhan English and has been boh Vice Presiden and Presiden o he American Classical Leag ue
SHERRILYN MARTIN
BA Wilson College MA PhD Universiy o Cincinnai
Sherrilyn Marin was named Illinois Lain eacher o he Year in 1993 was a recipien o heL Governorrsquos Award or Foreign Language eaching in 2001 and was named a Claes Nobeleacher o Disincion in 2 007 She is a pas presiden o he Illinois Classical Conerence and isacive in he ockord Sociey o he A rchaeological Insiue o America Sherri lyn spen a yearin independen sudy a he Universiy o Tessaloniki Greece
MARY PENDERGRAFT
AB PhD Universiy o Norh Carolina Chapel Hill
Afer eaching a UNC-Greensboro and D uke Universiy Mary Pendergraf began eachingclassics ul l-ime a Wake Fores Mary is a ormer Presiden o he Norh Carolina Classical A s-sociaion and paricipaed in he ocus group ha w roe he Norh Carolina Sandard Course oSudy or Lain
JOHN TRAUPMAN
BA Moravian College MA PhD Pr inceon Universiy
John raupman is proessor emerius rom S Josephrsquos Universiy i n Phil adelphia where heaugh or hiry-eigh years A mong his many awards John received he Disinguished eaching
Award rom S Josephrsquos Universiy in 1982 a cerificae o appreciaion rom he PennsylvaniaDeparmen o Educaion in 1990 and he Special Award rom he Classical Associaion o he
Alanic Saes in 1996 John raupman is especially well-known as he auhor oConversaional Lain and Te New College Lain and English Dicionary
CYNTHIA WHITE
BA Chesnu Hill College MA Villanova Universiy PhD Caholic Universiy o America
Cynhia Whie is he Direcor o he Undergraduae Lain Program and supervises eacherraining and Kndash12 Lain eacher Cerificaion a he Universiy o Arizona She regularlyeaches a he Isiuo Inernazionale di Sudi Classici di Orvieo he Classics Deparmenrsquos Sudy
Abroad Program in Orvi eo Ialy and has sudied i n ome wih he Papal Lai nis eg inaldFoser ODC
xx bull Latin for the New Millennium
VOLUME EDITORSELISA C DENJA
BA Marygrove College Deroi Michigan MA Columbia Universiy MA Loyola UniversiyChicago
Elisa Denja augh Lain a Norh Chicago High School and Baker Demonsraion School inEvanson Illinois or many years while concurrenly eaching classical myhology a LoyolaUniversiy o Chicago and in he g ifed-disance learning program a Norhwesern UniversiyElisa was awarded he Illinois Lain eacher o he Year award in 1992 and he Illinois Lieime
Achievemen Award in 2007
LEAANN A OSBURNBA Monmouh College Illinois MA Loyola Universiy Chicago
While eaching Lain or many years a Barringon High School in Barringon Illinois LeaA nnserved as boh vice-presiden and presiden o he Illinois Classical Conerence LeaAn n receivedhe Illinois La in eacher o he Year award in 1989 he Illinois L Governorrsquos Award in 1990and he Classical Associaion o he Middle Wes and Souh Good eacher Award in 1996
BOARD OF CONSULTANTSVIRGINIA ANDERSON
BA Loyola Universiy Chicago MA S Xavier Universiy
Virginia Anderson augh Lain or hi ry years i n privae and public hi gh schools and middleschools in he Chicagoland area In 1999 she was awarded he L Governorrsquos Award or Enhance-men o he eaching Proession and in 2003 was named Il linois Lain eacher o he Year
JILL M CROOKER
BA Universiy o Illi nois MSEd Nazareh College o ocheser New York Jill Crooker augh Lain or many years a Pitsord-Mendon High School in Pitsord New YorkShe has served as he College Board Advisor o he A P Lain es Developmen Commitee andin 1996 received he Moron E Spillenger Award or Disingui shed Leadership o he Classical
Associaion o he Empire Sae In 2003 she received he ACL Meria Award and i n 2006 a nOvaio rom he Classical A ssociaion o he Alanic Saes
JUDITH PELLER HALLETT
BA Wellesley MA PhD Harvard Universiy
In addiion o sudying a he A merican Academy in ome he Insiue o Classical Sudies inLondon and he Universiy o Maasrich in Holland Judih Hallet is a ormer presiden o heClassical Associaion o he Alanic Saes and Vice-Presiden or Oureach o he AmericanPhilological Associaion She was named a Disinguished Scholar-eacher in 1992 by he Uni-
versiy o Maryland
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull xxndashxxi
TEACHER NOTES
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 2854
xxii bull Latin for the New Millennium
xxii bull L atin for the New Millennium
ROSE WILLIAMS
BA Baylor Universiy MA Universiy o Norh Carolina Chapel Hill
In addiion o posgraduae work in Lain and Humaniies a he Universiy o Dallas and heUniversiy o exas a Arlingon on a ockeeller Gran ose Williams did research a he Bodle-ian Library Ox ord Universiy in England and a he Universiy o Pisa She augh Lain or overhiry years a boh high school and uni versiy levels in exas and now is he auhor o more hanen books abou he Classics
DONNA WRIGHT
BA MA Ball Sae Universiy
Afer eaching Lain a Carmel High School Donna Wrigh currenly eaches a boh LawrenceNorh and Lawrence Cenral High Schools in Indianapolis Indiana She has been an acivemember o he Indiana Classical Conerence being named Creaive Lain eacher o he Year in1976 She has also been acive i n he American Classical League sponsoring a JCL chaper andleading Ialy rips or nearly weny years Donna also served as an offi cer speaker and boardmember o Pompeiiana Inc
PILOT TEACHERS JEREMY M WALKER
AB Wabash College MA Indiana Universiy
Jeremy Walker has augh Lain a Crown Poin High School in Crown Poin Indiana since1995 He has served as he Co-Chair o he Indiana Junior Classical League and Membershipand Public elaions Chair o he Naional Junior Classical League In addiion o sudying inIaly a he Inercollegiae Cener or Classical Sudies and in Greece a he American School orClassical Sudies he was presiden o he Indiana Classical Conerence In 2003 Jeremy was rec-ognized as he Lain eacher o he Year in Indiana and in 2004 was recognized by he Indiana
Sae eachers Associaion as a orch o K nowledge ecipien
LANETTA WARRENBURG
BA Indiana Universiy MA Indiana Universiy-Purdue Universiy Indianapolis
Laneta Warrenburg has augh high school English and Lain or hiry-hree years a schoolsin Indiana and Illinois Her las weny-our years o eaching Lain were a Elgin High Schoolin Elgin Illinois While eaching Lain here she served as he Illinois Classical Conerencechairperson or Chicago Classics Day as co-chair or he Illinois Ceramen League since 1993and as sae chair or he Il linois Junior Classical L eague rom 1999ndash2001 Laneta was honoredas he Illi nois Lain eacher o he Year in 2001 and was presiden o he Chicago Classical Clubrom 2005ndash2007
INTRODUCTION
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 2954
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull xxiii
INTRODUCTIONALPHABETTe Lain alphabe was derived rom he Eruscan alphabe some ime beore he sevenh cen-ury 983138983139983141 Te Eruscans were a people in pre-oman Ialy
Teir alphabe owes much o he Greek alphabe In urn he Greek alphabe was derived romhe Phoenician alphabe Phoenician raders had spread heir sysem o wriing h roughou he
Medierranean region Te Phoenician alphabe isel can be raced o he Norh Semiic alpha- be which was used in Syria and Palesine as early as he elevenh cenury 983138983139983141 and is consideredo be he earlies ully developed alphabeic wriing sysem
An Eruscan couple reclining on a funeral sarcophagus
bull xxiii bull
Sandard41
EDITORrsquoS NOTE
Te comprehension quesions and answers as well as some o he eaching ips and eacher by he Way noa-ions in his eacher manual were writen by Elisa C Denja LeaAnn A Osburn Karen Lee Singh and DonaldE Sprague classics ediorseducaors a Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers
HOW TO USE THIS BOOK
Please noe ha he perinen naional Classics sandards are lised in he margin o he lef or righ on he samepage as he reproducion o he suden ex
Eisemann Communicaion assised in preparing he correlaions o Lain o r he New Mil lennium wih he
naional sandards For an overview o he sandards hemselves and he correlaions please consul www bolchazyl nmcom
TEACHING TIP
Te eacher may choose o use he picure o he Eruscan couple on his page and he brie meniono he Eruscan alphabe o open a discussion on wha role he Eruscans played in early omanimes Sudens may be direced o p xxx ii o find Eruria on he map
TEACHING TIPTe eacher may wish o discuss wih he sudens he erm ldquoomance languagesrdquo Many modernlanguages come rom he language used by he ancien omans French Ialian Poruguese Span-ish omanian ec omansch (spoken by he descendans o he aeians and one o he our o-ficial languages o Swizerland) is also derived rom Lain
TEACHER BY THE WAYBased on archeological evidence i appears ha Eruscan women were an imporan par o hesocial srucure Ofen he names o boh moher and aher were placed on unerary inscripionsTe reedom o women wihin sociey is likewise apparen on monumens where hey can be seenreclining wih heir husbands on he same couch atending games and having a place o honor in heomb isel Noice he affecionae pose o he couple in he illusraion on p xxiii Clearly marriedlove was valued in Eruscan sociey and amily lie was imporan
ombs also provide evidence or he syle o Eruscan homes Some o hese eaures were borrowed by heomans especially he cenral hall and hree rooms a he back Tis ype o house was known a Pompeii as well as a ome ac cording o Viru vius auhor o Dē archiecūrā
TEACHING TIP
Te eacher may wish o have sudens read an English ranslaion o Livyrsquos radiional accouno anaquil wie o arquinius Priscus he fifh king o ome Te independence o Eruscan women is ev iden in hi s ale He r behavior is he ani hesis o he ideas o woma nly dec orum hel d by he omans
TEACHING TIPS d ill j i i h E li h ldquo lph b rdquo pl i h E li h l t ih h
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 3054
xxiv bull Latin for the New Millennium
xxiv bull Latin for the New Millennium
Look a he English alphabe in he lef column and a he Lain alphabe in he righ one TeLain alphabe is accompanied by he names o he Lain leters (in parenheses)
English Alphabe Lain Alphabe
Uppercase Lowercase Uppercase Lowercase Leter Name
A a A a (a ldquoăhrdquo)
B b B b (be ldquobayrdquo)
C c C c (ce ldquocayrdquo)
D d D d (de ldquodayrdquo)
E e E e (e ldquoĕhrdquo)
F F (e)
G g G g (ge ldquogayrdquo)H h H h (ha ldquohahrdquo)
I i I i (i ldquoeerdquo)
J j
K k K k (ka ldquokahrdquo)
L l L l (el)
M m M m (em)
N n N n (en)
O o O o (o ldquoŏhrdquo)
P p P p (pe ldquopayrdquo)
Q q Q q (qu ldquokoordquo)
r r (er)
S s S s (es)
(e ldquoayrdquo)
U u U u (u ldquooordquo)
V v V v (u consonan)
W w
X x X x (ix ldquoeexrdquo)
Y y Y y (upsilon)
Z z Z z (zea ldquodzayardquo)
Te English alphabe is derived direcly rom he Lain alphabe Tis accouns or he greasimilariies b eween he wo alphabes Tere are 26 leters in he English alphabe and 24 in heLain Te differences are he ollowing
bull Te leter W w (which is he doubled leter v) is missing in he Lain alphabe
bull Te leter J j is a more recen invenion In ac i appears in Lain exs writen during heMiddle Ages and he enaissance as well as i n many modern ediions o ancien Lain exsI is used o indicae he semi-vowel i someimes called consonanal i Te consonanal i is
Sudens will enjoy singing he English alphabe song replacing he English leter names wih heLain leter names Sudens may be insruced o clap once where here is no Lain leter name (egldquoJrdquo) equivalen o he English one
TEACHING TIPTe eacher may choose o display any Lain words (a lis is provided below or he eacherrsquos conve-nience) and insruc he sudens o spell ou he word using he Lain leter names Te sudensmay become curious o know wha he Lain words mean Definiions are given below
bull pars ndash par
bull nox ndash nigh
bull ruber ndash red
bull ēgī ndash I have done
bull amilia ndash amily
bull carō ndash 1047298esh
bull dēcernō ndash I decide
bull herba ndash plan
bull Kalendae ndash Kalends (firs day o he monh)
bull quoque ndash also
bull imor ndash ear
bull Pȳhia ndash Pyhia (name o Apollorsquos priesess)
bull iēcī ndash I hrew
bull ēlīx - happy bull ignis ndash fire
bull mūō ndash I change
COMPREHENSION QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS FOR PAGES XXIII991251XXVeproducible versions o he quesions alone are available a wwwlnm bolchazycom
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 3154
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull xxv
Introduction bull xxv
he i a he beginning o a word beore a vowel or i beween wo vowels According o hismehod or example Iūlius is writen Jūlius and Āiax is writen Ājax In his book he leter J j will no be used
bull Te disincion beween he vowel U u and he consonan V v also belongs o laer imesIniially here was only one leter V u used boh or he vowel and he consonan eg Vrbs ldquoTe Ciyrdquo (ie ome) or uicor ldquohe winnerrdquo
bull However in accord wih he prevail ing pracice o expressing he vowel wih U u and heconsonan wih V v in his book he wo leters will be disingui shed
PRONUNCIATION OF LATIN
VOWELSTere are six vowels in Lain and heir pronunciaion is as ollows
Long Vowel Sound Shor Vowel Sound
ā is pronounced as in ldquoaherrdquo ōrāor ldquooraorrdquo a is pronounced as in ldquoalikerdquo amō ldquoloverdquo
ē is pronounced like he a in ldquoraverdquo nēmō ldquonobodyrdquo e is pronounced as in ldquoperdquo bene ldquowellrdquo
ī is pronounced like he double e in ldquoseenrdquo līmes ldquoboundaryrdquo
i is pronounced as in ldquopirdquo nihil ldquonohingrdquo
ō is pronounced as in ldquosoverdquo videō ldquo(I) seerdquo o is pronounced as in ldquoofenrdquorosa ldquoroserdquo
ū is pronounced as in ldquomoonrdquo ūnus ldquoonerdquo u is pronounced as in ldquopurdquo um ldquohenrdquo
ӯ comes rom Greek and is pronounced in lenghsomewhere beween he i in ldquohirdquo and he u in ldquomuerdquo Pӯramus ldquoPyramusrdquo
y comes rom Greek Is sound wheher long or shorlies in beween he sounds o i and u much as in heFrench ldquosucircrrdquo bu he sound o shor y is less drawn ouhan ha o long y lyricus ldquolyricalrdquo
Te Lain words senātus rēgēsulla gentēs and prīmus are
engraved on his sone
Sign from Pompeii carved on sone wih Lain leters
p q
1 race he roos o he Lain alphabe rom is beginnings orward
Norh-Semiic alphabe elevenh cenury 983138983139983141 Phoenician alphabe Greek alphabe Erusca n alphabeLain alphabe
2 Which wo leters in he English alphabe are no ound in he Lain alphabe
W and J
3 When does he leter J begin o appear in Lain
During he Middle Ages and he enaissa nce
4 Look a he Lain inscripion on he sign rom Pompeii (on he righ o p xxv) Find a leas hree Lain words Lis an Engl ish word you believe is based on he La in word
colonia 991252 colonial colony honoris 991252 honorspecacula 991252 specacular specacle perpevom 991252 perpeual perpeuiy duovir 991252 virile virili
Sandards12 41
TEACHING TIPSudens may wan o know he English meanings o he Lain words in Exercises 1 and 2 Te defini-
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 3254
xxvi bull Latin for the New Millennium
xxvi bull L atin for the New Millennium
BY THE WAY
Everywhere in his book long vowels are indicaed by macrons ie ā ē ī ō ū ӯ whileabove he shor vowels here are no signs Someimes wo words differ rom each oheronly in he lengh o he vowel For example mālum wih a longa means ldquoapplerdquo whilemalum wih a shor a means ldquobad hingrdquo
EXERCISE 1epea hese words aloud afer your eacher pronounces hem
1 a lō 7 lēnis 13 probō 19 sūor2 alumnus 8 sēdēs 14 noa 20 ūsus3 rāna 9 i er 15 pōnō 21 syllaba4 rādō 10 imeō 16 dōnum 22 Pӯrēnē5 eneō 11 nīor 17 ululō6 peō 12 mīrus 18 lupus
DIPHTHONGSDiphhongs are wo vowels combined in one syllable and pronounced ogeher as one soundTere are six diphhongs in Lain
bull ae much like he y in ldquoskyrdquo laevus ldquo lefrdquo
bull au pronounced as ou in ldquoourrdquo aurum ldquo goldrdquo
bull ei pronounced as ei in ldquoeignrdquo oiei ldquoalasrdquo
bull eu pronounced eoo much as i in he wo words ldquogrey bluerdquo you were o subrac he ldquogr-rdquo andhe ldquobl-rdquo and combine he wo vowel sounds Eurōpa ldquoEuroperdquo
bull oe pronounced as oy in ldquoboyrdquo proelium ldquo batlerdquo
bull ui pronounced nearly like ldquowerdquohui ldquoohrdquo
I is believed ha quie early sill in ancien imes he diphhongs ae and oe began o be pro-nounced as e I you encouner hem writen aē or aeuml and oē or oeuml his means ha hey are nodiphhongs and he leters should be pronounced separaely āēr poēa
Te diphhongs are always long
EXERCISE 2epea hese words afer your eacher pronounces hem
1 aesās 7 s eu 13 aēneus2 a equō 8 m oenia 14 poēma3 raeda 9 neu 15 hei4 l audō 10 poena 16 huic5 a u 11 neuer6 aula 12 Poenus
Sudens may wan o know he English meanings o he Lain words in Exercises 1 and 2 Te definiions are provided or he eacherrsquos convenience
EXERCISE 11 I nourish 12 wonderul
2 suden 13 I approve
3 rog 14 noe
4 I scrape 15 I pu
5 I hold 16 gif6 I seek 17 I howl
7 smooh 18 wol
8 sea 19 shoemaker
9 journey 20 use
10 I ear 21 sylla ble
11 I srive 22 Pȳrene (a name)
EXERCISE 21 summer
2 I make level
3 carriage
4 I praise5 or
6 orecour
7 or i
8 walls
9 and no
10 penaly
11 neiher
12 Carhaginian
13 bronze
14 poem
15 ah
16 o his
TEACHER BY THE WAYHisorical evidence can be cied or reading he firs syllable o ldquomāgnusrdquo as naurally long bu oher
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 3354
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull xxvii
Introduction bull xxvii
CONSONANTSbull c is pronounced as in ldquocomerdquo clārus ldquobrighrdquo censeō ldquo(I) deemrdquo cārus ldquodearrdquo
bull When b is ollowed by s as in urbs ldquociyrdquo he sound o b approaches ha o p a sound wemigh represen as urps
bull g is pronounced as in ldquogerdquo gaudiumldquojoyrdquo gignō ldquo(I) bege (I) bearrdquo grāialdquoavor agreeablenessrdquo
bull Some hink ha he omans o Cicerorsquos ime (firs cenury 983138983139983141) pronounced he wo conso-nans ng as ngn or example he adjecive māgnus ldquogreardquo would have been pronounced in a
way ha we migh represen asmangnus
bull k is a very rare consonan In ac i appears only in wo words Kalendae ldquohe firs day oevery monh in he oman calendarrdquo and in he personal name Kaeso
bull q appears always in combinaion wih u and he combinaion qu is pronounced as in ldquoqueenrdquoquatuor ldquoourrdquo
bull v has a sound similar o w (as in he word ldquowierdquo) videō ldquo I seerdquo
bull Te consonanu in he combinaion su sounds like he English w in he ollowing our wordssuēscō ldquo(I) become accusomedrdquoSuēvī a name o a German ribe suādeō ldquo(I) adviserdquo suāvis ldquosweerdquo
bull Te leter r is rilled slighly Te sound has no exac equivalen in English bu is heard inmany oher European languages Te bes way o make his sound is o pronounce r as inldquoroperdquo bu vibrae he end o he ongue slighly as you say i
bull x is a double consonan (equivalen ocs or gs) ha sounds much like he x in ldquosixrdquo
bull z is a noher double consonan (equivalen o dz) and sounds almos like z in ldquozebrardquo I be-gins wih a sligh d sound firs so in pronouncing his leter you should hear dz
bull ph sounds like p in ldquopenrdquo bu wih he addiion o a sligh breah o air represened by he hth sounds like t as in ldquo omrdquo bu wih he addiion o a sligh ex ra breahing represened byhe h ch sounds nearly like he combinaion kh Tese consonans are borrowed rom Greek
and appear in Greek words zephyrus ldquowesern breezerdquo chorus ldquochorusrdquo heārum ldquoheaerrdquo When p and t are no accompanied by h his sligh aspiraion is absen
bull When consonans are doubled as in he verbaggredior he consonanal sound is lenghenedslighly
EXERCISE 3epea hese words afer your eacher pronounces hem
1 cibus 7 glōria 13 phasēlus2 capiō 8 Zeus 14 chara3 cumulus 9 bibliohēca 15 cēlō4 crēscō 10 phi losophia 16 anīquus5 gemma 11 zōna6 Gallus 12 heōrēma
g y g y gevidence suggess i is naurally shor Tus in some grammar books such as he one by Gildersleeveand Lodge we find his syllable marked as long bu in oher books i is reaed as shor
TEACHING TIPTe sudens may also wish o find ou he meanings o he Lain words in Exercise 3 Te definiionsare provided or he eacherrsquos convenience
EXERCISE 3
1 ood2 I ake
3 a heap
4 I grow
5 bud jewel
6 a Gaul
7 glory
8 Zeus
9 library
10 philosophy
11 a girdle
12 heory
13 kidney bean
14 paper
15 I hide
16 old
TEACHING TIPTe eacher may wish o provide he sudens wih some pracice on syllables and sress accen Here
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 3454
xxviii bull Latin for the New Millennium
xxviii bull Latin for the New Millennium
ACCENT A Lain word is made up no jus o leters bu also o syllables A Lain word has as many syllablesas i has vowels or diphhongs (a diphhong works like a single vowel since i is made up o wo
vowels pronounced ogeher [see diphhongs above])
You will need o know he ollowing erms when learning abou accen
bull ulima he las syllable in a word
bull penul he second-o-las syllable in a word
bull anepenul he hird-o-las syllable in a word
So in he word ze- ph y-r us he vowel u is he ulima y is he penul and e is he anepenul
RULES ABOUT THE STRESS ACCENT IN LATIN1 Te sress accen in Lain alls on eiher he penul or he anepenul
2 Te accen alls on he penul i he penul is long I he penul is shor he accen alls onhe anepenul
3 How o deermine wheher he penul is long or shor
a I he penul conains a long vowel (or any diphhong) he penul isel is long You o-en need o learn wheher he vowel in he penul is long or shor as a basic elemen inlearning a new word A macron above he vowel will ell you ha he vowel is long whi lehe absence o a macron wil l indicae a shor vowel Pronouncing he word can help youremember he vowel lenghs For ex ample vi-de-ō ldquoI seerdquo is pronounced viacutedeō whileau-rō-ra ldquodawnrdquo is pronounced aurōacutera and po-pu-lus ldquopeoplerdquo is pronounced po pulus
b I he vowel in he penul is ollowed by wo or more consonans he penul is long no
mater wheher he vowel in he penul is long or shor and he accen necessarily allson he penul For example do-cu-men-um ldquodocumenrdquo is pronounced documenacuteum
BY THE WAYTe consonan x is double (cs or gs) and couns as wo consonans when deermining
wheher he penul is long
c Tere is one excepion o lsquobrsquo above Someimes even when here are wo consonans be-ween he penul and he ulima hey sill do no deermine ha he penul is long Tishappens when he wo consonans are a mue and a liquid
Te mues are p b d t g c
Te liquids are l r
So in he word pal-pe-bra ldquoeyelidrdquo he anepenul is accened ( palacutepebra) he vowel o he pe-nul is shor since i i s ollowed by a mue and a l iquid O course ru le lsquoarsquo sill applies in he wordhe-ā-trum ldquoheaerrdquo he penul is accened (heāacuterum) since i is naurally long somehing welearn rom he macron
y p p yare some examples wih he answers included or he eacherrsquos convenience
Underline he ulima in each word
1 legō
2 rēgis
3 imperāor
Underline he penul in each word
1 causa
2 pūnīum3 armāus
Underline he anepenul in each word
1 vulnerō
2 eigī
3 sublāum
Underline he penul i i is long
1 pōnō
2 spēlunca
3 pauperis
Underline he syllable ha will receive he sress accen in each word1 ōrāculum
2 peīum
3 cōnsania
4 exsīncum
5 vulneris
6 solius
TEACHING TIPGiven he passage abou he bahhouse on his page and he picure rom Bah England he
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 3554
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull xxix
EXERCISE 4epea each senence aloud afer your eacher reads i Pay atenion o he pronunciaion andsress accen o each word
Wha i is Like o Live Over a Bahhouse
(Adaped rom Seneca Moral Leter 56)
Ecce undique clāmor sona Suprā ipsum balneum habiō Prōpōne nunc ibi omnia genera vōcumodiōsa Foriōrēs exercenur e manūs plumbō gravēs iacan cum au labōran au labōranemimianur Gemiūs audiō quoiēns spīrium remīsērun Sun quoque ūncōrēs e racāōrēs
Audiō crepium manuum umerōs erienium sonus quoque icuum mūāur nunc enim manusperveni plāna nunc concava Audiō clāmōrēs sī ūr es i n balneō dēprehēnsus
Look here is noise sounding all around I live above he bahhouse isel Imagine o yourselnow all he haeul ypes o voices Te sronger ones exercise hemselves and swing heir ha ndsloaded wih lead weighs while hey work ou991252or imiae a person working ou I hear moansevery ime hey le go a ltpen-upgt breah Tere are also anoiners and masseurs I hear he slapo hands hiting shoulders and he sound o he blows changes or someimes he hands come1047298a someimes cupped I hear shouing i a hie is caugh in he bahhouse
A pool from inside he Roman Bahs in Bah England
Introduction bull xxix
eacher may wish o open a discussion abou bahs during oman i mes Te use o he calidārium fīgid ārium epidārium and sūdārium may be explained by he eacher and sudens may be en-couraged o learn andor pronounce hese words
TEACHER BY THE WAYBahs were ofen consruced on locaions having ho or mineral springs such as Bah in Englandand Bāiae a resor own on he Bay o Naples
Modern Bah in oman imes was named afer he Celic goddess o healing Sulis In he firscenury her shrine was aken over by he omans and she was idenified wih he goddess Minerva
Te sie was hen known as Aquae Sulis Mine rva In a emple relie she is represened wih a Medusa-like head and a musache
Te spa conained a grea bah (73 f by 29 f) and hree oher swimming pools he calidārium (ho bah)epidārium (warm bah) and fīgidār ium (cold bah) In he second cenury he spring was enclosed wihin a wooden barrel-vau led build ing ha housed hese hree pools Ho ai r bahs were ueled by coal fires A con-san 1047298ow o waer was direced o he pools hrough lead pipes which sill uncion oday
Archeologica l excavaions have revealed ma ny sacred voive offerings c urse ables and innumerable coinsa he botom o he springs Te curse ables writen in Lain heaped curses on anyone suspeced o wrong-doing Te ancien radiion o hrowing coins accompanied by a wish sill prevails oday in ome a he reviFounain where ourissvisiors do he same
More inormaion on bah complexes in ome can be ound on p 386 o his eacherrsquos manual
Sandards22 31
32 41 42
TEACHING TIPTe eacher may wish o insruc he sudens o find he iber iver which is picured here on he
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 3654
xxx bull Latin for the New Millennium
xxx bull Latin for the New Millennium
OVERVIEW OF ROMAN HISTORY According o legend omulus and his win broher emus were se adrif on he iber iver Ashe-wol nursed he boys unil a shepherd rescued hem Upon reaching manhood in 753 983138983139983141he wins ounded a new ciy near he place w here hey had been ound by he she-wol on he
basis o anaugusō auguriō ldquoa avorable sighing o birdsrdquo Bu omulus killed emus in a dispueover who would rule he new ciy and became is firs king
Six oher kings ruled afer omulus Numa Pompilius ullus Hosilius Ancus Marius ar-quinius Prisc us Servius ullius a nd arquinius Superbus (arquin he Proud) Afer he las ohese seven kings was overhrown in 509 983138983139983141 ome became a republic wih a represenaiveorm o governmen headed by wo consuls eleced an nually By 451 983138983139983141 he fi rs corpus o o-man law known as he welve ables was creaed
In he las cenury 983138983139983141 he oman epublic was shaken apar by a series o civil wars By31 983138983139983141 an auocraic regime headed earlier by Julius Caesar and laer by his grea-nephew Oc-avian brough he epublic o an end Te years rom 27 983138983139983141991252when Ocavian assumed heile o prīnceps ldquochie ciizenrdquo as well as he name Augu sus991252o around 180 983139983141 are known ashe early principae or empire During his era ome exended her boundaries o he BriishIsles in he norh Norh Arica in he souh Spain in he wes and he igris and Euphraesrivers in he eas
A view of he iber River as i 1047298ows hrough he ciy of Rome
map on p xxxii
COMPREHENSION QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS FOR PAGE XXX991251XXXI
eproducible versions o he quesions alone are available a wwwlnm bolchazycom
1 Who were he legendary ounders o ome
omulus and emus
2 According o legend in wha year was ome ounded
753 983138983139983141
3 Over he course o he monarchic period how many kings ruled ome
Seven
4 Wha even occurred in 509 983138983139983141
Te beginni ng o he oman epublic (wih wo consuls in charge)
5 Wha is he erm associaed wih he wo leaders o he epublic
Consul
6 Which wo leaders oversaw omersquos shif rom a republic o a principae
Julius Caesar and OcavianAugusu s
7 Wha major aciviy associaed wih empire-building ook place during he principae
erriorial expansion
8 Name wo developmens ha characerized he lae empire
Severe economic problems inernal poliical unres andor requen invasion by he Germanic ribes
9 Describe Diocleianrsquos response o he roubles o he empire
Diocleian divided he empire ino wo halves he Easern and Wesern empires in order o make ruli nghe empire more manageable
10 Explai n he origin o he erm ldquovandalismrdquo
Te fifh cenury invasion and pillag ing o ome by he ribe known as he Vandals who occupied he o-man province o Norh Arica led o he erm ldquovandalismrdquo meaning wanon desrucion
11 Describe Lainrsquos role in he cenuries afer 476 983139983141
Lain 1047298ourished as he major lierary language in he Wesern oman Empire and was spread o non-omanized places like Ireland Scandinavia and he New World
TEACHING TIP
Te eacher may ask he sudens o find he daes menioned on his page in he imeline on pp411ndash414
Sandards21 31 32
TEACHING TIPTe eacher may insruc he sudens o locae ByzaniumConsaninople discussed here in he
d h h ii
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 3754
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull xxxi
Introduction bull xxxi
From 180 983139983141 onwards in he period k nown as he lae empire he oman sae experiencedsevere economic problems and requen invasions by Germanic ri bes esponding o he pres-sure o he firs wave o migraions as well as inernal poliical u nres and economic diffi culieshe emperor Diocleian (ruled 284ndash305 983139983141) had already divided he oman Empire ino anEasern and Wesern hal each under is own emperor991252an atemp o make he vas omansae more manageable
Tis poliical division o he empire acually mirrored a culural division oo he main lan-guage o he Wes was Lain while he main language o he Eas was Greek Shorly aferwardshe emperor Consanine (ruled 312ndash337 983139983141) esablished a new capial or he Easern empirea Byzanium wh ich he renamed Consaninople (ldquohe ciy o Consaninerdquo oday called Isan-
bul) Bu even afer his reorganizaion he imperial governmen ulimaely proved incapable o
semming he ide o he migraions in par because he oman army was oo widely e xendedand could no be in so many places a once Indeed many o he invaders were given he sauso oederāī or ldquoreay roopsrdquo In effec hey were a llowed o occupy segmens o he empire inreurn or proecing i So when Alar ic King o he Visigohs sacked ome in 410 983139983141 he acual lyhad a ile as a commander in he oman army
ome was sacked again in 455 983139983141 by he Vandals who had already occupied he omanprovince o Norh Arica Te pillaging o he ciy o omulus by he invaders made a pro-ound impression on conemporaries and o his day he erm ldquovandalismrdquo is a word in severallanguages or wanon desrucion While he Easern empire (always more sable and eco-nomically prosperous han he Wes) coninued o exis unil 1453 983139983141 he Wesern empire
was ex inc as a poliica l eniy by 476 983139983141 In is place were Germa nic k ingdoms and ribes Angles and Saxons in Briai n Visigohs in Spain Osrogohs in Ialy Franks and Burgundi ansin Gaul991252o name only he major groups Te combinaion o hese new socieies wih heprevious inhabians who had been omanized o varying degrees would one day provide he
basis or he culures o modern Europe
Bu he end o he ancien oman Empire in he Wes was no he end o Lain On he con-rary during he nex 1200 years Lain no only 1047298ourished as he major lierary language in he
erriories o he ormer Wesern oman Empire he use o Lain was exended o regions heomans had never occupied including Ireland Scandinavi a and even he New World
BEGINNINGS OF LATIN LITERATURE Very ew complee works o Lain lieraure produced beore he mid-second cenury 983138983139983141 (ie beore 150 983138983139983141) have survived One reason or his loss was he remendous populariy o he works produced in he ollowing cenury by such auhors as Cicero Vergil and Ovid Teir wri-ings were so widely read and copied in subsequen cenuries ha he auhors preceding hem
were gradually negleced
Among he major figures o early Lain lieraure was a reed slave rom he Greek ciy o aren-um named Livius Andronicus who li ved rom 284ndash204 983138983139983141 He was known or his adapaionso Greek drama or oman audiences and his ranslaion o Homerrsquos Odyssey ino Lain verse
second paragraph on he map on p xxxii
TEACHING TIPTe eacher may ask he sudens o find he daes menioned on his page in he imeline on pp413ndash414
HOW TO USE THIS BOOK AND ITS ANCILLARIES
wo ancillaries are available or use wih his book Te Original Dysuncional Family (abbreviaed ODF)and From Romulus o Romulus Augusulus (abbreviaed R) R will be paricularly useul in order ohelp sudens keep he ime periods o he auhors and o he evens he auhors wroe abou sraigh in heirminds Chaper ile pages will include when appropriae a noaion on wha chaper o R he eachermay wish o assign
TEACHING TIPTe eacher may wish o assign Chaper 1 o he oman hisory ancillary From Romulus o Romu-lus Augusulus a his poin
COMPREHENSION QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS FOR PAGES XXXI991251XXXIVeproducible versions o he quesions alone are available a wwwlnm bolchazycom
1 Whom did he omans consider he aher o Lain lieraure
Ennius
2 Wha was Enniusrsquo mos amous work Is subjec mater
Annālēs was an epic poem abou omersquos early hisory
3 Wha amous Lain saying means ldquoCarhage mus be desroyedrdquo
Carhāgō dēlenda es
4 Who is he auhor o ha saying
Cao he ElderCao he Censor
5 When was Carha ge said o have been desroyed
146 983138983139983141 a he end o he hird Punic war
NB Aler sudens ha he answers o hese comprehension quesions will be ound on p xxxiv
Sandards21 31
R1
TEACHING TIP Ask sudens he English equivalen o cou nries s uch as Briannia and Germānia and he Englishequivalen o he ciies Neāpolis and Ahēnae
Sandard31
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 3854
xxxii bull Latin for the New Millennium
equivalen o he ciies Neāpolis and Ahēnae
A full size r eproducible version of h is page wihou he answe rs can be downloaded a wwwlnm bolchazycom
HOW TO USE THIS BOOK Answers o rep roducible aciviies w ill be gi ven in a larger size bel ow or he eacherrsquos convenience
ANSWERS TO MAP WORK 991251 PAGES XXXII991251XXXIII
1 Crēa Sicilia Corsica Sardinia Cyprus Ihaca Dēlos Brianni a
2 Vesuvius Mōns Aena Mōns Olympus Mōns Āppennīnus Mōns
3 Syria Macedonia Arica Asia
4 mare or ponus
5 Asia Eurōpa Arica
A full siz e reproducible version of his page wihou he answers can be down loaded a wwwln mbolchazycom
Te eacher may wish o have his map enlarged when reproducing i for ease of suden use in compleing his aciviy
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 3954
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull xxxiii
HOW TO USE THIS BOOK
Te answers o his aciviy can be easily seen on he wo acing pages
Te omans regarded Ennius (ca 239 169 983138983139983141) as he aher o Lain lieraure He wroe
TEACHING TIPSudens may be encouraged o find he ciy o Carhage menioned in he second paragraph on hemap on p xxxii
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 4054
xxxiv bull Latin for the New Millennium
xxxiv bull L atin for the New Millennium
Te omans regarded Ennius (ca 239ndash169 983138983139983141) as he aher o Lain lieraure He wroemany kinds o lierary works including plays His Annālēs an epic poem abou he early hisoryo ome was paricularly renowned and perhaps he primary epic read in oman schools beorehe ime o Vergil Only ragmens o his wriings remain
One o Enniusrsquo conemporaries was heamed Cao he Censor also known as Caohe Elder (234ndash149 983138983139983141) a rigidly conserva-ive oman senaor Mos o his reaise onagriculure called Dē agrī culūrā survivesI is he oldes work o Lain prose amongCaorsquos recommendaions here are ha fieldslaves be reaed similarly o beass o bur-den Cao is also remembered or his sae-men Carhāgō dēlenda es ldquoCarhage mus
be desroyedrdquo evidence or he omanear o he Carhaginians Te omansough hree wars known as he Punic
Wars agai ns he Car haginians Te fi rsended beore Cao was born in he secondagains Hannibal Cao served wih miliarydisincion he hird ended in 146 983138983139983141 asCao had demanded wih he desruciono Carhage On his occasion he vic oriousomans were said o have plowed sal inohe Carhaginian soil
Discussions abou laer auhors and adap-aions rom heir wriings w ill be presenedchronologically in he chapers o his book
Ancien ruins a Carhage in Africa
p p
TEACHER BY THE WAY Alhough he works o Enniu s have been preserved on ly in ragmens (abou a housand lines) hehad a grea in1047298uence on subsequen poes such as Vergil Quoable quoes include
bull a es o riendship Amīcus cer us in rē incer ā cerniur (A riend in need is a riend indeed)
bull an applicaion o wisdom o lie Quī ipse sibi sapiēns prōdesse nequi nēquīquam sapi (A man who
himsel is wise bu unable o be useul o himsel is wise or nohing)bull he amous descripion o Fabius Maximus Ūnus homō nōbīs cūncandō resiui rem (One man by delaying res ored he sae or us)
bull and he line on Manius Curius Quem nēmō errō poui superāre nec aurō (Whom no one was ableo deea eiher by sword or gold)
We also have preser ved or us he exa mple o excessive all ieraion ha has g iven rise o much laugher inLain classrooms over he years Ō ie ūe aī ibi ana yranne ulisī ldquoO ius aius you yran (all voca-ive) you brough o yoursel such grea (roubles)rdquo991252ranslaed in conex which plays off he more lieral ldquo you ookacquired or yoursel such grea hings rdquo
On he oher hand he composed his own epiaph in which his high eseem among omans proved o beprescien
nēmō mē lacrumīs decōre neu unera 1047298ēū
axi Cūr Voliō vivos per ōra v irum (Le no one honor me wih ears or make a uneral pyre by weeping
Why I 1047298y li ving hrough he mouhs o men)
TEACHER BY THE WAY
Pluarchrsquos Lie o Cao is a good source o snappy quoaions atribued o his saesman soldier andauhor For example while discussing he power o women he said ldquoAll oher men rule heir wives we rule al l oher men and our w ives rule us rdquo Atemping o persuade he oman people o orego adisribuion o grain he began his speech by saying ldquoI is a hard mater o argue wih he belly sincei has no earsrdquo And o a ribune who had been accused o using poison and was rying o pass a use-less bill he said ldquoI know no which is worse o drink your mixures or o enac your billsrdquo
1CHAPTER 1
HOW TO USE THIS BOOK
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 4154
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull 1
1CHAPTER
Parts of Speech Nouns Number Gender Case (Nominative and Accusative)
First Declension Nouns
MEMORĀBILE DICTŪ
SPQ Senātus Populusque ōmānusldquoTe Senae and he People o omerdquo
Tese our leters orm wha is known as an acronym one ha symbolized supreme power inancien ome
Oil paining of Romulus and Remus wih he wolf By Peer Paul Rubens (1577ndash1640)
Te grammaical and synacical opics ha will be presened in each chaper o his book are lised a he opo he chaper ile page
HOW TO USE THIS BOOK
Te illusraion on each chaperrsquos ile page presens a visual inroducion o he Lain reading passage ha willollow eachers may choose o discuss he illusraion in order o provide he conex or he reading he su-dens will encouner on he nex page
HOW TO USE THIS BOOK
On each chaper ile page he phrase Memorābile Dictū (ldquoA memorable hing o say rdquo) will be ou nd Below here will be a amous phrase quoa ion abbreviaion or moto in L ain ha w ill connec hese words o he opicsin he chaper
MEMORĀBILE DICTŪ VOCABULARY
populus populī m ndash people
-que ndash and
senāus senāūs m ndash senae
TEACHING TIP
ubens pained his picure o omulus and emus rom 1615ndash1616 during wha is called he Ba-roque period o ar Te man approaching rom he rear is Fausulus Te reclining figure is he god
o he river iber
HOW TO USE THIS BOOK AND ITS ANCILLARIESwo ancillaries are available or use wih his book Te Original Dysunctional Family (abbreviaed ODF)and From Romulus to Romulus Augustulus (abbreviaed R) R will be paricularly useul in order ohelp sudens keep he ime periods o he auhors and o he evens he auhors wroe abou sraigh in heirmind Chaper ile pages wil l include when appropriae a noaion abou wha chaper o R he eachermay wish o assign
Standards11 21
R 2and 3
READING
TRANSLATION OF LATIN PASSAGEomulus and emus
Mars is a god Mars loves hea Silvia And so hea Silvia has wo sons omulus and emus Amulius locks uph Sil i A li l d i h A h l lk h T h l
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 4254
2 bull Latin for the New Millennium
2 bull Latin for the New Millennium
READINGTis sory describes how ome was said o have been ounded in 753 983138983139983141 King Numior o AlbaLonga was overhrown by his cruel and ambiious broher Amulius who no only seized hehrone bu so eared ha one o Numiorrsquos male descendans migh have a legiimae claim oni ha he made Amuliusrsquo daug her hea Silvia a priesess o he goddess Vesa Tese priesesses
were no allowed o marry during heir childbearing years
RŌMULUS ET REMUS
1 Mārs es deus Mārs hēam Silviam ama Iaque hēa Silvia duōs
īliōs habe ōmulum e emum Amūlius hēam Silviam vinculīs
claudi Amūlius ōmulum e emum in aquam pōni Lupa ad aquamambula Lupa ōmulum e emum bene cūra e ama ōmulus e
5 emus crēscun Poseā ōmulus e emus ōmam aedifican
Famous bronze saue of he she-wolf and he wins
hea Silvia Amulius pus omulus and emus ino he waer A she-wol walks o he waer Te she-wol caresor (akes good care o) omulus and emus well and loves (hem) omulus and emus grow up Aferwards(laer) omulus and emus build ome
HOW TO USE THIS BOOK Above each La in reading pa ssage inorm aion is presened in Engl ish Tis pre -reading provides back groundinormaion abou he auhor and esablishes he conex o he passage he sudens will read
TEACHER BY THE WAY
Te eacher may wish o inroduce he class o he radiional abbreviaions o 983137983140 (which sandsor he Lain phrase Annō Dominī ldquoi n he year o our Lordrdquo) and 983138983139 (which sands or he Engl ishphrase ldquoBeore Chrisrdquo) Tese older abbreviaions coninue o be used bu his book employs heabbreviaions 983138983139983141 (Beore he Common Era) and 983139983141 (Common Era)
TEACHING TIPInsruc he sudens o locae Alba Longa on he map on pp xxxiindashxxxiii
TEACHER BY THE WAYTough he wins were added o he sculpure in he enaissance he she-wol has srong links wihEruscan myhology and shows characerisics o Eruscan sculpure
TEACHING TIP
Te eacher may wish o encourage he sudens o design an abbreviaed amily ree o omulusand emus
Standards11 22
Jupier Juno King Num ior o Alba Longa
Mars hea Silvia
omulus emus
READING VOCABULARY
HOW TO USE THIS BOOKTe English pronoun subjec o a verb is no lised in he eading Vocabulary i he pronoun is no needed inhe ranslaion
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 4354
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull 3
Chapter 1 bull 3
READING VOCABULARYad aquam ndash o he waer
aedifican ndash build
ama ndash loves
ambula ndash walks
Amūlius ndash Amul ius
aquam ndash waer
bene ndash well
claudi ndash locks up
crēscun ndash grow up
cūra ndash akes care o cares or
deus ndash god
duōs ndash woes ndash is
e ndash and
īliōs ndash sons
habe ndash has
in aquam ndash ino he waer
iaque ndash and so
lupa ndash she-wol
Mārs ndash Mars he god o war
pōni ndash pus
poseā ndash aferwards laer
emum ndash emus
emus ndash emus
hēa Silvia ndash hea Silvia
hēam Silviam ndash hea Silvia
ōmam ndash ome
ōmulum ndash omulus
ōmulus ndash omulus vinculīs ndash w ih chains
Words marked wih an aserisk will need o bememorized laer in he chaper
COMPREHENSION QUESTIONS1 Whose sons are omulus and emus
2 Wha did Amulius do
3 Who saved he lie o omulus and emus
4 Wha did omulus and emus do
HOW TO USE THIS BOOK
Te sudens should not be expeced o lea rn he words under he ile eading Vocabulary whenever his ileoccurs in he book Insead insruc sudens o learn he vocabulary words lised under he ile Vocabularyto Learn ha will be ound laer in each chaper In more advanced Lain exs usually here are vocabularyand noes o help he sudens when reading a passage Tis eading Vocabulary will help prepare sudens orlaer more advanced classes
ANSWERS TO COMPREHENSION QUESTIONS
1 Tey are he sons o Mars and hea Silvia2 He locked up hea Silvia
3 A she-wol
4 Tey buil he ciy o ome
TEACHING TIP
Whi le English deriva ives rom he sar red words (ie he Vocabulary o L earn) are he opic o Ex-ercise 2 laer in his chaper here are some ineresing derivaives rom he non-sarred words andsome o hese show how words change hrough he years Te eacher may choose o discuss hesederivaives wih he sudens
bull aedi1047297cant (aedi1047297cō) ndash ediy edificaion edifice
Tis Lain word is buil rom wo Lain words aciō (o do make) and aedēs (house emple) Te
English derivaives reain his religious connecion or hey mean ldquoo build up he aih moraliy o in-sruc especially morallyrdquo Te word ldquoedificerdquo is always used or an imposing srucure such as a ldquoemplerdquoor aedēs
bull claudit (claudō) ndash close conclusion enclosure sluice
A ldquocloserdquo is a small shu-in space and some people i locked in one suffer rom ldquoclausrophobiardquo acompound derivaive parly rom Lain (o close confine) and parly rom he Greek (ear) hence ldquoa earo closed spacesrdquo
Te word ldquosluicerdquo does no look like a derivaive o claudō bu i has undergone cha nges as i ca meino English via middle English and old French (sclus) rom he Lain exclūdō which means ldquoo shu ourdquo Asluice has a gae a he op o he channel o shu off he 1047298ow o waer as necessary
bull crēscunt (crēscō) ndash crescen accrue recrui crew
Te word ldquocrewrdquo in middle English mean ldquoreinorcemenrdquo so a body o soldiers grew Te word ldquore-
cruirdquo has he same basic idea ecruis increase he size o he army (rom he Lain recrēscō meaning ldquoogrow againrdquo)
bull deus ndash deiy deiy
bull duōs ndash double dozen due duplicae
Te word ldquodozenrdquo is a compound rom he Lain word or ldquowordquo and he German word or ldquoenrdquo (zehn)
bull habet (habeō) ndash habi abiliy prohibiive
Onersquos abiliy depends on he alens and skil ls one has
bull pōnit ( pōnō) ndash depo imposiion preposiion
A depo origina lly was a place where supplies were pu or sorage
LANGUAGE FACT I
HOW TO USE THIS BOOKTe Language Facs secion o each chaper will conain boh grammaical (morphological) and synacicalinormaion ie inormaion boh abou he orms o he words and he srucure o he senence
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 4454
4 bull Latin for the New Millennium
4 bull Latin for the New Millennium
LANGUAGE FACT I
PARTS OF SPEECHTe parts o speech used in a Lain senence deermine is meaning jus as in English While henoun and he verb are he wo mos imporan oher common pars o speech are lised below
Noun a person place hing idea acion or qual iy Examples ldquoomulusrdquo ldquoriverrdquo ldquocouragerdquo
Pronoun a word ha sands in place o a noun ha has been previously menioned or is clearrom conex Examples ldquoIrdquo ldquosherdquo ldquohimrdquo ldquoirdquo
Adjecive a word ha limis or defines a noun or a pronoun Examples ldquolitlerdquo ldquosrongrdquo
Adverb a word ha lim is or defines verbs adjecives or (oher) adverbs Examples ldquoveryrdquoldquoquielyrdquo
Verb a word ha describes an acion or sae o being Examples ldquogordquo ldquosayrdquo ldquowasrdquo
Preposiion a word ha begins a preposiional phrase such as ldquoinrdquo ldquoordquo ldquoonrdquo ldquoorrdquo ldquobyrdquoldquowihrdquo A preposiional phrase is a preposiion joined o a noun Examples ldquoin he morningrdquoldquowih a sharp pencilrdquo
Conjuncion a word ha connecs words phrases clauses a nd senences Examples ldquoandrdquoldquoburdquo ldquoalhoughrdquo
Inerjecion a word ha expresses emoion Examples ldquowowrdquo
EXERCISE 1eview he meanings and ideniy he pars o speech o he ollowing words Te eading
Vocabulary may be consu led
1 īliōs 6 e2 bene 7 lupa3 aedifican 8 claudi
4 ad 9 ōmam5 ambula 10 ama
EXERCISE 1 ANSWERS
1 noun
2 adverb
3 verb
4 preposiion
5 verb
6 conjuncion
7 noun8 verb
9 noun
10 verb
TEACHING TIP
Te eacher may wish o ask he sudens in Lain wha par o speech a given word is Te eacher would say ldquoQuae pars ōrātiōnis estrdquo Suden responses would be
bull nōmen substantīvumsubstantīvum ndash noun
bull prōnōmen ndash pronoun
bull nōmen adiectīvumadiectīvum ndash adjecive
bull verbum temporāle ndash verb
bull adverbium ndash adverb
bull praepositiō ndash preposiion
bull coniūnctiō ndash conjuncion
bull interiectiō ndash inerjecion
Standards11 41
Standards11 41
WorkbookExercise 1
VOCABULARY TO LEARN
TEACHING TIPSince his is he firs se o Lain words ha your sudens will be required o memorize i is usuallya good idea o sugges and discuss wih hem some differen ways o memorize vocabulary Somesel help opions are lised below
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 4554
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull 5
NOUNSagricola agricolae m ndash armer
aqua aquae ndash waer
āhlēa āhlēae m ndash ahlee
īlia īliae ndash daugher
lupa lupae ndash she-wol
naua nauae m ndash sailor
poēa poēae m ndash poe
puella puellae ndash girl
ōma ōmae ndash ome
erra errae ndash land
VERBSama ndash heshei loves
ambula ndash heshei walks
cūra ndash heshei akes care o cares or
es ndash heshei is
ADVERBS bene ndash well
poseā ndash aferwards
CONJUNCTIONSe ndash and
iaque ndash and so
Aqueducs carr ied waer (aqua) o he ciies in he Roman world Tis aqueduc buil in 19 983138983139983141 which srechedacross he Gard River was named he Pon du Gard and brough waer o he ciy of Nicircmes in France in ancien imes
Chapter 1 bull 5
sel-help opions are lised below
1 Look a he word in he book and say he word aloud
2 Wrie down he word on a piece o paper along wih is meaning and check o be sure here are no spell-ing errors Color-coding he words by pars o speech is also helpul Pronounce he word while wriing idown and hen repea he word including he meaning and spelling
3 Make handwriten 1047298ashcards wih he Lain on one side and English on he oher and be sure here are nospelling errors Color-coding is a good sraegy here also Wriing he word ou helps some sudens ce-men he word in he brain Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers has creaed an elecronic vocabulary resourceor hose sudens or whom echnological learning ools are an aid Tese vocabulary 1047298ashcards are orhe iPod See p 93 or more inormaion on iPod 1047298ashcards
4 Use English derivaives o help remember meanings Bu be careul since some derivaives may havemeanings grealy changed rom he original Lain word
5 Find clipar picures ha illusrae he vocabulary words and use he picures as a way o es yoursel onhe Lain words
TEACHER BY THE WAYTe eacher may wish o open a discussion abou aqueducs and he waer supply or ancien omans while l ooking a he picu re o he Pon du Gard on his page For a hisory o aqueducs and heirconsrucion Froninusrsquo book Dē aquīs urbis Rōmae is an excellen source Te book was writenabou 97 983139983141 when he was Superinenden o Aqueducs Oher aqueducs include he ollowing
bull Te double high aqueduc in Segovia Spainbull Te Aqua Appia buil in 312 983138983139983141
bull Te Aqua rāiāna
bull Te aqueduc buil by Alex ander Severus in 226 983139983141
bull Te Aqua Claudia
bull Te Aqua Marcia wh ich wa s probably named a fer A ncus Marcius who was he fi rs K ing oome by radiional accouns o build an aqueduc o bring waer o ome
NB Te word ldquo Aquardquo when capialized means ldquoaqueducrdquo
Eleven aqueducs urnished 250000 gallons o waer o ome every weny-our hours
BY THE WAY
E h u gi n in h b l r h rm T nd rm i h g nii
HOW TO USE THIS BOOK Ēn is a word ha calls atenion o somehing and means ldquoLook a hisrdquo Te inormaion given here draws a-enion o and urher specifies differen language acs
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 4654
6 bull Latin for the New Millennium
6 bull Latin for the New Millennium
Each noun given in he vocabulary has wo orms Te second orm is he geniivesingular
A derivative is an English word rooed in a Lain word Te English derivaive issimilar in meaning and orm o is Lain source
STUDY TIP
An English derivaive ofen can help you remember wha a Lain word means
EXERCISE 2Find he English derivaives based on he Vocabulary o Learn in he ollowing senences Wriehe corresponding Lain word
1 She shows a considerable filial respec oward her aher
2 Agriculu re is a science o culivaing he land
3 Te ship is equipped wih all he necessary nauical insrumens
4 We saw all kinds o fish in he aquarium
5 Tis is an all-errain vehicle
6 When will he ahleic compeiion sar
7 She has a ruly poeic naure
LANGUAGE FACT II
NOUNS NUMBER GENDER CASE 983080NOMINATIVE AND
ACCUSATIVE983081Nouns in Lain show number gender and case
Number Lain nouns are eiher singular or plural in number Number is shown in differen ways by differen ypes o nouns bu some ending-paterns are or singular orms and oherending-paterns are or plural orms
Gender Every noun likewise is eiher masculine eminine or neuer in gender You muslearn he gender o each noun In he Vocabulary o Learn l iss he gender is indicaed by hecommon abbreviaionsm (masculi ne) f (eminine) or n (neuer)
Case Lain nouns mus have an ending-patern ha displays case Tis is quie differen romEnglish in which case is indicaed by word posiion and no by endings (alhough case markersare preserved in cerain pronouns such as ldquoherdquo and ldquohimrdquo) A nounrsquos case reveals wha uncionhe noun has in he senence Tere are five common cases nominaive geniive daive accu-saive and ablaive wo less requenly used cases are called he vocaive and he locaive
HOW TO USE THIS BOOKStudy Tips give hins rhymes and mnemonics o help sudens learn grammar and vocabulary
EXERCISE 2 ANSWERS1 filial īlia
2 agriculure agricola
3 nauical naua
4 aquarium aqua
5 errain erra
6 ahleic āhlēa
7 poeic poēa
TEACHING TIPExplain o he sudens ha in English he words ldquoardquo ldquoanrdquo or ldquoherdquo are usually placed beore a nounand Lain does no have an equivalen or hese words known as aricles
eachers may need o sress he absence o he aricle many imes beore sudens compleely ine-grae his knowledge ino heir reading habis in Lain class
TEACHING TIPLain like many oher languages does no always observe biological gender Ofen he gender o a
Lain noun is deermined by grammaical acors such as he group o which a noun belongs
TEACHING TIP
Alhough in Exercise 2 he sudens are direced o find only he derivaives based on he Vocabular yo Learn hey may be ineresed o learn ha here are oher derivaives in Exercise 2 Te derivaiono hese words is provided or he eacherrsquos convenience
bull 1 consider - rom sīdus (sar) + cum (wih ogeher) and rom cōnsīderō (o examine consider)respec - rom respectō (look back a have regard or)
bull 2 science - rom scientia (knowledge) and sciō (o know) culivaing - rom colō (ill inhabi worship)
bull 3 necessary - rom necesse (necessary) insrumens - rom īnstruō (o equip build provide)
and rom īnstrumentum (equipmen ool ec)bull 5 vehicle - rom he Lain verb vehō (o carry)
bull 6 compeiion - rom petō (o seek aim a atack ec) + cum (wih oge her)
bull 7 naure - rom nātūra (naure)
Standard41
Standards11 31 41
STUDY TIP
An easy way o remember he names ohe five common cases iso use his mnemonic
TEACHING TIPSudens may no know wha he word ldquomnemonicrdquo means explain ha a mnemonic device is some-hing ha helps a suden o remember somehing Te eacher may also wish o use his opporu-niy o bring up Mnemosyne he goddess o memory and he moher o he Muses
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 4754
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull 7
Chapter 1 bull 7
An easy way o remember he names o he five common cases is o use his mnemonicdevice
Never NominaiveGive GeniiveDogs Daive A ny A ccusaive A buse A blaive
Nominative Te nominaive case idenifies he subjec Te subjec is a noun or a pronounha perorms he acion or exiss in a sae o being In he senence ldquoWilliam is readingrdquohe word ldquoWilliamrdquo is he subjec
Example Mārs amat Mars loves
Te noun subjec o he verb ldquoloverdquo is he god Mars
Find more examples o nominaives and heir verbs rom he reading passage a he begin-ning o he chaper
Te nominaive case also idenifies he predicae nominaive In he senence ldquoWilliam isa sudenrdquo he predicae nominaive is ldquoa sudenrdquo A predicae nominaive complees hemeaning o he verb ldquoo berdquo Look a his exa mple rom he reading
Example Mārs est deus Mars is a god
Mārs is he subjec and deus is a predicae nominaive
Accusative Te ourh case lised is called he accusaive he geniive daive and ablaivecases will be discussed in laer chapers Te accusaive case poins ou he noun (or pro-noun) ha is he direc objec emember direc objecs receive he acion o he verb Inhe senence ldquoI am wriing a leterrdquo he direc objec is ldquoa leterrdquo
Example Mārs Rhēam Silviam amat Mars loves hea Silvia
Te direc objec o ldquoloverdquo is he noun Rhēam Silviam
Find more examples o accusaives and heir verbs rom he reading passage a he beginningo he chaper
niy o bring up Mnemosyne he goddess o memory and he moher o he Muses
Answers to ldquoFind more examples of nominatives a nd their verbs from the reading passage at the begin-ning of the chapterrdquo
hēa Silvia habe
Amūl ius claudi
Amūl ius pōni
Lupa ambula
Lupa cūra e amaōmulus e emus crēscun
ōmulus e emus aedifican
Answers to ldquoFind more examples of accusatives and their verbs from the reading passage at the beg in-ning of the chapterrdquo
duōs īliōs habe ōmulum e emum
hēam Silviam claudi
ōmulum e emum pōni
ōmulum e emum bene cūra e ama
ōmam aedifican
TEACHING TIPSudens may encouner diffi culy when r ying o ransl ae Lain names used in cases o her han henominaive Te eacher a some poin will need o explain (and repea whenever necessary) ha when ransla ing a La in name he suden should al ways use he nominaive o rm o he word Onp 7 sudens are asked o find examples o accusaives and heir verbs in he reading passage Teanswers lised above provide an opporuniy o pracice wih his issue emind sudens o rans-lae duōs īliōs habet Rōmulum et Remum as ldquohe has wo sons omulus and emusrdquo Te oher ouranswers may be used as pracice wih he sudens
EXERCISE 3a Ideniy wheher he nouns in bold in hese senences are subjecs direc objecs or predi
TEACHER BY THE WAYIn conjuncion wih he picure and is capion he eacher may wish o menion ha he amil-ilar acronym o SPQ is sill in use and visible hroughou modern ome991252on liter bins sewercovers ec
Standards11 41
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 4854
8 bull Latin for the New Millennium
8 bull Latin for the New Millennium
a Ideniy wheher he nouns in bold in hese senences are subjecs direc objecs or predi-cae nominaives Te eading Vocabulary may be consuled
b Label each senence as vērum (rue) i i agrees or alsum (alse) i i disagrees wih he Lainreading passage a he beginni ng o he chaper
Example Amūlius es deusPredicae nominaive alsum
1 hēa Silvia ōmulum e emum cūra
2 Amūlius ōmulum e emum bene cūra
3 Amūlius lupam vinculīs claudi
4 Mārs ōmulum e emum in aquam pōni
5 Lupa hēam Silviam cūra
6 Amūlius ad aquam ambula
Te power of he ciy of Rome founded according o legend by Romulus is symbolized by hese four leters ha areprominenly displayed in various places wihin he ciy
EXERCISE 3 ANSWERS
1 subjec vērum
2 direc objecs alsum
3 direc objec alsum
4 subjec alsum
5 direc objec alsum
6 subjec vērum
WorkbookExercise 2 A full si ze reproduc ible version of th is page
without the a nswers ca n be downloade d at wwwlnm bolchazyco m
HOW TO USE THIS BOOK
Noun Declensions Te eacher may choose Lain nouns rom he declension ha is being sudied a he imehis workshee is used Tus no answers are provided here
LANGUAGE FACT III
TEACHING TIP Ask he sudens wha he Lain words seleced rom he reading and lised near he op o p 9 mean
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 4954
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull 9
Chapter 1 bull 9
FIRST DECLENSION NOUNS A declension is a g roup o nouns ha show a cerain patern o word endings Tere are five differ-en declensions in Lain In he reading abou omulus and emus hese are he orms belongingo he firs declension
hēam Silviam hēa Silvia aquam lupa ōmam
Noice ha he ex says Rhēa Silvia when she is he subjec and Rhēam Silviam when she is hedirec objec
Te firs declension is composed o words ha characerisically have he vowel a a or near heend o he word lupa
Below is he patern ha firs declension nouns ollow o show case and number Memorize heLain words in order rom he nominaive singular down o he ablaive singular and hen romhe nominaive plural down o he ablaive plural
emember ha he endings or a whole group o nouns ollow his patern Once you learn hi spatern you can recognize he case a nd number o all he words belonging o hi s declension
In his chaper you have begun o learn abou he nominaive and accusai ve cases Te ohercases will be explained in laer chapers
First DeclensionSingular Plural
Nomina ive l upa he she-wol Nominaive lupae he she-wolves
Geniive lupae o he she-wol Geniive lupārum o he she-wolves
Daive lupae oor he she-wol Daive lupīs oor he she-wolves
Accusaive lupam he she-wol Accusaive lupās he she-wolves
Ablaive lupā bywih he she-wol Ablaive lupīs bywih he she-wolves
Daive and ablaive plural o he words īlia ldquodaugherrdquo and dea ldquogoddessrdquo is fīliābus anddeābusTis is o di singuish hese orms rom he corresponding orms o īlius ldquosonrdquo and deus ldquogodrdquo
STUDY TIP
Noice ha he ablaive singular ending -ā has a long mark (macron) above i his ishe only difference beween he nominaive and ablaive singular endings
TEACHING TIP
Afer he firs declension has been presened o he sudens encourage hem depending on heirlearning syle o say he declension aloud o wrie down he words o inven a rap or a cheer
TEACHER BY THE WAY
Te patern is called a declension because he oher cases lean away ( dēclīnāre) rom he nominaiveie hey do no ollow he same orm as he nominaive
ORAL EXERCISE 1Tis exercise may be used afer the 1047297rst declension has been presented
Whi le looking a he declension o lupa ask he sudens o decli ne nauta
Singular PluralNominaive naua nauaeGeniive nauae nauārumDaive nauae nauīs Accusaive nauam nauās Ablaive nauā nauīs
Standards11 31 41
OralExercise 1
WorkbookExercise 3
STUDY TIP
Noice ha he daive and ablaive plural endings a re idenical
EXERCISE 4 ANSWERS1 geniive daive puellār um puellī s
2 accusaive nauās
3 accusaive errās
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 5054
10 bull Latin for the New Millennium
10 bull Latin for the New Millennium
Here are more words belonging o he fi rs declension
puella ndash girl īlia ndash daugher terra ndash land
Mos firs declension words are eminine i n gender bu a ew (usually ones ha indicae mas-culine occupaions in ancien imes) are masculine Examples are poēta ldquopoerdquoagricola ldquoarmerrdquonauta ldquosailorrdquo āthlēta ldquoahleerdquo
EXERCISE 4Ideniy he case o each singular noun Ten change each orm ino plural For some more han
one answer is possibleExample īlianominaive īliae
1 puellae 5 aquae2 nauam 6 puellā3 erram 7 āhlēā4 a gr ic ol a
Like he Greek wreslers porrayed on his ancien bas-reliefRoman ahlees were also fond of he spor of wresling
4 nominaive agricolae
5 geniive daive aquārum aquīs
6 ablaive puellīs
7 ablaive āhlēīs
TEACHING TIP
Since wreslers are depiced on he illusraion on his page he eacher may wish o open a discus-
sion abou he omansrsquo and Greeksrsquo ondness or wresling which was ofen praciced in a complexcalled he palaestra
oman boys were expeced o serve in he m iliary Tus hey were firs rained by heir ahers in wreslingand boxing Srengh and agiliy were sressed raher han grace o movemen as in Greek spors Te woprincipal syles uilized by he Greek were uprigh wresling in which hree alls o your opponen o heground were necessary o deea him and ground wresling which required he opponen o give up in ordero end he mach In he palaes tra here was an area or he young people o pracice wresling or boxing wih apunching bag (cōrycus) Examples o monumenal oman bahs wih a palaest ra are ound a he Bahs o Ca-racalla in ome he Harbor Bahs a Ephesus in urkey and he Bahs in Varna Bulgaria he larges anciensrucure in ha counry
Wresling was also one o he spor evens a he Olympic games ha he omans ofen atended Greco-oman wresling is also one o he evens eaured in he summer Olympic games in modern imes
TEACHING TIPTe eacher migh wan o have sudens read an English ranslaion o Book 23 o he Iliad in which Ajax a nd Odysseus compee in a wre sling m ach and Book 5 o he Aeneid or a descripion o hespors ha he omans played and compare he atiude o he compeiors in each epic Boh evens were par o he uneral games he ormer in honor o Paroclu s riend and atendan o Achil lesand he later in honor o Anchises aher o Aeneas Tis migh lead o urher discussion on henaure o modern wresling
Standards11 41
EXERCISE 5Ideniy he case o each plural noun Ten change each orm ino he singular For some more
TEACHING TIPSudens may wonder why he geniive singular w ihou is ending mus be used o find he base whenhe nominaive singular wihou is ending works jus as well Explain ha in oher noun declensionshe nominaive will no always provide he same base or have he same spelling as he geniive
Standards11 41
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 5154
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull 11
Chapter 1 bull 11
han one answer is possible
Example puellāsaccusaive puellam
1 īliae 5 aquīs2 errīs 6 poēārum3 nauārum 7 agricolae4 l upa e
BY THE WAY
In all declensions endings are added o he base o a noun I is imporan o know hahe base o a noun is ound by removing he ending rom is geniive si ngular orm Forexample he geniive singular o puella is puellae I you remove he -ae rom puellae
wha remains is he base o he word namely puell- For his reason learning he geni-ive singular is as imporan as knowing he nominaive singular o he noun
STUDY TIP
Always learn he geniive ogeher wih he nominaive because rom he geniive you will know o which declension a word belongs
A wall paining depic ing a Roman farmer (agricola) wih his sheep
EXERCISE 5 ANSWERS
1 nominaive īl ia
2 daive ablaive errae errā
3 geniive nauae
4 nominaive lupa
5 daive ablaive aquae aquā
6 geniive poēae7 nominaive agricola
HOW TO USE THIS BOOKIn his book he word ldquobaserdquo is used o reer o he noun wihou any ending ldquoStemrdquo is used or he par o he verb wihou any ending ldquoootrdquo is used or he Lain par o a derivaive
ORAL EXERCISE 2Tis exercise may be used afer Exercise 5
Use one o he ollowing classroom presenaion opions (hereafer reerred o as CPO) (blackgreenwhiesmar board overhead or LCD projecor PowerPoinreg presenaion ec) o pu his inormaion on view
quis ldquowhordquo (or he subjec) and quem ldquowhomrdquo (or he direc objec)
Ten ask he suden o answer he ollowing quesions abou he chaper reading eiher orally or in wri-
en orm
1 Teacher Quis es Mārs Student Mārs es deus
2 Teacher Quem ama Mārs Student hēam Silviam Mārs ama
3 Teacher Quis ama hēam Silviam Student Mārs ama hēam Silviam
4 Teacher Quem habe hēa Silvia Student hēa Silvia duōs īliōs ōmulum eemum habe
5 Teacher Quis claudi hēam Silviam Student Amūlius claudi hēam Silviam
6 Teacher Quem claudi Amūlius Student hēam Silviam Amūlius claudi
7 Teacher Quis ōmulum e emum in aquampōni
Student Amūlius ōmulum e emum in aquampōni
8 Teacher Quem Amūlius in aquam pōni Student Amūlius ōmulum e emum in aquampōni
9 Teacher Quis ambula ad aquam Student Lupa ambula ad aquam
10 Teacher Quis ōmulum e emum bene cūra Student Lupa ōmulum e emum bene cūra
11 Teacher Quōs lupa bene cūra Student Lupa ōmulum e emum bene cūra
12 Teacher Quis ōmulum e emum a ma Student Lupa ōmulum e emum ama
13 Teacher Quōs lupa ama Student Lupa ōmulum e emum ama
OralExercise 2
WorkbookExercise
4 5
EXERCISE 6ranslae rom Lain ino English and rom English ino Lain Te mos common Lain word
d
TEACHER BY THE WAYTe eacher may menion ha he mos common word order (subjec ndash direc objec ndash verb) can o-en be changed For example i he verb is o be emphasized i will ake firs posiion I he subjecor he direc objec is o be emphasized i will ake he las posiion which is he mos emphaic oneIn general he more unusual he wordrsquos posiion is he more emphasis is placed on his word
Standards11 41
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 5254
12 bull Latin for the New Millennium
12 bull Latin for the New Millennium
order is
subjec ndash direc objec ndash verb
1 Agricola erram ama
2 Te ahlee loves waer
3 Naua īlia m ama
4 Te poe loves ome
5 Agricola erram cūra
6 Te she-wol cares or (is aking care o) he girl
BY THE WAY
Even hough he mos common word order is subjec ndash di rec objec ndash verb rememberha endings991252no word order991252deermine which word is he subjec and which i s hedirec objec
TALKING When we mee one person we gree herhim wih salvē When we mee wo or more people wegree hem wih salvēte When we bid goodbye o one person we sayvalē When we bid goodbyeo wo or more people we say valēte
Here are various ways o ask ldquohow are yourdquo or ldquohow are you doingrdquo
Quōmodo valēs or Quōmodo tē habēs or Quid agis ldquoHow are yourdquo
Here is a range o possible answers
bene ldquowellrdquo pessimē ldquovery badrdquo optimē ldquogreardquo melius ldquobeterrdquo mediocriter ldquoso-sordquo or ldquono oo badrdquo meliusculē ldquoa litle beterrdquo male ldquobadrdquo
In general he more unusual he word s posiion is he more emphasis is placed on his word
EXERCISE 6 ANSWERS
1 Te armer loves he land
2 Āhlēa aquam ama
3 Te sailor loves (his) daugher
4 Poēa ōmam ama
5 Te armer cares or (is aking care o) he land6 Lupa puellam cūra
TEACHING TIP
Te eacher may sar he class in Lain by saying Salvēte discipulī et discipulae and by eaching hesudens o say in reurn Salvē magister (magistra)
ORAL EXERCISE 3Tis exercise may be used anytime afer the students have learned the use o the accusative case or afer Exercise 6
Use one o he CPOrsquos o pu on display he orms amō and cūrō and explai n ha hey a re in he fir s personsingular and how his differs rom he hird person singular learned in his chaper Ask individual sudens omake senences wih hem using he words hey have learned
Ten ell he sudens ha nōn means ldquonordquo and ask hem o make si milar senences wih nōn amō and nōn cūrō
Examples(nōn) amō erram īliam aquam lupam āhlēam(nōn) cūrō erram īliam puellam
WorkbookExercise 6
ContentQuestions
OralExercise 3
Standards12 21 41
42
SAYING HELLOMarīa Helena e Chrisīna sun (are) discipulae (students)
TEACHING TIPHave sudens read he dialogue aloud Tis will help o build heir pronunciaion skills
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 5354
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull 13
Chapter 1 bull 13
Marīa Salvēe Helena e Chrisīna
Christīna Salvē Marīa
Helena Salvē Marīa
Marīa Quōmodo valēs Helena Quōmodo valēs Chrisīna
Helena et Christīna Bene Quōmodo ū ( you) valēs Marīa
Marīa Pessimē
Helena et Christīna Cūr (Why)
Marīa imeō linguam Laīnam ( I ear the Latin language)Helena Ego ( I ) linguam Laīnam amō
Christīna E ego linguam Laīnam amō
ORAL EXERCISE 4
Tis exercise may be used afer he Lain dialogue has been presened
Insruc he sudens o say ldquohellordquo in Lain o he suden nex o hem Divide he class ino wo pars ellone par o gree he oher par using he plural greeing and vice versa Do he same ype o aciviy whensaying ldquogoodbyerdquo You may wish o make greeing he class in Lain a nd saying ldquogoodbyerdquo in Lain a par oa daily rouine
Divide he sudens ino pairs in which one person will ask how hisher parner is in Lain and he oher
wil l answer
ORAL EXERCISE 5
Tis exercise may be used afer he Lain dialogue has been presened
ell he sudens ha he paricle ndashne is added o he firs syllable o a word ha inroduces a quesion Ten askhe ollowing quesions abou he dialogue beween Mary Helen and Chrisy Individual sudens may answerorally or he enire class may wrie he answers as he eacher asks hem orally Te eacher should explain hahe orm valēs in he greeing Quōmodo valēs is in he second person which means ldquoyourdquo Te hird person orm(reerring o ldquoherrdquo ldquohimrdquo or ldquoirdquo) is valet So he phrase ldquoHow is she doingrdquo would be Quōmodo valet Te hirdperson o amō is amat and he hird person o timeō is timet
1 Teacher Quōmodo Chrisīna vale Student(s) Chrisīna bene vale
2 Teacher Quōmodo Marīa vale Student(s) Marīa pessimē vale
3 Teacher Cūr (why) Marīa pessimē vale Student(s) Marīa ime linguam Lainam4 Teacher Amane l inguam L aīnam Helena Student(s) Helena linguam Laīnam ama
5 Teacher Linguamne Laīnam ama Chrisīna Student(s) Chrisīna linguam Laīnam ama
ORAL EXERCISE 6 AND DICTATIONTis combined exercise may be used to conclude the chapter or at any time afer the students have learned the accusa-tive case and chapter vocabulary
Dicae he ollowing senences o he sudens Ten ask hem o make he ollowing changes eiher orally orin writen orm a he discreion o he eacher
1 Teacher Agricol a erram ama (change he direc objec ino plura l)Student Agricola errās ama
2 Teacher Lupa puellam cūra (change he direc objec ino plural)
Student Lupa puellās cūra3 Teacher Āhlēa puel lās ama (change he direc objec ino singu lar)
Student Āhlēa puellam ama
4 Teacher Fīlia errās ama (change he direc objec ino singular)Student Fīlia erram ama
OralExercise
4 5 6 andDictation
TEACHER NOTES
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 5454
14 bull Latin for the New Millennium
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 1854
iindashiii bull Latin for the New Millennium
Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers IncMundelein Illinois USA
1Milena Minkova and Terence Tunberg
LATIN FOR THE NEW MILLENNIUM
Series Inormaion
LEVEL ONE
Suden ex (2008)
Suden Workbook (2008)
eacherrsquos M anual (2008)
eacherrsquos Manual or Suden Workbook (2008)
ANCILLARIES
From Romulus o Romulus AugusulusRoman Hisory or he New Millennium (2008)
Te Original Dysuncional Family Basic Classical Myhology or he New Millennium (2008)
LEVEL TWO
Suden ex (2009)
Suden Workbook (2009)
eacherrsquos M anual (2009)
eacherrsquos Manual or Suden Workbook (2009)
ANCILLARIES
From Rome o Reormaion Early European Hisory or he New Millennium (2009)
Te Clay-ooed SuperHeroes Myhology ales or he New Millennium (2009)
mdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdash
ELECTRONIC RESOURCES
(See page 445 or deailed descripion)
wwwlnm bolchazycom
Quia Quesion Bank
Lain-only Vill a in een Second Lietrade
Carpe Praedam
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 1954
FOREWORD xi
PREFACE xiii
AUTHORS xvii
EDITORS CONSULTANTS AND PILOT TEACHERS xix
INTRODUCTION xxiii
AlphabePronunciaion o LainOverview o oman Hisory Beginnings o Lain Lieraure
CHAPTER 1 1
eading ldquoomulus and emusrdquoLanguage Facs Pars o Speech Nouns Number Gender Case
(Nominaive and Accusaive) Firs Declension Nounsalking Saying Hello
CHAPTER 2 15
eading Plauus ldquoTe Menaechmi winsrdquo Language Facs Firs and Second Conjugaion Verbs Principal Pars
Properies o Verbs Number Person ense Sem Infiniive Subjec and
Verb Agreemenalking Geting Acquained
CHAPTER 3 29
eading erence ldquowo BrohersrdquoLanguage Facs Second Declension Masculine -us -er -ir Nouns Geniive
Case Vocaive Case Preposiional Phrasesalking In he Classroom
REVIEW 1 CHAPTERS 19912513 43
Considering he Classical Gods Ma rs Jupier JunoConnecing wih he Ancien World Slavery in A ncien omeExploring oman Comedy oman Producions and Modern endiions by
William S Anderson Proessor o Classics Emerius Universiy o Caliornia Berkeley Berkeley Caliornia
Mīrābile Audī ū Phrases and Quoaions elaing o he Comic radiion
CONTENTS
bull v bull
Series Edior LeaAnn A Osburn
Volume Ediors Elisa C Denja LeaAnn A Osburn
Conribuing Ediors imohy Beck Judih P Halle Laurie Haigh KeenanKaren Lee Singh Donald E Sprague ose Williams Vicki Wine
Hisorical imeline Jayni einhard
Cover Design amp ypography Adam Phillip Velez
Cover Illusraion oman Forum copy BemannCOBISOher Illusraions Phoo Credis appear on pp 431ndash434
CarographyMapping Specialiss
Indexing Michael Hendry
Prooreader Gary Varney
Lain for he New Millennium
Suden ex Level 1
Milena Minkova and erence unberg
copy2008 Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers Inc All righs reserved
Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers Inc
1570 Baskin oadMundelein Illinois 60060 wwwbolchazycom
Prined in Canada2009 byFriesens
ISBN 978-0-86516-560-1mdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashLibrary o Congress Caaloging-in-Publicaion Daa
Minkova Milena Lain or he new millennium suden ex level 1 Milena Minkova anderence unberg p cm Includes bibliographical reerences ISBN 978-0-86516-560-1 (v 1 hardbound alk paper) 1 Lain language--Grammar I unberg erence II ile
PA20875M 562 2008 4782rsquo421--dc22
2008014705
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull ivndashv
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 2054
Contents bull vii
CHAPTER 9 135
eading Sallus ldquoTe Cailinarian ConspiracyrdquoLanguage Facs Fourh Conjugaion Verbs Presen Acive and Passive
ense Presen Acive and Passive Infiniive T ird Declension NeuerNouns Tird Declension I -Sem Nouns
alking Geting Dressed or a Pary
REVIEW 3 CHAPTERS 79912519 149
Considering he Classical Gods ApolloConnecing wih he A ncien World oman AtireExploring oman Governmen Poliics in Greece ome and he Unied
Saes by Josiah Ober Proessor o Classics and Poliical Science SanordUniversiy Sanord Caliornia
Mīrābile Aud īū Phrases and Motoes elaing o Governmen andDemocracy
CHAPTER 10 163
eading Vergil ldquo Te rojan HorserdquoLanguage Facs Tird Conjugaion -iō Verbs Presen Acive and Passive
ense Presen Acive and Passive Infiniive T ird Declension AdjecivesSubsanive Adjecives
alking Te Morning Beore a es
CHAPTER 11 177
eading Vergil ldquoQueen Dido o CarhagerdquoLanguage Facs Imperec Acive a nd Passive ense o All Conjugaions
Imperec ense o Sum and Possum Encliicsalking raveling o School
CHAPTER 12 191eading Livy ldquoMucius ScaevolardquoLanguage Facs Fi rs Second and Tird Person Personal Pronouns Firs
and Second Person Possessive Adjecives Declension o vīsalking Discussing he Weaher
REVIEW 4 CHAPTERS 1099125112 205
Considering he Classical Gods Mercury Connecing wih he Ancien World oman FoodExploring he My h o he rojan Horse Never Look a Gif Horse in
he Mouh by Bonnie A Cato Proessor o Classics Assumpion CollegeWorceser Massachusets
Mīrābile Aud īū Phrases and Quoaions elaing o War and Peace
vi bull L atin for the New Millennium
CHAPTER 4 57
eading Cicero ldquoTe Deserer Wans a ewardrdquoLanguage Facs Second Declension Neuer Nouns Daive Case Firs
and Second Declension -us -a -um Adjecives Agreemen o Nounsand Adjecives
alking Discussing Homework
CHAPTER 5 69
eading Cicero ldquoCicero Wries o ereniardquoLanguage Facs Firs and Second Conjugaion Verbs Presen Passive ense
Presen Passive Infiniive Ablaive o Agen Firs and Second Declension
-er Adjecivesalking Discussing Occupaions
CHAPTER 6 81
eading Caesar ldquoTe DruidsrdquoLanguage Facs Presen ense and Presen Infiniive o Sum and Possum
Complemenary Infi niive ransiive and Inransiive Verbsalking Preparing or a es
REVIEW 2 CHAPTERS 49912516 93
Considering he Classical Gods Nepune Pluo Vesa and CeresConnecing wih he Ancien World oman MarriageExploring oman Famil ies Parens and Children Ten and Now by
Jacqueline Carlon Assisan Proessor o Classics Universiy o Massachusets Boson Massachusets
Mīrābile Audīū Phrases Motoes and Abbreviaions elaing o Lie in heweny-Firs Cenur y
CHAPTER 7 111eading Caullus ldquoMy Girlrsquos SparrowrdquoLanguage Facs Tird Declension Masculine and Feminine Nouns Indirec
Saemen Accusaive and Infiniivealking In he Caeeria
CHAPTER 8 123
eading Nepos ldquoTemisocles Saves he GreeksrdquoLanguage Facs T ird Conjugaion Verbs Presen Acive a nd Passive ense
Presen Acive and Passive Infiniive Ablaives o Manner InsrumenSeparaion Place rom Which Place Where Accusaive o Place o W hich
alking Afer School Aciviies
vindashvii bull Latin for the New Millennium
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 2154
Contents bull ix
CHAPTER 18 301
eading Apuleius ldquoCupid and PsycherdquoLanguage Facs Fuure Perec Aci ve ense o All Conjugaions Fuure
Perec ense o Sum and Possum Fifh Declension Nounsalking Going o he Denis
REVIEW 6 CHAPTERS 1699125118 315
Considering he Classical Gods BacchusConnecing wih he Ancien World Gladiaorial GamesExploring oman Disasers Earh Air Fire and Waer by John E Torburn
Associae Proessor o Classics Baylor Universiy Waco exas
Mīrābile Audīū Quoaions elaing o Atiudes oward and Coping wihMisorunes
CHAPTER 19 331
eading Ammianus ldquoTe HunsrdquoLanguage Facs Perec Passive Pariciple Perec Passive ense o All
Conjugaions eview o Principal Par s o Verbs Demonsraive Pronounand Adjecive Hic
alking Cleaning he House
CHAPTER 20 349
eading Augusine ldquoAn Adolescen TierdquoLanguage Facs Pluperec Passive ense o Al l Conjugaions Perec Acive
and Passive Infini ives Demonsraive Pronoun and Adjecive Illealking Going Shopping
CHAPTER 21 361
eading Boehius ldquoTe Wheel o ForunerdquoLanguage Facs Fuure Perec Passive ense o All Conjugaions Fuure
Acive Pariciple Fuure Acive Infiniivealking A Birhday Pary
REVIEW 7 CHAPTERS 1999125121 375
Considering he Classical Gods VulcanConnecing wih he Ancien World oman EducaionExploring oman Libraries Public Libraries and Teir Books by Keih Dix
Associae Proessor o Classics Universiy o Georgia Ahens GeorgiaMīrābile Audīū Phrases Quoaions and Abbreviaions elaing o
Schools Libraries and Books
viii bull Latin for the New Millennium
CHAPTER 13 219
eading Horace ldquoAn Encouner wih a BoorrdquoLanguage Facs Presen ense Posiive and Negaive Imperaives Firs and
Second Person Personal Pronouns Geniive Case Ti rd Person PossessivePronoun and Adjecive
alking Lae or School
CHAPTER 14 233
eading Ovid ldquoPyramus and TisberdquoLanguage Facs Firs and Second Conjugaion Verbs Fuure Acive and
Passive ense Fuure ense o Sum and Possum elaive Pronouns
elaive Clausesalking Chating on he Inerne
CHAPTER 15 245
eading Seneca ldquoe1047298ecions on Growing OldrdquoLanguage Facs Tird a nd Fourh Conjugaion Verbs Fuure Acive and
Passive ense Inerrogaive Pronouns and Adjecivesalking A rip o he Counry
REVIEW 5 CHAPTERS 1399125115 259
Considering he Classical Gods Minerva Di ana VenusConnecing wih he A ncien World oman Ciies and oadsExploring oman Law Te Jusice Sysem in Ancien ome by James G
Keenan Proessor o Classics Loyola Universiy Chicago Chicago IllinoisMīrābile Audīū Phrases and Quoaions elaing o Legal Maters
CHAPTER 16 273
eading Pliny he Younger ldquoTe Erupion o VesuviusrdquoLanguage Facs Perec ense Verbs Perec Sem Perec Acive ense o
All Conjugaions Perec ense o Sum and Possum Daive o Possessionalking elaxing a he Beach
CHAPTER 17 287
eading acius ldquoTe Fire a omerdquoLanguage Facs Pluperec A cive ense o All Conjugaions Pluperec
ense o Sum and Possum Fourh Declension Masculine Feminine andNeuer Nouns
alking ecovering rom an Acciden
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull viiindashix
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 2254
xndashxi bull Latin for the New Millennium
FOREWORDTe aurea mediocriās o Lain exbooks has arrived No a grammar-ranslaion nor a readingapproach book Lain or he New Millennium is a blend o he bes elemens o boh
Te key o Lain or he New Millennium Level 1 is he emphasis on reading Lain a he begin-ning o each chaper and using conversaional Lain a he end o each chaper or as he auhorsindicae in he Preace lsquoi (Lain) offers you he lingui sic key o he minds ha shaped European
(and hereore American) culu re rom he ime o he omans o he modern scienific revolu-ion In his book you will learn abou he language sep by sep by using irsquo
Te reading passages a he opening o each chaper are ba sed on Lain lieraure and proceedin chronological order rom Plauus o Boehius Each reading is suppored by pre-reading andacing page vocabulary Grammar is inroduced using senences already seen in he reading pas-sage and mīrābile dicū here are pleny o exercises Te Vocabulary o Learn chosen rom headaped reading passage hus conains some Advanced Placemen lieraure-based words and i sreieraed consisenly in he exercises and oher shor reading passages
Somehing no seen in mos Lain exbooks is he conversaional dialogue a he end o eachchaper Tis will pique he sudenrsquos ineres in he Lain version o modern-day aciviies andmee cerain classical language sandards direcly Te auhors Milena Minkova and erenceunberg proessors a he Universiy o Kenucky a Lexingon are he direcors o he hugelypopular Conveniculum Lexinoniense he annual su mmer program ha has been r unning ormore han en years Tey are also on he aculy o he Conveniculum Bosoniense a similarprogram ha draws paricipans o experience conversaional Lain in differen geographical se-ings A he 2007 American Classical Leag ue Insiue a Vanderbil Universiy I paricipaed ina conversaional Lain workshop presened by Minkova and unberg Tough he par icipans
were seasoned Lain eachers mos were experiencing or he firs ime he ried and rue meh-ods hese wo expers were using o inspire us o speak Lain By he end o he workshop wecould converse in amiliar Lain phrases and saw how useul his could be or our own sudensunbergrsquos and Minkovarsquos leadership in hese summer programs made hem uniquely well suiedo design he conversaional dialogues in Lain or he New Millennium and he copious oral ex-ercises ha are conained only in he eacher manual hus al lowing eachers o pick and choose
which exercises bes mee he needs o heir own sudens
Tis book wih is range o offerings wi ll appeal o all ypes o lang uage sudens and will alloweachers o bring he many aces o he oman and pos-oman world ino he classroom How
wonderul i is o see a passage o adaped Plauus in Chaper 2 a prose adapaion o Caullusrsquo passer poem in Chaper 7 o Horacersquos saire on he boor in Chaper 13 and even o aciusrsquo de-scripion o he grea fire in ome in Chaper 17 oman culure is embodied in each o hesepassages hus meeing anoher classical language sandard Accompanying each passage is aquoaion or moto conneced o he passage or chaper
bull xi bullx bull Latin for the New Millennium
APPENDIX A 389
Chronological Lis o he Auhors and Works Sudied
APPENDIX B 391
Addiional Sae Motoes
APPENDIX C 393
Grammaical Forms and Paradigms
APPENDIX D 405
Lain Synax
APPENDIX E 411Hisorical imeline
ENGLISH TO LATIN GLOSSARY 415
LATIN TO ENGLISH GLOSSARY 421
BIBLIOGRAPHY 429
PHOTOGRAPHY CREDITS 431
INDEX 435
LIST OF MAPS
Map o he oman World xxxi iMap o he ravels o Aeneas 187Map o he Ciy o ome 227
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 2354
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull xiindashxiii
PREFACELearning Lain helps you learn English and oher languages beter and perhaps even moreimporanly i offers you he linguisic key o he minds ha shaped European (and hereore
American) culure rom he ime o he omans o he modern scienific revoluion Lain washe language hese people used o express hemselves and o record heir ideas in permanen ormacross so many cenuries In his book you wil l learn abou he language by u sing i sep by sep
CHAPTER COMPONENTS
READING PASSAGES
Each chaper begins wih a eading Passage and noes on he acing page ha will help you un-dersand any linguisic elemens you have no previously seen Tese noes eaure vocabulary
words in an easy o ollow alphabeical l ising providing you he exac meaning needed o un-dersand he reading passage bu no he ull lexical enries a his poin By reading and seeinghese new elemens in heir naural conex ofen you will need no explanaion o undersandhow hey uncion because hey appear w ih words you already know Te eadi ng Passages areadaped rom auhenic works o Lain lieraure and hey are presened in chronological order
As you complee each chaper you will be raci ng he sory o Lain as a lierary language andhe sories o he auhors who used i In addiion you wi ll learn abou oman c ulure over heperiods o ime in which he eaured reading o each chaper was produced
VOCABULARY TO LEARN
Te Vocabulary o Learn repeas some words encounered in he eading Passage or each chap-
er bu in his secion he words are lised by pars o speech i nsead o alphabeically and herehe ull lexical enry is given Tese are words you will need o memorize in order o recognizeand use hem hroughou he remainder o he book In order o aid you in recognizi ng connec-ions beween Lain words and he English words derived rom or relaed o hem a derivaiveexercise ollows each Vocabulary o Learn
LANGUAGE FACTS AND EXERCISES
In he body o each chaper you will fi nd simple explanaions o he Language Facs eaured inhe chaper reading passage along wih many differen exercises ha allow you o use all he in-ormaion you are learning By doing he exercises in each chaper and in he suden workbook
you will no only be reading and wriing Lain yoursquoll be speaking i Some exercises involve oralexchanges wih he eacher and wih oher sudens Because Lain communicaes hough i isa living hing Tereore a person who gains an acive working knowledge in he language along
bull xiii bullxii bull Latin for the New Millennium
All o his said Lain or he New Millennium is suden riendly Sudy ips rhymes and mnemon-ics abound in each chaper and litle secions called ldquoBy he Wayrdquo offer addiional inormaion orhose who always wan o know more
Te uni review secions are ru ly gems Afer hree chapers a Lain review chaper providesno jus he complee lis o Vocabulary o Learn and pleniu l exercises bu ofen anoher pieceo adaped lieraure o read991252snippes o Mari al or Peronius and more
Bu his is no all A secion called ldquoConsidering he Classical Godsrdquo offers high-ineres readingsin boh Engli sh and Lain on he panheon o classical gods A noher secion eniled ldquoConnec-ing wih he Ancien Worldrdquo provides in English addiional i normaion on a paricular aspec ooman lie conained wihin he uni
Capping each review uni is a disincive essay ha e xplores oman and modern opics each writen by a universiy scholar From he Universiy o Massachusets o Sanord Universiyand many places in be ween hese proessors have conribued heir special experise on subjecmater relaed o he chapers I k now o no oher book ha does hi s
Tere are many useu l phoographs and maps appropriaely placed hroughou Te reproduc-ions o fine ar and phoographs o archaeological sies provide a visual learning experience as
well Needless o say here are appendices on g rammar and synax a nd English o Lain andLain o English glossaries wih an added secion on various motoes
Te auhors ediors consulans and pilo eachers have done a superior job o organizing his book or maximum useu lness and effeciveness Tis unique series w ill include he ollowi ngLevel 1 Suden ex Level 1 Suden Workbook Level 1 eacherrsquos Manual and Level 1 Work-
book eacherrsquos Manual Level 2 Suden ex Level 2 Suden Workbook Level 2 eacherrsquosManual and Level 2 Workbook eacherrsquos Manual Many online and elecronic resources willalso accompany his series
Lain for he New Millennium has been houghully designed or and wih he weny-firscenury suden in mind Please join me in heralding he appearance o his unique new series
ha will improve and enhance he sudy o Lain or he weny-firs cenury
P983137983157983148 P983154983151983152983141983154983162983145983151Boson Lain Academy
2008
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 2454
xivndashxv bull Latin for the New Millennium
Preface bull xv
ASPECTS OF ROMAN LIFE
Nex you will find a reading in English on an imporan aspec o oman daily lie Tis sec-ion eniled Connecing wih he Ancien World wil l presen addiional inormaion on a opicencounered in he previous c hapers
EXPLORING ROMAN AND MODERN LIFE
Following he secion on daily lie here will be a shor essay in English ha compares and con-rass some aspec o oman and American lie and illusraes a way in which Lain is a par oour lie oday Each o hese essays has been writen by a universiy scholar wih special experisein his field o sudy
MĪRĀBILE AUDĪTŪEach review chaper concludes wih a l is o Lain quoaions motoes phrases or abbreviaionsused in English Tese sayings relae o one o he uni opics
Te Lain langu age and oman culure have no only inspired wriers hroughou he ages andin1047298uenced modern lie bu have also lef heir presence in ar and archaeology In his volumereproducions o painings drawings sculpure mosaics rescoes and oher ariacs rom an-iquiy hrough he presen abound wih depicions o and reerences o he sories and lives ohe omans Likewise view s o archaeological sies remind us o wha ome and is area o in1047298u-ence was like in ancien imes Te illusraions hroughou he ex suppor he writen word in
visual orm hus offering you a vivid recollecion o he chaper conen
Each auhor o his book has writen differen secions o he exbook bu boh auhors have ben-efied hroughou he composiion o he exbook rom coninuous muual advice and suppor
MM and 2008
Visi wwwl nmbolchazycom o see he elecronic resources ha accompany Lain or he New Millennium
xiv bull Latin for the New Millennium
wih a readi ng abiliy i s more likely o progress quick ly o a deeper undersanding o he lan-guage and he enjoymen o is lieraure I you have an oral aciliy and can wrie in a language
you will no need o be reminded abou orms and grammaical rules so ofen In his book you will acquire ha acive acili y as a basic par o learning he language
CONVERSATIONAL LATIN
oward he end o each chaper here is a Lain dialogue in which a group o modern sudens arehe paricipans Tey discuss in Lain siuaions ofen encounered in our daily li ves In hesedialogues you will find a bridge beween our lives and he houghs o he ancien medieval orrenaissance auhors who wroe in Lain991252a bridge consruced o he same basic language Lain
OTHER FEATURESIn each chaper you will fi nd oher ineresing mater ha will help you learn and enjoy Lain
bull Memorābile Dictū Te firs page o each chaper eaures a amous saying labeled Memorābile Dicū (A Memorable Ting o Say) a Lain phrase so well known ha i has become an ofenrepeaed proverb or quoaion Learning each amous saying wi ll increase your u ndersand-ing no jus o Lain bu o he houghs and ideas ha were i mporan o omans and haveconinued o be an inegral par o modern lie
bull Sudy ips Each chaper conains sayings rhymes mnemonic devices verses or oher in-ormaion ha will help you remember he various hings you are learning
bull By he Way You will see his phrase repeaed hroughou every chaper When you see hislabel you will know ha addiional inormaion is being presened
REVIEW COMPONENTS A he conclusion o every se o hree chapers here is a review conaining various componens
VOCABULARY TO KNOW
Tis is a complee lis o all he Vocabulary o Learn words presened in he hree chapers ar-ranged by pars o speech
EXERCISES
Here you will see many new exercises ha will help you review and reinorce he maerial in hehree preceding chapers In he review exercise secion here is ofen an addiional reading pas-sage o help you undersand more abou Lain lieraure and is heriage oday
CLASSICAL MYTHOLOGY
Tis secion eniled Considering Classical Myhology includes passages on myhology one inEnglish and one in Lain which ell some o he principal sories abou he Greek and omangods Tese sories re1047298ec many o he main hemes seen in lieraure and ar rom classical omodern imes
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 2554
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull xvindashxvii
AUTHORSMILENA MINKOVA
MA and PhD Chrisian and Classical Philology Pon-ifical Salesian Universiy ome Ialy MA and PhDClassics Universiy o Sofia Bulgaria
Associae Proessor o Classics Universiy o KenuckyLexingon Kenucky
Milena Minkova has sudied conduced research andaugh in Bulgaria Swizerland Germany Ialy he
Vaican Ciy and he USA Minkova has auhored hree book monographs Te Personal Names o he Lain In-scripions fom Bulgaria (Peer Lang 2000) Te Proe-an Raio (Peer Lang 2001) and Inroducion o Lain
Prose Composiion (Bolchazy-Carducci 2007 reprin Wimbledon 2001) She has also published numerousaricles on Lain medieval philosophy Lain lieraureLain composiion and Lain pedagogy
TERENCE TUNBERGBA and MA Classics Universiy o Souhern Calior-nia Posgraduae researcher and docoral suden Me-
dieval Sudies Universiy o London England PhDClassical Philology Universiy o orono Canada
Proessor o Classics Universiy o Kenucky Lexing-on Kenucky
erence unberg has augh in Belgium and Canadaas well as in he USA He is a specialis in Lain com-posiion and an exper in he hi sory o he approacheso wriing Lain prose rom aniquiy o early modernimes His works include a n ediion o collecion o Me-dieval Lain speeches commenaries on Lain worksand numerous sudies o he hisory o imiaion in La-in wriing In addiion or more han a decade he hasoffered summer seminars designed o inroduce peopleo he use o spoken Lain
bull xvii bull
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 2654
EDITORS CONSULTANTSAND PILOT TEACHERS
VOLUME EDITORSElisa C DenjaEdior Bolchazy-Carducci PublishersBaker Demonsraion School EmeriaEvanson Illinois
LeaAnn A OsburnEdior Bolchazy-Carducci PublishersBarringon High School EmeriaBarringon Illinois
BOARD OF
CONSULTANTS Virginia A ndersonLain eacherIllinois Virual High SchoolBarringon Middle School EmeriaBarringon Illinois
Jill M CrookerLain eacher
Pitsord-Mendon High School EmeriaPitsord New York
Judih Peller HalletProessor o ClassicsUniversiy o MarylandCollege Park Maryland
Sherwin D Litle1ndash12 Foreign Language Program LeaderIndian Hill High SchoolCincinnai Ohio
Sherrilyn MarinChair Deparmen o Foreign LanguagesKeih Counry Day Schoolockord Illinois
Mary PendergrafProessor o Classical Languages
Wake Fores Universiy Winson-Salem Norh Carolina
John raupman
Proessor o ClassicsS Josephrsquos Universiy EmeriusPhiladelphia Pennsylvania
Cynhia Whie Associae Proessor o ClassicsUniversiy o Arizonaucson Ari zona
ose WilliamsMcMurry College Emeria
Abilene High School Emeria Abilene exas
Donna WrighLain eacherLawrence Norh and Lawrence Cenral High
Schools
Indianapolis Indiana
PILOT TEACHERS Jeremy M WalkerLain eacherCrown Poin High SchoolCrown Poin Indiana
Laneta WarrenburgLain eacherElgin High SchoolElgin Illinois
bull xix bullxviii bull Latin for the New Millennium
JOINT PUBLICATIONS BY THE AUTHORSMinkova and unberg have coauhored he ollowing books Readings and Exercises in Lain
Prose Composiion (Focus 2004) Reading Livyrsquos Rome Selecions fom Livy Books IndashVI (Bol-chazy-Carducci 2 005) Maer Anserina Poems in Lain or Children (Focus 2006) Tey are hedirecors o he Insiue or Lain Sud ies a he Universiy o Kenucky in which sudens sudyhe hisory o Lain rom ancien o modern imes and ake par in seminars in which Lai n is he
working language o all ac iviies Boh Minkova and unberg are eleced ellows o he ome- based Academia Lainiai Fovendae he primary learned sociey devoed o he preservaion andpromoion o he use o Lain
xviiindashxix bull Latin for the New Millennium
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 2754
Editors Consultants and Pilot Teachers bull xxi
SHERWIN LITTLE
BA Universiy o Cincinnai M A Universiy o Colorado
Sherwin Litle has augh Lain rom sixh g rade hrough Lain AP a Indian Hill Exemped Vil-lage School Disric since 1983 Sherwin has received an Ovaio rom CAMWS as well as heCAMWS Good eacher Award and he Hildesheim Vase Award rom he Ohio Classical Coner-ence in 1986 and 2007 Sherwin holds Naional Board Cerificaion in World Languages Oherhan English and has been boh Vice Presiden and Presiden o he American Classical Leag ue
SHERRILYN MARTIN
BA Wilson College MA PhD Universiy o Cincinnai
Sherrilyn Marin was named Illinois Lain eacher o he Year in 1993 was a recipien o heL Governorrsquos Award or Foreign Language eaching in 2001 and was named a Claes Nobeleacher o Disincion in 2 007 She is a pas presiden o he Illinois Classical Conerence and isacive in he ockord Sociey o he A rchaeological Insiue o America Sherri lyn spen a yearin independen sudy a he Universiy o Tessaloniki Greece
MARY PENDERGRAFT
AB PhD Universiy o Norh Carolina Chapel Hill
Afer eaching a UNC-Greensboro and D uke Universiy Mary Pendergraf began eachingclassics ul l-ime a Wake Fores Mary is a ormer Presiden o he Norh Carolina Classical A s-sociaion and paricipaed in he ocus group ha w roe he Norh Carolina Sandard Course oSudy or Lain
JOHN TRAUPMAN
BA Moravian College MA PhD Pr inceon Universiy
John raupman is proessor emerius rom S Josephrsquos Universiy i n Phil adelphia where heaugh or hiry-eigh years A mong his many awards John received he Disinguished eaching
Award rom S Josephrsquos Universiy in 1982 a cerificae o appreciaion rom he PennsylvaniaDeparmen o Educaion in 1990 and he Special Award rom he Classical Associaion o he
Alanic Saes in 1996 John raupman is especially well-known as he auhor oConversaional Lain and Te New College Lain and English Dicionary
CYNTHIA WHITE
BA Chesnu Hill College MA Villanova Universiy PhD Caholic Universiy o America
Cynhia Whie is he Direcor o he Undergraduae Lain Program and supervises eacherraining and Kndash12 Lain eacher Cerificaion a he Universiy o Arizona She regularlyeaches a he Isiuo Inernazionale di Sudi Classici di Orvieo he Classics Deparmenrsquos Sudy
Abroad Program in Orvi eo Ialy and has sudied i n ome wih he Papal Lai nis eg inaldFoser ODC
xx bull Latin for the New Millennium
VOLUME EDITORSELISA C DENJA
BA Marygrove College Deroi Michigan MA Columbia Universiy MA Loyola UniversiyChicago
Elisa Denja augh Lain a Norh Chicago High School and Baker Demonsraion School inEvanson Illinois or many years while concurrenly eaching classical myhology a LoyolaUniversiy o Chicago and in he g ifed-disance learning program a Norhwesern UniversiyElisa was awarded he Illinois Lain eacher o he Year award in 1992 and he Illinois Lieime
Achievemen Award in 2007
LEAANN A OSBURNBA Monmouh College Illinois MA Loyola Universiy Chicago
While eaching Lain or many years a Barringon High School in Barringon Illinois LeaA nnserved as boh vice-presiden and presiden o he Illinois Classical Conerence LeaAn n receivedhe Illinois La in eacher o he Year award in 1989 he Illinois L Governorrsquos Award in 1990and he Classical Associaion o he Middle Wes and Souh Good eacher Award in 1996
BOARD OF CONSULTANTSVIRGINIA ANDERSON
BA Loyola Universiy Chicago MA S Xavier Universiy
Virginia Anderson augh Lain or hi ry years i n privae and public hi gh schools and middleschools in he Chicagoland area In 1999 she was awarded he L Governorrsquos Award or Enhance-men o he eaching Proession and in 2003 was named Il linois Lain eacher o he Year
JILL M CROOKER
BA Universiy o Illi nois MSEd Nazareh College o ocheser New York Jill Crooker augh Lain or many years a Pitsord-Mendon High School in Pitsord New YorkShe has served as he College Board Advisor o he A P Lain es Developmen Commitee andin 1996 received he Moron E Spillenger Award or Disingui shed Leadership o he Classical
Associaion o he Empire Sae In 2003 she received he ACL Meria Award and i n 2006 a nOvaio rom he Classical A ssociaion o he Alanic Saes
JUDITH PELLER HALLETT
BA Wellesley MA PhD Harvard Universiy
In addiion o sudying a he A merican Academy in ome he Insiue o Classical Sudies inLondon and he Universiy o Maasrich in Holland Judih Hallet is a ormer presiden o heClassical Associaion o he Alanic Saes and Vice-Presiden or Oureach o he AmericanPhilological Associaion She was named a Disinguished Scholar-eacher in 1992 by he Uni-
versiy o Maryland
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull xxndashxxi
TEACHER NOTES
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 2854
xxii bull Latin for the New Millennium
xxii bull L atin for the New Millennium
ROSE WILLIAMS
BA Baylor Universiy MA Universiy o Norh Carolina Chapel Hill
In addiion o posgraduae work in Lain and Humaniies a he Universiy o Dallas and heUniversiy o exas a Arlingon on a ockeeller Gran ose Williams did research a he Bodle-ian Library Ox ord Universiy in England and a he Universiy o Pisa She augh Lain or overhiry years a boh high school and uni versiy levels in exas and now is he auhor o more hanen books abou he Classics
DONNA WRIGHT
BA MA Ball Sae Universiy
Afer eaching Lain a Carmel High School Donna Wrigh currenly eaches a boh LawrenceNorh and Lawrence Cenral High Schools in Indianapolis Indiana She has been an acivemember o he Indiana Classical Conerence being named Creaive Lain eacher o he Year in1976 She has also been acive i n he American Classical League sponsoring a JCL chaper andleading Ialy rips or nearly weny years Donna also served as an offi cer speaker and boardmember o Pompeiiana Inc
PILOT TEACHERS JEREMY M WALKER
AB Wabash College MA Indiana Universiy
Jeremy Walker has augh Lain a Crown Poin High School in Crown Poin Indiana since1995 He has served as he Co-Chair o he Indiana Junior Classical League and Membershipand Public elaions Chair o he Naional Junior Classical League In addiion o sudying inIaly a he Inercollegiae Cener or Classical Sudies and in Greece a he American School orClassical Sudies he was presiden o he Indiana Classical Conerence In 2003 Jeremy was rec-ognized as he Lain eacher o he Year in Indiana and in 2004 was recognized by he Indiana
Sae eachers Associaion as a orch o K nowledge ecipien
LANETTA WARRENBURG
BA Indiana Universiy MA Indiana Universiy-Purdue Universiy Indianapolis
Laneta Warrenburg has augh high school English and Lain or hiry-hree years a schoolsin Indiana and Illinois Her las weny-our years o eaching Lain were a Elgin High Schoolin Elgin Illinois While eaching Lain here she served as he Illinois Classical Conerencechairperson or Chicago Classics Day as co-chair or he Illinois Ceramen League since 1993and as sae chair or he Il linois Junior Classical L eague rom 1999ndash2001 Laneta was honoredas he Illi nois Lain eacher o he Year in 2001 and was presiden o he Chicago Classical Clubrom 2005ndash2007
INTRODUCTION
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 2954
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull xxiii
INTRODUCTIONALPHABETTe Lain alphabe was derived rom he Eruscan alphabe some ime beore he sevenh cen-ury 983138983139983141 Te Eruscans were a people in pre-oman Ialy
Teir alphabe owes much o he Greek alphabe In urn he Greek alphabe was derived romhe Phoenician alphabe Phoenician raders had spread heir sysem o wriing h roughou he
Medierranean region Te Phoenician alphabe isel can be raced o he Norh Semiic alpha- be which was used in Syria and Palesine as early as he elevenh cenury 983138983139983141 and is consideredo be he earlies ully developed alphabeic wriing sysem
An Eruscan couple reclining on a funeral sarcophagus
bull xxiii bull
Sandard41
EDITORrsquoS NOTE
Te comprehension quesions and answers as well as some o he eaching ips and eacher by he Way noa-ions in his eacher manual were writen by Elisa C Denja LeaAnn A Osburn Karen Lee Singh and DonaldE Sprague classics ediorseducaors a Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers
HOW TO USE THIS BOOK
Please noe ha he perinen naional Classics sandards are lised in he margin o he lef or righ on he samepage as he reproducion o he suden ex
Eisemann Communicaion assised in preparing he correlaions o Lain o r he New Mil lennium wih he
naional sandards For an overview o he sandards hemselves and he correlaions please consul www bolchazyl nmcom
TEACHING TIP
Te eacher may choose o use he picure o he Eruscan couple on his page and he brie meniono he Eruscan alphabe o open a discussion on wha role he Eruscans played in early omanimes Sudens may be direced o p xxx ii o find Eruria on he map
TEACHING TIPTe eacher may wish o discuss wih he sudens he erm ldquoomance languagesrdquo Many modernlanguages come rom he language used by he ancien omans French Ialian Poruguese Span-ish omanian ec omansch (spoken by he descendans o he aeians and one o he our o-ficial languages o Swizerland) is also derived rom Lain
TEACHER BY THE WAYBased on archeological evidence i appears ha Eruscan women were an imporan par o hesocial srucure Ofen he names o boh moher and aher were placed on unerary inscripionsTe reedom o women wihin sociey is likewise apparen on monumens where hey can be seenreclining wih heir husbands on he same couch atending games and having a place o honor in heomb isel Noice he affecionae pose o he couple in he illusraion on p xxiii Clearly marriedlove was valued in Eruscan sociey and amily lie was imporan
ombs also provide evidence or he syle o Eruscan homes Some o hese eaures were borrowed by heomans especially he cenral hall and hree rooms a he back Tis ype o house was known a Pompeii as well as a ome ac cording o Viru vius auhor o Dē archiecūrā
TEACHING TIP
Te eacher may wish o have sudens read an English ranslaion o Livyrsquos radiional accouno anaquil wie o arquinius Priscus he fifh king o ome Te independence o Eruscan women is ev iden in hi s ale He r behavior is he ani hesis o he ideas o woma nly dec orum hel d by he omans
TEACHING TIPS d ill j i i h E li h ldquo lph b rdquo pl i h E li h l t ih h
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 3054
xxiv bull Latin for the New Millennium
xxiv bull Latin for the New Millennium
Look a he English alphabe in he lef column and a he Lain alphabe in he righ one TeLain alphabe is accompanied by he names o he Lain leters (in parenheses)
English Alphabe Lain Alphabe
Uppercase Lowercase Uppercase Lowercase Leter Name
A a A a (a ldquoăhrdquo)
B b B b (be ldquobayrdquo)
C c C c (ce ldquocayrdquo)
D d D d (de ldquodayrdquo)
E e E e (e ldquoĕhrdquo)
F F (e)
G g G g (ge ldquogayrdquo)H h H h (ha ldquohahrdquo)
I i I i (i ldquoeerdquo)
J j
K k K k (ka ldquokahrdquo)
L l L l (el)
M m M m (em)
N n N n (en)
O o O o (o ldquoŏhrdquo)
P p P p (pe ldquopayrdquo)
Q q Q q (qu ldquokoordquo)
r r (er)
S s S s (es)
(e ldquoayrdquo)
U u U u (u ldquooordquo)
V v V v (u consonan)
W w
X x X x (ix ldquoeexrdquo)
Y y Y y (upsilon)
Z z Z z (zea ldquodzayardquo)
Te English alphabe is derived direcly rom he Lain alphabe Tis accouns or he greasimilariies b eween he wo alphabes Tere are 26 leters in he English alphabe and 24 in heLain Te differences are he ollowing
bull Te leter W w (which is he doubled leter v) is missing in he Lain alphabe
bull Te leter J j is a more recen invenion In ac i appears in Lain exs writen during heMiddle Ages and he enaissance as well as i n many modern ediions o ancien Lain exsI is used o indicae he semi-vowel i someimes called consonanal i Te consonanal i is
Sudens will enjoy singing he English alphabe song replacing he English leter names wih heLain leter names Sudens may be insruced o clap once where here is no Lain leter name (egldquoJrdquo) equivalen o he English one
TEACHING TIPTe eacher may choose o display any Lain words (a lis is provided below or he eacherrsquos conve-nience) and insruc he sudens o spell ou he word using he Lain leter names Te sudensmay become curious o know wha he Lain words mean Definiions are given below
bull pars ndash par
bull nox ndash nigh
bull ruber ndash red
bull ēgī ndash I have done
bull amilia ndash amily
bull carō ndash 1047298esh
bull dēcernō ndash I decide
bull herba ndash plan
bull Kalendae ndash Kalends (firs day o he monh)
bull quoque ndash also
bull imor ndash ear
bull Pȳhia ndash Pyhia (name o Apollorsquos priesess)
bull iēcī ndash I hrew
bull ēlīx - happy bull ignis ndash fire
bull mūō ndash I change
COMPREHENSION QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS FOR PAGES XXIII991251XXVeproducible versions o he quesions alone are available a wwwlnm bolchazycom
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 3154
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull xxv
Introduction bull xxv
he i a he beginning o a word beore a vowel or i beween wo vowels According o hismehod or example Iūlius is writen Jūlius and Āiax is writen Ājax In his book he leter J j will no be used
bull Te disincion beween he vowel U u and he consonan V v also belongs o laer imesIniially here was only one leter V u used boh or he vowel and he consonan eg Vrbs ldquoTe Ciyrdquo (ie ome) or uicor ldquohe winnerrdquo
bull However in accord wih he prevail ing pracice o expressing he vowel wih U u and heconsonan wih V v in his book he wo leters will be disingui shed
PRONUNCIATION OF LATIN
VOWELSTere are six vowels in Lain and heir pronunciaion is as ollows
Long Vowel Sound Shor Vowel Sound
ā is pronounced as in ldquoaherrdquo ōrāor ldquooraorrdquo a is pronounced as in ldquoalikerdquo amō ldquoloverdquo
ē is pronounced like he a in ldquoraverdquo nēmō ldquonobodyrdquo e is pronounced as in ldquoperdquo bene ldquowellrdquo
ī is pronounced like he double e in ldquoseenrdquo līmes ldquoboundaryrdquo
i is pronounced as in ldquopirdquo nihil ldquonohingrdquo
ō is pronounced as in ldquosoverdquo videō ldquo(I) seerdquo o is pronounced as in ldquoofenrdquorosa ldquoroserdquo
ū is pronounced as in ldquomoonrdquo ūnus ldquoonerdquo u is pronounced as in ldquopurdquo um ldquohenrdquo
ӯ comes rom Greek and is pronounced in lenghsomewhere beween he i in ldquohirdquo and he u in ldquomuerdquo Pӯramus ldquoPyramusrdquo
y comes rom Greek Is sound wheher long or shorlies in beween he sounds o i and u much as in heFrench ldquosucircrrdquo bu he sound o shor y is less drawn ouhan ha o long y lyricus ldquolyricalrdquo
Te Lain words senātus rēgēsulla gentēs and prīmus are
engraved on his sone
Sign from Pompeii carved on sone wih Lain leters
p q
1 race he roos o he Lain alphabe rom is beginnings orward
Norh-Semiic alphabe elevenh cenury 983138983139983141 Phoenician alphabe Greek alphabe Erusca n alphabeLain alphabe
2 Which wo leters in he English alphabe are no ound in he Lain alphabe
W and J
3 When does he leter J begin o appear in Lain
During he Middle Ages and he enaissa nce
4 Look a he Lain inscripion on he sign rom Pompeii (on he righ o p xxv) Find a leas hree Lain words Lis an Engl ish word you believe is based on he La in word
colonia 991252 colonial colony honoris 991252 honorspecacula 991252 specacular specacle perpevom 991252 perpeual perpeuiy duovir 991252 virile virili
Sandards12 41
TEACHING TIPSudens may wan o know he English meanings o he Lain words in Exercises 1 and 2 Te defini-
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 3254
xxvi bull Latin for the New Millennium
xxvi bull L atin for the New Millennium
BY THE WAY
Everywhere in his book long vowels are indicaed by macrons ie ā ē ī ō ū ӯ whileabove he shor vowels here are no signs Someimes wo words differ rom each oheronly in he lengh o he vowel For example mālum wih a longa means ldquoapplerdquo whilemalum wih a shor a means ldquobad hingrdquo
EXERCISE 1epea hese words aloud afer your eacher pronounces hem
1 a lō 7 lēnis 13 probō 19 sūor2 alumnus 8 sēdēs 14 noa 20 ūsus3 rāna 9 i er 15 pōnō 21 syllaba4 rādō 10 imeō 16 dōnum 22 Pӯrēnē5 eneō 11 nīor 17 ululō6 peō 12 mīrus 18 lupus
DIPHTHONGSDiphhongs are wo vowels combined in one syllable and pronounced ogeher as one soundTere are six diphhongs in Lain
bull ae much like he y in ldquoskyrdquo laevus ldquo lefrdquo
bull au pronounced as ou in ldquoourrdquo aurum ldquo goldrdquo
bull ei pronounced as ei in ldquoeignrdquo oiei ldquoalasrdquo
bull eu pronounced eoo much as i in he wo words ldquogrey bluerdquo you were o subrac he ldquogr-rdquo andhe ldquobl-rdquo and combine he wo vowel sounds Eurōpa ldquoEuroperdquo
bull oe pronounced as oy in ldquoboyrdquo proelium ldquo batlerdquo
bull ui pronounced nearly like ldquowerdquohui ldquoohrdquo
I is believed ha quie early sill in ancien imes he diphhongs ae and oe began o be pro-nounced as e I you encouner hem writen aē or aeuml and oē or oeuml his means ha hey are nodiphhongs and he leters should be pronounced separaely āēr poēa
Te diphhongs are always long
EXERCISE 2epea hese words afer your eacher pronounces hem
1 aesās 7 s eu 13 aēneus2 a equō 8 m oenia 14 poēma3 raeda 9 neu 15 hei4 l audō 10 poena 16 huic5 a u 11 neuer6 aula 12 Poenus
Sudens may wan o know he English meanings o he Lain words in Exercises 1 and 2 Te definiions are provided or he eacherrsquos convenience
EXERCISE 11 I nourish 12 wonderul
2 suden 13 I approve
3 rog 14 noe
4 I scrape 15 I pu
5 I hold 16 gif6 I seek 17 I howl
7 smooh 18 wol
8 sea 19 shoemaker
9 journey 20 use
10 I ear 21 sylla ble
11 I srive 22 Pȳrene (a name)
EXERCISE 21 summer
2 I make level
3 carriage
4 I praise5 or
6 orecour
7 or i
8 walls
9 and no
10 penaly
11 neiher
12 Carhaginian
13 bronze
14 poem
15 ah
16 o his
TEACHER BY THE WAYHisorical evidence can be cied or reading he firs syllable o ldquomāgnusrdquo as naurally long bu oher
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 3354
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull xxvii
Introduction bull xxvii
CONSONANTSbull c is pronounced as in ldquocomerdquo clārus ldquobrighrdquo censeō ldquo(I) deemrdquo cārus ldquodearrdquo
bull When b is ollowed by s as in urbs ldquociyrdquo he sound o b approaches ha o p a sound wemigh represen as urps
bull g is pronounced as in ldquogerdquo gaudiumldquojoyrdquo gignō ldquo(I) bege (I) bearrdquo grāialdquoavor agreeablenessrdquo
bull Some hink ha he omans o Cicerorsquos ime (firs cenury 983138983139983141) pronounced he wo conso-nans ng as ngn or example he adjecive māgnus ldquogreardquo would have been pronounced in a
way ha we migh represen asmangnus
bull k is a very rare consonan In ac i appears only in wo words Kalendae ldquohe firs day oevery monh in he oman calendarrdquo and in he personal name Kaeso
bull q appears always in combinaion wih u and he combinaion qu is pronounced as in ldquoqueenrdquoquatuor ldquoourrdquo
bull v has a sound similar o w (as in he word ldquowierdquo) videō ldquo I seerdquo
bull Te consonanu in he combinaion su sounds like he English w in he ollowing our wordssuēscō ldquo(I) become accusomedrdquoSuēvī a name o a German ribe suādeō ldquo(I) adviserdquo suāvis ldquosweerdquo
bull Te leter r is rilled slighly Te sound has no exac equivalen in English bu is heard inmany oher European languages Te bes way o make his sound is o pronounce r as inldquoroperdquo bu vibrae he end o he ongue slighly as you say i
bull x is a double consonan (equivalen ocs or gs) ha sounds much like he x in ldquosixrdquo
bull z is a noher double consonan (equivalen o dz) and sounds almos like z in ldquozebrardquo I be-gins wih a sligh d sound firs so in pronouncing his leter you should hear dz
bull ph sounds like p in ldquopenrdquo bu wih he addiion o a sligh breah o air represened by he hth sounds like t as in ldquo omrdquo bu wih he addiion o a sligh ex ra breahing represened byhe h ch sounds nearly like he combinaion kh Tese consonans are borrowed rom Greek
and appear in Greek words zephyrus ldquowesern breezerdquo chorus ldquochorusrdquo heārum ldquoheaerrdquo When p and t are no accompanied by h his sligh aspiraion is absen
bull When consonans are doubled as in he verbaggredior he consonanal sound is lenghenedslighly
EXERCISE 3epea hese words afer your eacher pronounces hem
1 cibus 7 glōria 13 phasēlus2 capiō 8 Zeus 14 chara3 cumulus 9 bibliohēca 15 cēlō4 crēscō 10 phi losophia 16 anīquus5 gemma 11 zōna6 Gallus 12 heōrēma
g y g y gevidence suggess i is naurally shor Tus in some grammar books such as he one by Gildersleeveand Lodge we find his syllable marked as long bu in oher books i is reaed as shor
TEACHING TIPTe sudens may also wish o find ou he meanings o he Lain words in Exercise 3 Te definiionsare provided or he eacherrsquos convenience
EXERCISE 3
1 ood2 I ake
3 a heap
4 I grow
5 bud jewel
6 a Gaul
7 glory
8 Zeus
9 library
10 philosophy
11 a girdle
12 heory
13 kidney bean
14 paper
15 I hide
16 old
TEACHING TIPTe eacher may wish o provide he sudens wih some pracice on syllables and sress accen Here
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 3454
xxviii bull Latin for the New Millennium
xxviii bull Latin for the New Millennium
ACCENT A Lain word is made up no jus o leters bu also o syllables A Lain word has as many syllablesas i has vowels or diphhongs (a diphhong works like a single vowel since i is made up o wo
vowels pronounced ogeher [see diphhongs above])
You will need o know he ollowing erms when learning abou accen
bull ulima he las syllable in a word
bull penul he second-o-las syllable in a word
bull anepenul he hird-o-las syllable in a word
So in he word ze- ph y-r us he vowel u is he ulima y is he penul and e is he anepenul
RULES ABOUT THE STRESS ACCENT IN LATIN1 Te sress accen in Lain alls on eiher he penul or he anepenul
2 Te accen alls on he penul i he penul is long I he penul is shor he accen alls onhe anepenul
3 How o deermine wheher he penul is long or shor
a I he penul conains a long vowel (or any diphhong) he penul isel is long You o-en need o learn wheher he vowel in he penul is long or shor as a basic elemen inlearning a new word A macron above he vowel will ell you ha he vowel is long whi lehe absence o a macron wil l indicae a shor vowel Pronouncing he word can help youremember he vowel lenghs For ex ample vi-de-ō ldquoI seerdquo is pronounced viacutedeō whileau-rō-ra ldquodawnrdquo is pronounced aurōacutera and po-pu-lus ldquopeoplerdquo is pronounced po pulus
b I he vowel in he penul is ollowed by wo or more consonans he penul is long no
mater wheher he vowel in he penul is long or shor and he accen necessarily allson he penul For example do-cu-men-um ldquodocumenrdquo is pronounced documenacuteum
BY THE WAYTe consonan x is double (cs or gs) and couns as wo consonans when deermining
wheher he penul is long
c Tere is one excepion o lsquobrsquo above Someimes even when here are wo consonans be-ween he penul and he ulima hey sill do no deermine ha he penul is long Tishappens when he wo consonans are a mue and a liquid
Te mues are p b d t g c
Te liquids are l r
So in he word pal-pe-bra ldquoeyelidrdquo he anepenul is accened ( palacutepebra) he vowel o he pe-nul is shor since i i s ollowed by a mue and a l iquid O course ru le lsquoarsquo sill applies in he wordhe-ā-trum ldquoheaerrdquo he penul is accened (heāacuterum) since i is naurally long somehing welearn rom he macron
y p p yare some examples wih he answers included or he eacherrsquos convenience
Underline he ulima in each word
1 legō
2 rēgis
3 imperāor
Underline he penul in each word
1 causa
2 pūnīum3 armāus
Underline he anepenul in each word
1 vulnerō
2 eigī
3 sublāum
Underline he penul i i is long
1 pōnō
2 spēlunca
3 pauperis
Underline he syllable ha will receive he sress accen in each word1 ōrāculum
2 peīum
3 cōnsania
4 exsīncum
5 vulneris
6 solius
TEACHING TIPGiven he passage abou he bahhouse on his page and he picure rom Bah England he
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 3554
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull xxix
EXERCISE 4epea each senence aloud afer your eacher reads i Pay atenion o he pronunciaion andsress accen o each word
Wha i is Like o Live Over a Bahhouse
(Adaped rom Seneca Moral Leter 56)
Ecce undique clāmor sona Suprā ipsum balneum habiō Prōpōne nunc ibi omnia genera vōcumodiōsa Foriōrēs exercenur e manūs plumbō gravēs iacan cum au labōran au labōranemimianur Gemiūs audiō quoiēns spīrium remīsērun Sun quoque ūncōrēs e racāōrēs
Audiō crepium manuum umerōs erienium sonus quoque icuum mūāur nunc enim manusperveni plāna nunc concava Audiō clāmōrēs sī ūr es i n balneō dēprehēnsus
Look here is noise sounding all around I live above he bahhouse isel Imagine o yourselnow all he haeul ypes o voices Te sronger ones exercise hemselves and swing heir ha ndsloaded wih lead weighs while hey work ou991252or imiae a person working ou I hear moansevery ime hey le go a ltpen-upgt breah Tere are also anoiners and masseurs I hear he slapo hands hiting shoulders and he sound o he blows changes or someimes he hands come1047298a someimes cupped I hear shouing i a hie is caugh in he bahhouse
A pool from inside he Roman Bahs in Bah England
Introduction bull xxix
eacher may wish o open a discussion abou bahs during oman i mes Te use o he calidārium fīgid ārium epidārium and sūdārium may be explained by he eacher and sudens may be en-couraged o learn andor pronounce hese words
TEACHER BY THE WAYBahs were ofen consruced on locaions having ho or mineral springs such as Bah in Englandand Bāiae a resor own on he Bay o Naples
Modern Bah in oman imes was named afer he Celic goddess o healing Sulis In he firscenury her shrine was aken over by he omans and she was idenified wih he goddess Minerva
Te sie was hen known as Aquae Sulis Mine rva In a emple relie she is represened wih a Medusa-like head and a musache
Te spa conained a grea bah (73 f by 29 f) and hree oher swimming pools he calidārium (ho bah)epidārium (warm bah) and fīgidār ium (cold bah) In he second cenury he spring was enclosed wihin a wooden barrel-vau led build ing ha housed hese hree pools Ho ai r bahs were ueled by coal fires A con-san 1047298ow o waer was direced o he pools hrough lead pipes which sill uncion oday
Archeologica l excavaions have revealed ma ny sacred voive offerings c urse ables and innumerable coinsa he botom o he springs Te curse ables writen in Lain heaped curses on anyone suspeced o wrong-doing Te ancien radiion o hrowing coins accompanied by a wish sill prevails oday in ome a he reviFounain where ourissvisiors do he same
More inormaion on bah complexes in ome can be ound on p 386 o his eacherrsquos manual
Sandards22 31
32 41 42
TEACHING TIPTe eacher may wish o insruc he sudens o find he iber iver which is picured here on he
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 3654
xxx bull Latin for the New Millennium
xxx bull Latin for the New Millennium
OVERVIEW OF ROMAN HISTORY According o legend omulus and his win broher emus were se adrif on he iber iver Ashe-wol nursed he boys unil a shepherd rescued hem Upon reaching manhood in 753 983138983139983141he wins ounded a new ciy near he place w here hey had been ound by he she-wol on he
basis o anaugusō auguriō ldquoa avorable sighing o birdsrdquo Bu omulus killed emus in a dispueover who would rule he new ciy and became is firs king
Six oher kings ruled afer omulus Numa Pompilius ullus Hosilius Ancus Marius ar-quinius Prisc us Servius ullius a nd arquinius Superbus (arquin he Proud) Afer he las ohese seven kings was overhrown in 509 983138983139983141 ome became a republic wih a represenaiveorm o governmen headed by wo consuls eleced an nually By 451 983138983139983141 he fi rs corpus o o-man law known as he welve ables was creaed
In he las cenury 983138983139983141 he oman epublic was shaken apar by a series o civil wars By31 983138983139983141 an auocraic regime headed earlier by Julius Caesar and laer by his grea-nephew Oc-avian brough he epublic o an end Te years rom 27 983138983139983141991252when Ocavian assumed heile o prīnceps ldquochie ciizenrdquo as well as he name Augu sus991252o around 180 983139983141 are known ashe early principae or empire During his era ome exended her boundaries o he BriishIsles in he norh Norh Arica in he souh Spain in he wes and he igris and Euphraesrivers in he eas
A view of he iber River as i 1047298ows hrough he ciy of Rome
map on p xxxii
COMPREHENSION QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS FOR PAGE XXX991251XXXI
eproducible versions o he quesions alone are available a wwwlnm bolchazycom
1 Who were he legendary ounders o ome
omulus and emus
2 According o legend in wha year was ome ounded
753 983138983139983141
3 Over he course o he monarchic period how many kings ruled ome
Seven
4 Wha even occurred in 509 983138983139983141
Te beginni ng o he oman epublic (wih wo consuls in charge)
5 Wha is he erm associaed wih he wo leaders o he epublic
Consul
6 Which wo leaders oversaw omersquos shif rom a republic o a principae
Julius Caesar and OcavianAugusu s
7 Wha major aciviy associaed wih empire-building ook place during he principae
erriorial expansion
8 Name wo developmens ha characerized he lae empire
Severe economic problems inernal poliical unres andor requen invasion by he Germanic ribes
9 Describe Diocleianrsquos response o he roubles o he empire
Diocleian divided he empire ino wo halves he Easern and Wesern empires in order o make ruli nghe empire more manageable
10 Explai n he origin o he erm ldquovandalismrdquo
Te fifh cenury invasion and pillag ing o ome by he ribe known as he Vandals who occupied he o-man province o Norh Arica led o he erm ldquovandalismrdquo meaning wanon desrucion
11 Describe Lainrsquos role in he cenuries afer 476 983139983141
Lain 1047298ourished as he major lierary language in he Wesern oman Empire and was spread o non-omanized places like Ireland Scandinavia and he New World
TEACHING TIP
Te eacher may ask he sudens o find he daes menioned on his page in he imeline on pp411ndash414
Sandards21 31 32
TEACHING TIPTe eacher may insruc he sudens o locae ByzaniumConsaninople discussed here in he
d h h ii
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 3754
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull xxxi
Introduction bull xxxi
From 180 983139983141 onwards in he period k nown as he lae empire he oman sae experiencedsevere economic problems and requen invasions by Germanic ri bes esponding o he pres-sure o he firs wave o migraions as well as inernal poliical u nres and economic diffi culieshe emperor Diocleian (ruled 284ndash305 983139983141) had already divided he oman Empire ino anEasern and Wesern hal each under is own emperor991252an atemp o make he vas omansae more manageable
Tis poliical division o he empire acually mirrored a culural division oo he main lan-guage o he Wes was Lain while he main language o he Eas was Greek Shorly aferwardshe emperor Consanine (ruled 312ndash337 983139983141) esablished a new capial or he Easern empirea Byzanium wh ich he renamed Consaninople (ldquohe ciy o Consaninerdquo oday called Isan-
bul) Bu even afer his reorganizaion he imperial governmen ulimaely proved incapable o
semming he ide o he migraions in par because he oman army was oo widely e xendedand could no be in so many places a once Indeed many o he invaders were given he sauso oederāī or ldquoreay roopsrdquo In effec hey were a llowed o occupy segmens o he empire inreurn or proecing i So when Alar ic King o he Visigohs sacked ome in 410 983139983141 he acual lyhad a ile as a commander in he oman army
ome was sacked again in 455 983139983141 by he Vandals who had already occupied he omanprovince o Norh Arica Te pillaging o he ciy o omulus by he invaders made a pro-ound impression on conemporaries and o his day he erm ldquovandalismrdquo is a word in severallanguages or wanon desrucion While he Easern empire (always more sable and eco-nomically prosperous han he Wes) coninued o exis unil 1453 983139983141 he Wesern empire
was ex inc as a poliica l eniy by 476 983139983141 In is place were Germa nic k ingdoms and ribes Angles and Saxons in Briai n Visigohs in Spain Osrogohs in Ialy Franks and Burgundi ansin Gaul991252o name only he major groups Te combinaion o hese new socieies wih heprevious inhabians who had been omanized o varying degrees would one day provide he
basis or he culures o modern Europe
Bu he end o he ancien oman Empire in he Wes was no he end o Lain On he con-rary during he nex 1200 years Lain no only 1047298ourished as he major lierary language in he
erriories o he ormer Wesern oman Empire he use o Lain was exended o regions heomans had never occupied including Ireland Scandinavi a and even he New World
BEGINNINGS OF LATIN LITERATURE Very ew complee works o Lain lieraure produced beore he mid-second cenury 983138983139983141 (ie beore 150 983138983139983141) have survived One reason or his loss was he remendous populariy o he works produced in he ollowing cenury by such auhors as Cicero Vergil and Ovid Teir wri-ings were so widely read and copied in subsequen cenuries ha he auhors preceding hem
were gradually negleced
Among he major figures o early Lain lieraure was a reed slave rom he Greek ciy o aren-um named Livius Andronicus who li ved rom 284ndash204 983138983139983141 He was known or his adapaionso Greek drama or oman audiences and his ranslaion o Homerrsquos Odyssey ino Lain verse
second paragraph on he map on p xxxii
TEACHING TIPTe eacher may ask he sudens o find he daes menioned on his page in he imeline on pp413ndash414
HOW TO USE THIS BOOK AND ITS ANCILLARIES
wo ancillaries are available or use wih his book Te Original Dysuncional Family (abbreviaed ODF)and From Romulus o Romulus Augusulus (abbreviaed R) R will be paricularly useul in order ohelp sudens keep he ime periods o he auhors and o he evens he auhors wroe abou sraigh in heirminds Chaper ile pages will include when appropriae a noaion on wha chaper o R he eachermay wish o assign
TEACHING TIPTe eacher may wish o assign Chaper 1 o he oman hisory ancillary From Romulus o Romu-lus Augusulus a his poin
COMPREHENSION QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS FOR PAGES XXXI991251XXXIVeproducible versions o he quesions alone are available a wwwlnm bolchazycom
1 Whom did he omans consider he aher o Lain lieraure
Ennius
2 Wha was Enniusrsquo mos amous work Is subjec mater
Annālēs was an epic poem abou omersquos early hisory
3 Wha amous Lain saying means ldquoCarhage mus be desroyedrdquo
Carhāgō dēlenda es
4 Who is he auhor o ha saying
Cao he ElderCao he Censor
5 When was Carha ge said o have been desroyed
146 983138983139983141 a he end o he hird Punic war
NB Aler sudens ha he answers o hese comprehension quesions will be ound on p xxxiv
Sandards21 31
R1
TEACHING TIP Ask sudens he English equivalen o cou nries s uch as Briannia and Germānia and he Englishequivalen o he ciies Neāpolis and Ahēnae
Sandard31
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 3854
xxxii bull Latin for the New Millennium
equivalen o he ciies Neāpolis and Ahēnae
A full size r eproducible version of h is page wihou he answe rs can be downloaded a wwwlnm bolchazycom
HOW TO USE THIS BOOK Answers o rep roducible aciviies w ill be gi ven in a larger size bel ow or he eacherrsquos convenience
ANSWERS TO MAP WORK 991251 PAGES XXXII991251XXXIII
1 Crēa Sicilia Corsica Sardinia Cyprus Ihaca Dēlos Brianni a
2 Vesuvius Mōns Aena Mōns Olympus Mōns Āppennīnus Mōns
3 Syria Macedonia Arica Asia
4 mare or ponus
5 Asia Eurōpa Arica
A full siz e reproducible version of his page wihou he answers can be down loaded a wwwln mbolchazycom
Te eacher may wish o have his map enlarged when reproducing i for ease of suden use in compleing his aciviy
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 3954
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull xxxiii
HOW TO USE THIS BOOK
Te answers o his aciviy can be easily seen on he wo acing pages
Te omans regarded Ennius (ca 239 169 983138983139983141) as he aher o Lain lieraure He wroe
TEACHING TIPSudens may be encouraged o find he ciy o Carhage menioned in he second paragraph on hemap on p xxxii
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 4054
xxxiv bull Latin for the New Millennium
xxxiv bull L atin for the New Millennium
Te omans regarded Ennius (ca 239ndash169 983138983139983141) as he aher o Lain lieraure He wroemany kinds o lierary works including plays His Annālēs an epic poem abou he early hisoryo ome was paricularly renowned and perhaps he primary epic read in oman schools beorehe ime o Vergil Only ragmens o his wriings remain
One o Enniusrsquo conemporaries was heamed Cao he Censor also known as Caohe Elder (234ndash149 983138983139983141) a rigidly conserva-ive oman senaor Mos o his reaise onagriculure called Dē agrī culūrā survivesI is he oldes work o Lain prose amongCaorsquos recommendaions here are ha fieldslaves be reaed similarly o beass o bur-den Cao is also remembered or his sae-men Carhāgō dēlenda es ldquoCarhage mus
be desroyedrdquo evidence or he omanear o he Carhaginians Te omansough hree wars known as he Punic
Wars agai ns he Car haginians Te fi rsended beore Cao was born in he secondagains Hannibal Cao served wih miliarydisincion he hird ended in 146 983138983139983141 asCao had demanded wih he desruciono Carhage On his occasion he vic oriousomans were said o have plowed sal inohe Carhaginian soil
Discussions abou laer auhors and adap-aions rom heir wriings w ill be presenedchronologically in he chapers o his book
Ancien ruins a Carhage in Africa
p p
TEACHER BY THE WAY Alhough he works o Enniu s have been preserved on ly in ragmens (abou a housand lines) hehad a grea in1047298uence on subsequen poes such as Vergil Quoable quoes include
bull a es o riendship Amīcus cer us in rē incer ā cerniur (A riend in need is a riend indeed)
bull an applicaion o wisdom o lie Quī ipse sibi sapiēns prōdesse nequi nēquīquam sapi (A man who
himsel is wise bu unable o be useul o himsel is wise or nohing)bull he amous descripion o Fabius Maximus Ūnus homō nōbīs cūncandō resiui rem (One man by delaying res ored he sae or us)
bull and he line on Manius Curius Quem nēmō errō poui superāre nec aurō (Whom no one was ableo deea eiher by sword or gold)
We also have preser ved or us he exa mple o excessive all ieraion ha has g iven rise o much laugher inLain classrooms over he years Ō ie ūe aī ibi ana yranne ulisī ldquoO ius aius you yran (all voca-ive) you brough o yoursel such grea (roubles)rdquo991252ranslaed in conex which plays off he more lieral ldquo you ookacquired or yoursel such grea hings rdquo
On he oher hand he composed his own epiaph in which his high eseem among omans proved o beprescien
nēmō mē lacrumīs decōre neu unera 1047298ēū
axi Cūr Voliō vivos per ōra v irum (Le no one honor me wih ears or make a uneral pyre by weeping
Why I 1047298y li ving hrough he mouhs o men)
TEACHER BY THE WAY
Pluarchrsquos Lie o Cao is a good source o snappy quoaions atribued o his saesman soldier andauhor For example while discussing he power o women he said ldquoAll oher men rule heir wives we rule al l oher men and our w ives rule us rdquo Atemping o persuade he oman people o orego adisribuion o grain he began his speech by saying ldquoI is a hard mater o argue wih he belly sincei has no earsrdquo And o a ribune who had been accused o using poison and was rying o pass a use-less bill he said ldquoI know no which is worse o drink your mixures or o enac your billsrdquo
1CHAPTER 1
HOW TO USE THIS BOOK
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 4154
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull 1
1CHAPTER
Parts of Speech Nouns Number Gender Case (Nominative and Accusative)
First Declension Nouns
MEMORĀBILE DICTŪ
SPQ Senātus Populusque ōmānusldquoTe Senae and he People o omerdquo
Tese our leters orm wha is known as an acronym one ha symbolized supreme power inancien ome
Oil paining of Romulus and Remus wih he wolf By Peer Paul Rubens (1577ndash1640)
Te grammaical and synacical opics ha will be presened in each chaper o his book are lised a he opo he chaper ile page
HOW TO USE THIS BOOK
Te illusraion on each chaperrsquos ile page presens a visual inroducion o he Lain reading passage ha willollow eachers may choose o discuss he illusraion in order o provide he conex or he reading he su-dens will encouner on he nex page
HOW TO USE THIS BOOK
On each chaper ile page he phrase Memorābile Dictū (ldquoA memorable hing o say rdquo) will be ou nd Below here will be a amous phrase quoa ion abbreviaion or moto in L ain ha w ill connec hese words o he opicsin he chaper
MEMORĀBILE DICTŪ VOCABULARY
populus populī m ndash people
-que ndash and
senāus senāūs m ndash senae
TEACHING TIP
ubens pained his picure o omulus and emus rom 1615ndash1616 during wha is called he Ba-roque period o ar Te man approaching rom he rear is Fausulus Te reclining figure is he god
o he river iber
HOW TO USE THIS BOOK AND ITS ANCILLARIESwo ancillaries are available or use wih his book Te Original Dysunctional Family (abbreviaed ODF)and From Romulus to Romulus Augustulus (abbreviaed R) R will be paricularly useul in order ohelp sudens keep he ime periods o he auhors and o he evens he auhors wroe abou sraigh in heirmind Chaper ile pages wil l include when appropriae a noaion abou wha chaper o R he eachermay wish o assign
Standards11 21
R 2and 3
READING
TRANSLATION OF LATIN PASSAGEomulus and emus
Mars is a god Mars loves hea Silvia And so hea Silvia has wo sons omulus and emus Amulius locks uph Sil i A li l d i h A h l lk h T h l
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 4254
2 bull Latin for the New Millennium
2 bull Latin for the New Millennium
READINGTis sory describes how ome was said o have been ounded in 753 983138983139983141 King Numior o AlbaLonga was overhrown by his cruel and ambiious broher Amulius who no only seized hehrone bu so eared ha one o Numiorrsquos male descendans migh have a legiimae claim oni ha he made Amuliusrsquo daug her hea Silvia a priesess o he goddess Vesa Tese priesesses
were no allowed o marry during heir childbearing years
RŌMULUS ET REMUS
1 Mārs es deus Mārs hēam Silviam ama Iaque hēa Silvia duōs
īliōs habe ōmulum e emum Amūlius hēam Silviam vinculīs
claudi Amūlius ōmulum e emum in aquam pōni Lupa ad aquamambula Lupa ōmulum e emum bene cūra e ama ōmulus e
5 emus crēscun Poseā ōmulus e emus ōmam aedifican
Famous bronze saue of he she-wolf and he wins
hea Silvia Amulius pus omulus and emus ino he waer A she-wol walks o he waer Te she-wol caresor (akes good care o) omulus and emus well and loves (hem) omulus and emus grow up Aferwards(laer) omulus and emus build ome
HOW TO USE THIS BOOK Above each La in reading pa ssage inorm aion is presened in Engl ish Tis pre -reading provides back groundinormaion abou he auhor and esablishes he conex o he passage he sudens will read
TEACHER BY THE WAY
Te eacher may wish o inroduce he class o he radiional abbreviaions o 983137983140 (which sandsor he Lain phrase Annō Dominī ldquoi n he year o our Lordrdquo) and 983138983139 (which sands or he Engl ishphrase ldquoBeore Chrisrdquo) Tese older abbreviaions coninue o be used bu his book employs heabbreviaions 983138983139983141 (Beore he Common Era) and 983139983141 (Common Era)
TEACHING TIPInsruc he sudens o locae Alba Longa on he map on pp xxxiindashxxxiii
TEACHER BY THE WAYTough he wins were added o he sculpure in he enaissance he she-wol has srong links wihEruscan myhology and shows characerisics o Eruscan sculpure
TEACHING TIP
Te eacher may wish o encourage he sudens o design an abbreviaed amily ree o omulusand emus
Standards11 22
Jupier Juno King Num ior o Alba Longa
Mars hea Silvia
omulus emus
READING VOCABULARY
HOW TO USE THIS BOOKTe English pronoun subjec o a verb is no lised in he eading Vocabulary i he pronoun is no needed inhe ranslaion
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 4354
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull 3
Chapter 1 bull 3
READING VOCABULARYad aquam ndash o he waer
aedifican ndash build
ama ndash loves
ambula ndash walks
Amūlius ndash Amul ius
aquam ndash waer
bene ndash well
claudi ndash locks up
crēscun ndash grow up
cūra ndash akes care o cares or
deus ndash god
duōs ndash woes ndash is
e ndash and
īliōs ndash sons
habe ndash has
in aquam ndash ino he waer
iaque ndash and so
lupa ndash she-wol
Mārs ndash Mars he god o war
pōni ndash pus
poseā ndash aferwards laer
emum ndash emus
emus ndash emus
hēa Silvia ndash hea Silvia
hēam Silviam ndash hea Silvia
ōmam ndash ome
ōmulum ndash omulus
ōmulus ndash omulus vinculīs ndash w ih chains
Words marked wih an aserisk will need o bememorized laer in he chaper
COMPREHENSION QUESTIONS1 Whose sons are omulus and emus
2 Wha did Amulius do
3 Who saved he lie o omulus and emus
4 Wha did omulus and emus do
HOW TO USE THIS BOOK
Te sudens should not be expeced o lea rn he words under he ile eading Vocabulary whenever his ileoccurs in he book Insead insruc sudens o learn he vocabulary words lised under he ile Vocabularyto Learn ha will be ound laer in each chaper In more advanced Lain exs usually here are vocabularyand noes o help he sudens when reading a passage Tis eading Vocabulary will help prepare sudens orlaer more advanced classes
ANSWERS TO COMPREHENSION QUESTIONS
1 Tey are he sons o Mars and hea Silvia2 He locked up hea Silvia
3 A she-wol
4 Tey buil he ciy o ome
TEACHING TIP
Whi le English deriva ives rom he sar red words (ie he Vocabulary o L earn) are he opic o Ex-ercise 2 laer in his chaper here are some ineresing derivaives rom he non-sarred words andsome o hese show how words change hrough he years Te eacher may choose o discuss hesederivaives wih he sudens
bull aedi1047297cant (aedi1047297cō) ndash ediy edificaion edifice
Tis Lain word is buil rom wo Lain words aciō (o do make) and aedēs (house emple) Te
English derivaives reain his religious connecion or hey mean ldquoo build up he aih moraliy o in-sruc especially morallyrdquo Te word ldquoedificerdquo is always used or an imposing srucure such as a ldquoemplerdquoor aedēs
bull claudit (claudō) ndash close conclusion enclosure sluice
A ldquocloserdquo is a small shu-in space and some people i locked in one suffer rom ldquoclausrophobiardquo acompound derivaive parly rom Lain (o close confine) and parly rom he Greek (ear) hence ldquoa earo closed spacesrdquo
Te word ldquosluicerdquo does no look like a derivaive o claudō bu i has undergone cha nges as i ca meino English via middle English and old French (sclus) rom he Lain exclūdō which means ldquoo shu ourdquo Asluice has a gae a he op o he channel o shu off he 1047298ow o waer as necessary
bull crēscunt (crēscō) ndash crescen accrue recrui crew
Te word ldquocrewrdquo in middle English mean ldquoreinorcemenrdquo so a body o soldiers grew Te word ldquore-
cruirdquo has he same basic idea ecruis increase he size o he army (rom he Lain recrēscō meaning ldquoogrow againrdquo)
bull deus ndash deiy deiy
bull duōs ndash double dozen due duplicae
Te word ldquodozenrdquo is a compound rom he Lain word or ldquowordquo and he German word or ldquoenrdquo (zehn)
bull habet (habeō) ndash habi abiliy prohibiive
Onersquos abiliy depends on he alens and skil ls one has
bull pōnit ( pōnō) ndash depo imposiion preposiion
A depo origina lly was a place where supplies were pu or sorage
LANGUAGE FACT I
HOW TO USE THIS BOOKTe Language Facs secion o each chaper will conain boh grammaical (morphological) and synacicalinormaion ie inormaion boh abou he orms o he words and he srucure o he senence
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 4454
4 bull Latin for the New Millennium
4 bull Latin for the New Millennium
LANGUAGE FACT I
PARTS OF SPEECHTe parts o speech used in a Lain senence deermine is meaning jus as in English While henoun and he verb are he wo mos imporan oher common pars o speech are lised below
Noun a person place hing idea acion or qual iy Examples ldquoomulusrdquo ldquoriverrdquo ldquocouragerdquo
Pronoun a word ha sands in place o a noun ha has been previously menioned or is clearrom conex Examples ldquoIrdquo ldquosherdquo ldquohimrdquo ldquoirdquo
Adjecive a word ha limis or defines a noun or a pronoun Examples ldquolitlerdquo ldquosrongrdquo
Adverb a word ha lim is or defines verbs adjecives or (oher) adverbs Examples ldquoveryrdquoldquoquielyrdquo
Verb a word ha describes an acion or sae o being Examples ldquogordquo ldquosayrdquo ldquowasrdquo
Preposiion a word ha begins a preposiional phrase such as ldquoinrdquo ldquoordquo ldquoonrdquo ldquoorrdquo ldquobyrdquoldquowihrdquo A preposiional phrase is a preposiion joined o a noun Examples ldquoin he morningrdquoldquowih a sharp pencilrdquo
Conjuncion a word ha connecs words phrases clauses a nd senences Examples ldquoandrdquoldquoburdquo ldquoalhoughrdquo
Inerjecion a word ha expresses emoion Examples ldquowowrdquo
EXERCISE 1eview he meanings and ideniy he pars o speech o he ollowing words Te eading
Vocabulary may be consu led
1 īliōs 6 e2 bene 7 lupa3 aedifican 8 claudi
4 ad 9 ōmam5 ambula 10 ama
EXERCISE 1 ANSWERS
1 noun
2 adverb
3 verb
4 preposiion
5 verb
6 conjuncion
7 noun8 verb
9 noun
10 verb
TEACHING TIP
Te eacher may wish o ask he sudens in Lain wha par o speech a given word is Te eacher would say ldquoQuae pars ōrātiōnis estrdquo Suden responses would be
bull nōmen substantīvumsubstantīvum ndash noun
bull prōnōmen ndash pronoun
bull nōmen adiectīvumadiectīvum ndash adjecive
bull verbum temporāle ndash verb
bull adverbium ndash adverb
bull praepositiō ndash preposiion
bull coniūnctiō ndash conjuncion
bull interiectiō ndash inerjecion
Standards11 41
Standards11 41
WorkbookExercise 1
VOCABULARY TO LEARN
TEACHING TIPSince his is he firs se o Lain words ha your sudens will be required o memorize i is usuallya good idea o sugges and discuss wih hem some differen ways o memorize vocabulary Somesel help opions are lised below
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 4554
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull 5
NOUNSagricola agricolae m ndash armer
aqua aquae ndash waer
āhlēa āhlēae m ndash ahlee
īlia īliae ndash daugher
lupa lupae ndash she-wol
naua nauae m ndash sailor
poēa poēae m ndash poe
puella puellae ndash girl
ōma ōmae ndash ome
erra errae ndash land
VERBSama ndash heshei loves
ambula ndash heshei walks
cūra ndash heshei akes care o cares or
es ndash heshei is
ADVERBS bene ndash well
poseā ndash aferwards
CONJUNCTIONSe ndash and
iaque ndash and so
Aqueducs carr ied waer (aqua) o he ciies in he Roman world Tis aqueduc buil in 19 983138983139983141 which srechedacross he Gard River was named he Pon du Gard and brough waer o he ciy of Nicircmes in France in ancien imes
Chapter 1 bull 5
sel-help opions are lised below
1 Look a he word in he book and say he word aloud
2 Wrie down he word on a piece o paper along wih is meaning and check o be sure here are no spell-ing errors Color-coding he words by pars o speech is also helpul Pronounce he word while wriing idown and hen repea he word including he meaning and spelling
3 Make handwriten 1047298ashcards wih he Lain on one side and English on he oher and be sure here are nospelling errors Color-coding is a good sraegy here also Wriing he word ou helps some sudens ce-men he word in he brain Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers has creaed an elecronic vocabulary resourceor hose sudens or whom echnological learning ools are an aid Tese vocabulary 1047298ashcards are orhe iPod See p 93 or more inormaion on iPod 1047298ashcards
4 Use English derivaives o help remember meanings Bu be careul since some derivaives may havemeanings grealy changed rom he original Lain word
5 Find clipar picures ha illusrae he vocabulary words and use he picures as a way o es yoursel onhe Lain words
TEACHER BY THE WAYTe eacher may wish o open a discussion abou aqueducs and he waer supply or ancien omans while l ooking a he picu re o he Pon du Gard on his page For a hisory o aqueducs and heirconsrucion Froninusrsquo book Dē aquīs urbis Rōmae is an excellen source Te book was writenabou 97 983139983141 when he was Superinenden o Aqueducs Oher aqueducs include he ollowing
bull Te double high aqueduc in Segovia Spainbull Te Aqua Appia buil in 312 983138983139983141
bull Te Aqua rāiāna
bull Te aqueduc buil by Alex ander Severus in 226 983139983141
bull Te Aqua Claudia
bull Te Aqua Marcia wh ich wa s probably named a fer A ncus Marcius who was he fi rs K ing oome by radiional accouns o build an aqueduc o bring waer o ome
NB Te word ldquo Aquardquo when capialized means ldquoaqueducrdquo
Eleven aqueducs urnished 250000 gallons o waer o ome every weny-our hours
BY THE WAY
E h u gi n in h b l r h rm T nd rm i h g nii
HOW TO USE THIS BOOK Ēn is a word ha calls atenion o somehing and means ldquoLook a hisrdquo Te inormaion given here draws a-enion o and urher specifies differen language acs
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 4654
6 bull Latin for the New Millennium
6 bull Latin for the New Millennium
Each noun given in he vocabulary has wo orms Te second orm is he geniivesingular
A derivative is an English word rooed in a Lain word Te English derivaive issimilar in meaning and orm o is Lain source
STUDY TIP
An English derivaive ofen can help you remember wha a Lain word means
EXERCISE 2Find he English derivaives based on he Vocabulary o Learn in he ollowing senences Wriehe corresponding Lain word
1 She shows a considerable filial respec oward her aher
2 Agriculu re is a science o culivaing he land
3 Te ship is equipped wih all he necessary nauical insrumens
4 We saw all kinds o fish in he aquarium
5 Tis is an all-errain vehicle
6 When will he ahleic compeiion sar
7 She has a ruly poeic naure
LANGUAGE FACT II
NOUNS NUMBER GENDER CASE 983080NOMINATIVE AND
ACCUSATIVE983081Nouns in Lain show number gender and case
Number Lain nouns are eiher singular or plural in number Number is shown in differen ways by differen ypes o nouns bu some ending-paterns are or singular orms and oherending-paterns are or plural orms
Gender Every noun likewise is eiher masculine eminine or neuer in gender You muslearn he gender o each noun In he Vocabulary o Learn l iss he gender is indicaed by hecommon abbreviaionsm (masculi ne) f (eminine) or n (neuer)
Case Lain nouns mus have an ending-patern ha displays case Tis is quie differen romEnglish in which case is indicaed by word posiion and no by endings (alhough case markersare preserved in cerain pronouns such as ldquoherdquo and ldquohimrdquo) A nounrsquos case reveals wha uncionhe noun has in he senence Tere are five common cases nominaive geniive daive accu-saive and ablaive wo less requenly used cases are called he vocaive and he locaive
HOW TO USE THIS BOOKStudy Tips give hins rhymes and mnemonics o help sudens learn grammar and vocabulary
EXERCISE 2 ANSWERS1 filial īlia
2 agriculure agricola
3 nauical naua
4 aquarium aqua
5 errain erra
6 ahleic āhlēa
7 poeic poēa
TEACHING TIPExplain o he sudens ha in English he words ldquoardquo ldquoanrdquo or ldquoherdquo are usually placed beore a nounand Lain does no have an equivalen or hese words known as aricles
eachers may need o sress he absence o he aricle many imes beore sudens compleely ine-grae his knowledge ino heir reading habis in Lain class
TEACHING TIPLain like many oher languages does no always observe biological gender Ofen he gender o a
Lain noun is deermined by grammaical acors such as he group o which a noun belongs
TEACHING TIP
Alhough in Exercise 2 he sudens are direced o find only he derivaives based on he Vocabular yo Learn hey may be ineresed o learn ha here are oher derivaives in Exercise 2 Te derivaiono hese words is provided or he eacherrsquos convenience
bull 1 consider - rom sīdus (sar) + cum (wih ogeher) and rom cōnsīderō (o examine consider)respec - rom respectō (look back a have regard or)
bull 2 science - rom scientia (knowledge) and sciō (o know) culivaing - rom colō (ill inhabi worship)
bull 3 necessary - rom necesse (necessary) insrumens - rom īnstruō (o equip build provide)
and rom īnstrumentum (equipmen ool ec)bull 5 vehicle - rom he Lain verb vehō (o carry)
bull 6 compeiion - rom petō (o seek aim a atack ec) + cum (wih oge her)
bull 7 naure - rom nātūra (naure)
Standard41
Standards11 31 41
STUDY TIP
An easy way o remember he names ohe five common cases iso use his mnemonic
TEACHING TIPSudens may no know wha he word ldquomnemonicrdquo means explain ha a mnemonic device is some-hing ha helps a suden o remember somehing Te eacher may also wish o use his opporu-niy o bring up Mnemosyne he goddess o memory and he moher o he Muses
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 4754
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull 7
Chapter 1 bull 7
An easy way o remember he names o he five common cases is o use his mnemonicdevice
Never NominaiveGive GeniiveDogs Daive A ny A ccusaive A buse A blaive
Nominative Te nominaive case idenifies he subjec Te subjec is a noun or a pronounha perorms he acion or exiss in a sae o being In he senence ldquoWilliam is readingrdquohe word ldquoWilliamrdquo is he subjec
Example Mārs amat Mars loves
Te noun subjec o he verb ldquoloverdquo is he god Mars
Find more examples o nominaives and heir verbs rom he reading passage a he begin-ning o he chaper
Te nominaive case also idenifies he predicae nominaive In he senence ldquoWilliam isa sudenrdquo he predicae nominaive is ldquoa sudenrdquo A predicae nominaive complees hemeaning o he verb ldquoo berdquo Look a his exa mple rom he reading
Example Mārs est deus Mars is a god
Mārs is he subjec and deus is a predicae nominaive
Accusative Te ourh case lised is called he accusaive he geniive daive and ablaivecases will be discussed in laer chapers Te accusaive case poins ou he noun (or pro-noun) ha is he direc objec emember direc objecs receive he acion o he verb Inhe senence ldquoI am wriing a leterrdquo he direc objec is ldquoa leterrdquo
Example Mārs Rhēam Silviam amat Mars loves hea Silvia
Te direc objec o ldquoloverdquo is he noun Rhēam Silviam
Find more examples o accusaives and heir verbs rom he reading passage a he beginningo he chaper
niy o bring up Mnemosyne he goddess o memory and he moher o he Muses
Answers to ldquoFind more examples of nominatives a nd their verbs from the reading passage at the begin-ning of the chapterrdquo
hēa Silvia habe
Amūl ius claudi
Amūl ius pōni
Lupa ambula
Lupa cūra e amaōmulus e emus crēscun
ōmulus e emus aedifican
Answers to ldquoFind more examples of accusatives and their verbs from the reading passage at the beg in-ning of the chapterrdquo
duōs īliōs habe ōmulum e emum
hēam Silviam claudi
ōmulum e emum pōni
ōmulum e emum bene cūra e ama
ōmam aedifican
TEACHING TIPSudens may encouner diffi culy when r ying o ransl ae Lain names used in cases o her han henominaive Te eacher a some poin will need o explain (and repea whenever necessary) ha when ransla ing a La in name he suden should al ways use he nominaive o rm o he word Onp 7 sudens are asked o find examples o accusaives and heir verbs in he reading passage Teanswers lised above provide an opporuniy o pracice wih his issue emind sudens o rans-lae duōs īliōs habet Rōmulum et Remum as ldquohe has wo sons omulus and emusrdquo Te oher ouranswers may be used as pracice wih he sudens
EXERCISE 3a Ideniy wheher he nouns in bold in hese senences are subjecs direc objecs or predi
TEACHER BY THE WAYIn conjuncion wih he picure and is capion he eacher may wish o menion ha he amil-ilar acronym o SPQ is sill in use and visible hroughou modern ome991252on liter bins sewercovers ec
Standards11 41
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 4854
8 bull Latin for the New Millennium
8 bull Latin for the New Millennium
a Ideniy wheher he nouns in bold in hese senences are subjecs direc objecs or predi-cae nominaives Te eading Vocabulary may be consuled
b Label each senence as vērum (rue) i i agrees or alsum (alse) i i disagrees wih he Lainreading passage a he beginni ng o he chaper
Example Amūlius es deusPredicae nominaive alsum
1 hēa Silvia ōmulum e emum cūra
2 Amūlius ōmulum e emum bene cūra
3 Amūlius lupam vinculīs claudi
4 Mārs ōmulum e emum in aquam pōni
5 Lupa hēam Silviam cūra
6 Amūlius ad aquam ambula
Te power of he ciy of Rome founded according o legend by Romulus is symbolized by hese four leters ha areprominenly displayed in various places wihin he ciy
EXERCISE 3 ANSWERS
1 subjec vērum
2 direc objecs alsum
3 direc objec alsum
4 subjec alsum
5 direc objec alsum
6 subjec vērum
WorkbookExercise 2 A full si ze reproduc ible version of th is page
without the a nswers ca n be downloade d at wwwlnm bolchazyco m
HOW TO USE THIS BOOK
Noun Declensions Te eacher may choose Lain nouns rom he declension ha is being sudied a he imehis workshee is used Tus no answers are provided here
LANGUAGE FACT III
TEACHING TIP Ask he sudens wha he Lain words seleced rom he reading and lised near he op o p 9 mean
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 4954
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull 9
Chapter 1 bull 9
FIRST DECLENSION NOUNS A declension is a g roup o nouns ha show a cerain patern o word endings Tere are five differ-en declensions in Lain In he reading abou omulus and emus hese are he orms belongingo he firs declension
hēam Silviam hēa Silvia aquam lupa ōmam
Noice ha he ex says Rhēa Silvia when she is he subjec and Rhēam Silviam when she is hedirec objec
Te firs declension is composed o words ha characerisically have he vowel a a or near heend o he word lupa
Below is he patern ha firs declension nouns ollow o show case and number Memorize heLain words in order rom he nominaive singular down o he ablaive singular and hen romhe nominaive plural down o he ablaive plural
emember ha he endings or a whole group o nouns ollow his patern Once you learn hi spatern you can recognize he case a nd number o all he words belonging o hi s declension
In his chaper you have begun o learn abou he nominaive and accusai ve cases Te ohercases will be explained in laer chapers
First DeclensionSingular Plural
Nomina ive l upa he she-wol Nominaive lupae he she-wolves
Geniive lupae o he she-wol Geniive lupārum o he she-wolves
Daive lupae oor he she-wol Daive lupīs oor he she-wolves
Accusaive lupam he she-wol Accusaive lupās he she-wolves
Ablaive lupā bywih he she-wol Ablaive lupīs bywih he she-wolves
Daive and ablaive plural o he words īlia ldquodaugherrdquo and dea ldquogoddessrdquo is fīliābus anddeābusTis is o di singuish hese orms rom he corresponding orms o īlius ldquosonrdquo and deus ldquogodrdquo
STUDY TIP
Noice ha he ablaive singular ending -ā has a long mark (macron) above i his ishe only difference beween he nominaive and ablaive singular endings
TEACHING TIP
Afer he firs declension has been presened o he sudens encourage hem depending on heirlearning syle o say he declension aloud o wrie down he words o inven a rap or a cheer
TEACHER BY THE WAY
Te patern is called a declension because he oher cases lean away ( dēclīnāre) rom he nominaiveie hey do no ollow he same orm as he nominaive
ORAL EXERCISE 1Tis exercise may be used afer the 1047297rst declension has been presented
Whi le looking a he declension o lupa ask he sudens o decli ne nauta
Singular PluralNominaive naua nauaeGeniive nauae nauārumDaive nauae nauīs Accusaive nauam nauās Ablaive nauā nauīs
Standards11 31 41
OralExercise 1
WorkbookExercise 3
STUDY TIP
Noice ha he daive and ablaive plural endings a re idenical
EXERCISE 4 ANSWERS1 geniive daive puellār um puellī s
2 accusaive nauās
3 accusaive errās
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 5054
10 bull Latin for the New Millennium
10 bull Latin for the New Millennium
Here are more words belonging o he fi rs declension
puella ndash girl īlia ndash daugher terra ndash land
Mos firs declension words are eminine i n gender bu a ew (usually ones ha indicae mas-culine occupaions in ancien imes) are masculine Examples are poēta ldquopoerdquoagricola ldquoarmerrdquonauta ldquosailorrdquo āthlēta ldquoahleerdquo
EXERCISE 4Ideniy he case o each singular noun Ten change each orm ino plural For some more han
one answer is possibleExample īlianominaive īliae
1 puellae 5 aquae2 nauam 6 puellā3 erram 7 āhlēā4 a gr ic ol a
Like he Greek wreslers porrayed on his ancien bas-reliefRoman ahlees were also fond of he spor of wresling
4 nominaive agricolae
5 geniive daive aquārum aquīs
6 ablaive puellīs
7 ablaive āhlēīs
TEACHING TIP
Since wreslers are depiced on he illusraion on his page he eacher may wish o open a discus-
sion abou he omansrsquo and Greeksrsquo ondness or wresling which was ofen praciced in a complexcalled he palaestra
oman boys were expeced o serve in he m iliary Tus hey were firs rained by heir ahers in wreslingand boxing Srengh and agiliy were sressed raher han grace o movemen as in Greek spors Te woprincipal syles uilized by he Greek were uprigh wresling in which hree alls o your opponen o heground were necessary o deea him and ground wresling which required he opponen o give up in ordero end he mach In he palaes tra here was an area or he young people o pracice wresling or boxing wih apunching bag (cōrycus) Examples o monumenal oman bahs wih a palaest ra are ound a he Bahs o Ca-racalla in ome he Harbor Bahs a Ephesus in urkey and he Bahs in Varna Bulgaria he larges anciensrucure in ha counry
Wresling was also one o he spor evens a he Olympic games ha he omans ofen atended Greco-oman wresling is also one o he evens eaured in he summer Olympic games in modern imes
TEACHING TIPTe eacher migh wan o have sudens read an English ranslaion o Book 23 o he Iliad in which Ajax a nd Odysseus compee in a wre sling m ach and Book 5 o he Aeneid or a descripion o hespors ha he omans played and compare he atiude o he compeiors in each epic Boh evens were par o he uneral games he ormer in honor o Paroclu s riend and atendan o Achil lesand he later in honor o Anchises aher o Aeneas Tis migh lead o urher discussion on henaure o modern wresling
Standards11 41
EXERCISE 5Ideniy he case o each plural noun Ten change each orm ino he singular For some more
TEACHING TIPSudens may wonder why he geniive singular w ihou is ending mus be used o find he base whenhe nominaive singular wihou is ending works jus as well Explain ha in oher noun declensionshe nominaive will no always provide he same base or have he same spelling as he geniive
Standards11 41
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 5154
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull 11
Chapter 1 bull 11
han one answer is possible
Example puellāsaccusaive puellam
1 īliae 5 aquīs2 errīs 6 poēārum3 nauārum 7 agricolae4 l upa e
BY THE WAY
In all declensions endings are added o he base o a noun I is imporan o know hahe base o a noun is ound by removing he ending rom is geniive si ngular orm Forexample he geniive singular o puella is puellae I you remove he -ae rom puellae
wha remains is he base o he word namely puell- For his reason learning he geni-ive singular is as imporan as knowing he nominaive singular o he noun
STUDY TIP
Always learn he geniive ogeher wih he nominaive because rom he geniive you will know o which declension a word belongs
A wall paining depic ing a Roman farmer (agricola) wih his sheep
EXERCISE 5 ANSWERS
1 nominaive īl ia
2 daive ablaive errae errā
3 geniive nauae
4 nominaive lupa
5 daive ablaive aquae aquā
6 geniive poēae7 nominaive agricola
HOW TO USE THIS BOOKIn his book he word ldquobaserdquo is used o reer o he noun wihou any ending ldquoStemrdquo is used or he par o he verb wihou any ending ldquoootrdquo is used or he Lain par o a derivaive
ORAL EXERCISE 2Tis exercise may be used afer Exercise 5
Use one o he ollowing classroom presenaion opions (hereafer reerred o as CPO) (blackgreenwhiesmar board overhead or LCD projecor PowerPoinreg presenaion ec) o pu his inormaion on view
quis ldquowhordquo (or he subjec) and quem ldquowhomrdquo (or he direc objec)
Ten ask he suden o answer he ollowing quesions abou he chaper reading eiher orally or in wri-
en orm
1 Teacher Quis es Mārs Student Mārs es deus
2 Teacher Quem ama Mārs Student hēam Silviam Mārs ama
3 Teacher Quis ama hēam Silviam Student Mārs ama hēam Silviam
4 Teacher Quem habe hēa Silvia Student hēa Silvia duōs īliōs ōmulum eemum habe
5 Teacher Quis claudi hēam Silviam Student Amūlius claudi hēam Silviam
6 Teacher Quem claudi Amūlius Student hēam Silviam Amūlius claudi
7 Teacher Quis ōmulum e emum in aquampōni
Student Amūlius ōmulum e emum in aquampōni
8 Teacher Quem Amūlius in aquam pōni Student Amūlius ōmulum e emum in aquampōni
9 Teacher Quis ambula ad aquam Student Lupa ambula ad aquam
10 Teacher Quis ōmulum e emum bene cūra Student Lupa ōmulum e emum bene cūra
11 Teacher Quōs lupa bene cūra Student Lupa ōmulum e emum bene cūra
12 Teacher Quis ōmulum e emum a ma Student Lupa ōmulum e emum ama
13 Teacher Quōs lupa ama Student Lupa ōmulum e emum ama
OralExercise 2
WorkbookExercise
4 5
EXERCISE 6ranslae rom Lain ino English and rom English ino Lain Te mos common Lain word
d
TEACHER BY THE WAYTe eacher may menion ha he mos common word order (subjec ndash direc objec ndash verb) can o-en be changed For example i he verb is o be emphasized i will ake firs posiion I he subjecor he direc objec is o be emphasized i will ake he las posiion which is he mos emphaic oneIn general he more unusual he wordrsquos posiion is he more emphasis is placed on his word
Standards11 41
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 5254
12 bull Latin for the New Millennium
12 bull Latin for the New Millennium
order is
subjec ndash direc objec ndash verb
1 Agricola erram ama
2 Te ahlee loves waer
3 Naua īlia m ama
4 Te poe loves ome
5 Agricola erram cūra
6 Te she-wol cares or (is aking care o) he girl
BY THE WAY
Even hough he mos common word order is subjec ndash di rec objec ndash verb rememberha endings991252no word order991252deermine which word is he subjec and which i s hedirec objec
TALKING When we mee one person we gree herhim wih salvē When we mee wo or more people wegree hem wih salvēte When we bid goodbye o one person we sayvalē When we bid goodbyeo wo or more people we say valēte
Here are various ways o ask ldquohow are yourdquo or ldquohow are you doingrdquo
Quōmodo valēs or Quōmodo tē habēs or Quid agis ldquoHow are yourdquo
Here is a range o possible answers
bene ldquowellrdquo pessimē ldquovery badrdquo optimē ldquogreardquo melius ldquobeterrdquo mediocriter ldquoso-sordquo or ldquono oo badrdquo meliusculē ldquoa litle beterrdquo male ldquobadrdquo
In general he more unusual he word s posiion is he more emphasis is placed on his word
EXERCISE 6 ANSWERS
1 Te armer loves he land
2 Āhlēa aquam ama
3 Te sailor loves (his) daugher
4 Poēa ōmam ama
5 Te armer cares or (is aking care o) he land6 Lupa puellam cūra
TEACHING TIP
Te eacher may sar he class in Lain by saying Salvēte discipulī et discipulae and by eaching hesudens o say in reurn Salvē magister (magistra)
ORAL EXERCISE 3Tis exercise may be used anytime afer the students have learned the use o the accusative case or afer Exercise 6
Use one o he CPOrsquos o pu on display he orms amō and cūrō and explai n ha hey a re in he fir s personsingular and how his differs rom he hird person singular learned in his chaper Ask individual sudens omake senences wih hem using he words hey have learned
Ten ell he sudens ha nōn means ldquonordquo and ask hem o make si milar senences wih nōn amō and nōn cūrō
Examples(nōn) amō erram īliam aquam lupam āhlēam(nōn) cūrō erram īliam puellam
WorkbookExercise 6
ContentQuestions
OralExercise 3
Standards12 21 41
42
SAYING HELLOMarīa Helena e Chrisīna sun (are) discipulae (students)
TEACHING TIPHave sudens read he dialogue aloud Tis will help o build heir pronunciaion skills
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 5354
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull 13
Chapter 1 bull 13
Marīa Salvēe Helena e Chrisīna
Christīna Salvē Marīa
Helena Salvē Marīa
Marīa Quōmodo valēs Helena Quōmodo valēs Chrisīna
Helena et Christīna Bene Quōmodo ū ( you) valēs Marīa
Marīa Pessimē
Helena et Christīna Cūr (Why)
Marīa imeō linguam Laīnam ( I ear the Latin language)Helena Ego ( I ) linguam Laīnam amō
Christīna E ego linguam Laīnam amō
ORAL EXERCISE 4
Tis exercise may be used afer he Lain dialogue has been presened
Insruc he sudens o say ldquohellordquo in Lain o he suden nex o hem Divide he class ino wo pars ellone par o gree he oher par using he plural greeing and vice versa Do he same ype o aciviy whensaying ldquogoodbyerdquo You may wish o make greeing he class in Lain a nd saying ldquogoodbyerdquo in Lain a par oa daily rouine
Divide he sudens ino pairs in which one person will ask how hisher parner is in Lain and he oher
wil l answer
ORAL EXERCISE 5
Tis exercise may be used afer he Lain dialogue has been presened
ell he sudens ha he paricle ndashne is added o he firs syllable o a word ha inroduces a quesion Ten askhe ollowing quesions abou he dialogue beween Mary Helen and Chrisy Individual sudens may answerorally or he enire class may wrie he answers as he eacher asks hem orally Te eacher should explain hahe orm valēs in he greeing Quōmodo valēs is in he second person which means ldquoyourdquo Te hird person orm(reerring o ldquoherrdquo ldquohimrdquo or ldquoirdquo) is valet So he phrase ldquoHow is she doingrdquo would be Quōmodo valet Te hirdperson o amō is amat and he hird person o timeō is timet
1 Teacher Quōmodo Chrisīna vale Student(s) Chrisīna bene vale
2 Teacher Quōmodo Marīa vale Student(s) Marīa pessimē vale
3 Teacher Cūr (why) Marīa pessimē vale Student(s) Marīa ime linguam Lainam4 Teacher Amane l inguam L aīnam Helena Student(s) Helena linguam Laīnam ama
5 Teacher Linguamne Laīnam ama Chrisīna Student(s) Chrisīna linguam Laīnam ama
ORAL EXERCISE 6 AND DICTATIONTis combined exercise may be used to conclude the chapter or at any time afer the students have learned the accusa-tive case and chapter vocabulary
Dicae he ollowing senences o he sudens Ten ask hem o make he ollowing changes eiher orally orin writen orm a he discreion o he eacher
1 Teacher Agricol a erram ama (change he direc objec ino plura l)Student Agricola errās ama
2 Teacher Lupa puellam cūra (change he direc objec ino plural)
Student Lupa puellās cūra3 Teacher Āhlēa puel lās ama (change he direc objec ino singu lar)
Student Āhlēa puellam ama
4 Teacher Fīlia errās ama (change he direc objec ino singular)Student Fīlia erram ama
OralExercise
4 5 6 andDictation
TEACHER NOTES
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 5454
14 bull Latin for the New Millennium
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 1954
FOREWORD xi
PREFACE xiii
AUTHORS xvii
EDITORS CONSULTANTS AND PILOT TEACHERS xix
INTRODUCTION xxiii
AlphabePronunciaion o LainOverview o oman Hisory Beginnings o Lain Lieraure
CHAPTER 1 1
eading ldquoomulus and emusrdquoLanguage Facs Pars o Speech Nouns Number Gender Case
(Nominaive and Accusaive) Firs Declension Nounsalking Saying Hello
CHAPTER 2 15
eading Plauus ldquoTe Menaechmi winsrdquo Language Facs Firs and Second Conjugaion Verbs Principal Pars
Properies o Verbs Number Person ense Sem Infiniive Subjec and
Verb Agreemenalking Geting Acquained
CHAPTER 3 29
eading erence ldquowo BrohersrdquoLanguage Facs Second Declension Masculine -us -er -ir Nouns Geniive
Case Vocaive Case Preposiional Phrasesalking In he Classroom
REVIEW 1 CHAPTERS 19912513 43
Considering he Classical Gods Ma rs Jupier JunoConnecing wih he Ancien World Slavery in A ncien omeExploring oman Comedy oman Producions and Modern endiions by
William S Anderson Proessor o Classics Emerius Universiy o Caliornia Berkeley Berkeley Caliornia
Mīrābile Audī ū Phrases and Quoaions elaing o he Comic radiion
CONTENTS
bull v bull
Series Edior LeaAnn A Osburn
Volume Ediors Elisa C Denja LeaAnn A Osburn
Conribuing Ediors imohy Beck Judih P Halle Laurie Haigh KeenanKaren Lee Singh Donald E Sprague ose Williams Vicki Wine
Hisorical imeline Jayni einhard
Cover Design amp ypography Adam Phillip Velez
Cover Illusraion oman Forum copy BemannCOBISOher Illusraions Phoo Credis appear on pp 431ndash434
CarographyMapping Specialiss
Indexing Michael Hendry
Prooreader Gary Varney
Lain for he New Millennium
Suden ex Level 1
Milena Minkova and erence unberg
copy2008 Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers Inc All righs reserved
Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers Inc
1570 Baskin oadMundelein Illinois 60060 wwwbolchazycom
Prined in Canada2009 byFriesens
ISBN 978-0-86516-560-1mdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashmdashLibrary o Congress Caaloging-in-Publicaion Daa
Minkova Milena Lain or he new millennium suden ex level 1 Milena Minkova anderence unberg p cm Includes bibliographical reerences ISBN 978-0-86516-560-1 (v 1 hardbound alk paper) 1 Lain language--Grammar I unberg erence II ile
PA20875M 562 2008 4782rsquo421--dc22
2008014705
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull ivndashv
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 2054
Contents bull vii
CHAPTER 9 135
eading Sallus ldquoTe Cailinarian ConspiracyrdquoLanguage Facs Fourh Conjugaion Verbs Presen Acive and Passive
ense Presen Acive and Passive Infiniive T ird Declension NeuerNouns Tird Declension I -Sem Nouns
alking Geting Dressed or a Pary
REVIEW 3 CHAPTERS 79912519 149
Considering he Classical Gods ApolloConnecing wih he A ncien World oman AtireExploring oman Governmen Poliics in Greece ome and he Unied
Saes by Josiah Ober Proessor o Classics and Poliical Science SanordUniversiy Sanord Caliornia
Mīrābile Aud īū Phrases and Motoes elaing o Governmen andDemocracy
CHAPTER 10 163
eading Vergil ldquo Te rojan HorserdquoLanguage Facs Tird Conjugaion -iō Verbs Presen Acive and Passive
ense Presen Acive and Passive Infiniive T ird Declension AdjecivesSubsanive Adjecives
alking Te Morning Beore a es
CHAPTER 11 177
eading Vergil ldquoQueen Dido o CarhagerdquoLanguage Facs Imperec Acive a nd Passive ense o All Conjugaions
Imperec ense o Sum and Possum Encliicsalking raveling o School
CHAPTER 12 191eading Livy ldquoMucius ScaevolardquoLanguage Facs Fi rs Second and Tird Person Personal Pronouns Firs
and Second Person Possessive Adjecives Declension o vīsalking Discussing he Weaher
REVIEW 4 CHAPTERS 1099125112 205
Considering he Classical Gods Mercury Connecing wih he Ancien World oman FoodExploring he My h o he rojan Horse Never Look a Gif Horse in
he Mouh by Bonnie A Cato Proessor o Classics Assumpion CollegeWorceser Massachusets
Mīrābile Aud īū Phrases and Quoaions elaing o War and Peace
vi bull L atin for the New Millennium
CHAPTER 4 57
eading Cicero ldquoTe Deserer Wans a ewardrdquoLanguage Facs Second Declension Neuer Nouns Daive Case Firs
and Second Declension -us -a -um Adjecives Agreemen o Nounsand Adjecives
alking Discussing Homework
CHAPTER 5 69
eading Cicero ldquoCicero Wries o ereniardquoLanguage Facs Firs and Second Conjugaion Verbs Presen Passive ense
Presen Passive Infiniive Ablaive o Agen Firs and Second Declension
-er Adjecivesalking Discussing Occupaions
CHAPTER 6 81
eading Caesar ldquoTe DruidsrdquoLanguage Facs Presen ense and Presen Infiniive o Sum and Possum
Complemenary Infi niive ransiive and Inransiive Verbsalking Preparing or a es
REVIEW 2 CHAPTERS 49912516 93
Considering he Classical Gods Nepune Pluo Vesa and CeresConnecing wih he Ancien World oman MarriageExploring oman Famil ies Parens and Children Ten and Now by
Jacqueline Carlon Assisan Proessor o Classics Universiy o Massachusets Boson Massachusets
Mīrābile Audīū Phrases Motoes and Abbreviaions elaing o Lie in heweny-Firs Cenur y
CHAPTER 7 111eading Caullus ldquoMy Girlrsquos SparrowrdquoLanguage Facs Tird Declension Masculine and Feminine Nouns Indirec
Saemen Accusaive and Infiniivealking In he Caeeria
CHAPTER 8 123
eading Nepos ldquoTemisocles Saves he GreeksrdquoLanguage Facs T ird Conjugaion Verbs Presen Acive a nd Passive ense
Presen Acive and Passive Infiniive Ablaives o Manner InsrumenSeparaion Place rom Which Place Where Accusaive o Place o W hich
alking Afer School Aciviies
vindashvii bull Latin for the New Millennium
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 2154
Contents bull ix
CHAPTER 18 301
eading Apuleius ldquoCupid and PsycherdquoLanguage Facs Fuure Perec Aci ve ense o All Conjugaions Fuure
Perec ense o Sum and Possum Fifh Declension Nounsalking Going o he Denis
REVIEW 6 CHAPTERS 1699125118 315
Considering he Classical Gods BacchusConnecing wih he Ancien World Gladiaorial GamesExploring oman Disasers Earh Air Fire and Waer by John E Torburn
Associae Proessor o Classics Baylor Universiy Waco exas
Mīrābile Audīū Quoaions elaing o Atiudes oward and Coping wihMisorunes
CHAPTER 19 331
eading Ammianus ldquoTe HunsrdquoLanguage Facs Perec Passive Pariciple Perec Passive ense o All
Conjugaions eview o Principal Par s o Verbs Demonsraive Pronounand Adjecive Hic
alking Cleaning he House
CHAPTER 20 349
eading Augusine ldquoAn Adolescen TierdquoLanguage Facs Pluperec Passive ense o Al l Conjugaions Perec Acive
and Passive Infini ives Demonsraive Pronoun and Adjecive Illealking Going Shopping
CHAPTER 21 361
eading Boehius ldquoTe Wheel o ForunerdquoLanguage Facs Fuure Perec Passive ense o All Conjugaions Fuure
Acive Pariciple Fuure Acive Infiniivealking A Birhday Pary
REVIEW 7 CHAPTERS 1999125121 375
Considering he Classical Gods VulcanConnecing wih he Ancien World oman EducaionExploring oman Libraries Public Libraries and Teir Books by Keih Dix
Associae Proessor o Classics Universiy o Georgia Ahens GeorgiaMīrābile Audīū Phrases Quoaions and Abbreviaions elaing o
Schools Libraries and Books
viii bull Latin for the New Millennium
CHAPTER 13 219
eading Horace ldquoAn Encouner wih a BoorrdquoLanguage Facs Presen ense Posiive and Negaive Imperaives Firs and
Second Person Personal Pronouns Geniive Case Ti rd Person PossessivePronoun and Adjecive
alking Lae or School
CHAPTER 14 233
eading Ovid ldquoPyramus and TisberdquoLanguage Facs Firs and Second Conjugaion Verbs Fuure Acive and
Passive ense Fuure ense o Sum and Possum elaive Pronouns
elaive Clausesalking Chating on he Inerne
CHAPTER 15 245
eading Seneca ldquoe1047298ecions on Growing OldrdquoLanguage Facs Tird a nd Fourh Conjugaion Verbs Fuure Acive and
Passive ense Inerrogaive Pronouns and Adjecivesalking A rip o he Counry
REVIEW 5 CHAPTERS 1399125115 259
Considering he Classical Gods Minerva Di ana VenusConnecing wih he A ncien World oman Ciies and oadsExploring oman Law Te Jusice Sysem in Ancien ome by James G
Keenan Proessor o Classics Loyola Universiy Chicago Chicago IllinoisMīrābile Audīū Phrases and Quoaions elaing o Legal Maters
CHAPTER 16 273
eading Pliny he Younger ldquoTe Erupion o VesuviusrdquoLanguage Facs Perec ense Verbs Perec Sem Perec Acive ense o
All Conjugaions Perec ense o Sum and Possum Daive o Possessionalking elaxing a he Beach
CHAPTER 17 287
eading acius ldquoTe Fire a omerdquoLanguage Facs Pluperec A cive ense o All Conjugaions Pluperec
ense o Sum and Possum Fourh Declension Masculine Feminine andNeuer Nouns
alking ecovering rom an Acciden
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull viiindashix
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 2254
xndashxi bull Latin for the New Millennium
FOREWORDTe aurea mediocriās o Lain exbooks has arrived No a grammar-ranslaion nor a readingapproach book Lain or he New Millennium is a blend o he bes elemens o boh
Te key o Lain or he New Millennium Level 1 is he emphasis on reading Lain a he begin-ning o each chaper and using conversaional Lain a he end o each chaper or as he auhorsindicae in he Preace lsquoi (Lain) offers you he lingui sic key o he minds ha shaped European
(and hereore American) culu re rom he ime o he omans o he modern scienific revolu-ion In his book you will learn abou he language sep by sep by using irsquo
Te reading passages a he opening o each chaper are ba sed on Lain lieraure and proceedin chronological order rom Plauus o Boehius Each reading is suppored by pre-reading andacing page vocabulary Grammar is inroduced using senences already seen in he reading pas-sage and mīrābile dicū here are pleny o exercises Te Vocabulary o Learn chosen rom headaped reading passage hus conains some Advanced Placemen lieraure-based words and i sreieraed consisenly in he exercises and oher shor reading passages
Somehing no seen in mos Lain exbooks is he conversaional dialogue a he end o eachchaper Tis will pique he sudenrsquos ineres in he Lain version o modern-day aciviies andmee cerain classical language sandards direcly Te auhors Milena Minkova and erenceunberg proessors a he Universiy o Kenucky a Lexingon are he direcors o he hugelypopular Conveniculum Lexinoniense he annual su mmer program ha has been r unning ormore han en years Tey are also on he aculy o he Conveniculum Bosoniense a similarprogram ha draws paricipans o experience conversaional Lain in differen geographical se-ings A he 2007 American Classical Leag ue Insiue a Vanderbil Universiy I paricipaed ina conversaional Lain workshop presened by Minkova and unberg Tough he par icipans
were seasoned Lain eachers mos were experiencing or he firs ime he ried and rue meh-ods hese wo expers were using o inspire us o speak Lain By he end o he workshop wecould converse in amiliar Lain phrases and saw how useul his could be or our own sudensunbergrsquos and Minkovarsquos leadership in hese summer programs made hem uniquely well suiedo design he conversaional dialogues in Lain or he New Millennium and he copious oral ex-ercises ha are conained only in he eacher manual hus al lowing eachers o pick and choose
which exercises bes mee he needs o heir own sudens
Tis book wih is range o offerings wi ll appeal o all ypes o lang uage sudens and will alloweachers o bring he many aces o he oman and pos-oman world ino he classroom How
wonderul i is o see a passage o adaped Plauus in Chaper 2 a prose adapaion o Caullusrsquo passer poem in Chaper 7 o Horacersquos saire on he boor in Chaper 13 and even o aciusrsquo de-scripion o he grea fire in ome in Chaper 17 oman culure is embodied in each o hesepassages hus meeing anoher classical language sandard Accompanying each passage is aquoaion or moto conneced o he passage or chaper
bull xi bullx bull Latin for the New Millennium
APPENDIX A 389
Chronological Lis o he Auhors and Works Sudied
APPENDIX B 391
Addiional Sae Motoes
APPENDIX C 393
Grammaical Forms and Paradigms
APPENDIX D 405
Lain Synax
APPENDIX E 411Hisorical imeline
ENGLISH TO LATIN GLOSSARY 415
LATIN TO ENGLISH GLOSSARY 421
BIBLIOGRAPHY 429
PHOTOGRAPHY CREDITS 431
INDEX 435
LIST OF MAPS
Map o he oman World xxxi iMap o he ravels o Aeneas 187Map o he Ciy o ome 227
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 2354
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull xiindashxiii
PREFACELearning Lain helps you learn English and oher languages beter and perhaps even moreimporanly i offers you he linguisic key o he minds ha shaped European (and hereore
American) culure rom he ime o he omans o he modern scienific revoluion Lain washe language hese people used o express hemselves and o record heir ideas in permanen ormacross so many cenuries In his book you wil l learn abou he language by u sing i sep by sep
CHAPTER COMPONENTS
READING PASSAGES
Each chaper begins wih a eading Passage and noes on he acing page ha will help you un-dersand any linguisic elemens you have no previously seen Tese noes eaure vocabulary
words in an easy o ollow alphabeical l ising providing you he exac meaning needed o un-dersand he reading passage bu no he ull lexical enries a his poin By reading and seeinghese new elemens in heir naural conex ofen you will need no explanaion o undersandhow hey uncion because hey appear w ih words you already know Te eadi ng Passages areadaped rom auhenic works o Lain lieraure and hey are presened in chronological order
As you complee each chaper you will be raci ng he sory o Lain as a lierary language andhe sories o he auhors who used i In addiion you wi ll learn abou oman c ulure over heperiods o ime in which he eaured reading o each chaper was produced
VOCABULARY TO LEARN
Te Vocabulary o Learn repeas some words encounered in he eading Passage or each chap-
er bu in his secion he words are lised by pars o speech i nsead o alphabeically and herehe ull lexical enry is given Tese are words you will need o memorize in order o recognizeand use hem hroughou he remainder o he book In order o aid you in recognizi ng connec-ions beween Lain words and he English words derived rom or relaed o hem a derivaiveexercise ollows each Vocabulary o Learn
LANGUAGE FACTS AND EXERCISES
In he body o each chaper you will fi nd simple explanaions o he Language Facs eaured inhe chaper reading passage along wih many differen exercises ha allow you o use all he in-ormaion you are learning By doing he exercises in each chaper and in he suden workbook
you will no only be reading and wriing Lain yoursquoll be speaking i Some exercises involve oralexchanges wih he eacher and wih oher sudens Because Lain communicaes hough i isa living hing Tereore a person who gains an acive working knowledge in he language along
bull xiii bullxii bull Latin for the New Millennium
All o his said Lain or he New Millennium is suden riendly Sudy ips rhymes and mnemon-ics abound in each chaper and litle secions called ldquoBy he Wayrdquo offer addiional inormaion orhose who always wan o know more
Te uni review secions are ru ly gems Afer hree chapers a Lain review chaper providesno jus he complee lis o Vocabulary o Learn and pleniu l exercises bu ofen anoher pieceo adaped lieraure o read991252snippes o Mari al or Peronius and more
Bu his is no all A secion called ldquoConsidering he Classical Godsrdquo offers high-ineres readingsin boh Engli sh and Lain on he panheon o classical gods A noher secion eniled ldquoConnec-ing wih he Ancien Worldrdquo provides in English addiional i normaion on a paricular aspec ooman lie conained wihin he uni
Capping each review uni is a disincive essay ha e xplores oman and modern opics each writen by a universiy scholar From he Universiy o Massachusets o Sanord Universiyand many places in be ween hese proessors have conribued heir special experise on subjecmater relaed o he chapers I k now o no oher book ha does hi s
Tere are many useu l phoographs and maps appropriaely placed hroughou Te reproduc-ions o fine ar and phoographs o archaeological sies provide a visual learning experience as
well Needless o say here are appendices on g rammar and synax a nd English o Lain andLain o English glossaries wih an added secion on various motoes
Te auhors ediors consulans and pilo eachers have done a superior job o organizing his book or maximum useu lness and effeciveness Tis unique series w ill include he ollowi ngLevel 1 Suden ex Level 1 Suden Workbook Level 1 eacherrsquos Manual and Level 1 Work-
book eacherrsquos Manual Level 2 Suden ex Level 2 Suden Workbook Level 2 eacherrsquosManual and Level 2 Workbook eacherrsquos Manual Many online and elecronic resources willalso accompany his series
Lain for he New Millennium has been houghully designed or and wih he weny-firscenury suden in mind Please join me in heralding he appearance o his unique new series
ha will improve and enhance he sudy o Lain or he weny-firs cenury
P983137983157983148 P983154983151983152983141983154983162983145983151Boson Lain Academy
2008
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 2454
xivndashxv bull Latin for the New Millennium
Preface bull xv
ASPECTS OF ROMAN LIFE
Nex you will find a reading in English on an imporan aspec o oman daily lie Tis sec-ion eniled Connecing wih he Ancien World wil l presen addiional inormaion on a opicencounered in he previous c hapers
EXPLORING ROMAN AND MODERN LIFE
Following he secion on daily lie here will be a shor essay in English ha compares and con-rass some aspec o oman and American lie and illusraes a way in which Lain is a par oour lie oday Each o hese essays has been writen by a universiy scholar wih special experisein his field o sudy
MĪRĀBILE AUDĪTŪEach review chaper concludes wih a l is o Lain quoaions motoes phrases or abbreviaionsused in English Tese sayings relae o one o he uni opics
Te Lain langu age and oman culure have no only inspired wriers hroughou he ages andin1047298uenced modern lie bu have also lef heir presence in ar and archaeology In his volumereproducions o painings drawings sculpure mosaics rescoes and oher ariacs rom an-iquiy hrough he presen abound wih depicions o and reerences o he sories and lives ohe omans Likewise view s o archaeological sies remind us o wha ome and is area o in1047298u-ence was like in ancien imes Te illusraions hroughou he ex suppor he writen word in
visual orm hus offering you a vivid recollecion o he chaper conen
Each auhor o his book has writen differen secions o he exbook bu boh auhors have ben-efied hroughou he composiion o he exbook rom coninuous muual advice and suppor
MM and 2008
Visi wwwl nmbolchazycom o see he elecronic resources ha accompany Lain or he New Millennium
xiv bull Latin for the New Millennium
wih a readi ng abiliy i s more likely o progress quick ly o a deeper undersanding o he lan-guage and he enjoymen o is lieraure I you have an oral aciliy and can wrie in a language
you will no need o be reminded abou orms and grammaical rules so ofen In his book you will acquire ha acive acili y as a basic par o learning he language
CONVERSATIONAL LATIN
oward he end o each chaper here is a Lain dialogue in which a group o modern sudens arehe paricipans Tey discuss in Lain siuaions ofen encounered in our daily li ves In hesedialogues you will find a bridge beween our lives and he houghs o he ancien medieval orrenaissance auhors who wroe in Lain991252a bridge consruced o he same basic language Lain
OTHER FEATURESIn each chaper you will fi nd oher ineresing mater ha will help you learn and enjoy Lain
bull Memorābile Dictū Te firs page o each chaper eaures a amous saying labeled Memorābile Dicū (A Memorable Ting o Say) a Lain phrase so well known ha i has become an ofenrepeaed proverb or quoaion Learning each amous saying wi ll increase your u ndersand-ing no jus o Lain bu o he houghs and ideas ha were i mporan o omans and haveconinued o be an inegral par o modern lie
bull Sudy ips Each chaper conains sayings rhymes mnemonic devices verses or oher in-ormaion ha will help you remember he various hings you are learning
bull By he Way You will see his phrase repeaed hroughou every chaper When you see hislabel you will know ha addiional inormaion is being presened
REVIEW COMPONENTS A he conclusion o every se o hree chapers here is a review conaining various componens
VOCABULARY TO KNOW
Tis is a complee lis o all he Vocabulary o Learn words presened in he hree chapers ar-ranged by pars o speech
EXERCISES
Here you will see many new exercises ha will help you review and reinorce he maerial in hehree preceding chapers In he review exercise secion here is ofen an addiional reading pas-sage o help you undersand more abou Lain lieraure and is heriage oday
CLASSICAL MYTHOLOGY
Tis secion eniled Considering Classical Myhology includes passages on myhology one inEnglish and one in Lain which ell some o he principal sories abou he Greek and omangods Tese sories re1047298ec many o he main hemes seen in lieraure and ar rom classical omodern imes
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 2554
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull xvindashxvii
AUTHORSMILENA MINKOVA
MA and PhD Chrisian and Classical Philology Pon-ifical Salesian Universiy ome Ialy MA and PhDClassics Universiy o Sofia Bulgaria
Associae Proessor o Classics Universiy o KenuckyLexingon Kenucky
Milena Minkova has sudied conduced research andaugh in Bulgaria Swizerland Germany Ialy he
Vaican Ciy and he USA Minkova has auhored hree book monographs Te Personal Names o he Lain In-scripions fom Bulgaria (Peer Lang 2000) Te Proe-an Raio (Peer Lang 2001) and Inroducion o Lain
Prose Composiion (Bolchazy-Carducci 2007 reprin Wimbledon 2001) She has also published numerousaricles on Lain medieval philosophy Lain lieraureLain composiion and Lain pedagogy
TERENCE TUNBERGBA and MA Classics Universiy o Souhern Calior-nia Posgraduae researcher and docoral suden Me-
dieval Sudies Universiy o London England PhDClassical Philology Universiy o orono Canada
Proessor o Classics Universiy o Kenucky Lexing-on Kenucky
erence unberg has augh in Belgium and Canadaas well as in he USA He is a specialis in Lain com-posiion and an exper in he hi sory o he approacheso wriing Lain prose rom aniquiy o early modernimes His works include a n ediion o collecion o Me-dieval Lain speeches commenaries on Lain worksand numerous sudies o he hisory o imiaion in La-in wriing In addiion or more han a decade he hasoffered summer seminars designed o inroduce peopleo he use o spoken Lain
bull xvii bull
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 2654
EDITORS CONSULTANTSAND PILOT TEACHERS
VOLUME EDITORSElisa C DenjaEdior Bolchazy-Carducci PublishersBaker Demonsraion School EmeriaEvanson Illinois
LeaAnn A OsburnEdior Bolchazy-Carducci PublishersBarringon High School EmeriaBarringon Illinois
BOARD OF
CONSULTANTS Virginia A ndersonLain eacherIllinois Virual High SchoolBarringon Middle School EmeriaBarringon Illinois
Jill M CrookerLain eacher
Pitsord-Mendon High School EmeriaPitsord New York
Judih Peller HalletProessor o ClassicsUniversiy o MarylandCollege Park Maryland
Sherwin D Litle1ndash12 Foreign Language Program LeaderIndian Hill High SchoolCincinnai Ohio
Sherrilyn MarinChair Deparmen o Foreign LanguagesKeih Counry Day Schoolockord Illinois
Mary PendergrafProessor o Classical Languages
Wake Fores Universiy Winson-Salem Norh Carolina
John raupman
Proessor o ClassicsS Josephrsquos Universiy EmeriusPhiladelphia Pennsylvania
Cynhia Whie Associae Proessor o ClassicsUniversiy o Arizonaucson Ari zona
ose WilliamsMcMurry College Emeria
Abilene High School Emeria Abilene exas
Donna WrighLain eacherLawrence Norh and Lawrence Cenral High
Schools
Indianapolis Indiana
PILOT TEACHERS Jeremy M WalkerLain eacherCrown Poin High SchoolCrown Poin Indiana
Laneta WarrenburgLain eacherElgin High SchoolElgin Illinois
bull xix bullxviii bull Latin for the New Millennium
JOINT PUBLICATIONS BY THE AUTHORSMinkova and unberg have coauhored he ollowing books Readings and Exercises in Lain
Prose Composiion (Focus 2004) Reading Livyrsquos Rome Selecions fom Livy Books IndashVI (Bol-chazy-Carducci 2 005) Maer Anserina Poems in Lain or Children (Focus 2006) Tey are hedirecors o he Insiue or Lain Sud ies a he Universiy o Kenucky in which sudens sudyhe hisory o Lain rom ancien o modern imes and ake par in seminars in which Lai n is he
working language o all ac iviies Boh Minkova and unberg are eleced ellows o he ome- based Academia Lainiai Fovendae he primary learned sociey devoed o he preservaion andpromoion o he use o Lain
xviiindashxix bull Latin for the New Millennium
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 2754
Editors Consultants and Pilot Teachers bull xxi
SHERWIN LITTLE
BA Universiy o Cincinnai M A Universiy o Colorado
Sherwin Litle has augh Lain rom sixh g rade hrough Lain AP a Indian Hill Exemped Vil-lage School Disric since 1983 Sherwin has received an Ovaio rom CAMWS as well as heCAMWS Good eacher Award and he Hildesheim Vase Award rom he Ohio Classical Coner-ence in 1986 and 2007 Sherwin holds Naional Board Cerificaion in World Languages Oherhan English and has been boh Vice Presiden and Presiden o he American Classical Leag ue
SHERRILYN MARTIN
BA Wilson College MA PhD Universiy o Cincinnai
Sherrilyn Marin was named Illinois Lain eacher o he Year in 1993 was a recipien o heL Governorrsquos Award or Foreign Language eaching in 2001 and was named a Claes Nobeleacher o Disincion in 2 007 She is a pas presiden o he Illinois Classical Conerence and isacive in he ockord Sociey o he A rchaeological Insiue o America Sherri lyn spen a yearin independen sudy a he Universiy o Tessaloniki Greece
MARY PENDERGRAFT
AB PhD Universiy o Norh Carolina Chapel Hill
Afer eaching a UNC-Greensboro and D uke Universiy Mary Pendergraf began eachingclassics ul l-ime a Wake Fores Mary is a ormer Presiden o he Norh Carolina Classical A s-sociaion and paricipaed in he ocus group ha w roe he Norh Carolina Sandard Course oSudy or Lain
JOHN TRAUPMAN
BA Moravian College MA PhD Pr inceon Universiy
John raupman is proessor emerius rom S Josephrsquos Universiy i n Phil adelphia where heaugh or hiry-eigh years A mong his many awards John received he Disinguished eaching
Award rom S Josephrsquos Universiy in 1982 a cerificae o appreciaion rom he PennsylvaniaDeparmen o Educaion in 1990 and he Special Award rom he Classical Associaion o he
Alanic Saes in 1996 John raupman is especially well-known as he auhor oConversaional Lain and Te New College Lain and English Dicionary
CYNTHIA WHITE
BA Chesnu Hill College MA Villanova Universiy PhD Caholic Universiy o America
Cynhia Whie is he Direcor o he Undergraduae Lain Program and supervises eacherraining and Kndash12 Lain eacher Cerificaion a he Universiy o Arizona She regularlyeaches a he Isiuo Inernazionale di Sudi Classici di Orvieo he Classics Deparmenrsquos Sudy
Abroad Program in Orvi eo Ialy and has sudied i n ome wih he Papal Lai nis eg inaldFoser ODC
xx bull Latin for the New Millennium
VOLUME EDITORSELISA C DENJA
BA Marygrove College Deroi Michigan MA Columbia Universiy MA Loyola UniversiyChicago
Elisa Denja augh Lain a Norh Chicago High School and Baker Demonsraion School inEvanson Illinois or many years while concurrenly eaching classical myhology a LoyolaUniversiy o Chicago and in he g ifed-disance learning program a Norhwesern UniversiyElisa was awarded he Illinois Lain eacher o he Year award in 1992 and he Illinois Lieime
Achievemen Award in 2007
LEAANN A OSBURNBA Monmouh College Illinois MA Loyola Universiy Chicago
While eaching Lain or many years a Barringon High School in Barringon Illinois LeaA nnserved as boh vice-presiden and presiden o he Illinois Classical Conerence LeaAn n receivedhe Illinois La in eacher o he Year award in 1989 he Illinois L Governorrsquos Award in 1990and he Classical Associaion o he Middle Wes and Souh Good eacher Award in 1996
BOARD OF CONSULTANTSVIRGINIA ANDERSON
BA Loyola Universiy Chicago MA S Xavier Universiy
Virginia Anderson augh Lain or hi ry years i n privae and public hi gh schools and middleschools in he Chicagoland area In 1999 she was awarded he L Governorrsquos Award or Enhance-men o he eaching Proession and in 2003 was named Il linois Lain eacher o he Year
JILL M CROOKER
BA Universiy o Illi nois MSEd Nazareh College o ocheser New York Jill Crooker augh Lain or many years a Pitsord-Mendon High School in Pitsord New YorkShe has served as he College Board Advisor o he A P Lain es Developmen Commitee andin 1996 received he Moron E Spillenger Award or Disingui shed Leadership o he Classical
Associaion o he Empire Sae In 2003 she received he ACL Meria Award and i n 2006 a nOvaio rom he Classical A ssociaion o he Alanic Saes
JUDITH PELLER HALLETT
BA Wellesley MA PhD Harvard Universiy
In addiion o sudying a he A merican Academy in ome he Insiue o Classical Sudies inLondon and he Universiy o Maasrich in Holland Judih Hallet is a ormer presiden o heClassical Associaion o he Alanic Saes and Vice-Presiden or Oureach o he AmericanPhilological Associaion She was named a Disinguished Scholar-eacher in 1992 by he Uni-
versiy o Maryland
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull xxndashxxi
TEACHER NOTES
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 2854
xxii bull Latin for the New Millennium
xxii bull L atin for the New Millennium
ROSE WILLIAMS
BA Baylor Universiy MA Universiy o Norh Carolina Chapel Hill
In addiion o posgraduae work in Lain and Humaniies a he Universiy o Dallas and heUniversiy o exas a Arlingon on a ockeeller Gran ose Williams did research a he Bodle-ian Library Ox ord Universiy in England and a he Universiy o Pisa She augh Lain or overhiry years a boh high school and uni versiy levels in exas and now is he auhor o more hanen books abou he Classics
DONNA WRIGHT
BA MA Ball Sae Universiy
Afer eaching Lain a Carmel High School Donna Wrigh currenly eaches a boh LawrenceNorh and Lawrence Cenral High Schools in Indianapolis Indiana She has been an acivemember o he Indiana Classical Conerence being named Creaive Lain eacher o he Year in1976 She has also been acive i n he American Classical League sponsoring a JCL chaper andleading Ialy rips or nearly weny years Donna also served as an offi cer speaker and boardmember o Pompeiiana Inc
PILOT TEACHERS JEREMY M WALKER
AB Wabash College MA Indiana Universiy
Jeremy Walker has augh Lain a Crown Poin High School in Crown Poin Indiana since1995 He has served as he Co-Chair o he Indiana Junior Classical League and Membershipand Public elaions Chair o he Naional Junior Classical League In addiion o sudying inIaly a he Inercollegiae Cener or Classical Sudies and in Greece a he American School orClassical Sudies he was presiden o he Indiana Classical Conerence In 2003 Jeremy was rec-ognized as he Lain eacher o he Year in Indiana and in 2004 was recognized by he Indiana
Sae eachers Associaion as a orch o K nowledge ecipien
LANETTA WARRENBURG
BA Indiana Universiy MA Indiana Universiy-Purdue Universiy Indianapolis
Laneta Warrenburg has augh high school English and Lain or hiry-hree years a schoolsin Indiana and Illinois Her las weny-our years o eaching Lain were a Elgin High Schoolin Elgin Illinois While eaching Lain here she served as he Illinois Classical Conerencechairperson or Chicago Classics Day as co-chair or he Illinois Ceramen League since 1993and as sae chair or he Il linois Junior Classical L eague rom 1999ndash2001 Laneta was honoredas he Illi nois Lain eacher o he Year in 2001 and was presiden o he Chicago Classical Clubrom 2005ndash2007
INTRODUCTION
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 2954
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull xxiii
INTRODUCTIONALPHABETTe Lain alphabe was derived rom he Eruscan alphabe some ime beore he sevenh cen-ury 983138983139983141 Te Eruscans were a people in pre-oman Ialy
Teir alphabe owes much o he Greek alphabe In urn he Greek alphabe was derived romhe Phoenician alphabe Phoenician raders had spread heir sysem o wriing h roughou he
Medierranean region Te Phoenician alphabe isel can be raced o he Norh Semiic alpha- be which was used in Syria and Palesine as early as he elevenh cenury 983138983139983141 and is consideredo be he earlies ully developed alphabeic wriing sysem
An Eruscan couple reclining on a funeral sarcophagus
bull xxiii bull
Sandard41
EDITORrsquoS NOTE
Te comprehension quesions and answers as well as some o he eaching ips and eacher by he Way noa-ions in his eacher manual were writen by Elisa C Denja LeaAnn A Osburn Karen Lee Singh and DonaldE Sprague classics ediorseducaors a Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers
HOW TO USE THIS BOOK
Please noe ha he perinen naional Classics sandards are lised in he margin o he lef or righ on he samepage as he reproducion o he suden ex
Eisemann Communicaion assised in preparing he correlaions o Lain o r he New Mil lennium wih he
naional sandards For an overview o he sandards hemselves and he correlaions please consul www bolchazyl nmcom
TEACHING TIP
Te eacher may choose o use he picure o he Eruscan couple on his page and he brie meniono he Eruscan alphabe o open a discussion on wha role he Eruscans played in early omanimes Sudens may be direced o p xxx ii o find Eruria on he map
TEACHING TIPTe eacher may wish o discuss wih he sudens he erm ldquoomance languagesrdquo Many modernlanguages come rom he language used by he ancien omans French Ialian Poruguese Span-ish omanian ec omansch (spoken by he descendans o he aeians and one o he our o-ficial languages o Swizerland) is also derived rom Lain
TEACHER BY THE WAYBased on archeological evidence i appears ha Eruscan women were an imporan par o hesocial srucure Ofen he names o boh moher and aher were placed on unerary inscripionsTe reedom o women wihin sociey is likewise apparen on monumens where hey can be seenreclining wih heir husbands on he same couch atending games and having a place o honor in heomb isel Noice he affecionae pose o he couple in he illusraion on p xxiii Clearly marriedlove was valued in Eruscan sociey and amily lie was imporan
ombs also provide evidence or he syle o Eruscan homes Some o hese eaures were borrowed by heomans especially he cenral hall and hree rooms a he back Tis ype o house was known a Pompeii as well as a ome ac cording o Viru vius auhor o Dē archiecūrā
TEACHING TIP
Te eacher may wish o have sudens read an English ranslaion o Livyrsquos radiional accouno anaquil wie o arquinius Priscus he fifh king o ome Te independence o Eruscan women is ev iden in hi s ale He r behavior is he ani hesis o he ideas o woma nly dec orum hel d by he omans
TEACHING TIPS d ill j i i h E li h ldquo lph b rdquo pl i h E li h l t ih h
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 3054
xxiv bull Latin for the New Millennium
xxiv bull Latin for the New Millennium
Look a he English alphabe in he lef column and a he Lain alphabe in he righ one TeLain alphabe is accompanied by he names o he Lain leters (in parenheses)
English Alphabe Lain Alphabe
Uppercase Lowercase Uppercase Lowercase Leter Name
A a A a (a ldquoăhrdquo)
B b B b (be ldquobayrdquo)
C c C c (ce ldquocayrdquo)
D d D d (de ldquodayrdquo)
E e E e (e ldquoĕhrdquo)
F F (e)
G g G g (ge ldquogayrdquo)H h H h (ha ldquohahrdquo)
I i I i (i ldquoeerdquo)
J j
K k K k (ka ldquokahrdquo)
L l L l (el)
M m M m (em)
N n N n (en)
O o O o (o ldquoŏhrdquo)
P p P p (pe ldquopayrdquo)
Q q Q q (qu ldquokoordquo)
r r (er)
S s S s (es)
(e ldquoayrdquo)
U u U u (u ldquooordquo)
V v V v (u consonan)
W w
X x X x (ix ldquoeexrdquo)
Y y Y y (upsilon)
Z z Z z (zea ldquodzayardquo)
Te English alphabe is derived direcly rom he Lain alphabe Tis accouns or he greasimilariies b eween he wo alphabes Tere are 26 leters in he English alphabe and 24 in heLain Te differences are he ollowing
bull Te leter W w (which is he doubled leter v) is missing in he Lain alphabe
bull Te leter J j is a more recen invenion In ac i appears in Lain exs writen during heMiddle Ages and he enaissance as well as i n many modern ediions o ancien Lain exsI is used o indicae he semi-vowel i someimes called consonanal i Te consonanal i is
Sudens will enjoy singing he English alphabe song replacing he English leter names wih heLain leter names Sudens may be insruced o clap once where here is no Lain leter name (egldquoJrdquo) equivalen o he English one
TEACHING TIPTe eacher may choose o display any Lain words (a lis is provided below or he eacherrsquos conve-nience) and insruc he sudens o spell ou he word using he Lain leter names Te sudensmay become curious o know wha he Lain words mean Definiions are given below
bull pars ndash par
bull nox ndash nigh
bull ruber ndash red
bull ēgī ndash I have done
bull amilia ndash amily
bull carō ndash 1047298esh
bull dēcernō ndash I decide
bull herba ndash plan
bull Kalendae ndash Kalends (firs day o he monh)
bull quoque ndash also
bull imor ndash ear
bull Pȳhia ndash Pyhia (name o Apollorsquos priesess)
bull iēcī ndash I hrew
bull ēlīx - happy bull ignis ndash fire
bull mūō ndash I change
COMPREHENSION QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS FOR PAGES XXIII991251XXVeproducible versions o he quesions alone are available a wwwlnm bolchazycom
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 3154
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull xxv
Introduction bull xxv
he i a he beginning o a word beore a vowel or i beween wo vowels According o hismehod or example Iūlius is writen Jūlius and Āiax is writen Ājax In his book he leter J j will no be used
bull Te disincion beween he vowel U u and he consonan V v also belongs o laer imesIniially here was only one leter V u used boh or he vowel and he consonan eg Vrbs ldquoTe Ciyrdquo (ie ome) or uicor ldquohe winnerrdquo
bull However in accord wih he prevail ing pracice o expressing he vowel wih U u and heconsonan wih V v in his book he wo leters will be disingui shed
PRONUNCIATION OF LATIN
VOWELSTere are six vowels in Lain and heir pronunciaion is as ollows
Long Vowel Sound Shor Vowel Sound
ā is pronounced as in ldquoaherrdquo ōrāor ldquooraorrdquo a is pronounced as in ldquoalikerdquo amō ldquoloverdquo
ē is pronounced like he a in ldquoraverdquo nēmō ldquonobodyrdquo e is pronounced as in ldquoperdquo bene ldquowellrdquo
ī is pronounced like he double e in ldquoseenrdquo līmes ldquoboundaryrdquo
i is pronounced as in ldquopirdquo nihil ldquonohingrdquo
ō is pronounced as in ldquosoverdquo videō ldquo(I) seerdquo o is pronounced as in ldquoofenrdquorosa ldquoroserdquo
ū is pronounced as in ldquomoonrdquo ūnus ldquoonerdquo u is pronounced as in ldquopurdquo um ldquohenrdquo
ӯ comes rom Greek and is pronounced in lenghsomewhere beween he i in ldquohirdquo and he u in ldquomuerdquo Pӯramus ldquoPyramusrdquo
y comes rom Greek Is sound wheher long or shorlies in beween he sounds o i and u much as in heFrench ldquosucircrrdquo bu he sound o shor y is less drawn ouhan ha o long y lyricus ldquolyricalrdquo
Te Lain words senātus rēgēsulla gentēs and prīmus are
engraved on his sone
Sign from Pompeii carved on sone wih Lain leters
p q
1 race he roos o he Lain alphabe rom is beginnings orward
Norh-Semiic alphabe elevenh cenury 983138983139983141 Phoenician alphabe Greek alphabe Erusca n alphabeLain alphabe
2 Which wo leters in he English alphabe are no ound in he Lain alphabe
W and J
3 When does he leter J begin o appear in Lain
During he Middle Ages and he enaissa nce
4 Look a he Lain inscripion on he sign rom Pompeii (on he righ o p xxv) Find a leas hree Lain words Lis an Engl ish word you believe is based on he La in word
colonia 991252 colonial colony honoris 991252 honorspecacula 991252 specacular specacle perpevom 991252 perpeual perpeuiy duovir 991252 virile virili
Sandards12 41
TEACHING TIPSudens may wan o know he English meanings o he Lain words in Exercises 1 and 2 Te defini-
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 3254
xxvi bull Latin for the New Millennium
xxvi bull L atin for the New Millennium
BY THE WAY
Everywhere in his book long vowels are indicaed by macrons ie ā ē ī ō ū ӯ whileabove he shor vowels here are no signs Someimes wo words differ rom each oheronly in he lengh o he vowel For example mālum wih a longa means ldquoapplerdquo whilemalum wih a shor a means ldquobad hingrdquo
EXERCISE 1epea hese words aloud afer your eacher pronounces hem
1 a lō 7 lēnis 13 probō 19 sūor2 alumnus 8 sēdēs 14 noa 20 ūsus3 rāna 9 i er 15 pōnō 21 syllaba4 rādō 10 imeō 16 dōnum 22 Pӯrēnē5 eneō 11 nīor 17 ululō6 peō 12 mīrus 18 lupus
DIPHTHONGSDiphhongs are wo vowels combined in one syllable and pronounced ogeher as one soundTere are six diphhongs in Lain
bull ae much like he y in ldquoskyrdquo laevus ldquo lefrdquo
bull au pronounced as ou in ldquoourrdquo aurum ldquo goldrdquo
bull ei pronounced as ei in ldquoeignrdquo oiei ldquoalasrdquo
bull eu pronounced eoo much as i in he wo words ldquogrey bluerdquo you were o subrac he ldquogr-rdquo andhe ldquobl-rdquo and combine he wo vowel sounds Eurōpa ldquoEuroperdquo
bull oe pronounced as oy in ldquoboyrdquo proelium ldquo batlerdquo
bull ui pronounced nearly like ldquowerdquohui ldquoohrdquo
I is believed ha quie early sill in ancien imes he diphhongs ae and oe began o be pro-nounced as e I you encouner hem writen aē or aeuml and oē or oeuml his means ha hey are nodiphhongs and he leters should be pronounced separaely āēr poēa
Te diphhongs are always long
EXERCISE 2epea hese words afer your eacher pronounces hem
1 aesās 7 s eu 13 aēneus2 a equō 8 m oenia 14 poēma3 raeda 9 neu 15 hei4 l audō 10 poena 16 huic5 a u 11 neuer6 aula 12 Poenus
Sudens may wan o know he English meanings o he Lain words in Exercises 1 and 2 Te definiions are provided or he eacherrsquos convenience
EXERCISE 11 I nourish 12 wonderul
2 suden 13 I approve
3 rog 14 noe
4 I scrape 15 I pu
5 I hold 16 gif6 I seek 17 I howl
7 smooh 18 wol
8 sea 19 shoemaker
9 journey 20 use
10 I ear 21 sylla ble
11 I srive 22 Pȳrene (a name)
EXERCISE 21 summer
2 I make level
3 carriage
4 I praise5 or
6 orecour
7 or i
8 walls
9 and no
10 penaly
11 neiher
12 Carhaginian
13 bronze
14 poem
15 ah
16 o his
TEACHER BY THE WAYHisorical evidence can be cied or reading he firs syllable o ldquomāgnusrdquo as naurally long bu oher
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 3354
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull xxvii
Introduction bull xxvii
CONSONANTSbull c is pronounced as in ldquocomerdquo clārus ldquobrighrdquo censeō ldquo(I) deemrdquo cārus ldquodearrdquo
bull When b is ollowed by s as in urbs ldquociyrdquo he sound o b approaches ha o p a sound wemigh represen as urps
bull g is pronounced as in ldquogerdquo gaudiumldquojoyrdquo gignō ldquo(I) bege (I) bearrdquo grāialdquoavor agreeablenessrdquo
bull Some hink ha he omans o Cicerorsquos ime (firs cenury 983138983139983141) pronounced he wo conso-nans ng as ngn or example he adjecive māgnus ldquogreardquo would have been pronounced in a
way ha we migh represen asmangnus
bull k is a very rare consonan In ac i appears only in wo words Kalendae ldquohe firs day oevery monh in he oman calendarrdquo and in he personal name Kaeso
bull q appears always in combinaion wih u and he combinaion qu is pronounced as in ldquoqueenrdquoquatuor ldquoourrdquo
bull v has a sound similar o w (as in he word ldquowierdquo) videō ldquo I seerdquo
bull Te consonanu in he combinaion su sounds like he English w in he ollowing our wordssuēscō ldquo(I) become accusomedrdquoSuēvī a name o a German ribe suādeō ldquo(I) adviserdquo suāvis ldquosweerdquo
bull Te leter r is rilled slighly Te sound has no exac equivalen in English bu is heard inmany oher European languages Te bes way o make his sound is o pronounce r as inldquoroperdquo bu vibrae he end o he ongue slighly as you say i
bull x is a double consonan (equivalen ocs or gs) ha sounds much like he x in ldquosixrdquo
bull z is a noher double consonan (equivalen o dz) and sounds almos like z in ldquozebrardquo I be-gins wih a sligh d sound firs so in pronouncing his leter you should hear dz
bull ph sounds like p in ldquopenrdquo bu wih he addiion o a sligh breah o air represened by he hth sounds like t as in ldquo omrdquo bu wih he addiion o a sligh ex ra breahing represened byhe h ch sounds nearly like he combinaion kh Tese consonans are borrowed rom Greek
and appear in Greek words zephyrus ldquowesern breezerdquo chorus ldquochorusrdquo heārum ldquoheaerrdquo When p and t are no accompanied by h his sligh aspiraion is absen
bull When consonans are doubled as in he verbaggredior he consonanal sound is lenghenedslighly
EXERCISE 3epea hese words afer your eacher pronounces hem
1 cibus 7 glōria 13 phasēlus2 capiō 8 Zeus 14 chara3 cumulus 9 bibliohēca 15 cēlō4 crēscō 10 phi losophia 16 anīquus5 gemma 11 zōna6 Gallus 12 heōrēma
g y g y gevidence suggess i is naurally shor Tus in some grammar books such as he one by Gildersleeveand Lodge we find his syllable marked as long bu in oher books i is reaed as shor
TEACHING TIPTe sudens may also wish o find ou he meanings o he Lain words in Exercise 3 Te definiionsare provided or he eacherrsquos convenience
EXERCISE 3
1 ood2 I ake
3 a heap
4 I grow
5 bud jewel
6 a Gaul
7 glory
8 Zeus
9 library
10 philosophy
11 a girdle
12 heory
13 kidney bean
14 paper
15 I hide
16 old
TEACHING TIPTe eacher may wish o provide he sudens wih some pracice on syllables and sress accen Here
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 3454
xxviii bull Latin for the New Millennium
xxviii bull Latin for the New Millennium
ACCENT A Lain word is made up no jus o leters bu also o syllables A Lain word has as many syllablesas i has vowels or diphhongs (a diphhong works like a single vowel since i is made up o wo
vowels pronounced ogeher [see diphhongs above])
You will need o know he ollowing erms when learning abou accen
bull ulima he las syllable in a word
bull penul he second-o-las syllable in a word
bull anepenul he hird-o-las syllable in a word
So in he word ze- ph y-r us he vowel u is he ulima y is he penul and e is he anepenul
RULES ABOUT THE STRESS ACCENT IN LATIN1 Te sress accen in Lain alls on eiher he penul or he anepenul
2 Te accen alls on he penul i he penul is long I he penul is shor he accen alls onhe anepenul
3 How o deermine wheher he penul is long or shor
a I he penul conains a long vowel (or any diphhong) he penul isel is long You o-en need o learn wheher he vowel in he penul is long or shor as a basic elemen inlearning a new word A macron above he vowel will ell you ha he vowel is long whi lehe absence o a macron wil l indicae a shor vowel Pronouncing he word can help youremember he vowel lenghs For ex ample vi-de-ō ldquoI seerdquo is pronounced viacutedeō whileau-rō-ra ldquodawnrdquo is pronounced aurōacutera and po-pu-lus ldquopeoplerdquo is pronounced po pulus
b I he vowel in he penul is ollowed by wo or more consonans he penul is long no
mater wheher he vowel in he penul is long or shor and he accen necessarily allson he penul For example do-cu-men-um ldquodocumenrdquo is pronounced documenacuteum
BY THE WAYTe consonan x is double (cs or gs) and couns as wo consonans when deermining
wheher he penul is long
c Tere is one excepion o lsquobrsquo above Someimes even when here are wo consonans be-ween he penul and he ulima hey sill do no deermine ha he penul is long Tishappens when he wo consonans are a mue and a liquid
Te mues are p b d t g c
Te liquids are l r
So in he word pal-pe-bra ldquoeyelidrdquo he anepenul is accened ( palacutepebra) he vowel o he pe-nul is shor since i i s ollowed by a mue and a l iquid O course ru le lsquoarsquo sill applies in he wordhe-ā-trum ldquoheaerrdquo he penul is accened (heāacuterum) since i is naurally long somehing welearn rom he macron
y p p yare some examples wih he answers included or he eacherrsquos convenience
Underline he ulima in each word
1 legō
2 rēgis
3 imperāor
Underline he penul in each word
1 causa
2 pūnīum3 armāus
Underline he anepenul in each word
1 vulnerō
2 eigī
3 sublāum
Underline he penul i i is long
1 pōnō
2 spēlunca
3 pauperis
Underline he syllable ha will receive he sress accen in each word1 ōrāculum
2 peīum
3 cōnsania
4 exsīncum
5 vulneris
6 solius
TEACHING TIPGiven he passage abou he bahhouse on his page and he picure rom Bah England he
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 3554
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull xxix
EXERCISE 4epea each senence aloud afer your eacher reads i Pay atenion o he pronunciaion andsress accen o each word
Wha i is Like o Live Over a Bahhouse
(Adaped rom Seneca Moral Leter 56)
Ecce undique clāmor sona Suprā ipsum balneum habiō Prōpōne nunc ibi omnia genera vōcumodiōsa Foriōrēs exercenur e manūs plumbō gravēs iacan cum au labōran au labōranemimianur Gemiūs audiō quoiēns spīrium remīsērun Sun quoque ūncōrēs e racāōrēs
Audiō crepium manuum umerōs erienium sonus quoque icuum mūāur nunc enim manusperveni plāna nunc concava Audiō clāmōrēs sī ūr es i n balneō dēprehēnsus
Look here is noise sounding all around I live above he bahhouse isel Imagine o yourselnow all he haeul ypes o voices Te sronger ones exercise hemselves and swing heir ha ndsloaded wih lead weighs while hey work ou991252or imiae a person working ou I hear moansevery ime hey le go a ltpen-upgt breah Tere are also anoiners and masseurs I hear he slapo hands hiting shoulders and he sound o he blows changes or someimes he hands come1047298a someimes cupped I hear shouing i a hie is caugh in he bahhouse
A pool from inside he Roman Bahs in Bah England
Introduction bull xxix
eacher may wish o open a discussion abou bahs during oman i mes Te use o he calidārium fīgid ārium epidārium and sūdārium may be explained by he eacher and sudens may be en-couraged o learn andor pronounce hese words
TEACHER BY THE WAYBahs were ofen consruced on locaions having ho or mineral springs such as Bah in Englandand Bāiae a resor own on he Bay o Naples
Modern Bah in oman imes was named afer he Celic goddess o healing Sulis In he firscenury her shrine was aken over by he omans and she was idenified wih he goddess Minerva
Te sie was hen known as Aquae Sulis Mine rva In a emple relie she is represened wih a Medusa-like head and a musache
Te spa conained a grea bah (73 f by 29 f) and hree oher swimming pools he calidārium (ho bah)epidārium (warm bah) and fīgidār ium (cold bah) In he second cenury he spring was enclosed wihin a wooden barrel-vau led build ing ha housed hese hree pools Ho ai r bahs were ueled by coal fires A con-san 1047298ow o waer was direced o he pools hrough lead pipes which sill uncion oday
Archeologica l excavaions have revealed ma ny sacred voive offerings c urse ables and innumerable coinsa he botom o he springs Te curse ables writen in Lain heaped curses on anyone suspeced o wrong-doing Te ancien radiion o hrowing coins accompanied by a wish sill prevails oday in ome a he reviFounain where ourissvisiors do he same
More inormaion on bah complexes in ome can be ound on p 386 o his eacherrsquos manual
Sandards22 31
32 41 42
TEACHING TIPTe eacher may wish o insruc he sudens o find he iber iver which is picured here on he
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 3654
xxx bull Latin for the New Millennium
xxx bull Latin for the New Millennium
OVERVIEW OF ROMAN HISTORY According o legend omulus and his win broher emus were se adrif on he iber iver Ashe-wol nursed he boys unil a shepherd rescued hem Upon reaching manhood in 753 983138983139983141he wins ounded a new ciy near he place w here hey had been ound by he she-wol on he
basis o anaugusō auguriō ldquoa avorable sighing o birdsrdquo Bu omulus killed emus in a dispueover who would rule he new ciy and became is firs king
Six oher kings ruled afer omulus Numa Pompilius ullus Hosilius Ancus Marius ar-quinius Prisc us Servius ullius a nd arquinius Superbus (arquin he Proud) Afer he las ohese seven kings was overhrown in 509 983138983139983141 ome became a republic wih a represenaiveorm o governmen headed by wo consuls eleced an nually By 451 983138983139983141 he fi rs corpus o o-man law known as he welve ables was creaed
In he las cenury 983138983139983141 he oman epublic was shaken apar by a series o civil wars By31 983138983139983141 an auocraic regime headed earlier by Julius Caesar and laer by his grea-nephew Oc-avian brough he epublic o an end Te years rom 27 983138983139983141991252when Ocavian assumed heile o prīnceps ldquochie ciizenrdquo as well as he name Augu sus991252o around 180 983139983141 are known ashe early principae or empire During his era ome exended her boundaries o he BriishIsles in he norh Norh Arica in he souh Spain in he wes and he igris and Euphraesrivers in he eas
A view of he iber River as i 1047298ows hrough he ciy of Rome
map on p xxxii
COMPREHENSION QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS FOR PAGE XXX991251XXXI
eproducible versions o he quesions alone are available a wwwlnm bolchazycom
1 Who were he legendary ounders o ome
omulus and emus
2 According o legend in wha year was ome ounded
753 983138983139983141
3 Over he course o he monarchic period how many kings ruled ome
Seven
4 Wha even occurred in 509 983138983139983141
Te beginni ng o he oman epublic (wih wo consuls in charge)
5 Wha is he erm associaed wih he wo leaders o he epublic
Consul
6 Which wo leaders oversaw omersquos shif rom a republic o a principae
Julius Caesar and OcavianAugusu s
7 Wha major aciviy associaed wih empire-building ook place during he principae
erriorial expansion
8 Name wo developmens ha characerized he lae empire
Severe economic problems inernal poliical unres andor requen invasion by he Germanic ribes
9 Describe Diocleianrsquos response o he roubles o he empire
Diocleian divided he empire ino wo halves he Easern and Wesern empires in order o make ruli nghe empire more manageable
10 Explai n he origin o he erm ldquovandalismrdquo
Te fifh cenury invasion and pillag ing o ome by he ribe known as he Vandals who occupied he o-man province o Norh Arica led o he erm ldquovandalismrdquo meaning wanon desrucion
11 Describe Lainrsquos role in he cenuries afer 476 983139983141
Lain 1047298ourished as he major lierary language in he Wesern oman Empire and was spread o non-omanized places like Ireland Scandinavia and he New World
TEACHING TIP
Te eacher may ask he sudens o find he daes menioned on his page in he imeline on pp411ndash414
Sandards21 31 32
TEACHING TIPTe eacher may insruc he sudens o locae ByzaniumConsaninople discussed here in he
d h h ii
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 3754
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull xxxi
Introduction bull xxxi
From 180 983139983141 onwards in he period k nown as he lae empire he oman sae experiencedsevere economic problems and requen invasions by Germanic ri bes esponding o he pres-sure o he firs wave o migraions as well as inernal poliical u nres and economic diffi culieshe emperor Diocleian (ruled 284ndash305 983139983141) had already divided he oman Empire ino anEasern and Wesern hal each under is own emperor991252an atemp o make he vas omansae more manageable
Tis poliical division o he empire acually mirrored a culural division oo he main lan-guage o he Wes was Lain while he main language o he Eas was Greek Shorly aferwardshe emperor Consanine (ruled 312ndash337 983139983141) esablished a new capial or he Easern empirea Byzanium wh ich he renamed Consaninople (ldquohe ciy o Consaninerdquo oday called Isan-
bul) Bu even afer his reorganizaion he imperial governmen ulimaely proved incapable o
semming he ide o he migraions in par because he oman army was oo widely e xendedand could no be in so many places a once Indeed many o he invaders were given he sauso oederāī or ldquoreay roopsrdquo In effec hey were a llowed o occupy segmens o he empire inreurn or proecing i So when Alar ic King o he Visigohs sacked ome in 410 983139983141 he acual lyhad a ile as a commander in he oman army
ome was sacked again in 455 983139983141 by he Vandals who had already occupied he omanprovince o Norh Arica Te pillaging o he ciy o omulus by he invaders made a pro-ound impression on conemporaries and o his day he erm ldquovandalismrdquo is a word in severallanguages or wanon desrucion While he Easern empire (always more sable and eco-nomically prosperous han he Wes) coninued o exis unil 1453 983139983141 he Wesern empire
was ex inc as a poliica l eniy by 476 983139983141 In is place were Germa nic k ingdoms and ribes Angles and Saxons in Briai n Visigohs in Spain Osrogohs in Ialy Franks and Burgundi ansin Gaul991252o name only he major groups Te combinaion o hese new socieies wih heprevious inhabians who had been omanized o varying degrees would one day provide he
basis or he culures o modern Europe
Bu he end o he ancien oman Empire in he Wes was no he end o Lain On he con-rary during he nex 1200 years Lain no only 1047298ourished as he major lierary language in he
erriories o he ormer Wesern oman Empire he use o Lain was exended o regions heomans had never occupied including Ireland Scandinavi a and even he New World
BEGINNINGS OF LATIN LITERATURE Very ew complee works o Lain lieraure produced beore he mid-second cenury 983138983139983141 (ie beore 150 983138983139983141) have survived One reason or his loss was he remendous populariy o he works produced in he ollowing cenury by such auhors as Cicero Vergil and Ovid Teir wri-ings were so widely read and copied in subsequen cenuries ha he auhors preceding hem
were gradually negleced
Among he major figures o early Lain lieraure was a reed slave rom he Greek ciy o aren-um named Livius Andronicus who li ved rom 284ndash204 983138983139983141 He was known or his adapaionso Greek drama or oman audiences and his ranslaion o Homerrsquos Odyssey ino Lain verse
second paragraph on he map on p xxxii
TEACHING TIPTe eacher may ask he sudens o find he daes menioned on his page in he imeline on pp413ndash414
HOW TO USE THIS BOOK AND ITS ANCILLARIES
wo ancillaries are available or use wih his book Te Original Dysuncional Family (abbreviaed ODF)and From Romulus o Romulus Augusulus (abbreviaed R) R will be paricularly useul in order ohelp sudens keep he ime periods o he auhors and o he evens he auhors wroe abou sraigh in heirminds Chaper ile pages will include when appropriae a noaion on wha chaper o R he eachermay wish o assign
TEACHING TIPTe eacher may wish o assign Chaper 1 o he oman hisory ancillary From Romulus o Romu-lus Augusulus a his poin
COMPREHENSION QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS FOR PAGES XXXI991251XXXIVeproducible versions o he quesions alone are available a wwwlnm bolchazycom
1 Whom did he omans consider he aher o Lain lieraure
Ennius
2 Wha was Enniusrsquo mos amous work Is subjec mater
Annālēs was an epic poem abou omersquos early hisory
3 Wha amous Lain saying means ldquoCarhage mus be desroyedrdquo
Carhāgō dēlenda es
4 Who is he auhor o ha saying
Cao he ElderCao he Censor
5 When was Carha ge said o have been desroyed
146 983138983139983141 a he end o he hird Punic war
NB Aler sudens ha he answers o hese comprehension quesions will be ound on p xxxiv
Sandards21 31
R1
TEACHING TIP Ask sudens he English equivalen o cou nries s uch as Briannia and Germānia and he Englishequivalen o he ciies Neāpolis and Ahēnae
Sandard31
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 3854
xxxii bull Latin for the New Millennium
equivalen o he ciies Neāpolis and Ahēnae
A full size r eproducible version of h is page wihou he answe rs can be downloaded a wwwlnm bolchazycom
HOW TO USE THIS BOOK Answers o rep roducible aciviies w ill be gi ven in a larger size bel ow or he eacherrsquos convenience
ANSWERS TO MAP WORK 991251 PAGES XXXII991251XXXIII
1 Crēa Sicilia Corsica Sardinia Cyprus Ihaca Dēlos Brianni a
2 Vesuvius Mōns Aena Mōns Olympus Mōns Āppennīnus Mōns
3 Syria Macedonia Arica Asia
4 mare or ponus
5 Asia Eurōpa Arica
A full siz e reproducible version of his page wihou he answers can be down loaded a wwwln mbolchazycom
Te eacher may wish o have his map enlarged when reproducing i for ease of suden use in compleing his aciviy
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 3954
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull xxxiii
HOW TO USE THIS BOOK
Te answers o his aciviy can be easily seen on he wo acing pages
Te omans regarded Ennius (ca 239 169 983138983139983141) as he aher o Lain lieraure He wroe
TEACHING TIPSudens may be encouraged o find he ciy o Carhage menioned in he second paragraph on hemap on p xxxii
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 4054
xxxiv bull Latin for the New Millennium
xxxiv bull L atin for the New Millennium
Te omans regarded Ennius (ca 239ndash169 983138983139983141) as he aher o Lain lieraure He wroemany kinds o lierary works including plays His Annālēs an epic poem abou he early hisoryo ome was paricularly renowned and perhaps he primary epic read in oman schools beorehe ime o Vergil Only ragmens o his wriings remain
One o Enniusrsquo conemporaries was heamed Cao he Censor also known as Caohe Elder (234ndash149 983138983139983141) a rigidly conserva-ive oman senaor Mos o his reaise onagriculure called Dē agrī culūrā survivesI is he oldes work o Lain prose amongCaorsquos recommendaions here are ha fieldslaves be reaed similarly o beass o bur-den Cao is also remembered or his sae-men Carhāgō dēlenda es ldquoCarhage mus
be desroyedrdquo evidence or he omanear o he Carhaginians Te omansough hree wars known as he Punic
Wars agai ns he Car haginians Te fi rsended beore Cao was born in he secondagains Hannibal Cao served wih miliarydisincion he hird ended in 146 983138983139983141 asCao had demanded wih he desruciono Carhage On his occasion he vic oriousomans were said o have plowed sal inohe Carhaginian soil
Discussions abou laer auhors and adap-aions rom heir wriings w ill be presenedchronologically in he chapers o his book
Ancien ruins a Carhage in Africa
p p
TEACHER BY THE WAY Alhough he works o Enniu s have been preserved on ly in ragmens (abou a housand lines) hehad a grea in1047298uence on subsequen poes such as Vergil Quoable quoes include
bull a es o riendship Amīcus cer us in rē incer ā cerniur (A riend in need is a riend indeed)
bull an applicaion o wisdom o lie Quī ipse sibi sapiēns prōdesse nequi nēquīquam sapi (A man who
himsel is wise bu unable o be useul o himsel is wise or nohing)bull he amous descripion o Fabius Maximus Ūnus homō nōbīs cūncandō resiui rem (One man by delaying res ored he sae or us)
bull and he line on Manius Curius Quem nēmō errō poui superāre nec aurō (Whom no one was ableo deea eiher by sword or gold)
We also have preser ved or us he exa mple o excessive all ieraion ha has g iven rise o much laugher inLain classrooms over he years Ō ie ūe aī ibi ana yranne ulisī ldquoO ius aius you yran (all voca-ive) you brough o yoursel such grea (roubles)rdquo991252ranslaed in conex which plays off he more lieral ldquo you ookacquired or yoursel such grea hings rdquo
On he oher hand he composed his own epiaph in which his high eseem among omans proved o beprescien
nēmō mē lacrumīs decōre neu unera 1047298ēū
axi Cūr Voliō vivos per ōra v irum (Le no one honor me wih ears or make a uneral pyre by weeping
Why I 1047298y li ving hrough he mouhs o men)
TEACHER BY THE WAY
Pluarchrsquos Lie o Cao is a good source o snappy quoaions atribued o his saesman soldier andauhor For example while discussing he power o women he said ldquoAll oher men rule heir wives we rule al l oher men and our w ives rule us rdquo Atemping o persuade he oman people o orego adisribuion o grain he began his speech by saying ldquoI is a hard mater o argue wih he belly sincei has no earsrdquo And o a ribune who had been accused o using poison and was rying o pass a use-less bill he said ldquoI know no which is worse o drink your mixures or o enac your billsrdquo
1CHAPTER 1
HOW TO USE THIS BOOK
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 4154
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull 1
1CHAPTER
Parts of Speech Nouns Number Gender Case (Nominative and Accusative)
First Declension Nouns
MEMORĀBILE DICTŪ
SPQ Senātus Populusque ōmānusldquoTe Senae and he People o omerdquo
Tese our leters orm wha is known as an acronym one ha symbolized supreme power inancien ome
Oil paining of Romulus and Remus wih he wolf By Peer Paul Rubens (1577ndash1640)
Te grammaical and synacical opics ha will be presened in each chaper o his book are lised a he opo he chaper ile page
HOW TO USE THIS BOOK
Te illusraion on each chaperrsquos ile page presens a visual inroducion o he Lain reading passage ha willollow eachers may choose o discuss he illusraion in order o provide he conex or he reading he su-dens will encouner on he nex page
HOW TO USE THIS BOOK
On each chaper ile page he phrase Memorābile Dictū (ldquoA memorable hing o say rdquo) will be ou nd Below here will be a amous phrase quoa ion abbreviaion or moto in L ain ha w ill connec hese words o he opicsin he chaper
MEMORĀBILE DICTŪ VOCABULARY
populus populī m ndash people
-que ndash and
senāus senāūs m ndash senae
TEACHING TIP
ubens pained his picure o omulus and emus rom 1615ndash1616 during wha is called he Ba-roque period o ar Te man approaching rom he rear is Fausulus Te reclining figure is he god
o he river iber
HOW TO USE THIS BOOK AND ITS ANCILLARIESwo ancillaries are available or use wih his book Te Original Dysunctional Family (abbreviaed ODF)and From Romulus to Romulus Augustulus (abbreviaed R) R will be paricularly useul in order ohelp sudens keep he ime periods o he auhors and o he evens he auhors wroe abou sraigh in heirmind Chaper ile pages wil l include when appropriae a noaion abou wha chaper o R he eachermay wish o assign
Standards11 21
R 2and 3
READING
TRANSLATION OF LATIN PASSAGEomulus and emus
Mars is a god Mars loves hea Silvia And so hea Silvia has wo sons omulus and emus Amulius locks uph Sil i A li l d i h A h l lk h T h l
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 4254
2 bull Latin for the New Millennium
2 bull Latin for the New Millennium
READINGTis sory describes how ome was said o have been ounded in 753 983138983139983141 King Numior o AlbaLonga was overhrown by his cruel and ambiious broher Amulius who no only seized hehrone bu so eared ha one o Numiorrsquos male descendans migh have a legiimae claim oni ha he made Amuliusrsquo daug her hea Silvia a priesess o he goddess Vesa Tese priesesses
were no allowed o marry during heir childbearing years
RŌMULUS ET REMUS
1 Mārs es deus Mārs hēam Silviam ama Iaque hēa Silvia duōs
īliōs habe ōmulum e emum Amūlius hēam Silviam vinculīs
claudi Amūlius ōmulum e emum in aquam pōni Lupa ad aquamambula Lupa ōmulum e emum bene cūra e ama ōmulus e
5 emus crēscun Poseā ōmulus e emus ōmam aedifican
Famous bronze saue of he she-wolf and he wins
hea Silvia Amulius pus omulus and emus ino he waer A she-wol walks o he waer Te she-wol caresor (akes good care o) omulus and emus well and loves (hem) omulus and emus grow up Aferwards(laer) omulus and emus build ome
HOW TO USE THIS BOOK Above each La in reading pa ssage inorm aion is presened in Engl ish Tis pre -reading provides back groundinormaion abou he auhor and esablishes he conex o he passage he sudens will read
TEACHER BY THE WAY
Te eacher may wish o inroduce he class o he radiional abbreviaions o 983137983140 (which sandsor he Lain phrase Annō Dominī ldquoi n he year o our Lordrdquo) and 983138983139 (which sands or he Engl ishphrase ldquoBeore Chrisrdquo) Tese older abbreviaions coninue o be used bu his book employs heabbreviaions 983138983139983141 (Beore he Common Era) and 983139983141 (Common Era)
TEACHING TIPInsruc he sudens o locae Alba Longa on he map on pp xxxiindashxxxiii
TEACHER BY THE WAYTough he wins were added o he sculpure in he enaissance he she-wol has srong links wihEruscan myhology and shows characerisics o Eruscan sculpure
TEACHING TIP
Te eacher may wish o encourage he sudens o design an abbreviaed amily ree o omulusand emus
Standards11 22
Jupier Juno King Num ior o Alba Longa
Mars hea Silvia
omulus emus
READING VOCABULARY
HOW TO USE THIS BOOKTe English pronoun subjec o a verb is no lised in he eading Vocabulary i he pronoun is no needed inhe ranslaion
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 4354
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull 3
Chapter 1 bull 3
READING VOCABULARYad aquam ndash o he waer
aedifican ndash build
ama ndash loves
ambula ndash walks
Amūlius ndash Amul ius
aquam ndash waer
bene ndash well
claudi ndash locks up
crēscun ndash grow up
cūra ndash akes care o cares or
deus ndash god
duōs ndash woes ndash is
e ndash and
īliōs ndash sons
habe ndash has
in aquam ndash ino he waer
iaque ndash and so
lupa ndash she-wol
Mārs ndash Mars he god o war
pōni ndash pus
poseā ndash aferwards laer
emum ndash emus
emus ndash emus
hēa Silvia ndash hea Silvia
hēam Silviam ndash hea Silvia
ōmam ndash ome
ōmulum ndash omulus
ōmulus ndash omulus vinculīs ndash w ih chains
Words marked wih an aserisk will need o bememorized laer in he chaper
COMPREHENSION QUESTIONS1 Whose sons are omulus and emus
2 Wha did Amulius do
3 Who saved he lie o omulus and emus
4 Wha did omulus and emus do
HOW TO USE THIS BOOK
Te sudens should not be expeced o lea rn he words under he ile eading Vocabulary whenever his ileoccurs in he book Insead insruc sudens o learn he vocabulary words lised under he ile Vocabularyto Learn ha will be ound laer in each chaper In more advanced Lain exs usually here are vocabularyand noes o help he sudens when reading a passage Tis eading Vocabulary will help prepare sudens orlaer more advanced classes
ANSWERS TO COMPREHENSION QUESTIONS
1 Tey are he sons o Mars and hea Silvia2 He locked up hea Silvia
3 A she-wol
4 Tey buil he ciy o ome
TEACHING TIP
Whi le English deriva ives rom he sar red words (ie he Vocabulary o L earn) are he opic o Ex-ercise 2 laer in his chaper here are some ineresing derivaives rom he non-sarred words andsome o hese show how words change hrough he years Te eacher may choose o discuss hesederivaives wih he sudens
bull aedi1047297cant (aedi1047297cō) ndash ediy edificaion edifice
Tis Lain word is buil rom wo Lain words aciō (o do make) and aedēs (house emple) Te
English derivaives reain his religious connecion or hey mean ldquoo build up he aih moraliy o in-sruc especially morallyrdquo Te word ldquoedificerdquo is always used or an imposing srucure such as a ldquoemplerdquoor aedēs
bull claudit (claudō) ndash close conclusion enclosure sluice
A ldquocloserdquo is a small shu-in space and some people i locked in one suffer rom ldquoclausrophobiardquo acompound derivaive parly rom Lain (o close confine) and parly rom he Greek (ear) hence ldquoa earo closed spacesrdquo
Te word ldquosluicerdquo does no look like a derivaive o claudō bu i has undergone cha nges as i ca meino English via middle English and old French (sclus) rom he Lain exclūdō which means ldquoo shu ourdquo Asluice has a gae a he op o he channel o shu off he 1047298ow o waer as necessary
bull crēscunt (crēscō) ndash crescen accrue recrui crew
Te word ldquocrewrdquo in middle English mean ldquoreinorcemenrdquo so a body o soldiers grew Te word ldquore-
cruirdquo has he same basic idea ecruis increase he size o he army (rom he Lain recrēscō meaning ldquoogrow againrdquo)
bull deus ndash deiy deiy
bull duōs ndash double dozen due duplicae
Te word ldquodozenrdquo is a compound rom he Lain word or ldquowordquo and he German word or ldquoenrdquo (zehn)
bull habet (habeō) ndash habi abiliy prohibiive
Onersquos abiliy depends on he alens and skil ls one has
bull pōnit ( pōnō) ndash depo imposiion preposiion
A depo origina lly was a place where supplies were pu or sorage
LANGUAGE FACT I
HOW TO USE THIS BOOKTe Language Facs secion o each chaper will conain boh grammaical (morphological) and synacicalinormaion ie inormaion boh abou he orms o he words and he srucure o he senence
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 4454
4 bull Latin for the New Millennium
4 bull Latin for the New Millennium
LANGUAGE FACT I
PARTS OF SPEECHTe parts o speech used in a Lain senence deermine is meaning jus as in English While henoun and he verb are he wo mos imporan oher common pars o speech are lised below
Noun a person place hing idea acion or qual iy Examples ldquoomulusrdquo ldquoriverrdquo ldquocouragerdquo
Pronoun a word ha sands in place o a noun ha has been previously menioned or is clearrom conex Examples ldquoIrdquo ldquosherdquo ldquohimrdquo ldquoirdquo
Adjecive a word ha limis or defines a noun or a pronoun Examples ldquolitlerdquo ldquosrongrdquo
Adverb a word ha lim is or defines verbs adjecives or (oher) adverbs Examples ldquoveryrdquoldquoquielyrdquo
Verb a word ha describes an acion or sae o being Examples ldquogordquo ldquosayrdquo ldquowasrdquo
Preposiion a word ha begins a preposiional phrase such as ldquoinrdquo ldquoordquo ldquoonrdquo ldquoorrdquo ldquobyrdquoldquowihrdquo A preposiional phrase is a preposiion joined o a noun Examples ldquoin he morningrdquoldquowih a sharp pencilrdquo
Conjuncion a word ha connecs words phrases clauses a nd senences Examples ldquoandrdquoldquoburdquo ldquoalhoughrdquo
Inerjecion a word ha expresses emoion Examples ldquowowrdquo
EXERCISE 1eview he meanings and ideniy he pars o speech o he ollowing words Te eading
Vocabulary may be consu led
1 īliōs 6 e2 bene 7 lupa3 aedifican 8 claudi
4 ad 9 ōmam5 ambula 10 ama
EXERCISE 1 ANSWERS
1 noun
2 adverb
3 verb
4 preposiion
5 verb
6 conjuncion
7 noun8 verb
9 noun
10 verb
TEACHING TIP
Te eacher may wish o ask he sudens in Lain wha par o speech a given word is Te eacher would say ldquoQuae pars ōrātiōnis estrdquo Suden responses would be
bull nōmen substantīvumsubstantīvum ndash noun
bull prōnōmen ndash pronoun
bull nōmen adiectīvumadiectīvum ndash adjecive
bull verbum temporāle ndash verb
bull adverbium ndash adverb
bull praepositiō ndash preposiion
bull coniūnctiō ndash conjuncion
bull interiectiō ndash inerjecion
Standards11 41
Standards11 41
WorkbookExercise 1
VOCABULARY TO LEARN
TEACHING TIPSince his is he firs se o Lain words ha your sudens will be required o memorize i is usuallya good idea o sugges and discuss wih hem some differen ways o memorize vocabulary Somesel help opions are lised below
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 4554
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull 5
NOUNSagricola agricolae m ndash armer
aqua aquae ndash waer
āhlēa āhlēae m ndash ahlee
īlia īliae ndash daugher
lupa lupae ndash she-wol
naua nauae m ndash sailor
poēa poēae m ndash poe
puella puellae ndash girl
ōma ōmae ndash ome
erra errae ndash land
VERBSama ndash heshei loves
ambula ndash heshei walks
cūra ndash heshei akes care o cares or
es ndash heshei is
ADVERBS bene ndash well
poseā ndash aferwards
CONJUNCTIONSe ndash and
iaque ndash and so
Aqueducs carr ied waer (aqua) o he ciies in he Roman world Tis aqueduc buil in 19 983138983139983141 which srechedacross he Gard River was named he Pon du Gard and brough waer o he ciy of Nicircmes in France in ancien imes
Chapter 1 bull 5
sel-help opions are lised below
1 Look a he word in he book and say he word aloud
2 Wrie down he word on a piece o paper along wih is meaning and check o be sure here are no spell-ing errors Color-coding he words by pars o speech is also helpul Pronounce he word while wriing idown and hen repea he word including he meaning and spelling
3 Make handwriten 1047298ashcards wih he Lain on one side and English on he oher and be sure here are nospelling errors Color-coding is a good sraegy here also Wriing he word ou helps some sudens ce-men he word in he brain Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers has creaed an elecronic vocabulary resourceor hose sudens or whom echnological learning ools are an aid Tese vocabulary 1047298ashcards are orhe iPod See p 93 or more inormaion on iPod 1047298ashcards
4 Use English derivaives o help remember meanings Bu be careul since some derivaives may havemeanings grealy changed rom he original Lain word
5 Find clipar picures ha illusrae he vocabulary words and use he picures as a way o es yoursel onhe Lain words
TEACHER BY THE WAYTe eacher may wish o open a discussion abou aqueducs and he waer supply or ancien omans while l ooking a he picu re o he Pon du Gard on his page For a hisory o aqueducs and heirconsrucion Froninusrsquo book Dē aquīs urbis Rōmae is an excellen source Te book was writenabou 97 983139983141 when he was Superinenden o Aqueducs Oher aqueducs include he ollowing
bull Te double high aqueduc in Segovia Spainbull Te Aqua Appia buil in 312 983138983139983141
bull Te Aqua rāiāna
bull Te aqueduc buil by Alex ander Severus in 226 983139983141
bull Te Aqua Claudia
bull Te Aqua Marcia wh ich wa s probably named a fer A ncus Marcius who was he fi rs K ing oome by radiional accouns o build an aqueduc o bring waer o ome
NB Te word ldquo Aquardquo when capialized means ldquoaqueducrdquo
Eleven aqueducs urnished 250000 gallons o waer o ome every weny-our hours
BY THE WAY
E h u gi n in h b l r h rm T nd rm i h g nii
HOW TO USE THIS BOOK Ēn is a word ha calls atenion o somehing and means ldquoLook a hisrdquo Te inormaion given here draws a-enion o and urher specifies differen language acs
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 4654
6 bull Latin for the New Millennium
6 bull Latin for the New Millennium
Each noun given in he vocabulary has wo orms Te second orm is he geniivesingular
A derivative is an English word rooed in a Lain word Te English derivaive issimilar in meaning and orm o is Lain source
STUDY TIP
An English derivaive ofen can help you remember wha a Lain word means
EXERCISE 2Find he English derivaives based on he Vocabulary o Learn in he ollowing senences Wriehe corresponding Lain word
1 She shows a considerable filial respec oward her aher
2 Agriculu re is a science o culivaing he land
3 Te ship is equipped wih all he necessary nauical insrumens
4 We saw all kinds o fish in he aquarium
5 Tis is an all-errain vehicle
6 When will he ahleic compeiion sar
7 She has a ruly poeic naure
LANGUAGE FACT II
NOUNS NUMBER GENDER CASE 983080NOMINATIVE AND
ACCUSATIVE983081Nouns in Lain show number gender and case
Number Lain nouns are eiher singular or plural in number Number is shown in differen ways by differen ypes o nouns bu some ending-paterns are or singular orms and oherending-paterns are or plural orms
Gender Every noun likewise is eiher masculine eminine or neuer in gender You muslearn he gender o each noun In he Vocabulary o Learn l iss he gender is indicaed by hecommon abbreviaionsm (masculi ne) f (eminine) or n (neuer)
Case Lain nouns mus have an ending-patern ha displays case Tis is quie differen romEnglish in which case is indicaed by word posiion and no by endings (alhough case markersare preserved in cerain pronouns such as ldquoherdquo and ldquohimrdquo) A nounrsquos case reveals wha uncionhe noun has in he senence Tere are five common cases nominaive geniive daive accu-saive and ablaive wo less requenly used cases are called he vocaive and he locaive
HOW TO USE THIS BOOKStudy Tips give hins rhymes and mnemonics o help sudens learn grammar and vocabulary
EXERCISE 2 ANSWERS1 filial īlia
2 agriculure agricola
3 nauical naua
4 aquarium aqua
5 errain erra
6 ahleic āhlēa
7 poeic poēa
TEACHING TIPExplain o he sudens ha in English he words ldquoardquo ldquoanrdquo or ldquoherdquo are usually placed beore a nounand Lain does no have an equivalen or hese words known as aricles
eachers may need o sress he absence o he aricle many imes beore sudens compleely ine-grae his knowledge ino heir reading habis in Lain class
TEACHING TIPLain like many oher languages does no always observe biological gender Ofen he gender o a
Lain noun is deermined by grammaical acors such as he group o which a noun belongs
TEACHING TIP
Alhough in Exercise 2 he sudens are direced o find only he derivaives based on he Vocabular yo Learn hey may be ineresed o learn ha here are oher derivaives in Exercise 2 Te derivaiono hese words is provided or he eacherrsquos convenience
bull 1 consider - rom sīdus (sar) + cum (wih ogeher) and rom cōnsīderō (o examine consider)respec - rom respectō (look back a have regard or)
bull 2 science - rom scientia (knowledge) and sciō (o know) culivaing - rom colō (ill inhabi worship)
bull 3 necessary - rom necesse (necessary) insrumens - rom īnstruō (o equip build provide)
and rom īnstrumentum (equipmen ool ec)bull 5 vehicle - rom he Lain verb vehō (o carry)
bull 6 compeiion - rom petō (o seek aim a atack ec) + cum (wih oge her)
bull 7 naure - rom nātūra (naure)
Standard41
Standards11 31 41
STUDY TIP
An easy way o remember he names ohe five common cases iso use his mnemonic
TEACHING TIPSudens may no know wha he word ldquomnemonicrdquo means explain ha a mnemonic device is some-hing ha helps a suden o remember somehing Te eacher may also wish o use his opporu-niy o bring up Mnemosyne he goddess o memory and he moher o he Muses
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 4754
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull 7
Chapter 1 bull 7
An easy way o remember he names o he five common cases is o use his mnemonicdevice
Never NominaiveGive GeniiveDogs Daive A ny A ccusaive A buse A blaive
Nominative Te nominaive case idenifies he subjec Te subjec is a noun or a pronounha perorms he acion or exiss in a sae o being In he senence ldquoWilliam is readingrdquohe word ldquoWilliamrdquo is he subjec
Example Mārs amat Mars loves
Te noun subjec o he verb ldquoloverdquo is he god Mars
Find more examples o nominaives and heir verbs rom he reading passage a he begin-ning o he chaper
Te nominaive case also idenifies he predicae nominaive In he senence ldquoWilliam isa sudenrdquo he predicae nominaive is ldquoa sudenrdquo A predicae nominaive complees hemeaning o he verb ldquoo berdquo Look a his exa mple rom he reading
Example Mārs est deus Mars is a god
Mārs is he subjec and deus is a predicae nominaive
Accusative Te ourh case lised is called he accusaive he geniive daive and ablaivecases will be discussed in laer chapers Te accusaive case poins ou he noun (or pro-noun) ha is he direc objec emember direc objecs receive he acion o he verb Inhe senence ldquoI am wriing a leterrdquo he direc objec is ldquoa leterrdquo
Example Mārs Rhēam Silviam amat Mars loves hea Silvia
Te direc objec o ldquoloverdquo is he noun Rhēam Silviam
Find more examples o accusaives and heir verbs rom he reading passage a he beginningo he chaper
niy o bring up Mnemosyne he goddess o memory and he moher o he Muses
Answers to ldquoFind more examples of nominatives a nd their verbs from the reading passage at the begin-ning of the chapterrdquo
hēa Silvia habe
Amūl ius claudi
Amūl ius pōni
Lupa ambula
Lupa cūra e amaōmulus e emus crēscun
ōmulus e emus aedifican
Answers to ldquoFind more examples of accusatives and their verbs from the reading passage at the beg in-ning of the chapterrdquo
duōs īliōs habe ōmulum e emum
hēam Silviam claudi
ōmulum e emum pōni
ōmulum e emum bene cūra e ama
ōmam aedifican
TEACHING TIPSudens may encouner diffi culy when r ying o ransl ae Lain names used in cases o her han henominaive Te eacher a some poin will need o explain (and repea whenever necessary) ha when ransla ing a La in name he suden should al ways use he nominaive o rm o he word Onp 7 sudens are asked o find examples o accusaives and heir verbs in he reading passage Teanswers lised above provide an opporuniy o pracice wih his issue emind sudens o rans-lae duōs īliōs habet Rōmulum et Remum as ldquohe has wo sons omulus and emusrdquo Te oher ouranswers may be used as pracice wih he sudens
EXERCISE 3a Ideniy wheher he nouns in bold in hese senences are subjecs direc objecs or predi
TEACHER BY THE WAYIn conjuncion wih he picure and is capion he eacher may wish o menion ha he amil-ilar acronym o SPQ is sill in use and visible hroughou modern ome991252on liter bins sewercovers ec
Standards11 41
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 4854
8 bull Latin for the New Millennium
8 bull Latin for the New Millennium
a Ideniy wheher he nouns in bold in hese senences are subjecs direc objecs or predi-cae nominaives Te eading Vocabulary may be consuled
b Label each senence as vērum (rue) i i agrees or alsum (alse) i i disagrees wih he Lainreading passage a he beginni ng o he chaper
Example Amūlius es deusPredicae nominaive alsum
1 hēa Silvia ōmulum e emum cūra
2 Amūlius ōmulum e emum bene cūra
3 Amūlius lupam vinculīs claudi
4 Mārs ōmulum e emum in aquam pōni
5 Lupa hēam Silviam cūra
6 Amūlius ad aquam ambula
Te power of he ciy of Rome founded according o legend by Romulus is symbolized by hese four leters ha areprominenly displayed in various places wihin he ciy
EXERCISE 3 ANSWERS
1 subjec vērum
2 direc objecs alsum
3 direc objec alsum
4 subjec alsum
5 direc objec alsum
6 subjec vērum
WorkbookExercise 2 A full si ze reproduc ible version of th is page
without the a nswers ca n be downloade d at wwwlnm bolchazyco m
HOW TO USE THIS BOOK
Noun Declensions Te eacher may choose Lain nouns rom he declension ha is being sudied a he imehis workshee is used Tus no answers are provided here
LANGUAGE FACT III
TEACHING TIP Ask he sudens wha he Lain words seleced rom he reading and lised near he op o p 9 mean
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 4954
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull 9
Chapter 1 bull 9
FIRST DECLENSION NOUNS A declension is a g roup o nouns ha show a cerain patern o word endings Tere are five differ-en declensions in Lain In he reading abou omulus and emus hese are he orms belongingo he firs declension
hēam Silviam hēa Silvia aquam lupa ōmam
Noice ha he ex says Rhēa Silvia when she is he subjec and Rhēam Silviam when she is hedirec objec
Te firs declension is composed o words ha characerisically have he vowel a a or near heend o he word lupa
Below is he patern ha firs declension nouns ollow o show case and number Memorize heLain words in order rom he nominaive singular down o he ablaive singular and hen romhe nominaive plural down o he ablaive plural
emember ha he endings or a whole group o nouns ollow his patern Once you learn hi spatern you can recognize he case a nd number o all he words belonging o hi s declension
In his chaper you have begun o learn abou he nominaive and accusai ve cases Te ohercases will be explained in laer chapers
First DeclensionSingular Plural
Nomina ive l upa he she-wol Nominaive lupae he she-wolves
Geniive lupae o he she-wol Geniive lupārum o he she-wolves
Daive lupae oor he she-wol Daive lupīs oor he she-wolves
Accusaive lupam he she-wol Accusaive lupās he she-wolves
Ablaive lupā bywih he she-wol Ablaive lupīs bywih he she-wolves
Daive and ablaive plural o he words īlia ldquodaugherrdquo and dea ldquogoddessrdquo is fīliābus anddeābusTis is o di singuish hese orms rom he corresponding orms o īlius ldquosonrdquo and deus ldquogodrdquo
STUDY TIP
Noice ha he ablaive singular ending -ā has a long mark (macron) above i his ishe only difference beween he nominaive and ablaive singular endings
TEACHING TIP
Afer he firs declension has been presened o he sudens encourage hem depending on heirlearning syle o say he declension aloud o wrie down he words o inven a rap or a cheer
TEACHER BY THE WAY
Te patern is called a declension because he oher cases lean away ( dēclīnāre) rom he nominaiveie hey do no ollow he same orm as he nominaive
ORAL EXERCISE 1Tis exercise may be used afer the 1047297rst declension has been presented
Whi le looking a he declension o lupa ask he sudens o decli ne nauta
Singular PluralNominaive naua nauaeGeniive nauae nauārumDaive nauae nauīs Accusaive nauam nauās Ablaive nauā nauīs
Standards11 31 41
OralExercise 1
WorkbookExercise 3
STUDY TIP
Noice ha he daive and ablaive plural endings a re idenical
EXERCISE 4 ANSWERS1 geniive daive puellār um puellī s
2 accusaive nauās
3 accusaive errās
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 5054
10 bull Latin for the New Millennium
10 bull Latin for the New Millennium
Here are more words belonging o he fi rs declension
puella ndash girl īlia ndash daugher terra ndash land
Mos firs declension words are eminine i n gender bu a ew (usually ones ha indicae mas-culine occupaions in ancien imes) are masculine Examples are poēta ldquopoerdquoagricola ldquoarmerrdquonauta ldquosailorrdquo āthlēta ldquoahleerdquo
EXERCISE 4Ideniy he case o each singular noun Ten change each orm ino plural For some more han
one answer is possibleExample īlianominaive īliae
1 puellae 5 aquae2 nauam 6 puellā3 erram 7 āhlēā4 a gr ic ol a
Like he Greek wreslers porrayed on his ancien bas-reliefRoman ahlees were also fond of he spor of wresling
4 nominaive agricolae
5 geniive daive aquārum aquīs
6 ablaive puellīs
7 ablaive āhlēīs
TEACHING TIP
Since wreslers are depiced on he illusraion on his page he eacher may wish o open a discus-
sion abou he omansrsquo and Greeksrsquo ondness or wresling which was ofen praciced in a complexcalled he palaestra
oman boys were expeced o serve in he m iliary Tus hey were firs rained by heir ahers in wreslingand boxing Srengh and agiliy were sressed raher han grace o movemen as in Greek spors Te woprincipal syles uilized by he Greek were uprigh wresling in which hree alls o your opponen o heground were necessary o deea him and ground wresling which required he opponen o give up in ordero end he mach In he palaes tra here was an area or he young people o pracice wresling or boxing wih apunching bag (cōrycus) Examples o monumenal oman bahs wih a palaest ra are ound a he Bahs o Ca-racalla in ome he Harbor Bahs a Ephesus in urkey and he Bahs in Varna Bulgaria he larges anciensrucure in ha counry
Wresling was also one o he spor evens a he Olympic games ha he omans ofen atended Greco-oman wresling is also one o he evens eaured in he summer Olympic games in modern imes
TEACHING TIPTe eacher migh wan o have sudens read an English ranslaion o Book 23 o he Iliad in which Ajax a nd Odysseus compee in a wre sling m ach and Book 5 o he Aeneid or a descripion o hespors ha he omans played and compare he atiude o he compeiors in each epic Boh evens were par o he uneral games he ormer in honor o Paroclu s riend and atendan o Achil lesand he later in honor o Anchises aher o Aeneas Tis migh lead o urher discussion on henaure o modern wresling
Standards11 41
EXERCISE 5Ideniy he case o each plural noun Ten change each orm ino he singular For some more
TEACHING TIPSudens may wonder why he geniive singular w ihou is ending mus be used o find he base whenhe nominaive singular wihou is ending works jus as well Explain ha in oher noun declensionshe nominaive will no always provide he same base or have he same spelling as he geniive
Standards11 41
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 5154
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull 11
Chapter 1 bull 11
han one answer is possible
Example puellāsaccusaive puellam
1 īliae 5 aquīs2 errīs 6 poēārum3 nauārum 7 agricolae4 l upa e
BY THE WAY
In all declensions endings are added o he base o a noun I is imporan o know hahe base o a noun is ound by removing he ending rom is geniive si ngular orm Forexample he geniive singular o puella is puellae I you remove he -ae rom puellae
wha remains is he base o he word namely puell- For his reason learning he geni-ive singular is as imporan as knowing he nominaive singular o he noun
STUDY TIP
Always learn he geniive ogeher wih he nominaive because rom he geniive you will know o which declension a word belongs
A wall paining depic ing a Roman farmer (agricola) wih his sheep
EXERCISE 5 ANSWERS
1 nominaive īl ia
2 daive ablaive errae errā
3 geniive nauae
4 nominaive lupa
5 daive ablaive aquae aquā
6 geniive poēae7 nominaive agricola
HOW TO USE THIS BOOKIn his book he word ldquobaserdquo is used o reer o he noun wihou any ending ldquoStemrdquo is used or he par o he verb wihou any ending ldquoootrdquo is used or he Lain par o a derivaive
ORAL EXERCISE 2Tis exercise may be used afer Exercise 5
Use one o he ollowing classroom presenaion opions (hereafer reerred o as CPO) (blackgreenwhiesmar board overhead or LCD projecor PowerPoinreg presenaion ec) o pu his inormaion on view
quis ldquowhordquo (or he subjec) and quem ldquowhomrdquo (or he direc objec)
Ten ask he suden o answer he ollowing quesions abou he chaper reading eiher orally or in wri-
en orm
1 Teacher Quis es Mārs Student Mārs es deus
2 Teacher Quem ama Mārs Student hēam Silviam Mārs ama
3 Teacher Quis ama hēam Silviam Student Mārs ama hēam Silviam
4 Teacher Quem habe hēa Silvia Student hēa Silvia duōs īliōs ōmulum eemum habe
5 Teacher Quis claudi hēam Silviam Student Amūlius claudi hēam Silviam
6 Teacher Quem claudi Amūlius Student hēam Silviam Amūlius claudi
7 Teacher Quis ōmulum e emum in aquampōni
Student Amūlius ōmulum e emum in aquampōni
8 Teacher Quem Amūlius in aquam pōni Student Amūlius ōmulum e emum in aquampōni
9 Teacher Quis ambula ad aquam Student Lupa ambula ad aquam
10 Teacher Quis ōmulum e emum bene cūra Student Lupa ōmulum e emum bene cūra
11 Teacher Quōs lupa bene cūra Student Lupa ōmulum e emum bene cūra
12 Teacher Quis ōmulum e emum a ma Student Lupa ōmulum e emum ama
13 Teacher Quōs lupa ama Student Lupa ōmulum e emum ama
OralExercise 2
WorkbookExercise
4 5
EXERCISE 6ranslae rom Lain ino English and rom English ino Lain Te mos common Lain word
d
TEACHER BY THE WAYTe eacher may menion ha he mos common word order (subjec ndash direc objec ndash verb) can o-en be changed For example i he verb is o be emphasized i will ake firs posiion I he subjecor he direc objec is o be emphasized i will ake he las posiion which is he mos emphaic oneIn general he more unusual he wordrsquos posiion is he more emphasis is placed on his word
Standards11 41
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 5254
12 bull Latin for the New Millennium
12 bull Latin for the New Millennium
order is
subjec ndash direc objec ndash verb
1 Agricola erram ama
2 Te ahlee loves waer
3 Naua īlia m ama
4 Te poe loves ome
5 Agricola erram cūra
6 Te she-wol cares or (is aking care o) he girl
BY THE WAY
Even hough he mos common word order is subjec ndash di rec objec ndash verb rememberha endings991252no word order991252deermine which word is he subjec and which i s hedirec objec
TALKING When we mee one person we gree herhim wih salvē When we mee wo or more people wegree hem wih salvēte When we bid goodbye o one person we sayvalē When we bid goodbyeo wo or more people we say valēte
Here are various ways o ask ldquohow are yourdquo or ldquohow are you doingrdquo
Quōmodo valēs or Quōmodo tē habēs or Quid agis ldquoHow are yourdquo
Here is a range o possible answers
bene ldquowellrdquo pessimē ldquovery badrdquo optimē ldquogreardquo melius ldquobeterrdquo mediocriter ldquoso-sordquo or ldquono oo badrdquo meliusculē ldquoa litle beterrdquo male ldquobadrdquo
In general he more unusual he word s posiion is he more emphasis is placed on his word
EXERCISE 6 ANSWERS
1 Te armer loves he land
2 Āhlēa aquam ama
3 Te sailor loves (his) daugher
4 Poēa ōmam ama
5 Te armer cares or (is aking care o) he land6 Lupa puellam cūra
TEACHING TIP
Te eacher may sar he class in Lain by saying Salvēte discipulī et discipulae and by eaching hesudens o say in reurn Salvē magister (magistra)
ORAL EXERCISE 3Tis exercise may be used anytime afer the students have learned the use o the accusative case or afer Exercise 6
Use one o he CPOrsquos o pu on display he orms amō and cūrō and explai n ha hey a re in he fir s personsingular and how his differs rom he hird person singular learned in his chaper Ask individual sudens omake senences wih hem using he words hey have learned
Ten ell he sudens ha nōn means ldquonordquo and ask hem o make si milar senences wih nōn amō and nōn cūrō
Examples(nōn) amō erram īliam aquam lupam āhlēam(nōn) cūrō erram īliam puellam
WorkbookExercise 6
ContentQuestions
OralExercise 3
Standards12 21 41
42
SAYING HELLOMarīa Helena e Chrisīna sun (are) discipulae (students)
TEACHING TIPHave sudens read he dialogue aloud Tis will help o build heir pronunciaion skills
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 5354
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull 13
Chapter 1 bull 13
Marīa Salvēe Helena e Chrisīna
Christīna Salvē Marīa
Helena Salvē Marīa
Marīa Quōmodo valēs Helena Quōmodo valēs Chrisīna
Helena et Christīna Bene Quōmodo ū ( you) valēs Marīa
Marīa Pessimē
Helena et Christīna Cūr (Why)
Marīa imeō linguam Laīnam ( I ear the Latin language)Helena Ego ( I ) linguam Laīnam amō
Christīna E ego linguam Laīnam amō
ORAL EXERCISE 4
Tis exercise may be used afer he Lain dialogue has been presened
Insruc he sudens o say ldquohellordquo in Lain o he suden nex o hem Divide he class ino wo pars ellone par o gree he oher par using he plural greeing and vice versa Do he same ype o aciviy whensaying ldquogoodbyerdquo You may wish o make greeing he class in Lain a nd saying ldquogoodbyerdquo in Lain a par oa daily rouine
Divide he sudens ino pairs in which one person will ask how hisher parner is in Lain and he oher
wil l answer
ORAL EXERCISE 5
Tis exercise may be used afer he Lain dialogue has been presened
ell he sudens ha he paricle ndashne is added o he firs syllable o a word ha inroduces a quesion Ten askhe ollowing quesions abou he dialogue beween Mary Helen and Chrisy Individual sudens may answerorally or he enire class may wrie he answers as he eacher asks hem orally Te eacher should explain hahe orm valēs in he greeing Quōmodo valēs is in he second person which means ldquoyourdquo Te hird person orm(reerring o ldquoherrdquo ldquohimrdquo or ldquoirdquo) is valet So he phrase ldquoHow is she doingrdquo would be Quōmodo valet Te hirdperson o amō is amat and he hird person o timeō is timet
1 Teacher Quōmodo Chrisīna vale Student(s) Chrisīna bene vale
2 Teacher Quōmodo Marīa vale Student(s) Marīa pessimē vale
3 Teacher Cūr (why) Marīa pessimē vale Student(s) Marīa ime linguam Lainam4 Teacher Amane l inguam L aīnam Helena Student(s) Helena linguam Laīnam ama
5 Teacher Linguamne Laīnam ama Chrisīna Student(s) Chrisīna linguam Laīnam ama
ORAL EXERCISE 6 AND DICTATIONTis combined exercise may be used to conclude the chapter or at any time afer the students have learned the accusa-tive case and chapter vocabulary
Dicae he ollowing senences o he sudens Ten ask hem o make he ollowing changes eiher orally orin writen orm a he discreion o he eacher
1 Teacher Agricol a erram ama (change he direc objec ino plura l)Student Agricola errās ama
2 Teacher Lupa puellam cūra (change he direc objec ino plural)
Student Lupa puellās cūra3 Teacher Āhlēa puel lās ama (change he direc objec ino singu lar)
Student Āhlēa puellam ama
4 Teacher Fīlia errās ama (change he direc objec ino singular)Student Fīlia erram ama
OralExercise
4 5 6 andDictation
TEACHER NOTES
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 5454
14 bull Latin for the New Millennium
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 2054
Contents bull vii
CHAPTER 9 135
eading Sallus ldquoTe Cailinarian ConspiracyrdquoLanguage Facs Fourh Conjugaion Verbs Presen Acive and Passive
ense Presen Acive and Passive Infiniive T ird Declension NeuerNouns Tird Declension I -Sem Nouns
alking Geting Dressed or a Pary
REVIEW 3 CHAPTERS 79912519 149
Considering he Classical Gods ApolloConnecing wih he A ncien World oman AtireExploring oman Governmen Poliics in Greece ome and he Unied
Saes by Josiah Ober Proessor o Classics and Poliical Science SanordUniversiy Sanord Caliornia
Mīrābile Aud īū Phrases and Motoes elaing o Governmen andDemocracy
CHAPTER 10 163
eading Vergil ldquo Te rojan HorserdquoLanguage Facs Tird Conjugaion -iō Verbs Presen Acive and Passive
ense Presen Acive and Passive Infiniive T ird Declension AdjecivesSubsanive Adjecives
alking Te Morning Beore a es
CHAPTER 11 177
eading Vergil ldquoQueen Dido o CarhagerdquoLanguage Facs Imperec Acive a nd Passive ense o All Conjugaions
Imperec ense o Sum and Possum Encliicsalking raveling o School
CHAPTER 12 191eading Livy ldquoMucius ScaevolardquoLanguage Facs Fi rs Second and Tird Person Personal Pronouns Firs
and Second Person Possessive Adjecives Declension o vīsalking Discussing he Weaher
REVIEW 4 CHAPTERS 1099125112 205
Considering he Classical Gods Mercury Connecing wih he Ancien World oman FoodExploring he My h o he rojan Horse Never Look a Gif Horse in
he Mouh by Bonnie A Cato Proessor o Classics Assumpion CollegeWorceser Massachusets
Mīrābile Aud īū Phrases and Quoaions elaing o War and Peace
vi bull L atin for the New Millennium
CHAPTER 4 57
eading Cicero ldquoTe Deserer Wans a ewardrdquoLanguage Facs Second Declension Neuer Nouns Daive Case Firs
and Second Declension -us -a -um Adjecives Agreemen o Nounsand Adjecives
alking Discussing Homework
CHAPTER 5 69
eading Cicero ldquoCicero Wries o ereniardquoLanguage Facs Firs and Second Conjugaion Verbs Presen Passive ense
Presen Passive Infiniive Ablaive o Agen Firs and Second Declension
-er Adjecivesalking Discussing Occupaions
CHAPTER 6 81
eading Caesar ldquoTe DruidsrdquoLanguage Facs Presen ense and Presen Infiniive o Sum and Possum
Complemenary Infi niive ransiive and Inransiive Verbsalking Preparing or a es
REVIEW 2 CHAPTERS 49912516 93
Considering he Classical Gods Nepune Pluo Vesa and CeresConnecing wih he Ancien World oman MarriageExploring oman Famil ies Parens and Children Ten and Now by
Jacqueline Carlon Assisan Proessor o Classics Universiy o Massachusets Boson Massachusets
Mīrābile Audīū Phrases Motoes and Abbreviaions elaing o Lie in heweny-Firs Cenur y
CHAPTER 7 111eading Caullus ldquoMy Girlrsquos SparrowrdquoLanguage Facs Tird Declension Masculine and Feminine Nouns Indirec
Saemen Accusaive and Infiniivealking In he Caeeria
CHAPTER 8 123
eading Nepos ldquoTemisocles Saves he GreeksrdquoLanguage Facs T ird Conjugaion Verbs Presen Acive a nd Passive ense
Presen Acive and Passive Infiniive Ablaives o Manner InsrumenSeparaion Place rom Which Place Where Accusaive o Place o W hich
alking Afer School Aciviies
vindashvii bull Latin for the New Millennium
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 2154
Contents bull ix
CHAPTER 18 301
eading Apuleius ldquoCupid and PsycherdquoLanguage Facs Fuure Perec Aci ve ense o All Conjugaions Fuure
Perec ense o Sum and Possum Fifh Declension Nounsalking Going o he Denis
REVIEW 6 CHAPTERS 1699125118 315
Considering he Classical Gods BacchusConnecing wih he Ancien World Gladiaorial GamesExploring oman Disasers Earh Air Fire and Waer by John E Torburn
Associae Proessor o Classics Baylor Universiy Waco exas
Mīrābile Audīū Quoaions elaing o Atiudes oward and Coping wihMisorunes
CHAPTER 19 331
eading Ammianus ldquoTe HunsrdquoLanguage Facs Perec Passive Pariciple Perec Passive ense o All
Conjugaions eview o Principal Par s o Verbs Demonsraive Pronounand Adjecive Hic
alking Cleaning he House
CHAPTER 20 349
eading Augusine ldquoAn Adolescen TierdquoLanguage Facs Pluperec Passive ense o Al l Conjugaions Perec Acive
and Passive Infini ives Demonsraive Pronoun and Adjecive Illealking Going Shopping
CHAPTER 21 361
eading Boehius ldquoTe Wheel o ForunerdquoLanguage Facs Fuure Perec Passive ense o All Conjugaions Fuure
Acive Pariciple Fuure Acive Infiniivealking A Birhday Pary
REVIEW 7 CHAPTERS 1999125121 375
Considering he Classical Gods VulcanConnecing wih he Ancien World oman EducaionExploring oman Libraries Public Libraries and Teir Books by Keih Dix
Associae Proessor o Classics Universiy o Georgia Ahens GeorgiaMīrābile Audīū Phrases Quoaions and Abbreviaions elaing o
Schools Libraries and Books
viii bull Latin for the New Millennium
CHAPTER 13 219
eading Horace ldquoAn Encouner wih a BoorrdquoLanguage Facs Presen ense Posiive and Negaive Imperaives Firs and
Second Person Personal Pronouns Geniive Case Ti rd Person PossessivePronoun and Adjecive
alking Lae or School
CHAPTER 14 233
eading Ovid ldquoPyramus and TisberdquoLanguage Facs Firs and Second Conjugaion Verbs Fuure Acive and
Passive ense Fuure ense o Sum and Possum elaive Pronouns
elaive Clausesalking Chating on he Inerne
CHAPTER 15 245
eading Seneca ldquoe1047298ecions on Growing OldrdquoLanguage Facs Tird a nd Fourh Conjugaion Verbs Fuure Acive and
Passive ense Inerrogaive Pronouns and Adjecivesalking A rip o he Counry
REVIEW 5 CHAPTERS 1399125115 259
Considering he Classical Gods Minerva Di ana VenusConnecing wih he A ncien World oman Ciies and oadsExploring oman Law Te Jusice Sysem in Ancien ome by James G
Keenan Proessor o Classics Loyola Universiy Chicago Chicago IllinoisMīrābile Audīū Phrases and Quoaions elaing o Legal Maters
CHAPTER 16 273
eading Pliny he Younger ldquoTe Erupion o VesuviusrdquoLanguage Facs Perec ense Verbs Perec Sem Perec Acive ense o
All Conjugaions Perec ense o Sum and Possum Daive o Possessionalking elaxing a he Beach
CHAPTER 17 287
eading acius ldquoTe Fire a omerdquoLanguage Facs Pluperec A cive ense o All Conjugaions Pluperec
ense o Sum and Possum Fourh Declension Masculine Feminine andNeuer Nouns
alking ecovering rom an Acciden
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull viiindashix
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 2254
xndashxi bull Latin for the New Millennium
FOREWORDTe aurea mediocriās o Lain exbooks has arrived No a grammar-ranslaion nor a readingapproach book Lain or he New Millennium is a blend o he bes elemens o boh
Te key o Lain or he New Millennium Level 1 is he emphasis on reading Lain a he begin-ning o each chaper and using conversaional Lain a he end o each chaper or as he auhorsindicae in he Preace lsquoi (Lain) offers you he lingui sic key o he minds ha shaped European
(and hereore American) culu re rom he ime o he omans o he modern scienific revolu-ion In his book you will learn abou he language sep by sep by using irsquo
Te reading passages a he opening o each chaper are ba sed on Lain lieraure and proceedin chronological order rom Plauus o Boehius Each reading is suppored by pre-reading andacing page vocabulary Grammar is inroduced using senences already seen in he reading pas-sage and mīrābile dicū here are pleny o exercises Te Vocabulary o Learn chosen rom headaped reading passage hus conains some Advanced Placemen lieraure-based words and i sreieraed consisenly in he exercises and oher shor reading passages
Somehing no seen in mos Lain exbooks is he conversaional dialogue a he end o eachchaper Tis will pique he sudenrsquos ineres in he Lain version o modern-day aciviies andmee cerain classical language sandards direcly Te auhors Milena Minkova and erenceunberg proessors a he Universiy o Kenucky a Lexingon are he direcors o he hugelypopular Conveniculum Lexinoniense he annual su mmer program ha has been r unning ormore han en years Tey are also on he aculy o he Conveniculum Bosoniense a similarprogram ha draws paricipans o experience conversaional Lain in differen geographical se-ings A he 2007 American Classical Leag ue Insiue a Vanderbil Universiy I paricipaed ina conversaional Lain workshop presened by Minkova and unberg Tough he par icipans
were seasoned Lain eachers mos were experiencing or he firs ime he ried and rue meh-ods hese wo expers were using o inspire us o speak Lain By he end o he workshop wecould converse in amiliar Lain phrases and saw how useul his could be or our own sudensunbergrsquos and Minkovarsquos leadership in hese summer programs made hem uniquely well suiedo design he conversaional dialogues in Lain or he New Millennium and he copious oral ex-ercises ha are conained only in he eacher manual hus al lowing eachers o pick and choose
which exercises bes mee he needs o heir own sudens
Tis book wih is range o offerings wi ll appeal o all ypes o lang uage sudens and will alloweachers o bring he many aces o he oman and pos-oman world ino he classroom How
wonderul i is o see a passage o adaped Plauus in Chaper 2 a prose adapaion o Caullusrsquo passer poem in Chaper 7 o Horacersquos saire on he boor in Chaper 13 and even o aciusrsquo de-scripion o he grea fire in ome in Chaper 17 oman culure is embodied in each o hesepassages hus meeing anoher classical language sandard Accompanying each passage is aquoaion or moto conneced o he passage or chaper
bull xi bullx bull Latin for the New Millennium
APPENDIX A 389
Chronological Lis o he Auhors and Works Sudied
APPENDIX B 391
Addiional Sae Motoes
APPENDIX C 393
Grammaical Forms and Paradigms
APPENDIX D 405
Lain Synax
APPENDIX E 411Hisorical imeline
ENGLISH TO LATIN GLOSSARY 415
LATIN TO ENGLISH GLOSSARY 421
BIBLIOGRAPHY 429
PHOTOGRAPHY CREDITS 431
INDEX 435
LIST OF MAPS
Map o he oman World xxxi iMap o he ravels o Aeneas 187Map o he Ciy o ome 227
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 2354
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull xiindashxiii
PREFACELearning Lain helps you learn English and oher languages beter and perhaps even moreimporanly i offers you he linguisic key o he minds ha shaped European (and hereore
American) culure rom he ime o he omans o he modern scienific revoluion Lain washe language hese people used o express hemselves and o record heir ideas in permanen ormacross so many cenuries In his book you wil l learn abou he language by u sing i sep by sep
CHAPTER COMPONENTS
READING PASSAGES
Each chaper begins wih a eading Passage and noes on he acing page ha will help you un-dersand any linguisic elemens you have no previously seen Tese noes eaure vocabulary
words in an easy o ollow alphabeical l ising providing you he exac meaning needed o un-dersand he reading passage bu no he ull lexical enries a his poin By reading and seeinghese new elemens in heir naural conex ofen you will need no explanaion o undersandhow hey uncion because hey appear w ih words you already know Te eadi ng Passages areadaped rom auhenic works o Lain lieraure and hey are presened in chronological order
As you complee each chaper you will be raci ng he sory o Lain as a lierary language andhe sories o he auhors who used i In addiion you wi ll learn abou oman c ulure over heperiods o ime in which he eaured reading o each chaper was produced
VOCABULARY TO LEARN
Te Vocabulary o Learn repeas some words encounered in he eading Passage or each chap-
er bu in his secion he words are lised by pars o speech i nsead o alphabeically and herehe ull lexical enry is given Tese are words you will need o memorize in order o recognizeand use hem hroughou he remainder o he book In order o aid you in recognizi ng connec-ions beween Lain words and he English words derived rom or relaed o hem a derivaiveexercise ollows each Vocabulary o Learn
LANGUAGE FACTS AND EXERCISES
In he body o each chaper you will fi nd simple explanaions o he Language Facs eaured inhe chaper reading passage along wih many differen exercises ha allow you o use all he in-ormaion you are learning By doing he exercises in each chaper and in he suden workbook
you will no only be reading and wriing Lain yoursquoll be speaking i Some exercises involve oralexchanges wih he eacher and wih oher sudens Because Lain communicaes hough i isa living hing Tereore a person who gains an acive working knowledge in he language along
bull xiii bullxii bull Latin for the New Millennium
All o his said Lain or he New Millennium is suden riendly Sudy ips rhymes and mnemon-ics abound in each chaper and litle secions called ldquoBy he Wayrdquo offer addiional inormaion orhose who always wan o know more
Te uni review secions are ru ly gems Afer hree chapers a Lain review chaper providesno jus he complee lis o Vocabulary o Learn and pleniu l exercises bu ofen anoher pieceo adaped lieraure o read991252snippes o Mari al or Peronius and more
Bu his is no all A secion called ldquoConsidering he Classical Godsrdquo offers high-ineres readingsin boh Engli sh and Lain on he panheon o classical gods A noher secion eniled ldquoConnec-ing wih he Ancien Worldrdquo provides in English addiional i normaion on a paricular aspec ooman lie conained wihin he uni
Capping each review uni is a disincive essay ha e xplores oman and modern opics each writen by a universiy scholar From he Universiy o Massachusets o Sanord Universiyand many places in be ween hese proessors have conribued heir special experise on subjecmater relaed o he chapers I k now o no oher book ha does hi s
Tere are many useu l phoographs and maps appropriaely placed hroughou Te reproduc-ions o fine ar and phoographs o archaeological sies provide a visual learning experience as
well Needless o say here are appendices on g rammar and synax a nd English o Lain andLain o English glossaries wih an added secion on various motoes
Te auhors ediors consulans and pilo eachers have done a superior job o organizing his book or maximum useu lness and effeciveness Tis unique series w ill include he ollowi ngLevel 1 Suden ex Level 1 Suden Workbook Level 1 eacherrsquos Manual and Level 1 Work-
book eacherrsquos Manual Level 2 Suden ex Level 2 Suden Workbook Level 2 eacherrsquosManual and Level 2 Workbook eacherrsquos Manual Many online and elecronic resources willalso accompany his series
Lain for he New Millennium has been houghully designed or and wih he weny-firscenury suden in mind Please join me in heralding he appearance o his unique new series
ha will improve and enhance he sudy o Lain or he weny-firs cenury
P983137983157983148 P983154983151983152983141983154983162983145983151Boson Lain Academy
2008
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 2454
xivndashxv bull Latin for the New Millennium
Preface bull xv
ASPECTS OF ROMAN LIFE
Nex you will find a reading in English on an imporan aspec o oman daily lie Tis sec-ion eniled Connecing wih he Ancien World wil l presen addiional inormaion on a opicencounered in he previous c hapers
EXPLORING ROMAN AND MODERN LIFE
Following he secion on daily lie here will be a shor essay in English ha compares and con-rass some aspec o oman and American lie and illusraes a way in which Lain is a par oour lie oday Each o hese essays has been writen by a universiy scholar wih special experisein his field o sudy
MĪRĀBILE AUDĪTŪEach review chaper concludes wih a l is o Lain quoaions motoes phrases or abbreviaionsused in English Tese sayings relae o one o he uni opics
Te Lain langu age and oman culure have no only inspired wriers hroughou he ages andin1047298uenced modern lie bu have also lef heir presence in ar and archaeology In his volumereproducions o painings drawings sculpure mosaics rescoes and oher ariacs rom an-iquiy hrough he presen abound wih depicions o and reerences o he sories and lives ohe omans Likewise view s o archaeological sies remind us o wha ome and is area o in1047298u-ence was like in ancien imes Te illusraions hroughou he ex suppor he writen word in
visual orm hus offering you a vivid recollecion o he chaper conen
Each auhor o his book has writen differen secions o he exbook bu boh auhors have ben-efied hroughou he composiion o he exbook rom coninuous muual advice and suppor
MM and 2008
Visi wwwl nmbolchazycom o see he elecronic resources ha accompany Lain or he New Millennium
xiv bull Latin for the New Millennium
wih a readi ng abiliy i s more likely o progress quick ly o a deeper undersanding o he lan-guage and he enjoymen o is lieraure I you have an oral aciliy and can wrie in a language
you will no need o be reminded abou orms and grammaical rules so ofen In his book you will acquire ha acive acili y as a basic par o learning he language
CONVERSATIONAL LATIN
oward he end o each chaper here is a Lain dialogue in which a group o modern sudens arehe paricipans Tey discuss in Lain siuaions ofen encounered in our daily li ves In hesedialogues you will find a bridge beween our lives and he houghs o he ancien medieval orrenaissance auhors who wroe in Lain991252a bridge consruced o he same basic language Lain
OTHER FEATURESIn each chaper you will fi nd oher ineresing mater ha will help you learn and enjoy Lain
bull Memorābile Dictū Te firs page o each chaper eaures a amous saying labeled Memorābile Dicū (A Memorable Ting o Say) a Lain phrase so well known ha i has become an ofenrepeaed proverb or quoaion Learning each amous saying wi ll increase your u ndersand-ing no jus o Lain bu o he houghs and ideas ha were i mporan o omans and haveconinued o be an inegral par o modern lie
bull Sudy ips Each chaper conains sayings rhymes mnemonic devices verses or oher in-ormaion ha will help you remember he various hings you are learning
bull By he Way You will see his phrase repeaed hroughou every chaper When you see hislabel you will know ha addiional inormaion is being presened
REVIEW COMPONENTS A he conclusion o every se o hree chapers here is a review conaining various componens
VOCABULARY TO KNOW
Tis is a complee lis o all he Vocabulary o Learn words presened in he hree chapers ar-ranged by pars o speech
EXERCISES
Here you will see many new exercises ha will help you review and reinorce he maerial in hehree preceding chapers In he review exercise secion here is ofen an addiional reading pas-sage o help you undersand more abou Lain lieraure and is heriage oday
CLASSICAL MYTHOLOGY
Tis secion eniled Considering Classical Myhology includes passages on myhology one inEnglish and one in Lain which ell some o he principal sories abou he Greek and omangods Tese sories re1047298ec many o he main hemes seen in lieraure and ar rom classical omodern imes
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 2554
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull xvindashxvii
AUTHORSMILENA MINKOVA
MA and PhD Chrisian and Classical Philology Pon-ifical Salesian Universiy ome Ialy MA and PhDClassics Universiy o Sofia Bulgaria
Associae Proessor o Classics Universiy o KenuckyLexingon Kenucky
Milena Minkova has sudied conduced research andaugh in Bulgaria Swizerland Germany Ialy he
Vaican Ciy and he USA Minkova has auhored hree book monographs Te Personal Names o he Lain In-scripions fom Bulgaria (Peer Lang 2000) Te Proe-an Raio (Peer Lang 2001) and Inroducion o Lain
Prose Composiion (Bolchazy-Carducci 2007 reprin Wimbledon 2001) She has also published numerousaricles on Lain medieval philosophy Lain lieraureLain composiion and Lain pedagogy
TERENCE TUNBERGBA and MA Classics Universiy o Souhern Calior-nia Posgraduae researcher and docoral suden Me-
dieval Sudies Universiy o London England PhDClassical Philology Universiy o orono Canada
Proessor o Classics Universiy o Kenucky Lexing-on Kenucky
erence unberg has augh in Belgium and Canadaas well as in he USA He is a specialis in Lain com-posiion and an exper in he hi sory o he approacheso wriing Lain prose rom aniquiy o early modernimes His works include a n ediion o collecion o Me-dieval Lain speeches commenaries on Lain worksand numerous sudies o he hisory o imiaion in La-in wriing In addiion or more han a decade he hasoffered summer seminars designed o inroduce peopleo he use o spoken Lain
bull xvii bull
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 2654
EDITORS CONSULTANTSAND PILOT TEACHERS
VOLUME EDITORSElisa C DenjaEdior Bolchazy-Carducci PublishersBaker Demonsraion School EmeriaEvanson Illinois
LeaAnn A OsburnEdior Bolchazy-Carducci PublishersBarringon High School EmeriaBarringon Illinois
BOARD OF
CONSULTANTS Virginia A ndersonLain eacherIllinois Virual High SchoolBarringon Middle School EmeriaBarringon Illinois
Jill M CrookerLain eacher
Pitsord-Mendon High School EmeriaPitsord New York
Judih Peller HalletProessor o ClassicsUniversiy o MarylandCollege Park Maryland
Sherwin D Litle1ndash12 Foreign Language Program LeaderIndian Hill High SchoolCincinnai Ohio
Sherrilyn MarinChair Deparmen o Foreign LanguagesKeih Counry Day Schoolockord Illinois
Mary PendergrafProessor o Classical Languages
Wake Fores Universiy Winson-Salem Norh Carolina
John raupman
Proessor o ClassicsS Josephrsquos Universiy EmeriusPhiladelphia Pennsylvania
Cynhia Whie Associae Proessor o ClassicsUniversiy o Arizonaucson Ari zona
ose WilliamsMcMurry College Emeria
Abilene High School Emeria Abilene exas
Donna WrighLain eacherLawrence Norh and Lawrence Cenral High
Schools
Indianapolis Indiana
PILOT TEACHERS Jeremy M WalkerLain eacherCrown Poin High SchoolCrown Poin Indiana
Laneta WarrenburgLain eacherElgin High SchoolElgin Illinois
bull xix bullxviii bull Latin for the New Millennium
JOINT PUBLICATIONS BY THE AUTHORSMinkova and unberg have coauhored he ollowing books Readings and Exercises in Lain
Prose Composiion (Focus 2004) Reading Livyrsquos Rome Selecions fom Livy Books IndashVI (Bol-chazy-Carducci 2 005) Maer Anserina Poems in Lain or Children (Focus 2006) Tey are hedirecors o he Insiue or Lain Sud ies a he Universiy o Kenucky in which sudens sudyhe hisory o Lain rom ancien o modern imes and ake par in seminars in which Lai n is he
working language o all ac iviies Boh Minkova and unberg are eleced ellows o he ome- based Academia Lainiai Fovendae he primary learned sociey devoed o he preservaion andpromoion o he use o Lain
xviiindashxix bull Latin for the New Millennium
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 2754
Editors Consultants and Pilot Teachers bull xxi
SHERWIN LITTLE
BA Universiy o Cincinnai M A Universiy o Colorado
Sherwin Litle has augh Lain rom sixh g rade hrough Lain AP a Indian Hill Exemped Vil-lage School Disric since 1983 Sherwin has received an Ovaio rom CAMWS as well as heCAMWS Good eacher Award and he Hildesheim Vase Award rom he Ohio Classical Coner-ence in 1986 and 2007 Sherwin holds Naional Board Cerificaion in World Languages Oherhan English and has been boh Vice Presiden and Presiden o he American Classical Leag ue
SHERRILYN MARTIN
BA Wilson College MA PhD Universiy o Cincinnai
Sherrilyn Marin was named Illinois Lain eacher o he Year in 1993 was a recipien o heL Governorrsquos Award or Foreign Language eaching in 2001 and was named a Claes Nobeleacher o Disincion in 2 007 She is a pas presiden o he Illinois Classical Conerence and isacive in he ockord Sociey o he A rchaeological Insiue o America Sherri lyn spen a yearin independen sudy a he Universiy o Tessaloniki Greece
MARY PENDERGRAFT
AB PhD Universiy o Norh Carolina Chapel Hill
Afer eaching a UNC-Greensboro and D uke Universiy Mary Pendergraf began eachingclassics ul l-ime a Wake Fores Mary is a ormer Presiden o he Norh Carolina Classical A s-sociaion and paricipaed in he ocus group ha w roe he Norh Carolina Sandard Course oSudy or Lain
JOHN TRAUPMAN
BA Moravian College MA PhD Pr inceon Universiy
John raupman is proessor emerius rom S Josephrsquos Universiy i n Phil adelphia where heaugh or hiry-eigh years A mong his many awards John received he Disinguished eaching
Award rom S Josephrsquos Universiy in 1982 a cerificae o appreciaion rom he PennsylvaniaDeparmen o Educaion in 1990 and he Special Award rom he Classical Associaion o he
Alanic Saes in 1996 John raupman is especially well-known as he auhor oConversaional Lain and Te New College Lain and English Dicionary
CYNTHIA WHITE
BA Chesnu Hill College MA Villanova Universiy PhD Caholic Universiy o America
Cynhia Whie is he Direcor o he Undergraduae Lain Program and supervises eacherraining and Kndash12 Lain eacher Cerificaion a he Universiy o Arizona She regularlyeaches a he Isiuo Inernazionale di Sudi Classici di Orvieo he Classics Deparmenrsquos Sudy
Abroad Program in Orvi eo Ialy and has sudied i n ome wih he Papal Lai nis eg inaldFoser ODC
xx bull Latin for the New Millennium
VOLUME EDITORSELISA C DENJA
BA Marygrove College Deroi Michigan MA Columbia Universiy MA Loyola UniversiyChicago
Elisa Denja augh Lain a Norh Chicago High School and Baker Demonsraion School inEvanson Illinois or many years while concurrenly eaching classical myhology a LoyolaUniversiy o Chicago and in he g ifed-disance learning program a Norhwesern UniversiyElisa was awarded he Illinois Lain eacher o he Year award in 1992 and he Illinois Lieime
Achievemen Award in 2007
LEAANN A OSBURNBA Monmouh College Illinois MA Loyola Universiy Chicago
While eaching Lain or many years a Barringon High School in Barringon Illinois LeaA nnserved as boh vice-presiden and presiden o he Illinois Classical Conerence LeaAn n receivedhe Illinois La in eacher o he Year award in 1989 he Illinois L Governorrsquos Award in 1990and he Classical Associaion o he Middle Wes and Souh Good eacher Award in 1996
BOARD OF CONSULTANTSVIRGINIA ANDERSON
BA Loyola Universiy Chicago MA S Xavier Universiy
Virginia Anderson augh Lain or hi ry years i n privae and public hi gh schools and middleschools in he Chicagoland area In 1999 she was awarded he L Governorrsquos Award or Enhance-men o he eaching Proession and in 2003 was named Il linois Lain eacher o he Year
JILL M CROOKER
BA Universiy o Illi nois MSEd Nazareh College o ocheser New York Jill Crooker augh Lain or many years a Pitsord-Mendon High School in Pitsord New YorkShe has served as he College Board Advisor o he A P Lain es Developmen Commitee andin 1996 received he Moron E Spillenger Award or Disingui shed Leadership o he Classical
Associaion o he Empire Sae In 2003 she received he ACL Meria Award and i n 2006 a nOvaio rom he Classical A ssociaion o he Alanic Saes
JUDITH PELLER HALLETT
BA Wellesley MA PhD Harvard Universiy
In addiion o sudying a he A merican Academy in ome he Insiue o Classical Sudies inLondon and he Universiy o Maasrich in Holland Judih Hallet is a ormer presiden o heClassical Associaion o he Alanic Saes and Vice-Presiden or Oureach o he AmericanPhilological Associaion She was named a Disinguished Scholar-eacher in 1992 by he Uni-
versiy o Maryland
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull xxndashxxi
TEACHER NOTES
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 2854
xxii bull Latin for the New Millennium
xxii bull L atin for the New Millennium
ROSE WILLIAMS
BA Baylor Universiy MA Universiy o Norh Carolina Chapel Hill
In addiion o posgraduae work in Lain and Humaniies a he Universiy o Dallas and heUniversiy o exas a Arlingon on a ockeeller Gran ose Williams did research a he Bodle-ian Library Ox ord Universiy in England and a he Universiy o Pisa She augh Lain or overhiry years a boh high school and uni versiy levels in exas and now is he auhor o more hanen books abou he Classics
DONNA WRIGHT
BA MA Ball Sae Universiy
Afer eaching Lain a Carmel High School Donna Wrigh currenly eaches a boh LawrenceNorh and Lawrence Cenral High Schools in Indianapolis Indiana She has been an acivemember o he Indiana Classical Conerence being named Creaive Lain eacher o he Year in1976 She has also been acive i n he American Classical League sponsoring a JCL chaper andleading Ialy rips or nearly weny years Donna also served as an offi cer speaker and boardmember o Pompeiiana Inc
PILOT TEACHERS JEREMY M WALKER
AB Wabash College MA Indiana Universiy
Jeremy Walker has augh Lain a Crown Poin High School in Crown Poin Indiana since1995 He has served as he Co-Chair o he Indiana Junior Classical League and Membershipand Public elaions Chair o he Naional Junior Classical League In addiion o sudying inIaly a he Inercollegiae Cener or Classical Sudies and in Greece a he American School orClassical Sudies he was presiden o he Indiana Classical Conerence In 2003 Jeremy was rec-ognized as he Lain eacher o he Year in Indiana and in 2004 was recognized by he Indiana
Sae eachers Associaion as a orch o K nowledge ecipien
LANETTA WARRENBURG
BA Indiana Universiy MA Indiana Universiy-Purdue Universiy Indianapolis
Laneta Warrenburg has augh high school English and Lain or hiry-hree years a schoolsin Indiana and Illinois Her las weny-our years o eaching Lain were a Elgin High Schoolin Elgin Illinois While eaching Lain here she served as he Illinois Classical Conerencechairperson or Chicago Classics Day as co-chair or he Illinois Ceramen League since 1993and as sae chair or he Il linois Junior Classical L eague rom 1999ndash2001 Laneta was honoredas he Illi nois Lain eacher o he Year in 2001 and was presiden o he Chicago Classical Clubrom 2005ndash2007
INTRODUCTION
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 2954
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull xxiii
INTRODUCTIONALPHABETTe Lain alphabe was derived rom he Eruscan alphabe some ime beore he sevenh cen-ury 983138983139983141 Te Eruscans were a people in pre-oman Ialy
Teir alphabe owes much o he Greek alphabe In urn he Greek alphabe was derived romhe Phoenician alphabe Phoenician raders had spread heir sysem o wriing h roughou he
Medierranean region Te Phoenician alphabe isel can be raced o he Norh Semiic alpha- be which was used in Syria and Palesine as early as he elevenh cenury 983138983139983141 and is consideredo be he earlies ully developed alphabeic wriing sysem
An Eruscan couple reclining on a funeral sarcophagus
bull xxiii bull
Sandard41
EDITORrsquoS NOTE
Te comprehension quesions and answers as well as some o he eaching ips and eacher by he Way noa-ions in his eacher manual were writen by Elisa C Denja LeaAnn A Osburn Karen Lee Singh and DonaldE Sprague classics ediorseducaors a Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers
HOW TO USE THIS BOOK
Please noe ha he perinen naional Classics sandards are lised in he margin o he lef or righ on he samepage as he reproducion o he suden ex
Eisemann Communicaion assised in preparing he correlaions o Lain o r he New Mil lennium wih he
naional sandards For an overview o he sandards hemselves and he correlaions please consul www bolchazyl nmcom
TEACHING TIP
Te eacher may choose o use he picure o he Eruscan couple on his page and he brie meniono he Eruscan alphabe o open a discussion on wha role he Eruscans played in early omanimes Sudens may be direced o p xxx ii o find Eruria on he map
TEACHING TIPTe eacher may wish o discuss wih he sudens he erm ldquoomance languagesrdquo Many modernlanguages come rom he language used by he ancien omans French Ialian Poruguese Span-ish omanian ec omansch (spoken by he descendans o he aeians and one o he our o-ficial languages o Swizerland) is also derived rom Lain
TEACHER BY THE WAYBased on archeological evidence i appears ha Eruscan women were an imporan par o hesocial srucure Ofen he names o boh moher and aher were placed on unerary inscripionsTe reedom o women wihin sociey is likewise apparen on monumens where hey can be seenreclining wih heir husbands on he same couch atending games and having a place o honor in heomb isel Noice he affecionae pose o he couple in he illusraion on p xxiii Clearly marriedlove was valued in Eruscan sociey and amily lie was imporan
ombs also provide evidence or he syle o Eruscan homes Some o hese eaures were borrowed by heomans especially he cenral hall and hree rooms a he back Tis ype o house was known a Pompeii as well as a ome ac cording o Viru vius auhor o Dē archiecūrā
TEACHING TIP
Te eacher may wish o have sudens read an English ranslaion o Livyrsquos radiional accouno anaquil wie o arquinius Priscus he fifh king o ome Te independence o Eruscan women is ev iden in hi s ale He r behavior is he ani hesis o he ideas o woma nly dec orum hel d by he omans
TEACHING TIPS d ill j i i h E li h ldquo lph b rdquo pl i h E li h l t ih h
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 3054
xxiv bull Latin for the New Millennium
xxiv bull Latin for the New Millennium
Look a he English alphabe in he lef column and a he Lain alphabe in he righ one TeLain alphabe is accompanied by he names o he Lain leters (in parenheses)
English Alphabe Lain Alphabe
Uppercase Lowercase Uppercase Lowercase Leter Name
A a A a (a ldquoăhrdquo)
B b B b (be ldquobayrdquo)
C c C c (ce ldquocayrdquo)
D d D d (de ldquodayrdquo)
E e E e (e ldquoĕhrdquo)
F F (e)
G g G g (ge ldquogayrdquo)H h H h (ha ldquohahrdquo)
I i I i (i ldquoeerdquo)
J j
K k K k (ka ldquokahrdquo)
L l L l (el)
M m M m (em)
N n N n (en)
O o O o (o ldquoŏhrdquo)
P p P p (pe ldquopayrdquo)
Q q Q q (qu ldquokoordquo)
r r (er)
S s S s (es)
(e ldquoayrdquo)
U u U u (u ldquooordquo)
V v V v (u consonan)
W w
X x X x (ix ldquoeexrdquo)
Y y Y y (upsilon)
Z z Z z (zea ldquodzayardquo)
Te English alphabe is derived direcly rom he Lain alphabe Tis accouns or he greasimilariies b eween he wo alphabes Tere are 26 leters in he English alphabe and 24 in heLain Te differences are he ollowing
bull Te leter W w (which is he doubled leter v) is missing in he Lain alphabe
bull Te leter J j is a more recen invenion In ac i appears in Lain exs writen during heMiddle Ages and he enaissance as well as i n many modern ediions o ancien Lain exsI is used o indicae he semi-vowel i someimes called consonanal i Te consonanal i is
Sudens will enjoy singing he English alphabe song replacing he English leter names wih heLain leter names Sudens may be insruced o clap once where here is no Lain leter name (egldquoJrdquo) equivalen o he English one
TEACHING TIPTe eacher may choose o display any Lain words (a lis is provided below or he eacherrsquos conve-nience) and insruc he sudens o spell ou he word using he Lain leter names Te sudensmay become curious o know wha he Lain words mean Definiions are given below
bull pars ndash par
bull nox ndash nigh
bull ruber ndash red
bull ēgī ndash I have done
bull amilia ndash amily
bull carō ndash 1047298esh
bull dēcernō ndash I decide
bull herba ndash plan
bull Kalendae ndash Kalends (firs day o he monh)
bull quoque ndash also
bull imor ndash ear
bull Pȳhia ndash Pyhia (name o Apollorsquos priesess)
bull iēcī ndash I hrew
bull ēlīx - happy bull ignis ndash fire
bull mūō ndash I change
COMPREHENSION QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS FOR PAGES XXIII991251XXVeproducible versions o he quesions alone are available a wwwlnm bolchazycom
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 3154
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull xxv
Introduction bull xxv
he i a he beginning o a word beore a vowel or i beween wo vowels According o hismehod or example Iūlius is writen Jūlius and Āiax is writen Ājax In his book he leter J j will no be used
bull Te disincion beween he vowel U u and he consonan V v also belongs o laer imesIniially here was only one leter V u used boh or he vowel and he consonan eg Vrbs ldquoTe Ciyrdquo (ie ome) or uicor ldquohe winnerrdquo
bull However in accord wih he prevail ing pracice o expressing he vowel wih U u and heconsonan wih V v in his book he wo leters will be disingui shed
PRONUNCIATION OF LATIN
VOWELSTere are six vowels in Lain and heir pronunciaion is as ollows
Long Vowel Sound Shor Vowel Sound
ā is pronounced as in ldquoaherrdquo ōrāor ldquooraorrdquo a is pronounced as in ldquoalikerdquo amō ldquoloverdquo
ē is pronounced like he a in ldquoraverdquo nēmō ldquonobodyrdquo e is pronounced as in ldquoperdquo bene ldquowellrdquo
ī is pronounced like he double e in ldquoseenrdquo līmes ldquoboundaryrdquo
i is pronounced as in ldquopirdquo nihil ldquonohingrdquo
ō is pronounced as in ldquosoverdquo videō ldquo(I) seerdquo o is pronounced as in ldquoofenrdquorosa ldquoroserdquo
ū is pronounced as in ldquomoonrdquo ūnus ldquoonerdquo u is pronounced as in ldquopurdquo um ldquohenrdquo
ӯ comes rom Greek and is pronounced in lenghsomewhere beween he i in ldquohirdquo and he u in ldquomuerdquo Pӯramus ldquoPyramusrdquo
y comes rom Greek Is sound wheher long or shorlies in beween he sounds o i and u much as in heFrench ldquosucircrrdquo bu he sound o shor y is less drawn ouhan ha o long y lyricus ldquolyricalrdquo
Te Lain words senātus rēgēsulla gentēs and prīmus are
engraved on his sone
Sign from Pompeii carved on sone wih Lain leters
p q
1 race he roos o he Lain alphabe rom is beginnings orward
Norh-Semiic alphabe elevenh cenury 983138983139983141 Phoenician alphabe Greek alphabe Erusca n alphabeLain alphabe
2 Which wo leters in he English alphabe are no ound in he Lain alphabe
W and J
3 When does he leter J begin o appear in Lain
During he Middle Ages and he enaissa nce
4 Look a he Lain inscripion on he sign rom Pompeii (on he righ o p xxv) Find a leas hree Lain words Lis an Engl ish word you believe is based on he La in word
colonia 991252 colonial colony honoris 991252 honorspecacula 991252 specacular specacle perpevom 991252 perpeual perpeuiy duovir 991252 virile virili
Sandards12 41
TEACHING TIPSudens may wan o know he English meanings o he Lain words in Exercises 1 and 2 Te defini-
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 3254
xxvi bull Latin for the New Millennium
xxvi bull L atin for the New Millennium
BY THE WAY
Everywhere in his book long vowels are indicaed by macrons ie ā ē ī ō ū ӯ whileabove he shor vowels here are no signs Someimes wo words differ rom each oheronly in he lengh o he vowel For example mālum wih a longa means ldquoapplerdquo whilemalum wih a shor a means ldquobad hingrdquo
EXERCISE 1epea hese words aloud afer your eacher pronounces hem
1 a lō 7 lēnis 13 probō 19 sūor2 alumnus 8 sēdēs 14 noa 20 ūsus3 rāna 9 i er 15 pōnō 21 syllaba4 rādō 10 imeō 16 dōnum 22 Pӯrēnē5 eneō 11 nīor 17 ululō6 peō 12 mīrus 18 lupus
DIPHTHONGSDiphhongs are wo vowels combined in one syllable and pronounced ogeher as one soundTere are six diphhongs in Lain
bull ae much like he y in ldquoskyrdquo laevus ldquo lefrdquo
bull au pronounced as ou in ldquoourrdquo aurum ldquo goldrdquo
bull ei pronounced as ei in ldquoeignrdquo oiei ldquoalasrdquo
bull eu pronounced eoo much as i in he wo words ldquogrey bluerdquo you were o subrac he ldquogr-rdquo andhe ldquobl-rdquo and combine he wo vowel sounds Eurōpa ldquoEuroperdquo
bull oe pronounced as oy in ldquoboyrdquo proelium ldquo batlerdquo
bull ui pronounced nearly like ldquowerdquohui ldquoohrdquo
I is believed ha quie early sill in ancien imes he diphhongs ae and oe began o be pro-nounced as e I you encouner hem writen aē or aeuml and oē or oeuml his means ha hey are nodiphhongs and he leters should be pronounced separaely āēr poēa
Te diphhongs are always long
EXERCISE 2epea hese words afer your eacher pronounces hem
1 aesās 7 s eu 13 aēneus2 a equō 8 m oenia 14 poēma3 raeda 9 neu 15 hei4 l audō 10 poena 16 huic5 a u 11 neuer6 aula 12 Poenus
Sudens may wan o know he English meanings o he Lain words in Exercises 1 and 2 Te definiions are provided or he eacherrsquos convenience
EXERCISE 11 I nourish 12 wonderul
2 suden 13 I approve
3 rog 14 noe
4 I scrape 15 I pu
5 I hold 16 gif6 I seek 17 I howl
7 smooh 18 wol
8 sea 19 shoemaker
9 journey 20 use
10 I ear 21 sylla ble
11 I srive 22 Pȳrene (a name)
EXERCISE 21 summer
2 I make level
3 carriage
4 I praise5 or
6 orecour
7 or i
8 walls
9 and no
10 penaly
11 neiher
12 Carhaginian
13 bronze
14 poem
15 ah
16 o his
TEACHER BY THE WAYHisorical evidence can be cied or reading he firs syllable o ldquomāgnusrdquo as naurally long bu oher
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 3354
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull xxvii
Introduction bull xxvii
CONSONANTSbull c is pronounced as in ldquocomerdquo clārus ldquobrighrdquo censeō ldquo(I) deemrdquo cārus ldquodearrdquo
bull When b is ollowed by s as in urbs ldquociyrdquo he sound o b approaches ha o p a sound wemigh represen as urps
bull g is pronounced as in ldquogerdquo gaudiumldquojoyrdquo gignō ldquo(I) bege (I) bearrdquo grāialdquoavor agreeablenessrdquo
bull Some hink ha he omans o Cicerorsquos ime (firs cenury 983138983139983141) pronounced he wo conso-nans ng as ngn or example he adjecive māgnus ldquogreardquo would have been pronounced in a
way ha we migh represen asmangnus
bull k is a very rare consonan In ac i appears only in wo words Kalendae ldquohe firs day oevery monh in he oman calendarrdquo and in he personal name Kaeso
bull q appears always in combinaion wih u and he combinaion qu is pronounced as in ldquoqueenrdquoquatuor ldquoourrdquo
bull v has a sound similar o w (as in he word ldquowierdquo) videō ldquo I seerdquo
bull Te consonanu in he combinaion su sounds like he English w in he ollowing our wordssuēscō ldquo(I) become accusomedrdquoSuēvī a name o a German ribe suādeō ldquo(I) adviserdquo suāvis ldquosweerdquo
bull Te leter r is rilled slighly Te sound has no exac equivalen in English bu is heard inmany oher European languages Te bes way o make his sound is o pronounce r as inldquoroperdquo bu vibrae he end o he ongue slighly as you say i
bull x is a double consonan (equivalen ocs or gs) ha sounds much like he x in ldquosixrdquo
bull z is a noher double consonan (equivalen o dz) and sounds almos like z in ldquozebrardquo I be-gins wih a sligh d sound firs so in pronouncing his leter you should hear dz
bull ph sounds like p in ldquopenrdquo bu wih he addiion o a sligh breah o air represened by he hth sounds like t as in ldquo omrdquo bu wih he addiion o a sligh ex ra breahing represened byhe h ch sounds nearly like he combinaion kh Tese consonans are borrowed rom Greek
and appear in Greek words zephyrus ldquowesern breezerdquo chorus ldquochorusrdquo heārum ldquoheaerrdquo When p and t are no accompanied by h his sligh aspiraion is absen
bull When consonans are doubled as in he verbaggredior he consonanal sound is lenghenedslighly
EXERCISE 3epea hese words afer your eacher pronounces hem
1 cibus 7 glōria 13 phasēlus2 capiō 8 Zeus 14 chara3 cumulus 9 bibliohēca 15 cēlō4 crēscō 10 phi losophia 16 anīquus5 gemma 11 zōna6 Gallus 12 heōrēma
g y g y gevidence suggess i is naurally shor Tus in some grammar books such as he one by Gildersleeveand Lodge we find his syllable marked as long bu in oher books i is reaed as shor
TEACHING TIPTe sudens may also wish o find ou he meanings o he Lain words in Exercise 3 Te definiionsare provided or he eacherrsquos convenience
EXERCISE 3
1 ood2 I ake
3 a heap
4 I grow
5 bud jewel
6 a Gaul
7 glory
8 Zeus
9 library
10 philosophy
11 a girdle
12 heory
13 kidney bean
14 paper
15 I hide
16 old
TEACHING TIPTe eacher may wish o provide he sudens wih some pracice on syllables and sress accen Here
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 3454
xxviii bull Latin for the New Millennium
xxviii bull Latin for the New Millennium
ACCENT A Lain word is made up no jus o leters bu also o syllables A Lain word has as many syllablesas i has vowels or diphhongs (a diphhong works like a single vowel since i is made up o wo
vowels pronounced ogeher [see diphhongs above])
You will need o know he ollowing erms when learning abou accen
bull ulima he las syllable in a word
bull penul he second-o-las syllable in a word
bull anepenul he hird-o-las syllable in a word
So in he word ze- ph y-r us he vowel u is he ulima y is he penul and e is he anepenul
RULES ABOUT THE STRESS ACCENT IN LATIN1 Te sress accen in Lain alls on eiher he penul or he anepenul
2 Te accen alls on he penul i he penul is long I he penul is shor he accen alls onhe anepenul
3 How o deermine wheher he penul is long or shor
a I he penul conains a long vowel (or any diphhong) he penul isel is long You o-en need o learn wheher he vowel in he penul is long or shor as a basic elemen inlearning a new word A macron above he vowel will ell you ha he vowel is long whi lehe absence o a macron wil l indicae a shor vowel Pronouncing he word can help youremember he vowel lenghs For ex ample vi-de-ō ldquoI seerdquo is pronounced viacutedeō whileau-rō-ra ldquodawnrdquo is pronounced aurōacutera and po-pu-lus ldquopeoplerdquo is pronounced po pulus
b I he vowel in he penul is ollowed by wo or more consonans he penul is long no
mater wheher he vowel in he penul is long or shor and he accen necessarily allson he penul For example do-cu-men-um ldquodocumenrdquo is pronounced documenacuteum
BY THE WAYTe consonan x is double (cs or gs) and couns as wo consonans when deermining
wheher he penul is long
c Tere is one excepion o lsquobrsquo above Someimes even when here are wo consonans be-ween he penul and he ulima hey sill do no deermine ha he penul is long Tishappens when he wo consonans are a mue and a liquid
Te mues are p b d t g c
Te liquids are l r
So in he word pal-pe-bra ldquoeyelidrdquo he anepenul is accened ( palacutepebra) he vowel o he pe-nul is shor since i i s ollowed by a mue and a l iquid O course ru le lsquoarsquo sill applies in he wordhe-ā-trum ldquoheaerrdquo he penul is accened (heāacuterum) since i is naurally long somehing welearn rom he macron
y p p yare some examples wih he answers included or he eacherrsquos convenience
Underline he ulima in each word
1 legō
2 rēgis
3 imperāor
Underline he penul in each word
1 causa
2 pūnīum3 armāus
Underline he anepenul in each word
1 vulnerō
2 eigī
3 sublāum
Underline he penul i i is long
1 pōnō
2 spēlunca
3 pauperis
Underline he syllable ha will receive he sress accen in each word1 ōrāculum
2 peīum
3 cōnsania
4 exsīncum
5 vulneris
6 solius
TEACHING TIPGiven he passage abou he bahhouse on his page and he picure rom Bah England he
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 3554
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull xxix
EXERCISE 4epea each senence aloud afer your eacher reads i Pay atenion o he pronunciaion andsress accen o each word
Wha i is Like o Live Over a Bahhouse
(Adaped rom Seneca Moral Leter 56)
Ecce undique clāmor sona Suprā ipsum balneum habiō Prōpōne nunc ibi omnia genera vōcumodiōsa Foriōrēs exercenur e manūs plumbō gravēs iacan cum au labōran au labōranemimianur Gemiūs audiō quoiēns spīrium remīsērun Sun quoque ūncōrēs e racāōrēs
Audiō crepium manuum umerōs erienium sonus quoque icuum mūāur nunc enim manusperveni plāna nunc concava Audiō clāmōrēs sī ūr es i n balneō dēprehēnsus
Look here is noise sounding all around I live above he bahhouse isel Imagine o yourselnow all he haeul ypes o voices Te sronger ones exercise hemselves and swing heir ha ndsloaded wih lead weighs while hey work ou991252or imiae a person working ou I hear moansevery ime hey le go a ltpen-upgt breah Tere are also anoiners and masseurs I hear he slapo hands hiting shoulders and he sound o he blows changes or someimes he hands come1047298a someimes cupped I hear shouing i a hie is caugh in he bahhouse
A pool from inside he Roman Bahs in Bah England
Introduction bull xxix
eacher may wish o open a discussion abou bahs during oman i mes Te use o he calidārium fīgid ārium epidārium and sūdārium may be explained by he eacher and sudens may be en-couraged o learn andor pronounce hese words
TEACHER BY THE WAYBahs were ofen consruced on locaions having ho or mineral springs such as Bah in Englandand Bāiae a resor own on he Bay o Naples
Modern Bah in oman imes was named afer he Celic goddess o healing Sulis In he firscenury her shrine was aken over by he omans and she was idenified wih he goddess Minerva
Te sie was hen known as Aquae Sulis Mine rva In a emple relie she is represened wih a Medusa-like head and a musache
Te spa conained a grea bah (73 f by 29 f) and hree oher swimming pools he calidārium (ho bah)epidārium (warm bah) and fīgidār ium (cold bah) In he second cenury he spring was enclosed wihin a wooden barrel-vau led build ing ha housed hese hree pools Ho ai r bahs were ueled by coal fires A con-san 1047298ow o waer was direced o he pools hrough lead pipes which sill uncion oday
Archeologica l excavaions have revealed ma ny sacred voive offerings c urse ables and innumerable coinsa he botom o he springs Te curse ables writen in Lain heaped curses on anyone suspeced o wrong-doing Te ancien radiion o hrowing coins accompanied by a wish sill prevails oday in ome a he reviFounain where ourissvisiors do he same
More inormaion on bah complexes in ome can be ound on p 386 o his eacherrsquos manual
Sandards22 31
32 41 42
TEACHING TIPTe eacher may wish o insruc he sudens o find he iber iver which is picured here on he
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 3654
xxx bull Latin for the New Millennium
xxx bull Latin for the New Millennium
OVERVIEW OF ROMAN HISTORY According o legend omulus and his win broher emus were se adrif on he iber iver Ashe-wol nursed he boys unil a shepherd rescued hem Upon reaching manhood in 753 983138983139983141he wins ounded a new ciy near he place w here hey had been ound by he she-wol on he
basis o anaugusō auguriō ldquoa avorable sighing o birdsrdquo Bu omulus killed emus in a dispueover who would rule he new ciy and became is firs king
Six oher kings ruled afer omulus Numa Pompilius ullus Hosilius Ancus Marius ar-quinius Prisc us Servius ullius a nd arquinius Superbus (arquin he Proud) Afer he las ohese seven kings was overhrown in 509 983138983139983141 ome became a republic wih a represenaiveorm o governmen headed by wo consuls eleced an nually By 451 983138983139983141 he fi rs corpus o o-man law known as he welve ables was creaed
In he las cenury 983138983139983141 he oman epublic was shaken apar by a series o civil wars By31 983138983139983141 an auocraic regime headed earlier by Julius Caesar and laer by his grea-nephew Oc-avian brough he epublic o an end Te years rom 27 983138983139983141991252when Ocavian assumed heile o prīnceps ldquochie ciizenrdquo as well as he name Augu sus991252o around 180 983139983141 are known ashe early principae or empire During his era ome exended her boundaries o he BriishIsles in he norh Norh Arica in he souh Spain in he wes and he igris and Euphraesrivers in he eas
A view of he iber River as i 1047298ows hrough he ciy of Rome
map on p xxxii
COMPREHENSION QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS FOR PAGE XXX991251XXXI
eproducible versions o he quesions alone are available a wwwlnm bolchazycom
1 Who were he legendary ounders o ome
omulus and emus
2 According o legend in wha year was ome ounded
753 983138983139983141
3 Over he course o he monarchic period how many kings ruled ome
Seven
4 Wha even occurred in 509 983138983139983141
Te beginni ng o he oman epublic (wih wo consuls in charge)
5 Wha is he erm associaed wih he wo leaders o he epublic
Consul
6 Which wo leaders oversaw omersquos shif rom a republic o a principae
Julius Caesar and OcavianAugusu s
7 Wha major aciviy associaed wih empire-building ook place during he principae
erriorial expansion
8 Name wo developmens ha characerized he lae empire
Severe economic problems inernal poliical unres andor requen invasion by he Germanic ribes
9 Describe Diocleianrsquos response o he roubles o he empire
Diocleian divided he empire ino wo halves he Easern and Wesern empires in order o make ruli nghe empire more manageable
10 Explai n he origin o he erm ldquovandalismrdquo
Te fifh cenury invasion and pillag ing o ome by he ribe known as he Vandals who occupied he o-man province o Norh Arica led o he erm ldquovandalismrdquo meaning wanon desrucion
11 Describe Lainrsquos role in he cenuries afer 476 983139983141
Lain 1047298ourished as he major lierary language in he Wesern oman Empire and was spread o non-omanized places like Ireland Scandinavia and he New World
TEACHING TIP
Te eacher may ask he sudens o find he daes menioned on his page in he imeline on pp411ndash414
Sandards21 31 32
TEACHING TIPTe eacher may insruc he sudens o locae ByzaniumConsaninople discussed here in he
d h h ii
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 3754
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull xxxi
Introduction bull xxxi
From 180 983139983141 onwards in he period k nown as he lae empire he oman sae experiencedsevere economic problems and requen invasions by Germanic ri bes esponding o he pres-sure o he firs wave o migraions as well as inernal poliical u nres and economic diffi culieshe emperor Diocleian (ruled 284ndash305 983139983141) had already divided he oman Empire ino anEasern and Wesern hal each under is own emperor991252an atemp o make he vas omansae more manageable
Tis poliical division o he empire acually mirrored a culural division oo he main lan-guage o he Wes was Lain while he main language o he Eas was Greek Shorly aferwardshe emperor Consanine (ruled 312ndash337 983139983141) esablished a new capial or he Easern empirea Byzanium wh ich he renamed Consaninople (ldquohe ciy o Consaninerdquo oday called Isan-
bul) Bu even afer his reorganizaion he imperial governmen ulimaely proved incapable o
semming he ide o he migraions in par because he oman army was oo widely e xendedand could no be in so many places a once Indeed many o he invaders were given he sauso oederāī or ldquoreay roopsrdquo In effec hey were a llowed o occupy segmens o he empire inreurn or proecing i So when Alar ic King o he Visigohs sacked ome in 410 983139983141 he acual lyhad a ile as a commander in he oman army
ome was sacked again in 455 983139983141 by he Vandals who had already occupied he omanprovince o Norh Arica Te pillaging o he ciy o omulus by he invaders made a pro-ound impression on conemporaries and o his day he erm ldquovandalismrdquo is a word in severallanguages or wanon desrucion While he Easern empire (always more sable and eco-nomically prosperous han he Wes) coninued o exis unil 1453 983139983141 he Wesern empire
was ex inc as a poliica l eniy by 476 983139983141 In is place were Germa nic k ingdoms and ribes Angles and Saxons in Briai n Visigohs in Spain Osrogohs in Ialy Franks and Burgundi ansin Gaul991252o name only he major groups Te combinaion o hese new socieies wih heprevious inhabians who had been omanized o varying degrees would one day provide he
basis or he culures o modern Europe
Bu he end o he ancien oman Empire in he Wes was no he end o Lain On he con-rary during he nex 1200 years Lain no only 1047298ourished as he major lierary language in he
erriories o he ormer Wesern oman Empire he use o Lain was exended o regions heomans had never occupied including Ireland Scandinavi a and even he New World
BEGINNINGS OF LATIN LITERATURE Very ew complee works o Lain lieraure produced beore he mid-second cenury 983138983139983141 (ie beore 150 983138983139983141) have survived One reason or his loss was he remendous populariy o he works produced in he ollowing cenury by such auhors as Cicero Vergil and Ovid Teir wri-ings were so widely read and copied in subsequen cenuries ha he auhors preceding hem
were gradually negleced
Among he major figures o early Lain lieraure was a reed slave rom he Greek ciy o aren-um named Livius Andronicus who li ved rom 284ndash204 983138983139983141 He was known or his adapaionso Greek drama or oman audiences and his ranslaion o Homerrsquos Odyssey ino Lain verse
second paragraph on he map on p xxxii
TEACHING TIPTe eacher may ask he sudens o find he daes menioned on his page in he imeline on pp413ndash414
HOW TO USE THIS BOOK AND ITS ANCILLARIES
wo ancillaries are available or use wih his book Te Original Dysuncional Family (abbreviaed ODF)and From Romulus o Romulus Augusulus (abbreviaed R) R will be paricularly useul in order ohelp sudens keep he ime periods o he auhors and o he evens he auhors wroe abou sraigh in heirminds Chaper ile pages will include when appropriae a noaion on wha chaper o R he eachermay wish o assign
TEACHING TIPTe eacher may wish o assign Chaper 1 o he oman hisory ancillary From Romulus o Romu-lus Augusulus a his poin
COMPREHENSION QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS FOR PAGES XXXI991251XXXIVeproducible versions o he quesions alone are available a wwwlnm bolchazycom
1 Whom did he omans consider he aher o Lain lieraure
Ennius
2 Wha was Enniusrsquo mos amous work Is subjec mater
Annālēs was an epic poem abou omersquos early hisory
3 Wha amous Lain saying means ldquoCarhage mus be desroyedrdquo
Carhāgō dēlenda es
4 Who is he auhor o ha saying
Cao he ElderCao he Censor
5 When was Carha ge said o have been desroyed
146 983138983139983141 a he end o he hird Punic war
NB Aler sudens ha he answers o hese comprehension quesions will be ound on p xxxiv
Sandards21 31
R1
TEACHING TIP Ask sudens he English equivalen o cou nries s uch as Briannia and Germānia and he Englishequivalen o he ciies Neāpolis and Ahēnae
Sandard31
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 3854
xxxii bull Latin for the New Millennium
equivalen o he ciies Neāpolis and Ahēnae
A full size r eproducible version of h is page wihou he answe rs can be downloaded a wwwlnm bolchazycom
HOW TO USE THIS BOOK Answers o rep roducible aciviies w ill be gi ven in a larger size bel ow or he eacherrsquos convenience
ANSWERS TO MAP WORK 991251 PAGES XXXII991251XXXIII
1 Crēa Sicilia Corsica Sardinia Cyprus Ihaca Dēlos Brianni a
2 Vesuvius Mōns Aena Mōns Olympus Mōns Āppennīnus Mōns
3 Syria Macedonia Arica Asia
4 mare or ponus
5 Asia Eurōpa Arica
A full siz e reproducible version of his page wihou he answers can be down loaded a wwwln mbolchazycom
Te eacher may wish o have his map enlarged when reproducing i for ease of suden use in compleing his aciviy
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 3954
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull xxxiii
HOW TO USE THIS BOOK
Te answers o his aciviy can be easily seen on he wo acing pages
Te omans regarded Ennius (ca 239 169 983138983139983141) as he aher o Lain lieraure He wroe
TEACHING TIPSudens may be encouraged o find he ciy o Carhage menioned in he second paragraph on hemap on p xxxii
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 4054
xxxiv bull Latin for the New Millennium
xxxiv bull L atin for the New Millennium
Te omans regarded Ennius (ca 239ndash169 983138983139983141) as he aher o Lain lieraure He wroemany kinds o lierary works including plays His Annālēs an epic poem abou he early hisoryo ome was paricularly renowned and perhaps he primary epic read in oman schools beorehe ime o Vergil Only ragmens o his wriings remain
One o Enniusrsquo conemporaries was heamed Cao he Censor also known as Caohe Elder (234ndash149 983138983139983141) a rigidly conserva-ive oman senaor Mos o his reaise onagriculure called Dē agrī culūrā survivesI is he oldes work o Lain prose amongCaorsquos recommendaions here are ha fieldslaves be reaed similarly o beass o bur-den Cao is also remembered or his sae-men Carhāgō dēlenda es ldquoCarhage mus
be desroyedrdquo evidence or he omanear o he Carhaginians Te omansough hree wars known as he Punic
Wars agai ns he Car haginians Te fi rsended beore Cao was born in he secondagains Hannibal Cao served wih miliarydisincion he hird ended in 146 983138983139983141 asCao had demanded wih he desruciono Carhage On his occasion he vic oriousomans were said o have plowed sal inohe Carhaginian soil
Discussions abou laer auhors and adap-aions rom heir wriings w ill be presenedchronologically in he chapers o his book
Ancien ruins a Carhage in Africa
p p
TEACHER BY THE WAY Alhough he works o Enniu s have been preserved on ly in ragmens (abou a housand lines) hehad a grea in1047298uence on subsequen poes such as Vergil Quoable quoes include
bull a es o riendship Amīcus cer us in rē incer ā cerniur (A riend in need is a riend indeed)
bull an applicaion o wisdom o lie Quī ipse sibi sapiēns prōdesse nequi nēquīquam sapi (A man who
himsel is wise bu unable o be useul o himsel is wise or nohing)bull he amous descripion o Fabius Maximus Ūnus homō nōbīs cūncandō resiui rem (One man by delaying res ored he sae or us)
bull and he line on Manius Curius Quem nēmō errō poui superāre nec aurō (Whom no one was ableo deea eiher by sword or gold)
We also have preser ved or us he exa mple o excessive all ieraion ha has g iven rise o much laugher inLain classrooms over he years Ō ie ūe aī ibi ana yranne ulisī ldquoO ius aius you yran (all voca-ive) you brough o yoursel such grea (roubles)rdquo991252ranslaed in conex which plays off he more lieral ldquo you ookacquired or yoursel such grea hings rdquo
On he oher hand he composed his own epiaph in which his high eseem among omans proved o beprescien
nēmō mē lacrumīs decōre neu unera 1047298ēū
axi Cūr Voliō vivos per ōra v irum (Le no one honor me wih ears or make a uneral pyre by weeping
Why I 1047298y li ving hrough he mouhs o men)
TEACHER BY THE WAY
Pluarchrsquos Lie o Cao is a good source o snappy quoaions atribued o his saesman soldier andauhor For example while discussing he power o women he said ldquoAll oher men rule heir wives we rule al l oher men and our w ives rule us rdquo Atemping o persuade he oman people o orego adisribuion o grain he began his speech by saying ldquoI is a hard mater o argue wih he belly sincei has no earsrdquo And o a ribune who had been accused o using poison and was rying o pass a use-less bill he said ldquoI know no which is worse o drink your mixures or o enac your billsrdquo
1CHAPTER 1
HOW TO USE THIS BOOK
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 4154
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull 1
1CHAPTER
Parts of Speech Nouns Number Gender Case (Nominative and Accusative)
First Declension Nouns
MEMORĀBILE DICTŪ
SPQ Senātus Populusque ōmānusldquoTe Senae and he People o omerdquo
Tese our leters orm wha is known as an acronym one ha symbolized supreme power inancien ome
Oil paining of Romulus and Remus wih he wolf By Peer Paul Rubens (1577ndash1640)
Te grammaical and synacical opics ha will be presened in each chaper o his book are lised a he opo he chaper ile page
HOW TO USE THIS BOOK
Te illusraion on each chaperrsquos ile page presens a visual inroducion o he Lain reading passage ha willollow eachers may choose o discuss he illusraion in order o provide he conex or he reading he su-dens will encouner on he nex page
HOW TO USE THIS BOOK
On each chaper ile page he phrase Memorābile Dictū (ldquoA memorable hing o say rdquo) will be ou nd Below here will be a amous phrase quoa ion abbreviaion or moto in L ain ha w ill connec hese words o he opicsin he chaper
MEMORĀBILE DICTŪ VOCABULARY
populus populī m ndash people
-que ndash and
senāus senāūs m ndash senae
TEACHING TIP
ubens pained his picure o omulus and emus rom 1615ndash1616 during wha is called he Ba-roque period o ar Te man approaching rom he rear is Fausulus Te reclining figure is he god
o he river iber
HOW TO USE THIS BOOK AND ITS ANCILLARIESwo ancillaries are available or use wih his book Te Original Dysunctional Family (abbreviaed ODF)and From Romulus to Romulus Augustulus (abbreviaed R) R will be paricularly useul in order ohelp sudens keep he ime periods o he auhors and o he evens he auhors wroe abou sraigh in heirmind Chaper ile pages wil l include when appropriae a noaion abou wha chaper o R he eachermay wish o assign
Standards11 21
R 2and 3
READING
TRANSLATION OF LATIN PASSAGEomulus and emus
Mars is a god Mars loves hea Silvia And so hea Silvia has wo sons omulus and emus Amulius locks uph Sil i A li l d i h A h l lk h T h l
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 4254
2 bull Latin for the New Millennium
2 bull Latin for the New Millennium
READINGTis sory describes how ome was said o have been ounded in 753 983138983139983141 King Numior o AlbaLonga was overhrown by his cruel and ambiious broher Amulius who no only seized hehrone bu so eared ha one o Numiorrsquos male descendans migh have a legiimae claim oni ha he made Amuliusrsquo daug her hea Silvia a priesess o he goddess Vesa Tese priesesses
were no allowed o marry during heir childbearing years
RŌMULUS ET REMUS
1 Mārs es deus Mārs hēam Silviam ama Iaque hēa Silvia duōs
īliōs habe ōmulum e emum Amūlius hēam Silviam vinculīs
claudi Amūlius ōmulum e emum in aquam pōni Lupa ad aquamambula Lupa ōmulum e emum bene cūra e ama ōmulus e
5 emus crēscun Poseā ōmulus e emus ōmam aedifican
Famous bronze saue of he she-wolf and he wins
hea Silvia Amulius pus omulus and emus ino he waer A she-wol walks o he waer Te she-wol caresor (akes good care o) omulus and emus well and loves (hem) omulus and emus grow up Aferwards(laer) omulus and emus build ome
HOW TO USE THIS BOOK Above each La in reading pa ssage inorm aion is presened in Engl ish Tis pre -reading provides back groundinormaion abou he auhor and esablishes he conex o he passage he sudens will read
TEACHER BY THE WAY
Te eacher may wish o inroduce he class o he radiional abbreviaions o 983137983140 (which sandsor he Lain phrase Annō Dominī ldquoi n he year o our Lordrdquo) and 983138983139 (which sands or he Engl ishphrase ldquoBeore Chrisrdquo) Tese older abbreviaions coninue o be used bu his book employs heabbreviaions 983138983139983141 (Beore he Common Era) and 983139983141 (Common Era)
TEACHING TIPInsruc he sudens o locae Alba Longa on he map on pp xxxiindashxxxiii
TEACHER BY THE WAYTough he wins were added o he sculpure in he enaissance he she-wol has srong links wihEruscan myhology and shows characerisics o Eruscan sculpure
TEACHING TIP
Te eacher may wish o encourage he sudens o design an abbreviaed amily ree o omulusand emus
Standards11 22
Jupier Juno King Num ior o Alba Longa
Mars hea Silvia
omulus emus
READING VOCABULARY
HOW TO USE THIS BOOKTe English pronoun subjec o a verb is no lised in he eading Vocabulary i he pronoun is no needed inhe ranslaion
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 4354
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull 3
Chapter 1 bull 3
READING VOCABULARYad aquam ndash o he waer
aedifican ndash build
ama ndash loves
ambula ndash walks
Amūlius ndash Amul ius
aquam ndash waer
bene ndash well
claudi ndash locks up
crēscun ndash grow up
cūra ndash akes care o cares or
deus ndash god
duōs ndash woes ndash is
e ndash and
īliōs ndash sons
habe ndash has
in aquam ndash ino he waer
iaque ndash and so
lupa ndash she-wol
Mārs ndash Mars he god o war
pōni ndash pus
poseā ndash aferwards laer
emum ndash emus
emus ndash emus
hēa Silvia ndash hea Silvia
hēam Silviam ndash hea Silvia
ōmam ndash ome
ōmulum ndash omulus
ōmulus ndash omulus vinculīs ndash w ih chains
Words marked wih an aserisk will need o bememorized laer in he chaper
COMPREHENSION QUESTIONS1 Whose sons are omulus and emus
2 Wha did Amulius do
3 Who saved he lie o omulus and emus
4 Wha did omulus and emus do
HOW TO USE THIS BOOK
Te sudens should not be expeced o lea rn he words under he ile eading Vocabulary whenever his ileoccurs in he book Insead insruc sudens o learn he vocabulary words lised under he ile Vocabularyto Learn ha will be ound laer in each chaper In more advanced Lain exs usually here are vocabularyand noes o help he sudens when reading a passage Tis eading Vocabulary will help prepare sudens orlaer more advanced classes
ANSWERS TO COMPREHENSION QUESTIONS
1 Tey are he sons o Mars and hea Silvia2 He locked up hea Silvia
3 A she-wol
4 Tey buil he ciy o ome
TEACHING TIP
Whi le English deriva ives rom he sar red words (ie he Vocabulary o L earn) are he opic o Ex-ercise 2 laer in his chaper here are some ineresing derivaives rom he non-sarred words andsome o hese show how words change hrough he years Te eacher may choose o discuss hesederivaives wih he sudens
bull aedi1047297cant (aedi1047297cō) ndash ediy edificaion edifice
Tis Lain word is buil rom wo Lain words aciō (o do make) and aedēs (house emple) Te
English derivaives reain his religious connecion or hey mean ldquoo build up he aih moraliy o in-sruc especially morallyrdquo Te word ldquoedificerdquo is always used or an imposing srucure such as a ldquoemplerdquoor aedēs
bull claudit (claudō) ndash close conclusion enclosure sluice
A ldquocloserdquo is a small shu-in space and some people i locked in one suffer rom ldquoclausrophobiardquo acompound derivaive parly rom Lain (o close confine) and parly rom he Greek (ear) hence ldquoa earo closed spacesrdquo
Te word ldquosluicerdquo does no look like a derivaive o claudō bu i has undergone cha nges as i ca meino English via middle English and old French (sclus) rom he Lain exclūdō which means ldquoo shu ourdquo Asluice has a gae a he op o he channel o shu off he 1047298ow o waer as necessary
bull crēscunt (crēscō) ndash crescen accrue recrui crew
Te word ldquocrewrdquo in middle English mean ldquoreinorcemenrdquo so a body o soldiers grew Te word ldquore-
cruirdquo has he same basic idea ecruis increase he size o he army (rom he Lain recrēscō meaning ldquoogrow againrdquo)
bull deus ndash deiy deiy
bull duōs ndash double dozen due duplicae
Te word ldquodozenrdquo is a compound rom he Lain word or ldquowordquo and he German word or ldquoenrdquo (zehn)
bull habet (habeō) ndash habi abiliy prohibiive
Onersquos abiliy depends on he alens and skil ls one has
bull pōnit ( pōnō) ndash depo imposiion preposiion
A depo origina lly was a place where supplies were pu or sorage
LANGUAGE FACT I
HOW TO USE THIS BOOKTe Language Facs secion o each chaper will conain boh grammaical (morphological) and synacicalinormaion ie inormaion boh abou he orms o he words and he srucure o he senence
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 4454
4 bull Latin for the New Millennium
4 bull Latin for the New Millennium
LANGUAGE FACT I
PARTS OF SPEECHTe parts o speech used in a Lain senence deermine is meaning jus as in English While henoun and he verb are he wo mos imporan oher common pars o speech are lised below
Noun a person place hing idea acion or qual iy Examples ldquoomulusrdquo ldquoriverrdquo ldquocouragerdquo
Pronoun a word ha sands in place o a noun ha has been previously menioned or is clearrom conex Examples ldquoIrdquo ldquosherdquo ldquohimrdquo ldquoirdquo
Adjecive a word ha limis or defines a noun or a pronoun Examples ldquolitlerdquo ldquosrongrdquo
Adverb a word ha lim is or defines verbs adjecives or (oher) adverbs Examples ldquoveryrdquoldquoquielyrdquo
Verb a word ha describes an acion or sae o being Examples ldquogordquo ldquosayrdquo ldquowasrdquo
Preposiion a word ha begins a preposiional phrase such as ldquoinrdquo ldquoordquo ldquoonrdquo ldquoorrdquo ldquobyrdquoldquowihrdquo A preposiional phrase is a preposiion joined o a noun Examples ldquoin he morningrdquoldquowih a sharp pencilrdquo
Conjuncion a word ha connecs words phrases clauses a nd senences Examples ldquoandrdquoldquoburdquo ldquoalhoughrdquo
Inerjecion a word ha expresses emoion Examples ldquowowrdquo
EXERCISE 1eview he meanings and ideniy he pars o speech o he ollowing words Te eading
Vocabulary may be consu led
1 īliōs 6 e2 bene 7 lupa3 aedifican 8 claudi
4 ad 9 ōmam5 ambula 10 ama
EXERCISE 1 ANSWERS
1 noun
2 adverb
3 verb
4 preposiion
5 verb
6 conjuncion
7 noun8 verb
9 noun
10 verb
TEACHING TIP
Te eacher may wish o ask he sudens in Lain wha par o speech a given word is Te eacher would say ldquoQuae pars ōrātiōnis estrdquo Suden responses would be
bull nōmen substantīvumsubstantīvum ndash noun
bull prōnōmen ndash pronoun
bull nōmen adiectīvumadiectīvum ndash adjecive
bull verbum temporāle ndash verb
bull adverbium ndash adverb
bull praepositiō ndash preposiion
bull coniūnctiō ndash conjuncion
bull interiectiō ndash inerjecion
Standards11 41
Standards11 41
WorkbookExercise 1
VOCABULARY TO LEARN
TEACHING TIPSince his is he firs se o Lain words ha your sudens will be required o memorize i is usuallya good idea o sugges and discuss wih hem some differen ways o memorize vocabulary Somesel help opions are lised below
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 4554
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull 5
NOUNSagricola agricolae m ndash armer
aqua aquae ndash waer
āhlēa āhlēae m ndash ahlee
īlia īliae ndash daugher
lupa lupae ndash she-wol
naua nauae m ndash sailor
poēa poēae m ndash poe
puella puellae ndash girl
ōma ōmae ndash ome
erra errae ndash land
VERBSama ndash heshei loves
ambula ndash heshei walks
cūra ndash heshei akes care o cares or
es ndash heshei is
ADVERBS bene ndash well
poseā ndash aferwards
CONJUNCTIONSe ndash and
iaque ndash and so
Aqueducs carr ied waer (aqua) o he ciies in he Roman world Tis aqueduc buil in 19 983138983139983141 which srechedacross he Gard River was named he Pon du Gard and brough waer o he ciy of Nicircmes in France in ancien imes
Chapter 1 bull 5
sel-help opions are lised below
1 Look a he word in he book and say he word aloud
2 Wrie down he word on a piece o paper along wih is meaning and check o be sure here are no spell-ing errors Color-coding he words by pars o speech is also helpul Pronounce he word while wriing idown and hen repea he word including he meaning and spelling
3 Make handwriten 1047298ashcards wih he Lain on one side and English on he oher and be sure here are nospelling errors Color-coding is a good sraegy here also Wriing he word ou helps some sudens ce-men he word in he brain Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers has creaed an elecronic vocabulary resourceor hose sudens or whom echnological learning ools are an aid Tese vocabulary 1047298ashcards are orhe iPod See p 93 or more inormaion on iPod 1047298ashcards
4 Use English derivaives o help remember meanings Bu be careul since some derivaives may havemeanings grealy changed rom he original Lain word
5 Find clipar picures ha illusrae he vocabulary words and use he picures as a way o es yoursel onhe Lain words
TEACHER BY THE WAYTe eacher may wish o open a discussion abou aqueducs and he waer supply or ancien omans while l ooking a he picu re o he Pon du Gard on his page For a hisory o aqueducs and heirconsrucion Froninusrsquo book Dē aquīs urbis Rōmae is an excellen source Te book was writenabou 97 983139983141 when he was Superinenden o Aqueducs Oher aqueducs include he ollowing
bull Te double high aqueduc in Segovia Spainbull Te Aqua Appia buil in 312 983138983139983141
bull Te Aqua rāiāna
bull Te aqueduc buil by Alex ander Severus in 226 983139983141
bull Te Aqua Claudia
bull Te Aqua Marcia wh ich wa s probably named a fer A ncus Marcius who was he fi rs K ing oome by radiional accouns o build an aqueduc o bring waer o ome
NB Te word ldquo Aquardquo when capialized means ldquoaqueducrdquo
Eleven aqueducs urnished 250000 gallons o waer o ome every weny-our hours
BY THE WAY
E h u gi n in h b l r h rm T nd rm i h g nii
HOW TO USE THIS BOOK Ēn is a word ha calls atenion o somehing and means ldquoLook a hisrdquo Te inormaion given here draws a-enion o and urher specifies differen language acs
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 4654
6 bull Latin for the New Millennium
6 bull Latin for the New Millennium
Each noun given in he vocabulary has wo orms Te second orm is he geniivesingular
A derivative is an English word rooed in a Lain word Te English derivaive issimilar in meaning and orm o is Lain source
STUDY TIP
An English derivaive ofen can help you remember wha a Lain word means
EXERCISE 2Find he English derivaives based on he Vocabulary o Learn in he ollowing senences Wriehe corresponding Lain word
1 She shows a considerable filial respec oward her aher
2 Agriculu re is a science o culivaing he land
3 Te ship is equipped wih all he necessary nauical insrumens
4 We saw all kinds o fish in he aquarium
5 Tis is an all-errain vehicle
6 When will he ahleic compeiion sar
7 She has a ruly poeic naure
LANGUAGE FACT II
NOUNS NUMBER GENDER CASE 983080NOMINATIVE AND
ACCUSATIVE983081Nouns in Lain show number gender and case
Number Lain nouns are eiher singular or plural in number Number is shown in differen ways by differen ypes o nouns bu some ending-paterns are or singular orms and oherending-paterns are or plural orms
Gender Every noun likewise is eiher masculine eminine or neuer in gender You muslearn he gender o each noun In he Vocabulary o Learn l iss he gender is indicaed by hecommon abbreviaionsm (masculi ne) f (eminine) or n (neuer)
Case Lain nouns mus have an ending-patern ha displays case Tis is quie differen romEnglish in which case is indicaed by word posiion and no by endings (alhough case markersare preserved in cerain pronouns such as ldquoherdquo and ldquohimrdquo) A nounrsquos case reveals wha uncionhe noun has in he senence Tere are five common cases nominaive geniive daive accu-saive and ablaive wo less requenly used cases are called he vocaive and he locaive
HOW TO USE THIS BOOKStudy Tips give hins rhymes and mnemonics o help sudens learn grammar and vocabulary
EXERCISE 2 ANSWERS1 filial īlia
2 agriculure agricola
3 nauical naua
4 aquarium aqua
5 errain erra
6 ahleic āhlēa
7 poeic poēa
TEACHING TIPExplain o he sudens ha in English he words ldquoardquo ldquoanrdquo or ldquoherdquo are usually placed beore a nounand Lain does no have an equivalen or hese words known as aricles
eachers may need o sress he absence o he aricle many imes beore sudens compleely ine-grae his knowledge ino heir reading habis in Lain class
TEACHING TIPLain like many oher languages does no always observe biological gender Ofen he gender o a
Lain noun is deermined by grammaical acors such as he group o which a noun belongs
TEACHING TIP
Alhough in Exercise 2 he sudens are direced o find only he derivaives based on he Vocabular yo Learn hey may be ineresed o learn ha here are oher derivaives in Exercise 2 Te derivaiono hese words is provided or he eacherrsquos convenience
bull 1 consider - rom sīdus (sar) + cum (wih ogeher) and rom cōnsīderō (o examine consider)respec - rom respectō (look back a have regard or)
bull 2 science - rom scientia (knowledge) and sciō (o know) culivaing - rom colō (ill inhabi worship)
bull 3 necessary - rom necesse (necessary) insrumens - rom īnstruō (o equip build provide)
and rom īnstrumentum (equipmen ool ec)bull 5 vehicle - rom he Lain verb vehō (o carry)
bull 6 compeiion - rom petō (o seek aim a atack ec) + cum (wih oge her)
bull 7 naure - rom nātūra (naure)
Standard41
Standards11 31 41
STUDY TIP
An easy way o remember he names ohe five common cases iso use his mnemonic
TEACHING TIPSudens may no know wha he word ldquomnemonicrdquo means explain ha a mnemonic device is some-hing ha helps a suden o remember somehing Te eacher may also wish o use his opporu-niy o bring up Mnemosyne he goddess o memory and he moher o he Muses
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 4754
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull 7
Chapter 1 bull 7
An easy way o remember he names o he five common cases is o use his mnemonicdevice
Never NominaiveGive GeniiveDogs Daive A ny A ccusaive A buse A blaive
Nominative Te nominaive case idenifies he subjec Te subjec is a noun or a pronounha perorms he acion or exiss in a sae o being In he senence ldquoWilliam is readingrdquohe word ldquoWilliamrdquo is he subjec
Example Mārs amat Mars loves
Te noun subjec o he verb ldquoloverdquo is he god Mars
Find more examples o nominaives and heir verbs rom he reading passage a he begin-ning o he chaper
Te nominaive case also idenifies he predicae nominaive In he senence ldquoWilliam isa sudenrdquo he predicae nominaive is ldquoa sudenrdquo A predicae nominaive complees hemeaning o he verb ldquoo berdquo Look a his exa mple rom he reading
Example Mārs est deus Mars is a god
Mārs is he subjec and deus is a predicae nominaive
Accusative Te ourh case lised is called he accusaive he geniive daive and ablaivecases will be discussed in laer chapers Te accusaive case poins ou he noun (or pro-noun) ha is he direc objec emember direc objecs receive he acion o he verb Inhe senence ldquoI am wriing a leterrdquo he direc objec is ldquoa leterrdquo
Example Mārs Rhēam Silviam amat Mars loves hea Silvia
Te direc objec o ldquoloverdquo is he noun Rhēam Silviam
Find more examples o accusaives and heir verbs rom he reading passage a he beginningo he chaper
niy o bring up Mnemosyne he goddess o memory and he moher o he Muses
Answers to ldquoFind more examples of nominatives a nd their verbs from the reading passage at the begin-ning of the chapterrdquo
hēa Silvia habe
Amūl ius claudi
Amūl ius pōni
Lupa ambula
Lupa cūra e amaōmulus e emus crēscun
ōmulus e emus aedifican
Answers to ldquoFind more examples of accusatives and their verbs from the reading passage at the beg in-ning of the chapterrdquo
duōs īliōs habe ōmulum e emum
hēam Silviam claudi
ōmulum e emum pōni
ōmulum e emum bene cūra e ama
ōmam aedifican
TEACHING TIPSudens may encouner diffi culy when r ying o ransl ae Lain names used in cases o her han henominaive Te eacher a some poin will need o explain (and repea whenever necessary) ha when ransla ing a La in name he suden should al ways use he nominaive o rm o he word Onp 7 sudens are asked o find examples o accusaives and heir verbs in he reading passage Teanswers lised above provide an opporuniy o pracice wih his issue emind sudens o rans-lae duōs īliōs habet Rōmulum et Remum as ldquohe has wo sons omulus and emusrdquo Te oher ouranswers may be used as pracice wih he sudens
EXERCISE 3a Ideniy wheher he nouns in bold in hese senences are subjecs direc objecs or predi
TEACHER BY THE WAYIn conjuncion wih he picure and is capion he eacher may wish o menion ha he amil-ilar acronym o SPQ is sill in use and visible hroughou modern ome991252on liter bins sewercovers ec
Standards11 41
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 4854
8 bull Latin for the New Millennium
8 bull Latin for the New Millennium
a Ideniy wheher he nouns in bold in hese senences are subjecs direc objecs or predi-cae nominaives Te eading Vocabulary may be consuled
b Label each senence as vērum (rue) i i agrees or alsum (alse) i i disagrees wih he Lainreading passage a he beginni ng o he chaper
Example Amūlius es deusPredicae nominaive alsum
1 hēa Silvia ōmulum e emum cūra
2 Amūlius ōmulum e emum bene cūra
3 Amūlius lupam vinculīs claudi
4 Mārs ōmulum e emum in aquam pōni
5 Lupa hēam Silviam cūra
6 Amūlius ad aquam ambula
Te power of he ciy of Rome founded according o legend by Romulus is symbolized by hese four leters ha areprominenly displayed in various places wihin he ciy
EXERCISE 3 ANSWERS
1 subjec vērum
2 direc objecs alsum
3 direc objec alsum
4 subjec alsum
5 direc objec alsum
6 subjec vērum
WorkbookExercise 2 A full si ze reproduc ible version of th is page
without the a nswers ca n be downloade d at wwwlnm bolchazyco m
HOW TO USE THIS BOOK
Noun Declensions Te eacher may choose Lain nouns rom he declension ha is being sudied a he imehis workshee is used Tus no answers are provided here
LANGUAGE FACT III
TEACHING TIP Ask he sudens wha he Lain words seleced rom he reading and lised near he op o p 9 mean
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 4954
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull 9
Chapter 1 bull 9
FIRST DECLENSION NOUNS A declension is a g roup o nouns ha show a cerain patern o word endings Tere are five differ-en declensions in Lain In he reading abou omulus and emus hese are he orms belongingo he firs declension
hēam Silviam hēa Silvia aquam lupa ōmam
Noice ha he ex says Rhēa Silvia when she is he subjec and Rhēam Silviam when she is hedirec objec
Te firs declension is composed o words ha characerisically have he vowel a a or near heend o he word lupa
Below is he patern ha firs declension nouns ollow o show case and number Memorize heLain words in order rom he nominaive singular down o he ablaive singular and hen romhe nominaive plural down o he ablaive plural
emember ha he endings or a whole group o nouns ollow his patern Once you learn hi spatern you can recognize he case a nd number o all he words belonging o hi s declension
In his chaper you have begun o learn abou he nominaive and accusai ve cases Te ohercases will be explained in laer chapers
First DeclensionSingular Plural
Nomina ive l upa he she-wol Nominaive lupae he she-wolves
Geniive lupae o he she-wol Geniive lupārum o he she-wolves
Daive lupae oor he she-wol Daive lupīs oor he she-wolves
Accusaive lupam he she-wol Accusaive lupās he she-wolves
Ablaive lupā bywih he she-wol Ablaive lupīs bywih he she-wolves
Daive and ablaive plural o he words īlia ldquodaugherrdquo and dea ldquogoddessrdquo is fīliābus anddeābusTis is o di singuish hese orms rom he corresponding orms o īlius ldquosonrdquo and deus ldquogodrdquo
STUDY TIP
Noice ha he ablaive singular ending -ā has a long mark (macron) above i his ishe only difference beween he nominaive and ablaive singular endings
TEACHING TIP
Afer he firs declension has been presened o he sudens encourage hem depending on heirlearning syle o say he declension aloud o wrie down he words o inven a rap or a cheer
TEACHER BY THE WAY
Te patern is called a declension because he oher cases lean away ( dēclīnāre) rom he nominaiveie hey do no ollow he same orm as he nominaive
ORAL EXERCISE 1Tis exercise may be used afer the 1047297rst declension has been presented
Whi le looking a he declension o lupa ask he sudens o decli ne nauta
Singular PluralNominaive naua nauaeGeniive nauae nauārumDaive nauae nauīs Accusaive nauam nauās Ablaive nauā nauīs
Standards11 31 41
OralExercise 1
WorkbookExercise 3
STUDY TIP
Noice ha he daive and ablaive plural endings a re idenical
EXERCISE 4 ANSWERS1 geniive daive puellār um puellī s
2 accusaive nauās
3 accusaive errās
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 5054
10 bull Latin for the New Millennium
10 bull Latin for the New Millennium
Here are more words belonging o he fi rs declension
puella ndash girl īlia ndash daugher terra ndash land
Mos firs declension words are eminine i n gender bu a ew (usually ones ha indicae mas-culine occupaions in ancien imes) are masculine Examples are poēta ldquopoerdquoagricola ldquoarmerrdquonauta ldquosailorrdquo āthlēta ldquoahleerdquo
EXERCISE 4Ideniy he case o each singular noun Ten change each orm ino plural For some more han
one answer is possibleExample īlianominaive īliae
1 puellae 5 aquae2 nauam 6 puellā3 erram 7 āhlēā4 a gr ic ol a
Like he Greek wreslers porrayed on his ancien bas-reliefRoman ahlees were also fond of he spor of wresling
4 nominaive agricolae
5 geniive daive aquārum aquīs
6 ablaive puellīs
7 ablaive āhlēīs
TEACHING TIP
Since wreslers are depiced on he illusraion on his page he eacher may wish o open a discus-
sion abou he omansrsquo and Greeksrsquo ondness or wresling which was ofen praciced in a complexcalled he palaestra
oman boys were expeced o serve in he m iliary Tus hey were firs rained by heir ahers in wreslingand boxing Srengh and agiliy were sressed raher han grace o movemen as in Greek spors Te woprincipal syles uilized by he Greek were uprigh wresling in which hree alls o your opponen o heground were necessary o deea him and ground wresling which required he opponen o give up in ordero end he mach In he palaes tra here was an area or he young people o pracice wresling or boxing wih apunching bag (cōrycus) Examples o monumenal oman bahs wih a palaest ra are ound a he Bahs o Ca-racalla in ome he Harbor Bahs a Ephesus in urkey and he Bahs in Varna Bulgaria he larges anciensrucure in ha counry
Wresling was also one o he spor evens a he Olympic games ha he omans ofen atended Greco-oman wresling is also one o he evens eaured in he summer Olympic games in modern imes
TEACHING TIPTe eacher migh wan o have sudens read an English ranslaion o Book 23 o he Iliad in which Ajax a nd Odysseus compee in a wre sling m ach and Book 5 o he Aeneid or a descripion o hespors ha he omans played and compare he atiude o he compeiors in each epic Boh evens were par o he uneral games he ormer in honor o Paroclu s riend and atendan o Achil lesand he later in honor o Anchises aher o Aeneas Tis migh lead o urher discussion on henaure o modern wresling
Standards11 41
EXERCISE 5Ideniy he case o each plural noun Ten change each orm ino he singular For some more
TEACHING TIPSudens may wonder why he geniive singular w ihou is ending mus be used o find he base whenhe nominaive singular wihou is ending works jus as well Explain ha in oher noun declensionshe nominaive will no always provide he same base or have he same spelling as he geniive
Standards11 41
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 5154
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull 11
Chapter 1 bull 11
han one answer is possible
Example puellāsaccusaive puellam
1 īliae 5 aquīs2 errīs 6 poēārum3 nauārum 7 agricolae4 l upa e
BY THE WAY
In all declensions endings are added o he base o a noun I is imporan o know hahe base o a noun is ound by removing he ending rom is geniive si ngular orm Forexample he geniive singular o puella is puellae I you remove he -ae rom puellae
wha remains is he base o he word namely puell- For his reason learning he geni-ive singular is as imporan as knowing he nominaive singular o he noun
STUDY TIP
Always learn he geniive ogeher wih he nominaive because rom he geniive you will know o which declension a word belongs
A wall paining depic ing a Roman farmer (agricola) wih his sheep
EXERCISE 5 ANSWERS
1 nominaive īl ia
2 daive ablaive errae errā
3 geniive nauae
4 nominaive lupa
5 daive ablaive aquae aquā
6 geniive poēae7 nominaive agricola
HOW TO USE THIS BOOKIn his book he word ldquobaserdquo is used o reer o he noun wihou any ending ldquoStemrdquo is used or he par o he verb wihou any ending ldquoootrdquo is used or he Lain par o a derivaive
ORAL EXERCISE 2Tis exercise may be used afer Exercise 5
Use one o he ollowing classroom presenaion opions (hereafer reerred o as CPO) (blackgreenwhiesmar board overhead or LCD projecor PowerPoinreg presenaion ec) o pu his inormaion on view
quis ldquowhordquo (or he subjec) and quem ldquowhomrdquo (or he direc objec)
Ten ask he suden o answer he ollowing quesions abou he chaper reading eiher orally or in wri-
en orm
1 Teacher Quis es Mārs Student Mārs es deus
2 Teacher Quem ama Mārs Student hēam Silviam Mārs ama
3 Teacher Quis ama hēam Silviam Student Mārs ama hēam Silviam
4 Teacher Quem habe hēa Silvia Student hēa Silvia duōs īliōs ōmulum eemum habe
5 Teacher Quis claudi hēam Silviam Student Amūlius claudi hēam Silviam
6 Teacher Quem claudi Amūlius Student hēam Silviam Amūlius claudi
7 Teacher Quis ōmulum e emum in aquampōni
Student Amūlius ōmulum e emum in aquampōni
8 Teacher Quem Amūlius in aquam pōni Student Amūlius ōmulum e emum in aquampōni
9 Teacher Quis ambula ad aquam Student Lupa ambula ad aquam
10 Teacher Quis ōmulum e emum bene cūra Student Lupa ōmulum e emum bene cūra
11 Teacher Quōs lupa bene cūra Student Lupa ōmulum e emum bene cūra
12 Teacher Quis ōmulum e emum a ma Student Lupa ōmulum e emum ama
13 Teacher Quōs lupa ama Student Lupa ōmulum e emum ama
OralExercise 2
WorkbookExercise
4 5
EXERCISE 6ranslae rom Lain ino English and rom English ino Lain Te mos common Lain word
d
TEACHER BY THE WAYTe eacher may menion ha he mos common word order (subjec ndash direc objec ndash verb) can o-en be changed For example i he verb is o be emphasized i will ake firs posiion I he subjecor he direc objec is o be emphasized i will ake he las posiion which is he mos emphaic oneIn general he more unusual he wordrsquos posiion is he more emphasis is placed on his word
Standards11 41
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 5254
12 bull Latin for the New Millennium
12 bull Latin for the New Millennium
order is
subjec ndash direc objec ndash verb
1 Agricola erram ama
2 Te ahlee loves waer
3 Naua īlia m ama
4 Te poe loves ome
5 Agricola erram cūra
6 Te she-wol cares or (is aking care o) he girl
BY THE WAY
Even hough he mos common word order is subjec ndash di rec objec ndash verb rememberha endings991252no word order991252deermine which word is he subjec and which i s hedirec objec
TALKING When we mee one person we gree herhim wih salvē When we mee wo or more people wegree hem wih salvēte When we bid goodbye o one person we sayvalē When we bid goodbyeo wo or more people we say valēte
Here are various ways o ask ldquohow are yourdquo or ldquohow are you doingrdquo
Quōmodo valēs or Quōmodo tē habēs or Quid agis ldquoHow are yourdquo
Here is a range o possible answers
bene ldquowellrdquo pessimē ldquovery badrdquo optimē ldquogreardquo melius ldquobeterrdquo mediocriter ldquoso-sordquo or ldquono oo badrdquo meliusculē ldquoa litle beterrdquo male ldquobadrdquo
In general he more unusual he word s posiion is he more emphasis is placed on his word
EXERCISE 6 ANSWERS
1 Te armer loves he land
2 Āhlēa aquam ama
3 Te sailor loves (his) daugher
4 Poēa ōmam ama
5 Te armer cares or (is aking care o) he land6 Lupa puellam cūra
TEACHING TIP
Te eacher may sar he class in Lain by saying Salvēte discipulī et discipulae and by eaching hesudens o say in reurn Salvē magister (magistra)
ORAL EXERCISE 3Tis exercise may be used anytime afer the students have learned the use o the accusative case or afer Exercise 6
Use one o he CPOrsquos o pu on display he orms amō and cūrō and explai n ha hey a re in he fir s personsingular and how his differs rom he hird person singular learned in his chaper Ask individual sudens omake senences wih hem using he words hey have learned
Ten ell he sudens ha nōn means ldquonordquo and ask hem o make si milar senences wih nōn amō and nōn cūrō
Examples(nōn) amō erram īliam aquam lupam āhlēam(nōn) cūrō erram īliam puellam
WorkbookExercise 6
ContentQuestions
OralExercise 3
Standards12 21 41
42
SAYING HELLOMarīa Helena e Chrisīna sun (are) discipulae (students)
TEACHING TIPHave sudens read he dialogue aloud Tis will help o build heir pronunciaion skills
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 5354
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull 13
Chapter 1 bull 13
Marīa Salvēe Helena e Chrisīna
Christīna Salvē Marīa
Helena Salvē Marīa
Marīa Quōmodo valēs Helena Quōmodo valēs Chrisīna
Helena et Christīna Bene Quōmodo ū ( you) valēs Marīa
Marīa Pessimē
Helena et Christīna Cūr (Why)
Marīa imeō linguam Laīnam ( I ear the Latin language)Helena Ego ( I ) linguam Laīnam amō
Christīna E ego linguam Laīnam amō
ORAL EXERCISE 4
Tis exercise may be used afer he Lain dialogue has been presened
Insruc he sudens o say ldquohellordquo in Lain o he suden nex o hem Divide he class ino wo pars ellone par o gree he oher par using he plural greeing and vice versa Do he same ype o aciviy whensaying ldquogoodbyerdquo You may wish o make greeing he class in Lain a nd saying ldquogoodbyerdquo in Lain a par oa daily rouine
Divide he sudens ino pairs in which one person will ask how hisher parner is in Lain and he oher
wil l answer
ORAL EXERCISE 5
Tis exercise may be used afer he Lain dialogue has been presened
ell he sudens ha he paricle ndashne is added o he firs syllable o a word ha inroduces a quesion Ten askhe ollowing quesions abou he dialogue beween Mary Helen and Chrisy Individual sudens may answerorally or he enire class may wrie he answers as he eacher asks hem orally Te eacher should explain hahe orm valēs in he greeing Quōmodo valēs is in he second person which means ldquoyourdquo Te hird person orm(reerring o ldquoherrdquo ldquohimrdquo or ldquoirdquo) is valet So he phrase ldquoHow is she doingrdquo would be Quōmodo valet Te hirdperson o amō is amat and he hird person o timeō is timet
1 Teacher Quōmodo Chrisīna vale Student(s) Chrisīna bene vale
2 Teacher Quōmodo Marīa vale Student(s) Marīa pessimē vale
3 Teacher Cūr (why) Marīa pessimē vale Student(s) Marīa ime linguam Lainam4 Teacher Amane l inguam L aīnam Helena Student(s) Helena linguam Laīnam ama
5 Teacher Linguamne Laīnam ama Chrisīna Student(s) Chrisīna linguam Laīnam ama
ORAL EXERCISE 6 AND DICTATIONTis combined exercise may be used to conclude the chapter or at any time afer the students have learned the accusa-tive case and chapter vocabulary
Dicae he ollowing senences o he sudens Ten ask hem o make he ollowing changes eiher orally orin writen orm a he discreion o he eacher
1 Teacher Agricol a erram ama (change he direc objec ino plura l)Student Agricola errās ama
2 Teacher Lupa puellam cūra (change he direc objec ino plural)
Student Lupa puellās cūra3 Teacher Āhlēa puel lās ama (change he direc objec ino singu lar)
Student Āhlēa puellam ama
4 Teacher Fīlia errās ama (change he direc objec ino singular)Student Fīlia erram ama
OralExercise
4 5 6 andDictation
TEACHER NOTES
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 5454
14 bull Latin for the New Millennium
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 2154
Contents bull ix
CHAPTER 18 301
eading Apuleius ldquoCupid and PsycherdquoLanguage Facs Fuure Perec Aci ve ense o All Conjugaions Fuure
Perec ense o Sum and Possum Fifh Declension Nounsalking Going o he Denis
REVIEW 6 CHAPTERS 1699125118 315
Considering he Classical Gods BacchusConnecing wih he Ancien World Gladiaorial GamesExploring oman Disasers Earh Air Fire and Waer by John E Torburn
Associae Proessor o Classics Baylor Universiy Waco exas
Mīrābile Audīū Quoaions elaing o Atiudes oward and Coping wihMisorunes
CHAPTER 19 331
eading Ammianus ldquoTe HunsrdquoLanguage Facs Perec Passive Pariciple Perec Passive ense o All
Conjugaions eview o Principal Par s o Verbs Demonsraive Pronounand Adjecive Hic
alking Cleaning he House
CHAPTER 20 349
eading Augusine ldquoAn Adolescen TierdquoLanguage Facs Pluperec Passive ense o Al l Conjugaions Perec Acive
and Passive Infini ives Demonsraive Pronoun and Adjecive Illealking Going Shopping
CHAPTER 21 361
eading Boehius ldquoTe Wheel o ForunerdquoLanguage Facs Fuure Perec Passive ense o All Conjugaions Fuure
Acive Pariciple Fuure Acive Infiniivealking A Birhday Pary
REVIEW 7 CHAPTERS 1999125121 375
Considering he Classical Gods VulcanConnecing wih he Ancien World oman EducaionExploring oman Libraries Public Libraries and Teir Books by Keih Dix
Associae Proessor o Classics Universiy o Georgia Ahens GeorgiaMīrābile Audīū Phrases Quoaions and Abbreviaions elaing o
Schools Libraries and Books
viii bull Latin for the New Millennium
CHAPTER 13 219
eading Horace ldquoAn Encouner wih a BoorrdquoLanguage Facs Presen ense Posiive and Negaive Imperaives Firs and
Second Person Personal Pronouns Geniive Case Ti rd Person PossessivePronoun and Adjecive
alking Lae or School
CHAPTER 14 233
eading Ovid ldquoPyramus and TisberdquoLanguage Facs Firs and Second Conjugaion Verbs Fuure Acive and
Passive ense Fuure ense o Sum and Possum elaive Pronouns
elaive Clausesalking Chating on he Inerne
CHAPTER 15 245
eading Seneca ldquoe1047298ecions on Growing OldrdquoLanguage Facs Tird a nd Fourh Conjugaion Verbs Fuure Acive and
Passive ense Inerrogaive Pronouns and Adjecivesalking A rip o he Counry
REVIEW 5 CHAPTERS 1399125115 259
Considering he Classical Gods Minerva Di ana VenusConnecing wih he A ncien World oman Ciies and oadsExploring oman Law Te Jusice Sysem in Ancien ome by James G
Keenan Proessor o Classics Loyola Universiy Chicago Chicago IllinoisMīrābile Audīū Phrases and Quoaions elaing o Legal Maters
CHAPTER 16 273
eading Pliny he Younger ldquoTe Erupion o VesuviusrdquoLanguage Facs Perec ense Verbs Perec Sem Perec Acive ense o
All Conjugaions Perec ense o Sum and Possum Daive o Possessionalking elaxing a he Beach
CHAPTER 17 287
eading acius ldquoTe Fire a omerdquoLanguage Facs Pluperec A cive ense o All Conjugaions Pluperec
ense o Sum and Possum Fourh Declension Masculine Feminine andNeuer Nouns
alking ecovering rom an Acciden
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull viiindashix
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 2254
xndashxi bull Latin for the New Millennium
FOREWORDTe aurea mediocriās o Lain exbooks has arrived No a grammar-ranslaion nor a readingapproach book Lain or he New Millennium is a blend o he bes elemens o boh
Te key o Lain or he New Millennium Level 1 is he emphasis on reading Lain a he begin-ning o each chaper and using conversaional Lain a he end o each chaper or as he auhorsindicae in he Preace lsquoi (Lain) offers you he lingui sic key o he minds ha shaped European
(and hereore American) culu re rom he ime o he omans o he modern scienific revolu-ion In his book you will learn abou he language sep by sep by using irsquo
Te reading passages a he opening o each chaper are ba sed on Lain lieraure and proceedin chronological order rom Plauus o Boehius Each reading is suppored by pre-reading andacing page vocabulary Grammar is inroduced using senences already seen in he reading pas-sage and mīrābile dicū here are pleny o exercises Te Vocabulary o Learn chosen rom headaped reading passage hus conains some Advanced Placemen lieraure-based words and i sreieraed consisenly in he exercises and oher shor reading passages
Somehing no seen in mos Lain exbooks is he conversaional dialogue a he end o eachchaper Tis will pique he sudenrsquos ineres in he Lain version o modern-day aciviies andmee cerain classical language sandards direcly Te auhors Milena Minkova and erenceunberg proessors a he Universiy o Kenucky a Lexingon are he direcors o he hugelypopular Conveniculum Lexinoniense he annual su mmer program ha has been r unning ormore han en years Tey are also on he aculy o he Conveniculum Bosoniense a similarprogram ha draws paricipans o experience conversaional Lain in differen geographical se-ings A he 2007 American Classical Leag ue Insiue a Vanderbil Universiy I paricipaed ina conversaional Lain workshop presened by Minkova and unberg Tough he par icipans
were seasoned Lain eachers mos were experiencing or he firs ime he ried and rue meh-ods hese wo expers were using o inspire us o speak Lain By he end o he workshop wecould converse in amiliar Lain phrases and saw how useul his could be or our own sudensunbergrsquos and Minkovarsquos leadership in hese summer programs made hem uniquely well suiedo design he conversaional dialogues in Lain or he New Millennium and he copious oral ex-ercises ha are conained only in he eacher manual hus al lowing eachers o pick and choose
which exercises bes mee he needs o heir own sudens
Tis book wih is range o offerings wi ll appeal o all ypes o lang uage sudens and will alloweachers o bring he many aces o he oman and pos-oman world ino he classroom How
wonderul i is o see a passage o adaped Plauus in Chaper 2 a prose adapaion o Caullusrsquo passer poem in Chaper 7 o Horacersquos saire on he boor in Chaper 13 and even o aciusrsquo de-scripion o he grea fire in ome in Chaper 17 oman culure is embodied in each o hesepassages hus meeing anoher classical language sandard Accompanying each passage is aquoaion or moto conneced o he passage or chaper
bull xi bullx bull Latin for the New Millennium
APPENDIX A 389
Chronological Lis o he Auhors and Works Sudied
APPENDIX B 391
Addiional Sae Motoes
APPENDIX C 393
Grammaical Forms and Paradigms
APPENDIX D 405
Lain Synax
APPENDIX E 411Hisorical imeline
ENGLISH TO LATIN GLOSSARY 415
LATIN TO ENGLISH GLOSSARY 421
BIBLIOGRAPHY 429
PHOTOGRAPHY CREDITS 431
INDEX 435
LIST OF MAPS
Map o he oman World xxxi iMap o he ravels o Aeneas 187Map o he Ciy o ome 227
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 2354
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull xiindashxiii
PREFACELearning Lain helps you learn English and oher languages beter and perhaps even moreimporanly i offers you he linguisic key o he minds ha shaped European (and hereore
American) culure rom he ime o he omans o he modern scienific revoluion Lain washe language hese people used o express hemselves and o record heir ideas in permanen ormacross so many cenuries In his book you wil l learn abou he language by u sing i sep by sep
CHAPTER COMPONENTS
READING PASSAGES
Each chaper begins wih a eading Passage and noes on he acing page ha will help you un-dersand any linguisic elemens you have no previously seen Tese noes eaure vocabulary
words in an easy o ollow alphabeical l ising providing you he exac meaning needed o un-dersand he reading passage bu no he ull lexical enries a his poin By reading and seeinghese new elemens in heir naural conex ofen you will need no explanaion o undersandhow hey uncion because hey appear w ih words you already know Te eadi ng Passages areadaped rom auhenic works o Lain lieraure and hey are presened in chronological order
As you complee each chaper you will be raci ng he sory o Lain as a lierary language andhe sories o he auhors who used i In addiion you wi ll learn abou oman c ulure over heperiods o ime in which he eaured reading o each chaper was produced
VOCABULARY TO LEARN
Te Vocabulary o Learn repeas some words encounered in he eading Passage or each chap-
er bu in his secion he words are lised by pars o speech i nsead o alphabeically and herehe ull lexical enry is given Tese are words you will need o memorize in order o recognizeand use hem hroughou he remainder o he book In order o aid you in recognizi ng connec-ions beween Lain words and he English words derived rom or relaed o hem a derivaiveexercise ollows each Vocabulary o Learn
LANGUAGE FACTS AND EXERCISES
In he body o each chaper you will fi nd simple explanaions o he Language Facs eaured inhe chaper reading passage along wih many differen exercises ha allow you o use all he in-ormaion you are learning By doing he exercises in each chaper and in he suden workbook
you will no only be reading and wriing Lain yoursquoll be speaking i Some exercises involve oralexchanges wih he eacher and wih oher sudens Because Lain communicaes hough i isa living hing Tereore a person who gains an acive working knowledge in he language along
bull xiii bullxii bull Latin for the New Millennium
All o his said Lain or he New Millennium is suden riendly Sudy ips rhymes and mnemon-ics abound in each chaper and litle secions called ldquoBy he Wayrdquo offer addiional inormaion orhose who always wan o know more
Te uni review secions are ru ly gems Afer hree chapers a Lain review chaper providesno jus he complee lis o Vocabulary o Learn and pleniu l exercises bu ofen anoher pieceo adaped lieraure o read991252snippes o Mari al or Peronius and more
Bu his is no all A secion called ldquoConsidering he Classical Godsrdquo offers high-ineres readingsin boh Engli sh and Lain on he panheon o classical gods A noher secion eniled ldquoConnec-ing wih he Ancien Worldrdquo provides in English addiional i normaion on a paricular aspec ooman lie conained wihin he uni
Capping each review uni is a disincive essay ha e xplores oman and modern opics each writen by a universiy scholar From he Universiy o Massachusets o Sanord Universiyand many places in be ween hese proessors have conribued heir special experise on subjecmater relaed o he chapers I k now o no oher book ha does hi s
Tere are many useu l phoographs and maps appropriaely placed hroughou Te reproduc-ions o fine ar and phoographs o archaeological sies provide a visual learning experience as
well Needless o say here are appendices on g rammar and synax a nd English o Lain andLain o English glossaries wih an added secion on various motoes
Te auhors ediors consulans and pilo eachers have done a superior job o organizing his book or maximum useu lness and effeciveness Tis unique series w ill include he ollowi ngLevel 1 Suden ex Level 1 Suden Workbook Level 1 eacherrsquos Manual and Level 1 Work-
book eacherrsquos Manual Level 2 Suden ex Level 2 Suden Workbook Level 2 eacherrsquosManual and Level 2 Workbook eacherrsquos Manual Many online and elecronic resources willalso accompany his series
Lain for he New Millennium has been houghully designed or and wih he weny-firscenury suden in mind Please join me in heralding he appearance o his unique new series
ha will improve and enhance he sudy o Lain or he weny-firs cenury
P983137983157983148 P983154983151983152983141983154983162983145983151Boson Lain Academy
2008
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 2454
xivndashxv bull Latin for the New Millennium
Preface bull xv
ASPECTS OF ROMAN LIFE
Nex you will find a reading in English on an imporan aspec o oman daily lie Tis sec-ion eniled Connecing wih he Ancien World wil l presen addiional inormaion on a opicencounered in he previous c hapers
EXPLORING ROMAN AND MODERN LIFE
Following he secion on daily lie here will be a shor essay in English ha compares and con-rass some aspec o oman and American lie and illusraes a way in which Lain is a par oour lie oday Each o hese essays has been writen by a universiy scholar wih special experisein his field o sudy
MĪRĀBILE AUDĪTŪEach review chaper concludes wih a l is o Lain quoaions motoes phrases or abbreviaionsused in English Tese sayings relae o one o he uni opics
Te Lain langu age and oman culure have no only inspired wriers hroughou he ages andin1047298uenced modern lie bu have also lef heir presence in ar and archaeology In his volumereproducions o painings drawings sculpure mosaics rescoes and oher ariacs rom an-iquiy hrough he presen abound wih depicions o and reerences o he sories and lives ohe omans Likewise view s o archaeological sies remind us o wha ome and is area o in1047298u-ence was like in ancien imes Te illusraions hroughou he ex suppor he writen word in
visual orm hus offering you a vivid recollecion o he chaper conen
Each auhor o his book has writen differen secions o he exbook bu boh auhors have ben-efied hroughou he composiion o he exbook rom coninuous muual advice and suppor
MM and 2008
Visi wwwl nmbolchazycom o see he elecronic resources ha accompany Lain or he New Millennium
xiv bull Latin for the New Millennium
wih a readi ng abiliy i s more likely o progress quick ly o a deeper undersanding o he lan-guage and he enjoymen o is lieraure I you have an oral aciliy and can wrie in a language
you will no need o be reminded abou orms and grammaical rules so ofen In his book you will acquire ha acive acili y as a basic par o learning he language
CONVERSATIONAL LATIN
oward he end o each chaper here is a Lain dialogue in which a group o modern sudens arehe paricipans Tey discuss in Lain siuaions ofen encounered in our daily li ves In hesedialogues you will find a bridge beween our lives and he houghs o he ancien medieval orrenaissance auhors who wroe in Lain991252a bridge consruced o he same basic language Lain
OTHER FEATURESIn each chaper you will fi nd oher ineresing mater ha will help you learn and enjoy Lain
bull Memorābile Dictū Te firs page o each chaper eaures a amous saying labeled Memorābile Dicū (A Memorable Ting o Say) a Lain phrase so well known ha i has become an ofenrepeaed proverb or quoaion Learning each amous saying wi ll increase your u ndersand-ing no jus o Lain bu o he houghs and ideas ha were i mporan o omans and haveconinued o be an inegral par o modern lie
bull Sudy ips Each chaper conains sayings rhymes mnemonic devices verses or oher in-ormaion ha will help you remember he various hings you are learning
bull By he Way You will see his phrase repeaed hroughou every chaper When you see hislabel you will know ha addiional inormaion is being presened
REVIEW COMPONENTS A he conclusion o every se o hree chapers here is a review conaining various componens
VOCABULARY TO KNOW
Tis is a complee lis o all he Vocabulary o Learn words presened in he hree chapers ar-ranged by pars o speech
EXERCISES
Here you will see many new exercises ha will help you review and reinorce he maerial in hehree preceding chapers In he review exercise secion here is ofen an addiional reading pas-sage o help you undersand more abou Lain lieraure and is heriage oday
CLASSICAL MYTHOLOGY
Tis secion eniled Considering Classical Myhology includes passages on myhology one inEnglish and one in Lain which ell some o he principal sories abou he Greek and omangods Tese sories re1047298ec many o he main hemes seen in lieraure and ar rom classical omodern imes
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 2554
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull xvindashxvii
AUTHORSMILENA MINKOVA
MA and PhD Chrisian and Classical Philology Pon-ifical Salesian Universiy ome Ialy MA and PhDClassics Universiy o Sofia Bulgaria
Associae Proessor o Classics Universiy o KenuckyLexingon Kenucky
Milena Minkova has sudied conduced research andaugh in Bulgaria Swizerland Germany Ialy he
Vaican Ciy and he USA Minkova has auhored hree book monographs Te Personal Names o he Lain In-scripions fom Bulgaria (Peer Lang 2000) Te Proe-an Raio (Peer Lang 2001) and Inroducion o Lain
Prose Composiion (Bolchazy-Carducci 2007 reprin Wimbledon 2001) She has also published numerousaricles on Lain medieval philosophy Lain lieraureLain composiion and Lain pedagogy
TERENCE TUNBERGBA and MA Classics Universiy o Souhern Calior-nia Posgraduae researcher and docoral suden Me-
dieval Sudies Universiy o London England PhDClassical Philology Universiy o orono Canada
Proessor o Classics Universiy o Kenucky Lexing-on Kenucky
erence unberg has augh in Belgium and Canadaas well as in he USA He is a specialis in Lain com-posiion and an exper in he hi sory o he approacheso wriing Lain prose rom aniquiy o early modernimes His works include a n ediion o collecion o Me-dieval Lain speeches commenaries on Lain worksand numerous sudies o he hisory o imiaion in La-in wriing In addiion or more han a decade he hasoffered summer seminars designed o inroduce peopleo he use o spoken Lain
bull xvii bull
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 2654
EDITORS CONSULTANTSAND PILOT TEACHERS
VOLUME EDITORSElisa C DenjaEdior Bolchazy-Carducci PublishersBaker Demonsraion School EmeriaEvanson Illinois
LeaAnn A OsburnEdior Bolchazy-Carducci PublishersBarringon High School EmeriaBarringon Illinois
BOARD OF
CONSULTANTS Virginia A ndersonLain eacherIllinois Virual High SchoolBarringon Middle School EmeriaBarringon Illinois
Jill M CrookerLain eacher
Pitsord-Mendon High School EmeriaPitsord New York
Judih Peller HalletProessor o ClassicsUniversiy o MarylandCollege Park Maryland
Sherwin D Litle1ndash12 Foreign Language Program LeaderIndian Hill High SchoolCincinnai Ohio
Sherrilyn MarinChair Deparmen o Foreign LanguagesKeih Counry Day Schoolockord Illinois
Mary PendergrafProessor o Classical Languages
Wake Fores Universiy Winson-Salem Norh Carolina
John raupman
Proessor o ClassicsS Josephrsquos Universiy EmeriusPhiladelphia Pennsylvania
Cynhia Whie Associae Proessor o ClassicsUniversiy o Arizonaucson Ari zona
ose WilliamsMcMurry College Emeria
Abilene High School Emeria Abilene exas
Donna WrighLain eacherLawrence Norh and Lawrence Cenral High
Schools
Indianapolis Indiana
PILOT TEACHERS Jeremy M WalkerLain eacherCrown Poin High SchoolCrown Poin Indiana
Laneta WarrenburgLain eacherElgin High SchoolElgin Illinois
bull xix bullxviii bull Latin for the New Millennium
JOINT PUBLICATIONS BY THE AUTHORSMinkova and unberg have coauhored he ollowing books Readings and Exercises in Lain
Prose Composiion (Focus 2004) Reading Livyrsquos Rome Selecions fom Livy Books IndashVI (Bol-chazy-Carducci 2 005) Maer Anserina Poems in Lain or Children (Focus 2006) Tey are hedirecors o he Insiue or Lain Sud ies a he Universiy o Kenucky in which sudens sudyhe hisory o Lain rom ancien o modern imes and ake par in seminars in which Lai n is he
working language o all ac iviies Boh Minkova and unberg are eleced ellows o he ome- based Academia Lainiai Fovendae he primary learned sociey devoed o he preservaion andpromoion o he use o Lain
xviiindashxix bull Latin for the New Millennium
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 2754
Editors Consultants and Pilot Teachers bull xxi
SHERWIN LITTLE
BA Universiy o Cincinnai M A Universiy o Colorado
Sherwin Litle has augh Lain rom sixh g rade hrough Lain AP a Indian Hill Exemped Vil-lage School Disric since 1983 Sherwin has received an Ovaio rom CAMWS as well as heCAMWS Good eacher Award and he Hildesheim Vase Award rom he Ohio Classical Coner-ence in 1986 and 2007 Sherwin holds Naional Board Cerificaion in World Languages Oherhan English and has been boh Vice Presiden and Presiden o he American Classical Leag ue
SHERRILYN MARTIN
BA Wilson College MA PhD Universiy o Cincinnai
Sherrilyn Marin was named Illinois Lain eacher o he Year in 1993 was a recipien o heL Governorrsquos Award or Foreign Language eaching in 2001 and was named a Claes Nobeleacher o Disincion in 2 007 She is a pas presiden o he Illinois Classical Conerence and isacive in he ockord Sociey o he A rchaeological Insiue o America Sherri lyn spen a yearin independen sudy a he Universiy o Tessaloniki Greece
MARY PENDERGRAFT
AB PhD Universiy o Norh Carolina Chapel Hill
Afer eaching a UNC-Greensboro and D uke Universiy Mary Pendergraf began eachingclassics ul l-ime a Wake Fores Mary is a ormer Presiden o he Norh Carolina Classical A s-sociaion and paricipaed in he ocus group ha w roe he Norh Carolina Sandard Course oSudy or Lain
JOHN TRAUPMAN
BA Moravian College MA PhD Pr inceon Universiy
John raupman is proessor emerius rom S Josephrsquos Universiy i n Phil adelphia where heaugh or hiry-eigh years A mong his many awards John received he Disinguished eaching
Award rom S Josephrsquos Universiy in 1982 a cerificae o appreciaion rom he PennsylvaniaDeparmen o Educaion in 1990 and he Special Award rom he Classical Associaion o he
Alanic Saes in 1996 John raupman is especially well-known as he auhor oConversaional Lain and Te New College Lain and English Dicionary
CYNTHIA WHITE
BA Chesnu Hill College MA Villanova Universiy PhD Caholic Universiy o America
Cynhia Whie is he Direcor o he Undergraduae Lain Program and supervises eacherraining and Kndash12 Lain eacher Cerificaion a he Universiy o Arizona She regularlyeaches a he Isiuo Inernazionale di Sudi Classici di Orvieo he Classics Deparmenrsquos Sudy
Abroad Program in Orvi eo Ialy and has sudied i n ome wih he Papal Lai nis eg inaldFoser ODC
xx bull Latin for the New Millennium
VOLUME EDITORSELISA C DENJA
BA Marygrove College Deroi Michigan MA Columbia Universiy MA Loyola UniversiyChicago
Elisa Denja augh Lain a Norh Chicago High School and Baker Demonsraion School inEvanson Illinois or many years while concurrenly eaching classical myhology a LoyolaUniversiy o Chicago and in he g ifed-disance learning program a Norhwesern UniversiyElisa was awarded he Illinois Lain eacher o he Year award in 1992 and he Illinois Lieime
Achievemen Award in 2007
LEAANN A OSBURNBA Monmouh College Illinois MA Loyola Universiy Chicago
While eaching Lain or many years a Barringon High School in Barringon Illinois LeaA nnserved as boh vice-presiden and presiden o he Illinois Classical Conerence LeaAn n receivedhe Illinois La in eacher o he Year award in 1989 he Illinois L Governorrsquos Award in 1990and he Classical Associaion o he Middle Wes and Souh Good eacher Award in 1996
BOARD OF CONSULTANTSVIRGINIA ANDERSON
BA Loyola Universiy Chicago MA S Xavier Universiy
Virginia Anderson augh Lain or hi ry years i n privae and public hi gh schools and middleschools in he Chicagoland area In 1999 she was awarded he L Governorrsquos Award or Enhance-men o he eaching Proession and in 2003 was named Il linois Lain eacher o he Year
JILL M CROOKER
BA Universiy o Illi nois MSEd Nazareh College o ocheser New York Jill Crooker augh Lain or many years a Pitsord-Mendon High School in Pitsord New YorkShe has served as he College Board Advisor o he A P Lain es Developmen Commitee andin 1996 received he Moron E Spillenger Award or Disingui shed Leadership o he Classical
Associaion o he Empire Sae In 2003 she received he ACL Meria Award and i n 2006 a nOvaio rom he Classical A ssociaion o he Alanic Saes
JUDITH PELLER HALLETT
BA Wellesley MA PhD Harvard Universiy
In addiion o sudying a he A merican Academy in ome he Insiue o Classical Sudies inLondon and he Universiy o Maasrich in Holland Judih Hallet is a ormer presiden o heClassical Associaion o he Alanic Saes and Vice-Presiden or Oureach o he AmericanPhilological Associaion She was named a Disinguished Scholar-eacher in 1992 by he Uni-
versiy o Maryland
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull xxndashxxi
TEACHER NOTES
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 2854
xxii bull Latin for the New Millennium
xxii bull L atin for the New Millennium
ROSE WILLIAMS
BA Baylor Universiy MA Universiy o Norh Carolina Chapel Hill
In addiion o posgraduae work in Lain and Humaniies a he Universiy o Dallas and heUniversiy o exas a Arlingon on a ockeeller Gran ose Williams did research a he Bodle-ian Library Ox ord Universiy in England and a he Universiy o Pisa She augh Lain or overhiry years a boh high school and uni versiy levels in exas and now is he auhor o more hanen books abou he Classics
DONNA WRIGHT
BA MA Ball Sae Universiy
Afer eaching Lain a Carmel High School Donna Wrigh currenly eaches a boh LawrenceNorh and Lawrence Cenral High Schools in Indianapolis Indiana She has been an acivemember o he Indiana Classical Conerence being named Creaive Lain eacher o he Year in1976 She has also been acive i n he American Classical League sponsoring a JCL chaper andleading Ialy rips or nearly weny years Donna also served as an offi cer speaker and boardmember o Pompeiiana Inc
PILOT TEACHERS JEREMY M WALKER
AB Wabash College MA Indiana Universiy
Jeremy Walker has augh Lain a Crown Poin High School in Crown Poin Indiana since1995 He has served as he Co-Chair o he Indiana Junior Classical League and Membershipand Public elaions Chair o he Naional Junior Classical League In addiion o sudying inIaly a he Inercollegiae Cener or Classical Sudies and in Greece a he American School orClassical Sudies he was presiden o he Indiana Classical Conerence In 2003 Jeremy was rec-ognized as he Lain eacher o he Year in Indiana and in 2004 was recognized by he Indiana
Sae eachers Associaion as a orch o K nowledge ecipien
LANETTA WARRENBURG
BA Indiana Universiy MA Indiana Universiy-Purdue Universiy Indianapolis
Laneta Warrenburg has augh high school English and Lain or hiry-hree years a schoolsin Indiana and Illinois Her las weny-our years o eaching Lain were a Elgin High Schoolin Elgin Illinois While eaching Lain here she served as he Illinois Classical Conerencechairperson or Chicago Classics Day as co-chair or he Illinois Ceramen League since 1993and as sae chair or he Il linois Junior Classical L eague rom 1999ndash2001 Laneta was honoredas he Illi nois Lain eacher o he Year in 2001 and was presiden o he Chicago Classical Clubrom 2005ndash2007
INTRODUCTION
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 2954
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull xxiii
INTRODUCTIONALPHABETTe Lain alphabe was derived rom he Eruscan alphabe some ime beore he sevenh cen-ury 983138983139983141 Te Eruscans were a people in pre-oman Ialy
Teir alphabe owes much o he Greek alphabe In urn he Greek alphabe was derived romhe Phoenician alphabe Phoenician raders had spread heir sysem o wriing h roughou he
Medierranean region Te Phoenician alphabe isel can be raced o he Norh Semiic alpha- be which was used in Syria and Palesine as early as he elevenh cenury 983138983139983141 and is consideredo be he earlies ully developed alphabeic wriing sysem
An Eruscan couple reclining on a funeral sarcophagus
bull xxiii bull
Sandard41
EDITORrsquoS NOTE
Te comprehension quesions and answers as well as some o he eaching ips and eacher by he Way noa-ions in his eacher manual were writen by Elisa C Denja LeaAnn A Osburn Karen Lee Singh and DonaldE Sprague classics ediorseducaors a Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers
HOW TO USE THIS BOOK
Please noe ha he perinen naional Classics sandards are lised in he margin o he lef or righ on he samepage as he reproducion o he suden ex
Eisemann Communicaion assised in preparing he correlaions o Lain o r he New Mil lennium wih he
naional sandards For an overview o he sandards hemselves and he correlaions please consul www bolchazyl nmcom
TEACHING TIP
Te eacher may choose o use he picure o he Eruscan couple on his page and he brie meniono he Eruscan alphabe o open a discussion on wha role he Eruscans played in early omanimes Sudens may be direced o p xxx ii o find Eruria on he map
TEACHING TIPTe eacher may wish o discuss wih he sudens he erm ldquoomance languagesrdquo Many modernlanguages come rom he language used by he ancien omans French Ialian Poruguese Span-ish omanian ec omansch (spoken by he descendans o he aeians and one o he our o-ficial languages o Swizerland) is also derived rom Lain
TEACHER BY THE WAYBased on archeological evidence i appears ha Eruscan women were an imporan par o hesocial srucure Ofen he names o boh moher and aher were placed on unerary inscripionsTe reedom o women wihin sociey is likewise apparen on monumens where hey can be seenreclining wih heir husbands on he same couch atending games and having a place o honor in heomb isel Noice he affecionae pose o he couple in he illusraion on p xxiii Clearly marriedlove was valued in Eruscan sociey and amily lie was imporan
ombs also provide evidence or he syle o Eruscan homes Some o hese eaures were borrowed by heomans especially he cenral hall and hree rooms a he back Tis ype o house was known a Pompeii as well as a ome ac cording o Viru vius auhor o Dē archiecūrā
TEACHING TIP
Te eacher may wish o have sudens read an English ranslaion o Livyrsquos radiional accouno anaquil wie o arquinius Priscus he fifh king o ome Te independence o Eruscan women is ev iden in hi s ale He r behavior is he ani hesis o he ideas o woma nly dec orum hel d by he omans
TEACHING TIPS d ill j i i h E li h ldquo lph b rdquo pl i h E li h l t ih h
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 3054
xxiv bull Latin for the New Millennium
xxiv bull Latin for the New Millennium
Look a he English alphabe in he lef column and a he Lain alphabe in he righ one TeLain alphabe is accompanied by he names o he Lain leters (in parenheses)
English Alphabe Lain Alphabe
Uppercase Lowercase Uppercase Lowercase Leter Name
A a A a (a ldquoăhrdquo)
B b B b (be ldquobayrdquo)
C c C c (ce ldquocayrdquo)
D d D d (de ldquodayrdquo)
E e E e (e ldquoĕhrdquo)
F F (e)
G g G g (ge ldquogayrdquo)H h H h (ha ldquohahrdquo)
I i I i (i ldquoeerdquo)
J j
K k K k (ka ldquokahrdquo)
L l L l (el)
M m M m (em)
N n N n (en)
O o O o (o ldquoŏhrdquo)
P p P p (pe ldquopayrdquo)
Q q Q q (qu ldquokoordquo)
r r (er)
S s S s (es)
(e ldquoayrdquo)
U u U u (u ldquooordquo)
V v V v (u consonan)
W w
X x X x (ix ldquoeexrdquo)
Y y Y y (upsilon)
Z z Z z (zea ldquodzayardquo)
Te English alphabe is derived direcly rom he Lain alphabe Tis accouns or he greasimilariies b eween he wo alphabes Tere are 26 leters in he English alphabe and 24 in heLain Te differences are he ollowing
bull Te leter W w (which is he doubled leter v) is missing in he Lain alphabe
bull Te leter J j is a more recen invenion In ac i appears in Lain exs writen during heMiddle Ages and he enaissance as well as i n many modern ediions o ancien Lain exsI is used o indicae he semi-vowel i someimes called consonanal i Te consonanal i is
Sudens will enjoy singing he English alphabe song replacing he English leter names wih heLain leter names Sudens may be insruced o clap once where here is no Lain leter name (egldquoJrdquo) equivalen o he English one
TEACHING TIPTe eacher may choose o display any Lain words (a lis is provided below or he eacherrsquos conve-nience) and insruc he sudens o spell ou he word using he Lain leter names Te sudensmay become curious o know wha he Lain words mean Definiions are given below
bull pars ndash par
bull nox ndash nigh
bull ruber ndash red
bull ēgī ndash I have done
bull amilia ndash amily
bull carō ndash 1047298esh
bull dēcernō ndash I decide
bull herba ndash plan
bull Kalendae ndash Kalends (firs day o he monh)
bull quoque ndash also
bull imor ndash ear
bull Pȳhia ndash Pyhia (name o Apollorsquos priesess)
bull iēcī ndash I hrew
bull ēlīx - happy bull ignis ndash fire
bull mūō ndash I change
COMPREHENSION QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS FOR PAGES XXIII991251XXVeproducible versions o he quesions alone are available a wwwlnm bolchazycom
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 3154
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull xxv
Introduction bull xxv
he i a he beginning o a word beore a vowel or i beween wo vowels According o hismehod or example Iūlius is writen Jūlius and Āiax is writen Ājax In his book he leter J j will no be used
bull Te disincion beween he vowel U u and he consonan V v also belongs o laer imesIniially here was only one leter V u used boh or he vowel and he consonan eg Vrbs ldquoTe Ciyrdquo (ie ome) or uicor ldquohe winnerrdquo
bull However in accord wih he prevail ing pracice o expressing he vowel wih U u and heconsonan wih V v in his book he wo leters will be disingui shed
PRONUNCIATION OF LATIN
VOWELSTere are six vowels in Lain and heir pronunciaion is as ollows
Long Vowel Sound Shor Vowel Sound
ā is pronounced as in ldquoaherrdquo ōrāor ldquooraorrdquo a is pronounced as in ldquoalikerdquo amō ldquoloverdquo
ē is pronounced like he a in ldquoraverdquo nēmō ldquonobodyrdquo e is pronounced as in ldquoperdquo bene ldquowellrdquo
ī is pronounced like he double e in ldquoseenrdquo līmes ldquoboundaryrdquo
i is pronounced as in ldquopirdquo nihil ldquonohingrdquo
ō is pronounced as in ldquosoverdquo videō ldquo(I) seerdquo o is pronounced as in ldquoofenrdquorosa ldquoroserdquo
ū is pronounced as in ldquomoonrdquo ūnus ldquoonerdquo u is pronounced as in ldquopurdquo um ldquohenrdquo
ӯ comes rom Greek and is pronounced in lenghsomewhere beween he i in ldquohirdquo and he u in ldquomuerdquo Pӯramus ldquoPyramusrdquo
y comes rom Greek Is sound wheher long or shorlies in beween he sounds o i and u much as in heFrench ldquosucircrrdquo bu he sound o shor y is less drawn ouhan ha o long y lyricus ldquolyricalrdquo
Te Lain words senātus rēgēsulla gentēs and prīmus are
engraved on his sone
Sign from Pompeii carved on sone wih Lain leters
p q
1 race he roos o he Lain alphabe rom is beginnings orward
Norh-Semiic alphabe elevenh cenury 983138983139983141 Phoenician alphabe Greek alphabe Erusca n alphabeLain alphabe
2 Which wo leters in he English alphabe are no ound in he Lain alphabe
W and J
3 When does he leter J begin o appear in Lain
During he Middle Ages and he enaissa nce
4 Look a he Lain inscripion on he sign rom Pompeii (on he righ o p xxv) Find a leas hree Lain words Lis an Engl ish word you believe is based on he La in word
colonia 991252 colonial colony honoris 991252 honorspecacula 991252 specacular specacle perpevom 991252 perpeual perpeuiy duovir 991252 virile virili
Sandards12 41
TEACHING TIPSudens may wan o know he English meanings o he Lain words in Exercises 1 and 2 Te defini-
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 3254
xxvi bull Latin for the New Millennium
xxvi bull L atin for the New Millennium
BY THE WAY
Everywhere in his book long vowels are indicaed by macrons ie ā ē ī ō ū ӯ whileabove he shor vowels here are no signs Someimes wo words differ rom each oheronly in he lengh o he vowel For example mālum wih a longa means ldquoapplerdquo whilemalum wih a shor a means ldquobad hingrdquo
EXERCISE 1epea hese words aloud afer your eacher pronounces hem
1 a lō 7 lēnis 13 probō 19 sūor2 alumnus 8 sēdēs 14 noa 20 ūsus3 rāna 9 i er 15 pōnō 21 syllaba4 rādō 10 imeō 16 dōnum 22 Pӯrēnē5 eneō 11 nīor 17 ululō6 peō 12 mīrus 18 lupus
DIPHTHONGSDiphhongs are wo vowels combined in one syllable and pronounced ogeher as one soundTere are six diphhongs in Lain
bull ae much like he y in ldquoskyrdquo laevus ldquo lefrdquo
bull au pronounced as ou in ldquoourrdquo aurum ldquo goldrdquo
bull ei pronounced as ei in ldquoeignrdquo oiei ldquoalasrdquo
bull eu pronounced eoo much as i in he wo words ldquogrey bluerdquo you were o subrac he ldquogr-rdquo andhe ldquobl-rdquo and combine he wo vowel sounds Eurōpa ldquoEuroperdquo
bull oe pronounced as oy in ldquoboyrdquo proelium ldquo batlerdquo
bull ui pronounced nearly like ldquowerdquohui ldquoohrdquo
I is believed ha quie early sill in ancien imes he diphhongs ae and oe began o be pro-nounced as e I you encouner hem writen aē or aeuml and oē or oeuml his means ha hey are nodiphhongs and he leters should be pronounced separaely āēr poēa
Te diphhongs are always long
EXERCISE 2epea hese words afer your eacher pronounces hem
1 aesās 7 s eu 13 aēneus2 a equō 8 m oenia 14 poēma3 raeda 9 neu 15 hei4 l audō 10 poena 16 huic5 a u 11 neuer6 aula 12 Poenus
Sudens may wan o know he English meanings o he Lain words in Exercises 1 and 2 Te definiions are provided or he eacherrsquos convenience
EXERCISE 11 I nourish 12 wonderul
2 suden 13 I approve
3 rog 14 noe
4 I scrape 15 I pu
5 I hold 16 gif6 I seek 17 I howl
7 smooh 18 wol
8 sea 19 shoemaker
9 journey 20 use
10 I ear 21 sylla ble
11 I srive 22 Pȳrene (a name)
EXERCISE 21 summer
2 I make level
3 carriage
4 I praise5 or
6 orecour
7 or i
8 walls
9 and no
10 penaly
11 neiher
12 Carhaginian
13 bronze
14 poem
15 ah
16 o his
TEACHER BY THE WAYHisorical evidence can be cied or reading he firs syllable o ldquomāgnusrdquo as naurally long bu oher
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 3354
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull xxvii
Introduction bull xxvii
CONSONANTSbull c is pronounced as in ldquocomerdquo clārus ldquobrighrdquo censeō ldquo(I) deemrdquo cārus ldquodearrdquo
bull When b is ollowed by s as in urbs ldquociyrdquo he sound o b approaches ha o p a sound wemigh represen as urps
bull g is pronounced as in ldquogerdquo gaudiumldquojoyrdquo gignō ldquo(I) bege (I) bearrdquo grāialdquoavor agreeablenessrdquo
bull Some hink ha he omans o Cicerorsquos ime (firs cenury 983138983139983141) pronounced he wo conso-nans ng as ngn or example he adjecive māgnus ldquogreardquo would have been pronounced in a
way ha we migh represen asmangnus
bull k is a very rare consonan In ac i appears only in wo words Kalendae ldquohe firs day oevery monh in he oman calendarrdquo and in he personal name Kaeso
bull q appears always in combinaion wih u and he combinaion qu is pronounced as in ldquoqueenrdquoquatuor ldquoourrdquo
bull v has a sound similar o w (as in he word ldquowierdquo) videō ldquo I seerdquo
bull Te consonanu in he combinaion su sounds like he English w in he ollowing our wordssuēscō ldquo(I) become accusomedrdquoSuēvī a name o a German ribe suādeō ldquo(I) adviserdquo suāvis ldquosweerdquo
bull Te leter r is rilled slighly Te sound has no exac equivalen in English bu is heard inmany oher European languages Te bes way o make his sound is o pronounce r as inldquoroperdquo bu vibrae he end o he ongue slighly as you say i
bull x is a double consonan (equivalen ocs or gs) ha sounds much like he x in ldquosixrdquo
bull z is a noher double consonan (equivalen o dz) and sounds almos like z in ldquozebrardquo I be-gins wih a sligh d sound firs so in pronouncing his leter you should hear dz
bull ph sounds like p in ldquopenrdquo bu wih he addiion o a sligh breah o air represened by he hth sounds like t as in ldquo omrdquo bu wih he addiion o a sligh ex ra breahing represened byhe h ch sounds nearly like he combinaion kh Tese consonans are borrowed rom Greek
and appear in Greek words zephyrus ldquowesern breezerdquo chorus ldquochorusrdquo heārum ldquoheaerrdquo When p and t are no accompanied by h his sligh aspiraion is absen
bull When consonans are doubled as in he verbaggredior he consonanal sound is lenghenedslighly
EXERCISE 3epea hese words afer your eacher pronounces hem
1 cibus 7 glōria 13 phasēlus2 capiō 8 Zeus 14 chara3 cumulus 9 bibliohēca 15 cēlō4 crēscō 10 phi losophia 16 anīquus5 gemma 11 zōna6 Gallus 12 heōrēma
g y g y gevidence suggess i is naurally shor Tus in some grammar books such as he one by Gildersleeveand Lodge we find his syllable marked as long bu in oher books i is reaed as shor
TEACHING TIPTe sudens may also wish o find ou he meanings o he Lain words in Exercise 3 Te definiionsare provided or he eacherrsquos convenience
EXERCISE 3
1 ood2 I ake
3 a heap
4 I grow
5 bud jewel
6 a Gaul
7 glory
8 Zeus
9 library
10 philosophy
11 a girdle
12 heory
13 kidney bean
14 paper
15 I hide
16 old
TEACHING TIPTe eacher may wish o provide he sudens wih some pracice on syllables and sress accen Here
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 3454
xxviii bull Latin for the New Millennium
xxviii bull Latin for the New Millennium
ACCENT A Lain word is made up no jus o leters bu also o syllables A Lain word has as many syllablesas i has vowels or diphhongs (a diphhong works like a single vowel since i is made up o wo
vowels pronounced ogeher [see diphhongs above])
You will need o know he ollowing erms when learning abou accen
bull ulima he las syllable in a word
bull penul he second-o-las syllable in a word
bull anepenul he hird-o-las syllable in a word
So in he word ze- ph y-r us he vowel u is he ulima y is he penul and e is he anepenul
RULES ABOUT THE STRESS ACCENT IN LATIN1 Te sress accen in Lain alls on eiher he penul or he anepenul
2 Te accen alls on he penul i he penul is long I he penul is shor he accen alls onhe anepenul
3 How o deermine wheher he penul is long or shor
a I he penul conains a long vowel (or any diphhong) he penul isel is long You o-en need o learn wheher he vowel in he penul is long or shor as a basic elemen inlearning a new word A macron above he vowel will ell you ha he vowel is long whi lehe absence o a macron wil l indicae a shor vowel Pronouncing he word can help youremember he vowel lenghs For ex ample vi-de-ō ldquoI seerdquo is pronounced viacutedeō whileau-rō-ra ldquodawnrdquo is pronounced aurōacutera and po-pu-lus ldquopeoplerdquo is pronounced po pulus
b I he vowel in he penul is ollowed by wo or more consonans he penul is long no
mater wheher he vowel in he penul is long or shor and he accen necessarily allson he penul For example do-cu-men-um ldquodocumenrdquo is pronounced documenacuteum
BY THE WAYTe consonan x is double (cs or gs) and couns as wo consonans when deermining
wheher he penul is long
c Tere is one excepion o lsquobrsquo above Someimes even when here are wo consonans be-ween he penul and he ulima hey sill do no deermine ha he penul is long Tishappens when he wo consonans are a mue and a liquid
Te mues are p b d t g c
Te liquids are l r
So in he word pal-pe-bra ldquoeyelidrdquo he anepenul is accened ( palacutepebra) he vowel o he pe-nul is shor since i i s ollowed by a mue and a l iquid O course ru le lsquoarsquo sill applies in he wordhe-ā-trum ldquoheaerrdquo he penul is accened (heāacuterum) since i is naurally long somehing welearn rom he macron
y p p yare some examples wih he answers included or he eacherrsquos convenience
Underline he ulima in each word
1 legō
2 rēgis
3 imperāor
Underline he penul in each word
1 causa
2 pūnīum3 armāus
Underline he anepenul in each word
1 vulnerō
2 eigī
3 sublāum
Underline he penul i i is long
1 pōnō
2 spēlunca
3 pauperis
Underline he syllable ha will receive he sress accen in each word1 ōrāculum
2 peīum
3 cōnsania
4 exsīncum
5 vulneris
6 solius
TEACHING TIPGiven he passage abou he bahhouse on his page and he picure rom Bah England he
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 3554
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull xxix
EXERCISE 4epea each senence aloud afer your eacher reads i Pay atenion o he pronunciaion andsress accen o each word
Wha i is Like o Live Over a Bahhouse
(Adaped rom Seneca Moral Leter 56)
Ecce undique clāmor sona Suprā ipsum balneum habiō Prōpōne nunc ibi omnia genera vōcumodiōsa Foriōrēs exercenur e manūs plumbō gravēs iacan cum au labōran au labōranemimianur Gemiūs audiō quoiēns spīrium remīsērun Sun quoque ūncōrēs e racāōrēs
Audiō crepium manuum umerōs erienium sonus quoque icuum mūāur nunc enim manusperveni plāna nunc concava Audiō clāmōrēs sī ūr es i n balneō dēprehēnsus
Look here is noise sounding all around I live above he bahhouse isel Imagine o yourselnow all he haeul ypes o voices Te sronger ones exercise hemselves and swing heir ha ndsloaded wih lead weighs while hey work ou991252or imiae a person working ou I hear moansevery ime hey le go a ltpen-upgt breah Tere are also anoiners and masseurs I hear he slapo hands hiting shoulders and he sound o he blows changes or someimes he hands come1047298a someimes cupped I hear shouing i a hie is caugh in he bahhouse
A pool from inside he Roman Bahs in Bah England
Introduction bull xxix
eacher may wish o open a discussion abou bahs during oman i mes Te use o he calidārium fīgid ārium epidārium and sūdārium may be explained by he eacher and sudens may be en-couraged o learn andor pronounce hese words
TEACHER BY THE WAYBahs were ofen consruced on locaions having ho or mineral springs such as Bah in Englandand Bāiae a resor own on he Bay o Naples
Modern Bah in oman imes was named afer he Celic goddess o healing Sulis In he firscenury her shrine was aken over by he omans and she was idenified wih he goddess Minerva
Te sie was hen known as Aquae Sulis Mine rva In a emple relie she is represened wih a Medusa-like head and a musache
Te spa conained a grea bah (73 f by 29 f) and hree oher swimming pools he calidārium (ho bah)epidārium (warm bah) and fīgidār ium (cold bah) In he second cenury he spring was enclosed wihin a wooden barrel-vau led build ing ha housed hese hree pools Ho ai r bahs were ueled by coal fires A con-san 1047298ow o waer was direced o he pools hrough lead pipes which sill uncion oday
Archeologica l excavaions have revealed ma ny sacred voive offerings c urse ables and innumerable coinsa he botom o he springs Te curse ables writen in Lain heaped curses on anyone suspeced o wrong-doing Te ancien radiion o hrowing coins accompanied by a wish sill prevails oday in ome a he reviFounain where ourissvisiors do he same
More inormaion on bah complexes in ome can be ound on p 386 o his eacherrsquos manual
Sandards22 31
32 41 42
TEACHING TIPTe eacher may wish o insruc he sudens o find he iber iver which is picured here on he
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 3654
xxx bull Latin for the New Millennium
xxx bull Latin for the New Millennium
OVERVIEW OF ROMAN HISTORY According o legend omulus and his win broher emus were se adrif on he iber iver Ashe-wol nursed he boys unil a shepherd rescued hem Upon reaching manhood in 753 983138983139983141he wins ounded a new ciy near he place w here hey had been ound by he she-wol on he
basis o anaugusō auguriō ldquoa avorable sighing o birdsrdquo Bu omulus killed emus in a dispueover who would rule he new ciy and became is firs king
Six oher kings ruled afer omulus Numa Pompilius ullus Hosilius Ancus Marius ar-quinius Prisc us Servius ullius a nd arquinius Superbus (arquin he Proud) Afer he las ohese seven kings was overhrown in 509 983138983139983141 ome became a republic wih a represenaiveorm o governmen headed by wo consuls eleced an nually By 451 983138983139983141 he fi rs corpus o o-man law known as he welve ables was creaed
In he las cenury 983138983139983141 he oman epublic was shaken apar by a series o civil wars By31 983138983139983141 an auocraic regime headed earlier by Julius Caesar and laer by his grea-nephew Oc-avian brough he epublic o an end Te years rom 27 983138983139983141991252when Ocavian assumed heile o prīnceps ldquochie ciizenrdquo as well as he name Augu sus991252o around 180 983139983141 are known ashe early principae or empire During his era ome exended her boundaries o he BriishIsles in he norh Norh Arica in he souh Spain in he wes and he igris and Euphraesrivers in he eas
A view of he iber River as i 1047298ows hrough he ciy of Rome
map on p xxxii
COMPREHENSION QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS FOR PAGE XXX991251XXXI
eproducible versions o he quesions alone are available a wwwlnm bolchazycom
1 Who were he legendary ounders o ome
omulus and emus
2 According o legend in wha year was ome ounded
753 983138983139983141
3 Over he course o he monarchic period how many kings ruled ome
Seven
4 Wha even occurred in 509 983138983139983141
Te beginni ng o he oman epublic (wih wo consuls in charge)
5 Wha is he erm associaed wih he wo leaders o he epublic
Consul
6 Which wo leaders oversaw omersquos shif rom a republic o a principae
Julius Caesar and OcavianAugusu s
7 Wha major aciviy associaed wih empire-building ook place during he principae
erriorial expansion
8 Name wo developmens ha characerized he lae empire
Severe economic problems inernal poliical unres andor requen invasion by he Germanic ribes
9 Describe Diocleianrsquos response o he roubles o he empire
Diocleian divided he empire ino wo halves he Easern and Wesern empires in order o make ruli nghe empire more manageable
10 Explai n he origin o he erm ldquovandalismrdquo
Te fifh cenury invasion and pillag ing o ome by he ribe known as he Vandals who occupied he o-man province o Norh Arica led o he erm ldquovandalismrdquo meaning wanon desrucion
11 Describe Lainrsquos role in he cenuries afer 476 983139983141
Lain 1047298ourished as he major lierary language in he Wesern oman Empire and was spread o non-omanized places like Ireland Scandinavia and he New World
TEACHING TIP
Te eacher may ask he sudens o find he daes menioned on his page in he imeline on pp411ndash414
Sandards21 31 32
TEACHING TIPTe eacher may insruc he sudens o locae ByzaniumConsaninople discussed here in he
d h h ii
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 3754
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull xxxi
Introduction bull xxxi
From 180 983139983141 onwards in he period k nown as he lae empire he oman sae experiencedsevere economic problems and requen invasions by Germanic ri bes esponding o he pres-sure o he firs wave o migraions as well as inernal poliical u nres and economic diffi culieshe emperor Diocleian (ruled 284ndash305 983139983141) had already divided he oman Empire ino anEasern and Wesern hal each under is own emperor991252an atemp o make he vas omansae more manageable
Tis poliical division o he empire acually mirrored a culural division oo he main lan-guage o he Wes was Lain while he main language o he Eas was Greek Shorly aferwardshe emperor Consanine (ruled 312ndash337 983139983141) esablished a new capial or he Easern empirea Byzanium wh ich he renamed Consaninople (ldquohe ciy o Consaninerdquo oday called Isan-
bul) Bu even afer his reorganizaion he imperial governmen ulimaely proved incapable o
semming he ide o he migraions in par because he oman army was oo widely e xendedand could no be in so many places a once Indeed many o he invaders were given he sauso oederāī or ldquoreay roopsrdquo In effec hey were a llowed o occupy segmens o he empire inreurn or proecing i So when Alar ic King o he Visigohs sacked ome in 410 983139983141 he acual lyhad a ile as a commander in he oman army
ome was sacked again in 455 983139983141 by he Vandals who had already occupied he omanprovince o Norh Arica Te pillaging o he ciy o omulus by he invaders made a pro-ound impression on conemporaries and o his day he erm ldquovandalismrdquo is a word in severallanguages or wanon desrucion While he Easern empire (always more sable and eco-nomically prosperous han he Wes) coninued o exis unil 1453 983139983141 he Wesern empire
was ex inc as a poliica l eniy by 476 983139983141 In is place were Germa nic k ingdoms and ribes Angles and Saxons in Briai n Visigohs in Spain Osrogohs in Ialy Franks and Burgundi ansin Gaul991252o name only he major groups Te combinaion o hese new socieies wih heprevious inhabians who had been omanized o varying degrees would one day provide he
basis or he culures o modern Europe
Bu he end o he ancien oman Empire in he Wes was no he end o Lain On he con-rary during he nex 1200 years Lain no only 1047298ourished as he major lierary language in he
erriories o he ormer Wesern oman Empire he use o Lain was exended o regions heomans had never occupied including Ireland Scandinavi a and even he New World
BEGINNINGS OF LATIN LITERATURE Very ew complee works o Lain lieraure produced beore he mid-second cenury 983138983139983141 (ie beore 150 983138983139983141) have survived One reason or his loss was he remendous populariy o he works produced in he ollowing cenury by such auhors as Cicero Vergil and Ovid Teir wri-ings were so widely read and copied in subsequen cenuries ha he auhors preceding hem
were gradually negleced
Among he major figures o early Lain lieraure was a reed slave rom he Greek ciy o aren-um named Livius Andronicus who li ved rom 284ndash204 983138983139983141 He was known or his adapaionso Greek drama or oman audiences and his ranslaion o Homerrsquos Odyssey ino Lain verse
second paragraph on he map on p xxxii
TEACHING TIPTe eacher may ask he sudens o find he daes menioned on his page in he imeline on pp413ndash414
HOW TO USE THIS BOOK AND ITS ANCILLARIES
wo ancillaries are available or use wih his book Te Original Dysuncional Family (abbreviaed ODF)and From Romulus o Romulus Augusulus (abbreviaed R) R will be paricularly useul in order ohelp sudens keep he ime periods o he auhors and o he evens he auhors wroe abou sraigh in heirminds Chaper ile pages will include when appropriae a noaion on wha chaper o R he eachermay wish o assign
TEACHING TIPTe eacher may wish o assign Chaper 1 o he oman hisory ancillary From Romulus o Romu-lus Augusulus a his poin
COMPREHENSION QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS FOR PAGES XXXI991251XXXIVeproducible versions o he quesions alone are available a wwwlnm bolchazycom
1 Whom did he omans consider he aher o Lain lieraure
Ennius
2 Wha was Enniusrsquo mos amous work Is subjec mater
Annālēs was an epic poem abou omersquos early hisory
3 Wha amous Lain saying means ldquoCarhage mus be desroyedrdquo
Carhāgō dēlenda es
4 Who is he auhor o ha saying
Cao he ElderCao he Censor
5 When was Carha ge said o have been desroyed
146 983138983139983141 a he end o he hird Punic war
NB Aler sudens ha he answers o hese comprehension quesions will be ound on p xxxiv
Sandards21 31
R1
TEACHING TIP Ask sudens he English equivalen o cou nries s uch as Briannia and Germānia and he Englishequivalen o he ciies Neāpolis and Ahēnae
Sandard31
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 3854
xxxii bull Latin for the New Millennium
equivalen o he ciies Neāpolis and Ahēnae
A full size r eproducible version of h is page wihou he answe rs can be downloaded a wwwlnm bolchazycom
HOW TO USE THIS BOOK Answers o rep roducible aciviies w ill be gi ven in a larger size bel ow or he eacherrsquos convenience
ANSWERS TO MAP WORK 991251 PAGES XXXII991251XXXIII
1 Crēa Sicilia Corsica Sardinia Cyprus Ihaca Dēlos Brianni a
2 Vesuvius Mōns Aena Mōns Olympus Mōns Āppennīnus Mōns
3 Syria Macedonia Arica Asia
4 mare or ponus
5 Asia Eurōpa Arica
A full siz e reproducible version of his page wihou he answers can be down loaded a wwwln mbolchazycom
Te eacher may wish o have his map enlarged when reproducing i for ease of suden use in compleing his aciviy
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 3954
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull xxxiii
HOW TO USE THIS BOOK
Te answers o his aciviy can be easily seen on he wo acing pages
Te omans regarded Ennius (ca 239 169 983138983139983141) as he aher o Lain lieraure He wroe
TEACHING TIPSudens may be encouraged o find he ciy o Carhage menioned in he second paragraph on hemap on p xxxii
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 4054
xxxiv bull Latin for the New Millennium
xxxiv bull L atin for the New Millennium
Te omans regarded Ennius (ca 239ndash169 983138983139983141) as he aher o Lain lieraure He wroemany kinds o lierary works including plays His Annālēs an epic poem abou he early hisoryo ome was paricularly renowned and perhaps he primary epic read in oman schools beorehe ime o Vergil Only ragmens o his wriings remain
One o Enniusrsquo conemporaries was heamed Cao he Censor also known as Caohe Elder (234ndash149 983138983139983141) a rigidly conserva-ive oman senaor Mos o his reaise onagriculure called Dē agrī culūrā survivesI is he oldes work o Lain prose amongCaorsquos recommendaions here are ha fieldslaves be reaed similarly o beass o bur-den Cao is also remembered or his sae-men Carhāgō dēlenda es ldquoCarhage mus
be desroyedrdquo evidence or he omanear o he Carhaginians Te omansough hree wars known as he Punic
Wars agai ns he Car haginians Te fi rsended beore Cao was born in he secondagains Hannibal Cao served wih miliarydisincion he hird ended in 146 983138983139983141 asCao had demanded wih he desruciono Carhage On his occasion he vic oriousomans were said o have plowed sal inohe Carhaginian soil
Discussions abou laer auhors and adap-aions rom heir wriings w ill be presenedchronologically in he chapers o his book
Ancien ruins a Carhage in Africa
p p
TEACHER BY THE WAY Alhough he works o Enniu s have been preserved on ly in ragmens (abou a housand lines) hehad a grea in1047298uence on subsequen poes such as Vergil Quoable quoes include
bull a es o riendship Amīcus cer us in rē incer ā cerniur (A riend in need is a riend indeed)
bull an applicaion o wisdom o lie Quī ipse sibi sapiēns prōdesse nequi nēquīquam sapi (A man who
himsel is wise bu unable o be useul o himsel is wise or nohing)bull he amous descripion o Fabius Maximus Ūnus homō nōbīs cūncandō resiui rem (One man by delaying res ored he sae or us)
bull and he line on Manius Curius Quem nēmō errō poui superāre nec aurō (Whom no one was ableo deea eiher by sword or gold)
We also have preser ved or us he exa mple o excessive all ieraion ha has g iven rise o much laugher inLain classrooms over he years Ō ie ūe aī ibi ana yranne ulisī ldquoO ius aius you yran (all voca-ive) you brough o yoursel such grea (roubles)rdquo991252ranslaed in conex which plays off he more lieral ldquo you ookacquired or yoursel such grea hings rdquo
On he oher hand he composed his own epiaph in which his high eseem among omans proved o beprescien
nēmō mē lacrumīs decōre neu unera 1047298ēū
axi Cūr Voliō vivos per ōra v irum (Le no one honor me wih ears or make a uneral pyre by weeping
Why I 1047298y li ving hrough he mouhs o men)
TEACHER BY THE WAY
Pluarchrsquos Lie o Cao is a good source o snappy quoaions atribued o his saesman soldier andauhor For example while discussing he power o women he said ldquoAll oher men rule heir wives we rule al l oher men and our w ives rule us rdquo Atemping o persuade he oman people o orego adisribuion o grain he began his speech by saying ldquoI is a hard mater o argue wih he belly sincei has no earsrdquo And o a ribune who had been accused o using poison and was rying o pass a use-less bill he said ldquoI know no which is worse o drink your mixures or o enac your billsrdquo
1CHAPTER 1
HOW TO USE THIS BOOK
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 4154
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull 1
1CHAPTER
Parts of Speech Nouns Number Gender Case (Nominative and Accusative)
First Declension Nouns
MEMORĀBILE DICTŪ
SPQ Senātus Populusque ōmānusldquoTe Senae and he People o omerdquo
Tese our leters orm wha is known as an acronym one ha symbolized supreme power inancien ome
Oil paining of Romulus and Remus wih he wolf By Peer Paul Rubens (1577ndash1640)
Te grammaical and synacical opics ha will be presened in each chaper o his book are lised a he opo he chaper ile page
HOW TO USE THIS BOOK
Te illusraion on each chaperrsquos ile page presens a visual inroducion o he Lain reading passage ha willollow eachers may choose o discuss he illusraion in order o provide he conex or he reading he su-dens will encouner on he nex page
HOW TO USE THIS BOOK
On each chaper ile page he phrase Memorābile Dictū (ldquoA memorable hing o say rdquo) will be ou nd Below here will be a amous phrase quoa ion abbreviaion or moto in L ain ha w ill connec hese words o he opicsin he chaper
MEMORĀBILE DICTŪ VOCABULARY
populus populī m ndash people
-que ndash and
senāus senāūs m ndash senae
TEACHING TIP
ubens pained his picure o omulus and emus rom 1615ndash1616 during wha is called he Ba-roque period o ar Te man approaching rom he rear is Fausulus Te reclining figure is he god
o he river iber
HOW TO USE THIS BOOK AND ITS ANCILLARIESwo ancillaries are available or use wih his book Te Original Dysunctional Family (abbreviaed ODF)and From Romulus to Romulus Augustulus (abbreviaed R) R will be paricularly useul in order ohelp sudens keep he ime periods o he auhors and o he evens he auhors wroe abou sraigh in heirmind Chaper ile pages wil l include when appropriae a noaion abou wha chaper o R he eachermay wish o assign
Standards11 21
R 2and 3
READING
TRANSLATION OF LATIN PASSAGEomulus and emus
Mars is a god Mars loves hea Silvia And so hea Silvia has wo sons omulus and emus Amulius locks uph Sil i A li l d i h A h l lk h T h l
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 4254
2 bull Latin for the New Millennium
2 bull Latin for the New Millennium
READINGTis sory describes how ome was said o have been ounded in 753 983138983139983141 King Numior o AlbaLonga was overhrown by his cruel and ambiious broher Amulius who no only seized hehrone bu so eared ha one o Numiorrsquos male descendans migh have a legiimae claim oni ha he made Amuliusrsquo daug her hea Silvia a priesess o he goddess Vesa Tese priesesses
were no allowed o marry during heir childbearing years
RŌMULUS ET REMUS
1 Mārs es deus Mārs hēam Silviam ama Iaque hēa Silvia duōs
īliōs habe ōmulum e emum Amūlius hēam Silviam vinculīs
claudi Amūlius ōmulum e emum in aquam pōni Lupa ad aquamambula Lupa ōmulum e emum bene cūra e ama ōmulus e
5 emus crēscun Poseā ōmulus e emus ōmam aedifican
Famous bronze saue of he she-wolf and he wins
hea Silvia Amulius pus omulus and emus ino he waer A she-wol walks o he waer Te she-wol caresor (akes good care o) omulus and emus well and loves (hem) omulus and emus grow up Aferwards(laer) omulus and emus build ome
HOW TO USE THIS BOOK Above each La in reading pa ssage inorm aion is presened in Engl ish Tis pre -reading provides back groundinormaion abou he auhor and esablishes he conex o he passage he sudens will read
TEACHER BY THE WAY
Te eacher may wish o inroduce he class o he radiional abbreviaions o 983137983140 (which sandsor he Lain phrase Annō Dominī ldquoi n he year o our Lordrdquo) and 983138983139 (which sands or he Engl ishphrase ldquoBeore Chrisrdquo) Tese older abbreviaions coninue o be used bu his book employs heabbreviaions 983138983139983141 (Beore he Common Era) and 983139983141 (Common Era)
TEACHING TIPInsruc he sudens o locae Alba Longa on he map on pp xxxiindashxxxiii
TEACHER BY THE WAYTough he wins were added o he sculpure in he enaissance he she-wol has srong links wihEruscan myhology and shows characerisics o Eruscan sculpure
TEACHING TIP
Te eacher may wish o encourage he sudens o design an abbreviaed amily ree o omulusand emus
Standards11 22
Jupier Juno King Num ior o Alba Longa
Mars hea Silvia
omulus emus
READING VOCABULARY
HOW TO USE THIS BOOKTe English pronoun subjec o a verb is no lised in he eading Vocabulary i he pronoun is no needed inhe ranslaion
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 4354
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull 3
Chapter 1 bull 3
READING VOCABULARYad aquam ndash o he waer
aedifican ndash build
ama ndash loves
ambula ndash walks
Amūlius ndash Amul ius
aquam ndash waer
bene ndash well
claudi ndash locks up
crēscun ndash grow up
cūra ndash akes care o cares or
deus ndash god
duōs ndash woes ndash is
e ndash and
īliōs ndash sons
habe ndash has
in aquam ndash ino he waer
iaque ndash and so
lupa ndash she-wol
Mārs ndash Mars he god o war
pōni ndash pus
poseā ndash aferwards laer
emum ndash emus
emus ndash emus
hēa Silvia ndash hea Silvia
hēam Silviam ndash hea Silvia
ōmam ndash ome
ōmulum ndash omulus
ōmulus ndash omulus vinculīs ndash w ih chains
Words marked wih an aserisk will need o bememorized laer in he chaper
COMPREHENSION QUESTIONS1 Whose sons are omulus and emus
2 Wha did Amulius do
3 Who saved he lie o omulus and emus
4 Wha did omulus and emus do
HOW TO USE THIS BOOK
Te sudens should not be expeced o lea rn he words under he ile eading Vocabulary whenever his ileoccurs in he book Insead insruc sudens o learn he vocabulary words lised under he ile Vocabularyto Learn ha will be ound laer in each chaper In more advanced Lain exs usually here are vocabularyand noes o help he sudens when reading a passage Tis eading Vocabulary will help prepare sudens orlaer more advanced classes
ANSWERS TO COMPREHENSION QUESTIONS
1 Tey are he sons o Mars and hea Silvia2 He locked up hea Silvia
3 A she-wol
4 Tey buil he ciy o ome
TEACHING TIP
Whi le English deriva ives rom he sar red words (ie he Vocabulary o L earn) are he opic o Ex-ercise 2 laer in his chaper here are some ineresing derivaives rom he non-sarred words andsome o hese show how words change hrough he years Te eacher may choose o discuss hesederivaives wih he sudens
bull aedi1047297cant (aedi1047297cō) ndash ediy edificaion edifice
Tis Lain word is buil rom wo Lain words aciō (o do make) and aedēs (house emple) Te
English derivaives reain his religious connecion or hey mean ldquoo build up he aih moraliy o in-sruc especially morallyrdquo Te word ldquoedificerdquo is always used or an imposing srucure such as a ldquoemplerdquoor aedēs
bull claudit (claudō) ndash close conclusion enclosure sluice
A ldquocloserdquo is a small shu-in space and some people i locked in one suffer rom ldquoclausrophobiardquo acompound derivaive parly rom Lain (o close confine) and parly rom he Greek (ear) hence ldquoa earo closed spacesrdquo
Te word ldquosluicerdquo does no look like a derivaive o claudō bu i has undergone cha nges as i ca meino English via middle English and old French (sclus) rom he Lain exclūdō which means ldquoo shu ourdquo Asluice has a gae a he op o he channel o shu off he 1047298ow o waer as necessary
bull crēscunt (crēscō) ndash crescen accrue recrui crew
Te word ldquocrewrdquo in middle English mean ldquoreinorcemenrdquo so a body o soldiers grew Te word ldquore-
cruirdquo has he same basic idea ecruis increase he size o he army (rom he Lain recrēscō meaning ldquoogrow againrdquo)
bull deus ndash deiy deiy
bull duōs ndash double dozen due duplicae
Te word ldquodozenrdquo is a compound rom he Lain word or ldquowordquo and he German word or ldquoenrdquo (zehn)
bull habet (habeō) ndash habi abiliy prohibiive
Onersquos abiliy depends on he alens and skil ls one has
bull pōnit ( pōnō) ndash depo imposiion preposiion
A depo origina lly was a place where supplies were pu or sorage
LANGUAGE FACT I
HOW TO USE THIS BOOKTe Language Facs secion o each chaper will conain boh grammaical (morphological) and synacicalinormaion ie inormaion boh abou he orms o he words and he srucure o he senence
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 4454
4 bull Latin for the New Millennium
4 bull Latin for the New Millennium
LANGUAGE FACT I
PARTS OF SPEECHTe parts o speech used in a Lain senence deermine is meaning jus as in English While henoun and he verb are he wo mos imporan oher common pars o speech are lised below
Noun a person place hing idea acion or qual iy Examples ldquoomulusrdquo ldquoriverrdquo ldquocouragerdquo
Pronoun a word ha sands in place o a noun ha has been previously menioned or is clearrom conex Examples ldquoIrdquo ldquosherdquo ldquohimrdquo ldquoirdquo
Adjecive a word ha limis or defines a noun or a pronoun Examples ldquolitlerdquo ldquosrongrdquo
Adverb a word ha lim is or defines verbs adjecives or (oher) adverbs Examples ldquoveryrdquoldquoquielyrdquo
Verb a word ha describes an acion or sae o being Examples ldquogordquo ldquosayrdquo ldquowasrdquo
Preposiion a word ha begins a preposiional phrase such as ldquoinrdquo ldquoordquo ldquoonrdquo ldquoorrdquo ldquobyrdquoldquowihrdquo A preposiional phrase is a preposiion joined o a noun Examples ldquoin he morningrdquoldquowih a sharp pencilrdquo
Conjuncion a word ha connecs words phrases clauses a nd senences Examples ldquoandrdquoldquoburdquo ldquoalhoughrdquo
Inerjecion a word ha expresses emoion Examples ldquowowrdquo
EXERCISE 1eview he meanings and ideniy he pars o speech o he ollowing words Te eading
Vocabulary may be consu led
1 īliōs 6 e2 bene 7 lupa3 aedifican 8 claudi
4 ad 9 ōmam5 ambula 10 ama
EXERCISE 1 ANSWERS
1 noun
2 adverb
3 verb
4 preposiion
5 verb
6 conjuncion
7 noun8 verb
9 noun
10 verb
TEACHING TIP
Te eacher may wish o ask he sudens in Lain wha par o speech a given word is Te eacher would say ldquoQuae pars ōrātiōnis estrdquo Suden responses would be
bull nōmen substantīvumsubstantīvum ndash noun
bull prōnōmen ndash pronoun
bull nōmen adiectīvumadiectīvum ndash adjecive
bull verbum temporāle ndash verb
bull adverbium ndash adverb
bull praepositiō ndash preposiion
bull coniūnctiō ndash conjuncion
bull interiectiō ndash inerjecion
Standards11 41
Standards11 41
WorkbookExercise 1
VOCABULARY TO LEARN
TEACHING TIPSince his is he firs se o Lain words ha your sudens will be required o memorize i is usuallya good idea o sugges and discuss wih hem some differen ways o memorize vocabulary Somesel help opions are lised below
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 4554
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull 5
NOUNSagricola agricolae m ndash armer
aqua aquae ndash waer
āhlēa āhlēae m ndash ahlee
īlia īliae ndash daugher
lupa lupae ndash she-wol
naua nauae m ndash sailor
poēa poēae m ndash poe
puella puellae ndash girl
ōma ōmae ndash ome
erra errae ndash land
VERBSama ndash heshei loves
ambula ndash heshei walks
cūra ndash heshei akes care o cares or
es ndash heshei is
ADVERBS bene ndash well
poseā ndash aferwards
CONJUNCTIONSe ndash and
iaque ndash and so
Aqueducs carr ied waer (aqua) o he ciies in he Roman world Tis aqueduc buil in 19 983138983139983141 which srechedacross he Gard River was named he Pon du Gard and brough waer o he ciy of Nicircmes in France in ancien imes
Chapter 1 bull 5
sel-help opions are lised below
1 Look a he word in he book and say he word aloud
2 Wrie down he word on a piece o paper along wih is meaning and check o be sure here are no spell-ing errors Color-coding he words by pars o speech is also helpul Pronounce he word while wriing idown and hen repea he word including he meaning and spelling
3 Make handwriten 1047298ashcards wih he Lain on one side and English on he oher and be sure here are nospelling errors Color-coding is a good sraegy here also Wriing he word ou helps some sudens ce-men he word in he brain Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers has creaed an elecronic vocabulary resourceor hose sudens or whom echnological learning ools are an aid Tese vocabulary 1047298ashcards are orhe iPod See p 93 or more inormaion on iPod 1047298ashcards
4 Use English derivaives o help remember meanings Bu be careul since some derivaives may havemeanings grealy changed rom he original Lain word
5 Find clipar picures ha illusrae he vocabulary words and use he picures as a way o es yoursel onhe Lain words
TEACHER BY THE WAYTe eacher may wish o open a discussion abou aqueducs and he waer supply or ancien omans while l ooking a he picu re o he Pon du Gard on his page For a hisory o aqueducs and heirconsrucion Froninusrsquo book Dē aquīs urbis Rōmae is an excellen source Te book was writenabou 97 983139983141 when he was Superinenden o Aqueducs Oher aqueducs include he ollowing
bull Te double high aqueduc in Segovia Spainbull Te Aqua Appia buil in 312 983138983139983141
bull Te Aqua rāiāna
bull Te aqueduc buil by Alex ander Severus in 226 983139983141
bull Te Aqua Claudia
bull Te Aqua Marcia wh ich wa s probably named a fer A ncus Marcius who was he fi rs K ing oome by radiional accouns o build an aqueduc o bring waer o ome
NB Te word ldquo Aquardquo when capialized means ldquoaqueducrdquo
Eleven aqueducs urnished 250000 gallons o waer o ome every weny-our hours
BY THE WAY
E h u gi n in h b l r h rm T nd rm i h g nii
HOW TO USE THIS BOOK Ēn is a word ha calls atenion o somehing and means ldquoLook a hisrdquo Te inormaion given here draws a-enion o and urher specifies differen language acs
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 4654
6 bull Latin for the New Millennium
6 bull Latin for the New Millennium
Each noun given in he vocabulary has wo orms Te second orm is he geniivesingular
A derivative is an English word rooed in a Lain word Te English derivaive issimilar in meaning and orm o is Lain source
STUDY TIP
An English derivaive ofen can help you remember wha a Lain word means
EXERCISE 2Find he English derivaives based on he Vocabulary o Learn in he ollowing senences Wriehe corresponding Lain word
1 She shows a considerable filial respec oward her aher
2 Agriculu re is a science o culivaing he land
3 Te ship is equipped wih all he necessary nauical insrumens
4 We saw all kinds o fish in he aquarium
5 Tis is an all-errain vehicle
6 When will he ahleic compeiion sar
7 She has a ruly poeic naure
LANGUAGE FACT II
NOUNS NUMBER GENDER CASE 983080NOMINATIVE AND
ACCUSATIVE983081Nouns in Lain show number gender and case
Number Lain nouns are eiher singular or plural in number Number is shown in differen ways by differen ypes o nouns bu some ending-paterns are or singular orms and oherending-paterns are or plural orms
Gender Every noun likewise is eiher masculine eminine or neuer in gender You muslearn he gender o each noun In he Vocabulary o Learn l iss he gender is indicaed by hecommon abbreviaionsm (masculi ne) f (eminine) or n (neuer)
Case Lain nouns mus have an ending-patern ha displays case Tis is quie differen romEnglish in which case is indicaed by word posiion and no by endings (alhough case markersare preserved in cerain pronouns such as ldquoherdquo and ldquohimrdquo) A nounrsquos case reveals wha uncionhe noun has in he senence Tere are five common cases nominaive geniive daive accu-saive and ablaive wo less requenly used cases are called he vocaive and he locaive
HOW TO USE THIS BOOKStudy Tips give hins rhymes and mnemonics o help sudens learn grammar and vocabulary
EXERCISE 2 ANSWERS1 filial īlia
2 agriculure agricola
3 nauical naua
4 aquarium aqua
5 errain erra
6 ahleic āhlēa
7 poeic poēa
TEACHING TIPExplain o he sudens ha in English he words ldquoardquo ldquoanrdquo or ldquoherdquo are usually placed beore a nounand Lain does no have an equivalen or hese words known as aricles
eachers may need o sress he absence o he aricle many imes beore sudens compleely ine-grae his knowledge ino heir reading habis in Lain class
TEACHING TIPLain like many oher languages does no always observe biological gender Ofen he gender o a
Lain noun is deermined by grammaical acors such as he group o which a noun belongs
TEACHING TIP
Alhough in Exercise 2 he sudens are direced o find only he derivaives based on he Vocabular yo Learn hey may be ineresed o learn ha here are oher derivaives in Exercise 2 Te derivaiono hese words is provided or he eacherrsquos convenience
bull 1 consider - rom sīdus (sar) + cum (wih ogeher) and rom cōnsīderō (o examine consider)respec - rom respectō (look back a have regard or)
bull 2 science - rom scientia (knowledge) and sciō (o know) culivaing - rom colō (ill inhabi worship)
bull 3 necessary - rom necesse (necessary) insrumens - rom īnstruō (o equip build provide)
and rom īnstrumentum (equipmen ool ec)bull 5 vehicle - rom he Lain verb vehō (o carry)
bull 6 compeiion - rom petō (o seek aim a atack ec) + cum (wih oge her)
bull 7 naure - rom nātūra (naure)
Standard41
Standards11 31 41
STUDY TIP
An easy way o remember he names ohe five common cases iso use his mnemonic
TEACHING TIPSudens may no know wha he word ldquomnemonicrdquo means explain ha a mnemonic device is some-hing ha helps a suden o remember somehing Te eacher may also wish o use his opporu-niy o bring up Mnemosyne he goddess o memory and he moher o he Muses
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 4754
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull 7
Chapter 1 bull 7
An easy way o remember he names o he five common cases is o use his mnemonicdevice
Never NominaiveGive GeniiveDogs Daive A ny A ccusaive A buse A blaive
Nominative Te nominaive case idenifies he subjec Te subjec is a noun or a pronounha perorms he acion or exiss in a sae o being In he senence ldquoWilliam is readingrdquohe word ldquoWilliamrdquo is he subjec
Example Mārs amat Mars loves
Te noun subjec o he verb ldquoloverdquo is he god Mars
Find more examples o nominaives and heir verbs rom he reading passage a he begin-ning o he chaper
Te nominaive case also idenifies he predicae nominaive In he senence ldquoWilliam isa sudenrdquo he predicae nominaive is ldquoa sudenrdquo A predicae nominaive complees hemeaning o he verb ldquoo berdquo Look a his exa mple rom he reading
Example Mārs est deus Mars is a god
Mārs is he subjec and deus is a predicae nominaive
Accusative Te ourh case lised is called he accusaive he geniive daive and ablaivecases will be discussed in laer chapers Te accusaive case poins ou he noun (or pro-noun) ha is he direc objec emember direc objecs receive he acion o he verb Inhe senence ldquoI am wriing a leterrdquo he direc objec is ldquoa leterrdquo
Example Mārs Rhēam Silviam amat Mars loves hea Silvia
Te direc objec o ldquoloverdquo is he noun Rhēam Silviam
Find more examples o accusaives and heir verbs rom he reading passage a he beginningo he chaper
niy o bring up Mnemosyne he goddess o memory and he moher o he Muses
Answers to ldquoFind more examples of nominatives a nd their verbs from the reading passage at the begin-ning of the chapterrdquo
hēa Silvia habe
Amūl ius claudi
Amūl ius pōni
Lupa ambula
Lupa cūra e amaōmulus e emus crēscun
ōmulus e emus aedifican
Answers to ldquoFind more examples of accusatives and their verbs from the reading passage at the beg in-ning of the chapterrdquo
duōs īliōs habe ōmulum e emum
hēam Silviam claudi
ōmulum e emum pōni
ōmulum e emum bene cūra e ama
ōmam aedifican
TEACHING TIPSudens may encouner diffi culy when r ying o ransl ae Lain names used in cases o her han henominaive Te eacher a some poin will need o explain (and repea whenever necessary) ha when ransla ing a La in name he suden should al ways use he nominaive o rm o he word Onp 7 sudens are asked o find examples o accusaives and heir verbs in he reading passage Teanswers lised above provide an opporuniy o pracice wih his issue emind sudens o rans-lae duōs īliōs habet Rōmulum et Remum as ldquohe has wo sons omulus and emusrdquo Te oher ouranswers may be used as pracice wih he sudens
EXERCISE 3a Ideniy wheher he nouns in bold in hese senences are subjecs direc objecs or predi
TEACHER BY THE WAYIn conjuncion wih he picure and is capion he eacher may wish o menion ha he amil-ilar acronym o SPQ is sill in use and visible hroughou modern ome991252on liter bins sewercovers ec
Standards11 41
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 4854
8 bull Latin for the New Millennium
8 bull Latin for the New Millennium
a Ideniy wheher he nouns in bold in hese senences are subjecs direc objecs or predi-cae nominaives Te eading Vocabulary may be consuled
b Label each senence as vērum (rue) i i agrees or alsum (alse) i i disagrees wih he Lainreading passage a he beginni ng o he chaper
Example Amūlius es deusPredicae nominaive alsum
1 hēa Silvia ōmulum e emum cūra
2 Amūlius ōmulum e emum bene cūra
3 Amūlius lupam vinculīs claudi
4 Mārs ōmulum e emum in aquam pōni
5 Lupa hēam Silviam cūra
6 Amūlius ad aquam ambula
Te power of he ciy of Rome founded according o legend by Romulus is symbolized by hese four leters ha areprominenly displayed in various places wihin he ciy
EXERCISE 3 ANSWERS
1 subjec vērum
2 direc objecs alsum
3 direc objec alsum
4 subjec alsum
5 direc objec alsum
6 subjec vērum
WorkbookExercise 2 A full si ze reproduc ible version of th is page
without the a nswers ca n be downloade d at wwwlnm bolchazyco m
HOW TO USE THIS BOOK
Noun Declensions Te eacher may choose Lain nouns rom he declension ha is being sudied a he imehis workshee is used Tus no answers are provided here
LANGUAGE FACT III
TEACHING TIP Ask he sudens wha he Lain words seleced rom he reading and lised near he op o p 9 mean
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 4954
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull 9
Chapter 1 bull 9
FIRST DECLENSION NOUNS A declension is a g roup o nouns ha show a cerain patern o word endings Tere are five differ-en declensions in Lain In he reading abou omulus and emus hese are he orms belongingo he firs declension
hēam Silviam hēa Silvia aquam lupa ōmam
Noice ha he ex says Rhēa Silvia when she is he subjec and Rhēam Silviam when she is hedirec objec
Te firs declension is composed o words ha characerisically have he vowel a a or near heend o he word lupa
Below is he patern ha firs declension nouns ollow o show case and number Memorize heLain words in order rom he nominaive singular down o he ablaive singular and hen romhe nominaive plural down o he ablaive plural
emember ha he endings or a whole group o nouns ollow his patern Once you learn hi spatern you can recognize he case a nd number o all he words belonging o hi s declension
In his chaper you have begun o learn abou he nominaive and accusai ve cases Te ohercases will be explained in laer chapers
First DeclensionSingular Plural
Nomina ive l upa he she-wol Nominaive lupae he she-wolves
Geniive lupae o he she-wol Geniive lupārum o he she-wolves
Daive lupae oor he she-wol Daive lupīs oor he she-wolves
Accusaive lupam he she-wol Accusaive lupās he she-wolves
Ablaive lupā bywih he she-wol Ablaive lupīs bywih he she-wolves
Daive and ablaive plural o he words īlia ldquodaugherrdquo and dea ldquogoddessrdquo is fīliābus anddeābusTis is o di singuish hese orms rom he corresponding orms o īlius ldquosonrdquo and deus ldquogodrdquo
STUDY TIP
Noice ha he ablaive singular ending -ā has a long mark (macron) above i his ishe only difference beween he nominaive and ablaive singular endings
TEACHING TIP
Afer he firs declension has been presened o he sudens encourage hem depending on heirlearning syle o say he declension aloud o wrie down he words o inven a rap or a cheer
TEACHER BY THE WAY
Te patern is called a declension because he oher cases lean away ( dēclīnāre) rom he nominaiveie hey do no ollow he same orm as he nominaive
ORAL EXERCISE 1Tis exercise may be used afer the 1047297rst declension has been presented
Whi le looking a he declension o lupa ask he sudens o decli ne nauta
Singular PluralNominaive naua nauaeGeniive nauae nauārumDaive nauae nauīs Accusaive nauam nauās Ablaive nauā nauīs
Standards11 31 41
OralExercise 1
WorkbookExercise 3
STUDY TIP
Noice ha he daive and ablaive plural endings a re idenical
EXERCISE 4 ANSWERS1 geniive daive puellār um puellī s
2 accusaive nauās
3 accusaive errās
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 5054
10 bull Latin for the New Millennium
10 bull Latin for the New Millennium
Here are more words belonging o he fi rs declension
puella ndash girl īlia ndash daugher terra ndash land
Mos firs declension words are eminine i n gender bu a ew (usually ones ha indicae mas-culine occupaions in ancien imes) are masculine Examples are poēta ldquopoerdquoagricola ldquoarmerrdquonauta ldquosailorrdquo āthlēta ldquoahleerdquo
EXERCISE 4Ideniy he case o each singular noun Ten change each orm ino plural For some more han
one answer is possibleExample īlianominaive īliae
1 puellae 5 aquae2 nauam 6 puellā3 erram 7 āhlēā4 a gr ic ol a
Like he Greek wreslers porrayed on his ancien bas-reliefRoman ahlees were also fond of he spor of wresling
4 nominaive agricolae
5 geniive daive aquārum aquīs
6 ablaive puellīs
7 ablaive āhlēīs
TEACHING TIP
Since wreslers are depiced on he illusraion on his page he eacher may wish o open a discus-
sion abou he omansrsquo and Greeksrsquo ondness or wresling which was ofen praciced in a complexcalled he palaestra
oman boys were expeced o serve in he m iliary Tus hey were firs rained by heir ahers in wreslingand boxing Srengh and agiliy were sressed raher han grace o movemen as in Greek spors Te woprincipal syles uilized by he Greek were uprigh wresling in which hree alls o your opponen o heground were necessary o deea him and ground wresling which required he opponen o give up in ordero end he mach In he palaes tra here was an area or he young people o pracice wresling or boxing wih apunching bag (cōrycus) Examples o monumenal oman bahs wih a palaest ra are ound a he Bahs o Ca-racalla in ome he Harbor Bahs a Ephesus in urkey and he Bahs in Varna Bulgaria he larges anciensrucure in ha counry
Wresling was also one o he spor evens a he Olympic games ha he omans ofen atended Greco-oman wresling is also one o he evens eaured in he summer Olympic games in modern imes
TEACHING TIPTe eacher migh wan o have sudens read an English ranslaion o Book 23 o he Iliad in which Ajax a nd Odysseus compee in a wre sling m ach and Book 5 o he Aeneid or a descripion o hespors ha he omans played and compare he atiude o he compeiors in each epic Boh evens were par o he uneral games he ormer in honor o Paroclu s riend and atendan o Achil lesand he later in honor o Anchises aher o Aeneas Tis migh lead o urher discussion on henaure o modern wresling
Standards11 41
EXERCISE 5Ideniy he case o each plural noun Ten change each orm ino he singular For some more
TEACHING TIPSudens may wonder why he geniive singular w ihou is ending mus be used o find he base whenhe nominaive singular wihou is ending works jus as well Explain ha in oher noun declensionshe nominaive will no always provide he same base or have he same spelling as he geniive
Standards11 41
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 5154
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull 11
Chapter 1 bull 11
han one answer is possible
Example puellāsaccusaive puellam
1 īliae 5 aquīs2 errīs 6 poēārum3 nauārum 7 agricolae4 l upa e
BY THE WAY
In all declensions endings are added o he base o a noun I is imporan o know hahe base o a noun is ound by removing he ending rom is geniive si ngular orm Forexample he geniive singular o puella is puellae I you remove he -ae rom puellae
wha remains is he base o he word namely puell- For his reason learning he geni-ive singular is as imporan as knowing he nominaive singular o he noun
STUDY TIP
Always learn he geniive ogeher wih he nominaive because rom he geniive you will know o which declension a word belongs
A wall paining depic ing a Roman farmer (agricola) wih his sheep
EXERCISE 5 ANSWERS
1 nominaive īl ia
2 daive ablaive errae errā
3 geniive nauae
4 nominaive lupa
5 daive ablaive aquae aquā
6 geniive poēae7 nominaive agricola
HOW TO USE THIS BOOKIn his book he word ldquobaserdquo is used o reer o he noun wihou any ending ldquoStemrdquo is used or he par o he verb wihou any ending ldquoootrdquo is used or he Lain par o a derivaive
ORAL EXERCISE 2Tis exercise may be used afer Exercise 5
Use one o he ollowing classroom presenaion opions (hereafer reerred o as CPO) (blackgreenwhiesmar board overhead or LCD projecor PowerPoinreg presenaion ec) o pu his inormaion on view
quis ldquowhordquo (or he subjec) and quem ldquowhomrdquo (or he direc objec)
Ten ask he suden o answer he ollowing quesions abou he chaper reading eiher orally or in wri-
en orm
1 Teacher Quis es Mārs Student Mārs es deus
2 Teacher Quem ama Mārs Student hēam Silviam Mārs ama
3 Teacher Quis ama hēam Silviam Student Mārs ama hēam Silviam
4 Teacher Quem habe hēa Silvia Student hēa Silvia duōs īliōs ōmulum eemum habe
5 Teacher Quis claudi hēam Silviam Student Amūlius claudi hēam Silviam
6 Teacher Quem claudi Amūlius Student hēam Silviam Amūlius claudi
7 Teacher Quis ōmulum e emum in aquampōni
Student Amūlius ōmulum e emum in aquampōni
8 Teacher Quem Amūlius in aquam pōni Student Amūlius ōmulum e emum in aquampōni
9 Teacher Quis ambula ad aquam Student Lupa ambula ad aquam
10 Teacher Quis ōmulum e emum bene cūra Student Lupa ōmulum e emum bene cūra
11 Teacher Quōs lupa bene cūra Student Lupa ōmulum e emum bene cūra
12 Teacher Quis ōmulum e emum a ma Student Lupa ōmulum e emum ama
13 Teacher Quōs lupa ama Student Lupa ōmulum e emum ama
OralExercise 2
WorkbookExercise
4 5
EXERCISE 6ranslae rom Lain ino English and rom English ino Lain Te mos common Lain word
d
TEACHER BY THE WAYTe eacher may menion ha he mos common word order (subjec ndash direc objec ndash verb) can o-en be changed For example i he verb is o be emphasized i will ake firs posiion I he subjecor he direc objec is o be emphasized i will ake he las posiion which is he mos emphaic oneIn general he more unusual he wordrsquos posiion is he more emphasis is placed on his word
Standards11 41
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 5254
12 bull Latin for the New Millennium
12 bull Latin for the New Millennium
order is
subjec ndash direc objec ndash verb
1 Agricola erram ama
2 Te ahlee loves waer
3 Naua īlia m ama
4 Te poe loves ome
5 Agricola erram cūra
6 Te she-wol cares or (is aking care o) he girl
BY THE WAY
Even hough he mos common word order is subjec ndash di rec objec ndash verb rememberha endings991252no word order991252deermine which word is he subjec and which i s hedirec objec
TALKING When we mee one person we gree herhim wih salvē When we mee wo or more people wegree hem wih salvēte When we bid goodbye o one person we sayvalē When we bid goodbyeo wo or more people we say valēte
Here are various ways o ask ldquohow are yourdquo or ldquohow are you doingrdquo
Quōmodo valēs or Quōmodo tē habēs or Quid agis ldquoHow are yourdquo
Here is a range o possible answers
bene ldquowellrdquo pessimē ldquovery badrdquo optimē ldquogreardquo melius ldquobeterrdquo mediocriter ldquoso-sordquo or ldquono oo badrdquo meliusculē ldquoa litle beterrdquo male ldquobadrdquo
In general he more unusual he word s posiion is he more emphasis is placed on his word
EXERCISE 6 ANSWERS
1 Te armer loves he land
2 Āhlēa aquam ama
3 Te sailor loves (his) daugher
4 Poēa ōmam ama
5 Te armer cares or (is aking care o) he land6 Lupa puellam cūra
TEACHING TIP
Te eacher may sar he class in Lain by saying Salvēte discipulī et discipulae and by eaching hesudens o say in reurn Salvē magister (magistra)
ORAL EXERCISE 3Tis exercise may be used anytime afer the students have learned the use o the accusative case or afer Exercise 6
Use one o he CPOrsquos o pu on display he orms amō and cūrō and explai n ha hey a re in he fir s personsingular and how his differs rom he hird person singular learned in his chaper Ask individual sudens omake senences wih hem using he words hey have learned
Ten ell he sudens ha nōn means ldquonordquo and ask hem o make si milar senences wih nōn amō and nōn cūrō
Examples(nōn) amō erram īliam aquam lupam āhlēam(nōn) cūrō erram īliam puellam
WorkbookExercise 6
ContentQuestions
OralExercise 3
Standards12 21 41
42
SAYING HELLOMarīa Helena e Chrisīna sun (are) discipulae (students)
TEACHING TIPHave sudens read he dialogue aloud Tis will help o build heir pronunciaion skills
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 5354
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull 13
Chapter 1 bull 13
Marīa Salvēe Helena e Chrisīna
Christīna Salvē Marīa
Helena Salvē Marīa
Marīa Quōmodo valēs Helena Quōmodo valēs Chrisīna
Helena et Christīna Bene Quōmodo ū ( you) valēs Marīa
Marīa Pessimē
Helena et Christīna Cūr (Why)
Marīa imeō linguam Laīnam ( I ear the Latin language)Helena Ego ( I ) linguam Laīnam amō
Christīna E ego linguam Laīnam amō
ORAL EXERCISE 4
Tis exercise may be used afer he Lain dialogue has been presened
Insruc he sudens o say ldquohellordquo in Lain o he suden nex o hem Divide he class ino wo pars ellone par o gree he oher par using he plural greeing and vice versa Do he same ype o aciviy whensaying ldquogoodbyerdquo You may wish o make greeing he class in Lain a nd saying ldquogoodbyerdquo in Lain a par oa daily rouine
Divide he sudens ino pairs in which one person will ask how hisher parner is in Lain and he oher
wil l answer
ORAL EXERCISE 5
Tis exercise may be used afer he Lain dialogue has been presened
ell he sudens ha he paricle ndashne is added o he firs syllable o a word ha inroduces a quesion Ten askhe ollowing quesions abou he dialogue beween Mary Helen and Chrisy Individual sudens may answerorally or he enire class may wrie he answers as he eacher asks hem orally Te eacher should explain hahe orm valēs in he greeing Quōmodo valēs is in he second person which means ldquoyourdquo Te hird person orm(reerring o ldquoherrdquo ldquohimrdquo or ldquoirdquo) is valet So he phrase ldquoHow is she doingrdquo would be Quōmodo valet Te hirdperson o amō is amat and he hird person o timeō is timet
1 Teacher Quōmodo Chrisīna vale Student(s) Chrisīna bene vale
2 Teacher Quōmodo Marīa vale Student(s) Marīa pessimē vale
3 Teacher Cūr (why) Marīa pessimē vale Student(s) Marīa ime linguam Lainam4 Teacher Amane l inguam L aīnam Helena Student(s) Helena linguam Laīnam ama
5 Teacher Linguamne Laīnam ama Chrisīna Student(s) Chrisīna linguam Laīnam ama
ORAL EXERCISE 6 AND DICTATIONTis combined exercise may be used to conclude the chapter or at any time afer the students have learned the accusa-tive case and chapter vocabulary
Dicae he ollowing senences o he sudens Ten ask hem o make he ollowing changes eiher orally orin writen orm a he discreion o he eacher
1 Teacher Agricol a erram ama (change he direc objec ino plura l)Student Agricola errās ama
2 Teacher Lupa puellam cūra (change he direc objec ino plural)
Student Lupa puellās cūra3 Teacher Āhlēa puel lās ama (change he direc objec ino singu lar)
Student Āhlēa puellam ama
4 Teacher Fīlia errās ama (change he direc objec ino singular)Student Fīlia erram ama
OralExercise
4 5 6 andDictation
TEACHER NOTES
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 5454
14 bull Latin for the New Millennium
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 2254
xndashxi bull Latin for the New Millennium
FOREWORDTe aurea mediocriās o Lain exbooks has arrived No a grammar-ranslaion nor a readingapproach book Lain or he New Millennium is a blend o he bes elemens o boh
Te key o Lain or he New Millennium Level 1 is he emphasis on reading Lain a he begin-ning o each chaper and using conversaional Lain a he end o each chaper or as he auhorsindicae in he Preace lsquoi (Lain) offers you he lingui sic key o he minds ha shaped European
(and hereore American) culu re rom he ime o he omans o he modern scienific revolu-ion In his book you will learn abou he language sep by sep by using irsquo
Te reading passages a he opening o each chaper are ba sed on Lain lieraure and proceedin chronological order rom Plauus o Boehius Each reading is suppored by pre-reading andacing page vocabulary Grammar is inroduced using senences already seen in he reading pas-sage and mīrābile dicū here are pleny o exercises Te Vocabulary o Learn chosen rom headaped reading passage hus conains some Advanced Placemen lieraure-based words and i sreieraed consisenly in he exercises and oher shor reading passages
Somehing no seen in mos Lain exbooks is he conversaional dialogue a he end o eachchaper Tis will pique he sudenrsquos ineres in he Lain version o modern-day aciviies andmee cerain classical language sandards direcly Te auhors Milena Minkova and erenceunberg proessors a he Universiy o Kenucky a Lexingon are he direcors o he hugelypopular Conveniculum Lexinoniense he annual su mmer program ha has been r unning ormore han en years Tey are also on he aculy o he Conveniculum Bosoniense a similarprogram ha draws paricipans o experience conversaional Lain in differen geographical se-ings A he 2007 American Classical Leag ue Insiue a Vanderbil Universiy I paricipaed ina conversaional Lain workshop presened by Minkova and unberg Tough he par icipans
were seasoned Lain eachers mos were experiencing or he firs ime he ried and rue meh-ods hese wo expers were using o inspire us o speak Lain By he end o he workshop wecould converse in amiliar Lain phrases and saw how useul his could be or our own sudensunbergrsquos and Minkovarsquos leadership in hese summer programs made hem uniquely well suiedo design he conversaional dialogues in Lain or he New Millennium and he copious oral ex-ercises ha are conained only in he eacher manual hus al lowing eachers o pick and choose
which exercises bes mee he needs o heir own sudens
Tis book wih is range o offerings wi ll appeal o all ypes o lang uage sudens and will alloweachers o bring he many aces o he oman and pos-oman world ino he classroom How
wonderul i is o see a passage o adaped Plauus in Chaper 2 a prose adapaion o Caullusrsquo passer poem in Chaper 7 o Horacersquos saire on he boor in Chaper 13 and even o aciusrsquo de-scripion o he grea fire in ome in Chaper 17 oman culure is embodied in each o hesepassages hus meeing anoher classical language sandard Accompanying each passage is aquoaion or moto conneced o he passage or chaper
bull xi bullx bull Latin for the New Millennium
APPENDIX A 389
Chronological Lis o he Auhors and Works Sudied
APPENDIX B 391
Addiional Sae Motoes
APPENDIX C 393
Grammaical Forms and Paradigms
APPENDIX D 405
Lain Synax
APPENDIX E 411Hisorical imeline
ENGLISH TO LATIN GLOSSARY 415
LATIN TO ENGLISH GLOSSARY 421
BIBLIOGRAPHY 429
PHOTOGRAPHY CREDITS 431
INDEX 435
LIST OF MAPS
Map o he oman World xxxi iMap o he ravels o Aeneas 187Map o he Ciy o ome 227
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 2354
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull xiindashxiii
PREFACELearning Lain helps you learn English and oher languages beter and perhaps even moreimporanly i offers you he linguisic key o he minds ha shaped European (and hereore
American) culure rom he ime o he omans o he modern scienific revoluion Lain washe language hese people used o express hemselves and o record heir ideas in permanen ormacross so many cenuries In his book you wil l learn abou he language by u sing i sep by sep
CHAPTER COMPONENTS
READING PASSAGES
Each chaper begins wih a eading Passage and noes on he acing page ha will help you un-dersand any linguisic elemens you have no previously seen Tese noes eaure vocabulary
words in an easy o ollow alphabeical l ising providing you he exac meaning needed o un-dersand he reading passage bu no he ull lexical enries a his poin By reading and seeinghese new elemens in heir naural conex ofen you will need no explanaion o undersandhow hey uncion because hey appear w ih words you already know Te eadi ng Passages areadaped rom auhenic works o Lain lieraure and hey are presened in chronological order
As you complee each chaper you will be raci ng he sory o Lain as a lierary language andhe sories o he auhors who used i In addiion you wi ll learn abou oman c ulure over heperiods o ime in which he eaured reading o each chaper was produced
VOCABULARY TO LEARN
Te Vocabulary o Learn repeas some words encounered in he eading Passage or each chap-
er bu in his secion he words are lised by pars o speech i nsead o alphabeically and herehe ull lexical enry is given Tese are words you will need o memorize in order o recognizeand use hem hroughou he remainder o he book In order o aid you in recognizi ng connec-ions beween Lain words and he English words derived rom or relaed o hem a derivaiveexercise ollows each Vocabulary o Learn
LANGUAGE FACTS AND EXERCISES
In he body o each chaper you will fi nd simple explanaions o he Language Facs eaured inhe chaper reading passage along wih many differen exercises ha allow you o use all he in-ormaion you are learning By doing he exercises in each chaper and in he suden workbook
you will no only be reading and wriing Lain yoursquoll be speaking i Some exercises involve oralexchanges wih he eacher and wih oher sudens Because Lain communicaes hough i isa living hing Tereore a person who gains an acive working knowledge in he language along
bull xiii bullxii bull Latin for the New Millennium
All o his said Lain or he New Millennium is suden riendly Sudy ips rhymes and mnemon-ics abound in each chaper and litle secions called ldquoBy he Wayrdquo offer addiional inormaion orhose who always wan o know more
Te uni review secions are ru ly gems Afer hree chapers a Lain review chaper providesno jus he complee lis o Vocabulary o Learn and pleniu l exercises bu ofen anoher pieceo adaped lieraure o read991252snippes o Mari al or Peronius and more
Bu his is no all A secion called ldquoConsidering he Classical Godsrdquo offers high-ineres readingsin boh Engli sh and Lain on he panheon o classical gods A noher secion eniled ldquoConnec-ing wih he Ancien Worldrdquo provides in English addiional i normaion on a paricular aspec ooman lie conained wihin he uni
Capping each review uni is a disincive essay ha e xplores oman and modern opics each writen by a universiy scholar From he Universiy o Massachusets o Sanord Universiyand many places in be ween hese proessors have conribued heir special experise on subjecmater relaed o he chapers I k now o no oher book ha does hi s
Tere are many useu l phoographs and maps appropriaely placed hroughou Te reproduc-ions o fine ar and phoographs o archaeological sies provide a visual learning experience as
well Needless o say here are appendices on g rammar and synax a nd English o Lain andLain o English glossaries wih an added secion on various motoes
Te auhors ediors consulans and pilo eachers have done a superior job o organizing his book or maximum useu lness and effeciveness Tis unique series w ill include he ollowi ngLevel 1 Suden ex Level 1 Suden Workbook Level 1 eacherrsquos Manual and Level 1 Work-
book eacherrsquos Manual Level 2 Suden ex Level 2 Suden Workbook Level 2 eacherrsquosManual and Level 2 Workbook eacherrsquos Manual Many online and elecronic resources willalso accompany his series
Lain for he New Millennium has been houghully designed or and wih he weny-firscenury suden in mind Please join me in heralding he appearance o his unique new series
ha will improve and enhance he sudy o Lain or he weny-firs cenury
P983137983157983148 P983154983151983152983141983154983162983145983151Boson Lain Academy
2008
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 2454
xivndashxv bull Latin for the New Millennium
Preface bull xv
ASPECTS OF ROMAN LIFE
Nex you will find a reading in English on an imporan aspec o oman daily lie Tis sec-ion eniled Connecing wih he Ancien World wil l presen addiional inormaion on a opicencounered in he previous c hapers
EXPLORING ROMAN AND MODERN LIFE
Following he secion on daily lie here will be a shor essay in English ha compares and con-rass some aspec o oman and American lie and illusraes a way in which Lain is a par oour lie oday Each o hese essays has been writen by a universiy scholar wih special experisein his field o sudy
MĪRĀBILE AUDĪTŪEach review chaper concludes wih a l is o Lain quoaions motoes phrases or abbreviaionsused in English Tese sayings relae o one o he uni opics
Te Lain langu age and oman culure have no only inspired wriers hroughou he ages andin1047298uenced modern lie bu have also lef heir presence in ar and archaeology In his volumereproducions o painings drawings sculpure mosaics rescoes and oher ariacs rom an-iquiy hrough he presen abound wih depicions o and reerences o he sories and lives ohe omans Likewise view s o archaeological sies remind us o wha ome and is area o in1047298u-ence was like in ancien imes Te illusraions hroughou he ex suppor he writen word in
visual orm hus offering you a vivid recollecion o he chaper conen
Each auhor o his book has writen differen secions o he exbook bu boh auhors have ben-efied hroughou he composiion o he exbook rom coninuous muual advice and suppor
MM and 2008
Visi wwwl nmbolchazycom o see he elecronic resources ha accompany Lain or he New Millennium
xiv bull Latin for the New Millennium
wih a readi ng abiliy i s more likely o progress quick ly o a deeper undersanding o he lan-guage and he enjoymen o is lieraure I you have an oral aciliy and can wrie in a language
you will no need o be reminded abou orms and grammaical rules so ofen In his book you will acquire ha acive acili y as a basic par o learning he language
CONVERSATIONAL LATIN
oward he end o each chaper here is a Lain dialogue in which a group o modern sudens arehe paricipans Tey discuss in Lain siuaions ofen encounered in our daily li ves In hesedialogues you will find a bridge beween our lives and he houghs o he ancien medieval orrenaissance auhors who wroe in Lain991252a bridge consruced o he same basic language Lain
OTHER FEATURESIn each chaper you will fi nd oher ineresing mater ha will help you learn and enjoy Lain
bull Memorābile Dictū Te firs page o each chaper eaures a amous saying labeled Memorābile Dicū (A Memorable Ting o Say) a Lain phrase so well known ha i has become an ofenrepeaed proverb or quoaion Learning each amous saying wi ll increase your u ndersand-ing no jus o Lain bu o he houghs and ideas ha were i mporan o omans and haveconinued o be an inegral par o modern lie
bull Sudy ips Each chaper conains sayings rhymes mnemonic devices verses or oher in-ormaion ha will help you remember he various hings you are learning
bull By he Way You will see his phrase repeaed hroughou every chaper When you see hislabel you will know ha addiional inormaion is being presened
REVIEW COMPONENTS A he conclusion o every se o hree chapers here is a review conaining various componens
VOCABULARY TO KNOW
Tis is a complee lis o all he Vocabulary o Learn words presened in he hree chapers ar-ranged by pars o speech
EXERCISES
Here you will see many new exercises ha will help you review and reinorce he maerial in hehree preceding chapers In he review exercise secion here is ofen an addiional reading pas-sage o help you undersand more abou Lain lieraure and is heriage oday
CLASSICAL MYTHOLOGY
Tis secion eniled Considering Classical Myhology includes passages on myhology one inEnglish and one in Lain which ell some o he principal sories abou he Greek and omangods Tese sories re1047298ec many o he main hemes seen in lieraure and ar rom classical omodern imes
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 2554
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull xvindashxvii
AUTHORSMILENA MINKOVA
MA and PhD Chrisian and Classical Philology Pon-ifical Salesian Universiy ome Ialy MA and PhDClassics Universiy o Sofia Bulgaria
Associae Proessor o Classics Universiy o KenuckyLexingon Kenucky
Milena Minkova has sudied conduced research andaugh in Bulgaria Swizerland Germany Ialy he
Vaican Ciy and he USA Minkova has auhored hree book monographs Te Personal Names o he Lain In-scripions fom Bulgaria (Peer Lang 2000) Te Proe-an Raio (Peer Lang 2001) and Inroducion o Lain
Prose Composiion (Bolchazy-Carducci 2007 reprin Wimbledon 2001) She has also published numerousaricles on Lain medieval philosophy Lain lieraureLain composiion and Lain pedagogy
TERENCE TUNBERGBA and MA Classics Universiy o Souhern Calior-nia Posgraduae researcher and docoral suden Me-
dieval Sudies Universiy o London England PhDClassical Philology Universiy o orono Canada
Proessor o Classics Universiy o Kenucky Lexing-on Kenucky
erence unberg has augh in Belgium and Canadaas well as in he USA He is a specialis in Lain com-posiion and an exper in he hi sory o he approacheso wriing Lain prose rom aniquiy o early modernimes His works include a n ediion o collecion o Me-dieval Lain speeches commenaries on Lain worksand numerous sudies o he hisory o imiaion in La-in wriing In addiion or more han a decade he hasoffered summer seminars designed o inroduce peopleo he use o spoken Lain
bull xvii bull
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 2654
EDITORS CONSULTANTSAND PILOT TEACHERS
VOLUME EDITORSElisa C DenjaEdior Bolchazy-Carducci PublishersBaker Demonsraion School EmeriaEvanson Illinois
LeaAnn A OsburnEdior Bolchazy-Carducci PublishersBarringon High School EmeriaBarringon Illinois
BOARD OF
CONSULTANTS Virginia A ndersonLain eacherIllinois Virual High SchoolBarringon Middle School EmeriaBarringon Illinois
Jill M CrookerLain eacher
Pitsord-Mendon High School EmeriaPitsord New York
Judih Peller HalletProessor o ClassicsUniversiy o MarylandCollege Park Maryland
Sherwin D Litle1ndash12 Foreign Language Program LeaderIndian Hill High SchoolCincinnai Ohio
Sherrilyn MarinChair Deparmen o Foreign LanguagesKeih Counry Day Schoolockord Illinois
Mary PendergrafProessor o Classical Languages
Wake Fores Universiy Winson-Salem Norh Carolina
John raupman
Proessor o ClassicsS Josephrsquos Universiy EmeriusPhiladelphia Pennsylvania
Cynhia Whie Associae Proessor o ClassicsUniversiy o Arizonaucson Ari zona
ose WilliamsMcMurry College Emeria
Abilene High School Emeria Abilene exas
Donna WrighLain eacherLawrence Norh and Lawrence Cenral High
Schools
Indianapolis Indiana
PILOT TEACHERS Jeremy M WalkerLain eacherCrown Poin High SchoolCrown Poin Indiana
Laneta WarrenburgLain eacherElgin High SchoolElgin Illinois
bull xix bullxviii bull Latin for the New Millennium
JOINT PUBLICATIONS BY THE AUTHORSMinkova and unberg have coauhored he ollowing books Readings and Exercises in Lain
Prose Composiion (Focus 2004) Reading Livyrsquos Rome Selecions fom Livy Books IndashVI (Bol-chazy-Carducci 2 005) Maer Anserina Poems in Lain or Children (Focus 2006) Tey are hedirecors o he Insiue or Lain Sud ies a he Universiy o Kenucky in which sudens sudyhe hisory o Lain rom ancien o modern imes and ake par in seminars in which Lai n is he
working language o all ac iviies Boh Minkova and unberg are eleced ellows o he ome- based Academia Lainiai Fovendae he primary learned sociey devoed o he preservaion andpromoion o he use o Lain
xviiindashxix bull Latin for the New Millennium
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 2754
Editors Consultants and Pilot Teachers bull xxi
SHERWIN LITTLE
BA Universiy o Cincinnai M A Universiy o Colorado
Sherwin Litle has augh Lain rom sixh g rade hrough Lain AP a Indian Hill Exemped Vil-lage School Disric since 1983 Sherwin has received an Ovaio rom CAMWS as well as heCAMWS Good eacher Award and he Hildesheim Vase Award rom he Ohio Classical Coner-ence in 1986 and 2007 Sherwin holds Naional Board Cerificaion in World Languages Oherhan English and has been boh Vice Presiden and Presiden o he American Classical Leag ue
SHERRILYN MARTIN
BA Wilson College MA PhD Universiy o Cincinnai
Sherrilyn Marin was named Illinois Lain eacher o he Year in 1993 was a recipien o heL Governorrsquos Award or Foreign Language eaching in 2001 and was named a Claes Nobeleacher o Disincion in 2 007 She is a pas presiden o he Illinois Classical Conerence and isacive in he ockord Sociey o he A rchaeological Insiue o America Sherri lyn spen a yearin independen sudy a he Universiy o Tessaloniki Greece
MARY PENDERGRAFT
AB PhD Universiy o Norh Carolina Chapel Hill
Afer eaching a UNC-Greensboro and D uke Universiy Mary Pendergraf began eachingclassics ul l-ime a Wake Fores Mary is a ormer Presiden o he Norh Carolina Classical A s-sociaion and paricipaed in he ocus group ha w roe he Norh Carolina Sandard Course oSudy or Lain
JOHN TRAUPMAN
BA Moravian College MA PhD Pr inceon Universiy
John raupman is proessor emerius rom S Josephrsquos Universiy i n Phil adelphia where heaugh or hiry-eigh years A mong his many awards John received he Disinguished eaching
Award rom S Josephrsquos Universiy in 1982 a cerificae o appreciaion rom he PennsylvaniaDeparmen o Educaion in 1990 and he Special Award rom he Classical Associaion o he
Alanic Saes in 1996 John raupman is especially well-known as he auhor oConversaional Lain and Te New College Lain and English Dicionary
CYNTHIA WHITE
BA Chesnu Hill College MA Villanova Universiy PhD Caholic Universiy o America
Cynhia Whie is he Direcor o he Undergraduae Lain Program and supervises eacherraining and Kndash12 Lain eacher Cerificaion a he Universiy o Arizona She regularlyeaches a he Isiuo Inernazionale di Sudi Classici di Orvieo he Classics Deparmenrsquos Sudy
Abroad Program in Orvi eo Ialy and has sudied i n ome wih he Papal Lai nis eg inaldFoser ODC
xx bull Latin for the New Millennium
VOLUME EDITORSELISA C DENJA
BA Marygrove College Deroi Michigan MA Columbia Universiy MA Loyola UniversiyChicago
Elisa Denja augh Lain a Norh Chicago High School and Baker Demonsraion School inEvanson Illinois or many years while concurrenly eaching classical myhology a LoyolaUniversiy o Chicago and in he g ifed-disance learning program a Norhwesern UniversiyElisa was awarded he Illinois Lain eacher o he Year award in 1992 and he Illinois Lieime
Achievemen Award in 2007
LEAANN A OSBURNBA Monmouh College Illinois MA Loyola Universiy Chicago
While eaching Lain or many years a Barringon High School in Barringon Illinois LeaA nnserved as boh vice-presiden and presiden o he Illinois Classical Conerence LeaAn n receivedhe Illinois La in eacher o he Year award in 1989 he Illinois L Governorrsquos Award in 1990and he Classical Associaion o he Middle Wes and Souh Good eacher Award in 1996
BOARD OF CONSULTANTSVIRGINIA ANDERSON
BA Loyola Universiy Chicago MA S Xavier Universiy
Virginia Anderson augh Lain or hi ry years i n privae and public hi gh schools and middleschools in he Chicagoland area In 1999 she was awarded he L Governorrsquos Award or Enhance-men o he eaching Proession and in 2003 was named Il linois Lain eacher o he Year
JILL M CROOKER
BA Universiy o Illi nois MSEd Nazareh College o ocheser New York Jill Crooker augh Lain or many years a Pitsord-Mendon High School in Pitsord New YorkShe has served as he College Board Advisor o he A P Lain es Developmen Commitee andin 1996 received he Moron E Spillenger Award or Disingui shed Leadership o he Classical
Associaion o he Empire Sae In 2003 she received he ACL Meria Award and i n 2006 a nOvaio rom he Classical A ssociaion o he Alanic Saes
JUDITH PELLER HALLETT
BA Wellesley MA PhD Harvard Universiy
In addiion o sudying a he A merican Academy in ome he Insiue o Classical Sudies inLondon and he Universiy o Maasrich in Holland Judih Hallet is a ormer presiden o heClassical Associaion o he Alanic Saes and Vice-Presiden or Oureach o he AmericanPhilological Associaion She was named a Disinguished Scholar-eacher in 1992 by he Uni-
versiy o Maryland
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull xxndashxxi
TEACHER NOTES
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 2854
xxii bull Latin for the New Millennium
xxii bull L atin for the New Millennium
ROSE WILLIAMS
BA Baylor Universiy MA Universiy o Norh Carolina Chapel Hill
In addiion o posgraduae work in Lain and Humaniies a he Universiy o Dallas and heUniversiy o exas a Arlingon on a ockeeller Gran ose Williams did research a he Bodle-ian Library Ox ord Universiy in England and a he Universiy o Pisa She augh Lain or overhiry years a boh high school and uni versiy levels in exas and now is he auhor o more hanen books abou he Classics
DONNA WRIGHT
BA MA Ball Sae Universiy
Afer eaching Lain a Carmel High School Donna Wrigh currenly eaches a boh LawrenceNorh and Lawrence Cenral High Schools in Indianapolis Indiana She has been an acivemember o he Indiana Classical Conerence being named Creaive Lain eacher o he Year in1976 She has also been acive i n he American Classical League sponsoring a JCL chaper andleading Ialy rips or nearly weny years Donna also served as an offi cer speaker and boardmember o Pompeiiana Inc
PILOT TEACHERS JEREMY M WALKER
AB Wabash College MA Indiana Universiy
Jeremy Walker has augh Lain a Crown Poin High School in Crown Poin Indiana since1995 He has served as he Co-Chair o he Indiana Junior Classical League and Membershipand Public elaions Chair o he Naional Junior Classical League In addiion o sudying inIaly a he Inercollegiae Cener or Classical Sudies and in Greece a he American School orClassical Sudies he was presiden o he Indiana Classical Conerence In 2003 Jeremy was rec-ognized as he Lain eacher o he Year in Indiana and in 2004 was recognized by he Indiana
Sae eachers Associaion as a orch o K nowledge ecipien
LANETTA WARRENBURG
BA Indiana Universiy MA Indiana Universiy-Purdue Universiy Indianapolis
Laneta Warrenburg has augh high school English and Lain or hiry-hree years a schoolsin Indiana and Illinois Her las weny-our years o eaching Lain were a Elgin High Schoolin Elgin Illinois While eaching Lain here she served as he Illinois Classical Conerencechairperson or Chicago Classics Day as co-chair or he Illinois Ceramen League since 1993and as sae chair or he Il linois Junior Classical L eague rom 1999ndash2001 Laneta was honoredas he Illi nois Lain eacher o he Year in 2001 and was presiden o he Chicago Classical Clubrom 2005ndash2007
INTRODUCTION
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 2954
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull xxiii
INTRODUCTIONALPHABETTe Lain alphabe was derived rom he Eruscan alphabe some ime beore he sevenh cen-ury 983138983139983141 Te Eruscans were a people in pre-oman Ialy
Teir alphabe owes much o he Greek alphabe In urn he Greek alphabe was derived romhe Phoenician alphabe Phoenician raders had spread heir sysem o wriing h roughou he
Medierranean region Te Phoenician alphabe isel can be raced o he Norh Semiic alpha- be which was used in Syria and Palesine as early as he elevenh cenury 983138983139983141 and is consideredo be he earlies ully developed alphabeic wriing sysem
An Eruscan couple reclining on a funeral sarcophagus
bull xxiii bull
Sandard41
EDITORrsquoS NOTE
Te comprehension quesions and answers as well as some o he eaching ips and eacher by he Way noa-ions in his eacher manual were writen by Elisa C Denja LeaAnn A Osburn Karen Lee Singh and DonaldE Sprague classics ediorseducaors a Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers
HOW TO USE THIS BOOK
Please noe ha he perinen naional Classics sandards are lised in he margin o he lef or righ on he samepage as he reproducion o he suden ex
Eisemann Communicaion assised in preparing he correlaions o Lain o r he New Mil lennium wih he
naional sandards For an overview o he sandards hemselves and he correlaions please consul www bolchazyl nmcom
TEACHING TIP
Te eacher may choose o use he picure o he Eruscan couple on his page and he brie meniono he Eruscan alphabe o open a discussion on wha role he Eruscans played in early omanimes Sudens may be direced o p xxx ii o find Eruria on he map
TEACHING TIPTe eacher may wish o discuss wih he sudens he erm ldquoomance languagesrdquo Many modernlanguages come rom he language used by he ancien omans French Ialian Poruguese Span-ish omanian ec omansch (spoken by he descendans o he aeians and one o he our o-ficial languages o Swizerland) is also derived rom Lain
TEACHER BY THE WAYBased on archeological evidence i appears ha Eruscan women were an imporan par o hesocial srucure Ofen he names o boh moher and aher were placed on unerary inscripionsTe reedom o women wihin sociey is likewise apparen on monumens where hey can be seenreclining wih heir husbands on he same couch atending games and having a place o honor in heomb isel Noice he affecionae pose o he couple in he illusraion on p xxiii Clearly marriedlove was valued in Eruscan sociey and amily lie was imporan
ombs also provide evidence or he syle o Eruscan homes Some o hese eaures were borrowed by heomans especially he cenral hall and hree rooms a he back Tis ype o house was known a Pompeii as well as a ome ac cording o Viru vius auhor o Dē archiecūrā
TEACHING TIP
Te eacher may wish o have sudens read an English ranslaion o Livyrsquos radiional accouno anaquil wie o arquinius Priscus he fifh king o ome Te independence o Eruscan women is ev iden in hi s ale He r behavior is he ani hesis o he ideas o woma nly dec orum hel d by he omans
TEACHING TIPS d ill j i i h E li h ldquo lph b rdquo pl i h E li h l t ih h
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 3054
xxiv bull Latin for the New Millennium
xxiv bull Latin for the New Millennium
Look a he English alphabe in he lef column and a he Lain alphabe in he righ one TeLain alphabe is accompanied by he names o he Lain leters (in parenheses)
English Alphabe Lain Alphabe
Uppercase Lowercase Uppercase Lowercase Leter Name
A a A a (a ldquoăhrdquo)
B b B b (be ldquobayrdquo)
C c C c (ce ldquocayrdquo)
D d D d (de ldquodayrdquo)
E e E e (e ldquoĕhrdquo)
F F (e)
G g G g (ge ldquogayrdquo)H h H h (ha ldquohahrdquo)
I i I i (i ldquoeerdquo)
J j
K k K k (ka ldquokahrdquo)
L l L l (el)
M m M m (em)
N n N n (en)
O o O o (o ldquoŏhrdquo)
P p P p (pe ldquopayrdquo)
Q q Q q (qu ldquokoordquo)
r r (er)
S s S s (es)
(e ldquoayrdquo)
U u U u (u ldquooordquo)
V v V v (u consonan)
W w
X x X x (ix ldquoeexrdquo)
Y y Y y (upsilon)
Z z Z z (zea ldquodzayardquo)
Te English alphabe is derived direcly rom he Lain alphabe Tis accouns or he greasimilariies b eween he wo alphabes Tere are 26 leters in he English alphabe and 24 in heLain Te differences are he ollowing
bull Te leter W w (which is he doubled leter v) is missing in he Lain alphabe
bull Te leter J j is a more recen invenion In ac i appears in Lain exs writen during heMiddle Ages and he enaissance as well as i n many modern ediions o ancien Lain exsI is used o indicae he semi-vowel i someimes called consonanal i Te consonanal i is
Sudens will enjoy singing he English alphabe song replacing he English leter names wih heLain leter names Sudens may be insruced o clap once where here is no Lain leter name (egldquoJrdquo) equivalen o he English one
TEACHING TIPTe eacher may choose o display any Lain words (a lis is provided below or he eacherrsquos conve-nience) and insruc he sudens o spell ou he word using he Lain leter names Te sudensmay become curious o know wha he Lain words mean Definiions are given below
bull pars ndash par
bull nox ndash nigh
bull ruber ndash red
bull ēgī ndash I have done
bull amilia ndash amily
bull carō ndash 1047298esh
bull dēcernō ndash I decide
bull herba ndash plan
bull Kalendae ndash Kalends (firs day o he monh)
bull quoque ndash also
bull imor ndash ear
bull Pȳhia ndash Pyhia (name o Apollorsquos priesess)
bull iēcī ndash I hrew
bull ēlīx - happy bull ignis ndash fire
bull mūō ndash I change
COMPREHENSION QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS FOR PAGES XXIII991251XXVeproducible versions o he quesions alone are available a wwwlnm bolchazycom
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 3154
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull xxv
Introduction bull xxv
he i a he beginning o a word beore a vowel or i beween wo vowels According o hismehod or example Iūlius is writen Jūlius and Āiax is writen Ājax In his book he leter J j will no be used
bull Te disincion beween he vowel U u and he consonan V v also belongs o laer imesIniially here was only one leter V u used boh or he vowel and he consonan eg Vrbs ldquoTe Ciyrdquo (ie ome) or uicor ldquohe winnerrdquo
bull However in accord wih he prevail ing pracice o expressing he vowel wih U u and heconsonan wih V v in his book he wo leters will be disingui shed
PRONUNCIATION OF LATIN
VOWELSTere are six vowels in Lain and heir pronunciaion is as ollows
Long Vowel Sound Shor Vowel Sound
ā is pronounced as in ldquoaherrdquo ōrāor ldquooraorrdquo a is pronounced as in ldquoalikerdquo amō ldquoloverdquo
ē is pronounced like he a in ldquoraverdquo nēmō ldquonobodyrdquo e is pronounced as in ldquoperdquo bene ldquowellrdquo
ī is pronounced like he double e in ldquoseenrdquo līmes ldquoboundaryrdquo
i is pronounced as in ldquopirdquo nihil ldquonohingrdquo
ō is pronounced as in ldquosoverdquo videō ldquo(I) seerdquo o is pronounced as in ldquoofenrdquorosa ldquoroserdquo
ū is pronounced as in ldquomoonrdquo ūnus ldquoonerdquo u is pronounced as in ldquopurdquo um ldquohenrdquo
ӯ comes rom Greek and is pronounced in lenghsomewhere beween he i in ldquohirdquo and he u in ldquomuerdquo Pӯramus ldquoPyramusrdquo
y comes rom Greek Is sound wheher long or shorlies in beween he sounds o i and u much as in heFrench ldquosucircrrdquo bu he sound o shor y is less drawn ouhan ha o long y lyricus ldquolyricalrdquo
Te Lain words senātus rēgēsulla gentēs and prīmus are
engraved on his sone
Sign from Pompeii carved on sone wih Lain leters
p q
1 race he roos o he Lain alphabe rom is beginnings orward
Norh-Semiic alphabe elevenh cenury 983138983139983141 Phoenician alphabe Greek alphabe Erusca n alphabeLain alphabe
2 Which wo leters in he English alphabe are no ound in he Lain alphabe
W and J
3 When does he leter J begin o appear in Lain
During he Middle Ages and he enaissa nce
4 Look a he Lain inscripion on he sign rom Pompeii (on he righ o p xxv) Find a leas hree Lain words Lis an Engl ish word you believe is based on he La in word
colonia 991252 colonial colony honoris 991252 honorspecacula 991252 specacular specacle perpevom 991252 perpeual perpeuiy duovir 991252 virile virili
Sandards12 41
TEACHING TIPSudens may wan o know he English meanings o he Lain words in Exercises 1 and 2 Te defini-
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 3254
xxvi bull Latin for the New Millennium
xxvi bull L atin for the New Millennium
BY THE WAY
Everywhere in his book long vowels are indicaed by macrons ie ā ē ī ō ū ӯ whileabove he shor vowels here are no signs Someimes wo words differ rom each oheronly in he lengh o he vowel For example mālum wih a longa means ldquoapplerdquo whilemalum wih a shor a means ldquobad hingrdquo
EXERCISE 1epea hese words aloud afer your eacher pronounces hem
1 a lō 7 lēnis 13 probō 19 sūor2 alumnus 8 sēdēs 14 noa 20 ūsus3 rāna 9 i er 15 pōnō 21 syllaba4 rādō 10 imeō 16 dōnum 22 Pӯrēnē5 eneō 11 nīor 17 ululō6 peō 12 mīrus 18 lupus
DIPHTHONGSDiphhongs are wo vowels combined in one syllable and pronounced ogeher as one soundTere are six diphhongs in Lain
bull ae much like he y in ldquoskyrdquo laevus ldquo lefrdquo
bull au pronounced as ou in ldquoourrdquo aurum ldquo goldrdquo
bull ei pronounced as ei in ldquoeignrdquo oiei ldquoalasrdquo
bull eu pronounced eoo much as i in he wo words ldquogrey bluerdquo you were o subrac he ldquogr-rdquo andhe ldquobl-rdquo and combine he wo vowel sounds Eurōpa ldquoEuroperdquo
bull oe pronounced as oy in ldquoboyrdquo proelium ldquo batlerdquo
bull ui pronounced nearly like ldquowerdquohui ldquoohrdquo
I is believed ha quie early sill in ancien imes he diphhongs ae and oe began o be pro-nounced as e I you encouner hem writen aē or aeuml and oē or oeuml his means ha hey are nodiphhongs and he leters should be pronounced separaely āēr poēa
Te diphhongs are always long
EXERCISE 2epea hese words afer your eacher pronounces hem
1 aesās 7 s eu 13 aēneus2 a equō 8 m oenia 14 poēma3 raeda 9 neu 15 hei4 l audō 10 poena 16 huic5 a u 11 neuer6 aula 12 Poenus
Sudens may wan o know he English meanings o he Lain words in Exercises 1 and 2 Te definiions are provided or he eacherrsquos convenience
EXERCISE 11 I nourish 12 wonderul
2 suden 13 I approve
3 rog 14 noe
4 I scrape 15 I pu
5 I hold 16 gif6 I seek 17 I howl
7 smooh 18 wol
8 sea 19 shoemaker
9 journey 20 use
10 I ear 21 sylla ble
11 I srive 22 Pȳrene (a name)
EXERCISE 21 summer
2 I make level
3 carriage
4 I praise5 or
6 orecour
7 or i
8 walls
9 and no
10 penaly
11 neiher
12 Carhaginian
13 bronze
14 poem
15 ah
16 o his
TEACHER BY THE WAYHisorical evidence can be cied or reading he firs syllable o ldquomāgnusrdquo as naurally long bu oher
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 3354
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull xxvii
Introduction bull xxvii
CONSONANTSbull c is pronounced as in ldquocomerdquo clārus ldquobrighrdquo censeō ldquo(I) deemrdquo cārus ldquodearrdquo
bull When b is ollowed by s as in urbs ldquociyrdquo he sound o b approaches ha o p a sound wemigh represen as urps
bull g is pronounced as in ldquogerdquo gaudiumldquojoyrdquo gignō ldquo(I) bege (I) bearrdquo grāialdquoavor agreeablenessrdquo
bull Some hink ha he omans o Cicerorsquos ime (firs cenury 983138983139983141) pronounced he wo conso-nans ng as ngn or example he adjecive māgnus ldquogreardquo would have been pronounced in a
way ha we migh represen asmangnus
bull k is a very rare consonan In ac i appears only in wo words Kalendae ldquohe firs day oevery monh in he oman calendarrdquo and in he personal name Kaeso
bull q appears always in combinaion wih u and he combinaion qu is pronounced as in ldquoqueenrdquoquatuor ldquoourrdquo
bull v has a sound similar o w (as in he word ldquowierdquo) videō ldquo I seerdquo
bull Te consonanu in he combinaion su sounds like he English w in he ollowing our wordssuēscō ldquo(I) become accusomedrdquoSuēvī a name o a German ribe suādeō ldquo(I) adviserdquo suāvis ldquosweerdquo
bull Te leter r is rilled slighly Te sound has no exac equivalen in English bu is heard inmany oher European languages Te bes way o make his sound is o pronounce r as inldquoroperdquo bu vibrae he end o he ongue slighly as you say i
bull x is a double consonan (equivalen ocs or gs) ha sounds much like he x in ldquosixrdquo
bull z is a noher double consonan (equivalen o dz) and sounds almos like z in ldquozebrardquo I be-gins wih a sligh d sound firs so in pronouncing his leter you should hear dz
bull ph sounds like p in ldquopenrdquo bu wih he addiion o a sligh breah o air represened by he hth sounds like t as in ldquo omrdquo bu wih he addiion o a sligh ex ra breahing represened byhe h ch sounds nearly like he combinaion kh Tese consonans are borrowed rom Greek
and appear in Greek words zephyrus ldquowesern breezerdquo chorus ldquochorusrdquo heārum ldquoheaerrdquo When p and t are no accompanied by h his sligh aspiraion is absen
bull When consonans are doubled as in he verbaggredior he consonanal sound is lenghenedslighly
EXERCISE 3epea hese words afer your eacher pronounces hem
1 cibus 7 glōria 13 phasēlus2 capiō 8 Zeus 14 chara3 cumulus 9 bibliohēca 15 cēlō4 crēscō 10 phi losophia 16 anīquus5 gemma 11 zōna6 Gallus 12 heōrēma
g y g y gevidence suggess i is naurally shor Tus in some grammar books such as he one by Gildersleeveand Lodge we find his syllable marked as long bu in oher books i is reaed as shor
TEACHING TIPTe sudens may also wish o find ou he meanings o he Lain words in Exercise 3 Te definiionsare provided or he eacherrsquos convenience
EXERCISE 3
1 ood2 I ake
3 a heap
4 I grow
5 bud jewel
6 a Gaul
7 glory
8 Zeus
9 library
10 philosophy
11 a girdle
12 heory
13 kidney bean
14 paper
15 I hide
16 old
TEACHING TIPTe eacher may wish o provide he sudens wih some pracice on syllables and sress accen Here
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 3454
xxviii bull Latin for the New Millennium
xxviii bull Latin for the New Millennium
ACCENT A Lain word is made up no jus o leters bu also o syllables A Lain word has as many syllablesas i has vowels or diphhongs (a diphhong works like a single vowel since i is made up o wo
vowels pronounced ogeher [see diphhongs above])
You will need o know he ollowing erms when learning abou accen
bull ulima he las syllable in a word
bull penul he second-o-las syllable in a word
bull anepenul he hird-o-las syllable in a word
So in he word ze- ph y-r us he vowel u is he ulima y is he penul and e is he anepenul
RULES ABOUT THE STRESS ACCENT IN LATIN1 Te sress accen in Lain alls on eiher he penul or he anepenul
2 Te accen alls on he penul i he penul is long I he penul is shor he accen alls onhe anepenul
3 How o deermine wheher he penul is long or shor
a I he penul conains a long vowel (or any diphhong) he penul isel is long You o-en need o learn wheher he vowel in he penul is long or shor as a basic elemen inlearning a new word A macron above he vowel will ell you ha he vowel is long whi lehe absence o a macron wil l indicae a shor vowel Pronouncing he word can help youremember he vowel lenghs For ex ample vi-de-ō ldquoI seerdquo is pronounced viacutedeō whileau-rō-ra ldquodawnrdquo is pronounced aurōacutera and po-pu-lus ldquopeoplerdquo is pronounced po pulus
b I he vowel in he penul is ollowed by wo or more consonans he penul is long no
mater wheher he vowel in he penul is long or shor and he accen necessarily allson he penul For example do-cu-men-um ldquodocumenrdquo is pronounced documenacuteum
BY THE WAYTe consonan x is double (cs or gs) and couns as wo consonans when deermining
wheher he penul is long
c Tere is one excepion o lsquobrsquo above Someimes even when here are wo consonans be-ween he penul and he ulima hey sill do no deermine ha he penul is long Tishappens when he wo consonans are a mue and a liquid
Te mues are p b d t g c
Te liquids are l r
So in he word pal-pe-bra ldquoeyelidrdquo he anepenul is accened ( palacutepebra) he vowel o he pe-nul is shor since i i s ollowed by a mue and a l iquid O course ru le lsquoarsquo sill applies in he wordhe-ā-trum ldquoheaerrdquo he penul is accened (heāacuterum) since i is naurally long somehing welearn rom he macron
y p p yare some examples wih he answers included or he eacherrsquos convenience
Underline he ulima in each word
1 legō
2 rēgis
3 imperāor
Underline he penul in each word
1 causa
2 pūnīum3 armāus
Underline he anepenul in each word
1 vulnerō
2 eigī
3 sublāum
Underline he penul i i is long
1 pōnō
2 spēlunca
3 pauperis
Underline he syllable ha will receive he sress accen in each word1 ōrāculum
2 peīum
3 cōnsania
4 exsīncum
5 vulneris
6 solius
TEACHING TIPGiven he passage abou he bahhouse on his page and he picure rom Bah England he
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 3554
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull xxix
EXERCISE 4epea each senence aloud afer your eacher reads i Pay atenion o he pronunciaion andsress accen o each word
Wha i is Like o Live Over a Bahhouse
(Adaped rom Seneca Moral Leter 56)
Ecce undique clāmor sona Suprā ipsum balneum habiō Prōpōne nunc ibi omnia genera vōcumodiōsa Foriōrēs exercenur e manūs plumbō gravēs iacan cum au labōran au labōranemimianur Gemiūs audiō quoiēns spīrium remīsērun Sun quoque ūncōrēs e racāōrēs
Audiō crepium manuum umerōs erienium sonus quoque icuum mūāur nunc enim manusperveni plāna nunc concava Audiō clāmōrēs sī ūr es i n balneō dēprehēnsus
Look here is noise sounding all around I live above he bahhouse isel Imagine o yourselnow all he haeul ypes o voices Te sronger ones exercise hemselves and swing heir ha ndsloaded wih lead weighs while hey work ou991252or imiae a person working ou I hear moansevery ime hey le go a ltpen-upgt breah Tere are also anoiners and masseurs I hear he slapo hands hiting shoulders and he sound o he blows changes or someimes he hands come1047298a someimes cupped I hear shouing i a hie is caugh in he bahhouse
A pool from inside he Roman Bahs in Bah England
Introduction bull xxix
eacher may wish o open a discussion abou bahs during oman i mes Te use o he calidārium fīgid ārium epidārium and sūdārium may be explained by he eacher and sudens may be en-couraged o learn andor pronounce hese words
TEACHER BY THE WAYBahs were ofen consruced on locaions having ho or mineral springs such as Bah in Englandand Bāiae a resor own on he Bay o Naples
Modern Bah in oman imes was named afer he Celic goddess o healing Sulis In he firscenury her shrine was aken over by he omans and she was idenified wih he goddess Minerva
Te sie was hen known as Aquae Sulis Mine rva In a emple relie she is represened wih a Medusa-like head and a musache
Te spa conained a grea bah (73 f by 29 f) and hree oher swimming pools he calidārium (ho bah)epidārium (warm bah) and fīgidār ium (cold bah) In he second cenury he spring was enclosed wihin a wooden barrel-vau led build ing ha housed hese hree pools Ho ai r bahs were ueled by coal fires A con-san 1047298ow o waer was direced o he pools hrough lead pipes which sill uncion oday
Archeologica l excavaions have revealed ma ny sacred voive offerings c urse ables and innumerable coinsa he botom o he springs Te curse ables writen in Lain heaped curses on anyone suspeced o wrong-doing Te ancien radiion o hrowing coins accompanied by a wish sill prevails oday in ome a he reviFounain where ourissvisiors do he same
More inormaion on bah complexes in ome can be ound on p 386 o his eacherrsquos manual
Sandards22 31
32 41 42
TEACHING TIPTe eacher may wish o insruc he sudens o find he iber iver which is picured here on he
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 3654
xxx bull Latin for the New Millennium
xxx bull Latin for the New Millennium
OVERVIEW OF ROMAN HISTORY According o legend omulus and his win broher emus were se adrif on he iber iver Ashe-wol nursed he boys unil a shepherd rescued hem Upon reaching manhood in 753 983138983139983141he wins ounded a new ciy near he place w here hey had been ound by he she-wol on he
basis o anaugusō auguriō ldquoa avorable sighing o birdsrdquo Bu omulus killed emus in a dispueover who would rule he new ciy and became is firs king
Six oher kings ruled afer omulus Numa Pompilius ullus Hosilius Ancus Marius ar-quinius Prisc us Servius ullius a nd arquinius Superbus (arquin he Proud) Afer he las ohese seven kings was overhrown in 509 983138983139983141 ome became a republic wih a represenaiveorm o governmen headed by wo consuls eleced an nually By 451 983138983139983141 he fi rs corpus o o-man law known as he welve ables was creaed
In he las cenury 983138983139983141 he oman epublic was shaken apar by a series o civil wars By31 983138983139983141 an auocraic regime headed earlier by Julius Caesar and laer by his grea-nephew Oc-avian brough he epublic o an end Te years rom 27 983138983139983141991252when Ocavian assumed heile o prīnceps ldquochie ciizenrdquo as well as he name Augu sus991252o around 180 983139983141 are known ashe early principae or empire During his era ome exended her boundaries o he BriishIsles in he norh Norh Arica in he souh Spain in he wes and he igris and Euphraesrivers in he eas
A view of he iber River as i 1047298ows hrough he ciy of Rome
map on p xxxii
COMPREHENSION QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS FOR PAGE XXX991251XXXI
eproducible versions o he quesions alone are available a wwwlnm bolchazycom
1 Who were he legendary ounders o ome
omulus and emus
2 According o legend in wha year was ome ounded
753 983138983139983141
3 Over he course o he monarchic period how many kings ruled ome
Seven
4 Wha even occurred in 509 983138983139983141
Te beginni ng o he oman epublic (wih wo consuls in charge)
5 Wha is he erm associaed wih he wo leaders o he epublic
Consul
6 Which wo leaders oversaw omersquos shif rom a republic o a principae
Julius Caesar and OcavianAugusu s
7 Wha major aciviy associaed wih empire-building ook place during he principae
erriorial expansion
8 Name wo developmens ha characerized he lae empire
Severe economic problems inernal poliical unres andor requen invasion by he Germanic ribes
9 Describe Diocleianrsquos response o he roubles o he empire
Diocleian divided he empire ino wo halves he Easern and Wesern empires in order o make ruli nghe empire more manageable
10 Explai n he origin o he erm ldquovandalismrdquo
Te fifh cenury invasion and pillag ing o ome by he ribe known as he Vandals who occupied he o-man province o Norh Arica led o he erm ldquovandalismrdquo meaning wanon desrucion
11 Describe Lainrsquos role in he cenuries afer 476 983139983141
Lain 1047298ourished as he major lierary language in he Wesern oman Empire and was spread o non-omanized places like Ireland Scandinavia and he New World
TEACHING TIP
Te eacher may ask he sudens o find he daes menioned on his page in he imeline on pp411ndash414
Sandards21 31 32
TEACHING TIPTe eacher may insruc he sudens o locae ByzaniumConsaninople discussed here in he
d h h ii
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 3754
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull xxxi
Introduction bull xxxi
From 180 983139983141 onwards in he period k nown as he lae empire he oman sae experiencedsevere economic problems and requen invasions by Germanic ri bes esponding o he pres-sure o he firs wave o migraions as well as inernal poliical u nres and economic diffi culieshe emperor Diocleian (ruled 284ndash305 983139983141) had already divided he oman Empire ino anEasern and Wesern hal each under is own emperor991252an atemp o make he vas omansae more manageable
Tis poliical division o he empire acually mirrored a culural division oo he main lan-guage o he Wes was Lain while he main language o he Eas was Greek Shorly aferwardshe emperor Consanine (ruled 312ndash337 983139983141) esablished a new capial or he Easern empirea Byzanium wh ich he renamed Consaninople (ldquohe ciy o Consaninerdquo oday called Isan-
bul) Bu even afer his reorganizaion he imperial governmen ulimaely proved incapable o
semming he ide o he migraions in par because he oman army was oo widely e xendedand could no be in so many places a once Indeed many o he invaders were given he sauso oederāī or ldquoreay roopsrdquo In effec hey were a llowed o occupy segmens o he empire inreurn or proecing i So when Alar ic King o he Visigohs sacked ome in 410 983139983141 he acual lyhad a ile as a commander in he oman army
ome was sacked again in 455 983139983141 by he Vandals who had already occupied he omanprovince o Norh Arica Te pillaging o he ciy o omulus by he invaders made a pro-ound impression on conemporaries and o his day he erm ldquovandalismrdquo is a word in severallanguages or wanon desrucion While he Easern empire (always more sable and eco-nomically prosperous han he Wes) coninued o exis unil 1453 983139983141 he Wesern empire
was ex inc as a poliica l eniy by 476 983139983141 In is place were Germa nic k ingdoms and ribes Angles and Saxons in Briai n Visigohs in Spain Osrogohs in Ialy Franks and Burgundi ansin Gaul991252o name only he major groups Te combinaion o hese new socieies wih heprevious inhabians who had been omanized o varying degrees would one day provide he
basis or he culures o modern Europe
Bu he end o he ancien oman Empire in he Wes was no he end o Lain On he con-rary during he nex 1200 years Lain no only 1047298ourished as he major lierary language in he
erriories o he ormer Wesern oman Empire he use o Lain was exended o regions heomans had never occupied including Ireland Scandinavi a and even he New World
BEGINNINGS OF LATIN LITERATURE Very ew complee works o Lain lieraure produced beore he mid-second cenury 983138983139983141 (ie beore 150 983138983139983141) have survived One reason or his loss was he remendous populariy o he works produced in he ollowing cenury by such auhors as Cicero Vergil and Ovid Teir wri-ings were so widely read and copied in subsequen cenuries ha he auhors preceding hem
were gradually negleced
Among he major figures o early Lain lieraure was a reed slave rom he Greek ciy o aren-um named Livius Andronicus who li ved rom 284ndash204 983138983139983141 He was known or his adapaionso Greek drama or oman audiences and his ranslaion o Homerrsquos Odyssey ino Lain verse
second paragraph on he map on p xxxii
TEACHING TIPTe eacher may ask he sudens o find he daes menioned on his page in he imeline on pp413ndash414
HOW TO USE THIS BOOK AND ITS ANCILLARIES
wo ancillaries are available or use wih his book Te Original Dysuncional Family (abbreviaed ODF)and From Romulus o Romulus Augusulus (abbreviaed R) R will be paricularly useul in order ohelp sudens keep he ime periods o he auhors and o he evens he auhors wroe abou sraigh in heirminds Chaper ile pages will include when appropriae a noaion on wha chaper o R he eachermay wish o assign
TEACHING TIPTe eacher may wish o assign Chaper 1 o he oman hisory ancillary From Romulus o Romu-lus Augusulus a his poin
COMPREHENSION QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS FOR PAGES XXXI991251XXXIVeproducible versions o he quesions alone are available a wwwlnm bolchazycom
1 Whom did he omans consider he aher o Lain lieraure
Ennius
2 Wha was Enniusrsquo mos amous work Is subjec mater
Annālēs was an epic poem abou omersquos early hisory
3 Wha amous Lain saying means ldquoCarhage mus be desroyedrdquo
Carhāgō dēlenda es
4 Who is he auhor o ha saying
Cao he ElderCao he Censor
5 When was Carha ge said o have been desroyed
146 983138983139983141 a he end o he hird Punic war
NB Aler sudens ha he answers o hese comprehension quesions will be ound on p xxxiv
Sandards21 31
R1
TEACHING TIP Ask sudens he English equivalen o cou nries s uch as Briannia and Germānia and he Englishequivalen o he ciies Neāpolis and Ahēnae
Sandard31
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 3854
xxxii bull Latin for the New Millennium
equivalen o he ciies Neāpolis and Ahēnae
A full size r eproducible version of h is page wihou he answe rs can be downloaded a wwwlnm bolchazycom
HOW TO USE THIS BOOK Answers o rep roducible aciviies w ill be gi ven in a larger size bel ow or he eacherrsquos convenience
ANSWERS TO MAP WORK 991251 PAGES XXXII991251XXXIII
1 Crēa Sicilia Corsica Sardinia Cyprus Ihaca Dēlos Brianni a
2 Vesuvius Mōns Aena Mōns Olympus Mōns Āppennīnus Mōns
3 Syria Macedonia Arica Asia
4 mare or ponus
5 Asia Eurōpa Arica
A full siz e reproducible version of his page wihou he answers can be down loaded a wwwln mbolchazycom
Te eacher may wish o have his map enlarged when reproducing i for ease of suden use in compleing his aciviy
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 3954
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull xxxiii
HOW TO USE THIS BOOK
Te answers o his aciviy can be easily seen on he wo acing pages
Te omans regarded Ennius (ca 239 169 983138983139983141) as he aher o Lain lieraure He wroe
TEACHING TIPSudens may be encouraged o find he ciy o Carhage menioned in he second paragraph on hemap on p xxxii
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 4054
xxxiv bull Latin for the New Millennium
xxxiv bull L atin for the New Millennium
Te omans regarded Ennius (ca 239ndash169 983138983139983141) as he aher o Lain lieraure He wroemany kinds o lierary works including plays His Annālēs an epic poem abou he early hisoryo ome was paricularly renowned and perhaps he primary epic read in oman schools beorehe ime o Vergil Only ragmens o his wriings remain
One o Enniusrsquo conemporaries was heamed Cao he Censor also known as Caohe Elder (234ndash149 983138983139983141) a rigidly conserva-ive oman senaor Mos o his reaise onagriculure called Dē agrī culūrā survivesI is he oldes work o Lain prose amongCaorsquos recommendaions here are ha fieldslaves be reaed similarly o beass o bur-den Cao is also remembered or his sae-men Carhāgō dēlenda es ldquoCarhage mus
be desroyedrdquo evidence or he omanear o he Carhaginians Te omansough hree wars known as he Punic
Wars agai ns he Car haginians Te fi rsended beore Cao was born in he secondagains Hannibal Cao served wih miliarydisincion he hird ended in 146 983138983139983141 asCao had demanded wih he desruciono Carhage On his occasion he vic oriousomans were said o have plowed sal inohe Carhaginian soil
Discussions abou laer auhors and adap-aions rom heir wriings w ill be presenedchronologically in he chapers o his book
Ancien ruins a Carhage in Africa
p p
TEACHER BY THE WAY Alhough he works o Enniu s have been preserved on ly in ragmens (abou a housand lines) hehad a grea in1047298uence on subsequen poes such as Vergil Quoable quoes include
bull a es o riendship Amīcus cer us in rē incer ā cerniur (A riend in need is a riend indeed)
bull an applicaion o wisdom o lie Quī ipse sibi sapiēns prōdesse nequi nēquīquam sapi (A man who
himsel is wise bu unable o be useul o himsel is wise or nohing)bull he amous descripion o Fabius Maximus Ūnus homō nōbīs cūncandō resiui rem (One man by delaying res ored he sae or us)
bull and he line on Manius Curius Quem nēmō errō poui superāre nec aurō (Whom no one was ableo deea eiher by sword or gold)
We also have preser ved or us he exa mple o excessive all ieraion ha has g iven rise o much laugher inLain classrooms over he years Ō ie ūe aī ibi ana yranne ulisī ldquoO ius aius you yran (all voca-ive) you brough o yoursel such grea (roubles)rdquo991252ranslaed in conex which plays off he more lieral ldquo you ookacquired or yoursel such grea hings rdquo
On he oher hand he composed his own epiaph in which his high eseem among omans proved o beprescien
nēmō mē lacrumīs decōre neu unera 1047298ēū
axi Cūr Voliō vivos per ōra v irum (Le no one honor me wih ears or make a uneral pyre by weeping
Why I 1047298y li ving hrough he mouhs o men)
TEACHER BY THE WAY
Pluarchrsquos Lie o Cao is a good source o snappy quoaions atribued o his saesman soldier andauhor For example while discussing he power o women he said ldquoAll oher men rule heir wives we rule al l oher men and our w ives rule us rdquo Atemping o persuade he oman people o orego adisribuion o grain he began his speech by saying ldquoI is a hard mater o argue wih he belly sincei has no earsrdquo And o a ribune who had been accused o using poison and was rying o pass a use-less bill he said ldquoI know no which is worse o drink your mixures or o enac your billsrdquo
1CHAPTER 1
HOW TO USE THIS BOOK
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 4154
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull 1
1CHAPTER
Parts of Speech Nouns Number Gender Case (Nominative and Accusative)
First Declension Nouns
MEMORĀBILE DICTŪ
SPQ Senātus Populusque ōmānusldquoTe Senae and he People o omerdquo
Tese our leters orm wha is known as an acronym one ha symbolized supreme power inancien ome
Oil paining of Romulus and Remus wih he wolf By Peer Paul Rubens (1577ndash1640)
Te grammaical and synacical opics ha will be presened in each chaper o his book are lised a he opo he chaper ile page
HOW TO USE THIS BOOK
Te illusraion on each chaperrsquos ile page presens a visual inroducion o he Lain reading passage ha willollow eachers may choose o discuss he illusraion in order o provide he conex or he reading he su-dens will encouner on he nex page
HOW TO USE THIS BOOK
On each chaper ile page he phrase Memorābile Dictū (ldquoA memorable hing o say rdquo) will be ou nd Below here will be a amous phrase quoa ion abbreviaion or moto in L ain ha w ill connec hese words o he opicsin he chaper
MEMORĀBILE DICTŪ VOCABULARY
populus populī m ndash people
-que ndash and
senāus senāūs m ndash senae
TEACHING TIP
ubens pained his picure o omulus and emus rom 1615ndash1616 during wha is called he Ba-roque period o ar Te man approaching rom he rear is Fausulus Te reclining figure is he god
o he river iber
HOW TO USE THIS BOOK AND ITS ANCILLARIESwo ancillaries are available or use wih his book Te Original Dysunctional Family (abbreviaed ODF)and From Romulus to Romulus Augustulus (abbreviaed R) R will be paricularly useul in order ohelp sudens keep he ime periods o he auhors and o he evens he auhors wroe abou sraigh in heirmind Chaper ile pages wil l include when appropriae a noaion abou wha chaper o R he eachermay wish o assign
Standards11 21
R 2and 3
READING
TRANSLATION OF LATIN PASSAGEomulus and emus
Mars is a god Mars loves hea Silvia And so hea Silvia has wo sons omulus and emus Amulius locks uph Sil i A li l d i h A h l lk h T h l
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 4254
2 bull Latin for the New Millennium
2 bull Latin for the New Millennium
READINGTis sory describes how ome was said o have been ounded in 753 983138983139983141 King Numior o AlbaLonga was overhrown by his cruel and ambiious broher Amulius who no only seized hehrone bu so eared ha one o Numiorrsquos male descendans migh have a legiimae claim oni ha he made Amuliusrsquo daug her hea Silvia a priesess o he goddess Vesa Tese priesesses
were no allowed o marry during heir childbearing years
RŌMULUS ET REMUS
1 Mārs es deus Mārs hēam Silviam ama Iaque hēa Silvia duōs
īliōs habe ōmulum e emum Amūlius hēam Silviam vinculīs
claudi Amūlius ōmulum e emum in aquam pōni Lupa ad aquamambula Lupa ōmulum e emum bene cūra e ama ōmulus e
5 emus crēscun Poseā ōmulus e emus ōmam aedifican
Famous bronze saue of he she-wolf and he wins
hea Silvia Amulius pus omulus and emus ino he waer A she-wol walks o he waer Te she-wol caresor (akes good care o) omulus and emus well and loves (hem) omulus and emus grow up Aferwards(laer) omulus and emus build ome
HOW TO USE THIS BOOK Above each La in reading pa ssage inorm aion is presened in Engl ish Tis pre -reading provides back groundinormaion abou he auhor and esablishes he conex o he passage he sudens will read
TEACHER BY THE WAY
Te eacher may wish o inroduce he class o he radiional abbreviaions o 983137983140 (which sandsor he Lain phrase Annō Dominī ldquoi n he year o our Lordrdquo) and 983138983139 (which sands or he Engl ishphrase ldquoBeore Chrisrdquo) Tese older abbreviaions coninue o be used bu his book employs heabbreviaions 983138983139983141 (Beore he Common Era) and 983139983141 (Common Era)
TEACHING TIPInsruc he sudens o locae Alba Longa on he map on pp xxxiindashxxxiii
TEACHER BY THE WAYTough he wins were added o he sculpure in he enaissance he she-wol has srong links wihEruscan myhology and shows characerisics o Eruscan sculpure
TEACHING TIP
Te eacher may wish o encourage he sudens o design an abbreviaed amily ree o omulusand emus
Standards11 22
Jupier Juno King Num ior o Alba Longa
Mars hea Silvia
omulus emus
READING VOCABULARY
HOW TO USE THIS BOOKTe English pronoun subjec o a verb is no lised in he eading Vocabulary i he pronoun is no needed inhe ranslaion
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 4354
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull 3
Chapter 1 bull 3
READING VOCABULARYad aquam ndash o he waer
aedifican ndash build
ama ndash loves
ambula ndash walks
Amūlius ndash Amul ius
aquam ndash waer
bene ndash well
claudi ndash locks up
crēscun ndash grow up
cūra ndash akes care o cares or
deus ndash god
duōs ndash woes ndash is
e ndash and
īliōs ndash sons
habe ndash has
in aquam ndash ino he waer
iaque ndash and so
lupa ndash she-wol
Mārs ndash Mars he god o war
pōni ndash pus
poseā ndash aferwards laer
emum ndash emus
emus ndash emus
hēa Silvia ndash hea Silvia
hēam Silviam ndash hea Silvia
ōmam ndash ome
ōmulum ndash omulus
ōmulus ndash omulus vinculīs ndash w ih chains
Words marked wih an aserisk will need o bememorized laer in he chaper
COMPREHENSION QUESTIONS1 Whose sons are omulus and emus
2 Wha did Amulius do
3 Who saved he lie o omulus and emus
4 Wha did omulus and emus do
HOW TO USE THIS BOOK
Te sudens should not be expeced o lea rn he words under he ile eading Vocabulary whenever his ileoccurs in he book Insead insruc sudens o learn he vocabulary words lised under he ile Vocabularyto Learn ha will be ound laer in each chaper In more advanced Lain exs usually here are vocabularyand noes o help he sudens when reading a passage Tis eading Vocabulary will help prepare sudens orlaer more advanced classes
ANSWERS TO COMPREHENSION QUESTIONS
1 Tey are he sons o Mars and hea Silvia2 He locked up hea Silvia
3 A she-wol
4 Tey buil he ciy o ome
TEACHING TIP
Whi le English deriva ives rom he sar red words (ie he Vocabulary o L earn) are he opic o Ex-ercise 2 laer in his chaper here are some ineresing derivaives rom he non-sarred words andsome o hese show how words change hrough he years Te eacher may choose o discuss hesederivaives wih he sudens
bull aedi1047297cant (aedi1047297cō) ndash ediy edificaion edifice
Tis Lain word is buil rom wo Lain words aciō (o do make) and aedēs (house emple) Te
English derivaives reain his religious connecion or hey mean ldquoo build up he aih moraliy o in-sruc especially morallyrdquo Te word ldquoedificerdquo is always used or an imposing srucure such as a ldquoemplerdquoor aedēs
bull claudit (claudō) ndash close conclusion enclosure sluice
A ldquocloserdquo is a small shu-in space and some people i locked in one suffer rom ldquoclausrophobiardquo acompound derivaive parly rom Lain (o close confine) and parly rom he Greek (ear) hence ldquoa earo closed spacesrdquo
Te word ldquosluicerdquo does no look like a derivaive o claudō bu i has undergone cha nges as i ca meino English via middle English and old French (sclus) rom he Lain exclūdō which means ldquoo shu ourdquo Asluice has a gae a he op o he channel o shu off he 1047298ow o waer as necessary
bull crēscunt (crēscō) ndash crescen accrue recrui crew
Te word ldquocrewrdquo in middle English mean ldquoreinorcemenrdquo so a body o soldiers grew Te word ldquore-
cruirdquo has he same basic idea ecruis increase he size o he army (rom he Lain recrēscō meaning ldquoogrow againrdquo)
bull deus ndash deiy deiy
bull duōs ndash double dozen due duplicae
Te word ldquodozenrdquo is a compound rom he Lain word or ldquowordquo and he German word or ldquoenrdquo (zehn)
bull habet (habeō) ndash habi abiliy prohibiive
Onersquos abiliy depends on he alens and skil ls one has
bull pōnit ( pōnō) ndash depo imposiion preposiion
A depo origina lly was a place where supplies were pu or sorage
LANGUAGE FACT I
HOW TO USE THIS BOOKTe Language Facs secion o each chaper will conain boh grammaical (morphological) and synacicalinormaion ie inormaion boh abou he orms o he words and he srucure o he senence
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 4454
4 bull Latin for the New Millennium
4 bull Latin for the New Millennium
LANGUAGE FACT I
PARTS OF SPEECHTe parts o speech used in a Lain senence deermine is meaning jus as in English While henoun and he verb are he wo mos imporan oher common pars o speech are lised below
Noun a person place hing idea acion or qual iy Examples ldquoomulusrdquo ldquoriverrdquo ldquocouragerdquo
Pronoun a word ha sands in place o a noun ha has been previously menioned or is clearrom conex Examples ldquoIrdquo ldquosherdquo ldquohimrdquo ldquoirdquo
Adjecive a word ha limis or defines a noun or a pronoun Examples ldquolitlerdquo ldquosrongrdquo
Adverb a word ha lim is or defines verbs adjecives or (oher) adverbs Examples ldquoveryrdquoldquoquielyrdquo
Verb a word ha describes an acion or sae o being Examples ldquogordquo ldquosayrdquo ldquowasrdquo
Preposiion a word ha begins a preposiional phrase such as ldquoinrdquo ldquoordquo ldquoonrdquo ldquoorrdquo ldquobyrdquoldquowihrdquo A preposiional phrase is a preposiion joined o a noun Examples ldquoin he morningrdquoldquowih a sharp pencilrdquo
Conjuncion a word ha connecs words phrases clauses a nd senences Examples ldquoandrdquoldquoburdquo ldquoalhoughrdquo
Inerjecion a word ha expresses emoion Examples ldquowowrdquo
EXERCISE 1eview he meanings and ideniy he pars o speech o he ollowing words Te eading
Vocabulary may be consu led
1 īliōs 6 e2 bene 7 lupa3 aedifican 8 claudi
4 ad 9 ōmam5 ambula 10 ama
EXERCISE 1 ANSWERS
1 noun
2 adverb
3 verb
4 preposiion
5 verb
6 conjuncion
7 noun8 verb
9 noun
10 verb
TEACHING TIP
Te eacher may wish o ask he sudens in Lain wha par o speech a given word is Te eacher would say ldquoQuae pars ōrātiōnis estrdquo Suden responses would be
bull nōmen substantīvumsubstantīvum ndash noun
bull prōnōmen ndash pronoun
bull nōmen adiectīvumadiectīvum ndash adjecive
bull verbum temporāle ndash verb
bull adverbium ndash adverb
bull praepositiō ndash preposiion
bull coniūnctiō ndash conjuncion
bull interiectiō ndash inerjecion
Standards11 41
Standards11 41
WorkbookExercise 1
VOCABULARY TO LEARN
TEACHING TIPSince his is he firs se o Lain words ha your sudens will be required o memorize i is usuallya good idea o sugges and discuss wih hem some differen ways o memorize vocabulary Somesel help opions are lised below
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 4554
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull 5
NOUNSagricola agricolae m ndash armer
aqua aquae ndash waer
āhlēa āhlēae m ndash ahlee
īlia īliae ndash daugher
lupa lupae ndash she-wol
naua nauae m ndash sailor
poēa poēae m ndash poe
puella puellae ndash girl
ōma ōmae ndash ome
erra errae ndash land
VERBSama ndash heshei loves
ambula ndash heshei walks
cūra ndash heshei akes care o cares or
es ndash heshei is
ADVERBS bene ndash well
poseā ndash aferwards
CONJUNCTIONSe ndash and
iaque ndash and so
Aqueducs carr ied waer (aqua) o he ciies in he Roman world Tis aqueduc buil in 19 983138983139983141 which srechedacross he Gard River was named he Pon du Gard and brough waer o he ciy of Nicircmes in France in ancien imes
Chapter 1 bull 5
sel-help opions are lised below
1 Look a he word in he book and say he word aloud
2 Wrie down he word on a piece o paper along wih is meaning and check o be sure here are no spell-ing errors Color-coding he words by pars o speech is also helpul Pronounce he word while wriing idown and hen repea he word including he meaning and spelling
3 Make handwriten 1047298ashcards wih he Lain on one side and English on he oher and be sure here are nospelling errors Color-coding is a good sraegy here also Wriing he word ou helps some sudens ce-men he word in he brain Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers has creaed an elecronic vocabulary resourceor hose sudens or whom echnological learning ools are an aid Tese vocabulary 1047298ashcards are orhe iPod See p 93 or more inormaion on iPod 1047298ashcards
4 Use English derivaives o help remember meanings Bu be careul since some derivaives may havemeanings grealy changed rom he original Lain word
5 Find clipar picures ha illusrae he vocabulary words and use he picures as a way o es yoursel onhe Lain words
TEACHER BY THE WAYTe eacher may wish o open a discussion abou aqueducs and he waer supply or ancien omans while l ooking a he picu re o he Pon du Gard on his page For a hisory o aqueducs and heirconsrucion Froninusrsquo book Dē aquīs urbis Rōmae is an excellen source Te book was writenabou 97 983139983141 when he was Superinenden o Aqueducs Oher aqueducs include he ollowing
bull Te double high aqueduc in Segovia Spainbull Te Aqua Appia buil in 312 983138983139983141
bull Te Aqua rāiāna
bull Te aqueduc buil by Alex ander Severus in 226 983139983141
bull Te Aqua Claudia
bull Te Aqua Marcia wh ich wa s probably named a fer A ncus Marcius who was he fi rs K ing oome by radiional accouns o build an aqueduc o bring waer o ome
NB Te word ldquo Aquardquo when capialized means ldquoaqueducrdquo
Eleven aqueducs urnished 250000 gallons o waer o ome every weny-our hours
BY THE WAY
E h u gi n in h b l r h rm T nd rm i h g nii
HOW TO USE THIS BOOK Ēn is a word ha calls atenion o somehing and means ldquoLook a hisrdquo Te inormaion given here draws a-enion o and urher specifies differen language acs
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 4654
6 bull Latin for the New Millennium
6 bull Latin for the New Millennium
Each noun given in he vocabulary has wo orms Te second orm is he geniivesingular
A derivative is an English word rooed in a Lain word Te English derivaive issimilar in meaning and orm o is Lain source
STUDY TIP
An English derivaive ofen can help you remember wha a Lain word means
EXERCISE 2Find he English derivaives based on he Vocabulary o Learn in he ollowing senences Wriehe corresponding Lain word
1 She shows a considerable filial respec oward her aher
2 Agriculu re is a science o culivaing he land
3 Te ship is equipped wih all he necessary nauical insrumens
4 We saw all kinds o fish in he aquarium
5 Tis is an all-errain vehicle
6 When will he ahleic compeiion sar
7 She has a ruly poeic naure
LANGUAGE FACT II
NOUNS NUMBER GENDER CASE 983080NOMINATIVE AND
ACCUSATIVE983081Nouns in Lain show number gender and case
Number Lain nouns are eiher singular or plural in number Number is shown in differen ways by differen ypes o nouns bu some ending-paterns are or singular orms and oherending-paterns are or plural orms
Gender Every noun likewise is eiher masculine eminine or neuer in gender You muslearn he gender o each noun In he Vocabulary o Learn l iss he gender is indicaed by hecommon abbreviaionsm (masculi ne) f (eminine) or n (neuer)
Case Lain nouns mus have an ending-patern ha displays case Tis is quie differen romEnglish in which case is indicaed by word posiion and no by endings (alhough case markersare preserved in cerain pronouns such as ldquoherdquo and ldquohimrdquo) A nounrsquos case reveals wha uncionhe noun has in he senence Tere are five common cases nominaive geniive daive accu-saive and ablaive wo less requenly used cases are called he vocaive and he locaive
HOW TO USE THIS BOOKStudy Tips give hins rhymes and mnemonics o help sudens learn grammar and vocabulary
EXERCISE 2 ANSWERS1 filial īlia
2 agriculure agricola
3 nauical naua
4 aquarium aqua
5 errain erra
6 ahleic āhlēa
7 poeic poēa
TEACHING TIPExplain o he sudens ha in English he words ldquoardquo ldquoanrdquo or ldquoherdquo are usually placed beore a nounand Lain does no have an equivalen or hese words known as aricles
eachers may need o sress he absence o he aricle many imes beore sudens compleely ine-grae his knowledge ino heir reading habis in Lain class
TEACHING TIPLain like many oher languages does no always observe biological gender Ofen he gender o a
Lain noun is deermined by grammaical acors such as he group o which a noun belongs
TEACHING TIP
Alhough in Exercise 2 he sudens are direced o find only he derivaives based on he Vocabular yo Learn hey may be ineresed o learn ha here are oher derivaives in Exercise 2 Te derivaiono hese words is provided or he eacherrsquos convenience
bull 1 consider - rom sīdus (sar) + cum (wih ogeher) and rom cōnsīderō (o examine consider)respec - rom respectō (look back a have regard or)
bull 2 science - rom scientia (knowledge) and sciō (o know) culivaing - rom colō (ill inhabi worship)
bull 3 necessary - rom necesse (necessary) insrumens - rom īnstruō (o equip build provide)
and rom īnstrumentum (equipmen ool ec)bull 5 vehicle - rom he Lain verb vehō (o carry)
bull 6 compeiion - rom petō (o seek aim a atack ec) + cum (wih oge her)
bull 7 naure - rom nātūra (naure)
Standard41
Standards11 31 41
STUDY TIP
An easy way o remember he names ohe five common cases iso use his mnemonic
TEACHING TIPSudens may no know wha he word ldquomnemonicrdquo means explain ha a mnemonic device is some-hing ha helps a suden o remember somehing Te eacher may also wish o use his opporu-niy o bring up Mnemosyne he goddess o memory and he moher o he Muses
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 4754
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull 7
Chapter 1 bull 7
An easy way o remember he names o he five common cases is o use his mnemonicdevice
Never NominaiveGive GeniiveDogs Daive A ny A ccusaive A buse A blaive
Nominative Te nominaive case idenifies he subjec Te subjec is a noun or a pronounha perorms he acion or exiss in a sae o being In he senence ldquoWilliam is readingrdquohe word ldquoWilliamrdquo is he subjec
Example Mārs amat Mars loves
Te noun subjec o he verb ldquoloverdquo is he god Mars
Find more examples o nominaives and heir verbs rom he reading passage a he begin-ning o he chaper
Te nominaive case also idenifies he predicae nominaive In he senence ldquoWilliam isa sudenrdquo he predicae nominaive is ldquoa sudenrdquo A predicae nominaive complees hemeaning o he verb ldquoo berdquo Look a his exa mple rom he reading
Example Mārs est deus Mars is a god
Mārs is he subjec and deus is a predicae nominaive
Accusative Te ourh case lised is called he accusaive he geniive daive and ablaivecases will be discussed in laer chapers Te accusaive case poins ou he noun (or pro-noun) ha is he direc objec emember direc objecs receive he acion o he verb Inhe senence ldquoI am wriing a leterrdquo he direc objec is ldquoa leterrdquo
Example Mārs Rhēam Silviam amat Mars loves hea Silvia
Te direc objec o ldquoloverdquo is he noun Rhēam Silviam
Find more examples o accusaives and heir verbs rom he reading passage a he beginningo he chaper
niy o bring up Mnemosyne he goddess o memory and he moher o he Muses
Answers to ldquoFind more examples of nominatives a nd their verbs from the reading passage at the begin-ning of the chapterrdquo
hēa Silvia habe
Amūl ius claudi
Amūl ius pōni
Lupa ambula
Lupa cūra e amaōmulus e emus crēscun
ōmulus e emus aedifican
Answers to ldquoFind more examples of accusatives and their verbs from the reading passage at the beg in-ning of the chapterrdquo
duōs īliōs habe ōmulum e emum
hēam Silviam claudi
ōmulum e emum pōni
ōmulum e emum bene cūra e ama
ōmam aedifican
TEACHING TIPSudens may encouner diffi culy when r ying o ransl ae Lain names used in cases o her han henominaive Te eacher a some poin will need o explain (and repea whenever necessary) ha when ransla ing a La in name he suden should al ways use he nominaive o rm o he word Onp 7 sudens are asked o find examples o accusaives and heir verbs in he reading passage Teanswers lised above provide an opporuniy o pracice wih his issue emind sudens o rans-lae duōs īliōs habet Rōmulum et Remum as ldquohe has wo sons omulus and emusrdquo Te oher ouranswers may be used as pracice wih he sudens
EXERCISE 3a Ideniy wheher he nouns in bold in hese senences are subjecs direc objecs or predi
TEACHER BY THE WAYIn conjuncion wih he picure and is capion he eacher may wish o menion ha he amil-ilar acronym o SPQ is sill in use and visible hroughou modern ome991252on liter bins sewercovers ec
Standards11 41
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 4854
8 bull Latin for the New Millennium
8 bull Latin for the New Millennium
a Ideniy wheher he nouns in bold in hese senences are subjecs direc objecs or predi-cae nominaives Te eading Vocabulary may be consuled
b Label each senence as vērum (rue) i i agrees or alsum (alse) i i disagrees wih he Lainreading passage a he beginni ng o he chaper
Example Amūlius es deusPredicae nominaive alsum
1 hēa Silvia ōmulum e emum cūra
2 Amūlius ōmulum e emum bene cūra
3 Amūlius lupam vinculīs claudi
4 Mārs ōmulum e emum in aquam pōni
5 Lupa hēam Silviam cūra
6 Amūlius ad aquam ambula
Te power of he ciy of Rome founded according o legend by Romulus is symbolized by hese four leters ha areprominenly displayed in various places wihin he ciy
EXERCISE 3 ANSWERS
1 subjec vērum
2 direc objecs alsum
3 direc objec alsum
4 subjec alsum
5 direc objec alsum
6 subjec vērum
WorkbookExercise 2 A full si ze reproduc ible version of th is page
without the a nswers ca n be downloade d at wwwlnm bolchazyco m
HOW TO USE THIS BOOK
Noun Declensions Te eacher may choose Lain nouns rom he declension ha is being sudied a he imehis workshee is used Tus no answers are provided here
LANGUAGE FACT III
TEACHING TIP Ask he sudens wha he Lain words seleced rom he reading and lised near he op o p 9 mean
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 4954
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull 9
Chapter 1 bull 9
FIRST DECLENSION NOUNS A declension is a g roup o nouns ha show a cerain patern o word endings Tere are five differ-en declensions in Lain In he reading abou omulus and emus hese are he orms belongingo he firs declension
hēam Silviam hēa Silvia aquam lupa ōmam
Noice ha he ex says Rhēa Silvia when she is he subjec and Rhēam Silviam when she is hedirec objec
Te firs declension is composed o words ha characerisically have he vowel a a or near heend o he word lupa
Below is he patern ha firs declension nouns ollow o show case and number Memorize heLain words in order rom he nominaive singular down o he ablaive singular and hen romhe nominaive plural down o he ablaive plural
emember ha he endings or a whole group o nouns ollow his patern Once you learn hi spatern you can recognize he case a nd number o all he words belonging o hi s declension
In his chaper you have begun o learn abou he nominaive and accusai ve cases Te ohercases will be explained in laer chapers
First DeclensionSingular Plural
Nomina ive l upa he she-wol Nominaive lupae he she-wolves
Geniive lupae o he she-wol Geniive lupārum o he she-wolves
Daive lupae oor he she-wol Daive lupīs oor he she-wolves
Accusaive lupam he she-wol Accusaive lupās he she-wolves
Ablaive lupā bywih he she-wol Ablaive lupīs bywih he she-wolves
Daive and ablaive plural o he words īlia ldquodaugherrdquo and dea ldquogoddessrdquo is fīliābus anddeābusTis is o di singuish hese orms rom he corresponding orms o īlius ldquosonrdquo and deus ldquogodrdquo
STUDY TIP
Noice ha he ablaive singular ending -ā has a long mark (macron) above i his ishe only difference beween he nominaive and ablaive singular endings
TEACHING TIP
Afer he firs declension has been presened o he sudens encourage hem depending on heirlearning syle o say he declension aloud o wrie down he words o inven a rap or a cheer
TEACHER BY THE WAY
Te patern is called a declension because he oher cases lean away ( dēclīnāre) rom he nominaiveie hey do no ollow he same orm as he nominaive
ORAL EXERCISE 1Tis exercise may be used afer the 1047297rst declension has been presented
Whi le looking a he declension o lupa ask he sudens o decli ne nauta
Singular PluralNominaive naua nauaeGeniive nauae nauārumDaive nauae nauīs Accusaive nauam nauās Ablaive nauā nauīs
Standards11 31 41
OralExercise 1
WorkbookExercise 3
STUDY TIP
Noice ha he daive and ablaive plural endings a re idenical
EXERCISE 4 ANSWERS1 geniive daive puellār um puellī s
2 accusaive nauās
3 accusaive errās
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 5054
10 bull Latin for the New Millennium
10 bull Latin for the New Millennium
Here are more words belonging o he fi rs declension
puella ndash girl īlia ndash daugher terra ndash land
Mos firs declension words are eminine i n gender bu a ew (usually ones ha indicae mas-culine occupaions in ancien imes) are masculine Examples are poēta ldquopoerdquoagricola ldquoarmerrdquonauta ldquosailorrdquo āthlēta ldquoahleerdquo
EXERCISE 4Ideniy he case o each singular noun Ten change each orm ino plural For some more han
one answer is possibleExample īlianominaive īliae
1 puellae 5 aquae2 nauam 6 puellā3 erram 7 āhlēā4 a gr ic ol a
Like he Greek wreslers porrayed on his ancien bas-reliefRoman ahlees were also fond of he spor of wresling
4 nominaive agricolae
5 geniive daive aquārum aquīs
6 ablaive puellīs
7 ablaive āhlēīs
TEACHING TIP
Since wreslers are depiced on he illusraion on his page he eacher may wish o open a discus-
sion abou he omansrsquo and Greeksrsquo ondness or wresling which was ofen praciced in a complexcalled he palaestra
oman boys were expeced o serve in he m iliary Tus hey were firs rained by heir ahers in wreslingand boxing Srengh and agiliy were sressed raher han grace o movemen as in Greek spors Te woprincipal syles uilized by he Greek were uprigh wresling in which hree alls o your opponen o heground were necessary o deea him and ground wresling which required he opponen o give up in ordero end he mach In he palaes tra here was an area or he young people o pracice wresling or boxing wih apunching bag (cōrycus) Examples o monumenal oman bahs wih a palaest ra are ound a he Bahs o Ca-racalla in ome he Harbor Bahs a Ephesus in urkey and he Bahs in Varna Bulgaria he larges anciensrucure in ha counry
Wresling was also one o he spor evens a he Olympic games ha he omans ofen atended Greco-oman wresling is also one o he evens eaured in he summer Olympic games in modern imes
TEACHING TIPTe eacher migh wan o have sudens read an English ranslaion o Book 23 o he Iliad in which Ajax a nd Odysseus compee in a wre sling m ach and Book 5 o he Aeneid or a descripion o hespors ha he omans played and compare he atiude o he compeiors in each epic Boh evens were par o he uneral games he ormer in honor o Paroclu s riend and atendan o Achil lesand he later in honor o Anchises aher o Aeneas Tis migh lead o urher discussion on henaure o modern wresling
Standards11 41
EXERCISE 5Ideniy he case o each plural noun Ten change each orm ino he singular For some more
TEACHING TIPSudens may wonder why he geniive singular w ihou is ending mus be used o find he base whenhe nominaive singular wihou is ending works jus as well Explain ha in oher noun declensionshe nominaive will no always provide he same base or have he same spelling as he geniive
Standards11 41
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 5154
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull 11
Chapter 1 bull 11
han one answer is possible
Example puellāsaccusaive puellam
1 īliae 5 aquīs2 errīs 6 poēārum3 nauārum 7 agricolae4 l upa e
BY THE WAY
In all declensions endings are added o he base o a noun I is imporan o know hahe base o a noun is ound by removing he ending rom is geniive si ngular orm Forexample he geniive singular o puella is puellae I you remove he -ae rom puellae
wha remains is he base o he word namely puell- For his reason learning he geni-ive singular is as imporan as knowing he nominaive singular o he noun
STUDY TIP
Always learn he geniive ogeher wih he nominaive because rom he geniive you will know o which declension a word belongs
A wall paining depic ing a Roman farmer (agricola) wih his sheep
EXERCISE 5 ANSWERS
1 nominaive īl ia
2 daive ablaive errae errā
3 geniive nauae
4 nominaive lupa
5 daive ablaive aquae aquā
6 geniive poēae7 nominaive agricola
HOW TO USE THIS BOOKIn his book he word ldquobaserdquo is used o reer o he noun wihou any ending ldquoStemrdquo is used or he par o he verb wihou any ending ldquoootrdquo is used or he Lain par o a derivaive
ORAL EXERCISE 2Tis exercise may be used afer Exercise 5
Use one o he ollowing classroom presenaion opions (hereafer reerred o as CPO) (blackgreenwhiesmar board overhead or LCD projecor PowerPoinreg presenaion ec) o pu his inormaion on view
quis ldquowhordquo (or he subjec) and quem ldquowhomrdquo (or he direc objec)
Ten ask he suden o answer he ollowing quesions abou he chaper reading eiher orally or in wri-
en orm
1 Teacher Quis es Mārs Student Mārs es deus
2 Teacher Quem ama Mārs Student hēam Silviam Mārs ama
3 Teacher Quis ama hēam Silviam Student Mārs ama hēam Silviam
4 Teacher Quem habe hēa Silvia Student hēa Silvia duōs īliōs ōmulum eemum habe
5 Teacher Quis claudi hēam Silviam Student Amūlius claudi hēam Silviam
6 Teacher Quem claudi Amūlius Student hēam Silviam Amūlius claudi
7 Teacher Quis ōmulum e emum in aquampōni
Student Amūlius ōmulum e emum in aquampōni
8 Teacher Quem Amūlius in aquam pōni Student Amūlius ōmulum e emum in aquampōni
9 Teacher Quis ambula ad aquam Student Lupa ambula ad aquam
10 Teacher Quis ōmulum e emum bene cūra Student Lupa ōmulum e emum bene cūra
11 Teacher Quōs lupa bene cūra Student Lupa ōmulum e emum bene cūra
12 Teacher Quis ōmulum e emum a ma Student Lupa ōmulum e emum ama
13 Teacher Quōs lupa ama Student Lupa ōmulum e emum ama
OralExercise 2
WorkbookExercise
4 5
EXERCISE 6ranslae rom Lain ino English and rom English ino Lain Te mos common Lain word
d
TEACHER BY THE WAYTe eacher may menion ha he mos common word order (subjec ndash direc objec ndash verb) can o-en be changed For example i he verb is o be emphasized i will ake firs posiion I he subjecor he direc objec is o be emphasized i will ake he las posiion which is he mos emphaic oneIn general he more unusual he wordrsquos posiion is he more emphasis is placed on his word
Standards11 41
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 5254
12 bull Latin for the New Millennium
12 bull Latin for the New Millennium
order is
subjec ndash direc objec ndash verb
1 Agricola erram ama
2 Te ahlee loves waer
3 Naua īlia m ama
4 Te poe loves ome
5 Agricola erram cūra
6 Te she-wol cares or (is aking care o) he girl
BY THE WAY
Even hough he mos common word order is subjec ndash di rec objec ndash verb rememberha endings991252no word order991252deermine which word is he subjec and which i s hedirec objec
TALKING When we mee one person we gree herhim wih salvē When we mee wo or more people wegree hem wih salvēte When we bid goodbye o one person we sayvalē When we bid goodbyeo wo or more people we say valēte
Here are various ways o ask ldquohow are yourdquo or ldquohow are you doingrdquo
Quōmodo valēs or Quōmodo tē habēs or Quid agis ldquoHow are yourdquo
Here is a range o possible answers
bene ldquowellrdquo pessimē ldquovery badrdquo optimē ldquogreardquo melius ldquobeterrdquo mediocriter ldquoso-sordquo or ldquono oo badrdquo meliusculē ldquoa litle beterrdquo male ldquobadrdquo
In general he more unusual he word s posiion is he more emphasis is placed on his word
EXERCISE 6 ANSWERS
1 Te armer loves he land
2 Āhlēa aquam ama
3 Te sailor loves (his) daugher
4 Poēa ōmam ama
5 Te armer cares or (is aking care o) he land6 Lupa puellam cūra
TEACHING TIP
Te eacher may sar he class in Lain by saying Salvēte discipulī et discipulae and by eaching hesudens o say in reurn Salvē magister (magistra)
ORAL EXERCISE 3Tis exercise may be used anytime afer the students have learned the use o the accusative case or afer Exercise 6
Use one o he CPOrsquos o pu on display he orms amō and cūrō and explai n ha hey a re in he fir s personsingular and how his differs rom he hird person singular learned in his chaper Ask individual sudens omake senences wih hem using he words hey have learned
Ten ell he sudens ha nōn means ldquonordquo and ask hem o make si milar senences wih nōn amō and nōn cūrō
Examples(nōn) amō erram īliam aquam lupam āhlēam(nōn) cūrō erram īliam puellam
WorkbookExercise 6
ContentQuestions
OralExercise 3
Standards12 21 41
42
SAYING HELLOMarīa Helena e Chrisīna sun (are) discipulae (students)
TEACHING TIPHave sudens read he dialogue aloud Tis will help o build heir pronunciaion skills
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 5354
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull 13
Chapter 1 bull 13
Marīa Salvēe Helena e Chrisīna
Christīna Salvē Marīa
Helena Salvē Marīa
Marīa Quōmodo valēs Helena Quōmodo valēs Chrisīna
Helena et Christīna Bene Quōmodo ū ( you) valēs Marīa
Marīa Pessimē
Helena et Christīna Cūr (Why)
Marīa imeō linguam Laīnam ( I ear the Latin language)Helena Ego ( I ) linguam Laīnam amō
Christīna E ego linguam Laīnam amō
ORAL EXERCISE 4
Tis exercise may be used afer he Lain dialogue has been presened
Insruc he sudens o say ldquohellordquo in Lain o he suden nex o hem Divide he class ino wo pars ellone par o gree he oher par using he plural greeing and vice versa Do he same ype o aciviy whensaying ldquogoodbyerdquo You may wish o make greeing he class in Lain a nd saying ldquogoodbyerdquo in Lain a par oa daily rouine
Divide he sudens ino pairs in which one person will ask how hisher parner is in Lain and he oher
wil l answer
ORAL EXERCISE 5
Tis exercise may be used afer he Lain dialogue has been presened
ell he sudens ha he paricle ndashne is added o he firs syllable o a word ha inroduces a quesion Ten askhe ollowing quesions abou he dialogue beween Mary Helen and Chrisy Individual sudens may answerorally or he enire class may wrie he answers as he eacher asks hem orally Te eacher should explain hahe orm valēs in he greeing Quōmodo valēs is in he second person which means ldquoyourdquo Te hird person orm(reerring o ldquoherrdquo ldquohimrdquo or ldquoirdquo) is valet So he phrase ldquoHow is she doingrdquo would be Quōmodo valet Te hirdperson o amō is amat and he hird person o timeō is timet
1 Teacher Quōmodo Chrisīna vale Student(s) Chrisīna bene vale
2 Teacher Quōmodo Marīa vale Student(s) Marīa pessimē vale
3 Teacher Cūr (why) Marīa pessimē vale Student(s) Marīa ime linguam Lainam4 Teacher Amane l inguam L aīnam Helena Student(s) Helena linguam Laīnam ama
5 Teacher Linguamne Laīnam ama Chrisīna Student(s) Chrisīna linguam Laīnam ama
ORAL EXERCISE 6 AND DICTATIONTis combined exercise may be used to conclude the chapter or at any time afer the students have learned the accusa-tive case and chapter vocabulary
Dicae he ollowing senences o he sudens Ten ask hem o make he ollowing changes eiher orally orin writen orm a he discreion o he eacher
1 Teacher Agricol a erram ama (change he direc objec ino plura l)Student Agricola errās ama
2 Teacher Lupa puellam cūra (change he direc objec ino plural)
Student Lupa puellās cūra3 Teacher Āhlēa puel lās ama (change he direc objec ino singu lar)
Student Āhlēa puellam ama
4 Teacher Fīlia errās ama (change he direc objec ino singular)Student Fīlia erram ama
OralExercise
4 5 6 andDictation
TEACHER NOTES
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 5454
14 bull Latin for the New Millennium
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 2354
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull xiindashxiii
PREFACELearning Lain helps you learn English and oher languages beter and perhaps even moreimporanly i offers you he linguisic key o he minds ha shaped European (and hereore
American) culure rom he ime o he omans o he modern scienific revoluion Lain washe language hese people used o express hemselves and o record heir ideas in permanen ormacross so many cenuries In his book you wil l learn abou he language by u sing i sep by sep
CHAPTER COMPONENTS
READING PASSAGES
Each chaper begins wih a eading Passage and noes on he acing page ha will help you un-dersand any linguisic elemens you have no previously seen Tese noes eaure vocabulary
words in an easy o ollow alphabeical l ising providing you he exac meaning needed o un-dersand he reading passage bu no he ull lexical enries a his poin By reading and seeinghese new elemens in heir naural conex ofen you will need no explanaion o undersandhow hey uncion because hey appear w ih words you already know Te eadi ng Passages areadaped rom auhenic works o Lain lieraure and hey are presened in chronological order
As you complee each chaper you will be raci ng he sory o Lain as a lierary language andhe sories o he auhors who used i In addiion you wi ll learn abou oman c ulure over heperiods o ime in which he eaured reading o each chaper was produced
VOCABULARY TO LEARN
Te Vocabulary o Learn repeas some words encounered in he eading Passage or each chap-
er bu in his secion he words are lised by pars o speech i nsead o alphabeically and herehe ull lexical enry is given Tese are words you will need o memorize in order o recognizeand use hem hroughou he remainder o he book In order o aid you in recognizi ng connec-ions beween Lain words and he English words derived rom or relaed o hem a derivaiveexercise ollows each Vocabulary o Learn
LANGUAGE FACTS AND EXERCISES
In he body o each chaper you will fi nd simple explanaions o he Language Facs eaured inhe chaper reading passage along wih many differen exercises ha allow you o use all he in-ormaion you are learning By doing he exercises in each chaper and in he suden workbook
you will no only be reading and wriing Lain yoursquoll be speaking i Some exercises involve oralexchanges wih he eacher and wih oher sudens Because Lain communicaes hough i isa living hing Tereore a person who gains an acive working knowledge in he language along
bull xiii bullxii bull Latin for the New Millennium
All o his said Lain or he New Millennium is suden riendly Sudy ips rhymes and mnemon-ics abound in each chaper and litle secions called ldquoBy he Wayrdquo offer addiional inormaion orhose who always wan o know more
Te uni review secions are ru ly gems Afer hree chapers a Lain review chaper providesno jus he complee lis o Vocabulary o Learn and pleniu l exercises bu ofen anoher pieceo adaped lieraure o read991252snippes o Mari al or Peronius and more
Bu his is no all A secion called ldquoConsidering he Classical Godsrdquo offers high-ineres readingsin boh Engli sh and Lain on he panheon o classical gods A noher secion eniled ldquoConnec-ing wih he Ancien Worldrdquo provides in English addiional i normaion on a paricular aspec ooman lie conained wihin he uni
Capping each review uni is a disincive essay ha e xplores oman and modern opics each writen by a universiy scholar From he Universiy o Massachusets o Sanord Universiyand many places in be ween hese proessors have conribued heir special experise on subjecmater relaed o he chapers I k now o no oher book ha does hi s
Tere are many useu l phoographs and maps appropriaely placed hroughou Te reproduc-ions o fine ar and phoographs o archaeological sies provide a visual learning experience as
well Needless o say here are appendices on g rammar and synax a nd English o Lain andLain o English glossaries wih an added secion on various motoes
Te auhors ediors consulans and pilo eachers have done a superior job o organizing his book or maximum useu lness and effeciveness Tis unique series w ill include he ollowi ngLevel 1 Suden ex Level 1 Suden Workbook Level 1 eacherrsquos Manual and Level 1 Work-
book eacherrsquos Manual Level 2 Suden ex Level 2 Suden Workbook Level 2 eacherrsquosManual and Level 2 Workbook eacherrsquos Manual Many online and elecronic resources willalso accompany his series
Lain for he New Millennium has been houghully designed or and wih he weny-firscenury suden in mind Please join me in heralding he appearance o his unique new series
ha will improve and enhance he sudy o Lain or he weny-firs cenury
P983137983157983148 P983154983151983152983141983154983162983145983151Boson Lain Academy
2008
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 2454
xivndashxv bull Latin for the New Millennium
Preface bull xv
ASPECTS OF ROMAN LIFE
Nex you will find a reading in English on an imporan aspec o oman daily lie Tis sec-ion eniled Connecing wih he Ancien World wil l presen addiional inormaion on a opicencounered in he previous c hapers
EXPLORING ROMAN AND MODERN LIFE
Following he secion on daily lie here will be a shor essay in English ha compares and con-rass some aspec o oman and American lie and illusraes a way in which Lain is a par oour lie oday Each o hese essays has been writen by a universiy scholar wih special experisein his field o sudy
MĪRĀBILE AUDĪTŪEach review chaper concludes wih a l is o Lain quoaions motoes phrases or abbreviaionsused in English Tese sayings relae o one o he uni opics
Te Lain langu age and oman culure have no only inspired wriers hroughou he ages andin1047298uenced modern lie bu have also lef heir presence in ar and archaeology In his volumereproducions o painings drawings sculpure mosaics rescoes and oher ariacs rom an-iquiy hrough he presen abound wih depicions o and reerences o he sories and lives ohe omans Likewise view s o archaeological sies remind us o wha ome and is area o in1047298u-ence was like in ancien imes Te illusraions hroughou he ex suppor he writen word in
visual orm hus offering you a vivid recollecion o he chaper conen
Each auhor o his book has writen differen secions o he exbook bu boh auhors have ben-efied hroughou he composiion o he exbook rom coninuous muual advice and suppor
MM and 2008
Visi wwwl nmbolchazycom o see he elecronic resources ha accompany Lain or he New Millennium
xiv bull Latin for the New Millennium
wih a readi ng abiliy i s more likely o progress quick ly o a deeper undersanding o he lan-guage and he enjoymen o is lieraure I you have an oral aciliy and can wrie in a language
you will no need o be reminded abou orms and grammaical rules so ofen In his book you will acquire ha acive acili y as a basic par o learning he language
CONVERSATIONAL LATIN
oward he end o each chaper here is a Lain dialogue in which a group o modern sudens arehe paricipans Tey discuss in Lain siuaions ofen encounered in our daily li ves In hesedialogues you will find a bridge beween our lives and he houghs o he ancien medieval orrenaissance auhors who wroe in Lain991252a bridge consruced o he same basic language Lain
OTHER FEATURESIn each chaper you will fi nd oher ineresing mater ha will help you learn and enjoy Lain
bull Memorābile Dictū Te firs page o each chaper eaures a amous saying labeled Memorābile Dicū (A Memorable Ting o Say) a Lain phrase so well known ha i has become an ofenrepeaed proverb or quoaion Learning each amous saying wi ll increase your u ndersand-ing no jus o Lain bu o he houghs and ideas ha were i mporan o omans and haveconinued o be an inegral par o modern lie
bull Sudy ips Each chaper conains sayings rhymes mnemonic devices verses or oher in-ormaion ha will help you remember he various hings you are learning
bull By he Way You will see his phrase repeaed hroughou every chaper When you see hislabel you will know ha addiional inormaion is being presened
REVIEW COMPONENTS A he conclusion o every se o hree chapers here is a review conaining various componens
VOCABULARY TO KNOW
Tis is a complee lis o all he Vocabulary o Learn words presened in he hree chapers ar-ranged by pars o speech
EXERCISES
Here you will see many new exercises ha will help you review and reinorce he maerial in hehree preceding chapers In he review exercise secion here is ofen an addiional reading pas-sage o help you undersand more abou Lain lieraure and is heriage oday
CLASSICAL MYTHOLOGY
Tis secion eniled Considering Classical Myhology includes passages on myhology one inEnglish and one in Lain which ell some o he principal sories abou he Greek and omangods Tese sories re1047298ec many o he main hemes seen in lieraure and ar rom classical omodern imes
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 2554
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull xvindashxvii
AUTHORSMILENA MINKOVA
MA and PhD Chrisian and Classical Philology Pon-ifical Salesian Universiy ome Ialy MA and PhDClassics Universiy o Sofia Bulgaria
Associae Proessor o Classics Universiy o KenuckyLexingon Kenucky
Milena Minkova has sudied conduced research andaugh in Bulgaria Swizerland Germany Ialy he
Vaican Ciy and he USA Minkova has auhored hree book monographs Te Personal Names o he Lain In-scripions fom Bulgaria (Peer Lang 2000) Te Proe-an Raio (Peer Lang 2001) and Inroducion o Lain
Prose Composiion (Bolchazy-Carducci 2007 reprin Wimbledon 2001) She has also published numerousaricles on Lain medieval philosophy Lain lieraureLain composiion and Lain pedagogy
TERENCE TUNBERGBA and MA Classics Universiy o Souhern Calior-nia Posgraduae researcher and docoral suden Me-
dieval Sudies Universiy o London England PhDClassical Philology Universiy o orono Canada
Proessor o Classics Universiy o Kenucky Lexing-on Kenucky
erence unberg has augh in Belgium and Canadaas well as in he USA He is a specialis in Lain com-posiion and an exper in he hi sory o he approacheso wriing Lain prose rom aniquiy o early modernimes His works include a n ediion o collecion o Me-dieval Lain speeches commenaries on Lain worksand numerous sudies o he hisory o imiaion in La-in wriing In addiion or more han a decade he hasoffered summer seminars designed o inroduce peopleo he use o spoken Lain
bull xvii bull
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 2654
EDITORS CONSULTANTSAND PILOT TEACHERS
VOLUME EDITORSElisa C DenjaEdior Bolchazy-Carducci PublishersBaker Demonsraion School EmeriaEvanson Illinois
LeaAnn A OsburnEdior Bolchazy-Carducci PublishersBarringon High School EmeriaBarringon Illinois
BOARD OF
CONSULTANTS Virginia A ndersonLain eacherIllinois Virual High SchoolBarringon Middle School EmeriaBarringon Illinois
Jill M CrookerLain eacher
Pitsord-Mendon High School EmeriaPitsord New York
Judih Peller HalletProessor o ClassicsUniversiy o MarylandCollege Park Maryland
Sherwin D Litle1ndash12 Foreign Language Program LeaderIndian Hill High SchoolCincinnai Ohio
Sherrilyn MarinChair Deparmen o Foreign LanguagesKeih Counry Day Schoolockord Illinois
Mary PendergrafProessor o Classical Languages
Wake Fores Universiy Winson-Salem Norh Carolina
John raupman
Proessor o ClassicsS Josephrsquos Universiy EmeriusPhiladelphia Pennsylvania
Cynhia Whie Associae Proessor o ClassicsUniversiy o Arizonaucson Ari zona
ose WilliamsMcMurry College Emeria
Abilene High School Emeria Abilene exas
Donna WrighLain eacherLawrence Norh and Lawrence Cenral High
Schools
Indianapolis Indiana
PILOT TEACHERS Jeremy M WalkerLain eacherCrown Poin High SchoolCrown Poin Indiana
Laneta WarrenburgLain eacherElgin High SchoolElgin Illinois
bull xix bullxviii bull Latin for the New Millennium
JOINT PUBLICATIONS BY THE AUTHORSMinkova and unberg have coauhored he ollowing books Readings and Exercises in Lain
Prose Composiion (Focus 2004) Reading Livyrsquos Rome Selecions fom Livy Books IndashVI (Bol-chazy-Carducci 2 005) Maer Anserina Poems in Lain or Children (Focus 2006) Tey are hedirecors o he Insiue or Lain Sud ies a he Universiy o Kenucky in which sudens sudyhe hisory o Lain rom ancien o modern imes and ake par in seminars in which Lai n is he
working language o all ac iviies Boh Minkova and unberg are eleced ellows o he ome- based Academia Lainiai Fovendae he primary learned sociey devoed o he preservaion andpromoion o he use o Lain
xviiindashxix bull Latin for the New Millennium
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 2754
Editors Consultants and Pilot Teachers bull xxi
SHERWIN LITTLE
BA Universiy o Cincinnai M A Universiy o Colorado
Sherwin Litle has augh Lain rom sixh g rade hrough Lain AP a Indian Hill Exemped Vil-lage School Disric since 1983 Sherwin has received an Ovaio rom CAMWS as well as heCAMWS Good eacher Award and he Hildesheim Vase Award rom he Ohio Classical Coner-ence in 1986 and 2007 Sherwin holds Naional Board Cerificaion in World Languages Oherhan English and has been boh Vice Presiden and Presiden o he American Classical Leag ue
SHERRILYN MARTIN
BA Wilson College MA PhD Universiy o Cincinnai
Sherrilyn Marin was named Illinois Lain eacher o he Year in 1993 was a recipien o heL Governorrsquos Award or Foreign Language eaching in 2001 and was named a Claes Nobeleacher o Disincion in 2 007 She is a pas presiden o he Illinois Classical Conerence and isacive in he ockord Sociey o he A rchaeological Insiue o America Sherri lyn spen a yearin independen sudy a he Universiy o Tessaloniki Greece
MARY PENDERGRAFT
AB PhD Universiy o Norh Carolina Chapel Hill
Afer eaching a UNC-Greensboro and D uke Universiy Mary Pendergraf began eachingclassics ul l-ime a Wake Fores Mary is a ormer Presiden o he Norh Carolina Classical A s-sociaion and paricipaed in he ocus group ha w roe he Norh Carolina Sandard Course oSudy or Lain
JOHN TRAUPMAN
BA Moravian College MA PhD Pr inceon Universiy
John raupman is proessor emerius rom S Josephrsquos Universiy i n Phil adelphia where heaugh or hiry-eigh years A mong his many awards John received he Disinguished eaching
Award rom S Josephrsquos Universiy in 1982 a cerificae o appreciaion rom he PennsylvaniaDeparmen o Educaion in 1990 and he Special Award rom he Classical Associaion o he
Alanic Saes in 1996 John raupman is especially well-known as he auhor oConversaional Lain and Te New College Lain and English Dicionary
CYNTHIA WHITE
BA Chesnu Hill College MA Villanova Universiy PhD Caholic Universiy o America
Cynhia Whie is he Direcor o he Undergraduae Lain Program and supervises eacherraining and Kndash12 Lain eacher Cerificaion a he Universiy o Arizona She regularlyeaches a he Isiuo Inernazionale di Sudi Classici di Orvieo he Classics Deparmenrsquos Sudy
Abroad Program in Orvi eo Ialy and has sudied i n ome wih he Papal Lai nis eg inaldFoser ODC
xx bull Latin for the New Millennium
VOLUME EDITORSELISA C DENJA
BA Marygrove College Deroi Michigan MA Columbia Universiy MA Loyola UniversiyChicago
Elisa Denja augh Lain a Norh Chicago High School and Baker Demonsraion School inEvanson Illinois or many years while concurrenly eaching classical myhology a LoyolaUniversiy o Chicago and in he g ifed-disance learning program a Norhwesern UniversiyElisa was awarded he Illinois Lain eacher o he Year award in 1992 and he Illinois Lieime
Achievemen Award in 2007
LEAANN A OSBURNBA Monmouh College Illinois MA Loyola Universiy Chicago
While eaching Lain or many years a Barringon High School in Barringon Illinois LeaA nnserved as boh vice-presiden and presiden o he Illinois Classical Conerence LeaAn n receivedhe Illinois La in eacher o he Year award in 1989 he Illinois L Governorrsquos Award in 1990and he Classical Associaion o he Middle Wes and Souh Good eacher Award in 1996
BOARD OF CONSULTANTSVIRGINIA ANDERSON
BA Loyola Universiy Chicago MA S Xavier Universiy
Virginia Anderson augh Lain or hi ry years i n privae and public hi gh schools and middleschools in he Chicagoland area In 1999 she was awarded he L Governorrsquos Award or Enhance-men o he eaching Proession and in 2003 was named Il linois Lain eacher o he Year
JILL M CROOKER
BA Universiy o Illi nois MSEd Nazareh College o ocheser New York Jill Crooker augh Lain or many years a Pitsord-Mendon High School in Pitsord New YorkShe has served as he College Board Advisor o he A P Lain es Developmen Commitee andin 1996 received he Moron E Spillenger Award or Disingui shed Leadership o he Classical
Associaion o he Empire Sae In 2003 she received he ACL Meria Award and i n 2006 a nOvaio rom he Classical A ssociaion o he Alanic Saes
JUDITH PELLER HALLETT
BA Wellesley MA PhD Harvard Universiy
In addiion o sudying a he A merican Academy in ome he Insiue o Classical Sudies inLondon and he Universiy o Maasrich in Holland Judih Hallet is a ormer presiden o heClassical Associaion o he Alanic Saes and Vice-Presiden or Oureach o he AmericanPhilological Associaion She was named a Disinguished Scholar-eacher in 1992 by he Uni-
versiy o Maryland
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull xxndashxxi
TEACHER NOTES
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 2854
xxii bull Latin for the New Millennium
xxii bull L atin for the New Millennium
ROSE WILLIAMS
BA Baylor Universiy MA Universiy o Norh Carolina Chapel Hill
In addiion o posgraduae work in Lain and Humaniies a he Universiy o Dallas and heUniversiy o exas a Arlingon on a ockeeller Gran ose Williams did research a he Bodle-ian Library Ox ord Universiy in England and a he Universiy o Pisa She augh Lain or overhiry years a boh high school and uni versiy levels in exas and now is he auhor o more hanen books abou he Classics
DONNA WRIGHT
BA MA Ball Sae Universiy
Afer eaching Lain a Carmel High School Donna Wrigh currenly eaches a boh LawrenceNorh and Lawrence Cenral High Schools in Indianapolis Indiana She has been an acivemember o he Indiana Classical Conerence being named Creaive Lain eacher o he Year in1976 She has also been acive i n he American Classical League sponsoring a JCL chaper andleading Ialy rips or nearly weny years Donna also served as an offi cer speaker and boardmember o Pompeiiana Inc
PILOT TEACHERS JEREMY M WALKER
AB Wabash College MA Indiana Universiy
Jeremy Walker has augh Lain a Crown Poin High School in Crown Poin Indiana since1995 He has served as he Co-Chair o he Indiana Junior Classical League and Membershipand Public elaions Chair o he Naional Junior Classical League In addiion o sudying inIaly a he Inercollegiae Cener or Classical Sudies and in Greece a he American School orClassical Sudies he was presiden o he Indiana Classical Conerence In 2003 Jeremy was rec-ognized as he Lain eacher o he Year in Indiana and in 2004 was recognized by he Indiana
Sae eachers Associaion as a orch o K nowledge ecipien
LANETTA WARRENBURG
BA Indiana Universiy MA Indiana Universiy-Purdue Universiy Indianapolis
Laneta Warrenburg has augh high school English and Lain or hiry-hree years a schoolsin Indiana and Illinois Her las weny-our years o eaching Lain were a Elgin High Schoolin Elgin Illinois While eaching Lain here she served as he Illinois Classical Conerencechairperson or Chicago Classics Day as co-chair or he Illinois Ceramen League since 1993and as sae chair or he Il linois Junior Classical L eague rom 1999ndash2001 Laneta was honoredas he Illi nois Lain eacher o he Year in 2001 and was presiden o he Chicago Classical Clubrom 2005ndash2007
INTRODUCTION
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 2954
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull xxiii
INTRODUCTIONALPHABETTe Lain alphabe was derived rom he Eruscan alphabe some ime beore he sevenh cen-ury 983138983139983141 Te Eruscans were a people in pre-oman Ialy
Teir alphabe owes much o he Greek alphabe In urn he Greek alphabe was derived romhe Phoenician alphabe Phoenician raders had spread heir sysem o wriing h roughou he
Medierranean region Te Phoenician alphabe isel can be raced o he Norh Semiic alpha- be which was used in Syria and Palesine as early as he elevenh cenury 983138983139983141 and is consideredo be he earlies ully developed alphabeic wriing sysem
An Eruscan couple reclining on a funeral sarcophagus
bull xxiii bull
Sandard41
EDITORrsquoS NOTE
Te comprehension quesions and answers as well as some o he eaching ips and eacher by he Way noa-ions in his eacher manual were writen by Elisa C Denja LeaAnn A Osburn Karen Lee Singh and DonaldE Sprague classics ediorseducaors a Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers
HOW TO USE THIS BOOK
Please noe ha he perinen naional Classics sandards are lised in he margin o he lef or righ on he samepage as he reproducion o he suden ex
Eisemann Communicaion assised in preparing he correlaions o Lain o r he New Mil lennium wih he
naional sandards For an overview o he sandards hemselves and he correlaions please consul www bolchazyl nmcom
TEACHING TIP
Te eacher may choose o use he picure o he Eruscan couple on his page and he brie meniono he Eruscan alphabe o open a discussion on wha role he Eruscans played in early omanimes Sudens may be direced o p xxx ii o find Eruria on he map
TEACHING TIPTe eacher may wish o discuss wih he sudens he erm ldquoomance languagesrdquo Many modernlanguages come rom he language used by he ancien omans French Ialian Poruguese Span-ish omanian ec omansch (spoken by he descendans o he aeians and one o he our o-ficial languages o Swizerland) is also derived rom Lain
TEACHER BY THE WAYBased on archeological evidence i appears ha Eruscan women were an imporan par o hesocial srucure Ofen he names o boh moher and aher were placed on unerary inscripionsTe reedom o women wihin sociey is likewise apparen on monumens where hey can be seenreclining wih heir husbands on he same couch atending games and having a place o honor in heomb isel Noice he affecionae pose o he couple in he illusraion on p xxiii Clearly marriedlove was valued in Eruscan sociey and amily lie was imporan
ombs also provide evidence or he syle o Eruscan homes Some o hese eaures were borrowed by heomans especially he cenral hall and hree rooms a he back Tis ype o house was known a Pompeii as well as a ome ac cording o Viru vius auhor o Dē archiecūrā
TEACHING TIP
Te eacher may wish o have sudens read an English ranslaion o Livyrsquos radiional accouno anaquil wie o arquinius Priscus he fifh king o ome Te independence o Eruscan women is ev iden in hi s ale He r behavior is he ani hesis o he ideas o woma nly dec orum hel d by he omans
TEACHING TIPS d ill j i i h E li h ldquo lph b rdquo pl i h E li h l t ih h
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 3054
xxiv bull Latin for the New Millennium
xxiv bull Latin for the New Millennium
Look a he English alphabe in he lef column and a he Lain alphabe in he righ one TeLain alphabe is accompanied by he names o he Lain leters (in parenheses)
English Alphabe Lain Alphabe
Uppercase Lowercase Uppercase Lowercase Leter Name
A a A a (a ldquoăhrdquo)
B b B b (be ldquobayrdquo)
C c C c (ce ldquocayrdquo)
D d D d (de ldquodayrdquo)
E e E e (e ldquoĕhrdquo)
F F (e)
G g G g (ge ldquogayrdquo)H h H h (ha ldquohahrdquo)
I i I i (i ldquoeerdquo)
J j
K k K k (ka ldquokahrdquo)
L l L l (el)
M m M m (em)
N n N n (en)
O o O o (o ldquoŏhrdquo)
P p P p (pe ldquopayrdquo)
Q q Q q (qu ldquokoordquo)
r r (er)
S s S s (es)
(e ldquoayrdquo)
U u U u (u ldquooordquo)
V v V v (u consonan)
W w
X x X x (ix ldquoeexrdquo)
Y y Y y (upsilon)
Z z Z z (zea ldquodzayardquo)
Te English alphabe is derived direcly rom he Lain alphabe Tis accouns or he greasimilariies b eween he wo alphabes Tere are 26 leters in he English alphabe and 24 in heLain Te differences are he ollowing
bull Te leter W w (which is he doubled leter v) is missing in he Lain alphabe
bull Te leter J j is a more recen invenion In ac i appears in Lain exs writen during heMiddle Ages and he enaissance as well as i n many modern ediions o ancien Lain exsI is used o indicae he semi-vowel i someimes called consonanal i Te consonanal i is
Sudens will enjoy singing he English alphabe song replacing he English leter names wih heLain leter names Sudens may be insruced o clap once where here is no Lain leter name (egldquoJrdquo) equivalen o he English one
TEACHING TIPTe eacher may choose o display any Lain words (a lis is provided below or he eacherrsquos conve-nience) and insruc he sudens o spell ou he word using he Lain leter names Te sudensmay become curious o know wha he Lain words mean Definiions are given below
bull pars ndash par
bull nox ndash nigh
bull ruber ndash red
bull ēgī ndash I have done
bull amilia ndash amily
bull carō ndash 1047298esh
bull dēcernō ndash I decide
bull herba ndash plan
bull Kalendae ndash Kalends (firs day o he monh)
bull quoque ndash also
bull imor ndash ear
bull Pȳhia ndash Pyhia (name o Apollorsquos priesess)
bull iēcī ndash I hrew
bull ēlīx - happy bull ignis ndash fire
bull mūō ndash I change
COMPREHENSION QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS FOR PAGES XXIII991251XXVeproducible versions o he quesions alone are available a wwwlnm bolchazycom
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 3154
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull xxv
Introduction bull xxv
he i a he beginning o a word beore a vowel or i beween wo vowels According o hismehod or example Iūlius is writen Jūlius and Āiax is writen Ājax In his book he leter J j will no be used
bull Te disincion beween he vowel U u and he consonan V v also belongs o laer imesIniially here was only one leter V u used boh or he vowel and he consonan eg Vrbs ldquoTe Ciyrdquo (ie ome) or uicor ldquohe winnerrdquo
bull However in accord wih he prevail ing pracice o expressing he vowel wih U u and heconsonan wih V v in his book he wo leters will be disingui shed
PRONUNCIATION OF LATIN
VOWELSTere are six vowels in Lain and heir pronunciaion is as ollows
Long Vowel Sound Shor Vowel Sound
ā is pronounced as in ldquoaherrdquo ōrāor ldquooraorrdquo a is pronounced as in ldquoalikerdquo amō ldquoloverdquo
ē is pronounced like he a in ldquoraverdquo nēmō ldquonobodyrdquo e is pronounced as in ldquoperdquo bene ldquowellrdquo
ī is pronounced like he double e in ldquoseenrdquo līmes ldquoboundaryrdquo
i is pronounced as in ldquopirdquo nihil ldquonohingrdquo
ō is pronounced as in ldquosoverdquo videō ldquo(I) seerdquo o is pronounced as in ldquoofenrdquorosa ldquoroserdquo
ū is pronounced as in ldquomoonrdquo ūnus ldquoonerdquo u is pronounced as in ldquopurdquo um ldquohenrdquo
ӯ comes rom Greek and is pronounced in lenghsomewhere beween he i in ldquohirdquo and he u in ldquomuerdquo Pӯramus ldquoPyramusrdquo
y comes rom Greek Is sound wheher long or shorlies in beween he sounds o i and u much as in heFrench ldquosucircrrdquo bu he sound o shor y is less drawn ouhan ha o long y lyricus ldquolyricalrdquo
Te Lain words senātus rēgēsulla gentēs and prīmus are
engraved on his sone
Sign from Pompeii carved on sone wih Lain leters
p q
1 race he roos o he Lain alphabe rom is beginnings orward
Norh-Semiic alphabe elevenh cenury 983138983139983141 Phoenician alphabe Greek alphabe Erusca n alphabeLain alphabe
2 Which wo leters in he English alphabe are no ound in he Lain alphabe
W and J
3 When does he leter J begin o appear in Lain
During he Middle Ages and he enaissa nce
4 Look a he Lain inscripion on he sign rom Pompeii (on he righ o p xxv) Find a leas hree Lain words Lis an Engl ish word you believe is based on he La in word
colonia 991252 colonial colony honoris 991252 honorspecacula 991252 specacular specacle perpevom 991252 perpeual perpeuiy duovir 991252 virile virili
Sandards12 41
TEACHING TIPSudens may wan o know he English meanings o he Lain words in Exercises 1 and 2 Te defini-
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 3254
xxvi bull Latin for the New Millennium
xxvi bull L atin for the New Millennium
BY THE WAY
Everywhere in his book long vowels are indicaed by macrons ie ā ē ī ō ū ӯ whileabove he shor vowels here are no signs Someimes wo words differ rom each oheronly in he lengh o he vowel For example mālum wih a longa means ldquoapplerdquo whilemalum wih a shor a means ldquobad hingrdquo
EXERCISE 1epea hese words aloud afer your eacher pronounces hem
1 a lō 7 lēnis 13 probō 19 sūor2 alumnus 8 sēdēs 14 noa 20 ūsus3 rāna 9 i er 15 pōnō 21 syllaba4 rādō 10 imeō 16 dōnum 22 Pӯrēnē5 eneō 11 nīor 17 ululō6 peō 12 mīrus 18 lupus
DIPHTHONGSDiphhongs are wo vowels combined in one syllable and pronounced ogeher as one soundTere are six diphhongs in Lain
bull ae much like he y in ldquoskyrdquo laevus ldquo lefrdquo
bull au pronounced as ou in ldquoourrdquo aurum ldquo goldrdquo
bull ei pronounced as ei in ldquoeignrdquo oiei ldquoalasrdquo
bull eu pronounced eoo much as i in he wo words ldquogrey bluerdquo you were o subrac he ldquogr-rdquo andhe ldquobl-rdquo and combine he wo vowel sounds Eurōpa ldquoEuroperdquo
bull oe pronounced as oy in ldquoboyrdquo proelium ldquo batlerdquo
bull ui pronounced nearly like ldquowerdquohui ldquoohrdquo
I is believed ha quie early sill in ancien imes he diphhongs ae and oe began o be pro-nounced as e I you encouner hem writen aē or aeuml and oē or oeuml his means ha hey are nodiphhongs and he leters should be pronounced separaely āēr poēa
Te diphhongs are always long
EXERCISE 2epea hese words afer your eacher pronounces hem
1 aesās 7 s eu 13 aēneus2 a equō 8 m oenia 14 poēma3 raeda 9 neu 15 hei4 l audō 10 poena 16 huic5 a u 11 neuer6 aula 12 Poenus
Sudens may wan o know he English meanings o he Lain words in Exercises 1 and 2 Te definiions are provided or he eacherrsquos convenience
EXERCISE 11 I nourish 12 wonderul
2 suden 13 I approve
3 rog 14 noe
4 I scrape 15 I pu
5 I hold 16 gif6 I seek 17 I howl
7 smooh 18 wol
8 sea 19 shoemaker
9 journey 20 use
10 I ear 21 sylla ble
11 I srive 22 Pȳrene (a name)
EXERCISE 21 summer
2 I make level
3 carriage
4 I praise5 or
6 orecour
7 or i
8 walls
9 and no
10 penaly
11 neiher
12 Carhaginian
13 bronze
14 poem
15 ah
16 o his
TEACHER BY THE WAYHisorical evidence can be cied or reading he firs syllable o ldquomāgnusrdquo as naurally long bu oher
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 3354
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull xxvii
Introduction bull xxvii
CONSONANTSbull c is pronounced as in ldquocomerdquo clārus ldquobrighrdquo censeō ldquo(I) deemrdquo cārus ldquodearrdquo
bull When b is ollowed by s as in urbs ldquociyrdquo he sound o b approaches ha o p a sound wemigh represen as urps
bull g is pronounced as in ldquogerdquo gaudiumldquojoyrdquo gignō ldquo(I) bege (I) bearrdquo grāialdquoavor agreeablenessrdquo
bull Some hink ha he omans o Cicerorsquos ime (firs cenury 983138983139983141) pronounced he wo conso-nans ng as ngn or example he adjecive māgnus ldquogreardquo would have been pronounced in a
way ha we migh represen asmangnus
bull k is a very rare consonan In ac i appears only in wo words Kalendae ldquohe firs day oevery monh in he oman calendarrdquo and in he personal name Kaeso
bull q appears always in combinaion wih u and he combinaion qu is pronounced as in ldquoqueenrdquoquatuor ldquoourrdquo
bull v has a sound similar o w (as in he word ldquowierdquo) videō ldquo I seerdquo
bull Te consonanu in he combinaion su sounds like he English w in he ollowing our wordssuēscō ldquo(I) become accusomedrdquoSuēvī a name o a German ribe suādeō ldquo(I) adviserdquo suāvis ldquosweerdquo
bull Te leter r is rilled slighly Te sound has no exac equivalen in English bu is heard inmany oher European languages Te bes way o make his sound is o pronounce r as inldquoroperdquo bu vibrae he end o he ongue slighly as you say i
bull x is a double consonan (equivalen ocs or gs) ha sounds much like he x in ldquosixrdquo
bull z is a noher double consonan (equivalen o dz) and sounds almos like z in ldquozebrardquo I be-gins wih a sligh d sound firs so in pronouncing his leter you should hear dz
bull ph sounds like p in ldquopenrdquo bu wih he addiion o a sligh breah o air represened by he hth sounds like t as in ldquo omrdquo bu wih he addiion o a sligh ex ra breahing represened byhe h ch sounds nearly like he combinaion kh Tese consonans are borrowed rom Greek
and appear in Greek words zephyrus ldquowesern breezerdquo chorus ldquochorusrdquo heārum ldquoheaerrdquo When p and t are no accompanied by h his sligh aspiraion is absen
bull When consonans are doubled as in he verbaggredior he consonanal sound is lenghenedslighly
EXERCISE 3epea hese words afer your eacher pronounces hem
1 cibus 7 glōria 13 phasēlus2 capiō 8 Zeus 14 chara3 cumulus 9 bibliohēca 15 cēlō4 crēscō 10 phi losophia 16 anīquus5 gemma 11 zōna6 Gallus 12 heōrēma
g y g y gevidence suggess i is naurally shor Tus in some grammar books such as he one by Gildersleeveand Lodge we find his syllable marked as long bu in oher books i is reaed as shor
TEACHING TIPTe sudens may also wish o find ou he meanings o he Lain words in Exercise 3 Te definiionsare provided or he eacherrsquos convenience
EXERCISE 3
1 ood2 I ake
3 a heap
4 I grow
5 bud jewel
6 a Gaul
7 glory
8 Zeus
9 library
10 philosophy
11 a girdle
12 heory
13 kidney bean
14 paper
15 I hide
16 old
TEACHING TIPTe eacher may wish o provide he sudens wih some pracice on syllables and sress accen Here
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 3454
xxviii bull Latin for the New Millennium
xxviii bull Latin for the New Millennium
ACCENT A Lain word is made up no jus o leters bu also o syllables A Lain word has as many syllablesas i has vowels or diphhongs (a diphhong works like a single vowel since i is made up o wo
vowels pronounced ogeher [see diphhongs above])
You will need o know he ollowing erms when learning abou accen
bull ulima he las syllable in a word
bull penul he second-o-las syllable in a word
bull anepenul he hird-o-las syllable in a word
So in he word ze- ph y-r us he vowel u is he ulima y is he penul and e is he anepenul
RULES ABOUT THE STRESS ACCENT IN LATIN1 Te sress accen in Lain alls on eiher he penul or he anepenul
2 Te accen alls on he penul i he penul is long I he penul is shor he accen alls onhe anepenul
3 How o deermine wheher he penul is long or shor
a I he penul conains a long vowel (or any diphhong) he penul isel is long You o-en need o learn wheher he vowel in he penul is long or shor as a basic elemen inlearning a new word A macron above he vowel will ell you ha he vowel is long whi lehe absence o a macron wil l indicae a shor vowel Pronouncing he word can help youremember he vowel lenghs For ex ample vi-de-ō ldquoI seerdquo is pronounced viacutedeō whileau-rō-ra ldquodawnrdquo is pronounced aurōacutera and po-pu-lus ldquopeoplerdquo is pronounced po pulus
b I he vowel in he penul is ollowed by wo or more consonans he penul is long no
mater wheher he vowel in he penul is long or shor and he accen necessarily allson he penul For example do-cu-men-um ldquodocumenrdquo is pronounced documenacuteum
BY THE WAYTe consonan x is double (cs or gs) and couns as wo consonans when deermining
wheher he penul is long
c Tere is one excepion o lsquobrsquo above Someimes even when here are wo consonans be-ween he penul and he ulima hey sill do no deermine ha he penul is long Tishappens when he wo consonans are a mue and a liquid
Te mues are p b d t g c
Te liquids are l r
So in he word pal-pe-bra ldquoeyelidrdquo he anepenul is accened ( palacutepebra) he vowel o he pe-nul is shor since i i s ollowed by a mue and a l iquid O course ru le lsquoarsquo sill applies in he wordhe-ā-trum ldquoheaerrdquo he penul is accened (heāacuterum) since i is naurally long somehing welearn rom he macron
y p p yare some examples wih he answers included or he eacherrsquos convenience
Underline he ulima in each word
1 legō
2 rēgis
3 imperāor
Underline he penul in each word
1 causa
2 pūnīum3 armāus
Underline he anepenul in each word
1 vulnerō
2 eigī
3 sublāum
Underline he penul i i is long
1 pōnō
2 spēlunca
3 pauperis
Underline he syllable ha will receive he sress accen in each word1 ōrāculum
2 peīum
3 cōnsania
4 exsīncum
5 vulneris
6 solius
TEACHING TIPGiven he passage abou he bahhouse on his page and he picure rom Bah England he
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 3554
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull xxix
EXERCISE 4epea each senence aloud afer your eacher reads i Pay atenion o he pronunciaion andsress accen o each word
Wha i is Like o Live Over a Bahhouse
(Adaped rom Seneca Moral Leter 56)
Ecce undique clāmor sona Suprā ipsum balneum habiō Prōpōne nunc ibi omnia genera vōcumodiōsa Foriōrēs exercenur e manūs plumbō gravēs iacan cum au labōran au labōranemimianur Gemiūs audiō quoiēns spīrium remīsērun Sun quoque ūncōrēs e racāōrēs
Audiō crepium manuum umerōs erienium sonus quoque icuum mūāur nunc enim manusperveni plāna nunc concava Audiō clāmōrēs sī ūr es i n balneō dēprehēnsus
Look here is noise sounding all around I live above he bahhouse isel Imagine o yourselnow all he haeul ypes o voices Te sronger ones exercise hemselves and swing heir ha ndsloaded wih lead weighs while hey work ou991252or imiae a person working ou I hear moansevery ime hey le go a ltpen-upgt breah Tere are also anoiners and masseurs I hear he slapo hands hiting shoulders and he sound o he blows changes or someimes he hands come1047298a someimes cupped I hear shouing i a hie is caugh in he bahhouse
A pool from inside he Roman Bahs in Bah England
Introduction bull xxix
eacher may wish o open a discussion abou bahs during oman i mes Te use o he calidārium fīgid ārium epidārium and sūdārium may be explained by he eacher and sudens may be en-couraged o learn andor pronounce hese words
TEACHER BY THE WAYBahs were ofen consruced on locaions having ho or mineral springs such as Bah in Englandand Bāiae a resor own on he Bay o Naples
Modern Bah in oman imes was named afer he Celic goddess o healing Sulis In he firscenury her shrine was aken over by he omans and she was idenified wih he goddess Minerva
Te sie was hen known as Aquae Sulis Mine rva In a emple relie she is represened wih a Medusa-like head and a musache
Te spa conained a grea bah (73 f by 29 f) and hree oher swimming pools he calidārium (ho bah)epidārium (warm bah) and fīgidār ium (cold bah) In he second cenury he spring was enclosed wihin a wooden barrel-vau led build ing ha housed hese hree pools Ho ai r bahs were ueled by coal fires A con-san 1047298ow o waer was direced o he pools hrough lead pipes which sill uncion oday
Archeologica l excavaions have revealed ma ny sacred voive offerings c urse ables and innumerable coinsa he botom o he springs Te curse ables writen in Lain heaped curses on anyone suspeced o wrong-doing Te ancien radiion o hrowing coins accompanied by a wish sill prevails oday in ome a he reviFounain where ourissvisiors do he same
More inormaion on bah complexes in ome can be ound on p 386 o his eacherrsquos manual
Sandards22 31
32 41 42
TEACHING TIPTe eacher may wish o insruc he sudens o find he iber iver which is picured here on he
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 3654
xxx bull Latin for the New Millennium
xxx bull Latin for the New Millennium
OVERVIEW OF ROMAN HISTORY According o legend omulus and his win broher emus were se adrif on he iber iver Ashe-wol nursed he boys unil a shepherd rescued hem Upon reaching manhood in 753 983138983139983141he wins ounded a new ciy near he place w here hey had been ound by he she-wol on he
basis o anaugusō auguriō ldquoa avorable sighing o birdsrdquo Bu omulus killed emus in a dispueover who would rule he new ciy and became is firs king
Six oher kings ruled afer omulus Numa Pompilius ullus Hosilius Ancus Marius ar-quinius Prisc us Servius ullius a nd arquinius Superbus (arquin he Proud) Afer he las ohese seven kings was overhrown in 509 983138983139983141 ome became a republic wih a represenaiveorm o governmen headed by wo consuls eleced an nually By 451 983138983139983141 he fi rs corpus o o-man law known as he welve ables was creaed
In he las cenury 983138983139983141 he oman epublic was shaken apar by a series o civil wars By31 983138983139983141 an auocraic regime headed earlier by Julius Caesar and laer by his grea-nephew Oc-avian brough he epublic o an end Te years rom 27 983138983139983141991252when Ocavian assumed heile o prīnceps ldquochie ciizenrdquo as well as he name Augu sus991252o around 180 983139983141 are known ashe early principae or empire During his era ome exended her boundaries o he BriishIsles in he norh Norh Arica in he souh Spain in he wes and he igris and Euphraesrivers in he eas
A view of he iber River as i 1047298ows hrough he ciy of Rome
map on p xxxii
COMPREHENSION QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS FOR PAGE XXX991251XXXI
eproducible versions o he quesions alone are available a wwwlnm bolchazycom
1 Who were he legendary ounders o ome
omulus and emus
2 According o legend in wha year was ome ounded
753 983138983139983141
3 Over he course o he monarchic period how many kings ruled ome
Seven
4 Wha even occurred in 509 983138983139983141
Te beginni ng o he oman epublic (wih wo consuls in charge)
5 Wha is he erm associaed wih he wo leaders o he epublic
Consul
6 Which wo leaders oversaw omersquos shif rom a republic o a principae
Julius Caesar and OcavianAugusu s
7 Wha major aciviy associaed wih empire-building ook place during he principae
erriorial expansion
8 Name wo developmens ha characerized he lae empire
Severe economic problems inernal poliical unres andor requen invasion by he Germanic ribes
9 Describe Diocleianrsquos response o he roubles o he empire
Diocleian divided he empire ino wo halves he Easern and Wesern empires in order o make ruli nghe empire more manageable
10 Explai n he origin o he erm ldquovandalismrdquo
Te fifh cenury invasion and pillag ing o ome by he ribe known as he Vandals who occupied he o-man province o Norh Arica led o he erm ldquovandalismrdquo meaning wanon desrucion
11 Describe Lainrsquos role in he cenuries afer 476 983139983141
Lain 1047298ourished as he major lierary language in he Wesern oman Empire and was spread o non-omanized places like Ireland Scandinavia and he New World
TEACHING TIP
Te eacher may ask he sudens o find he daes menioned on his page in he imeline on pp411ndash414
Sandards21 31 32
TEACHING TIPTe eacher may insruc he sudens o locae ByzaniumConsaninople discussed here in he
d h h ii
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 3754
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull xxxi
Introduction bull xxxi
From 180 983139983141 onwards in he period k nown as he lae empire he oman sae experiencedsevere economic problems and requen invasions by Germanic ri bes esponding o he pres-sure o he firs wave o migraions as well as inernal poliical u nres and economic diffi culieshe emperor Diocleian (ruled 284ndash305 983139983141) had already divided he oman Empire ino anEasern and Wesern hal each under is own emperor991252an atemp o make he vas omansae more manageable
Tis poliical division o he empire acually mirrored a culural division oo he main lan-guage o he Wes was Lain while he main language o he Eas was Greek Shorly aferwardshe emperor Consanine (ruled 312ndash337 983139983141) esablished a new capial or he Easern empirea Byzanium wh ich he renamed Consaninople (ldquohe ciy o Consaninerdquo oday called Isan-
bul) Bu even afer his reorganizaion he imperial governmen ulimaely proved incapable o
semming he ide o he migraions in par because he oman army was oo widely e xendedand could no be in so many places a once Indeed many o he invaders were given he sauso oederāī or ldquoreay roopsrdquo In effec hey were a llowed o occupy segmens o he empire inreurn or proecing i So when Alar ic King o he Visigohs sacked ome in 410 983139983141 he acual lyhad a ile as a commander in he oman army
ome was sacked again in 455 983139983141 by he Vandals who had already occupied he omanprovince o Norh Arica Te pillaging o he ciy o omulus by he invaders made a pro-ound impression on conemporaries and o his day he erm ldquovandalismrdquo is a word in severallanguages or wanon desrucion While he Easern empire (always more sable and eco-nomically prosperous han he Wes) coninued o exis unil 1453 983139983141 he Wesern empire
was ex inc as a poliica l eniy by 476 983139983141 In is place were Germa nic k ingdoms and ribes Angles and Saxons in Briai n Visigohs in Spain Osrogohs in Ialy Franks and Burgundi ansin Gaul991252o name only he major groups Te combinaion o hese new socieies wih heprevious inhabians who had been omanized o varying degrees would one day provide he
basis or he culures o modern Europe
Bu he end o he ancien oman Empire in he Wes was no he end o Lain On he con-rary during he nex 1200 years Lain no only 1047298ourished as he major lierary language in he
erriories o he ormer Wesern oman Empire he use o Lain was exended o regions heomans had never occupied including Ireland Scandinavi a and even he New World
BEGINNINGS OF LATIN LITERATURE Very ew complee works o Lain lieraure produced beore he mid-second cenury 983138983139983141 (ie beore 150 983138983139983141) have survived One reason or his loss was he remendous populariy o he works produced in he ollowing cenury by such auhors as Cicero Vergil and Ovid Teir wri-ings were so widely read and copied in subsequen cenuries ha he auhors preceding hem
were gradually negleced
Among he major figures o early Lain lieraure was a reed slave rom he Greek ciy o aren-um named Livius Andronicus who li ved rom 284ndash204 983138983139983141 He was known or his adapaionso Greek drama or oman audiences and his ranslaion o Homerrsquos Odyssey ino Lain verse
second paragraph on he map on p xxxii
TEACHING TIPTe eacher may ask he sudens o find he daes menioned on his page in he imeline on pp413ndash414
HOW TO USE THIS BOOK AND ITS ANCILLARIES
wo ancillaries are available or use wih his book Te Original Dysuncional Family (abbreviaed ODF)and From Romulus o Romulus Augusulus (abbreviaed R) R will be paricularly useul in order ohelp sudens keep he ime periods o he auhors and o he evens he auhors wroe abou sraigh in heirminds Chaper ile pages will include when appropriae a noaion on wha chaper o R he eachermay wish o assign
TEACHING TIPTe eacher may wish o assign Chaper 1 o he oman hisory ancillary From Romulus o Romu-lus Augusulus a his poin
COMPREHENSION QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS FOR PAGES XXXI991251XXXIVeproducible versions o he quesions alone are available a wwwlnm bolchazycom
1 Whom did he omans consider he aher o Lain lieraure
Ennius
2 Wha was Enniusrsquo mos amous work Is subjec mater
Annālēs was an epic poem abou omersquos early hisory
3 Wha amous Lain saying means ldquoCarhage mus be desroyedrdquo
Carhāgō dēlenda es
4 Who is he auhor o ha saying
Cao he ElderCao he Censor
5 When was Carha ge said o have been desroyed
146 983138983139983141 a he end o he hird Punic war
NB Aler sudens ha he answers o hese comprehension quesions will be ound on p xxxiv
Sandards21 31
R1
TEACHING TIP Ask sudens he English equivalen o cou nries s uch as Briannia and Germānia and he Englishequivalen o he ciies Neāpolis and Ahēnae
Sandard31
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 3854
xxxii bull Latin for the New Millennium
equivalen o he ciies Neāpolis and Ahēnae
A full size r eproducible version of h is page wihou he answe rs can be downloaded a wwwlnm bolchazycom
HOW TO USE THIS BOOK Answers o rep roducible aciviies w ill be gi ven in a larger size bel ow or he eacherrsquos convenience
ANSWERS TO MAP WORK 991251 PAGES XXXII991251XXXIII
1 Crēa Sicilia Corsica Sardinia Cyprus Ihaca Dēlos Brianni a
2 Vesuvius Mōns Aena Mōns Olympus Mōns Āppennīnus Mōns
3 Syria Macedonia Arica Asia
4 mare or ponus
5 Asia Eurōpa Arica
A full siz e reproducible version of his page wihou he answers can be down loaded a wwwln mbolchazycom
Te eacher may wish o have his map enlarged when reproducing i for ease of suden use in compleing his aciviy
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 3954
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull xxxiii
HOW TO USE THIS BOOK
Te answers o his aciviy can be easily seen on he wo acing pages
Te omans regarded Ennius (ca 239 169 983138983139983141) as he aher o Lain lieraure He wroe
TEACHING TIPSudens may be encouraged o find he ciy o Carhage menioned in he second paragraph on hemap on p xxxii
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 4054
xxxiv bull Latin for the New Millennium
xxxiv bull L atin for the New Millennium
Te omans regarded Ennius (ca 239ndash169 983138983139983141) as he aher o Lain lieraure He wroemany kinds o lierary works including plays His Annālēs an epic poem abou he early hisoryo ome was paricularly renowned and perhaps he primary epic read in oman schools beorehe ime o Vergil Only ragmens o his wriings remain
One o Enniusrsquo conemporaries was heamed Cao he Censor also known as Caohe Elder (234ndash149 983138983139983141) a rigidly conserva-ive oman senaor Mos o his reaise onagriculure called Dē agrī culūrā survivesI is he oldes work o Lain prose amongCaorsquos recommendaions here are ha fieldslaves be reaed similarly o beass o bur-den Cao is also remembered or his sae-men Carhāgō dēlenda es ldquoCarhage mus
be desroyedrdquo evidence or he omanear o he Carhaginians Te omansough hree wars known as he Punic
Wars agai ns he Car haginians Te fi rsended beore Cao was born in he secondagains Hannibal Cao served wih miliarydisincion he hird ended in 146 983138983139983141 asCao had demanded wih he desruciono Carhage On his occasion he vic oriousomans were said o have plowed sal inohe Carhaginian soil
Discussions abou laer auhors and adap-aions rom heir wriings w ill be presenedchronologically in he chapers o his book
Ancien ruins a Carhage in Africa
p p
TEACHER BY THE WAY Alhough he works o Enniu s have been preserved on ly in ragmens (abou a housand lines) hehad a grea in1047298uence on subsequen poes such as Vergil Quoable quoes include
bull a es o riendship Amīcus cer us in rē incer ā cerniur (A riend in need is a riend indeed)
bull an applicaion o wisdom o lie Quī ipse sibi sapiēns prōdesse nequi nēquīquam sapi (A man who
himsel is wise bu unable o be useul o himsel is wise or nohing)bull he amous descripion o Fabius Maximus Ūnus homō nōbīs cūncandō resiui rem (One man by delaying res ored he sae or us)
bull and he line on Manius Curius Quem nēmō errō poui superāre nec aurō (Whom no one was ableo deea eiher by sword or gold)
We also have preser ved or us he exa mple o excessive all ieraion ha has g iven rise o much laugher inLain classrooms over he years Ō ie ūe aī ibi ana yranne ulisī ldquoO ius aius you yran (all voca-ive) you brough o yoursel such grea (roubles)rdquo991252ranslaed in conex which plays off he more lieral ldquo you ookacquired or yoursel such grea hings rdquo
On he oher hand he composed his own epiaph in which his high eseem among omans proved o beprescien
nēmō mē lacrumīs decōre neu unera 1047298ēū
axi Cūr Voliō vivos per ōra v irum (Le no one honor me wih ears or make a uneral pyre by weeping
Why I 1047298y li ving hrough he mouhs o men)
TEACHER BY THE WAY
Pluarchrsquos Lie o Cao is a good source o snappy quoaions atribued o his saesman soldier andauhor For example while discussing he power o women he said ldquoAll oher men rule heir wives we rule al l oher men and our w ives rule us rdquo Atemping o persuade he oman people o orego adisribuion o grain he began his speech by saying ldquoI is a hard mater o argue wih he belly sincei has no earsrdquo And o a ribune who had been accused o using poison and was rying o pass a use-less bill he said ldquoI know no which is worse o drink your mixures or o enac your billsrdquo
1CHAPTER 1
HOW TO USE THIS BOOK
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 4154
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull 1
1CHAPTER
Parts of Speech Nouns Number Gender Case (Nominative and Accusative)
First Declension Nouns
MEMORĀBILE DICTŪ
SPQ Senātus Populusque ōmānusldquoTe Senae and he People o omerdquo
Tese our leters orm wha is known as an acronym one ha symbolized supreme power inancien ome
Oil paining of Romulus and Remus wih he wolf By Peer Paul Rubens (1577ndash1640)
Te grammaical and synacical opics ha will be presened in each chaper o his book are lised a he opo he chaper ile page
HOW TO USE THIS BOOK
Te illusraion on each chaperrsquos ile page presens a visual inroducion o he Lain reading passage ha willollow eachers may choose o discuss he illusraion in order o provide he conex or he reading he su-dens will encouner on he nex page
HOW TO USE THIS BOOK
On each chaper ile page he phrase Memorābile Dictū (ldquoA memorable hing o say rdquo) will be ou nd Below here will be a amous phrase quoa ion abbreviaion or moto in L ain ha w ill connec hese words o he opicsin he chaper
MEMORĀBILE DICTŪ VOCABULARY
populus populī m ndash people
-que ndash and
senāus senāūs m ndash senae
TEACHING TIP
ubens pained his picure o omulus and emus rom 1615ndash1616 during wha is called he Ba-roque period o ar Te man approaching rom he rear is Fausulus Te reclining figure is he god
o he river iber
HOW TO USE THIS BOOK AND ITS ANCILLARIESwo ancillaries are available or use wih his book Te Original Dysunctional Family (abbreviaed ODF)and From Romulus to Romulus Augustulus (abbreviaed R) R will be paricularly useul in order ohelp sudens keep he ime periods o he auhors and o he evens he auhors wroe abou sraigh in heirmind Chaper ile pages wil l include when appropriae a noaion abou wha chaper o R he eachermay wish o assign
Standards11 21
R 2and 3
READING
TRANSLATION OF LATIN PASSAGEomulus and emus
Mars is a god Mars loves hea Silvia And so hea Silvia has wo sons omulus and emus Amulius locks uph Sil i A li l d i h A h l lk h T h l
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 4254
2 bull Latin for the New Millennium
2 bull Latin for the New Millennium
READINGTis sory describes how ome was said o have been ounded in 753 983138983139983141 King Numior o AlbaLonga was overhrown by his cruel and ambiious broher Amulius who no only seized hehrone bu so eared ha one o Numiorrsquos male descendans migh have a legiimae claim oni ha he made Amuliusrsquo daug her hea Silvia a priesess o he goddess Vesa Tese priesesses
were no allowed o marry during heir childbearing years
RŌMULUS ET REMUS
1 Mārs es deus Mārs hēam Silviam ama Iaque hēa Silvia duōs
īliōs habe ōmulum e emum Amūlius hēam Silviam vinculīs
claudi Amūlius ōmulum e emum in aquam pōni Lupa ad aquamambula Lupa ōmulum e emum bene cūra e ama ōmulus e
5 emus crēscun Poseā ōmulus e emus ōmam aedifican
Famous bronze saue of he she-wolf and he wins
hea Silvia Amulius pus omulus and emus ino he waer A she-wol walks o he waer Te she-wol caresor (akes good care o) omulus and emus well and loves (hem) omulus and emus grow up Aferwards(laer) omulus and emus build ome
HOW TO USE THIS BOOK Above each La in reading pa ssage inorm aion is presened in Engl ish Tis pre -reading provides back groundinormaion abou he auhor and esablishes he conex o he passage he sudens will read
TEACHER BY THE WAY
Te eacher may wish o inroduce he class o he radiional abbreviaions o 983137983140 (which sandsor he Lain phrase Annō Dominī ldquoi n he year o our Lordrdquo) and 983138983139 (which sands or he Engl ishphrase ldquoBeore Chrisrdquo) Tese older abbreviaions coninue o be used bu his book employs heabbreviaions 983138983139983141 (Beore he Common Era) and 983139983141 (Common Era)
TEACHING TIPInsruc he sudens o locae Alba Longa on he map on pp xxxiindashxxxiii
TEACHER BY THE WAYTough he wins were added o he sculpure in he enaissance he she-wol has srong links wihEruscan myhology and shows characerisics o Eruscan sculpure
TEACHING TIP
Te eacher may wish o encourage he sudens o design an abbreviaed amily ree o omulusand emus
Standards11 22
Jupier Juno King Num ior o Alba Longa
Mars hea Silvia
omulus emus
READING VOCABULARY
HOW TO USE THIS BOOKTe English pronoun subjec o a verb is no lised in he eading Vocabulary i he pronoun is no needed inhe ranslaion
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 4354
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull 3
Chapter 1 bull 3
READING VOCABULARYad aquam ndash o he waer
aedifican ndash build
ama ndash loves
ambula ndash walks
Amūlius ndash Amul ius
aquam ndash waer
bene ndash well
claudi ndash locks up
crēscun ndash grow up
cūra ndash akes care o cares or
deus ndash god
duōs ndash woes ndash is
e ndash and
īliōs ndash sons
habe ndash has
in aquam ndash ino he waer
iaque ndash and so
lupa ndash she-wol
Mārs ndash Mars he god o war
pōni ndash pus
poseā ndash aferwards laer
emum ndash emus
emus ndash emus
hēa Silvia ndash hea Silvia
hēam Silviam ndash hea Silvia
ōmam ndash ome
ōmulum ndash omulus
ōmulus ndash omulus vinculīs ndash w ih chains
Words marked wih an aserisk will need o bememorized laer in he chaper
COMPREHENSION QUESTIONS1 Whose sons are omulus and emus
2 Wha did Amulius do
3 Who saved he lie o omulus and emus
4 Wha did omulus and emus do
HOW TO USE THIS BOOK
Te sudens should not be expeced o lea rn he words under he ile eading Vocabulary whenever his ileoccurs in he book Insead insruc sudens o learn he vocabulary words lised under he ile Vocabularyto Learn ha will be ound laer in each chaper In more advanced Lain exs usually here are vocabularyand noes o help he sudens when reading a passage Tis eading Vocabulary will help prepare sudens orlaer more advanced classes
ANSWERS TO COMPREHENSION QUESTIONS
1 Tey are he sons o Mars and hea Silvia2 He locked up hea Silvia
3 A she-wol
4 Tey buil he ciy o ome
TEACHING TIP
Whi le English deriva ives rom he sar red words (ie he Vocabulary o L earn) are he opic o Ex-ercise 2 laer in his chaper here are some ineresing derivaives rom he non-sarred words andsome o hese show how words change hrough he years Te eacher may choose o discuss hesederivaives wih he sudens
bull aedi1047297cant (aedi1047297cō) ndash ediy edificaion edifice
Tis Lain word is buil rom wo Lain words aciō (o do make) and aedēs (house emple) Te
English derivaives reain his religious connecion or hey mean ldquoo build up he aih moraliy o in-sruc especially morallyrdquo Te word ldquoedificerdquo is always used or an imposing srucure such as a ldquoemplerdquoor aedēs
bull claudit (claudō) ndash close conclusion enclosure sluice
A ldquocloserdquo is a small shu-in space and some people i locked in one suffer rom ldquoclausrophobiardquo acompound derivaive parly rom Lain (o close confine) and parly rom he Greek (ear) hence ldquoa earo closed spacesrdquo
Te word ldquosluicerdquo does no look like a derivaive o claudō bu i has undergone cha nges as i ca meino English via middle English and old French (sclus) rom he Lain exclūdō which means ldquoo shu ourdquo Asluice has a gae a he op o he channel o shu off he 1047298ow o waer as necessary
bull crēscunt (crēscō) ndash crescen accrue recrui crew
Te word ldquocrewrdquo in middle English mean ldquoreinorcemenrdquo so a body o soldiers grew Te word ldquore-
cruirdquo has he same basic idea ecruis increase he size o he army (rom he Lain recrēscō meaning ldquoogrow againrdquo)
bull deus ndash deiy deiy
bull duōs ndash double dozen due duplicae
Te word ldquodozenrdquo is a compound rom he Lain word or ldquowordquo and he German word or ldquoenrdquo (zehn)
bull habet (habeō) ndash habi abiliy prohibiive
Onersquos abiliy depends on he alens and skil ls one has
bull pōnit ( pōnō) ndash depo imposiion preposiion
A depo origina lly was a place where supplies were pu or sorage
LANGUAGE FACT I
HOW TO USE THIS BOOKTe Language Facs secion o each chaper will conain boh grammaical (morphological) and synacicalinormaion ie inormaion boh abou he orms o he words and he srucure o he senence
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 4454
4 bull Latin for the New Millennium
4 bull Latin for the New Millennium
LANGUAGE FACT I
PARTS OF SPEECHTe parts o speech used in a Lain senence deermine is meaning jus as in English While henoun and he verb are he wo mos imporan oher common pars o speech are lised below
Noun a person place hing idea acion or qual iy Examples ldquoomulusrdquo ldquoriverrdquo ldquocouragerdquo
Pronoun a word ha sands in place o a noun ha has been previously menioned or is clearrom conex Examples ldquoIrdquo ldquosherdquo ldquohimrdquo ldquoirdquo
Adjecive a word ha limis or defines a noun or a pronoun Examples ldquolitlerdquo ldquosrongrdquo
Adverb a word ha lim is or defines verbs adjecives or (oher) adverbs Examples ldquoveryrdquoldquoquielyrdquo
Verb a word ha describes an acion or sae o being Examples ldquogordquo ldquosayrdquo ldquowasrdquo
Preposiion a word ha begins a preposiional phrase such as ldquoinrdquo ldquoordquo ldquoonrdquo ldquoorrdquo ldquobyrdquoldquowihrdquo A preposiional phrase is a preposiion joined o a noun Examples ldquoin he morningrdquoldquowih a sharp pencilrdquo
Conjuncion a word ha connecs words phrases clauses a nd senences Examples ldquoandrdquoldquoburdquo ldquoalhoughrdquo
Inerjecion a word ha expresses emoion Examples ldquowowrdquo
EXERCISE 1eview he meanings and ideniy he pars o speech o he ollowing words Te eading
Vocabulary may be consu led
1 īliōs 6 e2 bene 7 lupa3 aedifican 8 claudi
4 ad 9 ōmam5 ambula 10 ama
EXERCISE 1 ANSWERS
1 noun
2 adverb
3 verb
4 preposiion
5 verb
6 conjuncion
7 noun8 verb
9 noun
10 verb
TEACHING TIP
Te eacher may wish o ask he sudens in Lain wha par o speech a given word is Te eacher would say ldquoQuae pars ōrātiōnis estrdquo Suden responses would be
bull nōmen substantīvumsubstantīvum ndash noun
bull prōnōmen ndash pronoun
bull nōmen adiectīvumadiectīvum ndash adjecive
bull verbum temporāle ndash verb
bull adverbium ndash adverb
bull praepositiō ndash preposiion
bull coniūnctiō ndash conjuncion
bull interiectiō ndash inerjecion
Standards11 41
Standards11 41
WorkbookExercise 1
VOCABULARY TO LEARN
TEACHING TIPSince his is he firs se o Lain words ha your sudens will be required o memorize i is usuallya good idea o sugges and discuss wih hem some differen ways o memorize vocabulary Somesel help opions are lised below
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 4554
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull 5
NOUNSagricola agricolae m ndash armer
aqua aquae ndash waer
āhlēa āhlēae m ndash ahlee
īlia īliae ndash daugher
lupa lupae ndash she-wol
naua nauae m ndash sailor
poēa poēae m ndash poe
puella puellae ndash girl
ōma ōmae ndash ome
erra errae ndash land
VERBSama ndash heshei loves
ambula ndash heshei walks
cūra ndash heshei akes care o cares or
es ndash heshei is
ADVERBS bene ndash well
poseā ndash aferwards
CONJUNCTIONSe ndash and
iaque ndash and so
Aqueducs carr ied waer (aqua) o he ciies in he Roman world Tis aqueduc buil in 19 983138983139983141 which srechedacross he Gard River was named he Pon du Gard and brough waer o he ciy of Nicircmes in France in ancien imes
Chapter 1 bull 5
sel-help opions are lised below
1 Look a he word in he book and say he word aloud
2 Wrie down he word on a piece o paper along wih is meaning and check o be sure here are no spell-ing errors Color-coding he words by pars o speech is also helpul Pronounce he word while wriing idown and hen repea he word including he meaning and spelling
3 Make handwriten 1047298ashcards wih he Lain on one side and English on he oher and be sure here are nospelling errors Color-coding is a good sraegy here also Wriing he word ou helps some sudens ce-men he word in he brain Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers has creaed an elecronic vocabulary resourceor hose sudens or whom echnological learning ools are an aid Tese vocabulary 1047298ashcards are orhe iPod See p 93 or more inormaion on iPod 1047298ashcards
4 Use English derivaives o help remember meanings Bu be careul since some derivaives may havemeanings grealy changed rom he original Lain word
5 Find clipar picures ha illusrae he vocabulary words and use he picures as a way o es yoursel onhe Lain words
TEACHER BY THE WAYTe eacher may wish o open a discussion abou aqueducs and he waer supply or ancien omans while l ooking a he picu re o he Pon du Gard on his page For a hisory o aqueducs and heirconsrucion Froninusrsquo book Dē aquīs urbis Rōmae is an excellen source Te book was writenabou 97 983139983141 when he was Superinenden o Aqueducs Oher aqueducs include he ollowing
bull Te double high aqueduc in Segovia Spainbull Te Aqua Appia buil in 312 983138983139983141
bull Te Aqua rāiāna
bull Te aqueduc buil by Alex ander Severus in 226 983139983141
bull Te Aqua Claudia
bull Te Aqua Marcia wh ich wa s probably named a fer A ncus Marcius who was he fi rs K ing oome by radiional accouns o build an aqueduc o bring waer o ome
NB Te word ldquo Aquardquo when capialized means ldquoaqueducrdquo
Eleven aqueducs urnished 250000 gallons o waer o ome every weny-our hours
BY THE WAY
E h u gi n in h b l r h rm T nd rm i h g nii
HOW TO USE THIS BOOK Ēn is a word ha calls atenion o somehing and means ldquoLook a hisrdquo Te inormaion given here draws a-enion o and urher specifies differen language acs
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 4654
6 bull Latin for the New Millennium
6 bull Latin for the New Millennium
Each noun given in he vocabulary has wo orms Te second orm is he geniivesingular
A derivative is an English word rooed in a Lain word Te English derivaive issimilar in meaning and orm o is Lain source
STUDY TIP
An English derivaive ofen can help you remember wha a Lain word means
EXERCISE 2Find he English derivaives based on he Vocabulary o Learn in he ollowing senences Wriehe corresponding Lain word
1 She shows a considerable filial respec oward her aher
2 Agriculu re is a science o culivaing he land
3 Te ship is equipped wih all he necessary nauical insrumens
4 We saw all kinds o fish in he aquarium
5 Tis is an all-errain vehicle
6 When will he ahleic compeiion sar
7 She has a ruly poeic naure
LANGUAGE FACT II
NOUNS NUMBER GENDER CASE 983080NOMINATIVE AND
ACCUSATIVE983081Nouns in Lain show number gender and case
Number Lain nouns are eiher singular or plural in number Number is shown in differen ways by differen ypes o nouns bu some ending-paterns are or singular orms and oherending-paterns are or plural orms
Gender Every noun likewise is eiher masculine eminine or neuer in gender You muslearn he gender o each noun In he Vocabulary o Learn l iss he gender is indicaed by hecommon abbreviaionsm (masculi ne) f (eminine) or n (neuer)
Case Lain nouns mus have an ending-patern ha displays case Tis is quie differen romEnglish in which case is indicaed by word posiion and no by endings (alhough case markersare preserved in cerain pronouns such as ldquoherdquo and ldquohimrdquo) A nounrsquos case reveals wha uncionhe noun has in he senence Tere are five common cases nominaive geniive daive accu-saive and ablaive wo less requenly used cases are called he vocaive and he locaive
HOW TO USE THIS BOOKStudy Tips give hins rhymes and mnemonics o help sudens learn grammar and vocabulary
EXERCISE 2 ANSWERS1 filial īlia
2 agriculure agricola
3 nauical naua
4 aquarium aqua
5 errain erra
6 ahleic āhlēa
7 poeic poēa
TEACHING TIPExplain o he sudens ha in English he words ldquoardquo ldquoanrdquo or ldquoherdquo are usually placed beore a nounand Lain does no have an equivalen or hese words known as aricles
eachers may need o sress he absence o he aricle many imes beore sudens compleely ine-grae his knowledge ino heir reading habis in Lain class
TEACHING TIPLain like many oher languages does no always observe biological gender Ofen he gender o a
Lain noun is deermined by grammaical acors such as he group o which a noun belongs
TEACHING TIP
Alhough in Exercise 2 he sudens are direced o find only he derivaives based on he Vocabular yo Learn hey may be ineresed o learn ha here are oher derivaives in Exercise 2 Te derivaiono hese words is provided or he eacherrsquos convenience
bull 1 consider - rom sīdus (sar) + cum (wih ogeher) and rom cōnsīderō (o examine consider)respec - rom respectō (look back a have regard or)
bull 2 science - rom scientia (knowledge) and sciō (o know) culivaing - rom colō (ill inhabi worship)
bull 3 necessary - rom necesse (necessary) insrumens - rom īnstruō (o equip build provide)
and rom īnstrumentum (equipmen ool ec)bull 5 vehicle - rom he Lain verb vehō (o carry)
bull 6 compeiion - rom petō (o seek aim a atack ec) + cum (wih oge her)
bull 7 naure - rom nātūra (naure)
Standard41
Standards11 31 41
STUDY TIP
An easy way o remember he names ohe five common cases iso use his mnemonic
TEACHING TIPSudens may no know wha he word ldquomnemonicrdquo means explain ha a mnemonic device is some-hing ha helps a suden o remember somehing Te eacher may also wish o use his opporu-niy o bring up Mnemosyne he goddess o memory and he moher o he Muses
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 4754
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull 7
Chapter 1 bull 7
An easy way o remember he names o he five common cases is o use his mnemonicdevice
Never NominaiveGive GeniiveDogs Daive A ny A ccusaive A buse A blaive
Nominative Te nominaive case idenifies he subjec Te subjec is a noun or a pronounha perorms he acion or exiss in a sae o being In he senence ldquoWilliam is readingrdquohe word ldquoWilliamrdquo is he subjec
Example Mārs amat Mars loves
Te noun subjec o he verb ldquoloverdquo is he god Mars
Find more examples o nominaives and heir verbs rom he reading passage a he begin-ning o he chaper
Te nominaive case also idenifies he predicae nominaive In he senence ldquoWilliam isa sudenrdquo he predicae nominaive is ldquoa sudenrdquo A predicae nominaive complees hemeaning o he verb ldquoo berdquo Look a his exa mple rom he reading
Example Mārs est deus Mars is a god
Mārs is he subjec and deus is a predicae nominaive
Accusative Te ourh case lised is called he accusaive he geniive daive and ablaivecases will be discussed in laer chapers Te accusaive case poins ou he noun (or pro-noun) ha is he direc objec emember direc objecs receive he acion o he verb Inhe senence ldquoI am wriing a leterrdquo he direc objec is ldquoa leterrdquo
Example Mārs Rhēam Silviam amat Mars loves hea Silvia
Te direc objec o ldquoloverdquo is he noun Rhēam Silviam
Find more examples o accusaives and heir verbs rom he reading passage a he beginningo he chaper
niy o bring up Mnemosyne he goddess o memory and he moher o he Muses
Answers to ldquoFind more examples of nominatives a nd their verbs from the reading passage at the begin-ning of the chapterrdquo
hēa Silvia habe
Amūl ius claudi
Amūl ius pōni
Lupa ambula
Lupa cūra e amaōmulus e emus crēscun
ōmulus e emus aedifican
Answers to ldquoFind more examples of accusatives and their verbs from the reading passage at the beg in-ning of the chapterrdquo
duōs īliōs habe ōmulum e emum
hēam Silviam claudi
ōmulum e emum pōni
ōmulum e emum bene cūra e ama
ōmam aedifican
TEACHING TIPSudens may encouner diffi culy when r ying o ransl ae Lain names used in cases o her han henominaive Te eacher a some poin will need o explain (and repea whenever necessary) ha when ransla ing a La in name he suden should al ways use he nominaive o rm o he word Onp 7 sudens are asked o find examples o accusaives and heir verbs in he reading passage Teanswers lised above provide an opporuniy o pracice wih his issue emind sudens o rans-lae duōs īliōs habet Rōmulum et Remum as ldquohe has wo sons omulus and emusrdquo Te oher ouranswers may be used as pracice wih he sudens
EXERCISE 3a Ideniy wheher he nouns in bold in hese senences are subjecs direc objecs or predi
TEACHER BY THE WAYIn conjuncion wih he picure and is capion he eacher may wish o menion ha he amil-ilar acronym o SPQ is sill in use and visible hroughou modern ome991252on liter bins sewercovers ec
Standards11 41
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 4854
8 bull Latin for the New Millennium
8 bull Latin for the New Millennium
a Ideniy wheher he nouns in bold in hese senences are subjecs direc objecs or predi-cae nominaives Te eading Vocabulary may be consuled
b Label each senence as vērum (rue) i i agrees or alsum (alse) i i disagrees wih he Lainreading passage a he beginni ng o he chaper
Example Amūlius es deusPredicae nominaive alsum
1 hēa Silvia ōmulum e emum cūra
2 Amūlius ōmulum e emum bene cūra
3 Amūlius lupam vinculīs claudi
4 Mārs ōmulum e emum in aquam pōni
5 Lupa hēam Silviam cūra
6 Amūlius ad aquam ambula
Te power of he ciy of Rome founded according o legend by Romulus is symbolized by hese four leters ha areprominenly displayed in various places wihin he ciy
EXERCISE 3 ANSWERS
1 subjec vērum
2 direc objecs alsum
3 direc objec alsum
4 subjec alsum
5 direc objec alsum
6 subjec vērum
WorkbookExercise 2 A full si ze reproduc ible version of th is page
without the a nswers ca n be downloade d at wwwlnm bolchazyco m
HOW TO USE THIS BOOK
Noun Declensions Te eacher may choose Lain nouns rom he declension ha is being sudied a he imehis workshee is used Tus no answers are provided here
LANGUAGE FACT III
TEACHING TIP Ask he sudens wha he Lain words seleced rom he reading and lised near he op o p 9 mean
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 4954
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull 9
Chapter 1 bull 9
FIRST DECLENSION NOUNS A declension is a g roup o nouns ha show a cerain patern o word endings Tere are five differ-en declensions in Lain In he reading abou omulus and emus hese are he orms belongingo he firs declension
hēam Silviam hēa Silvia aquam lupa ōmam
Noice ha he ex says Rhēa Silvia when she is he subjec and Rhēam Silviam when she is hedirec objec
Te firs declension is composed o words ha characerisically have he vowel a a or near heend o he word lupa
Below is he patern ha firs declension nouns ollow o show case and number Memorize heLain words in order rom he nominaive singular down o he ablaive singular and hen romhe nominaive plural down o he ablaive plural
emember ha he endings or a whole group o nouns ollow his patern Once you learn hi spatern you can recognize he case a nd number o all he words belonging o hi s declension
In his chaper you have begun o learn abou he nominaive and accusai ve cases Te ohercases will be explained in laer chapers
First DeclensionSingular Plural
Nomina ive l upa he she-wol Nominaive lupae he she-wolves
Geniive lupae o he she-wol Geniive lupārum o he she-wolves
Daive lupae oor he she-wol Daive lupīs oor he she-wolves
Accusaive lupam he she-wol Accusaive lupās he she-wolves
Ablaive lupā bywih he she-wol Ablaive lupīs bywih he she-wolves
Daive and ablaive plural o he words īlia ldquodaugherrdquo and dea ldquogoddessrdquo is fīliābus anddeābusTis is o di singuish hese orms rom he corresponding orms o īlius ldquosonrdquo and deus ldquogodrdquo
STUDY TIP
Noice ha he ablaive singular ending -ā has a long mark (macron) above i his ishe only difference beween he nominaive and ablaive singular endings
TEACHING TIP
Afer he firs declension has been presened o he sudens encourage hem depending on heirlearning syle o say he declension aloud o wrie down he words o inven a rap or a cheer
TEACHER BY THE WAY
Te patern is called a declension because he oher cases lean away ( dēclīnāre) rom he nominaiveie hey do no ollow he same orm as he nominaive
ORAL EXERCISE 1Tis exercise may be used afer the 1047297rst declension has been presented
Whi le looking a he declension o lupa ask he sudens o decli ne nauta
Singular PluralNominaive naua nauaeGeniive nauae nauārumDaive nauae nauīs Accusaive nauam nauās Ablaive nauā nauīs
Standards11 31 41
OralExercise 1
WorkbookExercise 3
STUDY TIP
Noice ha he daive and ablaive plural endings a re idenical
EXERCISE 4 ANSWERS1 geniive daive puellār um puellī s
2 accusaive nauās
3 accusaive errās
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 5054
10 bull Latin for the New Millennium
10 bull Latin for the New Millennium
Here are more words belonging o he fi rs declension
puella ndash girl īlia ndash daugher terra ndash land
Mos firs declension words are eminine i n gender bu a ew (usually ones ha indicae mas-culine occupaions in ancien imes) are masculine Examples are poēta ldquopoerdquoagricola ldquoarmerrdquonauta ldquosailorrdquo āthlēta ldquoahleerdquo
EXERCISE 4Ideniy he case o each singular noun Ten change each orm ino plural For some more han
one answer is possibleExample īlianominaive īliae
1 puellae 5 aquae2 nauam 6 puellā3 erram 7 āhlēā4 a gr ic ol a
Like he Greek wreslers porrayed on his ancien bas-reliefRoman ahlees were also fond of he spor of wresling
4 nominaive agricolae
5 geniive daive aquārum aquīs
6 ablaive puellīs
7 ablaive āhlēīs
TEACHING TIP
Since wreslers are depiced on he illusraion on his page he eacher may wish o open a discus-
sion abou he omansrsquo and Greeksrsquo ondness or wresling which was ofen praciced in a complexcalled he palaestra
oman boys were expeced o serve in he m iliary Tus hey were firs rained by heir ahers in wreslingand boxing Srengh and agiliy were sressed raher han grace o movemen as in Greek spors Te woprincipal syles uilized by he Greek were uprigh wresling in which hree alls o your opponen o heground were necessary o deea him and ground wresling which required he opponen o give up in ordero end he mach In he palaes tra here was an area or he young people o pracice wresling or boxing wih apunching bag (cōrycus) Examples o monumenal oman bahs wih a palaest ra are ound a he Bahs o Ca-racalla in ome he Harbor Bahs a Ephesus in urkey and he Bahs in Varna Bulgaria he larges anciensrucure in ha counry
Wresling was also one o he spor evens a he Olympic games ha he omans ofen atended Greco-oman wresling is also one o he evens eaured in he summer Olympic games in modern imes
TEACHING TIPTe eacher migh wan o have sudens read an English ranslaion o Book 23 o he Iliad in which Ajax a nd Odysseus compee in a wre sling m ach and Book 5 o he Aeneid or a descripion o hespors ha he omans played and compare he atiude o he compeiors in each epic Boh evens were par o he uneral games he ormer in honor o Paroclu s riend and atendan o Achil lesand he later in honor o Anchises aher o Aeneas Tis migh lead o urher discussion on henaure o modern wresling
Standards11 41
EXERCISE 5Ideniy he case o each plural noun Ten change each orm ino he singular For some more
TEACHING TIPSudens may wonder why he geniive singular w ihou is ending mus be used o find he base whenhe nominaive singular wihou is ending works jus as well Explain ha in oher noun declensionshe nominaive will no always provide he same base or have he same spelling as he geniive
Standards11 41
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 5154
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull 11
Chapter 1 bull 11
han one answer is possible
Example puellāsaccusaive puellam
1 īliae 5 aquīs2 errīs 6 poēārum3 nauārum 7 agricolae4 l upa e
BY THE WAY
In all declensions endings are added o he base o a noun I is imporan o know hahe base o a noun is ound by removing he ending rom is geniive si ngular orm Forexample he geniive singular o puella is puellae I you remove he -ae rom puellae
wha remains is he base o he word namely puell- For his reason learning he geni-ive singular is as imporan as knowing he nominaive singular o he noun
STUDY TIP
Always learn he geniive ogeher wih he nominaive because rom he geniive you will know o which declension a word belongs
A wall paining depic ing a Roman farmer (agricola) wih his sheep
EXERCISE 5 ANSWERS
1 nominaive īl ia
2 daive ablaive errae errā
3 geniive nauae
4 nominaive lupa
5 daive ablaive aquae aquā
6 geniive poēae7 nominaive agricola
HOW TO USE THIS BOOKIn his book he word ldquobaserdquo is used o reer o he noun wihou any ending ldquoStemrdquo is used or he par o he verb wihou any ending ldquoootrdquo is used or he Lain par o a derivaive
ORAL EXERCISE 2Tis exercise may be used afer Exercise 5
Use one o he ollowing classroom presenaion opions (hereafer reerred o as CPO) (blackgreenwhiesmar board overhead or LCD projecor PowerPoinreg presenaion ec) o pu his inormaion on view
quis ldquowhordquo (or he subjec) and quem ldquowhomrdquo (or he direc objec)
Ten ask he suden o answer he ollowing quesions abou he chaper reading eiher orally or in wri-
en orm
1 Teacher Quis es Mārs Student Mārs es deus
2 Teacher Quem ama Mārs Student hēam Silviam Mārs ama
3 Teacher Quis ama hēam Silviam Student Mārs ama hēam Silviam
4 Teacher Quem habe hēa Silvia Student hēa Silvia duōs īliōs ōmulum eemum habe
5 Teacher Quis claudi hēam Silviam Student Amūlius claudi hēam Silviam
6 Teacher Quem claudi Amūlius Student hēam Silviam Amūlius claudi
7 Teacher Quis ōmulum e emum in aquampōni
Student Amūlius ōmulum e emum in aquampōni
8 Teacher Quem Amūlius in aquam pōni Student Amūlius ōmulum e emum in aquampōni
9 Teacher Quis ambula ad aquam Student Lupa ambula ad aquam
10 Teacher Quis ōmulum e emum bene cūra Student Lupa ōmulum e emum bene cūra
11 Teacher Quōs lupa bene cūra Student Lupa ōmulum e emum bene cūra
12 Teacher Quis ōmulum e emum a ma Student Lupa ōmulum e emum ama
13 Teacher Quōs lupa ama Student Lupa ōmulum e emum ama
OralExercise 2
WorkbookExercise
4 5
EXERCISE 6ranslae rom Lain ino English and rom English ino Lain Te mos common Lain word
d
TEACHER BY THE WAYTe eacher may menion ha he mos common word order (subjec ndash direc objec ndash verb) can o-en be changed For example i he verb is o be emphasized i will ake firs posiion I he subjecor he direc objec is o be emphasized i will ake he las posiion which is he mos emphaic oneIn general he more unusual he wordrsquos posiion is he more emphasis is placed on his word
Standards11 41
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 5254
12 bull Latin for the New Millennium
12 bull Latin for the New Millennium
order is
subjec ndash direc objec ndash verb
1 Agricola erram ama
2 Te ahlee loves waer
3 Naua īlia m ama
4 Te poe loves ome
5 Agricola erram cūra
6 Te she-wol cares or (is aking care o) he girl
BY THE WAY
Even hough he mos common word order is subjec ndash di rec objec ndash verb rememberha endings991252no word order991252deermine which word is he subjec and which i s hedirec objec
TALKING When we mee one person we gree herhim wih salvē When we mee wo or more people wegree hem wih salvēte When we bid goodbye o one person we sayvalē When we bid goodbyeo wo or more people we say valēte
Here are various ways o ask ldquohow are yourdquo or ldquohow are you doingrdquo
Quōmodo valēs or Quōmodo tē habēs or Quid agis ldquoHow are yourdquo
Here is a range o possible answers
bene ldquowellrdquo pessimē ldquovery badrdquo optimē ldquogreardquo melius ldquobeterrdquo mediocriter ldquoso-sordquo or ldquono oo badrdquo meliusculē ldquoa litle beterrdquo male ldquobadrdquo
In general he more unusual he word s posiion is he more emphasis is placed on his word
EXERCISE 6 ANSWERS
1 Te armer loves he land
2 Āhlēa aquam ama
3 Te sailor loves (his) daugher
4 Poēa ōmam ama
5 Te armer cares or (is aking care o) he land6 Lupa puellam cūra
TEACHING TIP
Te eacher may sar he class in Lain by saying Salvēte discipulī et discipulae and by eaching hesudens o say in reurn Salvē magister (magistra)
ORAL EXERCISE 3Tis exercise may be used anytime afer the students have learned the use o the accusative case or afer Exercise 6
Use one o he CPOrsquos o pu on display he orms amō and cūrō and explai n ha hey a re in he fir s personsingular and how his differs rom he hird person singular learned in his chaper Ask individual sudens omake senences wih hem using he words hey have learned
Ten ell he sudens ha nōn means ldquonordquo and ask hem o make si milar senences wih nōn amō and nōn cūrō
Examples(nōn) amō erram īliam aquam lupam āhlēam(nōn) cūrō erram īliam puellam
WorkbookExercise 6
ContentQuestions
OralExercise 3
Standards12 21 41
42
SAYING HELLOMarīa Helena e Chrisīna sun (are) discipulae (students)
TEACHING TIPHave sudens read he dialogue aloud Tis will help o build heir pronunciaion skills
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 5354
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull 13
Chapter 1 bull 13
Marīa Salvēe Helena e Chrisīna
Christīna Salvē Marīa
Helena Salvē Marīa
Marīa Quōmodo valēs Helena Quōmodo valēs Chrisīna
Helena et Christīna Bene Quōmodo ū ( you) valēs Marīa
Marīa Pessimē
Helena et Christīna Cūr (Why)
Marīa imeō linguam Laīnam ( I ear the Latin language)Helena Ego ( I ) linguam Laīnam amō
Christīna E ego linguam Laīnam amō
ORAL EXERCISE 4
Tis exercise may be used afer he Lain dialogue has been presened
Insruc he sudens o say ldquohellordquo in Lain o he suden nex o hem Divide he class ino wo pars ellone par o gree he oher par using he plural greeing and vice versa Do he same ype o aciviy whensaying ldquogoodbyerdquo You may wish o make greeing he class in Lain a nd saying ldquogoodbyerdquo in Lain a par oa daily rouine
Divide he sudens ino pairs in which one person will ask how hisher parner is in Lain and he oher
wil l answer
ORAL EXERCISE 5
Tis exercise may be used afer he Lain dialogue has been presened
ell he sudens ha he paricle ndashne is added o he firs syllable o a word ha inroduces a quesion Ten askhe ollowing quesions abou he dialogue beween Mary Helen and Chrisy Individual sudens may answerorally or he enire class may wrie he answers as he eacher asks hem orally Te eacher should explain hahe orm valēs in he greeing Quōmodo valēs is in he second person which means ldquoyourdquo Te hird person orm(reerring o ldquoherrdquo ldquohimrdquo or ldquoirdquo) is valet So he phrase ldquoHow is she doingrdquo would be Quōmodo valet Te hirdperson o amō is amat and he hird person o timeō is timet
1 Teacher Quōmodo Chrisīna vale Student(s) Chrisīna bene vale
2 Teacher Quōmodo Marīa vale Student(s) Marīa pessimē vale
3 Teacher Cūr (why) Marīa pessimē vale Student(s) Marīa ime linguam Lainam4 Teacher Amane l inguam L aīnam Helena Student(s) Helena linguam Laīnam ama
5 Teacher Linguamne Laīnam ama Chrisīna Student(s) Chrisīna linguam Laīnam ama
ORAL EXERCISE 6 AND DICTATIONTis combined exercise may be used to conclude the chapter or at any time afer the students have learned the accusa-tive case and chapter vocabulary
Dicae he ollowing senences o he sudens Ten ask hem o make he ollowing changes eiher orally orin writen orm a he discreion o he eacher
1 Teacher Agricol a erram ama (change he direc objec ino plura l)Student Agricola errās ama
2 Teacher Lupa puellam cūra (change he direc objec ino plural)
Student Lupa puellās cūra3 Teacher Āhlēa puel lās ama (change he direc objec ino singu lar)
Student Āhlēa puellam ama
4 Teacher Fīlia errās ama (change he direc objec ino singular)Student Fīlia erram ama
OralExercise
4 5 6 andDictation
TEACHER NOTES
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 5454
14 bull Latin for the New Millennium
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 2454
xivndashxv bull Latin for the New Millennium
Preface bull xv
ASPECTS OF ROMAN LIFE
Nex you will find a reading in English on an imporan aspec o oman daily lie Tis sec-ion eniled Connecing wih he Ancien World wil l presen addiional inormaion on a opicencounered in he previous c hapers
EXPLORING ROMAN AND MODERN LIFE
Following he secion on daily lie here will be a shor essay in English ha compares and con-rass some aspec o oman and American lie and illusraes a way in which Lain is a par oour lie oday Each o hese essays has been writen by a universiy scholar wih special experisein his field o sudy
MĪRĀBILE AUDĪTŪEach review chaper concludes wih a l is o Lain quoaions motoes phrases or abbreviaionsused in English Tese sayings relae o one o he uni opics
Te Lain langu age and oman culure have no only inspired wriers hroughou he ages andin1047298uenced modern lie bu have also lef heir presence in ar and archaeology In his volumereproducions o painings drawings sculpure mosaics rescoes and oher ariacs rom an-iquiy hrough he presen abound wih depicions o and reerences o he sories and lives ohe omans Likewise view s o archaeological sies remind us o wha ome and is area o in1047298u-ence was like in ancien imes Te illusraions hroughou he ex suppor he writen word in
visual orm hus offering you a vivid recollecion o he chaper conen
Each auhor o his book has writen differen secions o he exbook bu boh auhors have ben-efied hroughou he composiion o he exbook rom coninuous muual advice and suppor
MM and 2008
Visi wwwl nmbolchazycom o see he elecronic resources ha accompany Lain or he New Millennium
xiv bull Latin for the New Millennium
wih a readi ng abiliy i s more likely o progress quick ly o a deeper undersanding o he lan-guage and he enjoymen o is lieraure I you have an oral aciliy and can wrie in a language
you will no need o be reminded abou orms and grammaical rules so ofen In his book you will acquire ha acive acili y as a basic par o learning he language
CONVERSATIONAL LATIN
oward he end o each chaper here is a Lain dialogue in which a group o modern sudens arehe paricipans Tey discuss in Lain siuaions ofen encounered in our daily li ves In hesedialogues you will find a bridge beween our lives and he houghs o he ancien medieval orrenaissance auhors who wroe in Lain991252a bridge consruced o he same basic language Lain
OTHER FEATURESIn each chaper you will fi nd oher ineresing mater ha will help you learn and enjoy Lain
bull Memorābile Dictū Te firs page o each chaper eaures a amous saying labeled Memorābile Dicū (A Memorable Ting o Say) a Lain phrase so well known ha i has become an ofenrepeaed proverb or quoaion Learning each amous saying wi ll increase your u ndersand-ing no jus o Lain bu o he houghs and ideas ha were i mporan o omans and haveconinued o be an inegral par o modern lie
bull Sudy ips Each chaper conains sayings rhymes mnemonic devices verses or oher in-ormaion ha will help you remember he various hings you are learning
bull By he Way You will see his phrase repeaed hroughou every chaper When you see hislabel you will know ha addiional inormaion is being presened
REVIEW COMPONENTS A he conclusion o every se o hree chapers here is a review conaining various componens
VOCABULARY TO KNOW
Tis is a complee lis o all he Vocabulary o Learn words presened in he hree chapers ar-ranged by pars o speech
EXERCISES
Here you will see many new exercises ha will help you review and reinorce he maerial in hehree preceding chapers In he review exercise secion here is ofen an addiional reading pas-sage o help you undersand more abou Lain lieraure and is heriage oday
CLASSICAL MYTHOLOGY
Tis secion eniled Considering Classical Myhology includes passages on myhology one inEnglish and one in Lain which ell some o he principal sories abou he Greek and omangods Tese sories re1047298ec many o he main hemes seen in lieraure and ar rom classical omodern imes
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 2554
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull xvindashxvii
AUTHORSMILENA MINKOVA
MA and PhD Chrisian and Classical Philology Pon-ifical Salesian Universiy ome Ialy MA and PhDClassics Universiy o Sofia Bulgaria
Associae Proessor o Classics Universiy o KenuckyLexingon Kenucky
Milena Minkova has sudied conduced research andaugh in Bulgaria Swizerland Germany Ialy he
Vaican Ciy and he USA Minkova has auhored hree book monographs Te Personal Names o he Lain In-scripions fom Bulgaria (Peer Lang 2000) Te Proe-an Raio (Peer Lang 2001) and Inroducion o Lain
Prose Composiion (Bolchazy-Carducci 2007 reprin Wimbledon 2001) She has also published numerousaricles on Lain medieval philosophy Lain lieraureLain composiion and Lain pedagogy
TERENCE TUNBERGBA and MA Classics Universiy o Souhern Calior-nia Posgraduae researcher and docoral suden Me-
dieval Sudies Universiy o London England PhDClassical Philology Universiy o orono Canada
Proessor o Classics Universiy o Kenucky Lexing-on Kenucky
erence unberg has augh in Belgium and Canadaas well as in he USA He is a specialis in Lain com-posiion and an exper in he hi sory o he approacheso wriing Lain prose rom aniquiy o early modernimes His works include a n ediion o collecion o Me-dieval Lain speeches commenaries on Lain worksand numerous sudies o he hisory o imiaion in La-in wriing In addiion or more han a decade he hasoffered summer seminars designed o inroduce peopleo he use o spoken Lain
bull xvii bull
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 2654
EDITORS CONSULTANTSAND PILOT TEACHERS
VOLUME EDITORSElisa C DenjaEdior Bolchazy-Carducci PublishersBaker Demonsraion School EmeriaEvanson Illinois
LeaAnn A OsburnEdior Bolchazy-Carducci PublishersBarringon High School EmeriaBarringon Illinois
BOARD OF
CONSULTANTS Virginia A ndersonLain eacherIllinois Virual High SchoolBarringon Middle School EmeriaBarringon Illinois
Jill M CrookerLain eacher
Pitsord-Mendon High School EmeriaPitsord New York
Judih Peller HalletProessor o ClassicsUniversiy o MarylandCollege Park Maryland
Sherwin D Litle1ndash12 Foreign Language Program LeaderIndian Hill High SchoolCincinnai Ohio
Sherrilyn MarinChair Deparmen o Foreign LanguagesKeih Counry Day Schoolockord Illinois
Mary PendergrafProessor o Classical Languages
Wake Fores Universiy Winson-Salem Norh Carolina
John raupman
Proessor o ClassicsS Josephrsquos Universiy EmeriusPhiladelphia Pennsylvania
Cynhia Whie Associae Proessor o ClassicsUniversiy o Arizonaucson Ari zona
ose WilliamsMcMurry College Emeria
Abilene High School Emeria Abilene exas
Donna WrighLain eacherLawrence Norh and Lawrence Cenral High
Schools
Indianapolis Indiana
PILOT TEACHERS Jeremy M WalkerLain eacherCrown Poin High SchoolCrown Poin Indiana
Laneta WarrenburgLain eacherElgin High SchoolElgin Illinois
bull xix bullxviii bull Latin for the New Millennium
JOINT PUBLICATIONS BY THE AUTHORSMinkova and unberg have coauhored he ollowing books Readings and Exercises in Lain
Prose Composiion (Focus 2004) Reading Livyrsquos Rome Selecions fom Livy Books IndashVI (Bol-chazy-Carducci 2 005) Maer Anserina Poems in Lain or Children (Focus 2006) Tey are hedirecors o he Insiue or Lain Sud ies a he Universiy o Kenucky in which sudens sudyhe hisory o Lain rom ancien o modern imes and ake par in seminars in which Lai n is he
working language o all ac iviies Boh Minkova and unberg are eleced ellows o he ome- based Academia Lainiai Fovendae he primary learned sociey devoed o he preservaion andpromoion o he use o Lain
xviiindashxix bull Latin for the New Millennium
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 2754
Editors Consultants and Pilot Teachers bull xxi
SHERWIN LITTLE
BA Universiy o Cincinnai M A Universiy o Colorado
Sherwin Litle has augh Lain rom sixh g rade hrough Lain AP a Indian Hill Exemped Vil-lage School Disric since 1983 Sherwin has received an Ovaio rom CAMWS as well as heCAMWS Good eacher Award and he Hildesheim Vase Award rom he Ohio Classical Coner-ence in 1986 and 2007 Sherwin holds Naional Board Cerificaion in World Languages Oherhan English and has been boh Vice Presiden and Presiden o he American Classical Leag ue
SHERRILYN MARTIN
BA Wilson College MA PhD Universiy o Cincinnai
Sherrilyn Marin was named Illinois Lain eacher o he Year in 1993 was a recipien o heL Governorrsquos Award or Foreign Language eaching in 2001 and was named a Claes Nobeleacher o Disincion in 2 007 She is a pas presiden o he Illinois Classical Conerence and isacive in he ockord Sociey o he A rchaeological Insiue o America Sherri lyn spen a yearin independen sudy a he Universiy o Tessaloniki Greece
MARY PENDERGRAFT
AB PhD Universiy o Norh Carolina Chapel Hill
Afer eaching a UNC-Greensboro and D uke Universiy Mary Pendergraf began eachingclassics ul l-ime a Wake Fores Mary is a ormer Presiden o he Norh Carolina Classical A s-sociaion and paricipaed in he ocus group ha w roe he Norh Carolina Sandard Course oSudy or Lain
JOHN TRAUPMAN
BA Moravian College MA PhD Pr inceon Universiy
John raupman is proessor emerius rom S Josephrsquos Universiy i n Phil adelphia where heaugh or hiry-eigh years A mong his many awards John received he Disinguished eaching
Award rom S Josephrsquos Universiy in 1982 a cerificae o appreciaion rom he PennsylvaniaDeparmen o Educaion in 1990 and he Special Award rom he Classical Associaion o he
Alanic Saes in 1996 John raupman is especially well-known as he auhor oConversaional Lain and Te New College Lain and English Dicionary
CYNTHIA WHITE
BA Chesnu Hill College MA Villanova Universiy PhD Caholic Universiy o America
Cynhia Whie is he Direcor o he Undergraduae Lain Program and supervises eacherraining and Kndash12 Lain eacher Cerificaion a he Universiy o Arizona She regularlyeaches a he Isiuo Inernazionale di Sudi Classici di Orvieo he Classics Deparmenrsquos Sudy
Abroad Program in Orvi eo Ialy and has sudied i n ome wih he Papal Lai nis eg inaldFoser ODC
xx bull Latin for the New Millennium
VOLUME EDITORSELISA C DENJA
BA Marygrove College Deroi Michigan MA Columbia Universiy MA Loyola UniversiyChicago
Elisa Denja augh Lain a Norh Chicago High School and Baker Demonsraion School inEvanson Illinois or many years while concurrenly eaching classical myhology a LoyolaUniversiy o Chicago and in he g ifed-disance learning program a Norhwesern UniversiyElisa was awarded he Illinois Lain eacher o he Year award in 1992 and he Illinois Lieime
Achievemen Award in 2007
LEAANN A OSBURNBA Monmouh College Illinois MA Loyola Universiy Chicago
While eaching Lain or many years a Barringon High School in Barringon Illinois LeaA nnserved as boh vice-presiden and presiden o he Illinois Classical Conerence LeaAn n receivedhe Illinois La in eacher o he Year award in 1989 he Illinois L Governorrsquos Award in 1990and he Classical Associaion o he Middle Wes and Souh Good eacher Award in 1996
BOARD OF CONSULTANTSVIRGINIA ANDERSON
BA Loyola Universiy Chicago MA S Xavier Universiy
Virginia Anderson augh Lain or hi ry years i n privae and public hi gh schools and middleschools in he Chicagoland area In 1999 she was awarded he L Governorrsquos Award or Enhance-men o he eaching Proession and in 2003 was named Il linois Lain eacher o he Year
JILL M CROOKER
BA Universiy o Illi nois MSEd Nazareh College o ocheser New York Jill Crooker augh Lain or many years a Pitsord-Mendon High School in Pitsord New YorkShe has served as he College Board Advisor o he A P Lain es Developmen Commitee andin 1996 received he Moron E Spillenger Award or Disingui shed Leadership o he Classical
Associaion o he Empire Sae In 2003 she received he ACL Meria Award and i n 2006 a nOvaio rom he Classical A ssociaion o he Alanic Saes
JUDITH PELLER HALLETT
BA Wellesley MA PhD Harvard Universiy
In addiion o sudying a he A merican Academy in ome he Insiue o Classical Sudies inLondon and he Universiy o Maasrich in Holland Judih Hallet is a ormer presiden o heClassical Associaion o he Alanic Saes and Vice-Presiden or Oureach o he AmericanPhilological Associaion She was named a Disinguished Scholar-eacher in 1992 by he Uni-
versiy o Maryland
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull xxndashxxi
TEACHER NOTES
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 2854
xxii bull Latin for the New Millennium
xxii bull L atin for the New Millennium
ROSE WILLIAMS
BA Baylor Universiy MA Universiy o Norh Carolina Chapel Hill
In addiion o posgraduae work in Lain and Humaniies a he Universiy o Dallas and heUniversiy o exas a Arlingon on a ockeeller Gran ose Williams did research a he Bodle-ian Library Ox ord Universiy in England and a he Universiy o Pisa She augh Lain or overhiry years a boh high school and uni versiy levels in exas and now is he auhor o more hanen books abou he Classics
DONNA WRIGHT
BA MA Ball Sae Universiy
Afer eaching Lain a Carmel High School Donna Wrigh currenly eaches a boh LawrenceNorh and Lawrence Cenral High Schools in Indianapolis Indiana She has been an acivemember o he Indiana Classical Conerence being named Creaive Lain eacher o he Year in1976 She has also been acive i n he American Classical League sponsoring a JCL chaper andleading Ialy rips or nearly weny years Donna also served as an offi cer speaker and boardmember o Pompeiiana Inc
PILOT TEACHERS JEREMY M WALKER
AB Wabash College MA Indiana Universiy
Jeremy Walker has augh Lain a Crown Poin High School in Crown Poin Indiana since1995 He has served as he Co-Chair o he Indiana Junior Classical League and Membershipand Public elaions Chair o he Naional Junior Classical League In addiion o sudying inIaly a he Inercollegiae Cener or Classical Sudies and in Greece a he American School orClassical Sudies he was presiden o he Indiana Classical Conerence In 2003 Jeremy was rec-ognized as he Lain eacher o he Year in Indiana and in 2004 was recognized by he Indiana
Sae eachers Associaion as a orch o K nowledge ecipien
LANETTA WARRENBURG
BA Indiana Universiy MA Indiana Universiy-Purdue Universiy Indianapolis
Laneta Warrenburg has augh high school English and Lain or hiry-hree years a schoolsin Indiana and Illinois Her las weny-our years o eaching Lain were a Elgin High Schoolin Elgin Illinois While eaching Lain here she served as he Illinois Classical Conerencechairperson or Chicago Classics Day as co-chair or he Illinois Ceramen League since 1993and as sae chair or he Il linois Junior Classical L eague rom 1999ndash2001 Laneta was honoredas he Illi nois Lain eacher o he Year in 2001 and was presiden o he Chicago Classical Clubrom 2005ndash2007
INTRODUCTION
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 2954
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull xxiii
INTRODUCTIONALPHABETTe Lain alphabe was derived rom he Eruscan alphabe some ime beore he sevenh cen-ury 983138983139983141 Te Eruscans were a people in pre-oman Ialy
Teir alphabe owes much o he Greek alphabe In urn he Greek alphabe was derived romhe Phoenician alphabe Phoenician raders had spread heir sysem o wriing h roughou he
Medierranean region Te Phoenician alphabe isel can be raced o he Norh Semiic alpha- be which was used in Syria and Palesine as early as he elevenh cenury 983138983139983141 and is consideredo be he earlies ully developed alphabeic wriing sysem
An Eruscan couple reclining on a funeral sarcophagus
bull xxiii bull
Sandard41
EDITORrsquoS NOTE
Te comprehension quesions and answers as well as some o he eaching ips and eacher by he Way noa-ions in his eacher manual were writen by Elisa C Denja LeaAnn A Osburn Karen Lee Singh and DonaldE Sprague classics ediorseducaors a Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers
HOW TO USE THIS BOOK
Please noe ha he perinen naional Classics sandards are lised in he margin o he lef or righ on he samepage as he reproducion o he suden ex
Eisemann Communicaion assised in preparing he correlaions o Lain o r he New Mil lennium wih he
naional sandards For an overview o he sandards hemselves and he correlaions please consul www bolchazyl nmcom
TEACHING TIP
Te eacher may choose o use he picure o he Eruscan couple on his page and he brie meniono he Eruscan alphabe o open a discussion on wha role he Eruscans played in early omanimes Sudens may be direced o p xxx ii o find Eruria on he map
TEACHING TIPTe eacher may wish o discuss wih he sudens he erm ldquoomance languagesrdquo Many modernlanguages come rom he language used by he ancien omans French Ialian Poruguese Span-ish omanian ec omansch (spoken by he descendans o he aeians and one o he our o-ficial languages o Swizerland) is also derived rom Lain
TEACHER BY THE WAYBased on archeological evidence i appears ha Eruscan women were an imporan par o hesocial srucure Ofen he names o boh moher and aher were placed on unerary inscripionsTe reedom o women wihin sociey is likewise apparen on monumens where hey can be seenreclining wih heir husbands on he same couch atending games and having a place o honor in heomb isel Noice he affecionae pose o he couple in he illusraion on p xxiii Clearly marriedlove was valued in Eruscan sociey and amily lie was imporan
ombs also provide evidence or he syle o Eruscan homes Some o hese eaures were borrowed by heomans especially he cenral hall and hree rooms a he back Tis ype o house was known a Pompeii as well as a ome ac cording o Viru vius auhor o Dē archiecūrā
TEACHING TIP
Te eacher may wish o have sudens read an English ranslaion o Livyrsquos radiional accouno anaquil wie o arquinius Priscus he fifh king o ome Te independence o Eruscan women is ev iden in hi s ale He r behavior is he ani hesis o he ideas o woma nly dec orum hel d by he omans
TEACHING TIPS d ill j i i h E li h ldquo lph b rdquo pl i h E li h l t ih h
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 3054
xxiv bull Latin for the New Millennium
xxiv bull Latin for the New Millennium
Look a he English alphabe in he lef column and a he Lain alphabe in he righ one TeLain alphabe is accompanied by he names o he Lain leters (in parenheses)
English Alphabe Lain Alphabe
Uppercase Lowercase Uppercase Lowercase Leter Name
A a A a (a ldquoăhrdquo)
B b B b (be ldquobayrdquo)
C c C c (ce ldquocayrdquo)
D d D d (de ldquodayrdquo)
E e E e (e ldquoĕhrdquo)
F F (e)
G g G g (ge ldquogayrdquo)H h H h (ha ldquohahrdquo)
I i I i (i ldquoeerdquo)
J j
K k K k (ka ldquokahrdquo)
L l L l (el)
M m M m (em)
N n N n (en)
O o O o (o ldquoŏhrdquo)
P p P p (pe ldquopayrdquo)
Q q Q q (qu ldquokoordquo)
r r (er)
S s S s (es)
(e ldquoayrdquo)
U u U u (u ldquooordquo)
V v V v (u consonan)
W w
X x X x (ix ldquoeexrdquo)
Y y Y y (upsilon)
Z z Z z (zea ldquodzayardquo)
Te English alphabe is derived direcly rom he Lain alphabe Tis accouns or he greasimilariies b eween he wo alphabes Tere are 26 leters in he English alphabe and 24 in heLain Te differences are he ollowing
bull Te leter W w (which is he doubled leter v) is missing in he Lain alphabe
bull Te leter J j is a more recen invenion In ac i appears in Lain exs writen during heMiddle Ages and he enaissance as well as i n many modern ediions o ancien Lain exsI is used o indicae he semi-vowel i someimes called consonanal i Te consonanal i is
Sudens will enjoy singing he English alphabe song replacing he English leter names wih heLain leter names Sudens may be insruced o clap once where here is no Lain leter name (egldquoJrdquo) equivalen o he English one
TEACHING TIPTe eacher may choose o display any Lain words (a lis is provided below or he eacherrsquos conve-nience) and insruc he sudens o spell ou he word using he Lain leter names Te sudensmay become curious o know wha he Lain words mean Definiions are given below
bull pars ndash par
bull nox ndash nigh
bull ruber ndash red
bull ēgī ndash I have done
bull amilia ndash amily
bull carō ndash 1047298esh
bull dēcernō ndash I decide
bull herba ndash plan
bull Kalendae ndash Kalends (firs day o he monh)
bull quoque ndash also
bull imor ndash ear
bull Pȳhia ndash Pyhia (name o Apollorsquos priesess)
bull iēcī ndash I hrew
bull ēlīx - happy bull ignis ndash fire
bull mūō ndash I change
COMPREHENSION QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS FOR PAGES XXIII991251XXVeproducible versions o he quesions alone are available a wwwlnm bolchazycom
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 3154
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull xxv
Introduction bull xxv
he i a he beginning o a word beore a vowel or i beween wo vowels According o hismehod or example Iūlius is writen Jūlius and Āiax is writen Ājax In his book he leter J j will no be used
bull Te disincion beween he vowel U u and he consonan V v also belongs o laer imesIniially here was only one leter V u used boh or he vowel and he consonan eg Vrbs ldquoTe Ciyrdquo (ie ome) or uicor ldquohe winnerrdquo
bull However in accord wih he prevail ing pracice o expressing he vowel wih U u and heconsonan wih V v in his book he wo leters will be disingui shed
PRONUNCIATION OF LATIN
VOWELSTere are six vowels in Lain and heir pronunciaion is as ollows
Long Vowel Sound Shor Vowel Sound
ā is pronounced as in ldquoaherrdquo ōrāor ldquooraorrdquo a is pronounced as in ldquoalikerdquo amō ldquoloverdquo
ē is pronounced like he a in ldquoraverdquo nēmō ldquonobodyrdquo e is pronounced as in ldquoperdquo bene ldquowellrdquo
ī is pronounced like he double e in ldquoseenrdquo līmes ldquoboundaryrdquo
i is pronounced as in ldquopirdquo nihil ldquonohingrdquo
ō is pronounced as in ldquosoverdquo videō ldquo(I) seerdquo o is pronounced as in ldquoofenrdquorosa ldquoroserdquo
ū is pronounced as in ldquomoonrdquo ūnus ldquoonerdquo u is pronounced as in ldquopurdquo um ldquohenrdquo
ӯ comes rom Greek and is pronounced in lenghsomewhere beween he i in ldquohirdquo and he u in ldquomuerdquo Pӯramus ldquoPyramusrdquo
y comes rom Greek Is sound wheher long or shorlies in beween he sounds o i and u much as in heFrench ldquosucircrrdquo bu he sound o shor y is less drawn ouhan ha o long y lyricus ldquolyricalrdquo
Te Lain words senātus rēgēsulla gentēs and prīmus are
engraved on his sone
Sign from Pompeii carved on sone wih Lain leters
p q
1 race he roos o he Lain alphabe rom is beginnings orward
Norh-Semiic alphabe elevenh cenury 983138983139983141 Phoenician alphabe Greek alphabe Erusca n alphabeLain alphabe
2 Which wo leters in he English alphabe are no ound in he Lain alphabe
W and J
3 When does he leter J begin o appear in Lain
During he Middle Ages and he enaissa nce
4 Look a he Lain inscripion on he sign rom Pompeii (on he righ o p xxv) Find a leas hree Lain words Lis an Engl ish word you believe is based on he La in word
colonia 991252 colonial colony honoris 991252 honorspecacula 991252 specacular specacle perpevom 991252 perpeual perpeuiy duovir 991252 virile virili
Sandards12 41
TEACHING TIPSudens may wan o know he English meanings o he Lain words in Exercises 1 and 2 Te defini-
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 3254
xxvi bull Latin for the New Millennium
xxvi bull L atin for the New Millennium
BY THE WAY
Everywhere in his book long vowels are indicaed by macrons ie ā ē ī ō ū ӯ whileabove he shor vowels here are no signs Someimes wo words differ rom each oheronly in he lengh o he vowel For example mālum wih a longa means ldquoapplerdquo whilemalum wih a shor a means ldquobad hingrdquo
EXERCISE 1epea hese words aloud afer your eacher pronounces hem
1 a lō 7 lēnis 13 probō 19 sūor2 alumnus 8 sēdēs 14 noa 20 ūsus3 rāna 9 i er 15 pōnō 21 syllaba4 rādō 10 imeō 16 dōnum 22 Pӯrēnē5 eneō 11 nīor 17 ululō6 peō 12 mīrus 18 lupus
DIPHTHONGSDiphhongs are wo vowels combined in one syllable and pronounced ogeher as one soundTere are six diphhongs in Lain
bull ae much like he y in ldquoskyrdquo laevus ldquo lefrdquo
bull au pronounced as ou in ldquoourrdquo aurum ldquo goldrdquo
bull ei pronounced as ei in ldquoeignrdquo oiei ldquoalasrdquo
bull eu pronounced eoo much as i in he wo words ldquogrey bluerdquo you were o subrac he ldquogr-rdquo andhe ldquobl-rdquo and combine he wo vowel sounds Eurōpa ldquoEuroperdquo
bull oe pronounced as oy in ldquoboyrdquo proelium ldquo batlerdquo
bull ui pronounced nearly like ldquowerdquohui ldquoohrdquo
I is believed ha quie early sill in ancien imes he diphhongs ae and oe began o be pro-nounced as e I you encouner hem writen aē or aeuml and oē or oeuml his means ha hey are nodiphhongs and he leters should be pronounced separaely āēr poēa
Te diphhongs are always long
EXERCISE 2epea hese words afer your eacher pronounces hem
1 aesās 7 s eu 13 aēneus2 a equō 8 m oenia 14 poēma3 raeda 9 neu 15 hei4 l audō 10 poena 16 huic5 a u 11 neuer6 aula 12 Poenus
Sudens may wan o know he English meanings o he Lain words in Exercises 1 and 2 Te definiions are provided or he eacherrsquos convenience
EXERCISE 11 I nourish 12 wonderul
2 suden 13 I approve
3 rog 14 noe
4 I scrape 15 I pu
5 I hold 16 gif6 I seek 17 I howl
7 smooh 18 wol
8 sea 19 shoemaker
9 journey 20 use
10 I ear 21 sylla ble
11 I srive 22 Pȳrene (a name)
EXERCISE 21 summer
2 I make level
3 carriage
4 I praise5 or
6 orecour
7 or i
8 walls
9 and no
10 penaly
11 neiher
12 Carhaginian
13 bronze
14 poem
15 ah
16 o his
TEACHER BY THE WAYHisorical evidence can be cied or reading he firs syllable o ldquomāgnusrdquo as naurally long bu oher
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 3354
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull xxvii
Introduction bull xxvii
CONSONANTSbull c is pronounced as in ldquocomerdquo clārus ldquobrighrdquo censeō ldquo(I) deemrdquo cārus ldquodearrdquo
bull When b is ollowed by s as in urbs ldquociyrdquo he sound o b approaches ha o p a sound wemigh represen as urps
bull g is pronounced as in ldquogerdquo gaudiumldquojoyrdquo gignō ldquo(I) bege (I) bearrdquo grāialdquoavor agreeablenessrdquo
bull Some hink ha he omans o Cicerorsquos ime (firs cenury 983138983139983141) pronounced he wo conso-nans ng as ngn or example he adjecive māgnus ldquogreardquo would have been pronounced in a
way ha we migh represen asmangnus
bull k is a very rare consonan In ac i appears only in wo words Kalendae ldquohe firs day oevery monh in he oman calendarrdquo and in he personal name Kaeso
bull q appears always in combinaion wih u and he combinaion qu is pronounced as in ldquoqueenrdquoquatuor ldquoourrdquo
bull v has a sound similar o w (as in he word ldquowierdquo) videō ldquo I seerdquo
bull Te consonanu in he combinaion su sounds like he English w in he ollowing our wordssuēscō ldquo(I) become accusomedrdquoSuēvī a name o a German ribe suādeō ldquo(I) adviserdquo suāvis ldquosweerdquo
bull Te leter r is rilled slighly Te sound has no exac equivalen in English bu is heard inmany oher European languages Te bes way o make his sound is o pronounce r as inldquoroperdquo bu vibrae he end o he ongue slighly as you say i
bull x is a double consonan (equivalen ocs or gs) ha sounds much like he x in ldquosixrdquo
bull z is a noher double consonan (equivalen o dz) and sounds almos like z in ldquozebrardquo I be-gins wih a sligh d sound firs so in pronouncing his leter you should hear dz
bull ph sounds like p in ldquopenrdquo bu wih he addiion o a sligh breah o air represened by he hth sounds like t as in ldquo omrdquo bu wih he addiion o a sligh ex ra breahing represened byhe h ch sounds nearly like he combinaion kh Tese consonans are borrowed rom Greek
and appear in Greek words zephyrus ldquowesern breezerdquo chorus ldquochorusrdquo heārum ldquoheaerrdquo When p and t are no accompanied by h his sligh aspiraion is absen
bull When consonans are doubled as in he verbaggredior he consonanal sound is lenghenedslighly
EXERCISE 3epea hese words afer your eacher pronounces hem
1 cibus 7 glōria 13 phasēlus2 capiō 8 Zeus 14 chara3 cumulus 9 bibliohēca 15 cēlō4 crēscō 10 phi losophia 16 anīquus5 gemma 11 zōna6 Gallus 12 heōrēma
g y g y gevidence suggess i is naurally shor Tus in some grammar books such as he one by Gildersleeveand Lodge we find his syllable marked as long bu in oher books i is reaed as shor
TEACHING TIPTe sudens may also wish o find ou he meanings o he Lain words in Exercise 3 Te definiionsare provided or he eacherrsquos convenience
EXERCISE 3
1 ood2 I ake
3 a heap
4 I grow
5 bud jewel
6 a Gaul
7 glory
8 Zeus
9 library
10 philosophy
11 a girdle
12 heory
13 kidney bean
14 paper
15 I hide
16 old
TEACHING TIPTe eacher may wish o provide he sudens wih some pracice on syllables and sress accen Here
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 3454
xxviii bull Latin for the New Millennium
xxviii bull Latin for the New Millennium
ACCENT A Lain word is made up no jus o leters bu also o syllables A Lain word has as many syllablesas i has vowels or diphhongs (a diphhong works like a single vowel since i is made up o wo
vowels pronounced ogeher [see diphhongs above])
You will need o know he ollowing erms when learning abou accen
bull ulima he las syllable in a word
bull penul he second-o-las syllable in a word
bull anepenul he hird-o-las syllable in a word
So in he word ze- ph y-r us he vowel u is he ulima y is he penul and e is he anepenul
RULES ABOUT THE STRESS ACCENT IN LATIN1 Te sress accen in Lain alls on eiher he penul or he anepenul
2 Te accen alls on he penul i he penul is long I he penul is shor he accen alls onhe anepenul
3 How o deermine wheher he penul is long or shor
a I he penul conains a long vowel (or any diphhong) he penul isel is long You o-en need o learn wheher he vowel in he penul is long or shor as a basic elemen inlearning a new word A macron above he vowel will ell you ha he vowel is long whi lehe absence o a macron wil l indicae a shor vowel Pronouncing he word can help youremember he vowel lenghs For ex ample vi-de-ō ldquoI seerdquo is pronounced viacutedeō whileau-rō-ra ldquodawnrdquo is pronounced aurōacutera and po-pu-lus ldquopeoplerdquo is pronounced po pulus
b I he vowel in he penul is ollowed by wo or more consonans he penul is long no
mater wheher he vowel in he penul is long or shor and he accen necessarily allson he penul For example do-cu-men-um ldquodocumenrdquo is pronounced documenacuteum
BY THE WAYTe consonan x is double (cs or gs) and couns as wo consonans when deermining
wheher he penul is long
c Tere is one excepion o lsquobrsquo above Someimes even when here are wo consonans be-ween he penul and he ulima hey sill do no deermine ha he penul is long Tishappens when he wo consonans are a mue and a liquid
Te mues are p b d t g c
Te liquids are l r
So in he word pal-pe-bra ldquoeyelidrdquo he anepenul is accened ( palacutepebra) he vowel o he pe-nul is shor since i i s ollowed by a mue and a l iquid O course ru le lsquoarsquo sill applies in he wordhe-ā-trum ldquoheaerrdquo he penul is accened (heāacuterum) since i is naurally long somehing welearn rom he macron
y p p yare some examples wih he answers included or he eacherrsquos convenience
Underline he ulima in each word
1 legō
2 rēgis
3 imperāor
Underline he penul in each word
1 causa
2 pūnīum3 armāus
Underline he anepenul in each word
1 vulnerō
2 eigī
3 sublāum
Underline he penul i i is long
1 pōnō
2 spēlunca
3 pauperis
Underline he syllable ha will receive he sress accen in each word1 ōrāculum
2 peīum
3 cōnsania
4 exsīncum
5 vulneris
6 solius
TEACHING TIPGiven he passage abou he bahhouse on his page and he picure rom Bah England he
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 3554
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull xxix
EXERCISE 4epea each senence aloud afer your eacher reads i Pay atenion o he pronunciaion andsress accen o each word
Wha i is Like o Live Over a Bahhouse
(Adaped rom Seneca Moral Leter 56)
Ecce undique clāmor sona Suprā ipsum balneum habiō Prōpōne nunc ibi omnia genera vōcumodiōsa Foriōrēs exercenur e manūs plumbō gravēs iacan cum au labōran au labōranemimianur Gemiūs audiō quoiēns spīrium remīsērun Sun quoque ūncōrēs e racāōrēs
Audiō crepium manuum umerōs erienium sonus quoque icuum mūāur nunc enim manusperveni plāna nunc concava Audiō clāmōrēs sī ūr es i n balneō dēprehēnsus
Look here is noise sounding all around I live above he bahhouse isel Imagine o yourselnow all he haeul ypes o voices Te sronger ones exercise hemselves and swing heir ha ndsloaded wih lead weighs while hey work ou991252or imiae a person working ou I hear moansevery ime hey le go a ltpen-upgt breah Tere are also anoiners and masseurs I hear he slapo hands hiting shoulders and he sound o he blows changes or someimes he hands come1047298a someimes cupped I hear shouing i a hie is caugh in he bahhouse
A pool from inside he Roman Bahs in Bah England
Introduction bull xxix
eacher may wish o open a discussion abou bahs during oman i mes Te use o he calidārium fīgid ārium epidārium and sūdārium may be explained by he eacher and sudens may be en-couraged o learn andor pronounce hese words
TEACHER BY THE WAYBahs were ofen consruced on locaions having ho or mineral springs such as Bah in Englandand Bāiae a resor own on he Bay o Naples
Modern Bah in oman imes was named afer he Celic goddess o healing Sulis In he firscenury her shrine was aken over by he omans and she was idenified wih he goddess Minerva
Te sie was hen known as Aquae Sulis Mine rva In a emple relie she is represened wih a Medusa-like head and a musache
Te spa conained a grea bah (73 f by 29 f) and hree oher swimming pools he calidārium (ho bah)epidārium (warm bah) and fīgidār ium (cold bah) In he second cenury he spring was enclosed wihin a wooden barrel-vau led build ing ha housed hese hree pools Ho ai r bahs were ueled by coal fires A con-san 1047298ow o waer was direced o he pools hrough lead pipes which sill uncion oday
Archeologica l excavaions have revealed ma ny sacred voive offerings c urse ables and innumerable coinsa he botom o he springs Te curse ables writen in Lain heaped curses on anyone suspeced o wrong-doing Te ancien radiion o hrowing coins accompanied by a wish sill prevails oday in ome a he reviFounain where ourissvisiors do he same
More inormaion on bah complexes in ome can be ound on p 386 o his eacherrsquos manual
Sandards22 31
32 41 42
TEACHING TIPTe eacher may wish o insruc he sudens o find he iber iver which is picured here on he
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 3654
xxx bull Latin for the New Millennium
xxx bull Latin for the New Millennium
OVERVIEW OF ROMAN HISTORY According o legend omulus and his win broher emus were se adrif on he iber iver Ashe-wol nursed he boys unil a shepherd rescued hem Upon reaching manhood in 753 983138983139983141he wins ounded a new ciy near he place w here hey had been ound by he she-wol on he
basis o anaugusō auguriō ldquoa avorable sighing o birdsrdquo Bu omulus killed emus in a dispueover who would rule he new ciy and became is firs king
Six oher kings ruled afer omulus Numa Pompilius ullus Hosilius Ancus Marius ar-quinius Prisc us Servius ullius a nd arquinius Superbus (arquin he Proud) Afer he las ohese seven kings was overhrown in 509 983138983139983141 ome became a republic wih a represenaiveorm o governmen headed by wo consuls eleced an nually By 451 983138983139983141 he fi rs corpus o o-man law known as he welve ables was creaed
In he las cenury 983138983139983141 he oman epublic was shaken apar by a series o civil wars By31 983138983139983141 an auocraic regime headed earlier by Julius Caesar and laer by his grea-nephew Oc-avian brough he epublic o an end Te years rom 27 983138983139983141991252when Ocavian assumed heile o prīnceps ldquochie ciizenrdquo as well as he name Augu sus991252o around 180 983139983141 are known ashe early principae or empire During his era ome exended her boundaries o he BriishIsles in he norh Norh Arica in he souh Spain in he wes and he igris and Euphraesrivers in he eas
A view of he iber River as i 1047298ows hrough he ciy of Rome
map on p xxxii
COMPREHENSION QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS FOR PAGE XXX991251XXXI
eproducible versions o he quesions alone are available a wwwlnm bolchazycom
1 Who were he legendary ounders o ome
omulus and emus
2 According o legend in wha year was ome ounded
753 983138983139983141
3 Over he course o he monarchic period how many kings ruled ome
Seven
4 Wha even occurred in 509 983138983139983141
Te beginni ng o he oman epublic (wih wo consuls in charge)
5 Wha is he erm associaed wih he wo leaders o he epublic
Consul
6 Which wo leaders oversaw omersquos shif rom a republic o a principae
Julius Caesar and OcavianAugusu s
7 Wha major aciviy associaed wih empire-building ook place during he principae
erriorial expansion
8 Name wo developmens ha characerized he lae empire
Severe economic problems inernal poliical unres andor requen invasion by he Germanic ribes
9 Describe Diocleianrsquos response o he roubles o he empire
Diocleian divided he empire ino wo halves he Easern and Wesern empires in order o make ruli nghe empire more manageable
10 Explai n he origin o he erm ldquovandalismrdquo
Te fifh cenury invasion and pillag ing o ome by he ribe known as he Vandals who occupied he o-man province o Norh Arica led o he erm ldquovandalismrdquo meaning wanon desrucion
11 Describe Lainrsquos role in he cenuries afer 476 983139983141
Lain 1047298ourished as he major lierary language in he Wesern oman Empire and was spread o non-omanized places like Ireland Scandinavia and he New World
TEACHING TIP
Te eacher may ask he sudens o find he daes menioned on his page in he imeline on pp411ndash414
Sandards21 31 32
TEACHING TIPTe eacher may insruc he sudens o locae ByzaniumConsaninople discussed here in he
d h h ii
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 3754
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull xxxi
Introduction bull xxxi
From 180 983139983141 onwards in he period k nown as he lae empire he oman sae experiencedsevere economic problems and requen invasions by Germanic ri bes esponding o he pres-sure o he firs wave o migraions as well as inernal poliical u nres and economic diffi culieshe emperor Diocleian (ruled 284ndash305 983139983141) had already divided he oman Empire ino anEasern and Wesern hal each under is own emperor991252an atemp o make he vas omansae more manageable
Tis poliical division o he empire acually mirrored a culural division oo he main lan-guage o he Wes was Lain while he main language o he Eas was Greek Shorly aferwardshe emperor Consanine (ruled 312ndash337 983139983141) esablished a new capial or he Easern empirea Byzanium wh ich he renamed Consaninople (ldquohe ciy o Consaninerdquo oday called Isan-
bul) Bu even afer his reorganizaion he imperial governmen ulimaely proved incapable o
semming he ide o he migraions in par because he oman army was oo widely e xendedand could no be in so many places a once Indeed many o he invaders were given he sauso oederāī or ldquoreay roopsrdquo In effec hey were a llowed o occupy segmens o he empire inreurn or proecing i So when Alar ic King o he Visigohs sacked ome in 410 983139983141 he acual lyhad a ile as a commander in he oman army
ome was sacked again in 455 983139983141 by he Vandals who had already occupied he omanprovince o Norh Arica Te pillaging o he ciy o omulus by he invaders made a pro-ound impression on conemporaries and o his day he erm ldquovandalismrdquo is a word in severallanguages or wanon desrucion While he Easern empire (always more sable and eco-nomically prosperous han he Wes) coninued o exis unil 1453 983139983141 he Wesern empire
was ex inc as a poliica l eniy by 476 983139983141 In is place were Germa nic k ingdoms and ribes Angles and Saxons in Briai n Visigohs in Spain Osrogohs in Ialy Franks and Burgundi ansin Gaul991252o name only he major groups Te combinaion o hese new socieies wih heprevious inhabians who had been omanized o varying degrees would one day provide he
basis or he culures o modern Europe
Bu he end o he ancien oman Empire in he Wes was no he end o Lain On he con-rary during he nex 1200 years Lain no only 1047298ourished as he major lierary language in he
erriories o he ormer Wesern oman Empire he use o Lain was exended o regions heomans had never occupied including Ireland Scandinavi a and even he New World
BEGINNINGS OF LATIN LITERATURE Very ew complee works o Lain lieraure produced beore he mid-second cenury 983138983139983141 (ie beore 150 983138983139983141) have survived One reason or his loss was he remendous populariy o he works produced in he ollowing cenury by such auhors as Cicero Vergil and Ovid Teir wri-ings were so widely read and copied in subsequen cenuries ha he auhors preceding hem
were gradually negleced
Among he major figures o early Lain lieraure was a reed slave rom he Greek ciy o aren-um named Livius Andronicus who li ved rom 284ndash204 983138983139983141 He was known or his adapaionso Greek drama or oman audiences and his ranslaion o Homerrsquos Odyssey ino Lain verse
second paragraph on he map on p xxxii
TEACHING TIPTe eacher may ask he sudens o find he daes menioned on his page in he imeline on pp413ndash414
HOW TO USE THIS BOOK AND ITS ANCILLARIES
wo ancillaries are available or use wih his book Te Original Dysuncional Family (abbreviaed ODF)and From Romulus o Romulus Augusulus (abbreviaed R) R will be paricularly useul in order ohelp sudens keep he ime periods o he auhors and o he evens he auhors wroe abou sraigh in heirminds Chaper ile pages will include when appropriae a noaion on wha chaper o R he eachermay wish o assign
TEACHING TIPTe eacher may wish o assign Chaper 1 o he oman hisory ancillary From Romulus o Romu-lus Augusulus a his poin
COMPREHENSION QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS FOR PAGES XXXI991251XXXIVeproducible versions o he quesions alone are available a wwwlnm bolchazycom
1 Whom did he omans consider he aher o Lain lieraure
Ennius
2 Wha was Enniusrsquo mos amous work Is subjec mater
Annālēs was an epic poem abou omersquos early hisory
3 Wha amous Lain saying means ldquoCarhage mus be desroyedrdquo
Carhāgō dēlenda es
4 Who is he auhor o ha saying
Cao he ElderCao he Censor
5 When was Carha ge said o have been desroyed
146 983138983139983141 a he end o he hird Punic war
NB Aler sudens ha he answers o hese comprehension quesions will be ound on p xxxiv
Sandards21 31
R1
TEACHING TIP Ask sudens he English equivalen o cou nries s uch as Briannia and Germānia and he Englishequivalen o he ciies Neāpolis and Ahēnae
Sandard31
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 3854
xxxii bull Latin for the New Millennium
equivalen o he ciies Neāpolis and Ahēnae
A full size r eproducible version of h is page wihou he answe rs can be downloaded a wwwlnm bolchazycom
HOW TO USE THIS BOOK Answers o rep roducible aciviies w ill be gi ven in a larger size bel ow or he eacherrsquos convenience
ANSWERS TO MAP WORK 991251 PAGES XXXII991251XXXIII
1 Crēa Sicilia Corsica Sardinia Cyprus Ihaca Dēlos Brianni a
2 Vesuvius Mōns Aena Mōns Olympus Mōns Āppennīnus Mōns
3 Syria Macedonia Arica Asia
4 mare or ponus
5 Asia Eurōpa Arica
A full siz e reproducible version of his page wihou he answers can be down loaded a wwwln mbolchazycom
Te eacher may wish o have his map enlarged when reproducing i for ease of suden use in compleing his aciviy
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 3954
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull xxxiii
HOW TO USE THIS BOOK
Te answers o his aciviy can be easily seen on he wo acing pages
Te omans regarded Ennius (ca 239 169 983138983139983141) as he aher o Lain lieraure He wroe
TEACHING TIPSudens may be encouraged o find he ciy o Carhage menioned in he second paragraph on hemap on p xxxii
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 4054
xxxiv bull Latin for the New Millennium
xxxiv bull L atin for the New Millennium
Te omans regarded Ennius (ca 239ndash169 983138983139983141) as he aher o Lain lieraure He wroemany kinds o lierary works including plays His Annālēs an epic poem abou he early hisoryo ome was paricularly renowned and perhaps he primary epic read in oman schools beorehe ime o Vergil Only ragmens o his wriings remain
One o Enniusrsquo conemporaries was heamed Cao he Censor also known as Caohe Elder (234ndash149 983138983139983141) a rigidly conserva-ive oman senaor Mos o his reaise onagriculure called Dē agrī culūrā survivesI is he oldes work o Lain prose amongCaorsquos recommendaions here are ha fieldslaves be reaed similarly o beass o bur-den Cao is also remembered or his sae-men Carhāgō dēlenda es ldquoCarhage mus
be desroyedrdquo evidence or he omanear o he Carhaginians Te omansough hree wars known as he Punic
Wars agai ns he Car haginians Te fi rsended beore Cao was born in he secondagains Hannibal Cao served wih miliarydisincion he hird ended in 146 983138983139983141 asCao had demanded wih he desruciono Carhage On his occasion he vic oriousomans were said o have plowed sal inohe Carhaginian soil
Discussions abou laer auhors and adap-aions rom heir wriings w ill be presenedchronologically in he chapers o his book
Ancien ruins a Carhage in Africa
p p
TEACHER BY THE WAY Alhough he works o Enniu s have been preserved on ly in ragmens (abou a housand lines) hehad a grea in1047298uence on subsequen poes such as Vergil Quoable quoes include
bull a es o riendship Amīcus cer us in rē incer ā cerniur (A riend in need is a riend indeed)
bull an applicaion o wisdom o lie Quī ipse sibi sapiēns prōdesse nequi nēquīquam sapi (A man who
himsel is wise bu unable o be useul o himsel is wise or nohing)bull he amous descripion o Fabius Maximus Ūnus homō nōbīs cūncandō resiui rem (One man by delaying res ored he sae or us)
bull and he line on Manius Curius Quem nēmō errō poui superāre nec aurō (Whom no one was ableo deea eiher by sword or gold)
We also have preser ved or us he exa mple o excessive all ieraion ha has g iven rise o much laugher inLain classrooms over he years Ō ie ūe aī ibi ana yranne ulisī ldquoO ius aius you yran (all voca-ive) you brough o yoursel such grea (roubles)rdquo991252ranslaed in conex which plays off he more lieral ldquo you ookacquired or yoursel such grea hings rdquo
On he oher hand he composed his own epiaph in which his high eseem among omans proved o beprescien
nēmō mē lacrumīs decōre neu unera 1047298ēū
axi Cūr Voliō vivos per ōra v irum (Le no one honor me wih ears or make a uneral pyre by weeping
Why I 1047298y li ving hrough he mouhs o men)
TEACHER BY THE WAY
Pluarchrsquos Lie o Cao is a good source o snappy quoaions atribued o his saesman soldier andauhor For example while discussing he power o women he said ldquoAll oher men rule heir wives we rule al l oher men and our w ives rule us rdquo Atemping o persuade he oman people o orego adisribuion o grain he began his speech by saying ldquoI is a hard mater o argue wih he belly sincei has no earsrdquo And o a ribune who had been accused o using poison and was rying o pass a use-less bill he said ldquoI know no which is worse o drink your mixures or o enac your billsrdquo
1CHAPTER 1
HOW TO USE THIS BOOK
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 4154
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull 1
1CHAPTER
Parts of Speech Nouns Number Gender Case (Nominative and Accusative)
First Declension Nouns
MEMORĀBILE DICTŪ
SPQ Senātus Populusque ōmānusldquoTe Senae and he People o omerdquo
Tese our leters orm wha is known as an acronym one ha symbolized supreme power inancien ome
Oil paining of Romulus and Remus wih he wolf By Peer Paul Rubens (1577ndash1640)
Te grammaical and synacical opics ha will be presened in each chaper o his book are lised a he opo he chaper ile page
HOW TO USE THIS BOOK
Te illusraion on each chaperrsquos ile page presens a visual inroducion o he Lain reading passage ha willollow eachers may choose o discuss he illusraion in order o provide he conex or he reading he su-dens will encouner on he nex page
HOW TO USE THIS BOOK
On each chaper ile page he phrase Memorābile Dictū (ldquoA memorable hing o say rdquo) will be ou nd Below here will be a amous phrase quoa ion abbreviaion or moto in L ain ha w ill connec hese words o he opicsin he chaper
MEMORĀBILE DICTŪ VOCABULARY
populus populī m ndash people
-que ndash and
senāus senāūs m ndash senae
TEACHING TIP
ubens pained his picure o omulus and emus rom 1615ndash1616 during wha is called he Ba-roque period o ar Te man approaching rom he rear is Fausulus Te reclining figure is he god
o he river iber
HOW TO USE THIS BOOK AND ITS ANCILLARIESwo ancillaries are available or use wih his book Te Original Dysunctional Family (abbreviaed ODF)and From Romulus to Romulus Augustulus (abbreviaed R) R will be paricularly useul in order ohelp sudens keep he ime periods o he auhors and o he evens he auhors wroe abou sraigh in heirmind Chaper ile pages wil l include when appropriae a noaion abou wha chaper o R he eachermay wish o assign
Standards11 21
R 2and 3
READING
TRANSLATION OF LATIN PASSAGEomulus and emus
Mars is a god Mars loves hea Silvia And so hea Silvia has wo sons omulus and emus Amulius locks uph Sil i A li l d i h A h l lk h T h l
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 4254
2 bull Latin for the New Millennium
2 bull Latin for the New Millennium
READINGTis sory describes how ome was said o have been ounded in 753 983138983139983141 King Numior o AlbaLonga was overhrown by his cruel and ambiious broher Amulius who no only seized hehrone bu so eared ha one o Numiorrsquos male descendans migh have a legiimae claim oni ha he made Amuliusrsquo daug her hea Silvia a priesess o he goddess Vesa Tese priesesses
were no allowed o marry during heir childbearing years
RŌMULUS ET REMUS
1 Mārs es deus Mārs hēam Silviam ama Iaque hēa Silvia duōs
īliōs habe ōmulum e emum Amūlius hēam Silviam vinculīs
claudi Amūlius ōmulum e emum in aquam pōni Lupa ad aquamambula Lupa ōmulum e emum bene cūra e ama ōmulus e
5 emus crēscun Poseā ōmulus e emus ōmam aedifican
Famous bronze saue of he she-wolf and he wins
hea Silvia Amulius pus omulus and emus ino he waer A she-wol walks o he waer Te she-wol caresor (akes good care o) omulus and emus well and loves (hem) omulus and emus grow up Aferwards(laer) omulus and emus build ome
HOW TO USE THIS BOOK Above each La in reading pa ssage inorm aion is presened in Engl ish Tis pre -reading provides back groundinormaion abou he auhor and esablishes he conex o he passage he sudens will read
TEACHER BY THE WAY
Te eacher may wish o inroduce he class o he radiional abbreviaions o 983137983140 (which sandsor he Lain phrase Annō Dominī ldquoi n he year o our Lordrdquo) and 983138983139 (which sands or he Engl ishphrase ldquoBeore Chrisrdquo) Tese older abbreviaions coninue o be used bu his book employs heabbreviaions 983138983139983141 (Beore he Common Era) and 983139983141 (Common Era)
TEACHING TIPInsruc he sudens o locae Alba Longa on he map on pp xxxiindashxxxiii
TEACHER BY THE WAYTough he wins were added o he sculpure in he enaissance he she-wol has srong links wihEruscan myhology and shows characerisics o Eruscan sculpure
TEACHING TIP
Te eacher may wish o encourage he sudens o design an abbreviaed amily ree o omulusand emus
Standards11 22
Jupier Juno King Num ior o Alba Longa
Mars hea Silvia
omulus emus
READING VOCABULARY
HOW TO USE THIS BOOKTe English pronoun subjec o a verb is no lised in he eading Vocabulary i he pronoun is no needed inhe ranslaion
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 4354
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull 3
Chapter 1 bull 3
READING VOCABULARYad aquam ndash o he waer
aedifican ndash build
ama ndash loves
ambula ndash walks
Amūlius ndash Amul ius
aquam ndash waer
bene ndash well
claudi ndash locks up
crēscun ndash grow up
cūra ndash akes care o cares or
deus ndash god
duōs ndash woes ndash is
e ndash and
īliōs ndash sons
habe ndash has
in aquam ndash ino he waer
iaque ndash and so
lupa ndash she-wol
Mārs ndash Mars he god o war
pōni ndash pus
poseā ndash aferwards laer
emum ndash emus
emus ndash emus
hēa Silvia ndash hea Silvia
hēam Silviam ndash hea Silvia
ōmam ndash ome
ōmulum ndash omulus
ōmulus ndash omulus vinculīs ndash w ih chains
Words marked wih an aserisk will need o bememorized laer in he chaper
COMPREHENSION QUESTIONS1 Whose sons are omulus and emus
2 Wha did Amulius do
3 Who saved he lie o omulus and emus
4 Wha did omulus and emus do
HOW TO USE THIS BOOK
Te sudens should not be expeced o lea rn he words under he ile eading Vocabulary whenever his ileoccurs in he book Insead insruc sudens o learn he vocabulary words lised under he ile Vocabularyto Learn ha will be ound laer in each chaper In more advanced Lain exs usually here are vocabularyand noes o help he sudens when reading a passage Tis eading Vocabulary will help prepare sudens orlaer more advanced classes
ANSWERS TO COMPREHENSION QUESTIONS
1 Tey are he sons o Mars and hea Silvia2 He locked up hea Silvia
3 A she-wol
4 Tey buil he ciy o ome
TEACHING TIP
Whi le English deriva ives rom he sar red words (ie he Vocabulary o L earn) are he opic o Ex-ercise 2 laer in his chaper here are some ineresing derivaives rom he non-sarred words andsome o hese show how words change hrough he years Te eacher may choose o discuss hesederivaives wih he sudens
bull aedi1047297cant (aedi1047297cō) ndash ediy edificaion edifice
Tis Lain word is buil rom wo Lain words aciō (o do make) and aedēs (house emple) Te
English derivaives reain his religious connecion or hey mean ldquoo build up he aih moraliy o in-sruc especially morallyrdquo Te word ldquoedificerdquo is always used or an imposing srucure such as a ldquoemplerdquoor aedēs
bull claudit (claudō) ndash close conclusion enclosure sluice
A ldquocloserdquo is a small shu-in space and some people i locked in one suffer rom ldquoclausrophobiardquo acompound derivaive parly rom Lain (o close confine) and parly rom he Greek (ear) hence ldquoa earo closed spacesrdquo
Te word ldquosluicerdquo does no look like a derivaive o claudō bu i has undergone cha nges as i ca meino English via middle English and old French (sclus) rom he Lain exclūdō which means ldquoo shu ourdquo Asluice has a gae a he op o he channel o shu off he 1047298ow o waer as necessary
bull crēscunt (crēscō) ndash crescen accrue recrui crew
Te word ldquocrewrdquo in middle English mean ldquoreinorcemenrdquo so a body o soldiers grew Te word ldquore-
cruirdquo has he same basic idea ecruis increase he size o he army (rom he Lain recrēscō meaning ldquoogrow againrdquo)
bull deus ndash deiy deiy
bull duōs ndash double dozen due duplicae
Te word ldquodozenrdquo is a compound rom he Lain word or ldquowordquo and he German word or ldquoenrdquo (zehn)
bull habet (habeō) ndash habi abiliy prohibiive
Onersquos abiliy depends on he alens and skil ls one has
bull pōnit ( pōnō) ndash depo imposiion preposiion
A depo origina lly was a place where supplies were pu or sorage
LANGUAGE FACT I
HOW TO USE THIS BOOKTe Language Facs secion o each chaper will conain boh grammaical (morphological) and synacicalinormaion ie inormaion boh abou he orms o he words and he srucure o he senence
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 4454
4 bull Latin for the New Millennium
4 bull Latin for the New Millennium
LANGUAGE FACT I
PARTS OF SPEECHTe parts o speech used in a Lain senence deermine is meaning jus as in English While henoun and he verb are he wo mos imporan oher common pars o speech are lised below
Noun a person place hing idea acion or qual iy Examples ldquoomulusrdquo ldquoriverrdquo ldquocouragerdquo
Pronoun a word ha sands in place o a noun ha has been previously menioned or is clearrom conex Examples ldquoIrdquo ldquosherdquo ldquohimrdquo ldquoirdquo
Adjecive a word ha limis or defines a noun or a pronoun Examples ldquolitlerdquo ldquosrongrdquo
Adverb a word ha lim is or defines verbs adjecives or (oher) adverbs Examples ldquoveryrdquoldquoquielyrdquo
Verb a word ha describes an acion or sae o being Examples ldquogordquo ldquosayrdquo ldquowasrdquo
Preposiion a word ha begins a preposiional phrase such as ldquoinrdquo ldquoordquo ldquoonrdquo ldquoorrdquo ldquobyrdquoldquowihrdquo A preposiional phrase is a preposiion joined o a noun Examples ldquoin he morningrdquoldquowih a sharp pencilrdquo
Conjuncion a word ha connecs words phrases clauses a nd senences Examples ldquoandrdquoldquoburdquo ldquoalhoughrdquo
Inerjecion a word ha expresses emoion Examples ldquowowrdquo
EXERCISE 1eview he meanings and ideniy he pars o speech o he ollowing words Te eading
Vocabulary may be consu led
1 īliōs 6 e2 bene 7 lupa3 aedifican 8 claudi
4 ad 9 ōmam5 ambula 10 ama
EXERCISE 1 ANSWERS
1 noun
2 adverb
3 verb
4 preposiion
5 verb
6 conjuncion
7 noun8 verb
9 noun
10 verb
TEACHING TIP
Te eacher may wish o ask he sudens in Lain wha par o speech a given word is Te eacher would say ldquoQuae pars ōrātiōnis estrdquo Suden responses would be
bull nōmen substantīvumsubstantīvum ndash noun
bull prōnōmen ndash pronoun
bull nōmen adiectīvumadiectīvum ndash adjecive
bull verbum temporāle ndash verb
bull adverbium ndash adverb
bull praepositiō ndash preposiion
bull coniūnctiō ndash conjuncion
bull interiectiō ndash inerjecion
Standards11 41
Standards11 41
WorkbookExercise 1
VOCABULARY TO LEARN
TEACHING TIPSince his is he firs se o Lain words ha your sudens will be required o memorize i is usuallya good idea o sugges and discuss wih hem some differen ways o memorize vocabulary Somesel help opions are lised below
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 4554
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull 5
NOUNSagricola agricolae m ndash armer
aqua aquae ndash waer
āhlēa āhlēae m ndash ahlee
īlia īliae ndash daugher
lupa lupae ndash she-wol
naua nauae m ndash sailor
poēa poēae m ndash poe
puella puellae ndash girl
ōma ōmae ndash ome
erra errae ndash land
VERBSama ndash heshei loves
ambula ndash heshei walks
cūra ndash heshei akes care o cares or
es ndash heshei is
ADVERBS bene ndash well
poseā ndash aferwards
CONJUNCTIONSe ndash and
iaque ndash and so
Aqueducs carr ied waer (aqua) o he ciies in he Roman world Tis aqueduc buil in 19 983138983139983141 which srechedacross he Gard River was named he Pon du Gard and brough waer o he ciy of Nicircmes in France in ancien imes
Chapter 1 bull 5
sel-help opions are lised below
1 Look a he word in he book and say he word aloud
2 Wrie down he word on a piece o paper along wih is meaning and check o be sure here are no spell-ing errors Color-coding he words by pars o speech is also helpul Pronounce he word while wriing idown and hen repea he word including he meaning and spelling
3 Make handwriten 1047298ashcards wih he Lain on one side and English on he oher and be sure here are nospelling errors Color-coding is a good sraegy here also Wriing he word ou helps some sudens ce-men he word in he brain Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers has creaed an elecronic vocabulary resourceor hose sudens or whom echnological learning ools are an aid Tese vocabulary 1047298ashcards are orhe iPod See p 93 or more inormaion on iPod 1047298ashcards
4 Use English derivaives o help remember meanings Bu be careul since some derivaives may havemeanings grealy changed rom he original Lain word
5 Find clipar picures ha illusrae he vocabulary words and use he picures as a way o es yoursel onhe Lain words
TEACHER BY THE WAYTe eacher may wish o open a discussion abou aqueducs and he waer supply or ancien omans while l ooking a he picu re o he Pon du Gard on his page For a hisory o aqueducs and heirconsrucion Froninusrsquo book Dē aquīs urbis Rōmae is an excellen source Te book was writenabou 97 983139983141 when he was Superinenden o Aqueducs Oher aqueducs include he ollowing
bull Te double high aqueduc in Segovia Spainbull Te Aqua Appia buil in 312 983138983139983141
bull Te Aqua rāiāna
bull Te aqueduc buil by Alex ander Severus in 226 983139983141
bull Te Aqua Claudia
bull Te Aqua Marcia wh ich wa s probably named a fer A ncus Marcius who was he fi rs K ing oome by radiional accouns o build an aqueduc o bring waer o ome
NB Te word ldquo Aquardquo when capialized means ldquoaqueducrdquo
Eleven aqueducs urnished 250000 gallons o waer o ome every weny-our hours
BY THE WAY
E h u gi n in h b l r h rm T nd rm i h g nii
HOW TO USE THIS BOOK Ēn is a word ha calls atenion o somehing and means ldquoLook a hisrdquo Te inormaion given here draws a-enion o and urher specifies differen language acs
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 4654
6 bull Latin for the New Millennium
6 bull Latin for the New Millennium
Each noun given in he vocabulary has wo orms Te second orm is he geniivesingular
A derivative is an English word rooed in a Lain word Te English derivaive issimilar in meaning and orm o is Lain source
STUDY TIP
An English derivaive ofen can help you remember wha a Lain word means
EXERCISE 2Find he English derivaives based on he Vocabulary o Learn in he ollowing senences Wriehe corresponding Lain word
1 She shows a considerable filial respec oward her aher
2 Agriculu re is a science o culivaing he land
3 Te ship is equipped wih all he necessary nauical insrumens
4 We saw all kinds o fish in he aquarium
5 Tis is an all-errain vehicle
6 When will he ahleic compeiion sar
7 She has a ruly poeic naure
LANGUAGE FACT II
NOUNS NUMBER GENDER CASE 983080NOMINATIVE AND
ACCUSATIVE983081Nouns in Lain show number gender and case
Number Lain nouns are eiher singular or plural in number Number is shown in differen ways by differen ypes o nouns bu some ending-paterns are or singular orms and oherending-paterns are or plural orms
Gender Every noun likewise is eiher masculine eminine or neuer in gender You muslearn he gender o each noun In he Vocabulary o Learn l iss he gender is indicaed by hecommon abbreviaionsm (masculi ne) f (eminine) or n (neuer)
Case Lain nouns mus have an ending-patern ha displays case Tis is quie differen romEnglish in which case is indicaed by word posiion and no by endings (alhough case markersare preserved in cerain pronouns such as ldquoherdquo and ldquohimrdquo) A nounrsquos case reveals wha uncionhe noun has in he senence Tere are five common cases nominaive geniive daive accu-saive and ablaive wo less requenly used cases are called he vocaive and he locaive
HOW TO USE THIS BOOKStudy Tips give hins rhymes and mnemonics o help sudens learn grammar and vocabulary
EXERCISE 2 ANSWERS1 filial īlia
2 agriculure agricola
3 nauical naua
4 aquarium aqua
5 errain erra
6 ahleic āhlēa
7 poeic poēa
TEACHING TIPExplain o he sudens ha in English he words ldquoardquo ldquoanrdquo or ldquoherdquo are usually placed beore a nounand Lain does no have an equivalen or hese words known as aricles
eachers may need o sress he absence o he aricle many imes beore sudens compleely ine-grae his knowledge ino heir reading habis in Lain class
TEACHING TIPLain like many oher languages does no always observe biological gender Ofen he gender o a
Lain noun is deermined by grammaical acors such as he group o which a noun belongs
TEACHING TIP
Alhough in Exercise 2 he sudens are direced o find only he derivaives based on he Vocabular yo Learn hey may be ineresed o learn ha here are oher derivaives in Exercise 2 Te derivaiono hese words is provided or he eacherrsquos convenience
bull 1 consider - rom sīdus (sar) + cum (wih ogeher) and rom cōnsīderō (o examine consider)respec - rom respectō (look back a have regard or)
bull 2 science - rom scientia (knowledge) and sciō (o know) culivaing - rom colō (ill inhabi worship)
bull 3 necessary - rom necesse (necessary) insrumens - rom īnstruō (o equip build provide)
and rom īnstrumentum (equipmen ool ec)bull 5 vehicle - rom he Lain verb vehō (o carry)
bull 6 compeiion - rom petō (o seek aim a atack ec) + cum (wih oge her)
bull 7 naure - rom nātūra (naure)
Standard41
Standards11 31 41
STUDY TIP
An easy way o remember he names ohe five common cases iso use his mnemonic
TEACHING TIPSudens may no know wha he word ldquomnemonicrdquo means explain ha a mnemonic device is some-hing ha helps a suden o remember somehing Te eacher may also wish o use his opporu-niy o bring up Mnemosyne he goddess o memory and he moher o he Muses
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 4754
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull 7
Chapter 1 bull 7
An easy way o remember he names o he five common cases is o use his mnemonicdevice
Never NominaiveGive GeniiveDogs Daive A ny A ccusaive A buse A blaive
Nominative Te nominaive case idenifies he subjec Te subjec is a noun or a pronounha perorms he acion or exiss in a sae o being In he senence ldquoWilliam is readingrdquohe word ldquoWilliamrdquo is he subjec
Example Mārs amat Mars loves
Te noun subjec o he verb ldquoloverdquo is he god Mars
Find more examples o nominaives and heir verbs rom he reading passage a he begin-ning o he chaper
Te nominaive case also idenifies he predicae nominaive In he senence ldquoWilliam isa sudenrdquo he predicae nominaive is ldquoa sudenrdquo A predicae nominaive complees hemeaning o he verb ldquoo berdquo Look a his exa mple rom he reading
Example Mārs est deus Mars is a god
Mārs is he subjec and deus is a predicae nominaive
Accusative Te ourh case lised is called he accusaive he geniive daive and ablaivecases will be discussed in laer chapers Te accusaive case poins ou he noun (or pro-noun) ha is he direc objec emember direc objecs receive he acion o he verb Inhe senence ldquoI am wriing a leterrdquo he direc objec is ldquoa leterrdquo
Example Mārs Rhēam Silviam amat Mars loves hea Silvia
Te direc objec o ldquoloverdquo is he noun Rhēam Silviam
Find more examples o accusaives and heir verbs rom he reading passage a he beginningo he chaper
niy o bring up Mnemosyne he goddess o memory and he moher o he Muses
Answers to ldquoFind more examples of nominatives a nd their verbs from the reading passage at the begin-ning of the chapterrdquo
hēa Silvia habe
Amūl ius claudi
Amūl ius pōni
Lupa ambula
Lupa cūra e amaōmulus e emus crēscun
ōmulus e emus aedifican
Answers to ldquoFind more examples of accusatives and their verbs from the reading passage at the beg in-ning of the chapterrdquo
duōs īliōs habe ōmulum e emum
hēam Silviam claudi
ōmulum e emum pōni
ōmulum e emum bene cūra e ama
ōmam aedifican
TEACHING TIPSudens may encouner diffi culy when r ying o ransl ae Lain names used in cases o her han henominaive Te eacher a some poin will need o explain (and repea whenever necessary) ha when ransla ing a La in name he suden should al ways use he nominaive o rm o he word Onp 7 sudens are asked o find examples o accusaives and heir verbs in he reading passage Teanswers lised above provide an opporuniy o pracice wih his issue emind sudens o rans-lae duōs īliōs habet Rōmulum et Remum as ldquohe has wo sons omulus and emusrdquo Te oher ouranswers may be used as pracice wih he sudens
EXERCISE 3a Ideniy wheher he nouns in bold in hese senences are subjecs direc objecs or predi
TEACHER BY THE WAYIn conjuncion wih he picure and is capion he eacher may wish o menion ha he amil-ilar acronym o SPQ is sill in use and visible hroughou modern ome991252on liter bins sewercovers ec
Standards11 41
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 4854
8 bull Latin for the New Millennium
8 bull Latin for the New Millennium
a Ideniy wheher he nouns in bold in hese senences are subjecs direc objecs or predi-cae nominaives Te eading Vocabulary may be consuled
b Label each senence as vērum (rue) i i agrees or alsum (alse) i i disagrees wih he Lainreading passage a he beginni ng o he chaper
Example Amūlius es deusPredicae nominaive alsum
1 hēa Silvia ōmulum e emum cūra
2 Amūlius ōmulum e emum bene cūra
3 Amūlius lupam vinculīs claudi
4 Mārs ōmulum e emum in aquam pōni
5 Lupa hēam Silviam cūra
6 Amūlius ad aquam ambula
Te power of he ciy of Rome founded according o legend by Romulus is symbolized by hese four leters ha areprominenly displayed in various places wihin he ciy
EXERCISE 3 ANSWERS
1 subjec vērum
2 direc objecs alsum
3 direc objec alsum
4 subjec alsum
5 direc objec alsum
6 subjec vērum
WorkbookExercise 2 A full si ze reproduc ible version of th is page
without the a nswers ca n be downloade d at wwwlnm bolchazyco m
HOW TO USE THIS BOOK
Noun Declensions Te eacher may choose Lain nouns rom he declension ha is being sudied a he imehis workshee is used Tus no answers are provided here
LANGUAGE FACT III
TEACHING TIP Ask he sudens wha he Lain words seleced rom he reading and lised near he op o p 9 mean
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 4954
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull 9
Chapter 1 bull 9
FIRST DECLENSION NOUNS A declension is a g roup o nouns ha show a cerain patern o word endings Tere are five differ-en declensions in Lain In he reading abou omulus and emus hese are he orms belongingo he firs declension
hēam Silviam hēa Silvia aquam lupa ōmam
Noice ha he ex says Rhēa Silvia when she is he subjec and Rhēam Silviam when she is hedirec objec
Te firs declension is composed o words ha characerisically have he vowel a a or near heend o he word lupa
Below is he patern ha firs declension nouns ollow o show case and number Memorize heLain words in order rom he nominaive singular down o he ablaive singular and hen romhe nominaive plural down o he ablaive plural
emember ha he endings or a whole group o nouns ollow his patern Once you learn hi spatern you can recognize he case a nd number o all he words belonging o hi s declension
In his chaper you have begun o learn abou he nominaive and accusai ve cases Te ohercases will be explained in laer chapers
First DeclensionSingular Plural
Nomina ive l upa he she-wol Nominaive lupae he she-wolves
Geniive lupae o he she-wol Geniive lupārum o he she-wolves
Daive lupae oor he she-wol Daive lupīs oor he she-wolves
Accusaive lupam he she-wol Accusaive lupās he she-wolves
Ablaive lupā bywih he she-wol Ablaive lupīs bywih he she-wolves
Daive and ablaive plural o he words īlia ldquodaugherrdquo and dea ldquogoddessrdquo is fīliābus anddeābusTis is o di singuish hese orms rom he corresponding orms o īlius ldquosonrdquo and deus ldquogodrdquo
STUDY TIP
Noice ha he ablaive singular ending -ā has a long mark (macron) above i his ishe only difference beween he nominaive and ablaive singular endings
TEACHING TIP
Afer he firs declension has been presened o he sudens encourage hem depending on heirlearning syle o say he declension aloud o wrie down he words o inven a rap or a cheer
TEACHER BY THE WAY
Te patern is called a declension because he oher cases lean away ( dēclīnāre) rom he nominaiveie hey do no ollow he same orm as he nominaive
ORAL EXERCISE 1Tis exercise may be used afer the 1047297rst declension has been presented
Whi le looking a he declension o lupa ask he sudens o decli ne nauta
Singular PluralNominaive naua nauaeGeniive nauae nauārumDaive nauae nauīs Accusaive nauam nauās Ablaive nauā nauīs
Standards11 31 41
OralExercise 1
WorkbookExercise 3
STUDY TIP
Noice ha he daive and ablaive plural endings a re idenical
EXERCISE 4 ANSWERS1 geniive daive puellār um puellī s
2 accusaive nauās
3 accusaive errās
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 5054
10 bull Latin for the New Millennium
10 bull Latin for the New Millennium
Here are more words belonging o he fi rs declension
puella ndash girl īlia ndash daugher terra ndash land
Mos firs declension words are eminine i n gender bu a ew (usually ones ha indicae mas-culine occupaions in ancien imes) are masculine Examples are poēta ldquopoerdquoagricola ldquoarmerrdquonauta ldquosailorrdquo āthlēta ldquoahleerdquo
EXERCISE 4Ideniy he case o each singular noun Ten change each orm ino plural For some more han
one answer is possibleExample īlianominaive īliae
1 puellae 5 aquae2 nauam 6 puellā3 erram 7 āhlēā4 a gr ic ol a
Like he Greek wreslers porrayed on his ancien bas-reliefRoman ahlees were also fond of he spor of wresling
4 nominaive agricolae
5 geniive daive aquārum aquīs
6 ablaive puellīs
7 ablaive āhlēīs
TEACHING TIP
Since wreslers are depiced on he illusraion on his page he eacher may wish o open a discus-
sion abou he omansrsquo and Greeksrsquo ondness or wresling which was ofen praciced in a complexcalled he palaestra
oman boys were expeced o serve in he m iliary Tus hey were firs rained by heir ahers in wreslingand boxing Srengh and agiliy were sressed raher han grace o movemen as in Greek spors Te woprincipal syles uilized by he Greek were uprigh wresling in which hree alls o your opponen o heground were necessary o deea him and ground wresling which required he opponen o give up in ordero end he mach In he palaes tra here was an area or he young people o pracice wresling or boxing wih apunching bag (cōrycus) Examples o monumenal oman bahs wih a palaest ra are ound a he Bahs o Ca-racalla in ome he Harbor Bahs a Ephesus in urkey and he Bahs in Varna Bulgaria he larges anciensrucure in ha counry
Wresling was also one o he spor evens a he Olympic games ha he omans ofen atended Greco-oman wresling is also one o he evens eaured in he summer Olympic games in modern imes
TEACHING TIPTe eacher migh wan o have sudens read an English ranslaion o Book 23 o he Iliad in which Ajax a nd Odysseus compee in a wre sling m ach and Book 5 o he Aeneid or a descripion o hespors ha he omans played and compare he atiude o he compeiors in each epic Boh evens were par o he uneral games he ormer in honor o Paroclu s riend and atendan o Achil lesand he later in honor o Anchises aher o Aeneas Tis migh lead o urher discussion on henaure o modern wresling
Standards11 41
EXERCISE 5Ideniy he case o each plural noun Ten change each orm ino he singular For some more
TEACHING TIPSudens may wonder why he geniive singular w ihou is ending mus be used o find he base whenhe nominaive singular wihou is ending works jus as well Explain ha in oher noun declensionshe nominaive will no always provide he same base or have he same spelling as he geniive
Standards11 41
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 5154
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull 11
Chapter 1 bull 11
han one answer is possible
Example puellāsaccusaive puellam
1 īliae 5 aquīs2 errīs 6 poēārum3 nauārum 7 agricolae4 l upa e
BY THE WAY
In all declensions endings are added o he base o a noun I is imporan o know hahe base o a noun is ound by removing he ending rom is geniive si ngular orm Forexample he geniive singular o puella is puellae I you remove he -ae rom puellae
wha remains is he base o he word namely puell- For his reason learning he geni-ive singular is as imporan as knowing he nominaive singular o he noun
STUDY TIP
Always learn he geniive ogeher wih he nominaive because rom he geniive you will know o which declension a word belongs
A wall paining depic ing a Roman farmer (agricola) wih his sheep
EXERCISE 5 ANSWERS
1 nominaive īl ia
2 daive ablaive errae errā
3 geniive nauae
4 nominaive lupa
5 daive ablaive aquae aquā
6 geniive poēae7 nominaive agricola
HOW TO USE THIS BOOKIn his book he word ldquobaserdquo is used o reer o he noun wihou any ending ldquoStemrdquo is used or he par o he verb wihou any ending ldquoootrdquo is used or he Lain par o a derivaive
ORAL EXERCISE 2Tis exercise may be used afer Exercise 5
Use one o he ollowing classroom presenaion opions (hereafer reerred o as CPO) (blackgreenwhiesmar board overhead or LCD projecor PowerPoinreg presenaion ec) o pu his inormaion on view
quis ldquowhordquo (or he subjec) and quem ldquowhomrdquo (or he direc objec)
Ten ask he suden o answer he ollowing quesions abou he chaper reading eiher orally or in wri-
en orm
1 Teacher Quis es Mārs Student Mārs es deus
2 Teacher Quem ama Mārs Student hēam Silviam Mārs ama
3 Teacher Quis ama hēam Silviam Student Mārs ama hēam Silviam
4 Teacher Quem habe hēa Silvia Student hēa Silvia duōs īliōs ōmulum eemum habe
5 Teacher Quis claudi hēam Silviam Student Amūlius claudi hēam Silviam
6 Teacher Quem claudi Amūlius Student hēam Silviam Amūlius claudi
7 Teacher Quis ōmulum e emum in aquampōni
Student Amūlius ōmulum e emum in aquampōni
8 Teacher Quem Amūlius in aquam pōni Student Amūlius ōmulum e emum in aquampōni
9 Teacher Quis ambula ad aquam Student Lupa ambula ad aquam
10 Teacher Quis ōmulum e emum bene cūra Student Lupa ōmulum e emum bene cūra
11 Teacher Quōs lupa bene cūra Student Lupa ōmulum e emum bene cūra
12 Teacher Quis ōmulum e emum a ma Student Lupa ōmulum e emum ama
13 Teacher Quōs lupa ama Student Lupa ōmulum e emum ama
OralExercise 2
WorkbookExercise
4 5
EXERCISE 6ranslae rom Lain ino English and rom English ino Lain Te mos common Lain word
d
TEACHER BY THE WAYTe eacher may menion ha he mos common word order (subjec ndash direc objec ndash verb) can o-en be changed For example i he verb is o be emphasized i will ake firs posiion I he subjecor he direc objec is o be emphasized i will ake he las posiion which is he mos emphaic oneIn general he more unusual he wordrsquos posiion is he more emphasis is placed on his word
Standards11 41
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 5254
12 bull Latin for the New Millennium
12 bull Latin for the New Millennium
order is
subjec ndash direc objec ndash verb
1 Agricola erram ama
2 Te ahlee loves waer
3 Naua īlia m ama
4 Te poe loves ome
5 Agricola erram cūra
6 Te she-wol cares or (is aking care o) he girl
BY THE WAY
Even hough he mos common word order is subjec ndash di rec objec ndash verb rememberha endings991252no word order991252deermine which word is he subjec and which i s hedirec objec
TALKING When we mee one person we gree herhim wih salvē When we mee wo or more people wegree hem wih salvēte When we bid goodbye o one person we sayvalē When we bid goodbyeo wo or more people we say valēte
Here are various ways o ask ldquohow are yourdquo or ldquohow are you doingrdquo
Quōmodo valēs or Quōmodo tē habēs or Quid agis ldquoHow are yourdquo
Here is a range o possible answers
bene ldquowellrdquo pessimē ldquovery badrdquo optimē ldquogreardquo melius ldquobeterrdquo mediocriter ldquoso-sordquo or ldquono oo badrdquo meliusculē ldquoa litle beterrdquo male ldquobadrdquo
In general he more unusual he word s posiion is he more emphasis is placed on his word
EXERCISE 6 ANSWERS
1 Te armer loves he land
2 Āhlēa aquam ama
3 Te sailor loves (his) daugher
4 Poēa ōmam ama
5 Te armer cares or (is aking care o) he land6 Lupa puellam cūra
TEACHING TIP
Te eacher may sar he class in Lain by saying Salvēte discipulī et discipulae and by eaching hesudens o say in reurn Salvē magister (magistra)
ORAL EXERCISE 3Tis exercise may be used anytime afer the students have learned the use o the accusative case or afer Exercise 6
Use one o he CPOrsquos o pu on display he orms amō and cūrō and explai n ha hey a re in he fir s personsingular and how his differs rom he hird person singular learned in his chaper Ask individual sudens omake senences wih hem using he words hey have learned
Ten ell he sudens ha nōn means ldquonordquo and ask hem o make si milar senences wih nōn amō and nōn cūrō
Examples(nōn) amō erram īliam aquam lupam āhlēam(nōn) cūrō erram īliam puellam
WorkbookExercise 6
ContentQuestions
OralExercise 3
Standards12 21 41
42
SAYING HELLOMarīa Helena e Chrisīna sun (are) discipulae (students)
TEACHING TIPHave sudens read he dialogue aloud Tis will help o build heir pronunciaion skills
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 5354
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull 13
Chapter 1 bull 13
Marīa Salvēe Helena e Chrisīna
Christīna Salvē Marīa
Helena Salvē Marīa
Marīa Quōmodo valēs Helena Quōmodo valēs Chrisīna
Helena et Christīna Bene Quōmodo ū ( you) valēs Marīa
Marīa Pessimē
Helena et Christīna Cūr (Why)
Marīa imeō linguam Laīnam ( I ear the Latin language)Helena Ego ( I ) linguam Laīnam amō
Christīna E ego linguam Laīnam amō
ORAL EXERCISE 4
Tis exercise may be used afer he Lain dialogue has been presened
Insruc he sudens o say ldquohellordquo in Lain o he suden nex o hem Divide he class ino wo pars ellone par o gree he oher par using he plural greeing and vice versa Do he same ype o aciviy whensaying ldquogoodbyerdquo You may wish o make greeing he class in Lain a nd saying ldquogoodbyerdquo in Lain a par oa daily rouine
Divide he sudens ino pairs in which one person will ask how hisher parner is in Lain and he oher
wil l answer
ORAL EXERCISE 5
Tis exercise may be used afer he Lain dialogue has been presened
ell he sudens ha he paricle ndashne is added o he firs syllable o a word ha inroduces a quesion Ten askhe ollowing quesions abou he dialogue beween Mary Helen and Chrisy Individual sudens may answerorally or he enire class may wrie he answers as he eacher asks hem orally Te eacher should explain hahe orm valēs in he greeing Quōmodo valēs is in he second person which means ldquoyourdquo Te hird person orm(reerring o ldquoherrdquo ldquohimrdquo or ldquoirdquo) is valet So he phrase ldquoHow is she doingrdquo would be Quōmodo valet Te hirdperson o amō is amat and he hird person o timeō is timet
1 Teacher Quōmodo Chrisīna vale Student(s) Chrisīna bene vale
2 Teacher Quōmodo Marīa vale Student(s) Marīa pessimē vale
3 Teacher Cūr (why) Marīa pessimē vale Student(s) Marīa ime linguam Lainam4 Teacher Amane l inguam L aīnam Helena Student(s) Helena linguam Laīnam ama
5 Teacher Linguamne Laīnam ama Chrisīna Student(s) Chrisīna linguam Laīnam ama
ORAL EXERCISE 6 AND DICTATIONTis combined exercise may be used to conclude the chapter or at any time afer the students have learned the accusa-tive case and chapter vocabulary
Dicae he ollowing senences o he sudens Ten ask hem o make he ollowing changes eiher orally orin writen orm a he discreion o he eacher
1 Teacher Agricol a erram ama (change he direc objec ino plura l)Student Agricola errās ama
2 Teacher Lupa puellam cūra (change he direc objec ino plural)
Student Lupa puellās cūra3 Teacher Āhlēa puel lās ama (change he direc objec ino singu lar)
Student Āhlēa puellam ama
4 Teacher Fīlia errās ama (change he direc objec ino singular)Student Fīlia erram ama
OralExercise
4 5 6 andDictation
TEACHER NOTES
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 5454
14 bull Latin for the New Millennium
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 2554
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull xvindashxvii
AUTHORSMILENA MINKOVA
MA and PhD Chrisian and Classical Philology Pon-ifical Salesian Universiy ome Ialy MA and PhDClassics Universiy o Sofia Bulgaria
Associae Proessor o Classics Universiy o KenuckyLexingon Kenucky
Milena Minkova has sudied conduced research andaugh in Bulgaria Swizerland Germany Ialy he
Vaican Ciy and he USA Minkova has auhored hree book monographs Te Personal Names o he Lain In-scripions fom Bulgaria (Peer Lang 2000) Te Proe-an Raio (Peer Lang 2001) and Inroducion o Lain
Prose Composiion (Bolchazy-Carducci 2007 reprin Wimbledon 2001) She has also published numerousaricles on Lain medieval philosophy Lain lieraureLain composiion and Lain pedagogy
TERENCE TUNBERGBA and MA Classics Universiy o Souhern Calior-nia Posgraduae researcher and docoral suden Me-
dieval Sudies Universiy o London England PhDClassical Philology Universiy o orono Canada
Proessor o Classics Universiy o Kenucky Lexing-on Kenucky
erence unberg has augh in Belgium and Canadaas well as in he USA He is a specialis in Lain com-posiion and an exper in he hi sory o he approacheso wriing Lain prose rom aniquiy o early modernimes His works include a n ediion o collecion o Me-dieval Lain speeches commenaries on Lain worksand numerous sudies o he hisory o imiaion in La-in wriing In addiion or more han a decade he hasoffered summer seminars designed o inroduce peopleo he use o spoken Lain
bull xvii bull
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 2654
EDITORS CONSULTANTSAND PILOT TEACHERS
VOLUME EDITORSElisa C DenjaEdior Bolchazy-Carducci PublishersBaker Demonsraion School EmeriaEvanson Illinois
LeaAnn A OsburnEdior Bolchazy-Carducci PublishersBarringon High School EmeriaBarringon Illinois
BOARD OF
CONSULTANTS Virginia A ndersonLain eacherIllinois Virual High SchoolBarringon Middle School EmeriaBarringon Illinois
Jill M CrookerLain eacher
Pitsord-Mendon High School EmeriaPitsord New York
Judih Peller HalletProessor o ClassicsUniversiy o MarylandCollege Park Maryland
Sherwin D Litle1ndash12 Foreign Language Program LeaderIndian Hill High SchoolCincinnai Ohio
Sherrilyn MarinChair Deparmen o Foreign LanguagesKeih Counry Day Schoolockord Illinois
Mary PendergrafProessor o Classical Languages
Wake Fores Universiy Winson-Salem Norh Carolina
John raupman
Proessor o ClassicsS Josephrsquos Universiy EmeriusPhiladelphia Pennsylvania
Cynhia Whie Associae Proessor o ClassicsUniversiy o Arizonaucson Ari zona
ose WilliamsMcMurry College Emeria
Abilene High School Emeria Abilene exas
Donna WrighLain eacherLawrence Norh and Lawrence Cenral High
Schools
Indianapolis Indiana
PILOT TEACHERS Jeremy M WalkerLain eacherCrown Poin High SchoolCrown Poin Indiana
Laneta WarrenburgLain eacherElgin High SchoolElgin Illinois
bull xix bullxviii bull Latin for the New Millennium
JOINT PUBLICATIONS BY THE AUTHORSMinkova and unberg have coauhored he ollowing books Readings and Exercises in Lain
Prose Composiion (Focus 2004) Reading Livyrsquos Rome Selecions fom Livy Books IndashVI (Bol-chazy-Carducci 2 005) Maer Anserina Poems in Lain or Children (Focus 2006) Tey are hedirecors o he Insiue or Lain Sud ies a he Universiy o Kenucky in which sudens sudyhe hisory o Lain rom ancien o modern imes and ake par in seminars in which Lai n is he
working language o all ac iviies Boh Minkova and unberg are eleced ellows o he ome- based Academia Lainiai Fovendae he primary learned sociey devoed o he preservaion andpromoion o he use o Lain
xviiindashxix bull Latin for the New Millennium
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 2754
Editors Consultants and Pilot Teachers bull xxi
SHERWIN LITTLE
BA Universiy o Cincinnai M A Universiy o Colorado
Sherwin Litle has augh Lain rom sixh g rade hrough Lain AP a Indian Hill Exemped Vil-lage School Disric since 1983 Sherwin has received an Ovaio rom CAMWS as well as heCAMWS Good eacher Award and he Hildesheim Vase Award rom he Ohio Classical Coner-ence in 1986 and 2007 Sherwin holds Naional Board Cerificaion in World Languages Oherhan English and has been boh Vice Presiden and Presiden o he American Classical Leag ue
SHERRILYN MARTIN
BA Wilson College MA PhD Universiy o Cincinnai
Sherrilyn Marin was named Illinois Lain eacher o he Year in 1993 was a recipien o heL Governorrsquos Award or Foreign Language eaching in 2001 and was named a Claes Nobeleacher o Disincion in 2 007 She is a pas presiden o he Illinois Classical Conerence and isacive in he ockord Sociey o he A rchaeological Insiue o America Sherri lyn spen a yearin independen sudy a he Universiy o Tessaloniki Greece
MARY PENDERGRAFT
AB PhD Universiy o Norh Carolina Chapel Hill
Afer eaching a UNC-Greensboro and D uke Universiy Mary Pendergraf began eachingclassics ul l-ime a Wake Fores Mary is a ormer Presiden o he Norh Carolina Classical A s-sociaion and paricipaed in he ocus group ha w roe he Norh Carolina Sandard Course oSudy or Lain
JOHN TRAUPMAN
BA Moravian College MA PhD Pr inceon Universiy
John raupman is proessor emerius rom S Josephrsquos Universiy i n Phil adelphia where heaugh or hiry-eigh years A mong his many awards John received he Disinguished eaching
Award rom S Josephrsquos Universiy in 1982 a cerificae o appreciaion rom he PennsylvaniaDeparmen o Educaion in 1990 and he Special Award rom he Classical Associaion o he
Alanic Saes in 1996 John raupman is especially well-known as he auhor oConversaional Lain and Te New College Lain and English Dicionary
CYNTHIA WHITE
BA Chesnu Hill College MA Villanova Universiy PhD Caholic Universiy o America
Cynhia Whie is he Direcor o he Undergraduae Lain Program and supervises eacherraining and Kndash12 Lain eacher Cerificaion a he Universiy o Arizona She regularlyeaches a he Isiuo Inernazionale di Sudi Classici di Orvieo he Classics Deparmenrsquos Sudy
Abroad Program in Orvi eo Ialy and has sudied i n ome wih he Papal Lai nis eg inaldFoser ODC
xx bull Latin for the New Millennium
VOLUME EDITORSELISA C DENJA
BA Marygrove College Deroi Michigan MA Columbia Universiy MA Loyola UniversiyChicago
Elisa Denja augh Lain a Norh Chicago High School and Baker Demonsraion School inEvanson Illinois or many years while concurrenly eaching classical myhology a LoyolaUniversiy o Chicago and in he g ifed-disance learning program a Norhwesern UniversiyElisa was awarded he Illinois Lain eacher o he Year award in 1992 and he Illinois Lieime
Achievemen Award in 2007
LEAANN A OSBURNBA Monmouh College Illinois MA Loyola Universiy Chicago
While eaching Lain or many years a Barringon High School in Barringon Illinois LeaA nnserved as boh vice-presiden and presiden o he Illinois Classical Conerence LeaAn n receivedhe Illinois La in eacher o he Year award in 1989 he Illinois L Governorrsquos Award in 1990and he Classical Associaion o he Middle Wes and Souh Good eacher Award in 1996
BOARD OF CONSULTANTSVIRGINIA ANDERSON
BA Loyola Universiy Chicago MA S Xavier Universiy
Virginia Anderson augh Lain or hi ry years i n privae and public hi gh schools and middleschools in he Chicagoland area In 1999 she was awarded he L Governorrsquos Award or Enhance-men o he eaching Proession and in 2003 was named Il linois Lain eacher o he Year
JILL M CROOKER
BA Universiy o Illi nois MSEd Nazareh College o ocheser New York Jill Crooker augh Lain or many years a Pitsord-Mendon High School in Pitsord New YorkShe has served as he College Board Advisor o he A P Lain es Developmen Commitee andin 1996 received he Moron E Spillenger Award or Disingui shed Leadership o he Classical
Associaion o he Empire Sae In 2003 she received he ACL Meria Award and i n 2006 a nOvaio rom he Classical A ssociaion o he Alanic Saes
JUDITH PELLER HALLETT
BA Wellesley MA PhD Harvard Universiy
In addiion o sudying a he A merican Academy in ome he Insiue o Classical Sudies inLondon and he Universiy o Maasrich in Holland Judih Hallet is a ormer presiden o heClassical Associaion o he Alanic Saes and Vice-Presiden or Oureach o he AmericanPhilological Associaion She was named a Disinguished Scholar-eacher in 1992 by he Uni-
versiy o Maryland
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull xxndashxxi
TEACHER NOTES
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 2854
xxii bull Latin for the New Millennium
xxii bull L atin for the New Millennium
ROSE WILLIAMS
BA Baylor Universiy MA Universiy o Norh Carolina Chapel Hill
In addiion o posgraduae work in Lain and Humaniies a he Universiy o Dallas and heUniversiy o exas a Arlingon on a ockeeller Gran ose Williams did research a he Bodle-ian Library Ox ord Universiy in England and a he Universiy o Pisa She augh Lain or overhiry years a boh high school and uni versiy levels in exas and now is he auhor o more hanen books abou he Classics
DONNA WRIGHT
BA MA Ball Sae Universiy
Afer eaching Lain a Carmel High School Donna Wrigh currenly eaches a boh LawrenceNorh and Lawrence Cenral High Schools in Indianapolis Indiana She has been an acivemember o he Indiana Classical Conerence being named Creaive Lain eacher o he Year in1976 She has also been acive i n he American Classical League sponsoring a JCL chaper andleading Ialy rips or nearly weny years Donna also served as an offi cer speaker and boardmember o Pompeiiana Inc
PILOT TEACHERS JEREMY M WALKER
AB Wabash College MA Indiana Universiy
Jeremy Walker has augh Lain a Crown Poin High School in Crown Poin Indiana since1995 He has served as he Co-Chair o he Indiana Junior Classical League and Membershipand Public elaions Chair o he Naional Junior Classical League In addiion o sudying inIaly a he Inercollegiae Cener or Classical Sudies and in Greece a he American School orClassical Sudies he was presiden o he Indiana Classical Conerence In 2003 Jeremy was rec-ognized as he Lain eacher o he Year in Indiana and in 2004 was recognized by he Indiana
Sae eachers Associaion as a orch o K nowledge ecipien
LANETTA WARRENBURG
BA Indiana Universiy MA Indiana Universiy-Purdue Universiy Indianapolis
Laneta Warrenburg has augh high school English and Lain or hiry-hree years a schoolsin Indiana and Illinois Her las weny-our years o eaching Lain were a Elgin High Schoolin Elgin Illinois While eaching Lain here she served as he Illinois Classical Conerencechairperson or Chicago Classics Day as co-chair or he Illinois Ceramen League since 1993and as sae chair or he Il linois Junior Classical L eague rom 1999ndash2001 Laneta was honoredas he Illi nois Lain eacher o he Year in 2001 and was presiden o he Chicago Classical Clubrom 2005ndash2007
INTRODUCTION
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 2954
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull xxiii
INTRODUCTIONALPHABETTe Lain alphabe was derived rom he Eruscan alphabe some ime beore he sevenh cen-ury 983138983139983141 Te Eruscans were a people in pre-oman Ialy
Teir alphabe owes much o he Greek alphabe In urn he Greek alphabe was derived romhe Phoenician alphabe Phoenician raders had spread heir sysem o wriing h roughou he
Medierranean region Te Phoenician alphabe isel can be raced o he Norh Semiic alpha- be which was used in Syria and Palesine as early as he elevenh cenury 983138983139983141 and is consideredo be he earlies ully developed alphabeic wriing sysem
An Eruscan couple reclining on a funeral sarcophagus
bull xxiii bull
Sandard41
EDITORrsquoS NOTE
Te comprehension quesions and answers as well as some o he eaching ips and eacher by he Way noa-ions in his eacher manual were writen by Elisa C Denja LeaAnn A Osburn Karen Lee Singh and DonaldE Sprague classics ediorseducaors a Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers
HOW TO USE THIS BOOK
Please noe ha he perinen naional Classics sandards are lised in he margin o he lef or righ on he samepage as he reproducion o he suden ex
Eisemann Communicaion assised in preparing he correlaions o Lain o r he New Mil lennium wih he
naional sandards For an overview o he sandards hemselves and he correlaions please consul www bolchazyl nmcom
TEACHING TIP
Te eacher may choose o use he picure o he Eruscan couple on his page and he brie meniono he Eruscan alphabe o open a discussion on wha role he Eruscans played in early omanimes Sudens may be direced o p xxx ii o find Eruria on he map
TEACHING TIPTe eacher may wish o discuss wih he sudens he erm ldquoomance languagesrdquo Many modernlanguages come rom he language used by he ancien omans French Ialian Poruguese Span-ish omanian ec omansch (spoken by he descendans o he aeians and one o he our o-ficial languages o Swizerland) is also derived rom Lain
TEACHER BY THE WAYBased on archeological evidence i appears ha Eruscan women were an imporan par o hesocial srucure Ofen he names o boh moher and aher were placed on unerary inscripionsTe reedom o women wihin sociey is likewise apparen on monumens where hey can be seenreclining wih heir husbands on he same couch atending games and having a place o honor in heomb isel Noice he affecionae pose o he couple in he illusraion on p xxiii Clearly marriedlove was valued in Eruscan sociey and amily lie was imporan
ombs also provide evidence or he syle o Eruscan homes Some o hese eaures were borrowed by heomans especially he cenral hall and hree rooms a he back Tis ype o house was known a Pompeii as well as a ome ac cording o Viru vius auhor o Dē archiecūrā
TEACHING TIP
Te eacher may wish o have sudens read an English ranslaion o Livyrsquos radiional accouno anaquil wie o arquinius Priscus he fifh king o ome Te independence o Eruscan women is ev iden in hi s ale He r behavior is he ani hesis o he ideas o woma nly dec orum hel d by he omans
TEACHING TIPS d ill j i i h E li h ldquo lph b rdquo pl i h E li h l t ih h
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 3054
xxiv bull Latin for the New Millennium
xxiv bull Latin for the New Millennium
Look a he English alphabe in he lef column and a he Lain alphabe in he righ one TeLain alphabe is accompanied by he names o he Lain leters (in parenheses)
English Alphabe Lain Alphabe
Uppercase Lowercase Uppercase Lowercase Leter Name
A a A a (a ldquoăhrdquo)
B b B b (be ldquobayrdquo)
C c C c (ce ldquocayrdquo)
D d D d (de ldquodayrdquo)
E e E e (e ldquoĕhrdquo)
F F (e)
G g G g (ge ldquogayrdquo)H h H h (ha ldquohahrdquo)
I i I i (i ldquoeerdquo)
J j
K k K k (ka ldquokahrdquo)
L l L l (el)
M m M m (em)
N n N n (en)
O o O o (o ldquoŏhrdquo)
P p P p (pe ldquopayrdquo)
Q q Q q (qu ldquokoordquo)
r r (er)
S s S s (es)
(e ldquoayrdquo)
U u U u (u ldquooordquo)
V v V v (u consonan)
W w
X x X x (ix ldquoeexrdquo)
Y y Y y (upsilon)
Z z Z z (zea ldquodzayardquo)
Te English alphabe is derived direcly rom he Lain alphabe Tis accouns or he greasimilariies b eween he wo alphabes Tere are 26 leters in he English alphabe and 24 in heLain Te differences are he ollowing
bull Te leter W w (which is he doubled leter v) is missing in he Lain alphabe
bull Te leter J j is a more recen invenion In ac i appears in Lain exs writen during heMiddle Ages and he enaissance as well as i n many modern ediions o ancien Lain exsI is used o indicae he semi-vowel i someimes called consonanal i Te consonanal i is
Sudens will enjoy singing he English alphabe song replacing he English leter names wih heLain leter names Sudens may be insruced o clap once where here is no Lain leter name (egldquoJrdquo) equivalen o he English one
TEACHING TIPTe eacher may choose o display any Lain words (a lis is provided below or he eacherrsquos conve-nience) and insruc he sudens o spell ou he word using he Lain leter names Te sudensmay become curious o know wha he Lain words mean Definiions are given below
bull pars ndash par
bull nox ndash nigh
bull ruber ndash red
bull ēgī ndash I have done
bull amilia ndash amily
bull carō ndash 1047298esh
bull dēcernō ndash I decide
bull herba ndash plan
bull Kalendae ndash Kalends (firs day o he monh)
bull quoque ndash also
bull imor ndash ear
bull Pȳhia ndash Pyhia (name o Apollorsquos priesess)
bull iēcī ndash I hrew
bull ēlīx - happy bull ignis ndash fire
bull mūō ndash I change
COMPREHENSION QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS FOR PAGES XXIII991251XXVeproducible versions o he quesions alone are available a wwwlnm bolchazycom
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 3154
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull xxv
Introduction bull xxv
he i a he beginning o a word beore a vowel or i beween wo vowels According o hismehod or example Iūlius is writen Jūlius and Āiax is writen Ājax In his book he leter J j will no be used
bull Te disincion beween he vowel U u and he consonan V v also belongs o laer imesIniially here was only one leter V u used boh or he vowel and he consonan eg Vrbs ldquoTe Ciyrdquo (ie ome) or uicor ldquohe winnerrdquo
bull However in accord wih he prevail ing pracice o expressing he vowel wih U u and heconsonan wih V v in his book he wo leters will be disingui shed
PRONUNCIATION OF LATIN
VOWELSTere are six vowels in Lain and heir pronunciaion is as ollows
Long Vowel Sound Shor Vowel Sound
ā is pronounced as in ldquoaherrdquo ōrāor ldquooraorrdquo a is pronounced as in ldquoalikerdquo amō ldquoloverdquo
ē is pronounced like he a in ldquoraverdquo nēmō ldquonobodyrdquo e is pronounced as in ldquoperdquo bene ldquowellrdquo
ī is pronounced like he double e in ldquoseenrdquo līmes ldquoboundaryrdquo
i is pronounced as in ldquopirdquo nihil ldquonohingrdquo
ō is pronounced as in ldquosoverdquo videō ldquo(I) seerdquo o is pronounced as in ldquoofenrdquorosa ldquoroserdquo
ū is pronounced as in ldquomoonrdquo ūnus ldquoonerdquo u is pronounced as in ldquopurdquo um ldquohenrdquo
ӯ comes rom Greek and is pronounced in lenghsomewhere beween he i in ldquohirdquo and he u in ldquomuerdquo Pӯramus ldquoPyramusrdquo
y comes rom Greek Is sound wheher long or shorlies in beween he sounds o i and u much as in heFrench ldquosucircrrdquo bu he sound o shor y is less drawn ouhan ha o long y lyricus ldquolyricalrdquo
Te Lain words senātus rēgēsulla gentēs and prīmus are
engraved on his sone
Sign from Pompeii carved on sone wih Lain leters
p q
1 race he roos o he Lain alphabe rom is beginnings orward
Norh-Semiic alphabe elevenh cenury 983138983139983141 Phoenician alphabe Greek alphabe Erusca n alphabeLain alphabe
2 Which wo leters in he English alphabe are no ound in he Lain alphabe
W and J
3 When does he leter J begin o appear in Lain
During he Middle Ages and he enaissa nce
4 Look a he Lain inscripion on he sign rom Pompeii (on he righ o p xxv) Find a leas hree Lain words Lis an Engl ish word you believe is based on he La in word
colonia 991252 colonial colony honoris 991252 honorspecacula 991252 specacular specacle perpevom 991252 perpeual perpeuiy duovir 991252 virile virili
Sandards12 41
TEACHING TIPSudens may wan o know he English meanings o he Lain words in Exercises 1 and 2 Te defini-
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 3254
xxvi bull Latin for the New Millennium
xxvi bull L atin for the New Millennium
BY THE WAY
Everywhere in his book long vowels are indicaed by macrons ie ā ē ī ō ū ӯ whileabove he shor vowels here are no signs Someimes wo words differ rom each oheronly in he lengh o he vowel For example mālum wih a longa means ldquoapplerdquo whilemalum wih a shor a means ldquobad hingrdquo
EXERCISE 1epea hese words aloud afer your eacher pronounces hem
1 a lō 7 lēnis 13 probō 19 sūor2 alumnus 8 sēdēs 14 noa 20 ūsus3 rāna 9 i er 15 pōnō 21 syllaba4 rādō 10 imeō 16 dōnum 22 Pӯrēnē5 eneō 11 nīor 17 ululō6 peō 12 mīrus 18 lupus
DIPHTHONGSDiphhongs are wo vowels combined in one syllable and pronounced ogeher as one soundTere are six diphhongs in Lain
bull ae much like he y in ldquoskyrdquo laevus ldquo lefrdquo
bull au pronounced as ou in ldquoourrdquo aurum ldquo goldrdquo
bull ei pronounced as ei in ldquoeignrdquo oiei ldquoalasrdquo
bull eu pronounced eoo much as i in he wo words ldquogrey bluerdquo you were o subrac he ldquogr-rdquo andhe ldquobl-rdquo and combine he wo vowel sounds Eurōpa ldquoEuroperdquo
bull oe pronounced as oy in ldquoboyrdquo proelium ldquo batlerdquo
bull ui pronounced nearly like ldquowerdquohui ldquoohrdquo
I is believed ha quie early sill in ancien imes he diphhongs ae and oe began o be pro-nounced as e I you encouner hem writen aē or aeuml and oē or oeuml his means ha hey are nodiphhongs and he leters should be pronounced separaely āēr poēa
Te diphhongs are always long
EXERCISE 2epea hese words afer your eacher pronounces hem
1 aesās 7 s eu 13 aēneus2 a equō 8 m oenia 14 poēma3 raeda 9 neu 15 hei4 l audō 10 poena 16 huic5 a u 11 neuer6 aula 12 Poenus
Sudens may wan o know he English meanings o he Lain words in Exercises 1 and 2 Te definiions are provided or he eacherrsquos convenience
EXERCISE 11 I nourish 12 wonderul
2 suden 13 I approve
3 rog 14 noe
4 I scrape 15 I pu
5 I hold 16 gif6 I seek 17 I howl
7 smooh 18 wol
8 sea 19 shoemaker
9 journey 20 use
10 I ear 21 sylla ble
11 I srive 22 Pȳrene (a name)
EXERCISE 21 summer
2 I make level
3 carriage
4 I praise5 or
6 orecour
7 or i
8 walls
9 and no
10 penaly
11 neiher
12 Carhaginian
13 bronze
14 poem
15 ah
16 o his
TEACHER BY THE WAYHisorical evidence can be cied or reading he firs syllable o ldquomāgnusrdquo as naurally long bu oher
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 3354
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull xxvii
Introduction bull xxvii
CONSONANTSbull c is pronounced as in ldquocomerdquo clārus ldquobrighrdquo censeō ldquo(I) deemrdquo cārus ldquodearrdquo
bull When b is ollowed by s as in urbs ldquociyrdquo he sound o b approaches ha o p a sound wemigh represen as urps
bull g is pronounced as in ldquogerdquo gaudiumldquojoyrdquo gignō ldquo(I) bege (I) bearrdquo grāialdquoavor agreeablenessrdquo
bull Some hink ha he omans o Cicerorsquos ime (firs cenury 983138983139983141) pronounced he wo conso-nans ng as ngn or example he adjecive māgnus ldquogreardquo would have been pronounced in a
way ha we migh represen asmangnus
bull k is a very rare consonan In ac i appears only in wo words Kalendae ldquohe firs day oevery monh in he oman calendarrdquo and in he personal name Kaeso
bull q appears always in combinaion wih u and he combinaion qu is pronounced as in ldquoqueenrdquoquatuor ldquoourrdquo
bull v has a sound similar o w (as in he word ldquowierdquo) videō ldquo I seerdquo
bull Te consonanu in he combinaion su sounds like he English w in he ollowing our wordssuēscō ldquo(I) become accusomedrdquoSuēvī a name o a German ribe suādeō ldquo(I) adviserdquo suāvis ldquosweerdquo
bull Te leter r is rilled slighly Te sound has no exac equivalen in English bu is heard inmany oher European languages Te bes way o make his sound is o pronounce r as inldquoroperdquo bu vibrae he end o he ongue slighly as you say i
bull x is a double consonan (equivalen ocs or gs) ha sounds much like he x in ldquosixrdquo
bull z is a noher double consonan (equivalen o dz) and sounds almos like z in ldquozebrardquo I be-gins wih a sligh d sound firs so in pronouncing his leter you should hear dz
bull ph sounds like p in ldquopenrdquo bu wih he addiion o a sligh breah o air represened by he hth sounds like t as in ldquo omrdquo bu wih he addiion o a sligh ex ra breahing represened byhe h ch sounds nearly like he combinaion kh Tese consonans are borrowed rom Greek
and appear in Greek words zephyrus ldquowesern breezerdquo chorus ldquochorusrdquo heārum ldquoheaerrdquo When p and t are no accompanied by h his sligh aspiraion is absen
bull When consonans are doubled as in he verbaggredior he consonanal sound is lenghenedslighly
EXERCISE 3epea hese words afer your eacher pronounces hem
1 cibus 7 glōria 13 phasēlus2 capiō 8 Zeus 14 chara3 cumulus 9 bibliohēca 15 cēlō4 crēscō 10 phi losophia 16 anīquus5 gemma 11 zōna6 Gallus 12 heōrēma
g y g y gevidence suggess i is naurally shor Tus in some grammar books such as he one by Gildersleeveand Lodge we find his syllable marked as long bu in oher books i is reaed as shor
TEACHING TIPTe sudens may also wish o find ou he meanings o he Lain words in Exercise 3 Te definiionsare provided or he eacherrsquos convenience
EXERCISE 3
1 ood2 I ake
3 a heap
4 I grow
5 bud jewel
6 a Gaul
7 glory
8 Zeus
9 library
10 philosophy
11 a girdle
12 heory
13 kidney bean
14 paper
15 I hide
16 old
TEACHING TIPTe eacher may wish o provide he sudens wih some pracice on syllables and sress accen Here
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 3454
xxviii bull Latin for the New Millennium
xxviii bull Latin for the New Millennium
ACCENT A Lain word is made up no jus o leters bu also o syllables A Lain word has as many syllablesas i has vowels or diphhongs (a diphhong works like a single vowel since i is made up o wo
vowels pronounced ogeher [see diphhongs above])
You will need o know he ollowing erms when learning abou accen
bull ulima he las syllable in a word
bull penul he second-o-las syllable in a word
bull anepenul he hird-o-las syllable in a word
So in he word ze- ph y-r us he vowel u is he ulima y is he penul and e is he anepenul
RULES ABOUT THE STRESS ACCENT IN LATIN1 Te sress accen in Lain alls on eiher he penul or he anepenul
2 Te accen alls on he penul i he penul is long I he penul is shor he accen alls onhe anepenul
3 How o deermine wheher he penul is long or shor
a I he penul conains a long vowel (or any diphhong) he penul isel is long You o-en need o learn wheher he vowel in he penul is long or shor as a basic elemen inlearning a new word A macron above he vowel will ell you ha he vowel is long whi lehe absence o a macron wil l indicae a shor vowel Pronouncing he word can help youremember he vowel lenghs For ex ample vi-de-ō ldquoI seerdquo is pronounced viacutedeō whileau-rō-ra ldquodawnrdquo is pronounced aurōacutera and po-pu-lus ldquopeoplerdquo is pronounced po pulus
b I he vowel in he penul is ollowed by wo or more consonans he penul is long no
mater wheher he vowel in he penul is long or shor and he accen necessarily allson he penul For example do-cu-men-um ldquodocumenrdquo is pronounced documenacuteum
BY THE WAYTe consonan x is double (cs or gs) and couns as wo consonans when deermining
wheher he penul is long
c Tere is one excepion o lsquobrsquo above Someimes even when here are wo consonans be-ween he penul and he ulima hey sill do no deermine ha he penul is long Tishappens when he wo consonans are a mue and a liquid
Te mues are p b d t g c
Te liquids are l r
So in he word pal-pe-bra ldquoeyelidrdquo he anepenul is accened ( palacutepebra) he vowel o he pe-nul is shor since i i s ollowed by a mue and a l iquid O course ru le lsquoarsquo sill applies in he wordhe-ā-trum ldquoheaerrdquo he penul is accened (heāacuterum) since i is naurally long somehing welearn rom he macron
y p p yare some examples wih he answers included or he eacherrsquos convenience
Underline he ulima in each word
1 legō
2 rēgis
3 imperāor
Underline he penul in each word
1 causa
2 pūnīum3 armāus
Underline he anepenul in each word
1 vulnerō
2 eigī
3 sublāum
Underline he penul i i is long
1 pōnō
2 spēlunca
3 pauperis
Underline he syllable ha will receive he sress accen in each word1 ōrāculum
2 peīum
3 cōnsania
4 exsīncum
5 vulneris
6 solius
TEACHING TIPGiven he passage abou he bahhouse on his page and he picure rom Bah England he
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 3554
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull xxix
EXERCISE 4epea each senence aloud afer your eacher reads i Pay atenion o he pronunciaion andsress accen o each word
Wha i is Like o Live Over a Bahhouse
(Adaped rom Seneca Moral Leter 56)
Ecce undique clāmor sona Suprā ipsum balneum habiō Prōpōne nunc ibi omnia genera vōcumodiōsa Foriōrēs exercenur e manūs plumbō gravēs iacan cum au labōran au labōranemimianur Gemiūs audiō quoiēns spīrium remīsērun Sun quoque ūncōrēs e racāōrēs
Audiō crepium manuum umerōs erienium sonus quoque icuum mūāur nunc enim manusperveni plāna nunc concava Audiō clāmōrēs sī ūr es i n balneō dēprehēnsus
Look here is noise sounding all around I live above he bahhouse isel Imagine o yourselnow all he haeul ypes o voices Te sronger ones exercise hemselves and swing heir ha ndsloaded wih lead weighs while hey work ou991252or imiae a person working ou I hear moansevery ime hey le go a ltpen-upgt breah Tere are also anoiners and masseurs I hear he slapo hands hiting shoulders and he sound o he blows changes or someimes he hands come1047298a someimes cupped I hear shouing i a hie is caugh in he bahhouse
A pool from inside he Roman Bahs in Bah England
Introduction bull xxix
eacher may wish o open a discussion abou bahs during oman i mes Te use o he calidārium fīgid ārium epidārium and sūdārium may be explained by he eacher and sudens may be en-couraged o learn andor pronounce hese words
TEACHER BY THE WAYBahs were ofen consruced on locaions having ho or mineral springs such as Bah in Englandand Bāiae a resor own on he Bay o Naples
Modern Bah in oman imes was named afer he Celic goddess o healing Sulis In he firscenury her shrine was aken over by he omans and she was idenified wih he goddess Minerva
Te sie was hen known as Aquae Sulis Mine rva In a emple relie she is represened wih a Medusa-like head and a musache
Te spa conained a grea bah (73 f by 29 f) and hree oher swimming pools he calidārium (ho bah)epidārium (warm bah) and fīgidār ium (cold bah) In he second cenury he spring was enclosed wihin a wooden barrel-vau led build ing ha housed hese hree pools Ho ai r bahs were ueled by coal fires A con-san 1047298ow o waer was direced o he pools hrough lead pipes which sill uncion oday
Archeologica l excavaions have revealed ma ny sacred voive offerings c urse ables and innumerable coinsa he botom o he springs Te curse ables writen in Lain heaped curses on anyone suspeced o wrong-doing Te ancien radiion o hrowing coins accompanied by a wish sill prevails oday in ome a he reviFounain where ourissvisiors do he same
More inormaion on bah complexes in ome can be ound on p 386 o his eacherrsquos manual
Sandards22 31
32 41 42
TEACHING TIPTe eacher may wish o insruc he sudens o find he iber iver which is picured here on he
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 3654
xxx bull Latin for the New Millennium
xxx bull Latin for the New Millennium
OVERVIEW OF ROMAN HISTORY According o legend omulus and his win broher emus were se adrif on he iber iver Ashe-wol nursed he boys unil a shepherd rescued hem Upon reaching manhood in 753 983138983139983141he wins ounded a new ciy near he place w here hey had been ound by he she-wol on he
basis o anaugusō auguriō ldquoa avorable sighing o birdsrdquo Bu omulus killed emus in a dispueover who would rule he new ciy and became is firs king
Six oher kings ruled afer omulus Numa Pompilius ullus Hosilius Ancus Marius ar-quinius Prisc us Servius ullius a nd arquinius Superbus (arquin he Proud) Afer he las ohese seven kings was overhrown in 509 983138983139983141 ome became a republic wih a represenaiveorm o governmen headed by wo consuls eleced an nually By 451 983138983139983141 he fi rs corpus o o-man law known as he welve ables was creaed
In he las cenury 983138983139983141 he oman epublic was shaken apar by a series o civil wars By31 983138983139983141 an auocraic regime headed earlier by Julius Caesar and laer by his grea-nephew Oc-avian brough he epublic o an end Te years rom 27 983138983139983141991252when Ocavian assumed heile o prīnceps ldquochie ciizenrdquo as well as he name Augu sus991252o around 180 983139983141 are known ashe early principae or empire During his era ome exended her boundaries o he BriishIsles in he norh Norh Arica in he souh Spain in he wes and he igris and Euphraesrivers in he eas
A view of he iber River as i 1047298ows hrough he ciy of Rome
map on p xxxii
COMPREHENSION QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS FOR PAGE XXX991251XXXI
eproducible versions o he quesions alone are available a wwwlnm bolchazycom
1 Who were he legendary ounders o ome
omulus and emus
2 According o legend in wha year was ome ounded
753 983138983139983141
3 Over he course o he monarchic period how many kings ruled ome
Seven
4 Wha even occurred in 509 983138983139983141
Te beginni ng o he oman epublic (wih wo consuls in charge)
5 Wha is he erm associaed wih he wo leaders o he epublic
Consul
6 Which wo leaders oversaw omersquos shif rom a republic o a principae
Julius Caesar and OcavianAugusu s
7 Wha major aciviy associaed wih empire-building ook place during he principae
erriorial expansion
8 Name wo developmens ha characerized he lae empire
Severe economic problems inernal poliical unres andor requen invasion by he Germanic ribes
9 Describe Diocleianrsquos response o he roubles o he empire
Diocleian divided he empire ino wo halves he Easern and Wesern empires in order o make ruli nghe empire more manageable
10 Explai n he origin o he erm ldquovandalismrdquo
Te fifh cenury invasion and pillag ing o ome by he ribe known as he Vandals who occupied he o-man province o Norh Arica led o he erm ldquovandalismrdquo meaning wanon desrucion
11 Describe Lainrsquos role in he cenuries afer 476 983139983141
Lain 1047298ourished as he major lierary language in he Wesern oman Empire and was spread o non-omanized places like Ireland Scandinavia and he New World
TEACHING TIP
Te eacher may ask he sudens o find he daes menioned on his page in he imeline on pp411ndash414
Sandards21 31 32
TEACHING TIPTe eacher may insruc he sudens o locae ByzaniumConsaninople discussed here in he
d h h ii
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 3754
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull xxxi
Introduction bull xxxi
From 180 983139983141 onwards in he period k nown as he lae empire he oman sae experiencedsevere economic problems and requen invasions by Germanic ri bes esponding o he pres-sure o he firs wave o migraions as well as inernal poliical u nres and economic diffi culieshe emperor Diocleian (ruled 284ndash305 983139983141) had already divided he oman Empire ino anEasern and Wesern hal each under is own emperor991252an atemp o make he vas omansae more manageable
Tis poliical division o he empire acually mirrored a culural division oo he main lan-guage o he Wes was Lain while he main language o he Eas was Greek Shorly aferwardshe emperor Consanine (ruled 312ndash337 983139983141) esablished a new capial or he Easern empirea Byzanium wh ich he renamed Consaninople (ldquohe ciy o Consaninerdquo oday called Isan-
bul) Bu even afer his reorganizaion he imperial governmen ulimaely proved incapable o
semming he ide o he migraions in par because he oman army was oo widely e xendedand could no be in so many places a once Indeed many o he invaders were given he sauso oederāī or ldquoreay roopsrdquo In effec hey were a llowed o occupy segmens o he empire inreurn or proecing i So when Alar ic King o he Visigohs sacked ome in 410 983139983141 he acual lyhad a ile as a commander in he oman army
ome was sacked again in 455 983139983141 by he Vandals who had already occupied he omanprovince o Norh Arica Te pillaging o he ciy o omulus by he invaders made a pro-ound impression on conemporaries and o his day he erm ldquovandalismrdquo is a word in severallanguages or wanon desrucion While he Easern empire (always more sable and eco-nomically prosperous han he Wes) coninued o exis unil 1453 983139983141 he Wesern empire
was ex inc as a poliica l eniy by 476 983139983141 In is place were Germa nic k ingdoms and ribes Angles and Saxons in Briai n Visigohs in Spain Osrogohs in Ialy Franks and Burgundi ansin Gaul991252o name only he major groups Te combinaion o hese new socieies wih heprevious inhabians who had been omanized o varying degrees would one day provide he
basis or he culures o modern Europe
Bu he end o he ancien oman Empire in he Wes was no he end o Lain On he con-rary during he nex 1200 years Lain no only 1047298ourished as he major lierary language in he
erriories o he ormer Wesern oman Empire he use o Lain was exended o regions heomans had never occupied including Ireland Scandinavi a and even he New World
BEGINNINGS OF LATIN LITERATURE Very ew complee works o Lain lieraure produced beore he mid-second cenury 983138983139983141 (ie beore 150 983138983139983141) have survived One reason or his loss was he remendous populariy o he works produced in he ollowing cenury by such auhors as Cicero Vergil and Ovid Teir wri-ings were so widely read and copied in subsequen cenuries ha he auhors preceding hem
were gradually negleced
Among he major figures o early Lain lieraure was a reed slave rom he Greek ciy o aren-um named Livius Andronicus who li ved rom 284ndash204 983138983139983141 He was known or his adapaionso Greek drama or oman audiences and his ranslaion o Homerrsquos Odyssey ino Lain verse
second paragraph on he map on p xxxii
TEACHING TIPTe eacher may ask he sudens o find he daes menioned on his page in he imeline on pp413ndash414
HOW TO USE THIS BOOK AND ITS ANCILLARIES
wo ancillaries are available or use wih his book Te Original Dysuncional Family (abbreviaed ODF)and From Romulus o Romulus Augusulus (abbreviaed R) R will be paricularly useul in order ohelp sudens keep he ime periods o he auhors and o he evens he auhors wroe abou sraigh in heirminds Chaper ile pages will include when appropriae a noaion on wha chaper o R he eachermay wish o assign
TEACHING TIPTe eacher may wish o assign Chaper 1 o he oman hisory ancillary From Romulus o Romu-lus Augusulus a his poin
COMPREHENSION QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS FOR PAGES XXXI991251XXXIVeproducible versions o he quesions alone are available a wwwlnm bolchazycom
1 Whom did he omans consider he aher o Lain lieraure
Ennius
2 Wha was Enniusrsquo mos amous work Is subjec mater
Annālēs was an epic poem abou omersquos early hisory
3 Wha amous Lain saying means ldquoCarhage mus be desroyedrdquo
Carhāgō dēlenda es
4 Who is he auhor o ha saying
Cao he ElderCao he Censor
5 When was Carha ge said o have been desroyed
146 983138983139983141 a he end o he hird Punic war
NB Aler sudens ha he answers o hese comprehension quesions will be ound on p xxxiv
Sandards21 31
R1
TEACHING TIP Ask sudens he English equivalen o cou nries s uch as Briannia and Germānia and he Englishequivalen o he ciies Neāpolis and Ahēnae
Sandard31
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 3854
xxxii bull Latin for the New Millennium
equivalen o he ciies Neāpolis and Ahēnae
A full size r eproducible version of h is page wihou he answe rs can be downloaded a wwwlnm bolchazycom
HOW TO USE THIS BOOK Answers o rep roducible aciviies w ill be gi ven in a larger size bel ow or he eacherrsquos convenience
ANSWERS TO MAP WORK 991251 PAGES XXXII991251XXXIII
1 Crēa Sicilia Corsica Sardinia Cyprus Ihaca Dēlos Brianni a
2 Vesuvius Mōns Aena Mōns Olympus Mōns Āppennīnus Mōns
3 Syria Macedonia Arica Asia
4 mare or ponus
5 Asia Eurōpa Arica
A full siz e reproducible version of his page wihou he answers can be down loaded a wwwln mbolchazycom
Te eacher may wish o have his map enlarged when reproducing i for ease of suden use in compleing his aciviy
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 3954
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull xxxiii
HOW TO USE THIS BOOK
Te answers o his aciviy can be easily seen on he wo acing pages
Te omans regarded Ennius (ca 239 169 983138983139983141) as he aher o Lain lieraure He wroe
TEACHING TIPSudens may be encouraged o find he ciy o Carhage menioned in he second paragraph on hemap on p xxxii
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 4054
xxxiv bull Latin for the New Millennium
xxxiv bull L atin for the New Millennium
Te omans regarded Ennius (ca 239ndash169 983138983139983141) as he aher o Lain lieraure He wroemany kinds o lierary works including plays His Annālēs an epic poem abou he early hisoryo ome was paricularly renowned and perhaps he primary epic read in oman schools beorehe ime o Vergil Only ragmens o his wriings remain
One o Enniusrsquo conemporaries was heamed Cao he Censor also known as Caohe Elder (234ndash149 983138983139983141) a rigidly conserva-ive oman senaor Mos o his reaise onagriculure called Dē agrī culūrā survivesI is he oldes work o Lain prose amongCaorsquos recommendaions here are ha fieldslaves be reaed similarly o beass o bur-den Cao is also remembered or his sae-men Carhāgō dēlenda es ldquoCarhage mus
be desroyedrdquo evidence or he omanear o he Carhaginians Te omansough hree wars known as he Punic
Wars agai ns he Car haginians Te fi rsended beore Cao was born in he secondagains Hannibal Cao served wih miliarydisincion he hird ended in 146 983138983139983141 asCao had demanded wih he desruciono Carhage On his occasion he vic oriousomans were said o have plowed sal inohe Carhaginian soil
Discussions abou laer auhors and adap-aions rom heir wriings w ill be presenedchronologically in he chapers o his book
Ancien ruins a Carhage in Africa
p p
TEACHER BY THE WAY Alhough he works o Enniu s have been preserved on ly in ragmens (abou a housand lines) hehad a grea in1047298uence on subsequen poes such as Vergil Quoable quoes include
bull a es o riendship Amīcus cer us in rē incer ā cerniur (A riend in need is a riend indeed)
bull an applicaion o wisdom o lie Quī ipse sibi sapiēns prōdesse nequi nēquīquam sapi (A man who
himsel is wise bu unable o be useul o himsel is wise or nohing)bull he amous descripion o Fabius Maximus Ūnus homō nōbīs cūncandō resiui rem (One man by delaying res ored he sae or us)
bull and he line on Manius Curius Quem nēmō errō poui superāre nec aurō (Whom no one was ableo deea eiher by sword or gold)
We also have preser ved or us he exa mple o excessive all ieraion ha has g iven rise o much laugher inLain classrooms over he years Ō ie ūe aī ibi ana yranne ulisī ldquoO ius aius you yran (all voca-ive) you brough o yoursel such grea (roubles)rdquo991252ranslaed in conex which plays off he more lieral ldquo you ookacquired or yoursel such grea hings rdquo
On he oher hand he composed his own epiaph in which his high eseem among omans proved o beprescien
nēmō mē lacrumīs decōre neu unera 1047298ēū
axi Cūr Voliō vivos per ōra v irum (Le no one honor me wih ears or make a uneral pyre by weeping
Why I 1047298y li ving hrough he mouhs o men)
TEACHER BY THE WAY
Pluarchrsquos Lie o Cao is a good source o snappy quoaions atribued o his saesman soldier andauhor For example while discussing he power o women he said ldquoAll oher men rule heir wives we rule al l oher men and our w ives rule us rdquo Atemping o persuade he oman people o orego adisribuion o grain he began his speech by saying ldquoI is a hard mater o argue wih he belly sincei has no earsrdquo And o a ribune who had been accused o using poison and was rying o pass a use-less bill he said ldquoI know no which is worse o drink your mixures or o enac your billsrdquo
1CHAPTER 1
HOW TO USE THIS BOOK
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 4154
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull 1
1CHAPTER
Parts of Speech Nouns Number Gender Case (Nominative and Accusative)
First Declension Nouns
MEMORĀBILE DICTŪ
SPQ Senātus Populusque ōmānusldquoTe Senae and he People o omerdquo
Tese our leters orm wha is known as an acronym one ha symbolized supreme power inancien ome
Oil paining of Romulus and Remus wih he wolf By Peer Paul Rubens (1577ndash1640)
Te grammaical and synacical opics ha will be presened in each chaper o his book are lised a he opo he chaper ile page
HOW TO USE THIS BOOK
Te illusraion on each chaperrsquos ile page presens a visual inroducion o he Lain reading passage ha willollow eachers may choose o discuss he illusraion in order o provide he conex or he reading he su-dens will encouner on he nex page
HOW TO USE THIS BOOK
On each chaper ile page he phrase Memorābile Dictū (ldquoA memorable hing o say rdquo) will be ou nd Below here will be a amous phrase quoa ion abbreviaion or moto in L ain ha w ill connec hese words o he opicsin he chaper
MEMORĀBILE DICTŪ VOCABULARY
populus populī m ndash people
-que ndash and
senāus senāūs m ndash senae
TEACHING TIP
ubens pained his picure o omulus and emus rom 1615ndash1616 during wha is called he Ba-roque period o ar Te man approaching rom he rear is Fausulus Te reclining figure is he god
o he river iber
HOW TO USE THIS BOOK AND ITS ANCILLARIESwo ancillaries are available or use wih his book Te Original Dysunctional Family (abbreviaed ODF)and From Romulus to Romulus Augustulus (abbreviaed R) R will be paricularly useul in order ohelp sudens keep he ime periods o he auhors and o he evens he auhors wroe abou sraigh in heirmind Chaper ile pages wil l include when appropriae a noaion abou wha chaper o R he eachermay wish o assign
Standards11 21
R 2and 3
READING
TRANSLATION OF LATIN PASSAGEomulus and emus
Mars is a god Mars loves hea Silvia And so hea Silvia has wo sons omulus and emus Amulius locks uph Sil i A li l d i h A h l lk h T h l
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 4254
2 bull Latin for the New Millennium
2 bull Latin for the New Millennium
READINGTis sory describes how ome was said o have been ounded in 753 983138983139983141 King Numior o AlbaLonga was overhrown by his cruel and ambiious broher Amulius who no only seized hehrone bu so eared ha one o Numiorrsquos male descendans migh have a legiimae claim oni ha he made Amuliusrsquo daug her hea Silvia a priesess o he goddess Vesa Tese priesesses
were no allowed o marry during heir childbearing years
RŌMULUS ET REMUS
1 Mārs es deus Mārs hēam Silviam ama Iaque hēa Silvia duōs
īliōs habe ōmulum e emum Amūlius hēam Silviam vinculīs
claudi Amūlius ōmulum e emum in aquam pōni Lupa ad aquamambula Lupa ōmulum e emum bene cūra e ama ōmulus e
5 emus crēscun Poseā ōmulus e emus ōmam aedifican
Famous bronze saue of he she-wolf and he wins
hea Silvia Amulius pus omulus and emus ino he waer A she-wol walks o he waer Te she-wol caresor (akes good care o) omulus and emus well and loves (hem) omulus and emus grow up Aferwards(laer) omulus and emus build ome
HOW TO USE THIS BOOK Above each La in reading pa ssage inorm aion is presened in Engl ish Tis pre -reading provides back groundinormaion abou he auhor and esablishes he conex o he passage he sudens will read
TEACHER BY THE WAY
Te eacher may wish o inroduce he class o he radiional abbreviaions o 983137983140 (which sandsor he Lain phrase Annō Dominī ldquoi n he year o our Lordrdquo) and 983138983139 (which sands or he Engl ishphrase ldquoBeore Chrisrdquo) Tese older abbreviaions coninue o be used bu his book employs heabbreviaions 983138983139983141 (Beore he Common Era) and 983139983141 (Common Era)
TEACHING TIPInsruc he sudens o locae Alba Longa on he map on pp xxxiindashxxxiii
TEACHER BY THE WAYTough he wins were added o he sculpure in he enaissance he she-wol has srong links wihEruscan myhology and shows characerisics o Eruscan sculpure
TEACHING TIP
Te eacher may wish o encourage he sudens o design an abbreviaed amily ree o omulusand emus
Standards11 22
Jupier Juno King Num ior o Alba Longa
Mars hea Silvia
omulus emus
READING VOCABULARY
HOW TO USE THIS BOOKTe English pronoun subjec o a verb is no lised in he eading Vocabulary i he pronoun is no needed inhe ranslaion
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 4354
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull 3
Chapter 1 bull 3
READING VOCABULARYad aquam ndash o he waer
aedifican ndash build
ama ndash loves
ambula ndash walks
Amūlius ndash Amul ius
aquam ndash waer
bene ndash well
claudi ndash locks up
crēscun ndash grow up
cūra ndash akes care o cares or
deus ndash god
duōs ndash woes ndash is
e ndash and
īliōs ndash sons
habe ndash has
in aquam ndash ino he waer
iaque ndash and so
lupa ndash she-wol
Mārs ndash Mars he god o war
pōni ndash pus
poseā ndash aferwards laer
emum ndash emus
emus ndash emus
hēa Silvia ndash hea Silvia
hēam Silviam ndash hea Silvia
ōmam ndash ome
ōmulum ndash omulus
ōmulus ndash omulus vinculīs ndash w ih chains
Words marked wih an aserisk will need o bememorized laer in he chaper
COMPREHENSION QUESTIONS1 Whose sons are omulus and emus
2 Wha did Amulius do
3 Who saved he lie o omulus and emus
4 Wha did omulus and emus do
HOW TO USE THIS BOOK
Te sudens should not be expeced o lea rn he words under he ile eading Vocabulary whenever his ileoccurs in he book Insead insruc sudens o learn he vocabulary words lised under he ile Vocabularyto Learn ha will be ound laer in each chaper In more advanced Lain exs usually here are vocabularyand noes o help he sudens when reading a passage Tis eading Vocabulary will help prepare sudens orlaer more advanced classes
ANSWERS TO COMPREHENSION QUESTIONS
1 Tey are he sons o Mars and hea Silvia2 He locked up hea Silvia
3 A she-wol
4 Tey buil he ciy o ome
TEACHING TIP
Whi le English deriva ives rom he sar red words (ie he Vocabulary o L earn) are he opic o Ex-ercise 2 laer in his chaper here are some ineresing derivaives rom he non-sarred words andsome o hese show how words change hrough he years Te eacher may choose o discuss hesederivaives wih he sudens
bull aedi1047297cant (aedi1047297cō) ndash ediy edificaion edifice
Tis Lain word is buil rom wo Lain words aciō (o do make) and aedēs (house emple) Te
English derivaives reain his religious connecion or hey mean ldquoo build up he aih moraliy o in-sruc especially morallyrdquo Te word ldquoedificerdquo is always used or an imposing srucure such as a ldquoemplerdquoor aedēs
bull claudit (claudō) ndash close conclusion enclosure sluice
A ldquocloserdquo is a small shu-in space and some people i locked in one suffer rom ldquoclausrophobiardquo acompound derivaive parly rom Lain (o close confine) and parly rom he Greek (ear) hence ldquoa earo closed spacesrdquo
Te word ldquosluicerdquo does no look like a derivaive o claudō bu i has undergone cha nges as i ca meino English via middle English and old French (sclus) rom he Lain exclūdō which means ldquoo shu ourdquo Asluice has a gae a he op o he channel o shu off he 1047298ow o waer as necessary
bull crēscunt (crēscō) ndash crescen accrue recrui crew
Te word ldquocrewrdquo in middle English mean ldquoreinorcemenrdquo so a body o soldiers grew Te word ldquore-
cruirdquo has he same basic idea ecruis increase he size o he army (rom he Lain recrēscō meaning ldquoogrow againrdquo)
bull deus ndash deiy deiy
bull duōs ndash double dozen due duplicae
Te word ldquodozenrdquo is a compound rom he Lain word or ldquowordquo and he German word or ldquoenrdquo (zehn)
bull habet (habeō) ndash habi abiliy prohibiive
Onersquos abiliy depends on he alens and skil ls one has
bull pōnit ( pōnō) ndash depo imposiion preposiion
A depo origina lly was a place where supplies were pu or sorage
LANGUAGE FACT I
HOW TO USE THIS BOOKTe Language Facs secion o each chaper will conain boh grammaical (morphological) and synacicalinormaion ie inormaion boh abou he orms o he words and he srucure o he senence
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 4454
4 bull Latin for the New Millennium
4 bull Latin for the New Millennium
LANGUAGE FACT I
PARTS OF SPEECHTe parts o speech used in a Lain senence deermine is meaning jus as in English While henoun and he verb are he wo mos imporan oher common pars o speech are lised below
Noun a person place hing idea acion or qual iy Examples ldquoomulusrdquo ldquoriverrdquo ldquocouragerdquo
Pronoun a word ha sands in place o a noun ha has been previously menioned or is clearrom conex Examples ldquoIrdquo ldquosherdquo ldquohimrdquo ldquoirdquo
Adjecive a word ha limis or defines a noun or a pronoun Examples ldquolitlerdquo ldquosrongrdquo
Adverb a word ha lim is or defines verbs adjecives or (oher) adverbs Examples ldquoveryrdquoldquoquielyrdquo
Verb a word ha describes an acion or sae o being Examples ldquogordquo ldquosayrdquo ldquowasrdquo
Preposiion a word ha begins a preposiional phrase such as ldquoinrdquo ldquoordquo ldquoonrdquo ldquoorrdquo ldquobyrdquoldquowihrdquo A preposiional phrase is a preposiion joined o a noun Examples ldquoin he morningrdquoldquowih a sharp pencilrdquo
Conjuncion a word ha connecs words phrases clauses a nd senences Examples ldquoandrdquoldquoburdquo ldquoalhoughrdquo
Inerjecion a word ha expresses emoion Examples ldquowowrdquo
EXERCISE 1eview he meanings and ideniy he pars o speech o he ollowing words Te eading
Vocabulary may be consu led
1 īliōs 6 e2 bene 7 lupa3 aedifican 8 claudi
4 ad 9 ōmam5 ambula 10 ama
EXERCISE 1 ANSWERS
1 noun
2 adverb
3 verb
4 preposiion
5 verb
6 conjuncion
7 noun8 verb
9 noun
10 verb
TEACHING TIP
Te eacher may wish o ask he sudens in Lain wha par o speech a given word is Te eacher would say ldquoQuae pars ōrātiōnis estrdquo Suden responses would be
bull nōmen substantīvumsubstantīvum ndash noun
bull prōnōmen ndash pronoun
bull nōmen adiectīvumadiectīvum ndash adjecive
bull verbum temporāle ndash verb
bull adverbium ndash adverb
bull praepositiō ndash preposiion
bull coniūnctiō ndash conjuncion
bull interiectiō ndash inerjecion
Standards11 41
Standards11 41
WorkbookExercise 1
VOCABULARY TO LEARN
TEACHING TIPSince his is he firs se o Lain words ha your sudens will be required o memorize i is usuallya good idea o sugges and discuss wih hem some differen ways o memorize vocabulary Somesel help opions are lised below
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 4554
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull 5
NOUNSagricola agricolae m ndash armer
aqua aquae ndash waer
āhlēa āhlēae m ndash ahlee
īlia īliae ndash daugher
lupa lupae ndash she-wol
naua nauae m ndash sailor
poēa poēae m ndash poe
puella puellae ndash girl
ōma ōmae ndash ome
erra errae ndash land
VERBSama ndash heshei loves
ambula ndash heshei walks
cūra ndash heshei akes care o cares or
es ndash heshei is
ADVERBS bene ndash well
poseā ndash aferwards
CONJUNCTIONSe ndash and
iaque ndash and so
Aqueducs carr ied waer (aqua) o he ciies in he Roman world Tis aqueduc buil in 19 983138983139983141 which srechedacross he Gard River was named he Pon du Gard and brough waer o he ciy of Nicircmes in France in ancien imes
Chapter 1 bull 5
sel-help opions are lised below
1 Look a he word in he book and say he word aloud
2 Wrie down he word on a piece o paper along wih is meaning and check o be sure here are no spell-ing errors Color-coding he words by pars o speech is also helpul Pronounce he word while wriing idown and hen repea he word including he meaning and spelling
3 Make handwriten 1047298ashcards wih he Lain on one side and English on he oher and be sure here are nospelling errors Color-coding is a good sraegy here also Wriing he word ou helps some sudens ce-men he word in he brain Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers has creaed an elecronic vocabulary resourceor hose sudens or whom echnological learning ools are an aid Tese vocabulary 1047298ashcards are orhe iPod See p 93 or more inormaion on iPod 1047298ashcards
4 Use English derivaives o help remember meanings Bu be careul since some derivaives may havemeanings grealy changed rom he original Lain word
5 Find clipar picures ha illusrae he vocabulary words and use he picures as a way o es yoursel onhe Lain words
TEACHER BY THE WAYTe eacher may wish o open a discussion abou aqueducs and he waer supply or ancien omans while l ooking a he picu re o he Pon du Gard on his page For a hisory o aqueducs and heirconsrucion Froninusrsquo book Dē aquīs urbis Rōmae is an excellen source Te book was writenabou 97 983139983141 when he was Superinenden o Aqueducs Oher aqueducs include he ollowing
bull Te double high aqueduc in Segovia Spainbull Te Aqua Appia buil in 312 983138983139983141
bull Te Aqua rāiāna
bull Te aqueduc buil by Alex ander Severus in 226 983139983141
bull Te Aqua Claudia
bull Te Aqua Marcia wh ich wa s probably named a fer A ncus Marcius who was he fi rs K ing oome by radiional accouns o build an aqueduc o bring waer o ome
NB Te word ldquo Aquardquo when capialized means ldquoaqueducrdquo
Eleven aqueducs urnished 250000 gallons o waer o ome every weny-our hours
BY THE WAY
E h u gi n in h b l r h rm T nd rm i h g nii
HOW TO USE THIS BOOK Ēn is a word ha calls atenion o somehing and means ldquoLook a hisrdquo Te inormaion given here draws a-enion o and urher specifies differen language acs
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 4654
6 bull Latin for the New Millennium
6 bull Latin for the New Millennium
Each noun given in he vocabulary has wo orms Te second orm is he geniivesingular
A derivative is an English word rooed in a Lain word Te English derivaive issimilar in meaning and orm o is Lain source
STUDY TIP
An English derivaive ofen can help you remember wha a Lain word means
EXERCISE 2Find he English derivaives based on he Vocabulary o Learn in he ollowing senences Wriehe corresponding Lain word
1 She shows a considerable filial respec oward her aher
2 Agriculu re is a science o culivaing he land
3 Te ship is equipped wih all he necessary nauical insrumens
4 We saw all kinds o fish in he aquarium
5 Tis is an all-errain vehicle
6 When will he ahleic compeiion sar
7 She has a ruly poeic naure
LANGUAGE FACT II
NOUNS NUMBER GENDER CASE 983080NOMINATIVE AND
ACCUSATIVE983081Nouns in Lain show number gender and case
Number Lain nouns are eiher singular or plural in number Number is shown in differen ways by differen ypes o nouns bu some ending-paterns are or singular orms and oherending-paterns are or plural orms
Gender Every noun likewise is eiher masculine eminine or neuer in gender You muslearn he gender o each noun In he Vocabulary o Learn l iss he gender is indicaed by hecommon abbreviaionsm (masculi ne) f (eminine) or n (neuer)
Case Lain nouns mus have an ending-patern ha displays case Tis is quie differen romEnglish in which case is indicaed by word posiion and no by endings (alhough case markersare preserved in cerain pronouns such as ldquoherdquo and ldquohimrdquo) A nounrsquos case reveals wha uncionhe noun has in he senence Tere are five common cases nominaive geniive daive accu-saive and ablaive wo less requenly used cases are called he vocaive and he locaive
HOW TO USE THIS BOOKStudy Tips give hins rhymes and mnemonics o help sudens learn grammar and vocabulary
EXERCISE 2 ANSWERS1 filial īlia
2 agriculure agricola
3 nauical naua
4 aquarium aqua
5 errain erra
6 ahleic āhlēa
7 poeic poēa
TEACHING TIPExplain o he sudens ha in English he words ldquoardquo ldquoanrdquo or ldquoherdquo are usually placed beore a nounand Lain does no have an equivalen or hese words known as aricles
eachers may need o sress he absence o he aricle many imes beore sudens compleely ine-grae his knowledge ino heir reading habis in Lain class
TEACHING TIPLain like many oher languages does no always observe biological gender Ofen he gender o a
Lain noun is deermined by grammaical acors such as he group o which a noun belongs
TEACHING TIP
Alhough in Exercise 2 he sudens are direced o find only he derivaives based on he Vocabular yo Learn hey may be ineresed o learn ha here are oher derivaives in Exercise 2 Te derivaiono hese words is provided or he eacherrsquos convenience
bull 1 consider - rom sīdus (sar) + cum (wih ogeher) and rom cōnsīderō (o examine consider)respec - rom respectō (look back a have regard or)
bull 2 science - rom scientia (knowledge) and sciō (o know) culivaing - rom colō (ill inhabi worship)
bull 3 necessary - rom necesse (necessary) insrumens - rom īnstruō (o equip build provide)
and rom īnstrumentum (equipmen ool ec)bull 5 vehicle - rom he Lain verb vehō (o carry)
bull 6 compeiion - rom petō (o seek aim a atack ec) + cum (wih oge her)
bull 7 naure - rom nātūra (naure)
Standard41
Standards11 31 41
STUDY TIP
An easy way o remember he names ohe five common cases iso use his mnemonic
TEACHING TIPSudens may no know wha he word ldquomnemonicrdquo means explain ha a mnemonic device is some-hing ha helps a suden o remember somehing Te eacher may also wish o use his opporu-niy o bring up Mnemosyne he goddess o memory and he moher o he Muses
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 4754
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull 7
Chapter 1 bull 7
An easy way o remember he names o he five common cases is o use his mnemonicdevice
Never NominaiveGive GeniiveDogs Daive A ny A ccusaive A buse A blaive
Nominative Te nominaive case idenifies he subjec Te subjec is a noun or a pronounha perorms he acion or exiss in a sae o being In he senence ldquoWilliam is readingrdquohe word ldquoWilliamrdquo is he subjec
Example Mārs amat Mars loves
Te noun subjec o he verb ldquoloverdquo is he god Mars
Find more examples o nominaives and heir verbs rom he reading passage a he begin-ning o he chaper
Te nominaive case also idenifies he predicae nominaive In he senence ldquoWilliam isa sudenrdquo he predicae nominaive is ldquoa sudenrdquo A predicae nominaive complees hemeaning o he verb ldquoo berdquo Look a his exa mple rom he reading
Example Mārs est deus Mars is a god
Mārs is he subjec and deus is a predicae nominaive
Accusative Te ourh case lised is called he accusaive he geniive daive and ablaivecases will be discussed in laer chapers Te accusaive case poins ou he noun (or pro-noun) ha is he direc objec emember direc objecs receive he acion o he verb Inhe senence ldquoI am wriing a leterrdquo he direc objec is ldquoa leterrdquo
Example Mārs Rhēam Silviam amat Mars loves hea Silvia
Te direc objec o ldquoloverdquo is he noun Rhēam Silviam
Find more examples o accusaives and heir verbs rom he reading passage a he beginningo he chaper
niy o bring up Mnemosyne he goddess o memory and he moher o he Muses
Answers to ldquoFind more examples of nominatives a nd their verbs from the reading passage at the begin-ning of the chapterrdquo
hēa Silvia habe
Amūl ius claudi
Amūl ius pōni
Lupa ambula
Lupa cūra e amaōmulus e emus crēscun
ōmulus e emus aedifican
Answers to ldquoFind more examples of accusatives and their verbs from the reading passage at the beg in-ning of the chapterrdquo
duōs īliōs habe ōmulum e emum
hēam Silviam claudi
ōmulum e emum pōni
ōmulum e emum bene cūra e ama
ōmam aedifican
TEACHING TIPSudens may encouner diffi culy when r ying o ransl ae Lain names used in cases o her han henominaive Te eacher a some poin will need o explain (and repea whenever necessary) ha when ransla ing a La in name he suden should al ways use he nominaive o rm o he word Onp 7 sudens are asked o find examples o accusaives and heir verbs in he reading passage Teanswers lised above provide an opporuniy o pracice wih his issue emind sudens o rans-lae duōs īliōs habet Rōmulum et Remum as ldquohe has wo sons omulus and emusrdquo Te oher ouranswers may be used as pracice wih he sudens
EXERCISE 3a Ideniy wheher he nouns in bold in hese senences are subjecs direc objecs or predi
TEACHER BY THE WAYIn conjuncion wih he picure and is capion he eacher may wish o menion ha he amil-ilar acronym o SPQ is sill in use and visible hroughou modern ome991252on liter bins sewercovers ec
Standards11 41
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 4854
8 bull Latin for the New Millennium
8 bull Latin for the New Millennium
a Ideniy wheher he nouns in bold in hese senences are subjecs direc objecs or predi-cae nominaives Te eading Vocabulary may be consuled
b Label each senence as vērum (rue) i i agrees or alsum (alse) i i disagrees wih he Lainreading passage a he beginni ng o he chaper
Example Amūlius es deusPredicae nominaive alsum
1 hēa Silvia ōmulum e emum cūra
2 Amūlius ōmulum e emum bene cūra
3 Amūlius lupam vinculīs claudi
4 Mārs ōmulum e emum in aquam pōni
5 Lupa hēam Silviam cūra
6 Amūlius ad aquam ambula
Te power of he ciy of Rome founded according o legend by Romulus is symbolized by hese four leters ha areprominenly displayed in various places wihin he ciy
EXERCISE 3 ANSWERS
1 subjec vērum
2 direc objecs alsum
3 direc objec alsum
4 subjec alsum
5 direc objec alsum
6 subjec vērum
WorkbookExercise 2 A full si ze reproduc ible version of th is page
without the a nswers ca n be downloade d at wwwlnm bolchazyco m
HOW TO USE THIS BOOK
Noun Declensions Te eacher may choose Lain nouns rom he declension ha is being sudied a he imehis workshee is used Tus no answers are provided here
LANGUAGE FACT III
TEACHING TIP Ask he sudens wha he Lain words seleced rom he reading and lised near he op o p 9 mean
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 4954
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull 9
Chapter 1 bull 9
FIRST DECLENSION NOUNS A declension is a g roup o nouns ha show a cerain patern o word endings Tere are five differ-en declensions in Lain In he reading abou omulus and emus hese are he orms belongingo he firs declension
hēam Silviam hēa Silvia aquam lupa ōmam
Noice ha he ex says Rhēa Silvia when she is he subjec and Rhēam Silviam when she is hedirec objec
Te firs declension is composed o words ha characerisically have he vowel a a or near heend o he word lupa
Below is he patern ha firs declension nouns ollow o show case and number Memorize heLain words in order rom he nominaive singular down o he ablaive singular and hen romhe nominaive plural down o he ablaive plural
emember ha he endings or a whole group o nouns ollow his patern Once you learn hi spatern you can recognize he case a nd number o all he words belonging o hi s declension
In his chaper you have begun o learn abou he nominaive and accusai ve cases Te ohercases will be explained in laer chapers
First DeclensionSingular Plural
Nomina ive l upa he she-wol Nominaive lupae he she-wolves
Geniive lupae o he she-wol Geniive lupārum o he she-wolves
Daive lupae oor he she-wol Daive lupīs oor he she-wolves
Accusaive lupam he she-wol Accusaive lupās he she-wolves
Ablaive lupā bywih he she-wol Ablaive lupīs bywih he she-wolves
Daive and ablaive plural o he words īlia ldquodaugherrdquo and dea ldquogoddessrdquo is fīliābus anddeābusTis is o di singuish hese orms rom he corresponding orms o īlius ldquosonrdquo and deus ldquogodrdquo
STUDY TIP
Noice ha he ablaive singular ending -ā has a long mark (macron) above i his ishe only difference beween he nominaive and ablaive singular endings
TEACHING TIP
Afer he firs declension has been presened o he sudens encourage hem depending on heirlearning syle o say he declension aloud o wrie down he words o inven a rap or a cheer
TEACHER BY THE WAY
Te patern is called a declension because he oher cases lean away ( dēclīnāre) rom he nominaiveie hey do no ollow he same orm as he nominaive
ORAL EXERCISE 1Tis exercise may be used afer the 1047297rst declension has been presented
Whi le looking a he declension o lupa ask he sudens o decli ne nauta
Singular PluralNominaive naua nauaeGeniive nauae nauārumDaive nauae nauīs Accusaive nauam nauās Ablaive nauā nauīs
Standards11 31 41
OralExercise 1
WorkbookExercise 3
STUDY TIP
Noice ha he daive and ablaive plural endings a re idenical
EXERCISE 4 ANSWERS1 geniive daive puellār um puellī s
2 accusaive nauās
3 accusaive errās
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 5054
10 bull Latin for the New Millennium
10 bull Latin for the New Millennium
Here are more words belonging o he fi rs declension
puella ndash girl īlia ndash daugher terra ndash land
Mos firs declension words are eminine i n gender bu a ew (usually ones ha indicae mas-culine occupaions in ancien imes) are masculine Examples are poēta ldquopoerdquoagricola ldquoarmerrdquonauta ldquosailorrdquo āthlēta ldquoahleerdquo
EXERCISE 4Ideniy he case o each singular noun Ten change each orm ino plural For some more han
one answer is possibleExample īlianominaive īliae
1 puellae 5 aquae2 nauam 6 puellā3 erram 7 āhlēā4 a gr ic ol a
Like he Greek wreslers porrayed on his ancien bas-reliefRoman ahlees were also fond of he spor of wresling
4 nominaive agricolae
5 geniive daive aquārum aquīs
6 ablaive puellīs
7 ablaive āhlēīs
TEACHING TIP
Since wreslers are depiced on he illusraion on his page he eacher may wish o open a discus-
sion abou he omansrsquo and Greeksrsquo ondness or wresling which was ofen praciced in a complexcalled he palaestra
oman boys were expeced o serve in he m iliary Tus hey were firs rained by heir ahers in wreslingand boxing Srengh and agiliy were sressed raher han grace o movemen as in Greek spors Te woprincipal syles uilized by he Greek were uprigh wresling in which hree alls o your opponen o heground were necessary o deea him and ground wresling which required he opponen o give up in ordero end he mach In he palaes tra here was an area or he young people o pracice wresling or boxing wih apunching bag (cōrycus) Examples o monumenal oman bahs wih a palaest ra are ound a he Bahs o Ca-racalla in ome he Harbor Bahs a Ephesus in urkey and he Bahs in Varna Bulgaria he larges anciensrucure in ha counry
Wresling was also one o he spor evens a he Olympic games ha he omans ofen atended Greco-oman wresling is also one o he evens eaured in he summer Olympic games in modern imes
TEACHING TIPTe eacher migh wan o have sudens read an English ranslaion o Book 23 o he Iliad in which Ajax a nd Odysseus compee in a wre sling m ach and Book 5 o he Aeneid or a descripion o hespors ha he omans played and compare he atiude o he compeiors in each epic Boh evens were par o he uneral games he ormer in honor o Paroclu s riend and atendan o Achil lesand he later in honor o Anchises aher o Aeneas Tis migh lead o urher discussion on henaure o modern wresling
Standards11 41
EXERCISE 5Ideniy he case o each plural noun Ten change each orm ino he singular For some more
TEACHING TIPSudens may wonder why he geniive singular w ihou is ending mus be used o find he base whenhe nominaive singular wihou is ending works jus as well Explain ha in oher noun declensionshe nominaive will no always provide he same base or have he same spelling as he geniive
Standards11 41
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 5154
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull 11
Chapter 1 bull 11
han one answer is possible
Example puellāsaccusaive puellam
1 īliae 5 aquīs2 errīs 6 poēārum3 nauārum 7 agricolae4 l upa e
BY THE WAY
In all declensions endings are added o he base o a noun I is imporan o know hahe base o a noun is ound by removing he ending rom is geniive si ngular orm Forexample he geniive singular o puella is puellae I you remove he -ae rom puellae
wha remains is he base o he word namely puell- For his reason learning he geni-ive singular is as imporan as knowing he nominaive singular o he noun
STUDY TIP
Always learn he geniive ogeher wih he nominaive because rom he geniive you will know o which declension a word belongs
A wall paining depic ing a Roman farmer (agricola) wih his sheep
EXERCISE 5 ANSWERS
1 nominaive īl ia
2 daive ablaive errae errā
3 geniive nauae
4 nominaive lupa
5 daive ablaive aquae aquā
6 geniive poēae7 nominaive agricola
HOW TO USE THIS BOOKIn his book he word ldquobaserdquo is used o reer o he noun wihou any ending ldquoStemrdquo is used or he par o he verb wihou any ending ldquoootrdquo is used or he Lain par o a derivaive
ORAL EXERCISE 2Tis exercise may be used afer Exercise 5
Use one o he ollowing classroom presenaion opions (hereafer reerred o as CPO) (blackgreenwhiesmar board overhead or LCD projecor PowerPoinreg presenaion ec) o pu his inormaion on view
quis ldquowhordquo (or he subjec) and quem ldquowhomrdquo (or he direc objec)
Ten ask he suden o answer he ollowing quesions abou he chaper reading eiher orally or in wri-
en orm
1 Teacher Quis es Mārs Student Mārs es deus
2 Teacher Quem ama Mārs Student hēam Silviam Mārs ama
3 Teacher Quis ama hēam Silviam Student Mārs ama hēam Silviam
4 Teacher Quem habe hēa Silvia Student hēa Silvia duōs īliōs ōmulum eemum habe
5 Teacher Quis claudi hēam Silviam Student Amūlius claudi hēam Silviam
6 Teacher Quem claudi Amūlius Student hēam Silviam Amūlius claudi
7 Teacher Quis ōmulum e emum in aquampōni
Student Amūlius ōmulum e emum in aquampōni
8 Teacher Quem Amūlius in aquam pōni Student Amūlius ōmulum e emum in aquampōni
9 Teacher Quis ambula ad aquam Student Lupa ambula ad aquam
10 Teacher Quis ōmulum e emum bene cūra Student Lupa ōmulum e emum bene cūra
11 Teacher Quōs lupa bene cūra Student Lupa ōmulum e emum bene cūra
12 Teacher Quis ōmulum e emum a ma Student Lupa ōmulum e emum ama
13 Teacher Quōs lupa ama Student Lupa ōmulum e emum ama
OralExercise 2
WorkbookExercise
4 5
EXERCISE 6ranslae rom Lain ino English and rom English ino Lain Te mos common Lain word
d
TEACHER BY THE WAYTe eacher may menion ha he mos common word order (subjec ndash direc objec ndash verb) can o-en be changed For example i he verb is o be emphasized i will ake firs posiion I he subjecor he direc objec is o be emphasized i will ake he las posiion which is he mos emphaic oneIn general he more unusual he wordrsquos posiion is he more emphasis is placed on his word
Standards11 41
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 5254
12 bull Latin for the New Millennium
12 bull Latin for the New Millennium
order is
subjec ndash direc objec ndash verb
1 Agricola erram ama
2 Te ahlee loves waer
3 Naua īlia m ama
4 Te poe loves ome
5 Agricola erram cūra
6 Te she-wol cares or (is aking care o) he girl
BY THE WAY
Even hough he mos common word order is subjec ndash di rec objec ndash verb rememberha endings991252no word order991252deermine which word is he subjec and which i s hedirec objec
TALKING When we mee one person we gree herhim wih salvē When we mee wo or more people wegree hem wih salvēte When we bid goodbye o one person we sayvalē When we bid goodbyeo wo or more people we say valēte
Here are various ways o ask ldquohow are yourdquo or ldquohow are you doingrdquo
Quōmodo valēs or Quōmodo tē habēs or Quid agis ldquoHow are yourdquo
Here is a range o possible answers
bene ldquowellrdquo pessimē ldquovery badrdquo optimē ldquogreardquo melius ldquobeterrdquo mediocriter ldquoso-sordquo or ldquono oo badrdquo meliusculē ldquoa litle beterrdquo male ldquobadrdquo
In general he more unusual he word s posiion is he more emphasis is placed on his word
EXERCISE 6 ANSWERS
1 Te armer loves he land
2 Āhlēa aquam ama
3 Te sailor loves (his) daugher
4 Poēa ōmam ama
5 Te armer cares or (is aking care o) he land6 Lupa puellam cūra
TEACHING TIP
Te eacher may sar he class in Lain by saying Salvēte discipulī et discipulae and by eaching hesudens o say in reurn Salvē magister (magistra)
ORAL EXERCISE 3Tis exercise may be used anytime afer the students have learned the use o the accusative case or afer Exercise 6
Use one o he CPOrsquos o pu on display he orms amō and cūrō and explai n ha hey a re in he fir s personsingular and how his differs rom he hird person singular learned in his chaper Ask individual sudens omake senences wih hem using he words hey have learned
Ten ell he sudens ha nōn means ldquonordquo and ask hem o make si milar senences wih nōn amō and nōn cūrō
Examples(nōn) amō erram īliam aquam lupam āhlēam(nōn) cūrō erram īliam puellam
WorkbookExercise 6
ContentQuestions
OralExercise 3
Standards12 21 41
42
SAYING HELLOMarīa Helena e Chrisīna sun (are) discipulae (students)
TEACHING TIPHave sudens read he dialogue aloud Tis will help o build heir pronunciaion skills
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 5354
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull 13
Chapter 1 bull 13
Marīa Salvēe Helena e Chrisīna
Christīna Salvē Marīa
Helena Salvē Marīa
Marīa Quōmodo valēs Helena Quōmodo valēs Chrisīna
Helena et Christīna Bene Quōmodo ū ( you) valēs Marīa
Marīa Pessimē
Helena et Christīna Cūr (Why)
Marīa imeō linguam Laīnam ( I ear the Latin language)Helena Ego ( I ) linguam Laīnam amō
Christīna E ego linguam Laīnam amō
ORAL EXERCISE 4
Tis exercise may be used afer he Lain dialogue has been presened
Insruc he sudens o say ldquohellordquo in Lain o he suden nex o hem Divide he class ino wo pars ellone par o gree he oher par using he plural greeing and vice versa Do he same ype o aciviy whensaying ldquogoodbyerdquo You may wish o make greeing he class in Lain a nd saying ldquogoodbyerdquo in Lain a par oa daily rouine
Divide he sudens ino pairs in which one person will ask how hisher parner is in Lain and he oher
wil l answer
ORAL EXERCISE 5
Tis exercise may be used afer he Lain dialogue has been presened
ell he sudens ha he paricle ndashne is added o he firs syllable o a word ha inroduces a quesion Ten askhe ollowing quesions abou he dialogue beween Mary Helen and Chrisy Individual sudens may answerorally or he enire class may wrie he answers as he eacher asks hem orally Te eacher should explain hahe orm valēs in he greeing Quōmodo valēs is in he second person which means ldquoyourdquo Te hird person orm(reerring o ldquoherrdquo ldquohimrdquo or ldquoirdquo) is valet So he phrase ldquoHow is she doingrdquo would be Quōmodo valet Te hirdperson o amō is amat and he hird person o timeō is timet
1 Teacher Quōmodo Chrisīna vale Student(s) Chrisīna bene vale
2 Teacher Quōmodo Marīa vale Student(s) Marīa pessimē vale
3 Teacher Cūr (why) Marīa pessimē vale Student(s) Marīa ime linguam Lainam4 Teacher Amane l inguam L aīnam Helena Student(s) Helena linguam Laīnam ama
5 Teacher Linguamne Laīnam ama Chrisīna Student(s) Chrisīna linguam Laīnam ama
ORAL EXERCISE 6 AND DICTATIONTis combined exercise may be used to conclude the chapter or at any time afer the students have learned the accusa-tive case and chapter vocabulary
Dicae he ollowing senences o he sudens Ten ask hem o make he ollowing changes eiher orally orin writen orm a he discreion o he eacher
1 Teacher Agricol a erram ama (change he direc objec ino plura l)Student Agricola errās ama
2 Teacher Lupa puellam cūra (change he direc objec ino plural)
Student Lupa puellās cūra3 Teacher Āhlēa puel lās ama (change he direc objec ino singu lar)
Student Āhlēa puellam ama
4 Teacher Fīlia errās ama (change he direc objec ino singular)Student Fīlia erram ama
OralExercise
4 5 6 andDictation
TEACHER NOTES
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 5454
14 bull Latin for the New Millennium
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 2654
EDITORS CONSULTANTSAND PILOT TEACHERS
VOLUME EDITORSElisa C DenjaEdior Bolchazy-Carducci PublishersBaker Demonsraion School EmeriaEvanson Illinois
LeaAnn A OsburnEdior Bolchazy-Carducci PublishersBarringon High School EmeriaBarringon Illinois
BOARD OF
CONSULTANTS Virginia A ndersonLain eacherIllinois Virual High SchoolBarringon Middle School EmeriaBarringon Illinois
Jill M CrookerLain eacher
Pitsord-Mendon High School EmeriaPitsord New York
Judih Peller HalletProessor o ClassicsUniversiy o MarylandCollege Park Maryland
Sherwin D Litle1ndash12 Foreign Language Program LeaderIndian Hill High SchoolCincinnai Ohio
Sherrilyn MarinChair Deparmen o Foreign LanguagesKeih Counry Day Schoolockord Illinois
Mary PendergrafProessor o Classical Languages
Wake Fores Universiy Winson-Salem Norh Carolina
John raupman
Proessor o ClassicsS Josephrsquos Universiy EmeriusPhiladelphia Pennsylvania
Cynhia Whie Associae Proessor o ClassicsUniversiy o Arizonaucson Ari zona
ose WilliamsMcMurry College Emeria
Abilene High School Emeria Abilene exas
Donna WrighLain eacherLawrence Norh and Lawrence Cenral High
Schools
Indianapolis Indiana
PILOT TEACHERS Jeremy M WalkerLain eacherCrown Poin High SchoolCrown Poin Indiana
Laneta WarrenburgLain eacherElgin High SchoolElgin Illinois
bull xix bullxviii bull Latin for the New Millennium
JOINT PUBLICATIONS BY THE AUTHORSMinkova and unberg have coauhored he ollowing books Readings and Exercises in Lain
Prose Composiion (Focus 2004) Reading Livyrsquos Rome Selecions fom Livy Books IndashVI (Bol-chazy-Carducci 2 005) Maer Anserina Poems in Lain or Children (Focus 2006) Tey are hedirecors o he Insiue or Lain Sud ies a he Universiy o Kenucky in which sudens sudyhe hisory o Lain rom ancien o modern imes and ake par in seminars in which Lai n is he
working language o all ac iviies Boh Minkova and unberg are eleced ellows o he ome- based Academia Lainiai Fovendae he primary learned sociey devoed o he preservaion andpromoion o he use o Lain
xviiindashxix bull Latin for the New Millennium
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 2754
Editors Consultants and Pilot Teachers bull xxi
SHERWIN LITTLE
BA Universiy o Cincinnai M A Universiy o Colorado
Sherwin Litle has augh Lain rom sixh g rade hrough Lain AP a Indian Hill Exemped Vil-lage School Disric since 1983 Sherwin has received an Ovaio rom CAMWS as well as heCAMWS Good eacher Award and he Hildesheim Vase Award rom he Ohio Classical Coner-ence in 1986 and 2007 Sherwin holds Naional Board Cerificaion in World Languages Oherhan English and has been boh Vice Presiden and Presiden o he American Classical Leag ue
SHERRILYN MARTIN
BA Wilson College MA PhD Universiy o Cincinnai
Sherrilyn Marin was named Illinois Lain eacher o he Year in 1993 was a recipien o heL Governorrsquos Award or Foreign Language eaching in 2001 and was named a Claes Nobeleacher o Disincion in 2 007 She is a pas presiden o he Illinois Classical Conerence and isacive in he ockord Sociey o he A rchaeological Insiue o America Sherri lyn spen a yearin independen sudy a he Universiy o Tessaloniki Greece
MARY PENDERGRAFT
AB PhD Universiy o Norh Carolina Chapel Hill
Afer eaching a UNC-Greensboro and D uke Universiy Mary Pendergraf began eachingclassics ul l-ime a Wake Fores Mary is a ormer Presiden o he Norh Carolina Classical A s-sociaion and paricipaed in he ocus group ha w roe he Norh Carolina Sandard Course oSudy or Lain
JOHN TRAUPMAN
BA Moravian College MA PhD Pr inceon Universiy
John raupman is proessor emerius rom S Josephrsquos Universiy i n Phil adelphia where heaugh or hiry-eigh years A mong his many awards John received he Disinguished eaching
Award rom S Josephrsquos Universiy in 1982 a cerificae o appreciaion rom he PennsylvaniaDeparmen o Educaion in 1990 and he Special Award rom he Classical Associaion o he
Alanic Saes in 1996 John raupman is especially well-known as he auhor oConversaional Lain and Te New College Lain and English Dicionary
CYNTHIA WHITE
BA Chesnu Hill College MA Villanova Universiy PhD Caholic Universiy o America
Cynhia Whie is he Direcor o he Undergraduae Lain Program and supervises eacherraining and Kndash12 Lain eacher Cerificaion a he Universiy o Arizona She regularlyeaches a he Isiuo Inernazionale di Sudi Classici di Orvieo he Classics Deparmenrsquos Sudy
Abroad Program in Orvi eo Ialy and has sudied i n ome wih he Papal Lai nis eg inaldFoser ODC
xx bull Latin for the New Millennium
VOLUME EDITORSELISA C DENJA
BA Marygrove College Deroi Michigan MA Columbia Universiy MA Loyola UniversiyChicago
Elisa Denja augh Lain a Norh Chicago High School and Baker Demonsraion School inEvanson Illinois or many years while concurrenly eaching classical myhology a LoyolaUniversiy o Chicago and in he g ifed-disance learning program a Norhwesern UniversiyElisa was awarded he Illinois Lain eacher o he Year award in 1992 and he Illinois Lieime
Achievemen Award in 2007
LEAANN A OSBURNBA Monmouh College Illinois MA Loyola Universiy Chicago
While eaching Lain or many years a Barringon High School in Barringon Illinois LeaA nnserved as boh vice-presiden and presiden o he Illinois Classical Conerence LeaAn n receivedhe Illinois La in eacher o he Year award in 1989 he Illinois L Governorrsquos Award in 1990and he Classical Associaion o he Middle Wes and Souh Good eacher Award in 1996
BOARD OF CONSULTANTSVIRGINIA ANDERSON
BA Loyola Universiy Chicago MA S Xavier Universiy
Virginia Anderson augh Lain or hi ry years i n privae and public hi gh schools and middleschools in he Chicagoland area In 1999 she was awarded he L Governorrsquos Award or Enhance-men o he eaching Proession and in 2003 was named Il linois Lain eacher o he Year
JILL M CROOKER
BA Universiy o Illi nois MSEd Nazareh College o ocheser New York Jill Crooker augh Lain or many years a Pitsord-Mendon High School in Pitsord New YorkShe has served as he College Board Advisor o he A P Lain es Developmen Commitee andin 1996 received he Moron E Spillenger Award or Disingui shed Leadership o he Classical
Associaion o he Empire Sae In 2003 she received he ACL Meria Award and i n 2006 a nOvaio rom he Classical A ssociaion o he Alanic Saes
JUDITH PELLER HALLETT
BA Wellesley MA PhD Harvard Universiy
In addiion o sudying a he A merican Academy in ome he Insiue o Classical Sudies inLondon and he Universiy o Maasrich in Holland Judih Hallet is a ormer presiden o heClassical Associaion o he Alanic Saes and Vice-Presiden or Oureach o he AmericanPhilological Associaion She was named a Disinguished Scholar-eacher in 1992 by he Uni-
versiy o Maryland
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull xxndashxxi
TEACHER NOTES
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 2854
xxii bull Latin for the New Millennium
xxii bull L atin for the New Millennium
ROSE WILLIAMS
BA Baylor Universiy MA Universiy o Norh Carolina Chapel Hill
In addiion o posgraduae work in Lain and Humaniies a he Universiy o Dallas and heUniversiy o exas a Arlingon on a ockeeller Gran ose Williams did research a he Bodle-ian Library Ox ord Universiy in England and a he Universiy o Pisa She augh Lain or overhiry years a boh high school and uni versiy levels in exas and now is he auhor o more hanen books abou he Classics
DONNA WRIGHT
BA MA Ball Sae Universiy
Afer eaching Lain a Carmel High School Donna Wrigh currenly eaches a boh LawrenceNorh and Lawrence Cenral High Schools in Indianapolis Indiana She has been an acivemember o he Indiana Classical Conerence being named Creaive Lain eacher o he Year in1976 She has also been acive i n he American Classical League sponsoring a JCL chaper andleading Ialy rips or nearly weny years Donna also served as an offi cer speaker and boardmember o Pompeiiana Inc
PILOT TEACHERS JEREMY M WALKER
AB Wabash College MA Indiana Universiy
Jeremy Walker has augh Lain a Crown Poin High School in Crown Poin Indiana since1995 He has served as he Co-Chair o he Indiana Junior Classical League and Membershipand Public elaions Chair o he Naional Junior Classical League In addiion o sudying inIaly a he Inercollegiae Cener or Classical Sudies and in Greece a he American School orClassical Sudies he was presiden o he Indiana Classical Conerence In 2003 Jeremy was rec-ognized as he Lain eacher o he Year in Indiana and in 2004 was recognized by he Indiana
Sae eachers Associaion as a orch o K nowledge ecipien
LANETTA WARRENBURG
BA Indiana Universiy MA Indiana Universiy-Purdue Universiy Indianapolis
Laneta Warrenburg has augh high school English and Lain or hiry-hree years a schoolsin Indiana and Illinois Her las weny-our years o eaching Lain were a Elgin High Schoolin Elgin Illinois While eaching Lain here she served as he Illinois Classical Conerencechairperson or Chicago Classics Day as co-chair or he Illinois Ceramen League since 1993and as sae chair or he Il linois Junior Classical L eague rom 1999ndash2001 Laneta was honoredas he Illi nois Lain eacher o he Year in 2001 and was presiden o he Chicago Classical Clubrom 2005ndash2007
INTRODUCTION
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 2954
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull xxiii
INTRODUCTIONALPHABETTe Lain alphabe was derived rom he Eruscan alphabe some ime beore he sevenh cen-ury 983138983139983141 Te Eruscans were a people in pre-oman Ialy
Teir alphabe owes much o he Greek alphabe In urn he Greek alphabe was derived romhe Phoenician alphabe Phoenician raders had spread heir sysem o wriing h roughou he
Medierranean region Te Phoenician alphabe isel can be raced o he Norh Semiic alpha- be which was used in Syria and Palesine as early as he elevenh cenury 983138983139983141 and is consideredo be he earlies ully developed alphabeic wriing sysem
An Eruscan couple reclining on a funeral sarcophagus
bull xxiii bull
Sandard41
EDITORrsquoS NOTE
Te comprehension quesions and answers as well as some o he eaching ips and eacher by he Way noa-ions in his eacher manual were writen by Elisa C Denja LeaAnn A Osburn Karen Lee Singh and DonaldE Sprague classics ediorseducaors a Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers
HOW TO USE THIS BOOK
Please noe ha he perinen naional Classics sandards are lised in he margin o he lef or righ on he samepage as he reproducion o he suden ex
Eisemann Communicaion assised in preparing he correlaions o Lain o r he New Mil lennium wih he
naional sandards For an overview o he sandards hemselves and he correlaions please consul www bolchazyl nmcom
TEACHING TIP
Te eacher may choose o use he picure o he Eruscan couple on his page and he brie meniono he Eruscan alphabe o open a discussion on wha role he Eruscans played in early omanimes Sudens may be direced o p xxx ii o find Eruria on he map
TEACHING TIPTe eacher may wish o discuss wih he sudens he erm ldquoomance languagesrdquo Many modernlanguages come rom he language used by he ancien omans French Ialian Poruguese Span-ish omanian ec omansch (spoken by he descendans o he aeians and one o he our o-ficial languages o Swizerland) is also derived rom Lain
TEACHER BY THE WAYBased on archeological evidence i appears ha Eruscan women were an imporan par o hesocial srucure Ofen he names o boh moher and aher were placed on unerary inscripionsTe reedom o women wihin sociey is likewise apparen on monumens where hey can be seenreclining wih heir husbands on he same couch atending games and having a place o honor in heomb isel Noice he affecionae pose o he couple in he illusraion on p xxiii Clearly marriedlove was valued in Eruscan sociey and amily lie was imporan
ombs also provide evidence or he syle o Eruscan homes Some o hese eaures were borrowed by heomans especially he cenral hall and hree rooms a he back Tis ype o house was known a Pompeii as well as a ome ac cording o Viru vius auhor o Dē archiecūrā
TEACHING TIP
Te eacher may wish o have sudens read an English ranslaion o Livyrsquos radiional accouno anaquil wie o arquinius Priscus he fifh king o ome Te independence o Eruscan women is ev iden in hi s ale He r behavior is he ani hesis o he ideas o woma nly dec orum hel d by he omans
TEACHING TIPS d ill j i i h E li h ldquo lph b rdquo pl i h E li h l t ih h
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 3054
xxiv bull Latin for the New Millennium
xxiv bull Latin for the New Millennium
Look a he English alphabe in he lef column and a he Lain alphabe in he righ one TeLain alphabe is accompanied by he names o he Lain leters (in parenheses)
English Alphabe Lain Alphabe
Uppercase Lowercase Uppercase Lowercase Leter Name
A a A a (a ldquoăhrdquo)
B b B b (be ldquobayrdquo)
C c C c (ce ldquocayrdquo)
D d D d (de ldquodayrdquo)
E e E e (e ldquoĕhrdquo)
F F (e)
G g G g (ge ldquogayrdquo)H h H h (ha ldquohahrdquo)
I i I i (i ldquoeerdquo)
J j
K k K k (ka ldquokahrdquo)
L l L l (el)
M m M m (em)
N n N n (en)
O o O o (o ldquoŏhrdquo)
P p P p (pe ldquopayrdquo)
Q q Q q (qu ldquokoordquo)
r r (er)
S s S s (es)
(e ldquoayrdquo)
U u U u (u ldquooordquo)
V v V v (u consonan)
W w
X x X x (ix ldquoeexrdquo)
Y y Y y (upsilon)
Z z Z z (zea ldquodzayardquo)
Te English alphabe is derived direcly rom he Lain alphabe Tis accouns or he greasimilariies b eween he wo alphabes Tere are 26 leters in he English alphabe and 24 in heLain Te differences are he ollowing
bull Te leter W w (which is he doubled leter v) is missing in he Lain alphabe
bull Te leter J j is a more recen invenion In ac i appears in Lain exs writen during heMiddle Ages and he enaissance as well as i n many modern ediions o ancien Lain exsI is used o indicae he semi-vowel i someimes called consonanal i Te consonanal i is
Sudens will enjoy singing he English alphabe song replacing he English leter names wih heLain leter names Sudens may be insruced o clap once where here is no Lain leter name (egldquoJrdquo) equivalen o he English one
TEACHING TIPTe eacher may choose o display any Lain words (a lis is provided below or he eacherrsquos conve-nience) and insruc he sudens o spell ou he word using he Lain leter names Te sudensmay become curious o know wha he Lain words mean Definiions are given below
bull pars ndash par
bull nox ndash nigh
bull ruber ndash red
bull ēgī ndash I have done
bull amilia ndash amily
bull carō ndash 1047298esh
bull dēcernō ndash I decide
bull herba ndash plan
bull Kalendae ndash Kalends (firs day o he monh)
bull quoque ndash also
bull imor ndash ear
bull Pȳhia ndash Pyhia (name o Apollorsquos priesess)
bull iēcī ndash I hrew
bull ēlīx - happy bull ignis ndash fire
bull mūō ndash I change
COMPREHENSION QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS FOR PAGES XXIII991251XXVeproducible versions o he quesions alone are available a wwwlnm bolchazycom
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 3154
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull xxv
Introduction bull xxv
he i a he beginning o a word beore a vowel or i beween wo vowels According o hismehod or example Iūlius is writen Jūlius and Āiax is writen Ājax In his book he leter J j will no be used
bull Te disincion beween he vowel U u and he consonan V v also belongs o laer imesIniially here was only one leter V u used boh or he vowel and he consonan eg Vrbs ldquoTe Ciyrdquo (ie ome) or uicor ldquohe winnerrdquo
bull However in accord wih he prevail ing pracice o expressing he vowel wih U u and heconsonan wih V v in his book he wo leters will be disingui shed
PRONUNCIATION OF LATIN
VOWELSTere are six vowels in Lain and heir pronunciaion is as ollows
Long Vowel Sound Shor Vowel Sound
ā is pronounced as in ldquoaherrdquo ōrāor ldquooraorrdquo a is pronounced as in ldquoalikerdquo amō ldquoloverdquo
ē is pronounced like he a in ldquoraverdquo nēmō ldquonobodyrdquo e is pronounced as in ldquoperdquo bene ldquowellrdquo
ī is pronounced like he double e in ldquoseenrdquo līmes ldquoboundaryrdquo
i is pronounced as in ldquopirdquo nihil ldquonohingrdquo
ō is pronounced as in ldquosoverdquo videō ldquo(I) seerdquo o is pronounced as in ldquoofenrdquorosa ldquoroserdquo
ū is pronounced as in ldquomoonrdquo ūnus ldquoonerdquo u is pronounced as in ldquopurdquo um ldquohenrdquo
ӯ comes rom Greek and is pronounced in lenghsomewhere beween he i in ldquohirdquo and he u in ldquomuerdquo Pӯramus ldquoPyramusrdquo
y comes rom Greek Is sound wheher long or shorlies in beween he sounds o i and u much as in heFrench ldquosucircrrdquo bu he sound o shor y is less drawn ouhan ha o long y lyricus ldquolyricalrdquo
Te Lain words senātus rēgēsulla gentēs and prīmus are
engraved on his sone
Sign from Pompeii carved on sone wih Lain leters
p q
1 race he roos o he Lain alphabe rom is beginnings orward
Norh-Semiic alphabe elevenh cenury 983138983139983141 Phoenician alphabe Greek alphabe Erusca n alphabeLain alphabe
2 Which wo leters in he English alphabe are no ound in he Lain alphabe
W and J
3 When does he leter J begin o appear in Lain
During he Middle Ages and he enaissa nce
4 Look a he Lain inscripion on he sign rom Pompeii (on he righ o p xxv) Find a leas hree Lain words Lis an Engl ish word you believe is based on he La in word
colonia 991252 colonial colony honoris 991252 honorspecacula 991252 specacular specacle perpevom 991252 perpeual perpeuiy duovir 991252 virile virili
Sandards12 41
TEACHING TIPSudens may wan o know he English meanings o he Lain words in Exercises 1 and 2 Te defini-
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 3254
xxvi bull Latin for the New Millennium
xxvi bull L atin for the New Millennium
BY THE WAY
Everywhere in his book long vowels are indicaed by macrons ie ā ē ī ō ū ӯ whileabove he shor vowels here are no signs Someimes wo words differ rom each oheronly in he lengh o he vowel For example mālum wih a longa means ldquoapplerdquo whilemalum wih a shor a means ldquobad hingrdquo
EXERCISE 1epea hese words aloud afer your eacher pronounces hem
1 a lō 7 lēnis 13 probō 19 sūor2 alumnus 8 sēdēs 14 noa 20 ūsus3 rāna 9 i er 15 pōnō 21 syllaba4 rādō 10 imeō 16 dōnum 22 Pӯrēnē5 eneō 11 nīor 17 ululō6 peō 12 mīrus 18 lupus
DIPHTHONGSDiphhongs are wo vowels combined in one syllable and pronounced ogeher as one soundTere are six diphhongs in Lain
bull ae much like he y in ldquoskyrdquo laevus ldquo lefrdquo
bull au pronounced as ou in ldquoourrdquo aurum ldquo goldrdquo
bull ei pronounced as ei in ldquoeignrdquo oiei ldquoalasrdquo
bull eu pronounced eoo much as i in he wo words ldquogrey bluerdquo you were o subrac he ldquogr-rdquo andhe ldquobl-rdquo and combine he wo vowel sounds Eurōpa ldquoEuroperdquo
bull oe pronounced as oy in ldquoboyrdquo proelium ldquo batlerdquo
bull ui pronounced nearly like ldquowerdquohui ldquoohrdquo
I is believed ha quie early sill in ancien imes he diphhongs ae and oe began o be pro-nounced as e I you encouner hem writen aē or aeuml and oē or oeuml his means ha hey are nodiphhongs and he leters should be pronounced separaely āēr poēa
Te diphhongs are always long
EXERCISE 2epea hese words afer your eacher pronounces hem
1 aesās 7 s eu 13 aēneus2 a equō 8 m oenia 14 poēma3 raeda 9 neu 15 hei4 l audō 10 poena 16 huic5 a u 11 neuer6 aula 12 Poenus
Sudens may wan o know he English meanings o he Lain words in Exercises 1 and 2 Te definiions are provided or he eacherrsquos convenience
EXERCISE 11 I nourish 12 wonderul
2 suden 13 I approve
3 rog 14 noe
4 I scrape 15 I pu
5 I hold 16 gif6 I seek 17 I howl
7 smooh 18 wol
8 sea 19 shoemaker
9 journey 20 use
10 I ear 21 sylla ble
11 I srive 22 Pȳrene (a name)
EXERCISE 21 summer
2 I make level
3 carriage
4 I praise5 or
6 orecour
7 or i
8 walls
9 and no
10 penaly
11 neiher
12 Carhaginian
13 bronze
14 poem
15 ah
16 o his
TEACHER BY THE WAYHisorical evidence can be cied or reading he firs syllable o ldquomāgnusrdquo as naurally long bu oher
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 3354
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull xxvii
Introduction bull xxvii
CONSONANTSbull c is pronounced as in ldquocomerdquo clārus ldquobrighrdquo censeō ldquo(I) deemrdquo cārus ldquodearrdquo
bull When b is ollowed by s as in urbs ldquociyrdquo he sound o b approaches ha o p a sound wemigh represen as urps
bull g is pronounced as in ldquogerdquo gaudiumldquojoyrdquo gignō ldquo(I) bege (I) bearrdquo grāialdquoavor agreeablenessrdquo
bull Some hink ha he omans o Cicerorsquos ime (firs cenury 983138983139983141) pronounced he wo conso-nans ng as ngn or example he adjecive māgnus ldquogreardquo would have been pronounced in a
way ha we migh represen asmangnus
bull k is a very rare consonan In ac i appears only in wo words Kalendae ldquohe firs day oevery monh in he oman calendarrdquo and in he personal name Kaeso
bull q appears always in combinaion wih u and he combinaion qu is pronounced as in ldquoqueenrdquoquatuor ldquoourrdquo
bull v has a sound similar o w (as in he word ldquowierdquo) videō ldquo I seerdquo
bull Te consonanu in he combinaion su sounds like he English w in he ollowing our wordssuēscō ldquo(I) become accusomedrdquoSuēvī a name o a German ribe suādeō ldquo(I) adviserdquo suāvis ldquosweerdquo
bull Te leter r is rilled slighly Te sound has no exac equivalen in English bu is heard inmany oher European languages Te bes way o make his sound is o pronounce r as inldquoroperdquo bu vibrae he end o he ongue slighly as you say i
bull x is a double consonan (equivalen ocs or gs) ha sounds much like he x in ldquosixrdquo
bull z is a noher double consonan (equivalen o dz) and sounds almos like z in ldquozebrardquo I be-gins wih a sligh d sound firs so in pronouncing his leter you should hear dz
bull ph sounds like p in ldquopenrdquo bu wih he addiion o a sligh breah o air represened by he hth sounds like t as in ldquo omrdquo bu wih he addiion o a sligh ex ra breahing represened byhe h ch sounds nearly like he combinaion kh Tese consonans are borrowed rom Greek
and appear in Greek words zephyrus ldquowesern breezerdquo chorus ldquochorusrdquo heārum ldquoheaerrdquo When p and t are no accompanied by h his sligh aspiraion is absen
bull When consonans are doubled as in he verbaggredior he consonanal sound is lenghenedslighly
EXERCISE 3epea hese words afer your eacher pronounces hem
1 cibus 7 glōria 13 phasēlus2 capiō 8 Zeus 14 chara3 cumulus 9 bibliohēca 15 cēlō4 crēscō 10 phi losophia 16 anīquus5 gemma 11 zōna6 Gallus 12 heōrēma
g y g y gevidence suggess i is naurally shor Tus in some grammar books such as he one by Gildersleeveand Lodge we find his syllable marked as long bu in oher books i is reaed as shor
TEACHING TIPTe sudens may also wish o find ou he meanings o he Lain words in Exercise 3 Te definiionsare provided or he eacherrsquos convenience
EXERCISE 3
1 ood2 I ake
3 a heap
4 I grow
5 bud jewel
6 a Gaul
7 glory
8 Zeus
9 library
10 philosophy
11 a girdle
12 heory
13 kidney bean
14 paper
15 I hide
16 old
TEACHING TIPTe eacher may wish o provide he sudens wih some pracice on syllables and sress accen Here
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 3454
xxviii bull Latin for the New Millennium
xxviii bull Latin for the New Millennium
ACCENT A Lain word is made up no jus o leters bu also o syllables A Lain word has as many syllablesas i has vowels or diphhongs (a diphhong works like a single vowel since i is made up o wo
vowels pronounced ogeher [see diphhongs above])
You will need o know he ollowing erms when learning abou accen
bull ulima he las syllable in a word
bull penul he second-o-las syllable in a word
bull anepenul he hird-o-las syllable in a word
So in he word ze- ph y-r us he vowel u is he ulima y is he penul and e is he anepenul
RULES ABOUT THE STRESS ACCENT IN LATIN1 Te sress accen in Lain alls on eiher he penul or he anepenul
2 Te accen alls on he penul i he penul is long I he penul is shor he accen alls onhe anepenul
3 How o deermine wheher he penul is long or shor
a I he penul conains a long vowel (or any diphhong) he penul isel is long You o-en need o learn wheher he vowel in he penul is long or shor as a basic elemen inlearning a new word A macron above he vowel will ell you ha he vowel is long whi lehe absence o a macron wil l indicae a shor vowel Pronouncing he word can help youremember he vowel lenghs For ex ample vi-de-ō ldquoI seerdquo is pronounced viacutedeō whileau-rō-ra ldquodawnrdquo is pronounced aurōacutera and po-pu-lus ldquopeoplerdquo is pronounced po pulus
b I he vowel in he penul is ollowed by wo or more consonans he penul is long no
mater wheher he vowel in he penul is long or shor and he accen necessarily allson he penul For example do-cu-men-um ldquodocumenrdquo is pronounced documenacuteum
BY THE WAYTe consonan x is double (cs or gs) and couns as wo consonans when deermining
wheher he penul is long
c Tere is one excepion o lsquobrsquo above Someimes even when here are wo consonans be-ween he penul and he ulima hey sill do no deermine ha he penul is long Tishappens when he wo consonans are a mue and a liquid
Te mues are p b d t g c
Te liquids are l r
So in he word pal-pe-bra ldquoeyelidrdquo he anepenul is accened ( palacutepebra) he vowel o he pe-nul is shor since i i s ollowed by a mue and a l iquid O course ru le lsquoarsquo sill applies in he wordhe-ā-trum ldquoheaerrdquo he penul is accened (heāacuterum) since i is naurally long somehing welearn rom he macron
y p p yare some examples wih he answers included or he eacherrsquos convenience
Underline he ulima in each word
1 legō
2 rēgis
3 imperāor
Underline he penul in each word
1 causa
2 pūnīum3 armāus
Underline he anepenul in each word
1 vulnerō
2 eigī
3 sublāum
Underline he penul i i is long
1 pōnō
2 spēlunca
3 pauperis
Underline he syllable ha will receive he sress accen in each word1 ōrāculum
2 peīum
3 cōnsania
4 exsīncum
5 vulneris
6 solius
TEACHING TIPGiven he passage abou he bahhouse on his page and he picure rom Bah England he
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 3554
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull xxix
EXERCISE 4epea each senence aloud afer your eacher reads i Pay atenion o he pronunciaion andsress accen o each word
Wha i is Like o Live Over a Bahhouse
(Adaped rom Seneca Moral Leter 56)
Ecce undique clāmor sona Suprā ipsum balneum habiō Prōpōne nunc ibi omnia genera vōcumodiōsa Foriōrēs exercenur e manūs plumbō gravēs iacan cum au labōran au labōranemimianur Gemiūs audiō quoiēns spīrium remīsērun Sun quoque ūncōrēs e racāōrēs
Audiō crepium manuum umerōs erienium sonus quoque icuum mūāur nunc enim manusperveni plāna nunc concava Audiō clāmōrēs sī ūr es i n balneō dēprehēnsus
Look here is noise sounding all around I live above he bahhouse isel Imagine o yourselnow all he haeul ypes o voices Te sronger ones exercise hemselves and swing heir ha ndsloaded wih lead weighs while hey work ou991252or imiae a person working ou I hear moansevery ime hey le go a ltpen-upgt breah Tere are also anoiners and masseurs I hear he slapo hands hiting shoulders and he sound o he blows changes or someimes he hands come1047298a someimes cupped I hear shouing i a hie is caugh in he bahhouse
A pool from inside he Roman Bahs in Bah England
Introduction bull xxix
eacher may wish o open a discussion abou bahs during oman i mes Te use o he calidārium fīgid ārium epidārium and sūdārium may be explained by he eacher and sudens may be en-couraged o learn andor pronounce hese words
TEACHER BY THE WAYBahs were ofen consruced on locaions having ho or mineral springs such as Bah in Englandand Bāiae a resor own on he Bay o Naples
Modern Bah in oman imes was named afer he Celic goddess o healing Sulis In he firscenury her shrine was aken over by he omans and she was idenified wih he goddess Minerva
Te sie was hen known as Aquae Sulis Mine rva In a emple relie she is represened wih a Medusa-like head and a musache
Te spa conained a grea bah (73 f by 29 f) and hree oher swimming pools he calidārium (ho bah)epidārium (warm bah) and fīgidār ium (cold bah) In he second cenury he spring was enclosed wihin a wooden barrel-vau led build ing ha housed hese hree pools Ho ai r bahs were ueled by coal fires A con-san 1047298ow o waer was direced o he pools hrough lead pipes which sill uncion oday
Archeologica l excavaions have revealed ma ny sacred voive offerings c urse ables and innumerable coinsa he botom o he springs Te curse ables writen in Lain heaped curses on anyone suspeced o wrong-doing Te ancien radiion o hrowing coins accompanied by a wish sill prevails oday in ome a he reviFounain where ourissvisiors do he same
More inormaion on bah complexes in ome can be ound on p 386 o his eacherrsquos manual
Sandards22 31
32 41 42
TEACHING TIPTe eacher may wish o insruc he sudens o find he iber iver which is picured here on he
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 3654
xxx bull Latin for the New Millennium
xxx bull Latin for the New Millennium
OVERVIEW OF ROMAN HISTORY According o legend omulus and his win broher emus were se adrif on he iber iver Ashe-wol nursed he boys unil a shepherd rescued hem Upon reaching manhood in 753 983138983139983141he wins ounded a new ciy near he place w here hey had been ound by he she-wol on he
basis o anaugusō auguriō ldquoa avorable sighing o birdsrdquo Bu omulus killed emus in a dispueover who would rule he new ciy and became is firs king
Six oher kings ruled afer omulus Numa Pompilius ullus Hosilius Ancus Marius ar-quinius Prisc us Servius ullius a nd arquinius Superbus (arquin he Proud) Afer he las ohese seven kings was overhrown in 509 983138983139983141 ome became a republic wih a represenaiveorm o governmen headed by wo consuls eleced an nually By 451 983138983139983141 he fi rs corpus o o-man law known as he welve ables was creaed
In he las cenury 983138983139983141 he oman epublic was shaken apar by a series o civil wars By31 983138983139983141 an auocraic regime headed earlier by Julius Caesar and laer by his grea-nephew Oc-avian brough he epublic o an end Te years rom 27 983138983139983141991252when Ocavian assumed heile o prīnceps ldquochie ciizenrdquo as well as he name Augu sus991252o around 180 983139983141 are known ashe early principae or empire During his era ome exended her boundaries o he BriishIsles in he norh Norh Arica in he souh Spain in he wes and he igris and Euphraesrivers in he eas
A view of he iber River as i 1047298ows hrough he ciy of Rome
map on p xxxii
COMPREHENSION QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS FOR PAGE XXX991251XXXI
eproducible versions o he quesions alone are available a wwwlnm bolchazycom
1 Who were he legendary ounders o ome
omulus and emus
2 According o legend in wha year was ome ounded
753 983138983139983141
3 Over he course o he monarchic period how many kings ruled ome
Seven
4 Wha even occurred in 509 983138983139983141
Te beginni ng o he oman epublic (wih wo consuls in charge)
5 Wha is he erm associaed wih he wo leaders o he epublic
Consul
6 Which wo leaders oversaw omersquos shif rom a republic o a principae
Julius Caesar and OcavianAugusu s
7 Wha major aciviy associaed wih empire-building ook place during he principae
erriorial expansion
8 Name wo developmens ha characerized he lae empire
Severe economic problems inernal poliical unres andor requen invasion by he Germanic ribes
9 Describe Diocleianrsquos response o he roubles o he empire
Diocleian divided he empire ino wo halves he Easern and Wesern empires in order o make ruli nghe empire more manageable
10 Explai n he origin o he erm ldquovandalismrdquo
Te fifh cenury invasion and pillag ing o ome by he ribe known as he Vandals who occupied he o-man province o Norh Arica led o he erm ldquovandalismrdquo meaning wanon desrucion
11 Describe Lainrsquos role in he cenuries afer 476 983139983141
Lain 1047298ourished as he major lierary language in he Wesern oman Empire and was spread o non-omanized places like Ireland Scandinavia and he New World
TEACHING TIP
Te eacher may ask he sudens o find he daes menioned on his page in he imeline on pp411ndash414
Sandards21 31 32
TEACHING TIPTe eacher may insruc he sudens o locae ByzaniumConsaninople discussed here in he
d h h ii
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 3754
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull xxxi
Introduction bull xxxi
From 180 983139983141 onwards in he period k nown as he lae empire he oman sae experiencedsevere economic problems and requen invasions by Germanic ri bes esponding o he pres-sure o he firs wave o migraions as well as inernal poliical u nres and economic diffi culieshe emperor Diocleian (ruled 284ndash305 983139983141) had already divided he oman Empire ino anEasern and Wesern hal each under is own emperor991252an atemp o make he vas omansae more manageable
Tis poliical division o he empire acually mirrored a culural division oo he main lan-guage o he Wes was Lain while he main language o he Eas was Greek Shorly aferwardshe emperor Consanine (ruled 312ndash337 983139983141) esablished a new capial or he Easern empirea Byzanium wh ich he renamed Consaninople (ldquohe ciy o Consaninerdquo oday called Isan-
bul) Bu even afer his reorganizaion he imperial governmen ulimaely proved incapable o
semming he ide o he migraions in par because he oman army was oo widely e xendedand could no be in so many places a once Indeed many o he invaders were given he sauso oederāī or ldquoreay roopsrdquo In effec hey were a llowed o occupy segmens o he empire inreurn or proecing i So when Alar ic King o he Visigohs sacked ome in 410 983139983141 he acual lyhad a ile as a commander in he oman army
ome was sacked again in 455 983139983141 by he Vandals who had already occupied he omanprovince o Norh Arica Te pillaging o he ciy o omulus by he invaders made a pro-ound impression on conemporaries and o his day he erm ldquovandalismrdquo is a word in severallanguages or wanon desrucion While he Easern empire (always more sable and eco-nomically prosperous han he Wes) coninued o exis unil 1453 983139983141 he Wesern empire
was ex inc as a poliica l eniy by 476 983139983141 In is place were Germa nic k ingdoms and ribes Angles and Saxons in Briai n Visigohs in Spain Osrogohs in Ialy Franks and Burgundi ansin Gaul991252o name only he major groups Te combinaion o hese new socieies wih heprevious inhabians who had been omanized o varying degrees would one day provide he
basis or he culures o modern Europe
Bu he end o he ancien oman Empire in he Wes was no he end o Lain On he con-rary during he nex 1200 years Lain no only 1047298ourished as he major lierary language in he
erriories o he ormer Wesern oman Empire he use o Lain was exended o regions heomans had never occupied including Ireland Scandinavi a and even he New World
BEGINNINGS OF LATIN LITERATURE Very ew complee works o Lain lieraure produced beore he mid-second cenury 983138983139983141 (ie beore 150 983138983139983141) have survived One reason or his loss was he remendous populariy o he works produced in he ollowing cenury by such auhors as Cicero Vergil and Ovid Teir wri-ings were so widely read and copied in subsequen cenuries ha he auhors preceding hem
were gradually negleced
Among he major figures o early Lain lieraure was a reed slave rom he Greek ciy o aren-um named Livius Andronicus who li ved rom 284ndash204 983138983139983141 He was known or his adapaionso Greek drama or oman audiences and his ranslaion o Homerrsquos Odyssey ino Lain verse
second paragraph on he map on p xxxii
TEACHING TIPTe eacher may ask he sudens o find he daes menioned on his page in he imeline on pp413ndash414
HOW TO USE THIS BOOK AND ITS ANCILLARIES
wo ancillaries are available or use wih his book Te Original Dysuncional Family (abbreviaed ODF)and From Romulus o Romulus Augusulus (abbreviaed R) R will be paricularly useul in order ohelp sudens keep he ime periods o he auhors and o he evens he auhors wroe abou sraigh in heirminds Chaper ile pages will include when appropriae a noaion on wha chaper o R he eachermay wish o assign
TEACHING TIPTe eacher may wish o assign Chaper 1 o he oman hisory ancillary From Romulus o Romu-lus Augusulus a his poin
COMPREHENSION QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS FOR PAGES XXXI991251XXXIVeproducible versions o he quesions alone are available a wwwlnm bolchazycom
1 Whom did he omans consider he aher o Lain lieraure
Ennius
2 Wha was Enniusrsquo mos amous work Is subjec mater
Annālēs was an epic poem abou omersquos early hisory
3 Wha amous Lain saying means ldquoCarhage mus be desroyedrdquo
Carhāgō dēlenda es
4 Who is he auhor o ha saying
Cao he ElderCao he Censor
5 When was Carha ge said o have been desroyed
146 983138983139983141 a he end o he hird Punic war
NB Aler sudens ha he answers o hese comprehension quesions will be ound on p xxxiv
Sandards21 31
R1
TEACHING TIP Ask sudens he English equivalen o cou nries s uch as Briannia and Germānia and he Englishequivalen o he ciies Neāpolis and Ahēnae
Sandard31
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 3854
xxxii bull Latin for the New Millennium
equivalen o he ciies Neāpolis and Ahēnae
A full size r eproducible version of h is page wihou he answe rs can be downloaded a wwwlnm bolchazycom
HOW TO USE THIS BOOK Answers o rep roducible aciviies w ill be gi ven in a larger size bel ow or he eacherrsquos convenience
ANSWERS TO MAP WORK 991251 PAGES XXXII991251XXXIII
1 Crēa Sicilia Corsica Sardinia Cyprus Ihaca Dēlos Brianni a
2 Vesuvius Mōns Aena Mōns Olympus Mōns Āppennīnus Mōns
3 Syria Macedonia Arica Asia
4 mare or ponus
5 Asia Eurōpa Arica
A full siz e reproducible version of his page wihou he answers can be down loaded a wwwln mbolchazycom
Te eacher may wish o have his map enlarged when reproducing i for ease of suden use in compleing his aciviy
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 3954
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull xxxiii
HOW TO USE THIS BOOK
Te answers o his aciviy can be easily seen on he wo acing pages
Te omans regarded Ennius (ca 239 169 983138983139983141) as he aher o Lain lieraure He wroe
TEACHING TIPSudens may be encouraged o find he ciy o Carhage menioned in he second paragraph on hemap on p xxxii
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 4054
xxxiv bull Latin for the New Millennium
xxxiv bull L atin for the New Millennium
Te omans regarded Ennius (ca 239ndash169 983138983139983141) as he aher o Lain lieraure He wroemany kinds o lierary works including plays His Annālēs an epic poem abou he early hisoryo ome was paricularly renowned and perhaps he primary epic read in oman schools beorehe ime o Vergil Only ragmens o his wriings remain
One o Enniusrsquo conemporaries was heamed Cao he Censor also known as Caohe Elder (234ndash149 983138983139983141) a rigidly conserva-ive oman senaor Mos o his reaise onagriculure called Dē agrī culūrā survivesI is he oldes work o Lain prose amongCaorsquos recommendaions here are ha fieldslaves be reaed similarly o beass o bur-den Cao is also remembered or his sae-men Carhāgō dēlenda es ldquoCarhage mus
be desroyedrdquo evidence or he omanear o he Carhaginians Te omansough hree wars known as he Punic
Wars agai ns he Car haginians Te fi rsended beore Cao was born in he secondagains Hannibal Cao served wih miliarydisincion he hird ended in 146 983138983139983141 asCao had demanded wih he desruciono Carhage On his occasion he vic oriousomans were said o have plowed sal inohe Carhaginian soil
Discussions abou laer auhors and adap-aions rom heir wriings w ill be presenedchronologically in he chapers o his book
Ancien ruins a Carhage in Africa
p p
TEACHER BY THE WAY Alhough he works o Enniu s have been preserved on ly in ragmens (abou a housand lines) hehad a grea in1047298uence on subsequen poes such as Vergil Quoable quoes include
bull a es o riendship Amīcus cer us in rē incer ā cerniur (A riend in need is a riend indeed)
bull an applicaion o wisdom o lie Quī ipse sibi sapiēns prōdesse nequi nēquīquam sapi (A man who
himsel is wise bu unable o be useul o himsel is wise or nohing)bull he amous descripion o Fabius Maximus Ūnus homō nōbīs cūncandō resiui rem (One man by delaying res ored he sae or us)
bull and he line on Manius Curius Quem nēmō errō poui superāre nec aurō (Whom no one was ableo deea eiher by sword or gold)
We also have preser ved or us he exa mple o excessive all ieraion ha has g iven rise o much laugher inLain classrooms over he years Ō ie ūe aī ibi ana yranne ulisī ldquoO ius aius you yran (all voca-ive) you brough o yoursel such grea (roubles)rdquo991252ranslaed in conex which plays off he more lieral ldquo you ookacquired or yoursel such grea hings rdquo
On he oher hand he composed his own epiaph in which his high eseem among omans proved o beprescien
nēmō mē lacrumīs decōre neu unera 1047298ēū
axi Cūr Voliō vivos per ōra v irum (Le no one honor me wih ears or make a uneral pyre by weeping
Why I 1047298y li ving hrough he mouhs o men)
TEACHER BY THE WAY
Pluarchrsquos Lie o Cao is a good source o snappy quoaions atribued o his saesman soldier andauhor For example while discussing he power o women he said ldquoAll oher men rule heir wives we rule al l oher men and our w ives rule us rdquo Atemping o persuade he oman people o orego adisribuion o grain he began his speech by saying ldquoI is a hard mater o argue wih he belly sincei has no earsrdquo And o a ribune who had been accused o using poison and was rying o pass a use-less bill he said ldquoI know no which is worse o drink your mixures or o enac your billsrdquo
1CHAPTER 1
HOW TO USE THIS BOOK
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 4154
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull 1
1CHAPTER
Parts of Speech Nouns Number Gender Case (Nominative and Accusative)
First Declension Nouns
MEMORĀBILE DICTŪ
SPQ Senātus Populusque ōmānusldquoTe Senae and he People o omerdquo
Tese our leters orm wha is known as an acronym one ha symbolized supreme power inancien ome
Oil paining of Romulus and Remus wih he wolf By Peer Paul Rubens (1577ndash1640)
Te grammaical and synacical opics ha will be presened in each chaper o his book are lised a he opo he chaper ile page
HOW TO USE THIS BOOK
Te illusraion on each chaperrsquos ile page presens a visual inroducion o he Lain reading passage ha willollow eachers may choose o discuss he illusraion in order o provide he conex or he reading he su-dens will encouner on he nex page
HOW TO USE THIS BOOK
On each chaper ile page he phrase Memorābile Dictū (ldquoA memorable hing o say rdquo) will be ou nd Below here will be a amous phrase quoa ion abbreviaion or moto in L ain ha w ill connec hese words o he opicsin he chaper
MEMORĀBILE DICTŪ VOCABULARY
populus populī m ndash people
-que ndash and
senāus senāūs m ndash senae
TEACHING TIP
ubens pained his picure o omulus and emus rom 1615ndash1616 during wha is called he Ba-roque period o ar Te man approaching rom he rear is Fausulus Te reclining figure is he god
o he river iber
HOW TO USE THIS BOOK AND ITS ANCILLARIESwo ancillaries are available or use wih his book Te Original Dysunctional Family (abbreviaed ODF)and From Romulus to Romulus Augustulus (abbreviaed R) R will be paricularly useul in order ohelp sudens keep he ime periods o he auhors and o he evens he auhors wroe abou sraigh in heirmind Chaper ile pages wil l include when appropriae a noaion abou wha chaper o R he eachermay wish o assign
Standards11 21
R 2and 3
READING
TRANSLATION OF LATIN PASSAGEomulus and emus
Mars is a god Mars loves hea Silvia And so hea Silvia has wo sons omulus and emus Amulius locks uph Sil i A li l d i h A h l lk h T h l
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 4254
2 bull Latin for the New Millennium
2 bull Latin for the New Millennium
READINGTis sory describes how ome was said o have been ounded in 753 983138983139983141 King Numior o AlbaLonga was overhrown by his cruel and ambiious broher Amulius who no only seized hehrone bu so eared ha one o Numiorrsquos male descendans migh have a legiimae claim oni ha he made Amuliusrsquo daug her hea Silvia a priesess o he goddess Vesa Tese priesesses
were no allowed o marry during heir childbearing years
RŌMULUS ET REMUS
1 Mārs es deus Mārs hēam Silviam ama Iaque hēa Silvia duōs
īliōs habe ōmulum e emum Amūlius hēam Silviam vinculīs
claudi Amūlius ōmulum e emum in aquam pōni Lupa ad aquamambula Lupa ōmulum e emum bene cūra e ama ōmulus e
5 emus crēscun Poseā ōmulus e emus ōmam aedifican
Famous bronze saue of he she-wolf and he wins
hea Silvia Amulius pus omulus and emus ino he waer A she-wol walks o he waer Te she-wol caresor (akes good care o) omulus and emus well and loves (hem) omulus and emus grow up Aferwards(laer) omulus and emus build ome
HOW TO USE THIS BOOK Above each La in reading pa ssage inorm aion is presened in Engl ish Tis pre -reading provides back groundinormaion abou he auhor and esablishes he conex o he passage he sudens will read
TEACHER BY THE WAY
Te eacher may wish o inroduce he class o he radiional abbreviaions o 983137983140 (which sandsor he Lain phrase Annō Dominī ldquoi n he year o our Lordrdquo) and 983138983139 (which sands or he Engl ishphrase ldquoBeore Chrisrdquo) Tese older abbreviaions coninue o be used bu his book employs heabbreviaions 983138983139983141 (Beore he Common Era) and 983139983141 (Common Era)
TEACHING TIPInsruc he sudens o locae Alba Longa on he map on pp xxxiindashxxxiii
TEACHER BY THE WAYTough he wins were added o he sculpure in he enaissance he she-wol has srong links wihEruscan myhology and shows characerisics o Eruscan sculpure
TEACHING TIP
Te eacher may wish o encourage he sudens o design an abbreviaed amily ree o omulusand emus
Standards11 22
Jupier Juno King Num ior o Alba Longa
Mars hea Silvia
omulus emus
READING VOCABULARY
HOW TO USE THIS BOOKTe English pronoun subjec o a verb is no lised in he eading Vocabulary i he pronoun is no needed inhe ranslaion
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 4354
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull 3
Chapter 1 bull 3
READING VOCABULARYad aquam ndash o he waer
aedifican ndash build
ama ndash loves
ambula ndash walks
Amūlius ndash Amul ius
aquam ndash waer
bene ndash well
claudi ndash locks up
crēscun ndash grow up
cūra ndash akes care o cares or
deus ndash god
duōs ndash woes ndash is
e ndash and
īliōs ndash sons
habe ndash has
in aquam ndash ino he waer
iaque ndash and so
lupa ndash she-wol
Mārs ndash Mars he god o war
pōni ndash pus
poseā ndash aferwards laer
emum ndash emus
emus ndash emus
hēa Silvia ndash hea Silvia
hēam Silviam ndash hea Silvia
ōmam ndash ome
ōmulum ndash omulus
ōmulus ndash omulus vinculīs ndash w ih chains
Words marked wih an aserisk will need o bememorized laer in he chaper
COMPREHENSION QUESTIONS1 Whose sons are omulus and emus
2 Wha did Amulius do
3 Who saved he lie o omulus and emus
4 Wha did omulus and emus do
HOW TO USE THIS BOOK
Te sudens should not be expeced o lea rn he words under he ile eading Vocabulary whenever his ileoccurs in he book Insead insruc sudens o learn he vocabulary words lised under he ile Vocabularyto Learn ha will be ound laer in each chaper In more advanced Lain exs usually here are vocabularyand noes o help he sudens when reading a passage Tis eading Vocabulary will help prepare sudens orlaer more advanced classes
ANSWERS TO COMPREHENSION QUESTIONS
1 Tey are he sons o Mars and hea Silvia2 He locked up hea Silvia
3 A she-wol
4 Tey buil he ciy o ome
TEACHING TIP
Whi le English deriva ives rom he sar red words (ie he Vocabulary o L earn) are he opic o Ex-ercise 2 laer in his chaper here are some ineresing derivaives rom he non-sarred words andsome o hese show how words change hrough he years Te eacher may choose o discuss hesederivaives wih he sudens
bull aedi1047297cant (aedi1047297cō) ndash ediy edificaion edifice
Tis Lain word is buil rom wo Lain words aciō (o do make) and aedēs (house emple) Te
English derivaives reain his religious connecion or hey mean ldquoo build up he aih moraliy o in-sruc especially morallyrdquo Te word ldquoedificerdquo is always used or an imposing srucure such as a ldquoemplerdquoor aedēs
bull claudit (claudō) ndash close conclusion enclosure sluice
A ldquocloserdquo is a small shu-in space and some people i locked in one suffer rom ldquoclausrophobiardquo acompound derivaive parly rom Lain (o close confine) and parly rom he Greek (ear) hence ldquoa earo closed spacesrdquo
Te word ldquosluicerdquo does no look like a derivaive o claudō bu i has undergone cha nges as i ca meino English via middle English and old French (sclus) rom he Lain exclūdō which means ldquoo shu ourdquo Asluice has a gae a he op o he channel o shu off he 1047298ow o waer as necessary
bull crēscunt (crēscō) ndash crescen accrue recrui crew
Te word ldquocrewrdquo in middle English mean ldquoreinorcemenrdquo so a body o soldiers grew Te word ldquore-
cruirdquo has he same basic idea ecruis increase he size o he army (rom he Lain recrēscō meaning ldquoogrow againrdquo)
bull deus ndash deiy deiy
bull duōs ndash double dozen due duplicae
Te word ldquodozenrdquo is a compound rom he Lain word or ldquowordquo and he German word or ldquoenrdquo (zehn)
bull habet (habeō) ndash habi abiliy prohibiive
Onersquos abiliy depends on he alens and skil ls one has
bull pōnit ( pōnō) ndash depo imposiion preposiion
A depo origina lly was a place where supplies were pu or sorage
LANGUAGE FACT I
HOW TO USE THIS BOOKTe Language Facs secion o each chaper will conain boh grammaical (morphological) and synacicalinormaion ie inormaion boh abou he orms o he words and he srucure o he senence
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 4454
4 bull Latin for the New Millennium
4 bull Latin for the New Millennium
LANGUAGE FACT I
PARTS OF SPEECHTe parts o speech used in a Lain senence deermine is meaning jus as in English While henoun and he verb are he wo mos imporan oher common pars o speech are lised below
Noun a person place hing idea acion or qual iy Examples ldquoomulusrdquo ldquoriverrdquo ldquocouragerdquo
Pronoun a word ha sands in place o a noun ha has been previously menioned or is clearrom conex Examples ldquoIrdquo ldquosherdquo ldquohimrdquo ldquoirdquo
Adjecive a word ha limis or defines a noun or a pronoun Examples ldquolitlerdquo ldquosrongrdquo
Adverb a word ha lim is or defines verbs adjecives or (oher) adverbs Examples ldquoveryrdquoldquoquielyrdquo
Verb a word ha describes an acion or sae o being Examples ldquogordquo ldquosayrdquo ldquowasrdquo
Preposiion a word ha begins a preposiional phrase such as ldquoinrdquo ldquoordquo ldquoonrdquo ldquoorrdquo ldquobyrdquoldquowihrdquo A preposiional phrase is a preposiion joined o a noun Examples ldquoin he morningrdquoldquowih a sharp pencilrdquo
Conjuncion a word ha connecs words phrases clauses a nd senences Examples ldquoandrdquoldquoburdquo ldquoalhoughrdquo
Inerjecion a word ha expresses emoion Examples ldquowowrdquo
EXERCISE 1eview he meanings and ideniy he pars o speech o he ollowing words Te eading
Vocabulary may be consu led
1 īliōs 6 e2 bene 7 lupa3 aedifican 8 claudi
4 ad 9 ōmam5 ambula 10 ama
EXERCISE 1 ANSWERS
1 noun
2 adverb
3 verb
4 preposiion
5 verb
6 conjuncion
7 noun8 verb
9 noun
10 verb
TEACHING TIP
Te eacher may wish o ask he sudens in Lain wha par o speech a given word is Te eacher would say ldquoQuae pars ōrātiōnis estrdquo Suden responses would be
bull nōmen substantīvumsubstantīvum ndash noun
bull prōnōmen ndash pronoun
bull nōmen adiectīvumadiectīvum ndash adjecive
bull verbum temporāle ndash verb
bull adverbium ndash adverb
bull praepositiō ndash preposiion
bull coniūnctiō ndash conjuncion
bull interiectiō ndash inerjecion
Standards11 41
Standards11 41
WorkbookExercise 1
VOCABULARY TO LEARN
TEACHING TIPSince his is he firs se o Lain words ha your sudens will be required o memorize i is usuallya good idea o sugges and discuss wih hem some differen ways o memorize vocabulary Somesel help opions are lised below
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 4554
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull 5
NOUNSagricola agricolae m ndash armer
aqua aquae ndash waer
āhlēa āhlēae m ndash ahlee
īlia īliae ndash daugher
lupa lupae ndash she-wol
naua nauae m ndash sailor
poēa poēae m ndash poe
puella puellae ndash girl
ōma ōmae ndash ome
erra errae ndash land
VERBSama ndash heshei loves
ambula ndash heshei walks
cūra ndash heshei akes care o cares or
es ndash heshei is
ADVERBS bene ndash well
poseā ndash aferwards
CONJUNCTIONSe ndash and
iaque ndash and so
Aqueducs carr ied waer (aqua) o he ciies in he Roman world Tis aqueduc buil in 19 983138983139983141 which srechedacross he Gard River was named he Pon du Gard and brough waer o he ciy of Nicircmes in France in ancien imes
Chapter 1 bull 5
sel-help opions are lised below
1 Look a he word in he book and say he word aloud
2 Wrie down he word on a piece o paper along wih is meaning and check o be sure here are no spell-ing errors Color-coding he words by pars o speech is also helpul Pronounce he word while wriing idown and hen repea he word including he meaning and spelling
3 Make handwriten 1047298ashcards wih he Lain on one side and English on he oher and be sure here are nospelling errors Color-coding is a good sraegy here also Wriing he word ou helps some sudens ce-men he word in he brain Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers has creaed an elecronic vocabulary resourceor hose sudens or whom echnological learning ools are an aid Tese vocabulary 1047298ashcards are orhe iPod See p 93 or more inormaion on iPod 1047298ashcards
4 Use English derivaives o help remember meanings Bu be careul since some derivaives may havemeanings grealy changed rom he original Lain word
5 Find clipar picures ha illusrae he vocabulary words and use he picures as a way o es yoursel onhe Lain words
TEACHER BY THE WAYTe eacher may wish o open a discussion abou aqueducs and he waer supply or ancien omans while l ooking a he picu re o he Pon du Gard on his page For a hisory o aqueducs and heirconsrucion Froninusrsquo book Dē aquīs urbis Rōmae is an excellen source Te book was writenabou 97 983139983141 when he was Superinenden o Aqueducs Oher aqueducs include he ollowing
bull Te double high aqueduc in Segovia Spainbull Te Aqua Appia buil in 312 983138983139983141
bull Te Aqua rāiāna
bull Te aqueduc buil by Alex ander Severus in 226 983139983141
bull Te Aqua Claudia
bull Te Aqua Marcia wh ich wa s probably named a fer A ncus Marcius who was he fi rs K ing oome by radiional accouns o build an aqueduc o bring waer o ome
NB Te word ldquo Aquardquo when capialized means ldquoaqueducrdquo
Eleven aqueducs urnished 250000 gallons o waer o ome every weny-our hours
BY THE WAY
E h u gi n in h b l r h rm T nd rm i h g nii
HOW TO USE THIS BOOK Ēn is a word ha calls atenion o somehing and means ldquoLook a hisrdquo Te inormaion given here draws a-enion o and urher specifies differen language acs
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 4654
6 bull Latin for the New Millennium
6 bull Latin for the New Millennium
Each noun given in he vocabulary has wo orms Te second orm is he geniivesingular
A derivative is an English word rooed in a Lain word Te English derivaive issimilar in meaning and orm o is Lain source
STUDY TIP
An English derivaive ofen can help you remember wha a Lain word means
EXERCISE 2Find he English derivaives based on he Vocabulary o Learn in he ollowing senences Wriehe corresponding Lain word
1 She shows a considerable filial respec oward her aher
2 Agriculu re is a science o culivaing he land
3 Te ship is equipped wih all he necessary nauical insrumens
4 We saw all kinds o fish in he aquarium
5 Tis is an all-errain vehicle
6 When will he ahleic compeiion sar
7 She has a ruly poeic naure
LANGUAGE FACT II
NOUNS NUMBER GENDER CASE 983080NOMINATIVE AND
ACCUSATIVE983081Nouns in Lain show number gender and case
Number Lain nouns are eiher singular or plural in number Number is shown in differen ways by differen ypes o nouns bu some ending-paterns are or singular orms and oherending-paterns are or plural orms
Gender Every noun likewise is eiher masculine eminine or neuer in gender You muslearn he gender o each noun In he Vocabulary o Learn l iss he gender is indicaed by hecommon abbreviaionsm (masculi ne) f (eminine) or n (neuer)
Case Lain nouns mus have an ending-patern ha displays case Tis is quie differen romEnglish in which case is indicaed by word posiion and no by endings (alhough case markersare preserved in cerain pronouns such as ldquoherdquo and ldquohimrdquo) A nounrsquos case reveals wha uncionhe noun has in he senence Tere are five common cases nominaive geniive daive accu-saive and ablaive wo less requenly used cases are called he vocaive and he locaive
HOW TO USE THIS BOOKStudy Tips give hins rhymes and mnemonics o help sudens learn grammar and vocabulary
EXERCISE 2 ANSWERS1 filial īlia
2 agriculure agricola
3 nauical naua
4 aquarium aqua
5 errain erra
6 ahleic āhlēa
7 poeic poēa
TEACHING TIPExplain o he sudens ha in English he words ldquoardquo ldquoanrdquo or ldquoherdquo are usually placed beore a nounand Lain does no have an equivalen or hese words known as aricles
eachers may need o sress he absence o he aricle many imes beore sudens compleely ine-grae his knowledge ino heir reading habis in Lain class
TEACHING TIPLain like many oher languages does no always observe biological gender Ofen he gender o a
Lain noun is deermined by grammaical acors such as he group o which a noun belongs
TEACHING TIP
Alhough in Exercise 2 he sudens are direced o find only he derivaives based on he Vocabular yo Learn hey may be ineresed o learn ha here are oher derivaives in Exercise 2 Te derivaiono hese words is provided or he eacherrsquos convenience
bull 1 consider - rom sīdus (sar) + cum (wih ogeher) and rom cōnsīderō (o examine consider)respec - rom respectō (look back a have regard or)
bull 2 science - rom scientia (knowledge) and sciō (o know) culivaing - rom colō (ill inhabi worship)
bull 3 necessary - rom necesse (necessary) insrumens - rom īnstruō (o equip build provide)
and rom īnstrumentum (equipmen ool ec)bull 5 vehicle - rom he Lain verb vehō (o carry)
bull 6 compeiion - rom petō (o seek aim a atack ec) + cum (wih oge her)
bull 7 naure - rom nātūra (naure)
Standard41
Standards11 31 41
STUDY TIP
An easy way o remember he names ohe five common cases iso use his mnemonic
TEACHING TIPSudens may no know wha he word ldquomnemonicrdquo means explain ha a mnemonic device is some-hing ha helps a suden o remember somehing Te eacher may also wish o use his opporu-niy o bring up Mnemosyne he goddess o memory and he moher o he Muses
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 4754
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull 7
Chapter 1 bull 7
An easy way o remember he names o he five common cases is o use his mnemonicdevice
Never NominaiveGive GeniiveDogs Daive A ny A ccusaive A buse A blaive
Nominative Te nominaive case idenifies he subjec Te subjec is a noun or a pronounha perorms he acion or exiss in a sae o being In he senence ldquoWilliam is readingrdquohe word ldquoWilliamrdquo is he subjec
Example Mārs amat Mars loves
Te noun subjec o he verb ldquoloverdquo is he god Mars
Find more examples o nominaives and heir verbs rom he reading passage a he begin-ning o he chaper
Te nominaive case also idenifies he predicae nominaive In he senence ldquoWilliam isa sudenrdquo he predicae nominaive is ldquoa sudenrdquo A predicae nominaive complees hemeaning o he verb ldquoo berdquo Look a his exa mple rom he reading
Example Mārs est deus Mars is a god
Mārs is he subjec and deus is a predicae nominaive
Accusative Te ourh case lised is called he accusaive he geniive daive and ablaivecases will be discussed in laer chapers Te accusaive case poins ou he noun (or pro-noun) ha is he direc objec emember direc objecs receive he acion o he verb Inhe senence ldquoI am wriing a leterrdquo he direc objec is ldquoa leterrdquo
Example Mārs Rhēam Silviam amat Mars loves hea Silvia
Te direc objec o ldquoloverdquo is he noun Rhēam Silviam
Find more examples o accusaives and heir verbs rom he reading passage a he beginningo he chaper
niy o bring up Mnemosyne he goddess o memory and he moher o he Muses
Answers to ldquoFind more examples of nominatives a nd their verbs from the reading passage at the begin-ning of the chapterrdquo
hēa Silvia habe
Amūl ius claudi
Amūl ius pōni
Lupa ambula
Lupa cūra e amaōmulus e emus crēscun
ōmulus e emus aedifican
Answers to ldquoFind more examples of accusatives and their verbs from the reading passage at the beg in-ning of the chapterrdquo
duōs īliōs habe ōmulum e emum
hēam Silviam claudi
ōmulum e emum pōni
ōmulum e emum bene cūra e ama
ōmam aedifican
TEACHING TIPSudens may encouner diffi culy when r ying o ransl ae Lain names used in cases o her han henominaive Te eacher a some poin will need o explain (and repea whenever necessary) ha when ransla ing a La in name he suden should al ways use he nominaive o rm o he word Onp 7 sudens are asked o find examples o accusaives and heir verbs in he reading passage Teanswers lised above provide an opporuniy o pracice wih his issue emind sudens o rans-lae duōs īliōs habet Rōmulum et Remum as ldquohe has wo sons omulus and emusrdquo Te oher ouranswers may be used as pracice wih he sudens
EXERCISE 3a Ideniy wheher he nouns in bold in hese senences are subjecs direc objecs or predi
TEACHER BY THE WAYIn conjuncion wih he picure and is capion he eacher may wish o menion ha he amil-ilar acronym o SPQ is sill in use and visible hroughou modern ome991252on liter bins sewercovers ec
Standards11 41
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 4854
8 bull Latin for the New Millennium
8 bull Latin for the New Millennium
a Ideniy wheher he nouns in bold in hese senences are subjecs direc objecs or predi-cae nominaives Te eading Vocabulary may be consuled
b Label each senence as vērum (rue) i i agrees or alsum (alse) i i disagrees wih he Lainreading passage a he beginni ng o he chaper
Example Amūlius es deusPredicae nominaive alsum
1 hēa Silvia ōmulum e emum cūra
2 Amūlius ōmulum e emum bene cūra
3 Amūlius lupam vinculīs claudi
4 Mārs ōmulum e emum in aquam pōni
5 Lupa hēam Silviam cūra
6 Amūlius ad aquam ambula
Te power of he ciy of Rome founded according o legend by Romulus is symbolized by hese four leters ha areprominenly displayed in various places wihin he ciy
EXERCISE 3 ANSWERS
1 subjec vērum
2 direc objecs alsum
3 direc objec alsum
4 subjec alsum
5 direc objec alsum
6 subjec vērum
WorkbookExercise 2 A full si ze reproduc ible version of th is page
without the a nswers ca n be downloade d at wwwlnm bolchazyco m
HOW TO USE THIS BOOK
Noun Declensions Te eacher may choose Lain nouns rom he declension ha is being sudied a he imehis workshee is used Tus no answers are provided here
LANGUAGE FACT III
TEACHING TIP Ask he sudens wha he Lain words seleced rom he reading and lised near he op o p 9 mean
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 4954
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull 9
Chapter 1 bull 9
FIRST DECLENSION NOUNS A declension is a g roup o nouns ha show a cerain patern o word endings Tere are five differ-en declensions in Lain In he reading abou omulus and emus hese are he orms belongingo he firs declension
hēam Silviam hēa Silvia aquam lupa ōmam
Noice ha he ex says Rhēa Silvia when she is he subjec and Rhēam Silviam when she is hedirec objec
Te firs declension is composed o words ha characerisically have he vowel a a or near heend o he word lupa
Below is he patern ha firs declension nouns ollow o show case and number Memorize heLain words in order rom he nominaive singular down o he ablaive singular and hen romhe nominaive plural down o he ablaive plural
emember ha he endings or a whole group o nouns ollow his patern Once you learn hi spatern you can recognize he case a nd number o all he words belonging o hi s declension
In his chaper you have begun o learn abou he nominaive and accusai ve cases Te ohercases will be explained in laer chapers
First DeclensionSingular Plural
Nomina ive l upa he she-wol Nominaive lupae he she-wolves
Geniive lupae o he she-wol Geniive lupārum o he she-wolves
Daive lupae oor he she-wol Daive lupīs oor he she-wolves
Accusaive lupam he she-wol Accusaive lupās he she-wolves
Ablaive lupā bywih he she-wol Ablaive lupīs bywih he she-wolves
Daive and ablaive plural o he words īlia ldquodaugherrdquo and dea ldquogoddessrdquo is fīliābus anddeābusTis is o di singuish hese orms rom he corresponding orms o īlius ldquosonrdquo and deus ldquogodrdquo
STUDY TIP
Noice ha he ablaive singular ending -ā has a long mark (macron) above i his ishe only difference beween he nominaive and ablaive singular endings
TEACHING TIP
Afer he firs declension has been presened o he sudens encourage hem depending on heirlearning syle o say he declension aloud o wrie down he words o inven a rap or a cheer
TEACHER BY THE WAY
Te patern is called a declension because he oher cases lean away ( dēclīnāre) rom he nominaiveie hey do no ollow he same orm as he nominaive
ORAL EXERCISE 1Tis exercise may be used afer the 1047297rst declension has been presented
Whi le looking a he declension o lupa ask he sudens o decli ne nauta
Singular PluralNominaive naua nauaeGeniive nauae nauārumDaive nauae nauīs Accusaive nauam nauās Ablaive nauā nauīs
Standards11 31 41
OralExercise 1
WorkbookExercise 3
STUDY TIP
Noice ha he daive and ablaive plural endings a re idenical
EXERCISE 4 ANSWERS1 geniive daive puellār um puellī s
2 accusaive nauās
3 accusaive errās
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 5054
10 bull Latin for the New Millennium
10 bull Latin for the New Millennium
Here are more words belonging o he fi rs declension
puella ndash girl īlia ndash daugher terra ndash land
Mos firs declension words are eminine i n gender bu a ew (usually ones ha indicae mas-culine occupaions in ancien imes) are masculine Examples are poēta ldquopoerdquoagricola ldquoarmerrdquonauta ldquosailorrdquo āthlēta ldquoahleerdquo
EXERCISE 4Ideniy he case o each singular noun Ten change each orm ino plural For some more han
one answer is possibleExample īlianominaive īliae
1 puellae 5 aquae2 nauam 6 puellā3 erram 7 āhlēā4 a gr ic ol a
Like he Greek wreslers porrayed on his ancien bas-reliefRoman ahlees were also fond of he spor of wresling
4 nominaive agricolae
5 geniive daive aquārum aquīs
6 ablaive puellīs
7 ablaive āhlēīs
TEACHING TIP
Since wreslers are depiced on he illusraion on his page he eacher may wish o open a discus-
sion abou he omansrsquo and Greeksrsquo ondness or wresling which was ofen praciced in a complexcalled he palaestra
oman boys were expeced o serve in he m iliary Tus hey were firs rained by heir ahers in wreslingand boxing Srengh and agiliy were sressed raher han grace o movemen as in Greek spors Te woprincipal syles uilized by he Greek were uprigh wresling in which hree alls o your opponen o heground were necessary o deea him and ground wresling which required he opponen o give up in ordero end he mach In he palaes tra here was an area or he young people o pracice wresling or boxing wih apunching bag (cōrycus) Examples o monumenal oman bahs wih a palaest ra are ound a he Bahs o Ca-racalla in ome he Harbor Bahs a Ephesus in urkey and he Bahs in Varna Bulgaria he larges anciensrucure in ha counry
Wresling was also one o he spor evens a he Olympic games ha he omans ofen atended Greco-oman wresling is also one o he evens eaured in he summer Olympic games in modern imes
TEACHING TIPTe eacher migh wan o have sudens read an English ranslaion o Book 23 o he Iliad in which Ajax a nd Odysseus compee in a wre sling m ach and Book 5 o he Aeneid or a descripion o hespors ha he omans played and compare he atiude o he compeiors in each epic Boh evens were par o he uneral games he ormer in honor o Paroclu s riend and atendan o Achil lesand he later in honor o Anchises aher o Aeneas Tis migh lead o urher discussion on henaure o modern wresling
Standards11 41
EXERCISE 5Ideniy he case o each plural noun Ten change each orm ino he singular For some more
TEACHING TIPSudens may wonder why he geniive singular w ihou is ending mus be used o find he base whenhe nominaive singular wihou is ending works jus as well Explain ha in oher noun declensionshe nominaive will no always provide he same base or have he same spelling as he geniive
Standards11 41
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 5154
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull 11
Chapter 1 bull 11
han one answer is possible
Example puellāsaccusaive puellam
1 īliae 5 aquīs2 errīs 6 poēārum3 nauārum 7 agricolae4 l upa e
BY THE WAY
In all declensions endings are added o he base o a noun I is imporan o know hahe base o a noun is ound by removing he ending rom is geniive si ngular orm Forexample he geniive singular o puella is puellae I you remove he -ae rom puellae
wha remains is he base o he word namely puell- For his reason learning he geni-ive singular is as imporan as knowing he nominaive singular o he noun
STUDY TIP
Always learn he geniive ogeher wih he nominaive because rom he geniive you will know o which declension a word belongs
A wall paining depic ing a Roman farmer (agricola) wih his sheep
EXERCISE 5 ANSWERS
1 nominaive īl ia
2 daive ablaive errae errā
3 geniive nauae
4 nominaive lupa
5 daive ablaive aquae aquā
6 geniive poēae7 nominaive agricola
HOW TO USE THIS BOOKIn his book he word ldquobaserdquo is used o reer o he noun wihou any ending ldquoStemrdquo is used or he par o he verb wihou any ending ldquoootrdquo is used or he Lain par o a derivaive
ORAL EXERCISE 2Tis exercise may be used afer Exercise 5
Use one o he ollowing classroom presenaion opions (hereafer reerred o as CPO) (blackgreenwhiesmar board overhead or LCD projecor PowerPoinreg presenaion ec) o pu his inormaion on view
quis ldquowhordquo (or he subjec) and quem ldquowhomrdquo (or he direc objec)
Ten ask he suden o answer he ollowing quesions abou he chaper reading eiher orally or in wri-
en orm
1 Teacher Quis es Mārs Student Mārs es deus
2 Teacher Quem ama Mārs Student hēam Silviam Mārs ama
3 Teacher Quis ama hēam Silviam Student Mārs ama hēam Silviam
4 Teacher Quem habe hēa Silvia Student hēa Silvia duōs īliōs ōmulum eemum habe
5 Teacher Quis claudi hēam Silviam Student Amūlius claudi hēam Silviam
6 Teacher Quem claudi Amūlius Student hēam Silviam Amūlius claudi
7 Teacher Quis ōmulum e emum in aquampōni
Student Amūlius ōmulum e emum in aquampōni
8 Teacher Quem Amūlius in aquam pōni Student Amūlius ōmulum e emum in aquampōni
9 Teacher Quis ambula ad aquam Student Lupa ambula ad aquam
10 Teacher Quis ōmulum e emum bene cūra Student Lupa ōmulum e emum bene cūra
11 Teacher Quōs lupa bene cūra Student Lupa ōmulum e emum bene cūra
12 Teacher Quis ōmulum e emum a ma Student Lupa ōmulum e emum ama
13 Teacher Quōs lupa ama Student Lupa ōmulum e emum ama
OralExercise 2
WorkbookExercise
4 5
EXERCISE 6ranslae rom Lain ino English and rom English ino Lain Te mos common Lain word
d
TEACHER BY THE WAYTe eacher may menion ha he mos common word order (subjec ndash direc objec ndash verb) can o-en be changed For example i he verb is o be emphasized i will ake firs posiion I he subjecor he direc objec is o be emphasized i will ake he las posiion which is he mos emphaic oneIn general he more unusual he wordrsquos posiion is he more emphasis is placed on his word
Standards11 41
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 5254
12 bull Latin for the New Millennium
12 bull Latin for the New Millennium
order is
subjec ndash direc objec ndash verb
1 Agricola erram ama
2 Te ahlee loves waer
3 Naua īlia m ama
4 Te poe loves ome
5 Agricola erram cūra
6 Te she-wol cares or (is aking care o) he girl
BY THE WAY
Even hough he mos common word order is subjec ndash di rec objec ndash verb rememberha endings991252no word order991252deermine which word is he subjec and which i s hedirec objec
TALKING When we mee one person we gree herhim wih salvē When we mee wo or more people wegree hem wih salvēte When we bid goodbye o one person we sayvalē When we bid goodbyeo wo or more people we say valēte
Here are various ways o ask ldquohow are yourdquo or ldquohow are you doingrdquo
Quōmodo valēs or Quōmodo tē habēs or Quid agis ldquoHow are yourdquo
Here is a range o possible answers
bene ldquowellrdquo pessimē ldquovery badrdquo optimē ldquogreardquo melius ldquobeterrdquo mediocriter ldquoso-sordquo or ldquono oo badrdquo meliusculē ldquoa litle beterrdquo male ldquobadrdquo
In general he more unusual he word s posiion is he more emphasis is placed on his word
EXERCISE 6 ANSWERS
1 Te armer loves he land
2 Āhlēa aquam ama
3 Te sailor loves (his) daugher
4 Poēa ōmam ama
5 Te armer cares or (is aking care o) he land6 Lupa puellam cūra
TEACHING TIP
Te eacher may sar he class in Lain by saying Salvēte discipulī et discipulae and by eaching hesudens o say in reurn Salvē magister (magistra)
ORAL EXERCISE 3Tis exercise may be used anytime afer the students have learned the use o the accusative case or afer Exercise 6
Use one o he CPOrsquos o pu on display he orms amō and cūrō and explai n ha hey a re in he fir s personsingular and how his differs rom he hird person singular learned in his chaper Ask individual sudens omake senences wih hem using he words hey have learned
Ten ell he sudens ha nōn means ldquonordquo and ask hem o make si milar senences wih nōn amō and nōn cūrō
Examples(nōn) amō erram īliam aquam lupam āhlēam(nōn) cūrō erram īliam puellam
WorkbookExercise 6
ContentQuestions
OralExercise 3
Standards12 21 41
42
SAYING HELLOMarīa Helena e Chrisīna sun (are) discipulae (students)
TEACHING TIPHave sudens read he dialogue aloud Tis will help o build heir pronunciaion skills
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 5354
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull 13
Chapter 1 bull 13
Marīa Salvēe Helena e Chrisīna
Christīna Salvē Marīa
Helena Salvē Marīa
Marīa Quōmodo valēs Helena Quōmodo valēs Chrisīna
Helena et Christīna Bene Quōmodo ū ( you) valēs Marīa
Marīa Pessimē
Helena et Christīna Cūr (Why)
Marīa imeō linguam Laīnam ( I ear the Latin language)Helena Ego ( I ) linguam Laīnam amō
Christīna E ego linguam Laīnam amō
ORAL EXERCISE 4
Tis exercise may be used afer he Lain dialogue has been presened
Insruc he sudens o say ldquohellordquo in Lain o he suden nex o hem Divide he class ino wo pars ellone par o gree he oher par using he plural greeing and vice versa Do he same ype o aciviy whensaying ldquogoodbyerdquo You may wish o make greeing he class in Lain a nd saying ldquogoodbyerdquo in Lain a par oa daily rouine
Divide he sudens ino pairs in which one person will ask how hisher parner is in Lain and he oher
wil l answer
ORAL EXERCISE 5
Tis exercise may be used afer he Lain dialogue has been presened
ell he sudens ha he paricle ndashne is added o he firs syllable o a word ha inroduces a quesion Ten askhe ollowing quesions abou he dialogue beween Mary Helen and Chrisy Individual sudens may answerorally or he enire class may wrie he answers as he eacher asks hem orally Te eacher should explain hahe orm valēs in he greeing Quōmodo valēs is in he second person which means ldquoyourdquo Te hird person orm(reerring o ldquoherrdquo ldquohimrdquo or ldquoirdquo) is valet So he phrase ldquoHow is she doingrdquo would be Quōmodo valet Te hirdperson o amō is amat and he hird person o timeō is timet
1 Teacher Quōmodo Chrisīna vale Student(s) Chrisīna bene vale
2 Teacher Quōmodo Marīa vale Student(s) Marīa pessimē vale
3 Teacher Cūr (why) Marīa pessimē vale Student(s) Marīa ime linguam Lainam4 Teacher Amane l inguam L aīnam Helena Student(s) Helena linguam Laīnam ama
5 Teacher Linguamne Laīnam ama Chrisīna Student(s) Chrisīna linguam Laīnam ama
ORAL EXERCISE 6 AND DICTATIONTis combined exercise may be used to conclude the chapter or at any time afer the students have learned the accusa-tive case and chapter vocabulary
Dicae he ollowing senences o he sudens Ten ask hem o make he ollowing changes eiher orally orin writen orm a he discreion o he eacher
1 Teacher Agricol a erram ama (change he direc objec ino plura l)Student Agricola errās ama
2 Teacher Lupa puellam cūra (change he direc objec ino plural)
Student Lupa puellās cūra3 Teacher Āhlēa puel lās ama (change he direc objec ino singu lar)
Student Āhlēa puellam ama
4 Teacher Fīlia errās ama (change he direc objec ino singular)Student Fīlia erram ama
OralExercise
4 5 6 andDictation
TEACHER NOTES
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 5454
14 bull Latin for the New Millennium
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 2754
Editors Consultants and Pilot Teachers bull xxi
SHERWIN LITTLE
BA Universiy o Cincinnai M A Universiy o Colorado
Sherwin Litle has augh Lain rom sixh g rade hrough Lain AP a Indian Hill Exemped Vil-lage School Disric since 1983 Sherwin has received an Ovaio rom CAMWS as well as heCAMWS Good eacher Award and he Hildesheim Vase Award rom he Ohio Classical Coner-ence in 1986 and 2007 Sherwin holds Naional Board Cerificaion in World Languages Oherhan English and has been boh Vice Presiden and Presiden o he American Classical Leag ue
SHERRILYN MARTIN
BA Wilson College MA PhD Universiy o Cincinnai
Sherrilyn Marin was named Illinois Lain eacher o he Year in 1993 was a recipien o heL Governorrsquos Award or Foreign Language eaching in 2001 and was named a Claes Nobeleacher o Disincion in 2 007 She is a pas presiden o he Illinois Classical Conerence and isacive in he ockord Sociey o he A rchaeological Insiue o America Sherri lyn spen a yearin independen sudy a he Universiy o Tessaloniki Greece
MARY PENDERGRAFT
AB PhD Universiy o Norh Carolina Chapel Hill
Afer eaching a UNC-Greensboro and D uke Universiy Mary Pendergraf began eachingclassics ul l-ime a Wake Fores Mary is a ormer Presiden o he Norh Carolina Classical A s-sociaion and paricipaed in he ocus group ha w roe he Norh Carolina Sandard Course oSudy or Lain
JOHN TRAUPMAN
BA Moravian College MA PhD Pr inceon Universiy
John raupman is proessor emerius rom S Josephrsquos Universiy i n Phil adelphia where heaugh or hiry-eigh years A mong his many awards John received he Disinguished eaching
Award rom S Josephrsquos Universiy in 1982 a cerificae o appreciaion rom he PennsylvaniaDeparmen o Educaion in 1990 and he Special Award rom he Classical Associaion o he
Alanic Saes in 1996 John raupman is especially well-known as he auhor oConversaional Lain and Te New College Lain and English Dicionary
CYNTHIA WHITE
BA Chesnu Hill College MA Villanova Universiy PhD Caholic Universiy o America
Cynhia Whie is he Direcor o he Undergraduae Lain Program and supervises eacherraining and Kndash12 Lain eacher Cerificaion a he Universiy o Arizona She regularlyeaches a he Isiuo Inernazionale di Sudi Classici di Orvieo he Classics Deparmenrsquos Sudy
Abroad Program in Orvi eo Ialy and has sudied i n ome wih he Papal Lai nis eg inaldFoser ODC
xx bull Latin for the New Millennium
VOLUME EDITORSELISA C DENJA
BA Marygrove College Deroi Michigan MA Columbia Universiy MA Loyola UniversiyChicago
Elisa Denja augh Lain a Norh Chicago High School and Baker Demonsraion School inEvanson Illinois or many years while concurrenly eaching classical myhology a LoyolaUniversiy o Chicago and in he g ifed-disance learning program a Norhwesern UniversiyElisa was awarded he Illinois Lain eacher o he Year award in 1992 and he Illinois Lieime
Achievemen Award in 2007
LEAANN A OSBURNBA Monmouh College Illinois MA Loyola Universiy Chicago
While eaching Lain or many years a Barringon High School in Barringon Illinois LeaA nnserved as boh vice-presiden and presiden o he Illinois Classical Conerence LeaAn n receivedhe Illinois La in eacher o he Year award in 1989 he Illinois L Governorrsquos Award in 1990and he Classical Associaion o he Middle Wes and Souh Good eacher Award in 1996
BOARD OF CONSULTANTSVIRGINIA ANDERSON
BA Loyola Universiy Chicago MA S Xavier Universiy
Virginia Anderson augh Lain or hi ry years i n privae and public hi gh schools and middleschools in he Chicagoland area In 1999 she was awarded he L Governorrsquos Award or Enhance-men o he eaching Proession and in 2003 was named Il linois Lain eacher o he Year
JILL M CROOKER
BA Universiy o Illi nois MSEd Nazareh College o ocheser New York Jill Crooker augh Lain or many years a Pitsord-Mendon High School in Pitsord New YorkShe has served as he College Board Advisor o he A P Lain es Developmen Commitee andin 1996 received he Moron E Spillenger Award or Disingui shed Leadership o he Classical
Associaion o he Empire Sae In 2003 she received he ACL Meria Award and i n 2006 a nOvaio rom he Classical A ssociaion o he Alanic Saes
JUDITH PELLER HALLETT
BA Wellesley MA PhD Harvard Universiy
In addiion o sudying a he A merican Academy in ome he Insiue o Classical Sudies inLondon and he Universiy o Maasrich in Holland Judih Hallet is a ormer presiden o heClassical Associaion o he Alanic Saes and Vice-Presiden or Oureach o he AmericanPhilological Associaion She was named a Disinguished Scholar-eacher in 1992 by he Uni-
versiy o Maryland
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull xxndashxxi
TEACHER NOTES
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 2854
xxii bull Latin for the New Millennium
xxii bull L atin for the New Millennium
ROSE WILLIAMS
BA Baylor Universiy MA Universiy o Norh Carolina Chapel Hill
In addiion o posgraduae work in Lain and Humaniies a he Universiy o Dallas and heUniversiy o exas a Arlingon on a ockeeller Gran ose Williams did research a he Bodle-ian Library Ox ord Universiy in England and a he Universiy o Pisa She augh Lain or overhiry years a boh high school and uni versiy levels in exas and now is he auhor o more hanen books abou he Classics
DONNA WRIGHT
BA MA Ball Sae Universiy
Afer eaching Lain a Carmel High School Donna Wrigh currenly eaches a boh LawrenceNorh and Lawrence Cenral High Schools in Indianapolis Indiana She has been an acivemember o he Indiana Classical Conerence being named Creaive Lain eacher o he Year in1976 She has also been acive i n he American Classical League sponsoring a JCL chaper andleading Ialy rips or nearly weny years Donna also served as an offi cer speaker and boardmember o Pompeiiana Inc
PILOT TEACHERS JEREMY M WALKER
AB Wabash College MA Indiana Universiy
Jeremy Walker has augh Lain a Crown Poin High School in Crown Poin Indiana since1995 He has served as he Co-Chair o he Indiana Junior Classical League and Membershipand Public elaions Chair o he Naional Junior Classical League In addiion o sudying inIaly a he Inercollegiae Cener or Classical Sudies and in Greece a he American School orClassical Sudies he was presiden o he Indiana Classical Conerence In 2003 Jeremy was rec-ognized as he Lain eacher o he Year in Indiana and in 2004 was recognized by he Indiana
Sae eachers Associaion as a orch o K nowledge ecipien
LANETTA WARRENBURG
BA Indiana Universiy MA Indiana Universiy-Purdue Universiy Indianapolis
Laneta Warrenburg has augh high school English and Lain or hiry-hree years a schoolsin Indiana and Illinois Her las weny-our years o eaching Lain were a Elgin High Schoolin Elgin Illinois While eaching Lain here she served as he Illinois Classical Conerencechairperson or Chicago Classics Day as co-chair or he Illinois Ceramen League since 1993and as sae chair or he Il linois Junior Classical L eague rom 1999ndash2001 Laneta was honoredas he Illi nois Lain eacher o he Year in 2001 and was presiden o he Chicago Classical Clubrom 2005ndash2007
INTRODUCTION
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 2954
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull xxiii
INTRODUCTIONALPHABETTe Lain alphabe was derived rom he Eruscan alphabe some ime beore he sevenh cen-ury 983138983139983141 Te Eruscans were a people in pre-oman Ialy
Teir alphabe owes much o he Greek alphabe In urn he Greek alphabe was derived romhe Phoenician alphabe Phoenician raders had spread heir sysem o wriing h roughou he
Medierranean region Te Phoenician alphabe isel can be raced o he Norh Semiic alpha- be which was used in Syria and Palesine as early as he elevenh cenury 983138983139983141 and is consideredo be he earlies ully developed alphabeic wriing sysem
An Eruscan couple reclining on a funeral sarcophagus
bull xxiii bull
Sandard41
EDITORrsquoS NOTE
Te comprehension quesions and answers as well as some o he eaching ips and eacher by he Way noa-ions in his eacher manual were writen by Elisa C Denja LeaAnn A Osburn Karen Lee Singh and DonaldE Sprague classics ediorseducaors a Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers
HOW TO USE THIS BOOK
Please noe ha he perinen naional Classics sandards are lised in he margin o he lef or righ on he samepage as he reproducion o he suden ex
Eisemann Communicaion assised in preparing he correlaions o Lain o r he New Mil lennium wih he
naional sandards For an overview o he sandards hemselves and he correlaions please consul www bolchazyl nmcom
TEACHING TIP
Te eacher may choose o use he picure o he Eruscan couple on his page and he brie meniono he Eruscan alphabe o open a discussion on wha role he Eruscans played in early omanimes Sudens may be direced o p xxx ii o find Eruria on he map
TEACHING TIPTe eacher may wish o discuss wih he sudens he erm ldquoomance languagesrdquo Many modernlanguages come rom he language used by he ancien omans French Ialian Poruguese Span-ish omanian ec omansch (spoken by he descendans o he aeians and one o he our o-ficial languages o Swizerland) is also derived rom Lain
TEACHER BY THE WAYBased on archeological evidence i appears ha Eruscan women were an imporan par o hesocial srucure Ofen he names o boh moher and aher were placed on unerary inscripionsTe reedom o women wihin sociey is likewise apparen on monumens where hey can be seenreclining wih heir husbands on he same couch atending games and having a place o honor in heomb isel Noice he affecionae pose o he couple in he illusraion on p xxiii Clearly marriedlove was valued in Eruscan sociey and amily lie was imporan
ombs also provide evidence or he syle o Eruscan homes Some o hese eaures were borrowed by heomans especially he cenral hall and hree rooms a he back Tis ype o house was known a Pompeii as well as a ome ac cording o Viru vius auhor o Dē archiecūrā
TEACHING TIP
Te eacher may wish o have sudens read an English ranslaion o Livyrsquos radiional accouno anaquil wie o arquinius Priscus he fifh king o ome Te independence o Eruscan women is ev iden in hi s ale He r behavior is he ani hesis o he ideas o woma nly dec orum hel d by he omans
TEACHING TIPS d ill j i i h E li h ldquo lph b rdquo pl i h E li h l t ih h
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 3054
xxiv bull Latin for the New Millennium
xxiv bull Latin for the New Millennium
Look a he English alphabe in he lef column and a he Lain alphabe in he righ one TeLain alphabe is accompanied by he names o he Lain leters (in parenheses)
English Alphabe Lain Alphabe
Uppercase Lowercase Uppercase Lowercase Leter Name
A a A a (a ldquoăhrdquo)
B b B b (be ldquobayrdquo)
C c C c (ce ldquocayrdquo)
D d D d (de ldquodayrdquo)
E e E e (e ldquoĕhrdquo)
F F (e)
G g G g (ge ldquogayrdquo)H h H h (ha ldquohahrdquo)
I i I i (i ldquoeerdquo)
J j
K k K k (ka ldquokahrdquo)
L l L l (el)
M m M m (em)
N n N n (en)
O o O o (o ldquoŏhrdquo)
P p P p (pe ldquopayrdquo)
Q q Q q (qu ldquokoordquo)
r r (er)
S s S s (es)
(e ldquoayrdquo)
U u U u (u ldquooordquo)
V v V v (u consonan)
W w
X x X x (ix ldquoeexrdquo)
Y y Y y (upsilon)
Z z Z z (zea ldquodzayardquo)
Te English alphabe is derived direcly rom he Lain alphabe Tis accouns or he greasimilariies b eween he wo alphabes Tere are 26 leters in he English alphabe and 24 in heLain Te differences are he ollowing
bull Te leter W w (which is he doubled leter v) is missing in he Lain alphabe
bull Te leter J j is a more recen invenion In ac i appears in Lain exs writen during heMiddle Ages and he enaissance as well as i n many modern ediions o ancien Lain exsI is used o indicae he semi-vowel i someimes called consonanal i Te consonanal i is
Sudens will enjoy singing he English alphabe song replacing he English leter names wih heLain leter names Sudens may be insruced o clap once where here is no Lain leter name (egldquoJrdquo) equivalen o he English one
TEACHING TIPTe eacher may choose o display any Lain words (a lis is provided below or he eacherrsquos conve-nience) and insruc he sudens o spell ou he word using he Lain leter names Te sudensmay become curious o know wha he Lain words mean Definiions are given below
bull pars ndash par
bull nox ndash nigh
bull ruber ndash red
bull ēgī ndash I have done
bull amilia ndash amily
bull carō ndash 1047298esh
bull dēcernō ndash I decide
bull herba ndash plan
bull Kalendae ndash Kalends (firs day o he monh)
bull quoque ndash also
bull imor ndash ear
bull Pȳhia ndash Pyhia (name o Apollorsquos priesess)
bull iēcī ndash I hrew
bull ēlīx - happy bull ignis ndash fire
bull mūō ndash I change
COMPREHENSION QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS FOR PAGES XXIII991251XXVeproducible versions o he quesions alone are available a wwwlnm bolchazycom
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 3154
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull xxv
Introduction bull xxv
he i a he beginning o a word beore a vowel or i beween wo vowels According o hismehod or example Iūlius is writen Jūlius and Āiax is writen Ājax In his book he leter J j will no be used
bull Te disincion beween he vowel U u and he consonan V v also belongs o laer imesIniially here was only one leter V u used boh or he vowel and he consonan eg Vrbs ldquoTe Ciyrdquo (ie ome) or uicor ldquohe winnerrdquo
bull However in accord wih he prevail ing pracice o expressing he vowel wih U u and heconsonan wih V v in his book he wo leters will be disingui shed
PRONUNCIATION OF LATIN
VOWELSTere are six vowels in Lain and heir pronunciaion is as ollows
Long Vowel Sound Shor Vowel Sound
ā is pronounced as in ldquoaherrdquo ōrāor ldquooraorrdquo a is pronounced as in ldquoalikerdquo amō ldquoloverdquo
ē is pronounced like he a in ldquoraverdquo nēmō ldquonobodyrdquo e is pronounced as in ldquoperdquo bene ldquowellrdquo
ī is pronounced like he double e in ldquoseenrdquo līmes ldquoboundaryrdquo
i is pronounced as in ldquopirdquo nihil ldquonohingrdquo
ō is pronounced as in ldquosoverdquo videō ldquo(I) seerdquo o is pronounced as in ldquoofenrdquorosa ldquoroserdquo
ū is pronounced as in ldquomoonrdquo ūnus ldquoonerdquo u is pronounced as in ldquopurdquo um ldquohenrdquo
ӯ comes rom Greek and is pronounced in lenghsomewhere beween he i in ldquohirdquo and he u in ldquomuerdquo Pӯramus ldquoPyramusrdquo
y comes rom Greek Is sound wheher long or shorlies in beween he sounds o i and u much as in heFrench ldquosucircrrdquo bu he sound o shor y is less drawn ouhan ha o long y lyricus ldquolyricalrdquo
Te Lain words senātus rēgēsulla gentēs and prīmus are
engraved on his sone
Sign from Pompeii carved on sone wih Lain leters
p q
1 race he roos o he Lain alphabe rom is beginnings orward
Norh-Semiic alphabe elevenh cenury 983138983139983141 Phoenician alphabe Greek alphabe Erusca n alphabeLain alphabe
2 Which wo leters in he English alphabe are no ound in he Lain alphabe
W and J
3 When does he leter J begin o appear in Lain
During he Middle Ages and he enaissa nce
4 Look a he Lain inscripion on he sign rom Pompeii (on he righ o p xxv) Find a leas hree Lain words Lis an Engl ish word you believe is based on he La in word
colonia 991252 colonial colony honoris 991252 honorspecacula 991252 specacular specacle perpevom 991252 perpeual perpeuiy duovir 991252 virile virili
Sandards12 41
TEACHING TIPSudens may wan o know he English meanings o he Lain words in Exercises 1 and 2 Te defini-
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 3254
xxvi bull Latin for the New Millennium
xxvi bull L atin for the New Millennium
BY THE WAY
Everywhere in his book long vowels are indicaed by macrons ie ā ē ī ō ū ӯ whileabove he shor vowels here are no signs Someimes wo words differ rom each oheronly in he lengh o he vowel For example mālum wih a longa means ldquoapplerdquo whilemalum wih a shor a means ldquobad hingrdquo
EXERCISE 1epea hese words aloud afer your eacher pronounces hem
1 a lō 7 lēnis 13 probō 19 sūor2 alumnus 8 sēdēs 14 noa 20 ūsus3 rāna 9 i er 15 pōnō 21 syllaba4 rādō 10 imeō 16 dōnum 22 Pӯrēnē5 eneō 11 nīor 17 ululō6 peō 12 mīrus 18 lupus
DIPHTHONGSDiphhongs are wo vowels combined in one syllable and pronounced ogeher as one soundTere are six diphhongs in Lain
bull ae much like he y in ldquoskyrdquo laevus ldquo lefrdquo
bull au pronounced as ou in ldquoourrdquo aurum ldquo goldrdquo
bull ei pronounced as ei in ldquoeignrdquo oiei ldquoalasrdquo
bull eu pronounced eoo much as i in he wo words ldquogrey bluerdquo you were o subrac he ldquogr-rdquo andhe ldquobl-rdquo and combine he wo vowel sounds Eurōpa ldquoEuroperdquo
bull oe pronounced as oy in ldquoboyrdquo proelium ldquo batlerdquo
bull ui pronounced nearly like ldquowerdquohui ldquoohrdquo
I is believed ha quie early sill in ancien imes he diphhongs ae and oe began o be pro-nounced as e I you encouner hem writen aē or aeuml and oē or oeuml his means ha hey are nodiphhongs and he leters should be pronounced separaely āēr poēa
Te diphhongs are always long
EXERCISE 2epea hese words afer your eacher pronounces hem
1 aesās 7 s eu 13 aēneus2 a equō 8 m oenia 14 poēma3 raeda 9 neu 15 hei4 l audō 10 poena 16 huic5 a u 11 neuer6 aula 12 Poenus
Sudens may wan o know he English meanings o he Lain words in Exercises 1 and 2 Te definiions are provided or he eacherrsquos convenience
EXERCISE 11 I nourish 12 wonderul
2 suden 13 I approve
3 rog 14 noe
4 I scrape 15 I pu
5 I hold 16 gif6 I seek 17 I howl
7 smooh 18 wol
8 sea 19 shoemaker
9 journey 20 use
10 I ear 21 sylla ble
11 I srive 22 Pȳrene (a name)
EXERCISE 21 summer
2 I make level
3 carriage
4 I praise5 or
6 orecour
7 or i
8 walls
9 and no
10 penaly
11 neiher
12 Carhaginian
13 bronze
14 poem
15 ah
16 o his
TEACHER BY THE WAYHisorical evidence can be cied or reading he firs syllable o ldquomāgnusrdquo as naurally long bu oher
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 3354
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull xxvii
Introduction bull xxvii
CONSONANTSbull c is pronounced as in ldquocomerdquo clārus ldquobrighrdquo censeō ldquo(I) deemrdquo cārus ldquodearrdquo
bull When b is ollowed by s as in urbs ldquociyrdquo he sound o b approaches ha o p a sound wemigh represen as urps
bull g is pronounced as in ldquogerdquo gaudiumldquojoyrdquo gignō ldquo(I) bege (I) bearrdquo grāialdquoavor agreeablenessrdquo
bull Some hink ha he omans o Cicerorsquos ime (firs cenury 983138983139983141) pronounced he wo conso-nans ng as ngn or example he adjecive māgnus ldquogreardquo would have been pronounced in a
way ha we migh represen asmangnus
bull k is a very rare consonan In ac i appears only in wo words Kalendae ldquohe firs day oevery monh in he oman calendarrdquo and in he personal name Kaeso
bull q appears always in combinaion wih u and he combinaion qu is pronounced as in ldquoqueenrdquoquatuor ldquoourrdquo
bull v has a sound similar o w (as in he word ldquowierdquo) videō ldquo I seerdquo
bull Te consonanu in he combinaion su sounds like he English w in he ollowing our wordssuēscō ldquo(I) become accusomedrdquoSuēvī a name o a German ribe suādeō ldquo(I) adviserdquo suāvis ldquosweerdquo
bull Te leter r is rilled slighly Te sound has no exac equivalen in English bu is heard inmany oher European languages Te bes way o make his sound is o pronounce r as inldquoroperdquo bu vibrae he end o he ongue slighly as you say i
bull x is a double consonan (equivalen ocs or gs) ha sounds much like he x in ldquosixrdquo
bull z is a noher double consonan (equivalen o dz) and sounds almos like z in ldquozebrardquo I be-gins wih a sligh d sound firs so in pronouncing his leter you should hear dz
bull ph sounds like p in ldquopenrdquo bu wih he addiion o a sligh breah o air represened by he hth sounds like t as in ldquo omrdquo bu wih he addiion o a sligh ex ra breahing represened byhe h ch sounds nearly like he combinaion kh Tese consonans are borrowed rom Greek
and appear in Greek words zephyrus ldquowesern breezerdquo chorus ldquochorusrdquo heārum ldquoheaerrdquo When p and t are no accompanied by h his sligh aspiraion is absen
bull When consonans are doubled as in he verbaggredior he consonanal sound is lenghenedslighly
EXERCISE 3epea hese words afer your eacher pronounces hem
1 cibus 7 glōria 13 phasēlus2 capiō 8 Zeus 14 chara3 cumulus 9 bibliohēca 15 cēlō4 crēscō 10 phi losophia 16 anīquus5 gemma 11 zōna6 Gallus 12 heōrēma
g y g y gevidence suggess i is naurally shor Tus in some grammar books such as he one by Gildersleeveand Lodge we find his syllable marked as long bu in oher books i is reaed as shor
TEACHING TIPTe sudens may also wish o find ou he meanings o he Lain words in Exercise 3 Te definiionsare provided or he eacherrsquos convenience
EXERCISE 3
1 ood2 I ake
3 a heap
4 I grow
5 bud jewel
6 a Gaul
7 glory
8 Zeus
9 library
10 philosophy
11 a girdle
12 heory
13 kidney bean
14 paper
15 I hide
16 old
TEACHING TIPTe eacher may wish o provide he sudens wih some pracice on syllables and sress accen Here
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 3454
xxviii bull Latin for the New Millennium
xxviii bull Latin for the New Millennium
ACCENT A Lain word is made up no jus o leters bu also o syllables A Lain word has as many syllablesas i has vowels or diphhongs (a diphhong works like a single vowel since i is made up o wo
vowels pronounced ogeher [see diphhongs above])
You will need o know he ollowing erms when learning abou accen
bull ulima he las syllable in a word
bull penul he second-o-las syllable in a word
bull anepenul he hird-o-las syllable in a word
So in he word ze- ph y-r us he vowel u is he ulima y is he penul and e is he anepenul
RULES ABOUT THE STRESS ACCENT IN LATIN1 Te sress accen in Lain alls on eiher he penul or he anepenul
2 Te accen alls on he penul i he penul is long I he penul is shor he accen alls onhe anepenul
3 How o deermine wheher he penul is long or shor
a I he penul conains a long vowel (or any diphhong) he penul isel is long You o-en need o learn wheher he vowel in he penul is long or shor as a basic elemen inlearning a new word A macron above he vowel will ell you ha he vowel is long whi lehe absence o a macron wil l indicae a shor vowel Pronouncing he word can help youremember he vowel lenghs For ex ample vi-de-ō ldquoI seerdquo is pronounced viacutedeō whileau-rō-ra ldquodawnrdquo is pronounced aurōacutera and po-pu-lus ldquopeoplerdquo is pronounced po pulus
b I he vowel in he penul is ollowed by wo or more consonans he penul is long no
mater wheher he vowel in he penul is long or shor and he accen necessarily allson he penul For example do-cu-men-um ldquodocumenrdquo is pronounced documenacuteum
BY THE WAYTe consonan x is double (cs or gs) and couns as wo consonans when deermining
wheher he penul is long
c Tere is one excepion o lsquobrsquo above Someimes even when here are wo consonans be-ween he penul and he ulima hey sill do no deermine ha he penul is long Tishappens when he wo consonans are a mue and a liquid
Te mues are p b d t g c
Te liquids are l r
So in he word pal-pe-bra ldquoeyelidrdquo he anepenul is accened ( palacutepebra) he vowel o he pe-nul is shor since i i s ollowed by a mue and a l iquid O course ru le lsquoarsquo sill applies in he wordhe-ā-trum ldquoheaerrdquo he penul is accened (heāacuterum) since i is naurally long somehing welearn rom he macron
y p p yare some examples wih he answers included or he eacherrsquos convenience
Underline he ulima in each word
1 legō
2 rēgis
3 imperāor
Underline he penul in each word
1 causa
2 pūnīum3 armāus
Underline he anepenul in each word
1 vulnerō
2 eigī
3 sublāum
Underline he penul i i is long
1 pōnō
2 spēlunca
3 pauperis
Underline he syllable ha will receive he sress accen in each word1 ōrāculum
2 peīum
3 cōnsania
4 exsīncum
5 vulneris
6 solius
TEACHING TIPGiven he passage abou he bahhouse on his page and he picure rom Bah England he
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 3554
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull xxix
EXERCISE 4epea each senence aloud afer your eacher reads i Pay atenion o he pronunciaion andsress accen o each word
Wha i is Like o Live Over a Bahhouse
(Adaped rom Seneca Moral Leter 56)
Ecce undique clāmor sona Suprā ipsum balneum habiō Prōpōne nunc ibi omnia genera vōcumodiōsa Foriōrēs exercenur e manūs plumbō gravēs iacan cum au labōran au labōranemimianur Gemiūs audiō quoiēns spīrium remīsērun Sun quoque ūncōrēs e racāōrēs
Audiō crepium manuum umerōs erienium sonus quoque icuum mūāur nunc enim manusperveni plāna nunc concava Audiō clāmōrēs sī ūr es i n balneō dēprehēnsus
Look here is noise sounding all around I live above he bahhouse isel Imagine o yourselnow all he haeul ypes o voices Te sronger ones exercise hemselves and swing heir ha ndsloaded wih lead weighs while hey work ou991252or imiae a person working ou I hear moansevery ime hey le go a ltpen-upgt breah Tere are also anoiners and masseurs I hear he slapo hands hiting shoulders and he sound o he blows changes or someimes he hands come1047298a someimes cupped I hear shouing i a hie is caugh in he bahhouse
A pool from inside he Roman Bahs in Bah England
Introduction bull xxix
eacher may wish o open a discussion abou bahs during oman i mes Te use o he calidārium fīgid ārium epidārium and sūdārium may be explained by he eacher and sudens may be en-couraged o learn andor pronounce hese words
TEACHER BY THE WAYBahs were ofen consruced on locaions having ho or mineral springs such as Bah in Englandand Bāiae a resor own on he Bay o Naples
Modern Bah in oman imes was named afer he Celic goddess o healing Sulis In he firscenury her shrine was aken over by he omans and she was idenified wih he goddess Minerva
Te sie was hen known as Aquae Sulis Mine rva In a emple relie she is represened wih a Medusa-like head and a musache
Te spa conained a grea bah (73 f by 29 f) and hree oher swimming pools he calidārium (ho bah)epidārium (warm bah) and fīgidār ium (cold bah) In he second cenury he spring was enclosed wihin a wooden barrel-vau led build ing ha housed hese hree pools Ho ai r bahs were ueled by coal fires A con-san 1047298ow o waer was direced o he pools hrough lead pipes which sill uncion oday
Archeologica l excavaions have revealed ma ny sacred voive offerings c urse ables and innumerable coinsa he botom o he springs Te curse ables writen in Lain heaped curses on anyone suspeced o wrong-doing Te ancien radiion o hrowing coins accompanied by a wish sill prevails oday in ome a he reviFounain where ourissvisiors do he same
More inormaion on bah complexes in ome can be ound on p 386 o his eacherrsquos manual
Sandards22 31
32 41 42
TEACHING TIPTe eacher may wish o insruc he sudens o find he iber iver which is picured here on he
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 3654
xxx bull Latin for the New Millennium
xxx bull Latin for the New Millennium
OVERVIEW OF ROMAN HISTORY According o legend omulus and his win broher emus were se adrif on he iber iver Ashe-wol nursed he boys unil a shepherd rescued hem Upon reaching manhood in 753 983138983139983141he wins ounded a new ciy near he place w here hey had been ound by he she-wol on he
basis o anaugusō auguriō ldquoa avorable sighing o birdsrdquo Bu omulus killed emus in a dispueover who would rule he new ciy and became is firs king
Six oher kings ruled afer omulus Numa Pompilius ullus Hosilius Ancus Marius ar-quinius Prisc us Servius ullius a nd arquinius Superbus (arquin he Proud) Afer he las ohese seven kings was overhrown in 509 983138983139983141 ome became a republic wih a represenaiveorm o governmen headed by wo consuls eleced an nually By 451 983138983139983141 he fi rs corpus o o-man law known as he welve ables was creaed
In he las cenury 983138983139983141 he oman epublic was shaken apar by a series o civil wars By31 983138983139983141 an auocraic regime headed earlier by Julius Caesar and laer by his grea-nephew Oc-avian brough he epublic o an end Te years rom 27 983138983139983141991252when Ocavian assumed heile o prīnceps ldquochie ciizenrdquo as well as he name Augu sus991252o around 180 983139983141 are known ashe early principae or empire During his era ome exended her boundaries o he BriishIsles in he norh Norh Arica in he souh Spain in he wes and he igris and Euphraesrivers in he eas
A view of he iber River as i 1047298ows hrough he ciy of Rome
map on p xxxii
COMPREHENSION QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS FOR PAGE XXX991251XXXI
eproducible versions o he quesions alone are available a wwwlnm bolchazycom
1 Who were he legendary ounders o ome
omulus and emus
2 According o legend in wha year was ome ounded
753 983138983139983141
3 Over he course o he monarchic period how many kings ruled ome
Seven
4 Wha even occurred in 509 983138983139983141
Te beginni ng o he oman epublic (wih wo consuls in charge)
5 Wha is he erm associaed wih he wo leaders o he epublic
Consul
6 Which wo leaders oversaw omersquos shif rom a republic o a principae
Julius Caesar and OcavianAugusu s
7 Wha major aciviy associaed wih empire-building ook place during he principae
erriorial expansion
8 Name wo developmens ha characerized he lae empire
Severe economic problems inernal poliical unres andor requen invasion by he Germanic ribes
9 Describe Diocleianrsquos response o he roubles o he empire
Diocleian divided he empire ino wo halves he Easern and Wesern empires in order o make ruli nghe empire more manageable
10 Explai n he origin o he erm ldquovandalismrdquo
Te fifh cenury invasion and pillag ing o ome by he ribe known as he Vandals who occupied he o-man province o Norh Arica led o he erm ldquovandalismrdquo meaning wanon desrucion
11 Describe Lainrsquos role in he cenuries afer 476 983139983141
Lain 1047298ourished as he major lierary language in he Wesern oman Empire and was spread o non-omanized places like Ireland Scandinavia and he New World
TEACHING TIP
Te eacher may ask he sudens o find he daes menioned on his page in he imeline on pp411ndash414
Sandards21 31 32
TEACHING TIPTe eacher may insruc he sudens o locae ByzaniumConsaninople discussed here in he
d h h ii
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 3754
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull xxxi
Introduction bull xxxi
From 180 983139983141 onwards in he period k nown as he lae empire he oman sae experiencedsevere economic problems and requen invasions by Germanic ri bes esponding o he pres-sure o he firs wave o migraions as well as inernal poliical u nres and economic diffi culieshe emperor Diocleian (ruled 284ndash305 983139983141) had already divided he oman Empire ino anEasern and Wesern hal each under is own emperor991252an atemp o make he vas omansae more manageable
Tis poliical division o he empire acually mirrored a culural division oo he main lan-guage o he Wes was Lain while he main language o he Eas was Greek Shorly aferwardshe emperor Consanine (ruled 312ndash337 983139983141) esablished a new capial or he Easern empirea Byzanium wh ich he renamed Consaninople (ldquohe ciy o Consaninerdquo oday called Isan-
bul) Bu even afer his reorganizaion he imperial governmen ulimaely proved incapable o
semming he ide o he migraions in par because he oman army was oo widely e xendedand could no be in so many places a once Indeed many o he invaders were given he sauso oederāī or ldquoreay roopsrdquo In effec hey were a llowed o occupy segmens o he empire inreurn or proecing i So when Alar ic King o he Visigohs sacked ome in 410 983139983141 he acual lyhad a ile as a commander in he oman army
ome was sacked again in 455 983139983141 by he Vandals who had already occupied he omanprovince o Norh Arica Te pillaging o he ciy o omulus by he invaders made a pro-ound impression on conemporaries and o his day he erm ldquovandalismrdquo is a word in severallanguages or wanon desrucion While he Easern empire (always more sable and eco-nomically prosperous han he Wes) coninued o exis unil 1453 983139983141 he Wesern empire
was ex inc as a poliica l eniy by 476 983139983141 In is place were Germa nic k ingdoms and ribes Angles and Saxons in Briai n Visigohs in Spain Osrogohs in Ialy Franks and Burgundi ansin Gaul991252o name only he major groups Te combinaion o hese new socieies wih heprevious inhabians who had been omanized o varying degrees would one day provide he
basis or he culures o modern Europe
Bu he end o he ancien oman Empire in he Wes was no he end o Lain On he con-rary during he nex 1200 years Lain no only 1047298ourished as he major lierary language in he
erriories o he ormer Wesern oman Empire he use o Lain was exended o regions heomans had never occupied including Ireland Scandinavi a and even he New World
BEGINNINGS OF LATIN LITERATURE Very ew complee works o Lain lieraure produced beore he mid-second cenury 983138983139983141 (ie beore 150 983138983139983141) have survived One reason or his loss was he remendous populariy o he works produced in he ollowing cenury by such auhors as Cicero Vergil and Ovid Teir wri-ings were so widely read and copied in subsequen cenuries ha he auhors preceding hem
were gradually negleced
Among he major figures o early Lain lieraure was a reed slave rom he Greek ciy o aren-um named Livius Andronicus who li ved rom 284ndash204 983138983139983141 He was known or his adapaionso Greek drama or oman audiences and his ranslaion o Homerrsquos Odyssey ino Lain verse
second paragraph on he map on p xxxii
TEACHING TIPTe eacher may ask he sudens o find he daes menioned on his page in he imeline on pp413ndash414
HOW TO USE THIS BOOK AND ITS ANCILLARIES
wo ancillaries are available or use wih his book Te Original Dysuncional Family (abbreviaed ODF)and From Romulus o Romulus Augusulus (abbreviaed R) R will be paricularly useul in order ohelp sudens keep he ime periods o he auhors and o he evens he auhors wroe abou sraigh in heirminds Chaper ile pages will include when appropriae a noaion on wha chaper o R he eachermay wish o assign
TEACHING TIPTe eacher may wish o assign Chaper 1 o he oman hisory ancillary From Romulus o Romu-lus Augusulus a his poin
COMPREHENSION QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS FOR PAGES XXXI991251XXXIVeproducible versions o he quesions alone are available a wwwlnm bolchazycom
1 Whom did he omans consider he aher o Lain lieraure
Ennius
2 Wha was Enniusrsquo mos amous work Is subjec mater
Annālēs was an epic poem abou omersquos early hisory
3 Wha amous Lain saying means ldquoCarhage mus be desroyedrdquo
Carhāgō dēlenda es
4 Who is he auhor o ha saying
Cao he ElderCao he Censor
5 When was Carha ge said o have been desroyed
146 983138983139983141 a he end o he hird Punic war
NB Aler sudens ha he answers o hese comprehension quesions will be ound on p xxxiv
Sandards21 31
R1
TEACHING TIP Ask sudens he English equivalen o cou nries s uch as Briannia and Germānia and he Englishequivalen o he ciies Neāpolis and Ahēnae
Sandard31
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 3854
xxxii bull Latin for the New Millennium
equivalen o he ciies Neāpolis and Ahēnae
A full size r eproducible version of h is page wihou he answe rs can be downloaded a wwwlnm bolchazycom
HOW TO USE THIS BOOK Answers o rep roducible aciviies w ill be gi ven in a larger size bel ow or he eacherrsquos convenience
ANSWERS TO MAP WORK 991251 PAGES XXXII991251XXXIII
1 Crēa Sicilia Corsica Sardinia Cyprus Ihaca Dēlos Brianni a
2 Vesuvius Mōns Aena Mōns Olympus Mōns Āppennīnus Mōns
3 Syria Macedonia Arica Asia
4 mare or ponus
5 Asia Eurōpa Arica
A full siz e reproducible version of his page wihou he answers can be down loaded a wwwln mbolchazycom
Te eacher may wish o have his map enlarged when reproducing i for ease of suden use in compleing his aciviy
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 3954
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull xxxiii
HOW TO USE THIS BOOK
Te answers o his aciviy can be easily seen on he wo acing pages
Te omans regarded Ennius (ca 239 169 983138983139983141) as he aher o Lain lieraure He wroe
TEACHING TIPSudens may be encouraged o find he ciy o Carhage menioned in he second paragraph on hemap on p xxxii
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 4054
xxxiv bull Latin for the New Millennium
xxxiv bull L atin for the New Millennium
Te omans regarded Ennius (ca 239ndash169 983138983139983141) as he aher o Lain lieraure He wroemany kinds o lierary works including plays His Annālēs an epic poem abou he early hisoryo ome was paricularly renowned and perhaps he primary epic read in oman schools beorehe ime o Vergil Only ragmens o his wriings remain
One o Enniusrsquo conemporaries was heamed Cao he Censor also known as Caohe Elder (234ndash149 983138983139983141) a rigidly conserva-ive oman senaor Mos o his reaise onagriculure called Dē agrī culūrā survivesI is he oldes work o Lain prose amongCaorsquos recommendaions here are ha fieldslaves be reaed similarly o beass o bur-den Cao is also remembered or his sae-men Carhāgō dēlenda es ldquoCarhage mus
be desroyedrdquo evidence or he omanear o he Carhaginians Te omansough hree wars known as he Punic
Wars agai ns he Car haginians Te fi rsended beore Cao was born in he secondagains Hannibal Cao served wih miliarydisincion he hird ended in 146 983138983139983141 asCao had demanded wih he desruciono Carhage On his occasion he vic oriousomans were said o have plowed sal inohe Carhaginian soil
Discussions abou laer auhors and adap-aions rom heir wriings w ill be presenedchronologically in he chapers o his book
Ancien ruins a Carhage in Africa
p p
TEACHER BY THE WAY Alhough he works o Enniu s have been preserved on ly in ragmens (abou a housand lines) hehad a grea in1047298uence on subsequen poes such as Vergil Quoable quoes include
bull a es o riendship Amīcus cer us in rē incer ā cerniur (A riend in need is a riend indeed)
bull an applicaion o wisdom o lie Quī ipse sibi sapiēns prōdesse nequi nēquīquam sapi (A man who
himsel is wise bu unable o be useul o himsel is wise or nohing)bull he amous descripion o Fabius Maximus Ūnus homō nōbīs cūncandō resiui rem (One man by delaying res ored he sae or us)
bull and he line on Manius Curius Quem nēmō errō poui superāre nec aurō (Whom no one was ableo deea eiher by sword or gold)
We also have preser ved or us he exa mple o excessive all ieraion ha has g iven rise o much laugher inLain classrooms over he years Ō ie ūe aī ibi ana yranne ulisī ldquoO ius aius you yran (all voca-ive) you brough o yoursel such grea (roubles)rdquo991252ranslaed in conex which plays off he more lieral ldquo you ookacquired or yoursel such grea hings rdquo
On he oher hand he composed his own epiaph in which his high eseem among omans proved o beprescien
nēmō mē lacrumīs decōre neu unera 1047298ēū
axi Cūr Voliō vivos per ōra v irum (Le no one honor me wih ears or make a uneral pyre by weeping
Why I 1047298y li ving hrough he mouhs o men)
TEACHER BY THE WAY
Pluarchrsquos Lie o Cao is a good source o snappy quoaions atribued o his saesman soldier andauhor For example while discussing he power o women he said ldquoAll oher men rule heir wives we rule al l oher men and our w ives rule us rdquo Atemping o persuade he oman people o orego adisribuion o grain he began his speech by saying ldquoI is a hard mater o argue wih he belly sincei has no earsrdquo And o a ribune who had been accused o using poison and was rying o pass a use-less bill he said ldquoI know no which is worse o drink your mixures or o enac your billsrdquo
1CHAPTER 1
HOW TO USE THIS BOOK
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 4154
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull 1
1CHAPTER
Parts of Speech Nouns Number Gender Case (Nominative and Accusative)
First Declension Nouns
MEMORĀBILE DICTŪ
SPQ Senātus Populusque ōmānusldquoTe Senae and he People o omerdquo
Tese our leters orm wha is known as an acronym one ha symbolized supreme power inancien ome
Oil paining of Romulus and Remus wih he wolf By Peer Paul Rubens (1577ndash1640)
Te grammaical and synacical opics ha will be presened in each chaper o his book are lised a he opo he chaper ile page
HOW TO USE THIS BOOK
Te illusraion on each chaperrsquos ile page presens a visual inroducion o he Lain reading passage ha willollow eachers may choose o discuss he illusraion in order o provide he conex or he reading he su-dens will encouner on he nex page
HOW TO USE THIS BOOK
On each chaper ile page he phrase Memorābile Dictū (ldquoA memorable hing o say rdquo) will be ou nd Below here will be a amous phrase quoa ion abbreviaion or moto in L ain ha w ill connec hese words o he opicsin he chaper
MEMORĀBILE DICTŪ VOCABULARY
populus populī m ndash people
-que ndash and
senāus senāūs m ndash senae
TEACHING TIP
ubens pained his picure o omulus and emus rom 1615ndash1616 during wha is called he Ba-roque period o ar Te man approaching rom he rear is Fausulus Te reclining figure is he god
o he river iber
HOW TO USE THIS BOOK AND ITS ANCILLARIESwo ancillaries are available or use wih his book Te Original Dysunctional Family (abbreviaed ODF)and From Romulus to Romulus Augustulus (abbreviaed R) R will be paricularly useul in order ohelp sudens keep he ime periods o he auhors and o he evens he auhors wroe abou sraigh in heirmind Chaper ile pages wil l include when appropriae a noaion abou wha chaper o R he eachermay wish o assign
Standards11 21
R 2and 3
READING
TRANSLATION OF LATIN PASSAGEomulus and emus
Mars is a god Mars loves hea Silvia And so hea Silvia has wo sons omulus and emus Amulius locks uph Sil i A li l d i h A h l lk h T h l
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 4254
2 bull Latin for the New Millennium
2 bull Latin for the New Millennium
READINGTis sory describes how ome was said o have been ounded in 753 983138983139983141 King Numior o AlbaLonga was overhrown by his cruel and ambiious broher Amulius who no only seized hehrone bu so eared ha one o Numiorrsquos male descendans migh have a legiimae claim oni ha he made Amuliusrsquo daug her hea Silvia a priesess o he goddess Vesa Tese priesesses
were no allowed o marry during heir childbearing years
RŌMULUS ET REMUS
1 Mārs es deus Mārs hēam Silviam ama Iaque hēa Silvia duōs
īliōs habe ōmulum e emum Amūlius hēam Silviam vinculīs
claudi Amūlius ōmulum e emum in aquam pōni Lupa ad aquamambula Lupa ōmulum e emum bene cūra e ama ōmulus e
5 emus crēscun Poseā ōmulus e emus ōmam aedifican
Famous bronze saue of he she-wolf and he wins
hea Silvia Amulius pus omulus and emus ino he waer A she-wol walks o he waer Te she-wol caresor (akes good care o) omulus and emus well and loves (hem) omulus and emus grow up Aferwards(laer) omulus and emus build ome
HOW TO USE THIS BOOK Above each La in reading pa ssage inorm aion is presened in Engl ish Tis pre -reading provides back groundinormaion abou he auhor and esablishes he conex o he passage he sudens will read
TEACHER BY THE WAY
Te eacher may wish o inroduce he class o he radiional abbreviaions o 983137983140 (which sandsor he Lain phrase Annō Dominī ldquoi n he year o our Lordrdquo) and 983138983139 (which sands or he Engl ishphrase ldquoBeore Chrisrdquo) Tese older abbreviaions coninue o be used bu his book employs heabbreviaions 983138983139983141 (Beore he Common Era) and 983139983141 (Common Era)
TEACHING TIPInsruc he sudens o locae Alba Longa on he map on pp xxxiindashxxxiii
TEACHER BY THE WAYTough he wins were added o he sculpure in he enaissance he she-wol has srong links wihEruscan myhology and shows characerisics o Eruscan sculpure
TEACHING TIP
Te eacher may wish o encourage he sudens o design an abbreviaed amily ree o omulusand emus
Standards11 22
Jupier Juno King Num ior o Alba Longa
Mars hea Silvia
omulus emus
READING VOCABULARY
HOW TO USE THIS BOOKTe English pronoun subjec o a verb is no lised in he eading Vocabulary i he pronoun is no needed inhe ranslaion
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 4354
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull 3
Chapter 1 bull 3
READING VOCABULARYad aquam ndash o he waer
aedifican ndash build
ama ndash loves
ambula ndash walks
Amūlius ndash Amul ius
aquam ndash waer
bene ndash well
claudi ndash locks up
crēscun ndash grow up
cūra ndash akes care o cares or
deus ndash god
duōs ndash woes ndash is
e ndash and
īliōs ndash sons
habe ndash has
in aquam ndash ino he waer
iaque ndash and so
lupa ndash she-wol
Mārs ndash Mars he god o war
pōni ndash pus
poseā ndash aferwards laer
emum ndash emus
emus ndash emus
hēa Silvia ndash hea Silvia
hēam Silviam ndash hea Silvia
ōmam ndash ome
ōmulum ndash omulus
ōmulus ndash omulus vinculīs ndash w ih chains
Words marked wih an aserisk will need o bememorized laer in he chaper
COMPREHENSION QUESTIONS1 Whose sons are omulus and emus
2 Wha did Amulius do
3 Who saved he lie o omulus and emus
4 Wha did omulus and emus do
HOW TO USE THIS BOOK
Te sudens should not be expeced o lea rn he words under he ile eading Vocabulary whenever his ileoccurs in he book Insead insruc sudens o learn he vocabulary words lised under he ile Vocabularyto Learn ha will be ound laer in each chaper In more advanced Lain exs usually here are vocabularyand noes o help he sudens when reading a passage Tis eading Vocabulary will help prepare sudens orlaer more advanced classes
ANSWERS TO COMPREHENSION QUESTIONS
1 Tey are he sons o Mars and hea Silvia2 He locked up hea Silvia
3 A she-wol
4 Tey buil he ciy o ome
TEACHING TIP
Whi le English deriva ives rom he sar red words (ie he Vocabulary o L earn) are he opic o Ex-ercise 2 laer in his chaper here are some ineresing derivaives rom he non-sarred words andsome o hese show how words change hrough he years Te eacher may choose o discuss hesederivaives wih he sudens
bull aedi1047297cant (aedi1047297cō) ndash ediy edificaion edifice
Tis Lain word is buil rom wo Lain words aciō (o do make) and aedēs (house emple) Te
English derivaives reain his religious connecion or hey mean ldquoo build up he aih moraliy o in-sruc especially morallyrdquo Te word ldquoedificerdquo is always used or an imposing srucure such as a ldquoemplerdquoor aedēs
bull claudit (claudō) ndash close conclusion enclosure sluice
A ldquocloserdquo is a small shu-in space and some people i locked in one suffer rom ldquoclausrophobiardquo acompound derivaive parly rom Lain (o close confine) and parly rom he Greek (ear) hence ldquoa earo closed spacesrdquo
Te word ldquosluicerdquo does no look like a derivaive o claudō bu i has undergone cha nges as i ca meino English via middle English and old French (sclus) rom he Lain exclūdō which means ldquoo shu ourdquo Asluice has a gae a he op o he channel o shu off he 1047298ow o waer as necessary
bull crēscunt (crēscō) ndash crescen accrue recrui crew
Te word ldquocrewrdquo in middle English mean ldquoreinorcemenrdquo so a body o soldiers grew Te word ldquore-
cruirdquo has he same basic idea ecruis increase he size o he army (rom he Lain recrēscō meaning ldquoogrow againrdquo)
bull deus ndash deiy deiy
bull duōs ndash double dozen due duplicae
Te word ldquodozenrdquo is a compound rom he Lain word or ldquowordquo and he German word or ldquoenrdquo (zehn)
bull habet (habeō) ndash habi abiliy prohibiive
Onersquos abiliy depends on he alens and skil ls one has
bull pōnit ( pōnō) ndash depo imposiion preposiion
A depo origina lly was a place where supplies were pu or sorage
LANGUAGE FACT I
HOW TO USE THIS BOOKTe Language Facs secion o each chaper will conain boh grammaical (morphological) and synacicalinormaion ie inormaion boh abou he orms o he words and he srucure o he senence
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 4454
4 bull Latin for the New Millennium
4 bull Latin for the New Millennium
LANGUAGE FACT I
PARTS OF SPEECHTe parts o speech used in a Lain senence deermine is meaning jus as in English While henoun and he verb are he wo mos imporan oher common pars o speech are lised below
Noun a person place hing idea acion or qual iy Examples ldquoomulusrdquo ldquoriverrdquo ldquocouragerdquo
Pronoun a word ha sands in place o a noun ha has been previously menioned or is clearrom conex Examples ldquoIrdquo ldquosherdquo ldquohimrdquo ldquoirdquo
Adjecive a word ha limis or defines a noun or a pronoun Examples ldquolitlerdquo ldquosrongrdquo
Adverb a word ha lim is or defines verbs adjecives or (oher) adverbs Examples ldquoveryrdquoldquoquielyrdquo
Verb a word ha describes an acion or sae o being Examples ldquogordquo ldquosayrdquo ldquowasrdquo
Preposiion a word ha begins a preposiional phrase such as ldquoinrdquo ldquoordquo ldquoonrdquo ldquoorrdquo ldquobyrdquoldquowihrdquo A preposiional phrase is a preposiion joined o a noun Examples ldquoin he morningrdquoldquowih a sharp pencilrdquo
Conjuncion a word ha connecs words phrases clauses a nd senences Examples ldquoandrdquoldquoburdquo ldquoalhoughrdquo
Inerjecion a word ha expresses emoion Examples ldquowowrdquo
EXERCISE 1eview he meanings and ideniy he pars o speech o he ollowing words Te eading
Vocabulary may be consu led
1 īliōs 6 e2 bene 7 lupa3 aedifican 8 claudi
4 ad 9 ōmam5 ambula 10 ama
EXERCISE 1 ANSWERS
1 noun
2 adverb
3 verb
4 preposiion
5 verb
6 conjuncion
7 noun8 verb
9 noun
10 verb
TEACHING TIP
Te eacher may wish o ask he sudens in Lain wha par o speech a given word is Te eacher would say ldquoQuae pars ōrātiōnis estrdquo Suden responses would be
bull nōmen substantīvumsubstantīvum ndash noun
bull prōnōmen ndash pronoun
bull nōmen adiectīvumadiectīvum ndash adjecive
bull verbum temporāle ndash verb
bull adverbium ndash adverb
bull praepositiō ndash preposiion
bull coniūnctiō ndash conjuncion
bull interiectiō ndash inerjecion
Standards11 41
Standards11 41
WorkbookExercise 1
VOCABULARY TO LEARN
TEACHING TIPSince his is he firs se o Lain words ha your sudens will be required o memorize i is usuallya good idea o sugges and discuss wih hem some differen ways o memorize vocabulary Somesel help opions are lised below
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 4554
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull 5
NOUNSagricola agricolae m ndash armer
aqua aquae ndash waer
āhlēa āhlēae m ndash ahlee
īlia īliae ndash daugher
lupa lupae ndash she-wol
naua nauae m ndash sailor
poēa poēae m ndash poe
puella puellae ndash girl
ōma ōmae ndash ome
erra errae ndash land
VERBSama ndash heshei loves
ambula ndash heshei walks
cūra ndash heshei akes care o cares or
es ndash heshei is
ADVERBS bene ndash well
poseā ndash aferwards
CONJUNCTIONSe ndash and
iaque ndash and so
Aqueducs carr ied waer (aqua) o he ciies in he Roman world Tis aqueduc buil in 19 983138983139983141 which srechedacross he Gard River was named he Pon du Gard and brough waer o he ciy of Nicircmes in France in ancien imes
Chapter 1 bull 5
sel-help opions are lised below
1 Look a he word in he book and say he word aloud
2 Wrie down he word on a piece o paper along wih is meaning and check o be sure here are no spell-ing errors Color-coding he words by pars o speech is also helpul Pronounce he word while wriing idown and hen repea he word including he meaning and spelling
3 Make handwriten 1047298ashcards wih he Lain on one side and English on he oher and be sure here are nospelling errors Color-coding is a good sraegy here also Wriing he word ou helps some sudens ce-men he word in he brain Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers has creaed an elecronic vocabulary resourceor hose sudens or whom echnological learning ools are an aid Tese vocabulary 1047298ashcards are orhe iPod See p 93 or more inormaion on iPod 1047298ashcards
4 Use English derivaives o help remember meanings Bu be careul since some derivaives may havemeanings grealy changed rom he original Lain word
5 Find clipar picures ha illusrae he vocabulary words and use he picures as a way o es yoursel onhe Lain words
TEACHER BY THE WAYTe eacher may wish o open a discussion abou aqueducs and he waer supply or ancien omans while l ooking a he picu re o he Pon du Gard on his page For a hisory o aqueducs and heirconsrucion Froninusrsquo book Dē aquīs urbis Rōmae is an excellen source Te book was writenabou 97 983139983141 when he was Superinenden o Aqueducs Oher aqueducs include he ollowing
bull Te double high aqueduc in Segovia Spainbull Te Aqua Appia buil in 312 983138983139983141
bull Te Aqua rāiāna
bull Te aqueduc buil by Alex ander Severus in 226 983139983141
bull Te Aqua Claudia
bull Te Aqua Marcia wh ich wa s probably named a fer A ncus Marcius who was he fi rs K ing oome by radiional accouns o build an aqueduc o bring waer o ome
NB Te word ldquo Aquardquo when capialized means ldquoaqueducrdquo
Eleven aqueducs urnished 250000 gallons o waer o ome every weny-our hours
BY THE WAY
E h u gi n in h b l r h rm T nd rm i h g nii
HOW TO USE THIS BOOK Ēn is a word ha calls atenion o somehing and means ldquoLook a hisrdquo Te inormaion given here draws a-enion o and urher specifies differen language acs
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 4654
6 bull Latin for the New Millennium
6 bull Latin for the New Millennium
Each noun given in he vocabulary has wo orms Te second orm is he geniivesingular
A derivative is an English word rooed in a Lain word Te English derivaive issimilar in meaning and orm o is Lain source
STUDY TIP
An English derivaive ofen can help you remember wha a Lain word means
EXERCISE 2Find he English derivaives based on he Vocabulary o Learn in he ollowing senences Wriehe corresponding Lain word
1 She shows a considerable filial respec oward her aher
2 Agriculu re is a science o culivaing he land
3 Te ship is equipped wih all he necessary nauical insrumens
4 We saw all kinds o fish in he aquarium
5 Tis is an all-errain vehicle
6 When will he ahleic compeiion sar
7 She has a ruly poeic naure
LANGUAGE FACT II
NOUNS NUMBER GENDER CASE 983080NOMINATIVE AND
ACCUSATIVE983081Nouns in Lain show number gender and case
Number Lain nouns are eiher singular or plural in number Number is shown in differen ways by differen ypes o nouns bu some ending-paterns are or singular orms and oherending-paterns are or plural orms
Gender Every noun likewise is eiher masculine eminine or neuer in gender You muslearn he gender o each noun In he Vocabulary o Learn l iss he gender is indicaed by hecommon abbreviaionsm (masculi ne) f (eminine) or n (neuer)
Case Lain nouns mus have an ending-patern ha displays case Tis is quie differen romEnglish in which case is indicaed by word posiion and no by endings (alhough case markersare preserved in cerain pronouns such as ldquoherdquo and ldquohimrdquo) A nounrsquos case reveals wha uncionhe noun has in he senence Tere are five common cases nominaive geniive daive accu-saive and ablaive wo less requenly used cases are called he vocaive and he locaive
HOW TO USE THIS BOOKStudy Tips give hins rhymes and mnemonics o help sudens learn grammar and vocabulary
EXERCISE 2 ANSWERS1 filial īlia
2 agriculure agricola
3 nauical naua
4 aquarium aqua
5 errain erra
6 ahleic āhlēa
7 poeic poēa
TEACHING TIPExplain o he sudens ha in English he words ldquoardquo ldquoanrdquo or ldquoherdquo are usually placed beore a nounand Lain does no have an equivalen or hese words known as aricles
eachers may need o sress he absence o he aricle many imes beore sudens compleely ine-grae his knowledge ino heir reading habis in Lain class
TEACHING TIPLain like many oher languages does no always observe biological gender Ofen he gender o a
Lain noun is deermined by grammaical acors such as he group o which a noun belongs
TEACHING TIP
Alhough in Exercise 2 he sudens are direced o find only he derivaives based on he Vocabular yo Learn hey may be ineresed o learn ha here are oher derivaives in Exercise 2 Te derivaiono hese words is provided or he eacherrsquos convenience
bull 1 consider - rom sīdus (sar) + cum (wih ogeher) and rom cōnsīderō (o examine consider)respec - rom respectō (look back a have regard or)
bull 2 science - rom scientia (knowledge) and sciō (o know) culivaing - rom colō (ill inhabi worship)
bull 3 necessary - rom necesse (necessary) insrumens - rom īnstruō (o equip build provide)
and rom īnstrumentum (equipmen ool ec)bull 5 vehicle - rom he Lain verb vehō (o carry)
bull 6 compeiion - rom petō (o seek aim a atack ec) + cum (wih oge her)
bull 7 naure - rom nātūra (naure)
Standard41
Standards11 31 41
STUDY TIP
An easy way o remember he names ohe five common cases iso use his mnemonic
TEACHING TIPSudens may no know wha he word ldquomnemonicrdquo means explain ha a mnemonic device is some-hing ha helps a suden o remember somehing Te eacher may also wish o use his opporu-niy o bring up Mnemosyne he goddess o memory and he moher o he Muses
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 4754
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull 7
Chapter 1 bull 7
An easy way o remember he names o he five common cases is o use his mnemonicdevice
Never NominaiveGive GeniiveDogs Daive A ny A ccusaive A buse A blaive
Nominative Te nominaive case idenifies he subjec Te subjec is a noun or a pronounha perorms he acion or exiss in a sae o being In he senence ldquoWilliam is readingrdquohe word ldquoWilliamrdquo is he subjec
Example Mārs amat Mars loves
Te noun subjec o he verb ldquoloverdquo is he god Mars
Find more examples o nominaives and heir verbs rom he reading passage a he begin-ning o he chaper
Te nominaive case also idenifies he predicae nominaive In he senence ldquoWilliam isa sudenrdquo he predicae nominaive is ldquoa sudenrdquo A predicae nominaive complees hemeaning o he verb ldquoo berdquo Look a his exa mple rom he reading
Example Mārs est deus Mars is a god
Mārs is he subjec and deus is a predicae nominaive
Accusative Te ourh case lised is called he accusaive he geniive daive and ablaivecases will be discussed in laer chapers Te accusaive case poins ou he noun (or pro-noun) ha is he direc objec emember direc objecs receive he acion o he verb Inhe senence ldquoI am wriing a leterrdquo he direc objec is ldquoa leterrdquo
Example Mārs Rhēam Silviam amat Mars loves hea Silvia
Te direc objec o ldquoloverdquo is he noun Rhēam Silviam
Find more examples o accusaives and heir verbs rom he reading passage a he beginningo he chaper
niy o bring up Mnemosyne he goddess o memory and he moher o he Muses
Answers to ldquoFind more examples of nominatives a nd their verbs from the reading passage at the begin-ning of the chapterrdquo
hēa Silvia habe
Amūl ius claudi
Amūl ius pōni
Lupa ambula
Lupa cūra e amaōmulus e emus crēscun
ōmulus e emus aedifican
Answers to ldquoFind more examples of accusatives and their verbs from the reading passage at the beg in-ning of the chapterrdquo
duōs īliōs habe ōmulum e emum
hēam Silviam claudi
ōmulum e emum pōni
ōmulum e emum bene cūra e ama
ōmam aedifican
TEACHING TIPSudens may encouner diffi culy when r ying o ransl ae Lain names used in cases o her han henominaive Te eacher a some poin will need o explain (and repea whenever necessary) ha when ransla ing a La in name he suden should al ways use he nominaive o rm o he word Onp 7 sudens are asked o find examples o accusaives and heir verbs in he reading passage Teanswers lised above provide an opporuniy o pracice wih his issue emind sudens o rans-lae duōs īliōs habet Rōmulum et Remum as ldquohe has wo sons omulus and emusrdquo Te oher ouranswers may be used as pracice wih he sudens
EXERCISE 3a Ideniy wheher he nouns in bold in hese senences are subjecs direc objecs or predi
TEACHER BY THE WAYIn conjuncion wih he picure and is capion he eacher may wish o menion ha he amil-ilar acronym o SPQ is sill in use and visible hroughou modern ome991252on liter bins sewercovers ec
Standards11 41
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 4854
8 bull Latin for the New Millennium
8 bull Latin for the New Millennium
a Ideniy wheher he nouns in bold in hese senences are subjecs direc objecs or predi-cae nominaives Te eading Vocabulary may be consuled
b Label each senence as vērum (rue) i i agrees or alsum (alse) i i disagrees wih he Lainreading passage a he beginni ng o he chaper
Example Amūlius es deusPredicae nominaive alsum
1 hēa Silvia ōmulum e emum cūra
2 Amūlius ōmulum e emum bene cūra
3 Amūlius lupam vinculīs claudi
4 Mārs ōmulum e emum in aquam pōni
5 Lupa hēam Silviam cūra
6 Amūlius ad aquam ambula
Te power of he ciy of Rome founded according o legend by Romulus is symbolized by hese four leters ha areprominenly displayed in various places wihin he ciy
EXERCISE 3 ANSWERS
1 subjec vērum
2 direc objecs alsum
3 direc objec alsum
4 subjec alsum
5 direc objec alsum
6 subjec vērum
WorkbookExercise 2 A full si ze reproduc ible version of th is page
without the a nswers ca n be downloade d at wwwlnm bolchazyco m
HOW TO USE THIS BOOK
Noun Declensions Te eacher may choose Lain nouns rom he declension ha is being sudied a he imehis workshee is used Tus no answers are provided here
LANGUAGE FACT III
TEACHING TIP Ask he sudens wha he Lain words seleced rom he reading and lised near he op o p 9 mean
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 4954
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull 9
Chapter 1 bull 9
FIRST DECLENSION NOUNS A declension is a g roup o nouns ha show a cerain patern o word endings Tere are five differ-en declensions in Lain In he reading abou omulus and emus hese are he orms belongingo he firs declension
hēam Silviam hēa Silvia aquam lupa ōmam
Noice ha he ex says Rhēa Silvia when she is he subjec and Rhēam Silviam when she is hedirec objec
Te firs declension is composed o words ha characerisically have he vowel a a or near heend o he word lupa
Below is he patern ha firs declension nouns ollow o show case and number Memorize heLain words in order rom he nominaive singular down o he ablaive singular and hen romhe nominaive plural down o he ablaive plural
emember ha he endings or a whole group o nouns ollow his patern Once you learn hi spatern you can recognize he case a nd number o all he words belonging o hi s declension
In his chaper you have begun o learn abou he nominaive and accusai ve cases Te ohercases will be explained in laer chapers
First DeclensionSingular Plural
Nomina ive l upa he she-wol Nominaive lupae he she-wolves
Geniive lupae o he she-wol Geniive lupārum o he she-wolves
Daive lupae oor he she-wol Daive lupīs oor he she-wolves
Accusaive lupam he she-wol Accusaive lupās he she-wolves
Ablaive lupā bywih he she-wol Ablaive lupīs bywih he she-wolves
Daive and ablaive plural o he words īlia ldquodaugherrdquo and dea ldquogoddessrdquo is fīliābus anddeābusTis is o di singuish hese orms rom he corresponding orms o īlius ldquosonrdquo and deus ldquogodrdquo
STUDY TIP
Noice ha he ablaive singular ending -ā has a long mark (macron) above i his ishe only difference beween he nominaive and ablaive singular endings
TEACHING TIP
Afer he firs declension has been presened o he sudens encourage hem depending on heirlearning syle o say he declension aloud o wrie down he words o inven a rap or a cheer
TEACHER BY THE WAY
Te patern is called a declension because he oher cases lean away ( dēclīnāre) rom he nominaiveie hey do no ollow he same orm as he nominaive
ORAL EXERCISE 1Tis exercise may be used afer the 1047297rst declension has been presented
Whi le looking a he declension o lupa ask he sudens o decli ne nauta
Singular PluralNominaive naua nauaeGeniive nauae nauārumDaive nauae nauīs Accusaive nauam nauās Ablaive nauā nauīs
Standards11 31 41
OralExercise 1
WorkbookExercise 3
STUDY TIP
Noice ha he daive and ablaive plural endings a re idenical
EXERCISE 4 ANSWERS1 geniive daive puellār um puellī s
2 accusaive nauās
3 accusaive errās
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 5054
10 bull Latin for the New Millennium
10 bull Latin for the New Millennium
Here are more words belonging o he fi rs declension
puella ndash girl īlia ndash daugher terra ndash land
Mos firs declension words are eminine i n gender bu a ew (usually ones ha indicae mas-culine occupaions in ancien imes) are masculine Examples are poēta ldquopoerdquoagricola ldquoarmerrdquonauta ldquosailorrdquo āthlēta ldquoahleerdquo
EXERCISE 4Ideniy he case o each singular noun Ten change each orm ino plural For some more han
one answer is possibleExample īlianominaive īliae
1 puellae 5 aquae2 nauam 6 puellā3 erram 7 āhlēā4 a gr ic ol a
Like he Greek wreslers porrayed on his ancien bas-reliefRoman ahlees were also fond of he spor of wresling
4 nominaive agricolae
5 geniive daive aquārum aquīs
6 ablaive puellīs
7 ablaive āhlēīs
TEACHING TIP
Since wreslers are depiced on he illusraion on his page he eacher may wish o open a discus-
sion abou he omansrsquo and Greeksrsquo ondness or wresling which was ofen praciced in a complexcalled he palaestra
oman boys were expeced o serve in he m iliary Tus hey were firs rained by heir ahers in wreslingand boxing Srengh and agiliy were sressed raher han grace o movemen as in Greek spors Te woprincipal syles uilized by he Greek were uprigh wresling in which hree alls o your opponen o heground were necessary o deea him and ground wresling which required he opponen o give up in ordero end he mach In he palaes tra here was an area or he young people o pracice wresling or boxing wih apunching bag (cōrycus) Examples o monumenal oman bahs wih a palaest ra are ound a he Bahs o Ca-racalla in ome he Harbor Bahs a Ephesus in urkey and he Bahs in Varna Bulgaria he larges anciensrucure in ha counry
Wresling was also one o he spor evens a he Olympic games ha he omans ofen atended Greco-oman wresling is also one o he evens eaured in he summer Olympic games in modern imes
TEACHING TIPTe eacher migh wan o have sudens read an English ranslaion o Book 23 o he Iliad in which Ajax a nd Odysseus compee in a wre sling m ach and Book 5 o he Aeneid or a descripion o hespors ha he omans played and compare he atiude o he compeiors in each epic Boh evens were par o he uneral games he ormer in honor o Paroclu s riend and atendan o Achil lesand he later in honor o Anchises aher o Aeneas Tis migh lead o urher discussion on henaure o modern wresling
Standards11 41
EXERCISE 5Ideniy he case o each plural noun Ten change each orm ino he singular For some more
TEACHING TIPSudens may wonder why he geniive singular w ihou is ending mus be used o find he base whenhe nominaive singular wihou is ending works jus as well Explain ha in oher noun declensionshe nominaive will no always provide he same base or have he same spelling as he geniive
Standards11 41
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 5154
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull 11
Chapter 1 bull 11
han one answer is possible
Example puellāsaccusaive puellam
1 īliae 5 aquīs2 errīs 6 poēārum3 nauārum 7 agricolae4 l upa e
BY THE WAY
In all declensions endings are added o he base o a noun I is imporan o know hahe base o a noun is ound by removing he ending rom is geniive si ngular orm Forexample he geniive singular o puella is puellae I you remove he -ae rom puellae
wha remains is he base o he word namely puell- For his reason learning he geni-ive singular is as imporan as knowing he nominaive singular o he noun
STUDY TIP
Always learn he geniive ogeher wih he nominaive because rom he geniive you will know o which declension a word belongs
A wall paining depic ing a Roman farmer (agricola) wih his sheep
EXERCISE 5 ANSWERS
1 nominaive īl ia
2 daive ablaive errae errā
3 geniive nauae
4 nominaive lupa
5 daive ablaive aquae aquā
6 geniive poēae7 nominaive agricola
HOW TO USE THIS BOOKIn his book he word ldquobaserdquo is used o reer o he noun wihou any ending ldquoStemrdquo is used or he par o he verb wihou any ending ldquoootrdquo is used or he Lain par o a derivaive
ORAL EXERCISE 2Tis exercise may be used afer Exercise 5
Use one o he ollowing classroom presenaion opions (hereafer reerred o as CPO) (blackgreenwhiesmar board overhead or LCD projecor PowerPoinreg presenaion ec) o pu his inormaion on view
quis ldquowhordquo (or he subjec) and quem ldquowhomrdquo (or he direc objec)
Ten ask he suden o answer he ollowing quesions abou he chaper reading eiher orally or in wri-
en orm
1 Teacher Quis es Mārs Student Mārs es deus
2 Teacher Quem ama Mārs Student hēam Silviam Mārs ama
3 Teacher Quis ama hēam Silviam Student Mārs ama hēam Silviam
4 Teacher Quem habe hēa Silvia Student hēa Silvia duōs īliōs ōmulum eemum habe
5 Teacher Quis claudi hēam Silviam Student Amūlius claudi hēam Silviam
6 Teacher Quem claudi Amūlius Student hēam Silviam Amūlius claudi
7 Teacher Quis ōmulum e emum in aquampōni
Student Amūlius ōmulum e emum in aquampōni
8 Teacher Quem Amūlius in aquam pōni Student Amūlius ōmulum e emum in aquampōni
9 Teacher Quis ambula ad aquam Student Lupa ambula ad aquam
10 Teacher Quis ōmulum e emum bene cūra Student Lupa ōmulum e emum bene cūra
11 Teacher Quōs lupa bene cūra Student Lupa ōmulum e emum bene cūra
12 Teacher Quis ōmulum e emum a ma Student Lupa ōmulum e emum ama
13 Teacher Quōs lupa ama Student Lupa ōmulum e emum ama
OralExercise 2
WorkbookExercise
4 5
EXERCISE 6ranslae rom Lain ino English and rom English ino Lain Te mos common Lain word
d
TEACHER BY THE WAYTe eacher may menion ha he mos common word order (subjec ndash direc objec ndash verb) can o-en be changed For example i he verb is o be emphasized i will ake firs posiion I he subjecor he direc objec is o be emphasized i will ake he las posiion which is he mos emphaic oneIn general he more unusual he wordrsquos posiion is he more emphasis is placed on his word
Standards11 41
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 5254
12 bull Latin for the New Millennium
12 bull Latin for the New Millennium
order is
subjec ndash direc objec ndash verb
1 Agricola erram ama
2 Te ahlee loves waer
3 Naua īlia m ama
4 Te poe loves ome
5 Agricola erram cūra
6 Te she-wol cares or (is aking care o) he girl
BY THE WAY
Even hough he mos common word order is subjec ndash di rec objec ndash verb rememberha endings991252no word order991252deermine which word is he subjec and which i s hedirec objec
TALKING When we mee one person we gree herhim wih salvē When we mee wo or more people wegree hem wih salvēte When we bid goodbye o one person we sayvalē When we bid goodbyeo wo or more people we say valēte
Here are various ways o ask ldquohow are yourdquo or ldquohow are you doingrdquo
Quōmodo valēs or Quōmodo tē habēs or Quid agis ldquoHow are yourdquo
Here is a range o possible answers
bene ldquowellrdquo pessimē ldquovery badrdquo optimē ldquogreardquo melius ldquobeterrdquo mediocriter ldquoso-sordquo or ldquono oo badrdquo meliusculē ldquoa litle beterrdquo male ldquobadrdquo
In general he more unusual he word s posiion is he more emphasis is placed on his word
EXERCISE 6 ANSWERS
1 Te armer loves he land
2 Āhlēa aquam ama
3 Te sailor loves (his) daugher
4 Poēa ōmam ama
5 Te armer cares or (is aking care o) he land6 Lupa puellam cūra
TEACHING TIP
Te eacher may sar he class in Lain by saying Salvēte discipulī et discipulae and by eaching hesudens o say in reurn Salvē magister (magistra)
ORAL EXERCISE 3Tis exercise may be used anytime afer the students have learned the use o the accusative case or afer Exercise 6
Use one o he CPOrsquos o pu on display he orms amō and cūrō and explai n ha hey a re in he fir s personsingular and how his differs rom he hird person singular learned in his chaper Ask individual sudens omake senences wih hem using he words hey have learned
Ten ell he sudens ha nōn means ldquonordquo and ask hem o make si milar senences wih nōn amō and nōn cūrō
Examples(nōn) amō erram īliam aquam lupam āhlēam(nōn) cūrō erram īliam puellam
WorkbookExercise 6
ContentQuestions
OralExercise 3
Standards12 21 41
42
SAYING HELLOMarīa Helena e Chrisīna sun (are) discipulae (students)
TEACHING TIPHave sudens read he dialogue aloud Tis will help o build heir pronunciaion skills
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 5354
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull 13
Chapter 1 bull 13
Marīa Salvēe Helena e Chrisīna
Christīna Salvē Marīa
Helena Salvē Marīa
Marīa Quōmodo valēs Helena Quōmodo valēs Chrisīna
Helena et Christīna Bene Quōmodo ū ( you) valēs Marīa
Marīa Pessimē
Helena et Christīna Cūr (Why)
Marīa imeō linguam Laīnam ( I ear the Latin language)Helena Ego ( I ) linguam Laīnam amō
Christīna E ego linguam Laīnam amō
ORAL EXERCISE 4
Tis exercise may be used afer he Lain dialogue has been presened
Insruc he sudens o say ldquohellordquo in Lain o he suden nex o hem Divide he class ino wo pars ellone par o gree he oher par using he plural greeing and vice versa Do he same ype o aciviy whensaying ldquogoodbyerdquo You may wish o make greeing he class in Lain a nd saying ldquogoodbyerdquo in Lain a par oa daily rouine
Divide he sudens ino pairs in which one person will ask how hisher parner is in Lain and he oher
wil l answer
ORAL EXERCISE 5
Tis exercise may be used afer he Lain dialogue has been presened
ell he sudens ha he paricle ndashne is added o he firs syllable o a word ha inroduces a quesion Ten askhe ollowing quesions abou he dialogue beween Mary Helen and Chrisy Individual sudens may answerorally or he enire class may wrie he answers as he eacher asks hem orally Te eacher should explain hahe orm valēs in he greeing Quōmodo valēs is in he second person which means ldquoyourdquo Te hird person orm(reerring o ldquoherrdquo ldquohimrdquo or ldquoirdquo) is valet So he phrase ldquoHow is she doingrdquo would be Quōmodo valet Te hirdperson o amō is amat and he hird person o timeō is timet
1 Teacher Quōmodo Chrisīna vale Student(s) Chrisīna bene vale
2 Teacher Quōmodo Marīa vale Student(s) Marīa pessimē vale
3 Teacher Cūr (why) Marīa pessimē vale Student(s) Marīa ime linguam Lainam4 Teacher Amane l inguam L aīnam Helena Student(s) Helena linguam Laīnam ama
5 Teacher Linguamne Laīnam ama Chrisīna Student(s) Chrisīna linguam Laīnam ama
ORAL EXERCISE 6 AND DICTATIONTis combined exercise may be used to conclude the chapter or at any time afer the students have learned the accusa-tive case and chapter vocabulary
Dicae he ollowing senences o he sudens Ten ask hem o make he ollowing changes eiher orally orin writen orm a he discreion o he eacher
1 Teacher Agricol a erram ama (change he direc objec ino plura l)Student Agricola errās ama
2 Teacher Lupa puellam cūra (change he direc objec ino plural)
Student Lupa puellās cūra3 Teacher Āhlēa puel lās ama (change he direc objec ino singu lar)
Student Āhlēa puellam ama
4 Teacher Fīlia errās ama (change he direc objec ino singular)Student Fīlia erram ama
OralExercise
4 5 6 andDictation
TEACHER NOTES
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 5454
14 bull Latin for the New Millennium
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 2854
xxii bull Latin for the New Millennium
xxii bull L atin for the New Millennium
ROSE WILLIAMS
BA Baylor Universiy MA Universiy o Norh Carolina Chapel Hill
In addiion o posgraduae work in Lain and Humaniies a he Universiy o Dallas and heUniversiy o exas a Arlingon on a ockeeller Gran ose Williams did research a he Bodle-ian Library Ox ord Universiy in England and a he Universiy o Pisa She augh Lain or overhiry years a boh high school and uni versiy levels in exas and now is he auhor o more hanen books abou he Classics
DONNA WRIGHT
BA MA Ball Sae Universiy
Afer eaching Lain a Carmel High School Donna Wrigh currenly eaches a boh LawrenceNorh and Lawrence Cenral High Schools in Indianapolis Indiana She has been an acivemember o he Indiana Classical Conerence being named Creaive Lain eacher o he Year in1976 She has also been acive i n he American Classical League sponsoring a JCL chaper andleading Ialy rips or nearly weny years Donna also served as an offi cer speaker and boardmember o Pompeiiana Inc
PILOT TEACHERS JEREMY M WALKER
AB Wabash College MA Indiana Universiy
Jeremy Walker has augh Lain a Crown Poin High School in Crown Poin Indiana since1995 He has served as he Co-Chair o he Indiana Junior Classical League and Membershipand Public elaions Chair o he Naional Junior Classical League In addiion o sudying inIaly a he Inercollegiae Cener or Classical Sudies and in Greece a he American School orClassical Sudies he was presiden o he Indiana Classical Conerence In 2003 Jeremy was rec-ognized as he Lain eacher o he Year in Indiana and in 2004 was recognized by he Indiana
Sae eachers Associaion as a orch o K nowledge ecipien
LANETTA WARRENBURG
BA Indiana Universiy MA Indiana Universiy-Purdue Universiy Indianapolis
Laneta Warrenburg has augh high school English and Lain or hiry-hree years a schoolsin Indiana and Illinois Her las weny-our years o eaching Lain were a Elgin High Schoolin Elgin Illinois While eaching Lain here she served as he Illinois Classical Conerencechairperson or Chicago Classics Day as co-chair or he Illinois Ceramen League since 1993and as sae chair or he Il linois Junior Classical L eague rom 1999ndash2001 Laneta was honoredas he Illi nois Lain eacher o he Year in 2001 and was presiden o he Chicago Classical Clubrom 2005ndash2007
INTRODUCTION
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 2954
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull xxiii
INTRODUCTIONALPHABETTe Lain alphabe was derived rom he Eruscan alphabe some ime beore he sevenh cen-ury 983138983139983141 Te Eruscans were a people in pre-oman Ialy
Teir alphabe owes much o he Greek alphabe In urn he Greek alphabe was derived romhe Phoenician alphabe Phoenician raders had spread heir sysem o wriing h roughou he
Medierranean region Te Phoenician alphabe isel can be raced o he Norh Semiic alpha- be which was used in Syria and Palesine as early as he elevenh cenury 983138983139983141 and is consideredo be he earlies ully developed alphabeic wriing sysem
An Eruscan couple reclining on a funeral sarcophagus
bull xxiii bull
Sandard41
EDITORrsquoS NOTE
Te comprehension quesions and answers as well as some o he eaching ips and eacher by he Way noa-ions in his eacher manual were writen by Elisa C Denja LeaAnn A Osburn Karen Lee Singh and DonaldE Sprague classics ediorseducaors a Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers
HOW TO USE THIS BOOK
Please noe ha he perinen naional Classics sandards are lised in he margin o he lef or righ on he samepage as he reproducion o he suden ex
Eisemann Communicaion assised in preparing he correlaions o Lain o r he New Mil lennium wih he
naional sandards For an overview o he sandards hemselves and he correlaions please consul www bolchazyl nmcom
TEACHING TIP
Te eacher may choose o use he picure o he Eruscan couple on his page and he brie meniono he Eruscan alphabe o open a discussion on wha role he Eruscans played in early omanimes Sudens may be direced o p xxx ii o find Eruria on he map
TEACHING TIPTe eacher may wish o discuss wih he sudens he erm ldquoomance languagesrdquo Many modernlanguages come rom he language used by he ancien omans French Ialian Poruguese Span-ish omanian ec omansch (spoken by he descendans o he aeians and one o he our o-ficial languages o Swizerland) is also derived rom Lain
TEACHER BY THE WAYBased on archeological evidence i appears ha Eruscan women were an imporan par o hesocial srucure Ofen he names o boh moher and aher were placed on unerary inscripionsTe reedom o women wihin sociey is likewise apparen on monumens where hey can be seenreclining wih heir husbands on he same couch atending games and having a place o honor in heomb isel Noice he affecionae pose o he couple in he illusraion on p xxiii Clearly marriedlove was valued in Eruscan sociey and amily lie was imporan
ombs also provide evidence or he syle o Eruscan homes Some o hese eaures were borrowed by heomans especially he cenral hall and hree rooms a he back Tis ype o house was known a Pompeii as well as a ome ac cording o Viru vius auhor o Dē archiecūrā
TEACHING TIP
Te eacher may wish o have sudens read an English ranslaion o Livyrsquos radiional accouno anaquil wie o arquinius Priscus he fifh king o ome Te independence o Eruscan women is ev iden in hi s ale He r behavior is he ani hesis o he ideas o woma nly dec orum hel d by he omans
TEACHING TIPS d ill j i i h E li h ldquo lph b rdquo pl i h E li h l t ih h
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 3054
xxiv bull Latin for the New Millennium
xxiv bull Latin for the New Millennium
Look a he English alphabe in he lef column and a he Lain alphabe in he righ one TeLain alphabe is accompanied by he names o he Lain leters (in parenheses)
English Alphabe Lain Alphabe
Uppercase Lowercase Uppercase Lowercase Leter Name
A a A a (a ldquoăhrdquo)
B b B b (be ldquobayrdquo)
C c C c (ce ldquocayrdquo)
D d D d (de ldquodayrdquo)
E e E e (e ldquoĕhrdquo)
F F (e)
G g G g (ge ldquogayrdquo)H h H h (ha ldquohahrdquo)
I i I i (i ldquoeerdquo)
J j
K k K k (ka ldquokahrdquo)
L l L l (el)
M m M m (em)
N n N n (en)
O o O o (o ldquoŏhrdquo)
P p P p (pe ldquopayrdquo)
Q q Q q (qu ldquokoordquo)
r r (er)
S s S s (es)
(e ldquoayrdquo)
U u U u (u ldquooordquo)
V v V v (u consonan)
W w
X x X x (ix ldquoeexrdquo)
Y y Y y (upsilon)
Z z Z z (zea ldquodzayardquo)
Te English alphabe is derived direcly rom he Lain alphabe Tis accouns or he greasimilariies b eween he wo alphabes Tere are 26 leters in he English alphabe and 24 in heLain Te differences are he ollowing
bull Te leter W w (which is he doubled leter v) is missing in he Lain alphabe
bull Te leter J j is a more recen invenion In ac i appears in Lain exs writen during heMiddle Ages and he enaissance as well as i n many modern ediions o ancien Lain exsI is used o indicae he semi-vowel i someimes called consonanal i Te consonanal i is
Sudens will enjoy singing he English alphabe song replacing he English leter names wih heLain leter names Sudens may be insruced o clap once where here is no Lain leter name (egldquoJrdquo) equivalen o he English one
TEACHING TIPTe eacher may choose o display any Lain words (a lis is provided below or he eacherrsquos conve-nience) and insruc he sudens o spell ou he word using he Lain leter names Te sudensmay become curious o know wha he Lain words mean Definiions are given below
bull pars ndash par
bull nox ndash nigh
bull ruber ndash red
bull ēgī ndash I have done
bull amilia ndash amily
bull carō ndash 1047298esh
bull dēcernō ndash I decide
bull herba ndash plan
bull Kalendae ndash Kalends (firs day o he monh)
bull quoque ndash also
bull imor ndash ear
bull Pȳhia ndash Pyhia (name o Apollorsquos priesess)
bull iēcī ndash I hrew
bull ēlīx - happy bull ignis ndash fire
bull mūō ndash I change
COMPREHENSION QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS FOR PAGES XXIII991251XXVeproducible versions o he quesions alone are available a wwwlnm bolchazycom
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 3154
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull xxv
Introduction bull xxv
he i a he beginning o a word beore a vowel or i beween wo vowels According o hismehod or example Iūlius is writen Jūlius and Āiax is writen Ājax In his book he leter J j will no be used
bull Te disincion beween he vowel U u and he consonan V v also belongs o laer imesIniially here was only one leter V u used boh or he vowel and he consonan eg Vrbs ldquoTe Ciyrdquo (ie ome) or uicor ldquohe winnerrdquo
bull However in accord wih he prevail ing pracice o expressing he vowel wih U u and heconsonan wih V v in his book he wo leters will be disingui shed
PRONUNCIATION OF LATIN
VOWELSTere are six vowels in Lain and heir pronunciaion is as ollows
Long Vowel Sound Shor Vowel Sound
ā is pronounced as in ldquoaherrdquo ōrāor ldquooraorrdquo a is pronounced as in ldquoalikerdquo amō ldquoloverdquo
ē is pronounced like he a in ldquoraverdquo nēmō ldquonobodyrdquo e is pronounced as in ldquoperdquo bene ldquowellrdquo
ī is pronounced like he double e in ldquoseenrdquo līmes ldquoboundaryrdquo
i is pronounced as in ldquopirdquo nihil ldquonohingrdquo
ō is pronounced as in ldquosoverdquo videō ldquo(I) seerdquo o is pronounced as in ldquoofenrdquorosa ldquoroserdquo
ū is pronounced as in ldquomoonrdquo ūnus ldquoonerdquo u is pronounced as in ldquopurdquo um ldquohenrdquo
ӯ comes rom Greek and is pronounced in lenghsomewhere beween he i in ldquohirdquo and he u in ldquomuerdquo Pӯramus ldquoPyramusrdquo
y comes rom Greek Is sound wheher long or shorlies in beween he sounds o i and u much as in heFrench ldquosucircrrdquo bu he sound o shor y is less drawn ouhan ha o long y lyricus ldquolyricalrdquo
Te Lain words senātus rēgēsulla gentēs and prīmus are
engraved on his sone
Sign from Pompeii carved on sone wih Lain leters
p q
1 race he roos o he Lain alphabe rom is beginnings orward
Norh-Semiic alphabe elevenh cenury 983138983139983141 Phoenician alphabe Greek alphabe Erusca n alphabeLain alphabe
2 Which wo leters in he English alphabe are no ound in he Lain alphabe
W and J
3 When does he leter J begin o appear in Lain
During he Middle Ages and he enaissa nce
4 Look a he Lain inscripion on he sign rom Pompeii (on he righ o p xxv) Find a leas hree Lain words Lis an Engl ish word you believe is based on he La in word
colonia 991252 colonial colony honoris 991252 honorspecacula 991252 specacular specacle perpevom 991252 perpeual perpeuiy duovir 991252 virile virili
Sandards12 41
TEACHING TIPSudens may wan o know he English meanings o he Lain words in Exercises 1 and 2 Te defini-
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 3254
xxvi bull Latin for the New Millennium
xxvi bull L atin for the New Millennium
BY THE WAY
Everywhere in his book long vowels are indicaed by macrons ie ā ē ī ō ū ӯ whileabove he shor vowels here are no signs Someimes wo words differ rom each oheronly in he lengh o he vowel For example mālum wih a longa means ldquoapplerdquo whilemalum wih a shor a means ldquobad hingrdquo
EXERCISE 1epea hese words aloud afer your eacher pronounces hem
1 a lō 7 lēnis 13 probō 19 sūor2 alumnus 8 sēdēs 14 noa 20 ūsus3 rāna 9 i er 15 pōnō 21 syllaba4 rādō 10 imeō 16 dōnum 22 Pӯrēnē5 eneō 11 nīor 17 ululō6 peō 12 mīrus 18 lupus
DIPHTHONGSDiphhongs are wo vowels combined in one syllable and pronounced ogeher as one soundTere are six diphhongs in Lain
bull ae much like he y in ldquoskyrdquo laevus ldquo lefrdquo
bull au pronounced as ou in ldquoourrdquo aurum ldquo goldrdquo
bull ei pronounced as ei in ldquoeignrdquo oiei ldquoalasrdquo
bull eu pronounced eoo much as i in he wo words ldquogrey bluerdquo you were o subrac he ldquogr-rdquo andhe ldquobl-rdquo and combine he wo vowel sounds Eurōpa ldquoEuroperdquo
bull oe pronounced as oy in ldquoboyrdquo proelium ldquo batlerdquo
bull ui pronounced nearly like ldquowerdquohui ldquoohrdquo
I is believed ha quie early sill in ancien imes he diphhongs ae and oe began o be pro-nounced as e I you encouner hem writen aē or aeuml and oē or oeuml his means ha hey are nodiphhongs and he leters should be pronounced separaely āēr poēa
Te diphhongs are always long
EXERCISE 2epea hese words afer your eacher pronounces hem
1 aesās 7 s eu 13 aēneus2 a equō 8 m oenia 14 poēma3 raeda 9 neu 15 hei4 l audō 10 poena 16 huic5 a u 11 neuer6 aula 12 Poenus
Sudens may wan o know he English meanings o he Lain words in Exercises 1 and 2 Te definiions are provided or he eacherrsquos convenience
EXERCISE 11 I nourish 12 wonderul
2 suden 13 I approve
3 rog 14 noe
4 I scrape 15 I pu
5 I hold 16 gif6 I seek 17 I howl
7 smooh 18 wol
8 sea 19 shoemaker
9 journey 20 use
10 I ear 21 sylla ble
11 I srive 22 Pȳrene (a name)
EXERCISE 21 summer
2 I make level
3 carriage
4 I praise5 or
6 orecour
7 or i
8 walls
9 and no
10 penaly
11 neiher
12 Carhaginian
13 bronze
14 poem
15 ah
16 o his
TEACHER BY THE WAYHisorical evidence can be cied or reading he firs syllable o ldquomāgnusrdquo as naurally long bu oher
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 3354
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull xxvii
Introduction bull xxvii
CONSONANTSbull c is pronounced as in ldquocomerdquo clārus ldquobrighrdquo censeō ldquo(I) deemrdquo cārus ldquodearrdquo
bull When b is ollowed by s as in urbs ldquociyrdquo he sound o b approaches ha o p a sound wemigh represen as urps
bull g is pronounced as in ldquogerdquo gaudiumldquojoyrdquo gignō ldquo(I) bege (I) bearrdquo grāialdquoavor agreeablenessrdquo
bull Some hink ha he omans o Cicerorsquos ime (firs cenury 983138983139983141) pronounced he wo conso-nans ng as ngn or example he adjecive māgnus ldquogreardquo would have been pronounced in a
way ha we migh represen asmangnus
bull k is a very rare consonan In ac i appears only in wo words Kalendae ldquohe firs day oevery monh in he oman calendarrdquo and in he personal name Kaeso
bull q appears always in combinaion wih u and he combinaion qu is pronounced as in ldquoqueenrdquoquatuor ldquoourrdquo
bull v has a sound similar o w (as in he word ldquowierdquo) videō ldquo I seerdquo
bull Te consonanu in he combinaion su sounds like he English w in he ollowing our wordssuēscō ldquo(I) become accusomedrdquoSuēvī a name o a German ribe suādeō ldquo(I) adviserdquo suāvis ldquosweerdquo
bull Te leter r is rilled slighly Te sound has no exac equivalen in English bu is heard inmany oher European languages Te bes way o make his sound is o pronounce r as inldquoroperdquo bu vibrae he end o he ongue slighly as you say i
bull x is a double consonan (equivalen ocs or gs) ha sounds much like he x in ldquosixrdquo
bull z is a noher double consonan (equivalen o dz) and sounds almos like z in ldquozebrardquo I be-gins wih a sligh d sound firs so in pronouncing his leter you should hear dz
bull ph sounds like p in ldquopenrdquo bu wih he addiion o a sligh breah o air represened by he hth sounds like t as in ldquo omrdquo bu wih he addiion o a sligh ex ra breahing represened byhe h ch sounds nearly like he combinaion kh Tese consonans are borrowed rom Greek
and appear in Greek words zephyrus ldquowesern breezerdquo chorus ldquochorusrdquo heārum ldquoheaerrdquo When p and t are no accompanied by h his sligh aspiraion is absen
bull When consonans are doubled as in he verbaggredior he consonanal sound is lenghenedslighly
EXERCISE 3epea hese words afer your eacher pronounces hem
1 cibus 7 glōria 13 phasēlus2 capiō 8 Zeus 14 chara3 cumulus 9 bibliohēca 15 cēlō4 crēscō 10 phi losophia 16 anīquus5 gemma 11 zōna6 Gallus 12 heōrēma
g y g y gevidence suggess i is naurally shor Tus in some grammar books such as he one by Gildersleeveand Lodge we find his syllable marked as long bu in oher books i is reaed as shor
TEACHING TIPTe sudens may also wish o find ou he meanings o he Lain words in Exercise 3 Te definiionsare provided or he eacherrsquos convenience
EXERCISE 3
1 ood2 I ake
3 a heap
4 I grow
5 bud jewel
6 a Gaul
7 glory
8 Zeus
9 library
10 philosophy
11 a girdle
12 heory
13 kidney bean
14 paper
15 I hide
16 old
TEACHING TIPTe eacher may wish o provide he sudens wih some pracice on syllables and sress accen Here
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 3454
xxviii bull Latin for the New Millennium
xxviii bull Latin for the New Millennium
ACCENT A Lain word is made up no jus o leters bu also o syllables A Lain word has as many syllablesas i has vowels or diphhongs (a diphhong works like a single vowel since i is made up o wo
vowels pronounced ogeher [see diphhongs above])
You will need o know he ollowing erms when learning abou accen
bull ulima he las syllable in a word
bull penul he second-o-las syllable in a word
bull anepenul he hird-o-las syllable in a word
So in he word ze- ph y-r us he vowel u is he ulima y is he penul and e is he anepenul
RULES ABOUT THE STRESS ACCENT IN LATIN1 Te sress accen in Lain alls on eiher he penul or he anepenul
2 Te accen alls on he penul i he penul is long I he penul is shor he accen alls onhe anepenul
3 How o deermine wheher he penul is long or shor
a I he penul conains a long vowel (or any diphhong) he penul isel is long You o-en need o learn wheher he vowel in he penul is long or shor as a basic elemen inlearning a new word A macron above he vowel will ell you ha he vowel is long whi lehe absence o a macron wil l indicae a shor vowel Pronouncing he word can help youremember he vowel lenghs For ex ample vi-de-ō ldquoI seerdquo is pronounced viacutedeō whileau-rō-ra ldquodawnrdquo is pronounced aurōacutera and po-pu-lus ldquopeoplerdquo is pronounced po pulus
b I he vowel in he penul is ollowed by wo or more consonans he penul is long no
mater wheher he vowel in he penul is long or shor and he accen necessarily allson he penul For example do-cu-men-um ldquodocumenrdquo is pronounced documenacuteum
BY THE WAYTe consonan x is double (cs or gs) and couns as wo consonans when deermining
wheher he penul is long
c Tere is one excepion o lsquobrsquo above Someimes even when here are wo consonans be-ween he penul and he ulima hey sill do no deermine ha he penul is long Tishappens when he wo consonans are a mue and a liquid
Te mues are p b d t g c
Te liquids are l r
So in he word pal-pe-bra ldquoeyelidrdquo he anepenul is accened ( palacutepebra) he vowel o he pe-nul is shor since i i s ollowed by a mue and a l iquid O course ru le lsquoarsquo sill applies in he wordhe-ā-trum ldquoheaerrdquo he penul is accened (heāacuterum) since i is naurally long somehing welearn rom he macron
y p p yare some examples wih he answers included or he eacherrsquos convenience
Underline he ulima in each word
1 legō
2 rēgis
3 imperāor
Underline he penul in each word
1 causa
2 pūnīum3 armāus
Underline he anepenul in each word
1 vulnerō
2 eigī
3 sublāum
Underline he penul i i is long
1 pōnō
2 spēlunca
3 pauperis
Underline he syllable ha will receive he sress accen in each word1 ōrāculum
2 peīum
3 cōnsania
4 exsīncum
5 vulneris
6 solius
TEACHING TIPGiven he passage abou he bahhouse on his page and he picure rom Bah England he
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 3554
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull xxix
EXERCISE 4epea each senence aloud afer your eacher reads i Pay atenion o he pronunciaion andsress accen o each word
Wha i is Like o Live Over a Bahhouse
(Adaped rom Seneca Moral Leter 56)
Ecce undique clāmor sona Suprā ipsum balneum habiō Prōpōne nunc ibi omnia genera vōcumodiōsa Foriōrēs exercenur e manūs plumbō gravēs iacan cum au labōran au labōranemimianur Gemiūs audiō quoiēns spīrium remīsērun Sun quoque ūncōrēs e racāōrēs
Audiō crepium manuum umerōs erienium sonus quoque icuum mūāur nunc enim manusperveni plāna nunc concava Audiō clāmōrēs sī ūr es i n balneō dēprehēnsus
Look here is noise sounding all around I live above he bahhouse isel Imagine o yourselnow all he haeul ypes o voices Te sronger ones exercise hemselves and swing heir ha ndsloaded wih lead weighs while hey work ou991252or imiae a person working ou I hear moansevery ime hey le go a ltpen-upgt breah Tere are also anoiners and masseurs I hear he slapo hands hiting shoulders and he sound o he blows changes or someimes he hands come1047298a someimes cupped I hear shouing i a hie is caugh in he bahhouse
A pool from inside he Roman Bahs in Bah England
Introduction bull xxix
eacher may wish o open a discussion abou bahs during oman i mes Te use o he calidārium fīgid ārium epidārium and sūdārium may be explained by he eacher and sudens may be en-couraged o learn andor pronounce hese words
TEACHER BY THE WAYBahs were ofen consruced on locaions having ho or mineral springs such as Bah in Englandand Bāiae a resor own on he Bay o Naples
Modern Bah in oman imes was named afer he Celic goddess o healing Sulis In he firscenury her shrine was aken over by he omans and she was idenified wih he goddess Minerva
Te sie was hen known as Aquae Sulis Mine rva In a emple relie she is represened wih a Medusa-like head and a musache
Te spa conained a grea bah (73 f by 29 f) and hree oher swimming pools he calidārium (ho bah)epidārium (warm bah) and fīgidār ium (cold bah) In he second cenury he spring was enclosed wihin a wooden barrel-vau led build ing ha housed hese hree pools Ho ai r bahs were ueled by coal fires A con-san 1047298ow o waer was direced o he pools hrough lead pipes which sill uncion oday
Archeologica l excavaions have revealed ma ny sacred voive offerings c urse ables and innumerable coinsa he botom o he springs Te curse ables writen in Lain heaped curses on anyone suspeced o wrong-doing Te ancien radiion o hrowing coins accompanied by a wish sill prevails oday in ome a he reviFounain where ourissvisiors do he same
More inormaion on bah complexes in ome can be ound on p 386 o his eacherrsquos manual
Sandards22 31
32 41 42
TEACHING TIPTe eacher may wish o insruc he sudens o find he iber iver which is picured here on he
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 3654
xxx bull Latin for the New Millennium
xxx bull Latin for the New Millennium
OVERVIEW OF ROMAN HISTORY According o legend omulus and his win broher emus were se adrif on he iber iver Ashe-wol nursed he boys unil a shepherd rescued hem Upon reaching manhood in 753 983138983139983141he wins ounded a new ciy near he place w here hey had been ound by he she-wol on he
basis o anaugusō auguriō ldquoa avorable sighing o birdsrdquo Bu omulus killed emus in a dispueover who would rule he new ciy and became is firs king
Six oher kings ruled afer omulus Numa Pompilius ullus Hosilius Ancus Marius ar-quinius Prisc us Servius ullius a nd arquinius Superbus (arquin he Proud) Afer he las ohese seven kings was overhrown in 509 983138983139983141 ome became a republic wih a represenaiveorm o governmen headed by wo consuls eleced an nually By 451 983138983139983141 he fi rs corpus o o-man law known as he welve ables was creaed
In he las cenury 983138983139983141 he oman epublic was shaken apar by a series o civil wars By31 983138983139983141 an auocraic regime headed earlier by Julius Caesar and laer by his grea-nephew Oc-avian brough he epublic o an end Te years rom 27 983138983139983141991252when Ocavian assumed heile o prīnceps ldquochie ciizenrdquo as well as he name Augu sus991252o around 180 983139983141 are known ashe early principae or empire During his era ome exended her boundaries o he BriishIsles in he norh Norh Arica in he souh Spain in he wes and he igris and Euphraesrivers in he eas
A view of he iber River as i 1047298ows hrough he ciy of Rome
map on p xxxii
COMPREHENSION QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS FOR PAGE XXX991251XXXI
eproducible versions o he quesions alone are available a wwwlnm bolchazycom
1 Who were he legendary ounders o ome
omulus and emus
2 According o legend in wha year was ome ounded
753 983138983139983141
3 Over he course o he monarchic period how many kings ruled ome
Seven
4 Wha even occurred in 509 983138983139983141
Te beginni ng o he oman epublic (wih wo consuls in charge)
5 Wha is he erm associaed wih he wo leaders o he epublic
Consul
6 Which wo leaders oversaw omersquos shif rom a republic o a principae
Julius Caesar and OcavianAugusu s
7 Wha major aciviy associaed wih empire-building ook place during he principae
erriorial expansion
8 Name wo developmens ha characerized he lae empire
Severe economic problems inernal poliical unres andor requen invasion by he Germanic ribes
9 Describe Diocleianrsquos response o he roubles o he empire
Diocleian divided he empire ino wo halves he Easern and Wesern empires in order o make ruli nghe empire more manageable
10 Explai n he origin o he erm ldquovandalismrdquo
Te fifh cenury invasion and pillag ing o ome by he ribe known as he Vandals who occupied he o-man province o Norh Arica led o he erm ldquovandalismrdquo meaning wanon desrucion
11 Describe Lainrsquos role in he cenuries afer 476 983139983141
Lain 1047298ourished as he major lierary language in he Wesern oman Empire and was spread o non-omanized places like Ireland Scandinavia and he New World
TEACHING TIP
Te eacher may ask he sudens o find he daes menioned on his page in he imeline on pp411ndash414
Sandards21 31 32
TEACHING TIPTe eacher may insruc he sudens o locae ByzaniumConsaninople discussed here in he
d h h ii
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 3754
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull xxxi
Introduction bull xxxi
From 180 983139983141 onwards in he period k nown as he lae empire he oman sae experiencedsevere economic problems and requen invasions by Germanic ri bes esponding o he pres-sure o he firs wave o migraions as well as inernal poliical u nres and economic diffi culieshe emperor Diocleian (ruled 284ndash305 983139983141) had already divided he oman Empire ino anEasern and Wesern hal each under is own emperor991252an atemp o make he vas omansae more manageable
Tis poliical division o he empire acually mirrored a culural division oo he main lan-guage o he Wes was Lain while he main language o he Eas was Greek Shorly aferwardshe emperor Consanine (ruled 312ndash337 983139983141) esablished a new capial or he Easern empirea Byzanium wh ich he renamed Consaninople (ldquohe ciy o Consaninerdquo oday called Isan-
bul) Bu even afer his reorganizaion he imperial governmen ulimaely proved incapable o
semming he ide o he migraions in par because he oman army was oo widely e xendedand could no be in so many places a once Indeed many o he invaders were given he sauso oederāī or ldquoreay roopsrdquo In effec hey were a llowed o occupy segmens o he empire inreurn or proecing i So when Alar ic King o he Visigohs sacked ome in 410 983139983141 he acual lyhad a ile as a commander in he oman army
ome was sacked again in 455 983139983141 by he Vandals who had already occupied he omanprovince o Norh Arica Te pillaging o he ciy o omulus by he invaders made a pro-ound impression on conemporaries and o his day he erm ldquovandalismrdquo is a word in severallanguages or wanon desrucion While he Easern empire (always more sable and eco-nomically prosperous han he Wes) coninued o exis unil 1453 983139983141 he Wesern empire
was ex inc as a poliica l eniy by 476 983139983141 In is place were Germa nic k ingdoms and ribes Angles and Saxons in Briai n Visigohs in Spain Osrogohs in Ialy Franks and Burgundi ansin Gaul991252o name only he major groups Te combinaion o hese new socieies wih heprevious inhabians who had been omanized o varying degrees would one day provide he
basis or he culures o modern Europe
Bu he end o he ancien oman Empire in he Wes was no he end o Lain On he con-rary during he nex 1200 years Lain no only 1047298ourished as he major lierary language in he
erriories o he ormer Wesern oman Empire he use o Lain was exended o regions heomans had never occupied including Ireland Scandinavi a and even he New World
BEGINNINGS OF LATIN LITERATURE Very ew complee works o Lain lieraure produced beore he mid-second cenury 983138983139983141 (ie beore 150 983138983139983141) have survived One reason or his loss was he remendous populariy o he works produced in he ollowing cenury by such auhors as Cicero Vergil and Ovid Teir wri-ings were so widely read and copied in subsequen cenuries ha he auhors preceding hem
were gradually negleced
Among he major figures o early Lain lieraure was a reed slave rom he Greek ciy o aren-um named Livius Andronicus who li ved rom 284ndash204 983138983139983141 He was known or his adapaionso Greek drama or oman audiences and his ranslaion o Homerrsquos Odyssey ino Lain verse
second paragraph on he map on p xxxii
TEACHING TIPTe eacher may ask he sudens o find he daes menioned on his page in he imeline on pp413ndash414
HOW TO USE THIS BOOK AND ITS ANCILLARIES
wo ancillaries are available or use wih his book Te Original Dysuncional Family (abbreviaed ODF)and From Romulus o Romulus Augusulus (abbreviaed R) R will be paricularly useul in order ohelp sudens keep he ime periods o he auhors and o he evens he auhors wroe abou sraigh in heirminds Chaper ile pages will include when appropriae a noaion on wha chaper o R he eachermay wish o assign
TEACHING TIPTe eacher may wish o assign Chaper 1 o he oman hisory ancillary From Romulus o Romu-lus Augusulus a his poin
COMPREHENSION QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS FOR PAGES XXXI991251XXXIVeproducible versions o he quesions alone are available a wwwlnm bolchazycom
1 Whom did he omans consider he aher o Lain lieraure
Ennius
2 Wha was Enniusrsquo mos amous work Is subjec mater
Annālēs was an epic poem abou omersquos early hisory
3 Wha amous Lain saying means ldquoCarhage mus be desroyedrdquo
Carhāgō dēlenda es
4 Who is he auhor o ha saying
Cao he ElderCao he Censor
5 When was Carha ge said o have been desroyed
146 983138983139983141 a he end o he hird Punic war
NB Aler sudens ha he answers o hese comprehension quesions will be ound on p xxxiv
Sandards21 31
R1
TEACHING TIP Ask sudens he English equivalen o cou nries s uch as Briannia and Germānia and he Englishequivalen o he ciies Neāpolis and Ahēnae
Sandard31
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 3854
xxxii bull Latin for the New Millennium
equivalen o he ciies Neāpolis and Ahēnae
A full size r eproducible version of h is page wihou he answe rs can be downloaded a wwwlnm bolchazycom
HOW TO USE THIS BOOK Answers o rep roducible aciviies w ill be gi ven in a larger size bel ow or he eacherrsquos convenience
ANSWERS TO MAP WORK 991251 PAGES XXXII991251XXXIII
1 Crēa Sicilia Corsica Sardinia Cyprus Ihaca Dēlos Brianni a
2 Vesuvius Mōns Aena Mōns Olympus Mōns Āppennīnus Mōns
3 Syria Macedonia Arica Asia
4 mare or ponus
5 Asia Eurōpa Arica
A full siz e reproducible version of his page wihou he answers can be down loaded a wwwln mbolchazycom
Te eacher may wish o have his map enlarged when reproducing i for ease of suden use in compleing his aciviy
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 3954
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull xxxiii
HOW TO USE THIS BOOK
Te answers o his aciviy can be easily seen on he wo acing pages
Te omans regarded Ennius (ca 239 169 983138983139983141) as he aher o Lain lieraure He wroe
TEACHING TIPSudens may be encouraged o find he ciy o Carhage menioned in he second paragraph on hemap on p xxxii
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 4054
xxxiv bull Latin for the New Millennium
xxxiv bull L atin for the New Millennium
Te omans regarded Ennius (ca 239ndash169 983138983139983141) as he aher o Lain lieraure He wroemany kinds o lierary works including plays His Annālēs an epic poem abou he early hisoryo ome was paricularly renowned and perhaps he primary epic read in oman schools beorehe ime o Vergil Only ragmens o his wriings remain
One o Enniusrsquo conemporaries was heamed Cao he Censor also known as Caohe Elder (234ndash149 983138983139983141) a rigidly conserva-ive oman senaor Mos o his reaise onagriculure called Dē agrī culūrā survivesI is he oldes work o Lain prose amongCaorsquos recommendaions here are ha fieldslaves be reaed similarly o beass o bur-den Cao is also remembered or his sae-men Carhāgō dēlenda es ldquoCarhage mus
be desroyedrdquo evidence or he omanear o he Carhaginians Te omansough hree wars known as he Punic
Wars agai ns he Car haginians Te fi rsended beore Cao was born in he secondagains Hannibal Cao served wih miliarydisincion he hird ended in 146 983138983139983141 asCao had demanded wih he desruciono Carhage On his occasion he vic oriousomans were said o have plowed sal inohe Carhaginian soil
Discussions abou laer auhors and adap-aions rom heir wriings w ill be presenedchronologically in he chapers o his book
Ancien ruins a Carhage in Africa
p p
TEACHER BY THE WAY Alhough he works o Enniu s have been preserved on ly in ragmens (abou a housand lines) hehad a grea in1047298uence on subsequen poes such as Vergil Quoable quoes include
bull a es o riendship Amīcus cer us in rē incer ā cerniur (A riend in need is a riend indeed)
bull an applicaion o wisdom o lie Quī ipse sibi sapiēns prōdesse nequi nēquīquam sapi (A man who
himsel is wise bu unable o be useul o himsel is wise or nohing)bull he amous descripion o Fabius Maximus Ūnus homō nōbīs cūncandō resiui rem (One man by delaying res ored he sae or us)
bull and he line on Manius Curius Quem nēmō errō poui superāre nec aurō (Whom no one was ableo deea eiher by sword or gold)
We also have preser ved or us he exa mple o excessive all ieraion ha has g iven rise o much laugher inLain classrooms over he years Ō ie ūe aī ibi ana yranne ulisī ldquoO ius aius you yran (all voca-ive) you brough o yoursel such grea (roubles)rdquo991252ranslaed in conex which plays off he more lieral ldquo you ookacquired or yoursel such grea hings rdquo
On he oher hand he composed his own epiaph in which his high eseem among omans proved o beprescien
nēmō mē lacrumīs decōre neu unera 1047298ēū
axi Cūr Voliō vivos per ōra v irum (Le no one honor me wih ears or make a uneral pyre by weeping
Why I 1047298y li ving hrough he mouhs o men)
TEACHER BY THE WAY
Pluarchrsquos Lie o Cao is a good source o snappy quoaions atribued o his saesman soldier andauhor For example while discussing he power o women he said ldquoAll oher men rule heir wives we rule al l oher men and our w ives rule us rdquo Atemping o persuade he oman people o orego adisribuion o grain he began his speech by saying ldquoI is a hard mater o argue wih he belly sincei has no earsrdquo And o a ribune who had been accused o using poison and was rying o pass a use-less bill he said ldquoI know no which is worse o drink your mixures or o enac your billsrdquo
1CHAPTER 1
HOW TO USE THIS BOOK
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 4154
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull 1
1CHAPTER
Parts of Speech Nouns Number Gender Case (Nominative and Accusative)
First Declension Nouns
MEMORĀBILE DICTŪ
SPQ Senātus Populusque ōmānusldquoTe Senae and he People o omerdquo
Tese our leters orm wha is known as an acronym one ha symbolized supreme power inancien ome
Oil paining of Romulus and Remus wih he wolf By Peer Paul Rubens (1577ndash1640)
Te grammaical and synacical opics ha will be presened in each chaper o his book are lised a he opo he chaper ile page
HOW TO USE THIS BOOK
Te illusraion on each chaperrsquos ile page presens a visual inroducion o he Lain reading passage ha willollow eachers may choose o discuss he illusraion in order o provide he conex or he reading he su-dens will encouner on he nex page
HOW TO USE THIS BOOK
On each chaper ile page he phrase Memorābile Dictū (ldquoA memorable hing o say rdquo) will be ou nd Below here will be a amous phrase quoa ion abbreviaion or moto in L ain ha w ill connec hese words o he opicsin he chaper
MEMORĀBILE DICTŪ VOCABULARY
populus populī m ndash people
-que ndash and
senāus senāūs m ndash senae
TEACHING TIP
ubens pained his picure o omulus and emus rom 1615ndash1616 during wha is called he Ba-roque period o ar Te man approaching rom he rear is Fausulus Te reclining figure is he god
o he river iber
HOW TO USE THIS BOOK AND ITS ANCILLARIESwo ancillaries are available or use wih his book Te Original Dysunctional Family (abbreviaed ODF)and From Romulus to Romulus Augustulus (abbreviaed R) R will be paricularly useul in order ohelp sudens keep he ime periods o he auhors and o he evens he auhors wroe abou sraigh in heirmind Chaper ile pages wil l include when appropriae a noaion abou wha chaper o R he eachermay wish o assign
Standards11 21
R 2and 3
READING
TRANSLATION OF LATIN PASSAGEomulus and emus
Mars is a god Mars loves hea Silvia And so hea Silvia has wo sons omulus and emus Amulius locks uph Sil i A li l d i h A h l lk h T h l
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 4254
2 bull Latin for the New Millennium
2 bull Latin for the New Millennium
READINGTis sory describes how ome was said o have been ounded in 753 983138983139983141 King Numior o AlbaLonga was overhrown by his cruel and ambiious broher Amulius who no only seized hehrone bu so eared ha one o Numiorrsquos male descendans migh have a legiimae claim oni ha he made Amuliusrsquo daug her hea Silvia a priesess o he goddess Vesa Tese priesesses
were no allowed o marry during heir childbearing years
RŌMULUS ET REMUS
1 Mārs es deus Mārs hēam Silviam ama Iaque hēa Silvia duōs
īliōs habe ōmulum e emum Amūlius hēam Silviam vinculīs
claudi Amūlius ōmulum e emum in aquam pōni Lupa ad aquamambula Lupa ōmulum e emum bene cūra e ama ōmulus e
5 emus crēscun Poseā ōmulus e emus ōmam aedifican
Famous bronze saue of he she-wolf and he wins
hea Silvia Amulius pus omulus and emus ino he waer A she-wol walks o he waer Te she-wol caresor (akes good care o) omulus and emus well and loves (hem) omulus and emus grow up Aferwards(laer) omulus and emus build ome
HOW TO USE THIS BOOK Above each La in reading pa ssage inorm aion is presened in Engl ish Tis pre -reading provides back groundinormaion abou he auhor and esablishes he conex o he passage he sudens will read
TEACHER BY THE WAY
Te eacher may wish o inroduce he class o he radiional abbreviaions o 983137983140 (which sandsor he Lain phrase Annō Dominī ldquoi n he year o our Lordrdquo) and 983138983139 (which sands or he Engl ishphrase ldquoBeore Chrisrdquo) Tese older abbreviaions coninue o be used bu his book employs heabbreviaions 983138983139983141 (Beore he Common Era) and 983139983141 (Common Era)
TEACHING TIPInsruc he sudens o locae Alba Longa on he map on pp xxxiindashxxxiii
TEACHER BY THE WAYTough he wins were added o he sculpure in he enaissance he she-wol has srong links wihEruscan myhology and shows characerisics o Eruscan sculpure
TEACHING TIP
Te eacher may wish o encourage he sudens o design an abbreviaed amily ree o omulusand emus
Standards11 22
Jupier Juno King Num ior o Alba Longa
Mars hea Silvia
omulus emus
READING VOCABULARY
HOW TO USE THIS BOOKTe English pronoun subjec o a verb is no lised in he eading Vocabulary i he pronoun is no needed inhe ranslaion
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 4354
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull 3
Chapter 1 bull 3
READING VOCABULARYad aquam ndash o he waer
aedifican ndash build
ama ndash loves
ambula ndash walks
Amūlius ndash Amul ius
aquam ndash waer
bene ndash well
claudi ndash locks up
crēscun ndash grow up
cūra ndash akes care o cares or
deus ndash god
duōs ndash woes ndash is
e ndash and
īliōs ndash sons
habe ndash has
in aquam ndash ino he waer
iaque ndash and so
lupa ndash she-wol
Mārs ndash Mars he god o war
pōni ndash pus
poseā ndash aferwards laer
emum ndash emus
emus ndash emus
hēa Silvia ndash hea Silvia
hēam Silviam ndash hea Silvia
ōmam ndash ome
ōmulum ndash omulus
ōmulus ndash omulus vinculīs ndash w ih chains
Words marked wih an aserisk will need o bememorized laer in he chaper
COMPREHENSION QUESTIONS1 Whose sons are omulus and emus
2 Wha did Amulius do
3 Who saved he lie o omulus and emus
4 Wha did omulus and emus do
HOW TO USE THIS BOOK
Te sudens should not be expeced o lea rn he words under he ile eading Vocabulary whenever his ileoccurs in he book Insead insruc sudens o learn he vocabulary words lised under he ile Vocabularyto Learn ha will be ound laer in each chaper In more advanced Lain exs usually here are vocabularyand noes o help he sudens when reading a passage Tis eading Vocabulary will help prepare sudens orlaer more advanced classes
ANSWERS TO COMPREHENSION QUESTIONS
1 Tey are he sons o Mars and hea Silvia2 He locked up hea Silvia
3 A she-wol
4 Tey buil he ciy o ome
TEACHING TIP
Whi le English deriva ives rom he sar red words (ie he Vocabulary o L earn) are he opic o Ex-ercise 2 laer in his chaper here are some ineresing derivaives rom he non-sarred words andsome o hese show how words change hrough he years Te eacher may choose o discuss hesederivaives wih he sudens
bull aedi1047297cant (aedi1047297cō) ndash ediy edificaion edifice
Tis Lain word is buil rom wo Lain words aciō (o do make) and aedēs (house emple) Te
English derivaives reain his religious connecion or hey mean ldquoo build up he aih moraliy o in-sruc especially morallyrdquo Te word ldquoedificerdquo is always used or an imposing srucure such as a ldquoemplerdquoor aedēs
bull claudit (claudō) ndash close conclusion enclosure sluice
A ldquocloserdquo is a small shu-in space and some people i locked in one suffer rom ldquoclausrophobiardquo acompound derivaive parly rom Lain (o close confine) and parly rom he Greek (ear) hence ldquoa earo closed spacesrdquo
Te word ldquosluicerdquo does no look like a derivaive o claudō bu i has undergone cha nges as i ca meino English via middle English and old French (sclus) rom he Lain exclūdō which means ldquoo shu ourdquo Asluice has a gae a he op o he channel o shu off he 1047298ow o waer as necessary
bull crēscunt (crēscō) ndash crescen accrue recrui crew
Te word ldquocrewrdquo in middle English mean ldquoreinorcemenrdquo so a body o soldiers grew Te word ldquore-
cruirdquo has he same basic idea ecruis increase he size o he army (rom he Lain recrēscō meaning ldquoogrow againrdquo)
bull deus ndash deiy deiy
bull duōs ndash double dozen due duplicae
Te word ldquodozenrdquo is a compound rom he Lain word or ldquowordquo and he German word or ldquoenrdquo (zehn)
bull habet (habeō) ndash habi abiliy prohibiive
Onersquos abiliy depends on he alens and skil ls one has
bull pōnit ( pōnō) ndash depo imposiion preposiion
A depo origina lly was a place where supplies were pu or sorage
LANGUAGE FACT I
HOW TO USE THIS BOOKTe Language Facs secion o each chaper will conain boh grammaical (morphological) and synacicalinormaion ie inormaion boh abou he orms o he words and he srucure o he senence
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 4454
4 bull Latin for the New Millennium
4 bull Latin for the New Millennium
LANGUAGE FACT I
PARTS OF SPEECHTe parts o speech used in a Lain senence deermine is meaning jus as in English While henoun and he verb are he wo mos imporan oher common pars o speech are lised below
Noun a person place hing idea acion or qual iy Examples ldquoomulusrdquo ldquoriverrdquo ldquocouragerdquo
Pronoun a word ha sands in place o a noun ha has been previously menioned or is clearrom conex Examples ldquoIrdquo ldquosherdquo ldquohimrdquo ldquoirdquo
Adjecive a word ha limis or defines a noun or a pronoun Examples ldquolitlerdquo ldquosrongrdquo
Adverb a word ha lim is or defines verbs adjecives or (oher) adverbs Examples ldquoveryrdquoldquoquielyrdquo
Verb a word ha describes an acion or sae o being Examples ldquogordquo ldquosayrdquo ldquowasrdquo
Preposiion a word ha begins a preposiional phrase such as ldquoinrdquo ldquoordquo ldquoonrdquo ldquoorrdquo ldquobyrdquoldquowihrdquo A preposiional phrase is a preposiion joined o a noun Examples ldquoin he morningrdquoldquowih a sharp pencilrdquo
Conjuncion a word ha connecs words phrases clauses a nd senences Examples ldquoandrdquoldquoburdquo ldquoalhoughrdquo
Inerjecion a word ha expresses emoion Examples ldquowowrdquo
EXERCISE 1eview he meanings and ideniy he pars o speech o he ollowing words Te eading
Vocabulary may be consu led
1 īliōs 6 e2 bene 7 lupa3 aedifican 8 claudi
4 ad 9 ōmam5 ambula 10 ama
EXERCISE 1 ANSWERS
1 noun
2 adverb
3 verb
4 preposiion
5 verb
6 conjuncion
7 noun8 verb
9 noun
10 verb
TEACHING TIP
Te eacher may wish o ask he sudens in Lain wha par o speech a given word is Te eacher would say ldquoQuae pars ōrātiōnis estrdquo Suden responses would be
bull nōmen substantīvumsubstantīvum ndash noun
bull prōnōmen ndash pronoun
bull nōmen adiectīvumadiectīvum ndash adjecive
bull verbum temporāle ndash verb
bull adverbium ndash adverb
bull praepositiō ndash preposiion
bull coniūnctiō ndash conjuncion
bull interiectiō ndash inerjecion
Standards11 41
Standards11 41
WorkbookExercise 1
VOCABULARY TO LEARN
TEACHING TIPSince his is he firs se o Lain words ha your sudens will be required o memorize i is usuallya good idea o sugges and discuss wih hem some differen ways o memorize vocabulary Somesel help opions are lised below
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 4554
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull 5
NOUNSagricola agricolae m ndash armer
aqua aquae ndash waer
āhlēa āhlēae m ndash ahlee
īlia īliae ndash daugher
lupa lupae ndash she-wol
naua nauae m ndash sailor
poēa poēae m ndash poe
puella puellae ndash girl
ōma ōmae ndash ome
erra errae ndash land
VERBSama ndash heshei loves
ambula ndash heshei walks
cūra ndash heshei akes care o cares or
es ndash heshei is
ADVERBS bene ndash well
poseā ndash aferwards
CONJUNCTIONSe ndash and
iaque ndash and so
Aqueducs carr ied waer (aqua) o he ciies in he Roman world Tis aqueduc buil in 19 983138983139983141 which srechedacross he Gard River was named he Pon du Gard and brough waer o he ciy of Nicircmes in France in ancien imes
Chapter 1 bull 5
sel-help opions are lised below
1 Look a he word in he book and say he word aloud
2 Wrie down he word on a piece o paper along wih is meaning and check o be sure here are no spell-ing errors Color-coding he words by pars o speech is also helpul Pronounce he word while wriing idown and hen repea he word including he meaning and spelling
3 Make handwriten 1047298ashcards wih he Lain on one side and English on he oher and be sure here are nospelling errors Color-coding is a good sraegy here also Wriing he word ou helps some sudens ce-men he word in he brain Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers has creaed an elecronic vocabulary resourceor hose sudens or whom echnological learning ools are an aid Tese vocabulary 1047298ashcards are orhe iPod See p 93 or more inormaion on iPod 1047298ashcards
4 Use English derivaives o help remember meanings Bu be careul since some derivaives may havemeanings grealy changed rom he original Lain word
5 Find clipar picures ha illusrae he vocabulary words and use he picures as a way o es yoursel onhe Lain words
TEACHER BY THE WAYTe eacher may wish o open a discussion abou aqueducs and he waer supply or ancien omans while l ooking a he picu re o he Pon du Gard on his page For a hisory o aqueducs and heirconsrucion Froninusrsquo book Dē aquīs urbis Rōmae is an excellen source Te book was writenabou 97 983139983141 when he was Superinenden o Aqueducs Oher aqueducs include he ollowing
bull Te double high aqueduc in Segovia Spainbull Te Aqua Appia buil in 312 983138983139983141
bull Te Aqua rāiāna
bull Te aqueduc buil by Alex ander Severus in 226 983139983141
bull Te Aqua Claudia
bull Te Aqua Marcia wh ich wa s probably named a fer A ncus Marcius who was he fi rs K ing oome by radiional accouns o build an aqueduc o bring waer o ome
NB Te word ldquo Aquardquo when capialized means ldquoaqueducrdquo
Eleven aqueducs urnished 250000 gallons o waer o ome every weny-our hours
BY THE WAY
E h u gi n in h b l r h rm T nd rm i h g nii
HOW TO USE THIS BOOK Ēn is a word ha calls atenion o somehing and means ldquoLook a hisrdquo Te inormaion given here draws a-enion o and urher specifies differen language acs
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 4654
6 bull Latin for the New Millennium
6 bull Latin for the New Millennium
Each noun given in he vocabulary has wo orms Te second orm is he geniivesingular
A derivative is an English word rooed in a Lain word Te English derivaive issimilar in meaning and orm o is Lain source
STUDY TIP
An English derivaive ofen can help you remember wha a Lain word means
EXERCISE 2Find he English derivaives based on he Vocabulary o Learn in he ollowing senences Wriehe corresponding Lain word
1 She shows a considerable filial respec oward her aher
2 Agriculu re is a science o culivaing he land
3 Te ship is equipped wih all he necessary nauical insrumens
4 We saw all kinds o fish in he aquarium
5 Tis is an all-errain vehicle
6 When will he ahleic compeiion sar
7 She has a ruly poeic naure
LANGUAGE FACT II
NOUNS NUMBER GENDER CASE 983080NOMINATIVE AND
ACCUSATIVE983081Nouns in Lain show number gender and case
Number Lain nouns are eiher singular or plural in number Number is shown in differen ways by differen ypes o nouns bu some ending-paterns are or singular orms and oherending-paterns are or plural orms
Gender Every noun likewise is eiher masculine eminine or neuer in gender You muslearn he gender o each noun In he Vocabulary o Learn l iss he gender is indicaed by hecommon abbreviaionsm (masculi ne) f (eminine) or n (neuer)
Case Lain nouns mus have an ending-patern ha displays case Tis is quie differen romEnglish in which case is indicaed by word posiion and no by endings (alhough case markersare preserved in cerain pronouns such as ldquoherdquo and ldquohimrdquo) A nounrsquos case reveals wha uncionhe noun has in he senence Tere are five common cases nominaive geniive daive accu-saive and ablaive wo less requenly used cases are called he vocaive and he locaive
HOW TO USE THIS BOOKStudy Tips give hins rhymes and mnemonics o help sudens learn grammar and vocabulary
EXERCISE 2 ANSWERS1 filial īlia
2 agriculure agricola
3 nauical naua
4 aquarium aqua
5 errain erra
6 ahleic āhlēa
7 poeic poēa
TEACHING TIPExplain o he sudens ha in English he words ldquoardquo ldquoanrdquo or ldquoherdquo are usually placed beore a nounand Lain does no have an equivalen or hese words known as aricles
eachers may need o sress he absence o he aricle many imes beore sudens compleely ine-grae his knowledge ino heir reading habis in Lain class
TEACHING TIPLain like many oher languages does no always observe biological gender Ofen he gender o a
Lain noun is deermined by grammaical acors such as he group o which a noun belongs
TEACHING TIP
Alhough in Exercise 2 he sudens are direced o find only he derivaives based on he Vocabular yo Learn hey may be ineresed o learn ha here are oher derivaives in Exercise 2 Te derivaiono hese words is provided or he eacherrsquos convenience
bull 1 consider - rom sīdus (sar) + cum (wih ogeher) and rom cōnsīderō (o examine consider)respec - rom respectō (look back a have regard or)
bull 2 science - rom scientia (knowledge) and sciō (o know) culivaing - rom colō (ill inhabi worship)
bull 3 necessary - rom necesse (necessary) insrumens - rom īnstruō (o equip build provide)
and rom īnstrumentum (equipmen ool ec)bull 5 vehicle - rom he Lain verb vehō (o carry)
bull 6 compeiion - rom petō (o seek aim a atack ec) + cum (wih oge her)
bull 7 naure - rom nātūra (naure)
Standard41
Standards11 31 41
STUDY TIP
An easy way o remember he names ohe five common cases iso use his mnemonic
TEACHING TIPSudens may no know wha he word ldquomnemonicrdquo means explain ha a mnemonic device is some-hing ha helps a suden o remember somehing Te eacher may also wish o use his opporu-niy o bring up Mnemosyne he goddess o memory and he moher o he Muses
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 4754
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull 7
Chapter 1 bull 7
An easy way o remember he names o he five common cases is o use his mnemonicdevice
Never NominaiveGive GeniiveDogs Daive A ny A ccusaive A buse A blaive
Nominative Te nominaive case idenifies he subjec Te subjec is a noun or a pronounha perorms he acion or exiss in a sae o being In he senence ldquoWilliam is readingrdquohe word ldquoWilliamrdquo is he subjec
Example Mārs amat Mars loves
Te noun subjec o he verb ldquoloverdquo is he god Mars
Find more examples o nominaives and heir verbs rom he reading passage a he begin-ning o he chaper
Te nominaive case also idenifies he predicae nominaive In he senence ldquoWilliam isa sudenrdquo he predicae nominaive is ldquoa sudenrdquo A predicae nominaive complees hemeaning o he verb ldquoo berdquo Look a his exa mple rom he reading
Example Mārs est deus Mars is a god
Mārs is he subjec and deus is a predicae nominaive
Accusative Te ourh case lised is called he accusaive he geniive daive and ablaivecases will be discussed in laer chapers Te accusaive case poins ou he noun (or pro-noun) ha is he direc objec emember direc objecs receive he acion o he verb Inhe senence ldquoI am wriing a leterrdquo he direc objec is ldquoa leterrdquo
Example Mārs Rhēam Silviam amat Mars loves hea Silvia
Te direc objec o ldquoloverdquo is he noun Rhēam Silviam
Find more examples o accusaives and heir verbs rom he reading passage a he beginningo he chaper
niy o bring up Mnemosyne he goddess o memory and he moher o he Muses
Answers to ldquoFind more examples of nominatives a nd their verbs from the reading passage at the begin-ning of the chapterrdquo
hēa Silvia habe
Amūl ius claudi
Amūl ius pōni
Lupa ambula
Lupa cūra e amaōmulus e emus crēscun
ōmulus e emus aedifican
Answers to ldquoFind more examples of accusatives and their verbs from the reading passage at the beg in-ning of the chapterrdquo
duōs īliōs habe ōmulum e emum
hēam Silviam claudi
ōmulum e emum pōni
ōmulum e emum bene cūra e ama
ōmam aedifican
TEACHING TIPSudens may encouner diffi culy when r ying o ransl ae Lain names used in cases o her han henominaive Te eacher a some poin will need o explain (and repea whenever necessary) ha when ransla ing a La in name he suden should al ways use he nominaive o rm o he word Onp 7 sudens are asked o find examples o accusaives and heir verbs in he reading passage Teanswers lised above provide an opporuniy o pracice wih his issue emind sudens o rans-lae duōs īliōs habet Rōmulum et Remum as ldquohe has wo sons omulus and emusrdquo Te oher ouranswers may be used as pracice wih he sudens
EXERCISE 3a Ideniy wheher he nouns in bold in hese senences are subjecs direc objecs or predi
TEACHER BY THE WAYIn conjuncion wih he picure and is capion he eacher may wish o menion ha he amil-ilar acronym o SPQ is sill in use and visible hroughou modern ome991252on liter bins sewercovers ec
Standards11 41
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 4854
8 bull Latin for the New Millennium
8 bull Latin for the New Millennium
a Ideniy wheher he nouns in bold in hese senences are subjecs direc objecs or predi-cae nominaives Te eading Vocabulary may be consuled
b Label each senence as vērum (rue) i i agrees or alsum (alse) i i disagrees wih he Lainreading passage a he beginni ng o he chaper
Example Amūlius es deusPredicae nominaive alsum
1 hēa Silvia ōmulum e emum cūra
2 Amūlius ōmulum e emum bene cūra
3 Amūlius lupam vinculīs claudi
4 Mārs ōmulum e emum in aquam pōni
5 Lupa hēam Silviam cūra
6 Amūlius ad aquam ambula
Te power of he ciy of Rome founded according o legend by Romulus is symbolized by hese four leters ha areprominenly displayed in various places wihin he ciy
EXERCISE 3 ANSWERS
1 subjec vērum
2 direc objecs alsum
3 direc objec alsum
4 subjec alsum
5 direc objec alsum
6 subjec vērum
WorkbookExercise 2 A full si ze reproduc ible version of th is page
without the a nswers ca n be downloade d at wwwlnm bolchazyco m
HOW TO USE THIS BOOK
Noun Declensions Te eacher may choose Lain nouns rom he declension ha is being sudied a he imehis workshee is used Tus no answers are provided here
LANGUAGE FACT III
TEACHING TIP Ask he sudens wha he Lain words seleced rom he reading and lised near he op o p 9 mean
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 4954
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull 9
Chapter 1 bull 9
FIRST DECLENSION NOUNS A declension is a g roup o nouns ha show a cerain patern o word endings Tere are five differ-en declensions in Lain In he reading abou omulus and emus hese are he orms belongingo he firs declension
hēam Silviam hēa Silvia aquam lupa ōmam
Noice ha he ex says Rhēa Silvia when she is he subjec and Rhēam Silviam when she is hedirec objec
Te firs declension is composed o words ha characerisically have he vowel a a or near heend o he word lupa
Below is he patern ha firs declension nouns ollow o show case and number Memorize heLain words in order rom he nominaive singular down o he ablaive singular and hen romhe nominaive plural down o he ablaive plural
emember ha he endings or a whole group o nouns ollow his patern Once you learn hi spatern you can recognize he case a nd number o all he words belonging o hi s declension
In his chaper you have begun o learn abou he nominaive and accusai ve cases Te ohercases will be explained in laer chapers
First DeclensionSingular Plural
Nomina ive l upa he she-wol Nominaive lupae he she-wolves
Geniive lupae o he she-wol Geniive lupārum o he she-wolves
Daive lupae oor he she-wol Daive lupīs oor he she-wolves
Accusaive lupam he she-wol Accusaive lupās he she-wolves
Ablaive lupā bywih he she-wol Ablaive lupīs bywih he she-wolves
Daive and ablaive plural o he words īlia ldquodaugherrdquo and dea ldquogoddessrdquo is fīliābus anddeābusTis is o di singuish hese orms rom he corresponding orms o īlius ldquosonrdquo and deus ldquogodrdquo
STUDY TIP
Noice ha he ablaive singular ending -ā has a long mark (macron) above i his ishe only difference beween he nominaive and ablaive singular endings
TEACHING TIP
Afer he firs declension has been presened o he sudens encourage hem depending on heirlearning syle o say he declension aloud o wrie down he words o inven a rap or a cheer
TEACHER BY THE WAY
Te patern is called a declension because he oher cases lean away ( dēclīnāre) rom he nominaiveie hey do no ollow he same orm as he nominaive
ORAL EXERCISE 1Tis exercise may be used afer the 1047297rst declension has been presented
Whi le looking a he declension o lupa ask he sudens o decli ne nauta
Singular PluralNominaive naua nauaeGeniive nauae nauārumDaive nauae nauīs Accusaive nauam nauās Ablaive nauā nauīs
Standards11 31 41
OralExercise 1
WorkbookExercise 3
STUDY TIP
Noice ha he daive and ablaive plural endings a re idenical
EXERCISE 4 ANSWERS1 geniive daive puellār um puellī s
2 accusaive nauās
3 accusaive errās
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 5054
10 bull Latin for the New Millennium
10 bull Latin for the New Millennium
Here are more words belonging o he fi rs declension
puella ndash girl īlia ndash daugher terra ndash land
Mos firs declension words are eminine i n gender bu a ew (usually ones ha indicae mas-culine occupaions in ancien imes) are masculine Examples are poēta ldquopoerdquoagricola ldquoarmerrdquonauta ldquosailorrdquo āthlēta ldquoahleerdquo
EXERCISE 4Ideniy he case o each singular noun Ten change each orm ino plural For some more han
one answer is possibleExample īlianominaive īliae
1 puellae 5 aquae2 nauam 6 puellā3 erram 7 āhlēā4 a gr ic ol a
Like he Greek wreslers porrayed on his ancien bas-reliefRoman ahlees were also fond of he spor of wresling
4 nominaive agricolae
5 geniive daive aquārum aquīs
6 ablaive puellīs
7 ablaive āhlēīs
TEACHING TIP
Since wreslers are depiced on he illusraion on his page he eacher may wish o open a discus-
sion abou he omansrsquo and Greeksrsquo ondness or wresling which was ofen praciced in a complexcalled he palaestra
oman boys were expeced o serve in he m iliary Tus hey were firs rained by heir ahers in wreslingand boxing Srengh and agiliy were sressed raher han grace o movemen as in Greek spors Te woprincipal syles uilized by he Greek were uprigh wresling in which hree alls o your opponen o heground were necessary o deea him and ground wresling which required he opponen o give up in ordero end he mach In he palaes tra here was an area or he young people o pracice wresling or boxing wih apunching bag (cōrycus) Examples o monumenal oman bahs wih a palaest ra are ound a he Bahs o Ca-racalla in ome he Harbor Bahs a Ephesus in urkey and he Bahs in Varna Bulgaria he larges anciensrucure in ha counry
Wresling was also one o he spor evens a he Olympic games ha he omans ofen atended Greco-oman wresling is also one o he evens eaured in he summer Olympic games in modern imes
TEACHING TIPTe eacher migh wan o have sudens read an English ranslaion o Book 23 o he Iliad in which Ajax a nd Odysseus compee in a wre sling m ach and Book 5 o he Aeneid or a descripion o hespors ha he omans played and compare he atiude o he compeiors in each epic Boh evens were par o he uneral games he ormer in honor o Paroclu s riend and atendan o Achil lesand he later in honor o Anchises aher o Aeneas Tis migh lead o urher discussion on henaure o modern wresling
Standards11 41
EXERCISE 5Ideniy he case o each plural noun Ten change each orm ino he singular For some more
TEACHING TIPSudens may wonder why he geniive singular w ihou is ending mus be used o find he base whenhe nominaive singular wihou is ending works jus as well Explain ha in oher noun declensionshe nominaive will no always provide he same base or have he same spelling as he geniive
Standards11 41
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 5154
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull 11
Chapter 1 bull 11
han one answer is possible
Example puellāsaccusaive puellam
1 īliae 5 aquīs2 errīs 6 poēārum3 nauārum 7 agricolae4 l upa e
BY THE WAY
In all declensions endings are added o he base o a noun I is imporan o know hahe base o a noun is ound by removing he ending rom is geniive si ngular orm Forexample he geniive singular o puella is puellae I you remove he -ae rom puellae
wha remains is he base o he word namely puell- For his reason learning he geni-ive singular is as imporan as knowing he nominaive singular o he noun
STUDY TIP
Always learn he geniive ogeher wih he nominaive because rom he geniive you will know o which declension a word belongs
A wall paining depic ing a Roman farmer (agricola) wih his sheep
EXERCISE 5 ANSWERS
1 nominaive īl ia
2 daive ablaive errae errā
3 geniive nauae
4 nominaive lupa
5 daive ablaive aquae aquā
6 geniive poēae7 nominaive agricola
HOW TO USE THIS BOOKIn his book he word ldquobaserdquo is used o reer o he noun wihou any ending ldquoStemrdquo is used or he par o he verb wihou any ending ldquoootrdquo is used or he Lain par o a derivaive
ORAL EXERCISE 2Tis exercise may be used afer Exercise 5
Use one o he ollowing classroom presenaion opions (hereafer reerred o as CPO) (blackgreenwhiesmar board overhead or LCD projecor PowerPoinreg presenaion ec) o pu his inormaion on view
quis ldquowhordquo (or he subjec) and quem ldquowhomrdquo (or he direc objec)
Ten ask he suden o answer he ollowing quesions abou he chaper reading eiher orally or in wri-
en orm
1 Teacher Quis es Mārs Student Mārs es deus
2 Teacher Quem ama Mārs Student hēam Silviam Mārs ama
3 Teacher Quis ama hēam Silviam Student Mārs ama hēam Silviam
4 Teacher Quem habe hēa Silvia Student hēa Silvia duōs īliōs ōmulum eemum habe
5 Teacher Quis claudi hēam Silviam Student Amūlius claudi hēam Silviam
6 Teacher Quem claudi Amūlius Student hēam Silviam Amūlius claudi
7 Teacher Quis ōmulum e emum in aquampōni
Student Amūlius ōmulum e emum in aquampōni
8 Teacher Quem Amūlius in aquam pōni Student Amūlius ōmulum e emum in aquampōni
9 Teacher Quis ambula ad aquam Student Lupa ambula ad aquam
10 Teacher Quis ōmulum e emum bene cūra Student Lupa ōmulum e emum bene cūra
11 Teacher Quōs lupa bene cūra Student Lupa ōmulum e emum bene cūra
12 Teacher Quis ōmulum e emum a ma Student Lupa ōmulum e emum ama
13 Teacher Quōs lupa ama Student Lupa ōmulum e emum ama
OralExercise 2
WorkbookExercise
4 5
EXERCISE 6ranslae rom Lain ino English and rom English ino Lain Te mos common Lain word
d
TEACHER BY THE WAYTe eacher may menion ha he mos common word order (subjec ndash direc objec ndash verb) can o-en be changed For example i he verb is o be emphasized i will ake firs posiion I he subjecor he direc objec is o be emphasized i will ake he las posiion which is he mos emphaic oneIn general he more unusual he wordrsquos posiion is he more emphasis is placed on his word
Standards11 41
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 5254
12 bull Latin for the New Millennium
12 bull Latin for the New Millennium
order is
subjec ndash direc objec ndash verb
1 Agricola erram ama
2 Te ahlee loves waer
3 Naua īlia m ama
4 Te poe loves ome
5 Agricola erram cūra
6 Te she-wol cares or (is aking care o) he girl
BY THE WAY
Even hough he mos common word order is subjec ndash di rec objec ndash verb rememberha endings991252no word order991252deermine which word is he subjec and which i s hedirec objec
TALKING When we mee one person we gree herhim wih salvē When we mee wo or more people wegree hem wih salvēte When we bid goodbye o one person we sayvalē When we bid goodbyeo wo or more people we say valēte
Here are various ways o ask ldquohow are yourdquo or ldquohow are you doingrdquo
Quōmodo valēs or Quōmodo tē habēs or Quid agis ldquoHow are yourdquo
Here is a range o possible answers
bene ldquowellrdquo pessimē ldquovery badrdquo optimē ldquogreardquo melius ldquobeterrdquo mediocriter ldquoso-sordquo or ldquono oo badrdquo meliusculē ldquoa litle beterrdquo male ldquobadrdquo
In general he more unusual he word s posiion is he more emphasis is placed on his word
EXERCISE 6 ANSWERS
1 Te armer loves he land
2 Āhlēa aquam ama
3 Te sailor loves (his) daugher
4 Poēa ōmam ama
5 Te armer cares or (is aking care o) he land6 Lupa puellam cūra
TEACHING TIP
Te eacher may sar he class in Lain by saying Salvēte discipulī et discipulae and by eaching hesudens o say in reurn Salvē magister (magistra)
ORAL EXERCISE 3Tis exercise may be used anytime afer the students have learned the use o the accusative case or afer Exercise 6
Use one o he CPOrsquos o pu on display he orms amō and cūrō and explai n ha hey a re in he fir s personsingular and how his differs rom he hird person singular learned in his chaper Ask individual sudens omake senences wih hem using he words hey have learned
Ten ell he sudens ha nōn means ldquonordquo and ask hem o make si milar senences wih nōn amō and nōn cūrō
Examples(nōn) amō erram īliam aquam lupam āhlēam(nōn) cūrō erram īliam puellam
WorkbookExercise 6
ContentQuestions
OralExercise 3
Standards12 21 41
42
SAYING HELLOMarīa Helena e Chrisīna sun (are) discipulae (students)
TEACHING TIPHave sudens read he dialogue aloud Tis will help o build heir pronunciaion skills
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 5354
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull 13
Chapter 1 bull 13
Marīa Salvēe Helena e Chrisīna
Christīna Salvē Marīa
Helena Salvē Marīa
Marīa Quōmodo valēs Helena Quōmodo valēs Chrisīna
Helena et Christīna Bene Quōmodo ū ( you) valēs Marīa
Marīa Pessimē
Helena et Christīna Cūr (Why)
Marīa imeō linguam Laīnam ( I ear the Latin language)Helena Ego ( I ) linguam Laīnam amō
Christīna E ego linguam Laīnam amō
ORAL EXERCISE 4
Tis exercise may be used afer he Lain dialogue has been presened
Insruc he sudens o say ldquohellordquo in Lain o he suden nex o hem Divide he class ino wo pars ellone par o gree he oher par using he plural greeing and vice versa Do he same ype o aciviy whensaying ldquogoodbyerdquo You may wish o make greeing he class in Lain a nd saying ldquogoodbyerdquo in Lain a par oa daily rouine
Divide he sudens ino pairs in which one person will ask how hisher parner is in Lain and he oher
wil l answer
ORAL EXERCISE 5
Tis exercise may be used afer he Lain dialogue has been presened
ell he sudens ha he paricle ndashne is added o he firs syllable o a word ha inroduces a quesion Ten askhe ollowing quesions abou he dialogue beween Mary Helen and Chrisy Individual sudens may answerorally or he enire class may wrie he answers as he eacher asks hem orally Te eacher should explain hahe orm valēs in he greeing Quōmodo valēs is in he second person which means ldquoyourdquo Te hird person orm(reerring o ldquoherrdquo ldquohimrdquo or ldquoirdquo) is valet So he phrase ldquoHow is she doingrdquo would be Quōmodo valet Te hirdperson o amō is amat and he hird person o timeō is timet
1 Teacher Quōmodo Chrisīna vale Student(s) Chrisīna bene vale
2 Teacher Quōmodo Marīa vale Student(s) Marīa pessimē vale
3 Teacher Cūr (why) Marīa pessimē vale Student(s) Marīa ime linguam Lainam4 Teacher Amane l inguam L aīnam Helena Student(s) Helena linguam Laīnam ama
5 Teacher Linguamne Laīnam ama Chrisīna Student(s) Chrisīna linguam Laīnam ama
ORAL EXERCISE 6 AND DICTATIONTis combined exercise may be used to conclude the chapter or at any time afer the students have learned the accusa-tive case and chapter vocabulary
Dicae he ollowing senences o he sudens Ten ask hem o make he ollowing changes eiher orally orin writen orm a he discreion o he eacher
1 Teacher Agricol a erram ama (change he direc objec ino plura l)Student Agricola errās ama
2 Teacher Lupa puellam cūra (change he direc objec ino plural)
Student Lupa puellās cūra3 Teacher Āhlēa puel lās ama (change he direc objec ino singu lar)
Student Āhlēa puellam ama
4 Teacher Fīlia errās ama (change he direc objec ino singular)Student Fīlia erram ama
OralExercise
4 5 6 andDictation
TEACHER NOTES
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 5454
14 bull Latin for the New Millennium
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 2954
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull xxiii
INTRODUCTIONALPHABETTe Lain alphabe was derived rom he Eruscan alphabe some ime beore he sevenh cen-ury 983138983139983141 Te Eruscans were a people in pre-oman Ialy
Teir alphabe owes much o he Greek alphabe In urn he Greek alphabe was derived romhe Phoenician alphabe Phoenician raders had spread heir sysem o wriing h roughou he
Medierranean region Te Phoenician alphabe isel can be raced o he Norh Semiic alpha- be which was used in Syria and Palesine as early as he elevenh cenury 983138983139983141 and is consideredo be he earlies ully developed alphabeic wriing sysem
An Eruscan couple reclining on a funeral sarcophagus
bull xxiii bull
Sandard41
EDITORrsquoS NOTE
Te comprehension quesions and answers as well as some o he eaching ips and eacher by he Way noa-ions in his eacher manual were writen by Elisa C Denja LeaAnn A Osburn Karen Lee Singh and DonaldE Sprague classics ediorseducaors a Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers
HOW TO USE THIS BOOK
Please noe ha he perinen naional Classics sandards are lised in he margin o he lef or righ on he samepage as he reproducion o he suden ex
Eisemann Communicaion assised in preparing he correlaions o Lain o r he New Mil lennium wih he
naional sandards For an overview o he sandards hemselves and he correlaions please consul www bolchazyl nmcom
TEACHING TIP
Te eacher may choose o use he picure o he Eruscan couple on his page and he brie meniono he Eruscan alphabe o open a discussion on wha role he Eruscans played in early omanimes Sudens may be direced o p xxx ii o find Eruria on he map
TEACHING TIPTe eacher may wish o discuss wih he sudens he erm ldquoomance languagesrdquo Many modernlanguages come rom he language used by he ancien omans French Ialian Poruguese Span-ish omanian ec omansch (spoken by he descendans o he aeians and one o he our o-ficial languages o Swizerland) is also derived rom Lain
TEACHER BY THE WAYBased on archeological evidence i appears ha Eruscan women were an imporan par o hesocial srucure Ofen he names o boh moher and aher were placed on unerary inscripionsTe reedom o women wihin sociey is likewise apparen on monumens where hey can be seenreclining wih heir husbands on he same couch atending games and having a place o honor in heomb isel Noice he affecionae pose o he couple in he illusraion on p xxiii Clearly marriedlove was valued in Eruscan sociey and amily lie was imporan
ombs also provide evidence or he syle o Eruscan homes Some o hese eaures were borrowed by heomans especially he cenral hall and hree rooms a he back Tis ype o house was known a Pompeii as well as a ome ac cording o Viru vius auhor o Dē archiecūrā
TEACHING TIP
Te eacher may wish o have sudens read an English ranslaion o Livyrsquos radiional accouno anaquil wie o arquinius Priscus he fifh king o ome Te independence o Eruscan women is ev iden in hi s ale He r behavior is he ani hesis o he ideas o woma nly dec orum hel d by he omans
TEACHING TIPS d ill j i i h E li h ldquo lph b rdquo pl i h E li h l t ih h
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 3054
xxiv bull Latin for the New Millennium
xxiv bull Latin for the New Millennium
Look a he English alphabe in he lef column and a he Lain alphabe in he righ one TeLain alphabe is accompanied by he names o he Lain leters (in parenheses)
English Alphabe Lain Alphabe
Uppercase Lowercase Uppercase Lowercase Leter Name
A a A a (a ldquoăhrdquo)
B b B b (be ldquobayrdquo)
C c C c (ce ldquocayrdquo)
D d D d (de ldquodayrdquo)
E e E e (e ldquoĕhrdquo)
F F (e)
G g G g (ge ldquogayrdquo)H h H h (ha ldquohahrdquo)
I i I i (i ldquoeerdquo)
J j
K k K k (ka ldquokahrdquo)
L l L l (el)
M m M m (em)
N n N n (en)
O o O o (o ldquoŏhrdquo)
P p P p (pe ldquopayrdquo)
Q q Q q (qu ldquokoordquo)
r r (er)
S s S s (es)
(e ldquoayrdquo)
U u U u (u ldquooordquo)
V v V v (u consonan)
W w
X x X x (ix ldquoeexrdquo)
Y y Y y (upsilon)
Z z Z z (zea ldquodzayardquo)
Te English alphabe is derived direcly rom he Lain alphabe Tis accouns or he greasimilariies b eween he wo alphabes Tere are 26 leters in he English alphabe and 24 in heLain Te differences are he ollowing
bull Te leter W w (which is he doubled leter v) is missing in he Lain alphabe
bull Te leter J j is a more recen invenion In ac i appears in Lain exs writen during heMiddle Ages and he enaissance as well as i n many modern ediions o ancien Lain exsI is used o indicae he semi-vowel i someimes called consonanal i Te consonanal i is
Sudens will enjoy singing he English alphabe song replacing he English leter names wih heLain leter names Sudens may be insruced o clap once where here is no Lain leter name (egldquoJrdquo) equivalen o he English one
TEACHING TIPTe eacher may choose o display any Lain words (a lis is provided below or he eacherrsquos conve-nience) and insruc he sudens o spell ou he word using he Lain leter names Te sudensmay become curious o know wha he Lain words mean Definiions are given below
bull pars ndash par
bull nox ndash nigh
bull ruber ndash red
bull ēgī ndash I have done
bull amilia ndash amily
bull carō ndash 1047298esh
bull dēcernō ndash I decide
bull herba ndash plan
bull Kalendae ndash Kalends (firs day o he monh)
bull quoque ndash also
bull imor ndash ear
bull Pȳhia ndash Pyhia (name o Apollorsquos priesess)
bull iēcī ndash I hrew
bull ēlīx - happy bull ignis ndash fire
bull mūō ndash I change
COMPREHENSION QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS FOR PAGES XXIII991251XXVeproducible versions o he quesions alone are available a wwwlnm bolchazycom
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 3154
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull xxv
Introduction bull xxv
he i a he beginning o a word beore a vowel or i beween wo vowels According o hismehod or example Iūlius is writen Jūlius and Āiax is writen Ājax In his book he leter J j will no be used
bull Te disincion beween he vowel U u and he consonan V v also belongs o laer imesIniially here was only one leter V u used boh or he vowel and he consonan eg Vrbs ldquoTe Ciyrdquo (ie ome) or uicor ldquohe winnerrdquo
bull However in accord wih he prevail ing pracice o expressing he vowel wih U u and heconsonan wih V v in his book he wo leters will be disingui shed
PRONUNCIATION OF LATIN
VOWELSTere are six vowels in Lain and heir pronunciaion is as ollows
Long Vowel Sound Shor Vowel Sound
ā is pronounced as in ldquoaherrdquo ōrāor ldquooraorrdquo a is pronounced as in ldquoalikerdquo amō ldquoloverdquo
ē is pronounced like he a in ldquoraverdquo nēmō ldquonobodyrdquo e is pronounced as in ldquoperdquo bene ldquowellrdquo
ī is pronounced like he double e in ldquoseenrdquo līmes ldquoboundaryrdquo
i is pronounced as in ldquopirdquo nihil ldquonohingrdquo
ō is pronounced as in ldquosoverdquo videō ldquo(I) seerdquo o is pronounced as in ldquoofenrdquorosa ldquoroserdquo
ū is pronounced as in ldquomoonrdquo ūnus ldquoonerdquo u is pronounced as in ldquopurdquo um ldquohenrdquo
ӯ comes rom Greek and is pronounced in lenghsomewhere beween he i in ldquohirdquo and he u in ldquomuerdquo Pӯramus ldquoPyramusrdquo
y comes rom Greek Is sound wheher long or shorlies in beween he sounds o i and u much as in heFrench ldquosucircrrdquo bu he sound o shor y is less drawn ouhan ha o long y lyricus ldquolyricalrdquo
Te Lain words senātus rēgēsulla gentēs and prīmus are
engraved on his sone
Sign from Pompeii carved on sone wih Lain leters
p q
1 race he roos o he Lain alphabe rom is beginnings orward
Norh-Semiic alphabe elevenh cenury 983138983139983141 Phoenician alphabe Greek alphabe Erusca n alphabeLain alphabe
2 Which wo leters in he English alphabe are no ound in he Lain alphabe
W and J
3 When does he leter J begin o appear in Lain
During he Middle Ages and he enaissa nce
4 Look a he Lain inscripion on he sign rom Pompeii (on he righ o p xxv) Find a leas hree Lain words Lis an Engl ish word you believe is based on he La in word
colonia 991252 colonial colony honoris 991252 honorspecacula 991252 specacular specacle perpevom 991252 perpeual perpeuiy duovir 991252 virile virili
Sandards12 41
TEACHING TIPSudens may wan o know he English meanings o he Lain words in Exercises 1 and 2 Te defini-
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 3254
xxvi bull Latin for the New Millennium
xxvi bull L atin for the New Millennium
BY THE WAY
Everywhere in his book long vowels are indicaed by macrons ie ā ē ī ō ū ӯ whileabove he shor vowels here are no signs Someimes wo words differ rom each oheronly in he lengh o he vowel For example mālum wih a longa means ldquoapplerdquo whilemalum wih a shor a means ldquobad hingrdquo
EXERCISE 1epea hese words aloud afer your eacher pronounces hem
1 a lō 7 lēnis 13 probō 19 sūor2 alumnus 8 sēdēs 14 noa 20 ūsus3 rāna 9 i er 15 pōnō 21 syllaba4 rādō 10 imeō 16 dōnum 22 Pӯrēnē5 eneō 11 nīor 17 ululō6 peō 12 mīrus 18 lupus
DIPHTHONGSDiphhongs are wo vowels combined in one syllable and pronounced ogeher as one soundTere are six diphhongs in Lain
bull ae much like he y in ldquoskyrdquo laevus ldquo lefrdquo
bull au pronounced as ou in ldquoourrdquo aurum ldquo goldrdquo
bull ei pronounced as ei in ldquoeignrdquo oiei ldquoalasrdquo
bull eu pronounced eoo much as i in he wo words ldquogrey bluerdquo you were o subrac he ldquogr-rdquo andhe ldquobl-rdquo and combine he wo vowel sounds Eurōpa ldquoEuroperdquo
bull oe pronounced as oy in ldquoboyrdquo proelium ldquo batlerdquo
bull ui pronounced nearly like ldquowerdquohui ldquoohrdquo
I is believed ha quie early sill in ancien imes he diphhongs ae and oe began o be pro-nounced as e I you encouner hem writen aē or aeuml and oē or oeuml his means ha hey are nodiphhongs and he leters should be pronounced separaely āēr poēa
Te diphhongs are always long
EXERCISE 2epea hese words afer your eacher pronounces hem
1 aesās 7 s eu 13 aēneus2 a equō 8 m oenia 14 poēma3 raeda 9 neu 15 hei4 l audō 10 poena 16 huic5 a u 11 neuer6 aula 12 Poenus
Sudens may wan o know he English meanings o he Lain words in Exercises 1 and 2 Te definiions are provided or he eacherrsquos convenience
EXERCISE 11 I nourish 12 wonderul
2 suden 13 I approve
3 rog 14 noe
4 I scrape 15 I pu
5 I hold 16 gif6 I seek 17 I howl
7 smooh 18 wol
8 sea 19 shoemaker
9 journey 20 use
10 I ear 21 sylla ble
11 I srive 22 Pȳrene (a name)
EXERCISE 21 summer
2 I make level
3 carriage
4 I praise5 or
6 orecour
7 or i
8 walls
9 and no
10 penaly
11 neiher
12 Carhaginian
13 bronze
14 poem
15 ah
16 o his
TEACHER BY THE WAYHisorical evidence can be cied or reading he firs syllable o ldquomāgnusrdquo as naurally long bu oher
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 3354
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull xxvii
Introduction bull xxvii
CONSONANTSbull c is pronounced as in ldquocomerdquo clārus ldquobrighrdquo censeō ldquo(I) deemrdquo cārus ldquodearrdquo
bull When b is ollowed by s as in urbs ldquociyrdquo he sound o b approaches ha o p a sound wemigh represen as urps
bull g is pronounced as in ldquogerdquo gaudiumldquojoyrdquo gignō ldquo(I) bege (I) bearrdquo grāialdquoavor agreeablenessrdquo
bull Some hink ha he omans o Cicerorsquos ime (firs cenury 983138983139983141) pronounced he wo conso-nans ng as ngn or example he adjecive māgnus ldquogreardquo would have been pronounced in a
way ha we migh represen asmangnus
bull k is a very rare consonan In ac i appears only in wo words Kalendae ldquohe firs day oevery monh in he oman calendarrdquo and in he personal name Kaeso
bull q appears always in combinaion wih u and he combinaion qu is pronounced as in ldquoqueenrdquoquatuor ldquoourrdquo
bull v has a sound similar o w (as in he word ldquowierdquo) videō ldquo I seerdquo
bull Te consonanu in he combinaion su sounds like he English w in he ollowing our wordssuēscō ldquo(I) become accusomedrdquoSuēvī a name o a German ribe suādeō ldquo(I) adviserdquo suāvis ldquosweerdquo
bull Te leter r is rilled slighly Te sound has no exac equivalen in English bu is heard inmany oher European languages Te bes way o make his sound is o pronounce r as inldquoroperdquo bu vibrae he end o he ongue slighly as you say i
bull x is a double consonan (equivalen ocs or gs) ha sounds much like he x in ldquosixrdquo
bull z is a noher double consonan (equivalen o dz) and sounds almos like z in ldquozebrardquo I be-gins wih a sligh d sound firs so in pronouncing his leter you should hear dz
bull ph sounds like p in ldquopenrdquo bu wih he addiion o a sligh breah o air represened by he hth sounds like t as in ldquo omrdquo bu wih he addiion o a sligh ex ra breahing represened byhe h ch sounds nearly like he combinaion kh Tese consonans are borrowed rom Greek
and appear in Greek words zephyrus ldquowesern breezerdquo chorus ldquochorusrdquo heārum ldquoheaerrdquo When p and t are no accompanied by h his sligh aspiraion is absen
bull When consonans are doubled as in he verbaggredior he consonanal sound is lenghenedslighly
EXERCISE 3epea hese words afer your eacher pronounces hem
1 cibus 7 glōria 13 phasēlus2 capiō 8 Zeus 14 chara3 cumulus 9 bibliohēca 15 cēlō4 crēscō 10 phi losophia 16 anīquus5 gemma 11 zōna6 Gallus 12 heōrēma
g y g y gevidence suggess i is naurally shor Tus in some grammar books such as he one by Gildersleeveand Lodge we find his syllable marked as long bu in oher books i is reaed as shor
TEACHING TIPTe sudens may also wish o find ou he meanings o he Lain words in Exercise 3 Te definiionsare provided or he eacherrsquos convenience
EXERCISE 3
1 ood2 I ake
3 a heap
4 I grow
5 bud jewel
6 a Gaul
7 glory
8 Zeus
9 library
10 philosophy
11 a girdle
12 heory
13 kidney bean
14 paper
15 I hide
16 old
TEACHING TIPTe eacher may wish o provide he sudens wih some pracice on syllables and sress accen Here
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 3454
xxviii bull Latin for the New Millennium
xxviii bull Latin for the New Millennium
ACCENT A Lain word is made up no jus o leters bu also o syllables A Lain word has as many syllablesas i has vowels or diphhongs (a diphhong works like a single vowel since i is made up o wo
vowels pronounced ogeher [see diphhongs above])
You will need o know he ollowing erms when learning abou accen
bull ulima he las syllable in a word
bull penul he second-o-las syllable in a word
bull anepenul he hird-o-las syllable in a word
So in he word ze- ph y-r us he vowel u is he ulima y is he penul and e is he anepenul
RULES ABOUT THE STRESS ACCENT IN LATIN1 Te sress accen in Lain alls on eiher he penul or he anepenul
2 Te accen alls on he penul i he penul is long I he penul is shor he accen alls onhe anepenul
3 How o deermine wheher he penul is long or shor
a I he penul conains a long vowel (or any diphhong) he penul isel is long You o-en need o learn wheher he vowel in he penul is long or shor as a basic elemen inlearning a new word A macron above he vowel will ell you ha he vowel is long whi lehe absence o a macron wil l indicae a shor vowel Pronouncing he word can help youremember he vowel lenghs For ex ample vi-de-ō ldquoI seerdquo is pronounced viacutedeō whileau-rō-ra ldquodawnrdquo is pronounced aurōacutera and po-pu-lus ldquopeoplerdquo is pronounced po pulus
b I he vowel in he penul is ollowed by wo or more consonans he penul is long no
mater wheher he vowel in he penul is long or shor and he accen necessarily allson he penul For example do-cu-men-um ldquodocumenrdquo is pronounced documenacuteum
BY THE WAYTe consonan x is double (cs or gs) and couns as wo consonans when deermining
wheher he penul is long
c Tere is one excepion o lsquobrsquo above Someimes even when here are wo consonans be-ween he penul and he ulima hey sill do no deermine ha he penul is long Tishappens when he wo consonans are a mue and a liquid
Te mues are p b d t g c
Te liquids are l r
So in he word pal-pe-bra ldquoeyelidrdquo he anepenul is accened ( palacutepebra) he vowel o he pe-nul is shor since i i s ollowed by a mue and a l iquid O course ru le lsquoarsquo sill applies in he wordhe-ā-trum ldquoheaerrdquo he penul is accened (heāacuterum) since i is naurally long somehing welearn rom he macron
y p p yare some examples wih he answers included or he eacherrsquos convenience
Underline he ulima in each word
1 legō
2 rēgis
3 imperāor
Underline he penul in each word
1 causa
2 pūnīum3 armāus
Underline he anepenul in each word
1 vulnerō
2 eigī
3 sublāum
Underline he penul i i is long
1 pōnō
2 spēlunca
3 pauperis
Underline he syllable ha will receive he sress accen in each word1 ōrāculum
2 peīum
3 cōnsania
4 exsīncum
5 vulneris
6 solius
TEACHING TIPGiven he passage abou he bahhouse on his page and he picure rom Bah England he
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 3554
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull xxix
EXERCISE 4epea each senence aloud afer your eacher reads i Pay atenion o he pronunciaion andsress accen o each word
Wha i is Like o Live Over a Bahhouse
(Adaped rom Seneca Moral Leter 56)
Ecce undique clāmor sona Suprā ipsum balneum habiō Prōpōne nunc ibi omnia genera vōcumodiōsa Foriōrēs exercenur e manūs plumbō gravēs iacan cum au labōran au labōranemimianur Gemiūs audiō quoiēns spīrium remīsērun Sun quoque ūncōrēs e racāōrēs
Audiō crepium manuum umerōs erienium sonus quoque icuum mūāur nunc enim manusperveni plāna nunc concava Audiō clāmōrēs sī ūr es i n balneō dēprehēnsus
Look here is noise sounding all around I live above he bahhouse isel Imagine o yourselnow all he haeul ypes o voices Te sronger ones exercise hemselves and swing heir ha ndsloaded wih lead weighs while hey work ou991252or imiae a person working ou I hear moansevery ime hey le go a ltpen-upgt breah Tere are also anoiners and masseurs I hear he slapo hands hiting shoulders and he sound o he blows changes or someimes he hands come1047298a someimes cupped I hear shouing i a hie is caugh in he bahhouse
A pool from inside he Roman Bahs in Bah England
Introduction bull xxix
eacher may wish o open a discussion abou bahs during oman i mes Te use o he calidārium fīgid ārium epidārium and sūdārium may be explained by he eacher and sudens may be en-couraged o learn andor pronounce hese words
TEACHER BY THE WAYBahs were ofen consruced on locaions having ho or mineral springs such as Bah in Englandand Bāiae a resor own on he Bay o Naples
Modern Bah in oman imes was named afer he Celic goddess o healing Sulis In he firscenury her shrine was aken over by he omans and she was idenified wih he goddess Minerva
Te sie was hen known as Aquae Sulis Mine rva In a emple relie she is represened wih a Medusa-like head and a musache
Te spa conained a grea bah (73 f by 29 f) and hree oher swimming pools he calidārium (ho bah)epidārium (warm bah) and fīgidār ium (cold bah) In he second cenury he spring was enclosed wihin a wooden barrel-vau led build ing ha housed hese hree pools Ho ai r bahs were ueled by coal fires A con-san 1047298ow o waer was direced o he pools hrough lead pipes which sill uncion oday
Archeologica l excavaions have revealed ma ny sacred voive offerings c urse ables and innumerable coinsa he botom o he springs Te curse ables writen in Lain heaped curses on anyone suspeced o wrong-doing Te ancien radiion o hrowing coins accompanied by a wish sill prevails oday in ome a he reviFounain where ourissvisiors do he same
More inormaion on bah complexes in ome can be ound on p 386 o his eacherrsquos manual
Sandards22 31
32 41 42
TEACHING TIPTe eacher may wish o insruc he sudens o find he iber iver which is picured here on he
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 3654
xxx bull Latin for the New Millennium
xxx bull Latin for the New Millennium
OVERVIEW OF ROMAN HISTORY According o legend omulus and his win broher emus were se adrif on he iber iver Ashe-wol nursed he boys unil a shepherd rescued hem Upon reaching manhood in 753 983138983139983141he wins ounded a new ciy near he place w here hey had been ound by he she-wol on he
basis o anaugusō auguriō ldquoa avorable sighing o birdsrdquo Bu omulus killed emus in a dispueover who would rule he new ciy and became is firs king
Six oher kings ruled afer omulus Numa Pompilius ullus Hosilius Ancus Marius ar-quinius Prisc us Servius ullius a nd arquinius Superbus (arquin he Proud) Afer he las ohese seven kings was overhrown in 509 983138983139983141 ome became a republic wih a represenaiveorm o governmen headed by wo consuls eleced an nually By 451 983138983139983141 he fi rs corpus o o-man law known as he welve ables was creaed
In he las cenury 983138983139983141 he oman epublic was shaken apar by a series o civil wars By31 983138983139983141 an auocraic regime headed earlier by Julius Caesar and laer by his grea-nephew Oc-avian brough he epublic o an end Te years rom 27 983138983139983141991252when Ocavian assumed heile o prīnceps ldquochie ciizenrdquo as well as he name Augu sus991252o around 180 983139983141 are known ashe early principae or empire During his era ome exended her boundaries o he BriishIsles in he norh Norh Arica in he souh Spain in he wes and he igris and Euphraesrivers in he eas
A view of he iber River as i 1047298ows hrough he ciy of Rome
map on p xxxii
COMPREHENSION QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS FOR PAGE XXX991251XXXI
eproducible versions o he quesions alone are available a wwwlnm bolchazycom
1 Who were he legendary ounders o ome
omulus and emus
2 According o legend in wha year was ome ounded
753 983138983139983141
3 Over he course o he monarchic period how many kings ruled ome
Seven
4 Wha even occurred in 509 983138983139983141
Te beginni ng o he oman epublic (wih wo consuls in charge)
5 Wha is he erm associaed wih he wo leaders o he epublic
Consul
6 Which wo leaders oversaw omersquos shif rom a republic o a principae
Julius Caesar and OcavianAugusu s
7 Wha major aciviy associaed wih empire-building ook place during he principae
erriorial expansion
8 Name wo developmens ha characerized he lae empire
Severe economic problems inernal poliical unres andor requen invasion by he Germanic ribes
9 Describe Diocleianrsquos response o he roubles o he empire
Diocleian divided he empire ino wo halves he Easern and Wesern empires in order o make ruli nghe empire more manageable
10 Explai n he origin o he erm ldquovandalismrdquo
Te fifh cenury invasion and pillag ing o ome by he ribe known as he Vandals who occupied he o-man province o Norh Arica led o he erm ldquovandalismrdquo meaning wanon desrucion
11 Describe Lainrsquos role in he cenuries afer 476 983139983141
Lain 1047298ourished as he major lierary language in he Wesern oman Empire and was spread o non-omanized places like Ireland Scandinavia and he New World
TEACHING TIP
Te eacher may ask he sudens o find he daes menioned on his page in he imeline on pp411ndash414
Sandards21 31 32
TEACHING TIPTe eacher may insruc he sudens o locae ByzaniumConsaninople discussed here in he
d h h ii
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 3754
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull xxxi
Introduction bull xxxi
From 180 983139983141 onwards in he period k nown as he lae empire he oman sae experiencedsevere economic problems and requen invasions by Germanic ri bes esponding o he pres-sure o he firs wave o migraions as well as inernal poliical u nres and economic diffi culieshe emperor Diocleian (ruled 284ndash305 983139983141) had already divided he oman Empire ino anEasern and Wesern hal each under is own emperor991252an atemp o make he vas omansae more manageable
Tis poliical division o he empire acually mirrored a culural division oo he main lan-guage o he Wes was Lain while he main language o he Eas was Greek Shorly aferwardshe emperor Consanine (ruled 312ndash337 983139983141) esablished a new capial or he Easern empirea Byzanium wh ich he renamed Consaninople (ldquohe ciy o Consaninerdquo oday called Isan-
bul) Bu even afer his reorganizaion he imperial governmen ulimaely proved incapable o
semming he ide o he migraions in par because he oman army was oo widely e xendedand could no be in so many places a once Indeed many o he invaders were given he sauso oederāī or ldquoreay roopsrdquo In effec hey were a llowed o occupy segmens o he empire inreurn or proecing i So when Alar ic King o he Visigohs sacked ome in 410 983139983141 he acual lyhad a ile as a commander in he oman army
ome was sacked again in 455 983139983141 by he Vandals who had already occupied he omanprovince o Norh Arica Te pillaging o he ciy o omulus by he invaders made a pro-ound impression on conemporaries and o his day he erm ldquovandalismrdquo is a word in severallanguages or wanon desrucion While he Easern empire (always more sable and eco-nomically prosperous han he Wes) coninued o exis unil 1453 983139983141 he Wesern empire
was ex inc as a poliica l eniy by 476 983139983141 In is place were Germa nic k ingdoms and ribes Angles and Saxons in Briai n Visigohs in Spain Osrogohs in Ialy Franks and Burgundi ansin Gaul991252o name only he major groups Te combinaion o hese new socieies wih heprevious inhabians who had been omanized o varying degrees would one day provide he
basis or he culures o modern Europe
Bu he end o he ancien oman Empire in he Wes was no he end o Lain On he con-rary during he nex 1200 years Lain no only 1047298ourished as he major lierary language in he
erriories o he ormer Wesern oman Empire he use o Lain was exended o regions heomans had never occupied including Ireland Scandinavi a and even he New World
BEGINNINGS OF LATIN LITERATURE Very ew complee works o Lain lieraure produced beore he mid-second cenury 983138983139983141 (ie beore 150 983138983139983141) have survived One reason or his loss was he remendous populariy o he works produced in he ollowing cenury by such auhors as Cicero Vergil and Ovid Teir wri-ings were so widely read and copied in subsequen cenuries ha he auhors preceding hem
were gradually negleced
Among he major figures o early Lain lieraure was a reed slave rom he Greek ciy o aren-um named Livius Andronicus who li ved rom 284ndash204 983138983139983141 He was known or his adapaionso Greek drama or oman audiences and his ranslaion o Homerrsquos Odyssey ino Lain verse
second paragraph on he map on p xxxii
TEACHING TIPTe eacher may ask he sudens o find he daes menioned on his page in he imeline on pp413ndash414
HOW TO USE THIS BOOK AND ITS ANCILLARIES
wo ancillaries are available or use wih his book Te Original Dysuncional Family (abbreviaed ODF)and From Romulus o Romulus Augusulus (abbreviaed R) R will be paricularly useul in order ohelp sudens keep he ime periods o he auhors and o he evens he auhors wroe abou sraigh in heirminds Chaper ile pages will include when appropriae a noaion on wha chaper o R he eachermay wish o assign
TEACHING TIPTe eacher may wish o assign Chaper 1 o he oman hisory ancillary From Romulus o Romu-lus Augusulus a his poin
COMPREHENSION QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS FOR PAGES XXXI991251XXXIVeproducible versions o he quesions alone are available a wwwlnm bolchazycom
1 Whom did he omans consider he aher o Lain lieraure
Ennius
2 Wha was Enniusrsquo mos amous work Is subjec mater
Annālēs was an epic poem abou omersquos early hisory
3 Wha amous Lain saying means ldquoCarhage mus be desroyedrdquo
Carhāgō dēlenda es
4 Who is he auhor o ha saying
Cao he ElderCao he Censor
5 When was Carha ge said o have been desroyed
146 983138983139983141 a he end o he hird Punic war
NB Aler sudens ha he answers o hese comprehension quesions will be ound on p xxxiv
Sandards21 31
R1
TEACHING TIP Ask sudens he English equivalen o cou nries s uch as Briannia and Germānia and he Englishequivalen o he ciies Neāpolis and Ahēnae
Sandard31
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 3854
xxxii bull Latin for the New Millennium
equivalen o he ciies Neāpolis and Ahēnae
A full size r eproducible version of h is page wihou he answe rs can be downloaded a wwwlnm bolchazycom
HOW TO USE THIS BOOK Answers o rep roducible aciviies w ill be gi ven in a larger size bel ow or he eacherrsquos convenience
ANSWERS TO MAP WORK 991251 PAGES XXXII991251XXXIII
1 Crēa Sicilia Corsica Sardinia Cyprus Ihaca Dēlos Brianni a
2 Vesuvius Mōns Aena Mōns Olympus Mōns Āppennīnus Mōns
3 Syria Macedonia Arica Asia
4 mare or ponus
5 Asia Eurōpa Arica
A full siz e reproducible version of his page wihou he answers can be down loaded a wwwln mbolchazycom
Te eacher may wish o have his map enlarged when reproducing i for ease of suden use in compleing his aciviy
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 3954
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull xxxiii
HOW TO USE THIS BOOK
Te answers o his aciviy can be easily seen on he wo acing pages
Te omans regarded Ennius (ca 239 169 983138983139983141) as he aher o Lain lieraure He wroe
TEACHING TIPSudens may be encouraged o find he ciy o Carhage menioned in he second paragraph on hemap on p xxxii
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 4054
xxxiv bull Latin for the New Millennium
xxxiv bull L atin for the New Millennium
Te omans regarded Ennius (ca 239ndash169 983138983139983141) as he aher o Lain lieraure He wroemany kinds o lierary works including plays His Annālēs an epic poem abou he early hisoryo ome was paricularly renowned and perhaps he primary epic read in oman schools beorehe ime o Vergil Only ragmens o his wriings remain
One o Enniusrsquo conemporaries was heamed Cao he Censor also known as Caohe Elder (234ndash149 983138983139983141) a rigidly conserva-ive oman senaor Mos o his reaise onagriculure called Dē agrī culūrā survivesI is he oldes work o Lain prose amongCaorsquos recommendaions here are ha fieldslaves be reaed similarly o beass o bur-den Cao is also remembered or his sae-men Carhāgō dēlenda es ldquoCarhage mus
be desroyedrdquo evidence or he omanear o he Carhaginians Te omansough hree wars known as he Punic
Wars agai ns he Car haginians Te fi rsended beore Cao was born in he secondagains Hannibal Cao served wih miliarydisincion he hird ended in 146 983138983139983141 asCao had demanded wih he desruciono Carhage On his occasion he vic oriousomans were said o have plowed sal inohe Carhaginian soil
Discussions abou laer auhors and adap-aions rom heir wriings w ill be presenedchronologically in he chapers o his book
Ancien ruins a Carhage in Africa
p p
TEACHER BY THE WAY Alhough he works o Enniu s have been preserved on ly in ragmens (abou a housand lines) hehad a grea in1047298uence on subsequen poes such as Vergil Quoable quoes include
bull a es o riendship Amīcus cer us in rē incer ā cerniur (A riend in need is a riend indeed)
bull an applicaion o wisdom o lie Quī ipse sibi sapiēns prōdesse nequi nēquīquam sapi (A man who
himsel is wise bu unable o be useul o himsel is wise or nohing)bull he amous descripion o Fabius Maximus Ūnus homō nōbīs cūncandō resiui rem (One man by delaying res ored he sae or us)
bull and he line on Manius Curius Quem nēmō errō poui superāre nec aurō (Whom no one was ableo deea eiher by sword or gold)
We also have preser ved or us he exa mple o excessive all ieraion ha has g iven rise o much laugher inLain classrooms over he years Ō ie ūe aī ibi ana yranne ulisī ldquoO ius aius you yran (all voca-ive) you brough o yoursel such grea (roubles)rdquo991252ranslaed in conex which plays off he more lieral ldquo you ookacquired or yoursel such grea hings rdquo
On he oher hand he composed his own epiaph in which his high eseem among omans proved o beprescien
nēmō mē lacrumīs decōre neu unera 1047298ēū
axi Cūr Voliō vivos per ōra v irum (Le no one honor me wih ears or make a uneral pyre by weeping
Why I 1047298y li ving hrough he mouhs o men)
TEACHER BY THE WAY
Pluarchrsquos Lie o Cao is a good source o snappy quoaions atribued o his saesman soldier andauhor For example while discussing he power o women he said ldquoAll oher men rule heir wives we rule al l oher men and our w ives rule us rdquo Atemping o persuade he oman people o orego adisribuion o grain he began his speech by saying ldquoI is a hard mater o argue wih he belly sincei has no earsrdquo And o a ribune who had been accused o using poison and was rying o pass a use-less bill he said ldquoI know no which is worse o drink your mixures or o enac your billsrdquo
1CHAPTER 1
HOW TO USE THIS BOOK
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 4154
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull 1
1CHAPTER
Parts of Speech Nouns Number Gender Case (Nominative and Accusative)
First Declension Nouns
MEMORĀBILE DICTŪ
SPQ Senātus Populusque ōmānusldquoTe Senae and he People o omerdquo
Tese our leters orm wha is known as an acronym one ha symbolized supreme power inancien ome
Oil paining of Romulus and Remus wih he wolf By Peer Paul Rubens (1577ndash1640)
Te grammaical and synacical opics ha will be presened in each chaper o his book are lised a he opo he chaper ile page
HOW TO USE THIS BOOK
Te illusraion on each chaperrsquos ile page presens a visual inroducion o he Lain reading passage ha willollow eachers may choose o discuss he illusraion in order o provide he conex or he reading he su-dens will encouner on he nex page
HOW TO USE THIS BOOK
On each chaper ile page he phrase Memorābile Dictū (ldquoA memorable hing o say rdquo) will be ou nd Below here will be a amous phrase quoa ion abbreviaion or moto in L ain ha w ill connec hese words o he opicsin he chaper
MEMORĀBILE DICTŪ VOCABULARY
populus populī m ndash people
-que ndash and
senāus senāūs m ndash senae
TEACHING TIP
ubens pained his picure o omulus and emus rom 1615ndash1616 during wha is called he Ba-roque period o ar Te man approaching rom he rear is Fausulus Te reclining figure is he god
o he river iber
HOW TO USE THIS BOOK AND ITS ANCILLARIESwo ancillaries are available or use wih his book Te Original Dysunctional Family (abbreviaed ODF)and From Romulus to Romulus Augustulus (abbreviaed R) R will be paricularly useul in order ohelp sudens keep he ime periods o he auhors and o he evens he auhors wroe abou sraigh in heirmind Chaper ile pages wil l include when appropriae a noaion abou wha chaper o R he eachermay wish o assign
Standards11 21
R 2and 3
READING
TRANSLATION OF LATIN PASSAGEomulus and emus
Mars is a god Mars loves hea Silvia And so hea Silvia has wo sons omulus and emus Amulius locks uph Sil i A li l d i h A h l lk h T h l
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 4254
2 bull Latin for the New Millennium
2 bull Latin for the New Millennium
READINGTis sory describes how ome was said o have been ounded in 753 983138983139983141 King Numior o AlbaLonga was overhrown by his cruel and ambiious broher Amulius who no only seized hehrone bu so eared ha one o Numiorrsquos male descendans migh have a legiimae claim oni ha he made Amuliusrsquo daug her hea Silvia a priesess o he goddess Vesa Tese priesesses
were no allowed o marry during heir childbearing years
RŌMULUS ET REMUS
1 Mārs es deus Mārs hēam Silviam ama Iaque hēa Silvia duōs
īliōs habe ōmulum e emum Amūlius hēam Silviam vinculīs
claudi Amūlius ōmulum e emum in aquam pōni Lupa ad aquamambula Lupa ōmulum e emum bene cūra e ama ōmulus e
5 emus crēscun Poseā ōmulus e emus ōmam aedifican
Famous bronze saue of he she-wolf and he wins
hea Silvia Amulius pus omulus and emus ino he waer A she-wol walks o he waer Te she-wol caresor (akes good care o) omulus and emus well and loves (hem) omulus and emus grow up Aferwards(laer) omulus and emus build ome
HOW TO USE THIS BOOK Above each La in reading pa ssage inorm aion is presened in Engl ish Tis pre -reading provides back groundinormaion abou he auhor and esablishes he conex o he passage he sudens will read
TEACHER BY THE WAY
Te eacher may wish o inroduce he class o he radiional abbreviaions o 983137983140 (which sandsor he Lain phrase Annō Dominī ldquoi n he year o our Lordrdquo) and 983138983139 (which sands or he Engl ishphrase ldquoBeore Chrisrdquo) Tese older abbreviaions coninue o be used bu his book employs heabbreviaions 983138983139983141 (Beore he Common Era) and 983139983141 (Common Era)
TEACHING TIPInsruc he sudens o locae Alba Longa on he map on pp xxxiindashxxxiii
TEACHER BY THE WAYTough he wins were added o he sculpure in he enaissance he she-wol has srong links wihEruscan myhology and shows characerisics o Eruscan sculpure
TEACHING TIP
Te eacher may wish o encourage he sudens o design an abbreviaed amily ree o omulusand emus
Standards11 22
Jupier Juno King Num ior o Alba Longa
Mars hea Silvia
omulus emus
READING VOCABULARY
HOW TO USE THIS BOOKTe English pronoun subjec o a verb is no lised in he eading Vocabulary i he pronoun is no needed inhe ranslaion
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 4354
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull 3
Chapter 1 bull 3
READING VOCABULARYad aquam ndash o he waer
aedifican ndash build
ama ndash loves
ambula ndash walks
Amūlius ndash Amul ius
aquam ndash waer
bene ndash well
claudi ndash locks up
crēscun ndash grow up
cūra ndash akes care o cares or
deus ndash god
duōs ndash woes ndash is
e ndash and
īliōs ndash sons
habe ndash has
in aquam ndash ino he waer
iaque ndash and so
lupa ndash she-wol
Mārs ndash Mars he god o war
pōni ndash pus
poseā ndash aferwards laer
emum ndash emus
emus ndash emus
hēa Silvia ndash hea Silvia
hēam Silviam ndash hea Silvia
ōmam ndash ome
ōmulum ndash omulus
ōmulus ndash omulus vinculīs ndash w ih chains
Words marked wih an aserisk will need o bememorized laer in he chaper
COMPREHENSION QUESTIONS1 Whose sons are omulus and emus
2 Wha did Amulius do
3 Who saved he lie o omulus and emus
4 Wha did omulus and emus do
HOW TO USE THIS BOOK
Te sudens should not be expeced o lea rn he words under he ile eading Vocabulary whenever his ileoccurs in he book Insead insruc sudens o learn he vocabulary words lised under he ile Vocabularyto Learn ha will be ound laer in each chaper In more advanced Lain exs usually here are vocabularyand noes o help he sudens when reading a passage Tis eading Vocabulary will help prepare sudens orlaer more advanced classes
ANSWERS TO COMPREHENSION QUESTIONS
1 Tey are he sons o Mars and hea Silvia2 He locked up hea Silvia
3 A she-wol
4 Tey buil he ciy o ome
TEACHING TIP
Whi le English deriva ives rom he sar red words (ie he Vocabulary o L earn) are he opic o Ex-ercise 2 laer in his chaper here are some ineresing derivaives rom he non-sarred words andsome o hese show how words change hrough he years Te eacher may choose o discuss hesederivaives wih he sudens
bull aedi1047297cant (aedi1047297cō) ndash ediy edificaion edifice
Tis Lain word is buil rom wo Lain words aciō (o do make) and aedēs (house emple) Te
English derivaives reain his religious connecion or hey mean ldquoo build up he aih moraliy o in-sruc especially morallyrdquo Te word ldquoedificerdquo is always used or an imposing srucure such as a ldquoemplerdquoor aedēs
bull claudit (claudō) ndash close conclusion enclosure sluice
A ldquocloserdquo is a small shu-in space and some people i locked in one suffer rom ldquoclausrophobiardquo acompound derivaive parly rom Lain (o close confine) and parly rom he Greek (ear) hence ldquoa earo closed spacesrdquo
Te word ldquosluicerdquo does no look like a derivaive o claudō bu i has undergone cha nges as i ca meino English via middle English and old French (sclus) rom he Lain exclūdō which means ldquoo shu ourdquo Asluice has a gae a he op o he channel o shu off he 1047298ow o waer as necessary
bull crēscunt (crēscō) ndash crescen accrue recrui crew
Te word ldquocrewrdquo in middle English mean ldquoreinorcemenrdquo so a body o soldiers grew Te word ldquore-
cruirdquo has he same basic idea ecruis increase he size o he army (rom he Lain recrēscō meaning ldquoogrow againrdquo)
bull deus ndash deiy deiy
bull duōs ndash double dozen due duplicae
Te word ldquodozenrdquo is a compound rom he Lain word or ldquowordquo and he German word or ldquoenrdquo (zehn)
bull habet (habeō) ndash habi abiliy prohibiive
Onersquos abiliy depends on he alens and skil ls one has
bull pōnit ( pōnō) ndash depo imposiion preposiion
A depo origina lly was a place where supplies were pu or sorage
LANGUAGE FACT I
HOW TO USE THIS BOOKTe Language Facs secion o each chaper will conain boh grammaical (morphological) and synacicalinormaion ie inormaion boh abou he orms o he words and he srucure o he senence
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 4454
4 bull Latin for the New Millennium
4 bull Latin for the New Millennium
LANGUAGE FACT I
PARTS OF SPEECHTe parts o speech used in a Lain senence deermine is meaning jus as in English While henoun and he verb are he wo mos imporan oher common pars o speech are lised below
Noun a person place hing idea acion or qual iy Examples ldquoomulusrdquo ldquoriverrdquo ldquocouragerdquo
Pronoun a word ha sands in place o a noun ha has been previously menioned or is clearrom conex Examples ldquoIrdquo ldquosherdquo ldquohimrdquo ldquoirdquo
Adjecive a word ha limis or defines a noun or a pronoun Examples ldquolitlerdquo ldquosrongrdquo
Adverb a word ha lim is or defines verbs adjecives or (oher) adverbs Examples ldquoveryrdquoldquoquielyrdquo
Verb a word ha describes an acion or sae o being Examples ldquogordquo ldquosayrdquo ldquowasrdquo
Preposiion a word ha begins a preposiional phrase such as ldquoinrdquo ldquoordquo ldquoonrdquo ldquoorrdquo ldquobyrdquoldquowihrdquo A preposiional phrase is a preposiion joined o a noun Examples ldquoin he morningrdquoldquowih a sharp pencilrdquo
Conjuncion a word ha connecs words phrases clauses a nd senences Examples ldquoandrdquoldquoburdquo ldquoalhoughrdquo
Inerjecion a word ha expresses emoion Examples ldquowowrdquo
EXERCISE 1eview he meanings and ideniy he pars o speech o he ollowing words Te eading
Vocabulary may be consu led
1 īliōs 6 e2 bene 7 lupa3 aedifican 8 claudi
4 ad 9 ōmam5 ambula 10 ama
EXERCISE 1 ANSWERS
1 noun
2 adverb
3 verb
4 preposiion
5 verb
6 conjuncion
7 noun8 verb
9 noun
10 verb
TEACHING TIP
Te eacher may wish o ask he sudens in Lain wha par o speech a given word is Te eacher would say ldquoQuae pars ōrātiōnis estrdquo Suden responses would be
bull nōmen substantīvumsubstantīvum ndash noun
bull prōnōmen ndash pronoun
bull nōmen adiectīvumadiectīvum ndash adjecive
bull verbum temporāle ndash verb
bull adverbium ndash adverb
bull praepositiō ndash preposiion
bull coniūnctiō ndash conjuncion
bull interiectiō ndash inerjecion
Standards11 41
Standards11 41
WorkbookExercise 1
VOCABULARY TO LEARN
TEACHING TIPSince his is he firs se o Lain words ha your sudens will be required o memorize i is usuallya good idea o sugges and discuss wih hem some differen ways o memorize vocabulary Somesel help opions are lised below
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 4554
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull 5
NOUNSagricola agricolae m ndash armer
aqua aquae ndash waer
āhlēa āhlēae m ndash ahlee
īlia īliae ndash daugher
lupa lupae ndash she-wol
naua nauae m ndash sailor
poēa poēae m ndash poe
puella puellae ndash girl
ōma ōmae ndash ome
erra errae ndash land
VERBSama ndash heshei loves
ambula ndash heshei walks
cūra ndash heshei akes care o cares or
es ndash heshei is
ADVERBS bene ndash well
poseā ndash aferwards
CONJUNCTIONSe ndash and
iaque ndash and so
Aqueducs carr ied waer (aqua) o he ciies in he Roman world Tis aqueduc buil in 19 983138983139983141 which srechedacross he Gard River was named he Pon du Gard and brough waer o he ciy of Nicircmes in France in ancien imes
Chapter 1 bull 5
sel-help opions are lised below
1 Look a he word in he book and say he word aloud
2 Wrie down he word on a piece o paper along wih is meaning and check o be sure here are no spell-ing errors Color-coding he words by pars o speech is also helpul Pronounce he word while wriing idown and hen repea he word including he meaning and spelling
3 Make handwriten 1047298ashcards wih he Lain on one side and English on he oher and be sure here are nospelling errors Color-coding is a good sraegy here also Wriing he word ou helps some sudens ce-men he word in he brain Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers has creaed an elecronic vocabulary resourceor hose sudens or whom echnological learning ools are an aid Tese vocabulary 1047298ashcards are orhe iPod See p 93 or more inormaion on iPod 1047298ashcards
4 Use English derivaives o help remember meanings Bu be careul since some derivaives may havemeanings grealy changed rom he original Lain word
5 Find clipar picures ha illusrae he vocabulary words and use he picures as a way o es yoursel onhe Lain words
TEACHER BY THE WAYTe eacher may wish o open a discussion abou aqueducs and he waer supply or ancien omans while l ooking a he picu re o he Pon du Gard on his page For a hisory o aqueducs and heirconsrucion Froninusrsquo book Dē aquīs urbis Rōmae is an excellen source Te book was writenabou 97 983139983141 when he was Superinenden o Aqueducs Oher aqueducs include he ollowing
bull Te double high aqueduc in Segovia Spainbull Te Aqua Appia buil in 312 983138983139983141
bull Te Aqua rāiāna
bull Te aqueduc buil by Alex ander Severus in 226 983139983141
bull Te Aqua Claudia
bull Te Aqua Marcia wh ich wa s probably named a fer A ncus Marcius who was he fi rs K ing oome by radiional accouns o build an aqueduc o bring waer o ome
NB Te word ldquo Aquardquo when capialized means ldquoaqueducrdquo
Eleven aqueducs urnished 250000 gallons o waer o ome every weny-our hours
BY THE WAY
E h u gi n in h b l r h rm T nd rm i h g nii
HOW TO USE THIS BOOK Ēn is a word ha calls atenion o somehing and means ldquoLook a hisrdquo Te inormaion given here draws a-enion o and urher specifies differen language acs
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 4654
6 bull Latin for the New Millennium
6 bull Latin for the New Millennium
Each noun given in he vocabulary has wo orms Te second orm is he geniivesingular
A derivative is an English word rooed in a Lain word Te English derivaive issimilar in meaning and orm o is Lain source
STUDY TIP
An English derivaive ofen can help you remember wha a Lain word means
EXERCISE 2Find he English derivaives based on he Vocabulary o Learn in he ollowing senences Wriehe corresponding Lain word
1 She shows a considerable filial respec oward her aher
2 Agriculu re is a science o culivaing he land
3 Te ship is equipped wih all he necessary nauical insrumens
4 We saw all kinds o fish in he aquarium
5 Tis is an all-errain vehicle
6 When will he ahleic compeiion sar
7 She has a ruly poeic naure
LANGUAGE FACT II
NOUNS NUMBER GENDER CASE 983080NOMINATIVE AND
ACCUSATIVE983081Nouns in Lain show number gender and case
Number Lain nouns are eiher singular or plural in number Number is shown in differen ways by differen ypes o nouns bu some ending-paterns are or singular orms and oherending-paterns are or plural orms
Gender Every noun likewise is eiher masculine eminine or neuer in gender You muslearn he gender o each noun In he Vocabulary o Learn l iss he gender is indicaed by hecommon abbreviaionsm (masculi ne) f (eminine) or n (neuer)
Case Lain nouns mus have an ending-patern ha displays case Tis is quie differen romEnglish in which case is indicaed by word posiion and no by endings (alhough case markersare preserved in cerain pronouns such as ldquoherdquo and ldquohimrdquo) A nounrsquos case reveals wha uncionhe noun has in he senence Tere are five common cases nominaive geniive daive accu-saive and ablaive wo less requenly used cases are called he vocaive and he locaive
HOW TO USE THIS BOOKStudy Tips give hins rhymes and mnemonics o help sudens learn grammar and vocabulary
EXERCISE 2 ANSWERS1 filial īlia
2 agriculure agricola
3 nauical naua
4 aquarium aqua
5 errain erra
6 ahleic āhlēa
7 poeic poēa
TEACHING TIPExplain o he sudens ha in English he words ldquoardquo ldquoanrdquo or ldquoherdquo are usually placed beore a nounand Lain does no have an equivalen or hese words known as aricles
eachers may need o sress he absence o he aricle many imes beore sudens compleely ine-grae his knowledge ino heir reading habis in Lain class
TEACHING TIPLain like many oher languages does no always observe biological gender Ofen he gender o a
Lain noun is deermined by grammaical acors such as he group o which a noun belongs
TEACHING TIP
Alhough in Exercise 2 he sudens are direced o find only he derivaives based on he Vocabular yo Learn hey may be ineresed o learn ha here are oher derivaives in Exercise 2 Te derivaiono hese words is provided or he eacherrsquos convenience
bull 1 consider - rom sīdus (sar) + cum (wih ogeher) and rom cōnsīderō (o examine consider)respec - rom respectō (look back a have regard or)
bull 2 science - rom scientia (knowledge) and sciō (o know) culivaing - rom colō (ill inhabi worship)
bull 3 necessary - rom necesse (necessary) insrumens - rom īnstruō (o equip build provide)
and rom īnstrumentum (equipmen ool ec)bull 5 vehicle - rom he Lain verb vehō (o carry)
bull 6 compeiion - rom petō (o seek aim a atack ec) + cum (wih oge her)
bull 7 naure - rom nātūra (naure)
Standard41
Standards11 31 41
STUDY TIP
An easy way o remember he names ohe five common cases iso use his mnemonic
TEACHING TIPSudens may no know wha he word ldquomnemonicrdquo means explain ha a mnemonic device is some-hing ha helps a suden o remember somehing Te eacher may also wish o use his opporu-niy o bring up Mnemosyne he goddess o memory and he moher o he Muses
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 4754
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull 7
Chapter 1 bull 7
An easy way o remember he names o he five common cases is o use his mnemonicdevice
Never NominaiveGive GeniiveDogs Daive A ny A ccusaive A buse A blaive
Nominative Te nominaive case idenifies he subjec Te subjec is a noun or a pronounha perorms he acion or exiss in a sae o being In he senence ldquoWilliam is readingrdquohe word ldquoWilliamrdquo is he subjec
Example Mārs amat Mars loves
Te noun subjec o he verb ldquoloverdquo is he god Mars
Find more examples o nominaives and heir verbs rom he reading passage a he begin-ning o he chaper
Te nominaive case also idenifies he predicae nominaive In he senence ldquoWilliam isa sudenrdquo he predicae nominaive is ldquoa sudenrdquo A predicae nominaive complees hemeaning o he verb ldquoo berdquo Look a his exa mple rom he reading
Example Mārs est deus Mars is a god
Mārs is he subjec and deus is a predicae nominaive
Accusative Te ourh case lised is called he accusaive he geniive daive and ablaivecases will be discussed in laer chapers Te accusaive case poins ou he noun (or pro-noun) ha is he direc objec emember direc objecs receive he acion o he verb Inhe senence ldquoI am wriing a leterrdquo he direc objec is ldquoa leterrdquo
Example Mārs Rhēam Silviam amat Mars loves hea Silvia
Te direc objec o ldquoloverdquo is he noun Rhēam Silviam
Find more examples o accusaives and heir verbs rom he reading passage a he beginningo he chaper
niy o bring up Mnemosyne he goddess o memory and he moher o he Muses
Answers to ldquoFind more examples of nominatives a nd their verbs from the reading passage at the begin-ning of the chapterrdquo
hēa Silvia habe
Amūl ius claudi
Amūl ius pōni
Lupa ambula
Lupa cūra e amaōmulus e emus crēscun
ōmulus e emus aedifican
Answers to ldquoFind more examples of accusatives and their verbs from the reading passage at the beg in-ning of the chapterrdquo
duōs īliōs habe ōmulum e emum
hēam Silviam claudi
ōmulum e emum pōni
ōmulum e emum bene cūra e ama
ōmam aedifican
TEACHING TIPSudens may encouner diffi culy when r ying o ransl ae Lain names used in cases o her han henominaive Te eacher a some poin will need o explain (and repea whenever necessary) ha when ransla ing a La in name he suden should al ways use he nominaive o rm o he word Onp 7 sudens are asked o find examples o accusaives and heir verbs in he reading passage Teanswers lised above provide an opporuniy o pracice wih his issue emind sudens o rans-lae duōs īliōs habet Rōmulum et Remum as ldquohe has wo sons omulus and emusrdquo Te oher ouranswers may be used as pracice wih he sudens
EXERCISE 3a Ideniy wheher he nouns in bold in hese senences are subjecs direc objecs or predi
TEACHER BY THE WAYIn conjuncion wih he picure and is capion he eacher may wish o menion ha he amil-ilar acronym o SPQ is sill in use and visible hroughou modern ome991252on liter bins sewercovers ec
Standards11 41
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 4854
8 bull Latin for the New Millennium
8 bull Latin for the New Millennium
a Ideniy wheher he nouns in bold in hese senences are subjecs direc objecs or predi-cae nominaives Te eading Vocabulary may be consuled
b Label each senence as vērum (rue) i i agrees or alsum (alse) i i disagrees wih he Lainreading passage a he beginni ng o he chaper
Example Amūlius es deusPredicae nominaive alsum
1 hēa Silvia ōmulum e emum cūra
2 Amūlius ōmulum e emum bene cūra
3 Amūlius lupam vinculīs claudi
4 Mārs ōmulum e emum in aquam pōni
5 Lupa hēam Silviam cūra
6 Amūlius ad aquam ambula
Te power of he ciy of Rome founded according o legend by Romulus is symbolized by hese four leters ha areprominenly displayed in various places wihin he ciy
EXERCISE 3 ANSWERS
1 subjec vērum
2 direc objecs alsum
3 direc objec alsum
4 subjec alsum
5 direc objec alsum
6 subjec vērum
WorkbookExercise 2 A full si ze reproduc ible version of th is page
without the a nswers ca n be downloade d at wwwlnm bolchazyco m
HOW TO USE THIS BOOK
Noun Declensions Te eacher may choose Lain nouns rom he declension ha is being sudied a he imehis workshee is used Tus no answers are provided here
LANGUAGE FACT III
TEACHING TIP Ask he sudens wha he Lain words seleced rom he reading and lised near he op o p 9 mean
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 4954
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull 9
Chapter 1 bull 9
FIRST DECLENSION NOUNS A declension is a g roup o nouns ha show a cerain patern o word endings Tere are five differ-en declensions in Lain In he reading abou omulus and emus hese are he orms belongingo he firs declension
hēam Silviam hēa Silvia aquam lupa ōmam
Noice ha he ex says Rhēa Silvia when she is he subjec and Rhēam Silviam when she is hedirec objec
Te firs declension is composed o words ha characerisically have he vowel a a or near heend o he word lupa
Below is he patern ha firs declension nouns ollow o show case and number Memorize heLain words in order rom he nominaive singular down o he ablaive singular and hen romhe nominaive plural down o he ablaive plural
emember ha he endings or a whole group o nouns ollow his patern Once you learn hi spatern you can recognize he case a nd number o all he words belonging o hi s declension
In his chaper you have begun o learn abou he nominaive and accusai ve cases Te ohercases will be explained in laer chapers
First DeclensionSingular Plural
Nomina ive l upa he she-wol Nominaive lupae he she-wolves
Geniive lupae o he she-wol Geniive lupārum o he she-wolves
Daive lupae oor he she-wol Daive lupīs oor he she-wolves
Accusaive lupam he she-wol Accusaive lupās he she-wolves
Ablaive lupā bywih he she-wol Ablaive lupīs bywih he she-wolves
Daive and ablaive plural o he words īlia ldquodaugherrdquo and dea ldquogoddessrdquo is fīliābus anddeābusTis is o di singuish hese orms rom he corresponding orms o īlius ldquosonrdquo and deus ldquogodrdquo
STUDY TIP
Noice ha he ablaive singular ending -ā has a long mark (macron) above i his ishe only difference beween he nominaive and ablaive singular endings
TEACHING TIP
Afer he firs declension has been presened o he sudens encourage hem depending on heirlearning syle o say he declension aloud o wrie down he words o inven a rap or a cheer
TEACHER BY THE WAY
Te patern is called a declension because he oher cases lean away ( dēclīnāre) rom he nominaiveie hey do no ollow he same orm as he nominaive
ORAL EXERCISE 1Tis exercise may be used afer the 1047297rst declension has been presented
Whi le looking a he declension o lupa ask he sudens o decli ne nauta
Singular PluralNominaive naua nauaeGeniive nauae nauārumDaive nauae nauīs Accusaive nauam nauās Ablaive nauā nauīs
Standards11 31 41
OralExercise 1
WorkbookExercise 3
STUDY TIP
Noice ha he daive and ablaive plural endings a re idenical
EXERCISE 4 ANSWERS1 geniive daive puellār um puellī s
2 accusaive nauās
3 accusaive errās
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 5054
10 bull Latin for the New Millennium
10 bull Latin for the New Millennium
Here are more words belonging o he fi rs declension
puella ndash girl īlia ndash daugher terra ndash land
Mos firs declension words are eminine i n gender bu a ew (usually ones ha indicae mas-culine occupaions in ancien imes) are masculine Examples are poēta ldquopoerdquoagricola ldquoarmerrdquonauta ldquosailorrdquo āthlēta ldquoahleerdquo
EXERCISE 4Ideniy he case o each singular noun Ten change each orm ino plural For some more han
one answer is possibleExample īlianominaive īliae
1 puellae 5 aquae2 nauam 6 puellā3 erram 7 āhlēā4 a gr ic ol a
Like he Greek wreslers porrayed on his ancien bas-reliefRoman ahlees were also fond of he spor of wresling
4 nominaive agricolae
5 geniive daive aquārum aquīs
6 ablaive puellīs
7 ablaive āhlēīs
TEACHING TIP
Since wreslers are depiced on he illusraion on his page he eacher may wish o open a discus-
sion abou he omansrsquo and Greeksrsquo ondness or wresling which was ofen praciced in a complexcalled he palaestra
oman boys were expeced o serve in he m iliary Tus hey were firs rained by heir ahers in wreslingand boxing Srengh and agiliy were sressed raher han grace o movemen as in Greek spors Te woprincipal syles uilized by he Greek were uprigh wresling in which hree alls o your opponen o heground were necessary o deea him and ground wresling which required he opponen o give up in ordero end he mach In he palaes tra here was an area or he young people o pracice wresling or boxing wih apunching bag (cōrycus) Examples o monumenal oman bahs wih a palaest ra are ound a he Bahs o Ca-racalla in ome he Harbor Bahs a Ephesus in urkey and he Bahs in Varna Bulgaria he larges anciensrucure in ha counry
Wresling was also one o he spor evens a he Olympic games ha he omans ofen atended Greco-oman wresling is also one o he evens eaured in he summer Olympic games in modern imes
TEACHING TIPTe eacher migh wan o have sudens read an English ranslaion o Book 23 o he Iliad in which Ajax a nd Odysseus compee in a wre sling m ach and Book 5 o he Aeneid or a descripion o hespors ha he omans played and compare he atiude o he compeiors in each epic Boh evens were par o he uneral games he ormer in honor o Paroclu s riend and atendan o Achil lesand he later in honor o Anchises aher o Aeneas Tis migh lead o urher discussion on henaure o modern wresling
Standards11 41
EXERCISE 5Ideniy he case o each plural noun Ten change each orm ino he singular For some more
TEACHING TIPSudens may wonder why he geniive singular w ihou is ending mus be used o find he base whenhe nominaive singular wihou is ending works jus as well Explain ha in oher noun declensionshe nominaive will no always provide he same base or have he same spelling as he geniive
Standards11 41
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 5154
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull 11
Chapter 1 bull 11
han one answer is possible
Example puellāsaccusaive puellam
1 īliae 5 aquīs2 errīs 6 poēārum3 nauārum 7 agricolae4 l upa e
BY THE WAY
In all declensions endings are added o he base o a noun I is imporan o know hahe base o a noun is ound by removing he ending rom is geniive si ngular orm Forexample he geniive singular o puella is puellae I you remove he -ae rom puellae
wha remains is he base o he word namely puell- For his reason learning he geni-ive singular is as imporan as knowing he nominaive singular o he noun
STUDY TIP
Always learn he geniive ogeher wih he nominaive because rom he geniive you will know o which declension a word belongs
A wall paining depic ing a Roman farmer (agricola) wih his sheep
EXERCISE 5 ANSWERS
1 nominaive īl ia
2 daive ablaive errae errā
3 geniive nauae
4 nominaive lupa
5 daive ablaive aquae aquā
6 geniive poēae7 nominaive agricola
HOW TO USE THIS BOOKIn his book he word ldquobaserdquo is used o reer o he noun wihou any ending ldquoStemrdquo is used or he par o he verb wihou any ending ldquoootrdquo is used or he Lain par o a derivaive
ORAL EXERCISE 2Tis exercise may be used afer Exercise 5
Use one o he ollowing classroom presenaion opions (hereafer reerred o as CPO) (blackgreenwhiesmar board overhead or LCD projecor PowerPoinreg presenaion ec) o pu his inormaion on view
quis ldquowhordquo (or he subjec) and quem ldquowhomrdquo (or he direc objec)
Ten ask he suden o answer he ollowing quesions abou he chaper reading eiher orally or in wri-
en orm
1 Teacher Quis es Mārs Student Mārs es deus
2 Teacher Quem ama Mārs Student hēam Silviam Mārs ama
3 Teacher Quis ama hēam Silviam Student Mārs ama hēam Silviam
4 Teacher Quem habe hēa Silvia Student hēa Silvia duōs īliōs ōmulum eemum habe
5 Teacher Quis claudi hēam Silviam Student Amūlius claudi hēam Silviam
6 Teacher Quem claudi Amūlius Student hēam Silviam Amūlius claudi
7 Teacher Quis ōmulum e emum in aquampōni
Student Amūlius ōmulum e emum in aquampōni
8 Teacher Quem Amūlius in aquam pōni Student Amūlius ōmulum e emum in aquampōni
9 Teacher Quis ambula ad aquam Student Lupa ambula ad aquam
10 Teacher Quis ōmulum e emum bene cūra Student Lupa ōmulum e emum bene cūra
11 Teacher Quōs lupa bene cūra Student Lupa ōmulum e emum bene cūra
12 Teacher Quis ōmulum e emum a ma Student Lupa ōmulum e emum ama
13 Teacher Quōs lupa ama Student Lupa ōmulum e emum ama
OralExercise 2
WorkbookExercise
4 5
EXERCISE 6ranslae rom Lain ino English and rom English ino Lain Te mos common Lain word
d
TEACHER BY THE WAYTe eacher may menion ha he mos common word order (subjec ndash direc objec ndash verb) can o-en be changed For example i he verb is o be emphasized i will ake firs posiion I he subjecor he direc objec is o be emphasized i will ake he las posiion which is he mos emphaic oneIn general he more unusual he wordrsquos posiion is he more emphasis is placed on his word
Standards11 41
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 5254
12 bull Latin for the New Millennium
12 bull Latin for the New Millennium
order is
subjec ndash direc objec ndash verb
1 Agricola erram ama
2 Te ahlee loves waer
3 Naua īlia m ama
4 Te poe loves ome
5 Agricola erram cūra
6 Te she-wol cares or (is aking care o) he girl
BY THE WAY
Even hough he mos common word order is subjec ndash di rec objec ndash verb rememberha endings991252no word order991252deermine which word is he subjec and which i s hedirec objec
TALKING When we mee one person we gree herhim wih salvē When we mee wo or more people wegree hem wih salvēte When we bid goodbye o one person we sayvalē When we bid goodbyeo wo or more people we say valēte
Here are various ways o ask ldquohow are yourdquo or ldquohow are you doingrdquo
Quōmodo valēs or Quōmodo tē habēs or Quid agis ldquoHow are yourdquo
Here is a range o possible answers
bene ldquowellrdquo pessimē ldquovery badrdquo optimē ldquogreardquo melius ldquobeterrdquo mediocriter ldquoso-sordquo or ldquono oo badrdquo meliusculē ldquoa litle beterrdquo male ldquobadrdquo
In general he more unusual he word s posiion is he more emphasis is placed on his word
EXERCISE 6 ANSWERS
1 Te armer loves he land
2 Āhlēa aquam ama
3 Te sailor loves (his) daugher
4 Poēa ōmam ama
5 Te armer cares or (is aking care o) he land6 Lupa puellam cūra
TEACHING TIP
Te eacher may sar he class in Lain by saying Salvēte discipulī et discipulae and by eaching hesudens o say in reurn Salvē magister (magistra)
ORAL EXERCISE 3Tis exercise may be used anytime afer the students have learned the use o the accusative case or afer Exercise 6
Use one o he CPOrsquos o pu on display he orms amō and cūrō and explai n ha hey a re in he fir s personsingular and how his differs rom he hird person singular learned in his chaper Ask individual sudens omake senences wih hem using he words hey have learned
Ten ell he sudens ha nōn means ldquonordquo and ask hem o make si milar senences wih nōn amō and nōn cūrō
Examples(nōn) amō erram īliam aquam lupam āhlēam(nōn) cūrō erram īliam puellam
WorkbookExercise 6
ContentQuestions
OralExercise 3
Standards12 21 41
42
SAYING HELLOMarīa Helena e Chrisīna sun (are) discipulae (students)
TEACHING TIPHave sudens read he dialogue aloud Tis will help o build heir pronunciaion skills
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 5354
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull 13
Chapter 1 bull 13
Marīa Salvēe Helena e Chrisīna
Christīna Salvē Marīa
Helena Salvē Marīa
Marīa Quōmodo valēs Helena Quōmodo valēs Chrisīna
Helena et Christīna Bene Quōmodo ū ( you) valēs Marīa
Marīa Pessimē
Helena et Christīna Cūr (Why)
Marīa imeō linguam Laīnam ( I ear the Latin language)Helena Ego ( I ) linguam Laīnam amō
Christīna E ego linguam Laīnam amō
ORAL EXERCISE 4
Tis exercise may be used afer he Lain dialogue has been presened
Insruc he sudens o say ldquohellordquo in Lain o he suden nex o hem Divide he class ino wo pars ellone par o gree he oher par using he plural greeing and vice versa Do he same ype o aciviy whensaying ldquogoodbyerdquo You may wish o make greeing he class in Lain a nd saying ldquogoodbyerdquo in Lain a par oa daily rouine
Divide he sudens ino pairs in which one person will ask how hisher parner is in Lain and he oher
wil l answer
ORAL EXERCISE 5
Tis exercise may be used afer he Lain dialogue has been presened
ell he sudens ha he paricle ndashne is added o he firs syllable o a word ha inroduces a quesion Ten askhe ollowing quesions abou he dialogue beween Mary Helen and Chrisy Individual sudens may answerorally or he enire class may wrie he answers as he eacher asks hem orally Te eacher should explain hahe orm valēs in he greeing Quōmodo valēs is in he second person which means ldquoyourdquo Te hird person orm(reerring o ldquoherrdquo ldquohimrdquo or ldquoirdquo) is valet So he phrase ldquoHow is she doingrdquo would be Quōmodo valet Te hirdperson o amō is amat and he hird person o timeō is timet
1 Teacher Quōmodo Chrisīna vale Student(s) Chrisīna bene vale
2 Teacher Quōmodo Marīa vale Student(s) Marīa pessimē vale
3 Teacher Cūr (why) Marīa pessimē vale Student(s) Marīa ime linguam Lainam4 Teacher Amane l inguam L aīnam Helena Student(s) Helena linguam Laīnam ama
5 Teacher Linguamne Laīnam ama Chrisīna Student(s) Chrisīna linguam Laīnam ama
ORAL EXERCISE 6 AND DICTATIONTis combined exercise may be used to conclude the chapter or at any time afer the students have learned the accusa-tive case and chapter vocabulary
Dicae he ollowing senences o he sudens Ten ask hem o make he ollowing changes eiher orally orin writen orm a he discreion o he eacher
1 Teacher Agricol a erram ama (change he direc objec ino plura l)Student Agricola errās ama
2 Teacher Lupa puellam cūra (change he direc objec ino plural)
Student Lupa puellās cūra3 Teacher Āhlēa puel lās ama (change he direc objec ino singu lar)
Student Āhlēa puellam ama
4 Teacher Fīlia errās ama (change he direc objec ino singular)Student Fīlia erram ama
OralExercise
4 5 6 andDictation
TEACHER NOTES
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 5454
14 bull Latin for the New Millennium
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 3054
xxiv bull Latin for the New Millennium
xxiv bull Latin for the New Millennium
Look a he English alphabe in he lef column and a he Lain alphabe in he righ one TeLain alphabe is accompanied by he names o he Lain leters (in parenheses)
English Alphabe Lain Alphabe
Uppercase Lowercase Uppercase Lowercase Leter Name
A a A a (a ldquoăhrdquo)
B b B b (be ldquobayrdquo)
C c C c (ce ldquocayrdquo)
D d D d (de ldquodayrdquo)
E e E e (e ldquoĕhrdquo)
F F (e)
G g G g (ge ldquogayrdquo)H h H h (ha ldquohahrdquo)
I i I i (i ldquoeerdquo)
J j
K k K k (ka ldquokahrdquo)
L l L l (el)
M m M m (em)
N n N n (en)
O o O o (o ldquoŏhrdquo)
P p P p (pe ldquopayrdquo)
Q q Q q (qu ldquokoordquo)
r r (er)
S s S s (es)
(e ldquoayrdquo)
U u U u (u ldquooordquo)
V v V v (u consonan)
W w
X x X x (ix ldquoeexrdquo)
Y y Y y (upsilon)
Z z Z z (zea ldquodzayardquo)
Te English alphabe is derived direcly rom he Lain alphabe Tis accouns or he greasimilariies b eween he wo alphabes Tere are 26 leters in he English alphabe and 24 in heLain Te differences are he ollowing
bull Te leter W w (which is he doubled leter v) is missing in he Lain alphabe
bull Te leter J j is a more recen invenion In ac i appears in Lain exs writen during heMiddle Ages and he enaissance as well as i n many modern ediions o ancien Lain exsI is used o indicae he semi-vowel i someimes called consonanal i Te consonanal i is
Sudens will enjoy singing he English alphabe song replacing he English leter names wih heLain leter names Sudens may be insruced o clap once where here is no Lain leter name (egldquoJrdquo) equivalen o he English one
TEACHING TIPTe eacher may choose o display any Lain words (a lis is provided below or he eacherrsquos conve-nience) and insruc he sudens o spell ou he word using he Lain leter names Te sudensmay become curious o know wha he Lain words mean Definiions are given below
bull pars ndash par
bull nox ndash nigh
bull ruber ndash red
bull ēgī ndash I have done
bull amilia ndash amily
bull carō ndash 1047298esh
bull dēcernō ndash I decide
bull herba ndash plan
bull Kalendae ndash Kalends (firs day o he monh)
bull quoque ndash also
bull imor ndash ear
bull Pȳhia ndash Pyhia (name o Apollorsquos priesess)
bull iēcī ndash I hrew
bull ēlīx - happy bull ignis ndash fire
bull mūō ndash I change
COMPREHENSION QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS FOR PAGES XXIII991251XXVeproducible versions o he quesions alone are available a wwwlnm bolchazycom
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 3154
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull xxv
Introduction bull xxv
he i a he beginning o a word beore a vowel or i beween wo vowels According o hismehod or example Iūlius is writen Jūlius and Āiax is writen Ājax In his book he leter J j will no be used
bull Te disincion beween he vowel U u and he consonan V v also belongs o laer imesIniially here was only one leter V u used boh or he vowel and he consonan eg Vrbs ldquoTe Ciyrdquo (ie ome) or uicor ldquohe winnerrdquo
bull However in accord wih he prevail ing pracice o expressing he vowel wih U u and heconsonan wih V v in his book he wo leters will be disingui shed
PRONUNCIATION OF LATIN
VOWELSTere are six vowels in Lain and heir pronunciaion is as ollows
Long Vowel Sound Shor Vowel Sound
ā is pronounced as in ldquoaherrdquo ōrāor ldquooraorrdquo a is pronounced as in ldquoalikerdquo amō ldquoloverdquo
ē is pronounced like he a in ldquoraverdquo nēmō ldquonobodyrdquo e is pronounced as in ldquoperdquo bene ldquowellrdquo
ī is pronounced like he double e in ldquoseenrdquo līmes ldquoboundaryrdquo
i is pronounced as in ldquopirdquo nihil ldquonohingrdquo
ō is pronounced as in ldquosoverdquo videō ldquo(I) seerdquo o is pronounced as in ldquoofenrdquorosa ldquoroserdquo
ū is pronounced as in ldquomoonrdquo ūnus ldquoonerdquo u is pronounced as in ldquopurdquo um ldquohenrdquo
ӯ comes rom Greek and is pronounced in lenghsomewhere beween he i in ldquohirdquo and he u in ldquomuerdquo Pӯramus ldquoPyramusrdquo
y comes rom Greek Is sound wheher long or shorlies in beween he sounds o i and u much as in heFrench ldquosucircrrdquo bu he sound o shor y is less drawn ouhan ha o long y lyricus ldquolyricalrdquo
Te Lain words senātus rēgēsulla gentēs and prīmus are
engraved on his sone
Sign from Pompeii carved on sone wih Lain leters
p q
1 race he roos o he Lain alphabe rom is beginnings orward
Norh-Semiic alphabe elevenh cenury 983138983139983141 Phoenician alphabe Greek alphabe Erusca n alphabeLain alphabe
2 Which wo leters in he English alphabe are no ound in he Lain alphabe
W and J
3 When does he leter J begin o appear in Lain
During he Middle Ages and he enaissa nce
4 Look a he Lain inscripion on he sign rom Pompeii (on he righ o p xxv) Find a leas hree Lain words Lis an Engl ish word you believe is based on he La in word
colonia 991252 colonial colony honoris 991252 honorspecacula 991252 specacular specacle perpevom 991252 perpeual perpeuiy duovir 991252 virile virili
Sandards12 41
TEACHING TIPSudens may wan o know he English meanings o he Lain words in Exercises 1 and 2 Te defini-
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 3254
xxvi bull Latin for the New Millennium
xxvi bull L atin for the New Millennium
BY THE WAY
Everywhere in his book long vowels are indicaed by macrons ie ā ē ī ō ū ӯ whileabove he shor vowels here are no signs Someimes wo words differ rom each oheronly in he lengh o he vowel For example mālum wih a longa means ldquoapplerdquo whilemalum wih a shor a means ldquobad hingrdquo
EXERCISE 1epea hese words aloud afer your eacher pronounces hem
1 a lō 7 lēnis 13 probō 19 sūor2 alumnus 8 sēdēs 14 noa 20 ūsus3 rāna 9 i er 15 pōnō 21 syllaba4 rādō 10 imeō 16 dōnum 22 Pӯrēnē5 eneō 11 nīor 17 ululō6 peō 12 mīrus 18 lupus
DIPHTHONGSDiphhongs are wo vowels combined in one syllable and pronounced ogeher as one soundTere are six diphhongs in Lain
bull ae much like he y in ldquoskyrdquo laevus ldquo lefrdquo
bull au pronounced as ou in ldquoourrdquo aurum ldquo goldrdquo
bull ei pronounced as ei in ldquoeignrdquo oiei ldquoalasrdquo
bull eu pronounced eoo much as i in he wo words ldquogrey bluerdquo you were o subrac he ldquogr-rdquo andhe ldquobl-rdquo and combine he wo vowel sounds Eurōpa ldquoEuroperdquo
bull oe pronounced as oy in ldquoboyrdquo proelium ldquo batlerdquo
bull ui pronounced nearly like ldquowerdquohui ldquoohrdquo
I is believed ha quie early sill in ancien imes he diphhongs ae and oe began o be pro-nounced as e I you encouner hem writen aē or aeuml and oē or oeuml his means ha hey are nodiphhongs and he leters should be pronounced separaely āēr poēa
Te diphhongs are always long
EXERCISE 2epea hese words afer your eacher pronounces hem
1 aesās 7 s eu 13 aēneus2 a equō 8 m oenia 14 poēma3 raeda 9 neu 15 hei4 l audō 10 poena 16 huic5 a u 11 neuer6 aula 12 Poenus
Sudens may wan o know he English meanings o he Lain words in Exercises 1 and 2 Te definiions are provided or he eacherrsquos convenience
EXERCISE 11 I nourish 12 wonderul
2 suden 13 I approve
3 rog 14 noe
4 I scrape 15 I pu
5 I hold 16 gif6 I seek 17 I howl
7 smooh 18 wol
8 sea 19 shoemaker
9 journey 20 use
10 I ear 21 sylla ble
11 I srive 22 Pȳrene (a name)
EXERCISE 21 summer
2 I make level
3 carriage
4 I praise5 or
6 orecour
7 or i
8 walls
9 and no
10 penaly
11 neiher
12 Carhaginian
13 bronze
14 poem
15 ah
16 o his
TEACHER BY THE WAYHisorical evidence can be cied or reading he firs syllable o ldquomāgnusrdquo as naurally long bu oher
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 3354
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull xxvii
Introduction bull xxvii
CONSONANTSbull c is pronounced as in ldquocomerdquo clārus ldquobrighrdquo censeō ldquo(I) deemrdquo cārus ldquodearrdquo
bull When b is ollowed by s as in urbs ldquociyrdquo he sound o b approaches ha o p a sound wemigh represen as urps
bull g is pronounced as in ldquogerdquo gaudiumldquojoyrdquo gignō ldquo(I) bege (I) bearrdquo grāialdquoavor agreeablenessrdquo
bull Some hink ha he omans o Cicerorsquos ime (firs cenury 983138983139983141) pronounced he wo conso-nans ng as ngn or example he adjecive māgnus ldquogreardquo would have been pronounced in a
way ha we migh represen asmangnus
bull k is a very rare consonan In ac i appears only in wo words Kalendae ldquohe firs day oevery monh in he oman calendarrdquo and in he personal name Kaeso
bull q appears always in combinaion wih u and he combinaion qu is pronounced as in ldquoqueenrdquoquatuor ldquoourrdquo
bull v has a sound similar o w (as in he word ldquowierdquo) videō ldquo I seerdquo
bull Te consonanu in he combinaion su sounds like he English w in he ollowing our wordssuēscō ldquo(I) become accusomedrdquoSuēvī a name o a German ribe suādeō ldquo(I) adviserdquo suāvis ldquosweerdquo
bull Te leter r is rilled slighly Te sound has no exac equivalen in English bu is heard inmany oher European languages Te bes way o make his sound is o pronounce r as inldquoroperdquo bu vibrae he end o he ongue slighly as you say i
bull x is a double consonan (equivalen ocs or gs) ha sounds much like he x in ldquosixrdquo
bull z is a noher double consonan (equivalen o dz) and sounds almos like z in ldquozebrardquo I be-gins wih a sligh d sound firs so in pronouncing his leter you should hear dz
bull ph sounds like p in ldquopenrdquo bu wih he addiion o a sligh breah o air represened by he hth sounds like t as in ldquo omrdquo bu wih he addiion o a sligh ex ra breahing represened byhe h ch sounds nearly like he combinaion kh Tese consonans are borrowed rom Greek
and appear in Greek words zephyrus ldquowesern breezerdquo chorus ldquochorusrdquo heārum ldquoheaerrdquo When p and t are no accompanied by h his sligh aspiraion is absen
bull When consonans are doubled as in he verbaggredior he consonanal sound is lenghenedslighly
EXERCISE 3epea hese words afer your eacher pronounces hem
1 cibus 7 glōria 13 phasēlus2 capiō 8 Zeus 14 chara3 cumulus 9 bibliohēca 15 cēlō4 crēscō 10 phi losophia 16 anīquus5 gemma 11 zōna6 Gallus 12 heōrēma
g y g y gevidence suggess i is naurally shor Tus in some grammar books such as he one by Gildersleeveand Lodge we find his syllable marked as long bu in oher books i is reaed as shor
TEACHING TIPTe sudens may also wish o find ou he meanings o he Lain words in Exercise 3 Te definiionsare provided or he eacherrsquos convenience
EXERCISE 3
1 ood2 I ake
3 a heap
4 I grow
5 bud jewel
6 a Gaul
7 glory
8 Zeus
9 library
10 philosophy
11 a girdle
12 heory
13 kidney bean
14 paper
15 I hide
16 old
TEACHING TIPTe eacher may wish o provide he sudens wih some pracice on syllables and sress accen Here
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 3454
xxviii bull Latin for the New Millennium
xxviii bull Latin for the New Millennium
ACCENT A Lain word is made up no jus o leters bu also o syllables A Lain word has as many syllablesas i has vowels or diphhongs (a diphhong works like a single vowel since i is made up o wo
vowels pronounced ogeher [see diphhongs above])
You will need o know he ollowing erms when learning abou accen
bull ulima he las syllable in a word
bull penul he second-o-las syllable in a word
bull anepenul he hird-o-las syllable in a word
So in he word ze- ph y-r us he vowel u is he ulima y is he penul and e is he anepenul
RULES ABOUT THE STRESS ACCENT IN LATIN1 Te sress accen in Lain alls on eiher he penul or he anepenul
2 Te accen alls on he penul i he penul is long I he penul is shor he accen alls onhe anepenul
3 How o deermine wheher he penul is long or shor
a I he penul conains a long vowel (or any diphhong) he penul isel is long You o-en need o learn wheher he vowel in he penul is long or shor as a basic elemen inlearning a new word A macron above he vowel will ell you ha he vowel is long whi lehe absence o a macron wil l indicae a shor vowel Pronouncing he word can help youremember he vowel lenghs For ex ample vi-de-ō ldquoI seerdquo is pronounced viacutedeō whileau-rō-ra ldquodawnrdquo is pronounced aurōacutera and po-pu-lus ldquopeoplerdquo is pronounced po pulus
b I he vowel in he penul is ollowed by wo or more consonans he penul is long no
mater wheher he vowel in he penul is long or shor and he accen necessarily allson he penul For example do-cu-men-um ldquodocumenrdquo is pronounced documenacuteum
BY THE WAYTe consonan x is double (cs or gs) and couns as wo consonans when deermining
wheher he penul is long
c Tere is one excepion o lsquobrsquo above Someimes even when here are wo consonans be-ween he penul and he ulima hey sill do no deermine ha he penul is long Tishappens when he wo consonans are a mue and a liquid
Te mues are p b d t g c
Te liquids are l r
So in he word pal-pe-bra ldquoeyelidrdquo he anepenul is accened ( palacutepebra) he vowel o he pe-nul is shor since i i s ollowed by a mue and a l iquid O course ru le lsquoarsquo sill applies in he wordhe-ā-trum ldquoheaerrdquo he penul is accened (heāacuterum) since i is naurally long somehing welearn rom he macron
y p p yare some examples wih he answers included or he eacherrsquos convenience
Underline he ulima in each word
1 legō
2 rēgis
3 imperāor
Underline he penul in each word
1 causa
2 pūnīum3 armāus
Underline he anepenul in each word
1 vulnerō
2 eigī
3 sublāum
Underline he penul i i is long
1 pōnō
2 spēlunca
3 pauperis
Underline he syllable ha will receive he sress accen in each word1 ōrāculum
2 peīum
3 cōnsania
4 exsīncum
5 vulneris
6 solius
TEACHING TIPGiven he passage abou he bahhouse on his page and he picure rom Bah England he
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 3554
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull xxix
EXERCISE 4epea each senence aloud afer your eacher reads i Pay atenion o he pronunciaion andsress accen o each word
Wha i is Like o Live Over a Bahhouse
(Adaped rom Seneca Moral Leter 56)
Ecce undique clāmor sona Suprā ipsum balneum habiō Prōpōne nunc ibi omnia genera vōcumodiōsa Foriōrēs exercenur e manūs plumbō gravēs iacan cum au labōran au labōranemimianur Gemiūs audiō quoiēns spīrium remīsērun Sun quoque ūncōrēs e racāōrēs
Audiō crepium manuum umerōs erienium sonus quoque icuum mūāur nunc enim manusperveni plāna nunc concava Audiō clāmōrēs sī ūr es i n balneō dēprehēnsus
Look here is noise sounding all around I live above he bahhouse isel Imagine o yourselnow all he haeul ypes o voices Te sronger ones exercise hemselves and swing heir ha ndsloaded wih lead weighs while hey work ou991252or imiae a person working ou I hear moansevery ime hey le go a ltpen-upgt breah Tere are also anoiners and masseurs I hear he slapo hands hiting shoulders and he sound o he blows changes or someimes he hands come1047298a someimes cupped I hear shouing i a hie is caugh in he bahhouse
A pool from inside he Roman Bahs in Bah England
Introduction bull xxix
eacher may wish o open a discussion abou bahs during oman i mes Te use o he calidārium fīgid ārium epidārium and sūdārium may be explained by he eacher and sudens may be en-couraged o learn andor pronounce hese words
TEACHER BY THE WAYBahs were ofen consruced on locaions having ho or mineral springs such as Bah in Englandand Bāiae a resor own on he Bay o Naples
Modern Bah in oman imes was named afer he Celic goddess o healing Sulis In he firscenury her shrine was aken over by he omans and she was idenified wih he goddess Minerva
Te sie was hen known as Aquae Sulis Mine rva In a emple relie she is represened wih a Medusa-like head and a musache
Te spa conained a grea bah (73 f by 29 f) and hree oher swimming pools he calidārium (ho bah)epidārium (warm bah) and fīgidār ium (cold bah) In he second cenury he spring was enclosed wihin a wooden barrel-vau led build ing ha housed hese hree pools Ho ai r bahs were ueled by coal fires A con-san 1047298ow o waer was direced o he pools hrough lead pipes which sill uncion oday
Archeologica l excavaions have revealed ma ny sacred voive offerings c urse ables and innumerable coinsa he botom o he springs Te curse ables writen in Lain heaped curses on anyone suspeced o wrong-doing Te ancien radiion o hrowing coins accompanied by a wish sill prevails oday in ome a he reviFounain where ourissvisiors do he same
More inormaion on bah complexes in ome can be ound on p 386 o his eacherrsquos manual
Sandards22 31
32 41 42
TEACHING TIPTe eacher may wish o insruc he sudens o find he iber iver which is picured here on he
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 3654
xxx bull Latin for the New Millennium
xxx bull Latin for the New Millennium
OVERVIEW OF ROMAN HISTORY According o legend omulus and his win broher emus were se adrif on he iber iver Ashe-wol nursed he boys unil a shepherd rescued hem Upon reaching manhood in 753 983138983139983141he wins ounded a new ciy near he place w here hey had been ound by he she-wol on he
basis o anaugusō auguriō ldquoa avorable sighing o birdsrdquo Bu omulus killed emus in a dispueover who would rule he new ciy and became is firs king
Six oher kings ruled afer omulus Numa Pompilius ullus Hosilius Ancus Marius ar-quinius Prisc us Servius ullius a nd arquinius Superbus (arquin he Proud) Afer he las ohese seven kings was overhrown in 509 983138983139983141 ome became a republic wih a represenaiveorm o governmen headed by wo consuls eleced an nually By 451 983138983139983141 he fi rs corpus o o-man law known as he welve ables was creaed
In he las cenury 983138983139983141 he oman epublic was shaken apar by a series o civil wars By31 983138983139983141 an auocraic regime headed earlier by Julius Caesar and laer by his grea-nephew Oc-avian brough he epublic o an end Te years rom 27 983138983139983141991252when Ocavian assumed heile o prīnceps ldquochie ciizenrdquo as well as he name Augu sus991252o around 180 983139983141 are known ashe early principae or empire During his era ome exended her boundaries o he BriishIsles in he norh Norh Arica in he souh Spain in he wes and he igris and Euphraesrivers in he eas
A view of he iber River as i 1047298ows hrough he ciy of Rome
map on p xxxii
COMPREHENSION QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS FOR PAGE XXX991251XXXI
eproducible versions o he quesions alone are available a wwwlnm bolchazycom
1 Who were he legendary ounders o ome
omulus and emus
2 According o legend in wha year was ome ounded
753 983138983139983141
3 Over he course o he monarchic period how many kings ruled ome
Seven
4 Wha even occurred in 509 983138983139983141
Te beginni ng o he oman epublic (wih wo consuls in charge)
5 Wha is he erm associaed wih he wo leaders o he epublic
Consul
6 Which wo leaders oversaw omersquos shif rom a republic o a principae
Julius Caesar and OcavianAugusu s
7 Wha major aciviy associaed wih empire-building ook place during he principae
erriorial expansion
8 Name wo developmens ha characerized he lae empire
Severe economic problems inernal poliical unres andor requen invasion by he Germanic ribes
9 Describe Diocleianrsquos response o he roubles o he empire
Diocleian divided he empire ino wo halves he Easern and Wesern empires in order o make ruli nghe empire more manageable
10 Explai n he origin o he erm ldquovandalismrdquo
Te fifh cenury invasion and pillag ing o ome by he ribe known as he Vandals who occupied he o-man province o Norh Arica led o he erm ldquovandalismrdquo meaning wanon desrucion
11 Describe Lainrsquos role in he cenuries afer 476 983139983141
Lain 1047298ourished as he major lierary language in he Wesern oman Empire and was spread o non-omanized places like Ireland Scandinavia and he New World
TEACHING TIP
Te eacher may ask he sudens o find he daes menioned on his page in he imeline on pp411ndash414
Sandards21 31 32
TEACHING TIPTe eacher may insruc he sudens o locae ByzaniumConsaninople discussed here in he
d h h ii
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 3754
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull xxxi
Introduction bull xxxi
From 180 983139983141 onwards in he period k nown as he lae empire he oman sae experiencedsevere economic problems and requen invasions by Germanic ri bes esponding o he pres-sure o he firs wave o migraions as well as inernal poliical u nres and economic diffi culieshe emperor Diocleian (ruled 284ndash305 983139983141) had already divided he oman Empire ino anEasern and Wesern hal each under is own emperor991252an atemp o make he vas omansae more manageable
Tis poliical division o he empire acually mirrored a culural division oo he main lan-guage o he Wes was Lain while he main language o he Eas was Greek Shorly aferwardshe emperor Consanine (ruled 312ndash337 983139983141) esablished a new capial or he Easern empirea Byzanium wh ich he renamed Consaninople (ldquohe ciy o Consaninerdquo oday called Isan-
bul) Bu even afer his reorganizaion he imperial governmen ulimaely proved incapable o
semming he ide o he migraions in par because he oman army was oo widely e xendedand could no be in so many places a once Indeed many o he invaders were given he sauso oederāī or ldquoreay roopsrdquo In effec hey were a llowed o occupy segmens o he empire inreurn or proecing i So when Alar ic King o he Visigohs sacked ome in 410 983139983141 he acual lyhad a ile as a commander in he oman army
ome was sacked again in 455 983139983141 by he Vandals who had already occupied he omanprovince o Norh Arica Te pillaging o he ciy o omulus by he invaders made a pro-ound impression on conemporaries and o his day he erm ldquovandalismrdquo is a word in severallanguages or wanon desrucion While he Easern empire (always more sable and eco-nomically prosperous han he Wes) coninued o exis unil 1453 983139983141 he Wesern empire
was ex inc as a poliica l eniy by 476 983139983141 In is place were Germa nic k ingdoms and ribes Angles and Saxons in Briai n Visigohs in Spain Osrogohs in Ialy Franks and Burgundi ansin Gaul991252o name only he major groups Te combinaion o hese new socieies wih heprevious inhabians who had been omanized o varying degrees would one day provide he
basis or he culures o modern Europe
Bu he end o he ancien oman Empire in he Wes was no he end o Lain On he con-rary during he nex 1200 years Lain no only 1047298ourished as he major lierary language in he
erriories o he ormer Wesern oman Empire he use o Lain was exended o regions heomans had never occupied including Ireland Scandinavi a and even he New World
BEGINNINGS OF LATIN LITERATURE Very ew complee works o Lain lieraure produced beore he mid-second cenury 983138983139983141 (ie beore 150 983138983139983141) have survived One reason or his loss was he remendous populariy o he works produced in he ollowing cenury by such auhors as Cicero Vergil and Ovid Teir wri-ings were so widely read and copied in subsequen cenuries ha he auhors preceding hem
were gradually negleced
Among he major figures o early Lain lieraure was a reed slave rom he Greek ciy o aren-um named Livius Andronicus who li ved rom 284ndash204 983138983139983141 He was known or his adapaionso Greek drama or oman audiences and his ranslaion o Homerrsquos Odyssey ino Lain verse
second paragraph on he map on p xxxii
TEACHING TIPTe eacher may ask he sudens o find he daes menioned on his page in he imeline on pp413ndash414
HOW TO USE THIS BOOK AND ITS ANCILLARIES
wo ancillaries are available or use wih his book Te Original Dysuncional Family (abbreviaed ODF)and From Romulus o Romulus Augusulus (abbreviaed R) R will be paricularly useul in order ohelp sudens keep he ime periods o he auhors and o he evens he auhors wroe abou sraigh in heirminds Chaper ile pages will include when appropriae a noaion on wha chaper o R he eachermay wish o assign
TEACHING TIPTe eacher may wish o assign Chaper 1 o he oman hisory ancillary From Romulus o Romu-lus Augusulus a his poin
COMPREHENSION QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS FOR PAGES XXXI991251XXXIVeproducible versions o he quesions alone are available a wwwlnm bolchazycom
1 Whom did he omans consider he aher o Lain lieraure
Ennius
2 Wha was Enniusrsquo mos amous work Is subjec mater
Annālēs was an epic poem abou omersquos early hisory
3 Wha amous Lain saying means ldquoCarhage mus be desroyedrdquo
Carhāgō dēlenda es
4 Who is he auhor o ha saying
Cao he ElderCao he Censor
5 When was Carha ge said o have been desroyed
146 983138983139983141 a he end o he hird Punic war
NB Aler sudens ha he answers o hese comprehension quesions will be ound on p xxxiv
Sandards21 31
R1
TEACHING TIP Ask sudens he English equivalen o cou nries s uch as Briannia and Germānia and he Englishequivalen o he ciies Neāpolis and Ahēnae
Sandard31
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 3854
xxxii bull Latin for the New Millennium
equivalen o he ciies Neāpolis and Ahēnae
A full size r eproducible version of h is page wihou he answe rs can be downloaded a wwwlnm bolchazycom
HOW TO USE THIS BOOK Answers o rep roducible aciviies w ill be gi ven in a larger size bel ow or he eacherrsquos convenience
ANSWERS TO MAP WORK 991251 PAGES XXXII991251XXXIII
1 Crēa Sicilia Corsica Sardinia Cyprus Ihaca Dēlos Brianni a
2 Vesuvius Mōns Aena Mōns Olympus Mōns Āppennīnus Mōns
3 Syria Macedonia Arica Asia
4 mare or ponus
5 Asia Eurōpa Arica
A full siz e reproducible version of his page wihou he answers can be down loaded a wwwln mbolchazycom
Te eacher may wish o have his map enlarged when reproducing i for ease of suden use in compleing his aciviy
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 3954
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull xxxiii
HOW TO USE THIS BOOK
Te answers o his aciviy can be easily seen on he wo acing pages
Te omans regarded Ennius (ca 239 169 983138983139983141) as he aher o Lain lieraure He wroe
TEACHING TIPSudens may be encouraged o find he ciy o Carhage menioned in he second paragraph on hemap on p xxxii
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 4054
xxxiv bull Latin for the New Millennium
xxxiv bull L atin for the New Millennium
Te omans regarded Ennius (ca 239ndash169 983138983139983141) as he aher o Lain lieraure He wroemany kinds o lierary works including plays His Annālēs an epic poem abou he early hisoryo ome was paricularly renowned and perhaps he primary epic read in oman schools beorehe ime o Vergil Only ragmens o his wriings remain
One o Enniusrsquo conemporaries was heamed Cao he Censor also known as Caohe Elder (234ndash149 983138983139983141) a rigidly conserva-ive oman senaor Mos o his reaise onagriculure called Dē agrī culūrā survivesI is he oldes work o Lain prose amongCaorsquos recommendaions here are ha fieldslaves be reaed similarly o beass o bur-den Cao is also remembered or his sae-men Carhāgō dēlenda es ldquoCarhage mus
be desroyedrdquo evidence or he omanear o he Carhaginians Te omansough hree wars known as he Punic
Wars agai ns he Car haginians Te fi rsended beore Cao was born in he secondagains Hannibal Cao served wih miliarydisincion he hird ended in 146 983138983139983141 asCao had demanded wih he desruciono Carhage On his occasion he vic oriousomans were said o have plowed sal inohe Carhaginian soil
Discussions abou laer auhors and adap-aions rom heir wriings w ill be presenedchronologically in he chapers o his book
Ancien ruins a Carhage in Africa
p p
TEACHER BY THE WAY Alhough he works o Enniu s have been preserved on ly in ragmens (abou a housand lines) hehad a grea in1047298uence on subsequen poes such as Vergil Quoable quoes include
bull a es o riendship Amīcus cer us in rē incer ā cerniur (A riend in need is a riend indeed)
bull an applicaion o wisdom o lie Quī ipse sibi sapiēns prōdesse nequi nēquīquam sapi (A man who
himsel is wise bu unable o be useul o himsel is wise or nohing)bull he amous descripion o Fabius Maximus Ūnus homō nōbīs cūncandō resiui rem (One man by delaying res ored he sae or us)
bull and he line on Manius Curius Quem nēmō errō poui superāre nec aurō (Whom no one was ableo deea eiher by sword or gold)
We also have preser ved or us he exa mple o excessive all ieraion ha has g iven rise o much laugher inLain classrooms over he years Ō ie ūe aī ibi ana yranne ulisī ldquoO ius aius you yran (all voca-ive) you brough o yoursel such grea (roubles)rdquo991252ranslaed in conex which plays off he more lieral ldquo you ookacquired or yoursel such grea hings rdquo
On he oher hand he composed his own epiaph in which his high eseem among omans proved o beprescien
nēmō mē lacrumīs decōre neu unera 1047298ēū
axi Cūr Voliō vivos per ōra v irum (Le no one honor me wih ears or make a uneral pyre by weeping
Why I 1047298y li ving hrough he mouhs o men)
TEACHER BY THE WAY
Pluarchrsquos Lie o Cao is a good source o snappy quoaions atribued o his saesman soldier andauhor For example while discussing he power o women he said ldquoAll oher men rule heir wives we rule al l oher men and our w ives rule us rdquo Atemping o persuade he oman people o orego adisribuion o grain he began his speech by saying ldquoI is a hard mater o argue wih he belly sincei has no earsrdquo And o a ribune who had been accused o using poison and was rying o pass a use-less bill he said ldquoI know no which is worse o drink your mixures or o enac your billsrdquo
1CHAPTER 1
HOW TO USE THIS BOOK
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 4154
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull 1
1CHAPTER
Parts of Speech Nouns Number Gender Case (Nominative and Accusative)
First Declension Nouns
MEMORĀBILE DICTŪ
SPQ Senātus Populusque ōmānusldquoTe Senae and he People o omerdquo
Tese our leters orm wha is known as an acronym one ha symbolized supreme power inancien ome
Oil paining of Romulus and Remus wih he wolf By Peer Paul Rubens (1577ndash1640)
Te grammaical and synacical opics ha will be presened in each chaper o his book are lised a he opo he chaper ile page
HOW TO USE THIS BOOK
Te illusraion on each chaperrsquos ile page presens a visual inroducion o he Lain reading passage ha willollow eachers may choose o discuss he illusraion in order o provide he conex or he reading he su-dens will encouner on he nex page
HOW TO USE THIS BOOK
On each chaper ile page he phrase Memorābile Dictū (ldquoA memorable hing o say rdquo) will be ou nd Below here will be a amous phrase quoa ion abbreviaion or moto in L ain ha w ill connec hese words o he opicsin he chaper
MEMORĀBILE DICTŪ VOCABULARY
populus populī m ndash people
-que ndash and
senāus senāūs m ndash senae
TEACHING TIP
ubens pained his picure o omulus and emus rom 1615ndash1616 during wha is called he Ba-roque period o ar Te man approaching rom he rear is Fausulus Te reclining figure is he god
o he river iber
HOW TO USE THIS BOOK AND ITS ANCILLARIESwo ancillaries are available or use wih his book Te Original Dysunctional Family (abbreviaed ODF)and From Romulus to Romulus Augustulus (abbreviaed R) R will be paricularly useul in order ohelp sudens keep he ime periods o he auhors and o he evens he auhors wroe abou sraigh in heirmind Chaper ile pages wil l include when appropriae a noaion abou wha chaper o R he eachermay wish o assign
Standards11 21
R 2and 3
READING
TRANSLATION OF LATIN PASSAGEomulus and emus
Mars is a god Mars loves hea Silvia And so hea Silvia has wo sons omulus and emus Amulius locks uph Sil i A li l d i h A h l lk h T h l
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 4254
2 bull Latin for the New Millennium
2 bull Latin for the New Millennium
READINGTis sory describes how ome was said o have been ounded in 753 983138983139983141 King Numior o AlbaLonga was overhrown by his cruel and ambiious broher Amulius who no only seized hehrone bu so eared ha one o Numiorrsquos male descendans migh have a legiimae claim oni ha he made Amuliusrsquo daug her hea Silvia a priesess o he goddess Vesa Tese priesesses
were no allowed o marry during heir childbearing years
RŌMULUS ET REMUS
1 Mārs es deus Mārs hēam Silviam ama Iaque hēa Silvia duōs
īliōs habe ōmulum e emum Amūlius hēam Silviam vinculīs
claudi Amūlius ōmulum e emum in aquam pōni Lupa ad aquamambula Lupa ōmulum e emum bene cūra e ama ōmulus e
5 emus crēscun Poseā ōmulus e emus ōmam aedifican
Famous bronze saue of he she-wolf and he wins
hea Silvia Amulius pus omulus and emus ino he waer A she-wol walks o he waer Te she-wol caresor (akes good care o) omulus and emus well and loves (hem) omulus and emus grow up Aferwards(laer) omulus and emus build ome
HOW TO USE THIS BOOK Above each La in reading pa ssage inorm aion is presened in Engl ish Tis pre -reading provides back groundinormaion abou he auhor and esablishes he conex o he passage he sudens will read
TEACHER BY THE WAY
Te eacher may wish o inroduce he class o he radiional abbreviaions o 983137983140 (which sandsor he Lain phrase Annō Dominī ldquoi n he year o our Lordrdquo) and 983138983139 (which sands or he Engl ishphrase ldquoBeore Chrisrdquo) Tese older abbreviaions coninue o be used bu his book employs heabbreviaions 983138983139983141 (Beore he Common Era) and 983139983141 (Common Era)
TEACHING TIPInsruc he sudens o locae Alba Longa on he map on pp xxxiindashxxxiii
TEACHER BY THE WAYTough he wins were added o he sculpure in he enaissance he she-wol has srong links wihEruscan myhology and shows characerisics o Eruscan sculpure
TEACHING TIP
Te eacher may wish o encourage he sudens o design an abbreviaed amily ree o omulusand emus
Standards11 22
Jupier Juno King Num ior o Alba Longa
Mars hea Silvia
omulus emus
READING VOCABULARY
HOW TO USE THIS BOOKTe English pronoun subjec o a verb is no lised in he eading Vocabulary i he pronoun is no needed inhe ranslaion
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 4354
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull 3
Chapter 1 bull 3
READING VOCABULARYad aquam ndash o he waer
aedifican ndash build
ama ndash loves
ambula ndash walks
Amūlius ndash Amul ius
aquam ndash waer
bene ndash well
claudi ndash locks up
crēscun ndash grow up
cūra ndash akes care o cares or
deus ndash god
duōs ndash woes ndash is
e ndash and
īliōs ndash sons
habe ndash has
in aquam ndash ino he waer
iaque ndash and so
lupa ndash she-wol
Mārs ndash Mars he god o war
pōni ndash pus
poseā ndash aferwards laer
emum ndash emus
emus ndash emus
hēa Silvia ndash hea Silvia
hēam Silviam ndash hea Silvia
ōmam ndash ome
ōmulum ndash omulus
ōmulus ndash omulus vinculīs ndash w ih chains
Words marked wih an aserisk will need o bememorized laer in he chaper
COMPREHENSION QUESTIONS1 Whose sons are omulus and emus
2 Wha did Amulius do
3 Who saved he lie o omulus and emus
4 Wha did omulus and emus do
HOW TO USE THIS BOOK
Te sudens should not be expeced o lea rn he words under he ile eading Vocabulary whenever his ileoccurs in he book Insead insruc sudens o learn he vocabulary words lised under he ile Vocabularyto Learn ha will be ound laer in each chaper In more advanced Lain exs usually here are vocabularyand noes o help he sudens when reading a passage Tis eading Vocabulary will help prepare sudens orlaer more advanced classes
ANSWERS TO COMPREHENSION QUESTIONS
1 Tey are he sons o Mars and hea Silvia2 He locked up hea Silvia
3 A she-wol
4 Tey buil he ciy o ome
TEACHING TIP
Whi le English deriva ives rom he sar red words (ie he Vocabulary o L earn) are he opic o Ex-ercise 2 laer in his chaper here are some ineresing derivaives rom he non-sarred words andsome o hese show how words change hrough he years Te eacher may choose o discuss hesederivaives wih he sudens
bull aedi1047297cant (aedi1047297cō) ndash ediy edificaion edifice
Tis Lain word is buil rom wo Lain words aciō (o do make) and aedēs (house emple) Te
English derivaives reain his religious connecion or hey mean ldquoo build up he aih moraliy o in-sruc especially morallyrdquo Te word ldquoedificerdquo is always used or an imposing srucure such as a ldquoemplerdquoor aedēs
bull claudit (claudō) ndash close conclusion enclosure sluice
A ldquocloserdquo is a small shu-in space and some people i locked in one suffer rom ldquoclausrophobiardquo acompound derivaive parly rom Lain (o close confine) and parly rom he Greek (ear) hence ldquoa earo closed spacesrdquo
Te word ldquosluicerdquo does no look like a derivaive o claudō bu i has undergone cha nges as i ca meino English via middle English and old French (sclus) rom he Lain exclūdō which means ldquoo shu ourdquo Asluice has a gae a he op o he channel o shu off he 1047298ow o waer as necessary
bull crēscunt (crēscō) ndash crescen accrue recrui crew
Te word ldquocrewrdquo in middle English mean ldquoreinorcemenrdquo so a body o soldiers grew Te word ldquore-
cruirdquo has he same basic idea ecruis increase he size o he army (rom he Lain recrēscō meaning ldquoogrow againrdquo)
bull deus ndash deiy deiy
bull duōs ndash double dozen due duplicae
Te word ldquodozenrdquo is a compound rom he Lain word or ldquowordquo and he German word or ldquoenrdquo (zehn)
bull habet (habeō) ndash habi abiliy prohibiive
Onersquos abiliy depends on he alens and skil ls one has
bull pōnit ( pōnō) ndash depo imposiion preposiion
A depo origina lly was a place where supplies were pu or sorage
LANGUAGE FACT I
HOW TO USE THIS BOOKTe Language Facs secion o each chaper will conain boh grammaical (morphological) and synacicalinormaion ie inormaion boh abou he orms o he words and he srucure o he senence
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 4454
4 bull Latin for the New Millennium
4 bull Latin for the New Millennium
LANGUAGE FACT I
PARTS OF SPEECHTe parts o speech used in a Lain senence deermine is meaning jus as in English While henoun and he verb are he wo mos imporan oher common pars o speech are lised below
Noun a person place hing idea acion or qual iy Examples ldquoomulusrdquo ldquoriverrdquo ldquocouragerdquo
Pronoun a word ha sands in place o a noun ha has been previously menioned or is clearrom conex Examples ldquoIrdquo ldquosherdquo ldquohimrdquo ldquoirdquo
Adjecive a word ha limis or defines a noun or a pronoun Examples ldquolitlerdquo ldquosrongrdquo
Adverb a word ha lim is or defines verbs adjecives or (oher) adverbs Examples ldquoveryrdquoldquoquielyrdquo
Verb a word ha describes an acion or sae o being Examples ldquogordquo ldquosayrdquo ldquowasrdquo
Preposiion a word ha begins a preposiional phrase such as ldquoinrdquo ldquoordquo ldquoonrdquo ldquoorrdquo ldquobyrdquoldquowihrdquo A preposiional phrase is a preposiion joined o a noun Examples ldquoin he morningrdquoldquowih a sharp pencilrdquo
Conjuncion a word ha connecs words phrases clauses a nd senences Examples ldquoandrdquoldquoburdquo ldquoalhoughrdquo
Inerjecion a word ha expresses emoion Examples ldquowowrdquo
EXERCISE 1eview he meanings and ideniy he pars o speech o he ollowing words Te eading
Vocabulary may be consu led
1 īliōs 6 e2 bene 7 lupa3 aedifican 8 claudi
4 ad 9 ōmam5 ambula 10 ama
EXERCISE 1 ANSWERS
1 noun
2 adverb
3 verb
4 preposiion
5 verb
6 conjuncion
7 noun8 verb
9 noun
10 verb
TEACHING TIP
Te eacher may wish o ask he sudens in Lain wha par o speech a given word is Te eacher would say ldquoQuae pars ōrātiōnis estrdquo Suden responses would be
bull nōmen substantīvumsubstantīvum ndash noun
bull prōnōmen ndash pronoun
bull nōmen adiectīvumadiectīvum ndash adjecive
bull verbum temporāle ndash verb
bull adverbium ndash adverb
bull praepositiō ndash preposiion
bull coniūnctiō ndash conjuncion
bull interiectiō ndash inerjecion
Standards11 41
Standards11 41
WorkbookExercise 1
VOCABULARY TO LEARN
TEACHING TIPSince his is he firs se o Lain words ha your sudens will be required o memorize i is usuallya good idea o sugges and discuss wih hem some differen ways o memorize vocabulary Somesel help opions are lised below
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 4554
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull 5
NOUNSagricola agricolae m ndash armer
aqua aquae ndash waer
āhlēa āhlēae m ndash ahlee
īlia īliae ndash daugher
lupa lupae ndash she-wol
naua nauae m ndash sailor
poēa poēae m ndash poe
puella puellae ndash girl
ōma ōmae ndash ome
erra errae ndash land
VERBSama ndash heshei loves
ambula ndash heshei walks
cūra ndash heshei akes care o cares or
es ndash heshei is
ADVERBS bene ndash well
poseā ndash aferwards
CONJUNCTIONSe ndash and
iaque ndash and so
Aqueducs carr ied waer (aqua) o he ciies in he Roman world Tis aqueduc buil in 19 983138983139983141 which srechedacross he Gard River was named he Pon du Gard and brough waer o he ciy of Nicircmes in France in ancien imes
Chapter 1 bull 5
sel-help opions are lised below
1 Look a he word in he book and say he word aloud
2 Wrie down he word on a piece o paper along wih is meaning and check o be sure here are no spell-ing errors Color-coding he words by pars o speech is also helpul Pronounce he word while wriing idown and hen repea he word including he meaning and spelling
3 Make handwriten 1047298ashcards wih he Lain on one side and English on he oher and be sure here are nospelling errors Color-coding is a good sraegy here also Wriing he word ou helps some sudens ce-men he word in he brain Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers has creaed an elecronic vocabulary resourceor hose sudens or whom echnological learning ools are an aid Tese vocabulary 1047298ashcards are orhe iPod See p 93 or more inormaion on iPod 1047298ashcards
4 Use English derivaives o help remember meanings Bu be careul since some derivaives may havemeanings grealy changed rom he original Lain word
5 Find clipar picures ha illusrae he vocabulary words and use he picures as a way o es yoursel onhe Lain words
TEACHER BY THE WAYTe eacher may wish o open a discussion abou aqueducs and he waer supply or ancien omans while l ooking a he picu re o he Pon du Gard on his page For a hisory o aqueducs and heirconsrucion Froninusrsquo book Dē aquīs urbis Rōmae is an excellen source Te book was writenabou 97 983139983141 when he was Superinenden o Aqueducs Oher aqueducs include he ollowing
bull Te double high aqueduc in Segovia Spainbull Te Aqua Appia buil in 312 983138983139983141
bull Te Aqua rāiāna
bull Te aqueduc buil by Alex ander Severus in 226 983139983141
bull Te Aqua Claudia
bull Te Aqua Marcia wh ich wa s probably named a fer A ncus Marcius who was he fi rs K ing oome by radiional accouns o build an aqueduc o bring waer o ome
NB Te word ldquo Aquardquo when capialized means ldquoaqueducrdquo
Eleven aqueducs urnished 250000 gallons o waer o ome every weny-our hours
BY THE WAY
E h u gi n in h b l r h rm T nd rm i h g nii
HOW TO USE THIS BOOK Ēn is a word ha calls atenion o somehing and means ldquoLook a hisrdquo Te inormaion given here draws a-enion o and urher specifies differen language acs
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 4654
6 bull Latin for the New Millennium
6 bull Latin for the New Millennium
Each noun given in he vocabulary has wo orms Te second orm is he geniivesingular
A derivative is an English word rooed in a Lain word Te English derivaive issimilar in meaning and orm o is Lain source
STUDY TIP
An English derivaive ofen can help you remember wha a Lain word means
EXERCISE 2Find he English derivaives based on he Vocabulary o Learn in he ollowing senences Wriehe corresponding Lain word
1 She shows a considerable filial respec oward her aher
2 Agriculu re is a science o culivaing he land
3 Te ship is equipped wih all he necessary nauical insrumens
4 We saw all kinds o fish in he aquarium
5 Tis is an all-errain vehicle
6 When will he ahleic compeiion sar
7 She has a ruly poeic naure
LANGUAGE FACT II
NOUNS NUMBER GENDER CASE 983080NOMINATIVE AND
ACCUSATIVE983081Nouns in Lain show number gender and case
Number Lain nouns are eiher singular or plural in number Number is shown in differen ways by differen ypes o nouns bu some ending-paterns are or singular orms and oherending-paterns are or plural orms
Gender Every noun likewise is eiher masculine eminine or neuer in gender You muslearn he gender o each noun In he Vocabulary o Learn l iss he gender is indicaed by hecommon abbreviaionsm (masculi ne) f (eminine) or n (neuer)
Case Lain nouns mus have an ending-patern ha displays case Tis is quie differen romEnglish in which case is indicaed by word posiion and no by endings (alhough case markersare preserved in cerain pronouns such as ldquoherdquo and ldquohimrdquo) A nounrsquos case reveals wha uncionhe noun has in he senence Tere are five common cases nominaive geniive daive accu-saive and ablaive wo less requenly used cases are called he vocaive and he locaive
HOW TO USE THIS BOOKStudy Tips give hins rhymes and mnemonics o help sudens learn grammar and vocabulary
EXERCISE 2 ANSWERS1 filial īlia
2 agriculure agricola
3 nauical naua
4 aquarium aqua
5 errain erra
6 ahleic āhlēa
7 poeic poēa
TEACHING TIPExplain o he sudens ha in English he words ldquoardquo ldquoanrdquo or ldquoherdquo are usually placed beore a nounand Lain does no have an equivalen or hese words known as aricles
eachers may need o sress he absence o he aricle many imes beore sudens compleely ine-grae his knowledge ino heir reading habis in Lain class
TEACHING TIPLain like many oher languages does no always observe biological gender Ofen he gender o a
Lain noun is deermined by grammaical acors such as he group o which a noun belongs
TEACHING TIP
Alhough in Exercise 2 he sudens are direced o find only he derivaives based on he Vocabular yo Learn hey may be ineresed o learn ha here are oher derivaives in Exercise 2 Te derivaiono hese words is provided or he eacherrsquos convenience
bull 1 consider - rom sīdus (sar) + cum (wih ogeher) and rom cōnsīderō (o examine consider)respec - rom respectō (look back a have regard or)
bull 2 science - rom scientia (knowledge) and sciō (o know) culivaing - rom colō (ill inhabi worship)
bull 3 necessary - rom necesse (necessary) insrumens - rom īnstruō (o equip build provide)
and rom īnstrumentum (equipmen ool ec)bull 5 vehicle - rom he Lain verb vehō (o carry)
bull 6 compeiion - rom petō (o seek aim a atack ec) + cum (wih oge her)
bull 7 naure - rom nātūra (naure)
Standard41
Standards11 31 41
STUDY TIP
An easy way o remember he names ohe five common cases iso use his mnemonic
TEACHING TIPSudens may no know wha he word ldquomnemonicrdquo means explain ha a mnemonic device is some-hing ha helps a suden o remember somehing Te eacher may also wish o use his opporu-niy o bring up Mnemosyne he goddess o memory and he moher o he Muses
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 4754
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull 7
Chapter 1 bull 7
An easy way o remember he names o he five common cases is o use his mnemonicdevice
Never NominaiveGive GeniiveDogs Daive A ny A ccusaive A buse A blaive
Nominative Te nominaive case idenifies he subjec Te subjec is a noun or a pronounha perorms he acion or exiss in a sae o being In he senence ldquoWilliam is readingrdquohe word ldquoWilliamrdquo is he subjec
Example Mārs amat Mars loves
Te noun subjec o he verb ldquoloverdquo is he god Mars
Find more examples o nominaives and heir verbs rom he reading passage a he begin-ning o he chaper
Te nominaive case also idenifies he predicae nominaive In he senence ldquoWilliam isa sudenrdquo he predicae nominaive is ldquoa sudenrdquo A predicae nominaive complees hemeaning o he verb ldquoo berdquo Look a his exa mple rom he reading
Example Mārs est deus Mars is a god
Mārs is he subjec and deus is a predicae nominaive
Accusative Te ourh case lised is called he accusaive he geniive daive and ablaivecases will be discussed in laer chapers Te accusaive case poins ou he noun (or pro-noun) ha is he direc objec emember direc objecs receive he acion o he verb Inhe senence ldquoI am wriing a leterrdquo he direc objec is ldquoa leterrdquo
Example Mārs Rhēam Silviam amat Mars loves hea Silvia
Te direc objec o ldquoloverdquo is he noun Rhēam Silviam
Find more examples o accusaives and heir verbs rom he reading passage a he beginningo he chaper
niy o bring up Mnemosyne he goddess o memory and he moher o he Muses
Answers to ldquoFind more examples of nominatives a nd their verbs from the reading passage at the begin-ning of the chapterrdquo
hēa Silvia habe
Amūl ius claudi
Amūl ius pōni
Lupa ambula
Lupa cūra e amaōmulus e emus crēscun
ōmulus e emus aedifican
Answers to ldquoFind more examples of accusatives and their verbs from the reading passage at the beg in-ning of the chapterrdquo
duōs īliōs habe ōmulum e emum
hēam Silviam claudi
ōmulum e emum pōni
ōmulum e emum bene cūra e ama
ōmam aedifican
TEACHING TIPSudens may encouner diffi culy when r ying o ransl ae Lain names used in cases o her han henominaive Te eacher a some poin will need o explain (and repea whenever necessary) ha when ransla ing a La in name he suden should al ways use he nominaive o rm o he word Onp 7 sudens are asked o find examples o accusaives and heir verbs in he reading passage Teanswers lised above provide an opporuniy o pracice wih his issue emind sudens o rans-lae duōs īliōs habet Rōmulum et Remum as ldquohe has wo sons omulus and emusrdquo Te oher ouranswers may be used as pracice wih he sudens
EXERCISE 3a Ideniy wheher he nouns in bold in hese senences are subjecs direc objecs or predi
TEACHER BY THE WAYIn conjuncion wih he picure and is capion he eacher may wish o menion ha he amil-ilar acronym o SPQ is sill in use and visible hroughou modern ome991252on liter bins sewercovers ec
Standards11 41
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 4854
8 bull Latin for the New Millennium
8 bull Latin for the New Millennium
a Ideniy wheher he nouns in bold in hese senences are subjecs direc objecs or predi-cae nominaives Te eading Vocabulary may be consuled
b Label each senence as vērum (rue) i i agrees or alsum (alse) i i disagrees wih he Lainreading passage a he beginni ng o he chaper
Example Amūlius es deusPredicae nominaive alsum
1 hēa Silvia ōmulum e emum cūra
2 Amūlius ōmulum e emum bene cūra
3 Amūlius lupam vinculīs claudi
4 Mārs ōmulum e emum in aquam pōni
5 Lupa hēam Silviam cūra
6 Amūlius ad aquam ambula
Te power of he ciy of Rome founded according o legend by Romulus is symbolized by hese four leters ha areprominenly displayed in various places wihin he ciy
EXERCISE 3 ANSWERS
1 subjec vērum
2 direc objecs alsum
3 direc objec alsum
4 subjec alsum
5 direc objec alsum
6 subjec vērum
WorkbookExercise 2 A full si ze reproduc ible version of th is page
without the a nswers ca n be downloade d at wwwlnm bolchazyco m
HOW TO USE THIS BOOK
Noun Declensions Te eacher may choose Lain nouns rom he declension ha is being sudied a he imehis workshee is used Tus no answers are provided here
LANGUAGE FACT III
TEACHING TIP Ask he sudens wha he Lain words seleced rom he reading and lised near he op o p 9 mean
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 4954
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull 9
Chapter 1 bull 9
FIRST DECLENSION NOUNS A declension is a g roup o nouns ha show a cerain patern o word endings Tere are five differ-en declensions in Lain In he reading abou omulus and emus hese are he orms belongingo he firs declension
hēam Silviam hēa Silvia aquam lupa ōmam
Noice ha he ex says Rhēa Silvia when she is he subjec and Rhēam Silviam when she is hedirec objec
Te firs declension is composed o words ha characerisically have he vowel a a or near heend o he word lupa
Below is he patern ha firs declension nouns ollow o show case and number Memorize heLain words in order rom he nominaive singular down o he ablaive singular and hen romhe nominaive plural down o he ablaive plural
emember ha he endings or a whole group o nouns ollow his patern Once you learn hi spatern you can recognize he case a nd number o all he words belonging o hi s declension
In his chaper you have begun o learn abou he nominaive and accusai ve cases Te ohercases will be explained in laer chapers
First DeclensionSingular Plural
Nomina ive l upa he she-wol Nominaive lupae he she-wolves
Geniive lupae o he she-wol Geniive lupārum o he she-wolves
Daive lupae oor he she-wol Daive lupīs oor he she-wolves
Accusaive lupam he she-wol Accusaive lupās he she-wolves
Ablaive lupā bywih he she-wol Ablaive lupīs bywih he she-wolves
Daive and ablaive plural o he words īlia ldquodaugherrdquo and dea ldquogoddessrdquo is fīliābus anddeābusTis is o di singuish hese orms rom he corresponding orms o īlius ldquosonrdquo and deus ldquogodrdquo
STUDY TIP
Noice ha he ablaive singular ending -ā has a long mark (macron) above i his ishe only difference beween he nominaive and ablaive singular endings
TEACHING TIP
Afer he firs declension has been presened o he sudens encourage hem depending on heirlearning syle o say he declension aloud o wrie down he words o inven a rap or a cheer
TEACHER BY THE WAY
Te patern is called a declension because he oher cases lean away ( dēclīnāre) rom he nominaiveie hey do no ollow he same orm as he nominaive
ORAL EXERCISE 1Tis exercise may be used afer the 1047297rst declension has been presented
Whi le looking a he declension o lupa ask he sudens o decli ne nauta
Singular PluralNominaive naua nauaeGeniive nauae nauārumDaive nauae nauīs Accusaive nauam nauās Ablaive nauā nauīs
Standards11 31 41
OralExercise 1
WorkbookExercise 3
STUDY TIP
Noice ha he daive and ablaive plural endings a re idenical
EXERCISE 4 ANSWERS1 geniive daive puellār um puellī s
2 accusaive nauās
3 accusaive errās
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 5054
10 bull Latin for the New Millennium
10 bull Latin for the New Millennium
Here are more words belonging o he fi rs declension
puella ndash girl īlia ndash daugher terra ndash land
Mos firs declension words are eminine i n gender bu a ew (usually ones ha indicae mas-culine occupaions in ancien imes) are masculine Examples are poēta ldquopoerdquoagricola ldquoarmerrdquonauta ldquosailorrdquo āthlēta ldquoahleerdquo
EXERCISE 4Ideniy he case o each singular noun Ten change each orm ino plural For some more han
one answer is possibleExample īlianominaive īliae
1 puellae 5 aquae2 nauam 6 puellā3 erram 7 āhlēā4 a gr ic ol a
Like he Greek wreslers porrayed on his ancien bas-reliefRoman ahlees were also fond of he spor of wresling
4 nominaive agricolae
5 geniive daive aquārum aquīs
6 ablaive puellīs
7 ablaive āhlēīs
TEACHING TIP
Since wreslers are depiced on he illusraion on his page he eacher may wish o open a discus-
sion abou he omansrsquo and Greeksrsquo ondness or wresling which was ofen praciced in a complexcalled he palaestra
oman boys were expeced o serve in he m iliary Tus hey were firs rained by heir ahers in wreslingand boxing Srengh and agiliy were sressed raher han grace o movemen as in Greek spors Te woprincipal syles uilized by he Greek were uprigh wresling in which hree alls o your opponen o heground were necessary o deea him and ground wresling which required he opponen o give up in ordero end he mach In he palaes tra here was an area or he young people o pracice wresling or boxing wih apunching bag (cōrycus) Examples o monumenal oman bahs wih a palaest ra are ound a he Bahs o Ca-racalla in ome he Harbor Bahs a Ephesus in urkey and he Bahs in Varna Bulgaria he larges anciensrucure in ha counry
Wresling was also one o he spor evens a he Olympic games ha he omans ofen atended Greco-oman wresling is also one o he evens eaured in he summer Olympic games in modern imes
TEACHING TIPTe eacher migh wan o have sudens read an English ranslaion o Book 23 o he Iliad in which Ajax a nd Odysseus compee in a wre sling m ach and Book 5 o he Aeneid or a descripion o hespors ha he omans played and compare he atiude o he compeiors in each epic Boh evens were par o he uneral games he ormer in honor o Paroclu s riend and atendan o Achil lesand he later in honor o Anchises aher o Aeneas Tis migh lead o urher discussion on henaure o modern wresling
Standards11 41
EXERCISE 5Ideniy he case o each plural noun Ten change each orm ino he singular For some more
TEACHING TIPSudens may wonder why he geniive singular w ihou is ending mus be used o find he base whenhe nominaive singular wihou is ending works jus as well Explain ha in oher noun declensionshe nominaive will no always provide he same base or have he same spelling as he geniive
Standards11 41
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 5154
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull 11
Chapter 1 bull 11
han one answer is possible
Example puellāsaccusaive puellam
1 īliae 5 aquīs2 errīs 6 poēārum3 nauārum 7 agricolae4 l upa e
BY THE WAY
In all declensions endings are added o he base o a noun I is imporan o know hahe base o a noun is ound by removing he ending rom is geniive si ngular orm Forexample he geniive singular o puella is puellae I you remove he -ae rom puellae
wha remains is he base o he word namely puell- For his reason learning he geni-ive singular is as imporan as knowing he nominaive singular o he noun
STUDY TIP
Always learn he geniive ogeher wih he nominaive because rom he geniive you will know o which declension a word belongs
A wall paining depic ing a Roman farmer (agricola) wih his sheep
EXERCISE 5 ANSWERS
1 nominaive īl ia
2 daive ablaive errae errā
3 geniive nauae
4 nominaive lupa
5 daive ablaive aquae aquā
6 geniive poēae7 nominaive agricola
HOW TO USE THIS BOOKIn his book he word ldquobaserdquo is used o reer o he noun wihou any ending ldquoStemrdquo is used or he par o he verb wihou any ending ldquoootrdquo is used or he Lain par o a derivaive
ORAL EXERCISE 2Tis exercise may be used afer Exercise 5
Use one o he ollowing classroom presenaion opions (hereafer reerred o as CPO) (blackgreenwhiesmar board overhead or LCD projecor PowerPoinreg presenaion ec) o pu his inormaion on view
quis ldquowhordquo (or he subjec) and quem ldquowhomrdquo (or he direc objec)
Ten ask he suden o answer he ollowing quesions abou he chaper reading eiher orally or in wri-
en orm
1 Teacher Quis es Mārs Student Mārs es deus
2 Teacher Quem ama Mārs Student hēam Silviam Mārs ama
3 Teacher Quis ama hēam Silviam Student Mārs ama hēam Silviam
4 Teacher Quem habe hēa Silvia Student hēa Silvia duōs īliōs ōmulum eemum habe
5 Teacher Quis claudi hēam Silviam Student Amūlius claudi hēam Silviam
6 Teacher Quem claudi Amūlius Student hēam Silviam Amūlius claudi
7 Teacher Quis ōmulum e emum in aquampōni
Student Amūlius ōmulum e emum in aquampōni
8 Teacher Quem Amūlius in aquam pōni Student Amūlius ōmulum e emum in aquampōni
9 Teacher Quis ambula ad aquam Student Lupa ambula ad aquam
10 Teacher Quis ōmulum e emum bene cūra Student Lupa ōmulum e emum bene cūra
11 Teacher Quōs lupa bene cūra Student Lupa ōmulum e emum bene cūra
12 Teacher Quis ōmulum e emum a ma Student Lupa ōmulum e emum ama
13 Teacher Quōs lupa ama Student Lupa ōmulum e emum ama
OralExercise 2
WorkbookExercise
4 5
EXERCISE 6ranslae rom Lain ino English and rom English ino Lain Te mos common Lain word
d
TEACHER BY THE WAYTe eacher may menion ha he mos common word order (subjec ndash direc objec ndash verb) can o-en be changed For example i he verb is o be emphasized i will ake firs posiion I he subjecor he direc objec is o be emphasized i will ake he las posiion which is he mos emphaic oneIn general he more unusual he wordrsquos posiion is he more emphasis is placed on his word
Standards11 41
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 5254
12 bull Latin for the New Millennium
12 bull Latin for the New Millennium
order is
subjec ndash direc objec ndash verb
1 Agricola erram ama
2 Te ahlee loves waer
3 Naua īlia m ama
4 Te poe loves ome
5 Agricola erram cūra
6 Te she-wol cares or (is aking care o) he girl
BY THE WAY
Even hough he mos common word order is subjec ndash di rec objec ndash verb rememberha endings991252no word order991252deermine which word is he subjec and which i s hedirec objec
TALKING When we mee one person we gree herhim wih salvē When we mee wo or more people wegree hem wih salvēte When we bid goodbye o one person we sayvalē When we bid goodbyeo wo or more people we say valēte
Here are various ways o ask ldquohow are yourdquo or ldquohow are you doingrdquo
Quōmodo valēs or Quōmodo tē habēs or Quid agis ldquoHow are yourdquo
Here is a range o possible answers
bene ldquowellrdquo pessimē ldquovery badrdquo optimē ldquogreardquo melius ldquobeterrdquo mediocriter ldquoso-sordquo or ldquono oo badrdquo meliusculē ldquoa litle beterrdquo male ldquobadrdquo
In general he more unusual he word s posiion is he more emphasis is placed on his word
EXERCISE 6 ANSWERS
1 Te armer loves he land
2 Āhlēa aquam ama
3 Te sailor loves (his) daugher
4 Poēa ōmam ama
5 Te armer cares or (is aking care o) he land6 Lupa puellam cūra
TEACHING TIP
Te eacher may sar he class in Lain by saying Salvēte discipulī et discipulae and by eaching hesudens o say in reurn Salvē magister (magistra)
ORAL EXERCISE 3Tis exercise may be used anytime afer the students have learned the use o the accusative case or afer Exercise 6
Use one o he CPOrsquos o pu on display he orms amō and cūrō and explai n ha hey a re in he fir s personsingular and how his differs rom he hird person singular learned in his chaper Ask individual sudens omake senences wih hem using he words hey have learned
Ten ell he sudens ha nōn means ldquonordquo and ask hem o make si milar senences wih nōn amō and nōn cūrō
Examples(nōn) amō erram īliam aquam lupam āhlēam(nōn) cūrō erram īliam puellam
WorkbookExercise 6
ContentQuestions
OralExercise 3
Standards12 21 41
42
SAYING HELLOMarīa Helena e Chrisīna sun (are) discipulae (students)
TEACHING TIPHave sudens read he dialogue aloud Tis will help o build heir pronunciaion skills
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 5354
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull 13
Chapter 1 bull 13
Marīa Salvēe Helena e Chrisīna
Christīna Salvē Marīa
Helena Salvē Marīa
Marīa Quōmodo valēs Helena Quōmodo valēs Chrisīna
Helena et Christīna Bene Quōmodo ū ( you) valēs Marīa
Marīa Pessimē
Helena et Christīna Cūr (Why)
Marīa imeō linguam Laīnam ( I ear the Latin language)Helena Ego ( I ) linguam Laīnam amō
Christīna E ego linguam Laīnam amō
ORAL EXERCISE 4
Tis exercise may be used afer he Lain dialogue has been presened
Insruc he sudens o say ldquohellordquo in Lain o he suden nex o hem Divide he class ino wo pars ellone par o gree he oher par using he plural greeing and vice versa Do he same ype o aciviy whensaying ldquogoodbyerdquo You may wish o make greeing he class in Lain a nd saying ldquogoodbyerdquo in Lain a par oa daily rouine
Divide he sudens ino pairs in which one person will ask how hisher parner is in Lain and he oher
wil l answer
ORAL EXERCISE 5
Tis exercise may be used afer he Lain dialogue has been presened
ell he sudens ha he paricle ndashne is added o he firs syllable o a word ha inroduces a quesion Ten askhe ollowing quesions abou he dialogue beween Mary Helen and Chrisy Individual sudens may answerorally or he enire class may wrie he answers as he eacher asks hem orally Te eacher should explain hahe orm valēs in he greeing Quōmodo valēs is in he second person which means ldquoyourdquo Te hird person orm(reerring o ldquoherrdquo ldquohimrdquo or ldquoirdquo) is valet So he phrase ldquoHow is she doingrdquo would be Quōmodo valet Te hirdperson o amō is amat and he hird person o timeō is timet
1 Teacher Quōmodo Chrisīna vale Student(s) Chrisīna bene vale
2 Teacher Quōmodo Marīa vale Student(s) Marīa pessimē vale
3 Teacher Cūr (why) Marīa pessimē vale Student(s) Marīa ime linguam Lainam4 Teacher Amane l inguam L aīnam Helena Student(s) Helena linguam Laīnam ama
5 Teacher Linguamne Laīnam ama Chrisīna Student(s) Chrisīna linguam Laīnam ama
ORAL EXERCISE 6 AND DICTATIONTis combined exercise may be used to conclude the chapter or at any time afer the students have learned the accusa-tive case and chapter vocabulary
Dicae he ollowing senences o he sudens Ten ask hem o make he ollowing changes eiher orally orin writen orm a he discreion o he eacher
1 Teacher Agricol a erram ama (change he direc objec ino plura l)Student Agricola errās ama
2 Teacher Lupa puellam cūra (change he direc objec ino plural)
Student Lupa puellās cūra3 Teacher Āhlēa puel lās ama (change he direc objec ino singu lar)
Student Āhlēa puellam ama
4 Teacher Fīlia errās ama (change he direc objec ino singular)Student Fīlia erram ama
OralExercise
4 5 6 andDictation
TEACHER NOTES
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 5454
14 bull Latin for the New Millennium
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 3154
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull xxv
Introduction bull xxv
he i a he beginning o a word beore a vowel or i beween wo vowels According o hismehod or example Iūlius is writen Jūlius and Āiax is writen Ājax In his book he leter J j will no be used
bull Te disincion beween he vowel U u and he consonan V v also belongs o laer imesIniially here was only one leter V u used boh or he vowel and he consonan eg Vrbs ldquoTe Ciyrdquo (ie ome) or uicor ldquohe winnerrdquo
bull However in accord wih he prevail ing pracice o expressing he vowel wih U u and heconsonan wih V v in his book he wo leters will be disingui shed
PRONUNCIATION OF LATIN
VOWELSTere are six vowels in Lain and heir pronunciaion is as ollows
Long Vowel Sound Shor Vowel Sound
ā is pronounced as in ldquoaherrdquo ōrāor ldquooraorrdquo a is pronounced as in ldquoalikerdquo amō ldquoloverdquo
ē is pronounced like he a in ldquoraverdquo nēmō ldquonobodyrdquo e is pronounced as in ldquoperdquo bene ldquowellrdquo
ī is pronounced like he double e in ldquoseenrdquo līmes ldquoboundaryrdquo
i is pronounced as in ldquopirdquo nihil ldquonohingrdquo
ō is pronounced as in ldquosoverdquo videō ldquo(I) seerdquo o is pronounced as in ldquoofenrdquorosa ldquoroserdquo
ū is pronounced as in ldquomoonrdquo ūnus ldquoonerdquo u is pronounced as in ldquopurdquo um ldquohenrdquo
ӯ comes rom Greek and is pronounced in lenghsomewhere beween he i in ldquohirdquo and he u in ldquomuerdquo Pӯramus ldquoPyramusrdquo
y comes rom Greek Is sound wheher long or shorlies in beween he sounds o i and u much as in heFrench ldquosucircrrdquo bu he sound o shor y is less drawn ouhan ha o long y lyricus ldquolyricalrdquo
Te Lain words senātus rēgēsulla gentēs and prīmus are
engraved on his sone
Sign from Pompeii carved on sone wih Lain leters
p q
1 race he roos o he Lain alphabe rom is beginnings orward
Norh-Semiic alphabe elevenh cenury 983138983139983141 Phoenician alphabe Greek alphabe Erusca n alphabeLain alphabe
2 Which wo leters in he English alphabe are no ound in he Lain alphabe
W and J
3 When does he leter J begin o appear in Lain
During he Middle Ages and he enaissa nce
4 Look a he Lain inscripion on he sign rom Pompeii (on he righ o p xxv) Find a leas hree Lain words Lis an Engl ish word you believe is based on he La in word
colonia 991252 colonial colony honoris 991252 honorspecacula 991252 specacular specacle perpevom 991252 perpeual perpeuiy duovir 991252 virile virili
Sandards12 41
TEACHING TIPSudens may wan o know he English meanings o he Lain words in Exercises 1 and 2 Te defini-
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 3254
xxvi bull Latin for the New Millennium
xxvi bull L atin for the New Millennium
BY THE WAY
Everywhere in his book long vowels are indicaed by macrons ie ā ē ī ō ū ӯ whileabove he shor vowels here are no signs Someimes wo words differ rom each oheronly in he lengh o he vowel For example mālum wih a longa means ldquoapplerdquo whilemalum wih a shor a means ldquobad hingrdquo
EXERCISE 1epea hese words aloud afer your eacher pronounces hem
1 a lō 7 lēnis 13 probō 19 sūor2 alumnus 8 sēdēs 14 noa 20 ūsus3 rāna 9 i er 15 pōnō 21 syllaba4 rādō 10 imeō 16 dōnum 22 Pӯrēnē5 eneō 11 nīor 17 ululō6 peō 12 mīrus 18 lupus
DIPHTHONGSDiphhongs are wo vowels combined in one syllable and pronounced ogeher as one soundTere are six diphhongs in Lain
bull ae much like he y in ldquoskyrdquo laevus ldquo lefrdquo
bull au pronounced as ou in ldquoourrdquo aurum ldquo goldrdquo
bull ei pronounced as ei in ldquoeignrdquo oiei ldquoalasrdquo
bull eu pronounced eoo much as i in he wo words ldquogrey bluerdquo you were o subrac he ldquogr-rdquo andhe ldquobl-rdquo and combine he wo vowel sounds Eurōpa ldquoEuroperdquo
bull oe pronounced as oy in ldquoboyrdquo proelium ldquo batlerdquo
bull ui pronounced nearly like ldquowerdquohui ldquoohrdquo
I is believed ha quie early sill in ancien imes he diphhongs ae and oe began o be pro-nounced as e I you encouner hem writen aē or aeuml and oē or oeuml his means ha hey are nodiphhongs and he leters should be pronounced separaely āēr poēa
Te diphhongs are always long
EXERCISE 2epea hese words afer your eacher pronounces hem
1 aesās 7 s eu 13 aēneus2 a equō 8 m oenia 14 poēma3 raeda 9 neu 15 hei4 l audō 10 poena 16 huic5 a u 11 neuer6 aula 12 Poenus
Sudens may wan o know he English meanings o he Lain words in Exercises 1 and 2 Te definiions are provided or he eacherrsquos convenience
EXERCISE 11 I nourish 12 wonderul
2 suden 13 I approve
3 rog 14 noe
4 I scrape 15 I pu
5 I hold 16 gif6 I seek 17 I howl
7 smooh 18 wol
8 sea 19 shoemaker
9 journey 20 use
10 I ear 21 sylla ble
11 I srive 22 Pȳrene (a name)
EXERCISE 21 summer
2 I make level
3 carriage
4 I praise5 or
6 orecour
7 or i
8 walls
9 and no
10 penaly
11 neiher
12 Carhaginian
13 bronze
14 poem
15 ah
16 o his
TEACHER BY THE WAYHisorical evidence can be cied or reading he firs syllable o ldquomāgnusrdquo as naurally long bu oher
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 3354
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull xxvii
Introduction bull xxvii
CONSONANTSbull c is pronounced as in ldquocomerdquo clārus ldquobrighrdquo censeō ldquo(I) deemrdquo cārus ldquodearrdquo
bull When b is ollowed by s as in urbs ldquociyrdquo he sound o b approaches ha o p a sound wemigh represen as urps
bull g is pronounced as in ldquogerdquo gaudiumldquojoyrdquo gignō ldquo(I) bege (I) bearrdquo grāialdquoavor agreeablenessrdquo
bull Some hink ha he omans o Cicerorsquos ime (firs cenury 983138983139983141) pronounced he wo conso-nans ng as ngn or example he adjecive māgnus ldquogreardquo would have been pronounced in a
way ha we migh represen asmangnus
bull k is a very rare consonan In ac i appears only in wo words Kalendae ldquohe firs day oevery monh in he oman calendarrdquo and in he personal name Kaeso
bull q appears always in combinaion wih u and he combinaion qu is pronounced as in ldquoqueenrdquoquatuor ldquoourrdquo
bull v has a sound similar o w (as in he word ldquowierdquo) videō ldquo I seerdquo
bull Te consonanu in he combinaion su sounds like he English w in he ollowing our wordssuēscō ldquo(I) become accusomedrdquoSuēvī a name o a German ribe suādeō ldquo(I) adviserdquo suāvis ldquosweerdquo
bull Te leter r is rilled slighly Te sound has no exac equivalen in English bu is heard inmany oher European languages Te bes way o make his sound is o pronounce r as inldquoroperdquo bu vibrae he end o he ongue slighly as you say i
bull x is a double consonan (equivalen ocs or gs) ha sounds much like he x in ldquosixrdquo
bull z is a noher double consonan (equivalen o dz) and sounds almos like z in ldquozebrardquo I be-gins wih a sligh d sound firs so in pronouncing his leter you should hear dz
bull ph sounds like p in ldquopenrdquo bu wih he addiion o a sligh breah o air represened by he hth sounds like t as in ldquo omrdquo bu wih he addiion o a sligh ex ra breahing represened byhe h ch sounds nearly like he combinaion kh Tese consonans are borrowed rom Greek
and appear in Greek words zephyrus ldquowesern breezerdquo chorus ldquochorusrdquo heārum ldquoheaerrdquo When p and t are no accompanied by h his sligh aspiraion is absen
bull When consonans are doubled as in he verbaggredior he consonanal sound is lenghenedslighly
EXERCISE 3epea hese words afer your eacher pronounces hem
1 cibus 7 glōria 13 phasēlus2 capiō 8 Zeus 14 chara3 cumulus 9 bibliohēca 15 cēlō4 crēscō 10 phi losophia 16 anīquus5 gemma 11 zōna6 Gallus 12 heōrēma
g y g y gevidence suggess i is naurally shor Tus in some grammar books such as he one by Gildersleeveand Lodge we find his syllable marked as long bu in oher books i is reaed as shor
TEACHING TIPTe sudens may also wish o find ou he meanings o he Lain words in Exercise 3 Te definiionsare provided or he eacherrsquos convenience
EXERCISE 3
1 ood2 I ake
3 a heap
4 I grow
5 bud jewel
6 a Gaul
7 glory
8 Zeus
9 library
10 philosophy
11 a girdle
12 heory
13 kidney bean
14 paper
15 I hide
16 old
TEACHING TIPTe eacher may wish o provide he sudens wih some pracice on syllables and sress accen Here
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 3454
xxviii bull Latin for the New Millennium
xxviii bull Latin for the New Millennium
ACCENT A Lain word is made up no jus o leters bu also o syllables A Lain word has as many syllablesas i has vowels or diphhongs (a diphhong works like a single vowel since i is made up o wo
vowels pronounced ogeher [see diphhongs above])
You will need o know he ollowing erms when learning abou accen
bull ulima he las syllable in a word
bull penul he second-o-las syllable in a word
bull anepenul he hird-o-las syllable in a word
So in he word ze- ph y-r us he vowel u is he ulima y is he penul and e is he anepenul
RULES ABOUT THE STRESS ACCENT IN LATIN1 Te sress accen in Lain alls on eiher he penul or he anepenul
2 Te accen alls on he penul i he penul is long I he penul is shor he accen alls onhe anepenul
3 How o deermine wheher he penul is long or shor
a I he penul conains a long vowel (or any diphhong) he penul isel is long You o-en need o learn wheher he vowel in he penul is long or shor as a basic elemen inlearning a new word A macron above he vowel will ell you ha he vowel is long whi lehe absence o a macron wil l indicae a shor vowel Pronouncing he word can help youremember he vowel lenghs For ex ample vi-de-ō ldquoI seerdquo is pronounced viacutedeō whileau-rō-ra ldquodawnrdquo is pronounced aurōacutera and po-pu-lus ldquopeoplerdquo is pronounced po pulus
b I he vowel in he penul is ollowed by wo or more consonans he penul is long no
mater wheher he vowel in he penul is long or shor and he accen necessarily allson he penul For example do-cu-men-um ldquodocumenrdquo is pronounced documenacuteum
BY THE WAYTe consonan x is double (cs or gs) and couns as wo consonans when deermining
wheher he penul is long
c Tere is one excepion o lsquobrsquo above Someimes even when here are wo consonans be-ween he penul and he ulima hey sill do no deermine ha he penul is long Tishappens when he wo consonans are a mue and a liquid
Te mues are p b d t g c
Te liquids are l r
So in he word pal-pe-bra ldquoeyelidrdquo he anepenul is accened ( palacutepebra) he vowel o he pe-nul is shor since i i s ollowed by a mue and a l iquid O course ru le lsquoarsquo sill applies in he wordhe-ā-trum ldquoheaerrdquo he penul is accened (heāacuterum) since i is naurally long somehing welearn rom he macron
y p p yare some examples wih he answers included or he eacherrsquos convenience
Underline he ulima in each word
1 legō
2 rēgis
3 imperāor
Underline he penul in each word
1 causa
2 pūnīum3 armāus
Underline he anepenul in each word
1 vulnerō
2 eigī
3 sublāum
Underline he penul i i is long
1 pōnō
2 spēlunca
3 pauperis
Underline he syllable ha will receive he sress accen in each word1 ōrāculum
2 peīum
3 cōnsania
4 exsīncum
5 vulneris
6 solius
TEACHING TIPGiven he passage abou he bahhouse on his page and he picure rom Bah England he
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 3554
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull xxix
EXERCISE 4epea each senence aloud afer your eacher reads i Pay atenion o he pronunciaion andsress accen o each word
Wha i is Like o Live Over a Bahhouse
(Adaped rom Seneca Moral Leter 56)
Ecce undique clāmor sona Suprā ipsum balneum habiō Prōpōne nunc ibi omnia genera vōcumodiōsa Foriōrēs exercenur e manūs plumbō gravēs iacan cum au labōran au labōranemimianur Gemiūs audiō quoiēns spīrium remīsērun Sun quoque ūncōrēs e racāōrēs
Audiō crepium manuum umerōs erienium sonus quoque icuum mūāur nunc enim manusperveni plāna nunc concava Audiō clāmōrēs sī ūr es i n balneō dēprehēnsus
Look here is noise sounding all around I live above he bahhouse isel Imagine o yourselnow all he haeul ypes o voices Te sronger ones exercise hemselves and swing heir ha ndsloaded wih lead weighs while hey work ou991252or imiae a person working ou I hear moansevery ime hey le go a ltpen-upgt breah Tere are also anoiners and masseurs I hear he slapo hands hiting shoulders and he sound o he blows changes or someimes he hands come1047298a someimes cupped I hear shouing i a hie is caugh in he bahhouse
A pool from inside he Roman Bahs in Bah England
Introduction bull xxix
eacher may wish o open a discussion abou bahs during oman i mes Te use o he calidārium fīgid ārium epidārium and sūdārium may be explained by he eacher and sudens may be en-couraged o learn andor pronounce hese words
TEACHER BY THE WAYBahs were ofen consruced on locaions having ho or mineral springs such as Bah in Englandand Bāiae a resor own on he Bay o Naples
Modern Bah in oman imes was named afer he Celic goddess o healing Sulis In he firscenury her shrine was aken over by he omans and she was idenified wih he goddess Minerva
Te sie was hen known as Aquae Sulis Mine rva In a emple relie she is represened wih a Medusa-like head and a musache
Te spa conained a grea bah (73 f by 29 f) and hree oher swimming pools he calidārium (ho bah)epidārium (warm bah) and fīgidār ium (cold bah) In he second cenury he spring was enclosed wihin a wooden barrel-vau led build ing ha housed hese hree pools Ho ai r bahs were ueled by coal fires A con-san 1047298ow o waer was direced o he pools hrough lead pipes which sill uncion oday
Archeologica l excavaions have revealed ma ny sacred voive offerings c urse ables and innumerable coinsa he botom o he springs Te curse ables writen in Lain heaped curses on anyone suspeced o wrong-doing Te ancien radiion o hrowing coins accompanied by a wish sill prevails oday in ome a he reviFounain where ourissvisiors do he same
More inormaion on bah complexes in ome can be ound on p 386 o his eacherrsquos manual
Sandards22 31
32 41 42
TEACHING TIPTe eacher may wish o insruc he sudens o find he iber iver which is picured here on he
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 3654
xxx bull Latin for the New Millennium
xxx bull Latin for the New Millennium
OVERVIEW OF ROMAN HISTORY According o legend omulus and his win broher emus were se adrif on he iber iver Ashe-wol nursed he boys unil a shepherd rescued hem Upon reaching manhood in 753 983138983139983141he wins ounded a new ciy near he place w here hey had been ound by he she-wol on he
basis o anaugusō auguriō ldquoa avorable sighing o birdsrdquo Bu omulus killed emus in a dispueover who would rule he new ciy and became is firs king
Six oher kings ruled afer omulus Numa Pompilius ullus Hosilius Ancus Marius ar-quinius Prisc us Servius ullius a nd arquinius Superbus (arquin he Proud) Afer he las ohese seven kings was overhrown in 509 983138983139983141 ome became a republic wih a represenaiveorm o governmen headed by wo consuls eleced an nually By 451 983138983139983141 he fi rs corpus o o-man law known as he welve ables was creaed
In he las cenury 983138983139983141 he oman epublic was shaken apar by a series o civil wars By31 983138983139983141 an auocraic regime headed earlier by Julius Caesar and laer by his grea-nephew Oc-avian brough he epublic o an end Te years rom 27 983138983139983141991252when Ocavian assumed heile o prīnceps ldquochie ciizenrdquo as well as he name Augu sus991252o around 180 983139983141 are known ashe early principae or empire During his era ome exended her boundaries o he BriishIsles in he norh Norh Arica in he souh Spain in he wes and he igris and Euphraesrivers in he eas
A view of he iber River as i 1047298ows hrough he ciy of Rome
map on p xxxii
COMPREHENSION QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS FOR PAGE XXX991251XXXI
eproducible versions o he quesions alone are available a wwwlnm bolchazycom
1 Who were he legendary ounders o ome
omulus and emus
2 According o legend in wha year was ome ounded
753 983138983139983141
3 Over he course o he monarchic period how many kings ruled ome
Seven
4 Wha even occurred in 509 983138983139983141
Te beginni ng o he oman epublic (wih wo consuls in charge)
5 Wha is he erm associaed wih he wo leaders o he epublic
Consul
6 Which wo leaders oversaw omersquos shif rom a republic o a principae
Julius Caesar and OcavianAugusu s
7 Wha major aciviy associaed wih empire-building ook place during he principae
erriorial expansion
8 Name wo developmens ha characerized he lae empire
Severe economic problems inernal poliical unres andor requen invasion by he Germanic ribes
9 Describe Diocleianrsquos response o he roubles o he empire
Diocleian divided he empire ino wo halves he Easern and Wesern empires in order o make ruli nghe empire more manageable
10 Explai n he origin o he erm ldquovandalismrdquo
Te fifh cenury invasion and pillag ing o ome by he ribe known as he Vandals who occupied he o-man province o Norh Arica led o he erm ldquovandalismrdquo meaning wanon desrucion
11 Describe Lainrsquos role in he cenuries afer 476 983139983141
Lain 1047298ourished as he major lierary language in he Wesern oman Empire and was spread o non-omanized places like Ireland Scandinavia and he New World
TEACHING TIP
Te eacher may ask he sudens o find he daes menioned on his page in he imeline on pp411ndash414
Sandards21 31 32
TEACHING TIPTe eacher may insruc he sudens o locae ByzaniumConsaninople discussed here in he
d h h ii
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 3754
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull xxxi
Introduction bull xxxi
From 180 983139983141 onwards in he period k nown as he lae empire he oman sae experiencedsevere economic problems and requen invasions by Germanic ri bes esponding o he pres-sure o he firs wave o migraions as well as inernal poliical u nres and economic diffi culieshe emperor Diocleian (ruled 284ndash305 983139983141) had already divided he oman Empire ino anEasern and Wesern hal each under is own emperor991252an atemp o make he vas omansae more manageable
Tis poliical division o he empire acually mirrored a culural division oo he main lan-guage o he Wes was Lain while he main language o he Eas was Greek Shorly aferwardshe emperor Consanine (ruled 312ndash337 983139983141) esablished a new capial or he Easern empirea Byzanium wh ich he renamed Consaninople (ldquohe ciy o Consaninerdquo oday called Isan-
bul) Bu even afer his reorganizaion he imperial governmen ulimaely proved incapable o
semming he ide o he migraions in par because he oman army was oo widely e xendedand could no be in so many places a once Indeed many o he invaders were given he sauso oederāī or ldquoreay roopsrdquo In effec hey were a llowed o occupy segmens o he empire inreurn or proecing i So when Alar ic King o he Visigohs sacked ome in 410 983139983141 he acual lyhad a ile as a commander in he oman army
ome was sacked again in 455 983139983141 by he Vandals who had already occupied he omanprovince o Norh Arica Te pillaging o he ciy o omulus by he invaders made a pro-ound impression on conemporaries and o his day he erm ldquovandalismrdquo is a word in severallanguages or wanon desrucion While he Easern empire (always more sable and eco-nomically prosperous han he Wes) coninued o exis unil 1453 983139983141 he Wesern empire
was ex inc as a poliica l eniy by 476 983139983141 In is place were Germa nic k ingdoms and ribes Angles and Saxons in Briai n Visigohs in Spain Osrogohs in Ialy Franks and Burgundi ansin Gaul991252o name only he major groups Te combinaion o hese new socieies wih heprevious inhabians who had been omanized o varying degrees would one day provide he
basis or he culures o modern Europe
Bu he end o he ancien oman Empire in he Wes was no he end o Lain On he con-rary during he nex 1200 years Lain no only 1047298ourished as he major lierary language in he
erriories o he ormer Wesern oman Empire he use o Lain was exended o regions heomans had never occupied including Ireland Scandinavi a and even he New World
BEGINNINGS OF LATIN LITERATURE Very ew complee works o Lain lieraure produced beore he mid-second cenury 983138983139983141 (ie beore 150 983138983139983141) have survived One reason or his loss was he remendous populariy o he works produced in he ollowing cenury by such auhors as Cicero Vergil and Ovid Teir wri-ings were so widely read and copied in subsequen cenuries ha he auhors preceding hem
were gradually negleced
Among he major figures o early Lain lieraure was a reed slave rom he Greek ciy o aren-um named Livius Andronicus who li ved rom 284ndash204 983138983139983141 He was known or his adapaionso Greek drama or oman audiences and his ranslaion o Homerrsquos Odyssey ino Lain verse
second paragraph on he map on p xxxii
TEACHING TIPTe eacher may ask he sudens o find he daes menioned on his page in he imeline on pp413ndash414
HOW TO USE THIS BOOK AND ITS ANCILLARIES
wo ancillaries are available or use wih his book Te Original Dysuncional Family (abbreviaed ODF)and From Romulus o Romulus Augusulus (abbreviaed R) R will be paricularly useul in order ohelp sudens keep he ime periods o he auhors and o he evens he auhors wroe abou sraigh in heirminds Chaper ile pages will include when appropriae a noaion on wha chaper o R he eachermay wish o assign
TEACHING TIPTe eacher may wish o assign Chaper 1 o he oman hisory ancillary From Romulus o Romu-lus Augusulus a his poin
COMPREHENSION QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS FOR PAGES XXXI991251XXXIVeproducible versions o he quesions alone are available a wwwlnm bolchazycom
1 Whom did he omans consider he aher o Lain lieraure
Ennius
2 Wha was Enniusrsquo mos amous work Is subjec mater
Annālēs was an epic poem abou omersquos early hisory
3 Wha amous Lain saying means ldquoCarhage mus be desroyedrdquo
Carhāgō dēlenda es
4 Who is he auhor o ha saying
Cao he ElderCao he Censor
5 When was Carha ge said o have been desroyed
146 983138983139983141 a he end o he hird Punic war
NB Aler sudens ha he answers o hese comprehension quesions will be ound on p xxxiv
Sandards21 31
R1
TEACHING TIP Ask sudens he English equivalen o cou nries s uch as Briannia and Germānia and he Englishequivalen o he ciies Neāpolis and Ahēnae
Sandard31
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 3854
xxxii bull Latin for the New Millennium
equivalen o he ciies Neāpolis and Ahēnae
A full size r eproducible version of h is page wihou he answe rs can be downloaded a wwwlnm bolchazycom
HOW TO USE THIS BOOK Answers o rep roducible aciviies w ill be gi ven in a larger size bel ow or he eacherrsquos convenience
ANSWERS TO MAP WORK 991251 PAGES XXXII991251XXXIII
1 Crēa Sicilia Corsica Sardinia Cyprus Ihaca Dēlos Brianni a
2 Vesuvius Mōns Aena Mōns Olympus Mōns Āppennīnus Mōns
3 Syria Macedonia Arica Asia
4 mare or ponus
5 Asia Eurōpa Arica
A full siz e reproducible version of his page wihou he answers can be down loaded a wwwln mbolchazycom
Te eacher may wish o have his map enlarged when reproducing i for ease of suden use in compleing his aciviy
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 3954
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull xxxiii
HOW TO USE THIS BOOK
Te answers o his aciviy can be easily seen on he wo acing pages
Te omans regarded Ennius (ca 239 169 983138983139983141) as he aher o Lain lieraure He wroe
TEACHING TIPSudens may be encouraged o find he ciy o Carhage menioned in he second paragraph on hemap on p xxxii
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 4054
xxxiv bull Latin for the New Millennium
xxxiv bull L atin for the New Millennium
Te omans regarded Ennius (ca 239ndash169 983138983139983141) as he aher o Lain lieraure He wroemany kinds o lierary works including plays His Annālēs an epic poem abou he early hisoryo ome was paricularly renowned and perhaps he primary epic read in oman schools beorehe ime o Vergil Only ragmens o his wriings remain
One o Enniusrsquo conemporaries was heamed Cao he Censor also known as Caohe Elder (234ndash149 983138983139983141) a rigidly conserva-ive oman senaor Mos o his reaise onagriculure called Dē agrī culūrā survivesI is he oldes work o Lain prose amongCaorsquos recommendaions here are ha fieldslaves be reaed similarly o beass o bur-den Cao is also remembered or his sae-men Carhāgō dēlenda es ldquoCarhage mus
be desroyedrdquo evidence or he omanear o he Carhaginians Te omansough hree wars known as he Punic
Wars agai ns he Car haginians Te fi rsended beore Cao was born in he secondagains Hannibal Cao served wih miliarydisincion he hird ended in 146 983138983139983141 asCao had demanded wih he desruciono Carhage On his occasion he vic oriousomans were said o have plowed sal inohe Carhaginian soil
Discussions abou laer auhors and adap-aions rom heir wriings w ill be presenedchronologically in he chapers o his book
Ancien ruins a Carhage in Africa
p p
TEACHER BY THE WAY Alhough he works o Enniu s have been preserved on ly in ragmens (abou a housand lines) hehad a grea in1047298uence on subsequen poes such as Vergil Quoable quoes include
bull a es o riendship Amīcus cer us in rē incer ā cerniur (A riend in need is a riend indeed)
bull an applicaion o wisdom o lie Quī ipse sibi sapiēns prōdesse nequi nēquīquam sapi (A man who
himsel is wise bu unable o be useul o himsel is wise or nohing)bull he amous descripion o Fabius Maximus Ūnus homō nōbīs cūncandō resiui rem (One man by delaying res ored he sae or us)
bull and he line on Manius Curius Quem nēmō errō poui superāre nec aurō (Whom no one was ableo deea eiher by sword or gold)
We also have preser ved or us he exa mple o excessive all ieraion ha has g iven rise o much laugher inLain classrooms over he years Ō ie ūe aī ibi ana yranne ulisī ldquoO ius aius you yran (all voca-ive) you brough o yoursel such grea (roubles)rdquo991252ranslaed in conex which plays off he more lieral ldquo you ookacquired or yoursel such grea hings rdquo
On he oher hand he composed his own epiaph in which his high eseem among omans proved o beprescien
nēmō mē lacrumīs decōre neu unera 1047298ēū
axi Cūr Voliō vivos per ōra v irum (Le no one honor me wih ears or make a uneral pyre by weeping
Why I 1047298y li ving hrough he mouhs o men)
TEACHER BY THE WAY
Pluarchrsquos Lie o Cao is a good source o snappy quoaions atribued o his saesman soldier andauhor For example while discussing he power o women he said ldquoAll oher men rule heir wives we rule al l oher men and our w ives rule us rdquo Atemping o persuade he oman people o orego adisribuion o grain he began his speech by saying ldquoI is a hard mater o argue wih he belly sincei has no earsrdquo And o a ribune who had been accused o using poison and was rying o pass a use-less bill he said ldquoI know no which is worse o drink your mixures or o enac your billsrdquo
1CHAPTER 1
HOW TO USE THIS BOOK
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 4154
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull 1
1CHAPTER
Parts of Speech Nouns Number Gender Case (Nominative and Accusative)
First Declension Nouns
MEMORĀBILE DICTŪ
SPQ Senātus Populusque ōmānusldquoTe Senae and he People o omerdquo
Tese our leters orm wha is known as an acronym one ha symbolized supreme power inancien ome
Oil paining of Romulus and Remus wih he wolf By Peer Paul Rubens (1577ndash1640)
Te grammaical and synacical opics ha will be presened in each chaper o his book are lised a he opo he chaper ile page
HOW TO USE THIS BOOK
Te illusraion on each chaperrsquos ile page presens a visual inroducion o he Lain reading passage ha willollow eachers may choose o discuss he illusraion in order o provide he conex or he reading he su-dens will encouner on he nex page
HOW TO USE THIS BOOK
On each chaper ile page he phrase Memorābile Dictū (ldquoA memorable hing o say rdquo) will be ou nd Below here will be a amous phrase quoa ion abbreviaion or moto in L ain ha w ill connec hese words o he opicsin he chaper
MEMORĀBILE DICTŪ VOCABULARY
populus populī m ndash people
-que ndash and
senāus senāūs m ndash senae
TEACHING TIP
ubens pained his picure o omulus and emus rom 1615ndash1616 during wha is called he Ba-roque period o ar Te man approaching rom he rear is Fausulus Te reclining figure is he god
o he river iber
HOW TO USE THIS BOOK AND ITS ANCILLARIESwo ancillaries are available or use wih his book Te Original Dysunctional Family (abbreviaed ODF)and From Romulus to Romulus Augustulus (abbreviaed R) R will be paricularly useul in order ohelp sudens keep he ime periods o he auhors and o he evens he auhors wroe abou sraigh in heirmind Chaper ile pages wil l include when appropriae a noaion abou wha chaper o R he eachermay wish o assign
Standards11 21
R 2and 3
READING
TRANSLATION OF LATIN PASSAGEomulus and emus
Mars is a god Mars loves hea Silvia And so hea Silvia has wo sons omulus and emus Amulius locks uph Sil i A li l d i h A h l lk h T h l
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 4254
2 bull Latin for the New Millennium
2 bull Latin for the New Millennium
READINGTis sory describes how ome was said o have been ounded in 753 983138983139983141 King Numior o AlbaLonga was overhrown by his cruel and ambiious broher Amulius who no only seized hehrone bu so eared ha one o Numiorrsquos male descendans migh have a legiimae claim oni ha he made Amuliusrsquo daug her hea Silvia a priesess o he goddess Vesa Tese priesesses
were no allowed o marry during heir childbearing years
RŌMULUS ET REMUS
1 Mārs es deus Mārs hēam Silviam ama Iaque hēa Silvia duōs
īliōs habe ōmulum e emum Amūlius hēam Silviam vinculīs
claudi Amūlius ōmulum e emum in aquam pōni Lupa ad aquamambula Lupa ōmulum e emum bene cūra e ama ōmulus e
5 emus crēscun Poseā ōmulus e emus ōmam aedifican
Famous bronze saue of he she-wolf and he wins
hea Silvia Amulius pus omulus and emus ino he waer A she-wol walks o he waer Te she-wol caresor (akes good care o) omulus and emus well and loves (hem) omulus and emus grow up Aferwards(laer) omulus and emus build ome
HOW TO USE THIS BOOK Above each La in reading pa ssage inorm aion is presened in Engl ish Tis pre -reading provides back groundinormaion abou he auhor and esablishes he conex o he passage he sudens will read
TEACHER BY THE WAY
Te eacher may wish o inroduce he class o he radiional abbreviaions o 983137983140 (which sandsor he Lain phrase Annō Dominī ldquoi n he year o our Lordrdquo) and 983138983139 (which sands or he Engl ishphrase ldquoBeore Chrisrdquo) Tese older abbreviaions coninue o be used bu his book employs heabbreviaions 983138983139983141 (Beore he Common Era) and 983139983141 (Common Era)
TEACHING TIPInsruc he sudens o locae Alba Longa on he map on pp xxxiindashxxxiii
TEACHER BY THE WAYTough he wins were added o he sculpure in he enaissance he she-wol has srong links wihEruscan myhology and shows characerisics o Eruscan sculpure
TEACHING TIP
Te eacher may wish o encourage he sudens o design an abbreviaed amily ree o omulusand emus
Standards11 22
Jupier Juno King Num ior o Alba Longa
Mars hea Silvia
omulus emus
READING VOCABULARY
HOW TO USE THIS BOOKTe English pronoun subjec o a verb is no lised in he eading Vocabulary i he pronoun is no needed inhe ranslaion
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 4354
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull 3
Chapter 1 bull 3
READING VOCABULARYad aquam ndash o he waer
aedifican ndash build
ama ndash loves
ambula ndash walks
Amūlius ndash Amul ius
aquam ndash waer
bene ndash well
claudi ndash locks up
crēscun ndash grow up
cūra ndash akes care o cares or
deus ndash god
duōs ndash woes ndash is
e ndash and
īliōs ndash sons
habe ndash has
in aquam ndash ino he waer
iaque ndash and so
lupa ndash she-wol
Mārs ndash Mars he god o war
pōni ndash pus
poseā ndash aferwards laer
emum ndash emus
emus ndash emus
hēa Silvia ndash hea Silvia
hēam Silviam ndash hea Silvia
ōmam ndash ome
ōmulum ndash omulus
ōmulus ndash omulus vinculīs ndash w ih chains
Words marked wih an aserisk will need o bememorized laer in he chaper
COMPREHENSION QUESTIONS1 Whose sons are omulus and emus
2 Wha did Amulius do
3 Who saved he lie o omulus and emus
4 Wha did omulus and emus do
HOW TO USE THIS BOOK
Te sudens should not be expeced o lea rn he words under he ile eading Vocabulary whenever his ileoccurs in he book Insead insruc sudens o learn he vocabulary words lised under he ile Vocabularyto Learn ha will be ound laer in each chaper In more advanced Lain exs usually here are vocabularyand noes o help he sudens when reading a passage Tis eading Vocabulary will help prepare sudens orlaer more advanced classes
ANSWERS TO COMPREHENSION QUESTIONS
1 Tey are he sons o Mars and hea Silvia2 He locked up hea Silvia
3 A she-wol
4 Tey buil he ciy o ome
TEACHING TIP
Whi le English deriva ives rom he sar red words (ie he Vocabulary o L earn) are he opic o Ex-ercise 2 laer in his chaper here are some ineresing derivaives rom he non-sarred words andsome o hese show how words change hrough he years Te eacher may choose o discuss hesederivaives wih he sudens
bull aedi1047297cant (aedi1047297cō) ndash ediy edificaion edifice
Tis Lain word is buil rom wo Lain words aciō (o do make) and aedēs (house emple) Te
English derivaives reain his religious connecion or hey mean ldquoo build up he aih moraliy o in-sruc especially morallyrdquo Te word ldquoedificerdquo is always used or an imposing srucure such as a ldquoemplerdquoor aedēs
bull claudit (claudō) ndash close conclusion enclosure sluice
A ldquocloserdquo is a small shu-in space and some people i locked in one suffer rom ldquoclausrophobiardquo acompound derivaive parly rom Lain (o close confine) and parly rom he Greek (ear) hence ldquoa earo closed spacesrdquo
Te word ldquosluicerdquo does no look like a derivaive o claudō bu i has undergone cha nges as i ca meino English via middle English and old French (sclus) rom he Lain exclūdō which means ldquoo shu ourdquo Asluice has a gae a he op o he channel o shu off he 1047298ow o waer as necessary
bull crēscunt (crēscō) ndash crescen accrue recrui crew
Te word ldquocrewrdquo in middle English mean ldquoreinorcemenrdquo so a body o soldiers grew Te word ldquore-
cruirdquo has he same basic idea ecruis increase he size o he army (rom he Lain recrēscō meaning ldquoogrow againrdquo)
bull deus ndash deiy deiy
bull duōs ndash double dozen due duplicae
Te word ldquodozenrdquo is a compound rom he Lain word or ldquowordquo and he German word or ldquoenrdquo (zehn)
bull habet (habeō) ndash habi abiliy prohibiive
Onersquos abiliy depends on he alens and skil ls one has
bull pōnit ( pōnō) ndash depo imposiion preposiion
A depo origina lly was a place where supplies were pu or sorage
LANGUAGE FACT I
HOW TO USE THIS BOOKTe Language Facs secion o each chaper will conain boh grammaical (morphological) and synacicalinormaion ie inormaion boh abou he orms o he words and he srucure o he senence
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 4454
4 bull Latin for the New Millennium
4 bull Latin for the New Millennium
LANGUAGE FACT I
PARTS OF SPEECHTe parts o speech used in a Lain senence deermine is meaning jus as in English While henoun and he verb are he wo mos imporan oher common pars o speech are lised below
Noun a person place hing idea acion or qual iy Examples ldquoomulusrdquo ldquoriverrdquo ldquocouragerdquo
Pronoun a word ha sands in place o a noun ha has been previously menioned or is clearrom conex Examples ldquoIrdquo ldquosherdquo ldquohimrdquo ldquoirdquo
Adjecive a word ha limis or defines a noun or a pronoun Examples ldquolitlerdquo ldquosrongrdquo
Adverb a word ha lim is or defines verbs adjecives or (oher) adverbs Examples ldquoveryrdquoldquoquielyrdquo
Verb a word ha describes an acion or sae o being Examples ldquogordquo ldquosayrdquo ldquowasrdquo
Preposiion a word ha begins a preposiional phrase such as ldquoinrdquo ldquoordquo ldquoonrdquo ldquoorrdquo ldquobyrdquoldquowihrdquo A preposiional phrase is a preposiion joined o a noun Examples ldquoin he morningrdquoldquowih a sharp pencilrdquo
Conjuncion a word ha connecs words phrases clauses a nd senences Examples ldquoandrdquoldquoburdquo ldquoalhoughrdquo
Inerjecion a word ha expresses emoion Examples ldquowowrdquo
EXERCISE 1eview he meanings and ideniy he pars o speech o he ollowing words Te eading
Vocabulary may be consu led
1 īliōs 6 e2 bene 7 lupa3 aedifican 8 claudi
4 ad 9 ōmam5 ambula 10 ama
EXERCISE 1 ANSWERS
1 noun
2 adverb
3 verb
4 preposiion
5 verb
6 conjuncion
7 noun8 verb
9 noun
10 verb
TEACHING TIP
Te eacher may wish o ask he sudens in Lain wha par o speech a given word is Te eacher would say ldquoQuae pars ōrātiōnis estrdquo Suden responses would be
bull nōmen substantīvumsubstantīvum ndash noun
bull prōnōmen ndash pronoun
bull nōmen adiectīvumadiectīvum ndash adjecive
bull verbum temporāle ndash verb
bull adverbium ndash adverb
bull praepositiō ndash preposiion
bull coniūnctiō ndash conjuncion
bull interiectiō ndash inerjecion
Standards11 41
Standards11 41
WorkbookExercise 1
VOCABULARY TO LEARN
TEACHING TIPSince his is he firs se o Lain words ha your sudens will be required o memorize i is usuallya good idea o sugges and discuss wih hem some differen ways o memorize vocabulary Somesel help opions are lised below
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 4554
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull 5
NOUNSagricola agricolae m ndash armer
aqua aquae ndash waer
āhlēa āhlēae m ndash ahlee
īlia īliae ndash daugher
lupa lupae ndash she-wol
naua nauae m ndash sailor
poēa poēae m ndash poe
puella puellae ndash girl
ōma ōmae ndash ome
erra errae ndash land
VERBSama ndash heshei loves
ambula ndash heshei walks
cūra ndash heshei akes care o cares or
es ndash heshei is
ADVERBS bene ndash well
poseā ndash aferwards
CONJUNCTIONSe ndash and
iaque ndash and so
Aqueducs carr ied waer (aqua) o he ciies in he Roman world Tis aqueduc buil in 19 983138983139983141 which srechedacross he Gard River was named he Pon du Gard and brough waer o he ciy of Nicircmes in France in ancien imes
Chapter 1 bull 5
sel-help opions are lised below
1 Look a he word in he book and say he word aloud
2 Wrie down he word on a piece o paper along wih is meaning and check o be sure here are no spell-ing errors Color-coding he words by pars o speech is also helpul Pronounce he word while wriing idown and hen repea he word including he meaning and spelling
3 Make handwriten 1047298ashcards wih he Lain on one side and English on he oher and be sure here are nospelling errors Color-coding is a good sraegy here also Wriing he word ou helps some sudens ce-men he word in he brain Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers has creaed an elecronic vocabulary resourceor hose sudens or whom echnological learning ools are an aid Tese vocabulary 1047298ashcards are orhe iPod See p 93 or more inormaion on iPod 1047298ashcards
4 Use English derivaives o help remember meanings Bu be careul since some derivaives may havemeanings grealy changed rom he original Lain word
5 Find clipar picures ha illusrae he vocabulary words and use he picures as a way o es yoursel onhe Lain words
TEACHER BY THE WAYTe eacher may wish o open a discussion abou aqueducs and he waer supply or ancien omans while l ooking a he picu re o he Pon du Gard on his page For a hisory o aqueducs and heirconsrucion Froninusrsquo book Dē aquīs urbis Rōmae is an excellen source Te book was writenabou 97 983139983141 when he was Superinenden o Aqueducs Oher aqueducs include he ollowing
bull Te double high aqueduc in Segovia Spainbull Te Aqua Appia buil in 312 983138983139983141
bull Te Aqua rāiāna
bull Te aqueduc buil by Alex ander Severus in 226 983139983141
bull Te Aqua Claudia
bull Te Aqua Marcia wh ich wa s probably named a fer A ncus Marcius who was he fi rs K ing oome by radiional accouns o build an aqueduc o bring waer o ome
NB Te word ldquo Aquardquo when capialized means ldquoaqueducrdquo
Eleven aqueducs urnished 250000 gallons o waer o ome every weny-our hours
BY THE WAY
E h u gi n in h b l r h rm T nd rm i h g nii
HOW TO USE THIS BOOK Ēn is a word ha calls atenion o somehing and means ldquoLook a hisrdquo Te inormaion given here draws a-enion o and urher specifies differen language acs
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 4654
6 bull Latin for the New Millennium
6 bull Latin for the New Millennium
Each noun given in he vocabulary has wo orms Te second orm is he geniivesingular
A derivative is an English word rooed in a Lain word Te English derivaive issimilar in meaning and orm o is Lain source
STUDY TIP
An English derivaive ofen can help you remember wha a Lain word means
EXERCISE 2Find he English derivaives based on he Vocabulary o Learn in he ollowing senences Wriehe corresponding Lain word
1 She shows a considerable filial respec oward her aher
2 Agriculu re is a science o culivaing he land
3 Te ship is equipped wih all he necessary nauical insrumens
4 We saw all kinds o fish in he aquarium
5 Tis is an all-errain vehicle
6 When will he ahleic compeiion sar
7 She has a ruly poeic naure
LANGUAGE FACT II
NOUNS NUMBER GENDER CASE 983080NOMINATIVE AND
ACCUSATIVE983081Nouns in Lain show number gender and case
Number Lain nouns are eiher singular or plural in number Number is shown in differen ways by differen ypes o nouns bu some ending-paterns are or singular orms and oherending-paterns are or plural orms
Gender Every noun likewise is eiher masculine eminine or neuer in gender You muslearn he gender o each noun In he Vocabulary o Learn l iss he gender is indicaed by hecommon abbreviaionsm (masculi ne) f (eminine) or n (neuer)
Case Lain nouns mus have an ending-patern ha displays case Tis is quie differen romEnglish in which case is indicaed by word posiion and no by endings (alhough case markersare preserved in cerain pronouns such as ldquoherdquo and ldquohimrdquo) A nounrsquos case reveals wha uncionhe noun has in he senence Tere are five common cases nominaive geniive daive accu-saive and ablaive wo less requenly used cases are called he vocaive and he locaive
HOW TO USE THIS BOOKStudy Tips give hins rhymes and mnemonics o help sudens learn grammar and vocabulary
EXERCISE 2 ANSWERS1 filial īlia
2 agriculure agricola
3 nauical naua
4 aquarium aqua
5 errain erra
6 ahleic āhlēa
7 poeic poēa
TEACHING TIPExplain o he sudens ha in English he words ldquoardquo ldquoanrdquo or ldquoherdquo are usually placed beore a nounand Lain does no have an equivalen or hese words known as aricles
eachers may need o sress he absence o he aricle many imes beore sudens compleely ine-grae his knowledge ino heir reading habis in Lain class
TEACHING TIPLain like many oher languages does no always observe biological gender Ofen he gender o a
Lain noun is deermined by grammaical acors such as he group o which a noun belongs
TEACHING TIP
Alhough in Exercise 2 he sudens are direced o find only he derivaives based on he Vocabular yo Learn hey may be ineresed o learn ha here are oher derivaives in Exercise 2 Te derivaiono hese words is provided or he eacherrsquos convenience
bull 1 consider - rom sīdus (sar) + cum (wih ogeher) and rom cōnsīderō (o examine consider)respec - rom respectō (look back a have regard or)
bull 2 science - rom scientia (knowledge) and sciō (o know) culivaing - rom colō (ill inhabi worship)
bull 3 necessary - rom necesse (necessary) insrumens - rom īnstruō (o equip build provide)
and rom īnstrumentum (equipmen ool ec)bull 5 vehicle - rom he Lain verb vehō (o carry)
bull 6 compeiion - rom petō (o seek aim a atack ec) + cum (wih oge her)
bull 7 naure - rom nātūra (naure)
Standard41
Standards11 31 41
STUDY TIP
An easy way o remember he names ohe five common cases iso use his mnemonic
TEACHING TIPSudens may no know wha he word ldquomnemonicrdquo means explain ha a mnemonic device is some-hing ha helps a suden o remember somehing Te eacher may also wish o use his opporu-niy o bring up Mnemosyne he goddess o memory and he moher o he Muses
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 4754
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull 7
Chapter 1 bull 7
An easy way o remember he names o he five common cases is o use his mnemonicdevice
Never NominaiveGive GeniiveDogs Daive A ny A ccusaive A buse A blaive
Nominative Te nominaive case idenifies he subjec Te subjec is a noun or a pronounha perorms he acion or exiss in a sae o being In he senence ldquoWilliam is readingrdquohe word ldquoWilliamrdquo is he subjec
Example Mārs amat Mars loves
Te noun subjec o he verb ldquoloverdquo is he god Mars
Find more examples o nominaives and heir verbs rom he reading passage a he begin-ning o he chaper
Te nominaive case also idenifies he predicae nominaive In he senence ldquoWilliam isa sudenrdquo he predicae nominaive is ldquoa sudenrdquo A predicae nominaive complees hemeaning o he verb ldquoo berdquo Look a his exa mple rom he reading
Example Mārs est deus Mars is a god
Mārs is he subjec and deus is a predicae nominaive
Accusative Te ourh case lised is called he accusaive he geniive daive and ablaivecases will be discussed in laer chapers Te accusaive case poins ou he noun (or pro-noun) ha is he direc objec emember direc objecs receive he acion o he verb Inhe senence ldquoI am wriing a leterrdquo he direc objec is ldquoa leterrdquo
Example Mārs Rhēam Silviam amat Mars loves hea Silvia
Te direc objec o ldquoloverdquo is he noun Rhēam Silviam
Find more examples o accusaives and heir verbs rom he reading passage a he beginningo he chaper
niy o bring up Mnemosyne he goddess o memory and he moher o he Muses
Answers to ldquoFind more examples of nominatives a nd their verbs from the reading passage at the begin-ning of the chapterrdquo
hēa Silvia habe
Amūl ius claudi
Amūl ius pōni
Lupa ambula
Lupa cūra e amaōmulus e emus crēscun
ōmulus e emus aedifican
Answers to ldquoFind more examples of accusatives and their verbs from the reading passage at the beg in-ning of the chapterrdquo
duōs īliōs habe ōmulum e emum
hēam Silviam claudi
ōmulum e emum pōni
ōmulum e emum bene cūra e ama
ōmam aedifican
TEACHING TIPSudens may encouner diffi culy when r ying o ransl ae Lain names used in cases o her han henominaive Te eacher a some poin will need o explain (and repea whenever necessary) ha when ransla ing a La in name he suden should al ways use he nominaive o rm o he word Onp 7 sudens are asked o find examples o accusaives and heir verbs in he reading passage Teanswers lised above provide an opporuniy o pracice wih his issue emind sudens o rans-lae duōs īliōs habet Rōmulum et Remum as ldquohe has wo sons omulus and emusrdquo Te oher ouranswers may be used as pracice wih he sudens
EXERCISE 3a Ideniy wheher he nouns in bold in hese senences are subjecs direc objecs or predi
TEACHER BY THE WAYIn conjuncion wih he picure and is capion he eacher may wish o menion ha he amil-ilar acronym o SPQ is sill in use and visible hroughou modern ome991252on liter bins sewercovers ec
Standards11 41
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 4854
8 bull Latin for the New Millennium
8 bull Latin for the New Millennium
a Ideniy wheher he nouns in bold in hese senences are subjecs direc objecs or predi-cae nominaives Te eading Vocabulary may be consuled
b Label each senence as vērum (rue) i i agrees or alsum (alse) i i disagrees wih he Lainreading passage a he beginni ng o he chaper
Example Amūlius es deusPredicae nominaive alsum
1 hēa Silvia ōmulum e emum cūra
2 Amūlius ōmulum e emum bene cūra
3 Amūlius lupam vinculīs claudi
4 Mārs ōmulum e emum in aquam pōni
5 Lupa hēam Silviam cūra
6 Amūlius ad aquam ambula
Te power of he ciy of Rome founded according o legend by Romulus is symbolized by hese four leters ha areprominenly displayed in various places wihin he ciy
EXERCISE 3 ANSWERS
1 subjec vērum
2 direc objecs alsum
3 direc objec alsum
4 subjec alsum
5 direc objec alsum
6 subjec vērum
WorkbookExercise 2 A full si ze reproduc ible version of th is page
without the a nswers ca n be downloade d at wwwlnm bolchazyco m
HOW TO USE THIS BOOK
Noun Declensions Te eacher may choose Lain nouns rom he declension ha is being sudied a he imehis workshee is used Tus no answers are provided here
LANGUAGE FACT III
TEACHING TIP Ask he sudens wha he Lain words seleced rom he reading and lised near he op o p 9 mean
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 4954
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull 9
Chapter 1 bull 9
FIRST DECLENSION NOUNS A declension is a g roup o nouns ha show a cerain patern o word endings Tere are five differ-en declensions in Lain In he reading abou omulus and emus hese are he orms belongingo he firs declension
hēam Silviam hēa Silvia aquam lupa ōmam
Noice ha he ex says Rhēa Silvia when she is he subjec and Rhēam Silviam when she is hedirec objec
Te firs declension is composed o words ha characerisically have he vowel a a or near heend o he word lupa
Below is he patern ha firs declension nouns ollow o show case and number Memorize heLain words in order rom he nominaive singular down o he ablaive singular and hen romhe nominaive plural down o he ablaive plural
emember ha he endings or a whole group o nouns ollow his patern Once you learn hi spatern you can recognize he case a nd number o all he words belonging o hi s declension
In his chaper you have begun o learn abou he nominaive and accusai ve cases Te ohercases will be explained in laer chapers
First DeclensionSingular Plural
Nomina ive l upa he she-wol Nominaive lupae he she-wolves
Geniive lupae o he she-wol Geniive lupārum o he she-wolves
Daive lupae oor he she-wol Daive lupīs oor he she-wolves
Accusaive lupam he she-wol Accusaive lupās he she-wolves
Ablaive lupā bywih he she-wol Ablaive lupīs bywih he she-wolves
Daive and ablaive plural o he words īlia ldquodaugherrdquo and dea ldquogoddessrdquo is fīliābus anddeābusTis is o di singuish hese orms rom he corresponding orms o īlius ldquosonrdquo and deus ldquogodrdquo
STUDY TIP
Noice ha he ablaive singular ending -ā has a long mark (macron) above i his ishe only difference beween he nominaive and ablaive singular endings
TEACHING TIP
Afer he firs declension has been presened o he sudens encourage hem depending on heirlearning syle o say he declension aloud o wrie down he words o inven a rap or a cheer
TEACHER BY THE WAY
Te patern is called a declension because he oher cases lean away ( dēclīnāre) rom he nominaiveie hey do no ollow he same orm as he nominaive
ORAL EXERCISE 1Tis exercise may be used afer the 1047297rst declension has been presented
Whi le looking a he declension o lupa ask he sudens o decli ne nauta
Singular PluralNominaive naua nauaeGeniive nauae nauārumDaive nauae nauīs Accusaive nauam nauās Ablaive nauā nauīs
Standards11 31 41
OralExercise 1
WorkbookExercise 3
STUDY TIP
Noice ha he daive and ablaive plural endings a re idenical
EXERCISE 4 ANSWERS1 geniive daive puellār um puellī s
2 accusaive nauās
3 accusaive errās
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 5054
10 bull Latin for the New Millennium
10 bull Latin for the New Millennium
Here are more words belonging o he fi rs declension
puella ndash girl īlia ndash daugher terra ndash land
Mos firs declension words are eminine i n gender bu a ew (usually ones ha indicae mas-culine occupaions in ancien imes) are masculine Examples are poēta ldquopoerdquoagricola ldquoarmerrdquonauta ldquosailorrdquo āthlēta ldquoahleerdquo
EXERCISE 4Ideniy he case o each singular noun Ten change each orm ino plural For some more han
one answer is possibleExample īlianominaive īliae
1 puellae 5 aquae2 nauam 6 puellā3 erram 7 āhlēā4 a gr ic ol a
Like he Greek wreslers porrayed on his ancien bas-reliefRoman ahlees were also fond of he spor of wresling
4 nominaive agricolae
5 geniive daive aquārum aquīs
6 ablaive puellīs
7 ablaive āhlēīs
TEACHING TIP
Since wreslers are depiced on he illusraion on his page he eacher may wish o open a discus-
sion abou he omansrsquo and Greeksrsquo ondness or wresling which was ofen praciced in a complexcalled he palaestra
oman boys were expeced o serve in he m iliary Tus hey were firs rained by heir ahers in wreslingand boxing Srengh and agiliy were sressed raher han grace o movemen as in Greek spors Te woprincipal syles uilized by he Greek were uprigh wresling in which hree alls o your opponen o heground were necessary o deea him and ground wresling which required he opponen o give up in ordero end he mach In he palaes tra here was an area or he young people o pracice wresling or boxing wih apunching bag (cōrycus) Examples o monumenal oman bahs wih a palaest ra are ound a he Bahs o Ca-racalla in ome he Harbor Bahs a Ephesus in urkey and he Bahs in Varna Bulgaria he larges anciensrucure in ha counry
Wresling was also one o he spor evens a he Olympic games ha he omans ofen atended Greco-oman wresling is also one o he evens eaured in he summer Olympic games in modern imes
TEACHING TIPTe eacher migh wan o have sudens read an English ranslaion o Book 23 o he Iliad in which Ajax a nd Odysseus compee in a wre sling m ach and Book 5 o he Aeneid or a descripion o hespors ha he omans played and compare he atiude o he compeiors in each epic Boh evens were par o he uneral games he ormer in honor o Paroclu s riend and atendan o Achil lesand he later in honor o Anchises aher o Aeneas Tis migh lead o urher discussion on henaure o modern wresling
Standards11 41
EXERCISE 5Ideniy he case o each plural noun Ten change each orm ino he singular For some more
TEACHING TIPSudens may wonder why he geniive singular w ihou is ending mus be used o find he base whenhe nominaive singular wihou is ending works jus as well Explain ha in oher noun declensionshe nominaive will no always provide he same base or have he same spelling as he geniive
Standards11 41
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 5154
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull 11
Chapter 1 bull 11
han one answer is possible
Example puellāsaccusaive puellam
1 īliae 5 aquīs2 errīs 6 poēārum3 nauārum 7 agricolae4 l upa e
BY THE WAY
In all declensions endings are added o he base o a noun I is imporan o know hahe base o a noun is ound by removing he ending rom is geniive si ngular orm Forexample he geniive singular o puella is puellae I you remove he -ae rom puellae
wha remains is he base o he word namely puell- For his reason learning he geni-ive singular is as imporan as knowing he nominaive singular o he noun
STUDY TIP
Always learn he geniive ogeher wih he nominaive because rom he geniive you will know o which declension a word belongs
A wall paining depic ing a Roman farmer (agricola) wih his sheep
EXERCISE 5 ANSWERS
1 nominaive īl ia
2 daive ablaive errae errā
3 geniive nauae
4 nominaive lupa
5 daive ablaive aquae aquā
6 geniive poēae7 nominaive agricola
HOW TO USE THIS BOOKIn his book he word ldquobaserdquo is used o reer o he noun wihou any ending ldquoStemrdquo is used or he par o he verb wihou any ending ldquoootrdquo is used or he Lain par o a derivaive
ORAL EXERCISE 2Tis exercise may be used afer Exercise 5
Use one o he ollowing classroom presenaion opions (hereafer reerred o as CPO) (blackgreenwhiesmar board overhead or LCD projecor PowerPoinreg presenaion ec) o pu his inormaion on view
quis ldquowhordquo (or he subjec) and quem ldquowhomrdquo (or he direc objec)
Ten ask he suden o answer he ollowing quesions abou he chaper reading eiher orally or in wri-
en orm
1 Teacher Quis es Mārs Student Mārs es deus
2 Teacher Quem ama Mārs Student hēam Silviam Mārs ama
3 Teacher Quis ama hēam Silviam Student Mārs ama hēam Silviam
4 Teacher Quem habe hēa Silvia Student hēa Silvia duōs īliōs ōmulum eemum habe
5 Teacher Quis claudi hēam Silviam Student Amūlius claudi hēam Silviam
6 Teacher Quem claudi Amūlius Student hēam Silviam Amūlius claudi
7 Teacher Quis ōmulum e emum in aquampōni
Student Amūlius ōmulum e emum in aquampōni
8 Teacher Quem Amūlius in aquam pōni Student Amūlius ōmulum e emum in aquampōni
9 Teacher Quis ambula ad aquam Student Lupa ambula ad aquam
10 Teacher Quis ōmulum e emum bene cūra Student Lupa ōmulum e emum bene cūra
11 Teacher Quōs lupa bene cūra Student Lupa ōmulum e emum bene cūra
12 Teacher Quis ōmulum e emum a ma Student Lupa ōmulum e emum ama
13 Teacher Quōs lupa ama Student Lupa ōmulum e emum ama
OralExercise 2
WorkbookExercise
4 5
EXERCISE 6ranslae rom Lain ino English and rom English ino Lain Te mos common Lain word
d
TEACHER BY THE WAYTe eacher may menion ha he mos common word order (subjec ndash direc objec ndash verb) can o-en be changed For example i he verb is o be emphasized i will ake firs posiion I he subjecor he direc objec is o be emphasized i will ake he las posiion which is he mos emphaic oneIn general he more unusual he wordrsquos posiion is he more emphasis is placed on his word
Standards11 41
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 5254
12 bull Latin for the New Millennium
12 bull Latin for the New Millennium
order is
subjec ndash direc objec ndash verb
1 Agricola erram ama
2 Te ahlee loves waer
3 Naua īlia m ama
4 Te poe loves ome
5 Agricola erram cūra
6 Te she-wol cares or (is aking care o) he girl
BY THE WAY
Even hough he mos common word order is subjec ndash di rec objec ndash verb rememberha endings991252no word order991252deermine which word is he subjec and which i s hedirec objec
TALKING When we mee one person we gree herhim wih salvē When we mee wo or more people wegree hem wih salvēte When we bid goodbye o one person we sayvalē When we bid goodbyeo wo or more people we say valēte
Here are various ways o ask ldquohow are yourdquo or ldquohow are you doingrdquo
Quōmodo valēs or Quōmodo tē habēs or Quid agis ldquoHow are yourdquo
Here is a range o possible answers
bene ldquowellrdquo pessimē ldquovery badrdquo optimē ldquogreardquo melius ldquobeterrdquo mediocriter ldquoso-sordquo or ldquono oo badrdquo meliusculē ldquoa litle beterrdquo male ldquobadrdquo
In general he more unusual he word s posiion is he more emphasis is placed on his word
EXERCISE 6 ANSWERS
1 Te armer loves he land
2 Āhlēa aquam ama
3 Te sailor loves (his) daugher
4 Poēa ōmam ama
5 Te armer cares or (is aking care o) he land6 Lupa puellam cūra
TEACHING TIP
Te eacher may sar he class in Lain by saying Salvēte discipulī et discipulae and by eaching hesudens o say in reurn Salvē magister (magistra)
ORAL EXERCISE 3Tis exercise may be used anytime afer the students have learned the use o the accusative case or afer Exercise 6
Use one o he CPOrsquos o pu on display he orms amō and cūrō and explai n ha hey a re in he fir s personsingular and how his differs rom he hird person singular learned in his chaper Ask individual sudens omake senences wih hem using he words hey have learned
Ten ell he sudens ha nōn means ldquonordquo and ask hem o make si milar senences wih nōn amō and nōn cūrō
Examples(nōn) amō erram īliam aquam lupam āhlēam(nōn) cūrō erram īliam puellam
WorkbookExercise 6
ContentQuestions
OralExercise 3
Standards12 21 41
42
SAYING HELLOMarīa Helena e Chrisīna sun (are) discipulae (students)
TEACHING TIPHave sudens read he dialogue aloud Tis will help o build heir pronunciaion skills
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 5354
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull 13
Chapter 1 bull 13
Marīa Salvēe Helena e Chrisīna
Christīna Salvē Marīa
Helena Salvē Marīa
Marīa Quōmodo valēs Helena Quōmodo valēs Chrisīna
Helena et Christīna Bene Quōmodo ū ( you) valēs Marīa
Marīa Pessimē
Helena et Christīna Cūr (Why)
Marīa imeō linguam Laīnam ( I ear the Latin language)Helena Ego ( I ) linguam Laīnam amō
Christīna E ego linguam Laīnam amō
ORAL EXERCISE 4
Tis exercise may be used afer he Lain dialogue has been presened
Insruc he sudens o say ldquohellordquo in Lain o he suden nex o hem Divide he class ino wo pars ellone par o gree he oher par using he plural greeing and vice versa Do he same ype o aciviy whensaying ldquogoodbyerdquo You may wish o make greeing he class in Lain a nd saying ldquogoodbyerdquo in Lain a par oa daily rouine
Divide he sudens ino pairs in which one person will ask how hisher parner is in Lain and he oher
wil l answer
ORAL EXERCISE 5
Tis exercise may be used afer he Lain dialogue has been presened
ell he sudens ha he paricle ndashne is added o he firs syllable o a word ha inroduces a quesion Ten askhe ollowing quesions abou he dialogue beween Mary Helen and Chrisy Individual sudens may answerorally or he enire class may wrie he answers as he eacher asks hem orally Te eacher should explain hahe orm valēs in he greeing Quōmodo valēs is in he second person which means ldquoyourdquo Te hird person orm(reerring o ldquoherrdquo ldquohimrdquo or ldquoirdquo) is valet So he phrase ldquoHow is she doingrdquo would be Quōmodo valet Te hirdperson o amō is amat and he hird person o timeō is timet
1 Teacher Quōmodo Chrisīna vale Student(s) Chrisīna bene vale
2 Teacher Quōmodo Marīa vale Student(s) Marīa pessimē vale
3 Teacher Cūr (why) Marīa pessimē vale Student(s) Marīa ime linguam Lainam4 Teacher Amane l inguam L aīnam Helena Student(s) Helena linguam Laīnam ama
5 Teacher Linguamne Laīnam ama Chrisīna Student(s) Chrisīna linguam Laīnam ama
ORAL EXERCISE 6 AND DICTATIONTis combined exercise may be used to conclude the chapter or at any time afer the students have learned the accusa-tive case and chapter vocabulary
Dicae he ollowing senences o he sudens Ten ask hem o make he ollowing changes eiher orally orin writen orm a he discreion o he eacher
1 Teacher Agricol a erram ama (change he direc objec ino plura l)Student Agricola errās ama
2 Teacher Lupa puellam cūra (change he direc objec ino plural)
Student Lupa puellās cūra3 Teacher Āhlēa puel lās ama (change he direc objec ino singu lar)
Student Āhlēa puellam ama
4 Teacher Fīlia errās ama (change he direc objec ino singular)Student Fīlia erram ama
OralExercise
4 5 6 andDictation
TEACHER NOTES
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 5454
14 bull Latin for the New Millennium
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 3254
xxvi bull Latin for the New Millennium
xxvi bull L atin for the New Millennium
BY THE WAY
Everywhere in his book long vowels are indicaed by macrons ie ā ē ī ō ū ӯ whileabove he shor vowels here are no signs Someimes wo words differ rom each oheronly in he lengh o he vowel For example mālum wih a longa means ldquoapplerdquo whilemalum wih a shor a means ldquobad hingrdquo
EXERCISE 1epea hese words aloud afer your eacher pronounces hem
1 a lō 7 lēnis 13 probō 19 sūor2 alumnus 8 sēdēs 14 noa 20 ūsus3 rāna 9 i er 15 pōnō 21 syllaba4 rādō 10 imeō 16 dōnum 22 Pӯrēnē5 eneō 11 nīor 17 ululō6 peō 12 mīrus 18 lupus
DIPHTHONGSDiphhongs are wo vowels combined in one syllable and pronounced ogeher as one soundTere are six diphhongs in Lain
bull ae much like he y in ldquoskyrdquo laevus ldquo lefrdquo
bull au pronounced as ou in ldquoourrdquo aurum ldquo goldrdquo
bull ei pronounced as ei in ldquoeignrdquo oiei ldquoalasrdquo
bull eu pronounced eoo much as i in he wo words ldquogrey bluerdquo you were o subrac he ldquogr-rdquo andhe ldquobl-rdquo and combine he wo vowel sounds Eurōpa ldquoEuroperdquo
bull oe pronounced as oy in ldquoboyrdquo proelium ldquo batlerdquo
bull ui pronounced nearly like ldquowerdquohui ldquoohrdquo
I is believed ha quie early sill in ancien imes he diphhongs ae and oe began o be pro-nounced as e I you encouner hem writen aē or aeuml and oē or oeuml his means ha hey are nodiphhongs and he leters should be pronounced separaely āēr poēa
Te diphhongs are always long
EXERCISE 2epea hese words afer your eacher pronounces hem
1 aesās 7 s eu 13 aēneus2 a equō 8 m oenia 14 poēma3 raeda 9 neu 15 hei4 l audō 10 poena 16 huic5 a u 11 neuer6 aula 12 Poenus
Sudens may wan o know he English meanings o he Lain words in Exercises 1 and 2 Te definiions are provided or he eacherrsquos convenience
EXERCISE 11 I nourish 12 wonderul
2 suden 13 I approve
3 rog 14 noe
4 I scrape 15 I pu
5 I hold 16 gif6 I seek 17 I howl
7 smooh 18 wol
8 sea 19 shoemaker
9 journey 20 use
10 I ear 21 sylla ble
11 I srive 22 Pȳrene (a name)
EXERCISE 21 summer
2 I make level
3 carriage
4 I praise5 or
6 orecour
7 or i
8 walls
9 and no
10 penaly
11 neiher
12 Carhaginian
13 bronze
14 poem
15 ah
16 o his
TEACHER BY THE WAYHisorical evidence can be cied or reading he firs syllable o ldquomāgnusrdquo as naurally long bu oher
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 3354
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull xxvii
Introduction bull xxvii
CONSONANTSbull c is pronounced as in ldquocomerdquo clārus ldquobrighrdquo censeō ldquo(I) deemrdquo cārus ldquodearrdquo
bull When b is ollowed by s as in urbs ldquociyrdquo he sound o b approaches ha o p a sound wemigh represen as urps
bull g is pronounced as in ldquogerdquo gaudiumldquojoyrdquo gignō ldquo(I) bege (I) bearrdquo grāialdquoavor agreeablenessrdquo
bull Some hink ha he omans o Cicerorsquos ime (firs cenury 983138983139983141) pronounced he wo conso-nans ng as ngn or example he adjecive māgnus ldquogreardquo would have been pronounced in a
way ha we migh represen asmangnus
bull k is a very rare consonan In ac i appears only in wo words Kalendae ldquohe firs day oevery monh in he oman calendarrdquo and in he personal name Kaeso
bull q appears always in combinaion wih u and he combinaion qu is pronounced as in ldquoqueenrdquoquatuor ldquoourrdquo
bull v has a sound similar o w (as in he word ldquowierdquo) videō ldquo I seerdquo
bull Te consonanu in he combinaion su sounds like he English w in he ollowing our wordssuēscō ldquo(I) become accusomedrdquoSuēvī a name o a German ribe suādeō ldquo(I) adviserdquo suāvis ldquosweerdquo
bull Te leter r is rilled slighly Te sound has no exac equivalen in English bu is heard inmany oher European languages Te bes way o make his sound is o pronounce r as inldquoroperdquo bu vibrae he end o he ongue slighly as you say i
bull x is a double consonan (equivalen ocs or gs) ha sounds much like he x in ldquosixrdquo
bull z is a noher double consonan (equivalen o dz) and sounds almos like z in ldquozebrardquo I be-gins wih a sligh d sound firs so in pronouncing his leter you should hear dz
bull ph sounds like p in ldquopenrdquo bu wih he addiion o a sligh breah o air represened by he hth sounds like t as in ldquo omrdquo bu wih he addiion o a sligh ex ra breahing represened byhe h ch sounds nearly like he combinaion kh Tese consonans are borrowed rom Greek
and appear in Greek words zephyrus ldquowesern breezerdquo chorus ldquochorusrdquo heārum ldquoheaerrdquo When p and t are no accompanied by h his sligh aspiraion is absen
bull When consonans are doubled as in he verbaggredior he consonanal sound is lenghenedslighly
EXERCISE 3epea hese words afer your eacher pronounces hem
1 cibus 7 glōria 13 phasēlus2 capiō 8 Zeus 14 chara3 cumulus 9 bibliohēca 15 cēlō4 crēscō 10 phi losophia 16 anīquus5 gemma 11 zōna6 Gallus 12 heōrēma
g y g y gevidence suggess i is naurally shor Tus in some grammar books such as he one by Gildersleeveand Lodge we find his syllable marked as long bu in oher books i is reaed as shor
TEACHING TIPTe sudens may also wish o find ou he meanings o he Lain words in Exercise 3 Te definiionsare provided or he eacherrsquos convenience
EXERCISE 3
1 ood2 I ake
3 a heap
4 I grow
5 bud jewel
6 a Gaul
7 glory
8 Zeus
9 library
10 philosophy
11 a girdle
12 heory
13 kidney bean
14 paper
15 I hide
16 old
TEACHING TIPTe eacher may wish o provide he sudens wih some pracice on syllables and sress accen Here
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 3454
xxviii bull Latin for the New Millennium
xxviii bull Latin for the New Millennium
ACCENT A Lain word is made up no jus o leters bu also o syllables A Lain word has as many syllablesas i has vowels or diphhongs (a diphhong works like a single vowel since i is made up o wo
vowels pronounced ogeher [see diphhongs above])
You will need o know he ollowing erms when learning abou accen
bull ulima he las syllable in a word
bull penul he second-o-las syllable in a word
bull anepenul he hird-o-las syllable in a word
So in he word ze- ph y-r us he vowel u is he ulima y is he penul and e is he anepenul
RULES ABOUT THE STRESS ACCENT IN LATIN1 Te sress accen in Lain alls on eiher he penul or he anepenul
2 Te accen alls on he penul i he penul is long I he penul is shor he accen alls onhe anepenul
3 How o deermine wheher he penul is long or shor
a I he penul conains a long vowel (or any diphhong) he penul isel is long You o-en need o learn wheher he vowel in he penul is long or shor as a basic elemen inlearning a new word A macron above he vowel will ell you ha he vowel is long whi lehe absence o a macron wil l indicae a shor vowel Pronouncing he word can help youremember he vowel lenghs For ex ample vi-de-ō ldquoI seerdquo is pronounced viacutedeō whileau-rō-ra ldquodawnrdquo is pronounced aurōacutera and po-pu-lus ldquopeoplerdquo is pronounced po pulus
b I he vowel in he penul is ollowed by wo or more consonans he penul is long no
mater wheher he vowel in he penul is long or shor and he accen necessarily allson he penul For example do-cu-men-um ldquodocumenrdquo is pronounced documenacuteum
BY THE WAYTe consonan x is double (cs or gs) and couns as wo consonans when deermining
wheher he penul is long
c Tere is one excepion o lsquobrsquo above Someimes even when here are wo consonans be-ween he penul and he ulima hey sill do no deermine ha he penul is long Tishappens when he wo consonans are a mue and a liquid
Te mues are p b d t g c
Te liquids are l r
So in he word pal-pe-bra ldquoeyelidrdquo he anepenul is accened ( palacutepebra) he vowel o he pe-nul is shor since i i s ollowed by a mue and a l iquid O course ru le lsquoarsquo sill applies in he wordhe-ā-trum ldquoheaerrdquo he penul is accened (heāacuterum) since i is naurally long somehing welearn rom he macron
y p p yare some examples wih he answers included or he eacherrsquos convenience
Underline he ulima in each word
1 legō
2 rēgis
3 imperāor
Underline he penul in each word
1 causa
2 pūnīum3 armāus
Underline he anepenul in each word
1 vulnerō
2 eigī
3 sublāum
Underline he penul i i is long
1 pōnō
2 spēlunca
3 pauperis
Underline he syllable ha will receive he sress accen in each word1 ōrāculum
2 peīum
3 cōnsania
4 exsīncum
5 vulneris
6 solius
TEACHING TIPGiven he passage abou he bahhouse on his page and he picure rom Bah England he
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 3554
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull xxix
EXERCISE 4epea each senence aloud afer your eacher reads i Pay atenion o he pronunciaion andsress accen o each word
Wha i is Like o Live Over a Bahhouse
(Adaped rom Seneca Moral Leter 56)
Ecce undique clāmor sona Suprā ipsum balneum habiō Prōpōne nunc ibi omnia genera vōcumodiōsa Foriōrēs exercenur e manūs plumbō gravēs iacan cum au labōran au labōranemimianur Gemiūs audiō quoiēns spīrium remīsērun Sun quoque ūncōrēs e racāōrēs
Audiō crepium manuum umerōs erienium sonus quoque icuum mūāur nunc enim manusperveni plāna nunc concava Audiō clāmōrēs sī ūr es i n balneō dēprehēnsus
Look here is noise sounding all around I live above he bahhouse isel Imagine o yourselnow all he haeul ypes o voices Te sronger ones exercise hemselves and swing heir ha ndsloaded wih lead weighs while hey work ou991252or imiae a person working ou I hear moansevery ime hey le go a ltpen-upgt breah Tere are also anoiners and masseurs I hear he slapo hands hiting shoulders and he sound o he blows changes or someimes he hands come1047298a someimes cupped I hear shouing i a hie is caugh in he bahhouse
A pool from inside he Roman Bahs in Bah England
Introduction bull xxix
eacher may wish o open a discussion abou bahs during oman i mes Te use o he calidārium fīgid ārium epidārium and sūdārium may be explained by he eacher and sudens may be en-couraged o learn andor pronounce hese words
TEACHER BY THE WAYBahs were ofen consruced on locaions having ho or mineral springs such as Bah in Englandand Bāiae a resor own on he Bay o Naples
Modern Bah in oman imes was named afer he Celic goddess o healing Sulis In he firscenury her shrine was aken over by he omans and she was idenified wih he goddess Minerva
Te sie was hen known as Aquae Sulis Mine rva In a emple relie she is represened wih a Medusa-like head and a musache
Te spa conained a grea bah (73 f by 29 f) and hree oher swimming pools he calidārium (ho bah)epidārium (warm bah) and fīgidār ium (cold bah) In he second cenury he spring was enclosed wihin a wooden barrel-vau led build ing ha housed hese hree pools Ho ai r bahs were ueled by coal fires A con-san 1047298ow o waer was direced o he pools hrough lead pipes which sill uncion oday
Archeologica l excavaions have revealed ma ny sacred voive offerings c urse ables and innumerable coinsa he botom o he springs Te curse ables writen in Lain heaped curses on anyone suspeced o wrong-doing Te ancien radiion o hrowing coins accompanied by a wish sill prevails oday in ome a he reviFounain where ourissvisiors do he same
More inormaion on bah complexes in ome can be ound on p 386 o his eacherrsquos manual
Sandards22 31
32 41 42
TEACHING TIPTe eacher may wish o insruc he sudens o find he iber iver which is picured here on he
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 3654
xxx bull Latin for the New Millennium
xxx bull Latin for the New Millennium
OVERVIEW OF ROMAN HISTORY According o legend omulus and his win broher emus were se adrif on he iber iver Ashe-wol nursed he boys unil a shepherd rescued hem Upon reaching manhood in 753 983138983139983141he wins ounded a new ciy near he place w here hey had been ound by he she-wol on he
basis o anaugusō auguriō ldquoa avorable sighing o birdsrdquo Bu omulus killed emus in a dispueover who would rule he new ciy and became is firs king
Six oher kings ruled afer omulus Numa Pompilius ullus Hosilius Ancus Marius ar-quinius Prisc us Servius ullius a nd arquinius Superbus (arquin he Proud) Afer he las ohese seven kings was overhrown in 509 983138983139983141 ome became a republic wih a represenaiveorm o governmen headed by wo consuls eleced an nually By 451 983138983139983141 he fi rs corpus o o-man law known as he welve ables was creaed
In he las cenury 983138983139983141 he oman epublic was shaken apar by a series o civil wars By31 983138983139983141 an auocraic regime headed earlier by Julius Caesar and laer by his grea-nephew Oc-avian brough he epublic o an end Te years rom 27 983138983139983141991252when Ocavian assumed heile o prīnceps ldquochie ciizenrdquo as well as he name Augu sus991252o around 180 983139983141 are known ashe early principae or empire During his era ome exended her boundaries o he BriishIsles in he norh Norh Arica in he souh Spain in he wes and he igris and Euphraesrivers in he eas
A view of he iber River as i 1047298ows hrough he ciy of Rome
map on p xxxii
COMPREHENSION QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS FOR PAGE XXX991251XXXI
eproducible versions o he quesions alone are available a wwwlnm bolchazycom
1 Who were he legendary ounders o ome
omulus and emus
2 According o legend in wha year was ome ounded
753 983138983139983141
3 Over he course o he monarchic period how many kings ruled ome
Seven
4 Wha even occurred in 509 983138983139983141
Te beginni ng o he oman epublic (wih wo consuls in charge)
5 Wha is he erm associaed wih he wo leaders o he epublic
Consul
6 Which wo leaders oversaw omersquos shif rom a republic o a principae
Julius Caesar and OcavianAugusu s
7 Wha major aciviy associaed wih empire-building ook place during he principae
erriorial expansion
8 Name wo developmens ha characerized he lae empire
Severe economic problems inernal poliical unres andor requen invasion by he Germanic ribes
9 Describe Diocleianrsquos response o he roubles o he empire
Diocleian divided he empire ino wo halves he Easern and Wesern empires in order o make ruli nghe empire more manageable
10 Explai n he origin o he erm ldquovandalismrdquo
Te fifh cenury invasion and pillag ing o ome by he ribe known as he Vandals who occupied he o-man province o Norh Arica led o he erm ldquovandalismrdquo meaning wanon desrucion
11 Describe Lainrsquos role in he cenuries afer 476 983139983141
Lain 1047298ourished as he major lierary language in he Wesern oman Empire and was spread o non-omanized places like Ireland Scandinavia and he New World
TEACHING TIP
Te eacher may ask he sudens o find he daes menioned on his page in he imeline on pp411ndash414
Sandards21 31 32
TEACHING TIPTe eacher may insruc he sudens o locae ByzaniumConsaninople discussed here in he
d h h ii
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 3754
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull xxxi
Introduction bull xxxi
From 180 983139983141 onwards in he period k nown as he lae empire he oman sae experiencedsevere economic problems and requen invasions by Germanic ri bes esponding o he pres-sure o he firs wave o migraions as well as inernal poliical u nres and economic diffi culieshe emperor Diocleian (ruled 284ndash305 983139983141) had already divided he oman Empire ino anEasern and Wesern hal each under is own emperor991252an atemp o make he vas omansae more manageable
Tis poliical division o he empire acually mirrored a culural division oo he main lan-guage o he Wes was Lain while he main language o he Eas was Greek Shorly aferwardshe emperor Consanine (ruled 312ndash337 983139983141) esablished a new capial or he Easern empirea Byzanium wh ich he renamed Consaninople (ldquohe ciy o Consaninerdquo oday called Isan-
bul) Bu even afer his reorganizaion he imperial governmen ulimaely proved incapable o
semming he ide o he migraions in par because he oman army was oo widely e xendedand could no be in so many places a once Indeed many o he invaders were given he sauso oederāī or ldquoreay roopsrdquo In effec hey were a llowed o occupy segmens o he empire inreurn or proecing i So when Alar ic King o he Visigohs sacked ome in 410 983139983141 he acual lyhad a ile as a commander in he oman army
ome was sacked again in 455 983139983141 by he Vandals who had already occupied he omanprovince o Norh Arica Te pillaging o he ciy o omulus by he invaders made a pro-ound impression on conemporaries and o his day he erm ldquovandalismrdquo is a word in severallanguages or wanon desrucion While he Easern empire (always more sable and eco-nomically prosperous han he Wes) coninued o exis unil 1453 983139983141 he Wesern empire
was ex inc as a poliica l eniy by 476 983139983141 In is place were Germa nic k ingdoms and ribes Angles and Saxons in Briai n Visigohs in Spain Osrogohs in Ialy Franks and Burgundi ansin Gaul991252o name only he major groups Te combinaion o hese new socieies wih heprevious inhabians who had been omanized o varying degrees would one day provide he
basis or he culures o modern Europe
Bu he end o he ancien oman Empire in he Wes was no he end o Lain On he con-rary during he nex 1200 years Lain no only 1047298ourished as he major lierary language in he
erriories o he ormer Wesern oman Empire he use o Lain was exended o regions heomans had never occupied including Ireland Scandinavi a and even he New World
BEGINNINGS OF LATIN LITERATURE Very ew complee works o Lain lieraure produced beore he mid-second cenury 983138983139983141 (ie beore 150 983138983139983141) have survived One reason or his loss was he remendous populariy o he works produced in he ollowing cenury by such auhors as Cicero Vergil and Ovid Teir wri-ings were so widely read and copied in subsequen cenuries ha he auhors preceding hem
were gradually negleced
Among he major figures o early Lain lieraure was a reed slave rom he Greek ciy o aren-um named Livius Andronicus who li ved rom 284ndash204 983138983139983141 He was known or his adapaionso Greek drama or oman audiences and his ranslaion o Homerrsquos Odyssey ino Lain verse
second paragraph on he map on p xxxii
TEACHING TIPTe eacher may ask he sudens o find he daes menioned on his page in he imeline on pp413ndash414
HOW TO USE THIS BOOK AND ITS ANCILLARIES
wo ancillaries are available or use wih his book Te Original Dysuncional Family (abbreviaed ODF)and From Romulus o Romulus Augusulus (abbreviaed R) R will be paricularly useul in order ohelp sudens keep he ime periods o he auhors and o he evens he auhors wroe abou sraigh in heirminds Chaper ile pages will include when appropriae a noaion on wha chaper o R he eachermay wish o assign
TEACHING TIPTe eacher may wish o assign Chaper 1 o he oman hisory ancillary From Romulus o Romu-lus Augusulus a his poin
COMPREHENSION QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS FOR PAGES XXXI991251XXXIVeproducible versions o he quesions alone are available a wwwlnm bolchazycom
1 Whom did he omans consider he aher o Lain lieraure
Ennius
2 Wha was Enniusrsquo mos amous work Is subjec mater
Annālēs was an epic poem abou omersquos early hisory
3 Wha amous Lain saying means ldquoCarhage mus be desroyedrdquo
Carhāgō dēlenda es
4 Who is he auhor o ha saying
Cao he ElderCao he Censor
5 When was Carha ge said o have been desroyed
146 983138983139983141 a he end o he hird Punic war
NB Aler sudens ha he answers o hese comprehension quesions will be ound on p xxxiv
Sandards21 31
R1
TEACHING TIP Ask sudens he English equivalen o cou nries s uch as Briannia and Germānia and he Englishequivalen o he ciies Neāpolis and Ahēnae
Sandard31
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 3854
xxxii bull Latin for the New Millennium
equivalen o he ciies Neāpolis and Ahēnae
A full size r eproducible version of h is page wihou he answe rs can be downloaded a wwwlnm bolchazycom
HOW TO USE THIS BOOK Answers o rep roducible aciviies w ill be gi ven in a larger size bel ow or he eacherrsquos convenience
ANSWERS TO MAP WORK 991251 PAGES XXXII991251XXXIII
1 Crēa Sicilia Corsica Sardinia Cyprus Ihaca Dēlos Brianni a
2 Vesuvius Mōns Aena Mōns Olympus Mōns Āppennīnus Mōns
3 Syria Macedonia Arica Asia
4 mare or ponus
5 Asia Eurōpa Arica
A full siz e reproducible version of his page wihou he answers can be down loaded a wwwln mbolchazycom
Te eacher may wish o have his map enlarged when reproducing i for ease of suden use in compleing his aciviy
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 3954
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull xxxiii
HOW TO USE THIS BOOK
Te answers o his aciviy can be easily seen on he wo acing pages
Te omans regarded Ennius (ca 239 169 983138983139983141) as he aher o Lain lieraure He wroe
TEACHING TIPSudens may be encouraged o find he ciy o Carhage menioned in he second paragraph on hemap on p xxxii
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 4054
xxxiv bull Latin for the New Millennium
xxxiv bull L atin for the New Millennium
Te omans regarded Ennius (ca 239ndash169 983138983139983141) as he aher o Lain lieraure He wroemany kinds o lierary works including plays His Annālēs an epic poem abou he early hisoryo ome was paricularly renowned and perhaps he primary epic read in oman schools beorehe ime o Vergil Only ragmens o his wriings remain
One o Enniusrsquo conemporaries was heamed Cao he Censor also known as Caohe Elder (234ndash149 983138983139983141) a rigidly conserva-ive oman senaor Mos o his reaise onagriculure called Dē agrī culūrā survivesI is he oldes work o Lain prose amongCaorsquos recommendaions here are ha fieldslaves be reaed similarly o beass o bur-den Cao is also remembered or his sae-men Carhāgō dēlenda es ldquoCarhage mus
be desroyedrdquo evidence or he omanear o he Carhaginians Te omansough hree wars known as he Punic
Wars agai ns he Car haginians Te fi rsended beore Cao was born in he secondagains Hannibal Cao served wih miliarydisincion he hird ended in 146 983138983139983141 asCao had demanded wih he desruciono Carhage On his occasion he vic oriousomans were said o have plowed sal inohe Carhaginian soil
Discussions abou laer auhors and adap-aions rom heir wriings w ill be presenedchronologically in he chapers o his book
Ancien ruins a Carhage in Africa
p p
TEACHER BY THE WAY Alhough he works o Enniu s have been preserved on ly in ragmens (abou a housand lines) hehad a grea in1047298uence on subsequen poes such as Vergil Quoable quoes include
bull a es o riendship Amīcus cer us in rē incer ā cerniur (A riend in need is a riend indeed)
bull an applicaion o wisdom o lie Quī ipse sibi sapiēns prōdesse nequi nēquīquam sapi (A man who
himsel is wise bu unable o be useul o himsel is wise or nohing)bull he amous descripion o Fabius Maximus Ūnus homō nōbīs cūncandō resiui rem (One man by delaying res ored he sae or us)
bull and he line on Manius Curius Quem nēmō errō poui superāre nec aurō (Whom no one was ableo deea eiher by sword or gold)
We also have preser ved or us he exa mple o excessive all ieraion ha has g iven rise o much laugher inLain classrooms over he years Ō ie ūe aī ibi ana yranne ulisī ldquoO ius aius you yran (all voca-ive) you brough o yoursel such grea (roubles)rdquo991252ranslaed in conex which plays off he more lieral ldquo you ookacquired or yoursel such grea hings rdquo
On he oher hand he composed his own epiaph in which his high eseem among omans proved o beprescien
nēmō mē lacrumīs decōre neu unera 1047298ēū
axi Cūr Voliō vivos per ōra v irum (Le no one honor me wih ears or make a uneral pyre by weeping
Why I 1047298y li ving hrough he mouhs o men)
TEACHER BY THE WAY
Pluarchrsquos Lie o Cao is a good source o snappy quoaions atribued o his saesman soldier andauhor For example while discussing he power o women he said ldquoAll oher men rule heir wives we rule al l oher men and our w ives rule us rdquo Atemping o persuade he oman people o orego adisribuion o grain he began his speech by saying ldquoI is a hard mater o argue wih he belly sincei has no earsrdquo And o a ribune who had been accused o using poison and was rying o pass a use-less bill he said ldquoI know no which is worse o drink your mixures or o enac your billsrdquo
1CHAPTER 1
HOW TO USE THIS BOOK
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 4154
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull 1
1CHAPTER
Parts of Speech Nouns Number Gender Case (Nominative and Accusative)
First Declension Nouns
MEMORĀBILE DICTŪ
SPQ Senātus Populusque ōmānusldquoTe Senae and he People o omerdquo
Tese our leters orm wha is known as an acronym one ha symbolized supreme power inancien ome
Oil paining of Romulus and Remus wih he wolf By Peer Paul Rubens (1577ndash1640)
Te grammaical and synacical opics ha will be presened in each chaper o his book are lised a he opo he chaper ile page
HOW TO USE THIS BOOK
Te illusraion on each chaperrsquos ile page presens a visual inroducion o he Lain reading passage ha willollow eachers may choose o discuss he illusraion in order o provide he conex or he reading he su-dens will encouner on he nex page
HOW TO USE THIS BOOK
On each chaper ile page he phrase Memorābile Dictū (ldquoA memorable hing o say rdquo) will be ou nd Below here will be a amous phrase quoa ion abbreviaion or moto in L ain ha w ill connec hese words o he opicsin he chaper
MEMORĀBILE DICTŪ VOCABULARY
populus populī m ndash people
-que ndash and
senāus senāūs m ndash senae
TEACHING TIP
ubens pained his picure o omulus and emus rom 1615ndash1616 during wha is called he Ba-roque period o ar Te man approaching rom he rear is Fausulus Te reclining figure is he god
o he river iber
HOW TO USE THIS BOOK AND ITS ANCILLARIESwo ancillaries are available or use wih his book Te Original Dysunctional Family (abbreviaed ODF)and From Romulus to Romulus Augustulus (abbreviaed R) R will be paricularly useul in order ohelp sudens keep he ime periods o he auhors and o he evens he auhors wroe abou sraigh in heirmind Chaper ile pages wil l include when appropriae a noaion abou wha chaper o R he eachermay wish o assign
Standards11 21
R 2and 3
READING
TRANSLATION OF LATIN PASSAGEomulus and emus
Mars is a god Mars loves hea Silvia And so hea Silvia has wo sons omulus and emus Amulius locks uph Sil i A li l d i h A h l lk h T h l
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 4254
2 bull Latin for the New Millennium
2 bull Latin for the New Millennium
READINGTis sory describes how ome was said o have been ounded in 753 983138983139983141 King Numior o AlbaLonga was overhrown by his cruel and ambiious broher Amulius who no only seized hehrone bu so eared ha one o Numiorrsquos male descendans migh have a legiimae claim oni ha he made Amuliusrsquo daug her hea Silvia a priesess o he goddess Vesa Tese priesesses
were no allowed o marry during heir childbearing years
RŌMULUS ET REMUS
1 Mārs es deus Mārs hēam Silviam ama Iaque hēa Silvia duōs
īliōs habe ōmulum e emum Amūlius hēam Silviam vinculīs
claudi Amūlius ōmulum e emum in aquam pōni Lupa ad aquamambula Lupa ōmulum e emum bene cūra e ama ōmulus e
5 emus crēscun Poseā ōmulus e emus ōmam aedifican
Famous bronze saue of he she-wolf and he wins
hea Silvia Amulius pus omulus and emus ino he waer A she-wol walks o he waer Te she-wol caresor (akes good care o) omulus and emus well and loves (hem) omulus and emus grow up Aferwards(laer) omulus and emus build ome
HOW TO USE THIS BOOK Above each La in reading pa ssage inorm aion is presened in Engl ish Tis pre -reading provides back groundinormaion abou he auhor and esablishes he conex o he passage he sudens will read
TEACHER BY THE WAY
Te eacher may wish o inroduce he class o he radiional abbreviaions o 983137983140 (which sandsor he Lain phrase Annō Dominī ldquoi n he year o our Lordrdquo) and 983138983139 (which sands or he Engl ishphrase ldquoBeore Chrisrdquo) Tese older abbreviaions coninue o be used bu his book employs heabbreviaions 983138983139983141 (Beore he Common Era) and 983139983141 (Common Era)
TEACHING TIPInsruc he sudens o locae Alba Longa on he map on pp xxxiindashxxxiii
TEACHER BY THE WAYTough he wins were added o he sculpure in he enaissance he she-wol has srong links wihEruscan myhology and shows characerisics o Eruscan sculpure
TEACHING TIP
Te eacher may wish o encourage he sudens o design an abbreviaed amily ree o omulusand emus
Standards11 22
Jupier Juno King Num ior o Alba Longa
Mars hea Silvia
omulus emus
READING VOCABULARY
HOW TO USE THIS BOOKTe English pronoun subjec o a verb is no lised in he eading Vocabulary i he pronoun is no needed inhe ranslaion
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 4354
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull 3
Chapter 1 bull 3
READING VOCABULARYad aquam ndash o he waer
aedifican ndash build
ama ndash loves
ambula ndash walks
Amūlius ndash Amul ius
aquam ndash waer
bene ndash well
claudi ndash locks up
crēscun ndash grow up
cūra ndash akes care o cares or
deus ndash god
duōs ndash woes ndash is
e ndash and
īliōs ndash sons
habe ndash has
in aquam ndash ino he waer
iaque ndash and so
lupa ndash she-wol
Mārs ndash Mars he god o war
pōni ndash pus
poseā ndash aferwards laer
emum ndash emus
emus ndash emus
hēa Silvia ndash hea Silvia
hēam Silviam ndash hea Silvia
ōmam ndash ome
ōmulum ndash omulus
ōmulus ndash omulus vinculīs ndash w ih chains
Words marked wih an aserisk will need o bememorized laer in he chaper
COMPREHENSION QUESTIONS1 Whose sons are omulus and emus
2 Wha did Amulius do
3 Who saved he lie o omulus and emus
4 Wha did omulus and emus do
HOW TO USE THIS BOOK
Te sudens should not be expeced o lea rn he words under he ile eading Vocabulary whenever his ileoccurs in he book Insead insruc sudens o learn he vocabulary words lised under he ile Vocabularyto Learn ha will be ound laer in each chaper In more advanced Lain exs usually here are vocabularyand noes o help he sudens when reading a passage Tis eading Vocabulary will help prepare sudens orlaer more advanced classes
ANSWERS TO COMPREHENSION QUESTIONS
1 Tey are he sons o Mars and hea Silvia2 He locked up hea Silvia
3 A she-wol
4 Tey buil he ciy o ome
TEACHING TIP
Whi le English deriva ives rom he sar red words (ie he Vocabulary o L earn) are he opic o Ex-ercise 2 laer in his chaper here are some ineresing derivaives rom he non-sarred words andsome o hese show how words change hrough he years Te eacher may choose o discuss hesederivaives wih he sudens
bull aedi1047297cant (aedi1047297cō) ndash ediy edificaion edifice
Tis Lain word is buil rom wo Lain words aciō (o do make) and aedēs (house emple) Te
English derivaives reain his religious connecion or hey mean ldquoo build up he aih moraliy o in-sruc especially morallyrdquo Te word ldquoedificerdquo is always used or an imposing srucure such as a ldquoemplerdquoor aedēs
bull claudit (claudō) ndash close conclusion enclosure sluice
A ldquocloserdquo is a small shu-in space and some people i locked in one suffer rom ldquoclausrophobiardquo acompound derivaive parly rom Lain (o close confine) and parly rom he Greek (ear) hence ldquoa earo closed spacesrdquo
Te word ldquosluicerdquo does no look like a derivaive o claudō bu i has undergone cha nges as i ca meino English via middle English and old French (sclus) rom he Lain exclūdō which means ldquoo shu ourdquo Asluice has a gae a he op o he channel o shu off he 1047298ow o waer as necessary
bull crēscunt (crēscō) ndash crescen accrue recrui crew
Te word ldquocrewrdquo in middle English mean ldquoreinorcemenrdquo so a body o soldiers grew Te word ldquore-
cruirdquo has he same basic idea ecruis increase he size o he army (rom he Lain recrēscō meaning ldquoogrow againrdquo)
bull deus ndash deiy deiy
bull duōs ndash double dozen due duplicae
Te word ldquodozenrdquo is a compound rom he Lain word or ldquowordquo and he German word or ldquoenrdquo (zehn)
bull habet (habeō) ndash habi abiliy prohibiive
Onersquos abiliy depends on he alens and skil ls one has
bull pōnit ( pōnō) ndash depo imposiion preposiion
A depo origina lly was a place where supplies were pu or sorage
LANGUAGE FACT I
HOW TO USE THIS BOOKTe Language Facs secion o each chaper will conain boh grammaical (morphological) and synacicalinormaion ie inormaion boh abou he orms o he words and he srucure o he senence
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 4454
4 bull Latin for the New Millennium
4 bull Latin for the New Millennium
LANGUAGE FACT I
PARTS OF SPEECHTe parts o speech used in a Lain senence deermine is meaning jus as in English While henoun and he verb are he wo mos imporan oher common pars o speech are lised below
Noun a person place hing idea acion or qual iy Examples ldquoomulusrdquo ldquoriverrdquo ldquocouragerdquo
Pronoun a word ha sands in place o a noun ha has been previously menioned or is clearrom conex Examples ldquoIrdquo ldquosherdquo ldquohimrdquo ldquoirdquo
Adjecive a word ha limis or defines a noun or a pronoun Examples ldquolitlerdquo ldquosrongrdquo
Adverb a word ha lim is or defines verbs adjecives or (oher) adverbs Examples ldquoveryrdquoldquoquielyrdquo
Verb a word ha describes an acion or sae o being Examples ldquogordquo ldquosayrdquo ldquowasrdquo
Preposiion a word ha begins a preposiional phrase such as ldquoinrdquo ldquoordquo ldquoonrdquo ldquoorrdquo ldquobyrdquoldquowihrdquo A preposiional phrase is a preposiion joined o a noun Examples ldquoin he morningrdquoldquowih a sharp pencilrdquo
Conjuncion a word ha connecs words phrases clauses a nd senences Examples ldquoandrdquoldquoburdquo ldquoalhoughrdquo
Inerjecion a word ha expresses emoion Examples ldquowowrdquo
EXERCISE 1eview he meanings and ideniy he pars o speech o he ollowing words Te eading
Vocabulary may be consu led
1 īliōs 6 e2 bene 7 lupa3 aedifican 8 claudi
4 ad 9 ōmam5 ambula 10 ama
EXERCISE 1 ANSWERS
1 noun
2 adverb
3 verb
4 preposiion
5 verb
6 conjuncion
7 noun8 verb
9 noun
10 verb
TEACHING TIP
Te eacher may wish o ask he sudens in Lain wha par o speech a given word is Te eacher would say ldquoQuae pars ōrātiōnis estrdquo Suden responses would be
bull nōmen substantīvumsubstantīvum ndash noun
bull prōnōmen ndash pronoun
bull nōmen adiectīvumadiectīvum ndash adjecive
bull verbum temporāle ndash verb
bull adverbium ndash adverb
bull praepositiō ndash preposiion
bull coniūnctiō ndash conjuncion
bull interiectiō ndash inerjecion
Standards11 41
Standards11 41
WorkbookExercise 1
VOCABULARY TO LEARN
TEACHING TIPSince his is he firs se o Lain words ha your sudens will be required o memorize i is usuallya good idea o sugges and discuss wih hem some differen ways o memorize vocabulary Somesel help opions are lised below
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 4554
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull 5
NOUNSagricola agricolae m ndash armer
aqua aquae ndash waer
āhlēa āhlēae m ndash ahlee
īlia īliae ndash daugher
lupa lupae ndash she-wol
naua nauae m ndash sailor
poēa poēae m ndash poe
puella puellae ndash girl
ōma ōmae ndash ome
erra errae ndash land
VERBSama ndash heshei loves
ambula ndash heshei walks
cūra ndash heshei akes care o cares or
es ndash heshei is
ADVERBS bene ndash well
poseā ndash aferwards
CONJUNCTIONSe ndash and
iaque ndash and so
Aqueducs carr ied waer (aqua) o he ciies in he Roman world Tis aqueduc buil in 19 983138983139983141 which srechedacross he Gard River was named he Pon du Gard and brough waer o he ciy of Nicircmes in France in ancien imes
Chapter 1 bull 5
sel-help opions are lised below
1 Look a he word in he book and say he word aloud
2 Wrie down he word on a piece o paper along wih is meaning and check o be sure here are no spell-ing errors Color-coding he words by pars o speech is also helpul Pronounce he word while wriing idown and hen repea he word including he meaning and spelling
3 Make handwriten 1047298ashcards wih he Lain on one side and English on he oher and be sure here are nospelling errors Color-coding is a good sraegy here also Wriing he word ou helps some sudens ce-men he word in he brain Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers has creaed an elecronic vocabulary resourceor hose sudens or whom echnological learning ools are an aid Tese vocabulary 1047298ashcards are orhe iPod See p 93 or more inormaion on iPod 1047298ashcards
4 Use English derivaives o help remember meanings Bu be careul since some derivaives may havemeanings grealy changed rom he original Lain word
5 Find clipar picures ha illusrae he vocabulary words and use he picures as a way o es yoursel onhe Lain words
TEACHER BY THE WAYTe eacher may wish o open a discussion abou aqueducs and he waer supply or ancien omans while l ooking a he picu re o he Pon du Gard on his page For a hisory o aqueducs and heirconsrucion Froninusrsquo book Dē aquīs urbis Rōmae is an excellen source Te book was writenabou 97 983139983141 when he was Superinenden o Aqueducs Oher aqueducs include he ollowing
bull Te double high aqueduc in Segovia Spainbull Te Aqua Appia buil in 312 983138983139983141
bull Te Aqua rāiāna
bull Te aqueduc buil by Alex ander Severus in 226 983139983141
bull Te Aqua Claudia
bull Te Aqua Marcia wh ich wa s probably named a fer A ncus Marcius who was he fi rs K ing oome by radiional accouns o build an aqueduc o bring waer o ome
NB Te word ldquo Aquardquo when capialized means ldquoaqueducrdquo
Eleven aqueducs urnished 250000 gallons o waer o ome every weny-our hours
BY THE WAY
E h u gi n in h b l r h rm T nd rm i h g nii
HOW TO USE THIS BOOK Ēn is a word ha calls atenion o somehing and means ldquoLook a hisrdquo Te inormaion given here draws a-enion o and urher specifies differen language acs
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 4654
6 bull Latin for the New Millennium
6 bull Latin for the New Millennium
Each noun given in he vocabulary has wo orms Te second orm is he geniivesingular
A derivative is an English word rooed in a Lain word Te English derivaive issimilar in meaning and orm o is Lain source
STUDY TIP
An English derivaive ofen can help you remember wha a Lain word means
EXERCISE 2Find he English derivaives based on he Vocabulary o Learn in he ollowing senences Wriehe corresponding Lain word
1 She shows a considerable filial respec oward her aher
2 Agriculu re is a science o culivaing he land
3 Te ship is equipped wih all he necessary nauical insrumens
4 We saw all kinds o fish in he aquarium
5 Tis is an all-errain vehicle
6 When will he ahleic compeiion sar
7 She has a ruly poeic naure
LANGUAGE FACT II
NOUNS NUMBER GENDER CASE 983080NOMINATIVE AND
ACCUSATIVE983081Nouns in Lain show number gender and case
Number Lain nouns are eiher singular or plural in number Number is shown in differen ways by differen ypes o nouns bu some ending-paterns are or singular orms and oherending-paterns are or plural orms
Gender Every noun likewise is eiher masculine eminine or neuer in gender You muslearn he gender o each noun In he Vocabulary o Learn l iss he gender is indicaed by hecommon abbreviaionsm (masculi ne) f (eminine) or n (neuer)
Case Lain nouns mus have an ending-patern ha displays case Tis is quie differen romEnglish in which case is indicaed by word posiion and no by endings (alhough case markersare preserved in cerain pronouns such as ldquoherdquo and ldquohimrdquo) A nounrsquos case reveals wha uncionhe noun has in he senence Tere are five common cases nominaive geniive daive accu-saive and ablaive wo less requenly used cases are called he vocaive and he locaive
HOW TO USE THIS BOOKStudy Tips give hins rhymes and mnemonics o help sudens learn grammar and vocabulary
EXERCISE 2 ANSWERS1 filial īlia
2 agriculure agricola
3 nauical naua
4 aquarium aqua
5 errain erra
6 ahleic āhlēa
7 poeic poēa
TEACHING TIPExplain o he sudens ha in English he words ldquoardquo ldquoanrdquo or ldquoherdquo are usually placed beore a nounand Lain does no have an equivalen or hese words known as aricles
eachers may need o sress he absence o he aricle many imes beore sudens compleely ine-grae his knowledge ino heir reading habis in Lain class
TEACHING TIPLain like many oher languages does no always observe biological gender Ofen he gender o a
Lain noun is deermined by grammaical acors such as he group o which a noun belongs
TEACHING TIP
Alhough in Exercise 2 he sudens are direced o find only he derivaives based on he Vocabular yo Learn hey may be ineresed o learn ha here are oher derivaives in Exercise 2 Te derivaiono hese words is provided or he eacherrsquos convenience
bull 1 consider - rom sīdus (sar) + cum (wih ogeher) and rom cōnsīderō (o examine consider)respec - rom respectō (look back a have regard or)
bull 2 science - rom scientia (knowledge) and sciō (o know) culivaing - rom colō (ill inhabi worship)
bull 3 necessary - rom necesse (necessary) insrumens - rom īnstruō (o equip build provide)
and rom īnstrumentum (equipmen ool ec)bull 5 vehicle - rom he Lain verb vehō (o carry)
bull 6 compeiion - rom petō (o seek aim a atack ec) + cum (wih oge her)
bull 7 naure - rom nātūra (naure)
Standard41
Standards11 31 41
STUDY TIP
An easy way o remember he names ohe five common cases iso use his mnemonic
TEACHING TIPSudens may no know wha he word ldquomnemonicrdquo means explain ha a mnemonic device is some-hing ha helps a suden o remember somehing Te eacher may also wish o use his opporu-niy o bring up Mnemosyne he goddess o memory and he moher o he Muses
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 4754
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull 7
Chapter 1 bull 7
An easy way o remember he names o he five common cases is o use his mnemonicdevice
Never NominaiveGive GeniiveDogs Daive A ny A ccusaive A buse A blaive
Nominative Te nominaive case idenifies he subjec Te subjec is a noun or a pronounha perorms he acion or exiss in a sae o being In he senence ldquoWilliam is readingrdquohe word ldquoWilliamrdquo is he subjec
Example Mārs amat Mars loves
Te noun subjec o he verb ldquoloverdquo is he god Mars
Find more examples o nominaives and heir verbs rom he reading passage a he begin-ning o he chaper
Te nominaive case also idenifies he predicae nominaive In he senence ldquoWilliam isa sudenrdquo he predicae nominaive is ldquoa sudenrdquo A predicae nominaive complees hemeaning o he verb ldquoo berdquo Look a his exa mple rom he reading
Example Mārs est deus Mars is a god
Mārs is he subjec and deus is a predicae nominaive
Accusative Te ourh case lised is called he accusaive he geniive daive and ablaivecases will be discussed in laer chapers Te accusaive case poins ou he noun (or pro-noun) ha is he direc objec emember direc objecs receive he acion o he verb Inhe senence ldquoI am wriing a leterrdquo he direc objec is ldquoa leterrdquo
Example Mārs Rhēam Silviam amat Mars loves hea Silvia
Te direc objec o ldquoloverdquo is he noun Rhēam Silviam
Find more examples o accusaives and heir verbs rom he reading passage a he beginningo he chaper
niy o bring up Mnemosyne he goddess o memory and he moher o he Muses
Answers to ldquoFind more examples of nominatives a nd their verbs from the reading passage at the begin-ning of the chapterrdquo
hēa Silvia habe
Amūl ius claudi
Amūl ius pōni
Lupa ambula
Lupa cūra e amaōmulus e emus crēscun
ōmulus e emus aedifican
Answers to ldquoFind more examples of accusatives and their verbs from the reading passage at the beg in-ning of the chapterrdquo
duōs īliōs habe ōmulum e emum
hēam Silviam claudi
ōmulum e emum pōni
ōmulum e emum bene cūra e ama
ōmam aedifican
TEACHING TIPSudens may encouner diffi culy when r ying o ransl ae Lain names used in cases o her han henominaive Te eacher a some poin will need o explain (and repea whenever necessary) ha when ransla ing a La in name he suden should al ways use he nominaive o rm o he word Onp 7 sudens are asked o find examples o accusaives and heir verbs in he reading passage Teanswers lised above provide an opporuniy o pracice wih his issue emind sudens o rans-lae duōs īliōs habet Rōmulum et Remum as ldquohe has wo sons omulus and emusrdquo Te oher ouranswers may be used as pracice wih he sudens
EXERCISE 3a Ideniy wheher he nouns in bold in hese senences are subjecs direc objecs or predi
TEACHER BY THE WAYIn conjuncion wih he picure and is capion he eacher may wish o menion ha he amil-ilar acronym o SPQ is sill in use and visible hroughou modern ome991252on liter bins sewercovers ec
Standards11 41
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 4854
8 bull Latin for the New Millennium
8 bull Latin for the New Millennium
a Ideniy wheher he nouns in bold in hese senences are subjecs direc objecs or predi-cae nominaives Te eading Vocabulary may be consuled
b Label each senence as vērum (rue) i i agrees or alsum (alse) i i disagrees wih he Lainreading passage a he beginni ng o he chaper
Example Amūlius es deusPredicae nominaive alsum
1 hēa Silvia ōmulum e emum cūra
2 Amūlius ōmulum e emum bene cūra
3 Amūlius lupam vinculīs claudi
4 Mārs ōmulum e emum in aquam pōni
5 Lupa hēam Silviam cūra
6 Amūlius ad aquam ambula
Te power of he ciy of Rome founded according o legend by Romulus is symbolized by hese four leters ha areprominenly displayed in various places wihin he ciy
EXERCISE 3 ANSWERS
1 subjec vērum
2 direc objecs alsum
3 direc objec alsum
4 subjec alsum
5 direc objec alsum
6 subjec vērum
WorkbookExercise 2 A full si ze reproduc ible version of th is page
without the a nswers ca n be downloade d at wwwlnm bolchazyco m
HOW TO USE THIS BOOK
Noun Declensions Te eacher may choose Lain nouns rom he declension ha is being sudied a he imehis workshee is used Tus no answers are provided here
LANGUAGE FACT III
TEACHING TIP Ask he sudens wha he Lain words seleced rom he reading and lised near he op o p 9 mean
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 4954
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull 9
Chapter 1 bull 9
FIRST DECLENSION NOUNS A declension is a g roup o nouns ha show a cerain patern o word endings Tere are five differ-en declensions in Lain In he reading abou omulus and emus hese are he orms belongingo he firs declension
hēam Silviam hēa Silvia aquam lupa ōmam
Noice ha he ex says Rhēa Silvia when she is he subjec and Rhēam Silviam when she is hedirec objec
Te firs declension is composed o words ha characerisically have he vowel a a or near heend o he word lupa
Below is he patern ha firs declension nouns ollow o show case and number Memorize heLain words in order rom he nominaive singular down o he ablaive singular and hen romhe nominaive plural down o he ablaive plural
emember ha he endings or a whole group o nouns ollow his patern Once you learn hi spatern you can recognize he case a nd number o all he words belonging o hi s declension
In his chaper you have begun o learn abou he nominaive and accusai ve cases Te ohercases will be explained in laer chapers
First DeclensionSingular Plural
Nomina ive l upa he she-wol Nominaive lupae he she-wolves
Geniive lupae o he she-wol Geniive lupārum o he she-wolves
Daive lupae oor he she-wol Daive lupīs oor he she-wolves
Accusaive lupam he she-wol Accusaive lupās he she-wolves
Ablaive lupā bywih he she-wol Ablaive lupīs bywih he she-wolves
Daive and ablaive plural o he words īlia ldquodaugherrdquo and dea ldquogoddessrdquo is fīliābus anddeābusTis is o di singuish hese orms rom he corresponding orms o īlius ldquosonrdquo and deus ldquogodrdquo
STUDY TIP
Noice ha he ablaive singular ending -ā has a long mark (macron) above i his ishe only difference beween he nominaive and ablaive singular endings
TEACHING TIP
Afer he firs declension has been presened o he sudens encourage hem depending on heirlearning syle o say he declension aloud o wrie down he words o inven a rap or a cheer
TEACHER BY THE WAY
Te patern is called a declension because he oher cases lean away ( dēclīnāre) rom he nominaiveie hey do no ollow he same orm as he nominaive
ORAL EXERCISE 1Tis exercise may be used afer the 1047297rst declension has been presented
Whi le looking a he declension o lupa ask he sudens o decli ne nauta
Singular PluralNominaive naua nauaeGeniive nauae nauārumDaive nauae nauīs Accusaive nauam nauās Ablaive nauā nauīs
Standards11 31 41
OralExercise 1
WorkbookExercise 3
STUDY TIP
Noice ha he daive and ablaive plural endings a re idenical
EXERCISE 4 ANSWERS1 geniive daive puellār um puellī s
2 accusaive nauās
3 accusaive errās
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 5054
10 bull Latin for the New Millennium
10 bull Latin for the New Millennium
Here are more words belonging o he fi rs declension
puella ndash girl īlia ndash daugher terra ndash land
Mos firs declension words are eminine i n gender bu a ew (usually ones ha indicae mas-culine occupaions in ancien imes) are masculine Examples are poēta ldquopoerdquoagricola ldquoarmerrdquonauta ldquosailorrdquo āthlēta ldquoahleerdquo
EXERCISE 4Ideniy he case o each singular noun Ten change each orm ino plural For some more han
one answer is possibleExample īlianominaive īliae
1 puellae 5 aquae2 nauam 6 puellā3 erram 7 āhlēā4 a gr ic ol a
Like he Greek wreslers porrayed on his ancien bas-reliefRoman ahlees were also fond of he spor of wresling
4 nominaive agricolae
5 geniive daive aquārum aquīs
6 ablaive puellīs
7 ablaive āhlēīs
TEACHING TIP
Since wreslers are depiced on he illusraion on his page he eacher may wish o open a discus-
sion abou he omansrsquo and Greeksrsquo ondness or wresling which was ofen praciced in a complexcalled he palaestra
oman boys were expeced o serve in he m iliary Tus hey were firs rained by heir ahers in wreslingand boxing Srengh and agiliy were sressed raher han grace o movemen as in Greek spors Te woprincipal syles uilized by he Greek were uprigh wresling in which hree alls o your opponen o heground were necessary o deea him and ground wresling which required he opponen o give up in ordero end he mach In he palaes tra here was an area or he young people o pracice wresling or boxing wih apunching bag (cōrycus) Examples o monumenal oman bahs wih a palaest ra are ound a he Bahs o Ca-racalla in ome he Harbor Bahs a Ephesus in urkey and he Bahs in Varna Bulgaria he larges anciensrucure in ha counry
Wresling was also one o he spor evens a he Olympic games ha he omans ofen atended Greco-oman wresling is also one o he evens eaured in he summer Olympic games in modern imes
TEACHING TIPTe eacher migh wan o have sudens read an English ranslaion o Book 23 o he Iliad in which Ajax a nd Odysseus compee in a wre sling m ach and Book 5 o he Aeneid or a descripion o hespors ha he omans played and compare he atiude o he compeiors in each epic Boh evens were par o he uneral games he ormer in honor o Paroclu s riend and atendan o Achil lesand he later in honor o Anchises aher o Aeneas Tis migh lead o urher discussion on henaure o modern wresling
Standards11 41
EXERCISE 5Ideniy he case o each plural noun Ten change each orm ino he singular For some more
TEACHING TIPSudens may wonder why he geniive singular w ihou is ending mus be used o find he base whenhe nominaive singular wihou is ending works jus as well Explain ha in oher noun declensionshe nominaive will no always provide he same base or have he same spelling as he geniive
Standards11 41
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 5154
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull 11
Chapter 1 bull 11
han one answer is possible
Example puellāsaccusaive puellam
1 īliae 5 aquīs2 errīs 6 poēārum3 nauārum 7 agricolae4 l upa e
BY THE WAY
In all declensions endings are added o he base o a noun I is imporan o know hahe base o a noun is ound by removing he ending rom is geniive si ngular orm Forexample he geniive singular o puella is puellae I you remove he -ae rom puellae
wha remains is he base o he word namely puell- For his reason learning he geni-ive singular is as imporan as knowing he nominaive singular o he noun
STUDY TIP
Always learn he geniive ogeher wih he nominaive because rom he geniive you will know o which declension a word belongs
A wall paining depic ing a Roman farmer (agricola) wih his sheep
EXERCISE 5 ANSWERS
1 nominaive īl ia
2 daive ablaive errae errā
3 geniive nauae
4 nominaive lupa
5 daive ablaive aquae aquā
6 geniive poēae7 nominaive agricola
HOW TO USE THIS BOOKIn his book he word ldquobaserdquo is used o reer o he noun wihou any ending ldquoStemrdquo is used or he par o he verb wihou any ending ldquoootrdquo is used or he Lain par o a derivaive
ORAL EXERCISE 2Tis exercise may be used afer Exercise 5
Use one o he ollowing classroom presenaion opions (hereafer reerred o as CPO) (blackgreenwhiesmar board overhead or LCD projecor PowerPoinreg presenaion ec) o pu his inormaion on view
quis ldquowhordquo (or he subjec) and quem ldquowhomrdquo (or he direc objec)
Ten ask he suden o answer he ollowing quesions abou he chaper reading eiher orally or in wri-
en orm
1 Teacher Quis es Mārs Student Mārs es deus
2 Teacher Quem ama Mārs Student hēam Silviam Mārs ama
3 Teacher Quis ama hēam Silviam Student Mārs ama hēam Silviam
4 Teacher Quem habe hēa Silvia Student hēa Silvia duōs īliōs ōmulum eemum habe
5 Teacher Quis claudi hēam Silviam Student Amūlius claudi hēam Silviam
6 Teacher Quem claudi Amūlius Student hēam Silviam Amūlius claudi
7 Teacher Quis ōmulum e emum in aquampōni
Student Amūlius ōmulum e emum in aquampōni
8 Teacher Quem Amūlius in aquam pōni Student Amūlius ōmulum e emum in aquampōni
9 Teacher Quis ambula ad aquam Student Lupa ambula ad aquam
10 Teacher Quis ōmulum e emum bene cūra Student Lupa ōmulum e emum bene cūra
11 Teacher Quōs lupa bene cūra Student Lupa ōmulum e emum bene cūra
12 Teacher Quis ōmulum e emum a ma Student Lupa ōmulum e emum ama
13 Teacher Quōs lupa ama Student Lupa ōmulum e emum ama
OralExercise 2
WorkbookExercise
4 5
EXERCISE 6ranslae rom Lain ino English and rom English ino Lain Te mos common Lain word
d
TEACHER BY THE WAYTe eacher may menion ha he mos common word order (subjec ndash direc objec ndash verb) can o-en be changed For example i he verb is o be emphasized i will ake firs posiion I he subjecor he direc objec is o be emphasized i will ake he las posiion which is he mos emphaic oneIn general he more unusual he wordrsquos posiion is he more emphasis is placed on his word
Standards11 41
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 5254
12 bull Latin for the New Millennium
12 bull Latin for the New Millennium
order is
subjec ndash direc objec ndash verb
1 Agricola erram ama
2 Te ahlee loves waer
3 Naua īlia m ama
4 Te poe loves ome
5 Agricola erram cūra
6 Te she-wol cares or (is aking care o) he girl
BY THE WAY
Even hough he mos common word order is subjec ndash di rec objec ndash verb rememberha endings991252no word order991252deermine which word is he subjec and which i s hedirec objec
TALKING When we mee one person we gree herhim wih salvē When we mee wo or more people wegree hem wih salvēte When we bid goodbye o one person we sayvalē When we bid goodbyeo wo or more people we say valēte
Here are various ways o ask ldquohow are yourdquo or ldquohow are you doingrdquo
Quōmodo valēs or Quōmodo tē habēs or Quid agis ldquoHow are yourdquo
Here is a range o possible answers
bene ldquowellrdquo pessimē ldquovery badrdquo optimē ldquogreardquo melius ldquobeterrdquo mediocriter ldquoso-sordquo or ldquono oo badrdquo meliusculē ldquoa litle beterrdquo male ldquobadrdquo
In general he more unusual he word s posiion is he more emphasis is placed on his word
EXERCISE 6 ANSWERS
1 Te armer loves he land
2 Āhlēa aquam ama
3 Te sailor loves (his) daugher
4 Poēa ōmam ama
5 Te armer cares or (is aking care o) he land6 Lupa puellam cūra
TEACHING TIP
Te eacher may sar he class in Lain by saying Salvēte discipulī et discipulae and by eaching hesudens o say in reurn Salvē magister (magistra)
ORAL EXERCISE 3Tis exercise may be used anytime afer the students have learned the use o the accusative case or afer Exercise 6
Use one o he CPOrsquos o pu on display he orms amō and cūrō and explai n ha hey a re in he fir s personsingular and how his differs rom he hird person singular learned in his chaper Ask individual sudens omake senences wih hem using he words hey have learned
Ten ell he sudens ha nōn means ldquonordquo and ask hem o make si milar senences wih nōn amō and nōn cūrō
Examples(nōn) amō erram īliam aquam lupam āhlēam(nōn) cūrō erram īliam puellam
WorkbookExercise 6
ContentQuestions
OralExercise 3
Standards12 21 41
42
SAYING HELLOMarīa Helena e Chrisīna sun (are) discipulae (students)
TEACHING TIPHave sudens read he dialogue aloud Tis will help o build heir pronunciaion skills
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 5354
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull 13
Chapter 1 bull 13
Marīa Salvēe Helena e Chrisīna
Christīna Salvē Marīa
Helena Salvē Marīa
Marīa Quōmodo valēs Helena Quōmodo valēs Chrisīna
Helena et Christīna Bene Quōmodo ū ( you) valēs Marīa
Marīa Pessimē
Helena et Christīna Cūr (Why)
Marīa imeō linguam Laīnam ( I ear the Latin language)Helena Ego ( I ) linguam Laīnam amō
Christīna E ego linguam Laīnam amō
ORAL EXERCISE 4
Tis exercise may be used afer he Lain dialogue has been presened
Insruc he sudens o say ldquohellordquo in Lain o he suden nex o hem Divide he class ino wo pars ellone par o gree he oher par using he plural greeing and vice versa Do he same ype o aciviy whensaying ldquogoodbyerdquo You may wish o make greeing he class in Lain a nd saying ldquogoodbyerdquo in Lain a par oa daily rouine
Divide he sudens ino pairs in which one person will ask how hisher parner is in Lain and he oher
wil l answer
ORAL EXERCISE 5
Tis exercise may be used afer he Lain dialogue has been presened
ell he sudens ha he paricle ndashne is added o he firs syllable o a word ha inroduces a quesion Ten askhe ollowing quesions abou he dialogue beween Mary Helen and Chrisy Individual sudens may answerorally or he enire class may wrie he answers as he eacher asks hem orally Te eacher should explain hahe orm valēs in he greeing Quōmodo valēs is in he second person which means ldquoyourdquo Te hird person orm(reerring o ldquoherrdquo ldquohimrdquo or ldquoirdquo) is valet So he phrase ldquoHow is she doingrdquo would be Quōmodo valet Te hirdperson o amō is amat and he hird person o timeō is timet
1 Teacher Quōmodo Chrisīna vale Student(s) Chrisīna bene vale
2 Teacher Quōmodo Marīa vale Student(s) Marīa pessimē vale
3 Teacher Cūr (why) Marīa pessimē vale Student(s) Marīa ime linguam Lainam4 Teacher Amane l inguam L aīnam Helena Student(s) Helena linguam Laīnam ama
5 Teacher Linguamne Laīnam ama Chrisīna Student(s) Chrisīna linguam Laīnam ama
ORAL EXERCISE 6 AND DICTATIONTis combined exercise may be used to conclude the chapter or at any time afer the students have learned the accusa-tive case and chapter vocabulary
Dicae he ollowing senences o he sudens Ten ask hem o make he ollowing changes eiher orally orin writen orm a he discreion o he eacher
1 Teacher Agricol a erram ama (change he direc objec ino plura l)Student Agricola errās ama
2 Teacher Lupa puellam cūra (change he direc objec ino plural)
Student Lupa puellās cūra3 Teacher Āhlēa puel lās ama (change he direc objec ino singu lar)
Student Āhlēa puellam ama
4 Teacher Fīlia errās ama (change he direc objec ino singular)Student Fīlia erram ama
OralExercise
4 5 6 andDictation
TEACHER NOTES
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 5454
14 bull Latin for the New Millennium
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 3354
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull xxvii
Introduction bull xxvii
CONSONANTSbull c is pronounced as in ldquocomerdquo clārus ldquobrighrdquo censeō ldquo(I) deemrdquo cārus ldquodearrdquo
bull When b is ollowed by s as in urbs ldquociyrdquo he sound o b approaches ha o p a sound wemigh represen as urps
bull g is pronounced as in ldquogerdquo gaudiumldquojoyrdquo gignō ldquo(I) bege (I) bearrdquo grāialdquoavor agreeablenessrdquo
bull Some hink ha he omans o Cicerorsquos ime (firs cenury 983138983139983141) pronounced he wo conso-nans ng as ngn or example he adjecive māgnus ldquogreardquo would have been pronounced in a
way ha we migh represen asmangnus
bull k is a very rare consonan In ac i appears only in wo words Kalendae ldquohe firs day oevery monh in he oman calendarrdquo and in he personal name Kaeso
bull q appears always in combinaion wih u and he combinaion qu is pronounced as in ldquoqueenrdquoquatuor ldquoourrdquo
bull v has a sound similar o w (as in he word ldquowierdquo) videō ldquo I seerdquo
bull Te consonanu in he combinaion su sounds like he English w in he ollowing our wordssuēscō ldquo(I) become accusomedrdquoSuēvī a name o a German ribe suādeō ldquo(I) adviserdquo suāvis ldquosweerdquo
bull Te leter r is rilled slighly Te sound has no exac equivalen in English bu is heard inmany oher European languages Te bes way o make his sound is o pronounce r as inldquoroperdquo bu vibrae he end o he ongue slighly as you say i
bull x is a double consonan (equivalen ocs or gs) ha sounds much like he x in ldquosixrdquo
bull z is a noher double consonan (equivalen o dz) and sounds almos like z in ldquozebrardquo I be-gins wih a sligh d sound firs so in pronouncing his leter you should hear dz
bull ph sounds like p in ldquopenrdquo bu wih he addiion o a sligh breah o air represened by he hth sounds like t as in ldquo omrdquo bu wih he addiion o a sligh ex ra breahing represened byhe h ch sounds nearly like he combinaion kh Tese consonans are borrowed rom Greek
and appear in Greek words zephyrus ldquowesern breezerdquo chorus ldquochorusrdquo heārum ldquoheaerrdquo When p and t are no accompanied by h his sligh aspiraion is absen
bull When consonans are doubled as in he verbaggredior he consonanal sound is lenghenedslighly
EXERCISE 3epea hese words afer your eacher pronounces hem
1 cibus 7 glōria 13 phasēlus2 capiō 8 Zeus 14 chara3 cumulus 9 bibliohēca 15 cēlō4 crēscō 10 phi losophia 16 anīquus5 gemma 11 zōna6 Gallus 12 heōrēma
g y g y gevidence suggess i is naurally shor Tus in some grammar books such as he one by Gildersleeveand Lodge we find his syllable marked as long bu in oher books i is reaed as shor
TEACHING TIPTe sudens may also wish o find ou he meanings o he Lain words in Exercise 3 Te definiionsare provided or he eacherrsquos convenience
EXERCISE 3
1 ood2 I ake
3 a heap
4 I grow
5 bud jewel
6 a Gaul
7 glory
8 Zeus
9 library
10 philosophy
11 a girdle
12 heory
13 kidney bean
14 paper
15 I hide
16 old
TEACHING TIPTe eacher may wish o provide he sudens wih some pracice on syllables and sress accen Here
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 3454
xxviii bull Latin for the New Millennium
xxviii bull Latin for the New Millennium
ACCENT A Lain word is made up no jus o leters bu also o syllables A Lain word has as many syllablesas i has vowels or diphhongs (a diphhong works like a single vowel since i is made up o wo
vowels pronounced ogeher [see diphhongs above])
You will need o know he ollowing erms when learning abou accen
bull ulima he las syllable in a word
bull penul he second-o-las syllable in a word
bull anepenul he hird-o-las syllable in a word
So in he word ze- ph y-r us he vowel u is he ulima y is he penul and e is he anepenul
RULES ABOUT THE STRESS ACCENT IN LATIN1 Te sress accen in Lain alls on eiher he penul or he anepenul
2 Te accen alls on he penul i he penul is long I he penul is shor he accen alls onhe anepenul
3 How o deermine wheher he penul is long or shor
a I he penul conains a long vowel (or any diphhong) he penul isel is long You o-en need o learn wheher he vowel in he penul is long or shor as a basic elemen inlearning a new word A macron above he vowel will ell you ha he vowel is long whi lehe absence o a macron wil l indicae a shor vowel Pronouncing he word can help youremember he vowel lenghs For ex ample vi-de-ō ldquoI seerdquo is pronounced viacutedeō whileau-rō-ra ldquodawnrdquo is pronounced aurōacutera and po-pu-lus ldquopeoplerdquo is pronounced po pulus
b I he vowel in he penul is ollowed by wo or more consonans he penul is long no
mater wheher he vowel in he penul is long or shor and he accen necessarily allson he penul For example do-cu-men-um ldquodocumenrdquo is pronounced documenacuteum
BY THE WAYTe consonan x is double (cs or gs) and couns as wo consonans when deermining
wheher he penul is long
c Tere is one excepion o lsquobrsquo above Someimes even when here are wo consonans be-ween he penul and he ulima hey sill do no deermine ha he penul is long Tishappens when he wo consonans are a mue and a liquid
Te mues are p b d t g c
Te liquids are l r
So in he word pal-pe-bra ldquoeyelidrdquo he anepenul is accened ( palacutepebra) he vowel o he pe-nul is shor since i i s ollowed by a mue and a l iquid O course ru le lsquoarsquo sill applies in he wordhe-ā-trum ldquoheaerrdquo he penul is accened (heāacuterum) since i is naurally long somehing welearn rom he macron
y p p yare some examples wih he answers included or he eacherrsquos convenience
Underline he ulima in each word
1 legō
2 rēgis
3 imperāor
Underline he penul in each word
1 causa
2 pūnīum3 armāus
Underline he anepenul in each word
1 vulnerō
2 eigī
3 sublāum
Underline he penul i i is long
1 pōnō
2 spēlunca
3 pauperis
Underline he syllable ha will receive he sress accen in each word1 ōrāculum
2 peīum
3 cōnsania
4 exsīncum
5 vulneris
6 solius
TEACHING TIPGiven he passage abou he bahhouse on his page and he picure rom Bah England he
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 3554
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull xxix
EXERCISE 4epea each senence aloud afer your eacher reads i Pay atenion o he pronunciaion andsress accen o each word
Wha i is Like o Live Over a Bahhouse
(Adaped rom Seneca Moral Leter 56)
Ecce undique clāmor sona Suprā ipsum balneum habiō Prōpōne nunc ibi omnia genera vōcumodiōsa Foriōrēs exercenur e manūs plumbō gravēs iacan cum au labōran au labōranemimianur Gemiūs audiō quoiēns spīrium remīsērun Sun quoque ūncōrēs e racāōrēs
Audiō crepium manuum umerōs erienium sonus quoque icuum mūāur nunc enim manusperveni plāna nunc concava Audiō clāmōrēs sī ūr es i n balneō dēprehēnsus
Look here is noise sounding all around I live above he bahhouse isel Imagine o yourselnow all he haeul ypes o voices Te sronger ones exercise hemselves and swing heir ha ndsloaded wih lead weighs while hey work ou991252or imiae a person working ou I hear moansevery ime hey le go a ltpen-upgt breah Tere are also anoiners and masseurs I hear he slapo hands hiting shoulders and he sound o he blows changes or someimes he hands come1047298a someimes cupped I hear shouing i a hie is caugh in he bahhouse
A pool from inside he Roman Bahs in Bah England
Introduction bull xxix
eacher may wish o open a discussion abou bahs during oman i mes Te use o he calidārium fīgid ārium epidārium and sūdārium may be explained by he eacher and sudens may be en-couraged o learn andor pronounce hese words
TEACHER BY THE WAYBahs were ofen consruced on locaions having ho or mineral springs such as Bah in Englandand Bāiae a resor own on he Bay o Naples
Modern Bah in oman imes was named afer he Celic goddess o healing Sulis In he firscenury her shrine was aken over by he omans and she was idenified wih he goddess Minerva
Te sie was hen known as Aquae Sulis Mine rva In a emple relie she is represened wih a Medusa-like head and a musache
Te spa conained a grea bah (73 f by 29 f) and hree oher swimming pools he calidārium (ho bah)epidārium (warm bah) and fīgidār ium (cold bah) In he second cenury he spring was enclosed wihin a wooden barrel-vau led build ing ha housed hese hree pools Ho ai r bahs were ueled by coal fires A con-san 1047298ow o waer was direced o he pools hrough lead pipes which sill uncion oday
Archeologica l excavaions have revealed ma ny sacred voive offerings c urse ables and innumerable coinsa he botom o he springs Te curse ables writen in Lain heaped curses on anyone suspeced o wrong-doing Te ancien radiion o hrowing coins accompanied by a wish sill prevails oday in ome a he reviFounain where ourissvisiors do he same
More inormaion on bah complexes in ome can be ound on p 386 o his eacherrsquos manual
Sandards22 31
32 41 42
TEACHING TIPTe eacher may wish o insruc he sudens o find he iber iver which is picured here on he
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 3654
xxx bull Latin for the New Millennium
xxx bull Latin for the New Millennium
OVERVIEW OF ROMAN HISTORY According o legend omulus and his win broher emus were se adrif on he iber iver Ashe-wol nursed he boys unil a shepherd rescued hem Upon reaching manhood in 753 983138983139983141he wins ounded a new ciy near he place w here hey had been ound by he she-wol on he
basis o anaugusō auguriō ldquoa avorable sighing o birdsrdquo Bu omulus killed emus in a dispueover who would rule he new ciy and became is firs king
Six oher kings ruled afer omulus Numa Pompilius ullus Hosilius Ancus Marius ar-quinius Prisc us Servius ullius a nd arquinius Superbus (arquin he Proud) Afer he las ohese seven kings was overhrown in 509 983138983139983141 ome became a republic wih a represenaiveorm o governmen headed by wo consuls eleced an nually By 451 983138983139983141 he fi rs corpus o o-man law known as he welve ables was creaed
In he las cenury 983138983139983141 he oman epublic was shaken apar by a series o civil wars By31 983138983139983141 an auocraic regime headed earlier by Julius Caesar and laer by his grea-nephew Oc-avian brough he epublic o an end Te years rom 27 983138983139983141991252when Ocavian assumed heile o prīnceps ldquochie ciizenrdquo as well as he name Augu sus991252o around 180 983139983141 are known ashe early principae or empire During his era ome exended her boundaries o he BriishIsles in he norh Norh Arica in he souh Spain in he wes and he igris and Euphraesrivers in he eas
A view of he iber River as i 1047298ows hrough he ciy of Rome
map on p xxxii
COMPREHENSION QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS FOR PAGE XXX991251XXXI
eproducible versions o he quesions alone are available a wwwlnm bolchazycom
1 Who were he legendary ounders o ome
omulus and emus
2 According o legend in wha year was ome ounded
753 983138983139983141
3 Over he course o he monarchic period how many kings ruled ome
Seven
4 Wha even occurred in 509 983138983139983141
Te beginni ng o he oman epublic (wih wo consuls in charge)
5 Wha is he erm associaed wih he wo leaders o he epublic
Consul
6 Which wo leaders oversaw omersquos shif rom a republic o a principae
Julius Caesar and OcavianAugusu s
7 Wha major aciviy associaed wih empire-building ook place during he principae
erriorial expansion
8 Name wo developmens ha characerized he lae empire
Severe economic problems inernal poliical unres andor requen invasion by he Germanic ribes
9 Describe Diocleianrsquos response o he roubles o he empire
Diocleian divided he empire ino wo halves he Easern and Wesern empires in order o make ruli nghe empire more manageable
10 Explai n he origin o he erm ldquovandalismrdquo
Te fifh cenury invasion and pillag ing o ome by he ribe known as he Vandals who occupied he o-man province o Norh Arica led o he erm ldquovandalismrdquo meaning wanon desrucion
11 Describe Lainrsquos role in he cenuries afer 476 983139983141
Lain 1047298ourished as he major lierary language in he Wesern oman Empire and was spread o non-omanized places like Ireland Scandinavia and he New World
TEACHING TIP
Te eacher may ask he sudens o find he daes menioned on his page in he imeline on pp411ndash414
Sandards21 31 32
TEACHING TIPTe eacher may insruc he sudens o locae ByzaniumConsaninople discussed here in he
d h h ii
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 3754
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull xxxi
Introduction bull xxxi
From 180 983139983141 onwards in he period k nown as he lae empire he oman sae experiencedsevere economic problems and requen invasions by Germanic ri bes esponding o he pres-sure o he firs wave o migraions as well as inernal poliical u nres and economic diffi culieshe emperor Diocleian (ruled 284ndash305 983139983141) had already divided he oman Empire ino anEasern and Wesern hal each under is own emperor991252an atemp o make he vas omansae more manageable
Tis poliical division o he empire acually mirrored a culural division oo he main lan-guage o he Wes was Lain while he main language o he Eas was Greek Shorly aferwardshe emperor Consanine (ruled 312ndash337 983139983141) esablished a new capial or he Easern empirea Byzanium wh ich he renamed Consaninople (ldquohe ciy o Consaninerdquo oday called Isan-
bul) Bu even afer his reorganizaion he imperial governmen ulimaely proved incapable o
semming he ide o he migraions in par because he oman army was oo widely e xendedand could no be in so many places a once Indeed many o he invaders were given he sauso oederāī or ldquoreay roopsrdquo In effec hey were a llowed o occupy segmens o he empire inreurn or proecing i So when Alar ic King o he Visigohs sacked ome in 410 983139983141 he acual lyhad a ile as a commander in he oman army
ome was sacked again in 455 983139983141 by he Vandals who had already occupied he omanprovince o Norh Arica Te pillaging o he ciy o omulus by he invaders made a pro-ound impression on conemporaries and o his day he erm ldquovandalismrdquo is a word in severallanguages or wanon desrucion While he Easern empire (always more sable and eco-nomically prosperous han he Wes) coninued o exis unil 1453 983139983141 he Wesern empire
was ex inc as a poliica l eniy by 476 983139983141 In is place were Germa nic k ingdoms and ribes Angles and Saxons in Briai n Visigohs in Spain Osrogohs in Ialy Franks and Burgundi ansin Gaul991252o name only he major groups Te combinaion o hese new socieies wih heprevious inhabians who had been omanized o varying degrees would one day provide he
basis or he culures o modern Europe
Bu he end o he ancien oman Empire in he Wes was no he end o Lain On he con-rary during he nex 1200 years Lain no only 1047298ourished as he major lierary language in he
erriories o he ormer Wesern oman Empire he use o Lain was exended o regions heomans had never occupied including Ireland Scandinavi a and even he New World
BEGINNINGS OF LATIN LITERATURE Very ew complee works o Lain lieraure produced beore he mid-second cenury 983138983139983141 (ie beore 150 983138983139983141) have survived One reason or his loss was he remendous populariy o he works produced in he ollowing cenury by such auhors as Cicero Vergil and Ovid Teir wri-ings were so widely read and copied in subsequen cenuries ha he auhors preceding hem
were gradually negleced
Among he major figures o early Lain lieraure was a reed slave rom he Greek ciy o aren-um named Livius Andronicus who li ved rom 284ndash204 983138983139983141 He was known or his adapaionso Greek drama or oman audiences and his ranslaion o Homerrsquos Odyssey ino Lain verse
second paragraph on he map on p xxxii
TEACHING TIPTe eacher may ask he sudens o find he daes menioned on his page in he imeline on pp413ndash414
HOW TO USE THIS BOOK AND ITS ANCILLARIES
wo ancillaries are available or use wih his book Te Original Dysuncional Family (abbreviaed ODF)and From Romulus o Romulus Augusulus (abbreviaed R) R will be paricularly useul in order ohelp sudens keep he ime periods o he auhors and o he evens he auhors wroe abou sraigh in heirminds Chaper ile pages will include when appropriae a noaion on wha chaper o R he eachermay wish o assign
TEACHING TIPTe eacher may wish o assign Chaper 1 o he oman hisory ancillary From Romulus o Romu-lus Augusulus a his poin
COMPREHENSION QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS FOR PAGES XXXI991251XXXIVeproducible versions o he quesions alone are available a wwwlnm bolchazycom
1 Whom did he omans consider he aher o Lain lieraure
Ennius
2 Wha was Enniusrsquo mos amous work Is subjec mater
Annālēs was an epic poem abou omersquos early hisory
3 Wha amous Lain saying means ldquoCarhage mus be desroyedrdquo
Carhāgō dēlenda es
4 Who is he auhor o ha saying
Cao he ElderCao he Censor
5 When was Carha ge said o have been desroyed
146 983138983139983141 a he end o he hird Punic war
NB Aler sudens ha he answers o hese comprehension quesions will be ound on p xxxiv
Sandards21 31
R1
TEACHING TIP Ask sudens he English equivalen o cou nries s uch as Briannia and Germānia and he Englishequivalen o he ciies Neāpolis and Ahēnae
Sandard31
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 3854
xxxii bull Latin for the New Millennium
equivalen o he ciies Neāpolis and Ahēnae
A full size r eproducible version of h is page wihou he answe rs can be downloaded a wwwlnm bolchazycom
HOW TO USE THIS BOOK Answers o rep roducible aciviies w ill be gi ven in a larger size bel ow or he eacherrsquos convenience
ANSWERS TO MAP WORK 991251 PAGES XXXII991251XXXIII
1 Crēa Sicilia Corsica Sardinia Cyprus Ihaca Dēlos Brianni a
2 Vesuvius Mōns Aena Mōns Olympus Mōns Āppennīnus Mōns
3 Syria Macedonia Arica Asia
4 mare or ponus
5 Asia Eurōpa Arica
A full siz e reproducible version of his page wihou he answers can be down loaded a wwwln mbolchazycom
Te eacher may wish o have his map enlarged when reproducing i for ease of suden use in compleing his aciviy
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 3954
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull xxxiii
HOW TO USE THIS BOOK
Te answers o his aciviy can be easily seen on he wo acing pages
Te omans regarded Ennius (ca 239 169 983138983139983141) as he aher o Lain lieraure He wroe
TEACHING TIPSudens may be encouraged o find he ciy o Carhage menioned in he second paragraph on hemap on p xxxii
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 4054
xxxiv bull Latin for the New Millennium
xxxiv bull L atin for the New Millennium
Te omans regarded Ennius (ca 239ndash169 983138983139983141) as he aher o Lain lieraure He wroemany kinds o lierary works including plays His Annālēs an epic poem abou he early hisoryo ome was paricularly renowned and perhaps he primary epic read in oman schools beorehe ime o Vergil Only ragmens o his wriings remain
One o Enniusrsquo conemporaries was heamed Cao he Censor also known as Caohe Elder (234ndash149 983138983139983141) a rigidly conserva-ive oman senaor Mos o his reaise onagriculure called Dē agrī culūrā survivesI is he oldes work o Lain prose amongCaorsquos recommendaions here are ha fieldslaves be reaed similarly o beass o bur-den Cao is also remembered or his sae-men Carhāgō dēlenda es ldquoCarhage mus
be desroyedrdquo evidence or he omanear o he Carhaginians Te omansough hree wars known as he Punic
Wars agai ns he Car haginians Te fi rsended beore Cao was born in he secondagains Hannibal Cao served wih miliarydisincion he hird ended in 146 983138983139983141 asCao had demanded wih he desruciono Carhage On his occasion he vic oriousomans were said o have plowed sal inohe Carhaginian soil
Discussions abou laer auhors and adap-aions rom heir wriings w ill be presenedchronologically in he chapers o his book
Ancien ruins a Carhage in Africa
p p
TEACHER BY THE WAY Alhough he works o Enniu s have been preserved on ly in ragmens (abou a housand lines) hehad a grea in1047298uence on subsequen poes such as Vergil Quoable quoes include
bull a es o riendship Amīcus cer us in rē incer ā cerniur (A riend in need is a riend indeed)
bull an applicaion o wisdom o lie Quī ipse sibi sapiēns prōdesse nequi nēquīquam sapi (A man who
himsel is wise bu unable o be useul o himsel is wise or nohing)bull he amous descripion o Fabius Maximus Ūnus homō nōbīs cūncandō resiui rem (One man by delaying res ored he sae or us)
bull and he line on Manius Curius Quem nēmō errō poui superāre nec aurō (Whom no one was ableo deea eiher by sword or gold)
We also have preser ved or us he exa mple o excessive all ieraion ha has g iven rise o much laugher inLain classrooms over he years Ō ie ūe aī ibi ana yranne ulisī ldquoO ius aius you yran (all voca-ive) you brough o yoursel such grea (roubles)rdquo991252ranslaed in conex which plays off he more lieral ldquo you ookacquired or yoursel such grea hings rdquo
On he oher hand he composed his own epiaph in which his high eseem among omans proved o beprescien
nēmō mē lacrumīs decōre neu unera 1047298ēū
axi Cūr Voliō vivos per ōra v irum (Le no one honor me wih ears or make a uneral pyre by weeping
Why I 1047298y li ving hrough he mouhs o men)
TEACHER BY THE WAY
Pluarchrsquos Lie o Cao is a good source o snappy quoaions atribued o his saesman soldier andauhor For example while discussing he power o women he said ldquoAll oher men rule heir wives we rule al l oher men and our w ives rule us rdquo Atemping o persuade he oman people o orego adisribuion o grain he began his speech by saying ldquoI is a hard mater o argue wih he belly sincei has no earsrdquo And o a ribune who had been accused o using poison and was rying o pass a use-less bill he said ldquoI know no which is worse o drink your mixures or o enac your billsrdquo
1CHAPTER 1
HOW TO USE THIS BOOK
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 4154
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull 1
1CHAPTER
Parts of Speech Nouns Number Gender Case (Nominative and Accusative)
First Declension Nouns
MEMORĀBILE DICTŪ
SPQ Senātus Populusque ōmānusldquoTe Senae and he People o omerdquo
Tese our leters orm wha is known as an acronym one ha symbolized supreme power inancien ome
Oil paining of Romulus and Remus wih he wolf By Peer Paul Rubens (1577ndash1640)
Te grammaical and synacical opics ha will be presened in each chaper o his book are lised a he opo he chaper ile page
HOW TO USE THIS BOOK
Te illusraion on each chaperrsquos ile page presens a visual inroducion o he Lain reading passage ha willollow eachers may choose o discuss he illusraion in order o provide he conex or he reading he su-dens will encouner on he nex page
HOW TO USE THIS BOOK
On each chaper ile page he phrase Memorābile Dictū (ldquoA memorable hing o say rdquo) will be ou nd Below here will be a amous phrase quoa ion abbreviaion or moto in L ain ha w ill connec hese words o he opicsin he chaper
MEMORĀBILE DICTŪ VOCABULARY
populus populī m ndash people
-que ndash and
senāus senāūs m ndash senae
TEACHING TIP
ubens pained his picure o omulus and emus rom 1615ndash1616 during wha is called he Ba-roque period o ar Te man approaching rom he rear is Fausulus Te reclining figure is he god
o he river iber
HOW TO USE THIS BOOK AND ITS ANCILLARIESwo ancillaries are available or use wih his book Te Original Dysunctional Family (abbreviaed ODF)and From Romulus to Romulus Augustulus (abbreviaed R) R will be paricularly useul in order ohelp sudens keep he ime periods o he auhors and o he evens he auhors wroe abou sraigh in heirmind Chaper ile pages wil l include when appropriae a noaion abou wha chaper o R he eachermay wish o assign
Standards11 21
R 2and 3
READING
TRANSLATION OF LATIN PASSAGEomulus and emus
Mars is a god Mars loves hea Silvia And so hea Silvia has wo sons omulus and emus Amulius locks uph Sil i A li l d i h A h l lk h T h l
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 4254
2 bull Latin for the New Millennium
2 bull Latin for the New Millennium
READINGTis sory describes how ome was said o have been ounded in 753 983138983139983141 King Numior o AlbaLonga was overhrown by his cruel and ambiious broher Amulius who no only seized hehrone bu so eared ha one o Numiorrsquos male descendans migh have a legiimae claim oni ha he made Amuliusrsquo daug her hea Silvia a priesess o he goddess Vesa Tese priesesses
were no allowed o marry during heir childbearing years
RŌMULUS ET REMUS
1 Mārs es deus Mārs hēam Silviam ama Iaque hēa Silvia duōs
īliōs habe ōmulum e emum Amūlius hēam Silviam vinculīs
claudi Amūlius ōmulum e emum in aquam pōni Lupa ad aquamambula Lupa ōmulum e emum bene cūra e ama ōmulus e
5 emus crēscun Poseā ōmulus e emus ōmam aedifican
Famous bronze saue of he she-wolf and he wins
hea Silvia Amulius pus omulus and emus ino he waer A she-wol walks o he waer Te she-wol caresor (akes good care o) omulus and emus well and loves (hem) omulus and emus grow up Aferwards(laer) omulus and emus build ome
HOW TO USE THIS BOOK Above each La in reading pa ssage inorm aion is presened in Engl ish Tis pre -reading provides back groundinormaion abou he auhor and esablishes he conex o he passage he sudens will read
TEACHER BY THE WAY
Te eacher may wish o inroduce he class o he radiional abbreviaions o 983137983140 (which sandsor he Lain phrase Annō Dominī ldquoi n he year o our Lordrdquo) and 983138983139 (which sands or he Engl ishphrase ldquoBeore Chrisrdquo) Tese older abbreviaions coninue o be used bu his book employs heabbreviaions 983138983139983141 (Beore he Common Era) and 983139983141 (Common Era)
TEACHING TIPInsruc he sudens o locae Alba Longa on he map on pp xxxiindashxxxiii
TEACHER BY THE WAYTough he wins were added o he sculpure in he enaissance he she-wol has srong links wihEruscan myhology and shows characerisics o Eruscan sculpure
TEACHING TIP
Te eacher may wish o encourage he sudens o design an abbreviaed amily ree o omulusand emus
Standards11 22
Jupier Juno King Num ior o Alba Longa
Mars hea Silvia
omulus emus
READING VOCABULARY
HOW TO USE THIS BOOKTe English pronoun subjec o a verb is no lised in he eading Vocabulary i he pronoun is no needed inhe ranslaion
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 4354
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull 3
Chapter 1 bull 3
READING VOCABULARYad aquam ndash o he waer
aedifican ndash build
ama ndash loves
ambula ndash walks
Amūlius ndash Amul ius
aquam ndash waer
bene ndash well
claudi ndash locks up
crēscun ndash grow up
cūra ndash akes care o cares or
deus ndash god
duōs ndash woes ndash is
e ndash and
īliōs ndash sons
habe ndash has
in aquam ndash ino he waer
iaque ndash and so
lupa ndash she-wol
Mārs ndash Mars he god o war
pōni ndash pus
poseā ndash aferwards laer
emum ndash emus
emus ndash emus
hēa Silvia ndash hea Silvia
hēam Silviam ndash hea Silvia
ōmam ndash ome
ōmulum ndash omulus
ōmulus ndash omulus vinculīs ndash w ih chains
Words marked wih an aserisk will need o bememorized laer in he chaper
COMPREHENSION QUESTIONS1 Whose sons are omulus and emus
2 Wha did Amulius do
3 Who saved he lie o omulus and emus
4 Wha did omulus and emus do
HOW TO USE THIS BOOK
Te sudens should not be expeced o lea rn he words under he ile eading Vocabulary whenever his ileoccurs in he book Insead insruc sudens o learn he vocabulary words lised under he ile Vocabularyto Learn ha will be ound laer in each chaper In more advanced Lain exs usually here are vocabularyand noes o help he sudens when reading a passage Tis eading Vocabulary will help prepare sudens orlaer more advanced classes
ANSWERS TO COMPREHENSION QUESTIONS
1 Tey are he sons o Mars and hea Silvia2 He locked up hea Silvia
3 A she-wol
4 Tey buil he ciy o ome
TEACHING TIP
Whi le English deriva ives rom he sar red words (ie he Vocabulary o L earn) are he opic o Ex-ercise 2 laer in his chaper here are some ineresing derivaives rom he non-sarred words andsome o hese show how words change hrough he years Te eacher may choose o discuss hesederivaives wih he sudens
bull aedi1047297cant (aedi1047297cō) ndash ediy edificaion edifice
Tis Lain word is buil rom wo Lain words aciō (o do make) and aedēs (house emple) Te
English derivaives reain his religious connecion or hey mean ldquoo build up he aih moraliy o in-sruc especially morallyrdquo Te word ldquoedificerdquo is always used or an imposing srucure such as a ldquoemplerdquoor aedēs
bull claudit (claudō) ndash close conclusion enclosure sluice
A ldquocloserdquo is a small shu-in space and some people i locked in one suffer rom ldquoclausrophobiardquo acompound derivaive parly rom Lain (o close confine) and parly rom he Greek (ear) hence ldquoa earo closed spacesrdquo
Te word ldquosluicerdquo does no look like a derivaive o claudō bu i has undergone cha nges as i ca meino English via middle English and old French (sclus) rom he Lain exclūdō which means ldquoo shu ourdquo Asluice has a gae a he op o he channel o shu off he 1047298ow o waer as necessary
bull crēscunt (crēscō) ndash crescen accrue recrui crew
Te word ldquocrewrdquo in middle English mean ldquoreinorcemenrdquo so a body o soldiers grew Te word ldquore-
cruirdquo has he same basic idea ecruis increase he size o he army (rom he Lain recrēscō meaning ldquoogrow againrdquo)
bull deus ndash deiy deiy
bull duōs ndash double dozen due duplicae
Te word ldquodozenrdquo is a compound rom he Lain word or ldquowordquo and he German word or ldquoenrdquo (zehn)
bull habet (habeō) ndash habi abiliy prohibiive
Onersquos abiliy depends on he alens and skil ls one has
bull pōnit ( pōnō) ndash depo imposiion preposiion
A depo origina lly was a place where supplies were pu or sorage
LANGUAGE FACT I
HOW TO USE THIS BOOKTe Language Facs secion o each chaper will conain boh grammaical (morphological) and synacicalinormaion ie inormaion boh abou he orms o he words and he srucure o he senence
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 4454
4 bull Latin for the New Millennium
4 bull Latin for the New Millennium
LANGUAGE FACT I
PARTS OF SPEECHTe parts o speech used in a Lain senence deermine is meaning jus as in English While henoun and he verb are he wo mos imporan oher common pars o speech are lised below
Noun a person place hing idea acion or qual iy Examples ldquoomulusrdquo ldquoriverrdquo ldquocouragerdquo
Pronoun a word ha sands in place o a noun ha has been previously menioned or is clearrom conex Examples ldquoIrdquo ldquosherdquo ldquohimrdquo ldquoirdquo
Adjecive a word ha limis or defines a noun or a pronoun Examples ldquolitlerdquo ldquosrongrdquo
Adverb a word ha lim is or defines verbs adjecives or (oher) adverbs Examples ldquoveryrdquoldquoquielyrdquo
Verb a word ha describes an acion or sae o being Examples ldquogordquo ldquosayrdquo ldquowasrdquo
Preposiion a word ha begins a preposiional phrase such as ldquoinrdquo ldquoordquo ldquoonrdquo ldquoorrdquo ldquobyrdquoldquowihrdquo A preposiional phrase is a preposiion joined o a noun Examples ldquoin he morningrdquoldquowih a sharp pencilrdquo
Conjuncion a word ha connecs words phrases clauses a nd senences Examples ldquoandrdquoldquoburdquo ldquoalhoughrdquo
Inerjecion a word ha expresses emoion Examples ldquowowrdquo
EXERCISE 1eview he meanings and ideniy he pars o speech o he ollowing words Te eading
Vocabulary may be consu led
1 īliōs 6 e2 bene 7 lupa3 aedifican 8 claudi
4 ad 9 ōmam5 ambula 10 ama
EXERCISE 1 ANSWERS
1 noun
2 adverb
3 verb
4 preposiion
5 verb
6 conjuncion
7 noun8 verb
9 noun
10 verb
TEACHING TIP
Te eacher may wish o ask he sudens in Lain wha par o speech a given word is Te eacher would say ldquoQuae pars ōrātiōnis estrdquo Suden responses would be
bull nōmen substantīvumsubstantīvum ndash noun
bull prōnōmen ndash pronoun
bull nōmen adiectīvumadiectīvum ndash adjecive
bull verbum temporāle ndash verb
bull adverbium ndash adverb
bull praepositiō ndash preposiion
bull coniūnctiō ndash conjuncion
bull interiectiō ndash inerjecion
Standards11 41
Standards11 41
WorkbookExercise 1
VOCABULARY TO LEARN
TEACHING TIPSince his is he firs se o Lain words ha your sudens will be required o memorize i is usuallya good idea o sugges and discuss wih hem some differen ways o memorize vocabulary Somesel help opions are lised below
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 4554
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull 5
NOUNSagricola agricolae m ndash armer
aqua aquae ndash waer
āhlēa āhlēae m ndash ahlee
īlia īliae ndash daugher
lupa lupae ndash she-wol
naua nauae m ndash sailor
poēa poēae m ndash poe
puella puellae ndash girl
ōma ōmae ndash ome
erra errae ndash land
VERBSama ndash heshei loves
ambula ndash heshei walks
cūra ndash heshei akes care o cares or
es ndash heshei is
ADVERBS bene ndash well
poseā ndash aferwards
CONJUNCTIONSe ndash and
iaque ndash and so
Aqueducs carr ied waer (aqua) o he ciies in he Roman world Tis aqueduc buil in 19 983138983139983141 which srechedacross he Gard River was named he Pon du Gard and brough waer o he ciy of Nicircmes in France in ancien imes
Chapter 1 bull 5
sel-help opions are lised below
1 Look a he word in he book and say he word aloud
2 Wrie down he word on a piece o paper along wih is meaning and check o be sure here are no spell-ing errors Color-coding he words by pars o speech is also helpul Pronounce he word while wriing idown and hen repea he word including he meaning and spelling
3 Make handwriten 1047298ashcards wih he Lain on one side and English on he oher and be sure here are nospelling errors Color-coding is a good sraegy here also Wriing he word ou helps some sudens ce-men he word in he brain Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers has creaed an elecronic vocabulary resourceor hose sudens or whom echnological learning ools are an aid Tese vocabulary 1047298ashcards are orhe iPod See p 93 or more inormaion on iPod 1047298ashcards
4 Use English derivaives o help remember meanings Bu be careul since some derivaives may havemeanings grealy changed rom he original Lain word
5 Find clipar picures ha illusrae he vocabulary words and use he picures as a way o es yoursel onhe Lain words
TEACHER BY THE WAYTe eacher may wish o open a discussion abou aqueducs and he waer supply or ancien omans while l ooking a he picu re o he Pon du Gard on his page For a hisory o aqueducs and heirconsrucion Froninusrsquo book Dē aquīs urbis Rōmae is an excellen source Te book was writenabou 97 983139983141 when he was Superinenden o Aqueducs Oher aqueducs include he ollowing
bull Te double high aqueduc in Segovia Spainbull Te Aqua Appia buil in 312 983138983139983141
bull Te Aqua rāiāna
bull Te aqueduc buil by Alex ander Severus in 226 983139983141
bull Te Aqua Claudia
bull Te Aqua Marcia wh ich wa s probably named a fer A ncus Marcius who was he fi rs K ing oome by radiional accouns o build an aqueduc o bring waer o ome
NB Te word ldquo Aquardquo when capialized means ldquoaqueducrdquo
Eleven aqueducs urnished 250000 gallons o waer o ome every weny-our hours
BY THE WAY
E h u gi n in h b l r h rm T nd rm i h g nii
HOW TO USE THIS BOOK Ēn is a word ha calls atenion o somehing and means ldquoLook a hisrdquo Te inormaion given here draws a-enion o and urher specifies differen language acs
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 4654
6 bull Latin for the New Millennium
6 bull Latin for the New Millennium
Each noun given in he vocabulary has wo orms Te second orm is he geniivesingular
A derivative is an English word rooed in a Lain word Te English derivaive issimilar in meaning and orm o is Lain source
STUDY TIP
An English derivaive ofen can help you remember wha a Lain word means
EXERCISE 2Find he English derivaives based on he Vocabulary o Learn in he ollowing senences Wriehe corresponding Lain word
1 She shows a considerable filial respec oward her aher
2 Agriculu re is a science o culivaing he land
3 Te ship is equipped wih all he necessary nauical insrumens
4 We saw all kinds o fish in he aquarium
5 Tis is an all-errain vehicle
6 When will he ahleic compeiion sar
7 She has a ruly poeic naure
LANGUAGE FACT II
NOUNS NUMBER GENDER CASE 983080NOMINATIVE AND
ACCUSATIVE983081Nouns in Lain show number gender and case
Number Lain nouns are eiher singular or plural in number Number is shown in differen ways by differen ypes o nouns bu some ending-paterns are or singular orms and oherending-paterns are or plural orms
Gender Every noun likewise is eiher masculine eminine or neuer in gender You muslearn he gender o each noun In he Vocabulary o Learn l iss he gender is indicaed by hecommon abbreviaionsm (masculi ne) f (eminine) or n (neuer)
Case Lain nouns mus have an ending-patern ha displays case Tis is quie differen romEnglish in which case is indicaed by word posiion and no by endings (alhough case markersare preserved in cerain pronouns such as ldquoherdquo and ldquohimrdquo) A nounrsquos case reveals wha uncionhe noun has in he senence Tere are five common cases nominaive geniive daive accu-saive and ablaive wo less requenly used cases are called he vocaive and he locaive
HOW TO USE THIS BOOKStudy Tips give hins rhymes and mnemonics o help sudens learn grammar and vocabulary
EXERCISE 2 ANSWERS1 filial īlia
2 agriculure agricola
3 nauical naua
4 aquarium aqua
5 errain erra
6 ahleic āhlēa
7 poeic poēa
TEACHING TIPExplain o he sudens ha in English he words ldquoardquo ldquoanrdquo or ldquoherdquo are usually placed beore a nounand Lain does no have an equivalen or hese words known as aricles
eachers may need o sress he absence o he aricle many imes beore sudens compleely ine-grae his knowledge ino heir reading habis in Lain class
TEACHING TIPLain like many oher languages does no always observe biological gender Ofen he gender o a
Lain noun is deermined by grammaical acors such as he group o which a noun belongs
TEACHING TIP
Alhough in Exercise 2 he sudens are direced o find only he derivaives based on he Vocabular yo Learn hey may be ineresed o learn ha here are oher derivaives in Exercise 2 Te derivaiono hese words is provided or he eacherrsquos convenience
bull 1 consider - rom sīdus (sar) + cum (wih ogeher) and rom cōnsīderō (o examine consider)respec - rom respectō (look back a have regard or)
bull 2 science - rom scientia (knowledge) and sciō (o know) culivaing - rom colō (ill inhabi worship)
bull 3 necessary - rom necesse (necessary) insrumens - rom īnstruō (o equip build provide)
and rom īnstrumentum (equipmen ool ec)bull 5 vehicle - rom he Lain verb vehō (o carry)
bull 6 compeiion - rom petō (o seek aim a atack ec) + cum (wih oge her)
bull 7 naure - rom nātūra (naure)
Standard41
Standards11 31 41
STUDY TIP
An easy way o remember he names ohe five common cases iso use his mnemonic
TEACHING TIPSudens may no know wha he word ldquomnemonicrdquo means explain ha a mnemonic device is some-hing ha helps a suden o remember somehing Te eacher may also wish o use his opporu-niy o bring up Mnemosyne he goddess o memory and he moher o he Muses
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 4754
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull 7
Chapter 1 bull 7
An easy way o remember he names o he five common cases is o use his mnemonicdevice
Never NominaiveGive GeniiveDogs Daive A ny A ccusaive A buse A blaive
Nominative Te nominaive case idenifies he subjec Te subjec is a noun or a pronounha perorms he acion or exiss in a sae o being In he senence ldquoWilliam is readingrdquohe word ldquoWilliamrdquo is he subjec
Example Mārs amat Mars loves
Te noun subjec o he verb ldquoloverdquo is he god Mars
Find more examples o nominaives and heir verbs rom he reading passage a he begin-ning o he chaper
Te nominaive case also idenifies he predicae nominaive In he senence ldquoWilliam isa sudenrdquo he predicae nominaive is ldquoa sudenrdquo A predicae nominaive complees hemeaning o he verb ldquoo berdquo Look a his exa mple rom he reading
Example Mārs est deus Mars is a god
Mārs is he subjec and deus is a predicae nominaive
Accusative Te ourh case lised is called he accusaive he geniive daive and ablaivecases will be discussed in laer chapers Te accusaive case poins ou he noun (or pro-noun) ha is he direc objec emember direc objecs receive he acion o he verb Inhe senence ldquoI am wriing a leterrdquo he direc objec is ldquoa leterrdquo
Example Mārs Rhēam Silviam amat Mars loves hea Silvia
Te direc objec o ldquoloverdquo is he noun Rhēam Silviam
Find more examples o accusaives and heir verbs rom he reading passage a he beginningo he chaper
niy o bring up Mnemosyne he goddess o memory and he moher o he Muses
Answers to ldquoFind more examples of nominatives a nd their verbs from the reading passage at the begin-ning of the chapterrdquo
hēa Silvia habe
Amūl ius claudi
Amūl ius pōni
Lupa ambula
Lupa cūra e amaōmulus e emus crēscun
ōmulus e emus aedifican
Answers to ldquoFind more examples of accusatives and their verbs from the reading passage at the beg in-ning of the chapterrdquo
duōs īliōs habe ōmulum e emum
hēam Silviam claudi
ōmulum e emum pōni
ōmulum e emum bene cūra e ama
ōmam aedifican
TEACHING TIPSudens may encouner diffi culy when r ying o ransl ae Lain names used in cases o her han henominaive Te eacher a some poin will need o explain (and repea whenever necessary) ha when ransla ing a La in name he suden should al ways use he nominaive o rm o he word Onp 7 sudens are asked o find examples o accusaives and heir verbs in he reading passage Teanswers lised above provide an opporuniy o pracice wih his issue emind sudens o rans-lae duōs īliōs habet Rōmulum et Remum as ldquohe has wo sons omulus and emusrdquo Te oher ouranswers may be used as pracice wih he sudens
EXERCISE 3a Ideniy wheher he nouns in bold in hese senences are subjecs direc objecs or predi
TEACHER BY THE WAYIn conjuncion wih he picure and is capion he eacher may wish o menion ha he amil-ilar acronym o SPQ is sill in use and visible hroughou modern ome991252on liter bins sewercovers ec
Standards11 41
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 4854
8 bull Latin for the New Millennium
8 bull Latin for the New Millennium
a Ideniy wheher he nouns in bold in hese senences are subjecs direc objecs or predi-cae nominaives Te eading Vocabulary may be consuled
b Label each senence as vērum (rue) i i agrees or alsum (alse) i i disagrees wih he Lainreading passage a he beginni ng o he chaper
Example Amūlius es deusPredicae nominaive alsum
1 hēa Silvia ōmulum e emum cūra
2 Amūlius ōmulum e emum bene cūra
3 Amūlius lupam vinculīs claudi
4 Mārs ōmulum e emum in aquam pōni
5 Lupa hēam Silviam cūra
6 Amūlius ad aquam ambula
Te power of he ciy of Rome founded according o legend by Romulus is symbolized by hese four leters ha areprominenly displayed in various places wihin he ciy
EXERCISE 3 ANSWERS
1 subjec vērum
2 direc objecs alsum
3 direc objec alsum
4 subjec alsum
5 direc objec alsum
6 subjec vērum
WorkbookExercise 2 A full si ze reproduc ible version of th is page
without the a nswers ca n be downloade d at wwwlnm bolchazyco m
HOW TO USE THIS BOOK
Noun Declensions Te eacher may choose Lain nouns rom he declension ha is being sudied a he imehis workshee is used Tus no answers are provided here
LANGUAGE FACT III
TEACHING TIP Ask he sudens wha he Lain words seleced rom he reading and lised near he op o p 9 mean
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 4954
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull 9
Chapter 1 bull 9
FIRST DECLENSION NOUNS A declension is a g roup o nouns ha show a cerain patern o word endings Tere are five differ-en declensions in Lain In he reading abou omulus and emus hese are he orms belongingo he firs declension
hēam Silviam hēa Silvia aquam lupa ōmam
Noice ha he ex says Rhēa Silvia when she is he subjec and Rhēam Silviam when she is hedirec objec
Te firs declension is composed o words ha characerisically have he vowel a a or near heend o he word lupa
Below is he patern ha firs declension nouns ollow o show case and number Memorize heLain words in order rom he nominaive singular down o he ablaive singular and hen romhe nominaive plural down o he ablaive plural
emember ha he endings or a whole group o nouns ollow his patern Once you learn hi spatern you can recognize he case a nd number o all he words belonging o hi s declension
In his chaper you have begun o learn abou he nominaive and accusai ve cases Te ohercases will be explained in laer chapers
First DeclensionSingular Plural
Nomina ive l upa he she-wol Nominaive lupae he she-wolves
Geniive lupae o he she-wol Geniive lupārum o he she-wolves
Daive lupae oor he she-wol Daive lupīs oor he she-wolves
Accusaive lupam he she-wol Accusaive lupās he she-wolves
Ablaive lupā bywih he she-wol Ablaive lupīs bywih he she-wolves
Daive and ablaive plural o he words īlia ldquodaugherrdquo and dea ldquogoddessrdquo is fīliābus anddeābusTis is o di singuish hese orms rom he corresponding orms o īlius ldquosonrdquo and deus ldquogodrdquo
STUDY TIP
Noice ha he ablaive singular ending -ā has a long mark (macron) above i his ishe only difference beween he nominaive and ablaive singular endings
TEACHING TIP
Afer he firs declension has been presened o he sudens encourage hem depending on heirlearning syle o say he declension aloud o wrie down he words o inven a rap or a cheer
TEACHER BY THE WAY
Te patern is called a declension because he oher cases lean away ( dēclīnāre) rom he nominaiveie hey do no ollow he same orm as he nominaive
ORAL EXERCISE 1Tis exercise may be used afer the 1047297rst declension has been presented
Whi le looking a he declension o lupa ask he sudens o decli ne nauta
Singular PluralNominaive naua nauaeGeniive nauae nauārumDaive nauae nauīs Accusaive nauam nauās Ablaive nauā nauīs
Standards11 31 41
OralExercise 1
WorkbookExercise 3
STUDY TIP
Noice ha he daive and ablaive plural endings a re idenical
EXERCISE 4 ANSWERS1 geniive daive puellār um puellī s
2 accusaive nauās
3 accusaive errās
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 5054
10 bull Latin for the New Millennium
10 bull Latin for the New Millennium
Here are more words belonging o he fi rs declension
puella ndash girl īlia ndash daugher terra ndash land
Mos firs declension words are eminine i n gender bu a ew (usually ones ha indicae mas-culine occupaions in ancien imes) are masculine Examples are poēta ldquopoerdquoagricola ldquoarmerrdquonauta ldquosailorrdquo āthlēta ldquoahleerdquo
EXERCISE 4Ideniy he case o each singular noun Ten change each orm ino plural For some more han
one answer is possibleExample īlianominaive īliae
1 puellae 5 aquae2 nauam 6 puellā3 erram 7 āhlēā4 a gr ic ol a
Like he Greek wreslers porrayed on his ancien bas-reliefRoman ahlees were also fond of he spor of wresling
4 nominaive agricolae
5 geniive daive aquārum aquīs
6 ablaive puellīs
7 ablaive āhlēīs
TEACHING TIP
Since wreslers are depiced on he illusraion on his page he eacher may wish o open a discus-
sion abou he omansrsquo and Greeksrsquo ondness or wresling which was ofen praciced in a complexcalled he palaestra
oman boys were expeced o serve in he m iliary Tus hey were firs rained by heir ahers in wreslingand boxing Srengh and agiliy were sressed raher han grace o movemen as in Greek spors Te woprincipal syles uilized by he Greek were uprigh wresling in which hree alls o your opponen o heground were necessary o deea him and ground wresling which required he opponen o give up in ordero end he mach In he palaes tra here was an area or he young people o pracice wresling or boxing wih apunching bag (cōrycus) Examples o monumenal oman bahs wih a palaest ra are ound a he Bahs o Ca-racalla in ome he Harbor Bahs a Ephesus in urkey and he Bahs in Varna Bulgaria he larges anciensrucure in ha counry
Wresling was also one o he spor evens a he Olympic games ha he omans ofen atended Greco-oman wresling is also one o he evens eaured in he summer Olympic games in modern imes
TEACHING TIPTe eacher migh wan o have sudens read an English ranslaion o Book 23 o he Iliad in which Ajax a nd Odysseus compee in a wre sling m ach and Book 5 o he Aeneid or a descripion o hespors ha he omans played and compare he atiude o he compeiors in each epic Boh evens were par o he uneral games he ormer in honor o Paroclu s riend and atendan o Achil lesand he later in honor o Anchises aher o Aeneas Tis migh lead o urher discussion on henaure o modern wresling
Standards11 41
EXERCISE 5Ideniy he case o each plural noun Ten change each orm ino he singular For some more
TEACHING TIPSudens may wonder why he geniive singular w ihou is ending mus be used o find he base whenhe nominaive singular wihou is ending works jus as well Explain ha in oher noun declensionshe nominaive will no always provide he same base or have he same spelling as he geniive
Standards11 41
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 5154
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull 11
Chapter 1 bull 11
han one answer is possible
Example puellāsaccusaive puellam
1 īliae 5 aquīs2 errīs 6 poēārum3 nauārum 7 agricolae4 l upa e
BY THE WAY
In all declensions endings are added o he base o a noun I is imporan o know hahe base o a noun is ound by removing he ending rom is geniive si ngular orm Forexample he geniive singular o puella is puellae I you remove he -ae rom puellae
wha remains is he base o he word namely puell- For his reason learning he geni-ive singular is as imporan as knowing he nominaive singular o he noun
STUDY TIP
Always learn he geniive ogeher wih he nominaive because rom he geniive you will know o which declension a word belongs
A wall paining depic ing a Roman farmer (agricola) wih his sheep
EXERCISE 5 ANSWERS
1 nominaive īl ia
2 daive ablaive errae errā
3 geniive nauae
4 nominaive lupa
5 daive ablaive aquae aquā
6 geniive poēae7 nominaive agricola
HOW TO USE THIS BOOKIn his book he word ldquobaserdquo is used o reer o he noun wihou any ending ldquoStemrdquo is used or he par o he verb wihou any ending ldquoootrdquo is used or he Lain par o a derivaive
ORAL EXERCISE 2Tis exercise may be used afer Exercise 5
Use one o he ollowing classroom presenaion opions (hereafer reerred o as CPO) (blackgreenwhiesmar board overhead or LCD projecor PowerPoinreg presenaion ec) o pu his inormaion on view
quis ldquowhordquo (or he subjec) and quem ldquowhomrdquo (or he direc objec)
Ten ask he suden o answer he ollowing quesions abou he chaper reading eiher orally or in wri-
en orm
1 Teacher Quis es Mārs Student Mārs es deus
2 Teacher Quem ama Mārs Student hēam Silviam Mārs ama
3 Teacher Quis ama hēam Silviam Student Mārs ama hēam Silviam
4 Teacher Quem habe hēa Silvia Student hēa Silvia duōs īliōs ōmulum eemum habe
5 Teacher Quis claudi hēam Silviam Student Amūlius claudi hēam Silviam
6 Teacher Quem claudi Amūlius Student hēam Silviam Amūlius claudi
7 Teacher Quis ōmulum e emum in aquampōni
Student Amūlius ōmulum e emum in aquampōni
8 Teacher Quem Amūlius in aquam pōni Student Amūlius ōmulum e emum in aquampōni
9 Teacher Quis ambula ad aquam Student Lupa ambula ad aquam
10 Teacher Quis ōmulum e emum bene cūra Student Lupa ōmulum e emum bene cūra
11 Teacher Quōs lupa bene cūra Student Lupa ōmulum e emum bene cūra
12 Teacher Quis ōmulum e emum a ma Student Lupa ōmulum e emum ama
13 Teacher Quōs lupa ama Student Lupa ōmulum e emum ama
OralExercise 2
WorkbookExercise
4 5
EXERCISE 6ranslae rom Lain ino English and rom English ino Lain Te mos common Lain word
d
TEACHER BY THE WAYTe eacher may menion ha he mos common word order (subjec ndash direc objec ndash verb) can o-en be changed For example i he verb is o be emphasized i will ake firs posiion I he subjecor he direc objec is o be emphasized i will ake he las posiion which is he mos emphaic oneIn general he more unusual he wordrsquos posiion is he more emphasis is placed on his word
Standards11 41
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 5254
12 bull Latin for the New Millennium
12 bull Latin for the New Millennium
order is
subjec ndash direc objec ndash verb
1 Agricola erram ama
2 Te ahlee loves waer
3 Naua īlia m ama
4 Te poe loves ome
5 Agricola erram cūra
6 Te she-wol cares or (is aking care o) he girl
BY THE WAY
Even hough he mos common word order is subjec ndash di rec objec ndash verb rememberha endings991252no word order991252deermine which word is he subjec and which i s hedirec objec
TALKING When we mee one person we gree herhim wih salvē When we mee wo or more people wegree hem wih salvēte When we bid goodbye o one person we sayvalē When we bid goodbyeo wo or more people we say valēte
Here are various ways o ask ldquohow are yourdquo or ldquohow are you doingrdquo
Quōmodo valēs or Quōmodo tē habēs or Quid agis ldquoHow are yourdquo
Here is a range o possible answers
bene ldquowellrdquo pessimē ldquovery badrdquo optimē ldquogreardquo melius ldquobeterrdquo mediocriter ldquoso-sordquo or ldquono oo badrdquo meliusculē ldquoa litle beterrdquo male ldquobadrdquo
In general he more unusual he word s posiion is he more emphasis is placed on his word
EXERCISE 6 ANSWERS
1 Te armer loves he land
2 Āhlēa aquam ama
3 Te sailor loves (his) daugher
4 Poēa ōmam ama
5 Te armer cares or (is aking care o) he land6 Lupa puellam cūra
TEACHING TIP
Te eacher may sar he class in Lain by saying Salvēte discipulī et discipulae and by eaching hesudens o say in reurn Salvē magister (magistra)
ORAL EXERCISE 3Tis exercise may be used anytime afer the students have learned the use o the accusative case or afer Exercise 6
Use one o he CPOrsquos o pu on display he orms amō and cūrō and explai n ha hey a re in he fir s personsingular and how his differs rom he hird person singular learned in his chaper Ask individual sudens omake senences wih hem using he words hey have learned
Ten ell he sudens ha nōn means ldquonordquo and ask hem o make si milar senences wih nōn amō and nōn cūrō
Examples(nōn) amō erram īliam aquam lupam āhlēam(nōn) cūrō erram īliam puellam
WorkbookExercise 6
ContentQuestions
OralExercise 3
Standards12 21 41
42
SAYING HELLOMarīa Helena e Chrisīna sun (are) discipulae (students)
TEACHING TIPHave sudens read he dialogue aloud Tis will help o build heir pronunciaion skills
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 5354
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull 13
Chapter 1 bull 13
Marīa Salvēe Helena e Chrisīna
Christīna Salvē Marīa
Helena Salvē Marīa
Marīa Quōmodo valēs Helena Quōmodo valēs Chrisīna
Helena et Christīna Bene Quōmodo ū ( you) valēs Marīa
Marīa Pessimē
Helena et Christīna Cūr (Why)
Marīa imeō linguam Laīnam ( I ear the Latin language)Helena Ego ( I ) linguam Laīnam amō
Christīna E ego linguam Laīnam amō
ORAL EXERCISE 4
Tis exercise may be used afer he Lain dialogue has been presened
Insruc he sudens o say ldquohellordquo in Lain o he suden nex o hem Divide he class ino wo pars ellone par o gree he oher par using he plural greeing and vice versa Do he same ype o aciviy whensaying ldquogoodbyerdquo You may wish o make greeing he class in Lain a nd saying ldquogoodbyerdquo in Lain a par oa daily rouine
Divide he sudens ino pairs in which one person will ask how hisher parner is in Lain and he oher
wil l answer
ORAL EXERCISE 5
Tis exercise may be used afer he Lain dialogue has been presened
ell he sudens ha he paricle ndashne is added o he firs syllable o a word ha inroduces a quesion Ten askhe ollowing quesions abou he dialogue beween Mary Helen and Chrisy Individual sudens may answerorally or he enire class may wrie he answers as he eacher asks hem orally Te eacher should explain hahe orm valēs in he greeing Quōmodo valēs is in he second person which means ldquoyourdquo Te hird person orm(reerring o ldquoherrdquo ldquohimrdquo or ldquoirdquo) is valet So he phrase ldquoHow is she doingrdquo would be Quōmodo valet Te hirdperson o amō is amat and he hird person o timeō is timet
1 Teacher Quōmodo Chrisīna vale Student(s) Chrisīna bene vale
2 Teacher Quōmodo Marīa vale Student(s) Marīa pessimē vale
3 Teacher Cūr (why) Marīa pessimē vale Student(s) Marīa ime linguam Lainam4 Teacher Amane l inguam L aīnam Helena Student(s) Helena linguam Laīnam ama
5 Teacher Linguamne Laīnam ama Chrisīna Student(s) Chrisīna linguam Laīnam ama
ORAL EXERCISE 6 AND DICTATIONTis combined exercise may be used to conclude the chapter or at any time afer the students have learned the accusa-tive case and chapter vocabulary
Dicae he ollowing senences o he sudens Ten ask hem o make he ollowing changes eiher orally orin writen orm a he discreion o he eacher
1 Teacher Agricol a erram ama (change he direc objec ino plura l)Student Agricola errās ama
2 Teacher Lupa puellam cūra (change he direc objec ino plural)
Student Lupa puellās cūra3 Teacher Āhlēa puel lās ama (change he direc objec ino singu lar)
Student Āhlēa puellam ama
4 Teacher Fīlia errās ama (change he direc objec ino singular)Student Fīlia erram ama
OralExercise
4 5 6 andDictation
TEACHER NOTES
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 5454
14 bull Latin for the New Millennium
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 3454
xxviii bull Latin for the New Millennium
xxviii bull Latin for the New Millennium
ACCENT A Lain word is made up no jus o leters bu also o syllables A Lain word has as many syllablesas i has vowels or diphhongs (a diphhong works like a single vowel since i is made up o wo
vowels pronounced ogeher [see diphhongs above])
You will need o know he ollowing erms when learning abou accen
bull ulima he las syllable in a word
bull penul he second-o-las syllable in a word
bull anepenul he hird-o-las syllable in a word
So in he word ze- ph y-r us he vowel u is he ulima y is he penul and e is he anepenul
RULES ABOUT THE STRESS ACCENT IN LATIN1 Te sress accen in Lain alls on eiher he penul or he anepenul
2 Te accen alls on he penul i he penul is long I he penul is shor he accen alls onhe anepenul
3 How o deermine wheher he penul is long or shor
a I he penul conains a long vowel (or any diphhong) he penul isel is long You o-en need o learn wheher he vowel in he penul is long or shor as a basic elemen inlearning a new word A macron above he vowel will ell you ha he vowel is long whi lehe absence o a macron wil l indicae a shor vowel Pronouncing he word can help youremember he vowel lenghs For ex ample vi-de-ō ldquoI seerdquo is pronounced viacutedeō whileau-rō-ra ldquodawnrdquo is pronounced aurōacutera and po-pu-lus ldquopeoplerdquo is pronounced po pulus
b I he vowel in he penul is ollowed by wo or more consonans he penul is long no
mater wheher he vowel in he penul is long or shor and he accen necessarily allson he penul For example do-cu-men-um ldquodocumenrdquo is pronounced documenacuteum
BY THE WAYTe consonan x is double (cs or gs) and couns as wo consonans when deermining
wheher he penul is long
c Tere is one excepion o lsquobrsquo above Someimes even when here are wo consonans be-ween he penul and he ulima hey sill do no deermine ha he penul is long Tishappens when he wo consonans are a mue and a liquid
Te mues are p b d t g c
Te liquids are l r
So in he word pal-pe-bra ldquoeyelidrdquo he anepenul is accened ( palacutepebra) he vowel o he pe-nul is shor since i i s ollowed by a mue and a l iquid O course ru le lsquoarsquo sill applies in he wordhe-ā-trum ldquoheaerrdquo he penul is accened (heāacuterum) since i is naurally long somehing welearn rom he macron
y p p yare some examples wih he answers included or he eacherrsquos convenience
Underline he ulima in each word
1 legō
2 rēgis
3 imperāor
Underline he penul in each word
1 causa
2 pūnīum3 armāus
Underline he anepenul in each word
1 vulnerō
2 eigī
3 sublāum
Underline he penul i i is long
1 pōnō
2 spēlunca
3 pauperis
Underline he syllable ha will receive he sress accen in each word1 ōrāculum
2 peīum
3 cōnsania
4 exsīncum
5 vulneris
6 solius
TEACHING TIPGiven he passage abou he bahhouse on his page and he picure rom Bah England he
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 3554
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull xxix
EXERCISE 4epea each senence aloud afer your eacher reads i Pay atenion o he pronunciaion andsress accen o each word
Wha i is Like o Live Over a Bahhouse
(Adaped rom Seneca Moral Leter 56)
Ecce undique clāmor sona Suprā ipsum balneum habiō Prōpōne nunc ibi omnia genera vōcumodiōsa Foriōrēs exercenur e manūs plumbō gravēs iacan cum au labōran au labōranemimianur Gemiūs audiō quoiēns spīrium remīsērun Sun quoque ūncōrēs e racāōrēs
Audiō crepium manuum umerōs erienium sonus quoque icuum mūāur nunc enim manusperveni plāna nunc concava Audiō clāmōrēs sī ūr es i n balneō dēprehēnsus
Look here is noise sounding all around I live above he bahhouse isel Imagine o yourselnow all he haeul ypes o voices Te sronger ones exercise hemselves and swing heir ha ndsloaded wih lead weighs while hey work ou991252or imiae a person working ou I hear moansevery ime hey le go a ltpen-upgt breah Tere are also anoiners and masseurs I hear he slapo hands hiting shoulders and he sound o he blows changes or someimes he hands come1047298a someimes cupped I hear shouing i a hie is caugh in he bahhouse
A pool from inside he Roman Bahs in Bah England
Introduction bull xxix
eacher may wish o open a discussion abou bahs during oman i mes Te use o he calidārium fīgid ārium epidārium and sūdārium may be explained by he eacher and sudens may be en-couraged o learn andor pronounce hese words
TEACHER BY THE WAYBahs were ofen consruced on locaions having ho or mineral springs such as Bah in Englandand Bāiae a resor own on he Bay o Naples
Modern Bah in oman imes was named afer he Celic goddess o healing Sulis In he firscenury her shrine was aken over by he omans and she was idenified wih he goddess Minerva
Te sie was hen known as Aquae Sulis Mine rva In a emple relie she is represened wih a Medusa-like head and a musache
Te spa conained a grea bah (73 f by 29 f) and hree oher swimming pools he calidārium (ho bah)epidārium (warm bah) and fīgidār ium (cold bah) In he second cenury he spring was enclosed wihin a wooden barrel-vau led build ing ha housed hese hree pools Ho ai r bahs were ueled by coal fires A con-san 1047298ow o waer was direced o he pools hrough lead pipes which sill uncion oday
Archeologica l excavaions have revealed ma ny sacred voive offerings c urse ables and innumerable coinsa he botom o he springs Te curse ables writen in Lain heaped curses on anyone suspeced o wrong-doing Te ancien radiion o hrowing coins accompanied by a wish sill prevails oday in ome a he reviFounain where ourissvisiors do he same
More inormaion on bah complexes in ome can be ound on p 386 o his eacherrsquos manual
Sandards22 31
32 41 42
TEACHING TIPTe eacher may wish o insruc he sudens o find he iber iver which is picured here on he
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 3654
xxx bull Latin for the New Millennium
xxx bull Latin for the New Millennium
OVERVIEW OF ROMAN HISTORY According o legend omulus and his win broher emus were se adrif on he iber iver Ashe-wol nursed he boys unil a shepherd rescued hem Upon reaching manhood in 753 983138983139983141he wins ounded a new ciy near he place w here hey had been ound by he she-wol on he
basis o anaugusō auguriō ldquoa avorable sighing o birdsrdquo Bu omulus killed emus in a dispueover who would rule he new ciy and became is firs king
Six oher kings ruled afer omulus Numa Pompilius ullus Hosilius Ancus Marius ar-quinius Prisc us Servius ullius a nd arquinius Superbus (arquin he Proud) Afer he las ohese seven kings was overhrown in 509 983138983139983141 ome became a republic wih a represenaiveorm o governmen headed by wo consuls eleced an nually By 451 983138983139983141 he fi rs corpus o o-man law known as he welve ables was creaed
In he las cenury 983138983139983141 he oman epublic was shaken apar by a series o civil wars By31 983138983139983141 an auocraic regime headed earlier by Julius Caesar and laer by his grea-nephew Oc-avian brough he epublic o an end Te years rom 27 983138983139983141991252when Ocavian assumed heile o prīnceps ldquochie ciizenrdquo as well as he name Augu sus991252o around 180 983139983141 are known ashe early principae or empire During his era ome exended her boundaries o he BriishIsles in he norh Norh Arica in he souh Spain in he wes and he igris and Euphraesrivers in he eas
A view of he iber River as i 1047298ows hrough he ciy of Rome
map on p xxxii
COMPREHENSION QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS FOR PAGE XXX991251XXXI
eproducible versions o he quesions alone are available a wwwlnm bolchazycom
1 Who were he legendary ounders o ome
omulus and emus
2 According o legend in wha year was ome ounded
753 983138983139983141
3 Over he course o he monarchic period how many kings ruled ome
Seven
4 Wha even occurred in 509 983138983139983141
Te beginni ng o he oman epublic (wih wo consuls in charge)
5 Wha is he erm associaed wih he wo leaders o he epublic
Consul
6 Which wo leaders oversaw omersquos shif rom a republic o a principae
Julius Caesar and OcavianAugusu s
7 Wha major aciviy associaed wih empire-building ook place during he principae
erriorial expansion
8 Name wo developmens ha characerized he lae empire
Severe economic problems inernal poliical unres andor requen invasion by he Germanic ribes
9 Describe Diocleianrsquos response o he roubles o he empire
Diocleian divided he empire ino wo halves he Easern and Wesern empires in order o make ruli nghe empire more manageable
10 Explai n he origin o he erm ldquovandalismrdquo
Te fifh cenury invasion and pillag ing o ome by he ribe known as he Vandals who occupied he o-man province o Norh Arica led o he erm ldquovandalismrdquo meaning wanon desrucion
11 Describe Lainrsquos role in he cenuries afer 476 983139983141
Lain 1047298ourished as he major lierary language in he Wesern oman Empire and was spread o non-omanized places like Ireland Scandinavia and he New World
TEACHING TIP
Te eacher may ask he sudens o find he daes menioned on his page in he imeline on pp411ndash414
Sandards21 31 32
TEACHING TIPTe eacher may insruc he sudens o locae ByzaniumConsaninople discussed here in he
d h h ii
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 3754
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull xxxi
Introduction bull xxxi
From 180 983139983141 onwards in he period k nown as he lae empire he oman sae experiencedsevere economic problems and requen invasions by Germanic ri bes esponding o he pres-sure o he firs wave o migraions as well as inernal poliical u nres and economic diffi culieshe emperor Diocleian (ruled 284ndash305 983139983141) had already divided he oman Empire ino anEasern and Wesern hal each under is own emperor991252an atemp o make he vas omansae more manageable
Tis poliical division o he empire acually mirrored a culural division oo he main lan-guage o he Wes was Lain while he main language o he Eas was Greek Shorly aferwardshe emperor Consanine (ruled 312ndash337 983139983141) esablished a new capial or he Easern empirea Byzanium wh ich he renamed Consaninople (ldquohe ciy o Consaninerdquo oday called Isan-
bul) Bu even afer his reorganizaion he imperial governmen ulimaely proved incapable o
semming he ide o he migraions in par because he oman army was oo widely e xendedand could no be in so many places a once Indeed many o he invaders were given he sauso oederāī or ldquoreay roopsrdquo In effec hey were a llowed o occupy segmens o he empire inreurn or proecing i So when Alar ic King o he Visigohs sacked ome in 410 983139983141 he acual lyhad a ile as a commander in he oman army
ome was sacked again in 455 983139983141 by he Vandals who had already occupied he omanprovince o Norh Arica Te pillaging o he ciy o omulus by he invaders made a pro-ound impression on conemporaries and o his day he erm ldquovandalismrdquo is a word in severallanguages or wanon desrucion While he Easern empire (always more sable and eco-nomically prosperous han he Wes) coninued o exis unil 1453 983139983141 he Wesern empire
was ex inc as a poliica l eniy by 476 983139983141 In is place were Germa nic k ingdoms and ribes Angles and Saxons in Briai n Visigohs in Spain Osrogohs in Ialy Franks and Burgundi ansin Gaul991252o name only he major groups Te combinaion o hese new socieies wih heprevious inhabians who had been omanized o varying degrees would one day provide he
basis or he culures o modern Europe
Bu he end o he ancien oman Empire in he Wes was no he end o Lain On he con-rary during he nex 1200 years Lain no only 1047298ourished as he major lierary language in he
erriories o he ormer Wesern oman Empire he use o Lain was exended o regions heomans had never occupied including Ireland Scandinavi a and even he New World
BEGINNINGS OF LATIN LITERATURE Very ew complee works o Lain lieraure produced beore he mid-second cenury 983138983139983141 (ie beore 150 983138983139983141) have survived One reason or his loss was he remendous populariy o he works produced in he ollowing cenury by such auhors as Cicero Vergil and Ovid Teir wri-ings were so widely read and copied in subsequen cenuries ha he auhors preceding hem
were gradually negleced
Among he major figures o early Lain lieraure was a reed slave rom he Greek ciy o aren-um named Livius Andronicus who li ved rom 284ndash204 983138983139983141 He was known or his adapaionso Greek drama or oman audiences and his ranslaion o Homerrsquos Odyssey ino Lain verse
second paragraph on he map on p xxxii
TEACHING TIPTe eacher may ask he sudens o find he daes menioned on his page in he imeline on pp413ndash414
HOW TO USE THIS BOOK AND ITS ANCILLARIES
wo ancillaries are available or use wih his book Te Original Dysuncional Family (abbreviaed ODF)and From Romulus o Romulus Augusulus (abbreviaed R) R will be paricularly useul in order ohelp sudens keep he ime periods o he auhors and o he evens he auhors wroe abou sraigh in heirminds Chaper ile pages will include when appropriae a noaion on wha chaper o R he eachermay wish o assign
TEACHING TIPTe eacher may wish o assign Chaper 1 o he oman hisory ancillary From Romulus o Romu-lus Augusulus a his poin
COMPREHENSION QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS FOR PAGES XXXI991251XXXIVeproducible versions o he quesions alone are available a wwwlnm bolchazycom
1 Whom did he omans consider he aher o Lain lieraure
Ennius
2 Wha was Enniusrsquo mos amous work Is subjec mater
Annālēs was an epic poem abou omersquos early hisory
3 Wha amous Lain saying means ldquoCarhage mus be desroyedrdquo
Carhāgō dēlenda es
4 Who is he auhor o ha saying
Cao he ElderCao he Censor
5 When was Carha ge said o have been desroyed
146 983138983139983141 a he end o he hird Punic war
NB Aler sudens ha he answers o hese comprehension quesions will be ound on p xxxiv
Sandards21 31
R1
TEACHING TIP Ask sudens he English equivalen o cou nries s uch as Briannia and Germānia and he Englishequivalen o he ciies Neāpolis and Ahēnae
Sandard31
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 3854
xxxii bull Latin for the New Millennium
equivalen o he ciies Neāpolis and Ahēnae
A full size r eproducible version of h is page wihou he answe rs can be downloaded a wwwlnm bolchazycom
HOW TO USE THIS BOOK Answers o rep roducible aciviies w ill be gi ven in a larger size bel ow or he eacherrsquos convenience
ANSWERS TO MAP WORK 991251 PAGES XXXII991251XXXIII
1 Crēa Sicilia Corsica Sardinia Cyprus Ihaca Dēlos Brianni a
2 Vesuvius Mōns Aena Mōns Olympus Mōns Āppennīnus Mōns
3 Syria Macedonia Arica Asia
4 mare or ponus
5 Asia Eurōpa Arica
A full siz e reproducible version of his page wihou he answers can be down loaded a wwwln mbolchazycom
Te eacher may wish o have his map enlarged when reproducing i for ease of suden use in compleing his aciviy
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 3954
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull xxxiii
HOW TO USE THIS BOOK
Te answers o his aciviy can be easily seen on he wo acing pages
Te omans regarded Ennius (ca 239 169 983138983139983141) as he aher o Lain lieraure He wroe
TEACHING TIPSudens may be encouraged o find he ciy o Carhage menioned in he second paragraph on hemap on p xxxii
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 4054
xxxiv bull Latin for the New Millennium
xxxiv bull L atin for the New Millennium
Te omans regarded Ennius (ca 239ndash169 983138983139983141) as he aher o Lain lieraure He wroemany kinds o lierary works including plays His Annālēs an epic poem abou he early hisoryo ome was paricularly renowned and perhaps he primary epic read in oman schools beorehe ime o Vergil Only ragmens o his wriings remain
One o Enniusrsquo conemporaries was heamed Cao he Censor also known as Caohe Elder (234ndash149 983138983139983141) a rigidly conserva-ive oman senaor Mos o his reaise onagriculure called Dē agrī culūrā survivesI is he oldes work o Lain prose amongCaorsquos recommendaions here are ha fieldslaves be reaed similarly o beass o bur-den Cao is also remembered or his sae-men Carhāgō dēlenda es ldquoCarhage mus
be desroyedrdquo evidence or he omanear o he Carhaginians Te omansough hree wars known as he Punic
Wars agai ns he Car haginians Te fi rsended beore Cao was born in he secondagains Hannibal Cao served wih miliarydisincion he hird ended in 146 983138983139983141 asCao had demanded wih he desruciono Carhage On his occasion he vic oriousomans were said o have plowed sal inohe Carhaginian soil
Discussions abou laer auhors and adap-aions rom heir wriings w ill be presenedchronologically in he chapers o his book
Ancien ruins a Carhage in Africa
p p
TEACHER BY THE WAY Alhough he works o Enniu s have been preserved on ly in ragmens (abou a housand lines) hehad a grea in1047298uence on subsequen poes such as Vergil Quoable quoes include
bull a es o riendship Amīcus cer us in rē incer ā cerniur (A riend in need is a riend indeed)
bull an applicaion o wisdom o lie Quī ipse sibi sapiēns prōdesse nequi nēquīquam sapi (A man who
himsel is wise bu unable o be useul o himsel is wise or nohing)bull he amous descripion o Fabius Maximus Ūnus homō nōbīs cūncandō resiui rem (One man by delaying res ored he sae or us)
bull and he line on Manius Curius Quem nēmō errō poui superāre nec aurō (Whom no one was ableo deea eiher by sword or gold)
We also have preser ved or us he exa mple o excessive all ieraion ha has g iven rise o much laugher inLain classrooms over he years Ō ie ūe aī ibi ana yranne ulisī ldquoO ius aius you yran (all voca-ive) you brough o yoursel such grea (roubles)rdquo991252ranslaed in conex which plays off he more lieral ldquo you ookacquired or yoursel such grea hings rdquo
On he oher hand he composed his own epiaph in which his high eseem among omans proved o beprescien
nēmō mē lacrumīs decōre neu unera 1047298ēū
axi Cūr Voliō vivos per ōra v irum (Le no one honor me wih ears or make a uneral pyre by weeping
Why I 1047298y li ving hrough he mouhs o men)
TEACHER BY THE WAY
Pluarchrsquos Lie o Cao is a good source o snappy quoaions atribued o his saesman soldier andauhor For example while discussing he power o women he said ldquoAll oher men rule heir wives we rule al l oher men and our w ives rule us rdquo Atemping o persuade he oman people o orego adisribuion o grain he began his speech by saying ldquoI is a hard mater o argue wih he belly sincei has no earsrdquo And o a ribune who had been accused o using poison and was rying o pass a use-less bill he said ldquoI know no which is worse o drink your mixures or o enac your billsrdquo
1CHAPTER 1
HOW TO USE THIS BOOK
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 4154
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull 1
1CHAPTER
Parts of Speech Nouns Number Gender Case (Nominative and Accusative)
First Declension Nouns
MEMORĀBILE DICTŪ
SPQ Senātus Populusque ōmānusldquoTe Senae and he People o omerdquo
Tese our leters orm wha is known as an acronym one ha symbolized supreme power inancien ome
Oil paining of Romulus and Remus wih he wolf By Peer Paul Rubens (1577ndash1640)
Te grammaical and synacical opics ha will be presened in each chaper o his book are lised a he opo he chaper ile page
HOW TO USE THIS BOOK
Te illusraion on each chaperrsquos ile page presens a visual inroducion o he Lain reading passage ha willollow eachers may choose o discuss he illusraion in order o provide he conex or he reading he su-dens will encouner on he nex page
HOW TO USE THIS BOOK
On each chaper ile page he phrase Memorābile Dictū (ldquoA memorable hing o say rdquo) will be ou nd Below here will be a amous phrase quoa ion abbreviaion or moto in L ain ha w ill connec hese words o he opicsin he chaper
MEMORĀBILE DICTŪ VOCABULARY
populus populī m ndash people
-que ndash and
senāus senāūs m ndash senae
TEACHING TIP
ubens pained his picure o omulus and emus rom 1615ndash1616 during wha is called he Ba-roque period o ar Te man approaching rom he rear is Fausulus Te reclining figure is he god
o he river iber
HOW TO USE THIS BOOK AND ITS ANCILLARIESwo ancillaries are available or use wih his book Te Original Dysunctional Family (abbreviaed ODF)and From Romulus to Romulus Augustulus (abbreviaed R) R will be paricularly useul in order ohelp sudens keep he ime periods o he auhors and o he evens he auhors wroe abou sraigh in heirmind Chaper ile pages wil l include when appropriae a noaion abou wha chaper o R he eachermay wish o assign
Standards11 21
R 2and 3
READING
TRANSLATION OF LATIN PASSAGEomulus and emus
Mars is a god Mars loves hea Silvia And so hea Silvia has wo sons omulus and emus Amulius locks uph Sil i A li l d i h A h l lk h T h l
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 4254
2 bull Latin for the New Millennium
2 bull Latin for the New Millennium
READINGTis sory describes how ome was said o have been ounded in 753 983138983139983141 King Numior o AlbaLonga was overhrown by his cruel and ambiious broher Amulius who no only seized hehrone bu so eared ha one o Numiorrsquos male descendans migh have a legiimae claim oni ha he made Amuliusrsquo daug her hea Silvia a priesess o he goddess Vesa Tese priesesses
were no allowed o marry during heir childbearing years
RŌMULUS ET REMUS
1 Mārs es deus Mārs hēam Silviam ama Iaque hēa Silvia duōs
īliōs habe ōmulum e emum Amūlius hēam Silviam vinculīs
claudi Amūlius ōmulum e emum in aquam pōni Lupa ad aquamambula Lupa ōmulum e emum bene cūra e ama ōmulus e
5 emus crēscun Poseā ōmulus e emus ōmam aedifican
Famous bronze saue of he she-wolf and he wins
hea Silvia Amulius pus omulus and emus ino he waer A she-wol walks o he waer Te she-wol caresor (akes good care o) omulus and emus well and loves (hem) omulus and emus grow up Aferwards(laer) omulus and emus build ome
HOW TO USE THIS BOOK Above each La in reading pa ssage inorm aion is presened in Engl ish Tis pre -reading provides back groundinormaion abou he auhor and esablishes he conex o he passage he sudens will read
TEACHER BY THE WAY
Te eacher may wish o inroduce he class o he radiional abbreviaions o 983137983140 (which sandsor he Lain phrase Annō Dominī ldquoi n he year o our Lordrdquo) and 983138983139 (which sands or he Engl ishphrase ldquoBeore Chrisrdquo) Tese older abbreviaions coninue o be used bu his book employs heabbreviaions 983138983139983141 (Beore he Common Era) and 983139983141 (Common Era)
TEACHING TIPInsruc he sudens o locae Alba Longa on he map on pp xxxiindashxxxiii
TEACHER BY THE WAYTough he wins were added o he sculpure in he enaissance he she-wol has srong links wihEruscan myhology and shows characerisics o Eruscan sculpure
TEACHING TIP
Te eacher may wish o encourage he sudens o design an abbreviaed amily ree o omulusand emus
Standards11 22
Jupier Juno King Num ior o Alba Longa
Mars hea Silvia
omulus emus
READING VOCABULARY
HOW TO USE THIS BOOKTe English pronoun subjec o a verb is no lised in he eading Vocabulary i he pronoun is no needed inhe ranslaion
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 4354
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull 3
Chapter 1 bull 3
READING VOCABULARYad aquam ndash o he waer
aedifican ndash build
ama ndash loves
ambula ndash walks
Amūlius ndash Amul ius
aquam ndash waer
bene ndash well
claudi ndash locks up
crēscun ndash grow up
cūra ndash akes care o cares or
deus ndash god
duōs ndash woes ndash is
e ndash and
īliōs ndash sons
habe ndash has
in aquam ndash ino he waer
iaque ndash and so
lupa ndash she-wol
Mārs ndash Mars he god o war
pōni ndash pus
poseā ndash aferwards laer
emum ndash emus
emus ndash emus
hēa Silvia ndash hea Silvia
hēam Silviam ndash hea Silvia
ōmam ndash ome
ōmulum ndash omulus
ōmulus ndash omulus vinculīs ndash w ih chains
Words marked wih an aserisk will need o bememorized laer in he chaper
COMPREHENSION QUESTIONS1 Whose sons are omulus and emus
2 Wha did Amulius do
3 Who saved he lie o omulus and emus
4 Wha did omulus and emus do
HOW TO USE THIS BOOK
Te sudens should not be expeced o lea rn he words under he ile eading Vocabulary whenever his ileoccurs in he book Insead insruc sudens o learn he vocabulary words lised under he ile Vocabularyto Learn ha will be ound laer in each chaper In more advanced Lain exs usually here are vocabularyand noes o help he sudens when reading a passage Tis eading Vocabulary will help prepare sudens orlaer more advanced classes
ANSWERS TO COMPREHENSION QUESTIONS
1 Tey are he sons o Mars and hea Silvia2 He locked up hea Silvia
3 A she-wol
4 Tey buil he ciy o ome
TEACHING TIP
Whi le English deriva ives rom he sar red words (ie he Vocabulary o L earn) are he opic o Ex-ercise 2 laer in his chaper here are some ineresing derivaives rom he non-sarred words andsome o hese show how words change hrough he years Te eacher may choose o discuss hesederivaives wih he sudens
bull aedi1047297cant (aedi1047297cō) ndash ediy edificaion edifice
Tis Lain word is buil rom wo Lain words aciō (o do make) and aedēs (house emple) Te
English derivaives reain his religious connecion or hey mean ldquoo build up he aih moraliy o in-sruc especially morallyrdquo Te word ldquoedificerdquo is always used or an imposing srucure such as a ldquoemplerdquoor aedēs
bull claudit (claudō) ndash close conclusion enclosure sluice
A ldquocloserdquo is a small shu-in space and some people i locked in one suffer rom ldquoclausrophobiardquo acompound derivaive parly rom Lain (o close confine) and parly rom he Greek (ear) hence ldquoa earo closed spacesrdquo
Te word ldquosluicerdquo does no look like a derivaive o claudō bu i has undergone cha nges as i ca meino English via middle English and old French (sclus) rom he Lain exclūdō which means ldquoo shu ourdquo Asluice has a gae a he op o he channel o shu off he 1047298ow o waer as necessary
bull crēscunt (crēscō) ndash crescen accrue recrui crew
Te word ldquocrewrdquo in middle English mean ldquoreinorcemenrdquo so a body o soldiers grew Te word ldquore-
cruirdquo has he same basic idea ecruis increase he size o he army (rom he Lain recrēscō meaning ldquoogrow againrdquo)
bull deus ndash deiy deiy
bull duōs ndash double dozen due duplicae
Te word ldquodozenrdquo is a compound rom he Lain word or ldquowordquo and he German word or ldquoenrdquo (zehn)
bull habet (habeō) ndash habi abiliy prohibiive
Onersquos abiliy depends on he alens and skil ls one has
bull pōnit ( pōnō) ndash depo imposiion preposiion
A depo origina lly was a place where supplies were pu or sorage
LANGUAGE FACT I
HOW TO USE THIS BOOKTe Language Facs secion o each chaper will conain boh grammaical (morphological) and synacicalinormaion ie inormaion boh abou he orms o he words and he srucure o he senence
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 4454
4 bull Latin for the New Millennium
4 bull Latin for the New Millennium
LANGUAGE FACT I
PARTS OF SPEECHTe parts o speech used in a Lain senence deermine is meaning jus as in English While henoun and he verb are he wo mos imporan oher common pars o speech are lised below
Noun a person place hing idea acion or qual iy Examples ldquoomulusrdquo ldquoriverrdquo ldquocouragerdquo
Pronoun a word ha sands in place o a noun ha has been previously menioned or is clearrom conex Examples ldquoIrdquo ldquosherdquo ldquohimrdquo ldquoirdquo
Adjecive a word ha limis or defines a noun or a pronoun Examples ldquolitlerdquo ldquosrongrdquo
Adverb a word ha lim is or defines verbs adjecives or (oher) adverbs Examples ldquoveryrdquoldquoquielyrdquo
Verb a word ha describes an acion or sae o being Examples ldquogordquo ldquosayrdquo ldquowasrdquo
Preposiion a word ha begins a preposiional phrase such as ldquoinrdquo ldquoordquo ldquoonrdquo ldquoorrdquo ldquobyrdquoldquowihrdquo A preposiional phrase is a preposiion joined o a noun Examples ldquoin he morningrdquoldquowih a sharp pencilrdquo
Conjuncion a word ha connecs words phrases clauses a nd senences Examples ldquoandrdquoldquoburdquo ldquoalhoughrdquo
Inerjecion a word ha expresses emoion Examples ldquowowrdquo
EXERCISE 1eview he meanings and ideniy he pars o speech o he ollowing words Te eading
Vocabulary may be consu led
1 īliōs 6 e2 bene 7 lupa3 aedifican 8 claudi
4 ad 9 ōmam5 ambula 10 ama
EXERCISE 1 ANSWERS
1 noun
2 adverb
3 verb
4 preposiion
5 verb
6 conjuncion
7 noun8 verb
9 noun
10 verb
TEACHING TIP
Te eacher may wish o ask he sudens in Lain wha par o speech a given word is Te eacher would say ldquoQuae pars ōrātiōnis estrdquo Suden responses would be
bull nōmen substantīvumsubstantīvum ndash noun
bull prōnōmen ndash pronoun
bull nōmen adiectīvumadiectīvum ndash adjecive
bull verbum temporāle ndash verb
bull adverbium ndash adverb
bull praepositiō ndash preposiion
bull coniūnctiō ndash conjuncion
bull interiectiō ndash inerjecion
Standards11 41
Standards11 41
WorkbookExercise 1
VOCABULARY TO LEARN
TEACHING TIPSince his is he firs se o Lain words ha your sudens will be required o memorize i is usuallya good idea o sugges and discuss wih hem some differen ways o memorize vocabulary Somesel help opions are lised below
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 4554
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull 5
NOUNSagricola agricolae m ndash armer
aqua aquae ndash waer
āhlēa āhlēae m ndash ahlee
īlia īliae ndash daugher
lupa lupae ndash she-wol
naua nauae m ndash sailor
poēa poēae m ndash poe
puella puellae ndash girl
ōma ōmae ndash ome
erra errae ndash land
VERBSama ndash heshei loves
ambula ndash heshei walks
cūra ndash heshei akes care o cares or
es ndash heshei is
ADVERBS bene ndash well
poseā ndash aferwards
CONJUNCTIONSe ndash and
iaque ndash and so
Aqueducs carr ied waer (aqua) o he ciies in he Roman world Tis aqueduc buil in 19 983138983139983141 which srechedacross he Gard River was named he Pon du Gard and brough waer o he ciy of Nicircmes in France in ancien imes
Chapter 1 bull 5
sel-help opions are lised below
1 Look a he word in he book and say he word aloud
2 Wrie down he word on a piece o paper along wih is meaning and check o be sure here are no spell-ing errors Color-coding he words by pars o speech is also helpul Pronounce he word while wriing idown and hen repea he word including he meaning and spelling
3 Make handwriten 1047298ashcards wih he Lain on one side and English on he oher and be sure here are nospelling errors Color-coding is a good sraegy here also Wriing he word ou helps some sudens ce-men he word in he brain Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers has creaed an elecronic vocabulary resourceor hose sudens or whom echnological learning ools are an aid Tese vocabulary 1047298ashcards are orhe iPod See p 93 or more inormaion on iPod 1047298ashcards
4 Use English derivaives o help remember meanings Bu be careul since some derivaives may havemeanings grealy changed rom he original Lain word
5 Find clipar picures ha illusrae he vocabulary words and use he picures as a way o es yoursel onhe Lain words
TEACHER BY THE WAYTe eacher may wish o open a discussion abou aqueducs and he waer supply or ancien omans while l ooking a he picu re o he Pon du Gard on his page For a hisory o aqueducs and heirconsrucion Froninusrsquo book Dē aquīs urbis Rōmae is an excellen source Te book was writenabou 97 983139983141 when he was Superinenden o Aqueducs Oher aqueducs include he ollowing
bull Te double high aqueduc in Segovia Spainbull Te Aqua Appia buil in 312 983138983139983141
bull Te Aqua rāiāna
bull Te aqueduc buil by Alex ander Severus in 226 983139983141
bull Te Aqua Claudia
bull Te Aqua Marcia wh ich wa s probably named a fer A ncus Marcius who was he fi rs K ing oome by radiional accouns o build an aqueduc o bring waer o ome
NB Te word ldquo Aquardquo when capialized means ldquoaqueducrdquo
Eleven aqueducs urnished 250000 gallons o waer o ome every weny-our hours
BY THE WAY
E h u gi n in h b l r h rm T nd rm i h g nii
HOW TO USE THIS BOOK Ēn is a word ha calls atenion o somehing and means ldquoLook a hisrdquo Te inormaion given here draws a-enion o and urher specifies differen language acs
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 4654
6 bull Latin for the New Millennium
6 bull Latin for the New Millennium
Each noun given in he vocabulary has wo orms Te second orm is he geniivesingular
A derivative is an English word rooed in a Lain word Te English derivaive issimilar in meaning and orm o is Lain source
STUDY TIP
An English derivaive ofen can help you remember wha a Lain word means
EXERCISE 2Find he English derivaives based on he Vocabulary o Learn in he ollowing senences Wriehe corresponding Lain word
1 She shows a considerable filial respec oward her aher
2 Agriculu re is a science o culivaing he land
3 Te ship is equipped wih all he necessary nauical insrumens
4 We saw all kinds o fish in he aquarium
5 Tis is an all-errain vehicle
6 When will he ahleic compeiion sar
7 She has a ruly poeic naure
LANGUAGE FACT II
NOUNS NUMBER GENDER CASE 983080NOMINATIVE AND
ACCUSATIVE983081Nouns in Lain show number gender and case
Number Lain nouns are eiher singular or plural in number Number is shown in differen ways by differen ypes o nouns bu some ending-paterns are or singular orms and oherending-paterns are or plural orms
Gender Every noun likewise is eiher masculine eminine or neuer in gender You muslearn he gender o each noun In he Vocabulary o Learn l iss he gender is indicaed by hecommon abbreviaionsm (masculi ne) f (eminine) or n (neuer)
Case Lain nouns mus have an ending-patern ha displays case Tis is quie differen romEnglish in which case is indicaed by word posiion and no by endings (alhough case markersare preserved in cerain pronouns such as ldquoherdquo and ldquohimrdquo) A nounrsquos case reveals wha uncionhe noun has in he senence Tere are five common cases nominaive geniive daive accu-saive and ablaive wo less requenly used cases are called he vocaive and he locaive
HOW TO USE THIS BOOKStudy Tips give hins rhymes and mnemonics o help sudens learn grammar and vocabulary
EXERCISE 2 ANSWERS1 filial īlia
2 agriculure agricola
3 nauical naua
4 aquarium aqua
5 errain erra
6 ahleic āhlēa
7 poeic poēa
TEACHING TIPExplain o he sudens ha in English he words ldquoardquo ldquoanrdquo or ldquoherdquo are usually placed beore a nounand Lain does no have an equivalen or hese words known as aricles
eachers may need o sress he absence o he aricle many imes beore sudens compleely ine-grae his knowledge ino heir reading habis in Lain class
TEACHING TIPLain like many oher languages does no always observe biological gender Ofen he gender o a
Lain noun is deermined by grammaical acors such as he group o which a noun belongs
TEACHING TIP
Alhough in Exercise 2 he sudens are direced o find only he derivaives based on he Vocabular yo Learn hey may be ineresed o learn ha here are oher derivaives in Exercise 2 Te derivaiono hese words is provided or he eacherrsquos convenience
bull 1 consider - rom sīdus (sar) + cum (wih ogeher) and rom cōnsīderō (o examine consider)respec - rom respectō (look back a have regard or)
bull 2 science - rom scientia (knowledge) and sciō (o know) culivaing - rom colō (ill inhabi worship)
bull 3 necessary - rom necesse (necessary) insrumens - rom īnstruō (o equip build provide)
and rom īnstrumentum (equipmen ool ec)bull 5 vehicle - rom he Lain verb vehō (o carry)
bull 6 compeiion - rom petō (o seek aim a atack ec) + cum (wih oge her)
bull 7 naure - rom nātūra (naure)
Standard41
Standards11 31 41
STUDY TIP
An easy way o remember he names ohe five common cases iso use his mnemonic
TEACHING TIPSudens may no know wha he word ldquomnemonicrdquo means explain ha a mnemonic device is some-hing ha helps a suden o remember somehing Te eacher may also wish o use his opporu-niy o bring up Mnemosyne he goddess o memory and he moher o he Muses
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 4754
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull 7
Chapter 1 bull 7
An easy way o remember he names o he five common cases is o use his mnemonicdevice
Never NominaiveGive GeniiveDogs Daive A ny A ccusaive A buse A blaive
Nominative Te nominaive case idenifies he subjec Te subjec is a noun or a pronounha perorms he acion or exiss in a sae o being In he senence ldquoWilliam is readingrdquohe word ldquoWilliamrdquo is he subjec
Example Mārs amat Mars loves
Te noun subjec o he verb ldquoloverdquo is he god Mars
Find more examples o nominaives and heir verbs rom he reading passage a he begin-ning o he chaper
Te nominaive case also idenifies he predicae nominaive In he senence ldquoWilliam isa sudenrdquo he predicae nominaive is ldquoa sudenrdquo A predicae nominaive complees hemeaning o he verb ldquoo berdquo Look a his exa mple rom he reading
Example Mārs est deus Mars is a god
Mārs is he subjec and deus is a predicae nominaive
Accusative Te ourh case lised is called he accusaive he geniive daive and ablaivecases will be discussed in laer chapers Te accusaive case poins ou he noun (or pro-noun) ha is he direc objec emember direc objecs receive he acion o he verb Inhe senence ldquoI am wriing a leterrdquo he direc objec is ldquoa leterrdquo
Example Mārs Rhēam Silviam amat Mars loves hea Silvia
Te direc objec o ldquoloverdquo is he noun Rhēam Silviam
Find more examples o accusaives and heir verbs rom he reading passage a he beginningo he chaper
niy o bring up Mnemosyne he goddess o memory and he moher o he Muses
Answers to ldquoFind more examples of nominatives a nd their verbs from the reading passage at the begin-ning of the chapterrdquo
hēa Silvia habe
Amūl ius claudi
Amūl ius pōni
Lupa ambula
Lupa cūra e amaōmulus e emus crēscun
ōmulus e emus aedifican
Answers to ldquoFind more examples of accusatives and their verbs from the reading passage at the beg in-ning of the chapterrdquo
duōs īliōs habe ōmulum e emum
hēam Silviam claudi
ōmulum e emum pōni
ōmulum e emum bene cūra e ama
ōmam aedifican
TEACHING TIPSudens may encouner diffi culy when r ying o ransl ae Lain names used in cases o her han henominaive Te eacher a some poin will need o explain (and repea whenever necessary) ha when ransla ing a La in name he suden should al ways use he nominaive o rm o he word Onp 7 sudens are asked o find examples o accusaives and heir verbs in he reading passage Teanswers lised above provide an opporuniy o pracice wih his issue emind sudens o rans-lae duōs īliōs habet Rōmulum et Remum as ldquohe has wo sons omulus and emusrdquo Te oher ouranswers may be used as pracice wih he sudens
EXERCISE 3a Ideniy wheher he nouns in bold in hese senences are subjecs direc objecs or predi
TEACHER BY THE WAYIn conjuncion wih he picure and is capion he eacher may wish o menion ha he amil-ilar acronym o SPQ is sill in use and visible hroughou modern ome991252on liter bins sewercovers ec
Standards11 41
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 4854
8 bull Latin for the New Millennium
8 bull Latin for the New Millennium
a Ideniy wheher he nouns in bold in hese senences are subjecs direc objecs or predi-cae nominaives Te eading Vocabulary may be consuled
b Label each senence as vērum (rue) i i agrees or alsum (alse) i i disagrees wih he Lainreading passage a he beginni ng o he chaper
Example Amūlius es deusPredicae nominaive alsum
1 hēa Silvia ōmulum e emum cūra
2 Amūlius ōmulum e emum bene cūra
3 Amūlius lupam vinculīs claudi
4 Mārs ōmulum e emum in aquam pōni
5 Lupa hēam Silviam cūra
6 Amūlius ad aquam ambula
Te power of he ciy of Rome founded according o legend by Romulus is symbolized by hese four leters ha areprominenly displayed in various places wihin he ciy
EXERCISE 3 ANSWERS
1 subjec vērum
2 direc objecs alsum
3 direc objec alsum
4 subjec alsum
5 direc objec alsum
6 subjec vērum
WorkbookExercise 2 A full si ze reproduc ible version of th is page
without the a nswers ca n be downloade d at wwwlnm bolchazyco m
HOW TO USE THIS BOOK
Noun Declensions Te eacher may choose Lain nouns rom he declension ha is being sudied a he imehis workshee is used Tus no answers are provided here
LANGUAGE FACT III
TEACHING TIP Ask he sudens wha he Lain words seleced rom he reading and lised near he op o p 9 mean
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 4954
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull 9
Chapter 1 bull 9
FIRST DECLENSION NOUNS A declension is a g roup o nouns ha show a cerain patern o word endings Tere are five differ-en declensions in Lain In he reading abou omulus and emus hese are he orms belongingo he firs declension
hēam Silviam hēa Silvia aquam lupa ōmam
Noice ha he ex says Rhēa Silvia when she is he subjec and Rhēam Silviam when she is hedirec objec
Te firs declension is composed o words ha characerisically have he vowel a a or near heend o he word lupa
Below is he patern ha firs declension nouns ollow o show case and number Memorize heLain words in order rom he nominaive singular down o he ablaive singular and hen romhe nominaive plural down o he ablaive plural
emember ha he endings or a whole group o nouns ollow his patern Once you learn hi spatern you can recognize he case a nd number o all he words belonging o hi s declension
In his chaper you have begun o learn abou he nominaive and accusai ve cases Te ohercases will be explained in laer chapers
First DeclensionSingular Plural
Nomina ive l upa he she-wol Nominaive lupae he she-wolves
Geniive lupae o he she-wol Geniive lupārum o he she-wolves
Daive lupae oor he she-wol Daive lupīs oor he she-wolves
Accusaive lupam he she-wol Accusaive lupās he she-wolves
Ablaive lupā bywih he she-wol Ablaive lupīs bywih he she-wolves
Daive and ablaive plural o he words īlia ldquodaugherrdquo and dea ldquogoddessrdquo is fīliābus anddeābusTis is o di singuish hese orms rom he corresponding orms o īlius ldquosonrdquo and deus ldquogodrdquo
STUDY TIP
Noice ha he ablaive singular ending -ā has a long mark (macron) above i his ishe only difference beween he nominaive and ablaive singular endings
TEACHING TIP
Afer he firs declension has been presened o he sudens encourage hem depending on heirlearning syle o say he declension aloud o wrie down he words o inven a rap or a cheer
TEACHER BY THE WAY
Te patern is called a declension because he oher cases lean away ( dēclīnāre) rom he nominaiveie hey do no ollow he same orm as he nominaive
ORAL EXERCISE 1Tis exercise may be used afer the 1047297rst declension has been presented
Whi le looking a he declension o lupa ask he sudens o decli ne nauta
Singular PluralNominaive naua nauaeGeniive nauae nauārumDaive nauae nauīs Accusaive nauam nauās Ablaive nauā nauīs
Standards11 31 41
OralExercise 1
WorkbookExercise 3
STUDY TIP
Noice ha he daive and ablaive plural endings a re idenical
EXERCISE 4 ANSWERS1 geniive daive puellār um puellī s
2 accusaive nauās
3 accusaive errās
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 5054
10 bull Latin for the New Millennium
10 bull Latin for the New Millennium
Here are more words belonging o he fi rs declension
puella ndash girl īlia ndash daugher terra ndash land
Mos firs declension words are eminine i n gender bu a ew (usually ones ha indicae mas-culine occupaions in ancien imes) are masculine Examples are poēta ldquopoerdquoagricola ldquoarmerrdquonauta ldquosailorrdquo āthlēta ldquoahleerdquo
EXERCISE 4Ideniy he case o each singular noun Ten change each orm ino plural For some more han
one answer is possibleExample īlianominaive īliae
1 puellae 5 aquae2 nauam 6 puellā3 erram 7 āhlēā4 a gr ic ol a
Like he Greek wreslers porrayed on his ancien bas-reliefRoman ahlees were also fond of he spor of wresling
4 nominaive agricolae
5 geniive daive aquārum aquīs
6 ablaive puellīs
7 ablaive āhlēīs
TEACHING TIP
Since wreslers are depiced on he illusraion on his page he eacher may wish o open a discus-
sion abou he omansrsquo and Greeksrsquo ondness or wresling which was ofen praciced in a complexcalled he palaestra
oman boys were expeced o serve in he m iliary Tus hey were firs rained by heir ahers in wreslingand boxing Srengh and agiliy were sressed raher han grace o movemen as in Greek spors Te woprincipal syles uilized by he Greek were uprigh wresling in which hree alls o your opponen o heground were necessary o deea him and ground wresling which required he opponen o give up in ordero end he mach In he palaes tra here was an area or he young people o pracice wresling or boxing wih apunching bag (cōrycus) Examples o monumenal oman bahs wih a palaest ra are ound a he Bahs o Ca-racalla in ome he Harbor Bahs a Ephesus in urkey and he Bahs in Varna Bulgaria he larges anciensrucure in ha counry
Wresling was also one o he spor evens a he Olympic games ha he omans ofen atended Greco-oman wresling is also one o he evens eaured in he summer Olympic games in modern imes
TEACHING TIPTe eacher migh wan o have sudens read an English ranslaion o Book 23 o he Iliad in which Ajax a nd Odysseus compee in a wre sling m ach and Book 5 o he Aeneid or a descripion o hespors ha he omans played and compare he atiude o he compeiors in each epic Boh evens were par o he uneral games he ormer in honor o Paroclu s riend and atendan o Achil lesand he later in honor o Anchises aher o Aeneas Tis migh lead o urher discussion on henaure o modern wresling
Standards11 41
EXERCISE 5Ideniy he case o each plural noun Ten change each orm ino he singular For some more
TEACHING TIPSudens may wonder why he geniive singular w ihou is ending mus be used o find he base whenhe nominaive singular wihou is ending works jus as well Explain ha in oher noun declensionshe nominaive will no always provide he same base or have he same spelling as he geniive
Standards11 41
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 5154
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull 11
Chapter 1 bull 11
han one answer is possible
Example puellāsaccusaive puellam
1 īliae 5 aquīs2 errīs 6 poēārum3 nauārum 7 agricolae4 l upa e
BY THE WAY
In all declensions endings are added o he base o a noun I is imporan o know hahe base o a noun is ound by removing he ending rom is geniive si ngular orm Forexample he geniive singular o puella is puellae I you remove he -ae rom puellae
wha remains is he base o he word namely puell- For his reason learning he geni-ive singular is as imporan as knowing he nominaive singular o he noun
STUDY TIP
Always learn he geniive ogeher wih he nominaive because rom he geniive you will know o which declension a word belongs
A wall paining depic ing a Roman farmer (agricola) wih his sheep
EXERCISE 5 ANSWERS
1 nominaive īl ia
2 daive ablaive errae errā
3 geniive nauae
4 nominaive lupa
5 daive ablaive aquae aquā
6 geniive poēae7 nominaive agricola
HOW TO USE THIS BOOKIn his book he word ldquobaserdquo is used o reer o he noun wihou any ending ldquoStemrdquo is used or he par o he verb wihou any ending ldquoootrdquo is used or he Lain par o a derivaive
ORAL EXERCISE 2Tis exercise may be used afer Exercise 5
Use one o he ollowing classroom presenaion opions (hereafer reerred o as CPO) (blackgreenwhiesmar board overhead or LCD projecor PowerPoinreg presenaion ec) o pu his inormaion on view
quis ldquowhordquo (or he subjec) and quem ldquowhomrdquo (or he direc objec)
Ten ask he suden o answer he ollowing quesions abou he chaper reading eiher orally or in wri-
en orm
1 Teacher Quis es Mārs Student Mārs es deus
2 Teacher Quem ama Mārs Student hēam Silviam Mārs ama
3 Teacher Quis ama hēam Silviam Student Mārs ama hēam Silviam
4 Teacher Quem habe hēa Silvia Student hēa Silvia duōs īliōs ōmulum eemum habe
5 Teacher Quis claudi hēam Silviam Student Amūlius claudi hēam Silviam
6 Teacher Quem claudi Amūlius Student hēam Silviam Amūlius claudi
7 Teacher Quis ōmulum e emum in aquampōni
Student Amūlius ōmulum e emum in aquampōni
8 Teacher Quem Amūlius in aquam pōni Student Amūlius ōmulum e emum in aquampōni
9 Teacher Quis ambula ad aquam Student Lupa ambula ad aquam
10 Teacher Quis ōmulum e emum bene cūra Student Lupa ōmulum e emum bene cūra
11 Teacher Quōs lupa bene cūra Student Lupa ōmulum e emum bene cūra
12 Teacher Quis ōmulum e emum a ma Student Lupa ōmulum e emum ama
13 Teacher Quōs lupa ama Student Lupa ōmulum e emum ama
OralExercise 2
WorkbookExercise
4 5
EXERCISE 6ranslae rom Lain ino English and rom English ino Lain Te mos common Lain word
d
TEACHER BY THE WAYTe eacher may menion ha he mos common word order (subjec ndash direc objec ndash verb) can o-en be changed For example i he verb is o be emphasized i will ake firs posiion I he subjecor he direc objec is o be emphasized i will ake he las posiion which is he mos emphaic oneIn general he more unusual he wordrsquos posiion is he more emphasis is placed on his word
Standards11 41
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 5254
12 bull Latin for the New Millennium
12 bull Latin for the New Millennium
order is
subjec ndash direc objec ndash verb
1 Agricola erram ama
2 Te ahlee loves waer
3 Naua īlia m ama
4 Te poe loves ome
5 Agricola erram cūra
6 Te she-wol cares or (is aking care o) he girl
BY THE WAY
Even hough he mos common word order is subjec ndash di rec objec ndash verb rememberha endings991252no word order991252deermine which word is he subjec and which i s hedirec objec
TALKING When we mee one person we gree herhim wih salvē When we mee wo or more people wegree hem wih salvēte When we bid goodbye o one person we sayvalē When we bid goodbyeo wo or more people we say valēte
Here are various ways o ask ldquohow are yourdquo or ldquohow are you doingrdquo
Quōmodo valēs or Quōmodo tē habēs or Quid agis ldquoHow are yourdquo
Here is a range o possible answers
bene ldquowellrdquo pessimē ldquovery badrdquo optimē ldquogreardquo melius ldquobeterrdquo mediocriter ldquoso-sordquo or ldquono oo badrdquo meliusculē ldquoa litle beterrdquo male ldquobadrdquo
In general he more unusual he word s posiion is he more emphasis is placed on his word
EXERCISE 6 ANSWERS
1 Te armer loves he land
2 Āhlēa aquam ama
3 Te sailor loves (his) daugher
4 Poēa ōmam ama
5 Te armer cares or (is aking care o) he land6 Lupa puellam cūra
TEACHING TIP
Te eacher may sar he class in Lain by saying Salvēte discipulī et discipulae and by eaching hesudens o say in reurn Salvē magister (magistra)
ORAL EXERCISE 3Tis exercise may be used anytime afer the students have learned the use o the accusative case or afer Exercise 6
Use one o he CPOrsquos o pu on display he orms amō and cūrō and explai n ha hey a re in he fir s personsingular and how his differs rom he hird person singular learned in his chaper Ask individual sudens omake senences wih hem using he words hey have learned
Ten ell he sudens ha nōn means ldquonordquo and ask hem o make si milar senences wih nōn amō and nōn cūrō
Examples(nōn) amō erram īliam aquam lupam āhlēam(nōn) cūrō erram īliam puellam
WorkbookExercise 6
ContentQuestions
OralExercise 3
Standards12 21 41
42
SAYING HELLOMarīa Helena e Chrisīna sun (are) discipulae (students)
TEACHING TIPHave sudens read he dialogue aloud Tis will help o build heir pronunciaion skills
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 5354
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull 13
Chapter 1 bull 13
Marīa Salvēe Helena e Chrisīna
Christīna Salvē Marīa
Helena Salvē Marīa
Marīa Quōmodo valēs Helena Quōmodo valēs Chrisīna
Helena et Christīna Bene Quōmodo ū ( you) valēs Marīa
Marīa Pessimē
Helena et Christīna Cūr (Why)
Marīa imeō linguam Laīnam ( I ear the Latin language)Helena Ego ( I ) linguam Laīnam amō
Christīna E ego linguam Laīnam amō
ORAL EXERCISE 4
Tis exercise may be used afer he Lain dialogue has been presened
Insruc he sudens o say ldquohellordquo in Lain o he suden nex o hem Divide he class ino wo pars ellone par o gree he oher par using he plural greeing and vice versa Do he same ype o aciviy whensaying ldquogoodbyerdquo You may wish o make greeing he class in Lain a nd saying ldquogoodbyerdquo in Lain a par oa daily rouine
Divide he sudens ino pairs in which one person will ask how hisher parner is in Lain and he oher
wil l answer
ORAL EXERCISE 5
Tis exercise may be used afer he Lain dialogue has been presened
ell he sudens ha he paricle ndashne is added o he firs syllable o a word ha inroduces a quesion Ten askhe ollowing quesions abou he dialogue beween Mary Helen and Chrisy Individual sudens may answerorally or he enire class may wrie he answers as he eacher asks hem orally Te eacher should explain hahe orm valēs in he greeing Quōmodo valēs is in he second person which means ldquoyourdquo Te hird person orm(reerring o ldquoherrdquo ldquohimrdquo or ldquoirdquo) is valet So he phrase ldquoHow is she doingrdquo would be Quōmodo valet Te hirdperson o amō is amat and he hird person o timeō is timet
1 Teacher Quōmodo Chrisīna vale Student(s) Chrisīna bene vale
2 Teacher Quōmodo Marīa vale Student(s) Marīa pessimē vale
3 Teacher Cūr (why) Marīa pessimē vale Student(s) Marīa ime linguam Lainam4 Teacher Amane l inguam L aīnam Helena Student(s) Helena linguam Laīnam ama
5 Teacher Linguamne Laīnam ama Chrisīna Student(s) Chrisīna linguam Laīnam ama
ORAL EXERCISE 6 AND DICTATIONTis combined exercise may be used to conclude the chapter or at any time afer the students have learned the accusa-tive case and chapter vocabulary
Dicae he ollowing senences o he sudens Ten ask hem o make he ollowing changes eiher orally orin writen orm a he discreion o he eacher
1 Teacher Agricol a erram ama (change he direc objec ino plura l)Student Agricola errās ama
2 Teacher Lupa puellam cūra (change he direc objec ino plural)
Student Lupa puellās cūra3 Teacher Āhlēa puel lās ama (change he direc objec ino singu lar)
Student Āhlēa puellam ama
4 Teacher Fīlia errās ama (change he direc objec ino singular)Student Fīlia erram ama
OralExercise
4 5 6 andDictation
TEACHER NOTES
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 5454
14 bull Latin for the New Millennium
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 3554
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull xxix
EXERCISE 4epea each senence aloud afer your eacher reads i Pay atenion o he pronunciaion andsress accen o each word
Wha i is Like o Live Over a Bahhouse
(Adaped rom Seneca Moral Leter 56)
Ecce undique clāmor sona Suprā ipsum balneum habiō Prōpōne nunc ibi omnia genera vōcumodiōsa Foriōrēs exercenur e manūs plumbō gravēs iacan cum au labōran au labōranemimianur Gemiūs audiō quoiēns spīrium remīsērun Sun quoque ūncōrēs e racāōrēs
Audiō crepium manuum umerōs erienium sonus quoque icuum mūāur nunc enim manusperveni plāna nunc concava Audiō clāmōrēs sī ūr es i n balneō dēprehēnsus
Look here is noise sounding all around I live above he bahhouse isel Imagine o yourselnow all he haeul ypes o voices Te sronger ones exercise hemselves and swing heir ha ndsloaded wih lead weighs while hey work ou991252or imiae a person working ou I hear moansevery ime hey le go a ltpen-upgt breah Tere are also anoiners and masseurs I hear he slapo hands hiting shoulders and he sound o he blows changes or someimes he hands come1047298a someimes cupped I hear shouing i a hie is caugh in he bahhouse
A pool from inside he Roman Bahs in Bah England
Introduction bull xxix
eacher may wish o open a discussion abou bahs during oman i mes Te use o he calidārium fīgid ārium epidārium and sūdārium may be explained by he eacher and sudens may be en-couraged o learn andor pronounce hese words
TEACHER BY THE WAYBahs were ofen consruced on locaions having ho or mineral springs such as Bah in Englandand Bāiae a resor own on he Bay o Naples
Modern Bah in oman imes was named afer he Celic goddess o healing Sulis In he firscenury her shrine was aken over by he omans and she was idenified wih he goddess Minerva
Te sie was hen known as Aquae Sulis Mine rva In a emple relie she is represened wih a Medusa-like head and a musache
Te spa conained a grea bah (73 f by 29 f) and hree oher swimming pools he calidārium (ho bah)epidārium (warm bah) and fīgidār ium (cold bah) In he second cenury he spring was enclosed wihin a wooden barrel-vau led build ing ha housed hese hree pools Ho ai r bahs were ueled by coal fires A con-san 1047298ow o waer was direced o he pools hrough lead pipes which sill uncion oday
Archeologica l excavaions have revealed ma ny sacred voive offerings c urse ables and innumerable coinsa he botom o he springs Te curse ables writen in Lain heaped curses on anyone suspeced o wrong-doing Te ancien radiion o hrowing coins accompanied by a wish sill prevails oday in ome a he reviFounain where ourissvisiors do he same
More inormaion on bah complexes in ome can be ound on p 386 o his eacherrsquos manual
Sandards22 31
32 41 42
TEACHING TIPTe eacher may wish o insruc he sudens o find he iber iver which is picured here on he
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 3654
xxx bull Latin for the New Millennium
xxx bull Latin for the New Millennium
OVERVIEW OF ROMAN HISTORY According o legend omulus and his win broher emus were se adrif on he iber iver Ashe-wol nursed he boys unil a shepherd rescued hem Upon reaching manhood in 753 983138983139983141he wins ounded a new ciy near he place w here hey had been ound by he she-wol on he
basis o anaugusō auguriō ldquoa avorable sighing o birdsrdquo Bu omulus killed emus in a dispueover who would rule he new ciy and became is firs king
Six oher kings ruled afer omulus Numa Pompilius ullus Hosilius Ancus Marius ar-quinius Prisc us Servius ullius a nd arquinius Superbus (arquin he Proud) Afer he las ohese seven kings was overhrown in 509 983138983139983141 ome became a republic wih a represenaiveorm o governmen headed by wo consuls eleced an nually By 451 983138983139983141 he fi rs corpus o o-man law known as he welve ables was creaed
In he las cenury 983138983139983141 he oman epublic was shaken apar by a series o civil wars By31 983138983139983141 an auocraic regime headed earlier by Julius Caesar and laer by his grea-nephew Oc-avian brough he epublic o an end Te years rom 27 983138983139983141991252when Ocavian assumed heile o prīnceps ldquochie ciizenrdquo as well as he name Augu sus991252o around 180 983139983141 are known ashe early principae or empire During his era ome exended her boundaries o he BriishIsles in he norh Norh Arica in he souh Spain in he wes and he igris and Euphraesrivers in he eas
A view of he iber River as i 1047298ows hrough he ciy of Rome
map on p xxxii
COMPREHENSION QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS FOR PAGE XXX991251XXXI
eproducible versions o he quesions alone are available a wwwlnm bolchazycom
1 Who were he legendary ounders o ome
omulus and emus
2 According o legend in wha year was ome ounded
753 983138983139983141
3 Over he course o he monarchic period how many kings ruled ome
Seven
4 Wha even occurred in 509 983138983139983141
Te beginni ng o he oman epublic (wih wo consuls in charge)
5 Wha is he erm associaed wih he wo leaders o he epublic
Consul
6 Which wo leaders oversaw omersquos shif rom a republic o a principae
Julius Caesar and OcavianAugusu s
7 Wha major aciviy associaed wih empire-building ook place during he principae
erriorial expansion
8 Name wo developmens ha characerized he lae empire
Severe economic problems inernal poliical unres andor requen invasion by he Germanic ribes
9 Describe Diocleianrsquos response o he roubles o he empire
Diocleian divided he empire ino wo halves he Easern and Wesern empires in order o make ruli nghe empire more manageable
10 Explai n he origin o he erm ldquovandalismrdquo
Te fifh cenury invasion and pillag ing o ome by he ribe known as he Vandals who occupied he o-man province o Norh Arica led o he erm ldquovandalismrdquo meaning wanon desrucion
11 Describe Lainrsquos role in he cenuries afer 476 983139983141
Lain 1047298ourished as he major lierary language in he Wesern oman Empire and was spread o non-omanized places like Ireland Scandinavia and he New World
TEACHING TIP
Te eacher may ask he sudens o find he daes menioned on his page in he imeline on pp411ndash414
Sandards21 31 32
TEACHING TIPTe eacher may insruc he sudens o locae ByzaniumConsaninople discussed here in he
d h h ii
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 3754
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull xxxi
Introduction bull xxxi
From 180 983139983141 onwards in he period k nown as he lae empire he oman sae experiencedsevere economic problems and requen invasions by Germanic ri bes esponding o he pres-sure o he firs wave o migraions as well as inernal poliical u nres and economic diffi culieshe emperor Diocleian (ruled 284ndash305 983139983141) had already divided he oman Empire ino anEasern and Wesern hal each under is own emperor991252an atemp o make he vas omansae more manageable
Tis poliical division o he empire acually mirrored a culural division oo he main lan-guage o he Wes was Lain while he main language o he Eas was Greek Shorly aferwardshe emperor Consanine (ruled 312ndash337 983139983141) esablished a new capial or he Easern empirea Byzanium wh ich he renamed Consaninople (ldquohe ciy o Consaninerdquo oday called Isan-
bul) Bu even afer his reorganizaion he imperial governmen ulimaely proved incapable o
semming he ide o he migraions in par because he oman army was oo widely e xendedand could no be in so many places a once Indeed many o he invaders were given he sauso oederāī or ldquoreay roopsrdquo In effec hey were a llowed o occupy segmens o he empire inreurn or proecing i So when Alar ic King o he Visigohs sacked ome in 410 983139983141 he acual lyhad a ile as a commander in he oman army
ome was sacked again in 455 983139983141 by he Vandals who had already occupied he omanprovince o Norh Arica Te pillaging o he ciy o omulus by he invaders made a pro-ound impression on conemporaries and o his day he erm ldquovandalismrdquo is a word in severallanguages or wanon desrucion While he Easern empire (always more sable and eco-nomically prosperous han he Wes) coninued o exis unil 1453 983139983141 he Wesern empire
was ex inc as a poliica l eniy by 476 983139983141 In is place were Germa nic k ingdoms and ribes Angles and Saxons in Briai n Visigohs in Spain Osrogohs in Ialy Franks and Burgundi ansin Gaul991252o name only he major groups Te combinaion o hese new socieies wih heprevious inhabians who had been omanized o varying degrees would one day provide he
basis or he culures o modern Europe
Bu he end o he ancien oman Empire in he Wes was no he end o Lain On he con-rary during he nex 1200 years Lain no only 1047298ourished as he major lierary language in he
erriories o he ormer Wesern oman Empire he use o Lain was exended o regions heomans had never occupied including Ireland Scandinavi a and even he New World
BEGINNINGS OF LATIN LITERATURE Very ew complee works o Lain lieraure produced beore he mid-second cenury 983138983139983141 (ie beore 150 983138983139983141) have survived One reason or his loss was he remendous populariy o he works produced in he ollowing cenury by such auhors as Cicero Vergil and Ovid Teir wri-ings were so widely read and copied in subsequen cenuries ha he auhors preceding hem
were gradually negleced
Among he major figures o early Lain lieraure was a reed slave rom he Greek ciy o aren-um named Livius Andronicus who li ved rom 284ndash204 983138983139983141 He was known or his adapaionso Greek drama or oman audiences and his ranslaion o Homerrsquos Odyssey ino Lain verse
second paragraph on he map on p xxxii
TEACHING TIPTe eacher may ask he sudens o find he daes menioned on his page in he imeline on pp413ndash414
HOW TO USE THIS BOOK AND ITS ANCILLARIES
wo ancillaries are available or use wih his book Te Original Dysuncional Family (abbreviaed ODF)and From Romulus o Romulus Augusulus (abbreviaed R) R will be paricularly useul in order ohelp sudens keep he ime periods o he auhors and o he evens he auhors wroe abou sraigh in heirminds Chaper ile pages will include when appropriae a noaion on wha chaper o R he eachermay wish o assign
TEACHING TIPTe eacher may wish o assign Chaper 1 o he oman hisory ancillary From Romulus o Romu-lus Augusulus a his poin
COMPREHENSION QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS FOR PAGES XXXI991251XXXIVeproducible versions o he quesions alone are available a wwwlnm bolchazycom
1 Whom did he omans consider he aher o Lain lieraure
Ennius
2 Wha was Enniusrsquo mos amous work Is subjec mater
Annālēs was an epic poem abou omersquos early hisory
3 Wha amous Lain saying means ldquoCarhage mus be desroyedrdquo
Carhāgō dēlenda es
4 Who is he auhor o ha saying
Cao he ElderCao he Censor
5 When was Carha ge said o have been desroyed
146 983138983139983141 a he end o he hird Punic war
NB Aler sudens ha he answers o hese comprehension quesions will be ound on p xxxiv
Sandards21 31
R1
TEACHING TIP Ask sudens he English equivalen o cou nries s uch as Briannia and Germānia and he Englishequivalen o he ciies Neāpolis and Ahēnae
Sandard31
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 3854
xxxii bull Latin for the New Millennium
equivalen o he ciies Neāpolis and Ahēnae
A full size r eproducible version of h is page wihou he answe rs can be downloaded a wwwlnm bolchazycom
HOW TO USE THIS BOOK Answers o rep roducible aciviies w ill be gi ven in a larger size bel ow or he eacherrsquos convenience
ANSWERS TO MAP WORK 991251 PAGES XXXII991251XXXIII
1 Crēa Sicilia Corsica Sardinia Cyprus Ihaca Dēlos Brianni a
2 Vesuvius Mōns Aena Mōns Olympus Mōns Āppennīnus Mōns
3 Syria Macedonia Arica Asia
4 mare or ponus
5 Asia Eurōpa Arica
A full siz e reproducible version of his page wihou he answers can be down loaded a wwwln mbolchazycom
Te eacher may wish o have his map enlarged when reproducing i for ease of suden use in compleing his aciviy
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 3954
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull xxxiii
HOW TO USE THIS BOOK
Te answers o his aciviy can be easily seen on he wo acing pages
Te omans regarded Ennius (ca 239 169 983138983139983141) as he aher o Lain lieraure He wroe
TEACHING TIPSudens may be encouraged o find he ciy o Carhage menioned in he second paragraph on hemap on p xxxii
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 4054
xxxiv bull Latin for the New Millennium
xxxiv bull L atin for the New Millennium
Te omans regarded Ennius (ca 239ndash169 983138983139983141) as he aher o Lain lieraure He wroemany kinds o lierary works including plays His Annālēs an epic poem abou he early hisoryo ome was paricularly renowned and perhaps he primary epic read in oman schools beorehe ime o Vergil Only ragmens o his wriings remain
One o Enniusrsquo conemporaries was heamed Cao he Censor also known as Caohe Elder (234ndash149 983138983139983141) a rigidly conserva-ive oman senaor Mos o his reaise onagriculure called Dē agrī culūrā survivesI is he oldes work o Lain prose amongCaorsquos recommendaions here are ha fieldslaves be reaed similarly o beass o bur-den Cao is also remembered or his sae-men Carhāgō dēlenda es ldquoCarhage mus
be desroyedrdquo evidence or he omanear o he Carhaginians Te omansough hree wars known as he Punic
Wars agai ns he Car haginians Te fi rsended beore Cao was born in he secondagains Hannibal Cao served wih miliarydisincion he hird ended in 146 983138983139983141 asCao had demanded wih he desruciono Carhage On his occasion he vic oriousomans were said o have plowed sal inohe Carhaginian soil
Discussions abou laer auhors and adap-aions rom heir wriings w ill be presenedchronologically in he chapers o his book
Ancien ruins a Carhage in Africa
p p
TEACHER BY THE WAY Alhough he works o Enniu s have been preserved on ly in ragmens (abou a housand lines) hehad a grea in1047298uence on subsequen poes such as Vergil Quoable quoes include
bull a es o riendship Amīcus cer us in rē incer ā cerniur (A riend in need is a riend indeed)
bull an applicaion o wisdom o lie Quī ipse sibi sapiēns prōdesse nequi nēquīquam sapi (A man who
himsel is wise bu unable o be useul o himsel is wise or nohing)bull he amous descripion o Fabius Maximus Ūnus homō nōbīs cūncandō resiui rem (One man by delaying res ored he sae or us)
bull and he line on Manius Curius Quem nēmō errō poui superāre nec aurō (Whom no one was ableo deea eiher by sword or gold)
We also have preser ved or us he exa mple o excessive all ieraion ha has g iven rise o much laugher inLain classrooms over he years Ō ie ūe aī ibi ana yranne ulisī ldquoO ius aius you yran (all voca-ive) you brough o yoursel such grea (roubles)rdquo991252ranslaed in conex which plays off he more lieral ldquo you ookacquired or yoursel such grea hings rdquo
On he oher hand he composed his own epiaph in which his high eseem among omans proved o beprescien
nēmō mē lacrumīs decōre neu unera 1047298ēū
axi Cūr Voliō vivos per ōra v irum (Le no one honor me wih ears or make a uneral pyre by weeping
Why I 1047298y li ving hrough he mouhs o men)
TEACHER BY THE WAY
Pluarchrsquos Lie o Cao is a good source o snappy quoaions atribued o his saesman soldier andauhor For example while discussing he power o women he said ldquoAll oher men rule heir wives we rule al l oher men and our w ives rule us rdquo Atemping o persuade he oman people o orego adisribuion o grain he began his speech by saying ldquoI is a hard mater o argue wih he belly sincei has no earsrdquo And o a ribune who had been accused o using poison and was rying o pass a use-less bill he said ldquoI know no which is worse o drink your mixures or o enac your billsrdquo
1CHAPTER 1
HOW TO USE THIS BOOK
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 4154
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull 1
1CHAPTER
Parts of Speech Nouns Number Gender Case (Nominative and Accusative)
First Declension Nouns
MEMORĀBILE DICTŪ
SPQ Senātus Populusque ōmānusldquoTe Senae and he People o omerdquo
Tese our leters orm wha is known as an acronym one ha symbolized supreme power inancien ome
Oil paining of Romulus and Remus wih he wolf By Peer Paul Rubens (1577ndash1640)
Te grammaical and synacical opics ha will be presened in each chaper o his book are lised a he opo he chaper ile page
HOW TO USE THIS BOOK
Te illusraion on each chaperrsquos ile page presens a visual inroducion o he Lain reading passage ha willollow eachers may choose o discuss he illusraion in order o provide he conex or he reading he su-dens will encouner on he nex page
HOW TO USE THIS BOOK
On each chaper ile page he phrase Memorābile Dictū (ldquoA memorable hing o say rdquo) will be ou nd Below here will be a amous phrase quoa ion abbreviaion or moto in L ain ha w ill connec hese words o he opicsin he chaper
MEMORĀBILE DICTŪ VOCABULARY
populus populī m ndash people
-que ndash and
senāus senāūs m ndash senae
TEACHING TIP
ubens pained his picure o omulus and emus rom 1615ndash1616 during wha is called he Ba-roque period o ar Te man approaching rom he rear is Fausulus Te reclining figure is he god
o he river iber
HOW TO USE THIS BOOK AND ITS ANCILLARIESwo ancillaries are available or use wih his book Te Original Dysunctional Family (abbreviaed ODF)and From Romulus to Romulus Augustulus (abbreviaed R) R will be paricularly useul in order ohelp sudens keep he ime periods o he auhors and o he evens he auhors wroe abou sraigh in heirmind Chaper ile pages wil l include when appropriae a noaion abou wha chaper o R he eachermay wish o assign
Standards11 21
R 2and 3
READING
TRANSLATION OF LATIN PASSAGEomulus and emus
Mars is a god Mars loves hea Silvia And so hea Silvia has wo sons omulus and emus Amulius locks uph Sil i A li l d i h A h l lk h T h l
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 4254
2 bull Latin for the New Millennium
2 bull Latin for the New Millennium
READINGTis sory describes how ome was said o have been ounded in 753 983138983139983141 King Numior o AlbaLonga was overhrown by his cruel and ambiious broher Amulius who no only seized hehrone bu so eared ha one o Numiorrsquos male descendans migh have a legiimae claim oni ha he made Amuliusrsquo daug her hea Silvia a priesess o he goddess Vesa Tese priesesses
were no allowed o marry during heir childbearing years
RŌMULUS ET REMUS
1 Mārs es deus Mārs hēam Silviam ama Iaque hēa Silvia duōs
īliōs habe ōmulum e emum Amūlius hēam Silviam vinculīs
claudi Amūlius ōmulum e emum in aquam pōni Lupa ad aquamambula Lupa ōmulum e emum bene cūra e ama ōmulus e
5 emus crēscun Poseā ōmulus e emus ōmam aedifican
Famous bronze saue of he she-wolf and he wins
hea Silvia Amulius pus omulus and emus ino he waer A she-wol walks o he waer Te she-wol caresor (akes good care o) omulus and emus well and loves (hem) omulus and emus grow up Aferwards(laer) omulus and emus build ome
HOW TO USE THIS BOOK Above each La in reading pa ssage inorm aion is presened in Engl ish Tis pre -reading provides back groundinormaion abou he auhor and esablishes he conex o he passage he sudens will read
TEACHER BY THE WAY
Te eacher may wish o inroduce he class o he radiional abbreviaions o 983137983140 (which sandsor he Lain phrase Annō Dominī ldquoi n he year o our Lordrdquo) and 983138983139 (which sands or he Engl ishphrase ldquoBeore Chrisrdquo) Tese older abbreviaions coninue o be used bu his book employs heabbreviaions 983138983139983141 (Beore he Common Era) and 983139983141 (Common Era)
TEACHING TIPInsruc he sudens o locae Alba Longa on he map on pp xxxiindashxxxiii
TEACHER BY THE WAYTough he wins were added o he sculpure in he enaissance he she-wol has srong links wihEruscan myhology and shows characerisics o Eruscan sculpure
TEACHING TIP
Te eacher may wish o encourage he sudens o design an abbreviaed amily ree o omulusand emus
Standards11 22
Jupier Juno King Num ior o Alba Longa
Mars hea Silvia
omulus emus
READING VOCABULARY
HOW TO USE THIS BOOKTe English pronoun subjec o a verb is no lised in he eading Vocabulary i he pronoun is no needed inhe ranslaion
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 4354
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull 3
Chapter 1 bull 3
READING VOCABULARYad aquam ndash o he waer
aedifican ndash build
ama ndash loves
ambula ndash walks
Amūlius ndash Amul ius
aquam ndash waer
bene ndash well
claudi ndash locks up
crēscun ndash grow up
cūra ndash akes care o cares or
deus ndash god
duōs ndash woes ndash is
e ndash and
īliōs ndash sons
habe ndash has
in aquam ndash ino he waer
iaque ndash and so
lupa ndash she-wol
Mārs ndash Mars he god o war
pōni ndash pus
poseā ndash aferwards laer
emum ndash emus
emus ndash emus
hēa Silvia ndash hea Silvia
hēam Silviam ndash hea Silvia
ōmam ndash ome
ōmulum ndash omulus
ōmulus ndash omulus vinculīs ndash w ih chains
Words marked wih an aserisk will need o bememorized laer in he chaper
COMPREHENSION QUESTIONS1 Whose sons are omulus and emus
2 Wha did Amulius do
3 Who saved he lie o omulus and emus
4 Wha did omulus and emus do
HOW TO USE THIS BOOK
Te sudens should not be expeced o lea rn he words under he ile eading Vocabulary whenever his ileoccurs in he book Insead insruc sudens o learn he vocabulary words lised under he ile Vocabularyto Learn ha will be ound laer in each chaper In more advanced Lain exs usually here are vocabularyand noes o help he sudens when reading a passage Tis eading Vocabulary will help prepare sudens orlaer more advanced classes
ANSWERS TO COMPREHENSION QUESTIONS
1 Tey are he sons o Mars and hea Silvia2 He locked up hea Silvia
3 A she-wol
4 Tey buil he ciy o ome
TEACHING TIP
Whi le English deriva ives rom he sar red words (ie he Vocabulary o L earn) are he opic o Ex-ercise 2 laer in his chaper here are some ineresing derivaives rom he non-sarred words andsome o hese show how words change hrough he years Te eacher may choose o discuss hesederivaives wih he sudens
bull aedi1047297cant (aedi1047297cō) ndash ediy edificaion edifice
Tis Lain word is buil rom wo Lain words aciō (o do make) and aedēs (house emple) Te
English derivaives reain his religious connecion or hey mean ldquoo build up he aih moraliy o in-sruc especially morallyrdquo Te word ldquoedificerdquo is always used or an imposing srucure such as a ldquoemplerdquoor aedēs
bull claudit (claudō) ndash close conclusion enclosure sluice
A ldquocloserdquo is a small shu-in space and some people i locked in one suffer rom ldquoclausrophobiardquo acompound derivaive parly rom Lain (o close confine) and parly rom he Greek (ear) hence ldquoa earo closed spacesrdquo
Te word ldquosluicerdquo does no look like a derivaive o claudō bu i has undergone cha nges as i ca meino English via middle English and old French (sclus) rom he Lain exclūdō which means ldquoo shu ourdquo Asluice has a gae a he op o he channel o shu off he 1047298ow o waer as necessary
bull crēscunt (crēscō) ndash crescen accrue recrui crew
Te word ldquocrewrdquo in middle English mean ldquoreinorcemenrdquo so a body o soldiers grew Te word ldquore-
cruirdquo has he same basic idea ecruis increase he size o he army (rom he Lain recrēscō meaning ldquoogrow againrdquo)
bull deus ndash deiy deiy
bull duōs ndash double dozen due duplicae
Te word ldquodozenrdquo is a compound rom he Lain word or ldquowordquo and he German word or ldquoenrdquo (zehn)
bull habet (habeō) ndash habi abiliy prohibiive
Onersquos abiliy depends on he alens and skil ls one has
bull pōnit ( pōnō) ndash depo imposiion preposiion
A depo origina lly was a place where supplies were pu or sorage
LANGUAGE FACT I
HOW TO USE THIS BOOKTe Language Facs secion o each chaper will conain boh grammaical (morphological) and synacicalinormaion ie inormaion boh abou he orms o he words and he srucure o he senence
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 4454
4 bull Latin for the New Millennium
4 bull Latin for the New Millennium
LANGUAGE FACT I
PARTS OF SPEECHTe parts o speech used in a Lain senence deermine is meaning jus as in English While henoun and he verb are he wo mos imporan oher common pars o speech are lised below
Noun a person place hing idea acion or qual iy Examples ldquoomulusrdquo ldquoriverrdquo ldquocouragerdquo
Pronoun a word ha sands in place o a noun ha has been previously menioned or is clearrom conex Examples ldquoIrdquo ldquosherdquo ldquohimrdquo ldquoirdquo
Adjecive a word ha limis or defines a noun or a pronoun Examples ldquolitlerdquo ldquosrongrdquo
Adverb a word ha lim is or defines verbs adjecives or (oher) adverbs Examples ldquoveryrdquoldquoquielyrdquo
Verb a word ha describes an acion or sae o being Examples ldquogordquo ldquosayrdquo ldquowasrdquo
Preposiion a word ha begins a preposiional phrase such as ldquoinrdquo ldquoordquo ldquoonrdquo ldquoorrdquo ldquobyrdquoldquowihrdquo A preposiional phrase is a preposiion joined o a noun Examples ldquoin he morningrdquoldquowih a sharp pencilrdquo
Conjuncion a word ha connecs words phrases clauses a nd senences Examples ldquoandrdquoldquoburdquo ldquoalhoughrdquo
Inerjecion a word ha expresses emoion Examples ldquowowrdquo
EXERCISE 1eview he meanings and ideniy he pars o speech o he ollowing words Te eading
Vocabulary may be consu led
1 īliōs 6 e2 bene 7 lupa3 aedifican 8 claudi
4 ad 9 ōmam5 ambula 10 ama
EXERCISE 1 ANSWERS
1 noun
2 adverb
3 verb
4 preposiion
5 verb
6 conjuncion
7 noun8 verb
9 noun
10 verb
TEACHING TIP
Te eacher may wish o ask he sudens in Lain wha par o speech a given word is Te eacher would say ldquoQuae pars ōrātiōnis estrdquo Suden responses would be
bull nōmen substantīvumsubstantīvum ndash noun
bull prōnōmen ndash pronoun
bull nōmen adiectīvumadiectīvum ndash adjecive
bull verbum temporāle ndash verb
bull adverbium ndash adverb
bull praepositiō ndash preposiion
bull coniūnctiō ndash conjuncion
bull interiectiō ndash inerjecion
Standards11 41
Standards11 41
WorkbookExercise 1
VOCABULARY TO LEARN
TEACHING TIPSince his is he firs se o Lain words ha your sudens will be required o memorize i is usuallya good idea o sugges and discuss wih hem some differen ways o memorize vocabulary Somesel help opions are lised below
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 4554
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull 5
NOUNSagricola agricolae m ndash armer
aqua aquae ndash waer
āhlēa āhlēae m ndash ahlee
īlia īliae ndash daugher
lupa lupae ndash she-wol
naua nauae m ndash sailor
poēa poēae m ndash poe
puella puellae ndash girl
ōma ōmae ndash ome
erra errae ndash land
VERBSama ndash heshei loves
ambula ndash heshei walks
cūra ndash heshei akes care o cares or
es ndash heshei is
ADVERBS bene ndash well
poseā ndash aferwards
CONJUNCTIONSe ndash and
iaque ndash and so
Aqueducs carr ied waer (aqua) o he ciies in he Roman world Tis aqueduc buil in 19 983138983139983141 which srechedacross he Gard River was named he Pon du Gard and brough waer o he ciy of Nicircmes in France in ancien imes
Chapter 1 bull 5
sel-help opions are lised below
1 Look a he word in he book and say he word aloud
2 Wrie down he word on a piece o paper along wih is meaning and check o be sure here are no spell-ing errors Color-coding he words by pars o speech is also helpul Pronounce he word while wriing idown and hen repea he word including he meaning and spelling
3 Make handwriten 1047298ashcards wih he Lain on one side and English on he oher and be sure here are nospelling errors Color-coding is a good sraegy here also Wriing he word ou helps some sudens ce-men he word in he brain Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers has creaed an elecronic vocabulary resourceor hose sudens or whom echnological learning ools are an aid Tese vocabulary 1047298ashcards are orhe iPod See p 93 or more inormaion on iPod 1047298ashcards
4 Use English derivaives o help remember meanings Bu be careul since some derivaives may havemeanings grealy changed rom he original Lain word
5 Find clipar picures ha illusrae he vocabulary words and use he picures as a way o es yoursel onhe Lain words
TEACHER BY THE WAYTe eacher may wish o open a discussion abou aqueducs and he waer supply or ancien omans while l ooking a he picu re o he Pon du Gard on his page For a hisory o aqueducs and heirconsrucion Froninusrsquo book Dē aquīs urbis Rōmae is an excellen source Te book was writenabou 97 983139983141 when he was Superinenden o Aqueducs Oher aqueducs include he ollowing
bull Te double high aqueduc in Segovia Spainbull Te Aqua Appia buil in 312 983138983139983141
bull Te Aqua rāiāna
bull Te aqueduc buil by Alex ander Severus in 226 983139983141
bull Te Aqua Claudia
bull Te Aqua Marcia wh ich wa s probably named a fer A ncus Marcius who was he fi rs K ing oome by radiional accouns o build an aqueduc o bring waer o ome
NB Te word ldquo Aquardquo when capialized means ldquoaqueducrdquo
Eleven aqueducs urnished 250000 gallons o waer o ome every weny-our hours
BY THE WAY
E h u gi n in h b l r h rm T nd rm i h g nii
HOW TO USE THIS BOOK Ēn is a word ha calls atenion o somehing and means ldquoLook a hisrdquo Te inormaion given here draws a-enion o and urher specifies differen language acs
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 4654
6 bull Latin for the New Millennium
6 bull Latin for the New Millennium
Each noun given in he vocabulary has wo orms Te second orm is he geniivesingular
A derivative is an English word rooed in a Lain word Te English derivaive issimilar in meaning and orm o is Lain source
STUDY TIP
An English derivaive ofen can help you remember wha a Lain word means
EXERCISE 2Find he English derivaives based on he Vocabulary o Learn in he ollowing senences Wriehe corresponding Lain word
1 She shows a considerable filial respec oward her aher
2 Agriculu re is a science o culivaing he land
3 Te ship is equipped wih all he necessary nauical insrumens
4 We saw all kinds o fish in he aquarium
5 Tis is an all-errain vehicle
6 When will he ahleic compeiion sar
7 She has a ruly poeic naure
LANGUAGE FACT II
NOUNS NUMBER GENDER CASE 983080NOMINATIVE AND
ACCUSATIVE983081Nouns in Lain show number gender and case
Number Lain nouns are eiher singular or plural in number Number is shown in differen ways by differen ypes o nouns bu some ending-paterns are or singular orms and oherending-paterns are or plural orms
Gender Every noun likewise is eiher masculine eminine or neuer in gender You muslearn he gender o each noun In he Vocabulary o Learn l iss he gender is indicaed by hecommon abbreviaionsm (masculi ne) f (eminine) or n (neuer)
Case Lain nouns mus have an ending-patern ha displays case Tis is quie differen romEnglish in which case is indicaed by word posiion and no by endings (alhough case markersare preserved in cerain pronouns such as ldquoherdquo and ldquohimrdquo) A nounrsquos case reveals wha uncionhe noun has in he senence Tere are five common cases nominaive geniive daive accu-saive and ablaive wo less requenly used cases are called he vocaive and he locaive
HOW TO USE THIS BOOKStudy Tips give hins rhymes and mnemonics o help sudens learn grammar and vocabulary
EXERCISE 2 ANSWERS1 filial īlia
2 agriculure agricola
3 nauical naua
4 aquarium aqua
5 errain erra
6 ahleic āhlēa
7 poeic poēa
TEACHING TIPExplain o he sudens ha in English he words ldquoardquo ldquoanrdquo or ldquoherdquo are usually placed beore a nounand Lain does no have an equivalen or hese words known as aricles
eachers may need o sress he absence o he aricle many imes beore sudens compleely ine-grae his knowledge ino heir reading habis in Lain class
TEACHING TIPLain like many oher languages does no always observe biological gender Ofen he gender o a
Lain noun is deermined by grammaical acors such as he group o which a noun belongs
TEACHING TIP
Alhough in Exercise 2 he sudens are direced o find only he derivaives based on he Vocabular yo Learn hey may be ineresed o learn ha here are oher derivaives in Exercise 2 Te derivaiono hese words is provided or he eacherrsquos convenience
bull 1 consider - rom sīdus (sar) + cum (wih ogeher) and rom cōnsīderō (o examine consider)respec - rom respectō (look back a have regard or)
bull 2 science - rom scientia (knowledge) and sciō (o know) culivaing - rom colō (ill inhabi worship)
bull 3 necessary - rom necesse (necessary) insrumens - rom īnstruō (o equip build provide)
and rom īnstrumentum (equipmen ool ec)bull 5 vehicle - rom he Lain verb vehō (o carry)
bull 6 compeiion - rom petō (o seek aim a atack ec) + cum (wih oge her)
bull 7 naure - rom nātūra (naure)
Standard41
Standards11 31 41
STUDY TIP
An easy way o remember he names ohe five common cases iso use his mnemonic
TEACHING TIPSudens may no know wha he word ldquomnemonicrdquo means explain ha a mnemonic device is some-hing ha helps a suden o remember somehing Te eacher may also wish o use his opporu-niy o bring up Mnemosyne he goddess o memory and he moher o he Muses
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 4754
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull 7
Chapter 1 bull 7
An easy way o remember he names o he five common cases is o use his mnemonicdevice
Never NominaiveGive GeniiveDogs Daive A ny A ccusaive A buse A blaive
Nominative Te nominaive case idenifies he subjec Te subjec is a noun or a pronounha perorms he acion or exiss in a sae o being In he senence ldquoWilliam is readingrdquohe word ldquoWilliamrdquo is he subjec
Example Mārs amat Mars loves
Te noun subjec o he verb ldquoloverdquo is he god Mars
Find more examples o nominaives and heir verbs rom he reading passage a he begin-ning o he chaper
Te nominaive case also idenifies he predicae nominaive In he senence ldquoWilliam isa sudenrdquo he predicae nominaive is ldquoa sudenrdquo A predicae nominaive complees hemeaning o he verb ldquoo berdquo Look a his exa mple rom he reading
Example Mārs est deus Mars is a god
Mārs is he subjec and deus is a predicae nominaive
Accusative Te ourh case lised is called he accusaive he geniive daive and ablaivecases will be discussed in laer chapers Te accusaive case poins ou he noun (or pro-noun) ha is he direc objec emember direc objecs receive he acion o he verb Inhe senence ldquoI am wriing a leterrdquo he direc objec is ldquoa leterrdquo
Example Mārs Rhēam Silviam amat Mars loves hea Silvia
Te direc objec o ldquoloverdquo is he noun Rhēam Silviam
Find more examples o accusaives and heir verbs rom he reading passage a he beginningo he chaper
niy o bring up Mnemosyne he goddess o memory and he moher o he Muses
Answers to ldquoFind more examples of nominatives a nd their verbs from the reading passage at the begin-ning of the chapterrdquo
hēa Silvia habe
Amūl ius claudi
Amūl ius pōni
Lupa ambula
Lupa cūra e amaōmulus e emus crēscun
ōmulus e emus aedifican
Answers to ldquoFind more examples of accusatives and their verbs from the reading passage at the beg in-ning of the chapterrdquo
duōs īliōs habe ōmulum e emum
hēam Silviam claudi
ōmulum e emum pōni
ōmulum e emum bene cūra e ama
ōmam aedifican
TEACHING TIPSudens may encouner diffi culy when r ying o ransl ae Lain names used in cases o her han henominaive Te eacher a some poin will need o explain (and repea whenever necessary) ha when ransla ing a La in name he suden should al ways use he nominaive o rm o he word Onp 7 sudens are asked o find examples o accusaives and heir verbs in he reading passage Teanswers lised above provide an opporuniy o pracice wih his issue emind sudens o rans-lae duōs īliōs habet Rōmulum et Remum as ldquohe has wo sons omulus and emusrdquo Te oher ouranswers may be used as pracice wih he sudens
EXERCISE 3a Ideniy wheher he nouns in bold in hese senences are subjecs direc objecs or predi
TEACHER BY THE WAYIn conjuncion wih he picure and is capion he eacher may wish o menion ha he amil-ilar acronym o SPQ is sill in use and visible hroughou modern ome991252on liter bins sewercovers ec
Standards11 41
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 4854
8 bull Latin for the New Millennium
8 bull Latin for the New Millennium
a Ideniy wheher he nouns in bold in hese senences are subjecs direc objecs or predi-cae nominaives Te eading Vocabulary may be consuled
b Label each senence as vērum (rue) i i agrees or alsum (alse) i i disagrees wih he Lainreading passage a he beginni ng o he chaper
Example Amūlius es deusPredicae nominaive alsum
1 hēa Silvia ōmulum e emum cūra
2 Amūlius ōmulum e emum bene cūra
3 Amūlius lupam vinculīs claudi
4 Mārs ōmulum e emum in aquam pōni
5 Lupa hēam Silviam cūra
6 Amūlius ad aquam ambula
Te power of he ciy of Rome founded according o legend by Romulus is symbolized by hese four leters ha areprominenly displayed in various places wihin he ciy
EXERCISE 3 ANSWERS
1 subjec vērum
2 direc objecs alsum
3 direc objec alsum
4 subjec alsum
5 direc objec alsum
6 subjec vērum
WorkbookExercise 2 A full si ze reproduc ible version of th is page
without the a nswers ca n be downloade d at wwwlnm bolchazyco m
HOW TO USE THIS BOOK
Noun Declensions Te eacher may choose Lain nouns rom he declension ha is being sudied a he imehis workshee is used Tus no answers are provided here
LANGUAGE FACT III
TEACHING TIP Ask he sudens wha he Lain words seleced rom he reading and lised near he op o p 9 mean
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 4954
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull 9
Chapter 1 bull 9
FIRST DECLENSION NOUNS A declension is a g roup o nouns ha show a cerain patern o word endings Tere are five differ-en declensions in Lain In he reading abou omulus and emus hese are he orms belongingo he firs declension
hēam Silviam hēa Silvia aquam lupa ōmam
Noice ha he ex says Rhēa Silvia when she is he subjec and Rhēam Silviam when she is hedirec objec
Te firs declension is composed o words ha characerisically have he vowel a a or near heend o he word lupa
Below is he patern ha firs declension nouns ollow o show case and number Memorize heLain words in order rom he nominaive singular down o he ablaive singular and hen romhe nominaive plural down o he ablaive plural
emember ha he endings or a whole group o nouns ollow his patern Once you learn hi spatern you can recognize he case a nd number o all he words belonging o hi s declension
In his chaper you have begun o learn abou he nominaive and accusai ve cases Te ohercases will be explained in laer chapers
First DeclensionSingular Plural
Nomina ive l upa he she-wol Nominaive lupae he she-wolves
Geniive lupae o he she-wol Geniive lupārum o he she-wolves
Daive lupae oor he she-wol Daive lupīs oor he she-wolves
Accusaive lupam he she-wol Accusaive lupās he she-wolves
Ablaive lupā bywih he she-wol Ablaive lupīs bywih he she-wolves
Daive and ablaive plural o he words īlia ldquodaugherrdquo and dea ldquogoddessrdquo is fīliābus anddeābusTis is o di singuish hese orms rom he corresponding orms o īlius ldquosonrdquo and deus ldquogodrdquo
STUDY TIP
Noice ha he ablaive singular ending -ā has a long mark (macron) above i his ishe only difference beween he nominaive and ablaive singular endings
TEACHING TIP
Afer he firs declension has been presened o he sudens encourage hem depending on heirlearning syle o say he declension aloud o wrie down he words o inven a rap or a cheer
TEACHER BY THE WAY
Te patern is called a declension because he oher cases lean away ( dēclīnāre) rom he nominaiveie hey do no ollow he same orm as he nominaive
ORAL EXERCISE 1Tis exercise may be used afer the 1047297rst declension has been presented
Whi le looking a he declension o lupa ask he sudens o decli ne nauta
Singular PluralNominaive naua nauaeGeniive nauae nauārumDaive nauae nauīs Accusaive nauam nauās Ablaive nauā nauīs
Standards11 31 41
OralExercise 1
WorkbookExercise 3
STUDY TIP
Noice ha he daive and ablaive plural endings a re idenical
EXERCISE 4 ANSWERS1 geniive daive puellār um puellī s
2 accusaive nauās
3 accusaive errās
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 5054
10 bull Latin for the New Millennium
10 bull Latin for the New Millennium
Here are more words belonging o he fi rs declension
puella ndash girl īlia ndash daugher terra ndash land
Mos firs declension words are eminine i n gender bu a ew (usually ones ha indicae mas-culine occupaions in ancien imes) are masculine Examples are poēta ldquopoerdquoagricola ldquoarmerrdquonauta ldquosailorrdquo āthlēta ldquoahleerdquo
EXERCISE 4Ideniy he case o each singular noun Ten change each orm ino plural For some more han
one answer is possibleExample īlianominaive īliae
1 puellae 5 aquae2 nauam 6 puellā3 erram 7 āhlēā4 a gr ic ol a
Like he Greek wreslers porrayed on his ancien bas-reliefRoman ahlees were also fond of he spor of wresling
4 nominaive agricolae
5 geniive daive aquārum aquīs
6 ablaive puellīs
7 ablaive āhlēīs
TEACHING TIP
Since wreslers are depiced on he illusraion on his page he eacher may wish o open a discus-
sion abou he omansrsquo and Greeksrsquo ondness or wresling which was ofen praciced in a complexcalled he palaestra
oman boys were expeced o serve in he m iliary Tus hey were firs rained by heir ahers in wreslingand boxing Srengh and agiliy were sressed raher han grace o movemen as in Greek spors Te woprincipal syles uilized by he Greek were uprigh wresling in which hree alls o your opponen o heground were necessary o deea him and ground wresling which required he opponen o give up in ordero end he mach In he palaes tra here was an area or he young people o pracice wresling or boxing wih apunching bag (cōrycus) Examples o monumenal oman bahs wih a palaest ra are ound a he Bahs o Ca-racalla in ome he Harbor Bahs a Ephesus in urkey and he Bahs in Varna Bulgaria he larges anciensrucure in ha counry
Wresling was also one o he spor evens a he Olympic games ha he omans ofen atended Greco-oman wresling is also one o he evens eaured in he summer Olympic games in modern imes
TEACHING TIPTe eacher migh wan o have sudens read an English ranslaion o Book 23 o he Iliad in which Ajax a nd Odysseus compee in a wre sling m ach and Book 5 o he Aeneid or a descripion o hespors ha he omans played and compare he atiude o he compeiors in each epic Boh evens were par o he uneral games he ormer in honor o Paroclu s riend and atendan o Achil lesand he later in honor o Anchises aher o Aeneas Tis migh lead o urher discussion on henaure o modern wresling
Standards11 41
EXERCISE 5Ideniy he case o each plural noun Ten change each orm ino he singular For some more
TEACHING TIPSudens may wonder why he geniive singular w ihou is ending mus be used o find he base whenhe nominaive singular wihou is ending works jus as well Explain ha in oher noun declensionshe nominaive will no always provide he same base or have he same spelling as he geniive
Standards11 41
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 5154
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull 11
Chapter 1 bull 11
han one answer is possible
Example puellāsaccusaive puellam
1 īliae 5 aquīs2 errīs 6 poēārum3 nauārum 7 agricolae4 l upa e
BY THE WAY
In all declensions endings are added o he base o a noun I is imporan o know hahe base o a noun is ound by removing he ending rom is geniive si ngular orm Forexample he geniive singular o puella is puellae I you remove he -ae rom puellae
wha remains is he base o he word namely puell- For his reason learning he geni-ive singular is as imporan as knowing he nominaive singular o he noun
STUDY TIP
Always learn he geniive ogeher wih he nominaive because rom he geniive you will know o which declension a word belongs
A wall paining depic ing a Roman farmer (agricola) wih his sheep
EXERCISE 5 ANSWERS
1 nominaive īl ia
2 daive ablaive errae errā
3 geniive nauae
4 nominaive lupa
5 daive ablaive aquae aquā
6 geniive poēae7 nominaive agricola
HOW TO USE THIS BOOKIn his book he word ldquobaserdquo is used o reer o he noun wihou any ending ldquoStemrdquo is used or he par o he verb wihou any ending ldquoootrdquo is used or he Lain par o a derivaive
ORAL EXERCISE 2Tis exercise may be used afer Exercise 5
Use one o he ollowing classroom presenaion opions (hereafer reerred o as CPO) (blackgreenwhiesmar board overhead or LCD projecor PowerPoinreg presenaion ec) o pu his inormaion on view
quis ldquowhordquo (or he subjec) and quem ldquowhomrdquo (or he direc objec)
Ten ask he suden o answer he ollowing quesions abou he chaper reading eiher orally or in wri-
en orm
1 Teacher Quis es Mārs Student Mārs es deus
2 Teacher Quem ama Mārs Student hēam Silviam Mārs ama
3 Teacher Quis ama hēam Silviam Student Mārs ama hēam Silviam
4 Teacher Quem habe hēa Silvia Student hēa Silvia duōs īliōs ōmulum eemum habe
5 Teacher Quis claudi hēam Silviam Student Amūlius claudi hēam Silviam
6 Teacher Quem claudi Amūlius Student hēam Silviam Amūlius claudi
7 Teacher Quis ōmulum e emum in aquampōni
Student Amūlius ōmulum e emum in aquampōni
8 Teacher Quem Amūlius in aquam pōni Student Amūlius ōmulum e emum in aquampōni
9 Teacher Quis ambula ad aquam Student Lupa ambula ad aquam
10 Teacher Quis ōmulum e emum bene cūra Student Lupa ōmulum e emum bene cūra
11 Teacher Quōs lupa bene cūra Student Lupa ōmulum e emum bene cūra
12 Teacher Quis ōmulum e emum a ma Student Lupa ōmulum e emum ama
13 Teacher Quōs lupa ama Student Lupa ōmulum e emum ama
OralExercise 2
WorkbookExercise
4 5
EXERCISE 6ranslae rom Lain ino English and rom English ino Lain Te mos common Lain word
d
TEACHER BY THE WAYTe eacher may menion ha he mos common word order (subjec ndash direc objec ndash verb) can o-en be changed For example i he verb is o be emphasized i will ake firs posiion I he subjecor he direc objec is o be emphasized i will ake he las posiion which is he mos emphaic oneIn general he more unusual he wordrsquos posiion is he more emphasis is placed on his word
Standards11 41
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 5254
12 bull Latin for the New Millennium
12 bull Latin for the New Millennium
order is
subjec ndash direc objec ndash verb
1 Agricola erram ama
2 Te ahlee loves waer
3 Naua īlia m ama
4 Te poe loves ome
5 Agricola erram cūra
6 Te she-wol cares or (is aking care o) he girl
BY THE WAY
Even hough he mos common word order is subjec ndash di rec objec ndash verb rememberha endings991252no word order991252deermine which word is he subjec and which i s hedirec objec
TALKING When we mee one person we gree herhim wih salvē When we mee wo or more people wegree hem wih salvēte When we bid goodbye o one person we sayvalē When we bid goodbyeo wo or more people we say valēte
Here are various ways o ask ldquohow are yourdquo or ldquohow are you doingrdquo
Quōmodo valēs or Quōmodo tē habēs or Quid agis ldquoHow are yourdquo
Here is a range o possible answers
bene ldquowellrdquo pessimē ldquovery badrdquo optimē ldquogreardquo melius ldquobeterrdquo mediocriter ldquoso-sordquo or ldquono oo badrdquo meliusculē ldquoa litle beterrdquo male ldquobadrdquo
In general he more unusual he word s posiion is he more emphasis is placed on his word
EXERCISE 6 ANSWERS
1 Te armer loves he land
2 Āhlēa aquam ama
3 Te sailor loves (his) daugher
4 Poēa ōmam ama
5 Te armer cares or (is aking care o) he land6 Lupa puellam cūra
TEACHING TIP
Te eacher may sar he class in Lain by saying Salvēte discipulī et discipulae and by eaching hesudens o say in reurn Salvē magister (magistra)
ORAL EXERCISE 3Tis exercise may be used anytime afer the students have learned the use o the accusative case or afer Exercise 6
Use one o he CPOrsquos o pu on display he orms amō and cūrō and explai n ha hey a re in he fir s personsingular and how his differs rom he hird person singular learned in his chaper Ask individual sudens omake senences wih hem using he words hey have learned
Ten ell he sudens ha nōn means ldquonordquo and ask hem o make si milar senences wih nōn amō and nōn cūrō
Examples(nōn) amō erram īliam aquam lupam āhlēam(nōn) cūrō erram īliam puellam
WorkbookExercise 6
ContentQuestions
OralExercise 3
Standards12 21 41
42
SAYING HELLOMarīa Helena e Chrisīna sun (are) discipulae (students)
TEACHING TIPHave sudens read he dialogue aloud Tis will help o build heir pronunciaion skills
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 5354
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull 13
Chapter 1 bull 13
Marīa Salvēe Helena e Chrisīna
Christīna Salvē Marīa
Helena Salvē Marīa
Marīa Quōmodo valēs Helena Quōmodo valēs Chrisīna
Helena et Christīna Bene Quōmodo ū ( you) valēs Marīa
Marīa Pessimē
Helena et Christīna Cūr (Why)
Marīa imeō linguam Laīnam ( I ear the Latin language)Helena Ego ( I ) linguam Laīnam amō
Christīna E ego linguam Laīnam amō
ORAL EXERCISE 4
Tis exercise may be used afer he Lain dialogue has been presened
Insruc he sudens o say ldquohellordquo in Lain o he suden nex o hem Divide he class ino wo pars ellone par o gree he oher par using he plural greeing and vice versa Do he same ype o aciviy whensaying ldquogoodbyerdquo You may wish o make greeing he class in Lain a nd saying ldquogoodbyerdquo in Lain a par oa daily rouine
Divide he sudens ino pairs in which one person will ask how hisher parner is in Lain and he oher
wil l answer
ORAL EXERCISE 5
Tis exercise may be used afer he Lain dialogue has been presened
ell he sudens ha he paricle ndashne is added o he firs syllable o a word ha inroduces a quesion Ten askhe ollowing quesions abou he dialogue beween Mary Helen and Chrisy Individual sudens may answerorally or he enire class may wrie he answers as he eacher asks hem orally Te eacher should explain hahe orm valēs in he greeing Quōmodo valēs is in he second person which means ldquoyourdquo Te hird person orm(reerring o ldquoherrdquo ldquohimrdquo or ldquoirdquo) is valet So he phrase ldquoHow is she doingrdquo would be Quōmodo valet Te hirdperson o amō is amat and he hird person o timeō is timet
1 Teacher Quōmodo Chrisīna vale Student(s) Chrisīna bene vale
2 Teacher Quōmodo Marīa vale Student(s) Marīa pessimē vale
3 Teacher Cūr (why) Marīa pessimē vale Student(s) Marīa ime linguam Lainam4 Teacher Amane l inguam L aīnam Helena Student(s) Helena linguam Laīnam ama
5 Teacher Linguamne Laīnam ama Chrisīna Student(s) Chrisīna linguam Laīnam ama
ORAL EXERCISE 6 AND DICTATIONTis combined exercise may be used to conclude the chapter or at any time afer the students have learned the accusa-tive case and chapter vocabulary
Dicae he ollowing senences o he sudens Ten ask hem o make he ollowing changes eiher orally orin writen orm a he discreion o he eacher
1 Teacher Agricol a erram ama (change he direc objec ino plura l)Student Agricola errās ama
2 Teacher Lupa puellam cūra (change he direc objec ino plural)
Student Lupa puellās cūra3 Teacher Āhlēa puel lās ama (change he direc objec ino singu lar)
Student Āhlēa puellam ama
4 Teacher Fīlia errās ama (change he direc objec ino singular)Student Fīlia erram ama
OralExercise
4 5 6 andDictation
TEACHER NOTES
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 5454
14 bull Latin for the New Millennium
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 3654
xxx bull Latin for the New Millennium
xxx bull Latin for the New Millennium
OVERVIEW OF ROMAN HISTORY According o legend omulus and his win broher emus were se adrif on he iber iver Ashe-wol nursed he boys unil a shepherd rescued hem Upon reaching manhood in 753 983138983139983141he wins ounded a new ciy near he place w here hey had been ound by he she-wol on he
basis o anaugusō auguriō ldquoa avorable sighing o birdsrdquo Bu omulus killed emus in a dispueover who would rule he new ciy and became is firs king
Six oher kings ruled afer omulus Numa Pompilius ullus Hosilius Ancus Marius ar-quinius Prisc us Servius ullius a nd arquinius Superbus (arquin he Proud) Afer he las ohese seven kings was overhrown in 509 983138983139983141 ome became a republic wih a represenaiveorm o governmen headed by wo consuls eleced an nually By 451 983138983139983141 he fi rs corpus o o-man law known as he welve ables was creaed
In he las cenury 983138983139983141 he oman epublic was shaken apar by a series o civil wars By31 983138983139983141 an auocraic regime headed earlier by Julius Caesar and laer by his grea-nephew Oc-avian brough he epublic o an end Te years rom 27 983138983139983141991252when Ocavian assumed heile o prīnceps ldquochie ciizenrdquo as well as he name Augu sus991252o around 180 983139983141 are known ashe early principae or empire During his era ome exended her boundaries o he BriishIsles in he norh Norh Arica in he souh Spain in he wes and he igris and Euphraesrivers in he eas
A view of he iber River as i 1047298ows hrough he ciy of Rome
map on p xxxii
COMPREHENSION QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS FOR PAGE XXX991251XXXI
eproducible versions o he quesions alone are available a wwwlnm bolchazycom
1 Who were he legendary ounders o ome
omulus and emus
2 According o legend in wha year was ome ounded
753 983138983139983141
3 Over he course o he monarchic period how many kings ruled ome
Seven
4 Wha even occurred in 509 983138983139983141
Te beginni ng o he oman epublic (wih wo consuls in charge)
5 Wha is he erm associaed wih he wo leaders o he epublic
Consul
6 Which wo leaders oversaw omersquos shif rom a republic o a principae
Julius Caesar and OcavianAugusu s
7 Wha major aciviy associaed wih empire-building ook place during he principae
erriorial expansion
8 Name wo developmens ha characerized he lae empire
Severe economic problems inernal poliical unres andor requen invasion by he Germanic ribes
9 Describe Diocleianrsquos response o he roubles o he empire
Diocleian divided he empire ino wo halves he Easern and Wesern empires in order o make ruli nghe empire more manageable
10 Explai n he origin o he erm ldquovandalismrdquo
Te fifh cenury invasion and pillag ing o ome by he ribe known as he Vandals who occupied he o-man province o Norh Arica led o he erm ldquovandalismrdquo meaning wanon desrucion
11 Describe Lainrsquos role in he cenuries afer 476 983139983141
Lain 1047298ourished as he major lierary language in he Wesern oman Empire and was spread o non-omanized places like Ireland Scandinavia and he New World
TEACHING TIP
Te eacher may ask he sudens o find he daes menioned on his page in he imeline on pp411ndash414
Sandards21 31 32
TEACHING TIPTe eacher may insruc he sudens o locae ByzaniumConsaninople discussed here in he
d h h ii
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 3754
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull xxxi
Introduction bull xxxi
From 180 983139983141 onwards in he period k nown as he lae empire he oman sae experiencedsevere economic problems and requen invasions by Germanic ri bes esponding o he pres-sure o he firs wave o migraions as well as inernal poliical u nres and economic diffi culieshe emperor Diocleian (ruled 284ndash305 983139983141) had already divided he oman Empire ino anEasern and Wesern hal each under is own emperor991252an atemp o make he vas omansae more manageable
Tis poliical division o he empire acually mirrored a culural division oo he main lan-guage o he Wes was Lain while he main language o he Eas was Greek Shorly aferwardshe emperor Consanine (ruled 312ndash337 983139983141) esablished a new capial or he Easern empirea Byzanium wh ich he renamed Consaninople (ldquohe ciy o Consaninerdquo oday called Isan-
bul) Bu even afer his reorganizaion he imperial governmen ulimaely proved incapable o
semming he ide o he migraions in par because he oman army was oo widely e xendedand could no be in so many places a once Indeed many o he invaders were given he sauso oederāī or ldquoreay roopsrdquo In effec hey were a llowed o occupy segmens o he empire inreurn or proecing i So when Alar ic King o he Visigohs sacked ome in 410 983139983141 he acual lyhad a ile as a commander in he oman army
ome was sacked again in 455 983139983141 by he Vandals who had already occupied he omanprovince o Norh Arica Te pillaging o he ciy o omulus by he invaders made a pro-ound impression on conemporaries and o his day he erm ldquovandalismrdquo is a word in severallanguages or wanon desrucion While he Easern empire (always more sable and eco-nomically prosperous han he Wes) coninued o exis unil 1453 983139983141 he Wesern empire
was ex inc as a poliica l eniy by 476 983139983141 In is place were Germa nic k ingdoms and ribes Angles and Saxons in Briai n Visigohs in Spain Osrogohs in Ialy Franks and Burgundi ansin Gaul991252o name only he major groups Te combinaion o hese new socieies wih heprevious inhabians who had been omanized o varying degrees would one day provide he
basis or he culures o modern Europe
Bu he end o he ancien oman Empire in he Wes was no he end o Lain On he con-rary during he nex 1200 years Lain no only 1047298ourished as he major lierary language in he
erriories o he ormer Wesern oman Empire he use o Lain was exended o regions heomans had never occupied including Ireland Scandinavi a and even he New World
BEGINNINGS OF LATIN LITERATURE Very ew complee works o Lain lieraure produced beore he mid-second cenury 983138983139983141 (ie beore 150 983138983139983141) have survived One reason or his loss was he remendous populariy o he works produced in he ollowing cenury by such auhors as Cicero Vergil and Ovid Teir wri-ings were so widely read and copied in subsequen cenuries ha he auhors preceding hem
were gradually negleced
Among he major figures o early Lain lieraure was a reed slave rom he Greek ciy o aren-um named Livius Andronicus who li ved rom 284ndash204 983138983139983141 He was known or his adapaionso Greek drama or oman audiences and his ranslaion o Homerrsquos Odyssey ino Lain verse
second paragraph on he map on p xxxii
TEACHING TIPTe eacher may ask he sudens o find he daes menioned on his page in he imeline on pp413ndash414
HOW TO USE THIS BOOK AND ITS ANCILLARIES
wo ancillaries are available or use wih his book Te Original Dysuncional Family (abbreviaed ODF)and From Romulus o Romulus Augusulus (abbreviaed R) R will be paricularly useul in order ohelp sudens keep he ime periods o he auhors and o he evens he auhors wroe abou sraigh in heirminds Chaper ile pages will include when appropriae a noaion on wha chaper o R he eachermay wish o assign
TEACHING TIPTe eacher may wish o assign Chaper 1 o he oman hisory ancillary From Romulus o Romu-lus Augusulus a his poin
COMPREHENSION QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS FOR PAGES XXXI991251XXXIVeproducible versions o he quesions alone are available a wwwlnm bolchazycom
1 Whom did he omans consider he aher o Lain lieraure
Ennius
2 Wha was Enniusrsquo mos amous work Is subjec mater
Annālēs was an epic poem abou omersquos early hisory
3 Wha amous Lain saying means ldquoCarhage mus be desroyedrdquo
Carhāgō dēlenda es
4 Who is he auhor o ha saying
Cao he ElderCao he Censor
5 When was Carha ge said o have been desroyed
146 983138983139983141 a he end o he hird Punic war
NB Aler sudens ha he answers o hese comprehension quesions will be ound on p xxxiv
Sandards21 31
R1
TEACHING TIP Ask sudens he English equivalen o cou nries s uch as Briannia and Germānia and he Englishequivalen o he ciies Neāpolis and Ahēnae
Sandard31
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 3854
xxxii bull Latin for the New Millennium
equivalen o he ciies Neāpolis and Ahēnae
A full size r eproducible version of h is page wihou he answe rs can be downloaded a wwwlnm bolchazycom
HOW TO USE THIS BOOK Answers o rep roducible aciviies w ill be gi ven in a larger size bel ow or he eacherrsquos convenience
ANSWERS TO MAP WORK 991251 PAGES XXXII991251XXXIII
1 Crēa Sicilia Corsica Sardinia Cyprus Ihaca Dēlos Brianni a
2 Vesuvius Mōns Aena Mōns Olympus Mōns Āppennīnus Mōns
3 Syria Macedonia Arica Asia
4 mare or ponus
5 Asia Eurōpa Arica
A full siz e reproducible version of his page wihou he answers can be down loaded a wwwln mbolchazycom
Te eacher may wish o have his map enlarged when reproducing i for ease of suden use in compleing his aciviy
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 3954
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull xxxiii
HOW TO USE THIS BOOK
Te answers o his aciviy can be easily seen on he wo acing pages
Te omans regarded Ennius (ca 239 169 983138983139983141) as he aher o Lain lieraure He wroe
TEACHING TIPSudens may be encouraged o find he ciy o Carhage menioned in he second paragraph on hemap on p xxxii
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 4054
xxxiv bull Latin for the New Millennium
xxxiv bull L atin for the New Millennium
Te omans regarded Ennius (ca 239ndash169 983138983139983141) as he aher o Lain lieraure He wroemany kinds o lierary works including plays His Annālēs an epic poem abou he early hisoryo ome was paricularly renowned and perhaps he primary epic read in oman schools beorehe ime o Vergil Only ragmens o his wriings remain
One o Enniusrsquo conemporaries was heamed Cao he Censor also known as Caohe Elder (234ndash149 983138983139983141) a rigidly conserva-ive oman senaor Mos o his reaise onagriculure called Dē agrī culūrā survivesI is he oldes work o Lain prose amongCaorsquos recommendaions here are ha fieldslaves be reaed similarly o beass o bur-den Cao is also remembered or his sae-men Carhāgō dēlenda es ldquoCarhage mus
be desroyedrdquo evidence or he omanear o he Carhaginians Te omansough hree wars known as he Punic
Wars agai ns he Car haginians Te fi rsended beore Cao was born in he secondagains Hannibal Cao served wih miliarydisincion he hird ended in 146 983138983139983141 asCao had demanded wih he desruciono Carhage On his occasion he vic oriousomans were said o have plowed sal inohe Carhaginian soil
Discussions abou laer auhors and adap-aions rom heir wriings w ill be presenedchronologically in he chapers o his book
Ancien ruins a Carhage in Africa
p p
TEACHER BY THE WAY Alhough he works o Enniu s have been preserved on ly in ragmens (abou a housand lines) hehad a grea in1047298uence on subsequen poes such as Vergil Quoable quoes include
bull a es o riendship Amīcus cer us in rē incer ā cerniur (A riend in need is a riend indeed)
bull an applicaion o wisdom o lie Quī ipse sibi sapiēns prōdesse nequi nēquīquam sapi (A man who
himsel is wise bu unable o be useul o himsel is wise or nohing)bull he amous descripion o Fabius Maximus Ūnus homō nōbīs cūncandō resiui rem (One man by delaying res ored he sae or us)
bull and he line on Manius Curius Quem nēmō errō poui superāre nec aurō (Whom no one was ableo deea eiher by sword or gold)
We also have preser ved or us he exa mple o excessive all ieraion ha has g iven rise o much laugher inLain classrooms over he years Ō ie ūe aī ibi ana yranne ulisī ldquoO ius aius you yran (all voca-ive) you brough o yoursel such grea (roubles)rdquo991252ranslaed in conex which plays off he more lieral ldquo you ookacquired or yoursel such grea hings rdquo
On he oher hand he composed his own epiaph in which his high eseem among omans proved o beprescien
nēmō mē lacrumīs decōre neu unera 1047298ēū
axi Cūr Voliō vivos per ōra v irum (Le no one honor me wih ears or make a uneral pyre by weeping
Why I 1047298y li ving hrough he mouhs o men)
TEACHER BY THE WAY
Pluarchrsquos Lie o Cao is a good source o snappy quoaions atribued o his saesman soldier andauhor For example while discussing he power o women he said ldquoAll oher men rule heir wives we rule al l oher men and our w ives rule us rdquo Atemping o persuade he oman people o orego adisribuion o grain he began his speech by saying ldquoI is a hard mater o argue wih he belly sincei has no earsrdquo And o a ribune who had been accused o using poison and was rying o pass a use-less bill he said ldquoI know no which is worse o drink your mixures or o enac your billsrdquo
1CHAPTER 1
HOW TO USE THIS BOOK
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 4154
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull 1
1CHAPTER
Parts of Speech Nouns Number Gender Case (Nominative and Accusative)
First Declension Nouns
MEMORĀBILE DICTŪ
SPQ Senātus Populusque ōmānusldquoTe Senae and he People o omerdquo
Tese our leters orm wha is known as an acronym one ha symbolized supreme power inancien ome
Oil paining of Romulus and Remus wih he wolf By Peer Paul Rubens (1577ndash1640)
Te grammaical and synacical opics ha will be presened in each chaper o his book are lised a he opo he chaper ile page
HOW TO USE THIS BOOK
Te illusraion on each chaperrsquos ile page presens a visual inroducion o he Lain reading passage ha willollow eachers may choose o discuss he illusraion in order o provide he conex or he reading he su-dens will encouner on he nex page
HOW TO USE THIS BOOK
On each chaper ile page he phrase Memorābile Dictū (ldquoA memorable hing o say rdquo) will be ou nd Below here will be a amous phrase quoa ion abbreviaion or moto in L ain ha w ill connec hese words o he opicsin he chaper
MEMORĀBILE DICTŪ VOCABULARY
populus populī m ndash people
-que ndash and
senāus senāūs m ndash senae
TEACHING TIP
ubens pained his picure o omulus and emus rom 1615ndash1616 during wha is called he Ba-roque period o ar Te man approaching rom he rear is Fausulus Te reclining figure is he god
o he river iber
HOW TO USE THIS BOOK AND ITS ANCILLARIESwo ancillaries are available or use wih his book Te Original Dysunctional Family (abbreviaed ODF)and From Romulus to Romulus Augustulus (abbreviaed R) R will be paricularly useul in order ohelp sudens keep he ime periods o he auhors and o he evens he auhors wroe abou sraigh in heirmind Chaper ile pages wil l include when appropriae a noaion abou wha chaper o R he eachermay wish o assign
Standards11 21
R 2and 3
READING
TRANSLATION OF LATIN PASSAGEomulus and emus
Mars is a god Mars loves hea Silvia And so hea Silvia has wo sons omulus and emus Amulius locks uph Sil i A li l d i h A h l lk h T h l
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 4254
2 bull Latin for the New Millennium
2 bull Latin for the New Millennium
READINGTis sory describes how ome was said o have been ounded in 753 983138983139983141 King Numior o AlbaLonga was overhrown by his cruel and ambiious broher Amulius who no only seized hehrone bu so eared ha one o Numiorrsquos male descendans migh have a legiimae claim oni ha he made Amuliusrsquo daug her hea Silvia a priesess o he goddess Vesa Tese priesesses
were no allowed o marry during heir childbearing years
RŌMULUS ET REMUS
1 Mārs es deus Mārs hēam Silviam ama Iaque hēa Silvia duōs
īliōs habe ōmulum e emum Amūlius hēam Silviam vinculīs
claudi Amūlius ōmulum e emum in aquam pōni Lupa ad aquamambula Lupa ōmulum e emum bene cūra e ama ōmulus e
5 emus crēscun Poseā ōmulus e emus ōmam aedifican
Famous bronze saue of he she-wolf and he wins
hea Silvia Amulius pus omulus and emus ino he waer A she-wol walks o he waer Te she-wol caresor (akes good care o) omulus and emus well and loves (hem) omulus and emus grow up Aferwards(laer) omulus and emus build ome
HOW TO USE THIS BOOK Above each La in reading pa ssage inorm aion is presened in Engl ish Tis pre -reading provides back groundinormaion abou he auhor and esablishes he conex o he passage he sudens will read
TEACHER BY THE WAY
Te eacher may wish o inroduce he class o he radiional abbreviaions o 983137983140 (which sandsor he Lain phrase Annō Dominī ldquoi n he year o our Lordrdquo) and 983138983139 (which sands or he Engl ishphrase ldquoBeore Chrisrdquo) Tese older abbreviaions coninue o be used bu his book employs heabbreviaions 983138983139983141 (Beore he Common Era) and 983139983141 (Common Era)
TEACHING TIPInsruc he sudens o locae Alba Longa on he map on pp xxxiindashxxxiii
TEACHER BY THE WAYTough he wins were added o he sculpure in he enaissance he she-wol has srong links wihEruscan myhology and shows characerisics o Eruscan sculpure
TEACHING TIP
Te eacher may wish o encourage he sudens o design an abbreviaed amily ree o omulusand emus
Standards11 22
Jupier Juno King Num ior o Alba Longa
Mars hea Silvia
omulus emus
READING VOCABULARY
HOW TO USE THIS BOOKTe English pronoun subjec o a verb is no lised in he eading Vocabulary i he pronoun is no needed inhe ranslaion
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 4354
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull 3
Chapter 1 bull 3
READING VOCABULARYad aquam ndash o he waer
aedifican ndash build
ama ndash loves
ambula ndash walks
Amūlius ndash Amul ius
aquam ndash waer
bene ndash well
claudi ndash locks up
crēscun ndash grow up
cūra ndash akes care o cares or
deus ndash god
duōs ndash woes ndash is
e ndash and
īliōs ndash sons
habe ndash has
in aquam ndash ino he waer
iaque ndash and so
lupa ndash she-wol
Mārs ndash Mars he god o war
pōni ndash pus
poseā ndash aferwards laer
emum ndash emus
emus ndash emus
hēa Silvia ndash hea Silvia
hēam Silviam ndash hea Silvia
ōmam ndash ome
ōmulum ndash omulus
ōmulus ndash omulus vinculīs ndash w ih chains
Words marked wih an aserisk will need o bememorized laer in he chaper
COMPREHENSION QUESTIONS1 Whose sons are omulus and emus
2 Wha did Amulius do
3 Who saved he lie o omulus and emus
4 Wha did omulus and emus do
HOW TO USE THIS BOOK
Te sudens should not be expeced o lea rn he words under he ile eading Vocabulary whenever his ileoccurs in he book Insead insruc sudens o learn he vocabulary words lised under he ile Vocabularyto Learn ha will be ound laer in each chaper In more advanced Lain exs usually here are vocabularyand noes o help he sudens when reading a passage Tis eading Vocabulary will help prepare sudens orlaer more advanced classes
ANSWERS TO COMPREHENSION QUESTIONS
1 Tey are he sons o Mars and hea Silvia2 He locked up hea Silvia
3 A she-wol
4 Tey buil he ciy o ome
TEACHING TIP
Whi le English deriva ives rom he sar red words (ie he Vocabulary o L earn) are he opic o Ex-ercise 2 laer in his chaper here are some ineresing derivaives rom he non-sarred words andsome o hese show how words change hrough he years Te eacher may choose o discuss hesederivaives wih he sudens
bull aedi1047297cant (aedi1047297cō) ndash ediy edificaion edifice
Tis Lain word is buil rom wo Lain words aciō (o do make) and aedēs (house emple) Te
English derivaives reain his religious connecion or hey mean ldquoo build up he aih moraliy o in-sruc especially morallyrdquo Te word ldquoedificerdquo is always used or an imposing srucure such as a ldquoemplerdquoor aedēs
bull claudit (claudō) ndash close conclusion enclosure sluice
A ldquocloserdquo is a small shu-in space and some people i locked in one suffer rom ldquoclausrophobiardquo acompound derivaive parly rom Lain (o close confine) and parly rom he Greek (ear) hence ldquoa earo closed spacesrdquo
Te word ldquosluicerdquo does no look like a derivaive o claudō bu i has undergone cha nges as i ca meino English via middle English and old French (sclus) rom he Lain exclūdō which means ldquoo shu ourdquo Asluice has a gae a he op o he channel o shu off he 1047298ow o waer as necessary
bull crēscunt (crēscō) ndash crescen accrue recrui crew
Te word ldquocrewrdquo in middle English mean ldquoreinorcemenrdquo so a body o soldiers grew Te word ldquore-
cruirdquo has he same basic idea ecruis increase he size o he army (rom he Lain recrēscō meaning ldquoogrow againrdquo)
bull deus ndash deiy deiy
bull duōs ndash double dozen due duplicae
Te word ldquodozenrdquo is a compound rom he Lain word or ldquowordquo and he German word or ldquoenrdquo (zehn)
bull habet (habeō) ndash habi abiliy prohibiive
Onersquos abiliy depends on he alens and skil ls one has
bull pōnit ( pōnō) ndash depo imposiion preposiion
A depo origina lly was a place where supplies were pu or sorage
LANGUAGE FACT I
HOW TO USE THIS BOOKTe Language Facs secion o each chaper will conain boh grammaical (morphological) and synacicalinormaion ie inormaion boh abou he orms o he words and he srucure o he senence
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 4454
4 bull Latin for the New Millennium
4 bull Latin for the New Millennium
LANGUAGE FACT I
PARTS OF SPEECHTe parts o speech used in a Lain senence deermine is meaning jus as in English While henoun and he verb are he wo mos imporan oher common pars o speech are lised below
Noun a person place hing idea acion or qual iy Examples ldquoomulusrdquo ldquoriverrdquo ldquocouragerdquo
Pronoun a word ha sands in place o a noun ha has been previously menioned or is clearrom conex Examples ldquoIrdquo ldquosherdquo ldquohimrdquo ldquoirdquo
Adjecive a word ha limis or defines a noun or a pronoun Examples ldquolitlerdquo ldquosrongrdquo
Adverb a word ha lim is or defines verbs adjecives or (oher) adverbs Examples ldquoveryrdquoldquoquielyrdquo
Verb a word ha describes an acion or sae o being Examples ldquogordquo ldquosayrdquo ldquowasrdquo
Preposiion a word ha begins a preposiional phrase such as ldquoinrdquo ldquoordquo ldquoonrdquo ldquoorrdquo ldquobyrdquoldquowihrdquo A preposiional phrase is a preposiion joined o a noun Examples ldquoin he morningrdquoldquowih a sharp pencilrdquo
Conjuncion a word ha connecs words phrases clauses a nd senences Examples ldquoandrdquoldquoburdquo ldquoalhoughrdquo
Inerjecion a word ha expresses emoion Examples ldquowowrdquo
EXERCISE 1eview he meanings and ideniy he pars o speech o he ollowing words Te eading
Vocabulary may be consu led
1 īliōs 6 e2 bene 7 lupa3 aedifican 8 claudi
4 ad 9 ōmam5 ambula 10 ama
EXERCISE 1 ANSWERS
1 noun
2 adverb
3 verb
4 preposiion
5 verb
6 conjuncion
7 noun8 verb
9 noun
10 verb
TEACHING TIP
Te eacher may wish o ask he sudens in Lain wha par o speech a given word is Te eacher would say ldquoQuae pars ōrātiōnis estrdquo Suden responses would be
bull nōmen substantīvumsubstantīvum ndash noun
bull prōnōmen ndash pronoun
bull nōmen adiectīvumadiectīvum ndash adjecive
bull verbum temporāle ndash verb
bull adverbium ndash adverb
bull praepositiō ndash preposiion
bull coniūnctiō ndash conjuncion
bull interiectiō ndash inerjecion
Standards11 41
Standards11 41
WorkbookExercise 1
VOCABULARY TO LEARN
TEACHING TIPSince his is he firs se o Lain words ha your sudens will be required o memorize i is usuallya good idea o sugges and discuss wih hem some differen ways o memorize vocabulary Somesel help opions are lised below
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 4554
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull 5
NOUNSagricola agricolae m ndash armer
aqua aquae ndash waer
āhlēa āhlēae m ndash ahlee
īlia īliae ndash daugher
lupa lupae ndash she-wol
naua nauae m ndash sailor
poēa poēae m ndash poe
puella puellae ndash girl
ōma ōmae ndash ome
erra errae ndash land
VERBSama ndash heshei loves
ambula ndash heshei walks
cūra ndash heshei akes care o cares or
es ndash heshei is
ADVERBS bene ndash well
poseā ndash aferwards
CONJUNCTIONSe ndash and
iaque ndash and so
Aqueducs carr ied waer (aqua) o he ciies in he Roman world Tis aqueduc buil in 19 983138983139983141 which srechedacross he Gard River was named he Pon du Gard and brough waer o he ciy of Nicircmes in France in ancien imes
Chapter 1 bull 5
sel-help opions are lised below
1 Look a he word in he book and say he word aloud
2 Wrie down he word on a piece o paper along wih is meaning and check o be sure here are no spell-ing errors Color-coding he words by pars o speech is also helpul Pronounce he word while wriing idown and hen repea he word including he meaning and spelling
3 Make handwriten 1047298ashcards wih he Lain on one side and English on he oher and be sure here are nospelling errors Color-coding is a good sraegy here also Wriing he word ou helps some sudens ce-men he word in he brain Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers has creaed an elecronic vocabulary resourceor hose sudens or whom echnological learning ools are an aid Tese vocabulary 1047298ashcards are orhe iPod See p 93 or more inormaion on iPod 1047298ashcards
4 Use English derivaives o help remember meanings Bu be careul since some derivaives may havemeanings grealy changed rom he original Lain word
5 Find clipar picures ha illusrae he vocabulary words and use he picures as a way o es yoursel onhe Lain words
TEACHER BY THE WAYTe eacher may wish o open a discussion abou aqueducs and he waer supply or ancien omans while l ooking a he picu re o he Pon du Gard on his page For a hisory o aqueducs and heirconsrucion Froninusrsquo book Dē aquīs urbis Rōmae is an excellen source Te book was writenabou 97 983139983141 when he was Superinenden o Aqueducs Oher aqueducs include he ollowing
bull Te double high aqueduc in Segovia Spainbull Te Aqua Appia buil in 312 983138983139983141
bull Te Aqua rāiāna
bull Te aqueduc buil by Alex ander Severus in 226 983139983141
bull Te Aqua Claudia
bull Te Aqua Marcia wh ich wa s probably named a fer A ncus Marcius who was he fi rs K ing oome by radiional accouns o build an aqueduc o bring waer o ome
NB Te word ldquo Aquardquo when capialized means ldquoaqueducrdquo
Eleven aqueducs urnished 250000 gallons o waer o ome every weny-our hours
BY THE WAY
E h u gi n in h b l r h rm T nd rm i h g nii
HOW TO USE THIS BOOK Ēn is a word ha calls atenion o somehing and means ldquoLook a hisrdquo Te inormaion given here draws a-enion o and urher specifies differen language acs
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 4654
6 bull Latin for the New Millennium
6 bull Latin for the New Millennium
Each noun given in he vocabulary has wo orms Te second orm is he geniivesingular
A derivative is an English word rooed in a Lain word Te English derivaive issimilar in meaning and orm o is Lain source
STUDY TIP
An English derivaive ofen can help you remember wha a Lain word means
EXERCISE 2Find he English derivaives based on he Vocabulary o Learn in he ollowing senences Wriehe corresponding Lain word
1 She shows a considerable filial respec oward her aher
2 Agriculu re is a science o culivaing he land
3 Te ship is equipped wih all he necessary nauical insrumens
4 We saw all kinds o fish in he aquarium
5 Tis is an all-errain vehicle
6 When will he ahleic compeiion sar
7 She has a ruly poeic naure
LANGUAGE FACT II
NOUNS NUMBER GENDER CASE 983080NOMINATIVE AND
ACCUSATIVE983081Nouns in Lain show number gender and case
Number Lain nouns are eiher singular or plural in number Number is shown in differen ways by differen ypes o nouns bu some ending-paterns are or singular orms and oherending-paterns are or plural orms
Gender Every noun likewise is eiher masculine eminine or neuer in gender You muslearn he gender o each noun In he Vocabulary o Learn l iss he gender is indicaed by hecommon abbreviaionsm (masculi ne) f (eminine) or n (neuer)
Case Lain nouns mus have an ending-patern ha displays case Tis is quie differen romEnglish in which case is indicaed by word posiion and no by endings (alhough case markersare preserved in cerain pronouns such as ldquoherdquo and ldquohimrdquo) A nounrsquos case reveals wha uncionhe noun has in he senence Tere are five common cases nominaive geniive daive accu-saive and ablaive wo less requenly used cases are called he vocaive and he locaive
HOW TO USE THIS BOOKStudy Tips give hins rhymes and mnemonics o help sudens learn grammar and vocabulary
EXERCISE 2 ANSWERS1 filial īlia
2 agriculure agricola
3 nauical naua
4 aquarium aqua
5 errain erra
6 ahleic āhlēa
7 poeic poēa
TEACHING TIPExplain o he sudens ha in English he words ldquoardquo ldquoanrdquo or ldquoherdquo are usually placed beore a nounand Lain does no have an equivalen or hese words known as aricles
eachers may need o sress he absence o he aricle many imes beore sudens compleely ine-grae his knowledge ino heir reading habis in Lain class
TEACHING TIPLain like many oher languages does no always observe biological gender Ofen he gender o a
Lain noun is deermined by grammaical acors such as he group o which a noun belongs
TEACHING TIP
Alhough in Exercise 2 he sudens are direced o find only he derivaives based on he Vocabular yo Learn hey may be ineresed o learn ha here are oher derivaives in Exercise 2 Te derivaiono hese words is provided or he eacherrsquos convenience
bull 1 consider - rom sīdus (sar) + cum (wih ogeher) and rom cōnsīderō (o examine consider)respec - rom respectō (look back a have regard or)
bull 2 science - rom scientia (knowledge) and sciō (o know) culivaing - rom colō (ill inhabi worship)
bull 3 necessary - rom necesse (necessary) insrumens - rom īnstruō (o equip build provide)
and rom īnstrumentum (equipmen ool ec)bull 5 vehicle - rom he Lain verb vehō (o carry)
bull 6 compeiion - rom petō (o seek aim a atack ec) + cum (wih oge her)
bull 7 naure - rom nātūra (naure)
Standard41
Standards11 31 41
STUDY TIP
An easy way o remember he names ohe five common cases iso use his mnemonic
TEACHING TIPSudens may no know wha he word ldquomnemonicrdquo means explain ha a mnemonic device is some-hing ha helps a suden o remember somehing Te eacher may also wish o use his opporu-niy o bring up Mnemosyne he goddess o memory and he moher o he Muses
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 4754
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull 7
Chapter 1 bull 7
An easy way o remember he names o he five common cases is o use his mnemonicdevice
Never NominaiveGive GeniiveDogs Daive A ny A ccusaive A buse A blaive
Nominative Te nominaive case idenifies he subjec Te subjec is a noun or a pronounha perorms he acion or exiss in a sae o being In he senence ldquoWilliam is readingrdquohe word ldquoWilliamrdquo is he subjec
Example Mārs amat Mars loves
Te noun subjec o he verb ldquoloverdquo is he god Mars
Find more examples o nominaives and heir verbs rom he reading passage a he begin-ning o he chaper
Te nominaive case also idenifies he predicae nominaive In he senence ldquoWilliam isa sudenrdquo he predicae nominaive is ldquoa sudenrdquo A predicae nominaive complees hemeaning o he verb ldquoo berdquo Look a his exa mple rom he reading
Example Mārs est deus Mars is a god
Mārs is he subjec and deus is a predicae nominaive
Accusative Te ourh case lised is called he accusaive he geniive daive and ablaivecases will be discussed in laer chapers Te accusaive case poins ou he noun (or pro-noun) ha is he direc objec emember direc objecs receive he acion o he verb Inhe senence ldquoI am wriing a leterrdquo he direc objec is ldquoa leterrdquo
Example Mārs Rhēam Silviam amat Mars loves hea Silvia
Te direc objec o ldquoloverdquo is he noun Rhēam Silviam
Find more examples o accusaives and heir verbs rom he reading passage a he beginningo he chaper
niy o bring up Mnemosyne he goddess o memory and he moher o he Muses
Answers to ldquoFind more examples of nominatives a nd their verbs from the reading passage at the begin-ning of the chapterrdquo
hēa Silvia habe
Amūl ius claudi
Amūl ius pōni
Lupa ambula
Lupa cūra e amaōmulus e emus crēscun
ōmulus e emus aedifican
Answers to ldquoFind more examples of accusatives and their verbs from the reading passage at the beg in-ning of the chapterrdquo
duōs īliōs habe ōmulum e emum
hēam Silviam claudi
ōmulum e emum pōni
ōmulum e emum bene cūra e ama
ōmam aedifican
TEACHING TIPSudens may encouner diffi culy when r ying o ransl ae Lain names used in cases o her han henominaive Te eacher a some poin will need o explain (and repea whenever necessary) ha when ransla ing a La in name he suden should al ways use he nominaive o rm o he word Onp 7 sudens are asked o find examples o accusaives and heir verbs in he reading passage Teanswers lised above provide an opporuniy o pracice wih his issue emind sudens o rans-lae duōs īliōs habet Rōmulum et Remum as ldquohe has wo sons omulus and emusrdquo Te oher ouranswers may be used as pracice wih he sudens
EXERCISE 3a Ideniy wheher he nouns in bold in hese senences are subjecs direc objecs or predi
TEACHER BY THE WAYIn conjuncion wih he picure and is capion he eacher may wish o menion ha he amil-ilar acronym o SPQ is sill in use and visible hroughou modern ome991252on liter bins sewercovers ec
Standards11 41
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 4854
8 bull Latin for the New Millennium
8 bull Latin for the New Millennium
a Ideniy wheher he nouns in bold in hese senences are subjecs direc objecs or predi-cae nominaives Te eading Vocabulary may be consuled
b Label each senence as vērum (rue) i i agrees or alsum (alse) i i disagrees wih he Lainreading passage a he beginni ng o he chaper
Example Amūlius es deusPredicae nominaive alsum
1 hēa Silvia ōmulum e emum cūra
2 Amūlius ōmulum e emum bene cūra
3 Amūlius lupam vinculīs claudi
4 Mārs ōmulum e emum in aquam pōni
5 Lupa hēam Silviam cūra
6 Amūlius ad aquam ambula
Te power of he ciy of Rome founded according o legend by Romulus is symbolized by hese four leters ha areprominenly displayed in various places wihin he ciy
EXERCISE 3 ANSWERS
1 subjec vērum
2 direc objecs alsum
3 direc objec alsum
4 subjec alsum
5 direc objec alsum
6 subjec vērum
WorkbookExercise 2 A full si ze reproduc ible version of th is page
without the a nswers ca n be downloade d at wwwlnm bolchazyco m
HOW TO USE THIS BOOK
Noun Declensions Te eacher may choose Lain nouns rom he declension ha is being sudied a he imehis workshee is used Tus no answers are provided here
LANGUAGE FACT III
TEACHING TIP Ask he sudens wha he Lain words seleced rom he reading and lised near he op o p 9 mean
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 4954
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull 9
Chapter 1 bull 9
FIRST DECLENSION NOUNS A declension is a g roup o nouns ha show a cerain patern o word endings Tere are five differ-en declensions in Lain In he reading abou omulus and emus hese are he orms belongingo he firs declension
hēam Silviam hēa Silvia aquam lupa ōmam
Noice ha he ex says Rhēa Silvia when she is he subjec and Rhēam Silviam when she is hedirec objec
Te firs declension is composed o words ha characerisically have he vowel a a or near heend o he word lupa
Below is he patern ha firs declension nouns ollow o show case and number Memorize heLain words in order rom he nominaive singular down o he ablaive singular and hen romhe nominaive plural down o he ablaive plural
emember ha he endings or a whole group o nouns ollow his patern Once you learn hi spatern you can recognize he case a nd number o all he words belonging o hi s declension
In his chaper you have begun o learn abou he nominaive and accusai ve cases Te ohercases will be explained in laer chapers
First DeclensionSingular Plural
Nomina ive l upa he she-wol Nominaive lupae he she-wolves
Geniive lupae o he she-wol Geniive lupārum o he she-wolves
Daive lupae oor he she-wol Daive lupīs oor he she-wolves
Accusaive lupam he she-wol Accusaive lupās he she-wolves
Ablaive lupā bywih he she-wol Ablaive lupīs bywih he she-wolves
Daive and ablaive plural o he words īlia ldquodaugherrdquo and dea ldquogoddessrdquo is fīliābus anddeābusTis is o di singuish hese orms rom he corresponding orms o īlius ldquosonrdquo and deus ldquogodrdquo
STUDY TIP
Noice ha he ablaive singular ending -ā has a long mark (macron) above i his ishe only difference beween he nominaive and ablaive singular endings
TEACHING TIP
Afer he firs declension has been presened o he sudens encourage hem depending on heirlearning syle o say he declension aloud o wrie down he words o inven a rap or a cheer
TEACHER BY THE WAY
Te patern is called a declension because he oher cases lean away ( dēclīnāre) rom he nominaiveie hey do no ollow he same orm as he nominaive
ORAL EXERCISE 1Tis exercise may be used afer the 1047297rst declension has been presented
Whi le looking a he declension o lupa ask he sudens o decli ne nauta
Singular PluralNominaive naua nauaeGeniive nauae nauārumDaive nauae nauīs Accusaive nauam nauās Ablaive nauā nauīs
Standards11 31 41
OralExercise 1
WorkbookExercise 3
STUDY TIP
Noice ha he daive and ablaive plural endings a re idenical
EXERCISE 4 ANSWERS1 geniive daive puellār um puellī s
2 accusaive nauās
3 accusaive errās
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 5054
10 bull Latin for the New Millennium
10 bull Latin for the New Millennium
Here are more words belonging o he fi rs declension
puella ndash girl īlia ndash daugher terra ndash land
Mos firs declension words are eminine i n gender bu a ew (usually ones ha indicae mas-culine occupaions in ancien imes) are masculine Examples are poēta ldquopoerdquoagricola ldquoarmerrdquonauta ldquosailorrdquo āthlēta ldquoahleerdquo
EXERCISE 4Ideniy he case o each singular noun Ten change each orm ino plural For some more han
one answer is possibleExample īlianominaive īliae
1 puellae 5 aquae2 nauam 6 puellā3 erram 7 āhlēā4 a gr ic ol a
Like he Greek wreslers porrayed on his ancien bas-reliefRoman ahlees were also fond of he spor of wresling
4 nominaive agricolae
5 geniive daive aquārum aquīs
6 ablaive puellīs
7 ablaive āhlēīs
TEACHING TIP
Since wreslers are depiced on he illusraion on his page he eacher may wish o open a discus-
sion abou he omansrsquo and Greeksrsquo ondness or wresling which was ofen praciced in a complexcalled he palaestra
oman boys were expeced o serve in he m iliary Tus hey were firs rained by heir ahers in wreslingand boxing Srengh and agiliy were sressed raher han grace o movemen as in Greek spors Te woprincipal syles uilized by he Greek were uprigh wresling in which hree alls o your opponen o heground were necessary o deea him and ground wresling which required he opponen o give up in ordero end he mach In he palaes tra here was an area or he young people o pracice wresling or boxing wih apunching bag (cōrycus) Examples o monumenal oman bahs wih a palaest ra are ound a he Bahs o Ca-racalla in ome he Harbor Bahs a Ephesus in urkey and he Bahs in Varna Bulgaria he larges anciensrucure in ha counry
Wresling was also one o he spor evens a he Olympic games ha he omans ofen atended Greco-oman wresling is also one o he evens eaured in he summer Olympic games in modern imes
TEACHING TIPTe eacher migh wan o have sudens read an English ranslaion o Book 23 o he Iliad in which Ajax a nd Odysseus compee in a wre sling m ach and Book 5 o he Aeneid or a descripion o hespors ha he omans played and compare he atiude o he compeiors in each epic Boh evens were par o he uneral games he ormer in honor o Paroclu s riend and atendan o Achil lesand he later in honor o Anchises aher o Aeneas Tis migh lead o urher discussion on henaure o modern wresling
Standards11 41
EXERCISE 5Ideniy he case o each plural noun Ten change each orm ino he singular For some more
TEACHING TIPSudens may wonder why he geniive singular w ihou is ending mus be used o find he base whenhe nominaive singular wihou is ending works jus as well Explain ha in oher noun declensionshe nominaive will no always provide he same base or have he same spelling as he geniive
Standards11 41
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 5154
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull 11
Chapter 1 bull 11
han one answer is possible
Example puellāsaccusaive puellam
1 īliae 5 aquīs2 errīs 6 poēārum3 nauārum 7 agricolae4 l upa e
BY THE WAY
In all declensions endings are added o he base o a noun I is imporan o know hahe base o a noun is ound by removing he ending rom is geniive si ngular orm Forexample he geniive singular o puella is puellae I you remove he -ae rom puellae
wha remains is he base o he word namely puell- For his reason learning he geni-ive singular is as imporan as knowing he nominaive singular o he noun
STUDY TIP
Always learn he geniive ogeher wih he nominaive because rom he geniive you will know o which declension a word belongs
A wall paining depic ing a Roman farmer (agricola) wih his sheep
EXERCISE 5 ANSWERS
1 nominaive īl ia
2 daive ablaive errae errā
3 geniive nauae
4 nominaive lupa
5 daive ablaive aquae aquā
6 geniive poēae7 nominaive agricola
HOW TO USE THIS BOOKIn his book he word ldquobaserdquo is used o reer o he noun wihou any ending ldquoStemrdquo is used or he par o he verb wihou any ending ldquoootrdquo is used or he Lain par o a derivaive
ORAL EXERCISE 2Tis exercise may be used afer Exercise 5
Use one o he ollowing classroom presenaion opions (hereafer reerred o as CPO) (blackgreenwhiesmar board overhead or LCD projecor PowerPoinreg presenaion ec) o pu his inormaion on view
quis ldquowhordquo (or he subjec) and quem ldquowhomrdquo (or he direc objec)
Ten ask he suden o answer he ollowing quesions abou he chaper reading eiher orally or in wri-
en orm
1 Teacher Quis es Mārs Student Mārs es deus
2 Teacher Quem ama Mārs Student hēam Silviam Mārs ama
3 Teacher Quis ama hēam Silviam Student Mārs ama hēam Silviam
4 Teacher Quem habe hēa Silvia Student hēa Silvia duōs īliōs ōmulum eemum habe
5 Teacher Quis claudi hēam Silviam Student Amūlius claudi hēam Silviam
6 Teacher Quem claudi Amūlius Student hēam Silviam Amūlius claudi
7 Teacher Quis ōmulum e emum in aquampōni
Student Amūlius ōmulum e emum in aquampōni
8 Teacher Quem Amūlius in aquam pōni Student Amūlius ōmulum e emum in aquampōni
9 Teacher Quis ambula ad aquam Student Lupa ambula ad aquam
10 Teacher Quis ōmulum e emum bene cūra Student Lupa ōmulum e emum bene cūra
11 Teacher Quōs lupa bene cūra Student Lupa ōmulum e emum bene cūra
12 Teacher Quis ōmulum e emum a ma Student Lupa ōmulum e emum ama
13 Teacher Quōs lupa ama Student Lupa ōmulum e emum ama
OralExercise 2
WorkbookExercise
4 5
EXERCISE 6ranslae rom Lain ino English and rom English ino Lain Te mos common Lain word
d
TEACHER BY THE WAYTe eacher may menion ha he mos common word order (subjec ndash direc objec ndash verb) can o-en be changed For example i he verb is o be emphasized i will ake firs posiion I he subjecor he direc objec is o be emphasized i will ake he las posiion which is he mos emphaic oneIn general he more unusual he wordrsquos posiion is he more emphasis is placed on his word
Standards11 41
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 5254
12 bull Latin for the New Millennium
12 bull Latin for the New Millennium
order is
subjec ndash direc objec ndash verb
1 Agricola erram ama
2 Te ahlee loves waer
3 Naua īlia m ama
4 Te poe loves ome
5 Agricola erram cūra
6 Te she-wol cares or (is aking care o) he girl
BY THE WAY
Even hough he mos common word order is subjec ndash di rec objec ndash verb rememberha endings991252no word order991252deermine which word is he subjec and which i s hedirec objec
TALKING When we mee one person we gree herhim wih salvē When we mee wo or more people wegree hem wih salvēte When we bid goodbye o one person we sayvalē When we bid goodbyeo wo or more people we say valēte
Here are various ways o ask ldquohow are yourdquo or ldquohow are you doingrdquo
Quōmodo valēs or Quōmodo tē habēs or Quid agis ldquoHow are yourdquo
Here is a range o possible answers
bene ldquowellrdquo pessimē ldquovery badrdquo optimē ldquogreardquo melius ldquobeterrdquo mediocriter ldquoso-sordquo or ldquono oo badrdquo meliusculē ldquoa litle beterrdquo male ldquobadrdquo
In general he more unusual he word s posiion is he more emphasis is placed on his word
EXERCISE 6 ANSWERS
1 Te armer loves he land
2 Āhlēa aquam ama
3 Te sailor loves (his) daugher
4 Poēa ōmam ama
5 Te armer cares or (is aking care o) he land6 Lupa puellam cūra
TEACHING TIP
Te eacher may sar he class in Lain by saying Salvēte discipulī et discipulae and by eaching hesudens o say in reurn Salvē magister (magistra)
ORAL EXERCISE 3Tis exercise may be used anytime afer the students have learned the use o the accusative case or afer Exercise 6
Use one o he CPOrsquos o pu on display he orms amō and cūrō and explai n ha hey a re in he fir s personsingular and how his differs rom he hird person singular learned in his chaper Ask individual sudens omake senences wih hem using he words hey have learned
Ten ell he sudens ha nōn means ldquonordquo and ask hem o make si milar senences wih nōn amō and nōn cūrō
Examples(nōn) amō erram īliam aquam lupam āhlēam(nōn) cūrō erram īliam puellam
WorkbookExercise 6
ContentQuestions
OralExercise 3
Standards12 21 41
42
SAYING HELLOMarīa Helena e Chrisīna sun (are) discipulae (students)
TEACHING TIPHave sudens read he dialogue aloud Tis will help o build heir pronunciaion skills
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 5354
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull 13
Chapter 1 bull 13
Marīa Salvēe Helena e Chrisīna
Christīna Salvē Marīa
Helena Salvē Marīa
Marīa Quōmodo valēs Helena Quōmodo valēs Chrisīna
Helena et Christīna Bene Quōmodo ū ( you) valēs Marīa
Marīa Pessimē
Helena et Christīna Cūr (Why)
Marīa imeō linguam Laīnam ( I ear the Latin language)Helena Ego ( I ) linguam Laīnam amō
Christīna E ego linguam Laīnam amō
ORAL EXERCISE 4
Tis exercise may be used afer he Lain dialogue has been presened
Insruc he sudens o say ldquohellordquo in Lain o he suden nex o hem Divide he class ino wo pars ellone par o gree he oher par using he plural greeing and vice versa Do he same ype o aciviy whensaying ldquogoodbyerdquo You may wish o make greeing he class in Lain a nd saying ldquogoodbyerdquo in Lain a par oa daily rouine
Divide he sudens ino pairs in which one person will ask how hisher parner is in Lain and he oher
wil l answer
ORAL EXERCISE 5
Tis exercise may be used afer he Lain dialogue has been presened
ell he sudens ha he paricle ndashne is added o he firs syllable o a word ha inroduces a quesion Ten askhe ollowing quesions abou he dialogue beween Mary Helen and Chrisy Individual sudens may answerorally or he enire class may wrie he answers as he eacher asks hem orally Te eacher should explain hahe orm valēs in he greeing Quōmodo valēs is in he second person which means ldquoyourdquo Te hird person orm(reerring o ldquoherrdquo ldquohimrdquo or ldquoirdquo) is valet So he phrase ldquoHow is she doingrdquo would be Quōmodo valet Te hirdperson o amō is amat and he hird person o timeō is timet
1 Teacher Quōmodo Chrisīna vale Student(s) Chrisīna bene vale
2 Teacher Quōmodo Marīa vale Student(s) Marīa pessimē vale
3 Teacher Cūr (why) Marīa pessimē vale Student(s) Marīa ime linguam Lainam4 Teacher Amane l inguam L aīnam Helena Student(s) Helena linguam Laīnam ama
5 Teacher Linguamne Laīnam ama Chrisīna Student(s) Chrisīna linguam Laīnam ama
ORAL EXERCISE 6 AND DICTATIONTis combined exercise may be used to conclude the chapter or at any time afer the students have learned the accusa-tive case and chapter vocabulary
Dicae he ollowing senences o he sudens Ten ask hem o make he ollowing changes eiher orally orin writen orm a he discreion o he eacher
1 Teacher Agricol a erram ama (change he direc objec ino plura l)Student Agricola errās ama
2 Teacher Lupa puellam cūra (change he direc objec ino plural)
Student Lupa puellās cūra3 Teacher Āhlēa puel lās ama (change he direc objec ino singu lar)
Student Āhlēa puellam ama
4 Teacher Fīlia errās ama (change he direc objec ino singular)Student Fīlia erram ama
OralExercise
4 5 6 andDictation
TEACHER NOTES
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 5454
14 bull Latin for the New Millennium
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 3754
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull xxxi
Introduction bull xxxi
From 180 983139983141 onwards in he period k nown as he lae empire he oman sae experiencedsevere economic problems and requen invasions by Germanic ri bes esponding o he pres-sure o he firs wave o migraions as well as inernal poliical u nres and economic diffi culieshe emperor Diocleian (ruled 284ndash305 983139983141) had already divided he oman Empire ino anEasern and Wesern hal each under is own emperor991252an atemp o make he vas omansae more manageable
Tis poliical division o he empire acually mirrored a culural division oo he main lan-guage o he Wes was Lain while he main language o he Eas was Greek Shorly aferwardshe emperor Consanine (ruled 312ndash337 983139983141) esablished a new capial or he Easern empirea Byzanium wh ich he renamed Consaninople (ldquohe ciy o Consaninerdquo oday called Isan-
bul) Bu even afer his reorganizaion he imperial governmen ulimaely proved incapable o
semming he ide o he migraions in par because he oman army was oo widely e xendedand could no be in so many places a once Indeed many o he invaders were given he sauso oederāī or ldquoreay roopsrdquo In effec hey were a llowed o occupy segmens o he empire inreurn or proecing i So when Alar ic King o he Visigohs sacked ome in 410 983139983141 he acual lyhad a ile as a commander in he oman army
ome was sacked again in 455 983139983141 by he Vandals who had already occupied he omanprovince o Norh Arica Te pillaging o he ciy o omulus by he invaders made a pro-ound impression on conemporaries and o his day he erm ldquovandalismrdquo is a word in severallanguages or wanon desrucion While he Easern empire (always more sable and eco-nomically prosperous han he Wes) coninued o exis unil 1453 983139983141 he Wesern empire
was ex inc as a poliica l eniy by 476 983139983141 In is place were Germa nic k ingdoms and ribes Angles and Saxons in Briai n Visigohs in Spain Osrogohs in Ialy Franks and Burgundi ansin Gaul991252o name only he major groups Te combinaion o hese new socieies wih heprevious inhabians who had been omanized o varying degrees would one day provide he
basis or he culures o modern Europe
Bu he end o he ancien oman Empire in he Wes was no he end o Lain On he con-rary during he nex 1200 years Lain no only 1047298ourished as he major lierary language in he
erriories o he ormer Wesern oman Empire he use o Lain was exended o regions heomans had never occupied including Ireland Scandinavi a and even he New World
BEGINNINGS OF LATIN LITERATURE Very ew complee works o Lain lieraure produced beore he mid-second cenury 983138983139983141 (ie beore 150 983138983139983141) have survived One reason or his loss was he remendous populariy o he works produced in he ollowing cenury by such auhors as Cicero Vergil and Ovid Teir wri-ings were so widely read and copied in subsequen cenuries ha he auhors preceding hem
were gradually negleced
Among he major figures o early Lain lieraure was a reed slave rom he Greek ciy o aren-um named Livius Andronicus who li ved rom 284ndash204 983138983139983141 He was known or his adapaionso Greek drama or oman audiences and his ranslaion o Homerrsquos Odyssey ino Lain verse
second paragraph on he map on p xxxii
TEACHING TIPTe eacher may ask he sudens o find he daes menioned on his page in he imeline on pp413ndash414
HOW TO USE THIS BOOK AND ITS ANCILLARIES
wo ancillaries are available or use wih his book Te Original Dysuncional Family (abbreviaed ODF)and From Romulus o Romulus Augusulus (abbreviaed R) R will be paricularly useul in order ohelp sudens keep he ime periods o he auhors and o he evens he auhors wroe abou sraigh in heirminds Chaper ile pages will include when appropriae a noaion on wha chaper o R he eachermay wish o assign
TEACHING TIPTe eacher may wish o assign Chaper 1 o he oman hisory ancillary From Romulus o Romu-lus Augusulus a his poin
COMPREHENSION QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS FOR PAGES XXXI991251XXXIVeproducible versions o he quesions alone are available a wwwlnm bolchazycom
1 Whom did he omans consider he aher o Lain lieraure
Ennius
2 Wha was Enniusrsquo mos amous work Is subjec mater
Annālēs was an epic poem abou omersquos early hisory
3 Wha amous Lain saying means ldquoCarhage mus be desroyedrdquo
Carhāgō dēlenda es
4 Who is he auhor o ha saying
Cao he ElderCao he Censor
5 When was Carha ge said o have been desroyed
146 983138983139983141 a he end o he hird Punic war
NB Aler sudens ha he answers o hese comprehension quesions will be ound on p xxxiv
Sandards21 31
R1
TEACHING TIP Ask sudens he English equivalen o cou nries s uch as Briannia and Germānia and he Englishequivalen o he ciies Neāpolis and Ahēnae
Sandard31
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 3854
xxxii bull Latin for the New Millennium
equivalen o he ciies Neāpolis and Ahēnae
A full size r eproducible version of h is page wihou he answe rs can be downloaded a wwwlnm bolchazycom
HOW TO USE THIS BOOK Answers o rep roducible aciviies w ill be gi ven in a larger size bel ow or he eacherrsquos convenience
ANSWERS TO MAP WORK 991251 PAGES XXXII991251XXXIII
1 Crēa Sicilia Corsica Sardinia Cyprus Ihaca Dēlos Brianni a
2 Vesuvius Mōns Aena Mōns Olympus Mōns Āppennīnus Mōns
3 Syria Macedonia Arica Asia
4 mare or ponus
5 Asia Eurōpa Arica
A full siz e reproducible version of his page wihou he answers can be down loaded a wwwln mbolchazycom
Te eacher may wish o have his map enlarged when reproducing i for ease of suden use in compleing his aciviy
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 3954
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull xxxiii
HOW TO USE THIS BOOK
Te answers o his aciviy can be easily seen on he wo acing pages
Te omans regarded Ennius (ca 239 169 983138983139983141) as he aher o Lain lieraure He wroe
TEACHING TIPSudens may be encouraged o find he ciy o Carhage menioned in he second paragraph on hemap on p xxxii
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 4054
xxxiv bull Latin for the New Millennium
xxxiv bull L atin for the New Millennium
Te omans regarded Ennius (ca 239ndash169 983138983139983141) as he aher o Lain lieraure He wroemany kinds o lierary works including plays His Annālēs an epic poem abou he early hisoryo ome was paricularly renowned and perhaps he primary epic read in oman schools beorehe ime o Vergil Only ragmens o his wriings remain
One o Enniusrsquo conemporaries was heamed Cao he Censor also known as Caohe Elder (234ndash149 983138983139983141) a rigidly conserva-ive oman senaor Mos o his reaise onagriculure called Dē agrī culūrā survivesI is he oldes work o Lain prose amongCaorsquos recommendaions here are ha fieldslaves be reaed similarly o beass o bur-den Cao is also remembered or his sae-men Carhāgō dēlenda es ldquoCarhage mus
be desroyedrdquo evidence or he omanear o he Carhaginians Te omansough hree wars known as he Punic
Wars agai ns he Car haginians Te fi rsended beore Cao was born in he secondagains Hannibal Cao served wih miliarydisincion he hird ended in 146 983138983139983141 asCao had demanded wih he desruciono Carhage On his occasion he vic oriousomans were said o have plowed sal inohe Carhaginian soil
Discussions abou laer auhors and adap-aions rom heir wriings w ill be presenedchronologically in he chapers o his book
Ancien ruins a Carhage in Africa
p p
TEACHER BY THE WAY Alhough he works o Enniu s have been preserved on ly in ragmens (abou a housand lines) hehad a grea in1047298uence on subsequen poes such as Vergil Quoable quoes include
bull a es o riendship Amīcus cer us in rē incer ā cerniur (A riend in need is a riend indeed)
bull an applicaion o wisdom o lie Quī ipse sibi sapiēns prōdesse nequi nēquīquam sapi (A man who
himsel is wise bu unable o be useul o himsel is wise or nohing)bull he amous descripion o Fabius Maximus Ūnus homō nōbīs cūncandō resiui rem (One man by delaying res ored he sae or us)
bull and he line on Manius Curius Quem nēmō errō poui superāre nec aurō (Whom no one was ableo deea eiher by sword or gold)
We also have preser ved or us he exa mple o excessive all ieraion ha has g iven rise o much laugher inLain classrooms over he years Ō ie ūe aī ibi ana yranne ulisī ldquoO ius aius you yran (all voca-ive) you brough o yoursel such grea (roubles)rdquo991252ranslaed in conex which plays off he more lieral ldquo you ookacquired or yoursel such grea hings rdquo
On he oher hand he composed his own epiaph in which his high eseem among omans proved o beprescien
nēmō mē lacrumīs decōre neu unera 1047298ēū
axi Cūr Voliō vivos per ōra v irum (Le no one honor me wih ears or make a uneral pyre by weeping
Why I 1047298y li ving hrough he mouhs o men)
TEACHER BY THE WAY
Pluarchrsquos Lie o Cao is a good source o snappy quoaions atribued o his saesman soldier andauhor For example while discussing he power o women he said ldquoAll oher men rule heir wives we rule al l oher men and our w ives rule us rdquo Atemping o persuade he oman people o orego adisribuion o grain he began his speech by saying ldquoI is a hard mater o argue wih he belly sincei has no earsrdquo And o a ribune who had been accused o using poison and was rying o pass a use-less bill he said ldquoI know no which is worse o drink your mixures or o enac your billsrdquo
1CHAPTER 1
HOW TO USE THIS BOOK
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 4154
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull 1
1CHAPTER
Parts of Speech Nouns Number Gender Case (Nominative and Accusative)
First Declension Nouns
MEMORĀBILE DICTŪ
SPQ Senātus Populusque ōmānusldquoTe Senae and he People o omerdquo
Tese our leters orm wha is known as an acronym one ha symbolized supreme power inancien ome
Oil paining of Romulus and Remus wih he wolf By Peer Paul Rubens (1577ndash1640)
Te grammaical and synacical opics ha will be presened in each chaper o his book are lised a he opo he chaper ile page
HOW TO USE THIS BOOK
Te illusraion on each chaperrsquos ile page presens a visual inroducion o he Lain reading passage ha willollow eachers may choose o discuss he illusraion in order o provide he conex or he reading he su-dens will encouner on he nex page
HOW TO USE THIS BOOK
On each chaper ile page he phrase Memorābile Dictū (ldquoA memorable hing o say rdquo) will be ou nd Below here will be a amous phrase quoa ion abbreviaion or moto in L ain ha w ill connec hese words o he opicsin he chaper
MEMORĀBILE DICTŪ VOCABULARY
populus populī m ndash people
-que ndash and
senāus senāūs m ndash senae
TEACHING TIP
ubens pained his picure o omulus and emus rom 1615ndash1616 during wha is called he Ba-roque period o ar Te man approaching rom he rear is Fausulus Te reclining figure is he god
o he river iber
HOW TO USE THIS BOOK AND ITS ANCILLARIESwo ancillaries are available or use wih his book Te Original Dysunctional Family (abbreviaed ODF)and From Romulus to Romulus Augustulus (abbreviaed R) R will be paricularly useul in order ohelp sudens keep he ime periods o he auhors and o he evens he auhors wroe abou sraigh in heirmind Chaper ile pages wil l include when appropriae a noaion abou wha chaper o R he eachermay wish o assign
Standards11 21
R 2and 3
READING
TRANSLATION OF LATIN PASSAGEomulus and emus
Mars is a god Mars loves hea Silvia And so hea Silvia has wo sons omulus and emus Amulius locks uph Sil i A li l d i h A h l lk h T h l
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 4254
2 bull Latin for the New Millennium
2 bull Latin for the New Millennium
READINGTis sory describes how ome was said o have been ounded in 753 983138983139983141 King Numior o AlbaLonga was overhrown by his cruel and ambiious broher Amulius who no only seized hehrone bu so eared ha one o Numiorrsquos male descendans migh have a legiimae claim oni ha he made Amuliusrsquo daug her hea Silvia a priesess o he goddess Vesa Tese priesesses
were no allowed o marry during heir childbearing years
RŌMULUS ET REMUS
1 Mārs es deus Mārs hēam Silviam ama Iaque hēa Silvia duōs
īliōs habe ōmulum e emum Amūlius hēam Silviam vinculīs
claudi Amūlius ōmulum e emum in aquam pōni Lupa ad aquamambula Lupa ōmulum e emum bene cūra e ama ōmulus e
5 emus crēscun Poseā ōmulus e emus ōmam aedifican
Famous bronze saue of he she-wolf and he wins
hea Silvia Amulius pus omulus and emus ino he waer A she-wol walks o he waer Te she-wol caresor (akes good care o) omulus and emus well and loves (hem) omulus and emus grow up Aferwards(laer) omulus and emus build ome
HOW TO USE THIS BOOK Above each La in reading pa ssage inorm aion is presened in Engl ish Tis pre -reading provides back groundinormaion abou he auhor and esablishes he conex o he passage he sudens will read
TEACHER BY THE WAY
Te eacher may wish o inroduce he class o he radiional abbreviaions o 983137983140 (which sandsor he Lain phrase Annō Dominī ldquoi n he year o our Lordrdquo) and 983138983139 (which sands or he Engl ishphrase ldquoBeore Chrisrdquo) Tese older abbreviaions coninue o be used bu his book employs heabbreviaions 983138983139983141 (Beore he Common Era) and 983139983141 (Common Era)
TEACHING TIPInsruc he sudens o locae Alba Longa on he map on pp xxxiindashxxxiii
TEACHER BY THE WAYTough he wins were added o he sculpure in he enaissance he she-wol has srong links wihEruscan myhology and shows characerisics o Eruscan sculpure
TEACHING TIP
Te eacher may wish o encourage he sudens o design an abbreviaed amily ree o omulusand emus
Standards11 22
Jupier Juno King Num ior o Alba Longa
Mars hea Silvia
omulus emus
READING VOCABULARY
HOW TO USE THIS BOOKTe English pronoun subjec o a verb is no lised in he eading Vocabulary i he pronoun is no needed inhe ranslaion
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 4354
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull 3
Chapter 1 bull 3
READING VOCABULARYad aquam ndash o he waer
aedifican ndash build
ama ndash loves
ambula ndash walks
Amūlius ndash Amul ius
aquam ndash waer
bene ndash well
claudi ndash locks up
crēscun ndash grow up
cūra ndash akes care o cares or
deus ndash god
duōs ndash woes ndash is
e ndash and
īliōs ndash sons
habe ndash has
in aquam ndash ino he waer
iaque ndash and so
lupa ndash she-wol
Mārs ndash Mars he god o war
pōni ndash pus
poseā ndash aferwards laer
emum ndash emus
emus ndash emus
hēa Silvia ndash hea Silvia
hēam Silviam ndash hea Silvia
ōmam ndash ome
ōmulum ndash omulus
ōmulus ndash omulus vinculīs ndash w ih chains
Words marked wih an aserisk will need o bememorized laer in he chaper
COMPREHENSION QUESTIONS1 Whose sons are omulus and emus
2 Wha did Amulius do
3 Who saved he lie o omulus and emus
4 Wha did omulus and emus do
HOW TO USE THIS BOOK
Te sudens should not be expeced o lea rn he words under he ile eading Vocabulary whenever his ileoccurs in he book Insead insruc sudens o learn he vocabulary words lised under he ile Vocabularyto Learn ha will be ound laer in each chaper In more advanced Lain exs usually here are vocabularyand noes o help he sudens when reading a passage Tis eading Vocabulary will help prepare sudens orlaer more advanced classes
ANSWERS TO COMPREHENSION QUESTIONS
1 Tey are he sons o Mars and hea Silvia2 He locked up hea Silvia
3 A she-wol
4 Tey buil he ciy o ome
TEACHING TIP
Whi le English deriva ives rom he sar red words (ie he Vocabulary o L earn) are he opic o Ex-ercise 2 laer in his chaper here are some ineresing derivaives rom he non-sarred words andsome o hese show how words change hrough he years Te eacher may choose o discuss hesederivaives wih he sudens
bull aedi1047297cant (aedi1047297cō) ndash ediy edificaion edifice
Tis Lain word is buil rom wo Lain words aciō (o do make) and aedēs (house emple) Te
English derivaives reain his religious connecion or hey mean ldquoo build up he aih moraliy o in-sruc especially morallyrdquo Te word ldquoedificerdquo is always used or an imposing srucure such as a ldquoemplerdquoor aedēs
bull claudit (claudō) ndash close conclusion enclosure sluice
A ldquocloserdquo is a small shu-in space and some people i locked in one suffer rom ldquoclausrophobiardquo acompound derivaive parly rom Lain (o close confine) and parly rom he Greek (ear) hence ldquoa earo closed spacesrdquo
Te word ldquosluicerdquo does no look like a derivaive o claudō bu i has undergone cha nges as i ca meino English via middle English and old French (sclus) rom he Lain exclūdō which means ldquoo shu ourdquo Asluice has a gae a he op o he channel o shu off he 1047298ow o waer as necessary
bull crēscunt (crēscō) ndash crescen accrue recrui crew
Te word ldquocrewrdquo in middle English mean ldquoreinorcemenrdquo so a body o soldiers grew Te word ldquore-
cruirdquo has he same basic idea ecruis increase he size o he army (rom he Lain recrēscō meaning ldquoogrow againrdquo)
bull deus ndash deiy deiy
bull duōs ndash double dozen due duplicae
Te word ldquodozenrdquo is a compound rom he Lain word or ldquowordquo and he German word or ldquoenrdquo (zehn)
bull habet (habeō) ndash habi abiliy prohibiive
Onersquos abiliy depends on he alens and skil ls one has
bull pōnit ( pōnō) ndash depo imposiion preposiion
A depo origina lly was a place where supplies were pu or sorage
LANGUAGE FACT I
HOW TO USE THIS BOOKTe Language Facs secion o each chaper will conain boh grammaical (morphological) and synacicalinormaion ie inormaion boh abou he orms o he words and he srucure o he senence
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 4454
4 bull Latin for the New Millennium
4 bull Latin for the New Millennium
LANGUAGE FACT I
PARTS OF SPEECHTe parts o speech used in a Lain senence deermine is meaning jus as in English While henoun and he verb are he wo mos imporan oher common pars o speech are lised below
Noun a person place hing idea acion or qual iy Examples ldquoomulusrdquo ldquoriverrdquo ldquocouragerdquo
Pronoun a word ha sands in place o a noun ha has been previously menioned or is clearrom conex Examples ldquoIrdquo ldquosherdquo ldquohimrdquo ldquoirdquo
Adjecive a word ha limis or defines a noun or a pronoun Examples ldquolitlerdquo ldquosrongrdquo
Adverb a word ha lim is or defines verbs adjecives or (oher) adverbs Examples ldquoveryrdquoldquoquielyrdquo
Verb a word ha describes an acion or sae o being Examples ldquogordquo ldquosayrdquo ldquowasrdquo
Preposiion a word ha begins a preposiional phrase such as ldquoinrdquo ldquoordquo ldquoonrdquo ldquoorrdquo ldquobyrdquoldquowihrdquo A preposiional phrase is a preposiion joined o a noun Examples ldquoin he morningrdquoldquowih a sharp pencilrdquo
Conjuncion a word ha connecs words phrases clauses a nd senences Examples ldquoandrdquoldquoburdquo ldquoalhoughrdquo
Inerjecion a word ha expresses emoion Examples ldquowowrdquo
EXERCISE 1eview he meanings and ideniy he pars o speech o he ollowing words Te eading
Vocabulary may be consu led
1 īliōs 6 e2 bene 7 lupa3 aedifican 8 claudi
4 ad 9 ōmam5 ambula 10 ama
EXERCISE 1 ANSWERS
1 noun
2 adverb
3 verb
4 preposiion
5 verb
6 conjuncion
7 noun8 verb
9 noun
10 verb
TEACHING TIP
Te eacher may wish o ask he sudens in Lain wha par o speech a given word is Te eacher would say ldquoQuae pars ōrātiōnis estrdquo Suden responses would be
bull nōmen substantīvumsubstantīvum ndash noun
bull prōnōmen ndash pronoun
bull nōmen adiectīvumadiectīvum ndash adjecive
bull verbum temporāle ndash verb
bull adverbium ndash adverb
bull praepositiō ndash preposiion
bull coniūnctiō ndash conjuncion
bull interiectiō ndash inerjecion
Standards11 41
Standards11 41
WorkbookExercise 1
VOCABULARY TO LEARN
TEACHING TIPSince his is he firs se o Lain words ha your sudens will be required o memorize i is usuallya good idea o sugges and discuss wih hem some differen ways o memorize vocabulary Somesel help opions are lised below
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 4554
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull 5
NOUNSagricola agricolae m ndash armer
aqua aquae ndash waer
āhlēa āhlēae m ndash ahlee
īlia īliae ndash daugher
lupa lupae ndash she-wol
naua nauae m ndash sailor
poēa poēae m ndash poe
puella puellae ndash girl
ōma ōmae ndash ome
erra errae ndash land
VERBSama ndash heshei loves
ambula ndash heshei walks
cūra ndash heshei akes care o cares or
es ndash heshei is
ADVERBS bene ndash well
poseā ndash aferwards
CONJUNCTIONSe ndash and
iaque ndash and so
Aqueducs carr ied waer (aqua) o he ciies in he Roman world Tis aqueduc buil in 19 983138983139983141 which srechedacross he Gard River was named he Pon du Gard and brough waer o he ciy of Nicircmes in France in ancien imes
Chapter 1 bull 5
sel-help opions are lised below
1 Look a he word in he book and say he word aloud
2 Wrie down he word on a piece o paper along wih is meaning and check o be sure here are no spell-ing errors Color-coding he words by pars o speech is also helpul Pronounce he word while wriing idown and hen repea he word including he meaning and spelling
3 Make handwriten 1047298ashcards wih he Lain on one side and English on he oher and be sure here are nospelling errors Color-coding is a good sraegy here also Wriing he word ou helps some sudens ce-men he word in he brain Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers has creaed an elecronic vocabulary resourceor hose sudens or whom echnological learning ools are an aid Tese vocabulary 1047298ashcards are orhe iPod See p 93 or more inormaion on iPod 1047298ashcards
4 Use English derivaives o help remember meanings Bu be careul since some derivaives may havemeanings grealy changed rom he original Lain word
5 Find clipar picures ha illusrae he vocabulary words and use he picures as a way o es yoursel onhe Lain words
TEACHER BY THE WAYTe eacher may wish o open a discussion abou aqueducs and he waer supply or ancien omans while l ooking a he picu re o he Pon du Gard on his page For a hisory o aqueducs and heirconsrucion Froninusrsquo book Dē aquīs urbis Rōmae is an excellen source Te book was writenabou 97 983139983141 when he was Superinenden o Aqueducs Oher aqueducs include he ollowing
bull Te double high aqueduc in Segovia Spainbull Te Aqua Appia buil in 312 983138983139983141
bull Te Aqua rāiāna
bull Te aqueduc buil by Alex ander Severus in 226 983139983141
bull Te Aqua Claudia
bull Te Aqua Marcia wh ich wa s probably named a fer A ncus Marcius who was he fi rs K ing oome by radiional accouns o build an aqueduc o bring waer o ome
NB Te word ldquo Aquardquo when capialized means ldquoaqueducrdquo
Eleven aqueducs urnished 250000 gallons o waer o ome every weny-our hours
BY THE WAY
E h u gi n in h b l r h rm T nd rm i h g nii
HOW TO USE THIS BOOK Ēn is a word ha calls atenion o somehing and means ldquoLook a hisrdquo Te inormaion given here draws a-enion o and urher specifies differen language acs
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 4654
6 bull Latin for the New Millennium
6 bull Latin for the New Millennium
Each noun given in he vocabulary has wo orms Te second orm is he geniivesingular
A derivative is an English word rooed in a Lain word Te English derivaive issimilar in meaning and orm o is Lain source
STUDY TIP
An English derivaive ofen can help you remember wha a Lain word means
EXERCISE 2Find he English derivaives based on he Vocabulary o Learn in he ollowing senences Wriehe corresponding Lain word
1 She shows a considerable filial respec oward her aher
2 Agriculu re is a science o culivaing he land
3 Te ship is equipped wih all he necessary nauical insrumens
4 We saw all kinds o fish in he aquarium
5 Tis is an all-errain vehicle
6 When will he ahleic compeiion sar
7 She has a ruly poeic naure
LANGUAGE FACT II
NOUNS NUMBER GENDER CASE 983080NOMINATIVE AND
ACCUSATIVE983081Nouns in Lain show number gender and case
Number Lain nouns are eiher singular or plural in number Number is shown in differen ways by differen ypes o nouns bu some ending-paterns are or singular orms and oherending-paterns are or plural orms
Gender Every noun likewise is eiher masculine eminine or neuer in gender You muslearn he gender o each noun In he Vocabulary o Learn l iss he gender is indicaed by hecommon abbreviaionsm (masculi ne) f (eminine) or n (neuer)
Case Lain nouns mus have an ending-patern ha displays case Tis is quie differen romEnglish in which case is indicaed by word posiion and no by endings (alhough case markersare preserved in cerain pronouns such as ldquoherdquo and ldquohimrdquo) A nounrsquos case reveals wha uncionhe noun has in he senence Tere are five common cases nominaive geniive daive accu-saive and ablaive wo less requenly used cases are called he vocaive and he locaive
HOW TO USE THIS BOOKStudy Tips give hins rhymes and mnemonics o help sudens learn grammar and vocabulary
EXERCISE 2 ANSWERS1 filial īlia
2 agriculure agricola
3 nauical naua
4 aquarium aqua
5 errain erra
6 ahleic āhlēa
7 poeic poēa
TEACHING TIPExplain o he sudens ha in English he words ldquoardquo ldquoanrdquo or ldquoherdquo are usually placed beore a nounand Lain does no have an equivalen or hese words known as aricles
eachers may need o sress he absence o he aricle many imes beore sudens compleely ine-grae his knowledge ino heir reading habis in Lain class
TEACHING TIPLain like many oher languages does no always observe biological gender Ofen he gender o a
Lain noun is deermined by grammaical acors such as he group o which a noun belongs
TEACHING TIP
Alhough in Exercise 2 he sudens are direced o find only he derivaives based on he Vocabular yo Learn hey may be ineresed o learn ha here are oher derivaives in Exercise 2 Te derivaiono hese words is provided or he eacherrsquos convenience
bull 1 consider - rom sīdus (sar) + cum (wih ogeher) and rom cōnsīderō (o examine consider)respec - rom respectō (look back a have regard or)
bull 2 science - rom scientia (knowledge) and sciō (o know) culivaing - rom colō (ill inhabi worship)
bull 3 necessary - rom necesse (necessary) insrumens - rom īnstruō (o equip build provide)
and rom īnstrumentum (equipmen ool ec)bull 5 vehicle - rom he Lain verb vehō (o carry)
bull 6 compeiion - rom petō (o seek aim a atack ec) + cum (wih oge her)
bull 7 naure - rom nātūra (naure)
Standard41
Standards11 31 41
STUDY TIP
An easy way o remember he names ohe five common cases iso use his mnemonic
TEACHING TIPSudens may no know wha he word ldquomnemonicrdquo means explain ha a mnemonic device is some-hing ha helps a suden o remember somehing Te eacher may also wish o use his opporu-niy o bring up Mnemosyne he goddess o memory and he moher o he Muses
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 4754
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull 7
Chapter 1 bull 7
An easy way o remember he names o he five common cases is o use his mnemonicdevice
Never NominaiveGive GeniiveDogs Daive A ny A ccusaive A buse A blaive
Nominative Te nominaive case idenifies he subjec Te subjec is a noun or a pronounha perorms he acion or exiss in a sae o being In he senence ldquoWilliam is readingrdquohe word ldquoWilliamrdquo is he subjec
Example Mārs amat Mars loves
Te noun subjec o he verb ldquoloverdquo is he god Mars
Find more examples o nominaives and heir verbs rom he reading passage a he begin-ning o he chaper
Te nominaive case also idenifies he predicae nominaive In he senence ldquoWilliam isa sudenrdquo he predicae nominaive is ldquoa sudenrdquo A predicae nominaive complees hemeaning o he verb ldquoo berdquo Look a his exa mple rom he reading
Example Mārs est deus Mars is a god
Mārs is he subjec and deus is a predicae nominaive
Accusative Te ourh case lised is called he accusaive he geniive daive and ablaivecases will be discussed in laer chapers Te accusaive case poins ou he noun (or pro-noun) ha is he direc objec emember direc objecs receive he acion o he verb Inhe senence ldquoI am wriing a leterrdquo he direc objec is ldquoa leterrdquo
Example Mārs Rhēam Silviam amat Mars loves hea Silvia
Te direc objec o ldquoloverdquo is he noun Rhēam Silviam
Find more examples o accusaives and heir verbs rom he reading passage a he beginningo he chaper
niy o bring up Mnemosyne he goddess o memory and he moher o he Muses
Answers to ldquoFind more examples of nominatives a nd their verbs from the reading passage at the begin-ning of the chapterrdquo
hēa Silvia habe
Amūl ius claudi
Amūl ius pōni
Lupa ambula
Lupa cūra e amaōmulus e emus crēscun
ōmulus e emus aedifican
Answers to ldquoFind more examples of accusatives and their verbs from the reading passage at the beg in-ning of the chapterrdquo
duōs īliōs habe ōmulum e emum
hēam Silviam claudi
ōmulum e emum pōni
ōmulum e emum bene cūra e ama
ōmam aedifican
TEACHING TIPSudens may encouner diffi culy when r ying o ransl ae Lain names used in cases o her han henominaive Te eacher a some poin will need o explain (and repea whenever necessary) ha when ransla ing a La in name he suden should al ways use he nominaive o rm o he word Onp 7 sudens are asked o find examples o accusaives and heir verbs in he reading passage Teanswers lised above provide an opporuniy o pracice wih his issue emind sudens o rans-lae duōs īliōs habet Rōmulum et Remum as ldquohe has wo sons omulus and emusrdquo Te oher ouranswers may be used as pracice wih he sudens
EXERCISE 3a Ideniy wheher he nouns in bold in hese senences are subjecs direc objecs or predi
TEACHER BY THE WAYIn conjuncion wih he picure and is capion he eacher may wish o menion ha he amil-ilar acronym o SPQ is sill in use and visible hroughou modern ome991252on liter bins sewercovers ec
Standards11 41
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 4854
8 bull Latin for the New Millennium
8 bull Latin for the New Millennium
a Ideniy wheher he nouns in bold in hese senences are subjecs direc objecs or predi-cae nominaives Te eading Vocabulary may be consuled
b Label each senence as vērum (rue) i i agrees or alsum (alse) i i disagrees wih he Lainreading passage a he beginni ng o he chaper
Example Amūlius es deusPredicae nominaive alsum
1 hēa Silvia ōmulum e emum cūra
2 Amūlius ōmulum e emum bene cūra
3 Amūlius lupam vinculīs claudi
4 Mārs ōmulum e emum in aquam pōni
5 Lupa hēam Silviam cūra
6 Amūlius ad aquam ambula
Te power of he ciy of Rome founded according o legend by Romulus is symbolized by hese four leters ha areprominenly displayed in various places wihin he ciy
EXERCISE 3 ANSWERS
1 subjec vērum
2 direc objecs alsum
3 direc objec alsum
4 subjec alsum
5 direc objec alsum
6 subjec vērum
WorkbookExercise 2 A full si ze reproduc ible version of th is page
without the a nswers ca n be downloade d at wwwlnm bolchazyco m
HOW TO USE THIS BOOK
Noun Declensions Te eacher may choose Lain nouns rom he declension ha is being sudied a he imehis workshee is used Tus no answers are provided here
LANGUAGE FACT III
TEACHING TIP Ask he sudens wha he Lain words seleced rom he reading and lised near he op o p 9 mean
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 4954
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull 9
Chapter 1 bull 9
FIRST DECLENSION NOUNS A declension is a g roup o nouns ha show a cerain patern o word endings Tere are five differ-en declensions in Lain In he reading abou omulus and emus hese are he orms belongingo he firs declension
hēam Silviam hēa Silvia aquam lupa ōmam
Noice ha he ex says Rhēa Silvia when she is he subjec and Rhēam Silviam when she is hedirec objec
Te firs declension is composed o words ha characerisically have he vowel a a or near heend o he word lupa
Below is he patern ha firs declension nouns ollow o show case and number Memorize heLain words in order rom he nominaive singular down o he ablaive singular and hen romhe nominaive plural down o he ablaive plural
emember ha he endings or a whole group o nouns ollow his patern Once you learn hi spatern you can recognize he case a nd number o all he words belonging o hi s declension
In his chaper you have begun o learn abou he nominaive and accusai ve cases Te ohercases will be explained in laer chapers
First DeclensionSingular Plural
Nomina ive l upa he she-wol Nominaive lupae he she-wolves
Geniive lupae o he she-wol Geniive lupārum o he she-wolves
Daive lupae oor he she-wol Daive lupīs oor he she-wolves
Accusaive lupam he she-wol Accusaive lupās he she-wolves
Ablaive lupā bywih he she-wol Ablaive lupīs bywih he she-wolves
Daive and ablaive plural o he words īlia ldquodaugherrdquo and dea ldquogoddessrdquo is fīliābus anddeābusTis is o di singuish hese orms rom he corresponding orms o īlius ldquosonrdquo and deus ldquogodrdquo
STUDY TIP
Noice ha he ablaive singular ending -ā has a long mark (macron) above i his ishe only difference beween he nominaive and ablaive singular endings
TEACHING TIP
Afer he firs declension has been presened o he sudens encourage hem depending on heirlearning syle o say he declension aloud o wrie down he words o inven a rap or a cheer
TEACHER BY THE WAY
Te patern is called a declension because he oher cases lean away ( dēclīnāre) rom he nominaiveie hey do no ollow he same orm as he nominaive
ORAL EXERCISE 1Tis exercise may be used afer the 1047297rst declension has been presented
Whi le looking a he declension o lupa ask he sudens o decli ne nauta
Singular PluralNominaive naua nauaeGeniive nauae nauārumDaive nauae nauīs Accusaive nauam nauās Ablaive nauā nauīs
Standards11 31 41
OralExercise 1
WorkbookExercise 3
STUDY TIP
Noice ha he daive and ablaive plural endings a re idenical
EXERCISE 4 ANSWERS1 geniive daive puellār um puellī s
2 accusaive nauās
3 accusaive errās
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 5054
10 bull Latin for the New Millennium
10 bull Latin for the New Millennium
Here are more words belonging o he fi rs declension
puella ndash girl īlia ndash daugher terra ndash land
Mos firs declension words are eminine i n gender bu a ew (usually ones ha indicae mas-culine occupaions in ancien imes) are masculine Examples are poēta ldquopoerdquoagricola ldquoarmerrdquonauta ldquosailorrdquo āthlēta ldquoahleerdquo
EXERCISE 4Ideniy he case o each singular noun Ten change each orm ino plural For some more han
one answer is possibleExample īlianominaive īliae
1 puellae 5 aquae2 nauam 6 puellā3 erram 7 āhlēā4 a gr ic ol a
Like he Greek wreslers porrayed on his ancien bas-reliefRoman ahlees were also fond of he spor of wresling
4 nominaive agricolae
5 geniive daive aquārum aquīs
6 ablaive puellīs
7 ablaive āhlēīs
TEACHING TIP
Since wreslers are depiced on he illusraion on his page he eacher may wish o open a discus-
sion abou he omansrsquo and Greeksrsquo ondness or wresling which was ofen praciced in a complexcalled he palaestra
oman boys were expeced o serve in he m iliary Tus hey were firs rained by heir ahers in wreslingand boxing Srengh and agiliy were sressed raher han grace o movemen as in Greek spors Te woprincipal syles uilized by he Greek were uprigh wresling in which hree alls o your opponen o heground were necessary o deea him and ground wresling which required he opponen o give up in ordero end he mach In he palaes tra here was an area or he young people o pracice wresling or boxing wih apunching bag (cōrycus) Examples o monumenal oman bahs wih a palaest ra are ound a he Bahs o Ca-racalla in ome he Harbor Bahs a Ephesus in urkey and he Bahs in Varna Bulgaria he larges anciensrucure in ha counry
Wresling was also one o he spor evens a he Olympic games ha he omans ofen atended Greco-oman wresling is also one o he evens eaured in he summer Olympic games in modern imes
TEACHING TIPTe eacher migh wan o have sudens read an English ranslaion o Book 23 o he Iliad in which Ajax a nd Odysseus compee in a wre sling m ach and Book 5 o he Aeneid or a descripion o hespors ha he omans played and compare he atiude o he compeiors in each epic Boh evens were par o he uneral games he ormer in honor o Paroclu s riend and atendan o Achil lesand he later in honor o Anchises aher o Aeneas Tis migh lead o urher discussion on henaure o modern wresling
Standards11 41
EXERCISE 5Ideniy he case o each plural noun Ten change each orm ino he singular For some more
TEACHING TIPSudens may wonder why he geniive singular w ihou is ending mus be used o find he base whenhe nominaive singular wihou is ending works jus as well Explain ha in oher noun declensionshe nominaive will no always provide he same base or have he same spelling as he geniive
Standards11 41
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 5154
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull 11
Chapter 1 bull 11
han one answer is possible
Example puellāsaccusaive puellam
1 īliae 5 aquīs2 errīs 6 poēārum3 nauārum 7 agricolae4 l upa e
BY THE WAY
In all declensions endings are added o he base o a noun I is imporan o know hahe base o a noun is ound by removing he ending rom is geniive si ngular orm Forexample he geniive singular o puella is puellae I you remove he -ae rom puellae
wha remains is he base o he word namely puell- For his reason learning he geni-ive singular is as imporan as knowing he nominaive singular o he noun
STUDY TIP
Always learn he geniive ogeher wih he nominaive because rom he geniive you will know o which declension a word belongs
A wall paining depic ing a Roman farmer (agricola) wih his sheep
EXERCISE 5 ANSWERS
1 nominaive īl ia
2 daive ablaive errae errā
3 geniive nauae
4 nominaive lupa
5 daive ablaive aquae aquā
6 geniive poēae7 nominaive agricola
HOW TO USE THIS BOOKIn his book he word ldquobaserdquo is used o reer o he noun wihou any ending ldquoStemrdquo is used or he par o he verb wihou any ending ldquoootrdquo is used or he Lain par o a derivaive
ORAL EXERCISE 2Tis exercise may be used afer Exercise 5
Use one o he ollowing classroom presenaion opions (hereafer reerred o as CPO) (blackgreenwhiesmar board overhead or LCD projecor PowerPoinreg presenaion ec) o pu his inormaion on view
quis ldquowhordquo (or he subjec) and quem ldquowhomrdquo (or he direc objec)
Ten ask he suden o answer he ollowing quesions abou he chaper reading eiher orally or in wri-
en orm
1 Teacher Quis es Mārs Student Mārs es deus
2 Teacher Quem ama Mārs Student hēam Silviam Mārs ama
3 Teacher Quis ama hēam Silviam Student Mārs ama hēam Silviam
4 Teacher Quem habe hēa Silvia Student hēa Silvia duōs īliōs ōmulum eemum habe
5 Teacher Quis claudi hēam Silviam Student Amūlius claudi hēam Silviam
6 Teacher Quem claudi Amūlius Student hēam Silviam Amūlius claudi
7 Teacher Quis ōmulum e emum in aquampōni
Student Amūlius ōmulum e emum in aquampōni
8 Teacher Quem Amūlius in aquam pōni Student Amūlius ōmulum e emum in aquampōni
9 Teacher Quis ambula ad aquam Student Lupa ambula ad aquam
10 Teacher Quis ōmulum e emum bene cūra Student Lupa ōmulum e emum bene cūra
11 Teacher Quōs lupa bene cūra Student Lupa ōmulum e emum bene cūra
12 Teacher Quis ōmulum e emum a ma Student Lupa ōmulum e emum ama
13 Teacher Quōs lupa ama Student Lupa ōmulum e emum ama
OralExercise 2
WorkbookExercise
4 5
EXERCISE 6ranslae rom Lain ino English and rom English ino Lain Te mos common Lain word
d
TEACHER BY THE WAYTe eacher may menion ha he mos common word order (subjec ndash direc objec ndash verb) can o-en be changed For example i he verb is o be emphasized i will ake firs posiion I he subjecor he direc objec is o be emphasized i will ake he las posiion which is he mos emphaic oneIn general he more unusual he wordrsquos posiion is he more emphasis is placed on his word
Standards11 41
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 5254
12 bull Latin for the New Millennium
12 bull Latin for the New Millennium
order is
subjec ndash direc objec ndash verb
1 Agricola erram ama
2 Te ahlee loves waer
3 Naua īlia m ama
4 Te poe loves ome
5 Agricola erram cūra
6 Te she-wol cares or (is aking care o) he girl
BY THE WAY
Even hough he mos common word order is subjec ndash di rec objec ndash verb rememberha endings991252no word order991252deermine which word is he subjec and which i s hedirec objec
TALKING When we mee one person we gree herhim wih salvē When we mee wo or more people wegree hem wih salvēte When we bid goodbye o one person we sayvalē When we bid goodbyeo wo or more people we say valēte
Here are various ways o ask ldquohow are yourdquo or ldquohow are you doingrdquo
Quōmodo valēs or Quōmodo tē habēs or Quid agis ldquoHow are yourdquo
Here is a range o possible answers
bene ldquowellrdquo pessimē ldquovery badrdquo optimē ldquogreardquo melius ldquobeterrdquo mediocriter ldquoso-sordquo or ldquono oo badrdquo meliusculē ldquoa litle beterrdquo male ldquobadrdquo
In general he more unusual he word s posiion is he more emphasis is placed on his word
EXERCISE 6 ANSWERS
1 Te armer loves he land
2 Āhlēa aquam ama
3 Te sailor loves (his) daugher
4 Poēa ōmam ama
5 Te armer cares or (is aking care o) he land6 Lupa puellam cūra
TEACHING TIP
Te eacher may sar he class in Lain by saying Salvēte discipulī et discipulae and by eaching hesudens o say in reurn Salvē magister (magistra)
ORAL EXERCISE 3Tis exercise may be used anytime afer the students have learned the use o the accusative case or afer Exercise 6
Use one o he CPOrsquos o pu on display he orms amō and cūrō and explai n ha hey a re in he fir s personsingular and how his differs rom he hird person singular learned in his chaper Ask individual sudens omake senences wih hem using he words hey have learned
Ten ell he sudens ha nōn means ldquonordquo and ask hem o make si milar senences wih nōn amō and nōn cūrō
Examples(nōn) amō erram īliam aquam lupam āhlēam(nōn) cūrō erram īliam puellam
WorkbookExercise 6
ContentQuestions
OralExercise 3
Standards12 21 41
42
SAYING HELLOMarīa Helena e Chrisīna sun (are) discipulae (students)
TEACHING TIPHave sudens read he dialogue aloud Tis will help o build heir pronunciaion skills
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 5354
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull 13
Chapter 1 bull 13
Marīa Salvēe Helena e Chrisīna
Christīna Salvē Marīa
Helena Salvē Marīa
Marīa Quōmodo valēs Helena Quōmodo valēs Chrisīna
Helena et Christīna Bene Quōmodo ū ( you) valēs Marīa
Marīa Pessimē
Helena et Christīna Cūr (Why)
Marīa imeō linguam Laīnam ( I ear the Latin language)Helena Ego ( I ) linguam Laīnam amō
Christīna E ego linguam Laīnam amō
ORAL EXERCISE 4
Tis exercise may be used afer he Lain dialogue has been presened
Insruc he sudens o say ldquohellordquo in Lain o he suden nex o hem Divide he class ino wo pars ellone par o gree he oher par using he plural greeing and vice versa Do he same ype o aciviy whensaying ldquogoodbyerdquo You may wish o make greeing he class in Lain a nd saying ldquogoodbyerdquo in Lain a par oa daily rouine
Divide he sudens ino pairs in which one person will ask how hisher parner is in Lain and he oher
wil l answer
ORAL EXERCISE 5
Tis exercise may be used afer he Lain dialogue has been presened
ell he sudens ha he paricle ndashne is added o he firs syllable o a word ha inroduces a quesion Ten askhe ollowing quesions abou he dialogue beween Mary Helen and Chrisy Individual sudens may answerorally or he enire class may wrie he answers as he eacher asks hem orally Te eacher should explain hahe orm valēs in he greeing Quōmodo valēs is in he second person which means ldquoyourdquo Te hird person orm(reerring o ldquoherrdquo ldquohimrdquo or ldquoirdquo) is valet So he phrase ldquoHow is she doingrdquo would be Quōmodo valet Te hirdperson o amō is amat and he hird person o timeō is timet
1 Teacher Quōmodo Chrisīna vale Student(s) Chrisīna bene vale
2 Teacher Quōmodo Marīa vale Student(s) Marīa pessimē vale
3 Teacher Cūr (why) Marīa pessimē vale Student(s) Marīa ime linguam Lainam4 Teacher Amane l inguam L aīnam Helena Student(s) Helena linguam Laīnam ama
5 Teacher Linguamne Laīnam ama Chrisīna Student(s) Chrisīna linguam Laīnam ama
ORAL EXERCISE 6 AND DICTATIONTis combined exercise may be used to conclude the chapter or at any time afer the students have learned the accusa-tive case and chapter vocabulary
Dicae he ollowing senences o he sudens Ten ask hem o make he ollowing changes eiher orally orin writen orm a he discreion o he eacher
1 Teacher Agricol a erram ama (change he direc objec ino plura l)Student Agricola errās ama
2 Teacher Lupa puellam cūra (change he direc objec ino plural)
Student Lupa puellās cūra3 Teacher Āhlēa puel lās ama (change he direc objec ino singu lar)
Student Āhlēa puellam ama
4 Teacher Fīlia errās ama (change he direc objec ino singular)Student Fīlia erram ama
OralExercise
4 5 6 andDictation
TEACHER NOTES
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 5454
14 bull Latin for the New Millennium
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 3854
xxxii bull Latin for the New Millennium
equivalen o he ciies Neāpolis and Ahēnae
A full size r eproducible version of h is page wihou he answe rs can be downloaded a wwwlnm bolchazycom
HOW TO USE THIS BOOK Answers o rep roducible aciviies w ill be gi ven in a larger size bel ow or he eacherrsquos convenience
ANSWERS TO MAP WORK 991251 PAGES XXXII991251XXXIII
1 Crēa Sicilia Corsica Sardinia Cyprus Ihaca Dēlos Brianni a
2 Vesuvius Mōns Aena Mōns Olympus Mōns Āppennīnus Mōns
3 Syria Macedonia Arica Asia
4 mare or ponus
5 Asia Eurōpa Arica
A full siz e reproducible version of his page wihou he answers can be down loaded a wwwln mbolchazycom
Te eacher may wish o have his map enlarged when reproducing i for ease of suden use in compleing his aciviy
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 3954
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull xxxiii
HOW TO USE THIS BOOK
Te answers o his aciviy can be easily seen on he wo acing pages
Te omans regarded Ennius (ca 239 169 983138983139983141) as he aher o Lain lieraure He wroe
TEACHING TIPSudens may be encouraged o find he ciy o Carhage menioned in he second paragraph on hemap on p xxxii
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 4054
xxxiv bull Latin for the New Millennium
xxxiv bull L atin for the New Millennium
Te omans regarded Ennius (ca 239ndash169 983138983139983141) as he aher o Lain lieraure He wroemany kinds o lierary works including plays His Annālēs an epic poem abou he early hisoryo ome was paricularly renowned and perhaps he primary epic read in oman schools beorehe ime o Vergil Only ragmens o his wriings remain
One o Enniusrsquo conemporaries was heamed Cao he Censor also known as Caohe Elder (234ndash149 983138983139983141) a rigidly conserva-ive oman senaor Mos o his reaise onagriculure called Dē agrī culūrā survivesI is he oldes work o Lain prose amongCaorsquos recommendaions here are ha fieldslaves be reaed similarly o beass o bur-den Cao is also remembered or his sae-men Carhāgō dēlenda es ldquoCarhage mus
be desroyedrdquo evidence or he omanear o he Carhaginians Te omansough hree wars known as he Punic
Wars agai ns he Car haginians Te fi rsended beore Cao was born in he secondagains Hannibal Cao served wih miliarydisincion he hird ended in 146 983138983139983141 asCao had demanded wih he desruciono Carhage On his occasion he vic oriousomans were said o have plowed sal inohe Carhaginian soil
Discussions abou laer auhors and adap-aions rom heir wriings w ill be presenedchronologically in he chapers o his book
Ancien ruins a Carhage in Africa
p p
TEACHER BY THE WAY Alhough he works o Enniu s have been preserved on ly in ragmens (abou a housand lines) hehad a grea in1047298uence on subsequen poes such as Vergil Quoable quoes include
bull a es o riendship Amīcus cer us in rē incer ā cerniur (A riend in need is a riend indeed)
bull an applicaion o wisdom o lie Quī ipse sibi sapiēns prōdesse nequi nēquīquam sapi (A man who
himsel is wise bu unable o be useul o himsel is wise or nohing)bull he amous descripion o Fabius Maximus Ūnus homō nōbīs cūncandō resiui rem (One man by delaying res ored he sae or us)
bull and he line on Manius Curius Quem nēmō errō poui superāre nec aurō (Whom no one was ableo deea eiher by sword or gold)
We also have preser ved or us he exa mple o excessive all ieraion ha has g iven rise o much laugher inLain classrooms over he years Ō ie ūe aī ibi ana yranne ulisī ldquoO ius aius you yran (all voca-ive) you brough o yoursel such grea (roubles)rdquo991252ranslaed in conex which plays off he more lieral ldquo you ookacquired or yoursel such grea hings rdquo
On he oher hand he composed his own epiaph in which his high eseem among omans proved o beprescien
nēmō mē lacrumīs decōre neu unera 1047298ēū
axi Cūr Voliō vivos per ōra v irum (Le no one honor me wih ears or make a uneral pyre by weeping
Why I 1047298y li ving hrough he mouhs o men)
TEACHER BY THE WAY
Pluarchrsquos Lie o Cao is a good source o snappy quoaions atribued o his saesman soldier andauhor For example while discussing he power o women he said ldquoAll oher men rule heir wives we rule al l oher men and our w ives rule us rdquo Atemping o persuade he oman people o orego adisribuion o grain he began his speech by saying ldquoI is a hard mater o argue wih he belly sincei has no earsrdquo And o a ribune who had been accused o using poison and was rying o pass a use-less bill he said ldquoI know no which is worse o drink your mixures or o enac your billsrdquo
1CHAPTER 1
HOW TO USE THIS BOOK
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 4154
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull 1
1CHAPTER
Parts of Speech Nouns Number Gender Case (Nominative and Accusative)
First Declension Nouns
MEMORĀBILE DICTŪ
SPQ Senātus Populusque ōmānusldquoTe Senae and he People o omerdquo
Tese our leters orm wha is known as an acronym one ha symbolized supreme power inancien ome
Oil paining of Romulus and Remus wih he wolf By Peer Paul Rubens (1577ndash1640)
Te grammaical and synacical opics ha will be presened in each chaper o his book are lised a he opo he chaper ile page
HOW TO USE THIS BOOK
Te illusraion on each chaperrsquos ile page presens a visual inroducion o he Lain reading passage ha willollow eachers may choose o discuss he illusraion in order o provide he conex or he reading he su-dens will encouner on he nex page
HOW TO USE THIS BOOK
On each chaper ile page he phrase Memorābile Dictū (ldquoA memorable hing o say rdquo) will be ou nd Below here will be a amous phrase quoa ion abbreviaion or moto in L ain ha w ill connec hese words o he opicsin he chaper
MEMORĀBILE DICTŪ VOCABULARY
populus populī m ndash people
-que ndash and
senāus senāūs m ndash senae
TEACHING TIP
ubens pained his picure o omulus and emus rom 1615ndash1616 during wha is called he Ba-roque period o ar Te man approaching rom he rear is Fausulus Te reclining figure is he god
o he river iber
HOW TO USE THIS BOOK AND ITS ANCILLARIESwo ancillaries are available or use wih his book Te Original Dysunctional Family (abbreviaed ODF)and From Romulus to Romulus Augustulus (abbreviaed R) R will be paricularly useul in order ohelp sudens keep he ime periods o he auhors and o he evens he auhors wroe abou sraigh in heirmind Chaper ile pages wil l include when appropriae a noaion abou wha chaper o R he eachermay wish o assign
Standards11 21
R 2and 3
READING
TRANSLATION OF LATIN PASSAGEomulus and emus
Mars is a god Mars loves hea Silvia And so hea Silvia has wo sons omulus and emus Amulius locks uph Sil i A li l d i h A h l lk h T h l
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 4254
2 bull Latin for the New Millennium
2 bull Latin for the New Millennium
READINGTis sory describes how ome was said o have been ounded in 753 983138983139983141 King Numior o AlbaLonga was overhrown by his cruel and ambiious broher Amulius who no only seized hehrone bu so eared ha one o Numiorrsquos male descendans migh have a legiimae claim oni ha he made Amuliusrsquo daug her hea Silvia a priesess o he goddess Vesa Tese priesesses
were no allowed o marry during heir childbearing years
RŌMULUS ET REMUS
1 Mārs es deus Mārs hēam Silviam ama Iaque hēa Silvia duōs
īliōs habe ōmulum e emum Amūlius hēam Silviam vinculīs
claudi Amūlius ōmulum e emum in aquam pōni Lupa ad aquamambula Lupa ōmulum e emum bene cūra e ama ōmulus e
5 emus crēscun Poseā ōmulus e emus ōmam aedifican
Famous bronze saue of he she-wolf and he wins
hea Silvia Amulius pus omulus and emus ino he waer A she-wol walks o he waer Te she-wol caresor (akes good care o) omulus and emus well and loves (hem) omulus and emus grow up Aferwards(laer) omulus and emus build ome
HOW TO USE THIS BOOK Above each La in reading pa ssage inorm aion is presened in Engl ish Tis pre -reading provides back groundinormaion abou he auhor and esablishes he conex o he passage he sudens will read
TEACHER BY THE WAY
Te eacher may wish o inroduce he class o he radiional abbreviaions o 983137983140 (which sandsor he Lain phrase Annō Dominī ldquoi n he year o our Lordrdquo) and 983138983139 (which sands or he Engl ishphrase ldquoBeore Chrisrdquo) Tese older abbreviaions coninue o be used bu his book employs heabbreviaions 983138983139983141 (Beore he Common Era) and 983139983141 (Common Era)
TEACHING TIPInsruc he sudens o locae Alba Longa on he map on pp xxxiindashxxxiii
TEACHER BY THE WAYTough he wins were added o he sculpure in he enaissance he she-wol has srong links wihEruscan myhology and shows characerisics o Eruscan sculpure
TEACHING TIP
Te eacher may wish o encourage he sudens o design an abbreviaed amily ree o omulusand emus
Standards11 22
Jupier Juno King Num ior o Alba Longa
Mars hea Silvia
omulus emus
READING VOCABULARY
HOW TO USE THIS BOOKTe English pronoun subjec o a verb is no lised in he eading Vocabulary i he pronoun is no needed inhe ranslaion
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 4354
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull 3
Chapter 1 bull 3
READING VOCABULARYad aquam ndash o he waer
aedifican ndash build
ama ndash loves
ambula ndash walks
Amūlius ndash Amul ius
aquam ndash waer
bene ndash well
claudi ndash locks up
crēscun ndash grow up
cūra ndash akes care o cares or
deus ndash god
duōs ndash woes ndash is
e ndash and
īliōs ndash sons
habe ndash has
in aquam ndash ino he waer
iaque ndash and so
lupa ndash she-wol
Mārs ndash Mars he god o war
pōni ndash pus
poseā ndash aferwards laer
emum ndash emus
emus ndash emus
hēa Silvia ndash hea Silvia
hēam Silviam ndash hea Silvia
ōmam ndash ome
ōmulum ndash omulus
ōmulus ndash omulus vinculīs ndash w ih chains
Words marked wih an aserisk will need o bememorized laer in he chaper
COMPREHENSION QUESTIONS1 Whose sons are omulus and emus
2 Wha did Amulius do
3 Who saved he lie o omulus and emus
4 Wha did omulus and emus do
HOW TO USE THIS BOOK
Te sudens should not be expeced o lea rn he words under he ile eading Vocabulary whenever his ileoccurs in he book Insead insruc sudens o learn he vocabulary words lised under he ile Vocabularyto Learn ha will be ound laer in each chaper In more advanced Lain exs usually here are vocabularyand noes o help he sudens when reading a passage Tis eading Vocabulary will help prepare sudens orlaer more advanced classes
ANSWERS TO COMPREHENSION QUESTIONS
1 Tey are he sons o Mars and hea Silvia2 He locked up hea Silvia
3 A she-wol
4 Tey buil he ciy o ome
TEACHING TIP
Whi le English deriva ives rom he sar red words (ie he Vocabulary o L earn) are he opic o Ex-ercise 2 laer in his chaper here are some ineresing derivaives rom he non-sarred words andsome o hese show how words change hrough he years Te eacher may choose o discuss hesederivaives wih he sudens
bull aedi1047297cant (aedi1047297cō) ndash ediy edificaion edifice
Tis Lain word is buil rom wo Lain words aciō (o do make) and aedēs (house emple) Te
English derivaives reain his religious connecion or hey mean ldquoo build up he aih moraliy o in-sruc especially morallyrdquo Te word ldquoedificerdquo is always used or an imposing srucure such as a ldquoemplerdquoor aedēs
bull claudit (claudō) ndash close conclusion enclosure sluice
A ldquocloserdquo is a small shu-in space and some people i locked in one suffer rom ldquoclausrophobiardquo acompound derivaive parly rom Lain (o close confine) and parly rom he Greek (ear) hence ldquoa earo closed spacesrdquo
Te word ldquosluicerdquo does no look like a derivaive o claudō bu i has undergone cha nges as i ca meino English via middle English and old French (sclus) rom he Lain exclūdō which means ldquoo shu ourdquo Asluice has a gae a he op o he channel o shu off he 1047298ow o waer as necessary
bull crēscunt (crēscō) ndash crescen accrue recrui crew
Te word ldquocrewrdquo in middle English mean ldquoreinorcemenrdquo so a body o soldiers grew Te word ldquore-
cruirdquo has he same basic idea ecruis increase he size o he army (rom he Lain recrēscō meaning ldquoogrow againrdquo)
bull deus ndash deiy deiy
bull duōs ndash double dozen due duplicae
Te word ldquodozenrdquo is a compound rom he Lain word or ldquowordquo and he German word or ldquoenrdquo (zehn)
bull habet (habeō) ndash habi abiliy prohibiive
Onersquos abiliy depends on he alens and skil ls one has
bull pōnit ( pōnō) ndash depo imposiion preposiion
A depo origina lly was a place where supplies were pu or sorage
LANGUAGE FACT I
HOW TO USE THIS BOOKTe Language Facs secion o each chaper will conain boh grammaical (morphological) and synacicalinormaion ie inormaion boh abou he orms o he words and he srucure o he senence
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 4454
4 bull Latin for the New Millennium
4 bull Latin for the New Millennium
LANGUAGE FACT I
PARTS OF SPEECHTe parts o speech used in a Lain senence deermine is meaning jus as in English While henoun and he verb are he wo mos imporan oher common pars o speech are lised below
Noun a person place hing idea acion or qual iy Examples ldquoomulusrdquo ldquoriverrdquo ldquocouragerdquo
Pronoun a word ha sands in place o a noun ha has been previously menioned or is clearrom conex Examples ldquoIrdquo ldquosherdquo ldquohimrdquo ldquoirdquo
Adjecive a word ha limis or defines a noun or a pronoun Examples ldquolitlerdquo ldquosrongrdquo
Adverb a word ha lim is or defines verbs adjecives or (oher) adverbs Examples ldquoveryrdquoldquoquielyrdquo
Verb a word ha describes an acion or sae o being Examples ldquogordquo ldquosayrdquo ldquowasrdquo
Preposiion a word ha begins a preposiional phrase such as ldquoinrdquo ldquoordquo ldquoonrdquo ldquoorrdquo ldquobyrdquoldquowihrdquo A preposiional phrase is a preposiion joined o a noun Examples ldquoin he morningrdquoldquowih a sharp pencilrdquo
Conjuncion a word ha connecs words phrases clauses a nd senences Examples ldquoandrdquoldquoburdquo ldquoalhoughrdquo
Inerjecion a word ha expresses emoion Examples ldquowowrdquo
EXERCISE 1eview he meanings and ideniy he pars o speech o he ollowing words Te eading
Vocabulary may be consu led
1 īliōs 6 e2 bene 7 lupa3 aedifican 8 claudi
4 ad 9 ōmam5 ambula 10 ama
EXERCISE 1 ANSWERS
1 noun
2 adverb
3 verb
4 preposiion
5 verb
6 conjuncion
7 noun8 verb
9 noun
10 verb
TEACHING TIP
Te eacher may wish o ask he sudens in Lain wha par o speech a given word is Te eacher would say ldquoQuae pars ōrātiōnis estrdquo Suden responses would be
bull nōmen substantīvumsubstantīvum ndash noun
bull prōnōmen ndash pronoun
bull nōmen adiectīvumadiectīvum ndash adjecive
bull verbum temporāle ndash verb
bull adverbium ndash adverb
bull praepositiō ndash preposiion
bull coniūnctiō ndash conjuncion
bull interiectiō ndash inerjecion
Standards11 41
Standards11 41
WorkbookExercise 1
VOCABULARY TO LEARN
TEACHING TIPSince his is he firs se o Lain words ha your sudens will be required o memorize i is usuallya good idea o sugges and discuss wih hem some differen ways o memorize vocabulary Somesel help opions are lised below
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 4554
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull 5
NOUNSagricola agricolae m ndash armer
aqua aquae ndash waer
āhlēa āhlēae m ndash ahlee
īlia īliae ndash daugher
lupa lupae ndash she-wol
naua nauae m ndash sailor
poēa poēae m ndash poe
puella puellae ndash girl
ōma ōmae ndash ome
erra errae ndash land
VERBSama ndash heshei loves
ambula ndash heshei walks
cūra ndash heshei akes care o cares or
es ndash heshei is
ADVERBS bene ndash well
poseā ndash aferwards
CONJUNCTIONSe ndash and
iaque ndash and so
Aqueducs carr ied waer (aqua) o he ciies in he Roman world Tis aqueduc buil in 19 983138983139983141 which srechedacross he Gard River was named he Pon du Gard and brough waer o he ciy of Nicircmes in France in ancien imes
Chapter 1 bull 5
sel-help opions are lised below
1 Look a he word in he book and say he word aloud
2 Wrie down he word on a piece o paper along wih is meaning and check o be sure here are no spell-ing errors Color-coding he words by pars o speech is also helpul Pronounce he word while wriing idown and hen repea he word including he meaning and spelling
3 Make handwriten 1047298ashcards wih he Lain on one side and English on he oher and be sure here are nospelling errors Color-coding is a good sraegy here also Wriing he word ou helps some sudens ce-men he word in he brain Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers has creaed an elecronic vocabulary resourceor hose sudens or whom echnological learning ools are an aid Tese vocabulary 1047298ashcards are orhe iPod See p 93 or more inormaion on iPod 1047298ashcards
4 Use English derivaives o help remember meanings Bu be careul since some derivaives may havemeanings grealy changed rom he original Lain word
5 Find clipar picures ha illusrae he vocabulary words and use he picures as a way o es yoursel onhe Lain words
TEACHER BY THE WAYTe eacher may wish o open a discussion abou aqueducs and he waer supply or ancien omans while l ooking a he picu re o he Pon du Gard on his page For a hisory o aqueducs and heirconsrucion Froninusrsquo book Dē aquīs urbis Rōmae is an excellen source Te book was writenabou 97 983139983141 when he was Superinenden o Aqueducs Oher aqueducs include he ollowing
bull Te double high aqueduc in Segovia Spainbull Te Aqua Appia buil in 312 983138983139983141
bull Te Aqua rāiāna
bull Te aqueduc buil by Alex ander Severus in 226 983139983141
bull Te Aqua Claudia
bull Te Aqua Marcia wh ich wa s probably named a fer A ncus Marcius who was he fi rs K ing oome by radiional accouns o build an aqueduc o bring waer o ome
NB Te word ldquo Aquardquo when capialized means ldquoaqueducrdquo
Eleven aqueducs urnished 250000 gallons o waer o ome every weny-our hours
BY THE WAY
E h u gi n in h b l r h rm T nd rm i h g nii
HOW TO USE THIS BOOK Ēn is a word ha calls atenion o somehing and means ldquoLook a hisrdquo Te inormaion given here draws a-enion o and urher specifies differen language acs
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 4654
6 bull Latin for the New Millennium
6 bull Latin for the New Millennium
Each noun given in he vocabulary has wo orms Te second orm is he geniivesingular
A derivative is an English word rooed in a Lain word Te English derivaive issimilar in meaning and orm o is Lain source
STUDY TIP
An English derivaive ofen can help you remember wha a Lain word means
EXERCISE 2Find he English derivaives based on he Vocabulary o Learn in he ollowing senences Wriehe corresponding Lain word
1 She shows a considerable filial respec oward her aher
2 Agriculu re is a science o culivaing he land
3 Te ship is equipped wih all he necessary nauical insrumens
4 We saw all kinds o fish in he aquarium
5 Tis is an all-errain vehicle
6 When will he ahleic compeiion sar
7 She has a ruly poeic naure
LANGUAGE FACT II
NOUNS NUMBER GENDER CASE 983080NOMINATIVE AND
ACCUSATIVE983081Nouns in Lain show number gender and case
Number Lain nouns are eiher singular or plural in number Number is shown in differen ways by differen ypes o nouns bu some ending-paterns are or singular orms and oherending-paterns are or plural orms
Gender Every noun likewise is eiher masculine eminine or neuer in gender You muslearn he gender o each noun In he Vocabulary o Learn l iss he gender is indicaed by hecommon abbreviaionsm (masculi ne) f (eminine) or n (neuer)
Case Lain nouns mus have an ending-patern ha displays case Tis is quie differen romEnglish in which case is indicaed by word posiion and no by endings (alhough case markersare preserved in cerain pronouns such as ldquoherdquo and ldquohimrdquo) A nounrsquos case reveals wha uncionhe noun has in he senence Tere are five common cases nominaive geniive daive accu-saive and ablaive wo less requenly used cases are called he vocaive and he locaive
HOW TO USE THIS BOOKStudy Tips give hins rhymes and mnemonics o help sudens learn grammar and vocabulary
EXERCISE 2 ANSWERS1 filial īlia
2 agriculure agricola
3 nauical naua
4 aquarium aqua
5 errain erra
6 ahleic āhlēa
7 poeic poēa
TEACHING TIPExplain o he sudens ha in English he words ldquoardquo ldquoanrdquo or ldquoherdquo are usually placed beore a nounand Lain does no have an equivalen or hese words known as aricles
eachers may need o sress he absence o he aricle many imes beore sudens compleely ine-grae his knowledge ino heir reading habis in Lain class
TEACHING TIPLain like many oher languages does no always observe biological gender Ofen he gender o a
Lain noun is deermined by grammaical acors such as he group o which a noun belongs
TEACHING TIP
Alhough in Exercise 2 he sudens are direced o find only he derivaives based on he Vocabular yo Learn hey may be ineresed o learn ha here are oher derivaives in Exercise 2 Te derivaiono hese words is provided or he eacherrsquos convenience
bull 1 consider - rom sīdus (sar) + cum (wih ogeher) and rom cōnsīderō (o examine consider)respec - rom respectō (look back a have regard or)
bull 2 science - rom scientia (knowledge) and sciō (o know) culivaing - rom colō (ill inhabi worship)
bull 3 necessary - rom necesse (necessary) insrumens - rom īnstruō (o equip build provide)
and rom īnstrumentum (equipmen ool ec)bull 5 vehicle - rom he Lain verb vehō (o carry)
bull 6 compeiion - rom petō (o seek aim a atack ec) + cum (wih oge her)
bull 7 naure - rom nātūra (naure)
Standard41
Standards11 31 41
STUDY TIP
An easy way o remember he names ohe five common cases iso use his mnemonic
TEACHING TIPSudens may no know wha he word ldquomnemonicrdquo means explain ha a mnemonic device is some-hing ha helps a suden o remember somehing Te eacher may also wish o use his opporu-niy o bring up Mnemosyne he goddess o memory and he moher o he Muses
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 4754
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull 7
Chapter 1 bull 7
An easy way o remember he names o he five common cases is o use his mnemonicdevice
Never NominaiveGive GeniiveDogs Daive A ny A ccusaive A buse A blaive
Nominative Te nominaive case idenifies he subjec Te subjec is a noun or a pronounha perorms he acion or exiss in a sae o being In he senence ldquoWilliam is readingrdquohe word ldquoWilliamrdquo is he subjec
Example Mārs amat Mars loves
Te noun subjec o he verb ldquoloverdquo is he god Mars
Find more examples o nominaives and heir verbs rom he reading passage a he begin-ning o he chaper
Te nominaive case also idenifies he predicae nominaive In he senence ldquoWilliam isa sudenrdquo he predicae nominaive is ldquoa sudenrdquo A predicae nominaive complees hemeaning o he verb ldquoo berdquo Look a his exa mple rom he reading
Example Mārs est deus Mars is a god
Mārs is he subjec and deus is a predicae nominaive
Accusative Te ourh case lised is called he accusaive he geniive daive and ablaivecases will be discussed in laer chapers Te accusaive case poins ou he noun (or pro-noun) ha is he direc objec emember direc objecs receive he acion o he verb Inhe senence ldquoI am wriing a leterrdquo he direc objec is ldquoa leterrdquo
Example Mārs Rhēam Silviam amat Mars loves hea Silvia
Te direc objec o ldquoloverdquo is he noun Rhēam Silviam
Find more examples o accusaives and heir verbs rom he reading passage a he beginningo he chaper
niy o bring up Mnemosyne he goddess o memory and he moher o he Muses
Answers to ldquoFind more examples of nominatives a nd their verbs from the reading passage at the begin-ning of the chapterrdquo
hēa Silvia habe
Amūl ius claudi
Amūl ius pōni
Lupa ambula
Lupa cūra e amaōmulus e emus crēscun
ōmulus e emus aedifican
Answers to ldquoFind more examples of accusatives and their verbs from the reading passage at the beg in-ning of the chapterrdquo
duōs īliōs habe ōmulum e emum
hēam Silviam claudi
ōmulum e emum pōni
ōmulum e emum bene cūra e ama
ōmam aedifican
TEACHING TIPSudens may encouner diffi culy when r ying o ransl ae Lain names used in cases o her han henominaive Te eacher a some poin will need o explain (and repea whenever necessary) ha when ransla ing a La in name he suden should al ways use he nominaive o rm o he word Onp 7 sudens are asked o find examples o accusaives and heir verbs in he reading passage Teanswers lised above provide an opporuniy o pracice wih his issue emind sudens o rans-lae duōs īliōs habet Rōmulum et Remum as ldquohe has wo sons omulus and emusrdquo Te oher ouranswers may be used as pracice wih he sudens
EXERCISE 3a Ideniy wheher he nouns in bold in hese senences are subjecs direc objecs or predi
TEACHER BY THE WAYIn conjuncion wih he picure and is capion he eacher may wish o menion ha he amil-ilar acronym o SPQ is sill in use and visible hroughou modern ome991252on liter bins sewercovers ec
Standards11 41
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 4854
8 bull Latin for the New Millennium
8 bull Latin for the New Millennium
a Ideniy wheher he nouns in bold in hese senences are subjecs direc objecs or predi-cae nominaives Te eading Vocabulary may be consuled
b Label each senence as vērum (rue) i i agrees or alsum (alse) i i disagrees wih he Lainreading passage a he beginni ng o he chaper
Example Amūlius es deusPredicae nominaive alsum
1 hēa Silvia ōmulum e emum cūra
2 Amūlius ōmulum e emum bene cūra
3 Amūlius lupam vinculīs claudi
4 Mārs ōmulum e emum in aquam pōni
5 Lupa hēam Silviam cūra
6 Amūlius ad aquam ambula
Te power of he ciy of Rome founded according o legend by Romulus is symbolized by hese four leters ha areprominenly displayed in various places wihin he ciy
EXERCISE 3 ANSWERS
1 subjec vērum
2 direc objecs alsum
3 direc objec alsum
4 subjec alsum
5 direc objec alsum
6 subjec vērum
WorkbookExercise 2 A full si ze reproduc ible version of th is page
without the a nswers ca n be downloade d at wwwlnm bolchazyco m
HOW TO USE THIS BOOK
Noun Declensions Te eacher may choose Lain nouns rom he declension ha is being sudied a he imehis workshee is used Tus no answers are provided here
LANGUAGE FACT III
TEACHING TIP Ask he sudens wha he Lain words seleced rom he reading and lised near he op o p 9 mean
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 4954
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull 9
Chapter 1 bull 9
FIRST DECLENSION NOUNS A declension is a g roup o nouns ha show a cerain patern o word endings Tere are five differ-en declensions in Lain In he reading abou omulus and emus hese are he orms belongingo he firs declension
hēam Silviam hēa Silvia aquam lupa ōmam
Noice ha he ex says Rhēa Silvia when she is he subjec and Rhēam Silviam when she is hedirec objec
Te firs declension is composed o words ha characerisically have he vowel a a or near heend o he word lupa
Below is he patern ha firs declension nouns ollow o show case and number Memorize heLain words in order rom he nominaive singular down o he ablaive singular and hen romhe nominaive plural down o he ablaive plural
emember ha he endings or a whole group o nouns ollow his patern Once you learn hi spatern you can recognize he case a nd number o all he words belonging o hi s declension
In his chaper you have begun o learn abou he nominaive and accusai ve cases Te ohercases will be explained in laer chapers
First DeclensionSingular Plural
Nomina ive l upa he she-wol Nominaive lupae he she-wolves
Geniive lupae o he she-wol Geniive lupārum o he she-wolves
Daive lupae oor he she-wol Daive lupīs oor he she-wolves
Accusaive lupam he she-wol Accusaive lupās he she-wolves
Ablaive lupā bywih he she-wol Ablaive lupīs bywih he she-wolves
Daive and ablaive plural o he words īlia ldquodaugherrdquo and dea ldquogoddessrdquo is fīliābus anddeābusTis is o di singuish hese orms rom he corresponding orms o īlius ldquosonrdquo and deus ldquogodrdquo
STUDY TIP
Noice ha he ablaive singular ending -ā has a long mark (macron) above i his ishe only difference beween he nominaive and ablaive singular endings
TEACHING TIP
Afer he firs declension has been presened o he sudens encourage hem depending on heirlearning syle o say he declension aloud o wrie down he words o inven a rap or a cheer
TEACHER BY THE WAY
Te patern is called a declension because he oher cases lean away ( dēclīnāre) rom he nominaiveie hey do no ollow he same orm as he nominaive
ORAL EXERCISE 1Tis exercise may be used afer the 1047297rst declension has been presented
Whi le looking a he declension o lupa ask he sudens o decli ne nauta
Singular PluralNominaive naua nauaeGeniive nauae nauārumDaive nauae nauīs Accusaive nauam nauās Ablaive nauā nauīs
Standards11 31 41
OralExercise 1
WorkbookExercise 3
STUDY TIP
Noice ha he daive and ablaive plural endings a re idenical
EXERCISE 4 ANSWERS1 geniive daive puellār um puellī s
2 accusaive nauās
3 accusaive errās
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 5054
10 bull Latin for the New Millennium
10 bull Latin for the New Millennium
Here are more words belonging o he fi rs declension
puella ndash girl īlia ndash daugher terra ndash land
Mos firs declension words are eminine i n gender bu a ew (usually ones ha indicae mas-culine occupaions in ancien imes) are masculine Examples are poēta ldquopoerdquoagricola ldquoarmerrdquonauta ldquosailorrdquo āthlēta ldquoahleerdquo
EXERCISE 4Ideniy he case o each singular noun Ten change each orm ino plural For some more han
one answer is possibleExample īlianominaive īliae
1 puellae 5 aquae2 nauam 6 puellā3 erram 7 āhlēā4 a gr ic ol a
Like he Greek wreslers porrayed on his ancien bas-reliefRoman ahlees were also fond of he spor of wresling
4 nominaive agricolae
5 geniive daive aquārum aquīs
6 ablaive puellīs
7 ablaive āhlēīs
TEACHING TIP
Since wreslers are depiced on he illusraion on his page he eacher may wish o open a discus-
sion abou he omansrsquo and Greeksrsquo ondness or wresling which was ofen praciced in a complexcalled he palaestra
oman boys were expeced o serve in he m iliary Tus hey were firs rained by heir ahers in wreslingand boxing Srengh and agiliy were sressed raher han grace o movemen as in Greek spors Te woprincipal syles uilized by he Greek were uprigh wresling in which hree alls o your opponen o heground were necessary o deea him and ground wresling which required he opponen o give up in ordero end he mach In he palaes tra here was an area or he young people o pracice wresling or boxing wih apunching bag (cōrycus) Examples o monumenal oman bahs wih a palaest ra are ound a he Bahs o Ca-racalla in ome he Harbor Bahs a Ephesus in urkey and he Bahs in Varna Bulgaria he larges anciensrucure in ha counry
Wresling was also one o he spor evens a he Olympic games ha he omans ofen atended Greco-oman wresling is also one o he evens eaured in he summer Olympic games in modern imes
TEACHING TIPTe eacher migh wan o have sudens read an English ranslaion o Book 23 o he Iliad in which Ajax a nd Odysseus compee in a wre sling m ach and Book 5 o he Aeneid or a descripion o hespors ha he omans played and compare he atiude o he compeiors in each epic Boh evens were par o he uneral games he ormer in honor o Paroclu s riend and atendan o Achil lesand he later in honor o Anchises aher o Aeneas Tis migh lead o urher discussion on henaure o modern wresling
Standards11 41
EXERCISE 5Ideniy he case o each plural noun Ten change each orm ino he singular For some more
TEACHING TIPSudens may wonder why he geniive singular w ihou is ending mus be used o find he base whenhe nominaive singular wihou is ending works jus as well Explain ha in oher noun declensionshe nominaive will no always provide he same base or have he same spelling as he geniive
Standards11 41
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 5154
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull 11
Chapter 1 bull 11
han one answer is possible
Example puellāsaccusaive puellam
1 īliae 5 aquīs2 errīs 6 poēārum3 nauārum 7 agricolae4 l upa e
BY THE WAY
In all declensions endings are added o he base o a noun I is imporan o know hahe base o a noun is ound by removing he ending rom is geniive si ngular orm Forexample he geniive singular o puella is puellae I you remove he -ae rom puellae
wha remains is he base o he word namely puell- For his reason learning he geni-ive singular is as imporan as knowing he nominaive singular o he noun
STUDY TIP
Always learn he geniive ogeher wih he nominaive because rom he geniive you will know o which declension a word belongs
A wall paining depic ing a Roman farmer (agricola) wih his sheep
EXERCISE 5 ANSWERS
1 nominaive īl ia
2 daive ablaive errae errā
3 geniive nauae
4 nominaive lupa
5 daive ablaive aquae aquā
6 geniive poēae7 nominaive agricola
HOW TO USE THIS BOOKIn his book he word ldquobaserdquo is used o reer o he noun wihou any ending ldquoStemrdquo is used or he par o he verb wihou any ending ldquoootrdquo is used or he Lain par o a derivaive
ORAL EXERCISE 2Tis exercise may be used afer Exercise 5
Use one o he ollowing classroom presenaion opions (hereafer reerred o as CPO) (blackgreenwhiesmar board overhead or LCD projecor PowerPoinreg presenaion ec) o pu his inormaion on view
quis ldquowhordquo (or he subjec) and quem ldquowhomrdquo (or he direc objec)
Ten ask he suden o answer he ollowing quesions abou he chaper reading eiher orally or in wri-
en orm
1 Teacher Quis es Mārs Student Mārs es deus
2 Teacher Quem ama Mārs Student hēam Silviam Mārs ama
3 Teacher Quis ama hēam Silviam Student Mārs ama hēam Silviam
4 Teacher Quem habe hēa Silvia Student hēa Silvia duōs īliōs ōmulum eemum habe
5 Teacher Quis claudi hēam Silviam Student Amūlius claudi hēam Silviam
6 Teacher Quem claudi Amūlius Student hēam Silviam Amūlius claudi
7 Teacher Quis ōmulum e emum in aquampōni
Student Amūlius ōmulum e emum in aquampōni
8 Teacher Quem Amūlius in aquam pōni Student Amūlius ōmulum e emum in aquampōni
9 Teacher Quis ambula ad aquam Student Lupa ambula ad aquam
10 Teacher Quis ōmulum e emum bene cūra Student Lupa ōmulum e emum bene cūra
11 Teacher Quōs lupa bene cūra Student Lupa ōmulum e emum bene cūra
12 Teacher Quis ōmulum e emum a ma Student Lupa ōmulum e emum ama
13 Teacher Quōs lupa ama Student Lupa ōmulum e emum ama
OralExercise 2
WorkbookExercise
4 5
EXERCISE 6ranslae rom Lain ino English and rom English ino Lain Te mos common Lain word
d
TEACHER BY THE WAYTe eacher may menion ha he mos common word order (subjec ndash direc objec ndash verb) can o-en be changed For example i he verb is o be emphasized i will ake firs posiion I he subjecor he direc objec is o be emphasized i will ake he las posiion which is he mos emphaic oneIn general he more unusual he wordrsquos posiion is he more emphasis is placed on his word
Standards11 41
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 5254
12 bull Latin for the New Millennium
12 bull Latin for the New Millennium
order is
subjec ndash direc objec ndash verb
1 Agricola erram ama
2 Te ahlee loves waer
3 Naua īlia m ama
4 Te poe loves ome
5 Agricola erram cūra
6 Te she-wol cares or (is aking care o) he girl
BY THE WAY
Even hough he mos common word order is subjec ndash di rec objec ndash verb rememberha endings991252no word order991252deermine which word is he subjec and which i s hedirec objec
TALKING When we mee one person we gree herhim wih salvē When we mee wo or more people wegree hem wih salvēte When we bid goodbye o one person we sayvalē When we bid goodbyeo wo or more people we say valēte
Here are various ways o ask ldquohow are yourdquo or ldquohow are you doingrdquo
Quōmodo valēs or Quōmodo tē habēs or Quid agis ldquoHow are yourdquo
Here is a range o possible answers
bene ldquowellrdquo pessimē ldquovery badrdquo optimē ldquogreardquo melius ldquobeterrdquo mediocriter ldquoso-sordquo or ldquono oo badrdquo meliusculē ldquoa litle beterrdquo male ldquobadrdquo
In general he more unusual he word s posiion is he more emphasis is placed on his word
EXERCISE 6 ANSWERS
1 Te armer loves he land
2 Āhlēa aquam ama
3 Te sailor loves (his) daugher
4 Poēa ōmam ama
5 Te armer cares or (is aking care o) he land6 Lupa puellam cūra
TEACHING TIP
Te eacher may sar he class in Lain by saying Salvēte discipulī et discipulae and by eaching hesudens o say in reurn Salvē magister (magistra)
ORAL EXERCISE 3Tis exercise may be used anytime afer the students have learned the use o the accusative case or afer Exercise 6
Use one o he CPOrsquos o pu on display he orms amō and cūrō and explai n ha hey a re in he fir s personsingular and how his differs rom he hird person singular learned in his chaper Ask individual sudens omake senences wih hem using he words hey have learned
Ten ell he sudens ha nōn means ldquonordquo and ask hem o make si milar senences wih nōn amō and nōn cūrō
Examples(nōn) amō erram īliam aquam lupam āhlēam(nōn) cūrō erram īliam puellam
WorkbookExercise 6
ContentQuestions
OralExercise 3
Standards12 21 41
42
SAYING HELLOMarīa Helena e Chrisīna sun (are) discipulae (students)
TEACHING TIPHave sudens read he dialogue aloud Tis will help o build heir pronunciaion skills
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 5354
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull 13
Chapter 1 bull 13
Marīa Salvēe Helena e Chrisīna
Christīna Salvē Marīa
Helena Salvē Marīa
Marīa Quōmodo valēs Helena Quōmodo valēs Chrisīna
Helena et Christīna Bene Quōmodo ū ( you) valēs Marīa
Marīa Pessimē
Helena et Christīna Cūr (Why)
Marīa imeō linguam Laīnam ( I ear the Latin language)Helena Ego ( I ) linguam Laīnam amō
Christīna E ego linguam Laīnam amō
ORAL EXERCISE 4
Tis exercise may be used afer he Lain dialogue has been presened
Insruc he sudens o say ldquohellordquo in Lain o he suden nex o hem Divide he class ino wo pars ellone par o gree he oher par using he plural greeing and vice versa Do he same ype o aciviy whensaying ldquogoodbyerdquo You may wish o make greeing he class in Lain a nd saying ldquogoodbyerdquo in Lain a par oa daily rouine
Divide he sudens ino pairs in which one person will ask how hisher parner is in Lain and he oher
wil l answer
ORAL EXERCISE 5
Tis exercise may be used afer he Lain dialogue has been presened
ell he sudens ha he paricle ndashne is added o he firs syllable o a word ha inroduces a quesion Ten askhe ollowing quesions abou he dialogue beween Mary Helen and Chrisy Individual sudens may answerorally or he enire class may wrie he answers as he eacher asks hem orally Te eacher should explain hahe orm valēs in he greeing Quōmodo valēs is in he second person which means ldquoyourdquo Te hird person orm(reerring o ldquoherrdquo ldquohimrdquo or ldquoirdquo) is valet So he phrase ldquoHow is she doingrdquo would be Quōmodo valet Te hirdperson o amō is amat and he hird person o timeō is timet
1 Teacher Quōmodo Chrisīna vale Student(s) Chrisīna bene vale
2 Teacher Quōmodo Marīa vale Student(s) Marīa pessimē vale
3 Teacher Cūr (why) Marīa pessimē vale Student(s) Marīa ime linguam Lainam4 Teacher Amane l inguam L aīnam Helena Student(s) Helena linguam Laīnam ama
5 Teacher Linguamne Laīnam ama Chrisīna Student(s) Chrisīna linguam Laīnam ama
ORAL EXERCISE 6 AND DICTATIONTis combined exercise may be used to conclude the chapter or at any time afer the students have learned the accusa-tive case and chapter vocabulary
Dicae he ollowing senences o he sudens Ten ask hem o make he ollowing changes eiher orally orin writen orm a he discreion o he eacher
1 Teacher Agricol a erram ama (change he direc objec ino plura l)Student Agricola errās ama
2 Teacher Lupa puellam cūra (change he direc objec ino plural)
Student Lupa puellās cūra3 Teacher Āhlēa puel lās ama (change he direc objec ino singu lar)
Student Āhlēa puellam ama
4 Teacher Fīlia errās ama (change he direc objec ino singular)Student Fīlia erram ama
OralExercise
4 5 6 andDictation
TEACHER NOTES
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 5454
14 bull Latin for the New Millennium
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 3954
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull xxxiii
HOW TO USE THIS BOOK
Te answers o his aciviy can be easily seen on he wo acing pages
Te omans regarded Ennius (ca 239 169 983138983139983141) as he aher o Lain lieraure He wroe
TEACHING TIPSudens may be encouraged o find he ciy o Carhage menioned in he second paragraph on hemap on p xxxii
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 4054
xxxiv bull Latin for the New Millennium
xxxiv bull L atin for the New Millennium
Te omans regarded Ennius (ca 239ndash169 983138983139983141) as he aher o Lain lieraure He wroemany kinds o lierary works including plays His Annālēs an epic poem abou he early hisoryo ome was paricularly renowned and perhaps he primary epic read in oman schools beorehe ime o Vergil Only ragmens o his wriings remain
One o Enniusrsquo conemporaries was heamed Cao he Censor also known as Caohe Elder (234ndash149 983138983139983141) a rigidly conserva-ive oman senaor Mos o his reaise onagriculure called Dē agrī culūrā survivesI is he oldes work o Lain prose amongCaorsquos recommendaions here are ha fieldslaves be reaed similarly o beass o bur-den Cao is also remembered or his sae-men Carhāgō dēlenda es ldquoCarhage mus
be desroyedrdquo evidence or he omanear o he Carhaginians Te omansough hree wars known as he Punic
Wars agai ns he Car haginians Te fi rsended beore Cao was born in he secondagains Hannibal Cao served wih miliarydisincion he hird ended in 146 983138983139983141 asCao had demanded wih he desruciono Carhage On his occasion he vic oriousomans were said o have plowed sal inohe Carhaginian soil
Discussions abou laer auhors and adap-aions rom heir wriings w ill be presenedchronologically in he chapers o his book
Ancien ruins a Carhage in Africa
p p
TEACHER BY THE WAY Alhough he works o Enniu s have been preserved on ly in ragmens (abou a housand lines) hehad a grea in1047298uence on subsequen poes such as Vergil Quoable quoes include
bull a es o riendship Amīcus cer us in rē incer ā cerniur (A riend in need is a riend indeed)
bull an applicaion o wisdom o lie Quī ipse sibi sapiēns prōdesse nequi nēquīquam sapi (A man who
himsel is wise bu unable o be useul o himsel is wise or nohing)bull he amous descripion o Fabius Maximus Ūnus homō nōbīs cūncandō resiui rem (One man by delaying res ored he sae or us)
bull and he line on Manius Curius Quem nēmō errō poui superāre nec aurō (Whom no one was ableo deea eiher by sword or gold)
We also have preser ved or us he exa mple o excessive all ieraion ha has g iven rise o much laugher inLain classrooms over he years Ō ie ūe aī ibi ana yranne ulisī ldquoO ius aius you yran (all voca-ive) you brough o yoursel such grea (roubles)rdquo991252ranslaed in conex which plays off he more lieral ldquo you ookacquired or yoursel such grea hings rdquo
On he oher hand he composed his own epiaph in which his high eseem among omans proved o beprescien
nēmō mē lacrumīs decōre neu unera 1047298ēū
axi Cūr Voliō vivos per ōra v irum (Le no one honor me wih ears or make a uneral pyre by weeping
Why I 1047298y li ving hrough he mouhs o men)
TEACHER BY THE WAY
Pluarchrsquos Lie o Cao is a good source o snappy quoaions atribued o his saesman soldier andauhor For example while discussing he power o women he said ldquoAll oher men rule heir wives we rule al l oher men and our w ives rule us rdquo Atemping o persuade he oman people o orego adisribuion o grain he began his speech by saying ldquoI is a hard mater o argue wih he belly sincei has no earsrdquo And o a ribune who had been accused o using poison and was rying o pass a use-less bill he said ldquoI know no which is worse o drink your mixures or o enac your billsrdquo
1CHAPTER 1
HOW TO USE THIS BOOK
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 4154
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull 1
1CHAPTER
Parts of Speech Nouns Number Gender Case (Nominative and Accusative)
First Declension Nouns
MEMORĀBILE DICTŪ
SPQ Senātus Populusque ōmānusldquoTe Senae and he People o omerdquo
Tese our leters orm wha is known as an acronym one ha symbolized supreme power inancien ome
Oil paining of Romulus and Remus wih he wolf By Peer Paul Rubens (1577ndash1640)
Te grammaical and synacical opics ha will be presened in each chaper o his book are lised a he opo he chaper ile page
HOW TO USE THIS BOOK
Te illusraion on each chaperrsquos ile page presens a visual inroducion o he Lain reading passage ha willollow eachers may choose o discuss he illusraion in order o provide he conex or he reading he su-dens will encouner on he nex page
HOW TO USE THIS BOOK
On each chaper ile page he phrase Memorābile Dictū (ldquoA memorable hing o say rdquo) will be ou nd Below here will be a amous phrase quoa ion abbreviaion or moto in L ain ha w ill connec hese words o he opicsin he chaper
MEMORĀBILE DICTŪ VOCABULARY
populus populī m ndash people
-que ndash and
senāus senāūs m ndash senae
TEACHING TIP
ubens pained his picure o omulus and emus rom 1615ndash1616 during wha is called he Ba-roque period o ar Te man approaching rom he rear is Fausulus Te reclining figure is he god
o he river iber
HOW TO USE THIS BOOK AND ITS ANCILLARIESwo ancillaries are available or use wih his book Te Original Dysunctional Family (abbreviaed ODF)and From Romulus to Romulus Augustulus (abbreviaed R) R will be paricularly useul in order ohelp sudens keep he ime periods o he auhors and o he evens he auhors wroe abou sraigh in heirmind Chaper ile pages wil l include when appropriae a noaion abou wha chaper o R he eachermay wish o assign
Standards11 21
R 2and 3
READING
TRANSLATION OF LATIN PASSAGEomulus and emus
Mars is a god Mars loves hea Silvia And so hea Silvia has wo sons omulus and emus Amulius locks uph Sil i A li l d i h A h l lk h T h l
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 4254
2 bull Latin for the New Millennium
2 bull Latin for the New Millennium
READINGTis sory describes how ome was said o have been ounded in 753 983138983139983141 King Numior o AlbaLonga was overhrown by his cruel and ambiious broher Amulius who no only seized hehrone bu so eared ha one o Numiorrsquos male descendans migh have a legiimae claim oni ha he made Amuliusrsquo daug her hea Silvia a priesess o he goddess Vesa Tese priesesses
were no allowed o marry during heir childbearing years
RŌMULUS ET REMUS
1 Mārs es deus Mārs hēam Silviam ama Iaque hēa Silvia duōs
īliōs habe ōmulum e emum Amūlius hēam Silviam vinculīs
claudi Amūlius ōmulum e emum in aquam pōni Lupa ad aquamambula Lupa ōmulum e emum bene cūra e ama ōmulus e
5 emus crēscun Poseā ōmulus e emus ōmam aedifican
Famous bronze saue of he she-wolf and he wins
hea Silvia Amulius pus omulus and emus ino he waer A she-wol walks o he waer Te she-wol caresor (akes good care o) omulus and emus well and loves (hem) omulus and emus grow up Aferwards(laer) omulus and emus build ome
HOW TO USE THIS BOOK Above each La in reading pa ssage inorm aion is presened in Engl ish Tis pre -reading provides back groundinormaion abou he auhor and esablishes he conex o he passage he sudens will read
TEACHER BY THE WAY
Te eacher may wish o inroduce he class o he radiional abbreviaions o 983137983140 (which sandsor he Lain phrase Annō Dominī ldquoi n he year o our Lordrdquo) and 983138983139 (which sands or he Engl ishphrase ldquoBeore Chrisrdquo) Tese older abbreviaions coninue o be used bu his book employs heabbreviaions 983138983139983141 (Beore he Common Era) and 983139983141 (Common Era)
TEACHING TIPInsruc he sudens o locae Alba Longa on he map on pp xxxiindashxxxiii
TEACHER BY THE WAYTough he wins were added o he sculpure in he enaissance he she-wol has srong links wihEruscan myhology and shows characerisics o Eruscan sculpure
TEACHING TIP
Te eacher may wish o encourage he sudens o design an abbreviaed amily ree o omulusand emus
Standards11 22
Jupier Juno King Num ior o Alba Longa
Mars hea Silvia
omulus emus
READING VOCABULARY
HOW TO USE THIS BOOKTe English pronoun subjec o a verb is no lised in he eading Vocabulary i he pronoun is no needed inhe ranslaion
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 4354
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull 3
Chapter 1 bull 3
READING VOCABULARYad aquam ndash o he waer
aedifican ndash build
ama ndash loves
ambula ndash walks
Amūlius ndash Amul ius
aquam ndash waer
bene ndash well
claudi ndash locks up
crēscun ndash grow up
cūra ndash akes care o cares or
deus ndash god
duōs ndash woes ndash is
e ndash and
īliōs ndash sons
habe ndash has
in aquam ndash ino he waer
iaque ndash and so
lupa ndash she-wol
Mārs ndash Mars he god o war
pōni ndash pus
poseā ndash aferwards laer
emum ndash emus
emus ndash emus
hēa Silvia ndash hea Silvia
hēam Silviam ndash hea Silvia
ōmam ndash ome
ōmulum ndash omulus
ōmulus ndash omulus vinculīs ndash w ih chains
Words marked wih an aserisk will need o bememorized laer in he chaper
COMPREHENSION QUESTIONS1 Whose sons are omulus and emus
2 Wha did Amulius do
3 Who saved he lie o omulus and emus
4 Wha did omulus and emus do
HOW TO USE THIS BOOK
Te sudens should not be expeced o lea rn he words under he ile eading Vocabulary whenever his ileoccurs in he book Insead insruc sudens o learn he vocabulary words lised under he ile Vocabularyto Learn ha will be ound laer in each chaper In more advanced Lain exs usually here are vocabularyand noes o help he sudens when reading a passage Tis eading Vocabulary will help prepare sudens orlaer more advanced classes
ANSWERS TO COMPREHENSION QUESTIONS
1 Tey are he sons o Mars and hea Silvia2 He locked up hea Silvia
3 A she-wol
4 Tey buil he ciy o ome
TEACHING TIP
Whi le English deriva ives rom he sar red words (ie he Vocabulary o L earn) are he opic o Ex-ercise 2 laer in his chaper here are some ineresing derivaives rom he non-sarred words andsome o hese show how words change hrough he years Te eacher may choose o discuss hesederivaives wih he sudens
bull aedi1047297cant (aedi1047297cō) ndash ediy edificaion edifice
Tis Lain word is buil rom wo Lain words aciō (o do make) and aedēs (house emple) Te
English derivaives reain his religious connecion or hey mean ldquoo build up he aih moraliy o in-sruc especially morallyrdquo Te word ldquoedificerdquo is always used or an imposing srucure such as a ldquoemplerdquoor aedēs
bull claudit (claudō) ndash close conclusion enclosure sluice
A ldquocloserdquo is a small shu-in space and some people i locked in one suffer rom ldquoclausrophobiardquo acompound derivaive parly rom Lain (o close confine) and parly rom he Greek (ear) hence ldquoa earo closed spacesrdquo
Te word ldquosluicerdquo does no look like a derivaive o claudō bu i has undergone cha nges as i ca meino English via middle English and old French (sclus) rom he Lain exclūdō which means ldquoo shu ourdquo Asluice has a gae a he op o he channel o shu off he 1047298ow o waer as necessary
bull crēscunt (crēscō) ndash crescen accrue recrui crew
Te word ldquocrewrdquo in middle English mean ldquoreinorcemenrdquo so a body o soldiers grew Te word ldquore-
cruirdquo has he same basic idea ecruis increase he size o he army (rom he Lain recrēscō meaning ldquoogrow againrdquo)
bull deus ndash deiy deiy
bull duōs ndash double dozen due duplicae
Te word ldquodozenrdquo is a compound rom he Lain word or ldquowordquo and he German word or ldquoenrdquo (zehn)
bull habet (habeō) ndash habi abiliy prohibiive
Onersquos abiliy depends on he alens and skil ls one has
bull pōnit ( pōnō) ndash depo imposiion preposiion
A depo origina lly was a place where supplies were pu or sorage
LANGUAGE FACT I
HOW TO USE THIS BOOKTe Language Facs secion o each chaper will conain boh grammaical (morphological) and synacicalinormaion ie inormaion boh abou he orms o he words and he srucure o he senence
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 4454
4 bull Latin for the New Millennium
4 bull Latin for the New Millennium
LANGUAGE FACT I
PARTS OF SPEECHTe parts o speech used in a Lain senence deermine is meaning jus as in English While henoun and he verb are he wo mos imporan oher common pars o speech are lised below
Noun a person place hing idea acion or qual iy Examples ldquoomulusrdquo ldquoriverrdquo ldquocouragerdquo
Pronoun a word ha sands in place o a noun ha has been previously menioned or is clearrom conex Examples ldquoIrdquo ldquosherdquo ldquohimrdquo ldquoirdquo
Adjecive a word ha limis or defines a noun or a pronoun Examples ldquolitlerdquo ldquosrongrdquo
Adverb a word ha lim is or defines verbs adjecives or (oher) adverbs Examples ldquoveryrdquoldquoquielyrdquo
Verb a word ha describes an acion or sae o being Examples ldquogordquo ldquosayrdquo ldquowasrdquo
Preposiion a word ha begins a preposiional phrase such as ldquoinrdquo ldquoordquo ldquoonrdquo ldquoorrdquo ldquobyrdquoldquowihrdquo A preposiional phrase is a preposiion joined o a noun Examples ldquoin he morningrdquoldquowih a sharp pencilrdquo
Conjuncion a word ha connecs words phrases clauses a nd senences Examples ldquoandrdquoldquoburdquo ldquoalhoughrdquo
Inerjecion a word ha expresses emoion Examples ldquowowrdquo
EXERCISE 1eview he meanings and ideniy he pars o speech o he ollowing words Te eading
Vocabulary may be consu led
1 īliōs 6 e2 bene 7 lupa3 aedifican 8 claudi
4 ad 9 ōmam5 ambula 10 ama
EXERCISE 1 ANSWERS
1 noun
2 adverb
3 verb
4 preposiion
5 verb
6 conjuncion
7 noun8 verb
9 noun
10 verb
TEACHING TIP
Te eacher may wish o ask he sudens in Lain wha par o speech a given word is Te eacher would say ldquoQuae pars ōrātiōnis estrdquo Suden responses would be
bull nōmen substantīvumsubstantīvum ndash noun
bull prōnōmen ndash pronoun
bull nōmen adiectīvumadiectīvum ndash adjecive
bull verbum temporāle ndash verb
bull adverbium ndash adverb
bull praepositiō ndash preposiion
bull coniūnctiō ndash conjuncion
bull interiectiō ndash inerjecion
Standards11 41
Standards11 41
WorkbookExercise 1
VOCABULARY TO LEARN
TEACHING TIPSince his is he firs se o Lain words ha your sudens will be required o memorize i is usuallya good idea o sugges and discuss wih hem some differen ways o memorize vocabulary Somesel help opions are lised below
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 4554
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull 5
NOUNSagricola agricolae m ndash armer
aqua aquae ndash waer
āhlēa āhlēae m ndash ahlee
īlia īliae ndash daugher
lupa lupae ndash she-wol
naua nauae m ndash sailor
poēa poēae m ndash poe
puella puellae ndash girl
ōma ōmae ndash ome
erra errae ndash land
VERBSama ndash heshei loves
ambula ndash heshei walks
cūra ndash heshei akes care o cares or
es ndash heshei is
ADVERBS bene ndash well
poseā ndash aferwards
CONJUNCTIONSe ndash and
iaque ndash and so
Aqueducs carr ied waer (aqua) o he ciies in he Roman world Tis aqueduc buil in 19 983138983139983141 which srechedacross he Gard River was named he Pon du Gard and brough waer o he ciy of Nicircmes in France in ancien imes
Chapter 1 bull 5
sel-help opions are lised below
1 Look a he word in he book and say he word aloud
2 Wrie down he word on a piece o paper along wih is meaning and check o be sure here are no spell-ing errors Color-coding he words by pars o speech is also helpul Pronounce he word while wriing idown and hen repea he word including he meaning and spelling
3 Make handwriten 1047298ashcards wih he Lain on one side and English on he oher and be sure here are nospelling errors Color-coding is a good sraegy here also Wriing he word ou helps some sudens ce-men he word in he brain Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers has creaed an elecronic vocabulary resourceor hose sudens or whom echnological learning ools are an aid Tese vocabulary 1047298ashcards are orhe iPod See p 93 or more inormaion on iPod 1047298ashcards
4 Use English derivaives o help remember meanings Bu be careul since some derivaives may havemeanings grealy changed rom he original Lain word
5 Find clipar picures ha illusrae he vocabulary words and use he picures as a way o es yoursel onhe Lain words
TEACHER BY THE WAYTe eacher may wish o open a discussion abou aqueducs and he waer supply or ancien omans while l ooking a he picu re o he Pon du Gard on his page For a hisory o aqueducs and heirconsrucion Froninusrsquo book Dē aquīs urbis Rōmae is an excellen source Te book was writenabou 97 983139983141 when he was Superinenden o Aqueducs Oher aqueducs include he ollowing
bull Te double high aqueduc in Segovia Spainbull Te Aqua Appia buil in 312 983138983139983141
bull Te Aqua rāiāna
bull Te aqueduc buil by Alex ander Severus in 226 983139983141
bull Te Aqua Claudia
bull Te Aqua Marcia wh ich wa s probably named a fer A ncus Marcius who was he fi rs K ing oome by radiional accouns o build an aqueduc o bring waer o ome
NB Te word ldquo Aquardquo when capialized means ldquoaqueducrdquo
Eleven aqueducs urnished 250000 gallons o waer o ome every weny-our hours
BY THE WAY
E h u gi n in h b l r h rm T nd rm i h g nii
HOW TO USE THIS BOOK Ēn is a word ha calls atenion o somehing and means ldquoLook a hisrdquo Te inormaion given here draws a-enion o and urher specifies differen language acs
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 4654
6 bull Latin for the New Millennium
6 bull Latin for the New Millennium
Each noun given in he vocabulary has wo orms Te second orm is he geniivesingular
A derivative is an English word rooed in a Lain word Te English derivaive issimilar in meaning and orm o is Lain source
STUDY TIP
An English derivaive ofen can help you remember wha a Lain word means
EXERCISE 2Find he English derivaives based on he Vocabulary o Learn in he ollowing senences Wriehe corresponding Lain word
1 She shows a considerable filial respec oward her aher
2 Agriculu re is a science o culivaing he land
3 Te ship is equipped wih all he necessary nauical insrumens
4 We saw all kinds o fish in he aquarium
5 Tis is an all-errain vehicle
6 When will he ahleic compeiion sar
7 She has a ruly poeic naure
LANGUAGE FACT II
NOUNS NUMBER GENDER CASE 983080NOMINATIVE AND
ACCUSATIVE983081Nouns in Lain show number gender and case
Number Lain nouns are eiher singular or plural in number Number is shown in differen ways by differen ypes o nouns bu some ending-paterns are or singular orms and oherending-paterns are or plural orms
Gender Every noun likewise is eiher masculine eminine or neuer in gender You muslearn he gender o each noun In he Vocabulary o Learn l iss he gender is indicaed by hecommon abbreviaionsm (masculi ne) f (eminine) or n (neuer)
Case Lain nouns mus have an ending-patern ha displays case Tis is quie differen romEnglish in which case is indicaed by word posiion and no by endings (alhough case markersare preserved in cerain pronouns such as ldquoherdquo and ldquohimrdquo) A nounrsquos case reveals wha uncionhe noun has in he senence Tere are five common cases nominaive geniive daive accu-saive and ablaive wo less requenly used cases are called he vocaive and he locaive
HOW TO USE THIS BOOKStudy Tips give hins rhymes and mnemonics o help sudens learn grammar and vocabulary
EXERCISE 2 ANSWERS1 filial īlia
2 agriculure agricola
3 nauical naua
4 aquarium aqua
5 errain erra
6 ahleic āhlēa
7 poeic poēa
TEACHING TIPExplain o he sudens ha in English he words ldquoardquo ldquoanrdquo or ldquoherdquo are usually placed beore a nounand Lain does no have an equivalen or hese words known as aricles
eachers may need o sress he absence o he aricle many imes beore sudens compleely ine-grae his knowledge ino heir reading habis in Lain class
TEACHING TIPLain like many oher languages does no always observe biological gender Ofen he gender o a
Lain noun is deermined by grammaical acors such as he group o which a noun belongs
TEACHING TIP
Alhough in Exercise 2 he sudens are direced o find only he derivaives based on he Vocabular yo Learn hey may be ineresed o learn ha here are oher derivaives in Exercise 2 Te derivaiono hese words is provided or he eacherrsquos convenience
bull 1 consider - rom sīdus (sar) + cum (wih ogeher) and rom cōnsīderō (o examine consider)respec - rom respectō (look back a have regard or)
bull 2 science - rom scientia (knowledge) and sciō (o know) culivaing - rom colō (ill inhabi worship)
bull 3 necessary - rom necesse (necessary) insrumens - rom īnstruō (o equip build provide)
and rom īnstrumentum (equipmen ool ec)bull 5 vehicle - rom he Lain verb vehō (o carry)
bull 6 compeiion - rom petō (o seek aim a atack ec) + cum (wih oge her)
bull 7 naure - rom nātūra (naure)
Standard41
Standards11 31 41
STUDY TIP
An easy way o remember he names ohe five common cases iso use his mnemonic
TEACHING TIPSudens may no know wha he word ldquomnemonicrdquo means explain ha a mnemonic device is some-hing ha helps a suden o remember somehing Te eacher may also wish o use his opporu-niy o bring up Mnemosyne he goddess o memory and he moher o he Muses
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 4754
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull 7
Chapter 1 bull 7
An easy way o remember he names o he five common cases is o use his mnemonicdevice
Never NominaiveGive GeniiveDogs Daive A ny A ccusaive A buse A blaive
Nominative Te nominaive case idenifies he subjec Te subjec is a noun or a pronounha perorms he acion or exiss in a sae o being In he senence ldquoWilliam is readingrdquohe word ldquoWilliamrdquo is he subjec
Example Mārs amat Mars loves
Te noun subjec o he verb ldquoloverdquo is he god Mars
Find more examples o nominaives and heir verbs rom he reading passage a he begin-ning o he chaper
Te nominaive case also idenifies he predicae nominaive In he senence ldquoWilliam isa sudenrdquo he predicae nominaive is ldquoa sudenrdquo A predicae nominaive complees hemeaning o he verb ldquoo berdquo Look a his exa mple rom he reading
Example Mārs est deus Mars is a god
Mārs is he subjec and deus is a predicae nominaive
Accusative Te ourh case lised is called he accusaive he geniive daive and ablaivecases will be discussed in laer chapers Te accusaive case poins ou he noun (or pro-noun) ha is he direc objec emember direc objecs receive he acion o he verb Inhe senence ldquoI am wriing a leterrdquo he direc objec is ldquoa leterrdquo
Example Mārs Rhēam Silviam amat Mars loves hea Silvia
Te direc objec o ldquoloverdquo is he noun Rhēam Silviam
Find more examples o accusaives and heir verbs rom he reading passage a he beginningo he chaper
niy o bring up Mnemosyne he goddess o memory and he moher o he Muses
Answers to ldquoFind more examples of nominatives a nd their verbs from the reading passage at the begin-ning of the chapterrdquo
hēa Silvia habe
Amūl ius claudi
Amūl ius pōni
Lupa ambula
Lupa cūra e amaōmulus e emus crēscun
ōmulus e emus aedifican
Answers to ldquoFind more examples of accusatives and their verbs from the reading passage at the beg in-ning of the chapterrdquo
duōs īliōs habe ōmulum e emum
hēam Silviam claudi
ōmulum e emum pōni
ōmulum e emum bene cūra e ama
ōmam aedifican
TEACHING TIPSudens may encouner diffi culy when r ying o ransl ae Lain names used in cases o her han henominaive Te eacher a some poin will need o explain (and repea whenever necessary) ha when ransla ing a La in name he suden should al ways use he nominaive o rm o he word Onp 7 sudens are asked o find examples o accusaives and heir verbs in he reading passage Teanswers lised above provide an opporuniy o pracice wih his issue emind sudens o rans-lae duōs īliōs habet Rōmulum et Remum as ldquohe has wo sons omulus and emusrdquo Te oher ouranswers may be used as pracice wih he sudens
EXERCISE 3a Ideniy wheher he nouns in bold in hese senences are subjecs direc objecs or predi
TEACHER BY THE WAYIn conjuncion wih he picure and is capion he eacher may wish o menion ha he amil-ilar acronym o SPQ is sill in use and visible hroughou modern ome991252on liter bins sewercovers ec
Standards11 41
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 4854
8 bull Latin for the New Millennium
8 bull Latin for the New Millennium
a Ideniy wheher he nouns in bold in hese senences are subjecs direc objecs or predi-cae nominaives Te eading Vocabulary may be consuled
b Label each senence as vērum (rue) i i agrees or alsum (alse) i i disagrees wih he Lainreading passage a he beginni ng o he chaper
Example Amūlius es deusPredicae nominaive alsum
1 hēa Silvia ōmulum e emum cūra
2 Amūlius ōmulum e emum bene cūra
3 Amūlius lupam vinculīs claudi
4 Mārs ōmulum e emum in aquam pōni
5 Lupa hēam Silviam cūra
6 Amūlius ad aquam ambula
Te power of he ciy of Rome founded according o legend by Romulus is symbolized by hese four leters ha areprominenly displayed in various places wihin he ciy
EXERCISE 3 ANSWERS
1 subjec vērum
2 direc objecs alsum
3 direc objec alsum
4 subjec alsum
5 direc objec alsum
6 subjec vērum
WorkbookExercise 2 A full si ze reproduc ible version of th is page
without the a nswers ca n be downloade d at wwwlnm bolchazyco m
HOW TO USE THIS BOOK
Noun Declensions Te eacher may choose Lain nouns rom he declension ha is being sudied a he imehis workshee is used Tus no answers are provided here
LANGUAGE FACT III
TEACHING TIP Ask he sudens wha he Lain words seleced rom he reading and lised near he op o p 9 mean
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 4954
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull 9
Chapter 1 bull 9
FIRST DECLENSION NOUNS A declension is a g roup o nouns ha show a cerain patern o word endings Tere are five differ-en declensions in Lain In he reading abou omulus and emus hese are he orms belongingo he firs declension
hēam Silviam hēa Silvia aquam lupa ōmam
Noice ha he ex says Rhēa Silvia when she is he subjec and Rhēam Silviam when she is hedirec objec
Te firs declension is composed o words ha characerisically have he vowel a a or near heend o he word lupa
Below is he patern ha firs declension nouns ollow o show case and number Memorize heLain words in order rom he nominaive singular down o he ablaive singular and hen romhe nominaive plural down o he ablaive plural
emember ha he endings or a whole group o nouns ollow his patern Once you learn hi spatern you can recognize he case a nd number o all he words belonging o hi s declension
In his chaper you have begun o learn abou he nominaive and accusai ve cases Te ohercases will be explained in laer chapers
First DeclensionSingular Plural
Nomina ive l upa he she-wol Nominaive lupae he she-wolves
Geniive lupae o he she-wol Geniive lupārum o he she-wolves
Daive lupae oor he she-wol Daive lupīs oor he she-wolves
Accusaive lupam he she-wol Accusaive lupās he she-wolves
Ablaive lupā bywih he she-wol Ablaive lupīs bywih he she-wolves
Daive and ablaive plural o he words īlia ldquodaugherrdquo and dea ldquogoddessrdquo is fīliābus anddeābusTis is o di singuish hese orms rom he corresponding orms o īlius ldquosonrdquo and deus ldquogodrdquo
STUDY TIP
Noice ha he ablaive singular ending -ā has a long mark (macron) above i his ishe only difference beween he nominaive and ablaive singular endings
TEACHING TIP
Afer he firs declension has been presened o he sudens encourage hem depending on heirlearning syle o say he declension aloud o wrie down he words o inven a rap or a cheer
TEACHER BY THE WAY
Te patern is called a declension because he oher cases lean away ( dēclīnāre) rom he nominaiveie hey do no ollow he same orm as he nominaive
ORAL EXERCISE 1Tis exercise may be used afer the 1047297rst declension has been presented
Whi le looking a he declension o lupa ask he sudens o decli ne nauta
Singular PluralNominaive naua nauaeGeniive nauae nauārumDaive nauae nauīs Accusaive nauam nauās Ablaive nauā nauīs
Standards11 31 41
OralExercise 1
WorkbookExercise 3
STUDY TIP
Noice ha he daive and ablaive plural endings a re idenical
EXERCISE 4 ANSWERS1 geniive daive puellār um puellī s
2 accusaive nauās
3 accusaive errās
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 5054
10 bull Latin for the New Millennium
10 bull Latin for the New Millennium
Here are more words belonging o he fi rs declension
puella ndash girl īlia ndash daugher terra ndash land
Mos firs declension words are eminine i n gender bu a ew (usually ones ha indicae mas-culine occupaions in ancien imes) are masculine Examples are poēta ldquopoerdquoagricola ldquoarmerrdquonauta ldquosailorrdquo āthlēta ldquoahleerdquo
EXERCISE 4Ideniy he case o each singular noun Ten change each orm ino plural For some more han
one answer is possibleExample īlianominaive īliae
1 puellae 5 aquae2 nauam 6 puellā3 erram 7 āhlēā4 a gr ic ol a
Like he Greek wreslers porrayed on his ancien bas-reliefRoman ahlees were also fond of he spor of wresling
4 nominaive agricolae
5 geniive daive aquārum aquīs
6 ablaive puellīs
7 ablaive āhlēīs
TEACHING TIP
Since wreslers are depiced on he illusraion on his page he eacher may wish o open a discus-
sion abou he omansrsquo and Greeksrsquo ondness or wresling which was ofen praciced in a complexcalled he palaestra
oman boys were expeced o serve in he m iliary Tus hey were firs rained by heir ahers in wreslingand boxing Srengh and agiliy were sressed raher han grace o movemen as in Greek spors Te woprincipal syles uilized by he Greek were uprigh wresling in which hree alls o your opponen o heground were necessary o deea him and ground wresling which required he opponen o give up in ordero end he mach In he palaes tra here was an area or he young people o pracice wresling or boxing wih apunching bag (cōrycus) Examples o monumenal oman bahs wih a palaest ra are ound a he Bahs o Ca-racalla in ome he Harbor Bahs a Ephesus in urkey and he Bahs in Varna Bulgaria he larges anciensrucure in ha counry
Wresling was also one o he spor evens a he Olympic games ha he omans ofen atended Greco-oman wresling is also one o he evens eaured in he summer Olympic games in modern imes
TEACHING TIPTe eacher migh wan o have sudens read an English ranslaion o Book 23 o he Iliad in which Ajax a nd Odysseus compee in a wre sling m ach and Book 5 o he Aeneid or a descripion o hespors ha he omans played and compare he atiude o he compeiors in each epic Boh evens were par o he uneral games he ormer in honor o Paroclu s riend and atendan o Achil lesand he later in honor o Anchises aher o Aeneas Tis migh lead o urher discussion on henaure o modern wresling
Standards11 41
EXERCISE 5Ideniy he case o each plural noun Ten change each orm ino he singular For some more
TEACHING TIPSudens may wonder why he geniive singular w ihou is ending mus be used o find he base whenhe nominaive singular wihou is ending works jus as well Explain ha in oher noun declensionshe nominaive will no always provide he same base or have he same spelling as he geniive
Standards11 41
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 5154
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull 11
Chapter 1 bull 11
han one answer is possible
Example puellāsaccusaive puellam
1 īliae 5 aquīs2 errīs 6 poēārum3 nauārum 7 agricolae4 l upa e
BY THE WAY
In all declensions endings are added o he base o a noun I is imporan o know hahe base o a noun is ound by removing he ending rom is geniive si ngular orm Forexample he geniive singular o puella is puellae I you remove he -ae rom puellae
wha remains is he base o he word namely puell- For his reason learning he geni-ive singular is as imporan as knowing he nominaive singular o he noun
STUDY TIP
Always learn he geniive ogeher wih he nominaive because rom he geniive you will know o which declension a word belongs
A wall paining depic ing a Roman farmer (agricola) wih his sheep
EXERCISE 5 ANSWERS
1 nominaive īl ia
2 daive ablaive errae errā
3 geniive nauae
4 nominaive lupa
5 daive ablaive aquae aquā
6 geniive poēae7 nominaive agricola
HOW TO USE THIS BOOKIn his book he word ldquobaserdquo is used o reer o he noun wihou any ending ldquoStemrdquo is used or he par o he verb wihou any ending ldquoootrdquo is used or he Lain par o a derivaive
ORAL EXERCISE 2Tis exercise may be used afer Exercise 5
Use one o he ollowing classroom presenaion opions (hereafer reerred o as CPO) (blackgreenwhiesmar board overhead or LCD projecor PowerPoinreg presenaion ec) o pu his inormaion on view
quis ldquowhordquo (or he subjec) and quem ldquowhomrdquo (or he direc objec)
Ten ask he suden o answer he ollowing quesions abou he chaper reading eiher orally or in wri-
en orm
1 Teacher Quis es Mārs Student Mārs es deus
2 Teacher Quem ama Mārs Student hēam Silviam Mārs ama
3 Teacher Quis ama hēam Silviam Student Mārs ama hēam Silviam
4 Teacher Quem habe hēa Silvia Student hēa Silvia duōs īliōs ōmulum eemum habe
5 Teacher Quis claudi hēam Silviam Student Amūlius claudi hēam Silviam
6 Teacher Quem claudi Amūlius Student hēam Silviam Amūlius claudi
7 Teacher Quis ōmulum e emum in aquampōni
Student Amūlius ōmulum e emum in aquampōni
8 Teacher Quem Amūlius in aquam pōni Student Amūlius ōmulum e emum in aquampōni
9 Teacher Quis ambula ad aquam Student Lupa ambula ad aquam
10 Teacher Quis ōmulum e emum bene cūra Student Lupa ōmulum e emum bene cūra
11 Teacher Quōs lupa bene cūra Student Lupa ōmulum e emum bene cūra
12 Teacher Quis ōmulum e emum a ma Student Lupa ōmulum e emum ama
13 Teacher Quōs lupa ama Student Lupa ōmulum e emum ama
OralExercise 2
WorkbookExercise
4 5
EXERCISE 6ranslae rom Lain ino English and rom English ino Lain Te mos common Lain word
d
TEACHER BY THE WAYTe eacher may menion ha he mos common word order (subjec ndash direc objec ndash verb) can o-en be changed For example i he verb is o be emphasized i will ake firs posiion I he subjecor he direc objec is o be emphasized i will ake he las posiion which is he mos emphaic oneIn general he more unusual he wordrsquos posiion is he more emphasis is placed on his word
Standards11 41
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 5254
12 bull Latin for the New Millennium
12 bull Latin for the New Millennium
order is
subjec ndash direc objec ndash verb
1 Agricola erram ama
2 Te ahlee loves waer
3 Naua īlia m ama
4 Te poe loves ome
5 Agricola erram cūra
6 Te she-wol cares or (is aking care o) he girl
BY THE WAY
Even hough he mos common word order is subjec ndash di rec objec ndash verb rememberha endings991252no word order991252deermine which word is he subjec and which i s hedirec objec
TALKING When we mee one person we gree herhim wih salvē When we mee wo or more people wegree hem wih salvēte When we bid goodbye o one person we sayvalē When we bid goodbyeo wo or more people we say valēte
Here are various ways o ask ldquohow are yourdquo or ldquohow are you doingrdquo
Quōmodo valēs or Quōmodo tē habēs or Quid agis ldquoHow are yourdquo
Here is a range o possible answers
bene ldquowellrdquo pessimē ldquovery badrdquo optimē ldquogreardquo melius ldquobeterrdquo mediocriter ldquoso-sordquo or ldquono oo badrdquo meliusculē ldquoa litle beterrdquo male ldquobadrdquo
In general he more unusual he word s posiion is he more emphasis is placed on his word
EXERCISE 6 ANSWERS
1 Te armer loves he land
2 Āhlēa aquam ama
3 Te sailor loves (his) daugher
4 Poēa ōmam ama
5 Te armer cares or (is aking care o) he land6 Lupa puellam cūra
TEACHING TIP
Te eacher may sar he class in Lain by saying Salvēte discipulī et discipulae and by eaching hesudens o say in reurn Salvē magister (magistra)
ORAL EXERCISE 3Tis exercise may be used anytime afer the students have learned the use o the accusative case or afer Exercise 6
Use one o he CPOrsquos o pu on display he orms amō and cūrō and explai n ha hey a re in he fir s personsingular and how his differs rom he hird person singular learned in his chaper Ask individual sudens omake senences wih hem using he words hey have learned
Ten ell he sudens ha nōn means ldquonordquo and ask hem o make si milar senences wih nōn amō and nōn cūrō
Examples(nōn) amō erram īliam aquam lupam āhlēam(nōn) cūrō erram īliam puellam
WorkbookExercise 6
ContentQuestions
OralExercise 3
Standards12 21 41
42
SAYING HELLOMarīa Helena e Chrisīna sun (are) discipulae (students)
TEACHING TIPHave sudens read he dialogue aloud Tis will help o build heir pronunciaion skills
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 5354
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull 13
Chapter 1 bull 13
Marīa Salvēe Helena e Chrisīna
Christīna Salvē Marīa
Helena Salvē Marīa
Marīa Quōmodo valēs Helena Quōmodo valēs Chrisīna
Helena et Christīna Bene Quōmodo ū ( you) valēs Marīa
Marīa Pessimē
Helena et Christīna Cūr (Why)
Marīa imeō linguam Laīnam ( I ear the Latin language)Helena Ego ( I ) linguam Laīnam amō
Christīna E ego linguam Laīnam amō
ORAL EXERCISE 4
Tis exercise may be used afer he Lain dialogue has been presened
Insruc he sudens o say ldquohellordquo in Lain o he suden nex o hem Divide he class ino wo pars ellone par o gree he oher par using he plural greeing and vice versa Do he same ype o aciviy whensaying ldquogoodbyerdquo You may wish o make greeing he class in Lain a nd saying ldquogoodbyerdquo in Lain a par oa daily rouine
Divide he sudens ino pairs in which one person will ask how hisher parner is in Lain and he oher
wil l answer
ORAL EXERCISE 5
Tis exercise may be used afer he Lain dialogue has been presened
ell he sudens ha he paricle ndashne is added o he firs syllable o a word ha inroduces a quesion Ten askhe ollowing quesions abou he dialogue beween Mary Helen and Chrisy Individual sudens may answerorally or he enire class may wrie he answers as he eacher asks hem orally Te eacher should explain hahe orm valēs in he greeing Quōmodo valēs is in he second person which means ldquoyourdquo Te hird person orm(reerring o ldquoherrdquo ldquohimrdquo or ldquoirdquo) is valet So he phrase ldquoHow is she doingrdquo would be Quōmodo valet Te hirdperson o amō is amat and he hird person o timeō is timet
1 Teacher Quōmodo Chrisīna vale Student(s) Chrisīna bene vale
2 Teacher Quōmodo Marīa vale Student(s) Marīa pessimē vale
3 Teacher Cūr (why) Marīa pessimē vale Student(s) Marīa ime linguam Lainam4 Teacher Amane l inguam L aīnam Helena Student(s) Helena linguam Laīnam ama
5 Teacher Linguamne Laīnam ama Chrisīna Student(s) Chrisīna linguam Laīnam ama
ORAL EXERCISE 6 AND DICTATIONTis combined exercise may be used to conclude the chapter or at any time afer the students have learned the accusa-tive case and chapter vocabulary
Dicae he ollowing senences o he sudens Ten ask hem o make he ollowing changes eiher orally orin writen orm a he discreion o he eacher
1 Teacher Agricol a erram ama (change he direc objec ino plura l)Student Agricola errās ama
2 Teacher Lupa puellam cūra (change he direc objec ino plural)
Student Lupa puellās cūra3 Teacher Āhlēa puel lās ama (change he direc objec ino singu lar)
Student Āhlēa puellam ama
4 Teacher Fīlia errās ama (change he direc objec ino singular)Student Fīlia erram ama
OralExercise
4 5 6 andDictation
TEACHER NOTES
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 5454
14 bull Latin for the New Millennium
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 4054
xxxiv bull Latin for the New Millennium
xxxiv bull L atin for the New Millennium
Te omans regarded Ennius (ca 239ndash169 983138983139983141) as he aher o Lain lieraure He wroemany kinds o lierary works including plays His Annālēs an epic poem abou he early hisoryo ome was paricularly renowned and perhaps he primary epic read in oman schools beorehe ime o Vergil Only ragmens o his wriings remain
One o Enniusrsquo conemporaries was heamed Cao he Censor also known as Caohe Elder (234ndash149 983138983139983141) a rigidly conserva-ive oman senaor Mos o his reaise onagriculure called Dē agrī culūrā survivesI is he oldes work o Lain prose amongCaorsquos recommendaions here are ha fieldslaves be reaed similarly o beass o bur-den Cao is also remembered or his sae-men Carhāgō dēlenda es ldquoCarhage mus
be desroyedrdquo evidence or he omanear o he Carhaginians Te omansough hree wars known as he Punic
Wars agai ns he Car haginians Te fi rsended beore Cao was born in he secondagains Hannibal Cao served wih miliarydisincion he hird ended in 146 983138983139983141 asCao had demanded wih he desruciono Carhage On his occasion he vic oriousomans were said o have plowed sal inohe Carhaginian soil
Discussions abou laer auhors and adap-aions rom heir wriings w ill be presenedchronologically in he chapers o his book
Ancien ruins a Carhage in Africa
p p
TEACHER BY THE WAY Alhough he works o Enniu s have been preserved on ly in ragmens (abou a housand lines) hehad a grea in1047298uence on subsequen poes such as Vergil Quoable quoes include
bull a es o riendship Amīcus cer us in rē incer ā cerniur (A riend in need is a riend indeed)
bull an applicaion o wisdom o lie Quī ipse sibi sapiēns prōdesse nequi nēquīquam sapi (A man who
himsel is wise bu unable o be useul o himsel is wise or nohing)bull he amous descripion o Fabius Maximus Ūnus homō nōbīs cūncandō resiui rem (One man by delaying res ored he sae or us)
bull and he line on Manius Curius Quem nēmō errō poui superāre nec aurō (Whom no one was ableo deea eiher by sword or gold)
We also have preser ved or us he exa mple o excessive all ieraion ha has g iven rise o much laugher inLain classrooms over he years Ō ie ūe aī ibi ana yranne ulisī ldquoO ius aius you yran (all voca-ive) you brough o yoursel such grea (roubles)rdquo991252ranslaed in conex which plays off he more lieral ldquo you ookacquired or yoursel such grea hings rdquo
On he oher hand he composed his own epiaph in which his high eseem among omans proved o beprescien
nēmō mē lacrumīs decōre neu unera 1047298ēū
axi Cūr Voliō vivos per ōra v irum (Le no one honor me wih ears or make a uneral pyre by weeping
Why I 1047298y li ving hrough he mouhs o men)
TEACHER BY THE WAY
Pluarchrsquos Lie o Cao is a good source o snappy quoaions atribued o his saesman soldier andauhor For example while discussing he power o women he said ldquoAll oher men rule heir wives we rule al l oher men and our w ives rule us rdquo Atemping o persuade he oman people o orego adisribuion o grain he began his speech by saying ldquoI is a hard mater o argue wih he belly sincei has no earsrdquo And o a ribune who had been accused o using poison and was rying o pass a use-less bill he said ldquoI know no which is worse o drink your mixures or o enac your billsrdquo
1CHAPTER 1
HOW TO USE THIS BOOK
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 4154
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull 1
1CHAPTER
Parts of Speech Nouns Number Gender Case (Nominative and Accusative)
First Declension Nouns
MEMORĀBILE DICTŪ
SPQ Senātus Populusque ōmānusldquoTe Senae and he People o omerdquo
Tese our leters orm wha is known as an acronym one ha symbolized supreme power inancien ome
Oil paining of Romulus and Remus wih he wolf By Peer Paul Rubens (1577ndash1640)
Te grammaical and synacical opics ha will be presened in each chaper o his book are lised a he opo he chaper ile page
HOW TO USE THIS BOOK
Te illusraion on each chaperrsquos ile page presens a visual inroducion o he Lain reading passage ha willollow eachers may choose o discuss he illusraion in order o provide he conex or he reading he su-dens will encouner on he nex page
HOW TO USE THIS BOOK
On each chaper ile page he phrase Memorābile Dictū (ldquoA memorable hing o say rdquo) will be ou nd Below here will be a amous phrase quoa ion abbreviaion or moto in L ain ha w ill connec hese words o he opicsin he chaper
MEMORĀBILE DICTŪ VOCABULARY
populus populī m ndash people
-que ndash and
senāus senāūs m ndash senae
TEACHING TIP
ubens pained his picure o omulus and emus rom 1615ndash1616 during wha is called he Ba-roque period o ar Te man approaching rom he rear is Fausulus Te reclining figure is he god
o he river iber
HOW TO USE THIS BOOK AND ITS ANCILLARIESwo ancillaries are available or use wih his book Te Original Dysunctional Family (abbreviaed ODF)and From Romulus to Romulus Augustulus (abbreviaed R) R will be paricularly useul in order ohelp sudens keep he ime periods o he auhors and o he evens he auhors wroe abou sraigh in heirmind Chaper ile pages wil l include when appropriae a noaion abou wha chaper o R he eachermay wish o assign
Standards11 21
R 2and 3
READING
TRANSLATION OF LATIN PASSAGEomulus and emus
Mars is a god Mars loves hea Silvia And so hea Silvia has wo sons omulus and emus Amulius locks uph Sil i A li l d i h A h l lk h T h l
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 4254
2 bull Latin for the New Millennium
2 bull Latin for the New Millennium
READINGTis sory describes how ome was said o have been ounded in 753 983138983139983141 King Numior o AlbaLonga was overhrown by his cruel and ambiious broher Amulius who no only seized hehrone bu so eared ha one o Numiorrsquos male descendans migh have a legiimae claim oni ha he made Amuliusrsquo daug her hea Silvia a priesess o he goddess Vesa Tese priesesses
were no allowed o marry during heir childbearing years
RŌMULUS ET REMUS
1 Mārs es deus Mārs hēam Silviam ama Iaque hēa Silvia duōs
īliōs habe ōmulum e emum Amūlius hēam Silviam vinculīs
claudi Amūlius ōmulum e emum in aquam pōni Lupa ad aquamambula Lupa ōmulum e emum bene cūra e ama ōmulus e
5 emus crēscun Poseā ōmulus e emus ōmam aedifican
Famous bronze saue of he she-wolf and he wins
hea Silvia Amulius pus omulus and emus ino he waer A she-wol walks o he waer Te she-wol caresor (akes good care o) omulus and emus well and loves (hem) omulus and emus grow up Aferwards(laer) omulus and emus build ome
HOW TO USE THIS BOOK Above each La in reading pa ssage inorm aion is presened in Engl ish Tis pre -reading provides back groundinormaion abou he auhor and esablishes he conex o he passage he sudens will read
TEACHER BY THE WAY
Te eacher may wish o inroduce he class o he radiional abbreviaions o 983137983140 (which sandsor he Lain phrase Annō Dominī ldquoi n he year o our Lordrdquo) and 983138983139 (which sands or he Engl ishphrase ldquoBeore Chrisrdquo) Tese older abbreviaions coninue o be used bu his book employs heabbreviaions 983138983139983141 (Beore he Common Era) and 983139983141 (Common Era)
TEACHING TIPInsruc he sudens o locae Alba Longa on he map on pp xxxiindashxxxiii
TEACHER BY THE WAYTough he wins were added o he sculpure in he enaissance he she-wol has srong links wihEruscan myhology and shows characerisics o Eruscan sculpure
TEACHING TIP
Te eacher may wish o encourage he sudens o design an abbreviaed amily ree o omulusand emus
Standards11 22
Jupier Juno King Num ior o Alba Longa
Mars hea Silvia
omulus emus
READING VOCABULARY
HOW TO USE THIS BOOKTe English pronoun subjec o a verb is no lised in he eading Vocabulary i he pronoun is no needed inhe ranslaion
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 4354
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull 3
Chapter 1 bull 3
READING VOCABULARYad aquam ndash o he waer
aedifican ndash build
ama ndash loves
ambula ndash walks
Amūlius ndash Amul ius
aquam ndash waer
bene ndash well
claudi ndash locks up
crēscun ndash grow up
cūra ndash akes care o cares or
deus ndash god
duōs ndash woes ndash is
e ndash and
īliōs ndash sons
habe ndash has
in aquam ndash ino he waer
iaque ndash and so
lupa ndash she-wol
Mārs ndash Mars he god o war
pōni ndash pus
poseā ndash aferwards laer
emum ndash emus
emus ndash emus
hēa Silvia ndash hea Silvia
hēam Silviam ndash hea Silvia
ōmam ndash ome
ōmulum ndash omulus
ōmulus ndash omulus vinculīs ndash w ih chains
Words marked wih an aserisk will need o bememorized laer in he chaper
COMPREHENSION QUESTIONS1 Whose sons are omulus and emus
2 Wha did Amulius do
3 Who saved he lie o omulus and emus
4 Wha did omulus and emus do
HOW TO USE THIS BOOK
Te sudens should not be expeced o lea rn he words under he ile eading Vocabulary whenever his ileoccurs in he book Insead insruc sudens o learn he vocabulary words lised under he ile Vocabularyto Learn ha will be ound laer in each chaper In more advanced Lain exs usually here are vocabularyand noes o help he sudens when reading a passage Tis eading Vocabulary will help prepare sudens orlaer more advanced classes
ANSWERS TO COMPREHENSION QUESTIONS
1 Tey are he sons o Mars and hea Silvia2 He locked up hea Silvia
3 A she-wol
4 Tey buil he ciy o ome
TEACHING TIP
Whi le English deriva ives rom he sar red words (ie he Vocabulary o L earn) are he opic o Ex-ercise 2 laer in his chaper here are some ineresing derivaives rom he non-sarred words andsome o hese show how words change hrough he years Te eacher may choose o discuss hesederivaives wih he sudens
bull aedi1047297cant (aedi1047297cō) ndash ediy edificaion edifice
Tis Lain word is buil rom wo Lain words aciō (o do make) and aedēs (house emple) Te
English derivaives reain his religious connecion or hey mean ldquoo build up he aih moraliy o in-sruc especially morallyrdquo Te word ldquoedificerdquo is always used or an imposing srucure such as a ldquoemplerdquoor aedēs
bull claudit (claudō) ndash close conclusion enclosure sluice
A ldquocloserdquo is a small shu-in space and some people i locked in one suffer rom ldquoclausrophobiardquo acompound derivaive parly rom Lain (o close confine) and parly rom he Greek (ear) hence ldquoa earo closed spacesrdquo
Te word ldquosluicerdquo does no look like a derivaive o claudō bu i has undergone cha nges as i ca meino English via middle English and old French (sclus) rom he Lain exclūdō which means ldquoo shu ourdquo Asluice has a gae a he op o he channel o shu off he 1047298ow o waer as necessary
bull crēscunt (crēscō) ndash crescen accrue recrui crew
Te word ldquocrewrdquo in middle English mean ldquoreinorcemenrdquo so a body o soldiers grew Te word ldquore-
cruirdquo has he same basic idea ecruis increase he size o he army (rom he Lain recrēscō meaning ldquoogrow againrdquo)
bull deus ndash deiy deiy
bull duōs ndash double dozen due duplicae
Te word ldquodozenrdquo is a compound rom he Lain word or ldquowordquo and he German word or ldquoenrdquo (zehn)
bull habet (habeō) ndash habi abiliy prohibiive
Onersquos abiliy depends on he alens and skil ls one has
bull pōnit ( pōnō) ndash depo imposiion preposiion
A depo origina lly was a place where supplies were pu or sorage
LANGUAGE FACT I
HOW TO USE THIS BOOKTe Language Facs secion o each chaper will conain boh grammaical (morphological) and synacicalinormaion ie inormaion boh abou he orms o he words and he srucure o he senence
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 4454
4 bull Latin for the New Millennium
4 bull Latin for the New Millennium
LANGUAGE FACT I
PARTS OF SPEECHTe parts o speech used in a Lain senence deermine is meaning jus as in English While henoun and he verb are he wo mos imporan oher common pars o speech are lised below
Noun a person place hing idea acion or qual iy Examples ldquoomulusrdquo ldquoriverrdquo ldquocouragerdquo
Pronoun a word ha sands in place o a noun ha has been previously menioned or is clearrom conex Examples ldquoIrdquo ldquosherdquo ldquohimrdquo ldquoirdquo
Adjecive a word ha limis or defines a noun or a pronoun Examples ldquolitlerdquo ldquosrongrdquo
Adverb a word ha lim is or defines verbs adjecives or (oher) adverbs Examples ldquoveryrdquoldquoquielyrdquo
Verb a word ha describes an acion or sae o being Examples ldquogordquo ldquosayrdquo ldquowasrdquo
Preposiion a word ha begins a preposiional phrase such as ldquoinrdquo ldquoordquo ldquoonrdquo ldquoorrdquo ldquobyrdquoldquowihrdquo A preposiional phrase is a preposiion joined o a noun Examples ldquoin he morningrdquoldquowih a sharp pencilrdquo
Conjuncion a word ha connecs words phrases clauses a nd senences Examples ldquoandrdquoldquoburdquo ldquoalhoughrdquo
Inerjecion a word ha expresses emoion Examples ldquowowrdquo
EXERCISE 1eview he meanings and ideniy he pars o speech o he ollowing words Te eading
Vocabulary may be consu led
1 īliōs 6 e2 bene 7 lupa3 aedifican 8 claudi
4 ad 9 ōmam5 ambula 10 ama
EXERCISE 1 ANSWERS
1 noun
2 adverb
3 verb
4 preposiion
5 verb
6 conjuncion
7 noun8 verb
9 noun
10 verb
TEACHING TIP
Te eacher may wish o ask he sudens in Lain wha par o speech a given word is Te eacher would say ldquoQuae pars ōrātiōnis estrdquo Suden responses would be
bull nōmen substantīvumsubstantīvum ndash noun
bull prōnōmen ndash pronoun
bull nōmen adiectīvumadiectīvum ndash adjecive
bull verbum temporāle ndash verb
bull adverbium ndash adverb
bull praepositiō ndash preposiion
bull coniūnctiō ndash conjuncion
bull interiectiō ndash inerjecion
Standards11 41
Standards11 41
WorkbookExercise 1
VOCABULARY TO LEARN
TEACHING TIPSince his is he firs se o Lain words ha your sudens will be required o memorize i is usuallya good idea o sugges and discuss wih hem some differen ways o memorize vocabulary Somesel help opions are lised below
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 4554
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull 5
NOUNSagricola agricolae m ndash armer
aqua aquae ndash waer
āhlēa āhlēae m ndash ahlee
īlia īliae ndash daugher
lupa lupae ndash she-wol
naua nauae m ndash sailor
poēa poēae m ndash poe
puella puellae ndash girl
ōma ōmae ndash ome
erra errae ndash land
VERBSama ndash heshei loves
ambula ndash heshei walks
cūra ndash heshei akes care o cares or
es ndash heshei is
ADVERBS bene ndash well
poseā ndash aferwards
CONJUNCTIONSe ndash and
iaque ndash and so
Aqueducs carr ied waer (aqua) o he ciies in he Roman world Tis aqueduc buil in 19 983138983139983141 which srechedacross he Gard River was named he Pon du Gard and brough waer o he ciy of Nicircmes in France in ancien imes
Chapter 1 bull 5
sel-help opions are lised below
1 Look a he word in he book and say he word aloud
2 Wrie down he word on a piece o paper along wih is meaning and check o be sure here are no spell-ing errors Color-coding he words by pars o speech is also helpul Pronounce he word while wriing idown and hen repea he word including he meaning and spelling
3 Make handwriten 1047298ashcards wih he Lain on one side and English on he oher and be sure here are nospelling errors Color-coding is a good sraegy here also Wriing he word ou helps some sudens ce-men he word in he brain Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers has creaed an elecronic vocabulary resourceor hose sudens or whom echnological learning ools are an aid Tese vocabulary 1047298ashcards are orhe iPod See p 93 or more inormaion on iPod 1047298ashcards
4 Use English derivaives o help remember meanings Bu be careul since some derivaives may havemeanings grealy changed rom he original Lain word
5 Find clipar picures ha illusrae he vocabulary words and use he picures as a way o es yoursel onhe Lain words
TEACHER BY THE WAYTe eacher may wish o open a discussion abou aqueducs and he waer supply or ancien omans while l ooking a he picu re o he Pon du Gard on his page For a hisory o aqueducs and heirconsrucion Froninusrsquo book Dē aquīs urbis Rōmae is an excellen source Te book was writenabou 97 983139983141 when he was Superinenden o Aqueducs Oher aqueducs include he ollowing
bull Te double high aqueduc in Segovia Spainbull Te Aqua Appia buil in 312 983138983139983141
bull Te Aqua rāiāna
bull Te aqueduc buil by Alex ander Severus in 226 983139983141
bull Te Aqua Claudia
bull Te Aqua Marcia wh ich wa s probably named a fer A ncus Marcius who was he fi rs K ing oome by radiional accouns o build an aqueduc o bring waer o ome
NB Te word ldquo Aquardquo when capialized means ldquoaqueducrdquo
Eleven aqueducs urnished 250000 gallons o waer o ome every weny-our hours
BY THE WAY
E h u gi n in h b l r h rm T nd rm i h g nii
HOW TO USE THIS BOOK Ēn is a word ha calls atenion o somehing and means ldquoLook a hisrdquo Te inormaion given here draws a-enion o and urher specifies differen language acs
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 4654
6 bull Latin for the New Millennium
6 bull Latin for the New Millennium
Each noun given in he vocabulary has wo orms Te second orm is he geniivesingular
A derivative is an English word rooed in a Lain word Te English derivaive issimilar in meaning and orm o is Lain source
STUDY TIP
An English derivaive ofen can help you remember wha a Lain word means
EXERCISE 2Find he English derivaives based on he Vocabulary o Learn in he ollowing senences Wriehe corresponding Lain word
1 She shows a considerable filial respec oward her aher
2 Agriculu re is a science o culivaing he land
3 Te ship is equipped wih all he necessary nauical insrumens
4 We saw all kinds o fish in he aquarium
5 Tis is an all-errain vehicle
6 When will he ahleic compeiion sar
7 She has a ruly poeic naure
LANGUAGE FACT II
NOUNS NUMBER GENDER CASE 983080NOMINATIVE AND
ACCUSATIVE983081Nouns in Lain show number gender and case
Number Lain nouns are eiher singular or plural in number Number is shown in differen ways by differen ypes o nouns bu some ending-paterns are or singular orms and oherending-paterns are or plural orms
Gender Every noun likewise is eiher masculine eminine or neuer in gender You muslearn he gender o each noun In he Vocabulary o Learn l iss he gender is indicaed by hecommon abbreviaionsm (masculi ne) f (eminine) or n (neuer)
Case Lain nouns mus have an ending-patern ha displays case Tis is quie differen romEnglish in which case is indicaed by word posiion and no by endings (alhough case markersare preserved in cerain pronouns such as ldquoherdquo and ldquohimrdquo) A nounrsquos case reveals wha uncionhe noun has in he senence Tere are five common cases nominaive geniive daive accu-saive and ablaive wo less requenly used cases are called he vocaive and he locaive
HOW TO USE THIS BOOKStudy Tips give hins rhymes and mnemonics o help sudens learn grammar and vocabulary
EXERCISE 2 ANSWERS1 filial īlia
2 agriculure agricola
3 nauical naua
4 aquarium aqua
5 errain erra
6 ahleic āhlēa
7 poeic poēa
TEACHING TIPExplain o he sudens ha in English he words ldquoardquo ldquoanrdquo or ldquoherdquo are usually placed beore a nounand Lain does no have an equivalen or hese words known as aricles
eachers may need o sress he absence o he aricle many imes beore sudens compleely ine-grae his knowledge ino heir reading habis in Lain class
TEACHING TIPLain like many oher languages does no always observe biological gender Ofen he gender o a
Lain noun is deermined by grammaical acors such as he group o which a noun belongs
TEACHING TIP
Alhough in Exercise 2 he sudens are direced o find only he derivaives based on he Vocabular yo Learn hey may be ineresed o learn ha here are oher derivaives in Exercise 2 Te derivaiono hese words is provided or he eacherrsquos convenience
bull 1 consider - rom sīdus (sar) + cum (wih ogeher) and rom cōnsīderō (o examine consider)respec - rom respectō (look back a have regard or)
bull 2 science - rom scientia (knowledge) and sciō (o know) culivaing - rom colō (ill inhabi worship)
bull 3 necessary - rom necesse (necessary) insrumens - rom īnstruō (o equip build provide)
and rom īnstrumentum (equipmen ool ec)bull 5 vehicle - rom he Lain verb vehō (o carry)
bull 6 compeiion - rom petō (o seek aim a atack ec) + cum (wih oge her)
bull 7 naure - rom nātūra (naure)
Standard41
Standards11 31 41
STUDY TIP
An easy way o remember he names ohe five common cases iso use his mnemonic
TEACHING TIPSudens may no know wha he word ldquomnemonicrdquo means explain ha a mnemonic device is some-hing ha helps a suden o remember somehing Te eacher may also wish o use his opporu-niy o bring up Mnemosyne he goddess o memory and he moher o he Muses
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 4754
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull 7
Chapter 1 bull 7
An easy way o remember he names o he five common cases is o use his mnemonicdevice
Never NominaiveGive GeniiveDogs Daive A ny A ccusaive A buse A blaive
Nominative Te nominaive case idenifies he subjec Te subjec is a noun or a pronounha perorms he acion or exiss in a sae o being In he senence ldquoWilliam is readingrdquohe word ldquoWilliamrdquo is he subjec
Example Mārs amat Mars loves
Te noun subjec o he verb ldquoloverdquo is he god Mars
Find more examples o nominaives and heir verbs rom he reading passage a he begin-ning o he chaper
Te nominaive case also idenifies he predicae nominaive In he senence ldquoWilliam isa sudenrdquo he predicae nominaive is ldquoa sudenrdquo A predicae nominaive complees hemeaning o he verb ldquoo berdquo Look a his exa mple rom he reading
Example Mārs est deus Mars is a god
Mārs is he subjec and deus is a predicae nominaive
Accusative Te ourh case lised is called he accusaive he geniive daive and ablaivecases will be discussed in laer chapers Te accusaive case poins ou he noun (or pro-noun) ha is he direc objec emember direc objecs receive he acion o he verb Inhe senence ldquoI am wriing a leterrdquo he direc objec is ldquoa leterrdquo
Example Mārs Rhēam Silviam amat Mars loves hea Silvia
Te direc objec o ldquoloverdquo is he noun Rhēam Silviam
Find more examples o accusaives and heir verbs rom he reading passage a he beginningo he chaper
niy o bring up Mnemosyne he goddess o memory and he moher o he Muses
Answers to ldquoFind more examples of nominatives a nd their verbs from the reading passage at the begin-ning of the chapterrdquo
hēa Silvia habe
Amūl ius claudi
Amūl ius pōni
Lupa ambula
Lupa cūra e amaōmulus e emus crēscun
ōmulus e emus aedifican
Answers to ldquoFind more examples of accusatives and their verbs from the reading passage at the beg in-ning of the chapterrdquo
duōs īliōs habe ōmulum e emum
hēam Silviam claudi
ōmulum e emum pōni
ōmulum e emum bene cūra e ama
ōmam aedifican
TEACHING TIPSudens may encouner diffi culy when r ying o ransl ae Lain names used in cases o her han henominaive Te eacher a some poin will need o explain (and repea whenever necessary) ha when ransla ing a La in name he suden should al ways use he nominaive o rm o he word Onp 7 sudens are asked o find examples o accusaives and heir verbs in he reading passage Teanswers lised above provide an opporuniy o pracice wih his issue emind sudens o rans-lae duōs īliōs habet Rōmulum et Remum as ldquohe has wo sons omulus and emusrdquo Te oher ouranswers may be used as pracice wih he sudens
EXERCISE 3a Ideniy wheher he nouns in bold in hese senences are subjecs direc objecs or predi
TEACHER BY THE WAYIn conjuncion wih he picure and is capion he eacher may wish o menion ha he amil-ilar acronym o SPQ is sill in use and visible hroughou modern ome991252on liter bins sewercovers ec
Standards11 41
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 4854
8 bull Latin for the New Millennium
8 bull Latin for the New Millennium
a Ideniy wheher he nouns in bold in hese senences are subjecs direc objecs or predi-cae nominaives Te eading Vocabulary may be consuled
b Label each senence as vērum (rue) i i agrees or alsum (alse) i i disagrees wih he Lainreading passage a he beginni ng o he chaper
Example Amūlius es deusPredicae nominaive alsum
1 hēa Silvia ōmulum e emum cūra
2 Amūlius ōmulum e emum bene cūra
3 Amūlius lupam vinculīs claudi
4 Mārs ōmulum e emum in aquam pōni
5 Lupa hēam Silviam cūra
6 Amūlius ad aquam ambula
Te power of he ciy of Rome founded according o legend by Romulus is symbolized by hese four leters ha areprominenly displayed in various places wihin he ciy
EXERCISE 3 ANSWERS
1 subjec vērum
2 direc objecs alsum
3 direc objec alsum
4 subjec alsum
5 direc objec alsum
6 subjec vērum
WorkbookExercise 2 A full si ze reproduc ible version of th is page
without the a nswers ca n be downloade d at wwwlnm bolchazyco m
HOW TO USE THIS BOOK
Noun Declensions Te eacher may choose Lain nouns rom he declension ha is being sudied a he imehis workshee is used Tus no answers are provided here
LANGUAGE FACT III
TEACHING TIP Ask he sudens wha he Lain words seleced rom he reading and lised near he op o p 9 mean
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 4954
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull 9
Chapter 1 bull 9
FIRST DECLENSION NOUNS A declension is a g roup o nouns ha show a cerain patern o word endings Tere are five differ-en declensions in Lain In he reading abou omulus and emus hese are he orms belongingo he firs declension
hēam Silviam hēa Silvia aquam lupa ōmam
Noice ha he ex says Rhēa Silvia when she is he subjec and Rhēam Silviam when she is hedirec objec
Te firs declension is composed o words ha characerisically have he vowel a a or near heend o he word lupa
Below is he patern ha firs declension nouns ollow o show case and number Memorize heLain words in order rom he nominaive singular down o he ablaive singular and hen romhe nominaive plural down o he ablaive plural
emember ha he endings or a whole group o nouns ollow his patern Once you learn hi spatern you can recognize he case a nd number o all he words belonging o hi s declension
In his chaper you have begun o learn abou he nominaive and accusai ve cases Te ohercases will be explained in laer chapers
First DeclensionSingular Plural
Nomina ive l upa he she-wol Nominaive lupae he she-wolves
Geniive lupae o he she-wol Geniive lupārum o he she-wolves
Daive lupae oor he she-wol Daive lupīs oor he she-wolves
Accusaive lupam he she-wol Accusaive lupās he she-wolves
Ablaive lupā bywih he she-wol Ablaive lupīs bywih he she-wolves
Daive and ablaive plural o he words īlia ldquodaugherrdquo and dea ldquogoddessrdquo is fīliābus anddeābusTis is o di singuish hese orms rom he corresponding orms o īlius ldquosonrdquo and deus ldquogodrdquo
STUDY TIP
Noice ha he ablaive singular ending -ā has a long mark (macron) above i his ishe only difference beween he nominaive and ablaive singular endings
TEACHING TIP
Afer he firs declension has been presened o he sudens encourage hem depending on heirlearning syle o say he declension aloud o wrie down he words o inven a rap or a cheer
TEACHER BY THE WAY
Te patern is called a declension because he oher cases lean away ( dēclīnāre) rom he nominaiveie hey do no ollow he same orm as he nominaive
ORAL EXERCISE 1Tis exercise may be used afer the 1047297rst declension has been presented
Whi le looking a he declension o lupa ask he sudens o decli ne nauta
Singular PluralNominaive naua nauaeGeniive nauae nauārumDaive nauae nauīs Accusaive nauam nauās Ablaive nauā nauīs
Standards11 31 41
OralExercise 1
WorkbookExercise 3
STUDY TIP
Noice ha he daive and ablaive plural endings a re idenical
EXERCISE 4 ANSWERS1 geniive daive puellār um puellī s
2 accusaive nauās
3 accusaive errās
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 5054
10 bull Latin for the New Millennium
10 bull Latin for the New Millennium
Here are more words belonging o he fi rs declension
puella ndash girl īlia ndash daugher terra ndash land
Mos firs declension words are eminine i n gender bu a ew (usually ones ha indicae mas-culine occupaions in ancien imes) are masculine Examples are poēta ldquopoerdquoagricola ldquoarmerrdquonauta ldquosailorrdquo āthlēta ldquoahleerdquo
EXERCISE 4Ideniy he case o each singular noun Ten change each orm ino plural For some more han
one answer is possibleExample īlianominaive īliae
1 puellae 5 aquae2 nauam 6 puellā3 erram 7 āhlēā4 a gr ic ol a
Like he Greek wreslers porrayed on his ancien bas-reliefRoman ahlees were also fond of he spor of wresling
4 nominaive agricolae
5 geniive daive aquārum aquīs
6 ablaive puellīs
7 ablaive āhlēīs
TEACHING TIP
Since wreslers are depiced on he illusraion on his page he eacher may wish o open a discus-
sion abou he omansrsquo and Greeksrsquo ondness or wresling which was ofen praciced in a complexcalled he palaestra
oman boys were expeced o serve in he m iliary Tus hey were firs rained by heir ahers in wreslingand boxing Srengh and agiliy were sressed raher han grace o movemen as in Greek spors Te woprincipal syles uilized by he Greek were uprigh wresling in which hree alls o your opponen o heground were necessary o deea him and ground wresling which required he opponen o give up in ordero end he mach In he palaes tra here was an area or he young people o pracice wresling or boxing wih apunching bag (cōrycus) Examples o monumenal oman bahs wih a palaest ra are ound a he Bahs o Ca-racalla in ome he Harbor Bahs a Ephesus in urkey and he Bahs in Varna Bulgaria he larges anciensrucure in ha counry
Wresling was also one o he spor evens a he Olympic games ha he omans ofen atended Greco-oman wresling is also one o he evens eaured in he summer Olympic games in modern imes
TEACHING TIPTe eacher migh wan o have sudens read an English ranslaion o Book 23 o he Iliad in which Ajax a nd Odysseus compee in a wre sling m ach and Book 5 o he Aeneid or a descripion o hespors ha he omans played and compare he atiude o he compeiors in each epic Boh evens were par o he uneral games he ormer in honor o Paroclu s riend and atendan o Achil lesand he later in honor o Anchises aher o Aeneas Tis migh lead o urher discussion on henaure o modern wresling
Standards11 41
EXERCISE 5Ideniy he case o each plural noun Ten change each orm ino he singular For some more
TEACHING TIPSudens may wonder why he geniive singular w ihou is ending mus be used o find he base whenhe nominaive singular wihou is ending works jus as well Explain ha in oher noun declensionshe nominaive will no always provide he same base or have he same spelling as he geniive
Standards11 41
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 5154
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull 11
Chapter 1 bull 11
han one answer is possible
Example puellāsaccusaive puellam
1 īliae 5 aquīs2 errīs 6 poēārum3 nauārum 7 agricolae4 l upa e
BY THE WAY
In all declensions endings are added o he base o a noun I is imporan o know hahe base o a noun is ound by removing he ending rom is geniive si ngular orm Forexample he geniive singular o puella is puellae I you remove he -ae rom puellae
wha remains is he base o he word namely puell- For his reason learning he geni-ive singular is as imporan as knowing he nominaive singular o he noun
STUDY TIP
Always learn he geniive ogeher wih he nominaive because rom he geniive you will know o which declension a word belongs
A wall paining depic ing a Roman farmer (agricola) wih his sheep
EXERCISE 5 ANSWERS
1 nominaive īl ia
2 daive ablaive errae errā
3 geniive nauae
4 nominaive lupa
5 daive ablaive aquae aquā
6 geniive poēae7 nominaive agricola
HOW TO USE THIS BOOKIn his book he word ldquobaserdquo is used o reer o he noun wihou any ending ldquoStemrdquo is used or he par o he verb wihou any ending ldquoootrdquo is used or he Lain par o a derivaive
ORAL EXERCISE 2Tis exercise may be used afer Exercise 5
Use one o he ollowing classroom presenaion opions (hereafer reerred o as CPO) (blackgreenwhiesmar board overhead or LCD projecor PowerPoinreg presenaion ec) o pu his inormaion on view
quis ldquowhordquo (or he subjec) and quem ldquowhomrdquo (or he direc objec)
Ten ask he suden o answer he ollowing quesions abou he chaper reading eiher orally or in wri-
en orm
1 Teacher Quis es Mārs Student Mārs es deus
2 Teacher Quem ama Mārs Student hēam Silviam Mārs ama
3 Teacher Quis ama hēam Silviam Student Mārs ama hēam Silviam
4 Teacher Quem habe hēa Silvia Student hēa Silvia duōs īliōs ōmulum eemum habe
5 Teacher Quis claudi hēam Silviam Student Amūlius claudi hēam Silviam
6 Teacher Quem claudi Amūlius Student hēam Silviam Amūlius claudi
7 Teacher Quis ōmulum e emum in aquampōni
Student Amūlius ōmulum e emum in aquampōni
8 Teacher Quem Amūlius in aquam pōni Student Amūlius ōmulum e emum in aquampōni
9 Teacher Quis ambula ad aquam Student Lupa ambula ad aquam
10 Teacher Quis ōmulum e emum bene cūra Student Lupa ōmulum e emum bene cūra
11 Teacher Quōs lupa bene cūra Student Lupa ōmulum e emum bene cūra
12 Teacher Quis ōmulum e emum a ma Student Lupa ōmulum e emum ama
13 Teacher Quōs lupa ama Student Lupa ōmulum e emum ama
OralExercise 2
WorkbookExercise
4 5
EXERCISE 6ranslae rom Lain ino English and rom English ino Lain Te mos common Lain word
d
TEACHER BY THE WAYTe eacher may menion ha he mos common word order (subjec ndash direc objec ndash verb) can o-en be changed For example i he verb is o be emphasized i will ake firs posiion I he subjecor he direc objec is o be emphasized i will ake he las posiion which is he mos emphaic oneIn general he more unusual he wordrsquos posiion is he more emphasis is placed on his word
Standards11 41
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 5254
12 bull Latin for the New Millennium
12 bull Latin for the New Millennium
order is
subjec ndash direc objec ndash verb
1 Agricola erram ama
2 Te ahlee loves waer
3 Naua īlia m ama
4 Te poe loves ome
5 Agricola erram cūra
6 Te she-wol cares or (is aking care o) he girl
BY THE WAY
Even hough he mos common word order is subjec ndash di rec objec ndash verb rememberha endings991252no word order991252deermine which word is he subjec and which i s hedirec objec
TALKING When we mee one person we gree herhim wih salvē When we mee wo or more people wegree hem wih salvēte When we bid goodbye o one person we sayvalē When we bid goodbyeo wo or more people we say valēte
Here are various ways o ask ldquohow are yourdquo or ldquohow are you doingrdquo
Quōmodo valēs or Quōmodo tē habēs or Quid agis ldquoHow are yourdquo
Here is a range o possible answers
bene ldquowellrdquo pessimē ldquovery badrdquo optimē ldquogreardquo melius ldquobeterrdquo mediocriter ldquoso-sordquo or ldquono oo badrdquo meliusculē ldquoa litle beterrdquo male ldquobadrdquo
In general he more unusual he word s posiion is he more emphasis is placed on his word
EXERCISE 6 ANSWERS
1 Te armer loves he land
2 Āhlēa aquam ama
3 Te sailor loves (his) daugher
4 Poēa ōmam ama
5 Te armer cares or (is aking care o) he land6 Lupa puellam cūra
TEACHING TIP
Te eacher may sar he class in Lain by saying Salvēte discipulī et discipulae and by eaching hesudens o say in reurn Salvē magister (magistra)
ORAL EXERCISE 3Tis exercise may be used anytime afer the students have learned the use o the accusative case or afer Exercise 6
Use one o he CPOrsquos o pu on display he orms amō and cūrō and explai n ha hey a re in he fir s personsingular and how his differs rom he hird person singular learned in his chaper Ask individual sudens omake senences wih hem using he words hey have learned
Ten ell he sudens ha nōn means ldquonordquo and ask hem o make si milar senences wih nōn amō and nōn cūrō
Examples(nōn) amō erram īliam aquam lupam āhlēam(nōn) cūrō erram īliam puellam
WorkbookExercise 6
ContentQuestions
OralExercise 3
Standards12 21 41
42
SAYING HELLOMarīa Helena e Chrisīna sun (are) discipulae (students)
TEACHING TIPHave sudens read he dialogue aloud Tis will help o build heir pronunciaion skills
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 5354
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull 13
Chapter 1 bull 13
Marīa Salvēe Helena e Chrisīna
Christīna Salvē Marīa
Helena Salvē Marīa
Marīa Quōmodo valēs Helena Quōmodo valēs Chrisīna
Helena et Christīna Bene Quōmodo ū ( you) valēs Marīa
Marīa Pessimē
Helena et Christīna Cūr (Why)
Marīa imeō linguam Laīnam ( I ear the Latin language)Helena Ego ( I ) linguam Laīnam amō
Christīna E ego linguam Laīnam amō
ORAL EXERCISE 4
Tis exercise may be used afer he Lain dialogue has been presened
Insruc he sudens o say ldquohellordquo in Lain o he suden nex o hem Divide he class ino wo pars ellone par o gree he oher par using he plural greeing and vice versa Do he same ype o aciviy whensaying ldquogoodbyerdquo You may wish o make greeing he class in Lain a nd saying ldquogoodbyerdquo in Lain a par oa daily rouine
Divide he sudens ino pairs in which one person will ask how hisher parner is in Lain and he oher
wil l answer
ORAL EXERCISE 5
Tis exercise may be used afer he Lain dialogue has been presened
ell he sudens ha he paricle ndashne is added o he firs syllable o a word ha inroduces a quesion Ten askhe ollowing quesions abou he dialogue beween Mary Helen and Chrisy Individual sudens may answerorally or he enire class may wrie he answers as he eacher asks hem orally Te eacher should explain hahe orm valēs in he greeing Quōmodo valēs is in he second person which means ldquoyourdquo Te hird person orm(reerring o ldquoherrdquo ldquohimrdquo or ldquoirdquo) is valet So he phrase ldquoHow is she doingrdquo would be Quōmodo valet Te hirdperson o amō is amat and he hird person o timeō is timet
1 Teacher Quōmodo Chrisīna vale Student(s) Chrisīna bene vale
2 Teacher Quōmodo Marīa vale Student(s) Marīa pessimē vale
3 Teacher Cūr (why) Marīa pessimē vale Student(s) Marīa ime linguam Lainam4 Teacher Amane l inguam L aīnam Helena Student(s) Helena linguam Laīnam ama
5 Teacher Linguamne Laīnam ama Chrisīna Student(s) Chrisīna linguam Laīnam ama
ORAL EXERCISE 6 AND DICTATIONTis combined exercise may be used to conclude the chapter or at any time afer the students have learned the accusa-tive case and chapter vocabulary
Dicae he ollowing senences o he sudens Ten ask hem o make he ollowing changes eiher orally orin writen orm a he discreion o he eacher
1 Teacher Agricol a erram ama (change he direc objec ino plura l)Student Agricola errās ama
2 Teacher Lupa puellam cūra (change he direc objec ino plural)
Student Lupa puellās cūra3 Teacher Āhlēa puel lās ama (change he direc objec ino singu lar)
Student Āhlēa puellam ama
4 Teacher Fīlia errās ama (change he direc objec ino singular)Student Fīlia erram ama
OralExercise
4 5 6 andDictation
TEACHER NOTES
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 5454
14 bull Latin for the New Millennium
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 4154
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull 1
1CHAPTER
Parts of Speech Nouns Number Gender Case (Nominative and Accusative)
First Declension Nouns
MEMORĀBILE DICTŪ
SPQ Senātus Populusque ōmānusldquoTe Senae and he People o omerdquo
Tese our leters orm wha is known as an acronym one ha symbolized supreme power inancien ome
Oil paining of Romulus and Remus wih he wolf By Peer Paul Rubens (1577ndash1640)
Te grammaical and synacical opics ha will be presened in each chaper o his book are lised a he opo he chaper ile page
HOW TO USE THIS BOOK
Te illusraion on each chaperrsquos ile page presens a visual inroducion o he Lain reading passage ha willollow eachers may choose o discuss he illusraion in order o provide he conex or he reading he su-dens will encouner on he nex page
HOW TO USE THIS BOOK
On each chaper ile page he phrase Memorābile Dictū (ldquoA memorable hing o say rdquo) will be ou nd Below here will be a amous phrase quoa ion abbreviaion or moto in L ain ha w ill connec hese words o he opicsin he chaper
MEMORĀBILE DICTŪ VOCABULARY
populus populī m ndash people
-que ndash and
senāus senāūs m ndash senae
TEACHING TIP
ubens pained his picure o omulus and emus rom 1615ndash1616 during wha is called he Ba-roque period o ar Te man approaching rom he rear is Fausulus Te reclining figure is he god
o he river iber
HOW TO USE THIS BOOK AND ITS ANCILLARIESwo ancillaries are available or use wih his book Te Original Dysunctional Family (abbreviaed ODF)and From Romulus to Romulus Augustulus (abbreviaed R) R will be paricularly useul in order ohelp sudens keep he ime periods o he auhors and o he evens he auhors wroe abou sraigh in heirmind Chaper ile pages wil l include when appropriae a noaion abou wha chaper o R he eachermay wish o assign
Standards11 21
R 2and 3
READING
TRANSLATION OF LATIN PASSAGEomulus and emus
Mars is a god Mars loves hea Silvia And so hea Silvia has wo sons omulus and emus Amulius locks uph Sil i A li l d i h A h l lk h T h l
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 4254
2 bull Latin for the New Millennium
2 bull Latin for the New Millennium
READINGTis sory describes how ome was said o have been ounded in 753 983138983139983141 King Numior o AlbaLonga was overhrown by his cruel and ambiious broher Amulius who no only seized hehrone bu so eared ha one o Numiorrsquos male descendans migh have a legiimae claim oni ha he made Amuliusrsquo daug her hea Silvia a priesess o he goddess Vesa Tese priesesses
were no allowed o marry during heir childbearing years
RŌMULUS ET REMUS
1 Mārs es deus Mārs hēam Silviam ama Iaque hēa Silvia duōs
īliōs habe ōmulum e emum Amūlius hēam Silviam vinculīs
claudi Amūlius ōmulum e emum in aquam pōni Lupa ad aquamambula Lupa ōmulum e emum bene cūra e ama ōmulus e
5 emus crēscun Poseā ōmulus e emus ōmam aedifican
Famous bronze saue of he she-wolf and he wins
hea Silvia Amulius pus omulus and emus ino he waer A she-wol walks o he waer Te she-wol caresor (akes good care o) omulus and emus well and loves (hem) omulus and emus grow up Aferwards(laer) omulus and emus build ome
HOW TO USE THIS BOOK Above each La in reading pa ssage inorm aion is presened in Engl ish Tis pre -reading provides back groundinormaion abou he auhor and esablishes he conex o he passage he sudens will read
TEACHER BY THE WAY
Te eacher may wish o inroduce he class o he radiional abbreviaions o 983137983140 (which sandsor he Lain phrase Annō Dominī ldquoi n he year o our Lordrdquo) and 983138983139 (which sands or he Engl ishphrase ldquoBeore Chrisrdquo) Tese older abbreviaions coninue o be used bu his book employs heabbreviaions 983138983139983141 (Beore he Common Era) and 983139983141 (Common Era)
TEACHING TIPInsruc he sudens o locae Alba Longa on he map on pp xxxiindashxxxiii
TEACHER BY THE WAYTough he wins were added o he sculpure in he enaissance he she-wol has srong links wihEruscan myhology and shows characerisics o Eruscan sculpure
TEACHING TIP
Te eacher may wish o encourage he sudens o design an abbreviaed amily ree o omulusand emus
Standards11 22
Jupier Juno King Num ior o Alba Longa
Mars hea Silvia
omulus emus
READING VOCABULARY
HOW TO USE THIS BOOKTe English pronoun subjec o a verb is no lised in he eading Vocabulary i he pronoun is no needed inhe ranslaion
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 4354
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull 3
Chapter 1 bull 3
READING VOCABULARYad aquam ndash o he waer
aedifican ndash build
ama ndash loves
ambula ndash walks
Amūlius ndash Amul ius
aquam ndash waer
bene ndash well
claudi ndash locks up
crēscun ndash grow up
cūra ndash akes care o cares or
deus ndash god
duōs ndash woes ndash is
e ndash and
īliōs ndash sons
habe ndash has
in aquam ndash ino he waer
iaque ndash and so
lupa ndash she-wol
Mārs ndash Mars he god o war
pōni ndash pus
poseā ndash aferwards laer
emum ndash emus
emus ndash emus
hēa Silvia ndash hea Silvia
hēam Silviam ndash hea Silvia
ōmam ndash ome
ōmulum ndash omulus
ōmulus ndash omulus vinculīs ndash w ih chains
Words marked wih an aserisk will need o bememorized laer in he chaper
COMPREHENSION QUESTIONS1 Whose sons are omulus and emus
2 Wha did Amulius do
3 Who saved he lie o omulus and emus
4 Wha did omulus and emus do
HOW TO USE THIS BOOK
Te sudens should not be expeced o lea rn he words under he ile eading Vocabulary whenever his ileoccurs in he book Insead insruc sudens o learn he vocabulary words lised under he ile Vocabularyto Learn ha will be ound laer in each chaper In more advanced Lain exs usually here are vocabularyand noes o help he sudens when reading a passage Tis eading Vocabulary will help prepare sudens orlaer more advanced classes
ANSWERS TO COMPREHENSION QUESTIONS
1 Tey are he sons o Mars and hea Silvia2 He locked up hea Silvia
3 A she-wol
4 Tey buil he ciy o ome
TEACHING TIP
Whi le English deriva ives rom he sar red words (ie he Vocabulary o L earn) are he opic o Ex-ercise 2 laer in his chaper here are some ineresing derivaives rom he non-sarred words andsome o hese show how words change hrough he years Te eacher may choose o discuss hesederivaives wih he sudens
bull aedi1047297cant (aedi1047297cō) ndash ediy edificaion edifice
Tis Lain word is buil rom wo Lain words aciō (o do make) and aedēs (house emple) Te
English derivaives reain his religious connecion or hey mean ldquoo build up he aih moraliy o in-sruc especially morallyrdquo Te word ldquoedificerdquo is always used or an imposing srucure such as a ldquoemplerdquoor aedēs
bull claudit (claudō) ndash close conclusion enclosure sluice
A ldquocloserdquo is a small shu-in space and some people i locked in one suffer rom ldquoclausrophobiardquo acompound derivaive parly rom Lain (o close confine) and parly rom he Greek (ear) hence ldquoa earo closed spacesrdquo
Te word ldquosluicerdquo does no look like a derivaive o claudō bu i has undergone cha nges as i ca meino English via middle English and old French (sclus) rom he Lain exclūdō which means ldquoo shu ourdquo Asluice has a gae a he op o he channel o shu off he 1047298ow o waer as necessary
bull crēscunt (crēscō) ndash crescen accrue recrui crew
Te word ldquocrewrdquo in middle English mean ldquoreinorcemenrdquo so a body o soldiers grew Te word ldquore-
cruirdquo has he same basic idea ecruis increase he size o he army (rom he Lain recrēscō meaning ldquoogrow againrdquo)
bull deus ndash deiy deiy
bull duōs ndash double dozen due duplicae
Te word ldquodozenrdquo is a compound rom he Lain word or ldquowordquo and he German word or ldquoenrdquo (zehn)
bull habet (habeō) ndash habi abiliy prohibiive
Onersquos abiliy depends on he alens and skil ls one has
bull pōnit ( pōnō) ndash depo imposiion preposiion
A depo origina lly was a place where supplies were pu or sorage
LANGUAGE FACT I
HOW TO USE THIS BOOKTe Language Facs secion o each chaper will conain boh grammaical (morphological) and synacicalinormaion ie inormaion boh abou he orms o he words and he srucure o he senence
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 4454
4 bull Latin for the New Millennium
4 bull Latin for the New Millennium
LANGUAGE FACT I
PARTS OF SPEECHTe parts o speech used in a Lain senence deermine is meaning jus as in English While henoun and he verb are he wo mos imporan oher common pars o speech are lised below
Noun a person place hing idea acion or qual iy Examples ldquoomulusrdquo ldquoriverrdquo ldquocouragerdquo
Pronoun a word ha sands in place o a noun ha has been previously menioned or is clearrom conex Examples ldquoIrdquo ldquosherdquo ldquohimrdquo ldquoirdquo
Adjecive a word ha limis or defines a noun or a pronoun Examples ldquolitlerdquo ldquosrongrdquo
Adverb a word ha lim is or defines verbs adjecives or (oher) adverbs Examples ldquoveryrdquoldquoquielyrdquo
Verb a word ha describes an acion or sae o being Examples ldquogordquo ldquosayrdquo ldquowasrdquo
Preposiion a word ha begins a preposiional phrase such as ldquoinrdquo ldquoordquo ldquoonrdquo ldquoorrdquo ldquobyrdquoldquowihrdquo A preposiional phrase is a preposiion joined o a noun Examples ldquoin he morningrdquoldquowih a sharp pencilrdquo
Conjuncion a word ha connecs words phrases clauses a nd senences Examples ldquoandrdquoldquoburdquo ldquoalhoughrdquo
Inerjecion a word ha expresses emoion Examples ldquowowrdquo
EXERCISE 1eview he meanings and ideniy he pars o speech o he ollowing words Te eading
Vocabulary may be consu led
1 īliōs 6 e2 bene 7 lupa3 aedifican 8 claudi
4 ad 9 ōmam5 ambula 10 ama
EXERCISE 1 ANSWERS
1 noun
2 adverb
3 verb
4 preposiion
5 verb
6 conjuncion
7 noun8 verb
9 noun
10 verb
TEACHING TIP
Te eacher may wish o ask he sudens in Lain wha par o speech a given word is Te eacher would say ldquoQuae pars ōrātiōnis estrdquo Suden responses would be
bull nōmen substantīvumsubstantīvum ndash noun
bull prōnōmen ndash pronoun
bull nōmen adiectīvumadiectīvum ndash adjecive
bull verbum temporāle ndash verb
bull adverbium ndash adverb
bull praepositiō ndash preposiion
bull coniūnctiō ndash conjuncion
bull interiectiō ndash inerjecion
Standards11 41
Standards11 41
WorkbookExercise 1
VOCABULARY TO LEARN
TEACHING TIPSince his is he firs se o Lain words ha your sudens will be required o memorize i is usuallya good idea o sugges and discuss wih hem some differen ways o memorize vocabulary Somesel help opions are lised below
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 4554
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull 5
NOUNSagricola agricolae m ndash armer
aqua aquae ndash waer
āhlēa āhlēae m ndash ahlee
īlia īliae ndash daugher
lupa lupae ndash she-wol
naua nauae m ndash sailor
poēa poēae m ndash poe
puella puellae ndash girl
ōma ōmae ndash ome
erra errae ndash land
VERBSama ndash heshei loves
ambula ndash heshei walks
cūra ndash heshei akes care o cares or
es ndash heshei is
ADVERBS bene ndash well
poseā ndash aferwards
CONJUNCTIONSe ndash and
iaque ndash and so
Aqueducs carr ied waer (aqua) o he ciies in he Roman world Tis aqueduc buil in 19 983138983139983141 which srechedacross he Gard River was named he Pon du Gard and brough waer o he ciy of Nicircmes in France in ancien imes
Chapter 1 bull 5
sel-help opions are lised below
1 Look a he word in he book and say he word aloud
2 Wrie down he word on a piece o paper along wih is meaning and check o be sure here are no spell-ing errors Color-coding he words by pars o speech is also helpul Pronounce he word while wriing idown and hen repea he word including he meaning and spelling
3 Make handwriten 1047298ashcards wih he Lain on one side and English on he oher and be sure here are nospelling errors Color-coding is a good sraegy here also Wriing he word ou helps some sudens ce-men he word in he brain Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers has creaed an elecronic vocabulary resourceor hose sudens or whom echnological learning ools are an aid Tese vocabulary 1047298ashcards are orhe iPod See p 93 or more inormaion on iPod 1047298ashcards
4 Use English derivaives o help remember meanings Bu be careul since some derivaives may havemeanings grealy changed rom he original Lain word
5 Find clipar picures ha illusrae he vocabulary words and use he picures as a way o es yoursel onhe Lain words
TEACHER BY THE WAYTe eacher may wish o open a discussion abou aqueducs and he waer supply or ancien omans while l ooking a he picu re o he Pon du Gard on his page For a hisory o aqueducs and heirconsrucion Froninusrsquo book Dē aquīs urbis Rōmae is an excellen source Te book was writenabou 97 983139983141 when he was Superinenden o Aqueducs Oher aqueducs include he ollowing
bull Te double high aqueduc in Segovia Spainbull Te Aqua Appia buil in 312 983138983139983141
bull Te Aqua rāiāna
bull Te aqueduc buil by Alex ander Severus in 226 983139983141
bull Te Aqua Claudia
bull Te Aqua Marcia wh ich wa s probably named a fer A ncus Marcius who was he fi rs K ing oome by radiional accouns o build an aqueduc o bring waer o ome
NB Te word ldquo Aquardquo when capialized means ldquoaqueducrdquo
Eleven aqueducs urnished 250000 gallons o waer o ome every weny-our hours
BY THE WAY
E h u gi n in h b l r h rm T nd rm i h g nii
HOW TO USE THIS BOOK Ēn is a word ha calls atenion o somehing and means ldquoLook a hisrdquo Te inormaion given here draws a-enion o and urher specifies differen language acs
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 4654
6 bull Latin for the New Millennium
6 bull Latin for the New Millennium
Each noun given in he vocabulary has wo orms Te second orm is he geniivesingular
A derivative is an English word rooed in a Lain word Te English derivaive issimilar in meaning and orm o is Lain source
STUDY TIP
An English derivaive ofen can help you remember wha a Lain word means
EXERCISE 2Find he English derivaives based on he Vocabulary o Learn in he ollowing senences Wriehe corresponding Lain word
1 She shows a considerable filial respec oward her aher
2 Agriculu re is a science o culivaing he land
3 Te ship is equipped wih all he necessary nauical insrumens
4 We saw all kinds o fish in he aquarium
5 Tis is an all-errain vehicle
6 When will he ahleic compeiion sar
7 She has a ruly poeic naure
LANGUAGE FACT II
NOUNS NUMBER GENDER CASE 983080NOMINATIVE AND
ACCUSATIVE983081Nouns in Lain show number gender and case
Number Lain nouns are eiher singular or plural in number Number is shown in differen ways by differen ypes o nouns bu some ending-paterns are or singular orms and oherending-paterns are or plural orms
Gender Every noun likewise is eiher masculine eminine or neuer in gender You muslearn he gender o each noun In he Vocabulary o Learn l iss he gender is indicaed by hecommon abbreviaionsm (masculi ne) f (eminine) or n (neuer)
Case Lain nouns mus have an ending-patern ha displays case Tis is quie differen romEnglish in which case is indicaed by word posiion and no by endings (alhough case markersare preserved in cerain pronouns such as ldquoherdquo and ldquohimrdquo) A nounrsquos case reveals wha uncionhe noun has in he senence Tere are five common cases nominaive geniive daive accu-saive and ablaive wo less requenly used cases are called he vocaive and he locaive
HOW TO USE THIS BOOKStudy Tips give hins rhymes and mnemonics o help sudens learn grammar and vocabulary
EXERCISE 2 ANSWERS1 filial īlia
2 agriculure agricola
3 nauical naua
4 aquarium aqua
5 errain erra
6 ahleic āhlēa
7 poeic poēa
TEACHING TIPExplain o he sudens ha in English he words ldquoardquo ldquoanrdquo or ldquoherdquo are usually placed beore a nounand Lain does no have an equivalen or hese words known as aricles
eachers may need o sress he absence o he aricle many imes beore sudens compleely ine-grae his knowledge ino heir reading habis in Lain class
TEACHING TIPLain like many oher languages does no always observe biological gender Ofen he gender o a
Lain noun is deermined by grammaical acors such as he group o which a noun belongs
TEACHING TIP
Alhough in Exercise 2 he sudens are direced o find only he derivaives based on he Vocabular yo Learn hey may be ineresed o learn ha here are oher derivaives in Exercise 2 Te derivaiono hese words is provided or he eacherrsquos convenience
bull 1 consider - rom sīdus (sar) + cum (wih ogeher) and rom cōnsīderō (o examine consider)respec - rom respectō (look back a have regard or)
bull 2 science - rom scientia (knowledge) and sciō (o know) culivaing - rom colō (ill inhabi worship)
bull 3 necessary - rom necesse (necessary) insrumens - rom īnstruō (o equip build provide)
and rom īnstrumentum (equipmen ool ec)bull 5 vehicle - rom he Lain verb vehō (o carry)
bull 6 compeiion - rom petō (o seek aim a atack ec) + cum (wih oge her)
bull 7 naure - rom nātūra (naure)
Standard41
Standards11 31 41
STUDY TIP
An easy way o remember he names ohe five common cases iso use his mnemonic
TEACHING TIPSudens may no know wha he word ldquomnemonicrdquo means explain ha a mnemonic device is some-hing ha helps a suden o remember somehing Te eacher may also wish o use his opporu-niy o bring up Mnemosyne he goddess o memory and he moher o he Muses
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 4754
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull 7
Chapter 1 bull 7
An easy way o remember he names o he five common cases is o use his mnemonicdevice
Never NominaiveGive GeniiveDogs Daive A ny A ccusaive A buse A blaive
Nominative Te nominaive case idenifies he subjec Te subjec is a noun or a pronounha perorms he acion or exiss in a sae o being In he senence ldquoWilliam is readingrdquohe word ldquoWilliamrdquo is he subjec
Example Mārs amat Mars loves
Te noun subjec o he verb ldquoloverdquo is he god Mars
Find more examples o nominaives and heir verbs rom he reading passage a he begin-ning o he chaper
Te nominaive case also idenifies he predicae nominaive In he senence ldquoWilliam isa sudenrdquo he predicae nominaive is ldquoa sudenrdquo A predicae nominaive complees hemeaning o he verb ldquoo berdquo Look a his exa mple rom he reading
Example Mārs est deus Mars is a god
Mārs is he subjec and deus is a predicae nominaive
Accusative Te ourh case lised is called he accusaive he geniive daive and ablaivecases will be discussed in laer chapers Te accusaive case poins ou he noun (or pro-noun) ha is he direc objec emember direc objecs receive he acion o he verb Inhe senence ldquoI am wriing a leterrdquo he direc objec is ldquoa leterrdquo
Example Mārs Rhēam Silviam amat Mars loves hea Silvia
Te direc objec o ldquoloverdquo is he noun Rhēam Silviam
Find more examples o accusaives and heir verbs rom he reading passage a he beginningo he chaper
niy o bring up Mnemosyne he goddess o memory and he moher o he Muses
Answers to ldquoFind more examples of nominatives a nd their verbs from the reading passage at the begin-ning of the chapterrdquo
hēa Silvia habe
Amūl ius claudi
Amūl ius pōni
Lupa ambula
Lupa cūra e amaōmulus e emus crēscun
ōmulus e emus aedifican
Answers to ldquoFind more examples of accusatives and their verbs from the reading passage at the beg in-ning of the chapterrdquo
duōs īliōs habe ōmulum e emum
hēam Silviam claudi
ōmulum e emum pōni
ōmulum e emum bene cūra e ama
ōmam aedifican
TEACHING TIPSudens may encouner diffi culy when r ying o ransl ae Lain names used in cases o her han henominaive Te eacher a some poin will need o explain (and repea whenever necessary) ha when ransla ing a La in name he suden should al ways use he nominaive o rm o he word Onp 7 sudens are asked o find examples o accusaives and heir verbs in he reading passage Teanswers lised above provide an opporuniy o pracice wih his issue emind sudens o rans-lae duōs īliōs habet Rōmulum et Remum as ldquohe has wo sons omulus and emusrdquo Te oher ouranswers may be used as pracice wih he sudens
EXERCISE 3a Ideniy wheher he nouns in bold in hese senences are subjecs direc objecs or predi
TEACHER BY THE WAYIn conjuncion wih he picure and is capion he eacher may wish o menion ha he amil-ilar acronym o SPQ is sill in use and visible hroughou modern ome991252on liter bins sewercovers ec
Standards11 41
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 4854
8 bull Latin for the New Millennium
8 bull Latin for the New Millennium
a Ideniy wheher he nouns in bold in hese senences are subjecs direc objecs or predi-cae nominaives Te eading Vocabulary may be consuled
b Label each senence as vērum (rue) i i agrees or alsum (alse) i i disagrees wih he Lainreading passage a he beginni ng o he chaper
Example Amūlius es deusPredicae nominaive alsum
1 hēa Silvia ōmulum e emum cūra
2 Amūlius ōmulum e emum bene cūra
3 Amūlius lupam vinculīs claudi
4 Mārs ōmulum e emum in aquam pōni
5 Lupa hēam Silviam cūra
6 Amūlius ad aquam ambula
Te power of he ciy of Rome founded according o legend by Romulus is symbolized by hese four leters ha areprominenly displayed in various places wihin he ciy
EXERCISE 3 ANSWERS
1 subjec vērum
2 direc objecs alsum
3 direc objec alsum
4 subjec alsum
5 direc objec alsum
6 subjec vērum
WorkbookExercise 2 A full si ze reproduc ible version of th is page
without the a nswers ca n be downloade d at wwwlnm bolchazyco m
HOW TO USE THIS BOOK
Noun Declensions Te eacher may choose Lain nouns rom he declension ha is being sudied a he imehis workshee is used Tus no answers are provided here
LANGUAGE FACT III
TEACHING TIP Ask he sudens wha he Lain words seleced rom he reading and lised near he op o p 9 mean
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 4954
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull 9
Chapter 1 bull 9
FIRST DECLENSION NOUNS A declension is a g roup o nouns ha show a cerain patern o word endings Tere are five differ-en declensions in Lain In he reading abou omulus and emus hese are he orms belongingo he firs declension
hēam Silviam hēa Silvia aquam lupa ōmam
Noice ha he ex says Rhēa Silvia when she is he subjec and Rhēam Silviam when she is hedirec objec
Te firs declension is composed o words ha characerisically have he vowel a a or near heend o he word lupa
Below is he patern ha firs declension nouns ollow o show case and number Memorize heLain words in order rom he nominaive singular down o he ablaive singular and hen romhe nominaive plural down o he ablaive plural
emember ha he endings or a whole group o nouns ollow his patern Once you learn hi spatern you can recognize he case a nd number o all he words belonging o hi s declension
In his chaper you have begun o learn abou he nominaive and accusai ve cases Te ohercases will be explained in laer chapers
First DeclensionSingular Plural
Nomina ive l upa he she-wol Nominaive lupae he she-wolves
Geniive lupae o he she-wol Geniive lupārum o he she-wolves
Daive lupae oor he she-wol Daive lupīs oor he she-wolves
Accusaive lupam he she-wol Accusaive lupās he she-wolves
Ablaive lupā bywih he she-wol Ablaive lupīs bywih he she-wolves
Daive and ablaive plural o he words īlia ldquodaugherrdquo and dea ldquogoddessrdquo is fīliābus anddeābusTis is o di singuish hese orms rom he corresponding orms o īlius ldquosonrdquo and deus ldquogodrdquo
STUDY TIP
Noice ha he ablaive singular ending -ā has a long mark (macron) above i his ishe only difference beween he nominaive and ablaive singular endings
TEACHING TIP
Afer he firs declension has been presened o he sudens encourage hem depending on heirlearning syle o say he declension aloud o wrie down he words o inven a rap or a cheer
TEACHER BY THE WAY
Te patern is called a declension because he oher cases lean away ( dēclīnāre) rom he nominaiveie hey do no ollow he same orm as he nominaive
ORAL EXERCISE 1Tis exercise may be used afer the 1047297rst declension has been presented
Whi le looking a he declension o lupa ask he sudens o decli ne nauta
Singular PluralNominaive naua nauaeGeniive nauae nauārumDaive nauae nauīs Accusaive nauam nauās Ablaive nauā nauīs
Standards11 31 41
OralExercise 1
WorkbookExercise 3
STUDY TIP
Noice ha he daive and ablaive plural endings a re idenical
EXERCISE 4 ANSWERS1 geniive daive puellār um puellī s
2 accusaive nauās
3 accusaive errās
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 5054
10 bull Latin for the New Millennium
10 bull Latin for the New Millennium
Here are more words belonging o he fi rs declension
puella ndash girl īlia ndash daugher terra ndash land
Mos firs declension words are eminine i n gender bu a ew (usually ones ha indicae mas-culine occupaions in ancien imes) are masculine Examples are poēta ldquopoerdquoagricola ldquoarmerrdquonauta ldquosailorrdquo āthlēta ldquoahleerdquo
EXERCISE 4Ideniy he case o each singular noun Ten change each orm ino plural For some more han
one answer is possibleExample īlianominaive īliae
1 puellae 5 aquae2 nauam 6 puellā3 erram 7 āhlēā4 a gr ic ol a
Like he Greek wreslers porrayed on his ancien bas-reliefRoman ahlees were also fond of he spor of wresling
4 nominaive agricolae
5 geniive daive aquārum aquīs
6 ablaive puellīs
7 ablaive āhlēīs
TEACHING TIP
Since wreslers are depiced on he illusraion on his page he eacher may wish o open a discus-
sion abou he omansrsquo and Greeksrsquo ondness or wresling which was ofen praciced in a complexcalled he palaestra
oman boys were expeced o serve in he m iliary Tus hey were firs rained by heir ahers in wreslingand boxing Srengh and agiliy were sressed raher han grace o movemen as in Greek spors Te woprincipal syles uilized by he Greek were uprigh wresling in which hree alls o your opponen o heground were necessary o deea him and ground wresling which required he opponen o give up in ordero end he mach In he palaes tra here was an area or he young people o pracice wresling or boxing wih apunching bag (cōrycus) Examples o monumenal oman bahs wih a palaest ra are ound a he Bahs o Ca-racalla in ome he Harbor Bahs a Ephesus in urkey and he Bahs in Varna Bulgaria he larges anciensrucure in ha counry
Wresling was also one o he spor evens a he Olympic games ha he omans ofen atended Greco-oman wresling is also one o he evens eaured in he summer Olympic games in modern imes
TEACHING TIPTe eacher migh wan o have sudens read an English ranslaion o Book 23 o he Iliad in which Ajax a nd Odysseus compee in a wre sling m ach and Book 5 o he Aeneid or a descripion o hespors ha he omans played and compare he atiude o he compeiors in each epic Boh evens were par o he uneral games he ormer in honor o Paroclu s riend and atendan o Achil lesand he later in honor o Anchises aher o Aeneas Tis migh lead o urher discussion on henaure o modern wresling
Standards11 41
EXERCISE 5Ideniy he case o each plural noun Ten change each orm ino he singular For some more
TEACHING TIPSudens may wonder why he geniive singular w ihou is ending mus be used o find he base whenhe nominaive singular wihou is ending works jus as well Explain ha in oher noun declensionshe nominaive will no always provide he same base or have he same spelling as he geniive
Standards11 41
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 5154
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull 11
Chapter 1 bull 11
han one answer is possible
Example puellāsaccusaive puellam
1 īliae 5 aquīs2 errīs 6 poēārum3 nauārum 7 agricolae4 l upa e
BY THE WAY
In all declensions endings are added o he base o a noun I is imporan o know hahe base o a noun is ound by removing he ending rom is geniive si ngular orm Forexample he geniive singular o puella is puellae I you remove he -ae rom puellae
wha remains is he base o he word namely puell- For his reason learning he geni-ive singular is as imporan as knowing he nominaive singular o he noun
STUDY TIP
Always learn he geniive ogeher wih he nominaive because rom he geniive you will know o which declension a word belongs
A wall paining depic ing a Roman farmer (agricola) wih his sheep
EXERCISE 5 ANSWERS
1 nominaive īl ia
2 daive ablaive errae errā
3 geniive nauae
4 nominaive lupa
5 daive ablaive aquae aquā
6 geniive poēae7 nominaive agricola
HOW TO USE THIS BOOKIn his book he word ldquobaserdquo is used o reer o he noun wihou any ending ldquoStemrdquo is used or he par o he verb wihou any ending ldquoootrdquo is used or he Lain par o a derivaive
ORAL EXERCISE 2Tis exercise may be used afer Exercise 5
Use one o he ollowing classroom presenaion opions (hereafer reerred o as CPO) (blackgreenwhiesmar board overhead or LCD projecor PowerPoinreg presenaion ec) o pu his inormaion on view
quis ldquowhordquo (or he subjec) and quem ldquowhomrdquo (or he direc objec)
Ten ask he suden o answer he ollowing quesions abou he chaper reading eiher orally or in wri-
en orm
1 Teacher Quis es Mārs Student Mārs es deus
2 Teacher Quem ama Mārs Student hēam Silviam Mārs ama
3 Teacher Quis ama hēam Silviam Student Mārs ama hēam Silviam
4 Teacher Quem habe hēa Silvia Student hēa Silvia duōs īliōs ōmulum eemum habe
5 Teacher Quis claudi hēam Silviam Student Amūlius claudi hēam Silviam
6 Teacher Quem claudi Amūlius Student hēam Silviam Amūlius claudi
7 Teacher Quis ōmulum e emum in aquampōni
Student Amūlius ōmulum e emum in aquampōni
8 Teacher Quem Amūlius in aquam pōni Student Amūlius ōmulum e emum in aquampōni
9 Teacher Quis ambula ad aquam Student Lupa ambula ad aquam
10 Teacher Quis ōmulum e emum bene cūra Student Lupa ōmulum e emum bene cūra
11 Teacher Quōs lupa bene cūra Student Lupa ōmulum e emum bene cūra
12 Teacher Quis ōmulum e emum a ma Student Lupa ōmulum e emum ama
13 Teacher Quōs lupa ama Student Lupa ōmulum e emum ama
OralExercise 2
WorkbookExercise
4 5
EXERCISE 6ranslae rom Lain ino English and rom English ino Lain Te mos common Lain word
d
TEACHER BY THE WAYTe eacher may menion ha he mos common word order (subjec ndash direc objec ndash verb) can o-en be changed For example i he verb is o be emphasized i will ake firs posiion I he subjecor he direc objec is o be emphasized i will ake he las posiion which is he mos emphaic oneIn general he more unusual he wordrsquos posiion is he more emphasis is placed on his word
Standards11 41
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 5254
12 bull Latin for the New Millennium
12 bull Latin for the New Millennium
order is
subjec ndash direc objec ndash verb
1 Agricola erram ama
2 Te ahlee loves waer
3 Naua īlia m ama
4 Te poe loves ome
5 Agricola erram cūra
6 Te she-wol cares or (is aking care o) he girl
BY THE WAY
Even hough he mos common word order is subjec ndash di rec objec ndash verb rememberha endings991252no word order991252deermine which word is he subjec and which i s hedirec objec
TALKING When we mee one person we gree herhim wih salvē When we mee wo or more people wegree hem wih salvēte When we bid goodbye o one person we sayvalē When we bid goodbyeo wo or more people we say valēte
Here are various ways o ask ldquohow are yourdquo or ldquohow are you doingrdquo
Quōmodo valēs or Quōmodo tē habēs or Quid agis ldquoHow are yourdquo
Here is a range o possible answers
bene ldquowellrdquo pessimē ldquovery badrdquo optimē ldquogreardquo melius ldquobeterrdquo mediocriter ldquoso-sordquo or ldquono oo badrdquo meliusculē ldquoa litle beterrdquo male ldquobadrdquo
In general he more unusual he word s posiion is he more emphasis is placed on his word
EXERCISE 6 ANSWERS
1 Te armer loves he land
2 Āhlēa aquam ama
3 Te sailor loves (his) daugher
4 Poēa ōmam ama
5 Te armer cares or (is aking care o) he land6 Lupa puellam cūra
TEACHING TIP
Te eacher may sar he class in Lain by saying Salvēte discipulī et discipulae and by eaching hesudens o say in reurn Salvē magister (magistra)
ORAL EXERCISE 3Tis exercise may be used anytime afer the students have learned the use o the accusative case or afer Exercise 6
Use one o he CPOrsquos o pu on display he orms amō and cūrō and explai n ha hey a re in he fir s personsingular and how his differs rom he hird person singular learned in his chaper Ask individual sudens omake senences wih hem using he words hey have learned
Ten ell he sudens ha nōn means ldquonordquo and ask hem o make si milar senences wih nōn amō and nōn cūrō
Examples(nōn) amō erram īliam aquam lupam āhlēam(nōn) cūrō erram īliam puellam
WorkbookExercise 6
ContentQuestions
OralExercise 3
Standards12 21 41
42
SAYING HELLOMarīa Helena e Chrisīna sun (are) discipulae (students)
TEACHING TIPHave sudens read he dialogue aloud Tis will help o build heir pronunciaion skills
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 5354
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull 13
Chapter 1 bull 13
Marīa Salvēe Helena e Chrisīna
Christīna Salvē Marīa
Helena Salvē Marīa
Marīa Quōmodo valēs Helena Quōmodo valēs Chrisīna
Helena et Christīna Bene Quōmodo ū ( you) valēs Marīa
Marīa Pessimē
Helena et Christīna Cūr (Why)
Marīa imeō linguam Laīnam ( I ear the Latin language)Helena Ego ( I ) linguam Laīnam amō
Christīna E ego linguam Laīnam amō
ORAL EXERCISE 4
Tis exercise may be used afer he Lain dialogue has been presened
Insruc he sudens o say ldquohellordquo in Lain o he suden nex o hem Divide he class ino wo pars ellone par o gree he oher par using he plural greeing and vice versa Do he same ype o aciviy whensaying ldquogoodbyerdquo You may wish o make greeing he class in Lain a nd saying ldquogoodbyerdquo in Lain a par oa daily rouine
Divide he sudens ino pairs in which one person will ask how hisher parner is in Lain and he oher
wil l answer
ORAL EXERCISE 5
Tis exercise may be used afer he Lain dialogue has been presened
ell he sudens ha he paricle ndashne is added o he firs syllable o a word ha inroduces a quesion Ten askhe ollowing quesions abou he dialogue beween Mary Helen and Chrisy Individual sudens may answerorally or he enire class may wrie he answers as he eacher asks hem orally Te eacher should explain hahe orm valēs in he greeing Quōmodo valēs is in he second person which means ldquoyourdquo Te hird person orm(reerring o ldquoherrdquo ldquohimrdquo or ldquoirdquo) is valet So he phrase ldquoHow is she doingrdquo would be Quōmodo valet Te hirdperson o amō is amat and he hird person o timeō is timet
1 Teacher Quōmodo Chrisīna vale Student(s) Chrisīna bene vale
2 Teacher Quōmodo Marīa vale Student(s) Marīa pessimē vale
3 Teacher Cūr (why) Marīa pessimē vale Student(s) Marīa ime linguam Lainam4 Teacher Amane l inguam L aīnam Helena Student(s) Helena linguam Laīnam ama
5 Teacher Linguamne Laīnam ama Chrisīna Student(s) Chrisīna linguam Laīnam ama
ORAL EXERCISE 6 AND DICTATIONTis combined exercise may be used to conclude the chapter or at any time afer the students have learned the accusa-tive case and chapter vocabulary
Dicae he ollowing senences o he sudens Ten ask hem o make he ollowing changes eiher orally orin writen orm a he discreion o he eacher
1 Teacher Agricol a erram ama (change he direc objec ino plura l)Student Agricola errās ama
2 Teacher Lupa puellam cūra (change he direc objec ino plural)
Student Lupa puellās cūra3 Teacher Āhlēa puel lās ama (change he direc objec ino singu lar)
Student Āhlēa puellam ama
4 Teacher Fīlia errās ama (change he direc objec ino singular)Student Fīlia erram ama
OralExercise
4 5 6 andDictation
TEACHER NOTES
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 5454
14 bull Latin for the New Millennium
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 4254
2 bull Latin for the New Millennium
2 bull Latin for the New Millennium
READINGTis sory describes how ome was said o have been ounded in 753 983138983139983141 King Numior o AlbaLonga was overhrown by his cruel and ambiious broher Amulius who no only seized hehrone bu so eared ha one o Numiorrsquos male descendans migh have a legiimae claim oni ha he made Amuliusrsquo daug her hea Silvia a priesess o he goddess Vesa Tese priesesses
were no allowed o marry during heir childbearing years
RŌMULUS ET REMUS
1 Mārs es deus Mārs hēam Silviam ama Iaque hēa Silvia duōs
īliōs habe ōmulum e emum Amūlius hēam Silviam vinculīs
claudi Amūlius ōmulum e emum in aquam pōni Lupa ad aquamambula Lupa ōmulum e emum bene cūra e ama ōmulus e
5 emus crēscun Poseā ōmulus e emus ōmam aedifican
Famous bronze saue of he she-wolf and he wins
hea Silvia Amulius pus omulus and emus ino he waer A she-wol walks o he waer Te she-wol caresor (akes good care o) omulus and emus well and loves (hem) omulus and emus grow up Aferwards(laer) omulus and emus build ome
HOW TO USE THIS BOOK Above each La in reading pa ssage inorm aion is presened in Engl ish Tis pre -reading provides back groundinormaion abou he auhor and esablishes he conex o he passage he sudens will read
TEACHER BY THE WAY
Te eacher may wish o inroduce he class o he radiional abbreviaions o 983137983140 (which sandsor he Lain phrase Annō Dominī ldquoi n he year o our Lordrdquo) and 983138983139 (which sands or he Engl ishphrase ldquoBeore Chrisrdquo) Tese older abbreviaions coninue o be used bu his book employs heabbreviaions 983138983139983141 (Beore he Common Era) and 983139983141 (Common Era)
TEACHING TIPInsruc he sudens o locae Alba Longa on he map on pp xxxiindashxxxiii
TEACHER BY THE WAYTough he wins were added o he sculpure in he enaissance he she-wol has srong links wihEruscan myhology and shows characerisics o Eruscan sculpure
TEACHING TIP
Te eacher may wish o encourage he sudens o design an abbreviaed amily ree o omulusand emus
Standards11 22
Jupier Juno King Num ior o Alba Longa
Mars hea Silvia
omulus emus
READING VOCABULARY
HOW TO USE THIS BOOKTe English pronoun subjec o a verb is no lised in he eading Vocabulary i he pronoun is no needed inhe ranslaion
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 4354
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull 3
Chapter 1 bull 3
READING VOCABULARYad aquam ndash o he waer
aedifican ndash build
ama ndash loves
ambula ndash walks
Amūlius ndash Amul ius
aquam ndash waer
bene ndash well
claudi ndash locks up
crēscun ndash grow up
cūra ndash akes care o cares or
deus ndash god
duōs ndash woes ndash is
e ndash and
īliōs ndash sons
habe ndash has
in aquam ndash ino he waer
iaque ndash and so
lupa ndash she-wol
Mārs ndash Mars he god o war
pōni ndash pus
poseā ndash aferwards laer
emum ndash emus
emus ndash emus
hēa Silvia ndash hea Silvia
hēam Silviam ndash hea Silvia
ōmam ndash ome
ōmulum ndash omulus
ōmulus ndash omulus vinculīs ndash w ih chains
Words marked wih an aserisk will need o bememorized laer in he chaper
COMPREHENSION QUESTIONS1 Whose sons are omulus and emus
2 Wha did Amulius do
3 Who saved he lie o omulus and emus
4 Wha did omulus and emus do
HOW TO USE THIS BOOK
Te sudens should not be expeced o lea rn he words under he ile eading Vocabulary whenever his ileoccurs in he book Insead insruc sudens o learn he vocabulary words lised under he ile Vocabularyto Learn ha will be ound laer in each chaper In more advanced Lain exs usually here are vocabularyand noes o help he sudens when reading a passage Tis eading Vocabulary will help prepare sudens orlaer more advanced classes
ANSWERS TO COMPREHENSION QUESTIONS
1 Tey are he sons o Mars and hea Silvia2 He locked up hea Silvia
3 A she-wol
4 Tey buil he ciy o ome
TEACHING TIP
Whi le English deriva ives rom he sar red words (ie he Vocabulary o L earn) are he opic o Ex-ercise 2 laer in his chaper here are some ineresing derivaives rom he non-sarred words andsome o hese show how words change hrough he years Te eacher may choose o discuss hesederivaives wih he sudens
bull aedi1047297cant (aedi1047297cō) ndash ediy edificaion edifice
Tis Lain word is buil rom wo Lain words aciō (o do make) and aedēs (house emple) Te
English derivaives reain his religious connecion or hey mean ldquoo build up he aih moraliy o in-sruc especially morallyrdquo Te word ldquoedificerdquo is always used or an imposing srucure such as a ldquoemplerdquoor aedēs
bull claudit (claudō) ndash close conclusion enclosure sluice
A ldquocloserdquo is a small shu-in space and some people i locked in one suffer rom ldquoclausrophobiardquo acompound derivaive parly rom Lain (o close confine) and parly rom he Greek (ear) hence ldquoa earo closed spacesrdquo
Te word ldquosluicerdquo does no look like a derivaive o claudō bu i has undergone cha nges as i ca meino English via middle English and old French (sclus) rom he Lain exclūdō which means ldquoo shu ourdquo Asluice has a gae a he op o he channel o shu off he 1047298ow o waer as necessary
bull crēscunt (crēscō) ndash crescen accrue recrui crew
Te word ldquocrewrdquo in middle English mean ldquoreinorcemenrdquo so a body o soldiers grew Te word ldquore-
cruirdquo has he same basic idea ecruis increase he size o he army (rom he Lain recrēscō meaning ldquoogrow againrdquo)
bull deus ndash deiy deiy
bull duōs ndash double dozen due duplicae
Te word ldquodozenrdquo is a compound rom he Lain word or ldquowordquo and he German word or ldquoenrdquo (zehn)
bull habet (habeō) ndash habi abiliy prohibiive
Onersquos abiliy depends on he alens and skil ls one has
bull pōnit ( pōnō) ndash depo imposiion preposiion
A depo origina lly was a place where supplies were pu or sorage
LANGUAGE FACT I
HOW TO USE THIS BOOKTe Language Facs secion o each chaper will conain boh grammaical (morphological) and synacicalinormaion ie inormaion boh abou he orms o he words and he srucure o he senence
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 4454
4 bull Latin for the New Millennium
4 bull Latin for the New Millennium
LANGUAGE FACT I
PARTS OF SPEECHTe parts o speech used in a Lain senence deermine is meaning jus as in English While henoun and he verb are he wo mos imporan oher common pars o speech are lised below
Noun a person place hing idea acion or qual iy Examples ldquoomulusrdquo ldquoriverrdquo ldquocouragerdquo
Pronoun a word ha sands in place o a noun ha has been previously menioned or is clearrom conex Examples ldquoIrdquo ldquosherdquo ldquohimrdquo ldquoirdquo
Adjecive a word ha limis or defines a noun or a pronoun Examples ldquolitlerdquo ldquosrongrdquo
Adverb a word ha lim is or defines verbs adjecives or (oher) adverbs Examples ldquoveryrdquoldquoquielyrdquo
Verb a word ha describes an acion or sae o being Examples ldquogordquo ldquosayrdquo ldquowasrdquo
Preposiion a word ha begins a preposiional phrase such as ldquoinrdquo ldquoordquo ldquoonrdquo ldquoorrdquo ldquobyrdquoldquowihrdquo A preposiional phrase is a preposiion joined o a noun Examples ldquoin he morningrdquoldquowih a sharp pencilrdquo
Conjuncion a word ha connecs words phrases clauses a nd senences Examples ldquoandrdquoldquoburdquo ldquoalhoughrdquo
Inerjecion a word ha expresses emoion Examples ldquowowrdquo
EXERCISE 1eview he meanings and ideniy he pars o speech o he ollowing words Te eading
Vocabulary may be consu led
1 īliōs 6 e2 bene 7 lupa3 aedifican 8 claudi
4 ad 9 ōmam5 ambula 10 ama
EXERCISE 1 ANSWERS
1 noun
2 adverb
3 verb
4 preposiion
5 verb
6 conjuncion
7 noun8 verb
9 noun
10 verb
TEACHING TIP
Te eacher may wish o ask he sudens in Lain wha par o speech a given word is Te eacher would say ldquoQuae pars ōrātiōnis estrdquo Suden responses would be
bull nōmen substantīvumsubstantīvum ndash noun
bull prōnōmen ndash pronoun
bull nōmen adiectīvumadiectīvum ndash adjecive
bull verbum temporāle ndash verb
bull adverbium ndash adverb
bull praepositiō ndash preposiion
bull coniūnctiō ndash conjuncion
bull interiectiō ndash inerjecion
Standards11 41
Standards11 41
WorkbookExercise 1
VOCABULARY TO LEARN
TEACHING TIPSince his is he firs se o Lain words ha your sudens will be required o memorize i is usuallya good idea o sugges and discuss wih hem some differen ways o memorize vocabulary Somesel help opions are lised below
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 4554
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull 5
NOUNSagricola agricolae m ndash armer
aqua aquae ndash waer
āhlēa āhlēae m ndash ahlee
īlia īliae ndash daugher
lupa lupae ndash she-wol
naua nauae m ndash sailor
poēa poēae m ndash poe
puella puellae ndash girl
ōma ōmae ndash ome
erra errae ndash land
VERBSama ndash heshei loves
ambula ndash heshei walks
cūra ndash heshei akes care o cares or
es ndash heshei is
ADVERBS bene ndash well
poseā ndash aferwards
CONJUNCTIONSe ndash and
iaque ndash and so
Aqueducs carr ied waer (aqua) o he ciies in he Roman world Tis aqueduc buil in 19 983138983139983141 which srechedacross he Gard River was named he Pon du Gard and brough waer o he ciy of Nicircmes in France in ancien imes
Chapter 1 bull 5
sel-help opions are lised below
1 Look a he word in he book and say he word aloud
2 Wrie down he word on a piece o paper along wih is meaning and check o be sure here are no spell-ing errors Color-coding he words by pars o speech is also helpul Pronounce he word while wriing idown and hen repea he word including he meaning and spelling
3 Make handwriten 1047298ashcards wih he Lain on one side and English on he oher and be sure here are nospelling errors Color-coding is a good sraegy here also Wriing he word ou helps some sudens ce-men he word in he brain Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers has creaed an elecronic vocabulary resourceor hose sudens or whom echnological learning ools are an aid Tese vocabulary 1047298ashcards are orhe iPod See p 93 or more inormaion on iPod 1047298ashcards
4 Use English derivaives o help remember meanings Bu be careul since some derivaives may havemeanings grealy changed rom he original Lain word
5 Find clipar picures ha illusrae he vocabulary words and use he picures as a way o es yoursel onhe Lain words
TEACHER BY THE WAYTe eacher may wish o open a discussion abou aqueducs and he waer supply or ancien omans while l ooking a he picu re o he Pon du Gard on his page For a hisory o aqueducs and heirconsrucion Froninusrsquo book Dē aquīs urbis Rōmae is an excellen source Te book was writenabou 97 983139983141 when he was Superinenden o Aqueducs Oher aqueducs include he ollowing
bull Te double high aqueduc in Segovia Spainbull Te Aqua Appia buil in 312 983138983139983141
bull Te Aqua rāiāna
bull Te aqueduc buil by Alex ander Severus in 226 983139983141
bull Te Aqua Claudia
bull Te Aqua Marcia wh ich wa s probably named a fer A ncus Marcius who was he fi rs K ing oome by radiional accouns o build an aqueduc o bring waer o ome
NB Te word ldquo Aquardquo when capialized means ldquoaqueducrdquo
Eleven aqueducs urnished 250000 gallons o waer o ome every weny-our hours
BY THE WAY
E h u gi n in h b l r h rm T nd rm i h g nii
HOW TO USE THIS BOOK Ēn is a word ha calls atenion o somehing and means ldquoLook a hisrdquo Te inormaion given here draws a-enion o and urher specifies differen language acs
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 4654
6 bull Latin for the New Millennium
6 bull Latin for the New Millennium
Each noun given in he vocabulary has wo orms Te second orm is he geniivesingular
A derivative is an English word rooed in a Lain word Te English derivaive issimilar in meaning and orm o is Lain source
STUDY TIP
An English derivaive ofen can help you remember wha a Lain word means
EXERCISE 2Find he English derivaives based on he Vocabulary o Learn in he ollowing senences Wriehe corresponding Lain word
1 She shows a considerable filial respec oward her aher
2 Agriculu re is a science o culivaing he land
3 Te ship is equipped wih all he necessary nauical insrumens
4 We saw all kinds o fish in he aquarium
5 Tis is an all-errain vehicle
6 When will he ahleic compeiion sar
7 She has a ruly poeic naure
LANGUAGE FACT II
NOUNS NUMBER GENDER CASE 983080NOMINATIVE AND
ACCUSATIVE983081Nouns in Lain show number gender and case
Number Lain nouns are eiher singular or plural in number Number is shown in differen ways by differen ypes o nouns bu some ending-paterns are or singular orms and oherending-paterns are or plural orms
Gender Every noun likewise is eiher masculine eminine or neuer in gender You muslearn he gender o each noun In he Vocabulary o Learn l iss he gender is indicaed by hecommon abbreviaionsm (masculi ne) f (eminine) or n (neuer)
Case Lain nouns mus have an ending-patern ha displays case Tis is quie differen romEnglish in which case is indicaed by word posiion and no by endings (alhough case markersare preserved in cerain pronouns such as ldquoherdquo and ldquohimrdquo) A nounrsquos case reveals wha uncionhe noun has in he senence Tere are five common cases nominaive geniive daive accu-saive and ablaive wo less requenly used cases are called he vocaive and he locaive
HOW TO USE THIS BOOKStudy Tips give hins rhymes and mnemonics o help sudens learn grammar and vocabulary
EXERCISE 2 ANSWERS1 filial īlia
2 agriculure agricola
3 nauical naua
4 aquarium aqua
5 errain erra
6 ahleic āhlēa
7 poeic poēa
TEACHING TIPExplain o he sudens ha in English he words ldquoardquo ldquoanrdquo or ldquoherdquo are usually placed beore a nounand Lain does no have an equivalen or hese words known as aricles
eachers may need o sress he absence o he aricle many imes beore sudens compleely ine-grae his knowledge ino heir reading habis in Lain class
TEACHING TIPLain like many oher languages does no always observe biological gender Ofen he gender o a
Lain noun is deermined by grammaical acors such as he group o which a noun belongs
TEACHING TIP
Alhough in Exercise 2 he sudens are direced o find only he derivaives based on he Vocabular yo Learn hey may be ineresed o learn ha here are oher derivaives in Exercise 2 Te derivaiono hese words is provided or he eacherrsquos convenience
bull 1 consider - rom sīdus (sar) + cum (wih ogeher) and rom cōnsīderō (o examine consider)respec - rom respectō (look back a have regard or)
bull 2 science - rom scientia (knowledge) and sciō (o know) culivaing - rom colō (ill inhabi worship)
bull 3 necessary - rom necesse (necessary) insrumens - rom īnstruō (o equip build provide)
and rom īnstrumentum (equipmen ool ec)bull 5 vehicle - rom he Lain verb vehō (o carry)
bull 6 compeiion - rom petō (o seek aim a atack ec) + cum (wih oge her)
bull 7 naure - rom nātūra (naure)
Standard41
Standards11 31 41
STUDY TIP
An easy way o remember he names ohe five common cases iso use his mnemonic
TEACHING TIPSudens may no know wha he word ldquomnemonicrdquo means explain ha a mnemonic device is some-hing ha helps a suden o remember somehing Te eacher may also wish o use his opporu-niy o bring up Mnemosyne he goddess o memory and he moher o he Muses
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 4754
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull 7
Chapter 1 bull 7
An easy way o remember he names o he five common cases is o use his mnemonicdevice
Never NominaiveGive GeniiveDogs Daive A ny A ccusaive A buse A blaive
Nominative Te nominaive case idenifies he subjec Te subjec is a noun or a pronounha perorms he acion or exiss in a sae o being In he senence ldquoWilliam is readingrdquohe word ldquoWilliamrdquo is he subjec
Example Mārs amat Mars loves
Te noun subjec o he verb ldquoloverdquo is he god Mars
Find more examples o nominaives and heir verbs rom he reading passage a he begin-ning o he chaper
Te nominaive case also idenifies he predicae nominaive In he senence ldquoWilliam isa sudenrdquo he predicae nominaive is ldquoa sudenrdquo A predicae nominaive complees hemeaning o he verb ldquoo berdquo Look a his exa mple rom he reading
Example Mārs est deus Mars is a god
Mārs is he subjec and deus is a predicae nominaive
Accusative Te ourh case lised is called he accusaive he geniive daive and ablaivecases will be discussed in laer chapers Te accusaive case poins ou he noun (or pro-noun) ha is he direc objec emember direc objecs receive he acion o he verb Inhe senence ldquoI am wriing a leterrdquo he direc objec is ldquoa leterrdquo
Example Mārs Rhēam Silviam amat Mars loves hea Silvia
Te direc objec o ldquoloverdquo is he noun Rhēam Silviam
Find more examples o accusaives and heir verbs rom he reading passage a he beginningo he chaper
niy o bring up Mnemosyne he goddess o memory and he moher o he Muses
Answers to ldquoFind more examples of nominatives a nd their verbs from the reading passage at the begin-ning of the chapterrdquo
hēa Silvia habe
Amūl ius claudi
Amūl ius pōni
Lupa ambula
Lupa cūra e amaōmulus e emus crēscun
ōmulus e emus aedifican
Answers to ldquoFind more examples of accusatives and their verbs from the reading passage at the beg in-ning of the chapterrdquo
duōs īliōs habe ōmulum e emum
hēam Silviam claudi
ōmulum e emum pōni
ōmulum e emum bene cūra e ama
ōmam aedifican
TEACHING TIPSudens may encouner diffi culy when r ying o ransl ae Lain names used in cases o her han henominaive Te eacher a some poin will need o explain (and repea whenever necessary) ha when ransla ing a La in name he suden should al ways use he nominaive o rm o he word Onp 7 sudens are asked o find examples o accusaives and heir verbs in he reading passage Teanswers lised above provide an opporuniy o pracice wih his issue emind sudens o rans-lae duōs īliōs habet Rōmulum et Remum as ldquohe has wo sons omulus and emusrdquo Te oher ouranswers may be used as pracice wih he sudens
EXERCISE 3a Ideniy wheher he nouns in bold in hese senences are subjecs direc objecs or predi
TEACHER BY THE WAYIn conjuncion wih he picure and is capion he eacher may wish o menion ha he amil-ilar acronym o SPQ is sill in use and visible hroughou modern ome991252on liter bins sewercovers ec
Standards11 41
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 4854
8 bull Latin for the New Millennium
8 bull Latin for the New Millennium
a Ideniy wheher he nouns in bold in hese senences are subjecs direc objecs or predi-cae nominaives Te eading Vocabulary may be consuled
b Label each senence as vērum (rue) i i agrees or alsum (alse) i i disagrees wih he Lainreading passage a he beginni ng o he chaper
Example Amūlius es deusPredicae nominaive alsum
1 hēa Silvia ōmulum e emum cūra
2 Amūlius ōmulum e emum bene cūra
3 Amūlius lupam vinculīs claudi
4 Mārs ōmulum e emum in aquam pōni
5 Lupa hēam Silviam cūra
6 Amūlius ad aquam ambula
Te power of he ciy of Rome founded according o legend by Romulus is symbolized by hese four leters ha areprominenly displayed in various places wihin he ciy
EXERCISE 3 ANSWERS
1 subjec vērum
2 direc objecs alsum
3 direc objec alsum
4 subjec alsum
5 direc objec alsum
6 subjec vērum
WorkbookExercise 2 A full si ze reproduc ible version of th is page
without the a nswers ca n be downloade d at wwwlnm bolchazyco m
HOW TO USE THIS BOOK
Noun Declensions Te eacher may choose Lain nouns rom he declension ha is being sudied a he imehis workshee is used Tus no answers are provided here
LANGUAGE FACT III
TEACHING TIP Ask he sudens wha he Lain words seleced rom he reading and lised near he op o p 9 mean
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 4954
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull 9
Chapter 1 bull 9
FIRST DECLENSION NOUNS A declension is a g roup o nouns ha show a cerain patern o word endings Tere are five differ-en declensions in Lain In he reading abou omulus and emus hese are he orms belongingo he firs declension
hēam Silviam hēa Silvia aquam lupa ōmam
Noice ha he ex says Rhēa Silvia when she is he subjec and Rhēam Silviam when she is hedirec objec
Te firs declension is composed o words ha characerisically have he vowel a a or near heend o he word lupa
Below is he patern ha firs declension nouns ollow o show case and number Memorize heLain words in order rom he nominaive singular down o he ablaive singular and hen romhe nominaive plural down o he ablaive plural
emember ha he endings or a whole group o nouns ollow his patern Once you learn hi spatern you can recognize he case a nd number o all he words belonging o hi s declension
In his chaper you have begun o learn abou he nominaive and accusai ve cases Te ohercases will be explained in laer chapers
First DeclensionSingular Plural
Nomina ive l upa he she-wol Nominaive lupae he she-wolves
Geniive lupae o he she-wol Geniive lupārum o he she-wolves
Daive lupae oor he she-wol Daive lupīs oor he she-wolves
Accusaive lupam he she-wol Accusaive lupās he she-wolves
Ablaive lupā bywih he she-wol Ablaive lupīs bywih he she-wolves
Daive and ablaive plural o he words īlia ldquodaugherrdquo and dea ldquogoddessrdquo is fīliābus anddeābusTis is o di singuish hese orms rom he corresponding orms o īlius ldquosonrdquo and deus ldquogodrdquo
STUDY TIP
Noice ha he ablaive singular ending -ā has a long mark (macron) above i his ishe only difference beween he nominaive and ablaive singular endings
TEACHING TIP
Afer he firs declension has been presened o he sudens encourage hem depending on heirlearning syle o say he declension aloud o wrie down he words o inven a rap or a cheer
TEACHER BY THE WAY
Te patern is called a declension because he oher cases lean away ( dēclīnāre) rom he nominaiveie hey do no ollow he same orm as he nominaive
ORAL EXERCISE 1Tis exercise may be used afer the 1047297rst declension has been presented
Whi le looking a he declension o lupa ask he sudens o decli ne nauta
Singular PluralNominaive naua nauaeGeniive nauae nauārumDaive nauae nauīs Accusaive nauam nauās Ablaive nauā nauīs
Standards11 31 41
OralExercise 1
WorkbookExercise 3
STUDY TIP
Noice ha he daive and ablaive plural endings a re idenical
EXERCISE 4 ANSWERS1 geniive daive puellār um puellī s
2 accusaive nauās
3 accusaive errās
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 5054
10 bull Latin for the New Millennium
10 bull Latin for the New Millennium
Here are more words belonging o he fi rs declension
puella ndash girl īlia ndash daugher terra ndash land
Mos firs declension words are eminine i n gender bu a ew (usually ones ha indicae mas-culine occupaions in ancien imes) are masculine Examples are poēta ldquopoerdquoagricola ldquoarmerrdquonauta ldquosailorrdquo āthlēta ldquoahleerdquo
EXERCISE 4Ideniy he case o each singular noun Ten change each orm ino plural For some more han
one answer is possibleExample īlianominaive īliae
1 puellae 5 aquae2 nauam 6 puellā3 erram 7 āhlēā4 a gr ic ol a
Like he Greek wreslers porrayed on his ancien bas-reliefRoman ahlees were also fond of he spor of wresling
4 nominaive agricolae
5 geniive daive aquārum aquīs
6 ablaive puellīs
7 ablaive āhlēīs
TEACHING TIP
Since wreslers are depiced on he illusraion on his page he eacher may wish o open a discus-
sion abou he omansrsquo and Greeksrsquo ondness or wresling which was ofen praciced in a complexcalled he palaestra
oman boys were expeced o serve in he m iliary Tus hey were firs rained by heir ahers in wreslingand boxing Srengh and agiliy were sressed raher han grace o movemen as in Greek spors Te woprincipal syles uilized by he Greek were uprigh wresling in which hree alls o your opponen o heground were necessary o deea him and ground wresling which required he opponen o give up in ordero end he mach In he palaes tra here was an area or he young people o pracice wresling or boxing wih apunching bag (cōrycus) Examples o monumenal oman bahs wih a palaest ra are ound a he Bahs o Ca-racalla in ome he Harbor Bahs a Ephesus in urkey and he Bahs in Varna Bulgaria he larges anciensrucure in ha counry
Wresling was also one o he spor evens a he Olympic games ha he omans ofen atended Greco-oman wresling is also one o he evens eaured in he summer Olympic games in modern imes
TEACHING TIPTe eacher migh wan o have sudens read an English ranslaion o Book 23 o he Iliad in which Ajax a nd Odysseus compee in a wre sling m ach and Book 5 o he Aeneid or a descripion o hespors ha he omans played and compare he atiude o he compeiors in each epic Boh evens were par o he uneral games he ormer in honor o Paroclu s riend and atendan o Achil lesand he later in honor o Anchises aher o Aeneas Tis migh lead o urher discussion on henaure o modern wresling
Standards11 41
EXERCISE 5Ideniy he case o each plural noun Ten change each orm ino he singular For some more
TEACHING TIPSudens may wonder why he geniive singular w ihou is ending mus be used o find he base whenhe nominaive singular wihou is ending works jus as well Explain ha in oher noun declensionshe nominaive will no always provide he same base or have he same spelling as he geniive
Standards11 41
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 5154
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull 11
Chapter 1 bull 11
han one answer is possible
Example puellāsaccusaive puellam
1 īliae 5 aquīs2 errīs 6 poēārum3 nauārum 7 agricolae4 l upa e
BY THE WAY
In all declensions endings are added o he base o a noun I is imporan o know hahe base o a noun is ound by removing he ending rom is geniive si ngular orm Forexample he geniive singular o puella is puellae I you remove he -ae rom puellae
wha remains is he base o he word namely puell- For his reason learning he geni-ive singular is as imporan as knowing he nominaive singular o he noun
STUDY TIP
Always learn he geniive ogeher wih he nominaive because rom he geniive you will know o which declension a word belongs
A wall paining depic ing a Roman farmer (agricola) wih his sheep
EXERCISE 5 ANSWERS
1 nominaive īl ia
2 daive ablaive errae errā
3 geniive nauae
4 nominaive lupa
5 daive ablaive aquae aquā
6 geniive poēae7 nominaive agricola
HOW TO USE THIS BOOKIn his book he word ldquobaserdquo is used o reer o he noun wihou any ending ldquoStemrdquo is used or he par o he verb wihou any ending ldquoootrdquo is used or he Lain par o a derivaive
ORAL EXERCISE 2Tis exercise may be used afer Exercise 5
Use one o he ollowing classroom presenaion opions (hereafer reerred o as CPO) (blackgreenwhiesmar board overhead or LCD projecor PowerPoinreg presenaion ec) o pu his inormaion on view
quis ldquowhordquo (or he subjec) and quem ldquowhomrdquo (or he direc objec)
Ten ask he suden o answer he ollowing quesions abou he chaper reading eiher orally or in wri-
en orm
1 Teacher Quis es Mārs Student Mārs es deus
2 Teacher Quem ama Mārs Student hēam Silviam Mārs ama
3 Teacher Quis ama hēam Silviam Student Mārs ama hēam Silviam
4 Teacher Quem habe hēa Silvia Student hēa Silvia duōs īliōs ōmulum eemum habe
5 Teacher Quis claudi hēam Silviam Student Amūlius claudi hēam Silviam
6 Teacher Quem claudi Amūlius Student hēam Silviam Amūlius claudi
7 Teacher Quis ōmulum e emum in aquampōni
Student Amūlius ōmulum e emum in aquampōni
8 Teacher Quem Amūlius in aquam pōni Student Amūlius ōmulum e emum in aquampōni
9 Teacher Quis ambula ad aquam Student Lupa ambula ad aquam
10 Teacher Quis ōmulum e emum bene cūra Student Lupa ōmulum e emum bene cūra
11 Teacher Quōs lupa bene cūra Student Lupa ōmulum e emum bene cūra
12 Teacher Quis ōmulum e emum a ma Student Lupa ōmulum e emum ama
13 Teacher Quōs lupa ama Student Lupa ōmulum e emum ama
OralExercise 2
WorkbookExercise
4 5
EXERCISE 6ranslae rom Lain ino English and rom English ino Lain Te mos common Lain word
d
TEACHER BY THE WAYTe eacher may menion ha he mos common word order (subjec ndash direc objec ndash verb) can o-en be changed For example i he verb is o be emphasized i will ake firs posiion I he subjecor he direc objec is o be emphasized i will ake he las posiion which is he mos emphaic oneIn general he more unusual he wordrsquos posiion is he more emphasis is placed on his word
Standards11 41
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 5254
12 bull Latin for the New Millennium
12 bull Latin for the New Millennium
order is
subjec ndash direc objec ndash verb
1 Agricola erram ama
2 Te ahlee loves waer
3 Naua īlia m ama
4 Te poe loves ome
5 Agricola erram cūra
6 Te she-wol cares or (is aking care o) he girl
BY THE WAY
Even hough he mos common word order is subjec ndash di rec objec ndash verb rememberha endings991252no word order991252deermine which word is he subjec and which i s hedirec objec
TALKING When we mee one person we gree herhim wih salvē When we mee wo or more people wegree hem wih salvēte When we bid goodbye o one person we sayvalē When we bid goodbyeo wo or more people we say valēte
Here are various ways o ask ldquohow are yourdquo or ldquohow are you doingrdquo
Quōmodo valēs or Quōmodo tē habēs or Quid agis ldquoHow are yourdquo
Here is a range o possible answers
bene ldquowellrdquo pessimē ldquovery badrdquo optimē ldquogreardquo melius ldquobeterrdquo mediocriter ldquoso-sordquo or ldquono oo badrdquo meliusculē ldquoa litle beterrdquo male ldquobadrdquo
In general he more unusual he word s posiion is he more emphasis is placed on his word
EXERCISE 6 ANSWERS
1 Te armer loves he land
2 Āhlēa aquam ama
3 Te sailor loves (his) daugher
4 Poēa ōmam ama
5 Te armer cares or (is aking care o) he land6 Lupa puellam cūra
TEACHING TIP
Te eacher may sar he class in Lain by saying Salvēte discipulī et discipulae and by eaching hesudens o say in reurn Salvē magister (magistra)
ORAL EXERCISE 3Tis exercise may be used anytime afer the students have learned the use o the accusative case or afer Exercise 6
Use one o he CPOrsquos o pu on display he orms amō and cūrō and explai n ha hey a re in he fir s personsingular and how his differs rom he hird person singular learned in his chaper Ask individual sudens omake senences wih hem using he words hey have learned
Ten ell he sudens ha nōn means ldquonordquo and ask hem o make si milar senences wih nōn amō and nōn cūrō
Examples(nōn) amō erram īliam aquam lupam āhlēam(nōn) cūrō erram īliam puellam
WorkbookExercise 6
ContentQuestions
OralExercise 3
Standards12 21 41
42
SAYING HELLOMarīa Helena e Chrisīna sun (are) discipulae (students)
TEACHING TIPHave sudens read he dialogue aloud Tis will help o build heir pronunciaion skills
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 5354
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull 13
Chapter 1 bull 13
Marīa Salvēe Helena e Chrisīna
Christīna Salvē Marīa
Helena Salvē Marīa
Marīa Quōmodo valēs Helena Quōmodo valēs Chrisīna
Helena et Christīna Bene Quōmodo ū ( you) valēs Marīa
Marīa Pessimē
Helena et Christīna Cūr (Why)
Marīa imeō linguam Laīnam ( I ear the Latin language)Helena Ego ( I ) linguam Laīnam amō
Christīna E ego linguam Laīnam amō
ORAL EXERCISE 4
Tis exercise may be used afer he Lain dialogue has been presened
Insruc he sudens o say ldquohellordquo in Lain o he suden nex o hem Divide he class ino wo pars ellone par o gree he oher par using he plural greeing and vice versa Do he same ype o aciviy whensaying ldquogoodbyerdquo You may wish o make greeing he class in Lain a nd saying ldquogoodbyerdquo in Lain a par oa daily rouine
Divide he sudens ino pairs in which one person will ask how hisher parner is in Lain and he oher
wil l answer
ORAL EXERCISE 5
Tis exercise may be used afer he Lain dialogue has been presened
ell he sudens ha he paricle ndashne is added o he firs syllable o a word ha inroduces a quesion Ten askhe ollowing quesions abou he dialogue beween Mary Helen and Chrisy Individual sudens may answerorally or he enire class may wrie he answers as he eacher asks hem orally Te eacher should explain hahe orm valēs in he greeing Quōmodo valēs is in he second person which means ldquoyourdquo Te hird person orm(reerring o ldquoherrdquo ldquohimrdquo or ldquoirdquo) is valet So he phrase ldquoHow is she doingrdquo would be Quōmodo valet Te hirdperson o amō is amat and he hird person o timeō is timet
1 Teacher Quōmodo Chrisīna vale Student(s) Chrisīna bene vale
2 Teacher Quōmodo Marīa vale Student(s) Marīa pessimē vale
3 Teacher Cūr (why) Marīa pessimē vale Student(s) Marīa ime linguam Lainam4 Teacher Amane l inguam L aīnam Helena Student(s) Helena linguam Laīnam ama
5 Teacher Linguamne Laīnam ama Chrisīna Student(s) Chrisīna linguam Laīnam ama
ORAL EXERCISE 6 AND DICTATIONTis combined exercise may be used to conclude the chapter or at any time afer the students have learned the accusa-tive case and chapter vocabulary
Dicae he ollowing senences o he sudens Ten ask hem o make he ollowing changes eiher orally orin writen orm a he discreion o he eacher
1 Teacher Agricol a erram ama (change he direc objec ino plura l)Student Agricola errās ama
2 Teacher Lupa puellam cūra (change he direc objec ino plural)
Student Lupa puellās cūra3 Teacher Āhlēa puel lās ama (change he direc objec ino singu lar)
Student Āhlēa puellam ama
4 Teacher Fīlia errās ama (change he direc objec ino singular)Student Fīlia erram ama
OralExercise
4 5 6 andDictation
TEACHER NOTES
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 5454
14 bull Latin for the New Millennium
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 4354
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull 3
Chapter 1 bull 3
READING VOCABULARYad aquam ndash o he waer
aedifican ndash build
ama ndash loves
ambula ndash walks
Amūlius ndash Amul ius
aquam ndash waer
bene ndash well
claudi ndash locks up
crēscun ndash grow up
cūra ndash akes care o cares or
deus ndash god
duōs ndash woes ndash is
e ndash and
īliōs ndash sons
habe ndash has
in aquam ndash ino he waer
iaque ndash and so
lupa ndash she-wol
Mārs ndash Mars he god o war
pōni ndash pus
poseā ndash aferwards laer
emum ndash emus
emus ndash emus
hēa Silvia ndash hea Silvia
hēam Silviam ndash hea Silvia
ōmam ndash ome
ōmulum ndash omulus
ōmulus ndash omulus vinculīs ndash w ih chains
Words marked wih an aserisk will need o bememorized laer in he chaper
COMPREHENSION QUESTIONS1 Whose sons are omulus and emus
2 Wha did Amulius do
3 Who saved he lie o omulus and emus
4 Wha did omulus and emus do
HOW TO USE THIS BOOK
Te sudens should not be expeced o lea rn he words under he ile eading Vocabulary whenever his ileoccurs in he book Insead insruc sudens o learn he vocabulary words lised under he ile Vocabularyto Learn ha will be ound laer in each chaper In more advanced Lain exs usually here are vocabularyand noes o help he sudens when reading a passage Tis eading Vocabulary will help prepare sudens orlaer more advanced classes
ANSWERS TO COMPREHENSION QUESTIONS
1 Tey are he sons o Mars and hea Silvia2 He locked up hea Silvia
3 A she-wol
4 Tey buil he ciy o ome
TEACHING TIP
Whi le English deriva ives rom he sar red words (ie he Vocabulary o L earn) are he opic o Ex-ercise 2 laer in his chaper here are some ineresing derivaives rom he non-sarred words andsome o hese show how words change hrough he years Te eacher may choose o discuss hesederivaives wih he sudens
bull aedi1047297cant (aedi1047297cō) ndash ediy edificaion edifice
Tis Lain word is buil rom wo Lain words aciō (o do make) and aedēs (house emple) Te
English derivaives reain his religious connecion or hey mean ldquoo build up he aih moraliy o in-sruc especially morallyrdquo Te word ldquoedificerdquo is always used or an imposing srucure such as a ldquoemplerdquoor aedēs
bull claudit (claudō) ndash close conclusion enclosure sluice
A ldquocloserdquo is a small shu-in space and some people i locked in one suffer rom ldquoclausrophobiardquo acompound derivaive parly rom Lain (o close confine) and parly rom he Greek (ear) hence ldquoa earo closed spacesrdquo
Te word ldquosluicerdquo does no look like a derivaive o claudō bu i has undergone cha nges as i ca meino English via middle English and old French (sclus) rom he Lain exclūdō which means ldquoo shu ourdquo Asluice has a gae a he op o he channel o shu off he 1047298ow o waer as necessary
bull crēscunt (crēscō) ndash crescen accrue recrui crew
Te word ldquocrewrdquo in middle English mean ldquoreinorcemenrdquo so a body o soldiers grew Te word ldquore-
cruirdquo has he same basic idea ecruis increase he size o he army (rom he Lain recrēscō meaning ldquoogrow againrdquo)
bull deus ndash deiy deiy
bull duōs ndash double dozen due duplicae
Te word ldquodozenrdquo is a compound rom he Lain word or ldquowordquo and he German word or ldquoenrdquo (zehn)
bull habet (habeō) ndash habi abiliy prohibiive
Onersquos abiliy depends on he alens and skil ls one has
bull pōnit ( pōnō) ndash depo imposiion preposiion
A depo origina lly was a place where supplies were pu or sorage
LANGUAGE FACT I
HOW TO USE THIS BOOKTe Language Facs secion o each chaper will conain boh grammaical (morphological) and synacicalinormaion ie inormaion boh abou he orms o he words and he srucure o he senence
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 4454
4 bull Latin for the New Millennium
4 bull Latin for the New Millennium
LANGUAGE FACT I
PARTS OF SPEECHTe parts o speech used in a Lain senence deermine is meaning jus as in English While henoun and he verb are he wo mos imporan oher common pars o speech are lised below
Noun a person place hing idea acion or qual iy Examples ldquoomulusrdquo ldquoriverrdquo ldquocouragerdquo
Pronoun a word ha sands in place o a noun ha has been previously menioned or is clearrom conex Examples ldquoIrdquo ldquosherdquo ldquohimrdquo ldquoirdquo
Adjecive a word ha limis or defines a noun or a pronoun Examples ldquolitlerdquo ldquosrongrdquo
Adverb a word ha lim is or defines verbs adjecives or (oher) adverbs Examples ldquoveryrdquoldquoquielyrdquo
Verb a word ha describes an acion or sae o being Examples ldquogordquo ldquosayrdquo ldquowasrdquo
Preposiion a word ha begins a preposiional phrase such as ldquoinrdquo ldquoordquo ldquoonrdquo ldquoorrdquo ldquobyrdquoldquowihrdquo A preposiional phrase is a preposiion joined o a noun Examples ldquoin he morningrdquoldquowih a sharp pencilrdquo
Conjuncion a word ha connecs words phrases clauses a nd senences Examples ldquoandrdquoldquoburdquo ldquoalhoughrdquo
Inerjecion a word ha expresses emoion Examples ldquowowrdquo
EXERCISE 1eview he meanings and ideniy he pars o speech o he ollowing words Te eading
Vocabulary may be consu led
1 īliōs 6 e2 bene 7 lupa3 aedifican 8 claudi
4 ad 9 ōmam5 ambula 10 ama
EXERCISE 1 ANSWERS
1 noun
2 adverb
3 verb
4 preposiion
5 verb
6 conjuncion
7 noun8 verb
9 noun
10 verb
TEACHING TIP
Te eacher may wish o ask he sudens in Lain wha par o speech a given word is Te eacher would say ldquoQuae pars ōrātiōnis estrdquo Suden responses would be
bull nōmen substantīvumsubstantīvum ndash noun
bull prōnōmen ndash pronoun
bull nōmen adiectīvumadiectīvum ndash adjecive
bull verbum temporāle ndash verb
bull adverbium ndash adverb
bull praepositiō ndash preposiion
bull coniūnctiō ndash conjuncion
bull interiectiō ndash inerjecion
Standards11 41
Standards11 41
WorkbookExercise 1
VOCABULARY TO LEARN
TEACHING TIPSince his is he firs se o Lain words ha your sudens will be required o memorize i is usuallya good idea o sugges and discuss wih hem some differen ways o memorize vocabulary Somesel help opions are lised below
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 4554
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull 5
NOUNSagricola agricolae m ndash armer
aqua aquae ndash waer
āhlēa āhlēae m ndash ahlee
īlia īliae ndash daugher
lupa lupae ndash she-wol
naua nauae m ndash sailor
poēa poēae m ndash poe
puella puellae ndash girl
ōma ōmae ndash ome
erra errae ndash land
VERBSama ndash heshei loves
ambula ndash heshei walks
cūra ndash heshei akes care o cares or
es ndash heshei is
ADVERBS bene ndash well
poseā ndash aferwards
CONJUNCTIONSe ndash and
iaque ndash and so
Aqueducs carr ied waer (aqua) o he ciies in he Roman world Tis aqueduc buil in 19 983138983139983141 which srechedacross he Gard River was named he Pon du Gard and brough waer o he ciy of Nicircmes in France in ancien imes
Chapter 1 bull 5
sel-help opions are lised below
1 Look a he word in he book and say he word aloud
2 Wrie down he word on a piece o paper along wih is meaning and check o be sure here are no spell-ing errors Color-coding he words by pars o speech is also helpul Pronounce he word while wriing idown and hen repea he word including he meaning and spelling
3 Make handwriten 1047298ashcards wih he Lain on one side and English on he oher and be sure here are nospelling errors Color-coding is a good sraegy here also Wriing he word ou helps some sudens ce-men he word in he brain Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers has creaed an elecronic vocabulary resourceor hose sudens or whom echnological learning ools are an aid Tese vocabulary 1047298ashcards are orhe iPod See p 93 or more inormaion on iPod 1047298ashcards
4 Use English derivaives o help remember meanings Bu be careul since some derivaives may havemeanings grealy changed rom he original Lain word
5 Find clipar picures ha illusrae he vocabulary words and use he picures as a way o es yoursel onhe Lain words
TEACHER BY THE WAYTe eacher may wish o open a discussion abou aqueducs and he waer supply or ancien omans while l ooking a he picu re o he Pon du Gard on his page For a hisory o aqueducs and heirconsrucion Froninusrsquo book Dē aquīs urbis Rōmae is an excellen source Te book was writenabou 97 983139983141 when he was Superinenden o Aqueducs Oher aqueducs include he ollowing
bull Te double high aqueduc in Segovia Spainbull Te Aqua Appia buil in 312 983138983139983141
bull Te Aqua rāiāna
bull Te aqueduc buil by Alex ander Severus in 226 983139983141
bull Te Aqua Claudia
bull Te Aqua Marcia wh ich wa s probably named a fer A ncus Marcius who was he fi rs K ing oome by radiional accouns o build an aqueduc o bring waer o ome
NB Te word ldquo Aquardquo when capialized means ldquoaqueducrdquo
Eleven aqueducs urnished 250000 gallons o waer o ome every weny-our hours
BY THE WAY
E h u gi n in h b l r h rm T nd rm i h g nii
HOW TO USE THIS BOOK Ēn is a word ha calls atenion o somehing and means ldquoLook a hisrdquo Te inormaion given here draws a-enion o and urher specifies differen language acs
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 4654
6 bull Latin for the New Millennium
6 bull Latin for the New Millennium
Each noun given in he vocabulary has wo orms Te second orm is he geniivesingular
A derivative is an English word rooed in a Lain word Te English derivaive issimilar in meaning and orm o is Lain source
STUDY TIP
An English derivaive ofen can help you remember wha a Lain word means
EXERCISE 2Find he English derivaives based on he Vocabulary o Learn in he ollowing senences Wriehe corresponding Lain word
1 She shows a considerable filial respec oward her aher
2 Agriculu re is a science o culivaing he land
3 Te ship is equipped wih all he necessary nauical insrumens
4 We saw all kinds o fish in he aquarium
5 Tis is an all-errain vehicle
6 When will he ahleic compeiion sar
7 She has a ruly poeic naure
LANGUAGE FACT II
NOUNS NUMBER GENDER CASE 983080NOMINATIVE AND
ACCUSATIVE983081Nouns in Lain show number gender and case
Number Lain nouns are eiher singular or plural in number Number is shown in differen ways by differen ypes o nouns bu some ending-paterns are or singular orms and oherending-paterns are or plural orms
Gender Every noun likewise is eiher masculine eminine or neuer in gender You muslearn he gender o each noun In he Vocabulary o Learn l iss he gender is indicaed by hecommon abbreviaionsm (masculi ne) f (eminine) or n (neuer)
Case Lain nouns mus have an ending-patern ha displays case Tis is quie differen romEnglish in which case is indicaed by word posiion and no by endings (alhough case markersare preserved in cerain pronouns such as ldquoherdquo and ldquohimrdquo) A nounrsquos case reveals wha uncionhe noun has in he senence Tere are five common cases nominaive geniive daive accu-saive and ablaive wo less requenly used cases are called he vocaive and he locaive
HOW TO USE THIS BOOKStudy Tips give hins rhymes and mnemonics o help sudens learn grammar and vocabulary
EXERCISE 2 ANSWERS1 filial īlia
2 agriculure agricola
3 nauical naua
4 aquarium aqua
5 errain erra
6 ahleic āhlēa
7 poeic poēa
TEACHING TIPExplain o he sudens ha in English he words ldquoardquo ldquoanrdquo or ldquoherdquo are usually placed beore a nounand Lain does no have an equivalen or hese words known as aricles
eachers may need o sress he absence o he aricle many imes beore sudens compleely ine-grae his knowledge ino heir reading habis in Lain class
TEACHING TIPLain like many oher languages does no always observe biological gender Ofen he gender o a
Lain noun is deermined by grammaical acors such as he group o which a noun belongs
TEACHING TIP
Alhough in Exercise 2 he sudens are direced o find only he derivaives based on he Vocabular yo Learn hey may be ineresed o learn ha here are oher derivaives in Exercise 2 Te derivaiono hese words is provided or he eacherrsquos convenience
bull 1 consider - rom sīdus (sar) + cum (wih ogeher) and rom cōnsīderō (o examine consider)respec - rom respectō (look back a have regard or)
bull 2 science - rom scientia (knowledge) and sciō (o know) culivaing - rom colō (ill inhabi worship)
bull 3 necessary - rom necesse (necessary) insrumens - rom īnstruō (o equip build provide)
and rom īnstrumentum (equipmen ool ec)bull 5 vehicle - rom he Lain verb vehō (o carry)
bull 6 compeiion - rom petō (o seek aim a atack ec) + cum (wih oge her)
bull 7 naure - rom nātūra (naure)
Standard41
Standards11 31 41
STUDY TIP
An easy way o remember he names ohe five common cases iso use his mnemonic
TEACHING TIPSudens may no know wha he word ldquomnemonicrdquo means explain ha a mnemonic device is some-hing ha helps a suden o remember somehing Te eacher may also wish o use his opporu-niy o bring up Mnemosyne he goddess o memory and he moher o he Muses
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 4754
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull 7
Chapter 1 bull 7
An easy way o remember he names o he five common cases is o use his mnemonicdevice
Never NominaiveGive GeniiveDogs Daive A ny A ccusaive A buse A blaive
Nominative Te nominaive case idenifies he subjec Te subjec is a noun or a pronounha perorms he acion or exiss in a sae o being In he senence ldquoWilliam is readingrdquohe word ldquoWilliamrdquo is he subjec
Example Mārs amat Mars loves
Te noun subjec o he verb ldquoloverdquo is he god Mars
Find more examples o nominaives and heir verbs rom he reading passage a he begin-ning o he chaper
Te nominaive case also idenifies he predicae nominaive In he senence ldquoWilliam isa sudenrdquo he predicae nominaive is ldquoa sudenrdquo A predicae nominaive complees hemeaning o he verb ldquoo berdquo Look a his exa mple rom he reading
Example Mārs est deus Mars is a god
Mārs is he subjec and deus is a predicae nominaive
Accusative Te ourh case lised is called he accusaive he geniive daive and ablaivecases will be discussed in laer chapers Te accusaive case poins ou he noun (or pro-noun) ha is he direc objec emember direc objecs receive he acion o he verb Inhe senence ldquoI am wriing a leterrdquo he direc objec is ldquoa leterrdquo
Example Mārs Rhēam Silviam amat Mars loves hea Silvia
Te direc objec o ldquoloverdquo is he noun Rhēam Silviam
Find more examples o accusaives and heir verbs rom he reading passage a he beginningo he chaper
niy o bring up Mnemosyne he goddess o memory and he moher o he Muses
Answers to ldquoFind more examples of nominatives a nd their verbs from the reading passage at the begin-ning of the chapterrdquo
hēa Silvia habe
Amūl ius claudi
Amūl ius pōni
Lupa ambula
Lupa cūra e amaōmulus e emus crēscun
ōmulus e emus aedifican
Answers to ldquoFind more examples of accusatives and their verbs from the reading passage at the beg in-ning of the chapterrdquo
duōs īliōs habe ōmulum e emum
hēam Silviam claudi
ōmulum e emum pōni
ōmulum e emum bene cūra e ama
ōmam aedifican
TEACHING TIPSudens may encouner diffi culy when r ying o ransl ae Lain names used in cases o her han henominaive Te eacher a some poin will need o explain (and repea whenever necessary) ha when ransla ing a La in name he suden should al ways use he nominaive o rm o he word Onp 7 sudens are asked o find examples o accusaives and heir verbs in he reading passage Teanswers lised above provide an opporuniy o pracice wih his issue emind sudens o rans-lae duōs īliōs habet Rōmulum et Remum as ldquohe has wo sons omulus and emusrdquo Te oher ouranswers may be used as pracice wih he sudens
EXERCISE 3a Ideniy wheher he nouns in bold in hese senences are subjecs direc objecs or predi
TEACHER BY THE WAYIn conjuncion wih he picure and is capion he eacher may wish o menion ha he amil-ilar acronym o SPQ is sill in use and visible hroughou modern ome991252on liter bins sewercovers ec
Standards11 41
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 4854
8 bull Latin for the New Millennium
8 bull Latin for the New Millennium
a Ideniy wheher he nouns in bold in hese senences are subjecs direc objecs or predi-cae nominaives Te eading Vocabulary may be consuled
b Label each senence as vērum (rue) i i agrees or alsum (alse) i i disagrees wih he Lainreading passage a he beginni ng o he chaper
Example Amūlius es deusPredicae nominaive alsum
1 hēa Silvia ōmulum e emum cūra
2 Amūlius ōmulum e emum bene cūra
3 Amūlius lupam vinculīs claudi
4 Mārs ōmulum e emum in aquam pōni
5 Lupa hēam Silviam cūra
6 Amūlius ad aquam ambula
Te power of he ciy of Rome founded according o legend by Romulus is symbolized by hese four leters ha areprominenly displayed in various places wihin he ciy
EXERCISE 3 ANSWERS
1 subjec vērum
2 direc objecs alsum
3 direc objec alsum
4 subjec alsum
5 direc objec alsum
6 subjec vērum
WorkbookExercise 2 A full si ze reproduc ible version of th is page
without the a nswers ca n be downloade d at wwwlnm bolchazyco m
HOW TO USE THIS BOOK
Noun Declensions Te eacher may choose Lain nouns rom he declension ha is being sudied a he imehis workshee is used Tus no answers are provided here
LANGUAGE FACT III
TEACHING TIP Ask he sudens wha he Lain words seleced rom he reading and lised near he op o p 9 mean
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 4954
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull 9
Chapter 1 bull 9
FIRST DECLENSION NOUNS A declension is a g roup o nouns ha show a cerain patern o word endings Tere are five differ-en declensions in Lain In he reading abou omulus and emus hese are he orms belongingo he firs declension
hēam Silviam hēa Silvia aquam lupa ōmam
Noice ha he ex says Rhēa Silvia when she is he subjec and Rhēam Silviam when she is hedirec objec
Te firs declension is composed o words ha characerisically have he vowel a a or near heend o he word lupa
Below is he patern ha firs declension nouns ollow o show case and number Memorize heLain words in order rom he nominaive singular down o he ablaive singular and hen romhe nominaive plural down o he ablaive plural
emember ha he endings or a whole group o nouns ollow his patern Once you learn hi spatern you can recognize he case a nd number o all he words belonging o hi s declension
In his chaper you have begun o learn abou he nominaive and accusai ve cases Te ohercases will be explained in laer chapers
First DeclensionSingular Plural
Nomina ive l upa he she-wol Nominaive lupae he she-wolves
Geniive lupae o he she-wol Geniive lupārum o he she-wolves
Daive lupae oor he she-wol Daive lupīs oor he she-wolves
Accusaive lupam he she-wol Accusaive lupās he she-wolves
Ablaive lupā bywih he she-wol Ablaive lupīs bywih he she-wolves
Daive and ablaive plural o he words īlia ldquodaugherrdquo and dea ldquogoddessrdquo is fīliābus anddeābusTis is o di singuish hese orms rom he corresponding orms o īlius ldquosonrdquo and deus ldquogodrdquo
STUDY TIP
Noice ha he ablaive singular ending -ā has a long mark (macron) above i his ishe only difference beween he nominaive and ablaive singular endings
TEACHING TIP
Afer he firs declension has been presened o he sudens encourage hem depending on heirlearning syle o say he declension aloud o wrie down he words o inven a rap or a cheer
TEACHER BY THE WAY
Te patern is called a declension because he oher cases lean away ( dēclīnāre) rom he nominaiveie hey do no ollow he same orm as he nominaive
ORAL EXERCISE 1Tis exercise may be used afer the 1047297rst declension has been presented
Whi le looking a he declension o lupa ask he sudens o decli ne nauta
Singular PluralNominaive naua nauaeGeniive nauae nauārumDaive nauae nauīs Accusaive nauam nauās Ablaive nauā nauīs
Standards11 31 41
OralExercise 1
WorkbookExercise 3
STUDY TIP
Noice ha he daive and ablaive plural endings a re idenical
EXERCISE 4 ANSWERS1 geniive daive puellār um puellī s
2 accusaive nauās
3 accusaive errās
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 5054
10 bull Latin for the New Millennium
10 bull Latin for the New Millennium
Here are more words belonging o he fi rs declension
puella ndash girl īlia ndash daugher terra ndash land
Mos firs declension words are eminine i n gender bu a ew (usually ones ha indicae mas-culine occupaions in ancien imes) are masculine Examples are poēta ldquopoerdquoagricola ldquoarmerrdquonauta ldquosailorrdquo āthlēta ldquoahleerdquo
EXERCISE 4Ideniy he case o each singular noun Ten change each orm ino plural For some more han
one answer is possibleExample īlianominaive īliae
1 puellae 5 aquae2 nauam 6 puellā3 erram 7 āhlēā4 a gr ic ol a
Like he Greek wreslers porrayed on his ancien bas-reliefRoman ahlees were also fond of he spor of wresling
4 nominaive agricolae
5 geniive daive aquārum aquīs
6 ablaive puellīs
7 ablaive āhlēīs
TEACHING TIP
Since wreslers are depiced on he illusraion on his page he eacher may wish o open a discus-
sion abou he omansrsquo and Greeksrsquo ondness or wresling which was ofen praciced in a complexcalled he palaestra
oman boys were expeced o serve in he m iliary Tus hey were firs rained by heir ahers in wreslingand boxing Srengh and agiliy were sressed raher han grace o movemen as in Greek spors Te woprincipal syles uilized by he Greek were uprigh wresling in which hree alls o your opponen o heground were necessary o deea him and ground wresling which required he opponen o give up in ordero end he mach In he palaes tra here was an area or he young people o pracice wresling or boxing wih apunching bag (cōrycus) Examples o monumenal oman bahs wih a palaest ra are ound a he Bahs o Ca-racalla in ome he Harbor Bahs a Ephesus in urkey and he Bahs in Varna Bulgaria he larges anciensrucure in ha counry
Wresling was also one o he spor evens a he Olympic games ha he omans ofen atended Greco-oman wresling is also one o he evens eaured in he summer Olympic games in modern imes
TEACHING TIPTe eacher migh wan o have sudens read an English ranslaion o Book 23 o he Iliad in which Ajax a nd Odysseus compee in a wre sling m ach and Book 5 o he Aeneid or a descripion o hespors ha he omans played and compare he atiude o he compeiors in each epic Boh evens were par o he uneral games he ormer in honor o Paroclu s riend and atendan o Achil lesand he later in honor o Anchises aher o Aeneas Tis migh lead o urher discussion on henaure o modern wresling
Standards11 41
EXERCISE 5Ideniy he case o each plural noun Ten change each orm ino he singular For some more
TEACHING TIPSudens may wonder why he geniive singular w ihou is ending mus be used o find he base whenhe nominaive singular wihou is ending works jus as well Explain ha in oher noun declensionshe nominaive will no always provide he same base or have he same spelling as he geniive
Standards11 41
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 5154
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull 11
Chapter 1 bull 11
han one answer is possible
Example puellāsaccusaive puellam
1 īliae 5 aquīs2 errīs 6 poēārum3 nauārum 7 agricolae4 l upa e
BY THE WAY
In all declensions endings are added o he base o a noun I is imporan o know hahe base o a noun is ound by removing he ending rom is geniive si ngular orm Forexample he geniive singular o puella is puellae I you remove he -ae rom puellae
wha remains is he base o he word namely puell- For his reason learning he geni-ive singular is as imporan as knowing he nominaive singular o he noun
STUDY TIP
Always learn he geniive ogeher wih he nominaive because rom he geniive you will know o which declension a word belongs
A wall paining depic ing a Roman farmer (agricola) wih his sheep
EXERCISE 5 ANSWERS
1 nominaive īl ia
2 daive ablaive errae errā
3 geniive nauae
4 nominaive lupa
5 daive ablaive aquae aquā
6 geniive poēae7 nominaive agricola
HOW TO USE THIS BOOKIn his book he word ldquobaserdquo is used o reer o he noun wihou any ending ldquoStemrdquo is used or he par o he verb wihou any ending ldquoootrdquo is used or he Lain par o a derivaive
ORAL EXERCISE 2Tis exercise may be used afer Exercise 5
Use one o he ollowing classroom presenaion opions (hereafer reerred o as CPO) (blackgreenwhiesmar board overhead or LCD projecor PowerPoinreg presenaion ec) o pu his inormaion on view
quis ldquowhordquo (or he subjec) and quem ldquowhomrdquo (or he direc objec)
Ten ask he suden o answer he ollowing quesions abou he chaper reading eiher orally or in wri-
en orm
1 Teacher Quis es Mārs Student Mārs es deus
2 Teacher Quem ama Mārs Student hēam Silviam Mārs ama
3 Teacher Quis ama hēam Silviam Student Mārs ama hēam Silviam
4 Teacher Quem habe hēa Silvia Student hēa Silvia duōs īliōs ōmulum eemum habe
5 Teacher Quis claudi hēam Silviam Student Amūlius claudi hēam Silviam
6 Teacher Quem claudi Amūlius Student hēam Silviam Amūlius claudi
7 Teacher Quis ōmulum e emum in aquampōni
Student Amūlius ōmulum e emum in aquampōni
8 Teacher Quem Amūlius in aquam pōni Student Amūlius ōmulum e emum in aquampōni
9 Teacher Quis ambula ad aquam Student Lupa ambula ad aquam
10 Teacher Quis ōmulum e emum bene cūra Student Lupa ōmulum e emum bene cūra
11 Teacher Quōs lupa bene cūra Student Lupa ōmulum e emum bene cūra
12 Teacher Quis ōmulum e emum a ma Student Lupa ōmulum e emum ama
13 Teacher Quōs lupa ama Student Lupa ōmulum e emum ama
OralExercise 2
WorkbookExercise
4 5
EXERCISE 6ranslae rom Lain ino English and rom English ino Lain Te mos common Lain word
d
TEACHER BY THE WAYTe eacher may menion ha he mos common word order (subjec ndash direc objec ndash verb) can o-en be changed For example i he verb is o be emphasized i will ake firs posiion I he subjecor he direc objec is o be emphasized i will ake he las posiion which is he mos emphaic oneIn general he more unusual he wordrsquos posiion is he more emphasis is placed on his word
Standards11 41
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 5254
12 bull Latin for the New Millennium
12 bull Latin for the New Millennium
order is
subjec ndash direc objec ndash verb
1 Agricola erram ama
2 Te ahlee loves waer
3 Naua īlia m ama
4 Te poe loves ome
5 Agricola erram cūra
6 Te she-wol cares or (is aking care o) he girl
BY THE WAY
Even hough he mos common word order is subjec ndash di rec objec ndash verb rememberha endings991252no word order991252deermine which word is he subjec and which i s hedirec objec
TALKING When we mee one person we gree herhim wih salvē When we mee wo or more people wegree hem wih salvēte When we bid goodbye o one person we sayvalē When we bid goodbyeo wo or more people we say valēte
Here are various ways o ask ldquohow are yourdquo or ldquohow are you doingrdquo
Quōmodo valēs or Quōmodo tē habēs or Quid agis ldquoHow are yourdquo
Here is a range o possible answers
bene ldquowellrdquo pessimē ldquovery badrdquo optimē ldquogreardquo melius ldquobeterrdquo mediocriter ldquoso-sordquo or ldquono oo badrdquo meliusculē ldquoa litle beterrdquo male ldquobadrdquo
In general he more unusual he word s posiion is he more emphasis is placed on his word
EXERCISE 6 ANSWERS
1 Te armer loves he land
2 Āhlēa aquam ama
3 Te sailor loves (his) daugher
4 Poēa ōmam ama
5 Te armer cares or (is aking care o) he land6 Lupa puellam cūra
TEACHING TIP
Te eacher may sar he class in Lain by saying Salvēte discipulī et discipulae and by eaching hesudens o say in reurn Salvē magister (magistra)
ORAL EXERCISE 3Tis exercise may be used anytime afer the students have learned the use o the accusative case or afer Exercise 6
Use one o he CPOrsquos o pu on display he orms amō and cūrō and explai n ha hey a re in he fir s personsingular and how his differs rom he hird person singular learned in his chaper Ask individual sudens omake senences wih hem using he words hey have learned
Ten ell he sudens ha nōn means ldquonordquo and ask hem o make si milar senences wih nōn amō and nōn cūrō
Examples(nōn) amō erram īliam aquam lupam āhlēam(nōn) cūrō erram īliam puellam
WorkbookExercise 6
ContentQuestions
OralExercise 3
Standards12 21 41
42
SAYING HELLOMarīa Helena e Chrisīna sun (are) discipulae (students)
TEACHING TIPHave sudens read he dialogue aloud Tis will help o build heir pronunciaion skills
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 5354
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull 13
Chapter 1 bull 13
Marīa Salvēe Helena e Chrisīna
Christīna Salvē Marīa
Helena Salvē Marīa
Marīa Quōmodo valēs Helena Quōmodo valēs Chrisīna
Helena et Christīna Bene Quōmodo ū ( you) valēs Marīa
Marīa Pessimē
Helena et Christīna Cūr (Why)
Marīa imeō linguam Laīnam ( I ear the Latin language)Helena Ego ( I ) linguam Laīnam amō
Christīna E ego linguam Laīnam amō
ORAL EXERCISE 4
Tis exercise may be used afer he Lain dialogue has been presened
Insruc he sudens o say ldquohellordquo in Lain o he suden nex o hem Divide he class ino wo pars ellone par o gree he oher par using he plural greeing and vice versa Do he same ype o aciviy whensaying ldquogoodbyerdquo You may wish o make greeing he class in Lain a nd saying ldquogoodbyerdquo in Lain a par oa daily rouine
Divide he sudens ino pairs in which one person will ask how hisher parner is in Lain and he oher
wil l answer
ORAL EXERCISE 5
Tis exercise may be used afer he Lain dialogue has been presened
ell he sudens ha he paricle ndashne is added o he firs syllable o a word ha inroduces a quesion Ten askhe ollowing quesions abou he dialogue beween Mary Helen and Chrisy Individual sudens may answerorally or he enire class may wrie he answers as he eacher asks hem orally Te eacher should explain hahe orm valēs in he greeing Quōmodo valēs is in he second person which means ldquoyourdquo Te hird person orm(reerring o ldquoherrdquo ldquohimrdquo or ldquoirdquo) is valet So he phrase ldquoHow is she doingrdquo would be Quōmodo valet Te hirdperson o amō is amat and he hird person o timeō is timet
1 Teacher Quōmodo Chrisīna vale Student(s) Chrisīna bene vale
2 Teacher Quōmodo Marīa vale Student(s) Marīa pessimē vale
3 Teacher Cūr (why) Marīa pessimē vale Student(s) Marīa ime linguam Lainam4 Teacher Amane l inguam L aīnam Helena Student(s) Helena linguam Laīnam ama
5 Teacher Linguamne Laīnam ama Chrisīna Student(s) Chrisīna linguam Laīnam ama
ORAL EXERCISE 6 AND DICTATIONTis combined exercise may be used to conclude the chapter or at any time afer the students have learned the accusa-tive case and chapter vocabulary
Dicae he ollowing senences o he sudens Ten ask hem o make he ollowing changes eiher orally orin writen orm a he discreion o he eacher
1 Teacher Agricol a erram ama (change he direc objec ino plura l)Student Agricola errās ama
2 Teacher Lupa puellam cūra (change he direc objec ino plural)
Student Lupa puellās cūra3 Teacher Āhlēa puel lās ama (change he direc objec ino singu lar)
Student Āhlēa puellam ama
4 Teacher Fīlia errās ama (change he direc objec ino singular)Student Fīlia erram ama
OralExercise
4 5 6 andDictation
TEACHER NOTES
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 5454
14 bull Latin for the New Millennium
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 4454
4 bull Latin for the New Millennium
4 bull Latin for the New Millennium
LANGUAGE FACT I
PARTS OF SPEECHTe parts o speech used in a Lain senence deermine is meaning jus as in English While henoun and he verb are he wo mos imporan oher common pars o speech are lised below
Noun a person place hing idea acion or qual iy Examples ldquoomulusrdquo ldquoriverrdquo ldquocouragerdquo
Pronoun a word ha sands in place o a noun ha has been previously menioned or is clearrom conex Examples ldquoIrdquo ldquosherdquo ldquohimrdquo ldquoirdquo
Adjecive a word ha limis or defines a noun or a pronoun Examples ldquolitlerdquo ldquosrongrdquo
Adverb a word ha lim is or defines verbs adjecives or (oher) adverbs Examples ldquoveryrdquoldquoquielyrdquo
Verb a word ha describes an acion or sae o being Examples ldquogordquo ldquosayrdquo ldquowasrdquo
Preposiion a word ha begins a preposiional phrase such as ldquoinrdquo ldquoordquo ldquoonrdquo ldquoorrdquo ldquobyrdquoldquowihrdquo A preposiional phrase is a preposiion joined o a noun Examples ldquoin he morningrdquoldquowih a sharp pencilrdquo
Conjuncion a word ha connecs words phrases clauses a nd senences Examples ldquoandrdquoldquoburdquo ldquoalhoughrdquo
Inerjecion a word ha expresses emoion Examples ldquowowrdquo
EXERCISE 1eview he meanings and ideniy he pars o speech o he ollowing words Te eading
Vocabulary may be consu led
1 īliōs 6 e2 bene 7 lupa3 aedifican 8 claudi
4 ad 9 ōmam5 ambula 10 ama
EXERCISE 1 ANSWERS
1 noun
2 adverb
3 verb
4 preposiion
5 verb
6 conjuncion
7 noun8 verb
9 noun
10 verb
TEACHING TIP
Te eacher may wish o ask he sudens in Lain wha par o speech a given word is Te eacher would say ldquoQuae pars ōrātiōnis estrdquo Suden responses would be
bull nōmen substantīvumsubstantīvum ndash noun
bull prōnōmen ndash pronoun
bull nōmen adiectīvumadiectīvum ndash adjecive
bull verbum temporāle ndash verb
bull adverbium ndash adverb
bull praepositiō ndash preposiion
bull coniūnctiō ndash conjuncion
bull interiectiō ndash inerjecion
Standards11 41
Standards11 41
WorkbookExercise 1
VOCABULARY TO LEARN
TEACHING TIPSince his is he firs se o Lain words ha your sudens will be required o memorize i is usuallya good idea o sugges and discuss wih hem some differen ways o memorize vocabulary Somesel help opions are lised below
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 4554
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull 5
NOUNSagricola agricolae m ndash armer
aqua aquae ndash waer
āhlēa āhlēae m ndash ahlee
īlia īliae ndash daugher
lupa lupae ndash she-wol
naua nauae m ndash sailor
poēa poēae m ndash poe
puella puellae ndash girl
ōma ōmae ndash ome
erra errae ndash land
VERBSama ndash heshei loves
ambula ndash heshei walks
cūra ndash heshei akes care o cares or
es ndash heshei is
ADVERBS bene ndash well
poseā ndash aferwards
CONJUNCTIONSe ndash and
iaque ndash and so
Aqueducs carr ied waer (aqua) o he ciies in he Roman world Tis aqueduc buil in 19 983138983139983141 which srechedacross he Gard River was named he Pon du Gard and brough waer o he ciy of Nicircmes in France in ancien imes
Chapter 1 bull 5
sel-help opions are lised below
1 Look a he word in he book and say he word aloud
2 Wrie down he word on a piece o paper along wih is meaning and check o be sure here are no spell-ing errors Color-coding he words by pars o speech is also helpul Pronounce he word while wriing idown and hen repea he word including he meaning and spelling
3 Make handwriten 1047298ashcards wih he Lain on one side and English on he oher and be sure here are nospelling errors Color-coding is a good sraegy here also Wriing he word ou helps some sudens ce-men he word in he brain Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers has creaed an elecronic vocabulary resourceor hose sudens or whom echnological learning ools are an aid Tese vocabulary 1047298ashcards are orhe iPod See p 93 or more inormaion on iPod 1047298ashcards
4 Use English derivaives o help remember meanings Bu be careul since some derivaives may havemeanings grealy changed rom he original Lain word
5 Find clipar picures ha illusrae he vocabulary words and use he picures as a way o es yoursel onhe Lain words
TEACHER BY THE WAYTe eacher may wish o open a discussion abou aqueducs and he waer supply or ancien omans while l ooking a he picu re o he Pon du Gard on his page For a hisory o aqueducs and heirconsrucion Froninusrsquo book Dē aquīs urbis Rōmae is an excellen source Te book was writenabou 97 983139983141 when he was Superinenden o Aqueducs Oher aqueducs include he ollowing
bull Te double high aqueduc in Segovia Spainbull Te Aqua Appia buil in 312 983138983139983141
bull Te Aqua rāiāna
bull Te aqueduc buil by Alex ander Severus in 226 983139983141
bull Te Aqua Claudia
bull Te Aqua Marcia wh ich wa s probably named a fer A ncus Marcius who was he fi rs K ing oome by radiional accouns o build an aqueduc o bring waer o ome
NB Te word ldquo Aquardquo when capialized means ldquoaqueducrdquo
Eleven aqueducs urnished 250000 gallons o waer o ome every weny-our hours
BY THE WAY
E h u gi n in h b l r h rm T nd rm i h g nii
HOW TO USE THIS BOOK Ēn is a word ha calls atenion o somehing and means ldquoLook a hisrdquo Te inormaion given here draws a-enion o and urher specifies differen language acs
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 4654
6 bull Latin for the New Millennium
6 bull Latin for the New Millennium
Each noun given in he vocabulary has wo orms Te second orm is he geniivesingular
A derivative is an English word rooed in a Lain word Te English derivaive issimilar in meaning and orm o is Lain source
STUDY TIP
An English derivaive ofen can help you remember wha a Lain word means
EXERCISE 2Find he English derivaives based on he Vocabulary o Learn in he ollowing senences Wriehe corresponding Lain word
1 She shows a considerable filial respec oward her aher
2 Agriculu re is a science o culivaing he land
3 Te ship is equipped wih all he necessary nauical insrumens
4 We saw all kinds o fish in he aquarium
5 Tis is an all-errain vehicle
6 When will he ahleic compeiion sar
7 She has a ruly poeic naure
LANGUAGE FACT II
NOUNS NUMBER GENDER CASE 983080NOMINATIVE AND
ACCUSATIVE983081Nouns in Lain show number gender and case
Number Lain nouns are eiher singular or plural in number Number is shown in differen ways by differen ypes o nouns bu some ending-paterns are or singular orms and oherending-paterns are or plural orms
Gender Every noun likewise is eiher masculine eminine or neuer in gender You muslearn he gender o each noun In he Vocabulary o Learn l iss he gender is indicaed by hecommon abbreviaionsm (masculi ne) f (eminine) or n (neuer)
Case Lain nouns mus have an ending-patern ha displays case Tis is quie differen romEnglish in which case is indicaed by word posiion and no by endings (alhough case markersare preserved in cerain pronouns such as ldquoherdquo and ldquohimrdquo) A nounrsquos case reveals wha uncionhe noun has in he senence Tere are five common cases nominaive geniive daive accu-saive and ablaive wo less requenly used cases are called he vocaive and he locaive
HOW TO USE THIS BOOKStudy Tips give hins rhymes and mnemonics o help sudens learn grammar and vocabulary
EXERCISE 2 ANSWERS1 filial īlia
2 agriculure agricola
3 nauical naua
4 aquarium aqua
5 errain erra
6 ahleic āhlēa
7 poeic poēa
TEACHING TIPExplain o he sudens ha in English he words ldquoardquo ldquoanrdquo or ldquoherdquo are usually placed beore a nounand Lain does no have an equivalen or hese words known as aricles
eachers may need o sress he absence o he aricle many imes beore sudens compleely ine-grae his knowledge ino heir reading habis in Lain class
TEACHING TIPLain like many oher languages does no always observe biological gender Ofen he gender o a
Lain noun is deermined by grammaical acors such as he group o which a noun belongs
TEACHING TIP
Alhough in Exercise 2 he sudens are direced o find only he derivaives based on he Vocabular yo Learn hey may be ineresed o learn ha here are oher derivaives in Exercise 2 Te derivaiono hese words is provided or he eacherrsquos convenience
bull 1 consider - rom sīdus (sar) + cum (wih ogeher) and rom cōnsīderō (o examine consider)respec - rom respectō (look back a have regard or)
bull 2 science - rom scientia (knowledge) and sciō (o know) culivaing - rom colō (ill inhabi worship)
bull 3 necessary - rom necesse (necessary) insrumens - rom īnstruō (o equip build provide)
and rom īnstrumentum (equipmen ool ec)bull 5 vehicle - rom he Lain verb vehō (o carry)
bull 6 compeiion - rom petō (o seek aim a atack ec) + cum (wih oge her)
bull 7 naure - rom nātūra (naure)
Standard41
Standards11 31 41
STUDY TIP
An easy way o remember he names ohe five common cases iso use his mnemonic
TEACHING TIPSudens may no know wha he word ldquomnemonicrdquo means explain ha a mnemonic device is some-hing ha helps a suden o remember somehing Te eacher may also wish o use his opporu-niy o bring up Mnemosyne he goddess o memory and he moher o he Muses
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 4754
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull 7
Chapter 1 bull 7
An easy way o remember he names o he five common cases is o use his mnemonicdevice
Never NominaiveGive GeniiveDogs Daive A ny A ccusaive A buse A blaive
Nominative Te nominaive case idenifies he subjec Te subjec is a noun or a pronounha perorms he acion or exiss in a sae o being In he senence ldquoWilliam is readingrdquohe word ldquoWilliamrdquo is he subjec
Example Mārs amat Mars loves
Te noun subjec o he verb ldquoloverdquo is he god Mars
Find more examples o nominaives and heir verbs rom he reading passage a he begin-ning o he chaper
Te nominaive case also idenifies he predicae nominaive In he senence ldquoWilliam isa sudenrdquo he predicae nominaive is ldquoa sudenrdquo A predicae nominaive complees hemeaning o he verb ldquoo berdquo Look a his exa mple rom he reading
Example Mārs est deus Mars is a god
Mārs is he subjec and deus is a predicae nominaive
Accusative Te ourh case lised is called he accusaive he geniive daive and ablaivecases will be discussed in laer chapers Te accusaive case poins ou he noun (or pro-noun) ha is he direc objec emember direc objecs receive he acion o he verb Inhe senence ldquoI am wriing a leterrdquo he direc objec is ldquoa leterrdquo
Example Mārs Rhēam Silviam amat Mars loves hea Silvia
Te direc objec o ldquoloverdquo is he noun Rhēam Silviam
Find more examples o accusaives and heir verbs rom he reading passage a he beginningo he chaper
niy o bring up Mnemosyne he goddess o memory and he moher o he Muses
Answers to ldquoFind more examples of nominatives a nd their verbs from the reading passage at the begin-ning of the chapterrdquo
hēa Silvia habe
Amūl ius claudi
Amūl ius pōni
Lupa ambula
Lupa cūra e amaōmulus e emus crēscun
ōmulus e emus aedifican
Answers to ldquoFind more examples of accusatives and their verbs from the reading passage at the beg in-ning of the chapterrdquo
duōs īliōs habe ōmulum e emum
hēam Silviam claudi
ōmulum e emum pōni
ōmulum e emum bene cūra e ama
ōmam aedifican
TEACHING TIPSudens may encouner diffi culy when r ying o ransl ae Lain names used in cases o her han henominaive Te eacher a some poin will need o explain (and repea whenever necessary) ha when ransla ing a La in name he suden should al ways use he nominaive o rm o he word Onp 7 sudens are asked o find examples o accusaives and heir verbs in he reading passage Teanswers lised above provide an opporuniy o pracice wih his issue emind sudens o rans-lae duōs īliōs habet Rōmulum et Remum as ldquohe has wo sons omulus and emusrdquo Te oher ouranswers may be used as pracice wih he sudens
EXERCISE 3a Ideniy wheher he nouns in bold in hese senences are subjecs direc objecs or predi
TEACHER BY THE WAYIn conjuncion wih he picure and is capion he eacher may wish o menion ha he amil-ilar acronym o SPQ is sill in use and visible hroughou modern ome991252on liter bins sewercovers ec
Standards11 41
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 4854
8 bull Latin for the New Millennium
8 bull Latin for the New Millennium
a Ideniy wheher he nouns in bold in hese senences are subjecs direc objecs or predi-cae nominaives Te eading Vocabulary may be consuled
b Label each senence as vērum (rue) i i agrees or alsum (alse) i i disagrees wih he Lainreading passage a he beginni ng o he chaper
Example Amūlius es deusPredicae nominaive alsum
1 hēa Silvia ōmulum e emum cūra
2 Amūlius ōmulum e emum bene cūra
3 Amūlius lupam vinculīs claudi
4 Mārs ōmulum e emum in aquam pōni
5 Lupa hēam Silviam cūra
6 Amūlius ad aquam ambula
Te power of he ciy of Rome founded according o legend by Romulus is symbolized by hese four leters ha areprominenly displayed in various places wihin he ciy
EXERCISE 3 ANSWERS
1 subjec vērum
2 direc objecs alsum
3 direc objec alsum
4 subjec alsum
5 direc objec alsum
6 subjec vērum
WorkbookExercise 2 A full si ze reproduc ible version of th is page
without the a nswers ca n be downloade d at wwwlnm bolchazyco m
HOW TO USE THIS BOOK
Noun Declensions Te eacher may choose Lain nouns rom he declension ha is being sudied a he imehis workshee is used Tus no answers are provided here
LANGUAGE FACT III
TEACHING TIP Ask he sudens wha he Lain words seleced rom he reading and lised near he op o p 9 mean
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 4954
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull 9
Chapter 1 bull 9
FIRST DECLENSION NOUNS A declension is a g roup o nouns ha show a cerain patern o word endings Tere are five differ-en declensions in Lain In he reading abou omulus and emus hese are he orms belongingo he firs declension
hēam Silviam hēa Silvia aquam lupa ōmam
Noice ha he ex says Rhēa Silvia when she is he subjec and Rhēam Silviam when she is hedirec objec
Te firs declension is composed o words ha characerisically have he vowel a a or near heend o he word lupa
Below is he patern ha firs declension nouns ollow o show case and number Memorize heLain words in order rom he nominaive singular down o he ablaive singular and hen romhe nominaive plural down o he ablaive plural
emember ha he endings or a whole group o nouns ollow his patern Once you learn hi spatern you can recognize he case a nd number o all he words belonging o hi s declension
In his chaper you have begun o learn abou he nominaive and accusai ve cases Te ohercases will be explained in laer chapers
First DeclensionSingular Plural
Nomina ive l upa he she-wol Nominaive lupae he she-wolves
Geniive lupae o he she-wol Geniive lupārum o he she-wolves
Daive lupae oor he she-wol Daive lupīs oor he she-wolves
Accusaive lupam he she-wol Accusaive lupās he she-wolves
Ablaive lupā bywih he she-wol Ablaive lupīs bywih he she-wolves
Daive and ablaive plural o he words īlia ldquodaugherrdquo and dea ldquogoddessrdquo is fīliābus anddeābusTis is o di singuish hese orms rom he corresponding orms o īlius ldquosonrdquo and deus ldquogodrdquo
STUDY TIP
Noice ha he ablaive singular ending -ā has a long mark (macron) above i his ishe only difference beween he nominaive and ablaive singular endings
TEACHING TIP
Afer he firs declension has been presened o he sudens encourage hem depending on heirlearning syle o say he declension aloud o wrie down he words o inven a rap or a cheer
TEACHER BY THE WAY
Te patern is called a declension because he oher cases lean away ( dēclīnāre) rom he nominaiveie hey do no ollow he same orm as he nominaive
ORAL EXERCISE 1Tis exercise may be used afer the 1047297rst declension has been presented
Whi le looking a he declension o lupa ask he sudens o decli ne nauta
Singular PluralNominaive naua nauaeGeniive nauae nauārumDaive nauae nauīs Accusaive nauam nauās Ablaive nauā nauīs
Standards11 31 41
OralExercise 1
WorkbookExercise 3
STUDY TIP
Noice ha he daive and ablaive plural endings a re idenical
EXERCISE 4 ANSWERS1 geniive daive puellār um puellī s
2 accusaive nauās
3 accusaive errās
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 5054
10 bull Latin for the New Millennium
10 bull Latin for the New Millennium
Here are more words belonging o he fi rs declension
puella ndash girl īlia ndash daugher terra ndash land
Mos firs declension words are eminine i n gender bu a ew (usually ones ha indicae mas-culine occupaions in ancien imes) are masculine Examples are poēta ldquopoerdquoagricola ldquoarmerrdquonauta ldquosailorrdquo āthlēta ldquoahleerdquo
EXERCISE 4Ideniy he case o each singular noun Ten change each orm ino plural For some more han
one answer is possibleExample īlianominaive īliae
1 puellae 5 aquae2 nauam 6 puellā3 erram 7 āhlēā4 a gr ic ol a
Like he Greek wreslers porrayed on his ancien bas-reliefRoman ahlees were also fond of he spor of wresling
4 nominaive agricolae
5 geniive daive aquārum aquīs
6 ablaive puellīs
7 ablaive āhlēīs
TEACHING TIP
Since wreslers are depiced on he illusraion on his page he eacher may wish o open a discus-
sion abou he omansrsquo and Greeksrsquo ondness or wresling which was ofen praciced in a complexcalled he palaestra
oman boys were expeced o serve in he m iliary Tus hey were firs rained by heir ahers in wreslingand boxing Srengh and agiliy were sressed raher han grace o movemen as in Greek spors Te woprincipal syles uilized by he Greek were uprigh wresling in which hree alls o your opponen o heground were necessary o deea him and ground wresling which required he opponen o give up in ordero end he mach In he palaes tra here was an area or he young people o pracice wresling or boxing wih apunching bag (cōrycus) Examples o monumenal oman bahs wih a palaest ra are ound a he Bahs o Ca-racalla in ome he Harbor Bahs a Ephesus in urkey and he Bahs in Varna Bulgaria he larges anciensrucure in ha counry
Wresling was also one o he spor evens a he Olympic games ha he omans ofen atended Greco-oman wresling is also one o he evens eaured in he summer Olympic games in modern imes
TEACHING TIPTe eacher migh wan o have sudens read an English ranslaion o Book 23 o he Iliad in which Ajax a nd Odysseus compee in a wre sling m ach and Book 5 o he Aeneid or a descripion o hespors ha he omans played and compare he atiude o he compeiors in each epic Boh evens were par o he uneral games he ormer in honor o Paroclu s riend and atendan o Achil lesand he later in honor o Anchises aher o Aeneas Tis migh lead o urher discussion on henaure o modern wresling
Standards11 41
EXERCISE 5Ideniy he case o each plural noun Ten change each orm ino he singular For some more
TEACHING TIPSudens may wonder why he geniive singular w ihou is ending mus be used o find he base whenhe nominaive singular wihou is ending works jus as well Explain ha in oher noun declensionshe nominaive will no always provide he same base or have he same spelling as he geniive
Standards11 41
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 5154
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull 11
Chapter 1 bull 11
han one answer is possible
Example puellāsaccusaive puellam
1 īliae 5 aquīs2 errīs 6 poēārum3 nauārum 7 agricolae4 l upa e
BY THE WAY
In all declensions endings are added o he base o a noun I is imporan o know hahe base o a noun is ound by removing he ending rom is geniive si ngular orm Forexample he geniive singular o puella is puellae I you remove he -ae rom puellae
wha remains is he base o he word namely puell- For his reason learning he geni-ive singular is as imporan as knowing he nominaive singular o he noun
STUDY TIP
Always learn he geniive ogeher wih he nominaive because rom he geniive you will know o which declension a word belongs
A wall paining depic ing a Roman farmer (agricola) wih his sheep
EXERCISE 5 ANSWERS
1 nominaive īl ia
2 daive ablaive errae errā
3 geniive nauae
4 nominaive lupa
5 daive ablaive aquae aquā
6 geniive poēae7 nominaive agricola
HOW TO USE THIS BOOKIn his book he word ldquobaserdquo is used o reer o he noun wihou any ending ldquoStemrdquo is used or he par o he verb wihou any ending ldquoootrdquo is used or he Lain par o a derivaive
ORAL EXERCISE 2Tis exercise may be used afer Exercise 5
Use one o he ollowing classroom presenaion opions (hereafer reerred o as CPO) (blackgreenwhiesmar board overhead or LCD projecor PowerPoinreg presenaion ec) o pu his inormaion on view
quis ldquowhordquo (or he subjec) and quem ldquowhomrdquo (or he direc objec)
Ten ask he suden o answer he ollowing quesions abou he chaper reading eiher orally or in wri-
en orm
1 Teacher Quis es Mārs Student Mārs es deus
2 Teacher Quem ama Mārs Student hēam Silviam Mārs ama
3 Teacher Quis ama hēam Silviam Student Mārs ama hēam Silviam
4 Teacher Quem habe hēa Silvia Student hēa Silvia duōs īliōs ōmulum eemum habe
5 Teacher Quis claudi hēam Silviam Student Amūlius claudi hēam Silviam
6 Teacher Quem claudi Amūlius Student hēam Silviam Amūlius claudi
7 Teacher Quis ōmulum e emum in aquampōni
Student Amūlius ōmulum e emum in aquampōni
8 Teacher Quem Amūlius in aquam pōni Student Amūlius ōmulum e emum in aquampōni
9 Teacher Quis ambula ad aquam Student Lupa ambula ad aquam
10 Teacher Quis ōmulum e emum bene cūra Student Lupa ōmulum e emum bene cūra
11 Teacher Quōs lupa bene cūra Student Lupa ōmulum e emum bene cūra
12 Teacher Quis ōmulum e emum a ma Student Lupa ōmulum e emum ama
13 Teacher Quōs lupa ama Student Lupa ōmulum e emum ama
OralExercise 2
WorkbookExercise
4 5
EXERCISE 6ranslae rom Lain ino English and rom English ino Lain Te mos common Lain word
d
TEACHER BY THE WAYTe eacher may menion ha he mos common word order (subjec ndash direc objec ndash verb) can o-en be changed For example i he verb is o be emphasized i will ake firs posiion I he subjecor he direc objec is o be emphasized i will ake he las posiion which is he mos emphaic oneIn general he more unusual he wordrsquos posiion is he more emphasis is placed on his word
Standards11 41
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 5254
12 bull Latin for the New Millennium
12 bull Latin for the New Millennium
order is
subjec ndash direc objec ndash verb
1 Agricola erram ama
2 Te ahlee loves waer
3 Naua īlia m ama
4 Te poe loves ome
5 Agricola erram cūra
6 Te she-wol cares or (is aking care o) he girl
BY THE WAY
Even hough he mos common word order is subjec ndash di rec objec ndash verb rememberha endings991252no word order991252deermine which word is he subjec and which i s hedirec objec
TALKING When we mee one person we gree herhim wih salvē When we mee wo or more people wegree hem wih salvēte When we bid goodbye o one person we sayvalē When we bid goodbyeo wo or more people we say valēte
Here are various ways o ask ldquohow are yourdquo or ldquohow are you doingrdquo
Quōmodo valēs or Quōmodo tē habēs or Quid agis ldquoHow are yourdquo
Here is a range o possible answers
bene ldquowellrdquo pessimē ldquovery badrdquo optimē ldquogreardquo melius ldquobeterrdquo mediocriter ldquoso-sordquo or ldquono oo badrdquo meliusculē ldquoa litle beterrdquo male ldquobadrdquo
In general he more unusual he word s posiion is he more emphasis is placed on his word
EXERCISE 6 ANSWERS
1 Te armer loves he land
2 Āhlēa aquam ama
3 Te sailor loves (his) daugher
4 Poēa ōmam ama
5 Te armer cares or (is aking care o) he land6 Lupa puellam cūra
TEACHING TIP
Te eacher may sar he class in Lain by saying Salvēte discipulī et discipulae and by eaching hesudens o say in reurn Salvē magister (magistra)
ORAL EXERCISE 3Tis exercise may be used anytime afer the students have learned the use o the accusative case or afer Exercise 6
Use one o he CPOrsquos o pu on display he orms amō and cūrō and explai n ha hey a re in he fir s personsingular and how his differs rom he hird person singular learned in his chaper Ask individual sudens omake senences wih hem using he words hey have learned
Ten ell he sudens ha nōn means ldquonordquo and ask hem o make si milar senences wih nōn amō and nōn cūrō
Examples(nōn) amō erram īliam aquam lupam āhlēam(nōn) cūrō erram īliam puellam
WorkbookExercise 6
ContentQuestions
OralExercise 3
Standards12 21 41
42
SAYING HELLOMarīa Helena e Chrisīna sun (are) discipulae (students)
TEACHING TIPHave sudens read he dialogue aloud Tis will help o build heir pronunciaion skills
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 5354
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull 13
Chapter 1 bull 13
Marīa Salvēe Helena e Chrisīna
Christīna Salvē Marīa
Helena Salvē Marīa
Marīa Quōmodo valēs Helena Quōmodo valēs Chrisīna
Helena et Christīna Bene Quōmodo ū ( you) valēs Marīa
Marīa Pessimē
Helena et Christīna Cūr (Why)
Marīa imeō linguam Laīnam ( I ear the Latin language)Helena Ego ( I ) linguam Laīnam amō
Christīna E ego linguam Laīnam amō
ORAL EXERCISE 4
Tis exercise may be used afer he Lain dialogue has been presened
Insruc he sudens o say ldquohellordquo in Lain o he suden nex o hem Divide he class ino wo pars ellone par o gree he oher par using he plural greeing and vice versa Do he same ype o aciviy whensaying ldquogoodbyerdquo You may wish o make greeing he class in Lain a nd saying ldquogoodbyerdquo in Lain a par oa daily rouine
Divide he sudens ino pairs in which one person will ask how hisher parner is in Lain and he oher
wil l answer
ORAL EXERCISE 5
Tis exercise may be used afer he Lain dialogue has been presened
ell he sudens ha he paricle ndashne is added o he firs syllable o a word ha inroduces a quesion Ten askhe ollowing quesions abou he dialogue beween Mary Helen and Chrisy Individual sudens may answerorally or he enire class may wrie he answers as he eacher asks hem orally Te eacher should explain hahe orm valēs in he greeing Quōmodo valēs is in he second person which means ldquoyourdquo Te hird person orm(reerring o ldquoherrdquo ldquohimrdquo or ldquoirdquo) is valet So he phrase ldquoHow is she doingrdquo would be Quōmodo valet Te hirdperson o amō is amat and he hird person o timeō is timet
1 Teacher Quōmodo Chrisīna vale Student(s) Chrisīna bene vale
2 Teacher Quōmodo Marīa vale Student(s) Marīa pessimē vale
3 Teacher Cūr (why) Marīa pessimē vale Student(s) Marīa ime linguam Lainam4 Teacher Amane l inguam L aīnam Helena Student(s) Helena linguam Laīnam ama
5 Teacher Linguamne Laīnam ama Chrisīna Student(s) Chrisīna linguam Laīnam ama
ORAL EXERCISE 6 AND DICTATIONTis combined exercise may be used to conclude the chapter or at any time afer the students have learned the accusa-tive case and chapter vocabulary
Dicae he ollowing senences o he sudens Ten ask hem o make he ollowing changes eiher orally orin writen orm a he discreion o he eacher
1 Teacher Agricol a erram ama (change he direc objec ino plura l)Student Agricola errās ama
2 Teacher Lupa puellam cūra (change he direc objec ino plural)
Student Lupa puellās cūra3 Teacher Āhlēa puel lās ama (change he direc objec ino singu lar)
Student Āhlēa puellam ama
4 Teacher Fīlia errās ama (change he direc objec ino singular)Student Fīlia erram ama
OralExercise
4 5 6 andDictation
TEACHER NOTES
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 5454
14 bull Latin for the New Millennium
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 4554
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull 5
NOUNSagricola agricolae m ndash armer
aqua aquae ndash waer
āhlēa āhlēae m ndash ahlee
īlia īliae ndash daugher
lupa lupae ndash she-wol
naua nauae m ndash sailor
poēa poēae m ndash poe
puella puellae ndash girl
ōma ōmae ndash ome
erra errae ndash land
VERBSama ndash heshei loves
ambula ndash heshei walks
cūra ndash heshei akes care o cares or
es ndash heshei is
ADVERBS bene ndash well
poseā ndash aferwards
CONJUNCTIONSe ndash and
iaque ndash and so
Aqueducs carr ied waer (aqua) o he ciies in he Roman world Tis aqueduc buil in 19 983138983139983141 which srechedacross he Gard River was named he Pon du Gard and brough waer o he ciy of Nicircmes in France in ancien imes
Chapter 1 bull 5
sel-help opions are lised below
1 Look a he word in he book and say he word aloud
2 Wrie down he word on a piece o paper along wih is meaning and check o be sure here are no spell-ing errors Color-coding he words by pars o speech is also helpul Pronounce he word while wriing idown and hen repea he word including he meaning and spelling
3 Make handwriten 1047298ashcards wih he Lain on one side and English on he oher and be sure here are nospelling errors Color-coding is a good sraegy here also Wriing he word ou helps some sudens ce-men he word in he brain Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers has creaed an elecronic vocabulary resourceor hose sudens or whom echnological learning ools are an aid Tese vocabulary 1047298ashcards are orhe iPod See p 93 or more inormaion on iPod 1047298ashcards
4 Use English derivaives o help remember meanings Bu be careul since some derivaives may havemeanings grealy changed rom he original Lain word
5 Find clipar picures ha illusrae he vocabulary words and use he picures as a way o es yoursel onhe Lain words
TEACHER BY THE WAYTe eacher may wish o open a discussion abou aqueducs and he waer supply or ancien omans while l ooking a he picu re o he Pon du Gard on his page For a hisory o aqueducs and heirconsrucion Froninusrsquo book Dē aquīs urbis Rōmae is an excellen source Te book was writenabou 97 983139983141 when he was Superinenden o Aqueducs Oher aqueducs include he ollowing
bull Te double high aqueduc in Segovia Spainbull Te Aqua Appia buil in 312 983138983139983141
bull Te Aqua rāiāna
bull Te aqueduc buil by Alex ander Severus in 226 983139983141
bull Te Aqua Claudia
bull Te Aqua Marcia wh ich wa s probably named a fer A ncus Marcius who was he fi rs K ing oome by radiional accouns o build an aqueduc o bring waer o ome
NB Te word ldquo Aquardquo when capialized means ldquoaqueducrdquo
Eleven aqueducs urnished 250000 gallons o waer o ome every weny-our hours
BY THE WAY
E h u gi n in h b l r h rm T nd rm i h g nii
HOW TO USE THIS BOOK Ēn is a word ha calls atenion o somehing and means ldquoLook a hisrdquo Te inormaion given here draws a-enion o and urher specifies differen language acs
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 4654
6 bull Latin for the New Millennium
6 bull Latin for the New Millennium
Each noun given in he vocabulary has wo orms Te second orm is he geniivesingular
A derivative is an English word rooed in a Lain word Te English derivaive issimilar in meaning and orm o is Lain source
STUDY TIP
An English derivaive ofen can help you remember wha a Lain word means
EXERCISE 2Find he English derivaives based on he Vocabulary o Learn in he ollowing senences Wriehe corresponding Lain word
1 She shows a considerable filial respec oward her aher
2 Agriculu re is a science o culivaing he land
3 Te ship is equipped wih all he necessary nauical insrumens
4 We saw all kinds o fish in he aquarium
5 Tis is an all-errain vehicle
6 When will he ahleic compeiion sar
7 She has a ruly poeic naure
LANGUAGE FACT II
NOUNS NUMBER GENDER CASE 983080NOMINATIVE AND
ACCUSATIVE983081Nouns in Lain show number gender and case
Number Lain nouns are eiher singular or plural in number Number is shown in differen ways by differen ypes o nouns bu some ending-paterns are or singular orms and oherending-paterns are or plural orms
Gender Every noun likewise is eiher masculine eminine or neuer in gender You muslearn he gender o each noun In he Vocabulary o Learn l iss he gender is indicaed by hecommon abbreviaionsm (masculi ne) f (eminine) or n (neuer)
Case Lain nouns mus have an ending-patern ha displays case Tis is quie differen romEnglish in which case is indicaed by word posiion and no by endings (alhough case markersare preserved in cerain pronouns such as ldquoherdquo and ldquohimrdquo) A nounrsquos case reveals wha uncionhe noun has in he senence Tere are five common cases nominaive geniive daive accu-saive and ablaive wo less requenly used cases are called he vocaive and he locaive
HOW TO USE THIS BOOKStudy Tips give hins rhymes and mnemonics o help sudens learn grammar and vocabulary
EXERCISE 2 ANSWERS1 filial īlia
2 agriculure agricola
3 nauical naua
4 aquarium aqua
5 errain erra
6 ahleic āhlēa
7 poeic poēa
TEACHING TIPExplain o he sudens ha in English he words ldquoardquo ldquoanrdquo or ldquoherdquo are usually placed beore a nounand Lain does no have an equivalen or hese words known as aricles
eachers may need o sress he absence o he aricle many imes beore sudens compleely ine-grae his knowledge ino heir reading habis in Lain class
TEACHING TIPLain like many oher languages does no always observe biological gender Ofen he gender o a
Lain noun is deermined by grammaical acors such as he group o which a noun belongs
TEACHING TIP
Alhough in Exercise 2 he sudens are direced o find only he derivaives based on he Vocabular yo Learn hey may be ineresed o learn ha here are oher derivaives in Exercise 2 Te derivaiono hese words is provided or he eacherrsquos convenience
bull 1 consider - rom sīdus (sar) + cum (wih ogeher) and rom cōnsīderō (o examine consider)respec - rom respectō (look back a have regard or)
bull 2 science - rom scientia (knowledge) and sciō (o know) culivaing - rom colō (ill inhabi worship)
bull 3 necessary - rom necesse (necessary) insrumens - rom īnstruō (o equip build provide)
and rom īnstrumentum (equipmen ool ec)bull 5 vehicle - rom he Lain verb vehō (o carry)
bull 6 compeiion - rom petō (o seek aim a atack ec) + cum (wih oge her)
bull 7 naure - rom nātūra (naure)
Standard41
Standards11 31 41
STUDY TIP
An easy way o remember he names ohe five common cases iso use his mnemonic
TEACHING TIPSudens may no know wha he word ldquomnemonicrdquo means explain ha a mnemonic device is some-hing ha helps a suden o remember somehing Te eacher may also wish o use his opporu-niy o bring up Mnemosyne he goddess o memory and he moher o he Muses
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 4754
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull 7
Chapter 1 bull 7
An easy way o remember he names o he five common cases is o use his mnemonicdevice
Never NominaiveGive GeniiveDogs Daive A ny A ccusaive A buse A blaive
Nominative Te nominaive case idenifies he subjec Te subjec is a noun or a pronounha perorms he acion or exiss in a sae o being In he senence ldquoWilliam is readingrdquohe word ldquoWilliamrdquo is he subjec
Example Mārs amat Mars loves
Te noun subjec o he verb ldquoloverdquo is he god Mars
Find more examples o nominaives and heir verbs rom he reading passage a he begin-ning o he chaper
Te nominaive case also idenifies he predicae nominaive In he senence ldquoWilliam isa sudenrdquo he predicae nominaive is ldquoa sudenrdquo A predicae nominaive complees hemeaning o he verb ldquoo berdquo Look a his exa mple rom he reading
Example Mārs est deus Mars is a god
Mārs is he subjec and deus is a predicae nominaive
Accusative Te ourh case lised is called he accusaive he geniive daive and ablaivecases will be discussed in laer chapers Te accusaive case poins ou he noun (or pro-noun) ha is he direc objec emember direc objecs receive he acion o he verb Inhe senence ldquoI am wriing a leterrdquo he direc objec is ldquoa leterrdquo
Example Mārs Rhēam Silviam amat Mars loves hea Silvia
Te direc objec o ldquoloverdquo is he noun Rhēam Silviam
Find more examples o accusaives and heir verbs rom he reading passage a he beginningo he chaper
niy o bring up Mnemosyne he goddess o memory and he moher o he Muses
Answers to ldquoFind more examples of nominatives a nd their verbs from the reading passage at the begin-ning of the chapterrdquo
hēa Silvia habe
Amūl ius claudi
Amūl ius pōni
Lupa ambula
Lupa cūra e amaōmulus e emus crēscun
ōmulus e emus aedifican
Answers to ldquoFind more examples of accusatives and their verbs from the reading passage at the beg in-ning of the chapterrdquo
duōs īliōs habe ōmulum e emum
hēam Silviam claudi
ōmulum e emum pōni
ōmulum e emum bene cūra e ama
ōmam aedifican
TEACHING TIPSudens may encouner diffi culy when r ying o ransl ae Lain names used in cases o her han henominaive Te eacher a some poin will need o explain (and repea whenever necessary) ha when ransla ing a La in name he suden should al ways use he nominaive o rm o he word Onp 7 sudens are asked o find examples o accusaives and heir verbs in he reading passage Teanswers lised above provide an opporuniy o pracice wih his issue emind sudens o rans-lae duōs īliōs habet Rōmulum et Remum as ldquohe has wo sons omulus and emusrdquo Te oher ouranswers may be used as pracice wih he sudens
EXERCISE 3a Ideniy wheher he nouns in bold in hese senences are subjecs direc objecs or predi
TEACHER BY THE WAYIn conjuncion wih he picure and is capion he eacher may wish o menion ha he amil-ilar acronym o SPQ is sill in use and visible hroughou modern ome991252on liter bins sewercovers ec
Standards11 41
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 4854
8 bull Latin for the New Millennium
8 bull Latin for the New Millennium
a Ideniy wheher he nouns in bold in hese senences are subjecs direc objecs or predi-cae nominaives Te eading Vocabulary may be consuled
b Label each senence as vērum (rue) i i agrees or alsum (alse) i i disagrees wih he Lainreading passage a he beginni ng o he chaper
Example Amūlius es deusPredicae nominaive alsum
1 hēa Silvia ōmulum e emum cūra
2 Amūlius ōmulum e emum bene cūra
3 Amūlius lupam vinculīs claudi
4 Mārs ōmulum e emum in aquam pōni
5 Lupa hēam Silviam cūra
6 Amūlius ad aquam ambula
Te power of he ciy of Rome founded according o legend by Romulus is symbolized by hese four leters ha areprominenly displayed in various places wihin he ciy
EXERCISE 3 ANSWERS
1 subjec vērum
2 direc objecs alsum
3 direc objec alsum
4 subjec alsum
5 direc objec alsum
6 subjec vērum
WorkbookExercise 2 A full si ze reproduc ible version of th is page
without the a nswers ca n be downloade d at wwwlnm bolchazyco m
HOW TO USE THIS BOOK
Noun Declensions Te eacher may choose Lain nouns rom he declension ha is being sudied a he imehis workshee is used Tus no answers are provided here
LANGUAGE FACT III
TEACHING TIP Ask he sudens wha he Lain words seleced rom he reading and lised near he op o p 9 mean
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 4954
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull 9
Chapter 1 bull 9
FIRST DECLENSION NOUNS A declension is a g roup o nouns ha show a cerain patern o word endings Tere are five differ-en declensions in Lain In he reading abou omulus and emus hese are he orms belongingo he firs declension
hēam Silviam hēa Silvia aquam lupa ōmam
Noice ha he ex says Rhēa Silvia when she is he subjec and Rhēam Silviam when she is hedirec objec
Te firs declension is composed o words ha characerisically have he vowel a a or near heend o he word lupa
Below is he patern ha firs declension nouns ollow o show case and number Memorize heLain words in order rom he nominaive singular down o he ablaive singular and hen romhe nominaive plural down o he ablaive plural
emember ha he endings or a whole group o nouns ollow his patern Once you learn hi spatern you can recognize he case a nd number o all he words belonging o hi s declension
In his chaper you have begun o learn abou he nominaive and accusai ve cases Te ohercases will be explained in laer chapers
First DeclensionSingular Plural
Nomina ive l upa he she-wol Nominaive lupae he she-wolves
Geniive lupae o he she-wol Geniive lupārum o he she-wolves
Daive lupae oor he she-wol Daive lupīs oor he she-wolves
Accusaive lupam he she-wol Accusaive lupās he she-wolves
Ablaive lupā bywih he she-wol Ablaive lupīs bywih he she-wolves
Daive and ablaive plural o he words īlia ldquodaugherrdquo and dea ldquogoddessrdquo is fīliābus anddeābusTis is o di singuish hese orms rom he corresponding orms o īlius ldquosonrdquo and deus ldquogodrdquo
STUDY TIP
Noice ha he ablaive singular ending -ā has a long mark (macron) above i his ishe only difference beween he nominaive and ablaive singular endings
TEACHING TIP
Afer he firs declension has been presened o he sudens encourage hem depending on heirlearning syle o say he declension aloud o wrie down he words o inven a rap or a cheer
TEACHER BY THE WAY
Te patern is called a declension because he oher cases lean away ( dēclīnāre) rom he nominaiveie hey do no ollow he same orm as he nominaive
ORAL EXERCISE 1Tis exercise may be used afer the 1047297rst declension has been presented
Whi le looking a he declension o lupa ask he sudens o decli ne nauta
Singular PluralNominaive naua nauaeGeniive nauae nauārumDaive nauae nauīs Accusaive nauam nauās Ablaive nauā nauīs
Standards11 31 41
OralExercise 1
WorkbookExercise 3
STUDY TIP
Noice ha he daive and ablaive plural endings a re idenical
EXERCISE 4 ANSWERS1 geniive daive puellār um puellī s
2 accusaive nauās
3 accusaive errās
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 5054
10 bull Latin for the New Millennium
10 bull Latin for the New Millennium
Here are more words belonging o he fi rs declension
puella ndash girl īlia ndash daugher terra ndash land
Mos firs declension words are eminine i n gender bu a ew (usually ones ha indicae mas-culine occupaions in ancien imes) are masculine Examples are poēta ldquopoerdquoagricola ldquoarmerrdquonauta ldquosailorrdquo āthlēta ldquoahleerdquo
EXERCISE 4Ideniy he case o each singular noun Ten change each orm ino plural For some more han
one answer is possibleExample īlianominaive īliae
1 puellae 5 aquae2 nauam 6 puellā3 erram 7 āhlēā4 a gr ic ol a
Like he Greek wreslers porrayed on his ancien bas-reliefRoman ahlees were also fond of he spor of wresling
4 nominaive agricolae
5 geniive daive aquārum aquīs
6 ablaive puellīs
7 ablaive āhlēīs
TEACHING TIP
Since wreslers are depiced on he illusraion on his page he eacher may wish o open a discus-
sion abou he omansrsquo and Greeksrsquo ondness or wresling which was ofen praciced in a complexcalled he palaestra
oman boys were expeced o serve in he m iliary Tus hey were firs rained by heir ahers in wreslingand boxing Srengh and agiliy were sressed raher han grace o movemen as in Greek spors Te woprincipal syles uilized by he Greek were uprigh wresling in which hree alls o your opponen o heground were necessary o deea him and ground wresling which required he opponen o give up in ordero end he mach In he palaes tra here was an area or he young people o pracice wresling or boxing wih apunching bag (cōrycus) Examples o monumenal oman bahs wih a palaest ra are ound a he Bahs o Ca-racalla in ome he Harbor Bahs a Ephesus in urkey and he Bahs in Varna Bulgaria he larges anciensrucure in ha counry
Wresling was also one o he spor evens a he Olympic games ha he omans ofen atended Greco-oman wresling is also one o he evens eaured in he summer Olympic games in modern imes
TEACHING TIPTe eacher migh wan o have sudens read an English ranslaion o Book 23 o he Iliad in which Ajax a nd Odysseus compee in a wre sling m ach and Book 5 o he Aeneid or a descripion o hespors ha he omans played and compare he atiude o he compeiors in each epic Boh evens were par o he uneral games he ormer in honor o Paroclu s riend and atendan o Achil lesand he later in honor o Anchises aher o Aeneas Tis migh lead o urher discussion on henaure o modern wresling
Standards11 41
EXERCISE 5Ideniy he case o each plural noun Ten change each orm ino he singular For some more
TEACHING TIPSudens may wonder why he geniive singular w ihou is ending mus be used o find he base whenhe nominaive singular wihou is ending works jus as well Explain ha in oher noun declensionshe nominaive will no always provide he same base or have he same spelling as he geniive
Standards11 41
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 5154
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull 11
Chapter 1 bull 11
han one answer is possible
Example puellāsaccusaive puellam
1 īliae 5 aquīs2 errīs 6 poēārum3 nauārum 7 agricolae4 l upa e
BY THE WAY
In all declensions endings are added o he base o a noun I is imporan o know hahe base o a noun is ound by removing he ending rom is geniive si ngular orm Forexample he geniive singular o puella is puellae I you remove he -ae rom puellae
wha remains is he base o he word namely puell- For his reason learning he geni-ive singular is as imporan as knowing he nominaive singular o he noun
STUDY TIP
Always learn he geniive ogeher wih he nominaive because rom he geniive you will know o which declension a word belongs
A wall paining depic ing a Roman farmer (agricola) wih his sheep
EXERCISE 5 ANSWERS
1 nominaive īl ia
2 daive ablaive errae errā
3 geniive nauae
4 nominaive lupa
5 daive ablaive aquae aquā
6 geniive poēae7 nominaive agricola
HOW TO USE THIS BOOKIn his book he word ldquobaserdquo is used o reer o he noun wihou any ending ldquoStemrdquo is used or he par o he verb wihou any ending ldquoootrdquo is used or he Lain par o a derivaive
ORAL EXERCISE 2Tis exercise may be used afer Exercise 5
Use one o he ollowing classroom presenaion opions (hereafer reerred o as CPO) (blackgreenwhiesmar board overhead or LCD projecor PowerPoinreg presenaion ec) o pu his inormaion on view
quis ldquowhordquo (or he subjec) and quem ldquowhomrdquo (or he direc objec)
Ten ask he suden o answer he ollowing quesions abou he chaper reading eiher orally or in wri-
en orm
1 Teacher Quis es Mārs Student Mārs es deus
2 Teacher Quem ama Mārs Student hēam Silviam Mārs ama
3 Teacher Quis ama hēam Silviam Student Mārs ama hēam Silviam
4 Teacher Quem habe hēa Silvia Student hēa Silvia duōs īliōs ōmulum eemum habe
5 Teacher Quis claudi hēam Silviam Student Amūlius claudi hēam Silviam
6 Teacher Quem claudi Amūlius Student hēam Silviam Amūlius claudi
7 Teacher Quis ōmulum e emum in aquampōni
Student Amūlius ōmulum e emum in aquampōni
8 Teacher Quem Amūlius in aquam pōni Student Amūlius ōmulum e emum in aquampōni
9 Teacher Quis ambula ad aquam Student Lupa ambula ad aquam
10 Teacher Quis ōmulum e emum bene cūra Student Lupa ōmulum e emum bene cūra
11 Teacher Quōs lupa bene cūra Student Lupa ōmulum e emum bene cūra
12 Teacher Quis ōmulum e emum a ma Student Lupa ōmulum e emum ama
13 Teacher Quōs lupa ama Student Lupa ōmulum e emum ama
OralExercise 2
WorkbookExercise
4 5
EXERCISE 6ranslae rom Lain ino English and rom English ino Lain Te mos common Lain word
d
TEACHER BY THE WAYTe eacher may menion ha he mos common word order (subjec ndash direc objec ndash verb) can o-en be changed For example i he verb is o be emphasized i will ake firs posiion I he subjecor he direc objec is o be emphasized i will ake he las posiion which is he mos emphaic oneIn general he more unusual he wordrsquos posiion is he more emphasis is placed on his word
Standards11 41
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 5254
12 bull Latin for the New Millennium
12 bull Latin for the New Millennium
order is
subjec ndash direc objec ndash verb
1 Agricola erram ama
2 Te ahlee loves waer
3 Naua īlia m ama
4 Te poe loves ome
5 Agricola erram cūra
6 Te she-wol cares or (is aking care o) he girl
BY THE WAY
Even hough he mos common word order is subjec ndash di rec objec ndash verb rememberha endings991252no word order991252deermine which word is he subjec and which i s hedirec objec
TALKING When we mee one person we gree herhim wih salvē When we mee wo or more people wegree hem wih salvēte When we bid goodbye o one person we sayvalē When we bid goodbyeo wo or more people we say valēte
Here are various ways o ask ldquohow are yourdquo or ldquohow are you doingrdquo
Quōmodo valēs or Quōmodo tē habēs or Quid agis ldquoHow are yourdquo
Here is a range o possible answers
bene ldquowellrdquo pessimē ldquovery badrdquo optimē ldquogreardquo melius ldquobeterrdquo mediocriter ldquoso-sordquo or ldquono oo badrdquo meliusculē ldquoa litle beterrdquo male ldquobadrdquo
In general he more unusual he word s posiion is he more emphasis is placed on his word
EXERCISE 6 ANSWERS
1 Te armer loves he land
2 Āhlēa aquam ama
3 Te sailor loves (his) daugher
4 Poēa ōmam ama
5 Te armer cares or (is aking care o) he land6 Lupa puellam cūra
TEACHING TIP
Te eacher may sar he class in Lain by saying Salvēte discipulī et discipulae and by eaching hesudens o say in reurn Salvē magister (magistra)
ORAL EXERCISE 3Tis exercise may be used anytime afer the students have learned the use o the accusative case or afer Exercise 6
Use one o he CPOrsquos o pu on display he orms amō and cūrō and explai n ha hey a re in he fir s personsingular and how his differs rom he hird person singular learned in his chaper Ask individual sudens omake senences wih hem using he words hey have learned
Ten ell he sudens ha nōn means ldquonordquo and ask hem o make si milar senences wih nōn amō and nōn cūrō
Examples(nōn) amō erram īliam aquam lupam āhlēam(nōn) cūrō erram īliam puellam
WorkbookExercise 6
ContentQuestions
OralExercise 3
Standards12 21 41
42
SAYING HELLOMarīa Helena e Chrisīna sun (are) discipulae (students)
TEACHING TIPHave sudens read he dialogue aloud Tis will help o build heir pronunciaion skills
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 5354
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull 13
Chapter 1 bull 13
Marīa Salvēe Helena e Chrisīna
Christīna Salvē Marīa
Helena Salvē Marīa
Marīa Quōmodo valēs Helena Quōmodo valēs Chrisīna
Helena et Christīna Bene Quōmodo ū ( you) valēs Marīa
Marīa Pessimē
Helena et Christīna Cūr (Why)
Marīa imeō linguam Laīnam ( I ear the Latin language)Helena Ego ( I ) linguam Laīnam amō
Christīna E ego linguam Laīnam amō
ORAL EXERCISE 4
Tis exercise may be used afer he Lain dialogue has been presened
Insruc he sudens o say ldquohellordquo in Lain o he suden nex o hem Divide he class ino wo pars ellone par o gree he oher par using he plural greeing and vice versa Do he same ype o aciviy whensaying ldquogoodbyerdquo You may wish o make greeing he class in Lain a nd saying ldquogoodbyerdquo in Lain a par oa daily rouine
Divide he sudens ino pairs in which one person will ask how hisher parner is in Lain and he oher
wil l answer
ORAL EXERCISE 5
Tis exercise may be used afer he Lain dialogue has been presened
ell he sudens ha he paricle ndashne is added o he firs syllable o a word ha inroduces a quesion Ten askhe ollowing quesions abou he dialogue beween Mary Helen and Chrisy Individual sudens may answerorally or he enire class may wrie he answers as he eacher asks hem orally Te eacher should explain hahe orm valēs in he greeing Quōmodo valēs is in he second person which means ldquoyourdquo Te hird person orm(reerring o ldquoherrdquo ldquohimrdquo or ldquoirdquo) is valet So he phrase ldquoHow is she doingrdquo would be Quōmodo valet Te hirdperson o amō is amat and he hird person o timeō is timet
1 Teacher Quōmodo Chrisīna vale Student(s) Chrisīna bene vale
2 Teacher Quōmodo Marīa vale Student(s) Marīa pessimē vale
3 Teacher Cūr (why) Marīa pessimē vale Student(s) Marīa ime linguam Lainam4 Teacher Amane l inguam L aīnam Helena Student(s) Helena linguam Laīnam ama
5 Teacher Linguamne Laīnam ama Chrisīna Student(s) Chrisīna linguam Laīnam ama
ORAL EXERCISE 6 AND DICTATIONTis combined exercise may be used to conclude the chapter or at any time afer the students have learned the accusa-tive case and chapter vocabulary
Dicae he ollowing senences o he sudens Ten ask hem o make he ollowing changes eiher orally orin writen orm a he discreion o he eacher
1 Teacher Agricol a erram ama (change he direc objec ino plura l)Student Agricola errās ama
2 Teacher Lupa puellam cūra (change he direc objec ino plural)
Student Lupa puellās cūra3 Teacher Āhlēa puel lās ama (change he direc objec ino singu lar)
Student Āhlēa puellam ama
4 Teacher Fīlia errās ama (change he direc objec ino singular)Student Fīlia erram ama
OralExercise
4 5 6 andDictation
TEACHER NOTES
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 5454
14 bull Latin for the New Millennium
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 4654
6 bull Latin for the New Millennium
6 bull Latin for the New Millennium
Each noun given in he vocabulary has wo orms Te second orm is he geniivesingular
A derivative is an English word rooed in a Lain word Te English derivaive issimilar in meaning and orm o is Lain source
STUDY TIP
An English derivaive ofen can help you remember wha a Lain word means
EXERCISE 2Find he English derivaives based on he Vocabulary o Learn in he ollowing senences Wriehe corresponding Lain word
1 She shows a considerable filial respec oward her aher
2 Agriculu re is a science o culivaing he land
3 Te ship is equipped wih all he necessary nauical insrumens
4 We saw all kinds o fish in he aquarium
5 Tis is an all-errain vehicle
6 When will he ahleic compeiion sar
7 She has a ruly poeic naure
LANGUAGE FACT II
NOUNS NUMBER GENDER CASE 983080NOMINATIVE AND
ACCUSATIVE983081Nouns in Lain show number gender and case
Number Lain nouns are eiher singular or plural in number Number is shown in differen ways by differen ypes o nouns bu some ending-paterns are or singular orms and oherending-paterns are or plural orms
Gender Every noun likewise is eiher masculine eminine or neuer in gender You muslearn he gender o each noun In he Vocabulary o Learn l iss he gender is indicaed by hecommon abbreviaionsm (masculi ne) f (eminine) or n (neuer)
Case Lain nouns mus have an ending-patern ha displays case Tis is quie differen romEnglish in which case is indicaed by word posiion and no by endings (alhough case markersare preserved in cerain pronouns such as ldquoherdquo and ldquohimrdquo) A nounrsquos case reveals wha uncionhe noun has in he senence Tere are five common cases nominaive geniive daive accu-saive and ablaive wo less requenly used cases are called he vocaive and he locaive
HOW TO USE THIS BOOKStudy Tips give hins rhymes and mnemonics o help sudens learn grammar and vocabulary
EXERCISE 2 ANSWERS1 filial īlia
2 agriculure agricola
3 nauical naua
4 aquarium aqua
5 errain erra
6 ahleic āhlēa
7 poeic poēa
TEACHING TIPExplain o he sudens ha in English he words ldquoardquo ldquoanrdquo or ldquoherdquo are usually placed beore a nounand Lain does no have an equivalen or hese words known as aricles
eachers may need o sress he absence o he aricle many imes beore sudens compleely ine-grae his knowledge ino heir reading habis in Lain class
TEACHING TIPLain like many oher languages does no always observe biological gender Ofen he gender o a
Lain noun is deermined by grammaical acors such as he group o which a noun belongs
TEACHING TIP
Alhough in Exercise 2 he sudens are direced o find only he derivaives based on he Vocabular yo Learn hey may be ineresed o learn ha here are oher derivaives in Exercise 2 Te derivaiono hese words is provided or he eacherrsquos convenience
bull 1 consider - rom sīdus (sar) + cum (wih ogeher) and rom cōnsīderō (o examine consider)respec - rom respectō (look back a have regard or)
bull 2 science - rom scientia (knowledge) and sciō (o know) culivaing - rom colō (ill inhabi worship)
bull 3 necessary - rom necesse (necessary) insrumens - rom īnstruō (o equip build provide)
and rom īnstrumentum (equipmen ool ec)bull 5 vehicle - rom he Lain verb vehō (o carry)
bull 6 compeiion - rom petō (o seek aim a atack ec) + cum (wih oge her)
bull 7 naure - rom nātūra (naure)
Standard41
Standards11 31 41
STUDY TIP
An easy way o remember he names ohe five common cases iso use his mnemonic
TEACHING TIPSudens may no know wha he word ldquomnemonicrdquo means explain ha a mnemonic device is some-hing ha helps a suden o remember somehing Te eacher may also wish o use his opporu-niy o bring up Mnemosyne he goddess o memory and he moher o he Muses
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 4754
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull 7
Chapter 1 bull 7
An easy way o remember he names o he five common cases is o use his mnemonicdevice
Never NominaiveGive GeniiveDogs Daive A ny A ccusaive A buse A blaive
Nominative Te nominaive case idenifies he subjec Te subjec is a noun or a pronounha perorms he acion or exiss in a sae o being In he senence ldquoWilliam is readingrdquohe word ldquoWilliamrdquo is he subjec
Example Mārs amat Mars loves
Te noun subjec o he verb ldquoloverdquo is he god Mars
Find more examples o nominaives and heir verbs rom he reading passage a he begin-ning o he chaper
Te nominaive case also idenifies he predicae nominaive In he senence ldquoWilliam isa sudenrdquo he predicae nominaive is ldquoa sudenrdquo A predicae nominaive complees hemeaning o he verb ldquoo berdquo Look a his exa mple rom he reading
Example Mārs est deus Mars is a god
Mārs is he subjec and deus is a predicae nominaive
Accusative Te ourh case lised is called he accusaive he geniive daive and ablaivecases will be discussed in laer chapers Te accusaive case poins ou he noun (or pro-noun) ha is he direc objec emember direc objecs receive he acion o he verb Inhe senence ldquoI am wriing a leterrdquo he direc objec is ldquoa leterrdquo
Example Mārs Rhēam Silviam amat Mars loves hea Silvia
Te direc objec o ldquoloverdquo is he noun Rhēam Silviam
Find more examples o accusaives and heir verbs rom he reading passage a he beginningo he chaper
niy o bring up Mnemosyne he goddess o memory and he moher o he Muses
Answers to ldquoFind more examples of nominatives a nd their verbs from the reading passage at the begin-ning of the chapterrdquo
hēa Silvia habe
Amūl ius claudi
Amūl ius pōni
Lupa ambula
Lupa cūra e amaōmulus e emus crēscun
ōmulus e emus aedifican
Answers to ldquoFind more examples of accusatives and their verbs from the reading passage at the beg in-ning of the chapterrdquo
duōs īliōs habe ōmulum e emum
hēam Silviam claudi
ōmulum e emum pōni
ōmulum e emum bene cūra e ama
ōmam aedifican
TEACHING TIPSudens may encouner diffi culy when r ying o ransl ae Lain names used in cases o her han henominaive Te eacher a some poin will need o explain (and repea whenever necessary) ha when ransla ing a La in name he suden should al ways use he nominaive o rm o he word Onp 7 sudens are asked o find examples o accusaives and heir verbs in he reading passage Teanswers lised above provide an opporuniy o pracice wih his issue emind sudens o rans-lae duōs īliōs habet Rōmulum et Remum as ldquohe has wo sons omulus and emusrdquo Te oher ouranswers may be used as pracice wih he sudens
EXERCISE 3a Ideniy wheher he nouns in bold in hese senences are subjecs direc objecs or predi
TEACHER BY THE WAYIn conjuncion wih he picure and is capion he eacher may wish o menion ha he amil-ilar acronym o SPQ is sill in use and visible hroughou modern ome991252on liter bins sewercovers ec
Standards11 41
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 4854
8 bull Latin for the New Millennium
8 bull Latin for the New Millennium
a Ideniy wheher he nouns in bold in hese senences are subjecs direc objecs or predi-cae nominaives Te eading Vocabulary may be consuled
b Label each senence as vērum (rue) i i agrees or alsum (alse) i i disagrees wih he Lainreading passage a he beginni ng o he chaper
Example Amūlius es deusPredicae nominaive alsum
1 hēa Silvia ōmulum e emum cūra
2 Amūlius ōmulum e emum bene cūra
3 Amūlius lupam vinculīs claudi
4 Mārs ōmulum e emum in aquam pōni
5 Lupa hēam Silviam cūra
6 Amūlius ad aquam ambula
Te power of he ciy of Rome founded according o legend by Romulus is symbolized by hese four leters ha areprominenly displayed in various places wihin he ciy
EXERCISE 3 ANSWERS
1 subjec vērum
2 direc objecs alsum
3 direc objec alsum
4 subjec alsum
5 direc objec alsum
6 subjec vērum
WorkbookExercise 2 A full si ze reproduc ible version of th is page
without the a nswers ca n be downloade d at wwwlnm bolchazyco m
HOW TO USE THIS BOOK
Noun Declensions Te eacher may choose Lain nouns rom he declension ha is being sudied a he imehis workshee is used Tus no answers are provided here
LANGUAGE FACT III
TEACHING TIP Ask he sudens wha he Lain words seleced rom he reading and lised near he op o p 9 mean
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 4954
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull 9
Chapter 1 bull 9
FIRST DECLENSION NOUNS A declension is a g roup o nouns ha show a cerain patern o word endings Tere are five differ-en declensions in Lain In he reading abou omulus and emus hese are he orms belongingo he firs declension
hēam Silviam hēa Silvia aquam lupa ōmam
Noice ha he ex says Rhēa Silvia when she is he subjec and Rhēam Silviam when she is hedirec objec
Te firs declension is composed o words ha characerisically have he vowel a a or near heend o he word lupa
Below is he patern ha firs declension nouns ollow o show case and number Memorize heLain words in order rom he nominaive singular down o he ablaive singular and hen romhe nominaive plural down o he ablaive plural
emember ha he endings or a whole group o nouns ollow his patern Once you learn hi spatern you can recognize he case a nd number o all he words belonging o hi s declension
In his chaper you have begun o learn abou he nominaive and accusai ve cases Te ohercases will be explained in laer chapers
First DeclensionSingular Plural
Nomina ive l upa he she-wol Nominaive lupae he she-wolves
Geniive lupae o he she-wol Geniive lupārum o he she-wolves
Daive lupae oor he she-wol Daive lupīs oor he she-wolves
Accusaive lupam he she-wol Accusaive lupās he she-wolves
Ablaive lupā bywih he she-wol Ablaive lupīs bywih he she-wolves
Daive and ablaive plural o he words īlia ldquodaugherrdquo and dea ldquogoddessrdquo is fīliābus anddeābusTis is o di singuish hese orms rom he corresponding orms o īlius ldquosonrdquo and deus ldquogodrdquo
STUDY TIP
Noice ha he ablaive singular ending -ā has a long mark (macron) above i his ishe only difference beween he nominaive and ablaive singular endings
TEACHING TIP
Afer he firs declension has been presened o he sudens encourage hem depending on heirlearning syle o say he declension aloud o wrie down he words o inven a rap or a cheer
TEACHER BY THE WAY
Te patern is called a declension because he oher cases lean away ( dēclīnāre) rom he nominaiveie hey do no ollow he same orm as he nominaive
ORAL EXERCISE 1Tis exercise may be used afer the 1047297rst declension has been presented
Whi le looking a he declension o lupa ask he sudens o decli ne nauta
Singular PluralNominaive naua nauaeGeniive nauae nauārumDaive nauae nauīs Accusaive nauam nauās Ablaive nauā nauīs
Standards11 31 41
OralExercise 1
WorkbookExercise 3
STUDY TIP
Noice ha he daive and ablaive plural endings a re idenical
EXERCISE 4 ANSWERS1 geniive daive puellār um puellī s
2 accusaive nauās
3 accusaive errās
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 5054
10 bull Latin for the New Millennium
10 bull Latin for the New Millennium
Here are more words belonging o he fi rs declension
puella ndash girl īlia ndash daugher terra ndash land
Mos firs declension words are eminine i n gender bu a ew (usually ones ha indicae mas-culine occupaions in ancien imes) are masculine Examples are poēta ldquopoerdquoagricola ldquoarmerrdquonauta ldquosailorrdquo āthlēta ldquoahleerdquo
EXERCISE 4Ideniy he case o each singular noun Ten change each orm ino plural For some more han
one answer is possibleExample īlianominaive īliae
1 puellae 5 aquae2 nauam 6 puellā3 erram 7 āhlēā4 a gr ic ol a
Like he Greek wreslers porrayed on his ancien bas-reliefRoman ahlees were also fond of he spor of wresling
4 nominaive agricolae
5 geniive daive aquārum aquīs
6 ablaive puellīs
7 ablaive āhlēīs
TEACHING TIP
Since wreslers are depiced on he illusraion on his page he eacher may wish o open a discus-
sion abou he omansrsquo and Greeksrsquo ondness or wresling which was ofen praciced in a complexcalled he palaestra
oman boys were expeced o serve in he m iliary Tus hey were firs rained by heir ahers in wreslingand boxing Srengh and agiliy were sressed raher han grace o movemen as in Greek spors Te woprincipal syles uilized by he Greek were uprigh wresling in which hree alls o your opponen o heground were necessary o deea him and ground wresling which required he opponen o give up in ordero end he mach In he palaes tra here was an area or he young people o pracice wresling or boxing wih apunching bag (cōrycus) Examples o monumenal oman bahs wih a palaest ra are ound a he Bahs o Ca-racalla in ome he Harbor Bahs a Ephesus in urkey and he Bahs in Varna Bulgaria he larges anciensrucure in ha counry
Wresling was also one o he spor evens a he Olympic games ha he omans ofen atended Greco-oman wresling is also one o he evens eaured in he summer Olympic games in modern imes
TEACHING TIPTe eacher migh wan o have sudens read an English ranslaion o Book 23 o he Iliad in which Ajax a nd Odysseus compee in a wre sling m ach and Book 5 o he Aeneid or a descripion o hespors ha he omans played and compare he atiude o he compeiors in each epic Boh evens were par o he uneral games he ormer in honor o Paroclu s riend and atendan o Achil lesand he later in honor o Anchises aher o Aeneas Tis migh lead o urher discussion on henaure o modern wresling
Standards11 41
EXERCISE 5Ideniy he case o each plural noun Ten change each orm ino he singular For some more
TEACHING TIPSudens may wonder why he geniive singular w ihou is ending mus be used o find he base whenhe nominaive singular wihou is ending works jus as well Explain ha in oher noun declensionshe nominaive will no always provide he same base or have he same spelling as he geniive
Standards11 41
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 5154
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull 11
Chapter 1 bull 11
han one answer is possible
Example puellāsaccusaive puellam
1 īliae 5 aquīs2 errīs 6 poēārum3 nauārum 7 agricolae4 l upa e
BY THE WAY
In all declensions endings are added o he base o a noun I is imporan o know hahe base o a noun is ound by removing he ending rom is geniive si ngular orm Forexample he geniive singular o puella is puellae I you remove he -ae rom puellae
wha remains is he base o he word namely puell- For his reason learning he geni-ive singular is as imporan as knowing he nominaive singular o he noun
STUDY TIP
Always learn he geniive ogeher wih he nominaive because rom he geniive you will know o which declension a word belongs
A wall paining depic ing a Roman farmer (agricola) wih his sheep
EXERCISE 5 ANSWERS
1 nominaive īl ia
2 daive ablaive errae errā
3 geniive nauae
4 nominaive lupa
5 daive ablaive aquae aquā
6 geniive poēae7 nominaive agricola
HOW TO USE THIS BOOKIn his book he word ldquobaserdquo is used o reer o he noun wihou any ending ldquoStemrdquo is used or he par o he verb wihou any ending ldquoootrdquo is used or he Lain par o a derivaive
ORAL EXERCISE 2Tis exercise may be used afer Exercise 5
Use one o he ollowing classroom presenaion opions (hereafer reerred o as CPO) (blackgreenwhiesmar board overhead or LCD projecor PowerPoinreg presenaion ec) o pu his inormaion on view
quis ldquowhordquo (or he subjec) and quem ldquowhomrdquo (or he direc objec)
Ten ask he suden o answer he ollowing quesions abou he chaper reading eiher orally or in wri-
en orm
1 Teacher Quis es Mārs Student Mārs es deus
2 Teacher Quem ama Mārs Student hēam Silviam Mārs ama
3 Teacher Quis ama hēam Silviam Student Mārs ama hēam Silviam
4 Teacher Quem habe hēa Silvia Student hēa Silvia duōs īliōs ōmulum eemum habe
5 Teacher Quis claudi hēam Silviam Student Amūlius claudi hēam Silviam
6 Teacher Quem claudi Amūlius Student hēam Silviam Amūlius claudi
7 Teacher Quis ōmulum e emum in aquampōni
Student Amūlius ōmulum e emum in aquampōni
8 Teacher Quem Amūlius in aquam pōni Student Amūlius ōmulum e emum in aquampōni
9 Teacher Quis ambula ad aquam Student Lupa ambula ad aquam
10 Teacher Quis ōmulum e emum bene cūra Student Lupa ōmulum e emum bene cūra
11 Teacher Quōs lupa bene cūra Student Lupa ōmulum e emum bene cūra
12 Teacher Quis ōmulum e emum a ma Student Lupa ōmulum e emum ama
13 Teacher Quōs lupa ama Student Lupa ōmulum e emum ama
OralExercise 2
WorkbookExercise
4 5
EXERCISE 6ranslae rom Lain ino English and rom English ino Lain Te mos common Lain word
d
TEACHER BY THE WAYTe eacher may menion ha he mos common word order (subjec ndash direc objec ndash verb) can o-en be changed For example i he verb is o be emphasized i will ake firs posiion I he subjecor he direc objec is o be emphasized i will ake he las posiion which is he mos emphaic oneIn general he more unusual he wordrsquos posiion is he more emphasis is placed on his word
Standards11 41
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 5254
12 bull Latin for the New Millennium
12 bull Latin for the New Millennium
order is
subjec ndash direc objec ndash verb
1 Agricola erram ama
2 Te ahlee loves waer
3 Naua īlia m ama
4 Te poe loves ome
5 Agricola erram cūra
6 Te she-wol cares or (is aking care o) he girl
BY THE WAY
Even hough he mos common word order is subjec ndash di rec objec ndash verb rememberha endings991252no word order991252deermine which word is he subjec and which i s hedirec objec
TALKING When we mee one person we gree herhim wih salvē When we mee wo or more people wegree hem wih salvēte When we bid goodbye o one person we sayvalē When we bid goodbyeo wo or more people we say valēte
Here are various ways o ask ldquohow are yourdquo or ldquohow are you doingrdquo
Quōmodo valēs or Quōmodo tē habēs or Quid agis ldquoHow are yourdquo
Here is a range o possible answers
bene ldquowellrdquo pessimē ldquovery badrdquo optimē ldquogreardquo melius ldquobeterrdquo mediocriter ldquoso-sordquo or ldquono oo badrdquo meliusculē ldquoa litle beterrdquo male ldquobadrdquo
In general he more unusual he word s posiion is he more emphasis is placed on his word
EXERCISE 6 ANSWERS
1 Te armer loves he land
2 Āhlēa aquam ama
3 Te sailor loves (his) daugher
4 Poēa ōmam ama
5 Te armer cares or (is aking care o) he land6 Lupa puellam cūra
TEACHING TIP
Te eacher may sar he class in Lain by saying Salvēte discipulī et discipulae and by eaching hesudens o say in reurn Salvē magister (magistra)
ORAL EXERCISE 3Tis exercise may be used anytime afer the students have learned the use o the accusative case or afer Exercise 6
Use one o he CPOrsquos o pu on display he orms amō and cūrō and explai n ha hey a re in he fir s personsingular and how his differs rom he hird person singular learned in his chaper Ask individual sudens omake senences wih hem using he words hey have learned
Ten ell he sudens ha nōn means ldquonordquo and ask hem o make si milar senences wih nōn amō and nōn cūrō
Examples(nōn) amō erram īliam aquam lupam āhlēam(nōn) cūrō erram īliam puellam
WorkbookExercise 6
ContentQuestions
OralExercise 3
Standards12 21 41
42
SAYING HELLOMarīa Helena e Chrisīna sun (are) discipulae (students)
TEACHING TIPHave sudens read he dialogue aloud Tis will help o build heir pronunciaion skills
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 5354
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull 13
Chapter 1 bull 13
Marīa Salvēe Helena e Chrisīna
Christīna Salvē Marīa
Helena Salvē Marīa
Marīa Quōmodo valēs Helena Quōmodo valēs Chrisīna
Helena et Christīna Bene Quōmodo ū ( you) valēs Marīa
Marīa Pessimē
Helena et Christīna Cūr (Why)
Marīa imeō linguam Laīnam ( I ear the Latin language)Helena Ego ( I ) linguam Laīnam amō
Christīna E ego linguam Laīnam amō
ORAL EXERCISE 4
Tis exercise may be used afer he Lain dialogue has been presened
Insruc he sudens o say ldquohellordquo in Lain o he suden nex o hem Divide he class ino wo pars ellone par o gree he oher par using he plural greeing and vice versa Do he same ype o aciviy whensaying ldquogoodbyerdquo You may wish o make greeing he class in Lain a nd saying ldquogoodbyerdquo in Lain a par oa daily rouine
Divide he sudens ino pairs in which one person will ask how hisher parner is in Lain and he oher
wil l answer
ORAL EXERCISE 5
Tis exercise may be used afer he Lain dialogue has been presened
ell he sudens ha he paricle ndashne is added o he firs syllable o a word ha inroduces a quesion Ten askhe ollowing quesions abou he dialogue beween Mary Helen and Chrisy Individual sudens may answerorally or he enire class may wrie he answers as he eacher asks hem orally Te eacher should explain hahe orm valēs in he greeing Quōmodo valēs is in he second person which means ldquoyourdquo Te hird person orm(reerring o ldquoherrdquo ldquohimrdquo or ldquoirdquo) is valet So he phrase ldquoHow is she doingrdquo would be Quōmodo valet Te hirdperson o amō is amat and he hird person o timeō is timet
1 Teacher Quōmodo Chrisīna vale Student(s) Chrisīna bene vale
2 Teacher Quōmodo Marīa vale Student(s) Marīa pessimē vale
3 Teacher Cūr (why) Marīa pessimē vale Student(s) Marīa ime linguam Lainam4 Teacher Amane l inguam L aīnam Helena Student(s) Helena linguam Laīnam ama
5 Teacher Linguamne Laīnam ama Chrisīna Student(s) Chrisīna linguam Laīnam ama
ORAL EXERCISE 6 AND DICTATIONTis combined exercise may be used to conclude the chapter or at any time afer the students have learned the accusa-tive case and chapter vocabulary
Dicae he ollowing senences o he sudens Ten ask hem o make he ollowing changes eiher orally orin writen orm a he discreion o he eacher
1 Teacher Agricol a erram ama (change he direc objec ino plura l)Student Agricola errās ama
2 Teacher Lupa puellam cūra (change he direc objec ino plural)
Student Lupa puellās cūra3 Teacher Āhlēa puel lās ama (change he direc objec ino singu lar)
Student Āhlēa puellam ama
4 Teacher Fīlia errās ama (change he direc objec ino singular)Student Fīlia erram ama
OralExercise
4 5 6 andDictation
TEACHER NOTES
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 5454
14 bull Latin for the New Millennium
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 4754
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull 7
Chapter 1 bull 7
An easy way o remember he names o he five common cases is o use his mnemonicdevice
Never NominaiveGive GeniiveDogs Daive A ny A ccusaive A buse A blaive
Nominative Te nominaive case idenifies he subjec Te subjec is a noun or a pronounha perorms he acion or exiss in a sae o being In he senence ldquoWilliam is readingrdquohe word ldquoWilliamrdquo is he subjec
Example Mārs amat Mars loves
Te noun subjec o he verb ldquoloverdquo is he god Mars
Find more examples o nominaives and heir verbs rom he reading passage a he begin-ning o he chaper
Te nominaive case also idenifies he predicae nominaive In he senence ldquoWilliam isa sudenrdquo he predicae nominaive is ldquoa sudenrdquo A predicae nominaive complees hemeaning o he verb ldquoo berdquo Look a his exa mple rom he reading
Example Mārs est deus Mars is a god
Mārs is he subjec and deus is a predicae nominaive
Accusative Te ourh case lised is called he accusaive he geniive daive and ablaivecases will be discussed in laer chapers Te accusaive case poins ou he noun (or pro-noun) ha is he direc objec emember direc objecs receive he acion o he verb Inhe senence ldquoI am wriing a leterrdquo he direc objec is ldquoa leterrdquo
Example Mārs Rhēam Silviam amat Mars loves hea Silvia
Te direc objec o ldquoloverdquo is he noun Rhēam Silviam
Find more examples o accusaives and heir verbs rom he reading passage a he beginningo he chaper
niy o bring up Mnemosyne he goddess o memory and he moher o he Muses
Answers to ldquoFind more examples of nominatives a nd their verbs from the reading passage at the begin-ning of the chapterrdquo
hēa Silvia habe
Amūl ius claudi
Amūl ius pōni
Lupa ambula
Lupa cūra e amaōmulus e emus crēscun
ōmulus e emus aedifican
Answers to ldquoFind more examples of accusatives and their verbs from the reading passage at the beg in-ning of the chapterrdquo
duōs īliōs habe ōmulum e emum
hēam Silviam claudi
ōmulum e emum pōni
ōmulum e emum bene cūra e ama
ōmam aedifican
TEACHING TIPSudens may encouner diffi culy when r ying o ransl ae Lain names used in cases o her han henominaive Te eacher a some poin will need o explain (and repea whenever necessary) ha when ransla ing a La in name he suden should al ways use he nominaive o rm o he word Onp 7 sudens are asked o find examples o accusaives and heir verbs in he reading passage Teanswers lised above provide an opporuniy o pracice wih his issue emind sudens o rans-lae duōs īliōs habet Rōmulum et Remum as ldquohe has wo sons omulus and emusrdquo Te oher ouranswers may be used as pracice wih he sudens
EXERCISE 3a Ideniy wheher he nouns in bold in hese senences are subjecs direc objecs or predi
TEACHER BY THE WAYIn conjuncion wih he picure and is capion he eacher may wish o menion ha he amil-ilar acronym o SPQ is sill in use and visible hroughou modern ome991252on liter bins sewercovers ec
Standards11 41
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 4854
8 bull Latin for the New Millennium
8 bull Latin for the New Millennium
a Ideniy wheher he nouns in bold in hese senences are subjecs direc objecs or predi-cae nominaives Te eading Vocabulary may be consuled
b Label each senence as vērum (rue) i i agrees or alsum (alse) i i disagrees wih he Lainreading passage a he beginni ng o he chaper
Example Amūlius es deusPredicae nominaive alsum
1 hēa Silvia ōmulum e emum cūra
2 Amūlius ōmulum e emum bene cūra
3 Amūlius lupam vinculīs claudi
4 Mārs ōmulum e emum in aquam pōni
5 Lupa hēam Silviam cūra
6 Amūlius ad aquam ambula
Te power of he ciy of Rome founded according o legend by Romulus is symbolized by hese four leters ha areprominenly displayed in various places wihin he ciy
EXERCISE 3 ANSWERS
1 subjec vērum
2 direc objecs alsum
3 direc objec alsum
4 subjec alsum
5 direc objec alsum
6 subjec vērum
WorkbookExercise 2 A full si ze reproduc ible version of th is page
without the a nswers ca n be downloade d at wwwlnm bolchazyco m
HOW TO USE THIS BOOK
Noun Declensions Te eacher may choose Lain nouns rom he declension ha is being sudied a he imehis workshee is used Tus no answers are provided here
LANGUAGE FACT III
TEACHING TIP Ask he sudens wha he Lain words seleced rom he reading and lised near he op o p 9 mean
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 4954
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull 9
Chapter 1 bull 9
FIRST DECLENSION NOUNS A declension is a g roup o nouns ha show a cerain patern o word endings Tere are five differ-en declensions in Lain In he reading abou omulus and emus hese are he orms belongingo he firs declension
hēam Silviam hēa Silvia aquam lupa ōmam
Noice ha he ex says Rhēa Silvia when she is he subjec and Rhēam Silviam when she is hedirec objec
Te firs declension is composed o words ha characerisically have he vowel a a or near heend o he word lupa
Below is he patern ha firs declension nouns ollow o show case and number Memorize heLain words in order rom he nominaive singular down o he ablaive singular and hen romhe nominaive plural down o he ablaive plural
emember ha he endings or a whole group o nouns ollow his patern Once you learn hi spatern you can recognize he case a nd number o all he words belonging o hi s declension
In his chaper you have begun o learn abou he nominaive and accusai ve cases Te ohercases will be explained in laer chapers
First DeclensionSingular Plural
Nomina ive l upa he she-wol Nominaive lupae he she-wolves
Geniive lupae o he she-wol Geniive lupārum o he she-wolves
Daive lupae oor he she-wol Daive lupīs oor he she-wolves
Accusaive lupam he she-wol Accusaive lupās he she-wolves
Ablaive lupā bywih he she-wol Ablaive lupīs bywih he she-wolves
Daive and ablaive plural o he words īlia ldquodaugherrdquo and dea ldquogoddessrdquo is fīliābus anddeābusTis is o di singuish hese orms rom he corresponding orms o īlius ldquosonrdquo and deus ldquogodrdquo
STUDY TIP
Noice ha he ablaive singular ending -ā has a long mark (macron) above i his ishe only difference beween he nominaive and ablaive singular endings
TEACHING TIP
Afer he firs declension has been presened o he sudens encourage hem depending on heirlearning syle o say he declension aloud o wrie down he words o inven a rap or a cheer
TEACHER BY THE WAY
Te patern is called a declension because he oher cases lean away ( dēclīnāre) rom he nominaiveie hey do no ollow he same orm as he nominaive
ORAL EXERCISE 1Tis exercise may be used afer the 1047297rst declension has been presented
Whi le looking a he declension o lupa ask he sudens o decli ne nauta
Singular PluralNominaive naua nauaeGeniive nauae nauārumDaive nauae nauīs Accusaive nauam nauās Ablaive nauā nauīs
Standards11 31 41
OralExercise 1
WorkbookExercise 3
STUDY TIP
Noice ha he daive and ablaive plural endings a re idenical
EXERCISE 4 ANSWERS1 geniive daive puellār um puellī s
2 accusaive nauās
3 accusaive errās
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 5054
10 bull Latin for the New Millennium
10 bull Latin for the New Millennium
Here are more words belonging o he fi rs declension
puella ndash girl īlia ndash daugher terra ndash land
Mos firs declension words are eminine i n gender bu a ew (usually ones ha indicae mas-culine occupaions in ancien imes) are masculine Examples are poēta ldquopoerdquoagricola ldquoarmerrdquonauta ldquosailorrdquo āthlēta ldquoahleerdquo
EXERCISE 4Ideniy he case o each singular noun Ten change each orm ino plural For some more han
one answer is possibleExample īlianominaive īliae
1 puellae 5 aquae2 nauam 6 puellā3 erram 7 āhlēā4 a gr ic ol a
Like he Greek wreslers porrayed on his ancien bas-reliefRoman ahlees were also fond of he spor of wresling
4 nominaive agricolae
5 geniive daive aquārum aquīs
6 ablaive puellīs
7 ablaive āhlēīs
TEACHING TIP
Since wreslers are depiced on he illusraion on his page he eacher may wish o open a discus-
sion abou he omansrsquo and Greeksrsquo ondness or wresling which was ofen praciced in a complexcalled he palaestra
oman boys were expeced o serve in he m iliary Tus hey were firs rained by heir ahers in wreslingand boxing Srengh and agiliy were sressed raher han grace o movemen as in Greek spors Te woprincipal syles uilized by he Greek were uprigh wresling in which hree alls o your opponen o heground were necessary o deea him and ground wresling which required he opponen o give up in ordero end he mach In he palaes tra here was an area or he young people o pracice wresling or boxing wih apunching bag (cōrycus) Examples o monumenal oman bahs wih a palaest ra are ound a he Bahs o Ca-racalla in ome he Harbor Bahs a Ephesus in urkey and he Bahs in Varna Bulgaria he larges anciensrucure in ha counry
Wresling was also one o he spor evens a he Olympic games ha he omans ofen atended Greco-oman wresling is also one o he evens eaured in he summer Olympic games in modern imes
TEACHING TIPTe eacher migh wan o have sudens read an English ranslaion o Book 23 o he Iliad in which Ajax a nd Odysseus compee in a wre sling m ach and Book 5 o he Aeneid or a descripion o hespors ha he omans played and compare he atiude o he compeiors in each epic Boh evens were par o he uneral games he ormer in honor o Paroclu s riend and atendan o Achil lesand he later in honor o Anchises aher o Aeneas Tis migh lead o urher discussion on henaure o modern wresling
Standards11 41
EXERCISE 5Ideniy he case o each plural noun Ten change each orm ino he singular For some more
TEACHING TIPSudens may wonder why he geniive singular w ihou is ending mus be used o find he base whenhe nominaive singular wihou is ending works jus as well Explain ha in oher noun declensionshe nominaive will no always provide he same base or have he same spelling as he geniive
Standards11 41
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 5154
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull 11
Chapter 1 bull 11
han one answer is possible
Example puellāsaccusaive puellam
1 īliae 5 aquīs2 errīs 6 poēārum3 nauārum 7 agricolae4 l upa e
BY THE WAY
In all declensions endings are added o he base o a noun I is imporan o know hahe base o a noun is ound by removing he ending rom is geniive si ngular orm Forexample he geniive singular o puella is puellae I you remove he -ae rom puellae
wha remains is he base o he word namely puell- For his reason learning he geni-ive singular is as imporan as knowing he nominaive singular o he noun
STUDY TIP
Always learn he geniive ogeher wih he nominaive because rom he geniive you will know o which declension a word belongs
A wall paining depic ing a Roman farmer (agricola) wih his sheep
EXERCISE 5 ANSWERS
1 nominaive īl ia
2 daive ablaive errae errā
3 geniive nauae
4 nominaive lupa
5 daive ablaive aquae aquā
6 geniive poēae7 nominaive agricola
HOW TO USE THIS BOOKIn his book he word ldquobaserdquo is used o reer o he noun wihou any ending ldquoStemrdquo is used or he par o he verb wihou any ending ldquoootrdquo is used or he Lain par o a derivaive
ORAL EXERCISE 2Tis exercise may be used afer Exercise 5
Use one o he ollowing classroom presenaion opions (hereafer reerred o as CPO) (blackgreenwhiesmar board overhead or LCD projecor PowerPoinreg presenaion ec) o pu his inormaion on view
quis ldquowhordquo (or he subjec) and quem ldquowhomrdquo (or he direc objec)
Ten ask he suden o answer he ollowing quesions abou he chaper reading eiher orally or in wri-
en orm
1 Teacher Quis es Mārs Student Mārs es deus
2 Teacher Quem ama Mārs Student hēam Silviam Mārs ama
3 Teacher Quis ama hēam Silviam Student Mārs ama hēam Silviam
4 Teacher Quem habe hēa Silvia Student hēa Silvia duōs īliōs ōmulum eemum habe
5 Teacher Quis claudi hēam Silviam Student Amūlius claudi hēam Silviam
6 Teacher Quem claudi Amūlius Student hēam Silviam Amūlius claudi
7 Teacher Quis ōmulum e emum in aquampōni
Student Amūlius ōmulum e emum in aquampōni
8 Teacher Quem Amūlius in aquam pōni Student Amūlius ōmulum e emum in aquampōni
9 Teacher Quis ambula ad aquam Student Lupa ambula ad aquam
10 Teacher Quis ōmulum e emum bene cūra Student Lupa ōmulum e emum bene cūra
11 Teacher Quōs lupa bene cūra Student Lupa ōmulum e emum bene cūra
12 Teacher Quis ōmulum e emum a ma Student Lupa ōmulum e emum ama
13 Teacher Quōs lupa ama Student Lupa ōmulum e emum ama
OralExercise 2
WorkbookExercise
4 5
EXERCISE 6ranslae rom Lain ino English and rom English ino Lain Te mos common Lain word
d
TEACHER BY THE WAYTe eacher may menion ha he mos common word order (subjec ndash direc objec ndash verb) can o-en be changed For example i he verb is o be emphasized i will ake firs posiion I he subjecor he direc objec is o be emphasized i will ake he las posiion which is he mos emphaic oneIn general he more unusual he wordrsquos posiion is he more emphasis is placed on his word
Standards11 41
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 5254
12 bull Latin for the New Millennium
12 bull Latin for the New Millennium
order is
subjec ndash direc objec ndash verb
1 Agricola erram ama
2 Te ahlee loves waer
3 Naua īlia m ama
4 Te poe loves ome
5 Agricola erram cūra
6 Te she-wol cares or (is aking care o) he girl
BY THE WAY
Even hough he mos common word order is subjec ndash di rec objec ndash verb rememberha endings991252no word order991252deermine which word is he subjec and which i s hedirec objec
TALKING When we mee one person we gree herhim wih salvē When we mee wo or more people wegree hem wih salvēte When we bid goodbye o one person we sayvalē When we bid goodbyeo wo or more people we say valēte
Here are various ways o ask ldquohow are yourdquo or ldquohow are you doingrdquo
Quōmodo valēs or Quōmodo tē habēs or Quid agis ldquoHow are yourdquo
Here is a range o possible answers
bene ldquowellrdquo pessimē ldquovery badrdquo optimē ldquogreardquo melius ldquobeterrdquo mediocriter ldquoso-sordquo or ldquono oo badrdquo meliusculē ldquoa litle beterrdquo male ldquobadrdquo
In general he more unusual he word s posiion is he more emphasis is placed on his word
EXERCISE 6 ANSWERS
1 Te armer loves he land
2 Āhlēa aquam ama
3 Te sailor loves (his) daugher
4 Poēa ōmam ama
5 Te armer cares or (is aking care o) he land6 Lupa puellam cūra
TEACHING TIP
Te eacher may sar he class in Lain by saying Salvēte discipulī et discipulae and by eaching hesudens o say in reurn Salvē magister (magistra)
ORAL EXERCISE 3Tis exercise may be used anytime afer the students have learned the use o the accusative case or afer Exercise 6
Use one o he CPOrsquos o pu on display he orms amō and cūrō and explai n ha hey a re in he fir s personsingular and how his differs rom he hird person singular learned in his chaper Ask individual sudens omake senences wih hem using he words hey have learned
Ten ell he sudens ha nōn means ldquonordquo and ask hem o make si milar senences wih nōn amō and nōn cūrō
Examples(nōn) amō erram īliam aquam lupam āhlēam(nōn) cūrō erram īliam puellam
WorkbookExercise 6
ContentQuestions
OralExercise 3
Standards12 21 41
42
SAYING HELLOMarīa Helena e Chrisīna sun (are) discipulae (students)
TEACHING TIPHave sudens read he dialogue aloud Tis will help o build heir pronunciaion skills
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 5354
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull 13
Chapter 1 bull 13
Marīa Salvēe Helena e Chrisīna
Christīna Salvē Marīa
Helena Salvē Marīa
Marīa Quōmodo valēs Helena Quōmodo valēs Chrisīna
Helena et Christīna Bene Quōmodo ū ( you) valēs Marīa
Marīa Pessimē
Helena et Christīna Cūr (Why)
Marīa imeō linguam Laīnam ( I ear the Latin language)Helena Ego ( I ) linguam Laīnam amō
Christīna E ego linguam Laīnam amō
ORAL EXERCISE 4
Tis exercise may be used afer he Lain dialogue has been presened
Insruc he sudens o say ldquohellordquo in Lain o he suden nex o hem Divide he class ino wo pars ellone par o gree he oher par using he plural greeing and vice versa Do he same ype o aciviy whensaying ldquogoodbyerdquo You may wish o make greeing he class in Lain a nd saying ldquogoodbyerdquo in Lain a par oa daily rouine
Divide he sudens ino pairs in which one person will ask how hisher parner is in Lain and he oher
wil l answer
ORAL EXERCISE 5
Tis exercise may be used afer he Lain dialogue has been presened
ell he sudens ha he paricle ndashne is added o he firs syllable o a word ha inroduces a quesion Ten askhe ollowing quesions abou he dialogue beween Mary Helen and Chrisy Individual sudens may answerorally or he enire class may wrie he answers as he eacher asks hem orally Te eacher should explain hahe orm valēs in he greeing Quōmodo valēs is in he second person which means ldquoyourdquo Te hird person orm(reerring o ldquoherrdquo ldquohimrdquo or ldquoirdquo) is valet So he phrase ldquoHow is she doingrdquo would be Quōmodo valet Te hirdperson o amō is amat and he hird person o timeō is timet
1 Teacher Quōmodo Chrisīna vale Student(s) Chrisīna bene vale
2 Teacher Quōmodo Marīa vale Student(s) Marīa pessimē vale
3 Teacher Cūr (why) Marīa pessimē vale Student(s) Marīa ime linguam Lainam4 Teacher Amane l inguam L aīnam Helena Student(s) Helena linguam Laīnam ama
5 Teacher Linguamne Laīnam ama Chrisīna Student(s) Chrisīna linguam Laīnam ama
ORAL EXERCISE 6 AND DICTATIONTis combined exercise may be used to conclude the chapter or at any time afer the students have learned the accusa-tive case and chapter vocabulary
Dicae he ollowing senences o he sudens Ten ask hem o make he ollowing changes eiher orally orin writen orm a he discreion o he eacher
1 Teacher Agricol a erram ama (change he direc objec ino plura l)Student Agricola errās ama
2 Teacher Lupa puellam cūra (change he direc objec ino plural)
Student Lupa puellās cūra3 Teacher Āhlēa puel lās ama (change he direc objec ino singu lar)
Student Āhlēa puellam ama
4 Teacher Fīlia errās ama (change he direc objec ino singular)Student Fīlia erram ama
OralExercise
4 5 6 andDictation
TEACHER NOTES
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 5454
14 bull Latin for the New Millennium
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 4854
8 bull Latin for the New Millennium
8 bull Latin for the New Millennium
a Ideniy wheher he nouns in bold in hese senences are subjecs direc objecs or predi-cae nominaives Te eading Vocabulary may be consuled
b Label each senence as vērum (rue) i i agrees or alsum (alse) i i disagrees wih he Lainreading passage a he beginni ng o he chaper
Example Amūlius es deusPredicae nominaive alsum
1 hēa Silvia ōmulum e emum cūra
2 Amūlius ōmulum e emum bene cūra
3 Amūlius lupam vinculīs claudi
4 Mārs ōmulum e emum in aquam pōni
5 Lupa hēam Silviam cūra
6 Amūlius ad aquam ambula
Te power of he ciy of Rome founded according o legend by Romulus is symbolized by hese four leters ha areprominenly displayed in various places wihin he ciy
EXERCISE 3 ANSWERS
1 subjec vērum
2 direc objecs alsum
3 direc objec alsum
4 subjec alsum
5 direc objec alsum
6 subjec vērum
WorkbookExercise 2 A full si ze reproduc ible version of th is page
without the a nswers ca n be downloade d at wwwlnm bolchazyco m
HOW TO USE THIS BOOK
Noun Declensions Te eacher may choose Lain nouns rom he declension ha is being sudied a he imehis workshee is used Tus no answers are provided here
LANGUAGE FACT III
TEACHING TIP Ask he sudens wha he Lain words seleced rom he reading and lised near he op o p 9 mean
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 4954
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull 9
Chapter 1 bull 9
FIRST DECLENSION NOUNS A declension is a g roup o nouns ha show a cerain patern o word endings Tere are five differ-en declensions in Lain In he reading abou omulus and emus hese are he orms belongingo he firs declension
hēam Silviam hēa Silvia aquam lupa ōmam
Noice ha he ex says Rhēa Silvia when she is he subjec and Rhēam Silviam when she is hedirec objec
Te firs declension is composed o words ha characerisically have he vowel a a or near heend o he word lupa
Below is he patern ha firs declension nouns ollow o show case and number Memorize heLain words in order rom he nominaive singular down o he ablaive singular and hen romhe nominaive plural down o he ablaive plural
emember ha he endings or a whole group o nouns ollow his patern Once you learn hi spatern you can recognize he case a nd number o all he words belonging o hi s declension
In his chaper you have begun o learn abou he nominaive and accusai ve cases Te ohercases will be explained in laer chapers
First DeclensionSingular Plural
Nomina ive l upa he she-wol Nominaive lupae he she-wolves
Geniive lupae o he she-wol Geniive lupārum o he she-wolves
Daive lupae oor he she-wol Daive lupīs oor he she-wolves
Accusaive lupam he she-wol Accusaive lupās he she-wolves
Ablaive lupā bywih he she-wol Ablaive lupīs bywih he she-wolves
Daive and ablaive plural o he words īlia ldquodaugherrdquo and dea ldquogoddessrdquo is fīliābus anddeābusTis is o di singuish hese orms rom he corresponding orms o īlius ldquosonrdquo and deus ldquogodrdquo
STUDY TIP
Noice ha he ablaive singular ending -ā has a long mark (macron) above i his ishe only difference beween he nominaive and ablaive singular endings
TEACHING TIP
Afer he firs declension has been presened o he sudens encourage hem depending on heirlearning syle o say he declension aloud o wrie down he words o inven a rap or a cheer
TEACHER BY THE WAY
Te patern is called a declension because he oher cases lean away ( dēclīnāre) rom he nominaiveie hey do no ollow he same orm as he nominaive
ORAL EXERCISE 1Tis exercise may be used afer the 1047297rst declension has been presented
Whi le looking a he declension o lupa ask he sudens o decli ne nauta
Singular PluralNominaive naua nauaeGeniive nauae nauārumDaive nauae nauīs Accusaive nauam nauās Ablaive nauā nauīs
Standards11 31 41
OralExercise 1
WorkbookExercise 3
STUDY TIP
Noice ha he daive and ablaive plural endings a re idenical
EXERCISE 4 ANSWERS1 geniive daive puellār um puellī s
2 accusaive nauās
3 accusaive errās
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 5054
10 bull Latin for the New Millennium
10 bull Latin for the New Millennium
Here are more words belonging o he fi rs declension
puella ndash girl īlia ndash daugher terra ndash land
Mos firs declension words are eminine i n gender bu a ew (usually ones ha indicae mas-culine occupaions in ancien imes) are masculine Examples are poēta ldquopoerdquoagricola ldquoarmerrdquonauta ldquosailorrdquo āthlēta ldquoahleerdquo
EXERCISE 4Ideniy he case o each singular noun Ten change each orm ino plural For some more han
one answer is possibleExample īlianominaive īliae
1 puellae 5 aquae2 nauam 6 puellā3 erram 7 āhlēā4 a gr ic ol a
Like he Greek wreslers porrayed on his ancien bas-reliefRoman ahlees were also fond of he spor of wresling
4 nominaive agricolae
5 geniive daive aquārum aquīs
6 ablaive puellīs
7 ablaive āhlēīs
TEACHING TIP
Since wreslers are depiced on he illusraion on his page he eacher may wish o open a discus-
sion abou he omansrsquo and Greeksrsquo ondness or wresling which was ofen praciced in a complexcalled he palaestra
oman boys were expeced o serve in he m iliary Tus hey were firs rained by heir ahers in wreslingand boxing Srengh and agiliy were sressed raher han grace o movemen as in Greek spors Te woprincipal syles uilized by he Greek were uprigh wresling in which hree alls o your opponen o heground were necessary o deea him and ground wresling which required he opponen o give up in ordero end he mach In he palaes tra here was an area or he young people o pracice wresling or boxing wih apunching bag (cōrycus) Examples o monumenal oman bahs wih a palaest ra are ound a he Bahs o Ca-racalla in ome he Harbor Bahs a Ephesus in urkey and he Bahs in Varna Bulgaria he larges anciensrucure in ha counry
Wresling was also one o he spor evens a he Olympic games ha he omans ofen atended Greco-oman wresling is also one o he evens eaured in he summer Olympic games in modern imes
TEACHING TIPTe eacher migh wan o have sudens read an English ranslaion o Book 23 o he Iliad in which Ajax a nd Odysseus compee in a wre sling m ach and Book 5 o he Aeneid or a descripion o hespors ha he omans played and compare he atiude o he compeiors in each epic Boh evens were par o he uneral games he ormer in honor o Paroclu s riend and atendan o Achil lesand he later in honor o Anchises aher o Aeneas Tis migh lead o urher discussion on henaure o modern wresling
Standards11 41
EXERCISE 5Ideniy he case o each plural noun Ten change each orm ino he singular For some more
TEACHING TIPSudens may wonder why he geniive singular w ihou is ending mus be used o find he base whenhe nominaive singular wihou is ending works jus as well Explain ha in oher noun declensionshe nominaive will no always provide he same base or have he same spelling as he geniive
Standards11 41
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 5154
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull 11
Chapter 1 bull 11
han one answer is possible
Example puellāsaccusaive puellam
1 īliae 5 aquīs2 errīs 6 poēārum3 nauārum 7 agricolae4 l upa e
BY THE WAY
In all declensions endings are added o he base o a noun I is imporan o know hahe base o a noun is ound by removing he ending rom is geniive si ngular orm Forexample he geniive singular o puella is puellae I you remove he -ae rom puellae
wha remains is he base o he word namely puell- For his reason learning he geni-ive singular is as imporan as knowing he nominaive singular o he noun
STUDY TIP
Always learn he geniive ogeher wih he nominaive because rom he geniive you will know o which declension a word belongs
A wall paining depic ing a Roman farmer (agricola) wih his sheep
EXERCISE 5 ANSWERS
1 nominaive īl ia
2 daive ablaive errae errā
3 geniive nauae
4 nominaive lupa
5 daive ablaive aquae aquā
6 geniive poēae7 nominaive agricola
HOW TO USE THIS BOOKIn his book he word ldquobaserdquo is used o reer o he noun wihou any ending ldquoStemrdquo is used or he par o he verb wihou any ending ldquoootrdquo is used or he Lain par o a derivaive
ORAL EXERCISE 2Tis exercise may be used afer Exercise 5
Use one o he ollowing classroom presenaion opions (hereafer reerred o as CPO) (blackgreenwhiesmar board overhead or LCD projecor PowerPoinreg presenaion ec) o pu his inormaion on view
quis ldquowhordquo (or he subjec) and quem ldquowhomrdquo (or he direc objec)
Ten ask he suden o answer he ollowing quesions abou he chaper reading eiher orally or in wri-
en orm
1 Teacher Quis es Mārs Student Mārs es deus
2 Teacher Quem ama Mārs Student hēam Silviam Mārs ama
3 Teacher Quis ama hēam Silviam Student Mārs ama hēam Silviam
4 Teacher Quem habe hēa Silvia Student hēa Silvia duōs īliōs ōmulum eemum habe
5 Teacher Quis claudi hēam Silviam Student Amūlius claudi hēam Silviam
6 Teacher Quem claudi Amūlius Student hēam Silviam Amūlius claudi
7 Teacher Quis ōmulum e emum in aquampōni
Student Amūlius ōmulum e emum in aquampōni
8 Teacher Quem Amūlius in aquam pōni Student Amūlius ōmulum e emum in aquampōni
9 Teacher Quis ambula ad aquam Student Lupa ambula ad aquam
10 Teacher Quis ōmulum e emum bene cūra Student Lupa ōmulum e emum bene cūra
11 Teacher Quōs lupa bene cūra Student Lupa ōmulum e emum bene cūra
12 Teacher Quis ōmulum e emum a ma Student Lupa ōmulum e emum ama
13 Teacher Quōs lupa ama Student Lupa ōmulum e emum ama
OralExercise 2
WorkbookExercise
4 5
EXERCISE 6ranslae rom Lain ino English and rom English ino Lain Te mos common Lain word
d
TEACHER BY THE WAYTe eacher may menion ha he mos common word order (subjec ndash direc objec ndash verb) can o-en be changed For example i he verb is o be emphasized i will ake firs posiion I he subjecor he direc objec is o be emphasized i will ake he las posiion which is he mos emphaic oneIn general he more unusual he wordrsquos posiion is he more emphasis is placed on his word
Standards11 41
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 5254
12 bull Latin for the New Millennium
12 bull Latin for the New Millennium
order is
subjec ndash direc objec ndash verb
1 Agricola erram ama
2 Te ahlee loves waer
3 Naua īlia m ama
4 Te poe loves ome
5 Agricola erram cūra
6 Te she-wol cares or (is aking care o) he girl
BY THE WAY
Even hough he mos common word order is subjec ndash di rec objec ndash verb rememberha endings991252no word order991252deermine which word is he subjec and which i s hedirec objec
TALKING When we mee one person we gree herhim wih salvē When we mee wo or more people wegree hem wih salvēte When we bid goodbye o one person we sayvalē When we bid goodbyeo wo or more people we say valēte
Here are various ways o ask ldquohow are yourdquo or ldquohow are you doingrdquo
Quōmodo valēs or Quōmodo tē habēs or Quid agis ldquoHow are yourdquo
Here is a range o possible answers
bene ldquowellrdquo pessimē ldquovery badrdquo optimē ldquogreardquo melius ldquobeterrdquo mediocriter ldquoso-sordquo or ldquono oo badrdquo meliusculē ldquoa litle beterrdquo male ldquobadrdquo
In general he more unusual he word s posiion is he more emphasis is placed on his word
EXERCISE 6 ANSWERS
1 Te armer loves he land
2 Āhlēa aquam ama
3 Te sailor loves (his) daugher
4 Poēa ōmam ama
5 Te armer cares or (is aking care o) he land6 Lupa puellam cūra
TEACHING TIP
Te eacher may sar he class in Lain by saying Salvēte discipulī et discipulae and by eaching hesudens o say in reurn Salvē magister (magistra)
ORAL EXERCISE 3Tis exercise may be used anytime afer the students have learned the use o the accusative case or afer Exercise 6
Use one o he CPOrsquos o pu on display he orms amō and cūrō and explai n ha hey a re in he fir s personsingular and how his differs rom he hird person singular learned in his chaper Ask individual sudens omake senences wih hem using he words hey have learned
Ten ell he sudens ha nōn means ldquonordquo and ask hem o make si milar senences wih nōn amō and nōn cūrō
Examples(nōn) amō erram īliam aquam lupam āhlēam(nōn) cūrō erram īliam puellam
WorkbookExercise 6
ContentQuestions
OralExercise 3
Standards12 21 41
42
SAYING HELLOMarīa Helena e Chrisīna sun (are) discipulae (students)
TEACHING TIPHave sudens read he dialogue aloud Tis will help o build heir pronunciaion skills
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 5354
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull 13
Chapter 1 bull 13
Marīa Salvēe Helena e Chrisīna
Christīna Salvē Marīa
Helena Salvē Marīa
Marīa Quōmodo valēs Helena Quōmodo valēs Chrisīna
Helena et Christīna Bene Quōmodo ū ( you) valēs Marīa
Marīa Pessimē
Helena et Christīna Cūr (Why)
Marīa imeō linguam Laīnam ( I ear the Latin language)Helena Ego ( I ) linguam Laīnam amō
Christīna E ego linguam Laīnam amō
ORAL EXERCISE 4
Tis exercise may be used afer he Lain dialogue has been presened
Insruc he sudens o say ldquohellordquo in Lain o he suden nex o hem Divide he class ino wo pars ellone par o gree he oher par using he plural greeing and vice versa Do he same ype o aciviy whensaying ldquogoodbyerdquo You may wish o make greeing he class in Lain a nd saying ldquogoodbyerdquo in Lain a par oa daily rouine
Divide he sudens ino pairs in which one person will ask how hisher parner is in Lain and he oher
wil l answer
ORAL EXERCISE 5
Tis exercise may be used afer he Lain dialogue has been presened
ell he sudens ha he paricle ndashne is added o he firs syllable o a word ha inroduces a quesion Ten askhe ollowing quesions abou he dialogue beween Mary Helen and Chrisy Individual sudens may answerorally or he enire class may wrie he answers as he eacher asks hem orally Te eacher should explain hahe orm valēs in he greeing Quōmodo valēs is in he second person which means ldquoyourdquo Te hird person orm(reerring o ldquoherrdquo ldquohimrdquo or ldquoirdquo) is valet So he phrase ldquoHow is she doingrdquo would be Quōmodo valet Te hirdperson o amō is amat and he hird person o timeō is timet
1 Teacher Quōmodo Chrisīna vale Student(s) Chrisīna bene vale
2 Teacher Quōmodo Marīa vale Student(s) Marīa pessimē vale
3 Teacher Cūr (why) Marīa pessimē vale Student(s) Marīa ime linguam Lainam4 Teacher Amane l inguam L aīnam Helena Student(s) Helena linguam Laīnam ama
5 Teacher Linguamne Laīnam ama Chrisīna Student(s) Chrisīna linguam Laīnam ama
ORAL EXERCISE 6 AND DICTATIONTis combined exercise may be used to conclude the chapter or at any time afer the students have learned the accusa-tive case and chapter vocabulary
Dicae he ollowing senences o he sudens Ten ask hem o make he ollowing changes eiher orally orin writen orm a he discreion o he eacher
1 Teacher Agricol a erram ama (change he direc objec ino plura l)Student Agricola errās ama
2 Teacher Lupa puellam cūra (change he direc objec ino plural)
Student Lupa puellās cūra3 Teacher Āhlēa puel lās ama (change he direc objec ino singu lar)
Student Āhlēa puellam ama
4 Teacher Fīlia errās ama (change he direc objec ino singular)Student Fīlia erram ama
OralExercise
4 5 6 andDictation
TEACHER NOTES
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 5454
14 bull Latin for the New Millennium
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 4954
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull 9
Chapter 1 bull 9
FIRST DECLENSION NOUNS A declension is a g roup o nouns ha show a cerain patern o word endings Tere are five differ-en declensions in Lain In he reading abou omulus and emus hese are he orms belongingo he firs declension
hēam Silviam hēa Silvia aquam lupa ōmam
Noice ha he ex says Rhēa Silvia when she is he subjec and Rhēam Silviam when she is hedirec objec
Te firs declension is composed o words ha characerisically have he vowel a a or near heend o he word lupa
Below is he patern ha firs declension nouns ollow o show case and number Memorize heLain words in order rom he nominaive singular down o he ablaive singular and hen romhe nominaive plural down o he ablaive plural
emember ha he endings or a whole group o nouns ollow his patern Once you learn hi spatern you can recognize he case a nd number o all he words belonging o hi s declension
In his chaper you have begun o learn abou he nominaive and accusai ve cases Te ohercases will be explained in laer chapers
First DeclensionSingular Plural
Nomina ive l upa he she-wol Nominaive lupae he she-wolves
Geniive lupae o he she-wol Geniive lupārum o he she-wolves
Daive lupae oor he she-wol Daive lupīs oor he she-wolves
Accusaive lupam he she-wol Accusaive lupās he she-wolves
Ablaive lupā bywih he she-wol Ablaive lupīs bywih he she-wolves
Daive and ablaive plural o he words īlia ldquodaugherrdquo and dea ldquogoddessrdquo is fīliābus anddeābusTis is o di singuish hese orms rom he corresponding orms o īlius ldquosonrdquo and deus ldquogodrdquo
STUDY TIP
Noice ha he ablaive singular ending -ā has a long mark (macron) above i his ishe only difference beween he nominaive and ablaive singular endings
TEACHING TIP
Afer he firs declension has been presened o he sudens encourage hem depending on heirlearning syle o say he declension aloud o wrie down he words o inven a rap or a cheer
TEACHER BY THE WAY
Te patern is called a declension because he oher cases lean away ( dēclīnāre) rom he nominaiveie hey do no ollow he same orm as he nominaive
ORAL EXERCISE 1Tis exercise may be used afer the 1047297rst declension has been presented
Whi le looking a he declension o lupa ask he sudens o decli ne nauta
Singular PluralNominaive naua nauaeGeniive nauae nauārumDaive nauae nauīs Accusaive nauam nauās Ablaive nauā nauīs
Standards11 31 41
OralExercise 1
WorkbookExercise 3
STUDY TIP
Noice ha he daive and ablaive plural endings a re idenical
EXERCISE 4 ANSWERS1 geniive daive puellār um puellī s
2 accusaive nauās
3 accusaive errās
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 5054
10 bull Latin for the New Millennium
10 bull Latin for the New Millennium
Here are more words belonging o he fi rs declension
puella ndash girl īlia ndash daugher terra ndash land
Mos firs declension words are eminine i n gender bu a ew (usually ones ha indicae mas-culine occupaions in ancien imes) are masculine Examples are poēta ldquopoerdquoagricola ldquoarmerrdquonauta ldquosailorrdquo āthlēta ldquoahleerdquo
EXERCISE 4Ideniy he case o each singular noun Ten change each orm ino plural For some more han
one answer is possibleExample īlianominaive īliae
1 puellae 5 aquae2 nauam 6 puellā3 erram 7 āhlēā4 a gr ic ol a
Like he Greek wreslers porrayed on his ancien bas-reliefRoman ahlees were also fond of he spor of wresling
4 nominaive agricolae
5 geniive daive aquārum aquīs
6 ablaive puellīs
7 ablaive āhlēīs
TEACHING TIP
Since wreslers are depiced on he illusraion on his page he eacher may wish o open a discus-
sion abou he omansrsquo and Greeksrsquo ondness or wresling which was ofen praciced in a complexcalled he palaestra
oman boys were expeced o serve in he m iliary Tus hey were firs rained by heir ahers in wreslingand boxing Srengh and agiliy were sressed raher han grace o movemen as in Greek spors Te woprincipal syles uilized by he Greek were uprigh wresling in which hree alls o your opponen o heground were necessary o deea him and ground wresling which required he opponen o give up in ordero end he mach In he palaes tra here was an area or he young people o pracice wresling or boxing wih apunching bag (cōrycus) Examples o monumenal oman bahs wih a palaest ra are ound a he Bahs o Ca-racalla in ome he Harbor Bahs a Ephesus in urkey and he Bahs in Varna Bulgaria he larges anciensrucure in ha counry
Wresling was also one o he spor evens a he Olympic games ha he omans ofen atended Greco-oman wresling is also one o he evens eaured in he summer Olympic games in modern imes
TEACHING TIPTe eacher migh wan o have sudens read an English ranslaion o Book 23 o he Iliad in which Ajax a nd Odysseus compee in a wre sling m ach and Book 5 o he Aeneid or a descripion o hespors ha he omans played and compare he atiude o he compeiors in each epic Boh evens were par o he uneral games he ormer in honor o Paroclu s riend and atendan o Achil lesand he later in honor o Anchises aher o Aeneas Tis migh lead o urher discussion on henaure o modern wresling
Standards11 41
EXERCISE 5Ideniy he case o each plural noun Ten change each orm ino he singular For some more
TEACHING TIPSudens may wonder why he geniive singular w ihou is ending mus be used o find he base whenhe nominaive singular wihou is ending works jus as well Explain ha in oher noun declensionshe nominaive will no always provide he same base or have he same spelling as he geniive
Standards11 41
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 5154
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull 11
Chapter 1 bull 11
han one answer is possible
Example puellāsaccusaive puellam
1 īliae 5 aquīs2 errīs 6 poēārum3 nauārum 7 agricolae4 l upa e
BY THE WAY
In all declensions endings are added o he base o a noun I is imporan o know hahe base o a noun is ound by removing he ending rom is geniive si ngular orm Forexample he geniive singular o puella is puellae I you remove he -ae rom puellae
wha remains is he base o he word namely puell- For his reason learning he geni-ive singular is as imporan as knowing he nominaive singular o he noun
STUDY TIP
Always learn he geniive ogeher wih he nominaive because rom he geniive you will know o which declension a word belongs
A wall paining depic ing a Roman farmer (agricola) wih his sheep
EXERCISE 5 ANSWERS
1 nominaive īl ia
2 daive ablaive errae errā
3 geniive nauae
4 nominaive lupa
5 daive ablaive aquae aquā
6 geniive poēae7 nominaive agricola
HOW TO USE THIS BOOKIn his book he word ldquobaserdquo is used o reer o he noun wihou any ending ldquoStemrdquo is used or he par o he verb wihou any ending ldquoootrdquo is used or he Lain par o a derivaive
ORAL EXERCISE 2Tis exercise may be used afer Exercise 5
Use one o he ollowing classroom presenaion opions (hereafer reerred o as CPO) (blackgreenwhiesmar board overhead or LCD projecor PowerPoinreg presenaion ec) o pu his inormaion on view
quis ldquowhordquo (or he subjec) and quem ldquowhomrdquo (or he direc objec)
Ten ask he suden o answer he ollowing quesions abou he chaper reading eiher orally or in wri-
en orm
1 Teacher Quis es Mārs Student Mārs es deus
2 Teacher Quem ama Mārs Student hēam Silviam Mārs ama
3 Teacher Quis ama hēam Silviam Student Mārs ama hēam Silviam
4 Teacher Quem habe hēa Silvia Student hēa Silvia duōs īliōs ōmulum eemum habe
5 Teacher Quis claudi hēam Silviam Student Amūlius claudi hēam Silviam
6 Teacher Quem claudi Amūlius Student hēam Silviam Amūlius claudi
7 Teacher Quis ōmulum e emum in aquampōni
Student Amūlius ōmulum e emum in aquampōni
8 Teacher Quem Amūlius in aquam pōni Student Amūlius ōmulum e emum in aquampōni
9 Teacher Quis ambula ad aquam Student Lupa ambula ad aquam
10 Teacher Quis ōmulum e emum bene cūra Student Lupa ōmulum e emum bene cūra
11 Teacher Quōs lupa bene cūra Student Lupa ōmulum e emum bene cūra
12 Teacher Quis ōmulum e emum a ma Student Lupa ōmulum e emum ama
13 Teacher Quōs lupa ama Student Lupa ōmulum e emum ama
OralExercise 2
WorkbookExercise
4 5
EXERCISE 6ranslae rom Lain ino English and rom English ino Lain Te mos common Lain word
d
TEACHER BY THE WAYTe eacher may menion ha he mos common word order (subjec ndash direc objec ndash verb) can o-en be changed For example i he verb is o be emphasized i will ake firs posiion I he subjecor he direc objec is o be emphasized i will ake he las posiion which is he mos emphaic oneIn general he more unusual he wordrsquos posiion is he more emphasis is placed on his word
Standards11 41
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 5254
12 bull Latin for the New Millennium
12 bull Latin for the New Millennium
order is
subjec ndash direc objec ndash verb
1 Agricola erram ama
2 Te ahlee loves waer
3 Naua īlia m ama
4 Te poe loves ome
5 Agricola erram cūra
6 Te she-wol cares or (is aking care o) he girl
BY THE WAY
Even hough he mos common word order is subjec ndash di rec objec ndash verb rememberha endings991252no word order991252deermine which word is he subjec and which i s hedirec objec
TALKING When we mee one person we gree herhim wih salvē When we mee wo or more people wegree hem wih salvēte When we bid goodbye o one person we sayvalē When we bid goodbyeo wo or more people we say valēte
Here are various ways o ask ldquohow are yourdquo or ldquohow are you doingrdquo
Quōmodo valēs or Quōmodo tē habēs or Quid agis ldquoHow are yourdquo
Here is a range o possible answers
bene ldquowellrdquo pessimē ldquovery badrdquo optimē ldquogreardquo melius ldquobeterrdquo mediocriter ldquoso-sordquo or ldquono oo badrdquo meliusculē ldquoa litle beterrdquo male ldquobadrdquo
In general he more unusual he word s posiion is he more emphasis is placed on his word
EXERCISE 6 ANSWERS
1 Te armer loves he land
2 Āhlēa aquam ama
3 Te sailor loves (his) daugher
4 Poēa ōmam ama
5 Te armer cares or (is aking care o) he land6 Lupa puellam cūra
TEACHING TIP
Te eacher may sar he class in Lain by saying Salvēte discipulī et discipulae and by eaching hesudens o say in reurn Salvē magister (magistra)
ORAL EXERCISE 3Tis exercise may be used anytime afer the students have learned the use o the accusative case or afer Exercise 6
Use one o he CPOrsquos o pu on display he orms amō and cūrō and explai n ha hey a re in he fir s personsingular and how his differs rom he hird person singular learned in his chaper Ask individual sudens omake senences wih hem using he words hey have learned
Ten ell he sudens ha nōn means ldquonordquo and ask hem o make si milar senences wih nōn amō and nōn cūrō
Examples(nōn) amō erram īliam aquam lupam āhlēam(nōn) cūrō erram īliam puellam
WorkbookExercise 6
ContentQuestions
OralExercise 3
Standards12 21 41
42
SAYING HELLOMarīa Helena e Chrisīna sun (are) discipulae (students)
TEACHING TIPHave sudens read he dialogue aloud Tis will help o build heir pronunciaion skills
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 5354
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull 13
Chapter 1 bull 13
Marīa Salvēe Helena e Chrisīna
Christīna Salvē Marīa
Helena Salvē Marīa
Marīa Quōmodo valēs Helena Quōmodo valēs Chrisīna
Helena et Christīna Bene Quōmodo ū ( you) valēs Marīa
Marīa Pessimē
Helena et Christīna Cūr (Why)
Marīa imeō linguam Laīnam ( I ear the Latin language)Helena Ego ( I ) linguam Laīnam amō
Christīna E ego linguam Laīnam amō
ORAL EXERCISE 4
Tis exercise may be used afer he Lain dialogue has been presened
Insruc he sudens o say ldquohellordquo in Lain o he suden nex o hem Divide he class ino wo pars ellone par o gree he oher par using he plural greeing and vice versa Do he same ype o aciviy whensaying ldquogoodbyerdquo You may wish o make greeing he class in Lain a nd saying ldquogoodbyerdquo in Lain a par oa daily rouine
Divide he sudens ino pairs in which one person will ask how hisher parner is in Lain and he oher
wil l answer
ORAL EXERCISE 5
Tis exercise may be used afer he Lain dialogue has been presened
ell he sudens ha he paricle ndashne is added o he firs syllable o a word ha inroduces a quesion Ten askhe ollowing quesions abou he dialogue beween Mary Helen and Chrisy Individual sudens may answerorally or he enire class may wrie he answers as he eacher asks hem orally Te eacher should explain hahe orm valēs in he greeing Quōmodo valēs is in he second person which means ldquoyourdquo Te hird person orm(reerring o ldquoherrdquo ldquohimrdquo or ldquoirdquo) is valet So he phrase ldquoHow is she doingrdquo would be Quōmodo valet Te hirdperson o amō is amat and he hird person o timeō is timet
1 Teacher Quōmodo Chrisīna vale Student(s) Chrisīna bene vale
2 Teacher Quōmodo Marīa vale Student(s) Marīa pessimē vale
3 Teacher Cūr (why) Marīa pessimē vale Student(s) Marīa ime linguam Lainam4 Teacher Amane l inguam L aīnam Helena Student(s) Helena linguam Laīnam ama
5 Teacher Linguamne Laīnam ama Chrisīna Student(s) Chrisīna linguam Laīnam ama
ORAL EXERCISE 6 AND DICTATIONTis combined exercise may be used to conclude the chapter or at any time afer the students have learned the accusa-tive case and chapter vocabulary
Dicae he ollowing senences o he sudens Ten ask hem o make he ollowing changes eiher orally orin writen orm a he discreion o he eacher
1 Teacher Agricol a erram ama (change he direc objec ino plura l)Student Agricola errās ama
2 Teacher Lupa puellam cūra (change he direc objec ino plural)
Student Lupa puellās cūra3 Teacher Āhlēa puel lās ama (change he direc objec ino singu lar)
Student Āhlēa puellam ama
4 Teacher Fīlia errās ama (change he direc objec ino singular)Student Fīlia erram ama
OralExercise
4 5 6 andDictation
TEACHER NOTES
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 5454
14 bull Latin for the New Millennium
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 5054
10 bull Latin for the New Millennium
10 bull Latin for the New Millennium
Here are more words belonging o he fi rs declension
puella ndash girl īlia ndash daugher terra ndash land
Mos firs declension words are eminine i n gender bu a ew (usually ones ha indicae mas-culine occupaions in ancien imes) are masculine Examples are poēta ldquopoerdquoagricola ldquoarmerrdquonauta ldquosailorrdquo āthlēta ldquoahleerdquo
EXERCISE 4Ideniy he case o each singular noun Ten change each orm ino plural For some more han
one answer is possibleExample īlianominaive īliae
1 puellae 5 aquae2 nauam 6 puellā3 erram 7 āhlēā4 a gr ic ol a
Like he Greek wreslers porrayed on his ancien bas-reliefRoman ahlees were also fond of he spor of wresling
4 nominaive agricolae
5 geniive daive aquārum aquīs
6 ablaive puellīs
7 ablaive āhlēīs
TEACHING TIP
Since wreslers are depiced on he illusraion on his page he eacher may wish o open a discus-
sion abou he omansrsquo and Greeksrsquo ondness or wresling which was ofen praciced in a complexcalled he palaestra
oman boys were expeced o serve in he m iliary Tus hey were firs rained by heir ahers in wreslingand boxing Srengh and agiliy were sressed raher han grace o movemen as in Greek spors Te woprincipal syles uilized by he Greek were uprigh wresling in which hree alls o your opponen o heground were necessary o deea him and ground wresling which required he opponen o give up in ordero end he mach In he palaes tra here was an area or he young people o pracice wresling or boxing wih apunching bag (cōrycus) Examples o monumenal oman bahs wih a palaest ra are ound a he Bahs o Ca-racalla in ome he Harbor Bahs a Ephesus in urkey and he Bahs in Varna Bulgaria he larges anciensrucure in ha counry
Wresling was also one o he spor evens a he Olympic games ha he omans ofen atended Greco-oman wresling is also one o he evens eaured in he summer Olympic games in modern imes
TEACHING TIPTe eacher migh wan o have sudens read an English ranslaion o Book 23 o he Iliad in which Ajax a nd Odysseus compee in a wre sling m ach and Book 5 o he Aeneid or a descripion o hespors ha he omans played and compare he atiude o he compeiors in each epic Boh evens were par o he uneral games he ormer in honor o Paroclu s riend and atendan o Achil lesand he later in honor o Anchises aher o Aeneas Tis migh lead o urher discussion on henaure o modern wresling
Standards11 41
EXERCISE 5Ideniy he case o each plural noun Ten change each orm ino he singular For some more
TEACHING TIPSudens may wonder why he geniive singular w ihou is ending mus be used o find he base whenhe nominaive singular wihou is ending works jus as well Explain ha in oher noun declensionshe nominaive will no always provide he same base or have he same spelling as he geniive
Standards11 41
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 5154
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull 11
Chapter 1 bull 11
han one answer is possible
Example puellāsaccusaive puellam
1 īliae 5 aquīs2 errīs 6 poēārum3 nauārum 7 agricolae4 l upa e
BY THE WAY
In all declensions endings are added o he base o a noun I is imporan o know hahe base o a noun is ound by removing he ending rom is geniive si ngular orm Forexample he geniive singular o puella is puellae I you remove he -ae rom puellae
wha remains is he base o he word namely puell- For his reason learning he geni-ive singular is as imporan as knowing he nominaive singular o he noun
STUDY TIP
Always learn he geniive ogeher wih he nominaive because rom he geniive you will know o which declension a word belongs
A wall paining depic ing a Roman farmer (agricola) wih his sheep
EXERCISE 5 ANSWERS
1 nominaive īl ia
2 daive ablaive errae errā
3 geniive nauae
4 nominaive lupa
5 daive ablaive aquae aquā
6 geniive poēae7 nominaive agricola
HOW TO USE THIS BOOKIn his book he word ldquobaserdquo is used o reer o he noun wihou any ending ldquoStemrdquo is used or he par o he verb wihou any ending ldquoootrdquo is used or he Lain par o a derivaive
ORAL EXERCISE 2Tis exercise may be used afer Exercise 5
Use one o he ollowing classroom presenaion opions (hereafer reerred o as CPO) (blackgreenwhiesmar board overhead or LCD projecor PowerPoinreg presenaion ec) o pu his inormaion on view
quis ldquowhordquo (or he subjec) and quem ldquowhomrdquo (or he direc objec)
Ten ask he suden o answer he ollowing quesions abou he chaper reading eiher orally or in wri-
en orm
1 Teacher Quis es Mārs Student Mārs es deus
2 Teacher Quem ama Mārs Student hēam Silviam Mārs ama
3 Teacher Quis ama hēam Silviam Student Mārs ama hēam Silviam
4 Teacher Quem habe hēa Silvia Student hēa Silvia duōs īliōs ōmulum eemum habe
5 Teacher Quis claudi hēam Silviam Student Amūlius claudi hēam Silviam
6 Teacher Quem claudi Amūlius Student hēam Silviam Amūlius claudi
7 Teacher Quis ōmulum e emum in aquampōni
Student Amūlius ōmulum e emum in aquampōni
8 Teacher Quem Amūlius in aquam pōni Student Amūlius ōmulum e emum in aquampōni
9 Teacher Quis ambula ad aquam Student Lupa ambula ad aquam
10 Teacher Quis ōmulum e emum bene cūra Student Lupa ōmulum e emum bene cūra
11 Teacher Quōs lupa bene cūra Student Lupa ōmulum e emum bene cūra
12 Teacher Quis ōmulum e emum a ma Student Lupa ōmulum e emum ama
13 Teacher Quōs lupa ama Student Lupa ōmulum e emum ama
OralExercise 2
WorkbookExercise
4 5
EXERCISE 6ranslae rom Lain ino English and rom English ino Lain Te mos common Lain word
d
TEACHER BY THE WAYTe eacher may menion ha he mos common word order (subjec ndash direc objec ndash verb) can o-en be changed For example i he verb is o be emphasized i will ake firs posiion I he subjecor he direc objec is o be emphasized i will ake he las posiion which is he mos emphaic oneIn general he more unusual he wordrsquos posiion is he more emphasis is placed on his word
Standards11 41
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 5254
12 bull Latin for the New Millennium
12 bull Latin for the New Millennium
order is
subjec ndash direc objec ndash verb
1 Agricola erram ama
2 Te ahlee loves waer
3 Naua īlia m ama
4 Te poe loves ome
5 Agricola erram cūra
6 Te she-wol cares or (is aking care o) he girl
BY THE WAY
Even hough he mos common word order is subjec ndash di rec objec ndash verb rememberha endings991252no word order991252deermine which word is he subjec and which i s hedirec objec
TALKING When we mee one person we gree herhim wih salvē When we mee wo or more people wegree hem wih salvēte When we bid goodbye o one person we sayvalē When we bid goodbyeo wo or more people we say valēte
Here are various ways o ask ldquohow are yourdquo or ldquohow are you doingrdquo
Quōmodo valēs or Quōmodo tē habēs or Quid agis ldquoHow are yourdquo
Here is a range o possible answers
bene ldquowellrdquo pessimē ldquovery badrdquo optimē ldquogreardquo melius ldquobeterrdquo mediocriter ldquoso-sordquo or ldquono oo badrdquo meliusculē ldquoa litle beterrdquo male ldquobadrdquo
In general he more unusual he word s posiion is he more emphasis is placed on his word
EXERCISE 6 ANSWERS
1 Te armer loves he land
2 Āhlēa aquam ama
3 Te sailor loves (his) daugher
4 Poēa ōmam ama
5 Te armer cares or (is aking care o) he land6 Lupa puellam cūra
TEACHING TIP
Te eacher may sar he class in Lain by saying Salvēte discipulī et discipulae and by eaching hesudens o say in reurn Salvē magister (magistra)
ORAL EXERCISE 3Tis exercise may be used anytime afer the students have learned the use o the accusative case or afer Exercise 6
Use one o he CPOrsquos o pu on display he orms amō and cūrō and explai n ha hey a re in he fir s personsingular and how his differs rom he hird person singular learned in his chaper Ask individual sudens omake senences wih hem using he words hey have learned
Ten ell he sudens ha nōn means ldquonordquo and ask hem o make si milar senences wih nōn amō and nōn cūrō
Examples(nōn) amō erram īliam aquam lupam āhlēam(nōn) cūrō erram īliam puellam
WorkbookExercise 6
ContentQuestions
OralExercise 3
Standards12 21 41
42
SAYING HELLOMarīa Helena e Chrisīna sun (are) discipulae (students)
TEACHING TIPHave sudens read he dialogue aloud Tis will help o build heir pronunciaion skills
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 5354
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull 13
Chapter 1 bull 13
Marīa Salvēe Helena e Chrisīna
Christīna Salvē Marīa
Helena Salvē Marīa
Marīa Quōmodo valēs Helena Quōmodo valēs Chrisīna
Helena et Christīna Bene Quōmodo ū ( you) valēs Marīa
Marīa Pessimē
Helena et Christīna Cūr (Why)
Marīa imeō linguam Laīnam ( I ear the Latin language)Helena Ego ( I ) linguam Laīnam amō
Christīna E ego linguam Laīnam amō
ORAL EXERCISE 4
Tis exercise may be used afer he Lain dialogue has been presened
Insruc he sudens o say ldquohellordquo in Lain o he suden nex o hem Divide he class ino wo pars ellone par o gree he oher par using he plural greeing and vice versa Do he same ype o aciviy whensaying ldquogoodbyerdquo You may wish o make greeing he class in Lain a nd saying ldquogoodbyerdquo in Lain a par oa daily rouine
Divide he sudens ino pairs in which one person will ask how hisher parner is in Lain and he oher
wil l answer
ORAL EXERCISE 5
Tis exercise may be used afer he Lain dialogue has been presened
ell he sudens ha he paricle ndashne is added o he firs syllable o a word ha inroduces a quesion Ten askhe ollowing quesions abou he dialogue beween Mary Helen and Chrisy Individual sudens may answerorally or he enire class may wrie he answers as he eacher asks hem orally Te eacher should explain hahe orm valēs in he greeing Quōmodo valēs is in he second person which means ldquoyourdquo Te hird person orm(reerring o ldquoherrdquo ldquohimrdquo or ldquoirdquo) is valet So he phrase ldquoHow is she doingrdquo would be Quōmodo valet Te hirdperson o amō is amat and he hird person o timeō is timet
1 Teacher Quōmodo Chrisīna vale Student(s) Chrisīna bene vale
2 Teacher Quōmodo Marīa vale Student(s) Marīa pessimē vale
3 Teacher Cūr (why) Marīa pessimē vale Student(s) Marīa ime linguam Lainam4 Teacher Amane l inguam L aīnam Helena Student(s) Helena linguam Laīnam ama
5 Teacher Linguamne Laīnam ama Chrisīna Student(s) Chrisīna linguam Laīnam ama
ORAL EXERCISE 6 AND DICTATIONTis combined exercise may be used to conclude the chapter or at any time afer the students have learned the accusa-tive case and chapter vocabulary
Dicae he ollowing senences o he sudens Ten ask hem o make he ollowing changes eiher orally orin writen orm a he discreion o he eacher
1 Teacher Agricol a erram ama (change he direc objec ino plura l)Student Agricola errās ama
2 Teacher Lupa puellam cūra (change he direc objec ino plural)
Student Lupa puellās cūra3 Teacher Āhlēa puel lās ama (change he direc objec ino singu lar)
Student Āhlēa puellam ama
4 Teacher Fīlia errās ama (change he direc objec ino singular)Student Fīlia erram ama
OralExercise
4 5 6 andDictation
TEACHER NOTES
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 5454
14 bull Latin for the New Millennium
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 5154
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull 11
Chapter 1 bull 11
han one answer is possible
Example puellāsaccusaive puellam
1 īliae 5 aquīs2 errīs 6 poēārum3 nauārum 7 agricolae4 l upa e
BY THE WAY
In all declensions endings are added o he base o a noun I is imporan o know hahe base o a noun is ound by removing he ending rom is geniive si ngular orm Forexample he geniive singular o puella is puellae I you remove he -ae rom puellae
wha remains is he base o he word namely puell- For his reason learning he geni-ive singular is as imporan as knowing he nominaive singular o he noun
STUDY TIP
Always learn he geniive ogeher wih he nominaive because rom he geniive you will know o which declension a word belongs
A wall paining depic ing a Roman farmer (agricola) wih his sheep
EXERCISE 5 ANSWERS
1 nominaive īl ia
2 daive ablaive errae errā
3 geniive nauae
4 nominaive lupa
5 daive ablaive aquae aquā
6 geniive poēae7 nominaive agricola
HOW TO USE THIS BOOKIn his book he word ldquobaserdquo is used o reer o he noun wihou any ending ldquoStemrdquo is used or he par o he verb wihou any ending ldquoootrdquo is used or he Lain par o a derivaive
ORAL EXERCISE 2Tis exercise may be used afer Exercise 5
Use one o he ollowing classroom presenaion opions (hereafer reerred o as CPO) (blackgreenwhiesmar board overhead or LCD projecor PowerPoinreg presenaion ec) o pu his inormaion on view
quis ldquowhordquo (or he subjec) and quem ldquowhomrdquo (or he direc objec)
Ten ask he suden o answer he ollowing quesions abou he chaper reading eiher orally or in wri-
en orm
1 Teacher Quis es Mārs Student Mārs es deus
2 Teacher Quem ama Mārs Student hēam Silviam Mārs ama
3 Teacher Quis ama hēam Silviam Student Mārs ama hēam Silviam
4 Teacher Quem habe hēa Silvia Student hēa Silvia duōs īliōs ōmulum eemum habe
5 Teacher Quis claudi hēam Silviam Student Amūlius claudi hēam Silviam
6 Teacher Quem claudi Amūlius Student hēam Silviam Amūlius claudi
7 Teacher Quis ōmulum e emum in aquampōni
Student Amūlius ōmulum e emum in aquampōni
8 Teacher Quem Amūlius in aquam pōni Student Amūlius ōmulum e emum in aquampōni
9 Teacher Quis ambula ad aquam Student Lupa ambula ad aquam
10 Teacher Quis ōmulum e emum bene cūra Student Lupa ōmulum e emum bene cūra
11 Teacher Quōs lupa bene cūra Student Lupa ōmulum e emum bene cūra
12 Teacher Quis ōmulum e emum a ma Student Lupa ōmulum e emum ama
13 Teacher Quōs lupa ama Student Lupa ōmulum e emum ama
OralExercise 2
WorkbookExercise
4 5
EXERCISE 6ranslae rom Lain ino English and rom English ino Lain Te mos common Lain word
d
TEACHER BY THE WAYTe eacher may menion ha he mos common word order (subjec ndash direc objec ndash verb) can o-en be changed For example i he verb is o be emphasized i will ake firs posiion I he subjecor he direc objec is o be emphasized i will ake he las posiion which is he mos emphaic oneIn general he more unusual he wordrsquos posiion is he more emphasis is placed on his word
Standards11 41
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 5254
12 bull Latin for the New Millennium
12 bull Latin for the New Millennium
order is
subjec ndash direc objec ndash verb
1 Agricola erram ama
2 Te ahlee loves waer
3 Naua īlia m ama
4 Te poe loves ome
5 Agricola erram cūra
6 Te she-wol cares or (is aking care o) he girl
BY THE WAY
Even hough he mos common word order is subjec ndash di rec objec ndash verb rememberha endings991252no word order991252deermine which word is he subjec and which i s hedirec objec
TALKING When we mee one person we gree herhim wih salvē When we mee wo or more people wegree hem wih salvēte When we bid goodbye o one person we sayvalē When we bid goodbyeo wo or more people we say valēte
Here are various ways o ask ldquohow are yourdquo or ldquohow are you doingrdquo
Quōmodo valēs or Quōmodo tē habēs or Quid agis ldquoHow are yourdquo
Here is a range o possible answers
bene ldquowellrdquo pessimē ldquovery badrdquo optimē ldquogreardquo melius ldquobeterrdquo mediocriter ldquoso-sordquo or ldquono oo badrdquo meliusculē ldquoa litle beterrdquo male ldquobadrdquo
In general he more unusual he word s posiion is he more emphasis is placed on his word
EXERCISE 6 ANSWERS
1 Te armer loves he land
2 Āhlēa aquam ama
3 Te sailor loves (his) daugher
4 Poēa ōmam ama
5 Te armer cares or (is aking care o) he land6 Lupa puellam cūra
TEACHING TIP
Te eacher may sar he class in Lain by saying Salvēte discipulī et discipulae and by eaching hesudens o say in reurn Salvē magister (magistra)
ORAL EXERCISE 3Tis exercise may be used anytime afer the students have learned the use o the accusative case or afer Exercise 6
Use one o he CPOrsquos o pu on display he orms amō and cūrō and explai n ha hey a re in he fir s personsingular and how his differs rom he hird person singular learned in his chaper Ask individual sudens omake senences wih hem using he words hey have learned
Ten ell he sudens ha nōn means ldquonordquo and ask hem o make si milar senences wih nōn amō and nōn cūrō
Examples(nōn) amō erram īliam aquam lupam āhlēam(nōn) cūrō erram īliam puellam
WorkbookExercise 6
ContentQuestions
OralExercise 3
Standards12 21 41
42
SAYING HELLOMarīa Helena e Chrisīna sun (are) discipulae (students)
TEACHING TIPHave sudens read he dialogue aloud Tis will help o build heir pronunciaion skills
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 5354
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull 13
Chapter 1 bull 13
Marīa Salvēe Helena e Chrisīna
Christīna Salvē Marīa
Helena Salvē Marīa
Marīa Quōmodo valēs Helena Quōmodo valēs Chrisīna
Helena et Christīna Bene Quōmodo ū ( you) valēs Marīa
Marīa Pessimē
Helena et Christīna Cūr (Why)
Marīa imeō linguam Laīnam ( I ear the Latin language)Helena Ego ( I ) linguam Laīnam amō
Christīna E ego linguam Laīnam amō
ORAL EXERCISE 4
Tis exercise may be used afer he Lain dialogue has been presened
Insruc he sudens o say ldquohellordquo in Lain o he suden nex o hem Divide he class ino wo pars ellone par o gree he oher par using he plural greeing and vice versa Do he same ype o aciviy whensaying ldquogoodbyerdquo You may wish o make greeing he class in Lain a nd saying ldquogoodbyerdquo in Lain a par oa daily rouine
Divide he sudens ino pairs in which one person will ask how hisher parner is in Lain and he oher
wil l answer
ORAL EXERCISE 5
Tis exercise may be used afer he Lain dialogue has been presened
ell he sudens ha he paricle ndashne is added o he firs syllable o a word ha inroduces a quesion Ten askhe ollowing quesions abou he dialogue beween Mary Helen and Chrisy Individual sudens may answerorally or he enire class may wrie he answers as he eacher asks hem orally Te eacher should explain hahe orm valēs in he greeing Quōmodo valēs is in he second person which means ldquoyourdquo Te hird person orm(reerring o ldquoherrdquo ldquohimrdquo or ldquoirdquo) is valet So he phrase ldquoHow is she doingrdquo would be Quōmodo valet Te hirdperson o amō is amat and he hird person o timeō is timet
1 Teacher Quōmodo Chrisīna vale Student(s) Chrisīna bene vale
2 Teacher Quōmodo Marīa vale Student(s) Marīa pessimē vale
3 Teacher Cūr (why) Marīa pessimē vale Student(s) Marīa ime linguam Lainam4 Teacher Amane l inguam L aīnam Helena Student(s) Helena linguam Laīnam ama
5 Teacher Linguamne Laīnam ama Chrisīna Student(s) Chrisīna linguam Laīnam ama
ORAL EXERCISE 6 AND DICTATIONTis combined exercise may be used to conclude the chapter or at any time afer the students have learned the accusa-tive case and chapter vocabulary
Dicae he ollowing senences o he sudens Ten ask hem o make he ollowing changes eiher orally orin writen orm a he discreion o he eacher
1 Teacher Agricol a erram ama (change he direc objec ino plura l)Student Agricola errās ama
2 Teacher Lupa puellam cūra (change he direc objec ino plural)
Student Lupa puellās cūra3 Teacher Āhlēa puel lās ama (change he direc objec ino singu lar)
Student Āhlēa puellam ama
4 Teacher Fīlia errās ama (change he direc objec ino singular)Student Fīlia erram ama
OralExercise
4 5 6 andDictation
TEACHER NOTES
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 5454
14 bull Latin for the New Millennium
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 5254
12 bull Latin for the New Millennium
12 bull Latin for the New Millennium
order is
subjec ndash direc objec ndash verb
1 Agricola erram ama
2 Te ahlee loves waer
3 Naua īlia m ama
4 Te poe loves ome
5 Agricola erram cūra
6 Te she-wol cares or (is aking care o) he girl
BY THE WAY
Even hough he mos common word order is subjec ndash di rec objec ndash verb rememberha endings991252no word order991252deermine which word is he subjec and which i s hedirec objec
TALKING When we mee one person we gree herhim wih salvē When we mee wo or more people wegree hem wih salvēte When we bid goodbye o one person we sayvalē When we bid goodbyeo wo or more people we say valēte
Here are various ways o ask ldquohow are yourdquo or ldquohow are you doingrdquo
Quōmodo valēs or Quōmodo tē habēs or Quid agis ldquoHow are yourdquo
Here is a range o possible answers
bene ldquowellrdquo pessimē ldquovery badrdquo optimē ldquogreardquo melius ldquobeterrdquo mediocriter ldquoso-sordquo or ldquono oo badrdquo meliusculē ldquoa litle beterrdquo male ldquobadrdquo
In general he more unusual he word s posiion is he more emphasis is placed on his word
EXERCISE 6 ANSWERS
1 Te armer loves he land
2 Āhlēa aquam ama
3 Te sailor loves (his) daugher
4 Poēa ōmam ama
5 Te armer cares or (is aking care o) he land6 Lupa puellam cūra
TEACHING TIP
Te eacher may sar he class in Lain by saying Salvēte discipulī et discipulae and by eaching hesudens o say in reurn Salvē magister (magistra)
ORAL EXERCISE 3Tis exercise may be used anytime afer the students have learned the use o the accusative case or afer Exercise 6
Use one o he CPOrsquos o pu on display he orms amō and cūrō and explai n ha hey a re in he fir s personsingular and how his differs rom he hird person singular learned in his chaper Ask individual sudens omake senences wih hem using he words hey have learned
Ten ell he sudens ha nōn means ldquonordquo and ask hem o make si milar senences wih nōn amō and nōn cūrō
Examples(nōn) amō erram īliam aquam lupam āhlēam(nōn) cūrō erram īliam puellam
WorkbookExercise 6
ContentQuestions
OralExercise 3
Standards12 21 41
42
SAYING HELLOMarīa Helena e Chrisīna sun (are) discipulae (students)
TEACHING TIPHave sudens read he dialogue aloud Tis will help o build heir pronunciaion skills
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 5354
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull 13
Chapter 1 bull 13
Marīa Salvēe Helena e Chrisīna
Christīna Salvē Marīa
Helena Salvē Marīa
Marīa Quōmodo valēs Helena Quōmodo valēs Chrisīna
Helena et Christīna Bene Quōmodo ū ( you) valēs Marīa
Marīa Pessimē
Helena et Christīna Cūr (Why)
Marīa imeō linguam Laīnam ( I ear the Latin language)Helena Ego ( I ) linguam Laīnam amō
Christīna E ego linguam Laīnam amō
ORAL EXERCISE 4
Tis exercise may be used afer he Lain dialogue has been presened
Insruc he sudens o say ldquohellordquo in Lain o he suden nex o hem Divide he class ino wo pars ellone par o gree he oher par using he plural greeing and vice versa Do he same ype o aciviy whensaying ldquogoodbyerdquo You may wish o make greeing he class in Lain a nd saying ldquogoodbyerdquo in Lain a par oa daily rouine
Divide he sudens ino pairs in which one person will ask how hisher parner is in Lain and he oher
wil l answer
ORAL EXERCISE 5
Tis exercise may be used afer he Lain dialogue has been presened
ell he sudens ha he paricle ndashne is added o he firs syllable o a word ha inroduces a quesion Ten askhe ollowing quesions abou he dialogue beween Mary Helen and Chrisy Individual sudens may answerorally or he enire class may wrie he answers as he eacher asks hem orally Te eacher should explain hahe orm valēs in he greeing Quōmodo valēs is in he second person which means ldquoyourdquo Te hird person orm(reerring o ldquoherrdquo ldquohimrdquo or ldquoirdquo) is valet So he phrase ldquoHow is she doingrdquo would be Quōmodo valet Te hirdperson o amō is amat and he hird person o timeō is timet
1 Teacher Quōmodo Chrisīna vale Student(s) Chrisīna bene vale
2 Teacher Quōmodo Marīa vale Student(s) Marīa pessimē vale
3 Teacher Cūr (why) Marīa pessimē vale Student(s) Marīa ime linguam Lainam4 Teacher Amane l inguam L aīnam Helena Student(s) Helena linguam Laīnam ama
5 Teacher Linguamne Laīnam ama Chrisīna Student(s) Chrisīna linguam Laīnam ama
ORAL EXERCISE 6 AND DICTATIONTis combined exercise may be used to conclude the chapter or at any time afer the students have learned the accusa-tive case and chapter vocabulary
Dicae he ollowing senences o he sudens Ten ask hem o make he ollowing changes eiher orally orin writen orm a he discreion o he eacher
1 Teacher Agricol a erram ama (change he direc objec ino plura l)Student Agricola errās ama
2 Teacher Lupa puellam cūra (change he direc objec ino plural)
Student Lupa puellās cūra3 Teacher Āhlēa puel lās ama (change he direc objec ino singu lar)
Student Āhlēa puellam ama
4 Teacher Fīlia errās ama (change he direc objec ino singular)Student Fīlia erram ama
OralExercise
4 5 6 andDictation
TEACHER NOTES
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 5454
14 bull Latin for the New Millennium
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 5354
Teacherrsquos Manual bull Student Text with Exercise Answers bull 13
Chapter 1 bull 13
Marīa Salvēe Helena e Chrisīna
Christīna Salvē Marīa
Helena Salvē Marīa
Marīa Quōmodo valēs Helena Quōmodo valēs Chrisīna
Helena et Christīna Bene Quōmodo ū ( you) valēs Marīa
Marīa Pessimē
Helena et Christīna Cūr (Why)
Marīa imeō linguam Laīnam ( I ear the Latin language)Helena Ego ( I ) linguam Laīnam amō
Christīna E ego linguam Laīnam amō
ORAL EXERCISE 4
Tis exercise may be used afer he Lain dialogue has been presened
Insruc he sudens o say ldquohellordquo in Lain o he suden nex o hem Divide he class ino wo pars ellone par o gree he oher par using he plural greeing and vice versa Do he same ype o aciviy whensaying ldquogoodbyerdquo You may wish o make greeing he class in Lain a nd saying ldquogoodbyerdquo in Lain a par oa daily rouine
Divide he sudens ino pairs in which one person will ask how hisher parner is in Lain and he oher
wil l answer
ORAL EXERCISE 5
Tis exercise may be used afer he Lain dialogue has been presened
ell he sudens ha he paricle ndashne is added o he firs syllable o a word ha inroduces a quesion Ten askhe ollowing quesions abou he dialogue beween Mary Helen and Chrisy Individual sudens may answerorally or he enire class may wrie he answers as he eacher asks hem orally Te eacher should explain hahe orm valēs in he greeing Quōmodo valēs is in he second person which means ldquoyourdquo Te hird person orm(reerring o ldquoherrdquo ldquohimrdquo or ldquoirdquo) is valet So he phrase ldquoHow is she doingrdquo would be Quōmodo valet Te hirdperson o amō is amat and he hird person o timeō is timet
1 Teacher Quōmodo Chrisīna vale Student(s) Chrisīna bene vale
2 Teacher Quōmodo Marīa vale Student(s) Marīa pessimē vale
3 Teacher Cūr (why) Marīa pessimē vale Student(s) Marīa ime linguam Lainam4 Teacher Amane l inguam L aīnam Helena Student(s) Helena linguam Laīnam ama
5 Teacher Linguamne Laīnam ama Chrisīna Student(s) Chrisīna linguam Laīnam ama
ORAL EXERCISE 6 AND DICTATIONTis combined exercise may be used to conclude the chapter or at any time afer the students have learned the accusa-tive case and chapter vocabulary
Dicae he ollowing senences o he sudens Ten ask hem o make he ollowing changes eiher orally orin writen orm a he discreion o he eacher
1 Teacher Agricol a erram ama (change he direc objec ino plura l)Student Agricola errās ama
2 Teacher Lupa puellam cūra (change he direc objec ino plural)
Student Lupa puellās cūra3 Teacher Āhlēa puel lās ama (change he direc objec ino singu lar)
Student Āhlēa puellam ama
4 Teacher Fīlia errās ama (change he direc objec ino singular)Student Fīlia erram ama
OralExercise
4 5 6 andDictation
TEACHER NOTES
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 5454
14 bull Latin for the New Millennium
7262019 Latin for the New Millennium Teachers Manual Ch 1 [Level 1] (Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers) - Milena Minkova Terence Tunberg (2008)
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulllatin-for-the-new-millennium-teachers-manual-ch-1-level-1-bolchazy-carducci 5454
14 bull Latin for the New Millennium